A Tibetan-English dictionary with Sanskrit synonyms

Presented to the
LIBRARY of the

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO

from
the estate of

Prof. W.A.G.H. Dobson

DICTIONARY

SARAT CHANDRA

BAHADUR

Published at the BENGAL SECRETARIAT BOOK DEPOT,
Writers' Buildings, Calcutta.

In India —

MESSES. THACKEB, SPINK & Co., Calcutta and Simla.

MESSES. NEWMAN & Co., Calcutta.

MESSES. HIGGINBOTHAM & Co., Madras.

MESSES. THACKEB & Co., LD., Bombay.

MESSES. A. J. COMBEIDGE & Co., Bombay.

THE S0PEBINTENDENT, AMBBiCAN BAPTIST MISSION PsEss, Eangoon.

MES. EADHABAI ATMAEAM SAOOON, Bombay.

MESSES. S. K. LAHIBI & Co., Printers and Book-sellers, College Street,

Calcutta.
EAI SAHIB M. GULAB SIUQH & SONS, Proprietors of the Mufid-i-am Press,

Lahore, Punjab.

MESSES. V. KALYANABAMA ITEE & Co., Book-sellers, &c., Madras.
MESSES. D. B. TABAPOBEVALA, SONS & Co., Book-sellers, Bombay.
MESSES. G. A. NATESON & Co., Madras.

In England —

ME. E. A. ABNOLD, 37 Bedford Street, Strand, London.

MESSES. CONSTABLE & Co., 2 Whitehall Gardens, London.

MESSES. SAMPSON Low, MAESTON & Co., St. Dunstan's House, Fetter Lane,

London.

MESSES. LUZAC & Co., 46 Great Eussell Street, London.
MESSES. KEQAN PAUL, TEENCH, TBUBNEB & Co., Charing Cross Road,

London.

MB. B. ALFEED QUABITCH, 16 Piccadilly, London.

MESSES. P. S. KINO & SON, 2 & 4 Great Smith Street, Westminster, London.
MESSES. H. S. KINO & Co., 65 Cornhill, London.
MESSES. WILLIAMS & NOEOATE, Oxford.
MESSES. DEIOHTON BELL & Co., Cambridge.

On the Continent —

MESSES. E. FEIEDLANDEE & SOHN, Berlin, N. W. Carlstrasse, 11.

ME. OTTO HABEASSOWITZ, Leipzig.

MB. KAEL HIEESEMANN, Leipzig.

MB. EENEST LEEOUX, 28 Eue Bonaparte, Paris.

MB. MAETINUS NIJHOFF, The Hague.

TIBETAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY

WITH SANSKRIT SYNONYMS

BY

SARAT CHANDRA DAS, RAI BAHADUR, C.I.E.,

AUTHOR OF "A JOURNEY TO LHASA AND

ano €oite& «nkr t|e orkrs of tfre 6oternmeiit of Bengal

BY

GRAHAM SANDBERG, B.A.,

CHAPLAIN, H. M. INDIAN 8EBVICB ; ATJTHOB OF "A HAND-BOOK OF COLLOQUIAL

TIBBTAN," "MANUAL OF THE SIKKIJI-BHUTIA LANGUAGE," "UILABASPA,

TIBETAN POET AND MYSTIC," ETC., ETC., ETC.,

AND

A. WILLIAM HETDE,

ONE OF THE BEVISOBS OF THE TIBETAN NEW TESTAMENT, MOBAVIAN MISSIONARY ON THE

TIBETAN FBONTIEB.

CALCUTTA:

PUBLISHED BY THE BENGAL SECEETAEIAT BOOK DEPOT.

1902.

{Price — Indian, Es. 32 ; English, £2 5s.]

CALCUTTA :
PRINTED AT THE BEKGAL SECRETARIAT PRESS.

PREFACE.

I.

ALEX. CSOMA DE Kb'fib's, the pioneer student of Tibetan, in the
preface of his Tibetan-English-Dictionary, published in 1834, wrote
as follows : —

"When there shall be more interest taken for Buddhism (which
has much in common with the spirit of true Christianity) and for
diffusing Christian and European knowledge throughout the most
eastern parts of Asia, the Tibetan Dictionary may be much im-
proved, enlarged, and illustrated by the addition of Sanskrit terms."

The result of his investigations, to speak in Csoma's own words, waa
that the literature of Tibet is entirely of Indian origin. The im-
mense volumes on different branches of science, etc., being exact
or faithful translations from Sanskrit works, taken from Bengal, Magadha,
Gangetic or Central India, Kashmir, and Nepal, commencing from the
seventh century after Christ. And that many of these works have been
translated (mostly from Tibetan) into the Mongol, Manchu, and the
Chinese languages ; so that by this means the Tibetan language became
in Chinese Tartary the language of the learned aa the Latin in Europe.
In the year 1 889 I brought these opinions of that original investiga-
tor to the notice of Sir Alfred Croft, K.C.I.E., the then Director of Public
Instruction in Bengal, and explained to him the necessity of compiling
a Tibetan-English Dictionary on the lines indicated by Csoma de Korbs
for the use of Tibetan students and particularly to assist European
scholars in the thorough exploration of the vast literature of Tibet,
which, besides indigenous works, comprises almost all the Buddhist
religious works of India, including the great collections of the Kahgyur
and the Tangyur. Shortly before this Sir Alfred Croft had received a
communication from the late Right Hon'ble Professor F. Max Miiller on
the desirability of translating into English a Sanskrit-Tibetan work
on Buddhist terminology, which was looked for with interest, because
it was expected to throw light on many obscure points of Buddhist-
Sanskrit literature. The philosophical terms of that literature, many

VI

of which were of extremely doubtful meaning, had been translated
with literal accuracy into Tibetan in early times, and it was antici-
pated that an analysis of the meaning of these terms would elucidate
that of the original Sanskrit words, of which they were the equivalent
renderings. Being impressed with the importance of the proposed work,
Sir Alfred Croft, in a memorandum addressed to Government, wrote
as follows : —

" Babu Sarat Chandra Das has brought with him four dictionaries
of the classical Tibetan ; one of these being a well-known Tibetan-
Sanskrit Dictionary, compiled from a large number of named Tibetan
as well as standard Sanskrit works, and dating from the 13th century
A.D., and another being a Sanskrit-Tibetan Dictionary, which explains
the Tantrik portion of the Buddhist Scriptures. The external arrange-
ment of the dictionary will be as follows: — The Tibetan words will
be placed first in alphabetical order; next their accepted Sanskrit
equivalents ; next the English rendering of the Tibetan terms ; then
will follow what is to be a special and valuable feature of the new
dictionary. The meaning of each technical term is to be illustrated
by extracts, with exact references from Sanskrit-Buddhist and Tibetan
works. Further, it is proposed that Babu Sarat Chandra Das should
include in the dictionary words of modern Tibetan which were not
known to Csoma or Jaschke. The materials which he has amassed
during his two journeys to and residence in Tibet give him excep-
tional facilities for making the work complete."

These recommendations having received the sanction of Government
in June 1889, I was placed on special duty in connection with the
compilation of the proposed dictionary. In 1899, when the work of
compilation was brought to a close, the Hon'ble Mr. C. W. Bolton, c.s.i.,
then Chief Secretary to the Government of Bengal, entrusted the revision
of the work to the Revd. Graham Sandberg and Revd. William Heyde,
and deputed Professor Satis Chandra Acharya, M.A,,, who had made Buddhist
Sanskrit and Pali works his special study, to co-operate with me. My
respectful thanks are, therefore, due to Sir Alfred Croft for the keen
interest he took in my Tibetan studies and for his kind help at the inception
of the work, and to Mr. Bolton for securing the services of the two
Tibetan scholars — the Revd. Graham Sandberg and Revd. William Heyde
— for its successful completion. I also record my obligations to Sir John

Vll

Edgar, K.C.I.E., formerly Chief Secretary to the Government of Bengal ; to
Dr. Emil Schlagintweit of Bavaria, and to the Hon'ble W. W. Rockhillj
Author of The Land of Lamas for encouragement, assistance, and advice
during the prosecution of my researches. Great is the debt of gratitude
which I owe to the Revd. Gf. Sandberg for various acts of kindness.
Without his scholarly and efficient aid this work would hardly have assumed
its present shape, as he has given a scientific finish to the work which
it was not in my power to do.

II.

In studying the origin and growth of Tibetan literature and the
landmarks in the history of that language, Jaschke, the compiler of the
second Tibetan-English Dictionary (published in 1882), noticed only two
periods of literary activity. Had that critical student of Tibetan been
in possession of works of modern literature, which dates from the
establishment of the Dalai Lama's sovereignty over whole Tibet in the
beginning of the 18th century A.D., he would certainly have modified
his remarks on the subject. Neither he nor Csoma de Korbs had any
means or opportunities of studying either the current literature of every-
day business or the refined, idiomatic literature of Tibet itself, which
is quite distinct from the Indian literature that was translated or
imported into the language. They do not seem to have ever during
the course of their study of Tibetan come across works on drama,
fiction, correspondence, etc. It is, therefore, no wonder that the compiler
of the later dictionary should assign only two periods to the history
of the literature of Tibet, entirely ignoring the third, which is indeed
not the least important of the three.

The first period, to describe it in the language of Jaschke, is
the Period of Translations, which, however, might also be entitled the
Classical Period, for the sanctity of the religious message conferred
a corresponding reputation and tradition of excellence upon the
form in which it was conveyed. This period begins in the second
half of the seventh century A.D., when Thon-mi Sambhota (the
good Bhota or Tibetan), the minister of King Srongtsan Grampo,
returned to Tibet after studying the Sanskrit language under an
eminent Brahman teacher of Magadha. "His invention of the Tibetan
alphabet gave two-fold impulse: for several centuries the wisdom of

Vlll

India and the ingenuity of Tibet laboured in unison and with the
greatest industry and enthusiasm at the work of translation. The
tribute due to real genius must, be accorded to these early pioneers
of Tibetan grammar. They had to grapple with infinite wealth and
refinement of Sanskrit; they had to save the independence of their
own tongue, while they strove to subject it to the rule of scientific
principles, and it is most remarkable how they managed to produce
translations at once . literal and faithful to the spirit of the original."

The Classical Period may be divided into three stages. The first
or the earliest stage terminated with the downfall of the first histor-
ical monarchy, when King Langdarma fell by the hand of an
assassin. The second stage commenced with the introduction of the
system of chronology, called the Vrihaspati cycle of 60 years, in
Tibet by an Indian Buddhiat called Chandra Nath and Chilu Pandit
of Tibet in 1025 A.D. This was the age of Milaraspa and Atisa,
whose illustrious disciple, Brom-ton Gryalwai Jungne", laid (he founda-
tion of the first Buddhist Hierarchy in Tibet and established the
great monastery of Rwadeng, with a library of Sanskrit works. Jaschke's
second period evidently corresponds with this stage, when " Tibetan
authors began to indulge in composition of their own" and wrote
on historical and legendary subjects. The third stage began with
the conquest of Tibet by the Tartar Conqueror, Chingis Khan, in
1205 A.D., when Pandit S'akya S'ri of Kashmir had returned to Tibet
after witnessing the plunder and destruction of the great Buddhist
monasteries of Odantapuri and Vikrama S'lla in Magadha, and the conquest
of Bengal and Behar by the Mahomedans under Baktyar Ghilji in
1203 A.D. In this last stage flourished the grand hierarchy of Sakya,
which obtained supreme influence over Tibet and the country, which was
then divided into 13 provinces, called Thikor Chusum, as a gift from
the immediate successors of Chingis Khan. Among the most noted
writers of the time were Sakya Pandit Kungah Gyal-tshan, Dogon
Phag-pa, the spiritual tutor of Emperor Khubli Khan, and Shongton
Lotsawa, who translated the Kavyadarto, of Dandi and Kshemendra's
Avadana Ealpalala in metrical Tibetan. With the opening of the 15th
century Buton-Rinchen Diib introduced a new era in the literature of
Tibet, and Buddhism received fresh impulse under the rule of the
Phagmodu chiefs, when Tibetan scholars took largely to the study of

IX

Chinese literature under the auspices of the Ming Emperors of China.
During this period, called the age of Da-nying (old orthography), the great
indigenous literature of Tibet arose. A host of learned Lotsawas and
scholars like Tsongkhapa, Buton, Gyalwa Ngapa, Lama Taranatha,
Desri Sangye Gyatsho, Sumpa Khampo, and others flourished. This
•was the age of the Gelug-pa, or the Yellow Cap School of Buddhism,
founded by Tsongkhapa with Gahdan as its head-quarters.

The third period begins with the first quarter of the 18th century,
when Chinese suzerainty over Tibet was fully established and the
last of the Tartar kings of the dynasty of Gushi Khan was killed
by a General of the Jungar Tartars — an incident which transferred
the sovereignty of Tibet to the Dalai Lama, who was till then a mere
hierarch of the Gelug-pa Church. It is within this period that
Tibet has enjoyed unprecedented peace under the benign sway of
the holy Bodhisattvas, and its language has become the lingua
franca of Higher Asia.

LHASA VILLA, DABJBELINO, •)

SARAT CHANDRA DAS.

July 1902, J

REVISORS' PREFACE.

WHEN in December 1899 the Chief Secretary to the Government of
Bengal handed over to us for revision the Tibetan Dictionary upon which
Sarat Chandra Das had laboured for some dozen years, we found at our
disposal a work embracing a mass of new and important collections on
the language, the value of which was marred by two prominent character-
istics— first, the material had been put together in somewhat heteroge-
neous fashion, hardly systematic enough for a dictionary ; secondly, the
vast amount of original matter had been throughout greatly interlarded
with lengthy excerpts from Jaschke's Dictionary, not always separable from
the new information, and this imparted a second-hand appearance to large
portions of the work, which was, in reality, by no means deserved.
Moreover, in this way, no attempt had been made to improve upon
Jaschke's definitions of many of the commoner Buddhist philosophical
terms or to incorporate the later results of European scholarship in these
instances. On the other hand, one was very often gratified to find, in the
case of the more difficult philosophical terminology, that the learned
Bengali had gone to original and little-explored sources of native informa-
tion, such as Tsongkhapa's Lam-rim Chhenmo, and, by extracts from the
same, furnished valuable and novel particulars under those heads.

Accordingly, the task which the Revisors set themselves was directed
mainly to counteracting the errors of judgment above indicated. Such a
task proved one of a more laborious character than might be at first
imagined ; and the fact that the work of amendment and addition has
taken them upwards of two years of incessant toil sufficiently evidences
its difficulty.

First, has come the business of selection and excision. The religion
and philosophy of Tibetan books are properly confined to the Bon cult
and to Buddhism. There had been, however, a tendency here to draw
in all manner of Hindu thought and mythology, because one or two works
translated into Tibetan from the Sanskrit dealt with these matters. This
tendency it seemed right to curb except in those instances, not at all
infrequent, where the Vedic and Puranic Hinduism, in some measure, was
bound up with, or bore upon, or explained, Buddhist belief or popular practice.

Xll

Excision has had to be meted out, further, in the case of unnecessary
repetition of otherwise properly-introduced information. Secondly, our
task has been one of substitution. Many articles have had to be freshly
written, or at least re-compiled. In place of the innumerable excerpts
from Jaschke, already referred to, we have had to examine and to treat de
novo the grammar and general usage of a large number of the commoner
nouns, adjectives, and verbs, notably the verbs. To illustrate these
new articles, we have had to substitute for Jaschke's examples a largo
number of original quotations from Tibetan authors as well as a certain
number of made-up sentences put together to exhibit various phrases
of ordinary employment. In other articles, also, where Sarat Chandra Das
had not thought it necessary to do more than repeat Csoma's or Jaschke's
illustrative sentences, we have looked out fresh examples to replace them.
Of still greater importance was it in the case of certain doctrinal terms
and phrases of Buddhism to undertake re-definition and to connote and
assimilate modern discussion and research on the subject. Among those
terms may be noted such as ^J3j, rkyen ; ^3j'Q,gQl( rtcn-hbrel • f'3, Ita^wa; ^31, rdul;
§|'X|} bla-ma ; t^-'^) gyun-drun ; ^'q^j^rq } dc-bsMii-pfcrjs-pa. But while
referring to these substitutions and others of a like nature, we do
not wish to assume too much. We would rather repeat that, in the
matter of philosophical definitions also, wo have been frequently surprised
and instructed by the descriptions and explanations of recondite ideas
and terms which Sarat Chandra Das has himself succeeded in collecting
from various native authorities. Such information would have sufficed if
he had not sometimes confused it by the sudden and inconsequent linking
on of Jaschke's remarks without curtailment and without any connotation
of them to that which he had himself just set out. Thirdly, in the way of
direct addition to the original work, there have been certain moderate sup-
plementary contributions. Jaschke had dealt very fully with the Western
colloquial, and we have sought to introduce a number of the colloquial
words and phrases belonging to the Central and Eastern speech. Other
additions have been short paragraphs on the mythological pantheon of
Tibet and Mongolia, together with an attempt to give exact information
on zoological and geographical points.

It may be considered by some that there is a certain lack of reference
to known authorities in support of many of the statements set forth in
this work. However, it should be remembered that in dealing with a

xm

language so little explored as the Tibetan (or which, indeed, in one narrow
groove — that of the Kahgyur translations from Sanskrit — has, in some sense,
been over-explored), the difficulty is to find adequate authorities for the
real and more current uses of words and phrases. The stilted verbiage
of the Kahgyur is often mere Sanskrit idiom literally rendered into
Tibetan, but it gives no idea of the elastic style to be found in the innumer-
able indigenous productions of native Tibetan writers. Sarat Chandra
Das has held familiar intercourse with modern men of learning in Tibet
itself — the professors at Tashi-lhunpo, Daipung, Samye, Mindolling, and
other important monastic institutions. Much, therefore, has been gleaned
by him which, though absolutely reliable, cannot be given on any stated
authority, but must be accepted as information obtained at first hand and
now presented for the first time. This frank acceptance should also be
extended to much with which the Revisers have been able to supplement
the Author's original work. Both of them have been located for lengthy
periods where Tibetan is the language of the people of the place, and have
been in constant communication with men from Lhasa and all parts
of Tibet. Under such circumstances, "authorities" cannot of course
be quoted.

In dealing with philosophical terms, and in general with the forms to
be met with both in the old classical works and in modern treatises, it
will certainly be found, however, that our examples are constantly
supported by exact references. These have been taken from writings
of all kinds. Hitherto European scholars seem to have thought of the
literature of Tibet as one consisting wholly of Sanskritic translation and as
limited to the contents of the Kahgyur and Tangyur. The Author and
the Revisers have endeavoured, by widening the sources of their quota-
tions, to show how extensive a field is covered by mediaeval and modern
Tibetan writers. Geography, history, biography, political government,
accounts, astrology, are all represented. It may be remarked, for example
that the official biographies of the successive Dalai Lamas alone fill some
32 volumes. Nevertheless, although these scarce memoirs are included
in Sarat Chandra Das's library, we are sorry to point out that none of
his examples appear to have been taken therefrom.

Knowing, however, how scanty is the range of Tibetan works avail-
able to the majority of students, we have not failed to quote largely in
our examples from the Kahgyur and Tangyur collections. We may

XIV

note on this point that a suggestion has been forwarded to us that, in
quoting from the former, special references should be given to Mons.
Feer's Teztes tires du Kandjour. But we are afraid that the scope for
quotation would be narrowed if our references to the Kahgyur were con-
fined to Mons. Feer's very limited extracts published in lithograph form over
30 years ago. As to the Index du Kandjour, which was issued in the pub-
lications of the Muse"e Guimet 20 years back, it is evident to every
Tibetan student that this Index was only a rtchauffe of Csoma Korbsi's
much clearer and fuller analysis of the Kahgyur printed 68 years
ago in the pages of the Asiatic Researches. We fear, indeed, that reli-
ance on such works as these would rather expose us to charges of non-
acquaintance with more recent results of European investigation in the
present field. Although working in India, we may observe, however,
that we have done our best to keep pace with what European Orien-
talists have written on our subject ; but assistance has been mainly derived
from the many memoirs compiled by Russian and German scholars,
and we would specially recommend to notice the collections in this
field made by Prince Ukhtomski and the very recent publications of
Dr. Albert Grunwedel, Dr. A. Conrady, and Professor Huth. The
analyses of the Tangyur, issued by Professor Huth during the last
three or four years, are particularly noteworthy. To return, however,
to the above-mentioned suggestion, we may say that not only would
the scope be too restricted, but also there is no necessity, under
present conditions, to refer to any mere collection of extracts. Nearly
every capital city in Europe now has obtained possession of com-
plete copies of the Kahgyur volumes, and in two or three libraries
the 230 volumes of the Tangyur may be also consulted. In St.
Petersburg are three full sets of the Kahgyur and two sets of the
Tangyur; in Paris is a set of the Kahgyur; in one or other of the
great German libraries both the Tibetan encyclopedia may be seen;
in England, while curiously enough the British Museum Library
owns only a small drawer-ful of loose Tibetan book-leaves, the
India Office Library can boast a perfect series of both Kahgyur and
Tangyur; and, lastly, in the Vatican Propaganda Library is preserved
Oratio della Penna's incomplete collection of Kahgyur volumes.

A word as to the Sanskrit equivalents following each Tibetan term.
Sanskrit scholars will perhaps consider these equivalents rather

XV

unsystematically enumerated. They have, nevertheless, with regard to
the majority of them, this particular value: — they were selected
by native Indian scholars of mediaeval and later days in collaboration
with Tibetan lotsawas or translators, as the appropriate Sanskrit
synonyms of the respective Tibetan words. They have been taken
chiefly from one celebrated Sanskrit-Tibetan Dictionary, and supple-
mented by a well-known Calcutta pandit and professor, Satis
Chandra Acharya Vidyab/iusan, who has also considerable acquain-
tance with literary Tibetan. The same learned professor has also,
in numerous instances, appended a literal English rendering of the Sanskrit
terms. These renderings have been placed within square brackets with
the initial S outside the brackets, and he alone is responsible for such
translations.

The system of transliteration followed is that adopted finally at the
Vienna Congress of Orientalists ; and this system is observed in the case
of all Tibetan and Sanskrit words intended to be literally transliterated
and printed in italics. However, when a Tibetan cr Sanskrit proper
name occurs in Roman characters, not as a transliteration, but in the
English explanation of a word, or in any English sentence as an integral
part of such explanation or sentence, the name is spelled according to the
conventional English fashion and, in the case of Sanskrit terms or names,
as in Sir Monier Williams's Dictionary.

A considerable number of Tibetan words at the head of paragraphs
will be found in larger type. This indicates either that the word is the
root of all related terms, or that it is the most common word of the series
and thus ostensibly that from which the others have been derived. Two
different arbitrary signs will be found prefixed to many words. The Author,
it seems, has marked such words as he considers archaic or gone out of
present use with a swastika (*f,), and those words deemed by him to have
been imported into Tibetan from the Sanskrit, whether directly or by
derivation, he has distinguished by a double-headed dagger (*).

In conclusion, the Revisors would point out that although they have
been given, and have generally taken, the greatest freedom in correcting
or rejecting the matter set forth in this work, and for that reason
cannot justly shift responsibility for the accuracy or non-accuracy of
that which is herein written, nevertheless they have generally not reversed

XVI

the views and statements of the Author wherever these have seemed
to them reasonable or fairly tenable, and to be the result of deliberately-
formed opinion. They have felt, even when differing personally from
the Author, that this Dictionary was Sarat Chandra Das's — not their
own.

We must not omit to mention that, by the agency of the Chief
Secretary to Government, certain brief comments on various portions of
the Dictionary were received from Professor Bendall, and we have to thank
him for his kind suggestions.

GRAHAM SANDBERG.
A. WILLIAM HEYDE.

DAEJTBELINO, ISDU ; J
The lit Starch 1903. j

ALPHABETICAL PLAN OF THE TIBETAN LANGUAGE,

g (yang nga).
The five vowels:

a, i, «, *,

The four vowel signs that are attached to the basic letter w are called gi-gii,
shabkyii, deng-bu and naro :

* ^ ^i

t, «, e, o.

siim-chu).
The thirty consonants :

ij • p • V K-| « * *' E '^1 5 * * ' V ^1

ka, kha, ga, m. ca, cha, ja, na. ta, tha, da, na.

q • «l * q • «l| ^ ' a§ ' I ' qj| <E| • a • ^ - «||

pa, pha, ba, ma. tsa, tsha, dta, wa. sha, sa, ha, ya.

^ ' 0| ' ^j ' ?I| ^ ' W|

ra, la, fa, sa. ha, a.

The Dictionary order of the Tibetan letters,

with their Indo—Romanic equivalents and their pronunciation

exemplified by English words:

k in kill, seek 5c(=cA)in porch.

P Teh „ ink-horn. &cA(=cM),, church-hill.

**1 9 » gun> go, dog. E j „ jet, jump.

K'6(=»0),, sing, king. ^ » (=») „ singe.

lc

XV111

5 t in water (in Ireland). ^

SI </« „ nut-hook.

^ d „ dice (more like th in this). Q

3j n „ not, nut. °l

El ^j „ pull, page. *s

5| jaA „ uphill. 01

q i, or «> „ ball, boy, bard. -^

Si m „ man, map. 5J

5 fo „ parts. ^

3§ isA „ (<s aspirated). I?)

[1 rfs „ guards.

sh in shone or s in leisure.

s „ azure or s in as.

h „ hour, honour.

y „ yard, year.

r „ ray, rope.

I „ last, large.
(=s/i) „ sharp,

s „ same, soon.

A „ half, happy.

« „ far.

w

„ waft, wave.

In all the above twenty nine letters the last letter w is inherent, therefore the
Tibetan Grammarians have included it as a basis both for vowels and consonants. The
letter * (A) called («'$*•') the little a is generally joined to the basic-vowel of a letter to
make its pronunciation long. When it is subjoined to the letter w the compound so
formed becomes equivalent to the Sanskrit ^IT a and is pronounced as a in tar, far, or
father. When it is subjoined to the vowel & the compound so formed resembles the
Sanskrit §( and is pronounced like i in police and so on.

The Sanskrit Alphabet and their Tibetan equivalents :
The vowels :

a, a, , I.

u, u, r, ri. I, li, e, e. o, an, am, ah.

The consonants:

, kha, ga, gha, Ha. tsa, tsha, dsa} tkha, na. ia, tJia, da, dfia, na. fa, tfia, da, d/ia, na.

XIX

pa, pha, la, bha, ma. ya, ra, la, wa. $a, ?a, sa, ha. ksa.

The consonant signs representing the letters "i, and * :
ya-tag) and (*ifyq* ra-tag).

-yig six).
The six inverted Tibetan letters representing the Sanskrit letters :

ta,tha,da,na, sa, tea.

-% six).

The six aspirates, t'.e., letters having *> subjoined to them,

a, lha.

The compounds formed with the four vowel signs of t, «, e and o called yi-g
angle", shabs-kyu—the hook^, hgrefi-bu the 'standing' stroke", and
sna-ro ' the horns over the nose ' ~ which are joined to the
consonants including the basic vowel %

^"' fl»» ^' , m, ne, no.

5 1 ci, cu, ce, co. *'g'£'3B| chi, chu, che, cho.

jo. ««'» »«i «e, no.

XX

**» tu> te> to- T"| thi, thu, the, tho.

i^ ' i il rf'» rfw> *' rfo- 3' ^ n nf wz» nu' ne> no-

me, mo.

fat, dsu, dse, dso. yjJ'QJ'tiJI wi, wu, we, wo.

shi, shu, she, sho. S"|'i*I| «t, IK, », so.

»•, ««, K Ao. «^*«raf| y,', yu, y,, ^.

n, rw, «, ro. $'§'$*2f| K, lu, k, lo.

1 «', su, BB, so.

fy seven).
The seven basic consonants to which the letter "i y is subjoined :

The four compounds which in their pronunciation resemble
the four simple letters *, *, 5, 3:

pya is pronounced as * ca. Q pjiya is pronounced as * cha

„ „

mya „ „ „ 9 na.

(ra-% thirteen).

The thirteen basic consonants to which the letter * r may be subjoined and in which

though the basic constituent is not pronounced, in Tibet proper yet the

compounds so formed have a pronunciation altogether

different from that of any of the constituents,

kra, khra, gra, tra, thru, dra, pra, phra, Ira, mra, fra, sra, hra,
(ta), (tha), (da), (ta), (tha), (da), (fa), (tha), (da), (ma), (sra), (sa), hra.

XXI

The eight compounds of which the pronunciation resembles that of the Sanskrt
cerebrals «, 3, » represented in Tibetan by the inverted letters ^, *, ?, : —

m kra (to). K tra (ta). a pra (ta). ID khra (tha).

qj gra (da). C dra (fa). O bra (da). a phra (tha).

orc^'lf! (la-tag six).
The six basic consonants to which the letter *i / is subjoined :

ariT9'V'9'*l

Tcla, ffla, bla, rla, $la, sla (da).

In the compounds the Sc/flj^ i.e., basic are silent except in | which is
pronounced as d; the letters not pronounced are underlined.

The same with u subjoined :

-0

klu, gju, bin, rlu, flu, zlu (dit).

trQIJftli (wa-zur tag-pa sixteen).

The sixteen letters with (i'l*) i.e. 4 which is a corner of the letter v w
subjoined to them :

m- ra •zn*5''5)'5Ts* ^* ^ *«|'a'^'Qi'-fl'5|-?i|

J4 4' 4 4 4'- 4 <) 4 | .4 4 4 ' 4 4 4'

kwa, khwa, gwa, fwa, nwa, two, dwa, tstca, tshica, shwa, zwa, rwa, hea, fwa, »wa, hwa.

V*flfq5'«ifl«rSj (ra-go twelve).
The twelve basic consonants with ^ r on their head, i.e., * surmounting them :

^ ' flj • c ;.t ; i : 5 : vv ^ * » * r T n

rka, rga, rna, rja, rna, rta, rda, rna, rba, rma, rtsa, rdta.
(the superscribed letter being generally silent is represented by an underlined r)

xxii

«r*fffa5'tj (la-go ten).
The ten basic consonants with the letter «i / surmounting them :

Ika, Iga, Ina, lea, Ija, Ita, Ida, Ipa, Iba, lha.
the superscribed letter where silent is represented by an underlined /.

srstfj'q^&f^ (sa-go eleven).
The eleven basic consonants with the letter « s surmounting them :

ska, sga, §na, $na, sta, $da, sna, spa, $ba, sma, s.t$a.
the superscribed letter which is not pronounced is represented by an underlined $.

•

g3j'Q^'g (ngon-jug five).

The five letters which, when prefixed to initial or basic letters to form a word, are
seldom in Tibet Proper pronounced and are represented by underlined italics :

«frv*'*:qi

9, d, 6, % h.

The ten letters which when affixed to initial letters to form a
word are very softly pronounced : —

</, n, d, n, b, m, h, r, I, s.

l^'qi'^Sil'^ (dsog-tshig eleven).

The eleven letters which are reduplicated (to form the preterite) when joined

with a terminal o :

go, no, do, no, bo, mo, ho, ro, lo, so, to.

xxiii

arXw^si^ (la-don seven).
The seven postpositions signifying to or at,

S'VVV^'SJ

sit, ru, ra, du, na, la, tu.

Z-#a five).
The postpositive particles to signify possession :

gi, kyi, gyi, hi, yi.

^l'fj'o) che-$a or je-g!a.
The instrumental particles :

yis.

the basic (^t-1^) "I and its compounds with the letter b Q prefixed,

bkah. Z^|C'| bkan. qrf|qj| bkag. qr^^l bkan.
bknb. qm^JI bkas.

^S! -ko-'

bjcye. q^ri 6Ara. ^TI bkmg.

bkrams. qTQJI **ra^- 6*rz. qTfl bkru.

bkrol.

brkum.

XXIV

the basic * and its compounds with the letter " prefixed,

bcah. q3^| bcagg. qSCSJf bean?. q^| bead.
bcabs. q5^| bear. q50|| bcal.

bcos. q^fQ] 6co/. q Ucid.

the basic ^ and its compounds with the letter 1 prefixed,

brtse. q 6^*o». q*JJ?S brtsams.

the basic 5 and its compounds with the letter 1 prefixed,

btags. q5C"| btan. q^qi btab. qKC$|| btifis.

btu. q^^l btu$. ^'iSI ^twd. ^W| -'"*•

\tul. qRJ^'L 6^M^. q^qi ifei- qj-j^il brtan.

brten. q§3i| 6sto«. q§3i| 6sfe». qgi W<«.

6/<<7s q^l ^<ffr- ^¥^1 --'°-- qgSI^I Warns,

brtun. niOIl ^«^. q§ qi?I I b§teg§. qSJJI 6?<«»».

Wsorf. q3 bison

XXV

the basic 1 and its compounds wilh the letter 1 prefixed,

&saff-

| brgyan.
^ btgyir.

9AD OE THE STOPS.

pronoxuiced shad in Ladak and Amdo but in Tsang and Central Tibet is
pronounced : ollciy
'•^ or eWj'-*^ single perpendicular stroke J = ( \ Comma.

double stroke J| = (.) full stop.

r ~^\ four-fold stroke |||| used at the end of a chapter or section.
point, dot separating syllables.
"T'\ 8*'ro^e w^^- ^0^ on ^ *°P t or ¥ ornamental stop.

ABBREVIATIONS OF NAMES.

A ...................... Ati-$ahi rnam-ttiar

A. K. ............... Avadana Kalpalata.

A. E ................ Asiatic Besearches.

A. S ................... Asta Sahasrika B. T. Society.

A. O. ............... Anuruddha-Qataka B. T. Society.

Abhi. .................. Abbidhammattha-sangaho.

Ar ................... Arabic.

B. grub ............. Bon-gyi grub-mthah

B. Nam .............. Bon Nam shag.

B.T.S. ............... Buddhist Text Society.

Bal. .................. Baltistan.

Behu ................... Behu-bum sfion-po

Beng ................... Bengali language.

Bhar ................ Bharata, dialogue, ed. by Dr. A. Schief ner.

Shot ................... Bhotan, province.

Bodhi ................ Bodhicharyavatara, B. T. Society.

B.ch ................... Bon-chos 5aj-§-*« |

Budh ................ Buddhism.

Bum ................... Wm*1'^' Smcm-hbum chuft.

Burn. I. ............ Burnouf, Introduction au Buddhism Indien.

Burn. II. ............ Burnouf, Lotus de la bonne loi.

C ...................... Central Tibet.

Can ................... Canakya (Tsd-na-ka)

Cho-zafi ............. Lama Chos-bzafi psufi

Choi-g ................ Chos-rgyal btfod-pa X

Cs ..................... Csoma de Korosi's Tibetan English Dictionary

Cunm ................ Cunningham General, Ladak and the surrounding country.

Ce or G. don ....... Ce§-rab tdon-bu -*|«-1W^'5 1

G. gya ................ Oes-rab brgya-pa %fH'*

O. lam ................ Gam-bha-lahi lam-yig

Qer ................... Qer-gyi me-M

Div. A ................ Divyavadana.

D. fel ................ Dwa^el me-M

D. R ................ Dul-ica Rinpo-che, a Bon religious work.

Dran ................ Dran-pa far Q$hag W^'flj^fl| |

Dag ................... Dag-byed. g.sal-wabi me-M tft^^m-tfc&fc \

xx vm

Deb ................... Deb-ther %non-po

Desg ................... Desgodins, La Mission du Tibet de 1855-1870.

Dh ................... Dharmasangraha (Max Muller).

Dham. . ............. Dhammapado, B. Text Society's edition.

Do or Dom .......... Mdo-man *»^'»«,- 1

Dsam ................ Edsam-gjiii rgyas-bgad ^wfjc.1 J«-«MJ^ j

Dus-ye ................ Dus-hkhor-gyi yc-fes-kyi lehu also Dug-hgrel ye-le.

Dus-kho ............. V^^'^l Dus-hkhor ti-ka.

Dug ................... Qdugs-dkar "IV'P'VIM

Dzl. .................. Mdo hdsafi-blim an ancient collection of Legends of Buddha.

Ev ...................... E-vam ^'W |

G. Bon ................ Rgyal-rabs lon-gyi hbyufi-

0. kah ................ Rgyal-po bkah-than yf^iv^v: \

G. Sndg ............. Eevd. Graham Sandberg, B.A., LL.B.

Gyal ................... Bffyd mtshan rtscmohi gzufig .

Gyal. S ................ Rgyal-rabs gsal-wahi mc-lon ji|'^q«i''J)N's

Glr ................... Rgyal-rabs, a history of the kings of Tibet quoted by Jaschke.

Gram ................ Grammar or native grammatical works.

Grub ................... Grub-mthah $d-gyi mc-lon 9jq'*m'-«)'J|ig'»)-SlE.- 1

Gul ................... wp^-^'^iscg^ Mk/tas-pahi mgul-rgyan.

Gya-cher ............. Gya-chcr rol-pa, Tib. version of the Lnlitvistarrc Ed. by Foucaux.

Glu ................... Rgyal-iea Tshans-dbyans rgya-mtshohi mgul-glu.

Gser-phreH .......... H'lps-l^fcW^^r^S-a^lC by Nagarjuna.

Gshon ................ Gshon-nuhi mgul mgyur

Qyu ................... Gyu-thog-pahi rnam-thar

Hey ................... Revd. A. W. Heyde of the Moravian Mission.

Hind ................ Hindi language.

Hook ............... Sir Joseph Hooker's Himalayan j ournals.

Hue ................... A.bbe Hue and Gabet's Tibet.

Hbrom. ............... Bbrom-ston-pahi rnam-thar

Hbum ................ Yum-chen-mo $w'^'35|

J. Zan ................ Dpag-bsam IJon-bsan ^twi'eww !«(•««• |

Ja ................ ..... Jachke's Tibetan-English Dictionary.

Jig .................... Ejig-rten lugs-kyi bstan-bcos

K.d ................... Bkah-hgyur mdo fv

K. du ................ Bkah-hgyur hdul-wa

K. dun ................ Bkah-babs bdun-ldan-gyi rnam-thar

K. g ................... Bkah-hgyur rgyud

K. ko ................ Bkah-hgyur dkon-brtsegs

K. my ................ Bkah-hgyur myan-hdas

K. phal ............. Bkah hgyur phul-po-che

XXIX

K.P Karuna-pundarika, B. T. Society.

K. than, or Kathan. Padma fykah than.

Kalac. T. Kalachakra of Taranatha.

Kh Kham, eastern part of Tibet.

Kha wp^'Mf'w'qSi* Mkhah hgro-mahi brdah.

Khrid. Klon-chen Skhrid-yig |^'*S^<H%R

Kopp Ko'ppen, die religion des Buddha.

J£un Kunawar, province under British protection.

Kye-rim Ejigs-byed b$kyed-rim

L. V. Lalitavistara.

Lanka Larjkavatara-Sutra, B. T. Society.

Lam-rim ByaK-chub Lam-gyi rim-pa sc;$q-ai*r

Lam. ti. Lam-don ti-ka wf^ '"1 1

Lat Latin.

Ld. Ladak.

Ld. Glr Ladak GyaUrabt, a history of Tibet, Ed. by Dr. E. Schlagintweit.

Lex or Lexx Lexicon or Lexicons, native Tibetan dictionaries.

Lh Lhasa.

Lh. kar Lha-sahi dkar-chag

Lha. kah Lha-hdre bkah-thaH

Lif Li-fi gur-khan ^'^'^'f^' a Tibetan glossary.

Lo Thog-rmhi blo-sbyons lnf&tflfc'* (Lam-rim).

Lot KM-rdol gsufi-hbum ft^r^ff^f"^^*!^-!-^*^-^-^ 16th

volume.

L. kah Blon-po bkah-than

Ljafii Itjafi-glM-gi bsgrufis <

M. V. Maha Vyutpatti.

M. vrtti Madhyamika Vritti B. T. Society.

M. Wills Sir. Monier William's Sanskrit-English Dictionary.

Ma Ma-hoAs lufi-b$tan wX^-^-q^ Tibetan Apocalypse.

M . gu Margyud «'«^ !

Maha. p Mahaparinibbana-sutta, Pali Text Society.

Maha. v Mabavarhso.

Mam W35 q^c.'^ Mamo bskari gso.

Med. Medical works of Tibet.

Mi. Mihi mtshan-nid *)5'»rt^^ |

Mil Milaragpa's «gv«ig»i mgur hbuin hundred thousand songs.

Mil. nt Mi-la ras-pahi rnam-thar Rir1W^*^r*^ Mila's autobiography.

Min-rda Min-don brdah-sprod ^K.^1^"'^ (Dag-yig).

Hong Mongolian.

Mng Man-Hag rgyud ^ tqI'|S a medical work.

XXX

Mgrin Mgrin-snon sla-wahi rtogs-brjod wg^'

Jlgur Mi-la ras-pahi mgur-hbum *)'orwq5-W|^'R£j*4

Mnon Mnon-brjod mkhas-pahi rna-rgyan *&r'4ft'*fanAl*y( | a Lhasa

block-print work in 80 leaves compiled by Nag Wang Jigten

Wangchug Tagpai Dorje (*T^"fl^fa'^'5P'!<lFll&'^) ^rom

Sakya Panohhen's Tshig-gter, Tibetan translation of Amarkosa

and other lexicons.

Mtshan Mtshan-ntd *^^ |

Ndro Na-ro chos-dr

Nor Nor-lhahi ffzuns

flag Dag-yig nag-sgron

Org Original texts.

Org, in Original manuscripts.

Pag Etogs-bjrod dpag-sam h

Pth Pad-ma than-yig

Pur Purrang.

Rdo Rdo-rifi sum-rtags

Edo-phren Rdo-rje phrefi-wa.

Rdsa Sgom-cJwn daft rdsa-rtsig-gi rnam-thar

Egyan Rgyan-gyi bstan bcos

Sje-nam Bje rin-po chehi rnam-thar

Rnam Rnam-bgad snin-rgyan

Etsa-g Etsa-rgyud ^'|«\ !

Etsa . ti Dbu-ma rha hgrel-pa g.ni$-ka,

Rtsa-shufi Man-nag rgyud-kyi rtsa-wahi gshun

Rtsi. Rtsis-kyi bstan-bcos |'«r|1

Etsii Rtsis-yshi phyogs-bsgriys

S Sanskrit terms from Tibetan-Sanskrit Lexicons of Tibet explained

by Satis Chandra Acharya, M.A.

S. del Gsum-hgrel ijgw^ai |

8. g Shad-gyud, a medical work.

S. Lex Sanskrit lexicon.

S. phren Legs-bfad gser-hphren

S. kar Bsam-yas dkar-chag

S. lam Sambhalai lam-yig.

S. leg Sa-skya legs-bgad >nr

S. o Qser-hod dam-pa

/S.P Suvarna-prabha, B. T. Society.

Sama Samadhiraya-sutra, B. T. Society.

Sdm Samkhya-tattva Kaunwdi.

Sans Sanskrit or Sanskrt.

XXXI

Sch ................... Prof. Is. J. Schmidt, Tibetisch-Deutsches Worterbuch. and

Tibetische grammatik.
Schr ................... Dr. A. Scbiefner.

Schl. .................. Dr. E. Schlagintweit, Buddhism in Tibet.

Schtr ................ Schrdter, editor of the first Tibetan Dictionary.

Ser ................... Qser-gyi Melon,

Shad. .................. Sman-gyi bqad-rgyttd

Shal ................... s|«e% Shal-ke.

Sikk ................... Sikkim.

Situ ................... Si-tuhi sum-rt

Sman. g ............... Sman-rgyud or ffi '19^ '$*\ q^ I

Sman .................. Bder-dge sman-b$dus chen-mo

Stiay ................... Snags-skad g9!"'^ a vocabulary of mystic Sanskrt terms.

Snan ................... Snan flag melon ^Wfif^f: |

Snid ................... EM-chen snifi-thig-gi theg-mchog mdsod Tje;l

Snd. HbTc ............. Eev. G. Sandberg's Hand-book of Tibetan.

Soff ................... Sog-gtam

Sorig ................ Gso-rig chos-hbyun

Spyod. ............... Spyod-rnam

Spyo ................... Spyod-hjug

Stg ................... Jttfan-hgyur if ^'"l^' collection of commentaries.

Snkh ................... Sukhavati-vyuha.

Simtn ................ Surangama Sutra «r1^*r»''|'.5!

Tan. d. ............... Bstan-hgyur-mdo «iW»S^«^ I

Tan. snag ............. Bstan hgyur snags.

Ta ................... Tara Natha's Rgya-gar c/iog-hbyun, histoiy of the rise of Buddhism.

Theg ................... Theg-mchog mdsod ^-wXflpS^ j

Thgr ................... Bar-do thos-grol chen-mo w^^^'^'Sl

Thgy ................... Thargyan, scientific treatises.

Tib ................... For Tibetan.

Trig ................... Triglot a collection of Buddhist terms by Prof. Minayeff.

Ts. or Tsan .......... Qtsan "!&•' Tsang province.

Ts. kah ................ Btsun-mo bkah-than

Tshig ................ Tshigs-brgya-pa

ff. ..................... The province of ^ Dbus, Central Tibet.

V. C ................... Vajra-chedika.

Vni. kar ............. Vai-durya dkar-po «'|'^'*\''1^'3 1

Vai. sn ............... .^'l'^'^'2" or ( Vhi-dury s.non-po) .

Visuddhi. ............ Visuddhimaggo B. T. Society.

W. or W. Tib ..... Western Tibet.

XXX11

Was Prof. W. "Wassiljew, Der Buddhismus.

Wik Wilson's Grammar.

Wts Wai-tsang thu-shi ; a description of Tibet, Ed. by Klaproth.

Ya-sel. ..frai-duraya-sel^'\'*'*r**3W)

^ *" AS **

TaA-ti W'^'f H Dbt/afa-can tika.

Yig Rgya-bod yig-tshafi j'S^irdf |

Yig. k Yig-bskur rnar*

Yon Yon-gtan mdsod

Z. Zafis-dkar *w>"N

Zam Brdah-yi hgtan-^cos Za-ma-tog q^s'^'flf^-rf^^'w^i | (Day-yiy).

*}, and + prefixed to some words Indicate them as ("^^' brda rnifi) belonging to the

older orthography.
1 and + prefixed to some words indicate their Indian or Sanskrit origin.

* words marked with asterisks were sent by Dr. Albert Grrtinwedel for being incor-
portated in this Dictionary. They were collected by Dr. A. Schiefner.

GRAMMATICAL ABBREVIATIONS.

abbr. abbreviated; abbreviations.

abstr. abstraction; abstract.

ace. according to.

accus. accusative case.

act. active, actively.

adj. adjective.

adv. adverb, adverbially.

arith. arithmetic.

b. books.

c. cum, with.

c.c. construitur cum, construed with.

c.c.a. construed with the accusative, etc.

cf. confer, compare.

ch. chapter.

cog. cognate, related in origin.

col. or colloq. colloquial, colloquially.

collect. collective, collectively.

com. commonly.

comp. compound, compounds.

conj. conjunction.

contr. contracted.

corr. correct, correctly.

correl. correlative, correlatively.

dat. dative case.

demon. demonstrative.

deriv. derivative.

dub. dubious.

E. east.

e. g. exempli gratia, for instance.

eleg. elegant, elegantly.

elswh. elsewhere.

emphat. emphatical, emphatically.

erron. erroneous, erroneously.

esp. especially.

equiv. equivalent.

euph. euphemistical, euphemistically.

ex. example.

expl. explain, explanations.

extr. extrimo, towards the end of a

fern. feminine gender, [longer article.

fig. figurative, figuratively.

frq. frequently.

fut. future tense.

gen. general, generally.

genit.

gram.

ibid.

id.

i. e.

imp.

impers.

incorr.

inf.

init.

bust.

instr.

interj.

interr.

inters.

i.o.

irr.

lang.

lit.

long.

masc.

med.

med.

metaph.

met.ormeton

myst.

n.

N.E.

neut.

ni.J.

n.p.

N.W.

num.

obs.

opp.

orig.

orthog.

P-

para.

partic.

pass.

past.

perh.

pers.

genitive case.

grammar.

ibidem, in the same place.

idem, the same.

id est, that is.

imperative mood.

impersonal, impersonally.

incorrect, incorrectly.

infinitive mood.

initio, at the beginning of a longer

instead. [article.

instrumentative case.

interjection.

interrogative, interrogatively.

intransitive.

instead of.

irregularly, irregular.

language.

literally, also literature.

longitude.

masculine gender.

medical works, [longer article.

medio, about the middle of a

metaphorical, metaphorically.

metonymical, metonymically.

mystical or mystically.

name.

north-east.

neuter gender.

ni fallor, if I am not mistaken.

noun proper.

north-west'

numeral.

obsolete.

as opposed to.

for original work.

orthography.

page.

paragraph.

participle.

passive, passively.

past tense.

perhaps.

person, personal.

XXXIV

pf. perfect tense.

pi. plural number.

pleon. pleonastic, pleonastically.

p. n. proper name.

po. poetically.

pop. popular language.

poss. p. possessive pronoun.

postp. postposition.

prep. preposition.

pres. pret. present tense, preterite.

prob. probably.

pron. pronoun.

prop. properly.

pror. provincialism, provincial.

j. v. quod vide, which see.

reL relative.

resp. respectful, respectfully.

«b«t, substantive.

8.E.

south-east.

sim.

similar in meaning, similarly.

sing.

singular number.

sh or a

for q or f-.

symb. num.

symbolical numeral.

Syn. or synon.

synonymous.

termin.

terminative case.

trop.

tropically.

trs.

transitive.

V.

vide, see.

vb.

verb.

vb. a.

verb active.

vb. nt.

verb neuter.

vulg.

vulgar, low expression.

vulgo.

in common life.

W.

west.

w.e.

without explanation.

TIBETAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY.

T| Ka the first letter of the Tibetan
alphabet, corresponding in sound to the
Sanskrit 5R or the English K. Of this
letter we read: *|^-ri]^*''{K'W *»-»»'
rtsci'ica shei-par grags (K. g. "1 4#4) " the
ka is called the root." As the first letter
it has the sense of " the beginning " :
*\W*fl'Qka-nai dag-pa pure from the begin-
ning. Again, it can signify " power " :
I^I^t-Jra'*)-*^ snan htsher-nifi ma-shu
ka-med though unpleasant to hear, I have
no power not to say it ; wqflffri^ ma
ka-med powerless not to give ; w*3j'
ma hgro ka-med. powerless not to go,
i.e., cannot avoid going. ") ka has almost
the same sense in "V$«-gfS)-«i^S-q-9t &a cit
kyaft mi-phan hchi-wa la (Lo. 35), no re-
source avails at death. This letter seems
to have other metaphorical meanings ; thus
we read: "V^'a-q-nW"'5^ ka sfiet bya-wa
Mod-pa yin (K. g. f> 179) "ka, so to be
called, is desire."

T] I: 1. when used in indicating
numbers ka signifies one or first. 2. in
modern Tibetan as an affix to many words
it denotes : the, all the, the very,
fkab$-ka has the same meaning as

u, on a certain occasion ; \"\ de-ka

that very ; "ft"'*) g.nis-ka the two. 3. in a
large number of words we find *| occurring
as the second syllable. In some of these it
has been added apparently as a differenti-
ative particle ; and in the colloq. we often
find it annexed to the older monosyllabic
form without explainable reason.

'Tj II : indeed ; surely : H^«»t^'^ini*f
star yafi dran-du ka sod (Pag. 42) later
again he indeed recollected (the separa-
tion).

"I ka for ; "\t ka-tca a pillar.

"|'P ka-kha 1. the A-B-C, or alphabet.
2. a feather: "I^VTTr^lf* bsaft-fkad
la ka-kha ni sgro-ho (K. g. "1 216) in
the secret language ka-kha signifies a
feather.

"IT" ka-kha-pa a beginner of the
alphabet ; a child.

i\f ka-tho, also *[f&.'f ka-khahi tho, an
alphabetical register ; an index.

T^"! Ka-thog lit. "on the top of *| "; n. of
a celebrated Buddhist monastery in Kham
belonging to the Rnifi-ma School, the Head
Lama of which is believed always to be an
incarnation of his predecessor and holds
the title of njlf'ir^ir'*^* I The hill on

2

TO I

which this monastery was built is said to
have resembled the letter "\ ka. °^'^'a-^'
"^•^••^.•^•^•^•^•l^-fta.-^m-^] (Deb. "I
26) On the bank of the Di-chu (Hlri-clui),
near Pom-po, is the monastery called
Kathog.

TV1! ka-dag = T^'^'i ka-naf dag-pa
pure from the beginning. According to
the Rnin-ma School of Buddhism it means
?c-'c|'^t\ slon-pa-iiid (gunyata) emptiness, or
the void ; that which is pure from the

beginning : f'T^f^'fl^TfTSV1*'^**'
S*i'§ I ( Yig. lli) that which is not com-
pounded, being evolved of itself, is pure
from the beginning.

Tls ka-sde ^tfif 1. the four letters in
the first group of the Tibetan alphabet,
namely, Tp'^j't1 1 2. in astronomy con-
secutive numbers: 4'5)^'Vnv'$'||*<''*3*'|
(Ya-sel. 45) the order of figures in the
(zodiac sign of the) crocodile is con-
secutive.

TI ka-pa the first volume of a work or
a series of works ; a volume or anything
else marked with the letter "I ka.

ka-dpe, also expressed Tf^'^tl ka
khahi dpe, an A-B-C book ; a primer.

Tip kj-phrefi (ka-t/teng)=Ti'^ kali the
series of consonants in the Tibetan
alphabet.

ka-mcd helpless, powerless.

TSY§*J'5 ka-smad sum-cu lit. "the thirty
(letters of the Tibetan alphabet) below the
letter *|."

"1'fi ka-rtsom an acrostic; a metrical
composition in which the initial letters
of each line form a continuous word or
sentence.

T$ ka-li ordinarily written for the
Tibetan Sanskrt word H'

I 1'3> kd-li=*\'%t-' ka-phrefi the series of
letters gen. beginning with "1 ka, i.e., the
consonants of the Tibetan language : ")'*)'
ta-3>T$-5)aj yi-g* a-lika-liyin "letters are of
the w series, i.e., vowels, and of the "|
series, i.e., consonants" (Situ. 3).

I : kn-ka qrra 1. the crow. 2.
the cry of the crow : "I'T^^v^ V^*' I
( Vat. kar.) "if a crow caws, wealth will be
found."

Tj TJ II : excrement (nursery word) ;
in W. TT^'S ka-ka tan-ce= French faire
caca (Ja.).

1. a small
coin of Ancient India (Cs.) : TT^Ifa'g'y-gS-
Mf " ka-ka-ni of the value of twenty shells
(coteries)." 2. <srr^ the fourth part of a
_p«wr/. 3. the quarter of a mdna. 4. the
seed of Alrm precatoriits, used as a weight
in medicine. 5. the shell of Cyprwa
moneta, used as money.

I" Tj TJ'^C* ka-ka-ran the cucumber is
so called in Kunawar (Jd.).

^ Ij'Tj'* ^rarrfK n. of a fabulous snowy
mountain situated to the north of a river
called Patru, where a medicinal plant
called Tujanaya grows (8. Lam. 36).

lp|' Ka-ki-ni 1. n. of a Buddhist
literary work. 2. n. of a female Buddhist
deity: ^q-ifa-wg-.sSc.-jj'ar'iHl-^viijXl (D. 20)
" (taught) the rites concerning the goddess
Kakini to the saint Mai-bye Tshan-pa."

t 7H''!1'^ Ka-ku-fla n. of a river

(K.d.^582}.

3

n.

of a plant used in medicine, Tertninalia
arjuna. 2. = ^l'3!i'3c.t5)'^c-'^ dug-mo fiufi-
gi cifi-nor the " fruit of the tree of little
poison" (Nag.).

t T^j ^ Ka-ke-ri-ya ^fw n. of
a tree which grew on Grdhrakuta, or
the Vulture-peak Hill of Magadha
(K.ko.^3).

* ipf] ka-ko applied in Sikkim for T
^'^ ka-ko-la.

ka-ko-la *qft<si 1. cardamom,
the fruit of Cocculus Indiciis ; a plant with
a berry, the inner part of which consists
of seeds with a wax-like aromatic sub-
stance. 2. TT^fanS 3^ Saccharum munja,
but is variously described as a fruit used
in medicine; a poisonous tree-drug; also
= TH'S the castor-oil plant.

Syn. **'*«• tnhan man ; I'S'^l'fa'S s/a-wa
g*hon-nu ; |-i5-|-« sla-icahi bye-ma (4fno«.).

Tj'S /M-m(also T* ka-cha) ^ articles,
goods, effects, property, furniture:
nf jfc'trff "^'"frj^fl I the king who follows
after property; TwSwwSvi property
causes satisfaction.

Syn. ^l spyud-lag; ^'^ yo-byad.;
f^m-3^ dnos-chas (Mnon.).

Tl'SSj Ka-can n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. 1 43).

Tj'5 ka-ci colloq. T! ka-rji 1. a kind
of coarse white cotton cloth largely im-
ported into Tibet from Nepal and used
for making prayer-flags. A piece of ka-ci
is generally four to six yards long and a
foot and-a-half broad. 2. a kind of muslin;
a very fine cotton cloth imported from
Benares: "l'^Uq|'^''*g'Pa''*'SSI for each piece
of kft-ci eight bushels of barley.

TS'|*i-*N ka-ci skyem-ras fine cotton
cloth or muslin, so called from its resem-
blance to the superior quality of Tibetan
paper called skyems; (ftiWf*^r'T*|«r!Ml|
(8. kar. 179) different sorts of cotton
cloth, muslin, &c., brought from Upper
Tibet ; *!'$' g*r« an inferior kind of ka-ci
cloth.

Tj''Q ka-ci-K ^f% n. of a flower
(K. my. "| 20). -*fgf% is identical with ^
and ^f^, a plant with an esculent root
(Anon colocasia) cultivated for food.

"I'l ka-lci sometimes used for T$.

^*
Tj'^ZIJ Ka-lcog an abbr. of the names

of two celebrated translators of the Kah-
gyur : T*V"*frf Ka-wa Dpal-brtseg?
and g'l'^'SlS'jacw^ Kluhi rgyal-mtshan of
Lcog-ro.

T* ka-cha -=^*\ '* ka-ca.

T|'3&'^ ];a-ch«-ta a habitation, a hut
(Sc/itr.).

^1'$^! ka-ihii(j so, like that, accord-
ingly ; T^T5^ ka-chug mdsod means
^•^^•|^ de-ltar-byed, do liko that, do accord-
ingly: •rlNrfr^T^^'VTWHl "ifAme
is disinclined let (him) not do like that"
(A. M).

T|*^ ka-ta in mystic language a term
for mother (K. ff. *\ 216).

a-ta-J;a !• n- of a tree-

^| if an eye-medicine be made from
kataka and honey, all eye-diseases may be
removed (S. Lam. 38). 2. *ficW the
clearing nut-plant, Strychnos potatorum. A
seed of this plaut when rubbed on the
inside of a water jar produces a precipita-
tion of the earthy particles of water.

TT| ka-ta-ma-ka n. of a kind of
bird (K. ko. *| 2).

+ T5 *** ^a-ta-ya, also "V5 -ffa-fya n.
of a place in Ancient India, probably the
country of the Ocetae; according to Cs.
Scythia ; n. of a district in Tibet.

+ *I'$'U|'^'*[<IW Ka-ta-ya-na nog-can lit.
Katyayana with a hump on his shoulders ;
one of the six heretical teachers who
disputed with Buddha.

J T5*'5 Ka-tahi 6u = 1'5'<*q ka-tya ya-m
?fTRjni«T the son of Katyayanl ; n. of a
Bhiksu (Buddhist monk) (flag. 3).

+ "H^'tf Ka-tahi bu-mo JjfTWTT*t, <s»rr
the goddess Uma ; also the mother of the
Hftiksu Katyayana.

t T5*'g Ka-tyahi bu JffrarRJT lit. the
son of Katya. It is said that the family
name of Katyayana was given because
the patriarch of the tribe took the
vows of an ascetic from the sage Nada
(K. d. ^ 127).

t T5'^ ka-ta-ra n. of a flower
(K.d.flS).

\ rehu mig a table
of figures made of lines crossing each
other and forming squares.

Tj'^ ka-ta>i = ** rag cotton cloth
(fag. 2).

ka-tam-bha described as sfa'
(K. d. ' £62), n. of an insect.

gshofi a basin,
bowl; ;»r^Fcr (also "I'f^ ka-to*ra) the
Tibetan form of the Hindi word katora.

t ^1'^ v Ka-ta-ki ^^ a generic
name for mountain; n. of a mountain
(8oh.),

'^ Ka-ta-ki-la ««f«« n. of a
city in Ancient Sind (8. Lam. 35) ; lit. a
pillar of grass.

Tj'^'^f'^ Ka-tn Bo-ta Indian n. for
the town of Paro in Bhutan (Dsam.).

f ^I'^Jj Ka-tu-ka n. of a fabulous city

->a
which is described to have been fifty

yojana in circumference.

*R'* ka-to-ra v. *\'^'*- ka-to-ra.

Tl'^'l, ka-tha-ra in Kunawar a sort of
peach (Jd.).

Tj'^'-'q Ka-thi-fi a Chinese minister
who founded the monastery of Hi kwan-
xse (Yig.46).

"I'i ka-the v. T*) ka-ica.

ka-da-ru-ha m&v (prob.
a bird nestling on khadira trees)
n. of a kind of bird (K. ko. "1 2).

ka-dam-pa ^r?^, fsRfqr 1. n.
of a tree ; i)^»i-«i5'»>-fii ^^a( -5* the k«-
dtimba flower ; the tree Nauclea cadamba,
a tree with orange-coloured fragrant
blossoms. 2. |rite<Vr^?J)c|k<t>CT%te< |
(£ag.) n. of a species of bird of a deep
blue colour and also that of a tree. 3. a
kind of grass.

n|-^wq-«^ ka-dam-pa can cloud, v. |^'«
tprin-pa (Mnon.).

t T^'H ka-da-ka «W also "|'^'<i ka-
da-pa 1. n. of a fruit. 2. n. of a bird
(K. d. "i 20).

ka-da-pa «*m n. of a fruit
(K.d.«t 202) ; prob. «tK« the fruit of the
tree Fi'ms religiosa.

ka-na-kam ?r*r5F gold; a
pedantic synonym for «l^v gser (Mnon.).

+ 7Tj'3i'7T|'(J}|j ^*nm n. of an Indian
paijdit who visited Tibet (J. Zafi.).

f T|*3j'* ka-na-tsa (prob. *iflfa) lit.
sprouting; generic name for a tree; the
plant Abrus precatoriits ; ^ccw&frtyifipw |
the flowers of the ka-na-tta tree (K. g.

ka-na-im-na 3>nre«f n. of
a tree (K. d. « b22) • 5t^f the plant
Commelina Benfjalvnsis.

Tj'^'^l ka-na-ya n. of a kind of
weapon ; a short lance attached by a string
to the arm, by which it can be drawn back
after having been thrown at an object ;
aiqi^-^-ab-^qi-q^e.-'fl^-uc^f*^'3'^ ^'1 in
the hands, a sword, a lance and a large
arrow (K. g. « 113). '

+ Tj'SJ'T! Ka-ni-ka also T^'l nfo*
n. of a celebrated Turuska (Tartar) king
who ruled over Palhava, Kashmir and
Jalandhara (the provinces of the Panjab
and Kabul) in ancient times ; he embraced
Buddhism and is said to have held the
last great Buddhist Council for the com-
pilation of the Mahayana Tripitaka in
the first century B.C.

JKa-ynam n. of a province of
Tibet north-east of Kong-po ; "|'«R«'«i ka
(fnam-pa a native of Ka-ynam.

* "W"! ka-na-ya smra for T^'"1 ka-na-
ya a kind of spear or lance, ^snra and
are synonymous terms.

ka-pa-la m\* the skull ; the
forehead. In Tib. Budh. kapala or
knpali signifies either the skull or a
drinking cup made of the human skull.

I : Kapi n. of the language that
was anciently spoken in the country of

Kapistan; n. of a country. The Bon
Rgyal-rals (a history of the kings of
Tibet), according to the Bon historians,
was asserted to have been written in Kapi,
the language of the gods, in which the
ancient Bon scriptures were mostly
written. It is also stated that the Bon
books were translated into the language
of the Persians or Tajik people, from
which again the Tibetans translated them
into the language of Shan Shun in
Northern Tibet.

II •' 1 *>ftw gum, resin (Jd.) ;
the resin extracted from a medicinal
plant called fity-pa (Juniper communis).
The root is gathered in autumn or
spring and being thoroughly cleansed, is
cut into pieces and beaten into pulp. The
juice is squeezed out with a clean cotton
rag, and being poured into a clean
dry earthen pot is subjected to a gentle
heat. As soon as it begins to thicken it
is stirred with a spoon till it gains the
consistency of resin. 2. the hog-plum,
Spondias magnifera ; a tree; Pentaptira
tomentosa ; the mane-fig tree ; Fiats
inpectoria. Also a wood-apple tree.
3. n. of a yellow orpiment.

ka-pi ka-lsha n. of a medi-
cinal plant (K. g. * 51) ; ^fftf^f^ the plant
Mitcuna pruritus.

J T^ ka-pi-da = ''\'*l ka-pi.

t T ^ Ka-pi-na *fiH n. of a king
of Southern India who lived in Buddha's
time and considered himself the greatest
monarch of the world. His vanity was
exposed by the Great Teacher, who con-
verted him to Buddhism and ultimately
raised him to the position of an Arhat

6

vfin Ifr n. of a
Brahmanioal sage whose hermitage waa
at the mouth of the Ganges (-S. Lam.).

1 H|'^C'S| ka-pM-tha wfr?i«r n. of a
very delicious fruit (K. d. <* 20).

+ Tfj'q^'^ ka-pin-da-ka *ffo»^ n. of
a kind of bird.

n]'*}'^ Ka-pu-ta n. of a place in
Ancient India where, in accordance with
the curse of a holy sage, adultery and
incest were punished with the burning of
the house in which such crimes were
committed (Dvam.).

ka-pcd a gourd; a sort of
medicinal fruit (Lex.).

TV5! ka-pha a tree.

Tl'^ I : Ka-u-a n. of the mother of
Bromton, the founder of the Buddhist
hierarchy of Tibet (Qbrom. P 37).

psug-pa

pillar, column, stake, support ; also tri-
dent ; "V5| ka-ske the neck of a pillar or
column; *faka-tked. the shaft; "r^T"
ka-gpig-ma a small house or temple hav-
ing but one pillar ; T^ ka-chen the prin-
cipal pillar, a very large pillar; Tf^ ka-rten
the base of a pillar ; T^l* ka-$tcg$ the
pedestal of a pillar; "V*M ka-pdan the
base or pedestal on which a pillar stands ;
"Va6* ka-spuns a colonnade, a number
of" pillars ; Ti'fl0!'*^ a grooved pillar ;
n|-q-^K ^ q$ m-q5'3je: ^STOT ^T»T: (lit. the town
of houses built with pillars and king-posts)
one of the thirty-six holy places of the
Buddhists ; *r*rg*)'i'*^ ka-wa bum-pa-can
one of the pillars of the great Jokhang
temple at Lhasa, with the upper part of

its capital in the shape of a water-pot ;
>t|-q-g «i-«^-«^ ka-wa (.brul-mgo-can the pillar
that had a serpent-shaped capital ; T*1'
^c.-J6'«^ ka-ica qin-lo-can the pillar which
had designs of leaves of trees round its
capital ; T^cwSf -*^ ka-wa sefi-mgo-can
the pillar with a lion's head on its capital.
These were the names given to the four
principal pillars of the Jokhaug temple
of Buddha at Lhasa, built by King Sron-
btsan ggam-po about 640 A.D., after
the model of the pillars in the palace of
the Emperor T'ai-tsung, called Kyii liin
tin, the palace of the golden dragon.
qflwjj-tl-q yHtim-gyi ka-ica ^nurraww the
pillar of heaven ; wSJ'T^ sa-yi ka-wa
S^nw the pillar of earth; d'wJ'Tq nic-i/i-
ka-iea gftrww the pillar of fire; $$'
"I'l e/in-yt ka-ica sr^reiw tlie pillar
of water, — these are the fabulous and
metaphorical pillars mentioned in the
astrological works of Tibet. "TO^'^'q
ffyi<-/ti ka-ifii a pillar of turquoise, or
one that is studded with turquoises
(Lha.kar. IS).

T|-jUar*) J£a khol-ma n. of a historical
pillar in the grand temple of Buddha
at Lhasa, inside of which the earliest
known MS. of Tibet, called qTp-3*«rT
f®T*M, and said to be the will of King
Sron-btsan Rgam-po, was alleged to have
been found in the middle of the eleventh
century A.D.

a-myo the capital of a pillar.

ka-tca-can lit. with
a pillar or pillars ; a house. In the sense
of being the supports or upholders of the
school of Marpa, the Tantrik sage of
Tibet, his four disciples were called *W
1^ ka-can bshi "the four pillars of his

school." They received his bkah, commis-
eion, regarding Buddhism, and were also
called qT^-qq^rq^ " the four commissioned
ones." The following were the four
disciples : "e«|'£«r^ Chos-rdur of Bnog ;
Bsod-i/ams rgy/il-mfs/ian ;
Mtshur-dican rdo-rj? of
q Mi-la ra$-/)(t.

Tol; and

ka-gciy sgu-g.ciij 1. a small
house with but one pillar and one door,
gen. a small prison-house. 2. A mode of
capital punishment is said to be called so
when the culprit is fastened to a pillar in
a dungeon until he dies of hunger (Jd.) .

kn-hphan the ornamental silk
fringes aud embroidered hangings made
in various mythical designs for decorating
the capitals of pillars.

*|-q'q3c.-Hj
pillar.

a strong well-finished

ka-wahi sbyar-bkod a cor-
nice ; the ornamental projections, &c.,
which surmount a pillar ; the decorative
pieces which are attached to a pillar.

=.'*< ka-man-ma a house with many
pillars.

*V*)"| ka-mig the square space (of about
twelve feet) enclosed by four pillars is
called a ka-mig ; the area or enclosure
of a colonnade is measured by the ka-mig.

"1't" ka-rtse the top of a pillar.

"Vt" ka-rtse ("I'uie.1!" ka-yan-rfse) the
upper part or capital of a pillar.

ka-pshu **isi<si+ capital of a
wooden pillar ; a piece of timber in the
shape of a bow fixed on a pillar to hold
up the main beam (Lex.).

f)'«K'J- the extremity of a pillar which
projects over the capital (architrave) .

T3W ka-fitb$=*\-t$--§w ka-wahi $ubs
the cover of a pillar, perhaps the abacus.

T| ^ III : a particular faculty acquired
by a mystic process in which the appetites
— hunger, thirst, &c.^ — are suppressed.
This is one of the six practices of the
Buddhist Tantriks who practise yoga
(meditative concentration).

T] Q| IV : ^fWW a large vein or artery
in the abdomen ; a vessel in the side of
the breast containing vital air (sniHI»0,
supposed to be brought into action in
above mystic process.

«^»
t T^'5 J;a^ta *fwi n. of a tree,

the elephant or wood-apple, Feronia
Elephantum (S. Lam. 38).

I ^'q'^'OI ka-bi-ta-la 1. n. of a tree

(K. d. « 400). 2. probably ^ftm« benzoin,
storax.

'<l Ka-bu-lo, described
', n. of a Gandhan-a Eaja— Prince
of the celestial musicians (K. my. "1 493).

*!] H^ ka-bed or S'l ku-wa, gourd. In
the district of Ped-ma dkod in Tibet, just
north of Assam, the gourd is called w$»
a-btim : 1^'Wr^^^:^^i ! the gourd
fruit cures fever and diarrhoea :

burnt or baked gourd eaten with molasses
cures bloody diarrhoea (K. g. « 47).

a-bel n. of a city in Ancient
Udyana, i.e., in ur^'^ U-rgyan yul pro-
bably the modern Kabul.

Ka-bo-ka n. of a Prince of
Ancient Kabul (S. Lam. IT).

8

Ka-ma-cha or "!'«'* Ka-mu-
tsha <timigl n. of a sacred place in Assam
where there is a stone-cut symbol of Kali,
the Hindu goddess.

ka-ma-ta the lotus (Nag.).

ka-ma-tsi **fa a kind of

medicinal plant: T*^^-q-|-^-g^^-flp)v
^•<^ | " if the root of ka-ma-t&i be placed
on the top of the head, sleep arises"
(K. g. * 56).

t T*^ kama-ru 1. Kamarupa in
Assam. 2. alabaster (Scii.) ; ^'"VW^i rdo
ka-ma-ru-pa marble.

* fl'JTQI ka-ma-la inm 1. the water-
lily, lotus Nelumbium. 2. a river. 3. =
3j*rlt*w gros sems a consulting or reflect-
ing mind (&ag.). The word Kamala is
variously used by the Tibetans, and the
following synonyms of it (both symbolic
and metaphoric) are enumerated in the
work (flag.) : —

Syn. 8^'* sgrahi gHe-ma soft tones ;
" a branching tree ; gc-QS-JjVs*
myos-bum the teats of an ele-
phant ; yr«w*iX«| s^^f% n. of a Buddha ;
n^'H't) bden-$mra-ica one who speaks the
truth ; fr^r* nam-mkhah the sky ;
nor-bu a gem ; ^•|V"f^«'c' snafi-lyed
pa the second luminary, the moon ; «rgF
la-plaH a bull; w§'«*»w bar-gyi
the middle zone or boundary :
(\aft~pa swan; J|=.'**' sbmn-chafi beer made
cf honey ; ^«Jf«5 i\**v dwafi-pohi gsal a
lamp, that which clears the sight ; «'^ »w-

Aeabufialo; *>'^'SI mi-mohi ah a woman's
^ -\»

song ; i^VW'5 bshon-pahi rta a riding
horse ; ^'^ yul-phran a small country ;
^'Vl*! ri-dbags a deer ; ^c.-*i|N-ci l,,n tshags-
pa a collected mind ; ^'«5'S rin-po die

precious thing ; ^'^ S'^'9^ ri-rab-kyi
ri-phran a smaller peak of the mountain
Sumeru ; %'? fifl-rta a chariot ; "
gser-gyi kha-dog the colour of gold.

a celebrated
Buddhist philosopher of the ancient
monastery of Vikrama9ila in Magadha,
who introduced the Yogacarya Mahayaua
School of Buddhism into Tibet, after
defeating in controversy a Chinese
hoshang who wished to convert the
Tibetans to the doctrine of the " do-
nothing " school during the reign of King
B'ST^W'"^ Kliri-sroft gde-^u tyson about
the middle of the 8th century A.D.

Tj'^rEj ka-mrt-li a very sharp sword
(flag. 2): ^•^'a1n'"^'t!V^ ^l*^ I
(Z). R.) grasping in his nine hands nine
lotus-hafted razors.

ka-mu-la rdo-rgyad n.
of a sort of alabaster or steatite found in
Central Tibet (Jd.).

*lS'^ ka-tsa rkfd-nng rusty and
crooked: 8t'9^'ITI^:^S'?'II'^V£)'li*)*Il "the
steel ribs of the coat of mail which are
rusty and bent " (Jig.).

n- of a kind of

bird (K. ko. *| 2.).

ka-tsa-lin-di (prob.

-Jfl»' dress made of a
heavenly stuff, i.e., the finest kind of silk
which is used for presentation at an
interview, or when making an application
for any favour, &c. ; n. of a very fine
cloth or linen made of Kacilindi (Lex,).

Ka-tsan-ka-la n. of a

Bhiksml (Buddhist nun) (K. d. -*\ 18).

g

Ka-tsi-li-ban the Kachili

forest : S'S^'f 15S'8*'Rg|*r|T'3>-9pq3i1q«i12rI;Mr
^ I on the northern bank of the river
Rohita there is the Kachili forest and a
Nepalese stronghold (Daam. 21).

Tj'S*'^''^ ka-rtsa-tja-la the
(Scfitr.).

sea

ka-rtsam a species of wild oats ;
it differs from yug-po or Tibetan oats
and is considered superior to buckwheat,
but inferior to wheat.

T| 'ro^l Ka-tshal n. of a place situated
to the east of Lhasa; ^3«'f'S'*wl'5'l'l'*'1'^'
f^'l the monastery known as Ka-tshal
Lha-khan of Mal-gro in Upper tJ (Cen-
tral Tibet).

Ea-t&higs cheii-po the
title of a Buddhist work on the genealogy
of the Kings of Tibet (Gyal. S. 28).

described as

(Dsam.) " n. of an Indian Chailya situated
on the high hill (of Gaya Gauri)."

I: ka-

ra

sugar:

^wS-Y^ ! having taken sugar and
arsenic in equal parts, if beer made from
the root of Colhajana be drunk, the gravel
of the bladder will be ejected; T^'ST'
Jj"l ka-ra dkar-smug brown sugar; "|'V
ST'Sj1T9^i!t-rtwn-t!! a kind of brown
crystallized treacle and honey; T^'^T
9^ ka-ra tog-tog loaf sugar, sugar in
lumps; jarfriy* Rgyal-mo ka-ra sugar
from Rgyal-mo Ron, situated on the con-
fines of Tibet and China; I'*'*!'* bye-ma
ka~ra powdered sugar, or granulated sugar ;
•^rT* fel-ka-ra rocky candy (K. y. * £6).

II : tent-pole ; T^T2^ ka-ra
sdig-pod a tent-pole with a grooved bulb
on top used in some countries; T^'tjT
*\i I or T^-RR-^-q | tt tent-pole without
a grooved bulb on top.

ka-ran-dsa

*f a medicinal fruit or berry ; n. of
the tree Pongamia glalra and Vcrbosina
scandem. •^M*|J'<^*?^'|^ I karandsa pro-
duces natural waimth (in the stomach).

Syn. ^'Ivl" rul-byed skyes;
mar-gyi gun ; f'Vl'V* rtsod bycd-ma •
<*g*i'^|'q hjam-hbrus dbye-wa; *ipi
ts/tiys drug-pa ; 1'»rq»i'|q^ sno-ma lu§-lci/>f

f T^'S ka-ra-da n. of a bird, the cry
of which is like the sound of a drum.
It is described in Buddhist books as like
fire in colour, and as located in the abodes
of the Asura (K d. R 15).

TJ^'^'^I ka-ra-m-jus a kind of fine
Chinese satin (Ji;/.). *V^'|*r^*rfi«'*r?w]*r
ftr^«-I$-$wr|«--^rgirttj the kinds of
satin (called) karanajus and damjus, &c.,
are distinguished by their colour and the
shape of the figures on them.

f|'*s'^*^f ka-ra-na-rus a kind of
Chinese satin: <K.-p>wi'»r2vT|-^-$»r«^-^c
^•ws*! aprons are mostly made of kara-
narus and ta-shin satin.

ka-ra-naft in the mystic
language of the Ddkini of Tibet=the food
of pigs (K. g. f> 27).

ka-ra-bi-ra or "I'V^A ka-ra
wi-ra ^f^^k 1. a fragrant oleander,
Ner'mm odorum ; a species of soma; a

10

particular magical formula or spell for
recovering a missile of mystic properties
after its discharge. [The name karavira is
also applied to the daphne plant, from the
bark of which Tibetan paper is made. The
creeper called the white karavira rubbed
•with the blood of the rock-lizard and the
medicine gmutha rubbed with Bhringiraja,
when conbined, make an ointment which
cures venereal eruptions on the skin of the
penis (K.g.^^9).] 2. a sword or scimitar.
Syn. *-5ffc-3j«S io-sor rgod; «-*^'^S so-sor
Mad; y1*S rta 0«od; SW^T" dpah-po
lag-pn; fllK5ql*''*)'?'l'*^ ffs°4 f(a9S me-tog
can ; i|S'2*' brgyad gye$ ; *\W» ytum-po

'^'''T ka-ra ru-be-ka

kind of bird (K. ko. "I 2).

4-

ka-ra />a-ri=Z*>* bit-ram

sugar (Snian. 291).

lea-ran da-wt

I : ka-ran-da *K"m 1. a
sort of wild duck; T^'i^V^'W'^' I
karanda is the name of a sweet-voiced
bird. 2. SiTW, also fqr^f, in Sans, a
basket or covered box of bamboo wicker-
work used for keeping books in ; a basket
for flowers ; "X**ir^f

n. of a Buddhist work (K. d. «i 275).
II: ^<r, sjgf white.

V^'*3 Ka-ri'hi bu-mo
the daughter of Katyayana ; Uma.

1. a wedge (Jd.). 2. white

(fag. 3).

£a-re, probably "T^ <?a-re. The use
of the latter is very common in Eastern
Tibet. In Sikkim they say TJ? ka-te, what ?
which? 18>li'3|"fri5lV'tl'*''W Upasaka, in
what do you delight ? (A. 94).

ka-ras, abbr. of Kaphfihi ra$,
the Benares muslin which used to be in
great demand in Tibet. In the sacred
books of Tibet the gods are generally
dressed in fine Benares muslin, "fw^'
nwpr^vng'5^ | for imitation Benares
muslin the price per piece ia two bre of
barley.

1*^ Ka-lu-ta in mysticism T01'^'
| Ka-la-ta is described as a
man of lovely appearance (K. g. *\216).

Ka-la.piH.ka wftv a
sparrow ; a singing bird with a sweet voice.
According to Lex. the Indian cuckoo.

Syn. 3«r<J|SE.-uuj-'J|<i| rgyal psufi yan-lag;
t»!^!j'*fwi rjef hgro tnklan ; f^oS'S^ srf<m-
dpe-can; $'^5'q§^ rna-n-ahi bcud; fc.3-
$go-nahi dug na$ gkad gmraht
diran (Mfion.). ,

l'^g JTfl-fa-jf, «^rg^ n. of a king:

i^ff%-^irq at that

time (there lived) a king named Kalaputra,
fierce and wrathful (K. my. "I 209).

Ka-la ro-zan, lit.
the black lord of death who eats the dead ;
n. of a Naga.

+ T|*Q1'-^ <fi,,rer pitcher, jar ; a large
waterpot.

Aa-% in W. mud; earth and
water used instead of mortar ; also other
similar compounds (Jd.).

a species of bird, probably the Bul-bul.

11

Ka-lan-da-ka
1. a town. 2. an individual: T^'VI^ $*•'
^'1^*« ! having arrived at the town of
Kalandaka : ^«T'«i'atai-v|S'g'*'Vi'^rt''
wl^2=.-q<fi I then appeared Zan-jin the
long-lived, son of Kalandaka (K. d. *.

ka-lan-dsa-ri-ka

1. a flowering plant ; also the flower
used in yajna— sacrificial fire (K. g. S 33).
2. belonging to ^rare, an animal struck
with a poisoned arrow; tobacco.

(D

ka-lam-ka, described as W
', n. of a place in Ancient India

ka-lam-ba *<?!*>( the pot-herb
Cotivolvolus repens, Menispermum calumba ;
a medicinal plant: "pwqS'JS'wwarpw
R^ni'^j the leaf of Kalamla when eaten
improves health (K. g. * £4)-

. ,| q J ka-ld-pa *<?iin 1. an aggre-
gate of many accomplishments; an
accumulation of excellent and wonderful
properties in one place or thing (Lexx.).
2. the Buddhist Utopia; the capital of
the fabulous kingdom of S'ambhala.

T| QJ ]fa.ii an abbreviation of the word
ka-pa-li, a skull (Lexx.).

^ T| ^I'T] ka-U-ka 1. described as
si^qi-^-q-^^gisi-^-^c.- 1 the fruit of the
Htiiynolia flower-plant ; a bud of that flower
(Mnon.). 2. prob. *f<a*u, a plant bearing
a nut which is used as a febrifuge, grey
Bonduc.

Ka-M-ga or *\'fo'"i\ Ka-l-in-
ka ^ftr^? 1. one of the thirty-six Buddhist
sacred places said to be situated at a
distance of 60 yojana S. E. of Gaya — also

the birth-place of Vis'wantara (Dus-ye.
39). 2, a bird, a native of an island or
maritime province of India bordering on
the Indian Ocean (K. d. * 15).

'Tj'Qj ka-le or T^i kaleb saddle-
cloth (Jd).

^ T]'-^ *«-pa = gt-|" span-rtsi (tfag.)
a species of grass '(K. d. * 91) • fsi
Saccharum spontaneum.

l I: *«-?*-*« the finest Benares
muslin ; cotton cloth of the finest texture
formerly manufactured in Benares ; *]'^'
T* "^ tnil»(<«is)i* Benares muslin which
in ancient times was of great repute. It-
is said that even the gods longed to wear
clothes made of this material. According
to Cs. ka-gi-ka means a kind of flax as
well as linen cloth; <£%*Aftft$l|f4f| white
Benares linen ; "1-3'I»]S-'*g-|«i the oil of

>3 "W

kagika grain, prob. linseed oil.

j y^ II: of Kashi (Benares) ; an
inhabitant of Benares.

T^'TSi'*' ka-yi ka phra-mo fine flax;
Benares muslin.

*|-%i ka-p's, abbr. of T-W-^i, cotton
cloth.

1- ^ \ ^ Ka-$i-ru n. of a place or
island in the Indian ocean (K. d. ^ 319) :
«R5fa one of the nine divisions of Jambu-
dvipa.

Tj'^J ka-sa the colloq. form of the
expression «a*p'*pw bkah gsal, a definite
order or clear message. According to
Jd. kasa and kaso are mutilated forms
of qT^-qpi bkah bstsal, meaning in Ld.
"yes, sir ; very well, sir ; at your service."

T]'^ ka-sun ka-ra f^'§'|t.'
n, of a city of Ancient India"
(Dsam. 25).

12

I Ka.ha-na ya-na fi-
la n. of an Indian Pandit (Yig. SO).

' Kak-ku ti-pa n. of an
Indian Buddhist sage (K. dun. 52).

t

Kako-ln *«Tl<d a secret

abode of the ZMvwi (JT. 0. *|

IT* kag-ma mischief , harm,
danger (Z«.) ; "II or ^"| or ^"1 implies some
accident or injury; •«i<i|-«|*<-<>iMi:
had-kyif lant fleeing from harm ;
a(K.«j-ai»)A$-q| going from a place which has
not suited one owing to bad luck or any
accident ; also to run away from a place
from fear; adv. II'S)* suddenly (Sch.).

kog-ka-wa *ir*K* n. of a
speoies of bird living on the Vulture-peak
Hill near Gaya (K. ko. "1 2).

Tp'7!] kan-ka n<f, aiarzf 1. crane.
2. in Tibet a bird that feeds on dead
bodies and is therefore called ^'9 dur-bya
the bird of the cemetery.

kan-ka-ra vg* 1. n. of a
flower described as growing on the Vul-
ture-peak Hill of Gaya (K. ko. *| ff).
2. prob. "fcl^fa the plant Alangium hexa-
putalum.

:' Kan-dan-Un prop. n. of a
terrific deity, a Ddkini. When the monas-
tery of Sam-ye was built, the image of
Kan-dan-kin was placed on the first floor
of the principal temple (Gyal. S. 87).

Kan-tsha-ranga a place
in Ancient Bengal, called Gaur in the
Indian language and Gha-bron in the
colloq. of Tibet (8. Lam.).

kad in Ld. sometimes used instead
of the affix "\ ka, e.g., ^«'"R g.ni$-kad,
fe'"lS tsan-kad; also »^»'1^ mnam-kad (Jd.).

I : kan (see P'^ kJia-na) the side or
bank : I'l^WJT'^TfA'Vr''^''1' I on the
further bank of the river Sri-chu there
being a country of brigands (A. 27).

II : also spelt Vft fkan, to cease
absolutely from : Vs! *"!»! ^'1^^ 1^1 " now
give up anger and passion" ; *i^'*ft cease
to tell anybody. Here the word "ft
kan is an emphatical prohibition (Bon.).

HI : 1- TT^ the palate ; in pad-
kan phlegm ; lit. the plywer of the palate.
2. TTTO that seizes or takes away
by force. 3. *tt** a thorn; an illness; a
disease (Lex.). 4. n. of the pulse felt
with the middle finger called kan-ma.

Kan-ni-ka *f{* district in
the east of India (K. d. * 267).

f 'IR'f *1F'^ (Hi the daughter of
the hunchback) *|JJjj«, also written
^•jS-^m Kar-nyahi yul, a city in Ancient
India, the capital of which was Kanya-
kubja, the modern Kanouj (K. du. ^
131).

f|3j'JI kan-ma the middle finger.

T Tj^'v Kan-tsiq^ n. of aprovim-e,
and also that of a city of Buddhist fame
in Southern India (Du$-ye. 39).

kan-ta-kd-ri »<B»ir< a
wild Rubus ; n. of a plant, Solanumjaqui-
ni; also the fruit of this plant; a drug
useful in stopping fever ; a thorny stick.

13

Syn. M*W*.8tyV Man-ma;
yttl hkhor gkycs ; ^'^ stag Man; %'%*> ts/ie
{dan; Iv*r«^ tshtr-ma can; $*'%*. **rg
rtsub-mohi reg-bya; fil*!'*^'*1 phyogs med-
ma ; §*r§^ skill byed (Mnon.).

TP'^ZJ kab-kob=*i'<r<!i^% hide ; un-
tanned skin (.Afy/. S).

kab-fa shoe ; leather shoes of
Hindu fashion used by the wealthier
Tihetans (Jd.).

r*=l»p.'*| kafl-ka, i'V^^j
la ta-mt 5j^tiz«T crane.

-./fl a kind of

growing on the Vulture-peak Hill near
Gaya (K. ko. "J 3) ; proh. the plant
Crinum Amaryllacee.

Kam-bo-dsa «wtw 1. a
country in the north-west of India ( Vai.
(A.), written Kampo-rtse (Jd.) ; n. of a
fabulous city said to have contained an
area of a hundred yojana (S. Lam.).
2. modern Cambodia, anciently called
Champa.

| Kam-bo-d»i-ka n. of the coun-
try, also of the people, as well as of
articles that come from it (K. du. S

kahu water-melon (Seh.).

Kahu-hi? n. of a Chinese
minister (Yig. 24).

kar, also kar-kar, great pain ; suf-
fering (Lex.) ; «ip-np-|q|-awi | aching pain
. 4-).

a = V;wiMCit nad zug
(Nag), irritation or pain in sick-
ness ; exacerbation.

karka-ta or *pj'? nfc, the con-
stellation of " Cancer." It is represented
by the frog ($*•*) in Tibet.

described as ^'S'*!*^ 5, a yellow gem or
precious stone (K. d. "• 295).

^ kar-skyin loan ; in polite lan-
guage v. §1 ski/in (Jd.).

Kar-rgyal a Naga (S. kar.).

members of the

line of the Karma-pa hierarchy; also an
abbreviation of the expression Karma-
pahi-rgyudpa.

kar-chag (also written
a register ; list ; index.

e\

f 7T|^.'^';T| kar-ni-ka grp5«, «fw«rr n.
of aflower of the shape of an ear-ring (K.
g. * 2) ; the flower of the tree Ptcrospef'
mum acerifolium and of Cassia fistula.

, karna k?a-ra=*<* tafia-ia

borax (Smau.

karni-ka in mystic language =
driLbu, a beU (K. g. f> 27).

* Tjfj kar-ma =^'«w hphrin-las. or i*
qp$ commission, service ; action ; work ;
that which is produced from action ;
*j*-W£i Karma-pa (in Nepal called *Pit*)
n. of a Tantrik school of Buddhism.
The head of that school in Tibet holds
the title of Rgyal-wa Karma-pa. The
followers of the school are generally
designated by the name of Karma-pa.

Karma-gfiii-pa the second head
of this sect, named Pak&i or Baksi,

14

was invited to China by the Emperor
Kublai Khan. The third chief, called Kar-
ma Rafi-byufi rdorje, was invited to Peking
by the Emperor Temur Toakwan. The
fourth Karma Rol pahi rdorje was a
friend of the last monarch of the Mongol
dynasty. The fifth Karma De bahin
flfegs-pa was invited to China in the reign
of the Ming Emperor Tunglo (Lon. « 10).

*pfQW%*>' Karma bstan fkyofi the last
of the Sde-ba Gtsafi-pa or rulers of Tsang
and tJ whom the Mongol Chief Gu-shi
Khan overthrew (LoH * 15).

*fiK&]&ttr-ma la-dura *4i=H| n. of an

•o

Indian pandit who worked in Tibet for
Buddhism (J. Zan.).

kar-$mug or T^'OT'i ktt-ra-
smug-pa brown sugar or treacle (Jig.).

Tl^'Sfa kar-yol (also written *&&<*,
meaning white ware) porcelain; china-
ware ; a china cup.

Tfj^'OJC'P kar-laA-wa to stand up ;
to rise suddenly (Jd.).

t ^^'"T2''^ kar-fa-pa-ni ^fT^nTO 1.
a coin in Ancient India, or a weight
of varying value; a Ma or one rupee
weight of gold ; the value of two Tibet sho :
ma-nu Ina sags md-sa-ka,
| de-rnamt bcu-drug kar-
sa-pa-na, ^q^'Sj^^'^'f | de bshi ni gser-
xran-no (Nag.) five manu make a mdsaka,
sixteen mdsaka make a kar-sa-pana, and
four of these make a gold sran (i.e., half a
tola of gold). 2. ^KOff^ft4^^ the
" value of 1,600 emeries." 3. gmnnracoin
or weight of different values = karsa : if
of gold, weighing sixteen masa, which are
variously calculated ; if of silver, in value
equal to 16 pana of cowrie^, i.e., 1,280

cowries, commonly termed a knban ; if of
copper, it weighs 80 raktika, or the same
as of gold, about 176 grains.

kar-pibs (abbr. of
•55*1 dkar-yol-gyi fubj) the cover of a
china tea-cap, generally made of iron,
brass or silver: "iv-jpurarg'qj kar-qubj-la
bre-bcu (Rtsii.) "for the cover of a tea-cup
made of silver (the price is) 10 bre."

J kar-sa n. of a kind of brick-
tea; also called ff&'e l/an-ja (green tea) or
fc.-rT^ lj(tn-/a pa-ri; also the tea that
comes from the Chinese district of Jan :

*' I by the Jang route (come) both
Karsa and Bod-thing (teas), now well
known as Jang-ja (Jig. 23).

'] Kar-Sog, an abbr. of Kar-ma-
pa and Sog-po, followers of the Karma-
pa sect and the Mongolians.

as
'fp Karti sgan n. of a place in

Tibet.

1 f|t| kalpa for i^'i bskal-pa «w, an
age ; a mythical period of time.

T T|'T| kd-ka ^rrat a crow.

'pT*I ka-khi-la (mystic) door; en-
trance (K. g. F 28).

T]'Q^fe ka-hji—^ ktca-txi a shirt; a

.
Chinese jacket (Seh.). In Chinese Kua-tzn.

' KMy1 bu-mo described
as Vt'fT^'IIft*Vtl I tne goddess Uma,
wife of Dwan dphyug (Mnon.).

T]''T| kd-ta-ka fish (SaMr.).

15

ka-pa-li mm human skull ;
cup made of skull: ^rnwrgcqvgir^'
crfe-HHI (A. 121) having made the
silver pieces green, (he) put them in the
skull-cup.

f 7I1'3'* Kd-bc-ri qntd the river
q

Cauvery in Mysore, a river said to be half
a yojana broad and 300 yojana long. On
the banks of this river are flower gardens
(K. d. * 268).

•j.

kd-tsi-kd 1. JRTflnfT, also as

, a species of bamboo which when
bent by the wind is said to emit fire
(K.d.*287). 2. ffipKr a plant bearing
a red and black seed used as a weight,
Arbus precatorius ; or another plant bear-
ing a pungent seed, Nigella Indica.

kd-ri-kd -Rifwr aphorism;
.
purely Sanskrt yet largely used in

Tibetan works (£>c>s"Jl'^'"! 7) ; =
a Sutra or Udana in verse.

Kd-la-ko a country beyond
the sea into which the Indus flows and
where the finest coral grows (probably
a marine province or island in the Persian
Gulf) (K. d. * 280).

ka-la sno-bsafl deep

blue-black colour (Sch.).

Kd-fa ^mrl. a city in Ancient

India which was twenty yojana in area
(S. Lam). 2. a sort of grass, Saccharum
•tpontanetim.

*«» or 3 kye Oh!
kwahi grogs-po Oh friend !

kwa-ye an exclamation used in
calling some one, generally a subordinate.

this word in its mystic signifi-
cation is symbolic of the source of all
Dharma (matter and phenomena), and
demonstrates that they are subject to
eternal change.

+ j&'SY'* fae-tra pa-la %^wr«r (Schr.)
a deity protecting the fields ; in Budh. a
guardian of the province of a Buddha's
work.

hi numeral for thirty-one.

ki-ki a hortative utterance in
the invocation of spirits : $ T) «n^-Re,ry*^ |
" Hail, 0, ye gods ! to-day is warm ! "

ki-kafi 1. wild leek (Sch.). 2.
described as v*ft -If** n. of a demi-god,
a Ndga. It is inauspicious to do any
work of merit when Kikan comes near.

ki-gu a hook; the vowel sign i,
which resembles a hook in shape.

T[ 5^ ki-rgyufi a mystical invocation
signifying "Lord": ^•c^P^ir'r* I
" 0 Lord, be appeased by this prostrate
(devotee)." It is a mystic charm to pro-
pitiate the Bon-po deity, called Cen-gsrai
Mi-mgon rgyal-po (D.B.).

Ki-ta-ka fera 1.
or cannibal demon (K. d. e. 189). 2. a
worm or insect (Cs.),

ki-Uir a shrill shout ; a savage

ki.pa a volume, &o., maried with
the letter ^.

howl.

16

ki-ma according to Schr. a cor-
ruption of the Chinese word khin, a lyre
with seven strings. (Pilgrimage of Fa-
Hian. Calcutta, 181t8,p. 265)

"fj"^ ki-tsi tickling ; 1* 'SS'" ki-tsi bycd-
pa to tickle (/a.).

| TJ'^'jB ki-ra-na (mystic) a flower
(K. g. r> 26).

ki-ri-kan ssror, w^fT a kind

of pepper, Piper c/uiba ;
V-| ^•i]ac«V|Vz'5Ti "V-'l (K- g- « 210) the
roots of white arka tree and roots of white
kiri-kan (are used in medicine).

kin-kara

a servant

or an emissary.

+ TJ^'^'^1 kin-$u-ka f^n* a kind of
flower ; the tree Butca Frondosa ; a tree
bearing pretty flowers.

* TJJJ'^1 kim-pa a pretty but bitter
fruit, erroneously for tyr«r*| kim-pa-ka.

J V1'"! kim-pa-ka f*«li* a fruit, </«-
curbitaccous plant, Triohosanthen palmttta;
also possibly Cnciimis cohcynthis.

- 1

men entertain desires which are
transient and deceptive like the Kimpaka
fruit and like fish that eat bait on a
hook.

ktm-pa-la or V"'
a musical instrument ; a cymbal

fce'-Aw Jj^sw a species of small
red garlic ; ace. to some carrot.

kil slowly = «|'$ ga-le : vvftyian-
r%n | crossing a mountain pass (he)
arrived slowly

•f 'Ql''flJ Kila-kila ftrarfw 1. an
epithet of S'iva. 2. a town in Ancient
India. 3. a Eaksasa King (.K". g. * 62.?).
4. an onomatopoetic for sounds or cries
(/a.).

country of the Sapta Kosi in Nepal inha-
bited by the Kirat tribes and called
Kiranta ; n. of a district in %W*' Sub-
Himalaj'a (Duf-yc. 39).

kt-yahi hdab

the leaf of the tree Achyran-
tfif-s axpera used in incantations, in medi-
cine, in washing linen, and in sacrifices
(Mnon.).

' Kifi-kafi v.

da*
kin.

I: ku 1. for the numeral 61.
2. (mystic) a fairy or dakinl (K. g. f>,
179) ; 3'1 ku-pa, the 61st (volume).

I II : a cry, moan ; S'J| ku-fgra
clamour, noise ; S'S'^'IV" a general cry ;
the vociferations of many people together ;

'fc' I the noise of general conversation :

then, when they arrived at the bank of
Sog chu, there was the sound of chattering
in a house (A. 82).

lda-hu an enigma, a riddle, a puzzling
question.

ku-ku f grogs lit. that criea
bya-gag a grey species of
duck Ifi-non.).

Ku-ku-ra-tsa
teacher or trainer of dogs ; n. of an
Indian Buddhist sage who was also called
Kukuripa (3T*'") (K. dun. 45).

Ku-kur-ta pi-da

T=^'S'*F'q'^ n. of a hill in Magadha
(Dsam. 17).

TT'T| Ku-kR, erroneously for g-«| Gu-gp,
a part of the province of Nga-ri in Tibet.

TT-6 ku-co <£\<d(-*-3, *<»i+<!i, 5§«gi noise,
clamour; B'W*^^ |'«*Ji'»>T{«'l|Pai'
VT J*l I when an old dog barks, go else-
where without explanation (S. leg.). 3"
X'*^ noisy, clamorous; ^TsTfi'jj'i to
speak in a loud voice (meaning nothing) ;
to bawl out ; 5'S'^'i to bawl, to cry
out, to make a loud noise ; ^'X'fc'q a
great noise or tumult, an uproar.

TV 3^ Kn-cor, also 5'*S n. of a place
in Tibet.

.-£ ku-den-ne : See ante 5 ku.

«f***i* mtho-ris rlun

the heavenly breeze (Mnoit.).

* Tl'j&'^l Ku-na-la gfwra 1. the
or Himalayan pheasant ; also, a bird with
beautiful eyes which lives in the fabu-
lous mount Sumeru. 2. the eldest son
of As'oka.

TTZ3 kit-tea or j'i tku-tca (in Chinese :
&«fl) V51T3, jpsi^i a gourd ; the bottle
goiird, Lngenaria vtilgaris. In the Pema-
koi. district this fruit is called i«'g*< a-btim,
i.e., nature's bottle. A bottle made of a
dried gourd is also called $'1 ku-ica.

Syn. ^wji rnam-par rgyal; ^'9'^c.
tdon-bu riti; V'*^ dra-tca-can ; C'l^'IS
byed; ^ij*1^ AJ/<;s 5ycrf; ^N'^IJ
aA Ipags (Mnon.).

fc« kn-icahi gsz'n? a float made of
long-dried gourds.

4 ^'q'Oj'D'^zq kti-ba-la me,-tog
also ^R)qf, the water-lily ; also, the jujube
plant, Zizyphus jujuba and the fruit of
that plant.

^ 1]'3'^ JTe«-6«-« f^T, ^Kuvera, the
god of riches, the chief of the Noijin
known also as Nnga Kuvera and W?*)'§'3
Rnam-thos kyi-bu, the son of Vaiqrmana.
According to somo Tibetan writers, Kuvera
is one of the eight keepers of the horses
of Ifaifrarana. [/utiera, or in later
Sanskrit Ktmra, originally the name of
the chief of the evil beings of darkness
bearing the epithet Vai^ravnna ; afterwards
the god of riches and treasures, and is
regent of the northern quarter of the
world, which is hence called Kulcra-
gvpta-dik. Kubera is the son of Vifrava
by Idai-ida, the • chief of the Yak? a and a
friend of Eudra.] (M. Wills.).

^ 2*
1]'S'^^';T[ Kti-byi mat-ke a Bon

deity who resembles the Bodhisattta
Jampal ; the god of learning and wisdom
among the Northern Buddhists (D.R.).

ku-ma-ra = "\^s~'f^i\ gscr-mclwg •
^ leaf -gold (from China brought
by way of Ceylon) ; it is described in
(Mon.): N^JprWrflS'^ta-aiJhl gold ex-
ported from Lanka (Ancient Ceylon).

t H'^S l;u'mtt.d m% the water-lily
which opens at the appearance of the
moon ; said to be Nymphcea cscttli nta ;
¥W*iaB3<w4'qq'r*l a bush or cluster
of water-lilies.

Syn. Wii"i;«il^t3 tit-pa-la dkar-po ; %&\
sla-icafyi dri ; w*w sa-mos ; wpf* aa-dgah ;
^'1^3 sahi gdu-gu ; §=.-"§=.'ST'£' ttrti hi/tuft
dkar-po; fWyp sla-tcas dg«h; ty sifa;
W'Jl sa-sgrog; ,«'?w s
mtshan-mo bshad (Mnon.).

18

ku-mud grogs =«&orK 6sz7-ser
or 3 '*S zla-hod moonbeams (Mfion.).

+ 5WMI ku-mud tfyra, v. Y" nt-ww, the
sun (jMwon.).

+ s'SV-saj ku-mud can, v. 3'«V*' ku-mud-
tshal (M-non.).

* JWlfa ku-mud-gnen f<J««(*S lit.
the friend of the water-lily ; the moon.

1 3'«S'^ ku-nmd-ldan, v. 3'«V*i ku-mud
tshal.

+ 3W*'« ku-mud lo-ma = %'^w^'W
9^ ! a medicinal plant of the lily species

+ 3'a^** kH'tiuid-tsltal a cluster of water-
lilies.

I TJ'E- At<-rfsa gro 1. a tree; lit. that
which grows on the earth. 2. the planet
Mars.

TN, Kuhi a devil or demon in
Chinese demonology. In Chinese Kitei.

'H'*v*n^ kuhi-fin a class of evil spirits
(Grub.). In Chinese Kuei-shen, "devils
and gods."

TIQ/^C' kuhi-isaft a Chinese work on
divination (Grub. « 5).

TT^ A'M-ya sediment of urine from
which Tibetan physicians diagnose
disease (Med.).

t ^'^ ku-}'"-ra 3^ = 3T*'* n. of a

bird ; an osprey

1 TT^'^'T] ku-ra-ba-ka J<?* or
the crimson amaranth ; a purple or yellow
Barleria ; the blossom of the amaranth or
Barkria.

ku-ran-ga T$V$ the deer;
also a«r«m trog-chag) an insect (5". d. >

Ku-ru ^ft a city in Ancient
India near Delhi one yojana in area ; also
a province (S. Lam. 20).

I U^IP1'^ Eu-ru-kul-le gi^T a
female Buddhist deity associated with
Kuvera, the god of wealth; is goddess
of might and power; she is also called
^"!3<\'*i (Vidyd). The first sovereign
Dalai Lama is said to have acquired great
power by propitiating this deity.

t 11'^ ^'S ku-ru-pin-da^'^ s/ta-ne
1. $ir«*< lead. 2. a fragrant grass;
Cyperus rotundus; the bud of a flower.
3. a ruby ; cinnabar.

t TT^'^'S ku-rii ban-da, v. Sfy'OT
mon-litgt the breed of sheep in the sub-
Himalayan countries (Mnon.).

ku-re or 3^1 ku-rcs after, «fWr,
sport, diversion, jest, horse-
play; S^'I'Vi to jest; 3'*3i^ for the
purpose of amusement or fun ; ;j-^v^w<w
ft^ijrqi %f«ia'*)il ^Kfrt: not liking, dis-
gusted with, amusements.

Ku-la-ku f^rar. a Srin-mo

(goblin) that lived only on lotus flowers
and lotus-honey, and resided in the
fabulous island of Ramamo (K. d. * 280).

t TI'^l^'B ku-lan-ta j«arm the country
inhabited by an aboriginal race of people
(Dus-ye.).

4 7TT>I3'^ Ku-ld-la for ^'"i Ku-na-la.

TT^'R Ku-lu-ta a place situated in
the south-east of Kashmir, now called
Nyun-ti by Tibetans, by Hindus Kulu
(S. Lam. 19).

J H"^ *"'fa 1- 'll' ^ tbe Bacred

grass used in certain religious ceremonies
both by Brahmans and Buddhists ;

19

Poa cynosurmdes, a grass with long stalks
and numerous pointed leaves : S'^*''2'£i^c.'
$*n}c.*r|«r«K'§^ I the grass kufa ensures
longevity and increases the strength of
the body. 2. n. of a city (K. du. p 152).

Syn. ^-$ij( nan-sel; t'i\*j*i sa-ffna$, t^'
"xp-ffft bdud hdul gdan; tiSF^Sfr mchod
gbyin rgyan; ite'SS gisan-bycd; EJ*i'§'3f
khrus-kyi rtsa; i'**"] rtsa-mchog ;
rtsa-dwan (Mnon.).

it yron-khyer
(gif»HKi) 1. Kus'ianagara, one of the
thirty-six sacred places of the Buddhists,
where Gautama • Buddha is said to have
breathed his last. 2. n. of Chakravartl
Raja (Supreme Ruler of the Universe) ;
5'^'1^'q J£u-qa cften-po H^lfi*! n. of a
Chakravartl Raja.

ku-fa-na n. of a flower ; also

n. p. « t*\ ^ *\ *\ 9 "

sp'fy \ whence did you bring that Srin-po's

daughter called Kusana flower (Sbrom.

121).

T]'^'^'^ ku-fa-ban-dha fiiw a
gem which is said to possess the property
of curing infectious diseases and plague.

=^ dge-wa

piety, holiness.

t 11'"^'^ -Kw-f«-ft', also
li fWt, a Buddhist sage; the title
of a Buddhist monk or priest who
has acquired spiritual knowledge and is
more devout than learned :

(Yig.). Generally there are
among both Brahmans and . Buddhists
those called Pandita and Kucali. The

title of Pan-di-ta is applied to one who is
versed in intellectual science. Those who
are called Ku-qa-li have attained a high
spiritual development by abstraction from
material or intellectual enjoyments. In
some works it is called Ku-sa-li.

kit -fit a kind of lime ; a kind of
fruit; an apple (fa.); "H'^*-' ku-gu fin an
apple tree ; !3'-$'<^'S«*'|'ifcfJ5l'R|5«ii*r'!i|!v
CR! *w | the fruit of Ku-fu cures griping
and acute pains in the intestines.

f Ty^'^I ku-su-lu is a corrupt form of
$'-<]•$ Kti-ga-li.

B-f*1' **"»'» n- °f a

kind of blue flower,»v. *$=- thin.

Syn. ^'I'^'Tl dus-kyi me-tog; S'S^'^
lya-khyufi. rdo; *>'?ql'a"I'a^ me-tog $mig-
$man ; d'^'i me-tog ze ; fl[W^ ysal-ldan
psal-tta-can (Mnon.).

ku-ge-9a-ya ^^^ a kind
of lotus flower (K. d. * 324) ; a gene-
ric name for water-lily or lotus.

an Indian
pandub who preached Buddhism in Tibet
(J. Zat.).

n. of an Indian Buddhist sage (K. dun.
13).

1.

kum saffron. 2. a flower (Sman.

Ku-&u~li a Buddhist exorcist;
a Naljor or Buddhist yogi who carries
a small hand-drum (called damaru which
is generally made of a human skull) and a
thigh-bone trumpet in his hands, and pro-
fesses power of exorcising evil spirit^

20

aS'SS'i Ku-su-luhi spyod-pa the practice
of the Shaman or Buddhist exorcists ; 5T5T
^vjj«^q-*i£\q!v2| (-4- .^6) when practising
the rites of a Ku-su-lu exorcist.

^•g-^-q ku-m-lu-p'i is a word of Tantrik
mysticism, its proper Tibetan equivalent
being ^^ 0cod-pa, the art of exorcism.
The mystic Tantrik rites of the Avndhauts,
called Avadhutipa in Tibet, exist in
ludia.

C' Ku-sc-rdsod n. of a fort and
also that of a district in |**<*i K/iamg
(S. kar.).

• •***
Tl'Z^ ku bswo the shrill ejaculation

su-o, swo, &c., made at the time of sacrifice
to the earthly gods, demi-gods and spirits
by priests, &c., in Tibet: ^•«x«ir*«F
qwg*j'*rgq wq^V^'j'q'v^ the celestial
troops in inconceivable numbers surround-
ing them gave vent to bsico-bswo.

cuckoo ; 3r5*'*3Jl'^ VT*** the cuckoo,
i.e., the bird that cries 'koohoo'; ace. to
Os. a kind of ring dove.

TJ^£' ku-hrnn sheep and goats :

f?ic.-ai-?iii*i | (G. Bon.) among the
followers of Shenrab the Bon-po of the
Rgyu im<\.Bbrris-po sects sacrifice sheep and
goats, buffaloes, dzo, mules, camels, &c.

T]5| kiig crooked ; a hook ; SJ'31 gri-
kug (the kukri), a curved knife ; short sabre ;
fl"'^"! kags-kug an iron hook; ^"l na-
kug a fish-hook.

^1'^,ql'l\{| kug-kug lyd-pa to bend,
curve, clinch (a nail) (Jit.).

5"1'^"1 kug-kug altogether crooked ; 31'
«^S kug-pa-ftid crookedness (Os.).

IF] 5 kug-rtse cuckoo in W (Ja.).

TpTT^i Kun-ku-na possibly the pro-
vince of Konkan in Western India (8.
Lam. 33).

kun-kuma f*« saffron.
Tibetan g^'3»i is evidently a corruption
of the Sanskrt word.

'^s Kun-d*a-ra -WSK a fabulous
silver mountain situated beyond the great
sea and at a distance of 2,000 yojana to
the south of Sima Man, where the sun
never sets. It is full of precious stones,
such as lapis lazuli, sapphire, &c., and on
the sides of this mountain there grows a
species of tree producing a race of men
who live only one day; they are born
at dawn, they begin to walk after day-
break, in the morning they are youths,
towards evening they grow old, and at
sunset they die (K. d. * 276.).

T^i htn ufc, ^IT, ftfasr, *rt all,
entire, the whole; H^'B^'UiW I from
all pores of the hair; ^'VTO all those;
ifVi^nll the othrrs; ^'aw«s all, every
one included ; W 3'3*raai jn the hearing of
all; d'^T'^'W^'K'S all these flowers
should be strewn about; ^|*r*»?=.4q seen
by everybody; ^^1^ or JF"'^ time
without interruption ; at all times ; colloq.
5\i kun-la means " everywhere."

Syn. w«'*S ihams-cad all; ff*1»J §na-
tshogs various kinds; *'$** ma-lus without
leaving anything- behind; ^'^ sad-par
exhaustively; ^"I'^S lhag-mcd without
remainder: QW^ lus-mcd nothing left

kun-dkyil, same as Wl'*^ kun-
gyi dki/il, in the midst of all ; in the middle
of all ; at the centre.

21

kun-dkris (*Mn-#) = W^* non-
mons lit. that which binds all ; misery,
moral corruption, general corruptness, sin.

^qijs) kun-bkrtim (kun-tam) or JWS'^H*1
kun-tu bkram ^)T*t'5 strewn about, spread
over.

5^'g kun-gkyc, same as W§'| kun-tu skye
or 5W'°r§ kiin-la-ikye <3infff,
'JRpfo, grows everywhere :
W5'5 flowers grow everywhere in summer
time.

5^ SS §S kun-§kycd-bycd— $"»' $nin the
heart, mind (Mnon.).

^:Tq kun-skyo-wa or ^'S'flf'1! kun-tu
tkyo-ica fl«fm, ^^nr, 'S'ratf, to become
penitent; to thoroughly regret: Slw^'fa'
**^'W5'tfl his mind was filled with regret
day and night.

31^'^ kum-skyod agitated, moved;
agitation.

5Wi]f'''Iie'' Kun-skyob g.Un n. of a
monastery in Tibet.

cover ; the all-encompassing cover, the sky.
i: kun-khyab =:*?&?* nam rnkhah
^THl that which encompasses all

things ; the void space, the sky, the four

quarters of heaven.

3W@q ii: = ^|"qI'§S HpRrog-bycd ^fx he
that takes away misery ; the all-pervading
enemy; the snatcher; the lord of death.

WF^ kun-hkhor v. ^'iw^pfcai kun-
b_zan hk/tor-lo, a charm in the name of the
Dhyani Buddha called Samanta Bhadra.

^'B^'Sfi'S kun-kkyab djtal-mo=siipt*fA
nam-mkhah the sky ; n. of a goddess
(Tig. k. 16).

W^Bw kun-hkhyams trfr^Jira a wan-
derer; a beggar, a mendicant who goes
to every door foj alms.

W*<||^ Kttn-mkfiyi •n=
t<Z6? mkliycn-pa v^s, ^ the A 11-knowing ;
the Physician ; an epithet of Buddha and
also of the highest order of Bodhisattva.

SW^H^'W^"!*1 kun-rnkhycn kun-gzigs
omniscient and all-seeing, referring to the
attributes of a Buddha or BodMsattva.

W^^'S^'*^ Kun-mkhyen klon-chcn a
religious teacher of the Rnin-ma School
•who founded a sect of his own called
JTtm dgah lugs.

3fi-wj|^ *«rg-*«VU Kun-mkhym chos-sku
hod-ser the Tihetan hierarch of Sa-§kya,
•who, at the request of K/nt-ltigs, the Chief
of Horchen, first shaped the Mongolian
alphabet.

!W*liSW*l^'qlfa Kun-mkhyen ni-mahi
gncn «4^ SORST an epithet of Gautama
Buddha (Yig.k.83).

5W'*Jll ^S1'ql^ Kun-mkhyen dbyfg-gRen
n. of a lama who was given the religious
title of Knn-nikhyen, the all-knowing.

WW" Jnin-kfirugs
agitated; anxious:
the waves of the sea were agitated.

W*H"i kun-hkhrul ufam blunder; illu-

o

sion ; also adj. all- delusive ; all- wandering.
3^ |-*«q kun-gyi mthuh the end or ter-
mination of all (merits) : *wfl|«r<rj^'3'»w
*&•' I V*t"r?Mk^^fl the end of
accumulation 13 expenditure ; the end of
rising is fall (K. d. «l 330).

W3'1^*' kun-gyi-ynas the basis or abode
of all (miseries) : T^'^''^VJ^>^«r5i|'§:
"I^^l the grounds of misery are disease,
old age, and death (K. d. *» 333).

5^'3'S"1' kun-gyi, rtsa-tra, the root of
everything; wisdom, divine knowledge.

This seen or unseen talent has PrajnA

22

(absolute knowledge) for its basis, i.e., the
root of all things is wisdom (prajnd)

(- 9V*)-

'" kun-gyig bkur-wa he who is
respected by all ; a learned man, v.
rnkhaf-pa (Mnon.).

kun-gyif phyag-byaf to
whom all paid homage: ^Tf^'^ 2K3TS*1'
•^ I hjig-rten kun-gyi$ phyag-byuf fiH, to
whom the world has bowed (K. d. "> 113).

^'31 kun-grub=$t>''^ « s/a-?fa dgu-pa
or f^'l'*'^' fton-zla tha-chun the month of
October

*' Kun-glin, same as Ttf'^'gj*.' /Twn-
ftrftf glin, the place or grove of all happi-
ness; one of the four royal monasteries
of Lhasa, this one being situated in the
western suburbs.

WF ktin-dgah ^TJT«^, »frfte amuse-
ment; great merriment or joy.

* W W3"1 -w^-VWJK-Zi Kun-dgahrgyal-
mtshan-dpal-bzanpo vn^gsi the name of
Sagkya Pandita («'5'iV5)-

Kun-dgah snin-po n. of a
celebrated lama of Tibet (Lofi. "* 12).

Kun-dgah Nor a lake in
Mongolia (Lofi. * 21) ; probably the
Gonga-nor (Egg lake). In Mongol nor
= a lake.

'c| kun-dgah-wa
9'* rin-po-che n. of a precious article or
gem (K. d. * 29$).

^'W5 Kun-dgah-bo ^rnn^ the per-
sonal attendant and cousin of Buddha.

•WWW Kun-dgah-hbar n. of the
son of Kun-dgah snin-po, one of the
chiefs of Sa-skya who visited India • to
study Buddhism (Lon. ").

Kun-dgah hdsin-pa a
mountain in Uttara Kuru, the fabulous
continent of the north (K. d. * 318).

W^qF'ql'fa'5 kun-dgah
hu-su coriander (Sinan. 4.28).

WW*'* '" kun-dgah ra-wa= l^'^
dgah ^ii\i*i a grove; any pleasure-grove
containing groups of trees, flower beds,
artificial lakes, garden houses, shady walks,
&c., often surrounded by a wall or fence.

3K'*\ql*'S£It'* kun-dgahi dican-mo an
address of courtesy for ^'f*'!'^"!*1 ladies
of the class of Lhacham — her grace or
ladyship : ^S'^|TW^'yK''f|l*f%f6'^|
" at the (feet) of her charming ladyship "
(Yig.k.49).

W'S"?*' kun-mgyogs ^n%7r speed; also
as adv. speedily, at full speed.

geb$ = *W* nam-mkhah
the sky; that which covers all;
the all-covering.

^•"tff"! kun-hgog that which hinders
physical or moral growth.

5^'^i i: kun-hgro,v. *prvF* nam-rnkhah,
the sky (Mnon.).

^'"»5 n : snake, v. Sji fbrul a serpent
(Mnon.).

kttn-hgro hbad VTHPT to be
assiduous : W%flV'15*if^r^ assi-
duous in the manner of performance.

kun-hgrohi sro/=«l»' lam a
road, passage (Mnon.).

$^'$c-** Kvn-cins ^tiifMH 1. that pains,
ties or entangles all at all times. 2. ^rg=
the God of Love ; also for ^'5'?=.»> kun-tu
ctnf. fv*E-«i'lVIl»<'cW'5K^W5"3"M by
the fetters of misery the mind is always
fastened down.

23

Kun-bcom WiT, 3*T 1. van-
quished ; suppressed, fully put down. 2
the vanquisher or killer of all; the lord
of death. 3. n. of a son of a Brahma? of
Ujjayani (S. kg.).

W§3 kun-chub -*|w» fcs-rab all-perfec-
tion ; wisdom ; divine knowledge (K. d. V
26) ; 3W4*>'«i ^r^ra he that has compre-
hended everything.

kun-mchog-ldan or ^w^'wlflr
'J< (Mnon.), ^l*T«r^i, the
Ttntrik doctrine of Kalachakra.

kun-hjug for

bringing together; putting in
harmony with all.

S^VT^'? kun-hjug pho-na the messen-
ger of harmony, that which harmonises or
makes everything agreeable, hence=T*
ka-ra, sugar.

5^f*w Kun-hjoms ^rcrasr, ^mtd*
1. Indra, the subduer of all; that by
which everything can be subdued or
controlled. 2. Yoga or the contemplative
concentration of the mind.

jflAfswwXfli kun-hjoms mchog the chief
all-subduing (elixir); <fc"'W5IV*W'll1M!'
^•qf *w*i£<i| | is an excellent preparation
of mercury, which subdues all evil spirits
and diseases.

a. (Td. 28.)

kun-tu unto all ; in all ; everywhere ;
in every direction: »>'?lT§=.'*''rW2J*'!
flowers were strewn everywhere, above
and below: *E.-3e.-|^-^-g-qi]»i | articles
of merchandise were spread in every place,
inside and outside (the house). When
used in reference to time, 5H'§ kun-tu
signifies : continually or perpetually ; dtis
kun-tu same as V'J^ ^ tgyun-du or
8> at all times, always.

kun-tu bskyed producing every-
where, all-producing, i.e., imagination :
!5w»J-^*rw5si'5"£'iM imagination is all-
productive (K. d. f< 36).

kun-tu hkhyams wandering
everywhere: tWr^iTU'W*! ™- the
fearful world, i.e., in the unhappy states
of existence, he wanders about (K. d- »
169).

kun-tu hkhrugs signifies vfi'
convulsed ; also convulsive,
subject to agitation and shaking (Mnon.).

kun-tu jras = ac.'§^'»t'?i) $pafi-
rgyan nw-tog or ^'3'»>'?'ql (autumn flower),
lit. the fully developed or blown ; n. of
a species of daisy which blossoms in
autumn (Mnon.).

W§'Jfft' kun-tu go-ica f%^i«f well-
known ; well-understood ; celebrated.

Kun-tu dgah-war
gyur-waki glin a fabulous continent situa-
ted 5,000 yojana beyond the Western
Ocean of (Jambudvipa) India, where there
are lions that fly in space: some of the
wild animals of that continent are said to
live a thousand years (K. d. *

kun-tu-hgens-pq, fgrsin; he
that provides for the world, the All-
Provider; Providence.

kun-tu hgyed-pa
to be diffused ; that which goes in every
direction : qarq^e:^ spiritual emana-
tions; envoys : ^'^''I^'^'S'*^ pays of
light went in every direction.

kun-tu rgyu-wa

1. lit. going everywhere. 2.
as met. wind ; a bird. 3. n. of a
spirit.

24

§«Vc' kun-tu rgyns-par lycd-pa
to fully spread ; to make plen-
tiful everywhere ; to make copious.

S^'S''3^*"' kun-tu bsgribs eclipsed; Aiak-
1M:V^'fi**fPKW!tfFft*\ the rays
of the eun and moon were eclipsed.

SH'S'iST" kun-tu-bcug-pa or ^'i|ql'l<
kun-bctig-pa to put in ; to employ, engage :
$V^'W§'l!'5ql I Put this vessel (or pot) to all
uses.

kun-tu chags-pn W, ^rer,
anxiety; yearning, clinging to:
fli*i | the mind remains
attached to its crooked desires.

ktnal-u;a misery, sufferings.

W5'RlqI'£|'l'a' kun-tu hjug-pa
f&fti lam-bden-pa the truth about the way
to Nirvana, i.e., out of misery.

5W'§'iVT3S kun-tu hjwg bycd^f!*^*
ktm hbyun-wa sin.

W^S"!'^ kun-tu hjug-bral f?rfh» free-
dom from sin, or ^"]i hgog-pa, entire
stoppage 'of suffering.

Note. — The above four expressions are
used in the higher spiritual terminology
relating to Bodhisattm (K. ko. "| 235).

5fl-$qJH kun-tu bsten^^^v^^t dad-
gut dan Idan-pa faith and reverence ; also
possessed of faith, respect, etc.

Syn. 3«'<i gui-pa; g«'^ gits-Man; 3^'
"^'|S gus-par bycd; wK^'W^K. mf.on-par
Idan; "|%1'§'^»w &cirj-tu sent?; So'q WJOg.
pa; *«r^ ntos-ldan; ^'^ dad-ldan; «ft-
*qi«-«^ dad-chags-can ; SS'"'*^ dai-jpa-can ;
Sql'§V£| phyag-byed-pa; ^'*^'§^ she-sa byed
(Mnon.).

W5'^ kun-tu hthor ^^^\^ strewn
over, scattered, diffused, dispersed: »>'?1'

f "1"' W5'^ ! flowers were scattered over
every place.

*F§'V> kun-tu dor fsrr^I perfect aban-
donment: V<-«i'V'W§'Vl all faults
should be entirely thrown out.

W5'"^'1' kun-tu bdc-va w*rergg
general happinese, prosperity; beatitude
(Spyod).

JffK*^'1'* Kun-tu hdrcs-pa n. of a river
in the fabulous continent of Godaniya
(K. d. * 331).

W5'4?l kun-tu gnts f^lfn, Jnrfa
stability ; the all-abid.'ng residence, that
which remains at all times or everywhere.

W5'q5t'q /•'""-'" ktduf>-wa the burning
rays of the sun ; extremely painful ; all-
piercing.

SW'§'flffS'tR'3*'t| kttn-tu gnod-pnr gyur-
pa trafiwx to do mischief everywhere.

1. the sun; n. of a Buddha. 2. all-
illumined, all-enlightened.

W5SS kun-tu fpyad an usual duty,
habitual work ; as a vb. to practise : ^'T
^,*>'W§'9M practise righteousness or reli-
gious acts at all times.

W5'9S'q kun-tu fpyod-pa free or
unbridled behaviour: described as g*)'S5"
JJS'C1" the Brahmam'cal conduct (Mf.on.).

W59" kun-tu tpra$ ^mj^tf<ici dressed
in every way; adorning the body with
precious ornaments.

giving up everything (Mnon.).

^'5'^"1'8!^ kun-tu mig-ldan (lit. with
eyes everywhere), described as ^'5^'f^'^s-',
n. of a fabulous tree on which grow glit-
tering gems ; also a plant or tree in full
bloom ; *V

25

this (kind of tree) is
generally to be found in the lands of gods,
demi-gods, and in the continent of Uttara
Kuru (K. d. 1 16).

SW'S'iTw kun-tu rmofis the all-stunning,
all-obscuring ; darkness of mind ; igno-
rance: ^•§'*JW£jlv«flp£*rtr*<%*-^j wr£«r

*^'M| fyiS-filwI-w&iH 0, best of friends
who guide th me in precepts, morals, re-
sources, the weapons for vanquishing the
all-obscuring enemy !

Tfl'§'*T|i*''5S'3'*4S^ kun-tu rmofi$-byed-kyi
mdah ^nfltTT the all- stupefying fascina-
tion ; n. of one of the arrows of Cupid.

^•ij'ulf^'w Kun-tu hdsin-ma ^ravrrift
holding to all or everything ; n. of a
goddess.

^•g-«we.-Ej Kun-tu bzan-po 1. WT^W^
lit. good to all and everywhere and at all
times ; n. of the first Dhyani Bodhisattva,
the equivalent of Samanta Bhadra; the
Khamwga-Sain of the Mongols. 2. in the
Enin-»ia sect, n. of the first or Adi Buddha.

3fl-ij-q*c.-3« Kun-tu bzan-mo W<\*\%\
1. is a female figured in conn ection with
the foregoing Bodhisattva. 2. a kind of
flower growing on the Sumeru Mountain
(K. my. *| 80).

^•g'll^m Kun-tu gsigi he who sees
all things and everywhere by his divine
eye of knowledge ; n. of a Buddha, also
that of the Bodhisattva Avalokitesvara.

3l^'8V4* kun-tu hur-hur flT^l a great
noise or uproar heard everywhere; the
rattling of thunder ; also the noise of wind
or rain.

^•fj-f'»< kun-tu ho-ma—^'t:^ si-dsa-dsu
(Mnon.) n. of a tree with milky sap.

Wfi'*S kun-tu hod *m*flsWT fully en-
lightened; v^'^il'i sa bcu-ycig-pa the
eleventh stage of Bodhisattva perfection.

kun-tu rab-tu hkhrugs
lit. very much agitated ; n. of the six des-
criptions of earthquake (K. d. « 259).

3H'5'W5'*3*i kun-tu rab-tu hgul lit.
moving and shaking very greatly ; n. of
a form of earthquake.

5ft'8-w§-S»i'l*t kun-tu rab-tu chem-chcm
surrfa^ lit. roaring all about; n. of a
kind of earthquake.

5M'8'*s'§'^'4* kun-tu rab-tu hur-hur
loud and fearful rattling or roaring; n.
of one of the six forms of earthquake in
which sound comes out of the sea and the
mountains.

WJJ'^'S'l'fa kun-tu rab-tu 0i/o$ lit.
everywhere all shaken very much ; n. of
universal earthquake in which the moun-
tains and the oceans are movedprofoundly.

3^'5'^"I i: kun-tu rig ^rnte=$*i'tr3W>}'
^*!'i all-knowing ; omniscient; n. of a
deity.

^'§'^"1 n :=•*!«'•** feg-rab wisdom
(K. d. <* 26).

kun-tu ffsal ^JT^hr^, ^JUTT,
, the sky ; clear inside and outside ;
very clear, lucid, illuminated.

S^'S'I^ kun-tu g.sun a flower mention-
ed in the Kahgyur (K. my. *\ 20).

SW'S'*!^ kun-tu ffso to heal everyone or
repair everything ; the healer of all.

Sfl'ISJi ktm-gtum MW^t lit. very fierce ;
^sic.*r^4|q dmafo-rig$ n. of lowest caste in
India.

W§* kun-Uus «^re n. of a religious
work which is full of extracts taken from
different sacred books (Mfion.).

S^'Sf"! kun-rtog, same as ^'ifl rnnm-
rtog f%3f>3i, «j«f>J, ^^RTX, fancy, illusory
associations.

26

kun-fatags nfiK*W* ideas and
associations.

^•qtjum'qS'W*^^^ kun-ftrtagt-pabi tntshan
nit} trftwfwm^reiR one of the three signs,
characteristics or laksana, v. W*V^ mtshan

kun~lirtan ^r?%5rr 1. support. 2.
negligence.

51^'''^ kttn-bsten ^iTO^nn reliance; re-
signation ; service or adoration.

Jftot rnthofi-gyi ifrtsho a
fabulous fresh-water lake in the land of
the Lha-ma-yin or Asttra, situated at the
centre of their chief city Shubhra Malika.
It is said to be five yojana on each side.
When the Lha fight with the Lha-ma-yin
the signs of victory or defeat are said to
be reflected on its surface.

m^fqj^-ti kttn-dafl hkhon-pa quarrelling
with all : lffW'H'*rflW^%«R^S I a
person whose lips are black quarrels
with everybody (Tan. d. 217).

?W'V*W1' kun-dad mthtMi-pa = w»rv\
^•*W*i harmonious, concordant ; agreeing
or in harmony with all.

3tf'*tf kun-don «^W the public weal,
general interest, cause of all.

mVri kun-dril-ica = *WQ%*>-q tshan-ma
b_tdom-pa a-11 taken together.

S^'"!^ kun-pdufi ^rfri, ^*ff that
afflicts all ; the all-burning one; Cupid.

3K'1VI Kun-bdag ftvrf^, fr«TW the
Lord of All. ^T^'SWI the Soul of the
World ; the Supreme Lord of the World.

^•fl|e.' kun-brdufi 1. an oppressor ; a
tyrant : f^t*f^*f'j<'*Vlif*'iC^*'
V. In astronomical calculations the six-
teenth conjunction ie called Kun-brdun.

kun-hdar i(<j^!d the pulse that
always beats = $'*&'*> rtsa dvu-ma n. of
the central artery.

?fl'^ Kun-hdren the Supreme Leader ;
he who leads all into the way of deliver-
ance ; epithet of Buddha.

5^'^« kun-nas, same as 5l1'«w kun-lat
*nr*i or fw^rcr « from every place or direc-
tion ; round about ; wholly, thoroughly :
fq«rMlMriror*}>wra)|K ! in every direction
it was surrounded by railings; S^"'*^'"!
to wish from the bottom of the heart.

3^'^*)'*\5ql*''{| kttn-nag d.krig$-pa entirely
darkened: **%!h*1'W<'*\liq!*' rain-clouds
have darkened all quarters.

SWS^'S kun-nag &kye WT^IW, <3rtn<»f
produced or grown everywhere (like grass).

3tf'J\*<''*B*W kun-nas
3^'S*1 gur-gum saffron

5fi'^'<wh»! kun-nas hgeg$ =
a residence that is closed on every side, a
sanctum ; residence of a queen ; a convent
(Mnon.).

Syn. nj<fr-£!S-§* hkhor-tcahi khyiin ; «'S\
N'Ofl** sa-spyod-ma gnas; Jjfw-s^ srun-ma-
can ; ^«i'«i5'»«v«^ dag-pahi mthah-can ;

spco^ kun-nas hgro

commu-

non.

un-nas rgod=
to laugh out (Jjfnon.).

^l|^j^yj|^^|«^ Kun-nat sgohi lefru
shet-pahi rndo

THT

the "Sutra on the door or entrance firom
all quarters," i.e., of free entrance
(K. ko. P 287).

kun-nat sgrib-par
to over-shadow all round, to
put into shade in all directions.

27

kun-nas non-mons-pa
made very miserable ; pained, dis-
tressed; 3fl-^-ifr*wravq ! entirely free
from misery (Tlbum. *| 239).

nfl-aiN'1*W kun-nas snems ^l«*-^H
very haughty ; arrogant.

'ji kun-nas btags-pa

fastened or tied up on all sides.
«v
3fl-^-qij*r<i kun-nas btus-pa tfgsr,

collected from everywhere ; extracted or
taken from every work.

^•aj*r^'i kun-nai hdud-pa ^rpog
venerated by everybody or everywhere :
^•^n|-^-<j|?j»r^^«'^'£)| to reverence in
every manner with body, speech, and
heart.

3^*rg;c.-q kun-nas Idan-ica mymuTT,
*rg*rK raised from every place; set up
well; got-up: $"!*<' W^'iF1*'^ the
enemies rose up in all directions.

5fl^w'|Vi kun-nas sdud.-pa 4WIVK col-
lected from every place ; brought together
from every place.

* 3aVa^'$c'£J kun-nas snan-tca = JTS rgyal-
wa the all-illuminator (Schr.).

^•a^-wprq kun-nas hphags-pa
sprung from everywhere.

S^'^^'g" kun-nas bris
perfectly painted, described, delineated,
referred to.

^'^'S!^ kun-nas blans taken from
every place.

34^ WK kun-nas hbar
inflamed ; ablaze : »>'
broke out in every direction.

5^«'|Vn kun-nas tbyor-wa «^«IH to
combine; combination ; fF^'^'l^ to
compound or mix up medicines.

fire

r« kun-nas brtsegs-pa
built up everywhere ; piled up ; erected.

3fl'ai*'*1*'*' kun-nas rndses illuminated ;
very beautiful: a'tfi'w^'y^W*^ I the
signs or charms of the moon are exquisitely
fine ; »>-^j|-5|-Sqnq-|^-ijai-^^-w?»i-5)t-^»w

VFi I (the garden) from its collection of
flowers was lovely and pleasant (Mnon.).

WWtpf: kun-nas bmn jpjrrfr, »pirrPwT
= ^W3'!5'»( dpal-gyi lo-ma n. of a tree the
leaves of which are sweet.

Syn. 3S'*r*i« lo-ma mfiar ; "5'wqjt lo-ma

(Mnon.).

5^*rq3f^xi kun-nas b_zod-pa all-forgiv-
ing ; very patient (K. d. * 68) .

3^q-^c,*r*|-q^-q kun-nas yons-su bskor-
wa entirely besieged, shut up entirely,
surrounded on all sides.

kun-nas (tyent «g«ia
thoroughly ; very excited :

r«i | |the mind agitated (not
being fixed on any subject).

?fl-j;«i-<wq kun-snaH hbar-wa=^-^^^
ni-mahi hod-zer all- illuminating rays ; the
rays of the sun (Jgfion.).

%*('%*-•* kun-spans W%mfi\; S^' bya
Uan all-abstracted : ^R^r ; "^"I'f^'i'S'"'^'
lj=.«'£i I one who has left off all the concerns
of this world ; he who has renounced all
worldly matters, acts and concerns; an
epithet of Buddha.

^3j-gMT^-Zi kun-spans chen-po =^»'^
the all-renouncer ; an ascetic ; a hermit :
X- i$fl!' «w 5*C |q'«i5- 3^- gc.»j' Ia\-Ej5- (^q«- ^.-^
before the feet of the Arch Kenouncer who
in one life has attained to JEhiddhahood.

T3^ kun-spyad. 1.
that which is to be practised at all times.
2. customary or habitual work ; habit.

28

^•|\t^'ti kun-tpyo(f fian-pfi
a black or fallen Brahman ; bad habits ,
vicious acts or professions.

JWsPVi**'" kun-gpyod mtshun$-ma=
$o|*r£ grogs-ma a sweetheart, mistress
(Won.).

Tj^'s^'q^'^-'^qfEj kun-phan b_du<f-rtsi
dicafl-po=jft zla-wa the moon (Yig.
k. 16).

kun-bor all-renouncer : ifa'S*-'^'
vij^oX | he cast off relations,
wealth, properties, realm and all (K. d.
« 333).

^'§^'3°i'3 kun-byed. rgyal-po 1. SW
tf-'\ ffio fman spn^-rtsi a medicinal vege-
table growing in the grass in Tibet. 2. in
the terminology of the Nying-ma sect,
the $*w (mind) is called kun-byed rgyalpo,
the chief agent, the prince of all
doings.

growing ; misery ; sin.

3^'|^ kun-sbyor libertinism (see 5tf'§'5
kun-tu-ru).

kun-mos dri-fysan
dri-shim-po sweet
perfume.

Syu. ^*\'^\ Mod-pa hi-dri ; Jf'^'S^ $na-
tshim-byed. ; K\«WS. nad-bzan ; ^^'^'S1! rin-du
khyab ; $fl|*rws«i legs-par thul (Jlfnon.).

^'*fe.« kun-rmons wm error ; the all-

4

blundering (A. K. 72).

W*^ kun-hdsin ^WK, $Rff the all-con-
taining ; that which holds everything in
itself.

^'F^'^^'fl kun-rdsob bden-pa ^^.fd^rtj
conditional or dependent truth ; ace. to
Was. subjective truth.

W$ A;MW-g8A»'=^»w1^^ sems-nid
basis ; the mind (AJ.non.) ;

consciousness of
self ; literally the primary cause of all
things, the basis of all ; the soul, spirit :

ti5'^ " gshi is a philosophical term for
vijnanft, soul, which is considered to be the
basis of virtue, sin, worldly or spiritual
existence, &c."

^'''^'Tl kun-za m*4off*±\1f&f^lHfa
flower of the plant called Spyi-shur, which
gives blue tint to water (J&fton.).

Wfi*\* kun-psigs =W*> '1%»W who sees
all ; the All-seeing One ; that is cognizant
of all (Lon. * 15).

^•qjK." Kun- i/zaA Wrw^ the all-good ;
epithet of Buddha; a Bon sage and
teacher.

nj^qicujifc'Si Kun-bzafl hkhor-lo a metri-
cal arrangement in several squares
resembling a chess-board and sometimes
forming an acrostic.

^•qjc.'|e.' Kiin-bzafi glifi n. of a place of
pilgrimage in Tibet (Deb. "[ k$).

^•qjc$*r«i|«}*i Kun-bsan rnam-gmm the
three good ones ; the Supreme Deity of
the Bon religion in Tibet who is explain-
ed as having three manifestations : (1)
q^q[-»l^5^q«K.- fHTTsiraf ^ww*^ the imper-
sonal God or Supreme Being, ">'tr»r$'*)=.»r
J"'" I, who from eternity has been free and
all-perfect; (2) *yir«$V^w j the personal
God fcwVitWWrtM as manifest in
the form of a sentient being (like Shenrab) ;
(3) ^Sflm-q^-qiB. | the deity represented
in symbol, i.e., form ; **r*J i^V^'^'oK
$1N'*S'!T« l representations in painting,
figures in relief or casts.

^'<£f1V kun-bzod = 1'1^ sa-gshi fl«TOTT
the all-enduring ; a figurative name for
. the earth.

29

Kun-chot g.tsan-wa a Bud-
dhist sect with a few monasteries border-
ing on Yunnan.

31^1 Kun-rig ^4ft^ all-knowing ; n.
of a god ; a learned man.

Syn. «p«r<i mkhas-pa; ^'^N ktm-yeg;
^i kun-gyi bkur-wa (Mfion.).

kun-la wkn to every one, to all ;
to everywhere.

5Hprty^r^qR-jf* kun-la bkra-fi? dwan-
Idati-ma she who gives blessings to all :
^qc.-|U|-9|-£^-35-uj-»iS-»)E.' a name of the god-
dess Uma, the wife of Mahes'wara (Mfton.).

W'Bq'SS'^'z' kun-la khyab-bye.d ser-po
*ftCN«il = Jj"**- ffhi-ieaH (Sman. 107) a
bright yellow pigment -prepared from the
urine or bile of a cow, or vomited in the
shape of scidulae by that animal ; bezoar
stone.

3W«rH1 kun-la hjug efficient; able to
enter into anything: ^"TftWJiWIT*
HI ! the intellect being cultured becomes
efficient in composing.

'«r^ kun-la bde happiness to all.

kun-la phan useful or good to
all.

5fl'*r*^S kun-la hphrod beneficial ; agree-
able to all : «W**wf*ftf%^pr*&| " cow
butter being the best of butter is agreeable
to all."

^•«rn?*rci kun-la btscs-pa injuring all,
all-hurting, hurtful, obnoxious.

^•oi ^uj kun-la reg <3Trerii meddling,
meddlesome, touching everything.

^'"1*1 kun-las = 'g*l'3\*x kun-nas «4fi'-
from every place or thing ; from all ; than
all.

^•awqijjrii kun-la$ bttis-pa «««H, «^^g
selected or compiled from every book ; n.
of a book.

kun yes-pa *n!ir all-knowing;
knowing all, omniscient.

^••H«-q5-Jf<»|»rq kun fes-pahi fo-gam-pa
a religious man who, being under moral
discipline, has reduced his desires and
requirements ; lit. " an all-knowing tax-
gatherer."

Sl^-TV" kun fyad-pa *n<^id well
explained; preaching all the religions,
one that preaches everywhere.

^•?l*w kun-scms $fa^ to be conscious
or cognizant of all things ; to think at all
times.

$^ f e.- kun-slofi ^"n^, fl^arrf a gene-
ral rising ; rising from every direction or
place ;= $*«rfl|S sems-bgkyed f^TTfTT?
conception ; idea ; the notion of a thing ; a
thought; S^*^hprtf6'«M*« the mind
which gives rise to thoughts of sins or
merits, virtue or vice.

^•gc.-S^-Q kun-glofi chen-po comprises the
three *fl]»)^c.-jrc.« chag$-$dan-rmon§, lust,
anger and ignorance.

^•"1*^ kun-g.sod. TRre all-killing, that
which kills everybody or thing ; the lord
of death.

^•qj*im kun-g.sal-=-*p**if>n nam-mkhah 1.
the sky; that is fully clear, illuminated.
2. =*y*i ni-ma, the sun, the all-clearer.

J T]^'5 kun-ta fft : from where ? one
from an unknown place ; also interroga-
tively, come from where? It is used in
mystic language (K. g. f 26).

TJ^'5*^ kun-tu-ru the union of the
two sexes, copulation (used only in mystic
language) (K. g. *\216).

I U'fS}'^ kun-thi-ra grfar n. of a
bird : ^•V1V'ws«'£iS-a'iS-

(K. g. * 58).

30

'^ kun-da vm 1. mistake, blunder,
illusion (Lex.). 2. ftmPwif, fi*^ the
blue jessamine, Jasminum multiflorum or
pubescens.

Syn. *'|« chu-tkyet; *$*&*&•' I* dgun-
sla tha-chufl fkyeg; vp-ttftf^ fydab mohi
ipdsotf (Jjffion.).

!W«\-SI^»w kun-da byafi-sems^WQ
tffiul-chu quicksilver (Sman. 79).

'Tpj'S'^ kun-du-ru ^$*5, f*^ sweet-
smelling tree ; a kind of incense ; the resin
of Boswellia thurijtra ; gum olibanum (M.
Wills.).

Syn. Ji'SVi skyofi-bi/ed-pa; SWS ««-
kun-da; ^\ kiut-du (IJlfion.).

'*^ A«tt-rf«-fe=V'S*Af»»-&wa cat

' kun-dofi

onon.

kum-pa crooked ; shrivelled ;
kum-pa-nitf contraction ; 5J«'3
very contracted.
^x'3 kttm-po cringing; one in a con-
tracted posture ; 3«'2fc kum-por cring-
ingly; contractedly.

'^ kum-bha fP«
g3n. an earthen jar; a vessel for water.

TOJ'Cj'^, kum-bi-ra j»j?l< n. of a
srin-po (demi-god or demon).

kur-ti to hasten;
kur-fi lafif-hgro to start or go off on any
business ; (in colloq. language) to start on
an errand or mission early in the morning
without having even a cup of tea.

TJTf!^ Kul-kar, also 51'VH kul-dkar,
n. of a place in Tsang ; a kind of shield
manufactured in Kul-kar:

the shield manufactured at
Kul-kar is of superior quality (on account
of its superior metal) ; $'»r'^'Str^vw3(ig-§
as to the Kul-d.kar shield it costs five sho
for the best.

'T[ ke numeral for 91 ; ke-pa the 91st
(volume).

ke-ka in the dialect of Sphan-yul

for y\ skya-ka, a magpie.

1 ^I'TI'^'o) Ke-ka-pi-no ^qrrfrjvi a coun-
try west of JambudvTpa of romantic
scenery, said to be filled with gardens,
dales, fountains, cascades, etc., and inter-
sected with streams, and inhabited by a
race of very handsome men who eat red
rice (K. d. * 179).

'Tj'TJK'fj ke-kifri-igra the cry of the
peacock (Schtr.).

T| *\ ke-ke-ru <t>qt<K or ^TO?T«T a
white precious stone.

T['3i£ ke-rgyuA a charm of the Bon
deity called Qen-srat mi mgon rgyal-po:

(D. £.).

'ta-ka from %TTO 1. a gem
which has the property of purifying water ;
its Tibetan name is y-i'Sl or I^'S^, the
purifier. 2. a great mountain situated
north of the great forest plain beyond the
north bank of the river Sita. Its peaks
are described as very grand in appearance.
It contains mines of gold and silver, and
round its peaks are four fabulous lakes
which at all seasons remain filled with
lotuses and lilies. The ruler of this
country in ancient times was Vatfravana,
whose army consisted of nmazons of
great beauty and valour (S. Lam.).

31

'^ Ke-ta-ra a mountain, probably
Kedara (%K) ; part of the Himalaya
(Jd.).

J ^)'5 Ke-tu 1. a fabulous planet in
Brahmaincal as well as in Tibetan astro-
logy. In Tibet the name Ke-tu is gene-
rally applied to comets, called also^'i'N&'T^
(lit. the long smoke- tailed). 2. a fiery
meteor ; a shooting star ; the descending
node. 3. n. of a demon.

Ke-nehi-bu n. of a sage of
the time of Gautama the Buddha (K.

Ke-bye4 Kartika, the god of
war (Schtr.).

'§"'*3 Ke-rtse-wa n. of a Bon teacher :
|'$"tr<'|lYV^ (Deb. "I 6) the JBonpo
priests invited Ke-rtse.

Ke-tshegi a Ndga ; the quar-
ter where it resides during a certain astro-
logical period is considered inauspicious.

Kehu 1. a tribe in Tibet ( Vat. kar.
160). 2. MSiH* in classical Tibetan a
kind of garlic. 3. a cavern, den, hollow
place (Cs.).

'Tjl^'s Kebu-rtse, also *Tfr ke-rtse, a
jacket made in the Chinese fashion ; in
Chinese kwa-tsu.

^jfl'dfc' Kehu-tshati (in Chinese K'u~
ts'ang, " a treasury ; a store-house ") n.
of a sacred rock-cavern.

'^ Kehu-ri n. of a female deity of
fearful mien.

'^ Kebu-U the Tibetan and Mon-
golian name for Corea. In Chinese Kaoli.

/fe<$M.fe *)V**'S customary seal
(/a.).

'TJ!|'-*j'U^ kejiu-<}a-ya (from *as<fya)
celestial robes; robes worn by the gods
(K. my. "| 7).

e-y« wickedness: =^i>*w3-i)-«r
^-£w the root of wickedness

of a bad heart (i.e., envy) having sprung

forth (J. ZaA.).

Re-yu-ra-ka %^R 1. a
kind of grass used in ancient times in
making garments for a Bhiksu (K. du.
i 388). 2. n. of a Gandharva.

Ke-ru 1. n. of a place and
monastery in the district of Hon in
Yar-lung (J.Zafi. 217). 2. JJT* sran-
ma a species of peas: S'"!^'£I5E-'^'B*I'^'B'V
^•^•w^$-#^*rS*-ii|e.^Mi | after casting
water in oblation, he conducted (him)
inside the house and served him with a
cupful of pea-soup (Del. *\ 35).

'TJ A Ke-re, \. {j}'^ kye-ri.

Ke-la *w*pctft$be; \ n. of a
tribal clan (Yig-).

3j'W<\ ke-la-ka = %'% sga-skya ginger
(Smew. 267).

ke-la-fa =%i '•*) kai-la-fa ^5-
the king of mountains
i.e. , Kailasa in the Himalayas.

'jj''^ Ke-lan, prob. corruption of S*l'^>
follower of Tsongkhapa (Hue, vol. II).

nj'Sj Ke-le n. of a fabulous place or
country : ^'^'^'-t'^'l'^8! the country of
cannibals, Ke-le (D. M.).

ke-fa ita hair; mane;
letters which are surmounted with

double e* sign called hgrefi-bu or o sign
called naro. Signs for long accentuation
are also called ke-fa.

* *)'•*!'* ke-fa-ra %m* mane (Schr.).

i ^\'"^^\ ^c~9u-ka a plant, perhaps
./4rw/» colocasia, with edible roots ; also
ftisg^r, v. ^•'•Q'"| Kifi-$u-ka (gbttm. *|
17). _

^ 'fj'T^ Ke-sa-ra %HT 1. the hair;
the mane of the lion. 2. the hairy fila-
ment of the lotus; a celestial flower;
saffron.

^j keg =w *^ lar-cha<? danger;
accident, v. ''PI kag.

Keg-ma=*W* kag-ma (Lesr.).
Kefi-ruf ^prer skeleton.

Ken-qu-ka an evergreen
tree, i.e., of the colour of the parrot
(Nay. 3). This is evidently a corruption
of

Kcr-ko a cymbal; a musical

instrument : w|W*K^f'^'$*'8'V

(carrying with him) a hand-drum, a
cymbal, a pipe (flute) (K. g. 5 2).

kcr-gyis suddenly (Sch.).

Ker-wa to raise ; to lift up ; ^ffiw
to point the fingers towards
heaven.

up:

ker-lans *(^f«H suddenly stood
"suddenly standing erect
and still (like a tree ") (flag. 3).

>^'i3lq'§j^ kcr leb tgur metaph. for
horse, sheep and yak: ^v<^i'U^'flj»i*r
3-ajE.-^^v^-|-Rqq | the tax (in kind, i.e.,
one in a hundred) on horse and yak
from among the three kinds of cattle
(Btsii.).

Kd-mag possibly indicates
the Kalmuk Tartars.

Kai-ta-ka n. of a mytholo-
gical demon.

ne-ya %^i a rishi or sage ;
also patronymic of Havana (K. d. ?186).

Kai-la-^a

Ri-wo yafis-can the huge snowy mountain
on the north shore of the Manasarowaia
lake called Gang Ti-se by the Tibetans
and Kailasa by the Indians.

'fj I : ko num. 121 ; *T« ko-pa the
volume marked with the letter If ko, or the
121st volume.

* II : $ an expletive meaning:
same, the same, very ; as in ^'1f hdi-ko,
the same ; as ^'^ hdi-ni, this very : ^'1^1)'
<^|-3»rw | "these same classifications";
^'^f de-ko=%.'% de-ni that very.

III: all, whole; quite, entirely,
altogether (Schtr.).

ko-wa 1. hide, leather — that
derived from yaks, buffaloes and horses as
distinguished from pays-pa the skins of
sheep, goats, foxes, &c. 2. colloq. for
ko-gru a hide-boat.

^'(311 ko-khug a leather purse ; a little
leathern money-bag.

^j'jgi ko-khrol (ko-thof) a sieve made of
hide-strips or strings to clean peas, barley
grain, &c., of gravel, &c. : ^•^•jgarwjfl ^N'
^um-q-ni | (Etsii.) for a hide-sieve for sift-
ing peas and barley (i.e., price for).

1]'5 ko-gru (ko-du) a hide-boat a boat
made of the entire hide of a yak ; a skin
coracle.

^f'lg9' ko-btum hide-packing. This is
said to be a criminal punishment in

33

Central Tibet, varying in severity, e.g.,
aii] ci ^j-q§*4 -when the culprit's hands are
cut off, the stumps sewed up in leather
and the poor wretch thrown as a beggar
upon public charity, &c. (Ja.).

If' "I ko-thag strap ; thong.

Ij'S^ ko-t/md a kind of tea, probably so
called on account of being sold packed
in hide cases; an inferior tea : $'$'«JV»)Y
tiS-lf'SV1*! (Rtsii. 74) "to the cost of
pressed brick-tea."

^rS*w ko-thums packed up in hide;
«pfc'Sfg*r§- ^(R-ljj-jiir^q a leather
package containing 30 ounces of gold:
T*v|'*flwr*QW%>l*'Vi« having sto-
len a bag containing gold, (we) concealed it
in a marmot's (^ a marmot) hole.

^•wpi ko-hthags a small instrument of
leather to weave lace with (Cs.).

^f'Tfl ko-ffdan, pronounced kom-gdan,
skin-rug or seat; a piece of leather put
under the saddle (Sch.): ^^'^'^fflf^Hf
R^'q'^ for each tanned skin-rug or
leather folding used for cushions (three
tafika) (Rtsii.).

'tf'spy*. ko-mdah an arrow bound with
hide : S^T^f*^, the hide arrow used in
the north (of Tibet).

T8F' ko-ldin a vessel or basin made of
hide to keep or cleanse oil or lime- wash :
»rfr'i|««rqS'1i'|t'^ (Rtsii.) for each
hide vessel for holding sa-rtsi (such and
such a price).

ko-lpags hide ; also tanned skin ;
fassj hide or leather mate-
rial or stuff included in the fourteen
materials prescribed for clothing to be
used by Buddhist monks.

ff-g«|*r*ip^ ko-lpag? mkhan = y*r»W
Iham-mkhan *|«ii*TT worker in hide and
leather ; a shoe-maker.

If '1*1 ko-fpyin (Jco-pin) glue:
^ for each stick or cake of glue
(Rtsii.).

If 5c.N- ko-phons guitar (gen. made of
thin belly-skin of a cow) (Ld.) ; it is
tuned in three- fourths (-/a.).

^'3* ko-phor a cup made of leather
and painted to look like a wooden cup ;
• ko-ffshon a basin made of hide.

ko-wa rnkJian a tanner; the
steersman of a hide boat.

ko-wa rnned-mkhan a tanner.

If'i'gi Ko-wa Irag fvf<I
n. of a district in Upper Tibet:
$R-H}-q-qflj-g-jfo then he visited Ko-wa Irag
in Stod-luA (Lha. kah. 23).

^f'9«>*» ko-bubs an entire skin : If-gw^-
ai'1^-^-»4|W?q)-q,gN ^ an entire skin of

a sheep holds three khar-nag measure of
good butter (Rtsii. 7 '£).

IJ'^^N ko-hbtigs an awl ; a three-sided
needle for sewing leather (ScA.).

ff'^5 ko-hbo itch scab ; 1|''^«v^ gcabby.
In Sikkim a measure for rice or barley
made of hide.

ko-sbrags a hide filled with
butter ; the whole package is so called.

ko-tshal pieces of leather or hide :
^f:*^ for each skin
of butter and honey, &c., with hide
wrapping (Rtsii.).

^f8fi'"l§sw ko-rlon gtttms packed in a
fresh skin:

like a man packed in a fresh skin, or any-
thing packed or fastened with raw hide
which becomes shrivelled when the skin
dries and illness is induced.

6

34

ko-rul a rotten hide.

fj-ai ko-la a grub which breeds in hides ;
a kind of hide-moth; *hW-1*M*t%
^«T§)'^")^'^'9 1 the Kola moth, something
like a species of vermin in flesh (Rtsii.).

^j -fjsrci ko-$a*n-pa (Lex.) one dressed in
skin or having a skin for his under-
clothing, v. ^f*'3 kom-po.

fj'T| Ko-ka a place in Bengal where
in ancient times many Tantrik adepts
lived (S. Lam.).

4 Jfpf|'§hT| Ko-ka-li-ka Tffanfe* a
Bhiksu of the Buddha's time who sided
with Devadatta (K. d. •*] ^7).

'fj'^l Ko-kia, wild mountainous country
east of Bengal in the Chakma and Hamsa-
vati countries which are east and south-
east of Haribhadra (Manipur) (S. Lam.).

^'fj'TJ'^ Ko-ki-la srrfw the Indian
cuckoo, in books described as a bird that
sings sweetly (K. du. f> 99).

* ^'^'^21 ko-ki laksa n. of a tree
(Mnon.).

Ko-ko (variously spelt ^f'SI ko-
?ko, *\t'*\ ko$-ko *}*'% kos-sko) 1. wt? the
chin ; also occasionally the throat or the
neck: f'^^*l'«=§^Tll'^Pr' to raise
the chin (fiag.) [see If^'f]. ;«i*)-fJ-»>'S'«
chinless, or one with a small chin : ^f'Sfi'
fl|c. T^^t? with a slightly perceptible
chin; tsfi"^'^ SH*<«t^ a chin like
that of a pig; pig-faced (no chin) "be-
neath the chin." *j«r*jS-*«r* fof or
f^f^i the lower part of the chin. 2. a
Tibetan of mixed breed, i.e., born of a
Chinese father and a Tibetan mother.

Kokya xrf^l pure (Lexx.).

Eo-krad. (ko-tch) 1. fll'wjfi
lham-gyi akrad the worn out leather of old
shoes and boots; 2. also a leather-
shoe (Jd.).

ff'Sf ko-sko^ *o-*o = *%«i neck: *T$f
^fl|« ko-eko hdeg$ = *S!3\'i'aZfl** mgrin-pn
hdegs raise the neck (Nag. 4).

5»n Ko-iia qi^T^* yul-shig gi-min
n. of a place in Tibet (Yig.).

1y^3j''3f ko-non-tse, also ^f'^r* ko-nol-
tse or 1}'%?' ko-lon-tse, the kernel of
the pine-apple (tfs.) ; more particularly the
edible seed of the JVeosrt-pine growing in
the valley of the Sutlej ; it is also called
VW* ekan-nan-tse in Kunawar (Jd.).

**5^ A-o-ta»=Sl'l *//»•«</ blood in
mystic language (K. g. *\ 216).

*fj'»?Jrq ko-tam-pa *H1>lte' n. of a
mountain (K. dun. 17).

ko-tam-pahi-ras
one of the 41 materials of clothing permis-
sible to Buddhist mendicants ; a kind of
grass formerly used in making clothes
(K. du.f* 388).

! ko-tam-bhag same as above.

ko-tra-pa JFHPT, *n?^, in vulg.
Nepalese Kodu, a kind of millet largely
used in Sikkim for making wn«r«.-«beer; it
is mentioned in K. d. ^ 333. A. species
of grain eaten by the poor; Paspatum
scrobiculatutn.

l Ko-ko than-ma a country
in or near Ceylon (Jd.).

ko-trog-can ^'S'H'W mi kroy
krog applied to a thoughtless, childish
man (K. d. w362).

*fy£| ko-tha *&, fre a kind of leprosy
(Jd.).

35

ko-thal cinders, ashes;
ko-thal-du byas pa to be reduced to
ashes : f}' w.3X'qv§*,'i ko-thal hthor-war
gyur-pa scattered about ashes.

ko-da-la

or

tree growing in the moiintain Called
Kokila Parvata (K. d. * 27 It).

C'o ko-pafi-tse a sort of tea
(Schtr.) ; usually called Capinze (Schtr.).

; Ko-bi-da-ra ^f^K the
tree of paradise on which grows the Pari-
jata flower ; also a tree the flower of which
is pretty and of sweet scent, probably
Bauhinia variegata (K. my. "H 20) ; ^f'
*^°*'PTI *~in«i<* an abode of the gods
(K. du.^310).

' Ko-bo prop. n. of a country
(Vai.kar.).

^J'goi'i Ko-brag-pa prop, a sect of Tan-
trik Buddhists; also its founder: ^f'g*]'<r

Bsod-nams rgyal-mtshan of Ko-brag
brought Vibhuti Chandra from Bal-po
(Nepal) to Ding-ri and later on founded
the monastery of Ko-brag in Upper Myan.

1 ko-ma a bird (Vai. sfi.).

ko-tse e'qg^q ja Irgyad-pa the
Chinese name for the brick-tea used by
the common people of Tibet. It is called
ja brgyad-pa, the eighth or the inferior
quality of tea (8. kar. 80).

ko-wags is meant to express
the voice of a raven (e/ci.).

Ko-rando ^tw prop, a
country, said to be in the fabulous

"Western Continent of Godaniya (K. d.
331).

C| Ko-raba tsfa the descen-
dants of Kuru ; their party ; n. of a
country in the east (K. d. *. 267).

t] A ko-re or If'* ko-ra cup for drink-
ing ; 3=-'^ fiii-kor wooden cup which
every Tibetan carries with him in the
pocket of his great coat next to his bosom ;
fd-kor a drinking glass.

ko-lahi bdab=W&
pohi pi-pi lift, plantain leaf (Kfion.).

* I: ko-lon annoyance; dissatis-
faction ; the jealousy of demi-gods or of
Naga, &c. : ^•<t'V«lT1^r"19lV3rt I "pray
do not out of dissatisfaction be jealous of
me." In saying grace at meal time the
Gods are exhorted by the lamas not to be
spiteful, jealous or angry, &c. :

Lord (Atis'a) not being actuated by any
spite did not express any dissatisfaction,
&c. (A. 58).

' n : is a dubious word (Schtr.) ;
ifj-iSc.-q ko-lofi-wa to hate, envy; but in a
passage in Mil., where the connection
admits of no doubt, ko-lon mdsad-pa must
be taken = disdain (Ja.). In Amdo
ko-lon = dispute, fight.

Ko-$a-ld ^t*rar mythical river
east of Jambudvlpa (K. d. * 267).

^ ^1 H ^ Ko-fi-la *lfii<«( a ceiiain king
of birds (K. my. *| 18).

Kondi-nya *( pig 141 the son
of Upayamatl; in Tib. vwa^'w n. of a
Muni or sage ; n. of a grammarian ; a
patronymic of the poet Jayadeva.

36

3 ITo-fam-bi, also written *|V
Kohu-$am-bi *tni^\ the city of
flowers; n. of an ancient city situated
on the Ganges in the lower part of the
Doab, in the vicinity of Kurrah ; ace. to
. 3 Vatsapattana.

Ko-<;i-ka, also written
Ko-hu-fi-ka ^ftrer. 1. an epithet of
Indra ; n. of a drug. 2. n. of the Vatica
Robusta; n. of a teacher; an owl; a
patronymic of Vis'vamitra, who was the
grandson of Kus'ika ; n. of a river, river
Kosi (K. d. * 267).

Syn. q$* na-gti-h-
khas $dig$-pa;
rndsod get (Nag.).

drafi-sron

Ko-sa-thi-la chen-po
n. of a Crdvaka attendant of

the Buddha (K. my. *]

Ko-sa-la ^ftrar, *rtiwr n. of
a part of Ancient Oudh which in the Bud-
dha's time was ruled by King Prasenajit.

I: kog-pa 1. a cover;
kog-fog the paper-cover of a letter ; an
envelope (F«>. k. 2): Ift-Jfa «r«i|*B.-gi«rj«r
Vf* the cover or envelope (of a letter)
should be neat and clean, K'^f*1! ja-kog a
hide case in which tea is packed is usually
called ja-ko ; w1ffl| mar-kog a skin of
butter : wS'^TV-'*1^ '«%^ I (8. leg.)
"like a stone in water or package of
butter." ^'^H fun-kog shell, rind; fj'^'^f"!
phyi-yi-kog exterior shell ; bark. 2. the
name ^fl'i kog-pa is applied to an old
man after the age of 85 (Rtsa shufi.).

l II : 1. vb., to splinter off, to
chip; ^H"!^'1! to rise suddenly and run

away (/a.). 2. ^f"!'"'^'1' kog-pa
peel, pare off.

kog-tse WM a net : ace. to
(flag.) S'^'VF'^'SYS'wV* I "a net
or snare to catch birds or wild animals."

' I : koti, also ^'^fE.' kod-kofi, concare ;
excavated; crooked; bent; warped, w^fc.'
1J*' sa kofi-kofi undulating ground;
koft-pa-ni4 concavity.

fJK* II : Hf^'Zi Koft-po, also
6i^ »Ifi^>l 1. cup ; crucible. 2. the country
of ravines, n. of a province of Tibet
lying to the south-east of Lhasa and
east of Tse-thang. ^'"I^ Kofi-psitm
fsuni the three divisions of Kofi-yul; also
n. of a kingdom in Ancient India which
was ruled by King Susanna. ^'Ifo Kvfi-
(ked a kind of sash or waist-band of fine
wool manufactured in Kofi-po; If^'j^c
kofi-mriiifl a kind of spear manufactured
in Kofi-po (Jig. 32) ; ^'S1-' kofi-paft planks
brought from Koti-po (8. kar. 179) ; ^^gm
kofi-$prel an ape from Kofi-po; the name
of an individual who made a donation to
aid in repairing the monastery of Samye.
^fe.-ql' kon-bzo a kind of armour or weapon
manufactured in Kofi-po.

*1ff^ koArkun *T*fll n. p. (Schr.).

'R koH-khru (kofi-thu) a kind of

yellow Tatin : (frrtf*£*M*W|fc| (8. kar.
180) a piece or roll of yellow satin for a
gown.

Kofi-jo, in Chinese Kung-chu, a
princess ; the Tibetan name of the daugh-
ter of Emperor Tai-tsung, who was married
to King Srofi-tsan Sgam-po, J^T^T^Wj'
n#v1]E,-I Kofi-jo, from China ; the Chinese
spouse Kofi-jo (Lod. *• 5).

37

Kofi-bu a small cup-shaped
brass or copper oil-burner ; x^^'^Js. mchod-
kon an offering bowl, a cup for offering
pure water to any divinity ; ifl'^f6-' S»ay-
kofi ink-stand, generally for black ink;
**JJ-^E. mtshal-kofi ink-stand for red ink
or vermilion ; g*|*r^f|t blugg-kofi casting
mould, crucible; flj^'tf* gstr-kofi. a gold
cup or oil-burner placed before Tibetan
deities ; 3'^' bye-kofl bowl of sand.

kofi-mo w a cave ; a ditch.

Kod boiled:

S'^gw ja de kotf-nag ka-ra bram-po
Itia byiH-pas JO-IPO dgyeg (A. 95) the tea
having been boiled (prepared) and given
with five lumps of sugar, the Jo-wo was
gratified.

kon-pa, also called
kon-pa gab-ski/eg, the name of a plant that
grows in solitary places, generally in the
clefts of rooks. This medicine, kon-pa
gab-tkyei, is used in Tibet for stopping
hemorrhage.

kob-kob, same as "F^i kab-kob,
the noise or sound produced from the
stretching of hides.

n]5|Z| kom-pa to tan (skin).

^fw^Vi kom-pdan a seat made of tan-
ned skin.

r«5 kom-po skin which has been made
soft and pliable by tanning ; leather.

kofi-jo the
princess Kom, the youngest daughter of
Wen Chung, the fifth Emperor of the
Tang dynasty. She was married to King
Me.Agtshom (J. Zan.).

kor, same as $X gkor. 1. is used
as a *«|'!fl^ or auxiliary particle used in
the manner of an affix, as in fS'lf^
stod-kor, which signifies a cloth that
surrounds or covers the upper part of one's
body ; hence ?S'^ ytod-le a kind of half
jacket worn by children and also by lama
dancers ; Jfi'lf* klad-kor the circular dot
put over the head of certain letters to
signify the letter *i ma. 2. anything that
has been cut out by the band or a lathe,
such as ^'^ fifi-kor a wooden cup ; ST'lj*
rdsa-kor an earthen cup or vessel turned
out. 3. n. of a place ; 'f^'V Kw-ni-ru-
pa n. of a great lama who was a native
of the place called Kor. (Deb. «| 11).

kor also occurs in *^'Hf* than-kor,
nen-kor, ^'^ hotf-kor, ^'^ patf-kor,
f fdub-kort &c.

^'^ kor-kor coiled:
S* ! "a string was wound round the
(exorcist's) dagger ( Vat. $ft. 82).

kor-bzo lit. of round make ; a
kind of shield of round shape (Rtsii.).

•f i a oolloq. form of ^.
!ffa|-q5-ai« kol-wahi fo»j=«w^-<i lam-fan-
pa, a bad road (Mfion.).

fj'^*^ kol-sa, T. (tfF»i hgol-sa or ^'«
gol-sa.

kos-ko wtf the chin. This
word is also applied to the throat and
even to the wind-pipe.

HJ'f'I Kya-la (also called J«0 petty;
n. of a petty state in Tibet, the chief town
of which is jarite-flftK.- (lit. the lion-face),
where the Tsang-po, it is said, enters a
rocky chasm in the mountains.

TJ-W8JI

38

Eya-an n. of a large fort in
Tibet (Dsam. 32).

nj*l] kyag or gTg"! kyag-kyag 1.
throwing obstacles in the way of another's
work out of spite. 2. thick; run into
clots; Sl'i'fa kyag-pa nid thickness (Cs.).

or

kyog spir curved ; crooked ; not straight.

" I : kyafi, also ge/ge. kyafi-kyafi or

-'q kyad-po, 1. straight; right; very

straight ((?«.). 2. slender as a stick
(J2.).

H1£' II: ^rft ^ 1- and; and also;
though; although; too; yet more; used
instead of ^' dad enclitically after the
letters TV'*. In composition the word
g^' is placed between the subject and
the predicate, for example : — wftrgfwito1
or^*wgc.'q»c/ he was beautiful and his
mind was also good. In the eense of
" though" g=.' follows the first or contrast-
ed verb : — fl]^c.-ci-«?*rg=.-$»rZr3j<i| "though
his face was handsome yet his body was
crooked." <^'*<r«1S)1^Ivgc-'*f ! this being
handsome also sheds lustre. 2. since,
since that ; then, therefore ; likewise ;
whereas.

V"

'^C. kyan-kyon indolent, lazy, idle
'

(Jd.).

kyar-po, also gvg^ kyar-kyar,
flat, not globular (Cs.).

kyar-kyor still feeble as a
convalescent after disease ( Jd.).

I: kyal, resp. ^«rg«l shal-kyal, a
joke ; also a comic or jocular look : "i^'^l'
"iTgT^-*!^! (^t. 113) once having a
jocular smile on his face.

II : also gi'g") kynl-kyal, sometimes
written as J^'S01 rkyal-rkyal, long and flat,
not globular. Described in (Sag.) ^'?'
|c,-q-^q|Agq]-S'q^'X1^ | like straw, hollow
and devoid of meaning ; worthless.

kynl-ka Sifa, ^mr joke, jest,
tricks : g«ri|5-K«| kyal-kahi tshiy ^f^J^^rT,
l-^-355'^ii rtteg-mohi tshiy playful word.

gTq kyal-pa vain, idle talk, nonsense.

•\/*'
^0]'^QJ kijnl-kyal poor; ill-condi-

tioned.

* kyi 1. This syllable is primarily an
inflecting afBx attached to nouns, adj.,
participles, ^-c., indicating the genitive
case. This affix takes the form S only
after the final letters ^ *>, or «, and is
varied to 9 where the word to which it
is attached ends in either ^, «, *, or «i, and
to 5) where the preceding final is "I or
f, or simply to 5 if the final happens to
be a vowel. Ex. : S«V$ of Tibet, Tibetan ;
«w'3 of the way ; 3=-'^ of the north ; ^'*>5'X
at the time of going. Sometimes, more-
over, it is elided altogether, as in ^'^
Tibetan language. 2. It is annexed to
verbal roots (with the same variations of
form) after the manner of a continuative
particle and imparting the gerundial sense,
but by some modern writers used as a
finite verb. Gerundially it generally im-
plies an antithesis which may be ex-
pressed in English by " though " followed
by "yet": 8'lNrff«r*r|t«*t^TrA^W'^1
*5or3i^ though the girl called to him, yet
he went on the straight way without turn-
ing his head. As affix to a finite verb it
is frequent in the writings of Padma
Jungnas and Milaraspa, and is also used
in the C. colloquial. Attached to the
verbal root it may also carry the sense of

39

"as much as," "as far as" :
|'q'g|E.'9|-|N'jj'?J«;- as far as he remembered

this road, he followed the ox. 3. § con-
necting the auxiliary verb with the verbal
root forms a much-used present tense :
yjc|-I^ I am lying down. But here the
final vowel does not often take the simple
' (*)> e-9-> f I'^Vl is seeing ; still we have
in books SJf ^'^"1 is eating food. [N.B. —
The use with the instrumental form §«
will come under that article.]

N— '

'3F' kgi-g.M the elbow.

TJ ^ Kyi-Ice n. of a medicinal plant,
Gentiana decumbens. The white species of
this plant called S'l'V'l1^ kyi-lce dkar-po
is in repute for biliousness. The blue
called iJ'^'g^'2! kyi-lce snon-po heals swell-
ing in the throat or glands (Med.).

CN

3'§^i kyi-bun a chill; a feeling of
cold (Sch.).

£-3|c.-$ 5'g^Q kyi-lin chu-rta $non-po=
•^'^ dmd-chu quicksilver (Sman. 118).

3'^S kyi-hud ?r ^<
1. interj., the sound of weeping, lamenta-
tion ; an expression of grief, sorrow or loss ;
Alas ! Ah ! S'^'^'l kyi-hud zer-wa ^T?T
cnr expressing deep sorrow or lamenta-
tion. 2. one of the eight cold hells of the
Buddhist purgatory.

3^T^~ kyig-rtse unburnt brick
(Sch.).

- of a people living in the
east of Asia (Tig. 8).

' kyin ser-rlufi a violent
•^
wind with hail: ace. to Jd. also 3'« kya-sa,

onomatopoetic word ; a blowing wind.

Tj'Sj kyin a verbal termination used
alternatively with §^ gyin and 9|^ gin and
after a vowel ; °^ yin denoting a partic.
pres. like the English ' ing ' : gfi^fW'fa'**:
proceed on your way singing ! With ^
yod or ^l Mug it forms a periphrastical
present tense: ^'«I»I'^KI«'^'^ smon-lam
hdebs-kyin yod he is praying (just now)
(Jd.). Most probably the common present
form in kyi, gi, &c., is an excised form of
this use, e.g., ^^\<vyf\ is coming ;
looking.

s

kyir, also 3^'§^ kyir-kyir, round ;
circular; a disk ; a round thing; S^''1''^^
kyir-wa-nid roundness.

kyis by, with; the sign of the
instrumental case, used after the letters
\ i, or «, and generally indicating the
personal subject of the action. It is called
the IV'^'U byed-pa pohi $yra (the term of
the doer). Gerundially kyis is annexed
to a verbal root to render clauses which in
English would be introduced with " by,"
" from," &c., e.g., W^T»ftf rt«pr|c«W^^
from the sword having pierced the liver,
he was slain. Of course the prep. " from "
might be omitted here. Again our "because"
is often an appropriate opening to clauses
terminated in |*i ; |*i, &c. : *3je.'q-g^§<rjtf*r
gar^c. the demon coming, he turned aside ;
or, because the demon came, he, &c.

^|1 kyu ni^si a hook; giJ*)'S Icags-

kyu iron hook ; an angle ; a fishing hook ;
s\£Wjl shabs-kyu (i.e., the foot-hook) a
mark fixed at the foot of a letter to
signify the vowel ' u ' and written as

S^'^E^ kyur-kyur twittering ; the cry
of a small bird : ai'*'ql'3^'3^'^"l byihu
coga kytir-kyur sgrog the swallow twitters.

40

kye %, «ft: the vocative sign; 0!
Holla ! § kye is called tf$«V«iS-| bbog-pabi
fgra or interjection — the word of invoca-
tion or calling : jj'5«rHi'^-Hi | 0 great King !

«v*) 0 lotus-gem (Chenraisi).

Kye-kye, also written 3 for
abbreviation ; conveys the same meaning

as of.

3'^'t Kye-rdo-rje % TO n. of a terrific
Tantrik deity.

kye-ga n. for the magpie.

Kye-phafi-pa n. of an idol of
the Nying-ma sect, consisting, like most
of the popular idols in Tibet, of an
enchanted stick or log decked with rags,
but much dreaded and said to be identical
with Pe-$kar Gyalpo (Ja.).

kye-ma fr *nr (interj.) Alas! An
expression of surprise with sorrow, also of
misery; jj'wwai kye-ma-ma-la '*Tt3TH but
oh! an interjection expressive of desire
for compassion or fatigue: J'WIWJR'B1
^ kye-ma ma-la glaft-po hdi alas this
elephant! (A. K. 1-36).

kye-re or ^ ke-re, also {I* kyer,
upright, erect; fl'*'" kye-re-wa or
kye-re-nitf the act of standing erect.

(mteri-)

Woe ! Ah ! What misery ! An expression
of grief or pain ; 3'? kije-ho What oh !
Holla! jt['TT^'JS'V£|'^l|n kye-ho and ktra-ye
are exclamatory words.

kyo-wa ^fV. a pointed iron-hook ;
a large pin to pierce with.

' kyo-rafi, v. ffl'i kyo-wa.

kyog, also 3"l'Z"\ ^W, crooked,
bent, winding, curved: w^'S'^-jfii's^ I
having turned his head (sideways), wa"!
lam-kyog a winding or surpentine road ; a
zig-zag.

JJI'Q Kyog-po «nir crooked ; 3") '3^
kyog-por crookedly, not straight : ^'^ql*''
^Mr^iHrc^-crl^l^-^wVc. (Pag. 133) the
wild animals that conceal themselves
bending their necks ran away.

HJC I : kyoA or flVJe. kyofi-kyofi 1. fira
hollow ; cavity ; the hollow of a dish or
tray; cognate to ^j*-' kofi. 2. obstinate;
unmanageable (Ja.). 3. hard, as in
4'3E-'E', hard water; evidently a colloq.
form of $'3*.'Q.

II : or ffl^'3 kyofi-lu a small shovel,
scraper ; ffl^T1 kyoA-Ma quarrel

A-yowi flexible but without elas-
ticity ; flabby, loose, lax.

fflVi kyom-pa soft and tough ; fiwi^s
kyom-pa-ni4 pliancy ; toughness.

kyom-kyom of irregular
shape, not rectilinear (Jo.).

^.^ kyor or JvjX kyor-kyor weak,
feeble, unfortified (Cs.).

^^1 *yo/ or a1*'!"! kyol-kyol=^*- kyor.

1| JTra (<«) for *-3, 5'q^ql*1 kra-btsii(js
established a Dharmas'ala (A. 61).

TJ' JT-^'P" kra-rm far-sa n. of a kind
of precious stone : « qvwv«j*r*-«*«|«rw
»?-fl-T]-w-*|VpS«>'l>|»i! (B^seV. 4^) a house
built of ruby made lofty with a dome of
krama farsa.

^ krag (tag)=^ brag, signifying
rock.

41

krafi-fie (tang-fa) standing ;
2'q or je.'fc'q^ an upright posture ;
S^'i krafi-sdod-pa to stand.

* Krafi-naft (tang-nang) a gallery
round a house; a covered passage; evi-
dently an incorrect form of ^'^'.

5F'i krafi*wa (tang-wa), prob. wrongly
written for ^'iVS to make straight.

Tf^j^ krad-hkhor (tt-Mior) a ring
used in the exercise of archery as a butt
for arrows ; a mark ; a target.

Ifi'l^ kraj-rgyun (tt-gyun) a piece of
long narrow leather to mend shoes with ;
ace. to Cs. a long narrow piece of leather
to fasten the sole to the upper leather of a
shoe or boot.

krad-pa (te-pa) a shoe ; a cover-
ing for the feet of the lower classes
of people ; a leathern half-boot ;
kra4-lhan a patch for shoe.

j'SI kran-ma (tan-ma), colloq. for %*>'*
sran-ma, peas.

kmb-kmb (tab-tab) =*|g«r<i
dancing or stamping of the feet : i^'il'
3«T1jq-:f *gq-q (m's) legs an(j armg moye(j ag

in dancing. According to $ag. Ji'jq
is equivalent to %Q'%Q, flat.

kt-am (tarn) oa'bbage ; 2]*'*«.«; sweet
or fresh cabbage ; H"'|^ kram 9kyur cab-
bage-pickle ; cabbage leaked in vinegar.

\ ^TT^ Kri-ka-ru-ka a^fw n. of a
monastery in ancient Behar which was also
known by the names of Samudra Gupta
and Kusumapuri (A. 60).

kri-ka Id-sa ^^rjTTJT a
small lizard. There is an account of this

animal being once offered as a burnt sacri-
fice to the gods (K. d. « 2U).

^ 1J'^ Kri.kn ftrf^f, ?if% n. of a Bud-
dhist king of Benares who is said to have
patronized Buddha Eas'yapa. In the
Chinese version of the Vimala-k!rti-nir-
des'a sutra, he is called Krpin, the kind
and merciful.

kri-kha (ti-kha) the magpie; the
white-breasted magpie ; colloq. called kya-
ka in Tibet.

n. of a

Kri_wa
place in Tibet (J. Zafi.).

. the
grey duck (MHon.). 2. vfr a worm.

! kriya ftrcrr; S'^'S'^'I^ the
ritualistic part of Sambhawa mysticism:

the krya man-tra having been performed
by the six-armed deity.

Kri-(;ofi-ba-ro n. of an indi-
vidual who did some service to Atis'a
during his journey to Tibet through Nepal
(A.

krig-kng (fig-fig) =W to
beat or press with the hand or feet ; to
make the sound tig-tig.

krig-gi (tig-gi) straight: fipr
^«! the iron arrow when
quite straight being good (D.R.).

krig-cags med-pa g^'^N'
TVr*^-q | not customary
or purposelessly; for nothing : «fl-^-*w|-2j3'
*4V$YM|V*V<*fQ;*^|Kj Mongol tribes
without adhering to custom would always
be making prayers (D. fel.10).

42

' krin-kafi (fifi-kan) a weapon
like the spear; a forked spear: w^'S*'
3jc.-T|K.-nvt'-3S-qsw^ ' (to the cost of) a
spear and lance with saw-like teeth
(Rtsii.).

kriA-bag-sgyo (tifi-pag-gyo)
glue or paste made of flour.

krin-n«4 (tin-tie1) the colic.

Krisna VFQ n. of sculptor ; an
image-maker during Atis'a's time about
1000 A.D. (A. 121).

Kris-na-sa-ra SjsoflTT the
spotted antelope ( Jd.) ; a kind of black
antelope which is said to possess the heart
of a Bodhisattva. The skin of this animal
is used by Hindus and Buddhists alike
to sit upon; the Tibetan lamas attach
much sanctity to this antelope and its
skin.

knt-kru (tu-tu) (W.) wind-pipe

(Jd.).

;\

* TPITI^ kru-krw Mf (tu-tu ti)
f^rat a kind of yellow chintz resembling
satin of great value, formerly highly
prized in India and Tibet. It is called

kru-ra (tu-ra)

rigt the vulgar, or the lowest class of peo-
ple in the mystical language (K. g. P 28).

'JjC''nC'|j'i53j Kriin-krufi sgra-can (tufig-

tufy '-da-can) n. of a country (filled with the
cry of storks or cranes) said to have been
visited by the Buddha (K. du. P 302).

F' Krun-than the chief Chinese

minister who was resident in Tibet when
Abbe Hue visited Lhasa ; an official of

his class (Tig. Ar. 38). Probably an error
for Chung fang, a title borne by certain
high officials in China.

1JJJ ^ krutn-pa (him-pa) broken in the
edge or side or nibbled, but not entirely
broken to pieces.

1JJ11 Erums (turn) meat: in polite
language it is called «|S«i'j»w (sol-turn),
the meat that is offered to a respected
person.

1|*^ltj Krc-nag (tc-nay) n. of a place
in Kham.

IJ'^j krag-nag (tc-nay) the spout of a
kettle (Sch.).

T]'£| kre-pa (te-pa) the forehead ; also
a colloq. spelling for «\£f»ri dpral-pa, the
forehead.

jfcj Kre-bo (te-o) n. of a place in
Kham.

kro dha-na
a fierce woman ; an amazon

krog-krog (tog-tog) a kind of
sound produced by the grinding of hard or
brittle objects together : ih'^^-^ "tog-
tog is a sound " (Nag.) • tog-tog is an ono-
matopoetic word meaning a grating sound.

•s^

t|£' kron (ton) erect; standing: $*r«V
3«.' ! the body erectly stood.

kron-krofi (tong-tong) stand-
ing; posing still and erect: §*''*<'«fy**'

j«r^-w-|^Bn|irf'ir**|ri'w i (A. 27)

"while the two pupils were looking on, the
deity was able to appear erect as if in
life." When used of persons, it means
also standing on one's knees; kneeling
in an upright position (Jd.).

43

IF O* kiofi-rtse (tong-tse) n. of a kiud
of round writing anciently used in China:
^•^•^•^•t-'^-cr^-S)^-^ | the
characters of that time were circular letters
called Toflg-lse. The word 3Ft" krofi-rtse
seems to be a corruption of the Chinese
tany-ch'ien, copper cash. Tibetans say
"a hundred cash."

kron-kron (ton-ton) in W. hang-
ing; dangling.

3T4> kla-rtsi musk : *^<^ this is an

n

incorrect spelling of the word S|'|" gta-tsi.
%•*

SI'S] fc*-*to "i^, a^K, *W*, vtar

1. a barbarian: S'SYSTST'^V^'ID I kyi-hud
pla-glo dudhgroklu (Zam. 2) "Alas, the
Mleccha, the beasts, and the Naga !" 2.
any Musahnaa of India, a Hwi-hwi or
Hwi-tse in China. 3. a nation without
laws ; a barbarous, uncivilized race.

%'ft'f> kla-klo-kha=*t-q snfis copper
(Mfion.).

*ST!D'VW kla-klo rnams W^T: the bar-
barians (Sc/tr.).

Sl'JTST kkt-klohi kha €^g<«r a Musal-
man's mouth ; = P'& kha-che " a wide mouth-
man," i.e., a Musalman of Kashmir.

'SraS'X*! kla-Ttlohi chos ^tw (Sc/w.)
"religion on the lips."

g'P'?1"5 kla-klohi tig-ta several bitter
roots growing in the sub-Himalayan
regions; one is also called %3'^'5 Gen-
tiana cheretta (Mfion.).

ffl'jf^-'gi kla-klohi spos = ^f[» garlic
(Mtioii.).

g-jf5-^9i kla-klohi hphel g^f^ir,
?JT«^5T n. of a Turuska (Tartar) King ;
lit. growth of the Yacana or the Mlecc'ia ;

rtf^f 'W kla-klohi bye-brag
tribe of Turuska ; a Tartar.

klnrj-cor T*\«sr*a,
clamour, noise: jprlSX'^'Ji less noisy:
•T**'>RiW«P^ | "having made a row
about."

Mag-pa 1. ^ggn study, reading;
I qrar^rr^ a teaching profes-
sor, a teacher : ai«|'<i5-*i|ijrgflm-v)5mr^flnrq |
"has completed his vow of study " (A. K.
30), v. ffl*i|'i klog-pa to read, peruse;
klags irf^T, is pret. of sTl'i. 2.
to incarnate :

waiting for or expectant of one's advent

or incarnation; in Asta.
who finds fault with";

one

not incarnated or obtained an incar-
nated state : ^^'^^^"rj^ri^1^ |
" there cannot be transmigration from one
to another state of emptiness." (This is
in reference to the eighteen states of
Sunyata.)

SI "I" Wags, v. jf"!

1. "the word klad means above or up-
ward" (&ag.) ; SJY8''^'^ revolving
round overhead^. 155). 2. *r1%g;, H^rar
head; brain ; it is also written as Siyi
3JS''f^, same as ^'X, a dot or cypher placed
on the top or head of a letter to denote
the abbreviation of the letter * ma, which
is commonly used in writing and occa-
sionally in printing. 3. first; BV^N from
the first : <WW**'^'|^'fy ^vawprvw
*Wfjr*fcw as to lion's cubs, their claws
are prominent from the first.

Sfi'3 klatf rgya membrane covering the
brain; pia mater; J[Y3«'f«» the bloody
marrowin the bones (Schr.) ; ^klad ggo
the fontanel in the infant cranium (Schr).

44

Mad child the cerebellum; SS"
Mad ffshufi the spinal marrow;
Mad g.zer painful pricking sensation in the
brain; Jft'^w or Jfi'J the thin covering
of the brain.

3]V* Mad-tho the top length of a
Tibetan "tent, i.e., the distance between
its two poles.

Sfi Xfl Mad-don lit. signifies the meaning
of the text or the original work, but is
gen. used as a term for the Sanskrit
names or expressions which head almost
all the religious books of Tibet. The
work Won- makes !fi synonymous with
a«V3W the amplification of the original
text.

Sfi-q Hlad-pa <sttfr what is uppermost ;
5IV« Mad-ma *rfi[ priority, beginning,
top.

jj^q-nq|*«rq Mad-pa hgem$-pa lit. whose
brains have become confounded ; to stun ;
to surprise; to confound; to overthrow
in argument.

1ft *8 Mad-bzo the making of the outer
side of anything: •S*|T^'iq<r5F'V
«K'Sl Mad bzo sbug tlier $kabs dan bstun-bar
bya this outer covering and the flannel
within must be made to fit in their size
(Yig.SS).

JIVTl Man-ka ^ran? censure, blame;
•pH'H-R*rfl Man-ka mi htshol-wa one not
seeking brawls: W'*''f^'*''w*^
R.forq-1*, casting imputations against
another is called Man-ka htshol-wa ; f*\
a n^-"'Q)'U|C-'a3i''tl'a*' al80 fomenting a dis-
pute is called Man-ka ; IFT**'?=!1T
iTj-tiN^'y ; ^<?T?p«t^J one who seeks brawls;

to censure, blame.

31

Man-pa 1. revenge ; wrong aveng-
ed ; to wreak vengeance for : |T1&rt*'OT
tC8l-.«|-3fl-q-i3j»rw3Ki5''i^ (Lo. 9) the crow
revenges itself upon the owl by what is
called flesh-revenge.

JTjYS Man-bya part to be mended
or to be patched.

gpT*! Mam-pa «raw?l a thick blanket;
also &pagri or turban used by Tibetans
when travelling: a*-^-*5^-^-^^'^'
eft-Ste- (K. du. «| 121) Mam the term for a
long piece of cloth which is tied round the
head.

a or

«•« bya bsnafis-pa f^ojwn, yawning;
to yawn.

"1^1 Mas <*^<> " copious, abundant ;
an equivalent of "•« yat* t)eyond' W***'
as in <*S*»''a*', »«^'a« rnthah Mas or w*'
uw (^jp«). In this case SI* may be taken
to mean "without,' and is an equivalent
of the Sanskrit ^.

^v », . /^ fV»i»

J]^'*J Min-ma or g) *• ** gW^,
margin of a river or lake.

5] I : Mu TT»I n. of a kind of flower
(K. my. "I 20).

Indian Naga, that is, a demi-god having the
human head and the body of a serpent,
which is generally supposed to live in
fountains, rivers, and lakes. The Lu are
also believed to be the guardian of great
treasures under-ground; they are ablet
cause rain and certain maladies, and
become dangerous when angry. 2. a
serpent or any snake in general.

wahi dot-gar the drama of Nagananda;

45

dramatic treatise
(Ya-sel. 230).

by Harsadeva

a'P*.' klu-khafi the residence of the Lti

'o

or serpent gods. Au imaginary palace
supposed to exist at the bottom of the sea
or of some lake where the Naga reside :
|-pf|^*r|^rgi(«-4l^r« (Jig.) saw
the palace of the Lu and their grove with
delight.

klu-pfafi nag-po ba-ru
«i»=|lito the crab which is called by
the Tibetans "bull-horned black Lu"
(Sman. 1M)-

* STS1" klu-rgyal unrusi (Schr.).

=." Klu-rgyal dkar-po dttfi-
ski/ofi jrmrraj-^-sii'-crna n. of a certain
Naga Raja or a serpent demi-god called

the White Protector of Conch Shells: Sl'ST

>» •*

«^7j-^e.-«[ii-«^-*Ev£raia|-*K.-S5fl|*i the Lu
ruler called white S'ankhapala and S'an-
khadhara Bahu Pani, the deity with many
arms, and others (Rtsii. M).

I'M***'** klu-rgyal mthah-yas

-^ ^

infinite ; the king of the snakes described
in Hindu mythology (Mnon.) ; one of the
eight JT^ klu-chen, great Lu.

ffl'jar^flprg klu-rgyal rigs-lna the five
classes among the Naga Raja or Lu kings
residing in the fabulous world of the snakes.

STi^ Klu-sgmb (Lu-dub) «n«iuS.i the
expounder of the Madhyamika school of
Buddhist philosophy.

jj-S^qg^ klu-chen brgyad the eight chiefs
of the Lu or Naga are *w«w

klu hjog-po <rgw the class of
Lu or Naga called Takmka.

ffl'^N klu-thebs the coming forth of the
ZM in summer from their retreats. This
time is fixed in Tibetan almanacs for wor-
shipping them: ^3^tw|=.'^'Ji''(e.'q'acji^n«-
3* db yar-sa $tefi-du klu hod-tea la klu-thcbs
zer the coming upwards of the Lu from
their retreats in summer is called JI'S'W

-o

klu-thebs.

jraf*| klu-ldog the retiring of the Lu
to their abodes in the nether regions
is called STlf"! klu-ldog, which time is
generally calculated by the Tibetan astro-
logers to fall in December.

the

j|-*«v3^ klu rnthar byed

•o

chief patriarch of the Naga ; also
which is a name of the Garuda bird.

c, 1. n. of an indolent poison.
2. n. of a very venomous snake (Smati.
350).

JTV!'^ klu dug-can poisonous snakes.

N»

klu-ydon hjo

rgyal-po tmug-po lit. that which
destroys poison or kills Lu demons =STt"
musk (Sman. 333).

klu-bdud rdor-je n.of a medici-
nal plant which is believed to have the
property of healing all sorts of diseases
caused by Lu or malignant spirits.

ST*1^ klu-mdud prob. Codonopsis ovata
(Jd.) also ffl^'"I^1^';' kluhi g.nod-pa cures all
kinds of arthritis and rheumatism ( JF.).

3r|t*i klu-sdifi$ smrer^ the peaks or
flanks of a mountain where snakes reside.

klu-nad itt?lft7r, ^vffri the disease
caused by the Lu or leprosy.

46

the abode of

the Lu.

*j|-SS Ttlu-bod Hirnirq one of the
disciples of Nagarjuna (Sehr.).

*a'a=> Mu-byaA ^niRtf^ an epithet of
Nagarjuna" and also that of one of his
disciples.

jl-^-fyjarZi 1tlti-4w<Hl-gi rgyal-po a
Buddha ruling over the Lu, usually depict-
ed with 4 attendant Bodhinattra (Grub.

109).

j|-*S« Klu-hbum n. of a section of the
Sgomdfi division of the monastery of S*"1
^Ag^-gm Qpal-ldait Jlbras-spufis
pungnear Lhasa): *«W3F
fawc*i( | ^•oiV^'sT'S'^a*'! tlie
sections of Daipung "Monastery are the
Hordong, Sam-lo and Lubum ; n. of a
treatise on a hundred thousand Nagn.

g'^S^'H'^ Jfltt-hbum khra-bo 1. n. of a
religious work among the Son-po. 2. H «*
khra-bo means " mottled." There are also
a-^w^vzi Mu-hbum 4kar-po, y<w*ft*
klu-hbum nag-po. Klu-hlum, originally a
'hooded snake, cobra di capello ; the mytho-
logical sense, however, is only understood
in Tibet, where every child knows and
believes in Lu or Nagas, &c., cobras being
unknown.

jr*>« Ttlu-mes g-w^'51'^l (Deb. 46) n.
of a lama of Tibet.

g-35 klu-mo a female serpent; also a

>•»

serpent demoness.

jj-^'s^Ti'^'^ klu-mo mu-tig nu-sho-
cann. of medicinal plant used for wounds
or sores. Its flowers are of garnet colour ;
when they are plucked there oozes out a
milkish sap which is said to possess
healing power (Sman. 350).

S'S^ Iflu-iman n. of a medicine.

Ttlti-g.su.gs the body or likeness
of a snake; also a Lu in the body of a
snake; anything with the body or iu
the guise of a snake.

flS-fifi Jtluhi skad. the language of the
N&ga; according to some Tibetan authors
this is the Nagari language of India which
they identify with the Prakrit. Accord-
ing to the earliest historians of Tibet ffl*-
q-S kltthi stead, i.e., the N&ga bhasd, was
the language of the Chinese : 3'Wf^'
*S'W Kgya-nfifj-pa klu-las chad-pas, |*T1T
a^V^'S I the Chinese having originated
from the serpent demi-gods, speak the
Naga krta, the language of the Lu. \«\'
fj'5 naga krta is distinguished from the
Sanskrit language which is called Leva
Lhasa, the language of the gods. Naga-
krta means corrupt language and Sans-
krta means refined language.

fflS-fje.'^ kltthi groA-khyer mTpnift, *fti-
<pft the mythological city of the Naga
in the nether world ruled by King S'es.a.
aS^Sqi'^ khihi hjig-rten Tnwtaf the
nether world or region inhabited by the
Lu or Naga.

^•c^'if&H Kltthi diig-bcom n. of a fabu-
lous sea which lies beyond a great sandy
desert. The Lu chieftain Stobs-Uan (Bala-
tdn) resides there and excites dissensions
among living beings (K. d. * 335).

^•UI^^-TI Ttlnhi gdeMia the hood or
neck of a Naga or of a serpent.

* JoS'3 Kluhi-sde stroifr (Schr.) n. of the
celebrated Buddhist sage who answered
the interrogations of King Menander
(of Milinda Pannha) ; one of the eighty
Buddhist saints of the northern school.
•"ftV Mubi g.nod-pa or JjS'sfa Itluhi
, plague ; a disease of unknown origin ;

47

maladies supposed to be originated from
the malignity of the serpent demi-gods.

* IT*'&E-'4£' Uuhi byaH-chub srR%rfa
(8e*r.).

ffl^-gui kluhi gbrul TT5T a class of very
venomous snakes.

JjS'SV*) kluhi yi-ge ^in ^IW: ace. to Cs.
the Chinese character ; ace. to some authors
the Nagari character.

(Schr.) n. of a Buddhist saint.

31'°)' ^ klu-yi skad miwwi the language
of the Naga: *FF>|'fV^?M<l^R<V
fl|SMraj-^'flRj*« I it is said that (he) under-
stood (it) when related in the Sanskrit or
in the language of the Naga.

n. of a leafy creeping plant (Mnon.).

l'5^ klu-yi &je = w~i«r|R lit. the snake's
tongue; n. of a plant used in medicine.

Syn. £'«*.»( <*j|'.J|K. gfo-safis hkhri-fin;
jT«c.*rw)<v<w Sno-sans mthah-yas; «W«w'r
rnthah-yas rtsa ; s'gp'qg * la-plait bsruft ; *>'
fl'S'S me-tog phra-mo (Mnon.).

jj-^-flj^ k/w-» W=s«r^ the earth

lit. the snake-
tree ; ^<Q«<^ the tree of golden bark.

Syn. S"'*^ bum-can; |«'9'**? $kyc$-bu
mtho; ^5-
lcitg-ma;

&/«&>' me-tog; fi)'W»R'q ge-sar mar-po ; J]'|«
klu-skyes (Mfion.).

The names of some species of trees
called «df7« «r&?« are the following: —
a(-a^q'»4 tshad-ldan hdab- ma; ^'Tl'f"

J^'w*^ fc/«Ai

( dsam-bu-ka ^J|*H^;, the plant
Flacourtia spadia (Jlffion.).

ffl'11!^'^*1 &/M #fefi? g.sw>w the names of
three medicines, viz., |l'§^ sdig-srin,
W*,i\ shal-nag and S^'^"I byan-nag (Sman.
450).

dri-shim; ^'^'»» rtsa-wa mad;

a valley ; river ; $'3F' chu-klud
a nver in general ; ^"IN'jjc.' nags-klun
& river passing through wooded tracts ; the
name SF £ifon is seldom applied to small
streams or rivulets.

SF'J^ Mun-rgyun a stream, current;
°^ a river.
a kind of garlic
growing wild on the margins of rivers in
Tibet: I*'ft*«**Hr«|'ffMrf^»J wild
garlic cures leprous sores and dries up the
fluids in swellings (Med.).

!=.'$ klufi-rta (in Wj'** nag-rtsi? the
art of divination) = 5^'?' rlufi-rta.

JF'gl** klun-phyugs cattle living in the
lower table-lands of Tibet. This term is
also applied to the yaks which are kept
in the lower plains of Tibet: 31E.'|''I«'^'
*fy*''u^ I'Ti'^l klufi-phyitgs so-g.ni$ yan-
gyi ko-wa rer "for (i.e., the price of) each
hide of cattle of two teeth," (i.e., above
two years old) (Rtsii.).

jje.A'W'q khifi hbab-pa the rushing of a
hill torrent ; the flowing of a river.

!!=•'*< klun-ma a river.

N>

%z.'£i\ klufi-tsfiag a yak of the valley ;
^•^ij ri-tshag a hill yak — a yak belonging
to the higher elevations and hill-tops of
Tibet (Rtsii.).

31=.'^ KluH-qod n. of a place in the
uplands of ^ij'^ (Digun) situated to the
north-east of Lhasa (Lofi. > 12).

48

klufi-fos a kind of plant growing
on*the margins of rivers in Tibet, and
said to be efficacious when applied to sores :
Qt-'jfa kluti-igog garlic of the valley.

I: ItluHs this term is applied

to the astrological results arrived at by
computing one's age in reference to that
of one's parents by consulting their
horoscopes. It occurs in the Vaidurya
Karpo in expressions such
, ma-k.!ufis.

II: cultivated lands; a field:
]tlufis-m skye grow on cultivated
soil: V^'"*^ S'S'^ ^ * Dkar-mdafis-kyi
Jtlttfis tshaft-ma all fields belonging to
Qkar-hdafa.

•f-SP^ Klub-pa, pf. »<"«'« klubs-pa,
1 . to cover the body with ornaments (<7a.) ;
to put on luxuriously (Cn.) :

leb rta fifi dag-las legs grub-pahi sefi-
khebz rab hbrifi fha-ma ysum-du klitbg (Tig.).
2. to set up (a tenant). 3. n. of a tribe
in Tibet (Vai. kar. 160).

bod smrwi, Ndga-hvaya,

-\»

one of the 28 Buddhist sages mentioned
in the M. V.

j]*rg,e.'$q Klut byaft-chub 5TT»rrrfV, Naga
Sodhi, one of the chief disciples of Nagar-
juna. His essence is supposed to have
been embodied in the late Kusho Seng-
chen of Tashi-lhunpo.

Mas a rack for clothes, clothes-

horse.

Mog-pa to read, imp. %y*'%*\
fif/ also ^""l^'^'n IhogS-pg do read, pf .
klags-pa or "S^N bk/ags, fut. SH klag

or «5H11 Wtlog, til'n'^'S bklag-par-bya jh'W
§*\ klog-par-byed is reading; j^I'w^V
klog-par byed-pa the act of reading, the
causing to be read; jffTS Mog-bya any-
thing to be read ; ^"I'S'^II'^ klog-tu hjug-
pa to begin or cause one to read; JOT'''2)
klog-pa po or JT"!5^ ktog-mkhan a reader ;
JSfrS!, klog-grra a reading school, a school
for reading; «\2)'*'^"l«'J|i|'£J dpe-eha sogs
Iflog-pa reading books, &c. J'l'^l klog-
frdon to read aloud ; jfTS^ klog-b_yafi ^nr-
Pi*l well-read, accomplished in reading,
a scholar ; ^•*m*^'fl klog-pa yafi klog-pa
to read again.

SH'ft Kiog-thob n. of a Bodhisottva
(K. ko. « 50).

' kloft I: or a6-'"
extent ; mass, bulk, body ; depth, abyss.
Also a wave or any undulating thing : iff*.'
Vi*"'" «nrw with opening or reverting
folds or coils as in a conch shell.

II: this word either alone or
in combination with "«w yafig is generally
used to express the idea of vastness, in-
finitude or immensity. It also signifies
"space" as a definite expanse, being in
a measure synonymous with ^3=.»J dbyifls :
Xw'I'JF"!^ the immensity or profound-
ness of Dharma ; £*T2j'«;g,c.*i •^•qrg the
expanse of matter or infinitude of pheno-
mena; '^w'^vl'JF the depth or ampli-
tude of the mind : '1'*** VK-X«r--ai*r

-g'2« I this spiritual being of
Dorje chang developes in the wide bound-
less sphere of the gods into that jewel of
the heavens which comprises the five illu-
sive bodies of Dorje Naljor (Naro. 1).

oH HI: centre or middle ;=^9«
dbus or *&< dkyil as in VK'SJ* dbah klon or

49

5'zf*. rba-klofi the eddy or whirlpool caused
by 5 rba or *?*>> dbah, the waves ; VK'SF'
dlah-TtM or 5'3F rba-Mofi is also used to
signify rba-rlabs, a wave, billow.

JF"^ klod-khor a whirlpool or eddy
(Jfrfow.).

*'i kloA-du gyur-pa
has the meaning of V^'i^'", under
one's subjection or power; is equivalent
to ^«fta fully comprehended; over-
powered. It is also used to signify per-
fection in mystic arts, as Jaschke renders
it "a soaring into mystic perfection."
The work M|'*g)«t explains it in the fol-
lowing manner : Jfa«rg'4«)-<iw^nr<ra«e>'
HI I " it is also applied (to mean) what-
ever has arrived at complete perfection or
become concentrated into one."

Klofi-ehen n. of a celebrated
lama of Tibet who was also called

a*.'}* klon-sde a division of the Buddhist
writings of the *^1 <5tf%*t class, the
introduction of which is attributed to
Lo-tsata Vaira-tsana.

^ "in this country of Tibet (in books)
known as the great Man-nag rdsogs-
pa, there are the Semt section, the
JjoA section, and the Man-dag section "
(Deb. 1 3).

jjjE.-*r«aai klofi-ma dkyel 1. of great capa-
city. 2. grf% the cavity of the abdomen.

Je.WJj kMs-pa ^fe<T, same as
dkruys-pa.

*A<i] Klofis rag n. of a place in Tibet ;
|-p the ferry at KMt-rag
(Yig.).

klon-pa to mend, to patch shoes,
a cobbler, mender of shoes.

&c ;

3f ksa in mystic language the term
signifies an evil spirit.

p °1 ksaya, pronounced in Tibetan as
•*\'ut, ^1 phthisis pulmomlis ; but accord-
ing to the Tibetan pathology ywft^
denotes a bilious disease, prob. black jaun-
dice (Jd.). The symptoms of the disease
ksa-ya, as described in the medical works
of Tibet, are as follows: *|»T£r$«r<>r§v

£.- "the bile hav-
ing permeated the body, itching is set
up, the skin becomes greenish-black in
colour, the hair and the eyebrows fall off,
loss of strength, shrivelled flesh, and black
spots on the nails, will be produced "
(Med.).

ksa-su-ra a kind of precious
stone resembling crystal ; it is very rare
in Tibet : p-^'fJJC^'p^lr^Kr^iw
«nrZ!«^-<iy;-U-<»n as to Ksasura, that
crystal and the genuine gtan-zil stone do
not occur in Tibet except singly (Yig.).

1 dkag-wa constipation; obs-
tructed bowels.

wf, VT|3j Dkan I : <rrg, ace. to f!ag.
the palate, the roof of the mouth ;
the upper part of the palate ;
the lower part of the palate ; VW!^ cleft
palate ; •VR'S'^'*! HN««<<<U the palatal
letters; Vfl'l?"! l*i#l*J*l** an abscess
in the palate ; W^ any disease of the
palate.

•^T|3j II : is sometimes used in the place
of !h gyen, steep or up hill;

8

50

dkan psar-po a steep declivity; precipice
(flag. 5).

Dkah-lhub-kyi gna$
the residence of an ascetic; a hermitage.

Dkah, Wq dkah-wa or
dkah-bo «^, ^tx 1. hard, difficult; used
as adj. *?' Wq hard to understand; w^'
VP'q very hard or difficult. 2. pains,
exertions, sufferings ; ^•q-a\<Ki'fc-fl

gain without pain or exertion;
without hardship or difficulty ;

difficult of access ; %* ' W" tffrub
dkah-ira hard to accomplish or to perfect ;
fig. to propitiate; iISW" hard to ex-
press or describe ;"VV W" difficult to find ;
S' Wq hard work, or hard to do ; S*!*'"^
fi^jW difficulty ; W§\q ^K^r^f one
who accomplishes a difficult or hard task.

«^<v<i3jai dkah-hgrel nfa*T lit. difficul-
ties explained; a commentary; explana-
tion of difficulties (Jo.) : *T1WWr'i'r
cwqjjorq meanings of terms which are
difficult to understand are explained in a
commentary (Nag. 5).

W"} dkah-bcu ^a&Ft ten ascetical
hardships; a Buddhist scholar who has
acquired such great proficiency in sacred
literature as to he able to interpret the
meanings of a term in ten different ways.

WSq i: dkah-thub <rct«T; also **ro,
U^K, fa*, siftra, asceticism, also penance ;
an ascetic, one who is ahle to stand hard-
ships or privations :

(lit. the ascetic's enemy) a name
of the god of love (If Hon.).

I "that an ascetic's
body should be fat, that a pretty woman
should sleep by herself, and that a hero
should be without wound-scars — these
three are things the mind does not credit,"

VFS" ii : a name for the first month of
the Tibetan calendar (Btsii.).

; 8J'*^ spu-can ; \5
hlyun-pohi

ti non-

mofif-pa *ro«^, aift^f one who undergoes
asceticism ; a hermit ; one who having
renounced the worldly life has retired to
solitude ; an epithet of the Hindu deity
Mahes'vara.

Syn. a=-li»' tpafl
3»r9 drihi-sras-po ;
ral-pa (Mnon.).

•S"r^'5^TS'q dkah-thub spyotf-pa the
practices of an ascetic or hermit; ^'S^
dran-sron a rishi (1/f.non.) ; ^Fjfne*H'9 to
embrace the life of an anchorite ; VP'Sq
saffron (Sman. 351) ; *W
one whose asceticism or
penitence is either visible or exemplary.

VP'^TS'*4 Dkah-dog bla-ma n. of a
snowy mountain ; it is generally applied
to ^-5-fl|K.w«^ Ri-bo gadt-can (Mfton.).

S^'ll'* Dkah-xlog-wa n. of the God-
dess 1'^ Gau-ri (Mfion.).

tpp-'W^'ldkah-lat che-tca very difficult ;
'«i«'»t«\-q free from difficulty ; easy.

I: dkar in compounds =
dkar-po white ; grey.

II: sincere; W**'®* not con-
fessing one's guilt ; not exonerated ; not
making a clean breast of anything.

W5 dkar-skya m*3T light grey :
S'lp' jf Tnw pale ; white.

^np-fie. dkar-khafi a lighted house ; also
a store room (S. kar. 66, 178).

51

B^' dkar-khun=^'^F-' window, a
sky-light ; a hole in the wall of a house
for the entrance of light.

"Vl^'BI dar-khyug anything streaked
or ornamented with diverse colours.

VP'Bql*' dkar-khrigs (kar-thig) white;
shining ; bright ; glittering ; brilliant.

Vl^'^p dkar-gon 1. a kind of white clay ;
porcelain clay. 2. same as *>'^ me-rdo
flint: Y1^'fh-^<VqlVr'=i<'r'I<'twi I white-
clay is useful to expel worms and for the
poison of evil spirits.

VI*' 3 dkar-rgya rose-coloured; pale
pink.

*^'^dkar-rgyan white ornament; the
butter used in painting offerings made of
barley flour or rice to the gods : ^'w^v
5^'W cakes that are painted white and red
with (coloured) butter (Rtsii.).

V^'WISS** dkar-bcud-ffsum the triple
white elixir, t'.e., the cream from the milk
of the female yak, ewe, and cow : *l'$Tq'
t/fft^Ktf^V^fff "Khawfa is the mix-
ed milk of the female yak, ewe and cow."

^»jv*q| dkar-cJiag 'fifafafLI 1. an index;
register. 2. whitish; grey. 3. morally
good; standing on the side of virtue;
sincere ; candid.

or

dkar-thag, the string of a bow :

glittering white rays.

Dkar-chufi Iha-khafi n. of a
monastery in Tibet (/. Zafi.).

V|V^ dkar-ne= «VFt^-q a true friend ;
one who has come over to one's side out
of sincere good will ; a friendly relation.

i^ip,-|e.-«-i;*< Dkar-stin cha-fiam n. of a
place in Kham near Ri-wo-che. (Lon. *
29).

dkar-dro milk and curd: fs.'?!'
I it wiU make milk and
curd of equal value with the above
(Jig. 30).

Vl^'8;^ Dkar-ldan ^^( lit. the fan-
one ; the Goddess Gauri, the wife of S'iva.

dkar-po, also *\"1*'^ dkar-mo

1. white ; pure ; fair ; a qualification,
talent, enlightenment; (sometimes) wise.
2. ^f, silver ; dub grass ; a learned man ;
purity: ^ftif^rWflMfr»j TJUT f^sn-
^f% I " complete enlightenment is a stage
of insight." It is one of the stages of
perfection of the Hinayana School.

^fl^-q-Sic^q dkar-po chig-thub a kind
of medicinal plant ; also, its root, which is
used to kill worms ; VVfTOfH'*'"! I
it draws out poisonous matter and sub-
dues worms which infest one.

• ^HVZj-jjsrqWb^-q dkar-po rnams-par
hchar-pa fT^^t (Schr.).

*^^-g'Rtff dkar-po hbar itf^tfjr (Schr.)
white lustre.

^HVtrgarjq Dkar-po $bab-rgyab ^'U^'^9!'
5|'»)t. n. of a medicinal stone (called " white
frog's back ") (Mnon.).

^^•g5-q^ui'£i dkar-pohi bskal-pa ^a*a?
the enlightened age or Kalpa.

dkar-phigs used in colloq. for
dkar-phibs.

$kar-phib$ a tower or dome
built on pillars or on the roof of a house
for commanding a view, generally in the
Chinese style: ^'%Wlffc'<»rU<*f^-f
in the great domed tower is the tall pillar
with a lion's mouth.

52

dkar-phyogs Jtnfirre the light
half of a month ; the period from the new
to the full moon ; the innocent side in two
contending parties ; Vivf<i)*r^ the gods
who belong to the side of virtue ; Vl^'i^'
dkar-phred n. of the mythical capital of
the Asura (Pag. 30).

VH'l d.kar-wa jjjjf white, v. VP'VP'
q'fa uanv whiteness: Xwar^q-^YJW |
" through sincerity in the doctrine"; " by
piety " (Pag. 30).

VH'fc §Yq dkar-mi byed-pa to plead
innocence. Nag. explains it as *6.'«r^'^r«r
^•qfy-^-wp- jq-qw, to show by signs or by
oath that he is not guilty.

*V1^'^ dkar-min ^rftfW, WT»M not
white ; black ; dark ; chaos ; bent ; crooked.

W*^'5 Qkar-min-bu the son of
Dkar-min ; the offspring of chaos : ^ an
epithet of the son of Brahma.

W** dkar-me = £«'*> cho g me sacred fire ;
especially lamps lighted before deities:
«^|V*)-sik-Mr*«^flj*> | the kind (of cloth) fit
for wicks of lamps (lighted before the
images of saints and deities) (Rtsii.).

«^-»)«v*i Dkar-med-ma v\*fft*i**:'i\t-%
(llfnon.) a name of the queen of the Taksa.

Vfi'tidkar-mo 1. mutton ; a sheep when
slaughtered ; ^•#'«i<ir'f'l**'V'^'-'l'a<'lrC)'l'|S<1!
a shoulder of mutton from the right side
of a slaughtered sheep (Rtsii.) ; SIT^'VI^'
33'aiq|-£i5-q|?»j mutton of sheep slaughtered
by the hand (as distinguished from the
meat of a dead sheep) (Jig. 9). 2. *iw-
fsrar, «itfii4«?l an epithet of the goddess
Durga. 3. white rice.

V|v«^w dkar-dmar light red or whitish
red.

V|V fr dkar-rtsi, also spelt «\T'^ dkar-tse
1. lime; white-wash; white-paint. 2. a

kind of coarse cotton cloth ; lint : Wt"
^•$»rar^-^-n5ffiij»rg^ lint arrests decay-
ing disease in the flesh and bone (S.
kar. 3). 3. 5^, *«'Wfr white muslin.

W£* dkar-tsis or S|^'S'»' astrology:
J'^'^r^^'^t^r^^^'lwK the sys-
tem of reckoning introduced in Tibet
from India is called dkar-rtsit (D- $el- 8).

Wt"*'" dkar rtser-wa very white or
fair : $-<r'|afaT»<'Wt'V£>'3ql I a young
maiden of very fair complexion on horse-
back (A. 135).

«^|V<^ 4kar-hdsin the female breast ;
teats.

Syn. ^Vi5-g»rg*i hdod-pahi myof-bum;
^-»( lan-txhohi mtshan-ma; 5'w^
hdsin; ifaprjw logf-skycg (Mfion.).

tp\t>'fit^ tfkar-rndsod a dispensary.

dkar-&od=Jiw*-fr. fire-fly

dkar-yol procelain (Nag. 5).

' dkar-ffyen is explained as g*w
^q-«'3V«i a trial or investigation under
law.

dkttr-safis pure white ; also V|V
^c. -6'q or ^ti^-Q-^^'jK.' very white.

\.

^-j^ dkar-sob yaft-wahi hod-
=^'^ alabaster (Sman. 353).

dkar-gsal fair ; white ; light.

dkar-psum the three white
things, viz., curd, milk and butter
(A. U3).

•f *Q dku ff^; =««'8'ra^ (Lea-.) the
side of one's body: V3-3i «^l'»if 5-5^'iw-

is towards the small ribs just above the

53

hip, whether on the right or left of
the body; *\"^ or MT*1'^'*1 to carry
a thing at one's side (Zam.) ; "tfl'sjfarq to
open the side; *ttTf a heavy feeling in
the "side, as a symptom of pregnancy;
*\5 ^ dku-nad apparently a disease of the
kidneys (/a.) ; STI" dku-zlum round and
plump buttocks ; the cavity of the abdo-
men (/a.); ^•lV't'W'^r*f"f for
example a bell resting on its side (flag.).

5T*^ dku-mne ^rfR a rug to sit upon ;
a seat.

iH *> dku-lto contrivance, stratagem ;
craft ; trick, especially if under some pre-
text one person induces another to do a
thing that proves hurtful to him (fa.) ;
using a stratagem.

' dku-ste=?jfi'%

remaining;

n excess.

dku-wa stench ; putrid smell :
-W) Dku-wa signifies any-
thing that is not of agreeable smell ; \*~
q-ar^-*r«^-l«, the smell of that which is
putrid is called dku-iea. M'^w'Tg the five
kinds of dku-wa, i.e., objects with bad
strong smell, are the following: — ^1'"
garlic ; ?* onion ; §'^1 Chinese garlic ; ^'
C"l the hill or Tibetan garlic ; and 3*'5W
asafcetida. The use of these five are for-
bidden to the Buddhist Bhiksu (K. d. V
115).

dkon «flfri ^WK 1. adj. rare,
scarce; hard to acquire: S'^'«r»v trvf:
*9'^fal this year rain and grain are
scarce; ^FW*Yr%5'^|"r««5<!l just now
Tibetan tea is very rare ;
exceedingly rare in the world;
«^w«ue.2T| it is of a quality rarely to be
met with in the world; B

to see a person like you is nothing
particularly rare; 1'^'S'«r^'*«'^ with
a prattler religion is scarce (/a.). '^fa'i'^S
rarity; ^fa'^fc valuable property; riches;
rare things. 2. sbst., a rarity. There are
said to be seven dkon or rarities.

^fa's&qj dkon-mchog TH any precious
object ; anything very excellent or best of
its kind. The oldest forms of this word

are

or

means

, the chief of rarities, the rarest
being or object, the Supreme Being : | V

"in general in this world a precious jewel
difficult to procure is a rarity ; that which is
much rarer still than any rarity is dkon-
chog." A precious gem of the rarest kind is
useful only for worldly purposes; but
Buddha, his church, and creed, are of use
to all living beings, both here and here-
after, for increasing and ensuring their
happiness. Apart from Buddhism, the
Tibetans appear to have possessed the
conception of the Supreme Deity in the
term Dkon-mchog. This term, «^fr*i&i|) is
used in Tibetan writings for each member
of the Buddhist triad — Buddha, Dharma,
and Sangha — separately, as also for the
three collectively ; in the latter case often
with ffsum annexed. Mr. W. W. Eockhill
has condemned the use of this word
by Christian missionaries to signify
"God." But Jaschke has elaborated
on the subject as follows: — "Buddhism
has always sought the highest good
not in anything material, but in the
moral sphere, looking witA indiffer-
ence, and indeed with contempt, on
everything merely relating to matter.
It is not, however, moral perfection, or

the happiness attained thereby, which
is understood by the 'most precious
thing,' but the mediator or mediators who
procure that happiness for mankind, viz.,
Buddha (the originator of the doctrine),
the doctrinal scriptures and the corporate
body of priests, called f^ncw, dkon-mcftog
gsum. Now, although this triad cannot,
by any means, be placed on a level with the
Christian doctrine of a triune God, yet it
will be "easily understood how the innate
desire of man to adore and worship some-
thing supernatural, together with the
hierarchical tendency of the teaching class,
have afterwards contributed to convert
the acknowledgment of human activity
for the benefit of others (for such it was
undoubtedly on the part of the founder
himself and his earlier followers) into a
devout, and by degrees idolatrous, adora-
tion of these three agents, especially as
Buddha's religious doctrine did not at
all satisfy the deeper wants of the human
mind, and its author himself did not
know anything of a God standing apart
and above this world. For, whatever in
Buddhism is found of beings to whom
divine attributes are assigned, has either
been transferred from the Indian and
other mythologies, and had, accordingly,
been current among the people before the
introduction of Buddhism, or is the result
of philosophical speculation that has re-
mained more or less foreign to the people
. at large. As, then, the original and
etymological signification of the word is no
longer current, and as to every Tibetan
1 Dkon-mchog' suggests the idea of some
supernatural power, the existence of which
he feels in his heart, and the nature and
properties of which he attributes more or

less to the three agents mentioned above,
we are fully entitled to assign to the word
Dkon-mchog also the signification of God,
though the sublime conception which the
Bible connects with the word, viz., that of
a personal absolute Omnipotent Being,
will only with the spread of the Christian
religion be gradually introduced and
established."

S^'^I'W^1" dkon-mchog kun-hdu$ the
three gems, i.e., Buddha, Dharma and
Saygha collectively: |-wVyrW«Mrj»
sw^-R^-w-uvT'fa lama is the essence
of all the Buddhas of the three ages massed
together ; |*^*5fT^F^"'**VI«**lMr^r|1
^'!'^fa'*t*qr?fl'^ I the image represents
the church ; the scriptures represent the
heart, i.e., the Dharma ; and the holy relics
(symbolical of the spirit of Buddha) com-
plete the three gems.

"^•j&u|-9|-*^-q the service or worship
of the Dkon-mchog.

Vlfr*iS<j]-ngE.-q]^ Dkon-mchog hbt/un-
ffnas <w*< a name of the first of the nine
stages of Samadhi or $ffc-^ the medita-
tions of a Bodhisattva.

«^}a|-»&q|-q$-q|«-£i ^jf^z a Sanskrit work
on the names and attributes of Buddha,
in one hundred chapters, out of which
forty-nine chapters were translated into
Tibetan ; of these forty-nine only six are
now extant in Tibet. The entire work
was translated into Chinese by Jfiana
Gupta, A.D. 589-618.

«^-«£<i]-<i|sj*) dkon-mchog psum ft^w
the three Batna or Precious Ones. The
Buddhist triad are — (1) Sanf-rgyas dkon-
mchog Buddha most rare; (2) Dharma,
called Dam-choi dkon-mchog, the holy Doc-
trine most rare ; (3) Dge-hdun dkon-rnchog

55

body of priests most rare. Colloq. the
phrase is frequently used as an exclama-
tion quite in the sense of our "God
knows !"

dkon-mchog ysum-
gyi hbans fa<fl<r« (Schr.) lit. a servant of
the three gems, i.e., a devout Buddhist;
n. of an individual.

dkon-gjier =g'1^ a priest who
is in charge of a Buddhist chapel or
temple and performs the daily services
to the deities contained in it. The §ku
gner is also called Am-chod: frww&V^fr'
q)TOjMry{V*^r*f4rflwqj the priests
and image-steward and others who con-
tinually officiate get the customary allow-
ances (Rtsii.).

«^fr3 dkon-po or ^'^ rare, scarce;
dear, precious.

dkon-bu a wreath;
flower wreath.

gi* 3*r, dkor is resp.
f or ^*, substance, wealth, riches, property:
MT^'^'f* the property of the church or
that of a monastic congregation ; *fl«r^f*
foundation, endowment of a monastery ;
"K'S^I* additional or occasional gifts for
the support of a religious institution;
*'^j* landed endowments of a monastery
or religious institution.

^[^"Sl dkor-bda-g lit. the owner of
property. It generally signifies the spirit
or demi-god who is supposed to be the
custodian of the images of all Buddhist
deities, scriptures, symbols ; in short, of all
church and sacerdotal properties. In this
sense the demon called Pehar rgyal-po of
Sam-ye is a Dkor-bdag -or custodian of
religious property.

SlfvJfc dkor-nor church property or
general wealth: Ssl'3^'Jfe*riT>i'^K'MJvqr
*w I (Z>. M.) you possess accumulated
wealth and church-property.

^[*'<i dkor-pa a treasurer (Os.) ; one in
charge of the endowments and properties
of a temple or monastery.

^vg dkor-bla or ^'3'5 a lama who
appropriates sacred property to himself
(M. V. 66).

^[^•«rwm dkor-ma-hbags not misappro-
priating the treasures, stores, etc.,, of the
church: ^^«^i*^«^rt^«nWf»J do
not take wine for drink nor embezzle the
property of the priesthood (Kathafi. 115).

«^jv*^ dkor-mdsod is a general name
for wealth or property and hence is
frequently used to signify ^•«S^'>n
treasury; treasure- chest (fiag. 5).

^v?^m Dkor-rdsogs n. of a monastery
in Southern Ladak, situated 16,000 feel;
above the sea level.

i dkor-sas =%*'»*•« spendthrift
(fiag.'S).

^vR«q« dkor-rigs ft^f, -qsr different
properties belonging to a monastery.

dkol-pa ^rm struck by cala-
mity ; afflicted ; one in suffering.

dkos-thag=vw**( 1.
rfl suffering, affliction. 2.
exciting disgust.

kyar any appliance for crossing
snow or glaciers. Stocking boots (Sch.).
The dkyar used by the Tibetans and the
Sharpa Bhutias of Nepal in crossing
glaciers is a light circular disk of wood
about a foot in diameter, with four holes
through which strings are passed to fasten

56

it to the knee. In climbing up and walk-
ing down the snowy sides of mountains,
these boards are attached to the soles of
the felt boots and are of great assistance to
the traveller, preventing the feet from sink-
ing in the soft snow.

rluft-gi-^kyil-hkhor the atmosphere, »>'")'
^'"^ the sphere of fire ; each forming a
stratum over the other. The upper stratum,
t.e., that which is beyond the atmosphere,
is called the sphere of fire or light.

or ^ *** tne

die, centre ; war bottom, base ;
kyil-nas from the middle or centre ; from
amidst ; from the bottom ; ^9i'* the mid-
dle one; the central one; «&«r^':i=ffe'»r
WK«T«K B^, ^ffrar with wide base ; spacious
interior ; comprehensive understanding ;
also quick comprehension.

<$«r«^n» dkyil-dkrufis tra», IK^rr,
TT(\*< a cross-legged posture: ^5j9i'*>'i:>3c>'
q«»r^ u <{]$•«{ i «j«j sitting in a cross-legged
posture for mystic meditation.

•fipofo dkyil-hkhor TOST, qfr%ir, itfff
1. circle ; circumference ; globe ; disk :
rnjW< the disk of the face ft*-
the full or whole face. 2. espe-
cially used as the equivalent of the
Sanskrit Mandate, the magic diagrams or
figures formed of grain or other materials
which are " offered " to deities in Tantrik
Buddhist rites. In Tantrik rites diagrams
representing supposed mansions of cer-
tain celestial Bodhisattva and called *^ *pfc
are traced on the ground or on paper.
The respective places assigned to the
different minor deities are painted in
different colours in the design, and the
central place in the diagram is occupied
by the tutelary deity himself, to whom the
rest are subordinate. 3. region, sphere ;
surroundings; suburb. According to the
Buddhist cosmogony there are *r°)'*\3K
*j** the sphere of earth, S'SJ'^T^j'fr, the
sphere of water, the ocean, S^

dkyil-hkhor gru-bshi-pa
a quadrangle ; square ; a certain mysti-
cal figure ; diagram or model. The ex-
pression f^'i^ViS^lT^-q^-ci means
the gods who constitute the ^ assembly
in the Vim&na or flivruwrp*, i.e., superb
mansion represented.

«tfK*f«v«iyv<iS-»i^ is a description of the
eight mansions of eight imaginary Bud-
dhas (K. d. • 72). Whoever utters the
names of these Buddhas or hears the
aphorisms about them is liberated from
dangers caused by evil spirits, snakes, &c.
By remembering and repeating them, even
brigands, not to speak of kings, are said
to be able to make the weapons of their
enemies ineffectual against themselves.

^nr^jtfv*^ dkyil-hkhor-can 4TW443 any-
thing that has a circular and mystical
figure on it ; also any Tantrik deity
placed to be worshipped on the plane of
his fancied celestial mansion traced on the
ground.

«$9r*j5Vtt Dkyil-hkhor-MA n. of the
grand central temple of Buddha at
popularly known as Kinkhording.

«$ar^[&-q|?j*» dkyil-hkhor gsum
three cycles (of offerings) : (1)
«&t«^*r<^ S'jq-ti <it the cycle of offerings
for the Bon gods sprung out naturally
in course of time; (2) ^'g'^'^°i'^'
MpMT<^-)w^ir<r^j the celestial mansion
for contemplation formed in the sky (to
imagine an aerial castle) ; (3) ^»i'8«i^3l'
| the mansions of gods

57

designed on the ground for placing the
offerings to them (B. Nam.).

S 3T5 4kyu rta or S§-£'^'? dliyu-wahi rta
a race-horse.

S3'^ dkyu-pa in Ladak : to lose
colour by washing ; perhaps more correctly

•£ SeT*"' d.kyu-wa=.$Q 1. to run a
race; ^3'W«&*< dkyu-sar 4kyus=W\t**

•o *o ^! >

«1*< running a race ; *K'**|« galloping :
^W|YMir'rM*'Q!(/9a9.£) "forexample
running a race on horseback." 2. to wring
out; to filter (Sch.). 3. to caper about
(Jd.) ; ^3'S^'5 d.kyu-byahi-rta a race-horse.
^J'« dkyu-sa a race-course; the race
ground (Cs.).

-pa=^\» to forget;
1 ! an affectionate
letter to prevent one being forgotten or a
letter which love will not forget (Tig.
k. 37).

^fl" dkyus imtw 1. length ; length-
wise. 2. untruth; also adj. untrue;
spurious (Jd.). 3. bold, insolent (Soft.).
In lexicons it is synonymous with the term
IS61' yshurl, meaning "lengthwise." In
weaving, the threads that are stretched
lengthwise are called S3"'**! dkyus-thag
(the woof) and those that pass them
crosswise are called |fl'«| spun-thag:

I (S.kar.134) upon

-o Q

that stood the throne constructed of stone,
having a lotus cushion, in breadth two
cubits and a span, in length three running
fathoms.

MJ«'V1* dkyus-dkar a porcelain cup of
inferior quality ; a common porcelain cup.

'* dkyits-ja common or inferior tea.
Tea served to the public or to the congre-
gation of monks in a monastery or in a
religious service.

'* dkyus-ma srgra common, vulgar,
inferior ; *>'«a*r*i mi-dkym tna an ordi-
nary man; one who is neither an official
nor a religious man (jfrag 5) : «$N^*«r
W^jJ (Rtsn.) "indigo of inferior
quality is valued at so much per y\
or Ib." «^*rq5*!»> dkyug-btags a scarf of
ordinary quality ; {jwg* dkyus-bur treacle
of inferior quality : S3«rgvs)v£fl|«r**
dkyus-bur sgar Mugs rer "" coarse treacle
for each thick lump " (Rtsii.).

my yogs-pa
^o
quickly, swiftly.

•^3^'^S dkyus-tshad. the dimensions of
anything when measured lengthwise.

spacious ; large ; long.

l=fa Mofi the compass,
extent, bulk of anything:
the compass of the heavens :
the stretch of sea : '\3«i
spacious; of wide capacity (flag. 5).

^jjpr2p& dkyel-po-che ace. to Sch. is the
Universe; defined as p*-«K«rei the wide
house ( Lex.)'

dkyor-hbyin swf capable of
being thrown down ; impelled or driven
on ; also capable of being felled down.

^>\ dkram-ko hthno-

spyi-brtol clw-wa 1. ^lajq
transgression. 2. adj. very impudent;
impertinent.

9

58

k« Bkras-ljofis, abbr. of
(Tashi Jong), n. of a district under Lhun-
grub Rdsofi in Tibet.

dkri (ti) ifsr anything to wrap
with ; a tie ; F'^fj a cloth to tie round
the face or cover the mouth ; muffler; ->fa'*S|
vb., wrapping or winding up with paper ;
paper- wrapping ; an envelope (Tig. k. 2).

Cv

•f, ^U'^ I: dkri-wa (ti-mt) in old
Tibetan, to conduct one's pupil from one
stage of learning to another stage ; pf .
^51 w vb. a. (cf. *§'") in modern Tibetan,
to wind ; to wrap round about ; ^fj'*»'S dkri-
wff-jjoisSfi'wSVM one who wraps up;
^•Sfolw^-en-g'Vti to fold up clothes, etc.

^tJ'ClII: ^S-i^'i'^g dkri snegs-pa
Ita-bu a snare, anything to entangle with ;
vb., to ensnare.

dkrig (tig) personally : «v!K«isv
is same as tw'fc'^-a'vfw
not having come personally, can-
not reply or say decidedly.

I : dkrigs ft*R, 9«T a term
for a thousand billions. The term
3*rHHi or «$j*nr3^q *<^in<*N< or
is used for a still larger number.

^Tj«J|^ II:=^q« dense; thickly-
gathered : |fri;\3H*' sprin-dkrigs (flag. 5) : =
1^-n.siwq gathering or condensing of clouds ;
alsovb. darkened, obscured, dim, diffused:
*-§K'V^-*iVi-«OT*<-£W (^- K- «. 47) the
flashing of his teeth bewildered them ;
«jjn]«-£iv<*|5vcrc dkrigs-par hgyur-par grown
dim; ^$<PW'|V<R Dkrigs-par byed-pa to
obscure.

^"'i* dpal-gyi$ dkris-gi/itr TTfeTl en-
circled with glory.

<=v

^II'J*^ dkrig-pa ijf<3tM 1. to sur-
round, encircle, ensnare. 2. = «&*.«' 1
^T^f*r to lie round ; to wind up ( Mnon.) :
^'jpri^jr^S* ser-snag kun-nas dkri? quite
ensnared in avarice (/a.).

dkn's-phray n. of a large
number ($ag. 5).

*VU*^ dkru-wa ($u-tea)=\'# dri-ma ^fn,

NO

VRS abomination, pollution; also dirt, filth
(Ltests.).

|'^ dknig-pa (tug-pa) = $*•'** g.lofi-

to disturb, to put in motion ; the
act of troubling, agitating, churning ; to
turn ; to turn a lathe.

T, Ffaf, ^jfew stirred up, agitated,
troubled, ruffled, disturbed, confused;
churned ; turned (as in a lathe) ; confound-
ed : ^)'*'*£!1*i 4pe-cha dkrugs the leaves of
a book are confused or mixed up together ;
un|-*fl]^'§»>^5i|«'£j5'?>«« lag-chags-kyi$ dkruys
pahi semi a mind troubled with passion ;
$K.'i?|w«£jfl|*r£i5'$ rlttfi-gis dkrugs-pahi chu
water agitated by the wind.

confounder: 1^'
j«i|N-q-q-l^ the
man who causes confusion afar off and
nigh is called tug-pa«po.

dkris-gyur (ti-.gyur) q^\ sur-
rouuded, encircled, encompassed : ^wgw

*>=.' a kind of character used in Tibet
which is puzzling.

STI^r^ dkrum-pa (turn-pa) brittle;

•o ^

defined in Lexx. as VP'I5'jrg'g'jj*\'*lT?i,

breaking in the manner a porcelain vessel
does.

•fl

59

•f

glans- penis.

the

krog-pa (tog-pa) =«flPT<J dkrug-
pa 1. to churn; to agitate, mingle, trouble,
&c. : ^'SifT*1 sho dkrog-pa churning curds
(for butter). 2. to rouse, scare up; to
wag, e.g., the tail (/a.). Also = *tfT''l*<'ci
dkrogs-pa, *'*< *\if'l!*<'£i ho-ma dkrogs-pa to
churn milk ; ace. to flag, is equivalent to
gq|*T£) §noys-pa.

t\2f"l*''3*< dkrog$-skyes (lit. anything pro-
duced from churning) butter (Mnon.).

ffifapicaft dkrogi-pa-po — 'OT'N'^'I'V*1!^
dkrogs-par bycd-mkhan one who churns.

^qj^-w dkrogs-ma, v. gPN'w smb§-ma,
the churning rod ; also said to = whey

'q d.kro6-b$kyed (tong-ke)

of instantaneous birth ; instanta-
neous perception. Ace. to Lex. in
meditating on a certain deity, the act
of perceiving him to be a reality instan-
taneously is called *$c-'t'|l> dkron bskyed.

dkrol «tT?«T; pf. and fut. of *$*
hkrol: ^$V*r9 dkrol-wa-po is defined as
" one who causes music to sound or be
sounded."

CJT]1!] I: bkag in q^'ai^ bkag lafis
the lid or cover of a trunk; the sides of a
Tibetan leather-trunk. Defined in Etsii.
as «^aj-«i|W-<q%g-'fi-q-n)«r<ift«rcf'J| both the
flat pieces of leather which are at the back
and front on the right and left of a trunk.

qTj^j II : *f?r? CT, -frfa* ; pf. of MfoN'ti,
obstructed, opposed; also prohibition,
obstruction, hindrance.

p^fll'iijVs^q bkag-skor med-pa=vf\*.'i\\
^'Q without delay, as in sending any-
thing ; also without let or hinderance ;

<5<-^Em not permissible and per-
missible, not fit and fit, unbecoming and
becoming.

q>Ti<i|-*-|^q bkag-cha byeg-pa to forbid;
to put a hinderance (Sch.).

^Ttf* bkog sdom prohibition; pro-
hibiting one from passing by a road or
from entering any garden or place.

qiT|ii|-3r|aii|irq bkag-mo khegs-pa not to be
observant ; to transgress, to trespass.

CJTJC' bkafi ace. to Rdo. 46, pf. of
^"F*1 dcjan-im -^ftfT , filled to the brim ; full
to the brim as in the case of a water pot ;
,-q snod-bkan-ica a vessel filled up ;
a i)OW wjth an arrow ready to
shoot; ^-q-q^-q wish fulfilled. Ace.
to Jd. pf. of ^«|wq, to fill, make full; and
used in W. instead of "

bkad 1. set or placed in order ;
aiTangement: *»3fq^ii|*rq same as

mgo-spuhi rim-paham gral-lahan, thags-
kyi fnal-ma phar hgrohi dug-kyi spun hgro-
wa dc dan, Uags tshar u-ahi snam-buhi
spun-gyi rj<$ hbur-hbur yod-pafyi mid la
yafi, thags-kyi bkad aer (flag.) the order or
row (of plaits) in the hair of the head,
the crosswise thread in the web of a cloth,
also the ridge in the cross-wise texture of
a blanket, are called the bkad of weaving.

''TV^" bkacl-nas having described;
represented in any manner.

EHj^'SJ bkad-sa, **r|-<i|3i*r«i (J$ag.)
1. the place where barley, corn, &c., are
parched ; a bake-house, kitchen, cook's
shop ((7s.). 2. ace. to flag. + Vf\vc\ff:
one's own home or residence.

60

3. open hall or shed erected on festive
occasions (Jd.).

^Tj^'^l bkan-pa 1. to up-root or turn
up anything by applying a stick at its
foot or root. 2. to bend: qF2K^i*K
($ag.) the body bent backwards: «i«|'<r
"H to stretch the arm bending it up-
wards to pull anything. 3. «w$fl|«4'3T«i|'
§-q$-*rq-«ruifq'Yfl-l>x counting up and then
backwards is called yang-lkan (S. del). It
is also applied to counting from right to left
(Fa*, kar.). 4. to put; to press; to apply
(/a.) : ^-q- J-fli'tcm-q^^-q to press one's foot
agaiust a wall. 5. to hold fast ; to extend

J bkab-pa, pf. of **|«w«i
vsra, to cover; to spread over.

bkab a cover ; a shelter.
Syn. ^«w khebs ; "I^"|« (fyogs ; S^*1 byils

J bkam-pa pincers or nippers :
qTjwq -qjjq-q to hold or cut with pincers.

ZWp bkah I : ( Vat. kar. 60) n. of a
tribe in Tibet.

II : *mnr (A. K. XXVI),

: primarily means simply " word " or
"speech" ; but being the honorific form it
usually implies an order or command.
When used of a sacred personage it means
his advice or precepts as well as his autho-
ritative words, e.g., SJ'tS-q^ the lama's
injunction ; g^'S". Q*^ the king's com-
mand ; ^•aS-qip' the order of the chief.

III : also signifies, especially, the
enunciations and pronouncements which
have issued from the Buddha. They are
said to be of three kinds ; so *)E.«'g*rj(-q'Tp
has three divisions : —

(1) nm-^-qjsjMrq shal-nas ffsufis-pa pre-
cepts delivered by the Buddha personally.

(2) 93'3*r£'$£W'£| those conveyed through
the attendant Bodhisattva and S'ravaka,
such as Subhuti, S'ariputra, &c., under
inspiration from Buddha or by his
sanction expressed or implied or re-
vealed in such works as §5-jf^-3|* lhahi
1/on-fM the celestial tree; 6'5'X'w^ rfia-
bo che mdo the great drum sutru.
The precepts under this head are sub-
divided into — (1) g^'S'V:'$£i*i the personal
blessings (of the Buddha), also the bless-
ings received from his enchanted image ;
(2) WW»TV the blessings derived from
his teachings ; (3) SiJN'jI'g^'qj^q*) the bless-
ings of the spirit. This last again is sub-
divided into the following: — (1) S"]*^5^'
*^'§" S^'fl^*1'*1 the blessings of a contem-
plative heart as in the work called -*|*r*«r

snifi-po; (2) 31*1 5"!*1 1** S^ 3*1'
H'I the grace of the spirit, as in «ftv
|trq$-gq|*i, the Mantras uttered
by Noijin and other goblins ; (3) 81«'^'
£j5-Jfq»r§>&rsarq§q*rci the blessings inherent
in a truthful spirit or mind.

(3) l**'*}'"!^'*! rjeg-su, g.naH-wa anything
reproduced from memory by the successors
of the Buddha under inspiration from
him at the Buddhist convocation
(J. Zan.}.

Syn. 3F h<fi ; £*rwq^'£i Acs-par bstati-
pa ; yq^'q^'i ne-tcar bgian-pa ; fl|t;»i»)'i
ffdams-pa; tN'^'if^'i rjcg-sti bgtan-pa; |*i
rjcf-sii gnafi-wa; ^'W^K.'^ ne-icar

^'^ bkah-luA (Mnon.).
V kkah-bkod pa to publish, pro-
claim ; also publication, proclamation.

qTfvqjj^ bkah-bkyon according to Nag.
implies blaming; a verbal blow, repri-
mand, rebuke (given by a superior) (Jd.).
qTpvqip bkah bkrol (ka-tol) leave of
absence.

61

very im-
* the

bkah-skor
VK without delay.

qTp'fSai bkah-khol, iprl
portant order (Tig. Jj
most important will of King Sron-btsan
sgam-po. This document having been dis-
covered within one of the great pillars of
Kinkhording temple in Lhasa is generally
known by the name P^'J*rTf«r*.

q-rp-njifc bkah-hkhor, divided into nafi-
hkor domestic servants; bran-g.yog ser-
vants, menials ; phyi-hkhor attendants ;
£iTH.'ti('5X'g^-n|i!5q| those who wait for orders,
attendants; l^pfc official clerks; also
private secretaries and personal assistants
of a high official ; attendants in general.

qT'S*1 bkah-khyab a decree, manifesto,
edict ; a general order.

qrjivjgw bkah khrims a law, command-
ment ; HTfVgwq^'5 strict justice ; severe
punishment: fctt'V^'^W^ITJWl by the
cmel order of the king (Ja.).

qnp- g*wti bkah khrims-pa a lawyer ; a
magistrate.

qT'5** bkah gro$ (ka-doi) a conference,
consultation ; ST'll"'^ ^i<sTl1^«fi ^nrtfr
makes consultation; gives advice or coun-
sel; gives instructions; «J*P' 5^'l^'t to
give advice (/a.).

q»]n-3j*r£i bka grog-pa (ka-doi-pa) a coun-
sellor ; senator.

q^-q^j'q bkah bgro-wa «$-ft debating ;
considering; taking measures for: ^'Sfr'
qS^c-q'^q-g-qfq-q-at deliberating care-
fully with the ten confidential ministers.

qT'^5 Tq bkah hgrol-im to dismiss ;
dissolve a meeting or a conference.

q^'gi)*) bkah-glegs^yy^F* phyag-bris
or £)''P'-^''1 bkah-^og a letter ; an autograph :

| " great many thanks
for the gracious letter with enclosures sent
by the Donner according to the good
customs" (Tig. k. 12).

q*p'n<^ bkah-hgyur is generally taken
as a synonym for "the instructions and
precepts of Buddha," and means literally
"that which has become a command."
This term is in fact the title of the great
collection of the religious Buddhist
writings (mostly, but not all, translated
from Sanskrit into Tibetan) known as the
Kahgyur. The Kahgyur is divided
into seven series of books containing
several hundred treatises, and consists pro-
perly of 108 volumes, though editions in
100, 102, and 104 volumes are also current.

q^'j'qjl'i bkah-rgya bcug-pa issuing
of an official order ; also the accumulation
of gold, silver, and grain in a Government
treasury.

IT'S'*1 ^ah rgya-ma *Hmm^, ^TOTfafr
in Hind. Para-wana 1. public order,
permit, missive, communication, &c. 2.
q*i<v«j-*r^q>T]'Vii*<c.-q-.5^ (Lex.) in mysticism
a secret precept; occult communication
which is made only to the trusted few.

T'§^ i: bkah-rgyud succession or

*&

descent of the dogmatic principles of
Buddha. The principal school of Tantrik
Lamaism originating from Naro Pan-chen
of Magadha and alleged by Milaraspa to
have been introduced by Mar-pa Lo-tsava
in Tibet in the beginning of the llth cen-
tury A.D. Its different sects or branches
are the following : — "H^'q^ 5*\ Karma
Xkah-rgyud, ^'^^T'^ Dge-ldan Bkah-
rgyud, ^1«'«'«IT'^ Dicays-po Bkah Tyyud.,
RD'qjc-qT|<v*5 Hbri-gufi Bkah-rgyutf, *go|%«r
q^'|^ Ebrug-pa Bkah-rgyud.,

62

«np'|^ ii : «r»F-5J-|S bkah-yi tgyud,, i.e.,
the line or thread of the word, i.e., the
oral tradition of the word of Buddha
which is supposed to have been delivered
through a continued chain of teachers and
disciples apart from the written scriptures.

Ht- the illuminator
of the doctrine of Kahgyud School) a
general designation of the chief lamas of
the Bkah-rgyud-pa sect (Tig. k. 67).

q^'vaV^srj'Ji Bkah-rgyud. riiam-rgyal
the Bkah rgyutf, Chief Lama whom the
Mongol Chief Gushi Khan dethroned
after overthrowing the power of Sdc-pa
Gtsafi-pa the ruler of Tsang and 0 in
1643 A.D. (Lofi. 18).

^'l* bkah-tgyur admonition and
reprehension ; ^'f^'*!^'1' to issue an
order ; to admonish ; q*p'gvq to translate
the words of Buddha, &c.

qip'l^-qjt-q bkah-sgyur btafi-ica to in-
struct a subordinate in a rough pointed
manner, cautioning him against his faults ;
to counsel against wrong practices.

q'lp'jfli'tt bkah sgrog-pa to publish an
order ; to proclaim or read an order or
edict.

qjfvq^' bkah bsgo ^JTWT 1. exhorta-
tion to the deity. When any one falls ill
either naturally or from the supposed
malignity of an evil spirit, he goes to
a lama or a Tantrik priest and begs of
him for a bkah bsgo — permission to invoke
the deity. The lama touches the patient's
head with the consecrated sceptre called
Dorje (vajra), with the sacred dagger
called the phurbu, a string of beads,
an image of a Buddha or a deity or a
holy book, and repeating some charms

exhorts the deity to be propitious 'to
the patient. Those who do not actually
suffer from any kind of illness also ask
for such protective religious measures.
2. commandment ; precept («7a.).

«J"ir«$»* bkah bsgos is pf . of
bsgo, a sentence passed.

to send verbal message ; to give a reply.

IT' *>5 bkah-bcu, also i^'^'i b_kah beu-
pa, one who has observed the ten command-
ments of Buddha. The title of Bkah-bcu
is given to a Buddhist monk-scholar who
has passed all preliminary examinations
for a religious degree. There are two
classes of i*!1^— those of QleH-bsre-s and
psa6-p/ui ; a ^-q§ of Tashilhunpo monas-
tery is called Bkah-chcn on account of
his superior prestige in religious study
and practice.

q'lp-fll^fll'ti bkah gsog-pa to act against
an order ; to disregard an express order
or command : wrj^'w^y^ the order
of (one's father must not be disregarded)
(Ja.).

bkah-bcos an abbreviation of
^-q**, or the two great collec-
tions of Buddhist writings.

kah-chem$=aw**w resp. for
a great man's last will; a royal
testament or will: iTS'Sswrii'jifai'wlvljqur
"I" I in the work called Bkah-chcms ka-
khol-ma, etc. (J. Zafi.).

+ qT|<vwl^ bkah mc/iid=i"^^ or ^S^'
5l" a command in reply resp., but also
word or speech of a superior person.
The term likewise signifies a conference,
debate, &c. : qi)|v»!'v^-g-s^ what
conversation did he hold? q*|r*il^srq-
"^•|"^^^'^l "pray, let the nectar of
pious conversation be uttered !"

63

bkah-nan 1. obedient; dutiful;
submissive ; observant of command. 2.
one's tutelary deity is also called his bkah-
nan, because he carries out his protege's
behest; ^jfS'^sagfjj*! service; doing
service (Mnon.).

qTfV^-ci bkah nan-pa to obey; be
obedient; q'']'*'*^''! to disobey; i"»H'3*«r
f^TTI an observer of orders or precepts.
qT)q-i|^ bkah gftan the cruel commander ;
ace. to Lex, btsan-pahi sa Mag, "the
mighty lord of the soil," is said to be a
pre-Buddhist deity (Ja.).

qi]n.-ji|^-q bkah gnan-pa 1. severe retri-
bution from guardian deities for defects in
worshipping them ; also the injury they
do their devotees for impropriety in their
conduct or language. 2. damnation into
which both a teacher and his pupil fall
for disclosure of secrets of their doctrine
without authority.

qiyvfli^-qfr^ bkah-ffnan brjid a weighty
command or injunction.

1. a

proclaimed order : |wqg<ij*rq {s also
colloq. called ^v^ipi bkar-btags. 2.
^ftrfrf^ one versed in drawing omens;
an astrologer (q"]^'i|?<iprci) (jj£ y. Q2).

qT|<V5<i|*i bkah-rtags mark seal ; precept ;
maxim (Cs.) : *ifi^'^v=yi\-^ (Tig. k. 27}.

iT'ift bkah-stod a subaltern; agent
(Sch.)

IT « bkah-than =. ew^c. bkah-lun order ;
edict (Jd.) ; written order ; command ;
commandment; precept (Os.).

bkah-t/iam=g,w phyag-dam
'|"I dam-phrug, seal; chief seal : <w\v
*ipp3nwiit£w4ifi received the
letter containing the chief seal of the
Grand Lama and enclosing a scarf with
charmed knots (Tig. k. 75).

bkah drag-pa phab-pa to
command sharply, hastily or severely
(Sch.) ; to issue an ultimatum.

«IT'V bkah-drin, resp. for \* drin
TOT?, a favour, kindness, grace, boon:
trw*<q<i^|?|« through the kindness of the
lama.

bkah-drin-can=
byams-pa dan Idan-pa kind; gracious;
benevolent (Mnon.).

*vi\*.\s;l, bkah-drin-che very gracious;
(you are) very kind; the usual phrase for
our ^ thank you," in acknowledgment of
a kindness or favour— common in letters,
&c.

bkah-drin-che shm-pa to
say it is an act of great kindness ; to
acknowledge kindness ; to thank.

TVli-fWi bkah-drin rje$-su dran-
pa to remember a benefit or kindness
received.

bkah-drin smn-dpyafis to
bear in mind or remember the kindness
obtained of another person.

*T'V^Y<i bkah-drin mdsad-pa to
bestow a favour; to show kindness.

P^VTO*^ bkah-drin gsum-ldan pos-
sessed of or making use of the three graces
or courtesies, viz. : (1) ^iftc^jj-c, teaching
of the sciences; (2) ^•|^-q^-£f explaining
the ^aphorisms and the Tantra; (3) ^qe.-
S''l^'£' blessing and ordaining.

bkah-drin &sol-wa to thank ;
to be grateful for favours.

bkah-drufi. a secretary of state.

hkah-gdams an advice; coun-
sel ; instruction from a high official.

an

adviser (Sch.), 2. the reformed Buddhist

school of Tibet founded by n^ir^
*icqR", the chief disciple of Atisha. It
was divided into two stages : ^H'Wl*'
or dUVflRwrSffe,-* the earlier school from
Bromston to Tsongkha-pa, and dip-fl|S*w
ijwti or the modern school, said to be
identical with that now called Gelug-pa,
dating from Tsongkha-pa downwards.
The earlier Bkah-pdams-pa were distin-
guished for their elaborate ritual and for
their power of propitiating deities. The
members of the later Bkah-gdam-pa have
been remarkable for scholarship and
linguistic erudition.

qT^-iftw^-gc- frkah-pdamt pho-brafi the
palace where the Grand Lama of Tashi-
Ihun-po resides.

qip-»^<i bkah-mdah a contraction for
"T'sh'1^*"^'1^ bkah-blon-dafi mdah-dpon,
minister and general (Yig. k. 52).

qip-^-XwI-j-w* bkah-hdui chos-kyi
rgya-mtsho a kind of ritualistic obser-
vance of the Rdsogs-clien sect of the
Rnin-ma Buddhist School in which a parti-
cular deity with his followers is depicted.

q^A-<^*4 ikafr hclogs-pa to make into
law ; to proclaim ; a proclamation (/a.).

qnp-q^sw bkah-hdoHit^fV-'W or **ftn
instruction; order.

^T'tft bka-idod, also written as ^'•P'^,
one waiting for orders; an attendant
011 a superior; an aide-de-camp; one's
guardian deity is also called by this
epithet : »*<*^^|'<rtft<S|V«rB| (A. 13)
"he who has propitiated the lord of
death to serve him as his attendant
spirit."

qip-qjrq tyah bsdu-tca collection of the
doctrine (Jd.) ; synopsis of the scriptures
at the grand Buddhist convocations ; also

the convocations where the precepts of
Buddha were promulged.

dip-fl^'d bkah gnafi-ica, vb., to order,
command, grant, permit ; an order ; per-
mission : ^•>^'8'jrtft'^rlHr*i|'i<^iiifWj
I beg you will give her as a consort to
our King of Tibet (Jd.).

qn|Vflfi*i Bkah-ffnam = "\'"\f a district in
the east of Koiig-bu ; also n. of a district
of Ngari Khorsum in "Western Tibet.

bkah-phebt a great man's order.
kka/i-phrin (ka-tin) a message.

b_kah-hphrm letter of command :
to write or issue a letter
containing instructions.

qip-qq^ I: §kah-babs an injunction; a
direction.

dip-cm n : bkah-babt the fulfilment of
a commission ; also the lama or saint who is
commissioned with some high duty. When
a lama at the command of his spiritual
instructor fulfils what was entrusted to
him, he is said to be a bkah-babs.

q^-qq^q^j bkah-babs b_dun n. of a his-
torical work on later Indian Buddhism
by Lama Taranatha.

qip-qqw-q^ tyah babs-bshi the four
commissioned ones (see dip-qq«).

q>r)vq*i bkah-bam^of^-^ order; dip-
loma: Wjrw-lftijHKrt*'!*-^!! the object
of sending the autograph letter (Rtsii.).

^•g*! bkah-bris, resp. dip-^flj bkah-yog,
a letter; a written authority, generally in
autograph : •^K^IlV*lVr*l^'9*'lW*'firi'wr
prtow^V'S'^P'ry*! it is very gracious
of you to favour me with your autograph
and enclosure presented by the hand of
the Don nyer (F^. *. llf).

65

%*i'» a minister
(Mnon.).

qip-nqq-q bkah-hbab-pa the going forth
of an order or edict (Schr.).

q"l<v<*g*i bkah-hbum the hundred thou-
sand precepts; n. of a religious work.

q^-ejfq^-q bknh-blo W«-?«z=qT|<vipSffq
bkah-blo go-wa; \yfv^n (flag.) 1. at-
tentive ; executing an instruction or order
with attention; one who is cheerful at
heart owing to his attention to ic.'§q'§*w.
2. one who easily understands what he is
ordered to do; one who appreciates his
superior's instruction. 3. ^^^ speaking
well; eloquent; q*|VsfS)-q^q bkah-blo
mi-bde-wa f4^ one whose expression
or delivery is not good.

«"F'Sfr bkah-blon or «H|r$'sft-Zj bkah-yi
blon-po, the name given to the four Cabinet
Ministers who assist the Gyal-tshab or
Eegent in the administration of the Govern-
ment of Tibet during the minority of the
Grand Lama of Lhasa. The four Kalbn
must be laymen and are often military
officers. Popularly they are styled Shape
) : qTV§frq|lswr.*|flj bkah-blon gzims-

the residence of a bkah-blon.

bkah-blon drufi-hkhor the
official staff of a Kalon.

ka-blon-bshi (particularly) the
four ministers whom the 4tn Manchu
Emperor K'ien-lung (in Tibetan called
Lha-skyon Protected of Heaven) appointed
to conduct the state affairs of Tibet. They
were S^T W^'f ^ Kim-dgah-bshi No-yon,
H •^e.^qc.-jai Tshe-rin dwan-rgyal of GyaA
Ron, Xftt Thon-pa, and £'^' Rtse-drun
of Po-ta-la. These four governed the
country for twenty-seven years from the
year of the iron-sheep (Lofi. 16).

bkah-blon-gsum the three
ministers who conducted the Government
of Tibet from the year of the fire-horse to
the middle of the year of the earth-ape.
Their names were : — **p'sfVQsr<rq bkah-
blon Lum-pa-wa, i^-^^^n bkah-blon
Jna-pfiod-pa of Kon-bu, and i^'g^'l^'^'q
bkah-blon Sbyar-ra-wa.

spiritual or
intellectual heir-loom. This -is a philo-
sophical term of the Snin-ma School,
meaning the descent of the bkah (Bud-
dha's word) in an unbroken succes-
sion or without being kept concealed '
for a period. One who has received such
a succession, or any scripture that has
come down to him in such a manner.

qf|rs<E.-3*r:i bkah-man thim-pa to con-
tain many precepts or commands ; one on
whom there are instructions or commis-
sions to perform.

*i bkah gtsan-ma. one whose
morals are pure; one who has preserved
his vows.

q*p-|Earq bkah-itsol-wa, pf . stsal, to speak ;
to say (where an honoured person is the
spokesman) ; according to circumstances,
to command, ask, beg, relate, answer,
&c., especially in ancient literature, in
which it is almost invariably, used of
Buddha and of kings speaking.

or

a reply in the way of instruction :

" pray favour me with replies on internal
affairs (uninterruptedly) like the flow of
the river of gold " ( Tig. k. 15.)

q*|<v<^ bkah-hdsin letter of authority
or commission from Government (issued to
one who is on the move or who is to

10

exercise some kind of power over the
people) to afford facilities for travelling or
for carrying out a mission : *)'£*rti5'§»«rgv

commission was issued to despatch hither
a man who would frame settled laws and
shew energy.

qT]vqi^'§^'q b_kah-bsMn byed-pa to do
according to order ; doing ; ordered : c^'
qi^-^-q to be obedient; a faithful servant.

qiipAq'^gswci bkah rab-hbyams-pa a doc-
tor of divinity among the monastic
scholars of Tibet; one who has acquired
the highest proficiency in the Buddhist
sacred literature and is of pure morals.

tj!|r»sWi b_kah-ra»is-pa one who has
passed the highest examination in Bud-
dhist metaphysics ; one who has reached
the highest of the 13 classes in the
Sfctshan-nid grva-tshaft, the metaphysical
school in the great monastic establish-
ments of Tibet.

qi^ar^'q bkah-la rtsi-wa to give heed
. to or attend to an instruction or precept ;
to listen to any advice.

q^'^E. bkah-lufi an order ; a precept :
qiyv^t-qflt/q to command or give orders;
to issue an injunction.

qf|n-ajq| bkah-log=1l'*ii\ grla-log (ta-log)
one who has given up his religious vows ;
a BuddHist monk turned out of his
monastery for misconduct. In KIiam$
he is called bknh-log; in Middle Tibet
ta-log.

qi]V-*jq| bkah-sag the court or council-
house of the four kildn or ministers of

0ViHq*r!'*r|«.'^sr;ijc.-q^-'^-g,*i |j wnen the
warrant officer registers the document at
the court of kaldn he should also verify it
at the Account Office (Rtsti.),

b^-ah-fog any writing of autho-
rity from a superior ; decree ; diploma ;
passport ; official paper or letter ; *)T' •'vT
ff* bkah-$og rdsun-ma a fabricated autho-
rity ; spurious writing or deed ; qiyv-3fa'^*r
§1 bkah-$og rim fkyel to circulate a pass-
port or an official order ; serial letters sent
one after another.

•wii-fl^im bkah-gsal= tup'ify order ; official
message: V^Ftrtir^fimbp to send a
message or express order one after
another.

qT]Hre'J5'S b_kahi-rfia-ico-che proclamation
by the beat of drum (Yty. k. 18).

q^'^-ci^ bkahi cod-pan an instruction
or precept to be received with perfect
obedience ; to value or honour an order ;
a command carried out with the same
respect as that with which a man carries
his own head-dress.

qT)5-*(^-e^ bkahi mdun-blon resp. sfa'5
blon-po minister:

my humble self bearing the title of
state minister together with the circle of
attendants, both lay and clerical officials,
are in good health ( Yig. k. 6).

EH]3^ bkar or -n^'t according .to*
the law ; to legalize ; to make it into law
(Os.) ; to proclaim, publish (./a.) ; q*|V
frffl-n^n to publish ; publication :
, for

1. W-ar-wrapf.of vb.

separate, put. aside, select,
banish: fl]^*r^*rq|']V£i banished from his
place. 2. to ask any question captiously ;
to make a peevish enquiry.

3Tp'3 bkal-wa, pf. of ^'i, but in
W. is the primary form of the verb
meaning 1. to load ;. to burden ; put a load
on (Cs.) : wqipi'q to load wool : ("

67

to load a beast of burden, &c. : 01 «Hprq
to levy a tux. 2. pf. of «r>w to spin ;
£| spun; twisted (Nag. 5).

bkal-thags a kind of
stuff made of coarse goat-hair about nine
inches in width: Vi*WJT\«Mrt|sr*^r8»r

1* | ra spu nag-lna re, la bkal-thags byas-par
with every five pounds of goat's hair to
weave one blanket (Rtsii.).

3TJSJ bkas, contraction s^'5)*) instr.
of «wp.

PTj^'^J bkas-pa=*cp 1. crack, split,
cleft. 2. pf. of ^'i.

bku-wa 1. elixir, quintessence
(Cs.) ; ffi'13 'medicinal extract. 2. with
pf. i1!!*)'5! to make extract of a drug by
drawing out the juice (Lex.); wq$
melted butter; i^'^i^i to extract the
spirit of ; ^5T«^' bku phyuft spirit extracted
(Cs.) ; jfl'i:iN'5'!fc'1' to extract medicine
by infusion.

Mug-pa pf. of vyp* '^TWI,
*1, drawn or pulled forward;
summons (Yig. 7).

bkum-pa, pf. of ^wi, but
pres. in W. and according to Lex. fut.
WMOT, pf. S5*wi, to kill, to destroy ;
ql* to cut off the edge ; fix a
boundary to.

s^'l bkur-sti «%, H^^n;, i&^T, uft-
^aiT honour, respect, homage ; mark of
honour; respectful reception (by asking
one to sit on a seat of honour) ; i^'jp'^'S'i
bkur-sti mchod-pa to distinguish (a per-
son) by marks of respect (Zam.) ; ^•IJTHTJV
f '^'^ ran-la bkur-sti hbyufi-dus when
honour is shewn to (one's self) yourself
((To.) ; ^^'l^^"!^ bkur-§tis dreys sense of
honour ; . self-respect : S'l^

| mi chen-po rnamg-fa bkiir-ftt's
dregs-pa yod great men have the sense
of dignity.

Syn. . »i*Y<i mchod-pa ; ^« 3] rim-gro ;
bsnen-bkur ; ^•^•3*1 ri-mor btjas ;
s/iabs-tog ; ^WR|f shals-hbrin ;
bkur-iea; Vw«i|^ ««-«•«>• gnff«;
nc-irar spyod ; i\l rjcd-pa (Mnon.).

l I: 6to--«;a=:W*Y£i 1. to pay
homage or reverence ; to esteem. »(t'5«i'
qTjvqS-gucQ jrfT««<r TTSTT literally "the
king honoured of many " was the name
of the first king of the world according
to the Buddhist legendary account. 2. to
carry ; to fetch ; to convey in W. being also
pf. of W1! ; JifE.'^'£i^'«) to carry upward.

slander ; to blashpheme ;
not to accept as true or correct (Lif. p 4) •

q^'q^'§^'£4 bkur-icar byed-pa the act of
respecting; to do honour; frq. to make
reverence, to salute.

£1^ ^ bkur-tshig=^'&'**\ bsiod-pahi-
t&hig words or expressions of honour,
some of which are: — ngqm'ifoi bsfiags-
hos; flgiJN'i "ifs bsnag§-pa brjod;
stod-$mra; x^'li) mchod-tshig;
•mtho-war-lya ; lfS-{|'9 stod-pa ?mra; ^'
che-brjod; wSflj'g
byim; tf^^rmad

'g legs-smra; "|i=.*roj^'£i gzcns-bstod-pa ;
safi (Mrlon.).

Aos worthy of respect ;
respectable.

"tfjTi bkog-pa, pf. of ^1'i.

q W-OW-M-O, pf. of ^'P. When
Q^ 6/;on is joined with a to form the
compound word sj'i^ it means
threat, menace.

*>^ bskos to appoint; to
raise to the throne.

ZTfj^'P bkod.-pa, v. I'M w?, iron,
SJTW 1. sbst. 3J1*1 fi"'a^ or D"'*1 arrangement ;
. «fljvq«|w order or arrangement ; method of
Arranging ; applied to mind, as in
the meaning is meditation,

. 2. vb. = to build, arrange, plan,
&c.

trt^-crsm-urtj ^J^^WT of boundless or
infinite design ; the universe ; n. of a great
Bodhisattva.

qf[y£i5'<i|3«i|'«i}fc bkod-pahi g.tug-gtor=
^fl|'«5' j«rZj the prince of learning ; science.
otj^-^w bkod-hdomi=&\*\'Tfa'i bkod-
ston-pa (Tig. k. 23).

o^fS'i?. bkod-blta (colloq. «flf«r^ b,kob-lta)
the plan of an undertaking ; design ; plot.

bcu-ffcig-pa or S$^ I'^S6 ^ dgun-zla hbriA-
po the eleventh month of the Tibetan year,
sometimes corresponding with January
(Ktsii.).

^ bkon-pa, pf. of ^'« hyon-pa.

bkor-hdre seems to be a kind
of goblin (/a.).

q^jm'g^ bkol-spyod n. of a torment ;
torture from being boiled in water or oil :
g«r*c«fl|«('|V!-|W|-qg«i byol-son bkol-tpyod-
kyi sdug-b?nalihe sufferings of the damned
through the torture of being boiled.

J bkol-wa occasionally pf . of
hkhol-u-a, to boil ; usually indicates «|ftrfl to
bind to service ; to employ ; ^'|l\"£I^l'J''cl
snod-spyad bkol-ica a boiling vessel ; "I^T
^•n^aj-s. gyog-tu bko-wa to take into ser-
vice ; l^'S'ilJTs to set aside ; to keep out.

bkyal-trd 1. to talk nonsense
(/o.). 2. K-l'ism'P to rave in speech ; to talk

nonsense :

, v.

in the colloq. of

Tsang=<*J3lTl< hkhyig-pa to tie (by a

rope); «$«!« = qSwi bound, tied,
fastened (Mfion.).

bkye-wa, pf! and futT of
but in W. is used as the only form of
the verb = to send, despatch; to cause to
come forth: 5ryqjj pho-na bkye despatch-
ed an envoy: fS'13 ho$ bkye sent forth
rays : {jui'Tfljj sprul-pa bkye caused a form
to emanate: fft^'flji ston-nto bkye made
an exhibition of.

^SV^ Wytf-pa, pf- to bend back;
recline (vb. nt.).

= ^'i rdufi-wato beat
(Ja.) ; fl'fp'iijft'i resp. to chastise with
words, to scold (Jd.). Schtr. mentions
cq chiding.

bkra-wa (ta-wa) cog. to H-J5
, ftf^H variegated ; beautiful,
blooming (of complexion) ; glossy, well-
fed (of animals) ; 13'^ *wf^ a great
painting ; qj'wut^q f^RfT a painter :
«jj]'i!$'^'?r«^ with variegated figures; paint-
ings : qytW'Sv^'wr^ f^-Miiy^iT a radiant
or illuminated zone or halo : 15-U« frmfw,
variegated ; with shades of colour.

'lw bkra-wahi skad-hbyin n. of
the bird called Garghotigata ; W^^'ffc
Sv t (Mnon.).

aI!'IS bkra-lyed=^' %>'#?>*( ri-mo-mkhun
a painter (Mnon.).

*H'^t-^w bkra fintfrnar parti-coloured;
on a red ground.

69

glaring;
in glare; «R'f»1«H»r«rf8*1«*l»w«3F«t»rft1

n^q|-H the beauty or effect produced by
variegated colours as in a painting ; the
illumination of colours as set forth in a
rainbow ; hence splendour.

bkar-<;i$

prosperity ; blessing ; good luck :
jj-^jrJjfli good fortune to my
people \ may they prosper \ SJT^W'S'S
holy- water; consecrated water or con-
secrating water ; qj|'3*r$'w»r auspicious
bed; nuptial bed (Cs.); flST^"'!'**!' words
of blessing; benediction; ^g'^"'l'qI*Te-'
bkra-qis-kyi gso fbyofi fl^r iffa^ auspi-
cious fasting ;i'!\'2\*'%e>'t&'1t\'*bkra-fis8ru1i-
icahi go-cha instruments used for insuring
luck ; sacrificial ceremony by which
blessings are to be drawn down (/a.) ;
qjj-S)«-£i propitious; lucky;
good omens; lucky signs;
bkra-qis-pahi rtags lucky configurations or
semblances ; happy omens ; flj'^'w n<$<&\
n. of a goddess; the goddess of glory
(«7a.) ; *»2|'*i'S|»r misfortune ; calamity ;
qjj-D-^wq calamity; adj. wretched;
unlucky.

sj|'3|«ri|e,' Bkra-fis g.lin n. of a place in
Khamt (Lon. * 25).

qj'^-qg^'q?'*^ b_kra-fis brgyad-pahi
undo n. of a short sutra in K. d. * 76
which contains the names of eight Bud-
dhas. Whoever recites it and meditates
on the perfections acquired by the
Buddhas escapes from the dangers of evil
spirits and demons. Such a devotee can
easily have admission into the courts of
kings and address the highest authorities
without let or hinderance. Remembrance
of this effusion is believed to be a safe-
guard against bad dreams and also

mishaps or accidents in war, and in
repelling offensive weapons.

nj'^N'^it bkra-fig ^go-man n. of a
monastery in Amdo.

qj|'3|*r«^ bkra-$i$-can ^i\* n. of an
incense (Mnon.).

uj-^'Xsrlrc/ Bkra-gis chos-rdson the
summer seat of the Government of Bhutan
where the Dharma Eaja resides. It is
ordinarily called Tassisudon on English
maps.

qj-^-qf^ci bkra-$i$ brjod-pa «f<sflf?li
auspicious expression ; a benediction.

«33j-^*r?'|*r«]J^ bkra-fis rtags-brgyad the
eight auspicious signs or emblems, viz. : —
(1) ^'^'*|^fl« ^siTa the precious or
jewelled umbrella ; (2) "J^'§'9 '5^5'
the golden fish ; (3) fl|3vl^ei5-g»r
grw the pot of treasures; (4)
TTO the- excellent lotus; (5)
<P«1HW llf the white conch-shell with
whorls turning to the right; (6) V"'
S'^'i *51<(<M the auspicious mark repre-
sented by a curled noose emblematical of
love; (7) wSfli'fyjirw^ gsr the chief
standard of victory, i.e., the emblem of
royalty; (8) fl^vg-^-* ^i^r the
golden wheel.

IH'^' W*^ bkra-fis rtags-can possessed
of auspicious marks: aifli'£)-£ii]'^*)'5ii«'«^'|»i'
T?! 9'«>=.-^^w?q-q^|^-q-^ai| a glossy hand
possessing auspicious lines will cause one
to obtain both a son and wealth (K. d.

-dkar yyas-hkhyil ?f%mic(irt!M(f- a conch-
shell with its whorls turning to the right
instead of to the left (Mnon.).

Syn. ^-*(&i| dun-mchog; |'l'g'i skye-wa
lna-pa; yt'%'*$t'H rgyal-po hkhyit-wa
fl (Mnon.}.

70

Man
auspicious ; lucky.

bkra-cis-pahi rdsas
w*«r, *if<5H£'rer lucky articles.

)'«| Bkra-fig-pahi yi-ge n. of a
kind of (mystic) writing which is consi-
dered auspicious.

fll bkra-fis-par gyur-cig
may you enjoy prosperity.

n. of a goddess (K. g. S 112).

"U'^w'Si '**' Bkra-fif blama 1. Tashi
Lama, the name by which the Panchhen
Lama of Tashilhun-po is known in India
and Europe. 2. a lama priest who
officiates at a marriage ceremony in
Sikkim : qj^^-g-^-qj^^l'il^-ww^- «5'
»^-a|-|a|-aic.-| the Tashi lama will touch
with the auspicious offerings (for the gods)
the head of the bride.

kra-$is-rtse (Tashi-tse) n. of a
village in the district of Stod-lufi in Tibet.

«J^'^«'it'«il« Bkra-$is-b§t8cgs (Tarfn'&eg-
pa) n. of a brother of King Skyid-lde
Rimahi mgon, who settled down in Mfiah-
ris in Western Tibet (Lofi. * 8).

ayj\ve>^iH^-cia.-sf^ bkra-fis btsegs-pahi
mdo n. of a work the reading of which
produced auspicious occurrences.

e'»'':'5^ the eight lucky articles
are — (1) &'%*• mirror; (2) 9|'il«, medicinal
concretion from the brains of elephant;
(3) 3 curd ; (4) r^«» Dai-grass ; (5) 3)f?flj
^•1 the wood-apple; (6)
a right- whorled conch-shell; (7)
vermillion ; (8) ^«-^f|^ white mustard.

bkra-$is rdsogs-pa
completion of an auspicious work
or event.

Bkra-yis Umn-po (Tasbi-
Ihunpo) the seat of the Panchhen Kin-po-
che, the second Lama in Tibet, ordinarily
called Tashi Lama, ranking nest to the
Dalai Lama of Lhasa. The grand monas-
tery of this name adjoining the town of
Shiga-tse in Tsang harbours 4,880 monks,
presided over by the Tashi Lama.

bkrag (ta

mdang yod-pa 1. dazzling
brightness; lustre; *^« mdan$ also
qjni'*^^ e.g., glitter (of jewels). 2. -^^
beautiful appearance ; high colour (of the
face, skin) ; -«|-q;]<J|-*i<^« pure gloss of the
skin ; «i3|«|-X very bright (Jd.).

i fair or

Mxl/rr-

fine complexion.

Syn. «^w«^ mdan$-can ;
wa (Itlnon.).

or
dull appearance; bad complexion (Milan.}.

CJTp'tl bkrab-pa (tab-pa) pf. fljwti
to choose or select from among many ;
aXl'g'qgi nichoy-tu bkrab exquisite choice
(Lex.).

CJ'TJJJ'CI bkram-pa (tarn-pa), pf. «JJ*w«,
a form of "H*'" sra?hJr, ^ren, ^^t^ to
spread over, scatter.

Syn. *$p*'ci d(jram-pa\ «J*,Ti brdal-pa
also 1?V1 ytor-iva • *X*>*\H hthord-pa fttwl* ;
gtsug^-pa (Mnon.).

bkral-wa (tal-tva) 1. pf. of
(Cs.) ^•«^'|'^'^-aii«-wn3|3cqi
elucidation (of the meanings of the terms
in the Sutra and the Tantra). 2. to
appoint: warsjor^to engage iij business.

bkrag in the passage ^w-^-gt-
<53»J here means rolled or
varnished in variegated colours.

71

«'<i bkras-pa (te-pa) an abbreviation
of ^nj'^N'q, according to Sc/t. also pf . of
the verb ^H'*! : QJJN'SJil** for flJ'3|*i'F'li5fll''
an auspicious scarf for presentation on the
occasion of a visit or some ceremony or
festivity.

qj]*r$c.- bkras-lun(Te-lung) n. of a valley
in Tibet (Deb.U)-

qijg-aw BJira$-lhun (Tei-lhun) *nf^t=£Z a
contraction of «'T|'^«''^'3 (Tashi-lhun-pq) ;
also a heap or mountain of glory or auspi-
cious objects.

c\ ^

•f ^U'3 bkri-ica (ti-ica) 1. pf. of ^BS'*1
to conduct according to order, e.g., one
after another. 2. for ^'q *«H, to wrap.
3. to draw ; to try ; to acquire ; to search
for.

bkrid-dran (ti-dang)^*'^'1*''^'
the black discipliner of the unsub-
dued; the black and horrible (assumed)
appearance of Mafiju Ghosa Bodhisattva to
lead the sinner into the path, of righteous-
ness and virtue : S*'1' "a^^'^'B'' the
dreaded (Bon) deity who leads or drags
the subdued straight onward (D. R.).

03*1 bkris an abbreviation of sj|-*|w
bkra-qis.

qi<j*rq bkris-pa (ti-pd), pf. of a^\'i. **>'
q-aj-q^-q thar-pa-la b^kris-pa conducted to
emancipation or Nirvana.

^U bkru (tu), fut.of |9 « k/irus,v. sy^

(jyi ?nod %^s? iTrt washing bowl ; to wash
a vessel, plate, &c. : "3'S bkru-bya, ^'55il«'
mt,-uic.-|5«-*^, clothes, etc.^ to be washed.

CITJ^tTP bkntg-pa (tug-pa) probably an

incorrect reading of S3PT1.

N'l bkrus-pa, pf. of |5»» khrus.

CJTJ Bkre (teh) n. of a place in Khams,
which is also called ujj'^T^c. Bkre-nag
tshan.

q3'^ Bkre-hor (te-hor) n. of a section of
the Sgo-man department of the monastic
school of Dapung.

.£ Z^TJ3j'£| bkren-pa (ten-pa), ^fa 1.
poor, indigent, hungry ; ^flfrfl'^fjV
l^fl a country where resources are
scanty (Lex.). 2. WTO miserly, stingy.

"55^3 bkren-po =•*&'* » a beggar; desti-
tute person.

Syn. Jfc'd'S nor-med; «i5wq hphons-pa
(Mon.).

tf^/c^K bkres-skom, contraction of ^ «'
^•^•q; hungry and thirsty : WTW^^^T
^•q|c.-ai-uic,-s)-Bi^| this tobacco does not allay
in any way either hunger or thirst : ilj*''
^tarWlq^^T}) leading from hunger
and thirst to satiety (Ja.) : q'SK-w^g<ii*<-
D-q^q'«^-qTj*r$j*r§ai | the cow's milk removes
hunger and thirst and hard breathing."

qT|*r^« bkres-nas wfam being hungry.

^, CJT]^'C| bkres-pa (tch-pa) to be
hungry; also hunger. In. C. resp. for
"hunger" ; I2iwwi to have ravenous
appetite (Sch.) ; ^'^'i .the appetite
or feeling of hunger ; honorific term :

on arriving .at the top of a barren
mountain, he felt hungry and was sup-
plied with food (Deb. *|. 7).

^, CJTj^^'CJ bkrofis-pa resp. term for
killed; dead.

q bkrol-wa (tot) pf. of hgrol-wa
vb. trs. to untie, to loosen ; also in W. is the
only form in use : «^^'i'ti^f«i'«i mdud-pa
bkrvl-wa the knot untied,

II

72

bf ids-pa bkrol-wa set free from bondage ;
gm-qjarn khral bkrol-wa remitted revenue
or rent ; ^wrujarq dyof>s-pa bkrol-wa
forgiven, pardoned, &c.

fljw b.kro$ (toi) = **pwn to choose; to
select; imp. "ifa'^l bkros-fiy (Sit it. 105).

«j|«iF«i bklays-pa pf. of sS^'i to have
read ; done reading : ajp!«'«i'^S wishes to
read or sing.

^j rka or $5'*| chuhi-rka or ^'^='H'*'$ a
gutter; a small channel on the roof of
a house or at the edge of the roof
for carrying off the rain ^'iS-jj; small
furrow conveying water from a conduit
to trees or plant* ; furrow between the
beds of a garden ; hence even flower-bed.

*f$5-3fpt Rka chuhi lha khafi n. of a
monastery near Sam-ye.

flj£' rkad I: 1. marrow, pith. 2.
descent, extraction, origin : «^ft-^'S5'
SOTV&vqpqfr^n^i "for example,
the mule on which the Goddess Paldan
Lhamo rides is called rkaA gsttm, on
account of a so-called three-fold origin "
(its father is an ass, mother a mare
but in itself it is neither of them, but
a mule !).

Xf II: 1. stuff: *F«w|-Hi-<i^ it is of
good stuff : *|e.-uiq|-r!r*>-<^fl| jt is not of good
stuff. 2. bundle ; a collection : 3r*it'qlS<»|
a bundle of grass : g^'l^"! a tuft of hair :
l a skein of yarn.

J rkafi-pa resp.
1. foot, leg, hind leg of a quadruped: ff-'
q-S)-«i|^c ^rf*rf%Bi trr?: not throwing the
foot (Mfion.). 2. lower part, lower end,
e.g., of a letter : *|=.'^'*^ having a foot, so
the nine letters are called that extend

below the line IT'*!, etc. (Jd.). 3. a
metrical line, verse. 4. base founda-
tion : r*!ar9'*F'c''q^ rdsu-hplmd-yyi rkan-
pa bshi «f%<n^ the four feet (stages) of
performing miracles.

gyn. ^W s/iabs; fl'g'S rgyu-byed; *•%'
§•> hijro-byed; ^'^ byrod-bycd ; |1'§S
rgyuy-byed (Mnon.).

^'3"I kafi-kyoy bandy-legged. (Jd.)

*f-' J rkafi-kri (knng-ti) a piece of cloth
to wrap round the legs (Sch.).

*f,-tftfa rkafi-bkod i||<«(jm the manner
of walking ; ^fJTqj'tW'w rkafi-pa bkru-
wabi sa m?'yi<<(«i*l the place for washing
the feet.

*l*-qj]'*i Rkan-bkra-ma = ^'^ born of
the hill-rat; a name of Agastya Muni
(Mnon.).

'tf.'!*' rkafi-$kyeg n. for the Sudra caste
(of India) which originated from the foot
(of Brahma) (Mfion.).

^t'H Rkafi khra (Kang-tha) n. of a king
of Ancient India : |'^*|fl"|NF||>¥!W
pt^tnr^K^rtwycM-tV^ i "like the
Indian Kings, Rkafi Khra, and Rab snan
and others, their lineage on the mother's
side was also from apes, etc." (</. Zan.).

^'jgi rkan khrab (kang-thab) iron shoes
worn along with the coat of mail; that
part of armour worn like boots from the
foot to the knees ; greaves.

*FJ9 rkafi-khri (kan</-t/ii=*\^'%i\*>) foot-
stool (Mffan.).

*FRBW rkan-hkhum (probably) having
a foot contracted by disease (Lex.).

*|C-qjff* rkafi-hk/tor bandy-legged (Sc/t.).

*£•*{* rkad-gos = *\wy* gos-lham
Tibetan boots made of felt or of
coarse serge.

73

*j*'»flf rlcan-mgo
of the foot.

the fore part

Syn. *)=•'$• rkan-rtse (Mnon.).

rkan-mgyogs swift-footed : 13 '

mihu-rtsal rmad-du byufl-wa ykan-mgyogs
rlun-dan mnam-pa gfig spyan-draiis
invited (brought) one who was swift-
footed like the wind and possessed of
miraculous powers : Jp'wJ'ipr^Si'j/q the
secret blessing of swift-footedness : *f~'
riftvt^Sr^fWrWII (K. dun. 73) having
acquired the grace of swift-footedness.

rkan-hgro (kang-do) xi^n one
who travels on foot; a vassal or subject
paying his duty by serving as a messenger
or porter (Cs.).

*p,-a$n rkan-hgro$ also ff-'^ rkan-bros
1. walking on foot. 2. domestic cattle ;
breeding cattle.

rkan-glin a trumpet made of the
human thigh-bone used in temples ; also in
travelling to keep off evil-spirits.

rkan-rgyu *j*'W| a foot-soldier, v.
]: infantry ace. to Cs.

*)*•'"§ rkan-brgya or=*F'l'§'ti a centi-
pede: ^•*,K.-«ujj-'>i<i|-qg-^'vciS-*>c.| "the name

of the worm which has a hundred feet
and arms" (Mnon.).

*)C.-qj«^-£i rkafi brgyad-pa a fabulous lion
having eight feet. An imaginary lion
of Buddhist design with eight legs,
generally found in sculpture and in
Tibetan mythological pictures.

*!*•«. rkafi-fiar the leg (Mnon.).

*f>'i$*\'Q rkan-g.cig-pa u*M<il one-
looted, met. a tree ; the fabulous countries
of the Hurafi and Tsti-ta, the people of
which are said to walk on one foot.

*Fl« rkafi-rjes ^tf^si, ff^c footstep,
foot-mark; a dog; "foot-follower."

JF'if^'i rkan g.nis-pa mankind ; ^=.'i)^»)'
1^'5 the chief of bipeds; an epithet of
Buddha or tfSfr^v^ (Mnon.) : Jl)i-qf^«-
^W§-»Xqi^^-j« | San$-rgyas (Buddha) is
the chief of the human kind.

*jE.-t]fjq rkafi gtub ^31; a foot ornament ;
a foot-bangle.

^'^ rkafi-rten tRTf^'SPT a foot-stool ;
trestle ; a raised ground or stone step on
which, at the time of alighting from any
conveyance, the foot is placed.

*jc.-^q]N rkan-siegs or ^'1 ^ffl|*r^
foot-stool.

Syn. *F^ rkan-rten ; ^'| rkan-khri ;
g'q'i]$flj'i zla-wa g.cig-pa; i^tw'fq^ sfmbs-
stels (Mnon.).

fj=.'§=-'3 rkfin-stcn-lu = ^'»'^^ the
star of the golden flight or ^'1, a name
of a fixed star (Mnon.).

e star
of higher flight (Mnon.').

^c,-«e. rkan-thaA 1. on foot. 2. = ^'
^1 t^rffW a foot soldier (Mnon.).

*|C.-!ifq rkan-than-pa a pedestrian; if-'
«'§'R|m-q one travelling on foot ; to walk ;
to go on foot.

^•vftm rkan-mthil m<c(<!i the sole of
the foot ; foot-sole.

*f,-Q>$z. rkan-hthun m^tf, metaph. for a
tree, i.e., that which drinks or draws
nourishment through its feet, or roots:
^•*Se.-^»iVEj KHfTT^J, Jg?rc^ the red tree ;
the devil's tree.

*FST" rkan drug-pa or fFITS;^ the
six-footed, met. for the bee.

11

the described as "S«r*l[«» dal-hgros;

mango tree. bitl-hgros ; o^'^ le-lohi hgrof ;

«FTV» r*a*-0rf«ft *S* foot-ring; ******** j3T«*P sgeg-hgros; »
ban-le-like ornament worn on the foot. «>'/»*• *0™S ; ««WN kcjid-pahi hgros ;

tf»i-.flaw qoni-cuqs; %\*r%cW(io»i-$tab$; Jfj*r*n"
**'<Vi rkan-hdren also i^w^Vi, c-0-i

" ' gom-rlals, Jp«T

drawn by the foot ; shame ; disgrace.

gom-pa hkliyor ;

*f.-%*i rkan-ldan shoes ; that contains or «j v<*|| myttr-hgro ; ^^'"-^ mgyogs-hgro ;
holds the feet; also metaph. for a road, ^AJJ ra^gro . *«q-q rgyug-pa (Mnoti.).

way, passage; ^ «^ ^.^.^ ^.j^.

the lion's-tail tree (Mnon.). ^^ ^ ^{^^

^•lf« r*«<J-s»«»» coarse woollen leg- ^.^.^ rto^^,- w^tf^«

gings manufactured m Tibet. can = Q^ poultry ; a fowl (of which the

i^-irqjui rifj-jw ir^a^f the legs weapon is in its feet).

stretched : *K.'«rqH»w contracted legs ; ^ ,,

**•& rkan-phytn felt for covering the
R|3^ = p'fl>\'q to rove, wander; to disperse,

• Ss • . -&.X • l®g^g

^^•«q« I banished from their country, by ^'^ ^^Ul uPP°r Part of the foot

force of Karma they wandered forth and (Ja.).

came to the country of Tibet. *f-'3!i* rkafi bral ftmi footless; help-

^c.-q-^c.-q rkan-pa hthen-po UK3* 'a^: le88! involved,
lame. nf^'wan rkan hbam ^\^^\ a disease in

rkan-pa g.sum-ldan = *pf>*' the foot; swelling in the foot; also

he who is possessed of gout,
three legs or three regions; Vishnu; an ^'^^ rkan-hlros or 'F'S*', v. *ie.'^lj»'.

epithet of Vais'ravana. ^.^ r/.afi.sias M hidden feet) = gi

^

Syn. i*^T|W Byan-phyogs bdag- a snake (Mnon.).

j;o; jTtfi'joi rgyal-pohi rgyal; *$**'*$*; jfiC.-wifjc.'Sq] Rkan-ma rkan-chig n. of the

«I«E.'mlii dpal-fftt-r pwii-bdag; ql^'3'i*\<'l part of the nether world where the Naga

gter-gyi bdag ; »t^'X«i'g)^ mihi chos-ldan ; demi-gods reside.

vi-q««-Q tal-fas-po; «i-««iMr*-fl hod-yang ^.w rkan-mar pith; marrow: up-

tsha-bo; w'Ql5.'«is^ E-lahi brgud; ^'|^' «^-§-?.<n»cq]E,'gij]«1u(^'>i<i|^i;»i''*|5»)»]'«^'q^'3^|

%q «or-tbytn hdrcn-pa; ^Ifyt »»od- by mVtiing in any kind Of marrow,

tbyin-rgyal; W«A nor-gyi bdag; $* WHltraoted Iimb8 may be Bmoothened

•^•^•w rfftw-jr* char-hbcbs; Vfrrfr (,'.e., straightened).
byan-phyogs-skyofi (Mnon.).

Syn. w^* wrfawg; R^IS khu-ica-byc4

Hf.'VU.'^fK'^ rkan-pahi stabs-sgyttr dan- (Jfnow.).
cing at the cadence of a song (Mnon.). ^.^ Rkafi_mi(J ^^^ (TFWK) n.

^c.-«(5'^'|^ tkai-pahi hdu-bycd q<ti^l< of the founder of Nyaya philosophical

the movements o f the feet which are sect in ancient India,

75

tl.zn-dmag infantry; a foot-
soldier.

Syn. *)*.•«* rkan-than *pw& rkan-pas
rgyu; Vfeq* 3J*rq3ft ran stobs-kyis bgrod-
<F-«]vq rkan <;ar-u-a; q«r§*r«wq lus-kyis
hthab; WTfr-'Sfr lu$-kyi$ rgol; *i%wr<#-q
mtshon-chas htsho-ica; '^FS'1^' dpun-bu
chun (Mf.on.).

*F3T riian-rtsa, resp. <W|T s^aJs rtsa,
general name for shoes in Tsang. In
Tibet the sole of a shoe is generally made
of a kind of durable grass, hence the name
*f> $ rkan rtsa, foot-grass, signifies a
shoe.

f|*'i- rkan rise n^n? the fore part of
the foot.

*JC.-£«IJN rkafi-tahttgs=<&[*.ft* or yq1
C"I"'i to have a firm footing; to take
root.

fcran-fu foot-sore.

r/erafi-fubs socks ; stocking.
kan-sor toe.

q^'sdX rkan mdser iron nails or spikes
fastened to the boot-sole for climbing.

ff-'uZn flea^-mfket=3fi'ytafi^ the
As'oka tree, Joncsia n&oka Boxburgh
(Mnon.).

tf-'o^ rkan-bshi, *p-q^«i four-footed;
quadruped ; a beast ; also a chair or any-
thing that stands on four legs; *jC
m-J^fl-^-q lit. possessed of cattle ;
a herdsman (Mnon.).

^'"ic. kan-yan agile; quick in going
or walking.

*F'^^ kan-rin i : long shanks.

*F^* ii : v. 45-g-fl|qi the crane ; ace.
to some the grey species of duck (Mnon.).

*je.-mw rkan-lam foot-path; a passage
where a man can only pass but not ride.

.^•4^-q rkan-yar-pa—^^^ a
soldier (Mnon.).

^' fkan yin treadle of a loom.

1. sometimes used in the place
of «fl. 2. ^^ crrg the palate = ^*pj, which
is an obsolete form: ^'»«3-fa( rkan-
mthahi rnil end of the palate or "gums
at the end of the palate": yv*^ 9;^-^^
%*<Ww5-^-«i "the six letters t, th, d, n,'
r, 1, arise from the tip of the tongue and
the front palate."

WI rkan-phugila.Q cavity of the palate :
TF«r**3^, wwHS-ab-wj^-, these
four letters come out from partly the
cavity of the palate and partly the tip of
the tongue. *fl'«£»i the roof or centre
of the palate: wq's-ab-e'^.^ q^rti^-^m-M1
^'S*-' I these seven letters are pronounced
from the centre of the tongue and the
middle of the palate.

*I*TW rkan-mar the butter which is
mixed with barley-flour to make a paste
for the food of children and infants; bar-
ley paste made with water or milk is apt
to choke infants, so the Tibetan mothers
mix in butter (Deb. "| 1C).

| r /cam-pa or *Wfrt of passion-
ate desire. The latter form q*j*r«i is
generally used; it signifies ^^
longing; «M^ ^51? greed ; passionate :
!^$''FK«r«r*pr<| bkur-sti dan rncd-pa
la brkam-pa a longing for honours and
gain : p'J*)-q-q^-£j-^^ becomes eager for
cakes.

or

rku-wa 'ft^ffh, pf. qJ*J, fut. qj
, imp. JN, to steal, rob; pres.

S'^'SS steals, robs; qjs brku-bya an
article to be stolen; ''J'S^'ir*' brku-byahi
rdsas things that may be stolen ; also stolen

76

property. The six kinds of theft ace. to
Buddhism are— (1) wgwj-q hjab-bus
rku-wa to steal or take away quietly
another's property; (2) J"'5'*l tgytis-rkn-
ica to rob a thing knowing all about it
befcvwhand ; (3) *3*r*v£i mthus-rku-wa to
rob violently one's property; (4) fy* jj^'
^»TW3'-q to rob a thing promising to
return it; (5) iX"F5'3'q to steal by con-
cealment; (6) flm-arqjiir^-J-q to rob a
thing by slandering another person
(K. d.15).

j-q^-qjpq rku-war bgraft-wa wnfrgnrf
to count as stealing.

3'*l*<»i rktt-senif ^wfaw a mind to steal,
or thievish mind.

rknr bcug-pa
rku-t/tabf-8u

r:, the ten kinds of stealing according
to Tibetan authors, vis. : — *3«'3'fl mthtif
rku-wa to rob by means of incantations ;
|'«w3K3'fl sgyu t/iab$-kyi$ rku-wa to rob
by producing magical illusions; ^'Wj-q
hbrid-pat rku-wa to rob one by using
threats ; apwwjq ^tarn-pas rkti-tca to rob
by speech (by lying); 8H'S^M»r*rq to
rob one by soft words ; ^vqwlvdfjrl'q to
rob by saying that he will return the thing
afterwards; W^T^-Jvq to steal by
conjuring; «We«^3«'3'i stealing by
misapproprittion or breach of trust ;
*E*rEj«'j-q ct eating by gentle persuasion;
Swj'q stealing by (imposing upon
another in the name of) religion (Lofi.
*15).

J'9 rku-bya, same aa K'*i to keep
secret, hide.

3^'i^ tkun-sgyig thief's pouch ; a sort
of smtll wallet.

,. *j3'«<^ rkuu-can a thief.

rkmi-bcom plunder; highway
robbery.

^•^q^-jj-gE.-q rkun-thabs-su blafi-tca to
take away by thievish means.

3^* rkun-nor stolen goods.

J^'S rkiiH-po, fern. J^'* rkun-mo ?«,
%IT;, a thief, a robber.

Syn. Mf'i jag-pa; l^ww yyos-ma;
m^-m^-K.^ yan-lag fian ; w^'i ar-pa ; wg'«
hjab-bu-pa; Xwjl chom-rkun; *p**\'^-
(fshan-duA; MwwJ'SS'B mtshams-kyi
byed-po ; ^1'5'« hoy-tu-rgyit ; X«'Q chom-po

.Ja(-3^-q|pq rkun-pot
5^'i rkun-pos «"« byetf-pa the harm done
by a thief.

3^'^ rkun-dpon the head of a gang
of wandering marauders.

3^'* rkun-ma one who steals ; a thief ;
also applies occasionally to theft.

3^'f « rkitn-rdsas stolen goods or things.
Syn. 3^^ rkun-nor; ijpT^ Ikog-nor,
stolen property (Mfion.).

3^'9E rk»n-irun& guard; a watchman;
to watch for thieves: jr«^*'J<*W&'
1*« rkun-ma srun-rgyuhi ched-du khyi-p*o&
feeding dogs to guard against thieves.

JW tkub TH? vulgar word for the
anus, backside, posterior ; colloq. ^^« or

rkub-fkyod-par to move or
shake one's hinder parts, a mode of
nautch girl's dance in India.

rkub-rgyag a chair to sit upon.

rkub-ftegt a sitting bench ; a
portable rest used by coolies.

rkub-tshos buttocks (</«.).

77

(cf.^*i'<i ?kem-

pa) lean; meagre ((7s.): J'W^'W rke-
war hgyur-war to grow lean, thin.

^'^ fked-pa, also lift'" ^, «^T, the
waist, more particularly that part where
the girdle is worn ; also the loins ; also
defined as "IS* n*t q|E.- the ends or notches
of the bow which hold the string or to
which the string is attached.

Syn. q'*opr$*i ske-rags yul; w*
bar-ma; $«'g lus-phra (Mnon.).

"%f\^ rked_-rgyun an ornament (chain)
hanging from waist.

" rked-hchu ftd*r the buttocks.

rkcd-mdud anything twisted
at the middle ; knotted- waist ; n. of a
biscuit (Jig.).

"^•^•*^-*l rkcd-nad can-ma, v. SY^YI'*1*^'
^•'^'1, a woman who has her monthly
courses (Mnon.).

rked-pa gyoii-pa stiff, unyield-
ing waist: "^Yq'l§*'ci'i5''''^'w''*i* the
husband of the woman with a stiff waist
will die (JT. d.^217.).

^•q-yq rked-pa, rgyur-wa (metaph.) to
become a slave (female) : "^V"' J^'5''"!!'^'
qpfrfttv*!* | a woman whose waist has
become bent like a bow becomes a maid
servant (K. d. ^ 217).

%q-*nj tked-pa chag (lit. broken waist)
to fail in a great undertaking: $*• *(•*&•
w«rv»flfe-^-q-«^ if a fox (tries to) leap
over a place where lions jump, he breaks
his waist, i.e., dies in the attempt.

^'"'S rked-pa phra a slender waist.

n. of a fruit

^Y^*< rked-sbom one with a large or
broad waist ; a corpulent person.

Syn. jf*r&'£i Ido-wa che-wa; "jsjN'S'S
g.m$-poche; ^|^'«i lto-ldw-wa\ ij^'ri'^
ffsus-rdses can; g'q-^-q Ito-iva hphyun-wa;
fY"'^'5 grog-pa chen-po; $Y£|'^*1'2' grod-
pa sbom-po (Mnon.).

T\'»>Y*" rke4-me$-ma a pretty woman ;
=SY»>Y*<H a woman with slender
waist (Mnon.).

+ "*|Y* rked.-so='*K*i rked-pa the waist :
|t*f ^nf*'*'^*^ Sde-mig chufi-
fiu sna-man-pos skuhi rked.-so hkhor-u-a (A.
133) many little keys of different kinds
surrounded his waist.

•s^

^'3 rko-wa, pf. *mp brkof, imp. W
3"? rkos-fig 1. to dig, dig out; to hoe
2. to engrave ; turn up ; till.

: . = sifl) a
that which digs; a mattock, shovel.
2. fafao an arrow.

*\'§*\ n : v. S'fl byi-wa that burrows; a
rat (Mflon.).

"h'*» rAo-ma a kind of small hoe for
digging earth; n. of a bird called If *
ko-ma ( Vat. sti.).

WW rkoi-mkhan or ^'»fMi or ^'»>
a digger ; one who hoes.

'*| rkog-ma incorrectly for jffll'w

ringworm ; itch (Cs.).

V-I^VFV rkofi-po hbras chen n. of a
skin disease with large eruptions ; also
eruptions (Fa-.sc/.

used in fever (Mnon.).

' rkod-pa engraving; =^'«i rko-
wa, to dig or to engrave (Cs.). " ,

78

j'^l rkon-pa net ; a fowler's net:

(Nag.) to set up a snare to catch, birds is
called rkon-pa hd&ugs-pa.

Syn. S'S bya-tgya ; (J'^ bya-rkon

b.rkam-chags VSfi passionate;
also greedy.

q^ 6>-fa/s J^wqjtrrf^q rkun-ma brku$
char-tea stolen : iWij'tfvq brkus-tc bor-ica
to abandon or throw away a thing after
stealing it.

"i'hT^ brko-tpyod a gouge; an instru-
ment to scoop out (Sett.) • an instrument to
engrave; «Wj's5'»t fyrko-byahi sa ploughed
land; «tff*r«i brkos-pa ^rra dug out;
«^N'5f brkog-p/ior a mould for making
clay images: ^'tf'tf '^'"l^'^'g^'

*»••%•«&« I in the time of the Lhatho-
thori dynasty there fell on the top of the
palace a book called Spafi gkon phyag-rgya
and a mould for clay miniature images
and brought the commencement of the
holy doctrine.

qjjq-N brkos-ma sculpture; anything
that has been engraved upon.

^J'^J rkyag-pa, also y\'i skyag-pa,
dung ; ordure; excrement: Jl'i'«i?c.'P
rkyag-pa ^ton-tea to cause purging, v. 8"!

I: rkyan ^ar, ii^«j Equus kyang,
e wild ass of Tibet and Higher Asia.
It is found everywhere in Tibet in large
droves, and is distinct from the wild ass
of Sindh and Persia. ^'J6, a male kyang ;
35' Jr- a female kyang; Jt'^vw an adult
tyang; Jj^flfi an old kyang ((?«.).

JC II; or JR-'l rkyafi-pa, also S^'J^
rkyan-t kyan ij*\fal, *W, ^J%^r, each;

single ; simple ; alone : E.-jjfq*r*)'5H I alone
cannot: ^^'Jt'^ dressed only in cotton
cloth: |'<VIt|yt*filI*W will Your
Honour go thus alone ? $'S^'^3^'^»( drink-
ing water only. $*i'Jj^' naked body ; Sfli'je.'
only one ; **'5t-, same as *)'^'«3, i.e., a free,
unemployed man, generally one that
carries no burden ; »)''|'jt'«i yi-ge rkyan-
pa a letter that forms by itself a syllable,
or one that is not brtcy$-pa (mounted) and
without any other consonant or any vowel
sign superscribed; jfcn'sjE.*! said to be
1, 10, 100, and the further multiples of
10; ik-|jE.ci a word that has no affix
denoting case, &c., also a name without
any titles added to it.

Syn.
srab-pa ;

re-re ;
9 ffccr-bu.

gciy-bu ;

J^'$ Bkyan c/iu n. of a lake in the south
of Ladak, in the neighbourhood of which
there are many wild asses.

) a rope that is lowered from the
top of a mountain or from the roof of a
lofty house (Yig.).

J^'i 1 . rkyan-pa »rei prose ; writing.
2. ffl^-q rkyan-tca = ^'ci rkyon-wa iivtiRd
extended ; spread.

je/'Cj*! rkyan-hphycs flfnro an im-
mensely large number.

jc.'*» rkyan-ma n. of an artery often
referred to in mystic meditation. It is
one of the three arteries denominated
Srog-rfga rin-po, and is asserted to run
towards the left side.

jc.-gu| rkyafi-phyag salutation by pros-
trating one's self on the ground with the
hands and feet stretched out (A. £8).

79

rkyan 1. a brass vessel like a tea-
pot, with a spout ; in W. "o-kyan," a milk-
pot. 2. pot-belly ; paunch (Sc/t.) ; **i'$1,
a vessel for water ; *^'j^ a vessel for wine
(J3).

5 T 3 rkyan-bu = ^gw^i hgrim-shal
a kind of vessel made of brass or silver
or gold of the shape of a wine glass.

5pT1| rkyal-ha = 'H'*> vain talk; rkyal-
ka bycd-pa to play a practical joke on ; to
make game of.

J rkyal-pa MHHiii'sfl' a sack or
leather bag, frq. is poetical term for the
body or the five aggregates, i.e., ^'q'*)'
fl|*E.-ffw3-jijrq "the body is a bag of
unclean things" (Jo..).

rkyal-tca «T)<II to swim; yv
rkyal-rsted-pa to amuse one's self
by swimming (Jd.); colloq. "khyal-gyab
khan " a swimmer.

5^*'§ tkyal-bu small bag; pouch;
colloq. kyal-bu. *>'§* a bag of goat skin ;
3'Ji ; a bag for flour 4 'I1" water bag or
Hindi won/ink ; *»vjm butter bag.

rkyal bycd-pa ^janTWf the act
of swimming or bathing. In the mystic
language of the Brahmakayika deva JT
§S rkyal-byed or 5»rs signifies |T *)£"!'«'
misery; JF^'J^'IS or ^'5'5°i'IS means
5jaj-«|E.-q sins; J«Ci'^'|S denotes J"!'^
the exhaustion of misery, «'.e., the cessation
of misery or its ^I'l ftfta ; Ji'*!'^1^
signifies J't'^'IT*1'*1! *'e-> *° meditate on the
exhaustion of misery signifies "W or the
way to Nirvana. These are the terms
believed to be used in the language of the
celestial beings who dwell in the heaven
called *3TV<p F«wfc<cre (K. ko. 1 836).

rkyen I : In Buddhist science this
important term expresses any co-oper-
ating influence which serves to shape and
bring about an event as distinguished
from * Tgyu, its direct and obvious cause.

^s

In plain language, rgyu is the primary
cause of anything, but rgyu is frequently
controlled and modified by a co-ordinate
influence known as rkyen. As a medical
term, according to Jaschke, rkyen is
differentiated from rgyu in that it indi-
cates the pathological or secondary cause
of disease, while the latter word denotes its
primary or anthropological cause. How-
ever, while assigning to rkyen the primary
meaning of "cause" and "occasion" in
the qualified sense of being contributary
only to that which comes to pass, we have
to note the apparently contradictory
signification — effect, occurrence, incident,
event. So we meet with J^'^'i rkyen-
fan-pa unfortunate accident; ^'*1'w
*V he has perished by an evil incident ;
lA^'j^'ift^Wf^wl the adversities arising
in this life ; **'ft'tf^'ti$> jaj an event dis-
agreeable to one's own self ; ^"'9^' J^ bio-
bur rkyen a sudden accident ; '|^'^'al of^'
9f* rkyen de-la bricn-nas owing to that
circumstance ; $VqS'i^'ar*'?*r$ me£-pahi
rkyen-la bltas-te or s|^'5 brten-te consider-
ing the case of not being, not having ;
thus fVSr^rV**1*^! stands also for a
cause of disease and of death ; ^"I'J^
bgol-rkyen any circumstance or event
adverse to the success of an action, any
obstacle, anything opposed or hostile to
the existence of another thing : •'S'r'jl
mthun-rkycn a happy, favourable circum-
stance ; furtherance ; assistance ; supply ;
•W^'^V rnthun-rkyen byed.-pa to assist
in; to help to ; wsVj^Ai'q mthun-tkyen
Reborn-pa altogether successful.

80

:-*3j II:
metaphysics there are

tkyen, viz, (1)
relation of causality ;

In Buddhist
four kinds of

(2)

of posteriority; (3)
tffa^a relation of
conditionally ; (4)
^Ttmroira relation of
instance the relation of
and vice versd) : M

V <fe-
relation
bdag-rkyen *ft-
subordination

or

dependence (as for
parts to the whole

. Besides the above four there are
two other subdivisions of Jfi rkyen, viz,

. 16).

III : misfortune ; ill-luck ; cakmity :
fkyen gloij-pa to avert a misfortune :
r^w <*«W-1» to endure misfor-
tune : i^'l"'" f*rn ^'W*-^ to ^ e1ual to
the occassion, cope with calamity.

Jf 5" rkyen-gyis, postp. with gen. by
reason of ; on account of ; by ;
therefore ; accordingly.

^^•fom rken-gpig rtogs=
y* an epithet for a Pratyeka Buddha

ge.-q rkyen-chags hbyuti-tca to
die or to be abolished (D. pi. 11).

•^•jjfq|5i rkyen-stoys ^Wf^ll also the
contemplation of a Pratyeka Buddha
and ordinary saint; a class of Buddhist
devotees who meditate on rkyen, the
co-operative cause.

'§**'& rkyen-t/mb=^'l>fa:iwnce; for-
bearance (Mno».).

*5't| rkyen-pa q=r barley.

rkyen-rtsi =

SHJ«» TOl^ a medicine that is
administered for determining the co-
operative cause of a disease.

*K*q rkyod-u-a, pf. "J^, fut. flS^'"
or qjjt-qvg, to stretch, extend, stretch
forth (one's hand to a person) ; put out
(the tongue) ; spread; distend (the wings,
a curtain) : *WMV''^'V sliaLs-»nit
brkyofi bskum one leg stretched out, the
other drawn in.

Syn. "i" fckyan-wa • fljprn brki/afig-
pa; If*'1* rki/afo-pa; ^'» rkyofis-pa;

'-^ rkyon-tse in TT. lamp; candle

(Ja.).

q|=.-5)K. brk>/afi-sM 1. literally 'the
extending- wood," an instrument of torture
in Tibet; a wooden frame on which the
extended arms and legs of the delinquent
are fastened down, whilst burning pitch
or sealing wax is dropped on his naked
breast, which procedure is called U|E--^=,-
U^-ti or qjfSjfm-qjfli-q or ^'i, placing or
stretching one on a cross (<7d.) . 2. in New
Testament translation adopted to signify
" cross."

qjtw brkyans fV*Tft prostrated (by
fatigue) ; stretched out ; sjjfcn%*
^ for the purpose of stretching.

^ a wager:
gain a wager in dice-playing, &c."

lku<js-pa 1. dun'); mute;
S^ kha lkugt-p<*r byed-pa to put
to'silence ; %«\*«» a dumb woman (Co.).
2. *$, *J3 dull, stupid (8oh.). The fol-
lowing examples may belong to either.
I or 2 :— il**'4'*'!*' lkugs-par skyt-s bom
idiotic or mute: ^r^

81

-j&i | if one is born a deaf-
mute, one's consciousness (soul) not being
suited to work, one cannot act religiously.
Syn. ft1**^ smra-bcad ; M|'3K^s«r flag-gig
dbul; MI-*>'^ fag mildan; §w*r3*r3 sem$
bem-po ; 3in*w tshignams ; **|-l>-*mQi tshig
mi-gsal; **#$*>' jfltm-po Itar Ikug ; $ fj'
•*)« mi-smra yes (Mfion.).

I : = «•''! />A«-0« yonder. In
the passage |^^'f^>ip'»<|fc^rnrt^
he said "from here look to yonder hill-
side": sfl'Sr^'lf Ikoy-girisna^vif^'l*. the
corner of the hill there.

II: secrecy; lf"I 5|'$t.'»< a wife kept
secretly in Tibet. Where polyandry pre-
vails any of the brothers who is not satis-
fied with the common spouse takes to
himself a wife called Kok-gi chung-ma — a
concubine (Cs.).

N/"

^If\'*^ lkog-ma, vulg. Ki)'^«i og-hjol
1. gullet, oesophagus. 2. wind-pipe. 3.
the throat; SpT*^^'^ Ikog-tnahi lha-gon
the larynx (Sch.)\ also written ifi|'»i5-^ ^.

C"I">"1^ Ikog-dkar the ferret-badger
(Helictis monticola).

3TTI* Ikog-gyur, v. sfl'^'»« Ikog-nrt-ma
(S[fion.) ; ifl||'i^9*' Ikog-gya byag made
secret.

i^fl'SI lkog-g.hi a secret hummed song:
^•jrar^JR'gir^'B-^VarjjVS'* a song
sung so that others may not hear it is
called Kog-lu (flag.).

Ikog-chad secret punishment.

\i Ikog-chos bycd-pa to apply
one's self to religious studies secretly.

ijfl'f^ Ikoy-rnan a reward given secretly ;
a bribe.

ifl'g bkog-tu confidentially, secretly ;
^""I'l^ or ^""I'^'i^'f q<W secret; hidden;

out of sight («7d.) ; ^•§-^>I'5»i gin-tu tkog-
gyur very secret ; most confidential.

8fql'5'£'^»' Ikog-tu brkus stolen ; removed
secretly; JjfTSih'i to converse secretly;
Sf"I'556»i a secret doctrine; to worship
secretly ; 3fT5'W«i to speak confidentially.

Sh'"^ !kog-mJud=Kw*^ the larynx.

^T"!'^^ Ikog-hdun is described as mean-
ing V*rf'«w!|»r3Y<i, secret conversation or
deliberating, so that others may not under-
stand it.

STT^* Ikog-na-ma that which is not
evident.

Syn. flUlkog-gyur; «25cg»c%q ^on-
sum min-pa (Mfion.).

or^^Z* rkun-rdag, lit.
secret articles; stolen property (Mflon.).

dkritg-fifl byed-pa misunderstanding ;
difference (between two parties).

^*\-x^rt\ik0g zan-w-ica to take usurious
interest in secret (Sch.) • %H'*v§\w%'q to
watch ; to witness from a lurking-place.

^•wrrq Ikog-zas za-ica to take food
secretly.

IFf«Fg*'Vtj«rF«l lkog-la bra* hbyar-
gyi rgyal khams the name of a kingdom
of the Asura (demons) where people have
no neck, their chins being joined to the
breast.

^f'T-'l'*' Ikog-cal WTOT dew-lap (of oxen) ;

genera] (Mrion.).

I Ikog-sog craw (of birds) (Cs.).
Ikob fat, heavy, plump (Sch.).
^ **V\ lkol-mdud=^ai'f^ larynx.
ska • this word is thus explained

12

82

1ft I

shows the complete knowledge of the
aggregation of all dharma or phenomena"
(K. d. ^ 11/i). This explanation also
occurs in the aphorism on the interroga-
tion of the Naga-raja Samudra (K. d. <|
178), also in (Sbum. 1 283) : ^R^W §'
*^'*t|^'*lt«"W««5'$*|^ "tka is the sym-
bol of the law of Buddha (Buddhism) as
it explains mystically that all things are
(l«H«l<d*l) not dependant; they are sup-
portless, i.e., have no real existence."

ig for

a moment.

ska-cog or Til ka-!coy the
names of two grammarians jointly written
for abbreviation, Ska standing for ^'f
nfvn q|-qm an(i Cog for *1 '* 'S '^'J^ '*^
Cog-ro klu-yi rgyal-mtsha».

$^'Q gka-tca thick (of fluids, cf.
sla-tva) ; ska-slad consistence ; density
(Ja.).

also $|'>«|*», in resp. lan-
guage ; g'*1« a girdle : q-vipr^Sfq to put
on a girdle. W'^l^'O^o (Sch.) a girdle
with a clasp ; JT*1*'^'3'*^ **J\JK, ^^i-
TPC ornamental chain worn by Tibetan
women on the waist.

-*-* Skt-ragifaan-po ma;

S* n. of a princess of the
Noijin demi-gods (Mfion.).

f^\ Skag = *\*\ kag or ^ keg
n. of one of the 27 constellations,
an evil star. 2. mischief; bad luck ; evil ;
the name of the goddess Bhogavati ; a
fox tf'^1 lo-gkag an unlucky or bad
year W\ zla-skag an evil or unlucky
month ^I'^l shag-skag a bad day ; ^'^«|
dui-skag evil hour ; inauspicious time.

Syn. iftE.w*v^-tf ffdetis-can lha-mo\ «
wa (Rtsi. and Mrion.).

Kl9!' J"" skag-rtsts astrology which treats
of the planets and of bad omens, &c.

qq|-aw|« gkag-lat §kye$ 5Sg; = V»'

a comet ; born under the constellation

of

Syn.

gtmg-phud-can • %*'**\ $brtil-can ; J|'«fy»r«
(Mnon.).

1. satisfac-
tion (Sch.). 2. a kind of expiatory
sacrifice to make amends for a duty not
performed (Ja.).

yf-'-* gkaii-fa sods cut out (Sch.).

^ skad. I : (keh) m^T, TTnf 1. voice,
cry, sound. Though ^ and 3 are gene-
rally used as synonymous words, yet the
majority of the grammarians of Tibet
apply the former to all manner of sounds
and the latter to the sounds uttered by
animate things only. 2. Hf\ is equivalent
of 3* in some expressions such as ^'S|S,
^'mS, which mean " thus he said," " speak-
ing these words," &c., and in ^'f/f\, fy'V\
&c., may be traced similar significations :
qV^'l^'^yi what is your pleasure ? what
did you say, sir? 3v«r^3'q«vfy the
(words) spoken what speech are they?
what do they mean? (Ja.) ^Hft^ "in
these words " is used before a literally
quoted speech and ^'mV^*1 after it. %'Sfa also
often occurs after statements meaning " it
is said" or "it is rumoured." Other
phrases are : ^'W*'§^ don't do that or so ;
mVfr13 to give an account, to relate. 3.
language : ^-^ the Tibetan language ;
the Indian language; q

83

in the provincial dialect ; "'f^'H speaking
human language ; ^gT^'^*'^ hbrug-§kad
Idtr zer the voice of thunder rattles;
gjR.-cj-15'^-^-35'g a voice like the cry of an
elephant ; |l'ig*i'ci5'^y.g^'i to utter
painful or lamentable cries ; $
to send forth cries for pity;
the root of a word.

II: ladder =W*T"1 $ka$-ka (Jd.}.

! fkad-hgag or q\*BvZi skad hdser-
po hoarseness of the voice (Cs.).

yfttfi skad-rgyal, metaph. a donkey
(Sman. 2).

one

who has changed his language.

^YS'^ $kad,-sgra che (ke' da-che) the vul-
gar expression for "fame": P'^'WflY!!'
he is just now very famous.

skad-nar rough language : Sft't*'
i«-f*-*->^q9qpi| on account
of their speaking rough speech the name
of that place was called ffa-ra t/iafi
(Yig. 65).

one

gkad-can having a voice ; sound-
ing.

$K'3fl| fkad-ciy 'gw,
moment; an instant.
^S'^'i is described as
g^'*, 'one fifth part of the time required
for the sound of the snapping of the
fingers."

m^&yqXw fkad-cig bcorn, \. rtwi.

«|«\'Sl'^V^ fkad-cighdod-ldan, v. 9"!'^
a pigeon (Mnon.).

skad-cig-pa or

vj fin* instanteneous ; also ephe-
meral, momentary ; also lightning.

•i|S'$qrSSql*' skad-cig-dbugs lit. that takes
breath only for a moment = 3", an otter
(Mnon.).

^'$1'^*) gkad-cig Mod ^wi*r sudden
flash ; flash of lightning.

W^TSf"!'1^ skad-cig
lightning (Mnon.).

H\*> skad-cha ^w, •
news, report, discourse, conversation, topic ;
i to converse ; to have a chat.

^•flf^N't) $kad-gni$-pa lit. that has two
kinds of voices, i.e., a parrot.

Syn. 1'ift*r«i lce-gnis-pa; nj$«]'3S-»<$-^
hkhyog-pohi mthu-can; ^•o\'°.&\'^ tshig-
hjam-ldan; ^wgc.^^'^ hjam-ljan hdub-
Idan (Mnon.).

fV'ft*'!^'^'1' &ad-g.ni$ smra-tcahi
dwan-po one learned in science ; one who
has mastered (at least) two languages

(Yig.k.tf).

of a

echo

*'*' skad-snan bsgyur-wa to sing
or whistle in a quavering, warbling man-
ner, of birds, flute-players, &c. (Jd.) :
SI'S a singing or playing of this kind.

skad mnen-pa
gentle voice ; soft voiced.

an

(returned by a rock) (Mnon.).

skad man-pa ^tf%^, <Rijr«!K one
with a sweet voice; spoken of the
cuckoo.

^Y?^'*1 skad-snam-ma the princess of
the Noijin demi-gods; cf.

to call

Skad s
to a person (Schtr.).

84

^•wgdfci* skad. rnthun-par with one
voice ; with one accord.

qV^S skad-dod.=itft*i an equivalent
term in another language ; the original
from which another is translated : Sft^V
s^V*)^ whether there are any original
texts : qS'^V*^ it is without the original
text (Situ. 110).

'HV3'qK**' $ka<?-kyi (fdads the character
or tone of the voice: s.i'«^§1"I'9|'^'l«I^««'
^W^t jn'MT*k-g5-qyq|^MrjMirq|wr3. I!

(Mfsfinn.) when the tone of one's voice
is that of a goose or dragon it betokens
the possession of wealth. A voice like
that of an ass or ox indicates great
troubles.

wq skag-ydafis dmah-wa
low sinking voice ; poor voice.

IIS'^ fkad-hdon «*T* bawling out;
loud voice.

qS'« fkad-pa i: = ^»rg-w shes bya-tcas
called ; named (A. 120).

qV*!n:l. vb. to say, tell, relate: ^'
pw 3<i] •<$«v^-)j|VKT»i that a land (of bliss)
exists I heard people say. 2. interpreter ;
language master ; teacher (Ja.)

^\t'^> skad-pa-cfie or Vft^ $kad.-po-che
celebrated; famed.

^V^'* skad-po cht TWTT rumour.

^'^ fkad-hbyin fa$«M singing of a
bird.

^S'S t"'^lql skad gbyafit-fiy cultivate your
voice ; improve the voice by exercise.

j^-&-ii)»w skad mi-ffsal ^^ one whose
language is not intelligible ; a barbarian.

^«V^E, skad-riH i.^mv a voice heard
at a distance ; a high pitched voice.

fkad-rigg hen-po bsM the
four great divisions of language — (1) «g-5'
qfi'ttft Sanskrit, the language of the gods;
(I) a-Jj-'J!^-^^-^ Pifatsl, the language of
the meat-eating people ; (3) vsty^wtrErj^
rafi-bshin shef-pa pra-kr-ta the Prakrta or
the natural language of the people ; (4)
wq^*r-«j-|V.M|-j| Apa bf,ram-fa corrupt
language (T. K.).

skad-lugs = ^'

dialect.

s A, id. -rigs

skad.-log clamour ; screaming.

a celestial courtezan

fkan-te, W., instead of *r«! ka-wa.

hgor-po delay:
^••r^'fTWirl^-tc | (Rdsa. 28) the
swift not hurrying, the lingerers not
finishing.

?«1T, ?K 1. time, oppor-
tunity, occasion, circumstance: «?e/n5'
W* opportunity of seeing : qwlV" skalf
rncd-pa to find an opportunity : ^1*1' y
or f)j£'»i'^t'»''fj now and then; sometimes.
qw»j or Sl^w with genit. = at the time of,
on the occasion of, during, while, when :
^'T$|IW'?J in a moment; instantly:
fkabs der ^nftf thereafter:
now ; here ; in this case ; in this place :
qiiA once for a time ; each time ; wqw
interval; inter-lapse of time. 2. sphere,
state, situation: q«wrvf|v«i fit for;
adapted ; suited to the occasion. 3. qw
also means ">4 lehu, chapter, and is
synonymous with **l* »•**«' "I^*1, <%c.,
signifying section : HW^5 fkabs bcu, the
ten sections of the doctrine ; also he that
has observed them (Ja.). 4. mode,

85

method, way, manner, so the word seems
to be used in Vaigfio : n*rgS'q«w«r«ifl|'V.'|*r
Q"|«'^'«K | Idum-buhi skab$ la-phug daft
gkye$ lugs hdra-war the manner (nature)
of the plants being similar to that of
a raddish as to growth (Jd.).

qqtrqfyirq fkabg gnif-pa ft<»u the
second chapter.

HfW'*& tkabi-don ^Rm«i for the sake
of leisure ; also circumstance.

qq«-a\ai skabs hdi-la wfaK s^rrS at
this opportunity; at this time ; on this
subject.

5jq« 3 ^ fkabg phye-na VTVni f«ll<l to
make opportunity.

Skam I:
( Vat. kar. 160).

$kab$ hbyed-pa ^*fK leisure.

o gkabs-la babg-pa qrf^[ when
the time came ; opportunity arrived.

the drink of the gods ; ambrosia:

8v fp» -ar*^ | pray send ^^A letterg
like the flow of the drink of the gods over
the heads of the good (Yig. k. 78).

the residence of the gods ; the heaven.

«pw-TO*rq skabs gsmninf.ftfa, fk^i
a god ; a common name for gods possessed
of the knowledge of their past and future
births and also of those of others.

»(-cj „ : a name Of tb
musician ; ^'gl'f^ lhahi glu-mkhan (M.non.).

^q^-qigw^qE. $kabs-gsum-dwafi a name of
Indra; *>$Ji*i Brgya-byin or ^'^'V^q

n. of a tribe in Tibet

II : a pair of tongs ; pincers ; an
instrument for seizing anything.

Syn. ^'§^ hdsin-byed; *i|t.'SS bsufi-
byed. (Ijffion.).

^JJ'21 skam-pa stjg; dry; qi'lfl skatr.
rlon lit. dry and wet ; all articles (furni-
ture, chattels, clothes, utensils, &c.) and
food, drink, etc., being included in the term.
11" is often used as equivalent to $(**'*', the
dry land, hence a plain or Wjpr«i 'fj'wi
fkam-la slebs-pa]to get ashore ; qwi* jour-
ney by land, W*\ dry food, W-*\ dry
meat, $[*'%# fkam-skom the dry or stuffed

carcass of an animal; "W^TV'^'^*''^'
WW^'J'fT^I | the dried carcasses of
beasts and game and of all (others)
(D..B.)-

«*»'!5I'I skam-glog a flash of summer
lightning : J^r^HSfrw^f^fl^wW
*V3*-%§'!|«M"on a great flash of light-
ning coming forth, all his attendants
became very much frightened " (A.
17).

qtraw skam-chas all goods except live-
stock.

' corn or

mtshon-cha
thunderbolt of Indra.

i)(*r«i«i
barley flour to make gruel.

^*4'5ql skam-thug gruel made of barley-
flour, dry meat and raddish.

^w^w gkam-dras neat and clean
(Jig. 30).

$kam-pag dry, flour of barley.
r9 skam-po jjq;, aftftw dry dried.

W ^l* skam-phogt allowances or wages
of an officer or inferior servant in
barley-flour, tea or coin, etc., but not

86

cooked food; "ItftwrtWM* according
to Government order ; dry allowance

(/. Zafi.) .

qsrowij-q skam-las gkye-u-a *m«f pro-
duced or born on land.

qw'HiS skam-bqa$ dry or meaningless
words; hollow expressions meaning
nothing: p-|v^5^»i-q^v«WJ5 "one
versed in talking nonsense, as if only
for his mouth's sake" (or "as if on
account of his mouth") (Eo.).

qwti skam$-pa=v'1jc' bleak and barren
place (Sfrfion.).

$j^'Q Skar-ica I : pf. «m* , imp- Si*, to
hang up ; to weigh ; ^, ^'"1, ^'l*
weight ; ^'*S measure ; scale ; qvp (kar-wa
for St*'1"!, ^'^ and qv« points on a steel-
yard for weight or measure : qvg five
points on the steel-yard weighing two
annas of silver : ^'*F (one jkar) is equal
to ten ^ hon, which is a little less than
an Indian anna.

a star ; a fixed star ; constellation :
i«'9S, «^'3S J'*1*F«'V-g>««SS ( Foi. tor.)
the stars that are liberated and that soar
on high and roam are twenty-eight in
number : M*''*r^ $kar-ma-can with stars or
figures of stars on anything, a shawl, &c.

1|*'B*' skar-khun TTfTHM, J^TO, arra
a hole or small opening for the admission
of light in a house ; a window ; same as
8f«*. v. "VI^S*; qvRc-gj'jfatqm a piailk or
board for a window; shutters ; HH'fl^'V
*>'*^ «ii<aqi«i<4«i lattice window ; a grated
window.

skar-khofl$ the sphere of a
lunar mansion ; a constellation together
with the minor stars which are included
within its sphere.

gkar-mkhan »pwf an astrologer.
skar-lcag a rigorous enquiry ; a
flogging (Jd.).

$(*<•§ skar-chu i : literally star-water ;
bathing when the star Agastya (Ri-byi)
appears in October, when, according to
Tibetan astrologers, water becomes pure
and wholesome.

qv* ii : generally applied to dew
which is said to come from the stars :
tkar-tag tafi che (Jd.) to enquire rigorously ;
to restrict ; to bind down ; to flog.

D|V*»S* skar-mdah a shooting star; |^*
Sgron-ma a lamp ; 5'(J''a' <5Wf a meteor :
q*,-*^<vaje.'q or l^'fl ^t»mia the falling or
shooting of a meteor.

'll tkar-mdahi gdofl-fi«»>
'^r or I3'?s(iTTr^ one having either
his face or nose glowing as a meteor ; a
demon ; a meteor-mouthed arrow ; n. of a
fire-arm anciently used in India. One of
the ancestors of Gautama Buddha, directly
descended from Mahasammata, the first
elected king of the world.

q^'fl'S tkar-4pya4=1p'tm skar-rtsit
astrology; ^'^'i=|'»''ci an astrologer
(JGfoM.).

m*'W skar-phran or %*&• a little
star.

5|V««je. Skar-hprefi 1. n. of a fabulous
city situated at the foot of Rirab (Sumeru)
mountain said to be the residence of the
Asura King, Kantha-Mali. 2. the squares
in a chart of the constellations in
which the figures representing the stars
are written. 3. the angular distance
between two stars or planets (Cs.).

II: (Cs.) 1. a penning of
cattle ; assortment ; separation ; to pen ;
to fold ; to separate, v.

87

skar-ma stod-phur ^
supposed to be Leonis. This star is
believed to be the most steady among the
stars and is therefore called the sure-star
or fixed-star ; also called the crown-star.

Syn. WQ brtan-pa; ^=.'g rkaft gteti-
bu; ^=.'gi^-^c.'5 gnan-ldan fin-rta; qipr*«-
*fw§)-^ ffzah-yi rten;
tog; ipTfarg gan-rgyal-
bu; '&K*V> gsstr-bpkw (Mnon.).

^Wff^ skar-tna tfsag-rtsig, also ^'»<'
g-ln-1*!, a twinkling star ; painting on a
canopy or on a ceiling in starry design ;
J'fl* those constellations through which
the moon passes in her revolution round
the heaven; «!**»•«* the constellation under
which one is born ; *l"iE,'fjH a propitious
constellation ; the constellation under
which one prospers or which brings
fortune and good luck to one.

qv*r<O5 skar-ma htshe tTKliflyr the
injury caused by a malignant star.

ahi dpyod «tdq an
examination or observation of the stars.

t|'9 Skar-mig-bu " son of Star-eye
or Skar-mig," the eagle. A certain hermit
called Skar-mig found three eggs. These
he gave to a woman in distress, saying
that if she broke them after seven days
they would bring her happiness. Out of
impatient curiosity she broke two on the
third and the sixth day. These turned
into lightning and the dawn. The third
she broke on the seventh day, when there
sprung forth a full-fledged eagle which
turning round asked what she wanted of
him. In reply she wished him to kill the
Lu demons ; and this he accordingly did.
Thenceforth the eagle came to be known
as the son of Skar-mig (Jtffion.).

qvii^ skar-hdsin star-catching ; making
sure of a propitious constellation, e.g.,
for an intended journey (Jo.).

*P'*S skar-hod srtf?i:^T the light emit-
ted by a star ; name of a kind of flower.

kar-yum works or treatises on
the stars ; qv«j*rfli*-8j*( ^.T^ workg on
stars and planets.

| skat-pa ^f^, £ sr luck, chance,
fortune — particularly when propitious.

q«r^ $kal-nan ^*rmj wretched; un-
lucky ; unfortunate.

«pr*?»i skal-can-ma, also called q«r^r*i
Skal-ldan-ma 1. ni«j«j<ft n. of a goddess ;
a blessed lady. 2. =a'ar<W{i spu-la hbab-
pa n. of a disease in which the hairs are
affected.

skal-ldan »W, wrsrrn happy;
blessed ; also n. of one of the 28 ancient
sages mentioned in Buddhist works.

*pr^>r3*-$ Skal-ldan fin-rta H*Tk*r n.
of a king of the solar race who is said to
have brought the river Ganges to Jambu-
dvlpa (India) from heaven ; one of the
ancestors of the Buddha S'akya-muni:

"favour me with letters uninterruptedly
like the course of the river BhaglrathI
(Ganges)" (Tig. k. 17).

i tkal-ldan fifi-rtahi bu-mo
, v. $'5'ij5| Gafi-ga, the daughter of
Bhaglratha, the river Ganges (Mfion.).

^»r«r«5 skal-pa-can »w, tn^H the for-
tunate : M*'11'*^'*!* mf^ft *f?f'H are
very fortunate.

very fortunate, lucky ; also powerful and
rich.

rq $kal-pa, mnam-pa uniformly
fortunate or always lucky; f>r<r^'wi
fortunate : ** *FW* **>>*' 1^1 mi daft skal-
pa mnam-par fkyeg *M<jqtiii ^HmfftiTW'm
born with fortune equal to that of a human
being.

)l|ui-q-qjE,-!5 skal-pa fyzang-po H^*w good
fortune; q"< 'I'M'" bad luck, unfortunate;
X'^^5'^ql*''^lli the matrimonial share of
the present life; the connubial fate for
which a person is predestined ; Xw'S'jprq
religious good luck ; also the merit of the
pious ; $pr&'«i very lucky; ^T*^ unfortu-
nate.

tprq-J^-q skal-pa yo4-pa fortunate ; q«T
v^-tt extra luck.

$C»r<vn skal-hphar enlarged fortune;
lucky or of increased luck.

'i to place a ladder ;

to come down a ladder ;
ir to climb up a ladder.

gkal-wa-=* cha HT7T 1. portion ;
share ; ^vqSf*rq5 '^'fl* the apportioned
share of hereditary wealth ; inheritance ;
«r«m share or portion of food ; ration;
f-'W* personal share: jpr«r»r*^'q^ without
being deprived of any of his portion. 2.
the portion of good or bad fortune that
falls to a man's lot as a consequence of
his former actions ; lot, fate, destiny.

$|urqp*\q skal-wa chad-pa suppressed
fortune ; unhappy.

5^01 qjc. skal-bsafi ^JHTT 1. prosperous; of
good fortune. 2. a plant— Chrysanthemum
coronarium.

q«r^ skal-rin the valuation of one's
share of property ; the price of one's share
in any concern (Jig.).

skas or q*r*| $kas-ka, also called qw
rfi) : Swq'N ft:^fa, a stair ; a flight of steps ;
q*i S'^wi order of steps ; qw'^SI*! the two
side- pieces of a staircase or ladder (Cs.) ;^'

S|*i'^'B'w skas-gkor khra-ma the lattice,
rail or fencing by the sides of stairs.

^'"I^'S skas-gdafi-bu, abbr. of ^N'^iise.
^s.'Q, a flight of long steps in a ladder:
j^Vfl-arqiTififg- ^' ^'*|-^vq»i | to
bring him (here) a seven-step ladder was
necessary (A. 91).

W**- skas-tshafi signifies a flight of
steps (Jig.).

^«'^q fkas-leb the steps of a ladder or
stair; the planks of a ladder.

S sku q\TO, JTT^, ?fi, resp. for $*< Ins,
body. 1. tku may be prefixed to the
names of parts of the body and even of
anything belonging to a person, thus
imparting to them the character of res-
pectful terms. As honorific particle it can
also be prefixed to nouns in general : g'$*i
the person or body of a great man ; g'**<
goods, stores or property of a man of
rank ; also the religious robe of a lama.
§'|*> gku-skyi't a present (given to or re-
ceived from a respected personage) ; g'1^
virtue, happiness; g'W] image, statue;
Jj' 1*^ the wrapper used by a lama or a
great man ; J'3* the cloak used by the
lamas when attending a religious service ;
J'';fa the inner lower garment of a man
of rank. Even buildings (monasteries,
&c.) are honoured .by this respectful
expression: g'V'l*''*!^'*1'*' to white-wash
a house, &c. ; *ji'(j| rkos-gku an engraved
image ; ^'g tapestry ; a figure worked
upon satin with silk ; wi'JJ an image of
clay; «Tg a woven image; ^'J a stone
image; §1*<'*j a molten image; g'Sj a
painted image ; *3*'g a Basso Relievo

image; ig"!^'! blugs-$ku a cast image;
"I^v§ g.ser-sku a golden image. 2. g or
|J'°i sku-yi may be also used honorifically as
a poss. meaning "his," "her," "yours,"
&c. 3. It is further employed to express
the reflective verb khyed-gaft la sku
hdeg "why are you beating yourself ?"

g'^i fku-skal portion or share of a
respected person.

J'li|* gku-skem the lean slender body of
a respectable person.

g'P*1" sku-khams a great man's person;
also the state of health.

$ku-mched brothers and sisters :

* $kii-gam do-bear a personal
interview; to approach or come before a
great man personally.

g-qq|a|«'*«l»i sku-bgegs chagf disease
caused by evil spirits.

g'g'gai'Q §ku-lna rgyal-po the five divine
Buddhas symbolical of the five highest
moral virtues inculcated in Buddhism.

g'J $ku-rgyu the matter or substance
whereof an image is made.

g' |S ikii-rgyud a scion, descendant, of
a noble family.

J'q«* tku-^car personal attendant of a
greatman; gen. the attendant monks of
the Dalai Lama (S. kar. 181); also same as
g-*^-ci a8 in g'qww^^-Hj fku-bcar mkhan-
po, the domestic priest of the Dalai Lama
who is also called f *1=s<3i'*W9.

jj-q«v£ sku-bcar-nio the raiment worn
next to the skin

g'*« sku-cfuts
ll'i the chattels and other possessions of
any high class person.

5'X« $ku-cho$='&**'%fa robes; dress worn
by great men or by lamas.

those who are born the
sons of kings are 'kum-che,' and the
pupils of one lama are 'kum-che' (Lofi.*
%)• S'**S "19* the three spiritual sons of
Bromston— (l)Q-f q%S^npwi, (2) f^g'trC""'
|wws, (3) g'Sfq-Biafrj'jarw^ ; <^-<i|*i*-<sr
•^m't^W|'«*^W*< (Lot. * 3) ; these
three were called the spiritual sons of
Bromston.

g'wfa skn-mncd = ifMJ Ito-ras or
handkerchief (Yig. k. 55).

g'"]^ sku-yner ^rasrt? keeper of
images in a temple or monastery.

Syn. ^"l^ Iha-gner; ^5-n*-q lhahi
htsho-wa (Mfion.).

g'^ sku-brna n i : a reflected image, v.
Sg'^ or "lll^i^ likeness (Mfion.).

g'^f ^ ii : = §'•<} the health or flesh of a
respectable person (Mfton.).

g'f^ tku-rten an image of Buddha
or of a saint. It is a contraction of the
three words : skit, g.sufis, thug-rten the holy
image, i.e., of a Buddha or saint; the
sacred books or volumes containing reli-
gious precepts; and the chaitya (mchorteri),
the symbol of the resting of the thugs or
heart.

f«^»w $ku-bltams=$a-&c>'* birth (of
a great man).

g'tf"! sku-thog=Q'^' lifetime; age;
generation; g/3T'Tg'»<=§'5S'l»r^F»i or ftfT
|fr*» former generation ; also ancestor
or predecessor ; g'3f'Ti*<'**=g'5S'<'!''*|ll]'*« suc-
ceeding generation ; g'?i|'»ic.-Q many gene-
rations : tf\§-|i'g'ii*-'^^-g'#T»»c.-q-Qq«i-
^c'S^'5q*' ^ q ^ I the three incarnate beings
of Tibet (i.e., the Dalai Lama, Panchen
Lama and* Tavanath Lama) having rome
in many re-births are greatly blessed.

13

$&'*] 90

g'^'fl skit drufi-pa a page ; an attendant
of a great man ; a private secretary to a
high official.

9' TV- tku-gdufi relics, remains; also
lineage, descendants.

jj'^ sku-hdra (kunda) sfffjrr, yfiifoiaj,
^fn image ; statue of Buddha or any
sainted persons.

Syn. y «

rqn gzitgs-krnait ; SH'
*<*«\'S mchod-bya ; V w wt ne-war hjal ;
^•qvn^Mi Mra-war fa/ietis ; ^""I Mfa-
; ^ de-lta ; ^ de-bdfa ; ^*<$M* de-
; *fi 4pe ; «?*i mnam ; *$*•* tpts/iufis ',
i yshi-hdsin; Wfi'** rab-tit
pra-phab b_shin; %*\vcn*c
leys-par fyshefis; ^Vflf lder-b.zo;
-|q-w slar-g rib-ma ; S^'S^'^S^ glar-byag
ipthun; <j&*-ti-N&M gfios-po mtshufii; *%*
hdra-wa; g'9 ^a-i««; ^'^ ner-tshaj; i«'j|^

idem-pa to be unwell, ill;

ill-health.

Syn. ^'$»r«i5«i naj-kyt's

phog-pa ; ^'^ »w-!Cflt ; ^'rf'^fq na-tslia
hbyufi-wa ; ffwtft^'n khamt ma-b_de-ica ; "V
'q hdu-tca hk/irugs-pa ; V w*|y s «<?-
; ?*«'»»'q^'q WO>MJ ma-b.de-tca ;
htshal-ica; ^'Qsniat-pa (Jjffion.).
g'^ sku-na a respectable person's age.

I'Si iku-bub a monkey of the langur
class found near Bathang.

g'*S*i Sku-hbum "a hundred thousand
images," commonly pronounced Kum-
bum. The name of the birth place of
Tsongkhapa in Amdo, situated to the east
of lake Kokonor ; also the name of huge
monastery built on the spot. Village and
monastery both derive their names from

a poplar tree, the leaves of which are said
to bear miraculous impressions of a hun-
dred thousand images of Buddha on them.
Hue and W. W. Eockhill have given
elaborate accounts of Kumbum monastery:

(Lofi. 17) he

erected the gilt dome of the monastery
of Chambaling above Kum-bum in Amdo.
g'H*> t'-u-smatf the part of the body
below the navel ; g'fVffi the upper and
lower parts of the body.

g'* sku-tsha a brother's son ; a nephew ;
called *'S tsha-tco in colloquial language.

$*Qtku-t8/iab a representative ; deputy.

8'*ft tku tnAe-sto4=$*F*&-'& during
the time of his predecessors.

|'*i*>! sku-mtshal, resp. for «H*FH«|, the
blood (of a great man's) body.

U'V" sku-fhabt lit. "your honour's
feet," is the correct form of the colloq.
expression g'Jf"I*', meaning your
honour, your lordship, your worship. It
is generally pronounced as ku-sho.

g'"ljaS $ku-g.zan—i\*3\ gzm shawl wrap-
per worn by lamas ( Yig. k. 55) .

$«(W^ skti-gzugs b_dc= *K**<n health ;
also healthy.

Syn. pw^-q^ khamt bde; fycaX-i^ ner-
htshe med; *gVE^'|»w hbyufi-bsM §nomt;
^•a-^<u bro mi-htslxtl (Jgtion.).

g-5J-qq«^e.-q|aj sku-yi babs daft b_stun
according as his health permits ; according
to the state of one's health.

g-S)T*i^«i] fkti-yi zo-mdog, resp. of ^«'S'
P«« lui-kyi-khamt health : ^' |ST*Vri^*('
g|-^5S-^-fww^-qjt^f | just now your
health is good like the condition of the
gold in the Dsam-bu river.

91

sku-rags =^'^1« gke-rags, also y
Ska-rags, a sash (F?#. A. 55.).

g'^' fku-rtA the period of a life — one's
own or another's.

g'^« sku-rim, resp. for ^w'3j rim-hgro,
reverence, respect, and thence the common
word for any set service in a temple and in
general for a ceremonial act of worship,
and particularly in the special sense of a
solemn sacrificial ceremony. jf^i'j'F'T
W^T*)'"!^'"!^ indicates the allowance
granted by the Government of Lhasa for
Kurim in the different monasteries of
Tibet.

gku-ru a water-wheel without a
rm ; such are the water-wheels of all
the mills in the Himalaya (Jd.).

ST^'p sku-ru-kha asterisks; marks
generally of the figure of a cross, +
also x . The latter is common in books
as an abbreviation like "ditto," to save
the repeated writing at full length of the
same sentence or word or expression.
Some authors spell this word as 3'5'P.

g'$« sku-lits l^k, resp. for $*i, the
body.

!'1) corpulent ; also corpulence ; the ori-
ginal name of Ebrom Rgyal-wahi hbyun
pnas (Mfon.).

CQ $ku-ff$egs-pa dying ; death.

Sku-gfen-gyen Eab the great
teacher of the Bon : ^'K^W^rt^%ir««r
q^'I'qJfr^&rV^ " Ho$-zer 4pal was my
father, I Sku gyen of Yag g.sher am called
Sbrom" (Mbrom. P 22).

1'5^'^JS iku-sras brgyad, the eight
spiritual sous of Bon-po S'en-rab are the
following: — (1) «'£« Mu-chos ; (2)

9 ffol-drug thafi-po ; (3) flif-g-gw^R* Qto-bu
bum-safis', (4) ^"VS'ii'^ Dpya$-bu khri-fifi ;
(5) ^-^ lufi-hdren; (6) ^^ Brgyud
hdren ; (7) fff^^f|*,-q Eoft-tsha dltar-po ;
(8) ^•*-<maiI9'«c' Kofi-tsha hphul-bu chuti.

skit gsufi-thugs, resp. for
body, speech, thought, which
constitute the three spheres of a man's
doings or sufferings ; works in words and
thoughts.

g'«|g« sku-ffsum fiPSfff, f^rra the three
personal exsistences of a Buddha, viz.,
spiritual existence ; i$=^'
celestial existence,
and gTi'S' f^^fw^fni bodily existence;

also miraculously emanated existence.

g'i]*tt sku-ffseft rest and gentle exercise
(of a great man) when convalescent :

when gout was indica-
ted in the form of swelling of the body and
slight improvement approached, it being
the time of convalescence, he went out
(Ya-sel.ll).

g-qjie^ fku-bsrufis or g'liiW! sku-

-*a ~ ' ~v

bsrufis-pa tT^RTr, ^fsfi^W attendant ;
waiter ; body-guard.

skugs = $*( wager; the stake in a
game received by the winner. g"!N'»j'
^C'l*'''1 signifies IS'mTfll^-scai-q^-ei, that is,
anything placed in pawn: gl^'-^'^'S'M"
|-*(*-«fl(Q( | (D, js.) if the wager is lost he
will be plunged into an ocean of grief.

^£'3 skufi-wa=%*\-§3,w to conceal in
a secret place (Nag.), pf. sge-w b§kung, fut.
"'S^' bskufi. 1. to hide in the ground ; to
bury; to inter: £<Vir*i*<'ql!?^c-'!fc'fl|E.*r'^|
I have found hidden treasures and
concealed wealth (nor.). 2. <8TJteiH
(A. K. 53-55) to fasten down ; to tie, to

92

tie on all sides (a corpse in a doubled up
or twisted position before it is burnt).

gc.»r« fkufii-sa lurking place; hiding
place.

u or 8«V

1 thread, yarn, wire: gV '*f6*\i to cut
the thread, i.e., the tie of marriage ; to
divorce. 5fa'*3f»r*$' JV" the thread to sew
a dress with ; WJS cotton thread, yarn ;
wg"S woollen thread ; "l^'g'S gold wire ;
silver wire; g*\'^ yellow thread ;
silk thread; %gS coloured thread;
the frayed ends of a seam ; JS'JJ"'
an embroiderer ; one that makes up a
picture with threads of different colours ;
g«V^«= *§pw?i'9'«i ?jf^«^t needle-work on
cloth; |V«rif*r«« spinning thread. 2.
vb. pf . ^S^, fut. 15, imp. g*<, to smear ; to
besmear; to daub: ^8V£'=|»)SqI»''c' to be
smeared with oil: jfarJ"5V1' to paint a
door: Tfc'S'fiV to anoint; to apply an
ointment; 8V«r«ij|»w or ^'tro $*w^ <i
threads twisted together.

gViS^g gkud-piihi A6M=V§-jfl'g dar-
gyi srin-bn silk-worm (Affion.).

$Y^ ikad-po =&*'<&'&'% chufi-mahi
spun sla 1. wife's brother; brother-
in-law. 2. ^13* father-iti-law (Jd.). 3.
in Sikkim a husband's younger brother
is also called skutf-po.

tkun-bu is described as OT'«>9i'
^ smyug-ma-la btays-pahi tnod a
wicker-work basket ; but a basket or vessel
made of bamboo is called ^'3 or Vi'«

gkub ^nw very low (Lex.).

'^J skum-pa, pf. ig*w,fut. ^l", imp.
, to contract ; also to be drawn up ; to be
paralysed: «q-«nrj*r«i to draw in the
limba.

'ZJ skur-pa VTSTC slander; false
witness ; blasphemy ; abuse : gv^wq same
as g^'i'fl^'1) to throw abuse, cast aspersion
and to bear false witness; to speak im-
piously of holy things : vK^T"!^'**''^'
£)*,-^c.-g*-cr<^twq to blaspheme by view-
ing as untrue the three most precious
Ones.

S^,'^ I-.gkur-wa or J^'8*''ti to slander,
mock, ridicule.

S^,'^ II:=fl5^'fl srtra a bestowing,
giving, sending ; also vb. a. to bestow,
give, send; ^ffl|^'fl ^rfn^^f to furnish
with power; to empower or instal; "*?K
J^'i to send intelligence ; J'g* probably
decorating one with the peacock's feather
(as in China).

jjvq'R^wt) gkur-wa hdebf-pa to hold as
not existing what exists ; to belittle.

jm'*)"^ skul-mk/ian in W. overseer
(Jd.).

jgm'fl skul-rgyu to render service; to
exact service: •T*|frWrf*r«'*nF>fT«|
the son-in-law (elect), though he is not a
slave by birth, must render service for three
years (to the parents of the bride).

$pTZJ skul-wa, pf. «"$«!, *!"i'««'9, to
excite ; to exhort, admonish, enjoin : ft'
^•Qurl^qvgorq to exhort a man to do a
thing ; to appoint : ft'^'WTac^ai'y im-
posed some work on a person: ^5'fcfl|'8)»r
being induced by his words: ^*r
frXMr^r^pr^ll the (departed)
soul urged on by its former deeds and
sins: flTt*S'fr3F' though I tried to
bring round the gods and evil spirits
by sacrifices: 8iK'*ql*I'Vr§'Sa|'3t' arousing
strongly (the actors) with flutes and other
instruments. iij"i'«i and more frequently
'i exhortation ; admonition,

11

93

*^w also yryn't and fjr*T§'V{| to
expostulate with, rebuke; incite.

|«r§«\ skul-byed., v. WT^-
gT3i| skul-tshig a word in the horta-
tive or imperative mood.

skyed-dkar same as

white sash.

ike ^ra, resp. *yn, neck ; throat :
with one throat ; unanimously : "§)'
=^-«i)5Q-£i and "^"l'" to cut one's
throat ; to behead : l^'wr*! to seize by the
throat ; to worry (Sch.) : $|v Vl^ to tie
round the neck (an amulet) ; ^j^ neck-
lace (Schr.) ; "$!'* ornament for the neck ; a
necklace : P*i»r*SH'j^'g'5 the coral neck-
lace of a woman of Khams.

"^'IK ske-tfoA cavity of the throat (Jti.),
defined in Med. as 8fa'*^lv3'*qr**ri*i''l|*'!lft'
^'i the cavity as far down as below the
larynx.

ske-tse or^'X rrftraT, ^t?: Sinapis
ramosa, black mustard; mustard seeds
(Ja ) : 5<|<ij>N-<^ai gMT^'spT^! it removes
evil spirits and cures swellings and
carbuncles (Med.).

"${***' Ske-ts/iafi n. of an old monastery
situated in the mountains behind the
monastery of Sera (Deb. "\ 13).

a sash; an ornament like a sash worn
round the waist.

skeg va<n n. of a constellation:
*h<9|'l* skeg-la $kye$ ^wqTffar born in the
constellation of Aflesd. [The man born
in the constellation of A9lesa is unfortu-
nate, inasmuch as his birth is followed by
the death of himself, his mother or father.]
^1'**i gkeg-tshos paint, rouge (for the
face) (Scfi.).

da-dru
hjoms n. of a medicinal drug (Mnon.).

^'^J eked-pa=^f\t ^rfk the waist :
Sl'IS sku $kyed oi^'W** $ked-$kabs fsra^l',
the hind parts below the waist ; ^'"^'^"1^
^*f^TT waist-band. ^'*S fked-so the waists :
^•£|5'^ jj-^E.-3R.^«^-w|q-q the length of
hair reaching down even to the waist
(Mbrom. f>35).

"fa* $ked-ma, v. ^'^g, pomegranate
(Mrton.).

'^ $kem-nad consumption.

!'£! skem-pa = WQ ^^r, adj. «^i,
S, wn, vb. pf . *wp jftfoer, fut. tnip or
'WS, imp. %w skoms, pros. <l»i'w9v«i

1. to make dry, lean meagre; to dry up.

2. also as adj. H|*r3 skam-po dry; dried
up ; meagre.

q*ri skem-pa = WP>BW* lean, thin
body (Mnon.).

^'I'S Skem-byed. n. of a demon that
causes drought ; ^"'I^'S'"!^^ n. of a
trouble (in the body of a person) caused
by an evil spirit.

^"'SS'VP'2' $kem-byed dkar-po the resin
of the sal tree, which is burnt as an
incense; same as Ifr'V]^ white incense
gum (Sman. M7.)

»'!^'*» Skem-byed.-ma n. of a goddess.

Skefi-lufls n. of a place in
Tibet (Deb. *{ 11).

^S'l^'WI an epithet of Kumara,
the younger son of Mahadeva (Mnon.).

very thin, lean.

I|*wi5-flwi tkems-pahi ebrebs-pa
the hunger of emaciating disease.

94

sker is sometimes written as *)* her.

j^, gker lebtgur pony, sheep,
; collectively cattle.

sko-sko fa.^5 the chin.

tko-wa, pf. i$f", fut. q^or q^-tiv5.
to select ; also to appoint, nominate, com-
mission, charge; Wrtf* to appoint a
person to work : I^'P^ q "^ ST 9*- ^ "^ S '
(K. du. *\ 362) should appoint a ge-long
(Buddhist monk) to arrange for lodg-
ing; 5"i'''^'::i^'Q raised to the throne;
»rqijf»r^e.- without mandate ; unbidden ;
«w-«i'q?f«'£) destined; appointed to the work,
i.e., destined (to be a man) in consequence
of his works ; fcvfr"!*'1^ appointed by
my destiny; fate (Jd.).

sko-tse a mixture of the leaves
of various kinds of leeks pounded and
formed into balls and dried ; when used,
a small portion is broken off, fried in
butter, and then added to the food. This
spice forms a lucrative article of commerce
and is exported from Ladak to Kashmir
and from Lhasa to India (Jd.).

s^l'i or *h'«> a hard cover-
ing; rind; bark ; a shell: if«F** tkogscan
adj., having a cover or shell ((?«.).

skofi, v. ^ kofi.

vow ; se.'JW'qmc.'fli'S the ceremony to satisfy
one's guardian deity by supplementing
what was wanting and making amends
for the same: ^Sl*'*!^ is an offering or
tor ma for a deficiency: i!|(E.'«*,w offering
of some representation of celestial man-
sions, made of coloured threads, to one's
guardian deities; fl^'"!* offering to the
gods and guardian deities.

w2)n] may your

t 1. sbst. v. %«.
to dress ; to clothe

pf.

fut. ««F imp. %**, to fulfil; also sbst.
*«r|(k, to fulfil a hope: r^'" to fill up
what is open ; to make up a deficiency: ^'
Bfrr^E. dge-u-ahi kha-skofito fulfil perfectly
the laws of virtue, r^ or l"^*! also P«'
Sf=- signify an appendix ; supplement : *W
^'Pq'Mt'^'':''*ilS ""ill be described in the
appendix below: ^'S'STi^'r*' to do a
certain ceremony fully according to your

hope be fulfilled.

2. vb. pf . and fut.
another person.

a!)-) signifies the com-
ing occasion of doing some difficult work.

^|*J I : shorn fam*rr, vs\ thirst ; resp.
fl\«c^N shal-gkom, *§*•' <*'%*'§' 't^f-'» tormented
by thirst; w^'^ food and drink: %**'
yW>'*f*'V*ltr\4 take milk (lit. "white")
and tea for thirst: $f*r^*e.-<q*wi gkom-du
cJuifl-gsol take wine for thirst (Kathaft.
115).

"^*J II : the dry land (Jd.).
fa'Z* skom-gkyur sour beer; sour

>»

fermented liquor.

ifw^ §kom-da4 or %*''&'* thirst ; %-%*\w
^jw-l-q one who is very thirsty : ^fi'^V
«-aC5J»4 TjrW TTmTf§W: (give) drink to the
thirsty ; V'V^asf^ wishing for
drink ; f^" mouth drying; thirsty : %*'
tr^^rq^fTW^ | the thirsty will be
freed from their thirst.

fa'sfi gkom-nat eftcf thirsty; imp.
SjwrSjfll ^H^ become thirsty ; ^'l^'^
fnmf«« thirsty.

^'•^ fkom-yaihe flesh of a calf that
died or was killed as soon as it was born,

95

even before it could suck milk from its
mother's teat (Sman.).

%wt skoms-pa ftnTT^ thirsty.

8yn. «J§f«r«^«i btun-wa Mod;
chuhdog; r$f»« kha-ikom( Mnon.).

skor 1. class, order; appertain-
ing to ; subject ; circle ; body — a term often
used to signify a retinue, a set of atten-
dants, persons of one class ; **^'$fc class
of official staff ; also court ( Tig. k. 37) ;
S'^'ijjX class of husband; that which
concerns a husband ; SV*^'3'^ class of
•women, about women ; ^'sfvm of that
order ; with respect to that ; also of that
subject ; F»r$S-$jV«i on the subject of
litigation ; »*Y«§'$j* the paraphernalia of
worship ; «'$(* circuit, tour : S^qgaprBW
q^-^V^H^ J*Wf ff*S« | "the Eesident
Amban of Tibet (started) from Lhasa on
a military tour, &c." 2. anything round,
a circle ; *>T^ eye-ball. In W. «T^
hoop of bamboo (Schtr.) ; Sfc'gT^ the
(circumference) of a man's head ; P^'^l'^
the top of a house. 3. section, division,
e.g., of a book, similar to ">^ chapter. 4.
repetition ; Sfvgw'Q to repeat (Schtr.). 5.
religious circumambulation, v. SjVfl.

Syn. \'*^ sde-tshan, ^"F rigs, 3P» gra$,
^ don (Mflon.).

^'"W skor-mkhan one who goes round ;
i(Vq one who turns a lathe ; one who cir-
cumambulates or walks round a sacred
object.

^••o^skor-hfo, ^v^fc^n-ifi^ \ (Fa*.
kar.) classes in -astrology. There are eight
heads or sections according to Indian
astrology ; according to Tibetan astrology
there are fifteen ^'^ heads of astrology,
such as about kings, ministers, priests,
B&ges, mystica, queens, &c. ; also about

birth, growth, maidens, old persons, ill-
ness, husbandry, houses, service, &c. ; ***'
about profit in trade ;
Profit from the com-
pounding of medicines and drugs ; %i'
«^ra$4r*r|^'«? | interest accruing
from the laying out of silver (money).

^VfflijN $kor-rgyug$ turning the enemy;
getting into his rear (</&.).

skor-tliag the cord of a lathe.

skor-thafi price or rate; also
interest on anything in kind ; in grain
given as loan.

tkor-thig a pair of compasses ;
a sling.

SjV« skor-pa or ^' vq or C^'T1^ a turner ;
also one who goes on his rounds.

SjVs skor-wa, vb., pf., &c., fut. «^,
1. to fill with ; to surround, encircle,
enclose, besiege ; to come again and again ;
to revolve : r*-q*$jVq5-SF!$^§| I (4. K.)
the town that was encircled (filled) with
houses: ^c«^ ^v«-^-§-S)-flig»i-3| the
three men of those who were surrounding
them : «rt-yrff^WwiP«^ | the Chief of the
Ta-rtse mountains is surrounded by
rugged rocks: J^fCtffwrJr*^ the
Ti-rise (Tise) mountain is surrounded by
glaciers: g-vjarq-aq-i^-q^ the Eyura
Rgyalpo mountain is surrounded by water
(D. K). 2. to traverse ; ride round a thing.
Also metaphorically in the religious sense :
to'S'^pSvarSjVq to preach, to propound the
doctrine of Buddhism : *flpr3hj^-<fijVa
to make mystic offerings (i.e., the symbo-
lical offerings representing one's accumu-
lated merits) to the Tantrik deities, and
to observe the ceremonies thereof. 3. ^'q
or ip«ri(^ s^farr the reverential cere-
mony of circumambulation which consists
in walking round a holy object with

one's right side towards it. This is also
called *«'$* chos-skor ^^f^^K Buddhist
circumambulation. The Buddhist priests
of Tibet perform this in contradistinction
to ^'<S(% or the ceremony of the Son, who
reverences a sacred object by walking
round it keeping it to his left. The Bon
ceremony is also called "T5^'^, walking
round a holy object keeping it to the left
«jai^c.-i)fviT|'V«, as a specification of reli-
gious duties, to make salutation and cir-
cumambulations. f-'ifc the inner path-
way for circumambulating a holy place
or shrine ; %'$* the outer passage for the
above object ; **'$* the middle pathway
for the same ; i^'IS bkor-byeg one who
goes round or makes a circle or traverse.
Other usages of this verb are : — w^'iifr'1!
or w^'^'3^'1 to befool, delude, deceive a
person ; P'^'i khn skor-ica to make one
alter one's sentiments; to divert one from
a plan, &c. *>%*• $kor in wfl^'^'n?^ signifies
if all were taken into account; the cir-
cumstances or things available (A.

E.1 tkor-$ifi a turner's lathe or tool.

Syn. *j*v* hkhor-wa;
yafi hofi-wa (Mfion.).

ij|VI^ skor-tshcr on this occasion : ^'
3«,-|^-q-^i| gc- | on this (present) occasion
prosperity arose.

courses; n
rotation, one coming after another and
again going back.

SjX'aw gkar-lam a roundabout way;
the way or passage round any sacred
place, temple or town for pilgrims to
circumambulate it; the pathway round
about a monastery used for holy proces-
sions.

qvafiif q gkor-log-pa a wrong turn : fr'
JS«i|-n-^-q to walk round an object in the
wrong way, keeping it to his left.

=^t pf. and fut.
to boil (vb., act., of. *j*r«>) : 3/*'** one who
boils tea.

Sfa'i skof-pa, v. «f " sko-wa.

& sky a 1. crop ; the produce of
a year, i.e., •H*!; |'3" plenteous crop:
«^i§-j-2»)-5'gE.-| this year the crop has been
abundant : ^•J5'5^w3'gc.- 1 this year the
crop has been unsuccessful (lit. " a loser ").
2. a paddle ; also ladle. 3. wall or parti-
tion, usually wg. 4. plain, without dis-
tinguishing colour, but see jj'i below : f
"I« a plain unpainted box : | **< a blank
book : g'<2 a plain hat without riband.

JCWI skya-bag greyish colour ; iron-grey
colour (Jig.)-

= y*\ magpie; in Ld.
n. of a bird (Cs.) .

Syn. S'H'25 bya khra-wo ; w^'a'^'gai'a
mgron-gyi hphrin-skycl bya; *£% 3\*c *^
rnfion-fei-can (JHfion.).

S'5 Ski/a skya pale-white ; grey colour.

jfjq'y ski/a rgyab-pa to row ; to ladle.

g'^ skya-chen a superior kind of plain
scarf (for presentation) (S. kar. 179).

l^1" skya-nil zinc.

fro) skya-tha-le of plain white colour.

3'SS $kya-thud a kind of plain cheese
made of pounded dried milk with butter
but not with sugar.

3'SS ^ skya-thn$-leb a kind of cheese-
cake made of dried milk and butter.

5'S* skya-thum a kind of cake or biscuit
made without sugar or treacle.

j-lf*r»)-«i skya thom-me-wa glaring white :
at all times one of

97

skya-nar in^r, tTT^T 1. n. of a
flower, Bignoma graveolens. 2. brown ;
buff.

S'^'H'S fki/a-nar khra-bo, also g'^'^H'^
MI««I, n. of a flower; g'Sf^H'^
^T another species of Bigno-
ii in (jravcoL')is.

g'^'1'9 Skya-nar-gyi bu m«r<!ig»f n.
of a city in ancient India, Pataliputra,
now supposed to be Patna.

5'^ '8ft'*1 §kya-nar Idan-ma triz<$i <!«?)•,
also i|i4«H<ici1 n. of a river in Ancient
India ; ace. to Bhavabhuti's description
the river flowed by miMat or modern
Narwar in Malwa wrenr (<3^5ifil^). This
latter name of the river occurs in Bhava-
bhuti's Halatlmadhava, written early in
the 8th century.

S'^ fkya-tcal: 1. vb. pf. ^g" bskya§,
fut. ig bskya, to carry ; convey to a place
(a quantity of stones, wood, water, &c.).
2.=*Ti to change place.

S'^J fkya-wa II : also g'S skyn-ico ITPST,
fsrsR grey or whitish grey; pale- white;
**'g a secular personage ; one clothed in no
particular colour ; a layman, from the grey
colour of the coarse serge which is gene-
rally worn by the lay people of Tibet : g'
n<v^ when (he was still) a layman, i.e.,
had not entered the sacred order (A. 126) :
j-ofv^*raiw (A. 126) from the time I was a
layman ; |f'g light blue. !=-'! light green ;
V«'g light red; «*'g ^fft^l tawny; light
yellow ; $'g rice ; barley without anything
to eat it with ; insipid miserable food ; g1
Q^ whiteness ; faintness ; ^'g^ fe.' *fM<*i-
the city of Kapila ; «*'§§-
the residence of Kapila;
the hermitage of Kapila.
\ skya-wa hdsin=^i\^ mnati-pa or
a rower (Mfton.).

fa pale
whitish yellow.

g'^'l skya-wo spyl vulgar people; the
common worldly men.

g'*» skya-ma hard and rough soil for
cultivation: w^arj'jr^ywBi (Jig.)
as to soil, two kinds, the alluvial or soft
and the hard or gravelly.

g'*1'^'!" Skya-tw na-kha n. of a vast
grassy plain or common belonging to the
Government of Lhasa in U (Central
Tibet).

g'ST Skya-rtsa dry grass.

g't" skya-rtse a layman at the top (of
a row) : qW**$f$f*>ife*7$i| the front
left hand row of seats should have a lay-
man heading it (Jig.).

g'^*i skya-ris outline, sketch, draw-
ing of the outlines of a picture, which is
generally done with charcoal in Tibet:
"fa*T*W*H'fi'^l« then outlines of this
kind are necessary (A. 108.).

g'^' Skya-refi, also called jj'wv* *i^n; ,
n. of the lake from which (the Yang-tse
kiang) the Biver of the Golden Sands
takes its rise.

g-^sr^-S} skya-rcfis nu-lo ^unit the
several stages or divisions of the dawn
whichare — g'^w^ trrfrerrcpir the copper-
red dawn; g'^'V!* nl^T the white
dawn (the earth) ; g'^c.*)'^ the golden or
yellow dawn; g-^^^c.-g-^^-q sf^rreir
the first appearance of the dawn ; g'^e.»r
w w-fj^-q ^cfr^ir the appearance of the
middle or the yellow dawn; g-^t,»rq-»<
*rreT^5 the last (stage of the) dawn.

|-«q skya-lan also g 3 in C. morning ;
twilight; dawn.

J-ata skya.leb=y^i\ a rudder.
g'«*E- Skya-scfi n. of a tree (Jd.)-,
translation of the name Paudu.

98

g«W|

U'Sfr-fyg skya-sefi-gi bu m*** the sons
of Pandu; |*Mfa'#'W«T*rS'**' the
names of Karna, the eldest of the Pagdava —

KVu^'«i5-S>e.- the names of Yti-
qfofo*,
'S"'*^, **<'§' 3

Bhima-se

'fte. the names of
W'^ Klu-yi

stobs-ldaii, #«m-l»iN'|m Tshogs-las skycs V*'
**p, §e.'9|'9 troi^f, frfr'tf **" = SV^'fr
*tc.' Sriil sgrub-kyi min, the names of ^fsffi

-g, gyjf.B/v!-ta g/w,
T^^' the names of As'vinlku-
maras Sahadeva — l^'fS41 Skyes rgu skycs,

g'^'Sl'g'g^'^'w^-Se.' the names
of the wife of the five Paijdava — R

*'%'*, §V*" Skyid-ma,

3'^*. skya-ser white and yellow, i.e.,
the laity and the clergy, the latter being
distinguished from the former by their
yellow dress.

3'§*w skya-slomg occurs in the pas-
sage ^t«'^N'£'i(NN'|'i§j«N'3>^$*'*)«VW'iJlJ|'*<5'

3'5j« skya-lham leather boots put on
by laymen.

|R|'£1 skyag-pa I: same as H*.'§*J 1.
human excrement ; also any kind of ordure.
2. bad man, the dreg or scum of society ;
*>1'|"1 secretion from the eyes ; g"I'£)'"l?c.'q
to ease nature.

Syn. \'%*t dri-chen ; g^ brun (tun) ; %'
*'** mi-gisafi-ma

2. pf. ^«, fat.

, imp. jf"! to spend, lay out, expend:
expenditure or items of expenditure:
skyag-tho list or account of expenses.
3. in W. Jl'S^'^ to slaughter, to murder
(Jd.).

SI'Q §kyag-po n. of a place in Tibet :
yi|-2jA«pr* the marshy plain of 5^3.

|C' sAy«^ TTTO?;; •NW'S^^'S reddish
brown.

iul=' or

plaster ; also pavement ; clay-flour ; mud-
flour; |s.-$or3'V«i = is\«i-l'-3v " to pave; to
plaster; according to Seh. to rub, polish.

skijans ashamed ; in shame :
. being ashamed (A. K.).

skyabs J^TU protection, defence;
help, assistance: "J^'qwl'gw protec-
tion for the place and for the occasion :
»^-gq]-fl]^-§-jjiw permanent and ever-
lasting protection which according to
the Buddhists can only be obtained from
taking refuge in the three holies: — (1)
Buddha who is the teacher is called 5^*1'
Ift'i or the Eefuge Master; (2) Dharma
or the sacred doctrine called jw^w, the
real protection; (3) Sangha, the priest-
hood called gtw'|q'i5-f im, the friend for
gaining protection. Eefuge in these three
completely liberates «ie from the miseries
of the world and secures the state of omnis-
cience for the devotee: |W»!*J*-^if-iS-
3o|-»ij?j*» the three formula or expressions for
seeking refuge in the three holies : (1) *)*••
^»)-§-*43'ii-wur5«r'Jrg«wt»i'*iSS| "I come
for refuge to Buddha who is the chief of
the two-footed"; (2) *Sw*fK*n*&*9*l
i*rarjji!»r $}•«$! "I come for refuge to
Dharma which separates from desires";
(3) #q]«-§-»*^'*Vi'9r3{W'3'*)*'( I "I come

99

for refuge to the priesthood, the chief of
all assemblies."

gq»r*i5fa skyabs-mgon helper ; protector ;
deliverer. The Kyap-gon is the popular
term for the Dalai Lama in Lhasa and
for the Panchen Lama in Shigatse
and throughout Tsang. It is also applied
to other incarnate lamas by courtesy.

§w*<*fo',|"| §kyab§-myon sbuy original
or real protector; a complementary title
of the Dalai Lama: IW^frH'^'^H'^'
^*r^4^ according to the spirit of the
letter of command of the Protector.

f[q*<-a%t"Jft fkyabs-mgon rtse-$o$ lit.
the Protector (residing on the) top (of
Potala and the court) below:

" offer, without fail annually, as
before, the new year's homage to the
Grand Lama and his Court."

gwsfa skyabs-sgron SI^MVWU both pro-
tector and enlightener.
i $ki/abs-bcol,

r*) skyabs bcol-sa the place of
refuge: fW4J«f»r^lft'rtfa|'«HW*«1A^j ex-
cept the three precious ones there is no-
place of refuge.

g«w*|«i| skyabs-hjttg = *&!'*& a blessing;
favour ; taken under protection : ^Y^V'tffa'
*3q-«iS'5q»r*gflj | blessing attained in accord-
ance with one's mental prayer (Tig.
k. 25).

5q*T*|fl|-g-q skyabs-fyug $hu-wa to ask
benediction from the higher class of
incarnate lamas for protection against
disease, evil spirits, and other enemies, and
also for a safe journey to heaven without
falling into hell, &c.

gq«r<ifi« skyabs-pnas the place of
refuge, shelter ; also of persons, helper.

rgya-chen =

the great object of worship or
adoration (JSffion.).

ywn 8kyabs-pa=.*$*M bskyabs siKm
protection; saved (Zam.).

JWS skyabs-bya the person who seeks
refuge.

tyw^ skyabs-byed = ^-o, ^r pro-
tection, defence (Mfion.).

|q«'§^-«i skyabs byed-pa to protect, help,
save.

|«w*« skyabs-hos t^m worthy of
protection ; also gq^-njsj*) f%(S{^ut the three
protectors, i.e., Buddha, Dharma and
Sangha.

|«w-g^$'q skyabs-su hgro-wa or yw
o^'l skyabs hgro-wa stKHT?T»TK to seek
refuge ; a going unto or repairing to for
protection. snwrR or faumpwr has been
defined in the Bodhicharyavatara as fol-
lows :— TW3f?f t srT^TfW f^rowiHm i " I
take refuge in the three gems." In the
same work f^rsrr has been substituted for it
and it is found in the list of seven-fold
highest modes of worship.

jw^w skyab-seni? fWfptff'fr'Nrflj^l
the idea of seeking refuge.

§*lT3i §kyar-phu a place in Tibet
(Deb. 45).

f^'^1 $kyar-gog naked (in the
dialect of Purang).

^^'^S^J skyar-bcag to bring into
recollection, to bring back into memory
anything that has been forgotten.

S^,'£J skyar-po snipe ; wood- cock
(Sch.).

g^'P skyar-wa^*.'* ^'^ ^: 5*1.
again and again.

Syn. |jvq5f2flj skyar-wahi tshig;
sJtyor-tshig ; |*'*"1 slos-tshig; *

100

(Won.).

g^'V skyar-rbab (Cs.) trn»Jf'Cf»T a kind
of dropsy ; a greyish rheumatic swelling.

5*'*) gkyar-mo a kind of water fowl;
according to Sc/t. a heron. The flesh of
this fowl is antidote for a poison adminis-
tered in Mongolia mixed with horse
flesh (Sman ps/ntfi). $$*> duck (Cs., Sc/t.) ;
bittern, but the ^TV" of the Lex. is a
kind of goose.

gv^q skyar-leb the sheldrake.

skyal ijtt swimming.

gi'f skyal-k/ia =RTT leaping ; a boat.

garg^'lpi $kyal-gyi$ tgrol trf^<ir: cross-
ing over by swimming.

g*r^ fkyal-chcn = ya na-pa fish; a
fisherman (Mnon.).

S?l skya*. a changing of abode or
residence ; g*'3^'5 death : g^'^'Q'^ ^Vl**
the great change of place that uplifts, i.e.,
death ; g^'^iwi to change one's dwelling
place; (cf. g'") gwS^^flprq to die; vb.
skyag-pa, pf. qg«, fut. «g or «ig'W9, to
transfer, and hence to depart this life.

f^'Si gkyas-ma 1. v. |»r». 2. fern
(in Sikkim).

S skyi 1. interest on loan; |'^ wealth
accrued from interest, i.e., money-lending;
according to some borrowed wealth. 2.
the outward side of a skin or hide (Cs.).

g'VT* skyi dkar=f\'e>'$"F'W?i the white
fatty side of a skin (flag.) : g'VP'§'*«|»rq
ace. to Cs., dressed leather ; tanned leather,
sometimes hide: g'Vl^'!i'cwl*''''ft parch-
ment.

g'R*-' Skyi-khufi a place in Tibet
(Deb. «1 34).

Skyi-mkhar l/ia-k/tafi n. of a
monastery in Tsang (Deb. "{ 12).

g'J|w skyi-tgam a box, chest or trunk
lined outside with dressed hide.

|-qg»w skyi-b§tumg anything packed
or tied round with dressed hide ; a skin or
hide to pack with: «tff'=.'t"g'q|*i»ra dkrofi-
rtse skyi bstiims-ma.

g'^"I Skyi-nag or g'g'^'l gkyi-gkyi na-ga
n. of a pasture land in province Tsang.

g'gjij*) gkyi-lpags chamois wash-leather
(Sc/t.).

5*^ skyi-wa I: a medicinal plant
(Med.) ; ace. to Jd. potato.

^'3 II : vb. pf. *g« fakyig, fut. «ig bskyi,
imp. 3" tkyis, to borrow, especially money
or goods (cf. 1"wn and g^'^ skyin-pa).

g 'fjt' gkyi-bnfi cloud: ^'i'^'J"^^«i'g'5«i<
Ej-uifl'gE.-gwJSf^i thereupon the phantom
King Kong-tse departed with the clouds
(D. R.).

§ '5^ fkyi-bun prob. an itching of the
skin («7a.).

j'qjuR tkyi-gi/ha=a£*\wc> fear; dread
(Mfion.) : g'«|«wq «A;^» pyah-ica to shiver,
tremble with fear (C7«.) ; to be struck with
panic.

g'-^ «A'y« fa outward and inward side
of a hide (Jd.) ; according to Sch. the
anus.

Ip]"^ tgyig-pa or g"I»''£i skyigs-pa also
gkyigt-bii vulgo. ®'B*I i-khug f^rr>
hicough ; yex ; also a sob : *|$v
wj'q'?flm'^N'p'*i»i'|T|5)fli»i'§t\'£) | " coughing by
those who eat the berry (gyer-ma)" (faf.) ;
jfljwg-q|-fl|*qf skyigs-bu brfaeg-par to keep
on sobbing.

101

skyifi-khab in Hindi Kifikab,
embroidery inlaid with gold and silk
manufactured both in India and China.

J*'ifc skyefi ser eagle; vulture (Ja.).

skyifls occurs in the passage
|iMrdfr%^fi' (D. E.).

"*' Skyid-grofi n. of a well-known
town in Southern Tib., near sources of the
Q-anduk on Nepal border, commonly called
Kirong : |\f^**^rWT^-|?»«W |
having come to meditate on the mountains
of Kirong between Tibet and Nepal
(Mil).

|VS skytf gin song of joy; a merry
song.

Iv'f skyitf mgo beginning of happi-
ness.

%*\$Skyid-chu "the river of happiness,"
n. of northern tributary of the great Yeru
Tsangpo or Brahmaputra Eiver, on which
tributary Lhasa is situated.

* gkyid-hes comfortable : ivi*™
fyd-rnami ski/id ches-pa we have
been comfortable (A. 129).

§Y*w skyid-thabs comforts ; mode of
comfortable living: g-^-«wr|v«wv*r
nq»j-fiff-^-ai bti-de bde-thabs skyid-thabt hjam-
thabs kho-na-la the son only sought for
opportunities of happiness and comfort.

IV*^ skyid-dar a silk scarf presented to
the bride at the time of marriage as a token
of prosperity.

|v|f'y*r*|5fo Skyid-lde m-ma-mgon n.
of a King of Tibet : Iv^-waffr^-ww
^»rfj-fcw jarljv1'!*'' 1 this Kyi-de Nima-gon
came into Ngari and seized the kingdom

circumstances : |IVfqr3'§t'3t' whatever
circumstances may happen : |S'|fl?'«'S'1'
pleasure and pain intermingled.

happy :

gkyid-pa or Iv" skyd-po sbst.
happiness ; adj. tiR«K
S skyid-po Mod-
sdotf if you wish to be happy,
live alone, i.e., be a celibate (Lo. 27).

no,

' (kyi ftofi-fie
always happy ; uninterrupted happiness:
|^'^c,'lf|^'£) $kyicl sifi-zifi byed-pa to be
continuously happy.

§kyid-fod the district including
the tracts in the lower valley of the river
Kyi ; the central district of l\5J*' or tJ, the
province of which Lhasa is the chief city.

§VSP skyi-lhan signifies |^HJ'm'^'w
skyi-po-la hgro-icar, to be prosperous;
happy (Lo.).

S^ fkyin the Tibetan ibex, Capra
sakeen : B^'V|Tt^"T«T^'l'V'|<

yujwcrqi^q] khyehu chufi-ikyin-gyi ral-ka-can
gser-gyi ral-gri thog$-pa g.cig (D. R.)
a little boy who had the horns of an ibex
holding a golden sword. In Ladak the
female ibex is differentiated as

M5

tkyin-gor or
rngo a lizard (Lex.); also called
snow-frog.

skyin-

skyid-sduy good and ill-luck,
happiness and misery; one's general

%*'i ser-tca hail
and sleet (Sch.).

"S^*y (kyin-pa 1. sbst. a loan ; money
borrowed irrespective of interest;
w-j^-ci loan producing interest :
^•^ai fa-la hdi fltyin-du htshal grant me
this as a loan; l^'fjVi fkyin-pa sprod.-
pa or |^-i'^E|Jl'el skyin-pa hjal-wa to pay
back or return a loan ; ^'|^ nor-skyin a

102

loan of money or goods ; f«'i^ gos-skyin
a loan of clothes ; p'l'^'i skyin-pa len-
pa to take on credit. 2. vb. pf.
to borrow.

gkyin-po chiefly colloq. resp. ^'
kar-skyin a loan ; a thing borrowed ;
money advanced without interest (</«.).

i skyin-mi ace. to Schr. a debtor.

§a\-^q skyin-tshaba-Aebt; anything paid
as equivalent of thing taken on loan. In
C. signifies same as **, the pledge for
loan.

skyibs a place giving shelter
(either in a rock, under a tree, roof or

cause birds dwell in the hollow of an over-
hanging rock, such rock known as skyibs
is termed "bird-shelter" for the reason
that it affords protection (flag.) : 9TV"<
Irag-skyibg a sheltering place under an
overhanging rock or a projecting roof :
nip'lw bkah-skyibs a covered terrace or
small portico before a house : **'Sq ehar-
gkyib shelter from rain.

\34 $kyim dressed leather painted
red or in other colours, japanned or var-
nished leather.

STJ'TIC' $kyil-kruA (kil-iun) the posture
of sitting cross-legged serenely without
moving the limbs ; Jji'TFlV*1 skyil-krufi
byed-jM tnTO to take a particular kind of
posture practised by ascetics in medi-
tation; §m?i-2|c.-S|-^i-£) skyil-mo kruR-gi
Mug-pa or PJl^'i bshugs-pa to sit in a
cross-legged posture ; $*wrv&'8QI'2l*' sentf-
d.pahi ski, il-knifi the mental concentration,
or the posture of sitting perfectly still, of a

JBod/iisattva : ^'i'Si'J* rdo-rjt skyil-kruA
^m^S^ the posture of sitting perfectly
still without moving the body ; the un-
changeable posture of sitting cross-legged ;
^flUrciS'garip. rdsogs-pahi skyil-kruA the
posture of perfection, i.e., of a Buddha.

|(TC| skyil-wa, pf. "Ijarti bskyil-pa or
q|<jr£ bskyil-to,fa.t. lyw^'Q, bski/il-icar bya
or b$kyil 1. to pen up, shut up ; to dam up
a river ; $'S8''t' chu tkyU-wa to bank up
water ; S't^'S1*'* chu rdsM-dit skyil-wa
to collect water in a pond ; $'?C^'!K£>
chu rjift-bitr gkyil-ica to collect water for
a pond. When the water collects itself
into a pool or tank it is called
chu hkhyil-wa: •T*STO'H'V'
flj i zag-med bdud-rtsihi btufi-wa mtsho-
Itar fyskyil the exhaustless drink of
ambrosia stands collected like a sea.
[2. to bend, esp. the legs when sitting on
the ground after Oriental fashion ; also
to bend in another's leg by a kick from
behind ; to bend the bow (<7a.)].

jnrS'ijc skyil-inokruH — 9^'^^ posture
of sitting; it is same as ^i'|IIi'2p' rdo-rje
skyil-kruA (Mfion.).

skytt-gafi 1. ace. to Seh. a

gulp ; draught. 2. dough made of flour
with tea:

(flag.) at the time of eating pap of barley
flour the dough becomes formed like a
hollow bowl and the name of the rounded
buttery lump is kyu-gang : «i*r^'*'Sr«ra«|1«-
a'^NWR'^'t I S'"lc-'t>^*('5 on a journey
when eating barley flour mixed with butter
and boiled tea the dough so made (Lo.).
' Skyu-ra-sgafi, one of the six

-S3

districts of p*w Klutms designated under
the name of ?*•'%"!. The six Sgafi are the

103

following :— (1) |'*'IF Skyu-ra Sgaft, (2)
"W'iF Rab-Sgafi, (3) Ift^'SF Spo-hbyr
Sgan, (4) «piv|«wwrs|c Dmar-ETiams Sgafi,
(5) *$«;• Tsha-Sgan, (6) aarfrjje.

I : skyu-ru a kind of medicinal

IT^N-ci skyug nes-pa
not be taken or eaten.

fruit called

skyer- fun.

S'^ II : skyu-ru in Sikk. and |V*5
skyitr-mo in Lhasa, signify a sour liquid or
vinegar (Ja.).

S'^'^ §kyu-ru-ra

n. of a sour fruit said to cure the
diseases of phlegm, bile and blood. 2.
Ja. in his Diet, says : " In later times the
word seems to have been used also for the
olive, and skyu-ru $in, the olive tree, which
in Sikkim is called kha skyur-pohi qifi."

Syn. J«r^g*i rgyal-hbras. ; ^'§S shi-byed ;
syVg'i bmd lna-pa; «!*•*• q^-§^ lan-ts/w
brtan-lyed; ^'^'"I^ na-tshod-gnas ', *\Wg;^
dpal-ldan • t^^*?* bcud-g.na§ ; ww ma-ma
(Won.).

3'%* s%w-r«m=*S'*<5-a=.- tshod-mahi
miff (flag.) I- n- of a kind of table vege-
table. 2. condiment; sauce; pickle (Cs.).
According to others, at least in W., only
the resp. word for a"!" $pag$: (Ja.) gV
IV*! to prepare sauce, &c. ; •*T5*'g'S*1 sauce
made of vinegar for meat ; ^w'l'S*1
sauce made of vegetable or pot-herbs.

g^j'^ tkyug-pa, pf. |'»|« skriif/s 1.

to vomit, eject, e.g., blood ; !*|*r§'
skyug-te hjug-pa to cause to vomit ;
sktjug-pa dren-pa to excite vomit-
Tng; wj'31*' nan-skyiigs vomit (it is the
food of certain demons, and being boiled
in it is one of the punishments of hell)
(Ja.). 2. to lose colour ; to stain.

that can-

skyug-ldad rumination; chewing
the cud ; ace. to Sch. eructation : gT3|Y

Na

to chew the cud as cattle.

skyug bro-wa (kyug-to-wa) or

§^'3fl|— ^-iK'q nausea (Mfion.) ; also what is
\ — / *

repulsive to taste or sight or smell ; causing
nausea ; 5*T§' w<ffi the disease of nausea ;
g<i]'sj-q*i from disgust (to eat anything) ;
SJI'Ef §kyug-bro in C. shameful ; impure
with regard to religion (Ja.).

STfft skyug-sman = tyy&\ an emetic; a

>» s*

medicine causing to vomit.

|*|-iSq|-q skyug log-pa (Sch.) to feel
disgust, v. f Tjf *i skyug bro-wa.

S^I^T^I skyugs-po = "I*'"! s gsal-wa

1. clear; 2. n. of a bird the bill of which
is of coral colour.

Syn. g'^'*<$'^ byu-ruhi mchu-can ; ^T
c^'n5^ yul-fian hbod; 31K^1®9 grafi-reg
pho-na (Mfion.).

SC,'Z^ skyun-ica, pf. q|**ri fakyufis-pa,

^y ~*&

fut. W&F*' bskyufl, imp. g^« skaufig, to dimi-
nish or reduce ; «i|«f{i b$kum-pa or also ^l'i
fibri-wa, S^'^'c'5e''1' nufi-du btan-ica ; I6**
skyufis. reduced ; subdued : il6.*' bs,kyufis
c.-*ui'q|E,*i'^*i'^''J|fa.^q|'q'3( (^. J^ "he was

seated on his cushion after his pride was
subdued." Ace. to Ja. in C. ekyud-ica, to
leave behind ; to lay aside, e.g., & task.

skyud-pa to forget, resp.

thugs brje4 for-wa forget-
fulness; ace. to Ja. to leave o£E: ^|V
b$kyud-pa (Zam. W). Ace. to Sch. to
communicate ; to swallow.

104

,'Dj I : skyur-wa, vb. pf. and fut.

mr to throw, to cast ; to leave
off; S^Si'S* rgyab-tu fkytir ^M-J^,
to cast behind; ^W'* rM-tu skyur-ica,
to throw at a distance: |
«§*•*(« Ihuft-bzed nam-mkhah-la
having flung his mendicant's platter
towards the sky ; $-T|V«I chu-la gkyur-wa,
to throw into the water. 3/> skyur also
implies *5*' btafi, to mix ; throw ; pour out ;
to throw away ; throw down a stone, a
corpse, &o.: *W«'^ty«W^ Wa9
chafi hthud-rgyu fkynr b_$ha(j-pa yin I have
left off drinking beer. $IVt)'5vq fa4-pa
skyur-ica to eject a phlegm ; to throw off a
rider; to give up, abandon a work; to
forsake a friend ; to abort (A. 155.).

l^q skyur-pa ^r bleached; bleach-
ing : S'^'^'S like the moon bleached, or
white like the moon. %*•' 5 skyur-po ^re
acid; sour.

|^'H fkyur-k/iu 1. a sour soup ; sour
juice. 2. "V.1!* ran-skyur vinegar (in
Sikkim "skyitr-nt," in Lahoul "skyur-
nto").

g«> ^' skyur-gofi, also 8*'^ skyitr-dad,
same as 8^'^ skyitr-noii. g^ skyur signi-
fies "thrown" and J'F gon over; hence
one over-powered by wine ; a drunkard :
sv9fc.'^'q'oi'g^'*)*\'a| 'S1^ q one who is over-
powered by wine delights in women : ^'
!*, 5ffe.-«3\-m-awjw|f^S a tipsy man is con-
temptible: 8>^fl|-*e.'8|»rJf^|vtfF'*« if a
layman is intoxicated with beef, drunken
noisiness arises (Bdsa. 11).

«*,'£"*» skinir-noni or 5^'SS skyur-dad =*>*<'

T» -O

*4c.'5'«.SK.'l\Jff*' necessity (by habit) to drink ;
passion for drinking.

3*'«^ skyur-can powerful ; spirited.

skyur-hjug-pa to leaven to
turn sour; to take a sour taste; F'S*'2'
kha-skyiir-po or |"'^"S*>'Ei kha-ya skyur-po
olive (Ja.).

I^'5W skyur-tam ^wr a condiment ;

Q

sauce ; »fq^'«t.' a sour vegetable curry.

II : V9, ^f adj . sour, acid ;

more frequently 5**' 3 skyur-po also |V*
skyur-mo. Also sbst. sourness.

8*'§VW skyur-byed jrs«»»=ig«'g'W
hbras-bu gsum the three sour medicinal
fruits ; also called !W«W(A'|*<tVW1
*UM daft mtliiin-pahi $kyur-byed pmm "the
three tnyrobolau which agree with all " and
are : — (1) w% a-ru, (2) *$ ba-ru, (3) |'5
skyu-ru (Suutn. 447).

§v»< skyur-ma abortion ; in JF. $'1^ <••//«-
&kytt>; l^fi^ gyrd fkyitt; capital punish-
ment in Tibet, when the delinquent, with
a weight fastened to his neck, is thrown
from a rock into a river (/a.).

gv& skyttr-mo leaf of the Eld plant;
Skttaria cardamomum, v. fr*fa*f (Mnon.).

S*>'^ $kmtr-rtsi=%e>'"i\'i>f<* fin-ka pad-

•^

tha a kind of lemon (Mnon.).

S^'t"^ rskynr-rtsi chiiA TTntiF the
smaller species of orange.

5^'J"3^'3 skyur-rtsi c/tcn-po *t**(\< n.

v

of a kind of lemon.

Syn. *i so-rtsi; |3)1«'^ leys-Msin ;
^q-fll^-d'^q) rab-ffna$ mv.-twj ; l^'l snin-rje ;
"l^'S^'l^ pso-dyah-bi/ed ; Jj*rw«£w r>*«»»-
par-mdses (Mnon.).

y>'%F tkyvr-fM=**f1F3lF rag-chuft
fiti u. of a plant (Mnon.).

|?J {Ay«j, ace. to ScA. l^'^l'" ?*y!«s

N3

thoy-pa altogether: S^'^'aT" skyug-su

Mog-pa to pronounce jointly, viz., two

consonants without a vowel between
them (/a.).

105

skye, v. f S gkyed, and |'«i $kyc-wa.

^ -jfl skye-bo kun
all beings. This word is sometimes writ-
ten as |'J skye-rgu. «£} dgu "nine," in
the word |-l\3 skye-dgu signifies many: j'
«^j-*)yq skye-dgu marufi-iva or f -«\3'*r§*.'
q$-qwq«^ gtyg dgu-ma rufi-wahi bsam-pa
can wicked and vicious animals or sensate
beings (K. du. *| 453).

i skye-dguhi
tkar-ma snar-ma ftlWNwi 1. n. of the
fourth constellation (Mfion.). 2. *w«i the
god Brahma of the Hindus (Mnon.).

Skyc-dgu-hi bdag-mo,
the step-mother and first gover-
ness of Buddha ; also a name of the
goddess Paldan Lhamo.

gro=o^^ hgro-wa
beings or moving beings; also |'5 skye-bo
human being (Mnon.).

skye-hgro yofa-kyi
honey (Sman. 73).

, | '^ skye-rgas, contraction of | •q^e.-^-q^
fkye-wa dnfi rga-icas, by birth and old age,
i.e., death.

| 'if skyf-sgo 1. entrance to rebirth,
viz., to one of the six regions of birth:
i'^'"l*lV£< skye-sgo ^cod-pa to prevent birth,
to lock it up 2. face: I'^iiwi skye-
tgo legs-pa a handsome face ; |'f's^'i skye-
sgo shan-pa an ugly face ; also P'^'g^g"'
atql«'£) kha-igo skye-hbras legs-pa is said
for having a handsome exterior.

|'^ $kye-fia», flnm.fr lit. "a bad
man," but also a dwarf.

I'^S skye-mched 1:=^-% v^ftnf the
sources and places of origin of the senses.

Of these there are four : — (1)

"mrj-w!^ nam mkhah tnthah ya$ $kye-

mched ^rr^ri^i'i>rij|^d«i a world as infi-

nite as the sky; (2)

rnthah ya$ §kye-mched

a world as formless as consciousness ;
(3) 3-«<=.-sl'VC|S-|-*i^ d.yafi med.pahi skye-
mched ^f^^r^nm a world as unlimited

as void; (4) ^

yes-med hdw-qes-med mifi $kye-mched

a world where there is

neither consciousness nor unconsciousness.

| '*&S ii : the inner and outward organs
of sense.

|-«l^-jtj-q^ skye-mchcd mu-bshi is said to
mean jt^fq-pw!1**-, n. of the world.

|-^-sJ^ q skye-bchi med-pa without birth
or death ; eternal.

f'"H*i §kye-gna$ 1. birth-place ; station
or locality of a plant ; also = S'^qc sfffo
the female generative organ. 2. srrftf the
state or sphere of birth or rebirth ; g«i'SE.'3)'
f 'S byol-$ofi-gi skye-wa the being born as
an animal; |'^'^ skye-wa, bshioi |'"I^'
Q^ $kye-gna$ bshi the four states or ways
of being born.

' mifi-srtfi brother and sister (Mfion.).
'^ I : skye-wa pf . skyes to be born :

i fia-la lu skyes-pa yin I have
given birth to a son, or to me a son has
been born. w»r|*) mftal skyes or wra^r
g'1! mnaf-nas skye-wa ^n.i«jsj viviparous;
born of the womb, ^'f sgofi skyes or ^"-
£.a(N'|'q sgo fia-la$ skye-wa ^pssi born
out of an egg or oviparous; ^'ij^^-l^
drod-^er skyes ^?sr moisture-sprung;
born out of heat and humidity; f*»'|N
rdsus-skycs ^MMl^* apparitional ; born
in a supernatural way like the gods who,

15

106

it is said, spring out from lotus flowers ;
also the inhabitants of the infernal re-
gions; souls in that state of existence
between death and rebirth which is called
flv^ bar-do ; 5'g»! pho-skyes a male ; a
man; also one who has done a manly
work; S'jw mo-$kyes a woman; female:
j|'qg<j| skije-ga-nahchi-icahi gdug-
the evils of birth — old age, sickness
and death.

S'C| II : skye-wa arrfr 1. the being
born ; the birth ; also re-birth ; j'awTfq §kyc-
wa mtho-ica high birth ; of high birth ;
nobleman; male; jj'q'swn skye-u-a dntah-
tta or 3'*\*« fkye-tfrnah or I'S** skyc-dman
of low birth ; ignoble ; also a woman : ft'
qwtfrg* I'l'^^ mi-lu.9 thob-kyafi fki,e-tra
dinan born a human being, it is true, but
only a female. 3*1'"^ skyeg-dman, in collo-
quial kyer-men, a vulgar word for wife or
woman : He " skycr-mcn " my woman or
wife: ftvJ'i'Pfa'i mir $kye-wa bshen-pa to
take or assume rebirth, existence, life.

M'^ III : 1. to become; to begin to
exist; to arise: fS*W*'l'|«***'^w1^ ut
w morbus ullus nascatur, natus quoque sedftur
(Jd.), ^'g«'«i5^w|«-§ khe-hu khros-pahi
sems-skyes-te the youth — thoughts of wrath
arising (in him). 2. to grow (»0.see')
I'l valleys where corn grows:
fu mgo-la skye a horn is growing on
the head. 3. =^«i-q *%*, <5^j, %fprw
growing up, or grow up; thriving. 4.
to grow (cresccre) ; ^* cher or ^'efc'j's
chen-por $kye-tca to grow up ; to grow tall :
W3E.'$<sr$'.*Y^|*r« ras-kyaii lus-kyi tshad-
du skyeg-so the garment also grew to the
measure in proportion to the growth of
the body, i.e., jai'^'W'!*)'* rtul-phod-par
o, he grew up a valiant man ; became

a valiant man ; to bud, germinate, sprout ;
in W. to accelerate the germinating of
the seed by maceration.

S'^-J IV: 1. v. 3'"H* skye-ynas in a
concrete sense the reborn individual : $**'
g-jj-q 5)^ yum-gyi fkye-tca yin she ie the
rebirth of the mother. 2. the arising,
etc 3. the growing, etc.

J'l'S"! gkye-tca ryal=^'^ skye-pa a
person.

jj'p'*<Vap?S $kye-ica ryyun-ffcod to stop
the continuance of birth — to interrupt
it.

Syn. STI}*! brag-sprai ; 1«r*>c,- gab wifi
(Mi*.).

5'1'g'i tkye-wa ina-pa=^'^J^'^u>^'e-^
dufi-d.knr gyag-hkhyil ^ftror^asig'a conch -
shell with its coil reverting to the right
instead of to the left (Mnon.).

§'*>'g skye-iea ffia srnisj*Jl former
birth ; anterior birth ; |'i-g'«5^'f« gkye-ica
sfia-mahi re-kha the lines or marks in
the hand or head which are supposed to
represent the symbols of one's acts in a
former life.

tkye-wa rjithun-pa is defined as

par ski/e wahm niii-gcig skye-wa " the being
born of one and the same lineage or the
being born on one day."

skye-wa dad hjig-pa birth
and death, or passing away; frequently
of thoughts, passions, &c. (the person as
well as the thing in the accusative).

skyc-tfa dran-pa
remembrance of a former birth.

107

skye-wa b_dun seven periods of
life.

|-q-<^s( skye-wa hdi-la in this my
present period of life.

§'if^ skyc-ldan = $*w-*^ seme-can
animated beings (llfnon.).

| '|w gkye-ldum a plantain (in Zayul)
(Snd. Hbk.).

to copulate.

Syn. VP'*<3^'SS dgah-mgur Spyod; *1*T
gS chags-spyod; "^'^"l'^ hdod-log Spyod;
«^qc,'q-flf^*j-|^ dwan-po gnis sbyor;
log-yyem; *\^'^ ysiA-spyod;
mi-t shafts tpyod (Jtfnon.) .

g'q'^'w skye-wa phyi-ma=.*&\
phyi-ma future birth or existence.

tshe

an

animalculoe ; also a small grain
skye-wa g.shan

a future
or previous birth.

skye-wa rig-pa inherited intel-

ligence:

khams thams-rad hbyun-wa Inar yes-pas

wa rig-pa that all the elements from

which we spring are known to be five is

hereditary knowledge.

g-qiv«'-5^ skye-wahi cha-can = Q a dog.

Syn. ^'|5-»(|ii'»4 rdo-rjehi mjug-ma; §*•'
5]9.'XfljN sen-gehi rigs; 5^'^'1s1-ql*^ grong-gi
gcan-gzan (Mfion.).

|-q5-ai»i-§f skye-ioahi lani-ster=* ma
mother (Mnon.).

of high birth ; man.

or

» H skye-bo 1. a general name for all
living creatures: ^'T^isri'1'5 mi la-sogs-
pa skye-bo man and other living beings.
2. people; mankind; ^T*is*r|'5 hphrul
bcas skye-bo infatuated men , |'5'»fm'«rflpaf
$»w skye-bo mkhas-pa g.shan rnams other
intellectual people ; |'9I»K'fi5'^S>^;*l'q
skye-bo maft-pohi yid-du hofi-u-a beloved
by many; *>'^"I'|'^ mi-nag skye-bo lay-
men (on account of the dimness of their
religious knowledge) ; 5'S'g'Jf so-so skye-
bo ^WSFT 'the lower clergy, common
monks, but also simple laymen if they
are not quite without religious know-
ledge; not of saintly origin; not an
incarnate Lama ; j'f'tiW*^'«CIH'1^ skye-bo
t/tami-cfiad la phan-yon ^T«r«r5re; useful
to all ; of public utility.

Syn.

skye-hgro.

l'5'q^N'q skye-bo bkres-pa hungry per-
son: l&^vil^'ffc-l'S-qjm-ti skye-bo bkres-pa
the people residing in that country (or
continent) are (always) hungry (K. d. >

skye-bo fian-pa is*s a charla-
tan ; a knave : I'^'^^'^frFT^I, |'5-
^"'i'5l|I'w§S skye-bo f.an dafi hgrogs-pa-yis,
skye-bo dam-pa rlag-par byetf by friendship
with a bad man a holy man is spoiled
(Can.).

gkye-bo dam-pa ^apr a good
or holy man ; an incarnate being.

skye-bo
place of habitation.

skye-bo phal-po-chefti

inheritance; heritage.

phan-pa w&( 4rlH*|tim
use to the general public.

of good or

108

|>q*-4^<Zj-% fkye-bo tshnn-po-che a large
number of men ; a crowd ; *1'Q tshan-po
implying a large number.

$kye-bo g.no-thig n. of a
treatise on ethics by Nagarjuna (Tan d.

-bohi gtam
popular talk ; rumour.

skye-bohi tshog «r«T<rr assem-

bly ; a crowd.

the harlots (Mflon.).

n.).

mahi g.tso-mo queen of

v.

smatf-htshon mahi gtso-mo

j'J5«-^-ti skyc-bos dwen-pa a solitary
man.

|-*)^-q^-»r^-q $kye-mc4 btsau-sa sin-pa
attained to an exalted state of existence
from which there is no rebirth.

skye-r mod '?=$*'$ H wo skyc-bu
rmofit-pa a stupid man ; one who is sunk
in pleasures or sordid acts.

5'* skye-tshe Trfaigrr mustard; J'^5-
R§ skyc-tshehi hbru Trf^raT rns^t mustard
grain.

S3 skye-zla (keh-dd.) the month or the
particular phase of the moon in which
one is born ( Ya-sel. 11).

(kye-rags, v. $T1«m for skc-rags,
girdle. The term in Mil. book, $kye-
rags-kyi rat hdi, seems an inversion of the
intended order of the words.

a tree with a huge trunk.

rkafi

I'^'S'Si^' tkye-ser-gyi rlufi the cold
north wind called skyefi-ner rlufi in Mil. :

byafi skye-ser-gyi rlufi-po ma, rgyab-na
Iho-ru tsan-dan-gyi-nags mi-hgul if the
north wind does not blow, the sandal
trees in the south do not move.

fkye-sritf «a-ion=i father

(Mfioii.).

$kyeg= keg or kag misfortune.

skyeys 1. n. of a bird;
clnt-skycgi coot ; water-hen (Sch.) •
ri-ikypgs a large singing bird (Cs.) ; also
according to Sch. grouse ; heath cock. 2.
rgya-gkyegt shell-lac (Jd.).

£'3 $kyen-wa or J=.*r<i skycfis-pa
i to be ashamed ; shame ; bashfuliiess :
P'jiE-'£' kha skyefi-wa or q«r$*'q s/ial
u-a to be unable to reply out of shame.

E,- $kyeti-ser rlufi, v.
fkye-ser-gyi rlufi.

med

shameless (Mnon.).

^ tkyed and | $kye 1. growth; pro-
gress; increase: 3>'|*\ tshe-skyed longe-
vity or increase of life : 3!*»'f *\ lu$ ?kycd
growth of the body : «^e.-«ic.-|«> dwafi-thaft
fkyetf growth of wealth and power : ?<«r
1^ stobs-skyed increase of strength : $*'"'
|S nus-pa skycd increase of efficacy or
ability : jV^v^vq skycd che-war hgiiur-
wa to grow much : *W§'!'| V£"<'^'lVTf V*
gshan-gyi zla skycd-pa$ dc'hi shng-$ky/'4
che his daily growth was greater than the
growth of others in a month (Jd.) : $vq5-
yur-wahi chu-yis shin

109

just as the water of the irrigation
canals makes growth in the fields ; |V
5«rn£-q fkyed-kyis htsho-wa to nurse up;
IS'^fc' gkyed-yofl shall make progress. 2.
interest ; profit ; gain : W'|S dnul-gkyctf
profit in silver or money ; *g'g^ hbru-skyed.
interest of corn loan ; i'V^'^'i skyed-du
ytafl-wa to lay out or to give on interest
(C».) : ^'I'l •V'l'S nad-la skyed med. (this)
is of no use for that disease ( J2.).

|S'^" skyrd-sgo, not improbably $*'%
rgyal-sgo, principal door (Ja.).

f Y«^ skyc4-can i : yielding interest or
profit (Cs.).

|V«^ it : ?kyed-can, v. &Y«fi'|"r3§e,'3
tsan-dan fbrul-gyi snin-po, the sandal wood
called 'snake's heart' (Sj.rton.).

iS'3*! skyed-cig "H'lvS1"! yar-skyed cig
let it grow up, thrive.

g^*^ I : $kyed.-pa vb. pf . i|S
act. to f 'i skye-wa, to procreate, gene-
rate, and, sometimes, to bring forth ; give
birth to: •^ST9*'*V$V*'l«'V-'« f» *ArOfl

lug Mi, bskyrd-pahi pha dafi ma the
parents who generated this body of blood
and flesh : *s.»r j»r«*w*^'i|X'«i5><w^iioj*i
tans-rgyas thams-cad bskyi'4-pahi gab dan
yum the father and mother who have
begotten all the Buddhas : fYl'S skyed-
bycd. tree.

S^'^J II: 1. to produce, form, cause;
and metaph. to generate (opposite to *>Viv
^1 mctf-par lyed-pa to destroy, annihi-
late), e.g., diseases, fear, roots of virtue,
merit: n?i«^*w'S'*''l*r«<'^ the accumula-
tion of merits or the seed or germ of virtue.
Fig. *g«'9 hbras-bu retribution: !JfI''£'ilV
q^ ^S-ii-*ruiE.-|f£r$e.-3^§*r<>^ spro-wa btfcyed.-
pas, dehi pha-ma-yafi spro-wa cufi-sad skyes-
nas joy having arisen (in him), his parents

also were caused a little joy :
if 1'^5^'^gV1^ thams-cad-kyis brtson-hgms
bskyed-do they all created zeal ; took great
pains : Swm*r£ri|Y^*< ces bsam-pa bskyed..
nas thus were thoughts generated (Ja).
2. fS'i skyeg-pa or |^'3 skycd-po
SM* father.

skyed-hphel ^n

H9«l5fc.- yod-pas med-la bu-lon gkyed-hphel
thoft (the rich one) who has' should give
loan on interest to one who has not
(Kalhaft. *\ 115).

i^'l*\ $kyed-byed applies to father or
earth; also to a tree ; lYlV" skyed lyed-
pa blowing: ^'SYS^'iVtV./? srid rlun-
ni skyed byed-pa ii^-ffr «|^d: as the wind
blows (A. K. 2-7).

I'V* $kyed-ma = %^'§^'N skyed-byed ma
mother ; also »T*rr shadow ; shade.

skyed-tshal f?gi^, ^TR, ^tf?R
the so-called Tibetan park ; artificial grove ;
also f «v35«r<*oi skyed-mos tshal.

|5'^»< tkyed-rim ^q^mK the kind of
Tantrik meditation in which one has to
imagine himself to be a god with a view
ultimately to be changed into a god :
I*<<|«r^*» rdsoc/s-rim, *wnjnm, in which
according to the Tantrik process one has
to pass through five stages of development
before attaining the Bodhisatva rank.

thorn.

mgyog$-pa

(&ag.) 1. quick, swift : 0'«l'|^« khro-la
gkyen-pa or ^^'J^''' fdafi gkyen-pa swift to
wrath : §^'|^'c' byed fkyen-pa. 2. rash,
hasty, precipitate. 3. nimble; dexterous:
tffc.'|^q hphofi $kyen-pa dexterous in
shooting ; a skilful archer.

g^'«i sky en-la colloq. C. "upwards"
(8nd. Hbk. 9Q.

110

JJ'SJ skycm- »«,resp. to be thirsty ; 8»w

p

ski/ems 1. thirst. 2. drink, beverage,
especially beer; also <^r|*w shal-skyems or
s\ar$f*W shal-skomf ; jw^'ti ski/ems hdren-
pa to offer or set before an honoured person
something to drink ; |wrq^«r« gkyems
bsheg-pa to accept of it; to take it ; §*»>'
orfl|lfa'W§'V£! (kyems-la ffsol-ra$ bycd-pa to
be permitted to drink beer in company ;
"J^I^'S'w gfcgs-skyems a carousal on the
departure of an honoured person ; drink-
offerings to a lama on his departure (Mil.
I* 12a) ; «|%V|*w ffser-gkycms an offering
of beer or wine to the gods for the good
success of an enterprise, a journey, etc.,
also for recovery from illness : "l*K'|*w«
gxer skyems-pa "the offerer of golden
drink " ; a Tuntrik priest who offers the
drink to the gods; among the religious
dancers of Tibet the priest who offers wine
to the gods for invocation is called Gser-
skyenig-pa.

|*r§\« skyent-byed-ina i^ the God-
dess Is'vari.

Jw»j-£)j^- fkyems-bzaft pleasant beverage,
such as good wine or savoury tea.

skycm-yoff a kind of superior
paper manufactured in the town of $*w
Skyems in the district of Dwags-po; this
paper is of large size, generally measuring
two feet by six feet in size.

Skyemt n. of a place in
Upper Dbags-po.

|w*t- skyom-chan beer ; ^^'i $kyem$-
chu drinkable water ; drinking water.

|*w|fc,-^e.- Skyems-stofi rdsod the fort of
Skyems-§ton ; |««'gip<'^- Skyems-spragf
lufi the place where the finest Daphne paper
called skyems-fog is manufactured.

|ww^«r| $kyemi-tshug cup ; dish (Sch.) :
. skyem$-siA small beer-cup (Ja.).

colour.

skyems-ffsol resp. beverage,
drink : *)$'V<3<vg|'urv!*r|*w ij^m mandara-
wahi fflu ya-rabs fkyet)i( gsol (the lady)
Mandarava sang and offered drink to the
superior (personages).

^^'^ Skycr-skya =
reddish brown (Nag.).

S^'S^, skf/cr-skytr solitary; perfectly
solitary: |^i|VfrV«3«r*5rt *kyer-tkyer
mi dan hgul-hgul khyi lonely without men ;
where not even a dog stirs about.

skyer-kha a kind of dye ; colour ;
yellow dye ; a light yellow

Skyer-chu n. of a river of K'5
(Pa-ro) in Bhutan.

S ^'W skyer-pa the barberry ; applied to
the plant and its wood from which a yellow
dye is extracted ; the flower of this plant is
said to be cure for diarrhoea, its fruit draws
out bilious matters and its yellow bark is
useful in dropsy, etc. ; Jj*'!"? skycr-khanda
a confection of 5vq &yer-pa useful in
eye diseases.

Syn. R'T^'5 khu-wa ser-po ; ^'J« dug-
skyes; 3)*'^ fiA-ser; -^'"1'% ci-la-dru
(Mfion.).

|v«^»w( ikycr-dman = %'^''\^ fkyes-dman
a woman. The former is a corruption of
the latter and, sounded kyermen, is one of
the most familiar terms in the colloquial
for "wife " or " woman."

n.

gv^f skyer-fin
of a tree, Flacourtia catnphracta

111

|«l'|^ $kyel-gyur «»\yifH removal of
articles, furniture, etc. (to another place) :
jarfc'p skyel che-tca ^fNf, ^jfrisf frequent
removal or changing.

IT^S-' skyel thun to accompany or to
escort one from the place of starting to a
distance on the way: $*ffWf*&&;
|q-gE.-j»£«^$j LJid btsun-pas thag rin-por
Skyel thun mdsadnag Lah tshun-pa having
accompanied the party to a long distance
(A. 129) ; ITS^I^I skyel-thun byed-pa or
«q-?|flm'g«l'§^'«i fffegs-skyel bycd.-pa to accom-
pany one to a short distance (generally
with some wine for his refreshment). g«r
^ Skyel-clar, ace. to Lex. also in colloq.,
presentation scarf of the departing person
to those that had accompanied him for a
short distance.

'^I I: skyel-wa pf. and fut.
bskyal, imp. %°*skyol 1. to carry, take
away: ^'q5'X'|Tq $i-wahi ro skyel-wa to
take away the body of the dead (Cs.) : fy'
wgai'Sfl) do not bring wood : yn'^*\ bring !
g«r?if take away ! 2. to send, e.g., clothes,
to somebody. 3. to risk, to stake (one's
ran-srog). 4. to use, to employ:
-oj-g<j) baglan las byed-pa la skyal
use an ox for work ; aw|'V«r'»r*)'S'jjai to de-
vote one's whole life to work. $'i5'^'^ in
idleness; afif**i'3|Vln''1' fftor-ma glud skyel-
wa to cast away as a ransom in the torma
sacrifice ; p'gTti kha $kyel-wa to kiss (Jd.) ;
"I^'£|'i'JI'£' pnod-pa skyel-wa to do harm;
to hurt ; inflict an injury ; to play one a
trick; w^rjorq mnah skycl-wa to swear;
take an oath ; §f "I1"'" lo skyel-wa to rely ;
depend upon ; repose confidence.

I^'CJ II: pf. and fut. «)|«i bgkyel, imp.
5"i skyol 1. to conduct ; accompany ;
resp. IS^'5"''^ pdan-skyel-Ka; frar^"!
skyol-l-a $og conduct him hither ;

bsu-bskyal going to meet and to accom-
pany ; 1-«h!w|ar§'VJi ygegs skyal-byed-pa
resp. to accompany an honoured person on
departing ; to see him off.

IT*) skycl-ma ^rrgT^T^ an escort ;
convoy: Jarw^ sky el-mar yod. he is a
guide (to me) : §«rw'9 &kyel-ma shu grant
us safe conduct. ^lf^P*pr*|«r* dmag
dan bvas pahi skyel-ma a military escort ;
g«rXQ|*r§\«i iskyel-rog$ byed-pa to escort or
accompany one to a place.

|T*> skyel-mi an escort : srw<sF§«r$-«^j*r
^t|^-g^'^-^-S-f1q3i-3i^-jq^c.-q-q««-q|^ Lhasa

^(

nas skyel mi dgos rigs §fiar-rgyun Itar mi-
dpon na§ fffofi-wa b_cas bgyis the Mi-dpon
should arrange for the escort (skyel-mi} of
those formerly entitled to that privilege
from Lhasa.

I: skt/es 1.
skyed. 3.

If?! II: also
" skyos-ma, S*1'*
gnafi-$kyc§ W^H,
news, tidings; 'M

v. «| ska. 2. v.

or

gvw §kya$-ma
khyos-ma, resp. "I^'l*1
^TT^ a present;
hbyon-skyes =

I N phebs-skyes a present given to or received
from somebody on his arrival or going
away ; |"'**' skes-chaft a present of beer :
|*i'*^ sJ,ycs chen a present sent with a letter,
etc. ($ag.) ; 1^'S1^ skeg-khur present of
cakes ; 5*)'°!^ §kes-lan a present made in
return (Cs.).

^5T III : H«J, 9?, WW birth or
growth ; growing or grown ; *f-'\v rafi$-
kye? self -grown ; ^'|" s/iifi-$kt/es born in
a grove ; S^'|*< lhan-kyes «T3f or fl^smr
born together; 5"|« pho-skyes male; fr|»J
mo-$kye§ female ; £"I*''i^ siiags-$kyes of
enchanted growth ; born out of charms :

112

I shift-skyea.
lhan-chigskyes dad gfiagg-skyes-kyi rnkhah-
hgrohi tshogs-kyig bu-la ma-bshin-du brtse-
war dgofig nag dfios-grub kun sisal-shin bgcgs
kun He-war shi-wahi bkah-drin mdsod, as
the assemblage of khadotita fairies, who
have been born in groves and born simul-
taneously and are of magic birth, are medi-
tating lovingly as a mother towards a son,
may the grace be granted of all manner
of perfect knowledge being bestowed and
of all demons being speedily soothed !

!*rj|'-5^ fkyes-ggra can = *' goat (l&fton.).

j»rfc»i ski/es-det "^pri^tf certain of
being born or reborn.

|»r^ skyeg-chen a present with or as an
enclosure to a letter, explained in Nay.
as sHfaT3'^'q8*'1' that which is sent as
a support to a letter.

|4r3q-gq-q|^«i gkyeg-chen fgrub-gnas a
hermitage of holy persons.

g«rl^*rq fkyes-chen dam-pa a holy
incarnate person:

Bsod-nainf rgya-mtsho sogs $kye$-chen dam-
pa brgya-phrag mafi-po In giis-hdtid dad d'td-
hbul rgya-cher mdse-do " So-uam Gya-ts'o
and others made salutations and offerings
in full form to many hundred holy incar-
nate ones" (LoA. "•!£).

|*T*I*<I| gkyeg-mchog UTT or TretT g^r
an incarnate personage; a Mahatma: |»<'
gkyes-mchog bshi, J'^1 9|'g'«'»4p»j-q-
^ the names of four great
learned lamas of China, the four incarnate
ones:— (1) S3 3 Ha-phu-p, (2)
WenwaA, (3) ^-gc,- CM kyuti, (4)
Khufitsi (Confucius) (Grub. * 7).

the year-crop;
adult ; full grown.
skyes-pa dafl bud-

mankind

mi-gpyi

|*r|!c.' $kcs-sdofi, |*r«i'|ft.' skyes-la gdofl
in Sikkim the banana, plantain; from
Hindi ke-la and fdofi, a plant : la is dropt
in conversation, hence ke-la and gdoft
are abbreviated into "ke-dofi." In the
districts of Upper Tib. and W. ke-doft
signifies a layman.

5«'^"I skyes-nag=^'^'^"\ in C. widower
(/a.). 5'^"1 skyeg-nag stands for J^'S'^l'Q
gkyeg-bu nag-po (lit. black person) a
layman = mi-nag: ^'Vf^l'^'tlf\ in the
country dialect of the lay people.

$?j3j C| I : ski/eg-pa ] . man ; male
person. 2.=
produce. 3. •
Ex. of 1. jw
med. men and women ;
rgyal-po man ; gcig-po gkges-pa yin the
king alone is a man (Jd.) ; j^'i'^'q^'
3*\'*1S tkye.-pa hdra-wahi bud.-med,
S^tTg^rffW^ a woman resembling a man,
i.e., possessing masculine appearance and
virtues.

Syn. lw'3'9 skyet-bu pho ; li'i'J"! skyes-
pa rgyal; |«rq*r*rtT gkye-icag mtho; H'^'
^"l^S khu-wahi bdag-nid; j^-g^ skyofi-
byc$\ *»%V hzan-pho; g'|»i ina-syes; 8 5
mi-pho; 3te.'"]'«^ lifi-ga-can (Mflon.).

ST2' II: pf. of |'l skye-wa= ^v q,
also 'sr???, ^.f^itiM growth or grown up.

IH:=*|£«r«i hlrunf-pa born.

skyes-pa dar-ma full ;
manhood.

g^'^'(^5^'aC'C| fkyeg-pa Abrug

phyufi-wa according to some : an eunuch,
one who is made so artificially.

Syn. f*|'i)^ hog-mcd; «;qc.'ci'^»i»i'£i dwafi-
ponams-pa; g^'f®'' khyimkhol; 1^ '355'j!5aj'Ei
btsun-mohi khol-po; 9^^'^qI^'9IJ| bud-med.

113

dgah bral; w$'«^ ral-gu-can;
hkhrig mi-nus; *g*r^j*'q hbras dbyuH-u'a;
ST5*'" nug-rum-pa; q**rq$-»rJ|* bcos-pahi
ma-niA (Afnon.).

*|»rq3-^(H skyes-pahi rgyu-skar si^f-
^tp( (Schf.) the particular star or constel-
lation under which one is born.

l^'lfc skyes-spor the measure used by
creditors in receiving back the loan of
grain, etc. : Q«1fr^Ff*n|CqgK'4t>|«:|vl
lha-spor dan lhas-sran (fsum bshi skyes-spor
che " a large kye-phor contains 3 or 4 ounces
in measure or weight."

l=$Wi skyes-pa
or %'$ a man or male person (Mnon.).

a damsel,

maiden.

*tye*-bu 5^ man, esp. a holy
man ; person ; |*''9'qle'' skyes-bu gan whoso-
ever; human (Med.) ; one : I'J'g'il'ti'qjc.'H'
<«'§») skyes-bu lag-pa brkyan-wa tsam-gyi$
as quick as one stretches out his hand (Jd.) ;

q skyes-bu dam-pa ^3^ a saint;

'9 dad-Man skyes-bu the believing;
the faithful. According to some Tibetan
grammarians 3"'9 skyes-bu applies both
to men and women:

skyes-bu gati-zag
da<?-pa-can, gan-shig lha rnam$ mchod
byed-pa, Ston-pahi bkah bshin byed-pa-ste,
de ni Safis-rgyas-rnami-kyis bsnags (K. du.
P 96) that human being who is faithful,
and who worships the gods (saints) and
acts according to the commands of the
Teacher is praised by the Buddhas.

fkyef-bu tkye me/tog
the chief among men.

i*>'9'S ^"l skycg-bu khu-mchog
the leader of men.

|»)'9'^ skyes-bu can 5'^-qw£|5'|»i-9 rta-
daA beas-pahi skyes-bu a horseman; one
on horseback.

Syn. ?'q rta-pa; 5'«c^'q rta-la ffshon-
pa (MAon.).

l^'9'^l skyes-bu mchog swtTW a
superior person ; lama ; also B^'H"! Fisnu :
|*rg'3^-cj skyes-bu chen-po *{TT3Vf a great
man or saint ; an epithet of Buddha.

i*rg'*3f skyes-bu mtho=^^ glu-ytA
n. of a tree supposed to grow in the land
of the Naga (Mon.).

bu nag-po, same as
'9, n. of a kind of flower (Sman.

'9'5 skyes-bu pho=y*'ti skyes-pa a
man or male person.

Iwg'^lK skyes-bu A6n'#5 = |»)'9-q^-«
Skyes-bu bar-ma or J«TS'«$*r* skyes-bu
dbus-ma flwr^^T the second person;
personal pronoun in grammar.

|«-g5^gfl]»cq skyes-buhi hkhrugs-pa
^rftTTT pride, self-respect.

|«-g5if*i skyes-buhi not g^T?, q^w^
manliness; manly self-respect or confi-
dence.

jj»rw skyes-ma 1. fem. of skyes-pa, a
female ; she that has been born. 2. *«yv*i
a bride. 3. |»r*i skyes-ma fern in Sikkim.

I*1'*'"! skyes-ma thag as soon as born ;
newly born.

|*r*-M|-ci skyes-ma thag-pa a new-born
infant.

Syn. q**rw««]'q btsas-ma thag-pa; %'
<*5E-'1' sho thun-wa; ^ff^: gtihib-hthuH ;
itq-^e. hjib-hthuA ; ^BV^' hkhyud-hthufi;
5(-*i5-*%-q-«^ ho-mahimgrin-pa-can (Iffnon.):

16

fl

114

skyes-dman in the vulg. lan-
guage a woman ; = $£.'« or 9*V*>S (Mnon.).

|W?MI ikyes-rdaofis cultivation; a
farm.

|»T«i|lfl|« skycs-gztif/s sim^q gold;
birth ; form or born-shape ; stature ; figure
(gold).

|*jriw> fkyi'S-rabg aiid* a series of
alleged births of an individual, or legendary
history of these, and especially accounts of
the different births of Buddha.

|*r3?nj gkyes-so coy ancestors: |*»'*V
**w*^ skye$ tsliad t/iamf-cad ; g'wr

sna-rabs-kyi pha dad
met-po yan-me$ la-sogs-pa $kye$-so-chog
kyan rim-par fi ste da-tta ni min-gi lhag
tsam-du gyur father, grandfather, great-
grandfather, &c., ancestors of the former
generations having successively died, now
nothing remains but their names.

x"

^ skyo or jf'« skyo-wa, ^, *\n, ^rfT,

VTTT, «'tn, JTRf grief ; sorrow ; grieving ;
mourning.

skyo-hgyed weariness dispersed:

the inhabitants of the land of bliss
relieved of weariness accept all your
precepts (Lam-rim.).

Q semi skyo-wa
to repent; repentance (Mnon.).

+ J&HI skyo-nogs quarrel;
hkhrug-lon (Lex.), esp. g^'i'f^
reviving of old feuds and dissensions.

'^ skyo-wa 1. g^'3'fS'O snar-gyi rtsod,
j>a old quarrels and feuds. 2. repentance}
sorrow: |«^f-«g^prt-jg|f|^| sem* skyo-
wa b§kyed-la ri-khro hgrim he wanders QV.

mountain ranges to induce repentance
(Lo.).

skyo-bran servant; slave: *&'*K'*f'
--i a slave for life.

^'^1 I: $kyo-ma 1. quarrel; litigation.
2. thin gruel, gruel of rice and tea, thin
paste of wheat or oatmeal: jf

shcs-pahi rgya-mthso nub Ba-lan-spyod-
ki/i fflin hdas na$ yod the ocean called
Skyoma-wa lies beyond the continent of
Godaniya (K. d. * 234).

|'JJ II: v. |»") khrim-pa 1. one
convicted. 2. «njT, <5MqTM penitence;
smaller transgression: jpwg'i^ fkyo-iiui
fna btsan g^TVc''gE''^'^»''fJ'^«'S»''l*«\'s'
one who was once convicted before on the
occasion of a former dispute.

jfw^ skyo-ma can adj. slanderous (Cs.) ;
^'"'iS'*1 skyo-ma byed-pa a slandering
(Cs.).

3'»>S Mv/o-«egfe*tf^i'«W mtho-riskyi
$na$ the heaven, where there is no peni-
tence.

Syn. is«r*%flR»rqjs. dal-hdsin

bde-hgro, ^'^ bdc-ld/-n,
mtho-rif rgyal-srid, ^w •«!«$«• iftv skabg-gsum
gnaf, |f9|-^-^ sten-gi hjig-rten, gjq'£i5-flft»i
grub-pahi g.na$, &il^ hcM-med, q>rf&'&*
nam-mktiahi khyim, %,#'%*i sum-risen, ^'S)$t.
llia-yi gron, %§:<&*[ fr lhu-yi hjig-rten, $'
^'^J1?! lha-yi yul, f%^f a semi-divine being
possessed of supernatural powers (Mfion.).

f'*t'VIS:' Skyo med-khyab «\«'jji|-9)-fll55-ftf
n. of Visnit's bow (Mnon.).

sf'*"! skyo-tshag a light broth made
of barley-flour with the addition of a little
butter (A. 155) : Jfav^yrnftqUK*
(^) ^'S'" tlw-rafa-kyi dus-su skyo-tshag
Qser-ma (rlun) mi skye-wa early in the

morning (i.e., at dawn) by taking barley
gruel, wind is not engendered (A. 155).

5"' MT *'**[« snyo-ras tsho-tshogs n. of a
kind of chintz (8. kar. 179).

*f'X«i*i skyo-rogs a consoler ; one who
consoles a person during grief: S'^'^f
XqurwwrSrt^ the mother cannot be the
consoler of her daughter's grief, i.e., one
cannot be of service to another in certain
cases of sorrow.

sf'-*l*i skyo-^as to be sad ; sorrowful :
Wq'fer«yf^-£-4pF«^fVl*' ran Id nes-
hbyun dan skyo-^as sad-siid fkye$ he felt
(slight) repentance and sorrow.

J *)*•*< skyo-sans to console in his grief
or sorrow or repentance.

|-wur"^ skyo-sans nid freedom from
fatigue.

Jf«carflfl« skyo-sans pnas a pleasure
garden.

~<*

sk yog-nag iron spoon or scoop.

skyogs 1. a spoon or ladle ; also

shovel. Wooden spoons for wine measure
used in Tibet are called *f"|*< skyogs. There
are three kinds of spoons used in Tibet
for measuring liquids, salt, &c. — those
which are mounted with copper are the
largest; those lined with silver are of
middle size; those of the smallest size
are tipped with gold and called &scr-$kyogs,
golden spoons. *>'|T' me-$kyogs coal
shovel; *t|»riS«ir«a''q5'Jt«'i'l|l*1 the copper
spoon with which to measure the allowance
in salt and oil for servants, etc. ; 9'!*1!* s^u~
skyogs melting spoon or crucible. 2.
drinking cup ; bowl ; goblet ; l^'I'l'' ffser-
skyogs 5&«r«f«!«* dmd-skyogs, etc., gold cup,
silver cup, and wooden cup are now called

ffzar-bu ; W*fa** shal-skyogs. lip-cup;
resp. eating or drinking-cup ; sp'!"9!" the
rein of a bridle ; also name of tribe in
Tibet (Vai. kar.).

ffim'jjfag skyogs Uo-hbu a snail in W.
(fa).

I skyo<ji-pa 1.- to turn:
i'c) mgrin-pa skyogs-pa to turn the
neck, i.e., look round, back; also to turn
away, aside. 2. one who uses or manu-
factures the coal-shovel or stone scoop, etc.

|""l*i'£' skyogs-pa |*T'*X1<il«rq skyon hdogs-
pa ; ^|q»jfjM4lfd to find fault with.

$fl*r*)^ skyogs-med f^sllf not curved;
without any curvature or crookedness.

!c/gi^'*< skyon Idan-ma n. of a goddess ;
she who protects.

S£'3 skyon-ica qt, T'W, TTT^T, pf. ^jfe.^
bskyons, fut. "g^ bskyan, imp. 0$*.'* bskyons
or q|k,^-^u| bskyons-$ig, to guard ; to keep ;
to defend ; to save ; preserve (the life, the
body) ; to support ; to take care of (poor
people) :^'mc,'HJ«'|=.''] drin b_san-pos skyon-
ica to support by benefits, favours : w«r
gjrgk.'q thabs-kyis skyon-wa to protect by
various means; to attend to: STi'V'S'
{[fc'5 thugs-dam-ghyi skyon-wa to protect
by the moral force of meditation : «W|'
^'§ lag-len-gyi by exercise: f^'t^'li1-'1!
igyalsrid skyon-ica to rule ; govern a king-
dom: S^i'q^aj-^'ql'c.'q chos bshin-tu bskyon-
wa to protect by justice or justly : $*!'*[*•'
chos-skyon x^f^ra protector, defender of
religion, is used for a certain individual
deity or for a class of exorcists in some of
the monasteries of Tibet. Under this
head there are certain powerful deities
who have taken on themselves the duty
of defending Buddhism against its

SVI

116

enemies. When co-erced they can even
make their appearance in the person of the
invoker. The *\W &'*v 'Jt' Gnas-chuH
chos-skyon living near Lhasa is a deity of
this class who is generally consulted both
by the State and the people of Tibet as an
oracle: ^T^'jj^' hjig-rten fkyon (*h*m*?l
guardian of the world. There are four of
these, identical with the j*'^'^ Rgyal-
chen fyhi, the four great spirit kings: —
\nmij ($«i'(V*vj'*' Tvl-hkJwr fkyon) the
protector of the country or kingdom ;
*''3 Sp/iagi skyes-bu) ; ft^-
.' Spyan mi-bzaft) • ^qr (W
?«'5J« Snam tho$-sra$). jf^'Sl skyon-dal
assistance (in the colloquial of W.) ; jf*'
^'SV1 $kyon-dal byetf-pa to help; Jf*
skyon-ma, same as l?^'** brtan-ma, the God-
dess of the Earth; jTJJYjf*' rgyal-srid
skyon <l^Ml<jl a defender of the realm;
same as vic.*)'^ yaiiqi^ a defender or
protector of the subject or of people : §*•'
§S skyon-byed OTW* one who supports or
protects.

|e.g^-« skyoft byeg-ma, v. 3^5

(Hfion.).
"^*
^'^1 skyod-pa pf. and fut. isft bskyod

*WR(, '^arra, M^^T; "fi'i gyo-wa or *3«rq
hgul-wa to move (trans, vb.) ; also to
go, pass on: ^'9|«'"«'<I-jfvi if the wind
moves the branches. *>'jf\«i Mi-fkyod-pa or
S'l^l mi-yyo-wa ^t«r the unmoved;
he whose mind is not agitated ; n. of the
second Dhyani Buddha. In W. skyod-pa
is the general respectful term for : to go ;
to walk. il^'^S bfkyod-hiod is same as
^'"^ hgro-hdod desirous to go or about to
go: ^'Vls "nan-du skyod" step in (if
you please); "tan-pokyot" tread firmly!
ifS^i^'ai bskyod skals-la at the time of
going or coming.

$kyod-byed=$$ gru-fkya oar

skyon, }w nef-pa <£ta,

also T"lq rnog-pa 1. a fault, defect:
g^u]fuiE.-*)^ fkon gan-yaA med. it has no
fault whatever. The two words jfr skyon
and $*ri iicg-pa are sometimes used together
as $*i' jfr ni'S-gkyon, but defects in inanimate
things are expressed by the word *fr skyon
and never by the words ^ ncs or ^*<' jfr n^ $-
{Ayow ; slight defects in honoured persons
are expressed by the words MT$^ 4ge-
gkyon, which also signifies faults or sins
in holy persons, that is, jfr fkyon (fault)
in *\*| dge or S*|'*^ dge-hdun (clergy) :
(prl'^'^I'VV $kyon ci yod hkhrul-pa la,
what harm is there in erring? ^'jfr mi-
fkyon no harm ; jfr'*^ skyon-med no
harm, no matter; jfr <*5^i|c.'<«iE.-*)^ skyon
yon gan yati min he is without anv
imperfection or perfection; jfa'^'*flfc.'«)
gkyon-du mthofi-wa to consider as a loss,
also to find fault with. 2. bodily defect,
fault, as lameness, derangement, disorder
in the mixture of the humours. 3.
spiritual defect, sin, vicious quality ; f \
VB'*1* Sfa rdsun-du tmra-wahi skyon the sin
of lying; jfr§»!-wf»! skyon-gyi ma-gos not
defiled by sin : «i^'jf^'S far skyon che but
that is very bad (of you). gVlV skyon
lycd-pa to commit a fault ; g^'S^'i skyon
^pan-tea to leave off a fault or quit it;
-^flprq mi-la ikyon hbebs-pa
s-pa to charge one with a crime ; to
criminate ; *W 'S'f^'S^ '^IV gs/ian-gyt
gkyon (flefi brjod-pa to name the faults
of others, to speak ill of them ; to slander ;
to blame, criticise ; jfa 'a^'F'^V1 skyor,-
span kha she incd-pa to do any work with
application and at the same time without

117

any fault or mischief to any body ; $^'
*t-*4«T^-q=:|'^s '« 'f '1, not perceive a fault or
defect.

1 ?kyon gnad mcd-pa without
the least fault or blemish.

skyon-gkye ^re^or? ^i^^? con-
ducive of sin ; sin-producing.

jfte.*! fkyon-nag 3ffl?^ thorny; mis-
chievous.

jfr'*^ sA:yo«-caw = ^'^'tl*»''c' skyon-daA
bcas-pa or jfa 'gf^ skyon-ldan grrf%3\T, <*<sllFt,
Tf'ft faulty, defective, incorrect, sinful ;
guilty.

sp(-q*-q|^ gkyon bco-brgad the eighteen
defects are the following:— (1) ** |T<i mi-
$dug-pa ugliness; (2) »*f|>ws-*i mgo skra
nan-pa had or bristling hair ; (3) ^sprfl'4*.-q
dpral-wachun-wa small or narrow forehead ;
(4) wf'^'j mgo ser-skya brown hair ; (5)
migser-ica yellow eyes; (6) ffrMwr
smin-mtshamf ma-hbyar-wa the
eye-brows disjoined ; (7) JJ'°ta'i ?na leb-pa
flat nose ; (8) S'^q so Ito-wa bottle-teeth ;
(9) ^1 1 dig-pa stammering ; (10) S^-gwq
mig slum-pa round eyes ; (11) Sflj-$fq nrig
chun-wa small eyes ; (12) g^'i tgur-wa
crooked or bent body ; (13) «f5-X-q If0-bo
che-wa krge or pot-belly; (14) "vgcat'e.*-
5t.'P dpufi-pa rje fiar thufi-wa small
shoulders ; (15) sp^ tpu-can hairy body;
(16) mqi'si^e.-ifiE.-ti-Sl-^wq the arms and legs
with the feet not proportionate ; (17) **!«'
if* q txhigs fbom*-pa large or swollen joints ;
(18) pfr«\*>W%< bad fcatid smell
coming out of the body and the mouth.

ffrqf^q gkyon bryod-pa = ?ft'&''*'i\ $mad-
pahi tshig to slander or speak ill of others ;
also slander (Mnon.).

jfa'^'*SIe.'q $kyon-du hgritfi-wa
to reckon as or into sin or defect.

smra-wa

'^ skyon-pa, pf. *& bfkyon, to put
astride upon a thing (causative form of
Jfa'i shon-pa) ; %-1(W*jfa-i mi-shig rta-la
skyon-pa to cause a man to mount ; to
ride on horseback ; to fix something on a
stick ; $ ^ir«|w2)E-'«r*fr'ci to impale a man
(Jd.) : S^'^'iV? bod-bur skyon-te having
caused him to ride a donkey (Pag. 61).

|aj-£'v5f'i] fkyon-med rtog fsHTTO free
from disease ; thinking or taking as fault-
less.

|^»)«^qflw skyon-med gnas wra^j, ^rra^T
remaining, living, or dwelling, in a state of
innocence or faultlessness : jfr'*^ •w^")* n
mcd-skyon par bshugs-pa sifre: residing
without fault.

skyon-tshig slander; also scandal.
(ki/on-hdsin jf^'|''5)«'^'ti to find
fault with.

l^'-*)*1 jfcyoM-fcissWpw'i a learned man;
a critic.

Syn. ^'^"| kun-rig ; ^'^ kitn-fes ;
'q kun-kyis-bkur-wa. (Idnon.)

-ci $kyon fc«-jBff = jJ^'£i (man-pa ^^T
a physician (Mnon.).

^ *ta'q gkyon scl-wa to remove a sin ;
amend or correct a fault.

'** skyon-nas
to ascribe a fault.

skyob-pa ^W, qrfn, T^^f, pf.
qg«w, fut. 15", imp. g*w or ffw^"!, to
protect ; to defend, preserve, save ; fre-
quently *fcflprq'«r!q'«i bjigs-pa la fkyob-
pa, to protect from fear or danger or
destruction : qjiqTi the protecting power;
the preserving cause : 3|E,'^fl|-*|rarjq«r<$V
q-^«l| jq»I-|^-q^-^|q-£Cw|q-£I-g he that
gives protection to another is called jfc'q

118

fkyob-pa : ffw^'*! skyobs gbyin-pa the
giver of refuge or shelter.

jf11'?^ skyob-ston = jf«r<r5 skyob-pa-po
or fwi skyobs-pa siT^t a protector.

skyobs help, assistance; seldom
for JjW s%«i? ; Jww skyobs-ma and 5JT
g^ §rog-skyobs in colloq., preservation of
life ; escape ; also he that saves another's
life ; a helper (Ja.) ; imp. of j"5''" $kyob-pa
*tqCTWNN^«nr]fcr^q protect from all
the dangers.

jf'W'I'S skyob-byed ^T^rnir, TW!', SRHO?
one who protects ; a name of Balabhadra.

SJT^J skyom-pa, pf. ijf*w b$kyom$, fut.
fl|*i bskyom, imp. jfw $kyo»ts to pour;
to pour out, agitate, stir up ; according to
Lex. to give ; defined as $'ijw|fIIl^'lK

aE.«-^-«.*rajc,-vgfl|*rtra'jj chu snod chu-

•*

skyogs-ki/i? blafis-te zafix-naii-du bliig$-pa
Ua-bu, taking from water-pots and water-
bowls and pouring into kettles (Nag.}.
Seldom used in colloquial language ; 4'
3«'i to stir the water ; SJV «f*«-£i to shake a
vessel.

khyor, the
chu-skyor

M^ §kyor, same as $
hollow of the hand filled :
a handful of water (Ja.).

I1? skyor, ^5qI'w*l''Il^'q hkhyog-paham
gner-wa bent, contracted or crooked : -^s^'
|^ $an$-skyor=sna hkhyog-pa (his) nose
was bent (A. 106).

•'s skyor-skyor again and
again ; repeatedly.

skyor-ica, vb. pf. and fut.
bikyar 1. to hold up, to prop ; to paste.,
2. to repeat; to recite by heart: ''g^''?
fl^c. bskya.f4e.btan it was repeatedly sent:

iig $kyor-ica to repeat a word,
like the reciting of the Mani, i.e., BS'W
*>'| om ma-ni pad-me hum : %'5jm'tr
^•^•^•ql-q-fli^-^-IX-qN'^-q an old.sick,
or drunken person walks being supported
by another : *RtVEi'a2'J»'£*!rtrar|Vq to prop a
thing that is falling or tumbling down : 4'
jfvq chu skyor-ica the pouring of water with
some force as if through a pipe or the
mouth of a kettle ; the sprinkling of water
from a pot or vessel or a scoop ; 5"'«p>
to back ; to help morally or religiously or
otherwise one who is in difficulty, engaged
in war or litigation, &c. : 3. enclosure ;
fence (Ja.).

|V|c.N gkyor-ibynris repetition from
memory : gjV^'|V|w*i^ having
retained in his minds, he repeated it.

J* *«! skyor-tshig, v. g^q (Mnon.).

' Skyor-mo-lun n. of a village
with a monastery situated to the west of
Lhasa containing estate of the Shabs-pad
Sreschun-pa

s_kyol-ica sometimes for

skycl-ica.

•v<

•f ^'^ skyos-pa =
spoiled; degenerated.

wasted ;•

skyos-ma, v. |« skyes, |«'»f
skyos-ma a present made to a friend or
an acquaintance at the time of his going
to a distant place, or removal to some place
of residence.

$J skra (ia), resp. *\$% the hair of the
head : g'^'l"'!! skra dan kha-spu the hair
of the head and the beard : fl"! 't
skm-bsgril-ica plaited hair or curled hair :
nag-gpig a single, tuft of

119

hair : f^

|f*V^ skra-ni hjam rtsub shorn phra snomg-
ser mdans-can snum Ions spyod-che (he
whose) hair is neither soft nor rough nor
thick nor fine but uniform and smooth,
and yellowish and glossy, becomes wealthy
and prosperous (Mtshan.), g'1^* skra
clo-ker the hair dressed and plaited
together on the crown of the head ; fj '^'
*)*'*^ §kra do-ker can <s«*Tj-fsiK-. one with
long flowing locks; S'3^'*3M'?'g skra
gyen-du hgrcn-wa Ita-bu whose hairs stand
upwards as bristles; g'f"! JT^^jft with
loose or carelessly worn hair ; g'|'l'«^
?j'3!%si a skein of silk or cotton attached
to the flowing locks of Tibetan women ;
g^'S^'a^V $kra la-glan-gi spit hdra-iva
hair like'that of ahull; !fS¥ip»=5^*>S'§'g
locks of hair of women ; f'^' thin hair
(Schtr.) ; g'^V to comb hair ; |'«|V^q the
shaving of one's hair ; |'"|^ %*prfawr a
barber; also napkin; |5'q^'£i ^ft well
braided hair ; also a braid or fillet of hair.

Syn. g'*"JN skra-ts/ioys ; SjV| slar-skyc ;
gV*1'-5^ bi/id-u-a-can; i^f'l^ rnyo-skyes ; ^
g mffo-spit ; §''5'S*' Spyi-bo skyes ; *\$«\'$*\
gt&ug-pfmd; ^I'l ral-pa; ?^'^1^ tlior-
t&hugs ; A'^l'^ me-tog-can ; "•QWP hkhyil-
wa; *&\'y* mgo-nal; ^'^ do-kcr; *»'&
*fcw ral-pahi ffdens; ^'^zur-phud; Sf*.1?"!
thor-cog ; ^9'^ dwu-lo ; f c.'^ Ican-lo (Mnon.).

= y<$p\'*P3\ skra hdreg-
mkhan a barber (A[non.).

g'«^ skra-can '
mane (as of a lion) ; hairy.

skra-can gnas
bed-chamber.

the

lady's

g'*^'*« skra can-ma a kind of hairy
worm ; also = g*V»^ woman (Jjfnon.).

skra-can psod %n?T a name
of Hari, who killed the demon Keci.

g'lf^N-q sfa-a
3^*^ a comet

S'*1^^ skra-mdud hair knot ; ace. to Jd.
the bow of ribands at the end of the long
plaits of hair of the women in Ladak.

|-^*r« skra hdrc$-ma = l$*'i!\l'*pi'%c>'#
a celestial courtezan (Mfion.).

1'iftN skra-g.nas srftr n. of a species of
sensitive plant.

g^W«l skra-hbal wa=%'%i\'t> skra rkog-
pa or g'TT" skra tog-pa *sTl<8's$«T (shaving
the head clean) ; to pull out the hair :
m-ijr^sfsq]-ci§-rX'<^'arar«i'g-<vw some sent
forth cries of anguish, some pulled out the
hair of their head (Hbrom. 113).

y&^wS} skra-med mgo "a head without
hair " ; i'$ dsa-ti arrfw nutmeg ; also Jar-
minum grandiflorum (Sman. 40%.).

g'^°i skra-tsal false hair ; a peruke.
lj'3! skra-rtsa SI^T clotted hair.

skra-tsfiogs, v. g skra (Sfnon.).

skra-mtshams 3\n-* the
arrangement of the hair.

+ g'^'N s*ra-s8ns = =.'f>r£'«i vanity,
pride; adj. vain, very proud.

g'lK' $kra-lzaii a secret or mystic word
(MM. 4).

n. of a Yaksa goddess (Mnon.).

|$j^-a^l^r(ft>«ai skrahi khyon-nam
byis-pahi lam ^RTTO hair parting.

g5-jijr3 $krahi rgyal-po = %>fr% Idun-po
*!H<1« a grove; a garden; n. of a
vegetable.

g5'S'^ skrahi byi-dor v. g!
(Won.).

120

I" I

fkrahi rtse-mohi mthah or
* the hair-end.

U'3'1 skra li-wa or i^*Ȥ*> fkrahi
rnam-gyur itt curly hair ; to dress the
hair.

f< skra-k=y\**^% bud-med kyi-fkra
woman's hair (S&non.) .

5'»<S skra-shad jramoft hair separator;
a oomh.

Syn. *'»«. so-mad, |S'V^ ?AraA» 6y»-
r hair cleaner 4f«o».).

«ra-tra hard.

or

j'^J tkrag-pa (tag-pa) to be terrified,
frightened, afraid of something. This
word is nearly always combined with <&qpx
q hjigs-pa as in <£«!«• |fl|'«i hjig$$krag-pa, to
be panic-struck.

SiltV* skrag byed-ma^'W'^* ni
mahi btsun-mo the wife of the sun (4f«on.).

ifj^'^ skran-wa (tan-wn) ^^JT^, $w; pf-
jc.* jAraw? to swell ; |*.'*fe' skrans-soA it is
swollen : ^V**fV^'V'«1*¥rtHlF
IE.*) swollen from being suddenly struck
with a stick or a stone or a sword.

|t-^ skraft$-hbur an abscess not yet
open (Sch.); |W»g«;-<«»w tkrafy-hbur
hjoms, v. ^'fl'^s,' ba-spru fin, n. of a
medicinal tree which removes tumours or
abscess (Jlfnon.).

|t*l'3'|i;-i) skran-kyi fpyafi-ki, g^«5
jn«i»-<Aar-nM n. of a medicine (Sman.
126).

|*.W'Q skrans-po a swelling; tumour
(Sch.).

fj3J jArraw (fen) $W$ Ihan-fkren 1. ^n
tumour or any fleshy excrescence in the
abdomen ; a concretion under the skin or
in the bowels, womb, &c. ((7s.) ; a swelling

of the glands (Sch.). \$»F\ skran-nad is
described as a consequence of suppressed
wind (Ja.) ; ^'^ rdo-skran *\!fl two sorts
of steatite.

^'^J skrab~pa (tab-pa) to beat the
ground with one's feet ; to stamp, tread ; to
dance; also bro fkrab-pa : pr«K-9|-2f|q-«r««r
Q'gE.' yesterday's dancing was excellent.

fj*ri| skras-ka a ladder, v. W*\ fkas-
ka.

^vi\ (te-ka) ladder, which generally
consists of the notched trunk of a tree (Jo.) ;
5E.'|*< a single ladder, i.e., a ladder with
one pole; ^'8* rdo skrat (do-te) a flight
of stone steps ; 3'|*l rgya-skrat a regular
staircase, as in European houses ; J'^w
probably a flight of steps at the corner
of a building.

Os^

•f, ^j'^ fkri-tca (ti-tca) to conduct ; to
send (Cs.) : g"^"I skri-fiy^^'^ tlion-nhig
let him send: l^'*Y'rt'l«'|'**<IW«W I
asked to send him to Tibet (A. 101).

+ %'Q tkru-tca, pf. *$* bfkrus, fut. i|

~^5

bskru, to wait (Sch.) ; to cut ; wi'J zag-la
$kru to cut meat ; J tkru, ^=.'j«i c in

•o

kruf-pa to cut wood or a tree : «fj "
bskru-ica, W'^'^'^'jj'q-S)*! always being
smitten by pleasures (Pag. 1-35).

•f SJV^ ?*>W-j»a(#M^rpa)=«P^ai'w»«'

^o
|«-^-q to make another run away by

devices.

ffSj'^ skrun-pa (tun-pa) = $*\i fkycd-pa
to produce ; "?*'<< 6s*r«w-/)a, i|Y«i 6jAry«rf-

"* *\ ^

J9« arrff, ftft«f, wf'nT grown up : i?^'S^'J
¥*\ growing crop.

^^ skrum (turn) meat; applied to
the° food of the respected; generally
i)Saj'5j« ffsol-skrum is used in colloquial
language.

121

skrcg (teg) to beat (the dram).

'!|'1'^'1^ dama-ru hkhrol-wahi don
signifies the beatirg of a skull-drum

l skrog-pa to churn; stir (with a
rod) : 5-wjT^'q ho-ma skrog-pa to churn
milk (Nag.).

'^J skrod-pa (to-pa)

to expel, drive out, eject:
g*\ g.na&. nag-skrod to expel from a place :
S^'3*> phyir-skrod to drive out : ^"l^'jjf^
hgfgs-skrod to eject an evil spirit.

2$j'1 bska-wa — "\^'^, ^psnra astringent ;
also thick.

q^c/*^»i b§kafi mdos a slight frame-
work made of sticks and coloured threads
as an offering to the gods in cases of sick-
ness: ^•§)-J'Ji^-«j-q^-»<t,^-^'£igE-^'ci^ Iho-
yi-phyoys-su bskan-mdos dan bsrttfi hkhor
bshag place Rskan-mdos and amulets on
the south side (Jig.).

CJSC'E?1! bskan-rdaas a sacrificial cere-
mony (ScM. 360).

mn-ifi bskun-yso ^•«?r»r^^*«'^*Vw'
a|-q^c>'q|5'5«'q to make copious religious ser-
vices to the tutelar deities, angels, and the
guardian spirits of the ten quarters
(Oil. 9).

3$p$J b$kan§ 1. rqii|=.*< I1^ full to the
brim. 2. Sltrswq^, ^wq-ii«»»-q Hams-
pa gsos-pa fill to the brim (Situ. 74).

CJ^JJ bskam " q^'g/v^KVq bskam-byahi
g-fos-po"(Situ.7r).

bskams past, dried, burnt : «Hjf>r
by the fire (at the end of the
age) the lakes dried up (flag. 9).

^S^J'^J bskal-pa ^T a fabulous period
of time; the various ages of the world,

•

each of which has been presided over by
its own human Buddha respectively : «m«r«r
^'3 bskal-pa chen-po the great Kalpa ; *>*'
"Spi lar-bskal the intervening or middle
Kalpa ; «m«rnae;Zj bskal-pa bzafi-po q^ttj
the happy or glorious period in which the
Buddhas appear ; q^arq'c^-q bskal-pa dan-
pa the evil Kalpa, in which no Buddhas
appear (Ja.).

q^prq-qje, bskal-pa bzan = qS«WW •$&
virtuous; also virtue (Mnon.).

eiyn-irjp bskal-pa fes=$*'i rt sis-pa an
accountant (Mnon.}.

q^T** bskal-me = ^'cfo'*l the fire which
will destroy the world at the end of the
present Kalpa (Nag. 9).

qqai-qK. bskal-bzaii fo^ir?)-*^ n. of a
religious work.

CJ^ &s*«=3<irq byug-pa, fut.
€q rubbed (Sag. 9).

ivar s'jas-pa concealed ; hidden (Nag. 10.).

t$&\ bskum, pf. of g*r.

qgwwjj^ bskum-mkhyid the distance or
measure between the thumb and the top
of the forefinger drawn in ; about one-
half of the measure of a span : ^'Sv^e;
i$«V«'|T*tfq3^c-'q§*r*BVl'FI (Rtsii.) its
breadth was one finger (i.e., one inch),
and length eight spans and one bskum-
mkhyid.

la*rg b&kum-khru about a cubit

*• >9

measure with the fingers drawn in a fist.

qg*4-<0^*4 bskum-hdom a measure of dis-
tance by stretching apart the two arms
(with " fisted hands ") ; a little less than a
fathom's measure.

^^i bskttr, sbst. sending, granting;
«;qE.'q$j* to bless; to grant benediction;
^•ijp (fiag. 9).

17

122

bskus, pf. of 1$ btku
anointed ; stained or poisoned (ffag. 9).

btkon, pf. ftT
to be dressed (SWt*. 6Ii).

: v. g»rq, q|«rqe,R b$kul-brdah signal "|V^'*i$fl|'Ci b$kyur-du bcuy-pa to cause

to call one to his business ; signal to call any one to cast or fling anything away,
workmen to their respective duties. ^1 S'1^ bgkyed-hdod HNf: growth or

qjjT'Ja* bskiil-gshufi, «|3s.'9|'aw»|'«]j|'»i'*i^ growing; wish to grow,
one who gets Government works excuted: qlfc'CJ bskucd-va <3trrf%H *H«< s^fw

1. a production, generation, formation-

2. ^J<vif<.d, ^mrw. ^wqjVi sows bskyed-
pa f^itTR to form one's mind ; to have
a conception of ; also technically means

bskon-to purification of the heart as in '

ql^'£J'q3'^ bskycd-pa byyi-ho
to have a conception of.

qg^'R*) b$kyed-n'm 13*rf'nnr»T the gra-
dual development of ideas ; powers of an
occult nature.

/, pf. 3
(Situ. 74).

numberless ; immeasurable (Zam. 10).

qgt»j bskyans lTt%<r protected ; cherish-
ed ; nursed.

sj'w bskyabs Tf^ff protected; §Tql'tI3q*'
trog-bskyab$ protected, saved life (Situ.

bskor surrounded:
surrounded by followers, admirers and
attendants.

i ma bfkyod-pa

bskyod-pa
moved, agitated;
^^ter unagitated.

q|^-£|-u)c.-« Igkyocl-pa yan-ma
moving again and again, at paroxysm.

c| bskyod med-pa, SJ^* grant
n. of an immensely great

74). number.

bskrad and ^'qift phyir-b$krad=
phyir-bton turn out, expel (Situ.
5h*<'£i5i*\ turn out a ghost or devil.
bgkrus, pf. of tC", waa»i food cut
up (Situ. 9).

man-du btafi-tca to multiply. 2. £

par-du bkod-pa to print, set up in print
bskyur cast out; eshiled ; driven # ' . ^.q.J,J,.q d Wrawa q.

X^ V

away. ^T'W1 to-tog b$krun-pa.

the vessel has not dried.
water dried up (Situ. 7-4).

bskyar=%*»it-' or w^-uie.1 again;
again and again (Zam. 10).

q|^fqlf bskyar-bzo repairing; mend-
ing of.

P kha I: the second letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, being the aspirate of
"1 ka. In sound it resembles *sr, the second
opnsonant of the Sanskrit alphabet. 1.
On registers it indicates the second, or
number two. It is attached, often option-
ally, as an additional syllable to many
words, especially in the colloquial: ^^'P
dgon-kha the price ; *'P cha-kha a thing.
2. It implies f>*\ kliag, a part: ("'"f^'g
kha-(fnis-su = FlH't<p>w$}, khag-gfiis-su into
two parts (divisions) : P'flp kha-gafl. one
part. The sixth part of a tafi-ka (Tib. coin)
is called kha. 3. Origin, source, &c. : iptvp
j[ser-k/ia= i\§*.'§' ^'ftm ffser-gyi hbyuft-
k/tttfis the source of gold, gold-mine : <*'P
tshica-k/ia salt-pit: *'p tswa-kha pas-
ture-land, a place where pastures abound.
4. Time: y«T5'^-l|IV nihchar-kha-ru
diis-ffdab(SUu. 21) calculate time from the
moment of sunrise; *5'P^ hgro-khar at
the time of going ; at the time when he was
ready to start : *rni-pvX»r«i o^n mo fo^i.
khar cho$-la Mun-pa she at the time of
dying became religious, &c. (Pag. 27) :
S^T* bym-khar when he came; at the
moment of arrival: •fc'p yofi-kha at the
time of coming; w^fHj'Ifa'p'w sa dafi-po
Mo6-AAa-ma*B*r^'4fr>r4^ sa dan-po thob-
ma-thag as soon as he attained to the first
stage, i.e., one moment before the attain-
ment: ^•^c.-qj-p-^ yun rifi-gi kha na§—
W^^'^I'IT'^ yun rin-gi $go nas by little
and little; gradually (Jd.) ; *>'*$' pi in the

hope of; w«'|'pw^ just on the oppor-
tunity ; " in the nick of time."

P II: 1. the front side: *psr face,
mouth ; also the surface or upper side. P
is the ordinary word for " mouth," while
"ft6-' is the commoner term for "face."
Again, to express the surface as well as the
front of any inanimate thing, p is the
usual form: gflrp-arijwj* icicles on the
face of the cliff; |*»V»i^'WkT'MJ'i
$kyil-krufi mdsad-nas chu-khar byon (Pag.
117) sitting in a cross-legged posture he
moved on the surface of the water ; *'3T
p-ar^V^T^*'*^ ho-thug kha-la hod-zcr-
gyi ri-mo mthon saw reflection of rays on
the surface of milk-broth (Pag. 113). 2.
HTTT language ; conversation; i^& word:
yrQ-fV*V$'f*'^qc'$K>'fll the king having
become powerless at (his) wife's word
(Pay. 32).

Syn.
bt/ed;

rjod-bycd;
rtsihi rten;

smra-wahi sgo ; s'§S za-

0?nfi-icar-byed ; «\«l shal;

fam-ffyi hbyufi-g.na$ • I^'ls

9don; ^Vt-5'^ bdud-

$kad • *\<>*< gtam

&c.

Ill : a breadth or a square of cloth,

In its several inflected forms p is
often used as if it were a postposition
governing the accusative case. These
forms are P'^ kha-na, P'$ kha-ru, and p*
khar, and take the meaning of " on," " at,"

124

FBI

"beside," &o. : *>fv on the fire; T1 on
the chair; f"F^T5 all round.

kha kyel-n-a ^m to kiss.

a krab-pa (kha tab-pa) to smack
or cluck with the mouth.

ha dkar-po =^^'^^ $»ari-
1. bright : «q]-2)»r«i bkra-fis-pa. 2.
auspicious ; of happy omen ; agreeable ;
pleasant looking; rrW"$CL''VIl kha-dkar
gjtifmag outside white, inside black, i.e.,
plausible.

f^5) kha-dkri (kha-ti) neck-cloth, some-
times worn as a protection against cold ; a
kind of raw silk stuff of narrow breadth
manufactured in Assam and largely im-
ported into Tibet, where it is used as iieck-
tie and handkerchief: r^'*"*'^'*1^'^'
*g kha-dkri bcas hdra-wa kha-rer hbru
(Rtiii.) for each breadth (of cloth), which
is equal to a kha-ti, price in barley grain.

P'S*! klia-lkng dumb; also of indis-
tinct speech: ^'iNiwrlinfrprj^'^ the
spleen of a goat removes the dumbness of
children.

P'tfa kha-skad &m*i oral account;
tradition ; narrative ; colloquial language.

f '*f=. kha-skon JUS^, fTir a mouthful ;
completion ; appendix of a book : P'^'*)
klia-skon-wa 1. to fill up a void ; to make
tip a deficiency. 2. to fill up the mouth
with water, to rinse it.

P'ifc'1! kha skor-wa = ST*) slu-wa or

-*»

pqijjk a kha bskor-wa to speak cunningly;
to circumvent by speech.

f |^3^ kha skmi'-pon 1. sour; of an

•s»

acid taste. 2. olive ; olive tree (in Sikkim)
(Jd.).

C"'|=.« kha-skyens shame-facedness :

to give his garment to another man, and
that other man having held out his hand,
it is not given to him, he is ashamed —
that is termed kha-$kyefi$.

kha-kha I : apart, separately : P'f
'*>S if (you) sit apart there will
be no quarrel.

pTpJ II : or P"T* kha-kha-mo bitter
mouth; bitter taste.

p-pqq kha-khebs ^fa a veil ; a cover :
••qHfefr^MTMrp'^ grba-pa rcr kha-
khebs >-aj kha-re (at every offering) there is
a square of cloth apiece as a face cover-
ing to each monk.

P'j^ fcfo-ifarsWffc tha-hkhor border,
edge ; also the circumferc nee.

If a man is about

^i[^'i kha-thcg
byed-pa contradict ion ; denying one's
liability.

P'ST*1 Mia-khyag-pa, same as P'^I'SV
kha-theg byed-pa, to deny having under-
taken to do a thing; denying one's
liability.

r&* kha-k/iycr 1. ^'"1^ lan-krtn ; t«!*»'g
itcgs-bu any shelf or box on which birds
perch; also %f^iT an altar; a raised seat.
2. *m-niSjV|«! mt/iah-skor-kha the surround-
ing line or circumference of anything;
the surrounding edge of a cloth, &c.

^f^Khn-khra (kha-tha] ,v . sfn3 Blokha-
kfira or ^'P'91 Lo kha-brng; also n. for
certain wild tribes of the border land of
Tibet, namely the Aka and Mishmi tribes
of eastern Tibet and Assam (Ya-sel. 38).

P'gi kha-kliram (kha-tham) defined as
p-S}'a|«j-*-qj]^-£i cunning talk, deceitful
language.

p'Bi'i kha-khram-pa =
ffyorgyv tyad-mkhan one who epeaka
cunningly so as to cheat.

125

P'H15! I : kha-khral (kha-the) M^S^S res-
pect, regard ; lit. tribute in language or
in words.

fig1*! II : capitation tax or poll tax.

prupfo kha-hkhor the circumference of
the mouth (Cs.) ; p'^fc's kha hkhor-wa to
surround.

p'A.gij'q kha hkhyig-pa to bind an ani-
mal's mouth ; to gag ; to strangle.

p'ngiw kha-hkhyoms to be agitated
outwardly: j*'*»Tl'1V'§'*'**'F*3wl fluti
chen-po des rgya-mtshohi kha hkhyoms the
surface of the sea was troubled by that
great wind (A. 16).

r>'*\'Z kha-ya-po difficult (Sch.).

r>'"I'x kha-ya-ma or F'flp.'*! Isha-gan-ma
the square nig that is spread over a great
man's cushion or seat.

P'l*. kha-yan a quadrate, square ; one
sixth of the Tibetan coin called tanka,
which is equivalent to one anna in India:
fr<i|c,-q kha gafi-ica adj. square.

F'qle>'Sqrti 'I 'a kha-yafi-dyar-smra-wa to
talk at random; to speak at pleasure
( thoughtlessly ) .

F'*p kha-yab cover, lid. (Sch.).

P'S^'I*!*' kha yyen-phyogs '&W3 with
the face upwards (in expectation) ; expec-
tantly, eagerly.

F'SI6* kha-yrafis (kha-dan) enumeration.

f'5 kha-gru (kha-du) or *W9J mthah-gru
the corner limit or sphere of a place, also
of the mouth. The width of the mouth of
a vessel or pot, also the opening of the
mouth. r5'<w-'»'%''VT^a''r*>V*i*<'| kha-
grn yafi$-$ifi dkar-hbol rtsa-med mchog that
being broad in space, of white and soft
appearance, and without grass, is best
(Jig.).

("•|=- Kha-g.M, tm'«f6r^«r%8K mthah-
hklidb yul-gi min n. of a border country.

l"'§^'3 kha gjin-sgra is defined as "W^T
WA|t,'u5-^g-^-8| the noise of the foe which
arises in a battle-field (Mr! on.).

f>'e>^i\'ci kha hgoy-pa mute ; one who can-
not or does not speak; gagged (Mnon.).

p'^U^'q kha hyyur-wa to change one's
words or promises.

P^ll'i kha hgriy-pa (k/ia-dig) = f>'*.wy
kha hcham-pa of the same opinion or
disposition.

f'^g"! kha-hyril (kha-dif) the selvedge or
loose tufts of thread on either edge of a
cloth: 3*'5'F*$*'lw8ir!SWl»'«l the
fringes of the tent being made with blue
cotton.

P'^S kha-ryod ill or rough language;
also a slanderer (Sch.).

F*fl kfia-rgan privilege of old age (Jd.).

P'^^i kha-ryyan rrr^T the betel-leaf
which the Indians chew ; literally the
beautifier of the mouth.

f'JTq kha-ryyal-wa to win a di-pute :
q^-^'S'^W^'P'S'5' bdud rigs-kyi sems-
can kha-rgyal the animate beings of the
demon kind won the controversy.

I"'!*! kha-rgyug idle talk ; unfounded
assertion (Jd.).

r"'|S kha-rgyud, resp. ^«i'*^ shal-ryyitd,
same as m*'^ gtam-rgyud, oral tradition ;
also certain mystical doctrine not allowed
to be written down.

P'sfr kha-sgor the shoulder bone.

F'!*'*! kha sgyur-wa r*'|^«i kha-lo
sgyur-wa to govern ; to rein the mouth
(of a horse) ; to lead, guide, influence other
persons.

kha-sgrog (kha-doy) p%gfl|-ait-»cm-
-g^'^-q. In this passage rih kha-

126

tgrog means shutting or binding up the
straps of a trunk or leather box.

P'lflw kha-bsgos advice.

P'g'i MM lna-pa = ^'*{ scn-gc the lion
(Won.).

P'g'S kha sna-wa or P'gwd kha sfias-pa
to anticipate or say something before-
hand ; to speak out inconsiderately.

P'$1 kha-cig or P-fl$flj kha-gcig 1. or*
/«-/«, ^rfa^ a certain person ; P'4!" k/uifas
also ""F^ hgah-re, vp-'Vl hgiih-sliig.
2. some («7. 2«rf.) : P^TS^'S* Ma «>-
fre phur-sgrar vifiiHm*^ "or as some call
it a flying word"; P'S«T^ kha-cig iia-rc
Komeone said.

P'§«i kha-cnl or P'$* kha-ctir Kashmir ;
a Kashmirian.

P'1«=. k/ta-pcaft clever talking, cf. p'fj*. Q
kha sbi/an-po eloquent; dexterous in
conversation.

P'lJS k/ia-bcud=$*[e-' cu-yan u. of a
medicinal substance (Sman. 149).

Ma-gcod cover ; in Ld. cork.
A/(o-6w/idle talk, prattle (Sch.).

P'*^l I : kha-chag defect in the blade
(of a knife or an axe), but P'*"!'^'^0! kha-
i 'hag. §na-ral= to get the mouth damaged
and nose torn ; P'ST^'^fc kha thug-po son the
edge (of a knife, &c.) has become blunt ;
p^4|'3fcA:/ja log-son the blade has become
turned, i.e., bad ; P'^'^l kha mi-Mug the
sharpness is wanting; §^'P grihi-kha or
§5'li grihi so (in Khams) the blade of a
knife.

P'«l II : abuse ; ill language (Jd.).

P'*^ kha-c/tad, i^m'*^ thai-chad agree-
ment, covenant ; a truce ; P'*^ kha-chad=
chad-don special object or reason

kha-char= abbreviation of P'",
enow and *^'", rain.

P'at*i k/ia-c/iing the taming or appeas-
ing of wild beasts, &c., by witchcraft.

P$ kha-chu (W*n shal-chab) ^rrar,
VW. spittle; also used colloq. for P'«5'$
kha-wahi chu snow-water.

P'$'5J"1 kha chu-plmg n. of a place on
the uplands of Kha-chu (Lon. *| 32).

P'ro Kha-che a native of Kashmir;
a Mahomedan ; a person that has tLe
command over much ; principal or impor-
tant things (p'S'H'jj*«i kha-thc-ira rnams) ;
n. of a mask in the religious plays of Tibet.

prafc-jM kha-che fkyes., p'3'^ij klin-che
mc/<og, v. 3*'3*< rjur-yuin (Mf.on.), 3C*fi\fVl or
fiW*T saffron, the produce of Kashmir.

p'S-^Jfa'pie. kha-che hgron-khan, p'X'J'pt
kha-che za-khan an inn kept by a Muesal-
man at Lhasa or in Peking; ffa'*&*lkh&
che mchog HTfl ^S^TSI the chief article, i.e.,
finffron, which the Tibetans obtain from
Kashmir; p-S'-«]-p-*i k/ia-c/ic <;a-kha-ma a
kind of yellow flower resembling saffron
which imported from Kashmir is largely
grown in Tibet; p-l--*)-p-*raX-^g kha-che
^a-kha-ma spor rcr hlru the cost of a spor
of Kashmir ^a-kha-ma flower is a bnt or
barley flour (Rttii}.

pT^I*J1 kha-chcm&, resp. ^-?w«» a/.al-

c/tems, last will, testament : p-8«W^I^'q klia-
c/tcms hjog-pa to moke a will; p'?**)
g(c:m'«i^ k/ia-c/tcms rlun-la b§kur stnt (his)
last will to the winds (Bchu.).

P'<6« kha-chos hypocrisy; religion in
talk only.

ft-niai /,•/<«-$<;// ff/Rarfri idle talk, prattle;
talk as in a delirium : p'<««r§^ (he)
prattles.

Ft!

127

pa or

kha-rnthun.
kha-mthun-

thug-pa to agree upon ;
kha-hcham k/in<gs=%'%'<$^\H'§-
residing together as husband and
wife; to live harmoniously (Mnon.).

P'&Q kha hche-wa, same as p'Wi kJut
thiil-iea, to promise ; speaking sweet words
meaning nothing or evil.

kha-hjam g.tin-khag=fr<w
kha-hjam gtin-miy p^«rfftfl*'^j|cai
goft an(i polite in language but
evil at heart.

rq kha-hjal-ua to measure.

kha hjug-pa to interfere ; to
meddle with ; meddlesome.

P' kha-rje ^3, gg;T the chief of the
clouds ; cloud-god. Ace. to Cs. great lord,
mighty personage; good luck, good for-
tune; ace. to Jd. fortune, good, wealth.

P'i'l3'**1 kha-rje khyu-mchog=c:^'s^
bsod-nams Tj<a merit, moral virtue (Mnon.).

P't'*^ kha-rfe-can=^\^^'^ bsod-nams
can possessed of moral merit ; virtuous
(Mf,on.).

P't'* kha-rje die very powerful ; also
high moral merit: *'^rtte1t*iV'C*^^

^c.^E.'p'|'S-8Hc. if we brother and sister were
not here, would you have been powerful
to-day? (A. 18).

r^'i kha nan-pa or fT^'i kha-la nan-
pa to obey ; P'^'2* kha nan-po obedient.

P'S^ kha-nun sparing of words ; laconic
(Sch.) : r>-y.-<n*\-v$*- kha-mifi lag-tsan, frvK^c
*inif4-*f;*ptciryfn [B one wno does not
speak many words and who does not act
the thief.

P'?*l kha-nog, v. f>'^"\ kha-nog.

skad-mnam
of equal, i.e., same words or opinion :
%mpmrqrfr*prm jf (you) eat together

(you) should agree in speech.

Ff* kha-rnin old or second-hand articles.

k.*i kha-brnons,

med-pahi kha-la mdse$-po bad at
heart, but very polite in expression

(Nmj. 10).

P'$*w kha-snoms of same height; also
of level surface : rifWF*y*$'|i«rq they
were equal in height; nS«|-^-p)-|«^-q?-f5it.^-
1^*1'^ bsil-ri kha-snoms-pahi khon$-$kyibs-na
in a sheltered corner or cleft of cool moun-
tains of level surface (Ya-scl. 35.).

("'5 kha-ta or P'f kha-tta good advice ;
lesson ; PTl'V kha-ta bycd-pa or
hjog-pa to give advice ;
not to give advice to a bad man (Jig.).

a> P'?, kha-twa, v. f>'
^'"1 kha-tbam-ga, a club or staff with a skull
at the top, the weapon of S'iva, also carried
by ascetics; a trident ; f"'5-q| kha tam-ga a
Tantrik club or staff with a skull at the
top, v. f'^'1^ kha-twam ga, trident ; the
Tantrik staff with three skulls piled one
above another at the top, the lowest one
resting on a pot. This was originally
introduced into Tibet by PadmaSambhava.

F'$*l kha-tig bitter ; bitter taste, v. F'3 i :
kha-ica.

F'T-^ kha-to fin is said to be same
as fljw^e, gsal-fin, a pointed stake used
for the execution of criminals (Jd.).

P'fa kha-ton or fn&fi kha-hdon <<<i'^m,
^4Mc5 a reading or reciting from memory
with a loud voice ; S'T'Pi'P'fa'^'m reading
or saying by heart; F'ft'V^'*1 */'« ton-du

FWM

128

to know by heart ; P'lft '3=-'" kha-
ton byafi-ira q^Wf tfftftj«rr (mgfw'ar) a
clear recitation of prayer or hymns. Also
explained as ^•y»n^w$**V1^:*r
<0^-£jvg"vq to recite religious tracts from
memory, without having recourse to
books: "iC"! Q'ql't>f Vf'frSV "by looking
at scientific works to commit to memory"
(A. 3).

P'lSS'l kha gtad-pa, same asP'^S'^ kha
tprad-pa or vy^'i ra-spr ad-pa 1. to bring
together personally; to confront: *9j « $*<
qvj'^'p'flpv^fl'qw hgi-o ma-niis-par rta ran
kha-gtad hdon pas (Yi<j.) not being able
to go, (he) let the horse go towards you.
2. to turn one's face.

P'"15W kha-gtam, resp. *!*'*?>* shal-gtam,
oral tradition.

p-qj§«i|»rq kha ffti(gs-pa=r>'^'^'^^ /•/'"•
la ho gtugt-pa or P'T^'IS'" klta-la ho byed-
pa to kiss.

(n-fl|ifc.'q ]f]ta gtofi-wa to injure ; to abuse ;
to call names.

P'SJI* kha-btag$ anything that is put on
the face, i.e., presented or placed before
a person for his acceptance; hence that
ubiquitous article of Tibetan social inter-
course, the presentation or salutation scarf.
These scarves are of various descriptions.
The longest and the best ones are presented
to the great lamas, high officials, and to
other personages ; they carry respect ac-
cording to their quality, colour and length.
There are different sorts of P'q5"l*< kha-
btatjs (silk presentation scarves) — p'i5<i|*r
arl'j^-sjcsigi^Jjq^si kha-btags-la phyi-
mdnod, nan-mdsod, nin-bde-ma, P
bsod-btags, *'^'^ tshe-lha-mo or w^'

brgyad-slags, bcu-sbags, sog§ sna-Miogs
yod.

P'lSf^ kha-stan a soft thin, rug that is
spread on a cushion ; a cover for a cushion
or couch.

F'§t'^ kha sten-du above ; besides ; on ;
upon ; at ; towards : ^'Ft^'V'W (il'f-li 4/'«-
Sted-du slniijs he sat upon it (Pag. 64.)

F'?^ k/ia-ston not yet having eaten any-
thing ; lit. empty mouth.

f ?*'*' SQ '** kfiii-stonig rgyab-pa is de-
fined as ^fcT^rqfcrsr^r^-Avwp-wJ^'
«i'«i«r«i, to revile one another for no purpose.

P'fJJ'^j kha tbam-ga, y%-tj,*\-*i*i lha-yi
phyag mtshan, v. ^'5**'*! kJm-tam-ga.

|"'"i kha-thal=zy\'v* thug-thai or 3T
IT** thug rttam rice or barley particles.

P wi kha tlial-tca=rr'&'Q kha hchc-tca to
promise ((/«.).

pTSj kha-thi a kind of satin in variega-
ted colours.

P'51 kha-thug to the brim= "lV'3"! g.don-
thug : P'5"l'^'£' kha-thug skon-wa to fill to
the brim ; P'^ kha-nafi the inside brim
P'S*!'" khu thug-pa to meet in a contest,
in concert with.

P'3f"| kha-thog top or surface; upon a
thing =VTP thog-kha on the roof, on the
upper flat.

P'¥* kha-thor pustules in the mouth
(A*.)'.

P'«3^ kha-mthun, v. P'^*»< kha-cham.

p-wg^-q k/ia-mthitn-pr> = r>'$,*\'ci kha-t hug-
pa agreeing upon, unanimous ; also
together with: <-g* ^•|*^'fr>W«'fr'l>
in concert with the men of the palace
they petitioned (Pag. 275).

p'W) kha-hthal 1. regulating of stores
by equalizing their quantities : ai'SV*ll!*<'
*e.-S«.-«^-<*V§«Vq * yo-byed sogs man nun hdra
hdra byi-d-pa la, \&&'»*;*'

129

l^'i rnin-pahi chad dan gsar ^prod-la hthab
bye4-pa(Rtsii.). 2. p'Wq kha hthab-pa=
fll^'^'i gyul gprod pa or ^*«|' w«l dmag
hthab-pa to fight; to give battle (Mfion.).

p-^'qsvq kha-hthen btaA-wa=^'^^'^
Ion b_taft-wa to send a reply, to reply ; P'
^'i kha htlwn-pa (to pull the mouth) to
stop a beast of draught.

P-(rtfc-q kha-kthor-pa = *'*x.'*Q!*'*i so-sor
hbral-tca, J*rq gyes-pa to scatter, to sepa-
rate one from another; also disordered,
confused, confusion: «$'*'pi'<0fvq a book,
the leaves of which have become mixed
up together; «W<^p-<OM*rfy»r*£« at the
place there were a few scattered ones
only (A. 23); ^if^Kt^nVf^f^ft
ift<r<^ among the beasts there are two
classes : those that live secluded and those
that are scattered (in abodes of men
and gods).

P'Vl kha-dag swept clean, cleared up,
entirely gone: ^v|«q«r«*«r*vp-vi|-*«, nor
phyugs thams-cad kha-dag soil his wealth
and cattle have all disappeared.

P'^"! kha-dig or P'?*| kha-ldig to stam-
mer ; P'SJT*^ kha-ldig-mkhan a stam-
merer.

MM dug-can
poisonous mouth ; having poison in the
mouth.

P'V'i *^a dum-pa being in concert
with ; having agreed.

P'^TQ kha-dul-po (soft mouth) manage-
able ; tractable.

P'^a| kha-dog or P'*^1 Tcha-mdog = **p.'H
mdafis colour : a-*<^'»'^E.'5|'P''ieil«l'§'is-'? the
hair became blue-black; P'^1'5)'qIlIII*i kha-
dog-gi pztigs i^^q ; F^TfW11 kha-dog
rnthun-pa of one uniform colour: ^'^s.'
Jhr^Tfljfirp-^^iqafW^N-q dge-sM cfiof-
gos ffsum kha-dog mtfmn-par ysol-pa he

wears the three garments of a monk of
uniform colour. P'^TJ*'1' kha-dog sgyur
ica to change colour; P'Vr^i* the colour
changes (Ja.).

P'^I'S"!^'2' kha-dog dkar-po=*\*\'§fr dag-
byedoT ^'5'"*) rtsba kit-pi the cleanser, puri-
fier ; also a name for the dub grass (Mfion.).

P'Vj'^'" kha-dog flan-pa ^«Wl of dis-
agreeable or bad color.

p'^q|l^-Ei kha-chen-po
g$er gold (Mnofi.).

P'^'^'3 kha-dog Ita-bu or P'
dog hdra-wa dog Ita-bu in colour ; like its
colour.

kha-dog fna-tshogs variety
of colours ; of different hues : P'^ql'^'*"l*i'
fl-$*|-*q-<jfyj( kha-dog sna-tshog mu-tig rob
yin-no an excellent pearl is of a variety of
colours (Lofi. S 2.).

P'^l'i kka-dog-pa small hole or narrow
hole.

kha-dog mthah yaf-pa
l1 variegated colours.

" kha-dog ysum-pa explained as
|'£(5-»)E.- fin ba-gtaftrmig-pahi mid
a name for the tree called the ox-hoof

(4000.)'

P'Vl Ma-drag VS mighty, haughty;
P'VT*1 loquacious, talkative.

P'^' kha-draH just before ; straight on.

P'X kha-dro in Khams and Amdo signi-
fies iTr^* bkra-fis auspicious, of good
omen or appearance.

P'X^ kha dro-b_o= P'^'5 kha hphro<f-po
agreeable, amiable, of pleasant company.

p-nim^-q kfia gdafa-pa fjRrpwur, ^«mj
yawning; opening the mouth; gaping;
widening the mouth : p'«fte.^») kha-g.dai>$
na$ having opened the mouth widely, •

18

130

kha-mdog, v. F'Vj kha-dog.

kha-hdar one who speaks too fast
or too loud.

P'^l kha-hdig cork, bung, stopple.

of law or religion.

tu mthun-pa agreeing in an account.
kha-hdon, v. P'fa kha~ton.

kha-hdon byetf-pa to recite or
mutter a charm or mantra.

P'8! kha-rda muttering, whispering : P'
q«;q3E.- Ej-|^ to mutter or speak auspiciously.

F'«, kha-brda conversation, talk, pro-
phecy, prediction ; it also signifies i-'lYi'
*uc/2j tyad-pa bzad-po good explanation or
utterance : ^FV*^«W*JK<a<1!lfrpnH'**<fl
"may the doctrine (of Buddha) prosper"
such was his righteous utterance (A.
U6).

F'l*^ kha brdah=yf\* $kad-cha verbal
utterance : S'&'vDiistfc.-uie.-w *tfc.-q'«vg*r
^•(q-q^-i)-^ although he had beheld the
girl's eyes, he acted as if he had not seen
her and gave no spoken sign.

?'?*>** kha-sdams = f>'') kha-ta or flftwrp
gdams-kha advice.

F'jjw'fl kha sdom-pa — ^'^^t kha mnan-
pa to silence ; to gag or stop the speech.

t P'l^'^I kha-da-ga JsTfir the scimitar
or sabre of the Hindus.

q kha-na ma-tho-wa, lit.
V^'i kha na§ ma thon-pa, not confessed, i.e.,
not come out of the mouth ; ^3*1 also w^j,
a metaphysical term defined as $*T«r^'$w
«i5'i)R, a name for sin and moral corruption.
There are two kinds, viz., (1) ^'"^'f 'pr
^•*r?'q ran bshin-gyi kha-na ma-tho-wa sins
which are committed naturally and semi-
consciously; (2) P««'q5-p^-«-1f-q bcas-pahi
kha na ma tho-wa sins of overt violation

q J|«-qJ( Householders and monks in general,
in keeping these sins and failings conceal-
ed, because they do not issue forth from
the mouth, such are styled kha-na-ma-tho-
wa. P'3!'*! ?'q'»)'«wq kha-na ma tho-wa mi
mnah-wa f^<«m the sinless; p^'wTq'^'"
kha na ma, tho-wa mcd-pa ^JT^B without
sin or moral corruption ; F'^'i'f 5-flj5«i kha-
na-ma thohi pfewMBVTVtrC^rflWk1
sinful or blasphemous speech.

MI'S kha nag-pa=Wci'*il'\'% mun-pa
nag-po darkness ; also of gloomy appear-
ance ; morose; wicked (4f#ow.).

f>'*F kha-nan yesterday morning. But
F'^'^'qjjw kha-nan-du blta$ ^*H^M^: to
look inwardly: («i^e.-

gK.'l^'i'? the knowledge gained by intro-
spection, which is carefully to examine
how much of good or evil and virtue or
vice exists in one's own heart, causes rejec-
tion (of evil) and acceptance (of good).

kha nad mouth disease.
v«^ kha nar-can oblong.

kha-nas orally ; by word of mouth ;
B 31 ^ cuckoo ; also to cry or call like
the cuckoo; p'^*r3^'q kha-nas ser-tca to
speak colloquially.

f'^t kha-nin last year.

of cotton cloth, etc.; that having two
colours (Rtsii.).

P'^l kha-nog or f'^"\ kha-nog clamourous ;
asking often and often for a thing, etc. :

the three may be classed together, (namely)
defilement, importunity, and being strick-
en by lightning (Rtsii.).

131

' kha-nor son he has erred in
conversation.

P'»W kha mnan-pa=f*'2W'ci kha sdom-
pa to obstruct the speech ; also to coerce,
to silence.

f>'t kha-pa the volume marked with
the letter P kha, i.e., the 2nd volume. Any-
thing (book or article) marked with the
letter f kha.

r"-2i kha-po sometimes =F kha speech,
e.g., p'Q'^arS mild speech and polished
language.

P'Q'^ kha-po-che = f>'^\'^ kha rgyag-pa or
fr*«.-g Mia man-po talking much: $" *)'$}«!'
•JfvH'qS'p'q*'X rtsi-ge sreg-for zer-wahi kha
pho-chc a shrew called Rtsi-ge sreg-$or,
who was very talkative (Rdsa. 31).

rSI*' kha-lpa(js = rw<i'*\'H khal-pags lip.

P'3 kha-spu hair of the face; whiskers.

F* kha-pho boasting: p'9'X kha-pho-
che one who boasts much; also boasting
much.

F'Sn] kha-phog verbal reproof.
F'* kha-phor W%( ; STPWf a cup ; a
saucer.

F% kha-phyi the outer edge.

mthun-pa unanimity in a conference;
unanimous vote.

Fl*'^ kha-phyit- lta=<*'*.'*§F'fr\*c» pha-
rol-tu kha phyogs-pa examining by appear-
ances ; also to look outside (Mnon.) : F'^v
^'"'S'^i'i kha-phyir bltas kyi yes-pa know-
ing or judging things by their external
appearance.

P'^ kha-phyis napkin.
P'3'l kha phye-wa=r>'$wi kha rgyas-pa
1. to bloom or blossom; also

well developed, full blown. 2. = r
kha hbye4-pa '^pvw to yawn.

r!T< kha-phyogs^F^w&P* kha Ita-
wahi phyogs the direction of one's sight.

p-wq Mia-hphaA-wa^'^^i to
divulge ; spread ill rumours (Jd.).

P'^ kha-hphyur ^air^ a solid mea-
sure for grain like B fare Jffar ; or *& hlo.

?>'*%*{» kha hphrod-po, v. P'^'S kha dro-bo.

P'^ I : kha-wa firw bitter ; P'fa kha-
tig from (""'*> and ^1'5 bitter, i.e., of
very bitter taste : X'p'q ro kha-wa bitter
taste ; p'SKA kha-mfiar bitter and sweet ;
F'3i kha-mo bitter: *c.'f'S chan kha-mo
beer that is very strong or of bitter taste.

pTCJ II: =11=.*' gans f%H snow: r
•(•^'^^•"l^sf kha-wa dud Itar gsal the snow
(was) unsullied as shells ; P'^'S kha-wa
§kye f%*?w, »?fa, ^VT snow-born or ocean-
god; f>'^ kha-goH = f>'c^'^lc-'^ snowball;
P'** kha-char snow and rain; ("'*•*
>wa <;/«)!>• sleet; F"'*^ Kha-wa-can
Tibet, the snowy country : |"-«i'*^ jj'$«i the
country oji snow, or snowy country ; c-'^'
R^-frqj-^p-tr^-l-*^!-^ 100 years (after)
my time the snowy lakes of Tibet becoming
dry; P'l's?'*! a swallow, prob. enow-
swallow. P'^'IOI kha-wahi rtul fV?TH9i.
f?^^f% lumps of snow: p'nS^-*! kha-
wahi phye-ma ff^TTT^irr snow dust; flakes
of snow ; also camphor, 3fqK ; p'W) kha-
hlab or P'^'^i'i kha-ica hbab snow-fall,

avalanche ; p^Wt"*| having the name of
suow; P'^'^S f^M<qf«i glare from the
snow, snowy lustre.

prq'^vQ Kha-ica tfkar-po n. of an im-
portant religious institution in KItams.

!"•«<• Vn kha-wa ri-pa^wfcw Gafit-
l?ofi$-pa a Tibetan; one residing in the
snowy mountains (Yig. k. 6).

132

P'2^ I : kha-bad. the architectural
ornament of a Tibetan house formed by
the projecting ends of the beams which
support the roof.

II: the humidity of the air
caused by snow (fa.).

P^'SS kha-war byed '=^T 'P*R.- reg-bz«A
of soft or pleasant touch (Jtfnon.).

P'9 kha-bu or P'S^'" *//a bttb-pa being
turned downwards : wH'll*'*f"L'*W4'
%*•** I have fallen headlong into the abyss
of sin (Pag. 185).

PS* kha-byaft ^q:«n^«, Vtfipl with
the face downwards ; learned, wise.

F'9'1! Ma bye-tea ft^rfti<T in bloom.

r"'9"I kha-brag (kha-tag) forked rocks ;
any forked object; also as adj. %T>'%i\Lo-
kha-brag, the mountainous wild country
N. E. of Bhutan inhabited by wild tribes.

P'g«i kha-bral (kha-tal) ftflT divorce,
separation, especially of lovers or husband
and wife.

^' kha-dwaA eloquent: f«
dwan-choy able to epoak powerfully, elo-
quent (Nag. 11).

P'Sg"! k/ia-tfbrag literally the mouth-
split : «'P'*\9qI chu kha-dbrag a river which
is divided or branched out; "Wf'^gi a
road which is branched into several paths ;
3«.'9|-<w*rr>^qq| the branch of a tree which
divides into several parts ; fiT*'F'^g*J rmig-
pa kha-dbrag a hoof which is bifurcated
or split.

P'WH Kha hbar-ma arrar^^ n. of
a goddess (Rtsii.). In the Hindu pan-
theon Jvalamukhi (she with a burning or
glowing mouth) is worshipped as the
goddess of cholera.

3 'i kha-hbu-wa, the opening of the
buds of flowers.

p-figq-g-yarq kha-hbub-tu nal-wa to lie
with one's face downwards.

l»-<*g»rq Ma-hbug-pa sftr^f, fTF^^-sirff
unblown flower, buds.

f^'l kha hbyed-pa = F\* kha-phye-
wa to open a cover or pasted letter or packed
article ; is also used of books.

kha hbrt-tca (kha-di-wa) to make
less, to diminish; to detract from (in
quality).

r§=- kfia-tbyafi eloquence; ^'3=-'^ klia
sbyan-po eloquent.

kha-fbyar or fl^'l kha fbyar-wa
the mouth of a vessel or box closed or shut
up : •MriTPV'V*l'*<ril"''*lF s-rtt-chen
kha-fbyar rin-chen sil-mns bkufi a covered
copper vessel filled with precious thing.-,
etc. (G kah. 77).

• f|k 3«H'* kha-tbyor ~thig-k *jK-fn^
n. pr. (Schr. Td. 2, 275).

f> '$* kha ibyor ^V^f^fz, «mw any-
thing that is left after eating or has been
touched by the mouth but not eaten;
rlV" to kiss.

rtV*^^ kha-sbyor bdun-ldm=^
i«.' Rdo-rje hchafi, the Tautrik Buddha
Vajradhara (Mfion.).

p-wn*»i kha nia-hcham = r>'*)'*§*i kha mi-
mthun discordant; P>'*)A*« kha mi-hcham
does not agree or live in harmony.

P'^'3'i kha ma-phye-u-a fi^Jm an
opening bud ; one of the twenty-one hells
in which sinners are punished, being bound
with ropes.

P'**'3 kha-ma bye «fi1^ a store or
repository (Lex.).

133

frsl i^-n kkami-fes-pa not knowing the
language. ;

P'8* kha-mur bit (of a bridle).

P'*>"S kha-med silent ; cannot reply : «w ^
"P'*>\ i^'l 'J'*^ lab-na kho-wed, bton-na
rgyu med if asked there is no reply ; if ran-
sacked, nothing to produce (from one's
pocket); P'^'IT", V^'Vl'*1 (the common
saying is) "the dumb doss not speak,
the tongueless stammers."

P'S kha-mo enchantment; irresistible
influence.

kha-dmar lit. "red mouth " ; a
demon or preta ; a ghostly apparition.
This word is used in astrology and the
medical works of Tibet to signify an affirm-
ative prediction, good or bad. When
such a prediction is realized it is called
p» <^w5i| kha-dmar phog, when otherwise it
is called P'V*''?1'? kha-dmar tog.

kha-rtsat=P*K kha sad yester-
day forenoon : P'£s.'5)'SW'« the boy that
was here yesterday forenoon (A.) ; also
the day before yesterday; p*'v;-fl|*v"y*4
fear-sail gzah ni-ma last Sunday (Jd.).
kha-rtsod disputation,

P'* kha-tsha bitter and acrid; hot in
the mouth; pungent like pepper; ace. to
Jd. (a) a very acrid sort of radish ; (b)
aphtha) thrush, a disease of the mouth
incident to horses, cows, sheep, &c. ; (c) P'
*-^c.-fc'q kha-tsha rifi-fle-tca daily warm
food.

P'**, kha-tshar 1. fringes, such as the
threads at the end of a web or cloth or
rug, scarf or sash. 2. minor ingredients
in a medicinal mixture : f

having made one drug the principal
ingredient, on adding thereto another drug
in less quantity, it is called adding the
kha-tshar.

P'^i kha-tshub snow-storm.
P'* kha-tsho boasting : P'^'-^'§'^'P kha
tsho f in-tu che-wa a great swaggerer (Jd.).
kha-tshod the weighing: P'*V^'
q-3)-a^-jm'q kha-tshod, blta-phyir Miig-
gi Ian $mras-pa (A. 6) considering one's
expression with a view to reply to it.
(Iqj-qjK^-mtr^-gv^-q tshig gari-hdra lab-yon
tshod tta-wa.)

P'*^ kha-tshon= p'^3") kha-hgrig,
kha-hcham or P'*'3^ kha-mthun unanimous,
of one voice or opinion. Generally used
with "f&^'i, meaning 1. as in «w*r««v*J3^-
qvpt-qvp'^w^ (A. 3), all unanimously
and firmly agreed upon ; lit. P'2^ kha-tshon
colour ; hence to be all of one colour in the
face, i.e., to be of the same opinion. 2.
= '"1 "l^V1* thag gcod-pa a final decision or
resolution : ^'3«'5IJi'§^r|^'Wp'^ i«S (A.
15) they all resolved to forsake their
kingdoms ; «wi|3<!| g'p-^ KVF mthah
g.cig-tu kha-tshon cho$ dkah it is difficult
to arrive at a final decision. 3. surface
or width (Ja.).

kha-mtshul jpn muzzle ; mouth ;
the lower part of the human face.

P'**=.*T« kha htshafis-pa=^'ci smod-pa
to slander ; to curse (Mnon.).

| kha-htshog abuse : p'^'l^'Q kha-
htshog chen-po a great abuser, a reviler.

kha-hdsin *!{*« the cuckoo.

kha-hdsin bye$-pa to receive
in a friendly spirit ; to be kind ; to assist
(Jd.) ; also to govern ; p-*2^c

134

sent or commissioned for governing
(Qsarn. 25).

rragqmqp kha-hdsin psum are the fol-
lowing three : ^TH1" sug-smel f^» small
cardamom, Convolvulus turpetthum; 3^'*J*
gur-gum saffron; and %'%'%^ pi-pi-lin long
pepper (Sman. &50).

t hdsum-pa to shut the mouth.
kha-shan of inferior quality
or of low position : F'lW<*'l[q!'q£a| the mis-
fortune of being of low birth (Ja.).

f'Q*i kha-shur water-hen (Sch.).

f>'$ kha-she mouth and mind : M'**"
«£«;*»•£) kha-she mi mchung-pa hypocrisy ;
hypocrite ; rr^'*)*V£) kha-she med-pa un-
feigned ; sincere.

f^e. kha-shen breadth, expanse, e.g., of

the heavens.

("•fa kha-shen=kha-hb shan-pa modest
in speech ; also not able to speak well.

F'^« kfia-shes food, victuals (Cs.).

W'3iJl kha zam, P'£'»» kha-che zam
a kind of chintz from Kashmir ; also a
kind of cloth or silk stuff in variegated
colours : ww bal zam chintz from Nepal.

F'*w kha-zif food, either in general or
some particular article of food : fw<s»-
n*,srq*-§^ kha-zas la brkam-par gyur
he longed for food ; p'wijie.'** kha-zis
fftshan-ma clean food, or clean in (taking
food). In Sikk. khabze sweet cakes, etc.

F'l^'1! kha sum-pa to close the mouth
or any opening.

+ F'S^ kha-zur or f*'$*kha-sur *sr5sk the
date fruit.

i kha zer-wa g<3T loquacious.

^ kha-gzar spoon or ladle.
F'«l^ kha-ffsi or f>'*\$ kha-gze in W.
rake in gardening ; in Spiti a carrier's
load ; kha ze-pa a coolie (Ja.)..

! tshig-gi

f tad-rag good speech ; one who speaks
pleasantly (llfnon.).

ffctft khahi-nin ^<ETq the day before
yesterday.

P'^"l kha-hog lit. face downward ; down-
cast ; P'^1'§'^51'«i kha hog-tu bcug-pa or
$^'i chud-pa to subjugate one, or to
enforce obedience upon ; r*qT§'*l?*''5'3'q
kha hog-tu bttas-te fi-wa to die falling down
head-long, i.e., with the face downward.

kha ya lit. being one's partner
or match as to speaking, but in general
partner, assistant; p'^'SV^ kha-ya byed-
pa to assist : p)'5l'u''K'&'31' I am not his
match, not able to compete with him;
with regard to things, I am not equal to
the task ( Ja.).

f'^I kha-yig <siJ*r«. the letter F, a
label ; a letter or writing on the cover
of any parcel or letter ; an inscription.

f'^m kha-yel the spout (of a kettle or
any other vessel): gw*3*|*-*Jp1ffF<Hoi'
*$-^W£i drawing with his lips at the
spout which hangs down outside the vessel
(A. 23).

("'^"l kha-yog a false charge (Ja) : «'V
q5-p-IQq]'gt ma ne-pahi kha-yog byun(C.) he
was unjustly accused (Ja.} ; w^wwjf1^'

unfounded accusations arise such as those
coming by word of mouth and by impli-
cation, though one is guiltlesg.

kha-ffyel wide mouth : |p-Zr>5e.*r
^F^frrq-f* the shape of
Sumeru resembled that of a vessel placed
with its wide mouth upwards (i.e., like a
pyramid on a point) (Ya-sel. 3S).

p-jj|^n]q kha-pyog3 = F'ficw kha-khebf.
cover of a vessel or basket (G. kah. 77).

135

F'^ kha-ra in TF. for T* Aa-ra, sugar
(/d.) ; trough ; manger (Sch.).

Kha-rag n. of a place in Tibet.
n. of a celebrated lama of the
Kadampa School of Buddhism.

f**> kha-ra? neck-cloth ; a towel.

F'^ kha-ri or (*'$ k/ia-ru, v. p«r^ khal-ri.

F'S'^ kha-ru tshwa-^^^^ black salt
used medicinally (Mnon.) : *^f, ft^, ft^-
^I^T a kind of salt (procured by boiling
earth impregnated with saline particles) ;
a particular kind of salt of fetid odour
(used medicinally as a tonic aperient).
It is black in colour and is prepared by
fusing fossil salt with a small proportion
of emblic myrobalan, the product being
muriate of soda with small quantities of
muriate of lime, sulphur and oxide of
iron (M. Wills.). Klia-ru tshtca-yi$ drod
?kyed $bo$-pa dun sgeg daft hgyin khrog lad
rlufi hjomx-par byred. flatulence, accom-
panied with belching, rumblings, phlegm,
and wind, is overcome by the medicinal
salt.

Syn. S'^'T rtt-tsa ka ; jjY* $min-tshba ;
$•?•£" bi-tam fio (Mfion.).

p*'|"J kha-re $kyens=r*'$wt kha
tkyafis-pa or ?#q no tsha-wa to be ashamed.

F'^Ti kha reg-pa to touch anything by
the lips ; to put one's mouth to a thing in
order to eat or drink it.

P'X kfia-ro taste in the mouth.

f^FH*1 kha-btsum silent,
without reply : ^q«'ii-q-»i-i-p-Xfl|-^ there-
fore remain silent with untingling ear !
F'^TljX'^l kha-rog sdod-cig be silent ; do
not speak. F'Xflj'q is also freq. ("'^T^'Ti
to remain silent.

r^'i kha rog-pa g?nrar a kind of
drug, prob. sulphate of copper.

kJta-rlans TTO vapour from the
mouth.

p-«r»>'<w kha-la me-hbar n. of the King
of the Yi-dag or Preta.

p-ar^-ci kha-la r^-^a=metaphi *N zas
to eat ; do eat (K. g. |" 28).

P'a''S|'^'^'ai'^'fP kha-la $Za-te don-la dkah
easily spoken but difficult in meaning.

P'^ kha-lan mouth requital; thanks-
giving ; reply, especially angry reply;
also requital for food received (/a.) : ^S'W
p-uj^-q^wt^-Rgqi when disordered with evil
thoughts, the food of faith is my reply
(Mil).

("•"Wg*. kha-las lyufi sprung forth from
the mouth.

P'Qj^'CJ Kha-lin-pa n. of a place in
Tibet.

P'5* kha-le, v. |S'"> khya-le.
pi'^q kha-leb cover, lid.

kha-k 1. =rrfl*' kha-phyog$
towards the mouth. 2. prow of the ship
(Schr.) ; according to others the helm
aj'^tt. 3. ace. to Cs. and Ja. the glans-
penis.

fiS'vq kha-lo sgyur-pa or sgynr-wa

kha-lo igynr-mkhan one who steers ; also
a governor, a driver, a charioteer. See
especially in narrative of early life of the
Buddha in Dulwa.

f«'Si'£i kha fo-/>a=[*'5ql*''c| kha phyogs-pa
^nrftr, wrm; ("'ll*''!^'^^ khi phyogs
Sgyur-rnkhan one who leads or guides;
also a shadow.

p»'Si«j'ti kha-log-pa to reply; to contra-
dict: 3'«rMj-^T$X'F''!fal't| phyi-la hgro-na
tshur kha log-pa walking out he returned
hither.

136

pj'-^ kha-g a the spotted deer (/a.) ; elk
(Sch.). In Sikk. the common deer of the
Duars is called P'-q. F-f^THI kha-^a-yi
ja-khug a tea bag made of deer-skin.

r^ kha-$ags jest ; joke in W.

(Ja.).

F-*pkha-fas (sounded "kha-she") some;
colloq. in C.

P'$qli''*1 kha-fitgs-can or P'^V*^ kha
shetf-can eloquent ; P'^l" »>^ '« k/ut-fugt
meg-pa om who has nothing much to say,
same as S|Y*'niti J'*^ " gkad-cha lub-rgyu
med-pa.

p'-ffl kha-qob in colloq. lies ; obscene
talk; idle talk.

P ^ kfia-for breach of promise : P ^'
*te kha-for soA the mouth has run away,
denoting inconsiderate talk (Ja.).

p'Jfrs kha-fol-xa ^TOTO rinsing the
mouth; sipping water and ejecting it.

iP'"^ Kha-fya n. of a mountainous

^a

country in the north-east of India (Ta.) \
the Khasya Hills in Assam.

rough language ; controversy, discussion,
dispute ; with rgyag-pa to dispute : ^^'
35'q|e.«'^'p'fll^l'l*i'51'5'^ pointing his fingers
he goes to dispute (Rdsa. 17).
kha-b<;a4 talk, gossip.

Kha-sag ""
of a wild country on the border of Tibet

Mia-sail, v. P'r^ k/ia-rtsafl.

kha-sadt explained as IWT"!^'
'^'3'i-'l^ to speak one's mind; to
tell honestly what has occurred in the
mind.

f«ji kha-sub a bribe : P'fil''a^'£' kha-sub
lyin-pa to offer a bribe.

W'*i Kha-si n. of a wild hill tribe of
India (of the Khasya Hills) (Dsam.).

F*|K. kha-sifi 1. the day before yester-
day. 2. also = several weeks ago; some-
time back.

P'«H kha-sur, v. P'l* kha-zur.

W'^J kha-so 1. abbreviation of P k/td,
mouth, and* so, teeth. 2. the edge, border
of a thing : P '" '" ' w>'^ kha-so la hphan-fio
_p-g«l-acm4E.'Jr flung to the border (Pag.
187) : r^'S'P Q*'9'*''
kha-khyer las hjah li
•^y* gru-rdsinf-kyi mthah la <;an-rgyab
lined the border of the ship with iron
plates (A. IS).

i kha-sral chufi-flu qfH deaf.

!>=p'fa kha-ton learning by

heart ; primer used by children in W.
\ kha-ff*ng, v. P'l"!"! kha-bsag.
kha-g.sar new, fresh.
I kha-g.sal or I^^'P ffsal-k/ta a
message; clear language; intelligible
language : p'ft'fljwi'p kha mi-ysal-irti
obscure; not in clear terms or language.

P'l* kha-g./<o made full by adding some-
thing more to it : SVI>*'qy»'lT'ql*' filling
with the best thing and nectar in oblation
(Rtsii.).

p'jwfl) kha $«<z<7=P I**) kha gsag SIW«R
talkative.

p'qfj'«J kha Ifsre-ica to associate with
one another, viz., in drinking and smok-
ing together.

p-flj5(E.-^ kha-b$lafi-du turned upwards:
(•rq^c.-ci kha b$lafi-pa to lie with the face
uppermost.

fig*' kha-bslu? to tempt by false hopes
and promises ; to deceive by sweet words.

P'$1 kha-hrag forked mouth or point ;
the bifurcated mouth or end of anything

0

137

made of iron or wood: 5i'*i'^
^T*^ nub-na fifl-ffcig rtse-mo kha-hrag daft
in the west a tree with forked top, &c.
kha-lhag remnant of a meal.

a raven : fJ'^'-^K^^T" khwa-
4

skad qes-pafyi rig-pa ^nraf^^T the science
of drawing omens from the caw of a raven.

khyag in C. ace. to
chen important.

bya-khiva de<$ thub-pa

able

to scare a raven — used as attribute of Bud-
dha ; as long as a boy cannot drive away a
magpie he is not considered ready (by his
age) to get religious instructions.

i;'5 khwa-ta the Tibetan magpie : P,'

khwa-tahi $a-yis g.don-na4 sel-war bye<f,
khba-tahi sgro-yis $grib-$in byed the flesh
of the magpie removes diseases caused by
evil spirits; the feather of the magpie
prevents the patient seeing apparitions,
ghosts, &c. ; spotted magpie or ^TH'S
khwatakhra-wa fuller name for the magpie.

—1^^ dpya-tcarent or tax

in kind : **'^fyr$IJwSS'*aJ chos bshin-du
khbaham dpyu-hbul paid rent or tax
according to religious law.

I: khag 1. means, resource;
ktiag-mcd=*RW3)^ without means.

II : a task, charge, business, duty,
responsibility ; of importance : FTB*> khag-
khur=*>*P\ 'R* hgan-khur to take charge of
a thing or person, to be responsible for
anything, to be surety for anyone ; FT
*.'q khag hkhur-ica to assume charge of ;
i-q khay hgel-wa to place in charge ;
|'«i khagtheg-pa orP"l'S:|I't| khagrgyag-
pa to guarantee ; become responsible :
^v<£-q aqc.-q-p«i 5ij der htsho-ica yon-tea khag-
thfg I warrant you will get something to
eat there. PT^ khag-theg or PTI31 k/iag-

khag-

: that which is divided off; a
class, part, division, section (of a book or
place) ; "S'P'H bcu-khag the tenth part ;
tithe: r^T^V"'*''|fT* May gni$-Za p/wg-sofi
I have hurt myself in two places. ^'f>"\
yul-khag a province, district ; frf"! rgyal-
khag kingdom; *\3^'pil dpon-khag princi-
pality; ^%|"i| dgon-khag monastic estate
or authority. }|'t\5as'|'«!j'?i'*r3i*r*3^'''l3l'*&t>'
tf^'^'w the different divisional chiefs
should make religious offerings (service)
for one night (Loft. * 17) ; jwilTSwr
|«^'p«ij'ftf *r*T$*w $kyab$ hgro scms skytd-
kyi khag kho-mo cag-rnams we who belong
to the class in whom the inclination (for
religion) and to seek refuge has arisen
(A. 19).

khag-po difficult, hard; colloq.
" kd-le khag-po." awii-<^-y.5*fw|-Ei-^ this
work is very hard ; nwpwi'S'^l the way
is difficult ; P"l'3'i^' difficulties arose ; FT
Q'£'q khag-po che-ica to suffer from want.
2. ace. to Jii. bad, spoiled, rotten : wp«|'
5'^=. the butter has become rancid (Jii.).

a-=ftt^'Qf* khaa-khyim

house, residence, home ; a building ; f t-pe.
Sten-khaA, ^TP^ hog-khafi, nvp* tar-kfiad
upper story, lower story or ground floor,
middle story ; IS^'P^ g.shun-khan means
also the principal or central room. A
khan-pa is the opposite to SJT" p/ntff-pa, a
cavern. oS'F** bzo-MaA workshop; i^'pt
ban-kh an store-house, store-room; if'P1- s go-
khan entrance, vestibule ; SfVp* skor-khaA
or more properly if^'Bii skor-lam, passage
running round a building or temple ; -^T
pt fog-khafi paper house or a house where

19

138

paper is kept or manufactured. In W.
the scooping form or mould used in the
manufacture of paper is so called. •
f>*tshafkhafl flower bed (garden) (Ja.). In
Buddhism P*' khafi signifies «F nad, inside,
,>., the heart: •

inwardly being corrupt, the pus issues or
drops fromhim; q^^mya-fan-gyiMa*
mourning house ; also the body ; 1"'* **«*•
yla house rent ; P"^' HW «• small house ;
a house or room reserved for decrepit
parents; P*'*1^ khaA chud-pa an occupant
of such ; "K.'ps."*1^ yafi-kfiafi chuA-pa such
a person of the second degree (if, during
his life, his son enters into the same right)
'(/a.); pt'3^ A/ifl« c*e» a large house;

fK-latei kliafi chen-pa imw: one taking
his abode in a great house or mansion

(Sudh.) ; old, weak persons belonging to

Gautama's family.
Syn.

pshi;

hdug-sa;

pp *Afli; l^1^ rten-gshi; %W* rfen-

gnas; W*« 6'« ?«*-««»; lw^ i'*l'i>-
J4o{; (J^non.).

r*'«|>* khafi-gner Jr?^I^, ^^TTB the
steward of a house; the house-keeper ; the
person in whose charge a house is kept.

p*'f* khan-sten ?ra#ttrfr the upper
roof or terrace of a house,

p«.-fi| khad-thog or p«.'«i5-*ii MiaH-pahi

thog' m, i*« the roof or °°ver of a
house ; the top flat of a house.

pK.-q-q«j|-q khan-pa bkra-ica fH^ >3^
a painted house.

pE,-q-qfcvZS khafi-pa $.tsan-po a consecrated
house where theives or robbers cannot
have access.

'£i khad-pa
a masonry building ; also astoreyed house.

pt-q-fl)^ khad-pa g.yo $^f the roof of a
house : P*' fvfi'** to cover a house, to roof
it ; pcti'wVil*''*1 khafl-pa ral-shifi gram-
pa or ^vwi tdrumt-pa ^PB^V a delapi-
dated house ; a ruined edifice.

fit.-tfc.-ap. kfiad-pahi tiad ^*ifc*, V\V
the inside of a house; a room ; an apart-
ment.

P*'S Khad-bu n, of a fabulous country ;
a little house, cottage.

f*.-to\ khad-mig a room ; a cell.
p«.'r khad-rtsa the foundation of a
house.

pf«$-4|w k/iad-brtsegs f*nili upper
house or a storied room, v. pf^qfr'm'w
khad-pa brtsegs-pa.

prswm Miad-sfiabs floor ; flooring of a
room.

pctjc. Mafl-sMsp^'S^VP khad-pa
dan shin-kha house and the cultivated fields
attached to it.

ficctpc. kkad-bzaii vm^. residence ;
mansion. In Hud/1, wfa (^*ra), *ftf%,
monument.
khan-bso-wa «^WN mason ;

architect.

pt^'Z^J */«ins-/>a=W« rafts-pa 1-
delay. 2. distance.

khad—1. **\ thag or** £«/<ar near.
2. litter harrow. 3. =^ ^<w like, as PS'
§«« kltad-snamt, v.
equal, even ; ^'"'PS *-
ma thag not distantly; instantly; as soon
as; without delay: S51«'*S'»''PS^ &W
chad-ma khad-du as soon as the breathing
ceases; S'J^'W'PS'^ bu ykyes~ma khad.-ciq

rvn

139

a child born just now ; "mv«rp^ kphvr-la
klia4 about to fly; ^'•rp'S hgro-la Mad
about to go ; H*'"rp^ l/iun-la kha$ near to
fall ; 8*w*rp^ slebs-la khad as soon as (he)
arrived ; *S'ar^ hchi-la kha$ when about
to die: 4*'«rpV«i5-J& nub-la khad_-pafri tshe
when the evening drew near; IS3*1*J'*'S '*•'
^•£i$-^ d.bugs cha$-la khad-pahi dus when
the ceasing of the breath approaches ; ^'
*rp«V"iV*r 1 zin-la khatf yod-pa la as we were
just about to seize him ; rv^ khad.-du as
far as : S^'i'PV^ rtin-ma kha$-du as far as
the heel (/a.).

r*Vl»» khad-kyit^^'^K dal-but or^*'§*»
rim-gyis JPT. slowly, by degrees; PY$i'
P*V9* kha4-kyis khad.-kyi$ JH1. JTH: by de-
grees ; in slow motion.

khad.-pa the same as
hkhod.-pa to stick fast; to be seized,
stopped, impeded, v. W«i bkha$-pa.

p^'w^'q Mad-par gyur-pa to be stop-
ped or hindered ; FYW§Vi k/iatf-par bt/ed.-
pa to stop, hinder.

P<3j khan w&\v bit ; small piece ((7s.).

I; p^'1^ khan-da *s*i confection; a
medicinal syrup; treacle or molasses
partially dried; ^v^fftSvt delakhanda
^cos-pa the candy made of it (Jii.).

P^'^J khan-pa also fa'« khen-pa, worm-
wood (Schtr.) ; to add (arith.) ( Vat. k«r.).
khan-man modest in Lh (fa.).

I: khab^Xy- pho-lraA -5^, if*
reap, of ^'E*1 khaft-khyim, a great man's
residence ; a castle ; court ; residence of a
prince; jT^rn Rgyal-pohi khab WW1
metropolis; the capital of Magadha in
Buddha's time ; the modern town of Eaj-
gir in Behar : j«i-55fq-|-^*w Rgyal-

pohi khab-kyi mi-rnams the courtiers; the
people of Eajagrha. 2. wife, spouse ; P*1'
3^'* khab chen-ma the first wife (who is
high in rank) : $rpp$ff|r«r|^44 de-la khab
hog-pa ma rned-nas as there was not found
a wife worthy of him ; *^'flft*'S.S-pn'g'jc,'
q'li»)'li hdi-ynis fiahi khab-tu byufi-ica rmi$-
80 I dreamt that these two would become
my wives (Jd.) ; fw§'i^'*'» khab-tu bshes-pa
to take for a wife (Schtr.) ; ^'wpiaq chufi.
mar khab-pa to marry ; to take one for his
wife.

-*< khab b,tsun-ma a married lady ;

khab &to-ma=JS*'iVT* khyim
b_day-mo jj^qa^ housewife ; the lady of the
house.

II : «^ a needle : P^'S khab-tpu
a bristle; a needle like hair P'l'S khab-
phra a small, fine needle ; pq'if* khab-sbom
a large needle; p«J'*)<i| khab-mig the eye
of a needle; P^TB'S'Vi'H'Ti khab-mig-tu
sku4-pa hjug-pa to thread a needle ; P«rfr
kha-rtse ^K*W, TTHT the point of a
needle.

pq'^i khab-ral also t"*'P*i'^«i rtse-rna
khab-ral iA-<?tT^* needle-case.

pl^ khab-le in W. difficult (Jd.).

pq'$^ khab-len-rcio ^*H* load-stone;
the metal that attracts a needle : pi'^'
^tar^l'*i?fWir'M|l tne load-stone
draws out arrow-heads and removes
diseases of the brains, bones and veins.

pfl'^fe khab-lon ^l^Wlfi the magnet;
lit. the needle-lifter.

khabs n. of a disease (Jd.).

kham 1. colour. 2. a bit; a si null
piece of anything. 3. the point of a
reed pen. 4. appetite (Jd.).

140

kham-kham, ^Cf^f^ ter-kham
kham or pale yellow: w^if^'fwrwgl'
*w-«^q| »zflfo0 ser kham-kham smug-
mahi mdog the colour was pale-yellow,
«'.«., the colour of a dry bamboo.

kham-khum uneven, explained,
as «wng,vwi$v*r^-cj "in ridge.*, like a
puckered skin."

pwfljc. kham-gaft or F*»'*|S«iJ kham-gcig
a bit ; wp*i-fliSfl| a mouthful of food:
rycyri'^'V^tynrqFF&t^ the measure
of food in each piece that can be put in the
mouth at once when eating ; r**'4K kham-
chufi a morsel.

kham-star abbreviation of
«i=.'e^'"l kham-bu-dafi star-go, i.e., peach and
walnut.

(•wgftj knam-ldog faded colour, same as
pw <$«) kham-log, want of appetite; nausea,
aversion, dislike (Jd.).

I kham-pa 1. fox coloured ; sorrel ;
brownish ; P"'^"! kham-nag dark brown :
<,arq-pw^q] ral-pa kham-nag dark brown
locks or mane. 2. porcelain-clay ; china
clay. 3. Tenaeetum tomentostim, a very
aromatic plant growing on the high mouD-
tains of Tibet. 4. a native of Kftamf in
Eastern Tibet.

if, kham-phor «rra, Wl a cup

or saucer made of (burnt) clay ; a cup made
of dough, used in sacrifice as lamps (Jo.).

kham-hphromi-bf ad-pa
, ***««) '•$<*' refers to Buddha hav-
ing enjoined that a monk must not eat a
fruit or cake, etc., leaving any of it. He
should not take more than what he can or
should eat.

kham-bu apricot; peach; in Stick.
J"'J kham-buhi rtai-gu the stone of an
apricot (Jd.) : w^*rp>*»'g Mfiah-ri$ kham-
bu dried apricot imported from Ngari :
(•rg4r|>V^r|'|«*ffe:|* the peach dries
the yellow humour of the body and pro-
motes the growth of hair on the head
(Med.) ; (W^«| kham-tshig the stone of an
apricot or peach ; «j'$'fwl6«i]-S^*» the cost of a
coral of the size of the stone of a large
apricot.

pw«|u«| kham-gyag 1. lit. the Bos grun-
niens or yak-bull of P*«< Khamg, which is
of a brown colour: i'F**«i|^^fc-pMIV«r«r

N»

pwflju«]'3^ spu-khahi rndog ser-kham yod-pa
la kham-gyag ser the colour of the hair (of
an animal) when pale yellow is called F*»'
"p"! kham-pyag. 2. cherries, morels (Jd.).

fw^-q kham ran-pa TffTTBwmwtmi
a horse's bit that fits well.

pww kham-sa clay for making pottery.

fwvf.- kham-saft = WVf chab-saH, i\^'i
ffcin-pa, etc., resp. evacuation ; purging ;
making water.

P"'^ kham-ser of a slightly pale-yellow ;
colour resembling the colour of dried bam-
boo, v. fW|**» kham-kham.

I: khams=

tite.

dafis-ga appe-

II: ^Tg the health, condition,
physical constitution of the body ; also root ;
a constituent or essential part ; that which
constitutes the nature of a thing. Used
colloq. as in kus/io, khye'-kyi k/iamf ta-sam ?
"Sir, how are you ?" (Snd. Hlk.) :

khams shef-pa
tpyir rafi-bvhin nam fio-bo la hjng-pahi don-
can yin-te rlun-gi khamf shes-pahi khams
de ni rlufi rafl-gi no-bo yin.

141

III : the six elements, earth, air,
fire, water, the heavenly ether, and nam-
shes or the physical suhstance of the miud.
For the last two, arterial blood and semi-
nal fluid are sometimes substituted. Also
there are the eighteen elements aco. to
the Buddhists, namely, the five organs of
sense, together with manas (mind) ; the six
faculties or senses dependent on these and
also the six ideas produced by these
six faculties. Any one of the five proper-
ties or qualities of the elements observed
by the organs of sense, viz., sound, tangi-
bility, colour, flavour and smell, is also so
called.

Miami b_co-bryyad.-kyi mig sags rten tfwan-
pohi khams drug daft mig-gi rnam-par fes-pa
sogs brten-pa rnam-par fes-pahi khams dan
pzugs-khams nogs 4>nigs-pa yul-gi khams-
drug dan bco-brgyad-do may be rendered.

The eighteen P"w khams or Dhatu
ace. to the Buddhists are: —

I. — The organs themselves : *H mig
eye ; 1'*' rna-wa ear; If'S sna-wa nose;
1 Ice tongue ; Q« lus body ; and °^ yid_ the
mind.

II. — «|l«|w g2ugs bodily form ; 3 sgra
sound ; \ dri smell ; ^ ro taste ; ^1 rcg
touch ; *" cftog, iNt attributes.

III. — The n<N'civ-?|»ri rnam-par feg-pa
Vijndna or consciousness produced by the
organs of sense, &c. The Vijnana of *to)
mig, of 1'* rna-wa, of ^'^ sna-ica, of f Ice,
of 1* lus and of "K yicf, i.e., eye, ear, nose,
tongue, body, and mind.

P^ll IV : empire ; realm ; territory ;
domain: ^jTpws yul-kftams political terri-
tory; empire, in a geographical sense (Jd.);

rgyal-Mams kingdom: jm'
rgyal-wahi khams the province or sphere
of the Buddhas, also of their spiritual in-
fluence : §«rpw<»r*f]*rti rgyal-khams hgrim-
pa to roam over the kingdoms, the countries
(Jd.) : pw3^ empire; also the earth.

world: P'WISI*' k/tams-
**<«ri*t, '''^Tg the sensual world,
viz:— (1) wrcrrg or sjrmwNr (^'•A'fP
Mdod-pahi khams) the phenomenal world ;
(2) ^WrJ ; *|l«m'3'F*w gzitgs-kyi khams
the world of astral forms; (3) ^n^wrg;
3||i|*r*)YI*w*' gzugs-med khams the spiritual
world, i.e., the world of formless spirits.

VI : n. of the easternmost dis-
tricts of Tibet, embracing some dozen
semi-independent petty states, about half
of which own allegiance to Lhasa, and the
rest give joint allegiance to both China
and Lhasa. p«w Khams and SjK Sgan are
the two lower regions of Tibet ; these
constitute what is called 5^-3^ Lo4-chen or
Greater Tibet.

-q khams brtas-pa or
khams-brtas byed-pa one who draws
omens: *T*rWirt'P'"r***'&Vq tlicg-pa
ffsum-gyi khams-brtas byed-pa (J. Zan.).

=*&ai'§ dnul-chti
mercury; quicksilver (MAon.).

khams

lihams bde-wa good health. When glass is
pure -3|9(\*cil\£i fel dri-ma metj-pa and clean
it is called J|atf««ry«rti fel-khams dicans-pa.
A clear cloudless sky ^ *f*v|fl-£j-*)^£i iB Baid
to be Nam-khams tfwans-pa; ^W^'v ^'P
sems tgrib-pa med-pa the mind when it is
free from defilement or sin.

142

nad mej-pa
free from disease ; health.

Syn. J'lll*'^ sku-gsugs bde ;
ter-htshemed,; \t**fri ne sfios-d.wn ;
*\ $oofi-med; |^«\ snun-mej; WS^S wid-
bu-med; n^'tfc'ywhbi/uA-bshisnoms; 9'*1'

i iro mi-htshal (Mfion.).

dn-smed, |'*IV

m-q smra-wa daA rjee-su. hbrel-tca
to inquire of one's health if he is well or
happy (a complementary expression used
on the occasion of meeting) (Won.).

fwnrc^'4 Miami kde-wa or «tW«^'* »z"0s
fcde-t™ good health; healthy constitution;
the happy state both of the body and the
mind: I^TP*1"^'''"1!*'*"' RJe-btsiut
gyi kliams-bde lagt-tam is your reverence
well? dVP*™'^'*" **y^ khatns bde-ham
are you well ? (Jd.)

pww^I'i Warnj liifjpi—f**1^1" **«»>»
foy-j9fl want of appetite ; aversion, dislike ;
pw» khams-rmya nausea; falling sick

(Os.)*.

f»wjf#fl|*r*j$3V{&'1f1''' khams $na-tshogs
wkhyen-pahi {fobs KTmvfQvm* the
power of knowing the constitution of
all sorts of bodies.

pwwS^nj Khams mi-naff n. of one of the
petty principalities in Khamf.

fww^^V11 khatnt mi-hdra-wa,
pwa-^V^ hjig-rten gyi khams mt hd[a-ica
different or dissimilar worlds.

faw*i\ Mtams-tshan this term is
applied to the quarters in a monastery
reserved for the accommodation of the
monks of a particular section of people or
of some special community or those coming
from one particular locality.

fww«w kham$-sas rest; health; comfort
(Sch.) ; recreation ; recovery ; restoration
of health.

'q khams-su &togs-pa
included in the constitution.

-j/(jn=ri»l*''S'8't khams-kyi
lla-fia a cooking pan made in Khams.

pwwiSj khams-fle better kind of coarse
serge of the pattern coming from Yar-
kand; blanket manufactured in Khams:
S1'i5j'rw*''j5j'i:ii*ri*4'C|'* smug fie khams sle
leas rnam-pa re each piece of blanket
costs, &c.

f5*w'fl)^»* k/MHis-&sum f^#t* the three
worlds— heaven, earth and the nether
world.

pjwfl|gN-nf6V"G«'<3|[* Khams-psum AAVior-
los d$<jyi<r-w(t ^*T?mw a name of thei
Kalachakra system (Mfion.).

'(«!^'a«i' MuiMt-Qxum snftg-
ifi n. of the temple in the grand
monastery of Sam-ye (fsam-yas) built by
one of the queens of King Khri sroA Iden
Usan (Loft. * 8).

fqawfligwarwaflHrQ kham&-g.sums-la ma-
chags-pa fsrsn^rnmr is not passionately
fond of or attached to the three worlds.

pawm^-m khams gsos-par to repair
broken health.

P^ Khar n. of a city in W. (8.
Lam).

• (WHjai khar-bkrol »f«IT (Se/ir. ;
Lelensh. 93).

p^' Jf khar-rkyan, v. rj* Ma rkya*.
fw5fE,- khar-god steatite; soap stone;
probably ST-'M* dkar-gon (Sch.).

f^-l^-«l« Khar chen-bvth the Princess
of Khar-chen, one of the queens of King
Khri-sroA ld$u btsan (Lod. * 8).

pw,'5'5 Khar Ta-ta n. of a city or seaport
on the mouth of the Indus, Tata (S. Lam,).

143

q Khar-pa qta 1. n. of a demon of
Puranic India who was killed by Krishna.
2. a compound of copper and zinc; bell
metal.

pv«r»«n khar-ica mgar *
of bell-metal.

a maker

p*'>**. khar-san col.
yesterday forenoon.

tP^'lf* khar-dsu-ra wStn; ^f9|^g«-g
fiil-gi hbras-bu the date fruit.

+ pv«'q-^ khar-sa pa-ni or P'wrq kha-
sar pa-na t^ftuw he that moves in the sky ;
gliding through the air ; a name of Aval-
okites'vara Bodhisattva ; Vishiju.

p^-flj^Ji khar-psd frsja the trident
carried by mendicants of the
Tantrik School.

1. primarily a load or burden
in general : fwofankhalkhyer-wa to carry
a burden ; prS't^'i khal-gyistefi-la on the
top of the baggage ; p*r*«K*i khai fygel-wa
to load ; p*r<tf i^rei khal hbogs-pa to take off
the burden, to unload; $TPJ> a sheep
load; *jjv«i3'p»r a coolie load. 2. a set
weight or measure, said to equal 30ft,
used for dry goods, corn, salt, tea, &c.
In Tibet 1 khal=2 £fo=20 bre; hence
in Sikkim and W. pr"!*"! "khe-chik" has
come to mean 20 or a score of anything ;
•^"'P* hdegs-khal a weighing score;
the weight of 20 points on the steel-yard
called rgya-ma. 3. a caravan.

Khal-kha the native name of
Mongolia Proper, the country of Jenghis-
khan, the Tartar Conqueror B*»'P'f'^9i'3-
9* Khal-kha khu-ral Ma-brat, lit. "the
sacred enclosure of Khal-kha " ; the name
applied to Urga in Northern Mongolia,

where the incarnation of the Taranath
Lama resides. The latter is sometimes
styled rurp't'P^'Vri Khal-kha Rje-btsun
dam-pa, the venerable holy one of Khal-kha.
p»r^«i khal-khol stunned; insensible
(Jd.).

r*Ji'«<I| khal-cag the best sort of wool for
manufacturing shawls coming from the
northern solitudes of Tibet.

*;»r jq do$-rgyab or prw
5 khal-ma rta, 8=.'^"]^'^'|« plan sogs-kyi rje$
those who conduct a caravan or follow the
train of packed animals, such as pony, yaks,
oxen, &c. ; relay of packed animals : |"*W
tW^lfsA-lpcyrtvlfrkfonns sogs thag-
rin-pahi dos-rgya fykhal-rjet the relay of
beasts of burden when proceeding on a
long journey to Khamt, fyc.

fH'ikhal-pa 1. wether; castrated ram.
2. sow-thistle, Sonchus.

{**'*&[ Mai-ban jug or pitcher to hold
wine for 20 persons or a quantity measur-
ing 20 g bre : viwacparn^-fljc.-^* jUga
of ale each sufficient for 20 of the vulgar
folk of whatever class.

F*'* khal-ma any draught animal or
beast of burden: p«r*r$*ww«r|arq to
drive beasts of burden to the pasture ; often
contracted into khal: »)'|«''srflft«13)'S the
wages of both carriers and beasts of
burden.

kfial-ri=W$ khal-ru or F* kha-
ri or f '% kha-ru a measure of about 20
bushels.

pW khas for ("'"to kha-yif instr. of p
kha.

P«-B^« khaa-khyag!=r>vc*iv khat-ihegt
or P1'^"IN khag-thcg$ to be witness ; to give
evidence.

144

mse.

pro-

fwX'i khas che-wa sfinrr to promise;
undertake: p«'5S'i5-^-?Jt khas che-wahi
4ge-tlofi sfJTmf^J a Buddhist monk who
has taken the vows.

Syn. r*'* khag-che; Jl^l* pfiyogs
bzufi; 6«r<iV«^'S« fog-par mnan-byas; "*=•'
VT?*! yofi-dag-thos; ifW^'Q,* hdag-gir
byag; <'*v«^ so-sor jpnaw ;

hos-par; ^»rw darn-beak; P«'fy khat-kn
(Mnon.).

song; singng

p*r^-^qc.-$c.- kha-nan
4*.' »»« naw cA«<^ a humhle man.

promise; conseut,
approval; knowledge; acceptance.

|wsfl-q Ma? shan-pa V>&-' humble.

pwr^Y^m kha-lan rgan-khur responsi-
bility.

r>« •^•fl A:A«s fc«-j»a or p-«i=.'<i Ar/<a fo^-
wa <3mi^frf 1. to promise; to stand bail
or security. 2. to presume ; to arrogate ;
to accept, adopt with the mouth ; to ac-
knowledge, admit (/a.).

kfii numerical figure 32.

Khi-bi dsa-la fafmiM n. of
a city in the neighbourhood of the fabulous
S'ambhala.

^ khihu (fc khyin or p'*^' khi-chufi)
a small cutting-knife.

{^ khu numerical figure 62 ; also for H'^
khu-wa (humour or juice or sap), as in
B'Hqr*"!*< **« kttrag sogs ^rc^rif^, humour,
blood, &c.

S3 khu-gu uncle (Cs.).

H'H1'! khu-khrag $3f? the mixture of
the semen with the uterine blood by which
process, according to Indian physiology,
the foatus is formed (Med.).

I3'5 khu-tu a hut, cottage, constructed
of branches of trees (Jd.).

(9' 5'* Khu-thu-chi the title of a Mongo-
lian nobleman : i^rlfc'B'S'W'Wrtfo Sog-pohi
khu-thu-chihi cfia$ thob obtained the robe of
a Mongolian Chief.

u-rdul= R'l khu-rna water-spray:
WW^« the water in all
its particles issued fresh from the clouds

(A. U9) : ffff^-fWtK a-^WJl^-g^q-gqi-q-^-

M'<Joi«i nam-rpkhahi khams mi-dans-par
byctf-pa smug-pa daA rdttl sogs the firma-
ment of the sky was obscured by mists
and fogs. In medical works the seminal
fluid of the male is called (3 khu and of
females 5* rdul.

B'i Khu-nu the districts of Kunawar
and Bissahar on the Upper Sutlej, border-
ing Tibet and inhabited in the northern
part by Tibetans : 3'i^'J^'^*4 grapes from
Kunawar.

B'li khu-rna, v. B'^1" khu-rdul.

B 3 Rhit-po n. of a place and also of a
Lama of that place (Deb.).

khu-wa^S* shu-wa; Tflf,

:, sj^r, fi^ 1. fluid, liquid:
^I'4 l/iufi-bzad bkrus-pahi khu-
tca the liquid (water) which has washed
a mendicant's bowl; 0i'(3 khrus-khu

\t

dish- wash; swill (Jd.); ^9^'B hlras-khu
rice-soup (Cs.) ; rice-water (Schtr.) ; ^ffj
fin-k/iu the sap of trees ; J"B rtsa-khu the
sap of plants (Cs.); -TB fa-khu broth;
gravy ; WB mar-khu melted butter. 2.
semen virile.

145

.Syn. jftzia-tca; ^'^thig-le; v^ sa-
bon; fw^ stobz-ldan; S«if3VR^ efrraw-
l>or A^ro; sf^*wv^'3 byan-scms dkar-po ;
^'*" dbafig-wa ; pw^'v khams $kar-po
(Mnon.).

gpos-dkar fifi the Sal tree, the dried sap of
which is used as incense.

Syn. ^-mS-^i;- sha-lahi fin, %$•'%*•' sra-
rtsi fin, flVs"!*'^' spos-dkar fid, **v|*ra«
mchod-fbyin $pos (Mnon.).

khu-wa Idem, v. <V| thar-nu.

15 'Q^l khu-byug ^tf%^r, ^fr^is cuckoo.
Syn. •SSA'3l'JS'9 dpyid-kyi pho-na; W*'
nags na dgah-wa ; ^H'm^ii't) Mab-
mahi thig-pa ; T^S'^P na-tshod gnas ; %*\'
mig-mdses ; o^'^'fi hdod-pahi tola ;
3"s*'ql?'*< pshan-gyis psos; ^'^ nag-
snan ; ^^'f ^ dican-snan ; flf^-ar$*w yshan-
la sems; tff{&'9'^ hdod-pahi pho-na;
g-q5^g,c,^ gkad-la Ina-pahi dbyafis ; U^
sbran-rtsiht sgra (Mnon.).

sla-wa bshi-pa the fourth month of the
S'i'I'S khu-wa byed= *]*.'**. marrow; to Tibetan year corresponding with the
make a soup of; also to make an infusion month of May (Btsii.).

1 i : khu-byug-mig eyes like those

or decoction of : J
(Mnon).

(3'q'^3<^'£i khu-wa hbyin-pa,
rtfii to emit semen.

I3'q'^,'cj khu-wa ser-po=^'^ skyer-wan, (g'j

of a plant from which a kind of yellow herb,
dye is made in Tibet (Mnon.).

£-q$-q^q|*^ khu-wahi
$kye$-pa g^ meton. for a male person.

^•q5'^5 khu-icahi hpho I33f 9 fa the dis-
charge of the semen.

ft\q5'^qc.'3 khu-wahi dican-po 3<i*'S, TTTT?-
K* a kind of mercurial medicine.

1'" khu-wahi slob-ma sjiR-fiiHi=
lha-ma-yin ^RJT the class of demi-
gods on Mount Sumeru who fight with
the Lha (Mnon.).

of the cuckoo ; red eyes.

"! n :=

n. of a tree (Mnon.).
g"l'€ khu-byug-rtsa n. of a medicinal

u-mag purse, money-bag ; colloq.
for @1'»» khvg-ma (/a.).

|3'C^ khu-tshvr ^f%-«1^r the clenched
hands; fist.

khii-tshur gyi$ htsho=^'
g$er bzo-ica a goldsmith ; one who
makes his livelihood by the use of his fist,
i.e., hand-craft (Mnon.).

(3'3iV«i3t«-q khu-tshur boins-pa to clench
the fist; also to hold with the fist
(Mnon.).

khu-tshur bcifis ^ft^y fist ;

Khu-be n. of a place to the west closed hand (Sehr.; JTalac. T. 131).

of Lhasa.

' M khu-ico

khu-tshur
uncle on the father's ^u-tshur rgyab-pa to strike with the fist

side, ,-.«., I'M pha-spitn, father's brother, or the half-closed fist (Sch.).
uncle ; R'^^T khu-dbon also R1^ khu-tshan, fj'^'^w Khu-hod bzah n. of the mother

uncle and nephew: «5-aarwR5^1|F"''|!i-*'3* of Bromgton, the founder of the Lamaic

father's brother is called A-khu or Khu-bo. hierarchy of Tibet.

20

U6

H-IS Ma-yw hornless ; having no horns ;
also a corruption of the -word khu-byug in
colloq. Tibetan.

B'^ khu-ra, |*'R^ $num-khur cakes or
pastry fried in oil or butter (K. du. 327).

R'^ khu-lu 1. the short soft hair of
the yak, also pashm wool in general. 2.
In Lh. venereal disease ; syphilis (Jd.).

B'°> KJm-le 1. n. of a place in Tibet:
B'^i'J"! Khu-le rnam-rgyal the Lama
Namgyal of Khu-le; R-*5-*-y5-q|M!^
Habo Gang-ri, a part of Khule. 2. In the
Deang-lun the word is used to denote
the pan in an ordinary pair of scales on
which the weights are placed.

J^| khug or (3"1N khugs 1. a corner or
nook ; a creek, bay, gulf, inlet ; $'B"1 chu-
khug crook in a river : RT5 khug-tu, in the
inner recess of a cavity. 2. imp. of ^3*1'**
hgitg-pa ^'^f^ir, drawn or attracted by;
3^'^'BI gyen-du khug called upward, i.e.,
to good luck or fortune ; RTS*1 khug-thub
earned, acquired.

BTGT*1! khug-khyog solitude ; solitary
place ; a place with few men.

l^'j? kfi'«J-rfa> RT5 khug-ta or »'$'B«ir
$ ali-khug-ta f<<H*^, ^ia^f, «TClf the swal-
low, Cuculus melanoleitcus, a kind of swallow
(<?«.): R^fwfJJr^ the lungs of BT5
khug-rta suppress pulmonary diseases
(Med.).

Syn. «'fS char-stod; ^'jc- chufi-nufl;
|a>-a|-g=. sprin-la slot; ^^v sprin-hclegs;
WXksan-mo; §*•&'§ t/iub-pahi-bu;
Sffra-sgrogs; «v^<^ char-dgah (Mnon.}.

f khug-tna or $«TJ khug-rna,
fog, mist, haze (during a calm,
especially in spring time) : mentioned also
as •*4^^%4fVt'4)Ni "one of the
eight varieties of causal concatenation."

i : khug-pa turning like a zig-zag ;
also bending like a thread that is trimmed ;

lam khug-pa the twist of a road ;
5*M^ khug-pa entwining of a
thread ; ^'Hl'" du$ khug-pa returning
to mundane existence at the expiration of
each term of life.

Bl'i ii : to find, get, earn, draw: 3fc'
gn|*rq-HE.-f[^ nor k/nigs-pa haft srid it is even
possible that cash may be replenished ;

gnid k/iugs-pa to get asleep :
sraft gsum khugs it drew, i.e., weighed
three ounces (Jd.) : B1'i'l'^'if,lS khug-pa
hco-brgyatf " the eighteen turns," i.e.,
returns to life in the present kalpa.

* Wiryvf % Khug-pa lha$-rtsi=^^a^'
5'i'*i Rta-nag 3go$ Lo-tsd-tca (Schr.).

khug-ma ^(^\ aleo zrav^ pouch ;
little bag; small sack; J'BI rgya-khug
Chinese bags made of leather; ^I'BI
ske-khug neck-bag; a bag with charmed
objects or important letters hanging
at the neck; a courier bag;
g.lo-khug bag carried at one's side ;
dnnl-klmg pouch for silver, a purse ;
bul-khttg a pouch containing soda;
B"I'»» me-lcags khug-ma tinder-pouch with
flint ; $'B"| nu-khug sucking bag for
babies ; JT^'BI rtsam-khug a bag of barley
flour; 3'B1 iswa-khug a salt bag;
shib-khug little bag for flour ;
gyan-khug pouch containing auspicious
articles to draw good luck.

l Khugs-pa n, of a dynasty
originated at a place called KJiugs-pa:

^ is the n. of a historical work containing
accounts of the succession, dynasty, etc., of
kings narrated by Khugg-pa Thugg-rje
chenpo (Tig. 9).

147

k/iufl I : hole, pit, hollow, cavity,
originally used, only of dark holes and
cavities: ®F*'V* khun-nal M*UI that
sleeps in a lair or hole; a snake; $>$£ $na-
khun nostril ; *i'(5^ c/iab-k/iufl a sink ; **^'
H1^ mchan-k/iud armpit : armhole ; llfc'B*
gjtor-khun a sink ; a gutter ; «S*'|3* mdah-
k/mn loop-hole ; a hole made by an arrow ;
S'ft6' by-ikhiifi mouse-hole; g"I'B^ brag-
khuft a cleft in a rock ; "&'$*> bso-khufi
peep-hole ; 5'(3=. hi-khun or ^TH^ mig-k/tufl,
?'B^ te-khuft are used of any hole in
walls, clothes, &c., caused by natural or
artificial causes.

a root: ^•^•^c.-

dehi khuti

nahan Bo^-kyi scms-can dan Safis-rgyas-
kyi bstan-pa from that root the living be-
ings of Tibet and the religion of Buddha
spread out, &c. (A. 128).

13^1]^ k/iufi-drogs soot of an oven or
chimney (Sc/i.).

R^'i khun-pa or B^ khun-po a large
hole.

R^'3 khun-lu=^ khun a small hole
(Cs.) ; a'v^-g §pu-hi khun-bu the passage
of perspiration ; hair-hole or cavity.

khufi-lu can full of cavities or

holes.

' Khun-tsi or (
tsi Confucius, the first law-giver of China
and founder of Confucianism.

khufig origin, source :
khuns-skyel the act of making over the
charge of any office or store in a faithful
manner without anything missing, making
use in full of that bought over as a loan,
&c.: Ifa'RWVn' chos khun dag-pas pure and
uninterpolated religious work ; also pure

religion : l^'jgwvirti rgyud-pa khufo dag-
pa of pure origin or lineage. The word
(5t«-^«i|-£( Jthufa dag-pa is also applied to
articles of the best make and quality from
well-known centres of trade: ^^•'I5'>'
&wfr^-Jpr£t«-}ar3q-q*j^Q-ci3i, hdir yod
rmons-mi-rnams nag khuns-skyel thub-pahi
snun-shu hbul the benighted people of that
place petitioned stating the real state (of
affairs). RWSH khun$-thub pure and real,
original ; R«r»>S khun$-me<} or BW^-ti
khufi$-ftan-pa having no good origin, i.e.,
mean, inferior : ^5«'B^«i gtam-khufis histori-
cal or traditional source ; record ; document :
"I5*W«'^'^ gtam khufi s-canyin the source
of that speech is divine. n||»W't
JJ^E.-q«^-q:^c.-^-£|5-[5^N-|-«^^-3i If

what is the nature of meditation, it is the
secret source of being able to abandon
imaginative thoughts (rnam-ttog) together
with their seed (Lam. ti., 43).

djiios-na§

yod-pa original and really existing or 8*'
^'S spits dag-po,o$. excellent quality, same
as (gc.*J'i]^'»i^i|^'^ni'aCflj^'|5c.^'«^N^§c.'£iS-j'
"^ some of pure descent had reasons
arising from genuine grounds.

|jw«i$fo khufi$-btsun well-founded ;
genuine; of un defiled origin: !5^'i]gc.>i|5.'
^•^t^-iq^-siN-q^S''' as described in what-
ever Bon texts that have a genuine origin.

khud coat-lap or any makeshift

cloth ; wrapper : 'N'J'R!* VVr&W gos-kyi
khud-du dril te khur carried wrapped in the
flap of his coat ; (3^ khud-du aside, apart ;
secretly; BV^'^I'*1 khud-du hjog-pa to
put ; lay aside : EWS**'" khud-du byas-pa
to have shown one's authority over a
thing which belongs to many.

H8

khu4-pa pocket, pouch (Sch.) : e«
rdsaf or 5*r?*« skycl-rdsons *ft<pf any-
thing sent ; a dowry ; an article presented.

BV* khttd-ma side ; edge ((7s.).

BV* khud-ze for BV»i'«|*S khu$-la gzad
hold forth the lap of your coat !

I5^'5> klnoi-ti or H^'5 khyen-ti is stated
to be used in P«r. for he or she (/a.).

khun-pa ^TSR the uttering of
any inarticulate sound ; cooing ; moaning ;
the rattling of wheels ; rumbling of the
bowels ; to grunt (Jd.) ;. to groan (Sch.).

Khum-bu n. of a place in the
confiiies of Tibet and Nepal (8. kar. 77).

k/ntm({) crooked (Jd.).

g=^'at"\ skyes-lag, *$
i|*'«^ don b$gyur-yin diminished ;
changed : Jiv5i-Wti'B*)»<'Qi||l^ if your faith
be diminished (A. 85).

1^^ khur or B^'2" khur-po »m burden ;
load for men : g^S-B^T* the father's
burden having fallen on the son (Pag. 23) :
|3*'5«Vcwn*-«r^i| one that lives by carrying
loads (Ja.) : B*'^ kfntr-fM wooden pole
over the neck from the ends of which loads
are carried; a milkmaid's yoke-pole is
called Bvq^ khur-hdsin : BVfjvZi khvr-
khur-po he who carries the bodily existence
is Pun-gala ; a corporeal being ; B^'JKV"
khur-gyis dub-pa *n<P*fl one worn out by
carrying loads; B^'S^'fa'" khur-gyi$ non-
pa one drooping under a burden or load, also
pressed down by responsibilities and suffer-
ings : l|«r«J£«r*K-Hi5-BV§»rfa w^ were
pressed down by the weight of many
miseries; B^'Sl khur-pla HTT?|W the wage
for carrying a load : B^ khur-rfian. id.

B*1 1'*5 khur ki-wa heavy load or respon-
Bibility : <p'*5'*l»W^f'W«« being old,
heavy burdens and death wore them out
(Lam-rim. 7/i).

yyar-wa
(from wft) to borrow ; to take loan of.

kJiur-

yoni hdrcn-thag or *3*'M| hphyaA-thag the
rope used in suspending loads from the
ends of a yoke-like pole; rope to carry
loads.

Me gs-byed giving over
a charge or responsibility or load.

(3«,-n\,^-q khur hdr en-pa mft^f one who
carries or draws a load; one who takes
charge of.

B*'"' khur-pa and B*'*^ khur-mi a
load-carrier ; a coolie.

B^Sfl'" khur hphrog-pa mTTTT the
depriving of one's charge ; the robbing of
one's load.

B^'i khur-wa, v. B*'** khur-tshos.

khur-bor-tca

he who

has laid down the burden, charge or res-
ponsibility. In Buddhism B*"'^'* khur-
ftor-M-rtorB^'^'H^n khtir-po bor-wa, one who
has laid down the five aggregates (skan-
dha), i.e., he who will not have again to
take corporeal existence ; one of the perfec-
tions of a S'rdvaka.

khur blaii-pa to take over
charge : *|*r*1lV|'mi»rWl hlrel bfad kyi
khur blafa-pas having undertaken the
task of expounding (Situ. 2).

BV*K(»I) khur-man(s) or B^'*^'" khur-
mafi-pa, B^'*S khur-tshod fjrffiT, «Tf^<s
dandelion, or the («l'S|c.'f bo-plan Ice) ox-
tongue (as it is called in Tibet), used as a
pot-herb and medicinal plant, a kind of

149

edible herb: R*'*K-«iVfjl>r*V<r«r«iaj dandelion
is useful in fever and brown phlegm.

Syn. R^*S khur-tshad; q'STf ba-glatl
ice (Mflon.).

$*'%•* khur-tshos or *|!jv*n rnkhur-tshos
*w ; wift^r the cheek, the ruddy part of
the face below the eyes.

Syn. |gvq khtir-u-a.

(9^-qI^-y khur-bzod-pa HTWT one who
is able to carry a load, who has patience
to carry a burden or responsibility.

RvarSUfcini khur-la mi-hjigs='*-«ft sa-
g.shi the earth (Mnon.).

H*^'^ khur-len the charge of : ^Ifr*)'
*^*f I*^^-*rrc^%§vi the resi-
dent officer in the Jong about this date
of the month and year took over charge
of the Jong (district).

ig^-qwl-q khur-bsam che-ica one having
a sense of responsibility : SV^'p'i^'RV
WWi-q-^rcA-c^ general instruction for
the necessity of a sense of responsibilities
in an office.

khul 1. jurisdiction ; province ;
domain ; district : fll^'t"'BIJ' Qshis-rtse-khul
within the jurisdiction or province of Shi-
ga-tse: g'«5'H«i Lha-sahi khul all the places
belonging to or within the town jurisdiction
of Lhasa: ^•RT'»r*V1! dehi khul la hdug
is subject to him (Jd.). 2. also manner,.
state, or circumstance : "^.'"'-^'^'-^^^'^
if you do not know, act the manner of
knowing : *>Y^«i«^S-|s>jrS*, if (you) hav0

(it not), act as if you had: *|$«|' ««•£*•*;• ga\-
S'ScWl'V§'5^ I have been doing a little
business in buying and reselling from
one party to another. 3. a ravine (in
Kunawar). 4. the soft down of furs (Sch.).
5. gTWl khul-mal small basket for wool.

6. very soft wool of Tibetan goat which
grows next to skin, and also called |9'$
khu-lu or qarwi bal-hjam : Ri'ftf khul
Sgye-mo made of the softest goat-hair or
yak-hair : g«|-|e, khul-phyifi, felt made of
the softest wool of goat or yak.

Syn. wv^w mnah-shabs ; *K*Kv\ mfiah-
hog (Mnon.).

RW khul-ma the bottom or the side of
a thing ((7s.).

BT!" khul-rtse = V** ha-cafi or %§ gin-
tu to a great -measure, lit. from the bot-
tom to the top; hence entirely, greatly
(Yig.U).

B'irt"S khul-rtsid an abbreviation of the
words B'$ khu-lu and !"^ rtsid.

p khe numeral ninety-two (92).

'[§ khe-khye or j*'* khe-ma 1. profit,
gain ; frs*!** khe-spogs ditto ; ^*e.-g«V«i
khe tshon byed-pa to trade ; to traffic ; to
bargain ; *[*•&$> -| gain ; advan-
tage obtained by experience. 2. tetter ;
herpes ; ringworm (eruption on the skin)
(Sch.).

fiifr Khe-gad n. of a place, the birth-
place of *|;q;^'*jpprq Lo-tsa-u-a Ekhor-
lo grags-pa (Lofi. a 30).

l3'"!^'!" Khe gan-rtse n. of a monastery
in China erected by the Chinese Minister
Ka-thi-shee (Tig.).

jS'tF'i khe sgrub-pa to make profit, to
gain : ^qjirei khe brgyab-pa to make a
good bargain (Seh.).

^'*^ khe-can with profit ; profitable.

^'^ khe-nen profit and loss ; risk; also
good and evil, i.e., "wj yag and ^« net.

P'l khe-pa in Amdo = *«. <i tshofi-pa
tradesman ; dealer ; one who makes profit

150

by selling or in business ; tfcq^rp-q tsliofi-
hdus khe-pa trader ; middleman.

p-g"T*^ Klie brag-mdo n. of a place in
Kong-po, where the eighth incarnate Kar-
mapa Lama was born.

p'*>S khe-mcd. unprofitable.

p'5'^lj'q khe-ru hgro-wa to fall in price.

ppo)'3fy Khe-le man n. of a place in
Mongolia (Fi'0.).

p'gqq'^'Zj khe-(leb$ chen-po very profita-
ble yielding good income.

P'«l«l*» Khe-ysum n. of a place in Tibet
(S. kar.).

kheg(, v. P klm.

vi i : khegt-pa to obstruct ; close : »K.«r
J['£*rqv|fi<J|*rqv*§'v'X (the medicine) will
certainly obstruct the passage of the womb.

P1*rq ii: = S^'c''i mun-pa $pyi a general
name for darkness, gloom or obscurity
(Mnon.).

pw|$»i khcfis-fffam boastful words or
language.

Syn. Vnr&«! dregs-tsig; c.'X fa-ro

»j/i^9'*'^'*i bu-mo
dar-ma a youthful maiden (4f^o».).

pu<?J tj khefi$-pa ^c?<?m, ^j 1. pride,
haughtiness, arrogance. 2. pf. of ip«rq
hkheHs-pa to fill ; become replete with.
3. irfatT puffed up, haughty, arrogant:
jSm'q1?^ khcfis-pa-can 4\$k*\, one who
boasts ; braggadacio.

Syn. ^MTSI refig-pa; \*{Wti dregs-pa;
^'J"! fia-rgyal (Affion.).

p^'"-.^ khen-hdra a kind of cotton
cloth.

khels *^r, f*rr a cover, lid,
coverlet : fit an enclosure round the sacri-
ficial ground ; pq^'S'^q khebs-kyi dra-ita
srra a net (generally of iron) to cover any-
thing ; i^'pq*! pafi-khebs a cover for the
lap ; apron ; napkin ; 3i'pq*> sga-khebs a
cover for the saddle ; Xfll-3'pq*» cog-rtse
khebs a table cloth; *vp«w char-khebs a
rain cloak: ^S'l*1'*' thod-khebs a cap; hood;
fl|^c,-|Bq*i pdufl-fchebs a certain beam or
board above the capital of a pillar ; *|^*'
p«w ffdofi-khebs, veil ; cloth to cover the
face ; "VTpw mdun-khels in W.
apron.

p" W«|q-v khebs-hgab-pa to place a cover-
ing (over a thing) ; to cover.

khcbs san-ica to take the cover-
ing off.

^Wl kJtebt-pa=*fJH'* ^yogs-pa cover-
ed, veiled ; pww khelg-ma covering ((7s.).

k/iem, v. gw khyem.

s' J^ kher-rkyaft alone ; solitary : ft"
n| there was only one man, a
solitary man.

H^'^T2' kjier
to usurp (Sch.).

^ khen-pa 1. wormwood (Schtr.).
2. to lean ; to repose on (erroneously for
qp'Vi lkhan-pa) (Sch.).

to defraud ;

r§| Khel-sgo n. of a district, also
. of a mountain : pl's"'^'
{go ri-la sdog rgyu-khyod.

p^J'^I kfiel-ical. to load upon ;='
hkhel-tca (Jd.). 2. rely upon ; depend on ;
Sf&T1! bio k/iyel-u-a, g"'2*j'q bio cnes-ica to
have confidence in ; qf^'^^'q brten khet-
wa to be sure ; to be certain ; to be certain
of anything ; absolutely certain : ^**
^e/q^'poi'S^ de-rin yofi brtan-khel-yin (his)
coming to-day is absolutely certain.

NHi

151

khes-nin the day before yes-

terday (Sch.)

*l khes-pa 1. to hit (the right
thing) : «|^'«i'p»i'Q gnad-la khes-pa to
strike the vital parts ; to hit mortally.
2. one who makes profit or bargain by
selling ; a petty dealer, trader.

^kho I : numeral 122.

p kho II : the usual word for the pers.
pron., 3rd pers., meaning he, she, or it.
Although not an honorific term, it occurs
in many authors in referring to both com-
mon personages and respected persons, es-
pecially in Milarapa and even in much
earlier works where kho often refers to kings
and lamas. However ffe' khoft is the
proper honorific term of the 3rd pers. pron.
In certain districts and in some popular
writings % mo is used instead of kho for
" she," but it is considered a vulgar and
illiterate usage. The plural takes «"| or *,
e. g., P'*1 kho-cag, they, them; also p*
kho-tsho, commoner in 7F. In C. fi"*f-'
kho-rang is the popular form for "he " or
" she," #c.

[5*5 kho-ti tea-kettle, prob. Chinese
(/a.).

kho-thag geod-pa to
acquiesce in ; hope for ; be resigned to :

(Pag. 45) hearing the account of her
son having usurped the kingdom, JfphreA-
can acquiesced in it. The word $*w sems
often precedes this phrase.

ffr*tfE.-^-|»c. Kho-mthin Iha-khafi n. of a
monastery in Lhobrag, South Tibet.

sdigpa kho-na sin only ; •fl'^'f^ dge-ica kho-
no, piety alone : S^Tp'^ skad-cig kho-na
only for a moment ; ^•F'^'JJ'"'1' hdodkho-
nas Irel-ica to be separated even from desire :
tonr«rp-^r^-q*-tf^-j-jj as he intended
only the welfare of beings : ^'l^'^'l^'f^'
SJ^K, (Pag. 13!i) it will be the fault only
of one's own doing : jarcfa''^'^'^^-!^ that
is just what has been wished for by the
king (fa.): g'wp^-q^1^ just as before :
T$k«R't* the very same (man) :
^Vq just like a worm : tfr^'p'^1 by the
very same process : ^'j^ de-kho-na «rer the
state of being that ; true state ; real state ;
truth ; reality ; opposed to what is illusory
or fallacious ; essential nature ; the real
nature of the human soul as being one and
the same with the supreme spirit pervading
the universe ; (in philosophy) truth, reality,
a true principle.

Syn. •*}•?«! fa-stag; W^ Mah-shig
(Mfion.).

[H'£| kho-pa = fi'*>*\ kho-cag or ffc'3? khon
tsho they.

pi'H Kho-po a tribal name in Tibet : ?"T
o)-ai jS-q-^c.-fi^g-fl)1^ Rag-le la kho-po dad kho
dbra gnis, the 9"T^ Nag-le tribe is divided
into two — p'3 Kho-po and p'^g Kho-$bra.

j kho-na 1. only, solely, exclusive-
ly. 2. just, exactly, the very:

kho-wo *tit I ; myself ;
kho-wo cag=*f& we : ^•«rj**
Mi-la, kho-wos fio-mtshar gyur this pro-
duced admiration in me : Qflpr^'jffSS'
^"•q-^^ai for this system my enthusiasm
increased. In 5)-jtf25'v$*r-?|« the term
kho-wo would seem to mean " himself," —
the soul of man himself.

jffa Kho-lom the early Tibetan name
for Khatmandu, the capital of Nepal. In
East Tibet Khatmandu is still called
Yam-bu.

152

jtfw kho-ma=F* khom knapsack ; wallet

(Ja.).

jtftf kho-mol; we (feminine).

jtfflRI kho-g.yu the thrashing process,
which is done by driving a number of
oxen fastened together round a pole that
stands in the middle of the thrashing
floor.

jtf* i : kho-ra is evidently a corruption
of jffv kho-rafi, *>-jtfv*f?| mi kho-ra ran-
gi of the man himself (Nag.).

PA n : (Cs.) also *pvw khor-sa circum-
ference ; circumjacent space.

pA-pfr/sjil kho-ra khor-yug 1. space;
also fence ; any surrounding wall ( Ja.) ;
also a ditch filled with water or moat round
a city or a fort. 2. WW kiui-tias «JT»B<T:
from everywhere, from all directions ;
pA-pv"jfl|'g kho-ra khor yug-tu in a circle;
in circumference (frequently in measuring)
also roundabout, all round, e.g., to en-
compass : pfc'WWS in the whole circuit,
roundabout (-/a.): p'^Wff'W^'^''
extending over half a yojana or two miles
all round.

p'^ kho-re 1. in Khams an expression of
difepleasure or anger towards a man : "•
Xi|« a-rogs Oh friend ! is the opposite of
p^ kho-re. 2 one of the early kings of
Tibet, son of King Lde-cug tngon.

p-arX'q kho-la che-wa 1. a large space
(Sch.). 2. dough made of r*^ rtsam-pa
(barley flour) and beer.

over is called kho-lag che-wa. Also a gene-
rally well-developed shape is called kho-
lag che-wa.

tsho dar-wa youthfulness ; full youth

kJio-lag=$1F* sku-hts limbs, the
entire body : pm*!'"*.*^ kho-lag yans-pa
fully developed body or prominent limbs ;
j*-«lq|-uiW^-l-q-^W^-^'l-qt'V1W-q^=. his
person being well-developed, was large and
glowed with grace and brightness ;'§'*'
q-q ff ain|-l-n'H anything that is large all

khog, freq. for p*'i khofi-pa 1. the
interior, inside. 2. for P«l« khogs or *P"]«
hkhogs. 3. also for **h*r« hgcgs-pa ;
•*|'pfl| ya-khog the carcass of an animal for

WSM</ khog-pa phycd. dafi lhi<-0zngs sogs
(Jig.) the entire body and one half of the
carcass and the parts of the animal (slain).

ftfu|-iipfc- khog-ycon chronic disease in
the stomach or internal parts of the body.

p"]'$S khog-chud for pt'^'^l> khofi-du-
chud.

\ khog-pa \. inside; the stomach:
J'q the digestion of food in the
stomach. 2 the trunk of the body, con-
taining the heart, lungs, liver, &c. : 51"'
S'*'3l'Pql rus sbal gyi khog the interior of
the body of a tortoise.

J khog-ma also rj*>l rdsa-khog
pot ; earthen vessel generally used in Tibet
for cooking rice, meat, broth, &c. ; ^'Pl
rdo-khog a stone vessel or pot used in
Shams for cooking purposes ; fftq^^ khog-
clien large earthen or stone vessels for
cooking the food of a large number.

puj-uicw khog-yafa or pfarq'fc'q khoy-pa
che-wa capacious or large interior ( Ya-sel.
4.8) : jfaf^' khog-fin the core of a tree;
heart- wood.

f^W khog- fugs a groan ; a sigh.

khogs-pa 1. imp. of

hgg-opa,

stop

153

that goat from eating the flowers. 2. to
cough (fa.).

PC I : khofi an honorific equivalent of
(* kho, he, she: ffc'^-^*'"! khoti-gi thugs-
la in his thoughts; F^'S'*
gi sku-mdun-du in his presence ;
KC'ofy-^jMr^ rgyal-po khofi-rafi yin dgofis-
nas the king supposing that he himself
was meant. Plural [*=•'* khon-tsho they,
them.

'^I khoA-pa the interior of anything ;
the inside ; also as adv. in the forms khoft-
du, khofi-na, inside, within ; also postp.
khofi-na, into, within ; khon-nas out of.
Certain phrases occur : pfc'V#V" to he
anxious, to bear in mind, be impressed ;
|fc^*rfj-q to repeat from memory ; ffe'^'^J['t»
to collect in the mind ; to impress on the
memory; to learn (by heart); jfe'V'4^'"
not to appreciate (Hbum. 239 to 2 £9) ; j**'
^•w^-q-^'o not that it was not understood
or appreciated (Hbum. 239 to 249) : j^w
^e.-Eje.-q1^ khoH-nas sniA phun-wa liar as if
their hearts had burst out; fi*>'W
S*'i khoA-nas sdafi-wa wtT to be angry
or indignant; jfe'^'J8-' khoA-nas pyyufi=
^E/a^'^E. nan-nas phyuA was taken out ;
ffc-q^-^-orii^ khofi-pahi dro<f-Za phan it
helps the internal heat, i.e., digestion.

uneasiness; sorrow;

anxiety.

pfc'B khoft-khro (kofi-tho) or fSt-J-q khofi
khro-wa sfn^ the state of becoming
angry ; passion ; also inward wrath, malice ;
j&'K'*^ khofi-khro-can *^^ bitter ; angry ;
malicious : *JFfm*bftV9t &'
%-s$*f3\*-<>£swtK-$ft even all the good that
was done, by one angry outburst may be
destroyed ; pfe'B^'i khon-khro spoH-tca to
put away or subdue anger ; jfe'p' j-q khon-

khro za-wa to conceive anger, take dislike ;
to be indignant; Mf*TF^t*'*Y« khon-
khrohi rnam hgyur med-pa free from the
state of passion or anger (Pag. 130.).

ffe'ij^ Mon-gad full inside ; solid.

Syn. *V^S tshod-yod; j^l'^ khog-chud

ffe^' khod-sniH 1. the secret heart ; the
intention or design. 2. pith ; core ;
§* the pith or inner wood of a tree

+ ffc'|*» A^0n-sno»z = ")*V9*i'£» yid-slmm-
pa of even temper.

jife'w khon-mar butter used in making
cake-like offerings to the gods.

pfe'8^'*K'Ei khoii-sman ser-po the yellow
medicine from the intestines, i.e., bile or
gall (Stnan. 66).

fit.'f'* khon-tsil suet.

fff^ hkhon-hdsin-^-^ Mofi-khro
anger ; vindictiveness (Mfion.).

ps,'fl|i>K khoft-sen secret holes in rocks.

ffc'*!^1! k/wn-ffseb the hollow (of a tree) ;
the inner recess :

in ancient times the wife of
Gautama the sage, Shol-med-ma by name,
being very pretty and fascinating, was
concealed in the hollow of a tree (Mnon.).
[nC?J khofis the middle ; the innermost ;
ffew'fl or |few^ in the midst: k/wfis-su
htslmd-pa to go into the midst ; to under-
stand; bye<i-sgo che phra zom-lug med-pahi
khons hgros yoh-wa the more and less im-
portant works, not leaving out the simpler
ones, should be well studied. Hgro-wa rigs
drug rtsis pahi skabs-su klu-ni dwt-hgrohi
khons-su hdus when reckoning the six kinds
of animated beings, include the Naga
among the beasts; *|*K|=V 3f|=.-?ifl]*r5iE.-

, Zang-ling,
21

154

etc., ore included in the continent of
Dzam-ling: VKS'^'S'*!^'*' (this) is
contained, i.e., included in, that (Jo.) :
eiq*wr3i»r*'p-f^-jftyir$<»rq bsil-ri kha snoms-
vahi khoHs-sktfibs na in the protected
oleft of the cool mountain where the snow
is levelled (Ya-sel. 35).

khofis-pa *3n 1. highly
injurious; violent ; cruel ; rough. 2.
adv. crooked: jfe«%*'^1 khofig cha-hdvg
it is bent, curved, warped.

ffe«r*«i khods-ril crippled. (Jo.).

ffcf^ khod=f* Hot 1- the external
appearance ; outward look ; surface : f*w
<wj*V sa khod_-$nomt-pa land of even sur-
face; plains : *S'2T«'fpw«i even and regular
teeth: *r*pcflf1|«"rtl>§<i lat-ka la kfwd-
snoms-po gyit in doing a work (business)
be of even temper : M'«TS**V|i5*'^'qri*V
|*wEj-$q shal-ica dad tshon tyafi-rgyu-la
kho4-snoms-po gyis in plastering and in
painting make the surface even : ft'wt'Z®'
W4girirfl{<|bv9l9a mi mafi-pohi fyzah
btuft-la khod gnomf-po gyis in giving
food and drink to many people make the
distribution uniform : ^n •*STJ|5vf*«r9 srab
hthugkhog-snoms-po fine and thick levelled
into one. 2. v. "ffi^ hkhod-pa and "&&<*
hgo<t-pa.

f^'P^'^" an average number (Ya-
sel. 35).

p3j I : khon $^m sbst. anger ;
grudge ; resentment ; enmity : fy'ityikhon
hdsin-pa or f^'^'^'i khon-du fcdsin-pa
^TT^T^ to feel rancour, hatred ; j^'lSY"
khon bsod-pa forbear, endure, forgive;
f^'3qJ'5'S!\£| khon ffug-te sdad-pa lit. to sit
waiting out of vindictiveness to take
revenge upon ; fS^'*fl* khon-hbar in W.
pting ; the burning of anger or hatred in

the soul (Jd.) ; p^nniftpK^p^K' getting
more and more spiteful.

JH^ II: a technical term in Tibet
and Chinese astrology applying to one of
the eight mystical signs or parkha of
divination ; f^'i one whose lot is cast in
this division.

P^ khob fat ; heavy ; clumsy (8eh.).

f&i'jgq k/iob-khrob the sound caused by
the tapping of one thing upon another.

[P£J khom wallet ; leather trunk ; felt or
hide bag : «|Sfli»rj&«» gzigs-khoms a great
man's trunk: [fer^flj khom-hbog a bag
usually made of leather for carrying
apparel and other articles on a journey.

I kfiom-pa I. to have leisure,
time to do a thing. 2. to be enabled
to do a thing by the absence of ex-
ternal impediments (Schtr.): pffwer*^ khom-
pa min I have no time ; I cannot do it now ;
§\s)-|fa gtod mi khom no leisure to stay;
*'pfa fia khom I am versed in ;
khom not practised ; ^'^'f^^m
b_rgyad_ ^NrT^TM the eight obstacles to
happiness caused by the rebirth in places or
situations unfavourable to one's conversion
to Buddhism. Such re-births are: — %*w
^'S^l'S scms-can dmyal-wa «i<.*siini as
hell beings ; ^S'^Ii dud-hgro fa4>Ji as beasts,
reptiles, flies, etc.; 8)'<fl* yi-dbags 5rr
ghosts ; fj'35'^9 lha tshe-rin-po

the gods who enjoy very long life ; *«*•
if?£i'i) rptfiah hkhob-mi WHiaR^ the bor-
der (wild) people ; ffffVfWJK* dican-po ma-
tshan-wa t(H*i$fi9l those who are defective
in the faculties of the mind or of the body;
%i[(i*c°i'ti log-par Ita-ica ft«n<*l*r following
false or heretical doctrines or theories;
^•q^aj-«i|.?|q|«rq'^w*rg=.'«i de-bshin fffeg-pa
rnams ma byufi-wa at|i«)niii«iQM<4ifl the

155

place where the Tathagata has not (yet)
made his appearance.

khor-mo yug incessantly ;
continually (Sch.), v. J5v$*| khor-yug.

j^-35vj^'ti khor-mor $pyod-pa continual
and uninterrupted suffering (in the hell) :

SV^'^'P* when born in hell, being sub-
jected to torments in the miseries of heat
and cold, the performance of religion is
impracticable.

p^'ll khor-zug an obsolete form of
p^'31 khor-yug, also V*F^ ne-hkhor tfft-

khor-yug 1. V^ ne-hkor;
kun-nag Wfm: M*«((<!l the horizon ;
the outmost limit; the outer line or cir-
cumference ; "fa'i^'SW'S at all times, day
and night. 2. VFf*j^«W^»i^>VJ«M|
kept them without sleep at all times, day
and night (Yig) : ffcajprHfl khor-yug
chon-po 4i<[-4<MI<d ace. to the Buddhists,
the outer wall of the world ; the greater
horizon from the top of Sumeru.

khor-sa=fi'x* kho-ra.

khol or pforg k/iol-bu abridgment;
epitome ; jfi '^ '*£*• '1 khol-du phyun-wa
abridged (Gs.).

cW^ khol-meha the mouth of a
bellows.

P^l'S A/ioW«(=i^'^ stir-du in a cor-
ner; marginally.

f^QT^I kliol-pa boiled (Cs .) ; boiling ;
bubbling (Sch.).

gyog-po ^TH a

servant; parq^ khol-bran a slave; f&r3vt*r
^•c^c,'H]chol-por rjes-su bsun-wa to take; to
hire for a servant : *t«T^'iK^'fiflJ< hjig-rten

sri^-pahi khol the world is a servant
of the evolving principle. f&r35 khol-mo
a maid-servant ; a female slave ; f&rHrsH-
|^'B^'9'«^ khol-po sgog-skyahi khur-po-ean
name of kind of vegetable medicine applied
to wounds and sores, &o. (Sman. 350).

khol-bu a bit ; a small piece.

1. a window; a hole in the wall or roof of
a house to serve the purpose of a window
or sky-light ; ace. to Sch. an outlet
for the smoke in a roof. 2. anything
boiled: ^ &«<i|N'q5J«rqS-j«jr*i ja dad chu
sogs bskol-pahi khol-ma tea or water
that has been boiled : 1SSQ|'£1^'H'^'P'J|'*< dmyal-
wahi khro-chu khol-ma the boiling or mol-
ten matter of hell : Vgifffior** ho-thug
khol-ma boiling gruel.

pfortf : khol-mo 1. II^TS yyog-mo zrffr
maid servant. 2. a coarse sort of blanket
usually given to slaves in C. (Schtr.). 3.
mowed corn; a swath (fa.). 4. among
the herdsmen called Dog-pa, a bellows
made of an entire goat skin.

fftf'!^ khos-rgyud, mis-spelt for fi"l'%\
a slave family or mean extraction : wp'tf'
^fftrgVftnFiryvftl mag-pa lo-gsum
khot rgyud min-kyafi skul-rgyud yin though
the son-in-law (elect) is not a slave (by
birth) yet he should be made to serve (the
bride's parents) for three years.

ST khos imp. of "l*r<i gas-pa to split:
gpfcAtyfcr^j dgra-bohi mgo khos fig
split the head of the enemy.

-^ '¥
^'K'-5 khya-hi-tse the running hand-

writing of the Chinese.

15'* khya-le or P'^kha-k as much as
fills the hollow of the hand ; handful, e.g.,
of water ((7s.).

156

I: khyag-pa, seldom
khyags-pa 1. frozen. 2. the frost ; ice ;
igqj 3fn|'|»)^ khyag thog-khar on the ice ; *$*f
q$-q\ojm hkhyag-pahi Bwj-yul, Tibet, the
country of frost ; Qflr«r|1v*fc khyag-la
slyar soil, it has stuck fast by freezing :
BTS'T^f khyag-shu ko-ko ace. to Jd. in
Tsang, mud caused by a thaw; snow-
water; B"W*^ khyag sran-can hardened
by frost ; BTV khyag-rum or BT** khyag-
rom ice ; pieces of ice ; floating blocks of
ice.

II : to undertake ; to be surety
for: *WVB*'W^*r*'Bl bdi kkyod-khur
khyag-gam mi kkyag can you undertake
to do this or not : s'^-^-urrr igij- §v<i to
stand as security for a loan, etc.

khyad. 1. difference, distinction :
*^ gail b_tati-na khyed.-med. it is
no matter which you give me; t'^'gV"'
VB^'*1^ A® daft phr ad-pa dafi khyad.-nwd
it is quite the same as if they came to
myself; ?l*w»rgiv§e' sems-la khyetf-byuft
a difference of opinion arose (Jd.). 2.
something excellent ; superior ; (3«v&*r<v«|*rq
greatly exalted ; ^'B1^ bzo-khyad an excel-
lent work of art; D|jq«-w-|3<v3'c- bsgrubi-
pafti khyad-yoU there will be some ad-
vantage in accomplishing it ; BV^ khi/ad-
nor the principal or chief wealth ; BV^I
khyad-don the principal sense or reason ;
advantage. 3. is added to an adj. to
express the notion derivable from any
quality: H*»'9 thick; ffw'BV thickness;
UK.WCI wide ; "f^^'B^ width; *j*W£i accus-
tomed ; ^^'B1^ a habit or custom.

BM3S khyad-khyud, said to be gj^wj-
*>=-•, n. of a number (Ya-sel. 57).

B"\ *N khya4-chos superior or excellent
doctrine ; a good religious discourse, hence
those who possess special qualification for

miracles are called

" in sublimity superior to others."

BV^ khyad,-du=.$f<»*.'*± khyad-par-du
or S'9"I'5 bye-brag-tu especially, particular-
ly ; also superior and excellent ; BV^'W
khyad-du ysad-pa to contradict ; also to do
the contrary (out of pride or vanity) ; to
despise : ^JT^'SK^warig^-ii^ na-rgynl
(ftcarl-gi$ dmah-la khyad-du psad from
pride he speaks ironically to the lowly.

B'V'^ khy ad-par = khyad-du 1. difference,
distinction: e^'BvVft*''BIV£*'* $a dad
khyod. d.nis khyad-par che between you
and I there is a great difference; ^'«i*-
BYWWwiwqS-^ de dad khyad-par ma
mchis-pahi rten an image not differing
from this ; ^^'^'B^'W5)^ min-gi khyad-par
yin it is (only) a difference of name.
2. sort, kind : ^g^'S^-gvwjW hbras-buhi
khi/ad-par kun all sorts of fruit ; ^'^J«'3'
BV^'^I ri-dbag(-kyi khyad-par shig a par-
ticular kind of game ; ^'S'BS'"^ y»l-gyi
khyed-par a particular place or province.

(5^-£j^-cflj^-q khyad-par bkod-pa, j«cHi5-
*'3F rgyal-pohi pho-brafi an edifice of
special design ; palace of superb make.

'4&'4 khyad.-par-gyi hchifi-wa
that which binds particularly, i.e.,
worldliness.

g\q^«^ khya/i-par-can special ; specially
good ; superior, excellent, capital : BVW'*V
§-*rfY<i'«ift»! khyad-par can-gyi mdsad-pa dnis
the two special achievements or exploits
(Yig.): ^f(^n^^t\ bla-ma khyad.-par-
can rig an excellent spiritual teacher.

BV*'^ khyad-par-du, adv. particularly,
chiefly, especially: BVCW'^S"I!*''C| khyad-
par-du hphags-pa particularly eminent,
noble; SVw'^*Y*K'i^ khyad-par-du sod.-
par byed he scorns, despises, ridicules,
vilifies.

157

khyad-par
the Bodhi or Pipal tree (Mnon.).

'iS'^ Khyad-par lo-ma excellent
leaf; f%H7<sr n. of an individual (A. K.).

mtshar-can wonderful ; curious ; strange.

S'VI^ khyad-gshi the superior basis. A
superior basis is alone possessed of
khyad-chos, i.e., virtues which cannot be
found elsewhere. The god Brahma is
called BS'I^'^'1! Khyad-yshi tshans-pa,
the god of excellent basis, for Brahma
is possessed of superior moral merits,
resplendence, and longevity.

-pa=$*i rgyas-pa

a, 4tfc<<v 1 . to fill, penetrate ; also to
embrace, estimate, comprise: Rgw«rw
Zw'iyj'i hbrum-pa maH-pos khyab-pa full
of, or quite covered with, pustules; «§»r
WjS^'*1 mkhris-pas khyab-pa filled, impreg-
nated with bile; g«j-<^»rsi5-q^*ragp»r*)'v
tjf^-J^-mwJjrft-gq-qS-irtarg unnumbered
immeasurable kalpas ago ; beyond what
the mind is able to estimate. In grammar :
capable of being joined to any word, inclu-
sive of all ; iyi'X'1 khyab-che-wa comprehen-
sive ; everywhere and nowhere ; to be met
everywhere ; used also in the way of
censure (Jd.). *<»'*&' fW*'BF*'i'%'*f*' 3* '9'
wj^-qS-$-J|»» the wisdom of Buddha
encompasses the bounds of heaven ;

J|T|tapr^'^lF*fl*'l|W**V;'»l$»r*A'E«'1 the
domain of knowledge is commensurate
with the very extremity of the heavens.
2. lyJ'Sfc'" khyab sod-wa all-sufficing ; all-
covering.

|yj'* khab-cha-=^'^ bya-wa duty, gene-
ral business (of a man) ; work; lugs sufi-gi

khyab-cha Ihos med-du mcis am executing
without relaxation the general duties of
both parts of life (i.e., the spiritual and
temporal) (Yig. M.).

Khyab-hjug f<nm the All- per-
vading One, i.e., Vishnu. His several
names are: — viP't'^'Vi;'ei'«ff^'^ Dgah-wahi
dicafi-po »ft1%^ the Lord of Pleasures,
G-ovinda; 5i|'^-§ii-q-«i!|-«i5-fi| Thig-le drug-
pa hgro^cahi tog; v^'^'^^b^ Tha-
guhi Ito-can sre$ med-bu; I^'^'SF'^"!'*^'
"1^ Qyo-me£ plafi-rdsi skra-can psod the
immovable Gopala — the killer of Kesi;
Mi-yi theg-pa dpah-bo
§-a^-»)^ Re-dimH dpal-
gyi behns rntshan <aMTf^4<a 'rH^H the

sign S'rivatea on the breast of Vishnu;
qy*iS-!-«rifc|-«pK-|w Padmahi Ite-wa hog
4wafl skyes ; ^P^Nf^^PV*1! Dpal-gyi
lag-pa g.yuft druft can; ^IfSj'
Dbyig-gi Ito-ica nabs-so skyes ;

-ica brgya-pa dpal-gyibdag;
- Sjug-pa bcu-pa mihu thufi
the dwarf ; he of the ten incarna-
tions; «fri<«W«>WV^*'fTOI Gom gsum
g.nan dad $tob$-ldan b$lu; wp^fjorwty
^^'^'S"I Mk/tah Idin rgyal-mtshan hkhor-lo
phyag ; |'^'|e''Q'c)^-';(''l^'»>''I Zla-wahi sniA-po
pad-dkar mig yiK^iTj the lotus-eyed;
Vishnu; w^-^^-ynjg-^ Mahdsagdafi ni

rica g.shu-can; f
tsfiogg ffzugs can khyu-mtshog Ito.
I'^'S^'^ Dgah-wa brgya-pa inthon-pohi
Waji^'lN-^^-^'^'j^ Sbyin-skyes dgra-
bo gos-ser-can ; »)'5'i|'|''Ii'»fivq5I«\gj Me-tog
Ito-ica mkhar-wahi dgra ;
Mi-yi sen-ge Khyab hjug-go
Vishflu or Nrisimha.

Kliyab-hjug rkafi-pa = river

Granges.

158

* khyab-hjug

$s.'9 tsan-dan sbrul-gyi snin-po
the fragrant sandal wood tree. Snakes
generally coil round its branches ; images
made of it fetch very high prices.

*) Khyab-hjug dgah-)>ia=
khyab-hjug chufi-ma frw
Vishnu's lover or wife.

khyab-hjug chuA-ma
Visnu's wife. Her different names
are:— «t«V*r** Padma-can, miT^; ^SHlY
$« ffphrog-byed. yum, SWU Qpat-mo, Bq'
*4 Khyab-hjug dgah-ma.

'flftc khyab-hjuy dregs-pahi
=$*i*s( sman-eJicn aconite (Sman. 97).

B^V! ""ft" Khyab-hjug ffna$ fe»«fl[iK a
place of pilgrimage in Gaya, the temple
where there is a footprint of Vishpu.

S^ET"!^ ^ khyab-hjug g.non-pa=-^f-'^
tpan-gyan lit. the ornament of grass or {f'V
3'*>'?ql ston-gyi me-tog, an autumnal flower
(ffion.).

igq^^T^'i Khyab-hjug bshon-pa the
golden eagle on which Vishnu rides : (3*)'
«fir%tfffV|W%te; the different names

•o

of Garuda, the conveyor of Vishnu — g'^w
4'' Skya-refls nu-bo the younger brother
of the dawn;

phyug, a '»w|S Klu-mthar byed ^
i)^-|'^q-«^ Qser-gyi hdab can SCi^-
r;'eAi mchu, ^q'*fl]*)'lt=.'«| Bdub-c/tags sen-ye
§'^'J A/<o hgro-za, ^S11^'^^'? Re-dban $m-
rta, JF^IN 5na;« dul-$kye$, H^^^Skar
mig-bu, ^r^Swa^ Dug-hjoms Man, ^i'|N
hdul-$kye$, v,q'*T''5a('2i Edab-chag? rgyal-
po, «f«-«|^- Mkhah-ldM (Mfion.).

Bl''^ql'1^ Khyab-hjug gser or Bq'q
khyab-hjug nod, also *'§'^ ^a-Aw fe

epilepsy, which is supposed to be tent or
caused by the planets or the Hindu
deity Vishnu.

igq-ipVJi khyab-g.dal spread out slowly
and uniformly in all directions ; to absorb
all, as does Qunyuta ; voidity : Bq'^'a

Jh ( flag.).

khyab-bdag f%^ the all-per-
vading lord.

QP' BXft khyab-hdotf wishing everything.

QViffl kkyab-brdal=BP'I>rw khyab-pdal
all absorbing; all- encompassing : ^-'^
VP' 33 • Qq- q5,oi- ^ g m wan-wa dkar-pohi khyab-
brdal du-fpi'l widely diffused like the
sunlight.

khyab-par hgro-wa to move,
covering everything in the way.

khyab-par hdsin-pa
to envelope.

B1!'!^ khyab-bye4—^ ru-rta 1. n. of
a vegetable drug. 2. met. the eye.
3. met. the sun.

khyams 1. yard, courtyard;
gallery (0$.);=^'^ sran-ga the hall of a
house ; impluvium ; (khyams is termed sgo-
ra in a poor house). 2. open; uncovered
place in the upper stories of a house where
people sit for airing or to enjoy light, air
and sun. t"P^'^rt«l-8lt^I*^>WWMf
^'i'B*<*''!i'^*''^qI yitl-hhor hdi-na skyee-
bu ji-gned yod-pa thams-cad hkhor-gi khyam$
su hdus-fig bring to the courtyard all the
people as many as there are in this country
to be my followers (K. d. 210 to

?P\ khyams-stod upper courtyard ;
khyams-smad. the lower courtyard.

B.

159

khyams-pa, B*'q khyar-wa or (S'l'i
khyal-pa, v. ^gwrci hkhyams-pa, &o.

B*w*> k/iyams-ra open space before
a house or on the roof of a house used for
airing, walking, or sitting; also play-
ground.

CV

[^ khyi, in Tsang pronounced as kyi
or kih, f^T'-, VI, ^RW, fa#IM hound,
dog ; B'35 khyi-mo a bitch ;
the dog will bite; §*MF«!
bos-nag ma-brdun "after calling a dog,
do not beat him" is a Tibetan common
saying to explain that it is not proper
to beat or insult an invited person even
if he be a bad person. Ace. to Sch.
Q'*tc;aft*' khyi-rkan gnis a bastard dog, a
cur ; prob. an inferior breed is meant. Q'
8)-|'oJw»4'Ji*«r*KTiv!S khyi-yi Ice-yis rma
rnams hdrubs-par byed the tongue of the
dog causes wounds to heal ; §'^'§"1'W9'^'
^3^ khyi-yi rlig-pas bu ro hbyin the testes
of a dog draw out the dead child (from the
womb) ; g^lVwS'^"'^'"1'^ khyi-yi
klatf-pas hgrib mig-la phan the brains of a
dog are useful for the cataract of the eye ;
j|-§i-gfl|-«i|-*ig'iaft-$aj dog's blood removes
leprosy : i|-5l'-«r$«-«>V^»w9S a dog's
flesh dries up water, i.e., heals dropsy;
|-5)-g-<»ffiq-$<i]'awfa khyi-yi spu yshob
lhog° skrans g.non the burnt hair of a
dog absorbs swollen ulcers ; B'5^'!*1'
q|1frn2w!5c.N-cr^ khyi-yi drun-gyis ffdon
hjom skraKs-pa shi the excrement of the
dog subdues evil spirits in one's body
and soothes swellings; S'S"I'*'5J«''P'5>'%S<'
^m'fl]^ khyi-thug chu-yis kha-yi rul-rdol
ycod. the urine of a dog is a cure for ulcers
in the gums (Smart.) ; J3'5*'9VVC| khyi-yi
spyod.-pa the habits of the dog des-
cribed by Mamraksa are as follows : *•*•'
mafi-du zad-pa voraciousness,

cttfl-sad. chog contentment with a small
quantity, ^i^'Waf^afaj legs-par g.ni$-log
always sleeping, 3^'*'^'*^ myur-war sa4
easily wakeful, ^wai dpal-la intrepidity,
^'^ sniii-ne faithfulness, ^'1 b_rtan-pa
firmness. S'^'JI'^ khyi-nal rgyug-lhoft is

€l

a common saying, to cause a sleeping dog
to get up by poking him with a stick, i.e.,
to rouse to action one who is silent.

Syn. 3('|5'W|l'w rdo-rjehi mjug-ma ;

'!^ g.so-byed • ^V^ hdod-d.tcafi ; l>^«)5-
seft-gehi rigs; |'«l^'*'-8^ skye-teahi
cha-can ; g" fl|*)t,'n rdsi gsaft-wa ; t}*'5)'*|*^'
1»^ grufi-gi g.can-g.zan ; -*j'0 $a-khyt(%fnon.).

Khyi-kM n. of a place and
>o
valley in Tibet.

duft-gi thag-pa-can n. of a vegetable pos-
sessing medicinal properties for healing
wounds and sores (Sman. 350).

S'^ khyi-skad the barking of a dog.

J3'F* khyi-khan dog kennel.

Q'3 i : khyi-gu in W., bud (of leaves
and branches, not of blossoms) ; the eye
(of a plant).

S'5 ii : a puppy ; a dog.

Cs^v^

0'IB Kyi-kyo n. of a place, also of a
fabulous country to the east of Asia, prob.
Kamsohatka (•/. Zati.).

^•^•f -n) Khyi-stonjo-ye n. of a Buddhist
teacher of Tibet.

EJ'*^ khyi-dam lit. dog's seal; a mark
burnt in ; stigma.

B'^"l khyi-dng the poison of hydro-
phobia (Sch.).

V khyi tndu^-pa pairing of dogs.

kyi-pal jor in W., Btitum
virgatam.

160

'S1* khyi-pul a dog kennel ; dog-house

(Jd.)

'S^ khyi-spyafl (khib-jung) a jackal.
B~'g khyi-bru a vicious, biting dog

khyi-ra-pa=Z*('<* rfion-pa,
1. a huntsman; one who kills
wild animals by chasing them with dogs,
&c. 2. fy^'5 Kirata (*<!« a tribe in
Nepal who live by hunting.

§'$*• khyi-sbrafi a flea; lit. dog's fly.

*Q'S khyi-mo bitch or female dog:
5\»)<i^'EJ5^w'*%5'*c-'Ji*' "the woman
having transmigrated into a red bitch"
(Mil.).

khyi-myoA a rabid dog ; also
canine madness ; hydrophobia.

B'**1 khyi-tshafi a dog-house.

khyi-htshed vmv the baker
or seller of parched rice, millet, &c.

khyihu-ka the remainder
of anything cut or chopped off.

B^'B$ khyihuhi-khyihu, §'9*1 khyi-
phrug or S'3 y-khigu, puppy ; pup : B*5'BV
^g^'^'C"1'^ khyi-hu-hi-khyihu djbytin-tcahi
tshul-du *faiifJ|Tf*rf^K<riJl»i in the man-
ner of a puppy being brought forth.

B'* khyi-ra chasing, hunting, espe-
cially of a single huntsman, not of a
party ; in W. khyi-ra la ca-ye, to go hunt-
ing : JS'*'qi'*flP''*ai khyi-ra la c/tags-can one
who is fond of hunting ; sportsman.

fg'QT(JJ'3i khyi-la tra-ri=^c-'^ sefi Man
«f^T the tree Acacia catechu ; also Terra
japonica.

a flea.

khyi-$ifi a tree-drug which cures
diseases of the lungs and the eye. It
also expectorative (Med.).

B'*'5*'':| khyiso-rgyab-pa the bite of a
dog: B '" 5*1 •*! khyiso tab-$e the dog will
bite — Ladak dialect.

khyig, v.

hkhyig-pa.

khyid breadth of the hand with
the thumb extended to form a span.

khyim 1. resp. fi khab JJ
a home, residence, dwelling-place: B**^
khyim-na at home ; ftw^khyim-du at home,
in the house ; B* '*WI '^1'5'i khyim-bdag rin-
po-che <i^nrd<.*i the ideal householder (of

the Buddhists). 2. Tifa the signs of
zodiac ; S**'q5'qf^" khyim-fyoi-gnis <jK*Krfa
the twelve signs of the zodiac; ^ifijM* or
khyim-gyi hkhor-lo the zodiac ;
the ram ; ^^, $*• plan the bull ;
[i hkhrig-pa (husband and wife
in union) the twins; w&'Z, T*f<? kar-ka-
ta the crab ; f^T, ^'*| sefi-ge the lion ;
3FTT, 9 ^* bu-mo the virgin ; ^j<sii, Jj^ srafi
the balance ; ^falf, SI'i fdig-pa the scor-
pion; ^5: "19 ps/tu (or bow) the archer;
'TCfT, 4'SJ^ chu-srin the sea-monster (capri-
corn) ; gw, 9*'" bum-pa water-pot ; water-
bearer ; and iffa, ^ na fish. Besides these
there are mentioned twenty-four minor
signs of the zodiac such as ^TJT«T, $VS=.
mihu thun the dwarf ; ^TTfW, V^'S**'*1 ne-
u-ahi bum-pa, "§$*[*• hbrin-gar, &c., which
raise the list of the signs to thirty-six
(K. g. *\129). Ace. to Jd. there is more-
over a division into twenty-seven lower
mansions much in use, v. *'^ rgyu-
fkar. 3. double hours ; the time of two
hours ; the time of the passing of a sign
of the zodiac through the meridian (Jd.).

161

4. halo or circle round the sun or moon
(Cs). 5. symbolic numeral 21 (/a.).

E*l'i*< khyim-sKyes JJ^ST domesticated;
indigenous.

|3*rgE.'*] khyim skyon-wa to have a
household ; to gain a livelihood (Jd.) ; to
stick to home and look after it.

.pa hbrus-phyun-wa an eunuch ;

a domestic slave ; one belonging or related

to a family.

B^i^'W^" khyim-gyi kun-dgah ra-
»ra=|S'*M skyed-tshal a grove or garden
attached to a house (Mnon).

i*'!'"!^'* khyim-gyi gtor-za $S-S'fl!''l
chuhi bya-gag a grey species of duck
(Mnon.).

i*'i'V!'* khyim-gyi dag-ra, ¥#•* dans-
ra 'i^cjfi yard, courtyard. The *p\^
dag-ra of a temple or tomb is called *fi*cq
hkhor-sa or fyfo ne-hkhor.

E^'I'^'S khyim-gyi nor-bu (lit. the gem
of the house) = |fl'*> sgron-med or wfy35?-j«;-
§•> mtshan-mohi snail byed and w«iS'»wti
hbar-wahi ral-pa a lamp, light (Mnon.).

B*r3j-fl|UBW khyim-gyi nyabs «rftr veran-
dah or portico.

B*<'i'«' ?•« khyim-gyi sa tsis household ;
house-keeping ; farming.

|«'9 khyim-na a whale ; a fish of the
size of a house ; a mythological fish (Sch.).
^'fy3-* khyim-ne-wahi rin-po-che
the perfect ideal of a lay subject
of a king and second only to the !*r
•q-& khyim-bdag rin-po che.

'«i khyim-thab or
husband; frequently also wife; g
i'^'q khyimthab-la slon-wa to give in

marriage ; to give away a woman for a
wife; jg*'«w*i khyim thab-mo wife; house-
wife (Cs.) ; |sr«iq-«wsrRj-q tfffnurr a
devoted wife : t>V!'i51V'^'S*('li£W&* let you
and me be married.

Syn- B^9! khyo-$ug; w# bzan-tsho;
" bzah-tshan (Mnon).

"'^ khyim dan khyim-na house
to house ; each in his house.

E
i)'^'?i khyim-du nal= S'«*«I'«J bya-mchil-

pa the swallow (Mnon.).

B^'iVI khyim-bdag ij^rrfk a house-
holder ; a master of the house ; husband ;
owner of a house ; a citizen. Very freq. in
the older writings J3**'£i*\i''i)'^<ij*r3e.'s'arS«-
** f 9 ! JTTtrKfflTTTra fra the house-holder
class is like a great Sala tree.

B*r*VirVir3'1l'^ khyim-bdag drag-fill can
a rough uncultured householder.

W'|^ khyim-bdag dpctl-sbyin, ^'

n. of a householder who was devo-
ted to Buddha (K. ko. * 335).

I^VT*5 khyim-bdag-mo TZ*$T^ a
house-wife; also a female householder.

Syn. qgiw*! brtul shugs-ma • gwBfd
khyim hdsin-ma- pq-^-« khab-hdsin-ma ;
^•|V» rigs sky on-ma; *w%« rigs-kyi-
ma^ J3«-^«r« khyim-bdag-ma (Mnon.).

yrW khyim-ldan, v. «wi-q rtsat+pa a
lizard (Mnon.).

gn-^-^-q khyim-nas byun-wa=^^
fr^^** theg-chen byan-chvb Ijon-
fin-gi lo-ma a leaf of the Bodhi-tree

"

khyim-gnax,

bram-sehi rig§-bshi-yi $cig la-
khyim enas Q^Vnir ace. to Brahmanical
religion, the worldly life, a house-holder's
life (Ya-sel.,55).

22

162

khyim-pa layman ; married man :
im-3'|^Iq khyim-pahi phyogs-su
ibyin-pa to give away to a layman : t^'S*1
q$'ffcr«aC§<q*r4i*'<l phi/is khyim-pahi tshul
can-gyi rnal-hbyor-pa a devout man or yogi
who lives outwardly in the manner of a
layman.

J3*rei5' |X'tr«^ khyim-pahi spod-pa can he
who betakes to the life of yogi ; <JKVl'^*'
51 gshon-nu gdun-dntg an epithet of
Kumara Shadanana (Mnon.) : jyrqS-qwg-
w|^-$qj do not revert to the life of a
layman (Mnon.).

khyim-pa rtag-pahi dpyad
the science of discerning the fit
place for the residence (of a householder) .

gjcti*,-«j|^-q khyim-par gnas-pa ^T^,
Jjf^j one that abides in his house; one
living in his house ; a worldly man ; he who
lives as a layman.

QW$I khyim-phitb living in divided
families (K. d. « 75).

j§*'S khyim-bya (khyim-cha) fi^z, fWH
domestic fowl ; cock ; hen ; poultry.

Syn. W'S'K'flYM'll-if* gtsug-phud;
mya-nan-med; |=.'§|'g'^l»i zun-gi
; tf*w$|S t/io-rans skad; w^'S-

mtshan-mo skad; «^'^1*'«^ bde-legs chn ;
yons-zlum mig; W§*\ dgah-
hphel-byed; ^'^.'^^ nor-
buhi mgrin-can; ^\§'§ hod-kyi sde ; g'Wfj'
g""l" sna-war sgra-sgrogs ; aw^'*^ zans-zi-
can ; :>i\**'i&'''\$'*\'$^ pags-pahi gtsug phud;
Hi^ SS'^ij mtshan-mo rig; ^c.-q5'»i^-.*-^
rkan-pahi mtshan-cha can (Ijffion.).

|wg,-«^q-(5j khyim-bya mtshal-lu a very
large species of fowl which is also called
^•*-*i*»i-q. The bile of this bird is believed
to be a cure for poison.

|*raS-|«Vq khyim-byahi spyod-pa the
four habits of the cock ace. to Masurakst

are the following: — ?t*=.*rgic.-«^ tho-rans
Itfafi daft crowing before dawn ; wsr^f^
hthdb-pa dan-ldan always fighting ; 1^'°!'
p-j«f|»w'w3^ g.ncn-la kha-zas snoms-par
byed dividing food equally with his friend ;
S'ai'*q'oi^'^'«!V|ft mola rab-pnon nc-icar
spyod always keeping the hen under
control and chucking her.

j|*c<*c. khyim-tshan a family ; a house-
hold.

j|*4'*i3>*) kliyim-mtlics a neighbour ; §**'
*i2»i-^\ci'q5c,-<*gai k/iyim-mtshes dus-pa btan-
fcbrel nearness of residence; neighbour-
hood so near that the smoke from the fire-
place of one house mixes up with that of
another; §»)'»<2*i'q khyim-mtshcs-pa a male
neighbour; j|*i'*i15»rw khyim-mtshes-ma a
female neighbour.

khyim-shag a zodiacal day.
khyim-zla a zodiacal month.

khyim-la hon-wa, "fr'i gton-
wa to get married, to be given in mar-
riage on the female part (/a.).

gjcuc^q khyim-la shen-pa a lover of
home ; one attached to his home ; home-
sick.

B^'^'^i^'" khyim-sun hbyin-pa gr«r-
^^ vituperating or blaming the secular
state or a domestic abode.

J3*rS khyim-so Ji^«0lf>f%^f homesick.

khyim so-sor bsgo-ica gra-
one who creates dissensions in
a family.

gs4'<i|W*( khyim-g.i$ar-ma — tv*\'** bag-tna
or ^A&C« lag-hdsin-ma, also ff^V*
lhan-dg spyod-ma a bride ; wife (Mnon.).

|g kyu flock ; herd: W^I'B %-<7» Myu
a flock of sheep; 5^-g rtahi khyu a herd
of horses ; W^I'B ffnag-gi khyu a herd of
cattle; flS'S byahi khyu or *"!« tshogs a

163

flock of birds. iS'ip^q khyu ^sags-pa to
collect or gather in flocks (Sc/t.) ; jjjj fq
AAyw skyons-wa to keep; tend a flock
or herd; company; band; gang; troop:
**'§ mi-khyu a company of men (Cs.);
9«B bu-mo-khyu a bevy of girls;
dmag-khyu a troop of soldiers.
khyu-nas hbud-pa to exclude from the flock
or company; B'tf'"^'^ khyu $na hdrcn-pa
to go before ; to take the lead of a troop or
of a flock; Bya ser-po khyu-re hgrogs
man-po yellow birds; many companions
in each flock (A. 3!+).

khyu-mchog gi^, ^r*r, i^r,
1. chief ; king ; the bull ; Vishnu.
2. S'l'IS"'" zla-wa ysum-pa the third
month of the Tibetan year generally
corresponding with April.

Syn. Sift*'*6-' dpyid-tha chun
nag-pa; fl^'| sbran-sla; 3

dri-shim Man;
srafts; "^V^ hdod-hdus;
bzugs; ^g«I'| hlrug-zla; 3'

a, the third month of the Tib. year

mn-

lihyu-mchog

'q byu-mchil pa *<?!•<* a kind of swal-
low (4fno».).

khyu-mchog rgyal-mtshan
dicaan-phyag chen-po
n. of Mahadeva (Mfwn.).

Q-»)Xfl|'«^ khyu-mchog can=j£t\'
wa brgyad-pa or ?^'|'^9^'3 ston-zla hbrin-po
the eighth month of the Tibetan year
corresponding with November (Rtsii.).

khyu-mcog mtshan-pa 1.
one with the marks or signs of a
bull or one who carries the bull ensign.
2. n. of a drug called cit«* (the plant
Jastica genderussa), which is used for
purifying the blood.

/z!0-w« «4ql*i< with a belly
resembling that of a bull.

B'^'i khyu hdus-pa &>s. collected in
a herd or flock ; also heap, multitude ; an
aggregate.

B'^ khyit-ldan, v. *i'o)^ tsha-wa Jen
, the tamarisk (Mnon.).

u-tyug erroneously used for
•^o
(3'|1 khu-lyug, n. of a large bird of sweet

note, which, according to the Tibetans,
migrates in summer to cooler regions and
in cold 'weather returns to the warmer
zones. In Jd. B'il'51'S probably signifies

\>

the note of the black Indian cuckoo.
khyug, v. W" hkhyug-pa.

khyug-khyug

-« o *.

glog-<ji hod khyug-khyug byed a zig-zag
flash of lightning.

ST&1 khyug ttampsfaf* tig-tsam oc.)^'
fa or §l'^») srib-tsam a little; a little
while.

I :

herd, multitude.

so

II : (Sch. also khyun-mo) the garuda

bird, mythical chief of the feathered race ;
the golden eagle: B^'l"! khyun-skyttg a
kind of gem said to have been brought
from the Sumeru mountain by Garuda

and vomited by him: BVW^V'IR'W

>» *»

^IrariH^Qhl khyuft-skyug dug sags nad kun
hjoms-pahi mchog, the khyun-skyug (the
eagle's vomit) is the chief remedy against
the effects of poisonous drugs: E^'Sj'^'

Va

wl'Jft'wW khyud-gi sen-mos klu nad

N9

hjoms the toe of an eagle is used as an
antidote for leprosy. E^TSTiS-q^v!"

N> N> >ft

awi'Wp'S khyufiphrug skyug-pahi bdutf rtsi-
chag pahi kha-chu the watery substance
vomited by locusts ; a mystical expression
(Min. H).

164

i: khyufi sfion-skyef 1.
the first-born of heaven ; the one
that was born before garuda; an epithet
of Aruna, the charioteer of the sun. 2. =
3'^' skya-refi dawn. 3. B^T*^ khyuA
fog-can the early morning which advances
with the wings of an eagle ; a name of
Vajrapani Bodhisattva.

B^'l" n : *y»iS-f<-*«i ni-mahi kha lo-pa
the charioteer of the sun (IjLHon.).

^ khyuft-thur can-=%\'* go-cha or
*f fli go-khrab coat of mail (Mfion.).

B^*> khyufl-$der claws of an eagle
(Med.; Cs.); (Guruda-claw) the n. of amedi-
cinal root: B^'^'W* khyufi-gder dkar-
mo the white species of this vegetable drug,
so called on account of its resemblance to
the claw of an eagle : B^'?^'S1'3 khyuA-
gder smug-po the dark brown species of the
root, in appearance like the claws of an
eagle. Both these roots are used to
neutralize snake poison, &o.

B^'q khyun-po many collected or assem-
bled together.

khyufi-dpyad a small round
basket of reed (Cs.).

monas-

>

tery in the valley of Panam in Tsang.

gc^ai khyun-ril is said to be a large?
cylindrical basket, the same as kun-dum
in Ld., v. %i rkon-pa.

khyud-pa

to worship,

adore.

khyud-mo 1. ?'*" rta-chag the
equipments of a horse. 2. rim of vessel
(Sch.).

khyur-po=*frt ril-po or
>o
sgan-po entire ; full.

l^^'w^'tl khyur mid-pa to swallow ;

•S3

to eat the food without chewing, in the
manner of birds, snakes and fish : @*'**V

»

^'*=.'§ khyur mid-du sofi-ste suffering
himself to be swallowed.

g,*l khyus wall side (in Tsang) ? (Ja.).

|§,'^ khye-pa SWT wide.

fy H khye-bo, $* bu-ts/ta children.

khye-ma n. of a disease (Med.;

Ja.).

I: khyed n. of a tribe in Tibet
(Vat. kar. 150).

g,^ II : pers. pron. thou, you ; is the
ordinary resp. form of j$V ifc^khyed-cag,
plur. of jlS khyed, is generally used in
addressing lamas, but seldom in addressing
superiors, such as parents, uncles, and
brothers ; is used to those senior in age, and
sometimes contemptuously, llv^ khyed-ran
is common colloquially for khyed; jl^'^
jl'V'i**', H*\'* you or you all: *\*[&r
S'Vft'' dge-tshul khyed gnis you two
novice monks; Hs'^'spwv ^'^ it will
be as you (all) think.

|^3j'f? khyen-te in Purang he; she
(Ja.). '

ls = fitw khels cover.

lkhyem=?1* khem a shovel:
*fy'ti to shovel away ; to cast out with a
shovel ; j|*r§'^'« khyem-gyi hdab-ma the
blade of a shovel (Ja.) : £*<'!!'^I> khyem-
gyi-yu-wa the handle of a shovel (Cs.) ;
5 &** gru-khyem, 4JI** chu-khyem oar; in
W. fq]*<'^*» kags khyem iron spade; *>'(!**

165

me-khyem fire-shovel ; V$* wa-khyem a
scoop; $**'9 khyem-bu a spoon (Cs.).

13,^ khyehu ^n.«, also *iM«<<*, finj 1. a
boy; an infant child. 2. a youth, esp.
in Dzang-lun.

khyehu

ftVz-fo gsar-du kha hbus-pa the tender shoots
of leaves JJfnon..

eAw mthon-pa, j
6ye-wa the delivery of a child ; child-birth.
In Kahgyur and Tangyur jjv***<'*i khyehu
wzfoas-^a=9'|«'£) 6« skyes-pa the birth of a
male child.

khyer-rkyan one who is
specially authorized or responsible to make
payment or receive deposits in money or
in kind in a Jong or district: ^E.'Jpi'jiti'Rflpr
^'^VS^'S^*'*1^ yon-sgos chephrahi rigs
Rdson-sdod khyer-rkyan nas bsdu-wa all
proceeds (collections) large or small should
be collected by the officer resident in the
Jong (Rtsii.).

gof^qi^-q khyel bshugt-pa n. of a posture
in yoga ; a mode of sitting :
hdug-stans kyl mifi or ?1'?ql'9
tsogpur hdug-pa (Mfion.).

^*

(5 khyo or J5'' khyo-bo a husband ; 5

IS'i khyo byed-pa to act as a husband ; also
to take a wife : khyod-fiahi khyo mi byed-
na if you do not marry me (Jd.).

jj'1 khyo-ga husband; also emphatically
man, as j*rg'*^«rJ5-«r"fy $kyes-bu Ha
Hor-pa khyo-ga yin, I, a Tartar, am a man
(as distinguished from effeminate people) .

S'"!'2' khyo-ga-po a hero.

JJ'*V'N khyo hdam-ma=m'# bag-ma
a bride.

$'5 khyo-pho husband :
if 9 khyod-kyi khyo-pho de che-shig Ita-bu
what like is your husband (Snin.).

B'*^'i khyo-med-pa, ^^r, R^^l a
widow.

S'^ khyo-re to stand erect, upright
(IV 51).

S'-^l khyo-qug ^>^\ husband and
wife; a married couple; same as w*
bzah-tshoo? la^'S bzah-mi (Lig. f ^).

g-^u|-q]^«j khyo-sug g.na$ ^m^ the place
where a married couple pass their honey-
moon.

%Z khyog-thofi (abbr. of g^ khyo-
ga and 5fr ^Ao4) in W. a young man;
a youth (Jd.).

"^ *y

(5^|*^ khyog-po crooked; curved; bent

((7s.) ; also cunning (Jd.).

JJ4!" AAyogrj, a«W9»w phebs-byams ^f%,
ft^T 1. a serfaw chair, palankeen ; also a
scaffold (Cs.). 2. litter, bier (Jd.).

*5"1« khyogs %t«Rf a swing (5cAr.;
Kdlac. T. U6).

S"!*'" AAyo^-^as^flj-q theg-pa a vehicle
or conveyance.

^, or ffc'«i khofi-wa,
in colloq. "^'B^ nin-khyon, one day's
entertainment.

khyod pers. pron., 2nd pers., thou,
you — is the ordinary form of address
to inferiors or to equals: gv3 khyod-kyi
your, thine ; BVl'l khyod cag-gi your, of
you all : 5*V* khyod-tsho or JSVI*"1 khyoij-
rnams you, ye: g*>'^ khyod-rafi thou,
you, yourself — very common in the celloq.
of C. in place of the simple khyod..

flX'SI" khyod-fitgs ffr^sr a pair; pair-
ing, v. S^"! khyo-gug.

166

khyon, wre, Ff , V\*l the measure
or dimensions, area, extent, size ; width ;
circumference ; height : this term can be
applied to things material or immaterial ;
•^"'3^'S^'^ ges-byahi khyon-kun the whole
extent of learning or knowledge; ^'*f<v
the extent of the void space or sky.

khyon-sgril altogether; all taken
together : sfcwg^fjar^^w $don-raf
khyon-sgril gos snams cotton cloth for wicks
all together (Rtsii.).

j£^'%'q khyon-che-wa far^bn, *U«W broad;
very widely spread.

BVif*1 khyon-idom all together; sum
total; contents; ace. to Cs. narrow extent.

fa'W khyon-nas thoroughly;
$T«^ an out-and-out sinner; JS
not at all (/a.).

kyom-khyom oblique; awry;

irregularly shaped.
v*
(5^'^ I : to move totteringly ; to stum-

ble ; be dizzy : defined in a native author as
•*CV»>Y<rl!<v{i •^'flpi'^'^'^S'i'S'S'^'1' " mov-
ing as if one went with a hungry belly and
without strength"; fK^tr^K^r^r^-yf
Ipri'B** to walk as an old or drunken
person; *V<W'^wp'J5* tshad-pas na-nas
kha khyor speaking irregularly as in a
feverish delirium ; ^''TSpviS**' fin-gisnof

khyor-wa bobbing as a wooden vessel.

•v

JS3^*^ II : as much as fills the hollow
of the hand; B^'l'ip. khyor-wo gafi a
handful (of anything) ; 5*'^'^ khyor-ica
do two handsful.

l khyol-wa, v. o$vt hkhyol-wa, to
be brought or carried or BV* khyos-ma.

]^ I : khra (tha) ^^^ 1. a cheat. 2. a
kind of hawk or falcon ; sparrow-hawk used

for hunting: |g-$'^*r«r5^i<ir£rq5jc khra-
yi ggo-nas sa-bon hd/tag-pa bsrufi the egg
of the hawk is curative of the disease of
involuntary discharge of the semen ; H'°^
«|fl|-j«-S^«V*N the feathers from a hawk's
tail remove female diseases ; H'")'g^'§«'g=.N-
l'W§'<M3ql*1 khra-yi Irun-gyis skrans-pa
rnay-tu hgugs the excrement of the hawk
prevents accumulation of pus in a boil ;
gs)<i|-<jljraj'vn§C£i$'«i|X;^-sq a hawk's eye
overcomes all demons that produce
apoplexy.

Syn. <^q-Mm^c«i hdab-cfiags dan-ma;
^•qV* ri-bon-za; S'B bya-khra; "I^'l gyo-
tca (Mnofi.).

(^ II: n. of a tribe in Tibet (Vat.
kar. 160).

P^ III: ^|<dV* 1. a lie, falsehood; also
a liar. 2. n. of a Naga Raja (snake king) .

|^ IV: or R#khra-ma (l/ia-ma) a letter;
8*'H skyei-k/tra a letter with a present.

g'B khra-khra ((ha-tha) = $'% k/ira-wo
party-colour (ffag. 10).

H'0'^ khra khro-can (tha-tho-cati)
defined as jfc'B'&'qw^^'&'q a passionate
or wrathful individual.

H'* khra-rgyu variegated colour: |*'
^fl-jrr^K^S mum lag rked

la dkar-po khra rgyu dgois $in.

H'1)^ khra-brgyan variegating an
ornament (amulet or bracelet, &c.) with
precious stones.

H'fjil's khra-sgrigs (tha-dig) H'^»i-«i^'
jj'F'i khra-rim bshin sgrigs-pa arranging
in variegated colours with rows of tur-
quoise, corals, pearls, &o.

H'jf'^'S Khra-sna-ke-ru n.. of a place
near ^ Jfon in Tibet.

167

'i khra-pa a falconer.

-j *q khra-bo (thd-o)

3RT 1. many coloured, with one
predominating colour as in chintz ; party-
coloured, as in the case of cattle and
wild animals, such as a tiger or leopard,
and in birds. In WH dkar-khra, the
white (dkar) is supposed to predominate.
In *\*^'H dmar-khra, red predominates. In
the common saying ?qH'H'^'!'Bi'a'\ **'^'|9'
SJ-^c.-araj^ stag-gi khra-bo phyi-la yod, mi-yi
khra-bo nan-la yod, the tiger is party-
coloured externally, but man is so inter-
nally— the meaning, of course, is that
it is difficult to know a man even by
the traits of his mind. 2. Ace. to
Ja. a distinction is to be drawn
between khra-wo and khra-wa, the first
signifying only two-coloured or piebald,
and the second party or many-coloured.
We have not found this distinction our-
selves. The significations of the various
compounds of 0 khra have all a reference
to the peculiar effect produced on the eye
by the blending of two or more colours
together, especially when seen from a
distance ; so H'3*4'*> khra cem-tne is said of a
rainbow, tinted meteor, etc. ; H'W*) khra
lam-me or H'^*»'*> khra l/iam-me of a similar
phenomenon ; |3'£wl» khra chem-chem of
a flight of birds : H'**r^|g-S*»-*> khra cham-
se khra ehem-me or g'2*<-$ khra chem-se in C.
= l*r|g-fjfft chem khra $prin-ne in Ld.
Such compounds have also assumed the
character of an adverb, as in 0'*)'^ khra-
me-re, together ; altogether.

^ JJ khra-ma 1. a register, index. 2.
a judicial decree. 3. a kind of grain, *g
hbru TKWH. 4. ace. to Vat. sn. = ^"\^'
V mgyogs-nas a kind of barley grain,

growing and ripening rapidly within 60
days, v. fl|<^'g*i gyo-khram.

H'**'qf^^'3*' khra-mag.ni§ sgrom in jewel-
lery or lacquer work when there is a
variegating with two colours.

H'»K khra-mar a kind of biscuit made
in twisted cross ribs and painted red.
These are given only to Government
officials at state dinners in Tibet.

H't" khra-rtse a kind of biscuit or pastry
made in the shape of a grating.

01^ khra-zur a species of eagle (Sch.).

H'| khra-zla (tha-da) = $wfywci sla-wa
ffms-pa or si<Vl3'REJc-'H' dpyid-sla hbrin-pofhe
second Tibetan month corresponding with
March (Rtsii.).

H'^*. khra-rin a striped long scarf.
This is also called *i!J'^*i')g'Rc. bkra-fis
khra-rin, the auspicious long striped
scarf which is generally attached to flag
poles: — lhag-par pfw-brad rtse-nas khra-
rin dan dar-phan dun dan rol-mo sog$ (bro,
moreover they exhibited from the top of
the palace long scarves and pendant silk
and played on trumpets and cymbals, &c.

0-2Hl5h khra $ig-(;ig in dazzling
array (J. Zan.}.

g-^i"^ khra-sems fes n. of a bird
(K. ko. *\3).

p^ khrag (thag) $*** $ku-rntshal, resp.
*fa<, ^*i, ^ftfrcT, T^r, 5tiPna blood : "c.'H"!
pan-khrag blood of child-bed. «\^'S"I shaii-
khrag or vulgarly i=.'Hi| dsan-khrag
signifies blood of the menses ; «!9=.'0l
ffshun-khrag healthy and nourishing blood
((7s.); ^S'HI nad-khrag bad or diseased
blood. In Sikkim khrag is pronounced
khyak. H1'"|?«\ khrag-g.cod n. of a medi-
cinal herb which stops bleeding (Med.) :

168

to stop bleeding; H
cessation of bleeding: ft'B«|-RJfci'«rvi| in
W. I feel my blood throbbing, e.g., from
ascending a steep bill. HT^T81 flowing
of the blood, generally applied to men-
struation; BT*"!'" clotted blood; gore ((7s.).
Syn. ft'|« rma-skyef; •"^'^'^ gar
hgyur-byed.; •*)'^'«<5^ qa-yi sa-bon ; *^'*lf^'
f* mtshan-bsiiun fkyef, 'B^'fl*' khyab-
gnas; *l'^«. mi-lhun; $*r|»< lus-skyes; to'
q-q rma-las hbab-pa (Mnon).

kkray-skem, 8^ upan-rtsi n. of a
vegetable medicine very useful in stopping
bleeding (Sman. 86).

khrag-khrig (thag-thig)
also sjpr 1. one hundred thousand
million, or an indefinitely large number
(Cs.) ; this number has twelve figures ;
gq-|q|-2^q khrag-khrig chen-po qytfcaa
this has thirteen figures, cf . ^Sl*'i dkrigs-
pa. 2. in vulgar language H"1'H"I khrag-
khrig is expressed as H'^I'H'S) khra-gi
khri-gi and means moving and oscillating
about : ^^JMrl^|N>|!<rW«K*^ de-nas
rdsifa chen-po khrag-khrig tsam yan med-
par then (in) a large ship which did not
even roll.

HTBTIf11'*1 khrag-khrig snaA-wa=»il'^
smig-rgyu a mirage; an optical illusion
(Won).

H^'HI khrag khrug (thag-thug) all in
disorder ; promiscuous state ; like a troop of
fighting men, or like the loose leaves of a
book when out of order (Zam.).

gi]'H|gi|w khrag-hkhrugs agitation ; flut-
ter ; orgasm of the blood (Sch.).

khrag-khrog (thag-thog), v. HT
E") khrag-khrug.

HI'^'RI''! khrag-ge khrug-ge (thag.-ge
thug-ge) when two men do not agree with

each oher, there is said to be thag-ge
thug-ge among them — a falling-out, dis-
agreement.

01'!^ khrag-rgyun »i)piidi««» the run-
ning of the blood in the veins ; circulation.

g«i|'*n|*i-5 khrag chagt-rta a blood bred
horse, i.e., a real horse, opposed to a
metaphysical one (Mil.).

fiT'S* khrag-hthud 1. a class of terri-
fying deities of the Bon and TanMk
Schools. 2. y$* skyu-ru-ra ^n^m^\;
Myrobalaum emblica (Sman. 30k}.

fi"I'^3E-''»9 khrag hthun-hbu the worm
that drinks blood.

BT^'iKS khrag-hthufi srin-bit a leech
(Mnon.).

BTSf^ khrag-ldad vrg tiger; ^c^w
^*cu]Jj«;-2|E.' fifi-dmar ram gyer $ifl n. of
a red tree ; the red pine called f^ ; a
species of mahogony (Mfon.).

BI'S^'w khrag-ldan ma described as y\
«)^|-»i*^-^j| a woman at her monthly
period (Mnon.).

gqj-q^-|-D khrag-por skye-wa a botanical
term applied to the leaves of plants
(Fat. sfi.).

HI'W khrag-hbab=$ttij chit-bo si-ta
a name of the river Sita (Mnon.).

BT^ khrag-ro clotted blood.

HT^t khrag-M a clot of blood.

gqi'-^-X'q khrag- fas che-wa plethoric
(Med. ; Jd).

B*I'^ khrag- for hemorrhage; bloody-
flux (Med.;Jd.).

gn|-q^]m khrag-bfal flooding after child-
birth ; profuse mensturation : 9 35 ^'*>y qS-qf
^"I'^'l'^, Bl'"4!9''1'!^ it stops the flooding
and internal spasms in the blood discharge
of a healthy woman : *1 rag—^khrag.

169

(thang), v. *$* mkhran.

khram-kha la bab$ is

stretched out:
to sit with

the legs stretched out (Jd.).

khrab (tha'j) ijf*reiT«f3T?: shield;
buckler; coat of mail. The coat of mail
used in Tibet and Bhutan is generally made
of iron rings or thin disks resembling the
scales of a fish netted together. Two kinds
of khrab are known in Tibet ; one is called
w^jc,-^-gqj which is made of iron rings or
scales ; S^'S^'B*1; that made of thin plates
or iron foils. There are accounts of coats
of mail made of silver and gold for the use
of kings. The common quilted cloth
armour used in Mongolia and China is
called f^'wpq. In Mongolia it is called
dam.

igq'gq khrab-khrab (thab-thab) a
weeper; one that sheds tears on every
occasion (Sch.).

gq'sfi ^ khrab-rnkhan one who makes or
wears armour.

khrab-can scaled ; scaly ; wearing
a coat of mail.

Hl'S^'S khrab-byafi gu scales or iron foils
used in a coat of mail (Rtsii.).

B^'tf Wfo khab-byin ht$ kheb a coat of
mail for covering the whole body (Rtsii.).

|5*J khram (tham), g'*» phra-ma a false
word ; 'Kqfz a cunning man.

kfiram-kha (tham-kha) 1. y*\
§ •girSfjg'qS-pi-Vrg-ig lha-hdre bye-brag-gi
khro-tcahi kha-dog khra-khra (tha-tha)
spotted and party-coloured appearance of
the wrathful demi-gods the Lhan-de
($ag.). 2. chart used in witchcraft or
necromancy : 5PV*' ^'§ '*>* I ha hdrehi rfais-

one's ruin having been incident on the chart
(of fate). 3. cross marks or lines cut into
a piece of wood so as to cross one another
as an ornament : H*rl"'5'% khram-khahi-^ii
a club-like implement, carved with lines,
representing the attributes of a god and
containing squares with mystic figures in
them which serve as a means to make
attempts of witchcraft to injure a person
ineffectual ; ^'B51 nag-khram a notch
(Jd.).

B^'H" khram-khrum fragments; baked

|g«-|g^rq^e.^-i$'«( (raw) brick containing
prints or engravings thereon when burnt
are said to be baked fragments.

khram-ldan ajTU a tiger.

khram-pa (t

gr 1. a liar; a swindler;
artful person: I'^"IS'«frfi»r* bycd-pahi
for seducing or deceiving: g*r^w^ khram
sems-can lying ; mendacious (Cf«.). 2.
lively, brisk, quick, like boys, kids, &o.
(the contrary of sH'i glen-pa, slow,
indolent, apathetic) : khram-pa che in W. a
wish of god-speed addressed to one going
on a journey, such as Good success ! May
all go well ! 3. modest ; attentive to the
wishes of others (Jo,). B^'i'"!^ good lit.
means to get out of mishaps caused by the
evil machinations of enemies; to make
the evil-charms of enemies ineffectual.

H*i'§S khram-byed, v. l3}'^ gyo-can or 5j'
**'§^ phra-ma byed; g'''ft*!'£i Ice g.nis-pa
double-tongued or double-dealer (flfiion.).

H*r3|K.' khram-fifioT Hwii'H*''^*' khrims-
kyi kfiram-fifi a board on which the body

23

170

of a culprit is stretched to flog him on the
back (Nay.).

khral (thai) «rrf^f, ^3 1. tax;
tribute ; duty ; forced service. 2. punish-
ment ; chastisement for sins ; visitations :
jgurq^arq khral bkal-wa to levy taxes : •foi'
B"i dnul-khral tax to be paid in money :
<*«3 gat hbru-khral tribute paid in corn : § f
^WB*I til-d.mar khral tax to be paid in red
sesamum.

Syn. «a dpya; g\« sduj-pa; T^'H*
gyar-khral; ^'"\^ fo-gam; Hi'^l* khral-
rigs (Mnon.).

gii *qj « khral rgyug-pa to perform forced
service (§£*«.).

HOTI^X-H khral-hjal-wa or B"'
lkor-ua to pay taxes or customs duty.

Syn. BT^Tq khral hbul-wa;

hjal-ica ; B1*1 tj'V hfiral ^prod-pa

g'Ji'^'q khral tdu-wa to collect taxes; pf.
BTqgN khral-hidui, pf. BIJ|'q|*' '^ Mra/-
6?rf»? /sA«r, fut. fii '«§' WS Jihral-bfdu war-
bya.

gTijN^ ic/iral-gstr levying of a new
tax: |^<*^'«A'(|V^WWfr^Ip^'fr^'^<l«|'K<
"15^' by levj'ing fresh taxes to oppress the
tenants.

B^'B"! khral-khrug (31**'') n. of a very
large number (Ta-sel.).

B^'B1" k/iral-khrulja defined as SS^T^'S'
«<im-ISE.-n-ai^E,-3^ applied to any broken
things, such as furniture or utensils.

fj I: khri (t/ii), B'01^ khri-khrag, $'^v
khri-grafis for number: ^«T ten
thousand; a myriad: H'§'" khri bye-tea
ton millions.

II: TSTS, ^T seat, chair, throne,
couch ; also frame, sawing jack, trestle ;
jjj'H an European chair; B1^ khrihu

1. a bedstead or stool; a small
chair or table; B'Q|'t'3fq khri-la bsko-wa
to raise to the throne; to place on
the chair; |'"l*^'' khri-la hkhod-pa
to preside ; to occupy the chair ; ^'*|'B
sefi-ge khri throne; a chair borne (in
relief) by a carved lion for rulers and
incarnate lamas ; «]*!*' B gier-khri golden
seat or chair; seat for royalty; g«'B
siias-khri a contrivance to serve the
purpose of a pillow; *«'§ chos-k/iri a
prof essoral chair ; pulpit ; reading desk ;
table for books ; school table; ?«!'§ nal-khri
resp. "I^WB gziiiis-k/tri bedstead. 2.
*'*IS'^'3'c'e''^** the upper pedestal of a
chaitya or Buddhist votive tomb.

Syn. ^'B nal-khri; Wi '§ tgyitn-khri ;
^1'B hdug-khri.

§'*l=.'«^ khri rkaii can ^TTTIF a seat fur-
nished with legs ; a bedstead.

§ f> khri-kha= §5'p khrihikha or B^'l8''
khrihi $teft on the chair: B 'f '^ khri kha-
na, on the chair or seat (A. 57),

B'*^ khri-chen a great chair; a title of
the abbot of Galdan monastery.

• §-ftqX4r^M#f fq Khri-chen flag-
dtcan mchog-ldan ^'«p^'^-ifl^'^ Drin-

can flag-dwafi mchog-ldan (Sc/ir. 17 A).

. |-3^-tfli^«ft-^'3«ipi Khn-chen fiag-dican
tnan-grags n. pr. (Schr.).

*|-^-g-BJE.-0|B^-£i5'^-») Khri-chen Bio-
bstnn-pahi ni-ma=^'^^-^a,-a]e>^ bio*
ni-mnhi shals (Schr.).

B'?^ khri- f nan n. of a Buddhist
physician of Lhasa; a^«-*^-9^e.-9|-^-y«q-
•*^'§'51W the son of the celebrated physi-
cian named Xhtn-gi thor-can (Yu thog-pa)

(Qyu. 33).

|-|aj-«al khri $£an sa-le skin of the
black antelope ; 9«iRrn: a devotee sitting

171

on it remembers the vows as well the
duties of a Bodhisattva ; S'tT^^^TIW
^'ifc spreading a skin of black antelope
for a seat (A, 11.).

jg-f^-S^-q k]iri ?(an chen-po ti-fHH
a large couch or bed ; §'f^*%3 kfiri-stan
mtlion-po ^TIUM a high couch or bed
(forbidden to the devout).

§'"^"1^ khri-gdugs the sun.

* g-fffe-qtotfi khri-ldnn scn-gchi mclsod
^fT«5rft?%ni (Schr. ; Td. 2, Mf).

8'BWiy< khri-phycd dan ffnis two
thousand and half ; "V& ni-khri twenty
thousand.

I'^e. khri-hphaft the height of a chair;
a high chair (Cs.) ; also the official rank.

jg'»^ = q<?<*n''E.- bison-khan a prison; jail
(Mnon.) ; also §'S^ khri-mun a prison;
dungeon.

jg-ys khri-hur S'H3)'*^' n. of a bird
(Far-sff. 7).

H'5)'^ &/»•«' fc-wa fear, in (7. (Ja.).

' i : khri-qin or 0$ khrihu a chair.
' ii : (thi-s'iny) ^fw a creeping
plant ; a creeper.

jg'SJV^fq^ Kliri-sroA Ide-btsan the
celeberated King of Tibet who formally
introduced Buddhist monarchism into
Tibet, erected the great monastery of
Sam-ye, and caused numerous Buddhist
sacred books to be translated into Tibetan.
rq khrihi rkan-pa chos-pa TTT^SR-
a bed furnished with legs or sup-
ports ; fig. to discipline the mind so that
religion may take hold of it.

B^'*Ff^ khrihi rkaft-rten nfJrcjT^f the
legs of a chair.

^ Ichrig-khrig bsgrigs-sofi it has
suited well ; it fits exactly. 2. quivering,
as of the body with cold, or chattering of
the teeth. 3. v. | afj* khrib-khrib.

Cs

[^^^ khrigs (thig) 3|9|-|«q»j-ii gralkhrigs-
pa 1. arranged in proper order or row with-
out deviation from the right course or line :
l^-a^rf^-q khrigs chags-su bkod-pa
seated or arranged in proper order where
men, women, the old and the young,
the great and the low, all are put in their
respective order ; 2. also in reference to a
priest conducting a religious service, his
demeanour when he does not look this
side or that side but is intent on his
duties and ceremonial observances; he is
then said to be fi«pr*TVC^K>el If/trigs
chag$-su bkod-pa.

kharigs-se plentiful, abundant;
thorough ; jgiprir'qc. khrigs-se gafi quite
well ; giJN-U-^-l khrigs-se byed-pa to
treat; to entertain plentifully (Sch.).

I : khrid. (thi) instruction, tutelage ;
^"jf^'l yon-tan khrid-pa instruction,
teaching ; 8^'«^«r«l khrid. hdebs-pa to
give instruction ; to instruct : fJYwi6fl|
kfirid-pa$ chog I am willing to give
instruction ; you may have lessons with
me (Jd.). pftwZ khrid zab-po thorough
instruction ; Sj'B^ $Iu-khrid instruction

Na

to an evil purpose; seduction; 0tVc!Jl1V£i
khrid tyad-pa to give instruction ; to
make admonitory speeches.

Mrig-khriff (tUg-thig) 1.
proper, suitable; not less nor more : BT

II: or 5J15) wft row; order; serial
order or arrangement : ^'!^'SC-''IC'' w§'
R^-q5-g^-ai-q^ in the same manner there
are four stages in the way to saintly
perfection (Lam-rim. &)•

172

Ill : pf . of "IK*.
!«Va"l khrid-phrug (thi-thug) scholar ;
pupil (Ja.).

I khrib-khrib (thib-thib)
n. of a large number (Ya-sel.).

khrims (thim),
law"* or right in general ; the laws of a
state ; any particular law. There ^are two

«5S khrim-la chos-khrims da'n rgyal-khrimf
finis yod state law and spiritual j>r reli-
gious law. The proverb says: $**'

O rv £i«

khrims ffxer-gyi »nah <;in, choi-khrims dtf-
giji mdud-pa Ita-bu yin the state law is a
golden yoke, but the religious law is like a
silken knot : frwS'fWfWt1*'''* for
laws they pass decrees, statutes : B«*
•a^v-ci khrims-la gnas-pa to be subject to

tr$a\ holy personages and the incarnate
race are also subject to law.

Syn. for laws of state :— W lugs;
hjig-rtcn khrims ; ^'^ yvl-
khrimg; 0*4*1 'SI*' khrims-lugy
(Mnon).

gjw-pe.- khrims-khan court or place of
justice.

Syn. pw^'t^'pfJ khrims-rnahi khan-pa ;
|'^V*aS sgra-ldfin can; |w»c|^-«5 khritns-kyi
ra-wa;^^'* dril-sgrog-sa (Mnon.).

pwl'p'N khritns-kyi kha lo-pa, %**'%
Blon-po a minister ; a legal oflicer (Mnon.).

khrims-hjags = BWs'M'"^
khrims kyi don bshin ace. to the meaning
or spirit of the law (flag.).

khrims bsgrags-pa, v.
bkah-U/igs, a proclamation or pro-
claimed order.

la skyal-wa to deliver up to justice.
khril (thi), v. ^|i khril.

0coc? to inflict punishment (Mnon.).

I khris (thi), |wtfl«-« khris hjogs_-
pa peace, v. HI"'" hjiig$-pa-

|5 khru (thu) B'« khru-ma V* one-
fourth of a *V" hdom or fathom ; a cubit ;
t"H rtsc-khrn or the measure of eighteen
inches, from the elbow to the extremity
of the middle finger: B'«F*»» khru-gan
rtsam ^WTW about the measure of 15
inches from the elbow to the fisted middle
finger is called "^'0 bekiim-khru, or cubit
measure ; p''**'"'1' khru hjal-ica to measure
with a cubit measure ((7s.).

|5"£J khru-wa (thu-ica), sometimes for

*3'i hkhru-'tca, to wash.
^ g-flja^ khru-g.zar a kind of stew-pan

(Scl).

H'^""l kltru-slog or P'^1 khru-rloff
tilling the ground; ace. to Sch. a pit
filled with corn ; B'Sfa'" khru-slog-pa dig-
ging ; breaking up the soil ; gardening.

ICC'Rt' khrun-khrufi (thung-thung)

njfa crane, grus cincrca; also the stork:
EC^f^rw^l"!*''^'5' khnm-khrun rus-pas
chu-hgags_ sel the bones of the crane remove
the stoppage of urine. When milk mixed
with water is given to a crane it will drink
the milk, leaving the water in the basin.
The reason of this, according to K. d.^ 110,
is that as soon as the bill of the crane
touches the milk it turns into curds, which
are eaten up, leaving the water in the
basin.

173

Syn. w^'tr^r^; mgrin-pa rab-riA; *ta|'
mig sman mjug-ma; 3^-5 krun-ca
on.).

Sw khrun-khrufi hjoni8=*fK'$fl'
tfflft dbati-phyug-gi bu
chun-ba ffshon-nu gdon-drug a name of
Kumarathe second son of Is'vara (Mnon.).

lus khrud-pa to
wash; cleanse out dirt or filth from the
body (tfay.).

constellation :

19^ khrnn (t/tttit) WlfH, nfwPH height ;

length ; extension (Cs.) : M'*«s.'fjs khrun
phan srid height and breadth (equal) .

|9^'|E3^ khrtim-khrum (thum-thum)

(Sch.) : |L*»'!5*<'§'V') khnim-khrum byed-pa or
|5*)'6*<' i^q khfum-khruHi brdun-wa to
pound in a mortar.

khrums ((hum) W^-T? n. of a
'f^ khriims-gtod the name
of the 24th constellation, t^-HT^-iJ^.

Syn. S'**$ bya-mchu ; ^5'^'35 rihi Iha-
1110 ; *p»r*i gitas-»M ; Q 'S^'*!6-' ba-g.lin rkan
(Mnon.).

9'1 khrums-stod-kyi na-wa WT?-
the full moon of the month
, July.

khritm$-smad the name of the
25th constellation, '^Trrr-iTT^'-TT? ; ace. to
Hindu astronomy the 26th lunar mansion,
figured by a conch, and comprehending two
stars, of which one is Andromeda.

Syn. 3^ zi'hti ; gor^e, $brul-hchin (Mnon.).

IS*1**'! khrum-zla (thnm da), \. il'^'^JV
zlti-ba brgyad-pc ftiati^, ^^^T^> the eighth
month of the Tibetan year.

Syn. ^gi^'q hbuys-pa ; S'><$ bya-mchu ;
^ ^ nor-ldan ; IB'*"^11! '«^ khyu-mchog can ;

of «

q aic if|E, qat- ba-lafi rkafi-bzan ; |l'W sprin-
bzan ; fy«i len-pa ; s5'|'q bya hi sin-tea ;
ston-zla hlrifi-po (Mfiott.).

(thul), RVirf** khrul gton-
ica to let fall ; to drop (several things at
intervals) ; •&>«TB«r^ mchi-ma khrul

bshed to shed tears : l'B«i zla-khrul in W.
>»

intercalary month (Jd.).

so

merry.

i khrul-po in C. 1. cheerful;
2. fornicator (Jd.).

•I khrul-ma 1. in JF". crooked

crank, handle (Jd). 2. a whore. 3. fl'S'
IS1"'*" khu-wa khrul-ma rice-water or water
in which millet is washed.

^M &

bath; washing ; ablution.

\ khru§-kyi b_tul-shugs
drafi-srofi, a Rsi or sage who
observes the vow of ablution : |5*''!<Vci^'

XI

g^'S^ kfirus byed-pahi Itun-byed ^t«r-
ympyf^* faults committed while bath-
bathed put on clean clothes and take
milk, curds and butter (Lofi. "\ 32).

Syn. ^'§'J kim-tu rgyu ; ^''P'3^'*^ dkah-
thub-can ; M|-qs[*«ri nag b$dams-pa ; S^'i^'i^c,'
1 dge-war slon-wa ; ^'SR.«'3«i non-mons thul;
ffKCf^ dban-po thul; g'J''^Vc' smra-bn cad-
pa ; ife.'q^'l^vi gtan-bar g.nn§-pa ; rftww
I'S'i tshan-par spyod-pa; ^I'lS'JDI'i >'('9f-
byed klog-pa (Mnon.).

15 T 5 8" khrus-kyi rtsa, $,'•*] kit-fit the
grass JTw-f« (Mnon.).

B^'S'?^' khrus-kyi rdsin gN'jq'w^'f'R.'
rgyab-sahi rdsin a bathing tank.
'B k/triis-khu water for bathing (Ja.).
khrus-khan brtsegs-pa the
making of a bath or bathing place.

174

gar I

washing

khrus-mkhan ^rra*i one who

N>

bathes ; he that has bathed.

B«'w» Mtru-chal
materials, soda, soap, etc.

|5»r$ khrus-chu bathing water; water
consecrated by a deity being washed in it.

jS^'"^ khrug-dar scraf or good linen
towel for the toilet ; scarf of silk used in
washing the images of deities (Rtsii.).

Syn. 3«"S^ lum-dar ; «'*iV|£N-ei5<ii*r^ so-
sor khrug b_tags-ri (Sfflon.},

B«'$* khrug-gder basin; washing bowl.

E»l'c' khrus-pa (f hug-pa) V^%«, q)TS;?m,
qr* washed; also washing.

Syn. B«'9 khru$-bya ; *.%*> bk/irud ; |'«J
khru-wa (yfion.).

B^'S" khrug-bum JR*ro<3 washing pot
or jug.

g*''*''BjY*< khrus-ma khrud-ma washings
of rice or any other millet ; also the rem-
nant of water in which rice, &c., is boiled.

|«'f " khrug-rdsag articles of washing or
to wash with such as soap, etc.

Syn. gfT*m Idag-chal; B«r8> khrus-rtsi;
^'S^ dag-byed_ (MAon.).

R"'ql^ k/irus-ffs/iofl %^T-trn( bathing
tub ; basin used for a bath.

E^'^ Mrus-ras q \-vni A+ a towel; a
bathing towel.

E'S'I-*!^ k/D-us-gyer bathing water. Ace.
to Jd. this word (in Ladak) relates to a
certain medical procedure or method of
curing.

(S*r«l*orq khrus-g.sol.wa resp. for B*''§S't'
khrus-bycd-pa, i.e., when applied to bathing
places used by divine beings and great
men: f*f«vl^nrpr|tfl« lha-mi khaH-pa
sogs la khrut byea-pa " gods or men taking
a bath in their abodes and so forth," to
administer a bath to another, especially

as a religious ceremony, consisting in
sprinkling with water.

ft Mire (the) millet: |t^*|I«fcrf^tWll'

being both heavy and chilling, causes
wounds to swell, but bones which have
been dislocated or fractured it causes to
unite. B^S khrc-rgod wild millet; gift'
*|9'3'*fl?lv^'^qr^Qr^ wild B stops diarrhoea
and removes the poison.

B'S" k/trc-tse Chinese vermicelli (Jd.).

gil«'q khregg-pa (theg-pa), v. »BqI*''q
mkhrcgg-pa.

j«j*r«$*. khrem-giner, v. 4'1^ c/ui-gner
(Mfion.).

'H khnl-po shameful.

kftrems-pa (thcm-pa) 1. irriga-
tion; also to water gardens and cultiva-
tions ; to sprinkle water. 2. n. of a book :
ge. • fSaj • |*irt>qprtq<fcr>^ • <*•$ • n byan-khog
kfircmf-kyi ludrin-chen hod hphro-ica
(Sorig. 81).

khrcl (thet) resp. ^v^«i thugg-
klircll. f^fgakindof millet. 2. ^row
shame ; diffidence ; bashfulness ; modesty.

3. piety aco. to Jd., especially in W.

4. in C. disgust ; aversion.

B^'l^ khrcl-gad a scornful laughter.

B°i'^ khrel-ean possessed of shame ;
gTS^ khrel-can bashful (Cs.) ; also earnest,
conscientious.

B«T5sw k/irel-ltog pusilanimous ; shame-
faced.

g^-qi^c, khrel-gdofi (lit. a face capa-
ble of shame) a bashful face.

g«r^«v^ khrel-hdod-can in W. ready
to shame others.

B"!'^ kltrel-ldan, v. P^'^m'i fio-ts/ta
pa ^MsifM't modest.

175

IT*! to be ashamed; to provoke shame:
ftw-^'iZ&Q'd^khrel-wadan no-tsha-ica meg
he has no shame or modesty.

g*r»)<Vci khrel-med-pa, @*r*>Y*( khrcl-med-
ma ^HTjsrai immodest, shameless.

gai 55^ khrel-yod ^ftrsrcri modesty ; chas-
tity ; decency ; gT^'i khr, l-yod-pa to be
chaste: gT^'W^'i khrel yod-par bi/cd-
pa to behave chastely, with modesty.

p^ khres or (the) jg*r3 khrc§-po, (thc-po)
a load, burden: *)'@*r$c.-s^ mikhrcs chun-
can a man with a small load (A. 10).
g^rcr^v^c,-^ Jcrrs-po dehi nan-nas from
within that package: ^•^•J'^wr^*1
S^'gS g.shun-don-gyi bsans $in khrcs phcd
half a bundle ( or load ) of fire- wood for
the use of government (Rtsii.),

Syn. Epy khur-pa ; B^'"^'^ khur hdren-
pa ; 4jP'9«'3«|'ti rgyab-kyis theg-pa ; &^"
X'V khur stsa-pa (MnonT).

khres-k/trci (the-the) unable
to sit erect; falling down : ^'^"I'HN'g^^'
«T^>pr^r|K-«rar%rwr^<r4« mi-g.cig khres-
khres na-wa gzigs nas sman-pa la cis pJian
dris-pas (A. &b) seeing a man very ill
so as to be unable to sit erect, he asked the
physician what would be of use.

|^ k/iro (tho) w;* a kind of bronze, of
about same quality and worth as bell-
metal ('^P1*.'1' hkhar-wa), but inferior to
//. The kind of bronze called khro-nag or
dark bronze is also called khags khro on
account of the predominance of iron in
the compound. The kind called EfST
khro-dkar, white bronze, has more zinc and
»M<'|5f zans-khro has more of copper in
it than iron. The dark-bronze is largely
manufactured in China ; the white-bronze

is much prized by the Tibetans. Huge
bronze caldrons used in the great monas-
teries of Tibet for boiling tea are made of
the white bronze ; *"!*<' 0" ts/wg$-kfiro large
bronze caldrons used in cooking tea, &c.,
for the use of the congregation in the mon-
asteries of Tibet: f'iT^'r^'tfr'V^^f
^•^*"' khro-nag gzer-srin dan dug-nad
hjoins dark bronze dissipates worm-spasms
and poisonous complaints.

B'5^ khro-rgyan ornaments made of
bronze. B^'S"!'^ khrohi khiig-til bronze
pot to boil tea.

$'§ khro-chu 1. liquid or melted
bronze ; ace. to some author melted iron
before it is cast. 2. n. for ^'t t}nul-chu
quicksilver; (a mystic) term (Min).

pf $'£*<'« khro-chu $dom-pa to fill up
joints, grooves, &c., with melted bronze ; to
solder.

hjoms-pa to suppress anger

or wrath: ^F^r^Km'HT'tiMr^ ^'st'^'*F
W^'1^ gan-shig bsgrims-te khro hjoms-pa,
de-ni hdi-dan g.shan-du bde (Spyod.) he
who can subdue his anger will be happy
here and hereafter.

rnam-brjid or

rftam-hjigs or jfwit^ rfiom-brjid
to sit in an angry mood (Mnon.).

B'"I^ k/iro-ffncr «gif«, « jfz wrinkles
on the face and forehead expressive of
wrath, indignation, anger ; also indignant.

H"' 1$*'*^ khro-gner-can *sjife she whose
face is wrinkled with anger ; also frown-
ing.

* £Tl^'*^'*i khro-gncr can-ma (Schr.
36 C.).

Sf'l^ ***>'** khro-gftcr med-p<i
free from frowning or anger.

If* I

1T6

khro-gner ffsi-brjid
Idan-pa, $'V! cu-daj n. of a medicinal root
(Sman. 102).

(ffl khro-pa in W. for g Mro.

khro-gtum-po furious with rage.

khro-wa, (tko-wa) "fri brtse-ica
sbst. anger, wrath ; also
adj. angry, wrathful: pfc'fT^ khon-khro-
wa smouldering wrath : p--i'flS^t«i khro-wa
fyzod-pa subduing or abstaining from
anger : j^^r^«*r«l*m'|t«*^'*
khro-wa- bzod-pa fief ^corn-pa glir-i/nH
fkye-war mi-hgyur-ro anger having been
subdued aud inwardly suppressed, it
will not grow again (K. d. * 68) : B "W1
^"1 '^I'H^ 'w*«T5'«tfV{i th* chief remedy for
the poison of anger is forbearance (K. d.
*• 68) : jg-n$-«»*W'^-'»|HI'**r^ ^'ww-*^
*««-^K.-n^ if the wrathful mind be once
subdued it is tantamount to subduing all
the enemies one has. B'wSV or pf««'
^l^'1! to be or to grow angry (C».) ; H"*)'3E''
8|vSl'g''W9 though angry, to be as if not
angry; |«f-wg=$«|'|g''wgr£i angry looks ;
to look back with anger (Mfton.).

|[-q-*» Khro-wa-ma wf^sn n. of a
goddess.

khro-wo (tJio-ico) Ji, «T<T an
angry spirit ; a god or Bodhisattva in his
assumed wrathful mood or manifestation.

khro-wo

—

rnam-rgyal tprul-bgad WT'J-
(Schr.; Td. 2, 276).

khro-wo chen-po wvr#tvil' an
appellation of Mahakala, the Lord of
Death — the terrific god or guardian of
Buddhism.

(Schr. 73 B.).

*M'J*'*'^VJ"*B9|'<I khro-wo b_dud-rt$i
hkhyil-pa WTiJT^fiT^ (Schr. ; Td. 2, 103).

*jg'!S^T^-jQ| khro-wo hdod-rgynl i&\T5(
(Schr. 72 A.).

*J3'^'^'!'*''*1'! khro-wo rdo-rje sa-hog
?wm?Tra (Schr. 74- B.).

» jiJ-ZJ i^jrg^Q khro-u-o dbyug-pa tfon-
po sfW?iB (Schr.; T&. 2, 161).

*^'5-»)-fl|^-q khro-u-o mi-gi/o-pn
(Sehr. 58 C.).

*B'®'g'q 'ij""!"'" khro-wo gtne-wfi
pa (Schr. 58 A.).

•g-ZS-fll^l^'if^'il^ khro-wo gtstig-tor
hkhor-btgyur ^^I^^W^f (Schr.).

•JPfWivfrf''' khro-wo
mi-t hub-pa (Schr. 71 A.).

• g-S'nj^ai'l-fli^ 'khro-wa
U»TT^*'» (Schr. 71 £.).

H §«\ khro-byed ftT^T, *rz frightful.

B'SS'w khro byed-ma *v&\ 1. a name
of the goddess Paldan Lhamo. 2. SS'**\'
«q§»i'35 bud-mcd gtum-mo T^ra^n a fearful
woman (Mnon.).

rnam-hgyur or Sjt-Stn) $d<ifi-»rig an expres-
sion of the eye; angry eyes

spirit.

jg

khra-wo rta-mgrin
(Schr. 71 C.).

khro-mo a female terrific deity or

khro-mon prison (Sch.).

khrog ((hog) in BTogn« khrog
brgyab-pa to drink hastily ; to gulp down :
jgu|-$e. q-5)*r|gq|-.Jj<-q|^-£iS-*iXfl| khrog chud-pa
yi$ khrag-qor-pcod-pahi-mchog. Thog-
chung is be^t for stopping bleeding.

177

khrog-khrog (thog-thog) 1.
one who speaks irrelevantly and is not
steady in his acts or words. Described as

q'!V«5'S| 2.
acc. to Jd. in W. the sound caused
by something falling heavily on the
ground.

HT^' khroy-cltun an herb with leaves
resembling a saw in shape.

J khrog-po botanical term, used
of leaves standing round the stem scattered
or alternately.

J'j khrog-sman the raw unpre-
pared substance of a medicine (Sch.) : fft'
B"| sman-khrog is defined as fft'wjMrsrjf
£flj*rai smaii-ma brduns-pa sna-ts/iogs-la, the
unpulverized ingredients of a medicine.

(thong-ne) upright,

khroft-fie
straight, erect (Jd.).

(Jd.).

khron-po close-fisted, stingy

klirod (thod) crowd, assemblage,
mass, multitude ; *^'P^ mi-khrod a troop ;
crowd of men ; ^'J3^ ri-khrod a range of
mountain peaks; X"BS rtsa-khrod a heap,
stack, rick (of hay) ; ^''l^'ja'S nays-k/irod a
dense forest ; Wfft mun-khrod thick dark-
ness ; ^'0^ dur-khrod a cemetery ;
in the crowd; ^'ff*\ = also a hermit.

khron (than) claw: Efr$»r*f'^
kftroU kyis rko-wahi sde the class of galli-
naceous birds (S.g. ; Jd.).

•vx

|^'£J khron-pa (thon-pa),

well ; spring :

khron-

pahi chu well-water; also called V'§
don-c/iu ; ja^'9 khron-bu, a little well :
j§^'i5'$vB5 khron-pahi snin-po 5j^if|-; ja^'c'»''
§E,'q hron-pas run-tea ^3<HM*W water in a
well that has been made fit (by the priest-
hood) for drink.

B^'9 khron-bu 1. a medicinal root ; a
vegetable purgative. 2 jg^gN-n**i'Hi>v'|e.-
g^'^^^'I'^il khron-bus hjam-por $lyon-byed
grogs-kyi mchog thron-bu acts as a gentle
purgative.

khrom (thorn) a market place; a
bazar ; crowd of people ; multitude of per-
sons; B**'^ khrom-chen a great crowd;
¥n|q-q5'jjjj*4^*w tshogs-pahi khrom-rnams the
assembled crowd ; %'$** pho-khrom mul-
titude of men; ^'B* rgyat-Khrom a
royal gathering : acc. to Cs. jg*»'2^g khrom-
chen-po, chief market-place, also principal
street : jg^'i^'1! khroin-skor-wa to wander
about the market ; to ramble through as if
in a market ; *|*'E''g'Il*''|i*'^,'5i''l g.*an-$f,ags
khrom-du klog secret spells (magic
formulas) are read in the market.

harlot ;

khrom-skor-ma
strumpet; street woman (Cs.).

khroni-thog chod& person well
dressed, well equipped, and possessed of
personal accomplishments ; one above the
crowd ; above his fellows.

I Khrom-pa 1. n. of a province
in Tibet ; jsw'5'i khrom-po-pa, an inhabi-
tant of Khrom (Thorn). 2. a market
vendor.

hrom-dpon officer who is charged
with the supervision of a market.

•

khromr-vne • sparkling ; glittering:
zil p-akhrom-fne sparkling dew.

24

178

drop. ja« •^w^|'*j|«r«i khrom dinar nag
hkhyil-wa a motley crowd ; a throng, black

and red intermingled.

khrom-tshogs (thom-tsho) the
gathering of buyers and sellers, &c., in a
market : -TH" qa-khrom the section of the
market where meat is sold ; meat market ;
«^ gw dpe-khrom book market ; ?'£** rta-
khrom the section where ponies and horses
are sold.

khroms, v.

hgrcm-pa.

khrol (thai), v. «%I*Q hkhrol-ira and
hgrol-wa 1. a sound (Ja.). 2.
loosening ; unfastening ; that
which is unfastened. wf^J«ri|»r«rqflj'»flf
«<im-a)q|»rwq?*r^»r-«f$»r3S'?iJs'<*3j-q by rngo-
khrol is meant the separating of meat from
the bones by the sheep's head having
been boiled well, ^'jjji nan khrol the con-
tents of a slaughtered animal, including
the stomach, entrails, lungs, liver, spleen,
&c. The expression ^-?|-^-(J«i-|-«i-^-q-
ran-gi nafi-k/irol phyi-la-$ton-pa means
" one's own blunders exposed to outward
show" : (J«r 9*'**' khrol-gyis sod (the
ring) slid sounding (across the azure
floor).

khrol-khrol
khrol-po bright, shining ; BQ''p'Jt'§*\':J
khrol-khrol bye^-pa=^"\'^'^l •parS'g-q mig
khrol-le khrol-k Ita-wa to stare at.

jgV1^6. khrol-doA is said to denote a large
hand-bell.
•sx
P^*& khrol-cha release (as of monks

from a religious service or of school-boys
from class work ; aoo. to Sch, the act of
forgiving ; pardon,

: khrol-po (thol-po) 1. cheerful,
merry ; sparkling, glittering, dazzling.
2. fornicator.

II : 1. sparkling : ^'^'9 hod
khrol-po brightness (on water when the
sun shines upon it). 2. ace. to Jd. in W.
distinct ; intelligible.

P«i'« khrol-ma, ^'<*fl]«i nni-tshags a seive
for cleansing and sifting barley, grain, etc.

khrol-mo in W. brittle, fragile ;
opposite to •ifa'S mnon-po, tough.

gac^um k/irol tshogs a sieve (Cs.) ; g*|*i
*"!*' frags tshags iron sieve.

gi'S khrol-log=$*\'$''\ khrog-khrog in
W. of. *$!*'* hkhrol-wa. ; also 1. kettle.
2. a sound.

khros-pa S^^'B^'i thugs khros-
pa VI, gif^fi enraged ; wrath-seeming ;
appearance of wrath : ST'9! ^'t'5K§'J9*''£)$-
^Vqji^'q phyng-nn rdo-rjc $iti-tu khrot-pahi
tshul b$t(in-pa Chagna Dorje in a very
wrathful form manifested himself : ja»ri<v
1*. kfiros-pahi gar dance in wrathful mood.

B«'« khros-ma (thai-ma) or g'« khro-ma
the wrathful female deity or Rudranl ;
snch female divinities as outwardly show
themselves to be of terrific and frightful
aspect.

(3*i'*<'l khros-tshig angry words.

Syn. ^'^9^ rnan-hphyar or W>Q,*\ ««n-
hlyin

mkhan an affix which, annexed to
substantives and verbal roots, answers in
colloq. very much the same purposes as the
Hindustani appendix wala; «'*r^ sa-
mkhan one who has to do with the soil;
w»f^ lam-mkhan one who knows the
way, a guide; ^c:*f^ pn-mk/tan A

179

worker in wood, carpenter, joiner, &c.
Affixed to a verbal root, signifies he who
performs an action, whether only just
now or habitually; afe'wpwj yon-mkhan
corner; *gf«|«m hgro-mkhan the goer;
one who moves; i'*f>aj bri-mkhan the
writer, one who has written it ; BMt.'*f^ afi-
mkhan (in Sikkim) one who speaks false-
hoods, a liar; 3pc*w ps-mkhan he who
knows; ^N^ bstan-mkhan the shower,
explainer ; ^«pr«w hdogs-mkhan one who
is binding, fastening ; also with an objec-
tive case, «3-g-*-qi^-*iM ^a^ bu_mo ^do^_
mkhan, such as are desiring my daughter ;
WVW bsad-mkhan the man who is killed
or who kills; a murderer. In colloq. lan-
guage mkhan seems to have entirely dis-
placed the termination Q pa, signifying in
general the agent : «ft*'*rj|v»iraj-jj-i) ydun-
ma khyer-mkhan gyi mi the men carrying
the beam. Contrary to its original signi-
fication, it is even used to form the relative :
| the sheep which was killed.

of such as khan-pa, JBalu, etc., predomi-
nates (Rtsii.).

*W|S mkhan-rgyud=
Bli-chen dan mkhan-pohi rgyud the lineal
spiritual descendants of Bla-chen and
Mkhan-po, those through whom the vows
formulated by them are handed down

£| I: mkhan-pa ferns of two
species. The one growing in Tibet is
called WV1* mkhan-dkar, or the white
fern ; the other species belonging to the
Cis-Himalaya is called Wft mkhan-nag,
black fern : mkhan-pa is deemed useful in
healing fresh cut wounds ; it is also applied
to swellings.

II : incense ; frankincense :

various kinds of incense in which the scent

mkhan-po, srarr^T, ^mwra a
professor employed to teach ; the head of a
monastery. In Tibet the head of a parti-
cular college attached to a monastery,
high priests who give vows to the junior
or inferior lamas, and professors of sacred
literature, are called mkhan-po ; also learn-
ed men, who as such are endowed with the
TTI'S mkhan-rgyud or spiritual gifts or
descended heritage from their spiritual
ancestors, are called mkhan-po. Again,
learned men such as are sent to China as
representatives of the Grand Hierarch are
also styled mkhan-po. Besides these, those
who serve the Grand Lama as his domestic
chaplains, teachers or advisers, such as g'
wwpwj-q Sku-bcar Mkhan-po Khan-po, who
sits in company of the Grand Lama ; *]3*)*r
•WW0WW-&0M mk/ian-pothe chamber-
lain khan-po; »«v£iWr«3 mchod-dpon
mkhan-po the domestic chaplain; "i^'^'
W3 pwl-dpon-mkhan-po the steward in
charge of the Grand Lama's tea and food;
•TT|*i?| mkhan-sde phyi-ka outside khan-
po— those that enjoy this distinction but
partially. Other designations of this kind
are *fwrq-ar$*rq-«^ Mkhan-po la rnam-pa
bs/iiste: — (1) TV5'*«"$"'g«i'ar.K. '**•$}«•«•%
«^'35'S mkhan-po chos-kyis sdud-la zan-zin-
gis ma-yin pahan-yod the professor who
conveys to his pupil instruction, not wealth ;
(2) K'fe-%r|Vrtr!nr*rwMf^ tafi-M-

gis sdud-la cho§- kyis ma-yin pahan yod the
professor who gives riches but not religi-
ous instructions; (3) •n'Q'Al'SvK'fe'M1
^•^•^•q-uic,'^ mkhan-po chos-kyis sdtid-
cin san-zin-gis sdud-pa yan yod the professor
who gives both wealth and religious instruc-
tion to his pupil; (4)

180

p.'it^-rt^ mkhan-po chot-kyis
kyan mi-sdud-chin zafi-zin-gis kyan mi sdud-
pa yod the professor who neither imparts
instruction nor wealth.

*Wg mkhan-bu pupil, scholar (Jd.).

mkhan-mo mistress, intructress

mkhan-rabf the succession of
khan-po or abbots in a great monastery.

w^-Rww mkhan-rims the respective
prospects of being elected abbot as depend-
ing on the different ranks of the expectant
candidates ; the order of the succession of
abbots.

«|*argfq mkhan-tlob for afwj-Q^fi^r*
mkhan-po dan flob-ma the professor and
his pupil ; also (according to some) *f ^'2r
^'SK1^ mkhan-po dan slob-dpon the pro-
fessor and the teacher: S) '*»'*r^'$" 'S'vp
bla-tiia mkhan-slob-kyi bkah the words or
commands of the lama, abbot and teachers.

mkhah ir the heaven ; the sky ;
generally ^'ir"* nam-mkhah.

TVjjV mkhah-kM, T"'^ mkhah-
k/iyab, wp^ttw mkfiah-dbyifl$ the whole
compass or extent of the heavens (C*.).

«j^'g*» mkluth-skyei heaven-born; a
name for the year Fire-tiger d'fl of the
Tibetan calendar (Mnon.).

w^'gq mkhah-khyab ^rr^rrr^^f: that
vhich encompasses space or the sky : *(*"^'
gq-^fft'^t^ mkhah-khyab tin-ne hdxin ^PWT-
Tir^f ?wrfV the all-comprehending (all
absorbing) meditation ; n. of a Samadlri.

*V*'fy*'&\ mkhah khyim-can
he whose abode is in the sky ; the sun.

«*ipn-»ipq-^ mkhah-mkhah ro
(Sctir; Kalac. T. ^6).

«|^'^-*^ mkhah-goi can clouds

mkhah-hgro (kha-do) lit. "the
sky-goer " ; a god ; a bird ; arrow.

Syn. SJ'«i*w lha-rnams ; "*^q'*fl|« hdab
chags ; &bya; «^ mdah ; S'S^' bya-khyun ;
?'i\'\ da-ki-ni; ^f'% gt&o-mo (Sffion.).

-ft rnkhah-hgro-ma a class, mainly
of female sprites, akin to our witches, but
not necessarily ugly or deformed. There
are two kinds of k/wdowa : — those still in the
world and those that have passed out of the
world or are about to pass away from it.
Of the latter or those called ^'•«)*r§'*i|i:'* 'n?j •*)
ye-fes kyi mkhah hgro-ma, goddessess of
wisdom, they are five kinds, viz., Buddha
Dakinl, Vajra Dakim, llatna Ddkiiii, Pad-
ma DakiM, and Karma Dakinl. Of these
Rdor-je Phag-mo, SeA gdon-ma, &c., have
each a hundred thousand dakinl followers.
They are said to be possessed of superna-
tural powers and resemble fairies in their
attributes. Among the worldly Dakinl
there are two classes, those belonging to
the pantheon of the Brahmaps and those
devoted to the cause of Buddhism. In
Tibet we read of X'Vwlvg Tshc-riA mched-
Ifia, the five long-lived sisters : «J^'«'fl§'flf^«
Butan-ma bcu-ffnif the twelve nymph
si-ters who undertook to guard Buddhi-sm,
&o.

Syn. <i3i'nS-jfr») hgro-icahi sgron-me; §^'
«j^'^-»> srid-piihi sgron-me, the lamp of the
world, the light of the universe (Mfion.).

«pv*3f|N mkhah-hfjro $kyes i^R^r
born of those that move in the sky.

wpv^-q^ii rnkhah-hbro brd't-yig ^v
^••^•^^•^••fmAf-qR,-^ a form of
Deva nagari character used by the Rnin-nia
sect in their mystical writings.

^-^m ]gkhak-hgro ysan-wa
ye-qes n. of a deified lady, who was, in her

181

former existence, the wife of a king called
(Ratna Dasa) «flfr*i&<i-«WMi. She is adored
in Tibet as the goddess of mystical
learning.

El mkhah-hgrohi rgyal-po-=
!'^'^ &se>'-gyi bya-gtsitg phud-
can the golden bird (eagle) with a crest :

the crest of this bird is in colour
resplendent as lapis l:isuli, and its wings
are said to be chequered all over.

sifWutjS-vqt. ^ i: mkhah-hyrohi dican-
phyiig 1?NT, *3*T, afiHMlfrfl the lord of
the sky.

*f« •n55-^qf|n| 11: = !^; [31 <*l"| khyab-
hjng Vishnu (Mnon.).

si,tA'*i}f< rnkkah-mnain like the heavens;
infinite : *f*vw$wi mklttih mnum-pu a
name of Buddha (Mnon.).

*f"*'^ mkhah-rtt'ii <*TlH* the firmament ;
sky supporting ; a sort of ornament.

*f«'^c.' mkhah-ldin »inf , q^l met. the
eagle, the bird that soars on high.

iNp'vlic.-^np.-g mlihah-ldin dknr-po S.K.'«'
§5 *)f "g^rTf1, T^ a general name for the
swan species (Mnon.).

wpwvlfyr*)^ mkhah-ldin rgyul-mtshan,
khi/iil-hjug JlTf^jsi, Visnu (Mnon.).
.'q mkhah-ldin dican-po=-$f-'
kliiiun the king of birds (Yig. k. 29).

Hfm^c.'Qpfa-'i mkhah-hlin Moy-pa, v. w
iJS mar-gild *TinR«T, n. of a green gem
(Mnon.).

mkhah-spyod ^m^^^., %^T,
1. that which has attained
to the sky, a gandharva (celestial musi-
cian). 2. celestial enjoyment ; residing in

heaven : >^*f YVVr*rH**'**'*'K''rfl*'

J-V5'^"'51' rnkhah-spyod du lug ma-spans par
bgrod-pa mkhah-spyod kyi dnos-grub the

blessing of entering into a heavenly exis-
tence without losing one's present form :
*fwTV$l|l-*ll|l*''e| gone to the state of beati-
tude, i.e., to heaven.

wpvifrci mkhah spyod-pa iggiJ'T'. n. of
Avalokites'vara Bodhisattva.

«|««-|f^-^6.-S rnkhah-spyod dwan-mo an
epithet of the goddess Dorje Phag-mo
and of the abbess of the Yamdok Samding
monastery: |'«i$ft H^'j^'^q^-fR-i^wq^1^
3'l.q'^c,-^ before the precious lotus feet of
the venerable one who has attained the
heavens (Yig. k. 20).

*ij"m-«^fl| mkhah-dbyug w&^f lit. sky-
sticks ; a bedstead.

#»)fq^-»)a| mkhah-mig ^T^. (Schi:;
KM ic. T. 48).

wp^'^'I'i mkhah-yi$ne-ma = $*K**\ rgyal-
rntshtm T$SI the sacred ensign (Mnon.).

wpw'Xarti mkhah rol-pa divine musician;
that plays or moves merrily in the sky.

sfvara 1. rnkhah-la rgyu ^H^K that

*9

moves in the sky. 2. 3 bya a bird
(Mnon.) : «^'i'|i'P mk/ta-la rgyit-ica to
wander or move in the sky : sfH'T^'q?'")'
the Preta that moves in the sky :
i'liE.'q mkhah-la Idin-ica to soar in the
air. 3. ether, as the fifth element 4.
symbolical numbers ; cypher, naught.

mkhah-£san = '£'H**\ mo-mtshan
the female sex (Mnon.).

rnkhahi gos-can Tsrre^ cover
or dress of the sky ; the night ; W^'JT*)^
mkhahi rgyal-mtshan srjffgsi the sky-
ensign ; *i|^'qo|»rci mkhahi pag$-pa = ihei
space ; ^he void sphere ; the skin or cover
of the sky, i.e., darkness, gloom ; *f5'^'g
mkhahi gem of heaven ; the sun, moon,
star.

mkhahi ssil-ba = to

182

mkhar #t*, f^t a castle, a
nobleman's seat or mansion ; manor house ;
freq. a citadel ; fort : «T^'S^ mkhar-dpon
governor of a castle; commander of a
fortress.

JlpVp Mkfiar-k/ta n. of a place
situated, to the north of Gyan-tse in
Tsang ; the birthplace of Qrtib-chen Gtsaft
tmyon He-ru-ka, one of the celebrated
Buddhist Tantrik saints of Tsang.

jHpK-jS-pm mkhar rgyahi-khal contains
768 Dbus s/<0=640 mgyur-sho.

*f»V£ mkhar-rna W*, ^ntf^ a drum ;
(according to some) a minstrel.

Mkhar-chen Irag-dkar %*i'
=.' n. of one of the
37 sacred places of the Bon (Q.
Bon. 38).

sip^-Jaj-^e,- Mk/iar-chcn rdson n. of a
fort near Tengri Nor.

Mkhar-chen fcih $w%$*'
'%**l one of the
wives of Padma Sambhava (Lon. * 8).

jjM'^qj'^'pl'TJ mkhar-nay-gi khal on
the Tibetan steel-yard •ifW^^B. mkhar-nag
gan of gold weight=38 sfw of Dbu$ plus
8 $kar of gold.

«|«iv?m mkhar-nal that sleeps on space ;
a general name for gods and birds.

JJR^'E Mkhar-rta n. of a place on the
confines of Tibet and Nepal (S. kar. 77).

v«*} Mkhar-ltag an abbreviation of
Tt"l?c'' Mkar-rtse dan Ltag-rtse
rdson, the forts of Qfkhar-rtse and Jjtag-rtse.

Mkhar-ihog n. of Tibet.

^'^ mkhar-rdo (g^ ^f»rr^ n. of a
medicine ; a metalic substance in large
grains j a sort of pyrites.

*f *.'^ rnkfiar-§dcr, ^
dish made of bell-metal.

a plate or

mkhar-wa I : *fa, SF^> bell-
metal.

^Ip^'H II: (also ^^" Mc/iar-ii-a) in
B. and C'. staff, stick: *¥**$!* mkhar-
gsil a staff of the Buddhist mendicant
priests, the upper part of which is hung
with jingling rings (Jd.) : S
mkhar resp. for wp^-q mk/iar-ica.

uf>*'cR'*$\ mlihnr-bnhi </<ji",
enemy of Kan9a an epithet of Vtenu
(Mnon.).

wp^'l- Mkhar-rtse n. of a £=• Rdson, or
fort in Phan-yul in Tibet.

wp^-w^-|«iK.-^- Mkhar-zam L/ia-k/ian
niton n. of a fort and town in Tibet.

*ip«,-q!'-q mkliar-bzo-tca ^f^raTK, ^fl^^T
a maker of articles of bell-metal.

'•f'^'If *>'"!*• rnkhar-ruhi spor (,an one
spor of Mk/tar-ru measure is equal to one
silver sraft.

»f *>'§F' mkhar-snin ^ft?Tra the guard
or garrison of a fortress (Cs.).

q rnkliar-gnit metal cymbal.

ynkhal-mdorj kidney-coloured;
dark red (Cs.).

WRT^ *Ao#-»MS/a:«^wriA-J^ mMtal-mahi
nad disease of the kidneys.

J mkhal-ma I: the kidneys:
mklittl-ma gan yin tsha-gran nits pa
mthvn dan mkhal-nad IgaH-wa rkcd-pahi
nad-la phan the kidney (of cattle, etc.
taken as food) equalizes the temperature,
and is beneficial in kidney disease and
also for ailments of the bladder and groin.

l II: said to be kind of fruit
of two species used in kidney disease.

183

mkhas-grub (wp^'tr^'^'fl mkhas- xpurq-fj^q mkhas-pa $mad-pa JT^T of

pa dan grub-pa) a Buddhist scholar who inferior attainments,

being learned has attained perfection. x^-tcq^-g^ mkhas-pa bshin byed show-

I Mkhas-grub rje=^v^'^\' ing as one skilful, but not really so.

Mkhas-grub Dge-legs dpal-bzcin njn^-q^-wjar ja^ mkhas-pahi mgul rgyan §'

on.9 of the chief disciples of Tson-khapa. §'^N'§'*g=,'*i|<'\*r§'»j»)'3<'i*r3J''*3pi'q n. of a

*<pwr*<£<i| mkhas-mc/wg 'f^T{ a profound commentary on Tibetan grammar called

scholar ; eminent among the learned. wp^'WwjT j^ mkhas-pahi mgul-rgyan by

*f «-qVi mkhas-brtan >?k steady and 8i~tu Wos-kyi hbyun-ffnas.

wise; of reliable knowledge fW'q'q^'q xjwq^qp*^ mkhas-pahi dgah-ston IV

mkhas-po brten-pa. wpv§j''3f*rj8rZi§'$j*<'5fl|^'^3jarq'*ip*rq5'yip'^

n. of a commentary on Tibetan orthogra-

,-. ~ -y phy (Sum-rtnq) by Blo-gros rgiial-po of

t^yr, faTT'L sTir., srsr:, r

o, ^ . Zur-mkhaf.

, , ,_, aT<T:, T^-, ^ii, 5TKTH wise, ^

wp^'wa^ mkhas-pahi rat/an A'afli'q'iBi'^q'

learned, sagacious : |J^ q "(w q sman-pa a •*

i -IJL T i. • • <«•" nn™»T f "'3'?1 "'?ql" n. of a grammatical work by

mkhas-pa skiliul physician : *« "i T^ * '

i T • Karma Rab-rgyas of Ho-phuq.
chos-la mkhas-pa versed in religion:

Ijq-ji-jjVq-arnpU'rq efficient in managing «fi«-q^-^-q^-^ mkhas-pahi ran-bshin

pupils. can Mfedajicfli) possessed of the nature

Syn. S^ lya-u-a ; ^'^ rig-ldan ; iff of the ^rned; naturally wise or skilful,

^w ruam-ffsal; ^*\'V^ rig-pa-can; §T^ *^<r«ft^« mkhas-pahi rigs

blo-ldan; ^\^ skyon-fes; ^'W-'l*' yon- of the learned class:

tan-ges ; 9jw»'«^ grans-can ; «£e.»rq mdsans- mkhas-pahi rigs fas skyes born of the race

£>«; ^'^l'*4!11^ snan-nag-mkhan; -?)«'^q'«^ of Daksa.

fas-rab-can; S*)'c| dam-pa; ^fl|'q$'«^vEi wp^-w^'q mkhas-par rlom-pa (»fN'^»<«

rig-pahi dpah-po ; %\'W( go-wa-can ; ^'^"| mk/ias-rlom$) tff^gd'U'*!, «fiJJ« conceited

kun-rig; q^'9 brtan-po; ^»w--Z|«'q sewg person; a pedant.

yes-pa; fw^thos-ldan; |S'S(^ spyod-ldan; f^'ft^fnv mkhas-pas dregs pedantic:

rnam-par-dbans ; ^s.'^'»?t'q rtVi- 25a('5^'l^'5'J\»W'ai'wp« w^fljwq'^ among the

mthon-ica ; sjij^-q-'S'q'q grags-pa thob-pa ; cultured there is much pedantry in learn-

I'^'sT gsal-wahi sgo ; ^I'^T^ dus-yig- ing.

caw ; ^'•^" kun-gas ; ^-q5'^v«5 dran-pahi wp^'ci mkhas-po or wpwq mkhas-pa a

<?wan-po; sT't'*c> blo-bzan ; 5'$* blo-gros; *^ learned man; ^'3'»i(I'*i'9'^»»*j snon-gyi

$>^ mig-ldan; 5^'|«'q^'q kun-gyis bkur-wa. mkhas-po rnams learned men of former

(Mnon.) times.

«(«nj'q'«^ mkhas-pa-can f^fT*! wise; *»|"|*rs^ mkhai-blun wise and foolish;

learned ; skilful ; experienced ; prudent ; wisdom and folly,

shrewd. Npww tpMffj-WM^g^VSfS!^'" burf-med.

wpwq'^'9 mkhas-pa tta-bu M^*w, ii^ui b.lo-ldan ma a noble, learned woman
like a dexterous man ; appearing skilful.

184

mkkag-btsun learned and righ-
teous; *f*rq£^q«. mkhas-btsiiH bzaA
learned ; conscientious and good.

wpw-J^ mk/ias-fod H^JK-., M*t<n»l most
skilful or dexterous.

*'|3*i*C' mkhun-pa (Sch.), v. H^'q khan-
pa.

mkhnr-ica the cheeks: WW
S'9S'8(^ a little fleshiness in
the cheeks forebodes wealth (Mi.):
si^-Xq mk/iur-tshos, v. RV#W khur-tshos,
cheeks: ^.q'^^'*^^'**''^'''!^'^*^'^'^ her
very ruddy cheeks glow like the rising sun.

§^'1 dpe-mkhyud. byed-pa to be unwilling to
lend books.

rnk/w-wa necessary ; desirable ;
also vb. to want : farwjtfq-*)^ I don't want
it_ wjtfqS-aj's^ rnkho-wahi yo-byad indis-
pensable things; necessary articles; \"R
siftfq fic-tcar mk/io-ica or ^'«ff ner-mkho
requisites, wants, desiderata ; most neces-
sary things: g'*P'£'^ according as was
wanted before ; as heretofore.

wp '§^ mkho-byed, colloq. kho-che,
necessary things; what may be needed:
khyo-la kho-che yb-pe rik di dir nyo ma
chok the kind which you wanted cannot
be bought here.

JEJ mkhos-phab ace. to £ay.
signifies a fancy for a thing ; a liking
for ; also to wish, want something.

>o

pa to keep, to hold, to retain;

dpe mkhyud-pa, Ss>'*<3*\'^ dpe rnkhyud-can

unwillingness to lend books (Cs.) ;

mkhyu<J-spya4 1. a sort of bag

«

or vessel for carrying medicine. 2. sorcery,
witchcraft (Sch.): ^'^'^'^S^'SS'^ a little

\s

instruction or various subjects like the
alms-bag of the saint Phadam-pa (which
contained different medicines).

a medicine man; a physician (l&non.).

mkhyid-gan the measure with
the fist made with thumb extended, about
six inches: RqqN'q-jwwgS'ilt' (its) length
when folded is one mkhyid (Tig. k.).

«»• j-'i*

H mkhyud-pa, v. 'W*' i : hkhyud-

mkycn, v. *^'*J mkhycn-pa. I'l^'
^-5-fl|'SflI»4-q-Q)«r|»i-»)« rje tywn-gyis
thugs rnk/iyen-gyi psigs-pa lags-mm Has
your reverence seen by your prophetic-
sight ? g'^S^ sku-tpkhyen form of abject
entreaty : I appeal to your honour's wis-
dom ; "I^'*^ to your honour's sacred
words; SI^'H!^ to your honour's heart;
**& '**&*\ you know full well ; you will
understand : §T»l'&V»'j|^'*liS^ 0 Lama, thou
knowest all ! *^':|*>'*'ll^'*'(l^ of your wis-
dom permit to be done !

*JJ^-T^ mkhyen-nikhan very learned :
8r«|Mr*K<3>ri*fg>«£7'Pll profound like
the ocean in every (department of) religion.

"jl^'J'^ mkhyen-rgya-can possessed of
much understanding ; very learned : °>'*^
ye-mkhyen^-t^uifa rnnon mkhyen pos-
sessed of prophetic knowledge ; fore-know-
ledge; 3"l*''*4il^ thugs-rnkhyen knowledge
of a higher kind ; prophetic sight.

^ mkhycn-pa resp. for *\w» fcs-j)a,
^"I'i rig-pa, %\'t go-tea 1. to know ; also
knowledge ; ^^'V^^^^thams-cadrnkhyen-
pa ^"S all-knowing. 2 H«'-*|«i rnam-$es
rnam-mkhyen ft^r, such terms
though applicable to Buddha are now
applied to the Grand Lamas of Tibet out
of courtesy or for the purpose of flattering

185

them: «j|i-<r3rfl|«r«r3'wi-q whose know-
ledge has no bound (Lam-rim.) • »<^^w^
•*!« superior wisdom ; *)j$^ £JS'%^ attain-
ments ; accomplishments of a high order ;
*$TW§«^ perceived, found out, dis-
covered; «ww«rVT{K'"il*<«i perceived the
sentiments to be pure.

"ll^'S'V"'1-*-" mkhyen-dpyod yans-pa
wide and critical knowledge; wide discri-
minating wisdom.

«fclW«iw«i mkhyen-spyan yans-pa
(with) broad views and wisdom; wide
prophetic vision or sight.

^lll'it" mkhijen-brtse omniscient mercy.

*W'ql^<l!*< mkhyen-gzigs supernatural
perception ; attributes of a high incarnate
lama or a Bodhisatha.

mkhyen-rab the wise; also •*|«r*ti
wisdom.

*1 mkhyen-y in-fiam= *j$^w
mkhyen-nam did you understand it ?

"^•"ra* mkhyen g.sum:—^^ ys/ii-fes,
wan, or foni TJM the knowledge of the
subject; basic knowledge: «(*<'-*|«4 lam-yea
knowledge of the way (to Nirvana) ; know-
ing the way. *?*'*$,*< rnam-mkhyen = ^^
•*!»* rnam-par yes twr* 4hro cognition
of all things.

NH*-'" mkhi-aA-pa (thang-pa) ace. to /a.
is the fourth stage of the development of
the foetus.

o=&.-<t hran-pa or
sra-ica>- hgyur-wa a robust, hard and
sound constitution : $*r|'-*|«v^'('''jr»'gc.'2i ;n
the great strength of his body there is
sound health (flag). The soundness of one's
constitution is ascertained by examining
the urine deposited in a bottle ; when it
is natural the physician declares
mkhran-hdug, or colloquially

hran-gin Mug, it (the constitution) is
sound, &o.

mkhran-wa (than-icd), or *|
mkhrans also Re. khran hard ; solid ; com-
pact; 5j-*t|gv.6aj-^-i)<; sra-mkhran-can
bgyur mod firm ; hearty ; sound ; of a
robust constitution (Jo.).

l mkhrig-ma (thig-ma) the wrist
of the hand (Jd.) ; the part of the hand
which (in women) is adorned with bangles.
It is also called ^•s'^c.-q nor-bu chin-wa,
the part where jewels are bound.

mkhrig§-pa (thig-pa) some-
times for *J9T« mkhrig-ma.

^H*'^ mkhris-nad bilious disease.
ev

*J[^ ^"^ mkhris-pa (thi-pa) frm 1. the
vesicle of the gall ; the gall-bladder, as part
of the intestines. 2. generally the bile
itself ; the bilious fluid: *t§q'<rj»-*flpr«iinr<r
•r^*3fi$4-feF*iq mkhris-pa sna-tshogs
bsdws-pa rma ditii dug rnkhrig mig-la phan a
mixture of the biles of different animals is
useful for sores ; and the bile of poisonous
animals is useful for eye-disease : aj|*rci§'
"I^i'l^'q^ the four animal biles that are
used in medicine : — (1) Vrwpjw dom-rnkhris
bear's bile; (2) R-SE.-*<jg*rci ri-bori mkhris-pa
hare's bile; (3) *|-«i§-*i|«r«i hphyi-wahi
mkhrit-pa marmot's bile; (4) 9'"H« na-
mk/iris fish bile (Sman. 175).

»§ "N'£C «^ mkhris-pa-can splenetic; a
short-tempered person.

"H*)'*! mkhris-ma ace. to Jd. = <*§»»
hk/irif.

wgw^ mkhris-tsfiag bilious fever ; 5*.'
"H*) graK-mkhris a feverish chill.

wgw^wi mkhris-rims applied to a fever
in which the liver is conjested.

25

186

fis che,

wn?-1^* one in whose constitution the
bilious diseases predominate.

mkhregs-pa (tlicg-pa)
hard; that cannot be broken ; cannot
be divided ; also fearless ; and ace. to Ja.
*itfpijg<i|«-s<n mgo mk/ircgs-can obstinate,
stiffnecked, stubborn.

Svn. %'* sra-ica ; 'ft'* mi-figs ;
mi-hjig; **'$*\mt'-p/iycd (Mnon.).

'q hkhafi-u-a, *wfrwry$ semi
mi-dgah-ica Ita-bu 1. to hurt at heart or
offend, also to irritate. 2. vindictiveness :
^••(•^^•lUr^C^'^^q* k/iyod la hkhaH-
tshig cig-kyan Mug-pas (Bbrom. 51) you
use all manner of vindictive words. 3.
bickering, quarrelling; ^•"e.-we. many quar-
rels: "S^'^'^ •^pc.'^Jt dpon slob re hklian-
hlyun there arose mutual differences bet-
ween masters and scholars. ^
re hkhan lyed-pa to make mischief (Mil.).

hkliad-pa, especially in W.
1. to sit; to sit firm: £%wwi
to sit on the back of a camel. 2. to
remain sitting ; to stick fast ; to be stopped ;
kept back (Ja) ; ^ti^f^^ftt to get
entangled with the foot so as to fall:
the door sticks.

brgyal-wa to
sink or fall down senseless ; to faint away ;
to swoon. 2. to take into one's mouth

=fci shen-pa or
chagt-pa desire; passion; attachment

hkhar-sgon white pebbles
Mar yon in medical works :
gyas-gyon

gnis-su hkhar-sgon dan sran-ma on both his
right and left there were white pebbles and
peas.

0^^,'q I; 1. hk/iar-tra a walking
stick, staff, clutcheon: t*^*>^f*'*'l^«r«r

^<j|'^E.'ng^ he met (a man) who carried a
stick of chu-pn (water-tree) (A. 131). 2.
?fa, ^rf^i bell- metal: <^-£fi-i|<wS)*rD'i|-
^"S'^i the riist (sulphate) of bronze, or of
gong-metal, removes eye disease. *f*;n is
a compound of bell-metal with copper, &c. ;
<*F*'q5'$ hkltar-irahi chu molten, liquid
bronze; ^vn5'»)'aiE. hkhar-icahi iw-loft a
metallic mirror.

II. vb. to adhere to; to stick to.
vg hk/tar-rfiaoT g'C rgya-rfia 1. gong
used in Tibet and China to call people
to their work or lamas to religious service.
2. a drum of bell-metal, large bell-metal
disk, producing when struck loud sound
like that of a bell.

, hkfiar-ffufiofl dish of bell-metal.
hkhar-zans a metallic kettle.

k/iar-gsil the staff carried by
mendicant priests having a chatty a fixed on
its top end, from which hang down sixteen
rings : «*«r*y3F''<piv»|$'3!'*)?»r<iv£!^*wti (^.
28) they all grasped beautiful mendi-
cant's staves.

^ hkhar-g.sil-gyi-mdo (K. d.
m. 425) a tractate on the merit accruing
from the use of the mendicant's staff.

hkhal when spinning the thread
stretched across is called hkhal, and that
lengthwise is called sgrim; sometimes
this word is spelt as ^1 hkhcl (Dag-yig.).

called

} hkl,al-u-a 1. to spin: W^aTfl
la-l hkhel-u-a to spin wool. 2 in W. to
send ; to forward things.

187

hkhu-hkhrig or ^l"*'*
hkhad-wa denotes certain passions that
disturb the tranquility of the mind, such
as malignity and covetousness ; ace. to Cs.
to emulate, contemn, hate ; also to long
for; ace. to Sch. pride (Jd.).

hgran-pa=

to vie with, contend ; also wrath-
fully rebelling : 3'^'^c-'t'Jfi she sdan-du-
haii fyad, 1^*^ifa'&1*Hw:* don-la
rgyun-du ynod-pahi sons hchan-pa the real
signification is always to harbour thoughts
of doing mischief. Ace. to Jd. to offend,
insult, injure ; ako injury.

i hkhu-wahi
log-ltct f*TOT?ii«f a false
(Mton.).

creed ; heresy

hkhun-pa 1. groan; a deep
sigh, from suffering or disease. 2. on
account of fullness of the stomach, beasts
such as cows and buffaloes make this hollow
sound at the time of chewing the cud : W
|fie,-£|-j8K.«j hkhun-sgra khan-pa khens he
filled the house with groanings : SJ8-'*)?'^]'
8i-qjuiq|-n;v«m sdan wahi dgra-la gyag liar
hkhun he groans (or grunts) like a yak
against a fierce enemy (Jd.).

l hkhum-pa, pf. B*w khums (cf.
$kum-pd), "tit'Q thos-pa to comprehend;
to shrink ; <»iai-<J|«T*|s*wq yan-lag hkhums-
pa to be contracted of the limbs ; if-'«i*i'
"•ftpw 'i rkan-lag hkhums-pa contracted
hands and feet : «jvw;q^- <SS»c^-5)^
yur-ra raft-bshin hkhum lyed yin the ditch
will get narrower of itself (Jd.).

restricted; deprived of power: iif'»|3*i*ri bio
hkhums-pa a contracted mind ; an easily
frightened heart ; one who is much afraid
of (Nag.) : ace. to Sch. to practise ; to
impress on the mind.

WV?"!*''^ hkhur-du thogs-te taking
up in order to carry ; taking on one's back ;
"Hl'WB*'^ lag-par khur-byes in W.
to hold in one's hand (Jd.) ; §
sems-la hkhur-wa to bear in mind ;
hkhur-thag girth or rope ; strap for
carrying.

hkhur-ica sbst. pastry; vb.
to carry, as in RV^wZi khur hkhur-u-a-
po, one who carries a burden; "^'^ hkhur-
bycd, B^'tt&fii hkfmr bsMA-pa carrying:
s^l'W^pjvn mi-theg-par hkhur-wa to carry
very heavy loads ; to carry what one is not
able to carry. Khur-$og, bring it ! Khur-
sony, take it away !

'**' hkhur-ts/ws, v. $*>'%* khur-tshos.

snum-hkhur
bread or pastry baked with or in oil

hkhul-wa ace. to Nag. to
subdue; to subject one by argument and
language to service ; ace. to Cs. to be
uneasy about ; H^'^^'q khral hkhul-wa
ace. to Jd. perh. to force a tax, a rate, on
a person.

I hkums-pa 1. shrunk,
shriveled, contracted ; fig. reduced ;

l hkhcgs-pa, pf . of •^h« hgegs,
to hinder, stop, shut off, debar : 8'fViJflfl1
^•*r^qm-qw ji-Uar bkag run-ma hkhegs-
pas although they prohibited, in whatever
way, he was not stopped : ^•fjV*l8*l*<'£i'3
nes-skyon hkhegs-pa-po one who has stopped
evils and dangers : "Pl^'I'S hkheqi-fiyed
one who stops.

188

hMetis-pa, pf. j^« Metis, to
be replete ; to be full : HirSur^-^-" was
filled with blood; Spf*'*^"^ bio-grog
ma khens-te his mind not being satiated
(Jd.).

'P hkheb-pa, pf . p«w Mebg, to cover ;
to spread over ; aic.*<'«j'|**w^ yons-su khebs-
te being covered all over; p'WMf^Wj
klia thams-cad kfiebg-tc being covered over
the whole face; to overshadow (Jo.).

l hkhel-wa, *<K«i hgel-tra, pf. ^
khel, «|^e/n|*ai q fdeti hMcl-tra, to put on ; to
pack on ; to load : P5'Vl'|*«i*q beu thog khcl-
ica when the ten storeys shall have been
put on (erected).

J hkho-wa (cog. to wjffl mkho-
tca) to wish ; to want ; to think useful, ser-
viceable, necessary ; to have occasion for :
*j*'!'!fc it will be of use; he will be able
to make use of it : RJff'wrR-wpS' will it be
useful or not, or in W. hkho-ce med,
I do not want it ; I do not like it. ^'flt^
fit for use; useful (Jd.).

QjZt^'ti I: hkhogs-pa very infirm
from old age ; decrepit ; decayed. Gren.
tigiiifies *ft rgan or j^'^fffflni rgyas-hkhogs
worn out by age : i»'fin sfio-k/wg, yfi*\ sfya-
khog complexion blue or pale from old age.

f^qjSTq II : ^ir, «w, ftrn;, wr,
*mnr migration; wandering; fig. worldly
existence.

io hgog-pa

^ hkhon-wa (cf. jfc'fl syon-tca) to
draw in one's limbs ; to sit in a cowering

to cough (Hnon.).

position ; to squat ; to hide one's self ; V*'
*jfc'* dpah hkhofi-tca to be discouraged,
disheartened (Jd.).

Mod, fut. of ^ ft*orf=ft khod
1. surface; superficies ; «5'^fiS'^i|«-q sa^
hkhod. snom-pa to remove inequalities of
the surface ; to level ; to plane ; *f5\|»«r«
hkhod snoais-pa levelled ; made even ; plain ;
frequently w|'f&vf*w bar-gyi khod-snoms
gaps were filled up, i.e., distinctions of rank,
wealth, &c., were done away with. 2. a
mill stone ; «r*?^ ya-hkhod the upper stone ;
ma-hkhod. the nether stone (Jd.).

^i gdod-pa to sit

down ; to sit ; also to live, to dwell ; to be
set down ; to be put : rgyal srid-la hkhod-
pa raised to the throne ; flflwfnpfyti settled
at a place ; gpr$ijWv<i seated in rank or
order; f^'^^'ti stefi-tu hkhod-pa placed
above ; ^T^'^'" placed under.

I : JHkfion n. of an ancient family
in Tibet : ws'ifa-jj1^ Sa-gkya hkhon-
gyi rigs, Sa-fkya (hierarchs) belonged to
the race of Ekhon ($ay.).

II: = ^fa she-hkhon malice;
dispute; war; spite (Nag.); ^'^*J hkhon-
tiag from the state of dispute or war ; *f&r
*^w hkhon-ned.-par honestly, without
evil intentions ; also without quarrel or
dispute ; ^jfyQ^'ti hk/ion mtys-pa to be
spiteful or quarrelsome.

^jfy'i hkhon-pa, also ^(^•^S'" hkhon-yod-
pa to bear a grudge or ill-will against a
person ; to be dissatisfied with a thing ; also
to be malicious, spiteful.

hkhon-po discord; dissension

(Jd.).

189

hk/iolt, S'^^fftw bya-wahi
hkhols the sphere of one's doing or work
(Zam.) • also = |yr<i khyab-pa. Ace. to t/a.
to be startled, agitated, alarmed.

4j&w.qq| hkhobs-<;ag not fitting to a
place ; become larger or smaller : *|S*m'^'
*j*fq«r-*|«l-lv^-»E. hkhyags-nas hkhob$-<;ag
cher-cher son being frozen it does not fit,
it having grown larger (flag.).

•f ^F^'EI hkhob-wa=t.*< tif<an-pa bad;
wicked ; low ; barbarous ; rough ; rude ; wv
*pfc mthah hkhob border ; also border coun-
try ; uK'iffti yan-hkhob distant border land.

I: hkhor an attendant who is
inferior to a friend in rank and superior to
a servant : '^fh'^-'^T^^' even if he
be allowed to be among the attendants.

,11: 1. for ^pfc'S hkhor -lo a wheel ;
me-hkhor the fire-wheel ; i'^ffo chu-
hkhor a mill or wheel turned by water ;
j*'«ffe Rhm-hkhor wheel turned by wind ;
"HT1^ /ag-hkhor a wheel turned by the
hand; a millstone. 2. circle; circumfer-
ence ; the persons or objects encircling ; that
which surrounds (a certain point or place) :
l'*'V^'*?fc*VW lte-wa dan dehi hkhor-
rnanig the navel and the circumjacent
parts ; ^'fi*1* de khor-la thereabouts.
\*$* ne-hkhor retinue, attendants ; also
waiters : *pSV^E/qwrw hkhor dan bcas-pa
with the attendants or suite;
hkhor dgra-bcom-pas sur-
rounded by the retinue of Arhats:
^'^'^'S hkhor-du bgdus-po gathered
round as his retinue ; also frequently the
train of thoughts, reminiscences, &c.,
which the soul, when passing into a new
body, cannot take along with it (Ja.),

hkhor **fa (Schr. ; Kalac. T. 22).

hkhor kun-tu grags, *$-
resounding in every
company.

^'f> hkhor-kha, ^tc^n^e^n-n zla-wa
dan shag hkhor-u-a la return or each rota-
tion (of a month, day, or year) : we,-q5'
A^V*l?*Vp*^4|«rafc%<CT1 man-wahi
rigs la M;hor-khahi lhag hkhyil yon-gi hdug-
pa those articles which are found in excess
at the termination of the period should
be sent round (Rtm.).

njtfvwf^ hkhor-mkhan one who turns
a wheel ; a wheel that is turned ; those who
cone a ad go with somebody.

^•g-^oc^ hkhor-gyi dkyil-hkhir
the circle of attendants.
-q hklwr-gyi ske-wa,
dependants.

*^-§-$-S hkhor-gyi skj-bo
(Schr.; Kalac. T. 21).

"J^'S^IS*" hkhor-gyi hkhyam§ court-
yard ; an open space near a temple or a
residential hoiue where people assemble
to witness a spectacle; also the passage
round a temple or monastery for devotees
to walk round for religious merit.

hkhor-gyi gtso-bo the chief of
the attendants or followers.

hkhor-gfig one attendant;
hkhor-riiams domestics ; house-
hold servants ; 5'^ lo-hkhor a cycle of
years : **?fc'*|'«ft* lo-hkhor bcu-g.nis or
^15 drtig-bcu a cycle of twelve or sixty
years.

^•^ hkhor-nan favz the first of the
seven musical notes.

hkhor-to n. of a tribe in Tibet
.(Vai.kar.190).

190

tan^^WQ sgohi t hem-
pa ^?s^ta: steps at the threshold or at the
entrance of a house.

^'^'"S" hkhor-du b$du$ to enlist ; to
recruit ; to take as one's followers. S^Q'
«t*w'Yi«-*l»«r*^iiSV$q3*r^-'^-§^ A Bodhi-
sattva taking animated beings as his fol-
lowers works for their good ; or a Bodhi-
sattva having brought animated beings into
his followers, does work for the cause of
men : ifSV'^wtr'^l hkhor-hdus-pa hdixj
all the attendants had collected together.

*/*v«i hkhor-pa or ^fSX'S hkhor-po male
attendant.

**pSV««|-*J hkhor plutg-mo (&•/<;•.,
53 A.)

| hkhor-wa I : to turn round ; to
circumambulate, to walk all round ; also
to elapse, to be completed. 2. to be
formed, perfected : |ynjw*jifc-«r«^ the frost
has formed ; iTTuffr, dew has arisen.

II: the world ; rotatory exis-
tence ; the round of transmigration within
the six classes of beings : ^pSvq'arjj"'-^'^
hkhor-wa Id skyo-fa? skye$ to repent at
having come into transmigratory existence.

Syn. «'^1 ma-rig \ nK^'*fl]»» mnon-c/iags;
iKi srid-pa ; <&*[& hjig-rten ; "1=-'^ yan-
srid; i)^^%£J gsfii Main-pa; «|f«|-i»|fl|^e.-Ej
fftsug-lag dan-po; §^*ie,-X« thun-mon chos;
lyn&c *$*:*&* scluy-bsnal hltjun-nas ; *j*VQ
hkhor-ua (Mnon.).

<^vq-<^v*^ hkhor-wa hkhar-mor to
transmigrate in the world (Pa-g. 291).

Rf^'nA^jj hkhor-wa hjifj TK^^e**. rnrr7T?f
the breaker or destroyer of transmigratory
existence ; the name of a former Tatha-
gata.

**Ffc-«rVB!^-«f hkhor-wa, dan-ldan
chcn-po »TfT^«ft (Schr.; Kalac T. 145).

VAJ|fc'9l'^>«9<Vjrfe the pass-
ing of all animals to be followers of the
thousand past Buddhas.

«ffc-q*jrfq-«p< hkhor-mi- las sgrol-
mkhan one who has been liberated from
Iransmigratory existence ; also one who
liberates another from that state.

ijfcs-qS-gw hkhor-wahi khyim=.*$*\'&*'#
§*•' btstin-mohi pho-lran the residence of a
queen (4f«o«.).

n^-q5 «$j hkhor-Kahi dym ^mu^ the
enemy of the world, Mam.

nfffvq? 5'w* hklior-wnhi rgi/(i-n,ts/,o the
ocean of worldly existence : Jj*rif'i|'*<'^«|'?^1
«5'|, «j«<-q3-3-»4*»i-|^-««-|^ (he Viknlpana
(the wrong impression) ; thrown into the
ocean of worldly business (Gml. "\ 76).

Rjtfvqiv*ie.-q hk/tor-miht hchin-wa the en-
tanglements or ties of the world : spSVsV
^E.-q^u|-q |> ^w««|^^-Ei-^-§-| the strong
fastenings to this world are the cause of
the suffering in hell of all animated
nature (K. v 114).

ojG^na. |<J]-q£m hkhor-wahi $dttg-b$n(il the
miseries of the worldly existence.

'« hklior-mihi bl.i-ma
Mod-Win dy.ih-rul
Cupid, the god of Love (Mf.on.).

^fc'jft'&f* hkhor-wahi btson-ra the
prison-hcuse of worldly existence.

^•fli5-«iw hkhor-icahi lam »i*TT3sf the
path of transmigratory existence.

RJ^'W^jf^ hkhor-mtr hkhor to come in
and go out of this world very often.

iffivqv^j^'i'S hkhor-war hkhor-ica-po
one who transmigrates.

^f?vtp,'<*g*i*i hkhor-war hkltyams
wandering purposelessly in this world.

191

hkhor-ma tshags without
interruption.

^•«e.-«^ hkltor »Mfn-crm = %-TlS*''£| gin
ka-dam-p:i 3f^»^ the tree Cadaniba
(Mnon.).

^fSV*) ^k/wr-mcd, **V*1^ chad-mcd unin-
terrupted : qip'^^ffo'sl^ bkah drin hkhor-
mcd uninterrupted mercy ( Yig. If.2) .

ij5Vqfl| hkhor-shag the date of return ;
the term or period for which leave is
granted to monks or soldiers at the expira-
tion of which they are bound to return
to duty.

^'1"? hk/ior-zitg, v. ij>5V°H hkhor-yug.

RfSVoji) hkhor-yug, M«IHl<!l the horizon ;
the wall surrounding a city or fort ; ram-
part : '^''STS hkhor-yug-tu or ^'*r?}«r§
hkhor-mo yug-tu within the limits of the
horizon ; everywhere ; at all times.

* ^^'"J"l hkhor-yug ^T? (Schr. ; K&lac,
T. 12).

hklior-gyah latch.

hkhor-pyog tffcrn;, tffr^
attendants and servants, companions and
domestics : W^'^pfc mdun-hkhor waiting
servant ; valet de chambre ; ^.'^fc nan-
hkhor household servants; domestics: "I?'
°^ gtso-hkhor master and servant: «\5^
*fi*> dpon-hkhor the chief and his servant ;
f3!'^ ston-hkhor the teacher and his
pupils ; IF'^F^ drun-hkhor a secretary or
clerk; I'^j^ phyi-hkhor servants outside
the domestics.

* etj5Vw»|Sfl]-*» hkhor ral-gcig-ma (Schr.
53 £.).

nfSk-^qj^-q hkhor-legs-pa good atten-
dants.

weapons or *i%« mtshon cha : — "

yynl-du hdsin-pa; 3fi tho-wa;

bycd; ^«'§«> hdsom-lyed; I>|IT£) dbyug-pa ;

j«m-n?t« (cags-bcins • *&'*\-o dbyig-pa ; w

*^ tyhan-mdufl; ^'^^ <;an-lan\ f^^f.

gsor-mdun; by tsa-kra *fi*'% hkhor-lo

(Nnon.).

II: 1. vii,

an orb, circle, disk ; a wheel:

the symbol of entering into the great
circle. 2. the round of life ; orb or state
of existence; |vfr«ffc'< &r\4-pahi hkhor-
lo H4M<* the chart or cycle of existence :
^•fr$»wr5"«fflv*-q^ lha dan mi rnams-kyi
hkhor-lo bshi the four states of existence
of gods and men: — (1)
mthitn-pahi yul-du gnas-pa

residence in a place where there is agree-

ment or which is agreeable ;

^'^ skyes-bu dam-pa la brt en-pa

T5T to take refuge with or shelter under

good men; (3) ^^•&

ned-kyi yan-dag-pahi smon-lam

5f%>TR perfect determination of one's self ;

(4) |^-««ie.-«i^»w-g«-q snon yan-lsod-nams

byas-pa -5^5^ 3151 moral merit acquired

in a former existence : ^pSVtfwf (1) hkhor-lo

can ^\ one who is possessed of a disk ;

(2) |«i sbrul a snake (Mnon.) ; (3) v.

by a fiiir-wa '^rsrT^f (Mnon.).

I : hkhor-lo and other weapons
of war included in the following list of

n^ftdi^ hkhor-lo bsgyw, *fi*%wiK
hkhor-lo$-sgyur ^*e(fM ?^gi an Universal
Emperor.

Syn. srgwjTSS ma-lug rgyal-po ; J"!'^'
^ rgyal-kun hdud; yi-&*f\*.-$fl Ihag-yafri
divan-phyug • W^'^qf sa-kun dicaft ; «*K'S1'
Ji'S yafi-dag rgyal-po; »)'^'f mi-yi lha\
j pnam-b$ko$

1 92

^peVJforstvjj'jrg'ti^'lS hkkor-los tgyur
rgyal-gyi btsun-mo the wife of the
Universal Emperor.

Syn. *>-5)-f* mi-yi lha-mo; SSA'V^
bud-med rin-chen; W «ufv« ymun b?ko$-
ma\ ^V^f^P^ Lhag-pqhi dwan-phyug
ma; ^"I'^'i^ ^ hjig-rten btsun-mo.
(Afnon.)

^•sfi'«.f*« hkhor-lo hjotng, v. «V%<**"'
d7-rfr« A/O/HS Stf'1^'*, vegetable medicine
for ringworm.

*pSV^s.-giar<i3'* Ekhor-lodan Idafipahi-
ri ^UPWf n. of a fabulous mountain
situated beyond the great ocean where the
horizon touches the earth. At its centre it
has an impenetrable golden hill called
Vajra nabhi parvata. It is filled with fruit
trees in consequence of which there are
innumerable species of monkey living
there (K. d. * 282).

*j[Sxc%-*f,-9fi*c%-'$f(-%-y8.-irfa hkhor-lo dan
hkhor-lo chen-po lhahi me-iog (K. d. * 368)
n. of a celestial flower; idem *' 5'^'*' 3'
3^5 (sa-kra dan tsa-kra chcn-po. (K. d. ^

156.)

^•^•^•»)^ hkhor-lo dri-med ^iftPlH-a

n. of flower.

c hkhor-lo ffdoH=-t"\'c> phag-pa,

a pig; one with a circular
muzzle.

^jifc-Zf-^q-qj hkhor-lo hdab-brgya ^m-
n. of a flower.

hkhor-lo A^rff=^e''*l dofi-ga.
Syn. 3«f95-^K.- rgyal-pohi $ in ; H^'R'^'q
sor-ma g.shi-pa; 5'w«u=. lo-ma bsan
(%non.).

qjffr,-!5-^-q hkhor-lo hdra-ica ^w?l,
^Tiraf: like a circle ; resembling a wheel.

(^•(frjiVq hkhor-lo (doma-pa
n. of Buddhist Tantrik deity.

^ hkhor-lo dican-sgyw ^'§'^'
i'^|1 n. of a Bon teacher (O.Bon. 1).

a^^-s^n hkhor-lo hbyed-pa ^mwf^ft
one who can penetrate into the designs or
machinations of others.

HfiSVtf-frwfe. hkhor-lo rtsils-$ton the
fabulous wishing wheel which is possessed
of one thousand radiating spokes: jurZ&'w^1
f4fe'|'4fftff$*nr|fc'tfv<l in the presence
of the king was the golden wheel with one
thousand radiating ribs; $-«w**orwjr*-
^•q^qj-^*r<i^'q'ix on each spoke, where it
touched the felloe, there was placed a
dainty dish ; ^.''ifK^'^f^i^'fr^fi
from the wheel was brought before him
whatever he wished; JU^v^-jq'^^-
*I«T<| that which he did not like turned
away from him (A. 2).

ijtfviS nf% hkhor-lo pyo gj*5 n. of a
flower.

nj(6X'i55'*|C.' hkhor-lohi rkafi round foot;
elephant; S^'S glan-po (Mnon.).

nfU^-i55-«^-Ei hkhor-lohi myon-po the lord
or chief of all:

before the feet of Kalyanamitra
who i) the paramount lord possessing the
grace of the noble, wise, and good, whose
kindness is unequalled.

n^'HfiS-sij^ hkhor-lohi mgrin as met.=
g-Jjf rna-mon the camel, (llfnon.)

nfUv55-*w hkhor-lohi mthah
the circumference of a circle.

«a( hkhor-lohi rnam-pa can,
described as f«r5)%*i^*rs'£w Vr«, a scent
called " tiger's-claws."

n^-Hfi5'uni'«i<«l hkhor-lohi yan-latj=t.c.i'i
|5'»)c.- fiafi-pa spyihi ruin *(ifT$, T^f a general
term for the goose species (Mnon.).

193

^•Sa-q^ ! : hkhor-lohi lu$ = g
fcl tse amber.

Syn. S'»*i bya-za? ; y5)-
pa ; $»^'*toj lui-Han mig (Mnon.).

^•55-qw ii : = qj^«m ga%s an umbrella.

Syn. avsfl char-skyob; ^'1'fjq tsha-wa
tgrib ; *V|«i tshad-$kyob (l$.fion.).

afi^n-o^-n hkhor-los hffro-wa, -^'S'l'V
§'9"I fifi-rta tpyi-dafi bye-brag wheeled;
carriage or vehicle (jyfion.).

"^•Jfa'H hkhor-los sgyur, v. ^*|'W
reg-bzaft (l&non.).

RJ^-^-H* hkhor-los htsho, v. r'*«W r&o-
mkhan, a potter ; one who lives by turning
the (potter's) wheel (fiction.).

a.^'tf hkhor-sa vzfav-vfoftn the path
for circumambulation round a sacred build-
ing or other object ; the positions of
attendant demi-gods of a principal deity
round his mansion.

khor-hyswm man, horse and
cow : cwr^^rf-^ffc'^flW-fl^i^ alight-
ing from his horse, he presented the three
objects, viz., a servant, a horse, and a cow
to him (A. 7).

^Vfljfiw^ww^flj'ti hkhor-psum rnam-par
dag-pa the alms-giver, alms-giving, and
the receiver of alms, when those three are
of pure motives.

rq hkhol-wa, pf . &\* bkhol, imp. j&i
kfiol 1. to make a person a slave; to bind
as a servant ; to cause to serve one. g^'j**
Iran-khol or j®t'«5 khol-po a slave; 6fa>£-
tpyo4-kyi sdug-bsfial the miseries of servi-
tude ; pshan-dag-gis dwan-med-par b_kol-wa
to be enslaved by others, without ability
to help oneself. 2. ace. to Cs. to save ; to
spare ; to enjoy with moderation. 3. ace.

to Sch. to become insensible; to be asleep;
to get benumbed in reference to the limbs.
In Med. 4. to boil (with pf . [fa khol) :
if*rn|*|-<i to make one boil; place for
boiling (Jo,.).

rn hkholthub-pa explained in rafi-
gis bfgo-wahi Hag la nan-cifi las gad b§kul-wa
thams-cad f grub-par byed, sems kyaft hgyur-
wa-med na bran gyog-tu hkhol-thub-pa yin,
de-ltar ma-byufi-na bran gyog-tu gyur-kyafi
hkhol mi thub-pa red ($aff.) extracting
voluntary service, i.e., if a servant
obediently gives effect to the wishes of
his master, otherwise, although the servant
may be in his service, he has not rendered
service.

r*i hkhor-ma a female attendant

(Cs.).

r?i hkhol-mo ^$\ maid-servant.

hkhos or ^ "\ hkhos-',M worth,
value, importance ; also necessity : ifftr*^
hkhos-can important; mighty; of great
influence ; "V"^'*^ hkhos-nwd uninfluential ;
^«-5j-«(q-cj hkhos-su phab-pa to draw as a
blister or poultice; ^"'^'S^'^'^-^-gf
^'S'^'"]^ dflos-po dgah ts/iafl cig yodkyaft
inod-kyi hkhos-kaham (A. lJj.2) although
there have existed some articles pretty
complete, there was necessity for a vessel
to receive (deserve) them; *jfcri|'$K'p
hkhos-ka chufi-tta of less necessity ;

bya-war chufi-ba less active or less
energetic (Mfion.).

hkhoi bstun^fiw hog babs,
don dad ^stun suited to one's
intention or object ; fitness ; suitability.

*j**r«S£«| hkho$-d_pag according to the
measure of one's ability.

26

194

hkhos-su
tt^-ct fogs-sit bshag-pa to put in opposition.

hkhyags-pa *fk, f^T,
vb. intrans. 1. to freeze either into ice or
hard ; to coagulate, crystalise :
the water will be freezing ;
the soda has congealed on the salt-lake.
In Sikkim khyek or khek=ioe. 2. to feel
cold, become numbed : ^"l^i*- hkhyags-
hlyufi they felt cold

hkyags-rum or A|yj]*r** hkhyags
ram an ice-slip ; also ice in blocks.

hkhyam-kyi a stray dog.

l I : hkhyams-pa fig. to rove,
wander: ^-tiw^^-fj-q^-q^w, Ri«|-^-RJ*v
(5rq^-^-R|3*w being completely deluded by
desire, they rove the world as a wheel
(K. d. * 380) : «j*fr-qv*|s*W£r«^ hkhor-icar
hkhyam$-pa dan or nvV'^B*"'''1 bar-dor
bkhyam$-pa to rove (in the world or in the
interval between death and regeneration)
for no purpose.

CI II; =*rt-a«^-qfq don-med-
du bgro-ica ^fora-s^rnr, ^«<i*n, f^r, f^*ir^,
ftriT?; pf. a-$wi*'%*>hkhya»i$-par gyitr 1.
to ramble about ; to wander purposelessly ;
to wander in a strange country. At
certain seasons many monks wander about
Tibet, Mongolia and China, vide Hue.
frMJTO, f?nj5; $ww*|3»W£! rnam-par
^khyams-pa, to wander about continually ;
to move about unceasingly: <*!S*'V!q!'£!
hkhyam-du hjiig-pa to cause to ramble or
rove about; to become strayed, lost;
wandering ; vagrant ; erroneous ; erring ;

hkhyam-pa inundation ; flood.

hkhyams-po 1. erroneous; a
•vagabond. 8. n. of a disease.

irrelevant :
tedly.

hkhyar-ita to err, to go
astray, to deviate from the right path : &'
*g*, mi-hkhyar ening or blundering man;
$'*$*> khyihkhyar a stray dog; 5J'']'*[3*>'tit3
yi-ge hkhyar -tca-po one who makes
mistakes in writing (a letter, &c.) ; S^'*'"!'

do not err in conversation.

S one should be afraid of
making mistakes, of going astray ; ^ W«
dpe hkhyar-po a defective simile (Ja.).

u-a = w* hchal-ica
speaking unconnec-

hkhyal-tshig irrelevant speech;
speaking nonsense : l^^'i'^'^'^'IS'^,
Rg«|-'Xqi-g^-^««-«;c,-qu|ui if one speak mis-
leading words which cause the youthful
not to go straight, it infringes the law (or
justice).

ev

^O'2! bkhyi-wa, ace. to <SM. <»@ljci

hkhyil-u'a.

CS

*^I5^I'^ kklryig-pa, arw to bind ; to
take prisoner. =ra?T«itfnn, also in C., to
strangle ; suffocate ; sn] WRJ|<J|-q-9 thag-pas
hkhyig~pa-po one who binds with a rope.

Syn. ^^'i hcMH-tca; jf« $dom;
hdogs; IW\l* plays; t&^'» bcM-iea;
bkyig-pa.

Rg«»l«-o hkhyigs-pa, pf. i§«!*<
bound.

^t hbyin-pa

to draw out ; strain ; also to roll, revolve :
»>1'*B\{| mig-hkhyid-pa to turn or roll one'n

eyes : «J**^*tfl«i*|Ht*IFiF**^
Q-^-^-ai hkhor-icar hkhyid-pahi rgyuhigtso-
bo ni ji-ltar gnan-icahi dnos-po hdi dag la
the chief of the causes of revolving in the

195

world lies in how one appears outwardly
(Lam. ti, 36).

9^

Q^JTSJ hkhyim-pa=$efi** chu hkhor-
tca to whirl (as of water) (VAon.).

QV 13*11'^ hkhyims-pa qft^at, ^JTSffl,
described as ni-tna daft zla-wa soys la hod
sgor-sgor-du hkhyims-pa, to be encircled
with a halo, like the sun and moon ; *V
<»j|*«r hog-hkhyims Tfrft nimbus; halo :
w*^g*w hjah-hod hkhyims a rainbow
encircling (him) : *V9V no-bun or
*|*w smug-pa khyi-ms sfr^S'w
hkhyims fog, mist, or smoke enveloped
him (Jd.).

Ov

Q^^'q hkhyir-wa to turn round : "&'T
fl|^|*rq3jX-qS'<*[|vq dbu-la g.dugs bskor-icahi
hkhyir-pa ($ag.) to turn a parasol round
in a circle over the head.

hkhyil-u-a *lTTn, ^n^f, vb.
iutrans. to wind ; to twist ; to whirl round ;
Skra hair (M.f(on.): *'^WtT*BF1'
chu-ran fugs-kyis hkhyil-tva water of itself
whirls round, i.e., turns into a whirlpool ;
^.•^>»|Vfl||w*|STfl|'s5^J3'si dun-dkar g.yas-
hkhyil g.yon-hkhyil a white shell wound to
the right or wound to the left ; |"r*i'jrq
sbrul hkhyil-u-a to coil up like a snake ; to
being wound in the manner of a snake :
$-3afg-<*j|'arn'^»i chu chen-po hkhyil hdug
much water has accumulated surrounding a
place or inside a place forming itself
in a whirlpool; *W*&**^' hod-du
A as if wreathed with light; V
garq-BJ'S na yser mig hkhyil-u-a yod
the fish was revolving its golden eyes : **'
sie.'Q-^'a.gai'qvgv^ mi maii-po dc-ru hkhyil-
u-ar gyur-te there many people having
cijowded together or assembled together:
*rfl|'^pt§'g although

there was no swirl in the waters they dug
deeply into the ground.

Syn. *pSVq hkhor-wa; ^i"!'5' hjug-pa

j-q-qg hkhyil-wa brgya ajdMW one
hundred coils: ^B""'!;^ hkhyil-sdan ^*&3\
anything that is possessed of coils ; wound
together.

"*|g«rq'-s^ hkhyil-ba crw = ^'J^ rna-rgyan
an earring.

Syn. ^'fl'x^'l^ rna-ba mdses-byed; *j'«i^'
rna-war hkhyil; §^'^ $nan-rgyan
(Mnon.).

hkhyis-pa, v. "flfti hkhyid-pa, to
evolve.

hkhyu-u-a or

hkhyus-pa=

kyog-po 1. bent ; not straight ($ag ).
2. pf. *Q" hkhyu^ run away.

Syn. ^'^ yo-ica; g^'i lros-pa (Mfion.).

; pf. §"] khyug
to run, move swiftly ; said to imply SV«iS-

NS

^ myur-wahi-don, the meaning of rapidity ;
^(5"I'9 hkhyug-po runner. ^"I'^ST" glog-
hkhyug-pa rapid motion of lightning :
51'^'^|3ql'ti glog liar hkhyug-pa to run or
move rapidly like the flash of lightning :

^BT^'^S q hkhyug-po hkhyu-pa to run away
•»

swiftly : "W** hkhyug-tsam in or about
a moment or in a flash : g-*JSfli-&i'9w«i slcu
hkhyug-tsam phels-pa your honour has come
for a rapid visit : j|Y*<c-'^c-''W&»'9'W

\>

^ql*' khyetf-rafi, de-rin hkhyug-tsam pheb§ rog$
will you come here to-day just for a trice :
Rj3*|'l*r*|'i«m hkhyug-tsam ptsigs see for

\a

about an instant : w<r*(S*l sons hkhyug the
mind travels quickly. H'B"]'1! khra khyug-
pa to gleam ; to twinkle with light ; to
shine in various colours: ^'^'^'^"'^Gl"'

Q

(Lam. ti. 35.) the mind moves

196

(restless) with suffering ; ^Sl'*!'*! glit-
tering in yellow lustre ; to glitter ; to
shine (of the rainbow) .

"^ST5)"! hkhyug-yig running hand;

•v
current handwriting.

ngq|-^^-«^ hkhyug-f ar-can in W. hasty;
hurrying ; careless.

ma thag-pa as soon as born (Won.) •

*l3<^«-Sfc.-q5'*»-^e.' hkhywd. ««? Mon-icahi
ma niti ^mni ?W ^t®« one that becomes
an hermaphrodite after being embraced.

QJZJ^'q I; hkhyud-pa

1* ifto embrace ; embraced :
mgul-nas hkhyu<?-pa to clasp round the
neck; to hug; to encompass by spanning.
2. to glide in or into (as serpents) :
wtors^gfi mflal-du hkhyug-pa entering of
the soul into new conception. 3. to be
able : «is.w8'*|3^ Ian-war mi hkhyud
unable to rise (from bed). The word is
also illustrated as Hwff¥Wf«Trt
rtsig-pa la rten nas hgro-wa Ita-bu, to
move supporting himself on a wall, &c.

'CJ il: =^i hkhrig-pa ***,
sexual embrace (Won.).

hkhyur-wa or *B* hkhyur, fut.
of "3^ bskyur, to be separated ; divorced
(Cs.): to stop ; to put an end to. Ace. to
Jd., to be deserted: P^W^WW
being separated, be was, so to speak,
bereft.

=S« hkhyus, v. "^O'l hkhyu-wa.

^=.'1 hkhyefi-wa to be filled up, v.

this is enough: ^jl^ there is not
enough. 2. in C. to gain (a law suit) ;
to be acquitted (Jd.). 3. |*&tf1 phyir
khyed-pa to bow without uncovering one's
head, as a less humble way of saluting
(Jd.).

'q hkhyer-wa «ra to carry
away, to take away ; sometimes, to bring :
$-5fa-nj|^ chu-yii hkhyer carried away by
water ; $-i!fo<'«8* Ic-los hkhyer to be over-
come, carried away by idleness. ^TiS*
Ide-mig khyer take the key ; j^"!
khyer-ff>g bring; $**'**> khyer soft carry
off, take away; akin to the le-au and
le-jao of Hindustani.

0,^'^ hkhyer-so 1. bearing;
appearance; demeanour; neatness. 2.
colloq. advantage ; superiority ; pleasant-
ness.

'3 hkhyel-wa Ld. to hit, to

hkhyog-hkhyog bent,

strike.

crooked (Nag.).

QjSc *C| hkhyed-pa 1. to be sufficient, to
suffice, to be enough ; to hold out ; colloq.

ipen-pa the planet Saturn or "f"'!^ p<w-
tfion ; he in blue robe (Man.). 2. =^« «
hbab-chu a stream ; waterfall (Won.) ;
giji-^l'^f sbrul hkhyog-hgro the snake
because it creeps in a bent course (Man.).

^S"!'^ hkhyog-can or ^S^^^l hkhyog-
hkhyog tortuous.

nJuj-^-ci hkhyog fton-pa to fly into a
passion (Sch.).

0,^1* ^ hkhyog-pa, pf. S^ khyag, imp.
g^ khyog 1. to lift ; lift up. 2. to
carry ; tob ring : «1*«-BI|I »sol-ja khyog
bring in the tea (C.).

197

1'3 hkhyog-po or BT2! khyog-po
crooked ; bent : gfij'Zi^'R'S khyog-pohi ri-mo
a crooked figure ; a curve, flourish, crescent,
&c. : ^^'W^gfl'^'^gpil nas phar hkhog-
' tshun-hkhyog the fish writhing hither and
thither.

i-<i5-*r^ hkhyog-pahi sa-bon
crooked seeds.

^S9!'9 hkhyog-po— *f-'%'*l*i'i*dran-po min-
pa ^W, €f«|5T,w, *ra, faP*:!, fffz^ not
upright ; not straight, i.e., crooked.

*15qrz®'*'S'*^ hkhyog-po'hi rnthu-can the
bent-bill ; a toucan.

^5"I'ti5^ hkhyog-pohi jrfe = 5'&v* po-son
chn, **•' $• chaft-rtsi a kind of churn or mixer
to make wine with.

Syn. ^'9'*^ yoft-bu can ; «|Ste'§'an| gser-
gyi lag; «&"!»< '^'3* dbitgs-hbyin fin; **'
V chan-fifi; «i«<|-q$'*c^ hg-pahi tshofi-
diis • S*!'!^ myoi-byed.

^5u]-Ej5-1S«i| hkhyog-pohi tshig=.^i\'Vfff^:
**! tshig-gi ytaA-rag rough language ; not
straightforward (Milan.) .

^S"!'*^ hkhyog-dpi/afi a lath or pole for
carrying burdens (Sch.).

"5«I'g«l hkhyog-gral=\^<>^ drafi-lmn
straight road (Milan.).

^"1^^ hkhyog-hlar »l-|5-*)^- blaze
or flame (Mnon.).

"S"!'^ hkhyog-med=\K* drafi-po orife.'
i firori-pa straight (llfnon.).

^3U|-q^«i hkhyog-tyad a crooked, out-of-
the-way construction or explanation.

or 8^« hkhyogs,
a palanquin ; sedan chair ; litter.

'q hkhyoft-wa or ^JJ^ hkhyoiif |f
-^-^R-Nj'R.« gkyofi-wa dad gkyofts-
pahi don-dafl mtshufis to observe : "H*J5K-*'

nin-hkhyofl$,
fl^'S'*1 4gon-pa la sbyin-bdag-gii ni-ma geig-
gi bfnen-bkur shu-wa 1. to observe a day's
religious service in a monastery. 2. ace.
to Jd. and Ramsay khyong in Ladak
signifies to bring.

' hkhyom-pa HT^f, fluid hence
fig. giddy or giddiness ; also to reel ; to be
giddy : ^'^Hfi'^iJi't*! bzi hkhyom hkhyom
. dizzy with intoxication : "K-%-««inr

^e.-«<gqj yafi ^ Soge hkhyos dad
hkhyor-shin hkhyog the trees being moved
(by the wind) were bent (wag.) ; so the
words *i$*< hkhyom and ^JS"! hkhyog are some-
what similar to each other. $*" 'J5*4 '^ '** khyom-
khyom do-wa in C. to reel, stagger : *6,'9|*
n^»C£j-^<i| chan-gi hkhyom-pa hdug he is
staggering under the influence of beer;
i&-*.'ftu mtsho-hkhyom dizziness ; vertigo :
tTfS'«*f^'^S*r«r'pl lug-gla$ mgo-hkhor
hkhyom-pa yso the brain of a eheep (taken
as food) cures reeling or dizziness of the
head (Med.).

hkhyor-wa fw^ra to be un-
steady ; to miss, fail; not to hit (Cs.) ; to
reel, stagger, from intoxication ; to warp
(of wood or wooden vessels) : '»?fa'JlfN'<r'OJ'1N
in walking his steps reeled (Bdsa.).

hkhyol-pa, pf. *$»r hkhyol, cf .
1"!'^ skyel-wa,\x> be carried ; to be brought ;
to arrive at, come to, reach : *«v*i <OJarq*-
^^•^c. on reaching the end, it was left
(unfinished) .

=^-i hphyos-fa

(Sch.).

hkhyos-ma, same as
$kya$-ma, a present, gift.

198

J hkhra'ica (tha-wa), vb., pf.
probably ^H^ hk/iras, to lean to ; to
incline towards (Cs.).

''H'*' hkhra-sa a support to lean against ;
a prop; the back (of a chair): *g'W*|g«
hkhra-sar i*Araj=^'«i'«i|^'{i rten-la brten-
pa firm in support (flag.).

hkhratis (than) <3T: hard ;
hkfirafis-ica, *>"$*.'* bkran-ica adj. hard.

'^ &khrad-pa (t/iad-pa), in colloq.
Tib. to expel ; turn out : "Sh^HVl'S bgtgs
hkhrad bycd to expel the devil (from
one's body).

hkhrab-pa (thab-pa) <S"iTT, TO;
pf . sip bkrab or ip'i fkrab-pa, 1. to strike ;
to beat (in regular strokes, as in swimming
and rowing) ; to thrust, stamp, tread
heavily; if *l9q'q $>-o hkhrab-pa to dance in
that manner. 2. to winnow; to fan. 3.
to blink, twinkle, wink with the eyes. 4.
to jest; to joke; to crack jokes. 5. to
leap, jump (Sch)', jump for joy (Sc/tr.).
6. to scoop out; to bail out (Sch.). 7. to
fight ; to combat in C. and W. (Jti.).

hkhral-hkhrul (thal-thuf) =
•**$
goj-oj-gai-a) kfiral-le khrul-le (tha-U thu-le)

confused ; dazed ; confounded ; also as adv.

-5q-q ' 01 • l>v ' iC,

also applied to one who is confused in
his ideas and speaks unconnectedly and
ravingly, and being unable to sit moves up
and down and cannot even preserve his
own goods.

hkhras (the) = 3*w*«i|*r ji^o sems-
ehags sdod-pa hopeful ; also attached.

hkhri (thi) reduction ; discount.

hkfiri-rkafi vr, said to be=5'J''
«*^ rgyal-mtshan, the Buddhist flag of
victory.

^B'fi1' hkhri-tgrul payment of stipulated
revenue or dues : |gTwg-iS!^«m khral-ham
bu-lon sags, W^'t^fvwrv^*!'^ ran-gi
mgo-la babg-pa-ni hkhri-tra liabilities on
account of rent or debt, &c.

| hkhri-wa, pf. *%* hkhris, cf. W
dkri-wa cognate. 1. to wind; compress;
entangle ; hold fast : gwi'S'^'q khyiin
tkab-kyihkfiri-wa conjugal embrace ; "*§ '-^c.
hkhri-fin or t|«i'^e, hk/iril-fiA a creeper ; a
creeping plant: •"wi?l1V'!f*r('|t1' to be
tied by taxes and entangled in debt. 2.=
*«prti chags-pa mostly as a sbst. thrall ;
attachment, but as vb. also: ^s,'^'§ '"*|*ri
van, don-gyi hkhris-pa to be attached to
one's interest or advantage ; 3'»1^'5 bu-
mcd-kyi to wife and children: ^9"'^
hkhri-wa-chod= M'TV.'^rH|-X^ s/ien-pa-
dan hbrcl-thag cftod fondness ; attachment.
to'^i shcn-hkhris passionate attachment.

hkhri-hbub assessment of
revenue or S"$'^K.'fl|*j*i'§'*p{''|yw rtsa-chu
fin ffsum-gyi hkhri-hbab, levy for the
three — grass, water, wood (to be supplied
to privileged travellers or officials)
(Etsii.).

hk/iril-fin
a creeping
plant.

Syn. uwi-u|5-^«|-q yal-gahi ral-pa.

n|-^c.-wXfll'^ hkJiri-fin mc/iog-ldan, %*'
«ijE,-ci-^ir|-S|-*lc. n. of a kind of tree.

Syn. %•<**.''£ pri-yan ku; ^'i>\^'^lvd-
med win-can; $*1*''lj sna-tsftogs $de; «g^'
QS *>•£>! hbyun-pohi me-tog; wy*[<&n sa-la
hyag-htshndl (Iffon.).

199

hkhri-fin thogs-med
. a name for the Sal tree.

Syn.
sa-hhi fin;
(Mnon.).

sa-lahi IJon-pa;
sra-rtsi fin Si^T

hkhrig-pa 1. fti* (Schr.).
2. "ft*', g.ni§ mystic number signifying
" two " (Rtsii.). 3. vb. to cohere ; to stick
together, become thick, intermingled:
gnam-hkhrig the sky is thick:
f< hod-ser dan hjah-hod
hkhriy-pa beams of light and rainbow hues
intermingled: ^jgi^'gvo hkhrig gyur-pa,
$ct5-$|-w*|«prq to become adherent
being intimately mixed up with the saffron
of mercy. 4. coitus; sexual intercourse:
^"FaY" to perform such. *$*\'Hfrhkhrig-
$kad= ^HT^"! hkhrig-tshig amorous speech ;
obscene language ; *jgflj'««w hkhrig-thabs
q'fjRf amorous dalliance ; ^HT^VV*4
hkhrig Mod-ma, *H*1 a voluptuous
woman. 5. f*nr«TTTf»r the twins in the
Zodiac.

Syn. of No. 4. «^=.-g-iift«r|X ditaH-po
yor ; ?jc,'ci3-X«* grofi-pahi chos ; V SK.W
nt-stifis ; "•I1"?!'"' lag-bfdams ; ^'"'I«\ hdod-
pa $pyod;^W bgog-pa ; ^'1^ ye-sbyor; %'
^e.«'|S mi ts/tans spyod; ^e.'S'S g.san-spyod ';
V^"! ne-reg; *&H dgah; »=.« r motif, fvq
sbyor-wa ; 3^'|X kun-sbyor ; g'l'ift skye-wa
spyod; ^'w^'^dyahmgur-spyod; Wl'
*><* dgah-wa rol; ^|5S'CJ hkhyud-pa ; s>*\wfc
c/iags-fpyod ; ^'^"I'gS Mod-log spyod;
$q|-q|^N log-gyem (l&fion.).

^HTi-^'^'^-g-q hkhrig-pa daH Man-
par smra-wa H^TTKT^T speaking of
copulation or of sexual union.

*g«q-q-«$?q hkhrig-pa hbyin-pa to talk
smut.

hkhrig-pa $bed 3'^'^^s, n. for
the crow (Mnon.).

*£^-q$'V«-^-q hkhrig-pahi cftog rten-pa
to be given up to voluptuousness.

e»gn]-cj5-q«{w«ii5^-»» hklirig-pahi bsam-gtan
ma, or g^Vi^VSfl'w bud-med hdod-ldan
ma a voluptuous or licentious woman

, v.

'si hkhrig s-
the wrist

hkhrig-slad-qn
hkhrig-pa $bed.

CS

Rf^^J'^J hkhrig-ma or
ma, miJ'Ji^ lag-pahi Jrf^
(of the hand).

"Bl^'q hkhrigs-pa- collected or assembled
together, of |^ §prm (clouds).

bkhrid.-pa (thid-pa) fWtw, pf.
>-««r, pf. £)§ §*»•/ 5T?jf?T, to lead; to
conduct ; bring to a place ; especially used
in connection with animals and children,
also of leading an army: S'^'^H^'gc.' bu-
ts/ia hkhrid byufi led out their children.

Cv

Q,3*J^ hkhrims (thim), <&*[*• Ifl hjig?
§krag (flag.) terror, panic, fear : ^'^^'

«*H«N hbrcd-nas hkhrims (Lex.; Jd.).

^
^P-J^r^ Wiril-ica (thil-wa) ^H'«l hkhri-

wa to wind, coil round (of serpents) ;
draw close; embrace closely; to clasp
round i^vf^hkhril-mkhan an embracer;
^i«c^ hkhril-ldan a plant furnished with
tendrils or claspers; n^jgarq kha hkhril-wa
in W. to speak imperfectly like children ;
to lisp, to stammer.

Q,(gO]'g;jJ hkhril-ldem fig. very hand-

some and young; ifi"! hkhril union. ^«
Idem waving ; moving.

- A a

climbing plant, a creeper.

200

hkhrii (thf) ftw*, vii near,
neighbouring bank, shore, coast; also
postp. *j|*<'?l and a$'**[ close to ; very near ;
against: fbrel zla-tca tned-pa rnamf-kyaH
srid-gkyoAdehi hkhrif-su min-pa sla yod ma
fftogs raft-ni<f gcig-por gxhun-Ias mi byed
one should not singly (venture) to do
Government work unless assisted by a
colleague under the king (D. $el. 12).

Syn. ^SI" hgram; IT* rtsar; %*' druA
(Won.).

*gV^ khhrii frdsin, * «"R ra-gan,
brass.

bkhru-wa (thu-wa) =

N3

hkhrud-pa TOTWI to wash; to bathe:
''B^'W hkhrur hjug-pa M^T,
causing to be washed.

^B'^'I^V hk/iru-tca pcod-pa
stoppage of looseness or diarrhoea.

bkhru-pshi 1. diarrhoaa. 2.
bysoft, v%*^ khru-nad, ^S'^if
hk/iru-}kyug ^(fa«n: diarrhoea with
vomiting.

hkhntg

(Sc/ir.; Kahc.

T.

^Pl'f" hkhrug-got = %\'* go-cha or
go-hhrab war-dress; coat of mail (Sf.non.').

^HTS '** hhhrug-lna-pa the drumming to
battle ; stated (Mnon.) to mean also «R}«r
g-««, <»ge.'q5 g-^ the clamour which arises
on the battle-field.

I: hkfiruff-pa (thug-pa)

, 1. vb. pf. ^H^N'i hk/irugt-pa, cf.
'i dkrug-pa, SJ"!^ bkrug-pa to be in
commotion ; commotion ; to be disturbed ;

to be panic-stricken:
hkhrug-par mi-hgyur-wa * Tj»«fa will not
become angry; get disordered: JT«»W*V
qfl1'5't)§ql rtsa t hams-cad hkhrug-tu bcug it
made all his veins disordered (blood to
boil). 2. to be angry; also to quarrel,
fight, contend: ^"f^^'^HI'^ de-g.nis
hkhrug-nag the two quarrelling. Also as
sbst. fight, disruption, row: ^H"!"'^

5

hkhrug-pa for disorder arose ; quarrel took
place. *|| T«r9\«i to show fight ; to take up
arms ; to rebel : *Bql'q'§<VtlH»rfj in times of
war : WiBI dmag-hkftritg=«.^^ i\ ht/iab-
bkhrug war. ftAgom-q Mi hkhrug-pa a
name of Buddha, who does not become
agitated or ruffled at heart. *Bql'*£'*''flft
hkhnig-pahi •fefiftfMqQVi'4'qfy ffyul-gyi
sa-ffshi or «^»«|-5)-»Cfl|^ d.nuig-gi, mi-yxhi
battle-field (Won.).

^BI'S^ hk/irug-dpon^-Wfi*! . dnmg
dpon general ; commanding in war.

1. contest, strife. 2. *ra«i'|V<i pyul-sprott
pa or ^fl|^^q-q dnwg-hthub-pa (Mfion.).

hkhrugs (thug) defined as »i'|"9'
fltfn, quaking, trembling, shak-
ing (jftioH.) : ^fi"!*1 '^m hkhrugs-rnkhan in
W. having small cracks, flaws, of
potter's ware (Jd.) : ^R^'t) hk/<rngf-pa=
H^Q (dan-wa also f&.-.^fq khon-nas
ldan-ua jPmi, «*m, ww, ^ffvjr was

• ** ' s»

stirred up, agitated, confused, also rage,
anger ; greatly angry ; passionate. ^H")*'*^
hkhrugs-tshad fever caused by overwork
and fatigue.

SSt hkhrug-M $** war, fight:
hkhrug-las work of dispute;
quarrel.

'q hkhrun-wa (thufi-wa) or °,%wn
a resp. for yi $kye-ica arm,

201

1. to be born: 8-*H*'«i sku-hk/irufl-
wa— f«^*W£i sku bltams-pa to be born ; also
the birth of a great man, prince or lama :
khrun$-rab$=\'*'*.'vn skyes-rabs
birth stories or legends connected
with one's birth. 2. to arise ; come from :
j|Y'K%S<I|»r«R|s.»rq3-*<ii Words as they may
just arise in the mind of yourself;
3E.-t*t^|gE.»rtw tin-4e-Msin hkhruns-pas
meditation arising : ^'t'Slvarnge.*^ snin-
rje thugs-la hkhruns-pa compassion arose
in his mind. 3. to come up, shoot,
sprout, grow (of seeds and plants) (Jd.).

4|gc.ir<wr«|9ar^(i« hkhnms-rabs #so!
hdeb$ reverence shown to a great lama
or saint by enumerating the names of his
supposed successive embodiments.

hkhrud-pa (thud-pa) ism, pf.
o
hkhrug, fut. 13 bkru, to wash; to

cleanse; to bathe; to wash off: 3f*i'^'«f
*|3«Vivg^ </oj dri-ma hkhrud-par byed the
dirt of clothes should be washed out :
dft-m-q.qarjfl-iiSc.-^igvivt^ nad-la in ill-
ness, by giving purgatives, one may be
cleansed: ^BV^'IS cause to be washed.

vS

IRS1* hkhrud-ma the washings of plates
and dishes after dinner, which are given to
pigs, dogs, &c.

bkhrun-chod

don dag thag-chod finally decid-
ing or determining any matter (J. Zaft. :
W'^T''*<«'?'9''><T*S dmag-daA kha-mehu
Ita-bu thag-chod to decide upon a war or
a law suit.

phan mtho-wa of high rank.

: hkhrul (tlml) or *| «t'«i hkrul-pa

^T, f*WT, 1. ^rf^fsbst. mistake; frenzy;
madness ; error ; illusion ; also adj. mistaken ;
deranged ; deluded : *!«rS*r5flj»i-q-*rS^ mjs.
takes are not profitable ; ^f'l'Rigui'ci hgro-
u-a hkhml-pa the deluded beings (of this
world).; *.&*1 hkhrul-wa to be mistaken;
to be deceived: ** ^e.-ngacq^-^<i| rafi.
snan hkhrul-par Mug I have mistaken ; it
was a deception of the senses; j»K.-R|g«r
w*j5arj[*. snan hkhrul-ham hkhrul-snan
illusion ; delusion : ^Ri'^'^i hkhrul-snad
can delusive ; erring : as a syn. of ^'1 nor-
wa\ SFr^^«r«Wfcf^r«l hhyod-cag hkhrul-
pahi hjig-sten pa ye deluded children of
the world! 2. to be insane, deranged.
Byn. of jjV«Rj!j«r$ §mo$-pa hkhrul-so occa-
sion for making mistake ; wrong way ; peril.

ili^&t'^t-'Q dkyus-
rin-wa lengthwise ; in length.

II: (thul) in the words

-T

mig-hkhrul is a little different from ^"J
hphrttl; it applies to moral or intellectual
mistakes as distinct from external blun-
ders. In the same manner it differs
from the word ^*'q nor-wa or ^v^E"! nor
hkhrul. ^vi nor-wa applies to external or
phenomenal blunders: ^B.'3)'i>*»r»r^E«r^'
§)-g-«i-*)-^«; jf the inner heart does not err,
one's doings in the outside world will also
not be wrong ; ^rf^xjT ignorance : "''

dwafi-gis hkhor-ivar hkhyams by the influ-
ence of unrighteous errors (we) wander in
the cycles of existence.

*gar<*jifc hkhrul-hkhor ?J^ machine;
contrivance; artifice. Ace. to Cs. this is
same as ^sjTiffc hphrul-hkhor.

**|5«r*f(k hkhrul-hkhor fftn (Sehr.;
Kdlac? T. 12a.).

Rg«l-Rf6^'|5») hkhrl-hkor-mkhyim, v.
f- btson-khan, a prison-house (Jlffion.).

27

202

hkhrul-hkhor mkhan a
juggler.

^Ssr^flp Hkhrul-dgah (wrongly for
iSjT'W* hphrul-dgah) $'*&* f'wnir Tuq:
n. of a celestial mansion.

IS*'** hkhrul-$nan. v. i.5«rq3!|K-q hkhrul
•^ ^

wahi snan-wa, illusive vision or exhibition.

Syn. *5arti3-itsw4 hkhml-wahi sems; *$*'
_ •>» •»

"K hkhrul-pahi yid (Mnon.).

v%v§X<H hkhrul byed-wa
a woman that decoys others.

*K hkhrul-med, v. ^'^S mr-med or
hchug-med, unmistakeably ; without
mistake.

^S1"^9! hk/irul-s/tig, WKfor+ryr**
*\c.'»*l $ton-nid rtogf-pahi bla-ma ham gan-
zag a lama or any person who meditates on
the theory of emptiness (i.e., the voidity of
all nature).

*6arflft hkhrul-yshi cause or basis of
error ; fundamental mistake. It is usually
illustrated thus : If one mistakes a fine
rope for a snake, the rope is the basis or
cause of mistake, and *j£«r-*|w hkhrul-^es
is the idea or notion of a snake conveyed to
the mind by the sight of the rope :

thag-pa mthon-nas
ibrul-hjin-gyi $es-pa skyes-pa ni hkhrul-qes
yin-te, de-bshin-du bdag-cag ma-rig hkhor-
tcahi sem$-can rnains mi-bden-pa bden-par

fi, mi-rtag-pa la tfag-pa bzufi, $dng-b$nal-
wa la bde-war bsun-ste hkhrul-was hkhor-
wa hdi yin in the same manner we
animated beings, deluded by Aridyd,
mistake falsehood for truth, the transient
for the permanent, misery for happiness ;
hence this transmigratory existence.

«5<aruw hk/irul-yns (gp«) a very large
number.

<<BqI*'
stiff or hard.

=$l sra-ica

very

hkhren-pa (then-pa) = fa'Q s/ten-
pa desire ; passion ; to wish ; to long for :
1. J4rf^*4'npfl-£i zng-skom hkhran-pa to wish
for food and drink. 2. to look upon with
envy; jealousy (/a.).

".g'P hkhro-wa pf. ^« k/iros to be angry.

^"I'l hkhrol-wa (t/iol-wa), pf and fut.
"ftf"! dkrol, imp. ^"1 khrol 1. to cause to-
sound ; to make a noise ; play : rol-mo
hkhrol-tca to play on a musical instrument ;
dril-bu hkhrol-wa to ring a bell. 2. vb.
intrans. to sound ; resound : r'^S'^8! the
avalanche resounded ; a'SfRgnj-^K- rgya-lon
khrog-fin a rumbling in the bowels
(Med.) ; X'*®*! fbo-hkhrog in the belly :
^BI'B"! hkhrog-khrog roaring; rushing;
buzzing (Ja.).

hkhrogs dislocated: ^'S'g«'JU|-
ff*'*1^ the old woman yet

wishes to walk, though her knee has been

dislocated (Rdsa. 17.).

^ I : ga is the third letter of the
Tibetan alphabet corresponding with
Sanskrit K. It is pronounced as soft k
when alone or when placed without a prefix
at the beginning of a word or syllable.
When used as a final letter it sounds
as £ or is often barely pronounced. If a
prefix precede "I or if it carry a surmount-
ing letter, it sounds as a hard g. When
used to represent a numerical figure it
signifies the third, i.e., the ordinal III,
and as such is generally used in marking
volumes of books, &c. *| ga is sometimes
used as an affixed particle of a word to
complete it, as in ""T"! yal-ga, the branch
of a tree.

*J| II f in mystical language signifies
born of a goat ; also a he-goat : WC^VST
«,-|*r5^ bsan skad-la ra-$kyeg yin (K, g. f>,
28).

^| III : 1. in mystic Buddhism "I ga
means the hidden entity or the essence of
Buddha :

y<i "that which belongs
to no place anywhere is ga" (Hbrom. 88).

^y 3*r«fc II that which is styled ga being
the hidden essence of the Tathagata, it
may be said (Jwi) that all sensate beings
have the nature of Buddha (K. my. *\
207). 2. «|-ai t^W^V*1^ as to ga it
moves and it is also motionless : "*fi'u<E-'qr
S^-j|-§)'P5'y^ "the cause is ga, the real
nature or origin of sound" (Strom. 88).
Again we read definitions of this sort : T^'

ga-khral (go-thai) tax, duty (on
cattle, butter, &c.) (/a.).

ga-ga a title of honour in W.

(Jd.).

^f
^'^'coOI ga.ga tshil tickling : If "(I*.

S^'fl, to tickle:

II in ancient time
sixteen monks tickled one monk and from
the excessive laugther he involuntarily sent
forth, the mystic wind passing upwards
inside him, his end came " (K. du.

Ga-ge-mo 1. n. of a certain
place in Tibet. 2. £'5|'S chege-mo, such a
one; such a thing; such and such (Cs.).

Ga-gon *r$q 1. one of the two
merchants whom Buddha met imme-
diately after his six years' asceticism under
the Bodhi tree. 2. T'fa'S'JT2! Ga-gon-gyi
rgyal-po ifUrra the king of a country in
Southern India. 3. a melon (ace. Cs.,

Lex., cucumber; others; barley) (Jd.).

c\
zl|'(^t'l ga-hgrig (ga-dig) a saddle;

Si' si"! §ga-§grig equipment of a riding horse.

^j'^ ga-cen or *|'^ ga-chen some
or a good many ; good deal (Jd).

*ir36^ ga-chad involuntarily; without
cause, e.g., to weep (Med., Ja.).

204

T9I

l ga chad-pa fatigued; very
tired; ^'Wl'"^ S'Sq!'lT*V£< giving up
in despair ; being quite exhausted (D. R.).

Oa~snod <in»nfsi cummin seed,
Nigella Indica.

+ ^'5 Oa~ia "nwr or n"n T^T^ ga-
tahigde tshan a kind of Indian handwriting,
evidently referring to the Gatha or Kaithi
character, in which the original Magadhi
used to be written. The Tibetan *| ga is
ordinarily pronounced as K, hence T5
kn-ta, or kaithi.

1 TS ga-da n*r a club; a mace.

^I'5^ ga-dur an astringent medicinal

root : ^w^if ^T^V^i it removes remit-
tent fever, diseases of the lungs and of the
bowels.

ss^^ gwa-dor also f'^
go-dor the tender growthof fresh horn in
the three animals, rhinoceros, stag, and
antelope : g.wa-dor ffsum-gyis rnag dan chu-
aer (kern the three ga dor dry up pus and
yellowish discharges: •^iS'l'1^ the
growth of a new branch on a stag's horn
(Sc/t.).

gnn-hdrag

(colloq. "gdnde") how? of what kind?
what sort ?

sent by all means: <q'^'»)viii>qrJ?':i5E''^3S ! I
shall give it back at all events (Ja.).

X Ga-na pa-ti

e.- Lha-chen Tshoy$-bd'tg-yi min
the name of the great God, called the
Lord of the Multitude (Snag.).

J ^|'q*5'q*^ Ga-wa ta-wa ri-ni
JTW^f<1% [^Tt?iwf small cardamom]. Also
the n. of a flower (K. kon. "I, 4).

T T^3^ ga-bur I: 1. n. of several
plants, probably Gentiana cherayta,
Curcuma, Zemmbet, &o. 2. ?*.'Si'T9* is
a kind of stone like JJ-^'ic^ui (Min. 4).

II : *fa, fr$ camphor ;
fel ga-bur crystal-like camphor;
mafi ga-bur camphor resembling yak's lard
in appearance ; ga-bur tsha-wa ryyas-pa
tltog-hbab good camphor, where the fever
has increased, cures by lowering its height ;
rnin-shin shan-pahi tsha-wa rtsa-nadgcod it
also cures long-standing fever and disease
of the fundament ; ga-bur ti-log glo-rims
tishad-pa set the kind of camphor called
Tilo cures inflamation of the lungs and
fever.

ga-na (ka-na) «|e.'^ gan-na
where? "IT" ga-na-wa and "l^'i gan-na-
wa, the same as a sbst., the whereabouts of
a person, his place of residence : ji'a'flj'aj1
w^'*ic he went here where the king
was.

IT*^ ga-na med (in W.) absolutely ; ^|'^ ga-bra (ga-tah) n. of a medicine ;

at all events : T^'^'<"l"^l it must be a twig ; also the fresh shoot on a tree :

Syn. F •flS'j'w kha-wahi phye-ma ;
hod-dkar-can ; |«'^nwj-Wa«

i snin-po J'«j5-wq zla-wahi tfutl-;
wa ; *5'*N* rohi-ge-sar ; ^t-q)-|t'Q qin-gi
(Mnon.).

ga-bur nag-po defined as il'
-q5-wq phag-brun me-la bsregs-
pahi thal-wa. 1. the ashes of the burnt
dung of pigs. 2. a secret name (Min. 4).

"I'S^'^'i ga-bur hdsin-pa
meton. ^'i sla-wa the moon.

205

ga-bra rlufi-tshad rims-nad sel-war byeif
(this medicine) removes the epidemic fevers
and the heat induced by rlun (wind).

\ T^S ffa~mu from the Sans. JHT go ; in
mystical language go or go away !
(K. g. r 27).

*'|**r§,'^I gn-mo byi-la n. of a species
of wild cat : **%«l«rfr<pr|&!**! the ga-
mo byi-la catches little birds by lying in
wait (Rdsa.).

Ij'cJJ ga-tsam=^'&* ji-tsam how
much ; how many ; how long ; interr. and
correl., as much as, e.g., as much as you
like.

ga-Uson (in W.) an irruption
of the skin (Jd.).

1'*^ ga-tshod how much ; colloq. " rin
di ka tso " what is the price ; how much ?
In Sikkim gong-di ka-dso-mo ? (Snd. Hbk.).

*J| c^i'^ ga-dsan-ta *iaj*ri a precious
stone used in curing infectious fevers and
other diseases, also to relieve one from the
influence of malignant spirits.

ga-yshah or "M ga-^a,
more properly the last word, i.e., *!'•<] ga-$a
signifies «*^'*R bshad-gad a laughter, jest,
joke : T^'^'J^'frl" they jest and play :
^•Rf«|-^-l)-n^q| ae js not ;n good humour,
or in good spirits, to-day (Jd.) ; also
"to-day there is no fun."

ga-zug (in W.) how, interr.

and correl (Jd.).
0^

ga-gzi squinting (in W.).

gahu wve an amulet ; a brooch
containing charms (v. "I" gam).

Syn. F'f* kha-sbyar (Mfion.).

hu kha-sbyar charm box the
lids of a which are joined edge to edge :

0 Mi-wang (0 king), thy residence
is very solitary and so beautiful, as if the
heaven and the earth kiss each other there,
like the lids of an amulet (Ilbrom. 89).

gahu-le account book ; list (of
cases, also of cash and balance) ; also a short
note kept on the margin: 5flj»r»j logs-su
in a separate place that is not in the body
of a book, but on the foot or margin or
corner, i.e., 1^'^ zur-du, of a book or note-
book : |'2

since the date
of the month, etc., of taking over charge
of the Rdson (District office) as many
criminal cases as may be, and the receipts
large and small all bound together should
be kept in the registration book (Rtsii. ;
O. Sndg.).

Ga-ya gau-rihi
mdo a Sutra delivered by the Buddha on
the mountain of Gaya Gauri.

a-yig ?r?'i the letter if g.

tl ga-ra kha-

tan du lahi rtsa-wa ^<n®?r^?f excel-
lent rice ; the root of a kind of plant :

-fey taking
a confection made of equal quantities
of the root of Garka Tandula rta-dri;
sesame, barley and treacle, one becomes
youthful (K. g. « US).

^|'*> ga-ri, for Sl*'^* dgah-ris, "\"^ ga-
sha (in W.) dejected : flj'^'ft'^ I am in
low spirits (Ja.).

206

«-n« in colloquial *p'^ gafi-du
whither ; which way ; to which place ;
where ?

* T^'f^ 9a-™-4<* T^r; =Q=- khyuA
the fabulous chief of the feathered race.

*?\'*\ ga-re 1. in Lhasa very com.
colloq. form for " what," sounded kdre. 2.
where, whence: fll'V^'iV8"*'^'1^9! 'gc, ga.
re hdi-hdra a-kyafi ran-drag byitn whence
comes thi} oppression, over-powering
(Rdsa.10).

3]'% Ga-ro J'fljM 'S'ViS-ojar'fa '*| *>=. n. of
a place in India ; the Garo hills (L)sam. 28).

^'^ ga-la 1. %* whither:

with the palms of the hands joined
he bowed in the direction where the Vic-
torious One was. 2.=^-al ji-fa for what;
owing to what : *T«r«^ to what does this
serve ? of what use is this ?
where are (you or they) going ?

| ga-la go-li-ka

1 1. nl' an insect which subsists, it is said,
by inhaling the air only (K. d. * 4&£).

^|'«l ga-la >nr. >M; slowly, softly,
gently. To a departing guest one says :
«| a) 3q " ka-lc pe'p " go gently. To the host
you answer : "I •8(iq3fli« " ka-le shu " stay
quietly, remain in peace ! *T^'^"1 ga-le yog
come slowly or gently : «|5*l'*\'l'a|'l'I'^'qI'^'
*3i'ai'Sc''9*<'§'^'rti^*i'tfc it is a common
saying (in Tibet) that by walking slowly
and slowly the ass can travel all round
China.

ga-log (in W.) squinting.

^j*"^ I: <7«-f a laughter : "IV^'""?^ gad-
mo bgad, "I'J]^'£1511I ga-$ar bcug to cause
laughter.

*!'•*!' J"! ga-$a-tgrog loud laughter;
ga-$a sgrog-cin fflu-gar rol-mo hbul loudly
laughing they danced, sang, and made
music (A. 11).

*J|'"^| II: n. of a place in Upper Tibet
(A. 20).

^'•^ III: v. T^ ga-sha ^Tifhj^w a
raiment used by Tantrik priests.

*^I*"^ IV : a string of beads ; a necklace ;
a string of human skulls or bone-bits worn
by Tantrik Lamas :

, blood drops from her mouth, a
string of human heads hangs down from
her neck, to thee be my praise who hast
subdued the intolerable pride and arrogance
of the host of demons (Choi-g.).

ga-<;ar 1. defined in these
*'1^TWK'<ril.pAy0JU-0M> dpun-
pa la ; f<«nrfl|3«|-»rt^Xq|-at phyogs-g.cig
mtshan-hog la ; "19'Wq$<ir<ir-*]v'^-£i gshu-d
ffdg ga- kar far g yon-pa (A. 135). Girth
or rope hung across the breast and the
shoulder in order to draw or carry any-
thing ; also a dog harness ; a shoulder-belt
worn as a badge of dignity by constables
and the like officers. 2. sf'"! sgom-t/iag,
the cord worn round the shoulder and the
waist at the time of meditation.
fl|jp«w»r§-*g*rq ga-$ar dan ft
mdscf-pa (D. R.) Looking nice (ou account)
of (his) ga-$ar and petticoat.

some;

part ; a few, com. in colloq.

ga-^ed 1. prob. "l^'-^S gaft-$ed
uncertain ; not definitely known. 2. an
approximate but uncertain direction,
region or quarter : T^fll^'V^S it is at a

207

certain place ; it is somewhere :
w^tiv«p%'^'»j\§-*t without explaining
minutely (i.e., the particulars), he pro-
ceeded instantly somewhere (A. 135).

TM^ ffa~9ef glass beads; glass pearls
(Sch.).

Gd n. of a Ddkini, a goddess (K. g.

r,

*l|'£| gwa-pa the white mark or patch

on the forehead of the kyan (the wild ass
of Tibet).

•f. ^pj gag 1. silver in bars, ingots,
small pieces, &c., uncoined (in W.).
2. wad; wadding (for loading muskets)
(Jd.).

=^» Ihog-pa or

gag-lhog is a swelling in the throat; a
quinsy: nad mi dan dud-hgrohi ske-dan
mgrin-pa-la $kran-nas rnag thon-te drag-
yod is a malady of men and animals in
which the neck and throat become swollen,
but matter issuing forth, it is eased;
death occurs from obstruction.

spyir gag-l/wg-ces min so-sor
bfad-kyan no-wo ynan-nad du-gpig rim$-nad-
kyi gras though the disease in general is
differently expressed by the names gag
and Ihotj, its real nature is but one among
pestilential diseases and it belongs to the
class of (fw^H-^TK) fatal fevers.

fowl (Cs.).
gags

bya-gag a water

obstructed.

I : gan-ga-chufi a kind of
flower which resembles a chorten (chaitya)
in shape, growing in the sandy crevices of
rocks in Tibet. It is used as an antidote

against poison and also diarrhoea,
i|§q-g-*)§-ifri!«-ar| yyah-g.seb bye-mahi logs-la
skye ^C^fC^vyj^;**|f^ gan ga chun-

4

gan-ga chun-gi$ dug dan tsha-hkhru g$od.

^^'^ ganga «|S| gafiga JT|fT the river
Ganges ; «l=.'^-^'35 Gan-gahi Lha-mo *TWT-
%^t the goddess of the river Ganga. Its
different names are : — "^'"iirsj'Vi^ Yan-
fag brgyan-ldan, ^'»l^'*q Hchi-med chab,
spvpa;^ Nam-mkhahi chu-bo, ^"I'Q^'^
Drag-pohi thod, ^'§5'g'S Dsa-uuhi bu-mo
(amrft), |«i'flI?S*l':| Rgyun-ysum-pa, wyw
"•'ft Lam-gsum hgro, ^^'^T'^^ Glan-chen
kha-hbab (jft^sPt), ^N^^ Ejigs-sde ma,
gq-Rgir^-q Khyab-hjvg rkan-pa, «'a*i'«
Chu-byin-ma, ^v^^^* Sknl-ldan fifi-
rtahi bu-mo (w»?N;^), ij'"^'2? Lha-yi chu-bo
(Mnon.).

1^'^'^ i : gan-ga hdsin ir$Vf*. an epi-
thet of S'iva. He who holds Gan-ga on
his head, i.e., from whose head the Ganges
flows : rtf R<rj5

<r« mtho-ris-kyi
tham$-cad b$kal-pahi mcs bsregs-pahi
skabs-su Lha-mo Gan-ga lhun-na$ byun-wa-
na nam-mkhah la ral-pa bkyans-nas ral-pahi
sten-du bsun-tcas-so when all the celes-
tial regions were burnt by the fire of the
Kalpa, Ganga as goddess appeared on
this earth having fallen from heaven.
Her locks were spread out in the sky and
held up aloft by S'iva (for which he is
called Gangadhara, the holder of Ganga)
(Mnon.).

"FU'*^ n : j-»#-3^-q rgya-mtsho chen-
po the great ocean which holds the entire
discharge of Gagga (Mnon.).

' gan what, which.

gan-gi-dus when ; at which time.

208

gan-gi-phyir WTS, zrssft for
which ; for the sake or reason of which.

^F'^S gan-nid *£%$ whichever; what-
ever.

gan-hgrigs
what (you) like; also what suits you?

even

if any accident happened to life there,
to us no hardship occurring, we can do
whatever suits us, so one Tso-tco expressed
himself (Jlbrom. 136).

"FVI gan-dag %^T some; "FVT9!'!*
gan-dag-gi phyir ifat 8i% for whom or
what ; for the sake of whom or what.

gan-dag-nid q^? whichever.

gan-dag-hdir zrrf^f, vx*
those two who are here; all those here;
whoever present.

*F^ gafi-du fiT, qsi where ? where.
"F^*' gan-duhafi flrf^f at whatever
time; wherever; seldom; where.

gan dran-dran-du b$ad-
brdsttu b. fad-pa to speak at
random ; to say what occurs in the mind ;
to speak falsehood.

gan-hdra gr^ift how, like what :
.' gafi-hdra mt/iofi what have you
seen?

naqn* where?

gan-rnanii-kyi %^i of what;
pertaining to what ?

gan-mgo (in C.) ktwl of
a tobacco-pipe; I^'WII gan-mjug mouth-
piece or tip of it.

gan-por in a lump, mass.

khefa-pa ^5
to fill; to make full; filled up; also

piled up : a|K.-qwflt-fl|«rti gaU-waham brt-segt-
pa piled up or made full. ,

Syn. ^'«^ tshan-can; ptw k/tefis;
byitr-bu; ^'^phyur-lu (Ifnon.).

finished; comple-
ted; $t.'$»ri|E.'*i litft-chug gan-wa a valley.
filled with water: I'l'^flje.^ "the moon as
full fish " ; in the fullness of the crescent.

n-

gaU-n-a med-pa
complete.

*qie,-q-qjE.-Zj gafi-wa fcafi-po ^iw (Sc/tr.;
Td. 3, 181) completely happy or gentle ;
also n. of a serpent demon.

'Wt&'RQg/in-inihi zla-tva iph^f (Svltr. ;
Bull. 1848, 298) ; lit. the full moon ; n. of
a Jiodhisattara.

ffa"-t>" ^>ft, »T^rfx fresh shoots
of leaves ; a pod or sheath ; also cluster of
buds. Aco. to Sc/i. flower bud : *g'"Fg *^

>j

hbru gan-bu-can grains which have husks
such as wheat, sesamum, &c. : ^V^'3'"!6-'
gv«i\ac^»j enveloping himself in a veil of
rays; wrapping himself in a sheath of
light.

"FlS gan-byed ^ SRXtfir whatever he
does, has been doing, is doing.

STPTT 1. various;
"F"^ gan-Mod

gan-tsam a small quantity ; not a
considerable quantity.

gaU-mos
different sorts. 2.
whatever is wished for.

gan-tsug-yin = "H'W^ yan-nas-
yin or 'I6-'^'^'*1^'^3! gan-na sdod mkhan-
yin ; JK^'<1%^*IV*' khyed gan-tsug-
yin gar-hgro dri-pa$ he asked whence are
you ; whither are you going (A. 131).

«|K.'^i| gan-shig q:t V^, which.

209

u|E/£j-qjs3j-£i gan-she bstan-pa q
which has been explained, shewn.

TlC'a^l I: ("l"!'*'! shal-zag) tobacco-
pipe, not the hukka, but a long straight
sort, similar to the European smoking
pipe, generally made of metal.

gat-sag II: 1.

I yfr ifft ^ TfH 3^1^'- that which
becomes full and then undergoes decay
(Sam.) ; an animated being ; a corporeal
being that is subject to decay and
destruction. 2. man, as an intellectual
being; a person: flFWT'WlMVfi'V'1* 9an-
sag gshan-gyis brda gpratf-pa$ another
person describing it to you (opposite to
what we know by our own perception and
observation), hence a philosophical term
for "self": ^flF^fw^i^F^W
learned or lettered men ; men of science,
especially in relation to religion: *«'%'
q^or|«;-£i5-fl|£-9ij|-$*w men who postpone
religion, not troubling themselves about
it: e«iqnr£i$-fl|c.'3a|'n*w3|'gijr9 the prince of
the reverend (band of) persons, i.e.,
Buddha: *TfWf5'^*'.«| inferior heretical
people: fl|*-«|'WP gan-zag phal-pa or vwi
tha-mal-pa, common or vulgar people
(Jd.).

fl|t,-»q|-q?) gad-sag bshi the four kinds of
human beings or higher beings are — (1)
JRWH: tmw. ; WrtfVWtKT*!'1* mun-
khrod. nag mim-khrod du hgro-ica that go
on from darkness to darkness ; (2) *5tfif:
TCTOT. ; «W°p\a$*''fB;w'*3fa mun-khrod nag
gnad-tcar hgro-ica that go from darkness
imto light; (3) ^tfwOTHTrra'ir. ; ^f^
S'S'BV^'^'" (nad-ica nag mun-khrod du
hgro-ica that go again from light into
darkness; (4) «rtfa*fffa:trcrau: ; JM'^'i?*1
gnaH-iva. nag gnaft-uw hgro-ica,

that advance from light to a greater en-
lightenment. The term fl]«.'«| gan-zag
has sixteen different synonyms: — OVI
bdag; ^"1 srog; ^wz^scfflg-caii; §'1 gkye-
wa ; «|3'«J yso-tca ; |N'g skyes-bu ;
bdag; •*Hr«w|« fcs-las gkycg;
man; 9^'i'Q lye<j-pa-po;
lyed-du hjug-pa-po ; *^'ifS tshor-tca-po ; •*(«'
i'Q feg-pa-po ; »i3fs.'«i'3 mthofi-ica-po ; w% za-
tca-po; ^fq-Ej glod-u-a-po (Mnon.). These
are all applied to signify an animate
being. There are two kinds of "l^1*"!,
ordinary and extraordinary ; the ordinary
fl]K,-aq| literally means that which is
subject to decay, from "F gaft, what, and «J
zag, decay. The Buddhist meaning is as
follows:- (1) WWlK^

rafl-rgyud. gdtg-pa non-mods
kyig gad shift yon-tan dan dge-wahi rigs ysog
mi-thub-par zag hgro-was sems-can phal-wahi
gan-zag one's own nature being filled (*[*•'
gan) with sin he cannot acquire and retain
virtue, which aql sag leaks out or decays,
therefore an ordinary living being is called
^•xm gad-sag; (2) l

ran-rgyud dge-wa dad
bzan-pohi yon-tan thams-cad-kyig gad-shin
non-mofig-kyi gkyon thamg-cad zag hgro-was
sadg-rgyag gan-zag Buddha is flp'«|
because his nature is full of all virtues or
merits and sin has been thrown out of it
or has altogether been destroyed ; (3)

when one's own nature retains whatever
virtue it possessed undeteriorated and
whatever faults there was in it have been
thrown out from exertion, one has entered

28

210

either the Mah& ydna or Elnayana path.
Persons in such a stage, whatever docrtine or
theory they may hold for salvation, belong
indeed of the Mahayana. In "F«! gaU-sag
of the ordinary kind his very nature is «F
gafi, i.e., filled with deeds (las), sin,
suffering, and misery ; moreover, all virtue
and talents having become exhausted, i.e.,
»"\ sag, his animated being becomes what is
called Pudgal. In the strict sense of the
word, a Buddha is also a Pudgala, though
of the extraordinary kind, he on the con-
trary being full of virtues and talents and all
defects, sins, &c,, being exhausted in him.
The following are the twenty «F"I gad-
tag (Pudgala) of the Qravaka School : — (1)
^WTmf ; l^'gi^ rgyun-du shugt-pa one
having entered the regular course performs
Samadhi (deep meditation); (2) «*«*-
mi«H ; ^V?i]'N-3i-i| «va«iarqi3<Y£i dc-ltar thogs-
na srid-pa Ian bdun-pa after having thus
spiritually cultured the mind he has to pass
into seven births in the world ; (3)
^-^ . ^q1«-si*r^i|*r«i-j[-q rigt-nat rigs-su
gkye-wa after the second stage, his birth is
ensured in his own state, i.e.,if he is a god
he is reborn as a god, if man he is reborn as
a man, but he never goes to any lower stage
of birth; (4) ^ssmrift; «V<£f|%<fe'4 ta-
pe^ phyir hofi-wa (as such) "he has only
once to come to this world for doing good ;
(5) T^fftf^i; «K-avq3«r« bar-chad gcig-pa
he has only one interruption before full
fruition; (6) ^Rnnf*T; ^^^i phyir mi-
hofi-wa he will not come again to this
existence ; (7)

'*' bar-ma-dor yons-su mya-
fian las hdah-wa he will attain to Nirvana
not from this life but from the interme-
diate state or Bardo ;

yods-su mya-fian lat hdah-wa he escapes
from misery save that a vestige of the
Skandha still remains ; (9)

mfion-du hdu-byed. par meg-
par yoUs-su mya-ftan la? hdah-wa he attains
to Nirvana, the Skandha being utterly
destroyed, i.e., without the least vestige
remaining ; (10) ^*^t?K[ ^E-'^'^'£i gofi-dit
hpho-tca he will in his spiritual progress
reach up to the Akanistha heavens ; (11)
irnronft; «w$-*i&r5i»<^'§V<i lut-kyi mfion
sum-du byed.-pa he will obtain the body of
supreme intelligence or knowledge ; (12)
^mgHT^t ; wWK<KVq dad-pahi rjet-su
hbrafi-iva he will here have completely
subdued the senses or passions ; (13) ITORT-
^ift; <«'5i«-»l'^'«« chos-kyi rjef-m
hbrafi-ica all his intellectual and moral
faculties become so as to be directed
effectually to all good works; (14) rfiz-
3TO; *rtfe;iw?q-£i thoH-ivas thob-pa having
heretical views or having insight
into religion ; (15) W*?fttfW; ^'S"'^'
w^m'i duf-kyi rnam-par grol-tca getting
salvation in time ; (16) *i«»fqft»nff ; ^»''I\^'
ft-gX'W^ww^i'H getting salvation not in
proper time ; (17)

a-laf rnam-par
wa getting salvation in time as well as
without reference to time ; (18)

Vi-q fkyeg-

nas yons-su mya-fian las hdah-wa entering
into the state of Nirvana immediately after
one's birth; (19) snnf^r; •?!« *«r3«r$w
w^ni'^ fes-rab kyis rnam-par grol-wa fully
delivered by means of absolute or transe-
cendental knowledge ; (20)
delivered by means of faith.

mnon-par hdu-byetf-pa dad beat-pat

fi-ya a very large figure
number (Ya-sel. 5,6}.

211

,-u)e.' gad-yad gff^Tf, ?T9 whosoever;
whatever ; any one.

tf-fo gR( where ; in whom.

gan-lo an empty pod, freed
from the kernels (in W.) (Jd.).

«F-*p; gafl-gar «|fi»*w«r«»w«i anything
that occurs (in the mind) ; what is
thought ; a thought.

"l^'Sl'V! gan-su dag % ^faq; whichever
of those.

ZJJC5^ j/rtwj fV*T 1. glacier; glacier- ice.
2. snow (usually kha). 3. the sclerotic
of the eye (Sch.).

a|c.*r*^ gafis-rgyttd a chain of snowy
mountains.

s]c.*r*3( gans-can fe»T^ 1. one of the
native names of Tibet. 2. abounding in
snow ; snowy ; full of glaciers : Gads-can-las.
fybyufi-wahi chu the water issuing from a
glacier : Gads-can-gyi skad the language of
Tibet.

q|t«-.s^-*f!*rci!vi|$<i|'|^ Gads-can tnkhas-
pahi ytsug-rgyan a complementary name of
Tsongkha-pa, the great Buddhist reformer
of Tibet whose religious name was Ji'^'sf
qjc.-t||q|wci Ryyal-ica filo-bsad. grays-pa; his
other names were : — i'^'3'& Rje rin-po
che; i'^-p" Rje Tsod-Ma-pa ; qp.nc&tSp:^
Gads-can cid-rta ; f^Xi-pn Car Tsod-kka-pa ;
^'g'»< Jljam tngon blama.

ii|f^-Ei Gdfl-can mgon-po or j^'^w
Spyan-rat gsigs the patron saint of
Tibet, Avalokites'vara, also styled : — &*!'
^•^•q Jfjig-rten mgon-po; S"|«'|'3^3
Thugt-rje chen-po; a^'n^'^^ci Hgro-wahi
mgon-po.

«IE.«'«^'g«i'Hi Gadf-can rgyal-po King of
Tibet ; and in books occasionally applied
to the Dalai Lamas of Lhasa.

9fm*Fyr&*Q-*W( Gats-can rgyal-pohi
bsti-pnas. as also *«'*j*^:W'3'§'*« chos-hkhor

$pal-gyi Lha-sa used to designate Lhasa,
the capital of Tibet (Yig. k. 31).

'j]E.N'-5^'S^'Hi gafis-cafi chen-po sometimes
applied to mountainous region covered
with eternal snow extending from Ladak
to the Kailas range. Also the name of a
fabulous mountainous region the chief peak
of which is said to be about 1,500 miles
round and filled with Yatea, Raksa and
other demi-gods.

fljt^-l^ Gani-chen any great range of
snowy mountains or a great glacier; n.
of a village at the south-western foot of
theKanchenjunga mountain. *|w3^-*iS!'vg
(Kanchenjunga in Sikkim) lit. the five
great repositories of snow.

u|c.«-l^-Xwjm Gafls-chen Chos-rgyal
the Grand Lama of Tibet ; also the name
of a guardian deity of Buddhism in
Tibet; a name of Yama, the Lord of
Death, who is worshipped in Tibet under
the name of Dam-chen Chos_-rgyal.

n]W|k«-q«( Gans-ljofis yul=
Tibet.

Syn. «|c.*r-s^'1|e. gads-can shid.;
nft^'^^'pini gads, ri ra-waU skor-wahi
shin-khams ; ym'W$'<$-ffi-°[m gads-can sa-
Ihahi snwn-ljofts (Mnon. and Yig. k.).

q|E.«-Rqq gads-hbab avalanche ; it snows.

i^'spi gads-slat, also called ^"i'1^
dkyil-hkhor JT^rr, the snow lizard with
circular marks on its skin resembling
the common Indian lizard (Lex.) ; a frog
of fabulous origin : the male frog is said
to live on the top of the snowy mountains
and the female frog in the abyss of the deep
gorge below the mountain ; when the eun
passes over the tropic of cancer (karkata or
crab), the male frog descends to the foot of
the mountain and the female frog ascends
there to meet him midway. Before

212

meeting each other the male frog remains
more powerful ; but after they have united,
the female becomes the stronger of the
two (Snian.).

i : gang-ri «lj£, rHr snowy
mountain or snow-mountains — a com-
mon designation for many of the great
ranges in Tibet ; l^'V-d gafis-ni-fu the
twenty principal mountains of Tibet : — (1)
**••$ TlnMha, (2) $'* Ti-se (KailSfa), (3)
*K'*r>* MaA-wkhar, (4) 9'* Sti-le, (5)
Star-sgo, (6) «•« Pho-la, (7) wpw
ri, (8) I'frr**! Jo-mo kha-rag, (9) ^| Rdo-
tye, (10) «FW Gafi-bzafi, (11) *"$* Rtse-
rdmn, (12) «r$ La-phyi, (13) I'*f Tsfo-rtVJ,
(14) if'** Sna-nam, (15) ^"S Te-sgrro, (16)
*rtyy #orf-<fe gitfi-rgyal, (17) w^-^w
5 Yar-lha yam-po, (18) «qw| Qsal-rje, (19)
gafo-bsafi, (20) <'V^-
lahi-gafis (Katltaft. \
168).

njtw^ n : ^•^•^"i^'Ei fu-dag dkar-po n.
of a vegetable drug (Sfflon.).

gant-hpJtred.

along or across the glacier.

ai yafif-sritl an avalanche; a slip
in the snowy side of a mountain ; a snow-
slip.

^I gafi$-thig n. of a stone or
mineral substance resembling stone ; it
is said to be a cure for fever that is
produced from the liver.

Gads-pa $e-hti the name
of a celebrated lama and philosopher of
the Kadampa School of Tibet.

'^> gaii-ji-ra lit. posessed of trea-
sure or *^K'?^ mdsod-ldan ; an ornamental
pinnacle on a temple, house or chorten

constructed after the prescribed model
given in Buddhist books. This is a
Sanskrt word though sometimes Tibetan-
ized, being written as ^f«l'^ hgan-hji-ra.

gad as in "l^'"!1^ gscr-gad 1. pure,
genuine, unalloyed. 2. a rock.

gad-skyils a rock cavern; a
place of shelter under the cleft or nook of
a rock: ^•jT^'^'^'^'S'™'5!''!^'1!
kept the bars of silver in the nook of a
rocky hill.

P gad-kha uw. wide, broad;
breadth ; with breadth.

f gad-mo, TTST a laughing;
laughter: "IS'35'^ gad-mo dgod T^fw
utters a laugh ; «!S'*'«W!V311' gad,-mo-bgad
b.yuA I have laughed ; i|^'35 nqj^Se.- gad-mo
bgatf-sofi he has laughed *!S'*''*fa gad-mo
rgod to laugh ; IS'^'^ g6-' gad-mo for-
lyufi laughter sprang forth; flR'fc'JjVUs.'
gatf-mo for-sofi idem; ^'tor^Urt gad-
mot Mclf-pa to laugh at a person ; ^^"1'^'
£)5'fll^'35 hjig rten-pahi ga$-mo laughter of
worldly-minded people: *S '"IS '355-«i^« this
is to me an object of laughter ; it is ridicu-
lous to me (Jd.). IVgs.w'*3? gad-rgyaHs-cmi
. cgfll*!' w'fl|^'35 bsdigs-pahi gad-mo
Ha Ha) loud laughter; $i|-«i3-qft-l$
fdig-pahi gad-mo (fVfr hihi) coquettish
laugh; ^s*r«3-u|«v35 dgyes-pahi-gad-mo (%%
he-he) laugh of merriment or rejoicing;
^•g»j <i|^-«8'<j|^'35 zil-gyi$ giwn-pahi gyad-
mo Tt T> a laughter of triumph ; B'^5 -q^-
« 13^ khro-icohi bshad-pa brgyad the eight
laughs of indignation and wrath, &c.

'"ft S"1 gad-kgyal the walls of conglo-
merate rock through which mountain-
torrents have cut their way.

213

gad-snigg dust ; refuses ; swept-
out: phyags-mas </ad-§nigs phyags sweep
with a broom the dust, refuse, etc.

(fa).

1YS* gad-dar sweeping, cleansing;
IV^'SV gad-dar-byed-pa cleansing ;
sweeping well a place ; keeping it clean.

Syn. gTS* phyag-dar ; S'^ byi-dor; "IV
V ga^-dar; «|&.w|^ gtsaft-war-byed ; |T
«sit*) rdul-hp/tang (Mnon.).

"IS'"^'81 Ga<j-mdah-la n. of a moun-
tain ; the lowlands at the foot of a C?arf.

IVSi'i'C^ <7fl(? mdal-la tshun this side
of the mountain called Ga$-dala.

*f\i i : gad-pa or TS'iffi gad-mkhan
a sweeper; a cleanser; ST'^'lY*4!" ^, TV
wyarg^rWqw^rt^q the class (of menial
servants) requiring wages (such as)
sweepers, dusters and water carriers.
u|«^q]gc-*i any place or object well dusted
or cleansed.

TV n : 1. a precipitous cliff of
conglomerate such as often walls in the
mountain rivers : 2. wide crack in a con-
glomerate rock.

TV5H gad-phug a cavern or cleft in a
conglomerate rock : "!!*• ' ?|N ' £ "I ' VH* ' 3 ' TV
$qr§'^qrg'I'9ql* gthufi-gis stag-dkar-gyi gad
phug-tu shag-lna bshugs meanwhile they
halted for five days in the rocky cavern of
Stuy-dkar.

gan=rtsar near:

^'X*!'1) dcd-dpon dchi gan-dn son-ste
pa going near to the chief of the
merchants (caravan), he asked. "R gan
(=fll« gam in C.) signifying nearness,
proximity ; is used in such connection as
^'^ to, towards, up to: ^'l^'^"! come
up to me ; jTSw-ift'^ he went unto the

king ; P*'^^'V^' ^e went towards the
house; J«rci5'3|^*r^ he came from the
king; Vl'Zi'flR1^ in W. close by the
brook; ^'I'i'^ chttr gan-du in W. hard
by the water; ^v«R'«i rir gan-pa one
living close to a mountain or hill.

gan-kyal or ^^ gan-rkyal,
supine ; lying on the back with the
face upward: «R'3arV9«r* to lie in that
position : flft'gnr^l"!^ to fall on the back.

hgan-rgya,
vulg. 1«'3 gam-rgya, a written contract ;
an agreement (Cs.).

gan-dar, a silk handkerchief
offered as a present in exchanging compli-
ments on meeting (Sc/i.).

bha-dra
kind of drug used in liver derangement.

"l^'^'^'g"!" gan-dha rihi sdags »wrft-
a Buddhist mantra or charm which

has the power of enabling one to move in

space.

'QJ gan-d/io-la,

the temple of fragrance ; hall of worship
built after the model of a chaitya
with many doors. It is generally attached
to a great monastery. In Tibetan it is
called V^'pe. Dri ptsafi-k/iafi, the name
being applied to the particular chapel
where the image of Buddha is placed.
The great temple of Buddha at Gaya was
called Maha gandhola Caitya. Phyi gan-
dho-la nafi-du Iha-khaft byas-pa its inside
was a god's house or chapel and the outside
a gandhola.

CN

^^|^'^ gan-dhi irf*Pt a mineral sub-
stance used as a cure for leprosy.

214

j gan-tahi-tog or
par-na a medicinal plant.

w^ gan-thi

- a piece of thick

plank measuring about 6 feet by 12 inches
either of white sandal wood or of deodar,
which when struck with a hammer or
another piece of thick hard wood, produces
a kind of ringing sound which is heard
from a great distance. It is used on
special occasions to summon the monks of
a monastery to attend any special religious
service, &c.

gaii-gyog or "IP'?'^ gan-ti the-
hu ^ft? *~|A* the rod or hammer with
which the ghanti (wooden gong) is struck
or beaten.

+ "IJ'i'^ ganda-pa si (mystic) avarice;
greed for gain (K. g. f> 26).

c\

^ ^ gan-di THTTH in books the
gong or bell to call monks to monastic
services.

gan-rndso4= qcw*^ laft-mdsod.
store-room, store-house.

gab-k/iufi, denned as S«'S5'
pus-mohi rgyab-kyi sgyi
the cavities behind the knee bones.

'fj gab-sgra a belch (in TF.)

'ti gab-pa to hide; to conceal one's

(Jd.).

self :

Rgyal-u-ahi hbyufi-gnas hdi yon-
tan thams-cag gab-nas mi gton-par qdah-
tcai. This Egyal-wahi hbyufi-g.na$ having
concealed all his talents does not exhibit
them (Sbrom. p2).

Syn. 8|«r« yib-pa; 8(W« slag-pa;
gyogs-pa; %-vifywyn mi mnon-par bya-
tea (Ifnofl.).

W1f>' gab-phyuii n. of a religious
treatise on the occult doctrine of Bud-
dhism.

gab-tse = i\Q;% gab-rtse ^^ or
gab-tshe a plan or table of points
for computing the figures of divination in
magical computations. In this connec-
tion, «'ai fl)a^-qS-*r«]VT*)'t'«< sa-la pnas pahi
sa-bdag-gi rtsis refers to calculating the
identity and deeds of mischief done by a
local "god of the soil." Again W|[K:ar
qR»rq$-wqv3J-$-« refers to astrological
calculations worked with the gab-tse. <W
uifg-S)-«j|q-* ia a my8tic chart used for
bodily prognostics ; "I»i=.'5)'i|p'¥ one for the
speech ; fTr§'^*V one for the heart.

In the general term gab-tse
are included many particular significations,
that for the soil, that for the sky, that for
the intermediate space, etc.

gal-tshad slow, insiduous
fever; according to Sch. a hectic, con-
sumptive fever.

gab-tshig Jfil, 9%ftn5T riddle;
also mystical words or expressions used in
magic to stupify one's enemies without
killing them. Also the 16 ornamental
mystical allusions employed to excite
laughter in a play, etc., and to convey
hidden meanings in an assembly, etc. The
names of these are as follows : — ^'§'^fll*<'
kun-tu ts/iogs pahi gab-tshig;

flu byed-kyi rim-pa daft bral-wahi gab-tshig;
rab-bcom-gyi gab-tshig ; *<S^'
yi gab-tshig;

215

rtsub-mohi gab-tshig ;
kyi gab-tshig;
rab btags-kyi gab-tshig; *>
nnfi-du hdus-pahi gab-tshig ;
$grib-pahi gab-tshig ;
pahi sgrahi gab-tshig; Sc.*ri5'<i|q'1fc!|
pahi gab-tshig ;
phrogs-kyi gab-tshig ;
bs.grib$-kyi gab-tshig;
gni§-ka b$gribs.-pahi gab-tshig;
hdreg-kyi gab-tshig.

tnthun-
rmofis-

"jq S)«| gab-yig 1. in the medicinal works
of Tibet the names of certain drugs and
medicines are written in words which are
not ordinarily understood, having secret
meanings assigned to them. 2. in figura-
tive language, meanings of names and
words which are not ordinarily understood.
Such are called flp'fo gab-mid, i.e., secret
names.

"P'w gab-sa S(«'« $la$-sa or «ta'w yib-sa
hiding-place ; place of concealment :
^^•*,t-q-|3V'0;»rq-<jr'i|q-«^c.-i*3j-»rlf>*^ -we
came bringing much gold with us, but we
were without a hiding-place or a place to
go to (A. 120).

gam ^z near, v. *ffi gan.

Syn. l*'^ gam-yo ; ^ drufi ; V^j^ ne-
hkhor (Mfion.).

gam-gum a number,
(Ya-sel. 57).

gam-$pan$ panels or little
boards beneath the cornice of a roof, often
filled up with paintings. (Ja.).

t ^'5'^ gam-bu-ra, wf^n; in W. a
citron; lemon (Ja.).

qfJJ'Q,^1^ gam-hbrog a dairy in the
neighbourhood of one's residence. Qam*
hbrog rgyaft hgrog bsafi-wa rtsa-yi dge
Near and distant dairy farms become
thriving through the abundance of pas-
tures (Jig.).

gam-hdsin abbr. of i
ganrgya dad hdsin, a receipt, acknowledg-
ment ; the letter of transfer, exchange, &c.,
for buying and selling or transaction of
money business, &c. : "l"'''^'!>V£i'<^'Vtl*.'§1
qty^-Crlfq^WJJr'Vta gam-hdsin bye<j-pa hdod
sbyargyi bkod-pa go-brdah hphrod fog
certainly, the receipt and the deed of
agreement should be satisfactorily ex-
plained (Btsii ).

+ fl|*r^ gam-yo (flpr«|*fa| gam-giyog) =
ne-hkhor attendant.

gahu ?f«rz 1. a little box or case ;
when containing a talisman or amulet, it
is worn suspended round the neck.

I: gar or *pv«f gar-bro ^Rl, frz,
dance; acting in a dramatic play;
gesticulation ; flU'W*^ gar-was tbkor
surrounded by dancing girls or actors ;
"l^'tV gar-byed-pa to dance ; STT^Vfr
§^'i fflu-gar rtsed.-mo byed-pa to sing ; to
dance and play ; «!*'*« gar-zas the food
given to performers ; gar hkhrab-mkhan gyi
zas-la for the food of those who perform
dancing ; ipvaTW1! gar-la 4gah-wa
fTTStTfara very fond of dancing; "p'vqf
gar-la Uta 'SW^U attending a dance;
witnessing a performance.

fl|«,'§'g\?t gar-gyi ltad.-mo f^S1 danc-
ing entertainment or amusement.

gar-gyi

grub-chen or

r.nal-bbyor-pa

216

chen-po fig. a yogi or ascetic engaged in
meditation : j-wK^'S'V*'5'**1
%*•• sku-mchog gar-gyi tficaA-po mdsef
fiotnt-fM your holiness the lord of the
dancers (peacock), equal in beauty and
splendour (Yig. k. 28).

gar-gy

ffht-gar-gyi rpkhan-po or
teacher or director of a dance or danc-
ing performance

III : or T5 ga-ru, or "F^ gaA-du,
whither; where; *!*.'<«. gar -y a A anywhere:
flU'uicj'*! gar-yafi skye-wa growing any-
where : «p'«K-&-^'l gar-yaA mi bgro-wa to
go nowhere. 1*'**^ gar-med. in W. at
all events ; by all means ; "\'^'^*\ ga-na-metf
or «qv«w gar-bab at random ; haphazard
(Art.).

gar-rnkhan or ^'"M bro-mkhan
dancer 1. a dancer, performer, e.g.,
even a Buddha or any saint dances when
displaying miracles. 2. name of a god,
ace. to Sch. S'iva (Jd.).

gar-ma

dancing girl. The thirteen
modulations of voice or musical notes :
(1) "Is-'* gar-ma Sfiwf ; (2)
rol-rtsed-ma STT^JTT ; (3) 'V'*4 dal-ma
(4) SVS) myur-ma •«nra ; (5) «*'*» bar-ma
JTTJJH; (6) **T^1 tshig-rdf,g q*m; (7) S'oS-
5,1 bya-wahi-dut rrvr; (8) 9'"^'*^ bya-icahi
tshatj *^T ; (9) 5'5, ta-tva («T«T) reality;
(10) »'? o-^a (^H) flow ; (11) ^ ^a-«t
^R compact; (12) •I'1" &-ya (?ra)
absorption; adherence ; (13) $'*t sa-mya
equality.

i gar-cham the frantic dance of the
lamas of Tibet which is chiefly observed

by the Rnifi-ma schools of Tibet. It is of
two kiuds «H'«i5-y*«») phur-pahi rtsa hcham
the dance of the enchanted club, and ^ISi'
^*»» hkhrub-heham the dance of the lamas
at the time of offering sacrifice.

ijvf<w gar-ftabt dancing gesture or
motion.

gar-pa

a dancer ; also a

dance.

II : the encampment of an army ;
a camp.

"F'f1! gar-rgyab encampment; 1*'5ci£'
gar-tgyab-pa to encamp; also for «F 5*1
gafi-rgyab, ^'•^'^ili'flivjo rdo-rndah sogf
gar-tgyab fling at him stone or arrow, etc.,
whatever (you can) (J^brom. f> 6).

gar-cg="\c~'^l>\ tjan-s/tig, which
one ; whichever one.

Oar pdoA-ktsan the
famous general of King Srofi-tysan fyam-
po, who visited the capital of China and
induced Emperor Taitsung to give one of
the princesses imperial in marraige to his
sovereign, about 630 A.D.

gar-rdvb $*rj|^9|vs
chus-khyer gar-rdeb-sogs-la lands, fields,
houses, &c., that have been devastated
by a river by the over-flowing of its
banks, &c. (Btsii.).

gar-nag name of a medicine.

I: gar-po in colloq. language
the word *VF-'% dkar-po is pronouned as
*|*'3 gar-po and also written as such.
It is usual to pronounce VI*' 5 tfkar-po as
flp'Q gar-po in the vulgar language
(Grub. * 2).

217

II: •gjT, also "!^'# gar-mo, thick;
dense ; condensed ; not fluid.

'3 1. gar-tea Sfq bska-tca
astringent. 2. strong; I*'**' gar-chan
strong beer (Jd.).

«-q Gar btsan hphags-pa name
of a monastery and also of a deity in
Tibet (Jig. 3.).

gar-dsa or fr*ir bi gar-dsa, irw,
n. of a tree or kind of wood 3|e-'
fin (K. ko. 1, 5).

zn^'S gar-sha the native name of the
district called La-hul or La-hol by the
Hindus (Jd.).

gar-log ace. to the Tibetans
rapacious mountain tribes belonging to
the far north-east of Tibet. §-5M'^ "'

styled in the Tibetan tongue Gar-log are
described in the Li-s'i Gur-khang as
Turushka. The «|V*fl| Gai-log were a
different people from the *<*{'<$*] Mgo-log.
---'-

Gar-log gi rgyal-po la sku-lus
btan-wat chot-phyir srog-kyan bton-icahi
rgyal-po yin. In Atls'a's biography it is
mentioned that the King of the Grar-log
in the first part of the llth century,
A.D., came from the Indian side and made
the King of Tibet a captive when he was
there on a visit to Purang. Probably
they were the earliest Mohamedan
invaders of Kashmir.

'"^ gar-fa the muscles of the thumb
(Med.) (Jd.).

^filpjl: gal=W nan pressing; I"1' I**
gal-gyis pressingly, urgently.

II: importance flpr^*fy«i gal-du
hdsin-pa to consider of importance; to
esteem.

Syn. "flS g.nad; *^ mdo (Mnon.).

Ill: 1. constraint; compulsion:
na-la gal-jun in C. "I have been compelled"
(Jd.). 2. trap; snare: in colloq.
gal hd&ug-pa to set a snare (Jd.).

IV: v. "I^'T

gal-hgag-="\il\*\^''\ important;
|-3-q very important.

1«l'4s. gal-chun unimportant ; insignifi-
cant ; undervalued ; slighted.

'q gal-che-wa very important :
^.-^••r^iWlfr^fri-q of the two, this
life and the future, the latter is of greater
importance : TfoA^igmr*?] 'H -am-^-wqigq-
^•a|a)-^ it is of greater importance to acquire
accomplishments than to go roving about
without purpose : ei$ET3'1'!Qr£'£i important
moral precepts.

Syn. "R'V&'q g.na$-che-wa; y^'1) rtsa-
che-u-a; fl'^'l khag-clie-u-a; «I?'*'q yfso-
che-ica (Mnon.).

y

gal-te conj. if; in case of;
implies a conditional possibility. It is
placed as the first word in a conditional
sentence while ^ na, its complement, stands
after the verb at the end; together they
signify " if." T1'^, however, is sometimes
omitted, ^ still meaning "if." In colloq.
expression «pr$ gal-te is seldom used;
but " gal-shi" is a common substitute:

if you wish to enjoy all happiness, you
must entirely leave off all desire : "F^T

29

218

if you wish at all
times to live in friendship (with the three
Holies), you should avoid the three
dangers, viz. of looking at your loving
wife, thinking of profit, and of confiding
in an envoy.

gal-wlo=*Fi'*lW gal-hgag or
! &»ad,-hgag 1. really, essentially of
importance. 2. n. of a disease (Med.).

gal-po probably same as i«t gal.
^Zfy the important, indispens-
able master of the house (family).

^ gal- tea to force, to press some
thing on a person : SN'q^'flpt indoor con-
finement is forced on men (Jd.).

flprqvSY" gal-war lyed-pa q?^q$fq
brtson btan-ica ^1T, ^IT to be assiduous.

"F^ gal-bzufi (lit. got hold of the
important thing), = 3^'*i^ renunciation.

" ^ gal-ro in W. refuse ; rubbish.

'i hgaf-pa.

gi I. numeral for 33, v. affix instead
of 3 kyi after 1 and t ; for signification
v. 3 kyi.

^1 *>1

9i-9u *ne vowel sign "" for i.

having a white speck in the eye;
wall-eyed (of horses) (Sch.).

gi-lji-big or *T**fl| ko-tsi-lig
tanned skin of a kind of deer obtained
from Mongolia and China (Jig.).

Gu-ne-ru n. of an Indian
yog-inl or female ascetic (K. dun. 38).

xx

''ij^' gi-tcan and also 9|'^' gl-had
ft^TT, *^f, t%T^f a yellow
pigment, an anthelminthic medicine;
^f= n. of a concretion in the
entrails of some animals, used for
medicine. Ace. to the medical works
of Tibet this concretion is formed in the
liver of certain animals and seldom in
men, and it resembles in appearance and
size the boiled yolk of a hen's egg.
There are also smaller ones. Ace. to some
lexicographers this concretion is formed in
two or three strata or folds. The best
quality of gi-tcafi is that which is
obtained from an elephant, and those
obtained from the ox called gorocanA
are of second quality. A kind of 9|'il^'
gi-tcaft is also obtained from minerals
and clay, and is of reddish-yellow colour.
All these are supposed to be possessed
of wonderful healing power.

*'1( (K. g. * 308).
Gi-ican mixed with honey, if applied to
both the eyes as a medicine, will give
one such a clear vision, enabling one to
see all the treasures which are in the
earth.

;£%^'f3j'§ Gin bhan-dha n. of a
mountainous country: Gi-ri bhan-dha hi
yiil-gyi mtliahi ri khong-su kla-klohi rigs
mi-hdra-wa leu yod-par rgya-gar-pa dag-la
grags-fifi it being known to the Indians
that in the mountains skirting the country
of Qiribandha there are ten different
La-lo tribes (Dsam.).

(Sch.).

* gi-Hn a strong-bodied horse

gi-lin a fabulous animal.

219

.

^'"^'5 Gi-fanrgya n. of a tribe in
Tibet.

t N^' 0"* faWTC probably a little
drum, or the beating of it as an accom-
paniment in dancing (Jd.).

Syn. gsrupaj bum-mkhan ;

gim f3'^'3'3I's''ql $gra-§nan-gyi
gra§-shig n. of a soft musical tone.
(K. my. «\293).

M^'*f gi>'-mo, Ld., the Indian rupee ;
in C. it is called *fjV3S gor-mo or fcV^

gi§ instead of §*< kyis after a final
"lor ^.

^1 gu 1. numerical for 63 = $ hit. 2.
sign of diminutives, e.g., 0'3 khyi-gu a
puppy ; little dog. 3. extension; extent ;
room; space; flR"'"'3''^q! pna$ sa gu-dog,
ft-pa gu-dog, w^'^i*1! la»i gu-dog,
\ gu-dog-po narrow-minded ;
a narrow place, valley or road ; 3luK,*r«i
gu-yans-pa spacious ; roomy ; wide ; g-uiw
st "•V gu yans-pa hdug there is much room
here.

gu yans-pO^^V'Z'^'l dogs-po
med-pa spacious; capacious: <T«'g'"iE.«r£i
sa-cha gu yans-pa a spacious, wide place :
^•«'5'<»ic.N'£i gdod-sa gu yifig-pa a
commodious residence : ^N'3'U(E.«'« sons
gu-yans-pa a broad, generous heart.

C^'£\r"^ yu-gu-$a enamelled plates,
cups, &c. ; generally enamels on copper.

9u-9lli or S"!!01 gug-gul, fiH,
a costly incense, one kind of
which is white, another black. It is used
in medicine and its smell drives away evil
spirits.

(Mnon.).

*T* git-gul-fin
Amyris galloca the plant from which the
incense is obtained.

^ ^| Gu-ge n. of a province in the
West of Tibet. Also n. of a section and
school in the Sera monastery. The people
of the province of 3'«| Gu-ge are called
^'1 Go-ge-pu.

^J'*?^ Gu-tan also called Go-tan, the
elder grandson of ^^^Jen-ghis Khan,
who invited Sakya Pandita to Mongolia
in order to introduce Buddhism there.

=0 ffu-tiin W. deaf (Jd.).

? Gu-na mi-tra gtufr=f a
Buddhist monk about whom mention is
made in the Phar-pliyin section of the
sacred books of Tibet.

^J'|^I gu-zul (for w^i*!'* ,-al-gu ztii-
ma) hair-pendants of precious stones of
women in Tibet: frwll'WJ'irg^Jprfsi
taking off her hair-ornaments, she offered
them (A. *\ 102.).

gu-yar in W. slowly; gently;
without noise (Sch.).

gti-yn TH^; quick-silver.

Gu-yog 1. sS-jarEj^flj byah\
rgyal-po shig n. of a king of birds (K. my.
18). 2. n. of the second son of Jengis
Khan, who ruled over Eastern Mongolia.

t Z\r^ (Ju-ru ^ spiritual teacher; a
teacher ; father-confessor ; 5J'*i bla-ma, %Q'
^ slob-dpon. Often in Milarapa.

220

g'S'w^'qj^ Gu-ru ifits/ian-brgyad the
eight manifestations of the Great
Teacher ; also the eight names of Padma
Sambhava.

(ju-rug 1. in Ld. a oolt or foal
of an ass (Jd.). 2. n. of a celebrated lama
who was tutor to Roy Qtt-rab.

' gu-ian n. of a deity propitiated
by mothers (in Tibet) for the well-being
of their children. According to some this
deity blesses mothers with children.

31 '^C' ytt-HA 1. pure gold picked out
from a mine. 2. also spelt g'S
gold embroidered cloth or silk:
Sf«'ii|$q| SJIJT^ having presented a reli-
gious garment of embroidered silk (to
him).

^'Q! gu-le in W. for
softly ; gently.

ga-le slowly;

i ^T"^ Gu-fn said to be a corrupt
form of the Chinese title of Kau$iri,
which is conferred on Buddhist monks and
religious men, but it is evidently the
corruption of the Sanskrit title of gau-
fn, the lord of religion or guna-frt:
in Tibetan ^'WV yon-tan-dpal, the
blessed, learned or talented one. In
Mongolian Kau-$ri signifies a Pandit or a
learned man.

Gu-fri soff-po Gus'ri the Mon-
golian, in Tib. called 3'f '^H1**!***^

Gu-sri bstan-hdsincfios-fgyal,t}ie Dsunga-
rian Chief, who conquered Tibet and esta-
blished the supremacy of the Dalai Lama
in 1643 A.D. over all Tibet; also an
CEleuth Mongolian who belonged to Gus'ri's
banners.

'^ (JU~SU occurs in (Vai. kar.) a
garment, dress (Jd.).

f/ucj-gti, b$a>i an oblation
cup: STSflf'I'f*'*^ >J>«J-H«
b^an-ni Hor-gyi tin las lo<? this name
is now applied to enamelled cups made in
China (Jig.).

l, v. 3'3«l gi(-(jvl

gug-pa 1. ^V dud-pa, ^'«w'
3"!'1) dad-pas gug-pa ^wr-srw bent as in
reverence, to bend in salutation : *JT«I«*»
yug-t>ca$ with humility, humbleness,
modesty. 2. In W. to rub or scratch
gently ; to tickle.

bend low:
mgo-lus gug-gug
gyt't phyag-byas he saluted thrice, bending
low his head and body.

SI'*!'" guy-ge-wa bent ; bent down-
wards (of leaves) (Vai. $fi.), v. 3«|'i
gug-pa.

' gug-sran weight of gold
according to the standard formerly used
in the province of 3'*| Gu-ge, a Srafi or
ounce of *J-*I Gu-ge : l^'S^F'^l^^f <FV
having presented gold of the weight of
300 ounces (of Gu-ge) (A. 79).

Q]K* I: GuA an imperial title, belong-
ing to the second class of nobility in China ;
it is second only to the distinction of
Wang or Prince, and is very much prized
in Tibet. The recipient wears a ruby
button and three plumes of the peacock.

II : fsftr^ variously applied (1)
to a species of leopard- cat found in
Tibet.

221

which is smaller than the Himalayan leo-
pard, and (2) to the broad-headed tiger of
Central Asia, kharakula of the Mongols,
which lives in the forests of the Amur
and of North- Western China. The flesh
of latter is used in paralysis, and also as
an antidote against evil spirits.

^1^' III: the middle; central; also
generally the meridian ; noon ; midday ;
as well as, less frequently, midnight ; *fa'
$* nin-gun midday ; noon ; w^'ge, mid-
night.

3=.r|Ji gun-la in the middle : fS'S'3E>'
Wfy stod-kyi gun-nag thon taken or come
out of the middle of Upper Tibet.

3^ ^'§*\£| gun-du byed-pa to divide
through middle ; to dissect anatomically ;
^S*'3'3c'-a| divyar-gyi gun-la in the middle
of summer ; ^srjgfai nam-gyi gun-la at
the midnight hour; the middle watch of
night.

Gun-rgyal n. of one of the
early kings of Tibet ( Yig.) .

3^'* gun-ja midday tea ; also the reli-
gious service conducted in a Buddhist
monastery at midday when tea is served to
the congregated monks.

gfflft*i gufi.gni§ the two middle times,
midday and midnight.

PJC'^C' Gun-tlian lit. central plain,
n. of a part of Ngari Khorsum ; n. of a
monastery in Ngari.

•jm-qjE.-^- district of Gungthang in
western Tsang, the birth-place of Ncig-
ts/io Lo-tsa-wa Tshul-khrimi rgyal-ica,
who brought Atis'a to Tibet.

sjE-«E.AW^gc.*t Gun-than Sjam-dbyans
n. of an incarnate Lama of Amdo, who

became the high priest of Tashi Gonian
monastery of Amdo and erected a lofty
chorten-temple 360 feet high ; and founded
a monastery with a library containing
20,000 block-print volumes.

g^w«5-^-^ Guft-than Rtsahi ko ron
the birth-place of Milaraspa the poet and
saint.

3=-'i gun-pa =°^'^ hbrin-po wn the
second of three brothers ; the middle one.

qjE.-«W£i gufi hbab-pa to take rest at noon
on a journey; g=.'2i|*i gun.tshigg dinner
(8eh.).

g^ '*gi\ gun-hdsug wq^ffei also gung-mo,
the middle finger.

jft'^-jC^ Gun-ri gun-^tsan the son
and successor of King S'sT^V^ Khri-
sron Idehu-btsan who reigned in Tibet
about 733 A.D.

qj£'0]'5JZlj gun.la phug or ^^wai'sii
gun dmar-la phug carrot.

^e.-Nt.«-acn$-q gun-sans la hgro-wa to
take a walk about midday, also generally
to take a walk g^'^ gun-Ion at noon.

gud 1. slope; declivity (Cs.).
2. separation; solitude; seclusion (Sch.).

3\^ gvd-du = ^i\v^^-^ logs suham
sger-du aside; apart: "is.'f'^N'gii'^'jfacg-iJc
3'\'^'IW'C| again Jobo spoke to Phyag-dar
Ston-pa while alone in a solitary place
(A. 5).

qj«^JJ^q gud-du hbor-wa 1. to place
aslant or to one side ; g^'"!^"!*^ gud-du
g.egs-pa to separate (Jd.), disperse. 2. to
buy dear, at a loss ; synonymous with
2fl-Jft gun-god; in Lad. heavy or thick of
hearing ; gv^flj gud-nag quite deaf ; deaf as
a post. 3. g^^VP gud-du hjug-pa =
j-«i logs-su bshag-pa or

222

gfian-du bcug-pa to humiliate ; deprecate ;
to place in a false or inferior position.
=*y\i hgud-pa.

'H gud-po dear ; expensive, v. 3j*V
rgud-po.

gun loss; damage: f-'^'^'^i\ da-la
gun-phog in W., I have suffered loss
(prop, damage has come to me) (Jo.).
3an9"1*<'q to make up a loss : «W^'^'W«r*.'
j<X'3':V)Hrq-q?R.WW'^-<*l-9'3^B1W in all
other places, on the other hand, they out of
pride almost daily tried to replenish their
loss (Blrom. P 33).

(jnH-diim a bottle-shaped or
cylindrical hasket for fruit in Ld. (per-
haps akin to rkon-pn) (Jd.).

'9 gun-po in Ld. expensive ; dear.

or

having died or heen dead : ^'»fl-*Kcqv
g«'i'51«'| dc-nas yun mi-rtfi tear Bram-ze
gum-ste then, not long after, the Brahma?
having died (Hlroin. 162).

\ gum-pa, v. *3«'« hgum-pa.

a tent ;

also a house made of hay or straw or grass ;
«&'3* dicu-gur a sleeping tent; 19«|»T3*
fa/ntgs-gur a tent used by a great man for
his residence ; ^'^ gur-yol the ceiling of
a tent ; $v^w gur-khebg the cover or
canopy ; W3* ras-gur tent of cotton cloth ;
501 3*; rgyal-gur royal pavilion; ^"I'^1^
4mag-gwr a military tent; gv**i| gur-
mchog a magnificent tent ; 3^'«"1 gur-thag
tent robes; 3*.'^ tjtir-bcr in W., or ^•'^t-
gur-yin, the tent poles ; g^Vl yitr-t/iog the
upper covering or outer-fly of a tent ; w'3* ,
ilab-gur hearth-tent ; that which is used

as a kitchen ; ^'I'-^^g gur-gyi yam-bit
the outer canopy -like cover of a tent ; the
upper part of a double tent ; 3*'3* giir-
phnr the pegs or pins used for pitching a
tent • SJ^'l'i8' ffur-ffshol the walls of a tent ;
"1^3^ gur-gjad the top or crown of a tent;
the passage for the smoke out of a tent ;
^VRgjw gur-hgram lattice in the side of a
tent ; 3^ S" gur-kam stakes supporting
the roof of a tent (Sch.).

gvpc.- yur-klian the imaginary pavilion
or mansion of the gods, which is formed
iu the sky, canopied by rain-bows, walled
by rays of light, supported by diamond
posts and carpetted with variegated clouds,
for the use of the gods when they
come to witness religious entertainments
or performances of the pious on this
earth.

Gur-gyi mgon-po a divinity
of the Sakya-pa School.

3*'^! Gur-drag n. of a Buddhist deity
of the Sakya-pa School.

3* ^"1 gur-nag those of the black tent,
or the Black-tent Mongols ; 3*'VP gur-
dkar the White-tent tribes of Mongolia ;
"l^'3* ffcod-giir the tent used by itiner-
ant mendicants or Shamans.

congregation at

grba-tsltan a Buddhist
'^ Gyan-tte.

giir-lpags a perforated skin ; a
hide full of holes (Sch.).

3*'iK gur-scr the tribe of the Mongols
who used to live in yellow tents. The
Taranatha Lama of Urga (Tah Khureh)
in Mongolia still uses the yellow tent.

gttr-gum or ^'^ gur-kum
saffron, crocus, marigold,

223

calendula, and similar yellow flowers
(Jd.) : S^SWwfcrwgH^'CFlfc gur-gum
mckin-nad kun sel rtsa kha sdom saffron
cures liver-disorders and contracts the
surface of the bowels (Btsii.). There are
three kinds of saffron known to the
Tibetans ; wS'g'vgw Bal-po gur-gum
the saffron of Nepal; F'^'3^'3*4 kha-clie
gur-gum the Kashmir saffron, which is the
best, and fr^'S or §'""'"1, that is brought
from distant regions (Spice-islands).

Syn. *w|vp« tshim byed dinar; »ffl'
sj'*l hdab brgya-wa; 6"^'%^'!" rdsin drun
skyeg ; *>'f"I'^'^ me-tog don-can ; nfl^T
=>|9*w kun-nas hkhums; d'jfl'y*' me-tog
Hi-ma; «j'N'-5^ phra-ma-can ; F'^'gi kha-
chc-gkye? ;\'fy dri-shim; ^'^ lus-dmar;
*>5'$"35 mehi rtse-mo ; ^'^ bde-byed; *5*'§S
hthun-byed; *ff>*\'^mchog-ldan;
dpah-po brtan-pa (Mnon.).

gur-gur in Lil. a small
churn used for preparing tea. (Jd.)

^| giir-tig a kind of drug used
for healing or drawing sores, &c. ; Ji'l^'S'
*S'*'H*''^'^'S' rnta gas rtsa tshad rnkhris
nad-sel it inflames sores, cures bilious
fever.

^^I'^^I gul-gul& quaking; shaken as
if by a strong wind : pp«$-f*-f«w*<*vt«r
ajai-l^-g-fll^qi-^ai-^ai-gc.-^ khro-bohi stan-stabg
rndsa</-pa$ yulvhen-po gfig gul-gulbyun sl;ad
It is said that because they assumed the
attitude of a wrathful deity, a great
country trembled (as if by an earth-
quake) .

^^'^qj gul-nag, lit. the black g'g«i
gu-gul or gi'^'^"!'2! gug-gul nag-po, n. of a
medicine.

(jus-pa

R*ff, 5wr1%, JT^, HM, sbst.
humility, respect, reverence, devotion ; also
adj. respectful, devout; very common in
the phrase gus-pas phyag htshal-lo, saluted
with reverence ; *rg«'«i ma-gus-pa unsub-
missive, undevout; g«x-^t-qwq gus-pa daft.
b_ea$-pa ^T^^ respectfully; with dignity
and honour ; g«rw*gvq gu$-par hgynr-wa
to be respectful ; to humble one-self ((7s.)
llW^^f^ni^'WffMr^ I offer salu-
tation reverentially with the three — my
heart, speech and body : g*rq'3aj-£jq-q^-
ft*8^§*'jwi gus-pa chcn-pos bsten-par
byin-gyis-rlobs may the blessing be granted
to maintain the greatest devotion, g^'iv
«f»«l gws-par bsg rim-pa to behave with
respect ; 3«riv^ gus-par Ran Jj^'n to
serve or attend respectfully ; to listen with
respect ; 3«'^'|\«i to regard.

gus-po in C. and W. expensive,
costly, dear, v. 3^9 gud-po or 3h'3
rgud-po.

3^'* gus-so JRfa becomes very dear;
respects ; worships.

ge num. for 93.

^ gc-u-a is an auxiliary particle
signifying did (emphatically) : «r$5'»iX q«-

mche-was bran kha non, ma-sohi mche-was
dpral-ica na yar-la lhag ge-ica by the upper
tusk he pressed on his breast, by his lower
tusk he opened asunder up to the forehead
(Hbrom. 139).

Ge-ra n. of a country : $*$'
|«»|-ci-^-ciRcgfR^| Ge-rahi rgyal-po s/ies-
pahan byun-hdug also there was one, called
the King of «h Ge-ra (K. du. « 281).

224

^•v^j'ti Ge-ra lha-pa name of a Tibetan
chief, said to have descended from the
royal line of kings, i.e., from Srofl-btsan
igam-po, and belonging to a place called
*T*'q Ge-ra lha situated to the east of
Lhasa on the Yaru Tsang-po beyond
Chethang.

ge-fa a kerchief for the head
hanging down behind from the shoulders.

I : ge-sar

flhw, fv^^r saffron, the
corolla of a flower. There are three
kinds of ^'W ge-sar viz: — ^'"M'W na-ga
ge-sar srm^HT, SM'^'W put-pa ge-sar
and «v«^-w pad-ma ge-sar
(MiA.). Ace. to Cs. *T»« is
a flower ; it is said to grow in Nepal
and is called w\*'*\'*** pad-ma ge-sar; ace.
to Sch. pistil, but like l'«9 se-hbru it sig-
nifies undoubtedly the organs of fructifi-
cation in general.

II : Ge-sar n. of a powerful
king ruling in Shensi in China, who on
account of his martial valour was deified
and raised to the position of the God of
War. There are various accounts of him.
The people of Kham in Tibet own him
for their national war-god, while the
Mongolians say that *T«* Ge-sar was a
king of Mongolia. According to some
authors, he lived in the 7th century A.D.
According to the collection of heroic songs
called the fiV Rgyal-druA, King Ge-sar
lived in the 8th century A.D. His origin
is, however, lost in myth.

5|-w|-gE. ge-sar-gyi sgrun stories from
the works' called sjs-'^'g*' Ling and Jang;
also extracts from the fabulous history of
Ge-sar.

gc-sar-can %*rc the lotus flower;
the filament of a lotus.

qpti^wZi ge-sar dmar-po, 31'^ ffli<-$in,
Naga Vrksa (Mfion.).

^('^ ge-hya, «R»i ynai a secret abode —

4
used as 1*^'5|S ffsafi-skad. (a mystic word)

in the Tantra (K. «\ g. 215).

^N gf<jf=iC^ gags fairer,
hindrance ; stoppage ; obstacle :
gegs-c/iags—1^'^ bar-chad, interruption
by an accident; danger; Wr^'^rlN1*
to remove doubts and hindrances (Mil.) ;
fy\w§,\ Q^*lt a malignant spirit causing
mischief or impediments; X»r*i^ >*5wjr
^)«'§«\'t) to hinder effectually religious
doings; HMTflrfMftnil'^r^ four obs-
tacles to the attainment of Buddhahood :
^•q|-^l^|Mr^rf*4| thol-pahi grogs
hgroham gegs-su hgro will you help me or
hinder me in obtaining ; <*3|£rci'v«)<J]*i
hgrub-pahi gegt impediment to the
attainment of perfection.

.f, ^J^'^ gel-pa the trunk of a tree with
a spiral top: ^*$JKV>l!>rr*l*^**"

* S*"1 gel-wa ni fid phufi Ham risa-wa shorn
fid rtse-mo rgyas-pa the term gelwa is when
the stem or thick roots of a tree grow into
a branching top.

gel-fiA WK a log ; a post.

I Gain-dar-pa g5 joc
n. of a king of birds. (K. my. "1, 18).

H[ I: go 1. numerical sign for 123.
2. abbr. for ^'^ dgu-bcu in the nineties ;
^'"iS"! go-g.cig 91; also ^'"1^*' go-puts
92, etc.

3| II: = in mystic language S'**"!
khyu-rnchog g|F, «^H, €^ the chief of
a herd or company (K. g. P, 28).

225

sf III: 1. place; room; space (prob.=
30«) ; in this sense it is used in W*wfcy«H
nttshams med-par, without intermediate
space, t.e., close together, continuous : ^'Sf'
yflmiff-wtowi^-qvlw hbru sna-tshogs go
nttshams med-par gkyeg grain of every kind
grew densely, luxuriantly : IfMwwA^W^*1
q go-msthants med-par gaft-wa closely filled.
An important compound of go is found in
fj'S^ go-chod., the space is cut off, or filled,
i.e., the matter is done with, settled; satis-
faction has been made ; colloq. also I have
got enough ; I am full : ^ryu-qS-Jfa-Syq
des rgyal-tcahi go-mi chod-pa by this the
victory has not yet been fully decided :
y«rwN'^wf*|«i*»'§'3fIX thos-bsam sgom g.sum-
gyi go-chod there is intermission of hear-
ing ; thinking ; meditation : JIV'^'^'
i5'I« khyed-la go-mi-chod pahi chos doc-
trine not satisfactory to you : g-iq'Cf fl|ir
S'lvSf*)^ bit-tshab ((a spyugs ci-phyir go-
mi-chod why should it not be sufficient that
I be banished instead of my son? 2.
place, position, rank, condition of life:
«j-5t«^ pha-yi gor in the place of his
father; f'^" go-nas according to; in
proportion to (Jd.) : *i'W*ffO rgag-na when
rank and dignity are grown old and gone ;
when the position in life has been lost: ^-
§1 Jff-^n| that is my place; my business. 3.
a way, a space, in the more general sense :
|jaj-|-J|f q^-cj'^'Xc.^ gprin-gyi go-war phyc-
na$ hofis have come parting the clouds :
w«5-1f n a-mahi go na at the place of my
mother ; with my mother (Jd.). ^'^\'» go
ldog-pa to change place, especially to turn
to the contrary (Sch.) ; ^-!ff nad-go the seat
of disease (Sch.).

go-skabs

interval ; leisure ; space ;
opportunity ; in the meanwhile :

occasionally with companion words g
signifies slowly, at leisure, or in power ;
just at the time : q^q^q^-ciS-tff^q»r»!<;
bde-war b§dad-pahi go skabs-med there is
no chance of my sitting at ease : ^'g^'
Wf fWH-$«|*l de-phyir bdag-la go-
§kabs gtsal-du g.sol (A. 16) therefore I
pray for leave to avail myself of this oppor-
tunity.

*f'^a| go-§kal the share or portion due to
a person in accordance to his rank (Jd.).

^•pc.' go-Man, Sf «5'f«-q go-chahi khafi-
pa arsenal (Schtr.).

^'Bq go-khrab = %\' &'*?-' $Q yo-cha dafi krab
coat of mail with helmet ; armour, v. f'*
go-cha.

Sf'^'i go-gyon-pa, ^a^'q go-cha gyon-
pa to wear a coat of mail, etc. ; to put on
war dress.

Syn. *f[-ttf« go-bgos ;

gyi chas shugs-pa; ^'"l^'q5^ ya-lad bgos
(Mnon.).

go-gral or ^\'^ go-gras rank; dig-
nity (Cs.).

-q go-bgos pa ^«fNf^u the act of
equipping or arraying :=3j'*'g^q go-cha
gyon-pa to equip with armour ; put on
harness, v. *f'* go-cha.

f'« go-ca, v. «ff* go-cha.

go-cha

5Tf H ; 3ra^ armour ; harness ; gear ;
implements ; tools ; i3J'3)*'$'f'* bkra-yis-kyi
go-cha the implement of good luck ; an
amulet.

Syn. ""'IS ya-lad; *%|q; mtahon-
Skyob; ^'^ hg-tJcyob; QVqg* luf-srun;
'Jf« Ichags-gos; gq'*^ shu'>-can; V^''1

30

226 T^ |

dra-wa can; *S1-Jfa hk/irug-gos ; $"!*'$' fsH go-snod ^wnft cummin seed

«flf '« Icags-kyi bgo-ica; H*5 khrab; to*\rmog; (Zam. 2$).

w'f'fi W0o sAyoJ; *T"I'9 rmog-shu; f*|«<'9 i^'V'^ 00-flfo wa-rt the Godavari river.

khyufi-thur can ; f'Rl go-khmb (Mfion.). thugt-kyi pitas brkyad kyi-gcig, be-tahiyul-

Jff-*-g^-£( (jo-cha gyon-pa, v. "f'^'i 170 gyi Iho-thag ne sar-yod, T*w'$'$

gyon-pa or 9f'q*f«r«i </o bgos-pa. wmiq^tK ho-mahi chu-mig sogs

•lf«-v-qw ^cAa <fafl few «^r (ScAr. ; mtshan-can mrf Godavari, one of the holy

JTa/ac. T. JJ9) with a ball. rivers of Southern India, a place on its

bank near Vidharva where there is spirit-
~*MflW go-chahi Skrag byed-nui. , . r

/c ; \ symbol of Buddha. It contains a milky

\<t& Ji.) (ocA-r.) . . „ 0 .

spring (Dsam. 36).

(Schr.) (22 C.) 1 ^'S^'^ go-dam bd n. of a drug

* qf-rf-f-wXqi go-chahi Rta-rpchog. (Schr.) Syn. «wi-q-^ ^s-^« crt»; *•*•«< rf-»w
(^1 ^4) Cff" > *'SEi^1 ba-plad mig; wXflj'g^'N rnchog

>x -jfa.i. fbmn-ma; ^qe.13'«Hf«? d.ban-po bkra-wa ; *\'*\'

*9j'*^'f|y»< go-chaht Rdo-rjc nt-nw. - . .

(&Ar.) («0 C.) ^'5 *ffWJ'*fl cAe^° ^^

^f'ti^'q go-bde-wa simple; easy; that
»«]-*ivf •g-w»j>^ go-chant Rdo-rje sem$- . ^ ,

. ' „ . which is easily understood : ^ ^ 1 "> «w»*'

</»r?A. (19 ^.) „,

" » a^-^q^-qf^-^ go-bde-ua la bsam-nas dpcr-bjod

* ^-«n-ji« «. f/o-chahi Rna»i-$nafi. (19 C.) .,,

«a he uttered an example with a view to

•fit-qYrqS-qm go-chahi Pad-ma gar- mftke it easil understood (Situ. 101).
dwan. (Schr.) (20 A.)

„. ^ ^ + If'^W go-hdun, defined as ^••flm'wwflp'

* <n'*i'»4 ^^'SS'", go-chahi RmoHs-bi/ed-mc. ,,

««'q gna-tshogs-sam grin mot-pa what you

like of diiferent kinds.
•^•abfHj'^ go-chahi Tsan-di ka. (Schr.) af- °* -ft • fcrf ' t* — ^«n"v5'?!«r

(23 A.)

„. ^ ^ .. ^'^S'" to be friendly; intimate (A. 1&5).

*qj'«ivflp^'f'*< go-chaht G$in-rje-ma.

(Schr.) (21 C.) * tfr"2 go-da ?ftf^g*f; ffyAto'S^ Go-da-

*^*5'V5'"I'^TZ' gt-chhi Hc-ru-ka nag-po. hphel-byed n. pr. (Schr.) (Td. 2, 82).

(^') (^-> tff-^- jW^*8d = lfWi rank; place;

•*S-a go-chod-po= i phan-thog-po gition . ^r^n^S^tf <^1^^^lt<r

useful ;serviceable. iir^r^tS'9r«|nv ^ may ^ bleg8ing be accorded me

{j^WK^'S^'WW'91'^f ^S " ^ /f/5 rfow nun-bvcd • • > T> T n

to gain the rank of an omniscient Buddha
kyafi bsgntb-mispaham mtharphyin-pahi mi- . ,,.. ,

la go-chod-po zer the term go-chod-po is

applied to a man who is successful or who ^ff'CJ yo-wa to understand ; to perceive

accomplishes any business or duty sue- mentally: ^'S'^'^^'^^'S^^S^ dan-po

cessfully: ft'^'^f'X^'^w mi-Mi go chod.-dam pan-ti-ta kun-gyi go wa byufi first of all it

will this man be of service ? (A. 127). was understood by all the Pandits.

227

headed person;

'i a learned, clear-
wise men.

go-bo or S'*f ^ bya-go-bo a kind of
vulture: *f5S-gj-q*r-«pi-g-«r^-, wa^S^ipr
^w«.|'qvg^ go-wohi gre-was fa-ma shu-wa
dan, ma-shu-wahi rig$-rnam§ hju-icar byed.
the larynx of the vulture causes indiges-
tible meat and different kinds of food
which are not digested, to become digested
(§man.).

f §S go-byed ace. to Jd. is a quality of
the air.

yo-bzlog (go-acg} = ^^ go-log
misunderstand ; misapprehend ; to attach
a wrong meaning (Situ. 110).

+ ^ go-yu (Beng. ^T) areca nut:
3j'-api-*<pQr»t4'aft°%ar)!'$'''*&4| areca nut is the
best essence for the tee'h and cures kidney
disease (Sman.).

+ %f*. yo-ra=c&%s< bison-ra jail; prison.

Jff^w go-rim order, arrangement : 3f^*r
i^c.-j^cn.-jc.-a'vqfft'w have arranged it so
as to agree with the order of things, etc.
(Situ. 101) .

+ ^ go-re = ^"\^'c> rdsogs-pa perfected;
finished ; completed.

+ Sf^Jfc.' go-re fo«=«=.T^9"l-£i mnag
pshtig-pa or ^f^qe/i^q raii-dican med-pa
spontaneously ; as a matter of course;
without power to exert one's self in any
matter; necessarily (K. du. p 175).

*f<* go-la, I'^'fH'l*^^!'*! rgya-
nag gi sra-rtsihi rgyu-se qifi-gi khu-wa 1. a
kind of gum, prob. acacia imported to Tibet
from China ; ashes which have burnt with-
out ignition. 2. ilfayiKJjpf&irv* lime
of burnt shell or cowries. 3. the areca nut
brought from the sub-Himalayan district
or from India is called fffi'^'8! $man go-la, i.e.,
the globular medicine ; 5'*ll^t{f''8 rgya-gar

go-yu the Indian areca nut, or *i^'f $, areca
nut from the sub-Himalaya; these two
are called f^'^'"! $man-go-la (Sman.).

«ff«i§'Sjc. go-lahi-rlufi "Vg"'^'^'^*^'^
•"1'*^ the wind which, ace. to Tibetan
astronomers, keeps the sun and the
stars moving in space : 9q*r^N'gK,*Sf ai^'gjK.*
^gVgvtfffsI'v^'ii phebs-tshogs kyan Qo-lahi
rlun-hyros ttar hgog-nwd-du shu your letters
should also be without let or hindrance,
like the wind which keeps the heavenly
bodies always in motion (Yig. k. 87).

™ *«I (70-fe = 3|'^ ga-le or ^'Q dal-po
slowly.

go-sa,

n. of a town in the way to Udyana, prob.
in Ancient Kabul (S. Lam. 17.).

3f #"1 go-log the reverse ; opposite to what
was ; back again ; also for ^irawj'si go-sa
log-pa degraded; position changed as in the
case of a superior officer subordinated, or an
inferior officer promoted to a higher posi-
tion : — ^'q-<»)5}'>| dpon-po g.yog master
made a subordinate or servant, or i^ij'^^
g.yog-po dpon, a servant raised to the
position of a master; 'J^'^'gN'tcai'ii^-q^-Sf-
q'^'3 phan-par smras-pa la gnod-par go-wa
tta-bu to take a useful advice as intended
for mischief; also g^i'ff1^ opposed to
charity or misunderstand charity ; iVgwr
Jffi5«| reversing, misinterpreting character
or morality jq^'q'^^ bzod-pa go-log -t ^f^'
R|»i'Sff'i5i| brtson-hgms go-log to misunder-
stand one's forbearance or industry ; «w*r
fl)5^-^-8iqj performance of the wrong
Dhyana ; ^m'^q-^5i| perverse or distorted
knowledge or wisdom; 1c.'i*f2fat snifi-rje
go-log tired of showing sympathy or
compassion; S**rq3ffo| byam§-pa go-log
tired of loving.

228

5ff'« go-so, = Jff«fl»i or If'wt- rank; office;
dignity : g-srsf^S-jorspi i^W^f t»l
b('i-»i(i mkhan-po rgyal-blon sogs-kyi go-sa
Ua-bu-la like unto the position of the
lamas, professors, officers, etc.

Gohu-ta-ma,

n. of a family in
Ancient India (K. du. ) 183) ; n. of Buddha
S'akyamuni.

^1 gog in W. for ^'5 gofi-po a lump.
5ffl|'w gog-thal ashes ; burnt fragments.

"ri'" gog-pa 1. to crawl. 2. to crumble
off ; to scale off (of the plaster of a wall)
(JO.).

^I'Q </o0-j90=^|lT*>'srg^'£l shig-ral byun-u-a
or 9*w'«qi-gE.'q nanis-cltag byufi-wa dilapi-
dated ; damaged ; in ruins ; worn out :
^•pt-JIfqi'Ei a temple in ruins : i^Y^'TTQ a
chorten in ruins: p'$fli'Sffl|'3'^ffli'<»r^S'W,-
•^S there are some who even die worn
out when they crawl about (as little
children) (Khrid. 13).

*J(f'*i|flI'^'5'' go-bslog l/utn-skyes (Schr.)
(30 A.).

!! (Kalac.

* gon 1. price ; value ; also ff*'«t gon-
t/utfi ^-^ gon-tshad; ^•r«'3J'^'*M><S
nor-rdsas kyi rin gon-gi tshad. the price
or valuation of things or property : Jf^-
^\i gon dpy ad-pa to apprize ; to fix a price :
fp/qjq'q gon brgyab-pa or ^'|1'£i gon
sgrig-pa id. In Sikkini : " di gon ka dzo
mo" what is the price of it ? (Snd. Hbk.)
2. = g=- steil or g^ $non or I*T*< thag-ma
also !0^ fc^arf ^Tfr, ^3^ the above ; in space
as well as in tune (in Khams, e.g., it is used
as a sbst. signifying elevated, alpine pasture

*Sf'iJi5-R'S go-lahi ri-mo
I. 52 58) a circle ; circular.

grounds). Sfc'^'*^ gon dan mt/mn, ^'^
*V* yon- dan hdra-icar, f6^^ gon-bshin,
Jffn-n^tw god-rnt shuns as above (men-
tioned) ; like the above or aforesaid similar
to the above.

*fc'*i*S gon-hkhod stated above; ^'^
^S'i gon-du yo$-pa existing above ; ^ft-^'
«l*<9rq^ gon-du psal war, set forth or elu-
cidated above ; 1fc'9| ^on-jrz the former ; the
above; ^'§)'^'$*w gon-gi de rnamt those
preceding; 5fff3)'3*r$jV£i gon-gi sites smot-
pa the above statement that ; g'^'^'S 'J71 '%
ffia gon Bod,-kyi rgyal-po the ancient or
former Tibetan kings; fF'^l'i^V'l^ gon-
gi fy ad-pa liar as has been stated above ;
«ff^ gon-du over it; above; ^f^w^y
gon-du hphagi-pa ^nra taken upwards;
gone upwards ; improved ; progressed ; *f*'
^'3^ gon-du phud placed in a position of
dignity ; kept on the top; fj^'^J-q gon-du
hpho-u-a, wi'^tar: spiritually developed,
lit. gone upwards; JfE^'|f*'t' gon-du §byor-
wa <s^W ready; ^'^'^•q gon-du mos-pa
the above mentioned; ^'^ goft-na on
it; above; f^'^" gon-nag from above;
^•^ii'i^k.-^ goft-nat gon-du vst(<!iTH more
and more ; higher and higher, ^'i gon-pa
^rfff very much (Lex.) ; one above ; the
senior (one) = if *!]=•' ^ $yo gon-du over the
door; "W'l'IfE.'^^^ yab-kyi gon-du hda$
died before his father; ^-8f*-^ dehi gon-du
before that or that time; «'*«i|«-5lff^
ma-tshogf gon-du before they assembled or
congregated together.

Sfjr^H'^f Gofi-dkar-rdson n. of a fort
and town on the Tsang-po, where con-
victs are generally sent for punishment.
It is situated S.-E. of Lhasa, in the
district of Mal-gro.

flp'jjj'^q'JC^W Gon khri-bdal, hod-hbar
n. of a Bon saint believed to exist in astral

229

form in the north-west quarter. ( G. things of the %q Bon-po are the follow-

B°H- 0- ing :— "jwq'^-o gsan-wa hdu$-pa mysti-

^'3 gon-po = ^'3, gon-bu «»TOT a cism; |'^ sti-ghar; »)'^'

meeting ; assembly ; fame ; renown ; glo- Qsam legs ; w^«-|c.-q yi.^

bular. s^'saj $nan-wa mdog-can.

gon-du

phud-pa to lift up ; to ride up. po the Tibetan name of the fourth Man-

Jffc.-Qq« gon-phebs, or ^=.-5)-q^-Qq« gon-gi ctu Emperor Kyun-lun is ^|Vg>jrEf Lha-

bkah-phebs, the instructions from higher skyoSi fffyal~po, the king protected by the

authorities ; also those arrived or received gods.^

earlier. ^

gofi-wa in W. collar: Sfjk-
gon-ica nas hdsin-pa to seize
collar.

by the

goA.hu 1. ft*?,

TTf a globular mass, lump, heap; ffs.'
9'*^ gon-bti-can ftpg^q clot; clotty; in
lump; in heaps; S^'9'35'35 gon-bu so-so
sfdSid, sfdsgiq catarrh or cold; ^'Q^'S^
gon-bur-byas made into globular mass or
lump. 2. agglomeration of atoms ;\^T
q|^rq^-|-£«-f*rqj^4^«ri^-cr$q dri ro reg
ffstig$ bshi-§te rditl-rdsag brgyadhdu§ gon-ica
yin ace. to the Buddhist metaphysical con-
ception that which produces the sensation
of smell, taste, touch and sight is formed
of the following eight atoms : — (1) |«i '
rdul phra-rab, (2) ^'g^ rdut-phran, (3)
51 Icags-rdul, (4) $%* chu-rdul, (5)
$* ri-boti-rdul, (6) W§* lug-rdul, (7) g^'
|«f pM-rdul, (8) ^•^•^•^•§'|'Ji ni-mahi
hod-zcr-gyi rdul (Sorig. 7.)

JJ god-ma

superior ; the former ; the first-named ; %{*•'
"'^ gon-ma-che or fp'wS^'Ei gon-nta chen-po
the most high; J'^l'^'*1 ?ffya-»off gon-
ma the Emperor of China; Sf^wjjsw gofi-
ma-rnams the gods and superior beings.
'§qj gofi-ma che drug, the six superior

He became
very powerful, was devoted to Buddhism,
invited the Pan-chen Ein-po-che called
Tashi Lama Pal-dan Ye-s'e (friend of
the first Governor General of India,
Mr. Warren Hastings). He erected
many temples and chaityas, and his life
was a record of miracles. He reigned
upwards of sixty years.

n-ma mchod-yon the Dalai
Lama being the spiritual lord and the
Emperor of China being the temporal
lord : ^•-

mchon-yon-gyi thugs-rjer hdir-yafi htsho-
kham? bdc-s/iin hphrin-la$ shabs-hdegs la
Ihod-med-du mchi$ by the grace of the
Grand Lama and the Emperor (of China)
here too I being in good health have
been in the discharge of public service
without relaxation (Tig. k. 18).

q sfion-ma

bshin ^t?^ as before ; as the above men-
tioned ; like the aforesaid ; as the previous
one.

M gon-nwhi gofi-ma ^flTR: a
superior's superior; also more and more;
more in future.

230

•I 1. gon-mo the upper one;
lag-pahi gofi-mo wnjf^S the middle
finger. 2. the white grouse, but applied
to various birds in Tibet of the Tetraonidce
family : lha-bya gofi-mo is the Crossoptilon
Tibetanum, and gong-g.yag the Ithaginis
geoffryoi, etc. (Snd. Hbk. pp. 170-1).
S^ ^ "*! <IP)*' S*' "f1"1 ^* ^ 8" ^ byihu co-ka puts
kyif yod-mo la gmrag-pa the two little
Coka birds said to the grouse (Rdsa.). ^'

t $a-yi$ ro-tsa chu-ser mo-nad. sol the
flesh of the grouse stimulates the sexual
desire and also cures discharge of whites :
3fs.>tf5i»i5fl|:|j5-?r^«vitoi goU-mohi rnjug sgrohi
mo-na4 set the feathers of the grouse
cure female diseases : ^rtfc1|twr*tfj^fol
f\'"^ goft-mohi ego-fag me-lhahi ffdon-nad
ffso the eggs of the grouse cure illness
caused by the demons of the fire-god.

^c.'35'jjfl) gofi-mo sreg a pheasant, Phasi-
anus decollatus.

gofl-du shu 1. as
stated or prayed above. 2. a paper lantern
(<7a.) ; in colloq. Tibetan " gam-shit," a
lantern.

ffe.-^il gon-hog—^'^ Itag-hog
upper and lower; "1^'^' ffshi-gofi folio;
i(fE.-g-fl|^«iI« gon-skn ffshogs a title of honour,
signifying his highness, excellence, etc.

Jfjk-Xac^ gofi-rol-du=1>'%'*'^$fia-rol-du or
gf'at sfton-la, before, prior to: W*'^'*!'
J([fXai'^before the war took place.

^'•J god-la above.

'fe'" gofi-sa ^^ps one in supreme autho-
rity or position; the sovereign.

ft'w ya-rabs gofi-ma those superior persons
gone before ; persons in superior or more
exalted stations.

yd loss; damage; ^'^'q god
hgyur-ica to suffer loss; ^'I'^K loss of
money and property; 3j*VF god-k/ta, ^'
^'^'^'q norphyugs la nad
byun-nas fi-wa loss in property
or in cattle by disease and other accidents :
Ufa 3q'3'gwgc,'3jY»)^ §gom sgrub ci-byas kyaft
god-med there was no loss whatever
whether he performed meditation or
propitiation.

^S'w god-ma —
fear, loss.

T«i hjig-pa

gon the common gourd; pump-
kin in W. (Jo.).

J ,jon.pa (J^-q) to put on clothes,
shoes, etc.; ^T*T*V*^ gon-pa hdra-wa
re-re the cost of a set of anything to wear
(Btsii.) ; *tffor<v5ffrq to put a cap on the
head. 2. coat, clothing (Sch.).

"Pi'JC4 gon-snam (3'Jf) serge or broad-
cloth for making robes, etc. (Rtsii.).

*fo'E*' gon-phyiH felt used for wearing.

•frfMfON-ftanv^Vf gyon-lham shoes
to put on.

I gob-non (spelling uncertain) in
W. to tease; vex; irritate (Jd.).

H gom-pa TR", T?, <n-§-«i*^, Tfn
a pace ; step : *jc.'^w rkan-hgros to make
a step; ^'^'^' ^gotn-pa bar-tea to pace:
i^irq-q^-qX'q gotn-pa bdun bor-wa to
make seven steps (as a ceremony, which
may also be counted equivalent to a
religious pilgrimage, the actual perform-
ance of which is not possible).

i gom-pahi stabs any peculiar
manner of stepping whether in proces-
sion or in dancing.

231

gom-hgros walking in step like
soldiers or a procession : ^3r^'Jff*r(M6*r'vJ^
hgro-na gom-hgros hkhyor in walking he
missed the measure of the paces.

5^*rjBc.*i gom~s_tans M<«(*f the manner of
pacing ; walking in measured step.

qf*ro|«j*» gom-ffsiun ft«TK three paces ; fig.
the heavens, earth and the nether region.

tffwojsjjcq gom-g.sum-pa one with three
steps.

a name of
Vishnu when he deceived Bali in his
Bamana or Dwarf incarnation (Mnon.).

S|JJ5J £| goms-pa 1. ^uqTS one prac-
tised in any work; skilled; wont ; Sfl'
crar3j*wq practising or practised in the art
of reading ; Sf*w*r*^ goms-pa-can ^^\
one who is skilled or practised in any art,
Qf*wci*'3Y<i goms-par byed-pa ^fwrer one
who is skilled or accustomed ; 3pwci^'g,«ry
goms-par byas-pa ^^nft^raW one who has
practised or studied.

H]^> gor or §*|W^ phyugs.-gw=^'3f\
nor-nad murrain (A. "1 103).

3j^> 5 90>'-bu 1- ^3<*l^ quadrangle.
2. *<?ir*<*i wisdom.

S^s'iW gor-ma ^T^'S^'i rdo-la she-sa
byas-pa a term of respect for stone, or
a general name for stone (Cs.) ; large and
small pebbles ; stones ; rubble ; boulder
stones (Sch.).

gor-ma bkum-pa, $'*«'*>S the-tshom med
or fc*rq nes-pa 3-r, f^r.'ftPT certain ; sure ;
indubitable : ^ngcq-JIff w*oi'3ff de-hbyun-tca
gor-ma mchag-go his coming is quite cer-
tain.

sdaft-wahi sems-la yan hjug *j"vtf gor-

mo is also applied to signify an irritable
or angry temper.

+ tff^'^-^j gor-fi-^a, »Tt^i^' a kind of
sandal wood.

*fat'q gol-tca, v. ^ai'q hgol-wa.

f"pe,^w,^

cover ; dress ; garment.
The common word for coat or clothing ;
there are seven kinds of stuffs for priests,
&e. : q^'^ bal-gos woollen cloth ; -»]'^5iSffw
$a-nahi gos cloth of flax; ^'<Mpl zar-
mahi gos linen ; ^'U.'"!^^ du-khw lahi gos
silk cloth ; wqors'^ ras-lal-gyi gos
cotton cloth ; 1]'5*rq5'*ff*j ko tam-pahi
gos jute cloth; °y*aj'«T|'ifjiw ni-hog-gi gos
European cloth, &c. ^N'^'^'^g^'^^i'q^'
gos-ki/i rgyuhi hbyun-khuns b§tan-pa
enumeration of the materials for cloth : —
Ifa'9 srin-bu silk-worm ; ^'^l'^'^'^"^
g'^c.-£)i|N'i'^'^am ra tug dafi ri-dbags-kyi
spit-dan pags-pa sna-tshogs various hairs
and skins of sheep, goats and wild animals ;
bark or fibres ; •^c''§I'9'g*''5 fruits ;
zar-ma sogs fibres, etc. ; WIT
ras-bal sogs wool, cotton, etc. ; ^''S.'0'^'
*>^' du-khu-lahi min silk cloth, satin, etc. ;
tff*rim«, gos-g.sar new cloth; \*>S dri-med
clean cloth ; ^N'S'^ gos-so-mo new or
fresh cloth ; \'*»'«^ dri-ma can dirty cloth ;
8ff«r|c.-£i gos rnin-pa old, worn out
clothes ; 'S'l sad-pa or $*% hrul-po rags
or ragged dress ; ljf\^'* stod-gos <3MTW^
upper garment of Buddhist monks ; §i'5f*i
bla-gos = $*<'!$,K- §nam-§bt/gr the sacred rai-
ment containing thirty-two patches; ?S'
a]i^i|«( §tod-g.yogs upper cover ; fft'l^1*
smad-pyogs or iCV^ §mad-gos. lower gar-
ment ; qyi'Sl'l»| ban-tsa-li-ka an apron of
five colours ; ^•m1^" hdoms-dkris folds
round loins like the dhuti of the Hindus ;

232

tmad-tfkrif the back folds of dhuii;
gmad-fam under cloth or garment ;
*wE,-Jff« or -<]*rnq« the petticoat-like clothes
worn by the Tibetan monks; ryyaii-gog
fine dressing clothes ; rgyun-gog an every-
day coat (Jd.) ; chog-gog clerical garb or
garment ; pho-gog male dress ; bla-gog an
upper garment, a kind of toga ; mo-gog a
woman's gown ; pzab-gog holiday or gala
clothes ; fi'^'i gog g < yon-pa to put on
dress ; fj^gvi gog hbu^-pa to take ofE
dress ; ^«'P|'l gog fyrje-ica to change dress
or clothes; 5f*rqJ-i|*rq gog brtsegg-pa to put
one garment over the other ; ^'fl^T^ gog
tyeg-pa to tuck up, by drawing the front
skirts under the girdle ; 9f*i'3;q'£i gog Idab-
pa to lay or fold a coat together.

fo'S'B*4 gog-kyi khyim (<rtf) TT&t a
tent; a diseased man's wardrobe ; 3f*rS'*n
gog-kyi gar ^«H«i'st a bamboo or bar to
hang or keep the dress ; ^'3'X«|'J)«'fl gos-
kyii c/iog fes-pa ^faxflsgs one who has
enough of clothes ; *f«rS-fl|S*'2)s. gos-kyi
ffdafi-fin iTW<«H« a rope or string to hang
clothes.

gog-dkar white dress ;
gog-dkar can fjr^K<r\f^l^[. one dressed in
white ; the Goddess Sarasvati.

f^'S^ gos-$kitd yarn or silk thread.

J^-p-qj-wci goi-kha brgya-tham-pa one
hundred breadth-measure of blankets.

«f«'B»wq gos khums-pa ^Vfi^n-yi.-^
'*<$( a cloth folded as to look like waves or
wrinkles.

«fjV$^ go§-gur a tent of cloth or satin ;
S^'S* phyin-gur a tent of felt ; J| fbra or
^'3^ re-gur tent of yak-hair blanket or
felt.

SfjV^-q go$ hgyed-pa ^kxflTSRr the
folds in the garment of a monk ; one who
folds clothes.

^"'5*" gos-gnun a square rug made of
Chinese satin.

?fa-3jE' gog-ggab skirt or flap of a coat or
robe.

^'If* gos-fgam box ; chest or press for
clothes ; wardrobe.

Jf"'^'*ai gog-sfion-can spt^rr^T 1. one
dressed in a blue dress ; the sky. 2. «JT^
rf^«^ Chag-na Dorje Bodisattva,
stobs-bzad, s^rvnf the brother

of Krishna said to be an acatdra of Vishnu.
3. fljwg^'q gzah tpen-pa the planet Saturn.

T»«'«*i gof-can ^^i a kind of sandal.

***\v'**igos-can 1. trf^T (Schr. ;
86) a tablet ; a piece of cloth. 2.
VI* gog-can tsan-dkar qfA«M satin.

f«^ gos-chen silk fabrics; Chinese
satin, of which the different kinds known
in Tibet are :— ^'^ hor-gog, ty3 thon-thi,
T* nor-bu c/iab bdun-ma, w^-ftfN
^'fti fkyin-khab (Kineol) em-
broidered satin; |« jug, g^'q^'*) rgyan
bshi-ma, J^T" rgyan drug-ma, *ay*,wti
hbrug ri$-ma, ^gfli'flj-w frbrug brgya-ma.

^•1^'Q gos-clien-po = ^'5'«i5-^»j du-ku
lahi rag silk-cloth (Mfion.).

H\n'fft*\ gos-mchog the finest satin or
silk-cloth.

Syn. *fw«iae, gog-bzafi; W'\*$-*\v kttn-
ijgahi gof ; Jjq«'»t^-2f») srubs-med gos (Mfion.).

Kjwy gog-tio ««j-4<w a purchased dress ; a
cloth fit to be purchased.

sff«'fe' gog-rnin = ^%f.'ii gog rnifi-pa or
q*rci bem-po in Ld. dialect, an old coat
or dress.

Syn. *i'9 zad-po; $*•% hrul-po; 'yn't
dug-pa (Mnon.).

^*)'qf^ gog-brftan ^<<<.^i«i* a mendi-

cant who puts on a ragged garment; a
ragged dress.

233

go$-th^ln trousers.
gos-mthah skirt of dress or robe.

fjV^flp go? dug-pa old cloth ; ragged
cloth ; torn cloth ; 3f«\»r*^ go$ dri-ma-
can dirty clothes ; ^f*<\*l^ go$ dri-med.
clean cloth.

"r^VI gos-hdug or $'*f« chu-gos bath-
ing cloth.

fi'ti 1. gos-pa ftnr, pf. of I'f'i bgo-iea,
to apply on; to paste or rub. 2. <sq€tr a
liniment.

gos-phyed p/m-lufi sleeveless
robe or garment (in Sikk.).

I*' 3 gos-phra ^JTS fine-silk ; muslin.
^»4'§«\ gos-byed sffnrftr gain; accept-
ance ; performance ; honour.

f«'g«i gog-bral sni, f«leiw naked ; with-
out dress or cover for the body.

3f«T8lY<i got sbyed-pa ^hrc-jfhrer one
concealing his mendicant's clothes.

<ffw*)^ gos-mMT&s a roof; veil; film
over the eyes ; multitude.

3jV*^ gos-mcd <**, sw>, fsnTf^f
a devotee who has cut off worldly ties.

JfjV^w"^ gog-dmar gde mMSHlA'J classes
of Buddhists who are dressed in red.
gos-tsam ^13* satin.

£i gos-btsems net-pa,^*'
badly-sewn clothes.
^•^flj'ci gos-shig-pa wPS^fT a wave, a
plait or fold in a garment.

j go$ sad-po worn-out clothes.

'^'R^*i-« go$-za$-kyi htshos-ma ffz-
a female mendicant clothed in suit-
able dress ; one who lives doing nothing
more than eating and dressing.

5fj*r3i]*i f/os-zegs worn out clothes ; old
clothes (Rtsii. 5).

f«r$fl| gos-yug piece or cloth or satin,
enough for making a robe.

ffraifll gos-lag colloq. (in Sikk.)
" ko-lnk, " a coat ; dress ; clothes.

«r'«^ gos-ser can, qdi^i. a name
of Vishnu, one covered with a yellow
cloth.

^•njV' gos-lhod-pa to let go a robe
which has been grasped : ^JT'pr*HI'«l|t'X6.'
^'I'VlV^'F'WV^^Kl^T'WS gos-

nas hjus-par thon zer flu-rin sprod-zer sran-
ff-mm sprad-de go§ l/iod ^go-bead one said :
" see you are held fast by your clothes ; "
and he said : fix a price for the ensnare-
ment ; " and three srang being allotted,
the cloth was let go and the door shut.
(0. Sndg.).

gos-po or S«'3 gyos-po
father-in-law ; tfjVqwqj) wigos-po§ bsruns-
pa ^j^f^ci protected by one's father-in-
law.

^ gya num. used in the abbreviated
form, in the place of "JYS brgyad-cu 80 ;
gya-g.cig 81; 3'"ft« gya-g.nis 82;
gya-asum 83 ; 3'«^ gya-fahi 84 ; S 'g
fj!/a-lna85; 3'^ gya-drug 86; yf^
bdun 87 ; 3^5^ gya-brgyad 88 ; 5^3
89.

^yon-can w^r,

dissimulation ; crookedness ; intrigue ;
secret machinations: ^'VV3'i'»tIVc''^*r£rS^-
IT de-nid gya-gi/u med-pahi rnam-pa
yin-pas he was a person absolutely free
from deceitful intentions, 'ftv^*1*''^'
g •q5'5'§'$'»|»i gtiod-semt dafi slu-wahi gya-
gyu sogs malice and beguiling intrigues,
etc.

31

234

gya-gyi-can
crafty, deceitful, fraudulent.

S'S'SV gya-gyu byed-pa to intrigue ;
to plot.

3'§v*3j gya-gyur hgro that which goes
not in the direct way ; a frog ; smoke ; a
snake ; a river : 3'|^li'I< gya-gyur hgro-
wa serpentine-motion; to move cir-
cuitously.

3'"'? gya-ma gyv, (meandering of rivers,
&o.) quiet; calm; gently flowing along
(Ja.). Of a man: cautious; scheming so
that one does not know what to think of
him.

3' 9^ gya-fiei marvellous; inexplica-
ble, of men, occurrences, &o.

*;^ rna-rgyan an
ornament for the ear ; an ear-ring.

2J i gya-do vj<»!$< a breast plate.

* S'T?^' Ma-n°ff >mti
tiful ; of nice appearance.

2J'dfjT|'C'C! gya-nom fnafl-tca n. of a
celestial mansion, the residence of the
gods.

gya nom-pa,

phun-sum tshogs-pa ^sirer, Bw
«e.'Sfq dwan-thaft che-tca one in abundance ;
in plenty ; possessed of wealth and power.

gya-pa or 3'P

nams-pa TB spoiled; degenerated. Ace.
to Cs. deformed ; disfigured ; having lost
bis or her former beauty.

gya-tsom or 3?" gy

•yyq (to become dry ?) aco. to Cs. haste ;
hurry ; rashness.

ma

brtags-pa momentary ; unstable ; without
deliberation ; consideration : 3<#w^MS'*w**'
9^ gya tshom-du hgro-war mi-byaho should
not go all on a sudden, without delibera-
tion.

3'*«'«^ gya-tshom-can 1. ^z^f a bard
of the Magadha tribe. 2. one in doubt.

gyag-pa=*s$F\'c*brlag-pa
destroyed ; ruined ; ace. to Cs. diminished,
hgyag-pa.

v.

3^* gyaft or y-' gyifi clay stamped
into moulds, and frequently used as build-
ing material in Spiti, Ladak and other
parts of Tibet; 3*'$j* gyafi-skor earthen
wall round an estate or village; S^'i**
gyafi-ggrom pise" mould.

3*.'? gt/afi-tse pise terrace ; wall of dry
earth in Ladak.

3^ gyaft-ra cattle-yards constructed
of clay or mud.

3*'^" gyaft-rim pise layer or one layer
of pise, i.e., as much as is stamped in at a
time, about one ell in height; this fre-
quently serves for a measure of the depth
of the snow (Ja.).

c-^w gyan-ris fresco or wall painting :
*w]»rai phug-pahi gyaft-ris sogi-
la in the frescoes, &c., of the caves (Ya-
sel ^5.

gya,4 TV, ^N a champion ; a man
of great physical strength ; an athlete : V
^'3S'3'€i'^9I^ da dun gyad-kyi rtsal hgran
let us compete once more in athletic dex-
terity. 3<V3'i^'fM< gyad-kyi hdsin ftafif
'&UTft HW«r, »Jwnt the mode of seizing
in wrestling ; SS'S'^"!*' gya4-kyi fugs the
prowess or strength of a champion.

235

gyad-rdo 1. giant stone; a quoit.
2. n. of a tribe in Tibet.

t hub-pa, state of inactivity, idleness :

gyad

(Schr. ; Lebensh. 98) n. of a bar-
barous tribe.

gyi-nahi g.yan la b$kyur threw all heretical
doctrines into the abyss of inaction.
(A. 158.)

' a shelter ; a recess in a rock,
large and wide but not deep; g"l'S« brag-
gyam a shelter under a rock: T\'S" gad-
gyam a grotto beneath a conglomerate
rock; a shelter in the steep side of a rock;
^'3* phoA-gyam or TSc/g* pha-bofi gyam
a shelter under a beetling rock (Ja.) ; S«'3
gyam-bu a little cover or shelter (C*s.).

yi-M name of a good breed
of horses from Amdo where there are
twelve different breeds, §'3k gyi-Kft and
WT«T ynam-sa being the best among them
(Jig.)

probably
gyod-kha *ffci god-pa, loss, damage (Ja.).

g 5-yt for 5) gi, after *i, «, «i, «f, v. I

Oyi-glm Kulti, n. of a place.
' Gyi-ljafi. n. of a place in Tibet.

quick-silver (Smaii. 118). I'^f
gyi-M chu-rta dkar-po=a%*\
Msin-pa dkar-po n. of 'a mineral
medicine, probably mercury. (Sman.

fft/iff caoutchouc ; India rubber.

gyig-idofl

gyig-fifi or
caoutchouc tree (Sikk.).

Gyifl. n. of a deity, prob.

-ffin-A-a/2.

'*J (jyin-mo in TF. gently sloping ;

v.

gyhn-lag amalgam;
yq to gild in the fire. (Schtr.)

5'^ Qyi-than n. of a place and also
of a tribe in E. Tibet : w^X'at'^'Sl'flftw

in the middle (country) are the two, viz., gradually descending or subsiding.
Eo-hje and Eag-fi; 8V^'?T3'**'qft*' c\,_

$mad-na Mi-nag Gi-than gfii$ in the lower
country are Mi-nag and Gyi-than (Tig.).

S'^T^ gyi-na-wa 1. coarse ; poor ;
miserable, of food, clothes, &c. : §'^<0^q
a miserable, starving life. 2. unsteady;
fickle (Sch.). Rin-chen spufi$-pa n. of an astrological

work.

•J, ^JT-fcjC gyim-$in, K«i'35 rol-nio
music, cymbal.

3^ gyis 1. instead of 3* kyi$, after
the letters ^ na, « ma, ^ ra, «i /a. 2.
imp. of 13^ bgyid.-pa, work honestly;

y* bphyo, in
^' gcam-yas bgran-ya$ gyi-hpho dan, n. of
a number inconceivably large (Ta-sel.
57).

gyi-naht
l/'tom las-pa, or WrT^'I'SM la$-ka cher-ma

236

behave well ; do (so) ;
gyig do it straight : j
or let him do.

'S*' draA-piir-
] gyif-fig, f* do

b_kur-ua to

gyur-du
if it so hap-

honour; to esteem.

S*'* gyun-ro, v. J6-'^ gyofi-ra.

51^ f/#M'' imp- and pf. of
§*'^ ^ gyur-du zin=
chug.

5*'^ gyur-na ^m
pened ; if it became so.

5*'«i5'^»rfl gyur-pahi rnam-pa
anything changeable ; subject to change.

3'^H y^'ff" 1s* crookedness; curve;
hunch; hump; crooked back ; 3'3^'S*'*1
gye-gur gytir-pa frysr double hump-back ;
met. a Bactrian camel.

3'^ Gye-gor n. of a Bon-po deity.

2|'* Gye-re n. of place on the T&ang-po,
to the south-east of Lhasa: ^T^'i Gye-re
Lha-pa n. of a very old noble family
of Tibet.

gyeti, v. g* gyafi.

v-

bgyed-pa.

u up; iipward ; uphill : S^'
gyen-du-hgro ^qrr, ««li|flH going
or flowing upwards ; S^'£"! climb up ; 3^'
3'\ gyen-gyi-dri ^rf^j fragrance; sweet
scent; fragrant; 3^'V*1?'* gyen-du §lta-
«-ff=wg-q yar Ita-ica 'swfaK to look
upwards.

^'S^'9'1*! yyen-rgyuhi
bu-ga (F'Vlf kha-dad-sna) the mouth and
the nose through which the wind passes
upwards or downwards; ^'J^-stg gyen-
rgyuhi mthu n. of a disease (Med.).

gyen-rgyu ^^TT that runs up-
wards ; fire ; names of the five vital (VTT-
^T*j) winds in the human body.

3^'fll'i gyen-rgyug-pa to gallop uphill ;
to pass upwards ; to climb up.

2^'*^ gyen-chag in W. (opp. to *<^'
*S man-chad) 1. the upper part of a coun-
try; iJ'^IS^*^ Pu-rig Gyen-chaif, the
Upper Purig (Jd.) 2 an ascent.

?KV^ql*''£l gyen-du hdegs-pa to lift
high ; to praise.

"SI'V9^ gyen-du hdren ^uv* drawing
upwards ; also marriage.

3^'<5,qf '" gyen-du brdsi(-pa ^TIT^I
to turn up; to cock (a hat or cap).

JK^*1 '" gyen-du hit-pa to keep above
(water).

"3^'^ Gyen-mig f«<TT«r, fg?w the second
of the seven lower regions under the
earth.

i gyen psar-po a steep ascent,
i gyen-fyzlog-pa ^?TTT, to vomit.

3^ '* 'V- % gyen-la dran-po in W.
perpendicular ; vertical.

gyer, v. S3*'^ dgyer-ita.

gyer-bggom the kind of medita-
tion practised by the Bon-po.

!I£ gyer-lin
breed horse, or pony.

rta f^^r a high

so-sor, v. ^3 q hgye-wa.
x 5«-q|« gyes-brjeg <S*?T raised up; mag-
nanimous ; noble.

3*1 "i gyes-pa f'l'^'T'. to analyse, resolve,
separate ; to split asunder.

j*

S' i, gyo-dum=*\'lc< ka-ra W^T, ^*T5i

1. rngar. 2. potsherd. 3. brick tile (Sch.).

237

21!

•v^^ • n

qj'Uf gyo-nio ^npt 1. gravel; grit. 2.
potsherd. 3. =3'*^ gye-mgo clay vessel.

2J5|'E1 gyog-pa crooked; curved: ^'S*!
rftan-gyog bent or crooked leg.

«f"l'3 gyog-po left-handed ; awkward
(Sch.).

9>J°ys for ^l* SflWS cannon; a

large gun.

' gyofi -want ; need ; indigence : 3=-'
/i hkhur-wa to be reduced to

want.

gyon-po 13*, IWj's'W*^

dkah-ica crooked; rough; hard to under-
stand ; pg^'Q A7«i gyon-po hard-mouthed
(i.e., pulling at the reins) ; **"T fr'% sem$
gyon-po harsh; resembling a horn or
hide that can hardly be made soft ;
S)-gV3 mi gyon-po a crooked man; an
obstinate man (A. 13Q ; -HR^* skad
gyon-po imperfect language ; *1'3=-'3 tshig
gyon-po impolite words ; ^'3=-' dgra gyoft
a hard, cruel, dangerous enemy.

jc.- q gyon-wa ^ITfJif ; P'S*-'^ Jtha gyofi-
che very rude; impudent (Jd.).

3*e''%'11 gyofi-ru-ica **5«l rough.

a/=*'44! sa-shag a
film of dirt, formed of dust and other
substances, on the surface of water ; scum.

yyofi-ro dried body; a mummy

(S?*.).

'P gyod-kha remorse; quarrel;
law-suit.

3*S'1^ JFfOrf-j»A»'=*BT*8'*"|l hkfirug-
pahi rtsa-wa the basis or grounds of a

quarrel or fight : «'»''«FS!*'5|'3lVl|ft the
last is the ground of contention between
lust and passion.

ff</on-pa

to put on ; to dress; to wear: ^'i'^'"!'
3^'ti^'JfN gyon-pa lu$-la gyon-pahi go$
putting on the garment that one wears :
gy°n-vgyu materials for clothing.

na-bzah
worn.

or twigs ;
necked jay.

-po=WWi g. nobs-pa or ^'fl«
the garment or dress to be

green shoots of leaves
gyol-po ^^RPB a blue-

I: gyos-po wjx wife's
father; father-in-law : f«c!5«'qge.'q 'sij?;-
^f^<l protected by the father-in-law.

gVS gyo$-mo mother-in-law ; the
matron of a family ; also any old lady of a
family : S*'!*! gyos-sgyug parents-in-law.

5J gra (da) one of the six early tribes
of Tibet : ^•friift^q>frir|^fi;Y?9>^f'fq:

|"I'l^ bod-mi mchcd-pa se-rmu (don ston daft
gra hbm-gte rug-drug zcr, the six tribes : —
Sbru, Gra, Ston, Ldofi, Emu and fife (ori-
ginated from) the five Tibetan brothers
(bearing the same names) (J. Zaft.).

SI'S*' £/>'a-rgya? thick and abundant (as
of the mane on the neck of the lion, horse
etc.) : ^'l^'"''\c/1Wll1MrarjF*V sho-grod
bkal-dafi gcan-gsan gra-rgya$ hdra (the
land is well-preserved) as curds carried in
a sheep's paunch or like the thickly-grown
mane of wild animals (youth in good
circumstance is also so described) : f^ar
JN Hj-R^i] kho gra-tgya$-po hdug he is very
bright and cheerful (Jig.).

238

3TS"! gra-sgrig to make proper pre-
paration or arrangement or equipment
for any business, &o.

gj'fjI'Zi gra sgrig-po everything put in
order ; also looking neat and clean.

5'MHrZi gra-chags-po 1. nice and
smooth or glossy ; very fine ; fit and out-
wardly appearing nice. 2. appropriate;
elegant; looking well (A. 126}.

ST^i gra-dol abbr. of the two names of
places called Lho-gra (Lho-da) and Nang-
dol (Rtsii. 25).

9I'?q*) gra-fdebs proper order, arrange-
ment ; also $'*»e.f'j|w mi-mad k/ta-gdebs
uniform deposition : w=^E.'5<i]1'»|'wqf%3-
3Tf w the arrangement in the front and
of the right and left sides (Rtsii.).

31'^ gra-pad 1. n. of a great Lama who
is said to have unearthed many Buddhist
religious and medical works. 2. a net
before the window to prevent passers-by
from looking into the room. 3. carvings
in wood ; 9l'*i|>|**'Sr£'*V2i'^c;51q!'^<'l*' gro soys
gra patf kyi fifi phug rigs films and
hollowed pieces of wood with carvings,
etc. (Rtsii.).

5)'^ gra-phub, 9T^'3q gra-daH phub
the bristles of barley grain and its chaff :

5J'§, Gra-phyi (da-chyi) and *Q'*F-' Gra-
nafi (da-nan) are names of two villages in
Lho-kha (Rtsii.).

gj-^-*E.-<^ Gra phyi tshofi-kdu$ n. of a
great mart of trade in Lho-kha during the
llth century A.D. (A. 90).

gra-sbug, also called

tgya-nag gi gbug-cha, a musical instrument
of Chinese make, perhaps the cymbal :

'^'^ gra-$bug cha-rc-re the cymbal

N»

each pair (Rtsii.).

5]'5J gra-ma (ta-ma) i^irra, SJ3?
1. awn, beard, bristle, the ears of cereals
and wild grasses have: 3fa

"when the fruits of wheat and barley
spring forth, to those which come in points
like the Poa grass, the name of bearded
grain is given." The term ^g/ST*'*^ hbru
gra-ma-can, bearded, awned plants, is opp.
to ^'"Fg'^ hbru gaft bti-can, leguminous
plants. 2. trellis-work, lattice. 3. a tree
or shrub, probably the Tibetan furze,
Caragana versicolor.

gra-ma

Hams gra-zur mi mail gruii-po rnam-day ni
in the (irregular cornered) cell many
learned and holy men lived (Jig. 36).

g-wl Gra-ma c/ie n. of a king of ancient
time ; S-uWf^r^'SJ'*'* mi-las skal-ldan
gra-ma che among men the blessed Grra-
ma-che (Yig.).

3'S^ gra-sur (da-stir) ^1^t the corner or
junction of sides also called Sj grwa.

gra lcg$-pa (ta leg-pa) or 3] '**'
gra ma-legs-pa the hairs of wild
animals such as tiger or leopard, &c., when
thick and glossy are called gra-leg$-pa.

I: grwa (to) 1. %ta angle ; corner;

side 2'^'^ql^'?'3^'5'U|C'' Grwa is quarter or
direction 2. lap; lappet; extremity; fw
S'3J gos-kyi-grwa coat-tail : ^'•W*^*'5'
gj-^-q|c.-|-q^«'zm'jjt.'W'Jj^ Lo-tsa-wa$

chog-gos. kyi gnca-na$ bsufi-ste b$um$-pat
kyaft ma-g.nan though the Lo-tsa-wa wept
seizing the lappet of his garment, yet
he (Atis'a) would not bestow it.

239

II : a school ; aft'SI klog-grwa & read-
ng school (Cs.) ; $*»'2J sgom-grwa a school

for meditation; g"I«'S $fiags-grwa a school
for mystical Buddhism (Cs.) ; ^'5J MuL
grwa a training school; seminary; Jffi'SJ
sman-grica a medical school ; t**J'21 rtst's-
grwa a school where mathematics is taught ;
™k|'9I yig-gnca a writing school ((7s.).

SIT* grwa-khan *nRT, TOT 1. top-
house ; a dome. 2. school-house, some-
times also monk's residence.

3JSF" grwa-grans (ta-dan) the number
of candidtae monks in a monastery.

ST'^' grwa-thaft (da-than) ^Mref<jf
corner or nook in a plain.

Sl'i gnca-pa (ta-pa) WTt 1. a school boy ;
a scholar ; disciple. 2. generally a monk-
pupil or novice belonging to a monastery.

5|'^ gnra-dpon schoolmaster; chief fa-
pa or monk.

91' |"I grwa-phrug a little boy who reads.

«n-*i- grwa-tshaft (ta-tshaff) ^g^T^t
school where monks are instructed in sacred
literature ; a section in a great monastery,
where the monks belonging to one parti-
cular school of studies live together.

gj-£um r/rwa-tshogs (ta-tshog) a congre-
gation or convention of monks.

9}'"^ grwa-bshir (ta-shor) Mjjgjt'Jtg in
the four corners : the real meaning accord-
ing to Tibetan authors is ^pTTOg, on the
four sides of a house.

» grwa-zur a corner room or monk's

cell

9I'*i grwa-sa (ta-sa) a monastery;
«U'«T^'Zi grwa-sa chen-po (ta-sa chen-po)
great departmental school attached to

large monastery ; «^<V2J*r^«] mt&han-ni$
gnca-sa sMg a school where the Buddhist
metaphysics is taught.

grwa-ti plate; dish in Ld. (Jd.).

SJI'f c-' grag-stoft echo ; described
^'^'S'^^S'^'g brag-cha tta-bu ston-nid kyi
sgra, a name for anything of empty sound
as an echo from a rock : skye-mcd grag-
ston tshig-gi na-ro sgrogs an echo without
any real existence proclaims a loud cry of
words (A. llf) ; lo shes bya-ica grag-ston
snan-pahi ylu-dbyafis a low noiseless refrain
is called lo (A. 146) : jIvS'SI'T?*'*1 $*1W
^ pf^i|-f«^prWBKI khyed-kyi grag-ston
bsgrags-pa yi$ ; kho-bohi blo-gros gas-war
byas the echoes (or reverberations) of the
sounds you sent forth have split my senses
(Bbrom. FlO).

' grag-pa OT *H*P*'i grags-pa 1.=
'1 sgra hbyind-pa sfi? the tone ; pitch
of a sound or voice. 2. fame ; noise;
rumour; talk. 3. the principal or most
distinguished amongst several persons
(Jd.). 4. occasionally =

grags ftra hope ; contempt,

I I : grags-pa 1. ace. to Jd. to
bind or fasten up a load ; so also in the
colloq. 2. pf. of *S]*r« hgrag-pa.

II: «

f, *nrr, '•RTTH glory ; also fame,
reputation, character by report ; gj^^'i'^'q
notoriety ; ill name ; bad repute ; rumour ;
report: ^gjiprfra^Zi-gc the report of it
spread, was circulated (in most cases it
signifies good name, renown) : far«r\*'spnr
m-&^-*m'*flfri ^nan-pa dad gragt-pas
sahi $teft thams-cad khyab-pa the whole
earth was filled with his fame and renown ;
snan-grags reputation.

240

an 1. famous ; renowned ;
beautiful; splendid; glorious; proud;
haughty ; aj*!"'^ grogs chen *TTl*ror. ; of
great fame ; celebrated ; renowned ; well
known. 2. flliftT* a merchant; 9I«|«'f^
yi|Vfl grags-SHdit dkar-wa sofV^f: good
name ; pure fame ; reputation ; 9H"-*1^'^
grogs-hdod-can ambitious; desirous of
gaining glory, of being famous; SW'3^
grags-ldan w£\, *m^T^ one who is
celebrated or possessed of fame : f^iS-gpur
wfniwijw^'g'lfflm sfian-pahi grays-pas
phyogs-rnams kun-tu tyrogi (his) fame
spread in all quarters (everywhere).

-q-jocwfcj Grogs-pa rgyal-mtsfian
(8chr.;Ta. 31), lit. banner of
glory ; n. of a governor of Tibet.

grags-can

illustrious; renowned; j^-gjflnrtrl'q of
great renown; of celebrity, fame, glory;
l«^q'i^.-3jijnrc|-ar*flnrq greedy of gain and

fame.

gpprqlfq1*! grogs-pa tJiob-pa = «pw«i
mkhas-pa, a learned man.

* gpm'q'^vK Grogs-pa hod-ser n. pr.
(So/ir.).

ctvi' n2\wvpA Grags-pahi b<;es-g.nen
n. pr. (Schr.; Td. 2, 205).
8^ Grag$-byin gvl^i one of the
devoted attendants of the Buddha:

SJi)N'*i grags-ma Paldan Lhamo, also
called V01'^'^ Dpal lha-nw, i.e., Cri-Dcvl.

SJI^'S'B^ Grags inu-khyud qjtt^ffl n. of
a legendary king, the sphere or circle of
whose fame was very wide.

rut^'w Grags hdsin-ma (dag-dsin-ma)
the wife of the Buddha S'akya-
muni.

Grag$-yas 1. f^^nTT of world-
wide fame; of boundless celebrity. 2.
n. of a number. 3. n. of a district in
JDiamt.

ZJJC'q gran-wa (tang-tea), also 21=-'^ wfa,

adj. cold, cool; colloq. partakes of the na-

ture of a verb in such phrases as SF

gruA-gi hditg, he feels cold; ^'

it is cold. In such phrases, however, it is

common to insert the word «R»< nam, the

sky, e.g. (oolloq.) nam tang-mo re, the sky

is cold, i.e., "it is cold"; gj^'jf*) grafi-ikyob

a^m protection from cold ; warm woollen

clothes: SJ«.'«rl\*'X'q'^'8^'S gnm-ica dan

dro-ica s/tcg-byahi bya the bird called

the jftwtat cold and warmth; this fabu-

lous bird is a native of the forest

called in Tibetan f|u-«rg^q$^a|«j Sgrib-pa

ffion-pahi nags, the primeval shady forest ;

its sight relieves one from the effects of

cold or heat : 31E-'£1'^'X't'^'§* the cold will be

changed into warmth; sic.'W'i'i*, frozen

or congealed by cold ; 91* *!j w^«i| it will

grow cold.

Syn. Sjl^'SF Ihags-graA ; *$*]* hkhyags ;
'q lhags-pa ; «&T«) bsil-ica ; P^'i bser-ica ;
gran-reg ; 9J*'RS gran-dad (Mnon.).
ii gran-tea scl ^jfnf»T1C warm ;

where there is no cold to remove.

3j^'q5'^« gran-u-ahi dug frtftlT, »flrf-qiT^i
the cold season.

gjftwafi fjran-icahi-nad sifai^ff the
cold fit of the ague ; 5«'9 grum-pu gout ;
rheumatism ; arthritic pain ; 51^'X yran-dro
cold and warmth, temperature; 9J*'3*i'3v*i
grafi-fum bycd-pa to shiver with cold.

gjc.'n5'fl]^« gran-u-ahi pnas a cool place.

gjc,'a=-' gran-klun lit. cold valley; n. of
a large village under Kamba Jong on the
other side of the Kangchen Juftga
mountain.

241

rq«^ gran-dmyal brgyadihe eight
cold hells, v. W** dmyal-wa.

9F*ft graH-ffshi disease induced by cold,
gen. dispepsia.

gjc^i) Zr^ bran-reg pho-na=Q^,c<'''\ bya-
§kyun-ka the jack-daw (Mnon.).

SPS^ gran-rlun ^TJT a disease allied to
rheumatism, also cold in the stomach.

gratis (dafig) <fc?TT number ; «&i'
a multiplied number, many
times ;3iw«»\q* innumerable; gjMrwwiw
«R gra»3$ ma-mchis-par having no number
or without number ; numberless ; 5J*«r
<^qwo grafts hdebs-pa or fri'i rtsis-pa
to count; also an accountant; SIWR,
grans-brda symbolical numerals of certain
nouns, which in some books are used
instead of the usual numerals, for instance
ft«| mig, the eye for "two" (C».). 1.
t%f= sign . 2. »nira> astrologer.

gjMr5'j|»r3|Mi grans-kyi rnam-grafts.
arithmetical enumeration ; enumeration
of the numbers used in the sacred books
of Tibet as compiled from the work
called (w*V*9f «0 mdsod-hgrel are : — (1) *|3«ij
gcig one ; (2) Ǥ bchu 10 ; (3) 1J brgya
100 ; (4) ?=•' stofi 1000 ; (5) g *Ar» 10,000 ;
(6) «a« AiztOT 100,000; (7) «'«i s«-y«
1,000,000 ; (8) 3' 1 bye-tea 10,000,000 ; (9)
Kf|«, dun-phyur 100,000,000 ; (10) ^^w
ther-hbum 1,000,000,000 ; (11) U-«»8»r^-5
ther-hbum chen-po 10,000,000,000; (12)
BTll khragkhrig 100,000,000,000;
(13) Hql'Hql'3^ khrag-khrig chen-po,
1,000,000,000,000 ; (14) vrvsp rab-bkram
10,000,000,000,000; (15) wqnjw^'Zi rab-
bkram chen-po 100,000,000,000,000;

(16) T5W gtamt 1,000,000,000,000,000;

(17) fl|5««'ia\-a g.tam$ chen-po
10,000,000,000,000,000 ; (18) «\3^ dkrigs

100,000,000,000,000,000; (19)
dkrigs chen-po 1,000,000,000,000,000,000.
Next, the following are progressive
numbers increasing by multiples of ten up
to 60 figures: 20, **-*B*l mi-hkhrug; 21,
fKj5fl|'i^Z5 mi-hkhrug-chen-po ; 22, 0*^3^
khyatf hbyin ; 23, BS'^I^'^'S khyad-hbyin
chen-po; 24, g^'^ $pan-rten; 25, gf^-^-Zj
$pan-rten chen-po ; 26, ^V^ ded-hdren ;
27, ^V^'^'Zi ded-hdren-chen-po; 28,
•w^m^AaA-sna^; 29, wv^'S^JS mthah-
$nan chen-po; 30, J^l" rgyu-rigs; 31, *'

_ ^

^«i|q-s^-g rgyu-rig$ chen-po; 32, ^'«^
hod-mdses ; 33, X\ «?^-la|-JJ hod-mdses chen-
po; 34, ^=--g dwafi-po; 35, ^q^JJ-a^'Q
dwan-po chen-po; 36, o)"Jl*r«.S^ legs-hbyin;
37, ^im-^-laj-g legs-hbyin chen-po; 38,
<^ rtogs-hgro ; 39, vn^'^-^-Hi r^^«-
chen-po; 40, ^S^'l"! hbyin-rdtil; 41,
.^«i'X^-Ei hbyin-rdul chen-po ; 42, J'5«m
rgya-rtags ; 43, |'5'»i«'S^-2i rgya-rtags chen-
po; 44, |«w^|*i $tobs-hkhor; 45, fqw^v
^'Q (tobs-hkhor chen-po; 46, qs^'-<)«
brdah-qes.; 47, q«,*'i|«r^'Zj brdah-feg chen-
po; 48, ^'^§=.- rnam-hbyun; 49, ^-R|=,-^-
9 rnam-hbyufl chen-po ; 50, ^q«'»)'>) $£06j-
witjf; 51, Ifi"' »)«l'^'5 stobs-mig chen-po.
Up to this number there are Sanskrit
equivalents; from 53 to 60 there are
no Sanskrt equivalents, the Tibetans
having introduced new names to replace
lost originals. 53, 5*wt byams-pa ; 54,
g»W£ra^Hj byam$-pa, chen-po ; 56, §s.'| s.nin-
rje; 56, ^'I'^'Q snin-rje chen-po; 57,
^^•q dgah-wa; 58, ^ip-q'^-Q dgah-wa
chen-po ; 59, i5^'|»w« btan-snoms ; 60, 15s-'
|Wa^'Zi btan-§noms chen-po. These sixty
numbers are used in astronomical and
astrological calculations.

gjtjr^ grans-can HTPTO 1- a countless
number. 2. wp^'i mkhag-pa or

242

pa-can
man

an intelligent man ; a learned

^-£i graf\s-can-pa «nfl the oldest
of the atheistic philosophical sects of the
Brahmans, called Safikhya.

w grafig-bcai 1. <s^T the dawn, or
the goddess of the dawn. 2. lit. "together
with the number."

grani-hbyaim
berless; countless.

num-

grafts mafi-cha
repeated four times] S.

g]E.*r»>^ grafis-med. 1. *rt*5? countless;
numberless. 2. ^n1 a crawling; 'PMilJT
white leprosy: SF*''*1V§'|3S'i* grafy-metf
kyi khyad-par the distinction of being
countless, numberless; SF«'*)«^ grafit-
tnetf-can qXT supreme.

grans-med gcig (the num-
berless one). In the work called Manju frt-
m&la Tantra (wr^Ty^) the following
numbers are said to have been in use
in Ancient India among the laity for
worldly purposes: — From 1 to 10, i.e.,
i^"\ gpig to Sv*5« ther-hbum, and
11, fJ'zTil g u-rfiog ; 12, w^T}* mc/iog-nal ;
13, g'^l" skya-hphyis ; 14, §'*» lye-ma ; 15,
nub-nub; 16, «*'"i« mtsho-ya$; 17,
N Idabg-phyor ; 18, f rdsi, — all these
being each a multiple of another by ten.
In the work called wHj-l phal-po-che the
numbers vary after the eighth, i.e., §'«J
bye-wa; such as j*V|*S khod-khot},
thad-dgu, gl'g'n khrig-khrig, «
thams-tham? and so on up to 128 places,
increasing by multiples of one hundred.
In the Lalita Vistara, there are thirty-two
numbers, also increasing in multiples of a
hundred.

'1"!-^ grans-jjifer to enumerate ; count
the number one by one.

grafa-su hgro ^?rt l^fw goes
into numbers ; is counted : 5]c'*''9't'5ql't|
grafii-su bmg-pa, put into numbers ; count-
ed: 5js.«'fl'uis. grafis-su yafi ^srnrftr even
in number.

grab-rgyab pride ; boasting

(&*.)•

: grabs "(^^ g[fO)n-byc<j;
gra-sgrig 1 . preparation ; arrangement ;
measures; contrivance; 9JtW§V to make
preparation for; Mt^MpStSS to prepare
to go: ^K"V*IV«frjl'fl just as prepara-
tions were being made for slaughtering
them(J/t7). 2. denned as ^*nw|-fc»<-£iv*|=.-
&'1tfi "signifies the certainty about the
time of immediate action": afc'SItW':^,<'l
yon-grabs hdug was on the point of coming,
or am just coming; ^'gpw'a^'ge.' brdufi-
grabs byas-byud was about to beat or
strike; Sj'gjws"'^ fi-grabs byas-byun
was almost dying or dead; "WSI'WS^'S*''
Lyas-byun, was about to kill:
5^ was about to get or gain; J^'
is about to slip or run away; *^'
is about to finish; ^•^•flftirgiw
^'^ on mutual agreement. 3. delibera-
tion: ^-l^-gjw^-S^^ they were deli-
berating about me (in W.).

II. fa*srera place or object of
reflection, thought, etc. : SJW^'^'g ffrabs-
yulita bu, gj«w'3« grabs-gyig, ff^'g'S ston-
mo Ita-bu.

J gram (dam) 1. *'^'9|'^ chu naft-gi
rdo a kind of stone found in water (Nag).
2. 9pr« grandpa s-v?amp; marsh; fen
(Lex.). 3. 'wK" hgrem-pa (MM.).

243

Gram-pa kham-bu one of the
places of pilgrimage of the Bon (0.
Bon. 38).

gram-sa

stony.

gral (dal) "•%*•'* hphreft-wa rffw
row, range series; also a rope, cord;
, class, stratum.

9p'*<f gral-mgo or gp'§'3fl'w gral-gyi
thog-ma the upper end of a row; the
uppermost place ; the seat at the head of
a tahle ; *|uw'31l>i yyas-gral the right hand
row ; I'fy'SJ9' g. yon- gral the left hand row ;
*<»I*rgpi tshogs gral 1. the order or file of
monks in a religious congregation ; 9J'«r*iR.'
SI«r<5i«>vt*'aT^'l'9qP''q many novices
sitting in rows without being awry ; *8«l*r
3J" bshugs-gral the order of seats, also the
order or row in which lamas and chiefs,
high and low, sit according to their posi-
tion or rank in any public or social gather-
ing ; ^TSPI row of religious symbols ; *^'
SJi row of offerings for- the gods or offer-
ings placed in one or more rows ; ^'9J"t the
order or row in which the images are placed
in a temple; S'S]8' row or order in which
men are seated; 9P|'qI5*' house-talk (Jd.) ;
^qc/gjai the row of supplicants waiting for
benediction : »*V^f'^F'Vt'^|f*WV'l!%
when you are sitting with your brethren
(fellow-believers) in one row.

gral-sgrig or Spr^'lT" gral-dtt
$ grig-pa to arrange in order, dispose in
rows.

tshei-grans

date ; a consecutive date.

r^i i: gral-rimn'fa line; row; file in
which monks sit in any religious service
or congregation: Sft'.l'fa'Spi'^*' rgan-gshon

gral-rim the order in which the young and
old sit ; the right of seniority ; jq'lfq'^wlf'
9pi'^*!'q^j the religious services of the per-
fected saints according to the order of
seniority (Zam.).

Syn. gp|-^8«q«-«i gral-du f grigs-pa ; ^'^
*f* tshar-du dnar ; ^'^^phrefi-bkod; $'$
^lu-gu rgyud; lij-*^'^ khrig chags
bkotf (Mnon.).

gjai'^n ii : (dal-rim) ace. to Jd. claim ;
title.

gj«r|Vq gral skyofi-ica WTOT a shadow.
'^J gral-pa a beer-house customer

a .

J gral-ma a small beam; rafter
(Cs) ; 3]ni'9'2I«('§»4 gral-bu gral-phyam roof-
laths ; sticks which are laid close together
and covered with earth (Jd.),

grai class, order, series; rank,
dignity; tribe (Cs.).

T£J gras-pa 1. to bind, for ^'f dra§-
pa. '2. (Bengali) ^iid*(X wooden beams
or rails.

5J gri (di) iif«, mB, vffl a knife, wea-
pon; '8WJT sabre. Different kinds of
weapons : — 4'5 chu-gri, 5'^c. gri-thufi, ^«i'
|5'9 rai-grihi bu, g'3"I' gri-gug, ^'^Sql'2'
gri hkhyogrpo, S3I'? dgra-§ta, f '^ sta-ri, ?'§
fta-gri, ^^^Rf^ ral-grihi hkhrul-
hkhor, 3'H^ gri-sgur, *'**• sa-raH.

Syn. ^=--aic.' $afi-M; qs,«T* fodeg-cha;
|«'«j'<J]^ rjef-su g.cod; "l^'g^ lag-skyod • g'q'
<1C*I'I1S zla-wa hdsum-byed ; flRJT^'^ g.yul-
du hdsin; »<5?^'»5'fl|^ mtshon-chahi (fshi; j"!'
§5 sgrol-byed. ; V'l'S'^e.'Zj dpal-gyi $nifi-po;
"l^S'lS g.co$-byed; ; •si^'"\ fa-ma-ka (Mfion.).

SJ'P' gri-kha the edge of a knife.

244

m-qi gri-gu=W%1 khug-cig niche;
corner (A. 57) : «K.'^1 1W JT3 ^ 8S ^
yafi Rdo-rje gdnn-gyi gri-gu na bu^-med cig
again a woman in a niche of the temple,
&c., at Vajr&sana.

tjj-qr$e. gri-gu churl ^f* small knife.

ij'3*! gn-gug «flft a Bnort crooked
sword.

g)-qj*cq^-Q Qri gum-ktsan-po one of the
ancient kings of Tibet, son of Srib-khri-
tyaan, who was assassinated with a knife.

3T3fa gri-non VI n. of a disease.

| •g-ip|'5ri-'lfa'ci'^'9 gri bya gag-gi g$og-

i •£ -f

t)fi lta-bu <^-8 7T* ^?iRZ-^tg<at?^ a Kniie
the shape of the wings of a cook.

|]'3'Xfl]'§) '*<$ gri bya rog-gi mchu '3^'JT-
jRTifi-^iR a knife of the shape of the

N*

crow's bill.

fj-«iq| gri-mag, v. iK* grib-ma.

gj-^w gri-dmar (lit. the red knife) knife
of superior quality manufactured in Tibet.

gp'?i grihi-so sharp edge of a knife.

|)5'?'35 grihi tse-mo nftvv the point of
a scimitar or sword.

3ft grihu a small knife.

gj-.q gri-ya explained as |«'«'^v*T3)'ar
^•ti5'-<i $kye$-pa dar-ma gri-la fi-tcahi fa,
flesh of an adult man who has been killed
with a sword (this flesh being used in
sorcery) .

|jV£*rq grir rfiam-pa or SJvflSS'i grir
atod-pa or tj*'*$*i'q grir hgum-pa to kill
(or being killed) with a knife.

^OT^ grin-pa (din-pa*) prob. ^'3 tgrin-
po skilful; clever (/a.).

5]^ grib (dib) shade ; defilement ; stain
or spot; filth; contamination, mostly in

a religious sense: 51 "'^ grib-yon^ con-
tamination, pollution will arise : ^'1" ro-

•ib-sel the removal of defilement ; also one
in whom there is no defilement ; n. of a
Buddha. w$i sas-grib unclean food
or pollution of food ; ^wlp dirty clothes,
or defilement in clothes; <H*FS]£! ytigs-
grib or pollution of widowhood; IT
|q or the defilement that is brought by
different people assembled in a marriage ;
«(«vip dmar-yrib or pollution of blood or
anything slaiu red-handed ; *\*''3I£i pollution
by the breach of a vow ; unchastity ; *j*V
tp defilement by quarrel or fight ; ^'^
defilement in slaughter pertaining to
butchers, or defilement from murder ; *«^'
tp defilement caused by oath or by the
barbarous custom of killing animals and
swearing over their blood (prevailing
among the Kham-pa tribes) ; ^*rip defile-
ment from incest.

IKS'S! grib-kyi phu shady valley, gene-
rally on the north side of a mountain
range (cf. fl"* sribs) ; ip'S*!*' grib-phyogs
the shady side of a hill or mountain, the
side not exposed to the sun.

gq'EW grib-khrus the washing of defile-
ment.

|q &( grib-can stubborn ; refractory
(Jd.).

tjjq-s^q grib-rndos offerings made to Bon
deities for removing some defilement.

|jqfq|^ grib-ynon 1. ^iwn*, WT9T sha-
dow, or 2. *i$i|'{i5'gj1' btsog-pahi grib defile-
ment from unclean things, filth, night-soil,
&c. : <6*T5J*''3j'Ji'5*|'2ic'''IPfa'q5!c-*' chos-grwar
grul-bum grib-gwon bsrufig in a religious
school there should be protection against
defilement from harpies (Zam. 2.).

245

ib-gnon gyi ydon a demon
that defiles and poisons food ; a harpy.

SF*i grib-ma shade ; shadow ; SP'^'S^'
w'$«i grib-darl grib-mahi grol (Zam. 2)
wnir ; 3|K.'9|'ip'»i fiti-gi grib-ma the shadow
of a tree.

gjq-wg^-qS-^qm Grib-ma gnon-pohi nags
forest of the dark-blue shade in the fabu-
lous northern continent of Uttara Kuru.

gjq'«a/ij|*i grib-mahi lam *l<Jinsj the
milky-way ; also a path by the shady side
of a mountain or in the valley.

g)«j'*)5'$»» grib-mahi lu$ ^|i|l$-, the
shadowy body, i.e., body of defilements.

gjq'^m grib-selthe removing of pollution
or defilement of any symbol, image, sacred
books, or offerings by religious rites.

SP'* grib-so the quickly vanishing, at
sunset, of the shadows of trees, &c.; sK"'
*<Bj-tiwrij-q<wq ^jfifsi^r*5?% hanging down,
also lengthening of shadows before they
vanish in the shade of night ; 2jq-S-S^-«i««r*i
long projection of shadows.

. grib-sruA guarding against defile-
ment.

§)q-q»ie.w grib-bsan$ cleansed or purified
of defilement ; purification of defilement.
grib-lhags cool shade (Sch.}.

fl grim-pa to hasten; to hurry

(Sch.).

* grim-tse, ace. to Jd. a pair of

scissors (in Sikkim sounded "kyimtse").
es
ZJ]<JWC| grims-pa, M3X, TT$ clever;

skilful; dexterous; also careful; on the
alert; ^ip'ipwi rig-pa grims-pa to be
careful; on the alert: gj^lw5)"! grwa-sa
grimt-fig be attentive in the monastic
school: ^'B*\'3*'*''^*II on a hill range take
care!

*JJ'3I gril (dif) (of. •fif*'* hgril-wa) a roll ;
qog-gril rolled paper ; a paper roll :
'2!a|''^''i;'(iVT§c' kept rolled up in paper :
gos-gril a roll of satin or cloth; a
garment folded up (Cs.).

gi'p'IV" gril-kha byetf-pa to make up a
parcel. (Sch.)

51 I: gru 1. a figure, corner, tip, any-
thing with length and breadth ; fj'i^ gru-
bshi a figure with four corners, gen. a
square; WQ yul-gru a country with
certain dimensions, i.e., the division of a
country in provinces or districts. 2.
lustre ; 5AW gru-^mar a reddish lustre
from precious stones. 3. a district of
Tibet lying to the east and north of Dbug
(Jiff.).

SJ II: sfh, Jjra, **&, "far, *rnr
general term for boat, raft, vessel; also
5'-«^ grit-fan a boat, ferry.

Syn. $«|»r*l$*r«i rtags gsum-pa; j'^'W
gru-yi rab; a°i'w3*s sgrol-war bye$; f
*®x ^ pha-mthar sgrol; ^'^'^seA-ge-can;
5'»5ff'«^ rta-mgo-can ; ^'^'^ ehuhi-fifi-rta
(Mnon.).

S'^TI3^ gru-dkar (du-kar) a kind of
turquoise.

S'| gru-fkya wriT'l that which falling
on water strikes it; an oar

Syn. SV!«\ skyo4-byed ;
bsgral-wahi $ifl-rta.

5'f gru-kha or y-WF gru fan-kha or
^•q5c.-») gru btafi-sa landing place on the side
of a river, eto. ; a ferry. See maps in
Survey Report of A. K.'s journey.

S'B"! gru-khug the keel of a slip.

gru-mkhan «ilfo«t navigator ;

a ferry man.

246

Sr^ Gru-ga 1. clew; hank. 2. n. of
a country. 3. stone or paint of whitish-
blue colour.

ST^n gru-gu 1. a thread-ball; yarn in
round ball. 2. «*TSU'3 Wshon-gyi gru-
gu n. of a village in Tibet (Jig.).

a'3'3'* Qru-gu Bgya-ra n. of a village
in Kham (LoH. 27).

5'S gru-g.lt passage money at a ferry ;
a boatman's fee.

.char 1. rains ; rainy season:

,v-^r 'hbebs-pahi char rains that fall
over the whole country and produce a good
harvest. 2. a fine, fertile rain (Sch.).

WZlgru-ma (du-ma) angle; corner;
convex or concave ; also edge, border, brim.

in %nr

grit-btsa? boatman's fee;
ri grit btsas-pa, ^'VffU'^'f^ chu-
sdud-pa-po tol collector of a ferry.

f £fl]*i gru-tshugs, $tf^* gru-gioA-sa a
ferry or ghat : de nas. Se-dmar gyi-gru-
tshugs-la byon-nas, then he arrived at the
ferry of Seminar (A. 91).

gru-t8hums-pa=P'$w'1 or T^l

(Ot.).

5-^ gru-chod. or 5q'^
corner ; angle.

g-qj3N gru-psum f^nt a triangle; 5'^
gru-bshi a square ; f ** gru-draH a right
angle ; 5'^^ gru-yon or fT^ gru-g.yel obli-
que angled.

5'P^ gru-bshi n. of a stone: Sp^'JIV"'
«[«• V*'^*1'^ gru-bshis ltlad-pa g.so shin-
chu-ser hden the stone called Grub-kshi
heals the brain and draws out pus.

1. n. of

a mountain in the south of India ; also
the residence of Avalokites'vara on the
small island of Puto off Shanghai ; n. of
the residence of the Grand Lama at
Lhasa. 2. an harbour.

m-SJ-ui^'niq) gru-yi yan-lag=%^ gru-ikya
an oar (JJfnon.).

= 5'-*ff grit-$cm a ship

gru-yt

z = 5' 3 gru-sliya
oar; the wings of a boat (Mfion.).

Syn. 5^'uni'miJ gruhi yan-lag; "fii'^
gyob-byc; g'^ $kya-iva (Mnon.).

' gru-yis sgrol Trft^f a navigator.
gru-las hdas-pa ^fNu1. one
i a

3'*Vi gru-hdren ft^THW, denned

-g-J55-»)s, ^r« nafi-du hjug-pahi ?kye-
lohi tnM, person conveyed in a boat. Peo-
ple who journey by boat are :— *f *i*
guest; <Aw^ merchant, trader; ^^
boat passengers.

5'«< gru-pa ferryman.
5'^S ^/•M-6o=5'"l^c-« gru-pzins ship
a..

c/ia=5jc''15c''* grufl-gtan
sa starting or landing place of a ferry ; 5'
•*fl'f| gru fan-pa ferryman; S}'°i''fa'£' gru-
la shon-pa to go on a ferry-boat.

2 *J gru-mo (du-mo) the elbow ; 5) '«
gre-mo, ^ ku-ni, ff^T the elbow, or *PQ'

pahi-tshig$-pa lar-pahi rise-tog the top-
most piece of the middle joint of the arm :
m-^ww»c«J3K.>«J gru-mor kha tvam-ka hold-
ing a trident in the hollow of his elbow.
a(q|-q5'5'?i lag-pahi gru-mo is defined as ne-
tcahi dpufi-pa ; 5'^5'S1 the hollow of the

247

elbow joint:
^"1 lag-pahi gru-mo re jo-wohi pus-mohi
sten-na bshag resting each elbow on the
knees of the lord (A. 135).

^T^ gnig-pa to break into small
pieces; to crumble; to bruise; jflj'qS'ngw
grug-pahi hbras bruised rice (Sch.) ; SJI^'g
grugs-bu something broken.

S^'^J I: grun-po (dun-po) = ^'^ grun-
tca, I^S $byan-po, ^flr^fwrq rig-pa grims-
pa 1. very intelligent!; -qg^ clever ; wise ;
prudent. 2. meek; mild; gentle (Cs.).

5J£'^J II: the corn seed that is not
rotten (Jig.)-

3J^ grub I : (dub) pronounced rub, in the
upper Himalaya's and Shar-Khombu,
signifying in Ld. all: ^jq'^'Sfc- grub-fi-soU
all are dead (Ja.). JRub-te : altogether,
jointly.

3p II: firs; §«V<r«5-sSrg-«^-qv^-^-g)«r
5*''c' bycd-pa-po dnog-su med-par raft-raft gis
grub-pa anything accomplished or done
by itself without any agent.

^q-flSij (jrub-mchog=^^ a great saint;
5q-*£«i|-*t grub-mchog-ma f^hiTT a female
saint.

sprlfa grub-thob, ftryr a saint, occurs in
the following passage of (Zam. 2) : — |«r
Ifq-RjcJg-gjoc^^-q^ grub.thob rim-gro gral-rim
bshin Qfo^W grub-brne$ one who has
gained perfection.

3«rw i: grub-ynthah 1. ftajpa, «»rznn«r
established conclusion ; opinion ; theory
(Zam.) : ^•^•3)-!q-*w*r<**W£K there being
no conformity of doctrinal principles
between the Brahmans and the Buddhists.

$q-*m ii : = «*•£)$• £•$»! thar-pahi blo-gros
resolution for liberation from miseries ;
determination for obtaining , Nirvana
(Mnon.).

grub-pa I: 1. ft*, ftfT,

, «g^f ; pf . of *3«r£i to accom-
plish 2. $«r«t|lVH'| grub-par byed. hzug
«^ra, i%§^> a saint : 5q'£)«'q5«im-£i grub-pas
b_tags-pa f%rt tj-fo accomplished by a saint ;
taught or preached by a saint ;
grub-par gyur-cig f«f^^ be
it ready, complete, perfect.

H: ^'q mt-pa fiw^ ftrft exist-
ing; success; wvjQ't ma grub-pa not exist-
ing (Ja.) : 5q-£)'«ic-«i^q grub-pa daft bde-wa
3fr[ f^ the happiness arising from yoga
or union with the supreme spirit (in Brah-
manism) and with the eternal Cunyata or
void in Buddhism : QW lit grub-pa lus, the
formed body, either the frame, the struc-
ture, the body, or more prob. an abbre-
viation of ^fVfrfV^^Fi the body that
is made of the five skandha (aggregates) ;
gq-qS-'fyf*^ grub-pahi don-can what is neces-
sary in the charms of necromancy for pro-
pitiation ; wv mustard.

grub-pahi d
grub-chcn great saint (Tig. k. 11).

Grub-pahi rail-
byon §pyan-ra$ yzigs the saint originated or
existing by himself ; the self-formed
Avalokites'vara ; |[^'|1' Ihun-grub or S^'jj'
5^'i Ihun-gyi grub-pa ^rfsrfts[ self-origi-
nated or self-formed : *tf 'Sji Don-grub or
^•w«'«^'5«)-«» Son thams-cad grub-pa *wfv-
ftf5 a name of the Buddha, in whom there
is the fulfilment of every purpose ; also the
name of a magic spell or formula.

grum-pa the Tibetan badger:

sems hdsin-pa phyi-ba-dafi grunt-pat kyan-
yes gsufi he said both the badger and tho
marmot know how to suspend animatipn

248

and rlung — a reflection upon the the prac-
tices of Tibetan ascetics or nal-jor (A.
70) : gwnS-a-swa'iKRfw grum-pahi rgyu
ma itgyu-ffzer hjoms the intestines of the
badger overcome colic.

grum-po a maimed person ; a

cripple.

u (dum-bu) or 3**'^S grum-
na4 also called "$# trem, gout or rheumatism.
•*j'5« fa-grum, ace. to Jd. "VT5** dreg-grunt
podagra ; a feeling of lameness in the limbs ;
5»i'5« rus-grum gout affecting the bones ;
S"$*< tsa-grum rheumatic pain in the
muscles. 4 $*• chu-grum, $*< VI* gmm-tfkar,
5*l'^ql grum-nag seem to be varieties of
email-pox.

grid-bum (ditl-butn)
a class of vampire-ghouls feed-
ing in cemeteries; 5«rgw« grul-bum-ma
females of the above.

3j Grul-bun-can n. of a medi-
cinal drug ; an esculent root, Arum cam-
panulatum (a cure for piles).

Syn. yi'S rtsub-mo; 1'ffa ga-gon; VK-^'
arfa-hjomt ^»ffa that which cures
piles: g'S'^K bra-b_o rgoj;
6y«gf SpoH-po (If Aon.).

z/7-

Syn. *»*'|" mtsho-gkyef ; ?'* rta-chu ; *.*
J« htsho-skyeg (Mfion.).

5'5*> gre-skyet ^i^mw^sfhr^ born in
the constellation of

» »M sho-can are the following three : —
ST^I Itlu-dug (11 na//), «|»^'^1 gzah-dug (^T
rf*«>4), "IW'^"! g.nan-dug (P) */;« (Sman.
350).

w (du-po) a yak only two or
three years old (Jd.).

Ore (deh) y«<*i<ay«?l the eleventh of

the twenty-seven constellations mentioned
in works on astronomy.

'^ gre-ga a sheet of paper (Ja.).

]'^ Ore-tna n. of a place in the pro-
vince of Koft-po in Central Tibet.

gre-wa de-wa) = *W* ip grin-pa
or S^^ fflo-yu ^^r, ^e the fore part of
the neck, the throat, both wind-pipe and
the gullet ; voice : Ij'fl'^'R gre-wa bde-mo
a good voice ; i)'i'fl]i|»r£i gre-wa gags-pa
obstruction in the throat; hoarseness; fj'
gre-wa, dur-ica a stertorous voice ;
q^-g^ grc-bsal b.tan-bye$ in TF. to
hawk; to hem; to clear the throat (Jd.).

] M gre-fto a species of demons;!]'*
gre-mo female demons of this kind.

gre-mag vulg. for 3J'*< gra-ma
awn of barley or of Poa grass.

MM in W. ant;

emmet (Ja.).

gren occurs n
£••5^ gren-gyi don-du bcifit-pahi ri-mo can.
(Jig. 32).

gren-tshag plaited wicker-
work in straight rows.

•f *3J$ I : grehu, or Vi drehu, a young
bear : X'X*ri)Vql^qr>i*''*w' co-rog grehu-gcig
phul-wag Cho-ro having presented a young
bear (A. 63).

II : »n^ pea, peas ; ^^'4 »»»-
sran grehu a kind of pea growing in the
Sub-Himalayas.

249

*l gres- ma 1. the flashing light-
ning (Schtr.). 2. V*'*1 dres-ma a kind of
plant: ||*'»A ^wST'CKV^'W^'W gres-
mahi ge-sar srin-ffsod fflafi-thabs hjotm the
pistil of drcsma kills worms and overcomes
the diseases called glan-thals.

a/ yr
dry wheat.

gro-skam

wheat ;

gro-ga (do-fja) or Iff gro-kha '<
or ^e.'ffl|'ti5't«nrq $in-§tag pahi pags-pa,
white birch bark used for writing charms
on ; also ace. to /a. used for ornamenting

these mantras on white cloth or paper or
leaves of the palmyra or the bark of the
birch which grew in their country (Swan.).

3j V gro-don the winter granary of
wheat in Tibet; an under-ground cell
where wheat is kept during the winter.

U'**| gro-tshag sieve for sifting wheat.
•fi'q gro-u'a or 3j'?i gro-mo reddish grey.

Zfl'^^^ Gro-bshin ^icpiTT TW) the twenty-
second or twenty -third constellation in the
astronomical work* of Tibet and India.

Svn. "igilS hphrog-byed ; "5^'q bon-po;
3'8( bya-glo (Mnon.).

H'q^'ST*1 Gro-bshin gyi na-ica 'TT^'ft
^[f^ffT the full moon in the month of July-
August.

5'S^'§'8'q Gro-bvhin-gyi zla-wa or |'q'
*^'i zla-wa bdun-pa the month of Crdvana.

M'q^^'§S gro-bshin-bycd (do-shin-eM)
hole under the ground where wheat is
kept in winter (A. JT.).

3jai« gro-yos (do-yo) parched wheat
or corn.

Ij'^f gro-ril ball of dough, or lump
made of moistened wheat flour.

3J'*faf gro-sog (do-soa) stalks of wheat,
wheat-straw.

J gro-ma (do-ma)

1. the sweet potato of Tibet. 2. name
of a herb (Vai-sfi.) [the grass Scirpm
Kysoor"]S. §'15 rgya-gro or 5^5 '« rgyahi
gro-ma the potato introduced from India :
f*)-»ic,^-un-m-ti^aca«-R|g-q|^ the potato being
sweet is cooling and stops diarrhroa.

Hj'^'tt}^* Gro-ma Inn n. of a place in
the north of Tibet (Ka-thafi. 168).

' Gro-lufi, n. of a village in the
province of Lho-kha.

J gro-lo-ma (do-lo-md) ff"'^ go$-
chen a kind of satin ; silk stuff.

Gro-sa village in the district of

Phenyul.

Gro-ho (do-ho) STJ'^*'* phyag-
rgya rnams-so a mystical word used in the
Mah&nmdra Tantrik rites (K. g. «| 215).

grog-ma or

ant ; emmet.

mo (dog-mo)

Syn. §^'9^'w srin phran-ma ; J'5,'^ ti
rgyu-ra; ^^'l^-g ^in-rjehi-bu (Mnon.).

^T^ grog-gked waist of the ant; also
narrow as that is.

Jfqj'wp^ grog-mkhar ^wNf ant-hill.

Syn. sj'S^'lr^ brgya-byin tpyi-ico; "$(*•'
^•q§-q|*) nor-ldan brtsegs ; $fl|'w-*R' grog-
tnahi-tahhft ; !|l'»i5-«p^ grog-maty rnkhor
(Mnon.).

grog-po 1. V4 a deep ravine
in which a torrent flows ; the sides of snch

83

250

ravines are termed gad-pa,
qS 3jn|-eft*i? "IV U(E-'^ chu chen-pos brus-nas
byufl-teahi grog-poham, gad-pa yafi-zer, that
which is caused by the erosion of great
waters is also styled grogs-po or gad-pa.

STS to grog-flu, v. 9JT*« grog-nut, ant
(fag. 6*).

• $fl]'<*e. grog-(s/ian = ^"\'s^i^ grog-muhi
ts/tan ant-hill.

' I : grog-shifl or "^T V' cultiva-
tion in uneven narrow ground away from
villages or gen. in wild places where cattle
are pastured.

' II: *TI\t'ql'v|Mr*'ij'*l>' rma-
daH gser skrafis chu sri-scln. of a medicine
which cures obstruction of the urine ; a kind
of moss growing on the sides of chorten, and
old walls, etc.

3jqj-fl|uie.- grog-ffyafi lateral gully on
hill-side: $T* gi-og-c/iti, brook; rivulet,
v. lj T^ grog-po.

3jo|-q|« grog-sizar a torrent pouring down
a ravine.

grogt W>

a friend, companion, fellow-
labourer, assistant; paramour, also hus-
band ; F'3h« kha-grogs a seeming friend ;
a friend in words; a false friend; 5^'
<H*\'* rtin-grogs or §*'3J1*< sfiin-grogs
true friend, bosom friend, associate, com-
panion, comrade, fellow ; SJI^'JI grog§-khye
playmate or playfellow; ^3c-'5l's' dpun-
grogs, fellow combatants comrades ; "^"l
f"l« hdug-grog$ or PSIJN'^II^ bshugs-grogg
fellow-lodger ; *WH'% I* dgah-grogs,
^tan-grogs spouse ; husband ; wife ;
I]"]* hdod-grogs or ^'Xij*! hdod-rogs sweet-
heart; *»£<v3h« mdsah-grogt a lover ;

!5"1« ffzim-grogt bed-fellow (not only con-
cubine) ; ^"I'^i)*! dmag-grogs ally, confe-
derate (in war) ; l>W'9il'|*< lag- grogs colleague;
journeyman ; under- workman ; '^Tlil*',
tshig-grogs an auxiliary word. \_N.-B. — In
pop. works and colloq. language the word
Hl*i sounded ro or rog is combined with
verbs in the imp. To give a polite
turn to any request ; " nang-ro-nang "
please give ; " ton-rog-nang " " will you
kindly show," etc.

'^ grogs-fan a bad friend.

''*tf grogs-dan «Ti<n»T help or assis-
tance.

»! grogs-hdrt's mutual friend-
ship,

5l»i'3 grogs-po (tog-po) a«T, f»nr, im
friend; ally.

Hlw'^Yi i : grog§-byed-pa to be friend;
to make friendship ; to assist j to be friends.

^'^'^I^'SV1 to cultivate friendship, to
be mutual friends.

5*!* '§S H : «vra, T^ assistance ; aiding.

^iJ^'SS'" grogs-bycd-pa is synonymous
with X«|«^« rogs-ram ; in writing some-
times i|E.*r3jl'!*< sdofls-grogs is also used.

f<q»rli grogs-mo a female friend; also
a mistress.

Syn. |'*i sla-rno; ^^*<na mnam-ma\
S'^35 pho na-mo; ^'|«\'*»CE-»''w kun-$pyod.
mt shuns- ma \ <*|j^'5'Ji'* hphrin sky el-ma
(Mnon.').

^n|W£ijc.- grogs-bzaii or ?SqI*''£liE-'£i grogs-
bzan-po ^fa^m, wren friendship, also
sweetheart.

' I: gron or grons pf. of
to die; IF'*!"! grnn-hjug resurrection
bringing life to a dead body, translating

251

the soul from one body to another :

c. having done service to religion,
and living beings he is said to have four
times performed the noble work of transla-
ting a soul from one body to another
(J. Zan.).

' II : 1. *TR, gft an inhabited place ;
a village ; hamlet ; also house ; ^g'Sfc' brgya-
gron a place of a hundred; ?=>'?=•' ston-gron
thousand houses or households (Jd.) ; IK'
^'iH gron-la-hgro *lT*f n^t^ going or gone
to the village : IKql§*l'*«^'§S gron-gsum
mthar-byed fagvn^f he who has destroyed
the three habitable spheres, the god S'iva.

gron-khycr (don-khycr) gr,
tm^, SK a town or city;
a place which is surrounded by a
wall, originally a palace. That is called
a country or ^ yid where there are
100 lakhs of households, a place where
there are 100,000 households is called
ojar^jifo yul-hkhor or province. In a city
(?=•'(!* gron-khyer] which is gen. fortified
there should be at least 10,000 households ;
a town with population less than 800 is
called a 3K' gi'on in Sans. ?rw.

Syn. 5-ge/npS< pho-lran hkhor; *>'3K'
mi-gron ; IK'B* gron-khyim ; ^'«^'"fi« hi$-
can-gna$ ; ^^.Vf^'^'K dmans-hdiil-gnas ;

spyod-pahi phur-ltu ; ^ii*)'*l\«q^^ hjigs-
med-gna$; ^'^'"1^ mi-bskyod-gnas; 3=-'
|«i srun-byed; l^'l^ $kyon-byed (Milan.).

^fi6'^'^ Gron-khycr dgra grrft the
enemy of the city, S'iva.

fjc.'j|vOs«ii Gron-khyer hjig g^»^
Indra.

5^'B^'I gron-khycr rje = '^'^'c>^\'» yul-
gyi bJag-po or V*ffc'^W yul-hkhor du-an

sheriff, also the chief of a city ; also J^rg^i
rgyal-phran a petty Raja (Mfion.).

H^'^'ls Gron-khyer $pyod met. for a
crow.

can

gron-khycr dpal-yon-
(Sc/ir. ; Ta. 2, 166).

*fc-'H^'*)'Tl gron-khycr me-tog
(Schr.) lit. the city of flowers ; it is the
same as Patalipulra or Patna.

3JE.'j'ij^'i]3^ gron-gi g.can-gzan
met. for dog (Mnon.).

gron-gi brjod-pa inx* pro-
vincialism ; country or rural language ; 5=-'
*i)'y*p* gron-gi ne-hkhor ^TtTt^^w the
suburbs: Jf^SfwH gron-gi hthab-mo
feuds and qiiarrels (among villagers).

3jc.-5)-q^<i| Gron-gi bdng
the headman of a village.

J(jc.-^-q-^ (jron dra-wa-can
ww^-q-qiflVq yron-mthah la-dra-ica
wa) a town surrounded with fortifications ;
l(jc.-tr|-«,-q gron-gi dra-wa *eps a circle or
circuit of a village ; fortification round a
city: 3}c^'(:u|c:^'*( gron-gi hphrefi Idan-
ma, g<.«if«l*ft the village flower- woman :
^c.'S)'")?^ Gron-gi giso-wo the ohief man
in a town or village ; a headman.

Jflc.-g]c.« gron-grans the number of houses
in a village or town.

ij]c.-s<1b*i| gron-mchog chief city ; also
scene ; sphere.

$c.-q-|af grofi-bsnen a ^'^»rf»w-«i^|q-
t^'t' a lama who performs meditations or
asceticism remaining inside a village

or town; $R$*Wfi'f£^W*^ ^en~
na mibstcn-pahi grofi, bfiien dar-wa daft one
not performing the practice of asceticism
by going to any solitude (Ta-sel. 2T).

252

t]E.'*|5*< gron-gtam country speech or
language.

ljs.-q*«i| grofi-kdag=z$t''tfo'*ft'V gron-pahi
ptso-bo the headman of a village or city.

3K'«,«I groH-rdal=^'*^n gron-brdal afjf-
tf^, f*i*iH a large town (which is not
enclosed by a wall) together with its
suburbs.

gron-edchi phra-ma mkhan
dkrugs-fifi byetf-mkhan
one who causes or excites brawls,
feuds, etc., among village people or com-
munities.

tfc-ti gron-pa a villager ; one holding a
house ; a tenant.

|je.-qS-*« gron-paht aAoi^W'H'^^-fl pho-
hkhrig-pa sexual union (SJ.Hon.).

H*'cfr«*r|^rtf« gron-pahi chos kyig-
ma gas-pa = $%'*^-u-%\ii bu-mo pho-dan
tna phrad-pa virgin purity ; a maiden not
touched by a male (Sman 289).

%*•'*&* gron-dpon JnWt", 3TO,
the chief of a town or village.

'CJ gron-wa (dong-wa) in C. ace. to
Jd. used for SF'q graft-tea : cold.

Jgc.-q^ graft-war the middle of a village
or hamlet.

ro- $pan$ fsr»HW one who is
liberated or has abandoned the life of a
layman or householder.

?5c.-3«i| gron-tahig irlRJ provincialism:
%c,-"*,v\ •?)« -wjj^-q^ groA-tshig gis-ma sla-dpar
= f «.'i)|\3«l-»r^»i-w gron-skad kyig-nia-hdret
par not mixed up with provincialisms.

3fc* gron-tsho large village; town;
several hamlets taken together.

3jc.-*iX-*>v*i Grofi-mtsho mer-mo n. of a
village in the district of w E in Lhokha :

E lab-kyi hdab Grofi
qitstio mer-mo (Lon. * 30).

$fil^ gron-ffsfti an estate ; farm (Sc/i.).
grofi-yul country place (Jd.).

91 jrro#?s (dong), v. ^'o re^p. to
die ; ^R-3|«-3)-q-«i^ -w^-Ji is regp. for natural
death.

grocf-pa or *IW» puttf-pa belly;
generally the paunch of ruminating
animals; in collcq. language it is
sometimes applied to the stomach or 5 1
p/io-ica : w3ft mar-grod butter kept in
the dried paunch of a sheep.

S'!?* grod-gbom (dot-bom) a large belly ;
also the dried paunch of a bullock to keep
oil.

3]3j'53j gron-can (don-can) disadvan-
tageous ; injurious.

!fa'^ gron-che very noxious (Jd.) ; 3^'*^
gron-mcd harmless ; innoxious (Lex.).

SJ^'^I I : gron-pa (don-pa) explained
as *3rif^'3 bgro-tgo chcn-po, much expen-
diture ; expensive ; also to expend, squan-
der : *Vl*?&VWrtMh'«V botf-kyi mi nor
man-po gron-pa dan having squandered
much wealth and men of Tibet: $"!'
Jfl'lfa'i fnag-i;ofj gron-pa (Nag.) waste or
expenditure of much paper and ink.

II: explained by *>-*»j-*W£'^'
q mi-tshan cheham bzod-cheham
bsran che-tca, applied to a great or illustrious
family, to one who is very patient or for-
bearing, a thing that is very durable and
hard.

gron-qas *%'$ hgro-sgo item of
exppnditure ; also the account of tlxe dis-
tribution and lending of grain.

253

' Grom-pa rgyad (tom-pa-
gyang) n. of a place in Tsang which con-
tained one of the twelve temples said to
have been erected by King Srofi-btsan
sgam-po (Ya-sel. frl).

grol (dol) ffw (Schr.; Kalac. T. 5}
release; deliverance.

1K'"^ Grol-iiin (dol-nin) the day when
the annual assembly of the lamas dissolve.

IKf^ Grol-ston (dol-ton) a festival on
the day when lamas relax after the term of
the special devotions is over.

HT*^ grol-hdod ^w^ wishing to be
emancipated or set free from transmigra-
tory existence and misery, etc. ; abbrevia-
tion of *^'fl'^'p'*til'*«|W'«wr^TW*1fa>«l
hkhor-wa dafi-sdug-bsfial §oy§-las grot-tear
Mod-pa.

P grol-ica (dol-tca) pf. of
hgrol-ica ; also sbst. fsr.HKT, »fr^, an:,
5% deliverance ; deliverance from worldly
existence.

Ifr'a^ grol-ica can wtfnn 1. relating to
emancipation ; deliverance. 2. sbst,. pearl :
vwr that has been delivered from the
oyster.

Syn. S'5l mu-tig; ^^^ na-le yam

Ch-ol-buhi lha-lfia the five
demigods or, perhaps, Naga demi-gods.

Gh-ol-med hjoms n

the killer of Namuci ; an epithet of Indra.

l: grog (doi) = %WP mol-wa 1.
advice; counsel. 2. = "15* gtam speech;
talk; T^'f« b.kah-gros conference; com-
mittee.

3J" II : aco. to Cs. care, heed, caution.

$^'$"1^ gros-grogs (doi-dog) a consult-
ing friend ; anyone consulted with.

M*1'-^ gros-can careful ; cautious.

+ f«'i|«»i gro$-gcam 1 consultation.
2. = 5^'§*\'£i gros byed-pa to consult.

IJ<r«5^en gros mthun-par unanimously ;
by unanimous decree.

3j*rY*j gros hdri-sa (doi-di-sa) the place
where advice may be asked ; an oracle.

gtrtf^trq gr0g hdebg-pa giving advice.

5«'^\'q gros hdri-ica to ask (a person's)
advice ; to consult (with one).

%*ci gros-pa (doi-pa) adviser; coun-
sellor ; senator ; also advice ; 3i«rg*ri grog
byas-pa (doi-je-pa) to have consulted ;
#NTT consultation; conference; tj*J'§'YcJ
gros byed-pa (doi-je-pa) fl*qyr^H to con-
sider ; to deliberate ; to resolve ; decide
after consderation, deliberation, etc.

3j*r*> Gros-mi (dot-mi) consulting man;
an adviser; sometimes in Sikkim the
headman of a village.

3j*r»l<; gros-mcd without asking or con-
sulting anybody ; self-sufficient ; careless ;
heedless.

H»r*S gro$-t$hod (doi-tshoi) the real
points or object of a conference: 5«'*^'^'
^c.-uc^qN'|X'q gros-tshod hdsin-daft ya-rabs
spyod-pa to catch the leading and salient
points in a conference (J>g-)-

5«'<»( gros-ya (doi-ya) a secretary ; a
councillor.

3J g.la wages ; pay ; fee or remuneration
for any work done: ^'Iic''0§'3"q3tV3'^'
S'S'^'I* dgc-slon brgya-rtsa brgt/ad-kyi
htsho-u-a gla-nas sbyar the maintenance of
one hundred and eight monks was met
from the fees (he received) (A, 61).

254

3J'^ 0/a-wa st^f^nr the musk deer,
Moschusmoschiferus, of which there are three
varieties or perhaps even species in Tibet.
Another species occurs in Amdo : Moschn?
Sifanicus; g'n3'<«j« gla-rnahi pags , SH'^ *>'
q$-qoprq gfa-tca dad rna-tcahi pags-pa the
skin of the Nao antelope and the musk-
deer.

Syn. \-q*=.-^qc.-Ei dri-bsan facan-po; gfj"
**i gla-rtgi can ; *»' V sa-h<i ; S^^T rlufi-
bsreg (Mnon.).

pla-gor sho-fa n. of a fruit.
gla blaits-pa has taken or
received his wages for work.

S|'5j=.' ffla-sgaft ^8, *nn: n. of a med-
cinal herb ; ^r«r Cypenis rotundas : *rniT
Ihe root of Cyperus pirlennis.

S(t>\ pla-rfan, abbr. of fl' ve^-q ffla-dafi
rfian-pa, wages and remuneration.

or S'Q gla-po or a'9 -«
one who works on wages ; a servant em-
ployed on a fixed salary; also a day-
labourer or hired workman ; "I^Tg gyog-
gja rjm service money ; salary.

gla-phor a kind of tree the wood
of which is good in turning and for making
plates and cups.

gj-|n| yia-phrug the young one of a
musk-deer.

8 '») gla-mi MW, CW a servant ; a hired
workman.

Sj'35 g.la-mo 1. a hired female servant.

2. musk-doe: f*'^E*f<'*W3^
gla-wahi nor-bus gbrul-sogs dug-sruii byed
the jewel of the musk deer (the musk-
pod) is a protection against snake poison,
etc.

5'S" pla-rtsi H^, ^TTrfk, ^^^t musk:
fflo-rtsi gro-yi tshig-ma

hdra musk is like burnt-wheat grains :
gl-S"wr*ijii«|«i\*-w the musk that is
slightly soft, tough besides being of
strong scent, is good : grfr^VT §3i'*'lI!a|^'
qIW*S'^q' musk eradicates snake-poison,
kidney disease, plague.

Syn. Mql*''$'q ri-dbags Ue-u-a ; Qvyn is
tbrvl-skrag byed; i£w&'**%* myos-pahi
mtshan-ma;\§.'^ dri-yi thod; \^^^
dri-yi gog-can ; ^I)«'*E.' ri-deags clan; *•'
\"\'*'$' ri-dbag$ rtsi; S'^'^'S g.la-wahi nor-
bu

gj-!L5i»)-1pi| Gla-rtsihi me-tog n. of a
flower, the Pediculans mcgalantha.

8J'^ g.la-lto food and wages.

3JIf yhm or S'S"I bya-gfag a bird des-
cribed as resembling an eagle, but smaller
than the vulture and larger thnn the hawk,
of blackish chocolate colour; carries away
kids and lambs. This bird is numerous in
Mongolia, Central Tibet and Kham. Pro-
bably the lammergayer.

plag-k/ira-mo a spotted species

of eagle.

a^V Itag-pa upper
or back part or side : Mftl^fl mgohi Itay-
pa the crown or upper part of the head.
Defined as I'VS'^'g"!'", the upper back
part or blunt side of a knife or axe.

gJSJj'CJ'^JJJ Q lag-pa lam n. of a place in
Tibet (Deb.).

ilj1^ fffaOS ^^fHE opportunity, occa-
sion, possibility: sopr***'*! ylags htshol-
tca to eeek for an opportunity: «\'aql»»r|'s
tR'^"] da glagi rned-par hdug now the
favourable time seems to have come ; esp.
opportunity of doing harm to another,

255

of getting a hold on him (Jo) :
** '*3* gfags hned-par mi hgyur he will not
get an opportunity to do you harm. «|Sy
^ intolerable; insupportable: *l*f'
^ there is no possibility of helping
him; he is incurable (Jo) : a"!*'*^"1 not
able to do injury or some interruption to
one's actions.

«f (HPJ^r^ gJags-pa to go ; be going ;
proceed ; to be on the point of.

' I : Glan n. of a place in Tibet.

to

* II: ««r, <e*fl 1. ox; buUock.
2. one of the signs of the Zodiac,

the Bull: BV%f$F*r8*'W*H''r*'r<*''^

glan-gi mkhris-pag fbyar-dug mig-la phog-
par phan the bile of the ox is useful when
contagious poison strikes upon the eye :
gf^idwW^CCTViq the spleen of the
ox is useful in sores and poisons : g^'S)'*^'
MCfW4qv*iN the kidney of the ox re-
moves kidney diseases: a^'BT'KVr^'l^
the blood of the ox (with food) draws out
blood poison.

Syn. "^'^\ hgro-lyed; ^ §*\ hdren-
byed; fWSfl stols-ldan ; ^=-'3 bmn-po; 0'
*Xfl| khyu-mchog (Mnon.).

3JC' III: orW-'wW(tlan-t/iabs,a\ao called
fllfc'gc g.zer-fflan, colic, gripes, spasms in
the stomach and similar affections (<7a.).

g|c.-vw gM-thabs=lsi'$*>, glo-lur 1.
sudden; suddenly: s^'w^'S'S^"'^'*1 was
suddenly defeated by the enemy. 2. n. of
a disease, prob. hysterical fit.

SFB* glan-khyim ifrgft', iflft* a shed
or fold where cows are kept ; an orna-
mented gateway.

S^'Q'N&'I glan-khyu tnchhog
bull; ox.

fflaft-khyu-ica ^i«!gcfj«\ a bull
kept for breeding purpose.

81ca*> glan-g.lad 1. the brains of the
bullock or ox. 2. in Tsang=soap.

a^'^ft glan-rgod a wild ox. This term
is applied in Tibet to the buffalo (in Tib.
$'^ mah-he).

^'V'* glan-po-che

the elephant ; elephant
in rut: f.^i^ffVlf^fn^9fifViH the skin
of the elephant is useful in black small-
pox : S^'Zi'iwg-ws^S-g- «-*1*5'S>e>- gfaH-po
rjes-su mthun-pahi rd$a$ so-sohi mifl, i.e., the
names of various apparatus necessary for
an elephant are the following : — g« gram
*W; •i^'"!'** frim-ga-ma ^f=; a^'^'g^ glan-
pohi rgyan ; ^qm'q5'i]-q fydogs-pahi ka-wa ;
wn'^ a-la-na ; ^r<siM the post to which an
elephant is tied; fl^'S Icags-kyu the
conductor's hook ; •€] '^, §1% ; "larq rnchil-
tca ; l'jB'"l'(B'ti'^'? bri-kfa ka-ksa la-ra-ta
i'q gjan-pohi thag-pa.
i\i-i Mk-ko pdsa-dsa %^ftT9sr='tfK£''^'
hbod-pa shie-hdug (Mfion.).

Syn. *'^ so-Waw ; *'^»» so-g.ni$ •
lag-Man ; "ft'^Sc- gni$-hthufi • x^ti'^
po hthufl ; S^'S^'-s^ myos bum-can;

nags-tshal dgah; w^'«i'fq^'^^ rnche-wa

K hkhor-lohi rkafi ;
dsa-la ka ; ye0!'^ myo§-rnul can ;
T*^ dbyug-pahi rna-can ; ^*\'f^'§*i mchod-
rten byed; Ijw^ stobs-ldan.

^•laj-HQr<vi* glan-chen thal-dkar -the
white elephant, or one having a white fore-
head; the chief of the elephants ($ag.)-.
^^^•w^^K'^^-i^ the bile of the
elephant cures emaciation caused by poison,
etc. : V&fifaP&PRlteKto the flesh of

elephant (taken as food) cures the diseases
attributed to devils (in W-).

gE.'&Vt' glan-chen rtsi jflffaTT the
secretion of the elephant ; also elephant-
musk.

Syn. 5|''ME." gi-icafi (in magic) or "P'^"!
mystic term (Mid S).

g|c.-*£E.-<!fy Qlan mjin-yon a name of
Prince Satf-na Icgs-mjiA yon, son of King
Khri-sron Idehu-btxan. He was so called
on account of his prowess : wSc.'er'fy '«rjj'^P«.'
*-q*rj|c.-*iSc. •aj^-^-2[q|»i rnjin-pa yon-la $ku-
dtcan che-was fflan-mjin yon-du gragg.

55=. '? glan-to the Indian bull (Bos
taurus Indicm).

gent- Qlan-than n. of a plain to the
east of Lhasa.

SJ^'S"! ffltin-tAug or S^'1*"!'*^ plan-hog
can a bull (not castrated) : S^'ST* *«» *tff
*ij|-is|-*f^ fflan-thug ru-a-cos mgo-chag-la phan
the horn of uncastrated bull is useful in the
fracture of the head : glan-thuy nag rwa-cos
mdse-la phan-par-byed the horn of a black
uncastrated bull is used in leprosy: S1-'^!'
yij^q-wl^o^-^-q'^ui plan-gi nca-g.shob rnchin-
pahi tsha-tca-sel the ashes of a burnt bull's
horn taken internally cures inflamation of
the liver.

gFSV* Glan-dar-tna 1. a youthful ox.
2. n. of the King of Tibet who persecuted
the Buddhists in the ninth century A.D.

Sl6-'^ yM-hded^^K^ thon-rnkhan
the husbandman, a rustic.

g^Ei-flfc.- g/an-j)o-?/iyo^=a=.T yltn-rdsi
*\\1\<4 a cow-herd; one who tends or
looks after cows ( Mnon.).

gt.-q-wig<i| glaft-po-mc/wg »w^f%f the
chief of the elephants, lit. a scent-elephant.

Syn. gc.'Hi'Vj'Ji Hi g_lan-pohi rgyal-po; T*1'
spo§-kyi ylan-po; (3'^'^*, 5 ; khyu-

yimgon-po;
*1* thal-kar ;

khyu-yi b_dag-po; W
mchc-aic drug-ldan ;
(Mnon.).

myon-pa a wild, mad elephant

(400ft.).

gfEj-R^-qN^ii^-ci gM-po hdod-pas drcgs-
pa= a^'Q'^S (flan-po ryod wild elephant ; an
elephant turned wild and mad for union
with a she-elephant.

Syn. *«i»r£!»i1*j'U'q chac/$-pft$ myos-pa;
|^ar«^jrq Icnys-kyiis ydttl-dkah-mt ;
gyo-wa-can ; g^'Q'Sft glan-po ryod;

chan-git dregs-pa .; Sl^'i^ #M-$zt ;
fflad-po $myon-pa.

S=-'S'j;5-|f^ Qlan-po snahi fflin-smad n.
of a place within the district of Shiga-tse
in Tsang.

gjc.-E|-^c.») Qlaf>-po $ofi$ n. of a place (in
Tib.) ; also one which was situated near
the ancient city of Kapilavastu.

glr<n-rd>ii conductor of an elephant
(Mnon.).

jjjc,-Eft'j<jr5 (fl:m-pohi rgy(il-po=^'^^"\
fflan-po-mchog (Afnon.).

g]E.-qiv^q*i Qlan-pohi $tob§, tfist'd n. of
a very powerful giant-like king ; ge.'^ «=.'
^'S^' 'fc'f'W ipan-rten man-hdsin gjan-pohi
Stols (Ya-sel. 57).

5^-35-01^ gM-pohi-pnas= gt-g-l^-ai^
g.lan-po-chehi ffnag the stable where ele-
phants are kept (Afnon.).

gjfg^ (flan-phran = $*-'Qi{ glan-phrug a
young elephant (Mnon.).

SF'Sj" plan-Ires jilmiijl ox-manger; Sl^'
5$'§*i g.lan-pohi Ires elephant-stall.

g)1-'^ g.lan-ma 1. a medicinal plant: 8)=.'
w?i-^-^E.-^-^-q-«tui ^Ian-ma cures fever and

257

flc-

female diseases. 2. a large kind of alpine
willow.

g=.'# glan-mo or "W]'^'« lag-ldan-ma she-
elephant: s^^-wwij-^-wg^ the milk
of a she-elephant is very sustaining : gjfS?*
q^»-q«rX-jft-^-^-q-lN the skin of a she-
elephant cures female disease and fever.

8^'S*n glah-dmar a stallion ox : 8*,' V*'

"^'3^ with the warm hlood of a living stal-
lion ox the circulation of poison in the
blood can be neutralized.

8^'r i : glan-rdsi Jttft^ a cow-keeper ;
a chief, herdsman.

8=.'g" n : jfarra the keeper of an ele-
phant ; keeper of cows ; Krishna.

Syn. jjfEiS-p-zS-Ji glan-pohi kha-lo-pa;
SCcrjE.- plan-po tkyoft (Mnon.).

gp-q|u«|-V^ glan-ffyay dri-ldan 1. %\'W*
gi-wan fl)0^»il the musk-like, scented
secretion in the brains or in the stomach
of an elephant. 2.=V<'*iH dom-mkhris
bear's bile (Sman. 353).

S^'V-'iW Qlan-ri lud-bstan n. of a
Sutra in the Kahgyur, said to have been
delivered by Buddha when on a visit to
Li-yul.

g|=.'5 fflan-ru a bullock's horn ; also a
large forked stick used by the Tibetan
soldiers to rest the musket on when firing.

gjV$e,-q|^-|g-3$ QlaH-luH g.nas-khra-mo n.
of a place in Kham.

VF^F fflaH-fin = $*.-K-2ic. ghfi-ma-fifi or
*!?»•%• mdso-mo-fin a kind of tree grow-
ing largely in Tibet, the leaves of which
are burnt as incense ("prfo' mystical
term) (Min.).

ytan-fu a kind of sore-hoof.

Qlan-khams, who was invited by King
Khri-srofi Idehu-btsan to his capital on
account of the fame of his learning.

fflad or SIS'" glad-pa v^^ the head ;
brains; cf. Jfi klad: ^"H glad-la on the
top, on the head ; also used as postposition
in the sense of over, close over : <|5-g|^-Qr
chuhi ^lad-la close above the river or water.

STVJ »lad-rgya=®S&% g.lad-pahi rtsa
the veins of the brain.

SIS'1! glad-pa generally written as JjVi
khd-pa (Sch.), cf. ^ lhad or J|V«i glad-pa.

ffi'Q (flan-pa also 8>'«i glon-pa 1. to
patch up ; to mend : ^»)'Si|»c«i'^ofgqj 5}^-ti=
y*t'W> lhan glan-pa to sew up or patch up
torn clothes, etc. (flag.} ; j|^-cjq-q to sew
on a patch. 2. to return; «i^ Ian an answer
to reply; rejoin (Lex.). 3. colloquial for

SIVa3! g.lun-glen, v. gfi'« g.len-pa dumb.

•f 31*1'^ »lam-pa or ^S'^^-ei gnam-bu
hthug-po a kind of thick blanket.

fflal-u-a ^nr 1. to yawn or gape :
mfoal dor-hgyin icahibrdah
a relaxation of the body by stretching the
limbs and yawning. 2. a terrific attitude
or posture of sitting : &E.'n)'jj*rq^c.»j sen-ge
tnam-bsgyifi$=^*\-%'*ti sefi-ge $lal-iva
a lion's attitude on his vanquished foe is
called g.lal-ica.

Glanf-kham$-pa n. of a
learned lama come from a place called

htsho-ica one who subsists
on salary or wages.

g|£* I: glin 5H, fir a kind of sacred
grass.

8J£* II: 1. ^T, is island; isolated
place; limb or part of the globe; divi-
sion of lands, large or small ; continent, in

31

258

311

fabulous Indian sense: gj
g^-*l n^q giin gs/ian-nas sfeyeg-pa tshul-bycd-
mi hdra-wa f»Tff*w^qi*iTT : being of other
continents they are of a different manner
of birth.

' III : a large monastery ; a monas-
tery isolated in its greatness and separate
from other jurisdiction.

gjE.-^'q5-flf^) glin-chen bcu-gnit the
twelve continents according to Bon cosmo-
graphy are the following :— (1) W^^V
ruA Vtt+pa&§Ml (2)
("I1"*') Qgah-ldan lha-yi
(3) A^acq'^*w5'5|c ^flj^) Jldul-ba

kyi glin ; (4) aV^V'S"!"'^ ("I"1
hdul Sfiags-kyi glin ; (5) ^VS'i'lK (
Tsad-ined bya-u-a gM ; (6) |f*>WW«i*f6
Sbyin-pa rpthah-yai gM ; (7) S1*^'
Mt-gyo bsam-gtan g.Un ;
(8) Mi'JT'frwSi* (*?**) Dgr.-rgyas yon-tan
ffliti; (9) ^•^8«ww'|c. (^) Tthad-mcd.
byatns-pahi ylin ; (10) ^S'l'i'^'Si^ O15-')
Gnod-sbyin nor-gyi fflin; (11) %H'J«>£|i*'
o»-/«» rgyas-pahi fflin ; (12) s^'
^C'r1'^) Rin-chcn spun$-pahi g}ln ;
or i--c. C\3»i) Sol-mo glin (G. Bon. 5).
The seventeen sub-continents attached
to the twelve continents are the follow-
ing:— (1) iprtfirfwr*^*'!
rgyal-m hdsin-pahi glin ; (2)
Rjehu b_ko4-paM g.M; (3)
Drafi-srofihgro-bdul-ffM; (4)
Mya-fian mej-pahi glin : (5)
Eram~ze gtsaA-wahi gM; (6)
Bram-ze has~mo gM ; (7)
Bbri-mig mtsho-yi gM; (8)
qj^ai-q^-gf Qmags-rigt gdol-wahi gM ; (9)
^W^'SvS'S6-' Stob-chen gyad-kyi glin;
(10) wi'S'^-gf A-ba-da-rahi glin; (11)
^•q-^q-qS-gf Bgro-wa hdul-wahi glin;
(12) 1'V.AWqS'fjn- Rhri dftn htftab-pahi

M; (13) J'a«|-<\»i5-gc Rgya-latj hod-mahi
glin ; (14) $*% '*'H« '!=-• Kgyal-mo tno-khros
glin; (15) »f«'^'a'3^aB-- J&khah-hgro mi-
rkun glin ; (16) *>w3'5)-£jc.- Miham ci-yi
glin ; (17) qjT^lft'a^ Lha-klu man-dha
Sprehu glin (G. Bon. G).

I1-'"! Qlin-ka a garden or pleasure
grove.

jje;^ gliii-nan dispute ; quarrel.

iKWfc Qlin-dkar fdsofl n. of a
district in Tibet.

l*'1^ glin-dar 3^ n. of a kind of cloud.

gjfg^-w glin-ldan-ma, «* jp^«A
a lake which contains islands.

glin-bu ?f>t, ^finra a reed-pipe;
a musical reed; flageolet; the common
musical instrument of herdsmen, and con-
sists of two pipes joined together ; ^Yfj11'
phred-glin flute; piccolo-flute, mostly of
metal; ^'l*.' dge-glift, generally written
S'S*' tyya-yti't a larger musical instru-
ment like a hautboy, used in sacred cere-
monies ; *t*'Sj*' rkan-gM trumpet made of
the human femoral bone.

S^'*1 glin-ma
lake or river.

the margin of a

Glin-yagt-pa n. of the
chief preist of Galdan who was bom at

Qlin-yags.
e> ^-f,

gjC'(5[^J glin-log revolution; inteinal

d-'ssension: ^IW"r*t*^T>fl'y there
arose much civil disturbance there in
Dikhun, i.e., among the members of
the Ebri-khun monastery.

3| glu »fttf , Tftl, «^H, TfW song ;
ditty; also a tune; jJ-^'Vi»|-?j-^«j-q^«|
accompaniments of musical performance,
etc.; ?'*'$ bha-ra-ta, *TOf; 1^"! gar-dag an
actor; a stage-player; ^'iS'fqirn rkan-

259

pahi ftabg-sgyur falling of the feet at the
music or cadence of the song ; «|*'5' "1^
gar-gyi gtso-bo stage-master; C'9 rfia-pa
the drummer ; C'H^'irna brdufi-ica drum-
beater ; to'Kp'i pheb rdob-pa, n^f ; w*1^
thal-mo rdob the clapper; Sjc9'q $Un-buwa
trombone blower; fKS'*1^ g.M-bu tnkhan
the flute-player ; *>'iff. ^t-wafl guitar, violin ;
S-ijjc/sf!^ pi-wan-mkhan the violin player;
gj'i 0/M-«>a the singer; «|*>'*f^ gar-mkhan
dancer; ^l^'i"!'"^ hgyur-bag-mkhan one
who shows various appearances in different
dresses, such as the clown, etc.

ni, Ina-pa dan-ni bar-mahi tfb

S'S glu-egra time in singing,
g)'$e.- glu-chufi a little song ; ditty.

S'?^'" gtwnan len-pa to sing ^ a
sweet song.

gj-«®w ylu-dbyans SnVfa singing ; ST
«^,cV§-e*rq-q5fl glu-dbyanf-kyi fie$-pa-
Qdun the seven kinds of harmonical pitch
or measures of the compass of the musical
tones. These are: — ^'« bar-ma
V=-'5jV drafi-sron irw, "'^ sa-hdsin
^1-^ drug-ldan ww; g" £?«-;?«
g-i]«ni blo-g.sal V&K, ^'W hkhor-nan
ft^K. Then, too, there are various
dennitions of sengs and modes of sing-
ing. Such are:
rgyud-dad mgrin-la$
^•gcgS'i'g-g hkhor-nan ylan-pohi $gra Ita-
bu, Q'»i$^'V^-'Vf\^ff khyu-mchog

ra-yi skyad,
drug-skyes rma-byahi skad-Uar sgrogs,

^ bar-ma khrufi-khrufi sgra-

bski», i^
Ita-bur btsher,

me-tog-ldat}
byitg tgrogsrpa Ita-buho S\*

tsed-tno r lorn-par bla&tra-

\3

drag-po xo-mtshar-du, drug-$kye$ khyu-
mchog de-bshin-no T^%«fV^*9lH|W^ I1-'

I5'X'aj'gE,*)'q^'5 «« hdsin-pa daft kkhor-Kan
dbyans, §nin-rjehi ro-la blans-par bya «.W$'

S5'^»i glu-rcg alternate songs.

Sl'fyw ght-len-ma = gf
ma a songstress.

mo hjigs-dan bcas-pa-la, blo-g.sal
blang-vaho.

5]'*;iSc-*''S'Pc-''' fflu-dbyans kyi khan-pa
^fir-vwr^ a stage ; a place where sing-
ing is done.

I5]'^gc.»r*f ^ glu dbyafts-mkhan a singer ;
one who sings or instructs in singing.

Syn. gj'^'i glu len-pa, STT^ plu-mkhqn

lu rnkhan-

fflud. a thing given as a ransom ;
.

^ a ransom for life :
khohi gjud-du lug
slaughter a hundred sheep as a ransom
for him, gft'8!'1^' giud-la btaft to ranspm a,
scape-goat,

g^'rfq alud-tshab the ransom offered to

N»

some malignant spirit, consisting of one's
effigy made of barley or wheakstraw, and
its interior filled with grain, edibles, cloth,
medicines, and precious articles such as
gold, silver or coins, and then thrown in
the direction from which the evil spirit
is supposed to have come. There are
several varieties of this kind of ceremony.

glum or

fbafi-glum fresh

fermented rice, barley, or wheat, used
instead of malt in brewing beer.

260

chaA btsot phdb btab biual-nag lang-pa chaA-
gi glum-mam sbafi glum yaft-zer.

~s

3] Ole a small uncultivated island;
also a grove; same as ** tnhal org"^'*!
ffliH-ka.

gj-^www gle hdants-ma 1. one having
the disease in which urine and foecal mat-
ter pass together, i.e., by the rectum (K.
du. \blS). 2. = *faa-TO«T; w^-^'wK
mtshan-meg ma-nifi a hermaphrodite;
having neither the sign of male nor of
female.

3JTJ glfgt table; plate; board; any
flat piece : if'SqFql3lirJ|f tyo-glegt gshug-go
there was a door panel placed.

gjqproq glegs-c/iab a buckle, clasp or ring
attached to the thong.

SI"'*"! glegs-thag a thong, &c., fastened
round a book.

gjoprqw glegs-bam S^W, gftr a volume ;
a book ; leaves placed between flat boards.

S1"'S glegt-bu 1. a label ; explained as
I«-!f»r«rge.-j(C5'q^-q«v«iS-g|>q|»|«|'«i chos-gos la
glin-gM gm-bshi bcad-pahi gra bkag-pn, a
square or rectangular piece of cloth or
paper put as label containing the name of
books, chapters, pages, etc. (Sag.), 2. a
tablet. 3. q^-g^wg bk/ihi-glegs-bu or «np-
J{ "{ bkah-$ og a diploma; *e.«'3'gT»'9 copper
plate or tablet.

rw gkgi-ma, v. ai" glcgs.

f g.leg$-$ifi the wooden boards
which iu a Tibetan book supply the
binding.

Jljt'Z^ plefi-wa or gJMTi glefi$-pa ^qij to
say, converse, relate, describe: 15**'^'^ ^
giam-du glen-wa or l^'iS^'q psuft plefi-wa to
relate a etory : «i») ai-ww^'aR*-^ hm-la,
ma-thar sheg glens-no f as the word was sent,

the road is not passable!

9|«'gN I have made this speech:

rumour spreading from one to another,
until it came before the lady. *«'3'if«rii*'
§Vi cho$-kyi tgrog-pleA byed-pa to preach
religious discourses ; 5^'aR' gros-gkft coun-
cil ; consultation.

gcq-ZJ gM-wa-po or S!6''*'"!1^ gM-mo
mk/uin a story-teller.

gj^S*4 Glefi-hbuni a hundred thousand
stories; the title of a book in the Sdul-wa
division of the Kahgyur or Tibetan Bud-
dhist scriptures, which contains different
stories on the behaviour of devotees, monks,
nuns, &c , who adopted the Buddhist faith,
and who violated the rules of monastic
discipline laid down by Buddha.

*'* glen-mo or *qijf laJb-glefi ^'1^
gkH-brjod qnrr, ^rrfV^>, Tnrf, ^mm talk ;
conversation ; story ; account.

St'ql?l gM-gshi or 8^q5^'«i gkA bglafii-
pa #!^, fsr^R any subject ; primary cause :
H-qfl-^-ai gkfi-gshi hdi-h ^^ forft in
this narration. 1. narration. 2. the
subject of a discourse ((7s.). 3. table of
contents ; index. 4. place, scene of a con-
versation or discourse.

(flen-lkug§, abbr. of
Sj«]*ti glen-pa daft-lkugs-pa, very stupid and
idiotic: ^•|^'^^i-gT£ig'»i glen-lkugs
bkol tpyod-kyi $dug-bsftal the misery of
being stupid, of dumbness and servitude.

eJJJj'^ glen-pa gjl, sry, *rss
stupid, foolish, ignorant ; a thick-headed
fool; an idiot: §«**^HlV^'fl more
stupid than a brute : B^'^*"^'^'a^ fools that
you are each of you: g^'"'"I?'«il'«^ mud-
dled ones.

261

Syn. gK'i Idar-wa ; Sfi'lh plan-glen ; *>'
»»' g.sal-wa; ^^=.« Ito-hgeng; %'%'*>
le-lo-wa; v^v tha-fal (Afnon.).

glo-rdog = jfg^ gto-bur sudden

g.lo-rdol=*{*\'K*irnag-rdol excessive

ffleb-pa, pf. g«w gtebg, to make expectoration.

flat, plain ((7s.);
make flat.

leb-mor-yleb

glo-spir n. of a kind of shield :

•f- (JPW^ fflebf-pa, fsrum to trample;
to tread down ; to press down by the feet

flo-wa ^5^ fs^ the lungs ;
' g.lo-wa bu-Ma the five anterior
lobes of the lungs ; if <r*rg" plo-wa malna

kul-dkc,r phub-ni rab-la sho-lna-ste,

sho-re pfiub-skor sho-phyed yin the best 'Kul-

dkar shield costs five sho and that of Glo-

spir costs a sho for each disk on it (Jig-),
alem-pa to press, squeeze; to 5-

SI 511 fflo-phtig place where things are

crush, squash kept-either in a wall or a corner of a

ij glo or if Ido, in Zrf. resp. *$"!*< house, &c.: S^'i'^N'si^'jjwrifgflj'Sfjj-

ffshogg, 1. the side,esp. of the body : ifw'ii'^ that boy kept the gold in a niche.

glo$-phab-prt to lie down on one's side.

2. a cough.

SfVP' g.lo-dknr or *fa'*\ hthofi-ka «I=M^I

a small window in (the side of) a house to the five p08terior lobes of the lungs

let in light. arnr

a\ § > glo-bur ^(**J)|<^ sudden ; adv.

^Glo-bkra n.of acountry in Tibet J-g^^gfo^r-dii suddenly ;all on a sudden;

instantaneously : Jgv^'S'Wf Z}'3)-q5 jflj'qgai

»'i glo-lkog$-pa ^^qii«r to cough ; g.lo-bnr-du mt-man-po fi-wahi fdug-b$fialthe

to clear the throat. misery or calamity of many men dying

jf?p ylo-skar^'^ fflo-dkar or 1^'BF-' suddenly. j18'V$1fc*I<l ylo-bur-du hofi$-pa

tkftr-khuft a small door or window. ^T^^^r one who has come all on a sudden ;

iff glo-kha n. of a colour like the blood S'3^'*1^'^ plo-bitr-wahi don the signification

of the lungs ; pale-red. of suddenness.

ifrai fflo-khug a small money-bag ifg^jarZ! Qlo-bur rgyal-po a name of

attached to the sash or girdle of a lhe King of Tibet atout 900 years ago
Tibetan.

5"| '» gjlo rgyag-pa to cough ; to feel stifled
(Hfnon.).

fflo-hgrams

gfo-bur-nad a disease that arises

suddenly.

g.lo bur-wa suddenness.

n. of a disease.

If5*< ylo-rgyas a disease of the lungs; uprising:
asthma.

Ifl**' &k>-ficon a disease of the lungs
which increases during the night.

SI V-' gJo-doft wind-pipe (Cs.).

g.lo-hbur Wf(* a projection ;
f«i hbur-du sdod-pa to rise
up into sitting posture.
|fgn g.lo-$bub wind-pipe.
jjfarn glo-la-wa convulsions of the lungs;
cough.

262

gkg

lightning ; flash of lightning ;
^•^q-q-ai^-gc.-q $prin-phan-tshun hthab pa
las byud-wa that produced from the con-
cussion or collision of clouds. The names
of different kinds of lightning are men-
tioned in the Kah-gyur: — sflTql^'t'!'V^ glog
gsi-t/rjid-can the lightning with flash ; lj*f
IT*! ffloy-stuy hog the lightning of dense
lustre, sheet-lightning ; J«|'«I3ir«je. «^ gfog-
qidses phrefi-can the lightning of beautiful
strings or zig-zags, &c. (K. g. \ 115).
The lightning that comes from the south is
called ^'"3'" tkag-fyrgya-pa, that of a
hundred rattles ; that coming from the
•west is called K^w* hotf-nnms-pn, that of
fading lustre ; that which comes from the
north is called W'S'^SI'B rgyun-gyi kdag-
po, lord of streaming flashes (K. g. *t, 32!i).

Syn. ^"T^S'" hjug-pa bryt/a-pi;
JS ffshi-snon $kyef ; ^'§'|"|'»< tprin-gyi
Ipug-nw ; «f?K'^'«^ yser-hod can ; ^«'g lug-
phra ; «^'*S*' ^de-hthuA ; f>'?1'
hod; isrS'^"] "I«o('«J tka$-cig ffsal-wa

m^ ylog-ldan wf^; full of light-
ning ; flashed cloud.

' GM-tliaH n. of a place in
Tibet proper and also in Kham.

''?*•' Qfoft-thafi tgron-mahi
lha-khan n. of a monastery and temple in
Kham.

sH'" gJog~p<*

fffog-pahi-natf n. of a disease
mentioned in grammar, but not found
in the medical works. Ace. to fa. Sffl'^
is another name of the disease called SJI'i
)hog-pa= cancer.

to relax; to

loosen «&W£r<jfc Qcifie-pa-plocf
bsdams-pa-ffhd slacken binding;
to relax the mind, be at ease ;
^'^'^91" fflof-h rgywi-du bshugs you
may stay here always with easy mind ;
tr^ptrfa^ ma-bsuft ma-fflotf-par without
any regard to taking or giving.

J fflon-pa or JJ^'l glan-pa 1. to
return an answer ; to reply. 2. to patch,
mend.

^ ffkf-pa or ifrw'1! f mods-pa
stupidity ; ignorance.

Jj*r«q-q fflos-phab-pa to lie on one side or
on the side : qm'3'flft«|»rw^»rg|«i>?arq<f 'a to
lie on the side like an ox lying down.

J't! <jg<ig-pa, fut. of <&W* to hinder.

cqarq d gag-pa dnd bral-wa^W
%*\'i dgag-pa metf-pa fsrsf?™^ open ; with-
out let or hinderance ; unobstructed.

VH 3 4g«g-pltye, v. ^ll'^l'Ss dgiiy-flye
byed..

-dliye^W^ dgag-phye
W stopped; obstructed.

W$l^ $gnff-$by« byc$ TfK* one
who stops or obstructs

SIT*"] dgag-tshig or ^"1' «j5-^«f dgag pahi
tshifj f %?t word of prohibition ; objection.

VFST'*f dgan-dkah-wa,
dkah-wa ^H\<TT hard to fill up.

^]£¥ZJ 4gaH-wat fut. of
wa, to fill ; fill up.

dgan-blug ^i^fcmN a ladle

to pour butter in sacrificial fire.

«^c.-q|w, dgad-gsar frnft sacrificial spoon
or ladle: |^'9<V>fP'ft*l'^'A'V|f'f 1

fbyin-sreg b_lugs byed.-kyi &zar-bu dafi ekyog
Ita-bu there are two kinds of spoons in homa

263

sacrificial fire, one is large called Dyaft-
gsar, and the other smaller blug-gsar,
which is used to pour butter on fire.

^qp£qSV^£' Dgan-yzar <;in n. of a
tree, the tree resembling tiger's feet.

Syn. f«r3)'*F«i stag-gi rkafi-pa ; *v*r V
tshcr-tna shim; *<'"•* sa-htsho; B^'wc.' tshig
ma ft (Knon.).

VF'ST*' dgan-sh-wa full to the brim;
replete: jjV13,'lae-*<'*rlte*' inotf-du khefts-ma
khen$.

'EI dgal>-pa, fut. of <tf|«w«i hgebs-pa.

W S dgab-bya garment ; dress
(Jfnon.).

^ dg'ih-wa

delight ; happiness ; joy. 2. vb. neut. to
rejoice ; vqr«r5^-q to be pleased ; VTVW
^^J£) to be displeased; also S^'l^'gS'" to
make glad: *Kl* was displeased:
^uj^-^w rejoicing greatly.

Syn. •q'l mgu-wa ; ^t«-q rant-pa ;
ipro-wa ; fy'SW- fin-tu dgah ; "
yan-dag dgah, 5)S'^C' yid-raA ; ^Si'ti dgyeg-
pa ; w^J'Q mnet-p* ; ^'6I tshim-pa ;
bde-fkyid; ^'"^ yid-bde; ^*W|w«i
snum-pa ; *P-IV^ rab-rdgab ; rf'f^'fl ^rfso-
tter-wa (lff.non.).

Wlf. dgih-rkyafi CF*r*W*) n. of a
large numerical figure (Ya-sel. 75).

ye3 f« very pleased; glad.

d.gah-$kyo sul-ysum the
abbreviation of the names of the three
places situated to the west of Lhasa,
viz., VF^'"!^11 Dgah.wa-g.dofi, $'%'%* Skyo-
mo-luft and l«J'5 Zul-po, in each of which
there is a monastery.

dgah-grogt lover; Bpouse;
wife ; an intimate friend (Jffton.).

S"1^'*\5 dgah-dgu tsqft intercourse ; asso-
ciation ; merriment ; SI^J^'SS'*1 dgah-dgur
spyotf-pa »i^[»i^arr to perform conjugal
rites ; also to indulge in sexual enjoyment.

<fl<V«^3'*»^ Dgah-can gyi-mdo, the S&-
tra of ^ip'i'*^ Qgah-wa-can in (K. d. <*
4%1), which contains: — iflTql*\£'
15 srog g.cod.-pahi ne$-dmig§ bcu (10) ;
W'^'^'ipcqj rdsun-du gmra-wahi ne$-dmig$
bcu (10) ; «-^E>-q5-^-^qj«-g»cn5-li-g chaA
hthun-ivahi nes-d.mig§ sum-bcu so-lfta (35) ;
rx^nq ma-byin-par len-pahi
igs bcu (10) ; 'Sl'Wfl|^»i'«i5I^^S)flm-q5
log-par giyem-paht fie$-$mig$ bcu (10).

festival.
Syn.

dug-ston;

'i mchod-pa;
ner-4gah

'WJ*' dgah-fton-skyeg producing
mirth.

*\^'l^'i^ dgah-ston sbyin ^t< an astro-
loger ; water.

W1^ dgah-lide, eolloq. "gan-de,"
joy and happiness.

W"S* dgah-dar or "S^'qS'p-flpflm ^aA-
wsrAt kha-giags a scarf presented for pleas-
ing or consoling ; a scarf of congratulation.

Wfte' Dgah-pdoft n. of a monastery
near Dapung which has an oracle and a
divinity called Ga-dong Chokyong, whose
duty it is to cause rain during a drought.

5;«1|<2;§13J I; Dgah-ldan Od-dan)
a paradise of the Buddhists ; the residence
of those sainted beings who enjoy beati-
tude, which is the peculiar privilege of
the Mahayana Buddhists. It is presided

264

over by the coming Buddha, now the
Bodhimttva Maitreya. The gods residing
in it are said to live 4,000 years, the
duration of a day of which is equal to 400
human years ; and the length of one's
body is a furlong (Sorig.).

q^ f t jq-S owing to Lord
Maitreyas' spiritual and temporal rule
the celestial people are possesstd of the
joy of a righteous life.

^qp/gjaj II: (pronounced Gandan) the
great monastery of Gandan situated 35
miles N.E. of Lhasa, which was founded
by the Buddhist reformer Tsong-kha-pa.
It contains twenty-six divisions or wards
for the residence of monks. 3['*<'VF3f*i
Grva-sa Qgah-ldan the quarters for the
residence of the monks of Gandan are
divided into two sections 1. called f['**'
^•'S^'l" prva-tshad goft Byafi-rtse which has
the following divisions or p*w&\ klinms-
tshan:—(\) SVflftc Rar-g.dofi; (2) «w*< gf
Bsam-ylo; (3) %* Kre-ko; (4) *» Tfha-
pa ; (5) «!**(«• Qser-khafi ; (6) %* Rdo-
ra; (7) y*q,« Klu-hbum ; (8) g«ft Brag-Hi;
(9) xtSpn-ti; (10) yX^ Rgyal-rofi; (11)
*fq Go-wa ; (12) 'f^'Q KoA-po ; (13) *w
^w Mnah-rii (Lofi. *• U). 2. called
«n'ate,'H«c-«p' J1 grva-tshaft hog Car-rise, which
has the following divisions or p*w^
khams-Mian:—(l) %r* Rdo-khafi; (2)
WT*.' Pho-khafi; ($) %-Qjfho-pn; (4) 3T*
Sag-re; (5) t'\ Co-ne; (6) V* The-bo;
(7) 1^'« Zufi-chu; (8) *1'S Sog-po; (9)
**«i Rta-hon ; (10) «w^ Mfiah-rii ; (11)
*-i Cha-pa; (12) ^'3 tfaX-po; (13)
5^'%' (?«#!-/•« (Zo/5. e, 1^). The name
.G&ndan is generally fixed before the

names of monasteries and institutions
which belong to the Dgah-ldan-pa or
Gelug-pa sect.

W^'P^'T^ Qgah-ldan Khafi-psar 1.
formerly the residence of King Qpon-po
Mi-Qwat : •qto&tfif^Xep: Dpon-po dwafi-gi
p/w-braA near Lhasa (Loft. *, 15). 2. the
residence of King Qgah-ldan Tshe-wafi is
situated to the back of the royal monastery
of Tsho-mo-ylM in Lhasa: jm'^^-^-*-
^K<^V-qf^f«-4jnf'|K-^-j**-^ (Rtsii.).

^np^-g-q Qgnh-ldnn khri-pa the lineal
successor of Tsong-kha-pa in the ecclesias-
tical throne of the great monastery of
Gandan. He is the chief of the ordinary
non-incarnate lamas and occupies the
third place in the hierarchical precedence
of Tibet.

«WV^-X»r<ijlfc-ijf Qgih-ldan chot-hkhor
g.lin n. of a monastery in Higher Tibet.
It is a very common name by which
several monasteries are designated.

Dgah-ldan Phun-tshogi
glifi the monastery of Phunts'o Ling situa-
ted to the west of Tashi-lhunpo in Tsang.
It contains a large number of block-prints
and religious works. It was (formerly)
Lama Taranatha's monastery. fl|<fqj}'

iikri<-fi$-l/tun-pohi nub-la yod, Jo-naA
tha-rhn-nha tliahi dgon-pa yin, J'flKl*'Sfl|»r
^'^-, Xw%tK*K-*-^sku-psug thugs-rten
daft, cho$-kyi phar mafi-pa yod.

<\i^ '^ '5-ge.' Dgah-ldan pho-braA also
called f 'fl'igs.' Sde-pa gshufi the Govern-
ment-house in Lhasa, also the Government
of Lhasa (Rtrii. U).

dgih-$pyod i^PTOr entertain-
ment ; merriment ; also good behaviour.

265

dgah-spro-can 'wl^fo: possessed
of cheerfulness and enthusiasm.

^n|n-q-<*j|orq dgah-wa hkhyil-wa 1. ^rftnif
the all-good ; that exists by itself ; the em-
blem of purity; purity typified. 2. n. of
a gem. 3. the king's palace.

Syn. W%=-' Qyun-druH ;
tgyal-pohi ' pho-brafi (Mnon.).

^np-q-qj-q Dgah-wa brga-pa (
one of the names of Vishnu ; one of a
hundred joys (Mnon.).

VF'«r^ dgah-wa-can wvrg cheerful;
merry.

Syn. «fflvq'SR.' dgah-wa
hkhrigpa or gwiS'**! khyim-pahi cho$,
sexual enjoyment (Mnon.).

«^-q^w\-{| dgah-wa, dman-pa sordid
pleasure; one delighting in sexual plea-
sures ; met. a cock.

dgah-wa bshi the four pleasures
or delights are the following : — (1) 3flT*<'^'
Ikog-ma, mi-lde glu-la dgah ; (2)
|sft'*<]SV^fl]n dmafi$-riy? stan-mtho
la dgab; (3) *&*'%' '$*>''*'*P(*> dbiil-po gton-la,
4<jah; (4) ^W%-'ifii*($*''*'W>- shin-rgan-po
gshin-nu-ma-la dyah (Can.}.

^qjn-q-^'vj Dgnh-ica hod-hphro n. of
Atis'a's residence at Nye-thang near
Lhasa : t-8$-^Vir^-V|W*V*5>$r*-|R1 1
Jo-bohi yzims chun Dgah-wa hod-hphro
shts-pthi glin (A. 98).

«;flp-q5'3]fl]^'£i ii ; Dgnh-wahi gr,ig$-pa ^Tfl'-
3HT the Brahmana at whose request the
Kashmirian poet Kshemendra wrote Ava-
dana Kalpalata and several other Sanskrit
poems.

(Sohr.; Butt.

«^n|^-q5-g-ij| dgah-wahi ht-ga Tft^fT the
female organ.

i; dgah-wahi dwafi-po
Miyab-hjvg a name of
Vis-hnu (Mnon.).

«^|<vqS-*J| Dgah-wahi t&hal— jac35-|\^m
rgyal-pohi §kyed-tshal royal gardens ; also
the celestial gardens.

Dgah-wahi bshin (?J9l'|e.« yul-
ljofi§) n. of a place ;-*]Vg<>i*i far-phyogs the
Orient, the East (K. d. *, 267).

«^ii|H-q5'X dgah-wahi ro xfsr^ sexual
enjoyment.

* ^qp'q5'«iJ|»rfl|^ dgoh-wuhi b$c$-gften -f^-
ft^ (Schr.).

^uj^-q3;-«-fli^ dgah-ivahi sti-gs/ti the female
organ.

Syn ?i'5l'l*' mo-rtags ; 35 x*^ mo-mtshan
(Mnon.).

^qp-q$'S^ dgah-wahi skid ft«n?I for the
sake of pleasure.

^qp-q«,-|^ dgah-icar l>yed=*^'§'*FH dgah-
grogs or «^'$«n») mdsah-grogs or S'^ kyoh-bo
a friend; sweetheart; a hubsand (Mnon.).

f^afn-i^vn dgah-icas bcinf ^»T^5^ love-
bound ; bond of love.

*^ip-5 i: dgah-wo Jf^ {Schr.; Td. 2,
69).

»fl<*, <:iffl<a, ftw^fTT, gf<K Eama, the hero
of the epic Eamayana ; n. of a cloud.

"WSS'tH'i dgah-lyed snan-pa f^fvT
n. pr. (Schr.; Td. 2 102), dear to or fond
of Nanda (the delightful).

VFl'VWf'^ Dgah byed Dgra-$ta-c<tn
flTirrm the third accepted incarnation of
Vishnu; his other names are — «>wO£«

35

266

Dpah-po dsa-ma; w«|^-g« Ag-nihi srat ;
V*-*<i Dwan-chen; 5«rw$*> Ktul-bsan
ikyes ; *%*'«r^ ytsfion-cha mkhan ; !Kfq
Srij-sgrub ; W%* Lus-styes ; «|*V3«\ Qcod-
byetf; yr^'wS'g Rdul-can-mahi lu; ^ifc'
3J« $an-$poft styes; ^ Pha-lad; w^'
VP*'§*\ Apa-ni d.gah-b_yed (Mnon.).

W9V^t- dgah-byed fin fifa the tree
called tj'S*'^ spyi-shw yifi.

Syn. "I^'SS gflfafl fywf; V-t^ /«? ««>< ;
*T> *«-»«'; *V9fl ho4-ldan ; ^""I'Q hkhyog-po
(Mnon.).

^vfi-HQW dgtih-hbyams WJf^r she who
is full of enjoyment ; a number.

V^'*4 Dyah-ma Kfh, ^«IT, ^BT, *fsnu
the beautiful ; a name of £ati, the wife of
Cupid; ^flp'wS'q^i Qgah-mahi bdag \fafo
the husband of Kati.

SqP'" dgnh-mo ^i^fk good ; lovely.

t^-Az. dgah-tshftf> = a<li\'Z ya<l-po, ^^'»
bsm-po and ">*pr« legs-pa good; fine;
handsome : ^K>Tl!Pr»^'*5'V| ^3=.
among them there was one article which
was very pretty (A. IJf).

dgah-rins ^xfn met. for the
hog [" long in copulation " ; a dog]S.

to be sufficiently pleased (Khrid. 32).

^qjn'^'q dgah bsh i-pa fsra-^WTT'- possess-
ed of the four joys— piety, wealth, men
and lands: **r3^-*>-«-«^«*£*r£jS-v»P'£^'£)
cftos nor mi sa-bshi hdsom-pahi dgah b&hi-pa.

«^q|H'um dgah-yas ft^ boundless joy
or pleasure.

S^-S)-|-qf dgah-yi stye-war fsqai^i
born or grown out of joy or enjoyment.

^qp-^q ^-| Dyah-rab Rdo-rje n. of a
celebrated Lama of the Rdsog-chen sect
of the Rnin-ma School (Grub. f> 13).

WW^'^ Dgah-rab dicaH-phyug
the Lord of Love, Cupid.

9ar 1- n- °^ tt place; n. of a
district in Tibet. 2. = f\*p'Q* dgnh-war
**. ^i\* raU'dgar at pleasure, ad libitum ;
frq. $A*p chi-dgar what is your pleasure ;
according to Jd. why ?

tfgar-wa 's^zsi to separate;
confine ; place apart (men, cattle, goods) :
V"1*'S5 '|"1»' dgar-byahi phugs cattle to be
penned in a fold (Cs). ^«'^«'^1^'P pnas-
itfis $gar-wa to banish from a place; to
exile; '^"^•^•^ dgar-wahi don-du in
special sense; in particular (Sch.). In W.
"gar-tc bor-ce"to set apart, exclude, shut
out ; to lock up, shut up ; to lay up or by ;
to preserve (Jd.); J}gar-rgya co-ce to
store up.

V!"1 '" dgitl-wa, fut. of ^T«J hgel-wa.

ga$-pa,\. v^Kt hgaf-pa; ^'"l
ser-ga dgas-pa to have cracks or be
cracked.

1- nine; ^'IJ d.gu-bvu or S^'
dgii-bcti tham-pa ninety. 2. as met.
= many: «;3«-«q«-«i|»!fli« dgug-t/tabs ffwgf
gathered by many efforts, with great diffi-
culty. 3. also sign of plural : |*w«i|<j*-
$'S*| khanif-gsum skye-dgit the people of
the three worlds: ft-<^'&-.J)*r«^-.?|*rcj-q^q|
this man says many things he knows
not. $-.?|»r«^[--J)»rHi one who knows every-
thing ; 3*^3 or U**'1^ many talks ; many
things to say; |'^'^«j-«5 Skye-dguhi
bdag-po srarnjfir the lord of all living
beings; J'^'^"!'^ Skye-dgM bdag-mo
yiilL|fa) ssjr^tft the name of the step-mother
who nursed Gautama Buddha; ^'S3
those that are; the existing many or
beings ; ^'^'^qj'^"! the goods that one
has; property; W*\g the many good

267

and brave ; also fT^'^jpf** lu?-Mod
dgur igyur-wa to be changed, trans-
formed ad libitum ; ^'^'W1* nan-jgu thub-
pa one who can suppress the wicked ; also
to overcome every evil: ^IS'^'SV**'"^^'^
•fc' n»-bye4 dgu-byecf mi-yofi dgu-yon,
according to (7s., Jd., if you do many
things which ought not to be done, many
things will take place which ought not to
take place ; 3)-q'^'9'*flrai'S)'alV^ not count-
ing upon death among things to be
thought of; ^'§ dgu-khri the chair or
conveyance for the many, i.e., for the
dead ; litter ; bier (Jd). ^^wstfj* d.gu-
glin bcu-ffiiis the twelve continents
inhabited by living beings. Here $gu
would seem to act as mere plural sign.

•flJ'lT* dgu-gjtor offerings made to evil
spirits on the 29th day of the last month
of the Tibetan calender in the monasteries
of Tibet. yffr

stooping, bowing; inflection. 3. adj.
bent ; stooping.

' dgu-rtsegt n. of a yellow flower

"S^'S*1 dgu-thub able to subdue the
many ; one full of resources ; the all-
conquering one.

^T" dgu-pa the ninth; having, com-
prising, measuring nine, e.g., 0^3" khru
dgu-pa, measuring nine cubits (in length,
height, etc.) ; S^ dgu-po *im the ninth,
the nine, those nine; *%*& lan-dgu nine
times.

<\3'5Jql** dgu-phrugs or S5'^*w dgu-$deb$
a stage of meditation which is dependent
upon the regulation of the breath ; &*•'
|*rq3-^*r«j^c.-cj rlun $gom-pahi dug-su dafi-
po. The first stage in the regulation of
the breath in the art of meditative con-
centration.

dgu-wa 1. vb. to bend; to make
crooked. 2. sbst. the act of bending,

u-tshigt or ^T'T*' 0.9"-
tshigs skya-mo the milky-way constella-
tion.

Syn. IprtffrJ^pl nctm-mk/iahi fkye-
rags; "l^'i^T1'^*' g.nod~$byin k/ia-rlafi?
(Mnon.).

^•^'a=.'5^ dgu-zi gli/n-po ?«« n. of the
enchanted sword of Gri-gum btsan-po ; one
of the early kings of Tibet who was assa-
sinated (Yig. 58).

^•ujgc.- Dgu-gzhiifi n. of a place in
Tibet (Rtsii. 70).

Pa> v- "S"!'" hgug-pa.
1 '&•' dgug-byafi urgent call; ^31 "19"!
dgug-ptgs id.

generally applied to

nlidnight, but at times to noon as well.
Sometimes is made equivalent to 3s-' guti,
but properly speaking ^3*.' dgun signifies
sublimity, loftiness and also profundity;
and S6-' gun signifies the middle part,
centre, "fa'5^'*^'*^' is sometimes writ-
ten as "VV^'*^'^' I The direct sense occurs
m ^•*rtS'aj'Zr«^jc,-ar1flj*r£i ri mthon-po dgufi-la
fftcgs-pa, a high mountain rising aloft;
^E-'^'3i*('*llIi^ic'*''?J=^?'3!i5't\3c-' at noon,
the middle of the day (Nag.).

dgufi-khag division of time.
d.giifi-mkhah midnight sky.
dguft-char^**'1* char-pa raiu
(Won.).

*®fty-' dyufi-snifl a year; a year of
one's life.

fi-thig the meridian line ;

d.gitfl ihig-gi dkyil-hlthw the
meridian circle.

•SRI

268

or

>V ( f ' Jv»

night.

gone to heaven, i.e., dead.

tfgufi-kdun seven nights ; a

dgufi-do-nub this evening ; to-

seated steadily without moving or leaning
on any side; raised to the sky.

*$*•'% dguH-mo xrf% the early night ;
evening ; the time from 4 P.M. to 7 P.M.

Sgf^qj dguft-shag a day's halt ; halt.

Sg^'i'^l'i dgitfi-la reg-pa touching, the
sky ; the meridian.

S3^'^ dgufi-lo the age of a respectable
or high personage : g'<vw3'^3c-'i!fi $ktt shab$-
kyi dguH-lo what is your honour's age P

^qjcBrttif^'ci dgufl-lo nithon-pa-=.Wt rgan-
pi an elderly person, 61 to 72 years old

or •
rfkyil the middle of the sky.

winter.

C.).

4gun-ka the

d,gun-gyi rgyal-mo (Schr. ;

dgun-ni Idog the winter sol-
stice : ^^•Cql'9l'^fll 4gttn-ni Idog-gi thig or
p^'^1 khor-thig the line of the winter
solstice ; the tropic of Capricorn.

WfS dgitn-ttod the first part of winter.

S^'V}*4 dgun-hbrum winter grapes.

^ 8*\ dgun-smad firfin the after part
of the winter season ; S3*i'?1Vr^*''^*'l$ dgun-
ttod kha du$ hemanta time of snow in the
beginning winter; "^'Jft'^'V time of
cold, about the end of the winter
(Btsii.).

^•*«i|« dgun-tshigs='\^'^ (dgitn-dus)
winter time.

3 dtjun-zla the mid-winter months,
$*'*$'*$•$» zla-wa
i zla-wa bcu-g.nif-pa.
' d,gun-sla t/ta-chufi *rr^ the
month of January-February.

W3'*9t-'E' dgun-zla hbrin-po ^ De-
cember-January.

W 18 ^ 'Qftun-sla ra-wa wif'tfrf Janu-
ary; lit. the beginning of the year, i.e.,
November-December.

^ « d.gun-8a %Hf»»W Win winter
residence.

dgum-pa, fut. of ^gwi bgum-

pa.

S^ I: ^M)- crooked:
dbyibg-dgur wa of crooked stature :
CqI"'3K''9*'-S'''Sg^'»('C''P' sems-kyis tshugi-
kyafi ltts-ki/is dgur-tna tshugs although the
mind may bend, yet do not let your body
bend (Rdsa.) : **'Vl rgur-shig stoop
down ! U*'? sgur-te writhing (with pain) ;
wJ(f Sg*'" to bend ; to submit ; to humble
one's self; ^1*''^^ a crooked-back;
«i*rsg* drawn bent hands.

Syn. f* rgur; |^ sgur (Mfion.).

II : many ; all ;

f, hkhor-kyi dkyil-hkhor yod-
dgur yatt yod dgiir signifies ^'"'^ yod-pa
kun all or all of those existing.

^gv»3j dgur-hgro a snake; one of a
stooping gait.

«^J*'3 dgitr-po anything crooked; a
crooked man ; U*'5 sgur-po hump-backed ;
'*' dgur-mo a crooked woman.

: dge-wa

happiness, welfare, virtue; also adj.
happy, propitious, virtuous:

269

dge-wahi sent? a virtuous mind; ffffrw
**'*$' t las dge-wa mi-dge-wa virtuous and
evil actions; ^|'q5-yq dge-wahi rtsa-
wa fundamental virtues: ^'^•^•q-jl^-q-
*$T2F'9'i;\5ffl'i some mighty act of virtue
should be performed (A. 65) ; *^)'3"
§*;'" dge-rtsa skyed-pa to conceive the idea
of a meritorious act. There are two kinds
of S*|'q dge-wa, wyQW^'tftQ sag-bcas kyi
dge-wa and T^'3'^l'^ zag-med-kyi dge-wa ;
the former, called j« or q«^*m bsotf-namt,
belongs to the world of desires and is sub-
ject to decay ; the latter is undestructible,
consisting of the enduring works of piety
performed by saints belonging to the pwr
•fp-'" khnms gon-ma superior states of exist-
ence. There are two other kinds of tfge-wa,
viz.: — *V*'9*>'S'S*I'S hdus-byas-kyi dge-wa
and *^'*i'S»r $'«$'* hdus-ma byat-kyi dge-
wa, the former consists of works done for
gain or happiness in this world; ^V^'9"'
ci3^j)'q hdun-du byas-pahi dge-wa consists in
paying reverence to and worshipping the
Tathagata and the incarnate saints. ^|'*>
may mean fasting, abstinence, as in 'the
phrase ^'q'jj^'p dge-wa srufi-wa, to fast,
to abstain from food. Also alms, charity ;
that which is done as a religious work.
3'^'*!^'*$ ft dge gson dge benevolences
bestowed or given in one's life time when
dying ; S ^"V^V*1*^ dge-wa Mod-par byed
wishes for prosperity; «ie.'^)'q'ar

yan dge-wa la hjig-rten-pahi dge-wa dufi,
hjig-rten-las hdas-pahi dge-wa yod. Dge-wa
are of two kinds — the worldly religious
works, and the same for spiritual cul-
tures ; the former consists in w-*)«-ci phar-
feg-pa, appreciating or regarding one's
father or knowing him as such ; w-*|*r«i
marges-pa knowing the mother, i.e., to be
grateful to her ; to regard as one's mother ;

'*' dge-§byofi-dufe$-pa to venerate
or revere one as a member of the Buddhist
church ; g*rl vJ|*'i bram-ser yes-pa to respect
or pay homage to a Brahmaij ; ^*|«'§'^'*"
^•q-ai-^^-^-|^-q rig§-kyi nafi-na rgan-pa la
rim-gro byed-pa to pay respect to the elders
of a family ; |^'i'1?=.'q sbyin-pa gton-wa
to give alms in charity; ^)'i$ dge-bcu the
observance of the ten virtuous acts ; ^'•*)*'
' hdu-yes dgii-drm the nine Samskara ;
dran-pa bcu the ten remembrances.

2^ dge-skyes niw charm; good
appearance ; n. of a goddess.

1=^*^3, &_kyon phran-
bti jf-TS^S fkyon cud-sad slightly defec-
tive ; a little fault.

S'Tjf* dge-skyos or ^'"S*4 dge-bskyos,
'STTfwfT^r a supervisor or director of
monks in a monastery. A sort of pro-
vost-sergeant in the larger monasteries
who keeps strict order and punishes trans-
gressors. He is also called **r*jg*«rq C/ios-
hkhrims-pa in some monasteries. Eockhill
calls this officer at Kumbum the Ge-kor.

Syn. ?'3ft tse-rgod (Mnon.).

Dge-rgan I: surety; moral
bail ; a monk that is made answerable for
the moral conduct of another who is
placed under his care (Ja.).

ffi II: lit. an old man of the
religious order. ^'*VS'«fi'i dge-hdun
rgan-pa ordinarily signifies a school-
master, tutor: rfq^'^'^-^-ftr^-qjcj^w

both the spiritual teacher and worldly
teacher.

^•J*J Dge-rgyas n. of a celestial region
(B. ch. 6) ; one of the Rupa-dhatu or
worlds of form.

270

Dge-rgyat bye-ma
n. of a monastery near Sam-ye founded by
Sbron-za, wife of King Khri-son d'hif

btsan.

nal-wa=*\^'^' novice monk.

dge-wa-bm the
ten virtues, which are as follows: — (1) ifa'**'
ifS^t srog mi-g.co4-pa, (2) «r|>fwMf« mn-
lyin-par mi-len-pti, (3) *MTWjX-q ts/iafis-
par fpyod.-pa, (4) «J^'W||'«i bdcn-par (mra-
wa, (5) 3^'wrZfc'j-q (ghig hjam-por $mra-
wa, (6) Mi'fc-wrn fag mi-hchal-wa, (7) «|'
*'*> §V» phra-ma mi-bye^-pa, (8) *w8'^v
ar^*)-;r*)g\ci ffs/ian-gyi nor-ln tuiin-pa MI-
byed-pa, (9) ^T^V^^Hr^^S^ g.»hnn-
li g.nod-pahi scms mi-bfkyed-p i, (10) «K.'^'
i5'^'q yaH-dag-pahi Ita-wa. Those are :
not taking life ; not to take what is not
given; to observe purity of morals; to
speak the truth ; to speak gently, politely ;
not to break a promise ; not to speak slander ;
not to covet another's property ; not to do
mischief or think of doing injury to others ;
to regard the purest doctrine.

dge-chu sacred water.

^'4^' Dgc-chufi one of the celestial
regions.

-l-i^-q dge-che meij-pa
don-dag chen-po med_-pa without some im-
portant object or business : «3Ti|*rw^'&'
*)VW$|W^E.-j^ if there be nothing very
important to be done quickly, work accord-
ing to circumstance (D. yd. 7).

Dge-bfSen <str«Rf Buddhist
devotee with only eight vows to observe.

tfm Qge-bsnen C/ios-hphcl the
original name of 'rtjwfVjTq* «jc/«ift«
Rgyai-wahi hbyan-gnat the

founder of the Buddhist hierarchy of
Tibet (Grub. "| 5).

«^q|-q|^'w Qge-btnen-ma, ^rTrrftt^r R
female Buddhist devotee.

**i*l'tI^'V* Dge-bsnen d/Kin>ia=^v^c> chos-
fkyob (Schr.).

rkyen-gsan, *$'

dge-bton rkyen gsafi-
gi mthun-hgyur kgs-spcl bya-rgyu r>ta»i$-
khyed-rafi la bkod-mnags $fwn yon-liar.

^*t'?" dge-ltat propitious prognostic.

MT*^ dge-hthud=*ftv*3St dge-tcce
Mhu$-pa an uninterrupted payment of
allowances or endowments attached to
religious offices or institutions ; a connected
series of pious actions or works ; also the
performance of some religious observances
by several persons one following another:
|E.-RJ6v^-<>j^E.-q8^-£rn£- qV^-^-qqw^R.' f
drun-hkhor-du yun-rin b$d(ttf-pn htsho-war
dge-hthudbabs dtifi the estimated permanent
allowances to the Druii-hkhor (civil em-
ployes) for food and lodging (D. get. ft).

11' Dgc-drufl l/ia-Miad n. of a
monastery in Tsang.

^'^ dge-hdun, fff1 the third com-
ponent of the Buddhist triad or ^fa'
*Sfl|'fl|*j*» may be rendered as " the priest-
hood," " the assemblage," or "the church."
The term d.ge-hdun is composed of two
words, ^ dge and ^ hdun ; ^^ hdun
means ^\i hdod-pa desire : ^'fl'^'Wi'
|q-w^V«W'^-^'^ dge-wa-dati thar-pa
$grub-par hdod-pas na dge-hdun he is •$'
^^ dge-hdun jvho longs for piety and
emancipation : ^•^•^•i-|(WW^^-fl|*«r
dge-hdun b_tsun-pa rnanii bsan-du gsoF
I beg the venerable body of monks would
hear me. In this sentence dge-hdun has

271

the general meaning of an assembly of
religious folk. There are in particular two
kinds of «fl-l^ dge-hdun: *r*v|'*5-^|-
^^ so-sor gkyebohi dge-hdun the ordinary
clergy, and W^*"«fc'^*««fl hphags-pahi
dge-hdun the sainted clergy. Four indivi-
duals of the former class collectively, i.e.,
when they assemble together, form what
is called Saygha-ratna ^T^Vfa'**"! dge-
hdun dkon-mchog. An individual of the
latter class, i.e., the sainted clergy, may
singly form the Saygha-ratna. The
Saijgha of the Mahayana School differed
from that of the Hinayana School. In the
Abhisatnaya of Maitreya, twenty classes
of Sarjgha are enumerated as belonging to
the Hinayana School. The S'ravaka, Pra-
tyeka Buddha, Bodhisattva and the Dhar-
mapala, who protect Buddhism, are also
included in the Saygha-ratna. *ft*y[f**(
^*I'C| dge-hdun-la ray-lug-pa wfft[\* be-
longing or subject to the church ; S*T^'
°i V*1 dge-hdun-la run-u-a a^qnrc suitable
for the use of the clergy.

^'^'1* dge-hdun
n. of a medicinal plant ; «p'8*' gab-min
(Min) mystic. 2. n. of a lama.

dge-hdun-gyi du$
belonging to the months following autumn
when the lamas perform religious medita-
tions, &c.

dge-hdun-gyi $de the clerical
order or class of the clergy.

dge-hdun-gyi dben byed-
pa ^-W^sff one who produces differences
or disunion among the clergy ; to produce
such disunion.

Dge-hdun grul-pa the
founder of the hierarchy of the Dalai
Lama.

«^)-^'qjrcw-|^ dge-hdun bsdu-wah-
phyir for the purpose of assembling the
clergy.

MT^i'***1'^'*1 dge-hdun phal-chen-pa the
clergy of the Mah&sanghika School.

**^'<^'^*( dge-hdun hphel ics(^^ n.
of a Buddhist saint; pr. (Schr.; Ta. 278}.

Dge-hdun
n. pr. (Sch.; Td.2,127).

*^v=^o^^'*\ dge-hdun bsruii-tva Khr-
<f«j^ n. of a Buddhist sage pr. (Scfir. ; Ta.
2, Wit).

^'^ dge-ldan=*$'Q'&\ dge-wa can
possessed of virtue or of piety ; pious.

^•gi^-q Dge-ldan-pa a name of the *^'
^il«'t| Dge-lugs-pa sect of Lamas founded
by Tsong-kha-pa.

Dge-hdun Egya-mtsho n. of
the Dalai Lama who died in 1851.

dge-$pyod religious acts; ace. to
the Bon-po S*|'Ss dge-spyod consists in erect-
ing tombs, images, caitya, painting of
holy personages and printing of the sacred
texts, making moulds of images of gods
and saints, uttering nianfras and, generally,
acquiring moral merits.

^'|1 dge-phrug pupil-monk; young
boy trained as a novice monk.

^T«r|c.' dge-wa sbyon or ^«|'|t' dge-$byoA
^«TO a religious ascetic. In this term are
included all those who have taken the vows
of renouncement, i.e., TUWT ; so both ^'C"
dge-tshul and *&'$*>' dge-slon are within
its signification; in the Southern School
only the *$'§(*•' dge-slon, i.e., the Bhikshu,
can have claim to this title provided they
live in conformity with the rules of the
Vinaya, The qualifications of a dge-sbyoft

272

are the following: — *£fr*p: dul-pa daA
moral discipline; **'J|»rtr^' caft yes-pa
daA wisdom; ^r|«"r|lH1t>WMrfrVrirV
tshul-khrims kyi phufi-po yofi$-su dag-pa
dad purity of morals ; |it*OSp|-^W»J|irq
fie hdsin-la hjug-pa feg-pa knowing to per-
form Samadhi or meditation.

wa

!'*''S*'C| dge-wn tbyotti-pa, explained as
^•q-|*-rXr*^q*'4W*'|^<' dge-wa byas-pa
don-med.-par g.shan-la f grog-pa, to trumpet
or advertize one's acts of charity ;
gwwq dge-wa mi-gbyomt-pa
to do virtue secretly, i.e., without any
fuss or trumpeting or advertizement.

^•q5 q^ni'y^ dge-wahi gag-md. w* for-
tune ; good luck.

«^q)-q5 -fl|^« d.ge-icahi-gna! a place of
piety ; a pious man.

dge-wahi dban-po, f^'^-»iK\-
r« snan-fiag mfiou-brjod.
fdeb-sbyor ysiim-la mkhas-pa one versed in
poetry, Abhidhdna, and in rhetoric like
the great poet Kshemendra of Kashmir.

«$-qS-$-q-qj^£j$-qjj'V;< dge-wahi rtga-tca
bskrttn-pahi bfkyed-pa

one who has done some religious acts.

^•q$'«W 4ge-wahi las WS-*^ good
actions.

-tR-g-q dge-wahi
mgu-tear bya-tca *^im^M

paying reverence, &c., to please a Kalya-
namitra (a Buddhist monk-scholar).

«^-qv|v3«| dge-war gyttr-cig ?j«*r^
good luck to you.

•vta* 4ge-bral <vre>^ devoid of vir-
tue or piety.

•tf'S^'H9 Dge-sbyod chena-po
an epithet of Buddha ; ^-|e.-g^ q?« q
slyon tiar bcot-pa ^^sipd^M^ in the

-q dge-sbyofl-du khtifhehe-
one who has avowed to
betake to the life of a dge-$byofi or Cramana.

•ft 'gVl^-q dge-fbyoA byed-pa ^flUT-^TT^T
the performance of asceticism in the
manner of a Buddhist Cramana: *$'!=••
g^q5-X*|-q^ dge-sbyofi. byed-pahi chos-bx/ii
^anr-. ^inraTT^fT giif:, the frnir duties of
a true Qramana, which are as follows: — (1)
fll-^s.'jjvS'fli-Jj'qvg fffehati-slar mi-gfe war
lya ^inifOT srajnifnw»t do not curse others
though you have been abused by them ;
(2) ItaFl^jr'Wf Mrvf-Aytfl slar-ma
khro-ivar-bya ^tfo^VJifwcrfaJT?!^ do not
be angry with others though you have been
enraged by them ; (3) wte.-qwgfgn'Sl-g-
<K'9 mtshafi-bnts kyan tlar-mi bru-w«r-bya
i do not commit injury

to others though you have been injured
by them; (4) iVl"!^^'^^-^ brdvg-
kyun slur mi-brdcg-par bya Hrf%aa sffraTf?-
mm do not beat others though you have
been beaten by them.

r%qR dyc-slyon ma-yin-par
not being a Gramana.

•tfJX bge-sbyor X»«-^-w§vq c/tos dge-
lag bycd-pa one who has attained to a
stage of holiness by religious devotion
and works: "*Vyt*ft&>'fVf*'i*'*{lFtr
«5'X mtshan-dut dge-$byor-gyi rgyun-la
cbfi-sad ffnag-pahi tshe at night when he
was absorbed in the state of pious
devotion (Ya-sel. 11).

^•« dge'tna=i$*('*bt&ttn-ma 1. a Bud-
dhist nun. 2. urpff peace.

manner of a religious ascetic.

Dge-tshul IH^ generally a
novice-monk; the first stage of a monk
after he has taken the vow of Pravrajya
or renunciation, when he has to observe.

273

thirty-six vows before he is qualified to be
ordained as a *$%*•' Qge-sM; as long as
he is not admitted into the latter order
he will continue as a Qamanera though
even to eighty years old.

^•$«r>i Dge-tshul-ma ^m^(<*i a nun
young or old that has not yet taken the
vows of ordination belonging to the order
of Bhiksuni.

^4|'w4^ dge-mtshan
lucky omen ; also entertainment, amuse-
ment or amusing; ^|'*tf^'«^ dge-mtshan-
can Jigw bearing lucky marks.

S^l'l'il Dge-pshon a young student who
is studying under a tutor called *$'3fl dge-
rgyan, who is responsible for his education,
behaviour and moral training. He is
required to attend, when necessary, his
monk-tutor as a servant. When he is very
young he is called ^'|«1 dge-phrug.

«^-u|!Qm Dge-yyog boy or youth attend-
ing upon a monk and who works with a
view himself to enter the holy order.
When he has passed the prescribed examin-
ations for admission, he gets the position
of a S*I'*I^ Dge-pshon.

^j'qiqwcil: Dge-lug$-pa. Tsong-kha-pa
founded the monastery of Wi^'Jisrwj'Jr
*)5-ge,- ]}gah-ldan rnam-parrgyal-wahig.lifi,
situated on the hill called «ig*|'^-5-l Hbrog-
ri-bo che, and resided there during the last
part of his life. His school was called
fcrtWYftftf^l choi-rje Dgah-ldan-pahi
lugs and vulgarly ^«p'g|^'«i5-$«m Dgah-
Idan-pahi-lugs or ^^-gf^'^"!*)-*! Dgah-ldan
lugt-pa, which term has assumed the form
(^•qqprq Dge-lugs-pa (Grub. 1 1).

•^•$i|«-£i II : Dge-lugs-pa one belonging
to the sect of Dgab-ldan-pa founded by
Tsong-kha-pa.

dge-kgs or *n ** dge-wi

piety; good and auspicious
action.

Syn. *i^'"top* bde-legs; ^'1 shi-wa; y^«»
myan-hdas; ^'^' re-skon; "ft*i'«lijjV g.nam-
bs/cros; g^'WI^'iS snon-bsags-mthu; ft
kha-rje ; Wflgfl|«l rab-bsnags ; ^Tl'S'^Ji gkal-
wahiphul; qg'jN''?*! bsnags-hos ; 5)\q^'^5«)
yid bshin-hgrub ; ^'«l5'sgc.''>ft«i bde-wahi
hbyun-gnas; ^q'^ rab-shi; ^"1^'g;^ legs-ldan;
hun-tshogs (J^non.).

r*^ dge-kgs-can *n?ft blessed;
glorious.

* i^-alJipri^m-qje,- Dge-kgs dpal-bza6=
spw^q'l Mkhas-grub rje (Schr.; Org.
105, 5).

Dge-legs b$es-$ncn
(Schr. ; Td. 2, 211) a good coun-
sellor ; a pious Buddhist monk.

i ; ^-q-^-^-q dge-wa
dan yif-pa piety and blessedness.

Dge-bges ^gjmm a con-
traction of ^'tfc'^W&^dge-wahibfes-gnen,
a Buddhist gelong who has mastered meta-
physics and the important branches of
sacred literature. Monks, also, who have
got the titles of W*g*w«i Rab-hbyam$-pa,
^•**wq Rdo-rams-pa, &c., are by courtesy
addressed with the title of ^ i-*)** Dge-bqes
^giiirft'r ; others who lead a pure life and
are possessed of learning and good charac-
ter are also generally addressed as I^)'«I^N
Dge-bqes, i.e., "Sft^fc1*^^ Dge-wahi bfcs-
giien.

»^5|'gc.- i; dge-srufi sRWiiigH n. pr.
(Schr. ;^Ta. 2, 219).

*^'|=-- n : fJraxf^T (Schr.; Bull.
W8, 292).

36

274

" Qge-glofl ^t^r, ft^ a Bud-
dhist monk who after finishing his proba-
tionary period in a monastery has been
ordained into the highest order. He has to
observe 253 vows. S't'^'i'^'^'i^'^'^f
^ 3^ t fftn '*$ '§c. 'sfW^ among aelona

o 9 y

there are two classes : para martha Bhiksu
and Samvrtt Bhiksu. The following seven,
•'.<?., Buddha and Bodhhatlta, Pratyeka
Buddha, Arhats, such saints as on account
of their pious acts will not be born again or
will be born only onoe, those who have
attained to the stage of Srotapanna, i.e.,
gone on the path of Nirvana, belong to the
higher class or Paramartha Bhiksu. These
or some of these while even they reside in
human habitation, being possessed of
divine knowledge and wisdom, continue
in the class of Paramartha Bhiksu.
Ordinary gelong or Bhiksu, such as wear
the yellow garments, have shaven their
heads and betaken to the life of Pravrajya
or renunciation of all worldly concerns,
and observe the vow belonging to the
order, are called Samvrti Bhiksu.

^'$E-'q dge-thH-du nri-run-wa,

'i dge-slofi ma-yin-pa
unworthy the position of a gelong.

one

Dge-sM-ma f*w<^ an ordained
nun ; she has 364 vows or restrictions to
observe; S*|'§*.'*i'$W^'9 dge-§lon-ma sun-
phyuft-ica fr-fl'fl^* one who finds fault

with or slanders a Buddhist nun.

V*T§c.'^E.' dge-§lon-fin ace. to Jd. is a
provincial name for the (Cedrus deodara)
J)eodar tree.

Dge-slob-ma f»l^*<Hf a pupil
monk ; one who is preparing himself for
being admitted into the higher order.

1 d_gen-la, more properly
dgafi-la on ; upon ; in ; at (in Ts., Jd.).

a = i\^'a gyo-wa to parch
or fry (food) ; wr«^K«i to fry pastry.

•tfvws dgfr~hbad=.*$;w*!o^ dge-wa la-
hlad to exert one's self in acts of piety ;
a pious man.

a or

"^'^ mnef^pa or Vf**3 dgnh^wa delighted,
pleased or cheered.

«$«-cr^i Dges-pa Rdo-rje, also written
as ^"'"'K t Vgyf$-P» Rdo-rjc, name of
the Tantrik deity V"S He-vnjra : tfl'"!^'
^fK^^fV^tfr^lHfn rnal-hbyor-
gyi dwafi-phyug dycs-pu Edo-rje s/tal-gzigs-
j>a he saw (miraculously) the face of the
deity Qgc^pa Rdo-rje, the Chief of the
Nalvjor (A. 28).

dgo-wa a species of antelope
living on high mountains, Procapra picti-
caudata (Hodgson) ; colloq. "go-a " Mongol ;
gura. *ff*\'» dgo-wa-tna, female of theabove
((?«.): ^-Z55^5-«ig-q-^ dgo-tmht rba-hi
hkhru^wa gcod the horn of the go-a taken
as medicine cures diarrhoea.

dgog-du phyin-pa 1. TJI^-
to become aged, 2. ace. Lex. ~%*\ '§'
'1 Ikog-tu phyin-pa.

Syn. 3\w» r gas-pa (Mnon.).

dgog-pa abstraction:
q dgog-pahi $noms-hjug ceg-pa
sat perfectly abstracted, being absorbed in
meditation on the emptiness of all worldly
things.

"^» "^ opinion.

dgon-mo or •\«i*>«« * qgons-mo
the evening; the junction of

275

the day and the night ; I'
dro nin-mohi mthah the evening which is
the end of the day (Rtsii.) ; ^F* ^gon-ja
eveuing tea ; ^f^'^1 dgon-shog evening
and morning.

S^^'Sl^ dgons-skor leave in general ; also
leave (from a superior official) ; suing some-
body in a court to do him harm.

r»)^q dgons-hgal
jg'trfi^'ci thugs khro-ica mcd-pa without
incurring displeasure, or displeasing.

«^ffc,»rq«^ dgons-bcad judgment; deci-
sion on any case or law-suit.

dgofis-pa 1 : 1. vb. to think,
reflect, meditate, consider : 2. sbst. the
act of thinking, reflection, cogitation.
g«l«r«flE,M thugs-4gofa=$W<>Xfi wish,
consideration ; *»$w£i'y^or^fwi mnam-pa
nid la dgons-px, to take one as his equal
or as a match for him ; ^«r«fwr^ffwq
to think of or at other times; I^'WT'W
ac^Jfjc.q-q jo thiuk Of another person ; X^'
q|^-ai-^S^«-q to reflect on some other object
or business; "\3fwcrjgsrq dgofi$-pa khrel-
iva resp. ffc'jjfrq khon-khro za-wa to
become angry ; to take offence ; «pip.'aw^*r
«if»)-R^-^^Jfje.«-q-gacq ^kah-las nam-yad
mi hdah-shin dgons-pn khrcl-wa never to
be disobedient and to be angry (Ya-sel.
16) : S*fwf«pr»r*«ri dgofis-phyogs ma-log-
na if his opinion does not change.

II ; ^rfiitjni vb. to purpose,
intend ; usually with terrain, of the inf.
* intended to fight.

dgofa phyogs-ri to be
partial ; to act with partiality.

«^jc.*r£ dgons-mo^^-X dgob-mo
night.

»'*g«J dgons-hbrel ^f%, zlwi com-
mentary.

^j**'9 dgofi$-shu to ask for leave or
permission to do any thing.

^Jc.sraq dgofis-zab serious consideration ;
as very important.

:, pr. tense, f^«T,

to laugh ; laughter.

mi: a jest; joke (8eh.)\ of.
Vi bgad-pa ; ^VV^^V^ bde-wa la
$go$-kyin hdug laughing, being in
happiness ; TV^'^'I^VI gad-mo dgod~
kyin hdug laughing a loud laughter.

dgod-yas (9JM» grafts) **T n.
of a very large number.

S8^'*1 dgod-ra " ^""w^fcrqwiirMiw
f^'^' dgod-ra-la hkhor rnams mahtsham-
par rtsod-cin (Yig. 28).

dgon-dun 4'*>yqS'*rffl|»i
chu-med-pahi sa-phyogs a desert ; a desolate
wilderness where there is no water.

4gon-pa (pr. "gom-pa ") or *3fy\
dgon ^T'B, ^rsftTT, SfZ^ 1. wilderness ; soli-
tary place, waved-leaf fig-tree. Hence 2. a
vihara ; a monastery, a hermitage, so called
on account of its original situation in
earlier times in lonely places abounding
in Bodhi trees. A gom-pa should be
situated at least a thousand yards distant
from a village or town (K. du. *, 304).
Later on these hermitages became
converted into monasteries. Monasteries
in later times assumed the size of large
castles and collections of dwelling houses.

Syn. **'3'i^'« cho$-kyi hdun-sa ; *«'§'
Sfcqs/Ji chos-kyi tshon-brdal; jfa'a5'flR»i klog-
grbahi-g.na$ ; Npurq^ngc.-'^ mkhat-pahi

276

kbyun-ffnag ; **<'5'S*'9 chog-kyi phur-bu ;
n^j|-q5-qp^ hdul-wahi-ynas (Hfnon.}.

S^'i'i dgon-pa-pa ^JTTOW one residing
in the wilderness, or in a hermitage or
g'ompa; •^fa'i'* dgon-pa-ma a female of
the above.

*\{fjrflft dgon-pshi landed endowments
of a monastery ; an estate belonging to a
monastery for the support of its monks.

^5ff«-£)-»)^ na-la gyu dgos-px mcd I have no
use for the turquoise, I do not want it.

(Prob- for

gna-re bgdug kyaft fna-re dgol
when some are collected, others disperse.

dgot-fos urgent necessity;
urgently needed.

^fj*r» dgog-cha necessary objects; in-
dispensables.

S^jV^S 1. dgog-hdotf necessary
expenses ; what is wished for as very
necessary (Cs.). 2. ^«'^"\ wishes and
wants: ^•^•«gc-q5^cw( dgog-hdod
hbyun-tcahi ifpil a treasure out of which
all wishes and wants are met.

1 1 : dgos-pa (goi-pci) «<T|aM, 'VQ,
implies necessity and what is due
or desired ; to be necessary ; to be obliged
or compelled ; to want ; to stand in need of ;
also where we use ' ought' dgos is generally
used added to the verbal root, e.g., "'*\Jf*',
must eat : far^ff«i fia-la dgos I want ; I
stand in need of : $'^*]'§'*^fa ci-shig-tu
dgoi for what purpose did he want them ?
q^MCW^|fl bshefo-ma-dgog he was not
obliged to erect. In commanding, the
word is used to paraphrase the imperative
of a verb: tt'PV«^ff« hon-war gdog come!
i.e., you must come. In entreating, the
respectful term is chosen : ^'Sf* hbyon-
dgos -should practise good works:

II : necessary ; due ; needful ;
useful ; fcW^^^WfS med-kyafi dgof-
pthi k/iral bgduc? a tax necessary to be
paid ; unrelentingly exacted :
WQ the portion due to you:
for what purpose? ^«q'$e.'flR being of
little use ; ^ff«r«r»>s dgo$-pa-med. not neces-
sary : «^f*rt('5^ dgos-pa-yin it is requisite ;
*)'«^fj*rq mi-dgog-pa useless ; unnecessary ;
S)'^3[«rci5>S|>»)q >ni-dgos-p:ihipfira-mcn perni-
cious witch-craft ; ^"'"^'"Si^ 'S dgos-pahi
bfhl-bya useful doctrines; ^»i'3s dgos-
bycd useful : ^'^"'SS'^'^I don-dgos-lyed
ci-hdug what is there in it of useful con-
tents.

^S'S3 afjye-dgye = '^i9fr^\v^%n mgo-
rgyab-phyoyt-su d.gye-wa to bend the head
backwards.

' dgyc-u-a to bend; to be curving
or crooked ; *d£i*»'*is'i dbyibg dgye-wa
stooping ; cringing ; writhing : «'fj^ JQ fl«
«iX3't' »ia-sdod rgyab phyogg-su dgye-wa
don't wait, turn and go away : ^3'^3'^5'gf
w 'fa dgye-dgye-icahi braft-ma-ston do not
stretch or heave up the breast by bending
or stooping backwards. ^'^'3 -goj -R*JI
dgur <jgur-gyi phyag htshal salutation by
bending the head low.

^S'5 dgye-wo ?f%:fw a bent man.

dgyer-waoi
tca for a'^'i g.lu len-pa to sing, chant ; an
expression of the Bon-po.

'" dgycl-wa or |'Ji'l» sgycl-wa to fall
down, tumble down.

g-pa (ge-pa} (elegant term)
dgah-wa ««a« 1. to rejoice ; to be

277

glad ; also cheerfulness : S"!**'1^*''*' thugs-
dgpe$-pa the heart cheered: t'*'4V§r*r^3*<'
^•Rg*c«^'-5^ rje-btsun Bla-ma dgyes-pahi
hdsum-dktir-can the reverend lama smiled
with cheerfulness. 2. to be pleased to ; to
choose : l'**|q-«r<r^C^K^'*V| the Lord
in walking is pleased, i.e., likes to walk.
** A3*<'^ ini-dgyes-te sorrowful, sad, dis-
comfited, dejected ; angry, indignant.

^J»r<r^'t Dgyes-pa Rdo-rje the Tantrik
god called He Vajra ; his other names
are: — V^'HT^'V^'*! Dpal-ldan khrag
bt/mii he-ra-ka ; slv^'t Dpyid Rdo-rje ; ^'|'
§'31 Rdo-rje gri-gug; X«i'£j5'^-| Rol-pahi
Rdo-rje; !j'3('i Kye Rdo-rje (]&non.).

dgyes-pahi rdo-rje
rgyan-kyi snin-po %=('*) d-*( (Schr.; Ta. 2,
192, 275) n. of a Tantra work.

«^j« api dgyes-shal cheerful countenance :
gvqv^N'SYsr^'Ne'sri'S'pJ myur-war dgyes
shal dnos-mjal shu chog-pa may soon be
permitted to have an interview ; may meet
or see your cheerful countenance soon.

dgyes-su hjitg-pa to bend;
to double down (Sch.), v. *^J't> dge-wa.

dgra (da) also ^91'^ dgrn-wo SR, ^^,
^ft, ^p, fcs, VHifiiw enemy;
foe ; ^'^3J hchi-dgra mortal enemy ; ^E>'
q^'^31 sdan-wahi-dgra the hating enemy,
opp. 9*wqS'«|^ byams-pahi-g.nen, the loving
friend; V*\3J da-dgra or V$5'*i3I da-It a hi
dgra present enemy ; g'^91 sna-dgra former
enemy ; l'*\5J phyi-dgra a future foe ; more
properly the outer enemy, i.e., an ordinary
enemy, not the inner foe ; also a foreign
enemy.

^'^«t phyir-rgol\ "i^'S'^'i phas-kyi rgol
wa; «\9J'| dgra-slct; igfl'| hgran-ssla; ^'Is
hkhu-byed (Mnon.).

*$'?*•' dgra-khan an enemy's house or
camp.

^'"F dgra-gan=1'^** tea-gam ^rcr^T;
^?f a dome, a turret built on the top of
a castle.

•\9J'^ Dgra-fian ^sffasr bad or ungene-
rous enemy; a name of the king of the
Kaurava, son of Dhrtarastra.

Dgra-bcom-pa *r*?t, v?^,
-^f q dgra-bcom tshar-wa one
who has subdued his enemy ; one who has
subdued his inner enemy (that brings
on sufferings) and by practising religion
becomes an Arhat of the Mahayana
School. The Arhat of the Mahayana
School is he who has attained to the first
stage of Bodhisattva perfections. An Arhat
of the Tantrik School is one who has
attained to the fourth order in the five
orders of the Tantrik School, i.e., l?1*r
rim-gyi rim-pa bshi-pa.

Dgra-bcom-pa ffsod-pa
killing of an Arhat or Buddhist
saint.

^ST*« dgra-chas the equipments of war;
weapons; arms.

dgra-hjom§ f<g<Hnjta one who

Syn. $*'i«\ sdafi-byed; *jfy*t^ hkh<m-
hdsin; nifl'fl'^ fycs mi-bytd; w^'gi mdsah
bral; t&K&^mdsah-med; i'X«i'S pha-rol-po;

has subdued his enemy; subduing the
enemy.

«^3]-n¥*wq dgra hjoms-pa ^ffr^T*, ^rf*-
^TfftR killer or subduer of one's enemy.

* «fln*»*i dgra-nams JT^TTII (Schr. ; Ka-
lac. T. 110) destruction of the enemy.

^•9*WW|v3<i| dgra Hams-par gyur-cig
i&^\ (let the enemy be destroyed or in-

\|

juriously dealt with).

278

4yra-bo (da-o) enemy:

to whatever
enemy one does good with an unruffled
mind, even to him all the enemies also
will show reverence.

dgra-lha the war-god.
'V*'"fS dgra-lha dpafi-bstod hymns
to the war-god ; religious service for the
war-god.

*\3T(? dgra-sta IJTTJ an axe the blade of
which is semi-circular ; a sector-like disk ;
a weapon of war.

Syn. f '^ fta-re ; ^3J'? jgra-tta \ f'l tho-ica
(Mfion.).

*\3I'f'«^ tfgra-tta-ean Sims, 1*5, msjrex
frightful.

•\3T¥'q dgra-fta-wa trr^fasr one who
holds the axe (such as Paras'urama).

^9TW 4gra-dag-pa fsramrr giving
pains ; taking vengeance on an enemy.

d.gra-rdel (Rtsii. 51.).

a hdul-wa ^ft»5»T to sub-
due an enemy.

*\5J'^'1^E''q dgra-wo gdun-tca u^fitr, f^s-
*!PI one who has destroyed his enemy;
lit. foe-paining.

W3*\'q dgm-bye<j-pa, ^^^^ dgra Idafi-
i lan-wa to act in a hostile manner.

dgra-zon always on guard ; careful.
dgra-zla (^'^^'l'5 dijra-bohi sla
bo) ^finrf*!^ rival ; opponent ; adversary.

'SST^'S*1 dgra-yi khyim 1^%W, r<aH4»l
(Schr.; Kalac. T. 137) the enemy's house.

SSl'Wj'scq dgra-las rgyal-ica ftidi(\,
ipr^q triumphant over an enemy.

^'•^"iw dgoa-f(ig§ a substitute in cattle
supplied for killing another's horse, yak or
eheep, etc. :

wa,

if you cannot give a substitute do not call
me by my name.

S3J'^E.'«t $gra slon-wa to search for one's
enemy.

^•^•^•V-^^-q dt/ra-psod dpah-wo
d]ttir-po-=i\'^ go-bur *5^ camphor (Satan.
107).

dgraf-pa, (da-pa) f%W?T spread.

ii-zl« (dan-da) = ^5 5 dgra-b.o
or ^31' J dgra-zl'i enemy ; adversary ; rival ;
foe (3fnon.).

"S3*"1 dgram-pa (dam-pa) fut. of o^N'i
hgretn-pn *)'¥"r^2J*i'<J me-tog d.gram-pa ^R-
^tVi, flowers to be strewn ; ^spw dgrami
that which is to be arranged or set out.

^•femrtRf* dgrar sentg-pa hdsin-pa to
look upon one as an enemy.

^gj£'C| dgrofi-pt resp. of 3-<i fi-wa
to die ; da dgrofi-gin hdug now he is dying.

dgrol-wa,i\ii. of ^5«J'«) hgrol-wa
:, to set free; also free-will;
bcins'dgrol a knot or tie loosened.

6! bgag-po pf. tense of

bgags-su gyur-pahi (cha bshay-pa) rug lu%-pa
settled or decided upon obstructing or
hindering, opposing, etc.; w*jnj'N-nwr«j
hm-sogs bgagt-pa «fd4-*i obstructed the road.

bgqd-p't to laugh; a laugh;
byad-mu bgad-pa id. cf. *ffi\
dgod ; t'^'"I*i bshad-gad ^ir^Trft a smile ;
laughter.

l bgnm-pd to eat; to gobble;
to throw into the mouth.

I: bgegs

gegs a demon.

279

gan-say dan-gan sag-ma yin-pa g.nis-yod the
bgeg§ are of two classes, those mortal and
those spirit-like ; these cause hinderance,
obstruction. q^^'garS bgegs-kyi rgyal-
po 3'|-<T'»| vi-nd-ya-ka, Ganes'a, the remover
of obstacles, the leader of the Gana — class
of demons.

II: f^j, far hinderance;
obstacle; ^ipr^J""!'*! bgegs-kyi rgyal-po
Hy<tai is the chief of the evil spirits who
are of 80,000 different kinds. Some cause
heavy rains, hail storms, etc., to injure the
crops ; some bring on famine and so on.

skal-ica de-la spyod-pa)
enjoy one's own share.

l'3i bgegs-kyi bdag-mo
a goddess.

qj|qj«-qqrci bgegs bag-pa fl|^-q^\«rfjq-q-
81 gjiod-pahi hdre$ §grib-pa-l.i ^'ftofynw
qfvftrovwitaprrtira^roi' bdi-k bgegs
bag-pi min-na chufi-wahi hjam-pa tsam-
hdug-rufi (Rtsii.).

byed-pa

that which cause3 obstruction ; to cause
obstruction.

ui-q bgegs sel-wa ; g^'^'i skyonsel-
wa to remove obstruction, calamity, disease,
epidemic, &c. : V^K^K^ffi^^^^fi
^"f nan-lam s/ttigs-mi yon-ioahi ched-du bgeg$-
sel performed some religious ceremonies
that no mishap may occur on the way,
etc. (Rtsii. 65).

bgo-skal 5'^S'* so-sohi-cha

portion ; a kinsman or
claimant. 1. M'fJ>«w3'«iJlfqa« the portion
or lot on account of one's former acts ;
also share, lot. 2. the doctrine of strict
retribution.

bgo-ikal-la sbyod-pa (^'3|w
nan-gij gan-thob pahi-

to

I : bgo-wa ^ff clothes ; clothing ;
c.-qwq bgo-wa dad bzih-wa food and
clothes (Ja.).

II; l. to put on clothes, pf.
imp. 1^ bgos ; ^"'5'II'5'£i?if»' lham-rtag-tu
bgos always wear shoes. 2. subst. apparel,
etc. : ^ff'^'^'i bgo-wa fian-pa finm«.«u.

q^'q III: fut. of tffr'l bgod.-pa.

q3fg, b go-by a dividend; the number or
quantity to be divided.

,£, Z$]'A, bgo-re = ^'i\^ ba-gam also the
parapet on the roof of a house ; a square
turret or castellated room on the top of a
castle : *W*i*F r**V-tW'&**K*'
" it is applied to a building four-cornered
in shape with an edge of crockets on the
top."

qtffq-q bgo-bfa=c&\'QJ]* bgo-byah or ^ f
bgo-skai, flfVflTTr, ^'?i.

qjff-qjj^-g^-q bgo-bfa/i byed-pa to distri-
bute, allot, apportion. Often also ^ffvfv
j«rq.

'^ bff°4-Pa> fut.««fjflfo, pf. 1% bgos
to divide; K*'*^' q nor-bgo-wa
to divide property ; to divide in ciphering
a 9J*« grails number ; to distribute ^«'^«'g
into shares ; fc'^W"! among people.

q^'q-ti bgod-pa-po the divider; *^'SS
bgod-byed divisor.

q3f«V«w bgod-ya? ^T«T 1. protection.
2. n. of a number (S. Lex.).

*• bgod-ra apportionment ; share :

nafi-zan gtan sdod rnam$-la $nom$-l>rdad
yeft-yoft-wahi bgod-ra byed divide every-

280

thing (that is left over) equally among
the permanent residents of the family, &c.
($tsii. 61).

bgom-lya TJU way ; road.

| bgotns-pa srysr, irfw, also
bgom-pa, to walk, to step, to stride,
to pace : "Awq'arqSjwrq stepped over the
threshold, qfw^j'q to pace ; to walk slowly.

bgor, supine of i*fa fygo-wa.
bgor-wa or *f*fl hgor-wa (Cs.)\
lum-du hgor to linger or loiter in
the way ; delay.

'q bgyafit-pii, v. jfc'S rgyon-tca.

'». fut- "3

6#y«, imp. §*• <72/<?. Is elegant form of
§S'i ^mr: 1. to do; to act; to perform.
2. to make ; to manufacture : §»» 'H-q5-
111*' the images regarding which there
had been said, 'make them,' i.e., the
bespoken, ordered images (Jd.). «W'«i3\«i
to do a work; ""H'^'^'iS* according
to order, it will be done ; VqR*'q8S'{|
to act the disciple ; to be a disciple.
a-«Cfl|^-q-q§« I have hurt the man ; I have
done him harm; 5 ^'w^'^l make, bring
it about, that a child be (born) : JTZra^v
3«r2|4| rgyal-po mn-nor gyi$ fig see that you
do not let the prince escape ; ^«'i|'P the
so-called (Jd.).

13*1 bgyig «<?}, SiTt a deed, act.

bgyer-wa, past, of

hgyer-

ejaculating ; chanting :
njv^, X«1<fl|'«i'n^<{|'^ql'8c accordingly in
the chanting of the Mantra, there was some
mistake (A. 66).

' kgrafi ^igfT number; figure.

bgrafi-rtogs n. of a very great
number (Ya-sel. 57).

n3)E,-q|»j bgrati-hpkyef n. of a great num-
ber ; 03je.'<*S£« bgrafi hphyot n. of a great
number occurring in the passage *igp'*f»r
qgju-^-ai-Bil^-q bgraft-gphyof bgran-hphye$-
la ksgref-pa (Ya-sel. 57).

tjj[e.'<*gf bgrafi-hphrefi ^wrmi, anmr^rr
rosary-beads.

«J3je.'fl bgrafi-wa JrftnT to number, count,
calculate: igE.-p'qgje.-q-g hphraft-wa bgrafi-iva
by a should count the beads of his rosary.

qsgc-q-uiE.- ft graft-tea yan *l<fl«li*lfM even
counting.

qjJ^'S bgraft-bya what may be
numbered ; numberable — years, time.

qgjE/uMi fygriift-yal ^R^ low ; n. of a
great number (S. Lex.).

cq-K^nr bgrati-yol *fat that cannot be
measured: ^C^r^Mr^l'iNw^yi bgrafi-
yol fffiis dan mi-mjul ynis (Ya-sel. 57).

qgjwrq bgrafis-pa ^sf^f capable of
being counted.

rq^-q ^grafts-pa la hda$-pa JPH-
that is past counting.

bgra4-p«=l. "RW pdafe-pa
to open wide ; ftl'^'" mig-bgrad-pa to
stare ; to goggle ; r*^'" kha-bgrad-pa
to gape; *f>'tr'Wi rkafi-pa bgrad-pa to
part the legs wide; to straddle. 2. to
scratch (Sch.), spelt more correctly *gv«>
hbrad-pa (Jd.).

qqjJJ'q bgram-pa n* separated;
anxious.

q|^q bgril-wa to fall down; to drop
down: l^-acqi^ fell into the abyss
(Situ. 74).

281

bgruA-wa or
?J'*>§T£i dbans-su bcug-pa to strain ; to depu-
rate ; ^'^'I^I'X'^w'fl'iJ1 1 chu-yi rfiog-ma
dvafis-su bcug-pa to strain the impurities
out of water.

*!?}*''' bgroA-iva
wa to count (Jd.).

l bgrud-pa, pf. "5" 6^»s, fut.
bgru to clear of husks ; to shell ;
bgnts-pahi hbras husked rice.

bgre-ica resp. fljWi rgas-pa or
old ; grown in age.
Syn. *i%'9p*'i na-so rgn$-pa old;
bgret-po; Jfi'5 rgad-po or 3fl-Ei rgau-po
(Mnon.).

£0>'«»! occasionally for 1. S^'S
; 2. i3J=.-q bgran-wa.

fl^^l1-' bgren-phreft 3|<?*rraT a rosary
to count the names of saints, Buddhas, &c.

^'i bgren-pa (den-pa), \. flj^'i bkren-
pa (Sch.).

bgro (do)

a song.
n = %w&\'y gros-byed-

pa to argue, discuss: ffc'^-
i^'S^'IS'^'l^ f kfion-gi grba-pa rnkhas-shig
Iha-rjc-h bgro-ffleg byed-du byufl-ste one of
his learned scholars having come to confer
with Lharj'e (Deb. "I 8).

bgro-toa (do -wa) (pf. 'iff*' bgro$),
resp. vp'5" bkah-gro$ with 5=.'*' glen-wa
1. to argue, discuss, confer with, consider:
^«r*^£^-«itj«r^»i she$ phan-tshun-du bgros-
nas thus mutiially discussing; ^'^^'3'^'
ci$WfF*ji-lt«r-bya s/ies bgros-nag deliberat-
ing what they should do. 2. to resolve,
decide.

the

.-q bgro-wahi
'i glu-dbyafis-kyi khan-pa
fctage; a music booth.

bgran-

b_(Jro$- (4°i) frf"" 1 • progress ; gait
^"a/ac. T 25); going. 2. it also
signifies the number 2 (Rtsii.). «tlfrvf|rq
bgrod-dkah-wa ^H difficult progress;
difficult to pass ; «if«W»p-«i5-«ifi») bgrod-dkah-
wahi g.nu» ^nr'rir'C a wilderness ; a place or
desert which is difficult to traverse; «liY
^<vqivai« bgrod-dkah-wahi lam ^TJJTOSJ a
difficult passage ; an inaccessible path.

*™ !• to walt; to
get over; wander: *i$^'«('i^ bgrod-la-phan
is useful in getting along. WflHv" lam-
bgrod-pa to travel over ; to get through :
$'o|ft'cj*,'^ii'vq chu-bgrod-par dkah-icn a
river difficult to cross. 2. declination ; ^ra^r ;
"ywoj'qSfo ni-ma Iho-bgrod the sun's going
to the south ; the sun's south declination ;
9=.'£i3ft byafi-bgrod. the sun's north declina-
tion; t$]'VV''Ify*' bgrod-dus g.nis both
declinations ; 9\*\«i''J|[\«i btid-med-it
bgrod-pa to lie with a woman ((7s.).

"'M'VS bgrod-bya (doi-ja) ^f^ra a road in
general ; met. a woman (l&non.).

dlK"1*1 bgrod-yas ft^fn: walking; a
mover (Lex.).

t%\aw bgrod-lam 1. a road; passage.
2. met. the female organ (Mnon.).

i?«J bgros (doi)=-ev\^^ bknh-gros con-
ference, consultation (Situ. 75) ; o!j*''M'
9*< bgro$-fian byais made conspiracy ; hold-
ing unlawful conference : uie.-^c.^aj-jft,-
^•^•q$^-^'3«-q« yaH san-nin khoti-gnis
kyis bgros-ftan byas-pa$ (Rdsa. 1^) again
yesterday both of them held evil confer-
ence.

mgar the work or craft of a smith ;
ywr-mgar goldsmith.

37

282

e. mgar-khan or wqvw rpgar-sa
smithy.

•"P'S'S'fr'W Mgnr-khri tgfa-dsi thun;
n. of a celebrated minister of Tibet.

'gX rngm'-tpyod (gar-choi)
the practice or craft of a smith.

mgur-wa

blacksmith ; one of low caste.
Syn. fflm-q?'ti kags-bzo-pa ; fil*r*w]vq
Icags-mgar tea; w#^*'*fi^ mtshon-cha-
rnkhan; ^T*'*^ rdeg-cha-mkhan

N-q jfgar-rtsan g.nah
n. of the celebrated minister Gar of Tibet,
who was sent to China to negotiate for
the marriage of the daughter of emperor
Than Tai-tsung with his master king
SroA-btsan eyam-po.

mgal-wa jaw ; jaw-bone ;
ya-mgal the upper jaw-bone; *wprq
tra or w*wpi ma-mgal the lower jaw-bone.
In colloq. both jaws together are called ""^
*'°> ya-le mtt-le. ""["I'MI mgal-chag a broken
jaw-bone; *qj"i'9^ mgal-bu4 a dislocated
jaw-bone.

mqor^w mgal-dum 4^i<^ra a large piece
of wood split or cut, or half burnt.

««pr«i rngal-pa or
of wood.

hgtl-pi a billet

mgal-ine ^rT«T«T, fire-brand ; torch
consisting of long chips of wood.

»w)in-*)-q$[Vq mgul-me bikor-ica
to whirl round a fire-brand.

^fiSVJS mgal-niehi hkhor-lo a circle
of light produced by whirling round a fire-
brand.

(Schr. ; Kdlac. T. 3).

mgu-ica

1. to rejoice; to be glad, joyful,
content ; «5'^" nigu-nas delighted : *«j'*w'
"i^'wjc. mgu-teahi Ian ma-byufi did not
receive a gratifying or satisfactory answer.
2. to exhilarate ; to gladden ; to make
content. W^'* dgah-dgu-wa, W\$
vq dgnh-dgu ran-tca, wj'q'3'q mgn-iea
bya-tca ^)H.iy»ii are frq. intensive forms
to express joy or exultation in the older
classics.

Syn. W1" dguh-wa (Mnon.).

I. = »i5'q^ mgu-war. 2.
3TO throat ; neck ; that which comes out of
the *<3* mgur is called a wg^'i mgur-ma, &
song : I'n^'S'ai^'*^^ rje-btsun mi-lahi mgur
the venerable Mila's songs. 3. voice ;
*wj*.'?fl'£i mgur-snan-pz sweet voice ; harmo-
nious voice. 4. song, air, melody; hence
a religious song. Used as honorific form
for a, especially in Milarapa, each of
the doctrinal ditties in that work being
preceded by the words *«j*'<^,'<»|?jt«'*i, he
uttered this song.

[satisfied] 8.

*"3*'« mgur-chu, **V^'§'g*<'«|'fl rnchod.
rten-gyi bum-gdan the pedestal on which
the cupola of a chaitya rests.

*3*'^'13K'*''{| mgur-du ffsunf-pa anything
sung or put into verse.

"3^'^'H mgur na-pa =**$"!' Ifi mgul-rgyan
ornament worn round the neck (Mfion.).

*wj*,'^§*i mgur-hbum the hundred thou-
sand sacred songs ; name of one of Mila-
ruspa's two great works, which are
both interwoven with numerous religious
songs.

*3*'f mgur-sho or ^'q se-tea 24 ; of the
weight of 24 rattee ; a weight equal to
71 (§kar-ma H^*).

283

mgur-bsal-wa 1. to deliver
a song with emphasis. 2. to clear the
throat ; to hawk ; to hem ( Ja.).

"3v3f mgur-lha a god of hunting with
the Mongol Shamans (Sch.).

qyvgrife^ mgur-lha mched-bshi the
four brothers (sylvan gods) from whom
the four great tribes of Tibet are said to
have originated.

I mgul-p.t

neck ; throat ; resp. for «2ft'«i mgrin-pa ;
Tr^V!^ w^Ww hdogs-pa to tie,'
fasten on the neck, e.g., magic objects;
V^ganr^-" ran-gi mgul-pa gcod-pa
to cut one's own throat ; to commit sui-
cide, suicidal; wgarq-^-^-ci mgul-pa n-/s
hkhyud-pT, to fall on a person's neck ; to
embrace; wgorq-^Sj-ti or «,|-q to geize by
the throat.

/i; w;* mgur;

i mgo-rten ; *flf<^ mgo-Mmi ; resp. ^>
*r«J«J»r«i ri-mo ^urn-pa; ^vvj% dufi-
hdrahi mgrin ; g^'^-^q-^ lum.pahi rngul-
can (Mf,on.).

I'i mgul-plu, re^p. gj g/^, ^N'^gt«-
Wja,-^ Tshans-dbyats rgya mtshohi
mgul-g.lu, n. of a work of the cecond Dalai
Lama Tshan-dbyans rgya-mtsho.

**$*$*( mgul-rgymi ^STHTir, <f^r neck-
lace ; a neck ornament.

Syn. »^'«frj^ mgrin-pihi rgyan, *«jv
1^9 mgur-na, spi ; ^'^ skchi-rgi/an ;
•W'fl mgul-pahi-rgynn (Mnon.).

aj mgnn-snon
l. he with a "blue neck.
2. a peacock.

wgari^ip-q mgul-chM dkar-pa a white
neck-cloth.

*3<"^ mgul-chun a small amulet wo:n
on the neck.

mgul-dar or ^<R'^ dpah-dar 1.
a silk scarf tied round the neck as a badge
of honour. 2. the shoulder of a moun-
tain ; ipfy-ngsrai pyon-mgul na on the left
slope (Ja.).

^3"'"I^£' mgul-ydub *«f the neck-
bangle or necklace worn by the Indians.
mgul-nad disease of the throat.

hi-rgyan = **$*•$( mgul-
rgyan or %^'J^ mgrin-pahi rgmn
(Mfion.).

mgul.rti ^pnfl^ a long neck.

same as

fire,

v.

I;

the head: ^w^-^ mgo-hjog-pas
lus-f -s by the movement of the head the
body is known; stffara-wq-^-g mgo-ln
me-hbar-wa Ita-bu ^T^hr-fjtfT^tcuT as if
glowing with five on his head. »flf-§«* mgo-
rus <*w<3 the head-bone; frontal bone;
rfpfeW* mgo lofi-lu Ita-bu wvftf a head
like that of an ass: i^'g^'^'^'q^-qsii
mgo-sgyur slog-slog bsdad-hdug he sat (at
times) bending his head (Rdsa.).

II : 1. summit, height, top:

snow. 2. first place; principal part;
^§^•1 mgo-bycd-pa to lead ; to command ;
to be at the head of ; ^^i dwu-mdsad-pa
to inspect, look after, superintend, control :
S-H-H^iSfa^a-^-ij bu-mo shig-gis
mgo-byed-pahi mi-man-po a numbor of
(labouring) people were superintended
by a girl (the farmer's daughter) (Ja.).
3. beginning: ^^ gros-mffo the begin-
ning of a consultation. »flf ngiij-q mg0_
hdsug-pa to begin: ^•Bqj-cjq-^^gm ^^
Sdug-pahi mgo-hdsiig that was the
beginning of the misfortunes of Tibet;

284

brtan-gyi tkyid-ipgo
de-naf tshugs with this my constant good
fortune commenced; S'«ff'«i lo-rngo In at
the beginning of the year ; •#$** mgo-tuit
from the beginning. 4. in grammar a
superscribed r,l,s,e,i; "VW^S"! ra-ntgohi
ka; »\ k with r superscribed; ^ww
«jiJC«f«^S-mH de-rnams las-phul sa-mgohi
k<tho these are the words beginning with
«i «r*l 6, «, * (Jd.).

III : «CTftn: n. of a constellation
(the 5th) consisting of stars resembling the
head of an antelope.

Syn. ^"l*)-*^ ri-dtyigi-rngo; *f'j«
mgo-ski/ef,

"f'SS ntgo-klud the brain.

mgo-dkyil colloq. crown of the
head ; vertex.

^ mgo-?kor imposture, deceit: ^S'
-*) <0^ bdud-kyi wgo-skor du fai-
nti-hdod I detest these diabolical tricks
(Jo.).

»iJf-^-q mgo-ikor-wa to cheat, swindle,
confuse ; S *^'*'^. nri-mgo ma-skor do not
cheat people.

*\5'q dgu-ica.

**f'S w?fl'o-J*//« a gra7 head;
rr<go-$kya-can a gray -headed person.

" rngo-skyes, v. "^ rngo in.

rgyan-pa or »i*''5' rgyns-pa an old man;
gray hairs (jgfnon.).'

^3=. mgo-$kyoft or **f ^ mgo-hdren
a protector ; patron.

fg'' rngo-$kyob = to'*\ rmog a helmet.
mgo-khra (yo-tha) scald-head.

mgo-tnkhreg$-crtn (go-theg-
chf.vi) obstinate, pertinacious, stubborn, esp.
in buying and bartering ; selfish ; bargain-
ing; haggling.

rnyo-rgynn giimT^T, ^KT 1.
head ornament. 2. n. of a place in Tibet.

mgo-lji yog-pi
heavy head.

myo-iiul hair of the head.
m go-nog bewildered, confused ;
troublesome : \**>'§ '3'13 ^ •«Jf'?'"I dn-res-kyi
bya-wa Mi-ip-go nog work at these times is
very troublesome (Rdsa. 26).

stf\ *«9*rq|?j*< mgo-mnam-gsum the three
things of simultaneous occurrence ; they
are : — (l) tf-q^JfrK'*'!*'4 hchi-wa dran-
1> < tgyu4-l.i skyit-pi the thought of death
arising in the mind ; (2) *<^-|V*Mrti
tx/te-hdi blo$-thon?-u~a renouncing of
worldly affairs ; (3) *<r3«V<i cho$-l>ycd-pa to
practise religion. The contrary of the
three are the following:— (1) *>**$»«
tiu-hc/ii-gnam-pa the thought that one
will not die ; (2) 35'^ «rwwq tnhv-hdi-ln
hthamt-pa to remain attached to worldly
affairs; (3) ?"!'« IV sdig-pa lycd-p:i com-
mission of sin (Lo. 45).

wSf'qgf mgo-b§i/un f^rg=ifhrf»(TT: stiff-
neck.

wJrfqS'jjwg-q rngo-btugs shu-wa to seek
protection under one who is superior to
himself; to seek refuge under such.

*tff$<»| S\q mgo-rtag-chod-pt one who
can give decided advice.

•^ 'fa mgo-rtttn that on which the head
rests, i.e., the throat or w'ff^ mgo-hdsin
that holds the head ; 3fa the neck (Mnon.) .

mgo-stoH a giddy-headed man ; an
idiot ; one who cannot think for himself.

285

hdra-hdra an
equal, a match, a rival.

*&\ '^S mgo-thod ii^sT top or crown of
the head; on the summit.

»^-fyq mgo-thon-pi one who by his
own ability can direct others.

*)3f<Uf*rq rngo-hthom-pa confounded.

nSlf^-q mgo-hdon-p'i=s^\'^'§,\ci mgo-
hdren byed.-pn to favour, preserve, make
safe : Mr^o^-35 sv**w-5V*flf'*Vi''5i't'l1T5if
all the properties of four TJpasakas he caused
to be kept secure (A. 22).

wJfa rngo-na »pg-«raT headache.

wf fl mgo-nan, Vl'w thog-ma srei»T first,
foremost.

if' HI mgo-sbvg the head together with
the meat of a slain goat, sheep or yak, &c.

*f q tngo-wft f*TK: the head.

r*l'£4| yan-lig rnehog
the chief of the limbs of the body
(Mnon.) : •^*-^^H"l*r****S*R*'^
he who has a round head resembling an
umbrella becomes a lord of men.

n«ff S'l'Svq mgo-wo spyi-ther-ioa a bald-
head.

does not change his residence or head-

quarters.

rngo-nto-g.yog head-cover.
^fq mc/o-s>nos-pa$ go-wa=$e-i*<\
q cuji-&t<f lib-pa tsam-kyis yo-

•wa to easily perceive the meaning from a

slight movement of the head.

mgo-tsog round protuberant head:
f*ir*llfV|l on the heads of
whatsoever things that may be round.

*|Jf'1*'^ mgo-hdsin fsittrtft the head of
an office, or work-leader.

*?f'*Cqrc| mgo-hdsug-pa ^Tf*m to begin
(a work or subject, etc.).

wftfi mgo-sla-wa

November-December of Indian calendar.
The eleventh month of the Tibetan
calendar.

" mgo-zlum (go-dum) or wf'^1 mgo-
reg ^"5^, sraftm, tjf^r?i%sf shaven head,
also round bald-head ; a Buddhist monk ;
^ l*1'"!^*' mgo-zlum-ffn(t§ a place where the
shaven heads reside ; a monastery ; *flf'|*rq
mgo-zlum-pa a shaven head ; a monk.

mgo-zlum lM3t-nag=sf^f(

the sounding planet ; a comet

* mgohu-chun ^^^ with a small
or no head ; the running-hand character of
Tibet.

or

mgo-skor to cheat, deceive; *^f-
3-qsrJlK mgo-gyog mgo-$kor-gyi
bslii-khrid to rob one by deception or
cheatin.

mgo-yuy

(jug bycd-pa to bend the head ; to bow down
the head: fgvuVr^'*^ %"l g^'i jn-wur
hdren-pahi mgo-rug byed-p:i he made
obeisance presenting tea and treacle.

mgo-lin-can ftrz'fl'; ^ fifl a
Man-pa shaking the
head as a signal or from illness.

"f '*"! mjo-reg or »^f'gi»» myo-breys Bud-
dhist monk.

"^ ^Tl'V mgo-lhng phyed-pa or wff'fw*!'
t^ q ffi(/o-$!lom$ byed-pa to make all equal ;
not to make any invidious distinction bet-
ween parties; to deal evenly : <*w*^'*<3fgp]'
§\w§«'^*> thams-cad mgo Ihag-phijed-pitr-
gyig shcg thus commanded, all behave
fairly among yourselves (A. 115).

"•flfrW^'^'^M mgon-dkar yi$-
bshin nor-bu (Schr. ; 77 A.).

28Q

mgon-po according to some
grammarians the word w'fa myon is an
abbreviation of the words «f'^ mgo-hdrcn
(*\ hdre being eliminated), signifying Tra
protector, patron, principal, master, lord,
tutelary god; so the word is applicable
to Buddha, saints, and also ordinarily to
any protectors and benefactors in general.
When «%5 occurs as a proper name it
denotes either Buddha or Avalokites'vara
or Mahadeva. Among the «f^'Q mgon-po
are also classed Ganes'a, the Dikpala or
guardians of the world and of Buddhism,
besides many other spirits who are repre-
sented as possessing four, six, and some-
times eight arms. This class of gods is also
numerous in both the Tantrik and Bon
pantheon. •fl|WV''l'W**'*|fi mgon-po
ahal-bshi phyag bco-brgyad the Lord with
four faces and eighteen arms. Sambhara
(q^-*fi6fl|) of the Bon-po has three faces
and six arms. In Buddhist India there
were worshipped three Natha smj, or ^Ifa'
3 mgon-po, viz. :— (1) W^'*^ Ebab-
gtcgs mgon-po the spirit invoked to ins-
pire one by entering one's body ; (2) •VT'5'
w%3 Nfig-po mgon-po the black-spirit ; (3)
gwl'wlft'3 Bram-se mgon-po the Lrahma
natha, i.e., Brahmana's spirit (K. dun. 50).

* «3fo'Ei%*jai Mgon-po gri-gug n. jr.
(Schr.).

ffSfa'U'WU'WycQ'i mgon-pa rta-nag
canphyng bshi-pa (Schr.).

* *i5fa-q •f«q-^^ Mgon-po ftag-sfwn (Se/n:;

87 A.).

Mgon-po Spi,an-rci9
1*< Epfiags-pa Spi/un-

ras g.zigs <tH<dlfo<faT the patron Lord Ava-

-q lfgon-po phyag-bshi-pa
(Schr.; 81 C.).

c Mgon-po SeA (Schr.; 85 C.).
w«i]|ii|« Mgon-po Iram-gzitgs n.
pr. (Schr.).

» *i^-2j-&-6tw£j Mgon po mi-pham-pa ^rf%a-
(Schr. ; Ta. 2, 111) [invincible Lord]«.

'^'^qq]'*)^ MffOn-pO hod-dji/HJ nnd

lit. immeasurable light ; a n. of
the 4th Dhyani-Buddha.

-ij^flj Mgon-po shal-gcig (Schr.).
Mgon-po shal-bshi (Sc/ir.).
i^ Mgon-po legs-ldan (Schr. ;
(Org. m. 110, 20).

«Jfa'*4Mj tngon-mans many pattons or
defenders of religions ; many small pyra-
midal sacred erections (Os.).

*)Jf^'**S mgon-med ^•n^i unprotected,
helpless; w^'^^'wg^ Mgon-mcd za$-$byht
wrrjf-fms? n. of a certain house-holder
who accommodated Buddha in the Jota-
vana grove of S'ravasti. He was the chief
house-holder devotee of Buddha.

•^'^S^'S^'^'lS* Mgon-btmn phyahi
gron-kliycr n. of a city in the paradise of
the Bon-po.

si5jif»rnlj myt/ogs-hgro horse, wind.

Syn. 5t- rlun; *> rta (Mnon.).

ngo)»i'^$5'g^ mayogs-hgrohi brun, met.
for 5»i'gt« rta-yi $bnns, horse-dung
(Sman. 186).

lokites'vara (Miton.).

*si<!\3l-Z-$v\-'gi\-ti Mgon-po pJujaij-dnig-pa

(Schr,).

•* w(jyogs-pfl ^

a, wr^i, gij adj. and adv. rapid, swift,
quick; speedily: ^ij^-ci-^^^-^fgi^-?^1*^,

going the horse and the elephant become
prostrate ; by slowly walking the donkey
travels round a kingdom. In modem
works and colloq. ^'F2' as adj . and *&p\**'
%*• &'i the adv. are the commoner forms.

287

mgyog$-pa dri-ldan, ^'^
assafcetida (Sman 109).

mgyogs-por quickly, speedily,

soon.

*i|<j]?4-ij(»i mgyogs-lam a straight, short
way ; Jf'*^"!^ r.kyan-mgyog§, v. if-' rkaft,
a short-cut; «'»»5'1?*' su-mgyogs a race; a
running-match (<7a.).

ii-skyes = yw* klu-
song; music (Mnon.).

mgrin-snon •?l<«i*i3 Mahadeva;
he with a blue neck ; the peacock- When
the ocean was churned by the gods and
the Asuras, there came out the sun and
moon and then Laksml the goddess of
wealth and fortune, and afterwards nectar
was the result. Lastly came forth a
pot of poison which would have destroyed
the world. The God Mahadeva out of
compassion for all living beings of the
world, himself drank the potion, in conse-
quence of which his neck turned blue.

Syn. Sj'^'ll Lha-dwan-phyug ; *i'S
rma-bya (Mnon).

*1K "$"!'§ rngrin g.cig-tu with one voice ;
unanimously.

*"3Kq5 Mgrin-bcu <si^P» a name of
Havana, King of Ceylon and the son of
Pulasta.

wqjaj-q|iv«$]'3! mgrin-bcuhi dgra-bo, 5"i'5'
*'*»(» Rgyal-po Ramana, King Eama
(Mnon.).

HJft'y^'i mgrin thun-wa a short neck,
throat, or voice.

*<3K2f^ mgrin-ldan, *<?!*'»* the cuckoo or
Indian koel.

Syn. R'|*| khu-byug,
c\

mgrin-pa (din-pa)

*g the neck ;
rin-wa a long neck.

Syn. HT*! gre-wa; **$*• mgur; *«JT1 mgul-
pa ; *^'^ mgo-rten ; «flf-^ mgo-hdsin ; "^
g*e; R'tf'flRprti ri-mo p&um-pa; *£•'"•'•£•' *$l*i
dun-hdrahi mgrin ; 8#A<^j"T*| bum-pahi
mgul-can the last three are used in polite
language (Mnon). S)'1) gre-wa is a corrupt
form of the Sanskrt word ?fNr

mgrin

'*r^ nigrin-pa-can peaked mountain.
mgrin-pa btegs raised head
(as if out of panic or alarm).

•q^TW^t' mgnn-pa rab-rin — $F-'$f-'
khrun-khrun the stork (Mnon.).

Wjft'qev^ mgrin-pahi rgyan = *^'9fi
mgitl rgyan or^'^'g^ skye-yi rgyan neck-
lace (Mnon.).

^'i5-g mgrin-pahi sgra voice.

mgrin-pahi phyogs, ^ the
mouth [the collar-bone] S.

wgh'qS'y mgrin-pahi rtsa <tiv^<<< the
root or base of the neck.

wgfi'i^'Sc; mgrin-pahi rlufi <&%rj
breath.

*i3^'S*^ mgrin-dmar TWsTta red-throat ;
n. of a bird.

«3ft-*iS« mgrin-mdses <g?fhr a hand-
some neck ; «^-qaf Mgrin-bzan n. of the
friend and general of Eama in his exile.

wfft-euE.- mgrin-bsufi one with a loud,
clear voice.

aj-qjc.-* mgrin-bsan-ma (Schr. ; 92 2J.) .
'3!i mgr-in-bsan btsun-mo 1.
n. of a goddess. 2. — 1\'v*-' gi-wan Ttr^T^TT
n. of concretion found in the brains of
elephants or stomach of cows (Sman. 94) ;
a bright yellow pigment.

^Kfeir»Wf«p«<fc Mgrin-snon zla-wahi
rtogs-brjod n. of a Tibetan romance con-
taining 133 block-print leaves, composed

288

by Lama Blo-bzaft Bstan-pahi rgyal-mtshan
of Tshor-phu in Tibet.

I: mgron (don) is also sometimes
wrongly spelt as *^ hdron ^firfir, PwnVi)
feast, treat, banquet, entertainment, resp.
$'**9h sku-mgron ; J'*flfa'*9i'^ fku-gron
hbul-wa to entertain; w^'«r*5\«i mgron-
l'i hbod-pa, resp. "Ifa'^'S^'1^ « mgron-du
spyan-hdren-pa ^ufa^-pCH to invite to an
entertainment ; »<?fa'^'*|^'3 to regale, treat
(IT. du. «, 87).

II: in Buddhism signifies object
of invocation ; and any person ,'nvoked is
called *3fa'£i mgron-pi. The latter are of
four classes: — (1) *^fa'*^T§V5^'*l?h d.kon-
mchog srid shuhi mgron the holy ones
form the object of invocation in the
world. The holy ones are: — Buddha,
Dharma, Sangha, one's lama (Guru) and
one's tutelary deity : (2) »fifr'B^'5^§-*i?fa
mgon-po yon-tan-gyi mgron, the Natha, who
are a class of fearful deities, the celestial
Ddkmi, the Dharmapala and the guardian
gods of Buddhism; (3) . ^«|W'%*r$*'t<i'»»!fa
rigs-drug $nin-rjehi mgron the six classes of
animate beings such as human beings, gods,
demons, the animal kingdom, the Preta
or ghosts, and the hell-beings ; (4) *)^'
'W)Q]*ri>i^'*|>j*riJ'*<5ft pdon-bgcgs Inn-chags-kyi
mgron ; here the invoked are 360 demons
called «fa Gdon and 80,000, evil spirits
called q«h*< Bgegs. These do mischief to
all living beings on account of their own
misdeeds of a former existence. It is
necessary to invoke such and to appease
them by offerings. According to the Bon-
po there are chiefly two kinds of *!fa mgron,
i.e., objects of invocation: — (1) a person
or deity invoked for worship ; (2) a person
invoked out of compassion (D.R.).

*i'r>t-' mgron-khnU ^f<rft»TFJJT a house
for the accommodation and temporary
board of guests, strangers, &c.

*?fa-3J-<%|9ra mgron-gyi hphrin-fki/rl
bya; 8'|-"| lya gkya-ka the mag-pie
(Won.).

"Ul'*1!^ mgron-ffue-r or xlf^'g^^q
mgron-bu hbod-pa to invite or call a guest ;
"Sh'S'"!^ *> mgron-bu giier-wa lit. the
receiver of guests; an officer whose duty
it is to introduce others to the king or
to the great lamas of Tibet. He is also
called <w«|»wr8-»^ yar-psal shu-mkhan, he
who communicates the wishes or mandates
of a superior person to an applicant.

w^fa-^-nlj-q rntjron-du hgro-wa to go to an
entertainment ; *»rw«fa a feast ; « w?fa a tea
party ; *f*lft a treat with beer or wine.

*>!h 3 mgron-po ^jffrfir, ^ii?r«R^ one
newly come ; a guest.

Syn. 4jw^->(cq ysar-du hofi-ica; jf'SV
**'*> glo-bur hon-wa; "^'^'^e.'1* mgron-du
hon-wa (Won.).

w$^-Q -iSwq mgron-po bos-pa to call or
invite a person.

"Ifa'S'W*' mgron-bu thal-wa name of a
medicinal drug which is alleged to stop
bleeding ; it is useful in fracture and sores.

hgag 1. obstruction; stoppage;
yid-hgag want of appetite ; 1^'^lf
ycin-hgag also *"|«| hgag strangury. 2. a
place or spot that has to be passed by all
that proceed to a certain point : wA'^f
§'WI1'^'3'*I'^'31' sam-pahi hgag-tu hgug-na
rku-mi hdsin-thub a thief may be arrested
if you be on the look-out for him in the
passage of a bridge; W"^irM"r|>*^ the
place on Pal-Mar mountain where there
is a narrow passage ; sf^ll igo-hgag the
door of the house because through it

289

all that enter or leave have to pass;
f^«!1 kha-h(jcig the mouth, through which
everything must pass that is eaten ; fig.
ss;ai*i-qj-<i|a(«^«i|q| thar-lam-gyi g.nad-hgag the
main point for salvation. *W^T5't**
hgag-ffcfg-tit dril-wa to unite ; to be concen-
trated in one point (Ja.).

"ITS* hg.ig-skyor anything like a
fencing that is put round a field or garden
or a house to stop ingress from outside.

J**H'£i hgag-pa, or **\*\v hgags fsm 1.
pf. form of ^li'i hgcgs-pa to stop, to
cease ; to be at a stand-still ; mostly in the
perfect form : p'^1"!^ the appetite is
gone ; the passions having been suppressed.
2. door-keeper, v. ^11 sgo-hgng.

qnpl ci-»)^ hgag-pa med ^ffsnf? free,
unobstructed ; the sky ; also voidity or that
which is in a simple or uncompounded
state.

of an

v. *F rgafi.

(P°) tne
office, business, commission.

(^J|C?T^ hgcms-chen also iip?^ hgan-
rlteH important ; very valuable ; iptf '^E.*)'
la^si^-er(|*rq^e.-2r-lfc's)I> ffdcin hgafts-chen
rnams bkol bde daft fio-nor med, flj^'^e.^'
S^'^w piuis hgan$-chen rnams important
or chief places of pilgrimage, &c. ; |^'^W
*^ very sacred symbols; g^aiflj'^^^1^
valuable things; ^^'<ii)c.^'S^ important
meaning or object.

Syn. l'^'1' rtsa che-wa; ^"l'i drag-pa;
(Mfion.).

hgans-mthun equal ; «wl^*in
phal-chcr mthim in thorough agreement;
in harmony: f'l^Vr^Hy^fr^W'

ojc.-qq|c.sj-*)^ lho-g.Un-g.sum gcig-tubyas-pahi
(shad-daft yaft hgms-mthun (it was about)

equal to the area which the three southern
places together occupy (Ya-sel. 19).

ng]wci hgafis-pa difficult, troublesome
(Sch.).

^"l^'a'^'£i hgan-hkhur-wa to stand secu-
rity for ; to guarantee ; to take respon-
sibility on one's self; ^"l^'t'|^'c' hgan-
b§kyur-wa to impose responsibility.

^l3)'^" hgnn-dkris (gan-ti) making
over charge ; making responsible.

•"fl'S hgan-rgya='*fi$ gan-rgya agree-
ment, covenant.

^qW'*^ hgan-can responsible.

qq|^'5i|'q hgcm-theg-pa to undertake any-
thing; to take charge of: V^ac^si^N-
sfc'9*''3F'''*''R'3q| ^en self-interest is con-
cerned even the donkey understands his
duty.

| hgam-pa to cram into the
mouth, especially of dry edibles; !'«w|*rtrEi
plnje hyam-pa-po an eater of nour (Situ.
84).

to contradict; to disagree; to mistake;

§pon-tca not to make mistake ; to avoid
errors ; «|T»!^ hgal-med without miitake.

^l1"'! hgril-zla=v\v^'^'s\^ hgnl-vahi
grogs or S'ws^'i^'^im mi-rnthun-pahi grogs
an enemy : v.'^ "5^ ^m-|'^«-^-q^-
*p having joined with such of the enemy
as were not in agreement with one another
(K/irid.. 116).

Q*l|?rcj hga$-pa to eplit, to crack, to
burst apart.

\<i hgud-pa, v. g«\'«i fjud-pa.

ci hgitgs-pa to summon ; bring
back ; ^gi^'i'Q hyuys-pa-po one who is
called to ; a waiter (Situ. 8^).

38

290

l'CJ dgiim-pa to die (of natural
death, of disease) : ^Rft-ir^^-^^WK^I
S^'^^-qN'^^N at that time most of those of
the attendants of the Lo-tsa-tra who were
smitten with fever died (A. 05).

Q^QTZJ hgul-ica to move, quake,
shake ; wfi aa-gyo^wm* sa-hgul earth-
quake; *gT«rQ hyul-ica po or ^"I'lS hyul-
bi/ed shaker; fut. (wj«r«fy hgul-bthin^y*
|^, hgul-gi/in.

'f hgiir-n/to, same as »Q^'^ mgur-sho
ql^ tain-kfi brgyad-la mgtir-
s/io-gcig, one Myw-sho is equal to eight
tan-ka.

^l*1'^ hgeg-bye = $% khyo-wo or I**'
'&i\'* mdmh-grogs husband (Mnon.).

uf, 0,^*1^' CJ hgems-pa=a&W'i bjoms-
pa to confound; to subdue swfara ; sflf^w
i'3 mgo hgcms-pa-po one who confounds or
bewilders.

qo)wq*,-g«v<J hgeats-par bycd-pa f^?s;^
repeatedly bites ; ace. to Cs. another form
for *3*ri hgiiui-pr/, to kill, to destroy
(Sett.) ; Ji'vy^wq kltd-p-i hge»>$-pa to sur-
prise; to over-throw an argument by
reason; if'^w! myo-gems stupid (Sch.).

hgegt-pa

to hinder, obstruct, keep back or in; fut.
dg.'gs, pf . ^1 bkaj : ^wd^'wy
*''ailS dgng pa-la med-dgtig dan
ma-yin dgag gnis-yod °)^'**^'^'9 yin-min Ita-
bit preventing what is and what is not,
etc., in Buddhist metaphysics.

q hgefapa, pf. <W bkan, fut.
dyan, imp. pt1 A7ww, to fill up ; also
to satiate.

EI hgel-tca—^Vi hyyel-ica, pf.
"I" bkal, fut, V^ otyrt/, imp. pm A//o/: 1.
to load ; to lay on a burden ; gi'^Tq khral
hf/cl-ica to impose tax or rent ; to commis-
sion; to charge with; to make, appoint,
constitute ; to put ; to place on or over :
fl)^E.'*rqf|arq' gdun-ma bkal-ica a beam placed
over it ; to set or put on, e.g., a pot ; to
hang up ; 5fj*rw)'Tflfte.' go$ hgd-gdan a
stand to hang clothes on ; fig. ^8'WfVflS'
yqi'^ai'^w hvhi-irnr nus-pnhi thoy-hycl dgos
one must set on it the roof of being
able to die, i.e., one must crown the whole
edifice of life by being free from fear of
death (Jd.) ; to impose a fine ; to give
punishment.

^Kg* hyel-brel old ; «w)«rgi»r^ hycl-
brel na-ldtin the old, aged.

laden yaks.

<w)i»rqq|»i hyul-lnys the method of im-
posing fine or punishment.

Q5f*r^ Ayes-p'i, pf. «H|« bkas, fut. ^«
clyas, imp. P« Mas, to split, cleave, divide ;
wim^e.- bkas-fifi (Lex.) cleft or chopped
wood; ^I'S^'S*!*!'*1 tlniit-biir dyes-pa to
divide into pieces ; to cut up or open.

q hgebs-pa, pf. «HI«< AA«i, fut.
imp. P5' Mo6, to cover up ;
to put on ; to conceal.

f hyo, same as if mgo, origin, source ;
1. foremost; in front; «wtff dmny-
hyo commander of an army ; ^'"tf mkhar-
hgo or ?R.'*f rdson-hyo commander of a
fort, of a district: X«'|-^««i«-5«-«i-3ij
c/io§-kyi hyo sans-rgyas-h t/mg the origin of
D/tarma (Buddhism) is traced to Buddha ;
^•5)-^-«i]c.»i-a|-a<i| the source of a river is
traced to the snows. 2. beginning; the
first : if* hyor in the beginning ; ta'ift1^
sertirahi hgor the beginning of the hail.

Syn. ?1'i thoy-ma ; *^'» di/n-po; ?"3
rtsa-mi (Afnon.).

291

^q'q hgo Itub-pa apricots ?

=%*\'* thog-ma beginning;

'^l I; hgog-pa

first.

^'Sf" hgo-snnm broad-cloth ; also the
superior kind of blanket.

*f '«i hgo-pa the headman of a village.

bgro-dpon rector, director, head-
master, principal.

°^\ ^q hgo-phib *\ '$1 ya-sub a cover; also
a canopy or dome over a temple or tomb.

<rtfn5-$jj-g Ego-waki lha-lna the five
superior demi-gods, which are the follow-
ing: (l)*'<%<W9p-'ymo-lhaham&hafi-lha, (2)
SPTS sroy-l/ia, (S)W%dgra-l/ia, (4) X^pho-
Iha, (5) ^i'5J yul-lhci. These are the insepa-
rable companions of humanity, and rejoice
when we do good actions and become sorry
when we sin. There are several treatises
on the rites to propitiate them.

go chod-pa useful:
from early years, i.e., from
boyhood, he has been useful.

J hgo-ica €T, pf. ^ yos, or <tfffw
hgos, cf. isfa bsgo-ica 1. to stain ; to
lose colour ; to dirty, sully one's self. 2.
«'V* to infect with a disease; ^fqS'^
hgo-wahi nad, ^lf'^5'^»w hgo-wahi rims a
contagious or epidemic disease, a plague ;
*8\'*ft or <fif«&-^, ^'^T^1^*, ^tr^n: an
infectious disease ; also a contagious disease.

^f i hgo-ma beginning, origin, source.
etf'*l hgo-mi headman.

hgog-ku prob. derived from the
Chinese, signifying the goddess of the ele-
ments. Ace. to the Chinese the funda-
mental elements are tree, fire, earth, iron,
and water. Each of these is presided over
by a goddess.

v.

bar-du bcod-pci, ^ij^'i hgegs-pa.

II : = ^q|'ti hjog-pa

to keep ; to place ; to arrange ;
a deposit ; pledge.

! Ill: pf. ««h frog, fut.
dgog, imp. f^I khog 1. to take
away forcibly ; to snatch, tear away,
pull out ; ST'T^fT" rtsa-wa hgog-pa
to pull up the root; ^Tn^'Q hyog-pa-po
one who takes or draws out. 2. to take
off a cover, a lid, a pot from the fire, in W.
(Jd.).

oftfa-qr^ ffgog-po-ri the hill on which
the monastery of Gahdan is situated : ^T

pa ri-nas Rje bla-mas dgah-ldun-gyi dun
gtcr-nas bton (J. Zun.}.

hgog-spyod-pa
^T"l'R^PI'q scms-kyi rnam-rtog hyorj-pa to
stop the arising of imaginations or fancies
in the mind.

*5ffqT3'S hgog-bycd ^qcf discipline, and
from tfffiri hyag-pa, there arise 1. ^'^ shi-
wa srrf«fi peace ; 2. g'Sfcri gya-nom-pa=<§*\
»j«-fq]^-q phun-sum tshogs-pa 'srfwfVct per-
fected state ; 3. fc«rcivn|t.-q fles-pir hbyun-
ica fsf:flT<ir firm conviction.

I : hgogs=o?Wi bkng-pa (Mnon.).

II : »i4g, ^T passing over ;
transit ; crossing ; getting over.

•T^I hgog§-pa=*3\'Wti hgeg$-pa to
prevent ; to avert unfortunate events, as
danger, fatal consequences ; to suppress
the symptoms of a disease by medicine;
to drive back or away ; to expel, e.g., spirits,

292

ghosts; to repel people that are trying to
land : «^V^« « g'5)*''^ | bdud rnam-pa
Ifia-yis hgog-ste it having been averted by
the five kinds of demons (D.R.).

i5fc-Q'^ hyoft-po rdo,
ton-bu, a kind of stone of liver colour,
believed to be sacred to the God Dam-ohen
who rides on a goat — the peculiarity of
this stone being that it breaks in cube-like
pieces (Sman.

a = <*?-* hdah-wa or
to bewitch, enchant; also
to pass over, get the better of: ^«ig5)«
q^c.q^m hdi-la 8tt-yit hgofi-war nut who
can overpower this, i.e., who can enchant
him; <tffe.«r^»i hgofls-nag V^Tff having
crossed, passed over.

nSfjc.-q -21 hgofi-wa po or "tf^ '% hgofi-po an
enchanter ; ^ffe/q'S hgofi-wa nto an en-
chantress, a sorceress.

"&}*>'% hgofi-bo faTTJ a class of demons
which bring disease on men and cattle.

| hgod-pa, pf . «fl|S bkod, fut.
dgod, imp. j*S k/iod, cf. j*V« khod-pn
vv 1. to design ; to project ; to plan (Sch.).
2. to found ; to establish ; to lay out (a
town) ; to build (a house) ; to manufacture ;
to form ; to frame. 3. to put ; to fix ; to
transfer into a certain state or condition ;
n^qui^ places in a state of happiness;
svw'W ni A^ puts into the way of salva-
tion ; «Mrjrt'«t«'«flfV* safa-ryyag-kyi
sa-la hgod-pc, establishes in the realm of
Buddhahood. 4. to set or place in order :
3]m g^-qtfj^-cr^ (iral-phyam bgod-pa hdra, as
the rafters of a roof are placed side by side
(S.g.) ww^fY*! mthar dgod-po to add,
place at the end (Vai-kar.); «flf\«n'»<r«r<i
bkod-par mdscs-pa beautiful as to arrange-

ment; nicely ordered; «J^S?ft'{' brgyan
dgod-pa to arrange ornaments (tastefully);
to decorate, adorn ; to construct or adjust
grammatical forms, sentences (Zani.}.
5. to set down in writing ; $ n| m'^ o yi.
ge-la hgo^-pa to record : Sc. t] q «i n^ ti
mid ka-wn-li hgod-pa to write name on a
column; to compose, draw up, write a
narrative, etc. Frequently to mention;
to insert in a writing ; to publish ; to make
known. 6. to rule ; to govern (Sch.) : IT
*t-qi|fr£i5-jflrZj-8^ byol-sofi bkod-pahi rgyal-
pa yin he is king over all subjugated ani-
mals (Jd.). The participle pf. zffj^'i bkod-
pa is also sbst. : (1) ground-plan ; outline of
a building; delineation; sketch; V'81^
shinkkod map ; design ; (2) form, shape,
figure (Sch.) ; sample ; copy ; even of one's
own body, e.g., where a person multiplies
himself by magic virtue Q"*'1* sprul-wa;

(3) building ; edifice ; structure : ^fvi'w?*
bkod-pa mdsi'i the structure is beautiful ;

(4) frame; form; tpffv^'S*' bkod-pa lug the
structure of the body: KA'q^'ti '3(wn|«,§'*c.-q^ai
fuihi bkod-pa nam-mkhahi ran-bshin my
form of an etherial nature.

1. to tread : g'w#as«5^

iq«-4flfM'4>}wi bli-ma flob-dpon
grib-mn d'ifi, bnling$-^d:in nti-bz'ih sogf dun
z i-b(un-sog$ hgom-na itcs-pa-c/Hi treading on
the shadows of lamas, teachers, &c., also
on their chairs, seats or clothes, or objects
of food and drink, is sinful. 2. ace. to
8ab.*t*^pt* hgcm-pa, "Wjsrq hgum-pa to pass
over; *fj*r«i hgom-pa — 0^^ hgro-wa to go ;
going (by passing) ; ff^ASfw^-ew stim-
na$ hgom s/ies-pai = ^'c>'^f(^'!^'t> to pass
over a thing ; leap over it.

hgom-yug-pa =
hphar-hgom tthnr-hyom byed-pa to cross

293

or pass orer from one side to another
(Kin-id.): ff|C.-m»-^^-^c.-^ walks pacing
with the feet.

hgor 1. in the beginning ;
at the top or head of a row or order :
at the Bource of a river. 2. supine
of "tff q hgo-u-a.

a^tnw thogs-pa

TT-. to tarry, linger, loiter : isw^'^vq lam
dti hgor-ica to linger on the way.

Syn. 3"! i gul-u-a.

nSljVflft hgor-ffshi delay; RSfvflft'*»v«i
hgor-gshi mtd-pa without delay.

Q,^PI'CJ hgol-wa 'snts3 ; pf. ^ gol 1. to
part, to separate; vb. n. "^ q^'ij^ ^JFO/-
»•<?$«' g««s a hermitage ; <&(*'% hgol-po
hermit, recluse. 2. to deviate; err; go
astray.

R«ffj|'*i hgol-sa 1. the place where two
roads separate so as to create doubt in the
mind regarding the right path. 2. error ;
mistake.

Egos n. of a monastery, Ta.,
also n. of a tribe and of a minister
of Tibet: a^3^*r3K^'»r*-V»|'V'iI*i*r^tq««)
Blon-chcn hgos-kyis shal-che dgah ysum-du
bead (Ya-sel. 4).

^5fw« hyos-pa 1. v. °^\^ hgo-ica: ^1f'«i5'
^'^*i'>^E. hgo-icahi nad hgos-yofi it will
catch contagion. 2. f^fcrff a liniment; a
medicine to be rubbed on ; fw anointed,
besmeared.

*f^«,-q|?ft-^tw( ffgos Qs/ton-Hu dpal n.
pr. (Schr. ; Ta. 2, 60).

Q^qj'q hgyng-pa, cf. g^'f tkyag-pa, to
be sold, spent, expended ((?#.).

?q hgyan-wa, pf. *2^«l A(/^a««;
to be delayed,

deferred, postponed ; farthest : l*'"";6^
phyir hgyan-na if one defers it ; 5 •fle.'Zf*)-
not many years shall have passed ;

a long time after.

without delay

(Yig, k. 26).

R^C'^I hgyins-pa
appearance of greatness or of pride.

an

^S^'^ hgyin-ica 1. to assume air or
appearance of greatness ; to sit lifting up
the body in the manner of a lion. 2. to
look haughtily ; to look down upon ; to
slight a person ; 8'«i'i§fq mi-la hgyiA-wa
also of things, to despise, contemn, neglect
them. ^N'«J <*|c,-q seems to be an intensified
form, meaning to scorn loftily ; to look
down on as from a summit.

hgyin-bag attitude ; posture ;
gesture ; also manner in reference to.
*ll*l*< ffsugs form, or *&<'*< dbyib$, appear-
ance.

1!^ hgyiH-hkhar a staff consecrated
to a fearful deity, or having on its top a
head with wide yawning mouth or in some
fearful attitude.

^•S^^'^ hgyins-pa, v. "^'H hgyift-wa.

P-S^T^ hgyim-pa trfvfa the circum-
ference.

"v3T^ hgyu-wa, pf. a^hgyu$, to move

quickly to and fro, e.g., as lightning, the
quivering air in a mirage, the motion and
versatility of the mind, &c.

Q^V^ hgyur-wa TH%, ^^r«!%, pf.
§v? gyur-to or §^'i gyur-pa, imp. §^'S"I
qyur-cig, cf. |V*i §gyur-wa 1. to become; to
grow, increase, change : S^*'3*H'^ dge-
floii-dti hgyur-tva to become a monk ;

294

*'" rgyal-por hgynr-tva to become a king ;
g«'Wt|^'q sbrniH-nvir hgyur-ira to get with
child ; *>VW*3* bdnn-dit hgyur to reach the
numher of seven: g^WMpSVtw^flrqv
qjc. q tQ^ khyod-pat brga hyyur-pas I/tag-par
bzafl-wa yod there are those which grow a
hundred times better than you ; W^T
9*. ffxniii bgyur Ita-lur three times as much ;
^•qj^ir^v j*r^4| da gnt's-hgynr txnm-s/itg one
twice as large as that ; *$*ift a changing
voice. 2. sbst. change, alteration, revolu-
tion, vicissitude : ^« fl^5'H|^ q« du buhihi
hgynr-was through the change of the
fourth season ; <*|v^-qv>l fi hyyur-brten
b$hag-pa to pay money in' hand as an
earnest that the bargain is not to be re-
tracted. "i^'^'^V hgi/nr-ifu nu'd-pa
unchangeable, invariable : *5'?£
a)1t'V'5E.*r«j-<»3vq mthtt-stob? nnd wed-
pa, yzi-rjid yofis-sii hyyiir-ira the total
decay of strength, health and esteem (in
old age); *W%*W«^,'irfWHI bday-gi
*ems ma-yyur »ia-iia ing-pa my mind has
not been altered nor weakened; •ft"
qirit'qprw^'lq dtid-pa Mi-las ma-hyyur-
cig do not depart from this belief. "*5*'^-
^S'*1 hgyur-du yod-pa changeable, variable :
5 35 «§^'ci jiho-»<o h<n/«r-pa male changing
into female and via- rrrxti ; ^N ^|^'q
to change the mind ; ^K w*§vq to become ;
begin to exist ; to gain possession : sT*!'"!'*)'
^•q«>'i|vci5^ir«-g-^^n) these acts of having
become indifferent to life; *=-•») g-qv^-^
can mi s»ira->rar ijyxr-to he became speech-
less. 3. "*§vi hgyur- tea annexed to an infi-
nitive may denote either the perfect or the
future tense, the context deciding in every
instance how it is to be understood :
Vtasytito&tK*!* an-s/iig ryyal-srid lyed-
par hcjyur who shall have the Government ?
who shall rule ? ^3THft'*|V«K-.J)«-* dr.
rgyal-por hgyur-icar $<>s-so they knew that

this man would become king. «r*i
ya-intshan-du hgytir-wa to be surprised,
astonished; IWfj'^g^'1* g.nas-su hgyitr-ica
to come to a place ; to arrive at : ^\rft'^6i'
jq^'^l^'q hdod-pahi Mot-grub-tu, hyyur-ica
to be endowed with the perfect gift of
wishing, viz., of having every wish fulfil-
led; ^ffK^pm to become moving; to
begin to move. 4. to bo translated ;
*1*'*» to be translated into Tibetan ; qi
bkah-hyyur the translated word ;
hgyur-lyun was translated.

ng^'q5-X« hyyur-wahi-cho$ changeable
(and therefore perishable) things ((?*.).

hyyur-tcar hgyur
(Schr. ; Kdldc. T, 89) it will become.

*§v!^ hyyur-byed. a changer ; one who
brings about changes.

hyynr-mcd

infallible.

unchangeable;

^•*«| hgyur-tshiy the translated
words; according to some authors words
that have been translated into another
language : *\ w«f|'*§v3fli'«\iJVq|a(»r*j-qS«if
ryyud mft-gi hyyur-tshiy dno$-g.nas-su hjoy
keep the original terms of the Tantra
intact with their translation (Ya-
sel. S8).

= *\ hod ^fc light; a whip.

hgye-wa, pf . and imp. *}»i gycs, 1.
to be dispersed ; to be divided, e.g., a river
that is divided into several branches ; tffv
flfV'fl rnam-pa g.ni§-su (a ray of light)
divided into two parts; to separate; to
part : q*c^fl|-<*3*r^*» bem-rig hgyes-dus when
body and soul part from each other. 2.
to issue, proceed, spread, branch from:
^f«wg*rV they have proceeded from
those (their ancestors).

295

k(JyC(J — 1^ &>i«d the sense ; the
real meaning; essence: %sws«v^3T
*i^efl|'«rgq|-q« Bon thams-cad-kyi hgyeg-
man-nag-la thug-pas the essence of all the
Bon meets in the Man-nag.

1. n. of a district in north
Tsang: l4fc?%f!4t*'8tW<fV1ifc Qtsan-
gi Bit giiis-ni JRu lag Can hgyed (Lon. *>
6). 2. alms in money or eatable things ;
'*3^'q!?e;ti hgyed gion-pa to distribute alms.
This expression is denned by Tibetan
writer as *"^'1»?W$^'^'aS*i*'*l'f*«rc
to bestow silver and the like in an assem-
bly, distribituting to each man.

iSVfw hgyed-stols TTfrraro athletic
feat ; exercise of arms.

bgyed-pa, pf. 03*1, bgyes fut.
qS bkye ftnT; f^RTC, 3^^ 1. to divide
(trs.), to scatter, disperse; ^'iv^^'i hod-
scr ht/yed-pa to diffuse rays of light : SjTi'
q'3S sp nil-pa -hgyed sends forth an emana-
tion ; f 'y^V pho-iia hgycd-pa to send a
messenger ; to dismiss ; ^^ an assembly.
2. to institute, set going ; wS-eSjV" to
start a combat ; flRji'vjv*1 to fight a battle ;
fljajsrs^-q-g one who gives battle ; hgyed-
pahi tshe in the dispute. 3. to give an
entertainment, banquet ; to hold a feast.

"•S'V*1 hgyed-ma = $*i3\Q phra, men-pa n.
of a goddess — one that brings on divi-
sion, dissension, or disunion.

Q^'P hgyer-wa or a'1) spon-wa
to drop or let fall ; to throw down ; to
quit, abandon, throw away (Soft.).

J hgyel-ica to fall; to tumble
down : ^Pi' Jl'^S1*1 gan-rkyal hgyel fell on bis
back, face upwards; wrar^m sa-la-hgyel
tumbled on the ground; g^*a]*riN'RS'jr£'
rlun-sogs-kyi hgyel-wa to be thrown by the

wind, &o. ; WS^^J'^r^nV'^ stricken
down by illness so as to be unable to walk :
^•q-^^N'^-q he fell by stumbling on a
stone ; ^Hh^X^|iw|'tW:si|wv^ then
I, fainting away, fell to the ground.

I hgyes-pa, another form of
hgye-wa ij^'^'S'^'oigN't) phan-tshun so-sor
hgyes-pa, to separate asunder or between
two parties.

0,^5) '§0] hgyo<j-tliel='»W*p las-dam
seal ; "Sjq'lvaww* propeities under seal
(Rtsii.).

hgyog-pa to ascend ; l^'^.'^'fl'B
gyen-du hyyoy-pa-po one who climbs up
(Situ. 8^).

hgyod-pa

to repent; to grieve for. 1.
lament, relent, not only for bad, but also
for good actions, when the latter are
attended with disadvantage. 2. sbst.
regret: q;3lS'c''^|V£| hgyod-pa b$kycd-pa
regret arises at last ; e.'^§v«ri|^'<i da hgyod-
pa bskycd-pa I felt regret; *-«i<ij«vq5-§*w
s)^'Wi$*V>r|^ na hgyod-pahi sems med-par
khyod-l'i sbyin-no I gave it to you readily
without regret.

hgyod-pa rnam-ffsum the
three kinds of regret are illustrated as
follows:— (1) «tfr!»r»i-*r*3'jr^'$'>r'^ not
being able to defeat an enemy out of one's
country, or ^fWWg«^nBs?**w«'«!«^ to
be sorry for an occasional defeat after one
has behaved himself as a hero ; (2) *flV
q^q-j}-*rg,N'!N'«i''v§s to be sorry, when out
on a journey, at not being properly equip-
ped with provisions, etc ; w3fa'6*rp-fl|$flrgf
^WR-'^'si^ to be sorry on inviting an im-
portant person when there is no proper

296

arrangement for his entertainment or re-
ception; (3) $5'*|^*i'$'*'|il*i1|*r«j''vf«i, to be
sorry for not having fed one's horse when
on a journey; also $'^'3TRvic;^,*''E- '^'q'§S
to be sorry when the horse dies, one has
to carry the saddle on one's own back ;
(4) S'^^'l^'^N'wg^'ajw^wo.gS to be sorry
in old age for not having done religious
works as a youth ; (5) '^'^ST^V^'^'S^V '
*>$ft " when that Devil the lord of death
has come, he repents."

"5'VC)S\*i hgyod-pahi dri-ma regret after
a gift has been made; «3fr*>^ hgyod-me^
*im<t without regret or repentance.

'*5lV*r*' hgi/od-rino-wa to cause repent-
ance ; to make one suffer, feel, or pay for a
thing: qffiE-''*3'<;i hnoft-hgyod repentance
proceeds from consciousness of guilt (/a).
9,^-^c.«'g^-q hgyod-tshan$ byed-pa to apo-
logise: «?ffrj!Mr3vw'qKe''*i to accept an
apology.

"•HJV^'" hgyod sin-pa having repented.

i'5Vfl-'|q|« hgyod-kfags confession and
repentance.

hgrags-graf,
, very bright.

I: hgrags-pa (dag-pa), ft
grags 1. to sound forth ; to utter a cry or
sound, of men, animals, thunder, &c. ; to
shout: $*'|'<*'VW<K'<<i^ if it should
be shouted into his ear. 2. to be famous ;
to be called ; ^'9Jql*' shes-grags so it is
called ; so he was called ; by this name he
goes ; under that name he is known.

II; hgragt-pa to bind, v.

gragt-hgrags

I grags-pa.

to satisfy with food; to satiate;
hgmns-rjes after having eaten one's fill ;
-frq'tw^'tur*) ^3je.*rfc not vet having enouerh

«/ O O

of deer killing.

Q^C*! hgrafis (dang) ^n fully fed;
eaten to the full extent ; filled up.

hgefis or
stomachful ;
one's fill ; also
satiety ; with ^

gi'od-pa
g.sns-pa hguns bellyful,
Ito-wa hgefis eaten to
fio»if-pa eaten to
tshim-pa satiated ; ^"l'i

chog-pa contented (Jjfflon.).

bgrad-pa or
(depa) to spread ; to enter.

hgran (den), v.

^ , ^, 'ft, 'ft, ^ challenged ;
invoked.

•^'S'V*^ hgran-gyi do-n>ed=^^'u>'^'\
bgran-ya me4 without a rival ; matchless ;
unequalled (applied to things).

Syn. *3fl'3"Vi3'*tVq hgran-gyi do-dt nu-d-
pa; ^3^'S'^S y hgnm-zla med-pa (Ifnon.).

ng^-gq-ci hgran t hub-pa =^2J^t«'i hymn
nits-pa or ^gj^'^S'*1 hgran bzod-pa to suffer
rivabry ; to stand rivalry.

'Sfl'^W1 hgmn-du hjug-pa 1. to place
in opposition ; to enter into competition.
2. in a general sense, to defend one's self ;
to make resistance (Rdsa.).

hgran-tva (dang-u-a) 1. to
number ; to count, v. S3J«.'«» bgran-wa. 2.

hgran-pa (den-pa)
W (1) to vie with, contend with ;
to strive (for victory) ; g'W'F**' 'Si* ^'
"•^'^ phyug-khyotf rnam-thos sraf-d/tfi
hgran-te to cope even with Vais'ravapa as
to riches : ^V^'1^ b$tod-par hgran let us
vie with one another in uttering praise ;
n3^-q*r£o| let us now draw a parallel
between (these two).

297

hgran-tshig words of conten-
tion, bickering.

R3fl'l hgran zla (den-da) 1. rival, com-
petitor. 2. equal match; *3fi'i3'*^'9ljr£'
wa unrivalled; matchless.

Syn. *W* hgran-ya; ^'S'^'l hgran-
gyi do-zla ; "^'^ hgran-do rival ; match.

*3ft'^*w hgran-sems 1. contention ;
emulation. 2. jealousy. 3. quarrelsome
temper; spirit of controversy; «*Sfl'$w
flpfflj'q to stop ; put an end to contention,
rivalry.

Q^Jl hgram (dam) bank ; shore ; side ;
neighbourhood, as J-«|'qS'H3|*i the foot
of the wall ; S'^'^SJ** chu-yi hgram river-
side or bank; &-8Ngj*t me-yi hgram
fire-side; ^%WA3jw dgon-pahi hgram
neighbourhood of a monastery ; I|cq5-<*g]*<
aroA-pahi hgram vicinity of a village ; w§'
i hgram roadside: ^'I'^'^N'ip.'
if the river fills the valley,
a stone on its bank does not remain dry
(a proverb). Often used as a postp. with
or without du or la annexed : ija^'B^'vjp^
at the brink of the precipice ; w*5'<vjjw«i at
the lake ; close to the lake ; i3I*r^ is also
used as adv. meaning near ; close by.

hgran-dkym = e3p't* hgram-pa.

hg&am-fiogs <?Kr, ?rz a bathing-
place ; a shore.

*3J*<'f "1 hgram-khag a slap on the face ;
a box on the ear.

l hgram-pa tf^, ^ms cheek (of.
k/iur-tshos) «nrtr<*g|*rtr«r^-q lag-pa,
hgram-pa la rten-pa to lay one's hand on
the cheek ; as vb. to proclaim, publish.

^3j*r3 hgram-po apw^fi one living or
residing in the neighbourhood; one pos-
sessing crushing teeth ; a demon.

hgram-gshi foundation; basis;
.-q hgram-g.shi hdin-wa to lay a
foundation.

^2j«-5)«i| hgram-yig edict, proclamation,
publication; '$'|j*ri|3i»r$»!'3'^'^S]*<ci lo-
rgyusynas-tshul-gyiyi-ge hgram-pa to pub-
lish accounts of biography or history, &c.

<'5*< hgram-rus cheek-bone ; jaw-bone.

hgrctm-gfog the hinder part of
the jaw-bone (Sc/i.).

*3F*< hgram-so ace. to Jd. cheek-tooth ;
molar-tooth ; grinder.

hgrams-pa to spread over;

q-cj me-tog sogs hgrams-pa-po
one who spreads or scatters flowers, etc. :
^•ft-ocqpwci this will be spread over the
man ; *r«r<*3pwq to spread on the ground ;
^«prynrf*Spwr«l phyogs-phyog§-su hgrams-
pa to scatter to the different quarters ; q*r
ac^-qg|»wi-q lus.la md hgram$-pa to infect
the body with disease.

^Jjpwr^ hgram-tshad over-mastering
fever.

gya-gyu;

J hgras-pa (de-pa) «^'C^'*)'»(33i';'
phan-tshun mi-mthttn-pa 1. disagreement ;
difference between two parties. 2. f%ft,
•fo*?^ to hate ; to bear ill-will ; to have
spite against.

serpentine, crooked, bent.

bgng-tgrig (dig-dig) 1.
arranged properly ; 3*|'*{j)*|'*gj*|'q ts/iig
hgrig-hgrig-pa to arrange words properly.
2. gelatine; jelly of meat (Jd.).

hgrig-pa (cf. 1^1 sgrig-pa) to
suit, agree, correspond ; to be right ; fw
^fK^ stabs hgrig-pa suitable occasion ;
rten-hbrcl hgrig-pa good or
39

298

auspicious coincidence; ^''V^T" dug-
tshod. hgrig-pa the time suits; 2pr*3Jir«i
gral hgrig-pa to make everything ready ;
P'^jll'i kha hgrig-pa unanimity in deposi-
tion ; all of one expression or speech ; if'
it*i*iAfjq|-q bio-semi hgrig-pa to agree in
opinion; p'«$'*§)^'i kha-ntchu hgrig-pa
compromise in a law-suit or case (civil or
in criminal).

ifjtrq hgrib-pa 1. yif*» to grow dim ; to
get dark (Cs.) (cf. i^'i tgrib-pa). 2. *mm
loss; diminution; also to grow less; to
decrease, to be diminished, to decay ; *>'*§)$•
ft'QVi mi-hgrib mi-ltttf-pa neither to grow
less nor to flow over; *ta'fl hphel-wa is
opposed to «5«r«i hgrib-pa; qqarq'w*§)irq
bgkdl-pa mar-hgrib-pa the kalpa (period)
diminishes.

, \. *§« '« hgrim-pa in «w|'
*§)*< lag-hgrim *Tl4iri*rYr'11 lag-hgrim
gyis brgyus-pns, passing from hand to
hand.

*f|*i'*5's< bgrim-hgrul communication ;
also travellers, either merchants or pil-
grims: ^i''»!lfl-^*4Vti5-*2]*rRsjar*^ Rdo-rje
pdan-du sog-pohi hgrim-hgrul chad. the
communication of the Tartars with Dorje-
dan (Gaya) was interrupted (A. 19).

h grim-pa 1. sometimes for
*!*•«» hbrim-p:t. 2. pf. "»3»w hgnmt to
march about, perambulate ; to rove or stroll
about; walk round; jurpwwRgjwq rgyal-
ichamf hgrim-pa to rove over the countries ;

i-khrcd hgrim pa to wander on

chu-dafi lun-la yafi hgrim not hgro-wa to go
about crossing rivers and valleys, &o.

*§) *'S«^ hgrim-mod doing or accomplish-
ing any work: •wr$<l<l$>«p*'%rwo«1j|f

fa-la ni las-kyi

is mfial-$go gshan-yaft hgrim-moJ-
kis rnthar bde some in consequence of laf
(i,e. karma) entered the womb, others
having accomplished good deeds, were
happy enough to escape (here ««=«)
(Sbrom. r, »A).

hgrims (dim) or *3J*w« hgrimf-
pa vwt, vw inferiority; inequa-
lity or also less in quantity or quality;
^flj-q-nfj»«rq rig-pa hgrimt-pa failing in
intellect ; growing foolish.

hgril-wa (dil-tca), pf. |«i gril
(cf. i«i'«J tgril-iea) 1. to be twisted or
wrapped round, for ^§"1 hkhril (Sch.), to
be collected, concentrated; to flock or
crowd together; 3M'*§|«rai* kun hgril-nag
all in a heap; all together. 2. to be
turned, rounded, made circular or cylin-
drical, e.g., a stick (Ja.). 3. to fall, drop
down.

is (dt), v.

''18'' hgris-ma thag-tu $nin-
gtam mi-l}$ad.-cin immediatly after acquaint
tance not expressing one's heart's words,
(i.e., revealing one's secret) (Jig-)-

J hgru-wa, (du-tca) pf. 5*1 ffr"8 1-
to bestow pains upon a thing ; jf«r*rsr*5'fl
to take pains in studying. 2, n. of a tribe
in Tibet: ^9^'<MJ'g(*i'*i)?J*<'g|'*\E.'c!^ d,irah-hgru
ldom-g.sum Iga-dafi bshi (Jig.).

0,5^'^! hgrub-pa (dub-pa) pf. 5q 9ru^
(Situ. 69) to be accomplished without any
perceptible agent ; to be made ready ; to
be finished ; "i^ <ff'*3vX hgrub-par hgyur-
ro will be finished : ^5«rw§v3fl| hgrub-par
gyiir-cig let it be finished or performed ;
s^q'W'.g^ or '^''fc' will be finished, perr
formed ; ^JVi'ft'flS hgrub-pa mi-sritf it can-i
not be accomplished or done ; wj^'W ma*

299

grub-par before accomplished or per-
formed: «r*fq-crqmr*fW*fV'< let those
deeds not yet effected he accomplished.
^'§^'3q ^ Ihun-gyis grub-pa spontaneously
grown or produced, i.e., in a supernatural
•way : ^I'WJfflj hgrub-par fog WiWiJ may
it he accomplished !

*3*r|k i: hgrub-sbyor or *sja«r^c|Vq
hgrub-pa dad tbyor-wa anything accom-
plished and perfected (as a reward).

<*5qT^ n : is an expression occurring in
almanacks relative to the proving true of
certain astrological prognostics of good
luck ; similar to, hut not identical with,
froQ* rten-hbrel.

Q^^T^I hgrum-pa, (dum-pa), pf. SJ*«

grum (cf. J*i'«i grum-pa), to pinch or nip

off (the point of a thing) ; to cut off ; to
prime, lop, clip the wings (Jo,.).

hgru$ assiduity, industry.

hgntl-pn (

lim-gyi mgron-po a traveller, passenger;
also a pilgrim: «^«rV1W^»<J«W«**
igq^-gc., (^•KVaMfQ'f*? Bog-la da-lo sog-
po hgrul-pa mati-po skbe-byufi, hgyed
mafi-ja yag-po byuft this year many
Mongol pilgrims have come to Tibet ; there
were liberal alms-doles, and tea for many.

Q^T^ hg-rul-wa 1. to walk ; to pass ;
to travel ; ^TWlV" hgrul-war byed-paio
cause to go; to send off, despatch, a
messenger ; ^JT^'S hgrul-wa po a walker,
post, traveller, pedestrian ; sbst. ^51
hgrul passage ; the possibility of passing :
q|yvj;e.'9|'a.3pr*V£W Gnah-nafi-gi hgrul chad.-
pai the passage from Nyanang being
stopped (by snow). 2. fig. to walk; to
live, act, or behave. 3. to pass as good;
to be current (of coins) .

^l81 9S hgrul-shiid passage, communi-
cation.

brtsvn-

I hgrus-pa (dui-pa) 1. pf. «5'
hgru-wa. 2. sbst. zeal, enthusiasm, dili
gence, endeavour; more frequently
*5*J brtson-hgrus (Jo,.)

a (de-wa) (^«n^'g"9 rigs Ita-
bu) WRt to roll one's self ; ^T'W)'5' sa-la
hgre-wa to roll on the ground ; ^ij'afcf hgre-
Idog or ^f •^•|«^'«i hgre-hg byed-pa to roll
on the ground from pain or despair, &c. ;
also of horses, &c.

<*2)-(jfr|-3&j-£i hgre Mog-ldog-pa to roll on
the ground from pain, etc. ; to wallow :
$-?w|s<-&<vg<-R2)'ifr!|'jq-ci rta-sogs phar-tshur
hgrc-log rgyab-pa the horses, etc., roll
hither and thither; |T*1*'&'«£SW*$'
^"I'^l'l^'S^'^l §dtig-bsnal mi-bsod-pas
hgre Idog-ldog byed-kyin hdug unable
to bear pain they were rolling (on the
ground) (Khrid. 39).

<3,g)C'q hgrefi-iva (defi-ica) (cf. ||e;q
$grefi-wa) vt'^T, ^cjfsicr to stand: ^'5)'
^•n|c.-^« standing at the mouth of the
pit ; ^wcr^'^-m-q^ dnafig-pa ttar
hgrefi-icar hgyur they started up as if
afrighted. ^'i^'IS*1 mi-hgrefi, ffsttm three
lengths of a man (Jd.).

•wJl^'S hgrefi-bu (den-bii), also ^^.'3 hgrefi-
po, sign of the vowel ~ "e."

'CJ hgrem-pa, pf. iTjw blcram, fut.
(/gram, imp. B**" khroms 1. to
spread (as of grain, for drying), or *3J*W'<i
hgrem?-pa (dem-pa) (4'f 9 chu Ita-bu)
^uPtKil to sprinkle (water). 2. to put or
lay down in order, e.g., beams, &c. ; to
spread out; to display; to scatter; to
draw (a curtain).

* H3jai-$c,-'^t«i|w hgrel-chun do
W n. pr. (Sc/ir.; Td. 2, 200).

300

hgrel-pa l. = rf«t'«i htshol-pa
to beg, supplicate. 2. to put
in, arrange ; *«|''M'*i|«ri tshig-don hgrel-pa
the arranging or paraphrasing the mean-
ings of words. 3. to explain, comment
upon.

« «|«C^S hgrel-fyad ^ifm (Schr.)

a^vi hgreg-pa e#-officer ; late officer.

*MJ'|e: ffgro-glin Jffw n. pr. (Schr.;
Ta. 2, 222), n. of a country (prob.
Tamil) ; of a lexicographer [prob. *Tf%f].

°^'^ hgro-sgo = "$ '**•'*! hgro-sod-ica
expenditure, cost ; anything expended.

Mj'^t' i; Sgro-ldid n. of a country in
the south of India, i.e., Dravira.

*!r^- iI: ufrsi (Schr.; Ta. 2, 27).

Q^j'Q hgro-wa, pf. **• sod, imp. *=•'
sod, but negative form of imp. *'<>$
ma-hgro 1. to go, in all its significations,
i.e., to go away, proceed to, walk, &c. 2.
ebst. a living creature ; that which moves ;
*|f -q ^"|«'%"I the six classes of living
things. 3. to live ; be living ; move ;
exist ; to be.

Syn. «'* rgyu-wa ; ^'i hdod-wa

i$ti3 hyro-wa 2>o=°% 'IS hgro-byed one
who goes ; goer ; walker ; traveller ; passen-
ger; pres. ^^^"1 hgro-kshin hdug=
a$ •^•^"l hgro-gin hdug proceeding ;
going ; fut. ^-^^l^ hgro-war h'jyxr.

n!|j-q'Rq]N-%il hyro-ica rigs-drug the six
kinds of moving beings: — (1) $ lha $n the
gods ; (2) Sj'*'5^ lha-nw. yin ^^T the de-
mons ; (3) S mi JTgsr humanity ; (4) ^'Mf
dud-hgro fa^ beasts, etc. ; (5) 5)^iq«' yi-
dbags $* the ghosts ; (6) ^gi'i dmyal-wa
sfT^ hell-beings.

«tg-q^-^jj-g hyro-wahi myon-po
epithet of Avalokite9vara ; 5

Syan-rag gzigs a name of Buddha, of
Vishnu (Iffion.).

"•^'tfc'X hgro-myoft! = c*$'9e'' hgro-nofi
previously visited.

n|}-«nrX hgro-las che-=e>$'-t\**''& hgro-fa$
che or Mf'^'l hgro-nen che, adv. very pro-
bably; in all probability ; also w& alone

«i«'^ (fso-tca rig-pa hdi bod-na gman me4-
pag nub-nas. hgro-las che the science of
healing, there being no medicine in Tibet,
may in all probability disappear (A. 35).

an

hgrogs-pa to associate with ;
to keep company ; to be in the company of ;
to accompany : 1>*<'c'Aql ' V*!h»r« 'i^
d.mn-pa dya-daft hijroys-par, bain try to
associate with the holy ones.

^SfjiprtrZi hyrogs-pa-po or ^Ifa^'w!^
hgrogg-par byed associate ; one who accom-
panies, goes together.

Syn. !«•*«]« rjes-chagi ; ^«'^ yofis-
tbyor; we.'^-^'"!* y ad-dag hgrogi (JffAon.).

"?'^1*' hgro-lngs (custom) manner.

*f^'9 hgron-bu * 55'wJS^ cho-lohi sa-bon
cowries; dice (Mnon.).

*^!fi-w hyro-im ?n*rsn (Schr.; K&lac. T.
119).

bzan-ma (Schr.; 92 A.).

^'^ glaft-po an ele-
phant (Mnon.).

Q.jJpTEl I : hgrol-tva, pf. ij"!' WTO/, fut.
^5«i rf^ro/, to unravel ; to make loose ; to set
free; to unfasten; ^^^"'^^ don-
du mdud-pa hgrol-ica to cut the knot ; iffa'
«i'3 hgrol-tta po or ^"'iS hgrol-byed one
who unravels, loosens ; ^'IT^"! hgrol-
gyin Mug is being set free ; ^
fcgrol-icar hgyur will be set free.

301

'^ II : to escape, be liberated, be
released from. The pf . here is If* grol.
Generally used in the distinctive Bud-
dhist sense of escape from the necessity of
living, re-birth, etc.

yros '?'^-' W mi-rta sogs-
kyi hyro-lays gait; manner of walking of
men, horses, etc. : \f V^fp'l ni-g.zlah §kar
la : — *c.-q|j«r icMhT'ft*'^''^ ran-hgros

o

rlun-hfjros gnis re-yod those that are self-
moving, euch as sun, moon and planets,
etc., and those that are moved; «.-cr^'?a.-
*$*r»TVt*r^ those whose manner of
walking is like the goose or the parrot are
respected by all; |*'H*f%Hr«*T«!J*'^
D»j) r8wjjf«v *fq!vq«,<i|-g-|^-w<O^ glafi-chen

sen-ye khyu-mchog hgros-ldan mis, Ions-spy od
man-pohi bdag-po byed-par Mod those that
walk in the manner of elephant, lion or
bull become rich and wish to be master of
many people; &-'«T*M<«r*W1|T*B|r*J&
whosoever walks in the manner of dog,
pig and donkey gains unhappiness (Mi.).

3j'^ rga-u-a, pf. «j«' rga$ sixr 1. to
be old, aged ; also sbst. old age. 2. to go
down ; to set (of the sun, etc.) (Ja.).

afa^'vS rga-u-afi krad-kyi bat, flitter-
mouse (Ja.).

•flj'iS rga-lo (Schr.; Ta 2, 252).

*'^ rga-$i 3HI*Hil old age and death ;
^•^«-o|'|K,-q rga-qis yzir-tca to suffer under
the infirmities of old age.

4j£' rgaH also <«|f«i|l*'w hgafi-gser-ma
hedge-hog, the second term designating
two species : Erinaceus auritus and
Erinaceus anutrensis, the latter found in
Kokonur district.

rgad-pa=Te>&f. W tgan-pa old;

\'^) rgad-po=^'c> rga$-pa also =
s'ci bgres-po an old man ; a man gray
with age.

Syn. aK'S'Jfa lan-tsho yol; *('%\'%ai na-
tshod yol; <5'*ȣ'|3*,'^ lo-mafi khur-ldan ; *&*<'
ei'9*m dwon-po nam§ ; afi*\'*'ci hkhogs-pa ;

W* bshi-pahi gnas-skabs ; g'^'fH'1' §ku-na
Smin-pa ; ^gc3r«3f^'Zi dgun-lo mthon-po; Sj^'i
rgan-pa (Mnon.).

S'S r gad-mo an old woman.

rgan-rgon (<R'5'<P'II rgad.-po
rgad-po) old man and old woman.

3^"^ rgan-pa *rar, fl^r an elder;

senior. In Tibetan astrology a person
agedbetween 60 and 72 is called ^'i.

^j3j'£| rgan-po ?$, ?^r, sftw 1. an old
man ; elder. 2. the headman of a village.

gj^q^'S'Jj rgan-pohi thiy, ^'1 go-wa vul-
ture; also met. for rainbow (Mfion.).

ij'o) rgan-pohi thig-le
met. an old man's son.

3fi-Zi5-iiw rgan-pohi las the work of an
elderly man.

rgan-mo sraK^rr, ir, 55T an
old woman ; one infirm and worn out.

^'9"!" rgan-shugs w%m> those that
are grown old ; elderly people.

rgan-rabs *ff& the venerable,

rgan-rims

class.

aged.

of the older

^•ac^-q rgan-la nam-pa £4*1 4: to listen
to the advice of the old.

rgan-son ^rarar has become old.

302

rgal KVX, ^RW ; = *" rah a ford ;
chu-rgal the ford in a river: fl'ST*'*
rgal gkah-wa difficult to ford or to cross.

*j«r i rgal-pa or 9(*'* rgal-u-a pf . and fut.
«»j«i 6r0«/, imp. ^ r00f, to ford (a river) ; to
travel through ; to pass over ; to surmount
a pass: j-*i*'«r$'«l*"r8'«|'I« 5 rgya-mtsho la
pru-0zMe-kyi rgal-te after having crossed
the sea in a ship ; ar«wprqS-gK'S«« la b_rgal-
wahi byafl fios the north side (face) of the
mountain-pass that has been crossed.

S^'*"!* rgal-tshigt ivtrt*, *f*» the
joints of the back ; hip-joint ; according
to Sch. 9/*'**f* rgal-t8higs = %l*''**\* tgal-
tshigs the spine.

rgal-cig a lizard; g-
bla-ma rgal-cig the chameleon.

— *\i rga-wa old, ripe.

*l rgas-kii old age.

rgat-pa=1R$ rga<j-po
afh$ aged, old ; exhausted ; infirm ; sbst.
an old man.

^•q-qti-q rgag-pa, buo-wa an elixir
(which has the property of giving the
appearance of youth in old age) ; *$vfy'3'
$* bcucf-lengyi skor (Mfig. 90).

*j«'3«\ rgas-bycd ajtrf%cr that makes
one look old and haggard.

qq'S'Vw rgas byed-ma smfVift a woman
whose company makes a youth look old.

ijj^-*)^ rgas-nied fswr that never
grows old, a name of the celestial beings.

%\ rgu=*^-dgu many; S3' 5" dgu-ihub
one able to overcome many.

T$* rgu-drus a mixture of many ingre-

N»

dients healing sores, joining veins and
removing pains in the intestines, as in

rgu-drus rma-
hdrub rtsa-mthud rgyu-gser hjoms (Med.).

^lV^ r giid-pa ^RPT, ftrrfii, f«?r, ^TTT«[I:

N3

1. disadvantage ; trouble. 2. to dec-
line, to sink, grow frail: «jN'q^c.-^'q-«;c.-^-
'U^F'IVViVV^NFgS'*! r gas-pa dad tia-
wa dan uiya-nan dan $ditg-b§nal gyt'e liif-
sem$ rgutf-pa (his) body and mind become
deteriorated from misery, sorrow, disease
and age ; ^'JS dar-rgiidj rise and decline.
^'3 ryiid-po, v. 3V 5 gtid-po.

photis-kyi mun-pa a destitute person ; des-
titute.

3^ rj7«» = ^^»i rgun-hbrum ?O^T

grapes; 5^'^^ rgun-dkar the white spe-
cies of grape: $^g«'lf<'fi1«N
rgun-hbrum fflo-nad sel-shin tshad-pa
the grape removes diseases of the lungs
and cures fever.

g^tw rgiiH-skc»is wine or drink made
from grapes.

$^'<lS rgun-rgo$ wild grapes ; according
to Jd. raisins in W.

rgur-po or j^' sgw-po gr*»
•>o
hunchback ; one bent by age, v. "^ dgvr.

5^'^ rgur-re ^'^'WW^f rgur-rgur
byas-mi sdad-pa sit downcast, bending

the head downwards.
~v*
zf\ rgo, sometimes for sf sgo.

^'1 rgo-wa=fftl dgo-wa a species of
antelope Procapra picticaudata v. Jd.

rgon§-mo=- ^*F'S dgofi-mo in

older writings the evening.
^^*
4|^ r^orf 1. adj. wild ; S'^S a vulture; a

bird of prey ; Mfc wild goat ; t*\'3fa wild
boar ; T"T3ft= "&' a wild yak. 2. *>'

303

mi-rgod. Ita-lu like a wild man ; a savage ;
a robber; a ruffian; •I'^'IV mi-rgod
byed.-pa to rob (usually named together
with murdering and lying).

N rgod skam-ma a barren mare.

rgod-pa 1. to laugh. 2. = *|^'t>
gyefi-wa to grow weak, languid, or in-
dolent.

+ ^-qi]'*^ rgod bag-can, described as •%
5Ji'*)«^$f«lwr«iqE-'*#'1' yon-tan med-ciA sems
dwaft mtho-ica 1. a vain person pretend-
ing to be great and powerful, but devoid
o£ wisdom. 2. = il*«r$*rw»l'^'q sems rnam-
par mi-shi-wa the disturbed state of the
mind (K. d. * 555). 3. weak; languid
(Ja.).

aft'S^ rgod-bycd. -ssgirqH laughing ; laugh-
ter.

^V*4 rgotf-ma ^nfl", 41341 a mare.

sfo'Sf |« rgod.mz $kye$ 1. a name of the
physician of the gods. 2. born of the
mare. One of the wives of the God of the
Sun who, unable to bear the glare of his
rays, ran away in the guise of a mare to
the northern continent, Uttara Kuru.
The sun followed there, and caused her to
give birth to the celestial twins called
As'vini kumara.

^•jiS-£«m rgod-mahi tshogi TT^ a herd
of mares.

^•u« rgod-yas a numerical figure.

3f» rgol, v. 3^'fl rgol-ica.

^nr^'sfai rgol-phyi rgol a posture of witch-
craft against evil spirits: ^r%'3pi'9'qW
q.*j*w rgol phyi-rgol gyi-g.dan b$ams (A. 33)
prepared the seat for a defiant attitude to
suppress evil spirits.

Sb[y\'t\ rgol-wa^f^ t»o4-pa n%, pf.
and fut. fl^ brgol, to dispute, combat,

fight, make controversy; **| 9)w3jar«i to
hold discussion, verbal disputation ; ^9^'
^c/jfqsrl^arq to fight by means of troops
and powers ; ^T£i5'!J''i^ rgol-tcahi, shu-don
a challenge ; a speech provoking a quarrel ;
wSjai a quarrel or contest begun by the
counter party (Sch.) ; wSfarft an adver-
sary, opponent ; g'^f"! sna-rgol tjpt^r^ the
plaintiff in a law suit, but generally signi-
fies an aggressor, assailant; %'3|ai phyi-rgol
HT^r^lr defendant; %^-Jj'acq5''J|^-ci phyir-
rgol-wahi ynod-pa is an external danger
against which every one tries to protect
himself and chiefly by charms and witch-
craft ; g'^oi $fia-rgoZ and %'3fa phyi-rgol are
also said to signify such students as hold
religious controversies with one another.
g'Spi sna-rgol is the party putting the
questions; %'^J phyi-rgol is the party
answering the questions.

3jar3ta| rgol-tshig threatening words.

Syn. ir**! tpyo-tshig;
tshig (Mfion ).

token,

mark, sign; J'^wi rgya-hdebs-pa to
seal; to stamp: yf6*fn rgya geog-pa to
break or open a seal; *'3'<Ss.'3'«iOT'«i ri-
rgya lun-rgya bshug-pa to seal up hills and
valleys, i.e., to protect the living beings
inhabiting them from being harmed by
huntsmen or fishermen ; an annual reli-
gious performance of the Dalai Lama,
consisting in a variety of spells and
incantations for the safety of animals.

Syn. H'* thehu-tse ; {J*|'V phyag-ddmi ;
dam-phrug

& II: animal of the deer class, in
appearance Eke the Nilgai, possibly the
saiga-antelope.

304

III: «iw, ^«f a net, a trap; }'$
fia-rgya a fishing net; S'J bya-rgya a
fowling net ; ^'^1*<'3'3 ri-dwags kyi rgya a
net or trap to catch birds or wild animals.

IV: 1. extent; size:
rgyahi tshad-nichi-tsam how much was its
extent ? 3'W§'***\'<< rgya tfpag-tii wed-pa
immeasurable in extent. 2. *TTCfl a
name for India but sometimes for China,
which are both vast countries ; also full-
ness, complete state, or perfection. j'Vr«r
I|^'S*"'5t'q rgya rim-pa b.dun-rgya$ ^tab-
pa there are seven kinds of mark used
in dividing a volume ; they are the fol-
lowing:— (1) Stai-njj-JU|5fl|»r*fl|-9|-3 tshig-hbrtt
nri-ffk/irugt tshig-gi rgya the sign or mark
for distinguishing one verse from another,
so that the verses may not be confused ;
(2) H¥-'*)'*5I"]*<''''-'ft'3'3 tshig-rkaH mi-
hkhntgs-pa facf-kyi rgya the marks or stops
used at the end of a sentence or the line of
a verse ; (3) *ir%*)'*!V'!*''c'%5'3 tshig-don
nti-hkhrttg$-pa khuhi rgya to mark the
chapters: (4) Jf*-T*>-*|g«i|»r«r«wZi$-3 fo-lo-
ka mi-hk/irugs-pa bam-pohi rgya the marks
so that the lines may not be carried from
one chapter to another; (5) *w 'Q •*)•"» QI\W
q-qwQ5'3jc.«'5'5 bam-po mi-hk/irugs-pa bam-
pohi graHs-kyi rgya marks to shew the
number of parts in each volume ; (6) wv
*J-R*«cq-^-?ij]-5)-j rnthah mi-hchal-wa gne
thig-gi rgya the marks to shew the end
of book, part or chapter; (7) jj«|»nw*)-
ngnm-q-fl]^c,-5)<i|-q|»|-|^-j|x;-|-| gjegi-bam mi-
hkhrugs pa gdofi-yig gam fpyan-khyer-gyi
rgya the serial number used in marking
the volumes of a collection.

S'3I* rgya-yram (gya-tam) a cross; the
Svastika sign; ^'I'J'9I»< rdo-rje rgya-gram
a cross made of two Vajra, one placed
upon another crosswiso.

5'S^S rgi/a-skad Indian or Chinese lan-
guage.

5'^" tgya-skag a staircase, cf. D^'*|
fkas-ka.

rgya-skypgs ^fr«T, srg lac; a
kind of resin ; S'|*]»»-5h*r*S* tgya-$}<yegs
kyi rnam-hgyur ara; a sort of lac of the
colour of Manjistha.

S'S"!*"'^' rgya-skyeg fid H»(!T, ^hf,
«RT a kind of tree the twigs of which are
used to clean the teeth.

g-qgwcj rgya bskum-pa to contract ; to
diminish in extent.

j-'VH rgya-dkar large orb ; diski'Vl'V
g V|V-«f, ni-slahi rgya-dkar far the bright
orbs of the sun and the moon appear
(Jd.).

J'«i|V«i rgya bskyed-pa to widen,
enlarge, extend, augment.

d rgya khnms-pa the Ehampa
tribes residing on the confines of China
and Tibet.

S'S rgya-khyi a Chinese lap-dog.

3'Gft tgya-khyon or J'^i'S^' rgya ham
khyon, v. 3 rgya.

Bgya-gar said to stand for
Rgya-dkar, because 4kar becomes "J^ gar
when joined to the word 3 ryya »fK<T;
Tibetan n. for India, the extensive country
where the people dress in white. The
different names for India are — (I)
Jlpliags-yul ^)Tg^w Arya des'a; (2)
<*|gc« Bp/iags-hkhrufls birth (place) of the
Holy ones; (3) <*V^W«rflfl fjsoj-namt
sa-yshi yupjfii Punya-bhu-mi for Magadha ;
(4) «5^c.-c3 Sahi snin-po «n

^

305

* S "!*• 9"!'^ Rgya-gar phyag-na (Schr. ;
Ta. », 249).

tgya-gram, v. J'gi rgya-kram.
rgya-grol^tm set free, liberated.
rgya bgyab-pa or j'^'i r<W«-
btab-pa to lay a net or trap.

51* rgya-tgyw-ra, met. for HT*
grog-ma the ant (Mnon.).

S'*T tgi/a-igo ^r* a gate ; a principal
door or entrance.

S'f* tgya-sgyttr met. an ant (flfnon.).
•£ 3j'5C' rgya-caft $'V|«-gjq'«cw
i^'i tke-rags tbub-can ab btab-pa narrow,
long money-bag made of net and securely
joined to the sash.

Tgya-lcog Chinese table.

rgya-chad partiality ; invidious
distinction.

j'fc'q rgya che-wa or S"i ^'^ ffthul che-wa
great, large, copious, diffused; f^'i'J'i'i
fton-pa rga cJie-wa a great master or
teacher.

j'2*'X«r<i Rgya-cher rol-pa Tibetan
edition of the Lalitavistara.

j-^-9(« rgya-che lam H^pm=5'l*' rgya-
litm main road.

rgya-chen-po=$^>'i rgya che-wa
large, copious, wide ; *r*'j'3^q
sa-cha tgya-clien-po an extensive country
or large place ; *to*' J'2^'9 sem$ rgya-chen-po
a generous broad heart ; ^«'5'^'Qc/<oj rgya-
chen-po a voluminous religious work ; reli-
gious observances on a large scale.

j-l^qgq|«rjj rgya-cher bsfiags-pa f^h$
copious or abundant description.

rgya-jog or f '^ rgya-hjoya a
long table ; a bench.

J'W rgya-rtag$ 1. w^i mark, sign,
signature, stamp. 2. (3jc.« gratis) n. of a
numeral.

S'?*1 rgya-tam the Indian rupee.

rgya-thcl a kind of seal or stamp.
c,^ rgya-mthofis lit. wide view ; a
platform or open pavilion on the top of a
house.

f*^ Rgya-mdah n. of a district in
upper Kong-po (Yig. k. 25).

S'9^ rgya-hdre or f*r^ rgyam-hdre a
quarrel.

S'^1 Sffya-twg *TfT^5T China, z.c., the
great and extensive country where people
dress in black.

J'$»w Rgya-rnams or g'»)'Ji»w Rgya-nri-
rnams the Chinese people.

3T5 rgya-sna ru in mystic language
copulation (<p-l^-^-«r^|^-i| gab-tshig don-
I'.i hkhrig-pa),

5'aV rgya-$pos <nPC: the Chinese
incense stick or c/bss-stick.

! rgya-phugs 5T?T a full covering.

bsam-pa, hbad-pa to be useful and of service ;
to exert one's self : *^«- j«r3'qjH\-crar j-q-ufy-
«<« safi§-rgyas-kyi bstan-pa la rgya-wa yin-
pag (A. 133) he was of great service to
the religion of Buddha.

5'5 rgya-wo the beard ; colloq. " gyan."
J'^ rgya-bod or 3^1'«\«.'^ Rgya-nag-daA
Bod China and Tibet. *)f%tffe; also
Ulterior or Chinese Tibet.

S'l^'ia rgya-byin g.shu T*T^: rain-
bow.

S'*< rgya-ma a steel-yard. IQ Amdo
the term 3'*i rgya-rma signifies secondary
syphilis.

5'*ty *>'¥*] rgya-men me-tog a flower used
as medicine: 5'*>^'*''?''|'Hq)lt*Hl'I'^'fVql^''J''li<ai,
the flower Oyamen mctog is useful in
diseased blood and in pains in the
shoulders.

S'" tgya-mo a net; also a Chinese
woman.

40

306

S'JJI rgya-snntg of the colour oi the
liver ; purple. Ace. to Jd. violet colour.

S'tf*-" rgya-rtsafis a kind of lizard
(Sman 322).

3$" rgya-rtsi (H'$ sa-rtsi) a Chinese
Tarnish: |*lvHmft«Jirf|¥«T»| rgya-rtst's
rma-fii hbrag-$kro>i rfio-fa phan Chinese var-
nish cures sores, wounds, skin-irruption,
itch, etc.

3-£i?f 3*>'^.'*| Rgya-brtson hgrus Sefi-ge
n. of the learned Tibetan Lo-tsa-ica who
twice visited Vikramas'ila in Magadha with
a view to take Atls'a to Tibet.

y*4 rgya-tshba=3\*('§''H*i'*4'i yin-tu lan-
tshba-wa sal-amoaiac.

Syn. T«S'5 ka-po-ta; |'<rtfl)« frhe-hbigs
(Won.).

J'*" rgya-tshot vermilion.

3'** rgya-mtsho «n^, flr^sw'* 1. the
ocean; the sea. 2. dropsy. 3. it also signi-
fies the number four: «HW*
j- *<*•$•§)*)• r*W£j-»)^ mkhaf-pa
mi-fiomf, rgya-mtsho chu-yig Horns-pa
metf no amount of elegant sayings or writ-
ings is adequate for the learned; no
quantity of water is sufficient for the ocean.
5'*)* is a common personal name in Tibet.

Syn. $'"|5* chu-gter ; $'V1 chu-dng; $5'
^'5 chuhi phufi-po ; ^•^•<»^'«fiN rin-chen
hbyud-ynas ; |'£i*''li<Qi sla-icaf hphel; |'i5'
f"l« sla-wahi grogs ', TXar$'n£^ pha-rol mi-
mfion; Wjm^ip-q rgcil-dkuh-ica; «-§^'^'
1^* chu-srin hbyufi-g.na$ ; $'§^'£i^'Il chtt-srin
bdag ; 55'§^'55'$e.-^ c/jMAz srin-pohi gron-
che ; ^'^5'^fl|'Ei sin-dhuhi bdag-po ; *I|'^^
yan gha-hdsin • ^'5)'^'*^ >•«'-«/«' hod-can • X'
8f^'*i ro Idan-ma ; »r*ti6\«i sa-mchod ma • ^"|'
«^'"I^*i dug-can pna$ ; yi'^^'flj^ nal-hgrohi
gter; ^m^«w»i*s dal-hbab mdsod; 4^«f c/«<-
sfe/; ^'^'Ji'w^'^ c/.u srin rgyal-rntshan
can ; |'q5-w») sla-icafii ma-ma.

rgya-mtsho dgah ^TOSH^JT the
moon; 3><*5'3 rgya-mtshohi zla ^fwfo^
reflection of the moon in the ocean; «'**'
rwrtl^'l'^ rgya-mtsho pa-ham mcrtod-gyi
4pyad «*<^<!i*|'U a seaman or anything
belonging to the sea.

* j-«#-jnrq Ergya-mtuho fbas-pa Samu-
dra Gupta ; w^r«Wf n. of ancient monas-
tery found buried under sand by King
Dharmapala, near site of which was found-
ed the monastery of Vikramas'ila.
+ j-«*5-*»iK.- rgya-mtshohi
rgya-mtshohi ipjitis or J
e vast expanse of the sea.

< rgya-mtshohi dufi-phrefi =
*'«( tsha-la billows ; waves of the sea ; also
borax (Sman. 166).

4j-*i£S-^-q Egya-mtshohi rdo-ica n. of a
medicine.

jj-*)*vi»rq rgya-mtshohi wu-u-a, v. j'w*?'
^S'*1 rgya-mchohi (fbu-u-a «^^sr, a kind of
medicine [(1) sea-foam, (2) cuttle-fish
bone]&

3'*^ rgya-bshiin W. is stated to be a kind
of f tor-ma offering to demons and demi-gods
as a substitute for animal sacrifice (Jd.).

5'lli rgya-p&eb ace. Sch. a large net; a
large rake used in reaping.

3'"^ rgya-yan="^c-'f> pyefi-u-a laziness;
remissness: ^'^'5'"'^'^*' rnam-kun rgya-
yan du$ during the time I am found negli-
gent (of religious duties) (Yig. k. 22).

+ J'")''*^ rgya-yi-hbur engravings on a
seal; S'5*'"^ rgya-yi hbur=zW%*\-^%
dam-phrug gi ri-mo the raised figures or
inscriptions on a seal ; gl'g phyag-rgya in
mystic rites the symbolical gestures
of the hand or the fingers, to express cer-
tain charms and language.

S'^i1" rgya-yul the country of India or
China.

307

a portion of meat (Jd.). It also denotes a
measure = half dutn or one fourth of Ihu.
S'^1 rgya-rog=vn\-'SK aga-tsom beard.
3'mq rgya-lab talk, gossip.
3'"1*1 rgya-lam high road, main way.
$'•§"! rgya-qug the juniper tree ; a
species of fir from China and the Hima-
layas; a species of jujube ;'5'*JV^K.'XB,'3)'
•$JqI'Ji'*g*!'g'$c.'$*'<^5't|'^qI rgya-gar-dan ron-
gi fug-pa hbras-bu chun-chun yod-pa shig
(Khrid. 33) ; 5'31'9|'vj rgya-yug-gi hbru
3>^r, ~%%\ •qra jujube, fruit.

Syn. S'^Y^'S bya-rijod sen-mo; ^g^'!*1'
•5^ hbras-slum-can ; ^W|*i ddal-skycs ; *rfq«i
sa-stobs (Mnon.).

3'3T*i$'* rgya-pig hkhyil (j'^f^'l^'B'
JUC.-Q rgya-fug-gi gdoii-po bzan-po) a species
of juniper.

S'^w rgya-fub$ or ^'^^ pits-fiib? light
trousers worn by the Chinese.
rgya-qog Chinese paper.
rgya-$os=$%'$ rgya-tshos vermi-
lion.

j'ik rgya-ser 1. gap, cleft, fissure
chasm in rocks, glaciers, &c. 2. a dog
with yellow spots about the nose. 3.
5'^P£J a Russian.

S'^1 rgya-sog or J'Si] n) rgya-sog-le 1.
a saw imported from India or China. 2.
a Tartar of Turkistan.

J'JJs. rgya-sran a wide opening or
passage ; a street ; a balance.

5'S1^ rgya-sran ff^rw (^g hbru) a kind
of pulse ; gram.

^,£'|'^ rgyag-pa am-ther form for $3 v
rgyab-pa, used esp. iu C., to throw, cast,
fling ; *<^<vjn|'q rndah rgyag-pa to shoot
arrows ; ^'i'^0T§iT£J dgon-pa shig rgyag-
pa to found a monastery. Has, in
general, all the significations of

provisions,

victuals, food; ^Safi-jupi htsho-tvahi
rgyags provisions for living; "W'l^ lam-
rgyags provisions for a journey ; <S3^'§"I*i
dgun-rgyags provisions for the winter;
JP«']fe: rgyags-zon merchandise to buy
or barter victuals with.

^^^1 ^ II ; *r^ ^, KT*f ; "v^'i dregs-
pa arrogance, pride. Adj. arrogant and
inebriated. There are eight kinds of gil*ro
rgyags-pa :— (1) ^flnrw««rj[<iprci rigsbzan-
tcas rgyags-pa pride of high birth ; (2) IHIJW
51^-£i g.zugs-kyis rgyags-pa pride of appear-
ance ; (3) oic.-^-|q]^-q lan-tshos rgyags-pa
pride of youth; (4) afi-d'vqirjuprti nad med-
pas rgyags-pt pride of freedom from sick-
ness ; (5) ^^'I^'J1'!^ « nor-gyis rgyags-pa
pride of wealth; (6) ^'^'W^wi dwan
yod-pas. rgyags-pa pride of power ; (7) ^ •
°"I -«!*rc«rgij*!'q bzo-rig yc§-pas rgygas-pa
pride of technical knowledge ; (8) w^y^r
fN'giiN'ti man-du thos-pa§ rgyags-pa pride
of versatile perception.

J^'Bfi'^sv'Ift rgyags-pahi dgah-ston
fat, stout (Sch.) ; also mighty, powerful,
proud.

= -^' rgyafi 1. wall. 2.
distance.

JB-'SJipi rgyan-grags ifrta the distance
of about two miles ; the reach of hearing.

2E,-s&c.'q5c.-fyj rgyafi-mchofi btaA-gin
moving forward by long leaps.

jt-gt/q rgyan thud-tea near; ^^"gc,'
mig-rgyaft distance of sight, i.e., the
distance from which a man may be well
distinguished.

|E.-^-^N-q rgyan-du lu$-pa lingering
behind (Sch.).

|C^r3q-q rgyan-nas phog-pa
ear shot ; hit from a distance.

308

'CJ rgyad-pa, used for "jj^'i brkyan-
«•«, stretched: tf.-W^Vrgyan-nasbsliaff-
pa they laid him down stretched out
(Jd.).

je. -n^-cr Rgyan phan-pa or 3=- 9c. <i rgynn
phen-pa a sect of Hindu philosophers who
were scorned by the Buddhists and called
atheists ; ^oi'^-jf^-q lit. the cast out by
the world, i.e., the despised of the people,
the Lokayata sect of Ancient India.

jc.-** rgyan-ma distance ; great way off ;
4jc.-*4-^»i rgyan-ma-na$ at a distance; from
afar, JfCWJ^f^rvl'l rgyan-ma-nas gragt-
pa chc-wa famous, celebrated ; heard from
afar. Very common in older as well as
in modern works.

fc.-Hfiq rgyan-mig ini-rttthon-
rnk/ian short-sighted.

3K'^ Rgyan-tse ordinary pronunciation
of 3l*ry Rgy<il-rtse,the chief town in the
district of Nyang in Southern Tsang.
rgyan-tvhas not far from.

rgyan-rin-po far, remote ; Jt
?e,-Q-^w^-o rgyan rin-po-na} len-pa taken
or brought from a great distance.

4jc.Rc.-j5 rgyan-rin-ua faM»B, <3T3a,
VTia delaying ; procrastinating.

jjc.qfjc.« cj rgyan bsring-pa lengthened
to a great distance.

5C" rgyan s adv. f ar ; JW^QV^ rgyafa
bkyed-de moving far away, e.g., in order
to increase one's distance from an unplea-
sant neighbour at table (Jd.).

rgyafis-te arriving as in haste:

gyi hkhar-u-a-shig thogi-na§ khon-gi rtsar
rgyan-te bytin carrying a crystal staff he
arrived near him (A. 138.).

JWS|*' rgyan-gin, also wrongly written

Iri-rgyuhi ras-gslti rgyon-wahi fifi sags daft
mi-sog rgyans-ica 1. castle. 2. the board
on which the body of a culprit is stretched
for flogging ; the board or canvas on which
cloth or pasteboard is placed for making
a picture.

; rgyan, colloq. rgyan-cha
fa^T, «^W«T ornament, decor-
ation; garl'WlJ^ rgyan-gyis b_rgyan-pa
decked with ornaments; *®'f^ dwu-rgyan
the ornament of the head; a diadem;
$*«r3'j^ sems-kyi rgyan a blessing ; an
ornament of the heart : ^•W'^VV'S'S^

flpfl-a^ Hw^-^-^-^-5'|«I|-q£'»|-»l«i) no

ornament of the body equals mental talents;
the miseries of the body are not equal to
anxiety of the mind (Qe. 13).

Syn. *« chat; °>"1»<'^ kgs-byed; «?«'SM
mdset-bya$; J^'S* rgyan-byed; ^f^'i dkod-
pa; f}« spras (Jjfnon.).

as

skii-than ri-mo

II : g""!*! $kiig$ 1. a stake or pledge
at play. 2. lot ; f ^'5q g tgyan-rgyab-pa,
to cast lots — without religious ceremonies.

•j^wp^-Zj rgyan mkhan-po ^f\TKTfe<T
(Sc/tr. ; Ta 2, 187) one versed in rhetoric.

5^3V«i rgyan hgyed-pa ^fr?T to lay
a wager.

^•siXij rgyan-mchog ^v%*. earring.

S^'V*** Tgyan-du hcltar it proves a
blessing for the heart ; a moral advantage.

f ^ '%"! rgyan-drug ^wr^I the six kinds
of ornaments used by the Aryan people of
India.

f^'^l**'" rgyan-hdogs-pa to adorn
one's self.

8^V^'*^ Tgyan nehu le-can •Tff^i^f
ornament made in the shape of a weasel's
head.

3^1 rgyan-pa=*W\'<i bshag-pa
adorned, bejewelled.

309

^ 5 rgyan-po ^<r£\ip throwing dice;
also ^-q^-.^ rgyan bskag-mkhan one
who joins in a wager; gambler.

5JT£J'5IVq rgyan-pa byed-pa to lay a wager.
ylfi'1 rgyan dor-wa or ^i) » bshag-pa
'qsnrw a dice-rogue ; a gamester; one who
throws dice.

3^ rgyan-phran «T»P»W commonly or
slightly ornamented.

2^'S* rgyan-byas, v. f^ r</*/««.

S^'ii"!*1 rgyan zla-gam -^JR a semi-
circular necklace.

§3 r^«6 w, wa 1. the back of the
body ; the back part of anything ; 30 $•
£*!«« tgyab-kyi phyogs behind ; gqiwfiiN-
iviyo rgyab-kyis phyogs-par byed-pa to
put to flight ; jq-fn rgyab-khal a burden
carried on the back; sq^vZi rgyab gur-
po haunch-back; «jq'g*i rgyabsfai a
cushion or pad for the back. 2. a load;
""'§" a load or pack of wool ; \»t'3«i'W
three mule-loads.

3"'§ rgaab-tu jP'^ rgyab-na, and gq'«(
rgyab-la are in common use both as adverbs
and as postp., in the latter form governing
the genit. case, signifying afterwards or
after, behind, at the back, etc. : 3«w*flf
rgyab-la rgyug run behind ; j^S' jq^-^m ?ic.-
they lay down behind him ; ^%q?-lfii|-$'j||-
&$<*W after building the roof of the
monastery.

Sq'5'^ rgyab-tti shon mounts on the
back.

2q f *i cgyab-rten VT^g a back-support ;
something to lean against ; a safe retreat ;
prop, support.

gq-f^ci rgyab rten-pa to lean one's back
against; to lean or rest on; to rely upon,
confide in.

3^'3«V«i rgyal-rten byed-pa to make
a support ; to back.

Ji'R-q rgyab ston-pa to turn one's
back; to turn round.

rgyab-g.non confirmation.
_ tgyab-pa, pf. and fut. qgq

brgyab, imp. fq rwojf to throw, to fling •
to hit, to beat, to strike ; ^jq-q rdo-rgyab-
pa to throw or pelt stones at ; % -jq-tr <;in-
rgyab-pa to put wood (on fire, &c.) ; *•«•<!
ho-r gyab-pa to kiss ; §"prai«Mq-§-jq-£,
ftyugt-nagi seb-tur gyab-pa to let the
cattle run into the thickets, qjfrq-jq-q
bzlog-pa rgyab-pa, also <vpo ftab-pa to
clap ; K'iryrv ho-ma-r gyab-pa to pour or
mix milk; <-jq-q Mba-rgyab to salt (a
curry or meat).

jq-Jfcrq rgyab phyog$-pa to turn one's
back to a person or thing; to leave it
behind ; to be indifferent.

}*'&'« rgyab byed-pa to protect; to
back.

S"'^5" rgyab-hicol, jq-^ rgyab-rten
cushion for the back.

S^*1"! rgyab-dmag=^-^»ti\ rjes-dmag
re-inforcement ; reseive.

Sq J*1 rgyab-rtsi$ intend to make; hint.

S"'r rgyab-rdsi one standing behind
working people in order to watch and
superintend them.

F'^ rgyab-phufi the spine, the
backbone.

a number.

•' rgyab-rifi ffat the long-back;
met. a fish or a snake.

Sq-ferfro rgyab-log byed-pa to turn
one's back ; to rebel ; revolt.

J«r*«|«» rgyab-log$ the back; back part;
the reverse of a " '

y* rgya-tshba
a kind of rock-salt
(brought from Sind) used in medicine.

310

I : rgyal (M*'w gkar-ma) f<rajt, 3HH drum of victory diffusing far and wide

Tthe eighth constellation in the Hindu proclaims your fame all over the world

and Buddhist astronomy. (Yi(J- k).

Syn. 5'wS-^-^-w bla-mahi Iha-ldnm-ma ; I^HI*^ Rgyal-chcn j

§Vgiac»i sbyor ldan-ma ; **r§y« fshim-byed- Rgyal-chcn b$hi

ma ; 3«v«r« grub-pa-ma ; Ji'lft rgyal-smaj *fft* 5 they are : (1) JFWffcy Ynl-hk/ior

(Won ). *-"" ^<T^Tf > (2) wi*i'|*>'cj Sphags fkye$-po

ft 4^4<h, (3) j^'»)'q*6' Spy an mi-bsan fV^m^,

^^ II: 1. TO. 2. the five penalties (4) ijwft-^q Rnam-thos sra$ t^nr

for theft. •j'Ji'wXfli rgyal-mchog ^PT^T, 'assiq*! n.

«^ HI: (used only in compounds) P- (Schr.; Ta. 2, 3) victoiious; subduer.

royal, victorious ; also great, chief . *§F"*T^'*I1 Rgyal-mchog rin-chen

R Ik hd/id=aJe*%*'8.* (Schr.; 27 A).

ui^'Ji'Hi yk/ior-los tgyur-icahi rgyal-po ji'^^ rgyal-Mab i&vi n. of a tree

a Chakravart! Eaja (Won.). [a lotusJ-S.

gi'^T^ Rgyal-dkah ^Bf^ra, ^5W, '"ssil *3"l'^'S''l^'i|e'' Rgyal-s.de dkar-c/mn siq-

invincible ; the unconquerable. %T (Sc/ir. ; Ta. 2t 212).

*ij|-jj-*i^-?i rgyal-gyi mtshait-mo in^Krfi» 5if^l'^I: raval-vo TTWT ^f*a^ ^fiizi

«f ^U ' ~JJ f 9 t ""I

a December night ; 31'3'i'*1 rgyal-gyi zla- ^j king, chieftain, ruler ; Ji'^'tif Q
wu tn^'HW the month of December; 3^' ryyal-por fako-wa to inaugurate a king;
§*<T *> rgyal-gyi na-wa fa ^rtm the to raise (him) to the throne : S^'S
full-moon day of December- January. ^c.-^-ojac^-qnj^ a'ai'5a('^ai'cJ'!!l3i'§'i:i!!l^ the king

*ai pot.' rgyal-khafi = 31 35 5 gt.' rgyal- is honoured in his own country, the li arned
pohipho-bran the king's residence; palace. is everywhere respected; *3j'«K 3| 3*1 Q the

ruling deity of Do-thang : e^'Hrs) R^ I
do not wish to be king : ji'q-sHSV^ if I
do not attain royalty.

Syn. *<'*[*•' sa-$ki/on; «'*ft'jfe.' sa-gshi

Syn. jTZft-ptq rgyal-pohi khab; «)5S
,^ bso<J-nam$ khafi-pa (Won.).

jui'^q'^'S rgytil-kfiab clien-po the main
government; imperial government (Yig.
k. 18).

fkyofi;

rgyal-

'-' sa-bsrun ; *)'£5S''l sa-bdag; 3*)'5
sa-dicafi ; S^'^'l*' dpuft-pa

gkyes.; mil'mN'**) lag-las skycs; ^»i-tiv|»i
wo^t khrims court law ; the king s law : w* ,

rnam-par skyes; "% q^'^qc. hgro-icahi dican;

7-po ; *>'i mi-rje ;
I mihi dwan-phyug ;

'^c.' the law is a golden yoke.
rgyal-rnkhan-po Tifei (Schr.;
Ta. 2, 230) learned.

^' ffi Tgyol-rgyud royal family or line-
age.

JTE rgyal-rna siq?i^i drum of victory :
§rrw*iW^tTOw«|"|« rgyal-rfia rob-
hbyamt $hin kun-khyab par-bsgrags the

j mi-bdag;

ihi dwan-po ; $$'<*%$' 1 mihi hdren-
pa; 1^*<'3'3'1i'3 gnam-gyi rgyal-po; ^S«i«'^m'
1^ hjigs-sel byed ; ^«"'|<i dmah-§kyob ; fj^v
spyi-wor dwan-bskur ; »)'5)-«iSfo-Q
rngon-po ; «'^^ sa-hdsin ; «'^ sr?-
«| sahi dwan-phyug (Mnon.).

311 |

J^l H II: that which is excellent; CVn-rta bcu-pahi srag; ^^^ Mgrin

something superior in its kind; fc'S-^- bcuhi-dgra-wo ; Srfcaw* Si-tahi bdag-po ;

3«|-3 tin-ne-hzdsin rgyal-po Samadhi-raja, ^'^'$v% Hwm-#lin rgyal-po •~'^-§'\w

the excellent work on meditation. 3 dgah byed-bsan-po ; f qr*y^«| Pho-brafi

gorg-a.^-tr^-t^w rgyal-po hkhun-pa mi-tog can (Mflon).

gros M>6s=Vf^-i<J|-gq dkar-po chig-thub §«i q^q^c. Egyal-po rab-snafi described

n. of a medicinal root (Sman. 104). as q^^^^ ^5^*''£)'^*<'?J'gc-'£w'§Qr£i'^'q'

garg-ojjjarq rgyal-po hkhyil-wa 1. a H*T*<^ n- of aki _

medicine. 2. TTWrn, Tram a kind of day Buddha was bom.

precious stone said to be brought from 5*"^'^'* Rgyal-pc

Viratdes'a; a royal fillet. **W*p*^WVtl*-i

Syn. «'»>^ WJM-WJCW (Mflon.). 3«l'q-fl|^^-q-|^q, Egyal-po

«•<»*• q rgyal-po nes-par htsho- ,„ ' fan" r^ dmar-po

_t j v ii. i • a. Of. a medicine (Sman. 2% A).

supported by the king. „<*

fTW'I'Wrtrq rgyal-pohi $ku-bsruri$-pa

rgyal-po-can royal ; kingly. a king>8 body-guard.

w rgyal-po hjoms TTOS one who Syn. qg c.'^-^^^ bsrun-mihi tshogs-pa ;

has killed the king ; regicide. 8'«iS^-<i ffe< bsritfis-pa ; ^'^ la-trahi $de •

gai-q-aqj-q rgyal-po snwg-po=%% gja-rhi "^'^ b&iufo-wa (Mnon.).

musk (gwMTO. J^). ^ gucqq-|^^ai rgyal-pohi $kyed-tshal=*p-

-,..=:.,.^-.ft, ej^'iai rgyal-pohi tshal or "Nil^'q^'^aj //«//*

gal : mq g«; rgyal-po mtshon-byed f!«z Sy««-

the cock. "*** **ftal ro^al gardens; park (4Wan.).

L»,.K.^%, §*l'q3'iN'9 rgyal-pohi $kves-btt = WZ$.-&

ql* rgyal-po bshin^wcw^'z*. , ,• *

„ 7 ,, , , ." , J rgyal-pohi nn ?T5JH^ personage of the

I'C^KT m °" m"ner 0| k^''imi1^ - »«

5^-q^-pq rgyal-pohi khab T.raw the

' rgyal-po bshi,gS-pa KTai^ king's residence ; palace ; capital Eaiagir

the race of kings. in Magadha.

301-Zi-w^e. Egyal-po zag-fftsan King SJn- S^^'l^V khyad-par bkod-pa ; "flar

S'uddhodana; ^»i-^^^-|-«(q bcom-ldan "'^ hphel-wa-can ; ^^^ bkra-$i$ can;

hdas-kyi yab the father of S'akya-muni. «J«^^i«»i^e.-q bsod-nams khan-pa ; QT4K-IUK

|«|-q-q|iy^'c.-u|^-^ Egyal-po ayu-sdoA kun-nas bzan ; 1 '"I»i '-s^ ba-gam-can ; K'QFwfc*

ffser hgo ^rftr^n n. of a medicinal plant sa-^aff khyim; tW\f>i*&f4 g.yun-drun

(Sman. 77) [the plant Justicia ***•*•«" J S"1'^' rgyal-khan; j«i-«i5^-gR-

Janderussa]S. rgyal-pohi pho-bran; gacc^-^--

*M-ri-*-xi-x r> ^Z bsti-gtnas (Mnon.).

«p Egyal-po Ea-ma-na King •«rH$1iwi« 7

Eama-chandra of the Eamayana. rgyal-pohi

rgyal-snd xr*tT kingdom.

Syn. *|*i Ea-»huhi-bu ; ^^ Dkah- y*t*w rgyal-pohi rtags the signs of

<b-can; *r«K r«A««««4 ; W§^ ^«A- royalty, such as the umbrella, the ohoury,

* $** Sphofls-skyen; ^ q§-qS-jj*i etc. ; royal paraphernaHa.

il'qi

312

$<*'%* rgyal-
sras the son of a king ; a prince ; a scion
of the royal family ; a royal descendant.

jTZiS-^SA rgyal-pohi dpyad *d%, <ymr
present ; tribute (to a king).

5«rZi$'3-g rgyal-pohi myn-gu the son of
a king ; a prince.

+ jarzfrjjiw rgyal-pohi s/rts = i§'^'*'5-^-«
btsun-mohi gdod-sa the queen's apartments
in a palace, also her attendants.

Syn. qg^'tf^pfr btsun-mohi hkhor; S'gf
^pho-bran hkhor (Mnon.).

jacZivqjjqwq rgyal-pot bjcrabs-pa = y*%**
^•ni'Q rgyal-pos hdam$-pa chosen, selected
gain and loss ; win by the king.

jjiriw rgyal-pham victory and defeat;
wining and losing.

5«rg^ rgyal-phran (gyal-than), a petty
king ; a feudatory prince.

Syn. JT^'l*)'*'-'!*' rgyal-rigs cha-fas ;
ojq ^-^qe.- yul-hkhor-dicafi ; ^Ji'l'iS"! '«"
yul-gyi bdag-po; H^jJ^'l' grofi-khyer-rje ;
^'S^ ide-$pon; vc§.\v\-%<&*i sa-yi tihg-
le hdsin; pnw%$*-% khams-kyi rgyal-po

I : rgyal-ica am, v. neut. 1. to be
victorious ; to win ; to conquer ; to subdue ;
to overpower ; lfl'l^'§Vl<l'nry* nag-pohi
phyogs-las rgyal-tca to be victorious over
the powers of sin, i.e., the side of darkness ;
fljojurawjm-q $yttl-las rgyal-wa to be vic-
torious in battle; #<V^q wjJiq tslwd Ita-
ica Itf rgyal-ica to pass an examination
successfully ; f S'" ' wj^'i rtaod-pa-la rgyal-
wa to win a contest. 2. the number
twenty-four.

*7I*q II; aro 1. the act of conquer-
ing; victory. 2. the conquering party or
person; he that prevails; the conqueror
(opp. to w * pfiam-pa, the vanquished).

*3 III: faT, H?Wv 1. the con-
queror, most high, i.e., the Buddha. 2.
the earliest known Buddha, Adi-Buddha ;
the conqueror of passions.

^jQJ'q IV: adj. victorious ; superior ;
eminent; excellent: jwen-jarqS-pifws.
rtiam-par rgyal-wahi k/tafi-bsan the man-
sion completely excellent.

*5«rq-«a\ rgyal-wa can, n. p. (Scfir.;
Still. !S!t8, 288).

*jm-q-»)Xq|-5|-g'\wiS rgyal-ica mclto</-<i<'
(kye4-mdsa$ fsimrvx* (Scttr. ; Kalac. T.

21).

jurq-flf^-q Rgyal-wa g.ni$-pa the second
Buddha of this age; an epithet which
onoe belonged to Nagarjuna, now given
to Tsong khapa, i.e., i'^'H'* Rje-rin-po-

che, yrwftw&nipi'&'y*'***^'**''1**'*
rgyal-wa gni$-pahi bstan-pahi rgyal-niishait
srid-rtwr bgyrefts, he uplifted in the king-
dom the banner of the creed of the second
Buddha (Tsong-khapa) (Tig. k. 22).

* «n-q-gi»rH*«( rgyal-wa tshul-khrims one
of the four great Teachers of the Bon
religion (0. Bon. 35).

j«rq-3!-^«|-»^ Ryyal-ica tshc-dpag-med
t*R-^ftnT5: (Schr.; 29 A.) n. of a
Dhyani-Buddha.

*««rq'-£3'3q'« Rgyal-ira fhakya thiib-pn,
5'5'<'8'1 ta-tya-thha ntu-ni (Schr. ; 33 A).

jm-q-^-q-i Rgyal-wa Rin-po-che the
"most precious Jina" is the ordinary title
in Tibet of the Grand Lama of Lhasa—
the Dalai Lama.

jq-qS-^Vm Rgyal-wahi cod-pan awrifa
n. of a famous king of Kashmir who reign-
ed about the seventh century A.D.

»vq<tqgari Rtjyal-wahi bstan-pa=^w
jw3'q^'«i sans rgyas-kt/i bg'an-pa the reli-
gion of Buddha ; Buddhism (Yig. k. 10).

313

i thugs-sras
W: the spiritual son of Buddha.

gorcw'|Sj rgyal-wahi spyan = ^'
^"1 Itig-mig me-tog a flower resembling in
appearance the eye of a Buddha and used
in medicine (Sman. 421).

garqS^qcg Egyal-u-ahi du-an-po far^
the chief Buddha; also an occasional appel-
lation of the Grand Lama of Lhasa : JT
^'SwQ^w^'^^vflil^^-Saj-Ei the
Gyal-wai Wang-po is the great seer and
one who knows all things (Yig. k. 1).

*J«r*¥*>W'ff« rgyal-icahi dwan-
pohi blo-gros fsj^^fcf (Schr. ; Bull. 1848,
9^) one whose mind is devoted to the
Lord Buddha.

JprqA'3'3 rgyal-ivahi myu-gu, v. g'Ji'jj*)
rgt/al-.<tra$ fsr^r^ [a nascent Buddha.jS.
*q rgyal-wahi rgyal-tshab=^'^
Rrjyal-icarin-pochchi sku-tshab
the Eegent of Tibet who administers the
country during the minority of the Dalai
Lama; now called Rgyal-tshab Rin-po che
or Bod-Rgyal-po (P6-gye po.).

jurqS-^q rgyal-wahi tshnb the vice-regent
of Buddha ; a name of Maitreya Bodhi-
sattva.

yn -qivii^ rgyal-u-ahi yshi ftjJfTWTT byan-
chub sems-dpah or Bodhkattva.

g-Ji ti5-^ Rgyal-u-ahi hod srasmi, fsnr-
isf^ the glory of Buddha ; name of a
Bodhisattca.

jui-qqg^ rgyal-wahi sras=$V%*i rgyal-
u~a ftjs\5p5( ; Hodhiitattta, a Buddhist monk ;
an ordained Bhiksn.

* jisruS-^ ryyaJ-wahi lha sjg|^ (Schr. ;
Td. 2, U6).

*5«l'«l^«ip rgyal-war dkah ^r (Schr.;
Kalac. T. 22) one of the ten stages of
perfection or

S^'S' rgyal-bu TTSJ^^ f HIT the son of
a king ; a prince ; §1 g'ft'ift rgyal-bu rgyal-
bycd n. of a prince in Kos'ala in Buddha's
time.

Syn. qX^-ajw^qsr bsod-nams §tobs;
l«ci|^-g zil-gnon-bu ; §W^i\w'§'i\ ^ rgyal-
rigs thig-le; jartjS'i)^- rgyal-pohi ffdun;
f^'JJN rgyal-sras; ^•°%^iy^\-'£^-^n nor.
hdsin bdug-pohi sras ; gT^'S'g rgyal-pohi
myu-gu (Mnon.).

J^lY* Rgyal byed-ma ^rar, ^rcfTTfsjfrr
n. of a goddess.

fTgy*!! Rgyal-byed-tshal ^ag^ n. of
the grove which was purchased by Anath-
pi^idada a merchant of S'ravasti and where
the Buddha resided for a long time.

Ina-pa chen-
zifj§ blo-
bzan rgya-mtshohi sfiabg (Sc/ir. ; 16 A).

gfl|-^qc.'£i^ Rgyal-dwan pa
"ftN'£| sans-rgyas ffms-pa or
Slob-dpon Rin-po-che an epithet of the
saint Padma Sambhava given him by the
Ruin-ma sects (Yig. k. 27).

§"i'§fr rgyal-blon the king and his
minister, also the state minister.

jar* rgyal-mo xr^ the queen; wife
of the king.

yrtf'T*' Rgyal-mo ka-ra (%*(' §man) a
sj^T, a coarse sugar used in medicine.

j'y •£•?£• Rgyal-mo-ron = 1p.'^' Rgyal-
ron n. of a country on the confines of S. E.
Tibet (Situ. 56).

garJ&^-i^ rgyal-mohi ga-gon 5raf^<T n.
of a place.

gai^q rgyal-tshab g?TT5i 1. the Desi
(Bde-srid) or regent of Tibet. 2. the
would-be successor of a king ; crown
prince.

jar*^ j : rgyal-mtshan •gsr, $g, •%•$*,
1. the armorial flag or banner of

41

314

victory of Buddhism; is the orthodox
standard of the Buddhist. 2. used as a
personal name of Bodhisattvas and indivi-
duals such as:— se.-$q-?to*rq-fV£i|'VErvj'Jr*4^
Byan-chub semi-pa mi brjed-pahi rgyal-
mtshan, if<t|wqVg<jr*^ Rtogs-pahi rgyal-
mtshan, ajE.WJj-Jffli'ti'^-g'Ji-^^ai-^ Yons-sit
rtogs-pa daft bral-wahi rgyal-mtshan. 3.
^^f-'p/iod'icaU, The Gyal-tshan or Bud-
dhist banner is seen as a kind of decoration
of cloth in various colours and of cylindrical
shape erected upon a flagstaff or carried on
a pole. It is also made in brass and wood.
In Tibetan Buddhism the following are the
jarai^ rgyal-mtshan, to combat with the
powers of evil:— (1) tfjrjgwS'j'srw^ tshul-
khrims-kyi rgyal-mtshan, (2) ^e.'i'rf^'jar
*^ tin-nc-hdsin-gyi rgyal-mtshan, (3) -*|*r
vrS'Ji'w*^' fct-rab-kyi rgyal-mtshan,

(4) fij-J^'J-jarw*^ ye-fef-kyi rgyal-mtshan,

(5) ^wwJurqS-jurw^ rnam-par grol-icahi
rgyal-mtshan, (6) Irj'lfBt'fCWlf snin-rje
chen-pohi rgyal-mtshan, (7) f^i^'V^*^'
trA«;><A>|'fcrJI^A<|pr«*b{> ttofi-pa-nid-dafi.
mtshan-ma med-pahi f»ion-pa med-pahi
rgyal-mtshan, (8)

rgyal-mtshan, (9)

fl]c.-jiq -»»«;'£|5' jacw*^ sams-can med-pa-dan sroy

rned-pa-dafi gad-sag med-pahi rgyal-mtshan,

goi'nS; jiscw^ rfen-cin hdrol-par hbyufi-ica
khofi-du chud-pag rnthar Ita-bu dan bral-icahi
rgyal-mtshan, (11) W^twrfWCV*'
WK*' j^'S'g^'^'fl^qw ran-gi sem$-gisem$ yons-
SH dag-pas sans-rgyas-kyi byin-gyi§ brlabf.

jar*i*^gpnr rgyal-mtshan grags
fame ; ornament.

•jB(-M^'»i rgyal-mtshan-ma
(Schr. ; 99 £) ensign of good fortune.
• yrfrfq-fe,1^ rgyal-mtshan sen-ge
> (Schr.; Org. m. Ill, 25).

the month of
December.

rgyal-rabs. genealogy of kings.

Rgyal-ralg Bon-gyi
hbyun-g.na$ n. of a work on the origin of
the Bon religion.

5«r^<»m rgyal-rigs Traif^C; "B^, flfsiq the
military caste of India ; royal race ; the race
of a king.

jj<JT^il*rjN rgyal-rigs Sty/ex Jmn* ^fas
born of the military caste, also of the
royal family ; resident of Magadha.

jj|-^ui»j-»-j)»» rgyal-rigs cha-fas =$*'%*(
rgyal-phran a petty king ; a vassal or feu-
datory prince (Affion.).

yr^rt^-4 ryyal-riys thig-le = $»•$
r.gyal-bu the son of a king ; a prince.

j«rRu|*rJi rgyal rigs-mo ^fsrai^ a lady
of the military caste of India.

jorXf ryyal-rofi, v. j't'JS'Xe,' ryyal-mo-rofl.

S*1 '" T.gycil-$ci capital seat of Govern*
ment, royal place ; the place or position oE
a king.

tyi'W* ryyal-sr a$— $*?$.•$•* ryyal-pohi
sra$ the son of a king or prince.

* Ji'*1!*' rgyal-b$e$ 5Bff»m n. pr. (Sc/ir. ;
Was. 55).

S"'^ tgyal-srid TTW, *TT^ a kingdom ;
empire ; state.

S^'t'VS*'''1 rgi/al-srid rgyas-pa imr*i
empire.

jur^-^-l^-fq^ rgyal-srid Rin-chen sna-
bdun the seven different precious articles
of royalty, viz: — «jf*'f hkhor-to ^w the
wheel ; ^'9 nor-bu »rftr gem ; «^'# btsun-
mo, qft queen; SH^ blon-po n«ih minis-
ter ; 5|t'3 fftan-po f^ft elephant ; $'*rtE«| rta-
mchog ^ffl spirited horse; B^""^ khyim-
bdag Jjfqfs' house-holder; ^"f^SfV*!
gmagpon rin-po che t)t(Mf?f commander-,
inichief.

315

rgyal-srid snin-wa
to defend a state against enemies.

jq^ijui rgyas-hgrel= tfC^^^'ifc.'^'1*
rgyas-par b$ad-pahi hgrel-pa comprehen-
sive commentary: frfH^f^prt^mtft1
flJ3c.-3|-j»rivj)m an elaborate commentary on
the texts of Sum-cu-pa and Stays hjug-pa
(Situ. 137).

Syn. ^"M'P hphel-wa ; f^N'ti rdsogs-pa •
*|=.'P gah-wa ; f '§'<! kha-lye-wa ; g^'i khyab-
pa; i'l che-tca ; "&*'$ tshim-pa (Mnon.).

^i^T^l I: arm n. of a great sage of
Ancient India, the reputed author of the
Mahabharata ; ^/sffyrti Dran-sron rgi/as-
pa snwzfV the sage Vyasa.

^JST^I II: (prop. pf. to $<* rgya-ica)
1. vb. to increase in bulk or quantity; to
augment ; to spread : tf$*ff*'J*< la-yi nit-
Itar rgyat swells like a cow's dug; s?f
crg^-^c: bstan-pa rgyas-qin the doctrine (of
Buddha) spreading ; to grow, develope. 2.
adj. extensive, large, ample, wide, mani-
fold, numerous, copious, complete, full;
H'q'j^'q zla-wa rgyas-pa full moon ; the
adverbial form is frequent : §*W*^'<5
rgyas-par hdo^-na if you wish to know
it fully.

jN'i^ g\y rgyas-par bycd-pa 1. to make
bigger ; to augment ; to increase. 2. to
describe, narrate, state at large.

jN'WWft'i rgyas-par bqad-pa fn^siJf
elucidation; full explanation; *tf'|^-qv
g^i don rgyas-par byed-pa to be very use-
ful ; to exert a beneficial influence.

J*' l*> Tyyas-byed »nx<T the land of
plenty ; a name of India.

5*''IS'^§c-'£'^ 'a'9I q V.<jya§-byed hbyun-pohi
lag-pa='\l*c-'al'l\ dicafi-lag n. of a medicinal
plant growing below the limit of snow in
the Himalayas and resembling the human
hand in appearance (Smait. 416).

§^'|\« Rgyas-byed-ma flTT^ n. of a
goddess — Cornocopia, the goddess of
plenty.

* S*'3*' rgyas-fin gfk (Schr. ; Kalac. T.
110) thriving.

5 I : rgyu WRTR* a kind of blanket.

3l II: 1. matter; substance; material;
\ 'Q rgyu-wa superior quality: Qtfa. rgyu-
gtmn any stuff, wool or cotton, &c., when
cleansed and washed for making cloth ;
also pure origin, g'^"! Tgyu-igog n. of a
medical drag ; wild garlic. **•'* chaA-rgyu
ingredients for making beer: «'^-P'«W^I«'
Wlfr«r^ rrjyu dge-wa bsags-paj thob-pa yin
the substance has been obtained by means
of accumulated merits : t'0!'1^'^'^1-' fia-la
tfgos-rgyu chun I have few wants. i^'J bzo-

^>

rgyu material to make or manufacture any-
thing with ; * J'*>S za-rgyu-med nothing to
eat : S'^s>'§'^iql'^'^' da-ltar rgyu-shiy snan-no
an opportunity will presently offer itself
(Jd.). 2. In W. arrangement ; preparation.
In a special sense material ; stuff for weav-
ing; warp; chain (Jd.).

3| III : T3 1. cause, namely, the primary

cause as distinguished from $*! the second-
ary or co-operating cause ; the direct
cause for any event ; also reason, motive,
main condition : B'Wrw^r«Ay^' mya-
nan las hdas-pahi rgyur-hrgyur it becomes
the cause of passing out of misery, i.e.,
Nirvana; K^C«'y^ nan-son rgyu-ru hgro,

^3

s*» rgyus with genit. by reason of ; on
account of ; in virtue of ; in consequence of ;
?^'5^ cihi rgyus, why : §'*t\^ rgyu med-du

$9 ^S

= «'»)^£i^ rgyu med-par without any actual

cause ; spontaneously ; without sufficient

reason; without good cause; J'^'J^

rgyu-dan rkyen primary and secondary

316

cause, which sometimes coincides with
4 cause and effect '; ft '*£•'%$ ^'3* tffyv-dat
rkyen-dehi phyir, *$ | dchi rgyu, ^'|iV3*<
dehi rkyen-gyis, ^'|'|^ dehi rgyu-rkyen
therefore ; on that account. V^'| fie-tcahi
rgyu in medicine the three anthropological
causes or conditions of diseases ; the three
« humours,' wind, bile, and phlegm ; ^'«w '|
rin-wnhi rgyu the ultimate cause of diseases
and of every evil, viz., ignorance ; w^l'i ma
rig-pa, gS'lS'l *kyed bycd-rgyu the creative
cause ; '^TU'Va'^'q hphcl-wahi rgyu-ni lt<'-
iva the efficient cause of growth is the
navel-string ; §'3*Vq rgyu bycd-pa to be the
principal cause of ; to lie at the bottom of
a matter ; ft^S'" rgyu fkyc.d-pa to lay the
foundation of. There are six kinds of ^
rgyu, i.e., ft^"! rgyu-drug:—%Kt&'^ lyed-
ahi rgyu, ^'3*| i^'iS'ft^ Uian-cig hbyun-
tcahi rgyu ? V'fta'5'*^ rnam-smin-gi/i rgyu,
w^c.N'1^ gJJ\ i^'S mtshuftS-par Idan-pahi rgy
^'S^? Q^ 5 kiin-tii hgro-wahi rgyu,
3'ft jA; il-mnim kyi rgyu. 2. attached to a
verbal root rj/.'/w often indicates the
Hupine and, colloquially, the infinitive ;
'^Ifsr'^''! wishes to go. Also forms a
future tense when connecting the root
with tin auxil. verb. ' |'"^ will eat : tS'ie.-

thoce that will come to me ;

S'*'°i when the government was
to be entrusted to him ; ? ^'J'*^ horses
were not to be had (Jd.) ; S^ft'*'*^ dkon-rgt/u
med that is not a very precious thing ; there
is nothing particular in that ; ^^'W^»T
*-»l^ gshan-pis lag$-rgyu med he is not
more beautiful than others; «i'*^'*'*)^
ya-niitshan rgyu-med that is not to be won-
dered at.

to me the connection, ft'* rgyu-chn colloq.
that which belongs to a thing ; appurte-
nance ; nece3sary implement, &c. ; also pro-
perty. J'^S*1 rgyu-hbrjs cause and effect
or consequence ; gen. in a moral sense ;
actions and their fruits (*wj'»'*g« lis-kyi
rgyit-hbras) ; owft^gn'S'*'* I is rgyu hbras-
kyi-cho$ the doctrine treating on tins
subject ; the doctrine of retribution ;
the principal dogma of Buddhism ;
ani-*-ng»rm-5^-£«r{i I'S-rgyu hbrag la-yid
cfics-pt to believe in the doctrine of
retribution.

stars-" The constellations through which
the moon passes in her revolution round

rgyu-fkar lha-mo ni-fit rfsa-br<jyad, the
twenty-eight goddesses, moving-stars, be-
lieved to be the daughters of the four
guardian-kings of the world. The cons-
tellations are thus named: — (1) *'%*> Afiiii
C^Vydbyug-gu); (2) ^ Bharatii; (S) g«i'
%"1 Krttiki the Pleiades; (4) Rohini (*\
bc-rdae) ; (5) ^ Mrgi«ifnn ($*'» snial-po) ;
(6) Ardra,^; (7) ^«'« Paiiarvaisu; (.S)

tgyu-rkycn %gsaju reason ; cause ;
ace. to Jii. connection : f/Jai'ci-'JV3,''l^'J'
rtjyu-rkyen bs/tad-du gaol please explain

80)-, (9) W A?!esa (>*tca); (10) «
(5'1 rta-pa) or 5'^ rta-chen with Regulus
bright star; (11) § Piircaphnhjifnl or ft
rtahu or ?'$=• rta-chun; (12) "^ Utlara^ml-
gtini or 0 khra; (13) »)'q^ Hasra or S«
lyn-ma ; (14) V>\ '» Citra (or S'i byahu with
Spica); (15) «^ Sc&ti; (16) vy Vi^akha

(17) ^'w*»« Antird'iha or <*v\'%* lig-sor;

(18) f* Jyttha, or I'i Ide-hu (with
Antares); (19) f «w Mula, or %*[» srog-pa ;
(20) 4'fs Purea asadha ; (21) §'fft w/^ont
dsaJAa or 9" J>/»</ 5 (22) 3'^ Abhijit ;
(23) |'i^ Gravana ^ g.nis; (24) ^'51
Manama or %1 mon-dre; (25) *<V3

317

Catacisd or ff"f s^roi; ; (26) B*«rijs Purca-
bhddrapada or (27) H*W|fi uttaralhadra-
pada; (28) «F9J JBtaoft or ^ fe-na.

*|'^'^ rpyu-gkar dug (Sch. ; Kalac.
T. 48).

|'^'«'13^ rgyu-skar mu-khyud irgn%fa
the moon which is surrounded by the
constellations.

|-^-«c,-£i R Rgyu-skar man-po ri n. of a
mountain ; the fabulous north polar moun-
tain (K. d. * 3^2).

^'^ «!* rgyu-skar lam the milky-way ;
5r^=*-u«[ the starry path.

^'"F' rgyu-gan for what reason.

|'^s L'ljyu-nes the certain or real cause.

l'*1^ rgyu-mnah = ^^ rgyu-mtshan
cause; reason.

l'-^ rgyu-can = ^^ one who knows
about a thing; well-informed.

|'*W rgyu-mthun cause sufficient to

^3

produce observed effect.

|'^ tgyu-ldan 1. f^T [a cavejtf. a
hill, also a fountain; a rich man.
2. = |'^.

|<*fi rgyu-nad disease of the bowels.
Symptoms are : — 3£ft<n rgyu-khrol causing
much sound in the stomach ; S'^f15) rgyu-
hkhril causing much griping in the
stomach; «p|e.«i rgiju-hgyin§ where the
stomach or the intestines remain swollen
and stiff with wind, etc. ; fl1(wi«ij« rgyu-
hgaijs obstruction of the bowels; t'*!^
rgyu-gzer aching or pains in the stomach.

|'a^ rgyu-spun the threads stretched
lengthwise and crosswise to make cloth.

5'^ rgyu-wa -^w, ^K to go, walk,
move, wander, range; $'«rj-«i5'<^q' *qj»j
chu-fa rgyu-ioahi hdab-cags birds frequent-
ing the water; ^'§'|'" kun-tu rgyu-ica
to wander from place to place. This verb
is generally used instead of «%n in Sikkim.

-q-»l^-g rgyu-wa med-pa ^lq^ that
not move; motionless, still.
'«fi'«^'OT" rgyu-u-ahi btul-shugs
the vow of walking.

|'§*> rgyu-bycd *wx, qr? feet; that
which moves.

S'lh tgyin ^Tft^ met. the cloud.

*3

|-|"vq rgyu-sbyor-wa fytKfl sbyin-bdag
an alms-giver ; the maker of a gift.

5*^ rgyu-ma ^^ entrails ; intestines ;
bowels, more especially the email intes-
tines ; l^ia"!'" rgyu hkhrogp:i the croak-
ing of the bowels; |'g""I rgyusgrog the
envelope of the lower intestines; * ^
rgyu-stod the upper bowels. Colloq.
rgyu-ma is also a term for " sausages."
(Q. Sndg.).

|'»i^q rgyu med-pa without cause;
evidence devoid of (laksmana) or charac-
teristic.

Sy.n. J'twfc.' rgyu-yis ston; Maj^^goi
mtsJian-nid Iral (Mnon.).

l'*1^ rgyu-mtshan firfrfr 1. cause;
concatenation of events; circumstances;
|'*^'<*yq rgyu-mtshan hdri-ica to ask after
the cause : E3'aF^'g'$V£l<v*-srf3j-.J^ fiajlt-
nan-m,s phye khyer-wahi rgyu-mtshan fed
tell me the circumstances of your fetching
the flour from my house 2. SHTTIT token,
sign, characteristic, proof, evidence ; "^I'tfr
|'«*^ Mu 'g-pnhi rgyu-mtshan as an evidence
of being (Jo..).

|'*»*l"^i rgyu-mtshan riij qfTCftraf: rela-
ting to proof or cause or reason.

I'"!1* rgyu-gser ^fatrnRf colic;
[dysentery ]<S. ^I'S'^-^^-^w^l^

ni rime-Mad spi/i dan hdra-ua h,

la ba'jg-na rgyu g»cr she-paho, no-ico

318

mchin-tsha4 thuMu babf-pa la gnatt-na^
chu-ser mk/irig-tshad bglafl-tca yif rgyu-ma
gzer-sMA hkhru-was rgyu-gzer yin, ^'I'^'^B'
JjV^H'f'W'HV de-li don-hkhrn-$nod hkhru
ttobs-chen daft, Q'fi^r.gyu
hkhor l^fT"! rgyu-hkhrol
We read of, also,
rgyu-gacr gcog-pahi tho-tca gsum the three
hammers to break the nails of colic.

|^'|^ rgyuhi rgyitn sfiHfluifld-. the
stream of cause.

$5'9S rgyuhi byed %7j-?jH that has
become a cause ; excuse.

^5-ipfq" rgyuhi gtso-bo srtrr*f-%g the
chief or primary cause.

$3'^flj rgyuhi rig ^g-fwtjr the science
of reasoning.

^•uK.'vi'Eivtwvei rgyn ym-dag-par bead-
pa that has fully stopped or terminated
the cause ; the consequence.

^'"ta'SS'i* rgyu-yis khyad-par wr^i the
chief cause ; the agent.

rgyu-Hg cen-po (3J^« grafts)
number.

rgyu-la hlrag-bu btsays
to attach a fruit to cause,
^•wgc.' rgyii-las byufi %?pR produced
or originated from cause.

*-^*)-§-5gc.-q rgyu-lus-kyi hbyuii-u-a=
fl||fl|«-p»i« pzuy$-k/ia»t§ the body ; form.
S'" rgyu-s/i = ("iH l;tm) road, passage.
*'5js.' rgyu-sran track, passage, road:
1^'3'5/SF' btsnn-gyi rgyu-srnn the road
that is frequented by a Btsan (demon).

5S Tgyud I : <P? a string ; chain ; that
which joins things together ; a connection,
whether physical or mental ; ^f*^ chain of
hills.

5^ II : <tT* Tantrik treatise ; ritual
book for coercing deities and for other

magical ceremonies. One of the large
divisions of the Kah-gyur is styled JS
because it contains innumerable magical
treatises. There are said to be four
classes of Tantras, I'VS*'1^, namely, (1)
S'"5'|S (2) fr«fr|S, (3) IF^|S (4)
frjSvf'^av*'!^ In the Tan-gyur the
collection of Tautras is named i|S brgyud.

5^'^ tgyttf-pa I : vb. to tie, fasten,
connect together.

5S'^ II : religious teacher ; especially
a teacher of mysticism.

^^'^JlII : extraction ; lineage ; belong-
ing to a family or race ; family.

Syn.
hkhrid;

brijyitd-pa;
rit/s-kbyitfi;
R>' m-bon las-byitn

rttsa-

r/</s-

c/io-

hbrafi; -*\'y fa-ne
^i\v rigs (Mfion.).

§^'"'1^** rfjyud-pa gmm the three kinds
of lineage are: — (1) I'^'J'S gdufi-ri/yud
family ; descent ; personal ; (2) g'S'S sku-
rgyud descent (of the spirit in emaciations,
etc., as in the case of incarnate lamas) ;
(3) Sj1!'^ $k>b-ryyud spiiitual descent
(ministerial succession by disciples).

5^i WVun continuity ; rgyun-du always ;
at all times ; continually.

'1*' settled seat or throne ;
'B dus-rgyun sa-
pnas gciij-tu hjoy-pahi khri the chaii1 which
always remains in one place.

S^'li"1 rgyun-k/iyons always to protect.
5^'§'S'3 Wjun-'.llli mt/u-fiu = s^'^ char-

e Na

zil rain-drops or dews (Mnoit..).

a^'qq'i ryyun-ba'j ttt/ia = **>'^'<\ char-dray
heavy rain (Mnon.).

|^'"15^ ryynn-fftan = '^'^ dus-ryyuit
at all times ; the stream of time :

319

^•5^ iUrij*w real business ; transactions of
a public cbaracter must always be reliable
(D. fel. 7).

**rci rgyus-pa sinews ; tendons.

rgyo ftfr, sffTt (a colloq. and
obscene term) sexual union ; copulation.

^» -v-i

rgyo-wa, pf. "|*» brgi/os, fut. ^J
imp. §»< rgyos, to have sexual inter-
course ; ace. to Cs. to deflower, ravish.

mergyogs rdo-rgyoys gun ; missile.

a, pf. *I3=.*» brgyafis, fut.
.' brgyan, seems to be a secondary form
of jf^'i rkyon-u-a, to extend, stretch,
spread forth, distend.

rgyor-ica *TTT3 to kill.

§j /<;« this word is seldom used, its
modern form being t| sga. 1. ginger fresh
or dried ; §j'3(^ Iga-rlon fresh ginger. In
medical works both. i| ^a and S( g^cr are
used to imply H'^l sga-smug, the brown
ginger. 2. %«'§'*>=•' rus-kyi mifi n. of a
tribe; ^^S'^'^^'SI'V^ dlrah-hgru
ldon-g.sum Iga-dan bshi the four tribes were
Qbrah, Jfgrit, Ldon and Lga.

gj'5'S Iga pho-che = fp'£ rgyam-tshba
a mystical word ; oxide of mercury ; also
signifies fj^'Sj sman-gga, medicinal ginger.

§jC'C lgaft-ne marble white.
$kya Igafi-fie is stated to mean perfectly
white (Ja.).

9|C'£| lgan-pa or §^'$1 Igan-phug ace.
to i/a'. the urinary bladder (Med.).

Syn. 4'^ chu-so; %*>'% lgafi-bu (Jjffion.).

§JC"2J lgan-pa relating to the bladder
(Lex.).

Si^'S Igafl-bu urinary bladder ; same as
Sjt'tj IgaA-pa ; ace. to Ja. husk, pod, shell.

S^'S"! l(/an-bttg=\'$.'}>'\ dri-chuhi (nod
the bladder (Sman.).

gj'i'l^ /^«^z«-g!fe»- = }|'^ sga-rlon fresh
ginger.

g|V»i-»)«'Zi Lgar-ma me$-po patriarch of
the tribe of Lyar-ma ; a tribal name : §|'^'
o]^-»4'»l«-ti-'5'q Iga-yi Igar-ma mes-po thob the
tribe of Lga obtained the name of Lgar-
ma mespo.

•NX

§| Igo a common kind of fungus like
the lycoperdon or puff-ball.

i"'^ Igyam-tshta, H*i'3| sman-ga 1. gin-
ger, v. SJ'f '^ ^a pho-che. 2. ace. to <7d. a
kind of rock salt.

^ §ga=:^ Iga ^IT^, ^fa, sjf'ia 1.
ginger. 2. saddle, resp. Strsj chib-sga, a
saddle for a horse; ^'^'Q^'Qchib-sga b&tatf-
pa to lay the saddle on ; to saddle ; *|««r9| 'J(
ffi/ag-gi $ga a saddle for a yak.

SfS ?g&-$kya ginger : ^'g^'^S S^ ^ ^E
0TR!3IT'*E sga-skyas bad-rlufi sel-shifi khrag-
hkhyag hju ginger removes phlegm and
wind and liquifies the blood.

5j~pq*j §ga-kbebs saddle cloth ; the leather
cover or coating of a saddle.

Ij'gf §ga-glo saddle girth.

D'fjV*! $ga-sgron-pa described in Hlrom,
as meaning : to saddle a horse.

H'^T3!"!'2' Sga-tig nag-po the flower of
a bitter species of ginger : SC^'^'S^'^S't^"
$"tK<<^ $ga-tig nag-pos d.mu rdsin cfm-ser
hdren the flower of Sgatic used as a
medicine draws out the yellow water of
dropsy.

IF I

320

H «"1 fga-thag ropes or straps used in
adjusting a saddle.

l)i tga-pa I. a young horse just fit for
the saddle. 2. T«l''3flV{r'NVz<''>rj|'<r (also
1'"')^ 9!/ag t hod-pa dkat-po la $ga-pa zer
a yak with a white forehead is called
tga-pa (Rtsii.).

jfiSf fija-phoA bat; flitter-mouse
(&*.).

*rSJ"l sgii-tnuig, also written fll'll $mug-
fga, brown ginger.

$* sga-tsha the flower of ginger plant:
|'4«J$V£V¥r4f\'t'tft*$| sga-tshai dro$-
fkyed rul-gcod chu-ser hdren ginger flower
(used) as a stimulant, cures sores and draws
out pus.

»)'•* tga-tsha *jft»«K^« pungent ginger.

H'a|ql ?9 '-lag i'rame of the saddle ; sad-
dle-bow; saddle-tree (Cn).

|('^ fga-ser ^fc^T turmeric; yellow
ginger ; a spice used in cooking meat for
the table.

H'-*! tgi-<;a straps for fastening the
travelling-baggage to the saddle, cf. -Tfl
fa-stag.

Ij^j'^C' Sgay-tliuii n. of a small silk
scarf used in religious services in Tibet:
^qcgj^-w^e., jjfl) 3=.-, IK'fl^*) diran-ldan nia-
dait, igag-thufi, srid bde-ma (S. kar. 179).

Sjli sgag-pa sjffR to ravish ; to
copulate ; to embrace in sexual union.

§JC' sgan 1. a hill-spur ; the ridge or
top of a hill : **| ^-JJE, ai q^ cog-tschi
fgafi-lu shag keep on the top of the table.
2. time ; occasion : «t OIN "i §«; w'j|i.- mn
lat-ka byed-pahi ?gan to-morrow at the
time of doing work ; *\'1>'%'* '*&'%*•' da-lta
ito-za-wahi sgan just now while taking
food. 3. ^'Sj^' chu-sgaft a blister caused
by manual work, by long marches, &c.,
cf. ijj

Syn. §=•' $tef\, *?i mtho-ica (Mnon.'}.

K^T" sgan-kha—qt-'R1* syan-khiil 1. n
hill-spur : H=.'ra"'t5S the (village) is situated
on a mountain spur. 2. full, entire :

srog-chags ycig bsad-kyan sdig-pa syan-
kha re so-sor yofi even if (you) kill one
living being there will be the full (amount
of) sin in each separate case.

Sf^H"1 ?gan-khul ace. to Jd. same as
JFT» sgan-kha.

KE,-§)-5|e,- fgafi-gi-HA a species of par-
tridge.

j|c.-*fyZi (gad mthon-po a high hill.

l^'fl sgaft-u-a, pf. *)!(=.« bsgans, fut. ojjt
b$g/ifi, to grow or become full (Cs.) : 9S*>S
^•^•jjc.' lud-nied na so-sgan a full grown
woman ; marriageable girl.

SF'S $gafi-bu full quantity ; entire piece :
fj>riFg-w«K-w§v5*i has not his pride
been entirely broken-down within (A.
11).

j|ffl|Jfc' sgvfi-g<;on ^s^-T^^^^l ele-
vations and depressions on a hillside.

§JC$J *g:int gf^R 1. bank or elevat-
ed place on the margin of a river. 2.
n. of districts in S.E. Tibet.

a class of demon; a
ghost that remains concealed : g*|»r**e,'q«|»)'
^e.-*^ £j*rsjq'".vtlaS snags-hchafl lugs-dan
mthun-pas sgab-hc/re bskrad if the Tantrik
priest properly performs exorcism, the
ghosts are scared away.

spo sgab-pa 1. secondary form of w|wi
hgebf-pa,to cover ; covering : 8'»wg-«rjjP'«i
bya-mas bu-la sgab-pa the covering of a
young bird by its mother. 2. ^"'Sp gos-
§gab skirt or lap of a coat; $*'$*•' igab-thitA
a short skirt.

321

sg&m *T^T, ^rfa, ftf^ box, trunk,
chest ; ako the testes : Ij^'if'*^' sgam-
sgo marl a chest of drawers; gl^'i)*' Icags-
sgam an iron-chest; Tsp< ko-sgam a
leather trunk; ^'3)*' ro-gams or
Spitr-sgam a coffin.

Syn. |j*< sjrwx ; jf«5 ««orf; *A mdsod;
Sgroin-bu; ^'1 ban-pa ; Wjfw thab-sgrom.

%#'&•' sgam-chuft a small box.

jf^'i fga>n-pa=wi sab-pa i\3\K deep;
profound ; *>'tj*rci »» sgam-pa = *>'«r«i mi
sab-pa shallow ; not deep.

SP»'3 sgam-po, adj. full or fully accom-
plished; one who is deep: 5>rer$[s.'«rffi|W
Q Rgyal-po Sron-btsan sgam-po, King 5rotf-
6<sa« who was Sgam-po, i.e., fully accom-
plished. Aco. to >ScA. prudent, quiet : 5p
S(»»'i §/o Wa»»-ptf=OT'''^K5'f1' thugs qin-tu
sgam-po he (the prince) was very profound.

fgar-mn
watch- word; parole (Jd.).

sgar, defined as
gur maft-po phitb-nas bfdad-pa, pitching
many tents (at a place) ; camp ; encamp-
ment ; "Wil* a military encampment ; Sj^-
to encamp ; to pitch a camp.

fc Syar-siian respectable men.

f bso-sgra)

sgal a load that is carried on the
back ; load of a beast of burden ; ^i rta-
sgal a horse-load ; •^c-'$5'|j'!i $in-rtahi §gal
cart-load ; waggon-load.

IP' 5 sgal-rta pack-horse.

ifsi'l"!*? sgal-phyugt beast of burden.

jjm'^sic.-q $gal hphan-wa to throw a load
off ; SjTitfSinrq ggal hbogs-pa to take out a
load ; SCV'«i^=.'«i sgal bsrafi-u-a to adjust or
balance a load.

tft'Q sgal-pa 1. the back of man or
beast of burden; gtWRvaj^f't! rgijab-la
hk/iur-nag hgro-tca = Slai'f>'>t'a^'^'1^ sgal-pa
la hkhitr-te bgro the carrying a thing on
one's back. 2. the small of the back ; Jj"!'
"v^<w $yal-Mabs the lumber region. 3.
croup ; crupper.

tjTq sgal-wa to carry a load (on one's
back) or to cause a load to be carried on
the back of a beast of burden ; SJT^TI
sgal hgel-ica to put on a load.

Ijarfc sgal-rnia a sore on an animal's
back caused by the load.

!ji5rl<j|^ sgal-tshigs the spine in general ;
the backbone of a beast of burden.

S sgal-tshigs ni-yu rtsa
brgyad the twenty-eight joints in the
backbone ; $'5)'Sjai'3«ij*i mi-yi §yal-tshiy§ the
joints in the human spinal column.

jjar^Uqq'y^-g-q^ sgal-tshigs ni-fu rtsa-
bshi there are twenty-four joints in the
backbone of a beast of burden.

jjc.-q sgal-tshigs srad-wa a beast
of burden of which the backbone is
straight, i.e., not bent by work.

s sgtr-mo 3i^'Si*>
round ; orb-like ; globular.

%sgu, adj. bent; U'^1*' sgu-stegs 1. a
foot-stool. 2. ace. to Sch. elbow ; angle.

g'^ sgu-rdo sling-string, explained as
$V^'|v^'§^'iJ'9«il'£i hur-rdo hphan byed-kyi
thag-pa the string that is coiled round a
stone for flinging it ; a sling.

U '§"!*' sgu-phyogs (|J'5qJ*' $yye-phyogs) =
*t^'a| '^s""! 'q mdun-la khyog-pa bent-

p/«//ojr sgu-phyogs yes-pa fin-tit pees those
that are bent forward and bent round
were valuable ? (Jig.).

42

322

-mo=ye>'Kt hur-rdo a sling.

, fut.

$gu

to wait, pf . ifl
imp. §"!* J<7»!7S (or

D ^f«'|ii-q^-« mi yoii-rgyu fgug bfdad-pa,
to wait for a man's arrival ; g"! <* I"S ?<7»<7-
par bycd one who waits for ; or f I'l'B s<7«0-
7;a j?o a waiter ; "w^'STi /a»j-wi «<7wjf-^n to
wait on the road; STS'HT" ?</«jM« *>0-
/>« to cause to lie in wait (for a person) ;
to cause to way-lay.

SIC' tgiiii in Ld. clap ; crack ; crash ;
report (of a gun) (Jd.).

|^'2J fyud-po, aco. to Sch. father-in-
law; IS'* $ynd->i>o mother-in-law.

I- the grace or charm of youth:

SJT*!^ fgum-mduh, aco. to Schr. the
lautt-end of a gun ; gun-btock.

|^ gym; v. ^ dgiir.

S^ Sq 'Jto'-TOttGb a tent-back.

|^'5 sgur-po f w, VBfW bent ; crooked
back.

Syn. |^'W sgur-hkhyog ; g *•/«

rq (gur-tra, »?ta, ftwf to become
afraid.

JS tgul-fkyod ^tfl agitation.

Tl sgul-ica, pf. ^"i &S<7«J, fut. og"!
f. ^m'q hgul-wa) to move, agitate,
put in motion: |'V3t'*l'SQIT tgyud-ki/tm
ma-sgul-to he could not even move the
bow-string : T***'CIV'^ lag-pas rdo
bsgul-to with his hand he shook the rock.

]|'RC* fge-k/nifi, %'&•' sgo-cfnifi a small
door ; a window.

|j^] sgeg Ml^Cti grace, charm in the
person.

pa is the fascination arising at the appear-
ance of a body of beautiful shape. 2.
sensual enjoyment ; flirtation. 3. aoc. to
C*. to brag, boast ; airs of coquetish girls
(Jd.).

Syn. ^"Ti rol-pri', °^-'t) hjo-ica (Mnon.).
|-q5'^'| Sgeg-pahi Rdo-rje «T5ia^^,
n. of a Buddhist sage of Ancient
India who visited Udyana (Ancient
Cabul) and spread Buddhism there.

^i|'*< Sgey-iiia n. of the goddess of
beauty.

jjijS sgeg-mo ?TT^ii iwft a dnncing-
girl ; a charming damsel.

^i) f « fgeg-rdnfig perfumery, pomades,
&c., articles which (according to Buddh-
ism) are incentives to sensual pleasures.

IjK'QI sgcn-li or ^'"i dgcn-lu, ace. to
Jd. on ; upon ; perhaps a wrong spelling of
the word H*' ?{/"«•

fte sgchu 1. diminutive of a sya,
ginger. 2. v. afT" i : fii/o^-^ (-^ 9- * 46) •
-' sgehn-chun ^TO^ garlic.
sgchu-fffcr ^iT?^f ginger.

private; semi- independent;
•^ Sger-da specially ; privately.

3V5 tger-rta a horse for the use of a
private party, not for a public officer.

jj*'^ sger-don one's own interest, pri-
vate or special reason or object : S^'"^'*^'
^•q-q|3j*rti5c.' fger yshun mod du-ica ynam-
btafi neither private nor public (but an in-
dependent family) sending forth smoke
from house-fire.

ajvi sger-pa a private land-holder ;

yshun-khral chen-po med-par ran-la

323

nri-scr yaft yod-pa las khral-btdus. na$ sa
b$dad-khan a land-holder who without
paying a large tax to Government enjoys
an estate is called |^'i sger-pa, also one who
holds land fee-simple; Sv^ sgcr-l/ta or
IvgN'w&Vf'V^ ?gcr-gyi mchod-pahi lha, a
special deity, i.e., a deity specially adored
by a class of people or by an individual or
by a particular family ; ^'F"! sgcr-khag
semi-independent estate.

sger-gi/og private servant, also
one who does his own work ; servant or
employe of an independent party or estate
which has no connection with the Govern-
ment.

S^'iS sger-lo, V.'iv§-^c,-Sr'i><i| ran-sgcr
gyi shin lo-tog the produce of a private
estate.

sgo TTC, 3% sraTTC, «m a door;
an entrance or doorway ; the aperture
itself as well as the wood-work of the
door; ST*^'" sgo bead-pa or S^TT" sgo
dgag-pa to shut or close a door ; 5"'S'q
sgo phye-ica or S'^S'V'' sgo byed-pa to
open a door ; S^W" syo hjug-pa to put
in a door ; to hang a door ; sT'S^i sgo rgyab-
pa to shut a door; if'W s/jo gtan-pa
ace. to Sch. to lock up, to bolt, to bar ;
% nip*' i sgo bkum-pa or^l* bskum, ace. to Cs.
resp. to shut (a door) ; If *^'q sgo bdun-ica
to knock or rap at the door ; J'lj rgya-sgo
large, or the principal, door or entrance ; ?'
the gate or gate-way ; %'JSphyi-tgo the outer
door ; wlf bar-sgo the middle door ; ^'^
nan-sgo the inner door ; I^'IH psafi-sgo the
secret or private door; «^'K mdsod-sgo
the door to the store-room; iRW'lf g.nam-
sgo an aperture in the roof for light ; sky-
light; f *.•$" steii-sgo the upper door; ^'S'
hog-sgo the lower or under door; •flf^f^'J'

tnchod-klaft $go the chapel-door;
thab-tshan sgo kitchen door; 1$*'*^ gner-
tshaft sgo the store-house door; *q'(I«'^'
chab-khaft sgo the bathroom door. In
Sikkim

^j II : often Sgo-mo, the admission to,
the medium or means of, the passage of,
knowledge or learning and, as such, the
science itself, &c. ; %**'§ i"'# chos-kyi sgo-mo
the service of Dharma (religion) ; t^'S'S^
rtsis-kyi s<jo-mo the science of arithmetic
or numbers; sWjJ'H'*' s.man-kyi sgo-mo
science of medicine: |«>('*<5-J'-^N'«q»}|y»)X1^'
"fife," Sgrol-mahi igo-nas pytil-mdos gjton in
the religious service of Dolma — the rndos
for victory (in war) should be offered:

rgyas kyi bstan-pa la hjug-pahi sgo dam-pa
skyabs-su hgro-wa as a door for entering
the religion of Buddha, it is necessary
to take refuge in the holy ones : ^'S^'ORi*!'
i5'S''gE.'&*i'§'^*!*i theg-chen-la hjug-pahi sgo
byan-chnb-kyi semg for entering the
Greater Vehicle doctrine the means is a
saintly heart (the purified heart of a Bodhi-
sattva); a5'V5^''*gc-'£'5'J''qmiRgj^ yon-tan
hbyuft tocthi sgo brtson-hgrus the means of
acquiring learning is diligence and indus-
try; $*W*gc.'H'v|fo)'i3rqijt»)«V£J nes-pahbytm
tcahi-sgo le-lo bag-med-pa being idle and
immodest forms a way to the springing up
of vice.

SfW^j sgo kun-gro ^r^\^s in every
way.

$"'3^' sgo-skyofi Tt^m^T porter; door-
guard.

^|X $(/o-s.kyor, v. a"'S sgo-fpe.

§T*? sgo-k/ian or S"'^6.' s.go-$tefi fsngf the
entrance into a house ; vestibule ; porch ;
portal ; also a small house on the gate.

324

if'R^' tgo-khuft opening of the door; an
apperture in a door ; aTf =•'$=• ^'^fcrp*' $go-
khan tfcA-gi gail-khan the verandah room
on the porch of a house.

sf'S sgo-khyi watch-dog.

Sf'^pfai $go-hkhor hinge of a door or gate ;
the pivot on which the door turns.

*T'SJq!*' Sffo-fflegs a small beam used to bar
or bolt a door.

jjf'*31« sgo-hgram the space near the door.

if' Ji sgo-rgyab the space behind the door
or within the door.

the board or plank of a door; the
lintel ; frame work on the four sides of a
door [a bier, the bed on which a dead body
is carried] S.

•v;

§f '£ fgo-fia ^vs eggs, spawn ; 8"'*-*^ sgo-

$a-can egg; producing or possessing or
having spawn.

JH'E.S-*^ ggo-fiahi mdsod ^ the testi-
cles.

'S'8ql*' sgo-kags ?rra* the lock of a
door.

jpfc sgo-cftor, v. if fi sgo-tpe.

seed.

d=^^ fgo-?n od cummin

S'jo b$nan n. of a Bon deity who
has eighteen hands and holds eighteen
different weapons of war, which are as
follows:— (1) «^«Ti5-»)^ bteg pahi mdah
an arrow for shooting ; (2) igflj»r£i$-*<^i;-
hbiigs pahi rnduA a spear to pierce with ;
(3) 1<]'$«r<M-|jr^ ffcog pahi tta-re an axe to
split with; (4) 1*V£|'*'3r? gcod-pahi gra-
ita a chopper to cut off; (5) *f*'<fc'W§
hthub-pahi ral-gri a sword to cut into
pieces ; (6) q|w«i$'$-| bftim-pahi chu-yri

a dagger to pierce through ; (
W* hchog-pahi tho-ltim a cannon ball
for battering in; (8) <*gflnrciS-ii]*Sv3^
hbiigs-pafii gxor-e/ien a pin to bore through ;
(9) *g«rn5'*fflj'$ hbral-wahi sog-le the saw
to separate or cut asunder; (10) SW^'H'SI
4yra-wohi fpu-gri a razor-knife to cut the
enemy; (ll)iifr'|W'<*fi£vi$ b_tko>--irahi hklior-
lo a disk to whirl round ; (12) |va<v«i «i«^
fgyur-wahi ya-lad an armour to ward off ;
(13) 3*-<«i|-i|t<veiS '*\ •«•«» nam-thag pcod-pahi
ka-ma-li a sword to cut off; (14)
i^'t sreg-pahi giar-to ; (15)
hchid-wahi Icags-ggrog iron chain to bind
with; (16) «\<wK3'«'i*l dpnl-ser-gyi chu-
khol boiling water; (17) ^ 3«.'§'»l-^f /,0d-
zer-gyi me dpufi a heap of glowing fire ; (1 8)
^•y^'3'Yl'*^ drag-rtital gyi thog-ntdnh a
thunder-bolt for chivalrous exercises.

if'q|M sgo-pfan a bar or bolt of a door ;
S'iw fgo-thcm threshhold; also the head-
piece of a door.

¥*\* fgo-dor the scarf that is attached to
the door at the time of a marriage in
Sikkim.

sf'^Q {go-deb enumeration of persons ;
the counting of persons of a village or
town, &c.

if'WI1-'^ tgo-gd'in zttfi-can ^Tw[ a
circular disk with string attached to it that
is put on each side of the door to open it
by the hand.

jf'^l tgo-hgrig door-frame; window
frame.

jT'SJ^' igo-ldafi each side of the door.

f'fl tgo-nag the dark door, i.e., the
door of the dark room where a dead body
is kept before disposal (D. $el. 8).

%'*[* tgo-rnarn a single board, i.e., of
the floor.

325

an

sgo-pa r^f, or %'*$$ $go-dpon or
if 1^*1 sgo-bdrig 1. the door-keeper, porter;
2. also the headman of the village.

Syn. ^S =•' $go-sntfi ; if jfc.' sgo-skyon ; *V
$"'*> chab-$go-wa ; f:5)'*)or3>i*f^ s^o-yz »;e/-
tshe-rnkhan (Mfion.).

if 5* tgo-pur fore-skin ; prepuce.

if'2' §go-po also fT^?<7o-60 outward looks ;
stature; bodily appearance (Jd.) ; %'% $kye-
fgo the face; countenance; |'^°)"|*' skye
sgo-l.'g$ & beautiful face ; Qfi'
ugly face.

v sgo-ipan 1. lintel. 2.

sgo-yi them-pa span-pahi
rnal-hbyor-pa yan-yod there are even yojrz
who have only left the lintel and thres-
hold of their home (and no more).

^B ?go-spe a projection of the roof of
a house above the principal door of a
house, under which one can sit or sleep,
or where servants wait : ^'$1 3'l]'*<S'SJ"'a$'
^ql'§'?'j' do-nub bi-kra-mahi sgo-spehi hog-tu
nol (A. 130) to-night sleep under the
portico of Vikrarnas'ila.

Syn. sfg* sgo-skyar; %'*&*> sgo-mchor;
ST^S*' sgo-hbyar (Mnon.).

jp«^ ggo-phar, ^^»f*c.'Ei sgo-rim man-po
the name for a series of doors.

* sgo-hphar ^qis-gz, v. "I« $go-
[the junction of the leaves of a
doorJ-S.

S"'i tgo-wa pf. «f bsgo also 1^ bsgos, to
say; to speak, mostly to bid; to order (used
in old works, now become obsolete) .

sT"S* sgo-hbyar, v. %'S $go-fpe.
ifq§S tgo-hbyed a kind of grass used as
a medicine in eye-disease (Sman. 353).

if* ? go-ma 1. panel or square of a door;
the fold of a folding door. 2. =

3'}fg^'9)'^ fftor-rgyab $kab$-kyi sgo-srufi-gi
lha, the deity who guards the door on the
occasion of offering torma; •W^'JpcJ'
|p«-q^5'i)c sprul-pa i/e-$c$ kyi§go-ma bshihi
min the names of the four miraculous divi-
nities (of the Bon-po) : — (1) fT"!1^' W^'
fl^'S'it^ Stag-ydon dkar-mo kags-kyu
banda-hdsin; (2) «W|'*fte.-$v35-(VTq Phag-
geloft scr-mo shag-pa, (3) ^^'"|'^c.-^»)^-g-|iim-
81, Sen-ffdon dinar-po Icags-sgro; (4) 8°!'
"l^^is.'B^l'g sbrul-gdon liati khu dril-bu.

%'% sgo-mo (1) a large door : a gate ;
castle-gate ; town-gate ; (2) the beginning :
^'S'^S rtsi§-kyi $ go-mo the beginning of
a new epoch.

f*« sgo-tsam a little (Sch.).

Jp?" syo-rtsa = %%'$'Q sgohirtsa-wa at the
door ; ^|T^ near or at the door.

fgo-mtshams door-junction ; also
the chink left between a door-post and the
door, when the latter does not perfectly fit.
if^'CT Iffo-hi Icog «?5=Tz^r raised place or
stools placed on either side of a door [a
place where four roads meet]&
jj5'3*)-ci tgohi them-pa the threshold.
s"-5)-*sr2-*i|«q tffo-yi mel-t§he mkhan, v. if<i
igo-pa.

ST^I igo-yig 1. inscription. 2. lam-
poon; label on the door; sign -board. 3. a
magisterial advertisement fastened at the
door.

sT*'" tgo-ra-wa=sf'%^'i $go sruA-wa &
door-keeper ; a door-guard.

if* $go-lo 1. body. 2. face (Jd.).

if "•'ft ?go bfad=$v*-tftei sgo-la bfad-
pa an inscription on the door; a sign-
board.

Ifij^w ego-ffsum the three media, i.e.,
of body (v* lu$), speech ( ^ flag), and the
mind

320

sgo bs
a door-keeper.

$yo ra-wa

sgog sk//aoi-y^"]s/-'l/«-sgoff white
garlic used in medicine ; Allium nirul
Jacqm; Jh'H^ syoy-snon a blue species of
garlic, very common in the Himalayas,
Tperh.Alliumrubellum (Jd.) ; ^T^T*4 sgog-
gciy-ma a garlic grown on a singb root ;
IVlV^V syoy-bcnd ffsiim three species of
garlic which have three different proper-
ties : — (1) **.- V« tsoii-diiiar rod onion ; (2)
$fa'3 sgog-fkya the common white garlic ;
(3) sTTc^ $gog-$fion the blue species of
garlic.

^T^' sgog-tin mortar; fl'"!^ syog-
fftun pestle for bruising leek (Jd.).

^TS" sgog-tum or sT")'^*! syog-rc/oy a
number of garlic roots bunched in one.

I: syog-pa STCFT, ^^f garlic;
leek ; alliuin ; ^'Spf ri-syoy Allium sphacro-
ceph a species of garlic growing wild in the
hills of Tibet.

Syn. 31^6. kun-dofi ; ^'^ ro-ldan; 33'C^
gun dswi ; f a f«(?A« ; s^ sgchu • ^'^'^
lha-min khrag; S'jfSlfN kla-klohi fpo$
(Mnon.).

%*

tj5!)'^ II: ace. to C«. pf. *9f<\* bsyags,

fut. ^Si"! bsyag, to make one swear; S""1'5
fgog-po one that makes a person swear
(Jd.).

§tyqfiq ggoy-gsil a single garlic root or

seed.
^^
tjc' I: syon also ^'f sgon-na an egg.

In Sikkim "$gon-do" (Slid. Hbk.).

•^s*

|j£' II : n. of a country, prob. ^'S

bom of or produced

aj^'fj $gon-spri the white of an egg or
more properly the thin film which wraps
the contents of an egg.

J sgon tliog-pa n. of a plant.

IjC'CJ sgon-u-a, pf. ^^ bsyoris, fut.

bsyon, imp. ^.' (") ?</o/? (?) or ^^'^
fiy ftcsq 1. to make in tea balls to eat ; to
make round balls of dough (<7«.). 2. to
hide; to conceal (a thing) (Sch.). 3.
^«C4W^M fgofis-pahatit §gor-mo a
laughing speech or exclamation.

syod-yas n. of a numeral *:**'
(Ya-sel).

sgob-sgob unable; deficient;
wanting in strength (Sch.).

syom, ECO SI*1'" fgom-pa.

la§ ikycs-pa
from an egg.

sgom-chcn 1. a Buddhist ascetic
who remains absorbed in deep meditation.
2. species of fieldmouse, Lagomys badius,
so called from its hybernating disposition.
See Hooker's Himalayan Journals.

iT*'^'" sgom Mes-/?« = *t»w'ai-«w»cq«im^«i-q
scms-la bsam-liifj§ ncs-pa or ^P£i nor-wat to
blunder in meditation.

j[w*«| sgom-thftg iTl'IMS meditating-
cord ; a long piece of cloth about four
inches wide which is worn by the Yogi
when he sits in meditation ; it is stretched
round the neck ana under the knees while
sittin g. About the 1 Oth and 1 1th centuries
A.D. Buddhist ascetics used to wear it in
the manner the sacred thread is worn by the
Brahmans, passing round the right shoul-
der to the side below the arm-pit : i^'^'M'
Q-^^g^iq-^rMiC^v^'qpj let a large
sgom-thag pass from the shoulders over
the bosom (A. 11). Ace. to Jd. a cord
or rope is slung round the body in order

327

to facilitate the effort of maintaining an
erect and immoveable posture during medi-
tation, which expedient of course is scorned
by the more rigid devotees.

^*»'1» Syom-sde n. of a section of the
school of monks called Uvgq'gj'ie.1 Ser-byas
grba-tshan of Tibet (Lori. * 16).

I $gom-pa Hnffr, vb. pres.
sgoms-gyin, or S*i'*i^ sgom-bshin, pf.
bsgoms, fut. SS** bsyoni, imp. Oft sgom or
af*<« sgoms, resp. 3*prsf*< thugs-sgom 1.
originally to fancy, imagine; now to
meditate, contemplate systematically (c.
accus. and dat.) ; to have ; to entertain ;
to re-produce (in one's mind), with the
accus. termin. or with double accus.
2. sbst. 3*<' i sgom-pa, has come to signify
systematic meditation of the Buddhist
saint. Four degrees of this meditation are
to be distinguished, viz., %'Q Ita-ica contem-
plation ; Jfwi sgom-pa meditation, properly
so called (which requires
q|$c*rii|«j*i gsal-dun mi-riogs
i.e., that it be so performed in a clear and
decided manner without suffering one's self
to be disturbed or distracted by anything) ;
the third degree sft'1) spyod-pa consumma-
tion ; and ^g^'S hbras-bu fruition.

3J»rq-q sgo»i-papo=%*'§'\ sgom-lyed, i.e.,
jjVwp^ sgom-mkhan an ascetic who medi-
tates.

j|*rq-dfc' Sgom-pa tshan the term used in
Amdo to signify §wl^ sgom-chen, a Bud-
dhist ascetic who meditates, &c.

sKs sgom-bya and ^'f^ sgom-rten the
object of meditation.

^•Rg"i) sgom-hbrog 1. the wilderness or
solitude where hermits dwell for medi-
tation. 2. holly in Sikkim («7a.) ?

fjVui^-mq| §gom yan-lag ^^cm: a branch
or form of ascetical meditation [lit. burn-

ing the limbs; it is a kind of penano3 in
which the whole body is exposed to four
heaps of fire in four quarters and to the
sun on the head]&

|*rm*i sgom-lam the practice of ascetical
meditation, also ^'l'^^ sgom-gyi lam, the
way to Nirvana by means of meditation :
wflf^'q'^'ws^'q'sjsrjjjrawariqUi from the
second stage of perfection free from
defilement he entered on the practice of
meditation.

sgom-fifl, *n<|<«ig the stick on
which the ascetic fixes his gaze while
engaging himself in meditation.

^'"|«i* sgom-g.sum three kinds of f*rq
sgom-pa or mystical meditation, viz. : — (1)
meditation performed in the three, four or
six periods into which a day may te
divided for that purpose S^'IV^ wvvq-^-

thun-sgom-ni, las dan-po dm gnen-po phar
hdebs-kyi dran-pa yin-pas, thun-tshamsphye-
la bsgom-paho ; (2) «-gsi-

9|*i'u]^'S fian-sgom-ni, myon-tshur hdebs-kyi
dran-pa yin-pas, hgro-hdug za-nal las §pyod
ci-byas-kyan hlral med-du fian-gi$ gnas-so,

tgom-ni ci-yaft mod-pa la nan-dan fian-gij
nan-thag bsrifi-bsrefi ; (3) 5f=.'a«'^, ^^wy
iT^'w, ^•S^I'S'l'^^'g''!'^ klon-tgom
ni, nan-sems mu-thag chod-pas, bsgom bya-
§gom-lyed-kyi bio-dan Iral-icaho.

sgoms (^^'9 lha lta-bu} w*t a

deity thought of for propitiation.
^v*

sgor a spindle in a turning-lathe

sgor-$gor round.

sgor-sgor hkhyil forming into
an eddy or whirlpool (flag. 12).

328

$gor-ica J. pf. and fut.
b_igar to boil down ; to condense by boiling,
e.g., 9'^« bu-ram sugar. 2. to turn on a
lathe (Ja.).

SJ*'**S sgor-incd without interruption or
break: (*w»)«vw<i!f n's-mcj lam-hgro) to
go on a journey without break, i.e., with-
out having to turn back.

}|VS sgor-mo,v, 1. jft*' sgong. 2. 5*1 a
ball, globe ; also a disk ; hence an Indian
rupee is called fyti^'fc'X p/iyi-plM tgor-mo ;
bu-ram igor-mo a ball of treacle ;
$gor-thitj a pair of compasses ; IV
1 E q sgor-thig phye-wa or 3\^ phyetf-ka
Bemi-circular ((7s. ; Schtr.}.

?f/os=$*?^iger-dn or fJfW lltag-pur,
specially, particularly, chiefly, &c. ; in com-
pounds and as adverb: private, separate,
distinct; also as opposed to g spyi, e.g.,
8 '"I VI* spyi-ffdugs a parasol for several
persons; awning ; shelter ; 5V«lV!»i sgog-
ydugg a parasol for one person ; JVrqi sgot-
fkal share of a single person ; individual
lot.

3f*W Sgot-khur § •*w'*ft 9|'»>E.- n. of a
yi-dwag or preta.

Sf«'«i i^oj-joa to choose ; to find the right
thing (8ch.).

' u or |

khya$-par du or jj^'^ sger-du (opposite to
\* ipyfr), particularly, especially. sT^'S^^
sgoi-kyi dpon a subaltern officer (<?*) :

gdams-kyt bstan-pa rin-po che particularly
the precious doctrine of the Bkah-pdam-pa
School (A. 124).

or

sgyihu a bag,

purse: <T5«V«'V*'^l sgyig-gu chaj
pohi dwaH-du, son-nas our purse being in the

way of breaking, i.e., at low ebb ;
dnul-sgyig purse to keep silver pieces.

§C'2' sgyin-wa, pf. fl|«< btgyiAt, fut.
^l^' bgyiii. 1. ^m to yawn, gape.

d *~

byn. 3^ ** hgyin-ica ; y*'Q glal-ica

(Won.).
cv
S^ IS'ytrf 1. the hollow of the knee ;

bend of the knee ; or |*\'" sgyid-pa knee-
joint; |V^!*S'^ tggid-pa ycod-pa, to lame
the knee-joint; hamstring (a horse). 2.
the calf (of the leg).

^ira^J idleness ;

langour : |V3*'^'8'l>'lSl'§Y(llf I'^I'SV'?'
? aj E.^'£) (flay.) S^'5^ sgyid-igyur is the
vicious indolence of beginning a new
work before he has finished the one he
has in hand.

IS'S^'" tgyid. $kyur-pa acute pain in the
knee and leg, e.g., of a woman with child.

IVR*' sgyid-khun the hollow of the
knee.

iKlS"! sgyid-khyol one lame in his legs
(&,).

IVH" sgyid-hkltril ^VSIT^ (lit. raised
knee, that is, squatting and doing nothing)
langour ; laziness.

Syn. §Vf*w fgyid-SHoms; !v$«| ?,/y/rf-
%; »i«I«-n rmugs-pa; *Mrq hjas-pa
(Mnon.).

id-bu, also |vg igyej-bu ^fw
a hearth, fire-place, consisting of three
stones on which the kettle is placed ;
|^ Icags-sgyid iron trevet, tripod, cf.

!'" syyid-lug-pa TO« slothful ; idle
Cs. and Lex. S^'S"'" y?'o? shum-pa prostrate
with fatigue or mental lassitude.

329

the fringe that is
attached to the border of robes or of
tents, &c.

fij0yt«=«|f| gyo-sgyu craft; decep-
tion ; pretext. |'«^ sgi/u-can artful ;
crafty ; cunning ((?«•) •

H^goi sgyu-hp/irul JTTOT magical decep-
tion ; ft'*s|'ar*< tgyu-kphrut-ma *rr*JT the

*s ,j

name of Gautama, Buddha's mother.

| '« sgyu-ma WTOT illusion; fancy;
imposition whether natural or intentional ;
jr*4 -*^ sgyu-ma mkltan F'PJT^rpC a juggler;
H'N'«^ sgyu-ma-can «ns3f an imposter ;
one who plays deception; g'^'g'S sgyu-ma
Ita-bu HWfaT like illusion ; illusive ; |'«'
£}mq sgyn-ma sprul-wa to exhibit a false
show (C*.) : vtCjm*C&[f*t*H nas
nan-tea thnms-cad tgyu-mar $es I know
that all phenomena are only illusions.
g'W'l^'i sgyu-ma byed-pa mST^, *nzjT^T
one dexterous in magical .'how ; a magician ;
|-N-*)\£i sgyu-ma med-pa iimgT^t free from
guile; guileless; J'»&'^ sgyu-mahi nor
illusive riches, hence general wealth : g'

-^|^|«-m the mind is not sa-
tisfied with the illusive wealth, though
accumulated by desire it remains behind,
and though acquired by yourself it is
enjoyed by others.

!'j4<v^c)'H3'<if^ sgyn-m'ihi dpe-bcu-gnis
the twelve expressions illustrative of illu-
sion: — (1) 1'i'^'S tgyu-nifi ita-bu; (2) $'|
chu-zla the image of the moon in water ;
(3) sH^ mig-yor scenes that appear in a
vision ; (4) STfi smiy-rgyu mirage; (5) *'
•i" rmi-lam dream; (6) S qH sgra-brnan,
echo ; (7) V*5 ^'H^ dri-zahi gron-khyer
castle in the air; (8) ^ij'-^g"! mig-hphrul ;

(9) VK'35'113 duc.fi-pohi ff.<shu rain-bow; (10)
81 'I g.k>g lightning ; (1 1) ^'9^ c/m-btir bub-
ble; (12) *'!fc'%>«R«pr*iTfg me-M-gi
yzugs-brnan Ita-bu reflection or reflected
image in a mirror.

§'^a| Sgi/u-rtsril ^iwr art, skill, dexterity:
g'^'l^'S^'^'^'l^ sgyu-rtsal g.nas-kyan
dran-por rgyi/r ^i^'ra^tjf'T flK^f though
dexterous (artful) he was sincere. There
are 64 arts, of which 30 are distributed in
handicrafts, 18 in music, 7 in singing,
9 in dancing.

|'gT»» sgyu-rtsal sa=^ tjS'jf «V*J| rgyal-
pohi §kycd-tshal the royal gardens where in
ancient time kings used to try feats of
arms, etc. (Mnon.).

U'^*1 §gyu-lu§ 1. the immaterial
body of the soul while in the Bar do.
2. the animal and human body in general,
inasmuch as it is only an apparent body ;
a phantom, when considered from a higher
philosophical point of view.

sgyug-mo

mother-in-law; wp'|"l mnah-sgyu both
daughter-in-law and mother-in-law : SH'Sfo"
q^c-N'd sgyvg-mos bsruns-pa 'STsy^-KfaffT
watched by one's mother-in-law.

H'vu'fft sgyur-bkod strong advice.

S^,'C| sgyur-u-a ^71, pf. and fut. "l^
bsc/yur, traus. form of ".§^'q hgyur-ica. ].
to transform, alter, change (colour, one's
mind) ; to correct; to translate; to revise.
2. to cast aside ; to dissuade, divert ;
to turn; to cause to turn; ^ffo'Srg^-q
hkhor-lo sgyur-ica or ifc'q skor-u-a to
turn a wheel; S(S'|^'t' §kad sgytir-tca to
-ttry or modulate the voice, also to
hum a tune; to sing or whistle. 3.
to govern, steer, control: ^'f'Jj^'SM'g^,
rtahi-kha srnl-kyis sgyur a horse's mouth
by a bridle: nX^-*«i|*re^ c^'pra1; hdnd-

43

330

ehags nan-pas kha-sgyttr he is governed
by evil passions; p'iS'gvq kha-lo tgyur-wa
•to govern; also a driver; F^^Tf*^
kha-lo fin-rta syyur-wa to drive a carriage ;
V*'fi*'i dwaft sgytir-tra to have command,
control of ; to dominate ; to command.

§ WJe (ifr WoJ), vtofr, *%* a vessel
[a sack ; a Catheru bottle]S.
!'§*• sgyc-syitr crooked (Sch.).

^ egyoys-tndah
lac. T. 12S) catapult.

(Schr.; Ka-

bent forward and hump-backed.

"^•W

H'^ sgyc-bo ^fv:g»«f 1. hump-back;

ace. to Jd. 2. one of the lower classes of
officials or noblemen.

>o RTq khug-pa,
1. sbst. a small pouch; MT| ras-sgye a
bag of cotton stuff. 2. adj. quiet, gentle
(in Spiti) (Jd.).

|^ $gyebu a small bag.

^«>. ~*^

§JS'^ sgucd-po *rg a small fire-place;
*0 *

hearth-stone.

sgyed-bu

a make-shift

fire-place.

sgyen-pa to be on the move.

fgyel-ica, pf. and fut.
bsgyel, transit, form of ^WQ hgyel-ica, to
throw down; to over-turn; to lay or put
down (a bottle, a book) ; to thwart (the
charm of an enemy) ; to kill (horses) ( Jd.).

a warlike

engine to shoot darts or to fling stones
with; mortar; cannon: ifti^fWp*
sgyogs-kyi hphrul-hkhor id ; f"P<'^ sgyogs-
rdo stone flung from such a machine.
*> |"1*< me-sgyogs and ^l"!*' rdo-$gyogs=
cannon : »>'f "I" me-sgyogs now called ^
dob in Tibet; ^'^1" rdo-sgyogs a stone-
thrower is used in Bhutan.

tgyofi-tca, pf. i|w) bsgyon?, fut.
perh. originally =J=.'i sgoil-
tca to hide. 1. to fill; to stuff (a sausage).
2. colloq. in W. to put into (the pocket) :
S'!vS^'q ffla-p/iyfr sgon-ica to return the
wages due to another person (Sch.).

(da)

1. sound,

noise, voice: far1aj-ci'vg-'^-*r^'£w^-q|V
•^S fgra-la sin-pahi sgra-daft ma-zin-pahi
Sgra-pni$ yod there are two kinds of sound,
viz : — ^'«w'|| zin-pahi fgra, i.e., sound that
can be caught or heard and understood ;
wl^-qq'fi wii-zi/i-pahi sgra which cannot
be heard or understood ; indistinct sound ;
^'U niiil-sgra a mere word. 2. word,
syllable. 3. a language.

g'SCS $gra-$kad sound ; voice ; fame ; g'
^V^'" $gra-$k'id $nan-p:i sounding; sono-
rous.

S'qsi/q sgra b§kyun-wa ^(w»i«^i one

V

who speaks few words.

fi'ij'" Sgra brya-pa=a'3i] hbruy JRn§^T
thunder.

* a'"!*; wq •%£ S</ra-bsyyi<r mar-pa lots
ts/ia = **'ci Mar-pa the translator and lo-
tsa-wa.

S'SI"'" tgra sgrags-pa (da-dag-pa) <3>z-
*<« the sound returned by the target
when the arrow hits it.

S'l'l'ivIS sgra sgrog-par lyc.d (da-dog-
par cch) TT^H one who proclaims much;
a great self- advertiser.

S'lfl5' §gra-sgrogs aj«, TT?tr, afjfs^
1. the famous. 2. n. of the king of Lanka
(Ceylon) with whom Rama waged war,
described in the epic of Eamayan by
Valmiki.

331

sgra-sgrog pa (da-dog-pa) to
produce sounds, noises, etc.

3j-£$r^-|Vq sgra nes-par sbyor-wa — ^'
Sl'f'SI'i*'!'*'1' tshi'j-gi sgra dag-par sbyor-
wa fsrvt? the correct formation of words.

Ifl^ Sgra-ffcan TTf, <«% ^^W 1-
n. of an Asitra demon, who fought with
the gods and drank nectar obtained
by churning the ocean. 2. fabulous
planet of Chinese and Brahminical astro-
logy which exercises malignant influences
on the destinies of mankind; specially
known by being at enmity with the sun
and the moon, on whom it is continually
wreaking vengeance. Eclipses are caused
by Sgra-ffcan swallowing the sun or moon.
His different names are the following : —
sfli^wrgfl Bsod-nams Man; W^^Mm-pa
can; stf^'^'lv Mtho-ris snan-byed; «n5'
aj'q Bzahi rivi-wa ; *#f'3*« Mgo-zlum ; w^
L>im-iwg; U'^'SSI Zla-wahi dgra ; ifc'^liS'fl
Sen-go mohi bit; 3'^'^I»w Zla-ica hjoms;
\ ww^lj Rc-tcar hphar-hgro ; •*!'* Qa-sa;
^•QlN-^'|«i Sprin-las rnam-rgi/al; g'Vl*1
Bra-ne skyes; (W^'fli^'^'jui K/iams-gsum
rnam-rgijal (Mtion.).

g-fl|5^n^ Sgi-a-g.can-hdsin TTS5T the only
son of Gautama Buddha who, accord-
ing to the southern Buddhists, was born
on the day Siddhartha left the world.
According to the northern Buddhists he
was conceived in the womb of his mother
Yasodhara long before the renunciation
took place, and saw light six years after,
on the day when Buddha finished his six
years asceticism, on the bank of the river
Nairanjana ; he was so named being born
on the day when there was an eclipse.

ni$q Sgra-pcan hdsin bfcf-
(Schr.; Ta. 2-2&9) [friend
of EahulaJ/S.

u$ hjoms

N the god who subdued Eahu, the
demon, by cutting him into two.

|j'<S §gra-che far-famed, renowned; 3'
«^ sgra-chen H^K=) great; sound; S'^'Q
sgra chen-po W?KT5f high loud sound;
jj'lvgjij^'q sgra-cher grags-pa well-known,
famous; g'^'i sgra nan-pa to hear; to
hear sound; f9Wi sgra nams-pa ^qsi^
sinking voice; low sound; fj'?|^ sgra-snan
3^T3PJ3, 'ft a well-sounding, agreeable
voice; a guitar; iHH sgra-brnan (^'*
Irag-chd) sfn^eT, s?Rrst^ an echo.

fT?"! $gra-tog sound made by the tongue
striking on the roof of the mouth : p'5'
fr»fl(i;'*ft-X!5B^^-X'9rilfff^'«r«l when I
happened not to see him he by striking the
roof of the mouth with his tongue signi-
fied the relish of meat, &c. (Bbrom. 118).

3' W sgra dag-pa pure ; clear-voiced.

tj'^ sgra-don TH^m meaning of a word.

S'VT2' sgi'a drag-po pTmcf sound made
by a sudden blow.

3'SI^ sgm-ldan 1. noisy. 2. (9'Xi| by«-
rog) Tt^T, vt^ met. a crow.

fj '§;*, sgra-ldar sounding ; sonorous.

* g'H sgra-wa wm (Schr.) [speech](S.

I'^S^'y sgra-hbyin-pa tjaiT^ir ^fir; ^\
^•q $kad hdon-pa to resound, groan, cry
loudly.

a'S6-'* sgra-byun lo fl^T [resounded] S.

3'§^ sgra-byed sound-maker; SJ'S'S'^
Sgra lyed-do *!«aers?t makes sound.

!'*&=•" sgra-dbyans fsr^N pleasing
tone; harmony; euphony (A A. 111-8).

*3'SS^"'Sa'iei Sgra-dbyans rgyal-po
(Schr.; (46 S.).

g-t^w^-SS ^rd dbyafis lha-mo the
Goddess Svarasvati.

332

Sjn. 5f*i^gc.«f«^-»i Lha-mo dbi/anf-can-
ma; SS^*'*^'*4 Dbyafi$-cr/n-ma ; dwjgwS
Tshnns-srfis-mo; «* §=•'$• * Mts/to-byun Iha-
mo; dwqS'^wtf T^/iaA-icahi sras-mo; *T
VR-^'S fiay-dwah l/ia-mo (Mnon.).

U'gVw j</ra fbyor-ma & coalition or
connection of letters.

S'*>fft Sgra-nu-tnan $* of disagreeable
voice. According to the fabulous geo-
graphy of the Buddhists the northern
continent which is said to be square in
shape, and where a language is spoken
not intelligible to the people of India.

S^sgra-med^^^ soundless; voiceless.

fl *"\'fj^ $gra-med sprin a cloud without
thunder.

8' to sgra-tsam ^r^f only a voice.

S'*^ sgra-tshad (||'V*\w igra-daA
ts/iad-ma) grammar and logic.

S'^i $gm-hdsi>i=*i'l rnawa V*%$TS tbat
catches the sound ; the ear.

metaphor

the origin or root of a word.

S^'f^ sgrahi-rgyan ^q^
in rhetoric.

S^ 'f '" sgrahi $nc-ma tender tones and
half tones, &c. ; also the name of a book

i-a hod-zcr psum the three
raj-s of sound which are incident on the
soul in the Bardo: f$»r«^Mr» sgra-yis
dfiafi$-so; ^'^'a^^'^ hod-kyfs hpgs-so; U'
awgl'^f ser-gyis sgrag-go.

S'5)'^ sgra-yi sde srafl^r (Schr. ; Kalac.
T. 12Jf) [soldiers of the adversary]&

*S'5^'ql^*' sgra-yi-gna$ = ii'i rna-ica
the ear.

" sgra-rig-pi

the science of words; grammar
[one versed in lexicography] 8.

mkha$-pa mfs^qj one
versed in the science of words; a gram-
marian.

I'te'tofcft'g'-fll Sgra-scfi rig-pnhi blo-
^ross^w^l^S^ Ejnm-dpal dbyant
fl^T^ a Boddhiaattva and God of Learn-

N»

ing of the northern Buddhists.

g'lpw sgra-gsal wlz articulate; intel-
ligible.

fj1^ igrags 1. together with ; jointly.
2. n. of a place in Tibet.

iqr)'^'^ Sgrag$-kyi dar-phug n. of a
sanctuary situated in a rock-cavern of
Tibet (Deb. "I U).

gqi^-uiffe; Sgrags-kyi Yan-rdnon dis-
trict in Lho-lrag in S. Tibet.

fjC'CJ sgraH-wa (gang-tea) pf. «ig=-«
bsgrafis, fut. «gc.' Ingraft, imp. Je.' ?<7>-o>5 1.
to enumerate; to reckon up separately.
2. to upbraid; to reproach.

fpj'*3 sgral-tca (dal-wa) 1. to cut into
small pieces, viz., the picture of on enemy
whom one wishes to destroy (<7a.). 2.
ftAfrtmft'q chu-sogs las sgral-tca to pass
over or travel upon a river or sea.

bycd

i Hi

sgrtt§ mron-par go-war
?! by voice or sound

he causes to be understood.

I"! sgn'g (dig) or 3J«rfj<>r« gral ^grig-pa
well arranged; good arrangement; v. |«i

Q Wig-pa, pf. l|«)« bsgrigs, fut.
s.9>>«flr) imp. fj"? ?^rt> or I"!*' sgrigs jfi'

gral-du fgrig-pa, to arrange in order
or row ; to lay or put in Older ; to arrange,
adjust ; to put or fit together ; to join (the
separate parts) ; tl*rw§S'c| sgrigs-par
byed-pa *r*j»fTfa to compile (books) ; to
stitch close (books, &c.) ; «Hi^fei<*lfa covers.

333

I"! ^ sgrig-lad defect in fixing gems
on ornaments : «'£'Y§1|<iraiV'virvVric'''^'ir
5*' even though there was some defect in
fixing a sapphire (Rtsii. and Tig. 17).

f|4]'Qisi sgrig-lam arrangement according
to usage; custom: l^'W^'^c.'*) sgrig-lam
»hig son-ifa there was a custom.

!"!*< Si/rigs, imp. of |"I'i s^riy-pa.

Cs. ,~-
f$'Cl sgrin-po (din-po) ^ skilful,

clever, prudent, expert.

Syn. «p*i « mklws-pa; g*,'5 spyan-po
(Mnon.).

c\

fj3 sgrib (dib), "yi'fWifKi fii-sla

tgra-can-gyi sgrib-pa, to eclipse ; to cover
over, v. jjl'fl i : syrib-pa.

fjq-sfl] sgrib-chag, ^rj<V3'i"*r««r*v«siq-

^

?K,-*q)-q dus-rgyun-gyi rtsi-las mar-hgrib cifl
chag-pa reduction ; anything below the
average calculation ; also discount.

$*tyr$*d'*Sffri&~9&itJtyi dbyc-tca dis-
tinction between the two defilements.

\\igrib-pi 1. sbst.

tRTTii, jfftgrT sin ; mental and
moral defilement ; the state of being
obscured, darkened ; obscuration. 2. 'fz^f,
[a roof, cover] S. w^«rr^'a'e.5-|jflpr§'fjq'ti
ma-rig pahi sgo-nahi sbugs-kyi sgrib-pa
hidden inside the egg of ignorance.

II : 1. vb. pf . ifi^ bsgribs, fut. «)|ti
bsgrib, imp. fj1' sgrib (^ s) to obscure ; to
cover; to darken, defile: ^•»5''(^-l«;-u|q-^
ni-mahi hod-scr bsgrib-nas the light of the
sun being obscured : |^'tiN^'»(|q'£j sprin-
pag ni-ma sgrib-pa the sun is covered by
the clouds. 2. «S=,»T5j-qfjq*J yoiis-su bsgribs

utterly obscured or covered.

III: adj. dark; sbst. darkness;

sgrib-pa lf,a the five kinds of
moral obscurations are the following : — (1)
ai^-|-|q-£| ln$-kyi sgrib-pa, or ^'§'S'§'1I''JI
hdod-srid-kyi sgrib-pa defilements or sins
of passiou ate desires ; (2) iftvt>*w'§'flt»'{i
gnod-sems-kyi sgrib-pa sins of an evil heart,
i.e., of the wish to do evil to others ; (3)
&''|*r3j'Yl)'fjq rmugs-rgod-kyi sgrib sins of
laziness and indolence ; (4) IIf^vS'Sq'c' ffnid-
kyi sgrib-pa sins of sleep; (5) «!'^«'3'jjati
the-tshom gyi sgrib-pa sins of doubt.

|q-q-"|^5q sgrib-pa gnis or l^'if^^ sgrib-puis
the two kinds of moral and mental obsou-
ations are: — (1) 'SfrSMrcjivfjq'q "^urrfa
defilement of misery that caused by
habits, etc.; •^'N-gS t^ iN*fa the sin
produced from the objects of cognition ;
ace. to the Mahayana doctrine these
two sins vanish as soon as one has attained
to the eight stage of Bodhisattva perfec-
tion ; ace. to the Hinayana these remain
even when one has become an Arhat.
Ace. to the Bon religion, sins which bring
sufferings encompass the living beings of
the three worlds, sins that appertain to
knowledge only affect such saints, "Ri=.'
Qyun-druft sems-pa and ^i)'^^-
Eig-hdsin sems-pa, as belong to the
tenth stage only.

jjq-q-3j*r§«i Sgrib-pa sgrib-pa rnam-sil
n. of a Bodhisattva.

|n'%" Sgrib-fin (dib-fing) invisible by
the power of charms or by certain articles
of influence on men and devils : p'55-|f-S)»r
3|q-^f|^ khwa-tahi sgro-yis §grib~fifi byed.
made invisible by the feathers of a mag-
pie.

snner.

I sgrim-pa (dim-pa), pf. «Jfj*W bsgrimf
(dim), fut. *$* bsgrim, imp. $« («) sgrim (s).

334

1. to hold fast; to force or twist together;
to endeavour; ((7.4.) to squeeze in, crowd
in; (Sch.) to be confused: g^V^T"'!*'''
bio-dan rig -pa sgrim-pa to be careful both
in mind and intelligence, that is, not to
forget any important point or say a
foolish word in conducting a case ; to bring
all the intelligence into play; gS'i'^wi
skud-pa sgrim-pa to twist the threads
together that they may become a compact
plait.

^'P sgril-kha a piece rolled together :

yod-pahi sgril a roll containing twenty-

one pieces.
c\
fj^I'EJ sgi-il-wa, pf.and fut. s|«t b§gril

(of. ^spri hsgnl-wa and *j|>i'«i hkliril-ira).
to make a roll of; to roll, wrap up; to
wind into a spool ; T^T^'JJwIWR ^tag-
pa dan yog-bu tgril-mkhan he who rolls up
ropes or paper ; ^r^v jjorq ril-bur sgril-tca
to roll or form into a pill ; ip'jj vi'fjTi
gun l/io^-pa sgril-wa to roll up tightly
what has got slack.

^•jjjsw egris-skhrims rules or regu-
lations of admission ; $*>'*>§«|'«i sgris bciig-
pa to admit ; to introduce.

f rug-pa (dug-pa) = *3,'i bt/ni-tca,
xr>
pf . njoi^'y bsgrug§-pa, fut. «i|«| bsgrug, imp.

U"! sgrug or gl" fyntgs to collect, gather,
pluck, pick up, e.g., wood, nuts, vermin,
#o.: 3*'!"! fifi-sgrug=§*-'a-$'* fin hthu-
wa; ^*'Vf|W°SF^FS* f*» "9 Sgruys-
dan ffwfi-na§ having requested that some
wood should be collected.

fp* I: Sgrun (dung) n. of a Tibetan

NO

king of the Ben period.

fp' II: 01 J^*' sgruns, described as
9*on-gyi lo-rgyus

bden-rdsun sna-tshog$, various anecdotes,
true and false, of former times ; fj=.'»»M
syntn-mkhaii one who narrates fables or
stories (Cs.) : ^'^ sgriifi-rgyutf the stories
or fables that have come down to us ; §=-'

>a

^*^-tj §gniii hchad-pa to relate fables, stories,
&c. ; l^'^l^*1 sgnifi-ptai/i legends ; tales of
ancient time.

sgnin-lclchi g.nam-bon the
heavenly or celestial Bon-po teachers who
flourished before the time of King Di-yum
btsan-po and his successors in the mytho-
logical period.

'i S(jrtift-pa a relater of legends.

=^ '^NW sgnm b^nd-
mJ;/taii 1 . one who relates fables or stories.
2. vb. pf. ^S1^ bsynins, fut. 3%^' bsgntn, to
mix ; to invent ; to feign (Cs.) ; 3 *.' w*i stjrun-
babs the inspired story-tellers of Tibet,
whose profession it is to narrate fables for
a living; he puts a rquare cap on his
head and goes on telling stories without
pause.

^ tgrun-pa (dun-pa), pf. and fut.
1. to resound; to reply
in the same tone; to rival. 2. to compare;
to emulate, vie, contend with (Cs.) .
Syn. ^SR'i hy>'(tn-pa (Mnon.).
fj^'^l synib-pa, vb. pf. "3^ bsyrubs,

N3

fut. if!1' bsgrub, imp. |1 sgrub (cf.
<*gjq'£i hgrub-pn) f^m, ^IT, *rr«K to com-
plete, fuiish, perform, carry out, accom-
plish ; to achieve, manufacture, attain to ;
^'l*''" don $grub-pa to attain to one's aim ;
to obtain a blessing, a boon ; X'^5'^'|jq'£j
tshe-hdihi don sgnib-prt to care for the
wants of this life ; to accomplish the ends
of this life ; JI^'I'S^'" rgijays-phye sgrub-
pa to procure flour as provision for a jour-
ney ; ^v|^'i nor sgrub-pa to gain riches ;

bsgmn

335

also to furnish "with, to supply; Sf'Sii
lha $grub-pa to propitiate a god. Ace.
to Jd. ^'IJ^'11 lha $grub-pa implies, in accor-
dance with Bramanio-Buddhist theology,
not so much the making of a deity propi-
tious to man, as rendering a god subject to
human power, forcing him to perform the
will of man. Whilst the conatus, the
labouring in this arduous undertaking is
often called SP'q syrub-pa, the arriving at
the wished-for end is designated *ji'i
hyrub-pa.

^q-«^i<vq sgrub dkah-ica ^-.HT«J very

N>

difficult to propitiate, to perform, to exe-
cute.

gq-pc.- sgrub-khcm the house or place
where one sits to meditate or propitate a
deity, or where the rites and ceremonies
are observed for the same.

jjq'*f^ wub-mkhan «iy* one who
propitiates ; a propitiator.

Sq'S sgrub-gja = ^'^ sgntb-yon remu-
neration for propitiating (Mnon.).

gq-WJl sgrub-hchag building or making
and dismantling or destroying ; the term
is defined in qw*|T§'^|*'V^«rwWM
(fnar-ic(i sgrub-rgyu dan rnin-pa nas mar-
he hag rgyu constructing a new one and
breaking down the old one.

gi'^ijsi sgrub-rtags token ; proofs of the
attainment of perfection in accomplished
saints.

|q'«w sgrub-thabs Hiq«i, WR the
method of effecting the propitiation of a
deity, of obliging a god to make his
appearance. There are two kinds of 8
sgrub-thabs : ^•qS'fjq-siq^c.-jif q'
shi-trahi sgrub-thabs dafi khro-wahi
thabs gjnis the propitiation or co-ercion
of gods in their mild aspect, and of those
of wrathful aspect.

rg'»# sgrub-thabs rgya-rntsho
(Schr. ; Ta. 2, 330) the ocean

of coercion.

tgnib-dan sun-hbyin pro-
pitiating and discomfitting.

S£''5*' igriib-nut «TV^5I the power to
perform or propitiate.

gq-q-^^-ng'S Sgrub-pa dkah-brgyad the
eight gods who according to the 1=-'* Enifl-
ma sect of Tibet are difficult to propitiate.
They are the following: — ^n'^wg Ejam-
dpal slm, tiV«'«I«J=. Pad-ma ffsun, vi^^*\-§i\n
Yan-dag thugs, t^'t''ai^'W Bdud-rtsi yon-
tan, ^t*^VKtS^^Vffi^^ Phur-pa
hphrin-las hjig-rten hdasrpahi $de-lna, »'^'
5\«l?E.- Ma-mo rbod-gtofi, fjfa\e*'Wt''\*
Qmod-pa drag-snags, ^Sij'^'wX^1^ Bjig-
rtcn mchod-bstoti (Grub, f 11}.

^q'ti^'g^'i tgrub-par byed~pa to cause
ecstasy in meditation.

ljn-cj-*^ii| §grub-po mchog ^iTif highest
stage of consummation.

|P'S sgrub-bya f«fi[^iT, qr<q anything
to be propitiated ; a god. There are two
kinds of deities, male and female, who
having in view the good of all living beings
do many kind services when invoked ; they
are manifested in aspects, calm and peace-
ful, or terrific and wrathful. For instance,
the Goddess Dolma when she is propitiated
is a mild deity and is called ^'55 1^' 9 lha-mo
igrub-bya, i.e., the goddess to be propitia-
ted ; the man who propitiates being called
jq-q-q ggrub'-pa-po, and the manner of ex-
horting her is called ««'Ca' sgom-tshul; the
propitiatory rites are called S q'*q*i sgrub-
thabs. Sl*'£lV|Ivq sgrub-par byed-pa in-
cludes the persons who observe tho rites,
who meditates on her and officiates at the
service. When the goddess has been pro-
pitiated, i.e., iyw bsgrubs, she appears

336

before the devotee and grants him his
prayers or wishes.

|q'§S sgrub-byed ^*»f, tfwrqrTT, fffiarPJK
1. he that accomplishes the propitiation
or coercion. 2. a kind of bile.

Jq M sgrub-ran or Sq'R^ ^grub-nan ^ft^
cannot easily be propitiated or accom-
plished.

J«!'* tgrub-le ^qta(^-|q o» dicttfi-le ilafi
sgrub-le.

^'^^ Sgrub-gpn a deity of the Bon
to be propitiated ; the Bon doctrine (Ja.).

Uq'S|'q sgrub sla-wa %«TWI easy to per-
form, or easy of accomplishment.
^
|)'^ sgre-wa (dc-ica) 1. uncovered : *«'

H«pOPT|'*'**W^$V cho$-kiji plegs-bam
tgre-wa la Baling mi-ruA a sacred volume
should not be kept uncovered. 2. adj.
gen. + U'S sgre-bo bare; naked; ]jj'*
tgre-mo, wfi'2* s« j^rc-6o=«'^»)/|'w< *a-
/tAogf mi-snomg-pa or w*$vg, «a ym-r-bu
bare uneven ground. 3. vb. pf. and fut.
qj) $?£"•« to repeat; to put or place in
order ; to put together ; to collate.

^

fPJ'8! sgreg-pa (deg-pa) vb. pf. |l»i

tgrcgs, sbst. ijnc, fsriTT to belch; also
ebst. eructation.

Syn. "13V1 W»d-pa or ^^'"'S^'^
gsu$-pa gyen-bzlog eructation that rises
upwards.

•> "s

I^C'ljC sgren-sgrcn firm and well-fixed :

|lTf'llt'lt'1^'iK'*r^r^ Itag-rtsa
sgren red mcd-pa hdi$-len.

or erect the house-flags and the sacred
standard. 2. to stretch out.

gycn-du slan-wa

bsyrcns, fut. q|c.' bsgren, imp. fjc «^-fl« or g=.«

eyrens, cf . ^e.-«i hgrcn-pn 1. to lift, heist or

rise up:

«

fj3j**i sg>'f>t->»o (den-mo) STTJ;

gos-med gcer-bu naked; without cover;
destitute; bleak.

fgren-mo gston (dcn-nw sum)
the three denmo according to a Tibetan
sa^ying are the following: — (1) JI^'Sj's
*>VIH'*' § kl/tii-ni cliu-mcd egren-iiio stc a
valley is bleak when it is without water ;
(2) qTijSVwffravifl-S yul-hMor mgron-
med sgren-mo a country without a protect-
ing deity is destitute; (3) spr^-Sk Zj-qj-

yod-kyan, khyo-med bud-med $gren-moho
that woman who is without husbnnd
though she may have got ten brothers is
dcnmo, i.e., destitute.

sgres-pa (dch-pa) n. of a numeral
figure used in Buddhist astrology: |TI

igs--^- (Ya-8d.57).

•**

^ tgro 1. a large feather, esp. quill-fea-
ther, used for an ornament of arrows, as a
charm, etc. : jf Sj^ sgro-ldan feathered race ;
ageneral name for birds as being possessed
of feathers ; also an arrow. 2. J'l fgro-tra
to elevate, exalt, increase (Cs.); to exagger-
ate (Ja.). 3. sack; bag; wj tknl-sgro a
sac-k full of ashes (Ja..), v. J'l sgro-ica.

sgi'O-rkan (do-katig) a ejiecies of
tall fir ; the feather-fir.

^s*

tj ^^ sgfo-skur (do-kiir) is an abbrevia-
tion of the expression; jp^ij^'T^f
g^'«i'^q«'«i $gro hdogs-pa dan slmr-pa hdeb?-
pa decorating with feathers and casting
abuse, i.e., exaggeration and depreciation:
na-ni sgro-skur med-

337

pahidge-slonyinlama. monk (Bhiksu) who
neither natters nor speaks ill of ethers.

sgro-khyim (do-khim) |"'|
•^ (Jig. 32).

(do-ga) 1. the little bubbles
in sparkling beverages. 2. the ropes used
to pack cloth ; cord, fetter ; f 1»r ijj /cff^fs-
J5f/-o iron fetters; fi|*rfj'an|-£i •%<* -^ kags-
$gro l:ig-pa sbrel-nas the hands chained
together ; ^«'|f Iham-sgro shoe-strap ; lace ;
latchet.

J'3 sgro-gu (do-yu) string; strap for
binding, fastening, strapping : fj'g'f^ 1 sgro-
gu rten-pa the steel point or Kade of an
arrow to which a feather is attached.

I'^"!^'" sgro ^tags-pa ^nrrT vb. to
make a false show ; to protend much ; sbst.
vanity ; presumption : ^ •civf<!]*rw|-q5<i|*r
iS-qVOV*^ (Latu-ti. 42) imaginary
thoughts are possessed of the nature of
vain and unreal assertion. '

jf^il*! sgro-hdogs (do-ddg) doubts ; g'
sgro-hdogs gpod free from doubts :
*!'^-^- J'R^«q»i-fl|^'q-5}a\ by
the (upadefii) precepts of the holy Lama
his doubts were dissolved (A. 77).

j'<0^«i|»r*rX^ sgro-hdogs ma-ehod his
doubts were not cleared (A. 27).

if 3"! sgro-phug n. of a place in Tibet.

tjSTi n. of a celebrated Nying-ma
Lama who lived in Dophug : J'lKl'Sj'l1*'
f^TS ^^'£)'Q"I1*''* the temple of Do-ton

was built atDo-phug (Dub. 1 6).
^~
fj'P I : sgi'o-wa (do-tca) a leather or

hide bag for keeping barley-flour, peas,
etc. Those that are carried on horseback
are called ?'ff rta-sgro ; small leather bags
are called •W|'9i lig-sgro hand-bag; "J^'lj
g.san-sgro or the mystic bag is a term for
the scrotum.

Syn. \% sgye.-mo; \\ sgyehu;
tshugs-snod; ^1 phad-tshe (Mnon.).

•v^-

fj £J II: sbst. 1. ace. to Vai-sn. and
Seh. the bark of a species of willow. 2.
in C. Tib. the penis.

III: v\>. pf. flfjij bsgros, fut. if'
-0, imp. |f s^-o, to debate, discuss,
chatter freely.

jg-*^Mq sgro-mdotls (dom-dofiy) a pea-
cock's plumes or feathers (Hbrom. f -ZJ) ;
a Chinese decoration used to adorn the
hat worn by the chiefs and noblemen of
Tibet, China, &c.

•x/*

ffll sgrog (day) strap, as in ^if"! llnnii-

sgrog (Iham-doy) ; shoe-strap ; f "]*)'ff"l Icags-
syrog iron fetters or chain; HJWF^^rj^
brgyans-fin-la sgrog.

ffqrflM sgrog-ydan (dog-dan) the trian-
gular patch generally made up of satin
on the "^'"IVi pan-ydan, i.e., the bibu which
covers the front of a woman's petticoat.

sgrog-ydub (dog-dub) a bangle
made of cord or straps also of jade.

IP}'2! ?grog-pa (dog-pa) finr
f'l-l^, pf- "SI"*1' b&gnigs, fut. Hffi\ bsgnig,
imp. |"I sgrag or gi*i scjrags to call, shout
forth ; to publish, proclaim, declare ; IjT'J 5
Sgrog-pa po a declaimer, preacher; "1^=.'
UTI §!*«« sgi'og-pa to read the bacred words.
Used in Mil., also, of birds sending forth
their cries. J^prwrJJWq sgrogs-pahni
XN'Jfl|»i-<i c/tos sgrogs-pu or

mdaad-pa to preach ; ^T j^i'i dril sgregs-
pn to publish by ringing a bell.

ffuj'^ai sgrog-ril (doy-ril) button, round
button ; |"1'^^'|''I'£) sgrog-ril sgrog-pn to
button up (Sch.).

44

338

(doy-riii-pa) V

[a shelter for swans] S.

ffl^'S^ sgrogs-ldiin waftfMt a river.

) sgrog$-s/ni»i (dog-s/iu»i) scream.

tiS'^ sgi'od-pa (dot-pa) another form
of i^V hgrod-pa as in j'^'iV*1 phyi-la
syrod-pa to go outside ; not much used.

sgron-bgkal (don-leal) the en-
lightened age, opp. to W^«i mun-bskal or
the dark age.

Jv*« fgron-clias the articles such as
butter, oil, &o., for lighting lamps in a
chapel during the eight holy days in a
month.

fV$ tgron-te=y*'i> phul-te having offer-
ed : V*K*)*ql'''!5Fa«^*<'*'V^<iriK^ having
offered to the Triratna (the three precious
ones) a wick (Btsii. 32).

sgron-dcb the list of people ahle
to give lamps in a town or on a large
estate.

^^i)« sgron-dregs lamp-black.

|^'i ggron-pa, vb., pf. and fut. tffa
bsgronl.to cover; to lay over, adorn,
decorate ; to light ; to kindle. 2. n. of a
kind of arrow which shoots like a meteor.

*^*

lj^'51 I: sgron-ma (don-ma) light, lamp,

lantern, torch. The word |fr sgron is used
to various persons as a title of honour ; *|*fc'
f^'lfl ffser-snan sgron is intended for
royalty ; ^«i'*K'|^ ahal-yner sgron the golden
enlightener, term of address to great
lamas ; ^' W^ na-bzah sgron is applied to
the dress of royalty; i^srq^ psol-wa sgron
to the food served to a prince ;
yso«'-;a sgron to his tea.

•f fjV II
291). [light]S.

S^'*1'^*! Sgron-ma drug the six lamps
used to signify the six religious discourses
of Panchen Naropa generally called ^'^'
**'%1 Na-ro chos-dfiig.

i^'** syi'on-ine ^ta, SJ^TI, g^«T a burning
lamp ; prop, a lamp as religious offering :

though a lamp be in his hand, the blind
will not see the way (Ce. don. 16). ^'^'
jfr'd rin-chen tgron-me ^ws^hr the precious
light ; name of a book.

Syn. «<^'S5'j|B.'§^ mtslian-mohi
bycd; |»i'«l^flB snum-la hgah; Qi'
l;l<>ii»i-gyi nor-lu ; JJ"'* gnum-sa ;
«'«^ hbar-wahi ral-pa can ; Ij^'iwi $nan-g.?al;
w»> Mttr-nie (Slnon.).

^•»)-%- fgron-me-fifi, v. g^'%' ggron-fin.

&'*ft'F Sgron pshi-kha n. of a large
estate in the district of Lhun-tse in Tibet.

'-^' sgron- fin or jfr'»>'2|s.' sgron me- fin
the yew-leaf fir, Pinus picea ; in Sikkim
Pinus longifolia is so called. jfa'^'^'S^-^-
*t^'5]E,-q-^a( sgron-fin removes mucous, wind,
and cold in the stomach.

^^

5^ sgrob (dob) haughtiness, arrogance,

pride.

|q-X-q ggrol che-ica=^^'^ nams che-wn,
one with great airs; bumptious, preten-
tious person: fr^ftr^^'Jj'i'Wrv^1
5}c.-5)'^-^qi-ci-qj*j (D $el. 7) Some Jong-
pons are as over-bearing, as if the whole
country belonged to their circuit.

Sq'^ syrol-chen and sometimes |*'3^
?r]rom-chcn are provincial words used to
signify pretentiousness or Felf -assumption ;
J'S'ti sgro che-wa=^¥'^'t> brdsu byas-pa
pompous : S'Jq-lf ^c.-g«-laj-?ii|«'qg-gN1o5-^-
IK'SPV5^ ($ag. 18) mi dob-chen^and dom-

339

chen etc. signify pretentiousness in pro-
vincial language.

•N^-

|j£l sgrom (do»i) fq«*^, ifz^f a trunk or
portmanteau ; a box the inside of which is
made of wood or wicker work and the out-
side lined with leather; a large leather
box. [fresR may be regarded as the Pali
form of Sanskrit tfta^i, a seat, an altar] 8.
i^S'I*1 mcho-sgrom a chest to keep articles
of religious service ; w|*i thab-sgrom a
box to keep utensils, plates, &c., for
cooking, generally covered with tanned
tiger skin.

Syn. S|« sgam.

!F9 sgrom-bu a small box; HTff**
imywg-igrom=tfpr* g.sheb-ma a chest made
of wicker work.

fTV|*> Sgrol-dkar and fj«r|=.' sgrol-ljan
1. are known as the White and Green
manifestations of the Goddess Dolma or
Tara, the two wives of King Sron-Btsan
Sgam-po, being deified and worshipped as
their incarnations. 2. names of females
of frequent occurrence in Tibet.

$r^TOf fp« Sgrol-dkar kun blo-ma, J«c
*r>j*j-|ora Sgrol-ma kun-rgyal-ma, $»r»r§ar
qac/n Sgrol-ma rgyal-bzan-ma are other
different manifestations of the Goddess

Dolma.
^*-

aj^'CI sgrol-wa, pf. and fut. flfpi bsgral

1. to save, rescue, deliver; to set free;
to liberate; $'I^.'J|Tq£'5rt^£<»i»rq^c.''*j'6X-q-
wjarq to save from the water, from
misery, fear, and from transmigratory
existence: f»'|fr^VS?T5*H sgrol-wahi
dad-dpon du hgyur he becomes a guide to
salvation. 2. to transport, carry ; to cross
(a river) by boat or ferry: ifSVq'qfprq^'
fl|lc.*r§^ hkhor-wa bsgral-wahi gru-yzins yin
it is a boat that will carry you over the river
of transmigration. 3. to remove, expel,

drive away: ^•^»»?j-|5-g1
rnams phyihi rgya-mtsho chen-po Li bsgral,
the demons were banished to the uttermost
parts of the sea; s^'jar^ bdud sgrol-
wa to expel the devil.

Jsrq-q sgrol-wa-po <nw. the deliverer,
met. for saviour.

sgrol-wahi dwun-phyug
(Schr. ; Butt. 1898, 295)
the Lord of final deliverance.

ifi'l^ sgrol-byed mK^i:, K^ a deliverer;
met. for a boat, ship.

|«r*) sgi-ol-ina (Dol-ma) HTTT, crrfr^t the
Goddess Dolma, she that saves from trans-
migratory existence; one of the most
popular deities in Tibet, and of whom
there are supposed to be many sprul-ku or
branch emanations. Some Sgrol-ma kyil-
hkhor exhibit twenty-one different mani-
festations of the goddess. The several
appellations of fpr*< Sgrol-ma are : — w'*i^
Om-mdsad; §"1^*1 Rgyal-yum;
Mchog-gi ma ; y$Q Myur-skyob;
^qc,-jj*r?i Ejig-rten; Dwan sras-mo; ^'w
5w|q Shi-ma phons-skob ; at"!^'^'*) Le gs-
byin ma ; X^'^'^wS Chos-kyi dpal-mo
(Mnon.).

|a|-»-Tj-^-ijQi'a) Sgrol-ma ku-ru kulle one of
the twenty-one manifestations of the God-
dess Dolma (K. g. =- 266).

|ar*rl §grol-ma che JTfTcTTTT Maha Tara
or the great Goddess Dolma.

* |jar*)"^^-*i^-|jf Sgrol-ma nin-shi
ndshan-khro (Schr. ; J/.5 A) " Dolma, mild
by day and wrathful by night."

*ljV*^*.'|^*» Sgrol-ma nor-$byin-ma
(Schr. ; J+6 B) Dolma, the wealth-giver.

^(H-«-^qoc5^ Sgrol-ma dpal-c/ten
JTTT'ft Dolma, the most glorious.

* jjarw^wS Sgrol-ma dmar-mo («'
sa-lugs) (Sehr. ; &6 A) the Eed Dolma.

340

|«r*r\«< Sgrol-iua s/ii-iua
Dolma in her mild aspect.

Sgrol-ma yid-bshin
nor-bu (Svhr.; 46 C) Dolma the wish
giving gem.

•jjVw^-a Sgrol-ma ser-mo (46 C.;
Schr.).

* fT wvgi 'WTflj jr Sgrol-mahi sgrub-
tha!>$ bri/a-rtsa dHmiy«U(ff* (Td 2, 156)

n. of a book consisting of one hundied
stanzas composed for propitiating the God-
dess Dolma.

if"!'-*!* Sgrol-ffr abbreviation of the
expressions JV*!'*1^'* (grol-ma hdon-rgyu-
aud %f*'*

sgros (dot) manner ; method ; way ;

bftid-sgrot manner of explaining ;

fftaiii-sgros way of speaking (Cs.) ;
g'w^wjj'ij^fjf*! bla-ma rnams-kyi g.mn-
?gro$ conference of the lamas; ^1*1'*^' I"*
tgi'ogs bfad-sgro! the method of instruction
which is to be proclaimed (Se/t.). w%'J*i
mclni-sijros is same as «$'*'iql*''S| mehu-
bsijfigs-pa, W4'8*'^'*j'^ mclni-sijros lint-la
Mm-, his gruceful lip was like the fruit
called Bimla. 1. edge, brim, lip (Cs.).
2. scar, also a mark from a wound (Sch.).

brgnd-pa=Vf\ti bynd-pa to
smile ; smile on.

brgnl, pf. of ^i'" r^al-ica «wpc^
brgnl-len, controversy, disputation.

QSjuc^T^'q bryal dkah-wa the ocean
(that which is difficult to cross) (Mnon.).

o^ct brgtil-pa ^gg^f [enjomed ; asked ;
censured] <S.

Qiii<*'Q brgol-wa to disagree ; to act in
opposition ; to be disposed to contrariety.

^^ brgya HH one hundred; «Jj'»iX^
brgya-mchod a hecatomb of 100 lamps ; one

hundred offerings ; tWj?c' brgyn-ston
V^^ one hundred thousand; «g'
brgya t ham-pa full one hundred ; ^
brgya-ttod = ^'I'flJ'^'iN'g'Rwg^-q^-
remuneration to one hundred monks for
conducting a religious service ; U|^'£'5 «S^'
9'^S'%a|'R9 *''IIN, &C-, remuneration in
silver, grain, etc., for conducting the
religious service of one hundred offerings ;
qj'<^E.w brgy:i-hdtm$ about a hundred;
nearly one hundred.

qS'q bryyu-pi srfk*, smTrg-. cen-
tenarian ; one of a hundred years of age.

Qjj'3 brgya-po consisting of one hun-
dred.

*'S'3ql fyryi/a-plirig Vff the hundred; a
century ; ^^'^^'^•'W^p/timi-Micgs
brgyn-phrag iiii-phiini mgon (A. 21).

ij'tw brgyti-bam anything kept in
groups of one hundred; flg'^'lH'i'jq'^*!'
iVH'i (Ztiin. 4).

QS 9^ Brgya-byin 1. n. of a medicinal
root; ^T^'S6'' dug-mo nun a mystic word
or n]tr5)qi (Min. 3). 2. v?mq one
who has performed one hundred yujna
(sacrifices) ; an epithet of Indra. Ace. to
Buddhist mythology there are two
Indras, the senior Indra rules over the
gods, the junior, riding on the great
elephant called Airavata, keeps guard over
the celestial regions, having in his imme-
diate chwrge the quarters of the East.

"S'S^'S*1 brgya-byin skye$ siura Indra's
son ; born of Indra.

"5'S^*' brgya-byin gron spBTI^ the
residence of Indra; the celestial metropolis.

Syn. ii'«3'^'^ hchi-ica med-ld'in; ^'^'|"I
Ita-na sdug; fl»i'i'y'qI3*1 sum-cu rtsa-ysum;
^E.-qsf^-q^'j'n-q khan-bsan rnutn-par rgynl-
wa • ^'W^'l^'^'ge,' rnam-pw rgi/al-byf.d
p/io-'raH (Qlnon.).

341

''S'S^'S'^ brgya-byin
grog-mkhar ant-hiil ; also ant's foot.

"5't^'fj'*' brgya-byin spros ; w^1* Myra-
balan arjuna the delight of Indra.

"J'i^'" Brgya-byin B»7=^5'S^^j'^
Brgya-byin btsim-nio »HjTm the celestial
queen ; the wife of Indra. Her different
names are : — ^S'A^qR'H Echi-med dwan-
HIO; SjS-q^'S Lhahi btsun-mo ; nl^'ql^*)
Lfgs-brjod ma ; ^qc.' J<^») Dican-ehen tna ;
cj-^-jj^ 35 Pu-lohisras-mo: ; «^'S«inr*t Bde-
sogs ma (Mnon.).

q5'i^"!3 brgya-byin yshu T*?^: 1. the
bow of Indra, i.e., rainbow. 2. a kind of
medicinal fruit.

qg'|^3j'§)' V^'5^ ***•' Brgya-byin Lhn-yi
bienn-pohi min the different names of
Indra : — sflf^T"^^ MtJio-ris hdrcn-pa ; *#
^w^n Mfho-ris rgyal; ^'")'5«i'3 Lhit-yirgyal-
po- aM^a.^^ Hjt'.r-hjigs; ^5'8'*| Lhahi-rna-
van ; ^^'I^'^'S Qtsan-byed mt/on-j/o ; ^i'«^
Rdo-rje-can ; ^'g^'^'S Sfobs-ldun dgra-wo ;
^•"J'^"! Lhn-yi bdig; ^i'*^'g«l'3 Echi-med
rgynl-po; ^<»l*)'|*i'i)? Lcgs-bris gtso; 3J1*)'
w'S'BS Grngs-pahi mu-khyud; ^Y|^-qg-ci
Mehod-sbyin brgya-pa ; q^'JSfl]»i-q^fl| Bde-sogs
Mug ; Sj'VK' Lha-dwM ; "I'q^'g'1] L-gs-skyob ;
qq*ra|!}*i-vic.- Sknbs-gsuin dwan ; ^jafi'W
7?j7 /»-/( nr/w ; ^N'q|^'^ Qis-brjod nan ; t\W
§-q=^i|-Hi GiMS-ki/i bdag-po ; §^'«i'^ Sprin-la
nhoii ; t&^*W*.m Bzod-dkus runs ;
^ Bs/icn-bsnems bzod; s^adn
Chur-hbels gron-hjoius ; 5"i'IS'^*M' Grol-byed
hjo/ns; g'^'"'^ P««-fo nm-dgrn; fljc.'q A^
Gim-po hbod; V^ '?'M Ha-rihi rta-chnn;
Smin-pn ysod; lij-sc^'w^-g ^//«'</-
f mgon-po ; %*\'^'*3 Mig-ston-can ; ^V
^'••1 XbA« fj'-A« (Mnon.).

"5'^ brgya-hdsin H<nffH that contains
or holds one hundred objects, etc.

brgya-las. hdam-pa £ ^
brgya-tham-pa las g.cig-hdum-
pa.

^SJ^J kJ^'j Brgyag-brnim n. of a wBo/»
god who is also called ^'q«=-N Lha-bnans.

ZJJZIj^J brgyags fl^^r victuals; provi-
sion, us in w^wrnj^m mts/ifis-brgyags, w
n-brgyngs provision for the journey.

brgyan-wa flfWT, pf. 1JC.N

^"^ '^

brgy/ins, fut. ^5=-' brgyafi, imp. |^*» rgtjons
or ^z.w%\i\rgyons-<;iy \. to extend, stretch
out, set out or arrange; If q'^'^'q qgt-'q
ko-wa dan thag-pa brgyan-wa to stretch hide
and rope ; jjX'^'1! mod rgyan-wa to set out
a vessel; »^'»l'qgc.'q mchod-me brgyan-wa
to put in array lamps as offerings. 2. to
call a person from a distance.

Symbolic Syn. ig'-^N bkra-qis; <$ lha;

3 hlu ;; ^ nor; tfcwz^ adefis-can; Ss'11
•^ ~ r

sr id-pa ; % Ito; "^ htjro (Rtsii.).

bkyon-pa f^nr? rebuke ; reproof ; reflection
on one's conduct or act.

''S'V1'^'1! brgyad-bkug or IV'sfVi0! skud-
pa. brgyad-sgril thread in eight-fold twists.
brgyad-bcu ^^tiTr eighty.
l' Brgyad-chnn n. of a kind of tea
which is of inferior quality, largely con-
sumed by Tibetans in general.

£'§'V?C|'C' Brgyad-ston-pa ^^^r?f^rarr
one of the abridged sacred scriptures of the
northern Buddhists containing 8,000
s'lokas.

fl§"V?^ Brgyad-ston tnnfNi the festival
on the eighth lunar day of the month.

"S'V" brgyad-pa ^J^T 1. the eighth.
2. <*vq-5^'£t tshar bead-pa he who finishes
or puts an end to ; the destroyer.

342

brgyctd-po consisting of eight;
the eight.

qS'V9ial brgyad-lhag lit. eight in excess
(of one hundred) ; frq; a rosary which
consists of one hundred and eight heads.

qS3|'£| brgyan-pa ((/yen) ^ra^, ^•sIl'T^i
»H!g»r, vb. to adorn, decorate ; to provide
with : ^-1^5^g*rti5^i rin-chcn rgy/m-gyis
brgyan-pa adorned with precious orna-
ments, cf . J^ rgya n ; sbst.

myog-

ches byed-pa q^t It !• to fall down
senseless ; to lie senseless ; to sink down
unconscious ; to faint. 2. to howl, of a fox
(Sch.) ; ^-qgm^ ho brgyal-te fainting with
fatigue ; ^jarS^'i brgyal log-pa laid pros-
trate nnd unconscious: tWT^'«fr*r*<!|H
th(tm$-cad brgyal bog-pa bshiii all as if pros-
trate and senseless (A. 76).

"S*1 brgyas = Wy* Ihtin-rgyas together
with.

brgyugt, pf. of |1'« WH,

w

used as sbst. a race ; also running a

race.

J brgyuns-pa the marrow in the

back-bone (Cs.).

q*^ brgyud, cf. |S rgyttdTTtm, iv,

turgbyud-pn descent from one to ano-
ther. 1. family, lineage, ancestors, off-
spring. 2. race, people, nation : ^vS'^'i^S
bod-kyi mi-brgyud the Tibetan nation,
people. ^1*''ci|*\ riys-brgyud relations ; "1^.'
***f\ ffdun-brgyud descendants; §J'q^ bla-
bryyud the succession or line of Lamas. 3.
Tantras and mystic manuals, v. ^ ; **»•
nj-qs^-q chos-kyi religious arguments and
deductions.

"5*VqSql*' b.rgyud-brgyiig§ a continuous
succession (Sch.).

brgi/ud-cfin possessed of descen-
dants ; fruitful.

qSS'q brgynd-pa 1. belonging to a race

^(

or family. 2. v. **\ rgyitd and 5^'^ rgynd
^ ^

pa.

q*^'i'^»4'q'g) brgynd-pa riiam-p-r /natheie
were fivo different schismatic successions
among the Buddhists in Aucient India;
they were the following: — (1) ^"I'i5-|«i
ftdul-wahi rgyud or r«M<in**( tlie generation
observing moral discipline ; (2) fli^fgi)*)1^
tS ffwn-fnagi-kyi rgyud or y^diM the
mystical succession ; (3) j'^'iVS^ tUU"~
chenfpyod-rgyitdor ^gwwsthe succession
of abundant performances; (4) w^'g'JS
zab-mo Ita-rgyud irirtKn'S [the profound
succession] <S. ; (5) ^'^'M'lS siiin-op don-
rgytid or the Occult race «TTHn? (Grub.

ai't) brgyud hplicl-wa to increase
the race or progeny ; to multiply ; to
increase the family.

tffiibrgi/ud-tna 1. one belonging to a
family ; a scion ; one well acquainted with
the secrets, well informed ; ace. to Cs.—
«W<V^ brgyud-can. 2. in W. fruitful ;
fertile. 3. WV^'Ji'l brgyud-ma rgyab-]iu
to perpetuate family lineage; WV"^
brgyud-hdsin ^«!^T heir ; successor.

flflS'""" brgyud-yas f^iR n. of a
numerical figure (Ya~si'L 56).

^&3^'^ brgy us-pa ^fticf to make a
string of ; to stitch together.

23ijz'j'tl bsgag-pa, v. ^i^'q hyeys-pa and
sgog-pa.

' bsgnnorSf-' sgfin=^-*ft dnos-gshi
point of time ; moment ; instant ; conjunc-
ture : 'frSWVlflT*1 lo-gsar bsyan-gi Ihags-
pa a chilling gale on the opening of the

343

new year; S'^'tifp the proper time for
doing a thing; 4h'$ g^F the time for
writing; *'«frqjp- the time of eating.
d^^I'CI bsgans-pa to form into ;
< gon-bu bsgans made a ball of ;
geig-tu bsgons collects into one.
bsgar, pf. of

T^I bsgngs-pa pf. of
to wait (for one's arrival or return).

"Sa|'q|S bsgal-bskyod tremulous; to
shake and tremble : ^^'-s^'^'^ij'^'qHac
QgY§^ the living beings move, stand
and tremble (Khrid. Iff].

P^'CJ bs.gul-.pa sr^wj to shake, trem-
ble, quake, quiver Gen.

I bsgo-wa «^repr 1. to direct,
instruct, v. 5T*1 sgo-wa. 2. to rub with ; to
apply on t^cq^Vq mum bsgos-pa ; to stain,
anoint ; to infect with disease ; «isjV«i bsgos-
pa pf. of ^y« to command, order; also
4^*'m«-q bkah bsgos-pa to give directions ;
issue commands ; also the coercive bidding
of the mystic exorcist towards an evil
spirit. JW]-*^-q|Vci bag-chags
defiled with moral impurity (Nag. 19).

Syn. TW&M'^Mas-blans byed; ^T«R?aj
dul-wa hdsin • Iflj'q^-q tshig brtan-pa ; oSf?
WV bsgo-wa nan-pa • V^'^'|* dwan-du gyur ;
^'Q bsnen-pa ; ^'i shi-wa ; ^'fl dul-wa ; ^-
^'" Her shi-wa (Mnon.).

q|fq-«raq|-j, bsgo-wa bcag-pa ^fr^rf%%^
to disobey ; to disregard directions.

qjfq'^ni'ij^'ci bsgo-wa rna-h gzon-pa=
q^q-D-^-q bsgo-wa mi-nan-pa not listening
to instructions or directions.

^T^npW^fN i : bsgo-wa rnam-pa gsum the
three religious instructions or directions : —
1. ^^rt*^T^ instructions issued by

the church. 2. ^-qsf-q those issued by a
section of the church. 3. ^•^'iRW'^'
S»i-qjf-q directions emanating from the
senior member of the holy order.

"fr'VW'W (n) : 1. 9<rV5?9<rq4|-4 the
order of the principal of a college or the
superior of a monastery. 2. wpwrcfa-qifq
the command of the Khanpo (abbot). 3.
f* dge-hdungyis bsgo-wa.

m: 1. ^•^•8«-qf«j the
vows of the holy order. 2.
vows of ordinary men. 3.
vows for individual emancipation in the
ordinary way (K. du. $).

"-£j bsgo-wa bshin nan-pa or|*c

to

f oUow, do as directed. [One who acts as
directed]&

OjfetfWWH bsgo-wa la mi-nan-pa ifttry
breach of religious discipline ; ^IT^T-

not to act according to instruction.
-

bsgom-pa «r^ contemplation ; =

bsgom-pa and goms-pa in their
appHcation to road have one and same
meaning.

*>!»'•§«' bsgom-skyes W^si, JTRTST pro-
duced from contemplation, also reflection •
*WI"1 bsgom-pa byun-wa w^T*^
sprung from contemplation ; q^-ccai^^-q
bsgom-pa la dgah^wa delighting in contem-
plation.

«ijw<i bsgoms-pa, pf. of jf«rq 8gom-pa.

bsgyins-ya = «&:n hgyin-wa
to yawn. 2.=^'«i sio-jca.
I: bsgyur-wa, another form
of |^-q sgyur-wa qrf^irm^, ^t^ro, to
change; r^«r«J|^«J kiw-dog bsgur-ba
changing colour; ^^n to change
clothes ; to change the cover (like a snake);

1.

344

to translate ; j'fl|MN'S«rqjvq rgya-gar naf
c/tos bsgyur-wa to translate books brought
from India; ^T11!* tshig-bsgyur to
translate words ; ^'"g* don-bjgyiir to alter
the meaning ; ^'i|^ t/tad-bsgyitr to change
the direction ; ** T^ hc/iol-bsgyur, %*'*£*
lu?-bsgyur to change one's body (mira-
culously) ; *te.'t>H )>iin-bsgyiir to change
one's name ; wXfl'qj* mdog-fogyitr to
change the complexion or colour ; a
tpuf-bgyttr to change the quality ;
bsnos-bsgyin; i.e., to change one's intention ;
E'^'iJ* p/iyi-min bfgyur to invert the
object ; Xw$flj»rqn chos-lngs bggynr con-
version; qV3!^ tkttd-bggyur to change
the language.

S ^ ^ : ^^^
Syn. *fi** b_snnn;
{pel-tea; *ffa'i> psil-wa (Mflon.).

^S^'^ b$gyu$-pa WXQ muscle.

multiply, increase.

^ffl^l'^^* Bsgrag-phrun (diuj-theny) n.
of a Jong in Tibet.

proclaimed;

(dag)

klog-tshttr-wti) qftffCK,
read or recited loudly.

«3fjij*T£) bsgmgs-pa sung ; diffused.

ClfjC't! bsgrafi-pa 1. to enumerate,
count up (£"«.). 2. to cause to grow cold.

qgVi bsgrdd-pii='^';\c> byrtid-pa to open
wide ; ^I'q^'i mig byrtid-pa to stare ; *f-'i'
i^'y rkfin-pa bgrad-pa to part the legs
wide ; to straddle.
fl|«i bsgralvv, <ft^ [crossed ; passable]^.

bsgral-tca

to pass; cross

over.

W^E.'? bsgrdl-wahi fin-rta a boat,
also=5i gi'u-fkya an oar of a boat
(Mon.).

fl^TS bsgral-bya ijT^t, ^ met. a boat.
qjjacuwi bjgral-yas ^f^-. a numerical
figure used in Buddhist astrology.

3f|*lpl bsgrigs (dig) jfcjrr, ?*,, vfax
put in order, arranged, arrayed ; q|«|*rci
bf grigs-pa qfo* formed into string.

-q bsgribs-pa (jib-pa), pf. of |q
i, »frtnfil?r, ^TT^ff, ^vT^I covered.
•») -j^-q bsgnbs-pahi litn-dn
mi-$ton-pa ft<4d^i*^r to abstain from
obscure predictions : «^|'»)-«$-ijc.-uic.'S^ -q-
acqt-wq^ : do not prophesy or predict
what is not known either to be good or
bad.

l bsgritns-pa (dim-pit]
fprag-pa) i^^'^'S*)'1) brtan-brtun
v. iw'i sy>'im-pat rig-pa bsgrims-pa perver-
ted skill ; also chaotic acquirements ; con-
fused information.

bsgrttn-pa, akin to *3fl hiji-ni

, to rival, vie with ; to reply to : ^i^'
**'^ brgrin mi-phod=a-1^^'\^'^'H'ct hymn-
zla byed mi-mis-pa cannot compete or be a
match for.

fi=n&l*'ti btmi</s-pa,
g'Q rgyal-mtshan Ua-bti W^f^tT, 'a'jn
up-lifted; hoisted.

fl|c.»i bsyrefit (deng), pf. of !=•' syren,
imp. i^'^I egretis-fifo *'&*•&• $***»(
bsyrens-byahi rgyal-mtshan, a flag that is to

be hoisted (Situ. 77).
^*.

^fjl bsyres (de) (qj ftsyre) old, aged;
|'q|« skit-bsgres, t&pf*'**^* de-byras
mu-yal bsgres (Ya-sel.). ^9'*"' *f«^* rfA«-
c7<o« fisyre? r«/w aged respectable lamas.

n|«j'i bsgres-pa trfr^ff changed.

q|«'«w bsgres-yas a numerical figure
used in Buddhist astrology.

K* fia I : is the fourth consonant of the
Tibetan alphabet. It corresponds to the
Sanskrit letter w and sounds like ng in
the English word "song." As a final the
pronunciation is therefore easy enough;
but in its frequent occurrence as an initial
letter the difficulty of sounding it properly
comes in. As an initial *.' must be pro-
nounced as a nasal g. To acquire the
sound, first say un-ga ; and then, dropping
the u, try to say the nga.

£' II : 1. it represents the numerical
figure 4. 2. stands for §'*!§ in the conse-
cutive numbers ^vfa 51 ; *'*ft« 52; cijgs
53 ;«^ 54; ^55; «^<! 56; *^ 57;
fc'ij^ 58 ; e-'Sg 59.

£' III : in mystical Buddhism is sym-
bolical of the dissolution of all Samskara
(combinations either phenomenal or mate-

rial). *'^»^'|y^'^'¥r**l^'^l

" the term *' is the sign of the synthesis of
all matters which phenomenally exist in a
compounded state " (K. my. "1 207). *•'%
*fcj-cr*>V<i5-|f, *rg«rtwr«^^wf^ (K. g. v
h2) " *•' is symbolical of the state where
there is no cohesion ; it explains that all
that are without adherence (attachment)
will be liberated."

K* IV:

singular I :

?gam-po;
my, mine:

pers. pron., first person,
'*fi old man that I am ;
"I ^h SroA-Usan
I the Lama. «.$ or ^'°)
my charming (wife),

i.e., dearest ; ^S^an fluffy it is mine ;
»)-c.§'jj*r.?|« soul Of me a man. c.5-n^
this my; w'i'q^ my venerable master.
Colloq. the common form for *' nga is
"i'V fia-ran "I."

^'ff'^ fia kho-na I myself ; I alone.

I myself.

Syn. p'2? kho-wo.

^•*"I na-cag, c* fia-tsho, t-'ipw na-rnams,
are the several plurals of *' signifying we.

R" na§ for ^'")« na-yis by me, v. *•' na.

=.•§1 na-rgyal ^Jif, <zv, flrsf, ^'S^K (lit.
"I, the chief"), i.e., pride, arrogance:
R'J«l'S'i*'«r*5T5«ct«<*I«pl I " on the height
of pride the water of merit does not
accumulate" ; K'5Qi'|'Vci to be proud. *'J«r
"I^l'i to break (another's) pride; to
humble ; **'f*«iSx-j«i=the pride of asser-
tion of self; lit. the pride of reflecting "I
am."

Syn. §"]N rgyags ; \"|" dregs • n^^'^^f
!*« hphyar-ffyen-snems; wBcq^'K'jai rnfion-
pahiAa-rgyal; ^'^da-ldan (Mfion.).

fjm1^ fia-rgyal-can ^•^•ti^,
flTTW^f ; proud, boastful ; rivalling.

Syn. K-'J"!'^' Ha-rgyal-ldan,
dreg$-ldan (Mfion.).

e.'5ac«i«'j[c.'c.'gm «nti(<i<ii<i supreme
pride.

^'^^ ffa-phod n. of a district in the
province of Kong-po (Lofi. <*, 16).

45

346

C'CJ <5a-w>fl=u''t'S ya fia-ica jlhu^i 1.
bad ; dangerous ; fearful. 2. rarely for
«T«i bad ; V*'1* a bad smell.

*'*>•> fia-med ^»m lit. without self ;
without vanity ; not thinking of one's
self or self-interest.

e.-»)^£«-Zj na-men chos-po (he who is
personified by worldliness), the name
by which Mara, the lord of worldliness
of the Buddhists, is known to the Bon
(B. Nam.).

na-nur a species of duck, v.
nw-pa, perh. Anas casarca.

K.'^ wff-fi', lit. I die ; cry of fear with
wonder ; evidently a Bengali expression of
wonder — " «rft or TT *ft I die, alas ! I die,"
which Atis'a introduced in Tibetan — wT

" Oh, I die from wonder ! yet there are
wonderful stories in India (to be told)."

na-mo for £'# the camel:
s.-fJrw'Jaii khiir-wa nttr fkyer drafts
f w na-mo mgyag the camel, grunting with
loads, travels quickly (Jig. 22).

f<U6c na-htsheft self-sufficient or self-
sufficiency; pride; egotism (A. 90).

r.-Slv*>S na-yir wed i|«nq want of self-
ishness: e.'^-l*Evq=qvir8|v*&i-q or *p-«|-
^I'S'*^'*1 the cognition of personality
which may be styled the self or 1V»|.

fia-ra 1. noise; sound. 2. cold
-f wa-<&ipi | I am D0t afraid
of the air of the glaciers (Mil.).

s.'V«^ i: fia-ra-can 1. loud, noisy,
roaring. 2. a crier, brawler, noisy fellow.
*'V*^ ii : rarified ; cold.
C VV." fia-ra than n. of a place in Tibet :

(Jig. 65) when the lid of the
copper- coffin was opened, there came out
from it the cry fia-ra-ra ; hence the name
of that place became known as fla-ra-than.

**'*'* far ra-ra expression of extreme
pain and suffering.

C ^ Na~ru n. of a place in Ancient
Tibet, which Hod, one of the four sons of
King Se-gbrcg-pit, had chosen for his
residence (Deb. *], 19).

C'^s wi-ro, ^T 1. a loud, deep voice;
a cry ; qvS'*'^' VW the pitch of the voice
loud and low. 2. = visarga, i.e., t. •ftw
3e/q-gSwH*-cX-^va«£E.»i ( at ibe end of
the five short vowels, there being the
visctrga dots (they should be regarded as
a) vowel (Ya-sel. 47). 3. ^•3|-«^-f«|'5|-
^-vqS! the roaring sound of the lion or
the tiger : w5|-«-^-^'q-^ |4^fq|-J-^«-
^•' I the tiger's growl issuing forth, the
monkey drops down from the top of the
a tree ; «|v3'V*'^-Zi«r«iffl|«r* they pro-
claimed, shouting at the top of their voice ;
voices foreboding mischief ;
<Vq to raise woeful cries.

fia-ro sgrog-pa 1. to roar; to
rage. 2. the circlet used on the top of a
letter to signify * turns into *, ?, ^ and »
before words beginning with any of these.

c'^S^q da-ro byin-pa ^TflTR, ^Tfl^T,
IK^ST crying ; bewailing ; to cry or bewail
loudly on account of pain or grief.

^'"'l jfta-la nu also *'«l»r$ $a-las nu
*il*lMl n. of a mythological king who ruled
as a Chakravarti-raja over heaven and
earth and shared the celestial throne with
six successive Indras. N. of an ancestor of
Gautama Buddha : s^'W^'ivJi 5'<i|*ji;*ri
, the child having

347

cried " give me suck," was called Na-la-nu
(Pag. U).

speech ; talk ; word; ^'^N'ti sins com-
mitted with the tongue (in words) ; *T
polite speech ; gentle words ; toj-^'q
or E.o|'«i«^'«i HHsicf silence,
observed as a monastic duty or religious
exercise ; the vow of not speaking, i.e., of
keeping silence for a definite time.

Syn. *qj tshig; IflS'" sgra-bjod-pa ;
j^jc.q-^ dbyans-can ; "15*1 giam; %'W* lo-
rgyus; Sl'ViJ'*' skad-smra-ica (MHon.).

t-Ti" nag-skyes mvfrsi born or pro-
duced from speech.

f^-<>Q<H nag-hkhyal WTO, frgSTTC, ftf«3-
?rm delirium ; unconnected speech ; foolish
talk ; ravings (flag.).

j'ii)' jm'5 Nag-gi rgyal-po TW^tf ; ''•E*4'
the Bodhisattva Manju-s'ri ghosha,
who is believed by Buddhists to be the god
of speech; ^"H^ nag-gi-rgyan ^txf^ a
figure of rhetoric or speech ; gen. amplica-
tion of an idea by the use of apt expressions ;
«.fl|'3|-3«q'5 ^i»^£T the symbolic speech
or mode of expression by the configuration
of the fingers ; this is described as ^R^R1
ne,- ^•q-fj^-q- 1$-%^ mystical language in which
expression by signs, i.e., with the confi-
guration of the fingers, forms the prin-
cipal feature; "] -9| V^'!"!, *rT»ft^ the
lord of speech — Jam-yang or Mafi-ju-s'ri
ghosha : B^^'ITWreS'SBM'''''^**1'*!
salutation to Jampai-yang, the prince of
speech (Situ. 3) ; MT^Sf1 nag-gi dbul one
poor in speech ; a dumb person, v. ^"I'l
lkug-pa (Itnon.).

V^O^K nug-hgros manner of speaking or
uttering words (Cs.}.

c."l'5«'«i fiag rgyas-pa ^TTrfw* too
much talking ; full and detailed discussion.

*T«^ nag-rgyun si^j a discourse ; also

^{

oral tradition, not recorded history.

E,u]-a,*m nag-hchal=^"\'°^ irregular or
senseless speech.

Syn. "warSij hchal-tshig; *'»>\fll5»i cha-
ined gtam ; 31'^ klag-cor ; w J«i bab-col;
S'^ mu-cor (Mnon.).

=-1'^ nag-snan l. = as met. the cuckoo.
2. pleasant voice or sweet language ; one
who speaks in sweet language.

e.u|-q|5N nag-gtam verbal message; also
oral tradition.

nag-bsdams-pa

one who has controlled his speech or
tongue.

fiag-hdab or Mr3)'*s«r*i fiag-gi
hdab-ma (lit. the leaf of speech) Tfl^rr the
organ of tasting; X1^ the tongue, v. |
Ice : (Mnon.).

t&i'affin nag-hdon-pa
words ; to cry ; to speak.

to express in

nag-Man ^T^flTS[, Trfw^ elo-
quent ; possessed of (the power of) speaking.

^I'lS iiag-byed <dnHT«1 ; the speaker.

e.ij]-^£ic.- nag-dwan a title of learning
given to some of the Grand Lamas of
Tibet. Is also the first name of the present
or 14th Dalai Lama of Lhasa.

t.n|-^qE.-«)'-?|q'|t*i£ fiag-dwafi Ye-$esryya-
mtsho the Lama who with the help of
Lhabzan, King of the country round lake
Kbkbnor, conducted the Government of
Tibet for thirteen years (Lori. *•, 16).

MI'VK^'* fiag-dwan lha-mo
^\ the goddess of speech;
an epithet of Sarasvati (Mnon.

348

MI!* dag-sbyor llfl^aw arrangement
of speech (Cs.). •

tfl|'w dag-ma TT^t the speech itself.

one of imperfect or defective speech;
a stupid person. 2. indistinct speech.

M]-3-g^ fiag-mi-ldan a dumb person ; also
one who cannot express himself in clear
language.

Syn. 3«rfl lkug-pa; *«]•»>• T"* tshig-mi-
ffsal; ^*wq*'fi semi-bem-po (Mfion.).

"r^ fag-med wrfa meditation ; a state
in which there is no use of speech.

E.«l'a&q fitig-tshab representation in writ-
ing : *1'*''5''C**I tne principal points in
a representation or petition.

e.iq-w$e.« fiag-mtshuni V*ft of uniform
and consistent speech, i.e., where there is
no contradiction, redundancy, or irrele-
vancy.

MT^S fag-yid ^r*^: the speech and
the heart.

e.q|-wg-q fag-lam shu-wa to apply, or
pray to, verbally.

Mj-qfl* nag-fffcr in vulg. P1'"!-^ or
qj^ffli^^j in Sikk. cross-examination ; also
deposition of the plaintiff and defendant in
the presence of each other.

=.«T^ fiag-for committing to words ; a
promise.

Ml'qpw nag-psal l\<tf#W, 3Ff$V clear
speech or lucid language.

Mj-^j'S flag lha-mo Tm^ft the Goddess
of Speech.

CC' I: fian=VF or •&« fsnenft 1. the
nature, being, idiosyncracy ; the very
essence of any person or thing. 2. sphere ;
province ; domain : IK<I$-E,E.= JKCI§-«;|E^ the

essentiality of vacuity (C&nyata) :
**.' the sphere of the void space :
= $*W3)'«(gE.*» the natural constitution of
the mind : 3<i|«'*<^*rq^'')5'E.e.'ai jn a cheerful
state of the mind (Thgr.) ; |cq5-«.-^ the
very essence of vacuity itself (Glr.) : ?*'£'
nS^-|-E.c.-acgq|«-q to enter into the state of
deep meditation : *<i|»r»)\3J'c.e.'ar«|^*rwg»i |
continue in that state of mind which is
free from attachment, etc. :

to die of fear or panic.

II : character ; disposition :
or ".•»«ve^'C| a naturally bad disposition ;
E.f«A-qK.'2i a naturally good disposition
(Sc/t.; Jd.).

c.f9|« nafi-gif adv. spontaneously;
naturally; also, ace. to Jd. and Sc/tr.,
slowly, gradually, gently.

Han-can natural capacity ; 1?t'«i5'
vmi<.ft one who is naturally capa-
ble of renouncing or giving up; able to
abandon, evafw is generally used like ^'sp*.

nfnui 1?^ fian-lag-yod naturally modest :
£.E.-qn)-^vl'?3i*''€ai'H*'^! his moral character
in regard to his natural modesty (A. 53).

tc/wge.' nun ma-thud do not be short-
tempered : jfrJSN-apw^-w'JrQ-Sta-tfv^-l*,-
^ I when I had said to the kha-do-ma " pray
be not short-tempered" (Bbrom. S3).

c.t'3fui nan-tshul natural disposition or
temperament ; c,fa^rqEc.'9 1. good con-
duct ; a naturally good disposition. 2. n.
of a Buddhist sage and author of Ancient
India, included in the list of twenty-three
sages (M.V.).

c.s.-^c.- fian-rin or Wl^R"^ forbearing;
long-suifering ; of cool nature : ^'^'fj'''"'
C,E,'?,C.- | §S'*\*'l*' I in accomplishing import-
ant business one should work with great
patience.

crqi

349

'^I nan-pa & the male goose.

.-if|E.- nan-rkan ^VT that which
waddles.

«.'J nan-sky a q<di*l grey teal of
Tibet.

Syn. iS'|«'»'g^^a#-3^«/» mgrin.

=•=•'$ nan-sgro the quill of the goose.

«'^ nan-far -qJffTnfi the ruddy goose,
realy Tadorna rutila, the sheldrake.

«-8|-^iK^ nan-pa pser-ldan 1. the
yellow or golden goose. 2. $'c.c.'£r«q^'g^'
d1^"!'"!^ 1 he said "fetch the horse
called Nan-pa gser-ldan" (Tig.).

cA'cw-jarZi nan-pahi rgyal-po the " king-
goose " and flamingo ; also the plant
Jasminum sambac.

cA'q5^i]« Nan-pahi-nags a mythologi-
cal grove called the swan's grove (as) situ-
ated beyond the Cuckoo's hill on this side
of the ocean. It is filled with numberless
flocks of ducks, geese and swans, with
bills of coral, ruby, sapphire, and other
precious stones. The lakes in that grove
are filled with lotuses of the colour of
glittering gold; and the grove extends
over ten thousand miles (K. d. *> 272).

tftiS -*q|«! nan-pahi Uhogs ^WT a flock
of wild geese.

tc.'?i nan-mo ^s i a goose.

£^ I : Had nice smell ; aroma frag-
rance: *V"W the fragrancy, the aroma
evaporates; g"'^ aromatic herbs.

Syn. ti«F bsun ; *®F^ bsun-nad (Mnon.).

II : ace. to Ja. cog. to *'^ air ;
the rising of an aromatic
breeze ; also vapour ; F'*S vapour from
the mouth ; also snowy vapour ;
aqueous vapour.

nad-can fragrant ; also ace. to Ja.
1. fresh, cool. 2. rough, impetuous.

«.Y«wc.- nad-bzan good smell : fcw#«im'
^t^|'^'Wm-^-«K^^'tr«^i let the
breeze of your letters laden with the
aroma of camphor come again and again
to me, i.e., pray write me often.

£^j nan evii; mischief; misfortune;
defilement : ^ l^-=rg»i | it has done great
mischief ; esp. harm done by sorcery and
witchcraft; *^'«iI'1V<i to revile (a person).

nan-hgro I : ^nftr going or about
to go to the undesirable state, i.e., the
state of the damned, comprising those in
hell and those wandering about in distor-
ted forms.

II :

1. one who follows the

dictates of his wife and is led by the nose
by her in all his works. 2. inras^ dis-
simulation.

Ill : aff 3 lightning.

*^3 nan-dgu. all kinds of evil or
mischief.

nan-gkyes ^PBST of low birth ; also
Ht. anything produced from the
soil and manure ; the planet Mars.

^'f's^ nan-rgyu-can one who does mis-

*3

chief, speaks ill of others ; «u\'§'«aj-»^ one
that does not speak evil of anybody
(A. 139).

nan-don ^r, *n*w sordid, vile,
mean, pitiful: ^1Bc<*r§-^-q Or wj'Sc&r
3-Xfl|-a)«-ti ^^^rsf^y^r^ to be satisfied
with anything be it ever so little or poor ;

*'^ unambitious.

nan-rned^^ 1. scabby; itchy.
2. unchaste ; libidinous.

350

s=%* phra-ma or B*-«i
khram-pa gj[fl, J1W vile language ; mean,
vulgar conversation ; abuse.

e^'^wq nan-hdebs-pa to curse, exe-
crate; *»3't^-^«wq to curse by means of
witchcraft; cf. *^.

'i nan-na-wa the bad.

'l i : fan-pa $, ^%, -TO, "*^, TO,
»a?t, grfesr bad ; miserable ; poor ; wicked ;
ugly ; also a scoundrel, slanderer, rogue ;
the vile, vulgar, low, mean.

wi'iii: 1. excrement ; ordure ; manure:
e^-q-jq'q»T^ai-§-«l|55q-qv5(E.' | by the use of
manure the soil becomes very fertile.

Syn. S-ijifw mi-gtaan-ma ; JT" gkyay-pa
(Mnon.).

c^-q-qf^-q Han-pa brjod-pa ^jwn<sUM to

blaspheme.

e.aj'q'i|y^e.»< nan-pa gnah-rens a stiff-
necked villain (Rtsii. 13).

«S-q-^ge.'^w nan-pa dpun-b$deb$ conspi-
rators; evil-minded men who intrigue,
form a league to do mischief to others.

or ^ilfc'g Paras'u Kama; 5«r«^«S-g the
son of Rdul-can-ma (Mnon.) • an epithet of
S'ukra and also of the planet Venus

+ «^'i nan-bu in earlier Tibetan the
word ^'3 was used in the place of the
modern expression ^ or g^'*^11!, my humble
or little self.

t^'S'S nan bya-wa fc^Kti reproached;
deceived ; cheated.

=•^'8 nam-smra ^(tRrnT, Pl*<4 notoriety;
bad reputation ; disgrace.

t^-q¥»rsrgq-q fian-bzos ma-byas-pa
Wf not reclaimed ; made useless.

^•"l^ fian-yyo=Wi or g
hypocrisy (Mnon.) ; ^

1. a hypocrite; a fox. 2. of a low
caste.

c.^c.*r*r also tc-^c.^-*) ^^ procrasti-
nating, dekying ; always throwing a duty
or anything to a distance.

^'^1 fian-rog=I-str$^ nan-rued.

**;<** nan-lam-=.<v^'V^:^ 1. bad habit,
indulgence in any kind of work, behaviour,
or eating, of a degrading nature. 2. n. of
a place in Tibet (Deb. "\, 2).

*1'^| nan-fi *W*t<*j death from starva-
tion or from an accident or epidemic or
plague, etc.; any person or animal that
has died from starvation.

*^'*>a< nan-Bel that which removes the
defilement and purifies: BT%>'jir<rf 5'*
^•<r«^-$-$-Sk- 1 nan-sel is a term for
water and also for tufts of kiifa and dub
grass (Mnon.).

*$**•' nan-son vrnj those actually
gone to damnation.

*S'1* nan-gso to feed and foster per-
sons or animals that have suffered from
starvation.

t^|"i&m-Ar«/low and destitute ; delapi-
dated; decomposed: ^vws'^TiiwSX'Jaii
" (agricultural) tenants who have become
scattered and destitute" (Rtsii.).

dJT^Tj^ nam-dkar grey colour ; not
very white.

nam-grog=*f«e>'* ^^ deep
ravines with precipitous eroded banks,
which are impassable and inhospitable
in aspect. Ace. to Cs. a torrent ; ace.
to Sch. the bank of a river grown ridgy
and steep by having been gradually washed
out by currents.

E.*c3ja|-S^'Ej Ham-grog cJicn-po flTTW a
poetic name of Tibet which is called
"r$1'fc, the country of deep ravines.

351

I'EJ nam-pa ^*w 1. arrogance. 2.
a ravine.

wrwlfc:^ nam-mthon-can ?[Tf^r a proud,
bumptious person; one who assumes the
appearance of greatness.

w^'*^ nam-dur-can given to gluttony
and drinking (Jd.).

w^e.- ffam-rin n. of a district in
Upper Tsang with a fort and monastery
subject to Tashi-lhunpo.

^^'^ nam-ru n. of a disease (Med.}.

C J| *j£' ffeun-ftn n. of a snake-demi-
god of the nether regions.

fam-fugs=*f>'-yi\vi as a matter
of course ; by one's own force (of nature)
or accord.

l. = ts.-*«| ^ten-hog upper
and lower: ^'*pr*«U^'W.Jft-«»w.sY$v*JE.-|
thence spreading over inundated the upper
and lower parts (of the country) (A. 92).
2. n. of a place in Lhokha — the south-
eastern district of the province of U (Lon.
* 5) : MVifi the lower part of w-ft
(Deb. "1, 19).

nar 1. fore side ; front side ; w^fte:
front surface ; forepart, esp. of the leg, the
shin-bone, also knuckle; «lfl|'«A forearm;
*F«* lower part of the leg ; t'c* acc. to
Jd. an appellation for both. 2. termin.
of *' ' to one's self ' ; tfcaS* ij^fn; ; =•' Sfa-
^•q=qS«|'^ pride; seiashness,' self-
interest. 3. cxiXfii to set on or against;
to instigate.

"'Sfi fiar-skod the sound of the roaring
of lions, etc.

^'^'Vnar-fiar-po hoarse, husky, wheez-
ing, e.g., in old age (Thgy.)~, wjft far.

glud hoarseness and phlegm (Med.) • ij'P
gre-wa nar-wa a hoarse throat (Med. • «7s.) ;
|| a hoarse groaning.

nar-snabs mucus of the nose.

*^ nar-pa stalk of plants (Med.).

'^ nar-wa 1. strength ; vigour ; hard-
ness (of steel) ; gj'?wi*r§'«ijv'«*fci gri-sogs-
kyi nar-hjam-po the hard or soft temper of
(the metal of ) knife ; etc. 2. cold; frost;
cold wind (Mil.) ; (cf. *'*) =A'|i«v<i to steel;
to temper.

W*^ nar-can 1. strong; vigorous. 2.
ductile ; *V^ id., ^WE.^'^, strong-
minded; c^'S^ weak; soft.

c.^'5 nar-po grim; strong; ferocious,
(of beasts) (Jd.).

^'§1^ nar-blud sbst. 1. valour and
>» ^

strength : S*'*'WiS'rif'B''l'*'i the
valour of a hero is indicated in his face
(physiognomy). 2. vb. ^'SJYi or =>vq^'q
to temper and sharpen a steel-weapon or
instrument.

nar-hbol strong in quality ; *3'
^'niJacZi-^-q the red colour of
tea is its strength.

^v*! nar-ma 1. irritable, passionate,
impetuous (8ch.). 2. strong, powerful,
e.g., a powerful protection (Mil., Jd,.).

^'a%*i, v. e* |

! nal-wa w, WRrre fatigue ; weari-
ness; resp. g'MTS also ^t«-E.

q or •iK" tired mentaUy;

to be fatigued, wearied; prostrate
with exercise of the body.

Syn. IE/*«V£| thaft-chad-pa ; yr<i dub-pa;
^oi-^q-ti Hal-dub-pa (Mfion.).

ejn^-e, fial-rken-pa (^ nad) femfr a
kind of disease. [1. a kind of white lep-
rosy. 2. weariness, languor] S.

352

'5 fiu-ru teal.

'5'^SI q nu-ru hjug-pa to cause to weep.
mi-fttr-can ace. to Sch. a child

faid-»io a sob (Cs. ; Scfir.).
&ug-pa =*§*>'* to grunt; to snore;

nur-sgra-can that which grunts ;
a pig; a yak.

to pur.

e,ar*^-q Hal chad. -pa to be prostrate by
faligue.

w^«|'« fial-hjug-pa vb. a. to tire ; to
cause to be weary. that is continually crying.

e-m'jjim ftal-?tegsi: a rest; a sort of
wooden crutch to support a load on the
back while resting in a standing posture.

c.or$4]q n : or e.«r£«|«' a bench or seat
inviting repose.

Syn. if ' 1 bsti-ica ; jfri gdod-pa (Mfon.).

Mr^qq fitil-dub-pa intensive form of
eai'ti, to be very tired.

MI 9^' flal-p/ioH fatigued ; become tired.

Mj-d^ fial-med wrrm not wearied; un-
tired ; untiring.

wr** Aal-htsho refreshment.

E.a|-m?rq fial-gno-walit.io cure weariness ;

chagt ffser-ldan (Mnon.).
to take rest: ftTTTH, T^rnr, T^XTK rest,

resting.

e.aci]^w Hal-yeas ''PTH met. for an ascetic.

t* Ai num. fig. 34.

^^'^ fiur-pa Vfm^f duck, esp. the
red wild duck, Anas nyroca.

Syn. 3«.-5$-q« yin-rtahi-lits; ifSV*'^
hkhor-lo-can; ^'''iV''
srfajlfogm mt&lum-mo-hlral;
pa-ldan; X*\ co-ka; v\v*w*fa-^ hdab-

'q fiur-pa chen-po 1. sheldrake.
2. n. of a celebrated Lama of Tibet men-
tioned in the Mtfon (Deb.).

" fiu 1. num. fig. 64. 2. v.

fs'2! fiu-wa ^T^T, ilf^? to cry ; to weep ;
pf. ^«, reap. -S*"'! ^'«i5-»iS-«, tears that
have been shed (Dzl.) ; *r*w»'<i weeping
without cause ; hysterical weeping (Med.) ;
^•q-t5 fiu-wa-po a weeper; fc'*<W nu-mkhan
id.

£*Vi nu-hdod s^f^rfH wishing to cry ;
going to weep.

£'?J 6tt-6ro was about to cry or weep.

yaks).

^
(Jd.).

fittr-wa to grunt (of pigs and
fitir-ka as red as fire ; fiery-red

ron-colour.

is described as
reddish yellow; saff-

'" nur-smrig got the robe of an
ordained monk which ought to be, but is
not often so in Tibet, of orange-colour ;
he who wears the reddish-yellow; a

5'**S fiuh-bod 1. bewaiHng; crying or Buddhist mendicant dressed in reddish-
weeping loudly. 2. ^T* n. of a hell: yellow clothes.

lj-^H^'*^ei 7)^ii|iq the hell greater in Q{'^m'3>3i'tifiur-$ntriQ chen-po—fix>$f*\a'^1*

suffering than Raurava. ^HKj^tci^i a great Buddhist monk;

,'f Au-rdsi W. sbst. a loud crying ; a monk who is great on account of his

bawling out ; lamenting (Jd.).

orange robe.

*'l 353 £

- ne num. fig. 94. either to hell or heaven, or to any non-

^ ned ^ pers. pron. first person, eartWy place'

sing, in C. for *-, I; l^ my or mine; '*"T ^WW^^T ^™ cer-

*^*w § our. victory ; triumph, l$;'£!^''ifrJk*r«m

? a s ~ triumph over euemies, the devil and miserv

" " ned-nid=.*-.*\w'f(. K'V T mvsfilf i ••> •,

uijocii , lg described as ties royal.
we ourselves. 2 1~

•* f fies-sgra TiasR a real sound ; §*W
6V«ft« ««</-£«« we two; iVM'^i we «rfar«fr|-,«rq any sound that has made

an impression in the mind.

ned-rnams, *V*% 8?*, Sy^j £*rjjf<J|«i nes-sgrogs finffa emphasis ; any

.ously used for the plural of ^ to proclamation; reading letters or sacred

writings loudly that there may not be any
^y^' ned-rafi I, or I myself. mistake about them.

( — — . »j n. oi place in T j

Tibet (Deb. 195). "* ' ° not fettOW for certain'

|'<i nes-hjugs-pa ^T^TO assurance ;

certain, true, sure, firm ; also truth, reality, to enter on good and bad actions.

certaintv : ^STi'Ki'i'^oi'fMrvfifat T o«t ?wo]?xi»i ^ L-

nr«Hm fas-hjoms fully subduing an

communicate to me something cer- enemy, the devil, etc.
tain, i.e., authentic news: <*&•«]•£*» death a *•

is certain (Ja.) ; **•<%•«&« rtsfs hphro la " ''t^0^ * tme and author^-

.. . , v t j-, ' tive expression ; nrwK'TwfiK B^W

fies-pato be sure of a mathematical cal- ,, ^». „ ' *V^»

culation, i.e., to hold it as a certain result "^ g 5 trUG Sajing8 °r reve1'

ations.

Syn. i^'si bden-pa; fr*$n mi-bslu-wa; e*>'^ «e«-w«»« the certain fall or degen-

pjtC*r%4 rdstm-po ma-yin-pa (Mfion.). eration.

e"')31' nes-khyab fHK; = )3q'35-^9i-|^c,- ^q nes-thob fo&[ the real or certain

"l*'3'*'** «i the proportion of space inside gain ' ft is exPlamed thus : ^flrfari^-r«r

a country to that which is outside, whether 8w,iif'*''Sq'*''*'wS*r§'*''a|*1' 'f w*fanrg«r

large or small ; ff**^* ^•^O'^'iRijq'q that ^ ' ^es-Pa^-thob is the gaining of

which is fuUy encompassed or covered wealth> honour, or sainthood, Buddha- '

over by another object is called Jthyab-byed. h°°d' the staSes to Jt' &c-

*«'& fies-grol (ne-dol) ft^j, „$=*„. , **'™ "^ f^ronr: , = &RW^ puri.

W?i, ?.e., ^'l-^-^-^-gui-qgsi-w^a,, facatlon > cleansing; p^'iW^'lvU^r

liberation from the transmigratory exist "S<'1 '" SUre cleansin& of faults, defilements,

ence, disease, and suffering. ta™.' 8^ etc"

*£%• X'w *rTigrati°n '' *"'"'' ^ "^^'trt meltror Lpo J

another state of exiZc! ' £^£ XSSf* " "^ ^^

354

nes-ydun

anything that gives sure pain : l")'1^
«^. ^-SMT^-*) •^K.'y*«i6»rqv«i|^fq misery
and sufferings which like fire and rays of
the sun buna with certainty.

fcwjfc.' nes-siiftn^^'Z'*^ or *Vq
hdrn-ba similar things ; also similarity in
things (Mf.on.).

6»r<r«q fief-pa-ean real ; actual.

fc^-q Y\'^ fjes.j),, fiid-da in reality ; truly ;
in truth ; really.

6«ren-tjfQ fief -pa hi phnn-po frq?nsaj
— £« cj «*4*r*«\ all things perceivable and

realisable : f|K<TWFll*'**nMWrf

|vqnw.5^qi<»rq-g-g| for example, rOpn-
xkandha signifies all that has been transmu-
ted into bodily form collected together.

£«q«, fas-par ^^g, ^ adv. certainly ;
surely ; really ; to be sure.

Syn. 3fv*f*«j|-q rjor-hin i-hmj-pn (Mfion.).
fcN-qf^'l^ fog-par kun-ibyin *un<M re-
moval; fi«-<«-<*9j'q'5fl'«r|^«R*i giving in
charity to all living beings; «K'*f9|-«^r
g-^-£»rqv|^| or consists in giving over
one's properties to others.

£ww|-q fies-par fkye-wa sure produce <>r
infallible results ; for instance qj||q»r«raw%
^•Sto'wg'q from study knowledge is the
sure result; «$*wq-wffl|«r<i from medi-
tation true thought (enlightenment) is
produced; I'T'wS'V^1^'^'^ from the
power of resolute will, birth in a happier
state is ensured; «wnj-«>«!f5Ke«r<K-| by
force of las (i.e. of Karma) one is born in
the transmigratory state ; a'WMJw'S'*^'
from cause fruit is evolved.

fc*rqv«\"l*'q fie$-par dgah-wa perfect
satisfaction ; to be really pleased.

ttwwvjjim ties-par hgug§ f*rafr<r the
act of bringing under one's own sure pos-

session or power any wished-for property
or person by the exercise of occult powers.
£«'q^'R|^'q fies-par hgyur-wa=#''%™-ti
f^nrm the future; that will be; that is
destined to come.

ftwqv^'q fas-par hgro-wa P«d<^ to
go to certainty, i.e., to Nirvana or emanci-
pation from the sufferings of the world.

fc«-qvgarq fief-par rgyal-wa to be com-
pletely victorious ; to bring a certain tiling
or person under one's command or control,
fcwqvqajarq fief-par brgal-tca, = »>^^i
fsrern; one who has arrived at a sure
conclusion ; one who has attained to an
absolute state; one who has been saved
or emancipated.

£*rqvi|'3£'vq ne$-p«r-g.cod-pa lit. to cut
sure ; to make certain ; w^38*W something
that will certainly happen; 6*r«H'^ fics-
pnr-chod to prevent the occurrence of omi-
nous events by means of mystical charms.
£*rqvq|«i|-q ncg.par-hji/g-pa to establish
firmly.

W(W fief-par mha>i-liyas=P*>'
anything promised; an undertaking
(Mfion.).

£.q-t^'jfq\wu ni'K-pnr rfogf-pa or 3'f '5^'q
true investigation ; same as al1*r
^^sar^r, to arrive at the truth
of a thing or in a wider sense to reflect on
the true signification or import of a word
or expression, as to whether the right con-
clusion has been arrived at, etc.

gtrwp^'q fief -par brtan-pa W3, fsrorq
certainty ; the state free from sin ; the state
of reality.

j>*rw-q^-q fies-par bsian-pa SJTW estab-
lished religion or doctrine.

£<rqvqft\*<£^ fies-par g.nod-mdmd lit. one
who really does mischief ; ftsjw an epithet
of a deity of wrathful mien.

355

fas-par

rq to be convinced of a thing or
occurrence ; conviction.

iUrqvgc.*rq ties-par spans-pa
perfect renunciation.

iUrwIV" ties-par byed-pa to fix, settle,
establish ; to make certain.

£*rw*1fq ties-par hbyin-pa s
to be evolved ; to draw or pull out.

based upon the certain libera-
tion from transmigratory existence ; ace. to
Schtr. deliverance from the round of trans-
migration.

. the four distinct orders agreeing
with the analytical stages of saintly
perfection are: — (1) vqvgvq ^wraii
process of moral development; (2) t"^
g^f the climax, i.e., reaching the crown-
ing stage; (3) eS^'i 'grffl perfect
patience; (4) tfr|^**rj'i*| ^t^>TTT-
tf$ the highest worldly good.

£«rw|k fas-par-sbyor HftfsnrpsjJT per-
manently-engaged or fully-employed.

£*rqva,£^q ncs-par-hdsin-pa sfafiT^TCir
holding firmly ; to be convinced.

£»i'q^-q|c.- nes-par-bzun ft^ta lit. held
fast ; brought under discipline.

tUrw^qprci ties-par legs-pa fW:^q«
really blessed and good ; deliverance from
transmigratory existence ; summum bonum.

fcrwfeNH ncs-par senis-pa to make
up the mind ; to form a resolution ; £*rw
^»i-q-g^ to ascertain.

£*I'5 nes.-po fvrg' the certain, fixed; the
inevitable.

^'g«i ties-spel or e*rqv|jai Whr real
progress; ^W^'WWI'fcTl* advance-
ment or spread of family and religion.

i nes-hbab ^a^ & veritable event,
fcsr^gt.' ncs-hliyun, f%:^Rin one of the
three principal ways to Nirvana that are
called |w§''!'|?!'5^*ri]*}s). It is described as
qjiSX-q'Qr^'f!i<i|i^rSi^"gq | repentance caused
by disgust at worldly matters. ^w-J^'^'

inquired the whole of what would happen
to all living beings, a strong aversion to
matters worldly arose.

6*r»^ nes-med 1. n. of a number.
2. uncertain ; undefined ; homeless.

^"'ift ties-sinod f^rai? curse.

£tr%q| nes-tshig f^nsui, fama lit. real
term ; real signification ; real meaning.

£*r£<!]^ fics-ts/wgs fr^f many ; a multi-
tude.

6«r.J|nr|q ties-qes $kye§ birth of faith,
also the growth of the knowledge of
reality in the mind ; full faith in the
doctrine of retribution (Karma and. Phalti).
ites-gsul P-i + liU elucidation.

w T ^*

K Nes-yam-f/tn n. of a
place in Tibet" (ZM. *\ 25).

^ no I : num. fig. 124.

£• II : *J% resp. Qfl'^, face ; counte-
nance ; air; look; the original. qyq'3|'Hfar
i|l«i)N'^« when (she, my mother) shall have
seen my face; ^e.i'i)'*i-Jf'Ji*w§>?'IBis.»!'^!ff*(
you must watch the looks of your elder
brothers.

•?if no-kro (no-to) n. of a capitation tax
(Yig.) ; lit. tax on the face, i.e., head-tax.

o-dkar-po a cheerful face.
S'l tio-bskyod-pit to go or move per-
sonally.

iZifa tio-lkog adj. public and private;
open and secret.

£"'001 [

356

r*,

no-khnil ^<?R« poll-tax.

^o-5r/-«ns = ^»i'3IE.'' individual
number ; enumeration of individual things.

2s* no-<?Ac personal appreciation ; recog-
nition of one's service or kindness : ^'i'

(^4. 103) the Lo-tsa-wa (on the
ground of) having undergone immeasure-
able hardships, prayed for the acceptance of
his request, but it was not acceded to.

?2^ no-chcn (lit. the great self) a man
of influence; f^'lv" to intercede (only
men of higher position being able to inter-
cede) ; fc'urffi^'rfarq to seek a great man
to intercede ; to seek intervention.

?g« ^o-^oj=^'«I^'"I master and his
servant.

^f^ fio-stod praise to the face of a
person ; open flattery.

^ <T"I fo-tlwg true ; genuine ; really.

K^'i no-thon-pa=^^'^t one in rank
or position ; to rise to dignity.

+ 2f*rtfy'fl no-mthon-pa=*i*('%'* earnestly ;
pressingly ; with persistence.

^<l 1. "black-face";
to sit with a gloomy face :
^'i to grow sorrowful ; to turn dark with
fright, pain, etc. 2. n. of an Asura ;

frowning or becoming gloomy
with sorrow. 3. n. of one of the 28
"curious religious sects " of Ancient India,
followers of which used to paint their faces
Hack (JT.F.).

2f iftt-q no-g.non-ica to be ashamed ; un-
able to show one's face for shame.

^ fj\« no-sprod-pa to indentify; to point
out ; ace. to Jii. to lay open the features ;
to show the nature of a thing ; to explain.

£ C( 60-60 Jira, "SWTf essence ; substance ;
intrinsic nature; **.-3|'Pzfa in itself; ace.
to its own nature ; by nature ; naturally.

Syn. «£V3 dnog-po ; V«>^ ran-bshin ; V
rafi-gjug$; f '"^S no-bo-iiid (Mnon.}.

no-bo-nid, v. PS i>w3'f^
temperament; ace. to TPas. character.

JTvwQ /jo hbab-pa to be dejected ; adj.
discouraged; downcast; in W, bashful.

Pw fio-ma the original, v. ?.

2f *> $o|'«i no mi-rtag-pa unsteady ; change-
able ; one who is vacillating ; one who has
no personality (Yig.).

ffft-X^-q do mi-chod-pa — ^^ V^'n or ?*>'
*J|IT£| vq^r^Nr one who listens to or

does a thing to please another which he
would not otherwise have done; to be
unable to refuse or oppose.

ET*)-/|M-q jio-mi-fc$-pa not knowing or
recognizing ; unknown ; incognito.

no-mig in W. boldness ; ?Stoj'*^ or
bold; courageous; daring (/a.).

no-med Ikoy-med ace. to Cs.
acting in the same manner in public as in
private life ; ingenuous.

C-'ro fio-fsha <a«oii
blushing of the face :
felt shame ; ?*'
shame.

Syn. S*'§^ shum-byod; 8l'^*« mig-dmah ;
f'^w no-dmah; ^w*^ Msem-mdog ;
bag-yod\ '"['gf^ bag-ldan ; P^ '•?)*« no-ts/i
^'^ khrel-yod; @1'^ khrel-ldan ;
*^ no-tuhahi tshul-can (Mnon.}.

?*'-«^ no-tsha-can one who has shame;
is bashful.

?*•«! no ^sAa-wa or ^'^-w |v« to feel
shame ; blush.

shame;
pf. blushed ;
to put to

357

BT^'i;^ fio-tshti-med or ^<* £K*>^ shame-
less; immodest; impudent.

Syn. sfaj'qvlfw log-par-spobs ; \'tffr'*%
spyi-brtol-can; ^Spr*^'!"!'2' (/prctl-mgo-stug-
po ; flftci^*^ ydon-chen-can ; *Z*'«v*)^ htsher-
ica-med; %*-'*' f£*\ ski/eiis-ivn-med ; «'?v
*^ mu-cm' tshugs-med ; tfsVqgc.'
btsrnn; "fr-'*^ ^non-mod (Mnon.).

2f£q H0-&A«6 = g''*1' sku-tshnb a repre-
sentative ; a proxy (Fz^. *. 5<?).

?•«* no-mts/tar wonder P*w*'«^ ^f^rf
wondering ; wonderful ; fwi^'S amaze-
ment ; 2f *rf*'q exciting curiosity ; to be
curious ; to wonder.

ff^'JP'i fio-rdsun rgyab-pa to disguise ;
to put under a false garb ; also to garble.

2f«|<!fa| no-pyog or ffw^'^j^fBaB^pai
*|'5qJ master (himself) and servant.

^'5 tio-ru or & in the face; =2:^-^ jn
the face of ; before the eyes.

2fZfa|-*ip^ fio-log-mkhan a rebel, muti-
neer ; ffai's^ seditious ; faithless ; rebel-
lious.

2?5fl|-«i fto~log-pa=%'lfa''* to turn the
face against ; to revolt ; to rebel against ;
to oppose.

?-«m no-fus a copy from the original.

tT^^'q no-yes-pa sifiifvi^"r«T to know a
person or thing ; to recognize an acquain-
tance.

?'* no-so joy ; sometimes for ^*i a high
title or dignity : Pi'I'WX*1 you will have
great joy; he will obtain high dignity;
|^£|2TlS'g^-£i to make presents or give
alms to another to his full satisfaction.

2"jJ£»i no-srung 1. regard to the opinion
of others ; an aiming at applause. 2. body-
guard : W^Pf^^T****^'^ na-la
4pon-mcd g.yog-mcd no-bsruH-wed I have no

master, no servant, none to guard me
(A. 7).

ffqtg'wlf^'Zj no-bso mthon-po a high title
or position ; one in exalted position.

ETt^-g-q fo-bsod bya-tca to praise one
to the face ; to flatter ; to eulogise.

^\ Nog n. of a place in Tibet where
the monastery of Shong was founded by
Lama Qes-rab-mchog of Myur (Deb. "I If).

^^}1 nogs ah the bank of a river or
lake ; H"I'SlI»'=*'2'ql'« a place on the bank
of a river where people crossing it ; land.
Ace. to Ja. mountain side ; slope ; ghaut.

Syn. «gj« hgram.

^pTSfEJ Hogs-thob n. of a number
(Ya-sel. 57).

££J Norn 1. n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. i| 30). 2. satisfaction: Sr^-q-
HP9« |^-«C^-KS I indeed accompHshed
something very satisfactory (A. 152).

£*»'« nom-pa, pf. f«N'q g^ ^sp-. ^ efW4l.
^'9 to satisfy one's self with gain; to be
contented: wSw I am not satisfied;
to drink one's fill.

Horns-pa sbst. 1. «f^ content-
ment ; satisfaction. 2. oblation for
quenching the thirst of the Yidag. 3. a
hermit; a recluse in the wilderness who
enjoys contentment; SWCTJ^-JI insatiable:
KfenK-qyt f«r?mftin«: **£, his thirst will
be quenched ; his desire will be fulfilled.

Syn. *wti tslnm-pa • X«p chog-pa ;
W yons-bsrufi; <^
(Mnon).

Nor 1. v. under ? Ho. 2. n. of a
monastery of the Sa-skya-pa School ; n. of
a district in Tibet.

358

»o$ TTO 1. side; margin; edge;
surface ; *^'K*< front side ; $'&* Mo-no?
southern side or slope ; 5n'fl|$1 one side.
2. = «.' in the state of: q^q-q3«<|«rtR-2V
*fl 1 while in the state of being happy ;
while prosperous; fr*C%Rl=#lik-%^
the surface of a mirror; «3T«» the surface
of the earth. 3. basis or foundation.

£*r«jS nos-ryyud=;'^*'t>9fi personally.
<s ^»

iT«r*§v$flm Hos-hbyor rtags 1. a receipt
or sign of having received a thing.
2. original sign or signification.

2T«'^'£i MOj-s«w-;w=«^r«tK£J vb. 1. to
be selfish. 2. = *«'8fc.' self interested:
^•qV«'|il>SHfc>qwrft>Jftl therefore, clear
of self -interest, confess your faults (Rdmt.
15).

£N uim fws-yans fog^trre breadth.

^'•S" ftos-fit? a copy from the original.

£V$ nos-su openly ; publicly ; plainly.

poetry ; a poem.

dnan-wa, pf. S«« srrftui, to be
out of breath ; to pant ; to feel oppressed'
e.g., when plunged into cold water, but
especially when frightened and terrified.
2. to be frightened ; to fear ; to be afraid
of : 3«r«\«.q-^ thus being affrighted.

«^.t*r|i| dntms-ikrng s»T9, ^mw in colloq.
great fear ; panic.

Syn. e&«l«rg<J] ji<js-$krag$.

dnuns-pa ^Tfl 1. fear 'S=.e.*l-W
he became frightened. Often
pleonastically joined with |"1 or ^1*i or
with both. 2.=\giji fspfar pure; clean.

dnan-hthen-pa misappro-
priation ; not returning things taken away
from another.

Mar or «\*vq 1. nectar; some-
times used for "^ sweet; ff.*>'^~ sweet
taste. 2. *v^vq = 3prq|j<i|«< to put in
order ; to arrange properly.

'^f dnitd-i>io=§K* nud-mo (Sell.).

dnitl ^iT, TSfH, ^m silver :
money. The kind of silver called *»X^'^
is imported into Tibet from Khorasan.
The silver current in Tibet consists of
ingots, Indian rupees, and a thin native
coin, the cho-tamj or tang-ka.

*&ljr$1*< dnul-$kiim tTRR« oxide of mer-
cury.

%"'SS dnnl-$kud silver-wire.
S^'^S dnitl-skyed silver-belt.

*$&'? Mitl-kliii ^tzj-^if^ silver mine ;
silver vein; Wrp'^'i to work a silvt-r
mine.

"fe^'H"! dnnl-Miuij or S^'l^ money-bag;
purse for silver coins.

WW|«J diiul-hgiKj a silver cup or silver
slate.

%i'5^ dnul-rkyan goblet made of
silver: *$fr ^•*f«f^ar^ -w*^ | 8ilvei.
goblet for beer and silver cup for arrack
(Jig.).

%«i'S dnul-clm trpc?, ^r«n; quick-
silver.

Syn. *W3S hikd-byed; <^f^ hpliroy-
lyed; **'<5*i sa-lon; »l«i'ile.- mes-hchin; %m'
§"S dnnl-byed; ^ij'q^-p^ dtig-pahi-khuws\
(«««-^'q khams-chcn-po ; «=*«l'|^ mtthtil-
$kye§ ; ITlS rgyug-byed (Mnon.).

%i'^"I dnul-tig one of the six kinds of
bitters which are, viz:— fl|^'§"I,*"'Bl, %"i"
§"1, S"!"^"!, ^'"5'H 3^'^t, stated to possess
wonderful healing virtues.

359

r*i dnul-rta-mig-ma silver ingots
in the shape of a horse-hoof, weighing
about 165 tolas or rupees imported into
Tibet from China.

%1'S* dnul-dant wine-cup made of
silver.

«&l*ry*< dnul dul-ma silver-ink (Sch.).
•feT^ dnul-rdo <^uj«if^j+ hcematite ore

of iron ; this term is also applied to a kind
of stone on which silver is tested.

S^i'1*. dnul-phor ?5<Jl%T*i3i wooden cup
mouuted with silver used by the higher
classes in Tibet for drinking tea.

%TS"| dniil-rmig bar or ingot of silver.

^i3)-&|q dnul-tshags silver-work on cop-
per, brass, or iron ; plating of silver on
articles made of those metals.

fffV^S dnul-bso ^tzwfff silversmith.

^TffW dnul-ho-l;ha-ma the purest
silver imported into Tibet from China.

%T^ dnnl-li one tenth of the measure
called fa hon.

•feTSF dnul-sran an ounce of silver;
used as an equivalent of current money
in Tibet, = to one Chinese tad,

dno 1. edge; also^'")'^"!*" shore;
batik. 2. = 3j'"l'* the edge of a knife;
VIql«''3'<^ I " edge of whip-cord" ; lash of
a whip (Jd.). 3. = 3'u< handle of a knife
(Cs.).

n = t^n'c>l'\ brightness
splendour.

«^&rZi=«^&r*^ shining; bright ((7s.) ;
^cT*»-l dnom-che very bright, cf. Wi.

dnos (in Gram.) ijsr 1. original ;
reality ; real ; very self ; *?k'*f-'f# reali-
ty and illusion; w^r^'V^ the real
Buddha; ^'^ the real god (not the
image) ; ^& is equivalent to %'%*} real;

roality. 2. proper ; genuine ; true ; positive
(opp. to negative); personal; ^V3^
personally present. 3. "ft ^^! chief,
principal; M^'S in bodily form, e.g., to
appear bodily: ^^^SffftV^'l even
though the letter * is not actually written
there.

«^T«r|*) dnos-slcyc.s personal present:

one roll of fine serge, as specified in the
letter, sent as a personal present has with-
out damage arrived (Yiy. k.).

^2r*rgjq dnos-grub (noi~duV) f«fi[ 1. the
accomplishment or acquisition of the real
thing sought for; gen. perfection or excel-
lence ; anything superior ; ace. to Jd.
honour, riches, talents, and esp. wisdom,
higher knowledge, and spiritual power, as
far as they are not n.cquired by ordinary
study and exercise, but have sprung from
within spontaneously or in consequence of
long and continued contemplation. In
Buddhism •y^'sp seems to denote con-
summation of worldly as well as spiri-
tual objects. Temporal acquirements are
called S^'^^'^'^'l21, general or ordinary
consummation (in reference to material
objects) ; the other is called *Si'9|'s2T«>-5«),
the supreme consummation, which is the
attainment of Buddhahood, i.e., Nirvana.
The following are the eight ordinary
dnos-grub or 3^'^C-'^'S^*''3£' as enumerated
in the sacred books of the Northern Bud-
dhists :— (1) wgjS^Srgq the enchanted
sword made so by some mystical religious
process ; for instance, if any one touching
it wishes to acquire any object, merit,
power, etc., he gets it ; (2) M'flS^Sl'jq
efficacy of magical pills ; by some reli-
gious charms medicated pills are made to
possess wonderful healing properties ; by

360

their use one may become healthy and
fine looking ; (3) **w3'«\?«»'S«i a medi-
cine for the eye by the use of which one
is able to see thing.-) in an occult manner ;

(4) *F«5«F9-sSrgq the power of walking
miraculously and swiftly, generally by the
efficacy of some enchanted leaf or leaves ;

(5) «iJV^'§^£Vr5<i the magical elixir by
using which an old man of eighty may
look like a young man of twenty ; (6) *f"v
Siv35^*r5q the occult process of miracu-
lously vanishing bodily into the state of
the gods ; (7) S'jf.-qS^KVgq the power of
miraculously disappearing from an assem-
bly, ecc., without being seen by anybody ;
(8) «r*«!-q)^Br«T3q the power of passing
through a wall, mountain, or earthly bar-
rier, without any difficulty.

^r«ri^ Mos-Aan=^t or 8S'q tbed-pa
$*I lean (in body) ; thin ; emaciated.

«^T«r*5^ dnos-hjug the matter or the
subject of a work (Tsa-tika.).

^^IS tfilos-rned real or substantial
gain ; also obtaining one's object ; anxious ;
thoughtful.

action 3. in Buddhism subject matters;
properties ; virtue :

dfio$-dod the original text; the
principal part of a work.

S*«r9 4nos-po <r«sj, ^s, *%, *^, ^, «^w
1. property in gold or silver; substance;
belongings; goods; furniture; utensils;
article; position: t«r<,8VZiv«-V«'iM-5ta |
I have given cash, lit. red cash or gold :

(-4. 50) the Lord (Atis'a) does not touch
(receive) with his hand any article connec-
ted with (i.e., belonging to) woman. S^""'
«S'*l^'ei immaterial, unreal ; also worthless,
poor, hollow ; «^T«rZi'*i*^ ^pra experience ;
^•g^-g*cg=^'^-s»rq q^aa made mate-
rial, substantial; ^"vq^SrHi object or
matter of rejoicing. 2. occurrence, events,

I nave compiled subject-
matters classifying them under four, nine
or twenty-nine heads, that is Suti-dnta,
wherein I have explained religious matters
(K. d. * 73).

dno$-po tgrub-pa to bring a
thing about ; to set it on foot or a-going ;
as a philosophical term, substance, matter ;
<£"«<• Zjv^'ci the belief in the reality of the
existence of matter, holding it as simple
and absolute. In Buddhist ontology
there are eight kinds of «\KVZi «r^Bf or
states:— (1) JS*r*j|q wisdom; (2) aiw^^
knowledge of the ways and means; (3)
omniscience ; (4) «F

the contemplation of (the
possibility of) bringing all things into per-
fection; (5) 3"*v|^q reaching the climax;
the state of attaining to the highest point
of moral excellence; (6) w^'g^ti attain-
ment to finality, i.e., emancipation ; (7) ^V
H"^H^ *r*^l^W'&^-w|V£! | to
attain to the perfected state of enlighten-
ment in an instant ; (8) *«'3J' | g»$<sni the
supreme, spiritual existence.

JI dnis-po mtsfiunf, v.

dnos-po gsfii, abbr. of
the four articles of merit.

^2T*r*) dnos-ma orginal ; natural ; natural
productions ((7s.).

^2T*r»k' tfnos-min 1. the proper or real
name of a thing. 2. the noun substantive.

^r«r£^ dnos-nmd f^vcu:^ ^3 unreal ;
that was never born nor existed : I«-w*r*^'
«£«rEr£«V« ^^^^f ^^w (M. V.) all
objects are unsubstantial, immaterial, not
existing (Cs. and Was.).

361

t^q-i\ic, dnos-ytsan lit. pure in sub-
stance ; originally . pure ; of the first or
superior quality.

^Sir*?^ dnos-hdsin identification; also
holding as one's own ; possession of worldly
objects : ^"I'^'l' ^ ifi'1^' IV^T tpw ^TS'
^'i| to hold as real and belonging to
one's self things worldly which are unreal
and therefore nobody's.

VT*r<i$ dnos-gshi fw, 5Rf, 3-3 the basis
of a thing ; the thing itself.

^2TN'^ij^ dnos-qitgs abbr. of V^ro?^ and
jjqprqj^ honest belief in a doctrine and
also apparent belief in it.

^"'9 dnos-su in actual substance.

«^r«rjjq dnos-slob direct or personal dis-
ciple — Ananda was the personal disciple
of Buddha.

I|'C| mnag-pa, pf. *Kfl|«, to com-
mission, f charge, send, delegate, i.e., a
messenger, commissary, etc.

wT"!lql mnag-gshug also »e.«|-fljg«i|-q $aj}
f*W^ a messenger, emissary, servant, slave.

Syn. «!<%« g.yog-po ; ^ bran (Mnon.).

»(E,fl|»j-q-^ mnags-pa-can ^7f a messen-
ger; envoy.

rs'3s mnags-bya-byed one executing
a mission ; a commissioner.

.f JJCdj mnan JfrT *3'f9 a curse; a
necromantic injury ; si^'qgp'q enumeration
of curses (Cs.).

w^-q mfam-pa to curse ; to execrate.

rnfiah resp. for *ff-' might,
dominion, sway, power; wvwi^q to
govern, to rule ; *»V|«rq to obtain power ;
*iW|jV) mfiah-sgyur-wa to have mastered
a thing ; to understand thoroughly.

wn-nl^'q mnah brnes-pa^^Sw to
get authority, power, etc. ; to be authoriz-
ed, v. wv*i*v<i (Mnon.).

*wv*e,- mnah-than power, might.

Syn. «wipi'|«l bsags-rgyab; ^Wi\V tfon-
bsfigs • yn'Wl lhas-btan-pa ; Bflfqi bgo-skal;
g^'3*i snon-byas; ^'§'«w snon-gyi-las; ^'
^ l/ins-bskyob • "Pi*i'£ij*i gnam-bskyo§ ; *«'
fl|« chns-bskyos ; ^'^ skal-ldan ; «^'«-
dwan-than (Mnon.).

»iw«-«^ mnah-than-can powerful; one
in power.

•KH-UVI mnah-bdag ft«, ^ff^lfif, ^
lord ; owner ; master ; sovereign ; an
epithet of Buddha (Jf.F.).

iwsiVTi^ Mnah-bdng kho-re n. of a
certain early king of Tibet (Loft. "• 7).

wwt^oj-jjjj-wti Mnah-bdng Khr Ra or
Ealpachan, the famous king of Tibet who
greatly patronized Buddhism and also
extended the limits of his dominions to
the borders of China proper. Under his
orders Buddhist works were translated
from Sanskrit into Tibetan. He reigned
about the end of the 9th century A.D.
(Deb. <n41).

wvqVT?* Mnah-bdag-nan n. a ruler of
the province of Nyang ; also ajq'3fc'^1>|''i)'*i<^
that of a Buddhist saint (J. Zun.).

wwqvr*V^ Mnah-bdag Hod-lde n. of a
king of Tibet (Loft. <S 7).

*<e.n-q«^|-^ Mnah-bdag Lha-lde, S^jm-fe'-
^5-^« "the son of King Kho-re of Tibet "
(Lon. * 9).

siwgf^'*) mnah Idan-ma ^fiTt?Bft a mis-
tress, sweetheart, a secret wife.

*RA**J mnah-wa 1. vb. to own ; to possess ;
also sometimes resp. for "^'q to be ; to have :
jarEi-ariHr«i|«j*rwr§| the king having
three sons : q$i-£i5'!jj'9r«jsc»)-wi'awn! | your

47

362

majesty is not unwell. 2. adj. (partic.)
being owned by ; belonging to. 3. ww^'q
having, owning, or being in possession of
(Jd.).

•iwnqim mnah-hbafis=Hc,e,-titiw s*n a

subordinate; a tenant; a subject.

«w*^ rnnah-mdsnd fay lord, master;
wcAJ^-q^qt.tfq-q vb. to lord, rule over;
also to own.

»<6A-^-*) mnah-hdsin-ma she who has
asBumed power; she who controls her
husband.

mfiah-hog *w^w«i subject;
subjection; also under the power of;
within the jurisdiction or dominion of
(Situ. 1).

ynah-ris 1. = «WVW or w
2. n. of the westernmost province
of Tibet now known as Ngari Khorsum.
It formerly consisted of three dis-
tricts, Purang, Shangshung, Man-yul,
which were apportioned to the three
princes of the royal family of Tibet,
viz., q*r3«r**fi | vw-g-wSfa and ^ilCl'*^.
From this circumstance the province came
to be known by the name of J^nah-ris (A.
63). Out of these three districts, Purang,
Guge (Shangshun), and Man-yul, were
afterwards formed, when the province of
ww^rqiijvflig*! became an important part
of Tibet. They are poetically described :—
g-^c.«-o|c.«-§*rq^X Purang surrounded by
snowy mountains; ^-^^W^N-H^ Guge
surrounded by rocky cliffs ; mxgfi***jfr
Man-yul filled with lakes. The whole coun-
try round the sources, and the upper courses
of the Indus and the Sutlej, together
with some of the more western parts is
now called (wv^srufSvara*) Ngari
sum. It also includes Kudok.

HM-rpWg mfah-rit kham-bu apricots
from Baltistan and Nga-ri.

w^«-ffl|-« Md(,h-ns Stag-mo n. of a
celebrated lama of »)W^ Mnah-rig.

ww^H1-*] mnah-rig-fa a kind of apricot
grown in «w^«.

«K.<va|?i«rq mnah-gsol-ica 1. to be installed
in power ; to be nominated or appointed to
a dignity or position. 2. to praise ; 1JJ ^'
*<c.ivq|?jarq to wish auspicious success; to
congratulate.

mnar-wa = ***
sweet; delicious;

ffsum dkar-gsum the three sweets
and the three whites : — 9'*" bu-ram mo-
lasses ; (j^'l' $bran-rtsi honey ; and §'*'*r*
bye-maka-ra sugar (the three whites
being milk, curds and butter).

mfal im, resp. g»
the uterus ; the womb ; also the side of
the breast, whence Buddhas are generally
born lest they be contaminated by the
impurities of the womb.

wjrg*4 mnal-skycs sjTrgsj all animals
that are born of the womb.

*ff.ar3j«rq mnal-grol-wa srara, JIH^TM^
child-delivery ; child-birth ; to be born.

wMTfjq mnal-sgrib contamination of the
womb or pollution caused from child-
birth.

mnul-chags or «K.«r^'*«i|*rti ^^:.
1. conception; the for-
mation in the womb. 2. the foetus or
embryo.

ij-q mnal-hjug-pa or »iw^'^«|-«i
entering the womb (relative
to a Buddha) ; his incarnating himself ;
his assuming corporeal frame.

363

* mnalthur a spoon used in mid-
wifery for es trading a dead child.

•Kftttn^q mnal-hn 'sin-pa or wx'^'n&j'q
to conceive ; to be big with child.

wr^ mfial-nad ^ mcenorrhagia ;
disease of the womb.

*tE.arq mnal-wa = P*WH bad offensive
smell from the mouth.

wwrjjflm'q mnal-rlugs-pa JTHTraf abor-
tion; *KT§«|«rwgv{i to force delivery
or cause abortion.

I mnon-pa i : ^ftsjfar manifesta-
tion (this occurs in the works of the
Tirthikas) ; conspicuous ; visible ; evident ;
manifest; clear; s^-q^ivq to become
manifest ; to be verified, proved ; as a
vb. to be evident; to appear clearly:
q^-cin-^jq-s,^ that which is true is
evident.

*iC^'q ii : = X$r*i£s'£j'j;crs'qa'7f1$^ f|,0 AI.J,;

^ o\ I tile ^tl.c//it—

dharmma Pitaka; the metaphysical —
part of the Buddhist scriptures. At the
beginning of the Alhidharma of the Mfi-
hayana School a salutation is made to
Bodhisatt'ca Jam-pal.

***^ 'Sq mnon-khyab fl^^f T^TT encom-
passing fully ; covering all.

»r^q|n KHon-dgah 1. n. of a mytho-
logical garden and also world : •*]^'f{il*i'
•«pK^Rr«K^7Wi »in the east there
exists the World of Joy " (J. Zan.). 2.
n. of a section of Oar-rtse theological
school in the monastery of Gahdan (Lon.
* 12). 3. **'^if I'fwBf^P n. of a mer-
chant's son who was devoted to Buddha.

tXqiflSH mncn-dgons ^ftref^ deliber-
ation ; design ; premeditated plan.

wSS'if* mnon-hgro-ica a pioneer; vb.
to proceed ; to go away.

mnon-bcos ^t*re?r killed, slain,
destroyed.

"^•"TS mnon-brjod ^t*mi^ clear
explanation of terms; one of the four
parts of the science of words (Jts^f^r) ; a
dictionary which is in two parts : (1) in
which one meaning is conveyed by several
terms. (2) in which by one word several
meanings are expressed.

"Si^S mnon-nid ^fJ^T the state of
being manifest ; manifestation.

**W mnon-rtags proof; argument ;
sign or token of the truth of a thing.

*^ 51" mnod-rtogs or s
practice, culture. 1.

that by their power of discrimination
have fully and clearly comprehended the
doctrine of the Cravaka School. 2. *.**'

- those that have fully and
clearly comprehended the doctrine of the
Pratyckt/a-Buddha School. 3.

those that have fully and clearly
comprehended the vehicle or yana of the
Tutha-g-ita. 4. w^-q^'^i ^g^^
those that have not been able to rightly
comprehend any particular doctrine.
5. ^sra-vcj | ^TSRF those who have not
entered any of the schools.

comprises a god or a human being, (^»r)
heaven ; those of exalted birth or state.

^ ^'l^'l mnon-du gyur-pa ^lfvr^;f%r
one of the ten stages of Bodhisattva per-
fection, to be made manifest. It is
explained : = ^'j^cy\'s«^'5'§v£l*r*«3j'q'g the
state in which the tattva (reality) is
manifest.

364

mnon-du Idan-wa or

getting up (from one's
seat out of respect to another person);
removal from a place ; going away.

*.Bc^-gu|«-q mnon-du phyogs-pn ^rfH^a
lit. going to the front ; moving forward ;
proceeding.

*j^-^'s»* mnon-du-byas tfrm?ts<r, made

manifest.

aJT^'il^-q mnon-dtt hbyin-pa to disclose,
reveal ; to make known (one's wishes).

*j2T^ '^'^' mnon-du-hon ^tf»ra»TO advent,
arrival, coming in.

«S(-i^S mnon-hdod, ^nftw, w^«^,
to wish for; earnest desire.

mfon-no sirrah 91 is made
known or evident.

*2T^-q'q mnon-pa-pa a student of Abhi-
dharma ; one versed in that part of the
Buddhist scriptures.

siJT^'ciS'fjm mnon-pahi na-rgyal *i1wTT*T
self-respect ; pride.

ngiftff, mnon-par adv. manifestly,
openly; evidently; entirely, highly;
greatly; very; w^-wqw^, ^w^rfinr
one who has leisure or opportunity to do
an act of piety or a self-sacrifice ; an
ascetic ; one who remains in an un-
co veied spot to practise religious austerity.

asSi {ivnj^ mnon-par bjkycd, v. twg'1%1,
remembrance; any thought dawning in
the mind (M»on.).

«Br<K'|sa«i mnon-par khyab-pa ^fr1%5T
to cover or encompass well ; well-accom-
plished.

utT^ ^'ff mnon-pnr-khro v$\feq sbst.
wrath ; terrible mien.

to be rendered propitious ;

become manifest, clear ; S>'»

to disappear, vanish from the sight.
gyttl^uf^yfrfU pride.
mnon-par rgyug-pa *tf»-
to follow with speed ; to run after.

mnon-par $grub ^^"'"3 well-
finished ; well-accomplished.

nf^-ct*, fcwJjc.' mnon-par fies-myan ^rfvtfH-

»ifjl enjoyment.

*iETa\-w*qm mnon-par chags, v. ^pSV"

1. the transmigratory existence (Mnon.).

2. if^ fondness ; attachment ; the state
of being very much attached.

*)2T^W*ar^''!3*»'<i mnon-par cfial-du
bkram-pa fWM to spread over ; diffused.

*iEfd( civ*iX«^q mnon-par chod-pa 1!,
g^^i honour ; to make reverence to a kind
friend or to a noble or venerable person.

*i2T^qvqI^ mnon-par brjod, ^^TT, *ff«-
^TtnifTT, ^f^WTO full expression; elu-
cidation.

*itT^-q*,'q§«Vq mfion-pnr bitid-pa, ^rfwftT<T
to pay homage ; to bow down out of respect.

*itT^-£jvif<»m'i mnon-par rtogs-pa ^ff*(t%-
^trun, ^lf*wra 1. right discernment; right
knowledge ; a clear comprehension ; *S^'
q^-^qm'q ^c-giai-q one possessed of right
judgment and discernment; wKVcivfaur
qS'wwmw'St'", '^^fllif'B^r one who has
been purified and perfected by the thorough
exercise of right judgment. 2. a hymn-like
discription (of a deity).

»)2T^w-qj|f\qS-31'»|»rq ^fwf^^zfJi enlight-
ening fame.

*iBcqv*flfa mnon-par mtho-wa, va^?i
exalted ; become sublime.

wB^q^Mi mnon-par drani, ^rlV'f^T one
who has been conducted to the path of
deliverence— from the sufferings of trans-
migratory existence.

365

cw^'l^ rnnon-par hdu-byed,
1. sublime associations, ideas, views. 2.
possessing origination, continuance and
extinction : Tbrm*riKfti1tpK*$&;*l>%*t
: objects are not pro-

duced, they are without origination or
extinction (M.V.).

siE^'qv^^'ti rnnon-par hdnd-pa ^l1*Rfl«l
bowing ; bending reverentially.

wS^qv<^»r'Ur<i rnnon-par hdul hos-pa fit
to be brought under religious discipline.

wiQj'qv^^'q rnnon-par hdon-pa W^jJiT
drawing out ; bring out ; exposing ; drag-
ging out.

wBj-w^-jjfV;, ^firo^ fas*>, Abhidharma-
pitaka, one of the three classes of Buddhist
sacred writings, v. Ij'jpvW4-

wKfqvjft mnon-par tpyod^fftfc'aw, vfo-
^TT witchcraft ; mystical measures for the
suppression of an enemy.

wScqvffq mnon-par spro-wa,
enthusiasm ; zeal for any work.

»'i mnon-par hphag$-pa (*pv
q'«w) "KWfid gone or come out of trans-
migratory existence.

*<£yqvg,e.'$q mnon-par byan-chub, ^)f*(-
4(*^)fa highest state of a Bodhisattva ; on
the brink of the position of a Buddha.

*iEr^'W^q=.'qgvq mnon-par dwan-gkur-wa
*ff«%* the initiation of a monk into the
order of gelong or Bhiksu.

w^'CK'l^ mnon-par-sbyor, ^lfr9l1, vfit-
s^i full application of meanings, words
and expressions in reference to religion.

s2T^q^-gc.-q ^ffaur^ occurs (in Ttrthika
works) in the sense of manifestation.

siJT^qvuge/q mnon-par hbyun-wa fifa'
perfect renunciation ;

escape from worldly existence with the
resolution to go to Nirvana.

*2^'qf qf^'q mton-par brtson-pa assi-
duity, industry.

MC^wi^ mnon-mtshan ^fJrarat an evi-
dent sign.

*it^q-*iA^yq mnon-pa mtshan-nid-pa
(«m) he who has clearly realized the true
state of things has become Mnon-pa.

sic^'qv RE^ mnon-par-hdsin, ^ifinr^
attachment ; passionate love.

**%wW^W«l mnon-par rd-sogs-pa com-
plete fulfilment ; perfection in all accom-
plishments, virtues, etc.;

fully enlightened ;
I the attainment of perfect
enlightenment, i.e., the state of Buddha.
^' mnon-par rab-tu hphyan
hangs down straightly or sus-
pends (some ornamental fringes or silk
cloth).

*je^qjV?q|'qq.»Cf*E,'q mnon-par rtg-pahavt
§nan-tca cognition; knowing of.

sjC^'q^'Jjo'q mnon-par fes-pa ^TfilWT'T pre-
science ; resp. t^fOKlf^il mnon-par mkhan-
pa ^f*i^ certain gifts of supernatural
perception, of which six kinds are enu-
merated: (1) ^5'i)ij q)'*i2r^- ^)*j (^^•^•dfj^TH
seeing anything clearly as if with divine
sight. By the exercise of this power
one can see (realize) the sufferings of all
kinds of living beings ; (2) ^^'q5'wef^-jj»j
ftsp^te^ divine hearing in a perfect man-
ner. By the exercise of this knowledge one
can hear the sound of $%'*> (the smallest
insect) and understand the different langua-
ges articulate and inarticulate of all living
beings; (3) T'fa'I'ihwrJprerRi
knowledge of another's heart ;

of another's thoughts;

rial

366

knowledge of the heart ; (4) i
nSj'.J|« jgflt fzrf^j tTKi{ knowledge of the
four forms of miracle. By the exercise
of this knowledge one knows the events
of his former and future states of
existence, and also the circumstances of
his death and birth. By the exercise of
one's miraculous knowledge it is possible
to move one's body without being seen ;

9rfa5i«l*( the power of remembering the
acts of one's former existence or life ; (6)

ledge of the destruction of the passions.
By the exercise of the knowledge of ("I
sag and *S sad) decay and destruction, one
can quickly attain to the state of the omnis-
cient («4*T) by purifying himself of all
impurities of the heart. By the exercise
of the power of knowing all living beings
one can perceive as well the stages of
their moral perfection or culture.

aiT^>q*'.j)wq>^|'^c.'gi^°<i TOfiRi the pos-
sessor of the six kinds of fore-knowledge ;
an epithet of Buddha (M. F).

wT^qv-^'W'-^''! mnon-par yeg-pahi yes-
pa ^rfnatoTf fore-knowledge.

flET^qv^W mnon-par-scms ^rfaT'TO
Saniadhi; contemplation; reflection.

ntSj'q^'HiJi mnon-par-sel *vfw$|H coagula-
ted ; congealed.

wf»j'£iv3Sc.' mnon-par-son ^rfWRI involv-
ed ; fully occupied ; engrossed.

wSj'Eiv^rq mnon-par lhag-pa ^fWjJ,
^fhfzr a new-comer ; new arrival ; one
just come.

mnon-phyogs — P'tj1*''* ^ifinifH,
I in colloq. 1. towards ; forward ;

•J 3 «,

straight ahead. 2. moving towards ; g'l'8!'
wT^ '^ -g:t|*rq skye-wa la mnon-du phyogs-pa
proceeding to birth ;

rushing on to death ;
moving towards the attainment of Buddha-
hood.

nET^'S£o|?Vf> mnon-phyogs-te iq^rtj having
gone on ; proceeded.

V3 mnon-phra, dissimulation.

VSV mnon-du lycd-pa to be mani-
fest; to make public; to make clear or
manifest to one's self.

w^V^S mnon-shen ^fafsreil application ;
devotion.

w«f\gj»w mnon-r louts ^(ftjTsre having
the mind directed towards ; longing-for.

('•*!*! »inon-$es fore-knowledge.

5^ mnon-yes-ctin 1. v. S8'^
(Mnon.) the mag-pie. 2. one possessed of
fore-knowledge ; one who can read the
mind of others.

*i mnon-sum rarw open, public,
manifest ; cognizable by the senses.

Syn. *8i^ mnon-du; •\^-^^ dwoft-
pohi-ynl (Mnon.).

•Cppr^ mnon sum-du 1. manifestly;
adv. openl}r, publicly. 2. *\<£Q'*$=dnos-si<,
e.g., bodily, personally; by one's own
personal experience ; •fir W|*l mnon-sum-
du ski/cs ^jftsiTcT, ^ftw^i really born, not
of imaginary birth; •*H>^»r^-^i|fwHcq
^B'a-t^^l proper to place under moral
discipline ; one fit to be brought under
religious control.

wGi'fJw'^iI^'^'i mnon-sum phyogs-min-
pa iKl*?^ not forward ; unable to
succeed ; turned back ; failed ; unsuccessful
in an enterprise.

*s£^*j*r!^'q mnon-sum min-pa tr^n? be-
yond the range of sight ; imperceptible ;
unknown ; unintelligible.

s^'iqq'Ji mnon-ffsiil lucid, clear, evident ;
making known ; manifesting, v. dBfflR'

367

5 rna f%ft®H tambour ; qr^ a drum used
in battle ; *TR3f a large military drum
beaten at one end ; ^w drum ; kettle-drum
^'e kkhar-rna, v. *|** M/wr ; r'£ rdsa-rna
a drum made of earthenware ; Ji'E rgyal-
rna srqsw the drum of victory ; «W|'C iflr<7-
fwz drum at a wedding : ^•WJ'ft'f'i'^W^
khrims-kyi rfia-bo-cfie brdufis-te having
beaten the large drum for the Government
edicts.

CV1* rfia-dkar or £'«'IV1^'£' a white hairy
tail; eW^'S^T* a fan of the white

N9

yak-tail or the chotcry.

t'&F^ rfia-mkhan mower ; reaper.

C'Jj rna-khri (na-t/ii) a stool on which
the larger drums are set for being beaten.

£'U rna-sgrrt (na-da) 1. and? sound of
the drum. 2 an epithet of Buddha
Amogha Siddha; Et|"^'<ft'f^B'8I«fr«S^
n. of a forest situated on the mountains
Sprin-dkar rgyu-ica in the fabulous conti-
nent of Uttara Kuru.

5'Tl rna-rtog abbr. of £.'*'*f*¥*\, the tail
and the crest-hair (mane) of a yak, horse

or mule: r&T*"''*'Va''^'F1fa?i£Wri1

to all their tails and manes scarves of five
different colours were attached (A.

rna-lcags a drum-rod ; gen. a bent
rod used as a drum-stick.

.' rtia-chun 1. a small drum. 2. a
small camel ; a young camel.

rna-dur a scarf tied to a drum.
rna-pa a drummer.

rfia-dpon chief drummer.
rfia-lpag$ drum-skin.

rna-im, vb. pf. "£« brnas, fut. fl£
brna, imp. W r^o?, to mow, to reap, to cut

with the sickle ; sbst. the seeding of corn,
barley, wheat or paddy ; ql«'»<-q£«'« btsaf-
ma brnas-pa the reaped corn.

C'91* rna-wo che g^tflft fame; also
large drum ; a drum announcing fame.

£-q-S-q!v*i^ a Sutra in the Kahgyur of a
metaphysical nature (K. d. & 1&2).

£'5=.' Una-Ion 1. n. of an Indian sage
who is said to have flourished a thou-
sand years before Buddha. 2. n. for
camel in W.

S'g^ rna-bran n. of an animal : "*'%'£.'
9ai'-*!'*'lw^c his food was the fresh meat of
da-bran (Sman. 212).

e'«\gil rna-dbyug drum-stick.

C'^flj rna-sbug drum and cymbal.

£' JJ rna-ma g^ the tail ; the hairy tail
of a beast ; C'**'*}*^'!^ rna-ma rgyas-pa
bycd ^cnr^qfk puffing out the tail.

a kind of drum.
£•?)=. rna-mon or t'S rna-mo
the camel; £'$ rne-hu a young camel; the
smaller species of camel:

^'v'g^'^ hearing the news of his having
gone to a distant country, he became
greatly grieved, as if he had lost his camel
or mule (Hbrom. 113).

rna-mo nud-ka, a srinbu, i.e.,
worm with a black head. In whatever
place the worm was found on its back,
that place suffered from visitations of
various kinds of calamities, such as war,
famine, disease, devastations and des-
tructions (K. ko. * 237).

£'3* rna-ther serge cloth made of camel's
hair.

rna-t)zo-wa y<fjj-3< a drum-maker.

368

rHa-zlitm (na-dum) *&$, VR^i kind
of drum played at Indian concerts.
rtia-sor n. of a demi-god.

rtia-slum-can ?Jf»5 species of
flower [a kind of drum; the resin of
Boswellia thurifera]8.

£'3 rfa-yu handle of a kettle-drum
•which is supported by a stick sometimes
fixed on the ground but generally held
by the hand.

£'"« Rna-yab ^m\, siifiHsf 1. lit. "the
father of tails," i.e., a yak's tail, used for
fanning and sometimes for dusting. 2. n.
of a fabulous continent said to exist to the
north of Jambudvlpa.

e<w«$«T»|-*^ a term for horses in
general; lit. that has the yak's tail

Syn. "1%!^ 9>jog-byed\ S^'iV§S bufi-
pa skrod-byed (MAon.).

rna-pyog ^TK« a military drum.
rna-rin long tail.
e^=-' rtia-fiii the wooden body of a
drum; also the wooden support.

£'-fc rria-fon kettle-drum; music

(Belt.).

fjqm* rfia-ffsafa or fww a loud
beat or roll of the kettle-drum (Sclt).

rfiad ev-K-S-vi-f yes «*

rnan-bgran enumerating
another's faults: •rwg-«re*flgF^VV»i*t«i
like enumerating the sins or misdoings of
a family, i.e., from father to son (Tig. k.).
fca^ rnan-can or £^'^^ rnan-chen ^?-
jeering; disdain: (^'W^'
nan-pas rnan-can byed-duhafi
hon) the evil hearted also came to scoff
at him (Bbrom. 37).

Syn. II"'" brnas-pa ; *'3^ tsho-khyad or
gV* khyod-ts/io (Mnon.).

Wii: sbst. f/5flrw-^a=g"I'ci remunera-
tion for a service done ; reward ; fee ; hire ;
wages ; vb. pf . ^ to pay hire to : e^'i'|f
or £^'£''''l^c.'t' to pay wages or remunera-
tion ; sometimes to bribe ; to corrupt.

E^ n : ace. to Jd. a kind of sacrifice
in C. Tibet.

£^*9*'q rfian-hphyar-wa to insult, de-
fame.

J^J'^I rnab-pa 1. to be hungry: ijjw
W1) bkrcs r nub-pa to be greedy; to have a
craving appetite ; ace. Jd. 2. of. £*•'"
to crave ; to desire earnestly. 3. in W.
colloq. for £'«», to mow.

EP'ri-q rfiab ts/ia-wa oppressive : jrjgwS'
g^-fn-<«-|jc.- even if the laws (of govern-
ment) be oppressive.

rnabs-rba='&ci'S a surgical
instrument, made of horn, for drawing
out blood by suction.

rfiam-rfiam 1. threateningly.
2. with dazzling splendour; £
S'i anything tidy and very fine.

rfiam-can 1. adj. rageful; avarici-
ous ; covetous ; *'&ri raging ; gluttonous ;
ravenous.

rnam-brjid 1. expression or ap-
pearance of wrath. 2. = t*'*!!^ rnom-brjid
splendour ; magnificence (Jd.).

Syn. EW&q* rnam-hjigt • p^w khro-
nams (Mnon.).

r Ham-pa 1. to rage at; to be
furious ; to devastate ; t*rwt'^ a voice of
terror. 2. to breathe violently; to pant
for ; to desire ardently ; jfa-fllSv"''"'**1'"
srogg.cod-pa-la rnam-pa to be blood-thirsty ;

q ravenously (devouring).

369

-ftf Rnam-pa phag-mgo n. of a
deity with the head of a wild boar.

£*r2j'& rfiam-po-che very frightful.

gsrqpw rnam-ffsa$ the occupying of
one's body by a god or spirit according to
Bon-po notions ; a woman when inspired
riding on any demon is called 1 wS.

£&1?J rnn»i$=*f>^ height or depth;
ewg in height or depth ; $-l$>rE*w«r
yiq|Mj^ng*rga|'qj^l (Tig.) the depth at the
middle of the waters was 800,000 yojana.

C*wq ^53 wonder, surprize ; pathos in
music.

r* rfiamt-cke, ^tp'wX'q very diffi-
cult ; causing much hardship.

5^J fnas (w§) ^<4«(4, v. £« §nas, pil-
low; a bolster.

rnas-hlol Jt«ss* a stuffed cushion ;
a football.

£; rnM=IT6 sug-rnu pain.

E'« Rnn-chu, oolloq. forM'S (Zori. * 5).

C'*< rftu-ma or ^1'gl miy-skyaj ^m^T
rheum in the eye.

hdus-pa or ^E"I " hjug-pa, pf . fl£«W brnubg or
eP«<' r»«4?, hit. IW 6rn«(Z», imp. e1"? r#«S? to
draw in ; Vll^'W'i dbugs rnub-pa to inhale ;
to breathe in.

rnw/ or W'5 rnitl-chu ^,

perspiration ; sweat ; gi'^'i rfiul-hdon-pa
to cause to sweat or prespire.

Syn. *^"5" chad-skyes ; ^»»'$ lus-chu;
Q^'WI lue-hbab', ^'£"1 lus-rnul (Mnon.).

£«!'§ Rnul-chu n. of a river in Kham.
It is formed by the joining of the rivers

jTfrfor^ Rgyal-mo rnul-chu of Kham and
Rdsa-khog Nag-chu of Sze-chuan.

£»ri rnul-tca, vb. pf. ^£"1 6r««/, to sweat,
perspire.

for"!3^ ^*r^t(,i [belonging to the arm-
pitJ-S.

'3! rnal-gzan-gyi gzan

ea rnchu or !%'$*• i'$F 1. a little
drum. 2. t'^^'^'^'S rna-mon-gt phru-gu a

small camel ; a young camel.
N*
f r#?o skin disease causing painful

itching which is contagious and affects
dogs, sheep, and goats.

'ifS'l'i rno-thog-pa to be capable : ??«]«'
•HI* Sir, I can do (it) ; I'l«l ^'^ incap-
able or not able.

I'l rno-wa to be able (Cs.) ; T^?"!*!
not able ; not competent ; incapable.

¥'tni'«^ r no-lag-can 1. a disease of the
skin with painful itching. 2. ace. Cs.=

rfio-yas n. of a number (S.
'i rno-len-pa to roast ; to fry (Seh.),
v. £i\-:' rfiod-pa.

I : rwofi' or TT* rnog-ma=^^\ ze-
rnog 1. the mane; 5'¥l rta-rnog mane of
the horse, &c. 2. ace. iea;/ the hunch or
hump of an animal. 3. ace. Cs. "^'^
drehu-rnog a kind of stuffed seat ;
mattress; a thick-haired carpet (Sch.).

v*

J **) II : n. of a tribe in Tibet to which

belonged the celebrated Lo-tsd-wa Lama
Rnog Bio-Man Ctf-rab (Lon. *• 9).

"E"!'^ r Hoy-can or 1"I'2;^ rnog-ldan having
a mane.

"&|«rawpi rnogs-ohags a beaet that has a
mane.

48

370

rnod-pa, pf. «&« irno?, fut. «i&\
orf, ace. to £«. and Ja. & brno, imp. ?">
fnorf or 1« rno$. 1. to parch (barley, wheat,
or rioe) ; to bruise ; to roast; to fry, e.g.,

meat in a pan. 2. ace. to Cs. to deceive.
\^
£3'^ rnob-pa in Ld. to be able, v. T*

r«o-wfl.

IwiIS rnotn-byid (cf. £*'«) splendour;
stateliness; majesty; H«r«wr*1 rfom-bag-
tan grand ; majestic ; terrible.

~~^ y

£ 3\'t\ rnom-po bright; brilliant;

majestic; shining.

g'«*» Ina-tham a Buddhist monk who
does not possess any knowledge of the
ritual and the contemplative practice of
Buddhism.

Rnol-Bon the earliest stage of
the Bon religion of Tibet known by the
name of ?F^' or Svastikti, which flourished
before the second century B.C. ; said to
have been introduced in Tibet during the
reign of the seventh descendant of King
W'B'ofcT* (J. Zan.).

W'3* rnos-khyer one who has caught
the skin disease called I rno.

gT Ida TO five : g'«| Ina-ga or g'*l aU
the five; each of the five; g'"} Ina-rgya
tngipT five hundred ; g'l$ Ina-bcu R«i«*l
fifty; |*IH*II*I^T* T^rfrm the fifty-
first : g'» ^a-cA« ^TWUT, TVTT'l the fifth
part or share.

Q)-«1^ Ina-mchod lit. the five offerings ;
but the term signifies the religious service
with illumination on the anniversary of the
birth of Tsong-khapa, the great Buddhist
reformer of Tibet, which generally falls in
the month of November, i.e., about the
25th of the 9th Tibetan month. It is obser-
ved in every house in Tibet.

£'??=• Ifia-gtofi MKU^^ five thousand.

g'jfa Ina-ston 4*1*1* the fifth festive
ceremony generally observed.

Ina-bdo, g'qVl'F*'*''^*''* Ina-bdo
a ma-rung tshe (Illrom. 25).

Ina-drug-hgro in Tibet when one
borrows grain he has, as a rule, to give
back one measure more for every five
measures he had taken. This is called the
payment — six for five measures of agri-
cultural loan.

g'SJ^ I/fia-ldan T^r§r n. of a city in
ancient Kho-ten known in Tibet under
the name of Li-yul.

ar^-ujfcj Ijna-$de bzafi-po the five early
disciples of Buddha: — Kaundinya, A9va-
jit, Vaspa, Mahanaman, and Bhadrika,
who first received his teachings (Tig.).

+ g'i Ifia-pa tm 1. the fifth ; mpft the
fifth day after the full or new moon, tf^s.
2. n. of a tribe in Tibet. 3. g-«r$-w?fa
a name for a Buddhist monk's raiment.
4. the fifth path: wg-«rq$-!^-*fc- theten
have gone before on the fifth path (Tig.).

g'l"^ Ina-pa nid tfWT the fifth state,
i.e., death.

g'S Ina-po q^ the five.

g'w-^ Ina-pafri-don^H'&'yW'g'i the
five sciences.

n. of a singing bird, v.

g-cj5-atw ifia pahi-lam=a&'ti the way to
the fifth state, i.e., death.

g'fl Ina-ica a flash (of lightning).

g't^ Lna-rtsen Mp^-til or ^, a game
played with five dice ; gi^T n. of the Yaksha
who is custodian of wealth ; one of the
eight generals of Vais'ravana (Tig.).

371

the third watch (of night or day). 2. ^f-
«r«iSfji«r9-«i|wr5'>rg<3«'ar*'iprl* n. of a son
of Prasenajit, King of Kos'ala (J. Zan.).
3. ««i^«t«rgS-&i|»rg the five joints of the five
limhs.

one who is versed in the five sciences ; a
learned man ; a scholar.

g'^/«a-fcnwra, tW^rar also 1. ancient
name of a province in the north-west part
of India, one of the 36 sacred places of the
Buddhists (M.V.). 2. TRTW five times. 3.
jjE.-ETg-ofy£i to be born, i.e., assumption of the
five (skandha) aggregates ; body.

U sna T£$ before; soon; early — refer-
ring mostly to time not place: ^wSj'
y«e.-uiE.-g-X«-?i deliverance takes place much
too soon : =•'? fcw§p<^pr%l I was the fore-
most, the first, (earliest) to cross the thres-
hold (Olr.) ; <W Tg-^'"^'!'^' W the
first, intermediate, and the last propagation
of the (Buddhist) doctrine (Olr.). IW^'1*
u the ordinary adverbial form ; gen. g is
used with postpositions or in compounds :
g'wjtf ?da-mkho the olden time; g'g sfta-sna
very early ; g'^w in bygone times.

g'^' sfia-gufi, abb. of g'X'VSS morning
and noon.

g'^fc sHa-gon 1. adv. before ; previously ;
at first ; a little while ago ; just now (Mil.) ;
g-Jffe.-^ formerly ; g-*f«/»w your late father
(Olr.}; gfJfMv!)'g«r=i the earlier Tibetan
kings (Olr. ; Jd.).

g'S'fc*' sna-dgons morning and evening
(Sch.).

g'^fa §na-rgol y^Uife^ in a religious
disputation, he who first begins the dis-
cussion ; a plaintiff in a case.

g'g" $na-§no v. g"' sno, vegetables ; greens
(Jd.).

g'*S sna-c/iad= g\ *^ ^non-chad former-
ly ; hitherto ; till now ; up to this time.

g'&> sna-e/M)s=3>*''21c^ 'g'w 1. earlier date.
2. the indistinctness : •f<»j'g'g'^9'Tg*r£i^raUr
§'&« inelligibility of the writing on blue
paper with blue ink is here alluded to
(Rtsii.).

g'^1! sna-rtog early crop ; the first-fruit
of the harvest.

g'5^ sna-rtin-du earlier or later; not
at the same time.

g'^*» $na-lta$ foreboding ; prognostic ;
presage.

g'?*l $fia-thog early ; in the forenoon.

g'^ sna-dro ^=q m, stf?:, 'RSI^' early
morning: g'V^"1'*' sna-dro hdul-wa to tame
the mind in the morning lest evil may enter
it later.

g'^ §na-na before, previously, betimes.

g'$V^5c.*r*)<^£) sna-nur phyi-hgyan$
med-pa early in the morning, not late in
the day ; without delay.

g'ti sna-pa 1. vb. pf. g*< to be the
first; to come first; to be beforehand.
2. adj. ancient; belonging or referring to
former ages; J'^l'3)'J'i'5'g'«i an ancient
king of China.

g'E sna-phyi, abbr. of ^"'*Vg'*''VE'*''
H, early and late; g'^'*

not early not late; that has no
beginning or end.

g'l'^i sna-phyi rgol, abbr. of e'3f«ri^'!'»i'ai
rna-rgol danpht/i-rgol ^4<JlR<TlT^Tf^i, the
plaintiff and defendant in a law-suit.

g'3« §na-phro§ early or first work ; the
earlier position of a work.

372

g'" «na-wo=g'i 01 g'tK
dawn ; very early in the morning: »ic.'g'«j^
to-morrow early morning.

g'*< sf<a-ma ^4, ST^, *nir the former;
the first-named ; the earlier one ; anterior in
time and place; the first; the foremost in a
1 series ; g'w^tyi ^k^ as before ; as the one
gone before ; as the earlier one ; g'«5 ^ in
early times.

g'S sna-mo earlier ; bygone; g'35^« long
before ; from former time.

g'* jwo-sa breakfast ; the morning food ;
food taken early in the morning.

g'^°i sna-rol of old time; past ages;
g'^ar^ before ; in time past ; gone before.

g'awjq j«a-%j=°>^ Q in Tsang a return
visit or entertainment.

g'-*] jna-fa=?'ij5'g'5 straps for binding
things to a saddle ; %'4| the straps which go
round the hind part, and called -«|'«I5*I*<' JjS'
g'-T'T^'S'1' ^ (Lhamo b$tod-pa).

g '•*!*< sna-$a§ very early.

g^N'^'i gna-fuys hdren-pa the accen-
ting of the first syllable.

g'*fc sila-sor i£Bf 1. before; in the first
place ; first of all ; at first. 2. anciently ; in
olden times.

Syn. £^ s«or ; jpV^ snon-du ; g'*» §na-ma
(Miion.).

j-f 'j^. sf,a-har a kind of tea.

^'Qsnaj-pa, also £«|«r«i, pf. "g«I»i, fut.

ig"!, imp. g""! snog, to praise, commend,
extol; to recommend: R$'£ivg«|^ it is
recommended to go ; £]fIVl'£qI*rci praising ;
singing praise; H£'»|*r£i'5 a praiser, corn-
mender ((7s.); i£«i|*rw*«rci worthy of
praise ; qgi|^'g^ praked; ako n. of Buddha's
hor^e ; qgi|*rfl]5<>i thankfgiviug.

1. praise; encomium ((?«.).
2. wa magical formula consisting mostly
of strings of Sanskrt syllables in the
recital of which perfect accuracy is re-
quired. These are used in invoking and
coercing deities and demons, and are the
equivalents of the famous mantras and
dharani of Sanskrt Buddhism; g^wgiq
ffiays-sgrub-pa, g'"l*)-aijilj» snags-fpcl-wa, to
recite mantras; to pronounce charms or
incantations ; gi|«rT^<ir£i jpsprr* the mysti-
cal or Tantrik doctrine of the Buddhists,
v. HP thcg-pa; g«|«r3 ^'^ ^r: clarified
butter (used in the sacrificial fire) ; g"!^'
ifr" snags-kyi spyod-pa tindW mysticism ;
the practice of the mystic cult.

g<q*r<w snags-hchan Tpfrax one who
ministers charms, a professor of mysticism ;
gflj«rnwq or gij*i-^-£i to carry dharani
charms about one's self.

extracts

tfag$-Uu-wa
of mantra or charms.

$nar/§-$dc-ysum ace. to the
Buddhist as well as the Bon-po=g ^1« g^
the external or ritualistic science. 1. the
external spells by which a god or goddess
is propitiated or brought under one's power
so as to obey the wishes ; ^'fluic.'gaj'K g^g-
fl^a the secret charms by the efficacy of
which a Tantrik Bodhisattva either in his
•wrathful manifestation or in his milder
form is propitiated. By dint of charms,
he mysteriously unites with a female
who having acquired similar perfections
and merits like himself, is thus prepared
spiritually for such a union. Both having
attained to the same degree of spiritual
culture and sitting in each others embrace
vanish, it is believed, into the state of
Nirvana. This practice is called wpw'lft

373

mkhah-spyod. 2. ip^'gfl|«? secret written
charms; i]j=.*rgfli^ glTwhr^ oharrns which
contain efficacious significations and are
capable of over-powering or coercing spirits.
These charms are generally inscribed on
cloth, paper, or wooden boards. 3.
HS"!", v. ^*! spells.

g«|*ri $ags-pa «rf^t one versed in tbe
Tantra cult of the Buddhists; one who
practises mysticism.

Syn. i*)^'^ mis-pa-can; 13'^ mthu-bo-
che ; gi|*r<wc. sfiags-hchan ; «$ «^p5vq bsrun-
hkhor-pa; ipfifW bstan-bdag ;
kjoms-byed; ^i'^ rdo-rje-hdsin ;
snags-chen (Mi',on.).

stays-bon for g'^'S'i and ^'3 .Bon-

mar-gy

rkyal-pa-can n. of an ointment for wounds
and sores (Sman. 350.}.

snays-riys arwt Brahman.

v.

«l panc;
sudden fear.

gt*r|^ stans-byed nknr very fearful,
terrific ; panic stricken.

|J^ sfan for g or g^ SHOW, g^'*^ former-
ly ; before ; previously, opp. to now : "WT
g^org'E.tj Charka was sent previously or
at first.

S^' snan-bu a medicinal herb.

S^, sfiar 5T^fT<r, ^ adv. of time, used
for g'$ tfia-ru, before ; beforehand ; previ-
ously ; formerly ; at first ; £M" from
before ; g^'^S'i what has not existed before ;
an innovation; g^'*i'S*rq what was not
done before ; gv^" to get up first ; one
who has risen first or early; £^'§'l"l''«l55oi
to have or avail of a former arrange-

ment or system ; gv§'«l''|-$*'«rjj»wi old or
early records ; the writings of antiquity ;
g^'q the former ; first mentioned ; gv
§-qN=^-«i*r;aE. or gvwg^ than, before: 3°l'

^•I'lWjRI^-^-W^q-ferVT^-^sii " the

prince was superior even to those who
preceded him, i.e., even he excelled hia
predecessors." Although £* occurs almost
exclusively as a temporal adv., it is used
in the sense of a local postp. in the hono-
rific expression jffg*, before his eyes, in his
presence.

gv|*i gtfar-s*yes=wl; ^rowr an elder
brother.

£*W$* ftiar-khyun liar or gv^'^^ as
usual ; in the o:dinary course ; as formerly.

gvj|*w star-klii-ims (nar-thim) early
laws ; previous punishment or conviction.

g^,3 * §nar-hkfiyur=%'*&'%oi former
custom or usage.

£*'§** star-rgyas early diffusion or
earlier propagation.

g^-^e«i|^ gnar-hjags given as before ; as
before.

g^'|«'«^ fnar-rjcs-can one who follows
or acts according to precedents; g'sfi'w
Q^pi'Sfl §na-mahi lam-lug $-srol the old or
former customs.

g^Vq* snar-rtogs=^'^'^"^ $na-ma-
nas rtojs premeditated ; thought of before ;
anything done after much consideration.

£*'!;'* snar-Uar as before.

gv*3=.' §nar-hthun anything that is to
be drunk first ; an early drink.

g=-'^*> stiar-drarls (^'^'1 Snon-hdren-
pa) ^^1 formerly invited.

g^'"!^ sfiar-ffnod aggression; doing
mischief without provocation.

g*'*i snar-ma sharp, intelligent, quick oi
apprehension.

374

giiar-tned-rned %T*T gaining or
acquiring what one was without before;
gv*)^'fl|wj£«i« innovation ; new introduc-
tion; gvd'Vlw^' what did not exist
before (in the usage, custom or institu-
tions), but has been introduced.

g^-lw sflar-tshim '%*! fK early satis-
faction ; previous contentment.

gvctyi sfiar-bshin as before, as usual.

S?J $na$ resp. SS'g*1 dbu-inas pillow;
cushion; bolster: ^'SlVg*''3'W using
their things as a pillow ; g«'W or g« ^m
pillow ; f g»> a cushion for the back ; g«r
*«l a couch of pillows.
a, v. g'".

also

Sf^ sfiehu the kind of pulse or peas
growing in the Sub-Himalayan regions
called *W, v. 3$ grehu.

or

g3j #?««, adv. of time ; in colloq. signi-

N3

fying previously ; first ; ago.

gfiur-wa to snore (cf.

g I:

zansres) .

3 II : a root signifying green ; as sbst.
plant, herb, green vegetable; g"'|^ tfo-
fkyen early growth ; when it is verdant.

g"'| sno-skya pale-green.

g'B sfo-khra painting on a blue body in
variegated colours.

g"5| sno-sga officinal herb; green
eineer: g*'jj5'^'q^'*ij;JN'^\wf3itv*ta the

o O

pungency of green ginger removes
headache and congested liver (Sman.).
g''! £•' sno-ljan bluish-green.

$fio-tog unripe fruits ; green fruits.
sfio-dreg? mire or bluish-green

mud.

g"'^"! $fio-nag blue-black ; deep-blue.

g~'j^ sno-sne ornaments made of coloured
glass-beads.

Iffj^ sfio-sprin-=ft'<f*p'' (mystic expres-
sion) (MM.).

*** ^

5J 'P I : sno-wa Cs. also g^'i snod-pa, pf.

flg« bsnog, fut. "g bsfio, imp. g« jno? to
become green ; g*'5 sfio-b.0 green ; verdant.

SI'P II : ^'" MfiBim, ^f^anr 1. to bless;
to pronounce benediction. 2. to design ; to
intend: c.'arflgVwfli'Jj nii-lt bsnos pahi g.yu
the turquoise intended for me.

g"'?ft $no-$ma>i a medicinal herb.

g"'J£ gfio-rtsba green grass, as distin-
guished from jJ'Sj , whitish-green shoots of
grass.

i $fio-tsfwd vegetables ; herbs,
i sno-rdsab n. of a colour or paint.

I"'"™ sfio-yas n. of a number.

g"'^ sno-lo green leaf ; the leaf of a plant
(Cs.) : g"^'*wq sHo-lo hchar-ica 1. to
sprout. 2. " to become notorious."

g'q^e.w sfio-bgafo m\H<3 pale or rather
Greenish blue ; g"'q«e,*r*4 §no bsans-ma sgiHT
the goddess Paldan Lhamo ; the sky.

pale-

to cause petty irritation ; to disturb from
rest.

g3^ sfion grr, ^r, ^rtft former; for-
merly; before ; previously ; gV^'S" snon-
safis-rgyas ^TT^f5 the earliest Buddha:

375

-gyi rcjyal-tcashugs-
bshugs-pa ij4f4Hl«jrfacT when the first
Buddha was still living ; g"V§'***'*fl snon-
gyi-hchar-g.shi former matter or subject;
g^'l'*'"! dnon-gyi cho-ga grr^nai the preli-
minary ceremonies or rites ; g"^'§-*w* §fion-
gyi-mtliah Y.**!!**, the end of a preceding
one; g"^'§'« snon-gyi mu Tj»3*}fe former
boundary or limit ; the starting point ; gV§'
^WWtfttm-gyi dus-sam-tshe y*3*i<?i or gtT
former or olden times. This word has
more commonly the temporal signification,
whilst g^'8! refers most frequently to place
and position.

£^'1** snon-skyes STIFFS, y.=5*J, ^Rlf , the
first-born ; born before ; the first-born of
Brahma ; a Brahmap ; an elder brother.

inon-kyi robs 1.
ancient history ; legends. 2. former gene-
ration.

gV^f snon-hgro JJW*, ^fij?rone going
before; precursor: g^'MJ $non-du hgro,
6^'^'?ql"'{| snon-du stsogs.-pa ^•yUi the
preamble or the introduction of a work.

Syn. flR^'5 gnah-bo (Mnon.).

?^'*S snon-chad in former times; an-
ciently: R>*^'1*%|ir'»SI«nf^i snon-med
ma-yin ^non-chad ma-grag?-pa not that it
did not exist before, but it was not known
formerly.

S^'HI Snon-hjug anything fixed to the
fore ; a prefix ; a prefixed letter.

g^ sfion-du or g^'"! $fion-la, adv. and
poetp. before ; formerly ; at the head ; in
advance ; in front of. Of the various forma
of cognate meaning, this is the most
usual and regular; g^'^'^'i sfion-du to
go before; precede; g^'^'<*|ql'£| $6on-du
hjug-pa to put or place before; g^'^'"
Snon-du hdren-pa 5T:^K: one drawing

before, leading; a guide; g"jWflR"'*i
dugnas-pa placed or located in front; exist-
ing from before; g^'^'S^ snon-du-byas
H\i&«, ^l-tJl^ftd promoted ; remunerated ;
honoured ; visited ; g^'i^*! snon-du byas-
nas «i-tn<( sperr being respected ; g"^'^'*'^1'{i
snon-du h»haff^(t*a*^'*^*Oflf^ placed
before.

snon-du gn ancient time; olden

times ; of yore.

g"VVi snon-dran recollecting the events
of former times; IwSfc'jJTVrt'V rjes.-
yofi snon-dran-gyi gtam stories of olden
times (which have) come down.

IV^ $non-nas from a former time.

g^'3 snon-po or g^'*5 $Kon-mo 1. v. g"««o
«ft«r blue. 2. stale; old. '

tft'Q'ttffo snon-po bshm^Wf* the blue
sky, the nature of which is blue as of old ;
g"ar=fc'*H §non-por-hgyur (»)'^' S'^q) to
go out of use ; become old and useless.

gV^"! snon-phyug rich from the beginn-
ing ; rich at first ; formerly rich.

gVgT'K'i* ?non phyug-par gyur was
formerly rich.

g^'9 §non-bu a vegetable ; n. of a medi-
cinal plant, Delphinium Cashmirianum : g"V
^r^^^'V^rwr^-j^ sfion-bus chu-ser
nad-rnams hjam-por sly oft.

l^'l^' snon-byuil xQl^i«*H) HTT^l, ^ifV-
?r?r history ; ancient account : gVg^'i sfion-

anything happened before;
early events ; gone before.

g"*T|*i $non-byu§ flrfw, »nw destiny;
fate.

g^g*< Snon-hbum n. of a botanical
work ; ' the hundred thousand vegetables '

snon-glyans culture of a former
birth; early development;

376

tnon-sbyafii-kyi yugs by dint of culture
in a previous existence (Tig. 7).

g"<V»« sfion-ma 1. srqfa, the former
(when two persons or things are spoken of) ;
ga(-*rj;»w tfon-ma rnam? the former (per-
sons or things). 2. beginning; 9j'Pc.'£i|'^'
qS-jT^»<-^-«rar3*ri? a beginning to build
temples was made at Lhasa.

Syn. g'» $fia-ma; ?T*i thog-ma; ^'5
daft-po; "tffw hgo-ma; «1^'" ynah-wa
(Man.).

* ?rfon-»jo *ra the first ; a vegetable.
'^ snon-mo chab-hdran (lit. the
vegetable which draws out water). 1. n.
of a medicinal plant which is largely used
in dropsy. It grows on the plains as well
as in the clefts of rocks in Tibet. 2.

n. of a number.

(fion-dmar-can sffa^rfoJT 1.
blue and red ; purple. 2. an epithet of
S'iva.

^I'l $fton-tsJie olden times.

Jftfqtyi §non-bshin as formerly.

g^-uic.-q^ajwgN'q gs^cJ gflrm merits of
former existence (M.V.).

|^vw jnon-raij 5TTO ancient history;
former generation ; |frvw3j-<i|5*i $non-rabs-
kyi ffta»i traditions of antiquity.

g^*i ffion-rol=S'^ sna-rol by-gone
time or period.

gaj-m qjj«^ sfion-la bqad JTTI'W previously
stated ; explained before or said before.

l^aw $non-la$ fsnjfa, f^J, ^5, vvm for-
mer actions ; an accident ; an event over
which one has no control ; from before.

g^-qNtm'*^ §fion -bsags-rnthu power due
to merits formerly acquired, v. rtfVrWi
or <^'|3|'I1*'- 1 • virtue ; piety. 2. paradise.
(Mnon.).

Z^'CJ brna-wa to reap.

brnad l. = 9=.- 2. ^'i^
bsnod-pi to crop barley. 3. ^S'
to tempt (Situ. 77).

t)^'q brfiad-pa to seduce deceitfully (a
woman or man) (Sch.) ; also to draw out ;
to distill ; to extract the juices of.
«VP brnad-wci, v. C'«l.

| brfian-pa^K&^i mchod-pa
to honour ; to worship.

«££)•« brnab-pa 1. aco. to 8oh. = *Sf('i.
(2) aco. to Lex. Wi or ew*)'1!.

q£«« 6rw«w?=^':)'^'1' passionate
(S«l!«. 99.).

i£^ brnah crops ; lii'S^^T"! harvest fit
for the sickle (Situ. 77).

«)£« ftrnffj reaped; q<«'«'P£« reaped
the harvest (Situ. 75).

q£«'i brnas-pa ^*r tempted, entrapped.

njq 6r^M6, pres. ^9l»i»i>«i6i dbugs-hrnub,
briiubg, past " ^'ti'ie1)*! d«-im 6r"«6*
tYw. 75) ; ^W'aS'jfi brnub-byahi $man
medicine to be inhaled.

brftubs mf^r?f drawn in (breath or

water) ; n^wA-q drunk.

«£«< 6r«M/ pf . of ET^ rnul-wa.

g-pa to point out anothers'
fault ; seek out faults ; also to search out
a lost article.

was barley to be cropped (Situ. 77). 2. Si's
to seduce, deceive: SS'^'^tV1! budmed.-
brnod-pa to seduce a woman (Situ. 75).

<k^ Jrnon 9f?W? dividing (discovery) pf.
^•^!q*cqt^'T ri-dbays brnon-to hunted a wild
animal (Situ. 77).

377

Qf. ^ ^ brnon-pa, vb. pf. and fut. ^
brfion 1. to pursue wild beasts; to hunt;
to seduce g«V*>S bud-med, esp. to sensual
indulgence (<7d.) : Br«T^'^pr<r4Si rnon-pa
sri-dbags-la brfion a huntsman chases a
wild animal. 2. sbst. *rre, JJ^T, <|[ajiff
fowler; huntsman; ^TRTT, ^te hunting;
l^q'S rAon-pa-mo a hunting woman; a
huntress (<?«.) : R^qurq^ ri-dbags brfion-
to have been hunting game.

qgflpr^ biAagg-ldan ^ra?w, ^fuj* n. of
Gautama's horse on which he left his
home.

praise, eulogy; trfrfajg, ?nro praised;

^« Asnays-hos ^ir^i, «m praise-worthy.

2. description.

tlgl'i bsnal-ica to be faint or exhausted
(Cs.),

) b§fia§-pa to place the head or body
upon a cushion ; to recline.

^g'q b$flo-tca 1. IT fin m the end v. i"'i
Sfio-wa. 2. a blessing, ^"I'l^^'g'^'^
bdag-pshan gyi don-du cf. f'1' $fio-wa. 3.
mouldy ; rotten (Cs.).

^IJWtl is%S-jBO = *^E.'^-q pf.

imp. g*|«r3)*J Snogs-fig (Situ. 75).

qg'N'i bsnos-pa &K*H resolution :
q|*i'*1 b$fio§-pa§ bsgyur-wa
to make a firm resolve to go the way of
Nirvana or to do any act of piety. 2. final
consequences of Budhhistic enlighten-
ment, viz., showering of blessings on the
afflicted. Compare —

v.

W^|| (Bodht)
" Let whatever sufferings the* world has,
come to me ! may the merits of the Bodhi-
sattvas make the world happy ! "

49

5 ca, the fifth letter of the Tibetan
alphabet, corresponding in pronunciation
to the Sanskrit ^ or to English c h in the
word "child." Ace. to Tibetan gramma-
rians, the Sanskrit ^ is equivalent to *, the
seventeenth letter of the Tibetan alphabet.
Thus Tibetans write the Sanskrit word ^F
(moon) as $*\\ isan-dra and not as &\\
can-dra.

5 1. as num. fig. 5. 2. * ca=f ka
excrement ; alvine discharges : *'^v«i to
discharge excrements (Jd.).

ca-eir bark (in Ld.) (Jd.).

ca-cus warped ; distorted ; awry
(Bek.).

5' 3 c'i-co l.=^

clamour, noise, cry ; the noise pro-
duced by many people talking with one
another. 2.=«W"K; §f**-§"8-3r exclama-
tion of joy: v*'T*i'J* now do not make
such a noise ! (Mil.) Ki-li ki-la, noise of
laughter. 3. f^Hf-<jaM chirping, twitter
(of birds).

•5'Tffflm ca-co-sgrog§ *<snltd, ^fTfl^jf*
1. expression of love in birds ; a low or
pleasing tone. 2. = 31'^ «qnr pigeon.

«'?'«^ ca-co-can shouting, bawling;
talkative, loquacious (Jd.).

*'X'S ca-co-che jpl'X^'i a babel; con-
fused noise (as in a market) (Nag.).

«'X-»)^q ca.co nied-pa sTrHsHf^H free

attribute of Buddha (M. V.) ; one of the
eighteen independent conditions of Bud-
dhahood (Dh. sect. LXXIX).

i=***W* disagreement;
not in accordance with.

$'^' JJ'3^ ca-ra ma-ra raving ; adj. irre-
levant: qv5'*'*'*'*'(J't>':h'V! I he is speak-
ing irrelevant things, talking unconnec-
tedly..

S*^*3^ ca-ra-ra the noise produced by
the falling of rain in high wind.

S'3^ ca-ri in W. a bug (Jd.).

$'* ca-rc = w car continually; always
(Jd.).

5 •>, ^ * ca-re fia-re drippingly ; little
and little (A. 52.}.

5'0)'o'Q} ca-le co-fe = *'°l'S'a) irregular :

|^^'4*f^vWto'lfc*rfentN (A. 107)

has not your conduct become irregular and
slack ?

from noise or chatter ; without fuss ; an

cay termination of plur. of pers.
pron. as in *'*«| we, ^'*"I you, p'«"I they.
*fl|'2I*i oag-knunz=Mfl\lt chag-krum 1.

•» -o

sbst. broken pieces (of glass or any brittle
thing). 2. cartilage; gristle; Sf^'^TH*1
snahi eag-krum bridge of the nose (Jd.).

5^1'^Tj3^ cag-dkar =**r% in W.
quartz (Jd.).

^'ZJj cag-ga care ; vb. •sfTl'V to take
care of; •wr«rvr9 ace. to Jd. in colloq.
careful, orderly, regular, tidy.

379

S5J

eating :

cay-cay crunching sound in
do not crunch so !

cag-cer-re closely pressed or
crowded in standing or sitting (in Ld.)
(Jd.).

cag-cob=vy**\ (Nay.).

v.

in W.

5£' can contraction of l«wi' anything,
whatever, everything : *s.'*)'«|«j**('tivn he
did not say anything whatever ; «E,'£)'f|'q
to say nothing.

£C'^ can-tehu also s=.'s=,'^ ^TO a
kind of small drum ; a hand drum. Those
used by the Tantriks are made of a human
skull; •fc'H'*!**^' heating a hand-drum
(A. 32).

«cR«i| c(in-n'y = 3f>'» wise, prudent;
knowing everything.

*c.'-2|»> canoes ^naii^q one who knows
all about (a subject) ; *c-!|*r«i wise, well-
informed, good; «K'%MpW(*|ss$m'fc^#
**?**( one not knowing anything ; block-
head, simpleton [^rsjraflH not well
informed ]<S. ; ae/wsflfe.' did not see
anything : J^Hf* WR^tfcl^l'a^TO'Wfflk' |
I have never seen a friend who was inti-
mate with you (Rdsa. 13).

st'lh can-srid what ; what is it?
$C$T~1 cans-po clever, skilful.

•&\ can an affix signifying having,
possessing, being provided with, corre-
sponding to the English adj. termina-
tions — ous, — y, — ly, — ful: 2v*r*^ thorny.
Sometimes also = like, or ish : &S'*^ Bon-
like ; J5V*^ you or one like you ;
a Hindu, Hinduish. %5^=

^'i having or being possessed of merit,
qualifications; |^'^ = |^'^';| faulty, with
faults ; 3>v*r«frH}'«^ having sharp thorns ;
fc-4^'*rif-«a| having a lion's head. It is
sometimes affixed to verbs : §V'*^ doer ;
QI*I'T|'«^ worker ; sometimes signifies
belonging to: 5\«^ Tibetan, |'5f^
European. In C. is also used for the
possessive pron. *•'**(, ft**t my, his or
her.

can-cil W. the green shell of a
walnut (Jd.).

can-ce, *^'^, -s^'^ in colloq. 6 '
1. tea-cup (made either of wood or of
china (Nag.). 2. a small bowl or dish
(Sch.). 3. continually (Cs.).

+ *^'^ can-du postp. c. accus. to ; with :
pfj^-ft-UJJi I do not go to him; ^'^'^
na-can du with me, in my possession.

•5^'zi^'|^'3 Can-bsM ryyal-po believed to
be an incarnation of Padma Sambhava
or Guru rin-po-ctte. 9'1'i^yfttir'^ffi^ytf
%'Vl"81! saves one from enemies, evil
spirits and jRudra (Lh. kar. 35).

^ 5^'3^ cab-cab patting or clapping
with the hands to express approbation.
^•qK'jtq-VgfVHfMfjTO | also bowing to
and patting Rfiog (Ebrom. 116).

cab-cob (f«I'«^^'9) 1. the
sound of tasting. 2. nonsense:
to talk nonsense.

cam 1. slow (Cs.). 2. quietly,
without any noise or fuss; wd'^flrq or
w§N'Rl<q-y to place quietly; in Sikk.
wijS keep silent or sit still. 3. in W.
ace. to Jd. whole, unimpaired : "(3g) **r»>'3j^
the whole store of hay is still left. 4.
glistening, glittering cf. gi'ft (Jo.).

380

TZT^'QJ cam-pa ta-lo in Tsang, the
mallow (Ja.).

TH1^ cam-pod in Zrf. a bunch of flow-
ers, sprigs, etc., a handful of ears of corn

5^ car 1. (Lex.) w* ; aco. to tfs. *'*
continually, always ; with numerals ; *$*\'
w at the same time, opp. to one after the
other, successively (viz., doing or suffering
a thing, sleeping, dying, etc.). 2. at once,
on a sudden, opp. to gradually ; g'« all
the five together.

ww car-mar always, continually
(fkk.).

5^'^5| car-ra§= <OE,*i*rMi a small apron
to cover the privy parts.
car-re, v. ** car.

ca^ or ww noise ((7*.); «m 31
rumour, (false) report, *°i'*'Ji or wXar«|5*
idle talk, nonsense (Ja.).

^'^cas-cus 1. larC^8^*^ dis-
torted ; to be obstinately perverse ; twisted ;
awry. 2. ace. to Sch. — *'§«.

£ I : num. fig. 35.

« II : f%n, 3TO 1. gen. used in books
though not commonly in colloq. : what ?
55 of what? **|* or *$* why, for
what, for what object ? S5'^-^ in whose
interest, for what purpose? 3S-i^ or
SS'SjV^why? ^-|*-^ this wherefore?
why this? "if so it is asked." $<v*jj*rg
what sort of fruit ; the fruit of what ?
35'^ what kind of mountain, hill ; S also
like an adj., is placed after <he woid
to which it belongs: *'$'"« for what
reason ; on what account ? 2. why ?
wherefore? *V!'a''^''3-*r*|i| t "why should

not that suffice me"? S'ft'aq -why do
you not procure ; WT'J'i'W^* 1 1 (you)
considered, why would not that be a good
thing? ^3^3-a^c.'! if that happened,
why should it not be desirable? 3. in
conjunction with other words $ signifies
how ? 4. inst. of a note of interogation,
e.g., in : 3'flRf for *R*'w, •Jlh'm'fr^'P1 1
" do you allow (me) to come " ? (Ja.)
In the colloq. of C. 1 ci is almost
invariably re-placed by "F gafi both in
the sense of "what" and "which";
whereas, properly IK: means " which "
only, and S means "what."

« III: correlatively which, -nhat ;
whatsoever; everything. ^ as a corre-
lative ought properly always to be written
* ; yet not even in decidedly eorrelative
sentences is this strictly observed : 3'|«^
^'^' I whatever I may do ; l'i3'«il«p'^-§>
^<>'5*''C1|C'! whatever we may be bidden to
do, we shall obediently perform. 3'*j*
also ly^T"! as quickly as possible ; also
S may = at any rate: |^'S'^c.« he must
be invited here at all events (Ja.).

?'1 ci-ga what ? colloq. $'V|*i, S'^^-q^
whatever one may wish ; at pleasure ;
ad libitum. \>^\^sf\ what is it? \*p.
=%'%*> in what manner, how ?

S'^l ci-bgyi f%^ a seivant, valet; one
who does what he is ordered to do.

whatever is good:

sides, whatever is good is accredited
(accounted) to you (A 133).

3'?fl| ci-cog=^'^'\ what or whatever is.

S'q=S ci-briod f%»^W^ what has been
stated or told.

3'q^I ci-shig whatever; something; any-
thing : 3'^1'5'^"-ei for what purpose it is
wanted,

381

fei|

v.

«'$* ci-ltar ^u like what ?
§*-qS'fll5*i-S«-« «he related how it
happened."

* Ij ct-gte but if ; if however.
*'? ci-sto what does it matter ?
« VI ci-drag what to do ; what is to be
done ; what is the matter ?

well, good; what pleases; as it pleases
them; as they like. 2. name of a section
of Tuntrik Buddhii-ts in the monastery of
Vikramas'ila during Atis'a's time.

^YV ci-hdod-pa qmljf whatever one
wishes ; as much as desired; whatever (they)
wish; ^ ^^ q q^ ?q-q to get according to
what one wishes [an attribute of a Bodhis-
attva (M. F.)].

S^V*1 ci-hdra-ua ^ftf^l like what ? simi-
lar to what ? S <^'*i?c what have you seen ?

^'8'q^'l*\ ci-smra bar-tyed ft
f3f*J?R*{ what is there to tay ?

$'&» ci-tsam how much.

S'^Jl ci-tsug how ? in what manner ?

3'stf^ ci-mtshan fisf^f of what sex ?

3'3*rqf^q ci-shes b$tan-pa whatever has
been demonstrated.

• fc ci-ser what does he say?

3 If q^l q<v1to| ci-zar brtag-pnhi tshig the
interrogative expression ci-sar (fqi w^f) is
used to signify: — ?'^ co-hdri;
hyog-tshig ; ^'f>'c>'e>^h(jal-u-a-brjod'.
hog-lcn-pa ; ^'f^f-sad- rndah (Mnon.).

^e. cihan = \^^ (Situ. 125}.

« "«.' ci-yan = *&' f^sf whatever; any-
thing ; HK'frft! not able to do anything.

s'«ic.'»)^'£i ci-yan nied-pa 'Hft*3& nothing
whatever ; not any ; one who has got
nothing.

....... [lit. realm of nothing-
ness; one of the eight kinds of Vtmoksa—
salvation. The sixth stage in which one
perceives nothing. Comp. Maha-p. 30J&

S'OK^-q ci-yafi rufi-Ka whatever is
permissible, suitable.

t'%*i bi-yin = $-*l ci-ga what?
5'^S ci yod f%Hf% what has happened ?
•^iprq ci-rigs-pa, adj. qiiiifljf, adv. S'
"I" *^ 1- in some measure ; to a certain
degree ; in part ; partly. 2. of every sort.
* 5 ce'-rw whither : 5'§'^$fq flic.'acuic.'scai'
'"%'*> 1 to go without looking at any-
thing.

$'"» «'-/« f^ why? wherefore? I'm S'ai
why? for what? $'«r*r*fl|-qf**rci| g0ne
without being obstructed ; S'ITUK: %-rjfq f or
whatever ; ^'"c^jifi: why is this ? whence ?
*'•(* ^f^nx from what ?

N

^ ce-fw/ wS'SN-q5-|«| after whatever
has been done. •

& cir, ?'§ «VM, termin. of 3 1. where
to, etc. 2. with w ; everywhere ; in every
direction ; for any purpose ; by all means ;
with a negative = nowhere.

not consider the matter or subject.

S« cfs instr. of % by what ? where-
by; 3*i%i*w.^ by what am I to
believe it ? what shall make me believe
it? whereby can I know it to be true?
&r3ra-Hf«l he is not to be frightened
by anything. S^c and S'^-g*- used
as adv.: by all means, at any rate:
^•JF*^ if you wish to go by all
means, at all hazards; v^-gcD-s^ now
nothing will help or be of any use ; &'3*-
-crg I beg of you at least to accept it;
qq teach it to me at any rate ! (Jd.).

382

ci-rgod wild millet.

a-eer =

without

hair on the head ; bald head.

- *«v^ exhaustive;
T
brought to perfection; to the farthest

limit.

1'3f ci-rtse %u?3 a kind of millet; a
species of grain eaten by the poor.

ci-tshe=^ ci-tse.

ci/j modified form of «$1 one, and
changing to Vl after vowels or after *, ^,
«, "S or i. 1. a ; a few ; a little ; some : q«|'
IqlfqpnF^^VK.' having bought a sheep,
they led it inside ; **'§•**<>! some five
people. 2. when affixed to verbs it is a
sign of the imperative mood. P>*ffcf
jf«V$fll wait a little while! "twf^11? show
the path !

Sfli'W tig-car or flftl'S 1. together;
with one accord: i*wWfH*KV1 te
left off his crown and sceptre together
(Zam.). 2. «an: quickly.

$u|-.5«,-J)« tig-car s he s=m' *$"]'%'* once;
equally; H*^0^'"!*11! 3*m once; all
at once.

the other ;

ctV/-fo$ or
the latter ; some other.

3£' I: c«n=%, or ^, a gerundial
particle, the initial letter of which is
changed ace. to the rules obtaining for S"l ;
corresponds to the English participle
' ing ' and is used in sentences beginning
with " when," " after," " as," and is affixed
to verbal roots and adjectives ; in the latter
case including the auxilliary verb to be :
mostly concludes minor clauses and
interposed participial sentences, never
ending main clauses:

'? the other girl climbing up
the tree picked the flower : g*r^e.'«p'
1*1 having hid themselves after running
away ; frq. also when co-ordinate ideas are
in English connected by ' and ' or ' but ' :
^•a|-j-^-gq)'«c<i3fq | eating flesh and drink-
ing blood; S^E.-a)u|«rq[ tall and well
shaped ; Sfr^ft'lrrffcWNI | heat is hurtful,
(but) cold is beneficial. It is also used
like the ablative of the gerund in Latin :
we live by fishing (Jd.).

\ S'Qf Cin-ci-li a creeping plant (in
Tsang).

•3^'^. Cihu-ri n. of a female demon
(Jd.).

§ cu 1. num. fig. 65. 2. inst. of 15
used in compound numerals for the tens,
when the preceding numeral ends with a
consonant : gw

* Cu-gan (g3!) 1. 9T»ref^TT bamboo-
mauna ; substance secreted in the joints
of bamboos and used in medicine both
in India and Tibet. 2. kind of lime
used in medicine ((7s.): §'"Fgf*W*ta'
H-^-npfflj! cit-gang breaks sores and cures
inflammation of the lungs.

^'5) cii-tl, *'% co-li 1. in W. a fresh
apricot (Jd.). 2. dried apricots. 3. a sort
of wild-growing vegetable in Sikk. In W.
§'S)' 5'^ the pulp of apricots boiled clown
to a conserve and formed into cakes (Jd.).

J Cun 1. in C. gourd ; pumpkin. 2.
n. of a place. 3. = §=^i| a little : VIS'S*
n^-q-^aj you are a little too late now; §=•'
«5-fl a little slanting (Jd.).

ciiA-shig, v. 1=-'^ cufi-sad a little.

cuh-shog a little (piece), a trifle.

383

251 1

citfi-sad a little ; slight, trifling; a
little while: $*1JV3F**'5*' = 3'UK'*>'$*< not
at all able ; $*'*VJ9'^ a little angry : jc.'
*V3f*\ a little smiling ; $^'$-|»s even for
the sake of a trifle : S^T^"'"? I shall
see whether it will help a little ; $*'^'3*T
ift wait a little, a while ; §e.-j^-»cq^q a little
unwell; jR-^'f'^-fjm my self-respect is
(made) small.

§c.-j«^£i an epithet of a Nagaraja (M. V.)

cun-zad-tsam some little.

cun-hyay a brass plate or dish
(Btm.).

ctin-sho or l^'*'"!?6-'^ a medicinal
white stone alleged to cure diarrhrea
(Jd.).

^^ cur colloq. without leaving any
remnant; §*'*^'" to devour it all up.

\ $^°\ cur~Hi &**'* or 3'*1 ^ or T*)
1. powder ; in the work called Li-gur it is
stated to have been derived from the dia-
lect of Shan-shun, but it is evidently
Sanskrt. 2. meal, flour (occurring only
in medical writings) (Jd.).

3 ce, num. fig. 95.
•3'5C* ce-can, v. S'l6.'.

S'^ ce-na its other grammatical forms:
•*|'^, fa inst. of S*''!}'*) 'if one says so,
asks, so,' etc.

* ce-gpyan =S'«E.' used for
jackal ; fox.

'^ ce-spyan ra, l-|e>^-5)
c,'| the horn of the (fabulous)
jackal; is a protection against cattle
disease ; n. of a precious stone.

«'•« ce-tse (^^«i?i, also ^nssf M. F.)
%TJf«f a kind of millet, Paspalum scrobi-
cuMum.

3'?'^ ce-tsc-rgod=^^ wild millet
(M. V.).

•o (^ cehu a reed for sucking up beer. It
is called $*\% tsug-li in Sikk.

•o R echo, t%«f certain.

•5"* ce-re or S^'^ staring (fixed-eyes) :
^Wf^i'^ (he was) looking at it with
fixed eyes (AV/<7.) ; 3'*-arg'q ce-re-la Ita-
wa looking with fixed stare : ^swi'^e.'^'
S)qi-^-ac»-*i^-«w he paced forward with his
eyes staring and open without seeing (it)
(A. 73).

3C'^| cen-ke (3'^'5»") a kind of long
knife with thin but broad blade : m«|-*ri$cw
<iS-3e.-$)-<*riar<i|'w»i for a Cefi-ke about a
little less than an arm's length the price is
one khal of grain (Rtsii.).

«*T5 cem-tse scissors (Jd.).

^^'5 Cei'-bu n. of a place in Tibet
(JB. ch. 4).

eer-re =' ce-re.

ce$ (its other grammatical forms :
•<)«, •)«) Tf^f so, thus; ce$ is generally
used after "1, «\, «l, as in HVT^'S'1' I, the so-
named ; a5*V^*I':| thus existing ; ff^f so
gaining ; in ancient literature 3« is regu-
larly placed after words or thoughts that
are literally quoted, and so continuing the
sentence ; the quotation itself is generally
preceded by ^'HV^ or ^'f*^. In later
literature 3«n and the introductory words are
often omitted ; in colloq. language always.
Inst. of fcrgw* or 3*ra]*}=.»r?i so he said,
thus ho spoke, so has been said or spoken,

*l

384

BO it is said; often only 3«'*f is used and in
like manner S«ri for 3N'|j*ri this word, this
speech: 3«'«'ai '*ifl|V<i "these and similar
words."

Jwi'i cet-bya-ira or 3«'£i the so-called,
frq. after names ; $«'$ rarely for &».

* co num. fig. 125.

'^| Co-ga also written sfl = «]$'l»| in
colloq. Sv^T* a small singing bird; the
lark: V'^<)W(V'41*'t|l the larynx of
Co-ga removes hoarse voice.

'TSIVfW co-ga,
(mystic expression) (Min. !/).

co-grot (co-teh) a colt one year
old, when Tibetans clip its mane and tail
for the first time.

* 7 co-to a tuft of hair on the head ;
J'f5-lfVfl| hair plaited and diessed on the
crown of the head: g"IN'i5'»^5-|j-^i|-^<i|-
qjMW^«r*V*«ir3v<i to make the hair of a
sorcerer's head into SX'Juj it (the hair) is
gathered into a tuft.

co-hdri-tca,

1. to blame, reproach, scoff at; to vie with.
In K. du. this term is described as signi-
fying to be jealous of, and as equivalent
of fK«W|«V9«™, ace. to Nag. *<§ v. Sivq
what does he say. 2. *flf'q$(V9 to deceive,
to cheat (Nag.).

S'dj Co-ni n. of a district in Amdo.

« * co-re same as *'*'X, the cor-cor
sound produced by straining fermented
beer (Nag.).

co-k-wa=X-*n or ^' a
little; X% to =!(•*.• to somewhat; rather:

his instruction of the Bodhisattva he was
somewhat culpable (A. 52).

cog 1. all ; also a plural sign ;
ace. to Schr. all (people) : ^yX,'*"! all that
exists: ?V*i'?«| all that has been heard;
«3fc.-(f£q| all that has been seen ; "K^'3fii
those that exist; "|l»i'55'?<i) those that are
valuable. 2. ^c.'^^.

cog-cig car=

altogether : y^VJW^'
the Buddhafi of the three ages all assem-
bled together (Ya-sel. 28).

! cog-cog-pa in W. grasshop-
per; cricket (Jd.).

cog-pa to have leisure:
fa if JTOU have leisure you should come ;
to-day I have no leisure.

Cog-bu a small square tent to
accommodate only one person used by
anchorites of Tibet when they retire to
solitary places for practising religious
austerities.

cog-lu-pa 1. one who lives in a
lonely mountain cavern or in a small tent
that accommodates but one man. 2.
[H^fft^i sitting and not lying down ; one
of the twelve ascetic practices] $.

adv. cog-bur the manner of
sitting up at night awake (Nag.).

•o^T « cog-tse is a corruption of the
Chinese word ^'T^> meaning a small din-
ing table. It has been Tibetanized in
or *T*,

385

(Jig.) (a small) table the legs of which ^V I in that country many black rocky

resemble those of a pig is here indicated ; hills overhang (Hbrom. 117).

¥i|'£it-fl|*r*)'fl|E,'*» a table just suitable for y ^

one man to sit at. S^'CQ'q col-le-wa, v. *v*n or «*»*

adj. lying irregularly or promiscuously

Cog-ro n. of a place in the dis- (Mnon.).

trict of Tsan-dkar in E. Tibet. -, , ^^

I cog-la-ma a mineral substance tiara, diadem, crown worn by kings. 2.

used for medicinal purposes.

the crest of gallinaceous birds.

con, in colloq. -f6-' 1. a musical ^yn.

instrument (Lex.); a bell (Schtr).2. ace. tgyan;

dbu-rgyan,
zla-wa-can ;

dpun-

bgo-rgyan; I" 9^ rtse-bran (Mnon.).

to Ja. a precipice : It-arj^-q to push down
a precipice in order to kiil (a man). 3. v.
«!**. ycofi. literally, handsomely-crested bird ; n. of a

king of birds (^*r«rw|c nam-rnkhah-ldin)
> cofi-ci small bowl or dish (Sch.); ,-^ y\

v.

cor-gan or

, ± ,-,.„. a — _. , a mouthful ;

con-cofi jagged, indented, ser- a g^p

rated (Jd.).

•oQI'^C* col-chuA childish prattle or
babbling.

'q ff<M<J$-Pa (4..R. 1,

cofi-wa)

to raise wailings, loud lamentations (at
funerals) ; cf. *J**'$fi pcofi-skad.

coti-mo in colloq. for g=. 35.

eofi-shi =$*•'% iun-sho *jt»r the
plant said to be useful in diarrhoea,
in phlegm and fever ; fr-^S's juice or water
of the soma plant.

1. to ap-
prehend ; to grasp (with the understand-
ing) ; to impress, gen. with «K'i on the
mind ; ^'*|*flm'i well-impressed ; impres-
sive ; «r»p' Wl*l*'^'2i'fll^'^ | to give a very
thorough instruction; *!*1*''3'§IV£'I to lay
emphasis on. 2. relative to persons it may
be synon. with **pri, to love.

' cofi-rofi, perh. = 3fc'3fc-, ^'^' qjj^q ffcafi.po clever; lively, sprightly;

in W. also attentive to; regardful of ; ^

car-car an onomatopoetic word rj'^E.'Hj=:'»|«c.'^'^^'ti clever and sagacious;

expressive of effervescing ; beer is describ- n|5c.- sbst. sagacity, cleverness ; P'*!** clever

ed in fermenting as making the sound 'cor- words; clever speech (Cs.).
cor': «'||'**-?vK^-**irsi| (Nag.) after

the sound ^'^ of fermenting beer has ^^ pad-pa, v. «pf«V« 9cod-po='W<t

ceased, it must be strained. cut into pieces (Mnon.).

c'3J''2) £0/-fc=s|6. ^ or 3c2 adj. hang- 1J53j*^J3^ g.can-gzan ^^ carnivorous

ing or dangling : oj9i'^'^'gi'^l»I'3-»(E,15'?«caf animal ; beast of prey; the cat and the

50

386

dog not being included in the term;
s\'*« the lowest of the beasts of prey ;
sjjj4jj| ferocious, wild animals
(Mnon.) ; V3?iT literally signifies a
warrior-beast. *

! I : feam-pa=yfn made :
cj made a conference ; talked over

yams-pa loyal and
loving : t$&'*$rfftffrr'fX&*WR&

*i^ I the Sutra for expressing loving words
to the miraculous king Kong-tse (D. B.).

^, *J|5JT^ gram-lit adj. artificial, not
natural ; artificial expression of feeling ;
insincere demonstration : fll«*»'9^'^ql'8'q,
speaking words of outward regard. Also
humbleness, servility, flattery : ^•">^W%
a servile speech (Sch.).

an

obsequious, insincere person.

gfam-yas n. of a number.

J gcar-ira ace. to Sch. cut out ;
put out ; knocked out; of. w«l (Jd.).

I gcal-ica to spread, display ; lay
out, e.g., precious stones, jewels, on a
table, on the ground (Jd.) ;
u bkrant-pa having laid out.

gci-ica s*n^ !• vb. v. "I^V to
discharge urine; to make water. 2. «!^'
«|$'q'5 one who is making water. 3. *|*'
*'$ urine to be discharged.

gcig ^i 1. the number one ;
•' one only ; one and the same ; ^-
r§ at the same time ; at one time ; V
or y'"$*T^ once; one day. 2. one

only: ""i'fl|*1 my only father or *'
«1$1, the only mother, the mother of
several brothers or sisters but idiomati-
cally the common wife of several brothers ;
^'S'l^'*1^'*1'*!^9! my only beloved mother :
*uj|3qi-aw$-{jaj-*4 the venerable mother Lal-
di'on ; *i«i'9|*r*|«l or *|«l'*r*l«*|, etc., one
another, each other ; *>-*]&r«i different (Jd.).

*\&f*\ gciy-ka single, only, opp. to
several.

-car or "1'w alone, v. «.
ciy-ciy certain ; some one (Ja.).

geiy-gpig 1. one at a time ;
separately ; alone. 2. of the same kind ;
not different. 3. adv. by one's self; only;
solely.

fll^fli'Sij gciy-gcoy i^njw, 4J*<K* one
principal ; the leader ; ring-leader.

<j$ii)-S<i| pcig-c/iog all-sufficient (Jd.).

")3ij'i*i gciy-rje$ («i*<) y*^ a passage
(for one man to pass) ; lit. fit for one foot
only.

gcig-ilid «?§T, m>st friendship ;
state of unity ; the state of being one ; one-
ness ; unity.

"$"1 '5 gcig-tu TJ^T 1. together with;
into one; into one body; 1^1'§'|'l to
unite ; to collect into one. 2. at once ;
wholly ; altogether. 3. only, solely ;
*$9T§'§*'£' 13?UTT? be turned into one
uniform state ; "l^l'g'^^'i 5&n1%3i to be
intent on one object ; one object for certain ;

having

agglomerated, abbreviated ;
q^hj^i having come together; being
united ; J»|$IT§'|;!^*''*'*4'3*\'^*1 ^reig having
joined or being united together ; <$Q|'§'
«%« the holding together or to hold
together ; f l^'lS'TS in one direction ; in a

387

certain direction; ^'"I^TS in a certain
place; S^'I^TS in one vessel; ^'"$*T§ in,
one house.

Syn. ^'^ re-re; J^'J^' rkyan-rl;yan • %
sla-nied; "I'Si ya-gyal (Mnon).

i-q g.cig-tu rndses-pa

1. lit. one who can perfectly please.

2. n. of a Bodhisattva (M. V.).

"ft'y^^ycig-tu-yod arffigffr all existing
together ; in one place.

fll&q'ij $w<J g.cicj-tii sems-pa 1. to be all
attention (to any subject or person) ; to
pay homage; to be respectful. 2. S^'3"'
V'^-qi or 3TlS'i, gi'i to be possessed
of faith and respect (Mnon.).

n]3<»|'i?q ^cig-htlwb 1. expectant (that
he will get something). 2. fsftere an
actor ; a bard.

1^1'^ fcig-du, ace. to Jd. unity and plu-
rality ; l&T^'Epl not having these qualities
(Fat.).

1$*r^n'*|$*r§ ffcig-nas g.cig-tu trwcr tix;-
«jajf from one to another ; in succession ;
fl|$q|-^rfl|$q|-jj-jjVq flnTTH lineal descent or
lineal descendant ; one unbroken line of
succession ; fl|$T^«'fl|$q!'ij''^*''^' XRWTOT, ^
become one or united by succession ;
-^«rq|$q|-ij-qii-q ffcitj-nas g.ciij-tu bsdu-wa
to accumulate for each other ; ")3i]^*r
fiprq gcig-nas rtogs-pa i^rt^K^f one
who deliberates with undivided attention ;
«|^fl|^«'fl|l«I'5-^'q ycig-nas gsig-tu shen-pa
successive thoughts combining together.

«|$«|' 9 goig.-pa 1. the first. 2. of one
kind, not different or manifold ; ^'iSip
different.

ig-pu 1. tj^f alone, single, only ;
! to be able to cope alone
with a thousand men; ^"I'S^'^^'i for-
saken, abandoned ; to be left alone ; S'lSTg
the only son. 2. *$vg, jcq bare, naked,
single ; in vulg. ^'w, fi'tf-'.

g.cig-pu dben-pa=

residing alone in retire-
ment; one of the conditions of yoga
(M. F.).

"I^1'9'»« g.citj-pu ma T^TT a woman with-
out any husband, or living alone.

flj^'ej cvj-po 1. alone : «j«rq'<j]Sfl]'q'|*r£j'
^ I " the king alone is a man (one posses-
sed of manliness)." 2. being one, or the
one: •r^V*r|«(A<4>^«|>l(| one son of
two mothers, viz., claimed by two. 3.
the one (Jd.).

t$i\'Z^ Qcig-po-pa n. of a solitary
mountain said to be one hundred yojana
long and 500 yojana higli ; from which a
great river (the Tsang-po) issuing flows
eastward towards the ocean (K. d. *268).
g.ctg-lyas %w only.

gcicj-min ^^3? except one.
gpig-t&hig the singular number
(Situ. 119).

'ai'fl|Sfl|'*^'Q gfig-la gfiy med-pa T^-
mutual non-existence ; absence of
one thing in relation to another thing — a
technical term of the Nyaya philosophy.

fl]$5]'W*gsrq5'!$E.' gcig-las hphros-pahi-
hin T^^fK^iTJlH n. of a religious work.

fl|3flj-'JfN g.cig-$os the only one ; the other,
when speaking of two.

gfid-pa, also *$'i pf. *$•*, fut.
, imp. 1^", to make water ; to piss.

i^'aft gcin-nad yfe disease of the
urine, prob. spermatorrhoea.

g.cin-ica ^, Wl? 1. urine ; *|3y
-il'P to make water. 2. tight,
firm, unshaken.

388

Syn. \'$ dri-chu; J^'W rgyun-hbab\ or create discord, dissension :

rab-hdsag (4f»»0».). §*'« ! " from hatred to hatred, or hatred

ffcin-for involuntary discharge increased more and more" ; «ii<vq-«w***-*v

of urine. %* q ' *° imProve friendship ; to become

_~ . more and more friendly ; to increase inti-

qjj^ a.q\iq gptn-hga:i retention ot urine ».

macy: Srws^trwSi'ws^ws^il "from
(Mcd).

disagreement to disagreement, or the mis-

W| gcin-sne si* prob. gonorrhoea; understanding became more and more
also a disease of the kidneys in which intense still." 6. = «W«i firm : ^V^iF* I
urine is frequently and involuntarily to be firm in the mind, i.e.,
discharged.

gcifi-man *y«* diabetes. TS^ H ffcitn-po = «'** » a younger

- _%,. brother (Nag,).

«I«^ *t ycm-man,

making water again and again.

"VS^ ""* 9-cu<*~Pai P1- "I**1) S*1 lut. 15 or

«|^'lj'q gfin sri-tca 9?ra^ pain or J, to turn; to turn round; to twist; to
smarting in discharging urine. twine ; to plait ; to braid.

^,»»wl. = 3a clyster-pipe ; «|H5 itt W*| gctid-bor 1. adj. is explained in

clyster (flag.). (^aff-) <"^IVTl^9>liF1HV»f«»l "doing

—^-..-. work with zeal and earnestness and also

S #-<l <•! acil-wa to spoil; to destroy , ,. ,, ,, 0 ,.„«,.,

' obediently. 2. iij^aiw^-q acc. to Sch.

to forsake ; to cast out ; to reject.

OI.X3'CI ffcun-pa="'Wti to reprove (one's

...» . , •« ff- r— « • w M — 1*~ v » v \ v»*v tT

sbst.) importance ; important. p , ,, ..

r servants, &c.) ; to subdue, tame (an animal)

jS s y.cu-ti=§ '7 cu-ti. (Nag.); q!§^'^'*II§^';' to beat or press a

* thing until it is soft.
15' S6-' gpu-don screw-bos.

1)$'^ g.eu-ica = \«-v 1. to squeeze; to /'l^'*1 ^ur^a L Pf' of ^^q &***

strain; to whirl; turn round like the WPl^^V^^P""*"^! shuns the

twisting of a screw: %-RTVq-Ha*! long narrow Pa88age ^ ^e confines of the

(A. 131). he made a twist with his eyes. Bar-do' 2' a coarse ^^ of vermicelli.

2. to punish by striking; to correct. 3. "IS*" pcus-pa to interfere; to meddle

= I'", v. "JiVi ; *!$'%*> in fT. 1§«'3 screw. with (flag.) : **\ vviwi id.

1§ or | "]**• (Cs.). li^'9 ffcus-lu anything that is screwed

1 (fcug difference, discord. in 5 what has Sot Jammed in.

•VW^ ffcug-mcd=«3*(-i without differ- ^'3 gce-wa,io esteem; to hold dear;

ence; harmony (^afir.). to love (Sch.).

I g.cug$-pa ^nr planted, culti- >f ^*^i 9cen °r "!^'5 or i

vated, acquired or gained ; **v«|§flnr<i skyes-pa *V9l, resp. for a^'l spun-che-u-a,
cultivated friendship; ^'iIJil«'fl to sow 1. an elder brother (flag.) : ^-ai*i'«

389

^w I then he came to invite
the three elder brothers. 2. ace. to Zam.
first-born.

^S Heebu, ace. to Jd. 1. clyster-
pipe =H, 1*4T*«' a flageolet; a kind
of musical pipe with many holes in it.

gcer anything naked, i.e., bare
and uncovered ; «l3vgti a covering for the
body; raiment.

«)3vj|q g.cer-sgrib lit. that which covers
the nakedness of the body ; met. clothes or
dress.

"I^i gcer-wa, v. «)3^.

naked; "iKgv^q to make naked; to
strip off. 2. = se,'« or «$ij'9 alone, soli-
tary, without a companion, single.

ijKg'si gcer-bu-pa f?nf *i a naked per-
son ; n. of a sect of homeless mendicants ;
^Jv^ar*^ of the Jaina sect of India ; also
a Hindu sanydsi.

^^'Cl I : pces-pa 1. S*"*'" dear ; be-
loved: fcvI'D-fliSN-i a man dear to us ; our
beloved; *$*'$y our darling child: ^1'^'
^^-^hrq-^-fi'^l the dearest thing in
this world is one's own life. 2. Also preci-
ous ; very important ; useful : •^^•§'l>l?
*!'g the five very important letters ;
«$«r«r^c.'j| *\ one's life is most precious in
this world; -*K<r *$v it is of importance to
know.

TSI II : (qjfrq) eager ; diligent.

g'q pces-par bya-ica to esteem ; to
regard with affection.

|« gces-spreg (ce-teh) esteem; *$*'
to hold dear ; to love ; to esteem ;
also to exert one's self; «i|3«rfj«rg-s»r<i
exerted one's self ; made exertion : wBj' w

(Sbrom. f> 2) without fore-knowledge it is
difficult for one to exert himself with
assiduity to counteract a former life.

'S'lHS'S gcer-bu gnen-gyi bu fsnf s«-
n. of the founder of the Jaina
heretical school, one of the six Tirthika
teachers of Buddha's time (M. V.}.

'*1 gser-bu-ma a naked woman;
the Goddess Kali.

^*i Gcer-bu lay-rdum (v^ff) n.
of a mischievous armless demi-god.

«$*>•$ gser-mo or "|3*-g'*i sn^TT a woman
who walks naked.

to show more and more affection
for one ; to love very much.

•q&rqg*! gces-btu$ choice extracts, &c.
(<*.)•

J g.cog-pa, pf. P««| frag, imp. <«|
or lipi, to breek ; ^•g^'^-i to break into
pieces; to burst asunder; to cleave; to
split, blast ; to violate (a promise, a vow, a
law, etc.) ; to break out from : fl'g'wrcrS)^
the rope having been broken.

"I*"!'!'*' g.cog-rtsis reduced account;
reduction, discount.

IJcf gcofi 1. a chronic disease; JJ'I^'
chronic bronchitis ; jfi'i?R' chronic cough.
2. a defile ; Xf^c.- a rocky defile.

«p?c.'f^ gpon-fkad 1. a low fine musical
note or voice. 2. cry of sorrow, lamenta-
tions, wailing (flag.).

Syn. t'^cho-ne; $'^-g«i ye-ge bral; «'«r
ma-la; ^'^ ner-skad; ivK'^ ser-ser ?fcad;
o (]g.non.).

390

gcon-c/ten nad-drug the six
chief chronic diseases : (1) w'9'^'^ dyspep-
sia; (2)|fl; (3) f*l; (4) *v«; (5) W«
dropsy in the chest or in the pericar-
dium; (6) "flfc-li-wvg'S phthisis (M. gu.).

ffeoA-tca I. pf. «t^«W to ex-
cavate, wash out, undermine through the
action of water : S^'iffr'^'*'^'?! have
not been undermined (by water). 2. to
get faint, languid, wearied in mind (Ja.).

i|?e.'»>^ pcofi-mcd without illness.

v.

gcod-roU is described in (Nay.) :
an impassable narrow

defile.

gcod-rtogs (^N) fffo>rl n. of
a number ; one versed in that chapter of
arithmetic which treats of dividend.

| gcod-pa, pf. i*«i bead, fut.
imp. *|*S or *^ chod
(MAon.) to cut, to cut asunder
into small bits) ; to cut off, chop off (the
hands) ; to cut down, to fell (trees) ; to
cut out (the tongue) ; to rend asunder;
to break (a thread, a rope, chain, fetter).
This verb has a very varied metaphorical
use, and is especially employed to denote
that the course of anything has been
stopped or " cut off." Thus it can
signify to cure (a disease) ; to suppress (a
passion) ; to stop a road ; to wake up from
sleep ; C"!'l|l^S';i to kill, to murder, to stop
life, to obviate, prevent, avert ; to avoid ;
to lock (the door) ; w^'l^'i to throw
obstacles in a person's way; to hinder,
impede; frq. Vf4W$^9pl^^ these
life-endangering beings ; to stop, to make
a pause (in reading) ; to judge, condemn.

Again we have t«-««|?\«t to follow after;
v<» to search into ; to investigate.

ffcod-byed ^ipi teeth; f%srr
knife ; hand ; the king ; executioner.

Syn. *i'«i mclic-u'a ; Ij gri ; •il'i lag-pa
(Mnon.).

fll?«V*gfl|'«i g.cod-hbrcg-pa to make a
brief abstract of the grounds of any com-
plaint or application made to a court of
justice : ^S^uic^^qqi-S^qi^'ga^-g^cr
flpri | (J)f qei 7) it js Of much importance
previously to make some sort of abridg-
ment; «|tv*?|ar9|'pi*«i capital punishment
in which the culprit is either maimed by
cutting off his limbs or is beheaded.

u)*Y*rt*ni gcod-mts/iams the limit or
point to be cut for a denned boundary of
disputed land; an agreement or definite
treaty.

«]*S'W ffcod-lug$ Tantrik or mystical
system of Buddhism.

«|*VVF1SV^ geod-lugt bdud-bshi the
four chief evil spirits according to the
Tantras are :— (1) ?qi«rqs*r?}-q^ ( devil that
can be stopped or averted ; (2) 3f«|*r»l\3'
^1 devil that comes unhindered or cannot
be stopped ; (3) Wlvl-q^ | devil of en-
joyment and mirth ; (4) t*w§V§'3^ | devil

of arrogance and pride.

~**

^SJJ gtom for q?* loom that which is
over-powering ; haughtiness, arrogance.

+ ijlf«-|c,N &com-skyun$ terror-stricken.
•^^

gcor-wa to spread, scatter, dis-

perse (Cs.).

'H ycor-zla, |'cA'j^'

(Ta-sel).

Icag or i«1 •«, v. "fS^'i and
1. ^T^TT cut, ground or divided;

391

to split wood ; to break stone. 2.
to cultivate; till ground (Situ.

77).

bcag-thag taking care of
(one's body, property, chattels, &c.) :
K«I'«flf^f^'§''Wr*T'l^''3^'^'trJSI accord-
ing to (my) verbal direction take care (of
the articles, &c.) without mistake.

W]« bcags, pf. of wp, subdued, discip-
lined, down-trodden: I**'|PFW|* trod-
den on by his feet, i.e., brought under
discipline (Situ. 75).

bean-pa, pf . w« beans, fut. of
fq hcftan 1. to hold : onr§-qsc.s held or
carried in the hand (Situ. 77). 2. ace. to
Sch. adj. comprising, comprehensive
extensive ; «t' J'^'5 comprising much ;
qjc;jv*ii«vci resp. to apply one's self; to
bestow pains upon.

35^ bead in 3«prg-wv«J cut or put to
metre ; poetry. *raV! in W. a whole that
has been cut into, or a piece cut off (Jd.).

qj^qs^ bcatf-brdar critical examination ;
cutting and rubbing (a thing) for testing.

^5^'§j3| bcad-ldan a kind of Chinese
satin.

Z^S^'^J bead-pa, pf . of *f6\i ffcod-pa, to
cut ; to separate ; to decide ; to distinguish,
discriminate; to close (a road) : $*<'W*«S
(A. K. 1-&8) having rent or pierced, cut,
separated, decided, distinguished, etc. ^'
q*S investigate. 15^'^n having cut. *WS'

one of

the disciplinary duties of a Buddhist
monk; lit. rejecting or getting rid of
what is blamable.

*»S'9 bcad-po in W. something old,
torn, worn out (Jd.).

Y6^ bcad-hp/iro=t^'^"\ too few or too
many (i«^ and ^1) faults in writing or
printing.

3 bcad-bya what is to be cut (off) ;
anything to be killed or slain.

bcad-mtshami=*f£\***w also
rules or laws, especially for
monks in monasteries; decision, settle-
ment, agreement.

\<$H bead-Mug, abbr. of
I'l, poetry and prose.

bcab§ ^FSSfT made secret, con-
cealed; «jfl|'qw« salutation in secret; ^'i'
concealed or hidden fault (Situ. 75) ;
gstK-j^rfKA or fl)^«'«self conceal-
ed (Nag.).

Syn.
(Mnon.).

ffsan-wa;

sbas-pa

bcam-bcom trivial things;
medley ; hodge-podge (Sc/i.).

bcah-hgrig full equipment :
full equipment of
horse, saddle, and retinue in full array.

H bcah-sga Tjfe dried ginger.

, "0,^* bcah-hphran declivity; pre-
cipice (Sch.).

J^ bcah-tca, v. *'l.,sbst. a drinking
or drink.

«r§^'<i bcah-wa byed-pa to give notice :
|^%^%fOT!)|VHiF | he arrived for
the purpose of giving notice or informa-
tion (Tig. 23).

qsrajij bcah-yiy letter of notice, official
notice ; regulation for public guidance.

392

i: bcar-wa 1. sbst.=Vq near;
adj. intimate : J5v«wqwq&-«&'qJ|*r*f«r
*»3fc'| (Rdsa. 13) I have not seen a more
intimate friend than you. 2. vb. to
interview; |-qwX*|'«i to be permitted to
interview (a great man).

II: 1. aoc. to Jd. wn=qVq,
to squeeze, to press (in a press) ; to crowd,
to throng. 2. to pull or force from ; to
wrest ((7s.). 3. ace. to Sch. *«i«rg-qwq,
to prop sideways.

qwqj*|»rq bear b»hugt-pa to have a per-
manent residence.

q bcal-wa, pros. pf. of wq to
weigh ; to pay ; pay back ; Jfc'qwi estimated
wealth; 3'*'"*"1 measured in a bri (Situ
75).

qwq*' bcal-lufic=*p%*{% yyog-po a waiter
for orders; a servant

beat and q««'« also qw^ bcag-te
T* a word used as a conjunc-
tion and as adj. It is annexed to nouns
by means of the conjunction V signify-
ing together with, connected with, having,
possessing, containing a thing : ^fc^ft'WW
together with the attendants, with retinue
or suite; frq. I**T|i(^F4Mw4^t|
surrounded by (ten) virgins together with
the Tibetan ambassadors:
qw$| with his wife and son;
with ; having his clothes on ;
q*«'5 1 with a smiling face ;
subject to avarice; «g«rwi infatuated,
fascinated. When the form is q««'!J bcaf-
su, the construction is adverbial, and the
words introduced with it are to be taken
adverbially as qualifying the proximate
verb., e.g., jlNrfW^wrvfrcWT^qpr^
the girl poured butter on the fire with her

spoon. It is also used as a kind of plural ;
also like sr*fl|«r«i, meaning " etc.," or " and
such like." So, too, we read qj^N'^c.-
qw^Ji'^l provisions and other necessaries
are sent.

mi bcas-paAi khrimt Buddhist
canon ; religious regulations.

q*«'*e.' bcas-rnfi sirffl 1. notification,
information. 2. transgression:

In bcas-raA, bcas is law or rule laid down
by Buddha and raA is ran-bzin-gyi nes-pa,
i.e., natural corruption, hence it signifies
transgression caused by violating the law
of Buddha.

l. bciA-wa and q3=.»*-<j are parts
of <&*-q hchin-ba w, to bind. 2. sbst.
bond, fetters (whether of a material,
moral, or magical nature) ; vprwqSe.^ tied
with rope (Situ. 75).

q$e.q-«qj bcins-thag=^o\V'e> shags-pa
string or rope to bind with ; fetter.

grol-ba

lit. to untie what is bound ; liberation ;
emancipation.

qS^ bcin, v. ^.

bcibf, pf . of ^q-q, signifying
'i, to mount or ride on a horse ; Sq»rm-
rode on a horse (Situ. 75).

bcir-wa, v.

bdl-ba, pf. of *&••«! (Rdo.
46) to abandon, give up ; to bring under
subjection : ^•*f-f*1«^«^<%flWF»?
iwuiE.-^-q^^-q^w* (Sbrom. P 36) he
brought himself under control by abandon-
ing, at least to a certain extent, the passions
of the five senses.

"SI

393

6c« or sj'wsi ten ; "5'g"! a decade ;
j'i the tenth ; qi'^E-q the first ten (of a
series) ; "5'Q the tenth ; "5'P tithe levied as
duty, hence customs-duty ; sj1^ ten-fold;
n|-pw|-n%«i to tithe ; to take a tenth.

Syn. ^w stobs; %*•'% sor-mo; f"]**
phyogs ; ^IT" hjug-pa ; g'^ khro-wo ; ^5^'i
hbyor-pa (Rtsi.).

Q§Q^ty\^tt* Bau-brgyad bkar-khons
n. of one of the state treasuries of Tibet.

ij'l^"? bcu-g.cig i!*K»i eleven.

Met. Syn. *Vi«i bde-byed; ^^' bde-
hbyun ; Vc|*l dwan-phyug ; V1! dray ; ty^Q
bycd-pa (Rtsi.).

u§-fl$<j|-^j| Bcu-ffcig-shal the eleven-
faced deity — a name for the BodJmattva
Avalo-kites'vara.

qj-uf^v bcu-ffnis ^K?T twelve.

Met. Syn. "V* ni-ma ; fa'&p* rten-hbrel ;
$>» khyim (Rtsi.).

q^'^qsj bcu-thebs tenfold; also a group
or a batch of ten.

"S'^"! bcu-drug sixteen.

Met. Syn. ^'^l mi-bdag ; J^'Q rgyal-po
(Rtsi.).

^S'^T* bcu-drug-cha 1. one sixteenth
portion. 2.=^fsfT the lunar crescent —
each of which is one sixteenth of the full
moon.

^5'%1'qSql 3 bcu-drug bdag-po 1. the full
moon ; qjiij^ii-ew-^sc^ | the disk of the
full moon : f ** i5'^'^T35-^8|-Ri^-|q-»t^-
^'fljwi I his healthy person shone like the
spotless disk of the full moon (Yig.). 2.

§'5'* ^TTSf^ft', V^TfJT EnMic myrobalan.

>•

Syn. a-*i"^ sgra-mkhan; f£*fw sgra-
mkhas; w'fl^ |N mc-bshi-skyns ;
hbar-wa-ldan ; jf*W^$*ft4sn
can ; *^W'?,<i|»r|N ni-m'thi-rig$ skyes •

3fc mtho-ris-thob ; ^TlS'*^"! rig-by cd-bdag,
also §'5>'g-»i /A«-yf W«-»M» ; ^'f «r«\^ tto-
yi slob-dpon (Mnon.).

l'5'qf^N'»)fl|'^ bm-griis miy-ldan an epi-
thet of Kumara or Sadanana, the youngest
son of Mahadeva.

'*'' maiden of sixteen.

hcu-drug hod-ldan sa«R a
name of the planet Venus.

^'S^ bcu-dpon a corporal over ten
soldiers.

^§'^1 bcu-phog an allowance every ten
days (given to every monk) in the state
monasteries of Tibet.

'^J bcii-wa — ^'q.

iS'saj bcu-ban a mug for keeping wine
or beer enough for ten persons.

^S'^ bcu-bshi fourteen.

Met. Syn. § ^ srid • "^ yid ; i'$ wa-«z« ;

p§'q^'^ bcu-bshi $ton ^gf^sfNrt a festi-
val kept on the 14th day, i.e., before the
full or new moon.

iS'l*! &cM-</fl^=^'TJI'^'t' important; 2,c'
-^fci^| (Srfsa. 21).

bcu-g.sum thirteen.

Met. Syn. ^'1 hdod-pa; <%H'&^ iu$-
med; S*>'§S myos-byed; "^^ g.diuj$; *n
rim; $'%i\** sna-tshoys (Rtsi.).

i&ifSF* bcug-nas=lQ"\W3p t«l(%iK thrown
or having poured into.

3^'^ bcug-pa, pf. of ^'i with, also,
the special meanings of ; to meddle ; to
interfere : **8<1fr8rJ5VIT*W%ity you
have no business to interfere in my affairs
(Rdsa.).

61

394

bcud K9, OTT 1. sap, juice, mois-

ture. 2.-=%e>'% or essence: ^'^iS the
essence of the earth or soil, by which the
produce of the field, medicinal plants and
precious metals and stones, &c., are said
by Tibetans to be produced ; therefore this
essence is the natural fecundity of the soil
and is not the same as moisture or manure;
*" I'q5*\ the food nutriment which sustains
life and also by which living beings thrive
and grow; 3'i5'«)§^ the fructifying effect
of the moon on the vegetable world which
is compared to the nectar of the gods.
3. invigorating cordial ; quintessence.

ll'* bcud-kyi-ma, v. ^ KWTT organ of
taste ; TOTT*^iT the tongue, lit. the
mother of all taste.

q§V5" bcud-gkyes T*r agreeable taste.
iJS'g'i bead lita-pa = y$*> VTH<«nrt
Emblk myrobalan.

^Vg'^'i bcud-lna lnan-pa=^'» the
bee ; af«*< a kind of poisonous insects.

i§^'^ bcud-can nutritious; W*>S not
nutritious ; also insipid.

WJTW baud brtul-shugs=^'^
that takes or holds the elixir or essence
(Mnon.).

qj^-^-X bcud Idan-chc T«rw<a the
nether world.

Y3'^ bcud phra-mo wgt lit. of mild
taste; sweet.

bcud-mo-ldm TW?q[ possessed
of the essence ; sweet, juicy, succulent.

'*1 bcud smin-pa ripe ; ripeness.

*i bcud Msm-wa=<w$ a cata-
ract; cascade (Mnon.).

bcud-len or «li^'|^^ ^^RIST the
art of extracting essences for prolonging
health and longevity, such essences
as being of different kinds, viz.: _ ^'^
the elixir of meditation;
the elixir drawn from flowers,
i.e., honey ; ^YSjVfy the elixir drawn from
pebbles, &c. Animate beings are meta-
phorically called i$«i and this world ^uj^
is called wS'jft the receptacle of life ;
animated nature.

^^•ot^-^q bcud-len ynib »w^ [a class of
demi-godsJ/S.

mer-

curial preparation for making an elixir of
life.

EJ^Jl't! bcum-pa=Q$»-'i also ilt-'tJ 1. to

become contracted; contraction
jq-qf^^'^-qjw § | tije east ^ weg

the ship having contracted (A. 18). 2.
pf. tense of *&*'». 3. ace. to Sch. to use
artifices; to chicane.

bcitr-pa 1. to be flattened
down (Sch.). 2. colloq. to bar, obstruct
block up by snow ; obstructing a road ; cf .
^i (Jd.) ^•v^ (Situ. 77).

bcus-pa, pf. of "S'
1. to draw out water; to irrigate.
2. to distil (Situ. 75).

35^ £J bcer-wa 1. to heap or pile up ;
to collect in one place: •^'•^'TXK.'Bjtrg'^
^f^tfOTMrthfeW (A. 37) many volumes
of Mantras having been collected by many
Kliado-ma. 2. to glare at : t)3*.'^'fl]'i<i|« <^*r
^•^•^•^•q|gt«| having looked closely
at them, he spake thus. 3. colloq. = iSvfl
to squeeze ; to press.

395

boo for s§ in, afg 15, and

18.

bco-brgyad eighteen.

Syn. ^ nes; ^ s%o»; pw khams
(Rtsi.).

ttf-g 6co-/na fifteen.

Met. Syn. 3ta £s/ws; "fa nin; ^«\ shag
(Rtsf.).

qTg'w&Vd Bco-lna mchod-pa the religious
service that is observed on the fifteenth of
the first Tibetan month (February-March)
at Lhasa when the Kinkhording, the
grand temple of Buddha, is illuminated.

'£| bco-pa a colt one year old. •

bco-wa pf. and imp. *IN, prop.
root of the fiit. tense of o&H'Q, but in W.
the usual word for S'V1', to make, perform;
to prepare, manufacture, construct. It is
employed in all kinds of phrases (Jd.).

J bcoy-pa to reduce, cut down:
,-q<£<i| "every month makes it
less by ten" (Rtsii.) ; tffrrt^ the account
or calculation of reduction (of pay, allow-
ances, &c.).

bcom JfJf success; victory;
triumph,

qS*rqg=,»r£i bcom-bskyuns-pa to speak in
low voice or to keep silent (out of fright) ;
ngq|-qlfw robbery and acts of violence.

bcom-ldan victorious, blessed,
triumphant (over enemies).

«tf*rgi^<y^ Bcom-ldan Mas H^RT^ the vic-
torious one who, having subdued the host
of Mara, has passed away from misery;
epithet attached specially to the Buddha
S'akyamuni, ace. to Sch. ' the victoriously-
consummated.'

the blessed
Jina, the conquerer of his (moral enemies).

w Bcom-ldan ral-gri n. of a
fancied Buddha.

bcom-pa, pf. of ^Iw^'t) hjoms-pa
fJrgf<r, conquered, subdued,
killed. Also broken down, dispersed ; w^j'
^liTf a fully subdued (A. K. 1-2).

Bcom-rltKj -*q^ n. of an an-
cient city of India near Agra in the early
times of Buddhism.

46).

booms, pf. "ffiw, fut. ^I»w. (Rtsii.

bcol-dam taking care of things
entrusted to one's charge ;

or

bcos or

bcol-wa pf . and fut. of

)'») bcol-ma a thing committed to a
person's charge ; a trust.

q?«rq^q|-q bcoi bshog-pa to entrust a thing
to another's charge ; ^Jvpsr^'Wm'fl | to
settle about the trust ; to entrust a thing
to a person's charge (with an understand-
ing) : «i?9f|i«I«= m'5fil.

~^

srfsfT artificial.

1. the method of cur-
ing. 2. doing a thing for the sake of
appearances, or for form's sake ;
performing a show work :
Bflf«r^T^5T"l'"«'5| changing or modify-
ing it radically, he published the artificial
one (A. K. 7 It). 3. made or contrived by
art ; *r«fl?« artless ; unaffected ; genuine.

zfifo-«w»)^ bcos-thabs-med fSpqfirqnK no
means of cure (disease) or mending
matters.

396

bcos-pa temn to refine ;
to cure, remedy ; healing or mending ;
artificial, affected, feigned; mixed
up : «(Wjp-q*«r«j'»^ he cannot he cured
even by the wisest.

q'Sfa'W'^IN bcos-pa -hi-nagt an artificial
grove attached to one's residence.

Syn. Iv**"'*81 skyed-mos tshal or jjw§'*>i
khyim-gyi-tshal (Mnon.).

4ftnft'«ri)c bcot-pahi ma-niA one who is
artificially made a eunuch.

Syn. *i)*>Vi hog-med-pa; |«'<r^»|-gfq
tkycs-pa hlrns phun-wa (yfion.).

bco$-biihi-rat a coloured cloth

rw bco§-ma sbst. and adj. anything
artificial ; anything ficticious, alloyed
(metal or thing), counterfeit, mock, sham,
not genuine.

«rt?«rw|\«i bco$ ma-byed-pa fijurrercV a
section of the Tantrik school which prac-
tises mysticism.

^ lei, in Ld. for l'i, excrement, dung,
(of cattle) (Jo.).

f J| Jrw-s0o=W|| white ginger, v. 3).

K'3 fca-w« 1. a sort of carrot (C«.).
2. 3f*r$T a garment made of wool or felt :
g-qv-ft-fe-ifQrif^-vfcll felt cures watery
discharges, kidney disease, and cold in
the loins (Mod.).

long 1. whip, rod, switch, stick:
THVH even a good horse
requires a whip; w«r«ij«rfq|'*i4^ to get
work done, urging on is necessary ; $ gij
horse-whip ; g|K.-f<i| ox- whip ; £'f i[ stick to
beat a kettle-drum; fl^ij willow-twig;
osierswitch ; %'%*! a cane or bamboo whip ;

sharp words for reproof, rebuke.
2. stroke, blow, cut ; •if f 1 a blow on the
head ; *gpr J«l a smack on the cheek (Cs.) •
wyH slap on the face. 3. forepart of a
coat of mail (Sch.}. 4. a kind of daphne
paper, v. VfU'i

leag-rdo in 7F. flint; flint-stone;
whip-cord (Jo.).

Icag-lciy n. of a number : yf^'
- 1 (Ya-sel. 56).

ng-ttioiif=l^ii-n lit. one who
carries a whip (in hand) (4ftfo».) ; yak-
herd ; also shepherd.
fl'^ai Icng-sil, occurs in

ff»i/o can-gyi fke-ragf is described as a
girdle made of plaited wire and interlaced
scales resembling a chain.

W°-l^ !ca!/-hbrcn = W'F- Jash of whip.
fT^ Icarj-ts/ian or 5'f«l a whip in
general ; a horse- whip.

lc(iij-yu the handle of a whip.

I : Lcags n. of a place eight miles
to the south-east of Tashi-lhunpo in
Tsang.

II: ir^jf, jwf, KVI 1. iron;
one who digs out iron ; J'fipi
Chinese iron ; 5'gipi steel ; an inferior s( rt of
iron ; ?)-g«i|*i a finer and ductile sort of iron ;
ace. to Cs. steel. 2. any iron instrument
or tool, esp. lock (of doors), fetter, shackle :
3sWMr«TOVq?rte- 1 having locked every
door ; flflWf ij»J a thunderbolt ; also a flash
of lighting just striking an object ; *»'f i)«
a steel to strike fire with ; a tinder-pouch.
fni*r§-*j|ijrn(*X, Icays-kyi hkhrul-hklior
1. an enchanted iron-horse ; the magic

397

iron-horse, i.e., a name said to be given to
the railways of India by the Tibetans.

fqP''9'qp'S kags-kyi gar-bu
iron-ball.

fflI«'5'?'Qi kags-kyi tho-lum
a lump of iron ; a hammer.

?*!« '3 •^•a^'N-g-qS •% a fabulous moun-
tain which extends eastward over a dis-
tance of 12,000 mi'.ea from the ocean and
is filled with iron ere and iron-dust (K.
d. * 341).

f«i|«-9-u#* lcag*-kyi-btsah rust; fi^'S'
«i#vSN-*«^ •q^-^-oi staji ru8t or oxide of iron
is useful in liver disease.

'* kags-kyi tsha-tsha ^zmim-
red-liot particles of iron flying
under the smith's hammer.

|«|*ri)£<J|M kags-kyi tshogs rust of iron,
scoria.

|^c.*rRc.- Icags-kyi g.shofis-rin vh-
iron vessel ; iron-tray or bowl.
-*pr*r3t''3^ Icfigs-^al ma-li-ban VI:
the wood of iron bristles ; n. of
one of the subdivisions of hell (M. V.).

fanr^'SijrfJm kags-kyi sil-khrol «JF»ff
iron bells or rings tied to the necks of
donkeys and mules, etc.

fl^'jj kags-kyu ^sifH 1. iron pin to
guide and punish elephants ; fish-hook :
ffl|*r;j*rfl|^«rV]vq kags-kyus ydul dkah-wa
an elephant that is difficult to tame or
manage with the iron-pin. 2. n. of an
officinal plant used to allay the effect of
poison.

;^'!^^ Icags-kyus sgyur-thabs
an elephant-driver, also the art
of disciplining elephants.

fil*r«^ lcag$-dkar tin; tinned iron-
plate.

f ijN'fj|*! kags-skam iron pincers.

S"!"'^ Icays-skud iron-wire ; a thin
wire made of steel.

'P Icajs-kha iron colour or iron-grey.

i'|3 Icags-khu iron wash : furR*!'*"^
! iron-wash (water contain-
ing oxidized iron) removes inflammation
of the liver, and eye-abscess (Mcd.).

rfc* kajs-khyem ^T¥f^i' a spade.
Icags-khrol an iron caldron.

lcajs-mgar=f*l'\*>'ti mgar-ica
ironsmith; smith.

kags-mgu or f"I«'|'«3'? an iron
pot.

fo|^-»)t(f kags-mgo^ip*'^ kays-skyog
iron laddie.

f "I^'|^ Icags-sgor iron pan.

f "l^'l^ kajs-sgyid trevet ; tripod.

fiprj«q-«i kajs-sgrog-ma iron-chain,
shackle ; n. of a Tibetan work printed at
Narthang.

fl^'l"! kags-sgrol an iron pan; steel
pan.

|<ijsr*<£<q kags-mchog or fij^'w^ij 5)^'Xf |
(Mnon.) l.=gold. 2. iron of superior
quality that came from Orissa. It is said
that swords made of this metal were so
sharp and hard that an elephant could be
cut into pieces with them. The finest and
hardest iron called mi-tshe-ri (*>'3S'R) used
to be obtained from the country of Lag-
mana.

kags-snigs=^^\f\ iron slag
or dross of iron (Mnon.).

f 1«)'$*| kags-tig n. of a species of gen-
tian, v. !>T5 : gopr^irsr^w^oi | Gen-
tian removes intermittent fever and also
sores (Med.).

398

iron ladle ; any cooking utensil of iron
such as a boiler or a saucepan.

gnjq-^iq hags-dreg medicinal prepara-
tion of iron for weak and painful eyes :

' kags-mdah xj«im an iron arrow ;
an iron or steel probe; 'sRTfira steel-
pointed arrow ; steel arrow.

i^'fT*^ kags-mdak sgra-can = %*\**'
kags sbubs-can a kind of steel-
tipped arrow from which when flung a
whizzing sound came forth (Mnon.).

f]**'f kags-rdo=^'l\ ^ 1. flint-stones:
2. iron-stone or iron-ore.

g«|»r«| kags-thag dross and slime of
the intestines.

kags-thal ^t^fl^i cxide of iron
obtained, red-hot iron being repeatedly
dipped in the urine of cows, 4rc. : *^-
^fl]-^'gz.-^wq5'»i<6«i) i iron-ash is the best
remedy for liver disease, poison and
dropsy.

gi]*rgioi kags-ldcl, abbr. of ^i"!*^'^'**"!
sgo-lcags dan ldu-mig door-lock and key.

aiprg Lcags-§pu n. of a place in Tibet.

>» "
!<j]»ra,Ej3i Lcags-hphel n. of a district

of Tibet to the north-east of Kashmir
(Lam. 19).

fS]*rg«]N kags-sbiigs a match-lock made

»

(formerly) in India.

Icags-dmar ojlfcril^r. copper.

I kags- mag tinder-case.
s'i^»i kags-shol n. of a weapon.

kags-ffsar
spoon.

iron-
smith, black-smith (Mnon.).

* kags-yya rust.

Icags-ra n. of a place on the
confines of Tibet and China ; a wall round
a house, an estate, or a town.

i"l*r^ kags-ri (f**) si^K, 'T'rarn; a
strong wall.

gu|*r-*fl kags-fau iron-hoop ; hasp ;
cramp-iron.

kags-sol powdered coal: !"K
I powder of mineral
coal (called in Hindi Surma) is used as a
cure for the eyes.

gi|*rEi5i kags-bsro smoothing iron
(Sch.).

S"1*''SC'' kags-slail a large iron pan for
roasting or kiln-drying corn (Ja.).

IP'S Lean-sky a 1. n. of a place in the
province of Kham. 2. grey or pale white.

fs-'g'fl'Spi kan-§kya stag-syam a sort
of trunk first made under the direction of
Cdn-skya Lama, with tanned tiger skin.

fc.'I'XarqS'^'t Lcan-skya Rol-pahi rdo-
rje n. of a celebrated lama born at Can-sky a
in Kham and who became the chief-priest
of the lamaic section of the Chinese
Buddhists of Peking during the reign of
Emperor Kyenlung, about 1770 A.D.

an iron

craggy place ; broken eroded country.
iJC'^x^C * Lcan-phyihi nan n. of a

place in Tibet visited by Atis'a in the
beginning of the eleventh century A.D.

|p '31 lean-ma 1. willow, Salix vimi-

nali*. 2. a general name for trees that
are planted in the vicinity of villages ;
the ratan, Calamus rotang.

399

upper Tibet.

Lcan-ma bray n. of a place in

Lcan-rtsags n. of a place
near Nam-qod in Tibet.

«=ft-^q Ican-sreb a grove
of willows, poplar and other trees.

SC'^'jPC' l,can-ra rdson n. of a district
in Tibet.

i^'oj* kan-rlom a flat basket made of
willow twigs.

- Icag-fin willow tree ; willow wood.
f-JfN [can- f os the red willow (ScA.).

f=.'Sai kan-sil coolness, shade under
willow-trees.

4«a*../«* pan-di-ta a
celebrated lama-author of Mongolia.

f*.'"? Ican-lo 1. willow leaves. 2. ifift'
braided hair ; ^r^f a curl ; lock of hair ;
5TCT coiled hair, long plait of hair.

Syn. f'^s.'3 sAra rin-po; ^9'S dbu-lo

(Mnon.).

fe/Jfa^ Lcan-lo-can ^^r^iRH^ 1. the
abode of Euvera or Vais'ravana. 2. n. of
a village near Gyan-tse in Tsang. 3.
'flitniqat n. of a place in Ancient India,
also of another on the fabulous Sumeru.

n the finest breed

Icfim 1. a lady, a nobleman's wife;
a princess or lady of rank; f*i-$K>*
young unmarried lady of noble rank.
2.= 3» ace. to Jd. lath, pole, rafter, spar
of a roof.

fN'Sli*' Icam-dkris wf%tl?R wrinkled;
n. of an ornament.

I !can-fe$=
of horse in Tibet.

'jaj Icatn-dkris-can possessed of
K*&VfN*3q brother and

wrinkles.

!*•*«

sister.

1. n. of an
officinal herb used for healing wounds: gw
*»'^4*n%»iHi-i^'^-fc | Lcam-pa removes
obstruction of urine, thirst, and diarrhoea.
2. gentle ; polished ; f W5t|*i-gac^E.-q mild
and humble (A. 13 If).

K^I H lcam-po upright ; in erect position
f*r2ftadv. I'^'frft^'Wfir^'^Jl^rqi (4.
33) he walked in an upright posture
without bending the body.

Lcam-me 1. n. of a celebrated
lady of Tibet who received Atis'a with
much hospitality (A. 5). 2. bright, glit-
tering.

gsrd'q icam me-wa shining, dazzling,
variegated (Jd.).

fN'S Icam-mo, an abbr. of |« and
srin-mo ; ace. to some a sister.

gs smin n. of a

5'" or Dakinl ; J^'tf'^^'^'JJ'^ | g*ca)inr
ftt I Rgyal-po Indra bodhi, lcam-legs-$mm
King Indra Bodhi and the Lady Legmin
(A. kff).

U Q let-tea 3pr adj. heavy, substantial,
weighty: $"Vj!'i^'*\e''£TVif-lsl'i'£r^N khye-
kyi skyes-dan bkqh-stsal lei wa-des in con-
sequence of your weighty presents and
requests; pi^-*rlp«r!-q a heavy deadly sin :
"]<*=••! 1. light and heavy, i.e., gravity
or weight. 2. dung, esp. of cattle ; «r|
cowdung; i'^'qwei lei-tea skam-po ^5-.
dried dung of cattle, &c. ; 1'^ ki-rlon frosh
dung or droppings of cattle ; |'«

400

heap of cow-dung (dung in
general).

!'*^i Lci-mdak n. of a place in Tibet;
| uKp.-wi bridge at that place.

fag-biff slightly moving:

««| moving as little worms and insects
do, like grain, &c., in fermentation.

c\ .a

|K kid, sometimes wntten for <8'",

heavy.

^C|SJ kibs 1. gloves (Sch.) ; * iq« pot-
cloth (to take or lift up pots from
fire) ; S*r!w or S^'l"*1 eye-lids that pro-
tect the eyes; *>«| '^1 'l«w ** stye in the
eye; 9|q" fish-gills. 2. aco. to Ja.
contrivances to facilitate the handling of
different objects, as the handles of pots
and vessels ; the handles, loops, etc., of
knives, scissors, pincers, and other tools. 3.

the arrow of illusive thoughts having been
flung, a white scarf came forth as a shield
of protection.

ku-ica, v. *|5'q-

{cug-mdal creeping plant
(Mnon.).

TJ^I ' C| kug-pa stTOT a supple branch ;
J1'5 the tender twig or the bend of a
twig ; il'9^ kug-phran twigs of a plant
or creeper.

I^I'i kug-ma a root-shoot of a willow or
of a poplar-tree; a rod, switch ; i*| 'ITlV,
to bud repeatedly (Cs.).

«1" kugs soft, pliable, not hard
or tough: jecH}-<^-uK-jq|«rBr#^»K-*S^ |
(Bbrom. T> 30) the king being susceptible,
was seized with red fever.

'T| kufi-ka=y>'*\ tkyim-ka colloq.
jackdaw.

'Zi kufi-mo thimble (Ja.).

loud-pa, v. m

Icuin or y»'$ a plant, the stalks of
which are used as a purgative (Cs.) ; |*<'

i*wK|V*vv*!|rI^> the root of Sw'r

cures poison, fever, uterus fever, and
phlegm, &c.

l*)'^^ kum-dkar a white species of the
above plant.

^ Ice fsRH, T*prr, *RR the tongue;
^'S6-'*1 Ice rkyan-tca to put forth, to stretch
out the tongue. Also met. a tongue : 3J'|
the tongue or blade of a knife; ^'"^w
iS'gjfljl a tongue or flash of lightning ;
*>"% tongue of fire; 1'3«m ke-kyigs the
frenum of the tongue (Cs.).

Syn. ^'^ ro-hdnin ; ^'-*|« ro-p^s ; X'»jc.-q
ro-myan-wa ; l^'l"^ql bdud-rtshi-hdtsny ;
<!§<V§'« bcud-kyi-ma ; *^fo*fifTH nay-yi hdab-
ma; g'^5'ntw'ffl|»i smra-bahi bab$-§teg$ ; |"I«
Ijags', 9§*^ smra-bycd (Mnon.).

1'lj 'i i«cc brgya-pa lit. he with a hun-
dred tongues — epithet of Varuna, the
god of the sea ; the sea, the waves being
so many tongues, &c. (Mnon.).

^•qiJTH fcc b$gril-ica <A4.\fa&\ to stretch
out or wag the tongue, to grasp or twist it
round a thing as the cow does.

1'$*.' ke-chun ^iffai^i uvula : 1'$cww
inflammation of the uvula.

1'ufy>rq Ice gnig-pa 1. lit. the two-
tongued, i.e., snake or parrot. 2. double-
tongued, deceitful; "$'*f^'|«V£) Ice-ffnif
bycd-pa to be double-tongued; to have
double dealings.

401

I'S*-'*^ ice smfi-med met. a thunder-bolt
(Man.).

\%n Ice-theb orl'^ a fleshy exerescence
below the tongue (Cs.).

\*&\ Ice-bde a nimble tongue ; a babbler.

1'|f§-j«-l)-j ice phuA-ste zag-mi-za not
eating food by licking (a prohibition to
monks).

1'<wq Ice hbar-u-a=/>-ei*'*-c** burning
ed"! (Mnon.).

ke-hbig$ = $*4 rgya-tshva sal-
ammoniac (Mfion.).

ke-hbur eruption on the tongue.

Ice-med (SFi) ^1%n? lit. without
tongue ; a frog (which is supposed to have
no tongue).

^'S1-'1^ Ice myaH-tshba alum.

^'ST Ice-rtsa or^S'yq fa hi rtsa-wa fi)*M-
?;3 the root of the tongue : "J'S"*^ Ice-
rtsa can f*i#i£^ta a letter pronounced
from the root of the tongue ; the guttu-
rals, viz., "1, |", "1, =-', *, % J"; the
visarga before •*! and P, and also * r, and
«, Ir, are called f5ra?TS<lfta ; 1$-f* the tip
of the tongue : I^T^'*^ a letter sounded
from the tip of the tongue.

1 t"«!^'q Icc-rtse g.yo-wa ?TMT 1. to loll
out the tongue and move it too and fro.
2. fig. the fickle or changeable one. 3.
an epithet of the goddess of fortune.

I'W Ice-gshufi fsn?m«J the middle of
the tongue ; 1'«W ke-bshar f«i*ifr$
a tongue-scraper.

the
organ of taste (M. V.).

Iceg a coat of mail for horse

^^'^J Iceb-pa ^14J^<4[ 1. to kill one's
self ; to commit suicide : jj^'frr^'l^'W
3*H I " if, for even that, you kill yourself "
(Ebrom.l2!i);\*3l'*'i committed suicide.
2. used of insects that fly into the flame.

frog (f*'«) 1. ^tf^f a pot ;
\^ the arched roof of a house, a turret
on a house-top, a pinnacle. 2. n. of an
aquatic plant, Trapa bispinosa.

lcog-ga the swallow, but, accord-
ing to some authors, the lark.

|'"I'^ Icog-rtse, resp. "I^i'l""!, a small
very low table on which food and drink
are served in Tibet; fftj'^w a cover for
such a table, table-cloth ; J'^""! Chinese or
European table; w^sf*! * fore-table,' one
before an image of Buddha or of some
deity for placing offerings on.

|fl]' J-«i Lcog-rtse-la n. of a mountain in
Tibet the top of which is flat like a table.

S'T**' Icog-ras piece of cloth put over
iron helmet worn in war-dance in Tibet.

|"f "'9*!'B^' Lcog-la brag-khun n. of a
rock-cavern on Chogia pass in Tibet.

lcogs-pa or l^'i 1: 1. to be agi-
tated, shaken ; to tremble. 2. *>'y<i|-*flf |
a flower shaking, waving its head (Jd.).

II : 1. vb. to be able : ^
if (he) is not able (to do that) ;
as much as possible; to the utmost (Ja.}.
2. adj. able; •*)«vi«r*>-|''t|*rq| feeble (in
strength) failing in strength, weak; ^T
| ignorant, poor in intelligence.

i = S|Tffc>' a frog in its firot stage
of development ; a tadpole (Ja.).

(&*.).

Icons = !flE.'^[e.' undulating; an
un-even place.

$ cha I : the letter * cha, which is the
aspirated «, resembling the Sanskrit w in
pronunciation, though ace. to Tib. Gram.
5=* tsha. As num. fig. = 6; »'«J oha-pa
the volume marked with * signifying the
sixth volume.

5 II: 1. a part or fraction; *TW
share, portion, anything divided ; opp. to
the whole; thus, 3V* one-half, 13**'* one-
third, 1^'* one-fourth, and so on ; «J< '* one
hundredth part ; l^3|'* one thousandth part ;
qntf^flpni-^lj one-third of the treasury
(or its contents) ; ^l1«*r|^Kf«irtMK
there being still wanting a portion
of as much gold as would about equal his
head (Olr.) ; ^'§'*'ft the first portion of the
night; ^*'ji'*'Jfi the second, the last half
of the night. a-flfyq-qfj-q c/ia-gnig bure-wa
to put together two parts ; *K* one's own
share. ^-civg'qS'a the following day's first
part, i.e., the following morning (Mil.) ; «'*
(lit. part of the earth) a piece of land;
territory ; country in general. 2. = I6.' g»r
a pair; 5jj*ra-fl|S«| a pair of boots; W*'"!^
a pair of shoes. *'||«!'1 to pair, to match,
to couple, to arrange in pairs or propor-
tionately; «'*«fl'«l proportionate, similar.
*'*f^i not forming a pair or match;
unfit, improper, discordant. K.i'^1 £)'^'*'*r
^ not obeying ; will not do ; is out of place

III:

sound ;

\. news, intelligence, word,
topio ; «|5»ra'«i\q to ask amy

pews; gT* echo returned from a rock.

2. prospect, auspices : Q«'* prospects re-

garding the household ; S3T* prospects or
expectations as to one's enemies. 3. = *'"|
things ; *f»r$»ra a complete suit of clothes
for a person ; J^'a ornaments or articles of
adornmont ; ^N'a necessary things, requi-
sites ; *&%* weapons ; 5)*|'* articles of
writing, deeds, documents; wa oloth;
*"!'* implements, utensils, &o.

& IV : 3i3tT 1. a sixteenth part of the
month (Hull. 1848, 295). 2. wu a particle
(Kibe. T. 7).

a-y»n Cha-d.kar n. of a district in Lho-
kha, in Tibet. a^v^- CAa-dfar-srafi n.
of the junction of several public roads in
Chakar, a^fp-^-a^^^t-qj-qa, Cha-dkar-du
Cha-dkar srafi-gi bal in Chakar the wool
(sold at) Chakar cross-roads.

*'"£1 cha-rkyen share of destiny, of fate
(Sch.).

&^| cha-ga (**fi or »w) hem, edge,
border; ^rl'v^vl^fvM the border or
edge of a robe. •'^T^Wte'r^pr^ (Jff*i'
f 3) to put a fringe to a robe, to hem, to
turn in (the edge of cloth). *'T») c)ia-ga-,
ma a dress with linings on the edge of
the sleeve, etc. 5'5j*rjTd('j:3'*'«i|'*rVa) (the
price) for each blue male robe with turned->
back borders, a-flj'^^ robe with plain
edge.

S'^'^l cl,a-ga-pa locust ; also a grass-
hopper : a-qj3'*flf 5)«'9s.-^ii|Al»wi the head of
a grasshopper applied on the sting of u,
hornet (^^'S^'B) removes its poison,

*•'

403

*'$*» cha-grum a square rug.

*'*3Ji| cha-hgrig a complete set or suit of
any furniture or clothes.

*'**|*^ cha-mJihan fortune-teller, sooth-
sayer (Sch.).

*'«^ cha-can m'jrar consisting of a pair,
forming a pair.

*'* cha-cho a thing homogeneous ;
matched (Sch.).

a'^f^'ti cha-hjog-pa to stick to, adhere
to any work ; to come to a conclusion on
any matter ; to arrive at a definite settle-
ment.

*•?*)« cha-nams *<jn-$fa, tfvxs impair-
ed, degenerated, fallen down, grown
worse.

I: <rAa-w«=I'5^'£i or
to adorn, bedeck, wear (S. Lex.).

cha-gnis f%*TPT two parts ;
both or a pair ; colloq. two pairs.

s'if^«'«J*j'H cha-gnt's sre-wa to mix or
mingle two equal parts.

*'f*w cha-§nom§ or *'»?*« equal parts
(without difference in size, number or
quantity) ; *'&< or *'*V*« in part, in some
measure; *'«''*V£' or a'ww^-q partty, not
equal, differing a little ; * Iw-^-jje, even
if one knows but a little (Jd.) ; *'?1* being
complete in every part, entire, integral
(Sch.) ; *-*qw<i adj. even.

cha-gter ^rarrf%f^ the moon,
that which shines in crescent parts.

»'^ cha-de for *'^'{r^ cfia yod-pu-de.
*-q^ii'|« cha-bdag skyes, v. «f cfiafi wine.
••^ in cha-hdra tsam, v. »'f»w c/ia-$nom§.

*'g(^ cha-ldan «rnr possessed of some
share; fortunate.

*'g cha-phra a'T'O a miser.

vb.

II : = ^wr»r to go away, to start,
to leave (a place) : |q'§'*'£R3! glebs-tu cha-
tcahi tshe when they were on the point
of arriving; *-t^=i?5'P^ to go, going (A.
138).

*'9 cfia-bu ornament worn in the ears.

*'§*^ cha-byed %H 1. dress, clothing;
*''ij"!'C|^'*'§*\'*ai shabbily dressed; poorly
clad ; ragged : fc'I'V^'^'S*' he was (in this
manner) dressed. 2. implement, instru-
ment (e.g., a musical instrument, a
surgical instrument) also external appear-
ance of animals (Jd.).

a-*rwl*i cha-ma-mchis (it has no equal,
not another like it to form a pair) match-
less (D.B.).

cha-ma mthun-pa, v. *'§»w.
cha-ma hdra-wa, v. *'^*i.

*'»l^'ti cha-med-pa to be companionless ;
to be left alone ; to be without an equal.

ar»)«V<[|55< cha-med-g.tam=*-'ya>3M nonsense ;
irrelevant speech (Knon.).

S*-5 cha-tse is said to be a Chinese
kha-^ten or ^I'§^ tshig-sten.

cha-tsam, v. *'^»w cha-snom§.
.' cha-tslutn complete in all its parts ;
complete suit of ornament, dress, &c.

*'*> cha-tshad, v. *"|'*IS chag-tshad.

*>£*\ cha-tshan species, division, class
(Sch.).

&%i\m cha-tshoys (^f^) n. of a large
number.

*•*?« cha-mdscs fis^t^f symmetrical.

*'a|fy£j cha-hdsin-pa 1. to select from
among many ; to pick one out of a num-
ber (for identification). 2. = ^"i'S a pair of
cymbals.

404

v.

cha-$non>$.

*-q^q|-q cha-bshng-pa to rely or depend
upon, to confide in ; sbst. trust, confidence :
«i|5*<-^«r*-qqq|-aj<^ if that information is
reliable. To adhere, cling to ; to follow,
obey (laws) : «=•«• 3«'|-q'»p-«>c*-«»8\ii they
adheie to the words of Buddha ; 31 '*&'
q^fli'Ji to obey the king's commands.

*'°)'t" cha-yi rtse=a>f-'^' sublime.

d&'^s cha-ra also 3fy'*'* mon cha-ra Hima-
layan oak with pointed, ever-green leaves,
a tree inferior to the English oak; »'*.'gi
the stunted or dwarf species of oak.

&'* cha-ri—*'^ or *'$ a coarse blan-
ket made of yak's hair (Jd.).

36'^.'^ cAa-n'-se V*l a steel-yard.

36'^ cha-ru a peg to which to fix the
ropes of a tent.

cha-lay = a>"\'* implements re-
quired for carrying on business.

^B'^C' ctui-M or W'*» sbub-chal pair
of cymbals.

dS'^&l cha-lam = 'i'aw some; for the
most part ; rather.

*'3 c/ia-li, v. *'^ cha-ri.
*'$ cha-lu, v. *'^ cha-ri.

£'^1*4 cha-lugt W (A. K. 1, 38)

appearance, clothing, costume ; colloq.
artificial badge or mark of distinction.

i-<$n|«rc^-£i cha-lugs dan-pa f^ff dis-
figured ; of bad dress.

shape ;

part, portion, share ; $*J'$'*'-«lN a part of
the body, a limb ; also shape of the body.

4-^we.^-q cha-ffis Han-pa = je.'.j^t,^ci
slightly bad ; also of bad shape or parts.

»--*|»i-*)l-$'<i| c/M-ftis mche-ptsig (^) 'swi'-
JT^z hill ; heaved-up portion of the earth.

*'-q*rRg"l'« cha-$a$ hphrog-pa 'n'siT*; a
sharer.

*'J1*|'I*\ cha-f(i$-bi/ed frȤ; particles.

gold.

*'^"(Jl cha-srol— <>W*' ifa ltty$-srol custom,
usage.

*'«i»ifl|»i-q cha-^sags-pa lit. many parts
or particles accumulated together («'"ft'
^•^5-»)f^-§-*-q»i«i)*i'q). i. a term signify-
ing the earth ; a mountain. 2. ^frq the
capital of the fabulous S'ambhala.

tribe.

Chd-har Chahar, n. of a Mongol

c/iay 1. gram or other grain for
horses, &c. *1'iS the bag containing
grain which is tied to the mouth of a
horse or donkey from which it eats.
*«i)-u$c.- trough, manger, crib (Jd.). 2. the
fourth finger (Med.). 3. resp. for shoe, also
for 3TSJ*). 4. = *i]-9q*rci incorrectly for 9T
Qqtrq signifying welcome (Jd.). 5. *«i'fl|R.'
prob. for g"!'")^' the breadth of a fist.

*-$iHT»i?»r£t cha-lugs rpdseg-pa finely
diessed; elegant manner of dressing.

chag-krwn piece, fragment;
Kqi'jjvcaf^K.' chag-krum la sofi it has gone
to pieces (Jd.).

3W|'S'^ chag-$kya-wa (Sch.) having only
one purpose, pursuing but one aim; un-
remitting, indefatigable.

*"rj*c.*i chag-kfton$=a-fo'itll\ a basket
for measuring grain.

405

chag-ga chog-ge for
things mixed up or thrown together.
chag-rgyag-pa to doubt (Sch.).

'|»i chag-brom in W. colloq. "chak-

rum ice.

I: chaj-chag 1. with §V or
'ti to sprinkle : pW$1«p>«pf'*K'W^'*^-
having swept and sprinkled the
inside of the house, Mpwf^^wqjq-q
^J^Tfl well bathed or washed, also to
cleanse a house or road with water. 2.
*fl|-«q-fl|Vrq to starch, to stiffen (Sch.). 3.
in W. to tread, to trample, e.g., the
narrow path or furrows between garden
beds. 4. to clap the hands (Jd.).

*"!'*"! chag-chag colloq. anything
broken. "$»;•*•*«!•**! broken dish or plate.

**|'*S chag-chag rent, break, rupture
(Sch.).

chag-dum fragment, scrap, bit.

' chag-hdift doubtful, incre-
dible (Sch.).

Slf^l chaff-pa I. a large bunch of
flowers, ears of corn, etc. 2. pf. of *M|-«I
broken; *r*flj«'<i and esp. adv. waw|*rcp>
also *i|'*l\ci uninterrupted, unremitting,
(Jd.) ; *^*r*fl|-«K rgyun ma-chag-par without
interruption ; without breaking the conti-
nuity or course; «|q-«fl|'*l^ without a
crack, flaw, or chink. 3. w*<jp, v. i*"!"1)
ii : *1'^c' wooden splint for a broken limb
(W,) (Jd).

Syn. H" shig-pa; <UlV<i htlior-wa
(Mnon.).

*1'9 chag-po a broken vessel, pot, etc. ;
?ij|'*fl|Hj a broken dosser or pannier (Jd.).

**\'W\ chag-phad the bag containing
grain tied to the mouth of a hoise from
which it eats.

•^tow chag-phebs for yn'tow welcome.

**rS chag-bu diminutive of *^'i a little
bunch.

«T# chag-mo bunch ; ^gN-g-aij-S a fruit
growing in clusters, like the grapes of the
vine, the berries of the elder (W.) (Jd.).

chag-tse a small grain, e.g., of
ground grits ; **r*-*^ grauulous (W.) (Jd.).

or

cook (Mnon.).

cliag-tshad or *'*«; (5fcA.) the
right measure ; ^'jjva^-^ dny-gter chag-
tshad a sufficient quantity of poison admi-
nistered to a person (Med.; Jd.).

[ chag.

\.

Chag-lo n. of a celebrated lama
of Tibet. *Tii&**'I£K^«vcivq^-£i it was
asserted that Chag Lo-tsa-wa had been
into the middle of the lake (Ta-sel. 33).

n, v. **Ti chaff-pa.

i. to be fond of, to
be attached to, to love; g'frar*jinr«i to love
a girl; |w^'»r«*1^T«<fV<l styes-pa dot
na-chuA gcig chags-pa the mutual affection
between a man and a maiden ; S^'oraijN'tiS'
g'S'^JW my dearly beloved daughters (Pth.).
2. to cling to, e.g., qw^'^fil'm'wpi-ti lug-
dan srog-la chags-pa to body and to life ;
^JT"! to one's home, to one's native
country; often to suffer one's self to be
enticed by a thing, to indulge in ; awprov
frf^t^l-wfrg-0 allowing neither desire
nor fear to have any influence upon him-
self (8. Lam., also Jd).

II: vb. 1. to be begotten,
produced; w«fljv«i not produced in the
U8*(&1 way of propagation, but if*»'^»rci
rdsus-te $kye$-pa, or f^'S«»'5<i'{i lAun-gyig

406

grub-pa (Pth.) ; frq. wvr^M|<rt» to be pro-
duced in the womb, as the foetus is;
hence **>]" in compounds = animal ; v^'*i)*J
bird ; «|-^'*^»i fffog-chag$ winged animal ;
jf«j|-*n|« srog-chags living being. 2. to
arise, spring up, originate, come forth ;
to come to light, to appear : wflft'«r*«j*rq
the growth or founding of (towns, monas-
teries, institutions, etc.) on the earth ; *w
''1 the causing of nutrition in food ;
r>ct the accumulation or growth
of fortune to a person; ^facpw
apricots had sprung forth on the tree ;
•flprsisWg'ijfq to become a cleric ; *1»<-
^ genesis, history of the beginning esp. of
the world ; *i»r $>! manner of being pro-
duced, peopled: JflfifflfffTi^pMn^r
n^t|-ci-*tfc.- 1 I gaw six large pinnacles
appearing in the sky.

J III: 1. JTCW, His, ^JTHT, TTT,
ir, ^rrefof sbst. love, lust, passion for,
affection, attachment: aflprtrjwS c/iags-pa
skyes-so he fell in love (Dsl.) ; «flnr«rjfr«i
chags-pa $pyod-pa ="$*{' I'lfa'Q hkhrig-pa
spyotf-pa to copulate: *"J|«r£r*>v^itfvq-*)«>
if there is no attachment, there cannot
be any transmigratory existence (D.H.).
2. %7« greed for gain, acquisitiveness.
<oe;<V%n( ?tow*<i|N the mind runs after the
objects of desire. 3. formation, congela-
tion, agglutination ; gflpr«r«|n ice formed
on water ; **nr«r*)\«i f.m^iiT without any
covering, formation of film. *^r«i5-q$prii
chagt-pahi b$kal-pa f5^n««j the age when
worlds are formed.

*"!*<' jf'Vl'V'1 chags-skyod byed-pa
the act of affecting or agitating the heart
or producing sensation of pleasure in it.

*"|*raf chags-sgo extenuation of fault ;
^•q-^araqi^SfV^-q-^ar^-q to shield
the faulty and to put a patch or lid over
the place (hollow).

*1«'«^ chays-can, prov. KTJT, 1. time in
music. 2. passionate, lustful.

*u]N'l^») chays-chen-ma Trfwl, ^[TfJT'ft
a musical air ; a wife ; a young woman.

a^-^fjw chagt-hjoms one who has sub-
dued his passions, a general epithet of
Buddha (Mnon.).

*<i]«r«i]5*4 c/tays-fftam amorous conversa-
tion.

Syn. ^Sl'Sl hkhrig-tshig • *i\^i\ chags-
tshig; *X\«rj* hdod-gtam (Mfion.).

*u|« 5<j]M-q chags-rtags-pa to remain for
a long tune at one place.

«q|«-^'« chag$-ldan-ma v^^ a lustful
woman.

Mm'jfc.1 c/iags-gdaft passion for ; pas-
sionate attachment.

*<q»i-cj5-gui-»4^ chag$-pahi rgyal-tnUhan
the male organ or penis.

*n]q'q5>s|1^'«<vw chags-pahi ydon-caii-ma
= 9'V»M^<W« a lustful woman (Mtion.).

*i)»i'£(^'§^'£i chags-par hgyur-pa,
lovely, fascinating, charming.

"I chags-hkhri ^nraar fig. the
creeping plant of love which entwines.

'ti hdod-pa$ dregs-pa intoxicated with
love or desire for any object (Mnon.).

*«l*rfft chags-spyod—0^^ copulation;
fornication.

»i)V3 chags-bya »f^ an object of
attachment ; that which has been affected
with love.

*"|*i'i^ chays-byed or *«p<'§!V*V1Vn* «t»»
an epithet of the moon (Mnon.).

* «q|«-gai chags-lral ^^nr without
attachment (Kalac. T. 3).

407

«i'«^ chags-bral-can f*ww one who
is free from passion or attachment.

**'(«>£." chafi-kfiaft pot-house, tavern, place
where wine and beer are sold.

or ^VIS* hdod-giam amorous conversa-
tion ; talk of love.

**J*<'fa chags-shen hankering after wealth
or worldly objects.

*"|*v*^ okays-sad TT»reW passionless,
attachment exhausted.

chart H^, 5TT, *T*, **?&

fermented
liquor, whether beer or wine. s^'^'^S'1!

different sorts of beer or wine: — *g'**'

-«

beer from corn ; ^'*K.' barley-brewed ale ;
nqq-*e.- white rice beer; g'wae: treacle-
beer ; If- '$•'**' wine of honey, pulse, mead ;
*>'fl'«' wine of certain flowers such as the
?TT3! of Magadha; ^Sf"*' wine from
certain barks of trees such as cinnamon;
^V^SS'*6-' fermented juice of certain
trees; %*«'*=•' beer of bones; |fc.'*=.' pro-
posal-wine, i.e., wine sent as a present
to negotiate for the marriage of a girl;
ffl'*c.' medicinal wine; «ffi'«.' rgun-chan
wine from grapes ; ^'«ft'«*' wine of whey
or curds ; s*j'*c.' present of wine sent for
the reception of a guest or friend or an
official ; w*."] arrack or spirit.

Syn. 'feT'W yons-hbab; *'"V>!|»f cha-
§dag-$kijcs ; S«w* dpah-mo ; §'*fy VB tha- _
miti nin-khu ; f I*)'q3=.' §tobs-bsan ; Sql^'*' dgah-
tna ; ^1'aj^w^ bfol-ldan mnes ; ^'^ myos-
byed ; W §^ dgah-byed ; *f*^|^ myos-hgyur •
\'H&*\ dri-mchog; V*1 dri-rab; if«'=.\8;^
spos-nad-ldan ; Q* chu-ma ; «j3fT»i bfol-ma •
chog'ldan-ma ; *'^'§S ca-co byed;
yons-suthobs; ^|^'*=.- g.nod-
tbyin chan; J'l ha-la. (Jlfflon.).

»e Jq|« chafi-skyogs ^^?f goblet for
wine ; also ladle to help wine.

chad khyu-htshog, R'^X'SK
1^'^ to beat with the clenched hand or
fist.

w$)^E.-|3 chafi-gi niti-khu = §*>'% or "^^'B
spirit ; l^'S" '%*.'% essence of nectar.

**'^rS'*\* chaH-gi phya-dar the place
where boiled barley, rice, etc., after being
mixed with yeast, is spread for fermenta-
tion.

*e.-«r|*r«i|a)wq ehafi-gi$ ffyefi$-pa to be
drunk.

ac.'SJ"! cJim-gral the order or row of seats
at a carnival.

*e.t<wj<JI chail-hgag=*c-'^c\ chail-snod vessel
for keeping wine.

*K. •* chan-rgyu the substance of which
beer or wine is made.

^K' vhan-chiifi in
some few, also miscellaneous; ace. to Sch.
a little.

.*fSw«^ chan-chem-can an intoxicated
person.

m$=.mQi. f*} thog (yfion.).

H-rnin=*^'^( chafi-rgan in
Sikk. old beer or wine.

*c.'Ki§isi bchan-b$nal intoxicated.

*^'?I'I chan-tig vessel for measuring
wine.

•f, &C'^ chan-thtib a drinking being,
i.e., one subject to decay and destruction.

«E.-«^-«^ chan-dad-can a drunkard, tipp-
ler: K-«fi-J-q5-j5-flj-<MwrZi-«iic |

a husband of intemperate habits and em.
immoral wife can have no harmony if they
dwell together in one home.

408

*c.'^«> chad-dod silver or other articles
with which wine or heer is exchanged.

«c,^q|« chad-dregt or •e.'S^-'V'm'ei chad-
gig dregs-pa=*^'^'^'^ chan-gis myos-pa
intoxication (Mdon.).

*e.-«^ chaft-hdon= **'jft chad-snod wine-
glass or cup (in Sikk.).

*«.-«fi« chad-ffnas or *e.'*3c.'"fl« a place
of drinking ; grog-shop.

$C'Sr8£'3 c/tafl-pa gtod-ica erroneously
written for w.'afcq hchad-pa ftod-pa fr»-
3f« ; lit. open fist, or an empty hand ; fig.
nothing to give in charity to the poor.

**H"|« chad-spags dough of harley
soaked in beer.

*^'H"\ chad-phiitf the first distillation of
wine — the best beer or wine.

*t'5*| chad-phog allowance in beer.
chad-bu, described in

the dough of barley-flour squeezed or
pressed within the hand and coming out
between the fingers is given to the ghosts.

Syn. K*\'i rdoq-pa; «*.«'« chads-pa
(Mdon.).

**'*» chad-ma, v. *£.'<0fc'*i (Mfton.) a
woman selling wine.

*c.-*wi chaH-mal grog-shop, tavern.

*C'|" chad-rtsi dry barm, lees, yeast (of
beer).

«<Jfc- chad-tshad grog-shop; »e.-<**-aw
'i come or coming from a grog-shop.
Syn. *e.-*w chad-mal; K.'pe.' chad-Mad

chad-tshad las hod-wa a
drunkard ; one who is just coming out of a
grog-shop.

.-*< chad-htshod-ma barmaid.
Syn. 5N'|^^*f myos-bi/cd-htshod; »*'«
chad-ma ; «^'9\« chad-byed-ma (J^don.).

K.-e$c.-ifc-fK-q chad-htshod-mahi khad-pa
»TO lit. wine-selling woman's house.

chad-sag roast meat taken at the
time of drinking.

$C'2J|C' chad-bzud for <*«^
closed hand, fist.

*^'l>|^« chad-gyos or **'9|« 'flj^*
parched rice, barley, &c., taken with wine.

**•'* chad-ra vqr«T, abbr. of **.' and
w'^1, beer and arrack; a drinking party.

**'* chad-sa 1. a beer-house. 2. beer
carousal : *c.-*r^-cr!^-q to give or arrange
for a great beer-drinking party.

i chads-pa, v. «-g chad-bu.

I : chad time ; |^'*^ in after time,
henceforth ; gV*1^ formerly, heretofore.

II: 1. special promise, agreement
or engagement; *Y(m«J special presenta-
tion, special request, compliments at the
commencement of a letter. F'*^ oral, verbal
engagement ; «Wf'*S pledge of faith by the
hand (<7d.). 2. in compounds for *^'i
punishment ; V'al\ corporeal punishment.

chad-don or P'*S a promise, con-
tract ; ^'^'IS'" to give a promise, make
a contract; fllTc-'t>'*'**V'i^ tV to agree
about giving ; *"V*>T^'§1V« to keep, fulfil,
a promise.

*"V*^ cJuid-mdo or |*'*S the purport
or the main object ; a promise or contract,

I : chad-pa

;o open, to separate, liberate;
t. 2. to promise, bind one's self.

: ca-pa 'S'FW, ^TTTT, ^sra,
$? 1. to open, to separate, liberate; to
give out. 2. to romise bind one's self.

409

Syn. 3V* phyed-ma; •&'* dbye-wa
(Mnon.).

e&Y^ II; sbst. resp. i^v*^ f^nr^, ^?
punishment ; ^'**\ corporeal punishment ;
fig. punishment with the rod. j«i'q$'*^-<i
king's punishment, i.e., punishment that
the law inflicts on any person. «.«r«^
punished with fatigue, worn out. *Y«r*i
chad-pa -can =: I**' %*i ^fe^f, <'g^ll a con-
vict ; one who has been convicted of an
offence. *"V«iS'*Vfl|«^'«i chad-pahi tshar-
pcad-pa or •YWT^fVfl f*"tfV to convict, to
sentence, to punish.

Syn. S3*T«i dbyug-pa.

*^'D chan-gri= Xw| htshem-gri (lit. a
tailor's knife) ; sjqruft a pair of scissors.

I III: vb. to be descended from ;
to be born of or with ; gen. with «m or ^w.

a^qtSflfq chad-pa phog-pa to award
punishment, to punish in any way.

•^•iwqsvq chatf-pas bead-pa to be visited
with punishment.

*S'S chad-po 1. rent, torn, worn-out,
ragged, tattered (Jd.). 2. a limited time,
a term (Sch.).

*^'S)«| chad-yig a written contract : *V
wJ'Mid. (Glr.; Jd.).

*\q»r*J cha4-lu$-pa not to obtain the
things hoped for, to be disappointed
(Sch.).

*«V*< chad.-so or *\**=wVflp« 1. a limi-
ted time, a term. 2. a time-purchase
(8ch.). 3. an agreement (Ta. ; Jd.).

3>3j chart I: (^1'i'*^'$5'9 *1* a mar-
ginal note or foot-note to explain the
meaning of a term or expression in the
text.

&3j II: sop, mash, pulp, etc.;
rice-pap ; ^«'*^ barley-pap (Jd.).

«=^2w§ scissors, shears :
vw*i< (K. d. » 106) the

hair of a gelong should not be cropped

with scissors.

I : chab [resp. and eleg. for $ chu]
water, in any form ; but never used like
chu to signify a river. V*q scented
water, g'*1! or S'*1' water which at the
beginning and close of religious meetings
in the larger monasteries is passed round,
and of which every one present takes a
few drops on his tongue, as a symbol of
purification in the place of full ablutions.
$ft'*P tears ; ^T*o spittle ; W|w urine.

II : power, dominion, sway ; *n'%i\
under one's sway : *q'*ir§'*|j'q to bring or
collect under one's power or sway.

*^'J^ chab-rkyan brass can, brass tea-
pot with a long spout for pouring out tea
(Jd.).

wj chab-$kya-=*?>'* dar-wa whey.
ai'B*.' chab-khun urinal, a privy.

«J'if chab-sgo door; *£T^t' chab-$go-wa=
Jp^l'i a door keeper.

**r«|!fc chab-gtor=^'"\^ chu-gtor *m
oblations to the dead; water religiously
offered to quench the thirst of Yidag or
Preta in the sN<dt* |

w^ Chab-nag n. of a monastery in
Kong-po in Eastern Tib.

«r«(*< chab-brom ice (Jd.).

aq-nqe.* chab-hbar\s=a^^ei^''\ ssn a
servant ; a subject ; one owing allegiance.

a^'SU"! chab-blug 1. a spittle pot. 2.
ace. to Jd. a vessel for rinsing one's mouth
with water.

63

410

chab-ma lid, valve ;
or aq'X chab-tse buckle, clasp.

*q'*)flf cAa6-AH»</ = $**1 a fountain,
spring.

chab-rtshe, v. **r»< chab*ma.

chab-tshod (lit. water-measure for
time) a watch, a clock.

chab-rtae SJJ'^ cham-pa sf?n?rra a cold or

catarrh; fj'**1 gre-cham bronchial catarrh ;
§f**i catarrh in the lungs ; if'** $na-cham
nose cold (cold in the head) ;
influenza.

to be in a tranquil state; colloq.
to keep quiet *)-*)5^{m*w**wq^«i]-.>i»rf-5<i-
(A. 119) those who did

,, j chab-athug a bath ; also the ba-
... ., , . . ,, m., , . A not assent keeping quiet : it was effected

thing festival of the Tibetans in August

according to the precepts of the lord

(Atis'a).

S^ char or wi char-pa gqf ^rra rain.
Syn. I^SS sprin-bcitd ; {)*'** gbran-char ;
i § *^1 sprin-gyi

and September.

*H'K«i|-q chab-hog-pa a vassal, a subject ;
*q-i?«l 9|' jq-JJ a vassal king, feudal chief.

*q'^a< chab-ril the vessel of consecrated

water passed to monks of a congregation me-tog ; f "vww rnkhah-las-bab ;

before dispersing. fluft-gi hbras-bu ; *^r£W rgyun-bab;

chab-ril-pa one who passes 4g^-char ; f« gru-char ; X 'HlVi fo-%-

chuhi-so-bon ;

through water, v.

*q'
water.

official letter, a diploma, etc.

«i «K chab-ser eleg. for
pus.

+ **I'§S chab-sri4= f'ffa
dominion, kingdom, territory.

^wen (Jfifiow.).

«^'|q« c/tar-skyib a shelter, pent roof,
'1 ice, frozen protection from rain.

*v|*i char-shyeg ^^ lit. ruin-born;
eleg. for an met. a frog.

*v|i' char-skyob 1. protection against

matter ra^n> a^so °PP' *° ^ 2*1 ts^d-skyob protec-
tion against heat (of the sun). 2.='
an umbrella

chab-gsaft urine;
to make water.

*q-3|?tarq chab gsil-wa to discharge urine,
make water (flag.).

char-gkyor undecided (cases or

disputes).

*V|8«w char-khebs cover or dress for pro-
tection against rain, rain-cloak.
*^'SC-' char-gyan, ^9,'
(Ya-sel. 33).
*'« char-gyi zeg

char-dyah lit. that delights in
rains, Bl'5 (Mnon.).

w*^ char^rgyun f ^ incessant rain.
**'**! char-can 1.=*^'?!^. 2. ^"'JJi

chamrd (f = fll5^'^ always, conti- custom, usage (^F.). 3. n. of a hero
'" pouring continually. fW^ (Baladeva) (Lex.}.

chabs cig = ^<^ or
together with, all together.

cham headlong, full length ; also
completely, utterly.

•£,
nually;

411

M|

char-bcug-pa

char-shod che-stabs (idio-

made to be done or worked out. matic phrase) a matter of great imper-

char-ekes for

char ptogs-pa, v. *, included
in the division of ; = pwg-fll^-s1 or g«F

cltar-s/on met. the swallow.
char-dus the rainy season.

ti char-drag-pa ^Tir? lit. heavy
rain ; the month of heavy rains, corre-
sponding with July.

Syn. VT^ drag-bob ; «fc«T§e.- yon-lhun ;
**-qq-^ rgyun bab-tsha (Mnon.).

tance.

W*i char-zil rain drop, rain particles
or drops.

Syn. *v<^i char-rdul; $^*\w*\ chu-yi
segs-ma ; I^'I'S '3 tgyun-gyi myu-gu ; $>5)'
^ chu-yi-ser; §'ip chu-rdul;
char-gyi zcgs-ma (Mnon.).

* *vwRqq«<-:j char-bzan hbebs-pa
n. pr. (Td. 2, 271).

char-pyogs = *^'pq*i house ;
cover or dress for protection against rain.

*v°t^ char-Zen the coping or water-tile
of a wall (Os.).

cA«/resp. g'*«i belly, abdomen (Cs.).
c/ta l-chal the sound of falling

oars.

(Sch.).

il char-ldan rainy ; a
in the summer season are rain-
clouds (Mnon.).

**'i}'&K'|^ char-sna rlud-khrid an
idiomatic expression signifying guided;
lit. as wind leads the rain.

*v«i char-pa, v. **.

**>'9^ char-sprin W^Jcl rain-cloud; **>'|j^
8^ cloud containing rain.

r-phobg ^resr to cause rain.

*ai'=v'qjisiN''J chal-du bkrams-pa
i char-hbab m/cnas-pa gen. a

_ , ., , ,., v, • i -11 ^ • scattered, strewn over, fully spread, wide-

Tantrtk lama ; lit. one who is skilled in

bringing down rain (by the efficacy of his

charms). *srwie,«r«n chal-mar brdal-ica (vb. a.) to

spread equally, uniformly.

chal-chil wavering, fluctuating
chal-chol, v. na

or

char-hbebs or
that causes rain ; rain-cloud.

fa,¥*W(^flr-Pe6$ groH-hjoms an
epithet of Indra (Mnon.).

drought, rainlessness.

*^'^S char-shod good and beneficial rain:
^•r$wJfro)<rp-wqtw this year rain has
copiously fallen.

chas \. thing; tool; requisite, etc. :
things to be given to a
bride as dowry ; S*l«'*n iron tools or uten-
sils ; f '*** food ; ^»"|'*w military stores,
requisites for war ; *#*« provisions ;
tools, instrument. 2. dress, garment ;
man's dress. 3. in a more general sense :
appearance, form, shape: 9S'^'l!'*^'S'3'§
appearing in the guise of a woman ;

412

§«\ he puts on a Tartar dress; g'*5 *« y
(I* he has assumed a girl's dress ; dis-
guised himself as a girl.

W"! chas-ka or Wf> «*(« one's pro-
perty, resources, requisites ; all that one
possesses or requires for his use.

*»T|vq chas-sgyur-wa to put on, to as-
sume another's dress.

*w*«\ chas-chod HTW, ^rf*W, v. "!»''''
brn t-pa.

36^4*^1 chas-pa [originally the pf. of *'*>
but always used as a separate vb.] 1. to
set forth, depart : *»r«^|»rtK as it is
necessary to depart (Thgy.) ;
they set out for Tibet (Glr.) ;
they departed together (Dzl.) ; *«n'«J <*
send away, dispatch. 2. to prepare for,
set about, to start ; fl|*K-w«i they started
killing ; *3j wwrei'aw having made arrange-
ments to depart (Dzl.) : y|v<^-2f3*r**rq«
4 now we will return ' they said, and they
made preparations (Del. ; Jd.)

**>•& chas-bzo=W*'* a full suit of
clothes (for the body).

&> ctii num. fig. 36.

'*J| chi-ga in W. wallet, knap-sack

(Jd.).

chi-li-li onomatopoetic word for
snuffing up scent by the nose; £j*^*j\*c&-
$'$'&* (Cs.) snuffing sweet odours that are
borne ; *)-^<j]\'*c$'S'5t the perfumes of flowers
are perceptible (Mil. ; Jd.).

chiy used for 1*1 as the first part
of compound numbers : — ^I'^S 10 ; ^I'qj
100 ; «1 IK 1,000 ; *1'| a myriad, etc.

Sl'ff.' chig-rkyan ace. to Schtr. sepa-
rate, single, one alone.

B^ chig-rgyu nt's-spun a kind of
blanket in the weaving of which one
longitudinal thread is crossed by two.

*1 Jjqq chig-thub-pa 1. to be able to do a
thing alone. 2. n. of a plant used in medi-
cine (Jd.).

$1\«( chig-dril rolled, wrapped, packed
up in one parcel or bundle (Sch.).

^I'^'SS'i chig-lab byed-pa to talk to
one's self, to hold a soliloquy (Schtr.).

^I'-fS chig-<;ad one stroke, or stop : ^'
^iHr^lvqs^'^'mvSfl] -^'g I at the close of
each line of a verse (forming a sentence1),
put one stroke, i.e., full stop (Situ.).

chins, v. *Se.-q ^JST, that which
binds. Sk*rg the five binding things: — (1)
Fl ""SI '¥*• 5^ § '^t.*J khog-dbug ston-' hun-yyi
chins ; (2) *>'SyV^A§VS'*c-*' sa-dpyad rnam-
hbyed-kyi chins ; (3) ^gi q^g ^<J|-§'Se.»i hbrel-
pa hbru-hgrel-gyi chins ; (4)
bstus don-gyi chins ; (5)
lag-len man-nag-gi chins (Stnan.).

chid-pa, v. %V^

I chib-pa 1. (jq'q arrg encom-
passing, covering all. 2. ace. to Sch.
equal, uniform, suitable.

*CW chibs or iq*rq resp. term for 5 rta
a horse ; generally a riding horse ; a saddle
horse ; Sq*rarntq q riding on a horse, to
get on horse-back ; iwowi^mq to dis-
mount: iqwi^srari^E, ((7.) J beg you to
dismount ; j|v§ ^q*r$J'l*9'J' I give it you for
a riding horse (Jd.).

Sq*)'q|^'i^c,'q chibs-bskyod g.nan-wa (lit.
to ride on a horse) r^Sq^'qjp'iaic.'q to start
for a journey, to go to a place.

q»^q to lead a horse by the bridle (Sch.).

413

'pr^n 'q chibs-kha thub-pa to have the
command of the bridle ; fig. to be expert
in ruling.

j| chibg-sga resp. for Sj saddle.

Chib$-lfia-ldan also called £*[*'
^, the horse on which Gautama Buddha
used to ride.

chibs-kag resp. a whip.
chib-chas a horse's furniture,
harness; (Cs.) the equipments of a horse.
Sq*vl^ chils-chen a charger; the best
horse in the stable.

5«W'5 chib$-rta a riding horse of a great
man.

chibs-thur horse's head-piece.
chibs-dpon chief groom.

£ eb^s chir from the Hindi f*«, chintz.
*"< $"«! chil-sgrog, v. $'*$* chu-gner.
^ I : cAw num. fig. 66.

^ II: ana, 'S^f, *iq:, tpj:, &c. 1.
water, the universal and common term in
all senses. 2. a river ; the general teim.

Syn. 1^'S gtufi-bya; "I^'JJS gtttfl-byed ;
tf^'^5 $go-kun-hyro ; ^'§'»>'T'II fprin-gyi
me-tog ; $^'§'*$S $prin-gyi-bcud; ^'^ dag-
byed; ^'^ fian-sel; ^'H^ hbru-phan; fj^|'
S'3 tprin-gyi myu-gu; 3^'"^ thur-bgrod;
31^'*$ kun-hgro (Mfion.).

^'S1-' cfiu-klufi «r^ a river is a term
often occnring in boots, but rarely in con-
versation. *'JJ^'^'*1«'3'^^' the names of
various rivers both real and mythical which
occur in the sacred books of Tibet and
according to Buddhistic geography : — (1)
«'#3'$ sab-mohichu, (2) W5'«^'«fc-$ rab-tu
dafi-tcahi ehu, (3) "J*=.'«|3-|| gtm^-ivahi chu, (4)
S***^ ho-mahi chu, (5) ffi'"-^-^ rgyun-hbruhi
chu, (6) I'l'^'^ zla-wa rgyu-wa,
bo-thug-gi hdam, (8)

chu, (9) E.f^-5j»rq]c.-q fian-fhtr-gyis gaf.-tca,
(10) «-q-^'5-|-n|^q fan-pa kun-tu $gra
pa,(].\)f\3FfH'^'cidbyaft$ $nan-pa, (12)
-q sems h(jro-wa, (13) ^•^•g'N-RW hu-
gras hbab-pa, (14) §P»i'^gK.'i rlab$
hbyuti-ica, (15) «^-«lS-$ bde-wahi chu, (16)
nj-^-q-Rfi^-q^ ka-dam-pa hkhod-pa-nid, (17)
^•^••H'^pjiW^rdBr*! nor-buhi rnchu-can
rnams-kyis hdsin-pa, (18) 4't^
chu-srin kurnia man-tca-nitf, (19)
na ro-hi hkhor-u-a, (20) ^-jjai-l^-fli^q ru$-
$bal-gyis gaii-wa,
«r*» na-kras bsfcor-tca, (22)
ytgf ^de-war hbab-pa, (23)

aA» phrcA-wa, (24)
dgah-war gyur-pahi chut (25)

«n mtshuns-pa, (26)

dan char-gyi rjc§-su hbyufi-wahi
chu-klufi, (27y^BMr*ir$-»fl^r$-<W<l Dbyans-
can-gyi mdog-tu hbab-pa, (28)
SM hbab-pa, (29) ^=.'1 rf^-pa, (30)
rtse-mohi nafi, (31) "l$v§'$ yser-gyichu, (32)
•fcarS-s^flj gMw^^i wrfojr, (33) 8lT^|-»rfH-«l
mu-tig-gi bye-ma Idan-pa, (34) ^'9'ai'«'q rt-
Jo-fo rgyu-wa, (35) |^'^'q $pn« hk/tw-wa,
(36) S-f^^^^'f^^-SN-ci mu-sd-ra gal-pa
rgyan-du byas-pa, (37) ^*f •A'^f^TfU'il w-
dru-mahi fift dad Idan-pa, (38) ^SS'^T **
dpi/id dgah-ica, (39) ^%*t''§'"^'£!'*'$''Wr<l
dbyar-sprin rab-tu daft-wahi chu hbab-pa,
(40) t-»'«i^|i|-qv^i-q rtse-wo /fl hjug-par
4gah-wa, (41) ij=-»c^'£' ^s yod-pa, (42) ^'W
J)^'q^'|^ £(»)-*t-^<i|-q nt-ma far-war gyiir-pag
mi reg-pa, (43) ^'^'S myur-wahi chu, (44)
5q«^q-5'n|n|-q rlabs-rab-tu hjug-pa, (45) w
6'Ji a-tu pa, (46) 4"^^^qq-q tsu-lun-da
hbab-pa, (47) \5'$ drihi-chn, (48) t^S V«-
q^i'i ke-ta-kahi-dris bsgos-pa, (49) WVpV
q rf6y«»- dgah-wa, (50) ^Vf\ dhun-dhu
ma-ra, (51) I'^'W1'^ nc-hkhor-na
khyab-pa, (52)

414

hbab-pa, (53)
rgyab-nag klufi kun-tu-gan rab-tn hbab-pa.,
(54) «^w«i5-i5 dmah-wahi chu, (55) W<w
"W dgah-u-as hjug-pa, (56) ^•§'^'E£-^w
tfion-gyi du-wahi $tobg, (57) fjf§''^i*' spriu-
gyi hgros, (58)\'*5^gt«-«^ dri-zahi d.byafi$-
can, (59) tS'Sj5'«&w«^ TAahi sgrahi dbyails-
can, (60) ^ S'^St*''^ $katf-kyi dbyafa-can,
(61) jj'5)-g-S-*)8j-wvi^q klu-yibit-mo mfwn-
par *4gab-wa, (62) ^irc|-<^-t|-3"Wiw«ift»r£i
rig-pa hdsin-pa rtse-tfgab wag gna$-pa (K.
d. *( 298).

n. of a tree called araff! [Sesbania
tiaca]S.

^•JE.'*)^ chu-kluft tpffon the lord of rivers.

$'j|e.'«^ chu-klitH-can a place which is
intersected by streams, or where there are
many rivulets.

$'fflE;V!'C| chu-klnfi dag-pa sr^Nrnr lit.
purified by bathing in a river ; a Tlrthika.
$-jc.-q«^ij chu-klufi-bday ufiq'-lfrf the

lord of rivers; the ocean. $'3F.'SW chu-

>»

klufi-tfmar %nr f^T the red river, i.e., the
river Sone.

$-gc.-*<# c/ni-kliin-mtsho (n^«-§'»)*) the
wide expanse of the heaven ; an imaginary
lake in heaven ; the sea.

$'i§=.' chu-klofi the main, deeper channel
of a river, v. $=•' klofi.

Qf&* chu-dkyil $*\y>' the middle of a
river.

^'jat chu-rgyal a leather bag for water,
a moshug ((7s.).

$'$fi chu-$ka<} the voice of water, the
sound of rushing water.

$'tili«r<i chu bskol-pa boiled water, boil-
ing water.

$%^chu-$kor or^^'^l'^'^ rafl-thag chu-
tkor water-mill, i.e., self-grinding mill.

= '^'ci whey.

chu-skyar gf^nfa a species of water
fowl — the spoon bill.

Syn. 3'^ql*rt'S na-hbigs-byed ; J«i'|^
rgyal-byed ; *j*'«|3flj'«i rkafl-gcig-pa ; "l^vg^
gaft?-$bal ; «4^'S mdsah-mo; $'«^ chu-cait
(jffion.).

$'|^ chu-ikyur 1. the bittern. 2. also
n. of a plant. 3. acidulous mineral waters.
4. vinegar (</«.).

$'3»* chit-sky es srenn, ^JW, ^R^SI 1.
lit. the water-born, the lotus. 2. the moon,
the planets Neptune and Venus.

S'l'W'Vl* cfnt-skycs dkar ^tijfNf the
white lotus. $ 'JN'g^'3 c/tu-skycf snon-po
the blue lotus.

the great Brahma.
$'g«*-«^ chu-skyt-s-can
where lotuses grow.

pond

the

the

lord of the lotus, the sun.

$'|*''3't' c/iu-skyes rt&a-wa
white tuberous root of the lotus.

$'jft chu-fkyod ifa\ met. the neck.
chu-khug a creek ; bay, gulf.

\chu-khur-tu hdsin
[1. "that which holds clouds," i.e., the
sky. 2. "having clouds for a vehicle,"
an epithet of Indra]£.

$'«»B^ cltu-hkhur, met. Ij^ spnn-pa cloud.

4'pi« cA?«-A;Ae^=*v|8q^ cloak worn for
protection against rain.

^'pSai ehu-kholQyi. [1. boiled water.
2. sj^rarpd the Hilsa or sable fish]&

$'^^ chu-hklior ai^nzfl, ^fisra, ww
a whirlpool, an eddy. [" a water-goer,"
i.e., a heron or a leech]iS.

415

Syn. jfcujifc kM-hkhor ; ngffi hkhyim-
pa • 3fl|'»£ J3 zeg-mahi lie ; ^"Hpfc'Si chu-yi
hkhor-lo ^^'^hkhor-chu (Mnon.).

Qafi^-ti chu-hkhor-wa the turning of a
water-mill.

chu-hkhyag$ ice, frozen water.

Syn. wX*» bhab-rom ; "W" gkhyag-pa.

4' 10*1 chu-hkhyil puddle, pool.

$'<$«|»r£i cA«« hkhyogs-pa «np ^ any
tortuous or meandering river.

S'^B'^K c?<u-hkhri-fijl = $-'3'5)*w a wave.

$'Ȥ*< chu-rnkhris srarfqM water and
bile ["the bile of water," i.e. fire]S.

$'S5*| chu-hk/>n<g=§*'3'5)cw a wave ;
ruffle on the surface of water.
§'1^.' chu-gafi full of water.

$'!) chu-gri §f<<hi a small knife; ace.
to Schr. razor.

chu-grog ace. 'to Sch. 1. rivulet,
brook. 2. dish-water, rinsings (<7d.).

chu-fflan nag-po or
rtca-co-can ^'^'^ sdig-pa rwa-co
(Sman. 108).

$'!=•' chu-g.lin sf^T any islet in a river.

chu mgrm-can = %'§^ ftw'k;
said to be the crocodile.

chu-rngo source or head of a river,
a feeding spring.

$-n«i]qm-q chu hgag$-pa i?i%nj stoppage
or retention of urine.

$'*f'?'^' Chu-hgo rta-rift one of the
thirty-seven holy places of the Bon (G.
Bon. 88).

4' 5^ chu-rgyan ^nr^r the ornament of
the water, i.e., the lotus flower.

$'«^ chu-rgyun sjcfTf the current or
flow of a river.

$'|*i chii-rgyu$ ^yg sinews, ligaments
and nerves ; $'£ gland.
iS'Sj*-' chu-§gan a blister.

%$*•' chu-sgon the water-egg, po. for the
moon which (mythologically) sprung out
of the great ocean.

4'S chu-sgra the murmur of a stream.
t-ei|^'P chu bsgyur-wa = ^'^'^'^ the
change of the course of a river.

ehu-nan l,i

Sr0i nan-pa byun-ica (idiomatic
expression) the introduction of a bad
custom; following a bad usage.

$ efn|« chu-nogs bank of a river or lake ;
•T^WSpi the opposite side or bank, called
also ^'q and «-Xoi'&p» this side of the
river ; §'*(• &i« sandy bank ; |- w sandy plain
on the side or margin of a river.

a wave

tl'qjS chu-bcu4=^^ lan-tshba table-salt.

i'f 1 chu-lcag f?f^r water streaming
down from rock [the tree Barringtonia
acutangula]S.

$'*"! chu-chag grain or grass, &c., given
to cattle mixed with water.

^'^ chu-chu=<H'§ rhubarb ; $% its root
is used as dye and laxative in Tibet.

$'$=.-^ chu, chun-du (S'^'5'|>£1) the sixth
month of the Tibetan calendar, i.e., July.

chu chun-nhi la

precious

stone, a gem of fabulous properties like
$'$*.' containing the essence of water, the
finest pebble or crystal.

Qyy chu-nal also $'?1 sr^ristpi a tank.

chu-mtn, v. S1'5 ^TfRT the

swallow.

416

j=ijacq or ".i^'i. 9 if "\ chu-stot} ^far? the month of

«•«$* chu-gner wavelets or ripples in Jul7-

water. $'^'5KVq chu-stod-kyis na-wa '

the full moon of July.

V^'*< chu-$focf skar-ma the constel-

Syn.
ro^ ; B*1
kyi ri-mo

"H mtshar-gyo ; *«i'i|'1
khrem-gner ; $w9'^'* rfaij-

o».). lation 9'$'§|'3!^'* bre-chu lha Idnn-ma

Chu-mnam-pa n. of a fabulous TJ^WT (/Ms».).
sea situated beyond the ocean called a* VT ^.^ chu_st0d-Skycs

; lit. (cure against snake-poison) (K. d.

rnog-ma-can turbid or

the planet Mars.
chu-thags

water-mill.

chu-thig ai«fii»j drop of water,
water-drop.

in water.

muddy water.

Syn. ^*»'S Idam-bu ; fc'^w mi-dans ; T*l'
»<'*^ rnog-ma-can ; ^wg"^ hdam-rdsab ; *W
hbyin-bye4\ <&KC> hjim-pa (JUfnon.).

«'^ chu-snin 1. a precious stone; be- 4 '*m chu-mthah or

lieved to possess fabulous properties such side or bank of a river,
as the power of keeping off fire, and the
effects of thunder and lightning. 2. salt.

$-q]$c.'3C'q chu-gtift thun-wa shallow
water.

Syn. 1?t-qJW5" gtin gshal-nui ; v^'t sa
k-wa ; ft'Wl mi zab-pa (Sfnon.).

^•flj^e.'jq'£i chu-gtift zab-pa deep water.

Syn. ifc'^S gtin-med ; w sai ; 1^'S*^'
S1*!* gtin-dpag-dkah ; ^i)'«|^'»)'^«l hog-gahi-
mi rig ; w»)^ rab-ined_ (Jifnon.).

chu-gter j'«*'3^'3 araf^ the

thogs-pa 1%»rtT«T to bathe
-q the broad

nam-mkhah.

-« particles of

water. $''tffr'*|5*) chu-hthor-gtam speaking
and spitting together.

$'n7JVq chu-hthor-ica ^ifaf%s to sprinkle.

Syn. 4^'jf"I»' chur-tgrogs • S^'H
At hdab-chags.

chu-dan shen-du Man-pa
& long wide river.

ehu-dar a small prayer-flag stuck
ocean ; also symb. the number four on the bank of a river, in order to avert
(Rtsi.). inundations (Jd.).

4'1^'S'B^ chu-gter mu-khyud.
an island.

* 4'l5^'l^ chu-gtcr-sur ^ts^rn
of the sea (Kalac. T. 135).

4'5 '" (/Aw rta-mo n. of a medicinal plant
called fT-1 ^«?-fa (<Swa». *5S). (Mnon.).

S'^'l^ <?Aw $ten-$byin fi^ the water- 4'X'W chu-dro hjam

water, slightly warm water.

a creek

of water (Mnon.) ; also a fox.

chu-dug ace. to Sch. hemlock.
chu-bdag or $'5l't'Vl = 8'Sj! the god

alcohol
tepid

lily.

417

chu-dron or ^'X^'" chu dron-ma
hot or warm water.

chu-mdah a jet of water.
chu-mdo confluence of rivers.

chu-hdod=3(W*> skoms-pa or P'
$f*w k/ia-skoms (Mnon.) thirst ; also thirsty.
4'*^ chu-hdren ^<sli^* lit. that draws
water ; a cloud.

$'§1*<'j|^ chu-rdugs khyer water-fright ;
cattle being confounded by fright while
crossing a river.

$'?"! chu-rdul, v. wSui particles of water
or rain drops (Mnon.).

$'S( chu-rdo rounded pebbles found in
brooks ; a kind of crystal. $'3('9F^ cool
crystal (used for spectacles) ($'^'5

$'|K chu-ldur (5^'$T»») flour and water
mixed up together as the food of horses.

4'^' chu-nifi years ago.

$'V"! chu-rnag matter, pus (Seh.).

$'3"| chu-phug a cavern in a rock at the
head of a river or brook.

$-gi' i chu-pliyarj-pa (lit. one who sweeps
over water), «'.e., a ferry-man (Jd.).

$%$ clm-phran a little river, a brook.

$'«gl\'£) chu hphrad-pa ^iiHenH a rud-
der, or a large oar used as such.

$'q chu-tca a large gland of which there
are sixteen ace. to Tibetan anatomy (Jd.).
$H'%*\'tt a contraction of the sinews (Cs.).

$'q^ chu-ban jug ; water-pot.

Syn. 4'tf^ c1iu-snod_', $'£" chu-rdsa\ ^'9'
*^ nor-bu-can ; ^ S '^ '* sno^-po che ; $'9*i chu-
bwn (Mnon.).

$'q"i chu-wal TK^TQ, «i<ii^^t, «i^<a water-
moss.

Q%% chu-bun white paint for the face
(&*.),

chu-bum = QQ.*\ chu-lan.

chu-bur—^-'^ cliuhi Ibu-tva ^STT
(Mnon.) 1. bubbles of water, also froth.
2. watery eruptions on the skin, vescicles,
blister, occasioned by a burn. 3. ace. to
Jd. boil, ulcer, abscess.

Chu-bur-can ^r^ n. of one of
the cold hells. 2. ace. to Schtr. the eye.

j M chu-wo gjfesft, H^ 1. river : S'S'
^'£1^T'J''£|'*<§^ like the streams of
the four great rivers (let your letters) flow
towards me (Tig. k. 13). 2. also signi-
fies the number four (Rtsi.).

yw'flfy chu-bo chcn-po Ida the five
great rivers of the continent of Grodaniya
(q-mc|^ Ba-la?i-spyod), which ace. to
Buddhist cosmogony are the following : —

(I) "Mrq-*^ (2) #•$*•*•«, (3) I'l^-i,
(4) t-wzi, (5) W8-i>-«i.

The seventeen great rivers of the con-
tinent of Purva Videha (•*p>qm'««<'»|«ro)
are: — (1) §'*'^»r«i, (2) g'«'^ §fia mre-dd,
(3) $«?%'*, (4) a5-$ Kluhi-ehu, (5) fww
«|^-q, (6) «'V«, (7) ^l^^^-^^-q, (8) |-
35-ai'^-^ (9) s-api-cj, (10)

(II) V^MP1", (12) I'^'
«^q|^-q-g^-nqq-q jDr«« sro#? dgah-wa snon hbab-
pa, (14) q»E,'Ej (these flow down from
the mountain called If'S^'^ii^'^'^ JJwrt-
byahi ishogs-kyi ri in Purva Videha), (15)
yqjgsrq Rwa gsum-pa, (16) *'^'i Ca-co-pa,
(17) ^'q^^ Rdo-wa hgrim-pa (K. d. *.
837).

-q chu-bo hdra-wa; %'55'f^ c/;«-
-s«r ^1%; i|lJ55-«^»«i chu-bohi
hdoms ?

S'S-fllS Chu-ico G^rfgi the river Ganges.

54

418

$-q"-«rS'^ Chu-bo Ya-mu-na the different
names of the river Yamuna: \»t5'3'3f Si.
mahi bu-mo, *iy3Y*< Gdufi bycd-ma, \«fc'
Shi-wahi srin-mo, f *\**t Rtsod-can, %
Kd-Undahi bu-mo t *|%tS'fl*'*
Ofin-rfehi srin-mo tr^.

$-q>q-*)^ C/iu-bo rab-med ^1?*^ the

great unf ordable river of hell.

4'5'R Chu-bo ri n. of a monastery situa-
ted 32 m. S. "W. of Lhasa on the top of
a hill opposite the iron bridge over the
Yeru Tsang-po. It is also called f "!*<'
Chu-bo-ri.

Chu-b_o Si-tA the river 8ita =
the great Tsang-po of Tibet:
Brgyar-gycg, a^'il Shags-grol,
^pun-pas byin, SVJ*'* Srid-sgi-uh-ma
5<q»r§-«qn Rtays-tu hbab, q«l-(»«w Khrag-
hbab, •&<r*[R'1 Obyig-gi khu-ica, <*•[&•$*
Jjag-pahi chu-bo.

^•tS-3^'5 Clm-b.o Sin-dhu different names
of the river Sindhu (Indus): frS'^'S-S
Rtsed-hjohi chu-bo, gVS'"!^ Snon-gyi gaft-
ga (T^TIP). S'q'B*' Zla-wa skye$, ^'^•g-«
Ri-bohi bu-mo, *)e,'5'3^ Mati-po byin, *>'%%'$
Re-ba chu-bo.

chit-^bus — ^'W- chit-pshufi. the
central course or main stream of a river.

•S'W" chu-dbus-pa fl«nf5fra Pali:
Majjhantiko (Td. 2, 9).

chu-hbab f^nrotar : a hilUtorrent ;
-hbab sgra the sound of a torrent.

$'S chu-bya water-fowl, water-bird ; $$•
S'l"! chuhi bya-gag the grey duck.

$'*3V ohu-hbyun ffiv grafts) a number
(Ta-sel. 57).

4'^ chu-hjbyed said to be the swan
(Z>- A),

^'gi'i chu brug-pa
5*1'") »<<lv.<- over-flowing of a river ; any
inundation (Zam. 5).

! chu-lbag, v. ^\ bubbles.

chu-sliir aco. to Seh. 1. drifted
wood and the like ; thin pieces of wood,
chips, chaff, etc., floating on the water.
2. water-beetle (Jd.).

$ SI12! chu-sbrul a harmless water-snake

•o

said to abound in the hotgprings of Tibet.

$\*\chu-$byin = tivvs offerings of water
to the yi-dag.

*'»» vhit-ma 1. a water-carrier. "ft'i'S'
wJjqm-^-^^fll^ , Cia88es Of men BU(fo as

sweepers and water-carriers, &c., to whom
allowances should be paid (Rtsit.). 2.
cultivation which requires irrigation.

chu-ma-rtsi a water-plant : $'*»'
' | chtt-ma rtsi cures or
dries pus and serum.

4 **"! chu-mig ararnj 1. spring, fountain.
2. n. of a vein. [3. SWT^)- an aquatic
plant, Commelina salicifolia~\S.

4 'V*vZi chu-dmar-po a sea of red water
where the Naga people and the Asura
fight together every day after taking their
food (K. d. ^ 33k}.

4'HS'fl** '" chu-smad gkar-nta the constel-
lations of 'STKrere- are the following : —
9*1 phul, % •**[* sna-tshog, ^'*» Iha-Man*
ma (Rtsi.).

$'?T« chu-rtsam water with flour; gen.
the grain mixed with water that is given to
horses.

ehu-tshag$ qfrwein 1. a strainer,
sieve. 2. n. of a demi-god of the nether
world. ^"m'jK^'q chu-tshag$ kyi$ run-
wa '?f<*lH*<*>; a monk permitted to USQ
filtered water, i.e., fit to use filtered water,

419

3. S'*'|''-5'ql^*1 chu-tshajs gnt~g.sum
triangular filtering sieve [a leather
water-bag] S.

$&*i chu-tshan any hot-spring, large
numbers of which occur everywhere in
Tibet.

$'Cq'3'^' chu-tshub skya-rcfi, f"l«'«i^'
a'^ri'^-^r^Vj-^E.-fp'ttfatfa-Ay !*•«*•?

(DJZ,).

$'<* chn-tshira salt from water.

chu-tshod ^t® lit. the measure of
time by a water-clock ; the Indian hour,
one-fifth of a J3*4 or 24 minutes.

chu-tshod hkhor-lo ^\ ;
1. the clepsydra or water-clock of
Ancient India. 2. now = clock in general
or watch.

4'*^ chu-hdst'n 1. «»T the female organ.
2. ararar, srerfs cloud. In Mnon. we
read |*rfNv5^''*'«'^r*r«ft'%vX| it is so
called because of its holding the particles
of water that rise from the ocean.

Syn. of 2. jfrl sprin-pa; wn^$p:»
nam-mkhahi g.lnfi-po ; *'i^'^I»w tsfia-zer-
hjoms ; Kf^'^\f^ mkhah-gos-can (Mfion.).

%'tT cfni-sdsa earthen water- jar.

if,^'(c|C' chu-shen HiRi'g area; &=^3»T
^'S6'' djci/us-rin-thufi; ^ = ^'^ kha-shcfi
superficial area of a globe or circle.

c/iu-shen hgab-pa tffKTt!g?r;
ace. to Schtr. proportionate,
symmetrical; ace. to others, beautiful,
stately.

$-^e.-*H* chu-shcn tnthah ^tfftrz circum-
ference.

4'«q?»4 chu-bzom a covered bucket for
carrying water.

chu-zem stfr^Tq water-tub (Jd.).

$'| chu-sla or %5-| chuhi-sla '3'<*'?«? 1.
the image of the moon in water, reputed
to be a deception of the senses by witch-
craft. 2. the water-month, the first
month (Jd.).

ehu-fzar a large ladle (Cs.).

1-»)) water insects, worms,
etc. (may also mean "fire").

$$'^jj|i3r.3|K' c/iuhi-hkhril-fifi creeping
plants growing in water.

mirage (Mfion.).

ft^'^'S chuhi gad-mo-=^'^ chuhi Ibti-
ica [SRT?T^ 1 . cuttle-fish bone, considered
as the petrified foam of the eea. 2.
water-bubbles] 8.

$5'g1s'iOj<i| chuhi-sgur hkhyog 5J3>T a pig.

^•y§N chuhi na-phyis «*=)* shell; also
a snail.

^•^•q chuhi dra-wa ?&*% (%'^'^) [the
jujube-treeJ'S'.

spring or pool]$.

^5'^q'a6i»i*i chuhi hdab-chags water-fowl
v. ^^'i.

4^'3('«i chuhi-rdo-ica (Q'f*'^^) fff^t:
[n. of a plant]&.

^5-^\5«q chuhi hdre-lorj=$-'St'%m waves
(Man.).

z dpal-yon ($'g) ^^
flow and ebb-tide.

'^ chuhi-rtm-a »?rr?r watermoss;
'Vl the rush.

^•s,af5q chuhi-shal-ta-pa
a woman who supplies water to a lady.

^'iffi chuhi- ffshi W'sHsja a lake; a
place filled with fresh water.

420

fhxhi segf-ma particles of
water; spray.

Syn. 4'"^^ chu-hthor ; ?*'* nar-ma ; 4^'
i chuhi ser-ma ; 4'^n| chu-sil; 4'^ C^M-
rlabg-skyes (Mfion.).

mrage.
fru chnhi lo-ma (*$*'*<) ripples in

water.

met.
a boat, ship.

chuhi sa-bon, v. «'i.

chit-hobs water-ditch (Sch.).

$-S)-nf£v5 chu-yi hkhor-lo whirlpool,
v. JiF1^ klon-hkhor or 4'^^.

^-Sj-gflj^-q chu-yi snags-pn^ a shell ; met.
a monkey.

%'5i!|c.-a eA?«-y» sniA-po l. = 4-5)< salt
(Mon.). 2. n. of tank filled with lotus
flowers.

S'SVgq'q chu-yi thub-pa or $'")'VJ=.'3 *rw?i
the god of water ; also animals living in
water. However, in Tibetan mythology
there is no general god of water. Irriga-
tion streams and channels are under the
protection of a special deity and the va-
rious large rivers have each a protecting
river-god respectively ; but if an universal
$5'^ is over mentioned in books, it must be
a mere phrase of the author's fancy.

$'5)-tjc.-g chu-yi phun-po, ^rfwfil ; = j'*<*'
^'3 the ocean.

$•5) 2v« chu-yt tshor-ma the lotus plant,
flower, etc.

$•5) -ng»r«v»n chu-yi hdsum-dkar=§*'%''i
froth of water, also bubble.

$-5) -lupr^ chu-yi zcgs-ldan <*w\\i3\
that which contains particles of water ;
rain or cloud.

-»< chu-yi zegs-ma, v. w^.

ft^ chu-yi hod.-phrug snon-po
=%a|'4 quick-silver.

$ ") ^ chu-yi-ro salt.

^•5J QIC.-S chu-yi laii-ts/io tTB the lotus.

4'5)'^'Ei5-$c.'S chu-yi srin-pohi groA-che
is j'fdf'k^ the great city of sea monsters,
i.e., the ocean (Mnon.).

l'*^t<&u-ragt dam, dyke(Ja.); same as
«'*e.' chu-M (Mnon.).

4'^ chu-ri (lit. water-hill) a billow.

4'5ql chit-rug n. of a medicinal root :
4'VTy «fc-*v<r*forqvs chu-rug will remove
inflammation in the bones.

4'SCii chu-rlali, v.
billow.

wave,

.-q chu-las hbyun-wa anjfqiT:
a leech.

$'35 chu-lo n. of an aquatic edible
plant.

4'5flj chu-log floods (Ja.).

4'^' chu-lon dam, dyke. * 4'zfy'3-3<r*r
1^ chu-lon-gyi thub-pa b,dun (Ta. 2, 71)
the seven rulers over irrigation channels
and the watering of crops.

4'2|*.' chit-fin 5f^r>, THrr, f^f^I 1. the
plantain. 2. ace. to Jii. drift-wood. [3.
also the ratan plant]^.

Syri. r'5)^^ risa~yi snin-po ; |«j'Jiw^
rgyun-rnams-hdsin ; ^S'S '^9^'^ nad-kyi
hlras-can; «.B'^g»i-^ hchi-hbra$-can • SjfciS-
|"1'^ plafi-pohi Icug-ma ; «^'Q« tndsod-lus ;
ij^'i grol-wa; ^c.'^ $in-hdsin (Mnon.).

4'-^c-'*\'tP'3 chu-fifi dkar-po [<Bigc|ie<iir,
jft white aconite, Aconitum ferox\.S.

Syn. "|^'5'«^ yshon-nu can ; 5'«'P /o-

421

$-^c,-5|-*)p*,'q chu-gin gi mkhar-wa a stick
made of chiigin plant (Ilbrom. 160).

l'3|*'*H'*^'»i chu-gin Ma-can-ma lit. a
woman whose loins resemble the plantain
plant, i.e., a harlot, prostitute ( Ta-sel. 54)

$'•§* Chu-gur n. of a district in Tibet.
(Rtsii.). S'-^T's.' C hu-gur-rdsoii the Jong
or fort of Chu-gur near Lhasa.

$'•5"! chu-gxl sj^rfJS channel or drain
for water [little drops of water adhering
to a vessel after it has been emptied] S.

Q-*^ chu-gcl '3^r?'t'!r, ^jfifz^f crystal.
[*<«** I 'iUTf'a the "moon-stone" described
by Sanskrit poets as having the power
of emitting water at the sight of the
moonjiS.

4'^riV^'%lS5lC ^ chu-gel dwan-gi dkyil
hkhor=the crystal disk, i.e., the moon
(Yig. k. 30). ^-^^qe.-Ei chu-gel dwan-po =
a'«i the moon: j-^^^pr^va^'Wff^W^
4qirwtV$%YVP wj'i'^1^*' I while the
light of your good works has been increas-
ing in brightness, your health has become
resplendent as the lord of the crystal disk
(Tig. k. 85).

g'-^Tg^'M chu-gcl shun-ma lit. melted
crystal; met. the moon (Tig. k. 18).

$'1^' chu-gqoii a ravine containing
water (Jd.).

chu-ser matter, pus.

$'*< chu-so gr^q 1. the bladder. 2. the
external and internal urinary organs (Jd.).

* 4'g*' chu-sran 1%HT; ^'g^'^5* chu-
iraA g.mm f%f%TT (Kalic. T, 62).

t ^'S^'^'^I'S Clm-srin Kn-kc-ru n. of a
crocodile ; also that of a plaoa in Ancient
India (A. 20).

$'|^' J«r*i*j Chu-srin rgyal-mtshan
qsi n. of a king whose royal standard
was a crocodile; an epithet of Cupid.

Syn. $'*l5^ chtt-jfter (Mnon.).

^•^^•J^-q chii-srin chen-po or ^'t^'^'ll
chu-srin qa-kra TIT?, fP^tK mythological
monster-fish with body like a hill, and
furnished with eighteen heads (K. d. 5

82).

S'sH'^l chu-srin-bdag said to be = §'»»*'
'» the sea.

Chu-srin rdo-rje ri-
mohi bran-mo a goddess who rules over the
forest of Kong-po and is believed to pos-
sess the power of stopping at will the
course of the great river Yeru Tsang-po.

§'t^'^^'^ chu-srin $der-mo medicinal
herb useful in leprosy.

chu-srin lyis-pa-g.sod a
river-crocodile which carries away and eats
children (K. d. * 24).

S'lK^'i^ chu-srin hdsin-khri a throne
supported on carved crocodiles.

chu srib s^ gonorrhoea.

cfiu-srub — Q'fil'yQ chu-dkrug-pa
convulsed state of a lake by wind ; ruffling
or churning of the waters.

c/iu-srel= 'x^'^'ej the ocean.

chu-srol di-ied-up bed of river.
^l chu-lhag a kind of tree.

Syn. ^'*!*w ; ri-hjoms *!*f^.' ra-wa fit
(Mnon.).

Q^'Gfllwl chu-lhahi shags-pa tnar, ^TJ-
TTTH the snake-noose — the weapon of the
god of water.

$•^•3)5; chu Ihahi-gifi ^sm 3^ an
Indian tree, the tree Cratceva roxlurghii.

422

chug, imp. of *W* hjug-pa ; «!^'
*r<i|«je.w he said: admit
the elder brother into the priesthood !
(Hbrom. 36).

^£' 1. chuA or &•'* chufi-wa ^i«j, v%,
t^, »T*rn[ little, small, young, junior,
inferior ; $c. 2»» <w when he was very
young; S'^'" or *e.'V ; ^'tr^w*}^'
"tc.'^'5'gt'jj (his) younger hrother
S'rigarhha also having entered the
Buddhist order; S«'«*"fc' the younger
or youngest son; ^'4*' young in years;
wscft-q the junior, father, i.e., the second
joint-husband of one's mother; Qt-'W
from infancy; $^'9jq]*' an early friend, a
friend of younger days. Sometimes in-
cludes vb. to be, as in $*.'w$t'3l be not
email in courage !

&yn. y-'Q nufl-ua ; js,' •*]*)'<») nnn-ga$-tsam ;
**V<*» taho^-tsam ; 8C&' nun-fiu ; 4*'£ chun-
du ; g p/tra ; %% phra-ma ; w|'<« bag-tsam ;
iijsrw zi>g$-ma • 3^'w zer-ma ; "OSX'n hthor-ma
(ytion.).

4=-'3 eAwri-f7re'=ir$£' a small knife.

* $K.'^ chun-nit w% small, little (Kalac.
T. HI).

•S^'^ chufl-fiun a very little part ; *'?=•'
«•?*'**•• W^'a^Fiflr.) one thousandth part
is called j^on chufi-flun.

«^'«i' chuA-chuA =«•$*• very small, little.

^c.-i»)'q chuft-ches-pa ^wwr a little
more, yet still small in quantity.

4^'HI chud-bjug a kind of tea (Rtsii.).
.'S5'' chuH-nun, v. Hi'? khwj-rta.

chiiA-byc<} &v.\$ slender [also
fireJS.

4^ '« chuh-ma «nUT, ^i^at wife, consort,
partner ; ^'W^-q to take a wife, to marry ;
«V«i to be made a man's wife,

to be married ; |plWlfcf^r^'l'J|Wi to
abandon an adulterous wife (Ce. T).

^E.'wS'g^1,! chufi-mabi spun-zla brothers
of one's wife (Mnon.).

ad=^^ a little.

chun-nxs-yrol (ST'"'*11'^'^'
q'mv^i) «!%•! ^P5 to gain salvation with
little asceticsm; a state which precedes
sainthood.

$c-''3q! chufi-lttg a lamb.

$=•'$«.' Chun-luA n. of a place in Tibet.

$=•'•*! eA««-frt = iaiT-*| mutton.

4e-'J(*' chufi-$o$ the smallest or the
youngest.

^'fJ"! chuft-sug the limbs of a kid.

^'£f chud-pa ^r^; = ^il'£l to get into,
to enter, to put into, insert, etc.; S1*r
?J'$S'i resp. to impress on one's mind;
f^'^'^ to comprehend or get into the mind
fully ; ^TSj'S'Y" to subject, to put under.

^n'i\9^chud-na-gson = ^'^'"iS^ not ex-
hausted, exhaustless ($ay.).

$«^»)-rq chu mi-za-wa or UVfr^fa'^ inex-
haustible, unwasteable ; to be successful.

$"V*feq chud hd$ah-u'a=.$R*i\,o\)Q fruit-
less or unsuccessful (in any work or action).

$^'4|fyo chud-ffson-jw to waste, make
away with, to squander; $'V^'Vq chud-
sod-pa to be wasted, become barren : $V
ftr*T<*'^*« when it had been consumed,
they went quite away.

^3j chun occurs in ^'^ one that is
watering or taking care of fields, ***'&
gardens, ^"I'W meadows (Jd.).

^'S'S'IV* Chun-gyi brag-dmar one of
the thirty-seven holy places of the Bon
(O.Bon. 37).

423

^^'^ chun-pa 1. to bunch or bundle
together. 2. in JF". the common designa-
tion of one that takes care of fields.

$^'3 chun-po <l*H, *TT^TT 1. bunch,
bundle ; *^'3'$^'5 a bundle of silk scarves ;
a skien of silk. 2. a collection, pile, heap.
3. tuft, tassel, as ornament, etc.

$^'5'«^ chun-po-can wreathed.

W^S6^ chun-hphyan-waio wear a wreath
or garland of flowers.

^T^ chub-pa accomplished, perfected
as in l^'Vfcwr^W^prtfftK'f* a Bodhi-
sattva is to be perfected in all matters.

chum rice (in Sikk.).

4-f, ^JT^I chum-pa »?ta ; =^"'{' khrem-pa
to be frightened, also to shrink ; ^prfWfl
to crouch with fear. 2. = *fl|^'£i animals
living on the surface of water ; also $5 •
a kind of cuttle-fish called Pilha
supposed to move on the surface of water
and to pull down men and cattle when
they swim.

$* chur terrain, of $ ; 4*'*l'q to be
drowned.

n. of a

buffalo

$^v*^ chur-wa or §**'*• f^rarre a kind of
cheese or curd extracted from milk after
boiling and evaporation: $*'Vf«w«i|Vfl'
fl^flai chur-ra gives strength and increases
the seminal energy.

$*,-*)'|c,' chur-mi Mwn=ff^' •%* a
magic tree (Mnon.).

4^'^=-' Chur-lhun TTTH^r^r n. of a sage,
the expounder of the Toga philosophy.

chur-$grogs or
kind of water-fowl.

chitr-hdres = *'

^1 chus instr. of % ; Wiff*1* to
gild, to overspread with liquid gold or
silver.

chus-hjig-pa ^pr:-^r«fT des-
truction or devastation from water.

$«rg^'i chus-bran-pa, $*J-|c.-^s(c.^-q to
slightly wet or moisten with water.

ftpfepwq chus mi-nams-pa thunder-bolt,
v. tf"! (Mfion.).

^^•»)-^q chus-mi-htshub met. fish (MAon.).

cb che 1. num. fig 9G. 2. v. *'«J great.

^'"1 chc-ka ace. to Sch. chiefly; the
plurality.

^'BS che-khyad size, greatness.

*'*! che-ge ^ra a garland, wreath.

^'*!# che-ge-mo (in Beng.) ^i^^f 1. such
a one, such a person: tSf&'3|'35'^«!|'m in such
and such a year ; *'3|'"'J5S such as you
are ; S-$)-?i-|iw*<£'«v3ai let such a one protect
(me or him). S.r^^l'JI a term for ani-
mated beings in general.

£'S*J clie-dgu the upper classes or races ;
S3 in a^3 che-dgu signifies many and *
che the upper races: wflM'^WWavJcf
^•^c.'5^c.-g]c.-q-S-^c. all the upper classes
of Nepal possess horses, chariots and
elephants (A. US).

^>'\ che-rgyu=3>'Q che-ica.

* %^ cfo-lirgyutf the descendants of the
eldest son.

&'$e.' che-chufr WJJft 1. joint wife. 2.
great and small ; the dimensions or size.

&'£ che-che for X^'Zj'^'Zi chen-po chen-po ;
^•^•^-^J^vi'l'^wrfMI first leave off the
most serious moral faults (Sehu frO).

&-l*-3flcj ehe-cher rgan-pa i^fiid, qrt%«f
growing older, becoming more and more
an old man; **v«ff'S che-clier rgan-mo
mfadi growing older, becoming more and
more an old woman.

424

che-rnchog »TTr; f=lf»U! chief and
great.

cAe-Jr;W=qflV*IIl bstod-tshig or
b.kur-tshig words of praise, eulogy
(Mfion.).

che-thabs arrogance, haughtiness;
(de-pahi che-thabg the arrogance
of the Depa (chief of a tribe or place).

X-*qw«^ che-thabs-can proud, arrogant,
haughty.

*'^ clic-don for **\'^ c/ia#-don a missive
to an inferior, an edict (Jd.). In a letter the
word *v^ ched.-don expresses some special
wish or object.

"*>'"£?( chc-hdon the coming to full age,
attaining the age of majority.

3fc-«^iE.-Ei che-dpan-po wrfaro witness in
chief.

B'Z^ cfo-wa *T3;, ^jfrwTT, ^fittr, «rsr 1.
often in compounds * che : great, large,
powerful. 3 alone of ten = very. In con-
versation ^'3 chen-po is the usual form
and in Ladak fy'% cJien-mo both in books
and in talk. 2. sometimes used as a vb.
with perf . *« : ^^^IW^I^rtr^fll^'W
his piety is much greater than before

(Da.). "

&'q^ che-btsan majesty, greatness in
rank and power : *<fWf^W*W
(Khrid.) greatness and fame being
transient.

fc'3 che-she a female adorned with jewel-
lery (K. d. i 326).

+ *'«^ che-pshi =*flt*» dpan-po a wit-
ness.

fc'^ che-re with ^'i to stare at, to look
with fixed eyes (Bbrom. 105).

or

[sufficient, excessive, noble]S. : i'H**^1
fir*£fc'q«rXq'-^ir^| having perceived a
sufficient meaning he obtained content-
ment.

*'5c.« che-Ms 1. grown up, adult (Jo.).
2. many, much : f^flS-«4vtrwi'!fc-'fcr
i|«'^ ! if collected largely from the actions
of the teacher (J. Zaii.).

S'-'fae/ie-foj, = *«'£'«! wrf^B the great-
est, greater than all others, chief

che-bshag chun-$kyur-wa
to keep everything in proper order, e.g.,
placing larger or smaller things in their
respective order.

chcd or ^'^ ched-du f5r|%fl, 9»W 1.
postp. for, for the purpose of, with a view
to, for the sake of, because of, on account
of ; ' ^V^'lft'i given for, made a gift on
account of ; ^V^'S'*' to be done on account
of; ^•n5ii\^'5)^ it is in order to see. 2.
adv. on purpose, expressly.

Syn. *to *»»-<*« ; ^<a| do>l-la : 9*^
phyir-du; ^'*$*>ched-ffner (Mnon.).

+ ^•nija. ched-hgah = ^W^. some, a good
number of.

3^'1.^'Hj ched. chen-po a special thing, an
important business.

&V**. ched.-ehcr more and more ; 2^i*-g^

to inorease: ^S'Vi^rB'l'*S'^lirB«<(«'i^'
•«

|N'g'|"J]N'?i! gfiid-cM r mug$-pa, lached-chcr
nia-bya? par buhi r/es-su shuy$-so (Hbrom.
f 20) without indulging more and more in
sleep and laziness, he followed the example
of my son.

X^'iT'S'W'^ Ched brjod-pahi $du a class of
Buddhist scriptures which includes four
divisions :— (1) «SW|H, (2) ^•q^, (3)
^ (4) i^-qm.

ehed-ffile)", v. H

425

fell

ched-du brjod-pahi ts horns
this expression is described as : — ^

last will, testament; $}«r«rpr&wO?<i|'ci to
deposit a testamentary disposal for a son
(Ja.).

the compilation of the substance of
the Doctrine, and arranging it in verses.

^'^ ched-don=3>'^*( special significa-
tion, etc.

*Y<| ched-pa=gfri TOK to spread over.

without speaking (Jd.).

i chem-chem n.'of a number (Ta-
sel. 56).

*>rfr*ehem me-wa stillness, silence ((7s.);

to Bit still

ched-§pel-wa
send any special message (Tig.).

to

»•* ched-so^^ great object, special deliver a message.

**RT£| chem§-pa (*%%») to inform, to

reason :

defined as

again the Lo-tsa-wa having a special ,,

reason for the first (course). ' jjj '** ** ° "" OWn POWer or "W*

ches 1. instr of

as adv.
(Jd.) ;
(Sch.) ;
(Jd.) ;

valuable or scarce (Situ. 55).

*«-»)3^ ches-mgyogs, v
very quick, speedy.

ches-rgas-pa, ft.'

2. pf. of **
-| as the food is very bad
very prudent or clever
»i-? it spread very much
' it becomes exceedingly

I chen-po w&, *T?3,
great, large, chief; $'^'9 a great man;

a great lama. Sometimes ^ 35 .•
a huge jar containing
magic spells.

•^'4*' chen-chun first wife and second
wife (Jd.).

*^'^' chen-snan ^I^RwNf«T magnifier;
seeing a thing larger than its real size.

^•q'ng^-q chen-po hgyur-wa to become
great, to increase, to grow up.

^'3'g chen-po Ina lit. the five greats,
i.e., void space. In Buddhism, the sky is
so called as having the five attributes of

greatness, viz. :-^W*S it is immaterial, supreme, the greatest or highest.
Jfnnrq-j^ limitless, ?i)'i eternal, ?
unchangeable, $-<tfJ'q undestructible.

or

worn out.

old,

chc$-ki-wa qqfp; very heavy.
cAes chun-wa ^J^TJIX much less.

Tery much;

chem or Xwiw chem-chem rattling
sound like thunder; also any loud noise
expressive of anger. Also ^i'«i to thunder
forth: "wyiirfl he made a thundering
noise (D.R.).

ches-mohog

^'V" ches-ne-wa
very intimate.

ches-hthuA-wa to drink much.

chem? compounds : .f'^" or

.

resp. ^ai'Sswi, qtp-S»w farewell exhortation; to increase:

the supreme.
very attached ;

fdom-pa to preserve one's
vows very carefully.

ches-pa 1. pf. of &'i to be great,
I'" the army having
55

426

become great ; ^«-iw«w being very power-
ful. 2. to believe, but only when pre-
ceded by $S (resp. 31") : «K*> *« does not
believe.

iv chef-man or *»r*«,'
rather large or too many.

£«'*J* cftei-myur f^rnr very quick,
rapid.

£«-q?fa-c( c/wS'bshon-pa ffirg? very
youthful; also qrfro very young or
youngest.

%<rq}^'ci ches-lhay-pa ^fg^ffiT in much
excess ; a great deal in excess.

* cko 1. num. fig. 126. 2. substantial,
of meaning ; *'*>S ^'*>S) meaningless, for
nothing, no object, in vain; 8'*'*>S an
empty-headed man.

ro'^| cfto-ya 1%ft, firarf, 'ftfa 1. the way
or method of doing a thing, e.g., of sol-
ving an arithmetical problem, of curing
maladies, esp. used in magical performan-
ces. 2. prescribed rites and observances
(in religious services, etc., <H|«r^fr«i
observant of rites). 3. specially, any
magical rite. 4. ^nvr behaviour; *'1'^'
3*4 £<T|»rq ^f^tyiqg of good character, pos-

sessed of good morals; *'«n*«r<i
fVfS of bad morals, fallen. *'1'fl$ or
the ten kinds of religious rites observed
by the Buddhists of Tibet are :— (1) «!*.'
•S^"1 '*F$vX'fl| rites of magical circles and
figures painted on the ground and also on
paper; (2) ^rtrvi^'S'l rites of mystical
initiation and religious service; (3) i^'
rites of consecration ; (4)
die-Mas ro-sreg-gi c/io-ya
funeral rites and ceremonies ; (5) ^'|"TE'*''
5'^ '1 lho-§go §byons-kyi cho-ga the art of
sleight of hand, etc.; (6) *fy«-|"V*^JV{W"*'l|l
rites for propitiation (of a deity or spirit);

(7) wfa-*#Vfl|¥v»i5'X-fl| rites for torma
offerings to a deity; (8) 5'111«'tjf5-
*'1 the art of making casts of miniature
images; (9) wK!**'lK§'*1 offering of
sacrificial fire and also of water to the
manes of the dead ; (10) ujj'^*rl!5-£-«| rjtes
to secure a happy and long life.

-$«r^ cho-(jahi fafi-tshul can
one naturally of good behavior.

cho-fa or S'2«i is explained as (*>"!'
) shedding of tears (l&non.), lamen-
tation, wailing, esp. lamentations for the
dead, dirge; X-£*r^«wq ^rw^nc Kt^fr
throwing up lamentations.

S'ft'^ cho-ne-dir loud lamentations
(DM.).

clw-hphrtil vrf^rrng, «|% mira-

>O

cles. v'^'Sp'i^pcho-hpltrul-yxum three kinds
of miracles performed by the Buddha : — (1)
rR|ar|-S *|ai rdm-hphrul-gyi cho-hphrul
^8^ifd^i*y magical and miraculous exhi-
bitions; (2) 3fi'§'«Of'V«iS-X-<*5jQi kun-tu brjod-
pahi cho-hphrul ^n^»Myifri^itti miraculous

exhibition by speech ; (3) |«'

rjei-su bstan-pahi cho-hphrul

fno miraculous effects of teaching the

doctrine. We read also of X'(»g'>r§-vwj(»m

miraculous thoughts.

£'*5j«r*&^-£i cho-hphrul mchod-pa religi-
ous service to commemorate the miracu-
lous exhibitions of Buddha.

da ^ cho-ica to set on or incite; 0'^'
S'S'q to set the dog at any one repeatedly
(Cs.).

Xiwfcchos-bals s*or=^X'^£-'{w« reve-.
nue, income; <*g«'(3«l'S'q«w-jjX the earnings
or income from the state of Sikkim.

cho-hbran (*«\ or I^^'I'O1
(Miion.) family; extraction; especially

427

the maternal relations, the mother's
family or lineage.

*'*» cho-ma n. of a number (Ya-sel. 56).

S'^1*> cho-rigs father's lineage, descent
by the father's side.

ro'*^ cho-ris ?m descent, extrac-
tion ; 3'^«r$^«'«^'q from the beginning
or always of honourable descent.

ro''*! cho-lo 1. a shrub from the dried
leaves of which a yellow dye is prepared
for the clothes of the lower classes. 2.
^Kfcr, W, 5IH gambling dice; X'<5-*ip^
eho-lo mkhan a dice-player (Cs) ; *'3r jar*?
cho-lo ryyal-lo ^lif*l+ he excels in dice-
throwing.

£'3i't"«i cho-lo rtse-u'a sjjd*^, ^wanrr:

c\

to play at dice.

X'3r^« cho-lo-ris diagram ; a stamped
mark or figure on a dice.

^•^•aij^'q cho-lohi-skugs-pa i|«u<£j<i,

^

^0<^ to lay a wager in gambling and
to exhort your side to win.

X'^'^m'tS cho-los tlml-lo ^rfa<fl one
who has been defeated, i.e., has lost in
dice-play.

(]&non.) a kind of shell ; the co«meused as
a coin in India and also as a substitute for
dice.

chog, see X*\'Q III below : it is gene-
rally used as a permissive particle after
a verb : ^'*"| you can go ; ^' ^"1 you
may come ; S«'^"| may be permitted to
be done.

J^'i adorned,

II: Wft to suffice, to be suffi-
cient: ^'I'^'^'Siithat is sufficient for us ;

chog-pa I:
ornamented (Lex).

they had abou^
enough of those horses ; «%jftf»»F$»| this
is not sufficient. Adv. Xflp* sufficiently ;
*rwH"? to give sufficiently; |^q*r&j|-S|
it being sufficient (for the present) that I
have come; *W*^rl<f«PS'|RIf there was
enough for all ; Sij'qvuSj'q to deem a thing
sufficient ; to be contented or satisfied with
it.

J HI: to be permitted, to be
allowable. In books gen. with the instru-
mental participle : *c;ngE.'cnr&'£<i! drinking
beer is not allowed ; c^e.'£w£'»|'Ifc' it will
be permitted to come back (Mil.). In
colloq. ^"1 is annexed direct to the verbal
root : rtfttH'wfrih| talking loudly is not
allowable ; ^e.'ac^'Si] you may go inside,
or into the house.

or

chog-pa med-pa appetite
) good appetite (Mnon.).

chog-fes-pa H'fffa' content-
ment ; to be contented or satisfied with.

C' chofi or **^c-' transparent variega-
ted half-precious stone brought from India
to JJd. and considered less valuable than
1^ (cat's eye), perh. cornelian or sardonyx
(Jd.).

chod 1. a decision. 2. a parti-
tion wall ; &V51'q to construct a partition
wall (Sch.). 3. v.

chod-pal: 1. i^ to be cut off;
i to be separated by a long
interval ; m*rsf'ift*r|"i'w£<^ both approach-
es being cut off or obstructed by snow;
i)'S«\'^f|- a diamond that cannot be cut
to pieces ; an epithet of a firm unbend-
ing king. 2. to be decided, settled, fixed ;
the value (of the stone)

428

cannot be fixed, though one should attempt
to appraize it, i.e., it is priceless, invaluable
(Jd.).

\'Q II : (^i") ^TO, fr'TC* to cover
over, put into shade ; also a shade, cover.

<V*'£>Vl'C| chod-so

also rwgwq to promise, to undertake to
do a thing: |q-^-fli^'^'^'K*'I'^qI'£|'
gnpim sicA-35^ (A. 8 It) he indeed bore in
mind that he had made a promise to the
Sthavira the chief teacher.

chon in W. 1. useless, to no pur-
pose ; fy^'JSK.1 the payment has been use-

less; thrown away ; gen. adv. tyl gratui-
tously, in vain, for nothing. 2. tent ;
tent-rope; *^'3* tent-peg (Jd.).

chom or <w robbery ;
to live by robbery;
a fearful rattling sound (resembling
that of a thunder or a cannon), gen. made
by robbers when invading a village or
house to frighten the inmates out.

chom-pa to be finished, accom-
plished, in W. (Jd.).

chom-po or
a robber;
thef, gen. *«'*\*c,
robbers and thieves.

chomt-po
-»i robber and
fear of

J chol 1. inconstant (Cs.);
spring-weather (Jd.). 2. for *'f in com-
pounds, S"'*1* a dice made of bone ; ^e. &t
a wooden dice ; y El a shell used in the
place of a dice.

chol-kha 1. a country, province :

were the countries of holy religion ;
*ta'X«rp I£do-$to3, the province abounding

with population ; "^'SY^'^'P't, i.e., Mdo-
imad, the province of horses; Xscp'fljgw
«|«i'< presented the three provinces (Lofl. *
13). 2. ace. to 8ch. a hole made by a
blow ; a nest.

thol-hgro-wa or I

chol-gyi A</ro = ^«'^i or^w$-'] to be
decayed, become degenerate (A. 70).

T chol-sadt («>'?ql) 1. bed-
pan ; also a vessel to contain washings,
&o. ; impure-water. 2. aco. to Seh. a
shallow shore.

chot q^ 1. religious doctrine ;
religion; more especially the doctrine of
Buddha. Generally speaking, chot, i.e.,
dharma, consists of all phenomena, all
matter, and all knowledge of thing?
worldly as well as spiritual. It includes
•*KS all that can be known, *P«l'S all that
is cognizable by the senses, '^S''1 all that
exists, fll^'5£' basis and material. 2. a
particular doctrine, tenet, or precept ; "I*)*-'
<i5'X«r5)^ an esoteric doctrine, a mystical
doctrine; gsSw for QS'W«^'3'*« sublime
or excellent religion; ^1'f^'5'*"'«iJS the
eight worldly doctrines or principles,
viz. :— VV* «w gain, profit; *rVvq ^rarm
loss ; f ^'i <|sp. fame, reputation ; *>'f ^'q
^RUf. bad name, notoriety ; HV« f%^i
scandal, sknder ; "f^ " !?n'flT praise ; ^'o
«« happiness ; ^'qfi"''q 5:" misery or
unhappiness. 3. system of morality,
ethics (faith, exercise of religion). 4. any
way, manner, method; a custom, usage.
5. is sometimes used to signify a thing,
substance, property.

The word *« is also explained as "^'i>*«r
&*3pi.-*yrtKfrtft* Chos consists in plac-
ing under discipline a mind already formed.
Chot or the religion of Buddha is again

429

divided into two classes which are of scrip-
tural and contemplative nature. The
scriptural chos is collected in the three
fde-snod or pitaka, viz. : — the Vinaya, the
Sutra and the Abhidharma. The medi-
tative chos consists of the three trainings
viz. : — moral discipline, meditation and
Prajna or the absolute knowledge of all
things. The first three are studied and
the last three are practised. The chos for
the purification of sins have been also
subdivided as follows: — (1) w^'^jthesix
transcendental moral virtues ; (2) j?=.''VVq*'
SJV the eighteen metaphysical voidities ;
(3) ^'q°9'qvq^fl|'q'q^ the four remembran-
ces ; (4) <'ie.-«^-q«,:|e.tq-£i^ the four renun-
ciations ; (5) r^l^'i^qq^ rdsu-hphrul-gyi
rkafi-pa bshi the four bases for magical
> transformations; (6) ^qt'5'g the five
powers; (7) fwg five fortitudes ; (8) S^'
$q-§-ui^-amj'q^ the sevem Bodhyafiga or
attributes of Bodhisattva ; (9) <w|*rq5-«i*<-
"^'•wi'fljS the eight subdivisions of the
noble paths ; (10) ^i'^§^'§ Q(*i'3|s.'^I^'1fJ*) q§'
^'^ the thirty-seven northern paths of
ascetism.

'9'! chos-kyi-sku ij<i|<hr?i the spiritual
form or the existence (of a Buddha).

'S'l'x^ chos-kyi skye-mched
1. religious capacity, spiritual develop-
ment. [2. the mindjiS.

'1^' chos-kyi khyu-k_chog hbroU

-) following a leader.

chos-kyi hkyor-lo
comprises three : — (1) «^^5'}foj><»
(2) ^"S'l^^wq^
|*\), (3) «*S^-»>V<i5-Xv«^. The three are
explained as the original, the amplified and
the abridged yum

* *«r3-gp|«-q Chos-kyi grags-pa
n. of a Buddhist philosopher (Bull. 18&8,
287).

^•J-jar-sii^ Chos-kyi rgyal-mtshan g^-
W" n. of a Buddhist philosopher and
author.

i'3'f chos-kyi-sgra \Hw«; the loud
recitation of religious formulae, or singing
of hymns ; preaching of a sermon.

-|-e.c. chos-kyi faA, v.

w chos-

chos-kyi chos-nid the natural
properties of matter, such as #>3^''W«J
me-gyen-du hbar-wa the property of fire to
run up ; S'S^'vwq that of water to run
down.

<i chos-kyi ptin ilebi-pa=**
n reflecting on the virtues
of matter and phenomena.

X*i-|-q^-q chos-kyi bston-pa ijrff! recita-
tion of the scripture ; remembrance thereof.

*«'S'^-*< chos-kyi hdun-sa
monastery or convent.

hgyur-wa
sacrilegious.

y rnam-gra>1s ia(-
enumeration of scriptures.

chos-kyi hphons-par
to become irreligious,

chos-kyi bar-du geod-pa
to obstruct the course of nature.

Chos-kyi-bu ^^ a name of
Tudhisthira the eldest of the five Paudava
brothers.

chos-kyi dwan-phyug ^«^T,
described as *^« • j«'|5'»rf^ sans-rgys spyihi-
rntshan (Mnon.) an epithet applicable to the
Buddhas in general.

430

chof-kyi dbyins ^^rg the
sphere or purview of religion ; *«r^9w
§«-j]»('£)(?) ^«it-w<rrcT [versed in the
element of law or religion]&

XN'3'g^ cho$-kyi rtsa-hkhor fafl met.
the heart (Jfnon.).

S«'3'8"q chot-kyi rtsa-wa *arfp$$ the
root or the fundamental principles of reli-
gion.

XM-$'*cq^t cho$-kyi tshoft-brdal met.
a monastery (itfiffon.).

• X«'3#E.-<^ chos-kyi tshon-dpon i?§-
TB a divine ; a priest ; one whose profes-
sion is religion (Td. 2t 53).

£« $-qjfa q-$3( chos-kyi bsfon-pa-can ^>if-
3TVT the conveyance of chot or dharma.
["one whose vehicle is dharma personified
as the bull," i.e., S'iva]S.

£« 'qS cho$-?kad book language.

X*rjfe.' chos-skyon ^far?! 1. the
protector or defender of Buddhism ; <»rjfe.'
i^'35 the great guardian of Buddhism ;
the equivalent of *> V»p, or Pe-har. 2.
name sometimes given to the four Dik-
rajas or guardian kings of Buddhism ;
I*j-Jt-|5^giii«-fl|^ offerings for the
guardian spirits of the doctrine. 3. popu-
lar astrologers, votaries of Pe-har at Lhasa.
*X»T|fc:Vi|»n-fwfje/ C/ios-skyon dreys-pa

kam-srin (Org. in. 113, 32) a terrific

female guardian deity.

» Xwifw chos-fkyobs THnrnn n. pr.

(Td. 2, 297) ; n. of an Indian Buddhist

who taught Buddhism in China.

<£«'§ chos-khri book-shelves or table to
keep sacred books upon ; also the chair
on which the priest sits while delivering
a religious sermon; ace. to Jd. reading-
desk, pulpit.

X»rjgN« ehos-krims ^rnsr religious or
monastic discipline ; £*r§*«rq chos-k/irinq-

pa ^'i^f" one who enforces discipline in a
monastery.

, chos-hkhor prayer-wheel.

Chos-hkhar rgyal n. of the
place where the first Dalai Lama was
born, and where there is a large monas-
tery which is generally visited once by
the successive Grand Lamas of Lhasa.

X«-<*jiSV||e. Chos-hkhor-syan n. of a place
in Tibet.

X« -njiSvqftw C/tos-hkhor-pnrt$ n. of a

place in Tibet.

J»r %\n cho$-yo$ ^?i the religious robe
worn by a Buddhist monk. *« '5fa-3'lCl|l '"
chos-got-kyi tgrog-ma ^t^X ^K«9^f strings
or bands for fastening a religious robe, [a
basket for containing religious robes]<S.

chos-gos-kyi $uod ^xrwfe^i a

pocket in the upper garment of a monk ; '
X^'^M'iJ'fllgvg chos-yos-kyi gtur-bu ^Nr-
^fwr the bag in which a monk puts robes.
SsrSfN'iwqvqJ^q cfios-yos zlum-por bgo-
wa qltfl^^r^tcX one dressed in a petti-
coat like robe ; also to put on a such robe.

S^'jj c/ws-yrwa qtyrz a school for reli-
gious instruction, i.e., generally a class in a
monastic institution where religious discus-
sions are held. The school at Tashi-lhun-
po is called ^'i^'^'S] yrub-pahi chos-grica,
the school of religious attainments.

I chos-yray$ w^tfw (3 C).
chos-ryyal or ^'Jj'jTti yf|<iai
1. a king who rules ace. to Buddhist
laws. 2. n. of the lord of death l^'i'gi'2'.
3. also applied to a great personage by
courtesy, and is a general epithet of
Buddhas (Mnon.).

C/ios-rgyal-skyes ^i|

name of Tudhisthira, the eldest Pafldava ;
also that of Ajata-s'atru, the son of king
Bimbisara.

431

* £*rg<jr3'fj q-spqs*! Chos-rgydl-gi/i sgrub
yum-bcas (Org. m. 113, 33 ; Pattamx, vii,
4. II, 9).

* X«'5«r^c.'g q Chos-rgyal nafi-sgntb
(80 £).

* Xq'jjr'g'fjq Chos-rgyal phyi-sgrub
(80 A).

* X^'j'jcuiq'jf Chos-rgyal yab-rkyaft
(Org. m. 113, 3li).

* <6«r5«r|»|W|jq Chos-rgyal psan-sgrub
(80 C).

X*r«i]«i chos-rgyugs lessons, or tasks im-
posed by a teacher on his pupil.

XN'*^ chos-rgyud religious instructions
descending to pupils and their sub-pupils,
&c. ; religious tradition, also creed ; t'1^'
g~'£*rav|^'crJ\**i those embracing the reli-
gious traditions of his reverence; ^«'*^-
one confessing ancestral religion,
s-a^-^-ci chos-rgyud hdsin-pa (Ta. 2,

* 4*ra^'g'§s.'£'^i^ Chos-rgyun-gyi tifi-fie
hdsin ^hfc 4<|<MI+I4IH ifa (Ta. 2, Hi).
X«'«^ cho?-can yipfi* pious, devout.

X*c^-Rc.- chos-can-rifi met. a donkey
(Mnon.).

J«-q5«'»» chos-bcas-ma met. a bride.

Syn. g»ra|»iv« khyim-psar-ma ; S'^"'"
kyo-hdam-ma (Mfion.).

S*J-*N chos-chas the requirements of a
religious service ; also religious dress.

* X«'wXi] Chos-mchoy "erofflK n. pr. (Ta.
S, 223) • ^iftirc a logician, author of
Nyayabindu tika.

hchad-pa to explain or
set forth religion ; *«'$'« to teach religion ;
**'5T'T5e;*^'VC| chos-kyi sgrog-gM mdsad-
pa to demonstrate or expound the doctrine ;

e.' place where sermons are
delivered ; X^'^'i to hear religious dis-
courses; 35^'9'q to ask religious instruc-
tion ; X^'I'V1! to act or live religiously
or practice religion.

X*r^e;q chos-hchon-pa, ^»ihjn?U Lord
of the faith, viz., 1. Buddha. 2. a title of
honour given to distinguished scholars.
3. Tibetan exorcists who are believed to
be coerced by a god or demi-god who has
been invoked for the purpose of inspiring
them.

^'t'WVP chos-rje nag-dkar the black
and the white (Buddhist) exorcists.

quality, nature. 2. existence, entity.

'lK'^'i cho§-nid kyis rned-pa

one who has acquired a reli-
gious disposition ; also religiousness.

chos-nid kyis hthob-pa
id.

'^wgq'q'q chos-snam sgrub-pa po=%**'
one who, having acquired
great proficiency in sacred literature, has
become protected by mystic arts.

* Xvfoi chos-rtol (Ta. 1, 216).

s='&>X'$ chos-khri.

chos-ston an entertainment given
in honour of a saint.

chos-thams-cad «4y*^ matter ;
all things ; phenomena.

S*r?q chos-thob q^tjfiTt one who has
become religious ; a convert to Buddhism.

X«'«3^ c/ws-rnt/mn or X«i'N^'q in con-
formity with religion, in harmony with
Buddhism.

£«r«^fp cfios-dar-wa to propagate Bud-
dhism ; also the place where Buddhism was
introduced.

432

H'i chos-drafa-pa 1. righteous in
reference to the laws of Buddhism 2.
justice, righteousness.

X<r%«| chos-drug Hl?3( the six tenets
of Buddhism.

*«\V ehot-dref ««r*A*Tq one who is
disgusted with Buddhism, «., has no
faith in that religion.

v«J chos-don-du g.ner-wa=*'*
to be devout.
, Chot-hdod the son of Cupid.

ehos-hdod-pa VJTO* to be
fond of religion ; to delight in Buddhism.
*<r^\ chos-ldan or X^'S^ wf^« one
who is devout.

^•M-^e.'fwwj Chos-ldan fhiA-kkamt gen.
used to signify «SV Tibet Iw^Vfw
J-aq-g-^'Zi'* the precious majesty of the
religious kingdom (Buddhist realm) (Tig.

*. 59).

fr Chof-ldan rab-hbyor,
a. 2, 90).

_.. ^ chos-sde a certain term for Bud-
dhist monasteries in Tibet, where studies
are not altogether neglected. **%***
chos-sde chen-po the grand religious insti-
tution or monastery (Tig. k. 66).

X^WflFS*! cho$-rnams gat-dag ^
q^(i •. n. of a kind of contemplation ; and
a literal translation of the first part of the
Sanskrit formula ye dharma hetu, &c.

«fc-3r ehos-tnad-bahi $g
the door or entrance to Buddhism,
[the initiatory light of religion]S.
$*ri cho$-pa a monk.
*«caa\ chos-spun a brotherhood formed
by two devotees who before starting on
a pilgrimage are blessed by a priest who
casts lots on the occasion.

** n. pr. (Ta.
2, 103).

*«'Sfo chos-blon a Buddhist minister, a
minister well disposed towards Buddhism.

* Jte-nqe.* Chos-hbafis vfam n. pr.
(Ta. 197).

Sq-ngc.- cho$-hbyufi works on the origin,
growth, and development, of Buddhism.

» Svregc/li Cho$-hbyufi-byin
n. pr. (Ta. 2, 219).

* £«-<*gc.'^fq Chos-hbyufi ski-tea
int%n. pr. (Ta. 2,252).

*«'|^ chos-sbyin, *«'3'^1{i chos-kyi sbyin-
pa religious gift, religious charity.

<«r« chos-ma a Buddhist nun.

chof-m-hgyur-'wa nid (f =•'
that the nature of things
is unalterable.

*«•&( cho-min wfr, VEnf^i un-Bud-
dhistic, irreligious.

Vq chos-min spyod-pa=%*'*f-'**'
any practice opposed to Bud-
dhism.

*«r&S chos-med W*; ^'^ the un-
civilised; a name for a Canddla, the
lowest class of men in India.

*«'^ft chos-myon religious frenzy, mad
with religion ; a religious bigot.

Strfi chos-?mra-wa g^WTT to preach
Buddhism ; to deliver a sermon.

<«-*e.-q chos-tshofi-wa ^cnni to trade
in religion.

tvc'&t'' Chos-rdsoft n. of a monastery and
of a fort in Nye-thang, near Lhasa.

• I«-q^-q5'^« Chos-bshi-wahi cfbyafa
Tgpfcurprnfr* n. pr. (Ta. 2,

433

*«rift chos-pshi endowment for the
support of a religious institution.

S^'^aj chos-shog priest-craft (Ja.).

Xsruac.- c/ws-bzan l.=#fw.' srffnre
good custom. 2. ^pHt Buddhism; piety;
pious. (3) n. of an individual ; a compli-
mentary address for monks.

* S«-tuc.-q^-« Chos-bmn bskal-pa ^3&-
3fwi (Kalac. T. 14) age of good fortune ;
the lucky age in which Buddhas appear.

* frr<iK,'{^ Chos-bzan sprin, or Sad-
dharma megha (Ta. 2, 277). [one of the
ten bhumis or stages of perfection]^.

X*r$im chos-lugs 1. ^1%, *nr?TC usage.
2. a denomination, sect.

Xq'.?)*rw'O^ chos qcs-par hdod 1^1 yi**^
iHh inquiring after religious matter,
wishing to know of religion.

£«•$*«> chos-sems religious temper, piety.
£*r§*»*r|*'E.'5 cho$-sem§ khan-bu=^'$*\ a
mountain hermitage ; a cave used by
Buddhist recluses for meditation.

<6*r$*»*r«a$ cho$-sems-can inclined to reli-
gion, pious.

chos-srid (SwS'fj'S chos-kyi-srid
religious government: ''.qc.N'^w
|^*' hbans-rnams cho§-srid kyis-
e subjects weie protected (governed)
by religious government (Yig. k. 27).

mchan-ffna$ occurs in ^'
X ho-na mchan-g.nas fig shu

mchan-du hjug-pa to put into
one's bosom.

arm-

zer-ro (A. 95).

JJ$^'^ rnchad-pa ^f"J? 1. tomb, sepul-
chre. 2. «*\Wi-«J nf^iTJj greatness ; also
the magical power of increasing one's size
at will. 3. ace. to Ja. TUnftfi killed, slain ;
but w*\cr»>S'£'= entire, perfect.

J13&3J mchan 1. a footnote, v. «»*3- 2.
«^ the side of the breast ; «**i'|'S bosom-
child, darling; wwr§-nl*!-g=.- bosom- wife;

mchan-

chan-khug =
pit.

Syn. wt^'^flj rnchan-hog ;
shals (Mnon.).

w*^' Qmchan-bu 1. note, annotation, foot-
note in a book ; §)'5|5'»(*^'g words or lines
written or printed in smaller character
than the original and inserted in the "'^"I
(main- work). 2. a helper, an apprentice
(Ja.). 3. v. *&«|

mc/ian-shabs, v.
rnchan-hog, v.

JJso ^ mchi-wrel.eleg. for to come, to go,
to appear : tft*tyiW&H I shall come later ;
gq^-g-^a^ srw l^rfSr go under the pro-
tection of, take refuge : Rqwsj'ws* I will
obey (as a subject, servant) (Mil.); ^•ai"I=
3}e.*rn|qjN yes sir, it will be or it will do.
2. to say, in the phrase ^'«iS* thus he
said. (Ja.). 3. v.

^J*'JJ mchi-ma reF
tears; ^-wqj to shed tears;
mchi-ma skyem-pa to dry tears ;
to wipe away tears ; wl'»w«MiE.'q to be
choked with tears, ace. to Sch. to sob
violently, wi'sr^* v.*&*ri!!i; *&-wMk<ito
shed tears ; »S-m'5i|-q ^^nrr tew drops ;
«S'w<Ufl| or «S'wsc.'«j ^qrfT to cry, to

shed tears.

»
&\3y3\ mchig ("1^) f^rar stone for

grinding spice, etc.

w$Tg mchig-gu 1. a small mortar, a
mortar. 2. a pestle. 3. the nether mill-
stone.

»iSi|-^-q mchig fkor-wa to grind (Sch.).

wini'si chig-ma the runner or upper
mill-stone (Sch.).

56

434

mchin-bu 1. qjr*j glass orna-
ments, trinkets, v. *$c.'g. 2. n. of a place
in Tibet. 3. a precious stone.

Syn. of 3. 3
tpdses-bzaft rol-po;
bgyur-byed (Sffion.).

nor-bu
rin-chen

£1*^ mchig or qijrwS^ 1. resp. talk, dis-
course, speech (of an honoured person).
2. letter : q*i|v«i\9q*r*«iw2ic.'^a-$-55-a*-
*'^'i&5i't''*W \ "pray let your letters come
to me uninterruptedly like the flow of the
divine river (Ganges)" (Yig. k.).

JJ$3j'CJ tpchin-pa (resp. JJ'*4^ aco. to
Lex.). 1. ace. to Jd. the liver. 2. n. of a
fruit called wH«r^-«|.

*2a(\ mchin-dri or w$^ the midriff or
diaphragm.

mohin-na4 liver disease.

mchin-nan lit. liver-pressing, »'.«„
keeping the liver in order. wBJW9S'£i
to breakfast. It is believed that taking
food early in the morning keeps the liver
in good order.

mchin-tshaj liver-fever ; f^'PJ*'
iron-mixture cures eye-dis-
ease and congested liver (Mcd.).

Jjfchims n. of a village near the
great monastery of Sam-ye ; n. of a tribal
family.

wSwN'qw ychime-bsah princess of
flf.chim$ who was married to king Khri-
srofi Idchu. btsan.

cg mchil-khra the sparrow-hawk.

'ii' rnchil-mgo a fabulous stone, re-
sembling a sparrow's head, supposed to
possess marvellous qualities (Jd.).

.f JJe'3 I: mehil-pa w$* 1.=
lcag§-kyti an iron hook ; described as g|s.'55'
|«-g-»»3^-q5-e-«i (Qfnon.) the thing which
makes the elephant obey his conductor.
2. fishing hook ; wwr««ry«afc-«l to fish with
a hook.

JlA^'SI II: g^ gf^ffj^r the common
sparrow.

Syn. ^•*"I») ner-chags; S*1'^'^ khyim-
du-nal; g'wSqj'q^S''' khyu-mchog byrod-pa;
JP'IJ] rijyab-bkra ; "^'^ mgrin-?non
(Mnon.).

JJcb^l'JJ rnchil-ma (resp.
spittle.

Syn. nkha-chu; «y«i'*«J (Mfion.).
uSacw'^iJi'q mchil-mahi thal-wa particles
of saliva: gi-g^^^-w-
srid mchil-mahi thal-wa fyshin-du
he threw off his kingdom in the manner
one throws out spittle (A. 11).

r*<S-jj^ mc/iil-mahi-$no:l resp. (^«r«i^)
^f^fzr^r spittoon, spitting-box.
S mchil-lud or «J«l^q« mucous.

mchil-lham <5TrR?l shoe, boot :
<0^-q to lose both the shoes;
shoe-maker, cobbler, seller of
boots; wS«r^*r§'B}'q the leg of a boot (Cs.):
^'f:Tfy'TQfirr9fcrfiriF&qiF*nft\ he pre-
sented him with five pieces of Karfapana
and a pair of shoes (Fig.).

I : mchis-pa pf. of »*q (^'l)
eleg. wt^aium'q to be, to be there,
to exist : ^'«^* how much was there, how
many were there? (Cs.). 8-«r«?«i5-X«-*iS»r<i
whoever has the holy doctrine.

JlebST^I II: pf. of *fc'q to come;
i? having come from afar.

435

•£ JJa^rgt" mchts-lraii (lit. a house
where one exists, resides) 1. a housewife,
partner. 2. eleg. dwelling, abode, domi-
cile ; also when speaking of one's own
dwelling: qvq'Sl'siSwgc.' my humble resi-
dence, cf. •S'g*-' palace, SI'S1*' lama's
residence.

Syn. $=•'*» chun-ma; q«|'*< bag-ma; Q
'^ kyim bday-mo (Mfton.).

m mchis-mal bed, bedstead (Cs.).

'g Mchu-sdc-lna n. of a chapter in
the ./Mcto series of Buddhist sacred books.

£J^ wicAw I: g^, '(ite 1. the lips; "i'
the upper lip ; «r»i§ the lower lip. 2. beak
or bill of a bird, also called *^'X in Sikk. :
gy«$'^w^.'$ffci*<-Kq-«f^-'^J" there were
two, the bird called the long-beaked and
the Ting-ting-ma" (Rdsa.). wft'"!'^'?'
*3j'q going off, carrying something in the
bill. ss'qwrsj^wq the lips were red like
the Simla fruit. «$'*FV« mchu-rkafi-dmar
lit. red bill and feets^'iS-jarZi a gander
(Mnon.). *$'s^ mchu-can possessed of fine
lips ; "^'^ mcfiu-rdo beak, the bill of a bird ;
wS'^fa'5! rnchu-non-pa pointed beak; «$'*^
mchit-mcd ^j«TlB* one whose lips are very
small, one who has no lips. *•§'*!=•' mchu-
shcn ^nninT; = >\3'S dkyud and P'^' length
and breadth.

Syn. *»$'ifa mchu-sgros ;
dmar; Ji'SJ'^^ so-yi-g.yogs;
skyob$; "'^i so-sgrib ; ^'*fa so-f/o§

^1^ II : constellation called Maghd in
Sanskrt ; one of the lunar mansions, v.

Syn. i'**'^'!" pha-mc lha-skyes;
tnnn-fiag-mkhan ; ?'^ rta-chen ;
«/Ad (^non.); also 3iprq§5^qs.-Hi
brgyahi dwafi-po ; i§'%T^'8f^ bcu-drug hod-

rifl-po long, lengthwise.

«$'^« mclm-rins (9M'^t' hkhrun-rifi)
1. S'9'3^ (Mnon.) the long-beaked-bird, the
hoopoe, the crane. 2. ^"1'^ the wild boar ;
long-snout. 3. ace. to Ja. mosquito.

w$'ai*r|*i mchu-las §kyes »mr*R born
under the constellation of Maghd.

JJ^WH mckum-po
string of pearls.

pearl; also

mche-ica ^fi, <B, 1%qiij tooth,
generally canine tooth, the eye-tooth,
fang ; il'^fl] elephant's tusk.

S4%'qjll4|«'q mche-gisigs-pa '*<i<!f in TF.
to show one's teeth, to grin; *&'*r*^'
§'"^ the class of tusked animals, viz., the
carnivora and the tusked pachydermata.

wl-^^ mche-sder wl'q^e.^^'35 mche-wa
dad sder-mo teeth and claws of wild
animals.

w&-q-fl||q|'ti Mche-iva g.cig-pa M*<ni a
name of Gaijapati, the son of the goddess
Uma.

*<&-q'gi<^!«^£i mche-iva Idad-byed-pa ftspjr
to chew the cud, ruminate.

sd-q-^c.-^ mche-wa siofi-ldan (^'SJ'gm'ZI)
fish, said to possess one thousand teeth
(Man.).

*&'q'fq*rgi^ mche-wa $tobs-ldan = $F>''5 an
elephant.

*&'q'^i|'gi^ mche-wa drug-ldan ^<*tt
n. of the king of elephants on whom
Indra rides.

n-. pr.

(T&. 2,

436

mched (f *<^ gku-mched,
mched-kam) reap, for brother, also for
eister; *wK«ftw two brothers; $w*$y8«r
n&^-q^ four princesses, sifters; ^'wi^ his
brother, in reference to a king, prince,
etc., esp. of gods; "^V^ four divine bro-
thers ; *i*v3fa«i or lj«|»rw^ clerical brothers,
politely addressed as brother. wiv!j«|«r»«'
Zj-XqprcK where many clerical brothers
assemble; "•S'fl«*^|f*f^T|i betrothed
brothers, religious brothers (**'H1 chot-
tpun) ; an intimate friend. «*\Zi-g the race
that originated from the five early patri-
archs of Tibet, wjv^wS^ four brothers
called :— «3^'f tt<jw-lha: (]) *fa Gnan,
(2) i» Qmu, (3) B O/ii, (4) * Tsha.

W*VI mchid-*la = &*l'l$pun-sa) brothers;
also brother and sister.

l mcher-pa (also spelt
aoo. to Jd. the mult, spleen.

! mched-pa

to spread, gain ground ; to increase, mul-
tiply ; the word wi\i is seldom used except
of fire, plague, etc. : qvi'^V^FSi'*'
w3^-q») as the fire of voluptuousness spread
or increased within me; w 'A •«$«( ~v -a|$q|-
S'§* as one kindles one light by another ;

rim-pat mched-de as (the news)
spread more and more passing from one
to another. $'*&*tfkye-mc/ied., v. j $kye J«'
q5-«i^ (kycs-pahi inched. N^'^'S^'ti mched
che min-p'i very widely spread, very
largely. *g*rti ' "it ' wi^ • i'ftaj q5'«ic.-|-3j-Sa|K
bbrum-pa yaA mched-che min-pahi yafi lei
sna-tshogs (Ya-sel. 17) also several cases
of small-pox of virulent and light (typos)
were very widely spread.

Syn. Qfi khyab-pa ; J«'i rgya$-pa ; *'V
q che-nt sod-tea; f^'^'i^'H man-du hgro-
gkye-wa; *&*1 hphel-wa; <»|»('«i
hyrim-pa (Jlfiion.).

mctiel *i3<d*M a support, help:
the hand stretched to rescue (A.
K. Ill, 21).

mchog ^

, s^r, «t'«l the best, the most,
the most excellent of its kind; s^fa'**1!
the greatest rarity, the Deity ; v. also
under "^fa — ^^'5'w*q! $i>t-tu f[tchog the
very excellent or superior, sublime, exal-
ted; X«i'»)*l Chot-mchog T&ifrm. n. of a
Buddhist philosopher who wrote the 531*1-
f^atar. wXfli'91'wXl mchog-gi mchog = *R |'
j^q^ g-»»S-g'» the most excellent, the best of
the best, superior of the superior ; |«'3'«X*1
fkyes-bu mchoy the chief of great beings, also
Buddha ; S5-wIfli the greatest of men, a
king, also Buddha: *FiftWw5}»<X«|
fVj^TTr'^iB the chief of the bi-pcds,
i.e., of men, any Buddha. *• ^«| ^ ^'
^•sjXo| I am the highest in thi* world (says
Buddha immediately after his birth).
u|?je.-*i£qi chief of the fundamental doc-
trine. «fl*r**<ir9Ta< Potala is the chief
of (holy) places. ^'»flS«| excellent taste
or flavour, delicious. *p*rnX<in*«i most
learned men: ^'***1'JJS thou best of
the great and the low;
the nobles and the com-
mons; 9i&y*f.-i«*'i the great and the vul-
gar. As adv. **«!'§ ^n*T*s very, most (used
with verbs).

men.

tca;

Syn. *ft'% ptso-tco; i'-f
chef che-wa; ^'Jf phul-byuft ; ^'5 chen-
po ; I"* rtse-mo ; *fl rob ; g'^'»>^ bla-na med;
g-^wq gya-nom-pa ; *fi*\ dpon ; fft'w gon-ma ;
Sf3 dan-po ; ^'^'"^ phud-du-bsktir ; t"**'
*^i rtse-mor-son ; d)«|*'-« legs-pa ;
ynas; "*•'** yad-rab; ^-

437

dpah-bo; «.'-*Hri can fes-pa
.' tnchoy-skyoii the chief protec-

goti-mt;
(jfton.).

«
tor.

wXfll'91'j^ mchog-gi rgyan — 1^^ the chief
ornament ; pure-born; a holy lady (DM.).

fi&zftll'WH'st mchog-gi Icug-ma the princi-
pal of the women in a family (Mnon.).

wXflj'5)'^fl| mchog-gi-bdag the lord of the
best ; the principal among the nobles or
lamas.

«X«|-3)-jflC«*^ mchog-gi rgyal-mtshan n.
of a gem, v. «<2]>3K?l|P''q3'\ the eight aus-
picious objects.

*i$n|'<i)'^e.'q5'*)e.*rgq Mchog-gi dan-pohi
Sans-rgyas the Supreme Adi-Buddha, v.
Dus-kyl hkhor-lohi mtshan.

mchog-gi bdud-rtsi VJa-
OTT the best elixir ; n. of a medicine.

wXo|"9|'»i meho'j-gi-ma the chief mother;
epithet of the goddess Dolma (Mnon.).

w*i|-Vip mchog-dgtth or w*1'5'^'i
grnf^, snftar great joy, ecstasy.

Jrtbij'ysi mchog-nal (3P*') t*ra^ n. of a
number ( Ya-sel. 56).

*iSq|'5'qT|q»» mchog-tu-bkrabs $m^ the
chosen.

*Xi|'5'^'q mchog-tu hgro-wa to become
great or attain to the position of the great,
to be elevated to an exalted position.
.'1 mchog-tu gyur-pa, id.

^'C| mchog-tu rgyan-pa to be very
well-dressed.

i<Hr5'WVr*T'' mchog-tu phun-sum
tsfiogs-pa to become very prosperous.

• «Si]-5-*-«i5^£|ti.-i5 mchog-tu tsha-wahi
^pah-bo ^wnc^T (Kalac. To.. 2, 162).

*,Xqj'5'»4^'£i mchog-tu mdacs-pa
very handsome, lustrous.

mchog-tu yid-hthad
exquisite, very pleasant.
wXqj-ij-^fq mchog-tu rin-wa very remote.
»Xi|'5'q*)W£) mchog-tu bsani-pa well-
thought of.

) bchog-bdag met. the earth.

mchog-bde met. a fish.
mchog-hdod ^ai met. the sun.

mchog-ldan (aj^") 1. n. of a
great number. 2. 5^'3« flp saffron
(Mnon.).

wX"I'|^ mchog-sbyin 1. WT, T3& the
god of water. 2. mx? quick-silver.

*)*TiK3'Il '3 mchog-sbyin phyag-rgya a
gesture made in practicing magic, in con-
juring up or exorcising ghosts.

*)*=•') n. of a medicine (Mnon.).

«<6ij-|V£i mchog-sbyor-wa ^«D*i*T to
unite the piincipal ones, also to mix up the
chief ingredients of medicines.

*)£ij 35.' mchog-suA the model pair; the
two most excellent amongst Buddha's dis-
ciples, S'ari-putra and Maudgalyayana.

mchog-hod or iXflj'§^ mchog-srig
n. of the celebiated Sanskrt gram-
marian who wrote during the xeign of
king Vikramaditya.

«*<|-u«! mchog-yas (%**) &K n. of a
great number.

i'^w mchog-fes = *(*'*''* "Vfc wisdom.
mchog-scms 1 . = $^'§*w a saint,
purified soul, 9%i^. 2. inre ; $$ the god
of water, also called «*"I'|^.

*&TSK Mchog-srid, *i^i<4H, c|<Af^: 1.
n. of a great Buddhist sage who first com-
posed the Pali grammar. 2. one of the
nine sages who adorned the court of
king Vikramaditya.

438

mchog-ysum =
the most precious ones:
^•uic, gc.'r»»*r«^ aere I am in good health
by the grace of the three chief ones
(Triratna) (Tig. k. 15).

£!»C' mcfioft='&f>' choft n. of a gem
which is believed to have the property of
curing paralysis.

mchofi-wa irf*; pf. *<*«» to
leap up, to jump (into the water, etc.), also
to bathe in water: i>c«|-«i&-war<ir»»Xf
^^•crMI when the fox jumps in the place
where lions leap, he breaks his waist ;
$v*dU.*r3 having leapt into the water.

Syn. *5|MTQ frgcns-pa

mchod-pa (vb.)
Wflffr, »TTT«TT 1. to honour, to worship, to
revere, respect ; to receive with honour.
§S-*tf\ei formal worshipping, i.e., to
honour saints or deities by offering articles
of food, flowers, perfumes, etc.; ^R*%^l^'«l
to honour Buddha, Bodhisattvas, etc., in
faith by meditating on their virtues.
*<£^-cK->£«rci*r*&vq mchod-par hog-pas
mchoti-pa ^irgfsra because worthy of
being honoured; (he) is honoured. 2.
sbst. offering, oblation, libation;
angari to make offerings; *»'*'
oqU't to bring an offering of music;
wX^q'jf •*«I«'?«|'5 carrying along with them
all sorts of offerings; wK^BV^"^ the
ten kinds of offerings; SP*S offerings or
libations to the gods; Sj'»rw*y<i offerings
made to the lamas in order to honour
them ; *g'*ti^ an offering consisting of
grain; ^'**S offering presented on pre-
scribed occasions ; J^'*^ daily or usual
offering or religious service. S.ss'ffi*'^
festivity, festive entertainment (Mnon.).

' mc/iod-koft small oil-burners
generally made of bell-metal, brass,
copper, silver or gold.

**\'0 mchod-khri the chair or seat of
the priest performing any religious service.
Also w*S trestle, table, altar or frame for
placing offerings on««*Vf'P'I v. Ja.

u&^fx.- mchod-khaft ysmjT a chapel.

«X^-|1«| mchod-lcog a table or altar on
which the offerings are put.

' mc/iod-cfiai utensils necessary
in making offerings.

mchoaf-mchoj ^^3 a grand
religious service ; chief or principal ser-
vice [n. of Indra]S.

*4X"Vq|^ mc/iotf-brjod the invocations,
praises, &c., of the deities and saints wor-
shipped.

mchod-rten, ifa, wq lit. means
"receptacle of offerings," but is the com-
mon term for a chaitya ; in Tibet this takes
the shape of small and tall masonry monu-
ments of settled form crowned with the'Va
(emblem of the sun and moon) and gener-
ally having in some cavity inside the ashes
of a saint or other relics.

?^'* mchod-rtcn-gyi hkhor-sa,
the walk or passage round a
chorten for devotional cireumambula-
tion.

Jjfchod-rten-yiA SI^JT lit. the
tree which grows on the (brick) chaitya ; or
which is venerated on account of Buddha
having attained to the state of Buddha
under its shadow; C. S5-'^'^' the Bodhi
or pipal tree.

«X^'^'§^ mchod-rten-byed met. an
elephant (Miion.).

439

mchod-steg$ offering-table,
altar.

w&Vlh mchod-stod an offering with a
hymn of praise (Sch.).

*^*Vlfa mcliod-ston an entertainment, as
a sort of libation, given to the priests.

*^S if^ mchod-ldan ^s*5 the sun (Mnon.).

wX^'gi^w mchod-ldan'ma »r|%^r an
epithet of Uma. (Mnon.).

ns^'Sjc,' mc/io$-$dofi = *fB^'Jj^ mchod-rtcn
1. *rfe, <J<J*(ig a stick [a sacrificial

^

post]<S. 2. offering-lamp (Sch.). 3. the
wick of such a lamp («7a.).

*»X«^ffc,'-j^ mchod-sdoA-can a kind of
water-fowl (Sfcnon.).

w^'^t'i^'3 mchod-sdon chen-po 5Q''t''§'t' °i
the great offering trunk or Bodhi tree.

seated unmoved for a hund-
red Kalpa, as the worshipful Bodhi tree :
by the good merits of all religious beings.
(Tig. k. 20).

«£<V<!fi*i mc/ws-ynas 1. objects to which
offerings are made.

the objects to
which veneration is shown comprise two :
persons and symbols ; the persons are the
assembly, Buddha, and the lamas ; the
symbols are images, the receptacles of
what has been said, relics, and such like.
2. the officiating priest, the sacrificator,

mchod-pa-po a sacrificer, one
who gives an offering.

[" a cloud of worship" described
in the Bodhi. II, to be a magnificent
mode of worship in which incenses, lamps,
garlands of flowers, etc., are profusely
usedj/S.

i the Gatha or verses reci-
ted at a religious service.

*)S«^£iv|^ mchod-par-byed g»^ wor-
shipping, paying reverence.

fl mchod-par hos-pa (^'*\W or
worthy of veneration, wor-
shipful ; they are three such, viz. : — (1) ^'
^ ^Ni*y the teacher or spiritual guide ;
(2) *f^2i otrrerm the high priest; (3) those
who are elders or superiors.

i*) mchod-phyir-thogs

the sacred raiment
made of silk or a square satin scarf which
is held in the hand while making any
offerings to a deity ; also an image or
figure of a deity.

mchod-bya object of worship.

offerings,
libations.

wXY<*gm mehotf-hbul the offerings in a
sacrifice (Cs.).

wS^'g^ mchod-sbyin »pj, irsi, ntg, ZPSJ»T
a religious service where sacrifices of
small figures are made. »^^'|^'g the five
Yajna (sacrifices) are: — (1) iwfctito;
l^'Sfa'^'l tshans-pahi mchod-byin }tlog
hdon-pa the Brahma Yajna, which consists

of recitation of the Vedas ; (2) ^S'*^-^

l^'SJT^ lhahi mchod-sbyin — sbyin-sreg-byed
the Den a Yajna, consisting of burnt offer-
ings to the gods ; (3) *)S'«X«^'*(!fa-Jfe.-»iX^
mihi mchod-sbyin mgron-hoA inchod the
human Yajna consisting of hospitality
to those present; (4) i'»)w*)X^-|dc*^-U»«-
§*\pha-me$ mchotf-ibyin mtshun-tshim-byed
the Yajna for ancestors consists in giving
them (their souls) satisfaction; (5) ^gt-eft'
Mf^'^^'«A hbyun-pohi mchod-sbyin
ytor-maho, Bhuta Yajna, consists in

440

making torma offerings of cakes to the

Syn. I^Jj"! gbyin-sreg;
bdun-pa; •rtf^'1^ mtho-ris don; «'V*
a-dhara (Won.).

w*«V*K!}'^q!'§I> mchod-sbyin-gyi rig-byed.
the Yajur Veda of the Brahma<>s.
$ mchod-gbyin-can W4H an
epithet of Indra.

s^-^'ufnw tpcfiod-$byin-hjom$ W^^^
one who destroys a sacrifice ; a Yavana,
Mahomedan [an epithet of S'iva as
destroyer of Daksa's sacrifice]'?.

^ rnchod-fbgin &foi» = »*Vgi'3'
mc/iod-sbym-gyi las byetf-mkkan
priests who recite the ritual at a sacrificial
offering.

"^V^'SST^ mchod-sbyin d.gra-wo =<$'**'
fy an Asura, a demon.

w^-^'<%w mchoj-sbyin hdon-ma
met. mother.

«*V!^'W mcho<j-sbyin gnat**
i5'pE.'i the house or place where Yaj'na
sacrifices are performed.

*^S'!^ a mcho^-sbyin fpo=a*)'S'll^ fpos-
dkar lit. white incense, the resin of the
8dl tree (If^ow.).

"^S'S^'I^ mchod-sbyin-spyod the perfor-
mance of Yajna.

*4^^'S^'|"I*' mchod-sbyin-phyug? gen. the
object that is sacrificed in a Yajna.

"*V^'9*< mchod-sbyin-bya? qifVi* one
who performs a Yajna sacrifice.

*"Kiai'3'V^llTq mchod-sbyin byetf-du
hjug-pa *rrar«r to make one perform a
Yajna sacrifice.

^-j) mc/wd-me offering of lighted
lamps in honour of a deity.

"*<Vg-»i mcfiod-rdsas ?r*f, ^^J the arti-
cles of Yajila, particularly clarified butter,
i.e., articles of religious service (*rt5«v*w
or wXvi^'S^ sacrificial utensils), re-
qui-iites for festive processions in honour
of a deity.

*&<^*w mc/iod-foms or »(S^'P-^»J») the
arrangements for a religious service and
the placing of the offerings on the table
before the deity to be worshipped.

**v3ij mctiod.-t8/iig (o^'*"! or ^iv^)
^fNr words of praise to a deity or saint.

^S'1^ mchod.-ho$ 1. ^or met. the sun
(4f>Jo».). 2. worthy of worship, wor,sliip-
ful.

a sanctuary or Gandhagrha (\'"I<^TE-' dri
ytsan-khan) or Vihara (Mnon.).

w^S'^1 rnchod-yon remuneration to a
priest or lama performing any religious
service.

Syn. \^t\ ne-reg ;
q-^ai'q kha bfal-wa • ^
Mhor-thuft (Mnon.}.

fi&^ff%i\ mchod-pyog one who serves in
a religious or sacrificial service.

*&\'^ mchotf-ro remnants of offerings
consisting of cakes, etc., that have already
been presented to a deity.

bshal-g.sU;
yon-chab ;

rnchor-po sometimes also *j£vei
hphyor-po 1. pretty, handsome, neat, ele-
gant ; 5'wS^-Ei a handsome man ; g«V»)Y*^-?5
a pretty woman, esp. a smart gaily-dressed
female. 2. in W. also vain, conceited( Jd.).

the self.

'^l mchog-sbyin-lhag ^roa nectar.

hchag constitutional walk; in
colloq. is called jjf'^'Q Ito hju-wa constitu-
tional walk for the digestion of food ; in

441

eleg. language of the lamas it is called $=•'
^MTilj'2^ rluh-sant hgro-chcd "a walk
for clearing the wind." «ry»r*!j-^-*a«ir«^-
J"^*'| to play, to walk, and to move
about, not lying down (A. 14).

**«|'«^ hchag-can in colloq. -trodden,
stamped ; solid, firm, compact.

he hag-pa I: pf. **J or *"]«» 1.
to break, be broken ; ifr'**!'" sno$-chag-pa
a broken vessel ; fig. f j«r«fl|'«i humiliation,
breaking one's pride; ^'*§^'?WM| the
opportunity of going there has been cut
off ; at*r*n|-q hm-chag-pa a beaten, practi-
cable road. 2. to abate, beat down from
the price : Q'**!'*^'*1* there being no room
for either a&king or abating (Jd.).

II: also **|«r«i, pf. is"!*", fut.
1. to tread, to walk, to move, esp.
when speaking respectfully or formally :
uiq-far$qq«>£«rqsqcc&-«rAthe place where
my ancestors did walk; «YW«|*'«frgfl'lS1
*% follow me on my walk (Jd.) ; ***!'§ or
-eif -q to take a walk.
«r« hchag-sa sfatmr (^wiM^'Sl a
place for walking in ; **«r ww*|'*! to take
a constitutional walk within a limited dis-
tance.

n*fl|'w|^ hchag-par-byed ^rr^flWJl takes
constitutional walk after dinner ; also the
place for this purpose.

<wi|-*)$'£jfli-£i hchaj-snhi bug-pa an artifi-
cial cavern where a recluse takes rest or
retires.

1. confession :

g dig-pa hchagg-so I have confessed
my sins. 2. v. wi'i. 3. sometimes for
^"l'« hcheg-pa (Jd.).

hchan-wa=<&*;c* hdsin-pa, pf.
imp. *K.' or *=•«* 1. to hold, to take

hold of, to keep, to bear ; also possession ;
; <ni('5'<iw«i to hold in the hand ;
to bear in the mind, also to
retain in the memory :

pahi khyi-rgan gyis, nam-shig ran-la hchaft-
wa mthoii one night I beheld the old dog
which I had fostered with food laying hold
on my own self. ^c.'tj'^'|'^*^'«i5'^ dwafi-
po rdo-rje hehad-babi lha the god Vajra-
dhara — n. of the ideal Buddha of the
Gelugpa school aco. to the Tantrik sec-
tion of it. tf><'§*w''5^'!!i'(Wi'BfrwXn| tshul-
khrims chen-po hchafl-bahi mchog a very
good character is the chief of posses-
sions. 2. to carry, to wear, to carry
about with one, e.g., amulets, etc. 3.
to have, to assume, e.g., the body of a god-
dess, of a Haksast (Jd.). 4. to bite or
bark at.

stick.

hchan-zufls handle, crook of a

rci hchans-pa in W. a (closed) hand-
ful, i.e., of dough ; ^^.Tg a clod (of clay),
a snow-ball, etc., formed in the hand (Jd.).

I I : hchad-pa 1. pf. *S vb. n. to
; like ^S'" %^«r, '^•(fHir to be cut into
pieces, to be cut off, to decay, to separate
or break asunder: iT£i'^'g'**V£i cut like a
rope. 2. to cease, end, stop : S31*'^*^ 2^'
*^«| he is stopping for breath; to die
away, to become extinct (of a family, a
generation) ; to be consumed (of provi-
sions, of bodily strength) (Jd.).

II : pf . and fut. *Hft, imp. -^
to explain ; explanation,
explaining: ^'5?'**^ it is now explained;
$»T<«Y3K'*'5i1 he is explaining the doctrine ;
5^'org*r.^<J|^c.'q-^ give heed, and I will
explain it to you; <wv«>*3* *(n«zjit|fi!;

57

442

to listen to an explanation (Sch). ;
]5*-<**^£i to teach the transitoriness
of existence (Sch.).

^v^Hfofti hchad-nikha$-pa=liixc>*c- or w
w^' one skilful in explaining a thing ; also
a clever description. In Bon tenninolgy
<«\£i = a convincing explanation, where
there is no room for douLt.

hchad-hdodfafW t^T^ desire
for explanation of any discourse.

dead-house,
a shed where the corpse is kept.

hchab-pa pf. «w«w, fut. i<w,
imp. *", ^S'" ? bed-pa 9l?WR3fa to conceal,
to keep secret. w«-*>S'£w'i»*w a candid
mind, open-heartedness (cog. to
The word is also explained as *c.'
siET^-wg'q raft-gi fkyon mi-mfion-par bya-tca
not to make evident one's fault, to
hide it.

H*JT£| I: hcham-pa=*W* (pf. «««
Lex.), also adj. and sbst., to accord, to
agree, agreeing, agreement : ijv8''*^**''
W sri-la nii-hcham-pag as they did not
agree about the government, a.**'^'"
hcham-byed-pa to make agree, to reconcile ;
o to agree upon, to concert : ifa'3 $*«r
the officers having disagreed
(Pth.).

! II: «n>(w»i, ip'^Mwi ?Tfl5f to
dance ; also a dancer : p^wi khro-hcham-
pa who dances in frantic leaps wearing a
frightful mask ; «n*'^*»» a dramatic or stage
dance (/d.).

(wtwci hcham-po or ^awccQ 1. a dancer.
2. *^-3 harmony, concord: |^NT<lrtVr
RMrQ-g^^'^'trg^ the king sat between the
two parties to reconcile them to each other
(Tig. k. 5.2),

hcham-dpon director of a dance,
a stage-master.

04*1 5) oj hcham-yig a book on dancing.

hchants »grij a dance, dancing.
hchah in Ld., a cup-board (Jo.).

,'^ I: hchah-wa 1, pf. «i«w rare-
fy ; <*m fut. flw bcah imp. "&** chos to draw
up, prepare, construct, adjust. flft*r<w*
gnus hchah-tca to prepare a place, or abode ;
to settle, wr^wq mil hchah-ica to pre-
pare a bed ; ^*«|'*|V«wq dmag-gar hchah-
wa to pitch a camp; |«T»'«»'« $kyil-
krttn hchah-tca to adjust in cross-legged
posture; gwvws khrims-ra hchah-wa
encamp, to establish a court of justice;
jurpj*w<wwq ryyal-khrims hchah-wu to
draw up a law, to give laws. 2. with V*
dam to make a vow, to promise, assert;
frq. SJ'^wvwq yi-dam hchah-wa to promise
by oath ; ^'"I5V^aw't' blo-gtad hchah-tca
to place confidence in. 3. with fa'" shen-
pa or aw^'i chags-pa to be attached to.

n : to snap at, mangle ;
'.a'q gcig-la gcig hchah'Shin sa-wa
to maul and devour one another ; ^E.'«wq
$in-hchah-wa to gnaw at a piece of wood
(Jd.).

<wwgj*rci hchah-rlom-pa= par*' J'«r§*r<i
kha-la za-rgyu la rlom-pa one very fond of
munching ; a greedy person.

0$^, hchar *33Tf rising, appearance (as
of the sun).

lawj) ffchar-ka <5<<ft n. of an atten-
dant of Buddha, who became a Bhiksu.

«««• |»w hchar-$kyem$ (sT'^"'? '9 bh-.grot
Ita-bu) habit.

as^-ii) hchar-ga the rising, the appear.
ance,

443

^s^'lf hchar-sfjo thought, idea, concep-
tion . i>««'W5'*l-*5^R-«R'^w|'«w sons-can
KO-sohi snan-wahi hchar-sgo las from the
thoughts that dawn (in the mind) of
different animated beings (Ya-sel. &3).

wfwq Hc/i<ir-stens-pan. of a celebra-
ted Lama of Charteng (Deb. i\ 44).

hvJiar-ica (pf.

to arise, to start up, become visible,
to shine: *^*l«rtir*S'tir$*** the six
objects of perception free from fascination
continually arise. ^^I'WW^'q to cause
an image to be reflected (in water) ; "K^'
<wvq (thoughts) dawning or rising in the
mind; lj'»|«r»j''w (they) appear as friends ;
5a\'^'Ri>:' it turned into an ornament, i.e., a
blessing.

0,56^ hchul srarcr random talk or
speech : ^•Mr*y(W\*';'*'l!iW*1 1 as this
is meaningless talk, let us, every one of us,
now go.

«wwr<awi hchal-hchol or nwaf'&wft con-
fused, pell-mell.

hchal-gtam meaningless talk;
*-q$-wr^*l meaningless talk
where nothing practical comes out ; °^^'
ij^'g'q to rave, talk nonsense.

<W*T3 I: hchal-pz (-*K^-g) a kind
of supernatural wisdom ; wruJt'^W
mischievous wisdom or knowledge ;
bad morals ; immoral.

II: or <w5 hchal-po lecher,
fornicator; Mtrtr^NH'S'l^j hclial-pa rnam$-
kyi tsltig obscene language (Jd.).

I hfihal-wa 1. to lose one's wits,
to be confused, to be in disorder. ^S'1)'
ifcTq to break moral discipline ; to make
confusion of the doctrine. 2. to hesitate,

fluctuate in mind, be irresolute. 3. to
fornicate, to commit adultery ; CT^ftt'lffftMr
§SIJ| a woman that has lost her purity ; a
whore, harlot (Jd.).

nsni'35 hchal-mo a whore (Jd.).
R#3TlS<i| hch!tl-Miig=^'*\'Q>*>ai delirium,
vain talk.

* *i hchi i&} death (Kalac. T. 109).

^ \1 6cfti-f/n = "\^'^ sling, string-
weapon.

<^*'P hchi-kha 3\-&$fW the point of
death, just when dying ; ^S'P'« at the time
of dying; s.^'p'i'V^'^A'lfa n. of a religious
work, which if read to a dying person
his soul will not wander in the Bardo (the
state between death and re-birth).
hchi-rtcigs sign of death.
-w^-w^c.-^ Hchi-rtar/s, mtshan-
ma ran-grol another work which is read
when the sign of approaching death
is perceived. It is read in order to hasten
death so that after death the deceased may
go to some ascertained place in the next
world.

*BP -^ hchi-ljas, ^frs, ^T33'« forebodings
of death ;^'W^'1^'q-^'c' increasing the
signs of the sun's death (by the approach
of the eclipse) (Ya-sel. 51).

Yama, the lord of death.

\ hchi-nad a fatal disease.
hchi-hpho or *S:=ii-«';«f

ifa termination of worldly
concerns, death.

qa-«tfj'*l hchi-hpho-ica = '%'Q%'Q to change
one's place of existence, to transmigrate.

nS-Rj?-*!^ hchi hpho-med=%'a%'£'^ ^^n
not subject to change, without birth and
death.

444

B ^ hhci-wct, »TfI, *Z?5,
^rg^, ^J, <?f<«H, *TT vb. to die :
*f.-eS& rafi-hchiho I will seek death ; i$'q'°^
he is about to die; A$'q*'|S'iS'$ water
causing death; ^S'qSwflflfflm <K*lfil*
appertaining to death, relating to death.

Syn. g'qS'l^'^w Ina-wahi
qW'Vl'ci/uf shig-pn; ^'^^^d
nid; W&H ikal-hjig ; *'*![ txhe-hgro ; l%'*&'
««, Mta-wahimthah; ^
til-beat khyor-chu gbyin-pahi yul ; X'^
hdah; X'"X tshe-hpho; *&'*X hehi-hpho
(Won.).

il-q-d^ hchi-wa-mei}, ^m. immortal, v.

I'q'aw'joi'q hchi-wa las-rgyal-wa, Pfr^-
he who has conquered death ; an epi-
thet of Buddha.

"Ol'q'qjl'q hc/ii-wa-b$lu-ifa, HttltHH to
deoieve death, to ransom the life of a
dying man.

*S-*)«^ hchi-med, ^»K, 'TOH, nftM 1.
^ftlf emancipation, immortality. 2. met.
the raven which is famous for longevity.

n$-*)«^fl|rq hchi-med dgah-wa, n. of a
religious work (Ya-sel. 60).

^'»>Ve hchi-med-rna, or ^•^•g'S-a, ^5'
i'5'i lit. celestial drum ; n. of a Buddhist
work (Tig. k. 20).

4$-»)\*q Jlchi-med.-chab — 4'5 «|f^ a name
of the river Ganges (Mnon.).

&d\ii&\fy hchi-med mchod-yon, an
epithet of the river Ganges (Ta-sel. 76).

a-il^^^e.- hchi-med, ljon-{ M, = |5^«w|-
quiwj-^t.' the celestial wishing-tree : $*&•
«JM^f-|i|^,<f-n|^K'^r%' may your
health remain as steady as the celestial
•wishing-tree (Tig. k. 35).

<^-*)«Vq^«v|- hchi->hed ^dud-rtsi the
immortal elixir of life, Ganges water : P"I^'

pray let your letters, communication, &c.,
flow like the deathless elixir — the stream
of the Ganges (Tig. k. 12).

hchi-med bu-mo a goddess.
hchi-med-mdsod, **HH<ft)q n. of
a Sanskrt Dictionary composed by Amara
Simha.

^S-»)«;-^-g hchi-mcd. ril-bu (X'^w) lit. life-
pill ; the life-giving pills. The abbess of
Samding monastery and other sacred per-
sonages have such pills at their disposal.

n$'»)«^qe.-j5 hchi-mcd 4wn<n-mo, ^K^«^
the queen of the immortals ; a name of the
wife of Indra.

• *i -d«viM hchi-meg sen-ge,
(Bull. 1898, 296).

\'Q hchig-pa 1. =«ti-g flrwr a pestle.
2. said to=*»i»<'5)^'«'«i-SN-^-^£/ to hold
as holy that which is not Dharma (Bud-
dhism) (K. d. * 355).

hchin-bsyrigs an agreement.

in-nen-pa to become connected
or related by marriage : iffm'^'ftf 5 nSc.-^-«i]^n
in Bengal I entered into marriage rela-
tions (A. I!/.).

*St-q hchift-pa ^fsr bond, binding.

' I: hchifi-wa

(pf. «)^=.»i fut. ^«-' imp. He.' or
bind, tie up, make fast to exorcise.

to

Q.aC ^ II : shot, any binding-material.
1. ribbon; wjorlMJ necklace, neck-cloth,
neckerchief. 2. cord, fastenings, fetter,
shackle: «*r3hl*.-q-Ji*«i ^^laM the
fetters of Karma, also fig. for magic curse,
anathema. 3. used in colloq. for cramp
or convulsions.

Syn. dfa'Q bkyig-pa; ^ST" hkhyig-pa;
beifl-wa; pf.

445

bkyigg-pa ; ij§«m'«i hkhyig$-pa ;
pa, signifying <i^*W£i bdams-pa

*?*'9^ hchin-byed=i$ rne or "V"! rne-

to draw water from a spring ; $'?*< water-
bucket. 2. to irrigate, to water.

*«'9V hchin-byed-ma a general term
for women.

^tfq'g^'n hchift-wa sbyin-ma a hand-
some woman ; maiden.

*$K.'«K ffc/iiA-war n. of a village in *§pv
S«, in Tibet (.Rtat.).

or

feet.

depth, profundity (Tig.).

tfi-ba trinket ; glass-bangle for

'S^'^ hchift-buhi (nod a glass vessel.

«i, pf. «&w, fut.

"Si, imp. $"W, reep. to mount a horse or
carriage ; iq'8r*!q«'ti to ride, to mount
a horse.

hchug said to=^'^'gp»)'£J'|x
phyin-uas glebs-pa la having reached ;
arrived at (Yig.).

*$T*^ hohug-mcd^^^-^t nor-
hkhrul med-pa without mistake (Rtm.) ;
*$T*'VSf «'* sure necessaries ; unmistake-
able wants.

Q,^^ hchun or *Wi under one's control,
hence. 1. to be tamed, subdued, made to
yield; fw^w^ retained by force ; w|«'
^$^'1 subdued or overpowered by hard
work ; n*jrw<^ entangled in vicioui
indulgences (Sch.).

Q,^JJ't| hchum-pa 1. to wish, to long
for. 2. sbst.e=^'ji ser-gna coveteousness
(Won.).

TSp| Bchims-phug n. of a holy
place with a small temple near Sam-ye.

Q,*JW£J hchims-pa to be full, to get
full (8eh.).

0,*^,'^ hchir-wa evidently a form of
3f q cir-tca to press, to squeeze, ^vq
has pf. «Rv, fut. ij?^, to press, to
wring, &c. ; ^a^'1? and S*'1) being mere cor-
ruptions of the foregoing, though Ja.
has them.

Q,eb'5J*^ bchil-pa sometimes stands by
mistake for »?a<'£' tjichil-pa, a sparrow.

Q>^'^ I: hehu-wa ace. to Jd. 1. vb.
n. to be twisted, distorted, pf. *$"• 2.
sbst. curvature, crookedness, distortion.
3. adj. as *$*<'£J crooked; ?'•>%* the
mouth distorted.

0,^'CJ II: pf. «9«, fut. ««, imp. «« 1.
to scoop up or ladle water ; 4'*

.» gyog-po
awkward, ace. to Sch. also left-handed;
ace. to Cs. curved, crooked.

'2! hche-wa (pf . «&*, fut. <&, imp.
to attest, to promise F"T'^'t' resp. ^«i
**'*! id.

1'^ I: hcheg-pa related to
(pf. «h*n«, fut. «^% imp. Jfl fog) 1. to
cut in twain, cleave, split ; ^K.'^lflj'«i to split
wood ; *q|-^-«*lfli'«i to cut with a saw (Cs.).
2. to confess, to acknowledge (Ja.). 3. to
be afraid of.

^I hchems-pa pf.
to chew (Mcd.; Jd.).

0,1^*3 hchcr-pa (^•%<*) ira^ the
spleen.

hchel-wa or *lai'«i=^«i or
desire, wish ; ace. to Jd. and Cs.
to believe, to give credence to.

446

^I hchcs-pa sometimes spelt as
•« happy advent.

0,0,*^!'^ hchog-pa ^tf^ to smite ; aoc.
to Sch. a wall.

«iX<(|-3f<q hchog-thog the sound of a falling
article or thing.

or

to be holding, keep fast.
•»• nXqr^ni hchobs-fig^****'^ made
secret.

vb. n. to

'Zi hchor-po occasionally for

1 hchor-wal: vb. n. pf. ^ 1. to
escape, flee or steal away ; also to flow out,
ooze ; i'JW***'*' the blood exuding ;
*&* without splendour, lustreless ;
the money has fled ; gjw'^fa the vow is
dissipated; d'ar^Xvq to be consumed by
fire ; ^'T^vi to be carried away by water.
2. to come out, to break forth, frq. of fire ;
qgqi-q-J^ hkhrug-pa-$or a quarrel, a war
broke out, also of water breaking through
an embankment. 3. to go over, to pass,
be transferred.

II : vb. a., pf. PJ?S fut.
to pursue, chase, go after; ^'9cj« hares
by means of nets ; 9'^^'i to fish ;
seducer ; a swaggerer (Sch.).

hchol-wa I: 1. adj. topsy-
turvy, upside-down. 2. to mistake or
deviate from an order ; *flfcnw§^"* to put
into disorder, to confuse, to confound.
3. pf. tfSt to entrust, lay upon, to com-
mit a thing to another's charge ; to make,
appoint ; ^"r3«rZi'<Ofor5 they appointed him

king; •ft**ft'4ftr1 they made the
queen tend the horses; *r*^^«<«r^ he
may ba employed as a scullion ; S^'*!"^'
<ON'P to make one powerless, to compel
authority ; «flr«r«fl-«i]^ manager. awOfcro
or (resp. ^V151^ rtTH) to commission one
with an affair or transaction ; *.'f'V|'^'
I'gifqwnrtf 4tfr*^ | ban-so y»l dehi l/ta-
srtin rnams-la phrin-bcol mdsad-do he en-
trusted the sepulchre to tne tutelary gods
of the country. 4. to be thrown together
confusedly, e.g., of the loose leaves of a
book : <$'tf<J|''^ qv^lj virtue and vice are
intermixed. 5. to rave, to be delirious, to
talk oonfus3dly whilst heavy with sleep
(Jd.).

<Owr« hc/iol-ma,&ce. to Cs. 1. a thing
committed to another's care. 2. a sly,
crafty woman. 3. ace. to Sch. a dissolute
woman (Jd.).

1. pf.

or **«, fut. it, imp. *«, supine
to make, make ready, prepare; to cons-
truct, build, etc. : iX«'«w am I to build ?
^•r«^'W<dhr4 to make ropes out of dres-
ma grass, prop, to make ropes out of it.
i]aq-(0&*rcj to dress, to train one's self up
(Sch); IW^tofi to renew, renovate, repair
(Sch.) ; |fq'|'k-^«-ti to retouch, amend,
correct, improve. $»i'RX*» hypocrisy, a
mere outward performance of religious
rites and observances : $" *&r*WJfc*
tshul-hchos ma-byns spyod-pa to live with-
out hypocrisy. ({Wv^W hypocrite. §«»'
^«'ci or it«'tj ace. to Cs. an established
rule or canon (Jo,.).

II: Mshos-pa 1. adj. dis-
orderly, dissolute, immoral. 2. sbst. dis-
orderly conduct, dissoluteness : tf**y*T*
S^'1? committing various acts of immorality.

E ja I : this the seventh letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, according to the gram-
marians of Tibet, was not borrowed from
India, its equivalent being unknown
in any of the Indian languages of the
seventh century, A. D., when the Tibetan
written language was shaped by Thon-mi
Sambhota, In sound it corresponds with
the English J, but as an initial it is
pronounced in C. as Jh. However when
it is surmounted by any letter or has
a prefix preceding it, as in the words
I rje and *M mjal, it then resumes the
sound of a pure J.

E II: 1. tea; word derived from the
Chinese ca, signifying tea. The reap, form
for ja is *p6w* gsol-ja.

E'ff ja-ko a hide bag for packing tea
(Rtsii.).

e'S31 ja-dkrug a twirling stick, the tea
churning-piston.

Rf ja-k/ia of the colour of tea ; n. of a
Chinese scarf of brick-red colour.

E'B"I ja-khug a vessel or bag in which
tea is kept.

rg ja-khra a large tea-pot made of
copper, silver, &c., for serving tea to the
congregation of monks at a religious
service.

e'Sq ja-ryyab lit. "after tea." In Tibet
and Sikkim table-talk commences after
tea has been served.

ja-mchod libation of tea.

ja-hthaj or R'«V| ja-btag tea-
grinder (in Tibet powdered tea is put
in boiled water) ; grinding stone, used for
kitchen purposes.

5 *\^ ja-dpon one who is in charge of
tea-drinking meetings ; head tea-cook.

*3?\ ja-phud the first preparation of tea
which is sometimes offered to the gods ;
first quality of tea.

R'<&c.f ja-hbtti tea-pot, tea-kettle. Thia
word, sounded cham-bing, is the common
term used in C.

R'!** ja-ibyor a mixture of tea with
butter and salt (Rtsii.).

R'« ja-ma tea-maker, tea-cook, a cook
who prepares tea and gruel, &c. (Rtsii.).

R'<*1« ja-tshagt a sieve to strain tea
(Rtsii.).

*'2!'5 Jcf-ya-ju n. of a kind of tea
(Rtsii.). 6'^ Ja-yu another kind of tea
(Rtsii.).

r^«t ja-ril in W. ace. to Ja. grinding-
stone ; also a skull.

*'«ti|'flftw ja-lag-gnis an abbr. of R'i and
"T^, i.e., one who prepares tea and
another who serves it (Rtsii.).

*'$*.' ja-lufi the handle straps of a
leathern-trunk.

*'%' ja-fifi tea plant. In Tibet the tea-
plant is styled J'^'^'^6-', i.e., the plant
which cures Indian or Chinese diseases, as
being an antidote against malarial fever.

*'*>*•' ja-san plain decoction of tea: *'«=.'
qwqS-wrifq get plain tea with its acces-
sories ! (Rtsii.).

448

rw|*i ja-sigt used in
Jo-bo ja-sigs ji-sned-dad (J. Zafi.).

*'fW ja-sun time when tea is served.

*'fM'*^ ja-sun-can acc. to Sch. a cup of
tea ; as much as a cup of tea.

* *fc ja-ser yellow tea exported from
Amdo into Eastern Tibet.

y«-Ao^=i?'v»)^<i| bcotf-mdog or
dmar-scr »rf%BT yellowish-red, ace.
to Jd. »'f^ ja-hod is yellow-red.

^| j<*9 ^fc robbing, robbery ; M|'
J1 q y«^ rgyag-pa to commit robbery.

RHJ q jay-pa tr»rc one who terrifies by
shouts and gestures ; a robber. *)'«K'*ij'
iSliK*^ it is a lurking place of husband-
men who rob, or who are robbers (Mil.).
In this passage «T" might be almost a
verb " to rob."

^TVl jag-dpon captain of a gang of
robbers ; a brigand chief.

Jal n. of a place in Tibet; t«rjU
Jal-gyi-phu the uplands of Jal (Deb. «J 41).

t ji I: 1. num. fig 37. 2. the cor-
relative form of the pron. S ci what.

£ II : is used in expressions illustrating
examples, comparison, measurement,
dimensions, also extent of time, fc and 3
are of same signification ; but Tibetan
grammarians discriminate their use as

follows \—*ft*f:*^fmitot* \ Xfl-'jrS sfo t

in making comparisons and measurement
use ji, in the case of direct significations
use ci.

g'*fi ji-skad *nfa, irzrrw what, what-
ever, relative to words spoken: W
fc'^'tl*^' whatever I may have said; i'tft
Wf^tt-i u«rr ^ *w ^r^ doing in
accordance with what one has said.

'f & **! /t-JW"«*W* when examined or
searched into: fc'l'jirg'^'? wA'l^-q-S^-api
ji-ga gkyei-bu de fio-mtshar byed-pa yin-nam
(K. d. < 4) if looked into, is not that
person really wonderful ?

equal to what P
N <n<*<t, HT^I. J*4j<i : 1.
as much as ; as great as. 2. whatever is
or may be possible. 3. just about (so
much).

^'"i^ or 1^'^S what is, or as much as
is (Dag. 8).

^'S? ji-lta or S'g'l 1. wr, ir?^r, TO? how,
of what kind, of what nature. 2. sbst.
quality, nature, condition (CV) ; t-gi=^v
^sr then.

rt*> ji-ltar, VHi adv. as, in wLat
manner; pS*rfc'«^'iv«rqfy-^ acc. to wliat
he has said; fc'^'%'* in as much as,
in the measure of. « '^ '' %*> t4\'3\wm in the
proportion as one shall be contented.
^S'9 ji-lta-lu such as, like as. ^'^'^
ji-ltar de ?r9^=^^'^^'i^'
how to be taken ?
« in what manner should I
convey requests to the lama ? ^'^'^^'t ji-
ltar frbyor-pa qrrrqhT acc. to the measure
of one's means or attainments. t'^'«K.-,
ji-ltar yan=\i)*<'*(xzflw for example, thus.

fc'jj ji-gte is said to = ?'f'^'^*' ci-fta de-
nag *fq so and so. It also is a conjunc-
tion meaning but if, nevertheless.

also ^'^*< as for instance ; henceforth.

^'^'^yz'-wtts-A^'f:^'^'^ as much as
possible ; to the utmost, to the best of one's
ability, as far as it lies in one's power.

t-s^c; ji-ma-run = % **'&•'&'* exclama-
tory phrase akin to * '% 5'* or §'^ ^ra,
alas!

449

how, like what? in
what manner ? pr^wrt1*!!"**

$ii|-ar?k- (.4. 128) "how the merciful
ones, the refuge (of the helpless), have
passed away !

H*4 jt-tsam f^ra^ how much ? Hw^l
as soon as, when; ^'^'g=-' how many
have been got ?

^ jus strategy (Jd.).
m-sfwq jus <mMas-po=*w*fW'c> one
skilful in means, one full of resources.

seldom.

sAiw how, like what ?

ji-bshin-du accordingly.

£0f:s4ifm 1. in accordance with,
conformity with. 2. «]£.*«•« whatever is
fit, is becoming (.Off;?. 5).

^'ffo ji-srid *rrcr?( as long as ; i'ij V**'
*S'W^ qn«fl«H all the life long ; as
long as one lives.

K* jin the Chinese term for Buddhism
which in Tibetan is <^, in Sanskrt ^j4f.

Ej ju num. fig. 67.

^' $Ff\jit-thig denotes a drawing of lots
by threads of different colours, whence
a class of Bon-po is called g'%|'H^
(/a.).

E^Z-1 ju-po a globular stone used for
grinding spices=*'^ai (Jd.) ; ace. to
Mnon. I' 3 = 15^, a pestle.

jii-ru-ja a kind of tea (Btsii.).

* Jim-wan n. of a celebrated
Tibetan chief under whose orders the
sacred series of works called Kahgyur and
Tangyur were engraved on wooden blocks
at Lhasa (Lot. S 17).

a kind of tea (Rtsii.).

one

who has conquered his enemies ; a Bud-
dhist saint of the Hlnayana School.

Syn. "wf-VS*1 hthab-rtsod-rgyal; W
^l*'" gyul-legs-pa • sfiffSwi dg.ra-bcom-pa ;

s-rgyaZ (Mnon.).
n : l. acc. to Seh. possessed of
good manners, of propriety of conduct ;
decent, agreeable ; l^'i^ sincere. 2. acc.
to Cs. clever, skilled, able, experienced ;
^c,-«T|''WJr|*r£^ skilful in agriculture ; S«1'«t
l^-^il^-ci dextrous in military matters.
fc*r« jus-tna a sort of silk stuff (Cs.).
£je 1. num. fig. 97. 2. a particle, used
for expressing the comparative degree of
an adj. or adv., and esp. a gradual grow-
ing or increase, often with termin. case or
m ; i-X-t-&=S'$'&'$ grew larger and larger :
^•^•wc.-g-l'i't'S'ai'j^'^N'^E.'l many stream-
lets increased in size becoming larger and
larger (Behu. 50). ^^ (they) go on
increasing in number; I'fljwc^^ it has
become more evident; i'V^V5*'? going
nearer and nearer; S-sifl-wy higher and
higher; l'tuc.'S'£i3c>'^'^'q to grow better
and better. 3. progress: ««^-^-w^vi'S-
^upSe: (Surafi. 5) whatever progress you
observe in the advance of the doctrine in
this place (association). 4. acc. to Lex.
«^gc,N sound, voice (Ja.). 5. acc. to Schtr.
a hortative particle, often connected with
a vocative.

t'F je-kha a deed.

l'|5«^ je-khyod acc. to Sch. now you,
you first.

t^e.-q je-dan-po the very first. &-g =
g'%'^'5 thinner and thinner or finer and
finer.

68

450

9*r$=.-^'*3j-q to grow
poorer, become more and more destitute.

6'2jfl|ye-8/itV/ = ^'Vl a little while, some-
time.

I'^f je-rifl=z^e''^'a3i'Q growing longer
and longer.

«5 dan-po or

the first or earliest. 2. «T, ^fa
sound, voice.

E" jo 1. num. fig. 127=*tJ? or S^.

E'E ,/o-yo ^Rf^rerar older brother (Dfl#.
5) ;=wl in G. and «'$ in Sikk.

Syn. S'5 phu-bo, ^'| " snon-skyeg, ?1'
w|« thob-ma gkycs, £w*X% ties-Main, $,'%
thu-bo, "l^'Q gcen-po (Mnon.}.

I'flj^ /9-grftmtf*V*^%''W*1 the seat or
head-quarters of the Jo-nang-pa sect of
Buddhism in Tibet.

£'<^' Jo-nan or I'Jfy*.' n. of a place with
a lofty Chorten and a convent situated
about 100 miles to the N.W. of Tashilhun-
po ; the place where Phyogs-las Rnam-rgyal
the founder of the Jonang-pa sect was
born, and whence the name Jonang-pa
was derived.

i; i'1 also |'^1"
lord, master, noble, venerable; also one
of the nobility.

Syn. 1^3 gtso-ico; *»Jfo'3 myon-po; if*
s.^ mgon-hdren (Mnon.).

I'5'E'wa( Jo-ico Ja-ma-li n. of an image
of Buddha in Yambu the ancient capital
of Nepal.

£'^'t Jo-wo rje (lit. the noble lord)
the Tibetan title of Atis'a.

Jo-wohi lugs-kyi rta-
myrm (56c) the deity Hayagriwa ace. to
the system of Jo-wo.

1-% jo-mo 1. m«jl the female head of
a household, a woman that governs as
mistress of her own servants. 2. a clois-
tress, nun.

I ?i'p^<i| Jo-mo k/ia-nay snowy moun-
tain in S. Tibet towards Bhotan.

Jo-nio gans-dkar lit. the
lady of the white snows, a Tibetan name
for Mount Everest.

£'35'Sj'^ Jo-mo Iha-ri the snowy mountain
between Tibet and Bhotan ordinarily
called Chumalari.

-q J0.wo phyin dkar-wa n. of a
demi-god (Rtsii).

'$" jo-rtsi varnish for wooden furni-
ture.

f '^""^'^jo-rtsi gser-gor/ lustrous gold-
leaf for painting purposes.

S'lr*' Jo-rdson or E'*MV Jo-mo rclson n.
of a fort and district in Tibet (Rtsit.).

Vl* Jo-lugs sgrol-dkar (2 A.)

J mjal-ica resp. f or "wj^'i flTTTT ;
mp. " tnjol 1. to meet; to interview,
obtain access to an honoured person, to
wait on, to pay one's respects to a person :
uiq'^fsfcorniarHj I will pay a visit to my
father; |^*j^-«E*r^3jc.- phyis myur-du
mjal-dii yon I shall take the Liberty of soon
coming back; sRawg'fl to ask for an
audience; »W^'fc'^ cannot get in, can-
not obtain admittance; •WfV^'^F'R'
flj5*rs«.-q-*i^ they exchanged many compli-
ments and expressions of joy ; "l^'wrq to
visit a sanctuary or a holy place ; to go on
a pilgrimage; flfl«'«wti a pilgrim. 2.
^•q5-«Eui-q (jo-wahi mjal-ica •sn to under-
stand, comprehend ; %«wq to underbtand
the meaning.

451

P mjal-kha audience, access to a
great man's presence, admittance ; wrf
"!?c''£! or iftc.'*! to give audience, grant
interview; MST^'Vi'Vi to have an inter-
view with ; to meet.

*wf^ rnjal-rten a present made at an
interview with a great man.

*«T^ mjal-dar the scarf that is
presented on the occasion of an interview.

sRT^'ti mjal-sna-pa an introducer,
master of ceremonies ((7s.).

w»rgfl| mjal-phyag salutation.

**«r*K: mjal-man a visit paid by many
together, a grand reception (Cs.).

' nyug-sgro lower or inferior part,
underpart, buttocks ; tail-feather (Snin.).

'9 mjal-shu a prayer made on the
occasion of an interview or meeting.

£JEC'£| mjin-pa=<&t-'i 1. a^rr^f the
neck (2%. 8). 2. = r»^' meadow (Schtr.).

*ic.-qjfci rnjin-bsnol explained as ^'

among birds or animals, for instance one
hugging or embracing the neck of another
to pick or tickle each other with the teeth ;
lV^*rWffe-43<r*«brqY§« let the four
corners be made beauteous with peacocks
crossing each other's necks (A. 4)-

mfins-sab, v.

klon-sab.

JJ^^J mjuy the back, the tail ; what is
behind, the hinder part, of anything, resp.
?£'*<yi posteriors, backside, tail (Dag. 8).
•W(*"* colloq. to turn one's back (on
another) . With regard to time = the end :
|-q-qjj«;-q5-*)£i!|-oi at the end of the eighth
month ; *%«!'«! or "ITS as adv. and postp.
are colloquially in common use to signify :
at the end of, at last, behind, after,
with genit. of the verbal root ; also wvfy
!'* = the last, the last one.

peacock.

^IT^S'11 mjug bsno-tva to make a prayer
after having done some act of merit.

fa mjug-bsnos (W$^«rflJ5 mthar
phyin-pa hsnad) fH^rsj gone to the
extremity ; attaining thoroughness in any
subject.

mjug-do the bone of the tail :

V*li'iR'*1' (Sman.) the sheep's
tail-end cures kidney, pains in the waist
and disease caused by S^' rluti.

"IT 5" injug-rdum= s)!")'^'*^'^ with short
tail, tail cut off; an ill-conditioned im-
provident person who at the end dis-
appoints or behaves ungratefully.

a comet (Mnon.).

«|"I'*< mjug-ma or ^il'*' hjug-ma

•j

5^, ^rarflst the tail, the posterior that
hangs down ; «V!'*)'ijT«> mjug-ma sgril-wa
to wag the tail ; fig. the further progress
and final issue of an affair ; the conse-
quences ; WVT)-*|<I|-*I the last.

Syn. £'»< rna-ma-t |'3 shu-gu (Mnon.).

* *i|<i|-^ mjug-rins or ^•i-«|'»l'^*' Du-
wa mjug-rins %g comet (JTalac. T, 49).

tfflf^K %5 one of the nine planets of
Hindu Astronomy.

5|-» rnjc f^f1, ^t%l= the penis (Dag.
8) ; in the Tantras it is called «l«=.'q'V
^•|; *it-me.q-q or ^•q-aw-g-^-q erection
of the penis ; «^'*^fthe glans penis ;
mje-rlig the penis and the testicles.
the membraneous covering or the sheath
of the penis (Jet.).

452

Syn. 5'?1« pho-rtag$ ;
(Won.).

.' pko-dwan

JJE^'^I mjed-pa *TT suffering, endur-
ing, bearing patiently ; ace. to (7s. obnox-
ious; wwiS prop, free; gen. ace. to
Buddhist ideas the world, the universe.

QJERfU hjag-pa?l.**Pjagt (Cs.) ; ace. to
ScA. to establish, settle, fix, found ; hence
prob. «^-W|»i and |«rwi|« Miris-tyagt,
*M|«r§«i prob. ««|«'^' time of prosperity,
of peace, of rest ; a time without distur-
bances, war, epidemic, etc. (Jd.).

WTJI hjag-gkya, v. wr«.

RMI'flfi^ hjag-gdan a seat made of the
grass called ^8"|'»» ; a cotton-rug with its
edges turned up with red cloth.

**"!'* hjng-ma ^n 1. a fragrant grass,
Andropogon tmricatus. 2. ace. to Sch. a
coarse and thick grass of inferior quality
used in roofing huts. 3. a blade (of
grass) ; stalk (of corn) ; *Rir*r*S-f M on
every blade of grass; fv^^wSflq a
bundle of blades of Ku$a grass. *e*r«^
ace. to Sch. horse-tail, pewter grass,
Equisettim (Jd.). wrwS'jr also caUed <««rj|
^tT<5 9SI the roots of this grass. In Tsang
<««!'« is called jl*", W|'»i being colloq. a
word of C. ; in Tsang we hear «'^-g •
SpTlV^ ll* sa-shin phru-rlog byed-ryyuhi
khyem a shovel with which soil is over-
turned (RMi.).

^Efl)« hjags v. under Wfi l. = ^1 as
5i)*)'REoi« = ^»«'^E"IN remember, keep in
mind : ^%Sr«Mlrt5«rf^c«*^-W^W
*§^ pray bear in the ocean of your mind
that we may meet before long (Yig.k.
26). 2. clay or mud (Dag. 8).

a&Wi hjags-pa in C. to give, to make
a present, to formally present (Georgi's
Alphabetum Tibet anum).

ihe time
of happiness or prosperity.

Q.K* Ejan place inN. W. Tibet which
once formed the kingdom of Hjan
(J. Zafi.).

«f§-jK.'»ip^ Bjan-fjyi rgyan-rnk/tar one
of the thirty-seven holy places of the Bou
(6. Bon. 38).

Q,EC'ZJ hjim-wa to devour, swallow
(At,).

<tee.-*-oj^qE,- Bjaft.tsha Llta-dwan the
son of king' H '?'l|I^III'tJW Khri Ide-
ytsug-brtan betrothed to the sister of the
Emperor Jun, Jufi the fifth of the Tang
dynasty. He died before his would-be
spouse could reach Tibet. His father,
however, married her as she would not go
back to China without becoming a queen.

* hjan-so =w***«i sa-mtshami.

Bjafi$-shab$ n. of a place in
Kham (Lot. *, 12).

mt«-«-«») Hjans-sa-tham n. of a place in
Kham (Lot. *, 12).

'' hjan-po a consort; properly
'5 = husband, and ^'33 = wife.

hjttb-pdan a soft rug made
of wool (Rtsii.).

Q£q'£J hjab-pa pf. prob. W« fut., «^i,
to sneak, slink, creep privily; to lie in
wait, in ambush; *arw<i to make an
attempt on a person's life.

hjab-bu-wa=*\>3\» rkun-po or
rkun-ma (Mnon.) a thief; wg»r»r
^•<K'^'4 to steal clandestinely.

^q1? hjab-tse a pair of scissors, nippers,
teezers.

wrtT hjab-tse-kha a kind of rug made
of ^^'« $der-tna (Jig-)-

453

£I hjam-pa Jsfa<?r, *r^, ^ tender,
soft, lovely, charming.

Syn. wfa'q mnen-pa; "tffrrq hbol-wa
(Mtion.).

iwgw hjam-khs we, <e^ straight.

Hjam-mgon w^w ; v. ««*i-V»t.
r«r|>j«-q Hjam-mgon chos-kyi
rgyal-po the complimentary title by which
Tsong-khapa is addressed in Tibet : wi'wSfo"
ArlrjV^OTfWtt-^l to the lotus
feet of the king of the Doctrine, Jam-pal.

*e*r*%q^3if«l-% Hjam-mgon bstan-
pahi sroy-fin Jam-gon the life-tree of the
Doctrine.

wpflfcfii hjam-mgoa bh-ma an ad-
dress of politeness to the hierarchs of
the S'akya school.

kind of silk scarf or satin.

hjam-hjam polite words: s.aj'1'
wlfci-wwrjI-^-^qn "polite language
should be used even towards the meanest
person." Also, in C. softly, gently.

^•gf^q-giaj hjam-ljaH hdab-ldan a
parrot or the bird with light green plumage

(Milan.).

'N hjarn g.!ien-ma a woman of
fascinating speech.

ne»c«q« hjam-thals gentle means, milder
measures.

W4*^'| Hjam-pahi rdo-rje V<$4* n.
of a deity ; a Bodhisattva.

Hjam-pahi-dbyans Tftt^ft,
*3 Maitri I'l^ (Org. m. 113, 35). *

hjam-pahi rigs
humbler cksses (opp. to &x»rts til-pa), soft,
tender, smooth, mild, e.g., of cloth, hair; a

meadow, a plain without stones or rocks,
of fruit, the air, the character of a person,
a person's way of speaking.

as,u-» hjam-po 1. soft, gentle, not rough
or cross; gVg'jrS^-q gyon-po-ma yin-pa
not stiff. 2. ai^m, Hiq.*^* mild ; alum.

wZw^hjam-pos-lenio draw out infor-
mation or any secret from another by
using fascinating or smooth language.

R**rHiV£j hjam-por-$mra speak softly,
gently.

Ejam-dpal IPS$ n. of the
third Dhyani Bodhisattva, who is
regarded as the deputy of the third
Dhyani Buddha, Dzin-sten Jung-do. Is
popular throughout Nepal and Tibet.
His several names are : — <*e*r«&c.« »r^r^tT
the soft-voiced; ^'^'l'^ Ces-rab-kyi-
Iha the god of wisdom; q^'£i5'<^-i$
Brtan-pahi hkhor-lo; «.«i'|'«^ Ral-gri-
can; iv^'g-q Zur-phud lna-pa; ^'^
Blo-yi-gter •^•^•'^•^ &ag-gi dwaH-phy-
ug ; ^'^'^ Sen-ge-rtsen ; g-qS'lTQ Smra-
wahi rgyal-po ; Q&'ty Smra-wahi-lha ; ^'^'
st-fo. Ye-fe? melon ^'^'Q Ye-fes-sku;^'^'
ipvS Ces-rab hkhor-lo • *\WW% Ces-rab-sku ;
^'IT^'S Rdo-rje rnon-po • ^ij'Sj'gucHi Nag-gi
rgyal-po (Mnon.).

the residence

f v

or sphere m the heavens of Jam-pal.

*wr^Hr3n« Hjam-dpal-grags
^fw (Bull. 1848, 295).

*&'¥*£*& Ejam-dpal rgya-mtsho n.
of the eighth Dalai Lama of Lhasa who
died in the year 1805, aged 46. Prom
the birth of Tsong-khapa to the 20th
year of the Dalai Lama Ejam-dpal rgya-
mtsho 420 years elapsed (Loft. « 16).

*• v»r£-j| Ejam-dpal rHa-sgra »m^-
n- of a Buddha (Ta. 2, 279).*

454

I'q f

>r|c.'ci IJjam-dpal snin-po tne name
under which Tsong-khapais now believed
to be known in the Tusita regions.

n. of a Buddhist religious
book giving description of the region
where dwells Man-jus'ri or Jam-pal.

* <«*CYWaffiar$vlJvq Sjam-dpal gshon-
nur gyur-pa ^^f^roj? a manifestation
of Jam-pal.

Bjam-d_byan$ *TO^ v. ^w
VW called also the principal Bodhi&attva
among V^-^'l^qj^ the eight spiritual
sons of the Buddha.

• «*»'ssc.«r'\''l!vci Hjam-dbyang dkar-po
a white image or manifestation of Jam-
pal. A yellow ditto :— <u*r^*rf,w*K
Hjam-dbyans dmdr-ser.

* <«N'«,sc.*vg'§c. Jljam-dbyans smra-scn
y\-f* Wa-ghi fm-ra ^r*rl*K Lord of

Sjam-hbrasn. of medicinal fruit
reputed useful in diseases of the kidney
(Med.) ; 'O^tpF'^'f'^'K^^f*^'^.

^w*Ej*r'$'ti hjam-hbras dbye-pa, v. ^>TW
(Mnon.), a medicinal fruit, [the tree Pon-
gamia glabrd]S.

lew'N hjam-ma l.=i'^*fresp. for ^'»
gruel, broth. 2. goddess of fortune.
*r35 hjam-mo post-stage (Sch.).

hjam-rtsi ft 4^ a purging
clyster ; a mild purgative medicine.

<*N'uwi hjam-yas n. of a number (Ya-
sel. 57).

RE^'qig ^•w'if'^'vq hjom-bslus mgo-skor-wa
to deceive by sweet and fascinating
language.

hjah or

rainbow; also the colours of
the rainbow; ^^'^•^m'q hjah-tshon yal-
wa the vanishing of the rainbow ; W^S
hjah-hod light or splendoui- of the rain-
bow ; "^'^ the body of a saint vanishing
in the rainbow or in the manner of the
colours of the rainbow.

Syn. ^qc.'35'N^ dwan-pohi mtshon ; sj'
i^'"13 brgya-byin g.shu ; |c-'5|'5'Jl'*^ rlim-
gi rgyal-tshan ; S^'^'W rlun-gi lal-, 5=-'^'
^g^-g rlun-gi hbras-bu ; *S'g'q hod Ina-pa ;
*\*H-$*( yahah-tshon ; w^« hjah-ris ; W*>*'
3*1 rgan-pohi thig ; g'j'»r*i^'* Iha-rgyal
mtshon-clia; ««-lT^S sos-ka Is/tad; ^'"la
dwan-pshu; 5j-5}'^'^« lha-yi tshan-rig ; ^^
dwan-pohi <; iH-lal (Mnon.).

hjah-wa 1. also w^i ace. to
Sch. lame, gen. ^ ; i*'vtiv§«v«i hjah-war
byed-pa to make lame, to lame. 2. to
bespeak, to concert, to confederate (Sch.)

J hjah-ma laces or needle-work
representing the colours of the rainbow ;
generally Chinese shoes are made with
such laces.

1 hjah-sa or w*i edict, diploma,
a permit ((7s.) ; said to be a Chinese word
Tibetanized.

hjah-ris, v.
w hjah-sa, vow
vant of the king.

*.•% faithful ser-

'Z^ hjar-wa ace. to Cs. = ^^'^ to
stick together, to cohere.

r3 hjal-wa, pf. **«, fit.
imp. ^i (Rdo. £6) 1. to weigh. ^°f§V
^R.' (a pair of) scales for weighing. 2. to
measure : Rc.'5=.'*S'(*Wi to measure the
length. 3. to appraise, to tax; to weigh

455

in one's mind, to ponder; more fully
expressed by gjVifi^rti blos-gshal-tca (UTTTIT,
fJT»?l^) to understand. 4. to pay ; pay
back, repay; g'^'wrq to pay a debt;
gdj-q-^Eiarq skyin-pahjal-waio repay a loan;
garREsi to pay rent or tax, esp. with ^ ;
5Hj-aiaj-fl|^-cwneiaj or n)q|q- cjq'oj^'^-cj^'qeui to

retaliate, return, repay, return evil for
good ; also in the way of a fine or punish-
ment. In the Tibetan penal code H'^i
khri-hjal, i.e., payment in ten thousand
fold is necessary for making good the loss
of sacred life or objects; ^g^'^'^E.13! in
eighty-fold for the property of the clergy ;
^3^5«i nine-fold is compensation for the
property of ordinary men. WTgS'^&rS
the articles or essentials of payment in
purchase or of exchange in barter.

*wp hjal-kha the act or business of mea-
suring ; ^wilj 1%sr measured.

§«^ hjal-war-byed=&\^§^ or «?w
paying in price ; ^ww hjal-
was wra dry or liquid measurement or
weighment.

W§S hjal-byed ftn = 4 adhakas ; a
measure ; a measure of capacity.

Q55TP hjas-pa, v. |V|^'q (Mnon.}.

' Q,t*q hji-ica 1. or «*3«i|=g-3h a flea,
also |'" Iji-wa. 2. ace. to Cs. = ^*ci. 3.
soft, smooth. 4. ace. to Sch. disgusting,
nasty, e.g., of a filthy smell.

^f&l'^j I: hjig-rten—^-^ gwn; 1.
the transmigratory existence (Mnon.) ; ^T
^•aw<^rn or ^•q'«w^s»''ti passed out of
the world. 2. symbolically the number
three (Rtsi.).

Q,E&j'fi3j ii . jjjtj^f receptacle of all
that is perishable. 1. the external world,
the universe ; "^T^'S'Slj the god of the

world (who is also subject to death) ; ^"1"
^•anrtvri hjig-rtcn las Mas-pa one that
has escaped from this world, emancipated,
blessed ; l^l'f^'''l?i*i hjig-rtcn-gsum the
three divisions of the world: earth, the
heavens and hades; <&'*\'lj3t'%'3i'Qhjig-rten-
gyi bya-wa worldly things or affairs ; ^T
^•arfcflSfrtfrqjjjerg hjig-rten-la tfgos-pahi
bslab-bya useful maxims of life, moral
rules ; <£4T^<V§''^'£>g1S ^Wtavft the eight
worldly objects: — (a) f'V'f rned-pa ^wt
gain ; (b) I'f^'i ma rned-pa ii^nwi loss ; (c)
f^'izisj:. fame ; (d) *)'f«i'i ^g^ notoriety
or ill-fame; (e) HS'^f^i slanderer scan-
dal ; (/) qf<Vi sifrn praise ; (g) ^ ^sr
happiness; (h] ^T^g15! sdug-bsnal ^.13
misery. ^"I'^'S'^^'i'g the five temporal
acts of a Buddha: — Conception in the
mother's womb, birth, youthful achieve-
ments, marriage, and reigning over
the kingdom. •fiqifa|'W'V^!N$1w^'«»If! the
five works leading to the passing out
of the world of a Buddha: (a) *£'§'
gc.'1) (SIH^JT) renunciation ; (b) Vp'Tsjvi
(<nT*?n) asceticism; (c) XCAffc'fJJjVq c/ios-
hkhor bskor-ica (g^^rsRr^r) turning the
wheel of Law, i.e., preaching religion;

(d) i^gsrfaj-^-t^qgarn cho-hphrul $ton-
tin bdud btul-wa subduing the devil
(Mara) by exhibiting religious miracles;

(e) «E.*rg*r£j the attainment of Nirvana.
2. world, as a more general term : £i^'£)'
^'§'^"I'f^ bde-wa-can gyi hjig-rten the
Sukhavati or the world of bliss.
There are two kinds of worlds: — (a)
irifftibiftiffa the impure or denied world,
i.e., the world of sin ; (I) ^ij'ti^-^qj-^ the
sanctified world, i.e., the world of purity.
Most Buddhists include our world,
in the Hadag-pahi Hjig-rten. The fol-
lowing five include the pure worlds or
Dag-pahi hjig-rten: (a) ^

456

the worlds which have been sanc-
tified by the presence of the seven Sugata
Buddhas or the happily-passed-away Bud-
dhas ; (b) the worlds presided over by the
Buddhas of the ten quarters and the five
Dhyani Buddhas ; (c) the world of beati-
tude called aSVvTi or w2Vwv»p-«fc^e.-
P*«;(rf) the world called i^'^ pad ma-
can ; (e) De-wa-chan or the World of
Bliss of the Northern Buddhists (Sorig.).
Our present world is divided into two : —
(a) B^S'l^Tfa Phyi-fnod-kyi hjig-rten
the physical or inorganic world, (4) f-'
the living or animated world.

hjig-rten-kham? <sft*Uig the
world.

ynat-rten; v|«\ ran-fkyed;
sa-bon (Mfion.).

ftqfrfnr$»-q* hjig-rten-kham kyi
cha-fas ^taqfflta part of the world.

* <*i<i|-^'*fi'vn3i Ejig-rten mkhah-hgro n.
of a nymph.

^flf^'wj^'ti hjig-rten mkhyen-pa wta-
f%^ the knower of the world, i.e., of all
that happens in the world.

<&«(• ^- § *w hjig-rten-kh rims — $* B *•"
rgyal-khrim$ the laws or institutes for
governing (Mnon.).

^ta|'^'3-fli5»t hjig-rten-gyi gtam worldly
saying, common saying, proverb.

hjig-rten-gyi thad «ir^^ifl*T

worldliness ; in the direction of worldliness,
or usage, custom, etc.

* hjig-rten-yyi bar

in the world a dark space, n. of a hell.

"^Tf^'S'l^ Hjig-rten-gyi gtso-bo the
lord of the universe (M. V.).

^"I'f^'I'Ci hjig-rten-gyi tshul ^)*«i-=(i
worldly manner, according to custom, or
usage.

Ejig-rten mgon-po
the patron or protector of the world ; an
epithet of the Bodhisattm Avalokites'vara ;
also n. of the Buddha.

g-rten hjig-pa
the destruction of the world.

an aversion to the con-
cerns of this world, being the outcome of
adherence to the Doctrine.

|-^-n^M hjig-rten-hdul
sanf-rgya$ spyihi-mtshnn) <rt)*t^i^ one who
has conquered the world — a general epi-
thet of Buddha (Mtion.).

*tq|-^-cj hjig-rten-pa ^f^fti, ^ia: a
worldly man, a layman.

'Zi hjig-rten dpafi-po^'** ulso
ai^l' the sun, the witness of
the world.

^fl|'^'«('Xa( hjig-rten pha-rol n^* the
next world.

^r^'SV2! Ejig-rten byed-po the maker
of the universe, an epithet of ^'V^'UI'^'S
Mahes'vara (Situ. 8).

^I^'IS'3 Ejig-rten byed-po =<%'*w a
///(/-t>>/ian$-pa a name of Brahma (Mnon.).

^I'^'S^'ll Ejig-rten dwan-phyug ^ti-
^; a name of Avalokites'vara (Mnon.).

* ^Nf^^»'^^l*5H Ejig-rten diran-
phyug yi-ge bdun the seven letters symbo-
lical of Avalokites'vara (A. 21f).

"^T^'^l hjig-rten-mig =?>!'** *f)wii :
the sun as the eye of the world (Mnon.) ;
n. of a Rishi, the founder of Lokayata
sect of Indian atheists (Grub. *| 5).

«ftfff**fl Ejig-rten mes-po (°jj'*t.W)
the ancestor of the world; an epithet of
Brahma (Mnon.).

* ^1'^'i'i hjig-rten zla-ica^im (Ko-
be. T, 7!i).

457

Hjig-rten la? hdas-ma a
n. of the queen of the Noi-Jin demons
(K. g. S 130).

^-"I'f^'^'?'*1 hjig-rten fin rta-ma=-a~w§
hbab-chu a hill torrent (Mnon.).

<2,E*Tj't| I; hjig-pa=t&*\'c* Hf break-
ing down, destruction, ruin.

Ht^pll: 1. vb. act. pf. <%, fut.
"fi«l, imp. %F\ (Rdo. 46.) to destroy, to
devastate, to devour, to abolish, to do
away with, dissolve (an enchantment).

2. vb. n. pf . ^"1 or ^"| shig to be lost ;
undermined ; to decay, perish : *t^«W%'
§'$ (earthly good) may be easily lost
again ; <£«! « 1ty«H*i|M 'S^'" to restore repair.

3. to suck, draw out moisture (Sch.), v.

(Cs.) ;

hjig-pa-can frail, perishable
imperishable.

hjig-pahi bjkal-pa ^^^n
the period of dissolution of the universe.
nit<i|-q5 E.C«^ hjig-pahi nan-can fji«rat
subject to destruction.

nifl|'q*;j!i'q hjig-par Ita-wa *ra?sff appre-
hensive of danger, fearful.

ntn|-£a|q hjig-tshogs lit. collection of the
destructibles, i.e., the worldly things;
terrible.

hjig-tshogs-la Ua-wa the
doctrine of regarding everything as des-
tructible; described as ^'^ •3k«r«rg-'%
n?'^"! one of the five schools of philosophy
that aimed at freedom from misery,
holding that worldly existence is comprised
of five miseries ; the doctrines opposed to
it were:— (1) «>^T»; (2) wgi; (3) jf-«r

*«oi^a\; (4) ^"W'l|*qr*5i (5) sfarg.

[The Sanskrt equivalents may be thus
rendered: — (1) ^rpiRi^fz regarding the
body as permanent ; (2) ^*Hfnf?c^f« ponder-

ing on death ; (3) f*WRC?sfz false concep-
tion, i.e., denial of future existence ;
(4) ^(giHWii hesitation or doubt about
truths ; (5) ^FtesifrciTTflsf doubt about rules
of conduct] S.

*ii|*i=A/z£% «i'5* ba-ru-ra a medicinal
fruit.

hjigs-pa I : ft vb. to fear,
be afraid, be terrified. Frq. both in old
and recent lit., also common in colloq.
In books occurs with the instrumental
case of the object : ^•jJvufcfWHrJr^'Jf
S|*r<*i<J|*i ^ fearing those who were able to
destroy the city; but in later writings
and in colloq. takes 1; p'H'^gc.'q*i'^-?i'ac
*8*PWJ*'J because her anger was arising,
he became afraid of the goddess (Mil.) :
K.'j$yC'&|**^f<i I am afraid of you,
thus he said. The form of the supine
seems to be <^<il«rg not iSflpw and is in
common use : *«w|^e.^ IT^I'W&^-g'
^c,q^n|c.iT ag it was pr0per to fear the
poisonous snakes in the trench, they filled
it (with water) (G. Sndg.). Intensive
forms of this verb are very frq. in early
lit., i£*J« being combined with either |")
or *?*•' or with both ; esp. common in the
Kah-gyur treatises: ^"l^'Kir^'!1; grew
afraid ; ^N-^E.-gi|-«E,- wa3 sore affrighted.

Qie*J|?rci II : sbst. fear, apprehension,
dread. Often with genit. case: W'Zffi'Mlflpl'ti
rgyal-pohi hjigs-pa standing in fear of
the king; J'^'fttflprflrgBTW^ because
free from fear of robbery, I am happy ;
p^fa^rq-Avnci^ when having no appre-
hension of expenditure, he felt happy.

Syn. UT1' slcrag-pa; ^l^'i dotjs-pa;
*f>W» dnafis-pa; |'T"* skyi-pyah;
ski/i-buti; qij^q bag-tsha-wa (Mnon.).

hjiys-skyobs ^ mehi...

59

458

cltad-pahi...

jtluhi...

S jig-by ed bsdus-pa

vnkhah-grohi. . .« «f'V3 mi-rgod-kyi. . . (Schr.) . (Schr.).

qtq]«-gu) hjig$-§krag fear, panic; also a *«pr§v»i Ejig$-byed-ma 1. n. of a

terrible object: ^I^'JPI'S'^' he has be- princess of the Yaksa or Noijin demi-gods.

come frightened.

(K. g. \ 130). 2. =

ngs-mkhaii one who is fright- (Mnon.).

the way to sin

ened.

hjigs-run-(wa)

T^, »?t«r fearful, loath-
some ; one of the names of the second son
Paudu liaja.

hjig$-bcas *wi, wfa with fear, OTTOWwr propitiating eight fearful gob-
possessed of fear. ^ns (Schr.).

niqpj-qjq-aiJi hjigs-bcas-lam a bad, unsafe
road (Mnon.).

hjigs-chum-pa, v. §*•'".
'* bjigs-ster *PRT (Kalac T. 152)

[inspiring fear, causing danger] S. <$flj»r«i hjigg-sa dangerous quarters or

nSq|«r^e.- hjigwdan wnfT fierce, terrible ; Plaoe'

also a term for wine. AflT*! h/igf-sa-che a place where

<£ii*rl! Bjigt-fde wW *fa*fa, wnraf there is much occasion for being afraid,

terrible, a name of the second Papdava, <&»|«rg-$c.-q-*< hjigf-su rut-wa-ma fWf,

also Bhishma. ^tro, »^n< •• n. of a goddess of fearful mien.

ntii*rflft*i hjigs-gnat 1. lit. a fearful ncr- T

, , , ,. KtK 1: hjm a mineral substance

mace : a cemetery, where dead bodies are ,

J ' applied on old sores,
left or disposed of. 2. = ^" frw wealth,

prosperity. Q,E£* II : seems to mean the midst,

Syn. V^'BS dur-khrod ; *%'*\V* ro-yi-pas as weu as the expanse, the whole bulk ;

(Mnon.) . j *ȣ S)-ǣE.- rgya-mtsho-ye hjin the whole sur-

hjigs-pa-can 1. fearful, timo- fttCe of the sea;

rous. 2. dreadful, frightful (Cs.).

cu-a = w*> ma-he

a buffalo.

hjigs~pa~med ^nra fearless.

hjigs-pa wl-byed the remo-
ver of all fears ; a kind or ruler ; also= gTS
a Jina, who removes all fears,

Syn. *fc-*%9 mihi mgon-po;
sa-bshi skyoil (Mnon.).

s.Seq?i'c)^A§^ hjigs-par-hyyur f^ft becomes
frightened; ^vwgS bjig$-par
fjW frightened.

^^'S^'g" hjigs-byed-$kye$
of Bhishma.

lut-hjam hjag-po mtsho hjin-hjug the smooth-
bodied Takshaka (snake) enters into the
midst of the lake.

hjin-pa also «K'«i neck, resp.
hjin-kyog a wry neck (Cs.) ;
' the nape of the neck (Jd.) ;
the back part of the neck (Cs.) ;
^mjfa (lit. sunk-neck) a short-neck (in a
man).

Q^EK?! hjins *ns?, TW the center, the
pith or <$«, 5'«*5-^e,« = 3'»)*5'«i9»« the
born depths of the sea; the centre of ocean
(Dag. 8).

459

' hjib-hthufi lit. that drinks as
soon as it is born=|T*r*T«i $kye§-ma
thag-pa an infant just born.

Q£^>cl I : hjib-pa or ^WJ pf. n^tw also
"fi«w (fshibs, fut. iV or «$q to suck, e.g., of
a baby ; w^'^wq to suck with the lips
(Dag. S) . HT^** to suck blood ; also to
blister.

i, cf.

to

QT3 II: or
relish, also to taste.

"^Q'S hjib-rtsi ace. to (7s. a syrup, a
medicinal plant.

Rtq-J>-ia\-g hjib-rt&i chen-po n. of a medi-
cinal plant ; it is said of it : F^fi'^'lf
^i&rcft-J^rfcr*?^ it cures inflamma-
tion of the liver and the teeth and diseases
of the mouth.

(^EJI'SJ hjim-pa qr^»T mud, clay, also
muddy water (Mnon.). ^"'g mud image
or statue. ^*TS|*' hjim-skon a small cup of
clay ; a crucible (Cs.). *t*rfl@flnj a figure
formed of clay.

i&rawq hjim-las-pa one of the four
classes of the rural people who make mud
houses ; those who work in mud, cultiva-
tors of the soil (Ya-sel. 55).

Qltarq hjil-wa 1. to shed blood. 2.
pf . flft* bcil, fut. «fl«l to expel, eject, remove,
turn off. §f "&5rq phyir hjil-wa to banish
out (noxious animals, vices, etc.).

]Ijil-na-$an river mentioned

in early history of India (K. my. f 198).

n a chair,

wooden stool; d8O=W^< hjah-ris colours
of the rainbow : t^'I'p'jI^W'&arSj'gq-ai*!
rdsins-kyi kha khycr-las hjil-li byas-nas (A.
18} a seat was furnished him by his being
carried on the deck of a vessel.

Q^'^l I: hju-wa vb. 1. pf. ^|N to seize,
grasp, lay hold of, with «l (Day. 8):
^tjai-q^'^'oi^i'q dpral-wahi mdah-la hju-wa
grasping the arrow (that was) sticking
in his forehead; *|3ip»rfl|3«t|.nvq taking
firmly hold of each other ; ««r<r^ ^|'q to
grasp by the hand (Jd.). 2. pf. 13*, fut. ^9
to melt, to digest ; w^i'n to digest the
food; *S'8Tq easily digestible;
difficult for digestion; I«
RX^-q^c.-§^-q^»i^-o)qm-wq^q^-q| whatever
has been eaten, drunk, or tasted with
perfect ease (pleasure) becomes well
digested.

^I'^l II: 1. digestion jH'^'iT hju-wa-
la-sgo the digestion is in order, is easy
(Med.}; *%%w%F-' the digestive power is
weak (Med. ; Jd.). 2. = ^-q a flea (Seh.).

^^1 1: &W, f" Stabs to plant, fix,
pitch ;<*i"I'^'ti hjug-bde-ica^wv^Q gtabs-
bde-wa easy to plant or to fix.

^1'^3^'^S'*1 hjug-hkhrun chod-pa to
make the last settlement, settle a thing
once for all.

n|fll'qg-q hjug-brgya-pa=.!sF\ glog »Wl<(vi
lightning ; banks, margin.

ilij'H&m hjug-nogs, ak n. of Vishnu ;
$'**» a ford, where one may cross a river,
also the margin of a river. •
hjug-ldog obstacles.

hjug-sdud for ^i^'^ f^fff* in-
sertion, also conclusion in a syllogism.

Q^Jj'tl I: h jug-pa JnR, 5lsT, f^Jt,
cpnH pf. and imp. SI" shugs 1. to go
into, to enter ; ^'^'"i'HT*1 to enter into
the water ; |'W^'*|f fl to start on the sea ;
a"4'^'Rl1'q to set out, start, to proceed on
a journey. Gen. ".IT" is used with the
termin. case, but sometimes it occurs with
"I : tl^'^iW^'Tt^ty.ihie blessing of

460

the reverend lamas I hare entered the
mountains (Mil. f> 278) ; wr«wvq"w
gE.d^| qwq|$dcqf)«r«rargo|»i and when they
had emerged from the first stage of Sam-
Ian abstraction (i.e., dhydna), they entered
into the second stage (Dsl.). In this
passage, we find the terrain, case employ-
ed : W'^ 'f^i '*''« Al"l when I feel
cold, I enter into the fold of the very
Void (Mil. "I 92). «fl-«r«rH1'q to betake
to pious works ; *W«fc-«m works that are
a consequence of having really entered
upon the practice of virtue, positive good
works; *«r«r*&*T{i=*«'ai'*«' to turn to
religion, to be converted; q^^-far^T*1
bstan-pa shig-la hjug-pato adopt a certain
religion, a certain doctrine. 2. almost
analogous to 1. is another common signi-
fication : to begin, to set about. Here
the vb. is always coupled to the participle
by "l : "SJ?t*'q'Q|'Harq to begin to think
upon; ft-<rari|fl|-ci to begin showing ; "iH
K-^f^«rwq^<nrfpr** having started
. utiroly exterminating one another (Jd.).
Q,^Q II: = %i8b8t. the going into,
the entering; the beginning; the first
stage of a disease (MA(j.) ; also can signify :
the incarnation of a deity.

Jljug-pa-bcu <Jii4dK the ten
incarnations of the Supreme Being
(Vishnu), viz., 1 JTWthe Fish. ; wm ffc
Tortoise ; ««| TO? the Pig ; S>5%c*| ^fg^the
Man-lion ; &VS*' 3TJT* the Dwarf ; |*| <r
^<H'5 SKB Krishna or rather his elder brother
Balarama; WSV*'*'P "TOQ^w Paras'u
Eama; j«J1{i'^»t'p un^*t Eamacandra;

5 Buddha; ^'I't" Kin-ghi rise
Kalki.

to fix. a^fli-^-af^Ti to convert a man,
to induce him to adopt a certain religion.
2. to appoint, constitute ; also to mani-
fest, place out, settle. 3. to command,
induce. 4. to permit, allow, suffer. In
last two senses with termin. case of root of
verb.

W'ta A>«0-p«-0«'(7 = *i3K<iiSfl! of one
opinion, of the same party; f")»r*S^ ; fq|»r

(Mnon.).

hjuy-pahi-pna$ met. house,
residence (Mfion.),

"I"! wO^'ti hjug.par Mod-pa to wish to
take up any work.

*&flr{K'9S'q hjug-par-lyed-pa to under-
take.

hjug-lija 1. road. 2. dwelling.

ifis (for
rifa %7J comet.

Q^l^'^ III : pf . IS"! (perh. also

Lex.), fut. *\§*\ (Rdo. 4-6), imp. ««I vb.
1. to put into, insert ; to infuse, inject ;

*. ava-

rice; avaricious (Dag. 8). 2. smr a
miser ; ^|c.wqf«^ hjufis-pa-can avaricious.

*fi '^•^'S ^ hjud-pa and more frq. *^'i
a secondary form of "^Q cf.

hjud-mthun-ma or
»rfiRii a prostitute, harlot.
(Dag. 8) ; ^'"SllS'*" hjuj-mthun byed-pa
to play the harlot.

^1^«|^ Ejun-hgar a tribe of Eleuth
•Mongols who invaded Tibet and destroyed
monasteries circa 1645 (ion. * 12).

Q^'^l hjun-pa pf. 15^ bcun, fut. ^
pshun (cf . ^ ftsAww, 9^ «/«/«) ace. to C7s., to
subdue, make tame ; to make confess ; to
make soft, to soften, to punish (by
words or blows) ; to convert. «w3«r<*|^'£rq
one who can tame by certain means or
strategy.

*!*'BS hjttm-khyad= 3*-^-n!f-q
to diminish, to become less (Stsii.).

461

0,1*1 'CJ hjum-pa or "^*w« pf. *%» bjum,
fut. "I9«, imp. $*, prop, to cause to shudder,
but is frq. as neut. vb. to contract ; •T(*l*''£<
contraction of the muscles, shrinking
(Sch.).

*^'*\fH*i Ejur-gegg n. of a kind of Yi-
dag whose throat is so contracted that
a drop of water can hardly pass through
it to quench his ever-burning thirst.

hjur-gyis suddenly, all at once :

na-bzahi phaij-na tshur dniil-gyi man-dal
k/iru gafi-pa shig hjur-gyis bton. from the
pocket of his robe he suddenly drew forth
a silver mandal tray one cubit square
(Hlrom. l!i).

R,^^'^ hjur-wa (pf. 1$* q.v.) 1. to draw
tight ; «|v w*3*;q to be entangled ; °\^
^5^1 wrinkled, as the skin is in old age ;
*|v*te| hjur-mig a wire-drawing hole or
vice. 2. = £»C*'1' to evade, to shun, to go
out of the way ; H^'*^ unavoidable (Jd.).

ql^'S hjur-bu the act of busying one's
self in worldly concerns and thereby re-
maining tied to them, *n-g<*-«8wiS'**w
K1, fr^w***'** (Lo. 40).

A/MS seized, held by the hand, v.

Q,E hje sometimes written for **§.

rq h)eb$-pa or «^w5 well
sounding, beautiful, handsome; also of
sweet sounds ; Sft'^i'W harmony, euphony
(Jd.).

^Swi hjem-pa also ^Iwci or <^««'ei 1.
dexterity, cleverness. 2. skilled, clever.

niv<*iflm Bjer-hjig? an ej>ithet of Indra
(Mnon.).

Q,E'Zp hjo-iva I;=^1'ti sgeg-pa WT^II
fascinating, charming, seductive. *f '«w|*r

playful, coquettish. ^'^"1 hjo-sgeg:
1. beauty, charm (Yig. 50). 2. a
coquettish, alluring posture; ^|Y*'!^'<*£'
^"p£i| the harlot places herself alluringly
(Jd.). *f'$vq hjo &ter-wa=cff*.''* giving
delight, charming (Mfion.).

II: pf. **&, fut. *[, imp.
to milk; w^S'rt'q to milk a yak-
cow. ^"V^f5-q hdotf-hjohi-ba ^n&^ a
cow yielding all desires ; a cow that gives
milk at pleasure.

<UT*f^ hjo-mkhan one who milks a
cow; also ^I'1'9 hjo-wa-po.
<UTt>'?5 hjo-wa-mo a milkmaid.
«,f '« hjo-ma a milch-cow.

Syn. ^'S ba-mo; Wl'§^ hbab-byed; "foN"
^Ii yofis-hjom (Mnon.).

"•£'•*] hjo-ya and ^rjj'tj'S^-Q hjo-$a-ka
chen-po are celestial flowers. =^j5'»)'^i| lhahi
me-tog flowers of the gods (K. d. ^ 156).

or

\'Q hjog-pa I:

trn ; pf . ^"1, fut. il^l, imp. %1 :
1. to put, pkce, make a place for,
settle; to assign: gS'^'^'^V^V^^ l1"^'
"I'lV^" (-4- 95) if you can employ
me I must do the work of an attendant.
awsj'^Iil'q to set one a task, to employ one
in a certain service ; r^'S^ie.'Q'P^T8!'^ i

•*3

to set up some person as false witnesses ;
^*war*Ii|-£i to bear in mind ; |^I«| 'I to
leave behind, to leave out, to put by, to lay
aside. 3fc'*|*flr«<f T*>S treasure and articles
were not put by. *pfer*E*r*ipq one who
hoards up wealth. 2. to leave, to leave
behind ; "J"I'|« an impression; ^e.'%'S«rnf "I '1
to leave one's own country; 5c.»rqv*i'qfl|«|'
<R so that it is not left to poverty;
if^e/q4jtV'^qr£' to leave offspring behind,
to propagate the species (Ja.).

462

'q II : pf. ^«pj, w», fut.
imp. ^""1 to cut, to hew, to square (a pen,
timber, etc.), to carve, to chip (a thin piece
of wood, etc.) (Jd.).

*fij-Zi JIjog-po=a*'>(ti JTOF n. of a
species of Naga or Lu. ^'^"1 cwfiwu
Taxila, n. of an ancient city in the
Panjah which was visited by Alexander
the Great. S-jTW^f <»] S Klu-rgyal
dgah-bo Sjog-po Naga-raja Nanda
Takshaka.

hjog-byedn. of a bitter medi-

* hjofi l.=$fs.- Icoti tadpole. 2.
a hoe, pick-axe: <*f=.'^ hjofi-chen, ?"]'?
a large hoe, also pick-axe : i^S'S'^'^'^'
^"ft*1 the hammer and hoe are both of
the devil (D.R.). 3. of egg-form
*Ta) (Dag. 8).

cinal plant.

'H hjon-po also hjon-hjofi oblong,
longish, oval, elliptical, cylindric, bottle-
shaped, etc. ; also applied to stature : tall ;
<*fE.'9*w^ oblong shaped, in relation to
leaves, cones of firs, etc. ; 'Nr^fc^n^1
T*^ slips > leaves split into narrow slips.
( Vai. tf.) ; ^awrilfe' an oval form (Jd.).

;? hjon-tse = ^i\'t a small low table
(used as dining table for a single person in
Tibet).

19).

w hjon-dmar=*m copper (K. du.

144).

hjoms »ra broken (Kalae. T.

hjoms-pa, pf. rt«, or
also of %«, fut. «ffi*i (Rdo. &6), imp. **«

to conquer, subdue, put down, sup-
press ; ^'**»w to root out a disease ; S^T
acRf*»i'£i to defeat in a war; jjfa^Iwrti
blo-mun hjoms-pa to keep down or suppress
a wicked person ; I^Mpr
to be quite overpowered by lust ;
i'^ tlie following overpowering (charm) ;
R¥»<«-WR§<, vfrma will be killed, des-
troyed ; *fStr9 an exclamation : I am
done for! (Jo.). 2. to oppress, tyrannize
over, plunder : *¥m>«AfWf«><r* as they
were on the point of plundering him.

were oppressed by the king were delivered.
From this verb is derived the well-known
appellation of Buddha, i?«'^^'^«, mean-
ing "he who, possessed of victory, has
passed beyond."

S i : hjoms-byed 1. a charm, a
magical formula. 2. an exorcist who
suppresses the vanquisher.

Syn. sis'2*'* rnthu-lo-che ; ^i'^'ti rdo-
rje hdsin-pa (Mnon.).

* *I*w§^ ii : imntJl the conqueror ; con-
querable (Kalac. T. 153).

<^fw|S'9 Bjomi-byed-bu the eldest of
the five Pandava brothers (Mnon.).

hjor^sfo*. 1. hoe, grubbing hoer
mattock, pick-axe ; ^'gi!*! the iron of a
mattock (Cs.). 2. the supine of *f'«i as in
•^'Jwfe hjor-gyis rko-wa to turn up
with the hoe ; "£*•'§ a small hoe.

n*va hjor-po a large mattock, spade ;
'^''3 tyor-yu the handle of the hoe.

0,601* CJ I; hjol-wa 1. to hang down,
^"'f 3 gos Ita-bu as of a robe, grament.
2. occurs for *|«r«i hbyol-wa to turn aside,
to make way.

463

II; a sbst. ace. to Cs.=<£v
*!=» hjol-hjol or flffil's gshol-wa train, trail,
retinue ; *I«r1f* hjol-gos or «I«i'^ hjol-ber
^T a linen cloth, a robe or garment with
a train ; il«r*^ hjol-can having a train ; fa'
WwJK**qi^(l pit on the protecting
robes of listening, reflection, meditation
(Mil. «|. 92).

n&r*¥«i hjol-hjol hanging belly or
paunch Ja. ; ("fvyg-w^-^- VZN'ai ^
like a flowing robe touching the ground
while walking) (Dag. 8).

"£*•% hjol-k hanging ; cf . g^'S or Ift'T

' hanging-belly, paunch.

Hjol-mo 1. a singing bird of
very sweet note, said to be abundant in
the juniper groves near Lhasa and in
Lhokha: «*rt^t^P*or^^f8irf1ff^ hjol-
tnohi gre-was tshans-pahi dbyans Ita-bu skyed
from the throat of the Jol-mo comes out a
voice-like that of Brahma. In Snd. Hbk.
mention is made of two species of Jol-mo :
ofar^l said to be a species of blackbird
identical with Merula ruficollis, and *E«T|g
a middle-sized piebald bird described as
white in colour with yellow markings and
with a daub of red behind each ear.

Met. Syn. g'^gw^ Ifia-tcahi dbyafa-
$nan • g'^'^^ yre-hgyur-mkhan • ^K'^topr
S^'^5 du§-tshifjs kun-hgro (Mfion.).

g^'iW r/an-ma=gc.'* store-room (Jd.).
ace. toe's, lean; gen.

rjib-la$ in W. — service done in
socage ; compulsory service in the fields,
on roads etc. (Ja.).

It S'

= 1 Vq rgud-pa ^nf^,

t TJe w^, ^n%, m lord, master,
superior, chief ; *)'|'^'5 his lordship, his
majesty ; a title of rulers and chiefs. In
Tibet this title is also applied to
ministers and to officials up to the
rank of •*/>•''$% Mdah-dpon (general) if ap-
pointed from among the hereditary nobles
of the land. ^I'S't'*^'^ yul-gyi rje
mdsad-nas having acted the part of a
sovereign of the country.

Rje Khri $gra

one of the kings of Tibet ( Tig.) ;
Rje khri-thog the reigning king (of Tibet).

Rje Dge-hdun-grub Gedun-
dub, the famous Lama of Lhasa who
founded the monastery of Tashi-lhunpo in
Tsang, and who was one of the most
distinguished disciples of Tsongkhapa.
Note : the title of Dalai Lama was not
assumed until 200 years later.

t's* rje-nar arfr the loin; but ace. to
Jd. the lower part of the leg.

* if K.'5'Xsfq5^-| Rje Ican-skya rol-pahi
rdo-rje or f E.-|IX«C£)5'^|5^q«4 Lcafi-$kya rol-
pahi rdo-rjihi-shabs (18B), v. Rolpahi
Rdorje.

fV^ rje-nid ^^r your lordship, rever-
ence.

Rjt-thog-rtsan n. of a king of
Tibet (Tig.).

trouble, danger, disadvantage (Dag. 8).

rje-wt, pf. *&*, fut. i|, imp
to change, barter, to give or take
in exchange: ^^ij'^'qt* it may be
changed for these; to shift, pass on;
articles of barter.

1. lord,
;'§^ he

|'2f rje-bo
master, ruler, king:

464

became sovereign of Tibet;
°*'t sa-yi bdag-po mi-yi tje the lord of the
soil, ruler of the people; t*W master
and servant ; I'?* master and slave ; I'M
king and minister; i*««l« TJe-ci hgs sir,
what for, why ? 2. a title of honour for
dreaded persons or deities.

Syn. "!** gtso-bo ; W9^ dmag-hdren ;

I rje-rigs the caste of the nobility ;
I the caste of the smaller lords, i.e.;
gentlemen.

Syn. "^'i^' brla-byun (sprung from the
loins) ; "frl* brla-skyes (loin-born) ; «'*1
sa-reg, IV^*!*1 rjehu-rig? (Mnon.).

I'^-g'l Rje Rin-po-che the epithet by
which Tsong-khapa is commonly known in
Tibet. His

rw

v-

t'w rje-ma=^^'M aoc. to -Cs. a lady
of rank ; I'* &•' young lady.

I » rje-mo t*tt mistress, lady.

l-q^ rje-btsun «F^ reverend, wor-
shipful. This title is applied to saints,
hermits, learned lamas, e.g., to Milaraspa,
the author and peripatetic teacher.

* ^'Q^A***y '^f'^Ji^ '^8f^i ^^ '5^ *^^^i Rjc-btsMtt
dam-pa blo-bzan bgtan-pahi rgyal-mt&han
Schr.

* t'z>Cili't;f|a( rje-btsim-dpal ^Hirt*
honourable sir ! (flutf. I8>48, SOI) Schr.

» |-q^ 5»w'i Rje-btsun byamg-pa orS»«<'
q-»(^a\-5 your beneficient reverence ! (1 A.)

Schr.

t'qtfV* rje-btsun-ma ^ lady who has
entered the order of ge-long-ma. Ap-
plied also to any very charitable or devout
woman. ^^f*^**%*^*Mfi^w
a'is\q*r*ȣi]''tr^q*<'^:-'^ to the feet of the
venerable lady who in her devotion to
the cause of religion and in beneficence
is unrivalled (Yig.k. U).

* |<q^i-w"l':|'^'5'^ Rje-btsun-ma kd-pa-li
, lt(l, A\ *i'q<fai'*)<W!*<'*4'If'5|'*< Rje-

tt*-* t* ^Lltr *-*••/

btsun-ma hphags-ma $grol-ma H^mT^rfT^r
^T am titles of the goddess Dolma
.(Ta. 2, 151).

.^ rje.8as=>(* deference, respect ; $'*'
to show respect, to pay one's respect.

•f IS'5' rjed-pa

brjed 1. to honour, reverence ; *&
to honour and worship; *V«ft-*« vener-
able, worthy of honour. 2. ^^frto for-
get ; ^t^'^'^61 " brjed-du hjug-pa to
make forget, to cause to forget: *xwv:
3|«-q|Y^ having gradually forgotten my
native land (Mil.).

!«^c.*r«^ rjed-nas-can ace. to Lex. con-
sulted ; by Jii. gfiia^fd ; forgetful, oblivious ;
Cs. gives instead of it IS'^'^.

tV$ rjed-chu draught of oblivion, water
of forgetfulness.

|V* rjed-tlu> list of notes, memorandum,
journal, note-book, etc.

rjed-rdo prob. memorial stone (Jd.).

rjed-byan specification or list
of goods, luggage, etc., which the Tibetans
mark with letters of the alphabet.

rjed-byed or tv!'V§'IIfa 1. a
demon that takes away the power of
memory. 2. VIWK epilepsy.

tV3*1 rjed-zas the meal of forgetfulness
(Cs.) ; any food that produces oblivion.

465

^*^ rjen-pa «ro, ^l%^f 1. stark, bare,
naked; *Ft^' bare-footed, unshod; W
I^Wflfirq to go bare-footed; "l^'t^'
^V" gdofi-rjcn-du $dod-pa to sit with
unveiled face; "f'l^1 with uncovered
head; Ji'l^'i rgyab-rjen-pa naked back-
side; t^wOfafl to strip perfectly; V*1
1^ quite naked (Sch.) ; wg't^'q ral-gri rjen-
pa a naked sword; «r|^'«i the bare
ground, an uncovered ground ; t^'^ un-
disguised, obvious to the understanding,
manifest. 2. raw, not roasted or cooked ;
^w|^ red raw meat; w|^ butter not
melted; ^«'tl raw barley, not parched;
also the meal of it ; 3't^ buck- wheat meal
(Sch.). 3. unripe (chiefly from Jd.).

t^ rjen raw; -*|'I«i 1. raw meat. 2.=
r9fw*>vi a naked person (Dag. 8).

Syn. "|3f '3 gcer-btt ; J^'i rkyan-pa ; \H'&^
*ftf*'**i gyegl-me& (Mnon.).

rjen-btags raw barley er peas
ground, without being first parched.

I^'E rjen-phye unparched barley, pea,
or wheat flour (Rtsii.).

t^"!** rjen-rigs victuals that may be
eaten raw (Cs.).

rjen-sag uncooked meal or victuals.

t^ tjes has primarily the significa-
tion of a mark left, an imprint made on the
ground ; and this meaning is more exactly
expressed in such terme as *f.'t*» rkafi-rjes,
a foot-mark, the trace of one's foot and
*Tt* the impression or mark left of one's
hand, hence fig. an action or deed. 2.
However, from this the primary sense of
|« there is derived the second and more
ordinary signification of the word, i.e.,
that which comes after, that which follows,
the consequence. Hence we obtain the
most common usage of all, namely its use

as an adv., signifying after, afterwards ;
and the postp. |wg, |«'«i, or simply |<n,
meaning after, behind, &c. i*rs'*3j'*i to
follow ; -«j-qS-!»rarqgwSc pursued after
the stag. Also, conjunction ^'|« there-
fore, consequently. 3. the hinder-parts,
v. Pth. 270, line 6.

iw'Bipro rjes-khugs-pa *j«prw to recall
or find out afterwards.

I^'HS rjes-khrid i[%, f%« certainty,
sureness. ,

|*('g'|q'i to recover, to re-acquire, v.
!«'« (8&«. 110).

|«'^2T« rjvs-dnos real.

rjes-g.cod=§ knife (Mnon.).

rjes-cod-pa ^I^%? 1. ace. to
Sch. to destroy, blot out, efface a track or
trace ; in Med. to eradicate the trace of a
disease, to cure thoroughly. 2. to separ-
ate, disjoin. 3. In W. ace. to Jd. to fol-
low a trace or track, to find or t o come
upon the track.

t*r*i|*i rjes-c/iags ^rgK^R attachment,
attached; compassion.

Syn. |o'fj'«i|' rjes-su-brtse ;
rje. ^f"lN'£J hgrogs-pa (Mfion.).

|«-wi»i-| y'es-ohags-tkye=tHfc**\ or
*"I eulogy, praise (Mnon.).

rjes-hjug 1. a final consonant,
the ten finals, i.e., "I, «.', \ \ q,
"> S ^> a|> "> which are affixed to others to
form a syllable or word. 2. adj. following,
subsequent; ^'^wrlWfTlWf^ all the
following generations.

|«-q^ rje$-brjod ^341^1 imitative
words; a copy; also postscript, anything
said or written afterwards; an after-
expression.

i*r1«i|*rq rjes-§negs-pa to follow after
(in Sikk.).

^t'* afterwards.
60

466

|*rjqfq 1. cessation of meditation to take
food, but no more of it than is absolutely
necessary for preservation of life. 2.
ir^w, *jg<di«i profit, gain. 3. to find the
track.

|«r*3^«i rjes-mthun-pa i&nn (A. K
III. 38) to make similar, to adjust after-
wards.

|wy rjes-dran ^gqtfff remembrance,
recollection.

|*r«ftv rjes-gnan ^I^ITT, ^Hffl, «t*ifo,
permission, leave, consent.
rjes-pa, v. I" rje-wa.

rjcs-dpag 1. V5»TT5t conjecture,
guessing or guess. 2. consideration,
deliberation. 3. aoc. to Was. a syllogism
consisting of three propositions.

|wngi.- rjes-hbran ^JTH a follower,
an adherent.

!«r« rjes-ma 1. ^TW last, final; the
final one. 2. sometimes for |« rjeg. 3.
the hinder part (Cs.).

Syn. 3'* phyi-ma ; \*-'» rtift-ma ; S'-^
a ; *1T*< rnjug-ma •
id; |«'?J'|«i rjes-su tgrub
(Won.).

I"'*S rjes-tned without leaving any
traces, trackless; t«'*)\<£«r<i to destroy
without trace being left.

|«'nS( rfe$-hdsin acquirements; accom-
plishments : i<r*rH«*<*f «%*im'*

9** rjet-hdsin rig-pahi yan-rtse-hdi natn-yafi
mi-nams these acquirements— the summum
bonum of knowledge — can never fade.

|*rniv rjes-fyzun ^&r% the taking or
receiving at last ; a favour or kindness
done (A. K. XXX. 3).

|«'^« rjes-fes ^4«M, ^g^fF know-i
ledge ; knowing after.

|*r?i rje?-su adv. afterwards,

v rnthun-

v. i«'|« rjes-skyes, V$3l a
younger brother ; also 3fTT a deed, act.

t^'S'ljft rjes-su khyod sit?WT a statue,
representation; a figure representing
some person or deity.

t*r<}' <wjn|q-q rje$-su-hgiig$-pa to recall ;to
summon ; to order to do according to one's
instructions.

twg'fllft rfcf-sit-bgrod gone behind,
followed.

tN'yMfi'i rjes-su hgro-ica v^l to follow,
go behind ; to imitate.

ti'S'S^'51 rjes-su hsgrub-pa ^«§f^yi»t lit.
doing after an order ; following, obeying.

|«'»j'l»l<fI> rjes-su georf=met. a knife
(Mfion.).

atttachment ; ^^J^W attached, fond of ;
t»r»J'*1*''fl**i with love or fondness ; also
fl^JT with motion, or force.

|«'»j'^«il»i rjcs-su-hjigs=^^'c> hgyod-pa
a repentance (Mnon.).

I^'g'^ll'i rjes-su hjug-pa ^i^j«if< or
fig«rf<<^, ^g^fff imitation; imitator;
follower.

tN'Sj'^mwg rjes-su rtogs-par bya ^r^-
HfRJ should ponder on, consider, reflect
upon.

i«'?J't'?^'cl rjes-su bstan-pa ^H^irrffin
orders, ruling instruction ; l*p'^- or i*)'5J'
l^^-q precepts, instructions left (Mnon.) ;
in colloq. »^'<^^'§'>'!' mgo-hdren bycd-pa
to instruct a disciple in spiritual learn-
ing ; also to protect, patronise.

t«'<J'5f»i rjes-su-thos qjg^jrtj hearing after-
wards, anything heard after.

t^'SJ'*^'" rjes-su mthun-pa
regular, harmonious ; faith. |«'*J

six regular virtues : — (1)
if^ resignatio^

467

to natural consequences; (2) t
^^<l character; (3) t*J'?J' *#=-•"
disposition to view a thing properly ; (4)

mi-mthun-pa
discordant, in contradistinction to another.
rjeg-su brtse-tca ^^thMii to

remorse; (5) ^gS'" hgyod- pity; to favour out of compassion (Mnon.).

pa

as bad acts ; (6)

sorrow for good as well

r/eg-su tshol-wa

S'l rjes-stt Mod-pa searching after ; ^nprrfsj imploring help,

right ambition.

JN'SJ'^'" rjes-su rfr«»-pa,=t«'^
subjects of recollection, which are six : — (1)
«mr|q-t*r?j'^'£i^i<j^fr the remembrance
of the Buddha ; (2) W|*rg'vri q^l^fi
the remembrance of the Dharma ; (3) ^*
^'I"'5'^'{| «ifiti«*|fa the remembrance
of the Sangha ; (4) C«i JEJwt^'S'^'i ^rr-
<jqrfa the rememberance of religious duty ;
(5) fl|K«ri«-*ra'«i «*li«H4<%fr the recol-
lection of renunciation ; (6)

the remembrance of the gods.

rjes-su-ldan wt^
habituated.

i«r*}'flpje.'q rjes-su ffnan-wa, v.
rjes-su bgtan-pa to propound ; to grant
religious instruction.

iN'g'yji] rje$-su-dpa(j or S^ij ^.JHIH to
weigh, to deliberate upon.

iN-fj-^'i rjes-sti spyod-pa^w^'^'Q
or ^^'''•g6-' (Mnon.) to perform or practise.

favour, etc.

|*T5j'1**' rjes-su-htsho 5=)+, i*nu being
supported or backed by another, main-
tained or favoured with sustenance.

i*)'5J'|"IN rjeg-su-shugs vfsre involved
with.

t*r$j'*)'<*l^-£j rjes-su mi-hdsin-pa not re-
taining ; not retentive.

Syn. *)'^ mi-hdsin; ^'ef.'vyn de-nan-
hgal (Mnon.).

|N'g'Ri^'£| rjes-su hdsin-pa 1. ^t^gmt to
follow (one in reading or in making a
practised, speech, etc.) ; to welcome or receive kindly.
2. to believe ; to have the impression of,
to retain.

Syn. i5j'W«J|^ mnon-par-bskyed
(Mnon.).

i«'«J'o)'*,c.'P rjes-su yi-ran-wa to rejoice
in ecstasy.

g^'^'q^'i rjes-su byad-pa ^^KSZJT*)
to explain ; explanation, description.

rjes-su slob-pa ^^^r teach-

rjes-su-hphrog-pa ^^^ to ing according to another's system.

deprive, to plunder, to rob, to snatch. >J. , T.

-c a pf. and fut. *Is, to say, to

from a book) ; pronounce,

hgyur-tca

to do like another,

recite

to imitate ; imitation.

i«'g'*|c''1' rjes-su hbyun-wa
ing, thinking.

fi-wa

feel-

utter, e.g., a charm or magic formula;
to annouce, promulgate (Sw a religious
doctrine) ; to enumerate, set forth, °)i|*rq
or $*ri the good or bad qualities, actions

JJv ° etc. ; to treat of a subject in writing,
after ; usage, custom (Butt. 18&8, 291).

t*r?J'c*gc-'t' rjes-su Hbran-wa ^l^<^ to
follow.

rjes-su hbr&l-wa

dpal-brjid glory, halo, splendour, lustre ;
to "IS'S*"'*1^ brjid-kyis brjid shines with

adore, to worship.

still greater brightness.

468

lus-

trous, refulgent ; very able and accom-
plished.

ut^-awprci brjid-chatjs-pa=m'i^v'11 or "»V
"!«•* (Dag. 8).

«t\fa brjid-non bringing another
under one's power by the spell of speech,
learning, or force of character ; subduing
one by will-power or by the fascination of
one's charms, &c. *qfl'«t^^TM*' yofi-
fdud brjid-non che-$in (Rtsii.).

^fcS'^ ktJi4-Pa to shine, glitter.

walking with a dancing gait (J^non.).
^t btje vftz^ sbst. change, barter.

''I''1 brje-tca to be absorbed in thought ;
q| q -y,-$ti 5'%*w behaviour after the man-
ner of a Bodhimttva whose self is lost in
the thought of the well-being of others.
As a vb. ^&rZ|-«<^^-qi'q to change, transfer,
barter property.

q| 5 brje-bo a making up, a compens-
ation by barter; q|'H'5«V=i to exchange,
to give an equal measure in bartering, e.g.,
of salt for barley, &c.

q|-»ii*w brje-mtshami taking over office,
when a new officer takes charge of a post
from an old officer (Rtsii.).

it's brjed= i^'" bfkud-pa oblivion.

q|^c.'q5'R$'q brjed-na-wahi htshe-wa the
danger of forgetting.

q|\c,wq brjed-nas-pa JjftMwfr one whose
recollection (memory) has been robbed.

that which has been forgotten in reference
to a religious discourse »(K.d.*36fr.
"tV* brjed-tho memorandum.

Syn. *A'f dran-tho ; "IVS^ brjed-byan
(Mnon.).

tfrTftjjpn brjcd-t/io-btagg-pa to keep a
memorandum ; wstv«$'|vT«flivti to keep
note with a view not to forget a thing :
r?F«^*f|^40Mr^«W«ivrqppl the
lord (Atis'a), being pleased with the won-
derful account, took a note of it (A. 50).

^t^'^ brjed-pafimfa, wnjfl^r to forget.
Stated by lamas to be the correct spelling
of IV

brjed-pa mcd-pa

without forgetfuhiess, oblivion.
_ ^v-

^E^'^S brjcd-sprod-proib. mis-spelt for
"tVlfS brjid-iprod. to give or make over
charge of an office or duty.

"IS §S brjed-byed ^trenx forgetfulntss
(Zam. 11).

"tVlS'S'4!1^ brjed-byed-kyi pdon demon
who brings in forgetfulness (Mfy. 77,
79).

q|e^-j|e.-q brjcd $byan-wa to recall to the
mind what has been forgotten and to
retain it by exercise.

brj'es-pa pf. of "|'i q.v.

'trjod 1»TTT<!, ^Tfta (f*nrf?H Kdlac.
T, 101) speech, clear expression ; a phrase,
utterance. qfv5»r$'«K'q vb. to be inex-
pressible. ^5'*)e.'^*rqlV*)'aK' one cannot
mention or enumerate each by its
name : qfv5*''$'aie>'*w'gv»)'q^ brjod-kyig
mi-lan-wahi phyir mi-bkodl do not write it
down, because it is impossible to relate
everything (Jd.).

qlY3*i«r 1Uq brjod-uams-tshig = ^fl|'qa«.'Zi'
»J^'q tshig bzafi-po med-pa bad language,
vulgar speech.

1. indescribable, inexpressible, ineffable ;

469

rfc record-
ing what is unspeakable. 2. (9F") n. of a
number.

"IS1^ brjod-do ^Rsaid, described.
q|^-q^q brjed-bde-wa agreeable speech ;
also one able to speak with facility.

"IV^S brjod-hdog ace. to Schtr. a
mere supposition.

qfV<r^ brjod-pa-yin stflia it is said,
related, v. IV" rjod-pa.

qf^-tK'^-q brjod-par hdod-pa wishing
to speak; also fo<w to desire to talk of
one's own self, conceit.

iIV'K'S'1' brjod-par bya-wa ?r«in fit to
be spoken ; ^'wg^'ti brjod-par byed-pa
3% to speak ; sbst. <<nj* a speaker.

"IK'S brjod-bya=*fi don meaning; qr^r,
?rw, Vf, ^fH§*T, qfxsfa an expression,
anything said ; an attribute (Zam. 11).

"IVS'*^ krjod-bya-can=*tf&\ don-can
possessed of meaning ; explainable.

^'S'Sf^ brjod-bya-ldan ^rsr, ^JCRT met.
a child.

''IS'S'gi brjod-bya - bral = lIVS'*1^
^l«ir^ that cannot be said, or described.

"IV SS'?1^ brjod-byahi-rtags sign of
expression ; TOJSTJT begging back.

"T'S'a^-fq brjod-byahi-rab, ^^v\ s^M-
^Nr fit to be proclaimed, praiseworthy.

q|^-ft-q^-q brjod-mi bde-wa one who is
not able to speak well.

"K^ brjod-med 1. the unspeakable,
the transcendental. 2. a speech not ear-
nestly meant ; empty words, mere talk.
3. gp«r«flw n. of a very large number.
W^4Vr|pr<qMlV4ft« dpag.thag-g.Aii dan
brjod-med-ffni$ ( Ta-sel. 57).

qf^qjE.- brjod-bzan=$w^ or «i«i'Qse.'
good speech, also a good speaker; good

delivery (Mnon.). wffipl^ synonymy,
explanation of words ; imagery. wS^'qf^
praise, eulogy ; ace. to Sch. invocation of
a deity. *-q|^ complimentary expres-
sion, adulation, ^•^•q^-q acc. to Schtr.
preface, introduction; acc. to Jd. in 0.
to approve, commend, sanction; acc. to
Was. the title of a book called ^<M<JJ|,
class of gatha delivered by Buddha out of
joy.

iIV""* brjod-yas (SH«) n. of a large
number.

J Ijag-ma fine satin generally
spread on cushions used by the great of
Tibet.

-mo g.M-ga n. of a state
grove in Tibet (Rtsii.).

^^ IJags resp. for f Ice
the tongue; |ip»'3«-«q-^-q
chab-hdor-wa to spit, to spit out;
Ijagt-chab spittle, saliva; f|«r«S"|N Ijags-
dbugs breath, g^'3-^-g Ijags-kyi dwan-
po 1^qft%«T the organ of taste, the
tongue.

Syn. X'<^ ro-hdsin; f Ice (Mnon).
f ij^-q|dj-q ljag$-bnen-pa= gij»i'q|«'£) &ag$.
bzlas-pa to ejaculate charms or mantras.

|K' Jujafi also spelt, gs.*» a place one
day's journey to the west of Lhasa.

H-qjj-3)»r«i%si lij'an-bkra-fis dgon-pa n.
of an ancient monastery in Jang (Deb. frO).

g=."3 Ijan-gu green (light).

%*•'*. IJan-ja also called ^-ri^ Ijan-ja-
pa-ri green tea, exported from the Chinese
district of Kang-tse Eapak situated on
the confines of Tibet (Rtsii.}.

f*'y IJan-duH in W. acc. to Jd. solid,
not hollow ; it also prob. signifies, bar-
silver, "i.e., silver beaten.

470

t-jj Ijafi-gkya greenish-white.

^'B IjaH-khu, also spelt g^'

green (Z%. 8).
Sf^'B IfaA-khra party-coloured on a
green base ; different colours on green
back ground.

8F' 11 IJafi-nag 3H«jgi«<d blackish-
green.

IjaA-dmar greenish-red.
IJaft-ser greenish-yellow.

IK'^I IJaA-pa adj. 1. green, not ripe. 2.
green corn in the first stage of its growth,
green leaves of barley and oats. 3.
silver-plate, pure silver : "ftT^f e^'^**'
«ft- yw2|fl|-»j-jm dnul-gyi IJaft-pa de-rnamf
gad-sky ibf yig-tu gbat they concealed the
plates of silver in certain crevices of the
cliff (A. 1^1).

Syn. Wfto'i ma-smin-pa; ~£*f** sno-sant;
ib (%Aon.).

^'9 Ijati-bu the seedlings of rice, when
they grow a foot high and are fit to be
transplanted; greenness, verdure (grass,
foliage, shrubs) ; <'jp.'«i a green leaf, also
having a green leaf.

^t-'Z IJaA-bu.

mo a district in Lithang
beyond Kham.

il'^^i Han-lJin TfW? defilement,
filth, dirt, dust, sweepings: iipiprVwfT
^1'H«'5«'^3'^'^ for washing off by conse-
crated water the defilement and the mucus
of lust (D.R.).

|P Ij'ab in W. flat, plain, even (Jo.).
g^'^q Ijctb-ljab a large number.

»v

S /;»=! sbst. «rc heaviness,

l'^' Iji-tin heavy, depressed, as if
pressed with a stone : f^^-gonrl'Ifc-i^-Sfc-
^»rf'5'm Stonpa's mind having become
depressed, he said to the lord (A. 115}.

1 1 1Ji-wa or | % Iji-mo adj. 1. wfK, ^
heavy, weighty. 2. a flea.

g *K IJi-med light, not heavy.

US" jn tjid-g.twn also l^'^l Ijid-non
^nsj oppressive.

fKl Ijid-can heavy ; §S'^'1' Ijid-clie-wa
very heavy.
e\
^ ^'^ Ijid-pa ^^W heaviness, weight :

fl|^-^ -|i^£j-^»«cq-«;!|f*i ffucr-dafi Ijid-pa nam$-
pa-dgot it must be weighed up with gold
(Ja.). ^e''itv'3*w'c' de-dad Ijid namg-pa of
equal weight, equal in weight : $«'«*rtr*^'
Jl'g'V'W Ii<(-tham$-ca4-kyi Ijid-phab he sat
down with the whole weight of his body
(Os.) ; I'V^'to Ijid-ci-tsam what is .the
weight of.

|^ ljur prob. for |^ Idur.

X3

•v

f ^'^ ljen-pa to enter, to penetrate;
Sf'orf^'ti 6fo-fo Ijen-pa to be perceived, under-
stood; *1'g1 tshon-ljen a dye or colour
penetrating and remaining fixed in cloth,
etc. (Ja.).

|V«^ fttaWhr«WSFV'%lV mdah-dofi-
gi dar a scarf that is used to cover a quiver ;
|c.-«^-^'ng Ijon-dar rer hbru bre (5) of corn
for each scarf (Rtsii.).

Ijons 1. = *1<5F a cultivated valley ;
sman-gshon or a^'gc.*i sman-l/ons a
valley of medicinal herbs. 2. a province
or district ; fM'^3 Ijons-chen-po a large
country ; p'TJ^i'ff'W Kha-wa-can-gyi Ijofa
femq^fo the snowy provinces. t'.V'
ffe« mu-gehi Ijofis starving country, a poor
country where food is scarce.

471

mgs-ljons woody district.
Ijons-mi rnams provincial people.
^'*i IJons-su rgyu-tca to rove about :
*C*p«y|T<W slob-dpon dse-ta-ri #0*9-
rgyur byon-pa$ when the teacher Jetari
was roaming in the district (annR), i.e.,
at a place round about his monastery
after the summer recess (Snity. ffc'
S^'i Ijons-rgyur-wa the time at the end
of the summer confinement in the monas-
tery when monks are allowed holiday to
roam about in the country.

!jon§-gstim 1. SJf'^'wSwR-JC^'ojur
Mo-nub mtshams-na sbas-yul
Ebras-mo Ijons on the south-western con-
fines (of C. Tib.) is the hidden country
of Ebras-mo-ljons (Demojong or Sikkim).
2. *V''*MrrfrVran"?fK* nubJya*
mtshams-na sbas-yul Mkhan-po-ljon$ on
the north-west boundary (of C. Tib.) is
the hidden country of firs. 3. ge.'-<]v
•*«T*n8«VWiMl byafyar mtshamt-
na$ sbas-yul Lun-g.sum-ljon$ on the north-
east boundary (of C. Tib.) is the hidden

country of the three valleys. (KathaA.
168). Note:— Hue's San-chuan.

^**

f ^ ^ lion-pa an immortal paradise, or
country of the gods, jfrtfrwi a sublime
forest.

n 5^ ^; jpj atree.
a magic tree in Dewachan.

Syn. JJK«'% Ijon-pa-fiH • uwi^-jaj yal-gaf.
can; *V«fl hdab-ldan ; np-^- rkan-hthun;
itp-wnjv rkad-pae-MuH; §acw|*i rlan-
las-skyes; «v*jc chur-mi-lhun ;
rtse-mo-can • «!f-^-«aj mgo-ldin-can • «wj'fl
yal-ga-hdsin;'^^^ hdab-ma-can; ^^^
phufi-po-can • M5'<tff«l hgro-hgog ; *%'^ hgro-
med; |=.'|« sten-$kye$ ; *'$* sa-sfyes ; W«f
^«i yal-ga-hbrel (Mnon.).

f^-ti-qn- Ljon-pa-lun n. of a district in
Kong-po in South-Eastern Tibet.

the deodar a tree.

ing magic tree

Ijon-fin rtsa-chas a branch-

^ fia I: the eighth letter of the Tibe-
tan alphabet corresponds in sound to the
Sanskrit *r. The sound of this letter, when
followed by «, may be heard in English
in such words as neuter, new, &c.

^ II : in general Buddhism this letter
signifies *fi'*A wisdom, knowledge (K. my.
1207); in Tantrikism: Miwq"i-*T,
a-q-A^wunravafi! na is the symbol of
passive existence ; being free from action
it leads to Nirrina (K. gu. * M).

^ III : syrnb. num. for eight.

na-ner n. of a number *&*'*$'
' I (Ta-sel 57).

IV: »?k, ^frfrtr, wNf, w* the
general term for a fish; means also the

'

egg-born, the fixed ; jprHfrii*^ the king's
table fish ; v^'9 an eel (Cs.).

Syn. sT^'S" igo^-skyes, *«| •ect mg
mi-hdsum-pa, MJ'^ hgro-ldan, */»'*$ rnam-
hphyo, $•*«!«'$ ina-tshogs rgyu, «l<Ksr$<T
&( g.ser-gyi mig-can, $w$'*Cq chus m-
Mshub, «^y« chur-tal, ji^' rgyab-rin
(Won.).

}'3 na-kyu, described as ^'^-^'gflm'a
na hdsin-pahi Icags-kyu, iron hook for
catching fish.

Syn. y"fap* na*hbig?, 3'^ ny-hdsin, ?")»<•
5 Icags-kyu (flLnon.).

3'Ji na-rkyalihe bladder of a fish (Cs.).
i na-$ki/ogs=fi'*('11 gills (MM.).

3'H na-khra probably Pandion haliaeius,
the osprey ; but in W. is the n. given to
Polioaetus humilis, Hodgson, also of
Polioaetus ichthyaetus ; two species of grey
fishing eagle.

VBq'^ na-khrab-can carp; ?'Sq'^ na-
khrab clien sturgeon (Sch.).

VWW* na-4gra 4kar-mo=I\'^'*\**
dkar-ka ma a species of white crane, a fish-
eating bird (Rtsii.).

3'J na-rgya ^ranr a fishing net.

y"^-»i-^qp fta ni-ma dgah «'^ra lit. sun-
loving fish, i.e., that basks in the sun.

Syn. *«I«'5'5JV9 tshogs-kyi srad-bv, ^i
dol (Won.).

}' 51 na-rgyab coping, covering of the
top of a wall ; ace. to Jii. earth heaped
up (like the back of a fish) on the top of the
outer walls of a house.

3'^t.' ua-syon fish-spawn, roe of fish.

9'|w na-lcibs Jcfasrr 1. mother-o'pearl,
a kind of oyster. 2. fish-gills (Cs.). 3. n.
of a medicinal root : |'|«r*w1kr4-|«r*J( na-
Icibs me$-tshig chu-gkyem Msho the root of
na-cib heals scalds and blisters.

y|q*i-|-|a,-q| fia-lcib? kyi fmin-hgyu
head ornaments made of mother-o'pearl
used by women of rank in Kham.

y|q»rjiffl|1«ilvJto'ti na-lcibs khog-par gminpa
may be taken to indicate S'^ the pearl.

y|£iw5<q'«!ft*c|*i na-lcibs pa-phog nam-
$kye$ syp^^l-ai lit. the sky-born pearl-seed.
Ace. to the common belief, drops of rain
falling in the mouth of river-mussels
become converted into pearls.

473

na-dol *jr^f, uifd<!?l fishing-net.
y^at'fl na dol-pa a fisherman ; such as
those living on the southern shores of
Yamdok Tsho.

Syn. §1'^ $kyal-c/ien, ?&*.' na-hchin,
dra-wa hdsin, y%wn$'H na-yi$ htsho-
wa (Mnon.).

?"*& na-dog a load of fish.

?'|" na-phyig ufo mother-of-pearl ; an
oyster shell ; it is believed that any food
or drink kept in a vessel of mother-of-pearl
never becomes poisonous.

^il*J na-hbigs fishing hook; ^*F§S
?«, v. $'3* a kind of wild duck (Mnon).

yD^-laj-Q na-mid cften-po n. of a
sea-monster ; ftfT*S^'*>'i«f 'I*WW I
taking the form of the sea-monster called
ffa-mid, he obstructed our passage. 9'HfV
*)«^-q-uie.-*<?fq|«}E.' he said : — " we also saw
the Sa-rlon mid chen-po " (A. 16).

9'S na-mo a female fish.

na-mohi fttf= ?3-jprJi.
9 3fc na-tsher fish-bones (Sch.).

ya*( na-san Jfq^imT 1. n. of an aquatic
monster, perhaps the crocodile. 2. an
aquatic bird, a fish-eater.

na-gfog the fin of a fish ((7s.).
no-sag fish-scale.

y*"| na-sog the saw-like fringe on the
back of a fish.

^ V : ace. to <7a. 1. tendon, sinew. 2.
in colloq. mark left by a blow, a weal ;
in W. yiFJ* the blow has left a weal. 3.
ace. to Sch. a lock. 9'"^ the four
muscles, viz., those of the arms and the
calves of the leg. 9'f na-chu tendon,
sinew; perh. also a large nerve in the

nape of the neck. y<^"l na-log a contrac-
tion or wasting of the sinews (Mnon).

^ VI : itfimft, sft**T, TTf%^ the
day of the full moon ; 9'*« a day in the
increasing phase of the moon ; 3't^T%T<1<
on the sixth day of the moon; 9'«p.'
na-gafi the full moon; y|c.'q ^f$»n
full moon; filled with fish; 9'f* na-
rgyas (a'" zla-wd) the full phase of the
moon; ?fa na-ston trrw^N? a festival
observed on a full-moon day.

9'H* na-khrar a kind of brick tea.

3'i Ra-khri p. n. the youngest son of
king |'3»cq^-q Digum-teanpo.

9'"? na-ga or W nag a steel- yard.
3* na-bo body, figure (Sch.).

^'*J na-ma I : ace. to Sch. mistress of
the house, house- wife ; hearer of a lama,
without being a regular disciple (<7a.).

na-ma pho-mo rnams hearers,
male and female.

9'*J II: 1. in the colloq. of C. a
woman ; the word occurs in the Gurbum
of Mila-ras-pa where it applies to a lady
who helped the saint. 2. in Amdo colloq.
the vagina.

$a-mo gan$ n. of a snowy
mountain in Tibet to the north of Palpa
in Nepal.

na

=.Q*\'* a bride.

Syn. ^-ZiS-yr^-w dan-pohi rdul can-
ma; jf'**frq khyo hdam-pa (Mnon).

^'^ na-ra care; 9'^'§«^'{' to take care
of, to provide for a person, to keep a thing
safe ; cf. iKf.

61

474

•^'^'^'^ na-ra no-re weak, fragile,
frail.

y^ fta-ri n. of a place situated to the
north-east of Tashi-lhuupo.

3'^fll ua-lhoy n. of a disease.
ntca-sul, defined in

t-iJ)-i[jfq3'V«&'9i sems-can gan-run-gi rkan-
pahi nwa-yi sul the muscular ridges of the
legs of any living creature.

?fi\ nay 1. v. ?'*!• WIK' one measure on
the steel-yard=4 sran and 1 fAwr=four
and one»fourth ounces. 2.=W- 3. also
9T*J or Vl'H*4 notch, indenture; *'*i'g'oi
9«l-«T««i having multifold leaves, like those
of caraway (Jd. ; Vat-sit) ; W^V not
cleft, .not indented. 4. of wool, HH^fr*
hdren~pa to draw out into threads, to spin

in obstinately ; VTJ*'
)»7i>TW^'i to send anything obs-
tinately, not listening to any one.

91' SI nag-skyag =•¥*'*! in Sikk. dialect:
fl|jjc.'«E.'»ai'$a]'Ej1'iijfl]'y]'5ql'£i5t Vfa should only
press the application to be permitted to
send the Nan-chan (proposal-wine for
marriage) .

nay-gciy =!*'*> alone, the only:
' the only refuge is
(in) Qkon-mchog gtso (ILbrom. P 88) : *w
jN'3*|' *$*\ only Buddha (Jd.).

91-« nay-ma smgle ; B'W* tpu nay-ma
or |'")'?'I1'*) a single hair.

nag-nig filth, dirt (Sch.).

various, of

different kinds.

with mud). 2. confusedly, speaking
irrelevantly ; also contradicting one state-
ment by another.

nag-thag thread, chain (of gold or
iron), cord for stringing turquoises (Jd.).

nag-mthil scale of a steel-yard.
1'K, nag-rdo the weight of a steel- yard.
1'%' nay-fin the beam of a steel-yard.

l|'2| nag-pa notch, indenture = 3f'?"l
notch or hole in the nose, or a notched
nose (Snin).

>f y*<| ^ nay-phran=»^ SIT an ar-
row ; ace. to Cs. a beam, a pole.

?^j"»J natj-mo ace. to Sch. a woman.

^1 A Rag-re 1. n. of a place in Kham
(Lon. * 9). 2. single.

^flj'Xe.' Rag-ron n. of a small principality
ruled by a petty king in Kham.

9T$ Rag-k n. of a place in Tibet.

^C* Ran the district of Tsang of which
Gyang-tse is the chief city. It is sometimes
spelt *jF Myah signifying tasteful, sweet
(on account of its water). So in Mil. "1 26 :
*jc,-jS<^'ajc.'^'gj'*r^c.'W3i met with the lama
in the mountains of upper Nyang.

nag-nog 1. not clear, turbid;
jnjxed with foul matter (as water mixed

9C9JW nan-grum the square carpet-rug
manufactured in the district of San.

9t-§ Ran-cliu the tributary of the Yeru
Tsang-po which, rising from the moun-
tains in the district of Phagri, flows
N.N.W. and falls into the Tsang-po near
Shiga-tse.

?=.'§'|'?5 nan-chu skya-mo a feeder of the
Ran-chu.

?K.'fS nan-stod upper Nang containing
the town of Gryang-tse.

475

*'5 i : Ran-po n. of a place in Tibet
visited by Atis'a: ^'tft-uK-zfo he also
visited Ran-po (A. 27).

l^'Q ii : n. of a district in the pro-
vince of Kong-po.

^'$"91 nan-rtsi brag a kind of yellow
fibrous root largely exported from Tibet
to China : ^'|"gTW^'^§ a nag " weight
of nan-tsi-brag is so much a piece, &c."
(Rtsii.).

^•X-qjpcj-jf!^ ftan-ro bfant-po mkhar a
small town in Tsang: ^'^'iKjwHi-wf^-g^-
t"«i on the top of the hill of Ran-ro
bfam-po mkhar (Tig).

?*••*=.• Ran-ron n. of a battle-field where
the people of Tibet fought with one
of their kings (Tig).

^'"| nan-ka or 9*'*| nan-ge in Sp. a cur-
rant (Jo..).

on = ywfy espionage.

stands it ; a follower of the Hinaydna
school.

^'^ nan-pa ^raur, 1. imp. ^ to hear, to
give ear to, to listen ; sbst. hearing or a
hearer ^farr. W^'Ss Jpftfff hears or does
hear. W|^=^q ^ the ear. 9^ *m-
<fa[ have heard. |«T1^-$-«IV$**-W{' to
attend to the religious instructions of the
teacher; "I or *T^'i to listen to the
word (of the teacher) ; f «r Wi to obey ;
q*p-ar^-q to obey the commands or or-
ders, to yield; Mr^vKflR-prsr^ listen
to my words as I speak. p'«f'W9 or
prur^-sip^ one who is obedient ; F*^yf*fM
one who is disobedient. 2. to be able :
qfj-st^'W not being able to walk (on
account of illness); in IF. W8^ yes, I
shall be able. In this sense ^ H used also
as a formative, added to the root of a
verb, signifying capability, possibility,
| the river is fordable.
nan-thos-pa ^r^f; Sw^'^-^
lit. one who hearing the Dharma under-

Syn. 3"'^'I|19|i'i« thul-dwan ysun-
skyes; f^ifci tjlos grog-pa; 5i)-$c.-|^'g
theg-chun $kyes-bu ; fl|«l'|«ip)^qf briul-shugs
dwan ; f*Fi&:%WttiffK* sbyans-pahi yon-
tan la g.nas-pa (Mnon.).

'"'('^i nan-thos kyi sa-bdun ^K-
the seven stages of perfection
ace. to the S'ravaka school : (1) ;y#ift<sf-
TUjfiT ; '^•*-$*rqv*i?tq3<n the white iUu-
minated stage; (2) aiHRjJiT; ^"1^-|'« the
exalted stage of noble birth ; (3) ^fogjw ;
qS-«) the stage through sight ; (4) fl^-
-qS-« the fine or subtle stage ;
(5) fi[7rcr<nr<f%; <^-£fl]<M'^-garq3-« the

stage which is free from passions (desires,
etc.); (6) witfir; s«-q-g*-qS-« the
finished or perfected stage; (7) ««g*iJjJ*f ;
*y\-&* the eighth stage.

?^'3SV*i§'!fiJ nan-thos ben-drug the sixteen
chief disciples of S'akya-muni, i.e., the
-q^ or Sthavira of the S'ravaka school.

•if^'w nan-t/ios-ma ^f^rr a female
hearer of the Hlnayana school.

respectful, respectful service.

9^'^ nan-rna messenger, envoy, am-
bassador.

Syn. 5'9 pho-na; *\W'y>i gtam $kyei
(Mnon.).

Wi'" nan-rna-pa *3Vift to overhear;
an overhearer.

9^'q'S nan-pa-mo a female listener.

W» Sfan-po the birth place of a celebra-
ted Lama called •JHJ'JTW^ Qakya rgyal-
mtshan (Lon. * 10).

nam locust ; also W^"\ ace. to Ja.
a cricket.

476

nam-na or }»we.- VWTS despair
anxiety, dread, fear (of a thing) ; 9*«-f
01*1 •««, q to be delivered from anxiety.

* sbst. danger, fear, anxiety; also
adj. anxious, fearful; vb. n. to be
alarmed, to be in great anxiety: ^"'1'
prfdtapwft^fvrflppr^l so it is, in
that pernicious sphere where the cycle
of anxious cares prevails (J. Zan.). W**
1 3=.'" ^•Atid^-^T less risky, beset with
danger.

9*rK-j^ nam-na meg intrepid, fearless.

Syn. ^'|w^ snin-stobs-can, i^'^S
hjigs-mc$, fw*^ stobs-can (Mnon.)

«•' nam-chun <^9T weak, feeble.
nam-chun dtran-po «qf
met. a fly, a bee.

3*rwi q nam thag-pa ^rr% to be stricken,
exhausted.

W>$F- nam-snaA 'jrwfi a sudden flash ;
also a hint.

3*rq5-aw nam-pahi lam=wt.qQ a bad
dangerous road (Mfton.).

nam-yos in Sikk. locust. = the Tib.
or *'«r«i.

nams or w«r^»« resp.
1. thought, apprehension of ideas :
aj-^jm-jj-cje.-q ^ufigfjffjRqT to comprehend,
to acquire the meaning or import of a
thing; £*r?*w«}'Sje.'q to commit reli-
gious instructions to memory and to
comprehend their meaning. 2. the soul,
mind, spirit, as an entity: 9*w|'lji)«
companions of the soul when in retirement
(Mil.) ; 9««r5'*t' wine of the soul, i.e.,
religious knowledge (Mil.) ; 9*»r j nams-skye
or ^w-*!* a thought springing up in the
mind. 3. manner, extent, degree, condi-
tion, state ; ?*w| ^'|\q to try, to put
to test, e.g., one's strength;

3*nr«i^q to try the degree of a person's
devotion or spiritual progress (Mil.) ; |""
V** pleasing, agreeable manner of speak-
ing; SV?*1*' pleasing manner of doing
or dealing ; ^w^p'fl nams dgah-wa sr^rnFfst
pleasant, delightful, agreeable, charming :
|^Mr*rW%Q'p*r^*-q* in the most
delightful grove (A. 16).

9*"*'^ nam$-dgii, v. 9*w««w nam$-thab$.
^«'n|^ namt-hgyur gfrajar handsome,
elegant, to be elegant, comfortable.

intellectually skilled, well-versed.

}*w$^' namf-chuH 1. humble ; faint,
weak. 2. = 9^'q bun-ica a bee.

^*4H'i^'9 nams cJwn-po pride.

^sw-^-g^g tiamt-brtas byed-pa to
strengthen, restore : 9*w«i$»i he recovered,
grew well, got up again (Jd.).

9*wSf"l»<'§>VC| namt-rtogt byed-pa to in-
quire fully into any subject.

$ton-gsal, v. *\w%.

strength.

^«-i<q|-q nam? thag-pa, v. ?w*«|'q suffer-
ing, tormented, exhausted : JWV^'rt'R'X
the cry of suffering, doleful cries ; 9*w
unj-qS fX-^l^-q ^(ifl^in w*fo bewailing
under agony, to utter cries of suffering.

^*r«w»» nams-thabg, ?»<»i 'S3 appearance,
colour, figure (Jd.).

^w*f*'*t nam$-dan-wa bright appearance.

^»w't)^l» nams bde-wa «RI happy, com-
fortable.

9*w<^»! nanif-hdus met. %^l the male
organ.

?wi nams-pa 1. fspnn, t%T3, f^^re, 'f'N
injured, hurt, spoiled, damaged, impaired,
imperfect, w^vq uncorrupted, un-
touched, not weakened. 2. defiled, pol-
luted. 9*wqv*|vq to grow weak, become

477

deteriorated, to degenerate. 3. sbst. de-
generation : 9*wq'i|*j*» the three deteriora-
tions or impairments :— (1) C<*-il*«''9*w<'£<
depravity of morals ; (2) ^T^WI vicious
principles ; (3) S'aj'^wq mistaken religious
observances, rites, &c. (K. d. *: 52). ?*w
q'^1 nams-pa-drug the six kinds of dege-
neration; — (1) PVin*w'£| degeneration in
one's self; (2) «W9*wi the fall of
others ; (3) yv^wfl degeneration in reli-
gion; (4) garjjjw^wq bad or deteriorated-
morals; (5) jj\q'9*wq spyod-pa nams-pa
bad behaviour; (6) **-«ryw«i bad habits,
living. Besides these qualities are others
with which the word 9*wi is joined:—

shortened

life ; $*r}*wq of impaired health ; %
Wpncn of impaired talents, loss of
ability; v^a^*"*'" impaired faculties;
q$«^»rq degenerated vitality ; ^wti^wrq
loss of energy, depreciation of ability,
of efficacy, &c.

^*wq-s)^-q nams-pa mud-pa ^ja not
damaged, unimpaired, uninjured, indis-
tructible.

^wrqS-w^E.- namg-pahi ma-nin tPS^f

impotent, useless.

^««-w g nams-par bya TfWft., W*fc to
be languid or weary ; to despond.
nams-par byed-pa
nams-m hjug-pa.
^w«'5 nams-po *rfsi injury, damage.
vw <i5S " nams dpyod-pa to investigate ;
examine minutely.

VW'IS natns-byed ire that which da-

mages.

^Mt ng-q nain? hbru-wa to irritate, vex,

provoke.

Syn. ^•^-^fll«'«i hdu-wa hkhrugg-pa ;
*fti nad-pa; ^'^'gt'q na-tsha byun-wa; ^'Q
na-wa (Mnon.).

pm-^vfayflfitvyi-H namg-shib-kyis
sbug-don fie$-byun-wa by minute inquiry
to ascertain the real state of things or
secret of any matter.

3««-»t«i nams-med vr^rfst undamaged,
that cannot be spoiled ; also strengthless.

3«w^sm nams-dmas=fPQ--*>-%c.'ci dmah-ru
son-wa degenerated.

^»w-ge.' namg-myon experience ; but ace.
to Jd. enjoyment, delight. MX'^t'jiW'^k1
tshor-bahi nam§-myofi experience acquired
through the medium of the senses.

§mad-pa ^y%3, id-
nams-rtsal skill ; dexterity.
-q nam$ mtshar-wa wonderful,
most beautiful.

fiams bshag-pa is said to be =
j'q dran-pa ne-war bshag-pa.
^w'^'i nams yod.-pa «Rf to be in
possession of.

9*«rify fiams-len a memorial verse, a
rhyme or verse for retaining things in
memory (Mil.; Jd.).

9*W<a|^-q fiams len-pa 1. v. 9^'fa nan-non
2. to take the measure of, the dimensions
of, to survey (in respect of land) ; inquiring
into the state of any object, &c., to explore ;
to take an inventory, to ascertain or com-
pute the state of any property.

^WTfJ'*^'1' nams-su myon-wa ^Rpre to
suffer, undergo, experience, ^wg^ll'q
to injure, spoil, render useless.

. nahi tshir WT a large fish.
nar 1. v. ?'* na-ra. 2. ace. to Cs.
oblong; 9*' 9* nar-nar oblong.

bad health, unwell, ill.

nar-ner $*J n. of an immensely
large number.

478

d^'C'Qj'pq'^ $ar-du li-kha-ran. of a
place lying between India and Tibet (Tig).

^vnftc.- nar-0<M = =*'"lV'' in W. shin,
shin-bone (Jti.).

}V*< nar-ma %5-lflm'w particles of water,
spray (Mnon.).

^'3 nal-wa ippf, nan, ^ftft imp.
^ nol to lie down, to sleep: yr^**
nal-du son he has gone to sleep ; wK8"
«wWW to on the bed ; pr^Vr"? naJ Ac%-0o
he slept. Sometimes: "ftV^^'" to go to
sleep ; ^TWi^S Hal-war hdod wishing to
sleep.

$ar| «aJ.*Art=w| mal-khri a bed-
stead, couch, sofa.

^orffq nal-gos counterpane, quilt, blan-
ket (Sch.).

3«r*!i naJ-A0ro= W'$ a river, stream.

nal-hgrohi gter receptacle of
rivers, the sea wherein all the rivers flow

..

'SJ^ nal-thag bands or ropes stretch-

ed to sleep upon.

?ai'Q nal-po ^m 1. a village. 2. coi-
tion ; ^'3'iS'i nal-po byed-pa to practise
cohabitation.

^'3 nal-bu bastard, whore-son.

nal-sM 1. $^ft [understanding,
wisdom, spiri-

intellect]/?. 2.

tual knowledge (Mnon.)

board to sleep on, a bed to sleep upon,
a sleeping place.

9 nt 1. num. fig. 38. 2. num. used
inst. of *ft« g.ni§ in compounds : ^'i§ two
hundred ; \ p| ni-khri twenty thousand,
etc. 3. for\*» the sun.

"y|*< ni-skye$
Brahmana, son of the sun.

a lake in Nepal (Jd.) .

\ ni-khyim *JT*T3f, aim MI a travel-
ler, a son-in-law; also halo or circle
round the sun.

^'0 ni-khri (ni-thi) the title of a book ;
the Prajna-Paramita containing 20,000
s'lokas.

"V VT* ni-dgah=%#'y kam-pa a mystical
term (MM. b) ; a flower.

3«i ni-dkyil disk of the sun (Sch.).
f ni-gun noon, midday.

"V* ni-cha the sunny parts or flanks of
a hill or mountain.

"Vlft ni-ston ff« the lotus flower ; the
tree Terminalia arjuna.

"^X" ni-dro? morning time, from 8 A.M.
to 10 A.M., when the sun is warm and
pleasant.

"Vs^l ni-ldog the solstice ;
ni-ldog the winter solstice ;
ni-ldog the summer solstice.
I ni-nub sunset.

I ni-ma 1. ^py, ^JfT, ^iK«4 the
sun: "V**'1**^ the sun is rising; yW-'p the
sun has risen, shines; "*)•*' *p or\»i-5«J the
sun is setting or sets; "yw^'X'q* until
sunset (Sch.). 2. = H*i nin-mo theday:\»<'
ip>«> two days;\^'^'^ every day.

Syn. ^'^^ tsha-zer ; tj'*"^'^'? sna-tshogs
$in-rta; ^'l^'l^'2) mi-sly in $kye$-pa; "V
«5'flj^ai pad-mahi gfien ; ^'9'^T2' dm-kyi
bdag-po; U^'^'SSJ mun-pahi dgra; ^"f^'
*^1 hjig-rten mig ;
q^'|^'») hgro-bahi sgron-me ;

dgun
r

srid-pahi sgron-me ;

479

S nin-mor byed; ^'|^ snan-byed; dwan-po; X^W% hodphun-po;
i hod-byed; W^'"*^ nam-mkhahi nor; «K- hoh-zer g.sug$-man;
5'|K' rta-ljan ; *|»vq^[ yzah-bdag ;
**"* Aorf ston-hbar; ^*VJ<^ hod-ldan;
mun-sel; ^'SS'^ nin-mohi nor;
hod-pzttys ; *V^ hod-hdren ; ^'tf'
mohi hb i/in ; flgq'l^ bsrub-byed;

nn-
' Aorf

mkhah-hgro;

hgro-lus; npw&'X^ g.sal-bahi nor;
tsha-ldm; *»iij«| nes-sreg;
ser W«» ; ^'3'|1 hod-kyi rgyun ;
phi/oys-snan byed; "\^^ pdun-byed;
tsha-byed; q»'%^'§^ rnam-man byed;
muit-hjoms ;

mkhahi tog; f"|^'S'»i')3^ phyogs-kyi ma-
khyud; *»T«^ tshan-pahi rta; «S»r»^5-
3"!'^ nam-mkhahi thig-le; ^'*«J«'^ s»«.
A0^! ?'q^'C| t<« bdun-pa (Mnon.).

. , ni-rna gan-car sun-flower,
ftorf^Fo rgyas-byed; Helianthus.

^•»i'^ij^ Ni-ma dgah 1. a name of Karna,
the king of Anga. 2. n. of a medicinal
plant.

ynjrl£ ni-ma sna-dro early morning.

°y*rq§'flf^*i fit-ma bcii-g.nis twelve demi-
gods who ace. to Chinese astronomy re-

*'^ hdam-skyes mtshan; *i&^^ mchod-
Idan; ^fS'«5if^ bdun-gyi bdun-pa ; f"I^'
"SI phyogs-bday ; ^'^mehog-hdod; *V
^W char-hbebs; ^'IS hdsin-byed; ^'^'fi'
GS snaii-bahi mu-khynd; ^^ man-ldan;
^T^ll" mig-ffs/iys ; tp-yw^ rnam-gsal
byed; ^'"^S hod-hgyed; qf^'S b§ten-bya;

-51 bdud-lts rgyal; «'|««l ma-slum^;
hphroj-byed; t^'l rtsen-pa;

phyoys-dyod byed;
hod-kyi

sna-tshogs hod;

present 12 divisions of the day (as of other
periods) and are therefore called "V*i;
they are 3'q byi-wa (mouse), g^' g/a/i
(ox), f^ ste^ (tiger), ^« yo? (hare), ^i)
Wrw^f (dragon), |«i sir«^ (serpent), 5 rta
(horse), $*| /«5r (sheep) fj"i §j?re/ (monkey),
S i^a (bird), § A%»p (dog), ^ jo^«(/ (pig).

^•s<-«f fifi-ma than n. of a place situated
to the west of Lhasa (ion. * £).

°yw°;^'q5'^ Ri-ma Idan-pahi ri n. of a
mythological mountain believed to be

mdsod; ^'' nor-gyi mdsod;

QIJ«I rgyu-wahi brtul-shugs; tpv*&(H gsah-

bfes; *>**<*'* mchod-hos; fVjffiv^ hod-kyi

nor-can ; q^'«5'ain|-q pad-mahi lag-pa ; W$

«•*>*> rtay-tu hchar; ^'§V^' rig-byed

hbyufi; W|f*flpt fog $na-tshogs; gq'!^

khyab-byed; tft^ nad-med;

%«^5 *y9'*3*'*^ hod-kyi hphren-can;

"IE"!" mig-yzuys; ^S'Jf^' hod-snan;

snan-bahi situated 5,000 yojana beyond the Southern

Ocean (K. d.

"^•jc^qj'laj ni-ma nay-chen and
are the names of two (Sa-bdag) demi-gods.

^'^'^'^ ni-ma phyi-dro
afternoon.

•^•JC^-N ni-ma phyi-ma a future day.
°^'w 3'VS''1! ni-ma phyed-lhag
lit. more than one half of the sun, i.e., from
'" Aorf $ton hdsin-pa ; §'«aj khri-can ; <?=.' early morning to the afternoon.

q5'fi'BS'« lon-bahi kha lo-pa ; wf^ lam-ston ;
Ss'lS srid-byed; ^'^'^ ^in-rta mtho; «dT
'I'H'" dbyig-gi khu-wa; jjwq1^ zlum-po
hdsin ; ^'S'l^'2! du$-kyi byed-po ;
8^ nam-mkhahi mig ;

one of the
successors of Buddha in the Buddhist
hierarchy of India.

a good or

•'* hjig-rten auspicious day.

480

ni-ma far-wa q.uf<3 sunrse.
ni-ma Iho-byan bgro<? the
course of the sun to the south and to the
north (of the equator).

•ysiS'p-Jfrq ni-mahi kha lo-pa the chario-
teers of the sun are:— | *=•*< $kya-ren$, g'
»>«\ bla-med, *VS*' hod-srun, B^'fri"

N>

khyun-gnon $kye$ (Mnon.).

•y*»5' jBvsjti ni-mahi khor-yug the sur-
roundings of the sun.

•y*«-*jfr, jii-mahi hkhor the attendants
of the sun ; they are : — *K*<'§S gnag-byed,
Si"!'^ db.yiiy-pa can, S*v^

•ysrng*«)-£i iit-ma hkhyimf-pa
the circumference of the sun.

•y*»S-qje,- ni-mahi gut wrv when the
•sun is at the meridian, midday, noon.

•ysn-qj^-pie.- ni-mahi gur-khan the sun's
pavilion, the halo of five different colours
which surrounds the sun; "y*5'$e.'ff
ni-mahi Idin-khan the floating castle of the
sun ; <y*w'j|*» the sun-sphere.

*y*5'««\ ni-tnahi rgyud wiff^w the des-
cendants of the sun.

"y*5'lfa ni-tnahi g.nen 'Bif<<qw^ rela-
tive of the sun, epithet of S'akya-muni.

"y*®'?'1*^ ni-mahi rta-bdun the seven
horses of the sun are the following : — 81^'
(•rlud,^'^^ yidmgyoys,s^"l''S'c> rttdoj Inn-
pa, H1^ thig-le can, S«'q|«\ nes-brjod, fy
^•yffd^ fin-tu rgyal-mtshan, VS^fw) ri-iro
hjoms. To these are occasionally added
four others: — ^'^'^S rtsen-pahi hod, W
*T®'5 nam-mkhahi gru "l^'I'SS^* gwr-gyi
dbyans, V^%i"f^''^MK' ni-mahi qin-rta
ral-grihi phren (Mnon.).

V^'f^I" ni-mahi g.dug$ lit. the um-
brella of the sun, i.e., the day (Zam. 13).

y*&*)«^ Ri-mahi rndah an epithet of
the god of love.

<y«$'VQi ni-mahi dpal ^i«^t: n. of a
Buddhist author of ancient India.

"y*S-g ni-mahi bu tiUJy-=( ; a^'i fpen-pa
the son of the sun, the planet Saturn.

*y*)5-cj-35 ni-mahi bu-mo the daughter of
the sun, a name of the river Yamuna or
Pakshu (Mnon.).

"ywN^'S ni-nwhi btsun-mo the wives of
the sun-god are: — $*'% Rgyal-mo, ^«'^S
Leg$-hdod, ipw Rdul-bzan,^^'^ Bod
fkyeg-ma, 1^^'i''5'^^'| Qfin-rje kd-lin-di,
^^'5 Nam-grit, *'5'|^'3S Ma-nu gbyin $ki/i d,
|qI'l^'iN Skrag byed.-ma (Mnon.).

•^•stS-fliifli^-qi^ \ni-mahi gsugs-brnan the
reflected image of the sun.

"V*i5 •*<; ni-mahi hod the following are
the names of the sun's rays: — ^•»fl|«'^c.-q
hod-c/iags $nan-wa; sfrt^'oxft nam-mk/nih
hjal; ^^'IS gditn-byed; ***• tsha-xr ; $^'
?S chu-hthun hod; «*^'35'^»«i
hjomt; «S'5-« hod-kyi char;
kun $nan hiar-pa (Mnon.).

\*)5-^-<if* ni-mahi hod-skor the circle
of light round the sun.

^•wS'^'s^N ni-mahi hod mnam n. of a
flower (K. gu. *\ M6).

•^ •»i31^tl«, iii-mnhi hod-ser the rays of
the sun, sunbeam.

*y«5-^«|»r|»i ni-mahi riys-fkyes^'W
^nm-t»£t« ni-mahi rig$-hkhrun$ born of the
race of the sun ; occurs as a name of
Buddha Sakya Sirhha.

"y*i5'5»j ni-mahi r/ts *iUJ<('sT the race of
the sun, a section of the warrior caste of
India claiming descent from the sun.

°y*iS-$« ni-mahi lus ^Ufffp 1. the body
of the sun ; 2. w copper.

"y*i5'0!j'33 ni-mahi lha-mo td,it|I<^) the wife
of the sun-god.

•y*w-qs^ ni-mas bs/tad met. a lotus
(Mnon.).

481

ni-myur evening, a little before
dusk ; the hour of sunset.

y2 ni-tshe ace. to /SeA. 1. the time or
duration of one day, a very short time.

2. ace. to Lex. si^it direction ; sphere,
country.

"yi s ni t&he-wa 1. ephemeral, single,
simple. 2. n. of a class of infernal beings.

3. very small, minute (Qrub. 1 0) ; "V^'
culse (Lam-ti.}. 4. animals that do
not live more than a day, very short-
lived animate beings.

Y#S ni-tshod •ytf'V^pSV* *<ar<n« a
sun-dial ; also a wheel to ascertain time,
a watch.

"V^''*1 ***' zer-yyi rdul

the dust seen flying in the rays of the sun
coming through apertures of a window ;
a mote floating in a sunbeam.

\| ni-zla, lit. sun and moon ; but is the
term designating the topmost ornament of
a chorten, which takes the form of a ball
superimposed on a crescent. This nyi-dtt
ornament is al?o placed above the gyal-
tshan or Buddhist trophy of victory.

\|'Sqt>'^ ni-zla dican-po n. of a Dakini
'(Lori. 0-9).

"V*1 ni-hog lit. below the sun ; ^M<l*rt
the western limit; Y*T%5*rT*w fti-hog-
'.'/*" rgyal-khamf Aparantaka the western
continent or kingdom.

?ff« ni-hog-gi gas

or
dress of the ancient people from Bactria.

"V^S ni-hod ^zrtl3, ^ajwr the rays of
the sun, sunbeam, light of the sun.

•y«Sm ni-yoi a screen, awning.

"^'-'j ni-fa fresh meat.

°*l '•*!* n»-far=g'X ?na-dro sunrise, early

morning.

«'-?«

ty ;

the twenty ;

twen-
about

twenty; ^'•5'S"qI^"I twenty-one ;
alone sometimes signifies twenty-one.
In Sfkk. and ^. and C. Tib. \-fl'K4l
or ^'1^"1 is used to denote twenty-one.
In the same manner the use of the abbre-
viated form Kifo" or r«ft« for "V^'K
"f^*! or ^'•5'ST'"f^*' is common, and so on.

c\ e\

^^'^^1 nig-nig in W. loose, slack, lax,
not tight or tense (Jd.).

{jC'|J| nin-khuw& 1. the juice, essence
of any substance, the pith or $*' snin
(heart, soul ) q. v. 2. spirit (of wine) OT-
ffrn;; wi-g-gS'V'fl. [yeast, the froth of
the liquor] S.

c^c-'^'51ql*' nin-sgo-phug§ the private or
inner (hidden) door of a castle or palace :

-^ | while residing with the
king, he fastened the secret door of the
palace from within so that it was not to be
opened (Ebrom. 162).

V.'lf nin-to ace. to Sch. sure, trust-
worthy.

+ ^C4|^ i«(t-^*r=ftV«K certain, sure.

*^=.'|°i nin-§prul ace. to Jd. an emana-
tion OT incarnation. "R'f|«( yan-qprul an
emanation of an incarnate being.

rlVi nin-mtshams sbyor-wa T!H-
to be reborn, to be transmigra-
ted in regular routine ; the re-appearing
of the soul after death in one of the four
forms of birth, i.e., the linking of the
limits of existence.

^c.-<ni| nin-lag^fiff^ 1. minor or second-
ary members of the body, such as the fore-
head, nose, chin, fingers, ear, eyes, etc. The
^rg= or limbs of the body called "»^'«t^ are
the head, arms, legs, &c. 2. a division,
section, part, subdivision. N.B. — Sumpa

62

482

includes the following in. the ^E/a

mtn-fel pad-ma Miad-pahi-dttf

(Rtsii.).

(Sch.).

nin-dkar a white, a lucky day

^IJN, n'^qgrq-Q &c. Ace. to Jd. members
of a second order, parts of the "K.'«I«|, i.e., of

the limbs.

T^'H* nin-skar the star that is visible

i a pupil's during the day time : "S^'i^'Sfipr^^'iijv
(A. 12&.) the <^ an agreeable friend is like the day-
depending on the ten (i.e., star (Bbrom. 55).

"Vrjf6-' nin-$kyon the observance of a
fast, rite, etc., for one day.

"fa'q!5MJ nin-hkhyons for one day, one

pupil:
two i
being supported by them).

c\

«fi ^£'"^ niil-fa one's own flesh ; the ex-
pression *^f-«|'^e.'3)»r*'q in the older form
of Tibetan signifies ^f-«]^e.'9|*r*'q one eat- whole day :
ing his own flesh, i.e., ruining himself. *"$! 500 various and wonderful offerings

as the allowance for one full day (Rtsii.).
"fa'"F nin-gan all the day long, during
the whole day; "fa'g*1 nin-ijun noon; "fa'SJ

a day's hire.

time.

nin-gyi rin-la during the day

<5^ nid <w, T^, n^ 1. self, same,
opp. to other persons ; J°^S your (honour's)
self: t^=K.'V,' I myself ; I'fa the mother
herself ; ^'^'S}'51'5^'^'^ this man is
you (yourself), 0 king ! (Jd.). 2. the very,
just, etc.: wJ^'iS'flftw'^'at just where

I am working; ^'%^'V\'^ dehidruA *H'**I nin-cig one day, once;'

nid-na close by, at the very spot ; V'^S'^ ^a^ > °Hq* during the day time, by the
at the very moment ; »<^S'S'°V> that which day %ht ; ^v°fat£n on that day ; ^'!'"fa
is honourable in itself. 3. when added to the following day, on the following day;
adjectives it denotes abstract nouns, as in ^N'q'S'gR11^^ the 15th day, on the 15th
English the terminations : — ness, — ship, — day ; ^ff'^W^'w'JVg a person who
ty, — cy, — y, etc., but it is chiefly limited to brings to light the faith,
the language of philosophical writings (Jd.). *^'*N nm-c/ia5="^'^'«^j*i-sft nin-rehi
4. in the more recent literature it is used dgo$-$pyad the requirements of every day ;
resp. for jjfr khyod thou, you; "VvS thy, daily necessities (Rtsii.).

your; *VV^' you, in W. 5. = ^'^ only ^

•a-.ni, t At i™ .••**•* iu I3* gv*»»-*« mn-ltar chos-chas the daily

gc.^ 3 g ^ only the numeral g ; > *fr S the , , ...

needs tor religious services,
letter sa (') alone.

•^•»iw§^ nin-mthar-bt, ed fal

nid-hgrul a very low caste. mun-pa darkness (Afnon.), v.

nin-mohi $go-na.

nin-thun-skabs,

fiin-mo

n-

the day ; the time lighted or illuminated ma thun-dus the period of short days ;

by the sun. »^[^fSftnffV^!t <j|*wqvf*e." when the day becomes short,

^c/fsn/gia^f hdi-na mdans-hbar dan, ffsnl- "fyfH Sin-par during the day-time, v.

war man-dan man-ldan-dan, S^Ti'jWV Pth. 268 b, line 4-

483

"^'!h nin-phyed 1. midday, noon. 2.
half a day, i.e., six hours.

"HIS nin-byed f^cfT^?: 1. the sun — the
maker of the day. 2. «*l mtshal vermilion
(Sman. 355). 3. f^r saffron.

"Hgi nin-bral ^r^ without day, day-

nin-gbrei the accumulated works
of several days (Rtsii.).

ty'i^Niqit^ nin-med mtshan-med with-
out interruption during day and night,
continually.

"fa'^fa'Sf nin-mohi-§go 5WT the opening
of the day, day-break ; "fa'^-^V f^TCg ;
the egg of the day, dawn [the egg or
embryo whence day proceeds; hence
darkness]& *^'35§-*w HWT* the noon,
the highest limit or climax of the day ;
"ft-SS-qyil ^, f^nrft, ^rT.irfa the lord
of the day, the sun ; ^'SS'^'Ji the sun,
that brings on the day; "H#5'^vg f^T-
*rf5r the gem of the day, the sun ; °fa'^'9
the planet Saturn, the son of the sun.

"fa'*<^ nin-mtshan ^ifHrsf day and
night.

"^•wSjj-*i^'q nin-mtshan mnam-pa fog*f
the time of the equinox ^•iwfrW^^M**^
«i»w when the sun passes over the meri-
dian not causing increase or decrease (in
the hours of the day). Described as °fa'
*§Q'i*\*i'w\'^'*% when there is neither
increase or decrease but the sun passes
direct (over the head) (Rtsii.).

"fa'^l nin-shag 1. day ; "fa'^T''!'!*' three
days. 2. ^rrKm, nr«r(<<ii every day. 3. as
a symbol num. 15.

"H^"!'!'I!*!'''$1 fain-shag phrug$-g.cig a
day of twenty-four hours ; ppTirflij'Jft'irlCr
5'lii'£'5'W'^"^'3iq«-^1%S"1' (A. 7V).

°fa'*A' nin-ran =%'*£& day-break, morn-
ing twilight (Schtr.).

nin-rin-skabs,
the time when the days become long.

"H^'^ nin-re-bshin e-very day, daily.

"^^•ai»i nin-lam a day's journey, daily
march.

Kin-gad m

without interruption, day and
night (A. 150).

J nil-byfd-pa. or
also ^l'a|-|^-q nil-le byed-pa, to trickle
down, fall in drops (of tears, etc.):

(Brom. 25.) Legs-pahi $e§-rab rose up and
tear-drops like peas trickled down.

y^ 1. instr. of \ 2. in compounds
for "ft* as in ^^'ig two hundred, '^•jjfc.'
two thousand, ^^'^ double.

^•|-Sq|-j| nis-rgyu chig-pa serge cloth
in which two threads cross, one stretched
lengthwise (Rtsii.).

^«rt]g§-D nis-bltahi mi one who looks to
the interests both of the State and of the
Church ; also one who serves two master*
(D. gel. 5).

Q nu num. fig. 68.

vF^r^F'Sj^ nu-gu span-leb n. of a kind
of worm (Rtsii.).

$'7 nu-ti a pear (Ld.).

fa<9-Pa to stand out, to

project.

SI'S" nug-rum lit. the testes cut out ;
3T5*1 or 3T5*™=|«J-£r*q«-|E,-q eunuch,
one whose testes have been extracted
(Mfion.).

ffi'Q Rug-pa I : n. of a. place in th»
province of Tsang.

484

II: 1. to besmear, to rub
gently ; "JS»''3ql'£! tpognug-pa to rub per-
fume ; ace. to Sch. to stroke, to caress. 2.
to touch ; feel for. 3. to protrude, stretch
out : S'^'wfW to stretch one's head out
of water ; ^9'W«*V«i to look or peep out,
to take a peep at.

OT£-d'7*| nttg-rtsa me-tog Carthusian
pink (Ja.).

£C'q nun-wa w, «^re not many,
little, a few; minor ; y^»r<*< a very little
quantity, a little.

nun-tkyon slight defect.

nun-nu *P«, ^** less, little, small:

speaks little.
Syn. 4*'" chun-tra, 3^'"V nun-du
(Mnon.).

RC'iJI nun-ma turnip, turnip soup;
3c,-«$-H$-« gur 9 turnip leaf, a fragrant gum
resin ; 3^'!^ nun-rlon fresh turnip.
nun-rum, v. 3"! 5" niig-rum.

nul-wa to wander or rove
about, to step gently or steal through,
to creep. 9*'% a detective ; *'$* a spy.

ne 1. num. fig. 98. 2. for ^ " near.

V^ ne-fkor=1l'%* thog-skor «fl«n^
those about (us), retinue, v. V^.

V|^ ne-fkyon fault of partiality (e.gr.,
in a Jrmgpon district chief or judge). \
|a( gq|«i-Mf Ht. the inclining to one side.

ne-mkhon=\^ (Cs.).

ne-hkfwr ww, wqflwn:, fsj^fz,
>3U^ffi« 1. an attendant, one
near or in waiting; relations, kindred,
neighbour. 2. n. of one of the hells.
3. neighbourhood: ffr**-3|'y*fSv!-$»rg-q a
beggar belonging to his neighbourhood.

4. ^mfa (TJpali) the disciple of Buddha
who narrated the Vinaya pitaka.

y*ffc'§'$*| Re-hkhor-gyi mig n. of a
great ocean lying between the continents
of Godaniya and Uttara Kuru (K. d. *
330).

VS'P ne-dgah «q«p^ a king of I lie
Naga.

V"!* ne-bsgi/iir 'Smnf trouble, mi.---
fortune.

V$«I«i ne-grogt fellow creature, neigh-
bour (C».).

V? ne-ghe a tribal name in Tibet, one
of the three: — 51" itht<g-pa, ff^ fton-nr,
VI • ne-ghe (Yig).

V*^ ne-cltnr 1. at present or very
shortly: (Ftp. *. 29). w^'wi-w*-^1
Rjft -q8«'V« 9pw| -5)^ the governor Rainjin
with his officers and chiefs will come very
shortly. 2. at the close of.

yiw fif-ctios tnrat, ^Il*»« time ; usage ;
neighbour ; near.

»c-W a pear (Schtr.), v. 3'? '<»-)V.
He-dug relations (Cs.).
ne-dti Tnfa, f ?"» kindred, relations :
^dW vr1lwvi»r(TW^ (he) is
certainly fit to be among the kinsmen.
V V« ne-dut now-a-days.
V^Sfl ne-hdab ^JR one's own people,
friends or admirers.

V«W« ne-^wr?* «i^=(5-|S«i=.') 1. tlie
male organ. 2. ^qwffa disciple: j^S'3'
yq)^«-q§S I 8nall be your attendant, or 1
wish to become your disciple ; yflft»r»j'*»S'f
I am becoming a follower.

\**( ne-tshan relative, kinsman.

y** ne-tahal or }'*£'** WWI an arti-
ficial grove, garden.

485

ne-rig-pa l. = *§1'i hkhrig-pa
(Mnon.) copulation. 2. = B*'9Yt| khrug-
byed-pa to wash.

ne-rigs near relation.

e-wa 1. ff^hl-wr, tlffl**->
^ vb. to be near, to approach :
V w when he was near dying ;
yq»j (when she was) near the completion
of the months, i.e., the time of giving
birth to a child (Jd.) ; K^aj'wl^yw
when the time of the teacher's return drew
near; ^'^'^'Vf being not near having
done; qW'^'i"'5'VI'5-I when he was near
arriving at the place. 2. also as an adj.=
near: ^W^K^^WrfcriflUrl the neigh-
bour is nearer than a kind man living far
off ; "H'q'^fy q?'»n at a place near the pillar ;
w|'VP near. ^'<1'V^'^"I frq. in colloq.
neighbouring hill, standing near, being
closely connected with by consanguinity ;
those who are near, near relations ;
-^q the five worst
sins and those coming nearest to them.
3. as an adv. the form is generally ^ w ne-
war almost, near, nearly : ^'S1'Vq^'l^*'
when they had come near. Sometimes the
form is V«r«l, as in «\"l'"^'^wVt"^^T'^
these seven days being almost ended. 4.
as a postp. it requires V to connect it
with the word it governs : P*'<fV^*'%'F
jw^arfr^E.-flp'I'Vtr^w^ when he came near
to the house he heard music and dancing ;
nfj-^-q-^E.-yqvqqw it came near to the time
of going.

» ne-wahi dgah-byed-ma=
n. of the queen of the Noi-
jin or Yaksa demi-gods.

y«S'^'j^ ne-wahi rna-rgyan ^t^rfil^r
ear-ornaments beside the ear-ring.

^•qS-^R.^ ne-wahi dbyan? ^tr«?t?« musi-
cal airs, musical notes to help in singing.

y'WWH ne-wahi ma-ma VT^ 1. a foster-
mother, a wet-nurse. 2. 'smrmr step-
mother.

* y^'^^'V^ ne-wahi tsa-hhan dho-ha
"3q^*^tT hortative expression used in
exorcism.

y«fr*Ji ne-wahi tshal=^\^ skyed-hhnl
a grove.

5'^'?i-«^ ne-wahi ri-mo can = ***'§
(Mnon.) n. of a medicinal plant.
[the plants Salvinia cuculluta, and Croton
polyandra\S.

yq5'R^-^-q^^ ne-wahi rin-chen bdun the
seven secondary adjuncts of royalty: —
(1) $* shoes, (2) <w|»rq skin-rug, (3) ^
dress, (4) *w couch, (5) ** grove, (6) @n
house, (7) "wf} sword.

V«i5-« ne-wahi sa 'Sijm^r table-land,
plateau, plains on or by the side of a hill.
Vq5-w§ ne-wihi sar-gyu=**%*i bsnen
become intimate, near.
i'X^'qj^ ne-wahi sras-chen brgyad
the eight chief spiritual sons

of the Buddha described under that title
are said to be : — (1)
^•^E.^-^-j's-g'v-q ; (2)
S(i; (3)

(4) 1%ffr*m ; w^'^-3,; (5) w
q-q-^-^n ; (6)

(7) wi ; S^'" ; (8)

- ne-war bkod ^stpsm appro-
priate arrangement, good design.

yq*,-*ijtf-q He-war mkho-wa 1. of urgent
necessity. 2. = ^-<*$9i rapid increase or
growth ; it increases rapidly.

yqvn|j^ ne-war hkhyud ^mf%* devo-
tee.

ye^-qjw ne-war gus <3rjfiWT% lit. humbly
near ; the Upanishad or Vedic literature
treating of Brahma.

486
tale,

^•qv«;3f=.*) He- war dgofif
story, romance.

yqvqjjai'q He-war brgal-wa
5jw) to pass over.

^•q*,-«u|*rq ne-war chags-pa

1. eclipse. 2. *»V* quarrel.
yqv£*r£4|« nc-icar tthim-tshogs

contentment.

^•qvw&vi He-war mchod-pa
«?T?i«I to honour, respect.

yqvw* ne-war mjal or incorrectly
yqs.-REm, v. g'-^ jA'«-f» 1- health (Mnon.);
= $«$ $ku-hdra, "\1*\*'*>

2. image, likeness (^no»).
y«w«f i|'q ne-war hjog-pa

stand near ; to worship, to wait upon.

^•qvcjl^'4 ne-war b$nen-pa ^T%Wi ser-
vice ; to attend or take care of.

yq^-JfijN't) no-war rtog§-pa
inquire into ; investigation.

yqvq^'q ne-war brten-pa
joying, serving, honouring.

yq^-q^ ne-war kstan
counsel.

«m He-war phan-hdogs
is fit for, suits.

q^-RWu Hc-icar

the demon who causes the eclipse of
the sun (Mnon.).

V^'SS ne-war-byed='y*'t* <sqrf%i ser-
vice, veneration.

yq^'|X He-war gbyor iii«ra friendship,
harmony; V^'|X'«=|q-q ^TJJ^K fulfil-
ment, completion, conclusion.

He-war mi-rig =
He-war dmigs

or

prop.

lit. to SUpport

yq^'q^ij'q ne-war bshag-pa to make use of,

to employ ; ^'1'V w«J^fl|'i wajq-qfrsr ear-
nest meditation, v. ^V*1'^ ^ ^l ; W'5""
81 S^fa "^ '^'^l* 'V^ 't]^ql '" to apply to Bud-
*° dha the notion of rareness.

Vq^ He-war shi vjiisifl relief; it is also
en- applied in reference to l&'ij^, »> and
l^*\t>, to signify putting out, and for-
advice, bearance (Mnon.).

^•qvotyq He-war len-pa, i : yw^'«i5 ^E.'

He-war bgtan-pa to command, 5'S the five upadina or e?i;a or fundamen-
instruct (Mnon.). tal skandha are :— <1) ^uw« ;

^•q^-q|^f He-war #rf«n = one attacked (2) %?«n^^; ^i^s^*1; (3)

with disease.

^•qvn^iq-q He-war hdug-pa 'atjt^T^ to fast (5) Hx'l^W

on the prescribed days. The Sanskrit equivalents may be ren-

:q He-war nan-wa =f^'<$F. dered as follows : —

ne-war gnas=W1 adulation, [(1) Form-group; (2) sensation-group ;

also flattery; VwjpS ne-war spyod w- (3) name3 or idea-group, i.«., verbal asso-

^n supplication. VWVPI-I ^^sfa^f to ciation. (4) predisposition-group; (5)

be near, in attendance (Won.). knowledge-groupjS.

yq.V{f<v<i ne-war spyod-pa ^WW to y^'^-«i u : to seize eagerly, to strive

enj0y. for earnestly, to aspire to; also ^'^'i.

ywtfj He-war phan *HJMf\«T put toi ^'«l1\'§il'q^'§^'') He-war sreg-par-bye4-pa

gether, constructed, produced. 'S^^TT [to set fire to, tq burn]5.

487

Vsqc-' nc-dban, *&F% a name of Vishnu.

\°^ ne-hbrel connection, kindred,
relations.

V56"! ne-tshij yi4tf< a secondary word
which limits the idea contained in the
principal word.

yX-q ne-tshe-wa «i3fsWi provincial.

y2$-«E,*r|j*» ne-tshthi sans-rrjyas sraNf-
fl Pratyeka Buddha.

H nehu small fish: <W^'| -S^T*, fc
^sTT^'fiv^ an impure man like my-
self will be a small fish cast out on dry
land.

V^ ne-sho l. = f"l*r^ partiality. 2.
mishap.

V-^' ne-fin ^tfi^ n. of a tree the root
of which is used in medicine.

nes-skyon med-pa without defect, without
mishap : V?i'*tt\':|^'^c'!S)':j'5l'!!S1 ne-sho med-
par $leb§-pa legs it is well that you have
arrived without any accident (A. 12).

^•*)^'£j H : ^J\a filled, complete;
without damage.

V3j«'«^ ne-shos dwcn=f\^» or ^S'*^
without disease; healthy (Mnon.).

yi<w ne-zuns=a$*\ 1 hkhrig-pa copula-
tion (Mnon.).

'*§c\^ bcud-chor.
ne-g.yog bya-war hod-
pa-lna the five persons that are worthy
of being served are: (1) 1 father, (2)
w mother, (3) »f^'9 teacher, (4) $«v«^
spiritual guide, (5) f\'tt a sick man.

^'^c.' ne-rin 1. near and far. ^q^'Rf
near and distant relations. 2. distance:
^'V^^'^'^'^S how far is it from here
to the gate? 3. partial: fTtryVSN the
king is very partial. ^'^R'A^'fl impartial.

y«i*i fe-fawas^fV*^'8'*1 close or shorter
road.

Syn. 5,=.'JjVq-*j«i dran-srofi bgad;

hjigs-med hdab; ^=.-«^"| dicafi-
mchoy; wXij'^ mchog-ldan; wXiCj'Jl'w
mchog-rgyal-ma ; ^•«J'«JJ'«! : rtsa-wa brgya-
wa; y*>'bu-ma&; t^'fi'S srid-sgrub-bu
(Mnon).

ncn-bycd-pa to glance at an
object by lifting up the head a little : 5'qv
^•^•^•g»r<s<r|»r«i5f 2^Snn^ir«w is it a
child of the gods who has come and who
has been obtained by just glancing at the
door of the palace ? (Ebrom. 123).

-^^^ mncd-pa. '

Hen ^rfff, trtTWT*T 1. perhaps= sick-
ness, thinness (A. K. Ill, 20). Tyfc'fa
cntrra?'. 2. sbst. a relative, kinsman. 3.
danger, liability, risk. This meaning is
probably derived from Vi nan which in C.
is invariably pronounced nen and which
signifies : capability, chance, etc. Like ?^
also, it is annexed to verbal roots : ^ST
w^'^'4|^ dmyal-icar hgro-nen gdah there
is a danger of going to hell; jf«f%W«^f
^'^'^'^S sroy-gi bar-chad-du hgro-wahi
nen-yod there is the danger of risking one's
life.

^'If^ nen-kor seems to=^al'V£i thag ne-
wa near (Nag.).

^'^ nen-skor=*$^ g%en a relative ; ^'
^'^"! nen-skor shig he is a relative, kins-
man.

near, in the neighbourhood (Mnon.).

fien-kha chc-tsam may become
dangerous, full of danger ; ^'*^ Hen-can
dangerous ; fa^'^jVl nen-snar b$kyod-pa
continually moving towards danger ; ^-
«5-n(»< ncn-pahi fo»z=«i»)'^'i lam nan-pa a
dangerous road, a road which leads to
anger (Mnon.).

488

new-pa l.=Hl neg-thag, v.
Hag-ma. 2. an enemy. 3. to be pained,
pinched, pressed hard, e.g., by hunger ;
to labour, to drudge, v. V ian.

ne-u>ar. 2. used in lieu

counting numerals from

c*!'^ mya-nan affliction,

ri-s/»irf suffer-

suitability.
n» said to

ner 1.

of "V3 n«-9«
20 to 30.
pain.

ing, cry of suffering.
ner-bskyod.
ner-6«Ar«w

ner-hkliod ^TTO near.
ncr-dyah WfW*. delight.

ner-dgu 29; also the 29th day
of each month when offerings are made to
the demons.

^•P|* ner-btyyw wFgl unlucky acci-
dent.

^'S*l* ner-ffloyt theme, task (Sch.).

^* ner-ner—^'^ in W. dregs, sedi-
ment (Jd.).

ner-spyod ^q^iT offerings;
or the five kinds of offerings to be
made to the gods in worshipping them :—
(1) *>'?"! T»> flowers; (2) if^i[^ TJTT
incense; (3) »«•») ^ra^f lamps; (4) \
ipg odours; (5) »fl'>* $?V[ eatables,
cakes (Y«-sel. 53).

t' ncr-byun ^ffi origination.
ner-bycd met. a tree.

$er-$ba$=^'l*'%'* ^tf^f the
Buddhist priest who was spiritual guide to
As'oka.

$v*^ ner-tshad

personal danger (4f"0w.). '' «<-r-
tsh(td-med=sfi**\'t* nad-med-pa or "*gc'
q^i T*1" hbyun-bght fnoms without danger
to health (Mnon.).

K*S wer-<«Aflrf=5>l»^ sku-kdra, v. V
q^'Ntai ne-war mjal.

^•\q ncr-shi-wa 1. «ijT«» i^'W 6?^<>-
wa i«Atn nan-pa to listen to an instruction
or direction. 2. $'W\q ^qu« allevia-
tion, pacification.

^•^•q «er fcw-p«=V«i^5t^£i or |5|
the cause of a cause, the original cause
(Jd.).

l tier-pa 1. aec. to Sch. to tan,
dress, make soft. 2. ace. to Ja. in W.
to snarl, growl 3. to tarry, stay, linger.

^'<*l ner-ma in W. for «|$v« red
pepper (Ja.).

^^'^ nel-wa to fall ill; become sick
(&*.).

ne$-pa : ?^
sbst. any evil or misfortune or injurious
occurrence : }»r«rw«r«v^S'vr9r<^ all
things noxious are massing together upon
his body ; "i'^*1 a year of calamities, bad
harvest ; ^^'^'"w I when the bar vest had
been bad; ^«-<r<W also "ftVlvHi "19*
the three humours of the body, viz:
*ra §=•' wind ; ftr»r *g»ii bile ; «ra tf\*w
phlegm. 2. moral fault, offence, crime ;
^*rw'$[^ the failings of immoral acts ; ^'^s.'
tujSi'^q guilt of speech and bad action;
$«r«r§V«i in reference to the body, = to
commit a fault, a crime, to sin ; but the
word used for "sin" in the N. Testament
and in the Christian sense is not $wi but
fiqj-q ^-q-g«i|« lit. wages of faults, i.e.,
retribution, punishment.

489

fine.

wej-e/iarf=V'q''«K$ crime, also

^*'§t' nes-ltun a moral slip, trespass :
^•|t-5|*i 5n| he has met with a moral fall
(Mil.).

^'«'F*)'*>-ify nej-pa Mag mi-kn not to
confess fault or guilt.

JJT^I II : vb. to commit an offence :
(»^*r$'$w5'<'IE'' hdig-ci nes-te bzufi for com-
mitting what offence has he been seized ;
gv«rffl'«r$*r3 gnar ma-sbran-pa nes-so not
reporting earlier, you did wrong ; fl|^«|*r
«'^»r3S you have committed a fault by
covering it; ^1'^"'^ if harm is done to
me ; jlv^" '"'ff**'^11! khycd-ci nes-pa gmros-
$ig tell me what has befallen you ; **'^'
^wS1^ is she out of her senses; tyw^
what is the matter (with her) ? w^'i'v
"f'" innocent beings ; w^wjv jc he came
out again unhurt. The commoner verbal
usage is with l^'i annexed. Thus, in
their JV. Testament translation, the Mora-
vian missionaries invariably use ^w^'ti in
the sense of to trespass, commit a fault.

Syn. ^wi nons-pa • f^'-s^ skyon-can ;
.- nei-bzun ; jfwuk' sdom-hchin ; j|*w
khrims-g.cod-yul; wfr-q-i^ mthon-
wa med (Mnon.).

^»rtr{j»rt5 nes-pa sbom-po « WiHH a

^

great sin, serious fault.

^'W'"W3*' net-par gnan-byas, v. fw
gt») has been promised (Mnon.).

V*'W ^'S^ nes-dpyad mar-spyod conti-
nually committing mischief or trespasses.

^""SS ne$-$pyad ^^sif bad habit, im-
moral conduct.

^*<'9" nes-byas a wicked action.

^«i'ti'|«;'ti5--3f-q|»cq nes-pa byed-pahi fo-
gam-pa a tyrant ; oppressive tax-gatherer
or ruler.

reproach ; punishment for faults : 0"'3'
^•^nm^^-l^-q^sw-q-ai considering the
punishments of lay life to be great, i.e.,
ever increasing (A. 11). In C. "nye-
mig " is a term for punishment, penalty.

no 1. num. fig. 128. 2. carrot (Cs.).

^

y no-ti pear in Ld. (Jd.).

^ no-tea, HRJ, pf. and imp. ^ to
buy, to obtain by payment ; ?i a "buyer,"
of the bride at a Ladak wedding ; y'*f^
a buyer : ijfgt wgfar^ whether any or
many wants arise he buys, i.e., a constant
customer ; ?'? account, bill ; ^'9 anything
bought, commodity to be bought; if'»*f
buying and selling, commerce, traffic;
?***-§Vti arafaro to trade; ?«iS-2^ no.
wahi ched for buying.

^ 'N no-lo inferior animals which
not carry burdens : «'*w;^-'w|*

flfyK-K-Jj«-$E.-q»T^-$ftlVq.«ft stupid mule-

colts and mules of the worst sort whether
adult or small are said to be " little no-lo"

can-

nog-pa or "fa'H ^ftta soiled,
dirtied, made unclean, e.g., of victuals ;
§'?q|'*' muddy or foul water.

yi'^I'i nog-nog-pa confused, mixed up.

J^S^' "ogs-byifi (Sch.). too soft; ^r
^=.' nog-non soft, maudlin, weak. -*j*''?1'^
yas nog-can in W. for fl^N''^'^ fondling
anything (Jd.).

nod-pa=w ^a food.

1. misery, trouble,
distress, any misfortune. 2. vb. to be
troubled, in misery : *-w}ft-fo»r§ moles-
ted by the heat; ^1Swwi§v«i to get

63

490

into trouble, to be distressed ;

had you not any trouble? prob. you

bad no troubles. 3. often bas the

technical meaning of misery as the result

of ignorant clinging to existence and the

world, and therefore, in the Buddhist

sense, the misery of sin : ^•35c.*r£rai*r«aj-q$-

*A'&^ this does not avail for being deli-

vered from such a misery; ^•Swq-»J^-«i

free from troubles, perhaps also sinless:

^Ifcr«?!rf-f^i the sinner buys the

flesh of fish (Jd.).

^•j5c*rq<v»j non-mons-pahi sa ace. to
Buddhism (K. d. * 355.) the ten smaller
causes of moral misery are: — jg'3 wrath,
*fa'<^ spite, frq ostentation, show,
ftiqp adherence to what is contrary
to Buddhism, § illusion, *f$ deception,
ST^I jealousy, envy, ^'Jf covetousness,
K'f* pride, fT*ft**'$* arrogance.

^•3fc*r£|§'*i'5^-q$ non-mon-pahi sa-chen
bcu the ten greater causes of moral or
mental misery :— W'W" want of faith;
^" hgyod-pa repentance or regret;
fl|V«rq bartering, also vacillating ; *>>w
npatMrq inattention or changing the mind ;
Jfr*#*atri confusion or mental derange-
ment; |«r^f«r%«r$^«-5^q practising
actions inaccordant with custom; Swj'qv
irreverence; tfoi laughing aloud;
ignorance ; ST*)1^ immodesty.

#c.«r*>Vq Son-mons med-pa
free from pain or misery.

i| non-mons
words of idleness (Mnon.).

nog pf. of f «J : ?&•»> a man who
has been bought, a slave (Cs.).

q|^*IJ$| (fnags n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. «| 2).

(8cA.).

nob-nob weak, feeble-minded

nor !.=?«*. 2. a rectangle (Cs.),
nol, imp. of 9«r9.

gnan I: 1. n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. 1 2). 2. very powerful and at the
same time fearful.

II: 1. a pestilential disease,
epidemic, infectious sickness, plague ;
wlT^c.'Rgsrg'flj^ leprosy and small pox
are pestilential diseases. The following
diseases are mentioned under the term of
*W pestilence (Sman. 108) : "l^'ST gzer-
thug, ^I'^'flfll'^l nag-po rgyug-hgycl, 31V
"1^ kkid-ffzer, ^ff't"\ hdsitm k/ta-rttsfy,
^"'S'l'^S hdsum Itag-dgye, V$8\ nba-loy or
°W<t'i\ byin-log, 5'g]f pho-fflan, HTa«'^W
rna-rtsa p/tti$-hdeb?, w$ f,am-ru, "I^'§^
ffnan-srin, "R^'^S'^'2' g.nan-nad rkun-po,
"I^'^g*' ffnan-hlras, W^S^ gnan-hbitr, y*l'
1 1hog-pa, "l"l'q gag-pa. The four reme-
dies prescribed in Tib. medical works
for gjnan called "Wl^K plague killers : —
w^ or lagerstrcbmia, «i^'^ arsenic, -g'Sf
and 5' |" musk (Sman. £50). 2. a class
of mischievous demi-gods ("'^"I), also
called "I^'H the parti-coloured pnan,
' the green pnan, and

HI : a epecies of wild sheep,
not the Ovis ammon but the Ovis Hodg-
soni. Its range is throughout Tibet, but
never in the Sikkim-Himalaya. In the
Kuen-liin and Altan Tag ranges, both
this species and the true Ovis ammon
occur.

ffnan-thab-pa certain medicinal
roots so called on account of their curative
virtues in plague, namely: — ?*|'-q,
f1*<'3 kags-kyu (MM. 2).

491

1?^'^n|'q #na» hdul-pd root of a plant
used in the disease called Gnan-g.zer tsha-
wa of which high fever and severe aching
in the body are chief characteristics.

"W g.nan-pa or *|W«S ^5 1. cruel,
fierce, severe : ^f«r9f ^s,'^f<I'*» the Bon
religion is cruel and Buddhism is noble
(Oyal. S.). ^TWW deities of terror ; |**<-
^J£i severe justice, cruel laws; «pr*fl|-
'i rigid vow, a solemn oath. 2. wild,
rugged, precipitous: *|W*i a rugged
country.

q|%QJZ3 ynah-wa (in composition, often
"ft* only) 1. neck, nape: «R<*'«r«^*J the
neck is contracted or shortened. 2.=1^ij
partizan, one backing a tide.

"R^'^j g.nah-ko hide or leather of a
beast's neck.

g.nnh-khob$ screen to protect
the neck attached to a helmet.

4|yvj|-qfcc«5 Qnah-khri Btsan-po the first
king of Tibet who was carried in a sedan-
chair and was therefore called the "neck-
chaired."

^§''*j<n gfiah-gofi du mi-snol, ^' =

9-nah-rgyab in C. castellations,
parapet.

1^'^ Gnah-nan a village on the con-
fines of Tibet and Nepal, but belonging to
the former.

+ fl|yvq g.nah-po a witness, one that gives
evidence ; i^'S'l'V'i to vouch for, to be
surety for : il'l^'S" he became surety for
the loan.

"ft1*'!" ynah-rtse the cervical vertebra
with its projecting process (Ja.).

gnah-tshigs spinal joints.

gnah-rens stiff-necked, obsti-
nate : wr«r4flR'*wta-JT*|$»«^'*i (Bdsa.

>3

28) Ser-smug, thou obstinate wretch, listen
to this my word. <B*'^MT*'| gnah-rens-
can stiff-necked, obstinate.

W%' ffnah-qifi gn yoke (for oxen);
fl|^'^c.-8,f^ GOah-fin hdsin one of the seven
fabulous mountains of Buddhist cosmo-
gony so called on account of its standing
out like the yoke of oxen.

Gnal n. of a place in Tibet;
*RTi anative of Onal;"\^'^''S'^' Gnal-pa
yrba-tshan the section of Daipung monas-
tery where monks from Gnal are admitted
(Lori. * 3).

^\y ^1 &ni-ga='!\:>iW<\ ^*ra both.

sun-

T^ 9™ff-tu ^^^', = "^"1'^ into
one, aimed at one, having only one obj ect
in view; but flfVT*i'*i&>l^fl| seems to=
the two loved as one.

if^ 3^ g.ni-ser sometimes
beam (Lex.).

sleep;

to fall asleep: «fVv*-?q I am
sleepless ; 4VV*f*' sleep has not come, I
cannot find sleep; ^^'S*i'«i one uninter-
rupted portion of sleep ; "ftY"^'^'^^
he fell into a sound sleep ; "fK^ light
sleep, a slumber. "f)vS'^TC| &nld-kyi log-
pa n(n*sjiiH to fall asleep, to sleep: 1t-

who is free from misery will sleep happily ;

iVwyvJq-q-a^-^Ti^'qS'flfyV&'Bic.' (8.

phren. 288) he who has attained to the

stage of Sbyor-lam will not fall asleep.
fr*r^ sleepy, drowsy; tflV**\
sleep interrupted, roused from

slumber. ^fVS'^1^' has gone to sleep.

492

Syn. ifoS'3 »nid-bro;
hdoj; "fyVW*

Mhibs-pa; *^ mna/; I*" 0=/>»;
T* gnid khug-pa;

V^S gnid-hdod wishing to sleep.
S'^i pnid-rdol somnambulism.
.-q ynid ma-lyun-wa
wakefulness, sleeplessness.

Syn. "ftV*>S g.nid-me4;
ma-khug ;
gnid-yar-tca

if^V* gnid^mo ^IT^J, «3ir asleep, in

sleep.

nfy^npi gnid-rnwgs dazed, stupid with

sleep : ^Vl^r**^**"" ^&', 5"l'5 "f ^'*5*'
<tq^-w a (Jibrom. f 35) leaving off sleepi-
ness and indolence, (you) should be always

industrious.

nf^-qjoj^ •£) gnerf pyur-pa to be overcome

by sleepiness.

flftS'i* gnid.-lam=si'aw rmi-lam dream.

qfy^«| ^s,'ti fffiid-log hdod-pa to desire
sleep, to be sleepy.

"fy> '" ffnid-sa bed, place of sleep.

Syn. y" «a/-«a ; ^"'^ mal-stan ; w«
mal-sa (Mnon.).

flf^'«^-ti air»ifta, «rr7T55> awakened, to
awake; flfyvv^*'^ smz to become
awake.

^J^QJ'q giiil-tva to be dessicated, to
crumble away; to thaw.

H|!*l gws ft, w 1- two: gV^'f^w
we two shall marry each other;
« either of us : |-sF«ift*rS<si- W*F
flat- 1 which is the better of the two reli-
gions, Brahmanism or Buddhism? g*'3'
"ft" a Brahman couple (man and wife). 2.
both: f'5^E/a*«r»i?fp'flfo»i both Maitreya

and the lord (Atis'a) ; SwR'^« both
you and I.

"ft"'"! g.ni$-ka "swj the two, both : ^"'
•t|5^ ^*rari the meaning of both; the
interests of both parties; ^'^ »nis-
gnis two each.

^'I'^'^V gfiis-kyi &nis sprad-pa
placed in two and two (in

pairs).

the " twice-born," i.e., a Brahman ; used,
also, of birds in general, and of human'
teeth.

ifywil gtw/s-//a = qft*< "1 yni$-ka both.

qfyq^np'g*! g.ni$-dyahi khyim
met. for the female organ.

d^^q copper.
half.

said to be either the curlew or lapwing.

*fo*r<ft"'le'' &nis-(fni$ zufl pairing, also
male and female living together.

«iftN'R3c.- yni$-hthuft firq met. for ele-
phant ; "f^'^'V^'Sthe king of elephants.

nft«*-a« ynis-ldab two-fold, double, twice.

qft"'?^ gjiis-ldan fif^R:, ^rqr twice ;
also the second age, the age according to
Brahmanical astrology in which two mea-
sures of virtue were left to humanity.

«rfy*r^'^« ynis-ldan-dm $iiH«jfl the se-
cond age of the present Kalpa.

vfoi'Q g.ni$-pa \n, fif^Nf 1. the second.
2. having two, possessed of two, e.g., *flf'
flf^'ci mgo pnis-pa having two heads, the
two-headed ; ?j''Ift*rc' lce g.nis-pa double-
tongued; ift»ri^*w all the second ones;
ra-«^ fi^fi the second only.

gfiis-po W both, the two.

g.nis-med gmfi-pa an
epithet of Buddha.

493

a propounder of the non-dualist
doctrine ; epithet of Buddha.

nfysj-n^ g.nis-hdsin ^vs holding to
two ; doubt, unsteadiness, wavering.

qfy*r<*e^-«s-q gnis-hdsin Ita-wa to look
upon two things as differing, to think
them different.

*fyw-«ft gnis-$ad the strokes put after a
complete sentence (Situ.).

<jf^*rfj-»>«^« gnis-su med-pa
1. matchless; identical: *•'*£'
the king and I are not two indubitably,
are the same. 2. n. of the Tantrik work
of S'r! Kala-chakra V^'^'^*^^ (Mnon.).

g.n*-g$um

skyor-tshig or |vqS-l5q| $kyar-wahi tshiy
repetition (Mnon.).

^|g^|'J| gnug-ma ace. to Cs. 1.
natural, opp. to cfSw beos-ma artificial,
hence (Sch.) ^'» diios-ma. 2. innate,
peculiai'; ^N-^II-* peculiar mind; 13T
*5'^«« gnug-mahi senif ; t\3*\-s&-v)-i\Q innate
wisdom ; W*^'1^ innate signification or
worth ;«r«flfr^W»i5-«-y^ ma-bcos g.nug-
tnahi nan-du hdre$ dissolved into the un-
created primordial existence (Ja.).

gnun-dkar rape seed.
Z3 gnul-ica — W** nul-wa.

&ne-wa to woo, court.

gneho=S'<$ smye-bo a wooer, cour-
tier (Ja.).

gne-ma (V%« nan-khrol),
the coiled intestine (Zam.), the twisted
part of the colon or great gut (Ja.).

resp.

beloved relation ; *|Ha|'S*w'S|'$S'C| to love
one's relations; "iHS'fT^ mother-in-law
by relation ; as a degree of relationship ;
ifa'SV g.nen byed-pa to marry, to become
related by marriage ; q|^'3'§"1!*' friends
and relations ; *lfa'§'fl«'«r^S'*ql*''$'^'ql!5
attachment towards friends quivers like
water, &c. (Lo. %!£) ; I'lfa pha-gfien
relations on father's side ; **'"]fa ma-gnen
relations on mother's side ; ^"'ifa bq es-
gnen 3>mim|*H spiritual friend, generally
a lama scholar who is versed in the
Buddhist metaphysics.

"iH^ ffnin-po helper, friend, assistant,
esp. spiritually ; S'l|$^'5'q3c.'qvg^'§*ri|q^ |
bless, that it may become a good spiritual
help |»i^'2i'lsi'»<'^*''£J^ without looking upon
a spiritual adviser; 5^'^^«i-q5'i|^'Zi the
spiritual discipliner of Tibet (Avalokite-
s'vara) ; (applied to things) remedy, means,
expedient, antidote ; ^•«r<»|*i'qiv'§«VJ|^'''!H£'
assistants in curing maladies (e.g., medi-
cine, diet, etc.) ; ^•fl$f£iIs dehi gnen-por as
a remedy for; |q-q5-«cw»t-^«-q5-fli^-£i«;
ggrub-pahi thabs mi-$e$-pahi gnen-por as a
remedy for helplessness in acquiring a
certain object, i.e., direction or instruction
how to obtain it (Ja.).

Syn. "S^^l*' mthun-phyogs ; "K'q|i|*i
yid-bcugs; w&'qjl* mdsah-bcugs ; 1^ sun;
V yi$ mthun-pa ;
grogs-po; 1&'

mdsah-wa§ bcin?; ^ Vq blo-ne-wa;
ran-phyogs (Mfton.).

gnen-can ^w used in polite lan-

$ku-g.nm kinsman, relation:

nc-wa or

ne-mo g>^*t, fc^x^%&( near relations,
cousins.

"l^'V'*!9' g.nen ne-hbrel, v. relatives by
blood or marriage connection.

494

*$*{% gnen-fdc, «lfa'^ gnen-ts/tan,
gnen-srid are words signifying relatives.

flj^'^q gnen-hdab, v. "fa gwn.

gnen-hdun 1. relatives ; «f«K.-«n»^'
pha-yan ina-yin gnen-hdun min
neither father nor relations. 2. ace. to
Sch. concord, harmony, amongst kins-
men : qfH'^''I<V£J'"fy gnen-hdun zid-pa yin
the harmony ceased.

bfc§-kyaii-med you have neither relations
nor friends.

3i'C' »»en-pa tnfa kinsman:
gnen-pas bsrun-ica ipfa'Cfarl pre-
served or protected by (his) kinsman.

Syn. "ifa'"!^ giien-gfin; *WV gnan-
hdab ; ^I'^j'l^ tnag-gi gnen ; V^°J ne-
hbrel; uia.'nl\q md*ah-b<;e$; i'l"! rtsa-lag;
*«!»!•$»»' 'iH" rigt-ritf gpig-pa ; X^-
cho-hbran mtshun^-pa; \^ne-du (Mnon.).

gjen-po y^*, sfjppT, tf?n^ ad-
versary, antagonist ; adverse, in opposition.

g.nen-por far (Jllrom. P 5J).

byed-pa f^=)iT marriage.

hbrcl-wa to be related,
connected by marriage or friendship.

•"lfa'3 giien-sla consort; companion by
marriage: H^w<-3^e«V5-''j<»r£iS-«iH3 as ye
(Tibetans) may enter into connubial con-
nexion with us (Chinese). l^'I'^^vS"
ffiien-sla ma-rned-kyis a match not being
available ; JKs^'lHl'^ khyod-dan, gnen-
zlfi min you are not a consort fit for me ;
also not related to you.

! gnen-yig friendly letter.

rin-po ^i.j.^H distant
relation.

v. *lfa grien.

- bf es relatives and friends:
khyod-h gnen-med

9*er 1. meaning, occasion : ^5'
dehi-gner ci-yod what was the
meaning of that (A. 33).

ql^'"'l gner-ka or ^l^'P gner-kha atten-
tion, care; "1^'TlS gncr-ka byed=^''\^'^
do-dam byed take care (of a thing, property
or person), to supervise, to pay attention
to: S'i'^'^^'TlS'^i*' khyod-rad gner-ka
byed lo-yyi$ would you take care (or take
charge of) (A. 115) ; ^^•^•f^w^
when I am free from the attentions of
village officials I am happy (Mil.),

gncr-du g
gtad-pa to entrust, confide in.

gner-ka gtad-pa to commit
a thing to a person's charge, to put a per-
son in trust of.

bio

i gncr-pa nmgiC a store-keeper;
farm-steward: *r«j*-|£^c,-<^5fiN,
q-^-q-^ai (Gul.) he was the
steward, wise in protecting agriculture
and its surroundings and knowing how to
collect and to keep accounts. *^fa'"$* dkon-
gner keeper cf precious (religious) objects ;
Sj'1^ gku-gner temple-minder; S^fa'"!^
dgon-gncr the steward of a monastery ; *$'
"$* gshi-gncr manager of an estate or farm ;
|"^'«$*> k/tan-gner one in whose charge a
house or house properties are left, house-
keeper: ^•R*;qijq*r^-|'^-'J$viar\*j having
arrived at Dingri, they asked the house-
keeper ; jf^'"!^ slob gncr a student : ^ $'«$*'
I^'^S" glob-gncr gan-du bgyis where did
you study. "15^'"]^ gtad-gner to entrust a
thing. "Sj^'11!^ myron-gner (lit. receiver

495

of guests but) practically a general mana-
ger or secretary under a king, minister, or
landlord.

Syn. %%*T^ mig-gi c/io$-can ;
Ide miff-pa ; ^Taj'*^ nan-gi gru-hdsin ; J'
"|^ sku-pner or §'*$vti a keeper of images
of gods, &c. (Mfion.).

1^'^ pner-wa or "$v|\ti gner byed-pa
to tend, to take care of, to provide for;
to seek for; to procure, to acquire. ffi
ify^'Q don gfier-wa to earn money, to take
interest on money; ^'^'*$*'* don-dit g.ner-
wa to provide for, to strive to procure ; ^'S'V
1fa^'ql^'*''¥w' people who desire to have
property ; ^'"^ don-gner exertion, effort,
zeal; ^'l^'^'S'^i don-gner cfien-po dgos
great exertions are necessary ; *'V.'3ft'«ft*r
"•'^'"I^'SV investigating both the pri-
mary and secondary causes ; ^'l^'-s^ don-
gfter can zealous, pains-taking.

gner-ma wrinkles (of the
face), a fold of the skin ; flftvsc^N gfter-
ma dans ftdd<(<aNf defined wrinkles;

with many wrinkles;
^^••r^jUTT^p the wrinkles have become
settled or rigid, vb. 1^'" g.ncr-pa to
wrinkle; ^'Jft'ql^'1' sna-gon g.ncr-wa to
knit the brows, to frown.
a frown, a severe, angry look ;
khro-grier can with frown ing looks; the
goddess Dolma in her terrific, frowning
manifestation is called f
Sgrol-ma Khro-gner-can »i|«(*dKi.

gner-ma khums-pa,
the object not fulfiUed (A. 65).

g.ner-ma can wrinkled.

i^E.- yner-mahi g.don lit. the
wrinkled-faced ; met. a monkey.

c.- gjmr-tshan store or store-room ;
house where provisions are stored up:
T9****'^l*'& gner-tshan gton-byed issuing
of articles from the stores ; one who issues
such.

fiai.wa ^r fa-
tigue, also 'srifr tired, to get tired ; ace. to
some authors, the proper spelling is *i)«rq
mnel-wa.

J'SJ gnog-pa to desire, wish earn-
estly ((7s.), v. fil'i snog-pa (Jd.).

9-™$ strength, durability, stout-
ness; "$V^ g.nod-can strong; *?fo&:
gnod-chun or "1^'*^ g.nod-med weak; ^N'
^IK^5-' lus ffnod-chuH a weakly, body or
feeble constitution (Jd.).

*c*\ hkhos-ka im-
portance, worth. "]^'T$E.- = 1. unimpor-
tant, worthless. 2. generous or charitable,

gnos n. of a tribe in Tibet

(Lon. 23).

rnnan boat, skiff, wherry.

*1 mnan-pa boatman, ferry-man.

SJ'^'qw a fish-skin (Sman. 350).
mnan-yod <ii<)^ n. of a city in
Eos'ala where Buddha resided for many
years. Occasionally x?^1£i occurs errone-
ously for W«i to hear.

mned-pa pf. and imp. *^«, Jut.
*fy 1. to rub, between the hands or feet,
e.g., ears of corn. 2. to tan, curry, dress ;
<i to tan skin. 3. to coax (Ct.).

^nmi?r similar, equal,

mnam
like (Won.).

496

also Yt

M^wcR'tf^ci rnnam-par hjoy-pa
to adjust for contemplation.

I'l mnam-par bshny-po '

T, sfayM to compose the
mind to perfect rest for meditation.

wyN'wgY*1 rnnam-par bycd-pa to make
even or level, to equalize; to divide
equally; ilww^fZi semf mnam-po im-

contemplation, preserving the perturbability, evenness of mind ; not to
equanimity of the mind. be affected by kindness or by the reverse.

n^'^S mnam-nid =3*»'*^ phyam-chad *>*^*<{i mi-mnam-pa unequal, uneven,
wmr, tut MAI impartiality, evenness, equ- ^^'<^mnam-bral^B mt^l unequalled,

ality ; justice. w^Y^'^" mnam-nid ye- matchless.

Syn. *Vq hdra-wa or ^'
de-lta, Y*1^" de mtshunf.

W^, mnam-dkar;*^'^ mnam-skyet
«JT^f colleague, brethren in the same
work or profession.

w^w-Rjvqupt i mnam-hgyur bkal-pa the
age or Kal-pa next to terminate (D.R.).

the knowledge to be acquired by con-
templation, »'.e., by Samadhi.

M^CCM^M mnam-mnam *mm level, very
even ; smooth.

*i9*» ^ mnam-du 1. together, in com-
pany with, •i?*'^''*?'* mnant-du hgro-wa
going together. 2. in Blnon. HJ?U
yearly, annually.

i o mnam-ldan bgkal-pa the
is continuing (D.B.).
mnam-g.nas WTO residing to-
gether ; also of equal position.

«}N'i mnam-pa, *m, H»HT?l, W5«, **fif^«
1. like, alike, equal, same: «$*» '« '^S
mnaw-^o yorf they are alike, equal, not
differing; ^•«^.'*3»«'<i'^t\ lha-dan mnam-pa

mnam-med, v.

mfium-gsun
ing equally ; finishing.

mnam-bral.
lit. receiv-

mne-wa or "Vfl^ '" w«e bsttin-pa
to tan, to rub ; wV^S*
tanned, rubbed; wywg will tan or rub,
v. «^Vq mnedpa.

tty'eXai mne-hbol cushion, a pillow.

JJ^'CJ 1. mnew-^aresp. y*[**fai phyay
mnen-pa *T5, ftp*) flexible, pliable,
supple, soft. 2. = *fa'z' mncn-po ?fRT«
tender, soft.

"fa'81 mnen-lcuy soft and pliant or
flexible.

M^'M^oi'q mnen mnel-wa to make soft
by tanning (Sch.).

mnen-mnes gfin-pa to

yod they are like unto the gods.
slum-po mnam-pa roundish ; *1*
mnam-pa of equal birth, rank ; ^'^wi duf

mnam-pa contemporary, simultaneous; caresB, to fondle (ScA.).
«9*rqv<*j*,'q to become equal, to be equal.
2. even, level, flat; "iT^ar^ *9«rn mnam-
pa flat like the palm of the hand.

M^'crofY'' mnam-pa brjod-pa
to invite impartially.

M^wq'dYi mnam-pa med-pa
uneven ; unequally.

-«i mnen-par hgyur-wa to
become soft.

"fa'^'I'V mnen-par byed-pa
to make soft, smooth, flexible.

'ZJ mnel-toa — "^'^ nal-wa or
than chad-pa to be tired, fatigued.

497

smoothened; made
soft (like leather).

ff^vn mnes-pa atfqa resp. for Wq,
same as ^31 'i dgyes-pa to be glad, to take
delight in ; also pleased, delighted : %'*&'
gqprsi^wq bla mahi thugs mnes-pa the
lama's heart was delighted.

*4*rq*'§Vq mnes-par byed-pa to make
glad, to give pleasure.

*^*i'§S mnes-byed JUST^n, ^IHIVHI ador-
ation, paying respect.

S)?*''fln^ mnes-pfin i^s^f, fcfli, ^TOfg«j
loving, affectionate (A. K 1-10). *$*'
fl|^'q mnes gfin-pa ==$*•' yn gnin-gdug be-
loved. Ace. to Sch. to love much ; to be
rejoiced at.

&in mno fond ; »ff'»i$'*^ mno mno-can in
W. fondling, petting (|'3'°i) a child (fa.).

f^'ZJ Rna-wn n. of a place in Tibet.
(Deb. «! 11).

^'i5l riia-lo or §'^ $fia-lo several wild-
growing species of Polygonum (Jd.).

^C'^C rnan-rnin worn-out clothes,
rags (Cs.).

5C'Z^ rnan-wa^Q-*^ 'i bfal-tva to rinse;
in W. to suffer from diarrhoea, f*'^
rnan-nad diarrhoaa; l^'i r.nan-pa or |e.'«
rnan-ma diarrhoatic stool (<7a.).

55 rnaw="IW gnaw the Tibetan argali
(Ovis ammon).

|q-|n « rnab-rnab-pn to seize or snatch
together (Sch.).

J^W*"! snobs-pa stretching out the hand

to eaten , KJi ' '" '-

ye /fl^-pa we-to rnabs-pa yis holding out the
hands of a child to the fire.

rnas sometimes used for Sfwq
brnas-pa. |*)'|\1 rnag-byed-pa lint to
scorn, to look down on with contempt.

^ rni sira net, snare or trap for
capturing wild animals or birds. f^CT"
rni hdsug-pa to lay snares ; S^'l phur-
rni mouse-trap consisting of a flat stone
supported by a little stick or pin (^'»
phttr-pa) .

Syn. |'W| rni-thag; ^'^l^'j ri-dbags
rgya; ^-^|>|«'^ ri-dbags hdsin; ^
ri-dbags dra-wa ; Vq'*^ dra-wa-can ;
ngBCqj^-g-^E.-^-^nm'ulc.'l^ nan-pahi hkhrul-
hkhor bya-dan ri-dbajs hchin-byed (M.non.).

f 'W| rni-thag, v. 1 rn«.

e^.

!, v. f^'" rnin-pa.

rnin-pa , WM, ^Til^, 3^Tm 1.
old, ancient (of things, *'.<?., clothes). 2.
muddy, "l*'*'!1^ g.sar-rnin new and old ;
gv§-S)-fl|-ffq-ii*w gnar-gyi yi-ge rnin-pa
rnams the ancient records ; ^'l6' brda-nin
the ancient orthography ; 5'|C lo-rnin =
JJ-^R- wa-rn^ last year (W^s.); V^l*'"
dran-sron rnin-pa the old rishi or sage.

Syn. ^•3rjf««-/)o; **•'» thar-po ; &'%*
snon-skye?; &'$*'» snon-dus-ma ; W^'i
yunr<n-ma; |"< r«««-»w; ^"I'" thog-ma;
9fi'» rgas-pa; X*'Wi cho? rga?-pa
(Mnon.).

IC.'P rnin-ica vb., pf. ''I**' 6rn««S to age,
wax old ; SffN'^RW gos-brniils worn clothes ;
^srqgMi Iham-brnin? old shoes ; ffq^'^-q
fnin-war hgyur-wa, ft.'Wl'S'*' rnin-war
byed-pa to wear out in a short time (Ja.).

|e,'*» Rnin-ma 1. general term for
the various unreformed red-cap sects of
Buddhism in Tibet. 2. particular name
for one of the oldest of these same sects.

64

498

rnM-pa, *«r^«r

rnin-ma de-la rab-pnas kyan mdsad. he
also consecrated that old one (A. 93) ;
Ifsfi-qi^vflijK.' rnin-mahi ffter-gshuA the
religious works which, it is said, were un-
earthed hy Qter-tfon-pa belonging to the
Nying-ma school of Tibet.

|f^ rnin-tslui4 old fever; chronic

to gain much profit:

f^'S"! rnifi-hrul worn-out, old and

«i

rotten (things).

mto*9 reds-pa *Nr
worn out ; delapidated ; cast off.

f ^'3 rnid-pa pf. «K brnid, «$« brnif
fut. «fa ffiiid. 1. to fade. 2. to grieve
(vb. n.) (Sch.).

-f, ^QJ rnil or §1 mil gen. as *'|i so-
rnt7 the gums.

f«T* rnil-wa, v. ^'^ fnil-ioa.

•f. fT^l rnt'i-jaassl^'i $nin{-pa pf.
, J^^ to be worn out, become old,
faded.

1^*3 I : r fad-pa 1. vb., pf. "">^ brnedor
fl|« 6r«fs fut. «^S brned. W«, It^r, tfft'ra,
^3^1 to find, discover, acquire, meet with,
get : ^'? "I^'^^S de-ni gan-nag rned where
did you get that ? ^^'^'SF-'Z mi rfod-du
mi run-no it must he procured by all means ;
«'"|«\'i ma rned-pa not finding; «r<^'$f*)'*t'
l^'^ sas-dan $kom-ma rned-de having not
found anything tc- eat or to drink; 'V^'
^•q-q"l^ da-ni re-tea brned-do now that
my hopes are fulfilled ; I^S'W gri rned-
pas as he found a knife (from Jd.).

'^1 II: sbst. profit, gain, property,
goods ^V'^^IV rned-pa maA-po rned-

<*• 36) by exerting himself for gain and
honour a gelong will be ruined; these
riches and honours are the causes of in-
terruption to all works of piety: ^"I^S'
"'•^'^'^'W bdag rned-pa dan Idan-na
mi-dijah if I am possessed of earnings,
he is aggrieved. IS'IJ'" rned $dn-u-a
collecting of riches; "K*)T£' rned phrog-pa
to take booty, to plunder (Sch.}. "K§*<
rned-rlom pride of wealth or gain: *'§*<'
'^' (Klirid. 125).

rned dktth-wa
difficult to find, rare. The five hardly
obtainable things are (see K. d. fl £75) : —
(1) S1*'^'!'^ V the human body which
is slowly prepared; (2) $ gla (%Lnon.)
wages, remuneration for work done, rent ;
(3) «MTj»r«r««-g faith in Buddha; (4) the
conception of saintly ideas, i.e., the
enlightened heart of a Bodhisattva ;
(5) scq-j^g^q the appearance of a
Buddha.

thob-nor riches

hdod-chays

1 rnog-pa (cf. ^1" nog- pa) vb.,
pf. *^"\^ brnogs, fut. 'if"! brnog to trouble,
to stir up (Cs.) ; also adj. thick, turbid ;
^'Tl'*' chu rnog-pa muddy or dirty water.
fi|'T*^ rnog-pa can: l.=|^'^ (kyon-can
faulty. 2. dirty, turbid, troubled TIT*'**
rnog-ma can, miry, muddy.

and honour.

inclination for gaia

J r nogs-pa, *iftis, ^f^Nf dirt,
scum, stain ; Tl*"'"'*!^ rnogs-pa-med
stainless, clear, purified, washed;

499

ohu-riiog med=:Qi\&''1 chu tsan-wa pure
•water (Mnon.).

rriogS'tshag n. of a disease

trap, snare.

t " rnon-wa pf. if"1 irnons fut. if*'
n, imp. T^*' 1- to ensnare, trap (C?s.).
. = S^'£i rkyan-pa vifcMM to stretch out.

= 19^'^' g.nah-nan.
= $'% rna-lo.
snag-pa col. for l"!^ meg-pa.

rfiyaws music, har-

mony

rgyu-rkyen reason-;
$nad-med-par without reason, pre-
tence or provocation : I'^'^WWi^f^'
^•|^-^q|il-q5'^'S)^ (A. 62) the reason of
Atis'a's undertaking to proceed to Tibet
was the welfare of animate beings. 2.
^•ti^qm'q sriad hdogs-pa^3*'1^'^'1* skyon
brjod byed-pa 9f^; jpf^^jH^f"
skyon-tned-par skyon btags-pa to impute
fault where there is none, malicious
accusation or imputation; ^S'^Cl'" ?nad
hdsug-pa to bring an action against, to
prosecute; f\3«\-{i mad byed-pv.(viitb a
dat.) to use a pretence or pretest,

^'SJ §nad-pa pf. and fut., «if\ bsnad,
imp. |S snod to relate, to report ; ^'|^'?S't'
lo-rgyus mad-pa to relate a story; S'W

rmi-lam snad-pa to relate a dream;

<V£i0toj snad-pa to state, inform, give
notice; to rehearse.

f •V*)tV3tVS5l*' snad-iwd. smd-dkris impu-
tation without cause; false charge.

^ snaw ?ro , 'ffaf, resp. for ^'1 rna-wa
the ear: ^''^•'^^'^••rgyal-pohi snan-du.
(has it came to the king's hearing.
snan-khufi the ear-hole, hearing.

?^-§>!fF§1 snan-gyi gon-ryyan
^^t ornament worn on the tip or up-
per lap of the ear ; ?^'|^ snan-rgyan ffigw
an ear-ring ; $'|^ rna-rgyan ^ff^^rr ear-
ornament.

bud-metf blo-ldan-ma (Mnon.) a noble and
generous lady.

§^'"1 snan-nag lit. speech which is
agreeable to the ear. 1. wr, 3ffw
poetry as one of the four divisions of the
science of words. 2.=^'^=.^ pa-asiis SJSR
the planet Venus.

^•c.u|-*(|<^ man-nag mkjtan L 3if% a des-
criber, poet. 2. .a learned man (Mnon.).

man-nay mkKan-po I&H the
planet Venus ; the spiritual guide of the
Asura demi-gods.

Syn. flp'vtrwtw gsah-pa sails; ^'a^'g
Han spon-bu\ ^'**ai'5'*1 lha-min bla-ma
(Mnon.).

^•K.*|'*tfwr«^- man^nay mkhas-dwan
<^^\f, chief poet; a complimentary
address to the learned.

fKfm^'ffl man-nag ro-ldan=^"]'^\'ln^'
^1 lit. a humorous expression ; but includes
^'q5'fl|5»( a religious discourse, R**cqv|j
soft language P''£13C.' sweet words ^'«55'Uflj
conciliatory mild expressions ; ^ij'qac.' plea-
ant words $*|«r*l-<l^ moral sayings (Mnon.).

man-grags fame, reputation.

snan-hjegs. polite and gentle
(Yig.k).

Wtft$ snan-brjod ^u graphic descrip-
tion.

500

ffian-fftod-pa to give ear to:
WynfltfN kye rgyal-
po chen-po bdag-gi tshig hdi-la gnan gtod-cig
0 great king, do lend your ears to my
speech (I}brom. 1S6).

WtF- Snan-nan also called *WP-' Mnah-
nan n. of a district in N. Western Tibet.

tnan-pa 1. like a«"|W« grayt-pa
fame, renown, glory, praise:

gv § ' iv q - f "i" ' qsv 9HV your fftme kas

spread in the ten quarters, i.e., all over
the world; ^•n-<rjc^«r*«i rf4» tnan-pa
rgyan-nat thog his praises are heard far
and wide ; *« '^ f *, « i^'H' cet dehi {nan-pa
brjod-cin thus speaking praisingly of him;
3« •£« •^•q-ar^w ceg-pahi tnan-pa-la rten-
nat relying on a rumour of this purport ;
Irjfq-^iqwfcrV'fK' cet tnan-pa daft
r/ragt-pa chen-po byun so his praise and
great fame arose ; ^-f ^ dehi gnan-duto his
praise, or to his hearing. 2. adj. well-
sounding, sweet to hear ; ^'^'8" gnan-par
gmra-wa t^N^ sweet expresion, sweet
and polite language ; ^'«H'9S gnan-par
that does pleasant things; W
gnan-pahi dpe-can n. of a warb-
ling bird, v. I'T^'"! ka-lapin-ka (]£non.).
Ssl'9t'*St"'^q'5'^'q a monk having a well-
sounding voice; **W« t»hig gnan-par
with pleasant words; JW\ gnan-tkad
melodious language. 3. vb. to praise,
extol, glorify. 4.=f*'«c«j gor ma-clog
qvr without interruption (Lex.).

fi mi-gnan-pa 1. discordant, gra-
ting ; Kfi'S|'»*'^'{i'^'3 fkad-ni mi-gnan-pa zer-
?ra to utter discordant cries; (Jd.). 2. offen-
sive, insulting: fl|c^qT^1'(jr3f^'SC.°*)'^'qf^
yafi-shig bdag-la rtsod-cin mi-snan brjod he
who in a dispute says to me insulting
words. S'^'ivlvq ^v^at^jj mi-§nan-par

ser-tca dafi-du len-pa to put up with offen-
sive remarks.

«H5*r^-« giam gnan-pa 1. good joyful
news, glad tidings; *15*<'Sf!V0 gtam-gnan
bye^-pa to bring glad tidings. 2. pleas-
ing conversation (Cs.) ^W
v. 3T1 (f>'agt; W*p
bkah-rgyud oral instructions of lamas.

f^'9'9'11 gnan-phra shu-ica to slander, to
backbite.

ifl'tfta gnan-hphrin 1. good tiding,
gospel. 2. n. of a bird which lives very
long (llfnon.).

tf"**! gnan-tshig «m, ^•*"I'5|i^1-3S
tnan tshig-gi rig-byed «r»i5^ the third
Veda of the Hindus, f^'*"! '^' gnan-tshig
lyun fimw grown out of the Sdma- Veda.

^'9 gnan-xhu petition, memorial ; ffi'9'
v$* ^tnan-shu hbul-wa to present a petition.

^•^«i gnan-fal the flap of the ear.
$»j-q]»!^ R&WCI gnan-psctH kbelg-pa, ^rnn?«r
invitation ; to invite, to call attention to.

f^'iji snan-srab=W\'\^>'1* nan-dad che-
ita credulous: 1^ f^'^i rjehi gnan-srab the
king's credulity (Oyal. 2).

^•^c.-q gnan-lhon-tca to make dear.

^'^J gnab-pa to smack with the lips
(Sch.).

l'£| gnam-pa 1. vb. to think, consider,
imagine: *WfTV***VPr* we thought
we should give up the jewels ; f"|ir<^»r$*r
*f* na-lceb dyos-snam-na$ thinking I should
commit suicide; %W^H'*'f«'| yon-
tan dan Idan-par gnam-ste considering him
to be possessed of talents. 2. sbst. thought,
sense, mind, sensation : <CplT^r«r'fc'%i'
*FP- chos byas-na snam-pa yofi-gin ffdah we
have thoughts of practising religion ;
hjigs-so mam-pa yo<j,

501

re-skan I am far from any thought of
fear; f*1^, ^•f-|V3^ though one may
imagine that it will help ; g^'i gkyng-pa,
«i|w<i!Kf*c3s brdung-dkris wam-byed
there arises a feeling like that of nausea,
like that of being beaten, of being
(tightly) wrapt up (Jd.).

snal-yag

number;

57).

n. Of a

(Ya-sel.

$ sni, v. f rn«.

?'$*•' gni-steft = *W* gnah neck; nape of
neck.

f 5 im-po=s;t'3 gnifl-po the heart.

?'3"i sni-phul corn of luxuriant growth;
abundant harvest.

'$'" gnt-tea 1. a dwarf. 2. softness.
3. n. of a plant.

%'% gni-ico »?5 adj. gentle, soft, de-
licate, tender.

f '*• gni-ma for $'*i gne-ma (Jd.).

f'^I^^S Sni-fad ka tya or f'-'i^'g*'?
Sni-$afi yur-rta name of mountains in
Nepal (Ja.).

l"!**'^ snigg-dug or $*|*rwS'^»i gmg*;-
mahi dug SifsR or ^rf|jf the degenerate age,
or the age of ein.

f1*'9S '* sniys byed-ma ace. to the Bon
n. of the god of air (D.R.).

cv

^*J|?l*y gfiigg-pa degenerated, grown

worse, v. f <P>'* gnigg-ma.

whet- stone. 2. a*i'g'9 impurity in food,
poison or defilement in food ; impure
sediment ; w^'fpri mar yyi gnigi-ma
impurities in butter ; ^c-«'1"l»''l*|*;\'c' to se-
parate the clear (fluid) from the gediment ;

snigs-ma thamt-cad net-
tea to clear out all the impurities. ^'§*!«'«
shift snigs-ma »jJ*i*qMi a yellowish sprout
growing up on land. 3. *«pr«i tshigs-ma
a member between two joints.

T»rg-$ fnigt-malfla-ni the five impuri-
ties are :— (1) 15^, ^T^-.^TO ; w^u «»»«»•
hijrib-pa the decrease of the duration of life ;
(2) ffi-^-w, ?fvinra;=%<i-^-Q-ri-^-q
perversity in thoughts, religious disbeliefs,
&c. 3. ^•«c,«-ci5|nm-»i|f5T^T?f;_^,-g,fl-

^1'" the five poisons; (4) ^w^'I'l")*!'*,
ws-'S'rm ; ^a»^'^>«» difficulty to convert ;
(5) ^ S'lll'*, 3i<mmiq f v?^ rtsod-ldan
degenerate ages or times.

3^ ?nin w., ^&, ^ 1. the heart,
both met. and physically: ^'i^v^'i^m
snin-hdar shifi-hgul the heart throbs with
fear; ^"I'§)'^«'|'^E.-^'ill« bdag-gi lus-kyi
sniii-ltar pceg as dear to me as my own
heart. 2. fa1* the disposition, ^'^l^'fl
fnin-dgah-wa or f=.'^'l snifi bde-wa glad-
ness, cheerfulness ; ?^' V^l'^f^l'i gnifl-itan
mtghphrog-patotr&nepoTt,to ravish (Sch.).
3. courage ;$*'i'4*'Vl be not afraid! §^'
<I^'§*''*'S*' gnin g.don gyis. bglus the heart is
infatuated by a demon, f^'^wi gnin-nas
(i) heartily, zealously, earnestly, e.g., look-
ing for or to a thing ; with all one's heart,
most earnestly, devoutly, e.g., to say one's
prayer; (ii) actually, really: jft'^'^-S)'
qgc/q'S)^ khon gnin-na mi-hbyin-pa yin really
he does not sink. 3. for ^'9, $e.-nq|wi q
gnin hy ems-pa stupified, confounded,
depressed (D.R.).

Syn. of No. 1. S"!" thugg ; •*]'§' fi&n ya.
yi mchog • S^'5'j"^^ vhog-kyi rtsa-hkhor ;
W '§S'§S kun-tkyed byed; sf''!'')'''!^*' srog-gi
gnus ; %*wr3'pfi semg-kyi khafi-pa ;
i$*\ rnam-$eg rten (Mnon.).

502

•p sniH-kka ^t the heart ; Vf*1
$nifi-khar on the heart, at heart.

^c.-p*w tnin-khamt the heart; ace. to
Sch. courage.

$*'«! snifi-ga the breast: fffl|V8'*«.-|»r
crq^-q^-n* ffiift-gar tpu-man fkyes-pa bde-
war hteho he will live to be happy on whose
breast grows much hair (Mi.).

^c.-^«p-q gain dgah-wa ^K*i)«m heart's
content, joy, cheerfulness.

^'$«]*i sniA-grogs TO^, ?W« a sym-
pathizing friend, a bosom, friend.

^t-'&t snin-can courageous, spirited, bold.

$e.-J-*rq gniA rtsef-pa, v. 1't 1 snt r/e-wa
sm mercy, compassion.

^'yW tnin-chu bshug in JF. afflicted
with dropsy in the pericardium (Jd.).

$e.'i snifi-rje 3\w, ^JT, wg^p kind-
ness, mercy, compassion : *Nlct'jj*ri to
meditate with pity for all men. f^'^'I snifi-
rer/'«, occurs inS^V^*"1'^'^'! khyo$ Bod*
rnams snin-re-rje I pity you ye Tibetans
(A. 65).

Syn. SI**'! thugs TJe; 1$'** btse tea;
|«r*flm rje? chayi; l^'^'fll" rje$-su btse
(Mnon.).

§K.'i'^S sniil rj'e $kad lamentation ; cry
of compassion.

?t-i'*^ $nifi-rje-can a»mg merciful,
kind hearted ; a merciful person.

§t-|-^'2j Snin rje chen po, ^'|5-^
Snin rjehi l/ia, are names of Avalokites'-
vara.

1c'|-3^-3-q\^ii>N gnin rje chen po pad
dkar ^wr-3«yCi* n. of a sutra in the Kah
gyur, vol. *, Mdo section.

fE.'1'gm snin-rje bral=^'^^»snin^rjf
mfd-pa fa&vn devoid of mercy or com-
passion, merciless, cruel. The following

ten ace. to Buddhism are included in
the category of those who are called
rniti-rje-bt-al: — <Nff'« butchers ; a'i)ii-^c.-«
sellers of ducks; ««r**K.'«i sellers of pigs
or pork; yi fishermen;
hunters; a'" bird-catchers;
Tf«r|rWprf'«I»fW| drivers of donkeys
and other beaats of burden who lading
them heavily beat them; S*^'" robbers
and way-layers; I-^Y*'" murderers;
slayers of oxen, etc. (K. dh.

§=.'!' 35 fniA-rje mo 1. compassionate:
you are compassion personified. Aoo. to
Jd. in 8"V$ti'*'^'Vi''^<J! you are much
to be pitied. 2. colloq. dearest, most
beloved, amiable, charming.

^c.'V'J siiifl ne-wa l. = »^-5 rpdsa-bo, or
y*S ne-ico, friendly, amicable, loving,
affectionate. Figurative expression for it
is ^Y^V^g yid-kyi zehu hbru (Yig. k. 1).
2. dear and near relatives. 3.
money.

^'f«w $nin-ttobs «3, f^»f, S
fortitude ; character ; courage, spirit,
virtue : *p«'^-*<i-c.^''qwq-2JV§E--^w-£-ii!
M>i^-|i(q<ui>q*t<rf-ft-4|'4 fortitude and
enlightenment increasing in the wise and
learned ; they go not after evil deeds and
indolence (Ld.; Glr.).

^•fi«'«^ snin-stobi can «ifa*, fear-
less ; possessed of fortitude, moral courage.

Syn. ^'9 dpah-po; ?wf»^ natn-fia
med; gwq'S'we.^ shum-pa mi-mfiah; fw^
ftobf-ehen; H'Kt'*ffa pya-rol gnon (Mnon.).

^•^q«-S §fiin-stob$-che ^<n^, F^iflM
great soul, one of great fortitude.

§*>'fll5*' snin-gtam confidential speaking
a secret : $*-''iiy»'fy'§'§w'*'%V$mn-gta»iy.in
gyi sems-la shog (Lo. 30.) put away in
your mind talk which is confidential;
) btse-bahi $nift-gtam the secret

503

speech of kindness or of love ;
phan-pahi $nin-g.tam useful admonition.

bs gter flsffrfg ; =?=•'
intrepid, one
whose heart is stored with courage1 (A.
K. 1, 18).

I^'ST" snin-du sdug-pa or fy'^'v
charming, handsome; $t'$*qq'«t=«|l*m'
sfctftt yzugs rndses-pa very handsome per-
son, charming (Mnon.) ; in W. liked, be-
loved, darling, favourite; ^cfT^lTR^ql
$nin-$dug shig-hdug he is a general fa-
vourite; ^'"fl $nin ma-$dug not hand-
some, not charming; ace. to Jd. bad
people.

^t-q^*» $nin-bdom ornamental equipments
of a riding horse, generally what is put
on its breast (Rtsii.).

^f^ cj fnin Mod-pa to wish, to desire,
to long for ; *'^'^'<i za-smn Mod-pa to
long to eat, to be craving for food; *?'$*'
^'i ardently wishing to go.

S^'Jj'l snin-sdug a beloved one ; a sweet-
heart (Nag. 29).

f^S snin-nad l&sfyftfH snin na-tta
disease of the heart, but not often any
physical disorder; heart-sickness; grief
on account of injury suffered from others.
2. defined as Stewnr^'criVTi sems-la nag
po shag-pa vindictiveness, to keep a
grudge at heart: £'*fWNjgjNff^'^V>'

jf«T'IKlTf^<Vr*l'1cfV|^ mya-nan
sems-hkhrugt yi mi-bde shin tto-chag g.nid-
chag she-?dan drag-pds snift-nad $kyed.
Snifi-nad is caused by fits of anger,
sleeplessness, starvation, despair and men-
tal derangement from troubles, etc. The
disease is of seven kinds :— (1) f *'$ dropsy
of the heart, (2)^'^|«, (3)
(4)^-^w, (5)fc*i, (6) ff-|ls (7)
(Mng. 3Q,

^fC'H I: snin-po, wr, ^r, Hfl the
pith, essence, heart; ff25-*i'%q-»M*'S^
snifl-po ma-yin pa med-par gyur
far from being useless ; useful.
skad-Jii/i snin-po the 'substance of a
speech; £*r|'!e.-Hj chos-kyi snifl-po the
essential part or purport of a work or
the main substance of a doctrine ; ^'f^'
".3^1 don-sniH hbyin-pa to draw out a
summary, the sum and substance (of a
writing) : lN*t«f<MH*S^l**f*rifC''J'*5'
•%^ sclns-catt thams-cad sans-rgya§ kyi snlii
po can yin-na if all living beings have the
pith and essence of, i.e., partake of the
nature of, Buddha; ^•q^>q^|<i|*i-q5^c.-£i
de-bshin bgegs-pahi $nin-po the spirit
of Tathagata; Sc.'^£l'1t-q bt/an*c/tub snin-
po ; the spirit of the Bodhisattva, i.e.,
Buddhahood. ty^llK'^^ni srog-gi snin-
po hlul-wa to offer one's heart's blood,
to pledge one's own life. The five chief
essences or snin-po of food are : — * salt,
%'?1 fruits, 9'*w treacle, |t'f- honey,
red sesame (Risii.).

fldwef. 2. i* the
thunder-bolt. 3. vBtT, <rtf*«5 a heap, a
plough. 4. l-sf«ft<!i a kind of precious
stone, sapphire.

snin po rnkhreys pa=^'^'
oft min pohi gshi vt^\ th& earth, that
holds everything, all substances.

$nin re rfe pity; to be pitied:
'^! hdi rnam$ snin re rje these
people are indeed much to be pitied. As
an adj. $w-5^*'^'i sems-can snin re rje
the poor creatures (Ja.) ; ^'^'i-«A'f 1'^
the pitiable sinners.

sub-

pt> can
stantial; also courageous.

504

che

fl chen-po byag-
f/» thugs-semi mi-sdug-par bsam-blo rgya
chen-po) noble-hearted, intrepid, adven-
turous, enterprizing : $K'Zfl'qc.-$^'ij'q$<ic
ci5 *-^ ^•^'"'^'S 0, noble-hearted (sire)
you have been required to do husbandry
bending on your chest (A. 127).

^E.-Zr*4lfl| ffiifi po mchog ^nnifl n. of a
number.

$K.-Zj-3fl|-q5iMis>-J' snin-po theg-pahi yan-
rtse n. of the chief works of the Anuttara
mystics of Tibet and of Ancient India.

$c.-Zj'g^-a fiiin-po Idan ma wr^ft an
article that is possessed of some real pro-
perties, or of intrinsic value.

^e. Zj qj-n gnin-po bfdu-wa OTftrc n- of
a work composed by Atis'a (A. 66).

^e.'Zj-*)\ci gnin po me$ pa 1. ^fcrr, 't^,
^f;=^'*>S'i worthless, null, void, false,
hollow. 2. n. of ^HJT the third Pandava,
the hero of the Mahabharata (Mnon.).

^cZi 5 S^ snin-po so sor (^'S^'M1^ tsan-
dan dkar) ftm\\, white species of sandal
wood ; a yellow gem, a topaz.

^c.-Ej5-pt £i snin-pohi khan pa=^<\ a
recluse's cell or hermitage in the midst of
a group of hills (Mfion.).

^s.-EiS-«^-£) tnifi-pohi £ben-pa void,
worthless; sbst. solitude.

^e.-nqq-\ jjjfeVj hbab dri agreeable scent
(Mnon.).

?ty sniA rtsa heart-vein; the veins
connected with the heart.

f1-'!' snin rise the tip or apex of the
heart ; the focus of attention, i.e., when
all attention is concentrated.

f=.'q|-^ snin brtse Idan, ^t'**! snin
rje can loving, affectionate (Mnon.).

$=-•*« snin tshim gratification, satisfac-
tion, consolation ; also pleasure felt at the

discomfiture or death of an enemy or ad-
versary ; |*f>W^»r<l jmri tshim Meb$pa to
show such pleasure; also vb. ^R'Vlwq
tnin re tshim-pa to gratify or console ; to
become gratified.

$t'*x fnin tshil the fat about the heart
((&.).

^c.-^»j-^ ffiift s/,0! qa n Of a frujt -which

in appearance is like the heart (Rtsii.).

•f^fq^r^jj-q ^^ jg^oj te smra-wa =
^•^r^-^K-^M-|-q gfjifi gtam dan ggaji

gtam gmra wa to speak out a secret or re-
veal a confidential thing.

$*'* Snin-ri n. of monastery in Tibet.

fc'V snin ru$=3W*p 1. assiduity,
firmness of mind, perseverance. 2.
courage.

§*'§*' snin rlun l.zpe.'p'Se.^'q anger,
indignation. 2. low spirits, melancholy
(Sch.). ff§£.'^ 9 ^^ become indignant.

ff«i(3i|»i $nin-la khuyf ^??yc« upon the
breast.

Iwy* snin-la nal=^fy* lit. that lies
down on the mind ; a name of Kama, the
Indian Cupid (Jfwon.).

^£,-arnqq-q (nin-la hbal-pa 1. •H<V$*
fully comprehending, appreciating. 2.
nectar.

|^'^ tnid-pa prob. f^ rnid-pa (Ja.).

*• ,y

^^ *f snid-mo •T»T^T younger sister of

a woman's husband.

Syn. ill^T*' khyo-gahi tin mo ; IVT5*
^'35 bdag-pohi grin mo (Mnon.).

^'^ snin-pa, ^'9 t*in-pO,fy'% gnin-te
=S['5 gni-wo.

mim-pa or
thal-mo ^ref1% two handsful; a measure

505

for liquids, as well as for flour, grain
and the like, as much as may be
taken up by both hands placed together :
I-9«rMfrg^«rq-qc.-qjiir|-9| j0.WOi hgron-
bu snim-pa gan bgnams-te byon (A. 69) the
lord carrying both hands full of cowries
arrived.

jn«w5=»i&rq mdses pa beautiful,
handsome (Sag. 29).

jm7=f«« nil, ^*<5-$fHi $ne mahi
phun po a bunch of ears of corn (flag.

snil-wa or fi'i rnil-wa pf. and
fut. «§«i bgnil (cf. 'fti'1' g.nil-wa) 1. to
push or throw down, to break down, to
destroy (houses, rocks, etc.) ; gw^urq
phye-mar gnil-ica to reduce to powder
(Sch.). 2. |^'S°rti phyir $nil wa to expel,
banish, exile (Sch.) (from Jd.).

snug-pa also |1>{i smyug-pa, pf.
6nw08, fut. ^l"! ftjnwg' to dip in, to
immerse (Jd.).

f^I'JJ snug-ma more frq.
*

»MJ reed, rush, bulrush.

u reed-pen ; J

smyug-
6so

wicker-work.

J1'^ SWM^ Arfsew lit. one holding the
reed-pen, a writer. ^"•J'^'^qc.'S mug hdsin
dwa& po a chief clerk in Tibet ; i
i'q one versed in writing:

to the chief writer who is well
versed in the art of writing which was
introduced by the noble Thu-mi (Tig.
k. W).

|1'V §nug-rum n. of a place in Tibet
(Lon. » 3).

|<i|'i)£. $nug fin bamboo.

snug-si dark yellow-colour;
|1'^ broad-cloth of dark yellow colour
(Rtsii.).

snugs duration, continuity, time
(Cs.).

ji)«cl^ snttgs-chen continual (Nag. 39) ;
^1«'§WW^ snugs-srifls yun-tshad pro-
tracted, lengthened out (Ja.).

^"I«'g«( snugs-sbrul a species of lizard

(Sch.). "

Scuffs SM=^'^ in a long time.

gnugs-srin ^mr»T lengthened
or continual.

|^' snun=^ reap, for ^5 disease, ill-
ness, sickness : Pft'«l?'f«r|*IfriKWW btsun
pahi sku la snun mi mnah ham your honour
I suppose is not unwell ?

fC'EJ snun-ica I: vb., pf. i|c." bgnufis,
fut. sj*' bsnun 1. to make less, to reduce,
to diminish; aco. to Sch. to disparage.
2. to be ill, sick, indisposed; §ipi-|cq5-»)
people that are disagreeable, annoying to
others (Jd.).

|P'^ II: sbst. the state of being ill;
illness, indisposition.

|^'9 snun bu awl, pricker, punch.
Syn. t"X-rfoe rno; Hf-q-«i9«ipj-§^ ko wa
hbigs byed (Mnon.).

l^'l^ snun #i/«=ajv*ft 1. illness,
disease. 2. igVi'JTSv*! banishment; to
expel, eject.

illness, disease, sickness:
u la ?nun gyis bzuft he was
taken ill. Ace. to Jd. ^'e*<Vt> snun dri-wa
or ^'l^i'1' snun g.sol-wa are expressions
of inquiry after a person's health. ^\8'i
na-dri shu-wa or ^^'^'l'1! snun-dri shu-wa
to wait on, to pay one's respects (Jo.).

65

snun

506

snun dbans-pa ^rrtPT cured
from a disease, recovered from an illness,
convalescent.

Syn. sft'wwi nad sans-pa ; *ft*f8wi
nadpsogpa; sf\^'cfjc''c> nad kyisbtan wa;

las thar wa (Mnon.).

J^'i snun-pa 1. pf. and fut. i|^ bsnun
to be ill, to labour under a disease. 2. =
^V nad pa, ^S'^ip nad phog pa, ^w^'wi^'P
nams ma bde wa, <^q-Rg<i|*r« bdu wa khrugs
pa, pwwwq^'q kyam$ ma bde wa.

l^'*1^ gnun med free from illness.

* |^'*<S snun rmed. (^ illness, fis
rmed=\c> dri-wa) to inquire, to inquire
after one's health : I'5'ac^'fi^ jo bo la
Snun rmed, *\ifa'f&^ (A. 75) thus in-
quiring if the lord was well.

$ne-ma='N or T

1. ears of corn. 2. ng^'^'q hbruhi doy-pa
corn forming ears (v. f^'i Ijan pa).

^'*\Ti sne dkar diseased ears of corn ; ^'
»^ sne mgo'fy'H $fte ma ears of corn.

^•^c.' Sne-than, also written «$«•«•
mnei than, n. of a village situated about
ten miles S.W. of Lbasa city. It was at
5fetbang tbat tbe celebrated Atis'a spent
bis last days and died.

Sne-than glin-ga the large
grove in neighbourhood of the monastery
wbere Atis'a resided. It contains the
eborten or cbait wbere bis remains were
interred.

1'*»^ Sne-mdo n. of a village in Tibet
(Deb. Ii$).
I'S Sne-phu n. of a small town in Tibet.

^SJs.' Sne-hphren n. of a large grove in
Tibet (Btaii.).

ftf5<Ji sne hbol=^-vS^ pillow or
cushion to rest the head upon (Nag. 29).

1'wwj'a^ sne-ma miff-can ears of corn
which have just got or formed grains.
V^'1'*1'**9!'^ now the ears of wheat bave
got grains.

1'*r?;*r^tw sne-ma lus-lcebs f&?5
the tree Pongamia glabra, used medicin-
ally (Won.).

\% Sne-mo n. of a district situated
between tl and Tsang (Rtsii.).

'^•Zrngc.'lpc.- Snc-mo Hphran-rdson n. of
a fort situated on a precipice in Sne-mo
(Rtsii).

siie-mahi phun-po
bunch formed of ears of corn.

sneys straight or stretched out
(Jd.) : iuwqn* lag pas ffieys with the
hand stretched out.

•N

^^'^1 snegs-pa pf. q|ipr£< bsneg? pa
fut. "^"I bsneg imp. ^""1^ snoys 1. c. accus.
to hasten or run after, to pursue ; frq. also
with |«'^ rfes nas, i*l'?j rjes sit, l^'^'^
rje$ bshin-du, E q^'^ pnyi bshin-du. *£•'
a^'V^H^ ran hrjro sa snogs hasten towards
your destination; ^"\'^a^'t>bsnerj tu hdon
pa or 1"|*i'*J''*Vq gneys su hdon wa to walk
hastily, to make haste or speed (Jd.). 2. to
overtake ; 1<q'*r$*r£m siicy ma mts^pas not
being able to reach. 3. c. dat. to hasten
(to some place) ^'Y^'"!'^'1! Itad-mo la sneg
hasten to the play ; fll^»)'ai'^''l nam la sneg
hastening up to heaven (as a flame). 4.
to strive or struggle for, to aspire to ; ^var
f il nr la meg to aspire to riches ; 1j'^'ar!11?
sde chen la sneg to aspire to the increase of
territory; ^K.-rwwrw«r1<i| shin Mams bzan
la sneg to aspire to the region of eternal
bliss. IT*1 sney-ma a pursuer (from Jd.).

507

^C'P snen-ioa 1. to stretch. 2. also
"|e.*rq snens-pa to fear (pf. "!=*< bsiiens, fut.
"!=•', resp. g«fqN-w|c.^-^ii rgyal pos ma snens

fig do not be afraid of the king (Jit).

^

^^ sned 1. the crupper attached to a
saddle. 2. in %'^'?!'3ji-§ned tta-bu ^'|S'
S"I hdi-snnd-cig or ^'I'V&'l & sned-cig so
much, so many, frq. used for how many :
^S'WJ^VW1? so many excellent
qualities has he. $'!•> or £'| "S how much,
how many? 3. after numbers: about,
near: fc|^ ston-sned about or near a
thousand ; f^'S'^S §toii-ji sned about a
thousand also : how many thousands ?
(J3.).

^S'£i sned-pa is mistake for~|S'i rned-pa
ra? to gain, profit, acquire : "|V
'ti sned-pa bin na med-pa *rmt,r-
the very highest gain or supremest
state.

^^j'^I snen-pa or 1^'*< snen-ma, ace. to
Cs. 1. to come, go near, approach.
2. to gain, to procure.

I*W$E.- gfiems-chun 1. unpretentious,
humble, affable. 2. sbst. poor, indigent.

J'^J snems-pa 1. vb. pf. £i|W5' bsnems
to be proud or arrogant, to boast ; K'jvfw
3*1 nargyal snems-pas being swollen or puffed
up with pride ; »3'irBi;|*)*<'£"' mthu rtsal
§nemspas proud of one's strength. 2. sbst.
j^ . "^um'q dregs-pa pride, haughtiness ;
1«N'q'«J\ snems-pa-can full of pride, proud.

1*i snes, v. I'l sne-wa. gi'«l'1« snas-la
$nes (flag. 29) reclined your head on
the pillow ; ^«r*5«i siies-hbol pillow.

^'Z^ sno-wa sometimes for g'l smyo-wa.

^^ _ ^, ^t

^^11^'^ snogs-pa or ^"P bsnog-pa (Nag.
29) 1. secondary form of I")'" ?nc«/-^a esp.

when signifying to wish earnestly, to crave
for or implore; ako (""'f'^'i kha snogs pa
id. qqwf^rq lag-pas chu snogs-pa to
ask for water stretching out the hand.
' snog ^J^nf% following ;

yrir-snog mar-snog went up and
down; now gone towards the uplands,
then towards the lowlands.

to

apply (an ointment).
^^

od=^f\ go-snod caraway.

^ ^ I : mod pa pf. ^ bsnod^y** bsnos,
fut. <vfc bsnod 1. to draw out and twist,
as in spinning (Jd.). 2. ace. to Cs. to tell,

relate. 3. fV1' snad pa.
~v»
^'^J II : to feed, to give to eat and to

drink : f *W^'$R' jwtl ho-mas snod tin stobs
pa fed and strengthened with milk.

^j'^I I : snon-pa ^m*fK( 1. pf. and fut.
bsnon to deny, disavow (dishonestly);
'!'Vq bsnon byed pa to assert falsely.

V

^'^ II: = K^'q smyon-pa.

snon wo»s=*"l^'£' ; ^'3^c.-§V
&ag. 29).

snob-pa pf. q|q^ SsnoJs, fut. i|q
JsnoS, imp. ^w swoJs 1. to stretch forth ; «H|'
y|q*i fo^ ^a sno^s stretched out the hand
(flag. 29). What is given as food is always
placed in the instr. case, while the animal
or person fed takes the dative : *jpj'*W|*'
^n]-S|N'§q^'?< the queen was fed with turnips
and radishes (Ld. ; Olr.). 2. to reach by
stretching one's self out; to arrive at.

y» i: snom or ifww snoms-las *p?r,
fSfrero, ^1M^ indolence, unconcern, esp.
religious indifference.

508

$« n : m
hdra hdr* khod snoms pa very similar.

snom-pa or
l^'i or *|$«rq 1. weariness, lassitude, lazi-
ness, idleness; $*i'$"w|'«)'5^ lus-snomg ki-
wa-yin one is exhausted and dull ; f*w»r
^"I'P gnom-la nul-wa to be tired and ex-
hausted. 2. V**'*>V{i*''*V*V§Yq impartial,
to treat impartially, i.e., in equal terms

tial.

(Ft</.) ;

impar-

fnom-par hjug-pa drug-
pa the six Satnapanna sages are : — (1) v.w
Rant spyodkyi bu Lhaj spyod;
rtsal fcf kyi bu
kun tu rgyu
bram se hi k/iyihu
draft sron ma
ryyaf

(2) | rM
Rinphur; (3)
Legsb&an?; (4)
Rgyal; (5) ^e.
Qcin$pa; (6) s
bod srun ral pa can.

(ffag. 29).

$*m $nom$ for
rf« 7)«;fi? without an equal.

fut.

hi las

vb., pf.

bsnom 1. to make even, to level;
vror^nrq s«-/fl( fnoms-pa to level (with the
ground), to demolish. 2. to equalize
(different things), to arrange uniformly :
«r§»w« zas snoms-pa to arrange (uniform-
ly) one's meals, i.e., not cold and warm
promiscuously ; «w«lv^|*ttr<vt'Vir2F'i*4*>'
wwiY^**! I wish to be treated fairly on a
par with all others ; |«rar|*«r<i kha-la ffioms-
pa to regulate (a matter), to manage or
direct (a business) justly, uniformly.

»w'i moms-pa
fatigue, exhaustion.

*£*'<) dub-pa

fnoms-po equal, even, uniform
(i.e., in every part equally thick) (Jd.).

| q siiom? par hjug pa
evenness or calmness of mind, equanimity.
The nine Samnpatti are as follows : — (1) «

Having com-
pletely passed the form-group and crossed
the aggregate of passions and not think-
ing of the varieties, he remains realising
in his mind the infinite expanse of the
sky, viz., that the sky is limitless. (2)

Having com-
pletely passed the infinite expanse of sky,
he remains realising in his mind the infi-
nite extent of knowledge, viz, that know-
ledge is unbounded. (3) *t

Having thoroughly passed the
boundless extent of knowledge, he remains
realising in his mind the realm of nothing-
ness, viz., that there is nothing. (4) SH

f<?^<fd | Having thoroughly passed
the realm of nothingness, he remains
realising in his mind the region of consci-
ous-nonconscioueness [JIT. V.~\. In Tibetan
we find these four thus expressed : — (1)

(2) •^ir

(3)

(4)

509

other five are : — (5)

fl|ciMiTi««irq|% I (6)

The

(7)
(8)

£NTOT|f« snoms lag byed pa to he lazy,
indolent, indifferent, fwaw^ snoms lag
can WTT-., <T=?T^ adj. a lazy and idle
person; an absent-minded person. |wr
"«*'*fci snoms-hg-med -vs^ir^ one who is not
lazy or indolent.

Syn. ot'Svwj le-lo-can; Jh'q gyl-na tea-
«|$E.'|*W^ gfon-snoms-can ; if 'SS'Iii bio chud
so? (Mnon.).

TQ inol-wa pf. and fut. qfi bnal (cf.
vi rial wa) to lay anything down; to bed
a person, to assign him couch or bed ; «rgp
w-j-f «rq phru gu mal du snol wa to lay a
child on its bed; ^-q^-q naldu bshagpa
to lay or put down ; ifyrn me nal tea to
put the fire to bed, i.e., to scrape it
together and cover it with aahes; 8'f^
tpu snol-wa lit. to smooth down the°hair,
fig. to abate one's anger by the touch,
i.e , as if to pat a cat or dog; $«TM|-
'••K't^F^Wr* lug nag yid kyi she sdan
*hi war byed (flag. 89) to pacify anger
physically, by words and by the heart.

1 brna-wa pf. qj« brnas l. = *p*:n
gyar-ica to borrow (flag. 30). 2. = ?q no-
wa to buy, to take on lease (flag. 30). 3.
to seize (by force), to usurp (Sch.). «if*rq
brnas-pa purchased, bought, borrowed.
d|«-«q« brnas thab$ arrangement to borrow,
to take loan of; l^iwqm bshan-las brnas
borrowed from others ; qj^qS-qm brnan-
pohi brnas interest for a loan, rent for a
thing borrowed (Sch.).

=^H'«l hkhru-wa.

trnad-pa for ifV«i bgna^-pa.

a=*f^'H to borrow: *>w
brnan pohi go$ borrowed dress.
Ace. to Gs. a. garment marked with the
figures of the rainbow, also fig. bor-
rowed, reflected. «|!«prqft gsugs brnan or
^'"^ snaii brnan afaft^ a reflected im-
age, frq. also image, picture in general ;
even a little statue. S'owfj'iltinrq!^ rmi
lam-gyi gsugg brnan vLion, visionary im-
age. jJ'SJl sgra brnan s1%3f^ returned
sound, i.e., echo, "if'fljl mgo brnan a mask,
a fearful apparition, gl'ij^ phyag brnan
servant (Cs.).

j '^OI bnan-M= ?•*$*&!* kha-mchv
hdsugs to begin a case or lawsuit.

l'CJ brnabs-pa diligence, painstak-
ing; to take pains (Sch.).

£| I ; brnas-pa, v. «IJ «i brna-tca.

4 ~J II : TTOff^, ^n^nr^-, ^jej^T con-
tempt ; also to despise, contemn, c. dat.,
frq. *rq|«i-3fl| ma brnas fig do not despise ;
qjirq'I'Vq brnas pa byed pa to treat con-
temptuously; Qjwf&nbrnas-bcos contempt,
scorn. q?wi5-|3^-^q«\q brnas pahi khyad
du bsodpz ^c|«(ri, 'VcHi'iH di.-ire-pectfulness,
contempt.

q^'q^'^ brnas-par byed one who is not
respectful ; one devoid of love and regard.

Syn. YV*!^ dad mcd; w'Sfa-q nia mospa;
t pa shan; -S-S'^'gai dad hdun

I 7 / TUf* \

oral (Mnon.).

H'S^ brnas $ma£ scorn and slander.

q|*r»> brnas-se (q|« brnas. contempt *=
slightly) adv. disrespectfully, slightingly

510

/a ya» brfias-se bya$-pa§, Ames even
had behaved disrespectfully to the Bodhi-
sattva (A. 94).

«Jje.« brnint 1. pf. of $=•'" rnin-wa. 2.
adj. old, worn-oil);.

ftrnos pa="^V^ Wwrf r^«* or
&r««s 1- nectar, ambrosia,
the food of the goda. 2. STH vb. pf. of
f «Vq rned pa got, received.

+ q|c?J irnofl? explained as fcw«rdv
ifc-p-arf&icn SCOT? /« med pahi kha la mdset-
pa one promising but not meaning to keep
his word ; polite in speech but different at
heart (flag. 30), i.e., one suiting himself
to or framing his speech according to the
circumstances of the moment ; and hence,
doubtless, comes the definition by Sc/t.,
convenient, suitable.

•f. q?S bsnad pf. of fV" snad-pa=^\»
bfad pa *!T*s9'ra 1 . stated, or related to
others; J'w^'i'iSS tffyu mtshan la bsnad
having stated the reasons (Situ. 7). 2.
flpafqj\«igsA<m brnadpa=io have oppressed
the weak.

3?^'^ bjnad-pa (9P«) »nSTC n. of a
high number.

n§wy b$nani$-pa pf. of JW", ^'C^'
q^»w-«i reconciled, p^-q^vq made even,
level (Situ. 75).

q^ Jsjja/ pf. of ?i snol; tfrwif*
hphred. la bsnol, ^'^ than bsnal, w«^'«i§«i
»nor sar bsnal (Situ, 73).

q^OJ'«I^ bsnal-yas fS^K n. of a
numerical figure.

qSjq|5J'£J bsnigs'pa 1. to return, restore,
deliver up ((7s.). 2. sediment (Jo.).
{^q|«cq ftgnt^rs ^a^^'" rnin-pa or
nams-pa stale, old, less efficacious ; I^'^V
lyun bzed b$nig$ an old alms-bowl,

'ip' byin rlabs bsnigs & benediction
less efficacious (Sag. 30).

bsnil-wa pf . of |V^ to throw
down, destroy ; squander : ^l* r» 6s»»7
(St'^M. 75) the hills were thrown down.
^•Vf *qY*)\**.-^-q1«rq Mod rgu hbad med
char du b$nil u-a to squander wealth earned
without exertion (Tig. k. 2). «§«f^'i
bgnil sbudpa snflia «?r? to waste amassed
wealth.

ZJf'TJ'CI bfnug-pa pf. "IT4 ft««»f7s to
become full (Sch.); S'9!^'11!^ S*y« !/«« ftsw'fl1
a full draught; 'SW|5'q|ql*' dmar khu
fcsnugs (Situ 75), filled up with red fluid
(i.e., blood).

q|^^ bsnuns=y^'^^ slightly laid up
(£ag. 30) ; fl^tr; 8t'^'S*''{| made less, be-
littled, ^-9V«»|t« yolyad b$nufi$ (Situ. 75).

uf, CJfJj b$nun form of ^J*' bsnun = *i'1*
na wa tobe ill, laid v.f^^^^nadkyis
bsnun to or c'|'Il''Il^'£'|ai b§nuy ffshis bjmm
ill of or laid up with an illness (Situ. 75).

uf, CJffQI'CJ bsnul-wa to be rubbed (fiag.
30), also to wash.

-s

b_sneg$-pa pf. of l^'l $ncg-pa
(tis) position and dignity
raised.

'i hjigs-pa

fear, also to be afraid of frofyw* mi
mi-hjiys-pa not to be
afraid "!*i^'?J'ci|!£^ ynm su bsnens (Situ. 75).
q|c.*rgai bsnens bral fearless, intrepid,
= ^w9 dpah-po hero.

Syn. yr^'i^ Ham na med; gwti'ft-WE.
shum pa mi man ; ^'fw-8^ snin stob§ can
(Mnon.).

bmen-pa =

bsten-pa. or «|1
b$go-wa bshin

511

nan-pa to serve as directed, as prescribed
(Mnon.). 1. to approach, to come near,
c. dat. also %c.'^ drun du, j^'^'|c.'^'q1^'|ji|
kho-wohi drun-du bsnen-cig come to me;
qjsrcTvvqv l^'RX'q'Rj'qijdj'crs^ ^g with every
step we come nearer to our death ; to join,
to stick to a person. 2. tj^R, ifar, fHire'T
to propitiate a deity, to soothe or satisfy
him. 3. to accept, to receive, admit;
SJ-^-o|-5)-q|^-q-q5E,' yi.dam lha-yi bsnen-pa
btan ejaculated many mantras of his tute-
lary deity.

i : bsnen-bkur, «ig«i|*rci bsnags-pa

haughtiness; ^E.«-«ifn|«« tshans-par b§nems

(Situ. 75).

reverence, veneration, respect ; i

bsnan bkur byed-pa to pay one's respect,

esp. to the priesthood by various services.

shabs-tog shu$-pa to worship, to do religi-
ous service. '$'1''^'n|'£it^'£1!!l^ §" dge-hdun
la bsnen-bkur shus (Nag. 30) venerated
the clergy ; also asked permission of the
clergy to do some religious service.

^'^^''fl*' bsnen bkur gnas traqr^r
worthy of worship, veneration, adoration.

q^'qgq b§nen 6&7n<6icfiqiq.tr; = ;Q)gc.'q|^
gmn-bsnen service and worship.

t'|^'q!^*' bsnen g.na§ ^TT^TO, ^atj^niV fast-
ing, also one who fasts (as a religious
duty).

£>|^''W9E-'£i • bgnen-gnas srun-pa to ob-
eerve fasting as a religious duty, absti-
nence ; to fast, to abstain from food.

flt^'^'W" bnen-par dkah-wa hard to
propitiate.

ql^qvlpaprci bsnen par rdsogs pa gq1-
to be ordained, consecrated.
=•' b§neh b§rin = fy^ ne rin.

s'd bsner-wa to make grimaces or
gesticulations (Cs.).

bsner-ma wrinkles ; "l^'^l'^ocq'
lon-gi dpral-wa sogs-kyi b§ner
wrinkles of the forehead, or of the cheeks,

+ ^f^'Cl bsnel-wa resp. of «t^ brjedio
forget ; •§«q?q'i)'q|oit«5^ thtigs mi-bsnel-war not
forgetting, not forgetful ; *i|«l'»l^ bsnel med
not forgetting, not minding; S"J!N'*>'|''*&'
q|ni-^'«,E.-ojui-ujq]^-q^-^-q-§ (Nag. 30} |ai'
I'S'i snel-gtso-wa to remind, to put one in
mind of a thing.

qlq-q'st^'ci bsnel-wa med-pa «rrf% ^fwr
there is no oblivion ; or sn}% ^%«u there
is no gladness. q|ocq5'n|^'q forgetfulness.

wa

s^^'^'^'tJ na-rgyal che-
very proud, great pride,

s=^c.*i'2i'»l^'q dbans po med
not clear, not sparkling ; $'*ijf''pi chu-
turbid, dirty water (Situ. 75).

S'l bsnod-pa to give to one another :
spags-gi $kyu-gan sa$-
bsnod (Nag. 3).

*t*^ bsnon caw=*)'§S'c| mi srid pa, *fVf'
\an-la bgnon-to (Situ. 75).

1= qf^'-s^ bsnon-can (Zam.
10).

*V* ^ t^f

''f^'^ b§non-dor-=.*vfi '-s^ bgnon-can
(Nag. 30).

bsnon-med untrue or false:
vqfaj-*>'v3'5k«i sbugs-hbyar bgnon-med
ci yin la (D. gel. 7).

s'^I bsnor-wa to sort, sift, divide :
nas-sogs lag-pas mar
bs_nor separates the butter from the barley,
etc., with his hands (Nag. 30).

B 4c I: ii the ninth letter of the

Tibetan alphabet corresponding to the

Sanskrit letter « ; it has practically the
pronunciation of an English t.

j? II: 1. as a num. fig. it represents 9.
2. in Budh.: (a) S'l^'I'^'W^'lft
ta slits-pa ni chot thani$-cad-kyi fgo-fte the
letter called 5 is a door of admission to all
things (Sum. 1 283) ; (b) yl^'fS^V^-Jf,
qfVq-«^-q«r«wr«Y!j«i ta-ni t/ta-snad. me<j-
pahi tgo, brjod-pa med-pas f hams-cad grol,
5 is a symbol of that which is free from
grammatical rules or pedantry; without
being uttered it liberates all (K. g. v

5'^ ta-tde JRII the four letters classed
under 5, viz., 5, «, \, *.

$'^1 ta-yig jrerr the letter 5.

5'T ta ka~ri (Hindi) scales for
weighing (in Ld.) (Jd.).

^'TJ Ta-ku in JF. 1. n. of a place
and fort in N. China. 2. stick with a
hook ; a hooked-cane ; a crutch. 3. crook-
ed, contracted, crippled (Jd.).

n- °^ a

ako of a city in ancient India.

*^}^ ta-gir in W. bread ; esp. the flat
bread-cakes of India (<7a.).

f)'E ta-ja a kind of Chinese tea import-
ed into Tibet (Rtsii.).

ta-bag, in W. **»\ tha-bag, in
Tsang a plate; 5'^'^'^ ta-bag tkor-fkor
a soup plate, a round deep plate (Jd.).

ta-ber in W. a fence of boards or
laths (Jd.).

5'^'^ ta~md la Wlfm' fo^": n- of
tree with a very dark bark and white

blossoms, Xanthochymm pictorius ; also the
small tree Vitex negundo.

Syn. ^qe.-95'K.- dwaft-pohi chafi; W*
^'9 nag-po phuti-po; wvefy mun-pa
frdsin; «*'*^ mtsho-can; ^qt-Q-«^ d.watt-po
can; »&'*itn rntsho-mchog (Afiion.).

ITOfrfa ta-ma-lahi lo-ma jmrnrpt lit.
the leaf of Tamala tree, ace. to Zea^.
with flowers supposed to be very accept-
able to gods as offerings from their
devotees (Bum. *| 17). 5'wS-qj^ ta-mahi
bcud or 5'»'«l3-qs^ ta-ma-lahi bcitd. wrw^
the juice or elixir extracted from the
fruit of Tamala.

|5'^I Ta-zig for fT^I tag-pug
Persia, «.e., the country of the Tajik
people.

to-zufi

a flower.

a number in Bud-

ta-yat
dhist astrology.

* 5'*'|'* Ta-ra na-tha anMiq n. of one
of the historiographers of Tibet whose
j-apOfcr^c "Rise of Indian Buddhism "
has been translated into German. He

513

was known by the name of 5'^'5'V|'* or
i'^C^T^'S,'* Taranatha of the Jonang sect ;
his religious name was S^'VP'f =-'3 Kun-
dgah snin-po. He is supposed to be still
undergoing re-births in the person of
each successive chief of the lamas of the
Mongols who resides in great state at
Urga on the Siberian border.

.j. •/ ~~^ "i ta-ra ni tfwt' a kind of
flower (K. ko. "1 ^) ; a species of rose, Rosa
glandulifera (K. d. «) 126).

\ ta-ru-ka m* or more properly
tu-ru-ka jj«n; Turkistan : lv«i|$<i]'<ii*r
.•arQqfcm ser ggig.gis mthah
Ta-ru kahi pho-bran-la phog-pa$ (A. 19)
one of the rays at length having fallen on
the palace of Turkistan.

^ *

ta-re, v. ^ re.

the palmyra tree,
Borassus flabelliformis : 5 °l'%-'':isYarS|^'g '*''**'
•^ Ta-la-^in bcad-na slur fkye-wa ma-yin if
the palmyra tree be cut it does not grow
again (K. my. "| 228).

>f. o ^1 "N ta la-la ^a^vr , = 5^'*! sgron-
me lamp, lantern ; a meteor. $'«r"i'v*^
ta la-lahi mdo n. of a Sutra in the Kah-

E.-q-«^ ta-lahi rkan-pa can lit. one
with palm legs, i.e., legs erect, i.e., a
human being (Mfion.).

ta-lahi rgyal-po v. 3'5'^^' be
ta-fin the cane, Calamus rotung ; also ace.
to some authors: |'^"i (srrfK^r) the
cocoanut tree, " so called because of its
being tall and majestic like the palm and
more graceful than it" (Ifrnon.).

ta-lahi hdab palm leaf.

ta-lahi myu-guham yal-
ga branch or stalk of the palm.

5'^*oT*l Ta-le Ui-ma the name by
which the Grand Lama of Lhasa is known
in Mongolia and China. His Tibetan
designation is ^'^^'^Rgyal-tcaRin-po-
che which seems to be sounded throughout
Tibet as " Qye-wa Rimpoche." The Mongol
term, really spelt Dalai Lama, signifies
" ocean lama."

(Jig.).

^'^3j ta-hun red Chinese satin (Jig.).

SI Ta-lo-thd n. of a large and lofty

chorten at Ribo rtse-lna in W. China. Dur-
ing the days of Buddha Kas'yapa a certain
king named As'vaka is said with the help
of the demons to have erected in one
night 84,000 caitya which all contained
relics of past Buddhas. One of these is
said to have been located at Tabotha near
Ribo rtse-lna.

' Ta-min (in Chinese 5 ta great,
%*•' min n. of a family) the great Ming
dynasty overthrown in 1643 A.D. by
Shunte, the founder of the reigning Man-
chu dynasty of China. 5'»>E.'ip}K.'^ gar3
Ta-min yyun-lo ryyal-po Emperor Yunglo
of the Ming dynasty who greatly encoura-
ged lamaism and sent an invitation to
Tsong-khapa to visit China.

^'ro ta-tshwa also 5'^' td-tshwan are two
5 <)
kinds of Chinese tea greatly used in Tibet.

ta-U ka n. of a goddess ; a

mystic word for a ddkiiii. 5'

Talika is a kha-do-ma fairy (K. g. f

66

514

M Ta-lahi phren-wa n. of a
~H
fabulous mountain situated five thousand

yojana beyond the southern ocean. S'^S'

275).

fi-la

the capital of the Panjab in ancient
India, visited by Alexander the Great;
the Taxila of the Greeks. The name
Taksha9i-la frequently occurs in K. d. •*[.

tag-tajia W. the imitative
sound of knocking. 5qI'5<II'^ there is a
knock (Jd.).

' tafi through, v. ^' and $*'#<. tf (Jd.).

^C'TlSj tan-kun root used to allay in-
flammation of the heart and fever : 5^'^'

dehi-dus or ^«'S^ dus-$byor at that time;
the occasion ; a sequence of happy
moments ; aoc. to Jd. the present moment.

^3j'S^ tan-dur Ld., a hard cake or
bread, resembling biscuit or rusk (Jd.).

^q'Jjq'Zfr, tab-tab-por 1. «*pnr sud-
denly : $«r5trcK'»>'«ige.-qS-|*,-*)-$q«-c|3( he tap-
ped so as not to speak suddenly. 2. v. ^'Ifr
tob-tob.

tar-iar in Ld., smooth or even
under pressure (as wrinkles or folds in
cloth, paper, etc., are removed).

tar-bu (fta'i smin-pa) $*\ ttti-ka ?

tal-pa or V*'* tal-ma ace. to Cs.
a moment. ^'"^ tal-par or $TW tal-mar
1. instantly, immediately, quickly : 5"T w
Sc.' tal-par son go quickly, without delay ;
spyan-$nar tal-gyi byon went

before him quickly. 2. aoc. to Sch. com-
pletely, quite, thorough; 5T«iv*|^'«i tal-
par g.cod-pa to cut quite through; 5TW
v)«|«r«i tal-mar hbigs-pa also 5«r^*|»r«i tal
hbigs-pa to bore through, to perforate.

tal-wa a tool with holes in it
used by nailers (Sch.).

7 ti 1. represents num. fig. 39. 2. not
originally Tibetan, designating water;
has found its way into Ld. in P'? k/ia-ti
saliva (water of the mouth) and tf'$ sna-ti
water from the nose. .'3. v. | spyi Jd.

f ^'T| ti-ka used for ^'\ ti-kd (^rr)
explanation, commentary.

i 5* ^j^I ti-$kag wtT^fr a bird, said to
be the Indian mynah.

chopped meat (in Sikk.).
n. of an insect,

cochineal (K. d. »
+ y?' ti-trig

the

francoline partridge, a small bird (Rtsii.).

9^\ ti-thug (ace. to Sch. "frs"! gfi.
thug) bad, mean, silly (Cs.) ; obstinate,
stubborn (Schtr.).

l ti-nag heath-cock (Sch.).
T 7 9 ti-pu-ri pigd the modern

Tippera in East Bengal; •'i'i'l'
Bjai-g-jflj-g ^o|-^ (he) was a king of the
country of Tipuri in the eastern quarter
(K. dun. 13).

y'Qti-phu pigeon; ace. to Sch. J'9'
"IT^' ti-phu mjug-rih the long-tailed
pheasant.

ti-byi n. of a giant sea-fish :

515

just as the fish called the Tibyi
liking to see light or rays does not sink
below (K. my. |" 357).

I y ^'^ ti-tmi-sa n. of a plant (prob.
Benincasa cerifera): ^SS'srSte'1^

>a

g'S ti-mu-sa-yis hkhru-wa g.cod-par
lyed the plant Timusa (used medicinally)
stops diarrhoea.

ifi p'S ti-tsa 1. a mineral drug; ?'$'
^•^prwrfcf*^ ti-tsa dkar-pohi dud-
pas mig-la phan the smoke of white Ti-tsa
is useful for the eyes. 2. (ace. to Sch. =
§'* tu-tsha) an anvil.

p .5 Ti-rtse or 5'$ Ta'-se n. of a three-
peaked mountain (fabulously described in
Buddhist works) lying north of the
Himalayas near Manasarowar lake. Be-
yond its northern flanks is the residence of
Virudhaka the guardian king of the West.

q-sj-a^i the mountain called Ti-
rtse five hundred yojana long is situated
at a distance from and on the north of
the Himavat mountains (K. d. ^ 287).
Under the name IJE.^'?'^ there is a long
account in Milaragpa's Gurbum of a
contest between a Bon priest and the
author for jurisdiction over the mountain.
In modern days Tise or Kailas is still an
object of pilgrimage ; and four monasteries
stand on its flanks. During the past 100
years only two Europeans have reached
the neighbourhood of this famous moun-
tain; Moorcroft in 1812, and Lieut.
Strachey in 1846. Its height in the main
peak is about 22,300 ft. above sea-level.

ti-tsha 1. same as 5'*, of which
there seem to be two kinds, the white and
the yellow : t*-Svi3«r*r<^%l»i>^ (Mng.)

the yellow titsha absorbs sores and cures
eye disease. 2. a musical instrument,
constructed of metal (Sch.).

/ \*5I

ti-ru(J the Indian rupee (inSikk.).

ti-la

sesamum.

Ti-la-ka na-tha

n. of a Brahmanical sanctuary of
Mahadeva near Nahri.

^ ^'Srq Ti lo-pa or ^|i Til-li-pa ft^T
n. of an Indian Buddhist sage born in
Chittagong, East Bengal, in the beginning
of the 10th century A.D. His religious
name was Prajfia bhadra (in Tib. Ces-rab
bzan-po). He was called Tillipa or Tilopa
by the Tibetans, on account of his having
done the work of thrashing sesamum for
oil.

(K. dun. 31).

tig 1. a fluid measure, five
skyogs or five dkar-tshad make one tig
(Etsii.). ^'"F ticj-gan one tig measure.
2. in Sikk. the great hornet (Ja). 3. to
be sure ; "*fa really, in fact, surely.

1. the stalks of a bitter plant Gentiana
chiretta growing in the Himalayas, largely
used as an antidote against fever and liver
complaints : §'?T^1<TW?T W, ?T5'ai»iI£i'
q|«j»c^-g) ^•^•w|vq51i'«r»rqir^( (MM.)

there are three species of chiretta,
Indian tigta, Tibetan tigta, and Nepal
tigta; it cures all kinds of bilious fever. 2.
n. of several trees and plants, viz., Tricho-
santhes disica, Agathotes chirayta, Termi-
nalia eatappa, the last growing in Tibet.

f>16

5>*J|'H %-p0 = qiftq or *f'*S'<i steady,
useful : jU-2S-m'$5-fa'9'«>'qVr<w' having not
got an intelligent steady man (A. 123).

tig-men (in Ld. fa' I") ribands
wound round the felt gaiters that cover
the lower part of the legs (Ja.).

= §'$ ti-tsa.

pC* tin or ^'wi'S'fc' yon chab-kyi tin
1. cups made of nilver, bell-metal, brass,
or copper to hold oblation water which are
placed before the images of deities in
Buddhist chapels. 2. the sound of metal.
3. am a note of cadence introductory to

a song, etc. I«-V«*TW*V>I*V*1
a repellent smilo of the Jo-bo having
been signified by the sound of a ting.

(sfy tiit-nc-hdsinWifQ, WTO ace.
to WiiS. *WT<rffl, intense contemplation,
profound meditation, perfect ab orption
of thought into the object of meditation.

to be absorbed in

deep and devout meditation ; |***F*y
tin-fa-Mrin hkhruns devout meditation
took place ; abo meton. the faculty, the
power of meditating (Ja.).

^c. £ ^Sj'^'^T^X ti$ ne-hdtin-gyi dkyil-
hkhor ««rp^'B^( tha mystic circle which
is de cribed on the place one occupies
•when nudii-iting ; a circle of meditation.

tifi ne->iMn-gyi rgyal-po
n. of a Mahayaua Sutra con-
tained in the Kahyj ur, Mdo section,
marked i a-pa.

tin ne-hdniit-gyi sas-
kyis iifxi'io-ica living on the food of con-
templation : q

oft$r5| he being happily not attached
to anything, the mind being at peace by
tasting the food of contemplation during
great periods of time (K. d.i 362).

$£•£•^•^3 tin fie-hdsin dgu the nine
meditations of a Bodhiaattva, are : — (1)
<.«wi*j<^Jia, °1'^'^'5'^tw?" complete coming
forth of jewels ; (2) <4ii!aB, •^'§'''ffi*''ci well-
establi 'bed; (3) ^tjwi ; ^ 'am «i unagitated ; (4)
^fjt^=n5?lu ; |i'*)^"|'«i not, liable to return ;
(5) W*T ; ^^'*'Sql ^l^'l^" abode or mine
of jewels ; (6) ^jg-sw^sj'., \*
brillianno like sunsliiuo; (7)
^•flwsvy'i successful in effecting all
objects; (8) Trrsirata, ">'-?)«'^'») light of
knowledge ; (9) 7Sj*Jj} 35 W0'9 \ n [«*•«« H if*j,

dita ion attained in presence of the future
Bnddha.

tin-ne-hdsin rnam-gsiim
the three kinds of ^'fc'^' ace. to Bon rules

are :— •

(2)
5(3)
(D.R.).

f}£>'£?~- ti/":-rjin a n. given to several
species of shrew in Sikkim.

JC tin-ti lift ace. to Ja. a snipe
(14.).

°* »*

^C'^ff tin-tiH 1. is an auxiliary (*T

^l*!) to another word to intensify its mean-

ins:

(4*'

to emphasize it) ;

nay tin-tin intensely black, jet black. 2.
ace. to Ja. clean, well-bwopt (Ld. ; Ts.).

tif, tin-ma n. of asrcall bird:
?t^'Il'^«'^<|'*wl I there
were two small birds, one caked 'inchu-rin-
ii;a (the long-beak) and another tift-tin-ma.

517

tM tin-<;ag or fc-*W« 1. a
kind of cymbal. 2. little bell moved by
the wind (<SM.).

+ K5'"! (•/«-#« *a=VH3)'ac-' a tree,
prob. the tamarind (K. ko. *] 3).

7 7^'S'^ tiA-du ka fcT^*: n. of one
of two trees Diospyros embryopteris or
Diospyros ghdinosa; &Karsa\& said to =
the weight of the Tinduka fruit.

tea-pot; ««'?i copper tea-pot;
earthen tea-pot (Jd.).

an

'£J jVw-pt goat's leather, kid-leather
from India, dyod green or blue (Jd.).

7*J'9'3 tim-U ca horse imported into
Tibet from India.

*MM-« (Ts.) funnel.
" Tir-hi~ti modern Tirhut :

•joc1^ at not Ion:? di tance from Yang-pa-
chan towards the east is the country
called Tirana (Dsam.).

til

Betamum;

til-

4kar whiu ^;aiuum; ^'^"I til-nag black
besamum;^3'l til-gyi phye powdered
aesamum ; 7"^ ^i"'51 til $hig$-ma mixed
sesamom ; a co i^i inferior quality of eesa-
Tiuim; 5°''tl^c'*' til-br<lu"$ fa^j? thrashed
or beaten Be.-arnum [also a sesamum-
»Tinder]<S.

?m'»« til-mar a^r sesame oil, seed-oil.

n. of a medicinu ; tho plant Cassia alata or
Cardiospermum hulicacdbum (Milan.).

tu 1. num. fig. 68. 2. an affix de-
noting the terminative case, generally
used to express direction to, as represented
by the English "into" or "unto;" it
is joined to the final consonants 1, S, and
i, as in STS thog-tu ; *»V»!'§ mjug-tu ; §«r«j
rgyab-tu; i^«r§ gscb-tu; also after what
is called "Wl da-drag as in the words: —
3WV5 kund-tu ; x'Xm^-g y,
t/tard-tu, cf . ^ rfw, 5 r«, g «M.

the Turks,
sometimes used historically as a general
term for Mahomedans.

5'* tu-tsa, v. 5'^ ti-tsa.

tug-ijis suddenly; as if by

surprise : "W*^ *'«'^*VST^'™5S I sud-
denly met him on the way to the forest
land (D.B.).

' tug-rin or §"r$*< dug-chum prob.
tng-chem (Cs.) noise of a wooden
rattle ; also of the trotting of horses heard
in the distance (Sch.).

tub-tug either, or: whether I be
able (to do it) or not (Lex. and Sch).

R^'jif tur-chuti hardly any, nothing
definite, little clearly : %W**VF£*-««^
tems-la re-dogs tur-chun yod'm. his mind he
entertained hardly any hope or fear
(D.B.).

fvVR^ tur-tur-sm 1. quickly, with

haste, swiftly: f^'^'^'t tur-tur bycd-pa=
°'*)'Ss''^'§^'q fa$ myur-du lyed-pa to do
work quickly (l&non.). 2. aLo denned as
^c.-H'Q)-^i»)^-g^»K- g-j]v«i'8( appearing white
spotted or red-spotten (to the mind or in
vision).

518

! tur phog-pa=^i(i Ihofi-
phog-pa or §c.'*<v&w«i slightly affected.

tur-wa in W. Tib. to darn (stock-
ings) (Jo.).

'£l3j tur-men (Chinese) one at a
time in order or in a row.

fur-re clear, distinct; cog. to
ral wal-le : ^S'^^'^'^l it is clear to my
mind ; S*'*'"!^ tur-re bxufi prob. watch it !
have a sharp eye upon it! (Jd.). ^^'
aic.*r^a]*r§v^|w take care lest an emo-
tion of anger arises in your mind! §*'
3«'»i^ prob. he awakes, stirs, is evidently
roused; §^'*'i tur-re-wa adj. (or abstract
noun) : t«V°Xt*>\P*.'>j*'*'I> rjcd-ycti tned-par
tur-re-wa clear, firm with regard to per-
ceptions, opinions, etc., without omissions
or digression (Jd.).

w Tur-ya Bha-wa-ni n. of

image of Arya Tara in a temple situated
on the bank of Godavari, and famed for its
sanctity througout India (Dsam.).

tul (lr<-can (Fob-

putrid, of offensive smell.

dri-can)

5^'CJ tul-u:a.=ftfSc* dgod-pa to laugh
(mystic) (K. gu. f 26).

Tjr 1. num. fig. 99. 2. an affix
denoting the gerund, and used after the
final letters 1, *, ««, " 5 in subordinate sen-
tences may be conveniently rendered by :
when, after, as, etc. ; and also used as a
finite tense and in that case followed by
n^n| or Sj^ Or sometimes without any auxi-
liary. May be also denominated a con-
tinuative particle.

n- of a Place in ^pper Tibet.

1. excellent, noble, intense,
strong. 2. ace. to Sch. very, really,
actually: 5'5v^'«i te-wor drag-pa (l«'»>'g'5
really good (adviser).

Syn. ^'5 $in-tu, tpri dam-pa, ^'«J
sra-tca, ^1'" drag-pa, Ai'i'fl tshab che-ica
(Mnon.).

te-wur ace. to Sch. constantly,
continually.

' tc-lo n. of a bird : ^^•^•CHH-§^-^-
|c/qtwlta! the brains of the Telo cures
(the effect) of poison applied and heart
disease.

p'?i Tc-se. 1. n. of a demi-god of the
nether regions: wnvr^-jargS-^ the son
of These king of the Sadag demons.
2. v. $*.

tehu (Ld. Glr.) (Schtl /. 25. b.) ;
^•^'5 tehu ser-po (Mil. 59, k of Jd.
edition) ; ^'-^'H tehu qin-khri ace. to Sch.
a square table.

'^ teg-p/i=o%*\w to pack up, put
up; to put in or into : Bwqoror^"! put into
your breast-pocket.

l'^J tcl-pa ace. to Cs. an instrument
for burning; Sl^'^ a burning instru-
ment made of iron.

A c\o

+ Fj'QJ 'f\Tailin-ga the modern Telin-
gana, the birth place of the Buddhist sage
and author Dignaga : ^rf^S'SF'55'^""
w^-Srqi-lv^'fl there is Tailiriga the birth-
place of S'ri Dignaga (Dsam.).

to 1. num. for 129. 2. (styled
*"!) an affix added to certain verbs when
they terminate a sentence.

519

to-to M-M W. an ad-
verb denoting a swinging motion (Ja.).

toy ^?j, i<pr, TO, «rar»T the top of
anything, a top ornament ; esp. the but-
ton on the cap of the Tibetan and Chinese
dignitaries, as a mark of distinction ; ?"!'
VI* tog-dkar ^<i-%g the name by which
Gautama Buddha was known in the Tusita
heaven before his last incarnation. *T
^'S'?"! rgyal-mtshan-gyi tog the top-point
of a banner ; ^'355'^ shba-mohi tog the
point of a helmet or Chinese cap. In
medical works fl tog signifies ^-jg or
i=-'5 essence, pith. *^'T«J the point of
a spear. ^wfasnow, at present (in Ld.)
(Ja.).

fo'*ltog-ge (^•Jfc-jf'S) wicker work vessel
for grain, jf^ "to-ka ni zfa*\ (Mnon.).

5Tfj tog-§gra or ^T^TS any cracking
or snapping sound.

fyl'**i tog-can ^rar a pillar with a
capital.

T"| ^ tog-til a bump or swelling from
a knock on the head (Ja.)

tog-tse (also called <^ or «r*'§S'
oe, mattock ; ]f<Tf "1« tog-lcags
the iron of the hoe. ^'^'^irq tog-tse
brkos-po *Kfa*, q^f^^f one who digs
soil with a hoe.

^qj 3-iOf-q tog-tse htsho-wa one who lives
by hoeing.

tog-yu the handle of a hoe.

ton-toft byed-pa to per-
forate ; also to produce a whirling noise
with a whip.

5^1 '« tob-chi, more properly
c», a button.

thob-

?mro-Mia to talk

confusedly (Sch.).

tohu-lo the polecat.

tol-wa 1. to arrive at, to reach :
''5'*)S he did not arrive and is not
coming. 9t'5 v. ifarai=3w?i arrived: W

in one watch of the night he
arrived at Chorten rnam-dag (the Chaitya
of purity) in the forest of Dkah-t/mb (i.e.,
Nirvana). Sch. quotes ^v»fS*\t ) = S

an ape.

J tram-pa 1. hard, tough, stiff :
tough meat ; 5«'^»i hard bone ; $'$»
rtsa-tram tough muscle. 2. ace. to Ja.
^**'^"I^ tram-dkar, 5*"'^"I tram-nag are
different species of gout.

ffziigs-can v possess-
ing form or body, anything that has form,
a living being (mystic) (K. gu. f 179).

M-ked 3*fr ti-ked.

tri-pa ti—^o shu-wa a prayer, a
petition (mystic) (K. gu. f 26).

M pu-ri, TJFwrv f%3^ the
three cities, name of a part of Lan-ka
(modern Ceylon) ; three strong cities of
gold, silver, and iron, in the sky, air, and
earth, built by Maya for a celebrated
Asura, and burnt by S'iva (Dus-ye. 40).

c^

^'^ tri-wa <3^re taking up ; any
object that may be accomplished by reli-
gious acts.

tri-ma a kind of bee the sting of
which is very painful. It is said in
Sikkim that an ox dies if he has received

520

the sting of this bee seven times. The
honey of this bee is claimed by the
Raja of Sikkim as a due from his sub-

jects. ff*^|K'8'$i''^T^'Vr1Hr'5«r*<>

the princess is now living, having taken
the body of the bee called Tre-ma (Khrid).

j. °\ •>

^ ^'^^ tri-mer n. of a sweet-scented

flower (K. du. S 319).

three reasons or signs. 2. n. of a holy
place in Persia (Dug-ye. 39).

trident.

V ^ ^ tre-tre-ha (by the context) a
dangerous disease of the stomach or a
serious symptom of it (Ja.).

TV^'53j tre-wa-can coloured (Sch.).

tre-sam in $«•«
*>*•' tref-sam {man phye-ma gshan phye-mahi
tnifi (Lif.) ; tre-sam is a medicine in the
shape of a powder.

5'l^'^p**ls*l tre-med dufi-rnd»ci n.
of a king of Tibet of the Bon period

'^'q Trc-9od

ra-tca n. of a place in Kham, the birthplace
of the seventh head of the Karma-pa sect
(Lon. * SO).

3 Iron *ta 1.

a monastic official ; in old days an assis-
tant superintendent of a Buddhist monas-
tery whose position resembled that of the
modern dge-skos (q.v.). 2. diligence, indus-
try (Cs.) ; ^'lYq to be diligent, to exert
one's self.

(Lex.w.e.)
ptay-ytoft-ica to disperse (Sch.).

9faO-Pa any species of white-
flowering rhododendron, all of which kind
are held by Tibetans to be of the male sex.
"I5T * gtag-ma red-flowerin g rhododendrons,
which are considered to be female shrubn.

fftad-rag thank, thanksgiv-
ing, and prob. also thank-offering, <>>|,.
rendering thanks to a deity; qI5t'^lll'§^'£i
or fl|5E,'^'»|-^ij|-q to render thanks (Jd.).

^^S 9-in$ (y- "!^'tl fffod-Pa) 1- in the
direction of, towards: 1%9FVW!T1*
(fyon-gral du fftad phyin-nas going towards
the left end of the row. 2. = *Wi ^ifi^T
to press, urge, v. 1?S-s also "\'f\^. 3. sbst.
steadiness, firmness ; 'RS'i'^S it has no
hold, no firmness ; "|5'V*l'V'**<1|'£i to vacil-
late, to waver, to be unsteady.

•W" gtad-pa wfqfl ; W> phitl-wa to be
made over, entrusted to. In Buddhism
there are four kinds of t*\'?\c* gtad-pa : — (1)
; (2) Swgiwgcarflps ; (3) f^-
; (4) ^-a^-^-g-pi-w^ (Lo.
U).

vf^wKef^ gtad-rabs bdun the first
seven (Buddhist) hierarchs in succession to
Gautama Buddha. Maha-ka-s'yapa is said
to have succeeded Gautama. Kas'yapa
entrusted the headship of the order to Aii-
anda ; Sanavastri succeeded Ananda ;
Arya Upagupta followed Sanavastri, who
in his turn gave the charge to Arya
Krishna. Dhitika succeeded Krishna and
before his death appointed Arya Sudar-
e'ana to the Buddhist headship.

Note. — This order of succession is part-
ly founded on Brahmanic tradition ; and
Buddhaghosha gives a different series.

i gtad-so a refuge, resource ; also
store of provisions ; I^'^T" prob.
1'^ to keep a store of food.

521

•"• • a Husband, a consort : *W§'
gr*K'S<j*r3^| (Zo. 28).

II : 1. order, system. 2. put in
order, arranged, reduced to a system.

w<A1'J'^>?«i (A. 126).
tan-khra, ^'^l'^ ^gw^ft'w&W
agreement, stipulation, convention ; also
order or decision passed ; a decree ; "15^'H"
V^*> important decrees (D. $el. 7).

gtan-khrims established law.

gfan-hkhel perfectly certain,
quite sure.

*W3 gian-gyi constant, continual.

^Wl'^"!" gtan-gyi grogs husband, a
friend or partner for life (Mfion.).

^*foif** gtan-glen hkhel-tca=aW'&1*
^•|V^K{i^'ai'*'l|R^qr{' to adhere reso-
lutely or come to a decision on work or
business ; to work steadily. v$*wfll$^q
ran-sems plan-pa in a mystic sense : to re-
gulate, to fashion, to train, to set right.

'•W^l ffttm-jtfag=s^K'yi*fWt perma-
nent, enduring, perpetually abiding (.BtezY.).

*W^'q gtan du-wa = 1>*\'ti, QW^ to be or
to make continual (Mnon.). As an adj.
•^rajfsfraf complete; *|W^ gian-du always,
continually, for ever; "I5^'^'t'3'll^'£' living
or residing continually.

n|5^-ar&wq ykan-la phab-pv, ^^(^
to decide a question.

«W" fftan-pa ^itfrz door-bar.

"15^'"^ gian-phan %sref only, alone;
absolute; absolutely.

gtan-phebs fflrwq explained by
-£C ^'ai^q^ published after
being -thoroughly revised or completely
got ready.

«15^-iJi^qq*i'q gian-la-hbebs-pa to put
any matter into writing ; to publish after

the composition has been corrected ; also
to fix, to arrange.

gtan-med ^r^a: perishable;
without duration or continua-
tion.

i|53j-1Si!|$i gtan-tshigs C^'^'^'^'^h'f'
tl^t) 1. an expression of fixed meaning.
2. %g=5«i|N rtags;. «'»)^ rgyu-mt&han
not deviating from what has been first
settled. 3. ^tTTfrr, rara, WTTO proof,
demonstated conclusion.

^•1jmrftvW|-q gtan-tshigs med-par
gmra-wa to argue illogically; also irra-
tional exposition.

Tf'g or S«J 5TfT»ff, ^rai,

1. speech, conver-
sation, talk. 2. news, tidings, intelli-
gence, account of anything; also report,
rumour: ^Ti^'^R'ipWfjr^rftr^* when
the king heard the report that it had been
given; wr^E.'«j|-*|5*i ihag-rifl-gi gtam ac-
counts of bygone events ; £its{'l'^'*(|5*('^'?*''
V as I have learned, have been told (Jti);
q|5*rjjjc.'q gtam g.len-wa or "15^'SI^'1! gtam-
du glen-wa to converse, to discourse ;
$-^';j*;q5v'>|5*»-g*i he gave an account of
how it happened. *fiFt%°*'**g.tam skyel-
Mia = aJ]^'||Jrq hphrin skyel-ica to send
a message ; also a messenger.

i^wwpl gtam-hgal=?fi*>'*l'tyj*;Q skad-
cha mi rtan-pa discrepancy in speech, con-
tradictory language or talk.

15"'*^ gtam-rgyud ^fn§?M oral tradi-
dition, legend: ^'"!5*''|<S the legend of
him; (WfT^^'V^/VYV^i the boy
said, has it been described in history ?
(Hbrom. 51i).

»-e.^ gtam-n&n evil report.

gtam-can ^fr^r, ^r?J« met. the
crow.

67

522

\ ptam-snan ^rgr^TT, »rg<j<ani ele-
gant saying ; pleasant conversation.

u|5»< n^j-q gtam hdre?-pa ^JTWF^T mixed-
up stories, garbled accounts.

l I: giam-pi 1** the face.

$'31 ti-thug ace. to
Sch. insane, mad.

uf, ^7'^ gt-i-wa to question, to speak.

1'^ II: pf.

up, to make full: a'^w $pu gri gf ami-
pa quite full of razors •> ace. to Jd. is frq.
spelt «^'»wci. 2. «IM to appoint, to com-
mission (Jd.): «|5Mr«r**V«B*«>V it is not
proper (not safe) to take charge of pro-
perty. 3. f*r%T to be surety for or
security (K. du. S 200).
- opcr^l Qtam-dpe proverb, common say-
ing, maxim.

aproj|4|-q to declare, to proclaim.
«) to make inquiry.

giam-yshon tTC^ strong or em-
phatic (speech).

m5»j-fl|^n|*j-q gtam-wags-pa to make con-
f ession : *gj**9W****r«***
«ipjq|»r^''*vqw these two by avoiding the
question of mischief appeared to make
conf esssion by the fact (Rdsa. 16).

giah-ma a pawn, pledge; "ft*
|'<i to pawn, to give as a pledge (Cs.);
mi ytah ma a hostage ((7s.).

gtar-ifa or "I^TS'V has been
described as ^N«-«^^-«'n^-»|-H^A^-*-Ss'-1'
(Ta-sel. 9) to bleed or to blister human
beings, animals, &c., in the way of medical
treatment. ri'i'l^'^'SV^ or fl|^-«r<^wei
=to let out blood from a vein. Colloq.
9|5vi|- q-o to bleed.

gii-Me a kind of louse (Soft.).

I : yti-mmj wt^ gloom, mental
darkness, ignorance, stupidity. Seems to
be also used in the physical sense of
stupouror comatoseness : **»i*4)Wto
^•Sf i • at night I fell into profound
coma. In a special sense it is a sub-
division of the lowest of the three quali-
ties of humanity, via:— «w, TW, a*r^
virtue, passion and ignorance. *frW is
symbolized by a pig in the Bhatacaknt
or l^tjttffcli (cycle of existence) and
H placed at its centre along with the ser-
pent and cock which are typical of anger
and lust. "frSTg* f«fW-»frc he who is
entirely free from gti-mug;

stolid indifference, also stupidity.

zn^'^qjll: (as stated above) met. a
pig (in mysticism) also as "T^K the
snout of a hog (Mtig. 11).

qiSm^'q ^tigs-pa to trickle down, to
fall in drops, to drip.

gtin bottom; depth ;=^* or
i|$E/sq deep bottom of a river ;
in a man, great depth ; **V
^c with regard to the
declivity, great depth, fi***W
rgya-mtshohi (ftin-dkncgs he
up the bottom of the sea; ^S**
sink to the bottom; "j$W it is very
deep ; «l?^fq deep ; "fa'V81 not deep, shal-
low; «-»*'ci*'''n^'3t''3 it is deeper than
. mwz^-qj^'^-q a deep abyss ; $*'

tile OCt* j ] e\ .^

^fsq-q-^il a deep river. 15^" 9™
from the bottom (of the heart) ;

523

W white above, and black beneath ; *|fc'*^
profound (fig. with regard to the mind),
considerate ; reserved, difficult to fathom ;
"l^.'*^ shallow, superficial.

flj^^-^-Ji gfin-don len-pa to sound
the heart or to know a secret design.

u$E.-^c.»i-q fftin droils-pu fathomed, pene-
trated, ascertained.

"$*• X gttn-rdo a stone or piece of lead
fastened to a rope, and used as a
plummet, or an anchor ; also a heavy
weight as a means for drowning delin-
quents.

fl|fc3«l gtiA-yJKb socket; ityg^carljti
rnig-kyafi ptin-la §dib his eyes also sunk in
the sockets (Rtsit.).

SI Gtiii-ski/es n. of a district of
Tibet immediately .to the north of the
Kanglachen pass. It is known under the
name of Tin-kye-Jong or flpvi]^-|«r
?*' ; also we hear fl|?t'|«'i Qtin $kyes-pa a
native of Ting-kye.

gtin-dpay dkah-wa
unfathomable, difficult to dive to the
bottom of ; hard to get at the bottom of
one's heart (Mnon.).

fl$=%q gift phyin-pa=^^ to
examine or fathom thoroughly; *w|^'ti
mthar phyin-pa tipfur going to the
bottom ; probing the mind ; also a perfect
saint.

gjtin gslial-nm fathomable;
shallow water (Mnon.).

fin-sab or T$=.-V
the deep recesses (of the mind).

clouds gathering; ^fi*!'^'^'^ bdug-
spos sprin-bshin gtib incense passes along
like clouds ; %^'i'"l^ darkness envelopes.

fl|5q«-?q| giils-hog, occurs in |*tlft^l|r
ftppaprfta^1)1*^1 khrims-pahi fftibs-hog
nan-na$ phyir-la kur-gyis phyun (D.R.)
outside the subterranean obscurities of
lawyers, entanglements are removed.

^JpJJ'y gtim-pa, v. ^**'c' thim-pa.

—l&'Q drunkenness;
also intoxicated, drunk.

j'q gtug-pa pf. v^**, also

cognate to $"]'« 1. to reach,
to meet with, to fall down to ; to touch,
to join. $"^w5fiF1'F'W'^ putting or
pressing (his forehead) against the breast
of the image (of his tutelary god) ; *^T
qj-(o\q*r«r«tfj''25«<'«i|!2«i|'«or only ^Wfli§*l'e' shals
gtug-pa to touch as suppliant a person's
feet (or the skirt of his robe), to cast one's
self at another's feet. 2. ace. to Sch.
to sue, to bring an action against a
person.

fl|^n]-|c.*rcr g.titr/-sbyans-pa to supplicate
or pray (touching the feet of the king)

(D. gel. 7).

^|>JH £| gtib-pa or *$*
gathering (of clouds) ;

ytils-pa to be
'i thick

pestle ; also a stone ball or club ; the
nether mill-stone ; ace. to Sch. ^ pestle.
'WIS^ excavation in a piece of rock or
stone to serve for a mortar where grain
is pounded with a pestle ; ^|f 8*5*'* to
pound with a pestle. "!5^'3 gtun-po a mortar
(Cs.); "lgai'9 giun-bu pestle ; "1^'^ g.tun-ho$
mallet, a knocker.

g.tun-$in a pestle made of
wood to pound Indian corn or paddy (used
in Sikkim).

521

gtiib-pa pf. fl|5«wo (.Know.) 1. to
cut to pieces, to cut up ; to chop ; to mince ;
15"' i^ a chopper (Sch.). 2. = "5"'" to be
able: ^^R.-^-qgq'tRw shall you really be
able to come back. &'"§"'i to be unable,
to be unwilling, to have no mind (to do a
thing) (Jd.).

l^'Vl gtinn-drag one who is fierce,
powerful. "15*i VT^^ met. for a bear.

i|§*»'<i fftum-pa='^i'» TOTO 1. the
Hinduized savage people or wild tribes of
the lands S. of Tibet. 2. ^s, *<i<d fierce,
furious. 3. sbst. ferocity, rage; p^t «!§*rar
1s- t'**S inf urious wrath, merciless ; l^f &•'
«i|<3*«i$-j| pduy-ciri gium-pahi klu a Naga in
a deadly rage ; 1§*i-{i5'||' j^-«i to roar furi-
ously ; B'l^i furious with rage; "I5*1 ^c-
^'1 obstinate and wild; «!§»'*^ or
cruel, fierce (Jd.).

q|5*i 'q?-^ gtum-pahi hod Mqigif
the sun, v. "V« ni-ma.

Igwi (ftum-pa for "5*'i or <*3«'« to veil,
to cover ; to wrap up, e.j/., the head (Jd.).

gium-po 1 : 1. *ns fierce; sbst.
ni, Kt«(ii an Asura ; an un-
civilized Hindu tribe generally residing in
the suburbs of a town. 2. v. T^t *
(Mnon.). 3. a fierce-looking short-nosed
man.

*ps often «I5*'S gium-tno,
in the more developed mysticism, the
special internal heat which arises after
protracted meditation when such medita-
tion has been accompanied by the peculiar
technical inner absorption of the breath.
Milaraspa speaks of " the blessed warmth
of the fftiim-mo."

"I5«'3'I Qtum-po rje n. of a fierce Bon
deity (DM.).

(Sman. 125) the black species of aconite
or wolf's bane.

ytum-po hbar the arising of
warmth in meditation. The veins, viz.,
^•*, J^») and S9'»» are symbolically re-
presented by (w-'ft), i.e., the second half of
an « «, hence (w^S'lS*!^) the three-
veins meditation-warmth (Mil.; Jd.).

fl|§*rg-wjfK.- Qtum-po rab-gnan S^SSSH
n. of a king of ancient India (Yig.).

«I5*<'*» gtum-ma wt, ^t an epithet of
the goddess Durga.

$ um-mo verat, ^f^^, %*n,
1. a fierce or violent woman, a
female of the Candala tribe, etc. 2. as
an adj. violent, fearful ; SF"15*'3' rlufi gtum-
mo a violent wind, a hurricane. 3. mystic
heat.

gjtwm-mo ma-ma ^fe^r,
Paldan Lha-mo, a fierce goddess.
«i]fj*i-£5 *-j)« glum-mohi cha $«SZT& stick,
club.

i!5»j-jj« gfum-sras also i)§*fi!*w n. of a
female deity of the Bon (DM.).

•f ^^'9 dtur-bu 1. S
a Buddhist monk's religious wrapper.
2. bag, sack, wallet (Cs.).

to grind, to pulverize
(colours, medicinal substances, etc.) ; cf.

l ffte-pa, i^'fl, fl|§'»i in C. aoc. to
Lex. *$*•'» pawn, pledge, bail (ace. to Sch,
a present).

. treasui-e,

store-place ; $'1^ the repository of water,
the ocean. In the Rnin-ma-pa School of
Tibet there are Buddhist scriptures
(generally spurious) called 1^'*, the

525

authorship of which is attributed to
gods and holy lamas, also called w*|^ ;
others said to have been mysteriously
discovered or composed by learned lamas
of that school are called ^^'"nK

There are different classes of treasures
such as 'fy'wl'*!?* the treasures of learn-
ing of which again are eight : — (1) ^t^'
»)\£wr^'ti5'a|^. treasure of learning always
present in the memory and which cannot be
forgotten; (2) Sf^'5'1^ ^'if^i '"$*> the
treasure of learning which develops the
mind; (3) f«q*rw'<i|F^ («1^<w«r.5'v3%f-
jj*i-q-ffc-^-q« etc.) the treasure for medi-
tation and reflection: (4) "Il^'l-i^^, (?v
{|-ww*v;fl'ijASYem etc.) the treasure of
learning to be retained in the mind
as having been heard or understood,
sometimes in the form of a formula ^rWt' ;

(5) KWqS-fli^, (°)i!«rovzi-<jyi*r^*«r-wj-si*«r
^•Kswrm/lvcj) the treasure of fortitude;

(6) **rt«!^ (VN-iS'S*rakN-g-5^-q«< dam-
pahi c/tos yons-su urun-was, etc.) the
treasure of secret learning or scrip-
tural knowledge; (7) IR'^S^wJ'*^
^•**qr:I|*}*<-§-R<i|N-asi-S)-<i|*<v£«< etc.) the

^y

treasure of a Uod/mattva's saintly heart,
i.e., of unflagging faith in the three
Holies; (8) fjq-cwfl)^ (fr| •«S1X«rv^-«r3ft'
1* mi-skye-wahi chos-la bzod-pa t hob-pas,
etc.) the treasure of perfection, etc. (K. d.
f> 325).

pter-kha a mineral vein, mine :
^Si3'"!!?vri:!\:| to find a mine (of precious
metals or stones).

"l^'S*! pter dyu the nine oceans which
are repositories of treasures according to
the Bon are :— (1) o<V*^ the ocean of
lotus or the repository of countless preci-
ous things, gems, pearls, etc. ; (2) ^•'•6^
the ocean of shells or mines of fossil,

etc.; (3) «iv*rl^-ej ocean or mine of pre-
cious things larger than ^'^'s^i; (4) §'
§^'«^ ocean filled with crocodiles and
other sea-monsters; (5) 3«-8p»r*^ ocean
filled with turtles, etc., and other sea-
monsters; (6) g1^; (7) VF'*r^; (8) gij-Zi;
(9) ««rfc (B.N.).

flj^-Saj gfer-chen 1. a great store of
hidden wealth, hidden books, etc. 2.
n. of an immensely large number.
gier chen-pohi bum-pa u.
of one of the eight auspicious symbols
of the Northern Buddhists, — the pot of
treasure, i.e., the wishing-pot which yields
whatever precious object is sought.

"1^'?^ gter-ston a discoverer of hidden
treasures, generally of sacred books which
are supposed often to be kept concealed
under rocks and ground for fear of being
destroyed by heretics and unbelievers.
Learned lamas are deemed to be expert
gter-ston.

vfi*fnji-3\w gier-Uta. fes-pa ^frsnr^
one who knows or can tell where treasures
are hidden or where they can be found.

"I^'IVF gter-bdag twfsrq- a wealthy
man; n. of the god of wealth, Kuvera,
in Tibetan called SW"!^ (Mfion.).

flj^-qfl« gter-gnas the place where a con-
cealed treasure is unearthed. Ace. to the
Rnin-ma school, Buddhist sacred books have
been unearthed in the following places in
Tibet:— (1) Sf2h''h Qlo-bo dge-ka; (2)
XSZ^Spu-rnardsa-ri; (3) j[fc*f ffarw Klon-
than-sgrol-ma ; (4) V[$WC<^\Qyu-plm rdsa-
Ihun; (5) gwrqjfo Byamt-pa sprin; (6)
Byan-g.ter gier-phran ; (7)
Hbum-thaA rtsi-lufi; (8)
Snin-drun fans-brag; (9)
Gtsan-gi ri-bo che; (10) W?J"i'
Bal-yul e-yig gtsug-lag

- g-q

526

khan ; (11) $fP Lho-kha ; (12)
GtsaA-gi ru-mtshams ; (13) Jfyprgwqc.- Mon-
kha bum-than; (14) «tf'S»ryrZi^ Dge-r<jya$
haj-po ri; (15) «v5^'P=.-q'« Sha-yi lha-khan
it-ma ; (16) I •S'tj*- W Jo-mo g.lin-g.mni, (17)
Mehims-phu k/io-mthifi ; (18)
3c.- Srin-mo spar-r/es kho-
mthin; (19) M*'"'3^ Groin-wa rgyan ; (20)
Pad-ma fcl-phug; (21) «|^'q«'
Gnam-ikat mkhar-chu ; (22) «»r<«rg<i|
Zans-yay brag; (23) fl^ws"!* G ant-par
phug-mo ; (24) ip^'a'^' Qyah-ma fpa-jon ;
(25) ^•5«vwi*"' Rclo-bod mis/tarns ; (26)
^•goiv Lh*-monphyogs',
Dbu-shalfser-kfiafi ;
yyag-sde; (29) %fa'5 Mon-kha

Khams-ki/i srin-mo rdson ; (32) ^«-3

Dicags-po Idan-labrag; (33)
chu-phug; (34) ^•
*o-ro 6raj; (35) ^

bray-phug; (36)

sab-luA; (37)

mtohams-phii',' (38)

Stag-tshan
Bsam-yas

>; (40)

M.c.hod-rten dkar-po; (41)

u ptsan-hgram; (42) l'*''§'^
("=-• Rtsis-kyilha-khan; (43) *K=i-g;$ Kon-pt

(45) *T<w*»# Me-hbar mtsho; (46)
S^'^F Lho-kon byaA-kon; (47)
dpyal-gyi brag ; (48) B^^'gi Kliyun-tshan
brag; (49) P^I'S"! KJia-ray phng (Bkah-
than., 159).

u|^-qgc.-g-q yter-bsrun sba-ica to keep
concealed a disease, one's learning, cove-
ted treasures, etc: s(N'£jS:«i|i?1VP53E.'tj'q'?I>'i q'
VTq in the manner of one who keeps his
goitre concealed (A. 15).

jq^-qjj c.- gter-bsrun lit. one who guards
treasures"; local deities, such as Shibdag

and Lu, who are supposed to be the custo-
dians of hidden treasures, mines, etc.

or "l5'Q*^ a magic ceremony
for the purpose of averting misfortunes.

^if g°i'°)'*<j^ yto-rtjyal ye-mkhyen the
supreme Bon deity resembling in his
attributes w*t'*^s or Dipamkara Buddha
in the Buddhist series (D.B.).

T/i/ii/s-rje bzim-nas taking compassion or
having mercy upon (D.R.).

"iTS'S"'*'1'** Gfo-bu b«in-M<n8 a disciple of
Bon S'en-rab and the analogue of Anaiida.

ij^^'i^'gw gtohi fakuh-syromn. of a Bon
work.

to grab,

| gtog-pa 1. like
pluck, gather, tear out. 2. v.

1.

to assign, classify. ' 2. to belong to, apper-
tain to ; belonging to : 5«r2i«vfl|'^.-arq|^fl|«rq>5^
you belong to the royal blood or family ;
^'^•^•'I'^lfiprWH am I not included in
them? c\S»)'95'|c.-ui''>|^'ii*i'« belonging to
Dsam-ltuhi-gjin (Jambudvlpa). wij'^-i
as adv. wfli?"!"'*1^ not included, except,
besides.

<qifs]*r^tl«vq fftoys-hdod-pa ace. to Sch. to
love, to like, to wiJi.

qj^c.'^^-*!^'**! gto?i-dijos'mchod-cha$ arti-
cles necessary for religious observances
(Rtsii.).

"1^'sf gton-syo allowances in money or
in kind for religious observances (Rtsii.) ;
m^-^q gfon-dcb a register for such, etc.

glon-phod generosity ; 1'
one who is able to give ; liberal ;
bounteous.

^^t'CJ gton-u-a p'f. "5^', fut. "I51-', imp.
&' 1. to send, to let go, to permit to go, to
dismiss : V^fff^V^f^tf^ wn7
should we let you go ? w*$v do not let

* I

527

. him go. 2. to let in, to admit ; sV
admit through the door ; ^E-'VqJ?c-'q let in,
to permit to enter. 3. to let have, to
give: 3^'§'p'i§j«rwi''*)'«J5E.'q having given
blue cotton for the fringes of the tent ;
^•o|^c.-q to administer medicine; "1^'C"!
the manner of dispensing, or giving away
of medicine. ^jfttfrM^tliff^fftt^^, by
generosity or friendship the number of
friends increases. i)^=.'q5'tc.-«^ pjrjpft'^r
one who is able or has the heart to
give away (many things, &o.) in chari-
ty ; fl|5t-**m liberality, bounty; *i'«r
"l^'S to give a person to religion, i.e., to
destine him for the priesthood (Jd.). In
W. "!?=-' =1 is the common term for the verb
to give ; the pf . form 156-' Man being
used as pres. tense. 4. to give up, aban-
don, forsake, leave.

"l^'^l*1 ^ton-lugs the manner of distri-
buting, of giving away ; also of forgiving.

^^'3 I : ylod-pa='^» pf. Oft or "!5\
fut. "15^, imp. "l^ or Q^S 1. to deliver up,
hand over, to commit to another, to bestow,

confer: ^|'l»Vi''Ji'Vic;''!51S'£|to confer import-
ant offices on the priesthood ; fl|$*|'^'fl|$Q|'«r
15Vi to communicate one's feelings to
one another. 2. to lean against or upon,
to press on, to put against. 3. to direct, to
turn: •>'*'*fif!J'«|9vi to turn one's face
toward? a person, to take refuge or seek
protection under some one ; *) or*»^«r?r'i|ftv£i
to point at a person with the finger, also in
the way of threat ; if $«r£«F«p
the door points south, towards Nepal ;
i to take aim, to aim at ; jj-qS-
S-ci to listen to, to give a person a hear-
ing ; S*l*i'l|1?'S'ci to confide in a person. f"V
lv«iifl|5vpr«|'i«i«rw turning after a ray of
light, following it with the eye (chiefly
from Jd.). j«rZi-8r»flf«|5V( to submit to

the king's authority. J'ST^'lK" to place
a horse in pasture.

to talk, to speak (Sch.).
fftoms-pa filled up, full, for

lkram-pa cf.

Mhor-wa ^nW, w^h? 1. to scat-
ter, strew, spread over (Mnon.) : if^^fK
*$^ strewed flowers ; fai-«-qi^-»ipi^ he that
threw earth upon me ; JTTiiUVn to scatter
on the ground. 2. to cast, throw (books
into the water, a ring into the air) ; to
throw out, e.g., spittle into a person's ear
for healing purposes (aX\*'t*) ; to cause to
circulate the chyle through every part of
the body ; to waste, to dissipate (occasion-
ally with the the accus. of the vessel
containing the substance thrown out) :
$-*r*|^ a cow emptying its udder by dis-
charging the milk. 3. ace. to Soft, srub
gior-wa to rend, to tear to pieces (Jd.).

^15^'^ gtor-ma «ff% sacrificial objects,
i.e., that which is strewn or scattered or
given away. The gtor-ma offering may
consist of ^rw, "!^'9 cakes (not cooked or
baked) made of rice, barley flour, wheat,
&c., and offered as an appeasing gift to
gods, saints, evil-spirits, Naga demi-
gods, &c., to avert dangers to the living
and to guard against visitations of epide-
mics, plague, drought, famine, &c. Gener-
ally the torma is shaped into a conical
form, the stuff of which it is made being
cemented together with butter into a
firm consistency. It is an essential that,
after dedication, the thing offered shall
be burnt or -oast away. W. W. Eockhill
in his " Land of the Lamas " gives an
excellent account of one kind of torma
offering (pp. 113, 114). *|K*r$^si to

528

offer a torma ; i^vwqjf-u ytor-ma bsfto-wa
to devote something for it. |«r*|?* offer-
ings made to a deity that it may give any-
thing asked for ; W*fi* usual or custo-
mary offerings ; glud-gtor offerings made
to ransom a life ; «w|«i«'^ offerings made
to avert the dangers caused by an evil
spirit ; %*$* oblation of water offerings
made to the manes of the dead, i.e., to
Preta. Other terms are

gtor, **('*W*fi*, ksrufi-mahi gtor, all being
offerings made to the guardian deities;
these offerings are made of various designs
and colours to suit the supposed fancy of
the deities to be conciliated.

lT*'3q gtor-ryyab offerings of pyra-
midal shape and painted in red and white
colours as if flames of fire were inscribed
on them, and which are often burnt
inside a human skull.

"l^v$ gtor-rgyu the ingredients of which
a torma offering is made.

u]^-^n]N fftor-stegt trays and tables on
which the torma offerings are placed.

flftV^ gtor-dar scarves placed over
offerings at the time of presenting them to
the gods, &c.

ql?*''flltft gtor-gdan (in certain Tantrik
rites) the grain placed on the ground, on
which the offerings are put.

gtor-ma rgyas
one that delights in torma or, rather,
in the offering when cast away, i.e., the
the crow.

fl^vsrq^'^ ytor-ma bshes-nas
having accepted the offerings.

tfw* gtor-ma za ?f%^ met. the
crow.

flj^vw^ gtor-ma zan ace. to Jd. oblation
of the remnants of a meal to creatures
of every description.

flfl>X'y*i gtor-rtsam barley- flour for mak-
ing torma offerings.

fl|?^'q|-ql gtor-bzlog offerings to gods
and spirits for averting epidemics, etc.

fl|^-o|li»i gjtof ^.soj cakes of the size of
the thumb offered to gods and demons
morning and noon.

fftol VTK a division of time.

gtol-wa ace. to Sch. to perfo-
rate, pierce; to discover, disclose, v.

gtol-bral, **'
bzah-rgyu ma-rned ci-bya giol bral-tx/n1
at the time when we were without re-
source having nothing to eat (Jig.).

*', |*<' or «n»i-

unknown, a stranger ; also strange ; one
without any knowledge of a place or thing ;
ace. to (Jd.) not known, dubious ; WwSfew
o|5ar»)Y^ one who does not know yet
whether will come a boy or a girl ; 3'S'iV
not knowing what to do ; *p,' ww-
not knowing where she had gone :
I am without knowledge
of it.

size, dimension :
9ii the belly of
the yidag (Preta) equals the size of a
mountain; ^i'$'i|?<)'*'^ homage or reli-
gious observances of great magnitude.

v.

ought to be tied)
to be worn.

an ornament

529

bfags-pa 1. v. <^«HT«i bound,
tied, as in g^i^'ci bound or chained
the dog ; j^flpri ornament worn ; PSS"!"'*!
anything bound to the face or placed
in front of any one for acceptance. 2.
ground, crushed ; fyj'15"!^ reduced to fine
powder, to flour; H^'i^N medicine pul-
verized.

'Q and used in

* ktang. pf. of "
W. instead of the latter.

equanimity;
even treatment of all things. 1.

Btafi-sHoms is a word signifying
impartial and equal treatment of friend or
foe, i.e., to abstain from anger or affection
for friends and relations, equal treatment to
all living beings without either attach-
ment or hatred. 2. aco. to Ja. perfect
apathy 3. ace. to Sch. perfect impartia-
lity.

H5*-$*«r«^ btan-snomg can <3iHr. in-
different, indolent, apathetic person.

Syn. *'%'&( le-lo can, fw «w*^ gnoms-
las can (MAon.).

*5*'«ia*.- btan-bzun ^f%1%^ a species of
flower; also n. of a mythical mountain.
«i5e.-«)lfl^-Zj tyafi-bsun chen-po JT^5ftf%^
a larger species of Muchilinda flower.

*5*'«w btaA-yai (31^) n. of a number
( Ya-sel. 56).

made

over, entrusted, presented to.

"5* b_tab <3TT, ^ftra sewn (Zam. 8).
btab-pa pf. of

I Uig-pa pf. q$fll«'£i ace. to Cs. to
drop, to let fall in drops. JC«iVjjas-q$«|'ei to
drop medicine in the ears, v. *3«p .

'ti btifi-wa 1. v. ^=.'1 Min-tca. 2.
spread, anything spread (Zam. 8) ;
, w ; i^^ tfc,-tt to spread a rug.

"S'l btu-ica, v. ^S'1" hthu-wa.
W btug-pa, \. <^\'»^tug-pa.

q^'q btun-wa 1. pf. of ^S"1'" 'hthufi-
u-a to drink. 2. TTUT; (Zam. 8) iffa, ^j
drink, anything for drinking.

thirsty (Mflon.).

killed.

btuns-pa

ntun-snotf drinking glass.
"" Mud-pa ^facf, sj^<i subdued, v.

1 tyug-nag
having bowed, paid reverence ; adv. reve-
rentially.

btud-mar in rapid or close
succession (Ja.).

3 -^M^ ^' ^R ^' Becoming; conve-
nient, practicable: ^'Xarcr^E.'yyq-Jl'fE.-w
151 (A. 33) it is proper not to have con-
troversy with outsiders (unbelievers).
wqgtrZi fyitb-po it is not convenient.

^q^rq btuls-pa fa, tJISrej cut into
pieces, v. q|§ti'c' gtub-pa.

qgwi btum-pa pf. of *|§*ri to wrap
round, to envelope ; hence in W. to shut
(a book).

ufj*r!fal btum-phog ace. to Jd. bunch or
knot produced by money and the like
being tied up in the girdle.

«j§«rq gtul-u-a f^ffa, pf. of "^rq hdul-
iva, also i5«i'T; "^*'«BTS'5"''* to subdue
an enemy, to vanquish the devil.

extracted, quoted. 2.

or

63

530

trj-q, 3. «|*r<J.or *V *%*'<> abbre-
viated, concise, taken in short, in few
words

'q bteg-btcg bycd-pa to
haul upwards : w»flf fe'U'aw, WUSi**'
3f"l«^5'fe3i1«&-<i5lT£'?lTS*''3 (Bbrom. 125).

i3«r« kteg-pa, v. i^flpra; also used in the
common faying:— g-ww«$fl|'«iS>ffl|--'|% 9'*'
wwq3«|-jir^*H(--«]* "when the father main-
taing the son, a tiger is produced, when
the niothej the daugther a drudge
appears."

oft'" ktoii-pa v. "Xfii hdon-pa.

^ rta or, occasionally, S'B r/fl-jao ^J*,
T3, vft, ?PT a horse ; the feminine form
for which is usually Sfrwa mare. J-*Vri»to
break in or train a horse ; S'ftT" to gallop,
to race; 5'«r^-« to ride on horseback.
Horses are largely bred in Tibet, several
of the Dog-pa tribes north of Lhasa
devoting themselves exclusively to rear-
ing horses. Both Shigatse and Gryangtse
are famous horse-markets, and from the
latter place mimbers are imported into
Nepal and Sikkim. J^IWf*11"* the
blood from the horse's palate cures sores ;
$-S)-»4pwr*w*f«»r<*w*N the kidney of the
horse removes kidney disease ; |^'»^rtN<
*r«r««S the bile of the horse is useful for
sores ; ?'$ iT""'^'^^ the larynx of the
horse improves the voice ; 5 5)p|'»w*>«'3<i|-
KVO\ urinary bladder of the horse is use-
fiil for scalds and burns ; Vs* '** 'SK^ST
gjf-q-?N horse-fat dissipates itching and
eruptions on the skin.

Syn. **vl^$1»« mcltod-sbyin phyugs;
^w|'9 dpal-gyi lu ; yr«X^ ryyab-Msiu ; £.'
mq-»igq]-»r^ rila-yab ny'iiy-ma-can ; ^'^l'^^'

>a

jjrlufi-gi fifi-rtft; §^'at*»'|^ r Inn-las skye$;
^^'^'B*1 sin-dhu skyes ; «^«J*TR$ mgyogs-
frgro; ^'§1 Mren-bycn; D"l'i'«^ rmig-pa-

can;

"$ myur-hyro ; ^'Wflj^ rnam-par pnon ;
j-«f-|« rgya-rntsho $kye§; 51'5'* rtag-tu
za; £1'»i'«^ r dot/ -ma-can (Mfion.).

f\ rfa-ka or $*'i|=*)'rj'j*i rmiy-lcags
lit. hoof-iron, horse-shoe.

?'5'i rta rkyaya or 5'S'" one skilled
in horsemanship.

V8^ rta-fkyin lit. "the horse ibex"; is
a curious large heavy animal peculiar
to Tibet, but straying also into North
Assam, the Eudorcas taxicolor, known to
sportmen as the takin. Two species are
recorded^ one found by Pe"re David in the
ranges of Moupin on the Chinese border,
the other occurring in the mountains of
the Mishmi and Abor territory.

5'i3j"l*i rta-bikragt a clattering train of
horsemen.

?ljf rta-go, ^S'gq'a'rft- coat of mail for
a horse; ^VT^SflwrtT1111^1! the horse-
equipment for generals (Rtsii.).
rta-gal saddle-bag.

rta-gral, ^^•^^i\v^-m»(i\-ci a
number of horses kept in a row, prop,
cavalry in martial array.

5'3J*J rta-grag=f*> rta-ra stable.

5'q1S rta-bgad a horse-laugh ; ^''WI^'S"

ti to set up a horse-laugh (Sch.).
?'^ rta-mgo a horde's head. 5'«^f-w =

grti-yan boat (Milon.).
5'*5^' Rta-mgrin, (Tamdin) ^qtfa n. of
deity with a man's body but having the
head of a horse and which neighs fear-
fully to frighten beings who are mischie-
vous to Buddhism. The Hindu analogue
of Tamdin is Hayagriwa, and shrines to
this deity are not uncommon at the
present day in Aseam.

$'Sf rta-sga or V*'S( saddle; 5'^?^ or
?'l|'*p*'*'*§)fli the equipments of a riding
horse (Rtsii.}.

531

rta-sgam a large trunk or chest
generally carried on horseback.

?'IT rta-sgo the entrance for a horse or
pony, a gate-way.

5'fj"! rtn-sgyel gen. connected with *)'q*i^
the slaughtering of men and killing of
horses.

j-ugqpr^-wej rta Mags Man bzaft-po
n. of the horse on which Buddha used to
ride when he was still a prince.

5'*^ rta-can, gsrlS'^ n. of a class of
Brahmans (Mnon.).

5'S1 rta-kag horse-whip; whip in
general.

5'*"! rta-chay dry fodder or provender
given to horses, such as peas, corn, oats.

?'»« rta-ohas^^^'^^^ equip-
ments of a riding horse, including the
cloth that is wrapped round its breast.

$'§*•' rta-c/tufl, v. 3j gre ijccjitrai ^t a
constellation (Rtsii.).

?'^1 rta-mchoj ^ifw "the best
horse," the ideal hor^e which makes its
possessor a wealthy man ; the mytholo-
gical horse of Indra, a sort of Pegasus
which partakes of divine properties. He
is called Balahaka the prince of horses
or in Tibetan ^ytWf^fnrfV^,

Syn. •sc.'-^'i can yes-pa ; otoj«'*3j Zeg$-
hgro; 5f-'%\ "l-f"!^'^ rlun-gi gfog-pa-ean ;
gjC-'am1^ rlun-las-rgyal ; ^*r«i^'^»( rnam-par-
dul; ^"l*('§i^ rigs-ldan; 9'$*' gyi-lin; §=•'$
rlun-rta the horse of fortune or good luck

Rta-mchog kha-hbab lit.
" the . down-flowing mouth of the best
horse." This is the appellation of the
Yeru Tsang-po or Brahmaputra during
the earlier portion of its course in Western
Tibet. Throughout Ngari it is known as
Tamjo Kha-lab. The river is supposed to

issue from a rock shaped like a horse's
mouth, but in reality rises in a swamp in
a mountain-locked valley 12 miles east of
Grur-lha in West Purang.

5'g=-' rta-ljan fsre, fftar^ a grey-
green horse or a horse the colour of which
is grey-green like a leaf.

5-«jj^c.-») rta g.don-me ^f^rsrer a great
submarine fire which is believed to exist
in the southern limits of the great ocean :
^e.-iN^rM&l^-f'g rta-gdoU med-chfi
dus-mthahi rlun Ua-bu (devastating) like
the submarine fire and the wind at the
end of time (Rtsii.).

5'1VTI'3S Uta-bdag brgad an epithet of
the god of wealth (Rtsii.).

5-q^-q rta bdun-pa «trr^ an epithet
of the sun, whose chariot is said to be
drawn by seven horses ; also n. of Yaruna
the god of the oceans (Mnon.).

5^1 Rta-nay (Tanag) n. of a district in
Tibet situated a few miles to the north of
Tashi-lhunpo in Tsang.

^apl'l^'il Eta-nag g.na§-ga n. of a vil-
lage in Tanag ; 5'^T^'^'t" n. of a town
in Tanag with a monastery called Rin~
crhen-tse.

5'ifl*) rta-g.nas a stable.

Syn. 5'P=.' rta-khan; ^^•^•i\^
mgyoys-hgrohi g.nas (Mnon.).

5'^ rta-rna the horse's-ear, one having
the ears of a horse.

5'tf'^ Rta-sna ri ^^^4 one of the seven
golden mountains of Buddhist mythology,
so called from its shape Ibeiug like the
nose of a horse.

5-ci rta-pa w^i a horseman, a rider ;
*|E, qc^-q ^}^-riafr(%^ infantry and cavalry
(Ya-sel. 55). The terms signifying it
horseman are: 5'", fi'fy'1*,
lu-can, ^-tivi]^ (Mnon).

532

rta-pa rta-shon in Ld. a balanc-
ing board, see-saw (Jo.).

.' rta-pahi dpufi cavalry (Cs.).
rta-lpags a horse's skin ; n. of a
medicinal herb. ?-g«!«-^arf^f$'^-V.

^S'w.'vpi rta-pho thal-dkar a stallion of
ash-colour (K. du. S 18).

? |"| rta-phnig foal, the young of the
horse.

Syn. 3'5 thu-ru ; fa rte.hu ; f%'$ fta-yi
bit; f 3* fte-thitr; 5'9^ rta-phran (Jjfdon.).

qnm rta-bals «K<U 1. a raised place or
large stone generally kept at the entrance
of a house or monastery or temple for
alighting from a horse. 2. p*i3?qwthe
pediment of a large door- way; ace. to
Jo. the arch of a gate-way.

$ 9«i rta-bcl a horse's forelock.

?'!« rta-lret ^vrrwr a stable ; manger.

?^ rta-bon is described as Ing-pahi
nafi-phyog rfta Mra-ica dri dan-pa nasty
filth, such as that which occurs in fissures
inside the hand.

rta bon-pa TfVjfr a mare.

Rta-dbyafis w^r a celebrated
Buddhist sage who was converted to
Buddhism, better known by the name of
Viracharya for his heroic devotion to the
cause of that faith. He wrote an epistle
to king Kaniska, also a commentary on
the Sutranta.

At first

(in the first part of his life) he was a
, learned Tirthika Pandit, afterwards he
was converted to Buddhism, when being
called Acharya Yira he greatly furthered
the cause of Buddhism. Acharya As'va
Ghosha wrote a commentary on the
(Budcthist scriptural) workc ailed Drnn-pa
(D. $ei. 12).

horse-dung ;

horse-dung (strained) re-
moves worms and bilious vomiting.

rta-dmag cavabry.

rta-rmig 1. a horse's hoof; 5'fi"]'
" or ?'S«il'<'Il«'I|H silver ingots prepared in
the shape of a horse-hoof, weighing
variously from 125 to 156 rupees- weight.
2. crmrgi a plant the leaves of which
resemble the horse's hoof ; $'£«r*r<i|«'s»>'iv;'
ST'$;*1II!*<. [the egg-plant Solanum mefan-
gena]S.

?T rta-rdst, or ?^*'»W, one that tends
horses; a groom. |T^K'V^tflTl'%fir*KT
ST^*.' also all the ascetics mentioned above
and below with the horse-minder (A-119).

^•fll^E.' rsa-ptsad the pure horse necessary
for the sacrificial purposes of the Vedic
Brabmanas: ^^t-^-l^ ^^^qtl the
Brahmanical sacrifice of the horse accord-
ing to the Vedic rites.

$'9^ rta-shun a good horse.

?' W'fflrq^ rta-bsafi kag-bshin (lit. as a
whip is necessary to keep even a good
horse in order) is said to be a common
saying in Tibet for one person sending his
remembrances to another.

$'**• rta-sam lit. horse bridge, has a
double meaning : first, a government post-
station on the main roadway from provin-
cial centres to Lhasa, the place where
horses, &c., are changed ; secondly, it is
applied to the post-rider or government
messenger himself. The best known
tazam, or to/am as the word is often heard,
are those situated on the great .postal
track which stretches from Leh, viS Gartok
and the north bank of the Tsang-po, to
Shiga-tse and Lhasa. The proper term for
the post-rider himself is $'w«i ; however
usage has contracted it into ?•*».

533

rtahi-bu

lam w3\* a day's journey on horse
back. $S''V«i«| rtahi hu-lag a compulsory
service for the supply of oxen, mules, and
'horses. $5'vq rtahi ra-wa *)«$,<' an enclo-
sure for horses, a stable.

5'^ Rta-hon n. of a monastic club for
discussing metaphysical topics in the
monasteries of Daipung, Sera and Gahdan
(Lon.*U).

$-<^-»m|-n rta-yi mjug-ma (lit. the horse's
tail) n. of a medicinal plant.

Syn. ir^a^'i yyo Wan-ma ; |'«fc'tf« sla-
wahi lo-ma; ^'gvjw hdur-qyed gkyes; "W
«]5-a^qj yal-rjahi me-tog; *%Q'*i mthon-po
ma; ^'^ hgro-ldan; J5c,-255'*>'1f«| boft-bohi
me-tog (4Wo«.).

^-aiS'lfe.- Rta-lahi kofi n. of a mythologi-
cal race in ancient India (Tig.).

$'•*! rta-fa 1. horse-flesh. 2. the oblique
abdominal muscles of the hips.

5'-*^ rttt-fcid curry-comb (Sch.).

?'§ rta-sre ?^^ a pie-bald horse.
[' Having pie-bald horses' ; an epithet of
Marut or the wind-god]*S.

5'fl]»i^ rta-gsar a new horse, a horse not
yet broken in or dressed (ScMr.) ; ?'"l*^'sp
a colt three years old newly broken and
saddled.

rta-pseb a stallion: $-flifcr|fiyZi$-
the dung of a stallion
of blue colour is a preventive of hydro-
phobia.

^'l*1^ rta-psod=«\'*,'%'* ka-ra bhi-ra the
oleander, Nerium odorum (Mfion.).

rtag-pa v

frf% 1. continuous, enduring,
lasting, eternal. 2. perpetuity, duration
to all futurity (a quality which, according
to Buddhist views, can be ascribed only
to absolute emptiness — J?E-'i''^t\, Cunyata) :

the chief of all
permanent things is voidity. St'^ij'q imper-
manent, not durable, perishable : ^«ic.'*r
yrtf'i'VI-S* that, too, is subject to the law
of perishableness ; ?1'{i'^''l1 (" tak-pa re-
shi ") is the common colloq. expression in
C. for always, constantly (Snd. Hbk.).

Syn. ^'i brtan-pa; ^y^t ther-sug-
pa; "!5^'^'li gtan du-wa; v.-q
bshin yna§; fr^'l mi hgyur-wa;

mi-yyo;

• gshon-me

rtag-hkhru$ che always washed
= assiduity.

51'*S rtag-cha4 lasting and transitory ;
an abbr. of 5l'WSjftr^c*«^wss'£r«rf^»i the
theory of eternal existence or annihilation :

avoided the false doctrine of perpetual
existence (Sbrom. f 29).

$<i|-|swai rtag-$noms-la adv. uniformly,
equally.

always, continually, perpetually: W5'
g-snirjjq»r?j'*l* at all times do I seek refuge
in my lama (Buddha).

5ql''3'f^a' rtag-tu khol t^K^W a slave, per-
petual servant : «w*f!»r!Jj"^-g§-[i6ii| a servant
of a resourceful minister (Hbrom. 152).

STS'VP rtag-tu dgah ^M*S always
cheerful ever happy ; an epithet of
Mahadeva.

?"I'5'^ Rtag-tu fiu 1. n. of a Buddhist
saint who used to weep when observing
the miseries of mundane existence. He
devoted all that he possessed to others and
by his religious ascetism and study
of the Prajna-pdramita he attained to
the position of a Boddhisattm (ffbum. i
501). 2. n. of a medicinal flower on
which dew is formed at all times on

534

account of which it is said to be always in
tears. It grows on high altitudes in Tsari
the most easterly district of Central Tibet.
WS'lfr rtag-tu tpyod. trr«r* met. the fire,
which is always at work.

5q!'5'q rtay-tu-wa eternal, perpetual ;
also ace. to Cs. perpetuity, eternity.

i-n) ij-nqq rtag-tu hbab .a name of the
river Sita, the river of continual flow

51'5^JK.' rtag-tu frbyuA of eternal or
perpetual growth.

?T§'S^ rtag-tu fbyw (W*!K^) 3si
perpetually giving or yielding.

?T5'"?^ f*Wtera always assiduous,
ever-applying.

W5'* rtag-tu za lit. that eats at all
times, met. a horse.

jq-g-qt'tt-^fM rtag-tu lafi-tsho [dan-tin
she who is at all times youthful, an epithet
of Draupadi ifo& the common wife of the
Pandava brothers.

W«i rt ay-It a = W ***>'%'* the doctrine of
the immortality of the soul and of all
things.

VT^'IS rtag-bde byed (lit. happy at all
times) an epithet of $*c?«'5|*< Vais'ravana
the god of wealth (MHoii.}.

STift Rtag-fdod land-steward or over-
seer. W^'Sj'"!***1 the resident manager of
the estate of Lha-gsel in Tibet (Rtsii.).

WH'fo'lfU'Q *$.'%>' Prtay-pa ther-zug gmra-
bahi Ita-ica the doctrine of a Brahmanical
sect in Ancient India : %5«|'a*sv«v^-Zi-
qr*c:«fyf«rfc<W«,1^VS(* (they) did not
believe in the great unchangeable and
eternal principle (Theg. 33 to 39).

$i)'q'Xfl'*^'£M'58-«i rtag-pa don mtshon-
pahi lta-wa the doctrine or view as to the
eternity of matter and its attributes
(Theg. 33 to 39).

. rtag-par ^T adv. always.

5<»|'W<^'£| rtag-par hdsin-pa to look
upon what is transitory as lasting, and
hence to be worldly-minded, a worldling ;
^arq-anjnj-cj steady in lying down, i.e,, to be
continually at rest.

VTQ rtag-po adj. lasting, durable, re-
liable.

5"1'*< rtag-ma wat eternity personified,
the eternal goddess; an epithet of Durga.

W^T" Rtag-myos fl^nrt«f an epithet
of the god of love.

^•tfEvwi rtay hdsin-ean=WOa-fy'l»r>*i
he who holds that things are permanent.

I5ql'^'q rtay slii-pa «?Tfw is an epithet
of Avalokitesvara Bodhinattm and S'iva.

$q|-^r«ijifc rfay-rcs hkhor 1.
constantly recurring. 2. W^^fr'
to (Sch) constant change.

^\^ rtags 1- ^?i^, f*ff"^. f^
resp. SI'?'!*' sign, manual, badge, token,
mark, characteristic, prognostic, &c. l>s.'
?1« good sign or token ; ^'51" evil mark
or bad sign ; *T^*"^W auspicious sign
or mark ; W'SJ'i or nj-^^-q^^ qgs, the
eight auspicious symbols or objects, v.
iJJ'SK'aj'v We have in ^R'frHc^m the
eign of being or not being, sufficiency or
insufficiency, &c. I'^i^^im gkye-hehihi
rtays the signs of birth and death ;
to make a mark; "WJ^R'^'^r
*\i the badge or distinction of monk-
hood ; one having the marks of an
ecclesiastic ; *tr^'5"!« proof, clear evidence ;
$i!*rn|=^nfirfirw: 3'?1*r«r^-«i|e. on what
evidence have they seized him ?
yff*< a proof is necessary: |Spr
there is even no evidence or mark.
^«Tfl?a, 1^f*a having a mark upon it or
marked, stained; also ominous. 5<qw*^'«=
,-« a harlot (Mnon.). 2. = **V* f%l=

535

gender; the organ of generation ;
rtays-mcd ^f%{f* hermaphrodite.
male organ ; S w* female organ.
rtags-hjuy the description of the distinction
of the sexes ; i*'fT*?TrS1*W{«, ^'S'"
<, id., a grammatical

rtig-gi in Tsang iot^rtehu foal,

treatise on the same (by Thon-mi Sam-
bhota). ?1« denotes also marks of gram-
matical distinction, such as terminations
etc. : V"l*r*ITC1 using such marks, making
grammatical distinctions.

H'S"!*1 rtagg-thugs intimate connection."
rlags dam-phrug sign and
seal (Tig. k. 2).

rtag$-g.sum met. an oar

(Mnon.).

^'^1 rtab-pa ace. to t/a. = fl'£) or
to be in a hurry, to be confused, fright-
ened, in a state of alarm (ace. to Zam.

rial rtab-po=*-*tw*.**m con-
fused, confounded with fear, perplexed :
•^•^WjrfR-Hh-jVj'wm-^'Jri^ hkhor-
rnams rtab-rtab-por gyur-te thams-cad-kyis
fyzlog all the attendants becoming panic-
struck turned back (Khrid. 1I/.0) ; ?«r$«i'Z}v
*fc'^*» having become quite startled and
confounded.

rtab-rtdb-la also Wiprn adv.
helter-skelter, pell-mell ; also in haste.

it is not proper while perplexed
or confused to come to a legal decision
without minute investigation (Rdsa. 16).

rtas-pa, v. i?'i brta-wa.

rtas gizan-gi mchod-
$byin v^^-^s the Vedic sacrificial cere-
mony in which horae's flesh is used for
entertaining the invoked deities.

colt.

CV

* rtiii what is behind or after (with
regard to space, but more particularly to
time). ?^ rtin-du, 5=.'^ r^-»a,ff«[ rtifi-
la, adv. and postp. afterwards, after : ?«^'
«i¥*c % rtin-du bcos-so they were made
afterwards ; ffo'?^'"! byon-rtin la after their
appearance ; g^*' byun-rtifi after he has
come; ^e.'«c de rM-la after that.

|c,'qg<j( rtin-bsktil earnest entreaty or
exhortation (Sorig. IS!/.}.

5c.-g«i|N rlin-lcags a spur; fff<J|*rgq-o
rtin-lcags rgyab-pa to spur, to prick with
the spur.

^'H*! rtin-hjug remaining part, re-
mainder.

?t-q rtift-pa 1. the end, extremity,
lowest part, e.g., of a stick ; gen. the
heel of the foot *F<A'$'q (Mnon.). 2. 1
phyi latter.

^e/tw rtin-bal hair of the foot of goat,
sheep, etc.

$£.'*» gtift-ma adj. and sbst. latter, the
last; *15«'§'5K.'*i'§^ gtatn-gyi rtifi-ma yin
it is the end of a speech, conversation or
discourse, this is my last and farewell-
speech; fCH^'W rtifi-ma ni-ma the fol-
lowing day.

Syn. QKphyi-ma; t«r* rjes-ma; |«'^'
rjes-su bgyid; ^'^'^ rjes-su sgrub;
'*4 gfam-ma • «11'»»'^'^« ni jug-ma phyi-
fos (Mfion.).

? l'«i rtib-pa pf. «$«W brtibg, fut. i?«l brtib,
imp. 5^ r^'* or ?*w r#»i? to break or pull
down (cf. ^'Q rdib-pa) ; in Sikk. to beat
or thrash thoroughly.

J*lj'3 rtofi'-^, a-"l**-« f^r 1. human
excrement ; 1"!'^^ or |"!'^« rtug-skem dry

536

excrement. 2. in C. wind, flatulency.
3. "{"I or 5*1 rtug, v. under Vw.

J^'^ rtwri-wa pf. i|W, fut. ij*1 also
g^'o to make less, to shorten, to contract,
e.g., a rope, a dress : fliyrq-fljMi his neck is
contracted (Jo.).

v. «]^ $«» ; tf'* rtun-ril a
trituration-bowl (ScA.).

tt'Q rtun-pa diligence ; J^'iS'lS'" rtun-
pahi skyed-pa to be diligent (Zam.) ; cf. V^-

ROT^fffNljU or STI ^ blunt, dull,
stupid; **f'5«i a blunt weapon (Cs.) ; V^'2"'
5*rZi blundering; sf|"< $fo-r<«' weak
intellect.

£«r9^'ci rtul pJiod-pa
bold, intrepid ; also sbst. courage.

garoK-|« Rtul-bsad j*#eg=
the son of Rtul-can-ma, one of- the ten
incarnations of Vishnu ; a name of

rte-fhur=fa finite foal, colt;
q to bring forth a colt, to foal (Os.).

a hold, support, esp. in com-
pounds : T^ the plinth or base of a pillar
(Cs.); *Ffa or ^w^ a footstool ((?«.) 2.
^IT^q, ^f^lWU in Gram, the case which
denotes the place of a thing or person, the
locative. 3. n^fa that which holds, con-
tains, or supports a thing : g'f^ lit. the
holder or receptacle of a person himself,
i.e., an image of a deity, of a Buddha or
Bodhisattva ; ^^^=^1^9 letters, writ-
ings, holders of the doctrine, gen. consist-
ing in a volume of the holy writings.
3*]«r^ thugs-rten " the holder of the heart
or mind" as manifest in a holy person.
The term f^'"Ri*< is often applied to the
foregoing three. "T^'f^ gdufl-rten recep-

tacle for the bones or relics of a saint ;
w^S'^ mchotf-rten a holder or depository for
oblations, a chaitya; ^"T^'f^ rig-patii rten
receptacle of the soul, i.e., the body (Schtr.);
^flj-q-^-^'q, ^•^E.-gurzi the houseless, bodi-
less soul: $*'ST*'iTqr^*w''3'^ sniii-ni tshe-
srog sentf-kyi rten the heart is the seat of
life and of the soul. Similarly ^ is often
a term for a temple or shrine: ^'I'l^'S
the deity in a shrine ; again we have 8'^
shu-rten resp. 31'^ phyag-rten a present,
"gift, offering, i.e., " the holder or support
of a request."

^•|Siw rten-ktebs ^STTWW the cover for
religious offerings.

^•gj rten-khri=»*'i'*W* a chapel or
cabinet to hold images with accommo-
dation for keeping offerings before them
and for religious books (JRtsii.).

ciA hbrcl-war hbyuft §mft-pohi-cho g.uhi-

n. of a

dhSrani expressing the essence of the
doctrine of relative existence or origina-
tion (K. git. f> 288).

^'**< rten'-c/ia! things, articles.

f^'i rtcii-pa 1. vb., pf. and fut. "f^ imp.
W to keep, to hold, to adhere to, to lean
on; ^-n-ar^-ti to lean on a staff; TO'1"
^'si to keep or hold against a pillar ; ^"P"
*gj*r«r«r^ to keep the hand on one's
cheeks, to lean one's head on one's hand
in meditating ; fig. to depend or rely on ;
^'£j3'ii}'« the priest to whom one holds ;

ari^-q to keep to the fat, i.e., to eat
much fat; *|ir«ftifcr«rfar«l to be given
to sensuality. A frequent form of the
vb. is $W* rten-nas : j$\|*r wrTi^'^
following, depending on your orders ; *£'
$«ryjt i^'^N relying on my strength;
hence "^'^ is frq. used for in conse-
quence of, with respect to, concerning, etc.:

537

fa'*F in consequence of that event ;
"Si'BVW*^1") '%*i'*i<* in connection with a
noble object; % 'S'qP<°ai'$^*' Iho-phyogs la
rten-nas to be situated towards the south ;
*\lvarj^»rqi1q|»rq to look after or pursue
with one's eye a ray of light. 2. sbst.
that which holds, keeps up;
these are the supports of king;
c£-qwrqq|wqpj-ti 'the doctrine of the hold-
giving bones' i.e., osteology. 3. adj.
attached to, faithful (Jd.).

fa 'iS'1^ rten-pahi rkyen dependent
cause; $'$'"! ^ "S^'^|3"I»<'£' the dependent
cause of (the formation of) ice is water.

f ^'"^1 rten-hbrel is said to be a contrac-
tion of fa 'W*qir««'*5^'*l rten-par hbrel-war
hgyur-ica mftriNjqA(l< 1. it is best defined

not as causal concatenation but as the
inter-dependent causes which have origin-
ted matter and all phenomena. These
mutually contributory causes, however,
according to Buddhist theory, properly
centre in or spring forth from amdya (Tib.
tr^i'd) or the ignorant belief that all
which seems to us to exist does so exist
when it is really non-existent. 2. ^^
omen ; circumstances combining to found
a judgment or prognostic; diagnosis.
Milaragpa says of rten-hbrel : l^pSVv^'
Xwwr«V^'^sr^f^s.' understanding rten-
hbrel to be the whole doctrine of transmi-
gration in general. However, he deviates
from the purer philosophy by averring
that the co-operating cause at work in
rten-hbrel is produced by the deep myste-
ries of »•« and *^t*! (Mil. "I, 89). The
doctrine involved in rten-hbrel is fully
dealt with in Tsong-khapa's great work,
the Lam-rim chen-mo. He sums up the
argument thus :

II The certitude that all
these things are in their very essence void
and yet that from the one its fruit the
other springs forth, the two uninterup-
tedly hither or thither mutually assisting
each other — what can be more wonderful
than this, and what has arisen more
stupendous than it !

rten-hbrel-gyi hkhor-lo
the wheel illustrating the
process of the working of successive exis-
tences and helpful in meditating on them
and in methods for getting rid of their
influences, etc. In the tractate ^'^9*1' §'
n[i?vi!r»)-nvq-£1'X'«!j^ rten-hbrel gyi-hhor-lo mi
hdra-wa bco-brgya4 (A. 35) there are
eighteen different descriptions of the wheel
illustrating the cycle of Pratltya samut-
pada, the earliest one having been designed
by Nagarjuna as contained in Tan. d. f
32. In it are contained indications of hu-
man destiny, luck, happiness and misery,
which are drawn up in set formulas. ^
3e.-<^arqv<lgE.'q-«^q-«^.'lj*r<$-H^d5-*i^ the
Sutra describing the relative existences
and the distinctive features contained in
them (K. d. « 203). In it are described the
science of divination, the art of drawing
omens from different occurrences and
signs.

^•^arn^w rten-hbrel bsgom = vwwj*
an epithet for a Pratyeka Buddha
(Mnon.).

rten-hbrel rtogs-pa to in-
vestigate significant or ominous incidents
and draw inferences therefrom; ^'^9^'
•3)w'«i to know such, or one who knows
them (e.g., a physician when treating a
patient must try to find out the auspices).
^•^arqjs.- good auspices ; fa ^"'M' bad
omens.

538

|aj-q;Jar<«m'in«|-q5'flf^ rten-hbrel yan-lay
bcit gnis the twelve inter-dependent _ con-
tributories to the orignation of all pheno-
mena. Or, more fully :— The twelve
inter-dependent elements which together
contribute to the production of all pheno-
mena ; the twelve, however, being theore-
tically not simultaneous in origination
but occurring in a certain sequence ; each
indeed being dependent on its predecessor,
though not exactly evolved from it,
because by a process of re-action the pre-
decessor is also dependent for manifesta-
tion on its successor. Thus, while the
succeeding contributories may be said to be
evolved in a measure from the preceding
ones, there is a mutual dependence which
makes all the twelve co-ordinate also.
The twelve inter-dependent originations
in the Pratltya Samutpada are :— (1) « H"
^f^JT ignorance ; (2) ^'|S fl'SiH associa-
tion or impressions ; (3) tpr^t f^T^ con-
sciousness; (4) «te'«qi«|»< HIH^T name and
form; (5) |'*^ §kye-mche4 *f*rq*H the six
sense-organs; (6) *«ri w*r contact; (7)
#vq if^rr feeling; (8) sred-pa
.desire or hankering after ; (9) °t
sensual enthralment; (10) IK" sr id-pa *TC
procreation; (11) J'" skye-wa «nft birth;
(12) *F ^ SRTTTO old age and death.

f T* rten-ma prop, support, pillar.

^•^•q ft en $ man-pa subordinate; of
lower position or order, junior ; a ge-tshul
is subordinate to a ge-long, a ge-nyen is
inferior to a ge-tshul or Cramanera : j^'fa'
«^'W<3j?«'|'g<J|'*r»^'^ he being inferior
in rank, i.e., in the religious order, he did
not make salutation with his body (A. 56).

1. in Jfl'F6-' rtoy-khan
a room or place of amusement on
the top of a house or building. 2. %g
for 9"! toy.

gzIj'SJ I; rtoy-pa <ra, *«H'ii sbst.

1. consideration, deliberation, reflection;
'jTyq-y-Q rtog-pa fkye-wa or ?i>I'{i<ai'Hl|I'£| to

reflect on a thing, to indulge in musings.

2. scruple, hesitation: 5f5Tcri'«'5 rtog-pa
§kyes-te to grow doubtful, hesitating.

II- vb., pf. "ST* or
imp. if"! or T1^ $*% to consider, exa-
mine, search into, muse, qjofc^i***1"*?*
or N^-qwwq (Won.) : *ff^*^ though
one meditates (upon the soul), one can-
not understand. To trouble one's head
about a thing is considered a fault much
to be guarded against, and the more so,
as religious faith as well as meditation
require the mind to be strictly free from
distraction, and especially in meditation
to be concentrated on a single object
only : *'?'ql'?t-^'^ contemplation without
any disturbing reflections.

%*\'^rtog-ge a* the act of arguing, rea-
soning; dialectics (Ca.) ; IfT.^" rtog ge-pa
arfi^ an arguer, disputer, reasoner (Cs.) :
jF«q-3|5'jfv$l»r*i'°lal'ci rtog-gehi spyod-yul ma-
yin-pa %ia^N^T not being the object of
controversy or arguing.

iir<i]-cr«^,-gQrq rtoy-pa dafi bral-wa *«w-
Tt^ without imagination, free from so-
phistication.

^oj-qa'^g] rtog-pahi dyrti W4j*ri«i*J n. of a
tree.

rten-gahi 1. basis, foundation
. = I"c.-^»4'^«ij''N residence, home
(M.non.). 5^'1^ rten-ffna$) id.

Syn. frlV5^' rgyal-lyed. fin, $^$*
chu-klun skyes

^•q)-qK,-|^y rtoy-par lyed-pa
fancy, to imagine.

539

or *

(Mnon.) f^tjK consideration; examina-
tion, trial: T'T'S'^V frf^Tn: without
examination or reflection (.4. "K. 1-36).
?'ql'^ft'9l9t'q to identify, to discern to
recognize as, e.g., «§*r«i>v«i$*| it is ascertain-
ed to be bile, to be caused by bile. S'Siv
if"!'" to identify as being different (Jd.).

if"! *>S rtog-med frf*3*«n simple, unsophi-
sticated ; also simplicity ; singleness of
heart. ^"CfT^T**'!^ it should not be
interfered with ; he does not meddle with
that (Jd.).

Jf<j|-»)«^<i|-^«i rtoy-med log-^es=^^^
3\i mistakes caused by wrong or false con-
clusions, such as while passing in a boat
to maintain that the trees and houses on
the bank of a river are moving; in the
same manner holding that all phenomena
are permenant, &c. (L&A. * 15).

dkah-wahi gnas=
m a very inaccessible and fear-
ful place.

rtogs-hgro irfk a number ; SflT
a great number.

rtogi-brfoj or ^•^1^ **-
lit. discriminative speech, the utter-
ance of what is fully grasped ; a common
designation for the recital of the events of
an ideal life, full of instructive lessons.

uj'sj I'toys-brjod brgya-pa
n. of a work contained in the

Kah-gyur (K. d. <>).

p|r4ftV*'*'94rTlMl|4' rtogs-brjod
rin-po-che dpay-bsam k/iri-fiii ^TTH 3WI-
«Rn the great work of the Kashmirian poet
Kshemendra on the deeds of- the Buddha,
in 108 chapters, translated into metrical
Tibetan by Shon-ton Lo-tsa-ica, and form-
ing the 93rd volume of the Tangyur
collection.

ff^ brjed.-
thohi deb-yig a memorandum book (JRtsii.),

jf'pr*^'*^ rtogs-hdod can desirous of
knowing or learning ; inquisitive (Jd.).

f*Fgfl rtog$-§dan gi, wmfii;
a sage, a general term to signify such.

rtogs-pa I :

i\fc sbst. thorough percep-
tion, infallible knowledge. It is stated
that ordinary mortals are incapable of
cogitating on the merits and qualities of
Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. The true
Rtogs-pa cannot be acquired in the first
instance, the ^ (meaning of a thing) first
must be understood (*f '''I'V1') and that may
lead to the acquirement of knowledge by
•JSP'*) fir^r study; then comes reflection
or meditation, and last of all is Rtoy$-pa
the full comprehension. Thus we can
define if'!**''! as : 1. the true perception of
all things in general, which leads to the
attainment of the ^'*5'|§'« so-so skyehi-sa
stage of ordinary perfection. 2. a true
metaphysical development leading the
way to what is called wpraw, that is, to
Nirvana. This last is called wS^wifflpi-ti
or ^ff*ra*r?J, the clear understanding or
perception, the same as f^'£)'fa or meta-
physical voidity or nothingness. ,

Syn. pfc'lV4V k/wn-du chud-pa
-£i mkhas-pa ; Hi^tm, ^'i go-wa •
'» rtags-pa ; f^TTir, 3,^'** byaft-u-a

J II : vb. to perceive, to know,
to understand : S3V* *'?''!*' '* they did not
understand ; though they inquired into
it ; Jf*|*rw<*§>N-q to obtain information ;
to convince one's-self of a thing ; ^i|*r w
l^'i to teach, demonstrate, to convince a
person, "'(jf^'i stupid, ignorant ; igno-
rance. i>*w5fifN self-knowledge.

540

rtogs-pi hkhrutis-pa
the growth of ideas, thought.
^Sinrtr&i'S'^Mnra WtiS'*)^ rtogs-pa chen-
po yons-su rgyus-pahi rndo a metaphysical
work in the Kah-gyur (MLdo. ^ £13);
rtog$-pahi gter or w^'ww
'*S'£"'T'll*' '^'1^ another
work in the Kah-gyur (Mdo. 325).

^'ii, rtog3--spyo4 theory and practice.
*\&\'clrtO!)i-(po£bye<;f-pato know and
to practise; ?f<»|«r3V«r*<ri*<'4 rtoys-spyod la
mkhas-pa theoretically and practically reli-
gious.

je<i]»r^q rtoyt-shib thorough inquiry ;
investigation of minute details.

Jp!]*ruw rtogt-yat (9P") «T n. of a
numerical figure.

jf"l*!'S| rtogs-sla easily comprehended,
or easy to understand.

Syn.

bftad-pa ;
su hbrafi

yid rton-pa;
yid chef-fa ; i

rtod-pa=^\ or "fa (Mfion.) 1.
vb. to fasten, to secure, tether (v. «t$V«);
to drive in a stake or peg (Jd.). 2.
f*\'^ a stake in the ground for
fastening a horse, a boat, etc. ; a peg in a
wall for hanging up things ; 5ft 'M| id.

rton-pa («i5<i or
to place confidence in a person,
to rely on, to adhere to, to act in accord-
ance with. In connection with the mean-
ing of rton-pa common sayings prevail
among the learned of Tibet : — (1) *V$ if<T
*twsi*wS'*l>r'»i>$'?fr1^'9r^ rely on the
import of words, do not depend on their
literal signification; (2) flie/wi-ara^Xwar
jfr do not depend on the personality of a
teacher but rely on his doctrine ; (3) ^'^'
«r$ •j^-few'^'srSft rely on ascertained state-
ments not on those quoted from memory ;
(4) ^w^-ai-a^ ^'•*KaiT^ rely on absolute
knowledge, not on mere perception.

. rjes-

rtol in <«'f»i ace. to Schr. the pith
or marrow of a doctrine ; ^r-^'i to know

thoroughly (Schr.).
**~ ^
EQ]'*I rtol-mo a cross back to the yak

by breeding an animal three-parts of
Indian parentage with a pure-bred yak.

ft'i rtol-wa pf. "if* 1. to bore, to pierce,
to perforate. 2. to be present in or at ;
to reach: |<rq»H'^'«»t*'V*1^f*^r*S^
w^i'S (A. 7&) there was a manuscript
which being left in Man-yul could not
reach Tibet (i.e., be extant there). 5f«rw
if* rtol ma-rtol arrived or not arrived ; 'Sw
**£*'*%<* ace. to Schr. MlR«>M* the coral-
tree Erythrina Indica; also a tree of
paradise.

Jfy'2\*i tfoAj^^^R'^'S'^"'' preecience,
intuitive knowledge, knowing without
being taught: X»i-»t. 3 Jfai^wgt. IvX it is
said he knew intuitively many religious
doctrines (J. Zafi.).

3 It a 1. v. under %* Itar. 2. v. Jd. in
loco.

^S'3 Ua-wa I : vb. pf. «^«, fut. «^,
imp. %* or **% resp. «n^il«'i 1. to look,
take a look at, espy. ^'^ implies a special
visual act, whereas ^fcl is the general
power or habit of seeing, beholding, etc. :
S'^V^I'^'"'*1*' when you have seen what it
is like; Scswjl^^ft'*^ I fc^WSIT
q»c.-Q-^'^| ^'S'SI^'t the wife, having
taken the boy and looked at him, because
he was a fine comely child, greatly rejoiced
(Dsl.) ; t]^-ar*>-w?=.- though you look (for
it), you do not see it (Mil.) ; the imp.
Sfo'^1 look ! in C. is often both written
and spoken ?f*<'-sfa and we even hear
,- "to-tang" with the same meaning.

541

pleasing when looked upon ; also
name of the chief city of Indra on the
top of Mount Sumeru ; 3r$'*te- go there
and look (at it) ! £<ij*rti^-w^q to gaze all
round; ^'C^V?'" to look up and down;
I'*!"] or l*.-^q to look back. Colloq. in the
sense of to look at lta-wa is usually prece-
ded by &«! the eye : ^T*^'^ looking at it.
2. to look for, to search for ; in this sense
common in TF., e.g., s'w^wfB-q-ortfe- the
horse has not come, go and look for it. 3.
< o view mentally, to consider, look into ; also
to examine, investigate : Mrsrq^wraf if I did
not examine it ; rg'" to feel a person's
pulse ; tq-^wq^rq to consider if it will be
useful. «{ *'q?J let us see who is greater or
taller; V'*^ we shall see that after-
wards ; «K'^«|-«iv^'q to examine or search
into minutely; *Vg'q is the expression
most in use for to examine, to test, to try;
^•^qj-qaj iet U8 8ee how many there are ;
3'^Ti'S '« to investigate closely. 4. a fourth
and not unimportant usage of %'l is to
express a stage in mystic meditation
wherein it means to be in the first or con-
templative stage, during which one must
be especially oblivious to all sounds and
to all that is occurring around one, the
eight and that limited to a single object
being the only sense in action : jj^sj^'siSnr
«Al'*r^*^r»rj| ^•ci-35v^-£r*)as there
must not be attention to even so much as
the bark of a dog or the chirp of a spar-
row ; if there is hearing, there is no con-
templation (Mil. *|).

j-J'^J II : sbst. 1. a look, the act of look-
ing. 2. contemplation (mystical). 3. ^^
opinion, doctrine, theory, philosophical
system, school, ^'wyq the theory of.
perpetual existence or duration (of worldly
things). *^avfq=*q^i a fal8e opinion
or heretical view (Jo.).

lta-wa Han-pa ffft jealous
sight, spiteful or mischievous sight.

g-q-^wrti lta-wa nams-pa ffefttrg of
heretical views . f&'fV&fem Ita-wahi rtui
shugs-ma ffw^ having obscured vision
or heretical views.

orw*> r*w Ua.WaS mi-toms not satisfied
with a glance, i.e., wishing to look at it
more; hence = i|tom-*)r*rci a very hand-
some shape or person (ytion.).

?'tw'*T**'^*< lta-wa$ chog-mi-yes the sight
of which is never enough, met. a very
handsome person (Mfion.).

Ua-bye4 met. the eye (MAon.).

Ita-log or %^ false statement ;
false doctrine, heresy ; ace. to Jd. any
irreligious impulses of the mind, perverse
and sinful thoughts.

f '3 !ta-bu i : ^, *?H, nftw, ^tm may
be described as an adj., though often used
in the manner of a postp. instead of §*> and
?. It is generally conjoined with the
substantive vb. with the signification of to
be like, to be as (another), to be equal to :
.^^••i«r«nK-q«-|^Mr«j^rf 9«r^| j my_

self am not like Chenrezig with many
hands, or I have not myself many hands
like Chenrezig; ^•"RJ^'g-Npw^i! one as
wise as three village- elders (i.e., the village
council) ; faw w!jfl|*<'q!l\*l*<'''!'fa'c'T 95 'S'"iqF*
you have a voice like that of a companion
giving advice ; «rHg'5* V? he became
(to him) like a father; «£ £wg g-^e,-^ $
having eye-lashes like those of a cow (Sty.).
^9 Ita-btt ii : = iI|il»i'«J^ pzugs-brnan or
§'^ sku-hdra a likeness, reflected image,
image (Jiffion.).

|"9 ni : v. g'-fl tku-ya (Itdon.).

g'8°i'« Itanul-pa a spy, scout;

to spy, to explore, v. 3"i «> nitl-wa.

542

lta-$tan$ 1. a glance or aspect,
look; 1)'«;5^'fCN a mild look or counte-
nance (Cs.) ; jg'«w'3>-|«,*r an angry or fierce
look (Cs.). 2. the magical and powerful
look employed by Tantrik experts in order
to control or subdue demons ; ?'fe'*<'^T
w^'q to cast such a magical magnetizing
look. In the narratives ascribed to Mila-
raspa, frequent mention is made of his
exercising this power.

If ay-pa 1. described as w*f*«v«i$' j«r
*9V*9^ the projecting ports at the back of
the crown of the head. 2, the back pa'rt
of the neck, the nape. 3. the upper or
back part of any thing ; S)'%'*T<i the back of
a knife; S^'^l the back of a house ; H'^S'SH "
the back of an axe ; %*}'& ltay-$pu neck-hair ;
mane of the horse, or that of the lion.

g"l ^ Itaj-kcr the bones of the neck.

^'B6-' IJag-khun^^^-^^ "the
curved bones below the nape of the neck."

?1'if Itag-syo the back-door of a house.
As the cottages in a Tibetan village
mostly stand on hill-side, the back-door
is also the upper door.

•^TH itaj-sgre or $'"»*"] = S'E'**< an-
terior or posterior ; !fc.'70'|' upper and lower.

3«r*!*S Ita.j-g.co4 or $1 '*S 1. decapita-
tion. 2. aco. to Sch. changeable, fickle,
inconstant.

gT*1^ Itag-mdud the hole in the occi-
put, the connexion of the brain with the
spinal marrow (Jd.).

%iqI'^'IS'q Itag-sproj lyed-pat to trans-
pose ; to put in alternation : jfl' V35*rgN'^»r
"l^'i to administer medicines alternately •
or one after another. ^ i'$«rijYS«r«iS'
(?'»*'5 the hand-drum made of pieces of
skull put in alternation ; «i«rq-i»rgflj'jjVi*
it is deacribed as bringing the necks
together opposite each other.

Itag-hlig

(<7?V/.) the piercing right through from the
breast to the back of the neck.

^T*< ltag-ma what is uppermost, e.g.,
words written over other words.

fl'r ltag-rtaa=1p the back; §Tr|6'
!=•' Itag-rtsa gr/refl-syretl the back stiff
and unbending (Rdsa. 29).

ij[£' If an 1. a bale of goods carried on
one side of a beast of burden, half a load ;
^•'*ft« two balej, or a whole load. 2. also
= !*•' in W. adv. through, quite .through :
|-^w ^•arsje.-wSe. ^i| one sees from tho
outside into the interior; S^'ST^-' bore
through; ffc/lkj'*1^ he is passing
through, he does not make a stay here (Jd.).
Uan-phul occurs in

(D. It. 300).

It an$-$py ad-pa explained a3
u)q]-^-^q-g^-q to minutely examine ; whe-
ther a thing is good or bad, etc. (Yig. 16).

?^**J It ad-mo vrsfi, ^HM, ^^f, Tf=, fig;-
tt a sight, scene, spectacle; exhibition,
musical entertainment ; SfY^fc'^H to go
to an entertainment, to some amuse-
ment; f*'<prf'fV*'*rVI''h do not remem-
ber or recall the scenes of a country life.
o.\S& Itad-mo die 9454 great display,
entertainment : w^-<TM^e,-*\*<^'|'3'i*j^
the father said, what is the cause of this
grand display and prodigy ? (Mil.).

^•tf-pie.- Itad-mo khad a play-house, ex-
hibition, stage, etc.; %\%'*>F*iltad-»io mkhan
or fV^'JKi a show-man, actor, mimic, etc.

(^•H-jyq Itad-mo Ita-ica to look at a
scene, to witness a play or scene: %\%'y
•fl^'N IJa^-mo Ita-wahi sa a place where
there is something to be seen for amuse-
ment; a theatre; ^V^'" Itad-mo-pa a spec-
tator, a visitor : ^\S'i2j^*ai») Itad-mo la

543

Mshogs they came together to (a sight) ;
an entertainment; gy353-«^|-*^ Itad-mohi
df/e-mtshan innocent amusement, entertain-
ment.

^•S-jj-Xflm Uad-mo sna-Moys different
kinds of amusements and entertainments,
as:— gp£r£*ra,3Y£' elephant fighting;
W9'$c''*Ka.1tV<1 a tournament;
to scuffle; -^c.'R?i| climbing up ;
bulbul fight; 8>flpris>v^'srwrci. n-^raig^ti
buffalo fight ; gf^-^-q to jump from
upon the shoulder of one person to that
of another person ; jTW^'jj't-S'^'lqq-g'
*^*TV exhibiting the summits of the
royal standards and the supreme power;
$^%X«pm4-ff a review of troops
(K, du. ^ 501).

together.

joined

J IJa'j-pa pf. q^q«, fut. qfq, imp.
^q to fold or gather up ; to lay or put
together; J^'^'s to fold single ; of^rnq'ti
to fold double.

|q'§^'i( Itab-byed-pa to fold up ; 19*r
g^'iV to fold or bend together three-fold
(e.g., a corpse previous to cremation or
anything else).

v* Ifab-ma a fold, crease, plait (Cs.) ;
clasp-knife. g£''«''S3'l"'sl^'«^ Itab-ma
dyit-rtsiy$ can one with nine folds piled
one upon another, i.e., nine-thick (Sorig.
119).

g*r$s« Ham-Item immaterial, ephemeral,
unsubstantial, toy-like; the meaning
may be conveyed by the words *=.'$=.•
or ^c.'3'^'ti col. *S.'£'I|K.'£ and ^pr?^'9|'
Dye sbyor Ham-Item thams-cad ma-rig-pahi
rkyen-gyi$ hdu-byed yin-te (A. 51) Oh,
Cramana, all those immaterial toy-like
things are brought together (made phenor
menal) by means of ignorance.

pf. P^N, fut.
1. to be full, also ^w^. 2. srrflr resp.
to be born; ly^'^'^^fWflS'V**^^-
paU yab-dati bltams pahi yum the father
by whom one is begotten, and the mother
by whom one is born (Jd.).

liar or ^'«i Ita-la and sometimes
simply ^ Ita, words akin to g'a but more
directly used as postp. governing acous,;
and the first two, also, as adv. — like,
as, after the manner of; -^'^r^'^T
5'l^trf^lfa-ti 5iwnTr^mT-5if%^« made
like as the work Prajfiaparamita ; f *W
V* having heard so, being told so; §T
!Yi'g^'3Yi making a gesture like mak-
ing salutation; «J'*^f^r|If:fr|^(^rI!<
|5^'^*J the demi-god of the place was carry-
ing a fungus as a shield;
lonely as a rhinocerus ; $s.'
undulating like a steppe. ^'^=thus,- as
follows; ^ or ^'^ like that, in that
way. Colloq. ^^ or ^V1) are generally
substituted for %*, etc. : ^'^Vl^l'^"! he
is doing so.

Itar-ttar or gv^'ti ^ the
early stage of the embryo while it is
being formed in the womb.

It as I: for f« see; also $*'** or
has seen. Should be

II: or £*%* (similar to
omen, prognostic, but generally used for
a bad omen; ^'^'^'1 <3?irr?r accident, a
danger befallen ; Jf-Mv^'g* miraculosus
sign, prodigy, a miracle; qa'^i'lS'fW a
propitious omen; fi'^'qat'5 rmi-ttas bsafi-
po a good sign in a dream ;'$'$*' a favour-
able omen ^'^ or %**'*•$ a bad sign; ^'|'
^T" 9r^Q<)i the science of drawing
omens.

544

r« Itag-pa 5rf»rf%3R a diviner, astro-

loger.

hbyufi-ica

meeting with an accident.

<%'% iti-ri pitcher (Sch.).

c*.

^qj'l^' Itig-thufi in C. a person of

small stature, perh. a corruption of $'S*'
Ite-thud (Jd.).
Ip'y Itib-pa to fall through (Sch.).

full to the brim.
$vq Itir-toa, v. ^ " Idir-wa.

»K* #«rf tnrfff, fut. and pf. of $c
««3to fall, to fall down:
having fallen from the tree;
«,vaf!f even what is high will even-
tually fall down: Kg*' a moral fall, a
sinful deed.

gt'lS ItuA-byej tmnftf«T a transgres-
sion, crime; *Y*E-'^'lt' fallen into dam-
nation ; g*'*'1^ wishing to fall, .to sin ;
alsp apt to fall.

gC'3 ItuA-ira wrf*r, TT<rc», frlfw sbst.
fall ?(wr*-t>. esp. moral fall; fW^'fl
stained with sin; |cq-q-*i«i«-«i confession
of sin; afq *'^\"'£' Itufi-wa ma-hdre$-pa
not mixed with sin; p'q'W
ItuA-ica lag bslad-wa vrfwwwTT to

raise up from a slip into sin. |
q5>JX« ItuA-war hgyur-bahi cho$ acts or doc-
trines which cause falling into sin ; un-
righteous actions or unscrupulous prin-
ciples ; S11'*^ ItuH-med *TTnrf?f sinless.

fj'^ Ite-wa or ^'^ Ite-pa «rr1^, 3fTO5T
1. navel gj'q^'^'l wnTlfiT; musk-pod of
musk-deer: ]s'£rijr^'Vv!S'^, p-«i-qwqv
te-ica la ni ned byetf-na, kha-zas

fyzah-war hdod-paho (K. gu. *• 50) if the
navel be rubbed, there will be desire to
eat food, g'"'" 1Fl1*Ftfr$NW*Ktt+pa
sab-shim gyag hkyyil don-grub b&tfi a navel,
deep, round, or coiled to the right, is a good
sign of success (If.). 2. navel-string,
umbilical cord: I'S'^pfY" V^-wa gcod-pa
to cut the umbilical cord ; ffe'^ 9|Y«r3=.'
«c.-^q«^cj khofi-?afl gi Ite-wa guft-t/iaft <iu
tyxxf-pa his navel string was cut at Gufi-
thafl, «'.«., he was born there. 3. fig. = the
middle of a thing or centre;
the centre of a circle or disk.

M

^'«J^ mu-khyu4 gsum-gyi lie-war in the
middle of three concentric circles or disks ;
^e,i«aji9|-^'q the navel or axle-tree of a
water-wheel; w«J'^-q the navel of the
earth, i.e., Gay& in Magadha.

^'l'5»« Ite-wa fkyeg 5TTlSlsi*irT, ^Tt*W
born from the navel is met. for S'^1 a raven;
also an epithet of Brahm& (Mflon.).

g'q*J3«i Ue-wa hkhyil ynfain n. of a
medicine.

^•q-q»r«q Ue-wa bal-can if$* (lit. in
whose navel there i« a store of wool)
met. the spider (Sfflon.).

e^-q •qijE.-^e.- Ite-wa yshufi-raH the central
place of government in Tibet, ».e., Lhasa.

^•q-qjE.- fye-wa bs'ifi one of the names
of Mount Tise in Ngari (Won.).

^'5| tte-k prob. the polecat.

j Itefi-ka 1. ace. to Jd. v. ^ Itafi.

*' n. of a Buddha. 3. fr» pool,
pond. 4. «*ftw n. of a disciple of
Buddha.

^v

^ Iteb pocket in the fold of garment :
aj-qjfc'lq' 5'qji'^'Sl na-bsahi Iteb-tu bciuj-
(A. 72) putting (the gold) in tbe pocket
of his robes he went on.

545

|«r« Iteb-pa (cog. to f'") to double
down, to turn in ; *wv|n'£i to turn in the
edge, cf. §'35 ine-mo.

^"'S^' Item-ryyafi, whim, caprice.

§*'« Item-pa the state of being full, e.g.,
a vessel full of water ; full, over flowing ;
g*"3 Item-po full ; $*«'$*i Item-Item, so full
that it runs over (Jti.).

<% Ito 1. ^jj food, victuals; jfwu
Ito bzah-ica to eat ; also to gain one's liv-
ing; $jf««.-*r3« tto-yaft ma-zos he did not
eat his meal, i.e., anything. Qi'«rj^'f* lug-
la Ito-ster feed the sheep; ffl^'q Ito pyo-
wa to prepare food; ?f ^'SH'^' tto-no srog-
tshofi he risks his life in order to procure
food; S'sf gla-tto wages and food; ^'^
Ito-gos or ^' 5^ Ito-rgyab food and clothes ;
STSq'S^ V° rgyab-skyid food, clothes and
comfort; if'4*.' Ito-chufi, $'M Ito-ran ace.
to Sch. a person temperate in eating, jf
^'*^ Ito hdun-can an epicure, parasite
(Jd.). 2. goafs-beard (Tragopogon) used
as a kitchen vegetable.

jjf je.-«^q-j| Ito-klufi bdab-pa v. I'Jif^q'ti
Ito-lofi bdab-pa.

^'^"1^ Ito-dkar ^at?T white-belly; an
epithet of Rnam-$ra? or Kuvera.

efU'^-g-flsq-q Ito-skur chod.-po btab-pa
to greatly slander, spread scandal (D.JK.)
^'^'^'S'l^1* Ito-skur chod-pu btab-pa? id.

^» fflen-pa a fool,
an imbecile (Mnon.); ^q'^e.»i'ti ^o-wa
hgen?-pa <3?;K»HT full-stomach ; $«\ P*^MT
*«f£i satiated with food (MAon.).

^'"^ Ito-hgro l^rn 1. met. a snake.
2. symb. num. 8.

°Tq3j'«$I Ito hgro-dyra if^ an eagle; an
epithet of the conveyer of Vishnu (Mnon.).

^ M lto-ica = ^Q (Tasel. 36)
belly, stomach ; sf'q'*<Cc'*<'{1 Ito-ica rntshung-
pa ^wnftear of equal stomach or having
a belly of similar size; met. brother.

if *^ lto-can=^a- or 18 '^ an arrow

^*« Uo-chas provisions.

^^1 Ito che-wa-=?%s\t* za phocf-pa
a large belly, voracious.

Syn. i|«j*r3'£ gsus-po che ; ^'"'^'^ Ito-
wa hphyafi-ioa; ^'^'*i fto ldir-wa; *\*^
%*> rked-sbom; "I^'l1-'^ g.su$-rdsin-ean

' Ito-wa Idir globular, bulbous ; "1^*
'^^ g.ser-gyi bum-pa Ito-wa Idir a
golden pot with a huge bulb (Hbrom. 9).
1'|*rq Ito gnum-pa rice-cakes with but-
ter or any oily substance.

Sf^E Ito-hphye HTtT^r, 'aftJlfs a snake,
a reptile that creeps.

afucj-l^'q Uo-hphye chen-po
python; also described as *r
demi-god, or huge god of the soil of the
serpent-kind.

sfsi[« Ito-sbos ^r^K a swollen belly.
°r°i*r «^ lto-yu§ can ^(i^w^l conceited,
selfish person.

*v*

^'^^ Ito-ras handkerchief, napkin.

^'i^'i Ito-lan tsa or f'w*;* thick cotton
cloth used in India for spreading on the
floor ; evidently a corruption of the Hindi
word awifei.

'•fSs.- lto-M=^^ Ito-kM, i-g-^im1
«j-q£aj-$*r°T'!Oc.'q5'3'1«iE.'*w hu-bu hphog$-su
btsun-mo Ito^MuA btab ffsun-icas (D.R.).

lto<js-hdre a demon (Sch.) ;
prob. the same as ".V^"!** hdre-ltags.

70

546

1. ^f*nr, ?W hunger:
ltoy$-pahi g.zir ^pnwr'a suffer-
ing from hunger; ^I»<'|^ Itogs-phywj
hunger, i.e., poverty and wealth. 2. vb.
to be hungry : $«pr« I am hungry ((?*.).
«ji«l*rtrR?J*-q to suffer a person to be
hungry, to starve. 3. ace. to Sch. to
regret : %y*'y* '* '§S do not always lie down
in regret! ^i^'W^I"'" resp. to be full
of regret (P). 4. adj. hungry: S>w«1'
jjjiqwa'iiwii semi-can Uogs-pa rnamt the
hungry animals; jp»|*r^|vq Uogs-par
hyyur-ica to grow hungry.

|l«'| Itogs-yri starvation. In colloq,

hunger: *\WfW%'l*rVrtK'^*'*1w W-

dag ltog$-gri ham hkhyag-grir hclti-ica ham
are these going to die from hunger or
cold?

Itod-ka the groove at the lower
end of an arrow to fit it on the bow-string.
^.'1 lton-ga 1. notch, incision, indenta-
tion; w^'^f*' mdah-ltoA the notch in an
arrow. 2. a depression ; ^'jf*' ri-ltoA de-
pression in a ridge of mountains ; 1'^' la-
lion the indentation of a mountain-pass
(Jo.).

summit (Jd.) (?)

a ltofi$-pa 9^1 a dxince, an unlet-
tered person.

$&)•*« ltob-cha$ (jf**') food, provisions,
etc. (in Sitk.).

jjiW ltolt§ v. ^*i sdobs; in
(A. 10®.

' or

the
twenty-one objects desired by the Lord

(Atis'a).

^or a bastard; 5J*>'|X srag-ltor a
bastard prince (Ja.). |k'3«i|*)-q /fo,- shugt-pa
to be in the womb being illegitimately

conceived; bastard conception: Sv^'^'
aT^'WV^'S* (K. du. ^ 261) from
the time the child was conceived in the
womb her illness was alleviated.

rtol=t* rtol a calf bred by a
yak-bull on a *»^# Or female cross of a
yak and cow (Rtsfi.).

2.

ltos=*fal. attendants.

together with attendants (Yig.).

. 3. = i)?* (Sch.).

ltos-pn vb. to attend to; to look
at, on, or to. Is akin to g'*i and always
governs the dative B^^rjr*^^'*'^1

"^ khyod-de la lto$ )>ri-dyos-pa shiy-i/iit
you need not attend to that ; ^'ar j^«r^
de-la ltos-na if I look at or consider this
taking it for example; ^•T«sN'£r*)\£jv
without looking at each, take one.

It og-spa ff! meat and rice cooked
together (Sikk.).

Itos-med

continual, without interruption, in a con-
tinual stream or flow.

$ta is defined thus : f'^'S'i'^'y^'
X (Slum, i] 283).

ncr-bsnoys, or

tfon-du hgrig-pa ^rftT?r^, ^*i-
preparation, early arrangement, f
'§V ita-gon byed-pa to make prepara-
tion, to make arrangement for a person's
reception : j^^raw^JjV^lwitlt'fl^fr
"^'* having decided what course to follow,
when he was preparing to sleep (A-67) ;
*X-q5-|>-Sfr-arqqMj he rose up to make
preparations for food (Mil.).

(Won.).

sta-gri pick-axe, v. f'% fta-re

547

sta-rnon sde-rnon occurs in the
passage : — ^vS'fX^'T'Tl*' bdud-kyi §fa-
rnon sde-rnon gyis (D.R.).

'^ sta-bon occurs in the passage: ^'

de-nas snin-po sta-bon la gnus-pa ni rdsas-
kyi sta-bon tshiy-bqad kyi-lon (D.R.).

f'3^ gta-sit >•=*&'**% dpyi-myo ^ftftr, fif%
hip, hip-bone, e.g., as the seat of strength :
?'l^-u^'*^ sta-znr yan-c/iad from the hip
upwards (Ja.).

£'* sta-re = % i| frequently f^
axe, hatchet.

TrTt?f) alTH the Bengal tiger,
which is • not, however, found in Tibet.
In the far S. E. districts the thick-furred
Chinese variety of tiger is said to be occa-
sionally met with ; but in general, to Tibe-
tans, the tiger is only an animal of legend
and literature, though actual tiger-skins
are imported into the country. ?T5}*| a
tiger cub; ?1'3i a tigress; fl'^c.' a tiger's
den ; fl'^ the stripes on a tiger's skin ;
§<!]•§] al-w^-S^K^wqi^ a tiger's tooth
overcomes toothache; Wtyl'^'fW^S
sta>j-(ji spu-yis sna-khray g.cod tiger's hair
inhaled as smoke stops bleeding from the
nose; I*fi«'^ill1T**'* W jK and cures
all pains in the body and the head ; fl'')'
^N'dN'^'q ^| tiger's-bone softens disease
of the bones (perhaps caries).

Syn. \'ff« dri-snom ; "W'8'-|M rnays-kyi
ficaii; R3>'§^ htshe-lyed ; ^orJJ^ brtitl-phod ;
K.^'^'^ dar-skad-can ; fSTVTH'l g.can-
ffzan-k/ira-bo ; ^N'PTJ lus-bkra

stay-dkar lit. white tiger; n.
of a demi-god belonging to the faltt or
Naga class and which is believed to be
striped.

'$'% phye-ma
leb khra-po a marbled or striped butterfly
(MM. 4).

-q stag-gi r
n. of a tree or plant.

Syn. 3*j«r*ie.- tshvj§-man (Mfion.).

|q-4|-%^X staygi sen-mo ^K^( lit. the
tiger's nail ; n. of a sweet-scented plant.

Syn. ^^lay-skyes; |«i'f^-« sbrul-
(jyi mtshoii-cha ; ^fclfcipn'*^ hkhor-lohi
rnam-pa can (Mnon.).

staj-gras occurs in the passage
flp-lj-q^m-qj^ (Rtaii.) .

st'.iy-chas articles carried by
travellers such as tinder-case, smoking im-
plements, weapons, etc. (in striped skin
bags).

WH the plant

stay-Man
Sola/mm jacquini (K. d. "i

quver. fT=.'

a quiver for arrows lined with
leopard's ekin (Rtsii.).

f T^ Stay-sdii n. of a place in Tibet : ^£)'
jfm^jjfefqv^f^i to the west are two
places called Tag-de and Zig-phan.

fl'ij Stay-rna arrT^f^ n. of the son of
Tri-S'anku king of the Sudra class who by
the force of his logic had induced a rich
Brahman to give his daughter in marriage
to his son Sardulakarna.

^^|'^ stag-pa the birch-tree ; a large
species occurs in Tibet, fl'-^'i stag-fun
birch bark.

Syn. %'*\gro-ga •^'^wfi'Wpdugs-Mi/ebs ;
q^-q -^ pays-pa can ; 5)'^'fl)% yi-rjehi g.$hi ;
^•^•q«^q rc-khahi bdab; ^ '«'««* <;un-pii
hjarn; g^'i'w^ spngs-pa mnen (Mfion.).

548

stag hbro$-'pahi-&ag$ the
charm to make a tiger run away, *tt4[*T»$(
(K. gu. •» 52).

ftag-ma n. of a medicinal plant :

f"! $•]?*•' Stag-tse rdsoft n. of an ancient
fort situated to the east of Lhasa: FT*"
«i]$-s|»rcrq\|t5f>vf''>E.-erS^ the walled
fortress of Stag-rtse was the earliest
fortress of Tibet (J. Zafi.).

f>l <*=- Stag-ts/iafi (lit. the tiger's den) ;
a place in Tibet well known for being
the birth place of f «]•<**•*• I" Stag-tshaH Lo
tsa-wa.

jq]-*c-*-q-J^ Stag-tshad Ra-ica itod n. of
a well-known hermitage situated in the
mountains to the west of Lhasa (Loft. * 8).

gn|-&rq Stag tshal-wa (lit. tiger's-grove)
n. of a place in Tsang : K-*-^3^«rgfi^w
-^ff*r$yai*r«i|*E.-|B«q-*Jrq3-i$-£n (A-65) think-
ing that the Jo-wo (Atis'a) should under
any circumstance be brought to Tibet, the
Lo-tsa-wa of Stag-tshal in Tsang, etc.

fl'1^1 $t<iy-9*ig («'^1 sa-bdag) lit.
"tiger-leopard." 1. n. of a demi-god
residing in the nether world. 2. a cor-
ruption of the name Tajik by which Persia
and the Persians are known to the
Tibetans.

f "1 •*« stag-ras a kind of chintz with
stripes resembling those of a tiger.

?T^''W1^T' Stag-ri gnan-gsigg n. of
an early king of Tibet (J. Zan.).

fl'S'N Stag-rus n. of a clan or tribe in
Tibet.

fl'^s.' Stag-ltm n. of a district situated
to the north of Tsang (Lofi. * 5).

¥1'-*j stay-fa a herb growing in pasture
land with leaves resembling those of the
pea.

&a(J-9ar a ^1 grown youth.

£«i|-a| *r<w gtag-l/ta me-hbar lit. the tiger-
god of burning fire, the chief Bon god
who resembles the Buddhist deity
(qiVV!"'*B'J0 in his attributes.

ft-lm ftafi-zil there are three kinds of
this stone, viz., the black, golden, and
silver 2»7: ^*ONr^rll«vr«i1^«fc*. Also
= 1 3*> camphor.

$tafif also ff'P manner, style,
posture : ^-qS'im manner of walking,
gait: Cp^prlfl^fMrfmrwI^Mi (A. 27) from
the bank of the river he (with eyes fixed
on a certain person as if to kill him)
assumed the manner and posture of a
wrathful deity.

^'£| $ta4-pa pf. and fut. "
to load, to put on, to lay on ;
saddle a horse.

imp.

to

resp. *ffl w* a seat, mat,
anything to sit upon ; f^w«iw to get up
from a seat; f^'^1-'" to spread a rug or
mat on the ground; ^-<wlw«i to lay a mat
on; fi'M a chair, also a rug or carpet
spread on a bedstead ; wf^ resp. WN'IVi
a cushion or carpet to sit or lie upon ; "'S^
seat on the ground : pnFn^'|«^'"W*'
**'S'§ Stan rnam-pa lAtihi $terl-du Mug-par
mi lya $te (a monk) should not sit upon
the five seats intended for honourable
persons, f^'^i §tan-phrol occurs in ^vw
fai'IIJi'B'?3i'»''5>'33i (A. 114). In the following
passage the sense is fairly clear :

and

= a seat of

state.

$tab 1. v. ^ rial. 2. ace. to Sch.
q to suffer ; to tolerate ; to yield.

549

Stab-ka n. of a place in Tibet, f «r
"I'" Stab-ka-pa a native of that place or
district (Lon. > 3).

the sap of a tree ;

Stab-seA causes broken
bones to join, and removes rheumatism.

I: stab? compliments:
§tab$-hbid-/ra to present compliments (Yig.
k. 47).

II : I cog. to w«i also synonymous
with ft*) 1. mode, manner, way, measure :
^e, -«|$-pw3|«r«igfq to walk in the manner of
a lion ; "^ £W manner oi dancicgj v. "|*. 2.
opportunity, §^ 'fiw manner of walking ;
an opportunity for going ; ^c.*rgq»r«j has-
tily, speedily ; ^"fa'fw scarcity, dearth.
Stab§ may be used as a formative, convert-
ing the adj. into its related substantive.

gq«-|-q|t-«^-^- Stabs-khri bzufi-mon
khed n. of a king of Tibet (Yig.).

gwq^ stabs-bder=^'^ zlum-bderbeat

-o

compliments, felicitations.
f * star for f '* gta-re q. v.

^'T] star-ka or fv% ^-p ^r^nr
1. the tree Diospyros embryopteris or
yltdinosa, the fruit of this tree. 2. a
Karsa, a weight = the weight of the dry
Tinduka fruit : f^'TlV to be in weight
a Tinduka fruit. 2. ace. to authors the
black species of walnut. f^'I^E.- gtar-
gahi-fin the walnut tree; f^'SflN §tar-
fkogs nut-shell; fVjfc' $tar-gdofl walnut
tree.

^'^1 star-wa pf. and fut. «if^ imp.
f^ 1. to file on a string, e.g., pearls; to
tie, fasten to ; ¥*'"!'% V id. 2. to clean, to
polish. 3. (Sch.) to ornament.

sprin-gyi rba-can;

'l* yul-g.a skyur (Mfion.).

fs'§ ftar-bu or fVj^ v^flH the
berries of Hippophae rhamnoides, a shrub
very frequent in Tibet, esp. near river-
beds in the Indus and Sutlej districts of
W. Tib.

Syn. IKg
me Idan-ma ; "jar^'
c\

%'Q sti-wa pf. I?N bitig, fut. «$ bgti,
imp. $*> stit 1. to rest, to repose, to refresh
one's self ; V^'l^ a resting place. 2. to
honour; $'f^' sbst. respect, reverence,
honour ; f 'f^'IV to honour a person, to
show a person honour.

servce.

CV

^C'

imp.

Cs

fjQ

(/a.).

pf. qfc« bstifie, fut.
rebuke, scold, abuse.

itib-pa or fw^ to offer (sacrifice)

itim-pa, pf. i^*« 6^«mj, fut.
imp. l*»" §i!m«, prop. vb. causative
q; to enter, to penetrate, per-
vade, to be absorbed in : W^'KS'iif1^
f « ^</j choi-nid-kyi klofi-dtt stint the soul
is absorbed in the expanse of the spirit

f$tu ^f5r the vulgar term for a
woman's private parts.

'tl gtug-pa or
1. ordure, excrement. 2. thickness, density.
3. a wind, flatulence.

thick,

opaque, solid, dense. ^W|fll« *fa&
really or solidly noble, an epithet of
Buddha.

550

ffog-min the highest of the Buddhist
heavens.

?S*C' stu$-pa pf. and fut. i|^ to repeat,
ta reiterate, to give, offer repeatedly
(medicine, food, etc.) : "§*V^ if it is
repeated; IvOK-BfvU'** repeated
sneezing ensues; ^JW'^ to be always
ill (Sch.) ; cf. «W« (from Jd.).

8^ i stun-pa pf . and fut. if ^ to agree ;
to be accordant with.

' stun-$in ^*rer an iron-club.

«n stub-pa 1. in Ld. for tyr» bt til-pa
(Jd.). 2. same as |«w<i gtulg-pa Sirs, to cut
into pieces (-^'fl'S fa-lta-bit like meat).

§ ?<6- (m) an affix for the gerund,
inst. of 5 after "I, *, and vowels, v. ^. As
f contains the copula it may be added also
to other words than verbs, e.g., $Y^*|*r*'
^••rifq'i} khyotf-riys che-sIM mt/io-wa $te as
you are of high and noble extraction ; like
^'^'§ it is also used for namely, to wit,
videlicet (viz.), that is to say, esp. before
translations of foreign words arid names.
After an enumeration of several things it
serves to point back, or to comprise: \
3, S "", •*), *", !'%*!'$ the six letters H, *, etc.
fl|«j*^'X'«i|-3'<i3)6.'g'f the three signs as o, i,
and e. JV|'3<TQ^'^ as to the being now, in
seven days, i.e., in seven days from to-day
(Dsl.) (from Jo). As a gerundial affix
§ or ? is most correctly annexed to the
present tense only, while W forms the
perf . or pluperf . gerund.

(te-po=%$ stehu an axe with its
blade athwart the handle used by Indian
and Tibetan carpenters; §'^"1 $te-ltaij the
back of the axe ; §'?J ste-yu its handle ;
§f ste-kha its edge. § ^l'")^'11 ste-bshoy
fftod-wa to smooth, to hew with the axe
(Jd.).

Stays I : a bridge over narrow
gaps or along precipitous paths, torrents,
&o. ; fig. the saints or sages by whose
agency men are led out of this world
to Nirvana: ^'H'^'IfOCy^'f'fyiA'^^'WV
"SV" those lamas have spiritually descend-
ed by the connecting bridge of those who
have gained sainthood (A. £2).

II: also §*|*rg sbst. a rest,
support, upholder, shelf, etc. ; *« '§"l*i
book- stand, bookshelf; *VTi?*l*' a board,
stool, bench, to sit on (Cs.) ; *\§"]
board to place things on (Cs.) ;
^•^ gsol-gteys dining table (Schtr.) ; *W'
^"J" stool, portable resting stick for sitting
on. ^'^"l^ a candle-stick.

or

ii 1. a turret where spar-
rows make their nests. 2. !*i»r«i-««r« steys-bn
i/n-thu occurs in §"|«<'«j'ui'«!'^'o|-?|i|*r*£v
-Qj^^»iN-^-?5 ; in thesame work
I*<'9'*1'^ $tegs-bu ma-tha occurs in $*\*

' stefl W, ^, W, *f|* that which
K above, the upper paii, top, surface : §*>
9|-^»CNj^ s(en-f/i nam-mkhah the heavens
above; J^'S) J"|*< the zenith; f*'*«| above
and below ; §^'^q|-'l'ql^ the demons of the
upper and nether regions ; j^'fy^T^i *\\-
^i the upper world ; *#^ the heavens ;
§n-9|^qe.-Zi ^q^r an epithet of Vishnu;
^•g'H sti'.fi-skyes, f^'^e.' lit. that grows
upwards ; met. a tree. (Mnon.) ; f c-'.Jti
gten-skyob a canopy ; $*'P*' upper story of
a house, garret ; i^'|3tro upper cover,
cover. In Gram. §6'^11 and f"!'^!"] a
surmounting and subjoined letter respec-
tively (Tig. k. 1).

.' ftefi-ht/iun lit. that drinks or
draws nourishment from above ; fig. tho

551

water-lily, ^•^c.-^n-g 3^ the wilite
species of water-lily.

^'^ steA-du and ^ sten-na adv. = up-
wards, etc. ; and as postp. : above, on the
surface, upon ; also besides, in addition to.
1^'V^ $ten-dtt hdren sgq^qm drawn
upwards, promoted ; also thrown upwards.
^'V^T" stefi-du hdseg-pa «|
to ascend, ascending, climbing;
stefi-nas down from.

^•^v^-ei sfefi-hphm- dicad-po an epi-
thet of the god Mahadeva (Mnon.). |=.-
the moon (Mnon.).

sten-hbar=Wi than-pa drought,
want of rain (Mnon.).

the upper garment of a religious mendi-
cant; also=^i!*r*» shogs-ma ^rsf^r^si the
upper covering.

'^ sten-pa, pf. and fut. ^, imp. fr
1. to keep close to, to adhere to, to retain
to depend upon; akin to f^'i but c.
accus. : g-n-wpwrq-^-ci to adhere to a learned
lama; *r5pr*ffc-|H-|^ c/los dam-pahi
khofi sman §ten shig keep to the internal
medicine of the holy doctrine. 2. to side
with; partake of; serve; §^!v<i tfen-byeg-
pa or ^'I'g'fl^^ to serve reverentially or
respectfully (Mfion.).

'^I ster-wa, pf. and fut. *%* <?T 1. to
grant, to give, to bestow : i)S«iA^-^'Hi-^-?ic.
gave remuneration or much bakshish ; ^'
V*3i't^ to grant to come indoors. 2. in
W. in a special sense : to give (•wg'g) to
eat or to drink, to feed (animals, infants)
(Jd.). Ster-wa is the common colloq. for to
give in C. Tib. just as in W. "ifc-q is always
used. §v^|flj-ti ster-ditghjuff-patomake
or cause one to give ; §v<^ willing or
wishing to give; §vqS'^ for the purpose
of giving, bestowing.

§*'$" ster-sgo 1. aid, contribution; al-
lowance, expenditure. 2. dowry, presents
made by parent to daughter on giving her
away in marriage.

^ fJ'S2^' Stes-dbafi ways, or means.
IWotaprq go0(j manners-

the power of fate (Schtr.).

$te§ tn force, motion (A. K. 1-
Sto n. of a tribe in Tibet (Jig.).

?'«! sio-thag a rope (Sch.). f * gto-ra W.
a circle of dancers (Ja.).

sto-u-a most frq. in colloq. phrase ;

( = «-»-f4q) it does not matter, it
makes no difference, it is all the same.
S)-$c.-*)-f5-q-^q| it does not matter if they
die; ^'^^'f'^ what does it matter if they
die? (Jd.).

v i stem-pa, pf. and fut. §*w seems f ^' Ston I : n. of a tribe in Tibet (J.

to occur in popular literature and in colloq. Zan.).

with the sense of — to shut or fasten (a T&r- TT i » •

j \ 1 i i -, .,, , RK *-*-'• -l--or f^ 9™ ^^ a thousand: ?=-'

door), to block it with a beam or bar. c- ,, ,r ,

9™ q3 q *!fWT?T^3< the JMahayana scriptures

stems curse, cf. ^ lyad. (?) comprising a hundred thousand s'loka.

J^'T* stehu ka-ma
missile. §Vf! steku-stag
arrow, v. §3 ste-po.

a kind of
a searp

' the three thousands,' viz., (a)

^i'f«i»5 (*) l*f<fi*:*«¥«*

; (C) ^-^»|-|-^-^-q5-^-
. 2. a fine for manslaughter to be paid

552

in money or in goods to the relatives of
the person killed ; *-4*'3| •?f=.-|^-y to propor-
tion this fine to the rank of the man killed
(Jd.).

^e.-^Zi$ gtoft-dpon a commander over
a thousand soldiers: ^'w^
" now-a-days he is called Mdah-dpon."

^•R^-a^f^-^l seft-yehi rtsal-ni dgu-daft
rab-ldan shift blo-ldan hphrul-che khe-nen
rig-pa daft, go-b,sra mtshon-rno dpah rta-
i&yyoyf-pahi, mi-de hjiy-rten frdi-na ftoft
4pon yin that man is a commander over a
thousand men in this world who, riding
on a swift charger, has a sharp weapon
and a coat of mail ; he possesses the nine
adroitnesses of the lion, is very intellectual
and miraculously skilful as well as noble.
?&W Stoft-khun n. of an ancient king of
China the fame of whose wealth was
known in India even in Atis'a's time. J'^1'
^•|$arf^^'fcw'§'1VSE''*Vl!l'^1V''!?IE-' rgya-
nay stoft-khuft rtjyal-pohi lofig-spyod. daft
bdra-wa yod psuft they say his wealth was
like that of Tong-khung Emperor of
China (A. 26).

f c-'^v 1} $tofi hkhor-lo 1. a wheel with
a thousand spokes (of fabulous properties).
2. f=.'*j*<'^W|^' n. of an incarnate Lama
of the monastery of Stoft-hkhor near
Koko Nor in Amdo.

?e''Bq'W*' stoft-khyab nay-mo = J9'J5'!*<'
*^i.n. of a wrathful Bon deity.

•?*'* stoft-cha ss?Jr empty, vacant.

?&'S^ Stoft-thun 1. n. of a mythological
king. 2. a number (Ta-sel. 60).

'^l don-pa ss-5, f^^M*, ^a, empty,
void, hollow ; clear, blank ; barren, with-
out substance: <Ji=.'*>T^^'£r^ the room is

empty;
^•q?w§«'Rgw9I*>«i'5'S'*5iq«'fK,iq'|K: secret

incantations having been recited by the
saint, as the small-pox was subdued, the
pustules were removed and the body of
the girl became clear. «=•'?=•' a desert
plain ; •'fa'?*-' blank paper ; gi'ft- a rocky
desert; V-'f*' a desolate valley; ^^ a
man without anything to carry; P1-'
fe.' an empty house; w'^'^'f6' a desert
place with mountains only; jfVf*-''1 au
empty vessel; ^wwpw^'fl the void space

(sty)-

Syn. flj^ij'ai^q gtoy-ffwl; ^'^'^St y« /»"
brla; ^'Q'^ $nift-po mcd; ^^'^'^ fybrai
bus-stoft (Affion.).

|e.-crm^o|'Ei gtoft-pa la rey-
thing (mystic) (K. <ju. f> 28).

fftr^ ttofl-pa mrf=^'l*S*(*'
Sjjjrw emptiness, the void, vacuity ; noii-
existenoe, unreality, the false or illusory
nature of all things or existence. Of this
we read: <ir|'^t'*flH'«i'|T«*1V it signifies
that no object in this world is absolute,
i.e., simple in its nature. In Budh.
metaphysics there are described eighteen
kinds of Cunyata or voidness : — (1)
; (2)

= > no.

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

; (10) 3f
; (11)

; (13)

T; (14)
(15)
16) ^Er

; (17)
r; (18) ^-Zi'iK,-

553

fS!

f=-'|^ stofi-byed expenses, expenditure.

?*•« gtofi-ma^*-'^ or J^'\, called
iwg«| ab-phrug in Khamf and in Nay-roil,
a general commanding one thousand
soldiers.

JJe.'a^-ijrX |«rn gtoft-zad la tshe-skyel-wa
to sqander, waste one's life.

$*•*»! 8totf-stf or ffVlai also called <W
Vn'1 Corydalis meifolia (Jd.) ^*w«^-<*«^q!*<'
*E*w it subdues infectious fevers, etc.

gc,-qf?jic.w Stoft-gfofii n. of a place in lower
Takpo or D^rags-yman (Vl^'lfi) (Rtsii.).

fS'Jfa ffofi-sob w$ hollow like chaff.
jfE/^q-^-Q n^ntKdij very worthless;
bloated; sponge-like.

1. adj. help, co-

operation, assistance (Mfion.): S'^V^i ^-
|^-uic,-^C51»)-yE.Nf'>i«'|«i though he visited
a place where there were no men, yet he
was be-friended by gods and Nayas (D.R.).
2. sbst. a companion, a helper: *V*^'
$*)«'|'j!fE.Nl6<»|*r"^ is a companion of those
who act religiously (Mil. f. 262).

|CSrq fMs-pa 1. pf. «ifM» fut. if=.'
to accompany: fcrg^a-fMrsr*! I die
without anything accompanying me. 2. to
make empty ; to be empty, to become waste
or deeolate: "^% «fl«'fiw3Kl v^'ffew^
your own place becoming desolate ; f^*'
g-y«j«s'3* to have become nearly empty;
was almost spent or exhausted; **«r?=-*r
«5-f«.'X ruins forsaken by men; *T"|^v
fn«-«< to level with the ground, to raze,
to demolish entirely [from (Jd.).']

fMCHHl* §ton$-bskal or WWtorl'fSW*
the period during which no Buddha
appears; a state of unhappiness-or St'pfo'H,
v. P** '" k/wm-pa.

stod ^nT y$ «'wr the upper,
higher, fore, former part (of a thing) : tj,**'
§'f?*\ resp. g'^ the upper part of the body ;
^«'fS the first portion of the night.

^'Sfr stod-skor or ?Sf^ ^r^%^r a waist-
coat.

f^'R^'I'g stod-k/mfi $de-lfia the five sub-
districts in the district of Toi-lung (Deb.
1S1).

|^'i**l stod-khog or ^'3 the upper part
of the carcase (Sch.).

^•pq^ stod-khebs a sort of frill or ruffle
of the lamas.

fy^** stod-gos over-coat, upper gar-
ment. fS'ill $tod-hyag doublet worn by
lamas without sleeves.

^•«w^«-^-fl|?j»( Stod Mfiah-ri$ §kor~
g.sum three districts in W. or upper Tibet.

f*\'5 gtod-za if^K catechu, the resin of
Acacia catechu (Tib. ^•^^.- sefi-lden).

fVS^' $tod-thufi a short coat.

f'Vf"!*' §tod-phyoy§ the region about the
Kailas mountains, in W. or upper Tibet.

fS'^i stod-hbrel n. of a commentary
written in upper West Tibet.

?S'3* $tot-phur=*i$^i yii the polar star.

?VUS stod-smad «f^fa: the upper and
the lower part (of anything) ; also the
dimensions; ^'l^* $tod-giyog$lit. cover-
ing the upper parts, but is explained as
meaning ^T^I'^'P'i^'S (to lie) as if the
face were joined to one's lower parts; also
as the lid fits to the lower part of a box.

?SA stod-ra (for ?*Vg) flattering language-
or speech (Sikk.); f'V**' cotton cloth
imported into Tibet from the direction of
Ladak (Rtsii.).

SfV^'STS'*' Stod-turi phu-rtsa gye-mo
district N. W. of Lhasa where is the
monastery of Tshor-phug, chief seat of
the Karmapa sect (Lon. * 2).

71

554

T'fTJft Stod-lufi Ma-ni Idan-
n. of a place in To-lung (Rtsii.).
fa-qpim-a^ Stod-lufi Tshal-bde a sub-
district of To-lung of which the chief
town is ^•Isj'I'c.- Bde-chen Jong.

fVSF**^ Stod-hn Mtsho-gmad part of
To-lung : fW^'aVVS^5' V'3 at the
time of visiting Stod-lnn Mtsho-gmad
(A. 27).

IfY1** stod-la 1. a jacket. 2. the upper
or higher part of a country.

gtod-pscr gold from upper Tibet.

tod-hor^fc**! Stod-sog the Tar-
tars of Bokhara and Khoten (LoK. * 12).

^'3 stod-pa 1. vb., pf. and fut. «i^\ to
praise, commend, laud ; flVT?Vq ^nar^W
praising of one's self; ^'Ift'*^ a self-
admirer, self -flatterer ; to extol, to glorify
(men, gods, etc.), frq. fvS*-«i£i|«-« to
glorify and praise ; fV^I praise; ?Vqc*l*'
mystic words of praise. 2. sbst. WTOT
praise, eulogy, compliments; complimen-
tary phrases, e.g., in letters.

N.B. — By native writers and teachers
the verb in its simplest form is held to be
«f«Vi not f\«.

f*\ S Stod-glu hymn of praise.

fS'^'SV stod-par byed-pa to praise, to
extol; fS'^* laudable, commendable,
worthy of praise.

fVSS** $tod.-dbyans the voice of praise.

ft on or Jfa'"l 1. if^ the autumn:
flfc.'3V§v$«I may he live to fee a
hundi-ed autumns ! ^Wfl^^W^'fl'V'ff' 4
^•^••^Vl^^^'%' s'arata the arrow-gift
was formerly the name of autumn the
fruitful season when joy sprang forth
(Rtsii.). ^'3'*>'?"1 ston-yyi me-tog the
flowers of autumn.

ston-ka spyod ^x% met. the
swallow (lit. that pairs in autumn).

Syn. I'X'li la-mo bychu (Mnon.).

ston-t/ioy=^"\ harvest, autumnal
crop: Jfr'tfl'K'^ to gather in the harvest.

i the instalment of taxes in gold,
silver or grain, payable in autumn just
after the harvest time in Tibet (Rtsii.).

f^'fl'*'**' sfoii-sla t/ia-c/tufi ^fifK^i the
month from the middle of October to the
middle of November.

fton-sla hlrin-po ^rfrR from
the middle of September to the middle of
October.

IKl'*'1' Ston-zla ra-ira *IT^I^ from the
middle of August to the middle of
September.

IKg*- St on-1 jan n. Of a district in Tibet
containing the monastery of
^ (Ston-Ljafi Bkra-fis d/,on).

J I : ston-pa pf. and fut. *W- 1-
to show, indicate. A vb. much used in
ordinary talk as well as in books; the
person shown anything taking the dat. c.
and the object he is shown standing in
the accus., e.g., V*».'tftlfifr^fftf(-^rf!l(^f
flfts.' (or f^'^5-') please shew me the way
to Tashi-lhunpo ; ^f^rf^Bfcf^-fW
fllt-aj^^wq^^ they shewed the robber
captain the provisions which they had.
Occurs often with only the proximate
object : Iffrt'lT^lfipir^tm if it can
be pointed out it shall be destroyed ; *W
•V^M'.^xA'tHMffWCfX Buddha will shew
the path of emancipation. 2. to show,
exhibit, display : fr*¥*S^IJ<I1|irj1
pies such as that should be shewn ; g'

555

there was no limit to liuman life; (2) JfV'
ijtafqj^ pantomime and frolics were dis-
played; g^§N^w'<T<J|=.-£!f*i- £r«r jtfS-wj the
bravery which you have shewn is exhila-
rating to me (Td. 21. 13). 3. to teach,
instruct, explain : t*W*T«plf ;W*^**
having taught the girl the doctrine, faith
was born in her; <^K<fc-qsiq-S'qf^ neces-
sary precepts having been imparted. From
this signification of the verb is derived
the important sbet. *Wi meaning that
which has been taught, and, hence, reli-
gious tenets and doctrine, and eo the
Buddhitt religion itself in its doctrinal
aspect. 4. to exemplify by overt action,
to shew faith ; to cause to undergo ; to
inflict: a-9ri«|-qgiarq^<«w having visited
misfortunes on the man.

f^'ZJ II : sbfct. sroar, a teacher, esp. a
religious teacher, commonly the founder or
promulgator of a particular doctrine.
Buddha is called fa'i, the teacher of Bud-
dhism, and fltf^wa-q* is the fVi or tea-
cher of the Bon tenets. &**!&&**'* I

.

the Teacher is without an equal, he alone
has said the word and what he has eaid is
certain (K. du. S 197). fr&'W« ston-
pahi - bstan-pa HTS^-.JIT«^ the religion of
the teacher (Buddhism).

The ten teachers of the Bon located
in the ten quarters are said to be
the. following :— (1) »TerV«r*'S; (2) f?
irujSv^qs/n ; (3) fVi-qV"'5^"^ ; (4)
fV<r«-T*V$*; (5) (Ki-!3"-^-K« (6)

^•q-gq-q-q^W^-^V^ ; (7) SK^'I^'

*VW; (8) ^'"'^'"'f^; (9) W^'iy'
qiV«F; (10) fl-T^'a'^'1* (0. Son.
1). The succession of teachers fV**'*'
of the Bon are the following :— (1) fV'^'
*S appeared in this world when

*9*)'§'SIfll''I'1'*^ appeared in this world
when men lived a hundred thousand years ;
(3) f^'jg'^^q'qf^ came into this world
when men lived ten thousand years; (4) fv
y'l^flpr")'*^ appeared in this world when
the duration of human life was five
hundred years; (5) ^•ci'«|^'«,q-»)-Ei came
to this world in the ' present Kalpa when
the duration of life is one hundred
years. The first attendants of fV£r*|jft'*"f
the great Bon teacher, were the follow-

$*($,*( §ton-mun one belonging to the
school of Hoshang Mahayana, the doctrine
of absolute inaction.

festivity, feast,
banquet, entertainment : f^'S'dg^'ti ston-mo
hgyed-pa to distribute the dishes in a
feast; ^FMr8'IH1*'^'q to distribute the
viands of the table to the common people
(Mil.) ; ?^'^'^'q ston-mo hdren-pa to serve
a feast ; W^ festive entertainment,
jubilee; $'*fl'MFtft a feast or treat to
one's ears; **>'?^ a religious feast, or
feast of charity to the poor (including
monks) ; ^'f 1 a periodical feast ; *te'fl
feast given at the name-giving ceremony
of a child; *£•'!$ a feast after settling
some important business ((7s.).

&I stob-pa ?rn pf. ip* (ace. to Cs.
pf. and fut, £i?£<) imp. ^ ace. to Jd to
put into another's mouth, esp. food, to
feed ; also applied to a mare that shows
the grass to her foal ; WWSKf"''1 to press
a person to accept a dish, etc. In a more
general sense: 'Ji£^'?si'?C|'qv^'q rising to
offer one's own seat, to make a donation;

556

also *frs'V'*w'**Vl)*<'J?*1'cl to provide a person
with every thing within one's power.

or Jfw3 TO, *w, ?tar.
1. the semen. 2. strength, vigour, force,
prowess, fortitude. fw«^ powerful; V
bodily vigour, physical strength;
mental strength, more properly
moral strength; H'fw digestive power.
is a post. p. by means of, through.

g ttobg-lna tTW^r the five forces :

(1) W^'fw *nr TO the force of faith ;

(2) ?^'*5»''S'?'*' ^toj'rar force of energy ;

(3) VS'"*'?"" SJffWa force of recollection;

(4) $e.-fc-*Kv5J-Jfq« wrrfoTO force of contem-
plation; (5) -*|»rvS'?w srarnna force of
wisdom. The five f«w aco. to the Bon
are : — (1) s*wq-&s Zft'f q« strength of
love ; (2) «&• J|»riavZi3-|«w strength of know-
ledge ; (3) 1|-q-l^ziS-fq« strength of peace ;

(4) |^q-*drZi3-fq« strength of charity;

(5) uiM»-era«cZiS-fw strength of generosity.

ftobg-bcu ?UW9 a Buddha is
he who is possessed of the ten kinds
of strength enumerated in the sacred
books, viz:— (1) wwqS'fw ^rnrara the
power of reflection; (2) q«<p3-qw<i3-?w
power of concentration ; (3) l^q'V
power of acquisition ; (4) 3**'
or ^NTTO power of wis-
dom; (5) jfa'°<*''3'?£"i| sfSrarsr^r power of
resolute prayer ; (6) H^'?"' ?n«T^i power
of creed; (7) jf\q3-fq« v*ft*<s power
of accomplishment or bringing to pass ;
(8) $*w*5jm-fi3-fq« f%f^<«<<J power of
changing shape; (9) 9«.'$<r$^*wvfr?£w
power of enlightenment; (10)

power of setting the wheel of religion in
motion. Again we meet with ^•^'*1JH«'
or the ten moral virtues of a

Tathagata ; these are the following : — (1)

force of the knowledge of what is possible
and impossible ; (2) «W^fVW'|<prw^qt-
force of the knowledge

of the consequences of actions ; (3)

force of

the knowledge of the different disposi-
tions of men; (4) P*nf*P"*dir*|Ml
•TTHWTJ^TJTTO force of the knowledge of
different elements; (5) viR.-Z|-»««i|-«^-*«qr

force of the

knowledge of the higher or lower mental
powers of men ; (6) <w*r«\^3j-q!v'W*(||)c

force of the

knowledge of the progress that leads
everywhere; (7)

force

of the knowledge of all which concerns the
origin of miseries of every kind and which
will lead to equanimity, mystic medita-
tion, complete emancipation and dhyana;

(8) |fti'Ti«i«'S'VF*li$^'?£'*< ^IfiTcfTffM-

wffWnra force of the knowledge of
remembering afterwards former abodes ;
(9)

force of the knowledge of birth and
death; (10) Mp-ayq'^^-^ v^.
WilWR^qr force of the knowledge of the
destruction of afflictions.

?£w^'¥s>*> ftobg-kun gtobs n. of number
(Ya-sel. 57).

stobs-bskyed-pa W^TTWH the
special qualities which Bodhitattvas only
can acquire: — (1) ^qS'lpwqgvq dran-
pahi $tob$ bskyed-pa vfd<i<di^iM memory ;
(2) §f !j«-!) blo-gros kyi ?Tft!^iT^H intelli-
gence ; (3) f'UvqS ^i^^iyM discrimina-
tion ; (4) ?*.*|*r£i3 «®rT^rr^M shame ; (5)

faith; (6)

^S virtue; (7) "Il"l*''5 ^Tara physical
grace ; (8) 5fw|} ^f?WR^i self-confidence ;
(9) "ll^'S yi<.u?l«(<a the recitation of reli-
gious charms ; (10) "$=•*< 'IVI lofis-gpyod kyi
*P«fam3l delightfulness ; (11) $*<'§ Wii* <si
bodily grace; (12) *>w| T^fam mental
powers ; (13) r'^|a''§ «Hf%TO magical know-
ledge; (14) Xtrf^S wfam religion; (15)
^\*Vfl|?^i5 urci^raTO vanquishing evil
spirits; (16) IW)^**!^ nan-tan-gyi
?fob$ b$kyed-pa <3^m^ a-siduity (K. d. ^
353}.

stobs-bskycd ffsum three

«-»)q| $tob$-mig w^rrer n. of a number
(Ya-sfl. 56) ;
another number.

producers of bodily vigour:
*lM, *|T\|kW|'iW%1[ (can-) bath-
ing, milk, the meat of the duck — these
three quickly produce strength.

¥=!»<•$*•• Stobs-chufi a n.- of the 'son of
king Bimbisara (J. Zafi.).

jfq*rl^ stobs-chen n^rsi^i a rammer, pile-
driver.

^w-^ Stobs-hjiy wl^t; ^-p-^-Zj
(D. It.) an epithet of Shin-je the lord of
death, ace. to the Bon cult. [Indra, the
slayer of £ala]S.

* very powerful; also •IKKJOI an
an epithet of Vishnu, Asura or demon.

fw^-4|*«i stobs-ldan b$nems an epithet
of Kama (Mflon.).

f«w-g^-g Stobt Idan-bu
the son of Bali.

fw^'i stobs-ldan-ma
ful woman, an amazon.

jftwejX $tob$-po die WT**I title of a
dhdrani for causing rain during a
drought (K. gu. « ^7^).

^q«-f»K.-q St0bs mafl-po=met. iron; =
=••3, with syn. ^^-§^21 (Mnon.).

a power-

Stobs-bmfi 1. W5rwf n. of the
elder brother of Krishna. 2. = «.'«^« spirit,
alcohol (Mnon.).

Jfq«j-qjE,-»i ?j0j? bssafi-ma <3Tnr, ftror n. of
a medicinal plant (Mnon.).

?w«w stob$-la$ «T^T courage, intrepi-
dity.

as'M also 5^^-q to go
astray, to be lost ; g-f^ a child has
been lost ; lu$-dufl srogs $tor-wa to lose
one's life; **wffq to lose one's senses;
^•vci^ it cannot be lost ; iV*"!'?*'* to lose
an article; S'^-w^-ci to be misguided,
lose one's character: Wtft'^T^^iitK^
«i^'* (A. 9) when he was losing most cer-
tainly the good luck of emancipation;
yrotV*%fffr<K-*|* stor-wa rne</-pas
fin-fa rgyas-par hgyur (Ebrom. 57) having
regained the (thing) lost he will be very
pleased.

*

+ ?^'BE' $tor-khun 1. ^Siiw a mirage.
2. defined as £i&|'$'«i*«r.5«^v*i; nj-jo or *$•*§
a ditch where all impurities are deposited ;
also a gutter or drain.

* ^5'^ brta-wa fut. $«rW9'«i pf. q^-g
to grow wide, expand ; be copious, abun-
dant. ^iv" id.; «i5s'«rq»i big with
repentance; q«rMj^q$*-ei inflated with
passion.

I brtag-pa ^fl'*

examined, v. T"!'" «M<1qr careful
or minute inquiry or investigation, exami-
nation ; & uwq^-q examination of dreams ;
^•Q-a-q^-cnnp* skilful in testing preci-
ous stones (Ja.),

558

brtag-pa skug-pa to make in-
quiry, invesigatition

fl5«r«w btag-yas (SI6-**) n. of a number.

"5TW brtag-dpyad='^'r^'\ examina-
tion, careful weighing of all the details
of a case, deliberation: ST'W'K^'S*1^'
W1«^<ft (ftdsa. 12) if anything be done
without deliberation, one repents at the
end.

Syn. *PY£l Mad-pa; *\wti pnas-pa
bcuys-pa; *)'^-q mi gyo-wa

6r!ffl7«=t«pq»r<i brtoys-pa f
1. dextrous, skilful. 2. ^TT?TT fickle,
lightning.

^5S btfa£ .^fif* a kind of formal
curse, which consists in hiding the effigy
and name of an enemy in the ground
and imploring some deity to kill him : tuft
HTq to perform that ceremony (Jd.).

1. new, recent ; sudden. 2. haste, speed,
(Sch.).

n^-fiwn brtan khel-u-a to be sure or
certain of.

W%*> brtan-ldan >^r steadfast, quiet,
steady.

1. brtan-pa or

w^, &n, JTW, wg, f%^l 1. adj.

N*

and abstract noun: firm, steadfast, safe.
2. firmness; mft-wi|*i«-<J to last, hold out,
abide, continue ; «^'i'3fa'<« acquii'e firmness
and durability ; ^'iv^|^'«i to become firm.
"^^'S'i^ brtan gyi tkyid a continued or
abiding happiness; ^V^ firm strength,
their strength is holding out ;
to jratch, keep, preserve carefully ;
t^^-w^m ne knew his word to be inviol-
able; ^»«Hpi*« because he firmly kept
his word; ^»i'l'?^'3't'^'t' eternal welfare,
everlasting happiness ; «fi'er*W';i firmfaith
(Jd.).

world.

toy ;

or *r*(\ the earth ;
physical or material

III:*,* the fixed star, polar
star.

Syn. of III: «|«K-«l* ffser-p/itir ;
ttod-phur; *F'|^'g rkan rM-lu;
tnan-ldan $in-rta; $«|»Tfl«.'JN

pzah-yi rtan ; «'«i^'?'l rgyv-
gan rgyal-bu (Mfion.).

' brtan-pa bzun an epithet of the

Astir. i (ty'fy Uin-miii).

£«5^-w-S« brtan-pahi cfto? f^T^it the
enduring religion, i.e., Buddhii-m.

C1?^':j^'9^''1 Man-par byas-pn fr^teri ;
fiimly rooted or established.

(Mf,on.) ;

|'sj brtrrn-pohi dreg-pa (mystic) ; for
rdo-drcfjg. (Mng. 11).
t)5^'w'§t;i Man-par bycd ^inprf^ causes
to be established ; the establishes

^'IS'*1 brtan bycd-ma the goddess of
earth; *%ffHfcwi'*WtSJ the goddess
of the earth who is thoroughly steadfast
(DJt).

brtan htshol-wa in

if yOU ggek reliability, search for
the daughter of a good father.
. *>$w* brtan-shal a complimentary
address or title of respect to good and
honourable man.

£)5^'1a' brtan-yyo *m\<n*i'$-n the animate

and inanimate world ;

g.yo signifies animated nature.

15^« brtan-ma=l.

the aggregate of stability (A. If. 1-28).
2. v. if^'«.

'559

HfteSfrfW l>»3"l'Vr*. 2.= i|«rg*|*r«^ brtul-shugs can=t.

H'^ to be afraid <}f, to apprehend : ^"H' *ifa an ascetic; one who is penitent; a
feared sin (Situ. 75). maker of penance ; a sage.

ZJ^ ^ brtas-pa 1.=^^'^^ yar bskt/ed- Syn. ^'JjV dran-sron; W§§ kun-tu

pa grown up, anything full blown. 2. to ryyu • ^'gq'g'vi dkah-tJmb spyod-pa ; t«q-

be delighted : 'l^'l*'^'*'?^'^9! qs*r<J|«|C.' qs«*j'd nag bgdams-pa •

*-§,*<^si$''\'§'Q^ (Fey. k. 27) I received war pnas-pa (Mnon.).

the note containing the particulars you n*r,<-am*,Tr,

"I1" S"!*' ^^5. brtul-shuys
have sent together with enclosure of silk . ..

i R3> any novice monk or disciple of the
serai, and have been greatly pleased.

Hinayana school.

assi-

=i*n or

duity, assiduous.

^^•»brtn»nes-pa =
and self-sufficient ; q^'£«'R|«ip brttm-nes
g-pa to be self-confident.

^ brtum-pa tjTTHW power,
prowess.

qj^l brtul pf. and fut. of ^'i (Rdo~
rifl. 45).

+ q^urq brtul-pa or
ra^ mild, 'gentle.

q|"i'^ brtul-phod or
^q'«^ spfc l. a hero, champion ;
abode of a hero, a tiger's den. 2.
%•*<) to subdue an enemy in battle.

tea or ^'q^'gci'£J 1, to conquer. 2. deport-
ment, behaviour (Cs.). 3. diligence,
painstaking (Sch.).

Q§WH brtul-ma or
blunted] & *$*'*&'

brtul-shug$

1. vow; aco. to Cs. manner,
way of acting. 2. ace. to Sch. exercise
of penance ; «'5ai'SqI'''§V£' or ^Ji'SI"'!^
^nfrs to perform such exercises, to do
penance. 3. penitent.

[not

heaven.

a house-wife (Mfion.).
'i brtcn-pa %f%a, t'raT, v.

or

phug-pa a cavern
(Mnon.).

*$ Uta fut. of g'«i we wil-l see, let us
see ; also sbst. a view, prospect.

qg-aj-^-g blta-na sdu^pa zv^te, ^$*
pleasant to look upon, n. of the city of
Indra.

btta-wabi ched for seeing.
blta-ivabi mthah limit of sight ;

met. death.

Syn. ^'i hchi-wa ; 35'^^ tshe-hdah ; 2
t&he-hpho ; fti'^5 hchi'hpho (Ignon.).

'S blta-bya '^r^r visible.
bltabs pf. of

(Situ. 75).

q^JJ^'q bltamg-papf. of g»rti=^
hkhruns-pa.

Syn. §*>'« fkyeg-pa ; ^«.'fl Usah-wa ;
btsas-pa (lff.non.).

W/as pf. of §'«i «a-tf«.

blta$-nas concerning, regarding,
as to ; used as a postp. with *.

560

'q bitafi-wa, v.

or $V* surface;
on the side of a

direction :

cool hill (Ta-sel. 38).

qS3j btfan, ^n*r demonstration, expli-
cation (Zam. 10).

+ qjfl-^ip-q bgtan 4kah-wa hard to expli-
cate C& um) a religious work or doctrine.

*HPW fotan-hgyur a miscellaneous
collection of literary works, both sacred
and general, consisting of 225 volumes.
Very few of the Tangyur treatises belong
to Tibetan authorship; they are mostly
translations into Tibetan from Chinese and
Sanskrit texts. A Bne copy of this collec-
tion is stored at the India office.

q^-j»r|c.- fotan-rgyas plifi a monastery
presided over by one of the four incarnate
lamas of Lhasa from among whom by turn
the Byyal-tshab, i.e., the Eegent of the
Dalai Lama, is selected. The monastery
stands in the northern quarter of Lhasa
within the walls of the city ; and the title
by which the lama of Tan-gye-ling is
known in Tibet is «^*^S* Bde-mo Bin-
po-che.

q^-qTS*! ^ftan-bcos vw, ^TWT, jts,
a religious commentary.

af hbyud-

wa rnanti njl works relating to the
S'astras: (1) %*>«v§-q|pj-q?« don-med.-kyi
b!tan-b_cot ; (2) %*"! ^ '*& &* don-log-gi
bstan-b.cos; (3) %S^^-£i5-^-q^ don-dad
ldan-pahibetan-b_cos; (4) to*f*3**&Om
thos-pa Ihur-len-pahi bstan-bcog ; (5) ?*i
g-a^'iil^-c)5'q^'q'j»» rtsod-pa Ihur-len pahi
bstan-bcos ; (6) fV*^f:*?&*ff&'* s grub-pa
Ihur-len-pahi btfan-bfo§ ; (7) ^-qi^-«ic^m-q5-
fian-g.yo dan hbrel-wahi bstan-bcos;

(8) «3t"gar$>tW**< brtse bral-gyi bstan-bcos ;

(9)

bye$-kyi

^V^ b.8tan-pa jrr«f 1. doctrinal
teaching in general. 2. a single doctrine
or a system of doctrines. «t«'g»i 3 ^'i safa-
rgyas-kyi btfan-pa the doctrine or religion
of Buddha ; yriff thub-bftan for
thub-pahi bstan-pn id. ;

(Intr. A. K).
explanation of the

v

real state (of the body of illusion).

q^-q$-^ •») bsfan-pahi tgron-me the lamp
of religion, a spiritual guide, a compli-
mentary title for a learned lama (Tig. k.
30).

q^-cw wvq«^i bftan-pahi mtiah-bday the

lord of religion. V^T^'W^'V'*1

we.^q^fli'w^'twsl^^'q^-^q^-^.-^ to the feet
of his holiness Ori Narota — the matchless
lord of the profound mystic doctrines
(Tig. k. 10).

bstan-par iyo-W?=f^'i'*1
: to make intelligible, to elucidate.

bstan-ma seems to be a name
given to certain female subterranean spirits
living in mountainous districts. One such,
in the expanded history of Gautama, under

the title of *i»rt**H»q*-i1F«l'K'S;*w*

3j'35 hd$am-bu-$M-soys dwan-chen g.zer-gyi
tshan-mahi lha-mo, was, after his victory
over Mara the devil, cited as a witness to
his exploits. In both Milaraspa and
Padma Tang-yig, we read of " the twelve
bgtan-ma " said to haunt the upper peaks of
Mount Everest. Padma Sambhava cons-
.tituted them protectors of the Doctrine in
that region. Milaraspa speaks a^so of a
n]?'35 or mistrefs of the twelve bstan-ma
whom he describes as a khadoma able td
raise mirages before worldly eyes. (v.

561

Mil. f>, 262). In Btsii. mention is made
of: Hf^S-i^T*^ bstad-mahi gsol-mchod
the food offerings for the guardian deity of
the monastery of *q»T||«m hbra$-spun$ (Dai-
pung) called *W#.

^'t*" bstan-rtsis a chronology; dates
relative to the year of Buddha's death ;
W1^ a follower of Buddhism, a Buddhist ;
an adherent of a doctrine ; *fai'*i'^fl| colloq.
a destroyer of the doctrine, an obnoxious
person.

b$tan-ya§ f^lre n. of a number.
^'g*-' bstan-srufi 1. guardian of the
doctrine. 2. a guardian in general.

a fellow

religious student.

gifts having been freely
dispensed, food was set forth (Situ. 75).

. to sweep,

clean, cleanse ; also adj. nice and elegant.
2. to appreciate ; to be aware of (Lif.) ;
qfv*fl|'«i bgtar chog-pa = ?*«r fT^'**r « to be
able to comprehend, appreciate (Yig. k.

45).

es
q^'q bsti-wa=W&'c* to take rest.

qg-pt.' btti-khafi private house, sanctum.

+ 1$ -Wi bsti-gnas ^"swl-vfa 1. the
place of origin, source. Under this term
are said to fall: if'VK* residence; §*
home ; 9'g11-' lama's residence ; S'gc.' palace ;
q|^ii|-mq)-pE.- Vihara or monastery ; Sfi'W*'1'
Ardma grove or park where religious ser-
mons are given ; S^, ^'Eft heimitage,
sanctuary, retreat of ^r*HW. 2. § s.'3
essence.

S'1* respect; W
bowing, physically shewing
respect. B,trK'*t,-%^F^*fr^ (Fa-
ce/. 54).

bstin-tshig or

satire, irony; also reflecting
upon conduct in polite language ; censure
concealed under sweet language.

Syn. *3'**J hphya-tshig • •
tshig-gis b$tin$ (Situ. 75).

^e'r supine of |'S s^'

one of the infernal regions.

the hell of endless torments. 2. ace. to

Jd. rebtlessness.

bgtu-tca «V<<v to bring together
discordant elements ; to collect in one heap
things unlike one another. The four
entities which may be so drawn together

"; (2) IT

n-la spyod-pa

r^l bstwgs-pa to make lower, to
lower (Sch.).

qjj|C?J bstufis pf. S^q, *i|-q|E.»i (Situ.
75).

flg^i bftud-pa, v. IS'i.

1'^ bgtun-pa to be compared; "w
N-q^E.- }je by skilful compari-
son imposed on them (A. 127) • i'^K.'wT
^^•^fqg^ were compared as to size and
height and depth (Yig. k. 1).

i to attend, wait
upon, respectfully, to serve ; m^umfr lit.
being ranged quite closely together,
quite huddled together; also sticking
most closely (A. K. 111-3),

72

562

gna$ the object
or person on which one wishes to rely.

^Kq k&ten-pa 1. pf. of sten-pa. 2.

sbst. flw^H, vb. v. f^ confidence ;=
q^aj-q brton-pa (Jd.).

JK8 bften*bya g^ one to be served,
waited upon.

or served.

bsten-hos tw fit to be respected

'CJ bftod-pa I.

to tether cattle such as horses,

sheep, goats, etc. ; M|'W«i^ to tether with
a string (Situ. 75). 2. eulogium, expres-
sion of praise, v. f^'^ ^tod-pa.

^•^•|^-£i bstod-ras byed-pa prob. «ifS'S'
§\i, ifS'y to praise, to compliment; in
or «$\S: «r**'*&\ 't'JC-'«ig»*i-
being greatly praised by

the learned, noble, and good (A. 126).

$1 I : tha the tenth letter of the Tibe-
tan alphabet and the second consonant of
the dental class. It is the aspirated form
of *> ta ; and in English its sound might be
found in the word " Thames."

1. num. fig. 10. 2. every thing, all,
total (Sck).

tha-khab a large needle (in Lh.)

$ II : denned as lfo'"1|Il3'«l|r£fr1^ signify-
ing foolishness and mental darkness.

5 III : In Budh. « tha is the entrance
to the cognition of all things, of matter
and phenomena : (a) teripH'SW'^'^'*'
%q-*4fwrj||^l it demonstrates that all
things are phenomenal (K. d. ^ lib) ', (&)
^•*)-V)«m>Ei3-^-Xwww.s«^>|p? it is sym-
bolic of the instability of all things (Tyburn.

tha-ko n. of a fruit, a species of
walnut. pwfS «-*hq«r| (Sam. k. 179).

F d.byu-
bu-mo

3'^ tha-skar ^ifMt 1. n. of a con-
stellation represented in Buddhist astro-
nomy by a woman on horseback. 2. n.
of the goddess presiding over that constel-
lation.

Syn. $'S^'« rta Idan-ma ;
gu gcig-pa ;
(Rttsi.).

" tha-skar-gyi bu-gnis
the two sons of Aqvini who are
divine physicians. 9'^'§'S'q tha-skar-gyi
sla-wa the month of A^vina (October).
I'^^il tha-skar-gyi na *|TftF! t^Wl' the
full moon in the month of A$mna.

(Jd.).

iha-ga-na occurs in the work
rqirtNprT^iK'ppi a com-
mentary on the description of the names of
Tha-ga-na and other terms of mysticism
(Deb. "1, 27).

j«i^ i. a weaver, one of the weaving
caste in India. 2. in Tib. a term for the
lowest class ^pBM) of people.

a-gi=^'c> shi-wa

peaceful ; mild aspect.

tha-gu ?m, vulg. ^'3 thi-gu a
wreath, a short cord or rope; twine for
making garlands ; a chain or fetter.

an

tha-guhi Ito-can
epithet of Vishnu on whose belly hang
garlands (Mfion.).

tha-gus lei under the weight of
chains ; bound by fetters or ropes : **'"|^'
M^fr&*9p|p a man of wicked nature
lies under the weight of the chain of fraud
(Khrtf. 9).

nally

tha-gru

ace. to Jd.
rgya-khyon 1.

origi-
large-

ness, spaciousness; abundance, plenty.
2. ace. to Jd. extent, width, breadth :
"fcnrtr^-rl-ff* Hdmm-bu plin-gi tha-gru
kun-la in the whole extent of Jambudvipa
(Qir.).

564

tha-gru cAe-«f« = a|E'«'q or J''i
very wide, spacious ; extensive.

^•uiMTti fha-yru yaAs-pa very spacious,
abundant (MAon.).

•n^

3'3jS tha-rgyod obtuse, rounded off
(8ch.).

-f, $T5^ tha-cad or «'*S tha-chad
^re, sifwre, vw, T? base, sordid, vile
(Qer. 5),

Syn. «'**» tha-ram; M* tha-fal; H'i
tan-pa; ** tha-ma (MAon.).

^'$C* tha-chuA 1. the last month of
a season, e.y., "&M'''**' dpyid-sla tha-chuA
the last month of spring, opp. to *'* ra-
u-a the first month. 2. the youngest of
three or more sons : a^'W'11 **• ^* tne
youngest or last two of the nine brothers.

^'^ tha-snad l. = *1» lag-pa vfa the
hand. 2. «rtn seems to be used of a word
when employed in some peculiar sense
rather than in its strictly etymological
meaning ; for example, as a proper name.
A. derived or compounded word can only be
called a tha-snad when the idea it expresses
does not clearly appear on analysis;
,-^-yjffq understanding the sense. 3.
designation; metaphor; phrase; ^**fS\
5«I«'5S sheg tha-snad-du grags-so so it is said
to be styled. «'f "V^-q^ conditional truth

(Ja.). 4. ^ra^K behaviour, practice, deal-
ing, business ; pecuniary transaction.
v^» tha-snad-pa ?^, ^^ one who

plays at dice ; gaining at dice ; one who lays

stakes at play.

«'fVq!$q!-£| tha-snad g.cig-pa 1. of the same

nomenclature. 2. n. of a school of

doctrine.

tha-snad dbye tNW a writer.

tha-thor=-vX* thar-thor a few
here and there: *%1|fW'fc<H1«r^
htshe-fifi tpen-pa tha-thor yod-pa shig
there were a few scattered bristles of htshe-
fM (Rdsa. 18).

^'^'^1 tha-dad-pa=H'*\*':i ma-hdrei-pa
vn% SJHI, fra, f «f«a distinction, separa-
ted, not mixed up together. «'V\'g tha-dad
Ina the five kinds of distinctions are : —
(1) f>F«'*fi difference in the teachers
(founders) of religions ; (2) Sw^S differ-
ence in the doctrines taught by them:
(3) ^'*Vi'''SS dge-hdun tha-dad difference
in the classes of monks ; (4) «w«'«fi las tha-
dad difference or varieties in works ; (5) «w
«"^ lam tha-dad difference in the ways,
different methods or ways of reaching the
goal (K. du. i 88). . r^i*w^w the
different sages or schools of sages (Yig.
3). s'WS'i'^'"^ tha-dad bya-wa ci-yin f¥
5fmranroR{ what are the various doings or
causes ?

«'VS'V tha-dad-du separately, variously,

apart : «>'V\''VR'V-*I*''*)1VC| '"^ "W'1**1 one
of the eighteen *«i'w^-«i unmixed theories
of Buddha (M.V.). ^^^'^ tha-dad-du
dbye-na if differentiated? also: syntheti-
cally, differentially. i'WV*"'''VTC| tha-dad^
du mHfof*~<ton*1lr** not differing,
not being different, not admitting of
differentiation.

v.

thar-nu.

5'^ tha-na 1. polite inquiry at any
time regarding a Buddhist monk's com-
forts while he is taking any meal, etc. This
forms a part of the training in manners
given to monks. 2. even, so far as,

up to: *W*WWl^'"ll*"r$ even
thought that (one) was laughing at.

565

even above the smallest
insect, i.e., above the ants.

| tha-pay, v. '*'V1 thar-dpag.

SJ'n ^'£J tha-pi thu-pi confusion, dis-
order (Sch.).

rigid, hard, compact, firm (/. Zan.).
2.=S'i <A«-*w bad (Mil.). 3.=^'
. anger.

q-q-e.^fi'3* tha-ba nan-pa ttar
one of the stages of yoga (v.

or

«'3 tha-be afa^i a medicinal plant Ter-
minalia tomentosa.

w&i tha-hban cast-off clothes; rags
thrown out; |fnVr«w^$«i)Jy^ from the
heap of cast-off rags at the entrance
of a house (Pag. 180).

^I tha-ma 1.

vile, inferior, poor, humble. 2. = t*<'
*i or wi-w the last, lowest, uttermost ; 9'w
^'3*'J1'S'*i'^^ the lowest class of male is
he who is rich in wealth (Bbrom. 51) ; the
last of several things, with respect to
number, time, or rank: *W*f §'«'*< the
meanest of the carnivorous animals ; *y\
ciS'S'w^'igi the end of every meeting is
parting; lfa'§-''»w'^ gnen-gyi tha-mas
bskor he sees his relations for the last
time around him ; w8'''«'« sas-kyi tha-ma
sa he eats for the last time (Jd.).

tha-ma-la 1. adv. finally, at last.
2. postp. : at the end of, after =!«'«(.

«'*« tha-mar to the utmost, at the end,
lastly ; J'W^'S tha-mar dge-wa
*«TTf piety, auspiciousness : !fy'
yon-tan tha-mar hdug lastly, there was
talent (Jlbrom. 51).

tha-ma las vnn: at the least, at
all events, in any case.

* 3'*l' tha-ma-kha tobacco:

| in ancient time about one'
hundred years after the Nirvana of Bud-
dha, this evil drug called Thamakha
appeared (Chu-bzan. % 4$). Mention is
also made of tobacco in the writings of
Macig Lab-don dated the 12th century
A.D.

Sr*!'1?] tha-ma-ga also **"| tha-mag 1.
is a Mongolian word=Tib. yftWphyag-dam
the official seal, or a warrant containing it ;
also tablet with the seal of authority : *&**'
5jqpr«^'§«'ll*\1««r^»P«rVawlt'rH' 1 the
governor Grags-dar having received the
warrant of official command from
the Emperor Se-chen (Khublai-khan) (/.
Zan.). 2. in JF. tobacco.

'S| tha-mal-pa «^TW ordinary,
mean, coarse, vulgar, common, general,
usual : *'»ww<^flr<i to live like the vulgar ;
q-jwcj-wS^ that is no usual thing, no com-
mon or ordinary thing (Jd.).

vow, promise, solemn word : »r«
»i-q|^acgad^-lfl|'^c.« forget not, forget
not, reflect on your former vows ! SfrS'*'*11!'
iq^'Ei-^-^SffE.«-ai in thinking closely on thy
former rigid vows. In the common saying
(R-^t)-ar*-<^-3q| kha-dpe la tha dam-tshig
the words tha dam-tshig signify solemn
vow.

tha-ra tho-re in W. wide
asunder, wide; «A'lft'q^<«p tha-ra tho-re
bshag-pa to scatter, to throw loosely about
(Jd.).

566

tha-ram 1. «« vile, mean:
MT|Pp$W^Jtfcl prayed
to Of en-rob that the vile ones should be kid
under chains (Bon). 2. a medicinal herb
in Lh., Plantago major fcjo.) rwffffltfV
w3S tha-ram hkhru-wa g.cod-par byed the
herb tharam stops diarrhoea. 3. the
breadth of a plain (Sch.).

3'^JJ5| tto-ramgzs'tfiW'* g}aiw-pa adj.
full.

%'^tha-ru the utmost limit (Sehf.).

' tha-M in W. a sort of red cloth

(Jd.).

\^'<* thag ne-u-a or wj'V^ thag^ne-mo
near ; proximity ; 'I'VS1*1^ do not
be familiar, keep .at a distance. •^ViW'
^ thag ne-sar $dad&ii near, in the vicinity.
Syn. V^ n«-%; V^ ne~hkhor; %p
^ druH-na-mo; a gfo; V'^ tho-hkhor
(Mnon.).

^•^ thag-ran fibre from the bark of
plants or trees, &c., v. ^'* ran-ma.

>' thag-rin ^; distance; dis-tant:'
thaij-rin-po ma-bycd do not make
it distant; 1&K&l*lfr**iq& a
neighbour is a hundred times better than a
relation residing at a distance.

modest, lowly; base, ugly. 2. a mischie-
vous person, one who is inferior, cruel, and
mischief-making : *i&*W«f**p
k*g*&f^<V?*^W'1'! (Ya-sel. 11)
now-a-days the incarnations of great and
sanctified souls do not make show of great-
ness but live in modest and humble man-
ner. j^'y^S skyes-bu tha-$«l ni£ a
n'er-do-weel.

I : Thag 1. n. of a place in Tibet : «T

Syn.

hgyafa;

rgyan-rln;

was engaged^ the acquirement of per-
fection at Rgya-bo in Thag (Deb. 5).
for ni^gp the palate. "<! ^* thag-hgram =
*gw« hgram-so fsra the humaa palate ;
swelling of the tongue/

Sjzn II: distance: **r%'<« <^ «'-fert?»j
how far ; "^"l. ma-thag only now, just now,
gen. with a verbal root: i^T^ he
that has arrived just now (Glr.) ; g^^f
swp (the passages) that have been ex-
plained just now; as an adv. gen. *n§
ma thag-tu or only "'"I ma-thag frq., e.g.,
as soon as he had heard ; S'
» immediately (from Jd.).

thag-rin~po or
riri-mo far distant, a great distance ;
q'qjq-^c.- sa-thag rifi a far or remote
country. n«q-^c.-qt^ thag rift-po nag
from afar, from a distance.

*<q-«i|*\« thag Qcod-pa vb. a. (*«TXV thag
chod-pa or si^'*t\'i thag-chad-pa vb. n. or
passive) 1. to cut the cord, sever, discon-
nect; to abandon: •HlW^^VH***
1^ bdag ne-dn dan hlrel-thag bead-pas bde I
am glad at having severed the connection
with my family ; <*3ft)<v^<w|-*^ the hope of
going has been given up. Ace. to Schtr.
f*«rflp£V) ho-thaa g.cod-pa=io wean (a
child) ; if "T^ blo-thag choi deliberation
is cut off, the matter is decided or resolved
upon. 2. to decide, resolve, determine :
asrg'ujfc.-zpvsifll-qs'Vci it was determined to
murder the king ; |T^fW'r*wl*'*WiV
t'^if you both positively refuse to give me
a wife. wrSvq'!V to be sure, to decide, be
certain : fjws«'*l|rwsVq as it is quite certain
that he has died; 3ilVlwr*!> yod. thag-chod

567

there are certainly : fer^'fcw)-!^ Cfl0g
dar hon thag-chod it is quite certain that
religion will spread ; g«'«iN^i|'q«^« being
immovable in contemplation.

ti^'tia^-ii thag bead-pa is same as
Vi 1*wa decided, finished.
^I'^-X^-1^ fa-niphyogs de-la mi-thig thag-
chod ser (Rdsa. SI).

Syn. «|»r« Mas-pa; <$F*\ phyan-chad

(Won.).

tfiaj-chod certainty; surety, evi-
dence: M'JF'«ir*Yl1VV'f1« but one should
know for certain, one must be sure of it
(Jf».);'f»«T*?J^Kq you, the ascetic
(yogi), firm in meditation (/a.).

thag-thag the noise made by
the fingers on a door, etc., an onomotopetic
word ; ifsrsirwrlv to knosk on or at the
door.

J thag-pa or <r«| 1. &n a creeping
plant, root. 2. T«J g>u a rope, cord; «w
V] bal-thag rope made of wool ; ^*\^"\ rtsid-
thag rope of the long hair of the Yak;
%'W\ rt&a-thag or Sfyvj phon-thag rope of
grass ; f fl|»r«| kags-thag iron-chain, wire-
rope ; w*«| ra$-thag cotton-rope, bandage
(/a.). «|'$fl| thag-mig mesh of a net (Sch.) ;
'"I '$thag-so rope- work ; rope maker's work ;
*u|-g-j|ar*tfE.-q thag-khra $brul-mt/ion-wa lit.
mistaking a spotted string for a snake ; fig.
to be helpless, to be very afraid of. <*|'w
H5fl|«'|^'y ^i<4i*<<*ri4Hi to be attached or
tied by a rope (A. %. 1-16). *i^'*«|-5|«11f
*flp-^-gk-^-«j^-| we shall watch, defend-
ing you in all sincerity (Suran. 124).

* thag-pa ffsum fig. the three fet-
ters : (1) £t-«i|$e.«-qiv^-«i<ij-u|E.- to preserve an
undisturbed or undeviated memory ; (2)
c for a long time to remain

unagitated and without expressing pain;
(3) »>'Jj'VJiS-«|iq|«-*qrq!c to sit still for a
. long time unmoved (Son).

thag-gru—v^ tha-gru.

thag-hgyans = M|''£° thag-rin
distant, remote; also late. wflj'Jl'Wpjc.w
3'^'{|'W*<*'flF>|-^'^P1 important cases of
long-suffering patients coming from a
distance (D. gel. 11).

a=*wl* hjam-pa or "I^'«
pnen-pa soft or fine (of cloth, woollens,
etc.) ; *«i|-sr3-*»-JjW«if^raw Of the two kinds
of grey (woollens) of fine texture (Jig.).

*«|-w^ T/iag-bzan ri§ an epithet of
the lord of the Asura or ^'^ demi-gods.

^^}1 thags texture, web. wi«'S'|
thags-kyi rgyu ««*jcir^ any stuff with which
to weave, warp.

thags-khri *cn weaver's loom.

thags-nMan ^.^H, Ti'^ni 1.
the spider, a weaver. 2. 3fc*«|»i tsher
hthag a fence of thorny plants (Mfion.).
^qj»c»i(«M5^g thags-mkhan hbu lit. the -weav-
ing insect; a spider.

'11"-5'9 tkag-sgru bu or |"3 gru-gu balls
of thread or yarn to weave with.

flfl]«-?«m thags-thogs impeditaents (Cs.).

M«qq-n«irci thags hthag-pa 1. 33* to
weave. 2. = *«|?r'Mi<»|'*i|1^ thags hthag-mkhan
a weaver.

r*< thags $nal-ma thread or yarn.

^ thags-spitnmx thread stretched
cross-wise in weaving.

*"!**' S^'S'V thags-bran byed-pa to begin
the warp (Jo.).

*i|*J'^ thags-ra weaver's yard.

+ «ni«^ai thags-ran-='*Wf* ^tags-pa
attached, tied, bound, fastened.

568

SP' that I: = «fi'3«l ska4-cig m, *ra a
moment, an instant ; v.-'&q than-gcig one
moment, a very short time ; «-<wp-*gvn
c)^9ftWi momentary; **r'*' tshig-that
one moment ; 1^'*^' bshi-that four mo-
ments; "*•**• that-tsam=yf\te or W<« a
little while.

SJ£' II : 1. a plain, steppe ; but the
Tibetan plain is never level and always of
a basin-like or hollowed configuration. 31**'
«=-• grain-that a fenny or swampy plain
(Cs.). S^''6-' spat-that a green grassy plain,
meadow; %"**.' rtsa-that steppe; S*.'**-'
Byat-that the northern steppes of Tibet,
commonly called the Jang-thang. § "=•'
bye-that sandy plain or desert. **' «' hol-
than ground covered with clover, pasture
ground, grassy plain, (Jo.);-^1'*t' fag-that
a gravelly plain. 2. when used with the
word ^, that signifies price, value. It is
also used pleon. ty«' id. fy«'*^ rin-
that-ean dear, precious; Sfc'**.' yon-that in
W. income, profit; in C.— the measure of
anything. *'«*' lo-that the measure of
produce, i.e., grain ; also yearly tribute ;
i?-«ffl]?Vq lo-that gcod-pa to fix yearly
tribute ; *'**•' sa-that (a person's) measure
of food taken at each meal; capability of
eating. 3. clear, serene : *&**•' nam-than a
cloudless sky, fine weather ; *wv*' bkah-
that clear order or command ; **'"J*| that-
yig plain or clear decree or order. «vw«.'8^
pad-ma that-yig is the abridged collection
of legends about Padma Sambhava. 4.
«.- that in ffi**-' signifies potion, plain
decoction, or mixture to be drunk after a
medicinal pill has been taken ; *'«•' ja-that
plain tea. *F 'E>' rkat-than on foot (Jo.).

^s.'"! that-ka or «=-'«q that-ga 1. a plain,
a flat field, alluvial plain. 2. resp.
shal-that a portrait, a painting ; *•

(ku or |'<^' fku-that a picture or represen-
tation of a deity on cloth or paper.

**-'W> that-dkar 1. white-tailed eagle
(Sch.). 2. a greyhound.

•K'S That-gkya (lit. white plain), a
locality near Lhasa; ^ ^•^•j-^-i'^'
^•^pr^ff^'fq'^rv^ to the west
of Lha»a in that place there was a monas-
tery called Than-fkya dgon-pa (Deb. "1, 18).

v-' HI that-khrag cedar used medicinally
(Med.). «'^«I that-rag colloq. of *t>'R*\that-
khrag. <^'"*g that-hbru coder nuts (<SfcA.).

^-gf that-khrut 1. bastard (&A.). 2.=
«>'$ that-chu.

«'B« Ma»i */«ro/» i*i?rc=«^if*i </w«-
K^

phrom a medicinal herb of white and black
species; bears the thorn-apple used for
intestinal worms.

«.'$ that-chu gum.

Syn. V«-1j«! dpal-goi (Mnon.) ; *i foAt-
wa (Med.}.

«R-$fq|fe-g That-chut gtsat-po n. of a
river passing by Thang Chung in Tibet
(.Deft. % A&).

«e.-ge.' (hat-bran lit. a place in a plain,
an encampment on a plain: 4*'* '% 'sT»i '^|'
5 ?E.-gc.-q5q^»l-qgq|»l at night he stayed
encamping in a (dried) water-course (A.

U).

«.-*!• *>'j^ T hat-ma me-?gron an epithet
of a deity of the Bon pantheon resembling
Maitreya in his attributes: Jft-T«|?-*i£<ir^'
qjE.-dpsrufn-jt-ljaj-l-qvqX-tijvg1-' between the
chief great teacher Kunzang and That-ma
me-tgron there arose eighteen (B. grub. I).

SK.-W than-mar (lit. tree-butter or oil)
a balsam ; ace. to Cs. tar.

«*'•* than-tshwa salt obtained from a
dry place, quarried salt : «^«ri\'*yi^'£«-
*ra*"'SS rock-salt (collected from dry places)

569

soothes evil-spirits and produces the three
evils — phlegm, bile and wind (Med.).

*t.-q|a\ai thaA-g.s'hal=**-'ltx!* thaA-hjal
survey; map or plan of a place (RtsiL).

nc.-n|^ thafi-ffshi=^'*c>' price, market-
price ; «cflfl-M| reduction of the cost price :
the market price abates (Jd.).

SJK* H thail-po enduring, able to stand
fatigue; able and hardy, strong, tense;
fig. tight, firm, also tenseness: «||i|*rq'9=.'
MI pzug$-po thafi-flam are you strong ?
thafi g.cod_-pa to tire, fatigue.
\-ci thafi chaij-pa or *R.'*V«i thaft chod-
pa fatigue ; to be fatigued, tired, wearied.
Syn. wn dal-tea; yr«i dub-pa; ^-Jfo.*™
non-mofi?-pa (llffion.').

m-j)-*f6*;ti thafi-fa ffcod.-pa to strain, to
stretch : <$ w'f«J|«rg v.-^'^ exert yourself
on the side of virtue (D.B.).

«=.'^ thati-lhoj tight and loose; the fit
of clothing. *=.-$X'*)lV£| thafi-lhod med.-pa
neither strict nor mild or relaxed. ^'*'

3ft*!<frt>*^#V*Aw|»lT**' (D- 9el- 11) as
to arriving at detail, making the investi-
gations without relaxation or strictness.

«^'fc Thaft-ju n. of one the emperors of
China of the great T'an dynasty. «K,'$'|f
Than-the jufi emperor T'aijung whose
daughter was married to king Srofibtsan
syam-po about the year 633 A. D.

<*'3*' thafi-thufl =*E.'i|e.- inferior, unim-
portant; «ff*flnr«e/3K-9|-«pF« included
in the inferior class of artizans (Rtsii.).

v-'^ thafi-du 1. in the opinion of ; ^'^
•fl-qS-^q^vg^oraft'^ although little
reliable hope remained, yet in the opinion
of some (J. Zafi.). 2. for ^"I'S thati-
yig-tu.

bkram-pa spread

-, fir,
pine ; deodar tree.

Syn. "IV1^ bcud-hdsin ; «i=.'$'%' thaft-
chu-fifl; |^'£)'^'3 Ijon-pa ser-po; i)*»c%
iti (Mfion.).

ThaH-sag n. of a district in
Phanyul, W. N. W. of Lhasa (Lot. * 11).

Sp'SJC' thafi-thafl strained to utmost:
•*j-qE.-« fa-tkari-thaft to the utmost of one's
muscles.

SJ^ thad 1. aside, in one direction. $*''
3f'j|'q'V«rsi5=.-3jN leaving aside body and
eoul, e.g., sacrificing his body and soul
(for the sake of his religion). ^-$q-si^5
situated on the direct west of it (A. 65) ;
.^•«^-X^ cut oif from the flesh only. 2. in
C. entire, whole, untouched (Jd.)..

ft<\'"l thad-ka 1. the direction, straight
forward. t*>V*lT'^<V1»V*»w-*«^ upward
and downward, and in every direction ; §*•'
straight upward and downward:
*br|Eflr^*<t*i from the
direction where Atis'a resided were noises
and voices in the distance (A. 27} ;
. *VT*ti go straight on, in the direction of
that which moves or walks horizontally,
i.e.,

over.

^•^•n£«i|-j^-|-|»wm thad_-kahi hjig-rten-gyi
khams t^W^a^gra the animal kingdom;
one of the twenty-four regions of the
world (M.7.).

*V*p thad-kar each for himself (Glr.)
(Jd.).

'•\'3 thad_-kya or flS'T1'111 thad-kar la
1. straight on ; just so, in colloq. 2. =^'^
de-Mr a like that, so.

'\^3 thacf-dgu n. of a number (Ya-sel.
56).

73

570

*V^ tha$-du towards, in straight direc-
tion ; over against, in presence of ; exactly
in the direction of a thing.

*VSC thad-draft straight, not bent or
crooked: W^WITT11! two doors
directly opposite to one, another illumined
the inside space (Jig.}.

^ thad dran-na directly ahead.

t/iad-do the remnant of the car-
case of a sheep killed.

H^ thamd abbr. of w«r««^ (hams-cad.
whole, all.

SJ3J than = «^ a reply (esp. in the dialect
of Upper Tibet) ; WHP than ^gkur=«^
sg^'q laii-bgkitr-tca to send a reply : "^'l^
^fttffcpftrwIt'^fWIK.' again having gone
(there) and come down back, he could not
send a reply (A. 15).

H*\*> Ihan-kor or **\%* than-tkor=$*'m
«m>fi^ a vassal or feudatory chief ; aoc.
to Sch. surrounding country.

( than-thun a little (Sch.).

ran-

lessness, drought, want of rain ; also omi-
uous: |rt^l|fc^rTllW'«HtTC*fc'1h if
the king (Cakravartti-rSja) feels thirsty.
drought comes into this world (A. 26).

Syu. flfl*r|-nfcfl|»r«i gnaw-yyi hjir/t-pa;
"W'S'lfa pnam-gyi skyon ; «R*y|fW char-
med steA-hbar ; *'W^ tsha-ica$-nen ; «'*|"
mu-ge Wcyed; ^«\'5't)fi!ql" shod-kyi
; 1^"-§'^^S gnam-yyi ner-htshe ; *p?v

| pnant-tfmag (Mfion.).

s^'S than-lya lit. the bird of drought,
«.e., of ominous appearance and cry, de-
nned as ^•^%S'?i'I!*''g*<'t^iW1M';i5'S
the owl and other monster birds the cry of
of which prognosticates evil.

S3^ thah or frw me-thab 1. K'^TJi'!?!
resp. l5S«i'W ysol-thab fire-place, hearth;

g i)«'««5 Icayt-t/iab iron-stove ; w^ t/iab-for
the hearth is running over, i.e., the food
placed on it runs over in boiling ; ^'w Ho-
thai a hearth to cook food ; ^'fj fl|'?|'« sbyiit
sreg gi thab an oven to burn sacrificial
offerings; W$V*W»*tTlR'*'lthe burnt
clay of a hearth purges intestinal worms
(Med.).

S|P'T| t/iab-ka or ««>T« tkab-kha
f« hearth, fire-place; WT*»<-!5^ thab-ka
tmm-yod how many fire-places, t.e., house-
holds, are there? (Jo.). ^«'^'^?i«-fi-53-
wp-n3f*>-«wi then the female Bande pre-
pared a hearth for cooking food for the
lord (Atis'a) (A. 103).

Syn. w|«> -thab-igyij; 1^9 syyid-bu;
aftivcsn gyot-t/iab ; »)-«q me-t/uib ;
sa (JjfAon.).

"I'T^ //j«5 ka-ica or ^PT
*'^^ ma-chen a cook.

Syn. «W|'«^ %-Wt- ; ^'«' hdrcn-than ;
j,fl|-*e,-q charj-tshan-tca ; «rfl$* zag-pner ; »«'
^zas-byed; ^S'SV» htshed-byed-ma; **i'*
znn-ma ; I']a5«'*) ffyos-ma ; «qlp')'i #A«J ka-pa ;
fljaiw^ pyos-dpon ; mii-q^-^-Zi lay-bdehi
dpon-po (Mfion.).

aq-poj thab-khay different kinds of
hearth : •rp^wrt^'W there were many
kinds of hearths (Rtsii.).

wpe-' thai-Minn wr >3? kitchen, cook-
se=W*R' thab-tshan.
Syn. ^-qc.- tshan-ban ; qjf pe.1 bsro-khan ;

.- psol-khaA (Mnon.).

«q'B t-hab-khro a cauldron or large bell-
metal vessel to cook food, tea etc.

w$S t/tab-$gyid=w*\ 'thab-ka hearth,
a cooking tripod.

Wij*< thal-syi-om a chest or basket
wherein cook's utensils, etc., are kept.

571

-a thab g.dan-cha cooking 'furniture,
utensils, etc.

w^J thab-bsu receiving a great man
by waiting on the way he comes with
cooking appliances, etc., to serve him with
warm tea and cooked food.

thab-lha the deity presiding over
the hearth. If milk or broth boil over,
he must be appeased by casting butter in
the fire; and, often, by more elaborate
ceremonial, sometimes even by digging
up the hearth.

Thab-lha se-gar (^"l) n. of a
hearth-god.

thai-thai flapping noise : -f*r«rw
thab-thab lan-gsum bya$
its wings thrice flapped (Rdsa. 17).

w3q thab-thib (SJ=-«) 3\*m n. of a
large number.

thabs ^TTRJ, qtn, f*i:*rc:ir, ^tTHW 1.
opportunity, chance, possibility : »flfc' or
^$«r vwsrgs.' I had no opportunity of seeing
or going ; W^ft^Kff!^9^-'( in IF. if you
offer no chance, if on your part it is not
made possible ; wn'^'S*! I am not able, I
cannot; fl|«fi-var<i5-*wa^ there will be no
chance of bringing (the princess) ;
*q»r*)^ there is no chance of escaping ;
qpforvm *)«^ there is no occasion for tarrying
on the road, ww«^ thabs-g.shi the four
resources are the following : — (1) MP'V-'iS'

, (2) qc,-»£<V^-§*r<J|C.'q!vsiq*J, (3)
'VW, (4) qj)*waj'2fjj c.'|\q<v
*w. 2. way, manner, mode : Sfl'^w way
of reading ; *\*[*°M in a- thievish manner,
by theft; jm-zfrwrifts.-*) to give up the
way (of life) of a king, i.e., to renounce
royalty. ««'"i$*r§ thabs gcig-tu together,
in company with ; s wi^'ij'^''!*!'*) jointly

sat down, stayed, resided in company ; «w
"I^"l'§'^ going together to a place. 3.
means, measures : swg^'i to use means, to
take measures; sq*rj!*i by (various) means;
lpqq«r^£arq to contrive means, rf'ww
livelihood, subsistence ; ^'q5'w*TTj*i by pa-
cific means, amicably, in a fair way ; «*'
131-wpN-q or w«'-^«-i •gftraiT skilful, dexter-
ous, clever, full of devices ; w«'»)^ tliabs-
min a stupid man who has no resources,
resourceless : v5\^-<»$-w«'|N-5)q| now take
steps, make preparations, for a journey
to Tibet; ^fll^-gS-wwa}^* is there a
means of recalling these men to life ? 4.
S'flj cho-ga ritualistic observances, mystical
operations; <wS(irfl'ffl[>W3«pr*l thals-kyis
pshan-nor hgurjs-pa drawn (gathered)
another's wealth by (occult) means ; sq*r
S'^'SJ^" thabs-kyi rnam-grans enumeration
of skilful means (K. d. » 265) ; w»>-|'
thab-kyi plw-rol-tu phyin-pa
tn' the supreme skilfulness in

a shift, makeshift,

thabs-dan fej-rai = ««'•*)»»
1. ritual and divine knowledge. 2. ace.
to Jd. the mystical union of art and
science ; ace. to Sch. of matter and spirit
(cf. Was. 1U)-

resources.

surrogate.

meg-pa having no spirit for work or no
ability to do any work; stupid, always
blundering.

-srsfwro thabs-la mkhag-pa ^xirg-
ready in contrivance ; possessed of
resources.

thabs-la mkhas-pahi mdo
n. of a sutra on skilful
means in K. d. v 405.

572

thabt-lam »3Mi<wii a resource.

thabf-fei [dan-pa
possessed of resources (A. K. !-&)•

iwJp-ntfift^ Thabt-fet bdag-nid

Kalachakra doctrine.

J tham-ya or w"n tham-ka a seal,
sign ((7s.) ; incorrect forms ''"'"I tha-ma-ga
and ''*"! tha-mag, v. ^'P dam-kha.

SJJJ'SJJJ tham-tham or wft-q ^awj ww-toa
unoorrected, scattered, dispersed,
tham-tham bye4-pa=*wn htham-pa

^JTP tJtam-pa (sometimes to'" them-pa)
complete, full — almost exclusively used as
a pleonastic addition to the tens up to a
hundred.

man-tag
precept, moral instruction.

thamt-cad. *ret3l, *w' sbst. and
adj. the whole, all ; added to the singular
number it gives a plural sense: Ji'pw
«*W5«^ the whole empire; vrvw*^ the
whole body aits; *«v9'jww«r«'s all the
copper of Tibet ; ^««r*S all those ; «w«S'
|« «-?}-^ all of them one by one ; «**r«S'
§'«w«^ t/iams-cag-kyi thamt-cad «^w
^«$: or fl^w: all in all; everything
out of the whole.

aw*"V«[iw Thamt-cad fkyob$ (Vis'vabhu)
the third of the six earthly Buddhas, who
succeeded each other prior to the appear-
ance of Shakyamuni.

thams-cad mkhyen-pa='^
the omniscient, the all-knower,
an epithet of Buddhas and Bodhisattvas.
The incarnate lamas of Tibet are also by
courtesy addressed by this title.

**w«\^«i thams-cad $grol f%^rfn; 1. a
general epithet of Buddha, lit. the deliverer

of the universe. 2. Vis'vantara, name
of a prince believed to have been Buddha
Gautama in his last-but-one birth.

s-cad rtogs= «i

a general epithet of Buddhas and
Bodhisattvas.

r*Y»tfK- thamt-cad mthoft ^«H^ lit.
the all-seeing ; an epithet of Buddha.

-cad rnam-par hbyed
«*flfi[^rM?ii renouncing or giving up every
thing.

«*w««v£i thamt ca<f-pa ^«r, «^« all.
«*w.6«Vl tham-ca4 tshe ««^?r at all
times; also, frequently (A. K. 1-2).

thamt-cad. yzigs=^v^
epithet of Bodhisattvas of
higher order like Avalokites'vara.

w«-«S-^-W||'i^-^ Thami-caj yod.-
par tmra-tcahi ide-bdun the seven sections
of the Sarvastivadin school of early Bud-
dhism :— (1) »rf fi Mahls'asaka, (2) ^'«ig MJ-
« Kas'yapiya, (3) X«r«iJ|*-£i Dharma gupta,
(4) 1f«^w«^ Tamra s'&tiya, (S) W*^^*
Vibhajyavadin, (6) wc^lfa-q-argMrq Bahu-
s'rutlya, (7) Mulasarvastivada.

«»w-«^-«i4i-4«;« thamt-cad lag Mag ^a-
^«^ passed beyond all, out of the reach of
all.

n. of a mystical treatise con-
taining metaphysical discussions on the
nature of the soul, etc. (K. g. ^ 207).

l tham$-pa 1. to lock together,
to hold fast with the arms, either in
love, or with anger. frw»r«i so thams-pa
lock-jaw. 2. to stick fast ;
to stick fast in sand : S'^-
**w3«'*fc-^ij-a>-$-^!|-)!ft there was heard
the cry of a lagomys mouse clinging fast

573

to the wall behind Atis'a's back (A.
106).

3j T/taM-faA Lohu-kyun
in Chinese = w«S«| the most excellent ;
or fl|?'ZS-q«^|-Zj the chief lord ; epithets of
the founder of Taoism (Grub. * Ify.

3$ thahu 1. capsule (Vai-sn.). 2.
peach (Wts.).

tkar for

thar-thor.

C'^l that chun-pa=$3\$. khron-bu
a small well (mystic) (Min-rda.).

«*•?*. thar-thor scatteredly, not together.

Syn. <•*** tha-re tho-re; *V*q thor
re-wa ; ¥'^'q co le-wa (Sffion.).

$1^'^ thar-nu a kind of medicinal root
used as a purgative : WW^f^VW^1
w IS Thar-nu cures all disease caused by
heat and cold (Med.).

Syn. \'% re-mo; V^'S'^ ne-wahi re-
mo can ; "^'S^'*1 !>de byeg-ma ; B'^'S;^ khu-wa
Idan : ''•fi'SJ*'^ tha-dad phren-Uan ; 9^'^'
K^ buhi phreft-ldan ; t**.**1* char-hbab ;
ifi'»4 byi-wahi lo-ma

J I : Thar-pa n. of a place near
Dong-tee in Tibet. «•«•<•<•«>, •y*rg*r*i^
n. of a Sanskrit scholar of Tibet who
belonged to Tharpa.

II : *to, llfw,

1. freedom, salvation, liberty, eman-
cipation, Nirvana, supreme happiness,
escape: w«i5'«*'R5* it will be serviceable
for (my) liberty («/a.). w^'S'^ii hell
from which there is no escape. 2. adj.
free ; wm^'q to become free ; «w$vi
thar-war byed-pa to make free, liberate,
to save.

Syn'. S^'59! byan-yrol 'j^'l
w?* mya-fian hdas ; ^S'^ hchi-med. ;
rnam-grol ; S^'^l'*1 6ya/l chub-pa ; 5"1 ***>
rdul-med; ^'<$* rdul-bral; «(=,•§ v»>^ ya*l
sritf-med; ^'S" don-dam; £«'$«!« net-legs
(Mnon.).

ixmn thar-thab$ the means of release,
liberation; «i?^*rws£W means to escape
from prison.

«-«r^-Zj3-*i^ Thar-pa chen-pohi mdo the
sutra on complete deliverance of the

soul (^; or. * 50$).

wi5-gf-$« thar-pahi blo-gros^QW-the
inclination for h'beration ; the metaphysi-
cal conclusions of religion ; n. of a meta-
physical work (Mnon.).

pa,

tfiar-po old, worn out ; f =•'" rnin-
rga$ pa (Afnon.).

-^ thar-pa bshon-nu n. of a Bon.
arch-devil (<?. Bon. 22).

^'^^ thar-dpag or w^l thar-hbag
a large plate, dish, platter.

SJ^,'q thar-wa 1. to be freed, to be
liberated, absolved. 2. escape, to get
through, to be able to pass ; $'"W* ch«-
la thar-wa to get through water: «rS>'«
S7g mi-thar the food cannot pass through.
w^'^Vr" tltar-du hjug-pa to set at liberty,
to acquit ; Xfwarq5B.-«i to pardon (a male-
factor), to grant him his life, frq. to let
live (animals) (Ja.) ; ijwww*! to be saved,
fully released, gen. from any further
transmigration.

wfr Thar-rtse n. of monastery ; also
that of the residence of the lama of fior
in Tsang (Lon. » 31).

W*K thar-lam or wiS-aw ^fw^rn the
way to Nirvana or emancipation.

574

thar-legs-pa l&fSR purified;
one who has acquired the means to escape
sufferings.

w«i t/tar-sa place of refuge, means of
escape; w«r$)'n^fl| there is no escape.

qvSfc.' lAar-80tf=4*'3'3c/ l. has become
old, worn out (Rtsii.). 2. has been saved,
has escaped.

the trumpet flower.

I.- Uuil-waWR, "*$*, TW. dust,
powder, ashes ; f "I' w yog-thai fire ashes ;
3«|'«i thug -thai roasted barley dried and
portable ; S''" bya-thal dung of birds ;
wrfs.' burning embers, ^l'^ thal-clm lye,
nsh-water used instead of soda for making
tea. "»r^ thal-chen ashes of the dead;
also a sort of gray earth used for be-
daubing the face in masquerades (J/<7. ;
Jo.). WM| thal-thag (Ld.) bread baked in
ashes; w*K*l thal-mdoy ash-coloured;
«7j-gfl]« tfuil-phyags broom, dusting rag
(Sch.).

II: = w«i hthal-wa (Cs.) 1. to
pass, to pass by, to step beyond ; to miss
a mark : fl'ww'fc.' thewaves come flowing
past (Mil.). 2. to elapse, be passed; to
change or pass from : 3fg'fl§'w^w fifty years
has been passed (Vai-gft.); ^S'Vtfrtffi^
ydV^e.' changing or turning from blue to
red; |*W*:^6'|^(»*4j3f*r^ about

v»

nine years passed by, while he sat in medi-
tation single-minded (Qbrom. f> 10-12).
pwq to be forward in speaking, bold.
3. to go or pass through: qfl|'«r««ivww«i
to soar up and down before a rock;
ww#vw^'MG'«i to pass actually through
it (the saints not being subject to
the physical laws of matter) ; to shine,
to light through: w*gc.-^-q to go

straight forward, to act without ceremony
or disguise (Jo). 4. to come, to get to, to
arrive at : w^wZ6'fl|?j*<'^ three years elapsed
since they arrived ; W^wfrJiJiir*^ where
the parents have gone it is not known ; *«•
« safe arrival; <w§-Wfl«iH'HJ«i'*lr£! to
arrive at : to attain (a blessed state) in a
pleasant and speedy manner. 5. to be
over, past, finished, done; w^ it is
over, finished ; §1'5'w^ the number
sixty is completed; ww) having disap-
peared, vanished ; fv^'w he is undone it
is all over with him; Vgwl-j^m by
degrees it vanishes or dies away ; g*'*V
3fl|'w the former agreement is no longer
valid (Jd.).

-' different lengths, one object pro-
jecting beyond another ; w&«r« to exceed
the due measure (Sch.).

thal-ka rdo- rjc ^ a medicinal
fruit ; is described as ^swg
shape like a dog's penis."
^•^yrl^l TLal-ka rdorjo relieves suppura-
tions (Med.).

^^1'7T|^ I: thal-kar or wpp a white
elephant ; (^'li|'*r^^'l*'|T%'q| n. of the
fabulous white elephant with six tusks ;
also the leader-elephant in a herd (Yiy.).

Syn. sjc.'ZiS'jarZj glafi-pohi rgyal-po; (3'")'
if^'Zi khyu-yi myoii-po ; gp.'Zi5-»iXn| glqn-
pohi mc/iog ; ^'I'SJ^'Q sj)os-kyi glah-po (ipei-
Vfa) (Mnott.).

w.%* t/ial-frgyur swf= adherence ; asso-
ciation ; connected language. w^gvq
tJial-hgyur-pa one belonging to the Pra-
safigika school of the Buddhists.

•

wSarwug^ thai ches-par hgyur wfa^W^
absence of connection ; absence of adher-
ence.

575

f *f M«r/-fc«j7 a slap (on the cheek) ;
wjqrjq-q thal-lcag rgyab-pa to slap on the
cheek, to give a box on the ear.

florq^q'q thai brdab-pa a clap with the
hands (out of joy or scorn).

ww thai-thai T?r a particular number.

w^w thal-dres <s*rer n. of a medicinal
flower of the lily species ; also
Anantamula.

Syn. wn*5-g-» so-htshohi bu-mo ;
mthah-ya$ rtsa'; |fww*i|'%' §no-safts hkhri-
fift; JT"^ klu-yi ice; *)'^'5|-35 me-tog phra-
»w;^'g|*'«jg*' ba-alafi bsrufi; g^^wvw

-o

sfio-sani mthah-ya? (Mfion.).

nargom thal-phyog$ the party victorious
in a metaphysical disputation.

STS thal-byi the grey or cat-squirrel.

wqS'lt-g thal-bahi snin-po ^i\V., *wun?f
a kind of sandal wood.

wivngX thai-war hgyur Sfly con-
nection.

wge.A|J-q thai byun-hgro-wa 1. to move
or walk or rush fearlessly. 2. sbst. a hero.

Syn. *px$ dpah-wo; ^K^hjigs-mcd;
»t,-|q«^^ snin-stobs-can (Mnon.).

w* thal-ma through and through (Sch.).

rtsibs the chieftain and his subjects fought

thal-mo the palm ef the hand :
ssar&'fjvq thal-mo §byar-wa 5i^<iT^rf% to
fold the palms of the hands in devotion ;
wS'j^'ti thal-mo ^nan-pa to give a slap on
the cheek, or box on the ear; «*««w
^thal-mo thai-war byedv^ffi ^^ta sepa-
rated the hands that were joined to show
reverence.

Thai-la ts/ial n. of a place in
oH in Kftam's : W*t>'$w%**''*'
w at Thai-la tshal in Rag-ron

*- thal-tshan ("I^^'gS) closet, privy.

* thal-tshwa a kind of salt, gen.
burnt salt : w^wgp-itorS-q^'q-alwq burnt
salt subdues cold and swelling of the
stomach.

w thal-yas (3^") n. of a number.

thal-le straight on; forthwith;
(Ebrom. p 70).

' E Thahi-dsi (Mongolian) the title by
which the descendants of Jenghis Khan
the great Tartar conqueror are known.
According to Mongol law the fact of one's
bearing the title of Thahi-dsi exempts one
from taxation.

thi num. Eg. 40.

1 thi-fju rope, string:
.' a golden cord descended from
heaven (Yig.).

1 thi-wa ^nfta 1. sandpiper, but
ace. to Sch. stock-dove; also =5'^ plover,
lapwing. 2. = ^'£i in C. (Jd.).

\thig l. = STV*[* "0"or numeral for
zero. 2. a line : IPSf^Wft t£-5(i|]<H to draw
a line ; ^1'^ or ^"I'^"! a black line ; *«i^«F a
red line; ^w^l diameter. 3. also ?1'^
carpenter's cord or string to mark lines
with any instrument used in drawing
lines; $(*'$*! skor-thig a pair of com-
passes ; il'w^''! elate-pencil, lead pencil ;
also a line drawn with a lead-pencil (Jd.).

^"\'^\ thig-skutf ^( thread, yarn ; also
straight line.

(hig-mk/ian ^srair sawyer.

rot

576

thig-nag ifim^st 1. one of the eight
hot hells where the damned are sawn to
pieces, lines heing drawn upon them, v.
rf'Sfl0'. 2. black spot.

3«r&i thig-tsam a little, about the size of
a line, a drop.

H^ thig-t»ha4 proportion, symmetry
((7s.). H^VS^'" thig-tshad byetf-pa to pro-
portion.

Jqj%- thig-fifl ruler for ruling lines;
also a level.

| i thig-pa, v. *^*'« thigt-pa.

thig-ma cotton or woollen chintz,
on which there are different designs.

< thig-hbum «^? the sea, ocean.

fe (B'P jjw) 1. semen virile.

2. fi^, NT; H*f¥'9*tf or "V* fiww
star or mark tatooed on the forehead as
an ornament ; an eye on a peacock's
feather. 3. the concentration of what is
diffused ; par-excellence ; «r5)-3fl|'* sa-yi
thig-k »jjirara> the chief or supreme
person, king (A. K. 1-k) ; painting, mark,
epot ; 3i| $-«^ spotted, concentred in spots ;
Xtr^i^ai'^ the best or concentration
of all religions. 4. fr.ihrei, fr>fa [com-
plete, special] <S. 5. zero, naught (Vai-
jfl.). 6. a phase of mystic contemplation
in which the seminal fluid is supposed to
be inwardly absorbed into the arteries ;
also, the mystic fluid, itself : ^yft«'3'3*|'
$-qQoi-q-§^ the semen of the roma and
kyafima becomes increased (Mil.). $*T
Xw5Afi?viS-«^to|'dta'*|s.'«r8^ §nifi-k/ia eho$-
kyi hkhor-lo hdi thegs-le gafi-wa-yin that
globe of the doctrine, his heart, has been
filled with the mystical fluids. 7. said
to =3'**^ the female monthly discharge.
8. as met. may=SF3 p!afi-po.

thig-k mchog-ma
11. of a celestial courtezan ; a centre of all
religions in which finally all the sects
must unite.

thig-lehi lug a leopard, snake

'CJ thijs-pa also spelt
zil-wa 1. a drop (A. K. 111-26) :
*'^*> from every drop ; in drops, by drops;
** ^fll*' rain drops; flpK'9fli'Z} a drop or
globule of gold. 2. vb. to sprinkle or
throw in drops.

v.

hdiK-wa.

t/iid-fifl Tum n. of a dye.

c n. of a line
or succession of noblemen in Tibet (Yiy.).

«J a number (Ta-sel. 57).

'EI thib-pa, v. otert hthib-pa and
"ifai ylib-pn ; 3n'?q thib-thib very dark,
dense; g^l'i'lfl'^fl $muy$-pa thib-thib fogs

-o

thickening.

J tMbs-po ^f^n^si 1. vanishing,
disappearing. 2. »re«i, fafir?; dark, dense,
obscure, v. tiQ'1* hthib-pa and *|fa'i ytib-pa ;
g^-g,q-^q«'?qw a blessing devolving upon a
person.

3q*r?i thibs-nw dense, dark.

to'fl thim-pa («wi-«'B«m'«i phags-ma khuys
la) f%^i, ?ft«t, sn?i to be lost (in some
thing else), to melt down; to be dissolved
being mixed up with another object ; = ^%*ri
*$*'i and f*1£J; gen. with 1 or ^'^ to dis-
appear by being imbibed, to be absorbed ;
to pass into, to evaporate (of fluids) ; of a
snake ; to creep away, to disappear in a
hole; frq. of the vanishing of rays of
light, of a god, etc.; ^-»!«v^-3«r«i to pass
or sink into unconsciousness.

577

Syn. $*ri sim-pa; Q'fl shu-wa (Mfton.).
& Te\

J|£J Sj£| thim-thim n. of a number (F«-
J. 57).

Thihu kwan-thit-mur
n. of one of the Tartar Emperors of China
belonging to the great Yuan dynasty. He
invited the celebrated Karma Lama Eafi-
byufi Rdorje to Peking (Loft. *• 10).

^'^' Thil-chufi n. of a place in
Tibet (Lot. 8).

thil-$ton prob. for
fton-pa to enter into the depth of a con-
versation or expression; to fathom a
secret.

| thu \. num. fig. 70. 2. spittle:
S'S'1* to spit out of scorn or contempt
at anybody (K. du.

Q'Q thu-pa skirt of a robe, coat-flap
(KMf).

Q'Q thu-wa 1. vb. s^tr to pluck or
collect flowers. 2. = s'$'«i5'rci. 3. §Q'<i
thub-pa able, powerful, capable of:
B^Jfc-5|>fl^-^-er«rfi-W5-*r*^ (SnM.) in
measuring the bottom of perdition (with
a fathoming stone) there is none more
capable than man. 4. malicious, wicked,
vicious: |«i|-qg«rg-q sdug-bgfial thu-wa a
malignant suffering or severe accident. 5.
vb., v. *S'i hthu-iva.

Q M thu-wo l.^B" chief, senior, an elder
brother. 2. ^<ai-?<a, 3?^ quarrel, poison.
3. = 3q!'£| thug-pa HG^ gruel made of bar-
ley flour.

Syn. I'* jo-jo; «•* d-jo; q* phu-bo;
H*"'8* thog-ma-skyes; Ifrgw $fion

S'3^ thu-mo lady, mistress ((7s.).

ai-Z! Thu-med. al-than rgyal-po
a king of Mongolia who was famed for
his patronage of Buddhism, althan in
Mongolian signifying "golden." (Lofl. *
11),

§'* thu-re uninterrupted (Sch.).

f'^ thu-lu spittle; 5'lS't'51'':' or R^«l»(-£)
to spit, to throw spittle; thu-lu nag-po
occurs in Olu. 3 as = withered flower.

thu-lum a lump of metal ; in W.
ace. to Jd. a cannon-ball.

f ^| thug postp. c. accus. until, up to ; in
reference to time and space "V5"! until
now; 'VT^'^'SI for forty days; S*fa'
*R'FJH over against the gompa, at the
gompa. Adv. = only.

thug-sgra or gi|'RX*»N great noise :
•"W'^'Vl'JI'H'Wpi now each
made great noise and rattling sounds
(Rdsa. 9).

SI'S' thug-rfia (WW^R1*) the hairy
tail of a yak fixed with a flag on the top
of a Tibetan house. S"|'**< thug-tshom the
flag staff with a silken flag, or a yak's
tail and hay attached to the top of a post
and fixed on the roof of a monastery or
house in Tibet (Rtsii.).

^^J'^J I: thug-pa sbst. soup, broth;
^'lUhbras-thug rice-soup ; «H|' 51) bag-thug
5WT5 meal-soup; barley-soup, ^ij'i'^scy
thug-pa hgrim-pa q?i<j^Km to make
barley gruel ; the cook who prepares such ;
§'S*I rgya-thug Chinese porridge, a sort of
vermicelli- soup ; §*!'**' thug-thal=^\'^
thug-rtsam flour of barley for making
gruel or broth.

I II: 1. to reach, arrive at, come
to; o. dat. ortermin: X5'*w§flrci to reach
the close of life ; 5*><r«rgij to reach to the

74

578

very bone; ^'ST* or «&-«K'gflrq'«i at the,
point of death ; ^K.'TSI lie was just on
the point of seizing her. 2. to interview,
to encounter; to meet, to light upon:
STSfi'SV to have an interview with
(Qlrom. f> 7) ; tir^t'ST" to fall in with
robbers; al^'3fll'q resp. ^»r*iw shal-rnjal
personal interview. 3. colloq. to touch, to
hit or strike against : «w|-q-a-gfl|-§^ I shall
not touch it, I shall not come near with
my hand (Ja.).

ST*S thug-chad agreement (Sch.).

3<»)'««i« thug-yas 1. not to be reached,
endless ((/«.). 2. n. of a very great number
(Ta-scl. ST).

wjx thug-pa tued-par-hyyur
possibility of the fallacy of
ad infinitum (Gram.). yn-&\wtijfi-» i)n<IJ.
me$ las bsgres-pa n*RW-q1fo[Jt chapter
on the fallacy of ad infinitum.

^1 thugs 1. fa^i, »w^ the heait,
gen. SI*'"! thuys-ka breast, the heart :
gijN'I'gni'q the incarnation of a deity,
originating in a ray of light which proceeds
from the breast of that deity. 2. heait (in
a spiritual sense), mind, soul, spirit, used
resp. for **«; W'S'SV^W'^STi to
be kept in the mind, in memory. 3.
purpose, intention. In this sense it occurs
in the well-known compound word §«!*»' t
mercy, a favour, ^-'g^' jf^'^'Sil*1'
*WS* if so born the birth will be use-
less and for no purpose (Lam.-ti.). §*l»r
^3 thugs-rab=*p*'*& wisdom, good heart;
3<q*r§« t/n((j3-ru$='$c''§v assiduity, exer-
tion ; 3QprJ)*rsi thugs ye$-pa resp. for »K'
3\wi ytd_-fe$-pa to believe ; to know one's
mind. Thugs is used also like sems in the
colloq. pleonastically when mental feelings
are expressed : ^•**'*tfc|-'Jrc.S-5flj«-'9i^a|'V«|-
^ I am glad to see you; lit. "there is
joy in my mind to see you."

Syn. ?=.' gmVI; m'l^ kitn-tkyed-lyed;
rnam-$e$ rten; ^T"!'?!'^ srog-gi
rten; i>»w15-fse.-£i sem$-kyi khan-pa ; •*]•§) 'wXflj
fa-yi-mchog (Affion.).

gqpt-qi^-q thugs gtod-ica resp. q«wspfl|fc,-
i to muse, meditate, reflect.

5"|»)'J'ti thiigs-fpro-u-a to be cheerful;
to be merry.

3i|»rV)vq thugs flar-ica 1. white (clean)
heart, sincerity. 2. there are 360 Bon
gods called Thugs-dkar ; and those who
conduct religious rites to propitiate them
are called Thugs-dkar-wa (Rt&ii.). S1«
^i|*' $••?)») one of the seven Bon sages
(G. Bon. 35).

1. imbibing faith, an idea dawning
in the mind. 2. kind remembrance :

"'*<|& I also may it please you to write me
often as heretofore without becoming
unsteady in your kind remembrance of
me (Tig. k. 25).

S1*r*'j|^ thugs-mkhyen resp. for w*V-*|*i
fore-knowledge.

gq|ti-q|3*;%°qi)o thwj$-hkhur che-bsheg to
accept responsibility : g"!WW*-«ii1V*V£r
fl|?|vq«»i at the bottom there having been
engendered a sense of responsibility.

5fl]w thuge-hkhrugs resp. for fa'
khoft-hkrugs agitation of the mind.

Ijtw thugs-dyofis resp. for S^"''*
consideration, thought, opinion, view.

3«iwj«i thugs-rgyal resp. for anger,
wrath, indignation: SflFgTi^* anger
arises, is roused (Ja.).

|4|wc.^ thugs-dan grief, sorrow, afflic-
tion.

to be sorrowful ; sorrow :

wS^'Sfl} be consoled, do not be grieved

(Bdsa. 19).

579

3"l*!'t thugs-rje lit. noble purpose or
heart ; generosity, pity, commiseration,
compassion ; a grace, favour, mercy, bless-
ing : far§«i|*rt*r*!|^«ipj pray, look graciously
upon me; «'*('^^w|-(^l^r^« pray,
be so kind as to send me some seeds (Jd.).
3*1"' t'*^ thiif/s-rje-can=^'°$"^ gracious, .
merciful, generous (Mnon.). 3"]*)'|'^'«i
thugs-rje che-wa, g*w<r«^.'^-<i merciful
and loving (Mnon.). S^I*'!'^ thugs-rje che
is one of the common expressions of thanks
and courtesy=our "many thanks," " you
arc most kind," etc.

S"l*''i'^'3 Thugs-rje chen-po an epithet
of Avalokites'vara ; the all-merciful one, a
Buddha.

Thugs-rje byams-ma an epi-
thet of J'^^'^vT^ Skye-dguhi bdag-mo
aunt and foster-mother of Gautama
Buddha.

34|*r|Ai^'ci thngs-rje hdsin-pa to be com-
passionate, merciful ; 3«prl'»^*fl thugs-rje
mdsad-pa to shew mercy, to behave
kindly.

§«q$r|5'^ Thitgi-rjehi lha an appellation
of Avalokites'vara. There are four gods
bearing the name of 3ql^'t'^'2' in the Bon
pantheon of the later period ; they are
called by their attributes: — (1) "^WT
avawV J\ti5'3flm-t'$-if-^-q mercy flows to all
the world uninterruptedly like a river ;
(2) ^ff^'^'i'WJ^'W^ipi'^'ii^l'^'l mercy in-
exhaustible as the basis of all things for
the world of migratory existence; (3)
nj3-ar$*W£j§'3<im't?y*r{sig blessings to all
living beings evenly like as with the

boundless like the sky.

i thugs-nid=- §*®fy\ sems-nitf.

_1 thugs-thub resp. for S1*'^ 1.
self-sufficient, not caring; thinking no

danger or injury will accrue from such
and such action or steps, etc. 2. misappro-
priation of anything to one's self thinking
that no notice will be taken : ^g^'9'gS'

W'f^'f^w^'W-^i'ffVRV'Wfv? (A.

75) because he had misappropriated
to himself half a pound of rice, he was
born as a Preta of most insignificant
power ; 3*I*'3*''§'SVI thugs thub-tu spyad-
pa to work with self-reliance, being con-
fident of one's own abilities (A. 75).

= §-*$* yi^dam 1.
lit. holy opinion ; advice. 2. oath, vow,
solemn promise: 3"l^N'^wq to take an
oath, to make a vow. 3. a prayer, a wish
in the form of a prayer ; = jfa'W. 5. con-
templation, the act of contemplating a
deity (of. sfwi andl^ sgrub-pa), meditation
in general : gn|*r'^Q<ii meditation increases,
proceeds successfully ; devotion. 4. a
deity, a tutelar god or saint : 3"IN'^'^|5'
i^'^t^Vtftwfr^V^1 not expel-
ling me at any time outside the protec-
tion of the dorje of my tutelary god.

S"|*r«i^ thugs-lde happy, cheerful.

kyi hdun-pa or

^ thuys-

thugs-Mod. «^T*r
ai let

your affection to me not be cast aside
that I may be permitted to have a gracious
interview (Yiy. k. 25).

very

thugs-nail
affectionate, loving letters:

pray that your affectionate letters may
also come to me unhindered as the motion
of the wind (Tig. k. 87).

yi-mug des-

pair.

3C'C'

580

thugs t>rtse-wa love, affection
of the heart, compassion ; resp. for $*.'«J|"*i ;
frq. siivaS-^ffwi, i^ifU'D to look upon
compassionately, to remember in mercy.

'"

'ntj-q thugt-su
to think well of, approve of ; to be agree-
able ; also adj. agreeable, pleasant, delight-
ful ; also sbst. pleasure, delight.

thttt-sras spiritual son; an ap-
pellation given to distinguished disciples
of eaints. Mafiju-s'rl, Avalokites'vara,
Vajrapani, etc., are spiritual sons of
Gautama ace. to the Mahayana School.
Among the Bon, JJa-slio, Mdo-sdud. and
other saints are the spiritual sons of Shen-
rab.

^C'C* thuA-Aa three years old, of
animals (Sch.).

^C'^ thuA-wa 1. short, low in size, of
small dimensions : ^'3e.'i a short stem.
wi'^'jR.' distance in general; 11'Il*i'3'SK''
short in size, a dwarf. 3=.'*r«i^ thuA-tca b.shi
the four shortnesses of the members of the
human body which are regarded as defects,
viz: — wiKi'yi short neck; *f*'»'$z.'Q short
legs; $q'3e.'«J short back; I'** the lower
parts of the arm or legs (Mi.). 3*'^' t/mA-
nu T&I diminutive, short; S^'^'^'*! to
become shorter. 2. ^TTTT^; ^*'3'S6''^ brief
in respect of duration, of time.

Syn. S*1*'" imah-wa; §V3^' srid-thuA;
thufi-Au; ft'w^ mi-mtho; fr'W rtse-
ifnian

^^ thud. (T*S) ^tzr 1. the hollow of a
pillar. 2. coagulated milk, thickened milk
~with butter a dainty with yak herdsmen
of Tibet. w«\*'«^'£i'^fg-wq|}*r^wT*i'£i
ate pastry made of treacle and dried curds
with butter ; *'3^ ho-thud. milk-cheese ; also

a mess of rice, milk and sugar ; SS^'S five
cakea of milk cheese (Rtsii.). 3*\'J*» thutf-
sgrom a box in which milk-cheese is packed
for sale.

SS'-f *'^ thud for-u-a lit. careless ; erring,
blundering ; defined as ai*r*i'*5<i|»r|g«ip neg-
lect of work, etc.; f^V'*1'"' not to
be negligent.

^'^ thud-thud n. of a number (Ya-
sel. 56).

^3j I: /A«rt = £«r3! qm, n* a period of
three hours, the eighth part of a fay accord-
ing to Buddhist astrology. Ace. to Jo.
a fixed length of time ; as long as a man is
able to work without resting ; a drift of six,
four or three hours. £«i'2'^'<^ the night-
watch is over ; 3^'qft*''q ft^teram, ft«?Nl TVT
the second watch (of day or night) ; 3^'«'
*rui qfa^ irr^ in the last watch of night ;
3^-Zj-oi SH,^ irft in the fir&t watch (of
night) ; J^wrai JTWUTOT^ in the middle
watch (of night). ^rs^'S^i nam-ijyi yun
thun-la at or about midnight.

3^'* thun-ma *rrer relating to the
watch of the night.

S^'i^f thun bshi-pa njj^f the fourth
lunar crescent, i.e., the fourth day after
the full or the new-moon.

'H«r*g* thun-bshihi rnal-hbi/or an
ascetic who meditates or keeps the mind
abstracted from worldly objects, &c., con-
tinuously during the four watches of the
day ; the meditation of a whole day.

3^-qjcn thun bsufl-ita to keep the watch,
i.e., not let slip the time without fully
using it either in meditation or in the
performance of any other work.

S^'ISi*'" thun psum-pa fr*rrefT 1. one
who remains engaged in devotion three
times during the day (twenty-four hours).

581

2. a<?hn the lunar crescent on the third
day after a new or full moon. [3. night]&

S^'i thun-pa=Qffi'li bynun-pa to cling
to, to adhere.

|^ II :=*«few 1. SPOT, ,tf*r, qtn the
junction of the day and night, twilight and
day-hreak : «*(lrtr|»r*^ir|ft-fr^fif|«r^'
V&tojKWlK there are four periods or
junctions in which those called Tsham-pa
Gom-chen can relax their meditation
(Gil. $). s^*i^*w thun mtshams the day
and the night ; at sunset or at day-break.
•'V^'W**'* wrasftir an auspicious con-
junction of time. 2. state of abstraction
and isolation, real or suppositional, of a
lama sitting to meditate. Often even
applied to the room where he is sitting.

^•n^swjfiim thun-mtshams-rtogi is a §^'9
or cannibal demon that longs for the gloom
betwixt day and night to be able to search
for prey.

3^-f<&w£q« thun-mlshams $tob$ TOCTTO
strong in twilight, a demon or Kakshasa.

^ III : (prob. for *3^) in sorcery :
bodies or substances which are supposed to
be possessed of magic virtues, such as sand,
barley, sesame, mustard, etc. Wfifc thun-
gtor offerings made to evil spirits. W1^*'
thun-doft a hole in which magical articles
are buried or concealed in Shaman rites.
S^'i^ thwn-mdah a magical arrow to shoot
people or devils. S^'g^'i thun brab-pa to
cast or throw enchanted articles, also to
perform magical rites with them, also
to slay people or evil-spirits.

5^ thun-rwa an enchanted horn on
which figures of scorpions, alligators, etc.,
are engraved for witch-craft.

^ IV : one who collects ; a gatherer
(from ^S'*1); %'3^ one who picks up or

gathers sticks; r^ a gatherer of grass
(Ja.) ; |fgaj' a gatherer of ears of corn ((7s.).
W'3ft reaping-hook, sickle (8oh.).

S^'*<% thun-mtshon a weapon that is
fixed or stuck on.

|3j'£C'<?J'l!f thun-fiafi ma-mo the mo-
ther of the arch-devil, said to=^'BW
•Hf^*' the long-armed devil. However
*V*K is the demon who measured lances
with Shenrab the Teacher of the Bon
(D.X.).

thun-mofi or

ordinary, general, common,
usual ; that which is done or happens every
day. s<3T*ie.-**< thun-mofi chos=*j*** trans-
migratory existence, worldly life, the works
that one does in ordinary life (MAon.).
The §aj-Se;5)'X*i ag specified in Buddhist
works are:— (1) wwop^ the four (Dhya-
na) kinds of meditation; (2) ^^ the
immeasurable virtues ; (3) fl|i«ipr£\<i3-|»«r
£i^A|q)'£i-q^ the four kinds of sitting in
abstraction in the formless state ; (4) aSf-
W^-trg the five kinds of fore-knowledge.
Again OT*fc!%q«"8'if =&e five sorts of
ordinary ascetics which are : — (1) ^-jq-Jf^-
!VtV*8* a^o^'who meditates in the
mornings and evenings ; (2) ^S^3f'"iy*i'«5-
^'^ a yogi who propitiates a divinity by
first offering him cakes; (3) w«rw§-j|«rq|^
an ascetic who practises asceticism for
getting food; (4) «]§«;-q-$jV$-jj«r*g»; a thirsty
ascetic who practises penance for the»sake
of liquor; (5) j^'W|^«i^ an ascetic
whose behaviour is uniform at all times
(Ebum. ij 78).

Syn. 1 tpyi; \* $pyi-ma;
thog (Mfion.).

t/mn-mofi-wa= $,*('%*>'.

thtm-moA ma-yin-pahi
cho§ in Budh. extraordinary doctrines

582.

said to comprise:

It is stated that they are called
extraordinary because they can only be
practised and comprehended by the Bodhi-
sattvas of the ten stages and are incompre-
hensible to the followers of the Hinayana
school.

thun-moA
a public woman (If Hon.).

g^tffw thun-mon-sa unclaimed grounds,
public gardens, a place for public sports
and athletic exercises (IfAon.).

hran-tshcgi.

|3 thub new ; gpS"'" hk thvb-p.i 1. cap-
able ; also sbst. a mighty one.- ^^ one
who is able to do everything, able to fight
out all enemies (Yid. 12$. • 2. ^fr a
wise man, a sage, a saint in general.

§^'^ thul-pal: potential vb. with ac-
cus. or root of another verb : 1. to be able,
to be capable of, to withstand, be equal
to : ^"l'5|»r*<'S£!'$E'' as the poison could not
do him any harm; *-ppr
«i'q one able to keep off hail;
invincible; t^^'S*'" to be able to subdue
all evil. *)-S)»rs«WVF is not easily borne
by man, e.g., does not agree with him;
wjE.'SH-i to be able to bear a simple
cotton dress; *w$e.-i»ry»rw3«i was not able
to lie on his bed; f^W'T't'OT'^^*!*
^fc' \ shall not be able to reach the pass-
top to-morrow. 2. the common Tibetan
epithet of Sakya-muni— g'3'5*'". 3.
the mighty or capable one.

^q-*^ tfiub-tshod «T9^t courage (A. K.
1-U).

did not submit to the Ari/as ; the lowest
of the Hindu tribes (lotion.).

yraftft thub-pa ni4 rf* a sage.

gq-q-X thub-pa che »i^T^t% a great sage ;
an epithet of Buddha.

S^ "^ thub-bjtan ^TOTfll the doctrine
of Buddha : |T*|^\1«r*^<^iit*W^p'%
the stainless doctrine of Buddha enduring
to the end of time (Tig. k. 27).

thub-pa drug the manifestations
of Buddha in the six states of existence ace.
totheNying-masect:— (1) in the abodes
of gods, (2) in the world of demons, (3) in
the land of men, (4) as Sefige Bab-b.rtan
in the world of beasts, etc., (5) as Guru
Vairotsana in the abode of the Yidag or
Prcta, (6) as Vikrama in hell.

thub-pa rab-mchog Pravara
muni ; n. of a Tathagata.

Sftvwvy* Thub-pa sads-rgyas
Sakya-muni.

thub-pahi

hermitage.

thub-pahi dican-po
epithet of Buddha.

an

* Tluib-jican gmt-tkyet an
epithet of a Cramka, a monk of the Hina-
yana school (MAon.). Also
theg-chuA skye$-bu.

one of the fierce wild tribes of India that

thum or S«'3»<=n!S«JC5») anything
packed in a bag, a parcel, anything packed
or wrapped up : <*g/«E,-swpwi hbru-than
thum-bcas together with a package of
grained tea.

S*<'? thum-ti=l*$w:i anything cut into
pieces.

583

thum-pa a while, a moment:
'' took a nap for a moment.

thum-bu 1. a piece, bit: ^r*i'W
*jtf|ir^ffcra$i Q0t ac-
cepting anything else, (but) this piece he
would have; thus he expressed himself
(Qbrom. Hb). 2.=fo'3 a, large spoon, a
ladle ; *«T3« a brass ladle ; K«'3« a copper
ladle.

thumt=\. S^q spoon, ladle. 2.
piece of cloth, linen (W3w'>fS ras-thum
Ita-bu) ; ace. to C's. = 3«'c' 3. cover, cover-
ing, wrapper of a book or a parcel, also
the parcel itself, gwji'1) to put (a cover
round a thing), to wrap up ; 5*w'*^ having
a cover, packed. •

^ thur a slope; S^'3* adv. down;
sjvmw thur-lam down-hill road, a steep de-
scent ; 5*'^ thur-du or S*'* thur-la down-
wards ; svarjerti to cast down into ; I*'8'
sink down; w'lfs^V?^ hea.d down or
head over heels ; S*-lMft thur-hyrod that
which runs downward, as met. water
(Won.).

thur-myo 1. the tip of a spoon
thur mgo-tsam about the tip of a
spoon, a spoon measure. 2. = 5*>'*^f thur-
tpgo a halter; a*'*"! thur-thag the rope
attached to gv*fff; 3^ww thur-mthah the
end of that rope.

H'3 thur-po the lowest part, the lower
side (of a hill) : SV^i'3V<g-«i at the very
lowest possible point, in the bottom-most
part (e.g., of a deep ravine between two
hill-sides).

3<,^"< thiir-sel that which clears the
downward passage, a purgation; S^^'l'
fcf thur-sel-gyi rlufi VIM the wind that
passes downward, i.e., through the rectum.

tkur-bu or §*;'5 t/mr-ru foal, colt,
filly (Ja.).

S^'*1 thur-ma 1. m^r<*il a stick, chop-
stick ; 3Si'*4'£1Sq tvr-ma brga-pa an umbrella
which is made on a frame work of (lit. a
hundred) many sticks (Mfion.). 2. spoon.
3. a whole class of surgical instruments
(Jd.).

3**'^ thur-sho a pair of scales.

3^'%' thur-$in »WW pole, the stick
with which loads are supported (being at-
tached to its two ends).

S^'S^' thur-srafi an ounce of silver
(Yig.).' ^'^^ (Btsii.).

thul from (*^IS(':) hditl-wa used sub-
stantively : 3°''^'*:tai besides that way of
converting (people) (Jd.). 5«i-^'§-(»n'ti thul
ho'j-tu hjug-pa to keep under one's power
or control; to keep a tight hand over
a person, to discipline one ; 'V^'S'8' f%fsf-
Spffft (A. K. 1-8) one who has controlled
his passion; ^f9|-g«R^q»rq to clear land
for tillage (Schl.).

3<j|-g« thul-gyis suddenly, immediately :
g«r§*rg^ thul-gyis byon he arrived suddenly
(A. 43).

J thul-pa ace. to Cfs. = Sl"'z' thul-po
dress made of the skins of animals, a fur
coat or cloak; <^^ lug-thul dress of
sheep skin ; M" ra-thul dress of goat-
skin.

'Z^ thul-u-a 1. imp. S«r$«l thul -tig
to restrain, tame, curb, check :
the goblins having been
subdued by me; w^-«t«>5«|-«i^'^ it is
difficult to check a sinful deed. As a
participle: tamed, civilized; converted.
2. rolled or wound up.

584

thul-lu the common sheep-skin
dress.

r^ thul-le (Ld.) impressive.

thug-pa or
fit, appropriate :
whether it will be appropriate if coming
forth from the lips, i.e., expressed in words
(Rdsa. 15). v. <*S'«i Mhu-wa.

I| the 1. for ** and **«. 2. num.
100.

the-khyim, v. 3 «l the-se.
' the-chuA the smallest toe.

§'3 <Ae-«7« pf. *« Me» (Sch.) 1. to be-
long, appertain to; *«W belonging to
a thing; wV«*=*«'fll!?q!*''c*; *M| relation of
owner-ship: ^«r«« S'^T^ to this my
father has no claims. 2. to occupy one's
self with a thing, to meddle with, to
interfere.

*si the-pa or to" theb-pa-='$'*\'xti per-
taining to ; to be applied to ; to be of use :
sywngar|-n^'<r<*» those who are fit to
enter service (Ya-sel. 31) .

3'5 The-bo n. of a place in Kltamt-Am-
do (Lofi. > U).

tt the-mo resp. 31'^ (originally the
thumb or thumb impression) a seal, signet,
stamp. ^'3 the-tse id.

the-ts/tom fi

%«f^, ?"n:, ^ hesitation ;
doubt, uncertainty, perplexity : $'**i'$j*i
doubt arises, or ***»^'S* I am doubtful.
^ *»i^q]A\-q to utter a doubt. In Budh :—
1. ^'i^l'^'**1 doubt regarding altera-
tion of signification. 2. Vr^l**'!^**
doubt as to the meaning remaining
unchanged. 3. •••^•nft'l** equal doubt
in reference to both (Loft. * 15):

the mi-lshom not doubting, also=
without being afraid of, boldly :
^•r^^A^n^iqTr^Mrf fU) he practised
(the rites) for the attainment of occult
powers without being exercised by the
thought of karma, retribution, truth
and untruth (JJbrom. P 3).

Syn. **^ som-ni; V'S* nem-nttr; ^3=.-
hphyaft-mo nug ; « '*« ma-fieg •

the-rtog scruple doubt, uncer-
tainty, hesitation.

frftr*^ the-tshom med unquestionable,
certain = *f*\-vi^» doubtless : «f Sfc-g-8W<ar<y
w\*K^ that the son should inherit the
father's property is undoubted.

***r*t> the-tshom sa-ica to doubt, to
suspect, to be suspicious, doubtful. \*9t>-
Q'lp* the-tshom za-wa fnamg scrupulous
irresolute persons.

Hbrif^ the-tshom log-ge groundless
doubt, false scruple, or suspicions : W/yV
&**1^&&W*****fl**pfa- as

groundless suspicions remain, make a
further investigation should you think it
necessary to be done (Rdsa 12).

The-han (Chinese) = *fi* heaven.
The han-nu or *<**;$ (Chinese) = ifi*r
the lord of heaven (Grub, i *16).

the-re col. straight, upright, fiim,
smooth, without folds or wrinkles : % ^ !«,•
the-re thifi or 3'*'^ the-re then draw the
(carpet) smooth (Ja.).

' TAe-rati, v. H'1*' thehu-rafi.

the-ran miy
pahi rgyal-khams the fabulous kingdom of
one-eyed giants, of cy clops;
a class of demons (Yig.).

or

585

the-rel in W. incomplete, de-
fective, unfinished.

^ the-la ffRRi black spots tatooed on
the forehead of Hindu women of
Bengal. fr^'S^'j^ the-le Ita-buhi rgyan is
rendered : ornament resembling the eye
of a peacock's feather.

' The-se a king of the n'Wft demi-
gods residing in the nether regions. $'5*<
The-khyim n. of his principal wife. $'$'
§*"'g The-se grum-bu one of the minor
chiefs of Sa-bdag demi-gods (Rtsii.).

SJ '•I '•i the-le-le evil-hearted, vicious :
^•^•^.•S^sarl'jiirZj'wjrjsvZj^'^'i* some
said that the miraculous king Kong-tse
was blasphemous and vicious (D.JR.).

'^l theg-pal 1. to support: •fl'^'
.always supports the clergy. 2.
to lift, raise, hold up. 3. to endure,
to be able to carry: SSip as much as
you are able to carry; *)*r$<»|-««\-«i|3<J| as
much as one man is able'to carry ; *r$1 he
was not able to hold him up ;
unportable, not to be carried ; "rl
m-4rtqjN*fc>^%q>^ltatyj'$tqFft>iq the
roof will not bear so much snow ; it cannot
be supported for the space of a moment ;
pfe-jjwS-^-wfcrcK not being able to stand
their urgent demands; fK^"! l"!'^"! to
be able to bear good fortune and ill
fortune, cf. <£flpr«, e^ri. 4. gn, wf^
any vehicle for transit, carriage, convey-
ance, even riding-beast : jS'^'trtrJfa'ti he
mounted on a carriage drawn by horses ;
Sap-g-qi q-«j*w he procured or gathered
five hundred conveyances (horses,
elephants, chariots) ; ifl|-tiS-«flfa-£i one who
mounts chariots. Not used in this sense
in modern writings.

H: tNT 1. a method of doctrinal
religion and conduct, a vehicle whereby
one may be conveyed to higher and
higher stages of progress to Buddhistic
perfection and so ultimately to Nirvana.
Buddhism is supposed to be divided,
primarily and also as a matter of history,
into two great methods of observance
and spiritual advance, these methods being
designated 3*|'i (Sans, yana) or vehicles to
carry you onwards. The first or earliest
was the fc|-sr^-<i otherwise **IW the Hina-
yana school or following, now generally
estimated as the meanest because the easiest
vehicle to go by. This school may be
taken to have been now long since extinct.
The second and later development, said
to have been first authoritatively promul-
gated by Kanishka at the council of
Kusana in Kashmir (about A.D. 78), is
designated the ifl|'tr3^z? theg-pa chen-po
or Great Vehicle, otherwise the Maha-
yana school. A. leading feature in this
system was the introduction of the series
of Bodhisattwas (st'sq-itwr^w), and even-
tually of Dhyani Buddhas
and Dhyani Bodhisattwas
into the curriculum of progress. As the
Bodhisattwas are beings who have volun-
tarily and indefinitely delayed their own
absorption into Nirvana for the sake of
helping forward others on the wiS'«w or
path of deliverance, so much the greater
and more noble and beneficent is a system
deemed which has included such principles
as part of itself than that of the Hinayana
or Lesser Vehicle which is destitute of
the idea. The Mahayana in all other
respects, likewise, is a more elaborate and
intricate method of advance and therefore
is,' Buddhistically, considered the higher
and better; while the Hinayana is held
to be as crude and unsophisticated as it is

75

586

frankly selfish. Historically, the Lesser
or Lower Vehicle may be taken as the
primitive curriculum of Doctrine and
Practice as taught in the early period in
Magadha and transported thence into
Ceylon and even to Kambodia. Never-
theless, Trans-Himalayan Buddhism, as
propagated from North India into Tibet
China, and Japan, has never known any
other form than the Mahayana. Indeed
all records of the prevalence of Sij-«^ or
Hinayana are so vague that theories
invalidating its existence altogether as a
practised sphere of Buddhism have been
propounded. One theory allows to it only
a paper existence set forth to contrast the
greater glory of the Mahayana system, in
the works of which system alone all first
references to it occur. Another theory
lately expounded by Professor Satis Chan-
dra Acharya of Calcutta (See Journal
Royal Asiatic Soc., Jan. 1900) endeavours
to classify Brahmanism and Jainism with
the doctrine of heretical Buddhists as
together comprising the Hinayana system
as referred to in Mahayana writings;
and it is urged that Buddhist authors
would naturally speak scornfully of the
Brahmanism, etc., which had gone before
as being a Hinayana, a less or lower means
of conveyance to salvation. However,
Professor C. Bendall, in a note on the last
proposition, points to the matter-of-faot
reference of the Chinese pilgrim Hiuen
Tsang to the two systems as being both
of them schools of solely Buddhist practice
prevalent in his own day in the countries
he visited, describing in particular some
of the Ceylon Buddhists as of "the Little
Vehicle." We may add, moreover, that
H**' the well-known term for a Buddhist
hearer or Sr'avaka is always defined in the
Mnon-brjog and other similar Tibetan

treatises as a H^'3^'3 or ^T'^'VT'v that
is, a follower of the Hinayana school. 2.
the word seems to have a second or more
general technical meaning, signifying :
doctrine in overt action, the practice of
any doctrine, whether particular or part
of a system or the whole system itself;
also conduct.

(heg-pa fftum the Three
Vehicles. Although the great primary
division of Buddhism is ordinarily set
forth as only two-fold, the trinitarian
tendency arises here, as elsewhere, and we
read, therefore, of a set of three doctrinal
vehicles also. These are: — (1) fc|Vm
or wSVI'^ip Hinayana or Oravaka ydna ;
(2) *=.-«<«.»r3« or ^fjurSj-Sfli'ti Praiyeka
Buddha ydna or Pradcqika yana ; (3) 8^'
$q-il*t«rVi3-3«ir«i or H^-Z? the Bodhisattoa
yana or Mahayana or Ekayana, "

for the good of all sentient beings so
that they may imbibe faith in the doctrine
of the all-perfect Buddhahood." Again,
the Mahayana school has been further
divided into departments which under
Tantrik influence, have assumed the posi-
tion of independent and even superseding
systems, deemed preferable to the genera-
ting source from which they took origin.
The principal derivative of Mahayana origin
is the Mantra yana (£1»''lJ'5ircJ) or Vajra-
ydna (^'i'^l'") which follows mysticism
and deals in a measure with esoteric
Buddhism. The Mantra-yana is divided
into two classes called * <v3ip (Hetu-yana)
vehicle of Cause and *qwg3-3ip (Phala-
yana) the vehicle of Effect. Aoc. to the
Bon and also the Rdsog$-chs.n-pa sect of
the Sin-ma school there are nine vehicles
(^1'q'^3)- Of these «J^'»5'^-=i are the four
subdivisions of the doctrine of Cause : —

587

; while

subdivisions of the
doctrine of Effect: — *j'l'H',^''*q
and lastly is g1*^ or g-

which is common to both the

series just mentioned.

^"I'i5-^q« theg-pahi-$tobs qrTra one of
the ten spiritual strengths of a Bodhisattva
so called on account of the superiority of
doctrine, v. f|wq§ stubs-bcu.

R theg-chen thugs-rje
=§wfa'!i a follower of the Toga-
carya school of Buddhism an offshoot of
the Mahayana School.

Sqi'^lbqrfjc/ They-mchog-yM n. of a
monastery within the suburbs of Lhasa
presided over by an incarnate Lama.
Seems to be identical with the Tshe-mchog
Ling.

(Vima-

la drsti) n. of a celebrated Chinese Bud-
dhist scholar well-versed in Sanskrt and
who is said to have compiled 300 works.
He lived during the reign of Emperor
Ming huang of the T'ang dynasty and was
greatly revered both by the people and
the Emperor (Grub. \ 11).

N then-po or ^'9 then-bu tst^r lame,
maimed in the leg ; in W. limping,
hobbling.

thefts ^TT time, times:
one time, once; H«'g five times;
fll'ai in. one drawing of breath;
at a stretch, without intermission (Jd).

then 1. explained as
hdon-rgyu drawing out or pulling towards
one : £i«S'H'':|;f \ W^ w33r'*j|^*l''55c-' bcaif-
khra bkod-lugs bcas then-hkhyer mi-yoft

(Rtsii.). 2. = §q srib or $i'&» hrib-tsam
^s. a little while, a moment : l^'^l'^'
«K»d(^-H^rg pray do wait for a little
while and I shall speak but three words
(Edsa. 22).

then-pa tax, duty, impost (Sch.).
d=-t\-*-^ti (D. ^el. 8).

Q theb 1. for 5« them full. 2. for
thabs (Glr.).

theb-mo or 5q^^ the thumb ;
$*' theb-chun the little finger, v.

I; tJiebs series, order, succession
(Sch.). 3«w*-|Y£i to do successively; ^«ww
thebs-pa, v. ^4«W'5I hthebs-pa.

II: 1. signifies '1 yon-wa
coming out, issuing; thus ffl'^^^SI'^'f^'
^^-'l the coming out of snakes or nagas
from underneath the ground. 2. = (sl^'|in!»,
g'i]«^5q'»: so sgra-can
sgra-gean Ma-Ma phyogs.

'Z^ thebs-pa I: 1. to reach, arrive
at . ^•^^•c^-aiij|-q-«i-5q^'gc,' it has come to my
hand. ^q'T^wi to reach the ear, to come
to one's hearing : ^^W^ff««fW*«*
EK-*iS^ if you do not like to go, at least let
it come to your hearing (give audience)
(A. 128). 2.=^«'ci hdsom-pa to collect,
assemble: §-q§'V^="ircifV*'IF£' assem-
bling together of the eight classes of
demons. 3. to be taken, be captured, to
fall into; f'«rVwwfcw whether an animal
has fallen in the snare or not; V*#F^'
3q<w3qw having laid the trap, see if any
fall in it or not.

J thebs-pa II : to adjust, to fit or
cause to fit, to make appropriate, to make •,

588

suitable: «M^wq to give a suitable or
appropriate reply; f«m-*|3^w*te- Icajs-
pser tAebt-sofi a rivet or nail has beeri
fitted into it; w<^R-*q«r*fs.- . food and
diink have been applied, fitted, distri-
buted ; jFffl|*rfcw*rfcw does the lock fit
or not ?

or

thehu-raK
; t/ie-brafi a class of demon.

^l I: them-pa 1. «)MM, fr^fa,
threshold; iwnwpra. to cross the
threshold ; Jfi** sgo-them door-sill ; "rta ya-
them head piece of a deor-frame, lintel;
"'to ma-them sill, threshold. 2. rank,
dignity. 3. series, set ; to'^w tht
staircase, flight of steps, a ladder ;
them-rim the several steps of a staircase ;
^'3*4 rdo-them stone-stair; ^SVta hkhor-
them -winding stair ((7s.).

them-deb registration or record of
the thresholds of houses with a view to
levy house-tax : *)-$v^'ljE.-J*i-^q^-*|W( a
statement or list of tenants, villages and
towns is set forth herein (Rtsii.).

II: 1. to be full, complete:
V when the (specified) space of
months was fulfilled; q«r*|3«j'»rt»rq'q(
one day being still wanting ; qj'to'y one
hundred being full or the limit of a
hundred having been reached. 2. in W.
to be sufficient, enough (from Jd.).

them-bu closing, shutting up (ScA.).

-rtsa=jfto$iri (Lo. 8).
3*-£e.« them-Uhams stopping, a stoppage.
thems-yig memorial (Sch.).

thehu-rafi,

a set of de-

> t/ier bare, denuded ; also
ttter unruffled, flat.

ther-hbum

j, i.e., 1,000,000,000.
ther-hbumchenLpo ^^rcm;= 10,000,000,000.

ther-ma a kind of serge-cloth
resembling flannel ; *w3* rag-tAer drill ;

bal-ther shawl made of sheep's wool ;

rnam-ther very thick serge resem-
bling blanket ; ">'^ le-ther serge made of
very soft goat's wool ; ^'(|*| ther-$bag fix
"SI'") a coarse kind of serge (Rtsii.) ; »K'
'I'^ ther-gsan a wrapper made of serge
which the lamas wrap round their body ;
3*,-ij|»^wi3 ther-gmn tfmar-po red plaid-
shawl (Rtsii.).

SK'^ tfter-zug=^l^ or *$w&*<<i
hgyur-wa med-pa Jfr^sf constant, enduring,
unchangeable.

Syn. ?"!'*< tfag-pa ; W brtan-pa,
(Mfion.).

^'^ ihel-wa in W. = ^<* tleb-pa to
arrive, cf . W) thal-u-a.

'S^ thi'l-ma leather strap (Rtsii.).

mons.

thel-tshe (wp) seal, etamp ;
-se=.^ the-tshe seal, stamp (Sch.).

SjSTSJ thes-pa pf. to 5-q the-wa (Sch.).

Q tho 1. num. for 130. 2. register, list,
catalogue, index, memorandum : sf^ T
"5"1« keeping memoranda. 3f'^§'q tho hlri-
u-a to register, to make out a iitt or
catalogue (Schtr.); «"'? gleb-tho or «*g^T
hbyun-tho account of receipts; ^f sofi-
tho, SS? bud-tho, 81 V $kya(j-tho account of
expenditures; *>$*•' f btafi-tho account of
money or goods lent or sent out ; ?V no-t/to

589

bill, account of goods purchased ; <S'3f lo-tho
or I? zlu-tho calendar, almanac ; Y*'awT5'
Ifa'pXIf list of orders or directions given to
one (lit. laid down on his hand) ; V* 'flY*1'
ft'^f a list of things which bis relations
shall receive, i.e., inherit (Jd.) ; Jf5)"|'3ifl|*r
3'«fljYtl tho-yig lagg-su bkod-pa to make a
separate list of things (Tig.). tf|* tho-
zur corner or marginal note;

1 list, catalogue, for reference.

tho-hkhor adj. and adv. near;
sbst. neighbourhood.

Syn.
(Won.).

tlmg tie-tea;

ne-hkhor

}^

Tho-yar or fy\*\ tho-dkar n. of
a kingdom situated N. and N.W. of
Kashmir, including Kho-ten. Tukhara, n.
of a place and people in the north-west of
India ; Jd. suggests it is the Togarmah of
the Bible. tfv^'i'W*^'3'*"'^'^ they
brought Ramdar a large number of troops
from Tho-dkar (Grub » 15).

* -o tho-co jocular talk, nonsense-
chatter; ?^§Yq tho-co byed-pa to speak
nonsense, meaningless words. This word
and ft tho-cho are evidently identic.

tho-cho $nen-tshiy ya-
tgra dafi to speak with dissimulation ; to
speak gently by concealing one's anger
(D.Z.).

V'^ tho-phyi 1. in Pth. seems to sig-
nify the sky (Jd.) ; ace. to Schr. love. 2.
dissimulation.

* ^ tho-tho prob. a Chinese word, sig-
nifying boundary demarcation ; thus J'»)'
Jf'Jf rgya-mi tho-tho is the designation of
the boundary marks put by the Chinese
between Nepal and Tibet.

Tho-tho-ri gnan-btsait
the first historical king of Tibet ; during
his reign Buddhism was first introduced in

**'! the commencement of the holy doc-
trine occurred in the times of Tho-tho-ri
nyan-tsan (Deb. *| #).

T^ tho-rdo stone boundary: ^
putting boundary marks of piled ttones.

if=.*%'i a hammer; 1fq-«
blacksmith's hammer ; qf^r, ^ix ; ?'«!«'
5K'^ to hammer, to forge; %f rdo-tho a
stone hammer ; %p>'f pfi-t/to a wooden
hammer, mallet; f'&' tho-chuti a small
hammer, the cock of a gun; a soldering
stick.

rq tjlo Usams-pa pf. of ?'^ww«) the
htshams-pa ($ag.).

tho-htsham-pa fa^-iHi sbst. 1.
contempt, scorn, a scoffer, also fitowi
(qj«rq?*rS*r*fH5) ($ag.). 2. to scorn, scoff,
jeer, sneer at, mock : g^'*Ylfa^»wq'^3fY£|*'
ifiv pardon our having sneered at you
before.

tho-yor pyramid of stones heaped
up as votive pile, a cairn.

Tho-ri gnan-c.al another
name of king Tho tho-ri gfian-bisan (Lofi.

or

dawn, break of day, early morn-
ing; ?'*w3'^*<'?i early, in the morning;
chiefly used in W. 2. the following
morning, also adverbially : ^e:w»r«j5'y**»j
on the morning after having met him (Jd.).
7f>t.wj|C-q tho-rafts fnad-ua to-morrow. V'^
tho-re ace. to Jd. in W. to-morrow ; = w
tafi.

590

Jf^'i tho-re-wa 1. ace. to Cs.=^'*a> tho-
tsal. 2. «* a few: «jB'X^ "•'JV^"!*'^'
q l^a| n|^«-tw according to the manner of
b-peeoh of pandits, he said a few words
(A. 106). **<* tho-re tsam a little while,
time (J. Zan.).

u=S'$* thu-lum a kind of
hammer with a knob at its head ; f "!*»'$?
vn a red-hot iron hammer (Soriy).

tho-le l. = ai^'^'^t'z' a projection ;
defined also as ain) ^m q^s. q clapping the
palms of the hand (DM.). **>A^W-CI tho-le
hdebf-pa to spit, o. * la at or on (of. 3
thu). 2. a button. 3. f^W* chalk (/a.).

tho-le ri

*k'2f being diffused as white
light in the sky it was projected in a long
column (D.R.).

tho-log hinny, offspring of a
horse and she-ass; a flummel. 3fa^S^
n$|*w^e,-lf <Sfl|'ift»i two hinnies with the stupi-
dest mule-colt of the lot (Jig.).

T/io-fO legs n. of a tribe in

Tibet (Tiff.).

tho-hun a Chinese word, meaning
pale-white or grey colour.

I: t/>og (^*r*fS) ^ro!%, ^u thun-
der-bolt, lightning; ViJ'^-iK'Q lightning
and hail: ?"I'«K§'llfttVCJ damage done by
lightning and hail. Tfywi lightning
descending, falling of a thunderbolt ; ?"!'
jq^ striking with lightning ; 5fl'«w«'S'^'£i
to arrive, to approach quick or suddenly
like lightning ; y«il'i|«\^ vmf^KSfGWft
^«^-£i^-|«^ by the touch of a bone of an
individual killed by lightning, colic
and diarrhoea are cured. lffl|'9|wfl]^'£i or

3S<i|-qq-§-ni'q dying from a thunderbolt ; to
be killed by lightning: t^4^fft^pi(«ri(fw
•raqv^yVWdfc I saw six great lightnings
bui-st asunder in the sky (A. 16).

Syn. ^|5'*^'i rdo-rj&hi char-pa ; $'^'| «
chu-hdsin gkyeg ; toNJf*&m inc-clwr hpln-<>
\*.*RH Ice hbar-wa; §<V§'1*'V^
i hod-scr; 4'«w-w^ c/nt-la§ hbar
nam-rnkhahi t/io-ica; ^'1^'^S l<-r
*c.^«« chafi-nam$; fj^'ii'Zi'X
Sprin-gyi me-po che ; ^'|5 li)« rdo-rjehi s"//,< :
chut mi-snams ; "I^'S"!*' ffnam-
'§'^^'a^'£' sprin-gyi zer frpJiro-ica ;
ri-hjomt; rtv}*'^ hliys-byed
(Mnon.).

fy^ thog-rgyag=$3*. or ^'Jl sud-
denly ; also any sudden rattling noise ;
fig. sudden accident or mishap at a time
when nothing was expected.

?«l'f ")« thog-kags meteoric iron, a thun-
derbolt (Won.). tfrK thog-fdo id.
(Mnon.).

thog-ri hjomt thunder, the
chief weapon of Indra with which he
strikes the mountains (Mnon.).

^J II; (pfqS-Xq]) a roof, a cover,
top ; tff^Wa or tfir'wHq to put a roof
on a house ; also 'fig. to finish an enter-
prise or task ; ?tiTN'fl|^=.'q to roof, to finish
a roof by beating and stamping down the
earth or sods of which the covering con-
sists; also fig. to impress (Jd.). 3f"J'Vt^
thog-dkar opening for smoke in a roof ;
"rtfi] ya-thog ceiling ; «'?*! ma-thog floor of
a room ; ^3'^*! dgu-thog having nine
storeys or floors. The ni-zla or crown-
ing finial of a chait or chdrten is
also styled the thog ; so, too, architec-
turally, the apex or culminating point
of any structure. The following forty-

591

three terms are enumerated in connec-
tion with a storey ed house : — «K'lffl| yafi.
thog, 4'jf«rir<»I cfiu ikyob-thog, ^"|Vii««i dkar-
psal, %*'*] skas-ka, g=.-$oi skyan-mtl, p&r*
khol-ma,^'^:^ gron-khyer §go, J'9w rgya-
phibs, sffe.' sgo-kfian, %'fa* Syo-plegs, ^'i\^
tgo-gtan, «p|F' §yo-drun, ^«^ sgo-mdtm,
ip'W* sgo-Kphar, ffiw syo-p/nbs, %•%'% §go-
mo che, ^5)'g*w gr/o-yz khyims,
y* khyams, SFJ" g.lan-rgyab,

i sen, wrjf chab-sgo, ^lli^ hjug-byed, *j
rta-hbab, flf^i gtan-pa, ^'^ them-skas,
dra-mig, ^'wq md>.th-yab, ^c^'^'
snan-icahi khun, ^'^ /)t<-fM, ^'Xnfif phyi-rol
tgo, gVFM phred-gian, «l'g|^*)il
, S'ii«'«S bya-skyibs can,

hdseg-pahi rten, W*l* shal-
s/ial, "rqp ya-gad, "I'^q ya-phub, ^^^si^
y an-lag gshi-mcto, ^'^ lan-kan, 5=.'|f H«^-
sa-bcifis, ^

III : head, top, in a general sense :

thog-hdren-pa to be at the 'head,
to lead ; ?"I'P or tflfi* on, upon, IS"!'^'^
on the ice ; ^T^TS at head of the army.

and ?1 '^"1 adv.-up, up to, above ;

quite at the top. ^*)'?«T5-|-q's-
§s.^« lying heavy, weighing heavily, upon
one's mind. Also postp. c. gen. 1. on,
upon, e.gr., to lay on, to place upon : *.3-
^TS'g*-' ««A« thog-tw byuft it smote right
upon me (»'.«., on my heart). 2. towards,
in the direction of : «5-1f«ir§ mahi thog-tu
towards (its) mother ; Jfy'^'^'iR*«'*f<v?'»|'§'
^=.'§ the Bon priest soaring towards the
skies. 3. postp. c. accus. during, as long
as, throughout ; whilst (fl gen. without 5)
^'?1 dijnn-thog throughout the whole
winter ; Plj^'^'1! bgro$-thog during the walk ;
g'?"I sna-thog, 9'lflf phi-thog lit. during
forenoon, during afternoon, as sb&t. in W.

morning, evening, or forenoon and after
noon. 4. just upon, directly after: «^*r
?T**i bshos-thog ho-ma milk just after
being milked (Ja.). %*\'W thog-nas above,
more than; Vf^l^f^rw^pi they re-
mained, e.g., lived, not more than fifty
years (Ld.).

IV: 1. fruit, produce;

V'3^ shin-thog produce of the
fields; <fr?<il lo-thog year's produce; %'
?«! qin-thog fruit, produce of a tree or
other plant; i|*iv3<i| ysar-thog new pro-
duce, the year's crop ; ?i)'9S thog-phud first
fruit, as an offering. 2. in W. fortune,
wealth, property; §•?")) common propertj',
property belonging to the community or
congregation (Ja.). 3. Twnrar lit. red fruit,
n. of a plant and its fruit. Has these syno-
nyms : «]!«l«'«ar*< $zug$-can-ma ; %'ffi^ pi-
luhi Mab fcf^rrsr ; ^g«'S'^»« hbras-bu dmar ;

hdsin-byed; «foar«r<^ bsil-wa hdsin;

g.shan-rgyal; 3TiI'S|^-« thog-gi lo-ma
(Mnon.).

?<H'5]c.»m f hog-grans-fa 1. to be the
leader of, to lead against, to lead forward,
to conduct : •g'!S'«te'&3j'«^'£!««'W?«!|'3]w§N
and headed by Sakya together with
Mahanama (Yig.).

thog-thag 1. in the dialect of
the Dok-pa herdsmen of Tibet = %v reli-
gion. 2. or i"!'?"! during, as long as,
whilst, quite : "y*'«|Si)''i)'*!V^'3f<Jp'il during
a whole day ; m»r1fq|^i|1q|e.-2? the road
was quite full (of snow) ; I'JWJ'V
?u|-qc|-ij( whilst they began to fill up
q^$ ^•%j.q|-§^%M|-^-|^-iVwv£« the ;
benefit of this will be permanent as long
as the am endures (Suran. 123).

tfipwvq* thog mt/iah-war first and last,
from beginning to end; at all times

592

continuously (S. kar. 5). Jf^F'S-j^ thog-
iflthahi rgyu-rkyen the first and the last
cause, the entire cause or origin.

l (hog-ma ^rrft, wu, v«ro 1. what
is uppermost, the upper end, the fore-
most place, the top; gpi^-wi'^fl!^ they
sat down at the top of the row. 2. the
first, earliest, ancient ; also origin, begin-
ning; ftp'|wm already at his birth,
from his very birth ; lffl|-»r**«F «*«i of
noble birth, as regards his birth very
high; 5f«T»»l«i from the very beginning;
of itself (Jo.); B!**!^^' or yrVf
•"VI* from eternity, from time imme-
morial. X«rw^'* wi^ *W« blessing,
good or prosperity fct the beginning (of
anything).

3S<j|-*i$-i$-n thog-mahi lo-ma fresh shoots
of leaves.

3Tq|«jj« I: thog-ma-tkyes ^UPH the first
born (of brothers and sisters) ; the eldest
brother.

Syn. £<VJj»< tfon-shijet; « jo-jo; «J'«
phu-ieo; wf a-jo (Qfflon.).

tfup-j*! n: the first born (of Brahma),
i.e., Brahmana caste of India.

?fl|-*r«^-*W*<'*»V<l''?E-'£'!y'i thog->m dan
rpthah-ma nu'4-pahi stoft-pa-gfiid WRTnr-
SJ^JTT one of the 18 kinds of emptiness
(M.V.).

thog-mahi ijngon-po =
q«;Zj or ^i^*^'! (Yiy. k. 86)
epithet applied to the Adi- Buddha.

thog-mahi byed-pa
first rites, duties, or business, to be done
at the outset.

^ffw t hog-war 1. adv. at first, first.
"2. postp. c. genit. before, at the begin-
'ning of.' •

thog-tsha$ or *"1 « (P^'<&) storey
of a house.

^•*'^wJJ Thog-tsha dpah-bo n. of a sec-
tion of the Sa-gkya ruling family (Loft.
>30).

tlwgs v. ^«|w«i hdogs-pa and
«i hthogs-pa.

t/ioys-pa 1. ^R, «f= to bear
aloft ; ai«rij-qjf*«rt» to hold up in the hand ;
•^•q|^n|») yq|»i-Q 5^-qx a king ; one over
whose head an umbrella is held as a
mark of honour. 2. sfrr*, tfro, %^f to
strike, stumble, run against, to throw
against or on, to be impeded, delayed :
]f<jl»rcr«^.-q«»rq wjth obstruction or impedi-
ments. lf«nr<r»:vi ^(^Tn, ^rsfsra unhin-
dered, unobstructed ; also two classes of
devils, v. "VV^. »>-|-«in-«i«f?'i|»i-«-»;^^
without being, hindered by men, dogs, or
any thing else.

Syn. «»*K.'q hchan-ica; «ty«

(hogs-pa me$ =

or lfi]*j;q|fl!-*^ 1. wf; v.
preceding para., also = all-searching, all-
penetrating, all-pervading. 2. ^t«|f
Aryasanga the founder of the Yoga-
charya school of Buddhism. He was
called the sage of Achiuta-puri Vihar, now
called Ajunta, the cave and temples of
which still bear testimony to the glory of
his time ; and is said to have lived 150
years. Ace. to some Tibetan authors he
was 'the brother of the celebrated Yasu
Bandhu (K. g. \ 450).

' thofi 1. a plough. IVf^ thon-
*r?i, Titt* the iron of the plough
share. 2. a trunk, box (A. K. 1-1J?) ;
thoft-gos clothes in a leather trunk,

593

also the lining of the inside of a leather
trunk (Rtsii.),

or

or gvp the breast : lfr-fl|-^-q|f^- they
(fought) holding each other breast to
breast.

tkoA-khor =*[*:$ dense,
thick ; also sbst. density.

C'3 thofi-pa 1. $

f ss*r« a raia two years old just entering
its third year. 2. ace. to Cs. a ram
that is castrated, wether ; *'?=.' ra-thoA
a castrated he-goat; ^'^'^ thon-pahi-
lo the years between childhood and man-
hood; juvenile years (Sch.). 3. ^m, ^r
also 5fc'9 thon-po cf. §"1'^' a plough.
K- thoA-pahi hchafl-bsun = ^
to plough, to hold the plough.

thofi-fpu mane of the camel
(«*.).

yE.-fljJfai t/iofi-f}$ol differ, ^f the plough-
share : y^'fl^T*^ thoft-fffol can one who
ploughs, a tiller of the soil.

thofii-hdsin a receipt : "9^'^=-'
'|q the fuel having been
supplied take a receipt for it (Rtsit.).

I : thod 1. postp. over or above ;

p''l!<J|-oi up, upon; also as adj.
higher, upper : QJr3S-s(q-*ar'SivSa<'%§'* the
windings of the higher ravines and gorges
of Nepal are very considerable (Jig.}.
y<j|-p«w thog-khebs=^'^^ steft-khebs cover,
outside cover, anything to cover over.
2.=^ shba tt*iT, ftrtt^w, f»!<}3««i also
g'^S bla-thod or «&'?•> dbu-thod crown of the
head, ornament or covering for the head.
"•'VS ya-thod, •''f'S ma-thod a loft in the
rafters of the upper and lower storey of a
house.

thod-rgal
thod-rgal che-wa angry, wrathful.
thod-thod, v. ^ SM.

thod-pa 1. ^ttrra skull ; skull of
dead person, death's head ; S1^* t/iod-?kam
a dry skull ; 3f\sfr thod-rlon a fresh skull ;
thod-khrag a skull filled with blood ;
thod-phor drinking cup made of a
skull used by Tantrik lamas in propitiating
spirits, ghosts, etc. 2. or tf'V^fj*' thod-dkri?
a turban, not however worn in Tibet.
3. *rera the forehead, brow : ?\y thod-
rtsa vena frontalis. ?^'5^ thod-rgyan
the ornament for the head.

thod-mo-khor=f^'c^ a species
of conch-shell which when burnt makes
fine lime. ^•*'^'§%'« thod-mo khar-gyi
phye-ma ^rfz^fr-sriti^ lime-wash for walls
of buildings.

SM'fh thod-le kor or *V*$ft ^orf-fe
said to mean alabaster ($ay).

thod-le dkar isfcs\ chalk; 3f\
'l'*1 thod-le dkar-gyi phye-ma lime-
wash or powder.

1. V. m^, HVi'« 60;
s'g at the time of, also time of coming
out, at the time of his departure ; OS'?3!
khyad-thon=^'f>x''^c-'t turning out excel-
lent, particularly good. 2. n. of a village
at the foot of the Khambala ridge on the
south side of the Yeru Tsangpo, famous
for being the birth-place of Thon-mi Sam-
bhota the father of Tibetan literature.
fy'i Thon-pa a native of Thon, also a
member of the family of Thon-mi Sam-
bhota ; i"l^^'^'q n. of a Tibetan minis-
ter born of the family of Thon-mi
Sambhota (LoA. * 8). fq% Thon-mi or
If^SNw^ Thon-mi Sam-bho-ta, called also
$•*) wif"?, the minister of king Srofi-bt$an
Sgam-po who resided for many years in

76

594

India in order to study Sanskrt and on
his return to Tibet framed the Tibetan
characters and laid the basis of Tibetan
literature about the middle of the seventh
century A.D.

thon-ka greenish-blue: g
-^-nq^ (Jig.) bright green-blue
bears the name of thon-ka. f^ thon-thi n.
of a kind of Chinese satin shot with green
and blue (8. kar. 179).

Sfp (hob, v. fa'" thob-pa, an exhortation
as in «|»«r«i'fa I w^'fa, v. ^wq bdebs-pa.
fa'« thob-chuaoo. to Schr. button (fa'3).

I I: thob-pa wrww, n, *nn, TO 1.
vb. to find, to get, obtain; is practically
synonymous with"K« tnej-pa, which verb
in the colloq. it has to a large extent
superseded, though in certain parts of
Central Tibet rnetf-pa is often heard. In
W. and SikHm fa'q only is in use both
conversationally and in letters. In litera-
ture fa'« occurs in the sense of "to get,
obtain, procure, receive " ; but not in the
proper sense of " to find, discover " which
is the special meaning belonging to~Ky.
Thus in books a common phrase is W*W
*«.' they obtained or acquired faith ; SAI'fa'
«« at the end have got the «W! (in gram-
matical construction). *W^*^I siiaig^tr
gaining [having a close adherence ; closely
connected; consequent on]& 2. to be-
come; J^-fao to become king; «=.wj«'
fa-« to become a Buddha, to attain to Bud-
dhahood ; X«rV«i-£i to be religious ; \"(*V*'
fa'« to be miserable, to be unhappy ; «'q'
fa'i to be saved, emancipated ; B^rtM to
become happy, i.e., to attain to Nirvana.

sfa'Q II: sbst. *aro gain, profit,
that which has been got or obtained ; the
sum, result, of gain. fa'^fc in W. adj.

that which is to be got or received (Jd.) ; fa'
5*rmarq=vw|»rmm-q fcujia^ to draw or
acquire somehow or other another's pro-
perty.

fa'1 thob-ga, v. fa'^.

fa'P'N thob-kha-ma=*;wi\ also fa-«'«1
immediately, e.g., S^8'fa'r»rQ' directly he
had arrived (4fr?0»-)-

fa'fl thob-rgyu colloq. lit. anything to
be got, as income, profit, gain.

fagi thob-rgyal 1. fa-tr^-jTi thob-pa
daft rgyal-wa to gain and win; this ex-
pression occurs in the passage ST'^'i^'S*1,
|-Ji'fa'jl»i) ^gw'a'^l' jt where it signifies w
fa'J, i.e., acquiring, finding, the way (to
Nirvana), getting at the root or gaining the
fruit in the phraseology of the 8ift-ma sect
(K1iri<f). 2. n. of a district with a monas-
tery in Tsang : SMNfrf«VtirM|M*
ngj*rg-ij|ic.-q3|*cg-*i5'^j'p'E.' the temple of the
Eiver-bank Sands is situated on a hill on
the further .bank of the Tsangpo in the
direction of Thob-gyal in Tsang (Lofi. •>•
6). In Thob-gyal was born if'H^W &'l\if-'
%*\ the Panchen Lama Tanpai Wangchug,
who was the successor of the Tashi Lama
Tan-pai Nyi-ma whom Capt. Samuel
Turner had interviewed in 1786 A.D. 3.
occurs in fa'5«i'3S'q thob-rgyal byed-pa ace.
to Sch. to despoil, pillage, plunder.

fq-» (ho-cha a share, due; the share
which one gets. Also fa'X*.

fa'^S thob-hdod.=**F* chags ^n ex,
pectation, longing for.

?q 3K thob-tshir lit. the turn of getting ;
may be taken as = claim, right, due : fa'*v
t-uc^s, thob-tshir fia-la yo4 I bave a claim,
a right to it (Ja.). fa'^« thob-rim the order
or turn of getting.

! thob-yig repertory, index,

595

«r5 thob-lo=^'"\ thob-ga vanity, false
show : j^wfasS he is conceited, he is
not talented but he makes a show, ijf?
«3'|fv|^-q'^e.-X*rgN-sS'3r£r #•&)•§*( he who
makes show of religion, of having acquired
it, while just entered at the door of its
exposition (Khrid_.). .

3fa'SJ"ai thob-srol
right of succession.

thob-tshir

thob-qa contest, scramble, e.g., for
money thrown among people.

thom-bu, v. 5»<-g (in the dialect
of Amdo) a large wooden spoon or ladle
ordinarily called

regarding the Jowo as not like others he
presented him with an additional spoonful
of buffalo-cow's curds and a handful of
crystaline sugar (A. 35} ; «|§*.'3f*i'g'1*.>j|*
brought one spoonful of drink (A. 116).

thorns-pa, v. tffwn hthoms-pa.

Thohu-kwan the last emperor of
China of the Ta-yuan or Tartar dynasty :
•pm'fCj^jft^-wSrqwyui Karma

JRafi-byuA rdo-rje was invited to China by
(emperor) Thohu kwan (LoA. * 10).

thor anything gathered into a single
point ; what is in a tangle drawn out fine.
iVXfl| thor-cog or 3JV*«T« or ?X'C"I" (also
^•5)*) ^K^t, fatsTT^r a plaited tuft of hair,
toupet : Jfc'tfT^-jfg-i&e.* he bound the tuft
of hair with silk-string of five colours.

t Thor-khoJ or 3SV*fc Thor-god. n.
of a Mongol tribe. ^-Jfa'8'P*' Thor-god spyi-
khafi n. of quarters in the monastery of
Tashi-lhunpo where monks coming from
"-^ Thor-god generally reside. «-»•"*•

(Lot. 15) the most
learned Oeg-rab sbyin-pa of Thor-go£ &c.

^'if thor-mgo \.\.$*>'*^thur-mgo. 2.
the commencement of the dawn, of the
morning.

^'*"I" thor-chag§=^'^'V^^ entered
into the list ; registered : ?fjj\qwr«ri- w
If^'MHi the resident official of a Jong gene-
rously put into the list (Rtsti.).

•f Sfc'^" thor-to=%~% the top point of
hair, etc.

3M thor-pa, also "3M, small-pox (Sch.),
pimples, pustule ; 5^'^ srin-thor cuta-
neous disorders, pustules, pimples on the
skin (Jd.).

^'fl thor-wa 1. v. ^'^ Mhor-wa. 2.
JM thor-pa.

^'3 I : thor-bu 1. ace. to Jd. denotes a
whole class of diseases comprising dyspepsia
as well as cutaneous disorders. V*'?*
dmar-thor measles (Sch.) ; Jf^q| thor-nag
some kind of pimples or eruption on the
skin (Ya-sel. 28). 2." single, separate (Jd.) ;
sj'frlfr'S'1! separate little things, works,
books, etc. (Schr.).

s**f thor-mo the growing fat of cows,
goats, etc., in consequence of sterility
(Sch.).

Sfr'l^f"! thor-gtsug ^nfa; = flj$<i|-^ gtsug*
thor or "iC"!'^ gtsug-tor a turban.

fc'C"!*' thor-tshugs fsrar^j, imfl^
plaited hair bound up on the head in a
spiral.

*V* thor-re or w^lfr
v^ (A. 119).

'^>£i thor-re-wa, v.

a 1. v. "3Vl hthol-ica pf.
to f"i'1' rtol-u-a what has come forth, what

596

has been raised, elevated (ScA.) ;
byufi arisen, begun suddenly.

' thol-

That I: or tv$* Thot-rus n. of
a clan among the ancient Tibetans (Tig.).

II: (in Sikk.) = *fi understanding ;
3f*i $*' tfiog'chuA of less understanding ; 1*'
wifS to express intelligibly ; *«wg-*«V-i
absolute comprehension; fully

understanding or hearing, one of the six

v.

t hot-pa 1. vb. to hear; now
used in the ordinary sense of hearing
anything with one's own ears just as is the
verb W " nan-pa ; but *«'« seems to have
had originally the meaning of hearing
something at second hand, i.e., from others.
This signification it still bears also.
Hence we derive the further meaning :
2. to hear of, to have word of, to under-

stand: T<T^5'av?rqi5*<'1!*'wl tave y°u

heard of the English or Europeans of

Calcutta? *«»'<r «tfto, wnw, *w;* as

reported. 3. *fa one of the 18 sciences

*

or

1*%* thos-grol or Jf^'V^i ^fogfw set
free (from the world as soon as he) heard
(it) ; an abbreviated n. of a book called
|fa-jr<»r§n-3jar«rtf<r*iS'*« the work by the
hearing of which one is instantly saved.
It is read over deceased persons or to the
soul of the deceased.

l4rcrta|« thot-pa legs *ra« a follower
of the Hlnayana school (If Aon.).

?«•$*•• tho$-chufl of little experience;
ignorant.

^•|«qi« thos-igrogf or faTfrf1* 1. met.
3X01 bya-rog the crow. 2. W?*1 TRW a
hearer ; a follower of the Hlnayana school
(%non.).

thof-rtul less read or imperfectly
informed.

3fr'^ thos-ldan v^y^ learned man.

Syn. T""" mkhas-pa; *(•**.*•** p*-rab-
can; **ftrt^ rig-pa can (Afflon).

ftf^^fic.- thot-ldan dwan the chief among
the learned ; complimentary addi-ess for a
learned man.

. y»rci^qjn thof-pa-dgah n. given to the
Buddhist saint Mi-la rat-pa.

y»r<^ t/tos-hdsin = f('t rna-wa nf«w^
hearing ; also ¥*n5'jf the organ of hearing.
Itrrf^-j^ thot-hdsin ryyan = »['^ rna rgyan
ear-ornament.

'5 t/tof-lo hear-say ; hearing (a thing)
but not understanding: ^VN'S^'wSfj-Sr^n-
CHMi^H^MrfWfur^ not being so, as
if one pretended to have heard and to
understand without really having taken
into the mind (Khrid,. J+0).

mthaA w^tJ^h the lower part
of the body ; »«K.'^f«i rnthaft-gos ^nn^fa
a vestment for it, a sort of petticoat (Cs.) ;
aoc. to others : a toga worn by the lamas.
me. -fj^-ci mtftaA fprad-pa ^rq-fl'wn mutual
touching of the body, lying or Bleeping
together (as husband and wife) : »w*.'gvrfci

just on the point of embracing ;
embracing (for company).

=1!fr all:
perceived by all, heard by all.

mthah (cf. *•«) 1. the end,
whether relative to space or time ; BO =
edge, margin, brink; termination, con-
clusion, limits : *ws|Vq to go round
the confines (of a place) ; »wngj«t mthah-
bgril skirts or edge of a gown or vestment
tied up ; »ww^»i'« exceeding all bounds,
very great ; frt^mNNwwr^ to walk

597

round him that sits on a throne (Olr.) ; w
*iwar«-jfaj-q not returning to former works ;
to the last karma ; ^'*w de-mthah round that
(mountain) ; «WSS«-W5 at the frontiers
and in the interior, everywhere (Jd.) ; *w
yn-faw border region ; wwa^ the four bord-
ers, i.e., all the surrounding territory, frq.
*wS-^ the treasures of the border-country ;
»w^fl|-q rnthah hdul-wa to conquer or con-
vert the people on the frontier ; ww^'uie:
n=yjrg-q|£qj-«i<i|-fic.- the monasteries (founded)
to convert the wild people of the border-
land and also those beyond (Rtsii.) ; w^*"!
rnlhuhi-dmag border-war, i.e., the invading
armies (from China, India, Nepal or Kho-
ten) : VWT^IiMffiHrfnwWflgfi if the
lower lands are seized, tranquility will be
reduced to a minimum (Rdsa. 22). 2.
In grammar: terminal letters; ^ na, «
ma, * ra, 1 la ^'VW; *«i'^ rnthah-can
words ending in n, m, r, 1 ; «T*w ga-mthah
a final ("I go). 3.=»'-*l« cha-fas. 4. appa-
rently is sometimes used as adj. = the
utmost, the last, e.g., wwawg-s^awv^
having been delivered from misery and
from the utmost prosperity (Khor-de).

*wfl|&|-§ rnthah gcig-tu 1. on the one
hand ; in part ; in a certain degree and in
some respects (Jd.). 2. keeping all on one
'de, or taking from one end or from one
side (of a subject or question); ^<r^g»r*w
l^'S'Vft'W'j'q'wS)^ it is not easy for one
like me to explain only one side (Situ. 2) ;
*«i fl|3«|-q rnthah geig-pa=iw&*<£c-w of
one opinion, view or thought ; unani-
mous.

rnthah gco£-pa 1. final sen-
tence or judgment, a decision. 2. to
adjudge, decide, come to a conclusion:
•wipfV^'E*1 mthah ycod-pahi phyir in or-
der to settle it definitely, to come to a

conclusion, or decision, ^c.-^ij'wi yafi-day
rnthah tpij'»i the true end, the farthest
limit. 3. the rest, remainder : ^'^"I^'S '*«*'
Bc" having given up the last remnant of
hope and fear.

- j«rq rnthah-bshir rr/yas-pa
one who expands even unto the
four limits of the universe ; an epithet of
a Cakravarti Raja (M.V.).

wrjpi mthah-klai=w*.^n limitless,
boundless.

«w^X rnthah-skor ^THfrtifi^ii all round ;
also as sbst. the whole circumference, the
perimeter.

wvpSq rnthah-khob or wv^ffti w*a bor-
der, outskirts, etc. wjWq-a-wl'q mthah-
khob miham gkye-wa s«*|Jrt*l»li|^ any bor-

der-land occupied by uncivilized people ;
also one of the eight unhappy states, v.
a-ffo-q. swujtfq-ijjai mthah-hkhob yul ^ft-
qfa barbarian's country ; also any country
where Buddhism has not penetrated.

*w3|q*rq rnthah gebs-pa l. = «i-
a raddish leaf. 2. fmn rule, regulation.

copious-

ness ; spacious, extensive.

or ^-

!6"I*i lit. friend to the limit of life, i.e.,
spouse.

»wSi mthuh-rlos vf&H bashfulness,
modesty.

M44'fi)<i mthcth'-kags the form of a
mirror, etc. (Schr.).

mthah-can njw met. a branch.

mthah-chags living at the
border or edge ; the border of a robe.

•wofyN mtfiah-gnis lit. the two. extremes,
namely, 511«r^'*S'e' rtag-pa dafi chad-pa. In

598

ancient India the sages held that there was
either immortality or total annihilation,
Buddha discovering the golden mean or
middle path. *Wflft«rgE.»j mthah-gfii? gpafig
= w^' ma-nM a hermaphrodite, who is
neither man nor woman (Jjffion.). wwflftw
g'VF^*** doubt.

*w^ mthah-ni .the sun at the end of
summer and winter.

v^«| mthah-day
several, sundry, all ; = *'*.
ww^qpS)^ mthah-dag min frq. »«.-'H*w
VI mad-tshiy mthah-day the plural sign
•"*A1 mthah-dag (gram.).

»W'S* mthah-dam or *wsw*«| mt/iah-
dam-tshig=thQ difference separating ruler
and subject (Yig. k.)

wqj* mthah-brduln. of a number (Y«-
si'l. 5-7). *Wjf*.' mthah-gnafl fcfe» n. of
number of twenty-eight figures; wjfc.-
*^'Q mthafi-tnafi chen-po (9F*) n?rt?rfzH n.
of number of twenty-nine figures.

*w9^ mthah-ber qt^ft^i a kind of lasso
with which the body of an enemy is en-
tangled.

»wgq mthah-bral 1. the sky, space. 2.
boundless; as with the ocean (yfion.).

»w*g*w mthah-hbyams *TH n. of a very
large number (Ya-sel. 57).

Jjg^'JJ mthah-ma »ra, ^f?1 1. the
end; the outermost or extreme side or
thing. 2. border, hem, seam, of dresses.
^s.-s#c.-q-*ww to-day we see (Min) for the
last time.

»w*> mthah-mi ui*i4itft border people ;
barbarians.

•wvqi^o mthah bstan-pa=W*'ini*f:> phugs
brtan-pa secure future, eventually for good.

*wi^ mthah-bshi ngxM the four limits

of the globe;

ftfaidcii^ one who has conquered every-

where.

infinite, endless. 2. n. of the king of Kash-
mir during whose reign Kshemendra
wrote the Avadana Kalpalata. N. of a
king of Ndga demi-gods (jyfion.). 3.=
«'*ft sa-g.shi the world.

j«^'ui«'»i Jjfthah-yas-ma ^il^r the ocean,
a name of the goddess Paldan Lhamo
(Jfifeft.).

»<«^-ui«-f ipthah-yas rtsa ^i«m«ia n. of a
vegetable medicine.

Syn. W^W'D^ thai dreg-gman ; w$'w«i a-
ta-pal (l&fion.).

*WMI mthah-ras piece-goods imported
from border countries such as India,
China, Kashmir or Nepal (Rtsii.).

w*-awA^-q-fe.iq'y^ mthah-la$ hdng-pa
slob-pa ni4 ^eU«H^i.-*iai one of the eighteen

kinds of emptiness ( M . V.) .

rnthah-psal wholly clear, illu-

minated.

mthar 1. adv. at last, lastly, fin-
ally, in conclusion ; ace. to Jd. perh. also :
to the very last, wholly, altogether. Also
postp. after, behind; jurvwgwqjS'w;
rgyal-rabs mm-brgyahi mthar after three
hundred royal generations; w*w%,'
the progressive particle %' fift is (to
be written) after a final «. 2. or
*WV5 mthah-rit towards the end, at the
end ; frq. ZS'*wsi'{iS'91MI the number of
those that reach the natural end of life ;
M^-jflj-q-S^-q mthar thug-pa metf-pa not to be
got through, inexhaustible ; wv|^q reach-
ed the extreme limit or «w3^q mthar

599

t Aon -pa fully crossed or passed over the
limit ; as a sbst. a perfect holy person,
a saint who has acquired all virtues and
has gone to the farthest limit of learning
or has acquired all that is knowable. w;1
1*^ mthar byed-pa to end a work, to
destroy, to put an end to, to demolish.
*w^ mthar-phyin or »MV^-«I ^jsfnr,
the sky. *«v§^ mthar-byed ®Wff,
the lord of death who puts an end
to every thing. »w«^ mthar-hbyin
going to the limit.

^3 Wtthar-gyis

\i snomt-par hjug-pa $gu the gradu-
ally-acquired nine stages of tranquil pos-
ture. They comprise the states of qw
IW*1^ the four Dhyana ; lll^'^S'11'*1^ the
four Arupa and ^

»w|arq mthar-skyel-wa to carry out
fully ; to depose without reserve, to dwell
upon a subject exhaustively.

^'^ rim-gyi$ adv.
by degrees, gradually, at length.

ft* mthar thug-pa and •*
g» S'?pil'{i'SR'^K''*l**H''fS'{''^S'i mi rtog-pa dafi
nift-mtshams spyod^-pa mecf-pa are attributes
of the gods of the highest heaven (K. ko.
1 237).

thug-pa= «vgfl|'q mur-
thug-pa touching or carried to the limit as
regards quality, good or bad.

mthas-klas, v. »wj|*i mthah-klas.
-q Mihas gtug$-pa n. of a place.

' rnthiA 1. *ftm sky-blue, azure. 2.
n. of a flower, ueed as a medicine for eye-
disease. 3. ace. to Cs. — indigo; *$=.'%•
mthifi-fifi indigo-plant. 4. indigo colour
ML).

mthiti-skya light blue. w^-p
blue colour. *ft^''<\ mthift-ga n.
of a bird of deep-blue colour (Q. Bon. 12).
*te'H mtkiA-khra a kind of silk-scarf with
white spots on a blue ground (Rlsii.).
*fl*'9| mthifi-gi (^'|'»)'«>q»)) n. of an an-
cient dynasty (J. Zafl.). «5c.-*« mthifl-
rgyus a kind of stone used medicinally.
*»3fjjf^ mthifl-sfion n. of a blue-stone used
in medicine, lapis lazuli (Med.), *iSe,'^m
mthifi-ril ace. to Sch. wild duck. »49e.-$n(
mthift-hril f*f<(a a smaller bird (Jo.) [the
fruit of the marshy date tree]<S. ; »ilt.-^
mthift-rdo = yv*''^ kags-rdo superior steel,
of bluish-red colour, highly prized in
Tibet (Jig.).

Syn. **"IW^"3 mig-$man $fion-po ;
tya-khyuft rdo ; «|wgfl gsal-ldan ;
«^ g.sal-pa can; ^'Tl'^'II3! >we-
iman; !J'^'P»»« ku-fuhi khams; ^'l'*'?"!
dus-kyi me-tog; A'^'J me-tog se (Mfion.).

«|c.'l^ Mthin-shun n. of a place on the
Tibeto-Chinese frontier; *»1*-g^«Rj^'^
on a bill of turquoise-stone (shone as it
were) melted lapis lazuli (Yig.).

mig-

turquoise.

xH mthihu, v.

.• mthiA-fift wsnft monolyth of
mthehu.

«7 1. <ra, sbst. the bottom,
the lowermost part, the depths : S'B*.'8|'
»tl«caq-«-ai at the deep bottom of a
marmot's burrow ; 9j'*r^*r§-n3'j| the bot-
tom or undermost of the pile of
clothes. 2. the hollow part of anything,
chiefly used of the hand or foot : «nr»fl«i
the palm of the hand ; *j=.'*i3ai the sole of
the foot ; ^Zfc-«w§*r^ | «K.-q«!-*fl«r*»raiir«i|-
•qil>9ri>dt|lV1K* for a hasty illustration,
there might be so many ants clinging to
life on the flat palm of the hand (or, on the

600

palm of the hand as on a plain ) (Klwr-
de). 3. the centre, the principal or chief
part, of a town; the principal place : TVT
»»•«** Gdan-sa mthil the capital or the
central place of a country where the
government is located ; also n. of the chief
monastery of Tibet in Yar-lung, three
day's journey to the east of Sam-ye.

mnam-pa gtig $pyan-d$afis brought in one
who in walking was swift as wind and
wonderfully skilful in feats of arms,
&c.

JH^yq mtflU

efficacious.

mthu =

force or power of an inherent
nature ; innate energy ; capacity, resource.
Is a word chiefly used as denoting magic
powers; but not invariably so. "i'V^
strong, powerful, efficacious; aiql5ql*1
rfwrtfl-wj the capacity of suppressing
the powers of darkness; JTl '"I^V"

'''

cause he has abandoned the taking of life,
he shall be born in a land of great resources
and fine natural productions. "S'*^ rnthu-
wie^also *3V*"\ powerless, feeble, unable ;
mthu? by virtue of, frq. •H'¥'w or "3
, magic, witchcraft; *"S'ql?c-q,
to cast magic spells, to bewitch.

mthu-togyifa f^a&fii roaring
expressive of one's might and prowess
Hj-Sa^JW mthu-chen rnnms »mg*ra; »3'^'
<H^-ij|sjs4-Qllfl|wcK-qsiq« conjuring, raising
tempests, exorcising ghosts, these three
I have learned thoroughly.

«S'i mthu-wa »WJ (iS'iFf3!) »n <»xor-
cist, one who practises witchcraft. *S'
«•* mthu-wo che g^F", g^«'^ one versed
in mysticism, in the Tantrik cult, an exor-
cist lama (Mfion.).

«5'*-» mthu-mo che n.of &preta (^'^«) :
yi-dwags mthu-mo chtr $kyes was born as
a powerful female preta (Khrig.).

»<3'rni mthu-rt8al=H$1*x, mthu-rtsa
rma$-du. byuH-wa tkan-mgyogs rluft-daA

denes.

mthug^pa, v.

mth«A-byed, v.

thick,

gur-gum

'^ mthud, v- ^^ hthud-pa.
'^S mthu$-me4, ^SS'*1^ hthud-med.
mthun-pa (*-fv e-^t>'

(blo lta-bu} «r« ' to agree with, to
be accordant, to be on a par with : »W*'
gS'i to make agree, to bring to agreement,
reconcile ; to be in sympathy with. P'W"
unanimous; f«'W«i, ?It»''»)3^'£| to live
in harmony, unanimous in judgment ; *«'
-q accordant in form of religion.
^ra^r? merchants, men of
one and the same avocation ; ^'tfV
*3^-« mutual agreement. 3 'i •^•wws^'i
similarity or agreement in acts and
behaviour. »>-<WS=.-»^'qi> in harmony
with other men ; *V&'» or HV^-qt,
in conformity with one's words, expres-
sions; <3a<'^*<'*lSsi'£| agreement in refer-
ence to time and place; ^•«S3i'£) per-
sonal union as of husband and wife ;
j«-|^-st3^-ti agreeing in the habits of
life, in the manner of food and drink, etc. ;
^q|«r^r*i^-q of equal birth and extrac-
tion ; wws^'i of the same or similar pro-
fession, also persons whose karma is simi-
lar ; ^wj^-q mental unity, of the same
thought or mind, agreement; «W*^
mthun-pahi sde *wf3t same or equal rank

601

or class. *w<K-j«-q w^j* similar
extraction or birth. wg^qvjfK-q equal or
similar culture or enlightenment. jjjj*w^e.-
W<K'|g«r<«<»rq paying taxes according to
law; (rVMrwwq^^trfrjm or 3'§V¥<'**'
3p the news being contradictory I do not
know what to do ;

two men having disagreed, they did not
go to law but a friend made them agree ;

'

because the villagers
could not agree on question concerning
their common property, the headman of
the village came causing them to agree.
It will be noted from certain of the fore-
going examples that «s^tK may be used
as a postp. coupled to the word it governs
by the affix V.

wS^'fr'i mthun-par rtse-wa
playing without disagreement. .

*W3'J^ mthun-pahi rkyen or "S^'J^
mthun-rkyen necessary articles ; also, as
predicate, requisite, indispensable : W$j*r
*fl|«r<tf-«fr*i3^ food and drink, &c., are
the requisites of living; f»rsr*Jfl|w*i[ifqS'
*WJ^ clothes, etc., are the articles of
necessity which one must have ; ^'^yy
^•"5^, ^CT^'«r«pR:«fr«5^| health is
a requisite of domestic. happiness and a
peaceful mind is necessary for inner en-
joyment. ^•fl'*'^^'*'*$f^t'Jjr^awrq*l»r$
lading on the two elephants all the neces-
sary articles (A. 22). ^'^'l^'gSw^'jac
1JT1 bgtan hdsin skyes-buhi mthun-rkyen
bsgrub-pa to have secured all things requi-
site for a religious man (Tig.). »(|^'j^'i^
inthun-rkyen byed=*f\w*M§ftti t0 co.
operate, to help, to be-friend (Mflon.).

*3^ mthun-ean in W. gentle, peace
(Jd.).

£' mthun hjug-pa or
to cause to agree, to fit in, to bring in
accordant elements (Tig.).

*W*.*f«« mthun-pahi grogs friends of
great mental affinity ; *W*!v|'S)-q| letter
of recommendation.

. •Wfr^np mthun-pahi dfios-grub
wished-for blessings.

"5^-15-^^-qpnrq mthun-pahi yvl-du
ffnas-pa srf^T-^sra^r residence in a coun-
try of congenial characteristics (M.V.).

*3?«*|*- mthun-pahi rlun favourable
wind (for a vessel sailing).

W^ mthun-sbyor friendship, rela-
tionship, favourable coincidence of time,
circumstances, etc., particularly when
matrimonial relationship is formed.

Syn. »^'f<ipi mthun-phyogs; Mi'
mdsah-byed; ^w|i; ne-war §byor ;
mtshams-sbyor (Mnon.).

"S^S'l^w mthun-phyogs
relations, friends (Mnon).

•Wifcei mthun mon-pa or ,

«mrai ordinary, usual; also=|-« §pyi-pa
general, common ; also common property.

»<33i't'*' mthun-rtsis the astrological cal-
culation to ascertain if a bride and bride-
groom will live in harmony or not after
marriage.

. <*i|^ mthur also *&:•%= fi-*^ straps
or rope for a horse's head to which
another rope is tied to fasten him.
*S^'*('^ mthur-mdah or «S*'swj a halter
rope tied to the muzzle of a horse, &c. ;
*^-*tff reins: •^'«V**f|lpr.1w*'$a!-!*M'
WS* even on the halter and the head
gear there were many precious gems
(A. Ul).

77

602

mttms instr. of *3, by magical
power, by" dint of (A. K. 111-16). «i*
q|-vq wiMws brtsir-wa arar^ <3qw« to be
subdued; gen. overpowered by witch-
craft.

flij'Sf arffo-fo "**;,*; also co1- "vl*»

«*r« or H *Ae-6o the thumb.
aAt m^e-io the big toe.

or

the little finger ; the little toe.

wtoa mtlteb-kyu 1. button. 2. a sym-
bol resembling a finger which is placed
with the torma (offerings made to gods.
and demi-gods, &c.) (Rtsii.).
£J§!| mtltebu or *% a little hammer.
Also, the little toe.

mtho (««!•«* lag-pahi) faffa 1. a
span, from the tip of the thumb to the
tip of the middle finger when extended.
»#^'|g-*3*rg-<wq they increased each
about a cubit and span measure (Ebrom.
163). *rtf'fc'H = *i5fl'F<sfc»ry (J&). **
MW«J or aflfflpi'* to span, to measure by
the hand with the fingers extended ;
fljc/, *flf*'<*i a span in length ;
or *f^ ftl^raf^ two spans. 2. v.

doctrines of the time of that Buddhist king
were only high-flown theories (A. 77).

E-- mtho-god a little triangular re-
ceptacle into which the effigy of an enemy
is placed, to whom one wishes to do harm
by witchcraft (Jo.).

w$- $£)•« mtho rgyab-pa to give earnest
money in W. (Jd.).

diloquenoe, high speech with little mean-

the

1. sbst. elevation, prominence; height;
also adj. high, lofty, elevated, raised.
Jd. makes it primarily a verb : to be high.
RflHrl-^-wyq-f being of high and noble
birth ; *T«i*r*tfq higher than that ; JT**^
^•^OK^^-^lflfff^H the sacred insignia
are high up above the roof ; «-5>Bft-»#«»-
^•^•qS-^fll-ai'^q* the height of Potala
reaches to eleven stories ; =.'*tf^ fia-rpt lia-
na whan I am high, when I rise in
position. wtfq'flffiV) to lower what is
high, to bring down, to humble, frq.
MrwJff-aflfgirwswswvy1' the more I was
aspiring, the more I was brought low (Jd.).
2. for tf«i hammer ; «Tq-?i| stone used as
a hammer (Cs.). «f'BS mtho-khyad height,
highness.

wV'Ss mtho-spyotf in W. haughty
manner (Jd.). »flf'Vw-' mtho-dpan occurs in

'i ytho-war brtseg$-pa n. of a
lofty mountain in the fabulous continent
of Uttara Kuru where there are trees with
leaves of gold, lapiz lazuli, coral, diamond,
ruby, etc., and trunks of silver. At night
light is emitted from the leaves of trees,
etc., to enable the gods and nymphs to
make themselves merry and to revel, &c.
(K. d. * 309).

*flfqvi>*rtr<i mtho-war scms-pa ^«n*i^
to think highly of, to extol (one's own
religion, doctrine, &c.). •iJf'wa'" mtho-
war bya-wa to eulogise, to flatter, to praise,
to exalt ;=*«'«'fV£', qg*Fcr«JlV£>, also as

ing.

mtho-dman height :
of equal height; wV^w^'^ undulating;
having high and low lands.

603

mtho-mtshams evil design,
mischievous mind or intention, brewing
mischief. f^cramtfMw^- 1 qv^i|t«vw
"Xft gton-pa la mtho-mtshoms shin, bar-du
good-par hdod designing mischief to the
teacher in the meantime he wished to
injure it (Tig). ^"F^'
ip-erarwlf M«w (Qbrom. P 31).

Syn. •rtfMw mtho-htshams;
ynod-sems ; i*'|^ htshe-byed (Mnon).

JJSf'^^J mt/io-ris I: ^n, f%5% Ti*, %^»
^, jft; heaven, paradise, the abode of the
gods : wrtoWrSiw*'I*'1Ki^ir*'$f1

cr^'ijc; persons gone to the three spheres
of damnation being very many and persons
gone into bliss being few (Khor-de).

Syn. wy^rjTfK mtho-ri$ rgyal-srid;
5j-^-»i«i lha-yi yul; *'% sa-bla; §*'9|-<&q-^
ften-gi hjirj-rten; ^raSvWW dal-hdsin
ffna§-bzaH; ^T^'v rol-pahisa; •^a3\ bde-
hgro; jf^S skyo-med; ^W^w^'S §kabs-
. ffsum pnas; ^^'^ lha-yi hjig-rten; <%
^•5=.' Ika-yi gron; QW'I"^ sum-rtsen; «*'»>^
hchi-med; ^&*\*?* grub-pahi pnas; *F'*V®:
S« na>n-mkkahi khyim; ^'^ bdc-ldan
(Mnon.).

ttiS'^H'fyfy'Wf-fi mtho-ris-kyi yon-tan
bdun the seven attributes or advantages of
paradise are: — ^*!»r^ noble birth, "11«1*<'
ia=.' fine form, aJt^'l^-S great enjoyment,
am^q-^'*«m mental accomplishment and
merit, Vifc'gTS!^ power and prosperity, *ft
»1^ freedom from disease, ^'5'3!-^c.'q ex-
treme longevity (Mfion.).

*df ^«'S'*<* mtho-ris-kyi mtsho the lake
of heaven.

Syn. $'3F«* chii-kluil mtsho; J"«i5-«*
rtse-wahi mtsho (Mnon.).

»i5f-5,wgc.- mtho-rif klun = ^'$<5 the
celestial river, the river of the Mandakini
(or glacial streams).

-q mtho-rts dge-wa worldly
virtues, good, etc., (heaven 'being inside
such world).

stf-^r^q mtho-ris thob ^^'Sita the
spiritual guide or teacher of the gods.

Syn. SVtj phur-bu; g'»f^ sgra-mkhan ;
g'wp^ §yra-rnkhas; ^'^'^'^ lha-yi bla-ma
(Mnon.).

»<lf^«rjj*w mtho-ris rnams=$'ipw the
gods including the planet Rahu.

^•R^-fj^-q mtho-ris ^man-pa
the physician of the gods.

Syn. 9'^'i^ tha-§kar skye$;
lhahi sman-pa (Mnon.).

.- mtho-ris
,-*) celestial courtezan (Mnon).

breast ;
(Jd.).

mthon-kha or vf^'H chest,
to seize by the breast

'Z^ I; mtfion-ica 1. to see, to view,
in the broad sense of the term as an ordinary
faculty ;. to look, to see, in a general way :
*#=.- ^ fOT having seen; *#cciv|* ^nrwi
was seen; «?t'qv|\i to cause to see:
Jtaj-Sl'^-aflfc^-fl'wJfe1 1 he sees only when
the object is near, not when it is far (Sch.) ;
*Af!hj-jg^!r«Yfe'Q>CTTOfe>cJN can you
see to a far distance at night time ? 2. to
perceive or behold any particular object ;
Ji^'5-^'«Xfc n5'^ an eminence from whence
one can see the mountains of Tibet ; ^'"W
jWHlfc,'*^ a place where one can be seen by
others ; tft'tofi&fmtoft he made it visi-
ble to the girl, he made her see it ; «?t n-
^u|-3i^ if there is one that has seen it, if
there exists a witness ; ^*rtSV§'^»J seeing
this, I came to- know, i.e., from this I saw,
I percieved; *tfe.-3fa'^1*«! frq. seeing,
hearing, touching, remembering; ace. to

604

Jd. thinking of (e.g., a form of prayer,
or magic formula) ; colloq. *tf=.'l is usually
coupled with **"1, the eye, quite pleonasti-
cally : u*'9|'T5j<'1H'^1»|'t^]lq'i]*J*<'^T*<lfc'$*j look
up there, you can see three goa deer.
3. to witness, observe (mentally) : jj'*»'

0 capital, capital, for the
second time have I witnessed the Doctrine
preached in the metropolis ! thus de-
signedly he cried. 4. oolloq. to experi-
ence, to endure : gqj-qgarw/»afe-q-5H has
experienced many troubles.

'q II : slight ; in Budh. Hfcwrtpr
i'*ft*r$ mthofi-ica la rnam-pa g5i$-te of
two kinds:!. w*^35*rn?E.-q perception by
inference : js/a^vtrw^-q ^-3 §, VKW
qvfl'waflfe'ij etc., by seeing smoke from a
distance to hold that I have seen fire
although really I have not seen fire, etc.
2. wBi-gw^-qmorq^wlfk'q actual sight by
personal observation (K. my. 437).

*flfe.-gom rnthoti-phyogf^'fyF1 explain-
ed as «i|w«V «R'*lfK.igfl|« object of sight;
a view, scene, aspect (Ya-sel. 41).

»ff*'VI ndhoft-dug ?1%f^ ('sight-poison')
evil eye (Scfi.) ; envy, grudge, jealousy [a
snake] S.

*i?t-g^ mt/iofi-bycd=^i\ mig 1. that
which sees, the eye (Mfon.). 2. a species
of kite.

*i5Jc,-ai*i mthoft-lam the true way 1.
q^q-*tJSt-«w-ai*i the state or stage of per-
fection in which one perceives the truth,
t.e., the reality of Nirvana: ^'vw^e.'Zi'W
jj-^nin-q-a^ ifl(s:«W*«fy\q^V«r|*pr9 accord-
ingly from the first stage of perfection
or ecstasy he passes to the meditative
stage called *3fc-nw where he perceives
the true state of Dharma. 2. ace. to

Was. (139): the path of obtaining the
power of sight, a mystical state.

sdfc'^l'* mthofi-lugs the way of viewing
a thing ; notion, theory, opinion.

*3fc-q •^•giaj yt/iofi-ica don-ldan n. of an
image of Buddha, the sight of which
brought merit to any one (Tig. k. 81).

*i3fc'1'«^ mtfiod-na dgah =
very handsome, of beautiful form.

«?c.-tjm -$E.'q mthoH-phul chuft-wa
«=.'«), as in ^s.'^'^'^'^'B1-'^ tiniest
thing visible or faintest thing audible

(DJfc).

a bla-»a med-pa =
f perceiving the
supreme truth v. SJ'^'*>Yq-

wlft-q'S^-q mrhofi-ica med-pa
fatalist.

rrittiofi-u-ahi cho$ w^^( ac-

-

tions of present life.
",§«, q mthofi-irahi chos-la myofi-war hgyur-
tca ?8g4(t^^qn (Karma) manifesting
itself in the actions of this life. *rtfc,'q^'£N'
(•fl^tt'flR** Vtorifttat one of the stages
in technical meditation.

w'S'fq^-at.-g ntthofis-itag spaft-bya that
which is renounced when seen ; *#*.'«wjj«i
mthofi-icas ft/rol deliverance at sight.

w'S'E.-S^ rntlioft-tshor 4<8<*l explained by

gu. ^ 90).

view, prospect, sphere ; illuminated space :
^*r*l^-*tfe.N'$*i*rRe'V%3*'2J*r'i|5*w the ex-
panses of "sky were filled with rain-bow
canopies. 2. opening in the wall or roof
of a house for the entrance of light or for
egress of smoke: ^prpvfr^fr'VTWlh1
-jK.-| on the side of my

605

pillow there came a solitary white man
opening wide the cleft-holes of the bamboo
house (A. 129). g*w»dfc« an opening to
the sky in the middle of a building.
j'«lfMi = *dfc.« 3. wSfe.'H'p mtkofis-k/ia plat-
form on a flat-roof. *»3fe.«r*| mthofts-ka silk
ornaments, fringes on the borders of
paintings (Cs.) sflfwS'i mthoft§ che-wa=
dome.

mthons-pa 1. to lose one's senses ;
one who has lost his senses. 2. ace. to
Ja. perh. = *?*w i hthoms-pa.

also

blue gem

| mthon-ka or

'3 mthon-ka chen-po 1. »reT ue gem

of great value ; ace. to Ja. one of the five
celestial gems. 2. J?Nr azure, sky-blue.

*($$*) mthon-te ^a<fluT coming out success-
fully, surmounted, climbed up.

mthon-po high, elevated, exal-
ted ; deep, loud. Practically the same as
wVq and in colloq. much more frq. ; occurs
also as wS^'S mthon-mo.

Syn. *#«) mt/io-wa; *|lw*flf yzefa-
mtho; E*w-* rfiams-che; ^wrwtf o>«0s-
*' rtse-mo rid (Mfion.).

R.' mthon-mthirl 1. T5?^^ ; sap-
phire. 2. the high blue colour (of things).

w^-EiS-^j mthoti-pohi lha an epithet of
Vishnu (Mfion.).

fi$x>-*.$z- mthor-hthufi ^fr^^R washing
the mouth with a potion of water.

*JSf3T3 mthol-wa or «3T<ar«)=«Hj'nr«i to
confess, confession ; from the word
thal-mo ; and is denned as *T«nft»rw
i5'^ it signifies joining the palms of the
hands in contrition: • ^•*tfar«w**K if you
are guilty make confession (Ebrom. P 19) ;

-

one fit to confess not keeping company
for a day with a sinner after he has con-
fessed (A. 52). stfji-q-^ mthol-fays con-
fession.

mthol-tshafts (cf. a>3*\'^*<) con-
fession, acknowledgment of guilt.

to make confession, to confess, which
ace. to Buddhism implies atonement and
remission of sins (Ja.).

mthos abbreviated form of *»?'^w.

hthag a mill ; mill- stone ; colloq.
w|'9| hthag-gi anything pulverized in a
mill; wi'5|'^ql grinding or ground in

]'3 Mhag-pafL t^mfK blags, fut.
imp. ?"! 1. to grind, crush; *£.'**\ '§[*> to
grind in a mill ; rwtrwr*! to make flour
of roasted corn, barley, wheat, &c. ;
g-WRqj|)-£i phye-mar hthag-pa to grind into
flour, to pulverize. 2. to weave: $wg
^tfi to weave woolen cloth; <w«ri'3 a
weaver ; ^'^"I'9'^ the daughter of a silk-
weaver (Glr.); wj'W loom (Sch.) ; ^^5'
!'i to cause cloth to be woven.

the under-garment or petticoat worn by
the lamas called also -*]*i'vw.

sprad-pa ^>nre'«n bodily
union as in conjugal relations.

«wc.-i5 hthafi-po lower parts of body:
fl|l«qN'q-^t'Zi a bodily defect or personal
deformity.

Q,SJ^ hthad liking, pleasure ; good will ;
joy (Ja.).

Q.SJ^'m: hthad-pa ^<*<*X<*) **s 1.
to be delightful ; pleasant, agreeable, well-

606

pleasing. *K«S'{'=a'<^V not agreeable,
repulsive : W^WtoV*******!*^*1
all these sayings have pleased me very
much. 2. (not governing a case) to please,
to be acceptable, to be considered as good,
to be (generally) admitted. ^w^w »#f !
I see that (this reading) is not generally
accepted (Zam.) ; *|«r«r*t-'«^ it occurs also
in this form; *N«^ wrong (Was. 294);
to be fit, proper, suitable (from Jd.) . *>*<*<'
Kq'*)A^'«i as it is not proper to call
it soul, as it cannot fitly be called soul.
3. ^S is a familiar word very frq. in W.
almost the only word for 4yah-ica :
$*)W<w^ cheerfully, joyfully; **V$'
*)^-q iwSjqj-ai as it was not agreeable (to
him); RVV^S'^V"*'! though apparently
rejoicing. 4. at pleasure, at will : K^f*^
let us turn back ; v.'fa'WV* voluntarily,
spontaneously (Jd.).

hthad-ltgi n. of a large numeral
(Ya-sel. 58).

i hthan-pa

II: ace. to (ScA. =

=***i% hthan-po.

nan-tan pressure;
urging. ^'"^ hthan-hdre a demon (Sch.).

hthan-po steady, persistent :
mi hthan-po a steady man, a
resolute man (Cs.).

\ hthab-pa
to fight ; to quarrel, to dispute, to brawl,
f^q^e/wi to struggle with snow-storm
(Mil.) ; MWJtopjR'J^n to die peaceably
without a struggle ; also used when quar-
relling persons are reconciled (Jd.) ;
verbal altercation. As sbst. also
hthab-mo a fight, a battle ; wSj* hthal-krol
dispute, contest (Lex.) + wif«r«^'ift\£i^'$'
jq'i one who quarrels is one who produces

cause for mischief. w^R"! hthab-hkhnty
fighting, war.

hthab-ya antagonist : gS'iK^-wr
you must be my rival in fight ;
'RS'RW"! a fighting cantankerous female ;
*w<»i occasional rival ; a rival for
the time being ; ace. to Jd. the antago-
nists of life, i.e., the family and relations a
secular man has to struggle with.

«wqAfl|»i lethal-rags intrenchments,
breast- work, ramparts.

"wq'gai hjthab-bral 1. thus explained:
5lj-»^-3-iwq-jf«^E.-g«rw,j^sicrg<ar ^ if one is

free from troubles with the Asura, it is
Tfiabtfal — signifying that one of the
heavens of the Buddhist theogony is free
from strife. This region lies above the
Trat/as trimsa heaven. 2. ace. to Bon=
*<5E'« mtshe-ma.

w«3 hthab-hbu silk-worm.

: Mham-pa pf. ^»w htliai»$
1. to seize, to lay hold of, to clutch,
to attach oneself to, to realise mentally. 2.
to join together, to enloek : ^ijwg^wi or
to unite in friendship ;
to join in any undeitaking (Jd.).

l II: = fi spyo-ica
blaming, scolding ; to scold, to blame.

1 M/iamg-pa to clasp out of
affection. 9j<j|*r?j'<«wr«J to seal friendship-
under a solemn oath.

httial-ica, v. w* thal-wa.

ht/ias-pa IIR 1. not fctiaight-
forward, double-dealing. 2. hard, solid:
sra-M/ias sinewj', ttrong, robust

(Sch.).

o8fl\'Q bthig-pa 1. vb. n., pf. ^»»
to drop, to fall in drops, to drip from:

607

n without any blood dropping
out. 2. vb. a., pf. «t$ip», fut. q?«l to cause
to fall in drops, to distil, etc. (Jd.).

d—^t §mod-pa
slander, a term of blame or abuse (Cs.).

hthibs-pa, pf. 3qN or «$<w
to be covered, darkened: <wl*!'^*r
3q«rq the body and mind being covered
with disease; ^•«^'^q»r«iv§*-? be-
came darkened as with a fog ; vb. n. fjV-^6-'
w«r*vvi|<vq3-*>r^-<tf q« all the trees aiford
a delightful shade; s=.<^q*i drowsiness
overcomes me; -*|*rcrn§q« yes-pa hthibg
consciousness grows dim (Jd.).

<^q*rcj hthibg-po dark, close, dense.
sbst., a covering.

T^l hthim-pa fut. of S«'« thim-pa : *r
K | it would vanish into the earth ;
also would be absorbed in the soil.

Q^"^ hthn-wa 1. adj. v. S'q thu-wa.
2. vb.,also^'i, pf. «3*<, "51", fut.i§, imp.
S*'i§ or to gather, collect, pick up : %'*;=•'
9«.'?'R5'q to collect wood and roots for
fuel ; Sva'iS'q to pick up things strewn
about; SN'*> an assemblage of men,
council (Cs.).

0,1 ^'^I hthug-pa=K$,*\'<i also ^I'Q adj.
and ab&tr. sbst. thick : q^-ti^3«q-g a thick
skin; ^f^wST*! a thick hide; ^'^5"1'5 a
thick rug. *w*g«| thicker towards the
margin or edge, gen. of woven stuffs, opp.
to Sfl'i srab-pa (Jd.) ; ^I'^S"! thickness in
consistency, as of liquids; also adj. dense,
strong : ^"1«'^«| dense forest ; "ffa'^STQ
a sound sleep; qflj'«flpr^3fl|'3 a strong
inclination (Jd.).

hthufi-wa pf. *§=-« btuns
kthufato drink, to imbibe fluid :

to drink one's fill; ^5^'«i'<»c^ im-
mediately after • drinking ; «^3=.'q'2j one
who will drink water; a water-drinker
(Situ. 84)', *S*'^V«i drinkable; allow-
able to drink ; ^N'$ they were engaged
in drinking ; have drunk ; q^-qsbst. drink ;
.- to drink (any) liquid : wq^«.-
c-'q eating and drink ; qai/qgc food and
drink ; q§=,'$ btun chu water for drinking ;
Vf^f^rw*^ if drinking water
and irrigation water be good, there is
water prosperity (Jig.).

*3*-3S hthufi-byed ^af met. the sun
(he that drinks, i.e., draws out moisture
by his heat) (Mfion.).

^IV2' ht/tttd-pa=«y\i to add on,
make longer ; to piece on, to prolong ; «T
o-*^-£)-»i3^-£i to add a piece to a string when
a part of it has broken off ; § 'q'^'vft'^
he has' no need of an additional re-birth.

"^•V" hthud-ma 1. assistance, help in
general. 2. an added piece ; prolongation :
R^ri'W^VTl^-^' make an agreement
for, engage, more coolies ! iSV^ hthud-
»nerfor*31Y-5fc-*!s=*'V^ir*:V£' without any
omission or addition, i.e., to make or do
a thing perfectly well.

(^!3FS' !• Mhun-pa, v. *^'«. 2. a
gatherer : %'<^ a gatherer of wood ; r'^
a gatherer of grass.

^1^*^ hthub-pa pf. igq« Mhubf or q^q,
fut. ql§£'':', imp. *3q to cut into pieces, to
split : ^fl'g^sq'i'q one who cuts into
pieces, a splitter (Situ. 84); •fl'IS^'i to
cut meat into pieces,, to mince ; ^'Igq'i
to split wood in chips.

I hthum-pa a form of 15*^, pf.
or q§x«, fut. *5* or «>5«, imp. <^>» or
to cover or ky over, to put over, to

608

coat; to wrap up, to envelop, v.
f*j'3»i'»flf'^5»('ti to cover or wrap up the head
with clothes.

hthurnt barren, sterile; addled
stupid.

for *§'i*- in
goes collect-

(eggs).

hthtir supine of

colloq.
ing wood.

Q^Orq hthul-ica 1. adj. volatile. 2.
sbst. the subtle particles that are carried
by the wind to produce the sensation
of smell. 3. to raise, to spread ; to smell
of: ^'i^S"!1' to raise smoke ;
*3i '** to diffuse good or bad smell;
it smells of camphor; J*
after having laid the dust ;
*3«i some persons were spreading perfumes
(Jd.).

I hthegt-pa 1. to prepare for a
journey, to pack up. 2. to depart ; it prob.
signifies the same as $«| ", to lift, raise,
take up; cf. ift^T^ or ^fl|«r« to shift, to
change (lodging), to remove; ^TSql
carpet bag, knap-sack.

hthetl or ^-q TO adj. lame
(person or animal) ; to be lame, to go lame,
cf. U'Zi; *|t-q-<^*r<^E.-qv3«k-ci became lame
the leg being maimed.

hthen-pa 1. to draw, to pull: "V
q-^-q to pull a rope ; «ft'ar*tyq to pull up,
hoist ; w^^H" to pull towards ; w$V
"Sqi to pull this way and that way ; w
n^-^X'^ they pulled to and fro; $*'
§«-^-q pulling by jerks, by little and
little; 5frr«r<%ci to draw a curtain. 2.
ace. to Jd, to stop, to stop short, to halt :
it will be advisable to stop. 3.

in W.
(Jd.).

to lean, recline upon

II: ace. to Bon terminology
is the line of a J1*1'^ or dynasty, the
term being thus applied because each
member was metaphorically drawn up
towards heaven by his ancestors. The
eleven dynasties of Bou kings or "fl*i'3'
*«l^'ci (lit. heavenly lines) were called
(1) «fl*r<^i, (2) *-«-«r*fy (3)
I'^H (4) fl'srwurfli^'arify (5)
(6) 5'«e.»i-1fia|-«ii^> (7) K
) (8) qw«iM!-3fraiAfy (9) o
«l'^, (10) §E.'»JE.«-?\«|-H^) (11)
«i'^ which is also called «\«'^ (G. Jinn.
23).

overplus, extn.,
supernumerary : ^N'^^q a supernumerary
dress; gs^ ^'^q-^'<vqvi|<>i'T'';'*'I!*<'3*) if
you have an extra dress please lend it to
me; wJf»c^q§»i^»jq to wrap up in an
extra blanket ; ^fl|'fl$fl|'<tfq one day over,
or too much. (Jd.). *&)•« frtheb-pa ace. to
Sch. to have too much (?).

I Mhelt-pa pf. 5q»i a pass, form
of ^«w«i 1. to be thrown, overthrown;
seized by or with : ^'Sw^wti seized with
disease; ^^q«'|q instrument for holding
fast cloth etc. in sewing. 2. to be opened
out, be spread about: *pw<^wsi to be
opened out clearly, made plain ; <rflif*lww
seed having been strewn; jfli^'qX'jVfcw
i5'«'5j^ hard soil which had been broken up
with iron bare. 3. sometimes occurs as
act. vb. instead of

a -1. gjt«'*fq the
completion of a specified number; £«!*<'
qgjE.w^'*5*w completed counting the
number of charms (mantra). 2. to shut

G09

in,- comprise, cover, include, v.
3. to suffice lefts'" or ^'9 (Ja.).

"s^> ^ hther-po or *fc'i smooth and
glossy : Va*$W***fc dril-buhi dbyibs
hther-hther surface of the bell well polish-
ed (Jig.).

Mho sometimes written instead of
*& mtho a span.

| I : hthog-pa ace. to C!s.=i|1fq|'«i
Qtog-pa ace. to Sch. WT« hthag-pa.

'CJ II : pf. tfpi imp. ^ft 1. to
take, bear away, carry: S'|JT«$'»^'<*g'ij<V
*faHr<Offl|»rci the magpie 'carries away
worms, insects, etc., with its bill ; •^'tff'pr
"'3 one who places or carries the meat ;
XT35 o.if<i]*rci one carrying cymbals (musical
instruments, etc.) having cymbals in his
hand (Situ. 84).' 2. for *w thob-pa to
receive. 3. for <0^|<r«i as ^"Ojiprti useful.
4. to name, to call (Ja.).

Q^'^l hthon-pa (pf. and imp. ^-«i) 1.
to go out, to come forth, depart; ^M"'E*'
«3M to come from within; w^u'Wtffrq
to isuse forth from the ground : 5^'^'^ '?
all having come out; $'«rpv3^«i when I
emerged on the other side of the river. In
W. colloq. is a common usage for Scq to
come, and ^3^ q to arise. 2. ace. to Ja. =
to occur, as in "t^fP'^T*^'^^ (these
goods) occur as imported, are imported :
^qj-cj-^-D^R^-uJ^-^ his name occurs (i.e.,
goes forth) as one who is knowing, i.e., he
is reputed sagacious.

^•H^-ZTjei Hthon-mi hlrin-po rgyal
n. of a descendant of king Lde-phrin btsan
(Tig.).

hthob-pa sometimes as a fut. of
Sfo'i thob-pa: ^q-q-^-^q-q hthol-pa dad
nbrel-wa ijiHJ^jy^ the accompaniment of
what will be gained; result of gain or
profit. <tfq-qi)^ hthob-pa med ^«rrfir not
getting, not to be got.

J hthom-pa, pf. ^«^-ci also
to be confused, puzzled, to grope, to be
stunned. *^?wi=*»Slf<*f5Xq: *flftff*wa^
his head being turned, puzzled ; °f '*fK '^'
*^W<K.-«Xtm being devoid of the eye of
fore-knowledge he groped in darkness ; *flf
5'Ri5»i his head becomes dizzy, confounded
(Hbrom. 15). Ace. to Ja. is now used in
W. for to doze, slumber.

hthom-yor idiot, or dumb-con-
founded: 'i?|<nr'fy;'k.<**»t*^c4Rt»i the
three miseries of idiots, dumbness, deaf-
ness and blindness (Khrid. 47). In C.
colloq. fty^?JfrrOr^ this man is very
stupid or quite dazed.

^ ht/ior-wa pf. tf* btor, fut, ^
fftor, imp. <Gfc 1. prop. v. n. to be strewn
or scattered, ^^h^!, ^^R^, v^^ ; $«X* to
sprinkle water ; *{p3Vq to scatter grain :
&&4fc4fwvftr*yi the rain comes driz-
zling down. 2. to be dispersed, dessi-
cated, to burst (of a gun) : $'"OSVcrsi one
who throws or sprinkles water (Situ. 84).

^'IS hthor-byed & parrot (Mnon.).

*3X'H3=.- hthor-hthun ^.v^rft libation = $
(Cs. ; Sch.).

hthor-mtho g1^!1 lofty peak.

hthol ^^f\t or S^IFI revealing,
giving out, confessing; same as *
mthol-wa nfa|jt confession.

78

^ da is the eleventh letter of the Tibe-
tan alphabet and the third letter of the
third group of consonants. It is equiva-
lent to the Sanskrit ^, being more dental
in its pronunciation than the English d.

^ I : num. figure for 11.

^ II: ^, ?r 1. metaphorically it
symbolises a gif t : l^'i'^'^'^'i'^l 3^'«r^'
ej'S)^ q^ bestowing great charity is tin*
Mahayana (personified) (K my.*] 208). 2.
the signification and virtues of this letter
according to the fancies of mystic authors
may perhaps be gathered from such state-
ments as these : ^^'^'^'g0!'^'^ ^'«r*>V
W4*w«^'ljai the letter ^ is a symbol of
being deprived of nothing ; it takes away
nothing, hence it sets free everything,
i.e., gives salvation (K. g. "H 42) ; also

being the state of entrance to all Dharma
(i.e., source of knowledge), it explains all
matter and phenomena both in their passive
and regulated or active states (K. d. *\ lilt) ',

as it fully makes sure the Vinaya
(moral discipline) and the objects of Vinaya,
it is called the entrance to all Dharma
(Ebum. i\ 282).

^ III: 1. now, at present, just, esp.
before the imp. mood : V^'*''*' in C. just
go home ! in W. now go inside ! In later
works and especially in modem colloq. the
*\ da, now, is *\%> da-lta, usually heard in
colloq. as " tanda" Other combinations

are \g'WW "tanda lamsang" at once;
i^-ngar^ "tanda t'elht" directly, imme-
diately. 2. this time, the present : V^ this,
the present year. *\ da in S'^TSf 5 da-chog
Ita-bu then, now, *{Q .

^'•^ Da-ko-ya n. of an island called
the Sandal- wood island (KathaA. 121).

«VP da-kha 1. now, just now, presently.
2. ace. to Jd. a horse-shoe : 'VPJ1''" da-kha
rgyab-pa to shoe a horse.

*\%*.da-tgoi=^ da-tta or ^'«|W hdi-
skabs now, this time, this occasion.

\$ da-ci 1. then what: v3'«ww then
what do you think; gf'^«'i'ff« bio neg-pa
khog. ^-?^*i'<»5f^-§«-ii|?}£i»i^-iq?i

(Khrid. 78). 2. what was, lately:
t\'lf'**( '°t from lately until now. 3. sickle-
hook for cutting briars (Jd.).

*V* da-cha in future, henceforward.

W> da-nid or S'^'^S the present time;
but just now ; Vf'K^ da-lta nid-du
instantly.

•W da-lta, v. S III.

\%'Q da-lta-u-a or \f "R" da-lta-yafi even
now : IV^'UIE.'II'T^'& even now he is very
kind. *r^ da-ltar for the present, at the
present time ; Mj^'S'S'l da-ltar-gyi bya-wa
or ^CK'q dflos-po a person's experience or
actions during the present period of his
life; *\'%*<'i da-ltar-wa the present time,
present; the present tense: V^'J^'l' da-
ltar byun-wa Kpy^jj presence of mind;
also, born or grown for the current age or
current times.

611

V§ da-ste henceforth, from this time
forward. Also vE" da-phyis.

V^t- da-dufi. or VS=-' da-run still, still
more ; but in (7. this latter form is in
common use for ^ and V^'^' give still
more: SV^V^^^P'1^'! please explain
it once more ; "V5*'«ic again and again.

In colloq. V^ often stands for da-run.

da-drag l.=S-VR'^'^ da dgah-mo
red that is good. 2. a term used in
grammar for the now obsolete ^ da
when second final after the letters ^, *, •»,
e.g., in 5^ or a^,xf\, changing the termi-
native ^ into §, also ^, X or ^, into ?. Thus
in the place of 5^ was formerly in use
3WT kund-to, and for ^§^'^ was written
*i*Y? hbyord-to ; now, although the final
d is no longer used, a relic of its former
use survives .in the concluding particle

da-g.dod=^^-' still, still more
f. 25).

.' da-nan or V^« da-nans 1. pre-
sently. 2. this morning ; lately this day ;
da-nan Mays read just now.

='\^c-' da-gan : V
rf now what to do, or what is to

be done ;

u now (at last)

I understand: 5(S'8*\V1|RW*l'1li*'

now (at last) you have understood and
accepted the real doctrine (Hbrom. 17).

g.b-bur suddenly,
instantly: ^'^•S'^'S'^w fell suddenly
from humanity (D.R.).

\^ da-ran=*\^ da-Ian this time (in
Sikk.).

da-rans this morning.
da-re=%;^' this day, to-day:

what is this terrible noise and confusion
to-day (Rdsa. 17). ^ or «\^« in W.
means also : heretofore, sometime ago.

^•«i«i da-lam— ^-'Vf-' now-a-days: V
w^q-l^-iQ-gaj-l-ojm-^ now-a-days in the
country of Urgyen in the west (Ya-sel.
11).

da-dru-hjoms
the plant Cassia alata, the root of which
cures ringworm ; several synonyms for this
bulbous root, called ol in Bengal, are
mentioned: w*flf rab-mtho; gjc.'Hj^"i^'£j
g.lan-po dkar-po ; Rf6X-JS'«.I«<i hkhor-lo-hjoms;
iS'^"I« sbyed-hjif/s; oX^'P'Q hdor kha-wa ;
^•^•^ fin-fun-can; Sl'^'1^' phug-ron
rkan; 3'g pi-nya; ^^a.^e: hod-ldan
hkhri-fin; ^^'^'^ dkah-thub can; §-l'^'
•5^ tc-la ser-can; wyftufrt.- piiag-mo gdofi ;
j^'SS'*! skyob-byed-ma. Another species
of Cassia is called Ifwjac.'x stobs-bzan-ma.

"n or ^^'^' a-wt*
, or <'4«»f<. n. of a flower

(K. d. * 368).

YJzj-n^-q J)a-khri btsan-po the name of
one of the sons of king Mu-khri btsan-po.

^'^ c?a-c/H«=%a| ^ dnul-chu mercury
(Sman.) : YS'^-aT^i^vl^ Da-chu
causes fractured bones to unite.

^ev

^'5 ^f da-trig 1. n. of a vegetable medi-

cine (prob. tamarind) : V$<T'*1CRH'J5'I'!*V
i'§S da-trig tsha.-gran hkhru-uxt. ycod-pa
byed da-trig stops diarrhosa caused by
heat or cold (Rtsii.). Syn
brtsi-ma; S*>'*f §kyur-mo;

so

612

ma phra-mo (Mfion.). 2. in Bon termino-
logy=devil : VS"! *r«=.«'i|wlvw da-trig
ma-sans ffsal zer hbar the devil Masang
exhibited radiant light (D.H.).

a-phrug or V|"I dwa-phrug or •>'*
an orphan.

tfe-fyt'rf »rhn a lizard of Ladak :

Syn.
yes ;
(Won.).

sa-hdsin; *r*£f|w sa-hdsin
-f a ; "S1'|« bday-skyes

v.

rgya-fshad Indian

fever, typhus fever : ^' V^'S'"?^ ^'W
^•cr^N-^w^^'il at that time Gya-
tson-seng was laid up with typhus fever
at Nalendra (A. 71).

^'^, da-ra 1. «***• a class of headless
ghosts. 2.=^'i a» buttermilk which
ia half or three-fourths water.

f ^'^'
the N.W.

Da-ra-da n. of a country to
of India, prob. the modern
Dardistan (K. d. 23).

da-lis (prob. from <ff%«) same
as *f^ w 5"! a species of dwarf rhododen-
dron with fragrant leaves: Y^***'1W
q-§ar^E,-3>-q5V°^ J)ali cures phlegm, gonor-
rhoea, and gives longevity.

5** 3 dica-wa a plant yielding an acrid

4

tcaki rtsa-tcas srinpsod ruf-hdser hgog the
root of da-wa kills worms and checks bony
excrescences (Med.). *)'&> dtta-tshur
vinegar of dica-wa plant, which made into
a gargle removes fetid smell from the

mouth and heals diseases of the bone
(Med.).

^K'Q,*^'^'^^ Dicabi-hchin ba-dur a

Mongolian king who reigned over Tibet
for seven years (Lon. * 12).

^'QJ^'3'S^ Du;a-la$ ba-dur the Mon-
4
gol name of the son of king Mi-wan

Phola Bsodnams Stol-rgyat. His real
Tibetan name was Ilgyur-med Rnam-Rgyal,
and the Emperor of China conferred
on him the title of Wang (Lot. * 18).

^J| dag 1. sign of the plural, eleg. for
$*w rnamt; often added to the pronouns ^
and ^ and sometimes to numerals ; also
in the combination ST1*w dag-rnam?. 2.
in translation of Sanskrt denotes the dual
number : *'S1 we two ; ^S'S"! you two ; ace.
to Jd. often used for ^'a'^"! my equals.
3. in colloq. : certainly, it is true: "il^'Vl
sir, it is so.

^TP dag-kha is said to be used in
Tsang for ^T1 (Jd.).

^l'^\'^l'^l dag-ga dog-ge 1. uneven,
also adv. unevenly; anything placed
not quite on a level. 2. ace. to Jd.=^\'
^"1 dog-dog.

IJ'^1 dag-gu=$*phye-ma powder.

I dag-pa I: (prop. pf. of

hdag-pa) uft, 'C^. I3- '^"» ^^
1. clean, pure ; cleansed ; \*» ATq ^purified
(of dirt, defilement, stain, etc.) ; H^T"
purified of sin. 2. sublime, exalted,
passionless. Also may occur as abstr.
noun : purity: W^ dag-pa can possess-
ing purity. VT^'q dag ther-wa or ST*1
|-V<|; ace. to Sch. : to make clean,
cleanse; Wt*(u)'*Vq id. ^-«'Vi to

613

become clean, purified ; STWlV*1 to make
clean, to cleanse, to purify; VT£|^H'Z'
to wash clean; VT'K'S*' F"> *f*jS. TT?^,
^tf^«l made clean, cleansed ;
impure or defiled blood or caste ;
<^-§^'! w3jMr«j-v»! q | quite pure in the
works of the mind, in word, and in body ;
N to lead a pure virtuous life ; |fr
-ei a right and proper prayer ; ^'WSTi
quite pure, most holy, also the
state of purity ; $'^i\'<i impure ; impurity,
defilement; *B<nr^'W'*^ bkrus-na mi-

N>

dag-pa med-do when they have bathed they

are freed from impurity. 3. *ira, *?H,

Wphf bleached, bathed, washed cleanx

rubbed, dusted, swept out:

his face washed with tears ;

dag-pa yofis-su dag washed completely

clean.

^fwj"! dag-hgrel='W*>'<*-'e3pi':' a com-
mentary on orthography.

^1'S dag-ci mint, aromatic plant, Mentha
royliana (Jd.).

Sl'il^ dag-brjod or ^I'^'^'i correct ex-
pression, right spelling.

yaft-dag-pa W^K, v. "if yan.
dag-pa nid ZRtjr, TT3^ the state
of being pure ; purification.

^•q-^nj-q dag-pa rig-pa tffou = ^"I'q'^j^fq
pure consciousness.

«;qj q q]*g*t dag-pa ystim the three require-
ments of purity in religion as explained in
Tsong-khapa's Lam-rim . Chenmo, viz. : —
(1) li'^'3'tflj-^'Ji purity in the speech
of a spiritual teacher; (2) ^•*5'|V«\lTq
purity in the innate nature of a pupil ;
(3) s^VS^'^'Vl'i purity in the doctrine
to be explained.

^•tiS'^i''*?^ dag-pahi dkyil-hkhor the
disk of purity, the immaculate orb, i.e., the

maon :

«^'^' the disk of purity, though like
waters stored in a beauteous body, is yet
deprived of all clouds (Tig, k. 15).

^|'«i§'p»w dag-pahi khams=i^S(r^ met.
for mercury, quick-silver (Mnon.).
dag-pahi mthah or

W*fr^*' dag-pahi shifi the .region of
purity, the pure mansion;- hence Dewa-
chan the heaven of Amitabha Buddha
where there is no impurity.

I. water,

air, the wind-god, fire, and the sacrificial
grass kufa. 2. fair complexion (Mnon.).

1. holy.

2. a holy river (as a purifier of dirt
and sin). ^1'§V^ the four holy rivers,
namely, Sindhu, Puksu, Sita and Ganga:

pray bestow
the nectar of your commands upon my
head from the canopied enclosure of your
compassion like the streams of the four
holy rivers which are never diverted
(Tig. k. 6). 3. f%u?, T^ST white, bleached.
4. BT$ a-ru Myrobolana arjuna.

S J^: correct spelling (in a
composition) ; also any revision, correc-
tion.

VT|X dag-sbyor or ^"pS'fjVq dag-pahi
sbyor-wa holy combination; also exact
coincidence (Oil. 6).

*W*> dag-ra *?&* a species of garlic.

^T^J dag-yig orthography ; ^'§'^"1 ^1
or «^'^1 the earlier (now obsolete) ortho-
graphy.

SI'W"!^ ^-/a}-^o=^if£c»'5^-q not
holy, profane.

614

' dag-fin snj 1. small splinter of
•wood or bamboo for cleansing the teeth.
2. bark of a tree. 3. scale of a fish.

^|1 dwags bright, i.e., in reference to
4
openness, cheerful appearance of a place i

*'f9S'3'qrw'*<^'3c>^l'!*'5i£''£1^ iQ the selec-
tion of a site for building are four chief
points, the frontage, back, openness and
the shade (Jiff.).

^qpj'|^ Dwags-stod the upper or .

higher portion of the district of Dwag-po
in Tibet. %«FfS"?*'* Dwags-ftoj kan-ra n.
of a grove in the upper portion of the
district of Dwag-po (Rtsii.).

^IpT^ Dteags-po the district of Dwag-

s

po, situated between the S. E. of the pro-
vince of U and Kong-po, the birth place
of the present Dalai Lama Lobzang
Thubdan Grya-tsho. V"]*'g'q*F|^ Dicags-
po bkah-rgyud a section of the School of
the Kah-gyu-pa which was powerful in
Tibet before the supremacy of the Dalai
Lama was established in 1644 A.D.
^l»rHi'g'7?Vql'fa'S Dwags-po zla-hod ffshon-nu
n. of celebrated lama of this school (Lon.
* 9). yi^'S* dwags-phor wooden cups
turned in Dwag-po. ^'^l dwarj^og
Daphne paper manufactured in Dwag-po.
V"l* § dwa(/$-$lc the striped woollen
wrapper cloth manufactured in Dwag-po.

^£" I : dan is a peculiarly-used word
taking the form and position of a conjunc-
tion but really being a postp. or com-
mitative case-sign of the Meaning " with
^." Thus VT^-vS^e.'*!* is not pro-
perly "sheep and she-goats and yak,"
but "yak with she-goats with sheep."

However, in such enumerations, the ren-
dering " and " is legitimate, as well as in
mere couplings, e.g., 8'VF'a'qljqrci shaving
the hair and moustache. Ace. to Thon-mi-
Sambhota, the father of Tibetan literature,
this word has the following five significa-
tions :— (1) Vf I'ltftF^ilJTCfV* as a conj.
for connecting a word with another follow-
ing it. (2) WK'*8yfl as an analytic term
to separate one word from another : — V^'5'

^•i^'AW^VW.'f^V'i^^^ tne Qwan-
po or the organs of sense are the eye and
ear and nose and tongue and the body.
(3) |'«l*r|'t'>l*ftvtn^l because of, on
account of, by reason of : a^2f«rcr^c^'*to'*i
because of having taken medicine the disease
was cured; Jhr«K'*^tlftr<r^'^»ifr1«ArJ< on
account of hearing many religious discourses
his perceptive faculty increased ; ^•q'sflfe.'q'
Sf' Jfc'-^rt! by seeing smoke he could know
(there was) fire. (4) ^^fv'*'^'^*^
when, as soon as, occasion, opportunity:
|-Sp-3«rwq-«^-«jar3«r* he proceeded to
the country when the constellation Pusya
appeared ; \worar •qvq^'Sn'ffr-^w as soon
as the sun rose on the mountain-pass
he performed the religious service. (5)
^m-c^qfr,c*^ffj|-«iW^ it is used to
signify exhortation, advice or entreaty :
*q^w|q-sf do learn well; F^T5K¥-'
and read loudly (Situ.). This last usage,
namely, the annexation of dan to the
imperative, has become common with
certain verbs in the colloq. being then
used almost as a sign of the imperative.
Thus jf*r«^ " tot tang" look, see ! jjPS^-
eat food. That "with" is the general
signification is evident from many phra-
seological usages of dan : — in using *$*'^
"in equality, on a level," dan connects
that word with the consequent, e.g., fS-sK.-
-R3j-^ he must go with you ;

615

so with the formative %*\'Q Idan-pa signi-
fying "possessed of," "provided with,"
e-9 '•> ^'V^'S^'" provided with wealth,
wealthy; i'f^'f^'frt a king pos-
sessed of (or with) five sons. More
explicitly in its true sense does it occur
with many verbs : — S'^'S^'^ ^ to meet
with the husbandman ; ST^'ST'1 to fall in
with robbers; jm-qS-g'Y^aW" to salute
the king's person; /wi'^W'W to
agree with another's opinion ; ssm'SYY^'
to be in harmony with all ;
to be in opposition to or
with the local god; sgj'Y^wq to fight
with an enemy ; p-$'«r^e.-'WJ-«i to struggle
with a snow-storm; ff?'*?fc*«H>*r^cy^«r
S« made dispute with the lama about the
prayer-wheel; ur^'ar^q''^^^''! to con-
tend in miracles with the saint; SY^Y
«^-9«rq to lie with a woman; fF'jJ*'
Y^'V^ near the town ; ^'Y4'9^'*1 equal to
that. Some particular ways of using
V dan are the following : — "l^'Y^'
«&ar«;=.-g<im-«r?!<im-i gold, and silver, and
iron, and the other (metals) ; whence note
that in enumerations Y*-' is employed
in different ways, arbitrarily, e.g., after
every single noun or pronoun except the
last one, or also after the last; it is
used or omitted just as the metre may
require it ; or when a sum is mentioned,
in the following manner: — ^g^'i'fl^'^ the
four elements; WY^-Y^Y^'^'1^'* sa-
dan chu-dan me-dan rlan-dan bshiho earth,
and water, and fire, and air, or esp. in col.
language, thus «'Y*'«I$"1, S'Y^'fy*', etc. —
*f-' is frequent also in the sense of "from,"
especially with certain verbs which cannot
indeed be used apart from it. Of these
are *9*rfl to be separated Y*' from, e. g.,
*^Y*ql*'S^'9q''°^ was separated from lust ;
also *S|TS hphral-wa to divide f.' from ;

again : pe/q^e; Vn far from the house. In
general, however, °W or ^*> is the sign of
" from." A further employment of *£•'
very habitual in the classical treatises is
in the manner of a continuative particle
at the end of subordinate and co-ordinate
sentences ; so it is annexed to the* verbal
participle which concludes the clause, but
never in the older works to the root of a
verb standing thus ; it can often, of course,
be rendered by " and " as if it belonged
to the following clause, but not always
so. One example of this very common
usage will here suffice : Y^'^'S111 §**

fa' thereupon the snake terri-
fying the householder, two boys together
with that, man, throwing up cries, escaped.
Finally, the one conclusion derivable
from the various usages of Y^' is that the
word must be always technically regarded
as belonging to the words or clause which
may precede it and not to any word or
clause subsequent ; which thus negatives
the notion that it is a true conjunction.'

£* II : a meadow.

dan-ga (eol.ss^'P1 dan-kha) &p-

petite: ^ Y^'q!'Rq!qI my appetite is gone;
«^c.-fl|-»)-q^ want of appetite (though wish-
ing to eat, cannot eat) ; Y£-'flI't'Y1' dan-ga
bde-wa good appetite.

Syn. jf^ Uo-cJie ; ^V'* grod^ohe;
dan-kha bde; 3*r*>S tshim-med;
chog-pa med-pa (Mnon.).

C''CI dah-du blan-wa or Y^'^'". to
receive a command or missive with readi-
ness, to do a . work with earnestness :
qijU-jrarY^^WWC9''^ bkah-rtsal dan-du
bians-pa§ tshul-bshin the behest he received

616

as a work of first importance (i.e., consider-
ing it as the first of duties). «^"a "^
dan-du mi-len does not accept ; does not
apprehend.

| dan-po

1. the

first, earliest, with respect to number,
time, rank: ^c.-ZiS'V.«r j« ^iift^t the first
or the earliest Buddha; ^•Zw'^w^g'M'K
who spoke (raised) the first rumour ? who
was it that first got up the rumour ? ^'Z®'
"Vi'«n on the very first day ; ^#«^ 3 "* "ft" q
being still in the prime of life ; *f-'% '"ft*1
the two first. 2. the first beginning, out-
set ; also signifies aboriginal, fundamental :
I at the beginning of the day ;
S ^ in the first place, above all, at the
very commencement; St'£|^' from the
beginning ; wse.'3'i las dan-po-pa a
beginner; W^t-i5-ji5-^»rg as long as he is

O *

only a beginner ; S*'5 'S*'''*1 dan-po dan
tha-ma the first and the last ; St'Hj?-^
dan-yohi rgyu fr<H the original or primary
cause; ^s.'Zi5'fj dan-pohi igra preceding
word; ^cZri'trq^'wtwm^'Jl*! he knows
the meaning from the context. 3. as adv.
^E.'cft firstly, in the first place ; at first ;
in the beginning; "^'^ft'l* happy from
the beginning.

^cZA-gar«j{ dan-pohi dul-can a bride
(just passed out of virginhood) (Mnon.) ;
tptfo'&r&f* a maiden ; a girl at puberty.

Syn. g'S'^vw bu-mo dar-ma; ^t*j-^-»)
khens Idaa-nta; n*:***:* lan-ts/io can-ma
(Mnon.).

^e.'35'q^i) dan-pohi bdag ^^I4J [1. a noble
man]S. 2. in Grram. ?nw .g^r the first
person.

^^ P dan-tea if, tre 1. to be pure;
to be clear; gen. as adj. pure, clear;

cleaned or sifted rice. 2. sincere,
single-hearted, guileless : «t*«r«^^-ar*q'

truly sincere towards all creatures;

w<^-q a pure, sincere disposition
to virtue (S. o.). ^'"'VS dan-ita nid
devotion, purity of heart. ^c.
dan-wahi psal-ica (P'^""!'^'?) v«a, €?» to
be cheerful ; of open countenance ; of bright
appearance.

dafi-tse l.n: of a kind of Chinese
satin. 2. in W. a field-terrace (Jd.).

ma-za

do not eat with a doubt ; also do not
entertain doubt [a suspicious man]&

^C'^ dad-ra stable for cattle, in C. and
W. (Jd.).

+ ^'OJ Dafi-la 1. fS "Ks a tank,
a pond. 2. ace. to Sch. a tract of land
abounding in springs. 3. n. of a long
and lofty mountain range in N. E. Tibet,
running from long. 90° to long. 96° E.
and keeping mainly to the 33rd parallel
of latitude. Travellers to Lhasa from the
N. E. must cross this range. It is Father
Hue's " Tant-la."

dicans or yri difans-pa 1. sbst.

glare, lustre : ^'^'^l it has no brightness
or glitter ; ^.wS^Zi very glittering. 2. force
of language; also pronunciation (colloq.
«nq-«^.«) ; ^t.q-g^ duani-po nid sbst. bright-
ness, lustre, glare, clearness. 3. adj.
sparkling, pure, clean, clear: 4'^"'"
sparkling water; *w^« unpolluted
heart; ptwc'p.wi (of the body) perfect
health, looking bright; ^w^" a clear
sky, fine weather ; ^tw^-»>-!Sf n. of a code
called " the clear crystal mirror " or direc-
tions for the guidance of government offi-
cials.

S^K^Jf &idwafls-ma=$'Qkhu-
^

gravy; fig. .relish, taste:
relish of food (Mfion.).

wa Tfl juice,
*r*i the

l ^ ^ dad-pa ^tfi, flt?R, &%.'• I. sbst.
• faith, devotion. 2. vb. to believe, to have
faith ; ace. to Ja. a secondary form of "XfiQ
to wish ; hence in compounds : fa'*F\ thirst,
etc. Keferring to this word Milfiragpa
remarks : ^'1 '^ '^Yc"|^*' ^ ^ql*' '"^Vi
yflf^*T^E.'<^'q>ij-q§-i>jaruie.-*4>3[vq<fl]'sr& as it is
to be feared that *ft'i may be mistaken for
^V, it is important that these two and
the object of one's W" or faith should not
be confounded. The first is what may be
called divine love, the second, i.e., ^V, is
love for one's wife, children, and worldly

$*•'§ I to men who are devoid of faith, holy
thoughts (religious ideas) would not occur
(Lam-rim. 25). ^'•i''ft'q'«w*'^<i|'q=vi)-«i!v
§1 »w*)yq5-j|<ij-'5q-cKs>( all believing in
him shall not be destroyed, but shall
obtain everlasting life. There are three
kinds of •ft'" dad-pa, viz: — (1) «^:q§'«fi'ci
«fi5 sincere faith; (2) S^'^'q^vq trust,
full confidence ; (3i |^$'iffl|'q5ts'vq unflag-
ging devotion, unalterable belief. Wq"^
dad-pa nid sbst. ^ faith, love, devotion ;
dad-gvg reverence and faith: jfe'Sj-
«r^W^jV«prfr on hearing of
his high virtues I meditated reverentially
on faith (Ebrom. f> 2). ^'q-^'q dad-pa
log-pa l^if^Md impaired faith, want of
faith [also, the man who is wanting in
faith]/??; SV1''!^'''!^'5! dad-pa phyirb$gyur-
wa ^'q'^«i'q 5^ ; y^K change or modi-
fication of one's opinion, (regarding
another person). V^'!^ dad-pa byed-pa
to confide in, to believe; •fi'q^i'^ in
faith; W^iT1! dad-pa hbul-wa offer of

faith; •SV'^S'S-i dad-pa mi-phyed-pa
unflagging faith.

d«d-9US Idan mi, mwm, ^-
faithful, loyal, devout, res-
pectful.

Syn. 5>a-w|^ gus-parbyed; ^^gui-
Idan; ^N'|«i she-sa byed;
parldan; ^&\9ten-byed;
b$ten; W$ljfi rab-tu bsten; **^ mos-
Idan; ^^ dad-ldan ; ^'*i|<s-^ dad-chagt-
can; ^^^ dad-pa can; iJ&rS'^w gcig-tu
sems; *f:t\ dan-wa; %W<1 mo$-pa; ycf<y\-
§^'q gus-pa phyag byed-pa ; f^\^ ban-da-
ru i*sn (Mnon.).

WV«'«S-j-^T«' dad-dam hpho-med.
kyi hdun-pa love with unflagging faith
and unflinching devotion ; as in *r'«wv;f§)»r
*^^^<^*^(|WJK*S^ in aremote
land though separated by distance his un-
failing love and devotion remained undi-
minished.

dad-hdun love, faith, devotion,
reverence, veneration, ^'^•^•q dad-hdun
med-pa faithless, irreverent, unbelieving.

V^'W dad-pa ^mm the three kinds of
SV dad-pa or faith ace. to Bon :— wH^y
1-Wi ; •NV^-SSI ; ^^^ • but acc. to

Buddhism, there are two kinds of «fi-q (1)
^•^•qfWq faitll ^ & wopldly ^^^

*rfpm*«w f^ in a spir;tual

sense (K. d. ^ 310).

q5-|Vg-^Cq dad-pahirjeg.su hbrafi-xa
°ne of the stages of a Buddhist
monk who is a Qravaka. svqr«|i}|V

B^^hrv^n vw. ^^^^ to

pray to perform the uposatha (religious
fasting) in faith; ^wJ&rZF ^^ one of
the twenty stages which a Buddhist monk
attains to in the order of Crdvaka*

79

618

j'3|£' dan-goA balls made of wood,
cloth, stone, or glass, with which children
play (K. du. S US).

dan-ta n. of a fruit yielding a
medicinal drug.

'^1 dan-neg in the dialect of Amdo :
precious, important.

^3j'!'§bT| dan-tint li-ka n. of a kind of
grass which grows as quickly as it is cut
(K. my. "I 888).

' dan-da n. of a medicinal herb.

j'^'O) dan-da-li in Ld. a sieve, gen.
consisting of perforated leather or a wooden
frame ; WVW rat dan-dal a sieve made
of cloth (Jd.).

S3)'*^ dan-hdra TTTO n. of a medicinal
fruit, [the castor-oil plant]S.

Dun-lag or V*'&\ Dam-bay n.
of hamlet situated below the great monas-
tery of ^'S6* .giras ypuAs or Daipung
near Lhasa, "about 4 miles to the W. of
that city (LoA*3).

^'^| dan-rog atfwm Croton euphor-
bia; or rather its medicinal fruit : "tf"*T
^•afi'VT^T6-'*1'^ dan-rog nan-nod drag-po
sbyoA-wa byed croton heals serious internal
maladies.

u~ta

n- of a medicinal plant :

from the root of the plant called
Danda Utpala taken with cow's butter
a woman will in proper time become
pregnant (K. g- * M)-

dam bound fast:
fit or suitable to be bound by promise
or under an oath, v. pwgK.* khas-blan$;
^•^•q^csi dam-du bcin-pa f%^r well
bound; also bound tightly. V'^'t>lt'£}
dam-du bzun-wa to hold tightly, hold fast ;
«J'^w yi-dam or 311'S" thugs-dam a solemn
promise, vow, oath, confirmation by
oath ; «>*r«rflff«r£i dam-la gnat-pa to abide
by one's own promise or words ; <i«'9*»*i
dam-nams a violation of promise; a
violator of promises; s*f9*w'9'a«'V«'
violations of duty. «^<>r<*V|*ri to exor-
cise demons, to bind them under solemn
oath, etc.

\dam-kfia = ^'^ thehu-tse a seal;
to seal, stamp. 5*l'fll dam-ga =
tham-kha (Cs.).

-prhi«j = y*[*P or 5j'l thehu-tse
a seal (If Aon.).

dam-bcah or cp'QWQ dam-bcah-wa
1, «f%?x, «'»IT, W^j a promise, a
vow ; the act of promising ; almost equiva-
lent to what we might term a sacrament.
•^•qwntjarq dam-bcah hbul-wa to give assu-
rance ; to make a promise ; tomtfafTV*
mi-hbdb-pahi dam-bcah a promise from
which one will not shrink.

^wsf^l'alfliwq Dam-can rdo-rie leys-pa
is a Tantrik deity introduced by Padma
S'ambhawa and mentioned in Pth. He
is of the VT")^ or terrific class of deities
and is usually portrayed riding either on
the Tibetan imaginary form of lion or on
a he-goat. He is known also as Rdor-legt.
Probably the same as that in the next
paragraph.

«;«-|^-$«-|oi Dam-chen chos-rgal is the
tutelary deity of the Grand Lama of
Tashi-lhunpo, and is supposed to be-

619

under a solemn oath to defend Buddhism
against all infidels.

^cos-pa a promise made ;
to make a promise; V'S*'* dam srun-wa
to keep one's word or vow ; ^sr^wsr^'H-
*wpra not to violate one's .promise.

S^'^f dam-dum l. = ^'g phran-bu
or S^-gc.- nun-nun small ; a little quantity
or bit. 2. various (Sck.).

dam-pa ?nm, tn;*, *<T, ^ 1.
excellent, superior, the best. ' 2. steady or
firm, tight. 3. holy, sacred ; which is the
most frequent usage of the word : Sj'«^*r«r
S^'i1^' a holy lama has come ; ^*r«rS|-*)Sfl|'
5'SwS}^ he is a holy one who has become
the very best; V'^-gflfa dam-pahi blo-gros
holy intention, pious inclination. 4.
seems to be also used as a term resp. for :
the deceased, the late, e.g., «w^*rtr^'^ he
my deceased father; gfsr^'V^'^ the
late teacher himself, etc. 5. also sbst.
the good, the holy, holiness : ^*rtrjj*wr| of
the holy ones.

dam-pa rgyalloi

Dam-pa tog-dkar n. of a De-
va-puttra ; ace. to some Gautama Buddha
bore this name in the Gahdan heavens.
dam-pa mi-ldan^ww^'i.
*v^q-4 dam-pahi grib-bsil-
dan Idan-pa ^fRj possessed of the grate-
ful shade of sanctity.

^*»-q3-£*j dam-pahi chos or
holy religion, Buddhism :

religion and worldly wishes there is none
that can accomplish these two together
(Lo. 7). 9fift««:«I^B^ia^ Dam-pahi
dios pad-ma dkar-pohi mdo

n. of one of the well-known scriptures
of the MaMyana school.

^scqq-q|l«i|^-q|aj dam-pahi g.zugs.brnan the
image of holiness.

custom,

dam-po <?f 1. strict, firm, strong,
tight; adv. as in «pr*ft-<^-£i to hold firmly,
to seize securely. 2. ace. to Ja. narrow.
^•Q-M^ dam-po ma-yin fs&m not strong-
willed ; not strict ; relaxed ; «pr£K-§^£i dam-
por byed~pa or *fQ*,'^n ^f^qt making
firm, tight, or strict.

VW dam-hbyar 1. =
usage, official practice :
<^'f^ the customary allowances of the
new year, etc. (Rtsii). 2. the affixing a
seal; also a letter to which a seal has
been fixed.

^^"1 dum-tshig word of honour, a
sacred or solemn vow ; words or engage-
ment made solemnly; *^%^ dam-tshig
nid promise solemnly undertaken.

Vr" dam-rdsas or ^lii|-fl)-g-« dam-l&hig-
gi rdsas objects or articles of religious
utility which one carries about; for
instance, the bell and the dorje are 'the
«;*rg-«i of a Tantrik lama or a Buddhist
exorcist which he always carries with him :

because he consulted the holy opinion of
the naljorma (female ascetic of the Tantrik
school) ; her desideratum (^'r*') which was
beer was kept concealed (A. 61).

R<;*rg§-*5( Edam-buhi tshal n. of a place
beyond Suvarna-bhumi (ancient Pegu);

3*-ta«fp soon after crossing the ocean
to the west of the groves of Suvarga-
bhumi (A. 20).

W^lfc' Lam-srag rdson described as
as being a district in Tibet (Rtsii.).

620

dam-sri a species of gnome men-
tioned in Pth. as causing plague and
cattle-disease.

^ dahu a kind of fever ^typhoid):
*V£|-«ftwfcwaj« teing laid up with typhoid
fever. ^V9'* dahu bu-ts/ia=y>;S* ducahu
bu-tsha an orphan boy, orphan.

I: dar ^n, *nr, in< silk; ahw a
flag* *M-s* lit. meeting-scarf, is resp. for
r)'"5q!*' silk-scarf presented on meeting';
presentation scarf ; J'S* Chinese or Indian
silk ; S*'S*1* white or plain silk scarf ; S*'
*fa silk stuff or dress. *%*'*(* hphyar-dar
a hoisted flag ; W a smaU flag ; *^'^
mdun-dar a silken strip attached to the top

of a lance. S*'|^ dar-gkud Tnro^ silk-
thread : 1*1'*^*' |Y^ without dress ; naked

like a silk thread (stark-naked). S*'H

dar-k/ira fmn painted or coloured satin ;

satin with figures on it; ^'^ dar-phon

a coarse kind of silk : ^^'H dar-khru small
Q

square or triangular flag (made originally
of silk) ; S"N'3'i('|R' dar-gyi Ida-Uin
silk-lace or fringes :
dar-gyi Ida-ldid maft-po l}tag$-pa

SV§-<*g dar-gyi hbu or S*'3'ifa'g dar-gyi
srin-bu qfazfcs silk-worm.

Syn. gViS'ig skud-pahi hbu; S
dar-gyi hbit (Mfion.).

decorated with a large number of silk
fringes, lace, &c. ^'n dar-sab ^tn the

O *

finest satin, silk-stuff; embroidered silk
kincob; svwa^-

the fiBMtntin:

Chandra-

garbha sit on the satin-robe spread out.
l^-2S-l$^v»q-?i«|N- |aj-n|^«i)»)-»iE.^»4 a large
present consisting of the finest embroidered
satin, etc. (Rtsii.). s^'^'^'*^ dar ri-mo-can
fr*-4MS* figured satin imported from
China.

dar-lcog a flag-staff about 10 or
12 feet. high (with inscribed flag) fixed
on house-tops, piles of stone, or on votive
cairns.

Syn. S"vS'i dar-po cfie.

q dar-btayt-pa to bind silk
scarves to the neck or throw them on the
necks of parties to be blessed.

dar-la T&, (^'^1) ^^a^ing [a kind
of satin cloth used for protection against
frost] 8.

ri dar-tliogt-pa one with a scarf
in his hand ; v^TV^s*' *"!«'« the general
(when given command of an army)
being presented with a silk scarf as a token
of office (DM.).

dar hthag-mkhan silk-weaver ;
'* daughter of a silk-
weaver.

V^'S dar-bu a kind of red cloth made
of either coarse silk or cotton, manufac-
tured in Amdo (S. kar. 174).

dar-bubg a whole piece of silk-
stuff rolled together.

dar-dpyadg or ^'31 daryug
a narrow ribbon-like piece of
silk, a kind of silken ornament. 2. the
silk scarves or coloured cotton cloth at-
tached to a flag-staff (Rtsti.).

Syn. ^'9 dar-ku; ^'4e-' dar-chun
(Jd.).

^^ II : ice, not glacial ice, but that on
ponds, streams and lakes ; s* '**•!*> dar-chag$
icy formation, ice in formation : «*'«rsv
*q|*rq5q an incrustation of ice has formed
on the lake. sv»i dar-zam ice-bridge.

621

also =

III : ?ft<H youth ; f^ws or

; 5^ youth; youthful age ;
gkyes-phran. V|s dar-phyed
or Vs'*fa dar-yol ^tnf, ?nraN^ one past
his youth, i.e., after the middle age, i.e.,
from the 49th to the 60th year in
man.

V^&i dar-2cig=*SX&» or *^i| a little
while, a moment; "j*^tofjfcjwn after a
while ; adverbially : for a little while, for
a moment, directly, instantly, in a mo-
ment ; ^'**» dar-tsam about a moment.

^'q dar-ica vb. 1. to be diffused, grown
up; to spread, spreading; S«r^-q to gain
much ground, to increase exceedingly ; •>*>'
VHT*1 to extend, enlarge ; ^vg<^ spreading
and decaying ; increase and decrease ; $«r
*\*>'i a growing place or country. 2. = ^'^
(Beng.) ffa sbst. whey ; milk from which
butter has been churned out ; ^'q$'« wine
made of fermented whey.

Syn. $'| chu-skya; *q'| chab-skya
(Mnon.).

«^w*i dar
maiden ; a damsel.

youthful.

J^'JFJK Dar-rgyas 9lin n. of a Bud-
dhist monastery in Upper Tibet. J&.
mentions this also as another n. for Dar-
jeeling.

^'f dar-sga the walnut-tree.

dar-dir

humming

or buzzing; wailing, lamenting (Jd.).

^X dar-rdo=.*^-^rdar-rdo, g'^'^'g^
a stone on which any steel implement is
sharpened ; grinding stone.

dar-dhi, v. S'-*) *M-f«
'5 rfar-joo an adult.

SV' (fo,..^ c^ v. ^•|-q, dar-lcog sail;
large flag fastened to a flag-staff : |x«r^
W^'«*|^%-^^^-^-»^ and that
ship quivered like as a flag when moved
by the wind (A. 16).

£1 1 : Dar-ma n. of a district in the
province of Hphan-yul, with a small fort
(Rtsii.).

II : ttmo, «^T, <wir, also vfe,
middle age (in man or woman) after the
40th year.

•^'wS-fw dar-mahi $tob§ the strength of
full-grown man, that of an adult.

^••A-qq dar-mahi lus ^^SM^T the body
of a bull; youthful body (like that of
growing bull).

Dar-ma rin-chen also called
an(j successor Of Tsong-
khapa ; ^'wq^^swr Dar-ma bsod-namg n.
of a disciple of Tsong-khapa (Lon. * 11).

V^ Dar-mo an abbreviated n. of a
Tibetan physician called Vs-frjpj-^wei ;
his work on medicine is still extant in
Tibet.

'<i dar dmafi-pa raw-silk (Schtr.).

alum.
» or 5}
a moment ; very short time.

^-l&i| dar-btsag=Wtii\ cloth used for
sifting and filtering: Ij'^q'^'q&i'aq'crdpr
V^ sifted wheat is like barley (in price)
(Rtsii.).

^'|"'»i^ Dar-rtqe-mdo Darchendo, other-
wise Ta-chien-lu, situated in the south-
easternmost corner of Tibet and practi-
cally out of all Tibetan jurisdiction. It
is 'the transport place from whence brick
tea is brought into Tibet.

622

dar-tslt.il 1. the fat of youthful
growth. 2. ace. to Sch. grain.

^^*T1|^ dar-ya kana. medicinal herh
growing in clefts of rocks : ^

S*-u« dar-yab a silk-fan.

*^'J\* dar-$(tm 1. the lower border of a
silk dress (Jd.). 2.=irtT n. of a plant,
prob. the plantain.

V%' dar-fiA 1. a medicinal fruit. 2.=
^•Jfl|-%- flag-staff. 3. V$'*qF{| a very
fine wood (Jig.), prob. the Batin-wood.

^•wg^'ti dar-sar byej-pa to keep
observances where religion flourishes.

^'SJC' dar-san a thin satiny muslin
used for door-curtains and screens by
lamas and great personages to prevent the
public gazing on any ceremony or
entertainment.

^s'^l dar-han a Mongol word signi-
fying a man who is exempt from the duty
of furnishing labour, &c., to the State,
and also from supplying ponies, &c., to
those who travel under official authority.

*•*. adj. slow, leisurely;
dal-rkan slowly walking ; s«rj<&r»M dal-
khom mid-pa = fa ^'t without leisure or
rest : r^^^'NFFVj*"'*?* the
mouths of crows and little birds, etc., have
little rest (Khrid.. 45). S«<i*> dal-gyi$=
T^ slowly, softly, gently.

^ar^wwq dal-gyis hbab-pa fl^rflRsft
n. of the river Ganges in the Himalaya ;
any sluggish or glacial stream. Also dal-
babs.

dal-hgro or "V^SF1^ fl=^RJ^,
snrar slowly or gradually mov-
ing; that moves in a prostrate position.

Met. for the planet Saturn, the white
swan, or a tortoise. w*lj5'*^'l^ dal-
hyrohi rgyttn-bshin meandering, as great
rivers of the plains which flow sluggishly :

( Tig. k. 15) pray permit your instructions
(letters) to come to me uninterruptedly,
like the flow of a river.

ST'if'N rial-hgros 1. a mode of dancing
v. ^•qS-'^l'v 2. described as fl|-$-fl|^-<*3j'«»
to walk or move slowly.

S«r« dal-rgyu slowly moving, sluggish

€

stream.

lan-cig 1. once: S«r
I shall be coming over once.
2. TTO a moment, cf. *\^ "t^"! dar-gpig a
little while.

V'?^ dal-rten=-$'Q* the human body
(which is very slowly evolved).

^ar?fl|'R|flp daMhog hjug-pa to attack,
disperse an enemy (Sch.).

S^VI dal-dag this term and ^«i'<F' and
^TR^fa occiu1 in astrological calculations of
1»^'g the five planets (which term probably
implies the planet Saturn).

«^r^-«4t*rti dal-du phans-pa fig. to work
or to study assiduously ; not to be lazy or
indolent: ^^ftyf^K^iffK^ he said :
but then learn some science not to remain
idle (A. 32).

W » dal-po T&: = dal sluggish, slow,
relaxed ; weak, with but little energy.

Syn. §S'3 Ihod-po ; •51«'$C-'£J fugs c/tun-
wa ; ST*! bul-wa (Mnon.).

languor, ease, quietude, leisure ; also the
state of dalwa, and so the being at ease or in
state of leisurely comfort or repose : 3"!*)'
SQr^*' when at leisure, when the mind is
disengaged or at ease, dolce far niente.

623

q-^-g generally, not being bonTin
any of the eight states of restless existence,
one who finds rest by religious practice
is said to be Dal-wa (Snin.). ^rq'sg^
the eight states in which living beings
are at ease and happy as being possessed
of many blessings ; they are: (1) X«-|^-ci5'^
a religious person ; (2) ^'Q'^.'*! one who is
fully developed both physically and men-
tally; (3) fq"*r*F not a heretic, i.e., one
who is a Buddhist ; (4) as a ty Ilia or god ;
(5) as a ty 'wSfa lha-ma yin or Asura an
antagonist of the gods ; (6) an enlightened
man (i.e., not a savage or wildman) ; (7)
and (8) those not born in space or in
any animated nature outside humanity.
These are also called J**i1<rqj1v The
following are S'jfwtrqj^ mi-khom-pa brgyad
^aitWUi:, i.e., the states in which liv-
ing beings have no ease or rest who suffer
from continual work, and are therefore
called restless ones or *)'|5*r«i : — (1)

hell-beings ; (2) ^'

those born in the form of pretas ; (3) ^'q3j
those in the animal kingdom

(humanity excluded) ; (4)

i4ft wild tribes living in the border

countries, i.e., outside the pale of civili-
zation ; (5) JTS kla-klo ^f^, or H3*(
lit. one of indistinct speech, i.e., Moslems ;
(6) sj-l-RR-q ^Hfe^limfTi the gods who
on account of desire to live long are born
in spheres of the heavens where there
is no opportunity of entering the state of
Nirvana ; (7) ^e.-q-*^£.-q ^qforerar those
who are defective in their internal or
external organs ; (8) g'q'Jfap firoT^fg those
who are heretics or infidels, i.e., not Bud-
dhists. In Sanskrt and Pali works we find
ft^«ti|i<nniffldi indifference with respect
to the purification of heart, instead of (5).

lha-ldan-ma

f the lunar mansion in which there are
five star-gods, a constellation appearing in
the shape of a chariot.

Syn. 51 U-rji; qvwjfv* skar-ma mar-
ma (Mnon.).

^•qv^ip-q dal-war dgah-wa to like doing
things slowly, not rashly.

=^^ dalwa q>s. slow : S1"'
moves slowly.

a=|3^i«j slowly; gently.

Dal-bon a sect of the Bon : V'*T
*«l%«i^c the Dai-Bon
came from the soft regions where the
lambs dwell (D.B.).

•VJCRqq-^cu]^ dal-hbab rnam-bshi the four
great rivers which have issued from the
glaciers are: — (1) faf the Indus ; (2) iFI
?TlpT the Ganges ; (3) «jB tpg the Pakshu ;
ace. to some authors, the Yamuna ; (4) $'§
t%tTT the Oxus ; ace. to some authors the
Brahmaputtra : 9q*r**prg«^«r<WJS«r«rq^S-
|3j-q^-^-q-«|jj (Jig. k. 28) may your
letters also be like the flowing streams of
the four Mandcikini rivers.

dal-hbyor an abbr. of IWW$'\
and ^l^'ti'ij; and when these eighteen
conditions are complete in a Sattva, i.e.,
in an animate being, it becomes a human
being : qvT^81 '*§*'*>' Vc-''5*<'5fo'^' I having
obtained the noble body of a dal-hbyor
man (A. 3). ^-^I^Wiip-q dal-hbyor
rned-par dkah-wa humanity, i.e., the state
in which the eighteen blessings are with
difficulty acquired.

^ar|^-s< dal sbyin-ma ^vs^i 1. n. of a
festival. [2. night, giving relaxation or

rest]&

S«r*i dal-ma=i\*<'*<f'*('** a nautch-girl
or dancing-woman

624

S81'^ dal-mo quiet, calm; also the chine,
loin (Ja.).

V* dal-mo^T* slowly: .
you walk slowly, proceed slowly.
atfWSJ'Mfa dal-myur mtho-dman-gyi hgros
slow and quick, upward or downward
movement (B. ch.).

«V*-«rtk- dal-btson S«r*f 1. one selling
articles at his own residence, who has not
to move here and there for their disposal ;
i*t btsoU is pf. of ***' htshoH. 2. in JT.
the people of *eA'*wijVfl|g*i are not
seldom forced by their rulers to take
goods from them at fixed prices. When
this is done underlings appear before
the tents or houses with a quantity
of goods (which nobody else will buy) and
throwing them down tell the owner of
the house or tent that he now owes
so much to the Government for things
received. This is called ^i'**' orthogr. of
V* not certain, but it appears to mean
to spread, distribute — to >pread trade by
force.

or

qn: flowing in a low stream. W&f*'f*
dal-hdsin fia-rgyal *M*WT the pride of
Mandhara; the pride that I am more
happy than another person ; Vi'^'^T*
dal-dsin {to-dgah n*£M<*)fvn4 the lover of
Mandodari, Kavana; «pr<d^«R»rw dal-
hdsin gna$-bzafi the superb mansion of
heaven.

a pesti-

lence of the worst kind, with the following
symptoms : — «|^'3=-' gser-thuri ; Wfrkhrag-
nnd; ^^|«i Itag-hgyel ; ^i\'^ cog-hgyel;
«|«-^J4^ mkhris-rims ; ff^*w
etc. (Sman. 119),.

di num. fig. 41.

K^) di-ki in mysticism=an assemblage;
all or some brought in together (K. y.
*\ 215).

Kw di-mar a certain worm or insect
(Sch.).

\ di-ri-ri the howling noise of
the wind, the rattle of thunder; also
buzz, murmur, hum, low confused noise
as of crowds, of number of praying people,
of wailing prisoners, of birds on the wing.
(<?//-., Ja).

^ di-hi^-t'Mt drunk (mystic) (K.
g. 1 215).

*fl dig in r^«! or f^T", v. *tf».

^"]'f^ diy-tnan Wt?i a pigeon.

Syn. 51"!'^ phug-ron; ^'^sT"! ca-co
tgrog; ugacq^-ftij'^ hphrul-icahi miy-rait
(Mnon.).^

'i dig-pa ^^ra 1. to stammer, also
') a stammerer : qv*1*^' VT^T*1 he
at the time of speaking stammers (Ya-sel.
35) ; cf . <&?fi Mig-pa. . 2. staggering,
intoxicated (Ja.).

V' diti for ^t'«' dtH-safl.

V'H difi-khri a descendant of Qnah-
khri btsan-po, the first historical king of
Tibet (J. ZaU.).

%f*'%f> din-din the sound of the drum ;
ace. to Schr. fl)^'S'^e.1^f = laughing aloud
(Ta. 158-4).

^'^ din-pfion n. of a superior kind of
Chinese satin embroidered and worked
with needle: W^fV'*f^i"|f*lw the
canopy or ceiling made only of Din-phon
satin is better (Jig.). Also ^'sf« din-gos
id. (8. kar. 179).

^•'4* din-hur sn^ a sound, noise.
V'^ Difi-ri n. of an extensive table-
land situated N. E. of the confines of Nepal

625

in Tibet and where there is stationed a
Chinese militia. It is commonly called
Tingri Maidan. Is more than once men-
tioned by Milarag-pa in his Nam-thar.

^'*K- dit-san *»*f?c, abbr. ^ V and «v
to-day and to-morrow, hence just now,
now-a-days ; also written as ^'wi'.

r«y |*-|yr<w this passage
was explained as: Sfr'wj|*rg=.-*fl-§-|c.-qS-
*V< the stage wherein the teacher re-
nouncing his home enters the religious life
(D.R).

I : du 1. num. -fig. 71. 2. tenni-
native case-sign after final *, ^, af, «, ^ at.
3. how many, how much: ^ ^ how
much is there ? sjw^ri'q^-iSaj ijOW
many months ago was it that he came ?

93) he asked how many years have passed
since the Nirvana of Buddha.

Syn. *f to ga-tsam; %to ei-tsam; %'fa
ji-tsam (Mfion.).

^'^ du-du how much, how many each
time?

^ »I du-ma ^|%3>, JfTin many ; also va-
rious, several; <V1"V« many days: ^'*«-|
it divided itself into several (parts) ; «MT^*«
many a time, often. Occurs for " many "
in Mil. Gurbum 79*. 2 and 1820. 3.

^"| du-shig about how much ?

^'5 du-ru how much, what extent ? «r

(Lon. * Q I am confused
being a stranger in this country; for that
reason the nature and extent of this coun-
try of Tibet (pray describe).

^ II: in mystic sense 1.=* taste (*
also = dead body). 2. a woman of bad
morals (K. g. f> 179).

du-ku-lahi ra$ or
l^Rf the finest kind of silk cloth
manufactured in very early times in
India.

+ ^£r$'u< du-pa tri-ya (mystic) a cloud
(K.g.p28).

^ du-wa -SJ* smoke; ^-«J-»i5«i du-wa
rnthul •sj^TRnfr it smokes; ^'I'gvq1!^ du.
wa phyur-wa lyed smoke rises ; ^'^ hor-
du "Turk's smoke," signifying the Tur-
koman Lob-nor or nomad's tents each
containing a stove from which smoke rises.
V*W^' du-wa mjug-rifi %g comet.
Syn. SfV8^ phod-can; wi^y^ mjug-
phod-can; ^"I'SV^ gisug-phud-can ; g«r«aj
sbriil-can; ||«|-anr|« skag-las-kges; f^'«i
§kra-g.nis-pa (Mnon.).

^'*idw-wa-pa ace. to Jd. : in Spiti very
poor people that pay but a trifling tax;
proletarians ('smoke people') that have
nothing but the smoke of their fire.

t^Q'Wa^ndu-wa-mizdd-pa=*$jF'Hn. Of a
hell (in the Bon mythology).

du-wa htshubs Hf= the hornet.

du-wahi $kye-g.nas 1. ^T.
fire (as the source of smoke). "2.
ace. to Mnon. = ^ sprin cloud.

^•^•T"! du-wahi tog -srR% a comet.

^•fW| da-shag ace. to Jd. the smoke or
vapour hanging over towns and large
villages in the morning.

• ^,'^'JT| du-ru-ka 1. a kind of fir from
the sap of which a resinous incense is pro-
duced; «K>«'$tft«r^'W (K. g. ^ 338)
the resin is considered good for the sacri-
ficial fire. 2. J'V5''>|S-g«! rgya duru-kahi
yul n. of a place in China inhabited by
MuEalmans (Loft. "• 12).

+ ^'? du-ham V'S^^ri'ql'^jlj a repiy
saying "it is a town" (a phrase used in
mysticism) (K. g. (" 27}.

80

626

Du-har nag-po,n. of a celebra-
ted Chinese astronomer and mathematician
(Rtsii.).

J \-n-^ d&-pa kfl ya

§'| an image either inscribed on or depo-
sited in a stupa or chaitya. 2. a name of
the great temple in the Daipung monastery
near Lhasa.

S^| dug poison, which is of several
kinds, viz :— ^'"^'S'V! •'•«•» natural poison,
such as make venom, vegetable and
also moral poisons; S^-^fli substances
that have been converted into poison ;
are g5£w''VI poisons applied and also
made by mixture; wJfcqS^fl] sight-
poison, .poisons which are visible as such ;
^qi'qS-^fl] poisons of contagion and infection,
those of fatal or ruinous consequences.
The four figurative poisons in Budh.
wJir<rq a mantra or

are :

charm known in a wrong manner is poison ;
^•q'q^^fwgw'cr^ni indifference to an ill-
ness is poison; flW«"'^'€-»-t'^'{'-^ an
old" man's keeping company with a young
woman is poison ; W«5'Hw?ir«i'^q a poor
man's sleep during the day-time is poison
(G. don.). In medical works : \*-*:q-tw|«i-
iS'^fli the hot sun acts as a poison to the
nkin; *c.'5|'-*r)^'V' ^ 5 ^eer acts as poison

to the flesh;

table-salt

mind which embitters everything that would
otherwise be charming ; (4) gi'Vl jealousy
which does not allow the mind to bear the
sight of another's prosperity; (5) 1^'Sql=
*Tw darkness of the mind. The five gods
who ace. to the Bon can suppress the above
five poisons are :— (1) 1*fl'f*WH, (2) "I*.'

qmN-q^-cj (3) ^-quwpwrtl, (4)

(5)

»i/-</*s byug-pa-can what-
ever has been poisoned or besmeared with
poison (as an arrow point) (Mndn.).

^1'9|'*>'?1 dug-gi me-tog 1. generally
the plant Vangucria spinona, the blue-lotus,
2. also w«V Linum usitatissimum.

dug-gi (man or ^'|W aconite ;
poison used as medicine. ^T^'JW"' dug-gi
s»Mii-pn srg=a§'Er a physican or medicine"-

if

man using poisonous drugs in diseases.

dug-snags poison charm ; the
following poison-charm is carried in amu-
let cases inscribed on cloth, paper, or
birch-bark, as a protection against poison :

acts as poison to the bones. Again, we
read of ^I'lS*1^ dug-g.sum-ni the three

*hj [hatred] /S. "ft®*! fa [ignorance] S.
(A. K. 111-21). Ace. to the Bon there are
five moral poisons : — (1) ^fj1* pride origina-
ting from an inordinate sense of one's
acquirements; (2) ^V*^!*1 love and lust
originated from objects that fascinate the
mind ; (3) 3'^V anger as the poison of the

ro) v^'5 da-na-te

a 8r* o-la 5^*;j-$ (K. du. * 116).

day-can poisonous; VT^'i dwj-
can-pa = ww^wi also=«mr the ocean;
anything poisonous or mischievous ;
^n|-^-«X dug-can mtsko «UR the ocean
(which is believed to contain poison).

^rq&i dug-bcotn ^nfiw an epithet of
Buddha ; one who has made poison ineffec-
tual (M.V.).

ditg-chags mischievous ; colloq.
!*''^ " mi di duk-chak re," that
man is very mischievous.

a kind of twining shrub used as,; an

627

antidote against poison, Muispermum
cordifolinm.

dug hjoms-ldan »ref the
golden eagle which Vishnu is said to ride.

g-gfien an antidote to poison.

dug-ti in Tsang : so, thus, in this
=$«r5 (Jd.).

VTq dug-pa or V1'3 old coat or garment
patched up and mended (Mnon.). Ace. to
Jd. coat, garment, dress.

VT^sT"! dag-hphrog ftmiwi poison-
repelling, antidote against poison, n. of a
species of tree, Aristobchia Indica.
cluy-dmar =*

c." dug-mo nun or
medicinal fruit akin to Karaya: T5T"1
^If-y;-^ra|*r4r**BClf^ Karaya or
Dugma-nun stops dysentery ' and cures
biliousness.

Syn. i^'g bcad-skye ; 3'«^ spu-can ;
R'$'^*' ri-yi-phren ; *)^'^ behu-can; ^'g

dug-mo nun-gi hbru
described as ^N'Rg^ qac.- ««§ hbras-bzan
fine-fruiting barley.

VI'S" dug-rtsa (*fc'^«|) a species of
aconite.

rab-hjom§ 1. t^
the lotus ; that which destroys the effect
of poison. 2. fr^n the poison-destroying,
the tree Mimosa sirissa.

VI' v*^ ^wgr rba-can f%^f^tl:;^ hornet
or insect having a poison-sting.

^1%!S dug-lo 1. poisonous leaf. 2.
the banyan tree; Ficus religiosa.
|^-q5'«^ Dug-lo Ijon-pahi mdo n. of a
Bon religious work called 'the tree of
poisonous leaves.'

dttg-qoy poisonous paper, or
daphne bark paper of Tibet arsenicated to
prevent its being eaten up by moth.

Vr$°i dug-sel 1. ^laTO that which
neutralizes the effect of poison ; an epithet
of Mahadeva. 2. n. of a medical author
of ancient India. 3. 5'S the fruit of
Emblic myrobalan.

dug-ha-fa ha-la ^m^l, or
, a deadly poisonous drug.

I : dugs inflamation ; in medical
works of Tibet are named two kinds
of ^1**, viz. : — «$«rvi« inflamation from
cold, .and VN ^"1^ inflamation from heat.

: 1. gentle warmth; ace. to
Schtr. heat : ^''A'VFi*1 by the heat of
fever ; 5(' Vl*i warmth from heated stone ;
|wr^nj« ^M'^im warmth from the fresh
dung of animals ; ifa'^m parched corn
before it has lost its warmth. 2. revenge,
grudge, rancour (Jd.).

^q^'ti dugs-pa vb. 1. to make warm, to
warm. 2. to light, to kindle (Jd.).

S£' dun 3>g, 313% SIMM, **N)ST any
shell, the conch-shell (used as a vessel for
offerings ; or, when perforated at one end,
for blowing as a horn) ; a horn, trumpet
(to call the monks of a monastery to a
service) ; ^9*VCI to blow a shell ; jgw^' '
trumpet used in courts of justice ; &>• V
church-trumpet, trumpet used in religions
services; 'W^' war-trumpet; 5t>*r^--
hunting bugle ; *f*''if-' a trumpet made of
a hollow thigh-bone; KN'^C,' a copper
trumpet ; **W' a brass tube about eight
feet long used as a trumpet; S^'V1' a
similar instrument but shorter and
smaller in size; y^' a horn trumpet;
dwn-gi-tshogs a series of

628

conch-shells. y^ff^^F^ the
conch-shell ornament worn in Tibet on
the wrist by the women ; y.'t|'«w| "HP5*
an arm adorned with the conch-shell ;
V^S dun-gkad the sound of the conch-
shell trumpet; ^Y^'g^T*' W""''** a
conch-shell on account of its sound is
higher than all musical instruments (Loft.
' ^) J y^ dufi-chen large trumpets made
of copper or brass used in religious
services ; the human skull ; *F^ rkaft-
dut the thigh-bone trumpet ; y *" dufi-
fftot JRT religious service with the music
of the church shell-trumpets ; also the
damning of religious faith or inclination
in the mind.

Syn. •flw'l famka; S'Jh'I^S chu-snn

V?fl|-«^ Duft-yi thor-cog can n. of
a celebrated physician of Tibet who lived
in the 4th century A. D :

*V^ the physician Dungi-thor-chog-chan
served as physician-lama to king Thori
and his son Khri-snan-gzugg-can (Qyu.
S3}.

^f9|-|*4%'V»F'z' dun-gi Idem-fin dkar-po
white-wood tree to make images, the wood
resembling a conch-shell in appearance ;
prob. birch-tree (D.X.). v^a^'^'M"*'
q5- j-*i* n. of a mythological ocean situated
beyond the great mountain of Rtsed-mohi
Phren-tcahi ri (K. d. * 330).

yjfs.' dufi-skyon n. of a Naga Raja
who resides in the ocean and protects the
shells (Mnon.).

^E.'VT^ql'"!:!fqr*< dun-dkar rag-gfog-ma
lit, white conch with brass wings ; a
conch-shell trumpet or vessel mounted
with brass, with brass-wings (Rtsii.).

a conch-shell with its coil
reverting to the right instead of to the
left: il^'^loc"!^'^'^'^'^'^^'^! j$*r
$>W'l|''<wy^>JK'^'^KI the sound of the
Daksina vartta conch-shell cures various
diseases and if one is kept in the house
it removes quarrels, strife, and brings in
harmony (Lot. 1 2).

Syn. ^' **"! dut-mchog; 3T3'*§«r«>
rgyal-po hkhyil-wa ; t'3'i'|*''^,E'' bkrafis dan ;
j'i'gri (kye-wa (Ha-pa (IfAon.').

^R.-qp%nj|m dun gyon-hkhyil the ordi-
nary conch-shell of which the coil is from
left to right ; y V* dut-dmar ^wny=
^1'*^ red conch-shell ; conch-shell vermi-
lion dyed; ^flvws^ dut tsher-ma can
*«L**iH5- ; yy'1 .horned conch-shell or
one with bristle-like excrescences'.

*f-'»T*(.dut-mkhan, v.

^t-wSuj dut-mc/tog, 'v. .
dufi-dkar gyaf-hkhyil.

^f-'^ dun-rdo fossil-shell.

yw^flj'^ dun-mdoy-can possessed of
conch-shell colour, conch-like colour ;=**'
3M the human skull (Sman. 348).

yg« dufi-hbrag sqp«?i a kind of
stone which joins fracture :

dufi-mis/io dkar-mo n. of a
great white ocean abounding in conch-
shells (J. Zan.).

dun pyas-hkyil, v.

dun-ne defined as t>Xfii or
»i-q the growth of real attach-
ment or regard ; also $*i«r^f6 or
§)^f£ id. yft-q dun-ne-wa constant,
continual (Ja.).

629

Dufi-can-mi
Khadoma sprite.

n. of a

'^F rf«»-<*Mfl=3*w''8*1*' I- with
V«=to yearn : •^•f^Vyy&S even
if you starve, do not yearn after a thing ;
TtoTtwry-y^-JI j^ yearns for his rela-
tions. 2. staggering, reeling, loitering,
wavering (Sch.).

dun-pan a Chinese word Tibe-
tanized=a washing bowl, basin.

^•|* dun-phyur (2J">) J^f, W^, JTVJ
ace. to Sch. and Ja. 100 millions.

y 9*' Dun-lun n. of a sacred place in
Tibet (Deb. I/.3) : y%*^*»f*'Mf*Al^
at Dunlung he heard the voice of a
Diktat.

y *-fV«iS-*i^ Dwn-fo IJon-pahi mdo n. of
a Bon religious work (.5. Nam.).

dun-sems lit. white heart,
sincerity, candidness : jtf'5'«

S$) I shall again and again sincerely
hold intercourse with you on appropriate
subjects so as not to be discarded.

dufis-pa a secondary form of
love, Wt^SHrH-f-JKf some
faith and love having grown. °)^'^=.^=^e.'
£'t"t' loving, affectionate.

I: dud-pa l. = 3«'«i ^ adj.
humble, sbst. mildness, humility, also
respect, homage. 2. vb. to lie, to knit, v.
Wq- 3- Pf- of W to stoop, bend, to
bow down.

dud-hgro tU3 that which walks
bending ; opposite to man who walks
upright; a quadruped, beast, and some-
times used as a general name for all
animals except man. Dudo are of two

kinds :— (1) sc-N-aj-ij^-o ' those that live
hidden, such as in the sea, underground, &c.
2. f'^'q those that live scattered in the
abodes of men and -gods, ^urq-^-u) ^<»|*r
I'^Vf •"K^S'Mf^ it is said that there
are Dudo also in hell and in the region of
the Preta (ghosts) (K. d.*2).

^ L smoke- 2-

soot mixed with butter which is
applied to the eye-lashes in the East.
^VP dud-kha ace. to Sch. : (1) having
the colour of smoke. (2) a family ; house-
hold, as smoke-emitters. (3) chimney;
^'3]e,« dud-grans number of houses counted
by the smoke coming out from each:
(NCvywfr^Ml the number of house-
holds or families of ft and Tsang under
the Khri-bskor rule. (Yig.). ^S'l'^
dud-pa snon the smoke preceding the
flames; ^'w dud-bal soot; ^vfr dud-
rtsi id.

dud-dmag 1. fight or dispute
among householders. 2. soldiers recruited
from, among villagers.

V\'<*c dud-tshafi=**-*^ a family, a
household ; ^\"^ dud-htsho = $=•'* a village,
hamlet; yS'^'&f'WW* twelve villages or
hamlets.

^'E| dun-pa (fori^'i) great diligence,
assiduity; ^'^'^'a very diligent ; in W.
(cf. ^'1 and 5^).

^'C| dub-pa iff fij^ or q«'^-«i vb., pf.
i'1! to-be fatigued, to be tired; $*r$w
§^-5»i have you not become
fatigued in mind and body (A. 23.) ; adj.
tired, fatigued ; also ^'^ ; sbst. fatigue ;
*>'^q'3 untired ones; e.«t'^-^q'^ being
fatigued: vr^^Wi he is tired in
body, speech, and mind.

630

dum 1. a small plate or vessel : y<'
-»w'£i^c.'q JTipi'^N carrying one plate
filled with torma offerings (A. 29). 2. a
small quantity, a little, a bit: yfcrs^
wait just a short while.

dum-pa 1. frfrs some:
it being a little, somewhat. 2. a division,
or volume, in the dialect of Amdo : *§*'
^wtrq$-qfy« the twelve volumes of the Bum
(scriptures).

ditm-po a large piece, a fragment.

dM»i-&u=«\*»'y 3ns a fraction,
small piece, a part, a quantity. y»'8vaj3f«r
^t or §S-J1 to break, to cut to pieces :

all properties
and effects whatever there may be should
be divided into three parts — the parents
will get two parts and the son one part.
y'S'*^ dum-bu can fractional ; ^*'S'*^ dum-
lu nun ^f, w«3iB entire. yi'9'*RJ*< dum-bu
gsuni f%paig« three parts, triple division ;
^"'9^'S^'" dum-bw gym-pa divided into
parts; y^'IS'1! dum-bur bycd-pa f^i
to divide.

Sj^'SJ^l Dum-brag n. of a rock-cavern
(Deb. 1*1). .

^ST^IK* dum-yan in Sikk. = «w^
head workman, one who supervises work.

*'*1 dum-bu ysum-pa, \.

,*Z3 dur-tca vb. 1. to dispose of the
dead, to keep a dead body. 2. ^. dvr or
^•« tomb, grave; ^'^^11'" to bury, to
inter, to put in the grave ; yv)fa to dig a
grave ; ^'R6-' dur-khun a grave, tomb.

^'0S dur-khrod ijfura a cemetery or
any place, where the dead are disposed
of (being buried, cremated, or else cut into

pieces for distribution to birds, dogs, etc.).
In the N. E. and E. suburbs of Lhasa
are two large " dur-t'oi " or cemeteries,
attended to by the notorious Rogya-pa
or scavengers of the city, whose huts built
of bones and horns stand in rows hard
by. The different systems of dealing
with the dead in East Tibet on the
Chinese border, which in the main are
identical with the methods in vogue at
Lhasa, are fully described by Mr. W. W.
Rockhill in his interesting work " The
Land of the Lamas."

Syn.

fftws; ^'flftq ro-yi g.na$\
wahi ffnag; wito'sppx p/m-tncs nays;
$$in-gyi nay? (Mnon.).

shi-

gS dur-khrod c/icn-po Irgyad.
the eight great historical cemeteries of
Magadha mentioned in Mahayana works :
(1) IS"' VI lies in a forest where the
fragrant sandal tree abounded ; (2) *=.'3t,
qjgqpru in a forest of Bodhi trees where the
sacred fig-tree abounded; (3) <wn|j«i)*rci
in a forest where Jonesia asoka abounded ;
4. *)t'^*<'«^ in a forest where the 1'5'*
myrobalan abounded. 5. ny^u'd't or
£ftorti5'*J| (Citavana) . where the species
of sandal tree kasanja abounded ; (6) S^'
^"1'tj the forest where the glomerous fig-
tree abounded; (7) t^i-^-g-Jqj-q kl-li
kl-lir tgra $yrog-pa where the Arjuna tree
abounded ; (8) yy^Y" where the banyan
tree abounded.

s=vpY£J dur-khrod-pa wsufr* a Tantrik
hima, one who resides in a cemetery for
propitiating spirits,

^•pY*1 dur-khrod-ma ^rsnfiRiT an epi-
thet of the goddess Paldan Lharno.

^'5«) dur-rrjyas ^fi^TCr the food
which is given to a dying man.

631

i dur-sgam or ^'fj* coffin.

dur-rdo stones piled over one's
grave or place of cremation.

^'1* dur-spyan lit. " grave- wolf " ;
perhaps a species of hyena that digs out
dead bodies to devour them.

dur-wa 1. to hurry, hasten;
^'^'§."1 q to run towards a place or object ;
in colloq. to hasten to : WT^'H to hasten
to dinner; war^'q to hasten to work;
cf. e.*r^v*^. 2. ^?, <HMI a kind of
grass with syn. i*^'?^'^ nws-pa ston-ldan •
'f ^ nan spon-skycs ; |«'^' skyes-hlan ;
rnthah-yas ; ^taj-qj-q tshig brgya-wa ;
sa-yi hdab; fR.'iK'«^ Ijan-ser can;
*i tshe-hpM-rdsas (Mnon.).

q dur-wa dkar-po 1. »(ifl<?l the
blue or white flowering duricd ; Panicum
dactylon. 2. fl'Wi'jft, ftmi ^af other white
species of dunca.

Syn. «i|^^5«'q5'«i brston-hgrus brgya-
wa ; SJ^'a'J^ glah-spu, skyes; 3'")'*>il bya-yi
atig.

^•t)N'^l dxr-icas hchi a scorpion.

Syn. t?"Tqy^ sdig-pa rba-can (Mnon.).

^'%*i Dur-bon (lit. the Bon of the ceme-
teries) one of the earlier sects of Bon-pa
which originating in Shang-Shung and
Brutsha at last spread into the Tibetan
central provinces during the reign of
king il^'^'3, the son of §«)^-^-q srib-
khri ltsan-po; Lonam his minister under
the instigation of the Dur-bon priests
assassinated the king with a sword, whence
he was called by the historians of Tibet
fj-qprn^-q the sword-assasinated king.
(J. ZaU.).

^'S dur-bya ^f 1. also ^'S'g'J'ST
Brahminy kite with white back (Mnon.).
2< ace. to Sch. a paring-axe, a. hoe,

dur-byid, (g^) fogzr, gw 1. the
castor-oil plant, Ricinus communis. ^'
SS'^l^'^'Wl^'^'IS the root of dur-byid
ejects all diseases arising from heat or cold-
2. (ace. to Vat. sn.) t%^?n Ipomoea tur-
pethum [a plant of valuable purgative
properties, commonly called Te'ori, and
distinguished into two species, white and
black (Convulvulm turpethum)~\S.

Syn. wvv*I«N mdah-hjoms ; ^"T'qijw
tshans-g.sum ; ^'§S'" dor byed-ma ; 9^'w
H$p't phur-ma ^sum-pa ; ^'JN'1^' kun-
rjes-hbyun ; ^'-5^ rdul-can ; ai'»4-q|5j»|-£) fo-
ma gsum-pa; ^«'3'il«i«'i dum-bu,
(Mnon.}.

^'1^ dur-byed ^sf|-, ftra
the plant Croton polyandrum.

^'|s.' dur-byan'&a. inscription placed
on a tomb.

^'3ft dur-tshun, ^'*"> dur-tshod food
offered to the dead (Cs.).

^v*3>^ dur-mtshed a place for burying
dead bodies (Sch.).

^*v( dur-yu='$'*& out side, beyond,
foreign (mystic) (K. g. f 36).

^'^ dur-len (lit. that takes away from
the cemetery) a sort of vampire.

yi dul is perf . root of the, trs. vb.
hdul-wa to tame, q. v.

or

of conversion or of one's discipline.

n discipline ;
[good discipline] S.

^ai'q'ti dul-wa-pa ^w* a tamer, disci-
pliner. yrvy fq^lg %q one of the early
Buddhist sages and authors of India.

^q-q-nt^ dul-wa hdsin=^'W^it
obedient, holding to discipline; one, who
observes the rules of Vinaya (Mnon-.),

632

q^arnvO^ dul-war hdod. m* courage.

y« dul-ma 1. powdered or pulverized
by burning, grinding, pounding, etc. ; *|«K'
yx gold-dust, also oxidized powder of
gold ; ifi'y i medicinal powders. 2. ace.
to Jd. a kind of water-colour made of
pulverized gold and silver, for painting and
writing. Really an erroneous form of
31 rdul.

y£ dul-mo tender-mouthed, tame,
manageable, tractable (Jd.).

dus «ift, fl»TO, SWT, gn 1. time in
general, season. 2. =M a certain time,
the time or occasion for a thing to
happen; right time, proper season :

taking the 10th day of the
month as the most appropriate time,
when night came on, in the first hour of
dusk he would equip himself with a black
silk robe and a staff (Pth. 129). y
dus adv. for a while, sometimes ; ^5'
$ at the time ; y^'i'l at that time;

n> at this time; yVK^
in that very time ; ^ SSy'V^ in the
very first time ; y 3 or y y g at times ;
sometimes, now and then;^'*^'
simultaneously with that; ^*r
then on occasion ; y "$"1'^
on a certain time, once; y^TS or
y«|3fl|'«l at one and the same time,
together; yE^T^ some future day.
The statement that the time had arrived
for anything is always phrased : it came
down to the time yrw*ie.- ; the time
will arrive : yWMtfJf it will descend to
the time, y or y '^ a^er a genit. inf.
or verbal root=when, after: ^<«|'<rf^r?fcy
when two days had, or will have passed ;
when I was still a girl;
the time of merriment never

arrives; i&y^ being the time of giving
birth; M5'«fiy<^wq to fix a time for
going ; y -«V«m henceforth, from this time
forward; 3Jrfar* dug-kyi khyad-par
special time, special occasion.

yj'ufSVS Du$-kyi hkhor-lo
1. the famous Kala-chakra system of
Buddhism which introduced the worship
of a Supreme Deity under the designation
of Adi-buddha or 3fy*<S'«e.»r j«i. Jt arose
in the llth century A.D. in Shambala, a
city said to have been located near the
river Oxus in Central Asia; and both
Atis'a and the historian Buston belonged
to this cult. Under the appellation Tuakun
Kurden it is popular with the Mongols.
Varieties of the cult in India gave to
S'iva or to Ganes'a the position of Adi-
Buddha. 2. ^yjhi<5V2S=i>««r*s| ani-
mated nature or living beings j "fVi'y 9'
^•2S=^c.-q)-q|f« meditation. 3. v. y*j**
dus-hkhor.

y§-*-.fj»! dui-kyi c/ia-yasthe divisions of
time— such as * year; f** season; |
month ; ordinarily the year * is divided
into four seasons, each of three months;
but according to the Vinaya school the
seasons are six, divided in reference to the
Uposatha observances, and are : — ^l^'T"!^*'
two spring months, «« T"^ two summer
months, Wft*< two rainy months, fa'"fy»!
two autumn or harvesting months, ^'"ft*
two winter months, S3^'a^'"f)« two deep-
winter months. Tibetans also divide the
year into three seasons, counting ^SV^aj
spring and summer together, W^ rains
and autumn together, and *^'?S and S3«i'gS
anterior winter and posterior winter
together.

y 5'X«r'y^ dug-kyi c/ws-nid
death (Won.).

met.

633

'S'^lf^ dus-kyi rjcs-su hgro-iva
one who behaves or changes

according to the occasion ; a wind-cock.

[also, it is a phrase signifying benzoin or

benjamin]<S.

Vrfrfcr*'Hlt'*'*l"S!l dus-kyi r/cs-su
hbran-icahi tsan-daii 3>MT«pufVtMi yellow
sandal.

^xrjJ'tF^I'Ei dus-kyi bdag-po met. the sun,
the lord of time (Mfion.).

^N'$'"l^ dus-kyi pnas *B<j^f% [revolu-
tion of the seasons; a year]$.

^*<'§ '^iVq dus-kyi dbyid-pa
[the staff of time, death]£

ySSV2! dus-kyi byed-po
the sun ; the maker of time.

^*r|'q«, diis-kyi-bar during;
[momentary]*^

^»<'§'*> ?*| dus-kyi me-tog, v. «3c mthin
deep blue (Mfion.).

V^^t"'^*1 dus-kyi brtsi-tshul the manner
of counting time : — 120 of ^«'w5'^^i|-q
dus-mth'thi skad-cig-pa (the smallest con-
ceivable division of time) make one S'
r*|6y« rdsogs-kyiskad-ciy-ma (§'
lgtogs-pa) ; 60 of this latter
make one <*.' than ; 30 ^' than make a
wj^'iw yud-tsam ; and 30 ^"S yud make
one ^"1 shag or day. Ace. to the system
of counting adopted by Tibetan astrono-
mers (^'t'"''' skar rtsig-pa) four drawings
of breath in an adult make one ^'Jj1-' chu-
sran, 60 $'$*•' chu-sran make one 4'*S chu-
tshod, 60 $'*^ chu-tshod make one ^f\ shag
(day and night) ; sixty years make one
*q-ge.- rab-byun or cycle.

diis-skdlg v. (j^w skabs.

, [a sum-
mons by the angel of death] S.

i du$ bkag-pa explained as ^V'
yodpa-lag daft metf-pa dug.

Skyer-fift prob. Berberis vulgaris called
g^'i skyir-pa or ^'^ $in-ser the yellow
plant.

«^Af»5X dtis-hkhor ^fT^f^JiT [the wheel
of time]&

Syn. *)Xfli-q)'^-Ei5A^-jN mehorj-yi dan-
pohi sans-rgyas • W«'|pr«^|'^ thab$-$e$
bdag-nid ; ^'|-^»<«^w rdo-rje sems-dpah ;
l'itoi'* c-wam yi-ge rigs mcd-pa ;

Idag-nid mclioy ; ^-q-^»iwa|-^«-q shi-ica
$dom$-la hdus-pa ; °^'^ hpho-med • ?«|'^
thog-med; w&^ tha-ma med; s-fll«'^'|3£i''>'II
rigs-kun khyub-dug ; S=.'$T§*w byan-chub
sems ; ^'^g^'^'i rnal-hbyor rnam-pa; iff
^'^1'^ riiam-kiru mchoy-ldan ; ?«l'«5'
*i^'5 thog-mahi mgon-po; tfWQ&^g.nis-su
med; p««-fll»j»)-^-5«-q|^q khams-yxum
hkhor-los lsgyur-u-a. (Mfion.).

^•m^-£)js->-5 Dus-hkhor panditn n. of a
celebrated lama born in Mongolia who
was recognised as an incarnation by the
Emperor of China. He founded the
monastery of Pad-dkar clio-g.lin now
harbouring three thousand monks.

V'*3* dus-hgyur «gqfr^M ; change of
season.

^*>'«^ lus-can ^>rf%^!; n. of a flower;
^«r«?2^fe *r»ra<rfirw n. of a flower (E. my.

ma-bu = *i%W$!» (mystic) (Min-rda. J/).

yr&ftfifcfa dus chad-pa med-pa ^rf^t^f
in proper time, timely ; time without
interruption, continually.

yrl^^-Q-^sr^ dus-chen dge-wa hbum
hgyur the days when one work of merit

81

634

done produces one hundred thousand
merits ; they are : the 8th lunar day of
the month of Vaiyakha when Gautama
Buddha renounced the world ; the 15th or
full moon of the same month when he
was conceived ; the day when he became
a Buddha ; the day he entered Nirtana ;
the day of his preaching the Dharma ;
the day when he descended from among
the gods. y^ q^ dus-chen bshi or y H
5'*^ the great periods of time or Yuga.

y *»*S, dut-mchod wfs«, m^n religious
service observed at certain prescribed
pariods [a priest for performing a sacri-
fice] 5.

y fa dut-$ton or Wfa ^?pr» a festival
(Mnon). yfa'S^ the nine festivals
observed by Buddhists: — yft^'S ditf-
ston chen-po *ffal4 great festival ;
amw?«fr birth festival ; *«rg A^-s
the festival of cutting the hair ;
3'V'f^ ^sra>'3r-<3r?nra festival of forming
the crest ; * gSyfa festival at the fifth
year of child ; *•%"! %y fa the sixth year
festival; "IS""] iTF^'y-fa the monastic or
vihara festival; Wfa *rm«*-^iw festive
rejoicing. yfa'SS'" dus-^on byed-pa to
keep a festival.

^ q^qq duj tyab-pa to fix time (for
meeting, etc.). y«»5«r*< du$ btab-ma=y^'
S'SH'* a passionate woman (Mnon.).
dus-mtliahi r/«n = '^'»fi^«l'
the wind that will destroy
the world.

^r^ftj^wvrcKVira Vtmg-far^nf one
of the 20 stages a monk of the Crdeaka
school reaches [delivered at a wrong
time]iS.

yyfi dus-dus-su at times, occasion-
ally.

iif-hdag ^}, iH\n, wsTJfaa past
time, past tense ; time elapsed.

V '?1 Qus-ldan gfrfw^ n. of one of the
16 sthanra or "I^*"'"?^ ; also : goddess ;
sandal-wood.

y gi^'w dut-ldan-ma a woman in mens-
truation (BJ.fion.).

bya-waffi ri a mountain in the fabu-
lous continent of Uttara Kuru (K. d. *
815).

y $«'<rjH dug rnam-pa kun all times ;
with "I, as adv. always, at all times (Mnon.).

^»rqq«( dus-babf appointed time; the
natural course of events.

yif* dtis-sbi/or wff, fawn [the parti-
cular time in which a man is
yljv« dtt$-$byor-pa an astrologer.
SS'q du$-$byor byed-pa Ttn [the hour in
which a man is born]& y^S^'i dug-
tbyor-pa ?ni junction of periods, time, 8fc.
[the particular sign of the zodiac under
which a man is born]<S.

^«-*i-5^'wrq dug ma-yin-par sa-wa ^r«i?r •
HfaM taking food untimely, i.e., not at
the fixed or prescribed time or hour;
y S^- •*)«•«! dus-min yeg-pa fnra^ one who
knows the fixed times or seasons ; a cock ;
an astrologer.

yd duf-me ^rarfu lately said to =
universal conflagration at the end of time.

du§-tshiys grj season, y ^fl|«'
the jolmo bird (Mtion.).

change of time, season ; also fresh provi-
sion, produce of the year, etc.

y*S diis-tshod 1. a division of time
equal to two English hours : "K^'i'y *S'
q§ "ft" in each day are twelve dug-ts/iod.
Ace. to the Chinese method each of these

635

has a separate name attached to it, viz : —

(1) ^f«m day-break, called "fa yo$ rabbit ;

(2) \-q* sun-rise, called hbrug (duk) dragon ;

(3) "VS* morning, called gbrul (dul) ser-
pent; (4) \S^ ni-phyed noon called, rta
horse ; (5) ^V^i afternoon, called lug
sheep ; (6) evening, called sprel monkey ;
(7) \i«i sunset, called iyabird; (8) «'ijfa

dusk, called khyi dog ; (9) JJV1^ fore-night,
called phag pig; (10) *i*i'J«\ mid-night,
called byi-ica mouse ; (11) SY^i after-
night, called JP' gMox; (12) *'w» dawn,
called stag tiger. These twelve names are
also given to the succeeding years of the
60 years cycle in various combinations with
the names of five so-called elements, viz.,
earth, fire, water, wood, iron, v. 5 lo.

^*r#«V^»T£i du$-tsJio$ neg-pa evil-hour,
bad time= V1'*^*^ wrong or inauspici-
ous time or hour.

••^•^duf-mtshan : ^fafiiai the king of
Kalinga, a descendant of Chakravarti raja.

long de-

junction of day and night ; period, epoch.

^'i^ du $-bshi the four seasons, viz :-W
the summer ; «\^ the winter ; fa the
autumn; *&•> the spring time; also f-'
morning or day ; $,*> evening or night ; "fa
day-time, and «^ night.

the four times wheel ; a cycle of years.

^»r«tfj5-^-S Dus-bshihi lha-mo or 51 '35
the goddesses presiding over the four
seasons:— •\a'S'l'S'J<'3!i'S'*|t\ql'^^ the white
fair queen of spring; WS'f'35'^'35'
the blue queen of the summer season ; fa'
J-jorJS'w^flj'iKJi the yellow queen of the
autumn ; W§'SQ<'?i'g'**i1'!' *>*! the black
queen of the winter season (B. ch.).

of depravity (8ch.).

H lit. time
passed ; too late.

^»r^E.-2j dui rin-po

layed.

^*rg|*w dus-rlabf t^t wave of time,
•i.e., ebb and flow of time.

^•ai^up'q dus-la dyah-wa ^p£, ^ra^W
that delights in time ; an epithet of the
sun (Mnon.).

^*r<$i| dug-log a year yielding no crops ;
a sterile year (Jd.).

*y*'$f*'H du§-$es-pa ^rr^ra an astro-
nomer or astrologer; %wt rtsis-pa (Mfion.).

^•»}'|'q dus-su §kye-wa mature; born
or grown at the proper time.

^*)'^'?ti'£i dus-su thob-pa to get at the
opportune time or hour.

^•g'^ta'i du^-su hos-pa 3<raw?n suit-
ing the occasion, opportune ; ^'V*'C1**rq
as suited the occasion.

^N'^'^'q dus-su rufi-wa *if«i* timely.

^N'"ig»i dus-psum fr^m the three
times, viz: — (1) g'|'*i early, after and now,
described as w*wt future, ^^'i the
past, and 'S'^'i the present. ^'*|$*<'*<j!ar'«
dus-gsum mkhyen-pa ^m^s a general
epithet of a Buddha. ^«rfl|$*r»rt*« dus-
g.mm mtshams frltfo the three junctions
of time.

I : de ct?(, W: 1. that, that one ; he,
she, it ; ^'«fyi like that ; "P'SK^ that
which is; ^I|W3e>''W other than that;
^•|^ for that ; ^flj'g under that, after
that ; ^'^'g at that time ; jfrarSffl^ he
that has gone before. 2. ^ frq. stands in
the place of the definite article — the:
^^•^•U.«f«frj|irV^*t!f»P«T3*f luy-hdi
khri4-hon$-pahi fan-pa de fiahi lham-cag rku-
soA the butcher who brought the sheep
stole my boots; "flfa'i'^'* the younger

636

one said, or the youth replied ; also some-
times in the plural : ^'jJS'*flr"^'V'^*'ll*'':w'
he said — were you they or those ones
(Bbrorn. 55).

II : (in mystic) a term forthe ; ^«'
the term 'de' is a woman

^'"1 dc-ka or ^'P1 dc-kha that, the very
same; ^*'*^T**'*I that very person was
I myself ; ^'"V3* just so ; ^'"| ^S (in
answer to a question) indeed ! that is so ;
^T|-amm just that.

^T1 de-kha = ^: ^PS^ '**>'*& from those
same public bodies.

^H«i dc-Mml^'fov or^'t'H that juris-
diction ; also under that, included in that.

^'fi'*\ dc k/io-na as, trf ; cf. fi'*; —
the col. ^'*K'' the very same, ttat itself.
^'F^ de kho-na vid ?n» ; = f^S
Sunyata, essence, nature ;
the essence of the soul.
kho-na nid btug-pa ?rwreiwlf>V n. of a
Buddhist metaphysical work : ^q'rfS1

he proceeded in the direction of Tibet
carrying with him the religious work
called Tattva-samuccaya by Santi-jiva
(A.. 33). ^j*^s W*'" de kho-na Hid rtogs-
pa inspj? to meditate on the real taftea
or secrets of religion.

^'"| de-ga colloq. that, that one ; precisely
so, just so; ^'1* de-gar =^ or ^ there,
in that place.

de-nid at*, W* that itself;
'q de-nid smra-ica a*^«<if<'t one who
expounds the truth.

so many:
so many men
a« there are so many shares are required.

de-lta like that; so; is fig. in
books, bxit in colloq. ^'^ is used instead :
f^ net being so with the father ;

being known as that ; ^'SJ'1 de-ltn-iut like
this; ^'Sf'g dc-lta-bu TJ^'^IT of that kind,
quality, or manner; such; ^'f8V*'*3ft'^
Tfn^Tfl history, oral account, narration of
accounts; ^g'#«V§ dc-lta mod-kyi crarft,
fr«nf* yet, notwithstanding that ; ^Sf^'
dc-lta-yan ^nw and yet ; ^'S'1" (k-!hi-la =
> although.

*'^ de-cihi-phyir-shc-na is a
curious paraphrase, used- chiefly in the
older classical writings, but not quite
disused still, to express the conjunctions
"for" and "because" at the beginning
of a consequent clause or sentence. It is
sometimes varied to ^'^^'SJV^'^'^ de-uhi-
flad-du she-na (K. *•' 3, etc.), both meaning
lit. "if asked, because of what is that."
Curiously enough the Mongols have
adopted in their sacred writings a similar
phrase for the same conjunctions: tore
dzagun-u tula kemebemu.

like that, accordingly ; ^'^'3*"'5iql de-It ar
gyi9-f'9 ^ ¥* ^° accordingly ; ^'^'^ d<-
ltar-Ha Tjift thus indeed ; ^gvwf debitor-
yan w^M yet.

^ de-tJiad=^'^ for that ; also there-
fore: ^•«v%wwa|-ti51^fll therefore, the
words to be put together or in order
(Ya-iel. 34).

•«\f de-dun S^ef by that very (thing)
dc-dan hdra-tca ?ra?i! like

that.

that time; ^»rgi*»r«
fit for that time.

637

^ dc-de exactly that; that (emphati-
cally) ; ^'q^'^ ^ nifl% just according
to that ; yes, so it is.

de-don x%$ for that.
dc-ldan irai truth.

de-hdra is the modern and colloq.
usage in place of ty de-lta or ^'(J de-lta-
bu like that, similar, similarly ; ^V*^'
seen like that, seen so ; ^-^^'«t*J dc-hdra-
phans fa*T? an interj . : such a loss ! so
great a damage ! ^'*V de-hdra-ma
like that (applied to fern.).

^ ^ de-na or ^*( = i'§ ^nit, ^y
'therein, in that place ; also thereafter,
after that.

^*TR^-i)j^ de-nas hdi-gkad ^i«r i^f then
for instance, then like this, then so.

^ dc-ni that, that one, it, those
indeed: ^'Sj'*ft«r*«'5^ it is not the proper
place.

^ de-pa one of that place ; but in C.
colloq. = there, thither; ^'q« de-tens, era: 1.
than that, gen. after a comparative. 2.
also for ^'*W'^ therefore, consequently,
now then.

^ H de-po=*fT§, ^'5 well, excellent
(Tig. k. 88).

^'5 de-pho a cock.

^'*5pi de-hphral <ra^p. immediately,
at once. In colloq. in C. we hear V$'
^gi'^ " tanta t'el-tu" immediately.

\*|*» de-hphros=^,'^ the remainder,
excess thereof (Ya-set. 48), the excess
portion.

*'W de-ivas than that; ^'Wjf dc-wa$
kyan tTfTt^ more than that.

^'•i dc-ma one of that place, sect, reli-
gion, etc. (Cs.) ; ^«rw!'»3 de-ma-t hay-tit ^^T

at once, freshly, instantly; V*r*qP de-
nia-thag-pa «*HST)TZT fresh, immediate ;
^•»i-Biq|»i de-ma-lags=^'^ de-ma-nid not
that, not the same; ^'"'wi'iS^ «»?»TOT
immediate cause or dependence, v.

>.*!• , x

^ <N aa-mo='F]Wl necessity.

" dc-tsam eT-in^r, 77di=(i't
so much, about that; ^wa( = ^-^
then, at that time, at about that time ;
^'^1 de-tsug so, thus: ^'4fl'|t|>l*! = ^fflic.''^-^
how is it ? how is that ? what is it like ?
(Dob. fl| 38).

^'5? de-tso=^'*(l''\ or ^'*i*«i those: ^'^'«i'
^c£-^-^-g»)-3ffl]N-q-»)t^-q« they possessed
perfect- contemplative skill (A. 124).

like that, its match, equal.

^•«.e^ dc-hdsin ^f?ranf = acceptance.

^•q^-*^ de-bshin nid tnmr. t^f, a^

q

identity, essence (Was), lit. that-ness;
^ q^'^ de-bshin-dw ij^w? according to
that, thus, so; ace. to Ja. = for it: ^'
^ %' he allowed it accordingly ;
i de-bshin fio-fes-nas perceiving
it as such ; ^'*'^3i'Vfl'5>'£l de-bshin-du sbyar-
wa=5fe.'wq^'^-|vq to apply as before,
to adjust accordingly; ^^'tv de-bshin
byed-pa rj$ gw to do accordingly ;
^•q^'D^ de-bshin min w^'yi not accord-
ingly, differently.

^•q^-u|.?|qnrq de-bshin gfegs-pa asmra
lit. he who is gone or passed away like as
did that other one — like as did his pre-
decessor ; in other words, a Tathagata or
evangelistic teaching Buddha. The
Mongol synonym for the Tibetan term is
Teg&n chilen ireksen "came like him."
Shakya-thubpa or Gautama together with
the six preceding terrestrial Buddhas

638

form the seven pre-eminent Tathagatas.
But we read of "thousands of Tatha-
gatas" in the later Mahayana writings.

n. of a religious work.
q-j'q'iy^'*?^ jronratt
of a religious work. ^

n-

n. of a religious work (M.V.).

c-zug=^$*H in W.

^5- W»l dehi chof-ccn a^, as?fa< pos-
sessed of that virtue ; its attributes ; of
that quality.

^S't»TfJ' J«|»T<| dehi rjff-su phyoys-pa *K-
3^* imitating (con-idered as an inex-
cusihle sin in a Budh. monk); following
that ; its follower.

^•*V* dehi »Ktf-fo=^V«iar^'«^
or ^S-a at that time, during that time : ^'
35«^orap<-mc,w*i. q« in the meantime the
night was over (Rdsa. 10).

^•Knj de-hog wr- then, thereafter.
^•w de hafi=^.

^UK.- de-yafi *f* 1. this also, or that
too ; he also. 2. namely, to wit, viz. ; is
used before any specification or detailed
statement.

^•«H de-yan for ^"H*S also that, pre-
ceding it (Ya-sel. 35).

^iq de-rag directly, immediately (Sch.)
^=/ de-rat^F'*!, *;**'%*( that is just
the thing! exactly ! to be sure (Jd.).

^t- de-riA^'ffi'* W coUoq. to-
day, this day. In W. T. *^' h.di-ring
is more frq. ^^'S1-''' de-riA byufi-wa
•%i^<H a fresh occurrence; to day's out-
come, produce, experience.

^•5 de^ru=^ into that, there, into
that place, thither, that way.

de-la rag-lus-pa

to do as directed,
or as per design.

^•«w de-las <ra-., ?iw?l from; out of;
from that ; after a comparative : and,
other than that: ^«w|*< de-las $kye?
grown or born from or out of that; \IJi*''«'
§^n what results from that ? ^w^-i
de-la? ttsogf-pa xnf sf^ar : [having these as
their mouth-pieces, i.e., like these]/S.

Dtj-fo n. of a tribe in Tibet. ^'
n. of a king of Tibet (J. Zafi.).

(k-srid. Jir^foli, w?^ as much as
that ; thus far •, also that is possible.

deg-go or ^ ^ non-no used in
eep it above, put it up.

' defi also V to-day ;^'^ from this
day forward; ^'|^'»S henceforth;
^w = S'S? the present time or age. ^=.

^e.- even at the present time, even
now-a-days (Tig. k. U). ^'«*< ded-phan
henceforth, henceforward.

'21 defis-pa 1. or ^'^ defi-wa, pf.

of ^<" hdefi-ica to go, to go away;

jj-«5-iiiai«-?j^t.w went to their respective

places; «,«.'W^«'* went each to his
own place ; w*<f*'*f>' melted away into

space, dissolved into air. 2. old, stale,

worn.

^E,-«C defi-safi at present; for the
present; now-a-days: ^'W(t de*r»aA
lha-rje the physician of the present day.

^ der=^'$de-ru «rfl there; also as an
adv. : then, at that time: ^ ^'W that
is aU, there is nothing more (Cs.);
der-ysal as mentioned, as stated

639

therein ; ace. to that. ^w de§ Jlst, ngr 1.
instrum. of ^ ; by that. ^fH'^des-chog=
^•Sfr-Xy that is enough ; that will do Sch.
2. for ^«w, v. V. ^^Ithat is enough
for me (A. 128). *fc *;*$$*. des-na dehi-
phyir ^* : , tj«igiT?t sfiTtniT^ that then, on
that very account then.

de-ica a medicinal herb : ^'q
»r*)j!i*raft-*N the dewa, removing
the communicating cause, dispels bilious-

^ de^-pa driven, carried, moved,
pursued ; pf. of <^y<i y. f>.

*ft'*$*i ded.-dpon W^T? foreign-trader,
master, captain of a ship. ^•^•|«!E.-q:=
*^'r^' merchant's place, commercial
building, shop (Mnon.). ^•^•^•25-
UTO^r? mereha,nt; ^-^-«;gc*)-^ = ^-
5'9 an epithet of the son of Kama

ness.

^•q-*r\ De-wa sa^ra n. of a learned Sing-
halese nun who with ten companion-nuns
visited China and preached Buddhism there
(Grub. "I 6).

^ 5'^'f De-bi ko-ta an ancient city in
India, probably near the cave temples
of Ellora and Ajanta.

=$=••«! small; adv. almost;

on a small rock standing on the bank of
the river Gangft ; ?-*v*flfe«r^l9'¥^'3)'DllS
the horse having leaped into the water,
Khu-gton nearly died ; ^V*M dehu-mm-
w« = ?ql^ql%^but for a little; ^%<Tiffl|
did hit (him) almost; ^'Sir** d^hu-tshig
tsam= ^%ar|^« but for that, he had
almost fallen down (D.R.) •
dehu

dehu-ra (vulg.) §^ 1. a little,
almost: ^^•«v-S)ai-ai-'5ii,-rai«-|Ci.£,.^ were it

not for a little, I had fallen down from
the roof. 2. ace. to Jti. one day, some
future time.

^V^l ded-hdren ^r??r (gje.w) n. Of a
large numerical figure (Ya-sel. 57). ^>
^•^•Hf »TfT?T?si n. of a still larger
number than the above (Ya-sel. 57).

deb *Rrc, ifa or ^•^••i«s library,
archives, records; ^Kn'2i5^^-««| a iist or
register of articles, &c. ; ^q-fw;- del-khan
chancery, government office (Schtr.) ; ^i-i«;
deb-ther or ^rSfoj register; documents,
catalogues, anything recorded or put into
writing or stitched together; ^'m'^-
ffaV*F* to register all accounts or put
them together in one book; ^q-^-»i/qj(
deb-ther mkhan keeper of the archives or
librarian (Cs.).

^rfc-gVzf Deb-ther tfon-jio the n. of a
historical work by Gshon-nu dpal.

*fl'i deb-pa 1. accounts cast into ono
place or shape; |f|«^-«jl«f5^«rq to cast
all accounts or records into one place.
2. ace. to Sch. : poultice, cataplasm, applied
to sores and inflamed parts of the body.

^*J 5 dem-tsi a small, narrow bridge ;
foot-bridge (Jd.).

^ debu, or ^'^ on any day, at some
future time (Mil.).

i. nne,

•f '21 det-pa ylpv
brave, noble, chaste (Cs.); 2. =

n of good nature ; (K. d. * 166).
de$-pa phun-sum tshogs-pa
consummate.

or

do 1. num. fig. : 131. 2. a pair or
couple — used only in counting, weighing,
measuring, etc.: f'1^ of sho two each.

640

3. this ; *,'$^ this evening, to-night :
jq'»ic. §)•») I, a man only for to-day and to-
morrow (Jii) ; *v'<Vl ^S to-day. 4.
also *i'*i9*< an equal, a match ; V^jT*'
do bfdo-wa adversaries, rivals; ^'ijfa'^w
art\*wr^K^'I"lS he exterminated his anta-
gonists by war (Sorig.). ^'fa'" do non-pa
the equalizing of the load, by increasing
or lessening it on one of the sides (Jii.).
*,'«<'S)V do ma-yin or 1V»>^='*aiai'l'*1Vq
match-less, unequalled : ft'q^'^'^^'i'^,
^'S^IV^'V**'"^ (Khrid.) the possession of
this precious human body is not equalled
by the gain of any gem.

•f do-k?r = 'fc$H* or **'*lfr also

written as fc'Xo) luxuriant locks dressed
neatly on the crown of the head, some-
times in fanciful designs as amoug the
Burmese ; Tibetan high officials of the lay-
class also dress their hair in a prescribed
form.

Main W. light-blue (Jd.).

do-'jal importance, weight;

important : *nrVr«pr|f*rifr^^<
matters that are important to yourself
should not be delayed (Ya-sel. 4). ^'"\v'^
^vh important; of weighty consequence
(<7s.); '^•rl"*s«rt'fc**Ta'y important.

^'*S do-c/iod=^ '*S intelligent and
useful.

do-dam commission, charge,
superintendence, care ; ^'S*'" an overseer,
authorized person ; ^'S"'i\i to supervise,
superintend.

do-po 1. or aw|'^ an assistant, a
servant. 2. a load, for a beast of burden,
cf. Vi (Jo.).

D. orphan.

•» Do-wa rdsoii n. of a district
in the province of Lho-lrag in Tibet.

V^'TT*1 do-tcahi tog-ma frpBT^j ; root
of artichoke ; also potatoe.

^'5 do-tco=dos-po a load (Rtsii).

o-»iod=a-^V''^ 1. quickly; ^'S^t'
njfe-^wti-^ (place) quickly
in the holy mandula of unsullied contem-
plation. 2. to-day, this day ((?«.).

\*f*\ do-shag this day, presently: SS'W
^f^'i^ni'^^-ci-n^-^qj-g^-mc^acq an(j particu-
larly to-day the ministers are more la/y
than before (Jllrom. J+l).

*\'% (lo-sla=i3ft'H hijran-zla 1. comrade,
consort, fellow. 2. party in a law-suit.
^'j'"^'$f ^"'IS'" carefully to investigate
(the right of) both parties (Ca). V""'"!^
do-ya-ffdg lit. one of the two or of a pair;
half a load.

s do-ra 1. a stage; a courtyard
where dancing is performed =***<'*, ;f'*H£!'*i.
2. an enclosed pasture land ; a lawn.

V* do-lo or ^'«i: V

a necklace, a string made of pearls or
precious stones (worn hanging down from-
the neck) ; an ornament hanging down
from the shoulders (Jig.).

D°-b>y a kind of worm: gww
in future life (he) would
be born as the worm Dolog (Ya-sel 7).

Syn.

J do-yal TIT, ^Tfrrt, ^nw necklace.
phyan-phnil ; %'ft1^ se-modo;
Iran-gi rgyan (Mnon.). ^-^'^
do-fal-can 1. one wearing a necklace.
2. n. of the residence of Vaijayanta.
^"'IV clo-fal phyed-pa ^T«^TT half-
length string of pearls, &c., or half size
necklace.

641

dog 1. clod, clump, lump, loaf : *\*'
a lump of sugar. 2. capsule;
capsule of the cotton plant
(Jd.). 3. for ^J'l dog-pa narrow.

I : dog-pa 1. Drafts capsule : *>'TT
T5 capsule of flower, i.e., flower seed
in one pod. 2. ^«] bundle, skein, i.e., of
wool, as much as one can hold with the
hand ; "WT^"! handful. 3. •wpr^^'g as a
neck ornament. 4. ear of corn ^|i5-
V*4; S'H^T" s«»»ratt flower shoots or
buds ; g*- J-S'Vrq *rg*m^ buds contain-
ing honey in their capsules.

J'^ II : also VT5 or *tf* 1. narrow,
narrowness : Vl^'ft A^O| it is not narrow ;
^Ttf-flWwar^-q to get out of a narrow
place; ^KS'Vl'WJ*'? fig. they were
kept within narrow bounds (Olr., Jd.).
2. strict : |»wX,fl|-Zj k/irims dog-po strict
justice, also hard punishment. Vl '%'*>*\
not narrow, wide; r^'i'^i) small narrow
house ; w* 'Vl narrow-place ; f*>-1fa a robe
that does not fit being narrow in dimen-
sions. VrQ dotj-po or VT*< adj. dense,
thick ; VrZfc densely, thickly : ^e.fw«r*m-
VT^T^'B^'i all the regions were thickly
filled up, i.e., thickly inhabited (Tig.).

*fi'i don-pa, v. *Xfi» to bring out ; T'^"'
^'9 ejaculated; sh*'1^ brought out by
the door.

+ Vr* <%-»«« =*<^ front, fore; also,
resp. for « (Lex.).

+ ^T* «to5--fe=«'«iaf«i5-^ chu-bsro-wahi
e. to «7a. an iron pan with a handle.

II: dogs-pa for *Xw*i 1. sq1«M
necessity, usefulness: «^'^"]« usefulness;
i^'^m'AS'i useless, without usefulness. 2.
fear, apprehension; *F^pi what fear ! do
not be afraid of ; ^l«'<r j»r^ fear having

arisen; Vprfljwq or
*fSi;tt to remove doubt or clear misap-
prehension ; ^'g^V'|'^ai'i'''3'y'l|'1ls>'^qIfl'
W^^'^'^-^wlacl^fS in a draft
containing matters of some importance the
points should be written carefully to avoid
all that may be misapprehended (D. eel. 20).
Vprci-a^ or ^pr*^ ^,5^ fSr.^. without
fear, fearlessly ; ^'^1« hope and fear ; V?"'

q««-q ^nj, ^u^pwith apprehension;

•cj5 •?«I-K.-IJ dread of 8U8picion. 3.-

scruple, doubt; Tfawipj in colloq.
scrupulously, doubtfully ; ^iprsw the
limit of doubt (A. 50) ; VprSf scrupulous,
also to take care, take heed, to be cautious :
jq-Q-%3&-^JvK^H[« being a king he
should be cautious, ^"iw^'ti dogs-§lofi$-
pa to raise scruple, doubt ; also to make
another apprehensive, doubtful (D. $el.
*' 20).

'C| II: vb. to fear, not in the
violent sense in which ^Sipj-q is used, but to
apprehend or dread anything happening :
^'3e.'^«I«'q5'^wg at a time when he was
apprehending that hail would come on ;
fnH'*m*'X¥r| being afraid (the
prince) might not be able to govern ; qi'^'
«-»iTft.'^ip»'£i« fearing lest he should not see
the sakti; 5-$S-*flfe.-3)«rVnr^ dreading that
his son might meet the view of the people;
^•^•qn^qpc^-^^ be on your guard lest
anger should arise ; take care not to grow
angry! (Jd.).

W, fw 1. a deep
hole, pit, trench: ^'ijfa-i**r^!yfyw|r

^•*)'»)^»('?i in refilling the earth into the
hole excavated, it will not be even with the
surface (K. du. «\ 113). frlf.'^Tifryy
a firepit ; ace. to Sch. crater ; «'^e.% a hole

82

642

in the ground; $'*^' a well, a deep
cistern; ^'y = a snake. 2. depth, deep-
ness, profundity (Jd.). V^ deep, full of
trenches ; *\=-'*!S not deep, shallow (Cs.). 3.
v. *V-'*.

^•«| doft-ka «Bftf WIT the tree Pterosper-
tnum accrifolium. ^K.-*j5-*>-9l «f<C3iR yn
flower of Karnik&ra. T^'i^-nSY^'*"'^'

wrZiv^H the fruit of dowAfl is a cure for
^

liver disease and is a mild purgative.

Syn. A'$Y*«je.'q mc-tog phren-tea; 5'w
w lo-ma-fan; ^«V*I*w nad-hjoms; ^'Si'
*$ hkhor-k bdro •; \3s shi-byed; Svfrq^'q
sor-mo b.shi~pa; jTZjS'^c rgyal-pohi f»n

don-kha qrzhfakind of radish]S.
medicinal fruit.

V" rfo^-;J« padlock; ^-I'lvr" to put
a padlock on (Jd.).

^c.'3 dofi-po=l. ^'a tube, any hollow
cylindrical vessel. 2. H'^' a bamboo tube
used as water or milk vessel in Sikkim,
Bhutan, etc. *^'^' a quiver (generally

.' iron tube ; ^'

'i 1. to proceed, to
2. T^fV a quiver.
a small churn for

made of bamboo).
*^' wooden tube.

^'«J don-tca=a%'c*,
go (Mnon.), v.

^t'S doH-mo or
tea-making =

(Jd).

doft-tse or ^'t1 don-rtse
1. a copper coin in China. 2. piece of
money of small value either in silver, gold,
or copper ; fl|^'§'^K.'I gold coin, ^'^i
in W. Corydalis mcifolia (Jd.).
doii-ze wasp, ace. to Cs.

tiod 1. definite; «'^S, indefinite. 2.
a substitute ; an equivalent ; ^•'

what is the equivalent, what shall we get
for it ? 3-1>S adopted son : ^S'S'S'^'V*^
pray, suffer yourself to be adopted by us.
ItS'^S verbal equivalent, the original of a
translation, a synonym ; Vv^ as an equi-
valent, as payment for, instead of, at, e.g.,
at a moderate price (Jd.) ; V\'Q dod-po one
in the place of, a substitute, a representa-
tive; ^Yzfc'S*'=*''S*' represented, acted
as a representative : •r^

both the mother and son being pleased,
substituted the yogi, though he was not
really the cow-herd, but one representing
him (A. 60). ^Zft'S'S^ dod-por bya$-te
acting as a substitute (A. 59).

bgnel-ica or
1. to project, to be prominent. Often
with *5^; igv^vi elongated. WH*'V
^S'q come out in relief ; $kyc-mched do<$-pa
a child in the womb just when its nose
and ears are being formed. 2. 5f^'i to
come out, float up: awa|*-*-nv«iv^-Sic
$wX«vci (Ya-sel. 36) there arose islets in
the midst of the flooded place.

don 1. particle signifying: more
than, over ; *!fi*f*ttH4 one over seventy ;
two over seventy, etc.

the

II:

sense or signification of anything;
to understand the meaning;
the meaning to be expressed; ^Y
to elucidate, explain 'the meaning;
tjj^iTfvqS-Sjfli-ig Individual letter, the mean-
ing of which is not easily understood;
Xfl'^VI it has no sense; <^?'^-$ %*> what
.does this mean ? ^^'^^ full of mean-
ing; also one who is a sensible man;
meaningless words, ravings;

643

0 think over the meaning
of this (Mil.}; TSfl'«r^ col. in truth, in
fact, really, surely, indeed! 2. reason,
purpose, profit, advantage ; object : Xfe'Jfc:
^^'•K going on is to no purpose ;
4^flfafir%lty«ri hgro-wahi ran-gi don lab
tell me your reason for going ; '(c^^pf*'
§^-|c/c.*i wnat has been his object in
coming ? M'^«''£» don §grub-pa to gain
one's object ; ^'"1W«1 don gnad-rnams
real reasons. 3. in a general sense:
affair, concern, business ; ^'5|'^ one's own
affairs, one's own interest; *W§'^
interest of others ; ^ww on account
of much business (Dsl.). 4. welfare,
advantage, the good of a person; **^'
^'IV to promote a man's welfare;
iSh^-lv" to work for the welfare of all
living beings; «^'i$-i^ a useful thing;
a gift of fortune (Jo.). *&*'$*>'
the substantial benefit of the
highest perfection.

HI: a document: *V^ 1. a special
request or object (in writing a letter to a
subordinate or one in subordinate posi-
tion). 2. a written contract, agreement;
also a letter to an inferior person.
£i'Xfl the certain or real meaning, also
positive order or instruction, y.'^ the
proper or plain meaning ; distinct order or
instruction. S'^ application, petition,
request. ^T^ literal meaning, grammati-
cal signification.

don-l.i g.ycn-ica to change or
divert the thoughts from the -three causes
which disturb the mind.

^'W don-kun *P=rf«i the interest or
well-being of all ; public good, cause, ob-
ject, etc. 1fa'3W'3*''C| don-kun grub-pa W=3T5f-
fo? 1. to accomplish or fulfil all objects,
purposes ; one who has done them. 2. the

early name of Buddha S'akya-Muni which
was given him by his father. M'Wff'1'
don-kun sgrub-pa «atH-«rg« one who
performs service for the good of the public,
i.e., does public good.

r«l don-gyi khog-phub-pa as in
^'5«^-g-^^q (& Sonj to

penetrate into the real import.

^•jj'i don-gyi spyi ^q^mnzf general
sense, ordinary meaning, common object.

Vi'ajl Don-grub^^^-^ don kun-grub

1. Amoghasiddha, v. '*^'%5£<'i post. 2.
^>^»f assemblage. 3. common personal
name in use in Tibet and Sikkim.

*ff"wr» don-hgal=\^'9^^ don-mi
mthun-pa contrary sense, opposite meaning,
going against the purpose or interest of
(Mnon.}.

^'g don-lna in anatomy the five func-
tionaries of the human body : (1) |E' snin
the heart; (2) gjfgfo lungs; (3) *&*i'Qmchin-
pa liver; (4) *&vq mcher-ica spleen; (5)
wpai'w mkhal-ma kidney.

M'-5^ don-can = \*;i%3( don-Man ^ff^r 1.
useful, meaningful, profitable, expedient.

2. enjoying an advantage. 3. having a
certain sense.

don-gmod or ^'*p?SI£| don gf ad-pa
don-thag gfod-mkhan) one
. commissioned^ a commissioner ; one spe-
cially appointed for the performance of a
certain object: ^3&&tfa'f*ilQ'&*1F»
it necessitated the going of a commis-
sioner (Rtsii.).

i^wrq don fMnm-pn^^^a^-i
failure, ill-success; also the decrease of
interest or importance (Mnon.).

^T"]^ don-g.ncr (*"'?'9> ir<S«r, ^^ 1-
prayer. 2. the care-taker of a place, the
custodian of the property in> a temple*

644

thn-gnis in Budh.
for one's self, one's own affair;
TO another's business: ^'=.5'

that is not my but another's busi-
ness. Aco. to the Bon don is of two
kinds: (1) *>SqI'^ self-interest which is
^'3" inherent, and (2) ^'W interest for
others, •w1^ the final interest for self
emancipation.

Ml6/ don-sniH or ^'fT^'S the real
object, the chief object of a petition or
prayer, etc.

^«-$<q«r<i don rtogi-pa='^f\'^'i to com-
prehend the meaning ; also to reflect on
the sense of a term or passage, or on any
subject.

M'f^'^l **! don ston-gi tshig a word of
empty meaning, nonsense ; a meaningless
expression.

M'?1-'" don tton-pa = ^i>\i or ^'fl'js'i
fifTq^i objectless; unfulfilled purpose'; void
of meaning; for nothing (Mnon.).

^•j^-q^3'^ don-med bshin-du without
seeing the use of it, without understanding
the purpose (with the genit. of the
noun).

don-mthun lit. one having com-
mon interest or purpose to serve ; originally
a number of traders who would make a
voyage to Ceylon for buying pearls, &c.
5^c.-^^|q|ti5-|-5 OT§^T? merchant (gene-
rally those who make sea voyages), hence
a boat passenger (Mnon.). ^'«3^'«i don
mthun-pa^^'f-'H&'i 1. (*«|«) *WRW an
assembly having a common interest. 2.
v^sr business men.

^'"S"I don-day lit. good or pure inten-
tion = purpose, object, interest; com-
mission, business, affairs.

don-dam 1. the true sense; sub-
jectively : good, earnest ; col. in. JF.
mMrq-»q-T^«r8^ ^ i8 not said in jest but
in right earnest; objectively; ^'V'w
S§*'*^ in truth, after all, upon the whole.
2. = 'Vi emancipation, liberation (from
worldly troubles) (Mnon.). But ^^wi^'i
don-dnm bden-pa or Xfl'^'i3 q^ 9 tf<m«i«*j
= absolute truth, i.e., ^"^ ^ton-pa hid
11*11(1 emptiness, voidity.

^•^«-q don dam-pa P^rrq [the highest
truth]& 1. ^'p'^, «nn [essence, the very
truth]S. 2. uiE.^i| w »»n^ »j<i*t[% [the cul-
minating point for all beings ; voidness,
vacuity, absolute nonentity)]<S. 3. ^'*'^'
; [that-ness, true essence] S. 4.
^Itm^RtT [unmistakable
truthJS. 5.

[non-alternate truth]S. 6.

[emptiness iteelf]S. 7. *

[the essence of existence]^. 8.

[unalterable entity]^. 9.
fMnHqrg [unthinkable
en(ity]S. 10. 1^^'w^-i^-^^,
qjgT«<nrar irreversible truth])8. ; 11.
i)f\'ci, ^?t^ [non-separable] & 12.
g'3^-»)^-ci, ^fq\^nK [non-divisible] S.
' 13. *«''H^»''£i'V^, •*nftt«fa [substratum of
existenceJS. 14. *cf<<fc*ItI*l'J!-W1

15. "frfWV^^^H^^^. is.

[indestructible
17.

essence of exis-

don-du postp. c. genit. 1. for, for
the good of. 2. for the sake of, on
account of ; c. genit. of inf. in order to,
that. 3. rarely, in the place of, instead
of, for.

^•<0^vq don dod-pa ($*'*) a needy
person, a beggar (Mnon.).

645

don-ldan with some object or
design; in Budh. abbr. of 1fr*<r
possesed of religion and piety; *>'

*'1*'**? make it essential to
acquire while you are a human being
(Rdsa. 23}.

^•jj«-q'fl|?}« don rnam-pa gsum the three
kinds of don, i.e. of significations: (1) ^T
*§^ ^ the literal meaning or signification
of a word; (2) ^'|'M the meaning of a
meaning, real import ; (3) fww'S'M this
includes ^jtf^w*^, ^w^^tiS-*^^,
etc., the meaning of the root and also
that of physical things and spirit, also
rw*''S'^'a|'^1^'3'Pw*', S>»v«^-§-(ww, etc.
(K. d. * Iff).

' don-dpyod $non-gnati the
pioneer investigator; the first man who
inquires into any subject or case ; 'M'^SH'"
don dpyod-pa an investigator, inquirer. =
Arjuna.

*&' *>** don-mcd ft\T.fa ; useless, in vain,
for no purpose, silly manner : *^'ww*>'
•jTaXfi *)«vX, it is useless to light lamps in
the day time; ^Sp^'^'f^S'saTT^'^-^
to entertain one who has eaten to the full
is useless; i**fW|'flIq|«fV^f*Y^ it is
useless to stick to a bad man or mean
person (K. du. S 200). ^'^Vflf"!'!^ don
tned-dkrog-rkycn quarrel for nothing or
without any cause.

M'*^'"!?*1 don-med gtam ftsRmr
idle talk.

Syn. Kflrwrapw nag-hehal gtam ;
*<H don stofi-tshiy; ^'^v^i\ don bral-tshig.

^fl'r don-rtsa (M'l'*'") the real mean-
ing, reason ; also result.

M'^"I« Don-shags seems to be a Tantrik
manifestation of Avalokites'vara.

van,

ticism.

^^-^m-1c.-Ei5-|^ don-bzarl

i rgyud n. of a Bon work on mys-

-yod grub-pa vifaftfs. lit.
one who does a real work successfully;
n. of the fifth Dhyani Buddha, the ruler
of the heaven situated to the north. In
Tantrik ceremonial he is generally painted
green and is often represented with a
Khadoma fairy as his Sakti (Tib.
Is styled ^'51 Don-grub for short.

dob-dob 1. one who dresses
tying his breeches above the knees, in the
manner of a Bhutanese. 2. stuff, non-
sense (Sch.).

dom *rw ?t, «g the tawny bear,
Ursus pruinosm of Blyth, found near
Lhasa and elsewhere : Vl'^'^'B''!'^
«ip?yw|^ the teeth of the bear (made
into paste) stops bleeding ; V<'3'S'V£|*''*)?r
fc'1^ the bear's brains heal sores on the
head; '^'•fr%'K1Cf>'R'«W the flesh of
the bear is useful in the diseases caused
by evil spirits. ^»cw§») dom-mkhris bear's
bile (it is used as a medicine).

Syn. aTy* phng-nal; *>«I'g^'^*'*^ mig-
Stnan Ins-can; *f**FFq*> rab dkar-sfiifl ;
( glum-drag she-sdan-can ; §*|'
hi Ito-can (Mnon.).

dor a pair of draught cattle ;
g.lan-dor a yoke of oxen (Jd.).

l dor-wa pf. and imp. of
hdor-wa to throw out, cast out ;
give up bad actions or behaviour ;
dor-war gyur fii^TR left, cast out (A. K. 1).

^•g'S'w dor byed-ma=^3,*\'%*i dw-byid-
Sman.

646

*£I dor-ma breeches, trowsers ; ^'
3«.' short breeches ; ^v^' long drawers ;
3J*i'^ breeches made of thick serge cloth;
^'5 dor-fta that part of the breeches
which covers the privy parts.

I: dol 1. VJ fishing-net (Mnon.) ;
V^1"'" a fisherman, cf . *f^r« ydol-pa. 2.
W. stew-pan (Ja.). 3. in Vl^V" to split,
to cleave (Sett.).

II : n. of a place in the province
of Lhokha in Tibet : ^1«tV5ii!liTI'vF

as*r^*' 9« then arriving at Dol from Sita-
bola kha he blew the conch-shell (trumpet)
(A. 90). ^"'S'l^'lf Dol-yyi don-gnu n. of
a village in Dol (Deb. «| St.). ^vtfyr
?K.' Qol-rnamrgyal-dson the head-quarters
of Dol (Rtsif). Vri Dol-pa a native or
resident of Dol ; ^"ri'^'Zj'i dol-pa rin-po-che
n. of a celebrated lama of this place (Lon.
* 2) ; ^'S'5 Dol-bu-tca the name by which
that lama was usually called (Ya-scl. 37).

dol-bon a sect of the Bon (J.

doa or V'QssB*'*' a load that is
carried by man or beast; khal-dos F"!'*^
load carried by a beast of burden ; R'^w
a load of tea carried in this manner ; V
«wK«J to load, to pack ; ^•"tfJiprti to unload.
^N'5q a guard in charge of loads, one in
charge of loads carried by beasts of burden
and walking behind; pmrM^wif^R'^
^'J1' caravan-guard coming from IQiams
and other distant places

hbor che-wa or

(Jig.).

dos-drag=*'\i\ tsha-drag (D.R.)
/ia-cafi brcl tsha-ico argent,
impatient ; calling for inquiry.

dot drag-pa 1. hard compul-
sory service. 2. severe in exacting it, e.g.,
a feudal lord (Ja.).

V'11 do$-pa one who carries loads, a
coolie; V»'Q do8-po=RF% a load; ^*>'S^
the leader of a caravan of such loads.
^»r^=1^r§<^ the weight that can
becarried by a man or beast. In Tibet
12 khal is the usual dot-po or load for
a cooly (Rtsii.).

^ dra signifies (mystically) |«'9 sfcyet
bu a person, a personage (K. g. p> 179).

^' o dra-ci or ^'S dran-ci in Pur. a flat
basket (Ja.) ; V$c. dra-chun a small bag
made of net cloth (Cs.) ; V**^ dra-ythad a
bag of net-cloth.

dra-ptiyed 1. ^JSTTX half-necklace,
half-chain. 2. half -lattice-work ; a kind of
silk ornament.

5^ I'- dra-ica 1. a tailor who cuts
robes, shirts, etc. 2. to cut, clip, lop,
dress, prune, pare with knife or scissors ;
also fig. •A'Ufc'^VI'} borrowing (a syllable)
from the father's name; ^'^ cloth cut
out for a garment (Co.) : &**(f$, V'¥-
^'"'S^ in. handicraft (he knew) tailoring,
cutting and sewing (A. 3 If) ; VSS scissors
(Sch.). 3. a small copper coin used in
the Western Himalaya ; called also Dabu.

^'EJ II: sbst. 1. ^TT necklace (of
pearls, gold etc.), chain worn as an orna-
ment. 2. sim web, net, lattice, grate,
net-work: ^*r«rv£'*''^9'Ji (the veins) are
spread throughout the body like net-work
(S.g.). V^8'<Tfl dra-wahi thay-pa rope or
string of a net or trap. £*fc*FTfl dr°-
icahi rkan-ldan web-footed; a goose,

647

duck, swan. 5*ri5'^q the frame-work of
bones, the skeleton; f"l*<'$ iron lattice ; 5'^
wooden rails, fencing; g^'S'V**"! iron
trellis; gridiron; **\'^'|'^ lattice- work of
rays. 3. SffiZ [a club]<S.

^«rngVq dra-wa hkhrol-wa^^^'^^.

V«^ dra-wa-can 1. sjH* latticed,
grated. 2. met. a spider. 3.=Jffgq a
coat of mail (Mnon.). 4. = 3'£I a gourd
(Mnon.). V*1'*^* dra-wa can-ma (SV*^'
gfgi^'«) a clever and skilful woman
(Mnon.).

V V3^ dra-wa dra-phyed laced curtains
or ornamental silken frills, hangings em-
broidered and with pendant strings : S'^T
^>V\itf^P"|1WrV having put on
certain ornaments with pearls and pendant
tassels (A. Ul).

^•q'"»l^ dra-wa-hdsin met. a fisherman,
one who holds or uses fishing-net (Mnon.).

^*£J dra-ma l. = "i'^w. nobility, gene-
rally applied to the fa-^cft Licchabi race of
Vais'ali. 2. experienced, practised, learn-
ed. 3. = S"'^C- rtsi-fin a board or slate for
counting and writing figures upon.

^•wgorciS-gjE. Dra-nui $prul-pahi girt n.
of a fancied continent or island.

V*>1 dra-mig or V^'***! the openings or
"eyes" in a net-work or lattice.

dray seems to be a root with two
distinct significations : 1. advisable, better,
best; where two or more courses offer,
that which is the more or most expedient :

bgro-na drag it is better to go;

$dod-na drag better to sit, to stay
(Mnon.) ; *•'$'%* WWfl what course would
be expedient ? Also any improvement
may be expressed by drag: V?*fc has
improved, become, better ;

^ij your entering into a religious
life is better (A. 127) • VTjj** drag-$kye$
growing better, ia improving ; is in the
way of improvement ( Tig.') ; colloq. better,
that is better, well done. 2. vehement,
forcible ; and so, fierce, violent. In this
sense is gen. applied to the powerful and
violent aspect of certain Tantrik deities;
other compounds of this root, however,
are being more frequently employed.

Vl'9|«i drag-gis firmly; Vf'K'fi to
believe firmly.

WW«Vr«rlft*r«fr|S n. of a Tantra
used by the Rnifi-ma sect (K. g.

^"I'«^ drag-can ^hr, "^ strong, vehe-
ment. Term applied to terrifying deities.

VT** drag-char sfl^K heavy rain, heavy
rain or downpour.

VT^e. drag-hjin n. of Indra's horse
(Sorig.). .

^"i'5 drag-ttt=$,'*l'*'*''* or ^-w^ adv.
strongly, earnestly, vehemently, violent-
ly; moreover : W'^'"KV£W9'3*''1'I*<'!''
VT§'£'5£''W he implored him to stay in
that place (Strom. 106). VTg'"^'" drag-
tu hthen-pa to pull violently, with great
force.

or class of better people ; higher class or
order: <w&IV''F'^'Vlriwa'Ta!*''i*1T8''1
account of monthly allowance to the better
or higher class of domestic servants and
workmen (Rtsii.).

VT^*> drag-nad a serious illness, gen.=
^1'^ dreg-nad gotttw

Vl'i drag-pa 1. from the root drag
and thus signifying: the better sort of
.personal, and so: noble, of noble birth,
superior, respectable, oi superior quality

648

or order; d'yu'v a nobleman, gentleman,
respectable man; SV^'Vl « articles of
superior quality ; VT^I" nobility, gentry;
^u|-q^-^-q to raise to nobility ;Vrq^3vq'
to become a nobleman. 2. vehement,
powerful, severe; Pr^^'V1! ^""V « to
exert with assiduity; VI 'i"^'" unben-
ding, unwearied application; ^Wl'"
a powerful voice; fiw^n|'q a severe
punishment; $*'t'Vr« yearning compas-
sion. Dray-pa imph'es in fact possessing
any quality in a high degree; VTVTq
very poisonous, virulent poison.

^•tiS-*»rq drag-pahi chog-pa a performer
of Tantrik rites and religious observances,
in which fierce deities are either coerced or
propitiated.

^«i|-q5'TSs drag-pahi thotf described as 4'^
a|c.'n5*)c. «*(it«3rft an epithet of the river
Ganges

VT15 drag-po also V"!"'15 drags-po (A.
K. l-3fi, wbr, •qtr, W, V&, ffa 1. fierce,
terrible, fearful, violent ; and is the term
specially attached to deities in their aspect
of anger as defenders of Buddhism ; is thus
synonymous with §'^ as used in that
sense. 2. sbst. any terrific deity; a
Bhairava.

drag-po dwal-tlog-can
n. of a Bon deity (D.R.).

VU'EiS-iH drag-pohi mig W^ 1. n. of a
fabulous animal. 2. species of tree, Elao-
carptis ganitrus; the berry of this tree
used for rosaries.

^ drag-pohi gisug-rgyan an
epithet of the moon (Mnon.).

sfl-qS ^^'^f drag-pohi yugs-hgro «VTt«
that which moves with vehement speed,
like a shooting arrow.

^«|'J5 drag-mo 1. ^irr a fearful woman.
an amazon (JjfUon.). 2. vrrft Eudra's
wife, an epithet of the goddess Durga.

yi'STT^ drag rtsal-otin=*f\'^ ace. to
the Bon, possessing the terrific attitude and
powers of deities.

$«|-jrtr«J$p>i «J drag-rtsub bfkal-pa the rough
or rude age, a name of this present
period of time which is cafledVf'V'T'*'

^qi'aJe.-Xc.'*^ dray-tshafi c/ion-can ace. to
the Bon: in whom are all manner of
perfections, good qualities.

VT1^ drag-shan strong and weak, i.e.,
the relative force of sound ; also with
respect to rank, superior and inferior or
good and bad.

VT-d01 drag-fill fierce, also frightf ulness ;
^'$"1'*^ dray-ful can <sv, ^ frightful,
terrible, powerful, cruel ; also one of the
ten tones of music (M. F.). ^"I'^"!'* dray-
ful che, ^wH'^-q dpah-Qo ita-wa fierce,
terrible ; also like a hero, chivalrous,
heroic: |3v^<'!S*''*'ai'Vir-3'J!-i thou art
heroic and fearful (Rtsii. 30). ^'^T^
drag-ful tpyod a mystical practice =S"Va

Drag-ff^e4 is not, as Jd has it,
a single deity but indicates a group of
fierce and redoubtable gods, of which
there are said to be eight. See Griin-
wedel's Mythologie des Suddhintmis, 16fr.
The Mongols style the Drag-shed group
Dokshit ; and a special robe and hat are
worn by exorcists who deal with the
group. Each Dhyani Buddha, moreover,
is held to have a drag-shed in his retinue.

VT19*1 Drag-gaum the three fierce ones
(the Bon trinity).

t^\^drag!=^-eif gaj'ti or wq thai-pa
= excess: f'*gVfr«C«Ti'^'fVl* eating in

649

excess will cause the illness of indigestion ;
*4f^<ij*i maft-dragg very much, in excess ; as
adj . much, strong, intense. ^"!"'§I> dragg-
byed *&$ a bragadacio, one who brags
much.

' draft 1. a kind of beer (Soh.). 2.

honest, straightforward, upright.
^•<*!j draft-hgro=**p, JR an arrow, a shot
(lit. that which goes straight) (Mfton.) ;
language ; ^e/Q draft-po «^,
right, truthful, straight (*r
not crooked or bent), sincere, honest.

draft-lam short road, straight-road,
straightforward, not deviating from the
direct course; upright; w^'Zi good
actions, righteous deeds ; H**^'2! righte-
ous judgment, justice. ^•q«\'»r§)'q3*r|'
draft bshag-gi bzos-ggo settlement, good
arrangement — also described as «fi*r]jj'
$-gv«aj-ir^-^%*-q-nrq«-8i3r§«V£J to
return good to one who has done kind-
ness or good service before (Tig.).

¥•'*& draft-don ordinary signification;
^'^•^•^•^•5'BV«K the difference bet-
ween the general and real significations ;
fc*'1^ (*n^rcr) the sense or spirit of an
expression or word: 3fl'¥q-8'*'ap^w«r*»w
•YSF^V1^"*'^ significations drawn
from unrealities txr phenomena are to
come within the term draft-don ; ^••proS-
»-anr^Mr<rw«r*vft«r^ a meaning derived
from the spirit or spiritual sense is fcf'M,
i.e., the certain or absolute meaning.
(Behu. 37).

draft-por adv. straight; ^'9v
draft-par hjog-pa to place, put
straight; y.'SV'O^Y1' draft-por hdo$-pa
wishing frankly ; ^'^'^'q draft-por $mra-
wa to speak plainly, to be candid, to speak
the truth.

^'i draR-ua ^ranfur, ^q 1. abstract
noun to ^e.-H( draft-po. 2. pf. to <Vr«i.

' draft-sroft

§«\'jf"l'i a reciter of sacred hymns, an
inspired sage ; originally the authors or
rather seers of the Vedic hymns ; a saint ;
an anchorite. Jd. says : at present the
lama that offers $byin-sreg is stated to bear
this name, and whilst he is attending to
the sacred rites he is not allowed to eat
anything but VH'*« white food, i.e., milk,
curds and cheese. The terms cognate
to ^'afR. draft-sroA but not exactly
synonymous with it are the following :

(Mfton.).

V-'lfc1^ draft-sroft bdun «sf§ the
seven sages ; also the constellation of the
Great-Bear. Ace. to Bon the seven
are:— (1) v^-g-^; (2) ^^^ • (3)
wf^-Vj (4) «rw
*P*; (6) ^-iiw^W; (7) f-<*
Bon.). ^ife.'^fljN-qj draft-sroft rigs-bcu ten
kinds of Rishi, ace. to Budh. : (1) w'«ra-
--.- Eishithatmove on earth ; (2) *•$*-'
: flying Eishi; (3) jjWqvXur^-j-
^' the Eishi that walk in a dancing
mode; (4) *fw«r«|'q3-^'gV Eishi that
travel in the sky; (5) S)''>jT^'<^'ti'^'sft'
Eishi that travel to the celestial regions ;
(6) r"»!«r§*r*3fqS^E.-sjV Eishi who move
miraculously ; (7) ^-gq-Jv^^ •qS-y.-jff
Eishi that can take an enchanted form ;
(8) jj*-«Hr*9j-qS-^-$V Eishi that can
vanish in light;. (9) ^'VJjw^-qS'Vi-^K.-
Eishi that can move as embodied forms
of anything; (10) j
Eishi who have attained to excellence.

83

650

draft-graft Ikuft-wa
one of the 36 sacred pkoes of Buddhists
in ancient India, the site of modern
Sarnath, near Benares, where Buddha first
preached the Saddharma.

drafts v. *&»

E^'SJ dran-pa 1 : 1. in Budh.
wScwflfS'i'^, SwJTwq-avi* (K. d.
* 355) the state of the expression of
^g-«m, <.<?., dependence of a thing upon
another, indicating that the mind is free
from darkness. 2. ^fr, *5rin recollection,
remembrance, memory: ^-q-ipwrZi clear
recollection; S1"'^'*W**r*1 to lose one's
memory or senses ; W^^t^F* to swoon,
to fall down unconscious ; Vf^f^V being
out of one's senses (with joy) (Ja.). 3.
self -recollection, consideration : *wr*^
jfo-cr^l'^-q-iS'?!*7!^ insane persons regained
the respective faculties of their minds ;
^•q-qjgcjrq quickness of apprehension,
good capacity (Ja.). 4. qrc an epithet
of Kamadeva.

tffiQ II: 1. vb. to think of, ponder;
gen. to remember, recollect with ^'"t;
tftafNtoftfiH to think of, to remember
Buddha, Dharma and Sarjgha : 3<irZi'3fcpq-
^•w ^-q-5)a\ do not think of, do not trouble
yourself about, future evils ; «i|«'<iv$'^
I do not recollect having taken any-
thing on credit (Ja.) ; W**1!*1 as soon
one thinks of it ; quick as thought ; t*>'$'^'
qv9\q rje$-su dran-par i#ec£-j9a = ^''V'lSTq,
dran-du hjug-pa also to be reminded of, to
put in mind of ; ^' J^'i^'i to recall to the
mind. 2. to become conscious ; ^'i*\'i§^'£J
to recover one's senses, to be one's self
again ; ^'^V unconscious ; $'^'«i5'*i|-§
after they had become insensible (Ja.).

3. to think of with love or affection, to be
attached to, to long for.

^•*X<»]-| dran-mchog rje dearest sir (Ja'.).

^•^swo dran Hams-pa f*i:*nTT 1. uncon-
scious, senseless. 2.=^<r«|W«-»>'V<i faint
recollection ; weak-minded.

^•q'^-q^'q^q|'yfl^ dran-pa ne-icar bshaij-pn
bshi ^frfx; «n wjwrsiTfsi the four essential
recollections, which are— (1) V'W*rVw
*W\ '" ^rq*Hr*;miHTiT [the body is imper-
manent] S.; "(2) *^-q-^-q VqVq^TJ-q %^T
[the evils of sensation]& ; (3)
rr<ingqrciM [the eva-
nescence of thought]S*; (4) Xw^-q-V^'
[the conditions of exis-

tence] S.

*fi 5f drcm-tho a memo, a note for refresh-
ing the memory.

V^ dr'in-dri abbr. of Wi-V^'«».

^•q5-if|-q dran-pahi kft-ica = ^'>if>f-' or *'
«*^ the glans penis, the male organ.

Vfi'«iS dran-pa bcu or l^'fl'^'i the ten
remembrances, viz. : — (1) WR'jw'l^-g'y q ;
(2) <«t«'5l-^-«i; (3) ^vWfcW the
constant remembrance of Buddha, Dharma
and Sarjgha; (4) C'l'Bwt^'SJ'W1'' the
bearing in mind monastic vows of mora-
lity; (5) <flps**'|«Wl'Il remembrance to
give away in charity ; (6) ^i^'^'l
remembrance of one's tutelary deity ; (7)
^w|-^-^-|-q t*r*j-^-ci recollection of
breathing in and out in the practice of
yoga; (8) vrS'«F<ii«'^-<i the remem-
brance of the various constituents of the
body; (9) |'t>'t*r$'^'i gkye-wa rjes-su
dran-pa bearing in mind that one has to
be reborn (in any of the six states of exist-
ence) ; (10) si'S'iwfm'i the remembrance
of death (as a certain and unavoidable
fact) (Ebum.^93).

651

Dran-pa hjomg ^jK-gw the
subduer of Dod-lha, i.e., of the desire of
procreation, an epithet of Buddha; also
n. of an Arhat, &c.

^•qq-g^-q dran-pahi khron-pa
the female organ of generation. .

^•q<v^qc.-q dran-pahi dwan-po 1.='
mkhas-pa a learned man (Mnon.). 2.
qi^tf'?*! the faculty of recollection;
memory as one of the five faculities, v.

^•q5'n|jqm dran-pahi pzugs a handsome
woman, a beauty (Mnon.).

^•q<v3|f 5 dran-pahi fin-rta W\i,H an
epithet of Kamadeva or Dod-lha.

*$'H dran-po WT, $?H awake, one in his
senses, conscious.

^'i dran-ma the mind, memory :
qjs,' good memory ; ^'*W dran-las
from memory, from consciousness; con-
scious state ; ^'SvS'^M'i dran had-kyl sin-
pa sudden recollection; remembering all
on a sudden.

dran-ffi the meat of an animal
that was slaughtered three days ago ; the
flesh of an animal after the third day of
its death (consciousness is said to linger
in the body until life has been extinct for
three days ; it is therefore that the human
body is not disposed of until after the
third day of death in Tibet).

^•%*w dran-sems in W. love, affection,
attachment (Jo,.).

dral 1. v. gw*. 2. v. ^I'l. 3. for
SJ1*! gral.

^'5 dral-po ^K"fJti^lVfSftJ'lf1^1V^
t'S/vspt) (Rtsii.) grain or peas that have
been split by beating.

*fl'i dral-wa ifej, f^ngsR to split with a
blow ; ^'^W1'11 to split assunder, splitting,
rending; q5j«ri'^«r«i one whose observance
(of s. religious study or vow) has been
broken; ^«T§lT|B-«AtwflNrj*«n dral-gyis
sfius-pahi rjes-bshin kho-na ru scar or mark
left on human body by striking (D.E.).

^"T? drul-tsc a kind of courier or mes-
senger (Cs.).

y* drag *f«r3Sn|»r^^-ti cloth cut out
for making a robe or coat, etc., v. Vs!
dra-u-a.

S dri 1. ^rnfe, *R=r, *rnn odour, smell,
scent ; \'**i sweet-smelling ; Y^'^ dri
nan-pa ^r*? bad smell, stench, offensive
smell ; Y*1^ dri-med frijvi without smell ;
odourless; bright (A. K. 1-2); Y*^'$=
$'fl]^E.-« water (Mnon.). 2. *ra ordure, for
V5*- Y**S '^" ^"1 ^ 'I96-' n. of a sacred
shrine at Lhar-tse in Tsang (Jig). \***\
*V§^ n. of a work (Ya-sel 3!?). \^
"!'?l*''1^ f^T^lf»f5( n. of an Indian pandit
who worked in the Buddhist propaganda
in Tibet in the 8th century, A.D. Y»>V
H^'Q n. . of a Rnin-ma lama (S. kar.
182).

V§ '** dri skye-ma ipg-ai^^ produced'
of smell, a kind of insect come into exis-
tence from dirt or "I-^'^V moisture and
warmth.

\'<>$fo dri-hkhor changing or fading of
colour of a dress by use or age : SjV"

s=S^'\ spos-dri

»P«I strong scent; incense; V*'*1 dri-na-
ica bad smell; ^•c.'q'^'d f%^TH»T^ odour-
less, free from bad smell.

V6^ dri-nad vapour, exhalations; ^'R1S'
dri-nad hjam-pa ^J<lf^< very agree-

652

able scent; fig. virtue, laudable merit,
qualification: C^'S^'V^V^'S^ 'i'^" 'S q'
^•jj'sc^'m the monastery of Vikrama'ala
was so called, (its monks) being possessed
of purity in morals (A. 61).

Ye.S'HV»a|«> dri-Hafti hdab-chagf met.
.the hoopoe (J&fion.).

YS dri-lfla the five perfumes used in
offerings to saints and gods.

Y*^'1' dri-can (te-wa=H'$' a pod of
musk (mystic) (Mid-rda. S).

Y*" dri-chab scented water ; scent, per-
fumery.

Y$ rfri-cAM=*|^ 5^ urine, also abbr.
Y* dri-ma ordure and $ urine; 4 water
when written with \ conveys the meaning
of urine.

Ys'l^'q dri-chu ffsil-wa^wzfii or ^5^'
fll^t'q to make water, to piss (Nag. 68).

\fy dri-chen=iy\'i 3^( ordure, filth,
dung (Sman.).

\'ffi>Q\ dri-mchog, Y^q ^MTI excellent .
smell, sweet scent, fragrance (Xfflon.).

\itywti dri mnam-pa Dinner of uniform
smell as of incense-sticks of China.

Y"§" dn-bJul=z\e-Wyi '" suppression
of stench.

^•^c.'n|c,'qw'wls't| dri-daH hphren-tfaf
mchod.-pa JT^jn^T't «^l*l^ worshipping
with offerings of garlands and frankin-
cense.

\ '8^ dri-ldan 1. • if^if^f having the
smell of. 2. TT5Tf« a gander or t.E.-«5'
jocQ (MAon).

\^'» dri Idan-pa there are ace. to the
Bon cult seven classes of scent : — (1) *i'\'
^fgi^'tr^'js'g earthy smell such as sulphur ;
(2) $Y'V;;8!Ji'{|''wl*'?'ql^s''fr9; (3)
(4)

fleshy musky smell; (6)

frys; (6) (n\'W*rF'1^itwr9; (7)

(D.B.).

Dri (dan-ma (V*) ipan*\ n. of
a place in ancient India.

.dri tnom-pa pf. i|f»(*« bfnams
' to smell, to inhale an* odour

\'%*\ dri-phog gen. \'t^'5<i|'i clothes
soiled with spots and bad smell (Rtsii.).

\'g«l dri-bral or ^'«'g«i dri-tna-lral
fsT^r free from bad smell ; that which is
not soiled; fig.= jfa'*V« ikyon-med-pu
blameless, without any defect (A. If.

a white scarf presented as a
token of pure heart and good wishes.

Y" d[i-ma «rrw^f, *r?r, jrk filth,
excrement, manure ; Jf'^ s>ia-dri nose-
mucus; Y*'5'V*Y^*' dri-ma kun-s(id->wt
after all impurities have been put off ; V
*'S3 dri-ma dku or Y*)'V:j ^3* bad or
offensive smell ; v*r'wlql*''£'^'> dri-ma
hgagt-pah i nad the disease of obstruction
of the bowels. V*'*^ dri-ma-can 1. dirty,
sluttish (as to dress). (w^ffOtiN dri-ma
duA beat-pa ^u» with smell, stain or
defilement. ^'W^'gncq dri-ma dafl bral-wa
(\'g*!.) washed, bleached, cleansed — V*'
^•W5« and YwfW'JV"! signify the same
2. JWTPR interlocutary month in the
lunar calendar (Mfton.).

^'*'%ql dri-ma drug in Budh. the six
sorts of defilement, namely: — (1) the
feeling that I am superior to my spiritual
teacher; (2) want of regard for religion
and one's spiritual guide ; (3) X^'ac^^-
ql^'*X|'£' neglect of religious observances ;
(4) Iw^^rJ^rvqiriK'^fc'q'the mind
wandering over external objects, in

653

deviation from the observance of religious
duties; (5) VK'«!*ipg-^^-jYq concentrat-
ing attention upon the working of the
. five senses ; (6) *«Tlf*K'VF*iriNpr$»rj!q
tiring of continued application to religion
(Khrid. 6).

\wjt3\-u dri-ma Waw-w»« = 3Y*|t\''^tV^i'*i
a voluptuous woman (Mnon.).

V*'*!*'*" dri-ma hphyi-wahi ma-ma
JTgnr^t a child's wet-nurse ; a woman who
attends to infants' cleanliness.

dri-ma mi-mnah ^IM not
touched or affected by filth ; unblemished,
throughly pure.

Y>r*S'*1 dri-ma med-pa fMra 1. the
third stage of Bodhisattva perfection or
^'TT'T^'S pure as smell of flowers; fspjpg
without defilement, an epithet of Buddha
(M.V.). 2. fsra pure, holy, all-good;
clean, cleanly.

V«r*v£V*irV>VI*Mf* a treatise
by AchSrya Amogha (Tan. d. ^ 117).

< • era • q^ •

r n. of a Sutra (K. d.
\'*»'<t|«j*< dri-ma-ysum the three impuri-
ties or filths :— q-*jv ordure, «$ urine, £1
rnul sweat (Sman.) ; fig. $«iq5-\*i also
^•tfMrei5\»i and p^-*!-?-^^-**.

^•anr^^rq dri-m-ts noys-pa blemished,
stained, spoiled.

Syn. ^1'K"1 nag-nog; \'^ dri-ldan
\wstt dri-ma can; \wxqxyp: dri-mas sun-
phyufi; \'*'^l dri-ma gos (Mnon.).

\v\fcf>^ dri-gt&afi khafi »Wfi^T, JRit^r
• prob. ipqr^ra a sacred place, the princi-
pal chapel in a monastery.

Syn.*l5iT'J|TP''c-' gisug-lag khan (Mnon.).
+ \i$t: dri-brtsufi = \-Q'^- good smell,
fragrance.

V*S^'|*i dri-hdsin

\^^ dri-shib dkar clear and definite
instruction or direction.

\°ty*'i dri shim-pa or vV^ 1. an agree-
able smell, sweet fragrance ; adj. fragrant.
2. = gvg*t gj^ir saffron.

Syn. of 1. ^vgvgw rnam-nid $lynr-
ipos; l^'^q-^ Snin-hlab dri; 3fl-*w^w
kun-mo§ dn-bzan; ^'cf^ bshon-pa can;
^'8*^'4fl fin-tu yid-hphrog; ^-a^-ujqw
rM-nas hgugs; «^^\ hdod-pahi dri ;%•***•
§«\ sna-tshim byed; ^'l*\ hbod-bycd; t^'na:;
fiad-bzafi; ^^^ rifi-du khy'ab ; atiw'tK
>3a' legs-par hthul (Mfion.).

I'Vi" dri-shim bya$ grfira perfumed,
scented.

\Jfa dri-shon JW^? met. for wind

(Mnon.).

\* dri-sa ?re4 lit. eaters of smells,
a class of demi-gods supposed to orig-
nate from the zone of scents in
Q-andhamadna in the Himalayas ; are also
celestial musicians. Ace. to Jd. : " the
Dri-sa are not only supposed to be fond
of flowers and other fragrant objects, but
also to visit dung-hills, flaying places,
shambles, etc. The insects swarming about
such place, the Tibetan believes, to be
incarnated Dn-za." V*'II'S*'5'3[-«S dri-sa
ga-bur nu-sho-can «&'3fc-^T|*r<ifyN dbyi-mon
rigs-gnis names of two species of vegetable
medicine black and white (Sman. 109).

\'&'^'fc dri-zahi gron-khyer a mirage ;
explained as ^Vi'iw^'-s^'-*!1^ an
illusory phenomenon appearing as a
reality: |

(Buddha) has said that like as
a dream or illusion or in the manner of a
mirage are we born, live, and die (Theg

654

dri-Z'ihi plu-dbyafis
melodies of the dri-za musicians.
"^•qjc.-jj« dn-bzin fkyet lit. born of
fragrance ; an insect ; the rose-bug.

^•qjE.-^qc.'t3 dri-bz'ifi dtvafi-po musk-dee'r.

Syn. 8'*! g.h-wa ; S'S"**i glu-rtsi-can
(jffion.).

^•qje/pifq dri-bsafl khati-pa tTB lotus
flower (Mfion.).

\5 g«-3 drift srag-po a kind of insect
believed to grow from smell.

Syn. fjc.:B« spafl-spos; nje/ZiS-wti
hbyitfl-pohi ral-pa ; S'*^ spii-can (Affion.).

\5'q§«^ rfrt'Ai $£M^ flower, lotus; the
virtue or nutriment of \ scent, smell ;
substances like camphor, assafoatida, &c.

Vgc. -q dri-blafi-wa ur<U to smell.

\ar«»j5X kri-li hk/tor a bee, that which
roves round or is attracted by fragrance.

^'3 (//•»'-«'« for *\* pf. \»i dris; =\w
^^•*-\-q to ask, to make inquiry, to interro-
gate ; also sbst. 5W, TOT question, inquiry.
+\'«TH'«i'fl|IVi dri-ioa rna-la gson-pa=\Q'
^JT'H-g-^K.'Q^'^'ti-'i^'i not asking to the point
but in an artful manner ; \'q-3i*r«i dri-wa
log-pa to ask irrelevantly ; wrong or con-
trary questions ; Vs! "*\'^ dri-wa hdri-wa
to ask a question.

*v

^C* drift 1. looking to ; care, regard ;
dependanceupon;=«$«'ti or *<W« : *?$
\t.-»)-aIfl|-3'^ if you pkce no regard in
others, if (you) do not care for others. 2.
ace. to Cs. =\^.

y\ drin resp. I'P'^ rarely |'V kind-
ness, favour, grace ; \^'M drin-can kind,
gracious, benevolent; also benefactor; \^'
« the parents, the benefactors (Jd.) ;

vb., to acknowledge a kindness, to
feel obliged: V'^'W as I shall always
feel greatly obliged to you; ^>*^\«S'V51
?*.' being now full of thankfulness to him ;
"VvtVi to forget kindness received, un-
mindful of obligations.

X^'fc'l drin clie-wa or V'^ very kind,
great boon, the great or greatest bene-
factor. q^^'^^'^ bkah-drin-che is a very
frequent phrase of thanks equivalent to
our "most kind of you," "many thanks" ;
it is often repeated twice and is a common
expression of ceremonious thanks in letters.
q^-ci'X-^-'»r\^l-Jfa-*E.-3)-w5^ the greatest
benefactress for this life is one's own
mother; ^•ocq^^-X-«i'aifli« * this turned
out the greatest benefit for Tibet ; ww1^ ?^
kindest mother.

''ti to show

one's self grateful ; ^'"l^'^'^'S1? you
shall not have done it for nothing.

\^'«i^ drin-lun gratitude; \<V>l^'<i to be
grateful ; \^'«i^'^ in return for kindness
received; \av«i<vi%q ingratitude, ungrate-
fubaess : ^w^^'^'^Ti'5)*!, ^'»»'^'3^'H»<«'
"i'|^ one night because of his ungrate-
fulness, the hermit was punished at last
(Bdsfi. 19) ; \^«iaj-q<sw£j to be grateful.

V'ZfaTti drin log-pa or Vj-^-Siflp lit. to
reverse a favour, to return evil for good
or for kindness ; ingratitude: V^\ff"*f^'
wsr^-car^-girq now, having met with
ingratitude, he did me wrong (Rdsa. 10).

\Q'*fl drib-fil ace. to Jd. a corrupt form
for \«rg-u|§«i in Ld. = ^'p.

drim stump, trunk of a tree or
plant ; pollarded (in Ld.).

^
drihu v. "^ dre ; prob. for

a young mule.

655

drtt 1. roll or rounded thing :
a roll of paper. 2. for \«rg a bell.

V'S dril-bu *w?i a bell; v»rg'i one
who rings the bell. Vrg'H a member of
the S'akya race whose daughter was
married to Siddhartha (Yig.). VS'*!^'
pS-^-trqparn f<sf|p<ift, sn^tsTTT sounding
like a small bell.

Vrp*- dril-khafi bell-tower, belfry;
VTJ| the sound of a bell. Vr|'«W*lfHra
dril-sgra las bsgrags-pa ^umt^ir procla-
mation by ringing the bell ; VT j^T*! dril
§grog-pa to ring the bell ; to publish by
ringing a bell; Vrjf«im=|*wr«- a place
of justice (Mnon.). \<n^ dril-lce the tongue
of a bell, the clapper; \r$c dril-chun
TOftwr a small bell ; VT§ «J« dril-stegs a
bell stand, or a piece of cloth on which
bells stand ; the frame of timber in which
bells are suspended.

\wi dril-wa, v. *\«rq hdril-wa.

VTI dris-pa, v. "V* hdri-ica. \v drts ?«,
^?f asked, an interrogation. \"'^i
trfTE^fT having asked; «iR'^fl|'\¥
well asked ; asked carefully.

\*i-q-q|5^ar«jq drig-pa plan-la phab
f%<fa decision of questions] S.

VrtiS-lf dris-pahi tho fljssIR1*

\'5 dri-bo an enchanter, sorcerer, magi-
cian; YJ& dri-mo enchantress, witch (Ja.).

\«'»i dris-ma FWT^ one who has
asked ; having asked.

V9^ drig-lan vOto* answer to a
question.

r«-^i« a ball or skein of thread.

drug 1. *r? num. six. 2. = ^K'5
good. 3. symbolic of If «i the kinds of taste
which are six, also of the six quarters
(*^*w), i.e., the four cardinal points besides
above and below; also that of the six
ornaments or §^ (Rtsii.). iTVI^ drug-
dkar a superior kind of turquoise. §*\'i«
drug-brgya six hundred (600) . ^ij-g drug-
Sffra in Gram, the so-called article present-
ing itself in the following six forms ; c», o,
*» S *, *• lfl'§ drug-cu or
the num. sixty (60); ITS'
num. sixty-one (61). ^'i'^ drug-cu skor
the Vrhaspati cycle or the cycle of sixty
years. SfT* drug-cha one-sixth, one-sixth
part; %"!'?=-' drug-ston six thousand (6,000).
Ifl'^'i drug • Idan-ma ^ an epithet of
the goddess Gaurl (Mnon.). %"\^ drug-pa
or ^'9 drug-po w the sixth one. §TV«
drug-dinar a very fine kind of turquoise
supposed to be one-sixth part red in tint.
IfT^ drug-sho six khal (mule load) of
barley grain for one sho (Rtsii.).

IT dni(j-sde
disciples of Buddha :

1. the early

l-. 2. a class of dissenting
monks who being of a discordant disposi-
tion often brought troubles to the early
congregation of S'akya Muni.

§T**i drug-mdo back joint, spinal joint ;
hence «K1*sBT1*'*S a follower.

dm-lu a clew or ball;
a ball of thread or of wool ;
tj^yR*Jiai like the clew of a thread
mixed up or confused.

" drufi resp. 1. f?wz,
adv. and postp. near to, beside, at, to ;
^"'^S^ drun-nas hbyin ^UT^rtnn: drawn from
near; j^^f^y^'^Tj^^^^ having
alighted on the place before the palace.
But the ordinary form in which the word is
found is as the postp. and adv.

656

at, near to, in front of, before ;
to the king, before the king ;
to examine personally, face to face ; |^'^
^U'" to go near or up to ; %'5| i6-'^
near or under the tree. 2. a title or
address of honour generally intended for
the som of noblemen; g'^^'i6-' your
honour; w'Vl^' honourable miss. 3.
civil officer, official; %*'K ^•Ap&vi^ZI
high official < ^'S)"| druft-yig private secre-
tary ; %^3*>'n draft. 4kyti$-ma an inferior •
official, a common clerk (Rtsii.) ; IF^pfc
druft-hkhor gen. lay-officials under the
government of Tibet; ^'l^'" draft gnag-
pa a companion, an associate ; |F*5*'"
druft hbrift-wa or ft'^'«^«l a middle-
class official (Rtsii.) -, %«.-<| druft-spyi civil
officers in general.

|c/3]<i]*rci druft gragt-pa names of
officials under Phag-mo Grub hierarchy.

%^'Vt draft-drag superior rank of offi-

cials : f^**yn***vt**w$T*tMr

^"1*> those superior officials who are of
much importance for public service and
are especially favoured, etc. (D. yel. 11).

%«.'^*> druft m-mo ^ims imminent,
very near, close to, impending.

Syn. «T Vq tluig ne-wa ; ty*fi*> ne-hkhor
(MAon.).

^c.^jw«f^-qje.'Q 2)ruA Niim-mkuh bsan-po
(LoA. * 15) n. of a Government secretary
of Lhasa.

drun-pa or f SF-'^g-*^
secretary, lit. one standing near, waiting
in the presence of a great man, an aide-
de-camp.

drufi-po=l. |=.'3 or
clever, skilful. Ace. to Jii. prudent,
wise, judicious, sensible. 2. sincere,
candid.

^•n£-q draft htsho-wa private physician,
physician in ordinary ((7s.).

^•Styq druti-yig-pa ^rrq^ a clerk,
specially the clerk of a superior officer, a
writer.

driifis root (of misery, sin,
disease, etc., also that of a tree, etc.).
^c.»i^«'^t ^vw exterminated or destroyed
from the root ; radically cured.

drud. v.

bright,

sparkling. 2. ace. to Cs. clarified, clear.
3. beer, resp. «^»i'%c.« beer for the use of
a great man.

Wf5n 1. divested :
v the father killed

a tiger, the son pulled off its skin. 2.

IMS dru$~dru4 a pelican (Sch.).

•f. 5fTf drub-pa or li*)^ v. '%fl'«=
q?«N'ti (anything) sewn.

^I'^l drum-pa or *>I»i'%»< passion ; ace.
to Sch. to have a strong desire, to long,
languish, pine for.

1?r*l drug-ma 1. in foal, as i %*rw a
cow about to bring forth. 2. millet (Sch.).

^ dre ace. to Jd. a mule ; prob. col.
of VI. \«, *^ she-mule ;\5, f\ mule.

•

\5 dre-wo in W. the elbow (Jd.).

^^'^ dreg-pa grime, incrusted dirt,
soot: |V?*| sgron-dreg lamp-black; JSI^^"!
sl'ift-dreg soot on the frying-pan; "^iJ'^S
or "VT3»< dreg-grwn gout ; ll'^ dreg-ldan
^R%TT coating of dirt on anything ;
W§S'^'q dreg-byed rdo-wa (?).

gance;

dregs or^^'l dregs-pa 3

pride, haughtiness, arro-
^"I«'^1 dregs-tshig =
haughty expressions or words ;

657

boasting (Mnon.). vn*r^-*i dregs Idan-
ma=pv*'m'* a youthful female, a damsel
who on account of the charms of her
youth is proud. In Budh. fifteen kinds
of pride are mentioned : — (1) £«r§««r5»r
«•" the pride of moral purity; (2) lf«rq«r
"'" pride from much hearing ; (3)
jw^qprq pride of courage;
pride of acquirements; (5)
pride of honours ; (6)
pride of intellect; (7)
pride of residence in solitude ; (8)

«'" pride in attainments ; (9) %•
i'i pride of having few neces-
saries of life ; (10) qiiqurtudw^flprq pride
of personal appearance; (11)
"V"l«'<i pride of wealth ; (12) «^=
pride of power; (13) ^vi^i]'
pride in possessing many servants and
retainers ; (14) WW^rwBfJJ^'lv Of dhyana
and fore-knowledge ; (15) 5K'J!'S'J|*)'§'qyvcw
^i)«'q pride from the praises of gods and
naga. (K. d. v 78 and Lon.).

^1«'§S dreg$-byed met. for a devil.

dred, generally "Vv# dred-mo, indi-
cates the red or snow bear ( Ursus
inabellinus) ; but is often indiscriminately
applied to other species found in Tibet.

dre$-po 1. a wild-man, a savage ;
one who is brute-like and irreligious. *)'§'
$Vl*-^F*<$V*l;$*r though born as
a human being, he has grown an impi-
ous savage (D.B.) ; ace. to Sch. : evasive,
lazy; he quotes the passage: X«r»)^\5'
S«i'¥flj'i|^'|-«^ a savage without religion,
full of deceit and cunning. 2. a yellow
male-bear ; *^Y^' dred-tshan a bear's den.
"V>'*> dreg-mo 1. one who has gone as-
tray from a religious life ; one who
has abandoned a righteous life. 2. a
yellow bear.

\^ dred-mo species of bear peculiar
to the mountainous plains of Amdo and the
Koko Nor region, the Ursus lagomyarius
of Prejevalski. It preys upon lagomys
and marmots, as described by " A. K." in
his Report on a Journey in Tibet and
Mongolia.

drehu SKIT, %«T a young or small

mule.

dreAu-rnog ; "^•fn]-*4 1. the
mane of a mule. 2. = f^H'5 a spotted seat,

orons^nr, S „ v A t i

or cushion. 3. a kind of long-haired cloth.

a full grown mule. "^'T^' =
"V1'* drel-ra stall for mule, the rope for
tethering mules (Rtsii.).

dreg-ma a kind of grass, of which
ropes and shoe-soles are made in Tibet.
V>'*'*T*« the filaments of ^rw; >^q
dreg-hbru or "V'^9* dres-hbrum the seeds
of VTW grass ; \»*'^ dres-fun rope made
of >r* grass (Rtsii.).

-^f

*\ dro 1. the hot time of the day.

g'^S sna-dro the morning from 8 A.M. to
10 A.M. ^'"^ phyi-dro afternoon from
3 P.M. to 5 P.M. in India and Tibet. 2.
ace. to Jd.j lunch, a meal taken about
noon; X'q5q'1' to lunch. X has also the
general meaning of any meal : "
in one day three meals;

! "give to (the labourers) five
meals a day" (said a rich man who was
building a house).

X'^" dro-hjam (col. tonjam) tepid.

X'^ dro-dod= comfortable accommo-
dation (of travellers) under road-bill.

X'*1 dro-wa 1. vb. and adj. to be warm ;
warm, as distinguished from hot. 2. = ^''
bro-wa of which it is an incorrect form.

84

658

X'P'X^'2! dro-wa rnon-po ^^"K* very
acrid taste ; pungent.

X'$"l dro-lug a sheep intended for food ;
X'4!' dro-qa meat intended for such a
purpose.

^1?! drags (Sch.) packed up, made up
into a pack or parcel.

orX"1 drons v. ^'q hdren-pa.

dron-ma a large basket or dosser
provided with a lid and carried on the

back.
•**

tirod 'SWT 1. sbst. warmth; Jf»''

warmth (derived from clothes) ^
warmth from fire. 2. animal heat.
a small piece 9f food = r1'**',
prob. for ("X'S enjoyment of the mouth.
. (Jd.) ; XS'5^ drod-can ^W possessed of
warmth, warm.

+XS'3"< drod-mi^^^'*]^1- '^S matching
one's desires, in accoi dance with design, #c.

Xs'^'i'N'^*' drod phebs-dus=%^'"\ dpyi$-ka,
the warm season, i.e., the spring (Mnon.).

c?rorf-Sl/»f/«=X'\'3lS'§';\ stimulant;
}N the three stimulant medi-
cines are Piper longum, cardamom, and
a smaller species of cardamom (Mifi-
rda. 3).

\<^\vn drod-hon? 'SWHT the coming of
the hot season, the summer. X*\'UM|'q drod
yal-wa the vanishing or diminishing of
warmth or heat.

Xy^fl|'£) drod, rig-pa JfiWR the science
of mysticism, occultism, charms. Jd. has :
well-versed in measures.

Xvrt* drod-gyer ^^^ 1. sweat, pers-
piration. 2. ace. to Jd. : warmth and

moisture. X\qrt^'a|*I'S*l't| 4<d<3!l vfirmin,

insect, etc., produced by heat and moisture.

dron-po col. forX'^ dro-tco.
X^'* dron-mn orX^'** gentle warmth, gen.
equalling X''***4 dro-hjttm *^X^ warm
food ; BTX^ khrag dron-nto warm bloocl.
(gbrom. bl).

drol \. *%!*'i hdrol-wa.

X*< i: dro? (Srft.)=X dro, X*1 '^ noon,
midday ; X*'^ when it is getting warm.
X* ii : sometimes written for ?«.

X*'" dros-pa 1. ^ReTK heated, grown
warm, esp. of the ground by the heat of
the sun or of men by warm clothing.
H~$W Ma drof-pa ^5?3cm is the n. of a
lake, i.e., of Tsho Mapham, the eastern
one of the two Manasarowar lakes in S.
W. Tibet ; also a Naga king. 2. (*
cutting cloth < o make a dress.

gdarj or *\WV ffdiiys 1. fut. of
rarftf ; *)c.-«t|yiprq to attach or give
a name ; *W-qft the man about to be
given the name ; «fi«prX«i the doctrine that
one should be attached to (Rdo. 4-6).

2. ace. to Jd. day-light, opp. to §w.

3. in Sty. qpw<i occurs frq. as a transla-
tion of TOP wisdom (Jd.}.

gdan or

clothes-horse, rack; the rail on
which a bird perches is called S'lS^'. 2-
a peg or nail for clothing. 3. W^'JJ'I^'S
the rail of a ladder ; but ace. to Jd., the
step of a ladder. ^^flVS.'Wf^rw*'
Q>tyj|-^'i^^| on a golden rack there was
placed a black goat-skin (Jllrom.

q pdati-tca pf.

to gape, to open wide (the mouth
and nostrils), to stretch ; '»wj'T''fie.»! stretched
apart the arms; £>$c-'IIft'II!'^1H b$nuA psiri
ffdan$ cured of disease.

659

gdait-i/as n. of a numerical
figure (9J««i) : ^
«<?J. 57).

rnrg as of the voice), or *'X 1. the tone
or pitch of one's voice (Situ. 5£). 2.=

'f^i ydafis-snan music, harmony, melody ;

r§*Vc' to make music (Jd.) 3. resp.=
SB/** the forehead (Cs.).

*f*f.W ^dans-pa 1. v. *K*'i gdan-ica.
2. — ^wi sos-pa or « Wf sans-pa, also resp.
for VTq drag-pa to recover (from an ill-
ness) ; ti|=.'«I^ '"l^t.N'1 one recovering from
illness, convalescent.

n = ^ stun WRJr, resp.
a low seat, a divan, cushion, a bolster.
"1^'B gd-m-khfi a throne, a high seat
(Rtsii.) ; *W*fa gdan-lcog abhr. of «I«yV
^'f*"I'5f a cushion and a small table. Tft'*
gdan-cha a suite of cushions; seats (for
the use of a party including a great
man, his attendants, etc.) : Wflffi's'^opr ^
thab-gdan-cha sogs sprod supply seats,
fireplace, etc. (Rtsii.) ; Tfl'^"! g.dan-hjag
cushion-seat and small table, tea, etc.
(Rtsii.) ; Tfi'fl'*6" g.dan-stag hjab a tiger-
skin rug lined with satin placed on a
stuffed cushion for the use of great men
or respectable lamas; 3fTS5'«5v«|^'ffl|'w
*fjf«V«fc<n-f>vX-q ! on the first row of seats
spread tiger-skin rugs lined with satin and
(place) wine-glasses and large silver cups
(Rtsii.}. *|W^m<£i gdan hckgs-pa to take
leave, to withdraw, to depart ; "W^'l
ffdan hdren-pa = ^^\^u to invite, to go to
meet.

fdtm-pa ^T'fTpraf one seated on a
cushion, one occupying a seat, a chairman.

">l«fl'w» gdan-rabs a succession of
abbots in a Buddhist monastery.

fi'*< gdnn-sa 1. place of residence ;

W*< the seat of a chief lama;

fS'^W* a place of festival. 2. situa-
tion, position, rank ; flj«fi'w*fim the chief or
central residence of a head " or ruler ;
n. of the capital of the Phagmo-gru
head-lama in Lhokha, the province to the
south-east of Lhasa and east of Sam-ye.

W'" g. dab-pa, fut. of ^wi, but
apparently is often considered as the
pres. 1. to put, sow; sr^'ij^crq to
plant seeds, grain (Rdo. 1+6). ^'^'§'

enabled to put into practical use all
the religious instructions of the Pitafca
classes (A. 10). 2. = ^S«t or §vq to give,

"I'lVS**? even the Maharaja of Nalendra
(the king of Magadha) having offered me
a good deal of property and effects
(A. 10).

g_dab-ijcis
numerical figure (Ya-sel. 57).

gdam-ka or
choice, election (Nag.).

H gdam-nag
advice, counsel.

Syn.

(Mnon.).

mem-Hag;

f dams-pa

rti gdams-pa 1. technically fut. of
r* to advise ; but occurs as present :
-<r5^ I advised this; j-x'Zi-ai-
cft-g^ the sutra which will advise
sovereigns. 2. or "1S*<*''E-*II sbst. ^3^1,
«^^ra advice, counsel, directions :
we pray give advice; "J^*)'
-ti = 6«-qv^-ci to give sound advice;
pdrtms-pa smru-wa ^rarr? to
give advice, to counsel, to make suggestion.

660

Syn.

| man-fag ;

(J&fion. and

t,*^ pdalhwa is the elegant form of
1. to be, to be there ; ^•fl^T' or
<Wf* (sir) here it is. ^I'S'I^*
it may be discerned, distinguished;
s^Wflfti he had arrived (Jd.) ; TV*'
aqN'WSTTft'^il &** "i*' *^ TVM the water did
not reach above the soles of the shoes
(Mil., Jd.). 2. it is also equivalent to
the expression ^'"1$^ «/««* g.aun-na to
say, cf. «*'«» mchi-wa. 3. with the terrain,
inf. of another verb expresses possibility
of being or of doing.

gufi-tshigs the congregating of
monks for midday meal or dinner.

qiCQJ'q ffdal-tca encompassing, diffus-
ing (Yig. 25).

W» tmras-pa
said, stated.

ZJj^C'q gdin-wa «m, SSITO'W 1. the
rug or carpet which a monk sits upon and
which he carries on his shoulders: $*'
ii|5,'ar«iftcq-q3=.'^'§^ spreading (floating)
his rug upon the river Ganga he pro-
ceeded (A. 28). 2. as vb. another form of

g.du-wa pf. "IV ffdus 1SV 1. to stir
up together, to mingle, mix up, to mix

up drugs ; STi'TV" to make UP into a
broth. 2. to covet, to hanker after ; "|S'a«'
l^ rned-la ffdu love of gain (Zam.).

sometimes "H^'g, *g, ^ra,
ring for the wrist

or the ankle; ^*'W»W*'|*
chain-straps for the shoulder, shoulder
ornament; «rV9'"3^ ffdu-bu brgyan-can
ornamented with bangles.

| gdug-pa or

1. vicious, mischievous, '.deleterious,
poisonous : «WWl|ftqrC| mischievous wild
animals; f^ffrwrfl propensity to mis-
chief; flftil-qS-e.'* g.dug-pahi fia-ro wild,
hideous screams ; I^T^'Vw deleterious
smell ; <^ql'£'5'£'SqI^^ ^3n a mischievous
spirit; TVW »dug-spyod wy«-«i5-|\q
bad behaviour. "I^"I'« gdug-ma=y\*>'\'
a fierce, venomous woman (Affton.) ;
j-ci5'^ ydug-pahi lha mischievous god.
T 5"q g.dug-rtsub feiocity, malice, spite.
2. used for ^"| poison.

re8P-

1. parasol, umbrella:

p-gr
um-
brellas, royal ensign, and flags were hoisted.
Syu. •*S'|q tshad-skyob ; ^'I'lji tsha-wa
ggrib; jvwqj'i thur-ma brgya-pa ; ipfc1^'
^« hkhor-lohi luf, *^'§i' chur-skyob (Mnon.).
flj^i|*)'5 3^ ffdugs-kyi-gucf sj«ii*i the ribs of
an umbrella. 2. any canopy or awning
(<7a.). 3. eleg. midday, noon ; "IVl*<'*S
ptiug$-t8hod=*>*(''$,c-' or ^3^'^" noon-tide,
also noon-tide meal ; "^ *^ **W'*\*IVI**'
3f^-«i'^'q5'gpi'^' in the row in which
the clergy had congregated for the
purpose of taking their midday meal (A.
133).

q]^o]^'^"l^, pdugs-dkrir fa <•(*•=( white um-
brella : qRvT''VI^'%^'l'iI*T'kr'M 1^I"'V1^'

Sjjfcqj'gjq *4 1^"!*' '^\** 9 \i0' ** "'l^ I 8X6 the

names of charms, which when recited keep
off evils, diseases, etc., they are resorted
to also to bring immunity from war, etc,
(K. g. i 212).

v^tffom pfe0»4&«&t— %'fY4 F*» &a9-
pa the birch tree (Mnon.).

*f>p* ffdun honorific term. 1. bones or
remains of a deceased person ; J'^6-' the

661

remains of a lama, or those of a king ; also
a tomb wherein the remains, of the dead
are deposited. 2. <m family, descendants :
I^'WJJN gtdufl-hdsin-pahi sras «far-

blood or seed. Also l^'i gdufi-pa and
1^5'w ffdun-m't fs*1% beam, piece of
timber; «'*1^' principal beam; g'1^5'
cross-beam; "l^'l^ beams projecting
over the capital of a column (Glr.) ;
flj^-*^wi pedestal; l^-'** a bridge of
beams or of poles; "!^'%' in Sikk. the
silver-fir Abies Webbiana. "J^'f^ g.dun-
rgyitd=&^'i or ^^'jfi^ or ^*|1*<'5*> progeny
descendants: "I^'I'V1^ his descendants
still exist.

' ffduft-skyob umbrella.

^ gdufi-rten fimeral pyramid con-
taining relics, cf. *&V^ mchod-rten.

1^'^ g.dun-M:m
compassionate.

kind, merciful,

EJ I : ffdufi-wa vb., pf.
a^, frqf?f , «i*H ; to be pained by physical
causes, to be tormented, to be scorched:
•yw^-JR-d-WTflftMl he was scorched by
the sun or by the burning heat of the
day (tfac/.) ; *-$>!5vS«'^$*'1' was scorched
by the heat of fire; fljpi ^»c^g'si1<tffc*r|iq|t
qgar^-*ipi-3«r^-q| to be distressed by
disease, misfortunes, destitution, poverty,
thirst, hunger, etc.

: ^- to Desire, to long for;
zas-la gdun-wa to long for food ;
<&<prftvB!**^ one who is
consumed with desire has neither fear
nor shame (Tsd-na-ka.). ^'g'"!^'^^'")^
ace. to Ja. : my own dearly beloved
mother.

M III : ^f1%Kfw1^?rai 1. sbst. exces-
sive desire, passion (for any enjoyment) ;
lust; T^'q^ (sensual) desire subsides.
2. love; *«'3«r^*l*>«^|-a^1| immense

^

, a plaintive voice, doleful cry;

a med-pa

unafflicted, without troubles or
anxiety; tfifari^tK^ ^^^ ft^fr be-
came free from sufferings. ^=.'««:gs ^dun-
war byed causes pain, afflicts ; TV;'t'vt<V£J
to make sad, to distress, e.g., *|s\af §•$*«•«*
the mind of others.

"IV^ »dun-byed 1. as met." the sun,
also =^-*5-^ the sun's rays. 2. vfi drought
(Mnon.). 3. ^^§V%' n. of a tree (Mfion.).

"I^^'S^'" g.duH byed-ma gjsrr an epithet
of the river Yamuna.

\.

jfdub-pa 1. fljgq-q. 2. adj. frugal,
temperate (Ja.} .

'i »dub-bu v. ij^-
ring, bracelet ; at^"!^ or ST^V bracelet ;
^jE.-qj^q jffsn} an ornament for the toes of
the feet, foot-ring; ^fqIV also
finger ring ; "l^^'^^q golden bangle.

pdum-po l. = i|§*Zi. 2. a piece
= ^« dum.

ql^"' q gdul-wa v. ^°1'1 hdul-wrt. t\^'
q^^BN'Ei ydul-wahi dftos-po=%\&''^wa the
objects that are to be suppressed, which
are five : — qsjipi-9 threat, KS'^ curse,

(K. du. 1 ^).
'Ji3 to ie disciplined by
religion, i^nr^'q gdul dkah-wa ^^1,
5^i"> ^H difficult to subdue, restrain, or
tame.

662

9deg v.

' 0<&«, also «ft*.-*i f^na confi-
dence, assurance, cheerfulness (ffag. 38).
uj^e.-|Jai'q ffden-khel-wa to repose confi-
dence; adj. confident, certain; ^fc'l^
g<&tf thob-p'.i to become confident, to take
courage, to be reassured; <*i'I "fa.'S'1"*. *>S
when dying he has nothing to rely upon ;
*)'^<»nrq5'fl]^E,' a strong or fearless confi-

dence; <&'5'Vfll^'*V*^ n° j°7 at <tying
without steadfast assurance ; §f 1^' implicit
confidence, trust.

*\*^-ti gikn-wa pf. 1^.1 (file As =^'fl to
raise, lift: mo| «•)*=. i to raise one's hand ;
5 u|^-q|^c.-q a bird with its wings raised
and spread (M<i.). *i*v«-fl|'*-s to brandish
a weapon, to flourish it (Nag. 3,v).

m thu

expanded hood or neck of the cobra ;
q|^K»rf]-g«^ci resting on its lifted neck,
standing in a proud posture ; «!<*•*) T*^
ydsAs-ku-caH ^TT^H, HTW the fabulous
hooded dragon with eight legs inhabiting
the snowy mountains ; a hooded snake ;
*|s,W!|-nt^ tjmretT hooded snake, cobra da
capello; "iV^'"!'^ Htf»K hooded snake,
any hooded object.

fll^N-^'SV-' Gilens-Gdii. dbnn J?rjft=?
Ananta Naga, the king of the serpents.

flftuws^gj-*! $den$-can lha-mo 1. Vasuki,
chieftainess of the snakes. 2. the god-
dess with the dragon's tail = ^j«^r tq^r
$!^'*('ii|q! the ninth lunar mansion ; constella-
tion of Scorpio.

ydoh or

form is
front : i

ikn-liha the resp.
^, tbe face, the
one with the

lion's face, n. of a goddess ; |5^'*ll^c''^=§5
»^f«^ a Bon god, one with a dog's face or
head; ««l'9|'*|1^s.'ei the pig-faced — such are
' names of Buddhist and Bon deities of
Tibet ; "|V'S a pale face ; iV'^** redface,
is the n. of a cannibal hobgoblin with red
face ; «|1£^''i*<V2S'V§'«i'11 the country of red-
faced demons, i.e., Tibet, "]V- 'l*^'*^
^=•'^'1 a round face indicates possession
of religious nature; fl)X,=.-f)|*<-w '5 % 'H •^^
*!»<« a dry hollow face indicates gar-
rulousness and thievishness (Mi.) : "f^'
S^'S'9 ffdoii khyihi lta-l>ii his face is
like that of a dog. "?*f-'*l | "I* ffdon-yi
jt/iyoys the cheek. "f^'Sl'^ the snout (of a
pig), the pointed part of the face. ql^it'§^
gdon-^jynr changing of complexion of th«
face out of shame or anger.

or " tlie five-tufted one, " an epithet
of Mahadeva.

a shameless person (4f»o'».).

"iV^I gdoii-driiy n^T 1. the river
Ganges which is said to have issued
through six heads, i.e., has six sources.
'2. q«R^ an epithet of Kartika, the son
of Mahadeva.

"iV-'*1-' ydoA-chitti dejected, dishear-
tened; ia"r*^'<IlV-'<&t'*1 tVw not being
impudent and saucy.

"l^'oi ffdon-lti adv. in front, in advance ;
"l^'fN ffdon-stad just opposite.

"l^-5)<q g.don-yiy = ^^ that which
attracts the eye, e.g., address on the cover
of a letter, fiont inscription, sign-board.

flftfRv ffdon-rin e^^^»a long-face
e^lained as q|K-Vr»)-5^q|»i5^ci
«aj (Tan. d. *\ 220).

663

i dt'd-pd to push or
press forward, to urge on, to haul
a culprit before Ihe judge ; Jf^'i' l^^'^'i
to pursue one's course regardless of others
(both in good and in bad sense) (Jd.).

or

also
ning ;

the first; and "l^V" the begin-
"*&°V in the beginning, at fiist ;
the eailiest Buddha.
pure

from the very root, i.e., in origin.
^<r*r|*rq pdod-nag ma-skycs-pn
not bom from the first ; I^W'VT" pure
from the beginning, primitive purity. As
an adv. 1^\3 first, at first, previously,
before; also ^"fftteVWi at the start.

gdon or

an evil spirit, a demon causing disease.
There are 360 kinds of spirits which- do
mischief to living beings; out of which
eighteen are very powerful and dangerous ;
fifteen kinds are said to attack children of
either sex. The names of some of the chief
evil-spiiits are : (1)

, (3) ST"'5m
, (5)

(6) Y-**^fa »W«re, (7) &'<wS •%
, (8) f ^-^-Ei5-i!^ <s?7nr?, (9)

, (10) sMS-*]1^ Km«?r?, (11)

, (12) $'V"!«r3-|i
(13) -«|-*5-a|^, (14) 8
(15) 3a''^-«lM, (16)

Vr9S'i'^ (18) "tVlS'^, (19) |P-
§•11^, (20) a-IS'l^M, (21) ^'55^
(22) wpvfw^Vi, (23) V55-«i|^, (24)
, (25) B*'«fM, (26). W*^-^-«R-
, (27) WS'^-*-^, (28) U'«r
&c. Generally, all gdon are
divided into thiee great groups, viz.,
jac,-<qXfl evil-spirits of upper regions, ^T
iffft hoy-gdon those of the netherworld, and

l>ar-g.don those of the intermediate
regions. Again §e.-*<>r§)-<i]^ tfeA-hog-gi
ffdon the evil spirits of the bigger and
•nether regions are called ^'"1^ Ihahi-pdon.
^'^•^•^•^•^•i=flI3^-JJqi-q death by
epilepsy, which is believed to be the malig-
nant influence of the evil spirits of the
upper region; i)^ g^-q^^-q plon-gyis
brl'ims-pa or 3§wi brMs-pa infatuated
or possessed by evil spirits (Sch.) • vfa'
^S"!'" gdon hjuff-pathe entering of a demon
into a person's body.

II : 1. f ut. of ^'<i (#Hy. Sf). 2.
=x**«*K?l f%gg certainty, suiety
(Rag. 38) as in ^g^Wip^-a there is no
doubt of such a thing having happened.
As adv. *[%»»•.»•£«= fljX^sNWq*, undoubt-
edly, indubitably.
S^'^-q (Situ. 7V).

gdol-pa ^i!?T?r, way 1. a
Tartar ; the fierce, impetuous. Among the
Mongols there is a tradition to the effect
that India was the original home of the
Mongol tribes. 2. the lowest and most
despised class, a fisherman ; in W. Tib.
nya g.dol-pa.

Syn. given in Mnofi. : — 1§«'« pi urn-pa ;
"ff^'tt ydol-ica; **'"$'jfr mi-dye spyod; V*
ne-tshe ; X«'»>^ chos-med; |"I'«J'«^ sdig-pa-can ;
'Hi rlan§-po ; ^'IJJ^'I'S mi-bmtn $kye-wo;
a-rutis-pa; S«r&V^ ; thub-chod-
fflan-po

can;

( anything
having material form ; l^'iW^'gi'Zj the
aggregate of material forms, i.e., of
matter ; "|^N'q*« material, corporeal : ift*T
qsN'^'^q cr»)^ these things are nothing
material, they have no substance (Jd.).

1. a boat, a ship;
! ffdos-tftag a boat-rope. 2. a mast/

664

Syn.

rlufi-pyor thogi-pa;
grtthi dar-po frdsin-pa (NtTg.

38).

lit. the holder of the boat, the
steersman of a vessel.

or §=•'

rlaH-gtyor the sail of a boat or ship ;
11^*I'3't'4'qI'C| to set sail, to fix the sail
on the mast. 2. balls made of tough or
soft materials such as cotton or wool with
which monks keep off sleep during the
time of study or meditation. 3. ace. to
Sch. an oar.

"iV1'^ ffdof-mftf or iV'S1* (fdos-bral
immaterial, unsubstantial.

bdng ^I4H 1. self, one's self ;
for the good of one's

self and others (S. o.). 2. = ^'* kho-wo I,
I myself: HW^Vi?"!?*^!" bdag-gig
gtam-gyi hphro-fyad-kyit let me relate the
remainder of my story, i.e., I will relate
the remaining portion of my story
(Sbrom. 116). Common in polite talk ; also
in personal narrative. "VT^I bday-gi »ro
mine, one's own, my; ^I'Sl'^w^'^'fR re-
proving one's own self ; iSI'S)' V'^'^'9'^'
decorated my own body with gems (K. du.
321). 3. the sbst. 4. the I, the ego = ^'»«I
(Was. 269). 5. for "ST2". master. 6. in
natural philosophy, the element of solid
matter; also met. for air. *S*r5'*fwi
bdag-tu rmafa-pa ^narcfa self -illusion ;
insight into self. «^*T
egotism. ^^'"fS $dag-
bstod self-praise: it\'Ta''t'?'V^'1'llVi''J''aIV§S
praising his own self and slandering
others. i^T'S'q bdag-thob one's own share
of property.

Syn. qVT*VS b_dag-ni4; ^ shiA
fkyes-bu ; 1?'^ gjkso-wo • fl|C«j gaft-zag ;

rafl ; 3'1'3 $kye-wa-po ; -^Vi

9 fed-bu; -»fr«l«rj« fe

ner-JjArun ; ***S'|^'|^ mchod-$byin $byar

(Mnori.).

*)VT^ bdag-rkyen recoguition of one's
services by one's superior, with promo-
tion, etc. ; appreciation of merit by an
official superior (Rtsii.).

*>VT5* kdag~$kye$ ^TSW 1. an epithet
of Brahma. 2. born of one's self, i.e., a
son.

Syn. Jf^E-wq lha-chen tshafis-pa ; **•'
"i«'|»J raft-Ing fkyeg; Sj'j phru-gu or 9'*
bu-tsha (Mflon.).

q^q|-9|-q-*)«^£i fi^fl -. without egoism, an
epithet of Buddha (Jf. V.).
n. of a goddess.

1. promised, undertaken ; ^T^'IV to
undertake, to promise. 2. ace. to Jd. :
l'3)v<OGv«i attachment to the I and

mne.

tlVTJ^ bdag-rgyud= *P* 9|'^*W rafi-yi-semf
one's own mind or self : t'^'w«'S|'$$-

%=.-v*$, |t|hf»'iv*ww|?^viiv'i g° to

the venerable Avadhutl and, propitiating
him, enter into the disciplining of the
mind (A. 13).

q^-i^-^'Ej X Bdag-chen rin-po-che (*i'J'
Sffe.'* the title of the head of the Sakya-pa
school (Tig. k. 12-U).

"Sl'fa kdag-nif=fFW 1. I myself, thou
thyself, he himself ; «is«ftlVa<'l|l*1'3q! listen
to me ! Jl'Q ^"I^ the king himself ; P'*"!'
^ q^^Aq-5-^-qv»i*i«i some ask for the
permission of becoming priests themselves ;
q«^\<vw ^i) only for their own persons. 2.
sbst. the thing itself, the substance, the
essence: 3=.'$T«l*w3'liV'!'W5)l I am the

665

essence of Bodhi enlightenment;
"W^'V'K*<*irqKJ*1 the precious ones consti-
tute the divine mercy itself ; *KW J«T«I*W
v\ \'fo*V*™*Ftolii{*l&*fpfy!\ the
sum and substance of all the thoughts
of all the Buddhas concentrated in one
expression (that is om manipadme hum).

bdag-nid $grog 1. extoll-
ing of one's own self, advertising one's own
doings, self-laudation. 2. met. the crow
(Won.).

bda$-nid che=^t^uif.Vi b_lo-
khog yans-pa or sf &'i blo-che-wa magnani-
mous, generous ; one with broad views and
principles (Mnon.).

• "Vl'VV^'2' bdog-nid chen-po *T^iar^ a
general epithet of all the Buddhas, a title
of address for a king=5'»r9'^'3 your
majesty ! ^")^'^'Hi5-g-I'q^«cq-g-gu)-5|-qv

^'*«ft'WJ* let his majesty's life remain
fixed through myriads of ages (Tig.
*. 59).

id-la brnas-pa one
weeping at heart for failing to practise
religion, self mortification.

fl^'Q bdag-po qfr 1. lord, master,
owner, proprietor; §*rqvi khyim-bdag
JiTMfa a house-holder ; 3"l»i'|5-q^«i| 5 thugt-
rjehi bdag-po the lord of grace. 2. in gram-
mar : an agent ; oVT^'f the word denoting
the agent. 3. spouse, husband, companion
for life. OVTQ'I'V'I dag-po byed-pa to take
possession of, reign over ; «'S*nj'S*'«i5'g^>A^
a married woman. ^"J'Sw-j^ bdag-pohi-
rkyen *|fyi|fimriw [dominant or defining
cause] S.

*^1'*^ hdag-med ^^rdT* 1. Qunyata;
voidity, emptiness, that which is not
absolute, the quality of being not absolute.
2. unowned, forlorn, friendless, a vagabond.

bdag-med nor unclaimed pro-
perty: ^'^"I'^'S^T'^'''^', wiVT^'S"!'
^•^•^- the Dong, i.e., the wild yak, of
Chan-kha (northern deserts of Tibet) is
unclaimed property; the king's treasury
(granary) is also public property. «S1'
$V« bdag-med-ma a woman who has
obtained perfection ; a woman that is not
married ; also a public woman.

n«\i|-?r3^-35 Bdag-mo chen-mo ^^rf^icnift
n. of a Buddhist goddess.

qVT^ bdag-hdsin vrm-vs 1. selfish-
ness ; in Buddhism there are two kinds of
tj^qj-^ atmagraha : — «p-«i'3|'^j-ntef the
conviction that a living being which in its
nature is perishable is not so ; and <£«'?('
^VT1^ to believe that everything, i.e.,
matter, is permanent and enduring (which
in fact is not so). 2. the clinging to the
I ; the clinging to one's own self ; egotism.
Syn. ^Sr<tf^ 4no$-Min; e.'§K<^ na-yir-
hdsin; ^'^ fiar-hdsin (Mnon.).

fW*3F-' bdag-bsuft claimed property,
property of which there is an owner or
claimant; «5^>i|e.-^-ci5-^-»)^ a WOman
that is married, i.e., who is claimed for the
wife of somebody ; «ivi('9r*q|*r£i ^jj ^ seif .
attachment (Rtsii.).

q^-ow'gE.- bdag-hs byud h't. the self-
born one; an epithet of Kamadeva the
god of sensuality (Mnon.).

qSTS^' bdag-srun or fl«ii|'gt-ti fydag-
srufi-wa, 1. a hermit, one who watches his
own actions, i.e., his self. 2. self-defence,
self-preservation.

Z^<VZI bdah-wa ^ 1. adj. delicious,
savoury, well-tasting. 2. vb. to drive,
to drive out=»*S'lI«>5^^>i to chase,
to put to flight; <ri-y,*Kl*W'l lai-
kyi rlufi-git t>da$-nn$ being impelled by the

85

wind of karma, i.e., in consequence of one's
works or certain actions. 3. to bear
away, along, or off, to hurry off; «'5V
q^r«5'|jf land carried away by water (Cs.).
4. to call in, collect, recover; §'3fi^«i«^'i
to recover money lent, to sue for the
reoovery of a loan.

q«^ kdar 1. for •^•*^^dah-u>ar. 2. = 85
g}a ; thus |«cqs^=|«i'81 fee or reward given
to an escort, the charge pf conveying a
thing or person.

J t>dar-tca or «,*•'» rdar-wa 1.
to adjust exactly or in a very accurate
manner ; q^«rqv«=^<Zfc-t'-'!V1 to depose
the truth. 2. to pray earnestly (in casting
lots and in divination). 3- to grind, to
polish, rub, file; fT"1^ a file; ^^ a
rasp, also sandalwood; |-*rVWI1S^ to
grind to fine powder (flag. 38); S'*4'
n^-?=^q'q|t« reduced to powder (Situ.
75); ^'i^'i to brush the teeth ; to grind
the teeth ; tfc'^ $byon-bdar exercise, prac-
tice. 4. to inspect; to examine closely:
*c.'9|p§*wne^'-*j'£s examine minutely the
working of your own mind ; take it seri-
ously to heart.'

Q^OJ'q t^«rq bdal-wa 1. to spread forth,
to expend ; ^'q^'" to give away riches, to
lavish money, to scatter plenty (Situ. 75).
2. v. «i«i'1' rdal-wa. «JSTig*» n. of a Bon
religious work JW*«jl'^»W|
-?i (0. Bon.}.

Mas, pf. of q^'" bdah-wa,
-q-glfg-q|-q^-^-^-liW'>|-yi^ to
the suburbs of that city the king drove
five hundred oxen and gave them grass
(K. du. 261-306).

q^l'i bdug-pa 1. vb. pf. 8^1" bdugs to
fumigate, to burn incense, to swing the
oenser ; ^'iljii'&^'q^l'i lha-la spos-kyig bdug-

pa to burn incense before a god;
S^'i^l'i hdre-la gu-yul-gyif bdug-pa to
fumigate demons with the incense of
yitgul. 2. sbst. the burning of incense;
frankincense: *'^qr"S*''<lSa| bduy-spos hthul
odours of incense arise (Ja.).

qug-pa; Jitni-

perus excelsa, called by the Hindus
or the deodar tree.

. pf.

the bow

by pulling the string to shoot an arrow
(&ag.38). 2. vb.=5*'«

b<lud. ?TTT the chief devil or anta-
gonist of religion; the personified evil
principle ; the evil one. There are f our
bdud devils :— (1) ^'55-q^s WWT th<>
devil originated from the aggregates, i.e.,
the constituents of the living being ; (2)
^•?jMrc(5-qs^ sfismn: the devil ruling over
sufferings and diseases ; (3) ^"IVIT^S
*J(*infa«n: the devil of death, the messenger
of the lord of death ; (4) ^-gS-q^ |<jg*-
HR, (*rai3<0 the lustful god or Cupid. The
first two are classed under VW'^T'F^
as devils of imagination or Vikalpani, the
last two are figuratively called **-*r8^-ti£-
H^ the demons that are not human beings.
There is a second classification of the
satanic principle: — (1) 3f«|wq«r$'t'^ the
avoidable devil ; (2) ?^«'»>S 1'"^ the un-
avoidable devil ; (3) W3-5Nvj the demon
of merriment ; (4) |*wg^S'£i'V> the demon
of pride.

the
the

mystical symbolic rite ; I
concubine of Kamadeva.

q^'l'^ bdud-kyi-sde
troops of the Devil,

demon.

bdud-kyi-bdag the arch

the son
of the god of sensuality (Mnon.).

^VV^'S'* bdud-kyi bu mo the damsels
of Mara who are:— Ifr*) sred-ma *<mr,
«\^-|^-»i dgah byed-ma *fo, and WP'«
frjah spyod-ma ^(Tfa or ^fa (K. d. m 72).

q^'Sa| bdug-ryal wmsf, *n;fs!?i the
conqueror of Mara, the archdemon. 1^'
^9«« bdud-hthul or q^'^m bdud-hdul fln;-
fsi?t he who has subdued the evil one;
an epithet of Buddha. f^Y^i'"!^! dud
bhdul-pdaii ff»i the grass Kus'a (Mnon.) ;
a seat made of Kus'a, grass sitting on
which Buddha vanquished Mara.

dgah-rab diaafi-phyug.
sinner; also Kamadeva.

Mara, the

Mud-nag hbar-wa a god of
the Bon pantheon resembling in his attri-
butes a-w»%Zi Mafiju S'rI.

bdud-rtsi vfcgt, ^Sf{, ^gj 1. the
food of the gods, nectar, the potion that
confers immortality ; ^'S'^Vt* the nectar
of dharma, i.e., of the doctrine of Buddha.
2. a laudatory epithet of medicines;
q^"Vt'"'§'$*w' the fragrant juniper; an
elixir prepared of a decoction of five holy
plants, viz., i'$ ba-lu a fragrant dwarf
species of rhododendron, #%'# mtshe-ma, pw'i
kham-pa, and ^i'9 hom-bu. N.B. — Eeally
only four, but according to the absurd
method of numbering in Tibetan styled
" five," because the whole taken together
makes five. 3. Myrobalan, Terminalia,
Citrina. 4. a polite word for wine. «^'
$-'^«rg bdud-rtsi ril-bu ^i^nWJ elixir-pill,
neotaT-pills. ^5^'P*1 bdud-rtsihi khati*
pa-=^'i$fa ri-khrod a hermitage; a retreat

667

in the solitudes of hills (Ma on.). s^V
X*§ bdud-rtsihi sgo=p or ft'&'Jf smra-wahi
Sgo the mouth (Mnon.).

^^ « S" ^3fl3T bdud-rltsi-skyes produc-
ing nectar [the yellow Myrobalan plant]&

<W*^M|IJI11' bdud-rtsi gan$-qam vege-
table medicine growing on the snow-line
in the Himalaya or in Tibet. *i^'$'"**''flsi
bdud-rtsi chos-sman vegetable elixir used
as an antidote against the attack of evil
spirits.

*'^'«"?c''Ei bdud-stsi snin-po yeast.

Syn. «'|" chan-rtsi, Vl5 nin-khu, f fg
§nin-khu (Mnon.).

U^ Bdud-rtsi thal-sbyor ^^Tcr-
n. of a goddess-.

$kV* Bdud-rtsi bum-pa ma n. of
a goddess in the Bon pantheon who
resembles in her attributes the Buddhist
goddess of the ocean.

^Wt*'*^'2! bdud-rtsi dmar-po n. of a
demon.

T2? bdud-rtsi s.mug-po a cure for
congestion of the brain.

q^'t"'si;'SJ^ bdud-rtsi char-ldan
raining nectar, a. met. for the moon.

^Vt*''^'1! bdud-rtsi hdsag=% Ice
the tongue, the organ of taste (Mnon.).
£'VVi"'^T£| bdud-rtsi hdsag-pa ^jgr^RT
pouring nectar; also satire; sweet meli-
fluous tongue or language.

q^'l"a bdud-rtsi zn ^f^cRjsi the gods
who subsist on nectar. ^Yt"^ bdud-rtsi
za§ ^^a ^fg J . ambrosial food. 2.
n. of an uncle of Buddha Gautama.

^ bdud-rtsihi hod (|'«i
met. the moon.

n-«rfvw$y*( bdud-la
$ter mdsfid-ma=w%'ty'£'Q%3(-H (Mnon.) the

668

goddess of earth called Bitan-ma who
keeps certain demons under terror.

Z^\5 $dun *rcr the number seven ; s^'qj
seven hundred; "V*'?^ seven thousand;
"^'5 *nrfn seventy, 70; i^'S'^'^l
seventy-one ; "^'5'" *nrf?W the seventieth ;
q^'S'^Vi'*1 bdun-gyi ^dun-pa OTTO, ^W
the sun, who has seven horses before him
harnessed to his chariot (Qffion.).

"VS'ifi bdttn-ldttn n. of a perfumery,
prob. a preparation consisting of seven
ingredients.

Syn. q^ai^fy ^sil-hdsin ; «$ "'* dku-ba-
ma; QW1* lpatjf-pa; *!«W psal; V'
n\a mt

%*\* or *f*\« the
religious robe of the Buddhist clergy.

'C| kdun-pa tnro, TOnft the seventh.

$dun-po of seven parts: $«'$'
'Q the seven principal parts of the
body; viz., hands, feet, shoulders, and
neck.

*^'9*l kdun-phray TOTTT a week, seven
days.

q^-qto kdun-tysat boin in the seventh
month, a seven-months' child.

tide or qV bde-wa «, if, ^s, jj«,
1. happiness, welfare, safety, piety,
enjoyment, joy, bliss, prosperity. In
Budh. there are two kinds of happi-
ness: M)'q*»r3'^'p the happiness or
bliss that terminates or becomes exhausted,
and *«|'»>^'§'^-q the happiness that is
eternal and cannot be exhausted; the first
being mixed up with the miseries of
transmigratory existence, the latter re-
maining unaffected by any cause. ^'i5'
|*,-«i i^-qgar^-, gfli-qgari*rar^-q-§ happi-.
ness is followed by misery and after

misery comes happiness, the two revolv-
ing like as a wheel (Tsa-na-ka). A Tib.
proverb is :— «^-q-*V^«' gT"^ wH|*'
y^'5^ longing for happiness, one only
brings on misery. q^q'w*r*^cgi^ti
possessed of all happiness;
to gain happiness;
; that which makes happiness ;
the requisites of hap-
piness ; t'^'t''S^'w|*\ what causes to enjoy
happiness. qV^'B" fyde-wahi khru$=§;
a merry festival; ^'
the god S'ambara [a
demon of drought represented as an
enemy of Indra the god of cloud]/S. «^'
l^'V ^Hrn^k the human body; qV^'
R*-*»I or t^'3^ ^ntrgr'i [resting upon
comfortably, a comfortable pillow] S. *^'
t^'uft ^g^gr^TT [basis or seat of happi-
nessJS. 2. q^'i btfc-wa to be happy or
well; also adj. happy, pleasant, blessed,
and even beautiful; also easy: *'i^'f
as I am quite happy; "^ he is
happy; q^w^'i gone to be happy
or to a place of safety; fl^'W«iR»i'<J to
live happily, in prosperity; u^qvi|^'q
to let another be happy; |iVtl^'t'*'q5E''
S'Jfc- we shall not allow you to be
quiet; «i*'p5'*jfc'l^ the source of becom-
ing happy, the state of bliss, paradise ;
and joy (Mfion.). i^'w
e happy! faiewell !
to be bodily and
spiritually afflicted ; *>-q^«]3'q<!r*>y ^ fearless
of adversity; »)-q^q^-^-q to ache (of
parts of the body) ; wwa-q^'^'q to be
unhappy in the womb, i.e., in travail, to
suffer the pangs of child-birth ; $*wq^ or
gfq^ or |*'q^ cheerful, merry, glad ; ^"*'
q^ peace, a state of peace; q^q5S*iai-
i\WH enjoying the quality of peace or
peaceful happiness ; ^pS-q^'q the happiness

i or

669

of rest, a happy tranquility; ^

'5 loving the pleasures of the world ;
a happy situation; 5'=-f
to attain to the happi-
ness of Nirvana. ff'q^q'^B/ it will be easy
to understand; «^'*i ^ he is well; x^'^^'q
easy-going person ; also well-qualified, well
adapted; Pf'"^'1' with good organs of
speech; i"!'^'*1 one who has practice in
working with his hands, skilled, clever ;
g-q^c; knowing to speak well, being
eloquent, well-spoken; 9»w'T<l!*''9'g'!'*^ a
tongue skilled in speaking wisdom ; Wi^'S
the road is easy, may be passed without
risk. As adv. «i^«K happily, merrily ; «^'
«*•** to live happily, i.e., without illness.
3. good order, durability, strength ; «^'
n3'5«|W^j ace. to Bon the nine signs of
«^'«) durability: — w^'^^m elasticity, if
pressed it springs up; *J«TT*|W11 when
weighed it is found light; ^M'^'*"
when tinned it revolves ; sTr^K" when
bending it, it is pliable ; 1W«T1V£< bshag-
na sdod-pa where placed it remains ;
tfU'i if broken it crumbles away ;
^•i if scattered it diffuses ; fl|«^'«^«|-«i if
amassed or collected it mixes up, i.e.,
agglomerates ; *«H'<«wi it is soft to the
touch.

q^|^ bde-skyid ^ happiness, felicity.

q^tj bde-hgro or P^w«»3i ^n, «Tfa
state of happiness, going to happiness;
the kingdom of heaven. Opp. to M'*5
fian-hgro the state of unhappiness. ^'*%'
&> bde-hgro-can ^ffa heavenly, celestial
q^*f-*i1f^*r§'%»)-'3M to receive a heavenly
or glorified body.

q\«^ bde-can ««ft happy.

o^ bde-ehen abbr. of 1^1 H« felicity,
consummate bliss. *^^i bdv-chen-pa »rer-
^15 great happiness ; one in great happiness.
q^-**r»> bde-cham-me or fl^,'*!1-'^ n. of a sect.

) Bde-mchog sf^: is a most impor-
tant yidam or Tantrik deity of .the
Buddhists. He is the equivalent of S'am-
bara or Samvara ; and in Tibet is usually
represented with three faces and eleven
arms, standing on two crushed bodies and
wearing armour and a necklace of skulls.
This is his form as ^w^-Srjr«-:i Pal-khor-
lo Dom-pa ; but he has several other forms
and phases. The Chief Lama resident at
Peking is held to bo an incarnation of
one aspect of Bde-mchog (Dem chog).

Syn. «ij<Svi$-"£*rq hkhor-lo $dom-pa ; ^'HY
i ri-khrotf-pa ; VR'S'^-| dpah-wo rdo-rje ;
?^£j'«^ thod-pa can; I'^'^S'^ sla-rvahi
chod-pan ; np*vn3j5'V't' mkhah-hgrohi (fwafi ;
3('i'^V^ rdo-rje hkhor-lo (Mnon.).

bde-legs l.=^'^« dye-legs or
' mtho-ns gna$ paradise. 2. ^rf^f,
well-being, auspiciousness, blessed-
ness ; blessing.

q^-$q|4T«q bde legs-can 1. ^rf%^ auspi-
cious. 2.=J3"'3 domestic fowl (Mnon.).

q^-aiflm-qf^-q bde legs-brjod-pa benedic-
tion, expression of blessing: ^'^"'H"
S^'^1 bde legs-su gyur-cig ^f% 'ST?! bless-
ings be to him. ^'$fl|»r$i'S«s'<i bde legs-sit
gyur-pa has become blest; ^w*R per-
formance of religious ceremonies to bring
blessings.

bde-hjags prosperity, welfare.
bde-b_rjo4 felicitous expression.
.- bde-$tod. abbr. of ^-q^-^-q^
happiness and Nirvana.

C' bde-hthufi met. for a*l lightning

bde-thabs abbr. of
bde-ldan the heavens.
Syn. wy^^'1^ mtho-ris-ffnas;
\ mtho-rii rgyal-sri$ (Sfnon.).

670

jtcafi-phyiiy
the lord of the Sukhdcati heaven.

c.- bde-ldan hbras-hbyun
the happiness of heaven.

bde-ldan-ma litH
fotan-pahi mclo, the Sutra delivered at the
request of Bdc-ldan-ma queen of king
Bimbisara (K. d. q 395).

bde-spyod sensual enjoyment ;
also a privy (Jo.).

1^'*^ Bde-wa-can ^^T^ift Dewachan,
the paradise of the Northern Buddhists
which is said to be situated in the west
and presided over by Buddha Amitabha.
It is never mentioned in works of the
pre-Christian era of Buddhism. q^'TBacS'
^'""ft'i «ir^^T "the plan or design of
the Sukhavati " (K.d.*S06) is a work
describing this heaven as being full of
terraces, lotos-lakes, and players of music,
together with swans, cuckoos and pea-
cocks. The Tibetan version as given in
the Kah-gyur is longer than the Sanskrit
text which Cowell, under the title of " the
smaller Sukhavati- vyuha," has translated
for Max Muller's Sacred Books of the
East. The whole work is one of the
latest Mahayana productions, probably
as late as the 5th century A.D., and in
some respects bears a curious analogy to
the description of Heaven in the Revela-
tion of St. John, of which the writer may
have certainly had knowledge.

bde-war hthab ^jqfrg^ the son
of Dhrtarastra ; the chief adversary of the
Pandava brothers in the great war of Kum-
ksetra.

well-

q bde-war fffcgs-pff or «^'
*IJ|T< WT a general epithet of the Bud-
dhas, one who has passed to Nirvana.

bde-war Kbyar-pa
made, elegant, handsome.

goddess of Earth (Mnon.).

"^ bde-byed. 1. JI^-T
an epithet of Mahadeva; also
saffron; a physician; the glans .penis;
thunder-bolt ; the spring season ; a croco-
dile. 2. n. of a Buddhist author who
wrote certain religious works (Grub *\
15).

Syn. for saffron : 3^3* (jur-yum ; w$'*
a-ru-ra; W^'^ snum //on-len; D^'i gm'iit-
pa; 9'W* p/io-rttig?; qj'i^w*^* brtji/n-
byin rntshon-cha • «\qf|T| dicafi-p/tytty; 3)^|
klu-spi/i ; IfcrijS-^ sos-kthi d»t ; «•§«( hu-xrii<
(Mfion.).

q^|^'*a|»i bde-byed. is/toys sum [a class
of fiends attending on S'ivaJ/S.

*fr^PI Bde-hycd gsfii-t/wgs P^T,
n. of a deity mentioned in M. V.

^'^'^ Bde-byedsrf/8?yry& the young-
est son of Mahes'vara.

q^'l'gt' bde-hbyiifi jpw 1. source of
happiness ; an epithet of Mahes'vara and
of the city of S'ambhala. 2. as a symbol :
11.

^•^•VrqS-Sim bdc-hbyuti dal-wahi
ts/ioys *ini^ a cowry ; also the followers of
Mahadeva.

*\%*\ bde-blag 3^ felicity, ease, con-
tentment ; £>^T§ in happiness, happily.

«^«1« bde-gzar the time of war or inter-
nal dissension, disturbed state of a country
(Shal-lce ch. 1). '

*&;*& bde-fcs ^Wi or SJ-^M felicitous
knowledge.

"Vq!-*h« bde-pfegs W* an epithet of
Buddha, one who has passed to eternal
happiness.

671

bde-sogs-bdag an epithet of
Indra (Mnon.) ; *^'li^«r*( Jcfe sogs-mci the
celestial queen, the wife of Indra (Mnon.}.
s^'q hdeh-wa an antiquated form of
^'1 bde-wa.

^ ftefer abbr. of *)^'W bde-war.

"^^'^ I: bden-pa «aj, wa, «^ true,
sincere = t'S('t''**Vc' bshi-wa med-pa guile-
less, not false or deceptive. Also as a
vk to be true: SV^'"'1^'3? khyotf ser-wa
Men-no what you say is true, «'.e., you are
right; EK,<J|-9|*r^*rq-q^j-§*i bdag-gi$ ne$-pa
bden-gyis it being true that I committed a
fault; ^'^"'V'^'ijs de-shin-du bden-srid
it might be true after all; lT5'*!»'Wfe|
that is indeed true ! ^-«^-wS«'*w is it
quite certain that this is true ?

II: 1. truth, right, in the
abstract ; but usually something true ; true
words, etc.

n^'q'iftN bden-pa gnis HRJVI the two
truths : (1) 3W?T*^'ti kun-rdsob bden-pa
fl«|ffWRj the ordinary truth which concerns
all things or phenomena ; (2) ^^rtft'H^'S
m»rrci«<*J the sublime truth, ^'il^'^'
^3-nX, ^si?qr?aK^g| the Sutra on the
two-fold truth (K. d. * 370).

n^'«'«yc.-q bden-pa mthon-ica «?U-^i
the perception of the truth ; to discern, to
know the truth ; a degree of Buddhist
perfection.

q^-crq^ bden-pa bshi or WMprflfr^M'TflHl
yfrtlfi.wji^Hjifsi the four noble truths ; the
four apparent realities : (1)
misery; (2) (l^^gi) W^'
?g the cause or origin of misery ; (3)
djui'qgai) qt(|q]-{( fS,xhj cessation or pre-
vention of misery ; (4) pTVT^h'W^*!!"*'
"W ?rnft the path of salvation, i.e., the
deliverance from misery.

-ci bden-par Main-pa to believe
to be true, to take for granted; fl^'^'
^ql'^ bden-fydsin shig-na if the illusion is
destroyed ; " den-den " i^'l^ very true
indeed! certainly.

^'"'^ bden-pa-mtf- truth, also ^'^
Cunyata.

^'"'8'*' bden-pa smra-wa to tell or speak
the truth ; as an adj. veracious.

n^-ci!vE.q| bden-pahi-nag B^^I^ 1. truth-
ful speech. 2. as met. S'^"I bya-rog the
crow (Mnon.).

fl^'5 bden-po a true, a just man (Cs.).

i^'gm bden-bral 1. fsmfw south-west
direction ; i^'gi' J*|* bden-bral-phyogs
^«Hf?rt%?l the south-west quarter. 2. void of
truth, unjust ((7s.).

^'8 bden-smra «fif, ^nrn 1. an ascetic',
a hermit (Mnon.). 2. one who speaks the
truth or preaches the truth.

q^-ci5'jg*w bden-pafti khrims strict jus-
tice ; discipline of the truth.

q^-lqj bden-tshig or ^•^•(3Sfl|=^c.-ciS-
15** flsrarerr 1. truthful expression, true
words. 2. a solemn asseveration, often
combined with a prayer, q^'^ij'^q one
who has spoken nothing but truth during
several births, and thereby has acquired the
power of exhibiting miracles.

q^ip bdog-pa 1. attainments, effects,
possessions, wealth: qVrcr^T£W'^'£l£''%'
bdog-pa rig-pas ner-bsgrub-fin having
acquired all attainments by intelligence
(0. don.) ; q^fli'crsiJwr^-^Mrfj-qse/^
having wholly renounced all his posses-
sions. 2. vb. to get or take possession
of, to be possessed of, gen. with °i, as in
^•«rw»5'>vi|$<i|tqVl he is in possession
of only one piece of cloth ; JsV

poor, having no property (Jd).

672

3., to be; to be situated:

where is your monastery ;

bdag-la phug-pa b.dog I have a cavern ;

aqirq^fli'flpi'&'iVi thabt b,dog-gam mi-fydog

are there any means or not ?

*Z3 kdo-wa 1. = ^'«J dar-wa to increase,
to spread, diffuse; applied chiefly in
reference to sin and evil, ^ijwwg'^-q
tnigt-ma Ifia b.do-toa the increase in the five
kinds of mnn degenerations ; = S«'{' tgyas-
pa abundance, exuberance. ' 2. aoo. to
Zam. jftw acute, keen. 3. with 1, to hurt,
to injure a person : S3J ii^'i to hurt an
enemy. "Mlf bdo-hj)hro= yfi*.'^* rgyas-
pahi sgaft-li on the increase, in the course
of increasing, copious or full : VS^'^'IV
£j •wn^-<tfj-«r»^-£i ^-3^ m in such ways as
this, awakening only to go on again, the
dreams of present happiness are aug-
mented (Klirid.).

IV bdral pf . of *V'" hdral-wa and sig-
nifies : disregarded, broken, not observed.

rndaij-pa or
glowing embers, cinders. 2. a soit of
large unburnt brick of mud or clay (Cs.) ;
•^•N^E/ mdag-ntahi dofi a pit for keeping
live coals (for the purpose of melting
metals).

*J^C' tndiifi or txf*'^' yesterday
evening ; «^K.W rndnd-sad Jiff^ru yester-
day . x«^c.-»i=.'^E.-^e.'q'S)a( came only yester-
day (flag. 39). w^g« mdat-sum last
night : H^'Vr^F|>%fr<Pnj mdafl-sum bdag-
gi rmi-lam-na last night in my dream, etc.

<J^C'q mdan-wa or «s^-q^-^« place of
cremation, the place where the burning of
the dead takes place (Sch.).

5J^C9I rndang ^w., 'iitai: 1. colour of
the face, fresh looks, healthy complexion ;

dmar-icahi rndaHf ruddy com-
plexion; n'sm1*^ of fresh appearance;
W^MT^ bad-looking, dull complexion.
2. brightness, lustre, splendour. 3. resp. for
«$«i 'i 4pral-wa the forehead.

•^c.<i^gq|-q mdafig hphrog-pn ^twtrrf^
or w^^rtTflft faded lustre, the brightness
destroyed.

**^*<'»>S mdafa-med. dull appearance, not
bright, ugly.

Syn. wM'^ gulag-fan ; ijl'*^ bkray-
med. (SfHon.).

»i^E.«-qjf mdafts-bsafi 1. blight colour,
good and cheerful complexion. 2. a hy-
pothetical fluid, the most subtle part of
the semen.

or
a kind of poison used in medi-

cne.

rndah TS, 1^, VPWi, ^TT, fir-
1. an arrow : »^' $1 'i to shoot an
arrow. *JqTwS1* myng-mdah an arrow of reed
or bamboo ; J*|»T*I^ [cagt-mdiih an iron
arrow ; ^q!'wi'* dug-mdah a poisoned arrow ;
^t)ncq5 ncp. dpral-wahimdah an arrow lodged
in the fore-head; *>'«^^ me-rndah a gun,
fire-lock. 2. any straight and thin pole
or piece of wood, e.g., the tube of a
tobacco-pipe ; Jflpr*^ kagi-mdah iron rod,
a ramrod, etc. ; 4'*^ chu-mdah a jet or
shoot of water; ^'*V fktir-mdah a
shooting star or meteor. 3. sym.
num. 5. 4. v.'iS'w^ lun-pabi rptfah the
lower terrace of a plateau, also »<^'% rndnh-
chu the river or stream running through it.
(Jti. in part.) w^'^'W yidah-$ub$ a case
or cover for keeping arrows ; a quiver.

drati-hgro ;
fa-

Syn. W%*\ nag-phran ;
mi-hkhyog-hyro ;

673

ra hbigs_-bycd; ^V'^'*^ hd-tb-ldan-
mtshon; J'g^ sgro-ldan; f*'«^ stofi-ean;
%%**\rtiie-mo-can ; "^'1|^ hben-b§nun ; w^'S
mdah-mo; finr*^-^ kags-mdah $gra-
can; f">|*r|q*r.s^ kags-slub$-can ; ^T^
kur-sgra-can; *»%*S'«i|? mtshon-chahi-gtso ;
^T*1^ dug-mdah ; VT
jw-<w» ; *'f "| lo-sta-ka.

*"F'lF mdaA-groil vxfo, fstfir [a
quiver]$.

mdah-tsJut-shan b§dur-nas rgyal-wa (Rtsii.).

(fiteV).

mdnh-che or »^^-5-l mdah-bo-che
a very powerful effective arrow [a

)'o to shoot an arrow upwards, i.e., to
the sky.

"•VVR^' mdah-khun loop-hole, embrasure.

"S^'wp^ mdah-wkhan 1. Tg^iT n. of a low
caste in ancient India who used to live by
hunting. 2. an archer, an anow-maker.

WVJ6. mdah-rgyaA the range of an
arrow shot.

*<V*'|S mdah-rgyud. 1. the bowstring.
2. n. of a medicinal drag :

*»' (Med.}.

'lfi mdah-$yro the feathers attached
to an arrow.

*^'g mdah-Ma are (1) |T§'Vl)'*<lv* jwyo-
bycd-kyi mdah; (2) ^^'l^-l-*!^ sred-byed-
kyi mdah; (3) 5ai'5'*i'c'*)
nnofts-byed-kyi md'ih ; (4)
byed-kyi mdah; (5) ^•|«v|'*«^ hchi-bycd-
kyi mdtih.

»<^-g-« Mdah-lna-pa tr^TTO an epithet

of Cupid, lit. the holder of five arrows.

*V^f*w Mdah-hjoms 1. Ji^nr the great

Tantrik Buddhist Sage who was abbot of

Nalendra and from whom Nagarjuna
derived his mystical knowledge of Bud-
dhism. 2. n. of a medicinal root=
dur-byid-sman.

WV*'?*' mdah-stofi the notch at the end
of an arrow which is placed against the
bow-string.

^'it^ rndah-bstan nrc'ir [a deer]/S.

*W^ mdah-dnr a lance ; a little flag
fastened to an arrow with silk ribbons of
five different colours, by hooking which
arrow into the collar of a bride the
match-maker draws her forth from among
her maiden companions. Also an arrow
wrapped in a scarf, with which the head
of the bride is touched during marriage
ceremony.

' mdah-don Jj^k, wrcr quiver.
mdah-snod id.

"V*1^ mdah-dpon the commander of
a troop of soldiers ; an officer of high mili-
tary rank next to the WS^ dmag-dpon,
who has command over one thousand
men (Rtsii.').

"^•g"!* mdah-lpags a gourd, v. S'l
ku-wa (Mnon.).

**H 'S Mdah-phu n. of a place in' Tibet
(Deb. "I IT).

wyvgVgw-ti mdah-phye.d byas-pa ^iifTTT^
an arrow with a sharp semi-circular disk at
the top-end.

s^'JrX mdah-mo-che ^|»f^=»(^'J5'S [an
iron club or crow ; a lance]&

*S*'*i mdah-mo arrow-lot, a kind of
fortune-telling by shooting of arrows.

"VS" mdah-zo a vessel made of wood, or
wicker work, etc., with which barley and
wheat are measured (Rtsii.).

"•^•"w mdah-yab=V'i\K 1. balcony under
the dome of a temple made in Chinese

86

674

style.

q^tn he constructed, »'. e., caused to
be made, the sacred symbols placed in the
balcony of the Jo-wo lha-khang at Lhasa
(Lon. *• 17). 2. ace. Lex. = $% pii-fu
parapet, railing. 3. a covered gallery on
the top of a house.

«V*-5)flj mdah-yig 1. a kind of arrow-
point character which was used in Magadha
on Buddhist statues. This character was
brought into Tibet from Yikramas'ila in
A.D. 1000. 2. letters which are conveyed
by arrow-shot are also called Da-yig.

8Pear» P° '<

'i or w^'fljP'i to sting ; to pierce with
a spear. Wl'wy and I»^^'»^K.- are the two
frontal muscles (Jd.). w^-qi^vq mduA
btkor-wa, to brandish, to whirl a spear;
"l'"^6-' VV. a spear attached to a sling.

*j^=. j|*< mdiift-ktiyim a shade for travel-
lers made on the wayside by throwing a
piece of cloth over three pikes or poles ;
a frame to lean spears against.

»I^E.-«^-« rndad-can-nm nrfrran [a female
worshipper of the S'akti principle] 8.

w^K.-gcd&i mdufi-thufl-bdsin an epithet of
Kartikeya youngest son of Mahadeva.

*^lffl|»« mduA-tlioyi or wyi 1. a spear-
man, lancer. 2. an epithet of Mahadeva
(Mfion.).

«y.'V mdun-dar a lance with a little
flag at the top.

"^•'l" rndnn-rtse 1. a spear-head, top
of a lance. 2. the religious trident.

<'£l mdun-rtsc gsum-pn
1. epithet of Mahadeva, who holds the
trident. 2. n. of a sect of the Tirthika
in Ancient India who used to perform

the rite of leaping over three pikes fixed
on the ground (They. 33-39).

rndiifi-hdsin wrsf hornet.

mdun-zo-ica a maker of lances,
' mdiin-fifl or *i^'$ shaft of a lance.

mdud also «^V mdud-pa a knot ;
the chin of animals ;
the muscles of the body;
sriin-rmdud charmed silk-
knots used as protection against evil spirits ;
3'*^ $kr,i-mdtid knot of ribbons holding
together the long hair of women in Tibet ;
us; ciS-s^ti knot of strings, fig. SK^^Y^
the bond of avarice (Jo.) ; «^V«i-|««'«J mdud-
pa sgroliwa or i|j«rq hgrol-wa to untie a
knot, w^'i'^i'i mdud-pa hgrel-pa 1. a
commentary, a key to unknot difficulties.
2. 4i-mihM to untie a knot.

t> to lay
a wager.

*^"V^ mdttd-hdra a disease of the mem-,
bruin virile, prob. paraphimosis.

c/q mdud-pa fnin-pa wealth.

mditd-hdsin (^'"'^'S) a string
or wreath of flowers or of any other
thing.

mdun (fliups-aw) ^sfr, •*? the van,
the fore-part, the front-side of a thing ;
face or presence. i^'^*!* good frontage ;
J'WVS'" an aide-de-camp; "WflTf*1!
mdun-gyi nam-mkhah-la in the heavens
before him, over against him. Usually
occurs in the adverbial forms: mdun-la,
mdun-na, mdun^.du, mdun-nas, which all
seem to have about the same meaning :
in front, before, ahead. In this sentence,
for example, two forms occur with no
varying meaning:

675

having brought the bier and lifted up the
burning lamp in front, a vast crowd of
people went on at the head (K. d. *,'. 4) ;
^^'"VW^'E^ mdun-du dmag-mi phyin-
$te the soldiers approaching first. Also
used as postpositions : 9'i^'g'*1^'^ in
the presence of a lama; Ji'S^n^Y^
before the king; lIVS'*^'81 khyod-kyi
mdun-la in your presence.

*^'S" mdun-ju$=*>*i*i'$v mdun-byus
conference, consultation.

sj^'ali) mdun-hjog a present.

Syn. Wt phul-wa; *g«r* hbul-wa; ^.'
r« giis-rdsas ; y\'fa phyay-rten ; 9'^ shu-
rten (Mfion.).

s^'^IVfl mdun-du bsnur-tea 1%arW to
move forward, towards one's self.

+ w^'iS* »zf/««-£<fa»'=*i^'^'ti!K£< or
*)'*iE.-cr&i]«|-£i5-*^ in the presence of an
assembly.

"^'^'^ mdun-na hdon JpCt^, HTtf^fl
a minister, a magistrate, a judge, a high
functionary.

Syn. ifa'3 blon-po; lV^t^ bkah-dican;
§aw§'pr5'q khrims-kyi kha-lo-pa (Mnon.).

i^'*i mdun-ma «RI conference.

Syn. w^'Sfa mdun-gros; ^ gros- $«'
«»«« gros-bcam; %W&*-<1 gro$ byas-jia
(Mfton.}.

w^'« mdun-sa Kfqfr, fl«r society, com-
mittee, association: w^-wqiflprn mdun-
sar bshugt-pa wn^f to sit in committee.

*§$% mdun-so <i«<»y punishment in-
flicted by court or king.

mdahi mdehu the
pointed arrow-head made of steel in Tibet
and Mongolia; the arrow-head is made of
various designs some with three points,

others like a miniature pick-axe.
^V" mdehu behuhi-so hdra-wa
arrow-head like calf's teeth; *<
mdehu byihu inifi-ma tT^rf^^ir arrow-head
like a bird's heart; w^'l'V^'i mdehu siir
bshi-pa an arrow with four-bladed head.

mdo 1 : 1. the lower part of a valley
where it merges into the plain, the place
where one valley opens into another ; the
point where two valleys, loads, or rivers
meet ; 3'*^ upper-part and lower part of
a lateral valley; ^"TS'S'*^ the upper or
higher part of a country and the lower
part of it ; aw*i^ road-junction ; $'*^ river-
junction ; W^c.'*^ street corners ; 5^'«^
a cross road ; £"*^ where one vein crosses
another vein in the body. *<V|I'*<^ Mdo
and IThams, indicates Amdo, the province
of Tibet S.E. of Koko Nor, and
Kham. 2. ace. to Cs. w^'*^ prudent,
i^'*^ imprudent. 3. conjunction or meet-
ing place in general : sWTX'$.'9fl( brtag-
pa rtsct-chuhi mdo; \9RJK$**^ shi-byed
Sman-gyi mdo; ^'|t\'s'*''5'»i^ §byon-byed
la$-kyi mdo; <^*<'*£'^3S'1'»'^ hjam-rtsub
dpyad-kyi mdo (Sman-rtsa ch. II. T).

II : ^^r 1. denned as Tfa
^ ''I a discourse where many significations
are massed together in a few words; a
Sutra. 2. short sentence or rule, axiom;
hence *^'5, **^, «V<*i-g-<i to contract,
abridge, epitomize, to give only the main
points ; "^'ilj'^ mdor b§du-na in short, in
general, altogether, on an average.

w^'lfc mdo-snob a benediction to the
host for his entertainment (Ja.).

^'^ '§*>'" mdo-mdo byed-pa occurs in

(A. 122).

676

*0^ Mdo-gde 'Q^TPfi a collection of
Sutras forming an important section of the
Kahgyur.

«VV«i mdo-sde-pa or *»^'<^ mdo-$de-
hdsin ^rPfrar one versed in the Mdo or
belonging to the Sutranta school of philo-
sophy of Buddhism.

w^Aftf-ei mdo-hdsin-pa ^w\ a carpen-
ter [also a stage-manager]<S.

+ M^-fr^wq mdo-rni c^wA-wa^V*'*^"
dwaft iptho-wa of high power or ability.

»^'«w mdo-lttm according to the teach-
ings of the Sutras ; is parallel to the term
flS'i*1 tgyu$-lam according to the Tantras.

*i^-qj|«j mdor-ksduf ^n abridg-
ment =^'1 fdus-pa or "S**'" tyui-pa
(Mnon.). "V^l'l ipdor-bgdu-na «m«fl:
[briefly, collectively]^. *^M mdor-m
in brief.

mdor-kfttg ifara akin to *^
a cross formed of two small sticks, the ends
of which are connected by coloured strings,
and used in various magic ceremonies (Ja.).

mdo-li

khyogs a

sedan-chair, a conveyance tor carrying
sick, incapable, or old persons : Sl'l'fy'^'
q^^trw^'&'arg^Mi supporting him by
the left hand he lifted him on a dooly
(A. 70).

W*v3] md#g or F'*Vl TO colour; com-
plexion ; g'*^1 sku-mdog the colour of the
body; w^l'^l^ beautiful colour; w^l'*'-*'
mdog-mdses nice colour, arose (Cs.). *^1'

colour. «X(«i)'»)^'E.»i'i mdog mtshun$-pa = s^i\'
w^N'ti or ^V*1 of uniform or same colour.
N^q|-qjiK mdog-yscr 5^J gold; golden
colour.

1. wLite

sandal-wood. 2. ^5^i having a fair com-
plexion.

nX,fl|'a^ mdog-ldan 1. (1
camphor. 3. a coloured cloth.

wVT9'q mdog-bu-pa or w^'
met. for the raven (Mfion.).

*^"l'f ^ mdog-sbyin ^VK, 1*\* a species
of sandal wood.

mdoy-mdscs xH", ^* and
seem to be names of
flowers (JT. d. * 368).

species of gall (Ja.).

1. appearance, the
form of the face.. 2. sometimes for NS*^
white spot, blaze, or star on the fore-
head of a horse or cow. 3. the eye in
a peacock's feather; «V.*r»w*^ mdonf
mthuh-can peacock (flffion.). Syn. S*\
byad; f^q*.* bsfiin-rag. (Mfion.). *fff.v^
mdoflf-ldan 1. peacock (Mfion.). 2. = B"I
khyttg.

J mdofis-pa 1. = %*•'* Uofi-wa
blind (physically and morally) : *H'
9f^c,v'ci, sfCjm-c)*.- <>.%*• Q to get blind, to be
made blind. 2. = «^«r«i forehead.

j«-q g.zi-brjid rgyag-pa very bright, res-
plendent, refulgent ($ag.). 2. to make
a prayer before the image of a deity. 3.
to congratulate, to wieh joy to another

mdom or *<^*w rndoms some-
times written for *V< a measure (^t«i'|^)
equal to six feet [arm a fathom or the
space between the tips of the fingers of
either hand when the arms are extended] S.

'^IS'J mdos a tall thin pared stick or
wand provided with small cross-pieces,

677

and with strings of various colours
fastened to the ends of the transverse
pieces and stretched thence to the main
upright stick ; the whole evidently in-
tended to be a rude imitation of the
mast of a vessel with yard-arms and
rigging. Several of these structures,
each 3 to 5 feet in height, are planted
in the ground on the hill-side just above
the house where some sick person is
lying ; and various magical ceremonies
having been performed over the sick
person, the ify btsan or demons which
were afflicting him, and which are reputed
to have a great passion for the rigging
of a vessel, are presumed to be expelled
and to take refuge in the toy masts out-
side the cottage. The sticks with their
coloured strings are presently cast away
as as glad down the ravine (Snd. Hbk.).
There seem to be various names for the
masts such as : — |«rq$'*iX,« $kyel-wahi mcios
(flag. 38) ; $j'*i5-qis(K.-*V lha-mohi b$kan-
rndos; jarwvflRjTw^i scjrol-mahi gyu!-mdo§;
5«r*V rgyal-mdos ; q^'w^w btsan-mdos.

w = g« $kyo-ma pap,
Ide-gu.

-/M = 3«rq 1. to lick off, as
n '' Ice-yis sho-hdag-pa to 'lick
curd with the tongue ; to clear, or wash
away, to wipe off (dirt, blemishes, and
even bad thoughts). 2. in C. = '&*'i a
mixture of clay and water. Sch. more-
over gives this meaning : " cleaving,
adhesive, sticky." <^<t|-£j-|t.q hdng-pa
sbyafi-wa to make a mixture of soil and
water ; <v\'T£|'|*''q hdag-pa sbydr-wa covering
or stopping up with clay, e.g., the chinks
of a wall or door. ^ij'iS'g'w May-pahi
phyc-ma powdered clay. aVT§*>'"'9'*i'ti

pulp;

hd«g-$byar hbul-wa to present clay, etc., i.e.,
to cover the chinks of the cell of a
meditating lama sitting mtsham$-la as an
act of piety. In Pth. ^i\'i is mentioned
as a kind of plastic art, and evidently
signifies to mould, to model, to shape
(<7dL). 3. = ^«ri Idag-pa (Cs.).

*STf hdag-rdsas or more propeily
**f<\'i clay, dry or wet.

hdaH v. ^ hdad.

\ ffdan-gi-pa (from £ff= or
^fir the paddy -pounding implement) n. of
an Indian Buddhist saint: Sfa'S^'Si'VN

V)

^E.'S)'£), 5'V^'ti $lob-dpon kluhi-sa, hdan-gi-
pa, dha-ri ka-pa the teachers Naga bhumi,
•Dan-gi-pa, Dharikapa, etc.

or Bail's hgrig-pa to be right, to suit, &c. ;
w^-^e.1 ra$-go$-hdafl cloth just enough
for making a dress or robe, just as much
as is required, etc. ^'a'J'^' Ito za-rgyu
hdun food to be just enough. 2. ace. to
Sch. to come to, to arrive at; cf. also
about or nearly one hundred.

hdad resp. f"«fi sku-hdad, or *«^-
hda-ft a funeral repast.

hdab 1. a train (of persons) :
hkhor-hdab retinue (Cs.) 2. fold :
'fy**'mflpni8-hdab=ai3( '*&** Ifin-gni? twice or
two-fold. 3. ^, tprf1 or ^'^q lo-bdab a
leaf, <w*V> yal-hdab tn»=r a twig with
leaves. 4. a feather.

^q'f « hdab-skyeg feathered, bird-bom.
^•J g^ hdab-gkyod «rrr« jnet. a bird
(Mnon.) [prob. a crane]$.

^V11} hddb-brgya xidM^, tRt the lotus,
^q-qj-q hdab-brgya-pa l.=S'S the pea-
cock. 2. =3^'3** gw-gum ^1 saffron.

678

*Vi'*^ hdab-can leafy ; feathery ; as met.
a bird.

^q-«flj hdab-chag two-fold fall in the
value of a coin or anything ; if for one
rupee four pounds of butter can be had
in one market and again in another
market not more than two for the same
price it is said of it Mab-chag son (Rtsii.).
affnaM/t, hdab-hphar=& two-fold increase in
price.

hdab-chays

birds, the feathered race.
various kinds of bird; *V
««Hr j«rZj hhab-cluigs rgyal-pa i\*q the king
of birds, the eagle, the mythical Gartida
on whom Vishnu rides. ^craw|«r^e;»i
said to be the hawk and=^'!fc'* ri-bon si
the eater of haies, t'.«., the largest species
of hawk. *vr»ipr»il-«r«^=B-»ri'i the
flying-fox bat (Simn. 330).
= ¥*•*& the long-lived bird.
hdab-chag? sen-ge the most powerful of all
birds, an epithet of Garuda. ^q'**!"'*!^'
^ hdab-chags gser-ldan (8VQ) Xttv [a
kind of curlew or plover] 8.

vifrfc' kdab-ttofl w*wm, TO the thou-
sand petals or the largest species of lotus.

hddb-ldan mtshon the feather-
ed weapon, met. an arrow.

Q$ffQ$fl hdab-hdeb a large numerical
figure: ucxvscx'W^ei- ^'^' (Ya-sel. 57).

Vfry^ hdab-bu-chc one of the names of
Arjuna, the third of the Pa ndava brothers.

J Mab-ma. tnr,' q^, ^i, 3*3,
1. wing : ^«J'«-|j1'i hdub-ma eprtig-
pa to shake the wings (Os.) iV'Wij'fa to
clap the wings. 2. leaf, corolla, petal;
large leaf; ^q-scflW^-S"'"- «^Tf-
all the leaves fully come out, the

flower in full blossom; ^q-*rqj^-ei eight-
petaled = S'%'5'^. (Mfion.). <^q-*r|«
f^wrat a smooth fresh leaf, v. Schl.
Budh. 248. *V» «5-^-q a heap of leaves;
^V'frVl hdab-muhi yiK-rta t^n^J a chariot
or conveyance made of leaves. 3. fan.
4. flag ((7s.).

Syn. of 2. 5'« lo-nta; 1. jfaJfo sgro-gfoy.
(Milan.).

*W*r$i hd'tb-mv $kyob (a) tnre that
which is protected by wings ; the feather-
protected, a bird.

v^-wqjfr hda-mx b&yoj that which
moves with or by wings.

^q-w^flj-g hdab-ma hjig-pa trarswmJi
withering of leaves, the winter season
that kills the leaves of trees.

<^q-*rq^-q Mab-ma Wun-pa ^trWf, ws-
^< n. of a flowering tree [" the seven-
leaved," the tree Alstonia~\S.

n^q-wg-35 hdab-ma plim-mo srf*^ lemon,
citron = |^'*! $kyur-mo (Mfion.).

<vpr»ruiMj Mab-ma yan$ w* Sal tree
with broad leaves.

<^q-«5-^-q hdab-nwhi thig-pa met. for
cuckoo (M.non.).

q^q-*3'«^ hdtib-mahi mdsod

\_Jasminuin >nultiflorum.~\8.
q-qK- hdab-bsan 1. $qtf fine looking
leaf. 2. a species of bird of fine plumes.
3. = *•«•*•£ so-met ra-dm flax (Mnoii.).

^q-qac,-»(5-g fafafr foifi-mahi bu
the son of Suparna [Graruda bird.]/S.

^S11'!^'*^ hdab-sur-can fi?i^ a species of
sandal wood tree.

offf<xm hdab-yas («j'«r-*ivqS'gi«;«) %^f a
measure for grain smaller than bre or drona.

0,^91 hdals rarely vft the side, lateral
surface (chiefly of the body) ; surface ;

679

the surface of the liver ; $
the lumbar region; ^*pr*V"''ai= JW'S5 in
the wood (Jd.).

mud, mire, swamp; earth and water
together : ^»riflf muddy clay or plaster ;
<^*rg*j hdcim-skyeg M**i, q^fJI? lit. that
is grown in mud, lotus plant ; ^*)'|*r^*i*,
hdam $kye§-dmar ^r?p[ the red water-lily;
^I'gTw*^ Mam skyes-mtshan tT^si^rrs^ii
met. the sun (Mnon.). [lit. "marked by
a lotus " ; signifies also, a king, an
epithet of Brahma.] S.

**?*'*[ hdam-ka, ^n'lj or ^WK,' f%^?st
choice, option. ^^*I'''I'§S'C' to choose
(whether to-day or to-morrow) (Zam.).

removes inflammation of the lungs, liver,
and blood-vessels.

hdam-

spag-gi k/irod a swamp or a number of
swamps (flag. 32).

Mam-fiias rfDjifa* [one who
gives help to a cow in the mud.]&

-pasztK/wv to pick out,
to mark out, to choose : vpr^f hdam-
it'fi choosing, brooding over in one's
a long while; «^-S-w^-cr D-flijR-^
S*1'"!^*1 not losing sight of your enemy,
constantly watching, put him down as soon
as an opportunity offers ; ^'fV^f^K long
grudge (Jd.).- wt-Zj^-flV^'^wi mafi-pohi
khrod-nas hdam-pa to select from among
many. *)-«j|£c.-q'«^*ru mi-gtsaft-po hdam-pa
such as choose impure things, i.e., lascivious
characters. ^wi'^Vj hdam-pa ser-tkya
^t%T>^r said to = gje.'e^-H^-SE.1 lafirpohi
pi-pi-Un (Mfion,).

hdam-po=%I'\'tt loy-pn.

'9 hdam-bu ?M a reed for thatching,
writing ; ace. to Cs. sugar-cane. *V'3'$'«»
hdam-bu Ite-wa sj^sfrpt [the navel or joint
of a reed]S. ^"'S^'9 Mam-buhi na a species
of eel living amid reeds (Mfion.) ^I'gS1
*i'|»i Mam-buhi tshal-§kye§ ai^apur an
epithet of Karttikeya the youngest son
of Mahadeva. [lit. 'reed-born,' Kartti-
keya is fabled to have been born in a
thicket of reeds]/!?.

*^*rg$-«rV^ hdam-buhi sa-bon ^^t&. [the
plant Curcuma serumbet.~\S.

^"'S^'^'S hdam-buhi tshan-mo M^fa^
[the plant Nelumbium speciosum.~]S.

^Si'y hdam-rtsa an aquatic- creeper;
grass growing in swamps and marshy
soil.

dam-rdsab swamp, cess-pool ; the
filth of which makes water impure and
dangerous to health: |«c§\*>'il^'^»<'§rq-3^-
3'°^ the unclean, or badly governed
kingdom is (like) a filthy swamp (A. 7).
q^wg-q-ai'^gfq hdam-rdsab-la hbyifi-wa to sink
into a swamp.

dam-fod §dar-mo one of the
thirty-seven sacred places of the Bon (0.
Bon. 37).

ofjH'fc hdam-sen the lion of the swamp,
i.e., the frog. ^"S^'^TK'** hdam-gyi
sefi^ge skad-po che the cry of the lion of
the swamp is loud (Sman. 108).

hdamrba ka-ras n. of a medi-
cinal root: ^•''S'T^'a'"^'*"^'^ dambu

hdah'ica (pres. and fut.) pf.
hdas-pa ^^H, ^t%"!?TO, 1?, Wt^
1. to pass away; to go beyond; to
surmount, get the better of; g-e.^-aw
R^vq to pass away from sufferings, i.e.,
to attain to Nirvana; ^-w^-fni at

680

the time of death ;' at the time of enter-
ing into the state of Nirvana. «S*'
VP'fl hdah dkah-wa 5^»rfJWT diffi-
cult to pass over, to spend time ;
hdah-kha the point of death;
n|8rl-q-S^-q|*je.*) these are of importance at
the time of (one's) death, he said (Deb. "\
16). The following are examples of the
use of hdas-pa the past tense : V^T^MTJ*)
hdas-pahi safig-rgyag the past Buddha ; an
epithet of Dipankara Buddha.
5*'i hdat-pahi char gyur-pa
nf>qj •^•«w 'Vfict passed away from this
world; i^roS'^w the time that has passed
away ; I'^'V^i after an elapse of nine
months; f'w^'flS'jfw lha-las hdat-pahi
spot incense surpassing that of the gods ;
gjMraw -^ g surpassing the number, i.e.,
numberless, innumerable ; sf S-«jarw^r«i
surpassing the understanding ; inconceiv-
able; il^am •«,»»'« unspeakable, indes-
cribable; "Vg^S*^* when the sun and
moon have disappeared (for a time).
4^*r4$'1ta| hdas-pahi tshig the perfect
tense ; rt*»'^ <^" bcom-ldnn-hdas " he who,
sated with conquest, has passed beyond,"
i.e., Bhagwan or Buddha.

*Vi-«| frdah-ga or v^T* (4'sgfffa
chu-hphreA Ua-bu) the hour of death (Cs.) ;
q^q n|-d)-^w hdah-ga ye-fe? «fJWT^ know-
ledge of the hour of death (title of a
book).

*Vr**S hdas-mc/iod («-«*s or ^»i*S
funeral ceremonies (J. Zafi.), religious
ceremonies observed at death ; the death
anniversary of. deceased parents and
lamas : |W^'|*«d<*!jC««V*«*t'*tf *f
w«4^ he kept well each death anniversary
of Lama Qser-yM-pa without a break
(A. W).

*VT«5 hdas-po the deceased, defunct,
the late.

«W<$*\ hda$-log ghost, appaiition ; the
reappearance of a deceased person, which
re-appearing is possible only within
forty-nine days from death.

| hdar-pa or *f&* hdar-ua «*q
(sbst.) quaking, shivering ; one who
shivers. Also as vb. ^w, %c^ to tremble,
shudder, shiver, quake : $*r*|3''j»r^»i''^ //^
Mchyays-na$ hdar the body freezing shivers
(flay. -39); wscuwsp* to shiver with
cold ; *^v W»J^. 1 hdar-ivar hyyur-ica to
tremble.

hdar-yam wavering, doubting,
undetermined.

Syn. ^'Wj^ yyo-war-byed ; v^'wg^
Mur-war-bye4 (Mfion.).

ti hdar-yam lyed-pa to doubt,

to waver.

^'S*1'!* hdar shum-shum tremulous,
quaking with fear : <*^'3*'9»»''»g^'?'il $*\

•*•

^SJS'^"! the mice quaking with fear and
depositing dung squatted down (Rdxa.
31).

'Vf. Mar hdar wnv. trembling.
'9 hdar-bu ««i ague, throbbing.

'•<|t' hdar-faft a high-sounding vibra-
ting drum used by Bon priests in
necromancy : *yf**F*f&i'*&^
even all the demons carrying drums.

hdnl-wa 1. to sink down : *S«r
°^^ hdal hfjro-wa to be absorbed, sunk, as
ink sinks in bad porous paper or in
blotting paper. 2. ^T« dal-pa, $**(* chu-
hdal still-water, also water moving
slowly. «K,'^«I bad-hdal being left ex-
hausted on the road, • sinking under
fatigue (Jd.).

681

fi/fi 1 v j? * ^ «

this; also in colloq. very commonly =
the: f)-9Kta.-B^-t\-^^ where is the gun?
•fyf'^ who is this ? Where the plural of
a noun is indicated, the plural sign is
annexed to the demon, pron., e.g., tS.'*^'
"T*Vff8lVl3h fiahi-mjug-la rta hdi-dag
krid-fog lead the horses after me ! I'T^ai
in this month ; Y^Y'2' in this year ; ^N'^Y
^'"J at this (particular) time. 2. when
applied in reference to distance it signifies
nearness; ^•jTy^-^-ai mv residence in
this (near) hill; v^-ai ^ this valley
or country; «5q-<rZi-^ the respective per-
former (of an incantation) (Jd.). 3. such
a one: nyir»)v^ ^wg-q I, and such and
such a one; R'*'°BYl''*YSCL''^'S'S'^qr^aS''[ j
give you such and such a thing. ^ is
often redundantly joined with the pos-
sessive pron. q«fl'3) Jfa-<^ this my cloth ;
q^"!'?)'^'^ this my wealth; «r£-^-a^-aw
TO-sr^- (Tid. 162) in this great country
who else is greater than this ? ^1t^*r^-$s«j
hdi ji snam-du sems ^ f%q ^^^ what
think you of this? *ff,<r**r'(Y9e>''|'ql£'l'!-l'il'
pc^-cj*,-^ ??„ (underneath this" mound of
sand) there is the monastery of Buddha
Kas'yapa, restore it; ^ ^w^g^- hdi
yod-pas hdi-byuH ^f^ qftf *^fw that
having existed this arose; ^-^swqgc.-
hdis hdi-rnams btun t*n^l ^w tfltofSr they
will drink these.

-• kdi-ka-rafi just here, just now
(Jd ) ; also this very same.

^'^1 hdi-ko this one (So-rig. IS).

•^•fS hdi-skad=^^, Y^^ ^ thuS)
accordingly. Used chiefly with the verbum
loquendi and quotations ; but <^^
y>'^ hdi-skad byed-par gyur cig i

has thus fully ex-
pressed in respectful language; or, he
prayed with inflated words thus (A. 21).

•^I^WfV^'l^ hdi skyes-pahi phyir
hdt-skyes ^<i ^qm^iq T^S?W?J% [this is
produced on account of that being pro-
duced] 8.

' hdi-ltar TJ^, ??irq, t^sr
so, in this manner, thus:
%*•'%*• in what manner have you become
so, how did you get into this condition ?
<^F* it was to this effect, of this pur-
port; *.-*%%i % such as this I am; <^*r
i"'*riPW^lH>^f compounded things must
be regarded thus; the word Y^ should
usually be accompanied by a snap of the
fingers (*^<* or qY&i'w). ^•|If|^ISi| hdi-

it so be. *Y?'f hdi-lta-$te, (^'aj) a^rr,
9f^f for example, for instance, to wit, such
as, viz.

*V^| hdi-dafiphyi or ^'1 the present
and the future (life).

time.

i W-du$

to-day, this

*W hdi-nas from this place, from this
time; as yet, still. ^^'YS«l from here
to that, from here to there.

^-£) Mi-pa ^ rcan of this place; this
man ; ^ft^ hdi-paM ffdon from this
i.e., from the lips of this man.
1 is a common word for here :
kha-sang di-pa lep-song he arrived here
yesterday.

^ S'?1'11' hdi-phyi sdeb-pa, or |'q rje-wa
to exchange this life, for the future one,
i-e., ft^lfc^-r^ftfWI doing the'
concerns of this life, having cast out from
the mind the thoughts of the future (exis-
tence).

87

CS3

^ '3 '^ l*\ hdi-bya hdi-byed instructions
to do this and that (idiom.) ; to be earthly
minded.

this P

hdi-tgug-yin in W. : how is
it is he himself : *V^gM|'«r
e-dan Man-pa hdi-tshug-yin how
is the venerable monk himself ? (A. 139).

^5 hdi-ru here, into this place, at
this place. ^'5'-fl come hither ! ^
hdir ^^here;=^^ hdi-na ^frl at this
place : XwS'jarS'^-jpurwi has the Dharma
liaja (with his retinue) come here?
(A. 23).

*^S* hdi-mur =<&;** hdi-na here (Yig.
83).

hdi-rigt these ; of this kind.

hdig stopper, stopple ; also
to stop up, to close with a stopper;
<^«|-*«i musket-ball, cf. ^"| dig (Jit.).

3 hdin-tca pf. ifc' btin fut. «ftf
mp. -*> thin?, to spread on the ground
(a mat, etc.) ; to lay out, to sprinkle, strew
(grass, hay) ; sbst. tf*'* in IF. a small
carpet on which lamas sit ; wrs$f bed-
ding, pillow, or blanket ; *V.'J«ri ace. to
Sch. to weigh in one's mind, to con-
sider ; to suspect.

: hdu-ica pf.

1. to collect, accumulate; 8'3fv
to collect men, wealth and
fortune. 2. to come together, to assemble,
(of men and animals).

^T^' hdu-khan K3 properly the hall
of congregation for members in a monas-
tery, but is a term often loosely assigned
and is applied even to the ordinary ante-
chamber of a temple. "^'F^'V^'i bdu-
k/tan-dii hdu-wa to assemble in the congre-
gation-hall.

'^Bl hdu-hkhrug l. = pw^gq|-q or
lit. distemper, disorder" in the
constitution; hence illness, ill-health.
2. tumult, riot, uproar (Cs.) ;
hkhrug-pa invalid, one laid up.

wodift

Mu-gnas

[house, the

or H«^ hdn-hphrod or Mrod=
assemblage, congregation, crowding
together.

hdu-hdsin fl'wr [company] S.

H : 1- to get married, to unite,
to join one another : B'ST^'fl khyod yuy.
tu hdu-tca to unite as husband and wife.
2. in a special sense in philosophical lang. :
to unite (opp. to "goo to separate), e.g.,
the soul uniting with an organ of sense,
like ?«« sdeb-pa : ^w's* hdus-lyat com-
posed of two or more ingredients ; "^*r
»3« consisting of one thing, simple,
elementary; only the primordial is eternal,
everything compounded is perishable;
f iq. 3. iyj'1 to consist of or in ;
consist of two things; ^-^S

the inner, i.e., the visible world
comprised in the soul.

that which is or seems to be compounded,
as opp. to the simple and elementary;
anything peitaining to either body, speech
or mind that can be analyzed. Is thus
particularised : %*«r§ <^'f <> mental associa-
tions, thoughts, ideas, etc.;
material or physical compounds ;
phrases, epigram, sententious expressions
etc. (K. d. V 2>t3). It is one of the five
Skandha, Ace. to Budh. there are eight
Du-je or Samskara which are necessary to
the state of Samadhi (i.e., contemplative

683

asceticism) :— (1) vtfi [ftfr love]& (2)
y«T«l [snrgnr exercise] 8. (3) "ft'" [**r
faith]& (4) %§'!=• "s^ [«'^RI watch-
fulness]-S. (5) ^1 [wja memory]£. (6)
j)*rq2)^ [%cMT intelligence or reflection] S.
(7) 3mrci [vnfe confidence]^. (8) «J5e;f*w
[<3tNr indifference to pleasure and
pain]&

physical constitution, health.

=3ft£*;c* good

hdu-ts/utgs a crowd, many people
assembled together: |-53-<^&J]«-ljfi|vaV
g^'<^ the concourse of men was like the
city of Gandhavati (A. 2}.

^'^ hdu-hdsi entertainment of many
people in one place with food and drink
or with amusement, also noisy talking at
the time of entertainment : R'jf*T*\j*r«W
ifiN'i^'s.t'gc.N being free from pride I have
left off attending entertainments (A. 6).
Also=noise, bustle, din : ^f-sM^sj-q-^
this solitude which is free from noise;
n^?ar<j]sj>«-ci to live in the midst of the
bustle of worldly affairs. Ace. to the
Bon there are sixteen kinds of ^'*K —
n^2r^ hdit-hdsi-can ^•&(%&=a. hermit,
a retired man.

hdu-fes tf'trr, tfift 1. con-
sciousness. Moreover, in the opinion of
the author of this dictionary (though not
in that of the editors), this word practi-
cally signifies the soul, with the difference
that according to Buddhists it is not an
absolute simple entity : Samjna conveys
the idea of a collection of perceptions to
form one compound entity, i.e., to form
such consciousness as is capable of being
analyzed. <^--?|«'lj'w«;^«i|-q*-.Jm-q^-§^-ci5-si38sj-

°^S'^ Bdu-fe$ or consciousness is said to be
the sign of perfect knowledge ;

tliat is

Samjna which comprises the knowledge of
the nature of all different things, i.e.,
matter in its differentiated state (K. d.
*• 35Jf). 2. notion, conception, image, feel-
ing, thought : ^r^pj-^tft-^-Jprl^ the
up-rising of the idea of constant posses-
sion of earthly good ; $wgj5-<^--?|?r'^i|-q to
unite with the human body the idea of
a ship, to represent the body as a ship ;
i^'^'-^'i^' there arose the feeling of
discomfort ; (r^^R^'^hV the giving up
of the idea of anger ; ^T^flfW^'J^*1
j^-ijc.-*fq|3J^ no thoughts, no inclinations,
tending to virtue, arose (in him), virtuous
emotions never stirred in his mind ; *"l*i'
cj5'«.^'^|«i'«^ entertaining thoughts of sen-
sual pleasure ; ^'^'Si^:|S'q to.recover from
a state of insensibility. As one of the
five ^'5 or skandha the term is translated
by idea (Burn. I. 511), by perception
(Kopp. 1-603). The three terms *V^r»S,
^•^•AS*, 4^«a^fc<i my be rendered:
having the faculty of thinking, having no
faculty of thinking, neither thinking nor
not thinking (latter part from Ja.). [_*§,' 3p*
hdit-ges or HW samjna signifies 1. denomi-
nation, name ; 2. knowledge derived
through names, verbal associationJ/S1.

[un-

[little, limited]& 2.
[great, extensive]^ 3.
limited, infinite]£. (M.V.).

^'•^O'S'^i'i hdu-fcs-kyi rnam-pa
the 15 subjects of Samjna necessary to full
meditation on ^'l"!'" are : — (1)
^n(*ii(fl'*n'gT; (2)

or ^•^•§'^-J|« f^Tra^erSTT; (3) *!*
TT, (4)

(5)

684

(7)

; (8)

wr ; (10)

•iMF«cx_'J*t t^- ; (11) qw^vr

: ; (12)
w«

: ; (13)

-.; (14) *v*l*ilV^'Jl*r
; (15) *^J|»r

hdu-^ef med-pahi gnat
an imaginary place situated in the direc-
tion of «g»rg'*-«i (Bon).

; [with-

vi hdu-yei metf-pa
out consciousness]/?.

' hdug-pa 1. to sit ; to remain,
to stay : *VT* W* q'*^ stay, stay! don't
be in a hurry. 2. carries all the meanings
of our verb " to be " in its usage both as
an auxiliary verb and as a substantive
verb. It is employed to express presence,
e.g., Kho khang-la hdug he is in the house ;
also existence and identity, e.g., De tu
hdug who is that ? Bu-mo la bu-tsa pfiis
hdug the woman has two song ; also as
copula to connect a noun or phrase with
its attribute, e.g., ChaA hdi yag-po hdug
this beer is good. As an auxiliary ^1
is conjoined with other verbs under
varying circumstances. If annexed to
the simple root, the present tense is usually
indicated: I^'IW^'"!^'^'!'^ fprin-
riiami hdah-la fii-hhod $kye-h<jug when the
clouds pass away, sun-light appears.
Added to the terrain, inf. it expresses
intention or compulsion: g'X^'jfV^'^VI

sna-dro-la fkyod-par hdug he is to set out
in the morning. As an auxiliary "^"I
seems to be annexed to all the gerundial
and participal forms of other verbs, i.e.,
with the forms in 8 or "fa or 3) and those
w, ?, and ^ ; making with the first

n

set a periphrastical pres. tense, e.g.,
3 ^1 he is lying on the ground, and with
the second class usually an imperfect
tense. In the case, however, of its use
with gerunds of the second class we
observe of ten that the sense of "it seemed"
or " it was as if " is implied. Thus, ^*|
commonly occurs as the auxiliary of verbs
in narratives of visions, illusions, etc., and
also where a certain doubtfulness or want
of exactitude exists. We shall proceed
to quote two passages from Milaragpa
which sufficiently illustrate the latter
usage and which, further, are examples of
the whole participial or gerundial forms
with i^«| :

| one day when

the deities of the six classes of gods of
lust were clearly visible, those which were
uppermost were, as it were, showering
down rain of nectar on those below.
When the deities had satisfied their thirst
and were contentedly sitting together
they saw one of their number who
was apparently dying yet was free from

thirst. ^j

*r *)^- qv IJE.- | then,
because he applied himself assiduously
to meditation, when 14 days had elapsed

685

it seemed as if his body the whole night
had been even up to the skies, and it was
as if there were sensate beings of the six
classes of living creatures from the crown
of his head to the tops and soles of his feet
and for the most part they ' were drinking
only milk ; some indeed having obtained
milk from the stars, were drinking it,
and loud sounds of cymbals were conti-
nually coming up without his knowing
whence they arose ; but when night had
lifted, having cast aside his meditating
bonds, they vanished. Finally, it should
be pointed out, how common in the colloq.
is that form of the present with ^"| added
to the gerund in !J, \ etc. In fact this
form has almost superseded the ordinary
present tense ; although *^"J in these cases
seems to be confined to express the 2nd
and 3rd persons, °^ or ^S being substituted
in the 1st person : kho-rang do-gi-dug he is
going ; da-rang do-gi-yin I am going.

*V'fi hdug-khri a chair, a raised plat-
form to sit upon.

^W hdug-ffna? or ^T«a=P*$*
residence, home (Mnon.).

^VTf** hdug-stans = *%W<\* manner
of sitting : tie. ^^'^"l'f=.»i the manner of a
lion's sitting. The different postures of
sitting are : — (1) ^ijjil!^' rdo-rje skyil-
krun ; (2) |««'* 3*.' §kyil-mokruri ; (3)
n^|-fe.« ; (4) jarZi'X«r<i5'f«w ; (5)
W^i ; (6) &T&TS*'^<Jj'£i ; (7)
(Mnon.).

"VT^I hdug-hdug 1. (in the dialect of
Khamt) = *r*«ri<n. 2. = ift f^ sit, sit.

Hud

hdud-pa pf. and fut. *i§S
to bend, to make a bow;
to bow at a person's feet (flag.
to incline one's ears to hear ;
salutation.

) hdun or
divers, various.

+ (^Tle-' hdun-khan l. = qcw^ or
pe.- store-house, treasury, repository. 2.=
^'« gdod-sa residence, abode (Mnon.).
3. «*ini<STT, T'giT parlour, council-
room.

l hdun-pa $^:,

1. longing, craving, wish, supplication ;
q^-£i'3*i-g-q-Ew*wqK.'5^-q!( what is called
Hdun-pa is whatever arises in the mind
(K. d. * 355). 2. a courtier ; a sycophant,
flatterer, one who waits upon royalty
to contribute to his pleasures and amuse-
ments: |IJ<'9'ar<^«Vc''Vr^ to the prince
the courtiers said (Hbrom. H5). 3. vb. to
long for, crave, to hanker after : ^"Wfr
"^'i* they not having any desire to hear ;
^'*^ one who is devout or is eainest
in virtue or religion ; also •$ 'q'l'^'i to
yearn for or strive after virtue. 4. one
of the six early disciples of Buddha called
Sadvarga (M.V.).

Syn. ^'q hdod-pa;
mos-pa (JKnon.).

dgon$-pa;

^'" hdun-ma 1. council, conference,
committee: <*^ w&'Mjjii q the committee
did not agree; WV*1^lF1*'*"wP*r*
g« •^q^-Sra-q|q| others said ; if each Srin-
po speaks independently the conference
cannot settle (anything) (Bbrom. 136) ;
q|« they called a council together;
a congregation or association of
religious persons, the Buddhist priesthood.
2. advice, counsel : ^'^ ^'i a bad advice ;
^•*r<^q*n to give advice ; ^'W'SS'i to
take a resolution (Ja.). 3. companion,
associate: WS^PrWr5'*wif perma-
nent companion, i.e., wife, and the con-
sideration of the future.

686

hdun-sa meeting place, assem-
bly; association, society. i^'w^vi
posted, appointed to a position (A. K.
2-73).

hdum-pa 1. sbst. concord,
peace, treaty, concordat. 2. vb. to bring
to reconciliation, to reconcile one's self to,
to be reconciled with ; w«r<^*«-ai if con-
tending parties are reconciled with one
another ; $T5'*^V* they are constantly at
variance; «V§«V«, •W'^V to make
treaty, to come to terms, to come to
agreement.

q^"'H hdum-khra agreement, contract.
e-wa=1WG$* (Tig.).

hdum-bu seems to indicate the
three ^'*fi se-rgod, JS'" fkyed-pa, fwg
hom-bu which also are called *R'*y g.yu-
hdum, flitK'^i pser-hdum, wfe.1^* mc/ton-
hdum (Min-rda. 2).

hdur thick and clammy (Sch.).

s'^ hdur-wa to trot, to run in a
trot; ^'5" hdur-gros a trot;
hdur-gyis son went trotting.
^o|-n^-|»rI-53-fi|«r«j-?te-«w trotting along
with a whip in his grasp went to the
side of Atis'a (A. 106). v^*y< hdur-
hgro-stans (flag. 39): v-p
f^'^! came running
in a trot before me (Rdsa. 31).

"V^'5'yi'i hdur-phye drag-pa very fine
flour; ^^'S'^'i hdur-phye shel-pa course
flour (Rtsii.).

^'^ Arf«r-ion=^'^ dur-bon the
class of Bon who chiefly practise necro-
mancy (Tig.).

Q^Tq I : hdul-wa vb., pf. 'i^ btul or
§<* thul, fut. 1^«« gdul, imp. 31" thul\

hdul-byed, ^ai'wg Mttl-war-bya, should or
ought to be converted, ^m'Wg^'X hdnl-
tcar gyur-ro have become converted. 1.
to subdue, conquer, vanquish ; sometimes
even to kill, to annihilate. 2. to till,
to cultivate, waste land. 3. to tame,
bring under right discipline; and so,
Buddhistically, to convert. This last is
the most important and frequent sense
of the word. ^^wW^trt hdul-mthi riy-pn
those fit for and predestined to conver-
sion; R?5'q't;-^'^a''3's*^ h/jro-wa fiahi hdul-
bya yin the beings are to be converted
by me ; "VI j|lVlhV'S*''-Jfa'S'1! bda<j kliycd-
kyi hdnl-lyar fog-cig may we become
your converts ! Ql^KFFNraiNr^rW
a«;-^WQ|-«wq¥ the time having arrived that
all the regions of Urgyan ehould be
converted.

II : f^JRi discipline, taming,
conversion, etc. But the word is espe-
cially applied as the title of the first
section of the Kah-gyur which is equiva-
lent to the Vinaya.
In Budh.

Zan.) " Edul-ica is called Vinaya and
Vipatti signifies complete falling (into sin) ;
and that which demonstrates that fall by
making sure of it is called Vinaya. It is
stated by Vini$cayaiha.i is by Rnam-par nes-
pa that Vinaya is observed. That state of
moral discipline, i.e., Vinaya, because of its
certain action, fully distinguishes between
sin, origin of sin, anger, or passion, and is
so called on account of its certainty."
Vinaya is subduing of the external foe as
well as of the inner sufferings. Buddha

687

is reputed to have delivered the Vinaya-
pitaka scriptures consisting of 21,000
sermons ; but at any rate only thirteen
volumes have been translated into Tibetan.
In the Tibetan Dulwa or Vinaya there are
three hundred and forty four chapters and
104,800 sloka. At the beginning of each
chapter is the following heading which dis-
tinguishes it from all other pitaka: —
siw^-*4J|^q-argq|A*<jr5 thams-cad mkhyen-
pa-la phyay-htshil-lo Salutation to the om-
niscient! The section of the Dulwa
treating of qF*ft M-gshi is called ^«i'^'
*r% hdul-lun ma-mo (Rda-rnin.).

*V'q'ITq Mul-wa gmra-wa f«M*j«(if< (A.
K. 1-12) [one who propounds the doc-
trine of Vinaya-pitaka~\S.

rq-cj hdul-wa-po a tamer, discipliner.
rq-^e.-«prq hdul-wa dan hgal-wa fipRiT-
[transgressing the laws of moral
conduct] S.

"V'3^ hdul-bycd ^»r-^4[ [virtue of self-
restraint] 8.

<^arS^'3*' hdul-byed skyes $*itq an
epithet of the Garuda bird.

^urnS'^ hdul-wahi sde f^ra ^r the
Dulwa or disciplinary part of the
Kahgyur. *yr*j5'*ft hdul-ivahi-gshi fi^ni
the main principles of the Dulwa.
hdul-wa hdsin-pa f^^*)t« a
Buddhist monk who observes the rules of
Vinaya.

a<yfs&^f& ^-q Hdul-hdsin mtsho ma-pa n.
of a celebrated lama of the Bkah-g.da.m-pa
sect of Mtsho-sna in Tibet (Loii. *• 9).

^"'I^'SI hdul-yqen drug the six Bon
ascetics or saints corresponding to the 3s*'
i %1 thub-pa drug of the Nyingma school
who preside over the six states of animated
being.

Hdus-chun rdson n. of the
chief town in the district of
JIdus-chun (Rtsii.).

of

hdus-pa 1. a pf . as well as
hdu-wa; ^r*=*^rt assembled.

assembled from, different Buddhist man-
sions. 2. sbst. *wr, €f=, wrrsf : ^w^v
^'^I'S^'S6'' although he may have entered
the assembly or council; also = he may
sit or have a seat in the council. 3.
Hfaqid typhoid fever accompanied by
many complications.

hdus wsr [aggregate]/!?.

-' Hdus-c/iun n. of a district of
Gtsan in Tibet.

^ hdus-pa rin-po chehi
rgyud n. of a collection of Tantrik works
of two classes (D.R.). Again spoken of
as double in form and of a secret
quality :—a^rtrjjwq-flft«, n|w.-q-<^*rti (g^_

WTTsra'W) ^"I^'ij^^'^S. These two systems
are mentioned frequently:

let the two classes of Tantrik collections
be searched out ; let some one be sent to
India to fetch the classes of Tantrik works
(A. 6-4).

^'Q hbyun-wa q«»
[to become] $.

Q,^^'^C|^' Jldm-dwan n. of a district
in Gtsan (Etsii.). vyx'^'^v ffdus-dwafi
rdson n. of the chief town in the district
of ^«'t\£ic-' Sdus-du-an.

*VS" hdus-byas ^ia, s^la compiled,
brought together; revised. ^'S"'S'*«i
hdus-byas-kyi chos things or matters which
are compounded are the following : — ^«\
things corporate ;

688

objects having shape and dimen-
sions ; fl|jq*r*>ViS-F»«i ^^q-^TTf formless or

etherial objects.

*iv§ are included in the compounded
things; while ideas such as <^*''*|i*' hdug-
ma bya$ are ^4^ra, ^f*P?ta [not com-
pounded, incorporate, uncaused] S. ^V'*"
S"'5'CW*' hdu$-bya$-kyi khams things that
are absolute and simple, which being never
born or compounded, are not subject to
dissolution or annihilation ; such are

jj*w« (K. d. 91) states of the cessation of
desires, metaphysical voidity, and deliver-
ance from suffering?.

^3 hde-gu, \. 8(3 tde-gu.

*^'S hdc-ica, v. t>'Q Ide-wa.

I hdeg-pa or «^«!W hdegs-pa pf.
or £iql*) W«<7S fiit. 1^1 gcfejr. imp. S«|
; <ssni, <3?l%Tpir, tftsr, 1. to lift, raise,
hold up, hoist; «R'^«nr<i to raise up,
E.-«j-S|N''^i] fia sa-yi$ hdeg who will raise
me ; ^X'q'fli^ij'^E.' will lift up the drunken
man; ^•^•«wq^ii»J-£)-5)^ the big stone has
been hoisted; sji]*rci$8fw<^<i|»rti to raise to
a high rank, to raise to distinction. 2. to
weigh : J •wn'^flpri on a steel-yard ;
^ii to put on the balance;
weighed accurately ; <^<>|»rpwi hdegs-khal a
bushel by weight ((?«.). ^"l"-^ hdegs-
dpon one who weighs or measures things
in the stores (of a merchant or land-
holder or monastery) ; ^"'*S hdegg-tshotf
weight, weighment and measurement.

^flprwftl hdegs-mts/ion=a-3!*fa hbul-rten
or q]l«i|«-|^ gsigs-rten token or present sent
with a letter, gen. a presentation scarf :
^pri^l^qtvIrtRtffcipl presented on
an auspicious date with a silk scarf as a
souvenir (Yig. k. 27).

a yoke; a bar or
thick stick placed on a person's shoulders
for carrying goods or water-buckets.

^«H»i'fl|^ hdeg$-g<;or weighment and
measurement : «^'gs'C^'^'§'R^'lI1N''Il-sf^a''S^'
gs.'^ *)'itf>i|« unless there has been fault
in the weighment or measurement (of
articles) in receiving or taking away, i.e.,
in bartering (D. fel. 8).

'CJ hdeti-wa pf. *^«i hdefa imp.
^f to go, depart ; to vanish : q«^i| wj af^v
gK.-jrm-jjw^-^e; let us both go to our
parent's house (Qbrom. P 19); r^5^
tr^^-yw^^^^Hfr^BV^1^' | they
went to wash their robes at a delightful
solitary place where there was a tank
(Sbrom. £9); ^'^gs i" hde.fi-brda sprad-
kyif give the signal of march ; ^t^"P*^
«K,'3V3«3M*»'Sal'£iS'* at the time of his
arrival do give the signal of marching
instead of me (A. 48).

or

«5'*^ also ^fwrtW^ measure of sufficiency,
i.e., being just what is wanted : fl|»^'«<v
^e.^v^e.-qflm'S-J'W^ the account re-
garding the payment of allowances or
food according to the requirement (Rtsii.).

hded-pa or ^1 ded-pa, the
prefix ^ being sometimes dropped, pf.
and imp. ^S ded. 1. vb. n. to follow,
to come out in succession, to succeed:
^«q-qi^^»r<^-ci to follow one after
another, i.e., in succession ; ^'B^WQ^f ^ "F
am'n^-y from where the immaculate monk
followed out (A. 20) ; Xw9^V«r^-q to
succeed or follow a particular school or
sect of religion. 2. '(ji^l^ to drive,
pursue : ^V^VT11 causes to move on ;
the wind drives the boat,
a horse pursuing a mare, i.e., to

689

be in the rut ; wn^-q to chase out,
drive out; «w<^-«i to drive upwards;
*t^^-q to chase down; *^'*> hded-mi a
driver, the pursuer of a fugitive. 9%<^«V«i
to urge a debtor for payment. Other
phrases are w^ ma-ded, 9'^ fa-ded, 3fa«'^
grogs-ded, «$|'^ dgra-ded.

*^'S*" hded-sbans clever in making
collection of rents or debts : ^Ti^'i^T***'
4MW^fMwr$-<A the measures of excess
and the budget of skilful collection (D.
fel. 8).

"Xftfr hcled-byed=f^'^ dnal-chu quick-
silver, mercury (Mnon.).

^'§^'5 hded-byed sdon-po v. a^g*^
n. of a poisonous vegetable dmg (Mnon.).

hdebs a puncheon (tool).

hdeb$-pa pf. W btab, fut.
*V* hdebs, imp. ft thob supine ^wg
hdebs-su to cast, to throw ; to strike, hit ;
to offer (Rdo. 46). In the colloq.
jq'ti rgyab-pa 'usually takes the place of
this verb; and also, occasionally, J^l'i
rgyag-pa. rtjA^WW to throw seed, *fi<*'*r
=^q*rci to make a request, to offer or make
prayers ; g^'^wi to slander, cast or make
reflection; jv^w«i to pitch aftent; H^
<^q«-q to encamp ; Sf 9|«^«W'«i to be beaten
by the wind ; «fa -^?;q«-q to be harassed,
possessed, by a demon ; ^$«'^wi to be
attacked with an illness ; gflm'S^wq to
pronounce a charm against a person or
thing ; 2T|"lv^lwi to comment upon, to
explain ; Sj*'q^twr£| to give or thrust advise ;
ai^n^wq to reply, to answer ; ffr-uw^qwci
to express one's wish with force, to offer
up a prayer; *|wr^w|^'«i commonly to
remember well; fliwrn^ws'-^-q to have
distinct recollection of a thing ; t'N'q^:"''C|
to compute, reckon, to cast up accounts :

I do not take that into
account ; '$*wi]K<^c!*n knocking nails in
the body ; J'^wti to fix or attach a seal ;
$w^wqto sprinkle water; *><^lf
to put salted meat into the gruel ;
qfy^J^ (pitching) in the same dell
where they had encamped before (Dzl.) ;

-^q«rq to found a monastery; ^v

'1 to fix a time (Jd.).

hdem-pa to prove, to examine

(Sch.).

hder prob. for ^ Uer.

hdo for *X mdo; i^S having
substance, not hollow ; prudent, clever.

^SF bdo-chun & good breed of pony,
prob. those imported from Amdo ; ^'^t'
y§3j-*q-q|ic.-q-^ the breed of Hdo-chun goes
smoothly as fish swimming in water (Jig).

"^'^ hdo-chen another Amdoan breed :
^•^•^•3^'|T«-'^ the Sdo-chen horse
gallops up-hill like a hare.

*V» hdo-wa v\). =|'£' zlt-wa to say,
to repeat; W^TCK unspeakable.

! hdo-le a sedan chair, the Indian
dooli. Is mentioned in Pth.

Ttl hdor/s-pa 1. to bind, fasten,
attach, to tie round, to tie to (opp. to
^i'" hgrol-wa), pf. "W Wags, fut. iR"!"
g.dags, imp. ?"!** thoys. ^*£%<QF<H to buckle
on the armour ; |*'^'*$fl*|1*!ll'' '•INM a
pillar to which an elephant is tied;
'q to attach an oinament ; J^'IK.'
-q adorned with fine oinaments ;
]-y to charge a person with
fault; I'^wi v. S; §«ii«-«|-^flm-£i to in-
terest one's self in or for, to take care of :
g'^jqprcrft'H'^W q^-S)^-»)-^m why he
does not interest himself in your behalf

88

690

I know not ; s«prm-q$<i]«r« you have taken
great care of me, a phrase frq. used
where we should say : I am much obliged
to you (Jo.) ; ^'"i^VF" to bind under
oath; ^VF" v. «*«;
to give a name to a child ;
1S1" how is the dog to be called ? In
Gram. «^«!«'q=to subjoin, affix : vq^m y
subjoined to another ; ^q5"|« r subjoined to
a letter ; Tq^N the letter / subjoined to
another letter ; aV^"FW the three sub-
scribed letters «i, *, and 1. ^""F^ hdoys-
can 1. having a letter subscribed. 2. an
open syllable with a vowel-sign, as ^
^, *\ etc.; *l>Xfl'* ha-hdoys consonants
with the letter 1 subscribed, i.e., syllables
with the vowel elongated by the addition
of the letter *.

hdon-wa pf. and imp. ^' or
"^ to go, to proceed ; «-3S^-i^e.iq to sepa-
rate, to disperse : *K*i q^g"! ^'q*, -Jft may
you without fatigue proceed happily!
going direct to the king ;

c.-q to take a walk outside ;

^R.'^'^c he passed through
oae hundred iron portals of the fort
(D.E.).

I: hdod-pa vb. to desire with
the mind, to wish, to be willing ; wq«-
3'*K^ does not wish for dainties, delicious
food ; $'*'^Y€'a''§S he betrays repugnance
to eating it, also: he feigns not to like
this food ; l^-w^-w^ he grows willing
to give ; ^'R^'w^'q he becomes disin-
clined ; to feel no longer inclined ; WW^
to wish to listen ; ^fE-h^fld whatever you
may wish ; J'»r3''0^iq to wish to be a king ;
i1^ if you wish ; ^'wg-q will be agree-
able, pleasing, obliging, nattering (Cs.).
I wish I were at home ; »>><;

I am longing for fire and for sunshine ;
v.'tf^'fa'i self-love; ^•«ue.-^ self-com-
placency, vanity (I am alone good) ; ^fe.T
R^-q-a|-gq»j they came in order to ask
for the Chinese princess, i.e., to make pro-
posal for her marriage ; WN'JN1*!*1'*^ to
aspire after Buddha-hood ; ^'''^V one that
wants to grow ill, that does not take care
of himself; ^'"^1^'" to make willing,
disposed, persuaded to it; ft'^'i to be
not willing, not liking; **F'flPVl**'
<0>V<w as she was detested by all on
account of her slovenliness. S'^^'q and
wO^Vi as adj.=not wished for, disagree-
able; S-^-ti5-ai« unpleasant work, hard
drudgery; fcufl^flty adverse winds.
n'Zftipai hdod-rmams y,4iiM<i utensils for
religious eervioe in a temple.

II: 5RR, T*r 1. lust, sensual
desire: ^V'SW'S'^ after all desires have
Ceased; ^-ff^^-ai »»i*i q to indulge in
one's desires or passions ; *1ft*fV<i hdod-pa
spyod-pa to practise cohabiting ; 'fff^^f
oSfwn to agree upon the time for coha-
biting (Jd.). Is sometimes used as our
•word " love," but mostly with the sensual
idea. 2. any wish or desire : <0^'cr&'q an
ardent wish; <0$,Y5rw«K^ if three
wishes are granted ; <051\cr?q'q to get one's
wish fulfilled; ^-q-^-gacq to be sepa-
rated from the object of one's desire,
to be free from desires. 3. supposition
(Ta.^5-21}. 4. Kama, the god of lust;
5. num.: 13 (Jd.). 6. an object of sensual
pleasure, a mistress. "O^yq-g the five
gratifications: (1) that of sight, desire
for beauty, etc. ; (2) that of hearing, i.e.,
desire for music ; (3) that of smelling,
i.e., desire for sweet scents ; (4) that
of touch ; (5) that of taste, i.e., desire for
sweet and delicious food.

691

the thirteen celestial courtezans: — (1)
JT«|-3|-*v»j-«i ; (2) tor****!* fatfw; (3)
*fr*Xif* fru,. (4) CIVVT* g^sfiT; (5)
apq-WN; (6) W^%$'w ; (7) Wj-g^-*;
(8) |-i5»r*i; (9) nt^-gar* ; (10) «-9t|«-*);
(11) w«wg-fi; (12) $%-q$-«av*; (13) qv

Syn. B'«J k/ut-tca ; N'5^ sa
khu-byny (Mnon.).

. I: Mod-Mams
the world of sensual pleasures,
the world of Brahma. It is situated
below Paranirmana-vasa-vartin and im-
mediately ahove the purgatory of the
Buddhist cosmogony.

(So-rig.). ^T^i'^^ the eight
classes of gods of Kamaloka are: —
(1) «'$ ^hi; (2) WfJCar^'
(3) gar^-t^g •^•gKiaNirfas; (4)

; (7)

: ; (5) wg«i *Jmr-. ; (6)
sphrul-dgah

(«) W^VK^trTfrok-wrfw. Kama-
loka is described in the Buddhist works
of Tibet as consisting of 44, 36, and 20
regions. In the first the constituents are
22 ^'i? unhappy states and 22 «?^*|j
happy states, the former consisting of eight
hot hells, eight cold hells, two
and V"^), two (^•^«'i=.-fliai'S and
and two (^•^'3P''^« and r^) ; the 22
hayjpy states comprise the human beings of
the twelve continents and the ten states of
Asura headed by the demon Eahu. The
36 ^ypw are :— the 16 hot and cold hells,
with the spheres of Preta and Asura,
making 18 unhappy states and 18 *^'a3j
happier states which include residence in
the twelve fabulous continents and six
islands. The 20 o.'tfif*™ are :— eight hells
of the animal kingdom, the two ghost

worlds, the four continents and the six
spheres of gods (ion. 1 16 and 17).

*%*W Mod-mkhan one who sues as
a- lover, a suitor, one wanting (a particular
thing) : *S •g*<i^-«wwz^«| there are
many suitors for my daughter.

^•^3 Mod-dgu lit. aU wishes, i.e., the
desires in general, the word dgu here
signifying many: ^•^•^•|«;'q to trans-
form one's body at pleasure. ^!V^^'C'
JTWTHR [freedom of transformation posses-
sed by gods ; occurs in the Sankhya works
of the Brahmans]^.

*??f hdod-rgyal conceit, self-assurance:
|"«rfT*Si**^1J-fr«l one thinking much
of himself without cause (Situ. 119).

^'| Mod-rgyu ^^rff^Tfo*^
objects of desire ; wealth, prosperity, etc.

^5'^SI'W hdod hyro-ma=%^t(£^*i a pros-
titute, harlot. (Mnon.).

aXftsmp hdod-chags ^TJT, gfnr passion,
carnal desire, lust : tf^«wpr^^-q$^-t
^q|^w^^-qK With the growth of
carnal desire, anger, and blind passion,
arises sin or vice (Lo.). In Budh.
*Xft*x\m is of four kinds : (1)
bodily or physical wants ; (2)

the desires of the intellect ; (3) ^ipS-
sensual desires ; (4) ^•q^-^ai-q-scS}^-
moral desires other than
those for perfect emancipation (K. d.
*U).

Syn. «Bj'^ mnon-shen ; ^'"^ mnon-
hdod; «Wj«'wii^ brkam-chags; fy'Q sheri-pa;
§*<** sred-pa • «|*n e/iays-pa ; f*i'^ rned-
Mod; '&&% Mod-spro; ^^'§'^^5 yid-kyi
fin-rta *Htx?f ; ^'«J re-wa ; #r<^ thob-hdod.
(Mnon.).

^t\'ffiqI*»'S'l"*' hdod-chays-kyi rtse-ma in
mystic phraseology is defined as=

692

the' red crest of the cock (MAy.
111).

. a.tftaZ hdod-hjo = a^a^ ifimvg a wish-
ing cow, a cow that yields milk at all times.

or

words of love, amorous conversation
(Mnon.).

eXfiVff^-q hdod-thag ne-wa an expectant
impatient person ; one expecting that his
wishes would be soon fulfilled. ^'""l*^
hdod-thag ma-ne not impatient, -not sangu-
ine, not thinking that his object would be
soon fulfilled : <OCl«V«r*' ^^ * "I*1 3»< ^"l"
slowly and patiently he ascended the hill
(A. 131).

hdod-ldan

1. lustful, nassionate. 2. v>« n. of a
flower ; <Vv?»i '^ ^ n- of a flower (K. my.

one

smitten with love, love-stricken.

season.

the spring

hdod-don 1. desire, object of

desire : •W&rff»»W<1«*JF (W**^)
if the objects of desire be divers, not one
is fulfilled. 2. v. i<i«v*qF'^'?JS.

^^q)-^ hdod-nog-can =»
ambitious, with many desires,
*^ the boy wishful of many things, who
knows not his mind (A. 139).

Kamadeva=

very

*i hdod-pahi myos-bum the.
intoxicating bowls of lust=f '«, «if*5-«^
the swelling breast of a youthful woman
(Mnon.).

"O^VTlfV Kdod-pa-na spyod-pa ^\r*jiw-
MK [walking or doing according to

one's desire ; a class of gods living in the
world of desireJS.

<0(,'Vy^ hdod-pa Idan 1. wishing ; a
lustful person. 2. = SV« (Mnon.).

^S'fl*1 hdod-phyoy$ the objects of
one's desires : ^S'fql"'Jf'*ql* various
articles t)f desire (Ya-sel. bO).

^'3 hdod-lya «nr copulation, the act
of cohabiting.

E-' hdod-dwan=\nai. a dog.

hdod-lyed l.=%«i'4 quicksilver.
2. «<rt1« as met. water, frolicsome.

^'9" hdod-bral 1. met. a snake. 2.
fi3,m passionless, free from desire.

*VV*> hdoif-nie l.'met. a he-goat. 2. the
fire of lust.

a pros-

titute, a voluptuous woman, a libidinous
woman.

^S'!"^ hdod-rtsen *tf%rsr as met. the
cuckoo.

f hdod-psugs abbr. of tfftfw
(Ya-sel. 55).

dod-shcn = c>Wcl <a)qJM passion,
selfishness.

n^'i5i| hdod-log desire for sexual enjoy-
ment, lewdness, wrong desire : ^\J5ql'
|X hdod-log $pyotf=*ny copulaton, gen.
illicit connection, adultery. Syn. 3F"5 SN
(jron-pahi c/io$, ^'"IS hdod-pa spyod,
H-a*c.«j-|^ mi-tshon spyod, ^^'^ chays-spyod,
<%v\-iq3is4 log- fly em (Mnon.).

^S'ot hdod-le defined as ^^'"^^ « ^ 3-

<*^S'ql^*' ''S^*' -£| hdod-fffis bskyang-pa one
who acts according to his will, a libertine ;
to act according to one's own wish.

•^YSf *\ hdod-sred passion, eager desire.
^«\'fK«i hdod-sred-can avaricious, greedy. •

^'q'?'5'S|'?'9 hdod-pa-ni rul Ita-lu
W«: rotten or putrid desire.

693

lO^-crSj'vc-q hdod-pq-ni dn-na-wa
r: desire of a bad smell.

-g-<wq Mod-pa rnams-ni
kun-tu hbar-wa ^T^H ^finr- the (Ms, her)
burning desires injure everywhere or
everything.

(O^yjswaj'fll^'ci Mod-pa rnams-ni g.sod-
pa srg-^iTOT: desires which kill, killing
desires.

4ffpnpteK4$tn hdod-pa, rnam-par g.yo-
wa fickle desires.

i^«V«rjfvi hdod-pa spyod-pa v. «^«vJX
hdod-pa shi.

*Xfttrv*Xft*a\* hdod-pa la hdod-chags

carnal desire, lust.
-cr«R$*w£i hdod-pa-la hchums-pa ssm-
one who restrains his desire or
increasing desire.

tf^-q-X-q hdod-pa che-wa one who has
many desires, discontented: 'XfiV'to&k'r
q^-q-*\ ^^•T^W^r^VB the man
who has many desires is unhappy ; if you
wish for happiness limit your desires and
be contented (Pha-chos 80).

"^"Y^f q hdod-pa hjo-wa %m^f [that
which yields all that is desired]^.

<0^-q^ hdod-pa nid TOT desire itself
desirousness.

"O^VTV hdod-pa spyod-pa — ^^ sexual
union (Mnon.).

^•qS'p-Jfrsi hdod-pahi kha-k-pa n. of a
celestial courtezan (Mnon.).

3tfit$;t£-3p; hdod-pahi khri-qin an
epithet of the wife of Kamadeva.

^'«5'5-oi Mod-pahi ta-la the cuckoo as
^SSS'^'? the messenger of the spring
(Mnon.).

eXfttfc\ hdod-pahi dri=\^'» scent,
perfumery (Mnon.).

J^ hdod-pahi pho-na ^n^jf 1.
ffi music, sweet sounds. 2. semen virile.
3. the cuckoo.

' "Xft&'f^ hdod-pahi rtsod-ldan <&s*

Nj

desire for dispute, debate, contention
[eager] S.

<j^"<&X^qqw hdod-pahi tsher-gnas mqr$:
[lustful. life]S.

*£V^W*$ hdod-pahi gzug^-can ^m-
, personification of sensual love.

q^-^-^w hdod-pahi yon-tan Ina rj^-.
[five sensual pleasures, viz., the
pleasures arising from the five' objects of

-5^ hdod-pahi yon-tan wished-
for goods, earthly goods and pleasures,
whatever is gratifying to the senses.

n^'qiv^« hdod-pahi rim ^HOOK lust-
fever.

oXft&y hdod-pahi lha 1.
tutelary deity. 2. ^'31 hdod-lha
the god of love or illicit desire. However,
mention is frq. of six classes of Dod-lha
or gods of desire, e.g., ^T^T

-^ one day the gods of the six
classes of gods of desire being distinctly
visible to a great distance, the rain of
nectar began to descend from those above
on those below (Mil. Gur. 191).

^•VfWW^'t11! Kamadeva or Tc?to
the god of sensual love whose other names
are: %w|«* yid-la$ skyes; w«ww|w
qt^l W|t; gshan-las ma-skyes bdad-las byun •
W&'^'t dran-pahi gin-rta ; $w^ $nin-lii
nal; *M6't"^ hyro-rtsen; $'§^'j«i-»i*^'«^ chu-
srin rgyal-mtshan-can ; njft\'n3-g'»i hkhor-
u-ahi bla-ma ; ?q«'gi^'q|»« §tobs-ldan b$nem$ •
^•ai-^aj yid-la nal; ^Vrq?-^ sdom-pahi
dgra; *>'?1'"I9'^ me-tog g.shu-can;

69.4

mdah Ina-pa ; V^'^M* dgah-mohi bdag-
po ; ^'*w§S' shi-mthar byed ; ^N'*^ lug-med ;
fl|s^-«.|at^qE.-gi^q| gsfiaii-hphrul dwan-byed
bdag ; & ?l'«V^ me-toy mdah-can ; 'VP'S1''
«tfj dkah-thub dgra; ^«'§S myos-byed; ^'$*'
sbran-rtsihi kha-lo-pa; ^S'3 w '*«•«'
yid-srubf tshans-bcom; 9'°&'?1 ««-yt
% ; fc"VI^'w rlse-dgahi bla-ma ; ^'Wiv
*/(#-/«$ fy/<n ; VT^^qc.-^ dijah-rab dtcan-
phyug; *V»S'*iV< ni-ntahi mdah; »$*$:%*:$
hgro-wahi fiA-rta ; 1^ '^1'^ 6^«rf $diy-can ;
hdod-pahi Ilia ;

^^•^•§t,-«5'i)c.' hdod-lhahi chttfi-mahi
min the several names of the wife of Kama :
* bditd-kyi dgah-ma ; S9!'^'*1
hyro-ma; ^^F^if^F hdod-chags
i-fiH (Mnon.).

*V^'g'$*« hdod-lhahi-bu rna»i$ the
sons of Kama, who are : — «i«p'a§<i lay-pa
brgya-pa, jf*"!*?9! sna-tshogs tog, ^E-«'
i^'^sgsi tslutns-pahi blo-gro?, frvif^Vt ma-
^'SS^*1'?^ ded-dpon dbyan$-
-'5 bio bzan-po, ftii'qwgf 5" «"//-
6san blo-gros, *>-fl|^'q wt gyo-u-a, Hf'^'%'"}^
blo-yros rise-prig, afc^^wjfi bsod-nams
rgyan, *«'<^S chos-hdod, ^^l^PW *en-
</cA« §#»•<? sgroy$-pa, ST?6«''t^'c' blo-yro§ nan-
pa, *Mr§fc tshans-spon, $"]'<$ g.loy-lha
(Mnon.}.

hdon-pa, pf. «i^, fut. aoc. to
Cs. "|^, imp. 3fo if/sow 1. to cause to go
out or to come forth, to expel, throw out,
»ject, to take out (from a box) ; to dismiss ;
to drive forth : jflNffJ^jf^ to shed tears ;
^'V^'i to utter, to ejaculate, to pronounce
two consonants as two distinct sounds;
-q to pronounce a magic formula ;
«-qm£)c practising reading
and pronouncing (reciting) ; X«r<tf^-q to

read in monotone a book;
(Ta. 95-11) resp. = pfr§vq to read by
heart ; 5"!** 'T'O^'q to read silently. ifVi'3'
sfqj'^'q to pull out another's life, to kill
him. 2. fig. to elevate, to raise : ^'^I'S'"'.^^
or jTwO^'q to raise to the throne ; Xw
*m $'<^-q to arrive at the end and scope
of religious knowledge (Mil.) 3. in W. to
take, to taste, to eat or drink; ^fa'^'^**
would you like a taste of that? ^'P1-'
dining-room; ^M'"^ for 5'"^; ^i'**! for
wwj brandy (Jd.). f>'°^ Kha-hdon in
F*fr*T*WiIfa'i'fV* rites &o. to be per-
formed by reciting by heart (Rtsii.).

q^ai'*'>*|ql hdon-dniaij troops that are
drawn up, i.e., have been arranged for
luitllo. <tffo-^*W|I1«<Vq$'i|«4 hdon-dinay gsar-
fesyrigs re-arrangement of troops for
battle. •

R*tf'-*i 'f^'8*" hdon-fa ston-hjal the realiz-
ation of meat-tax in the autumn (Rtxii.).

Mom or ^*-q hdom-pa a lineal
measure, four cubits or six feet in
length, a fathom: 3*.'(*Vr^ a piece of
wood two fathoms long; ^«'<i|c.- one
fathom ; *V<-<iFg-q^*iVi-«!F*«i a fathom
square, about the length of an arrow
(Ebrom. 41). q^wgwaEacq hdom-gyis
hjal-wa 1. to measure by fathoms (Cs.).
2. sbst. a strong jail or dungeon.

hdom

(Khrid.).

'CI bdom-pa or generally
hdoms-pa, pf . 1S»w gdams or *?w dams, fut.
l^* ydam, imp. ^»w Moms 1. to induce,
to admonish, to exhort: qi^-q^Tar
q^^-q iay iwd-pa rnams-la hdoms-pa to
exhort wicked persons;

695

brtson-par Moms-pa to exhort to be diligent
(Ta.). 2. to assemble, to come together.
^Rg^WJJR'YwJp the gods having come
together and appeased themselves (Mil.).
3.= fVtri'-'IV£i to demonstrate, explain;
qj^*wc.q|-<0^wci ^<f^rn, HUTO to explain
precepts or advice ; demonstration, expla-
nation (Situ.- 51). 4. to select, to choose :
jg^V.-qc^'^-qjIq-tf^ni choose one, which-
ever you wish.

Moms private parts: ^w§^-q=
| *< f%^= the penis, the male organ ;
colloq. to take to one's
heels ; ^V*1 ij"!*1 hdoms-lpays foreskin, pre-
puce ; ^VWMI hdoms-ras snf^JjT a small
apron to cover the privy parts (Cs.)
nfptq-sftq hdoms-dkris' the dhuti worn by
the Hindus and particularly by the natives
of Bengal (Mnon.). [trai^ft, rf^\, a
chequered cloth for playing at draughts
on, etc.]/?.

'CJ hdol-pa a kind of plant used
for fire- wood in Tibet (Rtsii.).

iJSprv hdol-sa fertile ground or soil (Sc/i.).

hdor met. the sun. JSdor kha-wa
n. of a medicinal drug (Mnon.) [the
plant Cassia alata or Tora]S.

hdor-wa, pf. and imp. ^ dor
to cast forth, to throw out, to
eject; to reject, to fling away; to sweep
off or away ; to give up. SF'^V or ^v^
rejecting and taking, deciding for or
against ; EY^'^if^"^'1-*'1^'^
would you abandon or not the practice of
secret charms, he said. 5!f*»'y'e^'q = «lf*i'£i'
to fling forth one's steps, to stride on ;
hdor-bya ?a^, <*TOJ any thing
forsaken or to be abandoned.

*^V§S hdor-byed crfsBsr 1. one who for-,
sakes or abandons. 2. met. blood. 3. *RH;
i'S^'S'^' the spyi-shur plant of Tibet
(Mnon.) [the tree Terminalia toin/entosa,
or Marsilea c[uadrifolia\S.

hdra or ^ hdra-wa i&, f^w,
; 1. a comparative term, which may
be used after the manner of a verb, an
adj., or a postp. meaning: to be like;
equal, similar; like, as, just as. When
used in the postpositional manner = like,
as, etc., it is then syn. with %*• Itar or g'9
Ita-bu, and in the colloq. has completely
supplanted the latter. As a verb it has a
pf. tense ^1 which in colloq. is the com-
moner postp., e.g., ^'%N hdi hdras like
[ this, so, such. It gen. takes *\K.' as ^K^T
s)^c.'^i^'s)'^e.' you cannot tell a real man
that he is like a man ; ifc'ar^^V*1'1^'
as to the monkey it is right to say that
it is like man. But often ^ is omitted :

like a donkey ; ^V*1'^'^ these equal things,
these images, = g'^ sku-hdra; H^'"f^N'
^^'q^'^Tj you two resemble each other
very much; ^»'$*:»!)«r«r*§f«1 equal in
length; 9(\'*tV'VV£'?'a(i;'ai amongst those
who are woman-like ; ^^N^Japiwfur^1
^Si'1! his brightness is equal to (that of)
Brahma ; ^"W"§'1^'|'«l**'W5.'^!^'q<V^wr*l
esteeming other's advantage as high as our
own; ^W^r^^*^^ he behaved
to all as to an only son; "I^'U|^'^^'^'f'
u|^c.-fl-j)«; others'shall allow it just as little
as he himself; vPAjfnp:'*$if&$JK in
order to become equal to Buddha ; ^w^Y
^ a place such as should be enquired
about ; |'(*Vq''^' V whether there is any-
thing like hair (left) ? ^'^Vf ^ he |ound
the remnants of a carcass or something
like it ; *^K.-<^-«I as much as dead ; <^'^*r
hdi hdras hur ma rgyab cty

696

don't mate such a noise; IM
{JR-H^-S^-T^ gak-nas Mta? kyafi hdre yin-
pa hdra from whatever way you look
at him he is like what a demon is;
^c.-q-^E.-n^ if it appears feasible ; t^f"'
it seems I shall be obliged to give it ;
BS'$*<':j'*'*''^'q^'Sc-'§ as your strength
this time at last seems to be rather great ;
dissimilar, unequal, different:
E-«''5 khyehu chun-
nn kha-dog mi-hdra-wa Ifta hkhrufls-te there
issued forth five little boys each of a
different colour ; gv«^'*Kvq5'q^ tfar daA
mi-Mra-wahi fide happiness not equal to
that which was before; ItWC*"^*
not like or not befitting a priest. <^Vq
hdi hdra-wa or ^'*Vq de hdra-wa such,
so ; S'*vq, ^'q of what kind, of what
like ; lN&'*T*f*iW4P^'1 vou must ^
me minutely how she looks, what kind
of appearnce she has ? g^V*"!'**' what
will' be the upshot ? where is this to end ?
K'tagW^fllfW he becomes just what
I am; *F"-\ how? what like? In W.
9i**\v mtshogs takes the place of ^ or S«.

*V** Mra-hdra colloq. *V^ (danda)
match, rival, the two alike ; •*! or fl*'
^if$£*V<5'«1ta'!*fe something similar
to the substance of tin is called zinc.
<»V^'^ bdta mi-hdra like and unlike;
equality, likeness, similarity : ov^VS?'*1
hdra mi-hdra Ita-wa to examine the like-
ness.

^•q*-qjje.«i hdra-mar bshetif image or
likeness of a person or thing ; a statue ;
anything drawn to resemble an original.

Syn. J'^ sku-hdra; *|Eql*''*'H g^if/S-
brnan; >Vq hdra-wa; ^Vwql hdra-hbay
(Mnon.).

^ hdra-wo 1. as if : 5 ^N-K^opS^V5
as if he was made to doubt. 2. likeness,
copy.

s=^^ exact or true copy.
hdrafis 1. v. ^"NIl«. 2. v.

hdrad v.

hdran sla

byed-pa to rival).

hdral-pa=W* ; pf. ^ dral 1.
to break, violate ; ^»c^i)'^«i'5 to break a
promise; jgW'.V"! to break or violate
law (flag. 39). 2. to tear to pieces, to
rend asunder ; to rip open (an animal) :
^•q'n^arq-Zj one who tears asunder a grating
or lattice (Situ. 84).

Cs

'^ hdri-wa pf . and imp. \" dris or
hdris, TO, ?^5x to ask, to ask for,
enquire after or about (a thing) : tjw'iVw
a place for asking advice, oracle ; «• wi|5*i'
^\»i enquired after his parents ; \*»'*\q
to ask a question. The honorific form
for this verb is S'^ shu-wa which is used
to signify an inferior enquiring of a
superior, whereas when the latter asks
anything of the former ^'1 is the verb
employed. However, ^\i is also some-
times found where one would expect 9'"
to be used ; thus in Tangyur, mdo, xciii,
131, we read: ^^%\«T%'|«rv««*n|T
R«^'si*rtr^-«i]1ii|»<-w^-ar<i|»je« the gelong
having enquired, the conqueror Bhagavau
because he sees all replied to him. . Again
in Pth. we find: <*TJ*T^fl»!rA\«ryr«hr
^«'<J the king enquired of Buddha
Amitabha. 2. sometimes occurs for ''i'1'
3. T^ address. ^'§*\ hdri-lyed ?m
interrogation, inquiry. ^\?«i Mri thoa
information.

^ ^^'^ hdrid-pa l. = 8rq shi-rca to
entrap, delude, deceive. 2. v. "§^1 hbrid-pa.

"V1'*1 Mrim-pa incorrectly for
hbrim-pa.

697

hdril-wa, pf. ^«i dril 1. to roll
down, to be rolled along or down ; to be
joined, entwined or wrapped or enveloped ;
J(«vK'3-U|c.-g^-q|orq hod-zer-gyi gait-bur
hdril-wa to be wrapped into a covering of
light; sfstwoiSirS'"^ blo-sems g.cig-tu
hdril-te whilst our minds were flowing
down together ; «j«r«'ij*w|«r*|ar^cri$<i| ti the
country men uniting together (forming
a league) conspired against (me) ; ^'p"'SV«r
^i ri-wo nos-la hdril rolls down the slope
of a hill. 2. vb. a. like t*ri to wrap
up, to coil, to roll about : w§«r<^«rq ras-
kyis hdril-wa to wrap up in cotton cloth ;
V^g'^'iV"'*' to wrap up in five sorts of
silk; ac-w l^l'irq covered or sheathed
with copper; ^•«wr?'q5-q5''»|aj-q^-^q| amal-
gamate the gastric mucous with stone-ash.
«,arq*> dril-was wrapping it together, in
short, to sum up all ; f "l«4 <^ai -q to roll about
the tongue, moving it to and fro (Sch.).

I hdris-pa trf^q,

to be well acquainted with ; to be known
intimately to ; to be accustomed to : ^*r
«'«!'§ as soon as you are acquainted with,
immediately after acquaintance ; «^*J'*»'
i"T§'?c'''I!5*<'*<'£!-*)Y$<i| do not express your
heart immediately upon becoming ac-
quainted (Jig.) ; s^*'"'** an acquaintance, a
sympathizing friend.

hdru-wav.

hole, ditch (ffag. 30).

, 'g^|'«J to dig

hdrugs-pa l. = S3«Fc' hkrugs-
pa to stir up, agitate. 2. to fall into small
pieces ; to crumble (away) (Sch.).

hdrud-pa pf. and imp. §>
drud 1. to drag, haul or pull along:
to drag on the ground ;

to pull at a rope. 2. to rub : ^N'^'" to
rub the body ; % 'i^q to poHsh wood, to
plane wood; *K3«r*3S'S *V1 is striking a
match.

J hdrub-pa pf. and imp.%1) drub
or Sfw drubs 1. =«Iwq to sew. 2. to em-
broider; nX*riyi needle work ; i^q^'g-g-q
hdrubg-su bya^a = ^vi ^f^i^ needle-
work or sewing. 3. to heal up: *^%q the
wound is healed.

Hi>r<i Mrul-wa pf. |«i drul l.= *f*n to
rot, to grow putrid, ^'q^i^q hdtul-war
gyur-wa to become putrid, to become
decomposed. 2.= ^t to slip down, to
fall down : lif S'wf 'g"^-^^^^-*,!,^
(A. 17) making the weapon of another
angry deity to fall down.

hdre fgsn^ a general term for a
demon, or evil spirit; ^ fi-Mre the
ghost of the dead; *|*^ gson-hdre a
goblin possessing a living man ; S«^ lya-
hdre bird-goblin ; *'^ za-hdre a word for
"owl" (Ja.);*V^ hdres-hkhyer carried
off by goblins ; ^•frty-'Pr^'jfc] is this
a man or is it a demon ? ^v^ot'q hdre
hdul-ica to subdue or suppress evil spirits.
"VVP hdre-dkar a class of demons whom
the Bon worship with a view to keep off
other mischievous spirits ; ".^•q^ui Edre-
bkol n. of a disciple of Padma Sambhava
(Deb. «| W). *\jfai hdre skrod-pa to cast
out evil spirits; *\3 hdre-pho a male
devil; ^'9 hdre-bu a young devil; *V*J •
hdre-mo a female devil ; ^'»>'g<i hdre-me.-
bud the fire-blowing devil, the will-o'-the-
wisp, ignis fatuus (Schtr.) ; "iVW hdre-
dmag a troop of demons, a goblin host.

4;<*q« i4?4ftf >i*« lit. the devil's
fear, a fragrant gum resin the smoke of
which is a terror to ghosts and evil spirits.

89

698

.' hdre-hjigs than-chun= '
(mystic) (Sman.).

^•|'«i4 hdre-rje badsra (B*-'3'^ khyun-po
rdo-rje)"n. of a celebrated physician of
Tibet who was born of the family of Byu
thog-pa. He was physician to king Oun-
xron gun-btsan. (Gyu. %.}.

*\'jfr hdre-ldog ^c« [a plunderer]S.
4^-qRf hdre-pan-kha n. of a medicinal
fruit =y^'f*\ sgon-thog (Vai-$n.).

'"•V^"! hdre-figlii. 'devil louse,' = bed-
bug.

QV3 I: hdre-wa pf. and imp. "^
hdres, ace. to Ja. vb. n. io *** bsre-wa
1. to be mixed up with, to blend together ;
to go together: ffHHt^' PhV°99 ^"
tit hdres mixed together, misceUaneous ;
^«W*M hdres-mtshams the limits of con-
junction; *T«W*-^'W Miiw&han ma-
hdres-par without mingling Bother talk
with (the conversation) ; f^F^'lr^* kha
dan snin-ma-hdres a man with .whom outer
word and inner feelings do not blend ;
$q^E.-£q'« 5)aj'q'<^« chos-dan chos ma-yin-pa
hdres a medley of religion and irreligion.
In an absolute sense : ls'"'^«'?'?i'^ql*'
HV|V? identifying himself with overt
practices, he became a Brahmanist; V\'
n^-e^«-£) dud-hgro hdre§-pa an animal of
mixed breed, a cross, mongrel; **&&
ma-hdres-pa unmixed, pure, unadulter-
ated- »'«.\*''CK ma-hdres-par without con-
' founding or mixing up together, sharply
discriminating (partly from Ja.).

the lama's, intercourse with my soul,
I am happy (Jo.).

hdreg-pa (v. *qTJ' hbreg-pa),
pf a.^q|«-« hdregs-pa : to excise, to shave
the hair, to pare nails, etc. ^I'f^i hdreg-
mkhan «^i, snft*; a barber, one who
crops hair. Syn. of latter term
Skra-mkhan; f#* zla-hdsin;
miho-ris-yrags ; *w^«I^«1£' mthar-gnas-pa ;
ngoi'i hbreg-pa (Mnon.). ^"WtT*
hdreg-mkhan-gyi lag-elm sirfira «ne; the
implements of a barber.

blo-sems

sun-pa 1. to be sick of (at heart), to be
disgusted or annoyed. 2. to slide, glide,
to slip (/*.).

*Vr**< hdren-clias, defined as §VIJi<ir*lv
C^'S^'q Spy^-ty phar-tslmr spor-wa the
removal of things from one place to
another (Rtsii.). *\***' hdre
ma-chen a cook (l&fton.).

II; (^o|-«wfl.\q rig-pas hdre-wa)
1. to discriminate by intelligence. 2. to
interfere with; to have intercourse
with, to engage in: «S%«1«I*|W9P»^
ran-sems Ua-ma hdres-pas'bde through your,

I : hdren-pa pf . ^' dran or
dratis, fut. **' dran, imp. ^ dron or
drafts I. to draw, to pull: 3«Vl-tI
hdrenya to haul wood ; ^
to drag a cropse by a rope ; S'
^t,w^»i-q'acqs\i|-ai« the feathers pulled forth
from the peacock were placed in the sacred
jar. 2. to conduct, to draw along, to
invite : "W<<V\'ti lam dren-pa to guide in a
journey, a guide ; *1*Z?P log hdren-pa to
mislead, to take to the wrong way, i.e.,
to the state of unhappiness and hell;
ojar^*«]-a.Vi-q yul-du ^ma^ hdren-pa to
conduct an army into a country; ^'"i"
qij^-»if53i-i1c.«-aiN-^l> invited the wayfarer
indoors ; to invite is usually rendered by
i*i or "W^'" ; ww^w^'^'i spyan-ma
drans-par hgro-wa to go uninvited; IT

699

*^'q spyan-hdr'en-pa also= to call up a
spirit, to invite or draw up a deity : w|'

having placed the vessel of fate
at the eastern entrance, the lama (stand-
ing) in front made offerings to the tute-
lary deity he had conjured up and
meditated on the very void. Sometimes,
also, the form S^'^'" must be merely
literally rendered, e.g., *fi<* ^'ql^*<'3c-'|<V
*&T) drawing to his eyes a little sleep at
dinner, or closing his eyes for a short nap
when eating. Other usages of ^1£i may
be quoted: p'*)$«r<%ci to suck; f^'vp
ma-hdren pa to guide, lead, e.g., «'f ^'«»'
to conduct water, to irrigate; syw^'ti
shabs hdren-pa to disgrace, to bring shame
to, to insult; sT^'i bio' hdren-pa or %
^'i to persuade, to induce ; "W^'" to
appoint ; also to go to meet ; to invite.

'^l II : SIT?!*, the chief, lord, hus-
band, guide : ^W^W^ffy the lama is my
guide : «^'<r*|3f hdren-pa gtso smRT the
chief leader, a husband.

hdres-ma

complex.

hdres-pa

to be mixed ; a mixture : s^cTsr^w chu-
dan ho-ma hdres-pa a mixture of milk and
water. t^F^B^f^-^Wa mixture as
of sin and property.

Syn. "HIN'q hkhrugs-pa ; «&TI hchol-wa
(Mnon.).

"•^"Tl hdres-rnog disorder, confusion;
?'1*^'a^T'T***V£1* sde-tshan hdres-rnog med-
par' no disorder in the chapters and
sections of the book (Rtsii.).

"•l^wi* hdreg-par gyur fitftt*i<[ become
mixed up.

hdres-ma %$\^ medley, mixture,
anything mixed up together : jf&m'^n'w
^ like different sorts mixed up together
(fiag.39).

1*^ hdrog-pa 1. to wince, shrink,
quiver, shudder (from fear) ; $'SV!';| tta
hdrog-pa the shying of a horse ; ''VT^
hdrog-can shy, skittish, easily frightened.
2. a VTSJV1! hdrog slon-ica take by surprise,
to deceive by cunning, to outwit (Jd.).

'CJ hdron-pa («H'«rfc'«») to believe,
confide in : gVfTWfri^|W«$C«S*-%

a|-n^c.-1|c.- the detailed clear news obtained
from you being reliable.

'^I hdrons-pa= *?^'i hdren-pa.

"^*<— -"^ .^T

•j^'^'S Sdron-§kyofi-gi bu Ka-

s'yapa Eishi, the son of *&'§*' lldron-
skyon the keeper of light.

'q hdrobs-pa «B^ straight.

^'^J Rda-wa one of the thirty-six
border-countries of India (Ya-sel. 38).

^C* rdani v- 'q!St> ffdan.

f

?23'C| rdab-pa to fold, pile one upon
another ; clapping one hand against ano-
ther, v. s,1!'" rdeb-pa. ^'g rdab-sgra sound
of clapping of the hands, clap (Rtsii.).

^'£| rdar-wa to sharpen, grind :
gri rdar-wa to sharpen a knife, v.
bdar-tca.

rdal= **•'%*• thar-thor scattered,
separated from each other as houses are
in the suburbs of a town : %^*?* grofi-rdal
the suburbs of a town (Nag. J+0).

700

^'^ rdal-wa= ^ip'i hgram-pa, pf . and
fut. «,«• brdal, imp. ^ r«H also "IV'13 #rf«/-
wa, IS91*1 bdal-wa to spread, stretch
out, to include : i^S)- vw^wnK,*! rdxin-gi
s/iabs-bye mas brdal the bottom of the
pond is strewn with sand; «\*r£«'«.w
S,T q'«i dam-cltos thafi-mar rdal-ica la now
when holy religion (Buddhism) lies before
you as if it were spread out in a plain,
i.e., when it is accessible to all; S*5'^
khyab-rdal comprehensive ; all-embracing :
Sw •^•wprg-g-Bq-*,'* the mind is all-
embracing ; *«'«i«f sos-rdal slowly, not in
a hurry (ScA.).
*>>

^ rdig for ^WF^ATO all the
utensils and furniture of a house.

?C' rditn a small mourid, hillock (Jd.).

rdigs-pa to beat (Sch.), prob.=
rdeg-pa.

I rdib-pa, pf. ^"W rdib$, to crumble,
to fall to pieces, collapse, cave in : ^.'*r|vi
k/ian-pa rdib-pa the house breaks down ;
fqf^q'q th°f) rdib-pa the roof gives way
(Nag. £0). Also to get dinted, battered
(like tin vessels by a blow or knock)
(Ja.).

rdu-wa a thistle (Cs.).

'tl rdug-pa, pf. ^« brdugs, fut.
brdug 1. to conquer, to worst : B'$*w
ij^-scS^-gq-Sc^qi-wg^ the Nagas having
overcome and worsted the Asuras. 2. to
devastate, wreck, undo : ^'flWP^nrtW! as
all the resources were destroyed; ^|«
rdugs^QWH^'o glag$-ma rned-pa desti-
tute, wrecked (Nag. 40) ; 'Q'^T'1 u rdug-pa
or ^'|"I*' hu-rdugs a wreck, one shattered
by indiscreet actions, entangled with debts
and vicissitudes, a destitute person ; 5J'5
phu-rdugs a bewildered person.

f C'3 rdun-wa= «J^-q, pf. q^« brduns,
fut. «15E-' brdun, imp. i^« brduns or |t.'
rdun 1. to beat, to strike, to drub ; 3f'cw
?e.'i to beat with a hammer ; te'^t^pO'
net»i'^t.' having beaten a large drum of
lion acacia (Pth.) ; ^'^h rdun$-fig beat
him, strike him ; Sf'^'" sgo rdufi-wa to
knock at a door. 2. to break to pieces,
to smash, to beat out (g'5 bra-bo buck-
wheat with a stick) ; JK^' ften-rdtin a
pestle ; Sp^'*1 bro rdun-wa to dance ; "ll'^'1!
pshu rduft-wa to bend the bow (v. Schl. on
D&l. 162-11) ; 5^*f^ rdun-mkhan = tf:vZ
a beater, striker, fighter, fuller. 5=- '"15"!
rdufi-giay prob. a drubbing, a sound-
thrashing : 5E-'ql5T§c; I have got a thrash-
ing (Jd.) ; I^'&S rduA-byed=*$H'% a stick,
a striker; ^c/'Ofaj'i rdun-htshog-pa^o^1*
to cudgel, a cudgelling (flag. &0).

?£l rdum maimed, limbless: 9i"|'^
armless; *>W%» tailless (Nag. 40); *^'
^ rkafi-rdum a maimed foot; yji rtca-
rdum a mutilated horn ; y*'*'* t" ***\ g r^«e
metf-pa, *^ '»>S headless, without the top;
^'SS'" to mutilate; anything mutilated,
maimed.

>jt%, K»I:, TTO 1. dust, motes,
particles of dust in the air visible in
the rays of the sun, pollen B'Hql'')'5a('
^q-«*ws«^ all the particles of the procrea-
tive fluid (Vat. sn.). 2. the subtle
components of impalpable or intangible
things (such as smells, heat, cold, etc.) ;
perhaps molecule, monad. j|l>i'3'fB>'3
rdul-gyi $nin-po ^ig«r< [the essence of
dust; camphor]iS. ^'ffi'y^ rdul-gyi thiy-le
TO)fr<sra [mark of dust]5. ^'^ rdul-thul
dust arises. |«i'*)'Slt' w§^'i rdul mi-thitl-war

701

byed-pa 1. to lay the dust, minutest
particles. 2. a woman's menstrual dis-
charge. Ji'iJ'W rdul-phra rab qTfrrg or
5Tw*'*i rdul-phra rab cha-med atom,
indivisible particle. *f*'%*i rdul-phran or
ej«r^-» ^j the minutest particle; %*'
VSW rdul-du rlog-pa = |«rwiv§jq('£i
rdul-thal-bar rlog-pa to crush or pound a
thing until it is reduced to powder ; SF^i
glan-rdul a mote in the dung of an ox, a
small particle of cowdung ; ^'t'^l rdo-rje
rdul diamond-powder ; ^"r^W rdul-dmar
^W^g, fr^T vermillion powder. §"1'$)
rdul-tstmb a whirling cloud of dust. ?T^
rdul-tshon paint-powder, coloured stone-
dust, used in ceremonies for making figures
drawn in the sand more visible (Rtsii.}.
y"\a3\ rdul-g.zan a blouse, a travelling-
cloak against dust, a god wears it (Vai.
kar.).

dul-can 1. dusty. 2.= ^'|sj. 3.
in menstruation.

rdul-can mahi-bu the son of
Rdul-can-ma, Paras'urama

young girl, a maiden, damsel, young
woman (Mnon.).

^arnfim rdul-hjoms [WTO destroyer of
dust ; water]jS.

%*'^ rdul-ldan 1. T^^ a bee. 2. xstsft
night,

j^gc rdul-hphyan ^w^g [reduced
to dustJ-S.

5«fg«« rdul-bral, f^ai^ (A. K 1-61)
= w«i salvation, emancipation (Mnon.).

^*# rdul-ma ^|%r dust.

^TS^'fe-'jfcw rdul-mun smn-stob$ ace. to
Dus-hkhor-lo (Kalachakra) : §ai^

^•!|*VHT''*w«ifc%«-«WK-w* (Rgyan.

11).

^

^ rde in compounds for \$ rdehu.

J rdeg-pa or \v\fi rdegs-pa,
rdegs or «JS,^«i brdegs, fut. ^ij brdeg, imp.
is,"!*! brdegs or $*\ rdeg : 1. to beat, strike,
smite; W^'fyq rdeg-cin spyod-pa
«i<9ict«Ti to commit rape ; to force cohabi-
tation; »)-ifc-arqi;ii|-SE.- me-M-la brdeg-ci&
beating the looking glass in anger;
^•^•tygq-qgq rdeg-htshog-gi sdug-bsnal
torment of corporal punishment, the ill-
fortune of getting a beating. 2. to push,
thrust, knock, kick ; ^irlV" phul-rdeg
byed-pa to give a blow with the fist (Sch.) ;
s,ic*'»)|»i^ rdeg-cha mMan=*"\*.'ci black-
smith (Mnon.) ; ^i|SN rdeg-chos a dance ;
s;i)-S^-£i rdeg cho$-pa to dance. ^ brdeg
seems to occur also as pres. tense ; also in
combinations : i^'^q«'i'q5,^'i*Ji|'q)^c,-3j«j
btsan tliabs-kyi brdeg hchag gnan nag
giving thumpings and rendings of a
violent kind (Mil.).

for

rdeb da-ru (Vai-sn.) incorrectly
; deodar, a species of cedar.

'«| r deb-pa for ITI gdeb-pa.

CJ rdebs-pa ace. to Jd. prob. the
original form, but of rare occurrence, for
«,1'£| r dab-pa pf. PVW brdab?, fut. l«,«i 1.
to throw down with a clap, to fling or
knock down : $«r*rar^twq lus-sa-la rdebs-pa
to prostrate one's self; 5«'^«w rta$-rdebs
thrown by a horse. 2. to throw to and
fro, to toss about: *f *f^w3|C«($^«|H
mgo-wo rdebs-gin hdre-ldog-pa to roll on the
ground as ponies do, to wallow. 3. to
stumble: wx^«i'«i or «,«i'*«('q to slip and
stumble (Sc/t.). . »

702

^ rdehu or e,"i'5 rdel-po diminutive of
J(, rdo 1. Small stone, pebble. *a't>|*'q'£1^
rdehu bjkyur-wa bshin like a little stone
thrown on the ground (Olr.). 2. the stone,
calculus in males, #^ mo-rde in females ;
s^'awprq rdehu chags-pa the concrescence
of a calculus ; ^ VRlfa'q rdehu hdon-pa the
removing of stone (Cs.) ; V'ST rdel-dkar a
white pebble (Cs.) ; ^i'H rdel-khra a colour-
ed pebble (Cs.) ; \vv$* rdel-hgram (lit.
the spreading of little stones) the count-
ing with pebbles (Cs.). 3. a musket-ball
or bullet. ^V0^'^ rdehu bcud-len the
enchanted pebble ; anciently in India the
Buddhist sages used to enchant pebbles
with the pretence of subsisting on them
when performing contemplative feats.
?^-*e.-g^ rdehu chail-bran pimples on face
from excessive drinking. *&'<* rdehu-par
a bullet fount or bullet mould.

4 rdo mfni, WT, ^m, "atf^t 1. a stone,
a boulder. 2. main or real point (in a
memorial, complaint or application). 3. a
weight, for weighing things by a balance,
"foi'^ dnul-rdo a stone containing silver,
silver ore; fj^'^C spi'in-rdo prob. a topaz;
3j'^ sbra-rdo asbestos; &'% me-rdo fire-
stone, flint ; 1*'^ znr-rdo corner-stone ;
*pK'^ g.ser-rdo gold ore, stone containing
gold (Cs.) • %$n a boulder ; ^'twq| rdo-rtsig
a stone wall ; K^3* rdo-zatn stone bridge ;
^5' I*1'!* rdohi rnam gyur formed of stone;
a stone image of S'akya-thubpa ;
mineral formation; ^'«J rdo zo-wa
stone- worker, quarry-man; ^'"l^"!" rdo
ffsJwgs a cut or squared stone.

Syn. Vq rdo-wa ; as sped ; 5fc'« gor-ma ;
^?iI'Q btsog-po • ^ju-po ; "1§^ gjtun (Mnon.).

^''W- rdo-dkar (-^'^'^f a kind of
crystal) $flfa<si!« fwahra a white stone, ace.

to Sch. alabaster. ^ ^i]^ Q iuj gq a mineral
medicine (Mnon.).

^'3IS rdo-klad a stone resembling a
sheep's brain in appearance, and used as a
remedy for diseases of the brain. (Sman.).
2('5* rdo-skyur another mineral medicinal
substance (Swan.).

3(' | *i rdo-ski/es faj<j|iwg ; bitumen = g *n
9^ brag-shun (Mnon.). ^'^S rdo-bcud bitu-
men (mystic) (Min-rda. &). ^'ffi nlo-skritH
a kind of steatite or soap-stone (Ja.)

^'P rdo-kha vein in a stone; also=S"£i'
11*'" rtsa-ica bzun-sa what is fundamental
in the points of an argument ; the basis of
the complaint in a suit ; the subject
matter. ^•p*>\si5'j'*«rp'*q|-^6.'%fl|>K (D.
fel. 6).

K f^"I rdo-khog 1. a hollow or natural
cavern in a rock. 2. ace. to Ja. : a stone-

K"W rdo-mkhan 1. fij^ijt* stone-
cutter, or worker. 2. viifsr the thunder..

^•wgw rdo-mkhri? (%%*i) gallstone
(Mnon.). Used, it is asserted, as a medi-
cinal application : ^'*§*''*i'^'S"P'^*'w§S
(Sman.).

^flS rdo-rgyud various kinds of soft
stones, as serpentine, soap-stone, chalk, etc.

^'S" rdo-rgyus 1. a medicinal stone
(Mnon.). This mineral cures swellings of
the veins and sprains and contraction of
the muscles (Sman.). 2. oath in contract-
ing friendship to make it lasting.

^•fiiac.- rdo-hchan a stone of such a size
as can easily be held by a man as a
weapon.

2^1 Rdo-hjorj «rafii«rT Taxila, n. of a
sacred place of the Buddhists ; the ancient
capital of the Panjab when Alexander
the Great invaded that region.

703

rdo-mnen a soft kind of stone,

alabaster.

or

iron, lit. the pith of stone.
^•§)--|c.'5«'*4i^-q'V'^«i]'§«i iron removes the
poison of diseased liver (Sman.). 2. m&((
*K'f> ace. to Sch. jasper [emerald] &

^'« rdo-thal (J('fPi) (Mnon.) stone-ashes
((7s.), calcined stone (Ja.), quicklime (Sch.),
chalk (Sc/rfr.) But v. ^w5-«i5-«^-iR-<»,|«|-
^«| (Sman.). ^w|il«'« rdo-thal byugs-pa to
rough-cast, to plaster.

^ rrfb-<fon=Xfi'3'ff5 (/ttstY.) purport,
substance of any prayer or application.

^'Vl rdo-dreg (9Wf 9 a kind of pitch)
(Mnon.) not as in <7a. the dirt on stone.
'^T5ifV*Vq?*w^ pitch eradicates chro-
nic inflamation'and poison (Sman.).

^'|*i rdo-snum rock-oil, petroleum ; ^'|*i'
iron used as horoscopic dice.

rdo-spos solid incense : ^'8*r^'q3-
do-xpo§ is of use in some
constitutional diseases (Sman.).

^•'Wc.^qS'*^ rdo hplians-pahi mdo n. of a
sutra in the Mdo section of the Kahgyur
^ 1^26 describing the miraculous feat of
Buddha in throwing missiles performed
by him in the country of the Malla.

^Q rdo-wa is another word for 3( rdo
a stone : ^«wiaq-*-*MS'3E-'*a', Wl^**
g-«-w»|-«S-^q^^|^ in winter time the soil
becomes (hard) like stone (Khrid.) ; ^'W
|^'i rdo-tcar gyur-pa ^Wfi* converted
into stone, turned into fossil.'

^ fC»|« rdo-slrags explained as "a|'«te°y*)'
^e,-q)'g-»( Sbe-ser ni-ma than-yi bla-ma
(flay. 53).

tf *S rdo-tshad a bar of silver bullion of
about 4 pounds in weight.

^ a firm expres-
sion or word (Nag. £0).

2('§^ rdo-shun bitumen, mineral pitch.
^% rdo-sho lime (both quick and
slaked).

^''ffiS rdo-g.shod ^iz [a mallet for break-
ing small stoneg]/S.

on-^ ^Iw§S (Mnon.).

rdo-yi ryyal-po bshi the
four kings of stone, viz. : tortoise-shell
stone— Sprjq-'VI'vq ;

^•°)'a«i'«^ rdo-yi
met. a pigeon (Mnon.).

^'^c.' rdo-rin or J('^t«i rdo-rins a stone
pillar, obelisk or monument, or an orna-
ment of buildings. There is a famous
Do-ring near the chief temple of Lhasa
with an inscription recording a victory of
the Tibetans over the Chinese.

^'^'51 rdo-rus-thug to the last extre-
mity (Seh.).

^'?fa rdo-sol coal (Mnon.), mineral coal.

v^^

^'| rdo-rje 1. w, ^TRT, -fk^i; ^t

or ^^'|«i'=i lit. the prince of stones,
and said, primarily, to be *WT=*l'3tVc' mi-
phyed-pa or *^'«i^i|'i mi-byig-pa infallible
or indestructible, also unchangeable, hence
holy, venerable; but is best known as
Indra's thunder-bolt or sceptre. With
the Northern Buddhists a supposed model
of this sceptre has long been in use as a
ritual instrument of the Tantrik priests,
held by them during prayer in their
hands and moved about in various direc-
tions ; it is used as a symbol of durability
and of power. The vajra or dorje is,
moreover, a common symbol in repre-
sentations of deities in whose hands it is
there placed. In Tibet the standard-

704

shape for all dorjes is a huge golden one
in Sera monastery near Lhasa, which is
alleged to have a miraculous origin and is
carried in procession on a certain day
annually through the streets of Lhasa.

^|-*fR <*Ij rdo-rje mkhah-hgro <j«<sif*-tt
heavenly females, a class of celestial
deities who in their attributes resemble
superior fairies. They appear to have
played a very important part in later
Buddhism. «^*H^'*'r*''*^'tlV5)'i S'"5 ™
the n. of a treatise (in K. phal. =•' ).

^•|-^-5 Rdo-rje hkhor-lo an epithet of
Sambhara ("V**1!) a chief Tantrik deity
of the Buddhist pantheon

Rdo-rje-gliA lit. place of the
ritual sceptre, n. of a monastery formerly
belonging to Sikkim from which the
important hill station of Darjeeling de-
rives its name. It once stood on the
Observatory-hill at Darjeeling.

C't'jT*^ rdo-rje rgyal-mtshan w-^%9,
••nJW ! the standard of Victory, a fuller
name for the Buddhist folded flag or
emblem of conquest. [Having a vajra
for an ensign ; n. of the demon Naraka]&

Jf | jacsH^-qjqg'q rdo-rje rgyal-mt»han-gyi
bsno-wa in (K. phal. ").

^1 §51* rdo-rje rgya-gram the fixed un-
changeable posture of sitting cross-legged,
v. § rgya.

^'I'3'31 Rdo-rje gri-gug an epithet of
Heruka called ^I'l'^ 4-9ye3-Pa rdo-rje he
who holds a scimitar in his hand (Mfion.).

^|pq§5'^c.'9 rdo-rje bcuhi $nift-po lit.
the essence of ten vajra, n. of a Sutra.

\i rdo-rje gcod-pa cW%f<3i> ; title

rdo-rje

*)^ the seven venerable sermons
Yairotsana (K.phal. «).

of

Rdo-rje hjigs-byed
is a tutelary deity of the dragged or
terrifying type, held to be a manifestation
of the Bodhisattwa Jampal (Manjus'ri)
who under this guise assumes the charac-
ter of Shin-je the lord of death. Among
the Mongols this tutelary deity is very
popular under the title of Ayol ghakdii.
A ritual for placing a person under the
protection of Dorje Jig-jye occurs in the
Kah-gyur.

^I'fl'Xw rdo-rje tyom ^W<( killed by the
Vajra of Indra (A. K. 1-42).

1 56« 5'S rdo-rje cho$-kyi glu hymns of
Buddhist Tantrikism: Sf'^'wg'^'^l S-«5'
S'*1!^'? (-A- 66) having translated Tantiik
hymns at the monastery of Kusumapuri.

^•|»-Si| rdo-rje rnchog n. of a bird (K.
*o. "I *).

^|-nsf Rdo-rje hc/<afl 3^T is the Ye-
shes Sems-pa or Dhyani Bodhisattwa
evolved from the 2nd Dhyani Buddha
S'jfVi Mi-skyod-pa (Sans. Aksltoblii/d).
Has been chosen to be the ruling deity
in the Tantrik system under the appellar;
tion of §"! "^'1 or, in brief, Chhak-dor. .

of a religious book most extensivly used
among the Northern Buddhists.

Syn. •WT^'i lag-no, rdo-rje
f\"\ rig$ kun-khyab bdag ; ^«!*r
brgyahi bdag ; fci'i g'if^ fies-pa Ina-hltm ;
P'|^'^'?^ kha-sbyor bdun-ldan; *\***-'
g«|»i'|«l gsafi-sfiags-rgyal (Mfion.).

^'i^'" rdo-rje ni-ma g^^?&; lit. the
venerable sun; n. of a sutra [also, of a
Buddha]*.

^'i'ffgw^'fl|^ rdo-rje fnin-s/ius khu-
g.ciy n. of a sutra (K, d. «)

705

^tfJP'8^ rdo-rje snin-po rgyan-gyi
a Tantrik sutra descriptive of
acquiring perfection (K. g. 5 13!£)-

^•|-^-<i||E.« rdo rje snin-pzuns (see K.

</• "I).

^•|-|E,-g-^-|-|^qq-£| Rdo-rje snin-po rdo-
rje lee hbab-pa n. of a dharani (K. g. *
93) used as a protection against epidemics,
enemy, evil spirits, also to stop rain, to
cause rain to fall, to make abundant
harvest, etc.

^'I'^'S Rdo-rje dril-bu n. of an Indian
Buddhist sage (K. dun. 20).

^'I'l'tf Rdo-rje g.dan sftfauqr ; »iur, gwr-
•*& ; described as W^T^rf^' * the navel
of India, namely Gaya, considered the
holiest of all places in the Buddhist world
(Mnon). In Pth. (folio 12 J/., etc.) occurs a
story of the destruction of Gaya by fire.

^l'"!^'" Rdo-rje g.dan-pa 1. an epithet
of Buddha (Mnon.). 2. names of three
Indian sages of Vajrasana (Gaya) (K.
dun. £3).

^•|-n]^-q^-*«i rdo-rje g.dan-bshihi-rgyud
a Tantra treating of the twelve signs of
the zodiac, of the symbolic hand gestures
(owj-qs^-q), of the Khadoma, of the use of
rosaries, etc. (K. g. «•' 57).

^'i'"^V8^'|V^V*'S'qlS<i| rdo-rje bdud-
rtaihi rgyud lehu-g.cu-g.cig n. of a Tantra in
the Kahgyur (K. phal. *). ^i'^w*^
rdo-rje gdefi$-pahi rgyud another Tantra

(K. phal. *).

^|-^i]-35 Rdo-rje Nag-mo ^3>rf%9fT n.
of a Tantrik goddess.

^•|'ii*)AE*w§'q]|c,*( Rdo-rje rnam-hhjoms-
kyi gzufa n. of a special dharani or
mystical sentence (K. phal. ").

^•|-^-9 Rdo-rje rnon-po an epithet
of the Bodhisattva Jam-yang, an aspect
of Jampal or Manjus'ri (Mnon.).

Rdo-rje pad-ma
be some Bodhisattva.

seems to

rdo-rje pha-lam
a diamond believed to be formed of stone
derived from earth and water and said to
be of four qualities corresponding to the
four castes of men in India (Mnon.).

Syn. ^'S^'wSij nor-buhi mchog;
^11 rdo-rjehi rigs (Mnon.).

^ Rdo-rje phal-lam
thog kun brjog pan-byed.

ri-^srqfwrTj'q-*]^'*^ rdo-rje rnam-hjoms-

^>

kyi tyad-rgyud n. of a Tantra in the Kah-
gyur (K. phal. «).

^-I'"R*|'f ^'"S Rdo-rje gnam-lcags me/in
lit. the thunderbolt lips, n. of a Tantra (K.
phal. *).

^I'tjiq-?) Rdo-rje Phaj-mo sra^xrff a
popular goddess of the Karmapa sect who
is said to have frightened and vanquished
the enemies of Buddhism by manifesting
herself in the form of a sow. Her spirit
is continuously transmitted incarnate in
each successive abbess who presides over
the monastery of Samding on the shore of
Yamdok lake in Tibet.

jf-|-^-q rdo-rje phur-pa the vajrakila, a
religious instrument the upper part of
which is of the shape of a dorje and the
lower a phurpa or mystic dagger. ^ I' $jv
i'JT'l5'«^ rdo-rje phur-pa rtsa-wahi rgyud to
enchant a phurpa for suppressing evil
spirits (K. g. =•' 288).

^ |-|c.-q rdo-rje j)hren-wa Vajra mala,
n. of a Tantra (K. phal. E).

o-rje dbyin§-kyi
4wan-phyug-ma an epithet of SS*-**'^ '*«

90

1 1

706

tlie goddess Sarasvati (Mfion.). In later
Buddhism, she is the Yum or Sakti of the
Bodhisattwa Jampal (Manjus'rl) and is
popular among the Mongols under the
designation of Egeshiktii Eke.

r-|-fc-iw*TpI'Vq'vq'lSrMr|^J'«H*.*l is a

dharanl in (K. phal. ».),

^•|'*>-| rdo-rje me-lae n. of a hell wheie
flames of fire issue resembling the point of
the dorje (Ya~sel. £3).

^i't"^'q rdo-rje rtse tfgtt-pa lit. a dorje
made with nine points ; n. of a religious
work which was unearthed by Pad_-tna
g.M->pa, a dorje made of meteoric metal
with nine points being found with the
book : «^|**^W
(8. kar. 193).

^|-R?^ Rdo-rje fdsin ^rax an epithet
of a terrific deity wh,o is guardian of
mysticism and preserver. Often con-
founded, with the Dhyani-mttwa Dorje
Chhang or Chhak-dor of the Tantras.

't phyag-na rdo-rje ; «J'|^
trZi brgya-byin psan-gfiags-kyi
§!/rnb-pa-po (Mnon,),

^•|-qfa\-ti rdo-rje hdsin-pa an exorcist, a
Tantrik priest.

Syn.

Syn.
hchan (If Aon.).

K'^'^'xl '|V*'^Tl'I'q rdo-rje lu-gtt rgyud-,
mahi rtog-pa a mystical work used by the
blue-dress Bon exorcists of Tibet (K.
phal «). ^'l'«r^'^pi|S'*l'«<r^F'i a mys-
tical work in thirteen chapters called the
nether Tamra (K. phal. *).

i (K. g. * Stf)

v

a Tantra of Vajrapagi to meditate on
the three stages of Sodhisattva perfection.

YR Rdo-rje

1. an eternal and unchangeable being who
is Adi-Buddha of the Nyingma school.

2. a Tantrik form of Akshobhya, the 2nd
Dhyani Buddha, which was introduced to
followers of the Dorje Vehicle by Padma
Sambhava and stated by him to be presi-
dent of the Eastern Heaven where he sits
on a white lotus. Is often represented
clasping a female as his Yum or Sakti.

*S (K. g. V 171) n. of a Tantra used
by the Rnin-»ia sect.

'y Rdo-rje legs-pa an epithet of
the tutelary deity Dam-chen who under
the present Dalai Lama's rule occupies the
position of a chief guardian of Bud-
dhism in Tibet (Rtsii.).

^'t'5q'V^ rdo-rje stob-tfpon ej^i'^iiii ;
gq|«'£jS;*)«^ -q (Rtsii.) professor of the
Mantra section in a monastery of the
Tantrik school ; also the lama of a
monastery who is in charge of the Tantrik
ritual.

. Rdo-rje hi skyil-krun mystical
posture, the posture of sitting cross-legged.
Rdo-rjehi mchu-can -wq^,
1. an epithet of Ganapati, also
that of Garuda the eagle-king — who car-
ries Vishnu on his back. 2. S^'^1 by a
pho^rog the raven. 3.=qnHK^ a tutelary
deity, sometimes held to be identical with
"l%r*!-^ or Yamantaka, a Tantrik
development of Yama the lord of death.

rdo-rjehi hjim-pa or
rin-po c/iehi hjim-pa mortar composed
of pulverized cement of marvellous
properties.

^•|5'»<|i|-»( rdo-rjehi mjug-ma met. a god
(Won.).

707

rdo-rjehi tshig lit. the precious
or holy word ; truth ; the word of Bud-
dha, held to be free from deception, un-
changeable, of profound sense, and hard
to comprehend.

Syn. fe.-95-3fl| snin-pohi tshig • »^*rci5-&i|
mnam-pahi tshig • 9*ft*«Mh| bden-pahi tshig •
S)-g^-q5-Uii mi-phyed-pahi tshig; q^'q5*i|
brtan-pahi tshig (K. d. ^ 118).

rdo-rjehi zegs= thunder (Mnon.).

rdo-rjehi rigs-kyi smfi-po
mysticism, mystical charms:
d^q these princes
of charms will bless the soul (Sara A. 12).

Kt1*'*1^ rdo-rjehi gtun a knocker made
of precious stones.

^|5-y«i) rdo-rjehi thog !$% '|5-|^^-«if^«-q
n. of the second chapter He Vajra Tantra
(K. phal. e.')-

^|5'X rdo-rjehi tslw a very long life,
immortality : «r»l\3('t'Sj>'g3-I-ar*KA-«j|\{wi
he having obtained life like the undecaying
dorje.

%'* rdo-ra l. = ^i'vq enclosure with
a railing or wall made with posts or
pillars with capitals of the shape of the
dorje or with dorje on their tops (such
is the shape of the wall which surrounds
the monastery of Sam-ye in Tibet).
2. = circle of dancers (Ja.).

^'IT" Rdo-la-kha n. of a place in Nepal
(Dsam.).

rdog 1. an item, any single thing
or single piece as in ^'^ a grain of
corn; |c.'5(^ phren-rdog the bead of a
rosary, ]Rdjf«!p| seven peas. 2. a root,
3. just about : fowr^ij just about to start,
on the tip-toe of starting (Tig. £).

i|-&i rdog-tsam rdog-tsam only a
little bit : j^^^lpi^ppi^f^l-lwljflw
1*^ with a razor cut just a little of the
hair of the ear and from the tip of the
tail (Rdsa. 3).

rdog-tsMg =%'%<!] the main point,
subject-matter : t^T§^j^'a*^«f T^n*
(Rdsa.) according to the main points of
my first petition, my state, i.e., the cir-
cumstances under which I laboured, was.
^u|-«^,-q rdog <$ar-»ca=$'fVTV«l for
^'V" supervisor, overseer: ^l'^"ivq-aitf»r
("'I'g' the allowance of five Mai of barley
flour for an overseer (Rtsii.).

to enumerate exactly, scrutinize carefully ;
formed into minute grain : 3E.'Vl*.'W^i]'
^3j«i'q even more-fully grained than white
mustard seed.

^j]35^-£j rdog-ihon-pa to go out together.

'^l rdog-pa any action with the
foot, but chiefly a footstep ; a stride or
pace : 3(«1'£RqVq to step, to pace, to walk
((7s.) ; ^"I'^'jq'i rdog-pa rgyab-pa, to stamp
on the ground with the feet, to kick.

rdog-po or ^ij'Ws^ each; also one
of the two loads placed on the back of
a pack horee or any beast of burden. R^'
5'fl|Si| the load a man can carry on his
back. ^T^ rdog-sho the price or charge
of articles at one sho each. 3("['^q rdog-kb
a flat piece (Rtsii.).

-q rdofts-pa, v. ifc'q sdofis-wa.
'C| r dob-pa = ^j^'t to give, offer.

* rdom-chafi colloq. 1. many
persons who drink wine together. 2.
colloq. for a stone ^

708

3(* rdor, imp. of *,vq rdar-wa: Sl'^X* B^- or cotton of various colours, a fringe
gri-chuA rdor sharpen the knife ! (flag. or tassel hung from the ceiling of a
4-0). temple or chapel.

cobbler.

rdol-pa for iVr'J &dol-pa a

rdol-wa, pf. and fut. ^^ brdol-
, to come forth, to make its appearance,
to come up (as of a plant) ; to be re-
vealed : *$*. ? *j-§«<-!»rX»r3-<»!»i=.-«ii*j»r^«
the hiding-place of the books having
beea revealed by the treasure-finder ; to
come out, percolate (as of water from a
vessel or rock), to let in water: i-<^e,'9[»r
i'^'^VI tQe tea-pot runs or leaks; **^S'
3^'^' disease breaking out among men.

leak or hole in a

vessel : g«|«-||E.-q3v*>t''*\K*1 5*r*'^crq***r;'
he carried an iron mendicant's platter
without any holes in it (A. 22). \w*\l*<
rdol ffzer an instrument for boring metal
(Sch.).

EJ rdos-pa 1. adj. swollen, bloated,
like to burst: Qw^'^s very corpulent
body. 2. vb. n. to break, burst, flow
out: g'^^'fl llu-wa rdog-pa the bursting
of a bubble. •OT^'" to pant.

lda-gu discourse, speech, conversa-
tion (Jd.) ; Sf'3'^ Ida-gu-can talkative
(Cs.). ^•g-«w'« to talk.

Ida-man a couple of. small kettle-
drums one hanging in front, the other
behind, the latter being beaten by a
second person that follows the bearer
(Jd.).

Ida-ldi <m, q??m string (of beads
or flowers) ; a wreath made of pieces of
silk, etc. («*\r«'|^'^l|I«) ; ornament of

'^1 Mag-pa, pf. «^"!« blihtgs fut.
imp. ?1 Idog to lick : BI'SfT" to lick
blood; t^li Ices Mag-pa to lick with
the tongue.

I. = i3jw^ near, at : jf^'^|«i
written at the entrance or threshold. 2. v.

.'q Idan-ira pf. 9|^« Mads or
imp. ^' Idon «wm 1. to rise, to
get up ; to flow up (as smoke) ;
to get up from a fall ;
[raises up]& gft'wSv*1 to raise up;
q^-am-^K.- to rise from his seat; ?»ranr
to rise up from a lying position ;
^t-q to rise from a seat; «<S)'^1'Q'
'rfrfK.' when the king arrived
who would not rise up ? (A. 6) ; \'n\v
gflm'qj^e.- an offensive smell is rising
(spreading) in every quarter; *>^'Jj*w
me-ke rnams myyog§-su
the flames quickly rose up;
the smothered flame breaks out
again ; S5'5'?K'q to break out into hosti-
lities (Jo.). 3. =<",«.•« to suffice, to be
sufficient, enough : qff u«f« ^ gifd if divi-
ded into shares it will suffice ;
tshad Mart sufficient quantity.

the manner of rising :
(Kin-id. 47).

§[^'P Idad-pa l.=fS'«« to contaminate,
debase, adulterate ; alloy ; debasement :
|ir9«iwlMrq4q'<rfe'3'V|irf\Q*i if (the)
cohabited with another person, leaving
the king, it would debase the dynasty
(A. 60). 2.=ift'% funeral anniversary or
festival : ffrt'<'<rf>WfvHl>'«IK in the

709

year of the sheep they performed a memo-
rial anniversary for Atis'a (A. 117). 3.
vb., pf . and fut. <^S bldad to chew ; gTSCS'*1
$kyug-ldad-pa to chew the cud, to ^rumi-
nate; Hl-wa*^-^ sdo-skyo-mar swa-
tfihod bldad-nag having chewed the nettles
into a green pulp (Mil.).

^ Man or g^'i Man-pa 1. possessed of,
belonging to, having ; is defined in Situ.
48 as qu'VrflF-m'ajv"^ shows whatever
belongs to what. It is used as formative
whereby sbst. are converted into adj . and
sometimes into other sbst., and in gen.
the sbst. is connected with %*\'i by the
conjunction ^' Ex. gT^'^'i brag-dan-
Idan-pa rocky, contr. g<TS^ brag-Idem ;
W8^ dgah-klan joyous, blissful. Often is
conjoined to several nouns at once : |1**'
^•^•^^^•^•^•^•^•^phyugs lug rta
ra mdso-rnams dad Idan-pahi rdsofi-dpon a
Jong-pon possessed of yak, goats, horses,
sheep and cattle. 2. sbst., also *M'£i, cheek ;
^•<A'*5 cheek-tooth, molar tooth; i^'fl**
a blow or box on the cheek, a box on
the ear (Cs.). Ufa 8^ the cheek or side of
a ravine (Jia.).

^•«rg' Idan-pa Ina the five possessions :
(1) ^-qr^w^-gfl-q possessed of a sincere
heart; (2) g«'£i5-qw^-^-«i possessed of
respectful (humble) person; (3) f^'^'l'
V^'i possessed of an agreeable voice;
4. fl|fe-qS'fl«r«i^-q possessed of clean
and pure food; (6) *i?N'£iS •J^-^E.-OJ^-O p0s.
sessed of beautifying ornaments.

i^'lfa Idan-grol an abbr. of gfrB***1'^'

-q (Khrid.).

fdan-pa-po possessor; one that
has, that is able, a man of ability ((7s.), one
that is possessed of qualifications or talent.

|i^'*i Ldan-ma n. of a district in Kham
(Lori, o- 6).

^•» [dan-mo 1. ^'tr* a female-pos-
sessor or owneress. 2. a female ibex.

aoc. to Jd.-

^'^ Ldan-yul n. of a village in Tsang
near Tanag (Deb. "\ £5).

Idab-ldib idle talk, tittle-tattle:
<K (Situ. 90) there being
no inaccurate or irrelevant speech;

mi c/iom$ fid ts/rig Idab-ldib-tu $mra speak-
ing tattling words and not subduing
unbridled proceedings (Klirid. £7).

Idab-ldob 1. indistinct and in-
correct expressions. 2. indolence, dull-
ness, drowsiness ((7s.).

QjQ'Q Idab-pa pf. q$q« blddbs fut. tlgjq
bldab imp. ^ Idob 1. to fold up; ^'Ufljii-
%w to fold up clothes, etc. 2. ace. to Cs. :
to repeat, to do again ; J^q repeatedly,
afresh, again, anew; 4)*f« twice, for
the second time (Sc/i.).

Sfwg^ Idabs-phyor n. of a great nume-
lical figure: >*«wrf*rj^-|"^r^^ (Ya-
wl. 56).

8f«'H jdam-khu=tf'm dirty water,
water sullied with impurities (Mfion.).

?»•?« Idam-ldam or ?«rti Idam-pa very
slothful (Cs.).

gf»i'|»< Idam-ldum mean, pitiful ((7s.)

$* Idam-ldem dubious, uncertain,
(used of things) (<7a.)

'^I Idar-wa to be weary, tired, faint;
-^^^-q languid.

Ldahu mgo-dkar n. of the
minister of king Bula-skyes (Yig.),

no

the
rattling of thunder, v. %*>'l Idir-wa.

e\

§j*l|'CJ Idig-pa pf . «"J« ««>* to quiver,

shudder, to wriggle ; rlfP kha-ldig-pa
to stammer. ^'"I« fc%? creaking sound,
sound expressive of labouring or groaning
under a heavy weight; |T*V*'|ffr
§«'!=.' a mass of scorpions were wriggling
(A. 27).

c^

§jC'3 ldin-wa to float, to be swimming,

to be suspended, floating, soaring (in the
air) : |M|priplW%lHI the bird soars in the
sky; l*'^ Idifi-bskor floating in a circle
in the sky (as of birds) ; the circle made
by birds when floating or flying in
circles ; ff^Ww^WW*^*!*^^1
KX (Rdsa.) the vulture thrice circling
in the sky said this.

i^'3"!*' Idin-ikyogs a large copper ladle
(Ptsii.).

I^K'P Idin-kha v. |e,'f Itin-kha.

|s;r«' IdiA-khan a bower formed by
over-hanging shady trees, a natural
arbour : *|MW*|ltlM"l'l*< ' a b°wer of
trees full of green (turquoise) leaves.

|e.-(5«i)- Idift-khug a small silken bag
worn as an amulet or talisman on the
breast : «^'3^t'IS1|!''V^'I1 put it in a silken
amulet bag (D.B.).

|ie.^Zjaj Idin-dpon an oflicer over fifty
soldiers (Rtsii.). I*-'*1! Idin-hog one under
or subordinate to a Ldift-dpon ; %*•'* Idin-
tsho militia of fifty soldiers under a Ldin-
dpon (Rtsii.).

^C,-JIE,»J IdiA-zafis a large copper caldron
(Btsii.).

%*-'§ Idifi-se or 1=-'^ IdiA-si in Ld., adv.
quite, very, very much (Jd.).

ldib-fa vb., pf. i|i bldib 1. in
. 2. not clear, unintelligible ;
stammering.

Sch. •=•

Idim in W. the crash of a falling
tiee, the report of a gun.

§j^'ZJ klir-wa 1. also l^'i Itir-wa to be
distended, inflated; $f|*> Uo-ldir a big
belly; jf3*'^ Ito-ldir-can big-bellied.
Ijdir-ldir full to the brim, eaten to the
full (of a greedy boy or beast). 2.
to rush, to roar (of wind) ; to roll, of
the thunder; iJjTtf* hlrvg-ldir it thun-
ders ; t*'«flfi Mr-Win Hke thunder ; |*'g
Idir-sgra a thundeiing, roaring noise;
Idir tslut-wa thundeiing (Jd.).

§^|'S| hlug-pa or |«I« /<%s pf. |^«,
Wwiyj or S"]*' (usual form), fut. ai blutj
imp. 91 ft/w;/ or 3 '"I*1 ^«£/J col. 31'" bluy-i-a :
to pour out or into to sprinkle, to strew ;
to cast, to found (metal), cf. 31" blugs.

tj^'^l Idud-pa pf., fut. and imp. S}^
blud. col. SJV blud.-pa to give to drink, to
water (cattle, etc.) ; virfj«v3s.-a-<ii he does
not die by a poisoned draught ; i^'i'gS
he gives (him) to drink ; 3^-ai'«:-w|S give
milk to the boy ; S'^'ft'g^'i giving water
to a pony.

ej£! Idum 1. vegetables, greens or edible
roots in general. 2. in W. lettuce, salad.
Idum-nag black species of lettuce :
plwji'fli'S'irF'^ I black lettuce
with bear's bile applied on a sore heals it
and also acts as an astringent on the
rectum.

|«'3 Idum-po or S!*r?*i 1. for ^'3 dum-
po. 2. for I*' 3 slwn-po round: gwnc^'i

71]

Mum-la hgril-ica made round, rounded
off.

§|<W5 Idum-lu l. = s*iv$*w alms, also

begging for alms: ^^"Vyf^'^TS^S*

Q'gfw (A. U). 2. any stalked plant.

rW^v Idum-ra or |*'* sdum-ra garden
in general, kitchen-garden, vegetable
garden, an artificial grove. In W. fruit
garden, orchard (Ja.).

Syn. IS'*0' skyed-tsltal; Q«'§'*« khyim-
fjyitshal; ntw&'W* bcos-pahi nags ; *>'Tl'
%&•*. me -tog Idum-ra flower garden (Mnon.).

SIJ^'SI^ Idur-ldur 1. the noise of boil-
ing water, or any fluid boiling. 2. roar-
ing, rushing (Sch.).

|*% Iditr-p/iye also $'§* chu-ldur peas or
barley-flour boiled in water for cattle
(Rtsii.).

gj Ide 1. a prefixed tribal title which
some of the early kings of Tibet had
assumed. 2. treasury, store-house.

$T" Idf-kha belonging together, of the
same species (Sch,).

|(3 Ide-khu *ns coloured medicinal
syrup; sweetened medicine (Rtsii.).

$'3 Id-e-gu or ^ Idehu 1. mixture,
syrup. 2. ointment (Jd.).

1i'4=.' Ide-chun junior treasurer in a
monastery or government treasury; if^
Ue-chen senior treasurer.

^•jftr^*i Lde Snol-nam n. of one of the
early kings of Tibet (Tig.).

^•Qfaar^wijic.'!!^ Lde-hphrul Nam-gshufi-
btsan n. of a descendant of king Ze-lde
one of the early kings of Tibet (/. zafi.
U8).

$'«» Ide-wa 1. one who is in charge of
the key of treasury, i.e., a treasurer. 2.

vb. with pf. o^ bides or ^ Ides, fut. 1$
bide imp. $*> Ides to warm one's self, to be
warmed at or by : *>'^'i me-lde-wa to warm
one's self at the fire ; "V*r$'q ni-nm Ide-wa
to be warmed in the sun.

3J'*)"! Ide-mig 1. the key of a store-room,
any key; padlock. 2. introduction to a
book; index or key. ^'*ta|°ti Ide mig-pa =
*$*•" (Mnon.).

$$ Idehu ace. to Cs. l. = i|$ sdehti ^p
a kind of peas. 2. v. ^'3 Ide-gu. 3. = 3'!J'
a riddle.

«v

Sj^'^l Ideg-pa (pf . 1^1 b.dey) to quake,

shake, tremble, e.g., of the palace of the
gods (Dzl.).

a v. ^'H
Uen-ka a pond.

^'J*' Llden-rgyas n. of a mountain on
the border of India.

$v*)^ Men-warn colloq. (also Sf^'***!)
insufficient.

gjZTKI Wei-^fl l.=|«l'i Me^r-^a ((7s.).
2. to bend round or back, to tuin round,
to double down or over.

g) qSTd Idebs-pa 1. = <•"!« the side : pfi5-
' the inner wall or the inner side of the
wall of ahouse (Situ. 99). $«w*« /de&s-rtj
= iSii|^-|« logs-bri^ paintings on the inside
of a house; ^-qS^gv^tw rus-hpahi
hbur-pohi Idebs by the side of the portu-
berance of the bone. 2. enclosure, fence
(Seh.).

^ysp Ifdehu sgan n. of a place in Tibet :
*Tai'2''f$'HE.'£i mkhan-po Idehu s</an-pa the
learned teacher (professor) of ffdeh
(Deb. 1 W-

712

Idem 1. v. $«'* fcfo»»^o. 2. a
statue, image, idol, (standing upright)
(Ja.).

gjJJ'£J Mem-pa contrariety, opposition,
irony. 2. adj. inconsistent, unstable,

variable. (<?«.)• 3- vb- also ^* '" ^'"'
Idem-pa (Sch.) to move up and down, to
vibrate «!%!f?*< " fffog-gyro Idem-pa the
flapping of wings.

|* $*» Idem-Idem flexible, supple, elastic,
pliant (Ja.}. ^w^w^^ Idem-Idem gyo-ica
to shake flexibly, »'.e., bending but not
breaking. ^wpfS'i Idem brjod-pa to
utter a double entendre ; also to speak a
parable.

fcr^w Wei?, f^'1" s*ya Mer-
on the side of a wall, on a wall; *&'
rihi [der the side of a hill, hill-side.

Idem-po 1. V^'%" not
straight, dishonest, crooked-hearted.
2. riddle, enigma (cf. *S'9) ; *> ?*< mi-ldcm,
S'$*< bya-ldwn, **'$" bem-ldem an enigma,
an allegory, applied to men, to birds, to
inanimate beings. |wZi$-M| Idem-pohi Hag
or |[»r*|5»' Idem-gtam parable, allegory.
§*•**;» Idem tshod-pa or |«'^'« Idem-chod-
pa 1. to solve a riddle. 2.=^»ffl«fc a
plot, a concealed and deceitful design;
aco. to Sch. a mysterious opinion. ^*'ZK"
•^fjt«-£i Idem-por dyons-pa to design a plan :
of which are four kinds:— (1) •ra^''1''?*''
Zft-«^ji«-q ^j^nniinl^W^ [plan of appear-
ing or descending]S. ; (2) w^^-ai^wQi-
^c.N'£) ^<nrf«*ffa [plan with regard to
tokens or characteristics] S. ; (3) «|^'3'«r
"ji*rZft-^fe.«rq sif%q^Tf«^j [a plan regard-
ing the opposite side]S. ; (4) fli^q-offw
Ej^^=.«'i tff^ijrJHTlWTf^ [a plan respect-
ing change or transformation] SL

^'g lder-§ku or^'* Ider-tslto 1. an idol
or statue made of clay. 2. an image
painted on the wall.

^vti lder-wa 1. toughness, clamminess
(Cs.). 2. potter's clay.

ldcr-t>so 1. image, statue, figures
modelled of clay. 2. clay: ^vqS'v
^«w Idw-bzohi ldeb$ a clay-inclosure or
wall.

§| Ido the side of anything.

§j ^ Ido-ldo for a few days, for a short
time: wijv^c^ phur-gar lth-l,l»
bshug he resided for a few days at places
where he pleased (A. 123).

sTTjh" Idog ikyen-pa ^rsajunir [being
dragged back]S.

|'cJ I : Idog-pa pf. and imp. Siflj lo,j,
vb. n. to i"T« slog-pa ^1%, fs^Hir 1. lo
come back, to return, to go home. 2. to
send back.

Syn. «fl'3'i?fll'<i phyin-ci log-pa ; ff'Slfli'i ,/o
log-pa (Mnon.).

•\*

'^J II : 1. in a specific religious sense :
frq. ; '^•^1 dyrar Idoij-pa to
come forward again as an enemy, to renew
the war (Ja.) 2. to change, to undergo a
change (as to colour, smell, etc.). *§*'s|''!
hgyur-ldog and ifT'*§*> Idod-hgyur change-
ableness, inconstancy, fickleness. 3. to
turn away (vb. n.) hi from; sTtfip bio
ldo'j-pa to change the mind from ; 2T^ij'« =
STaiil -q to rebel. The partic. as adj. : ^-«w
^•^ de-lag Idog-pahi (thing) opposed to
that, contrary (to it) ; Sch. has also fi|'|'i
Idog phye-wa distinguished, different (f i om
each other), and iff*1 Idog -pa reciprocal,
mutual, each separately.

ri3

££' Ldon one of the six early tribes of
Tibet descended from the four sons of the
monkey patriarch, the six being : ^ se, ft
rmu, Sf*.' Idoii, ^ $tofi, SJ gra, 9, 6r«, which

are also called *>'9'*T^* %"| mi-bu g.dun-drug
the six descendants of the (first) man (J.
Zan.).

sfcf Idon-kha the cover or lid of a tea-
churner (Rtsii.).

a=^^'^, pf. gfcw Idons,
1. to become blind, to be infatuated. 2.
adj. i£w ldons-pa=**f.*f<i blind, infatu-
ated.

='*f>'% resp.
a tea-churner.

ldofi-ro$ »ri '•fat^ri ; ^'fft a kind
of mineral medicine ; also a yellow earth
used for painting walls of houses.

Syn. IT^'I*! ba-na ri-skyeg; w«j«rgw
gal-yul tkyeg; "J^V yid-hbod-ma; *\*
*>?*;** gar-mkltan-ma ; ^f'^ ^/o-/2 ; J|'j fe^w-
fce; w^1^ ma-no-ha (Mnon.).

^=.51 Ijdon-lha n. of a mountain in
Tibet, presided over by a demi-god of the

sama name (G. Bon.).
•^*
§J3j'^ Idon-pa to give or pay back, to

return=^'£i klon-pa or ^ " glon-pa; *%
^'^ Ian Idon-pa to reply, to give an
answer.

32TP Idob-pa to apprehend quickly ; to
be witty, to be quick in repartee ((7s.).

gfrw'i Iclobs-pa =1j£W 'i spobs-pa. + |«w'
|^'« /fifoi? sAyew-/>«=-*l*i'51 1 quick percep-
tion, understanding readily.

x^

S^J'^J Idom-pa alms, anything given to
a religious beggar.

Syn. afo'9 Idom-bu ; q^'|»iN bsod-snoms
(Situ. 137).

Idom-bu v. ^"wi Idom-pa.
§^'i Idom-bu byeg-pa to ask for alms, to
beg as a religious mendicant. ^'{J'l fofom-
a religious beggar, mendicant.

ifa'« Idom-sa alms-house, house where
beggars receive food.

t|£'^ sdan-wa 1. = ^^=,' JT?rflT, flfS, ^B;
pf. ^^N srfaws to hate, to be angry,
wrathful : •wqw-^-^-qww^K.-^iv^
the parents together with those about
them became displeased (Bbrom. 49) ;
being displeased, he grew
%'^l»'vw'*S'*''¥MriK>' the
Chinese hated all foreigners. 2. sbst. anger,
hatred, malice : qwt-crl'jj*«ruic.-v'r*tf=.^Y'V
^^•yfl^t^-vr^fv^ts: and imme-
diately perceiving in very truth thoughts
the most stupendous, those afflicted with
the potent poison of malice were healed
(Tan. Mdo *| 130.). 3. adj. angry, mali-
cious, hostile: ^ffi'^gj sdan-wahi dgra
an angry vindictive enemy; ^c/qiv^NN
sdan-wahi sem$ wrathful mind, hatred,
enmity, hostility; ^qS'^wg^ sdafi-wahi
sems-ldan ^f^r having a vindictive mind.
^•q-si*w«v^<»|-q $daft-wa t hums-cad hjig-pa
(or colloq. q^!'I'c') to disarm hostilities or
hostile feelings. g*'S«.'s $ftar $dan-wa the
former hatred, old grudge.

^c.-q«v3<>m $dafi-aiahi rtag$ the signs of
hatred or ill-feeling are : |^y*)'«fRE/q not
giving alms or charity; R*»^'W^'«l
to cause disagreement; ws^'wS |\« not
being accordant, or in harmony; ty* SS
nes-spyod mischievous, behaving viciously,
etc. (K. du. ^ 203).

^s.'IS fdan-byed an enemy, foe.

Syn. ^ dgra ; njfy^ hkkcn-hdsin
(#*>»,).

Jj^'9 sdad-bu, v. "[^'9 gdafi-bu.

91

714

$dad-grofi freehold house; a
resident owner ; opp. to house occupied by
an agricultural tenant (Rtsti.).

fdam-pa v. J*'" sdom-pci
abstinent, self-restraining, bound ; a
handcuffed ; «|-ws(«r«i bound with a rope.

sdar-ma (sf'S*^ fa cfntn-ica,
timid, timorous, trembling:

^e.- though a timid person may
put on various clothes, fyc, (K. du. *\
198),

J sdig-pa I :
qnj sin, moral evil. Aco. to Tibetan
explanation, the word is derived from
|l*r« $digs-pa to sting or torment, the
sinner being pained in body, speech and
mind by the misery resulting from impious
acts, &c :

iy-paila yid-,che$-pa to believe
in sin; Sj*rH«i sdiy-syrib = sjip'^-jjq-q sin
and defilement, contamination of sin.
^ij-jjq ?*«r«y$<>rq sdiy-syrib thams-cad sel-ica
to cleanse from every defilement of sin.
^*|'*^ $diy-can sinful: ^T^'-*^'" ^dig-can
yan-pa the sinful butcher ; Sjl'?'^ $dig to-,wa
or |fl|'£cq««|«-£( a sinner, one who has
accumulated sin ; I|IT^'*^'^'V*^ sdiy-ltahi
mtshan-nid_-can rrnT^f^in one having sinful
looks, a suspicious character ; ^T^l $dig-
sdug ^:^r ^1^, sin and suffering. tMJ'T
*I»<^-£i sdig-pa hjomt-pa to conquer sin, as
something hostile to man (Ja.) • p'^'*'
Jfq5-|jfll-£i a grievous sin ; |j«ir<rjj«-qvg*w gdifj-
pa rnam-par sbyans f^jWTT [one whose
sins have been entirely washed off]<S.
?"1 '"'ift'l sdig-pa spyod-pa to practise sin;

sdig-pa byetf-pa to commit sin.

ro^-q gdig-pa fyags-par byed^-pa

expatiation of sin by confession and
repentance for which four kinds of ^*w or
powers are necessary : (1) $«w wQ^ '"'

; (2) ^•S-^^T'S''1^*' ; (3)
q« ; (4) ^'3'^W.— |«q'W'5«llM

edig-pahi grogs a companion in vice, an

associate in crime:

ing evil companions and not being bound
by the snares of women, associate with
the gods (K. d. * 31) ; Sflp5'**''^ fdig-pahi
c/toS'Can TTTtnjw? possessed of vicious
propensities.

$dig,pahi Ito-can fl^^i a bear.

II: a scorpion; of which tin eo
kinds occur in parts of Tibet, but mainly
known by reputation only. $ql';)«v>!E>'z'
fdiy-pahi phufi-po a large number of
scorpions in one place: E'Srw^'^flJ'iS'
tjfcj-|iq)»)-§ gc.- Jo-wo/ii mdun-du $diy-pa]<i
p/tun-po ldiys-kyi-l>yun a heap of scorpions
were quiveiing in fiont of Atis'a
(A. 27).

Sjn. SFS $paii-bya; ^'|f neg,ltun;
an-las lijol; ^w§^ dma$-lycd;
sdiy-blta ; e.^!]S-ai*i ran-hgrohi lam ;
tshar-hyro ; ^-^t- nan-htlnm ; *$'
dyc^imhi hgal-zla (Mnon,),

sdtff-blon a wicked officer; an
officer or minister who is not devoted to
Buddhism but favouis the Bon cult.

§*!'**! $dirj-,tshi(j ^T^TT lit. words of
sin, but also implies words of repentance.

gl'Ih sdiy-srin (ffl) WRZ the crab.
l^tf^^VfVffj'VW^fir^l the crab draws
foith paralysis, kidney disease, and
dropsy (Mcd.).

Syn. ^g^'IS'^11! hphroyrbyed inig ; *f-'
«?.'?i rkafirma^po ; W^ slalrchen (Mnon-),

715

cr*-«^ f dig-pa r tea-can ^fasf scor-
pion.

Syn. ^'W*l dur-was hehi; w|*r?sw
IS mar-yyfsfiams-fjycd; ^'^'^"\ lus mi-sdug

(Mfion.).

|-*i fdiij-phug-ma species of bird of
Tibet (Rtsii.).
cv

I Sdigs-pa, pf. <^"!N bsitirjs, fut.
^1 bsdig, imp. I"!** «<%s; also Ij'S sdi-wa,
pf. «i|<w bsdig, fut. i? £«& to point
towards or at, to point out ; to threaten, to
sting. ?"|*r^S'tl gdtys-ri bya-wa tm^,
"Vf^TpPI, when shooting an arrow or
flinging a stone to threaten to strike some-
body: Sl^i'^W^W^S-qS'l^ jargS'
j^-*q|-*|3flr«q^ if the merciful one for
the purpose of threatening cast a thunder-
bolt on the prince (A. 13).

gjlN'8 g^1* sdtgs-mo byed-pa to assume a
menacing attitude, to threaten tauntingly
(./a.).

Sjiprwgq $digs mdsub v^\ index-finger,
the forefinger of the right hand the
pointing of which may be a sign of a
threat, |jf SS^aiwagq Mro-icohi sdigs mdsitb
the sign of threat made by the hand in
which the thumb and the middle finger
are brought to touch each other at the
centre of the palm, the pointer remaining
outstretched.

** 0yn!-na hklior-lo ral-gri dgra-sta rdo-
rje difi gyon-na sdigs-pahi $digs-mdsub-po
fin-tu hjigs-pahi bdag-nid-can (the figures
of) the dorje, battle-axe and sword being
formed in a circle to the right, and the
index-finger of myself, who am greatly
afraid, pointing to the left (Tantra in
Tangi/ur on "Mode of co-ercion of Ti-
dags, Grrul-bum, and Srul-po").

rg 1. a level
eminence, a levelled place, flat surface,
table-land: SJ'^w lha-sdin§ the eminence
where gods dwell; ffl'^*i klti-sdins the
plateau where the naga reside ; V&j'
^q-|c.»i dnos-grub $difl§ the plain where
enchanted things are obtained or where
one's wishes are fulfilled. 2. ace. to Jd.
a cavity or depression ; g^t>s.»j spafi-§dins
an undulation on a grassy plain; ^'|MJ
ri-sdifis a depression on a mountain ridge.
3. ace. to Cs, middle part, heart, core.

=|«r«i dib-pa. 2.=

mdses-pa

Itib-pa (Jd.).

sdu

loveable :

''^H sdu-gu for
beauty, beautiful.

|*| sdug as adj. unhappy, miserable.

?^| ^ I - sdug-pa *z, q\j*R adj.
attractive, agreeable ; comely, nice ; dear,
nice-looking ; *^N-
became beauti-
ful, pleasing and comely, to the sight ;
*'S1'3)'9'^'5)'|fl|'£i'ai the most beloved of my
sons ; ^'g'lj*! my dear son ; |*|'iv*6^-Ji to
love, c. dat., gen. with regard to parental
love ; il'W^f^'fl to become dear to a
person, to be endeared to ; ^'gl'i not nice,
disgusting, disagreeable : *^'l|*rti§'>j'-«j'g|^-i5'
Sj'w a lama covered with disgusting sores ;
8'l»flj'W§^'«i to disfigure, pollute, profane.

Syn. tffi'i hdod-pa ; l^'Q bde-wa •
hphans-pa ; ?K'^q!'c' snin $duy-pa •
mjah-pa. (Mnon.).

|13 fdtig-gu (also written |'3) engaging,
pretty, winsome : SS'^'ll'^''*1*'*^ all
pretty women. |T3'W sditg-gu-ma or^"l *| ^

716

gdug-ge-wa the state of being pleasing
(Jo., Cs.)

^^j'^J II : vb. to be afflicted, downcast,
depressed, prostrated : *w^ '5'^ '*«•' the
mind was very much afflicted ; also as
sbst. ^••'8, *ror, (**wi[qr{' sems. sdug-pa)
soirow, misery, distress; *V|T*>*faW*
the beginning of the misfortunes of Tibet ;
£^'i>r|i4|'qW?i«rqq our tuin of being visited

by affliction came ; |1T5-S)''(fc'*VirqP1 *ie
you not in distress ? gTR^S'V to undergo
hardships, to bear affliction, to suffer;
^<jj-&-Sq| you cannot endure hardship ; q^'ljl
or IS'I"! $kyi<j-$dug lit. happiness and
misery, good and adverse fortune, but gen.
ill-luck ; |i'**|»i'3S'q to accumulate miseiy
upon one's self; "WIT9!'!"!'" the sin of
having done evil to others ; tj"! ' vw«i to be
in mourning (Cs.) ; 5ql'3s''q sduysrun-wato
mourn (Cs.) ; |T*^ fdug-can colloq.
fatiguing, wo:rying. gfF*-' sdug-Jihan a
darkened room, a chamber of mourning ;
$dug-f/o$ a mouining diess (Cs ).

fduy-bsfial calamity misery,
distress, affliction, l^gi'"^ sditg-btfal
brgyad the eight miseries enumeiated in
Buddhist works:— (1) jj-qS-girqgm ; (2) 9C&
|q|-qgo|; (3) ^qa'3«rq£"« ; (4) *$• qS |<irqga( ;
(5) gq^cgq-qS'^-qgai ; (6)
g<l|-qgai; (7)

(8) »<^^>'
q^'q $dug-b$fal-wa ^° be unhappy; the
state of unhappiness; IT^gi'l^'i $dug-
bsnal bye^-pa to bewail, bemoan ;
vq to become melancholy. |
sdug-bsnal hbyun-g.na$=-afi^Q (Mnon.).

Syn.
g.yen$;

yid-nafi-c/md ; ^'**t^ yid-mi-bde;
fdug-po; J«'§'<* rab-tu-tsha ;

yid-gdt<n$; %'*•*! mya-fian;
(Mnon.).

Uflr*43ql $ditg-mt/iug accumulated cala-
mities.

g"!"^ gdug-hdre a demon (Scfi.).

jidp^q gdug-pa nal-wa=^'l fsidvr
(K ko. *\ 236).

%*]% $ditg-po wretched, savage, unami-
able ; evil ; IjT'S'lVq sdag-po byed-pa to
do evil ; |1'Q'q5*'q gdug-po btan-wa to do
e\il to a person; to molest, trouble,
injure any one.

S"l3S tditg-byed=W^-tx «^q (K.
ko. V 236).

$(luy-s/iba a mourning hood or cap.

affectionate.

gdud 1. srf% [folds, wrmkles]»S.
the folds of a garment; 1JYF $dud-kha
string for drawing together the open-
ing of a bag ; drawing-hem. 2. Cs. :
synthesis ; *§\|^ hbycd-fdud analysis and
synthesis. 3. v. tJV fdud-pa.

: $dud.-pa «m, pf. BJ« b$dus,
fut. (used likewise for the pres. tense) Q$
b$du, imp. |" sdu$, vb. a. to ^'fl hdu-
wa 1. to collect, gather, mass or range
together, to assemble, to put together, to
compile ; to brush or sweep together. V^'
^'^V to bring under one's power, to sub-
ject, subdue ; ^ •^•^«'^-q|«'5 as many
as six kinds being massed together; <,vw
f«r$«-«f«rjprA51^A<J|qrq by the power of
faith was unable to control the eyes from
looking (A. 151). 2. to unite, join, con-
dense, add together, contract: WJ,*w
1 adding the troop to his retinue ;
ktiyo-fitg-tu sdud-pa to unite

717

in matrimony ;

|^«r4*«T* ?&-ff 4jf Spyan gsum
khro-gner bsdus yift I jags hdril che-wa me
stag hphro a tiger will issue forth with a
great fiery tongue lolling out and having
three eyes united together with scowls and
frowns (Tangyur treatise for " Coercion
of Tamdin ") ; ^"i"^ if one shortens it
still mo:e, if it is further abridged;1
bsdus-yiy abbreviation, abridgment;
q5"i bsdi/s-hyrel an abridged commentary.
^ «r%1 9Kq»«rti comprised of six letters.
q|*''l3 or l^w'R a preparation by combining
together several ingredients.

four virtuous collections or confederacies :
y, i.e., giving alms, &c.
polite language ; ^'"5^1£i common
uniform interest; public weal; M'jft*1 don
spyod-pa working for an end (K. du. 1 43).

|S'^ sdud-li-n abbr. of S1J|'|\£1 f- ^ '1
collection and realization : If ^'"J^*^ S^V^S'
l^wSjE.-j}' (source of) income from the
realization of revenue of a Jong (district)

<^q?w§^ the weighment or measuring of
revenue, etc. (Rtsii.).

IJ&r^l §dum-pa 1. vb., pf. i|w*> fut.
*<$* imp. I* or 1|*« to make agree, to
bring to an agreement, to reconcile, to
conciliate; 5**w|S'i to bring to harmony
or terms ; JwS^'i reconciliation l^'Vl'^'g'
ijgwg^-c^ y^w'S ^'^e.'^Sj who is eager to
make peace will join the gods, will
become a god (K. d. 1 31). |»w*i^
intermediary : ^ 5'3fgucq'if^»]'3'|»<'»<^'^M
the Jwco also becoming the reconciler
of the two kings (A. 58). |«'i » sdum-pa-po
or |*i'*^ conciliator, pacifier, peace-
maker ; V

often at one time weie at odds, at
another they were at peace with one
another. 2. sbst. a treaty, agreement.
3. = ("*'!* khan-khyim a mansion, house;
•i)!*) sj« gzim-sdum (resp.) bed room. + |»i
*«w sdum-tkab$=l3,w»* family life. + |»r
**« sdum-mtshe§=B,s<x%v neighbour.

^'^ fdur-wa pf. and fut. ^ b$dur to
make comparison, compare: ^"I " ^ §^ §S "
to compare attainments among scholars ;
to compare different texts;
to try feats of strength;
Sdur-kn exercises. Ij^'g^ $dur-blan
in Tsang : amber (Jo.).
^^

^ I : sde %*n, ^n section, class, commu-
nity, race, tribe ; part, portion : fy^ bon-$de
Bon community; ^'^'«r|l'<i $dc-chen-lx
to aim at an extension of teiritory ;
pha-rol-gyi sde hjomg-pa to
conquer hostile tribes; I'^'iffl sdc-sder
b-jo-u-a to divide into clssses ((7s.) ; ^'^
mdo-sde Sutranta class ; *^'^ Tantra class ;
*^'3 chos-sde religious class or section,
hence a monastery : \*$'y* ide-btsugs he
founded a section i.e., a monastery. I'qT
«WJ^ sde bco-brgyud the eighteen sects into
which the four earliest schools of Buddhism
were divided : — I :

(1)
; (2) ^-g^-«i5^ ^ngrftg ; (3)

T*n|*tl wg*; (5)
; (6)

; (7)

i; (9)

; (8)

(10)

III.

(11)

(12)

r; (13)

(15)

i. IV:

718

; (16) «!Cql'

^'«^ Sde-can n. of an ancient sage in
India (Ya-sel. 53).

(18)

Sj'<^ gde-bshi the four classes of Buddhists
(the earlier schools). *t«-o5|q^ four
kinds of acquirements ; <0^ %>g «i *wg«V«i,
enjoys or prospers in five evil objects of
desire; ^•^•p^«n£J't the fourth section of
attain-ments is salvation ; ^'thil'S! -t)3S ^fl'
snn-gyi sde-brgyad the eight classes of
spirits.

Vfc Sdc-dkor district (Qlr.).

^'S31" fde-dknigs disturbance, dispute,
general misunderstanding : 9* '1^ '^3"!*<'
i^'*V8" they engaged in disturbances
of this kind, as being innate to the body
(Rdsa.). "^ST" sde-hkhrug-pa in 3*1 f «1'
^•ngq|-q the fighting between the neigh-
bouring states or countries; a general
revolt of a people (Ya-sel. 18).

\'$fa sde-dgon central monastery abbr.
of "^ sde and ^'« dgon-pa (Yif/.).

Sj'SjS $de-brgyad ^€%*r the eight kinds
of demon in three series, each of eight : —

I: (1) «flM hgon-po (2) H'gf thehu
Iran, (3) =.•<«*» da-yam, (4) wffl sa-bdaj, (5)
ojui^ yul-lha, (6) a^ {»w», (7) «i^ btsan,
(8) a */«.

II: (1) JfTiV! srog-bdag, (2) *« »«i-
»)0, (3) ^1 fffin-rje, (4) ^ 6rf«rf,
(5) «|^> ffnod-sbym, (6) «» rf»j«, (7) ^
dgra-lha, (8) ^'9 hyon-po.

Ill : (1) 1«'»i*il'a'y*1'^ ffsah-mc/ioff lyi-
tri-pa-tra, (2) g^'^'W2! Ijdfi-sfion drag-po,
(3) ^q-»^q|-V rf^.^a mjug-rin, (4) wq *'l
hbar-wa ra-tsa, (5) g'*|**i'^ syra-pcan-
hdsin, (6) 8'5'^< 4y«-«« ra-^sa, (7) \'5 1 ra-
//M-fo, (8) S^'^l^^'ti khyab-mjuy chen-po
(K. than, f 37).

sde-c/ten bya-gag an epithet of
Karttikeya the youngest son of Mahes'vara
(Miton.).

\y fde-dum subdivision of a district;
a small community or section of a larger
community (Loft. * IS).

fde-$no4-psum the Tripitaku
or the three baskets, viz : the three classes
of the sacred writings : — Vinaya pitaka
(<^rqS-$-jft hdttl-u-ahi fde-snod) treating
of moral discipline ; Sutranta pitaka (*\
I ^'| 'Jf> mdo-gdehi $de-$nod) the aphorisms,
general religious discourses ; Abbidharma
pitaka (*B(-«« or w^-qS-l-^qfSj-qf^q rnfion-
jxihi idet-iwd luft-gi b$tan-pfi, the metaphy-
sical and dogmatical instructions, 'fcw
wr^^'^W^^I all virtues are embodied
in these three (Lam-rim. It).

•N

If " sde-pa »inpi 1. one in charge of a"^

$de or district, a district officer ; formerly the
chief or governor of a province was called
Depa. "^'q'1511' sde-wa ffs/tuft=t}ie central
government or the government of Lhasa.
2. (T^'i ka-sde Ita-ica w?w) a letter of a
certain phonetic class, or the phonetic class
itself; ^'T^'i f de-pa bshi-j>a the fourth
phonetic class, the labials in Gram. 3.
I de-pa signifies also a class of demons. 4.
[leader of an army]S.

§de-pa Don-yod. n. of the
famous Bin-chen Pung-pa of Tsang who
founded the Hin-^pufts Jon in Tsang (Lon.
* 13).

^•q-n|if« Sde-pa ytsan-pa. the powerful
chief who had established his sway over
Tibet in the beginning of the 17th cen-
tury. He was killed by the Zungarian

719

r-hief Gushi-khan in 1643 A. D. (Lon.
<S IS).

i» '^ sck-dpon a petty chief ruling over
a distiict.

Sjn. J"! g^ rgyal-phran ; $*rg'*JV<!'9 yw/-
j/3/a bdag-po (Mnon.).

|'^ $de-ts/iau 3tne ; section of written
characters e.jr., phonetic class =? g<fe,
a particular kind of writing as t,iql'^'|'^
Na-ya-ri gde-tshan character (Glr.) ^'wfyci
§ifa-mtshan-pa inw 1. an astrologer. 2.
f%3iTq [collection, multitude]£.

^'1a* fdi'-psar civil dissension, law-
lessness, anarchy : | '*| w&$ '5 sde-gsir ehen-
po great revolution, civil war.

^'qac.' sdc-bzan ^jlfa ; good or well disci-
plined brigade.

fj <w< ?</•(,'- ?/awjS=H*»*' court, court-yard
(./a.).

| •*,£)•§'«*) §«\ Sde-rab-tu pfiam-byed n. of a
king of S'ravasti (K. my. f J^«).

^'§*^ sdc-srid %»n*ior 1. province, king-
dom ((7s.). 2. ruler, governor, administra-
tor. Is the name especially given to the
Regent who administers the government of
Lhasa during the minority of a Dalai
Lama. !'§S'6Wr^5t' sde-srid phag-mo grub
n. of the rulers of Tibet who administered
the government of Tibet during the hier-
archy of Phag-mo-gru in the 15th and 16th
centuries A. D., the chief among them
being Byan-chub Rgyal-mtshan born of the
family of Chos-syyal Sne-pdon (Loft. "- 13}.

|-§«VWiWj«r3'»i* Sde-srid Sans-rgyag
Rgya-mtsfto the famous Eegent of Tibet
who conducted the government of Tibet for
13 years after the concealed death of the
first Dalai Lama, and better known by
the name of Gon-sa I^na-pa chen-po (Lofi. *
12).

reviling]&

sdeg-par

[reproach,

lity.

sdcfi-Miay charge, responsibi-

sdeb-pa, pf. og*W bgdebg, fut, P>1
bsdeb imp. I*'*' sdebs 1. to mingle, mix;
to make unite, to conjoin ; to fasten
together : Jfl1P''fl|Sflr§'§c''£i phyog$-gfig-tu
sdeb-pa to mix together certain things and
setting them apart ; i^'^ft'llj w combined
one with another ($ag. £2) ; ^N'g'gq-q dra$~
sit sdeb-pa sewed together. 2. vb. n. :
to join, to unite, «^- with, also °i : *>*wSir

m'q|q^^^-^ |j-q-^-q|qN-*iN-^ the SOul 6663

by joining the eyes, it hears by joining the
ear ; to join company, to associate, to hold
intercourse with (Mil.,). 3. to exchange,
barter; to change (money). 4. to make
poetry, to compose verses (Jd.).

|fl'|X sdeb-sbyor 1. wr^tTO [the doctrine
of the udgatri priests contained in a
chapter of the Sama-veda]$. 2. sf*?-.
metre in general, metrical science, poetry
(Jd.) ; »)'^|5'|H'|[X yi-gehi sdeb-sbyor ortho-
graphy (Schtr.) ; § WJjV^g'O §deb-$byordbyc-
u-a w^tH? metrical distinction; ?i'|^'|'
I '91 sdeb-byor-gyi bye-brag TOIT a metri-
cal narrative; ?*l'5^'|'ga' sdeb-sbyor-gyi
bral Tffzi, w^: metrical line ; | i'|H- B|«-«I
sdeb-sbyor b$dits-pa w^t%1^a metrical
collection or extracts, ^i^ gdebg f^rss
together, in conjunction [a number of
stanzas grammatically connected}^. sj*w
sdebs-blans (^'^) in ^•3)«$«r*
to take up together the above
mentioned necessaries (Rtsii.). |jw&i|«
sdebs-tshogs assembling of different people
or classes of people in one place : °^^'^*>'
tOTrgpr^tw&im they daily assembled
being seated in rows (Rtsii.).

720

Sdcr-ma (reap. fl|*«r?* g.sol-sdtr)
plate, dish, platter, saucer; Si'SJ*
a plate or dish made of bell-metal
* Icags-gder iron-plate; T?* ka-fder
or VI*'? * dkar-tder porcelain dish ; «w? *
zaAf-sder copper dish; S| *'"]*•' fder-gaH a
plateful.

f'q tdtir-spyad-kyi shal-lta-tca
Vfi a superintendant of plates, &c.

(jf. r.).

t{ V^f jokr-»jo=?*'3 fder-kyu aoo. to
SWi. : claw, talon; I *'*'»" tder-mo rno a
[•harp claw ; ?* «^ tder-can furnished with
claw; a hawk; ?*'*S sdcr-mej without
claws; ?«.'^|«\i to seize with the claws
(Cs.). fl'*) ?* stag-gi tier a tiger's claw.
^aw|*» fder-chagt animals provided with
claws ; f *-*fl]»rs«K. 9 $der-chays dtcafi-po is
a met. for the lion

j'fw gdo-kham belonging together

q jeto-wra pf. *f»< s«tos or
fut. "^ bfdo imp. ^ jrfos 1. to risk, make
venture, used with ^' or*: •¥J%<?dfr
bdag-gi luf tdo-wa to risk my body; V'5|-
§-u|-^c.-^:q ran-gi srog-daA fdo-tca to risk
my own life; <fl«i«*« dyra-la fadof
(Situ. 76) made a venture against an
enemy ; $*rjp>vnif«'t' lus-srog bsdos-pa lisked
bis body and life; *^««fS^WV^FV
^Vi|-^-a|-q56.-d\w|aC|«I»i'«i'P5qI»' the Lo-tsa-wa
undergoing hardships and risking his life
and body made up his mind to proceed
(A. 65).

1. tiunk or stem of a tree. 2. the stalk
of a plant; n\wS-sfe.-5 pad-mahi $do$-po
the stalk of the lotus; ^•B-qel-w«t^gfl|-
q-<«-'^q|-|*)-cc»4?'t 2f fdon-po pail-pas mi.
hkhi,ig§-pa tsc<m shig gkyes-pa mthon-no

the stalk from which it was seen to be
growing was such an one as could not be
clasped by the out -spread arms; sf^S
p&Tf*' fdofi-po khorj-§toA a hollow log or
stalk (Vat. 96.). jf^'ZiS^ $dofi-pohi $de the
class of stalked plants (Cs.). 3. is the
common word in the C. colloq. for a
tree, also ^e.'$VZi fin-fdofi po a tree ; ^
£V*|Cfl]$<>| fin-tdon rkan-gcig a tree of a
single stem or trunk (Glr.) ; ^•jfVj'fe. '«,m
f iii-sdon khofi-rul a tree rotten at the core j
etar-$dod trunk of a walnut tree ; -
yitg-sdoA stem of a juniper tree;
tvhil-sdofl a tallow candle ;
gdofi an icicle ; x^Vtf^' mchod-sdoii (1) = »
?a* mc/tod-rten, (2) = ^'^' sdon-rkrtn t-r
£V«,« fdod-ms a wick. ?'t'^*1 sdoil-dum or
^E. ^c g-^w^w fit fdod-bu dum-dtim stump
of a tree. ^'V^l'" sdon-dutn tshiij-pn the
burnt stump of a tree: ^ 'VP '? c^** »>« Sql "'
^•q-wfEj-n^w^w many ghosts of the appear-
ance of burnt stumps of trees having as-
sembled together (K/trid. &0). See also
in Dzl. legend of a prince who was born
in shape like a tree-stump and so called
Sdo fi-dum.

jfe.Q«^ fdon-po-cnn W, lf%R possessed
of a stalk, a lotus flower.

•rc.-tj «j&!| fdon-po-yciy n. of a species of
gentian = ^1*'3'?«I'5 nays-kyitay-ta (Mnon.).

ft-g-g- fdon-po-Ma or
the five plants of Budh. : (1)
full of resources, or skilful in means;
(2) J)« «,«3 5 'cXsi-5'l^i perfection in know-
ledge or transcendental wisdom ; (3) <**w
^•3jt»r»j|j^q* tvi maturity in animated
existence; (4) V w*»o*k*r«i-«&i «'^ lw»J'
*«!«•« perfect acceptance of Buddhism and
following it; (5) pk-f1«rvgTWq5»1fH'«
freedom from anger is enjoyment of
equanimity (K. d. *>

721

$don-phran ^JSH shrub, plant.

sdon-ica or tfwq $dofi$-pa pf.
bsdofig fut. ssjV 6j«fo<5 to accompany, to
join with, to enter into partnership (used
with «^') ; B^e.'*'?f*'t'M6 khyod-dafi na sdofi-
$te hgro you and I will go together ; ^TV
«i5-fc*w|»rqjJR.»r3-qlj* dgah-wahi sems-kyii
b$dofi$-te hgro-ho will go accompanying
one another cheerfully (Bbrom. -49.). It
is to he noted that lif^'1! bsdons-pa seems
to he often used as pres. tense.

sdoH-bu so® stick, staff:
^c.-5'^-q-^-s. the flower-like staff was lapis
lazuli; ace. to Cs. 1. a small trunk. 2.
stalk. 3. wick. 4. n^r*l, ^*ft [1. the
stalk of a pot-herh. 2. an arrow]*S.

sf=.-g'?c.- tdon-bi{-rift='Sl ku-wa gourd
(Mnon.).

tf^'S^'^ sdon-buhi $man ^^, HISTHJ n. of
a medicinal plant.

zla-yrojs friend,

associate.

sdon-ras a cotton wick (Rtsii.) ;
%*•'%*•' sdon-fiil, if* *)=•• don-rkan a wick of
wood, of pith.

nal-hso-wa

respite, relaxation.

(dod-pa ^im, 55^^ pf. and fut.
1. to sit; ^'»r«K-«|Vc' dal-war
fdod-pa to sit still, to he at ease. 2. to
stay, to stop, to wait : Jflqw^'fl^ thog-mar
der-bsdad for the present I will stay here
yet a little longer (Mil.) ; ww^o.^1 to
lie down and to continue lying (Mil.),
i ^•(N-£W^w«ji^q| wajt a little yet before
beginning to kill (Dzl.) • ^TJFifV'^'
^S'^ without time to stop even for a mo-
ment ; JfVwI'N gdod-par byed ^rafa to be

seated, to cause to sit. 3. to be at home,
to live, to reside, to settle at. ^T'sfs bkah-
gdod attendant, waiting servant. ^S'^"!*'
sdod-rogs a sweetheart, mistress, a con-
cubine. If'VW* sdod-hiys=^^ (ace. to
Rnin-ma school).

•\^

^3M sdom I: JTSZ, ^n the spider:

|f*r}iii|-|fam-<ig-ffa-§-^iim spiders, scorpions,
insects and worms, etc. (Rtsii.) ; |«'^ sdom-
mo H&£t a she-spider; $V^|'2f $dom-nag-
po black spider : ^^Ttf^^T^^^^g^iI'l'0!'
^nv^Hf^f^trprq^YI a black spider
with 360 arms and feet having one eye on
its forehead and sixteen mouths (D. R.).

Syn. «wi*r*f^ thag§-mkMn; V'^ dra-
wa-can; ^'H'W«^ Ite-wa bal-can;
sprehu-hdra (Mnon.).

II: summary: V§*( spyi-sdom
general summary, contents ; ^fi'jfw dpehi
sdom & table of contents, index in gen.,
introductory remarks, introduction.

! I : sdotn-pa im, f^nur vb., pf.
or q^w^ bsdoms fut. 3%** or i^"" bsdom imp.
?« sdom or ij*w $doms 1. to bind, fasten ;
to tie up, bind up : |jf $w|f*ri khro-ctm
fdom-pa to fasten by melted metal, i.e.,
to solder ; tfsf*™ so-§dom-pa to press the
teeth together, to gnash ; rpif*l'C| rtsa-kha
sdom-pa to close an opened vein. 2. to
stanch, to stop, to cause to cease : 8"H1>Jfv
tr|T*cci rtsa-khrag for-wa sdom-pa the stop-
ping of the bloody influx; to bind,
constrain, render harmless ; ^wcrjiwti ne$-pu
fdom-pa to neutralize an evil (Sch.). 3. to
make morally firm, to confirm; fjvrjj'wti
spyod-pa edom-pa to make firm one's moral
conduct. 4. to add together, to cash or
sum up: |\^-qsf*ww^ yn* rgyud-bshi
t>sdoms-pa$ khu all the four Tantras taken

722

together have 154 chapters;
taking all together (A. K. 1-U).

***f

IJJJ'CJ II: sbst. WK; obligation, en-

gagement, duty ; m 'C^'1" on either side ;
jfa-crawiwy §dom-pa chagi-pa
«\3I sdom-pahi ggra anKifr ;
pa len-pa (Glr.) or jfw^-q gdom-pa hdsin-
pa to enter into an engagement, to
bind one's self to perform a certain duty ;
$Vq-{|c,-q fdom-pa srun-pa to be true to
one's words, to keep one's engagements ;
£.ui{faq»)^ Ha-la fdom-pa-med I have
renounced iny vow ; I have no vow (Glr.).
$Verfl|g»i=the three vows: (1) S^'S'sT*^
the vow of an ordinary Buddhist for
self-emancipation; (2) s*-**w3'$»''{| the
vow of a Bodhisattm for universal libera-
tion ; (3) fliwgflFS'S*™ the Tantrik or
mystical vow. We find also •fl^H'**'"
priestly vow ; | W1'*T**|q the VOW8 of a
Danapati (almsgiver) ; tffiS'fwi the vows
of a physician. (K. du. 1 42).

SJ**'3*\ sdom-byed 1. one that binds by
duty, etc. 2. an astringent medicine (Cs.) ;
jfw'9^ 3'3«rj a mystical posture in yoga
signifying perseverance : ^"'^'''SVSI'S'
qjacq»T3i'^"i^^e.-oj«i'ai'^e.' then being released
by the mystical posture of fdoni-byed, the
iiaga returned to his own country

(D. B.).

tf*r1U| gdom-tshig a summary in a few

words.

jfa'i fdom-la summarily, in brief, in
short.

^•q)l^ gdom-^ser rivet of a pair of scis-
sors or tongs (Seh.).

^*rq5^gj sdom-pahi ijgra an epithet of
Kamadeva (Miton.).

^wg sdom-bu, (^'S) a ditch, ravine ;
a ball ; a round tassel.

sdom-brtson Ufa, f»^ a profes-
sional sage, an ascetic: X*rjg*w^'<vtfa'
"f ^'3'Ci'^*1 according to the custom of
lama ascetics in conformity with religious
rules.

Syn. ^'5'| kun-tu-rgyu; i)fe-Wfl|^*J
fftsan-icar ffnag; B«-3'i|«i-8«I»J k/trus-kyi
brtul-shutje', g'l^'WS'*1 smra-icar ^cad-pa
(Ijfnon.).

jT«-a|^-q tdom-gtod-pa = "ftff^^'i a
waiter, valet; sentinel (D.-fel. 11).

jTsruSc- (dom-hclM=.^t fault, guilt
(Won.).

~^

^^, gdor a general term for spices,

butter, lard, or oil, which give seasoning
to food ; that which gives relish to food ;
seasoning, condiment; esp. 31'?^ thwj-
fdor that which makes soup tasteful, deli-
cious, viz : meat ; *\^ ts/iod-sclor grease
used to roast vegetables, greens, &c.
(Rtsii.); <*'£* tshtca-sdor salt and meal;
E'|X Ja-$dor=*f< butter, for the tea-soup
of Tibetans.

CJ^ brda or if?, brdah «f»», VW 1. any
sign, gesture ; «t«T««i signal with the hand ;
Sil-is, signs by the eye. a'qwq-^^-qs,
«e.-^-q^-^*i making many wanton gestures.
2. call, signal : *«!«•««, call by the beating
of the drum, sounding of the trumpet
or the ringing of the bell, for assembling
at an entertainment; "l^'os, summons to
ted ; Qw1!*, proclaiming arrival by beat-
ing drums or by firing guns. 3. sign,
symptom, token, inference : aw^-nS-q*,*
it is an indication of their impermanent
condition (Pth.). ««,* as a symbol,
symbolically; ^'IfV, f^", •$** to
explain, describe, represent (with accus.,
and prob. also with genit.) ; $ar wS'^
to explain the essence or nature

723

of things, metonomically :
what may be the symbolical meaning
of it (Mil.). 4. mystic phrase or key-
word. 5. word in gen. tfJ^JiS-q^ verbal
interjection (Liy.) ; \*<&-*s$f; an obsolete
word being asked; i«;|*-<i an interpre-
ter (Sch.) ; q*,3-g-*< is stated to be a
lama who instructs verbally esp. with
regard to the spelling of words ; HS;«IE.'*)-
^•g-fc^qp there came also into use
various spellings (Zam.); ^'f^ brda-rnin,
old orthography ; OR;*^ new orthography ;
B"Vt^4?**" a grammatical treatise
on Tibetan words; Styq^lhi, Sij-q^-
to explain words (Mil, Ja.)
brdahi-phyag homage with words,
also mutterings expressive of respect in
bowing down : mfryfVftyrqlHry* having
made twelve prostrations with words of
respect on his lips (A. 37).

"^TH brda-bkrocj alarm, warning,
notice of danger.

^'^ brda-§kad symbolical language,
sign-expression.

brda-cluid language, evidence ;
the language or evidence of
the mirror.

£ls)'f^'£| brda-ston-pa 5i%f%<fir-wf= to un-
ravel an enigma.

^V'-*!* bnla-Mum-fes *SW signal of
danger.

q^-gm-q- brda-spral-wa openly or cleaily
to explain ; explanation of a sign or
symbol.

^'ffr brda-sprod (^ffr) terror 1.
explanation of words ; Sk'Xfi'q^j^ min-don
brda-sprotf n. of a dictionary of mystical
and technical terms. 2. orthography. 3.
as vb. = ^'g'Vti ra-sprod-pa to verify evi-
dence or terms. PVJpv«ATQ(T«fl&l brdah-
§prod-pahi bstan-bcog n. of a grammatical
work.

*\* brdah-fes (gp«) ^gr a numeri-
cal figure ; *vM|«r&f8f ^y^T a number
of higher value than the preceding.

Cl^'SI brdab-pa pf. n^tra l. to fold, to
place together; «w*rqs)q fol^d the palms .
ff^ snod-brdab puts one vessel on
another, one box or vessel placed in
another; iffi^q a rug folded ; ^r^n to
keep clothes in proper folds, or to
fold up clothes; anp'^w folded arms or
hands (Situ. 75). 2. to fall down, go
down, to sink ; ^'f "iW^-^irtrf*^
at one time (the boat) seemed as if it
was going down to the bottom of the sea
(A. 16); Kifrprq^wfe. being
he fell down (i.e., folded up).

brdabs-bsigs oppression,
tyranny; giving trouble to the subjects
(Tig. k. 3).

'3 brdar-wa pf. form of ^'":-
? sharpened the weapons (Situ
75).

-* brdar ags-p^ fl* sym.
bolical.

*W* brdal-tea t^^TT; v. ff^rt [creeping
down, gently gliding]^.

^^ brdas a pf. of
rjcs-su brdas (Situ. 75).

' brdun or ifcq pf.

brdeg-pa M^K<?i5i 1. altern. form
and fut. of ^"I'l also seems = beaten to
death. 2. = « to eat, eating.

q^qj-s brdeg-cha=*&*[* weapons, sword,
etc. *r1%f a javelin (Mnon.).

q^qj-^« brdeg-hchos i?f?ra 1. falling
down, fall. 2. a dance.

<u^-*i brdun-ma (S'T^'g a beating, pnl«
verisation).

724

i=qwq eaten up.
b,rdun-wa v. ^-'i rdun-wa.

brdugi pf. of ^Vl'q bdug-pa and

« bdug-pag brdug$ seems to be an
intensive form (Situ. 75).

q?QJ*q b.fdul-wa 1. to deceive, to
cheat (Sck.). 2. to swing, brandish,
flourish. flpq'35 qsTq pyab-»to brdul-tca to
swing a fly-flap (Jd.).

ZJ^qj'CI fadeg-pa 1. 1*[ to strike,

the machine giving bangs and cuts of a
violent character. 2. ^i^rnc to eat.

qlj«|'* brdeg-cfia=.$ gri.

q^qj-ufqi q fadeg-htshog-pa (izjt gjqi §*N q
brdufi-grabs bye<j-pa) 1. to threaten to
beat, prepare to beat. 2. to tumble down
as if falling down under intoxication ; to
slip, to slide, to lose one's footing.

q^*r« brdog-pa ("Wi yshan-la)
[run towards, attacked]&

«'i bidays-pa %T [licking]-?.

fyldag explained by :

blda4 is the chewing the
cud by oxen, goats and sheep.

N'1* b$dam$-pa, v. jf^'i fdom-pa.

hsdam-mo a knot, a tied
bandage.

^ff^T^s b_$dam-ra = q^ii'^i)'
bkag-sdom dam-po byed_-pa (Btsii.).

q^^'q bsdar-tca Sch. ; in N^'ViJi*1
du fodar-u-a to hope, to expect or wait for
a favour.

object to fix the
eyes on, either to steady the vision or in
mystic contemplation:
hjigt-tshul-gyis b$digs (Situ.

bfdigi-tshig a catch or quibble
in a dispute =^«r*»| rgol-tshig or %*''&'
*«|« ryol-wahi tshiys (Jlfnon.).

^'Q b$du-wa pf. «i§«'ci bsdus-pa fut. "|
bsdu to collect.

**$i b$du-wa sbst. «w« or «J^'»il b$du-
yig. 1. union of words and syllables
under certain grammatical rules, collec-
tion, gathering; «ig«r$-qji"N»r<^ fadus-te
bldoms-na? having abridged ; ǤN-^^ bsdus-
don fWTKT^ precise meaning ; qj|*wai*r§*'£i
fadus-pa las gyur-pa J^rWfrw* a form
compounded from atoms. 2. co-operation,
partnership, fellowship. «il»-q5 ^ '^t^bsd/i-
icahi dnos-po bshiihe four essentials of part-
nership or oo-operation: — (1) «fiJ-q-|^-£(
rnkho-wa ibyin-pa; (2) f!^-wg'«i men-par
Smra-wa ; (3) «^f^i^-q hjig-rten don
rnthun-pa; (4) *W& Ift'r'ifci ydul-lnjahi
don-la spyod.-pa. HTpx&-%* hdug-paAi sdom
ftpw oonglommerate mass ; ^qe.'^ q^-ci dwan-
du b.tdus-pa brought under one's control or
power (Situ. 76). *W%* b$dus-bshom
n hell, perdition.

bfdumg byed-pa treaty, intermediation,
reconciliation.

flg^'" fadur-wa 5jftf%I% to compare
[party representative, party fighting]*.

qjii^'ci bgdoys-pa to compose, prepare,
make ready: sprjj-q^-si lham-gyi bgdoys-
pa; fc^W iier-bfdoys-pa id.; f%"
Sta-gon-b$dog$ (Situ. 76).

bsdofis-te together, in company
with (flag. W).

bsdu-yiy (Mnon.).
bsdos (see ante ^^ $do-wa) risked.

3) I: no, 1. the twelfth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, corresponding in sound
to Sanskrit 1 or English n. 2. num.
fig. : 12.

&\ II. as a symbol ^ na signifies steadi-
ness, flW« or Stij^q; and, further, it
signifies lStyT*'*Tw5'*We| to have steady
faith in the Buddhist Trinity (K. my. "H
207). Again in the Tantra, ^ means
futurity or »fifc«r«i (K. g. f» 179). Also

explains the knowledge of the name and
forms of all things, i.e., matter. In
mysticism ^ is used to denote W*-^ ^W»ir
bad luck (K. g. r 179).

3j III : OT**'*) na-ga 1. meadow, pasture
land ; ^'"'^'l it grows on meadows ( Vat.
$fi). 2. ^ old name of the province of Gar
in Upper Tibet (A. US). 3. sbst. = ^#S or
*\'% (resp. §'^ iku-na) age, stage of life ; ^~
£y3j«'£W na-tshod rga§-pa$ of advanced age
( Vai. $n.) ; ^'*i'q|'fa'5 na-so g.shon-te being
young; ^'^'I'^l'i na-tshotf-kyi tfbye-wa
the different ages or stages of life (Jd.) ;
^'$=.' na-chuft maiden, virgin : ^'$E,'£J«.'35'i$
nachufi bsafi-mo bcu ten beautiful girls ; ^'
*"}* na-mnam-=-ftwp lo-mnam of equal or
same age, contemporaneous ; ^'ij'*< ciWf a
young maiden.

3j IV : 1. the locative case-sign added to
substantives, and to be translated : in, on,
at, unto : «]uw^ gyas-na on the right ; "1^'^
gyon-na on the left ; "S'^'^ lo-rgyus-na in

a book of history; ^ dc-na there, in
that place; yv*|&n at the same time,
at a certain time ; ^-X^ at that time,
then. 2. added to verbs, either to the
inf. or more frq. to the verbal root, when
it implies the construction of a gerund
and is best rendered by "on" his doing
so-and-so, or by "when" he did or was
doing such a thing, etc. 3. added, as Jd.
points out, to the instr. of substantives
and verbs : J'^'l for that reason, there-
fore ; 35" j«'^ for what reason, why, where-
fore ; ^'W^ hence, thus, so then,
accordingly, very frq. RV*W'^ khur-was-na
because they carried (Glr.) ; also added to
the terminative case : %'%*>' ^ I "|$T§'^ I "ft1"'
fj ^ in the first place, firstly, etc., (Dsl.) ;
SVV^ on account of.

^ V : the nest meaning of ^ as
given in the work Smra-syo is : — t\

This definition refers
in fact to the use of ^ as a conditional
conjunction when it is placed after the
verb of the clause it affects and is rendered
by " if." Frequently but not always the
word *|*r^ gal-te is put at the beginning
of such clause, and *pi'% with ^ together =
"if." In Situ. 22 there is given aa
elaborate explanation of ^ as conditional
particle :— 1. ^"l^i1"'^ '^•X^'S^q applied
to show how a thing is comprised or on
what it depends, for instance S^'y^ if in
reality or substantially ; ^V^iJ ^ ^ taken
together. 2. fl'KS^^^ applied to

Iff

726

express reason or conditional existence :
n^-^-aC^'jK.' this having existed, that
arose; fc'^yar^'S'jc.' fire existing, smoke
came out. 3. as a suppositional particle :
^•3|f«K-*!yai-3*-)jprsrfc-SfV<^| if there
exists no wood at all how can there be dry
wood? ^nrwsv^'arS^'TWV"4! if matter
is not composite can there be imperma-
nency? 4. although: (^T^'HtrIVl'^T
S^-^-troraK^iTgy^! although he was
formerly a transgressor he is now applying
his mind to piety ; "^ iV'^'3«'Wt>'5K* I
«^j-^ij«i Zj-*f a)^ although this (person) was
poor foimerly, he is now no longer poor.
5. applied to prayer = if indeed:

if indeed, I obtained saintly enlighten-
ment, I should think that all living
beings were happy ! 6. applied to express
doubt: w'M1*^! ^•nws-g-ije.xwSKjs;
if I sow seeds would seedlings (at all)
come out of them ? (8ifu. 21). ^ is also
used with ^*» nam : ^w^warqq^ nam-dui-la
bab-na when the time comes, frq.; ^*'*3fa
nam-hgro-na when I go, was going, shall
go. We have not space to illustrate
the usage of ^ with I1*'? the latter word
merely serving to show where the condi-
tional clause commences.

J a\'*| Na-ka *W n. of a Buddhist sage
at whose request the poet Kshemendra wrote
his famous poem Avadana Kalpalata.

J ^'3 na-kra ^m a sea-monster of egg-
born species, possibly a crocodile, an
alligator.

3j'P Na-k/M n. of a place in Tibet : ^T
n'3ir^-«-ei5-j8rwfy the saint Thar-pdhi
Rgyal-mtshan of Nakha (Lofi. * 18).
2. = tf-' green-sward, turf.

na-khi (fJ^)3^<M,i3tw [1. the plant
Marsika quadrifolia. 2. pearl oyster] 8.

3j'^| na-ga pasture land, green mea-
dow. ^'I'l'^ na-ga pha-ni vtwfa n. of
a medicinal plant.

£ 8\\ na-gi snft n. of a medicinal seed
of the size and appearance of a pea, prob.
a cubeb (Rtsii.) [lit. mountain-born] S.

Syn. yi«'^' na-phyif-ditfl ; fi"!'" rmig-
pa; ^f'«i5-^q ko-lahi hdal;
ryan sen-mo (MftoiiJ.

green sward, pasture land.

[the plant Vatii-a

robusta.^S.

a virgin,
a young woman, a damsel.

Syn. S'Si'llfa'l bu-mo g.nhon-nu ; me.'*^6 9
lad-tsho dad-po ; |^«'*S'»< phyogi-med-ma ;
'^'w nor-ldan-ma (Mfion.).

female friend, a mistress (Mnon.}.

9\y" f| Na-ti-ka n. of a place in ancient
India (K. du. ^ 328).

' na-nin 5x71: last year, preceding
year [previously, before, in front] S.

3^'ZJ na-wa I. to be ill, sick; also the
state of being ill, illness, sickness ; qifp;*
to cure sickness (though ^ is more in
use) ; a\'«j'^'^l'q na-wa dan hchi-ica disease
and death; |'*T^ skye-rga-na-hchi, v. I"
skye-wa I. 2. sbst. = ^yc' a sick person;
3jvq-i^^-q old and sick people ; aj-qoT"'* an
invalid (male and female) (Cs.) ; Wi one

3j-q-xrS}->r| I

727

laid up with disease, **'% a female patient
(Mil.) ; ^'I'sf <^ a sickly person, an invalid
(Ca.) • W*a> sickly ; **r*^ healthy (Ca.) ;
*%H after falling ill (8eh.); wn ear-ache ;
q<r<*nr«Y4 my whole body aches; *^ «j
if the tooth aches; ww it aches on
pressing (S.g.) ; ww« (good) for the
headache, for disease of the brain ; T*|«.'
complication of diseases or fits of *\1
generally. q-<* na-tsha= illness: ai*'*^'^-
&-q-jK-A-*j|^ | medicine ^ not congeniai t0
one who is not ill.

m.wa ma.
the flower Jdsminum sambac.

j£ o y na-wa tsa-ti-ka

n. of a bird (JT. £o. "H 3) [a young spar-
row] 8.

fogs, line of
thick mist which hangs over the sides and
tops of hills. S^'VW'§TS^ byin-rlabs-kt/i
na-bun the fog of blessings.

Syn. ST" smug-pa ; Q«T$ khug-rna.
^ 9^ 9 ^ na-bun bu-mo a kind of worm.

3j'£J na-ma abbr. =^ name for
Stod-gar the province of Gar in upper
Tibet and * for the lake Ma-pham
(Manasarovara) (A.

3j**f na-mo !T»r. praise, glory, adora-
tion [bowing one-self down]$. ^'*i'3'5
na-mo gu-ru praise to the teacher! frq.
in Milaragpa.

Na-mo-che n. of a place in
ancient India : ^WW
i-^- (A. 1U).

^'*S na-tshoj ^J: age ;
of the same age; ^Vt^ 9^1 youthful,
young.

byng the cuckoo. 2.=S'^qI raven (Mfion,).
3. a name for w%^ ^fafft and 5 '^
skyu-ru-ra *l\n<3<f(\ Myrobolana embelica.

q na-tshod gnas-pa, ai
a youth (Mnon.) [a youthful
maiden]^, ^yiifa na-tshod-yol passed
youth, one whose youth is over; but
ace. to Rtsii. an old man between 60 and
72 years of age.

^*§T na-rdsa^z [sprinkled ]<S.

na-bzah (namza)
dress, clothes, covering. Also the cloth
coverings of an idol, ^'^^-gti-g na-bxahi
in the fold of the dress :

sayng

poor pup ! having wrapped it up in his
garment, he proceeded (A. 13). ^wfa
na-bmh sgron or ^•«m^gm offering of
raiment. <^'W«ff«r§<i| na-bznh go$-drug the
six kinds of clothes used by the Bon priest
are the following ; — g«\'*ffN imad-gos, g"V**t
smad-hog, a^'-fw smart-yam, fY^J stod-gos,
«V9 sad-shu, ^'^ sad-lham an additional
one is ^K.'«J hdift-ica.

na-hun ace. to Bon=^'9^ na-bun :

agitated by the
blowing wind like vanishing mists (D.B.).

n. of

a village in Nepal.

^'^ Na-ra n. of a place in the 10th
century A.D. in Southern India (A. £0).

(mystic) (i". g. f ^S). [1. hell. 2. a sort
of mystical diagram framed in summoning
up a divinity, etc.jS1.

728

'i Vajra Naraka
eternal hell, or ^ff^'^ dmyal-wa
mnar-meg the hell of ceaseless tortiue.

na-ram n. of a medicinal plant
used for diarrhoea.

nut :

na-ri ki-la

cocoa-

(K. g. * 48).

3j A «a-re=he (someone) says or said.
It hardly occurs in old classical literature,
but is frq. in later literature, especially in
Mil. and Pth.

| Sj'^'S Na-la-da n. of a sage (K. <ln.
<S 121). [Prob. the same as Narada *JTT?
the divine sage who was produced from
the forehead of Brahma] 8.

"t 3i'T3 Na-la-t»e n. of the sister of

T

Das'anana the fabulous king of Ceylon :

then the

Raksasa Dasagriva for the purpose of
conquering gods and men gave his sister
Nalaise in maniage to Mahadeva (K. g.
* 317).

* 3j'QI na-li bowl, basin, an iron or
china dish (Ja.).

of a celestial flower (Ilbrom. "1 17) [prob.
the same as Nalina ifai a lotus-flower or
•water-lily] S.

Na-len-dra s»m^ the great
monastery of Nalaiida in Magadha, which
was a Buddhist seminary ; also name of
a small monastery in Phenyul in Tibet.

na-le-fam «r»% 1. peail. 2.
[pepper; a small tree
with fragrant blossoms, called Mcsua ror-
buryhif\S.

Syn. ^'i'*^ grol-u-a-can • S'?"l mu-ti<i
(Won.).

^•a)-.*j*iv»|*Ej na-le-fam dkar-po ^^ [a
particular drug or medicinal substance
said to be fragrant, but bitter and slightly
pungent in taste, and of a greyish colour ;
it is produced in grains about the size of
pepper-corns] 8.

Syn. "ft**'$ ** fffiis-ski/cs ; *spT§S hphroij-
$-can ; 1^'*^ g.dun-can ;
scr-(kye (Qffion.).

Sal, S.</.; = %'Syi-kr><
n. of an acrid medicine.

3j** na-ro 1. the o, or the vowel sign
for the letter 95 o in the Tibetan alphabet
also called If '5 2. fto [disease] S.

^XupWjV*! Na-ro-mkhah'Spyod-ma a
dakini who is taken to be the tutelary
goddess of the Sa-kya sect, and said to be
an emanation of variant type from Dorje
Phagmo.

f ^ A'^Mff-ro-taorNarotapa; Tib. ^*

Na-ro-pa a celebrated Buddhist sage of
Nalanda in Magadha who guarded the
northein gate of the monastery of Vikrama
S'ila. Born of Kashmir Brahmaij parents
he became a pandit before his conversion
to Buddhism, and wrote a leained treatise
on the subject of subduing the Tlrthika
in disputation. Being miraculously told
by a Khadoma that he should receive
instructions in Buddhism from Tilopa and
meditating for twelve years he obtained
the occult powers called «*"! ^'S^'J'. He

729

returned to the life of an anchorite about
the 70th year of his age leaving the
Buddhist ministry to Dlpamkara S'rij-
fiana (Atis'a).

^ }|=nd man (mystic) (K. g. f 28}
[the word na may be derived from the
Sanskrit nr (man), in the nominative case,
singular number]&

T ^**^J na-ga ^nr the Indian term for
2! klu. q. v.

na-ga ge-sar s^n^^lT also called
[probably Michelia champaka~\S.

ffser-min-can ;

bun-ica-dgah

Syn.

tsam-pa-gkyef ;
(Won.).

t f^TT" na-ga ta-la-pa «r<W3HM n. of
a lake in one of the fabulous cemeteiies of
Buddhist India.

+ t,'"!'^ na-ga-ri the civic language, or
the language of the civilized people, the
character in which modern Sanskrit is
written.

+ |-3ff y Na-go-pa n. of a Buddhist Indian
ascetic who used to put on scarcely any
clothes, and called the naked saint ; while
in Konkan in S. W. India he was found
lecturing in the harem of a king who
consequently caused his limbs to be cut
off. It is said that the saint bearing the
pain with indifference caused the king's
limbs to be cut off by some occult agency.
He resided in a hermitage in the Vindhya
mountains (K. dun. 5 If}.

f ^ '£J na-ma «TPF='
f ',

named, so-called.

nag-po Si^n, 3TM black; dark,
gloomy; fq'*(Vl'^qrz' kha-mdog nag-po
^ST^ra, ^r^f, flMt*^ black colour, black or
dark appearance. «fc'5'^qT'!''^'VI* ber-phyi
nag-po nan-dkar a garment out side black
inside white (Rtsii.) ; *^"| mi-nay or
*t'^Tc' nn-nag -pa 1. a layman who has
entered the state of religious enlighten-
ment, but is still in the darkness of a
worldly life. 2. a married man. ^1'^
nag-can a wicked man, a murderer; a
person guilty of a crime (Sch.) ; fr^fW
X^»rw« a criminal released or escaped
from prison.

^10 nag-khra paintings in various
colours on a black plain or basis.

^<Jl'5)'l|c.- nag-gi-shin qrerc a bower [an
uncultivated field] 8.

ail'^H nag-hgro <«l1%<Tfff [1. walking in
the night. 2. fire, that which causes a path
to be black in moving] <S.

3jzl|'S Nag-ryya n. of a tribe in
Ancient India: VrtKlXjpV***V1S*F*
Eajputs who lived in the neighbourhood
of Kapilavastu (Yig. 28}.

^qj-«i»|«i nag-chag$ black cattle, horned
cattle (Sch.).

W$ Nag-chu ace. to Tibetan writers
the upper course of the Irawadi : S^'^T

L ~\ > ij S na-ri kro-ra a very delici-
ous fruit (K. d. * 20).

the Eivers Nag-chu of
the north, Shag-chu, Sog-chu, these three
joining at a place in upper Kham-mdo
form the river called Ngul-chu which

93

730

flowing through Tsha-wa Bong in a south-
ward direction enters Mukham and thence
passes by Ava, Amarapur, Mon Sowa, &c. ;
the Indians call it Airavati (Dsam. 33).
This statement, however, is not borne out
by the investigation of modern explorers
who have proved the Irawadi to rise not
in Tibet but in the northernmost ranges
of Burmah itself.

W$fn nag-chu kha-pa people living on
the banks of the river Nag-chu who are
notorious for their thievish propensities.

«VW nag-chuA or W*
T^fH*^ (A. SIT),

nag-ehen a heinous crime ; a great
sinner.

+ ^qj-yf m nag-ta ma-la n. of a tree, the
black Tam&la (K. ko. "1 3).

as«|-fc' nag-tiA black indeed (K is a
luff *m or auxiliary word added for
emphasis to the principal word m,jo too
we have ST^K deep purple, B'KK
very blue." On the other hand «rw
chab-chab expresses a meaning contrary to

M* m~m a8 in W**** and 8KWWI-
Similar expletives are *«rfi in ^wqq '^
or %3«1 in H%^1, and so on). i***
ng-w«jq]-$e>-§i*r«41V^ the Lord smiling with
an expression of suppressed displeasure

(A. 76).

iWSN nag-thum or

nag-hu-re jet black (Sch.).

or

nag-pa f&n (^'" fkar-ma) the
thirteenth constellation. Wl* »ws--sto-
lffl ^TTO [March-Aprn]S. ww, «a</-
^,-na ^ffbn [the full-moon day of
March- Apr il]8. W**T" nag-pahi-tslioys
variegated]S.

l^l JVafif-P0 khi/ab-hjug n. of
Vishnu (Jlbrom?

[touching ]S.

ajq|-1[q|-«a\ nag-nog-can not clear ; fig. pol-
luted, stained with sin.

a^m^-sw^il^'i nag-nog dri-mas nogs-pa
covered with dirt, dirty, dingy.

!«•« a clear legible writing, writing very
clearly (#«Y.). W«-^-"^ »"J/'^ *fff1°'
Jfcr was explained to Jd. as illustrating
a sentence by comparing it with similar
passages.

^0,-Ejl^-iq Ncg-po chen-po 1. *rerw<sr the
god Mahakala, or the lord of death; ace.
to the later treatises, he is the wrathful
manifestation of Chenraisi or Avalokites-
vara. By propitating Mahakala, one can
get a charmed sword, elixir medicine
for eye-disease, pills of wonderful pro-
perties, also the power of walking with
miraculous swiftness (K. g. *
2. an epithet of the king of the Naga.
^n|-Q-3,a;-Ei5-^« nag-po chen-pohi tshogs %<i* ;
attendants on Mahakala.

^•O-VfJ nag-po driMan, V*W* black
sulphur (Sman. M7).

WZ'fri Nag-,po $pyo4-pa n. of one
of the Mahasiddhas or Orvb-ehen: '

fc«fr*rMr*lsS'**^1^ arise' arise' tlie

sage Krsnacharya is coming (K. dun.
27).

w«-f$ naw° p*4* a kind of grain °!

seed which cures " the disease of thirst "

nag-phyogs ?W [black, sin]S.
|iiN nag-po sdig-pahi phyogs,

731

chos-lugs nan-pahi phyogs
the side of irreligiousness ; evil, sin, crime,
etc., also the side of perverted religion, also
those who behave contrary to the prac-
tices of the Buddhist religion ; generally
a Mleccha, an outsider, S'X«c«i phyi-rol-pa
and %'%kla-klo etc.

nag-ma a kind of vegetable medi-

cne :

% nay-mo *ifa*r. a black woman, a
woman in general; the goddess Kali.
^|'JS3'«j5-Sk- nag-mohi-buhi-mid the names of
the sons of Kali : — g*rq-«a\ bum-pa-can ; W
#ij*< naa-mo-ikyes ; w|5 mthar-byed;
^•q3-^q*-|qj mun-pahi dwafi-phyug ; jjj'twv
Sde-bsan ; ^«'$'|'* du$-kyi phyi-ma ; gi'jj-qfje.-
bum-sgra-bfffrefi ; «|*Vt'i gpod-byed (Mfion.).
^•arg^ Nag-mo khyo-nwd n. of a
female wav1! sa-^day or goddess of the
soil.

nag-mo Ifia-len
one of the names of Draupadi, the joint
wife of the five Pandava brothers (Bffion.).

^iffr*^ nag-mo-can "Hfl^-l, ftcw^M [a
yellow fragrant wood considered as a
yellow species of sandal- wood; saffron] S.

jjuj-jsiq-ng^ gr^ [1. a tower. 2. a conse-
quence] &.

^uj-^-jtfoi Nag-mohi-khol or
Kalidasa the great Indian poet.

2. n. of a Dok-land lying to the north-
west of Sa-skya monastery, and S. of the
Yeru Tsangpo (Lofi. > 13).

I nag-tshig a point, dot.

Nag-tsho Lo-tsa-u-a (C^'H*1"'
§«rs) the Tibetan scholar and traveller who
twice visited Magadha and resided for
three years at the monastery of Vikrama

S'ila for the purpose of bringing Atis'a
to Tibet about 1000 A.D. (Lot. *. 9).

nags *&, JTff a forest :
mi-meg-nag 9 solitude, lonely forest (A. K.
1-lf); ^^11 nags-tshal & grove ; W^-
i dense forests ; weft''1 nags-khrog-pa
or <<MH«I a succession of thick woods
on steep hill-sides. The names of the
forests in the mountains called fl^rfwrtrslB
of Uttara Kuru are the following : — I : (1)

; (4)

; (5)
j'q; (2)

: (1)

<•«; (3)

; (4) Wfivvi
— these exist in the mountains of Uttara,
Kuru called ^q!*' '9'^9J'^«rq5-^. The
following forests are said to exist in the
mountains of Puna Videha: — (1)
?KS*|'£|; 2 wffl'trwprq ; (3)
Also (1) i^'^'^wr^g^'^'^'^l'^iiwi ; (2) T^'i?'
' ; (3) ^r^'^'^5-^im ; (4) ^q'l^'ajim ; (5)

i ; (8) «\^«m ^s5Krr«o (K. d. * 320).

^"l«'S'g"» nag$-kyi rgyal ^rspTTTST [' king
of the forest,' the lion ; the plant Verbesina
scandens]S.

^I^'S'WI^'IV'H'^ nags-kyi gtan-
gzan g.dug-pa-can= fa'% tohu-lo the polecat
(Sman. 108).

nags-kyi tig-ta a wild bitter
medicinal plant, a species of chiretta.

Syn. ^T^^'q rig-pahi rna-wa ;
"•^ g.na$-gpig-hdsin ; ot"l*)'gf^ legs-ldan ;
ro-ldan ; §

sdig-pahi bran-mo ; *f *r|\*( hjom-byed-ma
(Mnon.).

WX%'%wi nar/$-kyi gbal-pa ace. to Jd. : a
tree-frog ; a species of frog living in dense

marshy forest:
^.gp.q^ t]jfed\.

**»mr

'-^ nagt-kyi f tca-na= fl'
jjr a tiger-leopard (JSfttow.).

nagg-kyi hi-ra wild-boar.

nagt-kyi-lha **^rar sylvan
god, nymph (.4. JT. 1-V).

a\«FB nag-kftyi or ^«!«'S'i! nag-kyi-khyi
wild dog <7wo» alpinm.

Syn. W" bphar-wa; ^l*'"!^ ri-
(Mfion.).

n. of a city in the fabulous continent of
Pas'cima Godaniya.

nagt-ne-wa ^va&, nw* & grove.
nags-ldan 4fr* [a peacock] 5.

[fond of the forest, the Indian cuckoo] S.
ajq)»i^^qin q nags-na 4gah-wa cuckoo.

Syn. l^'i'I khyu-byug; "Tjfl flog-t»an

ttag$-byuA

nagt-tshal-fkyet ['forest-born,' an ele-
phant, a kind of grass] <S.

a(«l»r* nagt-ma officinal plant used in
fractures.

732 ap|

phye-wa to differentiate, to specify; the
inner distinction. Also ^s.-*)SN specifica-
tion as in : tfv^Si '§ '^c.'"]^ '1^=-' in the speci-
fication of the provinces of Tibet Tsang is
included. Other ex. : W^W^M1* to go
into the room of a sick person ( Vat. gfi.) ;
^S-^E/^E,*)^ inviting into their houses
(Mil.) ; f-'^ nang-na, ^'i nafi-la, ^'^
nafi-du postp. with gen. = in, into, within ;
also as adv. = inside: ^E.'^'t"3'^*\ the
kernel is inside ;• ^'^* nafi-nas from
within ; *f>'w* nnfi-ft/s from among ; ?*• '9|'

^^'^'H^'SS'" rdM-yi nafi-na

>•

(Dzl.) to bathe in a pond ;
(colloq.) to go into the water ;
:.-^-Xar^ in the town and out of it (Dzl.) ;
*•' it came out of his nose (Dzl.).

^C* I: «a^ *m\, vnarf the space
within a thing, the interior, the inside ;
colloq. and late literature: indoors, a
house: ai=.'«r*fc' go home, HT'^W the
whole interior of the cavern (Mil.) ; 1^=-
ci5'^c.' gshoft-pahi nafi the interior of the
basin ; V^ '***•' the interior of a pit ;
pE.'«5^c,-gni^«,'g^-q to sweep the inside of
a house (Dal.) ; ^'^' nan-tshaft the whole
family (Ja.) ; ^S| 'I'gi |" naft-gi lye-brag

nafi-tno the morning
(Jd.) ; ^e.'*S'»i nad-metf-la col., frq. sud-
denly ; ^e.'il'^'fV naft-metf nor-rne$-pa to
become rich unexpectedly (S.g.). ^e.' has
also a special mystical sense = esoteric.

nafi-k//on-skemg

con-

sumption.

^t |jfai naft-khrol bowels, entrails, intes-
tines ; also any separate part of them (Jd.) ;
^e. gfor«[k.-«] naft-khrol (hoft-u-a spasmodic
contractions of the bowels ;
khrol

nan-hkf/or domestic attendants
and officers, such as «|<«i'^Zi^ ynol-cfpon,
on, etc. : ^'^•q «i ••«*. i\^

does not even say anything to
Ms domestic attendants (A. 95).

^E,-9|-piE.-q nafi-gi khaft-pa inner apart-
ment, also room of the house.

nafi-yi mcoij-sbyin ^f^f sacri-
fice of animals, an offering.

733

aA-gi bye^-pa
"fa semg-nid the mind, the heart
[the internal sense-organs]$.

Nafi-chen gper-ff$ig n. of a
place in Khams (Loft. * 26).

or

khrimt a private law, precept or doctrine
not intended for the public; private
punishment or chastisement.

^c/«?|3jnl^ naft-gi gru-hdsin = 'sfyxm store
keeper, one in charge of stores (Mfion.).

^•trfj^-ci nafi-gi sbyin-pa denotes per-
sonal sacrifices, the surrendering of parts
of ourself, e.g., a member of the body,
opp. to outward property.

^K.-3|-^4|«rq^ naft-gi rigf-bshi the four
original races (of Tibet) which are : — ?*•'
ft oft, if*.' l(M, * se and * imu (Tig. 7).

naft-gog, v. i* ther.

nat-hgal-wa or ^•^•<w|«rq (M^r-ST
3*) a general term for the
inner contents of the body (Ya-sel. 39).

^K.-gX'J]«i-q naU-dor $ar-wa 1. for $=-'&'
•?•'* perception: a<j| J)N | ^ JT«, ^ q per-
ception by the sense of the eye. 2. to en-
lighten : ^•*wrf<rJwis^|$v*v&P|'>r
o|,q«-^»4 there Buddha having blessed (sanc-
tified) that country for the enlightenment
of the Naga (A. 40).

^e.-fliSoi nan-^cig=^\'"^"\ ^dod-gsig also
"^^"l^"! one day, one morning: ^'I^TP1^'
qS-tfq|-*i**i»<'f ^'igi^'i^'^'"!! one morning
he went towards the edge of the roof of
Atis'a's residence (A. 27)'.

^'* natl-cfia =f-'^'>i nan-khrol intes-

tines.

^c ««]« fj nan-chags-su in one's self, in
one's own mind (Sch.).

naft-chen one great in orthodoxy :
m-skyahi nafi-gi mi-chen a
great man under the hierarchy of Sakya.

nan-mcho<f 1. mystical religious
service ; also offerings made to deities in
such a service, the most important offering
being sanctified beer poured from a
human-skull-cup into the cups of devotees
who drink it as something efficacious
against evil. 2. a sort of potion consisting
of the ten impurities, viz., five kinds of
flesh (including human flesh), excre-
ment, urine, blood, marrow and s*'***w
«^-HI (semen) all mixed together, trans-
substantiated by charms into t'^l>'|' bdu4-
rtsi the potion of immortality, a small
quantity of which is tasted by the
devotees with the lama at their head.
This drink is considered of great import-
ance by the mystics who seek to obtain
gifts of witchcraft ; hence every offering
is sprinkled with this potion.

E.'! nafi-rje minister of the interior,
home-minister (Sch.).

^'%* naft-ltar (col. for 1^'^ or %*> Itar)
according to, in conformity with, like, as,
c. genit. or accus. : i"'p^K.'g* according to
order or command ;
according to what I have said ;
|A according to law; 8'<"H'^*'S)K aco. to
my written petition ; ^"l^'-f"!'^^'^^ accord-
ing to the orders (of Government).

^e.-<wr3<v£i nafi-ht/ial
SS'i nad-hkhrugs byed-pa to stir up civil
war, internal feuds.

1 nan-dag pure or clean within ; the
interior being cleansed ; ^''M the intrinsic
meaning, the true sense ; ^'MTT" natl-
don rtog-pa to investigate, to study, the
real meaning.

734

fi-nafi-yi, IF&fVlfBmlp!^ nafl-gi,
nafi-nas from among, out of : ^•^s.1
must be taken out of these;
^4Vp')q'g^ bring some
of the nails which are in store.

^•^•u«.-vir<0h| nat-du yaft-day hjog sjfr-
risw! [complete absorption].

^'I'l'i »iafi-na let-tea jprar Wffr [be-
comes heavier, greater]<S.

^'i i: nafi-pa ^rfw^r [humiliated,
defeated] 8.

**** 'i ii : a Buddhist, opp. to B '" phyi-pa
non-Buddhist, Brahmanist. ^'i '*<*-*< 'j^'i
nad-pa safif-rgyai-pa he who has from
sincere belief accepted Buddhism by
formally taking refuge in the Buddhist
Trinity — as thus defined by Tsongkhapa :

require to ask others for explanation of
the same.

(Lam-rim. 92).

nafi-pahi eha-lvgt the Buddhist
way of dressing; ^^'«5X»j iiaft-pahi-chog
Buddhist religion ; ^'«iS'g'«j naft-pahi ita-
tca Buddhist philosophy ; ^cti5-«if^«i nafi-
pahi bstan-pa Buddhist doctrine ; ^'i5-^-ti
nafi-pah$ fton-pa the Buddhist Teacher ;
^•qS^M|fc/l |-q5-|-ui^-| a Buddhist is
inwardly clean or pure, a Hindu out-
wardly.

^cw nati-par 1. in the morning s*n?t
(Del.). 2. the morning esp. the following
morning : ^e.'wS'SIT1' the allowance, the
ration for the following morning (Glr.).

«F3 nafi-po an intimate, a bosom-friend
(Sch.).

^•sfaffK'^' nan-blon dtcaH-po Ina ace.
to Bon. the five external organs of sense :
nose, ears, tongue, eyes and the skin(Z).7J.).

-byan cfiud-pa = *&'wx'&\'
*\ one who
has mastered all meanings and does not

nafl-ma 1. confidential, private. 2.
house- wife, chief lady of the house-
hold (Yig.k.S).

^c,-*<3-qT|'v|j« naA-mahi bkah-lrif private
or confidential writing or correspondence
(Tig. k. 27). a\c«S-«i'!|<v*fl|»» nafi-mahi bkah-
tshOySj 3f.'Wtpip,'n^ naft-mahi bkah-mt'lnd
confidential instructions, confidential cor-
respondence; ^c.'*(5'fl|<jE.'*)l^ private ad-

nafi-mi vnw^J [near relative or
friend] S. ; members of a household, in-
mates (Dom.).

^'$1 iKin-iniy room, apartment.

^E.'»> naA-me lit. morning-fire for pre-
paring breakfast [vntfi! the interior fire,
digestive force] S.

f>'V) nafi-dme (i^^npWftHBffiiw^i) a
murder of one's own brothers, relations,
etc. (Ta-seL 18).

f-'^ nan-mo the morning; in the
morning; ^c^-^fw^ every morning and
evening ; V^' this morning : 'V^'?'"!^*''^
where do you come from this morning ?
(Mil.) ^•^•9|-^*q this day's meal ; ^'$1 in
the morning and evening ; ^'^"Va'VI?!**''1'
in the morning, in the evening, and at
noon.

fi-tshags=^'^,^ nafi-luys.
^-q nafi-bsan-pa clerks or minis-
terial officers who receive allowance in kind
or money ; also domestic servants who
receive food for the work they do : ^'«w^'
aw'SS'S'ipfc the working attendants who
receive allowance in food (Btsii.).

^c.'uic.^-q nan-yafi?-pa
nanimous, broad-hearted.

mag-

735

naft-rig-pa the esoteric science
or learning ; ^c.'Rfl]'«j5'2J^'qj?j*i naft-rig-pahi
bon-sde gsum the three esoteric divisions of
the Bon are :— (1) VI!'Ei5'?rRS*l'3iq!'E' drag-
pohi Itlu-hbum nag-po ; (2) o^'WR^R*
hdul-waht Itlu-hbum kfira-bo ; (3) fl]3=.w'jj] •
ng*i-y»]^Q fftsafi-u-ahi Itlu-hbum dkar-po.
These three Bon scriptures are said to have
been brought from the land of the Naga
when they were delivered to the sage Yega
?nin-po (D.H.). Also *fWi<nR<l', science of
the soul or mind.

^e-'^i nafirrim V4i»riK-TTf5«i [the inte-
rior cloth, cloth used for a turban] S.

nafi-sel dissensions, discrepancy.

naf(-g.sal 1. clear inside, inner
light ; lucid ; also elucidation. 2. = ^T'"'*'
*« dii-TiU lahi-ras trew (Jgnon.) [attired
in coloured cloth or woven silk]$.

nftfis, lit to-morrow when the
night is over ; but practically signifies the
day after to-morrow (K. du. 9, 313).
^MTW nails-par adv. on the day after to-
morrow.

3j^ nad ft*r, ajifa; *fm, Htfr disease,
illness, sickness ; with vbs. signifying to be
stricken with any sickness ^S is always
put in the instr. case. ^tV$tT*<JifIJi'^'i*»'^<'l
^ «re: fiiftTOrr (A. K.) [was attacked for
a moment by headache] S. ^'%w*.^wi
or 3«wi to be attacked by a disease,
to be taken ill ; ^'^^"'S'^ nad-kyi
hbras-bu-can lit. that contains the germ
of disease; ^'§'S^ nad-kyi gman remedy
for illness; ^S'S^'tS nad-rkycn byed the
causes of illness or diseases (such as)
S'WK.'iS6-"'3)* W'S6-' I ^•^'"l^S^I'^^S'
*«\ ! drinking of much water and lying on
a hard bed, sleeping in the daytime,

and keeping up at night, ^'f na$-go seat
of a disease (Sch.) ; ^'^ natf-can ^m ill,
sick; ^«i'«^'»i = g»*'») ibrum-ma a pregnant
woman; ^V^T" nad-theg-pa =^^» to
suffer sickness or loss (Etsii.). ^«^'£i^'*'^'
*f£*t nad-bdud mgo-g.cod n. of a demi-god
of the NSga class.

'S^'q5q nad $na-tshog$-kyis btab
laid up with a complexity
of diseases.

S'q nad-pa 1. a sick person, male or
female. In colloq. frq. 2. adj. ill, sick.

Syn. of 1 : ^'fK^'i nad-kyif btab-po ;
^V^ij'i nad-phog-pa ; ^ na-u-a ; Sl'S'i^vq
zug-rfiu mnar-wa ; ^^•|^'q na-tsha byun-wa ;
pwsrq^-q kfiams ma-bde-wa; ^•«i1'»Hql«'tl

"O

hdu-wa hkhrugs-pa ; ^'£)^'"|'^c-'t' nc-war pdtifi-
wa ; ?»w'«'q^-«i nams ma-bde-wa • sfMm'i blo-
htshal-wa • ^'Q $nun-pa ; g'^*'" §kti-ldem-pa
(Wnon.).

«\'3 nad-po = 3RQ nad-pa.
S3 nad-bu = if\'^ illness, disease; ^*V9'*^
sickly.

^S'»>S nad-med 1. °V*< ni-ma the sun
(Mfion.). 2. 'STtfn healthy, hale.

^'^'i nad-med-pa ^^in, f5w»Tg, ^l^t»r
healthy, sound, not diseased ; ^Y^'i^'S'V
to heal ; also ^<«'«K one who makes well,
physician ; ^y as'"'^ or V^ to get well,
to recover one's health.

Syn. ^'9'*^ nad-bu med; ty;°3t'&\ ner-
htslie-med; «<|te.-*!«> ffcofl-med; *gc,-£!^f*w
hgyuft-bshi $noms ; V^"'S^ ne-sfio dwen ;
bro-mi-htsh(tl \ p»W'«i^ khams-bde;
snun-med; g'"!!"!*''''^ $ku-g.zugs bde

'* nad-tsha

; fever, disquietude.

736

nad-shi-ica ttirorfa alleviation
of or recovery from a disease.

^'"ft nacf-yshi the primary cause of a
disease.

^•qp^«|-q naij-yog-pa trlr^TT^? an atten-
dant on a patient; medical attendants:
^•q,a5,|-jp«r3*,\q*s*)-^ (K. du. s 261),
the medical attendants were unable to
alleviate it ; WJ^I'SV to nurse.

^•WKAI-CI natf-sans-pa recovery, the state
of being cured.

Syn. «ivn*«i naj-ptot-pa ',
zug-rntt bral-wa; ^v8«rs$*.' natf
^w-Rjn1*^ rnam-hgyur-med. ; ^S'IJi*''9!ai nad-
lag-grol; yp-wi snun-dicaAg-pa ; ^awwq
nad-las thar-wa (Won.).

*t*\%* natf-sel a general name for medi-
cine (Won.).

naj-gso-t/iabt medical treat-
ment, the method of healing.

Syn. «|*A5K gso-dpyad. ; JW'3'S'* tman-
gyi bya-tca; ^V«|* nad-ffso; &ww htsho-
thabs ; X5-H9S tshehi-rig-byetf

3j3j nan derived from ^fa'" non-pa occurs
as abstr. noun = urging, pressure, impor-
tunity: pfc-uwSKww^flFWI not being
able to resist their importunity (Mil.) ;
W$t with urgency, pressingly ;
nan-kha urgency, pressure.

nan-tan sbst.
1. earnestness, application, exertion ;
assiduity : jV^^'WlSwg'a exert yourself
Avillingly for the attainment of perfection
(Sbrom. r !)• 2. adv. certainly, positively;
earnestly, ardently ; ^ W^'S*1'11 nan-tan-du
byag-pa accomplished, practised with
earnestness ; ^''K'S'* s^J^'WS? do earn-
estly, should be done with exertion.

Syn. ^V hb«d-pa;
(Won.).

)* nan-tar veiy much, all the more;
altogether.

+ Wfp' nan-fur if'rf^, observing,
scrutinizing as secret agent = ^'M nan-tan.

W^* nan-liar ^iiTT [interminable,
epithet of heaven, the ocean, etc.]»S.

ur^W or W5*.
-shag in W. Tib. late, recent.

'^^ nab-nttb n. of a great number :

tel. 56, 57).

nabt-so gst^^srw^ n. of the sixth
constellation in Buddhist astrology, fw
*'j« nabt-so-fkyet one born under the
constellation of Punarvasu, an epithet of
Vishnu (Won.).

Syn. §1'«5'^-15 fbyin-mahi lha*mo ;
rgyal-ftod (Won.).

I : nam, Kipf sbst. the night : ^*
nam-lant-te or ^* w»f the night rising,
i.e., at day-break. ^w'3'3R;S^'al nam-gyi
gun-thun-la at the hour of mid-night.

II : adv. of time : when :
when did you come ; *pf*% when will you
go ? a^'^'^i'^'*'*^'!*1 always keep in mind
that when death will come is uncertain ;
^•a(wl(qj-9|-l-^« since what time? since
when? (Mil.) ; relatively : aj*4-<*9rnS^»r§v
to appoint the time when one is going to
start (Dal.); V^fV'if*11 when he
shall lay aside his phantom-body (Mil.).
qwuK.' nam-yan with a negative, in sen-
tences relating to the past or the future,
= never: ^^»r«iR.-»c7f« (that) has never
been heard of formerly; *f

737

t*>fWJfe> the body of the abbot will
never decay. Used, also, with imperat.
fcrvnrqN-oK-W^- never renounce the holy
doctrine. In collq. " nam-yang " = ^*c««.'

nam-mkhah ^TifinT, ^*R, w.,
the sky, space above and around the
earth ; the various heavens which ace. to
Mahayana lore lie to the west, north,
east, and south. However, there are two
classes of akdfa, one is sky or heaven,
the other is a metaphysical conception
which may be expressed just like the point
in geometry.

Syn. ace. to (Rtsii.) W*.*fw kun-hgebs ',
" bya-lam ; $«rf^ rtag-§dod; wpn kun-
S'«iRN lha-rtse rol-pahi
Iha-lam; |pr«W sprin-lam ; |'^'
a|*1 rgyu-skar-lam; w*)^ mthah-med; %•*&
mi-pyo; **'**fl. mi-hdah- *W» gnarn; $«'*!«>
lus-med; *fn§S go-hbyed; *^«r«i*< me-shal-
lam; f^r^v lha-yi rdsin-riti; &CW
khbab-hjiig-pnas; flfipi chu-sgrogs ; %'
chu-rntlims ; w«\»f «t bar-med-mkha.h ;
mi-hgyur ; wjf^.' bar-snan ; ^'^ *•«»-

i mthah-bral; f&B
nam-mkhah (Mnon.).
^•fm-jai-ai^ Nam-mkhah Rgyal-mtshan
ihe celebrated chief of Rin-spuns Jong in
Tsang (Zon. n 75).

^ sips sjgai nam-mkhah-mjal^'^:^ sun-
light (J«on.).

^w»<p^'|e.- nam-mkhah-ldin the king of
birds, the eagle (JT. gr. «> 1^7). Of
its other names are: — ^'me.' hod-bzad,
*W1* hdab-dkar, *f.-^*$ rkan-med-
ftgro, ^vr^lj hdab-hgro, ^q-«i

hdab-med skyes,

yid-ltar-mgyog$, |^«iWhp fcfo.
rnam-hbud bu, f^'^i

iAa-ra dba-dsa, S'^'3 bya-chen-po,
»<*1 hdab-ldan mchog (K. g. *\ 127}.

^•rsp^ai nan-mkhahi dkyil
[the vault of the skyJS.

^«r»f^$^ii)V nam-mkJiahi $
^ dgu-tshigs the horizon (Mnon.).

W^'Q* nam-mkhahi-khyim the hea-
venly mansion in a mystical as well as in
astrological sense.

Syn. *»yR*riR*i mtho-ris-nas;
§«\ mtho-ris rgyal-srid (Mnon.).

nam-mkhahi khyon occurs in
*-$W«r«fo*| both the ex-
panse of my own mind and the area of
the heavens (Yid. 83).

+ ^rafM^^ nam-mkahi gos-can=$ft
^'•1 sniad-hishon-ma a harlot; ^TP^ a
celestial courtezan.

aj*c*fi3-g|E,-2j nam-mkhahi glan-po "the
bull of the heavens, " met. cloud (Mnon.).

Syn. aj*r«p!v$-*raf nam-mkhahi ta-ma-la
(Mnon.) also (1%. A. 59).

V*PH* nam-mkhahi chu-bo the hea-
venly river, epithet of the river Ganges

(Mnon.).

^•sipq^c.-g nam-mkhahi snin-po ^mw-
W lit. the essence of the sky or void,
n. of a Bodhisattva : 1*T«fi$>^K<Q$aiApw'
Z*^ the 108 names of Bodhisattm
Akas'agarbha (contained in K. g. t 63).
nam-mkhahi mn-pohi mdo
n. of a Buddhist work of
the northern school which contains the
enumeration of the attributes of Bodhi-
sattva Akas'agarbha (K. d. <* 377).

•I 137.

^w»f?-5 nam-khahi-rta (lit. heavenly
horse) ; general name for birds (Mnon.).

94

738

nam-khahi thig-le as met.
the sun (M.non. also Yig. k. 59).

aj«-»fi5-yq nam-rnkhahi tho-wa (lit. the
hammer of heaven) thunder (Mfion.).

w|rc.- nam-mkhahi-ldin iw j ; ^wfS'
nam-mkhahi-dbugs sw*r« ['sky-
breath,' wind]<S.

^*r*ifi5-3[* nam-rnkhahi-nor or ^'9 nw-
4«=the sun and moon (Mnon.) lit. the
gems of heaven : |'»<^«F^P*l

%| (Yig. k. 70).

nam-mkhahi mc-toy
1. the flowers of the sky, i.e.,
nothing. 2.=sf'« go-thai (3'^'^3'g^ %<?-
go-bohi brun) the excrement of the vulture

beginning of winter :

*%*> like a garden of flowers of the days

preceding the winter season (A. 6).

*\ffc nam-§tod. or ^j}'*'^ nam-gyi cha-
stod the first half of the night.

nam-ga yid-la Mod
[the bodiless one, Kama] S.

^*ru|c.- nam-gan *mic|*&|i the new-moon,
(lit. the night of full darkness).
.' nam-gun midnight.

nam-gyi c/ia-gtod ^4ir^ the
first half of the night ; ^*< §'gS'* nam-gyi
Stnadcha ^m«w latter part of the night.

^*<3J nam-gru 1. ^rat T9^ the twenty^
sixth constellation in Buddhist astrology :
ffflft^^Vfltoftvi it is shaped as two
eliptical groups of thirty-two stars.

Syn. flj*i-£)^^'35 yso-icahi lha-mo ; 3\wwyn
|^ yes-pa rgyas-byed (Etsii.).

^"'5'i*1 Nam-gru-skye$ 1. ^ifa-^l [the
river Yamuna, daughter of the sunJiS.
2. an epithet of the wife of the sun.

^«'5'« nam-gru-ma 1. n. of a Yaksa
princess (K. g. \ 130). 2. TR^T river
Nerbudda in South India. 3. TW^ [n.
of a constellation or lunar mansion] 8.

nam-mjug hchad-ka or ^*r
the end of autumn and

' nam-than n. of a kind of serge
of great breadth which the Tibetan monks
wrap round their bodies (Rtsii.).

nam-pyugs WflW [time]&
nam-phycd midnight.

^»<'^is.'|S nam-hphan-spyod as met.=
vulture (Mnon.).

^*rS'> nam-smad or ^^S'*^ the second
half of the night.

*i*^ nam-shod heavy and continual
rain : g'^S'^sc^^'siiii-^c.- sna-lohi nam-shod
mjug-rin (Jig-) the comet (indicating) the
heavy rains of the last years.

= '^'^'\ time, season. *i**
e four seasons ; \Wj|'?ai'-«]* da-nam
zla ston-far now autumn has set in ; frq.
^'I'^S*' nant-zla-hdas the favourable season
has passed (Mil.) ; ^'I'^'^'^'M* Jiow
the time or season of winter has set in.

.' nam-rin a long night.
nam-Ms sngn day-break : ^*»'«i=.*r
" the beginning of day is at the
termination of the night (Rtsii.).

a\«*5 nam-so a corrupt form for ^w5
nabs-so.

^"'^S nam-srod=ws(i* sa-sro$ the hours
of night between 9 and 12 P.M., in India.
Ace. to Jd. darkness of night : ^'JT'VlF'Sc.'
q5'2 nam-srod byifi soft-wahi tshe as it was
almost quite dark (Mil.).

3JK1'|K3'l Nahi-ljons n. of a place in
Tibet (Tig.).

739

I : war, v. ^ na I and II 2 ; also
^f na-kha (Ja.).

°i > H •' l°ng and slender like a rope or
string ; as adv. straightway : VT^'aj^g^'gc.-
came out straightway white (Elrom. 93).
wl-^-lfy mchi-nar-te than tears flowed
forth continuously.

nar-nar or *(*•'*.'*• nar-ra-raiiz. a
line, row, or file : wi'traj^^'^'Ei to pull
a rope steadily; §'^'<^'|Tq chu-nar-nar
blug-pa to pour out water continuously.

'« nar-ma adj. continuous, without
interruption (Sch.) ; also «i^'W nar-mar adv.
=|^ continually, always (JV$r. 51).

' nar-mo, ffi'Sfi'% nar-nar-po oblong ;
kJui-nar-can having the shape of
a rectangle; 5'^'^ gru-nar-can rhombic,
lozenge-shaped, cf. f^'S ynar-wa (Jo.).

waJ 1. n. of a precious stone : ^"i'§«'
lir^a'. 2. incest ; aj«rfji nal-grib
pollution, foinication. *S«r|fll nal-phrug
bastard-child: «r*V^'*lVq*'S ^a hdi-yin
med-pahi-bu a child of unknown parent-
age. ^I'S nal-lu 3fFfl«i [child of an unmar-
ried woman] 5.

l'ZJ Nal-ica n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. <|, jr.).

^°i'S nal-byi 1. unnatural offence =5«r
g-ai-|k,-q pho$ pho-la sbyor-wa a vicious prac-
tice very common among the monks of
the monasteries of Tibet and Mongolia.
2. n. of a poison tree (Pth.).

nal-byed or ^"Ti nal-ma incest-
uous action, fornication.

°> nal-2e in. Tsang= a bastard-child;
'q nal-lu in W.

nal-bgams to impute base-
birth to one who is not a bastard : apr

they falsely calumniated him as a bastard

(J. Zafi.).

I : nas sbst. barley, ace. to Ja. in
three varieties: wjipr^ mgyog$-na§ (Ld.
^'« yan-ma) or \*\W* drug-cu-nas or
H'*< kfira-tna early or quick barley, ripening
in about 60 days; ^- % ser-mo late barley,
the best sort ; &aj« c^e-?zaj a middling sort.
In Kahgyur Mdo ^ 266, as*rarjj*rsr^i|: __ (1)
a«5-«rwwi-«i^ spun-pa dad-bca^pa dafi;
(2) gaj-o-^-q-^- spun-pa med-pa dafi; (3)
' rnam-par Mres-pa dan; (4)

: mnar-po dan ; (5) w^ip w^.
; (6) ^Tj'^ mdog-skya-waho. w
' nas-kyi-shin barley field or cultivation ;
z so-wa *H-ftm barley-cake ;
but in W. ^'«i is a species of barley ;
nas-rna-wa to cut barley; aj^-at^
I^TT beer brewed out of barley; ^-|
nas-phye barley flour; ^N'^g*j-qa=.- Wff?.
J8ms-5w«=Vr*1«i'%^pr5 (a medicinal
millet) (Mnon.). w^ nas-tsan
[half -ripe barley]^.

II : 1. a case-sign representing the
ablative and usually to be rendered : from.
It is to be distinguished from si*) las in
that the latter = from out, or from among.
^ may in certain instances = by, e.g.,
JPfwWf^H1" he grasped the horse
by the bridle; pfarae.-^'^ accoste(j ym

by his name. 2. as a gerundial affix,
indicating usually the past tense in
contrast to the affix ^ which forms a
gerund of the present tense. Ja. seems
in error in deeming ^ to belong properly
to pres. as well as past significations. Thus
j*«i%^<i=« having looked at him,"

740

and not : " looking at him." The
importance of the difference would be
evident if the sentence ran on : «W»r
*=.' "went straight on;" as the present
signification would imply that as the
person went on he kept on looking,
instead of the looking action being now
done with. 3. where ^*< is used to connect
the root of a verb with ^S or *VI either
the pluperf. act. or perf. pass, is indi-
cated : «r«\«r^S has been eaten ;
^S'qw as they had begun.

as

I : ni 1. is a particle of no intrinsic
meaning which is chiefly employed in
lengthy and ambiguous sentences to
single out the leading subject, or even
the object, for the sake of perspicuity.
It is also used for the purpose of laying
special stress on a word or set of words at
the opening of a sentence, in three ways
as Tibetan grammarians put it : (1) *&"!'
ij^q|«,-q to set apart as the chief or most
important, e.g., B^HltlV't'lM"!*
JfS'q^l it is Vishnu who is the most
heroic among the gods. (2)
emphasis to show inferiority :
3'm^oiq$'^<il»r*'*'VX,| in caste the Sudra is
the lowest. (3) rwafcrVM^ where
emphasis is given to distinguish one from
another: dfcwjfiiWRWWUPftl dark-blue
is different from pale blue. The particle
? is also generally placed when the subject
is twice mentioned: ff""fPT"fr'^*VlW
q-J^&wil among the gods the fourfaced is

Brahma; «*<VS^q35qVl!'Vtf'I1S'9^l the
lord (the performer) of a hundred yajna
(sacrifices) is Indra (Situ. 39). Further-
more, we find it stated that where it may
be necessary ^•«rar*|'ir£| bman-pa-la hjug-
pa "to signify pressure," $ is twice
repeated with the subject :

ihou art friend, thou art relation,
i.e., thou art both friend and relation.
Other examples of the use of t may be
given : afwg-q-St'H^ what is to be aban-
doned has been abandoned ; t^'^'S'^'t'^i
what is to be accomplished, do accomplish.
$ is also used F'ifc'^ to complete a sentence:
f«rv«*w«Vafl-qv$ possessed of all the vows
(abstinence, etc.) (Situ.). Lastly, in poetry
? is constantly introduced for no purpose
but to make an additional syllable in
a line.

II: as a num. fig. =42.

j T] ni-ku YT [the areca or betel-uut
tree]&

J 3| pJT^ .ZV7-A:.?a-/a n. of a mountain,

B. oh. n.

T ^jf^'1^ ni-hu-li srfiw a weasel. Ace.
to Sch. S|'S'3 w/-A«'-/('=the great buzzard or
mouse hawk.

J 3| UJ' JJ ni-ya-nta n. of a tree (K.
ko. *\, 3).

T ^j'S'^'5^'^ ni-ru-ha rgyab-pa to
inject medicine through the rectum (Sinun.

ni-ro-dha t^^hj cessation,
obstruction, stoppage. So, in mystic
ritual=**'(*£'q'q'£i3<i|« char-hbah-pa bzloy-pa
stopping of rains by magic or by the
efficacy of charms (K. g. F, 26).

nifl 1. col. for I 2. for K rnin ?
v. ^'1*' na-nin, $^' sfa-niil (Jd.).

' Nid-du shi-lo-dhi n.

n. of a plant: V

t

of a tree (K. ko. *|, 3).

741

•^m $*] by nimpa is removed erysipelas
with nausea, increasing thirst, and deadly
fever.

wet-

Syn. %'J^'^»i $ in-kun-hdr es ;
"*=•' yons-*u-bzan; V^** dri-bcas;
hjug-byed; <«*rZrn¥*«j hjam-po-hjoms ; «'|«

sa-skye$ • w*|5'j «|'»i a-rkahi leua-ma : w*<v
« >»

•fl*" a-rkahi-fin (Mnon.).

$Wp nim-pa-kha fr*rf?wr [the bitter of
.ATem or Asadirachta Indica]S.

^ n«< 1. num. fig. : 72. 2. v. $'5 m/-6o
and $'*• nu-ma.

$'5«'*» nu-rgyas-ma as met. =cow.
Syn. 3'" ba-ma, *qq §<\ hbab-byed,
ho-hphel, qifa '*• bshon-ma (Mnon.).

f '!*! nw-^ the nipple of the teat.
nu-gdan cow's udder (fs.).

5'^ nu-wa [pf. and imp. $** WM« to suck
(0*.), $'* or 4'11'9) * a suckling ((7*.) ; f R*|
nu-khug suckling-bag] (Ja.).

$ 'tj

mi -bo

[youngest or younger brother]^. 5'a^'
^t.' bu-$Mn-chun a man's younger brother.

Syn. fyf%* pkyit-tkyef, "15^3 g.cun-po ;
rtin-skyes; «^ tha-chun (Mnon.).

nu-hbitr ^^ the nipple; also
nu-hbor.

$•* i : wi<-wja ««m 1. mammary gland,
female breast, bosom. 2. blind nipple
of males. 3. dug, nipple of a cow's udder.

Syn. S^'f" bran-fkye$; VP'*8^ dkar-
hdsin ; * «'^ ho-ma-hdsin ; ^V^v logs-
skyes ; sis.'*?1*^1*! lun-tshohi mtshan-ma •
*.ffiQo.-yf§n hdod-pahi myos-bum ; $'*< nu-
ma; ^'*^ na-sor; i'Tl nu-tog;
mahi-rtse (Mnon.).

general; i'

ffnts-ma women in
nu-ma-Mhun-ica

breast-sucker, an infant ;
nu-ma bmun-pahi ma-ma
nurse. $'»»'»)?q nu-ma mtho-wa
heaving breast.

+ $'« nu-mo ^F sister ;= S'^'a^'^'q a
younger sister.

5'*rlR>' nu-ma-sun V^^t^r a pair of
breasts.

$'^ nu-rin the price of milk; the
money-present which a bridegroom has to
make to the bride's mother for the trouble
she took in suckling her (Sikkim and
Ladak).

$'*fr nu-sor the nipple.

^ Q nud-pa to suckle, = $3*'ct snun-pa
(Ja.).

^^l nub trf^JT, mircf, ^m< 1. the west :
jq-g-gum'Xai the western direction ; $*! 5<t!*''tJ
to wards the west ; f'S^' N.W. ; jq'§ of the
west, western ; $tr3'5'*pr jfe.' nub-kyi phyogs-
8*yon=the guardian or keeper of the
western quarter, the god of water, Varuna ;
$q'Sc-'|1'l*''Sc-' nub-byan phyog$-skyon
the god of wind who keeps the north-
western quarter. 2. =$1 # or wfy'S night ;
this night; this evening, to-night.
T$ nub-kyi thig-k the moon (Yiy.
k. 11). $q§'^ nub-kyi- ri ^urdra western
mountain ; Ji'S'"!^*) nub-tu gnas resident of
the west ; iq^^'^e.^ come from the west ;
$q'fi|»rq^'»! nub-phyogs-bdag s^^trj?! the
lord of the western quarter; jq'f"'!*! "
nub-phyogs-pa occidental, western.

^^ ^J I : nub-pa sbst. one of the west,
an inhabitant of the west, occidental.

^^'^1 II: Vst to go down, to set, of
the sun or moon; to sink, to collapse,
decline : Ji'wSV" to cause to sink, to
decay or decline ; J^'W'S* disappeared,

742

vanquished; Jl'Q nub-po Vfnsfa [dis-
appearance]& 5*r^'5e''i*\ nub ba-g.lan-sbyod
VT'C'it^T^l [lit. the cattle-feeding land
in the west, n. of the western continent].

5*''*' nub-mo, v. §Q the evening ; also in
the evening, at night.

num

dering;

sounding, thun-
sounded] S.

nur-nur-po ^raraf the embryo
in utero. $*'$*•« nur-nur-ma denotes the
emhryo in the second week. 2. oval,
oblong ;=*1*'*KQ tner-mer-po (Jd.).

^^'^ nur-pa =**•'%**•' elongated,
stretched; also=^mnffat>i [fit to come
out]&

$^'^ nur-ira 1. to change place or
posture, to shift, to move by degrees, be
displaced. 2. to be impressed; to yield,
to give way, be dessicated ; cf . |*'«i and
«$v«i.

5^'o" nur-rtsi or + i^T« nur-rdsis
spirit of wine, naptha.

Syn. «•'*)'$* 'R chan-rji snin-khu ; *^'$"
§^'9 bdud-rtsi $nin-po (Mfian.).

i«'*<S nus-mthu ^l*nr power and ability
[experience] S. |i'S^ *w, *m, ^Rf [able,
competent]^. CN'^^'^'9 nus-ldan ehen-po
1. very powerful, efficacious. 2. f%(%*.
[a species of amaranth]/?.

^^T^J nns-pa I : power, ability, capabi-
lity, force, — this word is used as a syno-
nym for *3 mthu and %w stobs ; also
occult powers when applied to lT
or necromancy, and hence
gq|«rci or gflm'^K.' or wS'^'l;
?q-gjq^-q-|»c^N«-«ai nus-mthu ma thob snaffs-
pa rlom ^ems-can the proud shaman who
is not possessed of supernatural powers to

suppress evil spirits. Is applied to v*P'
gnm-Je.«-ti dkar-p/ti/ogs skyofis-pa the pro-
tection of the good and virtuous. Of
course 5*'^ = power and capability in a
general sense also : 3'$«'|N to one's best
ability.

II : the common potential verb,
to be able. Is gen. annexed to the root
of another verb, as in Jfe.'$*» is able to
come, can come; jfa'$« can eat food;
jwg-l-q-oj let U8 see who is more able,
who can do more (Mil.); ^i\-^vi-^
^w'^S whether or not he has been able to
build. This vb. is much more frq. in
literature than in ordinary talk, being
usually now replaced by such verbs as S1''''
thub-pa and ^ipri htsfiugs-pa the former
being more common in TF. T»'6.,the latter
used in Lhasa and Tsang.

III : pf. of f nu-wa (Jd.).

i'«l nus-pa-can 9.1K [able] 5. (A. K.
1-20).

^ mts-pa ston-ldan=^*C» the
; Panicum dactylon (Mnon.).
«'SS mtg-byed nwi [able]&

nus-ma stfw is the female energy
and vulgarly the female companion or
concubine of a deity or even of a Bodhi-
sattwa ; =^}»» in Tantrik mythology.

J«'*S nns-med ^muf impotent [inca-
pable, powerless]&

^ ne 1. num. figure: 102. 2. for fc
Sj-^c.- ne-than or ^V^' nehu-than mea-
dow, grass-land, sward.

S'S'IJ ne-ne-mo 1. an address of cour-
tesy to a respectable woman. 2. fqig|«r
aunt, the father's sister, or the wife of a
mother's brother (Jd.).

\« ne-ma meadow, green-sward (Jd.).

743

T^ Ne-rtsam-pa n. of a place
situated to the south-west of the birth-
place of Dignaga, in the neighbourhood
of Aurangabad, etc., in Southern India
(Dsam.).

3j 4ne-tso sj^r, <rfr 1. parrot: ^y«K*r
jN-^-^A i ^-VP wJvgY*''*3^' 1 said Bud-
dhadhara, I have to-day seen a strange
sight — a parrot (Mgrin.). 2. n. of a minis-
ter of the king of the Eaksha (Mnon.).

Ice-

Syn. of 1 : *fiV|s mthor-byed;
yid-gshtin ; 3^'§'*!i kun-t't-hgro ;
gnis-pa ; ^'^'i skad-pnis-pa ;
hkhyog-pahi mthu-can; $fl|'*w^ tshig-
hjam-ldan; wrgK/^q-^ hjant-ljaA hdab-
Idan (Mnon.).

ne-we a mason's trowel : ^'S'
we rgyag-pa to plaster, to rough-cast (Jd.).

ne-re or ^'^ ner-ner in W. sedi-
ment, settlings, dregs (Ja.).

^*Q| we-fe 1. 1%fw a species of harrier-
hawk, prob. Circus melanoleucus which
occurs in Tibet. Syn. ^IJTt' hol-wa (Mnon.).
But in one author is stated to be equiva-
lent to «te.'jv*« pin-kyur-ma the kite
(Btsii.).

' ne-psin alpine pastures, grass
on mountain tops or in high valleys :

do always come here, this place is diver-
sified with different flowers and pasture
lands (Hbrom. P, 16).

1 nen-pa W. col. for ^ to
take, to lay hold of, seize; to take off

nem-nur

doubt, sus-

Syn. 3-&i the-tshom; also i'*»rji-q the-
tshom sa-wa; ^'if^^ yid-gfiis (Mnon.).

I 3j£T£| nem-nem-pa 1. to cave in or
sink down : Sj**'3!*!'^^ or V™ nem$ it sinks
a little, gives way. 2. denotes a nodding,
waving, or rocking motion (Mil.).

r^ nem-bu doubt, error (Sch.).

'^ nehu-le [ichneumon, Herpestes
pharaonis represented in Sal. as a fabu-
lous animal, cat-like and vomiting jewels]
(Ja.).

ne-

'^K' mhu Idan one of equal or
same age, a contemporary; ace. to Sch.
3ft'^=. nehu ldan—& friend.

Syn. ^'| na-zla; ^'i?* na-mnam;
lo-mnam.

Idans protector, defen-
der (Sch,).

3&-*|3«;- nehu-gsin=^'^' ui^W [green
grass, abounding in green grass, ver-
dant]S.

,'^ ner-wa to drop gradually, to
lower itself, subside, sink.

no 1. W. for 5'5 mi-bo. 2. num. fig.
132.

1 ^'IT^F' No-kro-gon n. of a small
town in Assam near Gharagaon (Dsam.).

picion.

o'oj no-no in Ladak a title of young
noblemen ; ^'^'35 no-no chen-mo the eldest
of a nobleman's sons, Sffiwi no-no bar-pa
the second, ^=-'^ ehun-se the youngest. In
JDiams is a favourite playful address to
youngsters.

744

no-pi-ka n. of a religious
service; propitiatory rite: ^T«i-*iw|«>-
vw*K-Zj qy, (Deb. 27) he translated many
works on propitiatory rites such as
Nopika, &c.

M-yon in Mong.=S^Zi dpon-po
chief, lord. ^^^55"1'S no-yon hu-thug-
thu a Mongol chief saint, or incarnate
lama.

3^| nog 5*f? cervical vertebra; hump
of a camel (Sch.) [the hump on the shoul-
ders of the Indian bull]-S. ^"W nog-can
humped-back ; gen. cattle.

coiTect form ifa'" gnon-pa to press, force,
compel, coerce ; also to suppress, keep
under e.g. t^w^^^-vyn lag-pas phru-
gu non-kyi hdug pressing down a baby
(in its basket) with the hands; qgirVnK
^w-afrq to subdue evil spirits by mystic
charms, v.

nom, occurs n

rubbed, cleansed, cleaned. ^">'^ nogs-thub
capable of being cleaned.

3jt*q noA-u>a pf. *f* nons 1. to grieve,
upset, to cause pain, to ail : ^*yTW
^Jf^^Vff-Jfl^Mlfin*1 1 at that time
tears having flowed down,"Atis'a what
has upset you " he asked (A. A-9). 2. to
commit a fault, to make a mistake, to
commit one's self: *^« what has been
done amiss? q^^W«P^f^V«t« '
I have thus been injured without any fault

(Dzl.).

*r« non?-pa=^» fault, crime : VP'Sw
now I have confessed my
faults (Qbrom. f>, 15) ; ^w»'9\«> not to
commit a fault or crime ; ^wff«irs-«K«|*rq
to ask for pardon for a fault committed ;
S culpable, blameable.

nod-pa or ^V mnod-pa pf. ^"
mno§ 1. to keep, take, obtain, receive. 2. to
receive instruction, directions, favours,
from a superior, esp. a priest (Dsl.,
Glr.}.

3^'3 non-pa 1.=^" «W^if to mount.
2. a not uncommon variant of the more

- (Suran 3). v. ^'i 2.

3|« nom is the equivalent in Mongol
for *« the Buddhist doctrine, and is
sometimes incorrectly written in Tibetan
as ^'* no-mo. The Mongol Nom-un
Khan, answering to the Tib. S^S'S1"'9
king of the doctrine, and often transli-
terated in Tib. as ^Wfi no-mun-han,
occurs as the designation of the head of
one of the Ling monasteries of Lhasa, who
is held to be an incarnation of a Mongol
saint. The Abbe' Hue refers to this
personage as the Nomenkhan. Like *»» in
Tibetan, the word nom in mongol also =
a religious book.

nom-pa 1.=!^ *b\ enjoyments.
In Amdo, all articles, substances, proper-
ties (moveables) are called ^w. 2. pf.
J|*«, noms to enjoy, partake of ; to be
satisfied. 3. ace. to Sch. : Vpww&i1* to
lay hold of. cf. $•«.

3\w3\*» nom-nom act of sifting, also of
polishing, = W> nab-riab or S^'S" byab-byab :

(Behu. 50).

nor or r« W, ^
1. primarily = any property or possessions;
but, eventually, has come to mean rather
more especially : wealth, riches, money ;
to suffer a loss of property;
one's all, all one's goods, etc. ; ^ **i
rich, wealthy ; ^v f ijto care for money,
to be avaricious; ^'l'q nor-skyi-wa to

745

borrow money ; 3fc'?fai1<0tfl|' « to accumulate
riches. 2. In Sikk. = cattle : ^^i"!'"
the pairing of cattle ; ^'^ ace. to Desg.
chief neat-herd ; ^V^'fJT*) nor-rkan grib-
pa the reduction in the number of cows,
falling off in the number of cows.

Syn. r*> rdsas; ^'
lon$-spyod; K'H' zan-sin; W dbyig ;
rf&or; *|'« &a-<rrt; ^S*'1) hbyor-wa;
dnos-po (Mnon.).

^'H't nor-skal inheritance, hereditary
portion ; share of property : ^'syr jj*w funds,
capital (Mil.).

^'jf=-' nor-skyoti or Jfc'|kw nor-$kyon$ 1.
a kind of bird (JT. £o. % 15). 2.= 9*!'*^
treasurer, keeper of the treasury, watch
dog (Mnon.).

^'S'9'*' nor-gyi na-wa
security for money J-S.

^'S^V! nor-gyi-bdag
of wealth ; the god of wealth]^.

"$*, •g-^qE.-Hj nor-gyi dwan-po
[lord of wealth, surety] 8.

^•Jc.i'ng nor-skyon-ze-hbru
a medicinal fruit.

^'5»* nor-rgyas 1. abundance, plenty.
2. wnspft the snake-goddess who holds the
earth on her head (A. K. 41-47).

^'l^'w Nor-rgyun-ma, sRjsrTT n. of a
goddess. [Also, the earth] 8.

^'"b* nor-gner=$*\-*£<\ phyag-mdsod
treasurer (Mnon.).

^•*^ Rqtm nor-char-hbab$ n. of a gem of
Indra (Ifnon.).

^•nt^qe.-35 Nor-hdsin dwaR-mo w^gi-
^5Tflp|- the wife of Kuvera, the holder of
treasure.

^'^'" nor-nan-pa (colloq. and idiom.)
anything that is useful.

[a
[master

n. of

hdra-wa 5faw, coun-
terpart, parallel, equivalent to wealth.

3^-jfi-l-q nor-dad che-wa, ^w^-ti-l-q
greed for wealth, avarice: f"!*'2''^'
^•X-q-gk.^ avoid that friend who has greed
for wealth (Ce.)

^'^f Nor-bdag l.= ^-§-qs«q-H) f%x;
the lord of riches ; also= Vais'ravana, the
god of wealth. 2. a money-changer,
usurer. ^'*^i"2i nor-bdag-po heir ; ^'i^")'35
nor-bdag-mo f em. of it ; also n. of a goddess.

^*'*V nor-hdus in Pur. the gathering
of taxes.

^•gi^** nor-ldan-ma ^^nat as met. the
earth. Also a youthful damsel.

ifc'^'i fr"!" nor-ldan-brtsegs=
ant-hill (Mnon.).

bu.

nor-gnas-pa,
store-keeper (Mnon.).

r-gyi sdon-

treasurer,

nor-rtsen \j^+f« playing with
wealth ; one rolling in wealth.

nor-wa 1. to err, to make a mis-
take, to be in error: w^-lic.- he mistook
the way ; ^^ra*j-«r^'if»K:8^-l^tR-'5f • if
he lay hold on God, he will not greatly
err.. Colloq. tshul di nor-ki-du'-ga mindu'
is this the wrong way of doing it or not ?
2. vr(% an error, a mistake. ^'^51 nw-

NS

hkhrul or ^^'^ nor-so a mistake ; f^'*^
blundering (Vai-kar.). Syn. ^|5°i'ti hkhrul-
wa • «fi«i'^») log-$es ; "frr'iS'gf 1J* log-pahi blo-
gros ; ^'5'^P^ qin-tu hkhor (Mnon.).

nor-°u "ft 1- an7 gem °r
cious stone ; sometimes applied fig. to any
precious object : ^'9'*^ adorned with
jewels, set with precious stones ;

746

*^«| nor-bu fkar-mdog brilliant, gem of
star-like brilliancy ; ^'E'W^E81 nor-bu
dgah-hkhyil n. of a gem of the value of
one hundred and twenty ounces of gold ;
^•Sr^'i^'a w^w nor-bu dgod-hdod tpttns-
hjom fq*i\\nfin the gem which brings to its
owner all that he wishes for ;
nor-bu $non-po \,t,3t<& sapphire ;
"1^'Q a topaz; ^'9'w^'w nor-bu chab-
bdun-ma n. of a superior quality of satin.
^'gtf" nor-bu-tfiob WT stone from which
gems are obtained; *fc'91F' nor-bu-ljan
HT^fa emerald. Syn. w*R mar-gad; **fr
mrgad (Mnon.). ^'9'"^ nor-bu-hdm iWw
gem-like ; imitation stones, glass trinkets.
^'3'fl nor-bu'pa or ^'9'*M nor-bu-mk/ittn
a jeweller, a oonnoiseur of gems. ^*'9'
n|c.-q nor-bu hp/iren-wa a rosary or chaplet
composed of precious stones ; ^'9'«>'$r'ar5
nor-bu bt-tsu' la-ta n. of a fabulous gem.
2. a common personal name for men in
Tibet and Mongolia.

if^ q;qK.-g nor-bu bsan-po flftro? n. of a
Buddhist house-holder ; an epithet of
Jambhala the god of wealth.

Syn. »1'^ rmug-hdsin (Jjffion.).
nor-bu bsan-pohi
n. of a dharani or mystic

sentence which when regularly recited
brings wealth (K. g. *, 1).

3[^£j5-*pj]dj'#i nor-buhi mgrin-can met. for
domestic fowl.

Syn. E*'S khyim-bya; «.«'3'«^ zans-se-
can; nqp&yfn'^ pagi-pahi gtsug-phud
(Mnon.).

Nor-buhi-hod n. of a mountain.
^ nor-bu rin-po-ehe ^|^y»ipnfl.
a mythical precious stone ; further des-
cribed as ^-9'^-Zi*^-«.-»)\« the priceless

gem in which lies the chief wealth and
prosperity of the Chakravarti Baja.

^•g-qwruJta nor-bu bsam-hphel the gem
which increases one's wealth according to
the desire (Mflon.).

ifa'Sf IK^Vl nor $lo-yro$-b(l(i(j or ^'S'ST
f « q^i| a king.

Syn. 5"i'2i rgyat-po ; «&i|»r«fo'§S
byi'd (Mfion.).

^'^ Nor-tbyin gst? Kuvera.

an

epithet of the wife of Indra, the queen of
heaven (Mnon.).

5^-j^-q nor mi-nan-pa (idiom.) useless
things, any thing that does not come
of use (Rtsii.).

^'^ Hor-r^«cM=^<qS'Il nor-bdag Vai-
s'ravana.

f^-aS^ nor-hdsin = f^ q^TCT ihe
earth. ^ ^ '^I'SS^w son of a king, a
prince, =$*'%** ryyal-sras (Mnon.).

^^•^•^qe.-35 nor-hdsin dwan-mo a title of
queens and princesses ; also a complimen-
tary title for a young lady of great perso-
nal accomplishments: ^^PnpF^'^r
^qc.-?i'*i£<J|'<r]'^w^.''^ to her charming and
precious highness the princess (Yig. k. &9).

^^•RSjj-g-S nor-hdxin bu-mo =the
daughter of the earth, an epithet of Sita
(Rtsii.). ^•^•«q«ifS nor-hdsin gyan-mo
a goddess of the soil (Yig. k. 85). ^'
rf^-qjIK'S nor-hdzin gser-mo in Tantrik
mythology deemed to be the nus-ma or
female energy of the tutelary deity Kye-
wa Dorje.

nor-rdsas wealth, chattels.

Nor-las^rgyal gsrer^ an epithet
of Arjuna the third Pandava

vagant] &

nor-las-hdas

[extra-

nor-psar 1. fresh wealth, one
who has newly become rich. 2.
[good fortune; Mars]&

Q nol-wa l. = *'Q|;qq|-:i a(jj. un_
clean, dirty; unchaste. 2. to agree, to
come to terms (Cs.).

to receive, to

accept, to obtain : W*f^t'***njZt'f*Rrjpwr
3|*» take vows that agree or suit
(Hbrom. 117). 2. v. Sfr". 3.
judge, appraise, measure [^c
pressing out] 8.

you
to

Ijon-qin Jznite; the peepul or
tree. ^'S'^'ll^ATS'^i^t'^^'^^*! in
the pure city of S'akya, the unique
abode of the lodhi tree (Tangur
«|. 230).

^nag-pa=^^nag-po black, g'fr
a giri with her greasy hair
black (Hbrom. 109) ; WSJ*! pnag-sbag
sooty (Sc/*.); ^STS"!*) nag-phyugs black
cattle, esp. the yak; Wg g.nag-khyu a
herd of cattle, cowherd; *WC ffnay-rdsi
a keeper of cattle, cowherd; $*warap|-«i
sem-la nag-pa black-hearted, scowling, im-
pious ;

(Rdsa.

I : g.nan-wa resp. form of
fter-wa pf. ^c." or IRE.W gwaws imp.
l^s.' #won 1. to give, grant, only used
when a person of higher rank gives or is
asked to give ; to concede what has been
asked ; j'Jirl^W^'^pt^ please give
me a rupee!

747

meditative warmth of the highest kind
having been conceded, he became wrapt
in meditation. 2. to allow, permit, approve
of, assent to : iflipwipp-ETi he accepted
the invitation, he promised to come (Dzl.) ;
|^^4VypliVflK'43g>%| | allow me to send
for the horse (Dzl.) ; ^"I'^'l^'i'^ij §^'§N'
"Pfr'W I allow of my making a donation
(Dzl.)- WfapfFfty*, I permit it;
be appointed him his minister ;
*'*? he forbade, refused; I«rg^-S-ij|ap,-
S$-BW!WS| he published a prohibitory
law concerning the exercise of religion
(Glr.) ; «H|<v*rum- he declined to grant it ;
he refused to come. ij^c.'£i5'
gnan-wahi tuti-war-byas ^rfemHT
[1. invitation, entreaty. 2. application
of perfumes] 8.

"fl^'lh g.nan-skyed present, reward,
grant, oftc* gnan-cha remuneration or
gift. H^'f«i g.nan-rien a present sent in a
letter or with a letter (Tig. k.).

Syn. <W^3j hbab-rten;
mtshon; i]!*!)*)1^ g.zigs-rten; v
stegs; ^^'^ hdegs-mtshon;
hdegs; «^'§^ mtshon-byed ;
rten (Mnon.).

ffnans the day after to-morrow;
to-morrow and the day after to-
morrow; ij^N-g on the day after to-
morrow; ««-*fqpic^%q-^ to-morrow
or the day after to-morrow I must be off
(Jd.).

W [vital part]S. 1. the
essence or pith : ^^^•|c,-rj-q^-c, the pm--
port, the essential point, the point of view ;
*H%^S the essence or pith of religion.
"RV* g.nad-che important, of great import
or meaning. '

748

it is of great importance to attend per-
sonally (to every point), and to inquire
minutely into a matter (D. fel. 7).
ift^lj'si'q gnad-hgrol-ica to explain the
main point (Mil.); WK*& the proper
meaning, the pith of the matter ; "W*"!1'!
g>Ki<f-hgag =^VI very important or
salient point, object, purpose : 1fa'^'V>*''qn-

188). 2. in anatomy : the heart ; W"^
=the seven important parts of the body.
3. in mysticism : the seven points to be
observed in the disposition of one's body
when sitting in systematic meditation.
Also V*.«T'"K'ql9*<'3''flW are other attitudes
and conditions imposed on a lama when
*3fcw<x mtshamt-la, i.e., when seated in
meditation. W^T" gnad-du phog-pa
WJl»fe piercing the heart, wound the
feelings.

2. v.

3 gnab-pa pf
gos-g yon-pa to
(Jd.).

gnabg I. =*$* ;
put on clothes.

gnam=3F'"Tla- 1. *W- the sky;

mift^r the sphere or dome of
heaven ; 1^"'^ pnam-rdo hail. 2. the air,
atmosphere, weather: IV'SF'^'^I gnam
gran-mo hdug the weather is cold, it is
cold ; ^K.'flflwjc.-'fa- the weather will be
clear to-day ; IV'l^'i'^ the air is damp.
•q^wflSpM gnam-bskos or flfl*)|wii$Vy
1. the title by which the Tibetans address
the Emperor of China. 2. ="*[**> "fa |*
«£• jjm 3 «^RfflTi^ Emperor of the universe
(Mnon.). <t\^-**v*,wt&.w*lwiwtt*l-»
the supreme sovereign Mafiju Grhosa, the
lord by heaven appointed (Yig. k. 55).

WSH'^fl gnam-gyi khri-bdun the
seven eai'liest kings of Tibet who traced

their origin to the skies: — (1)
Qnah-khri Usan-po ; (2) srfi'^'9 Mu-khri
Usan-po ; (3) V- H fl^'^ Din-khri btsan-po ;
(4) ^•^•q^-g So-khri Usan-po; (5) **'§'
q^'3 Mer-khri btnan-po; (6) ^q'p'n^'3
Srib-khri btsan-po ; *te'j|'q^'Hi Sen-khri
btsan-po (J. Zan.).

nfl*rtiiS(V*< gnam-bskos-ma the empress
of the universe, an epithet of the queen of
a Chakravarti Raja (Mnon.).

"tt^f gnam-khah for *fl*<'*f"*=also
azure, sky-colour.

^'•'B ^ql ^ gnam khyi nag-po lit. black
dog of the sky ; a deity of the sa-bdag
class.

t-' gnam-gan the new moon.

gnam-gyi $kyon drought, want
of rains (Mnon.). 1^^'3'^'^X gnam-gyi
ned-htshe id.

Syn. *^'*«\ char-med; W> then-pa; jj**'
"tw sten-hlar (Mnon.).

fl|^w|-RSq]wq gnam-gyi hjigf-pa, dangers
brought by the skies, i.e., from rainless-
ness; these are drought, famine, danger
from excessive heat.

qW*4'3'S'BEi' gnam-gyi bya-khyun 1. demi-
god of the Sa-bdag class. 2. the Garuda.

"ft** 3 '§ '** W*' Qnam-gyi bye-ma-hm sand
banks of 6?nam, n. of a village near Sam-
ye, i.e., in the Yarlung district : W£rfl|«K«jq|'
Q*-'^** (A. 120).

gnani-gyi fa-mon-bya as
met. the raven (Mnon.).

flI^*4'3PI*)'c-^'^ gnam-grags nar-chen=a^S
yS'jTEi the god of love, Kamadeva.

very rough and thundering sound.

n.

of an evil spirit (Mnon.).

749

pnam-lcags ^wfr ; resp. for 3fl
the thunder : *fi«'f l«'^«|»r§«r«w|fl|»r<*f*w}r
IVS*) with a kind of thunder was able to
suppress evil spirits.

Syn. Qj'i^'*^'* brgya-byin mtshon-cha
(Mnon.).

ynant-chod-pa mystically =
good (Bon.).

*W5'3^C- ynam-rta-gyi M a good
breed of horses brought to Tibet from
Amdo and Mongolia: ifi*q'5)'5|c,-§c.-q|'5^-
**r«H (Jig.).

'W'Jf*-' gnam-stofi the day of the new
moon, the thirtieth day of the lunar
month.

*R*'fl|V.'5 Q nam-gdofi-po n. of a place
in Tibet.

flfl*r|r*'V^e-' Qnam-lde Jfod-srufi n. of
one of the early kings of Tibet (Lofi. "•, 7).

celestial, resident in heaven [1. 'having
the clouds as fostermother,' fostered or
watered by the clouds or by Indra, as corn,
land, etc. 2. mother of the gods, AditiJS.

dri ma-

nan-pa bad smell, stench.

*f, Ij^JJ H gnam-po='-f^'Q drafi-po
vnfft honest, straight ;

4|^w«i$'3^'3i Gnam mtsho phyid-mo is the
large lake lying about 120 miles to the
N.W. of Lhasa, commonly known by its
Mongol name of Tengri Nor and styled
Nam-tsho Chyidmo by Tibetans, i.e., " the
frozen sky lake." It was first surveyed
and mapped by the native exploring
agent of the Indian Survey Office, Nain
Singh, in 1874. Since then it has been
visited by Mr. and Mrs. St. George

Littledale and Mr. Fletcher (in 1895).
The map of Du Halde, founded on the
Jesuit Fathers' notes, however, repre-
sented this lake approximately in its
actual position. The Jesuits did not
personally visit it, but marked it down
from Chinese information. flftwwS-^e,-
Gnam-mtsho rdo-rift the long stone or
monolith of Nam-tsho ; one of the thirty-
seven secret holy places of the Bon, situated
on a rock on the shores of Lake Tengri
Nor (Q. Bon.).

«ifln-*<g^ Gnam-mdsod n. of a demi-god
of the Sa-bdag class.

•*• *HS*'^ g.nam-zer 1. lit. the heavenly
nail or pain, n. of a disease. 2. wooden
bench or seats kept in the felt tents of
Mongolia.

IR*»-«« Qnam-yas the name of a castle
in Tibet (Glr.).

W'^iM^ Qnam-ri srofi-btsan king
Nam-ri Sron-tsan, father of king Sron-
btsan sgam-po (Lon. 1, 5).

aflHBfrqjwX* gnam-lo gsar-tshef the new-
year's day (Btsii.').

Gnam-wed n. of a Sa-bdag.
gnam-so =^'3 drafi-po straight.

ffnah or ^^n gnah-wa, but in
colloq. usually styled "na-po," a large
wild sheep found all over Tibet from
Ladak to the borders of China, and often
styled in sportsmen's books, the burrhel.
It is the Oms nahur, and is not so large as
the Oms ammon or the Oms hodgsoni : ift1*.'
iS-wiqra w»-«r«ws gnah-wahi mjug-spus rma-la
phan the hair of the tail of burrhel sheep
is good for sores ; "!^'3"riraf*<'Vr^«r$'Ji<Jrii( w
the hair of the male burrhel sheep cures
poison (probably removes poison from
ulcers) and dries pus in sores.

750

gnah-ica adj. former, ancient.
us=TS*f* thog-ma or £V**>
snon-chad; qftvspxwiifc gnah-nas ma-
mthofi never seen before, ift^'5 gnak-bo
5tr;=^'**5-^ §no-)nahi-du$ former or an-
cient time, of yore ; *R*'^ ynah-tni man of
ancient time ; flfl^'vw ffnah-rab$ men
who lived in olden times, the ancients

(2)

ffnas

1. a place, locality, spot or piece of
ground ; and hence, also : an abode,
dwelling-place ; also a temporary lodging :
ufl»rqj?fc.-q or Jjw" to give shelter to, to
lodge, a person ; «ft»r*>'Vw''^'q to become
homeless ; *ft*rQ gnas-po, colloq. " na-bo " a
landlord, inn-keeper ; «R*< '**•' a lodging-
house ; «fi«'*w sleeping place ; «H»i'?J '**• ^
they returned to their place, their home ;
3 'flftw §kye-gna§ birth-place. 2. a holy
place, place of pilgrimage ; a monastery :
flfl*r^*r^gc.'ij gtias-tmf dbyufi-tca to turn out
of a monastery, also excommunication.
u|^«-g-q pnas spe-ica id. 3. a clerical dignity
or religious personage ; ift^'t^ pna$-§byin-
pa to confer priestly status on a man.
4. object, heading, point: «|V*iS'*fi« an
object of laughter; 2f*5'«i]a(»i that which
ought to be an object of shame (Schtr.).
!i. division, section ; sphere, province : ^jw
"ft*»'g" rig-pahi gnas-lna the five classes of
science, "fti appears also to mean any
definite division of places, things, or
beings: and even: sort, variety— almost
equivalent to ^"|** rigs, but not technically
the same. Thus, the following definitions
are termed iftw^w : — (1)

^ ^T: [varie-
ties of bodies obtain various names, such
as the gods are different from men]&

[varieties of
bodies obtain the same name, such as the
Brahmakayika and Pratkamavinibrtta are
both called gods] S. (3)

T: [the same sorts of
bodies assume different names such as the
various (64) classes of the Abhdsvam dei-
ties] -S. (4)

-. [the same sort of body assumes
the same name such as the Cubhakrtsna
class of the gods]& So, likewise, those
spheres of external existence are classed
as «ft«: (1) ^w*i|'*v*w<w|-*^ \ ^nfinnJi-
«air<jfw«t [the infinite expanse of the
sky, the first of the Arupa Brahma-
loka]S. (2) qw.J|«rwu«r|-«H^| ^DHH-
^iiT<4ai*t [unlimited realm of knowledge,
the second of the Arupa Brahma loka]S.
(3) S-Mif»»v«i$-|-*i^ ^r^^Kid'iq. [source
of nothingness, the third of the Arupa
Brahma-loka~]S. (4)

[the sphere
of knowledge and non-knowledge, the
fourth of the Arupa Brahma loka~\S.

(5) *v¥"*S'**"r«W"r« I ^fVm^H

[the knowledgeless animated beings, the
llth or 13th of the Rupavacara gods]&
WVI^NV Qna$-mm-cu so-bdiui
the thirty-seven holy places of the
Bon, out of which there are thirteen in
Dbus-ru-the Central Division of Tibet : —
(1) <W Gnan, <5 Lo, and *«» JRal- (2)
'^'S Edam-fad $nar-mo ; (3) v^-^'
Hpham-yul grab-dkar ; (4) w^^'i
Mal-gro ra-wa ; (5) ^'I'g"!'^*!^ Chun-yt/i
brag-dmar; (6) W9'^«' Has-po ri-than;
(7) %'^'^

751

re-gad; (9) ^RW**^*1 Qnam-mtsho rdo-
rifi; (10) f V»wr^-q|g*i Stod-ras lufi-gsum ;
(11) IVfWW Skyid-fod lun-nag; (12)
Ru-rgyan ya-mthah ; (13) *ffy\*\*(
Mgon-yon ryyal-mo. Seven in the
Gyon-ru districts :— (1) tlTi'^'ilSfli Eol-
klui fug-ycig • (2) V-'W^W ftan-yul fin-
nag ; (3) •S5'«=-"<"IE-'^ Dye-Zufi Qan-war ; (4)
^•?«rg'tf Kon-yul bre-ma ; (5) ST^K^w
Klu-$odthan-dmar; (6) ^•^•«i]-p Yar-lun
xog-kha ; (7) *«r3j ^%-fa Mal-gro mtshon-qod.
Eight in the Qyas-ru or Teru districts : —
(1) yW*WMu-yug sa-nag ; (2)
*« Cans-kyi pon-tshal; (3)
Brud-kyi mkhar-ydon ; (4) ^Tg^S Eta-nag
yyan-phu ; (5) W^J^ifH Rjan-gi rgyan-
mkJiar; (6) ^^?«I^N Ltag-phu gros-lhas;
(7) i|^E.'t|-g^-»5<i| Gtsafi-gi gyer-yug; (8) aicae.1
Sl'91 Lan-zan Iga-brag. Nine in Bu-lag : —
(1) niKf!-*5! Rag-&tod stag-tshal;
$'V Chu-hgo rta-rin; (3)
Mkhar-chen Irag-dkar; (4)
Mtsho-nabris-c/MiA; (5)
r<se than-fod; (6) S^fwrg Gram-pa kham-bu ;
(7) «wr«r«-|») J?^-pa than-slum ; (8)
^'5J"I Man-mkhar rndo-phug ; (9)
Lha-ywl gur-than (G. Bon. 37, 38).

flR«'q§'<»|$<i| g.nas-bchu-g.cig the eleven
g««? or physical states as mentioned in the
medical works of Tibet: (1)
rtsa-wa mdo-yi-gnag ; (2)
grub-pa luf-kyi-ynas ; (3) ^Q
hpticl-grib nad-kyi-g.nas ; (4) S'q'll;\
bya-wa spyod-lam-gyi g.nas; (5)
^« htsho-wa za$-kyi-g.na§ ; (6) l^'^
sbyor-wa sman-gyi-ynas ; (7) *'St;\'e\
cha-byad dpyad-kyi-gna& ; (8) ?'*
tha-mal nad-med-g.nas ; (9)
nos-bsun rtags-kyi-gnas ; (10)

gso-byed thabs-kyi-g.nas; (11)
bya-byed sman-pahi-gms.

gnas-chen-lna the five great
holy places of the Northern Buddhists of
Tibet:— (1) 5i9*''g^^X't'ql^ai the central one,
Vajrasana in Magadha; (2) •*p1V$-|"g'
in the east Utai-shan in China ; (3)
gf "*tfq-$-a( in the south Potala ; (4) $«i •«*?>•
«i^ or 'Q^S^-gaj Udyana in the west ; (5)
gn-^w^ni S'ambhala in the north. 8'^*fl*r
«i§S the eight places made holy by the
relics of Buddha: (1) Preta pur! (Tibet) ;
(2) Griha devata ; 3. Saurastra (Guzerat) ;
(4) Suvarna dvipa (Pegu and Burma) ; (5)
Nagara; (6) Sindhu (Sind) ; (7). Maru;
(8) Kuluta (K. g. p, 69-76).

^^'S|q»i gnas-skabs *KKt, *R*n tem-
poral state or life [opportunity, condi-
tion]& ^Wii|«i«-«w-|^q produced from
circumstance [^rraj%?R accidental]^. ; <y\w
^Vl^K^^fR,% danger to my
temporal life not occurring.

d|^|*r« pnas-skye§-ma miftzft [1.
habitable. 2. nightJS.

-q ynas-khan §pan§-pa «gir-
[one who has forsaken his
home]$. a mendicant, a Buddhist monk.
q]^-£q'»^ g.nas-nes-med one whose resi-
dence is not fixed, a mendicant ascetic ; a
vagabond ; one of uncertain residence, not
residing in one place.

"WM9^ gnas-nan-lan <1«W [depravity,
wickednessJ<S.

qft*r»i|3i|'<^ g.nas-gpig hdsin=*Fpx^ft<*\f>
a species of wild gentian used in medi-
cine (Mnon.).

qjai^-qwq ynas-bcah-wa ^TT'wfor [fit to
be a shelter] 8. ift^'W) gnas b<:a§ «T%?I,
«i+c(«( n. of an ancient city in upper India
sacred to the Buddhists [Some identify it
with modern Oudh or Ayodhya ; others
maintain that it is the same as Sogdiana or

752

the land of the Scythians. Patanjali who
flourished in the 2nd century B.C. in
referring to the conquests of Alexander
the Great and in illustrating a rule of
Panini's grammar writes "*Rf: VCH«*TT%-
«ro the Yavana (Alexander) besieged
Saketa"]S.

"W'$E-'frSSt-»<'iI:-' Gnas-chun ggra-dbyans
glifi n. of a small monastery situated to
the south-east of Dapung monastery near
Lhasa, where resides the great oracle of
Na-chung Choi-kyong, a personage said
to be the incarnation of Pe-har Gompo,
and who forecasts the place of re-birth of
each successive Dalai Lama (S. kar. 181).

gnas-cfien (also *W«-$^ or *fl»r
a very important place, a very
sacred place (Rtsii.), a great resort of
pilgrimage, a great sanctuary.

n]3i«<-*iXii| gnag-mchog principal place of
pilgrimage, a very holy place.

ift«^=.' Gnas-gnin n. of an old monas-
tery in Tsang situated near the road to
Gyan-tse from Phari (Lon. ',10).

'5'91 Gnaf-ta-la n. of a place in Tibet.

(Lon. >, 25) the fifth named, Dye-
legf bstan-pahi Rgyal-mtshan was born in
the neighbourhood of Gnas-ta-la.

"ft1* fa gnas-rten= ^1 'fa hjiy-rten, **fa
sa-rten the earth, the world (Mnon.).

flflWfl^ gnas-brtan 1. sifgr lit. firm in
his place, an elder, a Buddhist monk of
the Sthavira School. 2. 3[JN?tej [arrived
at the tenth decade of life, above ninety
years old]<S. But chiefly we read of
n]^*|-£H^ 'iS'lfl gnas-brtan bcu-drug the sixteen
famous Sthavira or elders who severally
preached Buddhist doctrine in the various
mythical islands and continents of the

Buddhist cosmogony. A very late
tradition asserts that they were invited
to China by the Princess Wun-shing
Konjo daughter of Emperor Than-ju.

I: 1.= *Vi tdod-pa,
to sit ; to be placed, to exist, to be in force,
to continue to exist; jg*w«ifl»<-q khrims-
the law being in force ; ft'i^^'a
evanescent, unsteady. 2. to
reside, dwell, stay: »K.<»r^flK«r£i$-jJs mnul-nn
ffnag-pahi khyehu the boy dwelling in his
mother's womb (Dom.) 3. to remain, con-
tinue, adhere to, e.g., a doctrine or opinion :
^•q-qj-arqi^-ci to persevere in the ten
virtues; s*ww ^warfl]^ to remain, to
continue in love; Xw«r«ftwq to abide in
religion, one abiding in religion, a clerical
person.

II : religious exercise, monas-
tic function : flfl«»-<r<^wti to perform such ;
*ft«-«r^| the nine devotions of a Buddhist : —
(1) ^•crsrflnvEi devotedness to the creed
or teacher; (2) *»i aru^-cr devotion to reli-
gion; (3) ^•^•ariflN-y devotion to the
church ; (4) §q-«^ara|aj*rq devoted regard to
the teacher; (5) *f ^ Hr8rfl]3j*rq attachment
to one's own professor or teacher ; (6) g-w
loyalty to the spiritual guide ; (7)
attachment to one's own
station ; (8) «]c«r«r<jn»r:j attachment to an
individual; (9) ojarar^-q attachment to
one's own country -(K. du. t, 60).

n-pa. 2. =«J^'<i
bstan-pa VJmw, ^fuufrra [to teach, having
been taught] 8.

"IVlS ffnas-byed^'wnfo-% 1. the orb
of the sun (Mnon.). 2. wfr^ a saint, sage.

1^1'§S'W gnas-byed-'ma gnj^f as met.=
a cow, also a woman (Mnon.).

753

gnas-ma ?*rft residence; also
a resident.

«ft*rK pnas-mo hostess, land-lady, frq.
mistress.

^c, w-^ Gnas-gisan mahi rig 33^-
n. of a class of gods whose abodes
are very clean and pure.

naf-tsan v. «fi« 1.

fjnas-tshul state of things, affairs ;
condition of life bodily or spiritually ;
news.

ynas-tshehu cWiTT [a tank]&

(fnas-fshi=^''H^ rtan-gnat
homestead, permanent residence ; estate :
»'T^ -SV^qn»j-flfr«ie.-qw3J*ra-|3q within the
province of Magadha there were number-
less homesteads, residences of monks,
estates, monasteries and villages, &c. (A.
59).

Syn. |**'B*» khan-khyim ; "|^'*| ffshis-ka
(Won.).

*mr«i Gnas-sab n. of the city of the
Asura situated at the foot of Sumeru.

qpiNqsv gnas-bzan &&* a good and
happy world.

flftwtff^ gMj-fco^sstowq^q content-
ment, easiness at heart, ^•qw^-flf^w^v
qJ«^q^-Mj for that reason let us both
with a heart full of ease go to a happy
place (Rdsa.).

gnat-lugs has been described
c4|?qpr£«i the natural state
of all thing?, material and phenomenal.

majW3<i|»4-$q|»rq gnas-lugs rtogs-pa the
knowledge of the essence of all things, the
knowledge of all things, or in a Buddhist
sense, of the non-existence of all things :
^p?fivt^r|rtiHlff<r^'«A|^irll (A. 28)
in his mind arose the right unperverted
meaning of the state of all things.

.- pnns-bsrun gen. a local god or
spirit entrusted with the duty of guarding
a holy place or sanctuary against an enemy,
be he god or man. In W. earnest-money,
pledge, security (Ja.). "1^'g^Q gnas-srufi-
po an epithet of tftlC* Rnam-sras or
Vais'ravana who is the guardian of all
Buddhist sacred places.

Gnubi n. of a lo-tsa-wa of the
Rnin-ma School who translated Tantrik
manuals into Tibetan (Khrid. 23).

' ffnon consciousness of guilt,

g.non*wa 1. to feel ashamed:
Ha fo-yan gnofi-pa yod I
also felt ashamed (A. 68). 2.=}wc$fri>
to feel remorse=^^E-'^««''a.3S'c' to be
conscience-stricken.

: pnod-pa srw is thus defined:
f ^**^ men, demons
and evil spirits who are bent on evil
here and useless. f*|f Jlf^frif^frv

Rql^'5'<I!l\^ at the root of the sacred tree
of the s'akti there were some demons
(Hbrom. 106).

^j^'^l II : ^ffiw, ^m«liR 1. evil, mis-
chief, injury, harm, damage : *|E,'qf«rflft\«v
iS^I^'F'w fearing lest his feet should be
hurt ; «ffivw<*§*'qS^gj a dangerous enemy ;
"1^' "'9V or |«r«J to do harm, to inflict
injury, to hurt. "l^'^'S^'6'*' anod-na byufi-

N3

nam (modern) = |'*!11*''*i^*i are you well ?
2. to injure, to cause illness. "ft'Vf ^
gnod-bsnen= 1H^^C~'^ khunMyufi-wa (K.
ko. 235). iffoi gnod-pa=$>\-o£'*i $dug
bsnal-wa, ''I^'3^'11 gnod-zad-pa—"^^ hgog-
pa. fli^'i'^'W^iri g.nod-pa sad-par $gom-
pa=v* lam. These terms are used in
mystical language.

96

754

gnod-gbyin *J* a set of deities
or demons believed, in Tibet, to haunt
mountains and especially mountain
passes. They are poisonous to travellers
unless propitiated at a pass-top. Many
mountain ranges in Tibet are named
after Noi-Jin demons. "ftS'l^TSF-*1 g.nod-
?byin k/ia-rlang lit. the mouth vapour of
a ynksa demi-god; = *\*J'*q!*' gyu-tshigs
(Mnon.). "ftvi^J"!'*! gnod-sbyin ryyal-po
the king of the Noi-Jin demons who
guards the northern quarter of the world.
"I^vl^^'^'SB^S^Q^swS'^' the names of
some of the Noi-Jin chiefs are: — Rnam
thos-sras (Vais'ravana), Bbrog-gnas, Yul-
hkhor-snid (Dhritarastra), Jfphays-skyes-
po (Virudhaka), Mig-mi-bsan (Virupaksa),
Bzan-po, Oan-wa bzan-po, Rmonf-byed hdsin-
pa, Chuhi dwan-po, Lag-brgyad-pa, l/iia-
rtsen (K. g. « 113).

o|7fa-|^-*v gnod_-$byin-chan met. for alco-
holic spirit (Mnon.).

n|3ft-«£w nod-nukes Tjw [n. of a demon
slain by the Hindu goddess Durga ; he
was son of Gaveshthin and grandson
of Prahlada]S.

ffnod-semg or
mischievous wish, ill-will :

^'*)'S^' §w^'Se.^«I«> it is against
duty to harbour evil-mindedness and false
religion (Ilbrom. T» If).

Syn. flvSS g.nod-byed;
byed nes-byeg. (Mnon.).

l gnon-pa, pf. "1^^ gnan or *^^
nman, fut. "W mnan, imper. 'fa'&l non-cig,
to press, compress, force down ; to subdue,
suppress, keep down: l^f^r-HI*^
q«-g-J5«'f<i|q''»i^^t§'^ that the broth might
not boil over from the cauldron, the girl
pressed down the lid;

bgegs dri-sa Iha-hdre-
rnams mnan-pahi yzitns-sfifig? a dharani
wliich will suppress demons, driza and
imps ; 1^^'*f pnan-mgo n. of a mountain,
"the head forced down, "situated in Nepal,
a few miles S. W. of Kinchinjunga.
*\*Wi hdre mnan-pa, fl'g'ifl'i to press
down. NfW^rVfllWWq^irB'qitatq* n.
of a forest in the fabulous continent of
Uttarakuru (K. d. *, SOU).

, v. ^«J'i mnob-pa.

gnag-pa (Sch.).

ntnad-mnad falsehood,
calumny (Sch.).

*}, J}3jq'CJ mnab-pa or w^wi mnabt-pa
=^•^•0 yos-gyoti-pa to put on: ^qj^'w^q-ei
put 6n clothes (Situ. 65) ; v. also *fl*
nabs.

+ w^q-qia) mnab-btsal n. of a kind of
pastry, biscuit or cake.

•^I'S^i mnab-rtsal 1. mean, worthless
(Cs.). 2. nourishment, food. *<^'?r«i 3 9
mnab-rtsal-gyi bu the child of an indigent
person (Cs.).

Tfl mnam-pa 1. to smell: *W~^'
having smelt (A. K 1-2) ; \*qw<i
=\^'q dri nan-pa bad smelling. 2. to
smell of (most frq. signification).

nmah ww, ««5, fa* oath : *^
or li'" to take an oath, to swear ;
<3\<l to swear by the gods
(Olr.). There are two kinds of *^^ oath,
viz : — fr^rt^tA'nq* oath to do mischief
to an enemy ; and "W^Fi"^ oath to
remain faithful to friends (Qyu. 86).

Syn. (to swear) q'^'q bro-bor-wa ; *&
h bshe$-pa • *\9't'||e''£1 dyu

755

, ij| mnah-ma 3"*f a son's or grand-
son's wife ; but the word is also used for
the bride of one's younger brother.

mnar-wa 1. sbst. torture, tor-
ment, excruciating pain. 2. to suffer, to
be tormented : $w*>^oi?-q'- j«rZj5-qtq|«rq*rw^
the innocent lords had to suffer in conse-
quence of the king's fears (Pth.) ; «w§*r
*»<^'q to suffer in consequence of former
actions ; ^K^Mftto you cause yourselves
to suffer torments ; *^'*>S Mnar-med *t^\fo
n. of one of the eight hells the torments
of which are excruciating (B. ch. 5) ; #*(*-'
^'"l^"!" mnar-med gsigg one who has seen
the hell of unceasing torment.

mnai resp. for tffrg.nid. 1. sleep,
mual-gssim-pa resp. for
g.nid-log-pa to go to sleep;
mnal-du phcb-pa or "% 'i hgro-wa to fall
asleep, to sleep; sqarswq mnal-thum-pa
a short nap, slight sleep : *^«r3*4-q'^fl|'|e.-
q&fi'Wq in a dream while he indulged in
a short sleep (A. M). *^i'a<£! mnal-lab
the talking in one's sleep.

sems-pa, pf.
*^N mnos to think over, ponder, imagine :
^•K,-8CKa^T«fl(«r«pl thinking it had been
said to me. qw*^-«|]>e;q bsam-mno gton-
ttia^rWW'g'"!?1-'1) bsam-blo gton-wa to con-
sider, to think carefully upon.

*<^S)*rg-ti mno-fis liia-pa (f^V5'frt%
9|-»)c,-) n. of a Kabandha Raja, king of the
headless spirits (K. g. «, 523).

rtsa-chun-

pa of little importance ; slight, moderate ;
J^O)-§E,- mnog-chun insignificant, trifling, of
little value, wtffa zas-mnog moderate
fare, frugal diet (Sch.}.

rnnon-wa, v.
=Z&&^ shameless (Mnon.).

mnod-pa=^^ rned-pa; v.

mnol-wa to grow feeble, to be
reduced, weakened; w^«r«i'<^ have been
weakened (Pth. 193). *tfyr$n mnol-yrib
weak and dull, or obscure ; *i^«r^fl| mnol-
rig weak intellect.

rna-wa n^n, W the ear :

'*(^'Sql*' khyod-la hon-can bt/un-
na rna-ru mar blugs if you have become
deaf pour butter into the ear. ^f«ft*fc-
rna-wahi me-lon the drum or tympanum
of the ear ; Jj'£r*T'* rna-wa ma-taha do not
disturb or vex by frequent prayers or
clamour : ^wij-«r*r.*fi-Xflr?ft therefore dont
vex, sit silent (Rdsa.). fflS^fl*^ a treat
for the ear (Glr.) ; Jj^qe. Ej-q)^ rtia-waht
dican-po gtod lend me your ear, listen to
me (Mil.) ; ***•'% **'" rnar snam-pa pleasant to
the ear, tickling the ear ; ^'^'i rna-
wa Mud-pa, v. l*'Wq Mud-pa • ^'^'S'ti rna-
wa bya-wa, JS'i'l'" rna-ica byo-wa,
rna-wa blag-pa, all = to listen.
deaf, to be deaf ; ^'Bi5'«w the function of
hearing.

*;$*.' rna-khun ear-hole: <*&qS-jj-|ge.-^-
ti'IS'C) to cry into a dying man's ears. The
common word for the ear in colloq. is
^*&il sounded " namchok ;" in W. wwwXflj
vulg. ^'5=S rna-rgyan or ear ornaments are
in universal use in Tibet ; but the vulgar
word for earring is not ^'^ or ^[^ (some-
times used in books) but $'$* " e-kor."

Syn. g'^ sgra-hdsin ; f ^ $nan ;
thos-hdsin; ?«'i5'^ thos-pahi-ggo;
sgra-yi g.nas ; Wl*\ nan-byed (Mnon.).

^'5^'q1^l|I'£1 rna-rgyan gcig-pa he who
wears only one earring, as epithet of

756

sp-%1 Rnam-sras or Vais'ravana, the god
of wealth ; also = a Tibetan layman.

+ w rna-sgrafi=**fi**& mdahi mdehu
a bullet, a buzzing arrow.

Jj'««S rna-can ** the firstborn of Kunti
before she waa married to Pandu (Man.).

*« rna-cha 1.= ^ rna-rgyan ear-
ornament (Yig.). 2.=V*Vr*- the halo
encircling the sun, the canopy of the sun
(Mon.). «r*'"!V'ifc rna-cha ffdub tkor
f <g«s [earring]S. Also ?*V id.

j; 5ij '&\ rna-theg-can one who can hear
patiently; i^" »« ^ H«^ one that is
able to listen to all with patience ; parti-
cularly one who is meditating on the
merit of patience.

W* rna-sbans or W rna-spags *<<r-
HSi ear-wax.

$•«!•%<» Rna-wa gon-pa n. of place prob.
east of India (K. d. «s 267).

jj-q-qa^'q rna-wa brgyad-pa one possessed
of eight ears — an epithet of deities
with four heads; Brahma, (Mnon.).

\ rna-wa-can as met. the Sal tree =

Rna-wa bye-wa-ri n. of a hill in
the land of the Tidag or Preta : jfrf «%

S'^'^lfa (Khrid. 41).
rna-wahi bcud= "I'T^E.-^ ka-la
pin-ka 3i?[f^? or the Indian koel (Mnon.).
^•q-R?^ rna-wa-hdsin 3W[ gn; the holder
of the helm of a boat, a pilot.

^'wl^ rna-mdsad= ^'g^ n. of a kind of
ear-ornament (Rtsii.) ; ^'t''*<-*>'§^ rna-wa
rndse?-byed id.

J)'^=.' rna-lun the ear or handle of a
vessel (Cs.).

W\** rna-slarjs ^fa^ [capable of being

heard] 8.

JC-*p rna-fal or ^'"1^ rna-fffog ear-lap,
tip of the ear (Med.). [VTO a vessel]^.
Ji'g^ rna-$lan a fur-cover for the ears
worn by Tibetan ladies (Ja.).

l2^ rwrt</ tiq matter, pus, suppuration ;

•v
jj«i]-g^-« rnag-smin-pa pus grown mature.

^q]-<(^^-q rnag-hdren-pa to draw out pus;
VI H"I rwg-khrag matter and blood ;
rnag-can containing pus, purulent :
fqy rnag-par rnag-pa to form pus, to
ulcerate (Cs.). W^" rnag-hbruin abcess

'f1 ^'^ rna-ru— o.$i\'n hkhrig-pa copu-
lative union of the sexes (mystic).

i rna-gsan a kind of damned crea-
ture, prob. a pretn which subsists on pus
and mucous.

Sj^SI rnarjs in colloq. = ready money,
cash (Ja.).

^C'q rnan-wa, pf. "^« brnans to be-
come choked, be stifled, grow constricted :
qijtw^i-q brnans-te hchi-wa dying by
choking; ^i9'Il*' "&* ^ '^F- (his) breath stop-
ping short ; jpr««|Mr|^*1lK't*'V*r<
Ikog-ma bskrans-nas d'ehi gkad-kyif brnans-
so his throat having become swollen his
words were stifled; wS«'^'5 sas-kyis
rmn-te the food choking him ; 8'^'!K^'5
mya-nan-gyis rnan-te stifled by his grief.

SJT&J rnam-pa I 1. a piece, a part, a
section, distinct part, ingredient : I*iVr*rf
^q|Wi|»m the subtle and the coarse ingre-
dients of the body (Fa*, sn.) ; VISITS or
?NW«^-^ in every respect, to all intents and
purposes— this phrase is used whenever
people of rank are addressed : '
most

757

patron, altogether incomparable as to grace
and goodness. 2. adj. different, distinct,
individual, respective: ^i^«q'^ four
(separate) rays of light; fJhj*r(«i)*ftw the
two lords respectively ; flVT^V'^FS'*^
y'g we five individual girls here assembled
(Mil.); X ^ar^-ErqJ-qjs the eighteen
different wonderful feats ; ^rw^i sepa-
rate dishes of food; j^iVpW^i^MJir
Wpr^^^jor^-qintt omniscience is
that in which both colour and form are
individually included (Vat. gn.). 3. divi-
sion, class, species: ^SP'V q^ the four species
of troops ; $«'«rj'**pj rnam-pa sna-tshogs
different sorts; Jjwcrei^ of four different
kinds. 4. manner, way: Jj*
in manifold manner, variously, frq. ;
«*wr*S in every way ; ^'ITS (the earth
shakes) in six ways, i.e., directions. 5.
effect, result, consequence ; ^rfc^flwH^T
«« from vexation at it ; ^MfrpflU in con-
sequence of the cold wind (Mil.). 6.
shape, aspect, form: $*r<r«^.'qwi flrerc
assuming individuality, personified outward
appearance, figure, shape (A. K.) ; f«|»r
jS'^sri Icags-kyuhi rnam-pa in the shape
of a hook ( Vat. id.) ; jft'ci$-jj*w§ai tfon-
pahi rnam-par $prul he assumed the form
of the teacher (Ta.) ; X«rg3-jj*rw*|vq to
appear in a spiritual form (Glr.) ; <^'e-^'
^*wif* this body turns into a
corpse ; and BO in most cases with regard
to the whole appearance [in substance
(from Ja.)~\. 7. time as an unit: l*'5^
rnam-pa knn <TfW atoms of all things;
time without end ; ^N'l'^'g rnam-pa kun-tu
at all times, perpetually (Mnon.). 5'=-^'
^••w-q^-1-n-il^ | ^i^^w^-5'^-^-3 there
is no greater danger than an evil thought,
therefore it should be avoided at all times
(Lo. 26).

aj*Tfl II: in Budh. that which is
cognizable, can be measured, or conceived
is called rnam-pa; that which is inconceiv-
able or incomprehensible is rnam-pa med-
pa (K. d. "I, 45).

iff Q*. rnam-par or Jji rnam full, com-
plete, all; fully, completely, to the
uttermost: $*rwq^ rnam-par bkod fully
arranged; Jjwwwpw'ti thoroughly wise,
fully acquainted with; Jj*rw«*j^ quite
dazed ; ^' <R'«|?e.'q resigning all, thoroughly
giving up; ^'W^w'ti rnam-par Itams-pa
quite full, full to the brim ; q*r« com-
plete escape, emancipation, and hence:
memoir, life, biography. For other
compounds and examples, v. separate
headings.

g fqf%3T variegated, piebald.

rnam-skrag. (hkhrugs) fam
[very agitated, overcome]*!?.

rnam-par

sa-dwati

$*r|w rnam-skyes or
$kyes a king.

Syn. f>r9 rgyal-po;

(Mnon.).

V'|V rnam-skyed to procreate ; pro-
creation.

Rnam-dkar-rtse (Nangar-tse)
n. of a small town with a fort situated
on the western shore of lake Yamdok on
the highroad from Gyang-tse to Lhasa.

Jpi'jg rnam-khro frzfita, |%^ wrath
[shameless anger]$.

« rnam-mklias-nm a clever, wise
woman (Mnon.).

*F»ij!^ rnam-mkhyen omniscience; the
term in later lit. has been applied to
Buddha :

758

(Gser-phren 68) the omniscience to be
able to see things in that manner exists
only in the nature of Buddha.

jjsrujlfr or q*rw*jfi*q rnam-hkhor rnam-
par hkhor-ica Israfl [mistake, flurry]S.

$wgjE.w rnam-yran$ trait?} 1. specifica-
tion, enumeration : jarZft'jjWgjm rgyal-
pohi rnam-grans enumeration of the names
of kings. J\»)'3]e.»r«^W|-««i rna»t-gran$ dpag-
!/as (p3J*.*r*Uvtl'w:-'ei kha-<jran$ mi-hdrn-
wa man-po) many different individual
things, great variety of numbers (Rtsii.).
niytpw% -ipryt.* the component parts of
names according to their etymological
value (Ta. 69, 3-3). 2. treatise, disserta-
tion, a paper £*< § c/ios-kyi frq.

Syn. of 1. "fl«»'qq« gnas-skabs • s«'« rim-
pa ; fjl'i sprnl-pa; Iff rnam-pa (Situ. 45).

$»'9ja' rnam-grol or $wwfj«rq rnam-par
yrol-ica fMjfiir emancipation, complete
escape from re-birth. j^'IK^Wq?^'*^
a Sutra in K. d. «t, 199.

. Rnam-$lin or W $*%*•' Bnam-
1. n. of a monastery in the
town of $* gc.'?=-' Rnam-plin-rdsofi in the
Shang district of the province of Tsang
(Rtsii.). 2. n. of a Bon work (0. Bon. £).

Ji8l'*3S rnam-hgyed n. of a fabulous
number : w*r«W'iS •>'?*• ^q (Ya-sel.
57).

W3^ I : rnam-hyyur f^liRST, f9WiI
change (for the worse) in illness ; affliction
of mind: ^§v*>-*c.'vq frf^r* without
anything affecting the mind, the mind
in its serene, calm state; $*r^§v*^ one
whose mind has been affected, changed for
good or bad; ^fv&vy convalascent ;
recovered from illness.

Syn. ^«V«wi nad-safif-pa ;
nad-la? thar-wa (Mnon.) ; without
turbance in the mind or anger; also
change from the normal state of the
mind.

$*i''*3* II: 1. form, figure, shape;
5} -9fi:tp A|* the form of letters (written or
printed) (Gh:). 2. behaviour, demeanor;
( Vai-sn.) ; of a sick person,
rnam-hgyur mdseg-pa mi-
mic gestures or performances, mummers'
dance. 3. graceful carriage of the body,
strutting walk ; pride.

*F'$* rnam-ryyal or JjHWjt 1. f^aq
complete victory; a common appellation
of persons, deities and monasteries : Jj« 51
*«'"t; Rnam-ryyal C/to$-$de the Dalai
Lama's personal monastery on Potala at
Lhasa. 2.= w%^'«I^'»)^«il mystic. 3. as
met.= S'q gourd (Mfion.).

ipryt'3^- rnam-rgyal-fin 1. one of the
names of Arjuna the third of the Pandava
brothers (Mnon.) ; a name of sadanana
the youngest son of Mahadeva (Mnon.).
2.= 5ar*^ rgyal-mtshan ^ar, tram; the
standard of victory (Mnon.).

i'lV-^6-' rrjyal-byed-fin ; $'8=-'^'
yn (Mnon.).

^ rnam-ryyal bum-pa 1. a con-
secrated water pot supposed to contain an
elixir of life which Buddha Amita Ayusa
holds in his hands ; any vessel containing
charmed water; ^^wr^wSfrrfiriW
the consecrated water-pot made of brass
or red-copper (Rtsii.). 2. n. of a ganc-
tuary in Yarlung.

3jx'§*] rnam-rgyas f^^fliu copious, abun-
dant,

^*rj)q|-si rnam-sgeg-ma a coquettish
woman.

759

Syn. *gpr$* hgram-scr; |'55'jg-^ &kye.
bohi skra-can (Mnon.).

^U* *?'$*' rnam-sgyur hgro-lus as met.
the sun (Mnon.).

1 rnam-sgom f^HT^ ; met. night.
i rnam-gcod and "fewi^ yons-gcod,
W [relinquishment, leaving; a full
pause consisting of two dots]$. Jj»i'q«^'*^
rnam-bcad-can a passage or sentence at
the end of which two dots, one above
another, are put is called Rnam-bcod-can
(Ya-sel. 47).

I rnam-hjig f^qr^ sadness.

I rnam-hjoms rtsa-wa ($ty n. of
a medicinal root.

Syn. *=Aq mnar-wa; ^'^ skar-chen;
Si^'i^'^'^'i skar-mahi dri-ldan-ma ; f'l'^^'
3 ho-ma dkar-po; ^'^\ bur-fin-dn; C'S
rna-mo; 3J"!*''^ grags-ldan (Mnon.).

i rnam-hjoms bashfulness.

rna»i-g.nis
bad smell, stink (Jfno

rmm-rtog or

, 1%^n: 1. cogitation, actual per-
ception, thought, reflection. [a<s reason-
ing or confutation; fi^n; disputation] S.
It is variously stated by Tibetan sages : —
HT«ir«»«-ss-a5.-3%w that all cogitation is
to be avoided (Grub. \ 76) ; Stewarqac.-
^•qiR.-^-q-Q|^wffl|-I^ aU that occurs in
the mind, i.e., thoughts good or bad, is
called Rnam-rtog. 2. unreal conclusions,
imagination, aberrations of the mind. 3. in
philosophy: obscuration, viz., of the clear
and direct (nihilistic) knowledge of truth
by reasonings in the mind of the individual,
error (Was. 305). 4. in pop. language dis-
gust, distaste, $*T'ir|lVi rnam-rtog $kyed-
pa to feel disgust (Ja.). 5. sifr doubt,

scruples, misgiving; ^'l'^ '*, I'^'i yid-kyi
rnarn-rtog-dpyod-pa to remove doubts from
the mind (Nag.) ; ifl$o\'&\ rnam-rtog can
or $»r$flr^ rnam-rtog-ldan doubtful, hesi-
tating, ^•fqi'^'wc.n-q rnam-rtog mi-mnah-
wa=*t*ftf "!'»)"> 'i rnam-rtog med-pa doubtless,
unquestionably.

Syn. 3^ if"| kun-rtog ; ")'>'''13=.' yid-g.shun ;
5)V3}'BW yid-kyi-las; ^«W'|-5R.«'|s sems-kyi
lon-spyod; "(c.^ij-ffl) yan-dag-rtog ; ^'"i IV"
yid-la byed-pa ; ir*1!'^^ rtog-dpyod ; VH'i
rtog-pa; W dran-pa; q^«'*)^ bsam-mno
(Mnon.).

^'^^ rnam-t/iar, v.
thar-wa.

rnam-par

rnam-thar sgo-g.sum the
three doors of fr«~te emancipation: (1)
f=.-q^ Qunyata T&m [void]S. (2) »i*j-
n [unconditioned] -S. ; (3)
[passionless] /S.

rnam-thos or Ijwwn rnam-par-
tho§ 1. n. of a Sa-bdag or demi-god. 2.=
^|»i'^q'^ one possessed of wisdom, spiritual
knowledge (Mnon.).

$*rlfwS}w Rnam-t/ios-sras the king of the
Noijin or mountain deities who guards
the northern quarters (Mnon.). Is also,
in a way, amalgamated with Kuvera or
Vais'ravana, the god and guardian of
wealth, whom he is sometimes identical
with and sometimes differentiated from.
He is furthermore classed with the Vr*l-*fi
deities and also placed in the Yamantaka
group. His Mongol designation seems
to be Bisaman-tegri, while in Japan he is
styled Bishamun.

Syn. S^I^VTci Byan-phyogs bdag-po ;
j(jcq5-|«i rgyal-pohi rgyal; vwr*|5*'flp!K.'«^q|
dpal-gter gsan-bdag ; "P?*'§'£!S1'1 gter-gyi-
mihi chos-ldan;

760

nal-bsog-po ;

hod-yans tsha-bo ; &'
^•|^-q,^-q nor-sbyin

hdren-pa;*\*ft§*\*P gnod-$yin rgyal; ^'3'
qSI nor-gyi-bdag; ^s^w^i" dbyig-
tshar-hbebs; 9=- !"!« !=•' yan-phyogs-skyon.
(Mnon.).

tft'^fn rnain-dag or J^'i^'Vp frsyl*; !•
very pure, thoroughly cleansed, frq.
2. n. of the chaitya on the site of which
Buddha cut off his locks with his sword
and for the first time renounced the
world and the pleasures of royalty.

^NS") rnam-dul or ^*rwyi=$'WM| rta-
mchog <s%:T?T the king of horses which
possesses a wonderful power of hearing
(Mnon.)

ifrv^yn rnam-du4 fkyeg ft«w»H ;
ifiRfcl an epithet of the mythical khyun
bird (Mnon.).

qnf.n rnam-dwan? or
a learned man (Mnon.).

jjsi-fli^c.'*) rnam-ffdan-ma or
n. of a very useful and important medi-
cine.

Syn. qS'Sl'*1 skad-cig-ma ;

•w fca<l-fo-»na;

W mtshan-khun-ma;

pad-dkar ;

|w pad-dkar skyes ; "RV yans-ma ; «5-|-
mehi-rtse ; «ww«i mthah-yas-pa ; ^'5'^"'
^«i ftwn-<M fugs-Man; ^'3^I«« r^«-^o
hjonif, ^"v^W)** yan-lag tnnam;
hgram-nag-ma ; §*•'&;* ser byed.-m
na-mig-can ; 3'^^|%- zla-wahi hkhri-qin ;
q-a^-a^q po-tuhi hdab ; a\Wi°.'%'H gsal-wahi
lo'-ma ; fl|e.w*^'*< gans-can-ma ; ^^'^ tshans-
ma; a'^'?'*4 zla-wahi $ne-ma (Mnon.).

jjst'a,^ Rnam-hdud fq«lc(* n. of one of
the seven golden mountains of the

Buddhist cosmography which are situated
round Meru (Glr.). It is so called from
its crest being slightly bent (So-rig.).

$*r^ rnam-hdren or
[spiritual preceptor] S.
ifffKa^^n one who leads to Nirvana (8.
kar. 6), an epithet of Buddha ; saviour.

^sro^'^'Zi rnam-hdren eAe»-po=V*V(
rnam-hdren the great leader, an epithet of
the Bodhisdttvas who are incarnated for
the purpose of conducting men along
the path of Nirvana (Tig. k. 3).

jj*fjjf«ijt,*r^'*i* Rnam-snan gans-chcn
mtsho n. of a lake in Tibet (B. ch. 10).

i rnam-snan-byed met. the sun.
rnam-bsnun f^firvi manifold ;
[various, many]<S.

rnam-par dge-wahi «?«? =
c.-g good times, auspicious time or
moment, favourable time.

^wwj'Ji |«^ Rnam-par rgyal-byed irsnifi
n. of the celestial palace of Indra (Mnon.).

^«j«r»i Rnam-r~gyal-ma ^n>raT n. of a
goddess who is generally represented as
possessed of 3 faces and 8 arms. In one
of her right hands she holds an image of
the Dhyani Buddha Amitabha, and from
a left hand hang golden cords to which
is attached the mystical syllable Sri
wrought in silver. She is, it seems,
identical with the goddess qS^tyW*'
|OTN Qhng-gtor rnam-par rgyal-ma or
Ushnisha-vijaya, a popular deity in
Japan.

jprwgiai-q rnam-par Idan-pa ^ta [gone
away]$.

^srwn^ rnam-par-hdud bending down
most humbly, to bow respectfully.

761

rnam-par-gnas ft^r*; to rest,
repose ; residing at a place comfortably.

J^'w^ffi^ rnam-par ffnon 1. met. a lion.
2. horse in general (Mfion.). 3. hero ; in-
trepid, fearless.

J(*<'wj(t.'w^ Rnam-par gtian-mdsad also
VJf^' Rnam-snan 1. ^airocana the chief
of the five Dhyani Buddhas or ^N'*^-
5*1. Is usually as an effigy painted white
in colour and is asserted to preside over
the uppermost paradise situated in the
zenith of the terrestrial skies. The Mon-
gol designation is Mashi gheigulun dzo-
kiakchi. 2. =!'*> the moon.

^•W Jrw*^ rnam-par spro$-pa-med_ with-
out enthu iasm, or zeal.

^rwnqq-q Rnam-par hbab-pa n. of a
forest in the hill of Samkas'a in Uttara
kuru (K. d. *, 299).

jj*rq*-g«i rnam-par-byaf ^trgrft shape,
form (A. K. 2-95 v.).

rnam-par tshiytmi [solvent] S.

rnam-par bsJiag-pa <*M<SIIIM
establishment ; good arrangement.

H*rc«-«|$s,'q rnam-par gyen-tca very at-
tentive [f%^*re throwing away, casting
away, postponing] &

rnam-pat yans-pa = ^'^ wide
and spacious (Mfion.).

j»rq^«q-q rnam-par rig-pa ^w^-^w
idea, notion; often =^ni [principle] S. ;
also f*»R [knowledge]^. ^ ^^•ti^-'J
rna»i-rig-tu bkral-pa 'explained in the
sense of the idealists' (Schf.).

H*wSa|g^ rnam-par-rig bt/ed
science, knowledge.

^wwXarq rnam-par rol-ica
enjoyment, merriment.

rnam-par yes-pa fgwi»i 1.
etymologically: perfect knowledge, cons-
ciousness. 2. in philosophy: one of the
five phun-po or "aggregates." Is also
used for : soul of the departed. By other
authorities it is stated ^wwJ|«'£i is of two
kinds, phenomenal consciousness or ^

q5-jj»|-q^-i|»)-q an(J «l&rB-**V^Wt«'^<f qS'^TW

•*|N''J consciousness of external things, or
that which distinguishes one from another
(K. d. •», 100). Nine kinds of
also are given: — (1) 5$'lfaPw*'J|
fSrara [abode of knowledge, self-consci-
ousness, the "ego" or "I"] 8. (2) ^w
jj*rw-?|«rci a^l^WR [momentary acts
of knowledge] S. (3) }frfo*rsr*^§-5>y§-

[image-receiving

knowledge] S. (4)

fsww [visual knowledge] 8. (5) «r«i3-Jj«-w

^•q | ^Vsrf^w [auditory knowledge] S.

(6) n-qS-aFqM^Ei I ^ml^iiM [smell-know-

ledge]S. (7) |5-jj»cw^-q| ^nri^in [taste-

knowledge] -S. (8) $«)•§• Ji*)-^

[tactual knowledge] S. (9)

[internal-sense-knowledge.]^.

rnam-par snun-pa
flowing, issuing forth]/®.

rnam-dpyod
discrimination, discernment, judgment.
Syn. ffi " blo-gros ; *\w*.Q yeg-rab (Mnon.)
(Yig. k. 88). *F'3jXH rnam-dpyod-can =
g'^w*^ blo-grog-can $Mir*.^ one who
judges well, a judge (flay.). *F''3fcff-'
g;^'" sensible, possessed of judgment (Si(u.
2). «;w<5v»i^E.N-^-^-qw2N-9^»i! by
that generous person who is without an
equal in discretion ( Yid.. &7).

rnam-par §pros-pa mcd-pa
without (religious) fervour or zeal ;

not unreal or magical.

97

762

Rnam-phug-pahi grub-
mthah n. of a metaphysical and doctrinal
treatise of one of the non-Buddhist schools
of Magadha written by Rnam phug-pa
(Theg. 33-39).

Wy> rnam-phyar or $n'3*'l!' rnam-phyar-
Ifia the five modes of reproof (Yig.).

$*"'E rnam-phye, a\*i'§*\ rnam-phye<J, = tp>'
q^'S§'q 1. fiwn distinction, division, sec-
tion : $«W3't rnam par phye-$te fw*j
dividing, having divided or differentiated.

rnam-hphyo as met. fish.
rnam-hphyohifydag-po the king of fish,
who is possessed of a thousand teeth. Syn.
)•<>)• j«rZi na-yi rgyal-po; «£'q'jpe.-gi mche-wa
Ston-lna ; *f'«fq so-mafi-ita ; §'«^ khri-can
(Sfnon.).

$*»'3S rnam-byc4 ftwn, farfa, f%^ [pro-
vidence; fortune] &

JS*i'S9 rnam-dbye f%«1W; HHT case or cases
in Gram, [division, separation ; also, case-
endings.]^.

1**'Sl rnain-smiii or ^wwifo'i f%tfr^>, f%qu
lit. fully ripened, become mature. In
Budh. the f ullness of one's sin. ^p$'j;*r
i^'a^'i' to suffer the effects of one's sins.

H*rwg« rnam-mrdvcs or ^-ws^'ci rnam-
par-mrdses-pa I. very handsome, beautiful.
2. = J^'t"^'9 (kyur-rtsi chen-po the large
species of lime (4fno».).

^wq^q) rnam-bshag •sjqfaiiiH arrangement,
order in reference to place, position =*ft*i'
9«P» (Jo.).

^«-q]^«i|*( Rnam-gxiys or Vipas'yi, the n.
of the first of the six temporal Buddhas
who preceded S'atyamuni : fWjIifBlWfr
^•a^-n|$q[| gjK.^-^v'l^'S'5'*1^'!^' Vipas'yi,
Dipankara and Eatna-chuda appeared at
the end of the age called Asanklya. The

Mongol appellation of the Buddha Rnam-
gzigs is Habashi.

ip-iqSfc- rnam-yi/en ^^a unsteady, vacil-
lating, wavering, restless, = ^««'"l"t=.' a
changeable mind : nwi^far^i^-q^liiw the
friend who is fond of change (Hbrom. p, 5).
^wq]5)c.-« rnam-gyefi-pa one who is not of
fixed purpose, always vacillating ( Yig. k.
26).

rnaiii-gyo explained by 9'^'9'
fickleness, an attribute of the fair
sex (Itfnon.).

^•^q^oi^-g-gj^e.- Rnam-rab dwags-po
grwa-tshafi n. of a monastery situated to
the west of Lhasa (Loft. *, fr) .

V'^!'§S rnam-riy-byed— *\w*>n snir
wisdom (4f*to».).

iprtp* rnam-feg or ^-w-»|« ^TJM the
mind, memory, intellect; knowledge, iff
Aq-«^ or «|"«>i mkkae-pa. ^'^w
rnam-feg-tsam-pa l^rrTWsr one who is

possessed of only the Vijnana. [n. of
a sect in India and China who maintained
that knowledge alone was real.]<S. ipr^vc
^ riuint-fes-rten ftm the heart the basis
of consciousness.

$*4 5j«'i|^-*4?^ Rnam-sras gan-rndso^ n. of
the repository of precious articles (gold,
silver, precious stones, etc.) belonging to
the De-wa Zhung (gde-pa gshun) or
central government of Lhasa (S. kar. 178).

$*-u|Wi rnam-ysal 1. frum b'ght ;
enlightened person (Mfion.) 2.
lightning. ^•«I«'5|'§«; rnam-pwl-byed
the maker of light, sun (Mnon.).

^ifa rnam-srol=iy^^ lugs-srol tra-
dition, custom : ^•"R-g^'JvtriJwJ^w^'af
g^-q^^E,- in the event of my death your
ancestral tradition (or customs) should be
preserved (A. 128).

763

q rnam-par Ihud-wa
entirely fallen (morally).

Wop jq-gc.- Rmm lAun-grub-rdaofl n. of
a Jong in upper Nyang (?*-fS) in Tsang.

^f\^ rnamg 1. (*«•*'!) the word or
particle denotive of plurality: ty^w the
gods, $*pwklu-rnamg the A%a demi-gods,
*^*« men, etc. 2. In 5a/. the usual sign
of the plural, but in col. language little
used. May be annexed to adjectives and
even whole phrases: &•$*«) those which
were large, the big ones; g'$*w those
in front ; tf^y^rgv^Mrqid lug-khyu
de myafi-nas khrid-hofi$ rnams those who
had brought the flock of sheep from
Nyang; flp-^«^*w whichever they were;
wfij-ai *fe-jpw those that went behind.
^ rnar 1. abbr. of 1*w also abbr. of
or ip**. 2. for ^«R in the ear.

I: rnaloi $«r«i = <ift (flag.) basic or
fundamental state, also = "<=.' VI or
normal condition ; real, actual ;
?i|«r*N-aw| ffV$«r*r«^'^-q* ^ft t]le
exception of the sign of ordination he was
not possessed of real theoretical learning
(Tig.}. ^w^'imrtir^wrq^q^flpm-q the
mind come to a state of happiness, i.e.,
being in peace, or was in a tranquil state;
tWJOTPW* jj* *9ft*niff: it agam
got to its original condition (A. K. 1-16).
feVnrlVVaftriaAfSvq performing real
religious practices, to practise religion
from the heart.

^ II : 1. rest. $*rjj«r^-<i|ai>«-qv§^lf his
body obtained rest ; esp. tranquility of
mind, composedness, absence of passion :
^•toa*ef^qftu3fiK*3CT to become
steady in its nature as before ; g'e.^-a^-zf-jjar
^•9q«-^*i rdsins chen-po rnal-du phebs-nas
the large boat has arrived at the tranquil

state (A. 18) ; *«w^-»)-flmw his soul
having no rest (Ta.). 2. seems to be
related to wjai, but in this form used in
the sense of a dream or dreamful sleep
(also a meditative trance) : ^«i^« rnal-lta?
signs of a dream; ^wwei rnal-ltas
bzan-po good prognostics of a dream
(Tig.). ^•^•«y^-^WR^Ji*«rv'r<w-*>-
^^«9ff|K-%f|vg der-rnal sad-pa dafi
rmi-lam hdi-rnams dge-ham mi-dye dgofis-te
rtog-bcufi-shig §kyes-pa as soon as the trance
was over, then reflecting were these
dreams and testings of visions auspicious
or inauspicious, a maze of doubts arose.
rnal-hgons ffo^j [crossing] 8.
q rnal-du bkod-pa ^Hjr^fl^

1. put in the way of ascetical practice.

2. endeavours.

«F^ rnal-hbyor ^ • jft the realiza-
tion of the happy state of meditation.

^•^•q rnal-hbyor-pa or J(«r^ ral-byor
^ « ; ^tfSnr ; 1. lit. one who adheres to con-
templative tranquility, a hermit, an ascetic
given up to meditation, a yogi. 2. n. of
one of the earliest Tibetan disciples of
Atis'a (Khrid. 56). 3. ace. to 8eh., per-
sonal, visible.

Jj*r*sv*» rnal-hbyor-ma jjifipft a female
hermit or ascetic; but hardly known in
Tibet in modern times. However, the
lady-abbess of Sam-ding on lake Yamdok
is usually accorded this distinction.

^5*'!«\ rnal-hbyor-rgyud ^JtcPW [n.
of a class of writings about the different
Tantrik postures of yoga]8.

Wt&Sfci rnal-hbyor spyod-pa jtowfi
the practice of systematic meditation, but
more especially an expert in the art.

rnal-hbyor rnam-pa said to
i.e., the

764

If!

Kalaohakra cultus (Mnon.).

the

substance of yoja-tantia and mula-tan-
tra classes of writings, contained in K.
tj. i, 213. Ifr&W&IJR&WW is
contained in K. g. % and gives explan-
ation of such mystic letters and terms as
om-d-hmh, t>l}a-ha-phat, etc.

rnal-ma/ii-rgyu</ the real
passage to Nirvana.

sohi

gums.

f»f7=

S V3 rniir-tea, pf. fl|" or "^'" to pull
forward or out of the way v. |*'*i snur-ica.

rno-ira fl* 1. sharp, pointed;
SK'S'if" a^WTC1- very sharp, %'*•*> rno-mej
dull, blunt ; if'5^'11 rno-phytin-wa to sharpen ;
i^RiJqm rno-hbi/js auger, instrument to
here holes in wood or iron, etc. (Btsii.).
Vi** rito-byas sharpened knife. TlS rtto-
byed. a horn (Won.) ; V^'y, ^^^ rHO-^w-
pa to get sharp, to be sharpened ; $'$*•'
rno-pfiynfi a n. of females and males. 2.
rank in taste, acrid, strong or penetrating
(smell). 3. sharp, clever, shrewd, pre-
ceded by Sf, ^*>, or **|.

^^ >*

^ H rnon-po w sharp; sharpness

(^i. Z". 1-48) : "fa'S'B" rnon-po byas TS%,
vir sharpened ; r^'"t'^'S»'' f«o» man-du-
acute jieditation.

; the nose but in the
colloq. the usual teim seems to be If 3
" na-ku " and in the W. %**$» gna-»itshul
pr. "namtshul" is the common word. J?'$
sna-chu discharge or mucus from the nose ;
if'^ 3 $na-chen-po a big nose, used also to
designate a government commissioner or
magistrate, just as the English slang term
"beak" is vulgarly applied. $'qfr ma~skad
whine, nasaltwang ; JJ'3"! ma-gwj flat nose ;

.' sna-sjaH the bridge or top of tho
nose ; Sf'9"! sna-bug nostril. Jf '^ 3(wp«,'i
tnakun-nas dmah-mi ^ra^tzace. to S. = flat-
nosed. Jf j«a seems to be often used to
designate a peak or project'on from a
mountain ; also a promcntaiy in a lake.
Also, the tip or end of any thing :
thaj-sna tip of a piece of string. jf
tna-yi b_rtag-pa the prognostics of the nose :
jf'sE.X'cl'*l*<T"K'J| s>M-rifi rno-ica mchoy yin-la
a long aquiline nose is the sign of shrewdness
and of superior intellect ; jf't"5f*'*3'TS!''!'jr
|S SiKt-rtxe sbom-mt/ni;/ sdiij-la spyocf a thick
obtuse nose indicates viciousneas (in a
man); l^^r^H^V*6-' a flat and
crooked nose is an augury of much misery
W.

II : sort, kind ; part, portion ; wit h
ts/wys or *l»i'fl= various, all sorts
of : i«f*Hrtr^WP tpos sna-ts/ioyg-kyis
hdabs-pa (Dal.) ; to strew all sorts of
spices over ...... ; j|*ftrjrXqj»i every kind,

ff-ws.- ma-man (Lex.), fwya^i (Glr.);
^'*> of every sort ; ?^'3^'^i^ seven kinds
of jewels ; *\*'Jf'g' five sorts of silk ; also Jf
alone is added to substantives, inst. of
if*!* or=^»i: ^t-jf5-^-ti gmoke from
different sorts of wood ; ^g'ljf'fj^'" the
ripening of corn (Glr.); $'1«"! single;
**)'$ a portion of the doctrine (Schf.)
(from Jd.)

guide, leader.

' gna-gon trunk, proboscis (Suh.).

sn:i-can-ma rarwr the wind.
-q gna-bcay-pa to procure sanction
for any thing through the kindness of a
superior official: ^wr*5^'lT«5T«nr^-»^
the work may be undertaken after sanction
has been obtained, etc.

765

$'^'3 sna-che,n-po 1. chief official, judge.
2. n. of a place in Magadha (Yig.).

Syn. sfr'2! blon-po ; jgw^'F'''5!''' khriiiis-kyi
klia-lo-pa ; "19t'''5''l*'''^'c) fjts/nin-lttgs Msin-
pa (Mnon.).

SJ'^I §na-hjti piece of wood bent in the
shape of a ring to which the nose-string
of yaks is attached (Rtsii.).

IfVH sna-rtog noslril ; $ -^n'^s.'*!'*'*! §»«-
rtog che s/M so-rno-ica the nostrils were
large and the teeth were pointed (Ebrom.
117).

jrqfVi sna bstnd-pa to be confident of,
rely on ; also as abstr. noun : trust, confi-
dence.

f('V| snn-thag 1. Tf*JT; 5T7Rr? a rope
passed through the nose of a beast of
burden to lead it by. 2. proboscis, %**1
sna-thag or $'*<$ij =•'" ?na-mehu srin-wa to
stretch it forward (Pth., Jd.).

B-^e/q gna-thtifi-ifa=%'$,t''c* sro-t/rin-wa
short-tempered, also one who loses his
spirits very easily (Mnon.*).

%\ sna-dri prob.= ^ snabs (Med.).

$na-drofis leader, conductor : %.^
[»)-g'^'^E.»)''»i for the conductor of
the three white chariots (A. 4).

jj-a.^-q gna-hdcd-pa 1. iV^'t*3]'*IF^ one
who goes before; a fore-runner, pioneer.
2. =^c.'3«,'«.?fi'£i to precede, go before.

sna-hdren leader, commander ; |"1'
sdug-bsnal-gyi sna-hdren one
that causes misfortune, author of it (Jd.).
.jrn"^-q to lead, conduct ; to head an expe-
dition.

having taken the lead of (A. 65).

i Sna-nam Samarkand in Bokhara :
Sna-nam rdo-rje bdud-

hjoms n. of a certain Buddhist sage who
belonged to Samarkand (Deb. "I, 2). «rf V
jj'^«-mpja*;£*i chab-srid ma-nam-la §ter-fies it
was settled that the kingdom should be
given to Nanam (Ya-sel. 1£).

Jf'f »• sna-snem, lazy : jf^«W^V) $na-
snem ma-hdug-cig do not sit here so idly,
without any object ! (Sch.).

$'9 Sna-phu n. of a place in Tibet (Lori.

f*gna-baoi ^1 or $*=vft-* leader, a
guide: l^fwftniin-yil1^ for about
every third step a guide was necessary.

ma-wa hdsin (evidently J('P'^)
ship-commander, boat-man.
Syn. »<^'ci mnan-pa; ^'f>'^ gru-yi
kha-lo-pa; 5'*f^ gru-mkhan (Mnon.}.
$na-babs the glanders \_8ch.).
sna-lum *T«*h?T^ [ink-stand] S.

$%'Wp Sna-wo la-k/ia on the top of the
mountain of Sna-bo situated between
Gyang-tse and Eong cham-chen ^«'V>
^•laj-f^-25-Bi-p-sjN-^-^-aiN then arriving at
Dol he caused a trumpet to be sounded
from the top of Jf'5 Nao peak (A. 90).

Sf'^ sna-bon certain Bon charms which
are uttered by the leader of a marriage
procession in Tibet (D.R.).

Jf'|V sna-§byofi, tf'ffi ?na-$man snufE
(Med.)

snab$-lud mucus.

W'&i ma-ma 1. ((7s.), the blossom of the
nut-meg tree? 2. v. $ compound. fi%«
[1. n. of a plant Cissampelos hexandra.
2. badly clothed] S.

tog

or Jf'x'»'q! $na-mahi me-
n. of a flower [Jasminum

766

Bna-smad n. of a place in Tibet,
lower part of the place called IJ Sna.

jf'J1 gna-rtse the top or point of the
nose ; and |ffrvfV*r5w<r$, f^n^W^%*
is a mystic phrase of the Khadoma spiiits
(MMah-krdo.) (K. g. «•', 70).

$'•*=.' fiia-tshan=
varieties.

i" Sna-tshogs mig-ldan-ma n.
of a Noijin goddess (K. g. *.\ 130).

^•Xqi^-q)^]-^ §na-tshog§ gtsug-can ^?wf?j
the spiritual guide of the gods, Vrhaspati

(Mfion.).

w\$ as

sna-tshoys 1.
j»all. 2. = ?H all.
hgefa fwn [1. the earth. 2. that fills
or supports the universe] 8. if*1!*''*
gna-tshogs rgyti=$ fish (Afjion.). |f'*1*''
''g*' $na-ts/u>(/8-b_§gntb=iiffi&i [Brahma] <S.
Jf *«!«' fi §«v $na-tshog$-b$grub byeij,
[maker of all things, Yis'va-karta]<S.

complete in met. the earth
, fa*, TMT, v. if

^=.'5 $na-ts/tog$ $iA-rta=*)** ni-ma
9 the sun (^<?o».). = f^r^i [' having a
variegated car,' the sun]S.

or

sna-fshogs-hthnfi f^qi [as
met. all-drinking, the sun or moon or
fireJS.

ina-ru l. = ^5 the

sign of the vowel o ~* (Situ. 12). 2. snuff-
bottle made of the horn of yaks or of
goats.

K'°^'u gna-len-pa 1. to give shelter or
fna-Mtogt-ean f*^ the water lodging. 2. hospitality.

bird [a wild cock]$.

$3\ (nag a tribal name.
jf£«j|«r1fq] Sna-tshoys toj f%^%g n. of the
son of Kamadeva (4f<io».). ^1* $nag-ts//a *wt ink. JfTS* an ink-

f*W^ Sna-tshogs rta-can an epithet Pot • Wf* snag-smyug pen and ink ;
of the god of wind (Won.). ^f "3 ^a(j-Mia dan s»iyu-gt< id. ^

^£N I'^'IS'S*''!*'''1*' »)''!'*l'l')W&rai^ both pen
and ink together being not available he
wrote with what he had, consequently the
writing was not clear (legible) (A. 100).

JfT^S^'Ss gnag-tsha hbyar-byed glue,
gum.

Syn. ^S^'$" hbyar-iisi; ^S^'SS bbyar-
byed,; \^ sbyin (Mnon.).

j^i|-ai«-|^ snag-las $kyc$ born of the
family of Snag ; gen. family extraction.
Syn. W\Q rgyud-pa ; ^1"'*^ riys-tgyutf ;
gdun-ryyud (Mnon.).
i 8nag8-pa = "<Q*lwti frbags-pa defiled,

polluted.

Sna-tshogs-sde 'STT n. of a

medicine (4frfo».). [the plant Cassia aiata $£'Q I : snan-wa wHa:. 'VWT. 1T&* sbst.

or Tora.^S.

=Q'% ba-bla
[*wr lit. variety of colours; the plant
Curcuma amJialdi or zerumb<tt]S. Also
stage dress (lj.non.).
<!|-^ sna-Mwgf rndotj-can, fj'"!^'
*< the comet's tail (MAon.).
^•^il«^'i Stta-ts/igs rdo-rje the Vis'va-
vajra or four-fold dorje which the Yum
or Sakti of Don-grub the fifth Dhyani
Buddha bears in her hand.

: man-wa *:, ^W, ^
1. brightness, light, lustre, glare.

767

" the light between," i.e., the atmosphere,
the light of heaven, the sky :

rain descending from the heavens the fruit
of the fruit-trees and all the crops matured
together (Pth.). ^•tr%q$-^-g when there
is light, when it is light; fig. J^'J^'l
the light of doctrine (DzL). Syn. ^=-'1^
warl-byed; |f*.'*iw $nan-g.sal; "I««l g.sal;
^•civfliNirq mfton-par gsal-wa ; *«V^ ho<}-
aer ; *«v<w ho^-hbar ; fjV*> $gron-me ; vr*\w
rab-g$al (Mnon.). 2. an objective appear-
ance or thing seen, an apparition : $'«.'
Ei«r^-£i!vjfs.-q-<^e.--ir there is an appearance
as of being pursued by many people;
*T*w §*)'jft^*w appearances in a dream. 3.
«fJH, a visual seeing, one's sight : qV"V
^.•3|-j<=L-q-*^q|-q-5^ my faculty of vision,
my sight, is dimmed (Jo,.) (more frq.
intellectually) a view, opinion ; *(5,»r j^'
^E.'q'"i in the view of Buddha ; and hence :

4. thought, idea, notion, conception, c.
genit. : *SfW*n^W%%wr$'|*'qf$n all these
things are only conceptions of your mind,
your fancies; iB^-q^e.'^^- (Mil.);
^f*FjP&3*{t*?Y'V bkre§-$nafl ye-mecf-par
gyur-to he was even without a thought
of hunger (Mil.) ; £*ro(-f!e,'q'|*, turn your
mind to religion ! (Mil.) ; jfe/q^f^'q to
change hearts to repent, conversion. Jf*.'
q'q^q pleased, cheerful, happy (Pth.) ;
col. «ft*i'jf*-' the arising of two ideas in the
mind ; "f^'^'^TT" hesitation, irresolution,
wavering ; •rtfc'jjK. perception, both physi-
cal and mental : «?e.-^4§0|'£| mthoA $naA-
gi tprul-pa phantom, apparition; *&'%*>'
igai-q an illusion of fancy (Thgy.) (Jo).

5. attainments, intellectual illumination.

$nafi-chags shifts of work from
serfs or nti-ser according to their respective
turns (Rtsii.).

*' inafi-chufi unimportant and of
little use: ^^e.-^'N-g-q-^^e.- not mention-
ing those that are unimportant (Rtsii.).

^•i|^ snaft-brnan 1. frartfyrn very
handsome outwardly ($ag. 33). 2. = y^«(
reflected image, image.

^'^"1 snarl-dag (W\n) colloq. the
inward man, the heart, the soul ; If^-^'w

''£' not to care at all, to be indifferent.
snan-ldan *rr^q; as met. = the sun ;
=JWi|rq skar-ma brtan-pa
the polar star (Mnon.).

jfZ'Q II : vb. 1. to emit light, to shine,
to be bright ; ffwlyci to fill with light, to
be enlightened, to illuminate ; JfE-"'W'*§^'£i
to be filled with light, to be enlightened,
e.g., by the light of wisdom (Jo.) ; %§•
a^c,-q5-?jai-q darkness entirely devoid of light
(Dzl.). 2. to be seen or perceived, to show
one's self, to appear ; j>E.'q'«i*w«^ or |'|fc.-q
"F^' every thing visible; |-jf*-q$-$*
all that is an object of senses (Mil.) • *V$'§'
^<t|^c.-2T now an opportunity shows

itself (Jo.). ^N-*)^c.-U)E,-q|gE,^E.-q-«-*^-C|-|E.-

although the body had become invisible,
yet the voice continued to appear and was
heard without interruption (Td. 127. 21) •
to have a certain appearance, to look
(like), wi-q-p-jp-q as if it had been
suddenly cut off (Fat. tf.); gxnw^n
$num-b_ca$ §nafl-pa (to look) greasy (S.g.) •
^l^'^'f it looks like sorcery (Glr.) (of.
<i|9i); D-jE/q invisible, »)-^wg^-«i- to
disappear frq. ; q^'»i^»wi'*t^K.-q^e.- as ^^
wives were not to be seen, were not present
(Dj* M*, 17); fi-^-w^^-q to become
invisible, to efface the traces of a thin?
(Ja.).

tnati-ffyel-can forgetful, lazy.
-qr^r-* of no attainments yet
high in appearances.

763

I: = ^S-c< Lex. ; in Amdo:
J^ or ^1'*>'^ql is or is not,
.- khyod.-la rtsam-pa e-gnan I
believe you have not barley-flour ?
^•JK.' I have not barley-flour ;
IfK.' so it occurs in vulgar language, ^
«)•$=.• it is said, dicitur (Ta. 8%, 11+) ; prob.
also: to be in a certain state (of health), in
a certain condition, etc. ; in C. V^'l^6-'
ij|-3j«^*i how are you now (?) what have
you been doing now? (Jo.).

*) J|E.'P mi-snaH-wa wmta (A. K. 111-
$1) [to vanish or disappear] S.

ica dkar-pa=t^ moon-
light (Tig. k.U).

JIE. qj^-cia *,q jjf tnan-b_rijad.-pahi nib-klitfi
an epithet of the river Ganga: "1«J=- '"K
ijE.^c,q-q|^-«5-«,«|-jie.'«J^>«i'i»'§^ pray let
your kind letters flow (to me) like the
Garga (Tig. k. 36).

gnafl-iea-can n*i»Hi«l manifest,
present in all its glory (A. K

jje. -q-wi^ci Snafi-tca mchc4-pa
[increase of light]S.

^e.-q-yq ti fnafi-iva thol-pa to obtain light
^ obtained light, enlightened]^.
Snan-ica if,tliah-ya% ^f*mm
the fourth Dhyani Buddha Amitabha in
his first form of existence, i.e., in his
dharntakaya or **< S'g e/tos-kyi-$ku. In his
sambhoga stage he is designated *'VW| »>S
Tslte-dpag-med ; and in the thiid or nirmana
stage ^'ST^S JloA-dpag-med. His present
earthly incarnation as fV^*")'^ is the
Panchhen Lama of Tashi-lhunpo.

*-n?6 q snafi-ica na$ $nan-ica>
hgro-wa wlfflT^C) IV. H <i*<il-. to go from light
to light.

jjc. q ^N-^-CH nJg-q gnaH-tca-mun-par hgro-
ira ^)fw*r v<,m'ij : [going from light to
darkness] S.

^c.q»^q sunn-tea »ted-pa fstTlW«-. [not
possessing light, not brightjfi1.

JJE. q5 q^dj EJ Qnan-wahi bdag-po fsfii«i[a
[the lord of rays, the sun]S.

jjt.-q^^qf2i snan-wahi dwafi-po= *»«! the
eye (Mnon.).

a gdofi-rcd-pa to
take up or undertake a work without much
deliberation.

[the lustrous halo round the sun]6'.

j|C.-q!v*ri^ snafi-wahirndsodihe repository
of light, i.e., the sun (ifnow.).

jji.-eF,-^«'»i Snan-war mdscs-ma n. of a
great Yaksini, a she-demon (K. g. \ 130\

^'^ $nah-bycd «TOX as met. the eye,
the sun, light.

J(t-'§VIft*''CJ tnan-byed ffnig-pa the tecond
luminary, the moon (flag.) (Mfion.).

%*• IS'l^' snafi-byed sttfl the two lumina-
ries, i.e., the sun and the moon.

Sf^SS'7^'^ snan-lycd hod-lyed as met.
=the sun (Mfion.).

j(e.'i^ §nafi-med, v. V-'*-^ nan-med.

Jj^'*\ fnafi-fisfiad, v. the measure of
light.

Jfs-'C*1 snan-tshul the outward appeai1-
ance, of a landscape ; scenery (J/<7.) ;
appearance, opp. to essence, "fi^'C^. ( Wan.

291).

j|K;X= 9*rjff sttan-tsfic=nam-snan ^Wflf
[illumination, exhibition]^.

^fwS^ §nan-mdsad brightening, illumi-
nating, also, illuminator.

769

n. of
light,

12).
Tibet

-zer can-ma, v.

man-ser ldan-ma=
a Bon deity, one refulgent with
radiant (B. Ch. IV).

Snail-hod n. of a flower (K. d. (*,

-' Snan-ru-sgan n. of a place in
near fcw Stod-lun (Lon. *, 3).

snan-fas thoughts, fancies.

SnaA-gfan n. of a Bon priest of
great mystical learning (Jig.).

man-grid
nal world.

Snan-sel Tchrab-gyon n. of
Bon deity of Sa-bdag class, who wears a
coat of mail.

the visible, exter-

snan-psal shining, bright, bril-
liant; *«r8'jiK.-«nwjfa-A the clear bright
light of religion, also a lamp, light ; syn.
fra-wa (Mnon.).

f Y^ $nad-pa, pf. ij»S bgnad imp. Jft
tnod to wound, to hurt, to stab : qi'^Vi"
being hurt in the body; *5'5'jv*3i my
horse might be injured ; JfV$»r VF$ afraid
of hurting him (Jd.) ; of horned cattle :
to butt (Sch.).

fnabs, fii-fim^i mucus of the nose :
p (nabs phyi-wa to wipe one's nose,
pocket-handkerchief ; f WQ^ snotty
nose, snotty fellow (Sch).

Syn. Jfwq^ snabs-lud; ^^'fw nar-snabs;
f'V\ gna-lud; %'§\'H $na-yi dri-ma.

I : Snam 1. n. of a place in Tibet ;
ynam-gyi re-gad one of the thirty
seven sacred places of the Bon (0. Bon.
37). 2. ^ We? smelt.

l II : or if»rg §waw-6M wooUen cloth of
various kinds, a blanket, ^'f** woollen
cloth manufactured in Kong-bu; %•*»•
English broadcloth ; *&rj* wooUen cloth
from Central Tibet and Lhasa. $WVF
snam-dkar S3«ti**^g white or woollen
blanket, jpi'a-g-^ hairy cloth, frieze;
if^'^"! snam-yug a whole piece or roll of
woollen cloth. pr*wi §nam-ra? woollen and
cotton cloth (Mil.).

inam-phyi privy, latrine.

Syn. atriw.' chab-khan • ^'f>^ phyis-k/ian ;
psan-chod. (Mnon.).

§nam-phrag= WW^ij am-phrag in
vulg. language : breast pocket.

fprqil snam-brag=^»'^\ ^nam-phrag or
•w-gi) am-phrag the bosom, also the breast
pocket. In colloq. am-bdk.

^•^ snam-hbyar ^qr[zchT [a pair or
couple; the aquatic plant Tr«j»a

snam-sbyar a sort of loose mantle
for priests ((7s.).

^»rQ|^<q« gnam-ffshogs resp. for side
(Ja.).

fnam-log$, also
snam-phyogs, may signify respectfully the
whole bodily person of a deity or lama,
usually, however, it indicates the sides
only ; also specially = l^'^'J1' side and
back. The following passage occurs in
a Tantrik ritual of the Tangyur : JV^'H'
ty|Mfpr!trqyr«rV-««;-^N gur dan bla re

lha snam-phyogs gkyon gior-ma so-sor dpram
having sprinkled separately the torma
offerings protecting the back and sides of
the god and each lama, together with
their canopies.

770

l[Vt«.' Snar-than n. of a village and
monastery about six miles to the south-
west of Tashflhunpo. The monastery
contains a printing press and a huge stock
of wooden blocks embossed with the text
of the Kahgyur and Tangyur encyclopce-
dias. j>v*e.-^«r<i3-*ar§j Snar-thaH Rig-pahi
ral-gri n. of the great abbot of Snar-thad
who arranged the cutting of the text of
the two collections of sacred books in
block-type or xylograph (Loft. *, 10).

fnar-po or if^' fnar-mo or J|*> $nar
or ^s.'S long, lengthwise.

l war-tea to shake or move to
and fro : B^'*^*!'**'?*'*1 a dog wagging its
tail; also v. sjf'i bfnal-wa to extend,
protract.

|^'1 snar-ma *tf%^ .f^r 1. the third
constellation or lunar mansion containing
five stars and represented in the figure
of a chariot; the wife of the moon. 2.
<T«sm«Ff [sandal, incense] S.

Syn. frt-fc-
Iha ldan-ma; | '

daLwahi-
$ky-dguhi bdag-po.

J^*»'jj*> tnar-ma
rama; the planet Mercury] S.

gnar-mahi
a, ^5 the moon (]&non.).

[Bala-

snal-ma «* [thread, silk thread,
woollen thread, etc. ; knitting-yarn, yarn
used for other purposes; also for warp,
abbyarn] (Jd.).

fut.
into

^'l rduA-wa or

beating, sticking in (A. K.).
flWta [puts together] S. pf. and
1. to prick into, e.g., a stick
the ground, to thrust a weapon.

2. to suckle: $^'f^« (Pth.) id. 3. to
multiply (Vai. jn., Lex., Sch.}.

JIQ'Q snub-pa pf. if*< fut. i|«J imp.
|q or |«w vb. a. to |q-q-»^-w«iI-q to do
away with ; to cause to perish ; gen. fig. to
suppress, abrogate, annul, destroy, anni-
hilate, a religion; sT«ci|[«w abolished the
custom.

ffP^I Snubs n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. «1, 2). |WiR'v?*tri|r5 Snubs-ynah
To-re rtsug-lo n. of the son of king Tore
Srod-btsan (Yig.) who was prince of Snubs-
gnah.

gq«-»(t-|c.-^-g'X, Snubs-mtsho plin-
4guhi tya-do n. of a place in the lake
country of Yam-dok (Deb. "I, &2).

jf$l fiiitm «T, H^l oil, grease; Ji^'
fnum-kofl a little bowl for oil ; I* B*. SHIIIH-
khur cake cooked in or seasoned with oil,
a kind of pastry baked in suet; |*'*^
snum-can or |«'Q«»i or 1*'?^ fatty, oily,
greasy ; g*1'^ snum-dri a smell of fat.

ISC^-^E.- fnum-can fin ^TO [n. of
several medicinal plants —Astercuumtha
longifolia, Tribulus Innwjinosus etc.]<S.

51 JJ'^ snum-pa or |i'3 §niun-po f^TO: 1.

smooth, shining and of fine texture : I*""!
snum-bag polished. 2. fat, grease, any
oily substance (or l^'t" snuni-rtsi) ; oil :
jwcj^-jjwd a lamp, the oil of which is
consumed ; Sfl '|N raw fat, a^i'l" melted fat
((7«.) ; *8i'U»i cart-grease, composed of pul-
verized charcoal and fat (Olr.}. 3. fertile,
with luxuriant pastures C. (Jd.). 4. n. of
a clan (A. 80).

|*i* snum-za oil-burner, a lamp.

Syn. J^ sgrm-me ; w»> ntar-nic
(Mnon.).

^n'3^'n snum-zan-Dia one who eats dainty
dishes; a glutton :

771

(may be) you have some
petted child with the disposition of a
glutton (A. 127).

£^'^ snur-wa 1. pf. and fut. *>%*> to

push or move, to move out of its place,
to remove, to shift W. ; to drag up, pull
in. 2. Sch. : to cut into pieces, to frac-
ture, to crush, $l'fa into impalpable
powder. $T*'f^ or %|vq. 3. to

abridge. 4. v. flj*.
-^
^ $ne or $'« sne-ma 1. extremity, end

of a thread or string, the selvedge or hem
of a piece of cloth : *i\'j> tfiag-sne the end of
a rope. Jf'"^ sne-hkhor to warp, to get
twisted (Sch.). If'STl $ne-$koy chaff of
barley, wheat, etc. (Rtsii.).

^'"I^'l" Sne-gdofi-rtse n. of a town
with a Jong styled ff'"!1^'?1^ Sne-ydon-
rdsofi the fort of Nedong-tse (Lon. "•, l!i).

%•&* |W-iAo«=f^W«l n. of fragrant
plant burnt as incense: qwe.ar^c.-jr^SW
^*f« for (the cure of) cow-itch I must have
the Ne-dsom plant, the Ne-dsom plant is
necessary (Rtsii.).

snem-pa to shake, to cause to
move slightly: «i|wg5-«-ii^ bsnem byahi
sa-pshi a quagmire, a bog, Siberian
tundra.

^'I^'P snehu fflin-kha n. of a grove
noar Lhasa l($'iiE-'ll'^'t\*'q'qft*' two over-
seers at Neuling-kha (Rtsii.).

snehu-stan= 9'^ child, boy.

.' Snehu-rdsofi n. of a small fort on
the bank of the Kyi-chhu on the opposite
side to Jlbra§-$puAs (Daipung) (Lofi. *, 14).

|'^^ sne-len resp. (W^'^N mthoH-bso?)
attention to guests, hospitality, reception
given to guests: 8*'i>%*Yirc
-^i-q-^^-£W (D.

$'3^ Sne-fod n. of, a village in Khamt
(Lofi. *, 28).

$ne-sel tsam-du mchif=tv
am jn the due dis.

charge of my duties (Yig.).

mer-slebs officials (who succeed
each other by gradual promotion).

(D. yel. 7) the government officials should
not show partiality to any among the
subjects of the state.

^ft

^'^ sno-wa ace. to Cs. = %*'l to reduce
to small pieces, to crumble (Ja.).

gnog-zan cake, biscuit, etc. ;
" khab-se " for P'«».

in vulg.

^ I: $nod 1. sbst. graii, ^a, fn^ a
receptacle, that which holds anything,
a vessel, basket. Syn. "^I'ff yol-go ; ^S'lS
mod-spy ad (Mnon.). ^'^ fde-$nod frfzn a
receptacle of doctrine, the doctrinal basket,
sacred writings; Ij'ifyig* fsrft^ the
Three Pitakas or three classes of sacred
works. I'jfS phye-snod a vessel for meal
or flour; sfahu-ynod water-pot, pitcher;
9'^ bu-snod uterus, womb ; f^'I'^'i $nod-
kyi Tthyed-pa ^^ [a small potJS. ^~^
snod.-kyi-§ten upper part of a vessel, also
its cover or lid. $VW snod-gsum or ^'3'
w^-«w»i5-^ the three qualities of the
organs of the senses — best, intermediate,
and the last.

II : Ja. says that in the ascetic
language gnod denotes man, as far as he
is susceptible of higher and divine things ;
a man is called jjflV!fc*''9'VTC| sno
bdag-pa a very pure and holy vessel ;
§1'* snod-ldan s!ob-ma=a. disciple eager to
be instructed (Mil.) ; 3^'"'^ mod-ma yin

772

insusceptible of religion. Also in meta-
physics E'ifs phyi-gnocf=ihe external world,
or rather inanimate nature. ^'S'jVw
fnod-kyi gkyon-gsum-=i}ie three defects of

humanity: 1. J^ff^f-' 1 2. r3*Vq3V
gE.-*)-«|fe-q-<^' | 3. ^w^srtft to be thus
interpreted: — one who at the time of a
sermon does not attend to it is as a
vessel of which the mouth is shut up ;
on hearing if one does not get at the
right meaning, but misundertands, it IB
like a spittle-pot full of unclean things or
thoughts ; if one attends to a sermon and
understands it, but does not act accord-
ingly, that is like a vessel which is upset.
JfV'iJS gnog-bcud the world of inanimate
and sentient beings.

gnod c/ien jfrq [road, bathing
place] S.

jj*V*< gnod-ma *M<^ [circular, coil-

gnod-run-wa *rrai^ [1. recep-
tacle. 2. a vessel for roasting or frying]S.

*\^

ffi'Q f non-pa pf. and fut. ^ bgnan

1. to add on, expand, augment ; to put a
tip on or point to (e.g., an arrow) :
two being added to them (Mil.) ;
nian-du gnon-pa to augment by a great
number; S^Jf^ rgyab-tnon adding on the
back, i.e., confirmation ; ST**!*'^'* dmag-
tsJiogg snon-ma reinforcements, auxiliary
troops ; t^'ifr rtse-mo gnon adding or
putting on a pinnacle; jft'*<S*''J'*'^3'g'ps.'
ac*,«rflft«'*)i^ gnon-mdar Arya-de-wahi Iha-
khan-la rab-g.nas mdsad consecrating the
temple of Arya-deva with a pointed
arrow. 2. to revive, strengthen.

gnob-sog-can curious, inqui-

ftiom-pa I : pf. i||*w b$nam$ fut.
imp. ^»» gnom or jj»w §no»is
to lay hold of, grasp, take up, pick up,
to seize on ; 3q|'5'S!*r{| phag-tu snom-pa to
grasp with the hand : fcrtr|»*i|«r»ijjfsi5-
'V^IV'lfWr"™ Caving taken up in
his hands the dorje and bell as a sign of
his knowledge of the various vehicles

(Pth. nsb.). 5fT"r^fI|viMll'^*ryr

«-q^»m-^»i phag gyas-pa$ damaru hkhrol shift
gyon bum-pa bgnams nag with his right hand
he played the damaru and with his left
held the sacred water-flagon.

II : akin to |»'« $num-pa to
smell : \'*fj[»r^e.' dri-ma gnom-s/M smelling
the scent ; f«'9S met. the nose. Prob.
this vb. is very near in sense to that of I.
in that it signifies : to catch up by means
of the nose, i.e., to smell or take up a
scent.

Q ?nor-wa, pf. and fut. «jf* bsnor
to confound, intermingle, stir up sediment :
j^'^TS? \n $tefi-hog gnor-wa to comfound or
mix up the upper and lower (contents, etc.)

sitive (Jd.).

J §nol-wa pf. and fut. i^«i bmo
1. to adjust, place together, fit together ;
to close up exactly, interlace, "wwjjarq
hlham gnol-wa to seize and wrestle with or
" embrace and wrestle with ; to embrace
(Cs.) ; SS'jfi'11 Ita gnol-wa to interchange
looks ; S'JfVQ ho mol-wa to kiss each other ;
"^'Sfa'if8''1' phan-tshun gnol-wa to unite both
the parties. *jc.'i'}j«i'«i rkan-pa gnol-wa to
join the legs. 2. to wrestle, to pounce
upon ; to contend with.

IJCJ^ gnrubs ^n Ta^r the nineteenth
constellation or lunar mansion.

Syn. JT'i rtsa-wa ; *"!'" sog-pa ; 5'* gru-so
(Mnon.).

773

|^ snron *ret the eighteenth lunar
mansion.

Syn. $4 Idehu; TV9 ffdu-bu; f^^
lha-dwan-ldan (Mnon.).

J^'3'3'q tnron-gyi sla-wa the month of
May-June. ^'§'9'*' snron-gyi na-wa the
full moon of that month.

*3'Yti patience

(Mnon.}.

brnag-pa, pf. ^i*!*' brnags
1. to cogitate, deliberate ; reflect upon : ^y
«r<iie.'u<c.-q»wq to think over and over again.
^•«r*npm turned over in the mind, thought
over (Situ. 76 and 137). 2. to be con-
cerned about, to strive after, ......... ^r*|&|'

g-q^qjwni striving after that one thing.
3. to flow over with, be replete with ; and
hence, to be burdened with mentally as
well as physically.

brnan-wa another form of
rnan-wa to be choked with; defined in
flag. 1$ as wij-'wi^srwM^'' obstruc-
tion of food in the gullet, which neither
goes down nor comes out (also A. 13 If).

-l"Wy pressed, urged upon (Situ. 76).

•f, ^^'^ brnan-pa to be eager for;
to be on the alert, be attentive to : *g'sT*r
•Hff" to attend while a person is reading
or writing ; X«rarq^'«i to be eager for reli-
gious instruction, ^farijfl'i eager for food.

brnab-sems
desire of gain, covetousness (A. K. 6-17).

speaking falsely or boastfully together
with rough words and avarice (are of no
good in this world) (K. d. *, 346). ***fr
bsnab-sems can a covetous person.

brnogs-pa 1. gF=JF<i to be
hidden, concealed. 2. = q^wrti bound, tied
tightly (flag. 43).

'81 bsnan-wa, v. *p-'Q man-tea.

nan-tan brnan or sin. v.

bsnad-pa, v. J(«\'£i
mtson-gyi§ rma§-pa to cause a wound with
a weapon.

"Jf^s bsnan-pa, v. jjV"; »«.-ei^-»wrri-5e.-
^ to augment by the addition of a
great many a great degree revived me
(fag. 43).

i^r^'S bgnam-par-bya 35=3 [met. a
bull, excellent] #.

"^'^ bsnam-zin gg= a [the soul, an
individual]^.

bsnams, =?i|«'£l pf. of fyw q.v.

'^ bsnar-wa=*ifc'3 rkyon-wa 1. to
stretch, to extend in length, to lengthen,
to pull out, e.g., a piece of India rubber.
^••rVefc-qj^-q to stretch out and trail
the tail (&f. 43) ; wsi'i^'T mjug-bsnar-to
it stretched out its tail (Situ. 76). 2. to
have in its train, to drag after : ^'Sw
*%*• non-mons bjnar the consequences of

'CJ bgnal-wa to spin out, to protract

(Cs.).

*i bgnun 1. v. i|i (Rtsi.). 2.=
H_ ^S'l offended, hurt in the mind,
[to wound in the heart]& 3.=JW!T^:
t&rn*pXqr&mrffiC* hit or pierced
with weapons like arrows, etc., the target.
4. = |vq, 5'»rq|^ to give suck (fag. 43).
«i|^ bsnun-pa sbst. [<j*4i-^^ a moving to
and fro, shaking ; qra, <n^I beating ;
piercing ; ^f% piercing, a needle]^.

«i|^ bsnur 1. pf. of |* $nur. 2. has
been explained as

774

6jw«6$, pf. of
I, pf- of

or

nem-par

(Situ. 76).

^ b$nom-pu apparently, in two
passages met with, is to be differentiated
from if*"! snom-pa, and = to cut, to shape,,
to carve: ^3'q13*"'i!*|£''tE^tI9q!*1 rdo
gru gsum b&iom-pahi stefi-du kshugs sat on
a stone which was shaped or cut at the
corners, i.e., on a triangular stone ( Yig) •
l«r *rujf*» ptal ma bfnom cut threads.

nar-nar :
goA-hog bgnor (Nag. 43).

ijfai bgnol v. Jji, j'*)'*)^'!
thu-wa god-hog byud-wa upper and lower
flaps of a garment joined (flag. 43).
Again, we find: "!fa'V*''5<^'C^'*'?IV£'=*^'Cdi
''jfi'T friends and relations mutually
attending or associating (Situ. 76).

>** ^ ^

q^*' b$no$ = *\wi hdrcs-pa, flf«'i and is
illustrated thus: g^«»w««v<^«-er<^»<'civg<i|
g^-ijjjV bgnos as all medicines are beaten
together and thoroughly commingled in
a paste (Situ. 76).

3 pa I : the thirteenth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet and the first of the labial
group.

till : as a syllable is called
bdag pohi $gra, the word or particle expres-
sive of ownership or possession. As an
affix it is found added on to many roots,
to verbs, nouns and adjectives, sometimes
affecting the meaning of the root, some-
times making no difference and merely
affixed from custom. As a general rule
(but, it must be noted, not invariably so)
it is changed to 1 wa after a vowel or one
of the three consonants *', ">, and *.
"When 1 is attached to the roots of verbs
it is the sign of the infinitive and
participle as in «W, ?^, *•>«, *V*;
in the language of common life, how-
ever, it is frq. used for the finite tense,
and for ** par. Affixed to the names of
certain places or things, it denotes the
person that deals therewith as in 5'q rta-pa
horseman, $'" chu-pa water-carrier, Sf'^'1
one of Lhasa, ^'^ a monk of Sera.
In such instances some writers use 1
instead of ", which is wrong ; it is not
correct to say y*1* or ^'^'£'. Combined
with names of places, *> designates the
inhabitant (*V«i inhabitant of Tibet) ;
with numerals, it either forms the ordinal
numeral ("ft*"1 gnis-pa the second) or it
may imply other enumerations, i.e.,
ij 35 frqfyrci a girl of two years, H'"!^'" khru
gan-pa, measuring one cubit, fiwj-q sum-

cu-pa containing thirty, viz., letters, as
in the Tibetan alphabet. As already
said, with sbst. it may have no particular
signification (wj^'Q rked-pa, etc.), or may
serve to distinguish diiferent meanings
(*F rkafi marrow, *jfq rkat-pa foot) or
be a peculiarity of dialects. In certain
expressions 1 or «J stands, it would seem,
incorr. inst. of i§ pahi or i5 wahi : "f^'*r
^sp* gso-ioa rig-pa science of medicine, |J<r
grub-pa lug structure of the body ;
dam-pa chog holy doctrine (of
Buddha) (Jd.). In Budh. 1 pa mysti-
cally expresses ^'"i*™ don dam-pa the
pure sense of all things (K. d. i, 321 and
Bbum. i\, 282}. Again in K. my. "\, 207,
ipa signifies fallaciousness.

<r$ Pa-gde q^ letter of the P series,
i.e. « t «J »(.

Pa-gor n. of a place in the
district of f^'35 Snan-mo in Tibet (Deb.

"U).

pa-car or 1f«'«^-g gos-chas Ua-bu
*^i^5ii [^ifN a small piece of
cloth worn over the privities ; 3TOT|%qfr the
end of a lower garment gathered up behind
and tucked into the waistband] S.

f ^ 5 ^ pa-ta-ha tnsr (£5 |-g«q-^i]) a
kind of drum (K du. \ 502).
i'5 pa-ta W. a cross (Jd.).

T ^'5^ Pa-tan ancient capital of Nepal
called $'"^' Ye-ran in Tibetan works

(Dsam. 3).

776

Pa-tbalo-ta-nan. of a great
river running from east to west and to
the north of Monkori (S. lam. ItO).

pa-tu-fa a tree (S. lam. S8).

or I'V1* pa-to-la a medicinal

plant and fruit : iWflf

(Med.).

q*^'(3|'qC' Pa-ma-k-pafi n. of a place
in Tibet (Tig. 7).

^'5 pa-tse a masak or leather bag for
water, etc.

\ ^'^ Pa~tra or *'* p&'tra
figures, pictures of various designs ;

ra (fj V? srid-pa-ho from Tih.

the world and T from the Chinese
a picture) astrological chart.
a gelong's begging-bowl^-"^ Ihun-
bzed. 3. n. of a gem, precious stone.
T^i'l^T^I'^'S^'^'i* wearing a patra
can protect one under the (judicial) ordeal
by poison.

+ 3'B Pa-tru n. of a great river flowing
by the "city of Madhubandha "the natives
of which are very good-natured and honest,
in consequence of which there is no fear of
travelling in that country and there Bud-
dhist monks get alms easily" (S. lam.
S6).

JCJ'JB pa-na q* the sixteenth part of
a rupee.

+ Z\'8\'*lpa-na-sa tpw [the jack-fruit
tree]S. (K. d. 201).

CT|*J Pa-gnam also called VWIKW Dpal-
gnam n. of a district with a fort called
Penam Jong on the Penam Nyang Chhu
midway between Tashi-lhunpo and
Gyang-tse.

'•J'roP Pa-tshab n. of a Tibetan district
and «of a resident officer of the district :
JrHt (A. 102). «r*r3K^'
Pa-tshab presented him
with a cloak lined with leopard-skin (A.
63).

pa wa sans v. «•««« pa-san?.

'Ujqj'q pa-yatj-pa a medicinal herb=
smug-chufi: "n^T^W

(Med.) .

H'^'fipa-ra-kha in W. cross (a straight
one) (Jo.).

•4- CJ'^'^ pa-ra-^a n. of a sweet deli-
cious fruit (K. d. 201).

v\ pa-ri in W., %S pa-ru in C., box,
cylindrical or oval, high or flat, of wood or
metal (Ja.).

-ri-da Kshatriya race (my-
stic) (K. 9- P, **)• [Evidently the
tins of ancient times mentioned in the
Mahabharata, Manu-Samhita, and Vishnu-
pur ana] S,

S >*
f tJ'X,'5'B pa-ri-tsi-tra n. of a tree

and of its flower (K. my. P, 3 £5 and

q*Z^ pa-ben in W. = a strip of wood, a
ledge, border.

J q-^'t^'m pa-ri dsa ti-ka qil\*llrt* the
flower of paradise (K. du. ^310).

+ ti'5-^-"l paru-fa-ka tr^qTS [Grewia asi-
atica from the berries of which a cooling
beverage is prepared] S.

CJ-QJ-.SJ |

777

4 CJ'Qj'^1 pa.ia.ya
Butea frondosa; vw^

the tree

(K. g. -5, 51) used in Yajna
r^-^fq tpyin-sreg gi-yam $in-
du run-wa) (K. g. ^, 327). 2. [Also its

Pa-ld-fa-pur the sea-port
Balasore situated on the west shore of the
Bay of Bengal (Dsam. 3/i). [The ancient
capital of Magadha or Behar where the
tree Butea frondosa grew in abundance] S.

t ^'"T ^ Pa-W-™ Indian gold formerly
imported into Tibet (Rtsii.).

-«= ri-dwags wild

animal (mystic) (JT. 0. p ##).

^'^ -Pa-fw joa-W fwa-ra n. of
sacred place in Nepal much frequented by
Hindu pilgrims; in Tibetan called also
Gu-lan dwan-phyug (Dsam. 5).
: the lake of Pas'upati.]S.

j pa-9u-li-ka=%*- khyim
house (in mystic rituals) (K. y. f>, 26).

'^JC5| pa-sans or Q'VVFJ* 1. Friday.
2. ^, *rR^, u^j the planet Venus.

Syn. tjl'^3!^'*1 lha-min bla-ma ; f^'MJ'
«WP man-nag mkhan-po ; =.^'9 nan-spoil
bu; »I^«I«'|N rnchu-las skyes; ^•^•q^qj-Zi
tto-»«» bdag-po ; zs^-efy fan-spot hdsin ;

/oa»; ^^'5 dkar-po; ®H khu-wa (Mnon.).

**K*j**po4ia4lf sM-ma=^-^ lha-ma
yin ^^ the demons who war with the
lha or petty gods (Mnon.).

Pa-fi prob. «/-fiQ a

Tibetan lama of the Karmapa sect who

visited China to preach Buddhism. In
Mongolian ^'^ pag-$i or bakshi= a teacher.

pa&4i1fil 1. [line, row]& 2.
j ensign of victory, royal stan-
dard (mystic) (K. g. f 26).

1*1'*^ pag-zan barley-meal.

^ pag sometimes incorrectly for a"!
barley dough, "^^pag-gu (Dzl.) • ^ pahu
in Lh. brick; ^qwj phibs-pag roof -tile
(Cs.); «•«"! warpag gutter-tile (Cs.); iT'i"!
rdsa-pag or ^'1"] so-^ac/ (6/r.) ; wq sa-pag
(Sir.) (Jo.).

^T^ pag-rtsir burnt brick ; unburnt
brick. ""I'S^p^j pag-pu mkhan mason, i"l"
I""! pag-tsig brick wall, in JF. a row
or layer of bricks ; frq. used as a measure :
l«r£jq| Svflftsr^ kha-pag tshirynis yod the
snow is as deep as two layers of bricks
(J2.).

pags-pa or

^ (of. g"I^|pa(7s) 1. skin, hide:
changing of skin (as of snakes) ;
to skin ; £«|*rw tifsj skin or fur clothing, fur-
cloak; «wi»r*ij robe or cloak lined with
lambskin. 2. rind or peel of fruit, also
the bark of trees ; £"1*''^ bark.
V2*'* pags-pa ne-wahi rin-po che
the most precious of all skins said to be
obtained from the body of an ocean-
monster ; it is presented to a Chakramrtti
Raja by sea-going merchants and is gene-
rally five miles in length, possessing the
property of never getting wet (K. d. a,
U7). <J«|«-tr*^ pags-pa can = ^i\'^ birch-
tree (Mnon.). Syn. §«-si5'flilq rm-paki
pzeb ; •'JW'ijq ya-Mrarj sgrib ; ^HT^taj ?a.
khrag dsin. tt^r^ifwaaj pags-pahi gos-
can an epithet of Mahes'vara who dresses
in tiger-skin (Mnon.). ^'^'^ pags-pahi
nad skin disease, ten kinds of which are

99

778

enumerated in the work Man-rgyitd ch.
61): — fl^S fa-bkra, gFfJ fflan-fu,
Mser-wa, >'*§*• za-kon, $1 yu-wa,
srin-thor, Jf^| rno-fig, 1'f rno-kha,
khye-ma, f*p^q rno-ffi/an-pa.
pags-pahi myu-gu or t«|«r«5'*>'ffl| pag%-pahi
me-tog hair of the skin (Mnon.).

9*1*)'!$ pag$-byihu 1. a species of
plant. 2. =«ri|«i- pha-wan bat.

cw|« •«5'fl|^i| -«ft pag^pahi gtsug pfnid
JS* S domestic fowl.

W jHirf or «*.•" pan-jra the lap or the
bend between legs and bosom : w 5) m ^-9 <*'
9«t the boy sleeps in the mother's lap ; *'
w on the bosom; 3)c.'«c.'trfl|K.' armful of
wood (Mil.). «t^q« pan-kfiebs or «--fl|^
apron (J«(/. 24) ; "^'Bl paft-khrag the
blood flowing off during child-birth; ««•'
l'w midwife, wet-nurse.

'tJ pafi.pa TS^RJT [to abandon] /S.

+ o^-*-aC'»i pan-tsa /»-*«= f
the colours of the rain-bow, five different
colours : *>$*% *|5-Sli»rfl|*Jr§«r5«r«iJ[*w he wore
a robe of five different colours which was
seized by the king (A. 2).

^ -f^-* pad-dkar-tiM — $*• ' *\W* ' i*t • «
a celestial courtezan (Loft. «, 5).

q^-^n|^i)q| pad-dkar-mig yvg^*!1*! [lotus-
eyed, an epithet of Vishnu] &

*V«flfS Pad-bkod, «S'*"'^ n. of a
district of Southern Tibet.

"S'lK Pad-filin a Buddhist sanctuary
consecrated to Padma Sambhava; •*]*•'%'
Hiw^gWQVis; *•$**' on the south-east
boundary is the hidden country Pad-ma-
glin, i.e. Sikkim (K. than. 1, 16S).

««V8fe. pad-sdon tt, TT?I* [a species of
reed, consisting of reeds] S. Also lotus
silk.

Sl^'^l pad-pa in C. and i
*\'*< srin-hbu pad-ma TWIT, leech.

iS'i pad-pa=i^ri bgam-pa
inquiring, inquiry (Zez1.).

I ^'S'*' pad-ma ^m, tm ; aiT.W,
^?nj?fa3T, SRH^T, 3^;x the sacred lotus.

Syn. ^^"'5* hdam-fkyes ; $'|*< c/ni-skycg •
mtsho-laf skyes ; ^"1=-' hdab-ston ;
hdal-bryya ; 4'™^ 5^ chu-yi rgyan ;
-5«|-»i*Ji fbran-rtsihi ryyttl-mtxlifnt, ; JJK.'
tpran-rtsi hdsin ; ^l'^
dpal-gyi hdab-can;
dri-bzttn khan-pa \ 45-<ne.-* chuhi-lan tsho;
ye-sar-can ; ^^'^9 '^ zchu-hbru can ;

pad-hdab lotus leaf (Fa-se7. ^g).

+ 1^-*» ••>)•«, pad-ma-ka-ra tnrr^nc an epithet
of Padmakara or Padma-sambhava (Tig.
k. 83).

+ ^'»»'5'-*|'-'l'ui pad-ma ku-fe $a-ya tnifi%-
wq a mythological lake on the side of a
mountain of same name (K. d. *>, 319).

"S'*1 'W2* pad-dkar-po; s^it^i, white
lotus — <S. iea1.

Jwvw^fs Pad-ma dkod n. of the south
eastern district of Tibet.

ov*i'g*J pad-ma-skyes ^Rvwfa lotus-
born, born of or from lotus [Brahma]*S.

J^IT^VK pad-ma ge-sar im*!H< the
pistil of the lotus flower.

Syn. «\«5'lq pad-mahi ze-wa; i^'t&'X
pad-mahi $kra ; *!'»« ge-sar (Mnon.).

+ ci^»i-«ai Pad-ma-can 1. an epithet of the
wife of Yisnu. '2. epithet of Avalokite-
s'vara (Mnon.). u^'*^'« pad-can-ma qiH^n,
qftisft a lotus flower; a woman of per-
sonal and moral accomplishments.

+ y«v*c«*i'|'*<*Pflg?-»«a can-gyi mtsho lotus-
lake ; x*'^'* is the name of a small lake
in the little kingdom of Mandi in Kangra
district, Panjab.

779

gyn. awqip.- las-bkan; «l\«ft*$ pad-
mahi rdshin-bu ; i^'*1'^ patf-ma Idem ; ^'*«'
*^ pad-ma can; $'»)'fc.'q cAw-yi snin-po; «>^V
^'* bshad-ldan ma; ^*&'*i£ pad-mahi
mtsho ; ^'w^gc-'l^^ pad-ma hbyun-g.na&
(Mnon.).

c^-w^-q Pad-ma chen-po 1. *rfTtro n. of
a Buddhist king of ancient India (I7**/-
15). 2. n. of one of the cold hells.
[According to the Vishnupurana, sect. iv.
chap. 24, Padma-chen-po or Mahapadma
was a king of Magadha, and was fifth in
descent from the famous Ajatas'atru.
He was the founder of the Nanda dynasty
and is described in the Vishnupurana as
being a very cruel man exercising autho-
rity over the whole of India. He is said
to be a S'udra king who destroyed the
Kshatriya rulers] S.

+ ct^'^P Padma-pani miMTfil a form of
the Bodhisattva Avalokites'vara, who under
this aspect appears with a spray of lotus in
one of his left hands. He was originally
sprung or born from a lotus.

ci^wn|c.-ij)3i») Pad-ma hbyun-gnas W*"<
is the Tibetan name of the great master •
of magic who came into Tibet from India
860 A.D., Pad-ma sam-bha-wa. He was
the inventor of much of the Tantrik ritual
and eclectic mythology of later Buddhism ;
and he even devised female companions for
the Dhyani Bodhisattwas whom he desig-
nated, from the analogy of the Sakti in
Hinduism, as the Yum companion to the
Tab or Bodhisattwa. Throughout Tibet
Padma Junynas may be asserted to be
much more popular than Gautama the
Buddha ; and as Guru Padma, TJrgf an
Padma, and Lopon Humkara, his votaries
are full of belief in his present might
and powers of assistance.

pad-ma-ma tRj^r^ ['marked or
symbolized by a lotus,' a king, Brahma] S.

ci«v*i ^wq pad-ma-dmar ^*JT^ red lotus
flower (S. Lex.).

^•w^-S^-q Pad-ma ishu chen-po n. of an
Indian sage (K. dun. 17).

+ ci^-a -^q-qjc*) Pad-ma rab-bzan-ma n. of
a Tibetan female saint (Mnon.).

q\*fo)*^ Padma ye-mdses n. of a Bon
teacher (G. Bon. I).

pad-ma ra-ga M1KIT, ^ftftcl*,
3«?TT>T, tf?&, JTre<Jlt? a red
gem, the ruby. [*vfrN a gem or precious
stone brought from the Himalayas and the
Indus, described as being of four sorts :
white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue] $.
It is of seven kinds : — S'I5''^1 mu-la ram-ya ;
•H'"i bi-dsa-ya; ?^'^ ghdhu-ri; iS|<j^ </««-/«
ha-ri ; Qf\****\'f> pad-ma rakta ; B 'SJ'^ 5 puspa
rakta; 3f »>'5 gau-me ta (jft»J«f) (%Lnou.). ^'«'
\fJFiFFP>'*!*PiWfrf the ruby removes
illness and all evil spirits (Sman.).
Syn. ^^'3^'S»i*.'9 rin-chen dmar-po.

jq^-*f«»r^q Pad-ma sam-bha-wa the
Indian Buddhist saint, ^'^ of the ^if
^N=i\»i^|E,-iiaj»4 v. above.

i^'^^'ia pad-mahi skra %JJT pistil of the
lotus flower.

£j<V*)S'|arTjc.- pad-mahi skyil-knm irew^
(fV«r|-qCTr^j the manner of sitting of
the gods (Ya-sel.) ; and so, too, that adop-
ted by a lama sitting w&wai, j.e.t in medi-
tation.

^'^'^'^^ Pad-mahi skyes-ffnas^s^,
mii*<. an epithet of Brahma (Mnon.).

^'"^'B'H pad-mahi khrag (9^'^ S'S|C-'3' B"l)
the womb-blood of women (Sman 2).

q^-»(5-*-nifl| pad-mahi cha-lag I&K^ [a
lotus fibrej/S.

780

pad-mahi giicn as met. the

sun

£i\*iSg-q Pad-mahi Ite-wa 1. tnpJm an
epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). 2. t^R^^fa
the seed-ovary of the lotus flower (Mnon.).

ci\*»5'if<fl pad-ma-ydan TOIMUH ; lotus
seat [Brahma] <S.

q^*iS-q«^|-Q pad-mahi bdag-po
the sun.

q^*wq|«$-«^ pad-mahi gdan-can
Indra.

q^'«5- jTs/Zi pad-mahi $don-po troirfr lotus-
stick ; vmsi a fine lotus stalk.

i^'wS'iq pad-mahi-fpyan mr^T; lotus-
eyed [n. of a future Buddha] S.

ti«^5-n|c.-«ifl*i pad-mahi hbyitn-gnas pond
or lake where lotus grows (Mnon.).

tKVwyq or *V3 unnzi the lotus-root or
stalk [lotus fibre] -S.

Syn. $'|»i T*! chu-fkyes rtsa-wa ; $'S)'2*-»)
chu-yi tsher-ma ; i"\T$ pad-rtsa It ;
ST'i pad-fid rtsa-wa • *f-'i rkafi-pa ;
tiar-pa; ^'1 yu-wa; i^^c.' pad-gdofi (Mtion.).
l'q pad-mahi se-wa=^'^^ Oe-sar.

ng uad-mahi ze-hbru the anther
-« *

and ovary of the lotus.

Syn. ^^'^ sa-4ow mrf«orf; ^-*5^q
pad-mahi Itc-wa (Mnon.).

«^'»<5 «ifl|'£i pad-mahi lag-pa the lotus-
armed, met. the sun (Jtfiion.).

pad-mahi sa mtshan mi-
['symbolized by a lotus,' a king,
Brahma] S.

"S'^ pad-shwa a kind of mitre-shaped cap
which was worn by the Buddhist saint
Padma Sambhava : ^9 '«i •o«V(5'1?<art> he put on
a mitre-shaped cap (Khrid- 106).

^'il*! *<3H pad-zlum mgrin = c.t'g nan-sky a
the white goose, wild swan (Mnon.).

51 Pan-grub (pandiib) for Papdita
and grub-chan, also a learned Indian sage.
J cjpi^ Pan-chcn an abbr. of tijB^-j'i^ei
Pandita-c/wn-po, a title first given to the
Kashmirian Buddhist sage S'akya S'ri
who visited Magadha and Orissa when the
Mahomedans under Baktyar Ghilji con-
quered Bihar ; lie was present at the
Back of the monasteries of Odantapuri
and Vikramacila in 1203 A.D. and from
there retired to Tibet. The title of Pan-
chen Rin-po-chhe is now enjoyed by the
lama-head of Tashi-Jhunpo monastery who
is titular ruler of the province of Tsang.
He is believed to be an incarnation of
Subhuti the third great disciple of Gau-
tama Buddha ; and also is an incarnate
emanation of the Dhyani Buddha Ami-
tabha.

...... Dpal

Man Ye-$e$ the third Panchen Rin-po-
chhe to whose court Warren Hastings in
1772 sent George Bogle. This lama made
a grand progress from Shigatse to Peking ;
and died in 1779.

qjrfanf qntfbr|'|nvb| Pan-chen Blo-bzan
chos-kyi ryyal-mtshan the first Panchen
ruler of Tashilhunpo.

£ijs-3^ §f-qjE,$-^*rV'>rw3 Pan-chen Blo-
bzan Ye-$e§ Qpal-bz'in-po the second Pan-
chen Rin-po-chhe (Lon. "-, 9). He died in
1737, aged 75 years.

qjri^'f'WH|lj'q$'y*l Pan-chen Blo-bzan
Bstan-pahi Ni-ma the fourth Panchen Rin-
po-chhe to whose court Captain Samuel
Turner was sent in 1781 by Warren
Hastings and who was then an infant.

cip'jaj £*r|j'3]<i|N'£i q^yS'^nc. gi| Pan-chen
Chos-kyi Grogs-pa Bstan-pahi Dwan-phyuij
the Panchen Rin-po-chhe who invited

781

Sarat Chandra Das to Tibet in 1879 and
1881. He died of small-pox in 18S2.

Pj(<*anf««<|«rqpj-*r§iyai Pan-chen Blo-
bzan Thub-bstan Chos-kyi Sti-ma the sixth
and present Panehen Rin-po-chhe, who
came into the position as an infant in
1883.

-*^ pan-chen ir-ti-ni

the title by which the Panchen or Tashi
Lama is known in Mongolia.

+ ip'?'*) pan-di-ta a Sanskritist or
Indian scholar, a title often introduced
into Tibetan literature: ^flpt'flfltrjrarifwr
W3^-qp>55-*k; the title of Pandita is
given to one who has become versed in
the five sciences.

Pan-di-ta Dha-na On-
mitra the eldest of the nine sons of Atisa's
elder brother who succeeded to the throne
of Bengal and became known by the name
of Dhana sri-mitra.

J 1J575 1'^ Pan-di-ta Smri-ti the Indian
Buddhist pandit who visited Tibet shortly
after Buddhism was persecuted by king
Langdarma but finding no encourage-
ment at Lhasa he resided at Tanag in
Tsang and earned his subsistence for some
time by tending sheep (J. Zan.).

+ V?"5^ pandi-tahi shwa the kind of
mitre-shaped cap which Atisa and Tsong-
khapa used to wear: "Wn^'JK.'gjr^'jJtwc
jar*>\tr*|*wrq they all wore the pandit's cap
without showing vanity (A. 22}.

"p'yt"'^" pan-shwa rtse-rin the conical
mitre-shaped cap worn by the lamas of Tibet
during any religious service : ^'

«^'X (J.Zan. 108) at that time on the occa-
sion of a religious dispirit; don that was
held in the monastery called Pandita
Vihara in the town of Tsa-(i-g,io (modern
Chittagong) of Bangala, a Buddhist pan-
dit listening to the advice of an old
woman wore a cap poiiued like a thorn.
.From his victory in the controversy, the
use of the pointed mitre-shaped cap spread
about.

pan-bon not considered perfect
in dignity, as for instance \ iie icimas of
Lahoul that are married (</a.).

£i^-*m pan-mthah trr-«i [traveller, wan-
derer]^.

•$.'%F%'*\ pan-tsi ka and ^'T^ % pan-tsi
ka chen-po (trlw and ^iqrf^<ti are the

names of Noijin chiefs (K. g. 5, 21).

^§'$~ pahu-rtse (Chinese) a kind of
tea (Jig. 22).

I : par any artificial mould:
^lugs-par casting mould; ^%'w rdehu-par
bullet-mould; ^=-'W fifi-par block-print;
printing forms, a stereotype plate cut in
wood ; W*f'q par-rko-wa to cut types on
boards; W|«ci, w^-^q^-q par_du Mebs-pa
to print, to stamp ; i^'^'si^ par-rko mkhan
or ^'*\i par-rko-pa cutter of type; wpc-'
par-khan printing office ; w*fi^ par -mkhan
printer ; ^'$Q par-rgyab text ; ^%"\ par-
Snag printing-ink ; W*i par-ma a printed
work, book; WI^ par-$shi printing
boards; wi)^if par-gyog a printer's assist-
ant ; "^••JfiJ par-gog printing-paper.

II : sign of the adverb ; combined
with verbs it represents the supine.

^'5^' par-tan = *irwgr% gdan-grum
rise a square carpet used for sitting upon.

782

4 £J^'£J'R par-pa-ta n. of an officinal
plant used in intermittent fever.

so-brgyad the

*"--/ '

castle in whicn Gffen-rab's father lived
(0. Son. 11).

I (Zam. if) ;

aco. to Sch.=<r$ pa-tra.

par-isa so-ti in IT. a kind
of cotton cloth (Jd.).

par-fik Tiffo n. of a flower
(K. d. P, 126).

w9«| Par-sig 1. Persia (#««>«. 2). 2.
[a strap, strip of leather] 8.

rp pal~kha=*$ hthu awi [a vein or
any tubular vessel] 8.

pas 1. as in ^'"^'W that being so,
^•S^-cw that not being so, being without it.
Combined with verbs, it signifies: by,
inconsequence of, because ; also : as, since,
when. 2. sign of the comparative; after
vowels, however, and the final causonants
\ % "> w stands in its place ; *g«rffe.-w
Tibet is colder than Sikkim ;
«'" the meditator
is (spiritually) happier than the eater.

j^.

! It faWt long pepper.

Q pi l.=^'gs dur-khrod a cemetery
(mystic) (K. g. P, JJ9). 2. num. fig. : 43.

to keep books, book-shelf (Stsii. 28).

£\ ~^

I ^' n'^ Pi-to-pa fcjattr ; n. of an Indian

T /

Buddhist who is said to have visited Sham-
bhala (K. dun. £7).

4 q'CJ'-^3j Pi-pa fan n. of a great river
in ancient India (K. my. P, 198).

1 &T WQJ pi-pap-la prob. the peepul
tree ; Iw^tf^ Pi-pap la ya-na fcpiraRffi ; n.
of an individual in A. K.

frS pi-pi 1. ace. to Schtr., Sch. fife,
flute. 2. in W. nipple, teat. 3. in W.
icicle.

Piper Imujum:
the Piper long urn
(fruit) cures all kinds of cold.

Syn. $w<«ii*r|*i lu$-hphag? ?%?; ^v
^S*1!*4 yul-dbus fkyeg; ll«'$S grogs-rned ;
'8^ drod-sman ; X^'^'IS drod-$kyed byed ;
z<>g$-»ia; ^^gyo-byed; ^I'Ss *£•'':/-
iyerf; JJ^' §na-t'in. (1/Lnon.).

^5 pi-pho 1. abbr. of 9-9 S)c.- ^/.y;/_, „
and i'P'^«i'Q pha-wa ril-po=Piper
and black pepper. 2. v.

J ' J'0]'QI pMsu Id-la n. of a gem
(8. kar. 182).

^I'lJC' pi-wan ^hur, guitar;
ko-na pi-yaft a kind of guitar.
pi-waft mkhan =3'1«c.'i pi-wan-pa '
^•ftra one who plays on the guitar
(Mnon.). 3'<ac,'SS pi-ican-rgyud (F3\ 1. [a
musicianJS. 2. ^rr [a lute]<S.
*^-»ic.- pi-wan rgyud-man ^fa5S
guitar with many strings; 'Nc.'ftY*1
pi-wan rgyud-psum a three stringed guitar.

^'^^ pi-rag (f^'9) n. of a gem or pre-
cious stone; ^ '"^1 '^"1 '^'^g^'S^'i^'^^'qjjc.'
the precious stone pirag is a protection
against poison and evil spirits.

*l "^ »-

4 Vt*\ 'S pi-r-t-na^\^;=^^f\ snin-

^
nid (mystic) (K. g. P, 27).

CJ' ^QjC' pi-lin and WR'^*W*j»Jftl hpltar-
ma are names of two 1'iSI demi-gods. '

783

the son of Pilinda, one of the disciples of
Gautama Buddha, who used to exhibit
miracles.

pig-mo v.

pus-mo (Ja.).

T ^ 5 ^'5 P*n~ta ra-ta n. of a com-
mentary: H^f^^C^^ 5-^'5-ai-^q|*i'q-qa^

he translated the Yogacarya works and
their commentaries, etc. (A. 66).

^^ pir pencil, pen, brush; §T^
lyug-pir large brush for house-painting;
W^fc bcad-pir small brush for artistic
painting, also lead-pencil.

Syn. <MJ'|^ hbri-byed; gi'a1"]

(Mnon.).

ptr-zca to crush, to grind (to
powder) in Ladak= i^V*1 mned-pa.

I.=fll3fa'i y non-pa to press,
pressing (mystic) (5". 0. f, 179). 2. num.
fig. 73.

u-gahi hbras-bu ^m areca
nut eaten by the Hindus.

J $>> Pu-ti, $t*cvft«\w Pu-tis »yogs-pa
n. of the great ocean to the South of India
on the coasts of which people subsist
chiefly on fish (K d. *, 273).

+

book.

Bhutan.

ss

Pu-ti or %'$ po-ti a manuscript

'^ pu-sta-ka 3^ra a volume, book.
pu-na-ka n. of a flower (.ST.

Pu-na-kha the winter capital of

pu-lyi v. fi'i spu-byi.
pn-tse.

^'* pu-tsho bran ((/«.) ; husks of barley
(Ja.)

Q'3^C5} Pu-rans a district in the S.E.
of Ngari Khorsum, of which province it is
a division ; it is situated to the north of the
districts of Kamaun and of Western Nepal.

f ^'^'"^ pu-ru-fa gw an officer in
Tibet =^'5 blon-po a minister, official.

j Q-ot-vsrq-u, pu.u.ra Ma-la-ya n. of a
country in ancient India.

J ^'^C'ZTf pu-M-ga ^%r n. for the
masculine gender.

xT^J pu-lu hut, built of stones, like
those of alpine herdsmen in TF. (Ja.).

Pu-ta-na n. of a city:

\i-lo mahi-dgra \

an epithet of Indra (Mnon.) [Indra des-
troyed his father-in-law Puloman in order
to avert his imprecation consequent on the
violation of his danghter]$. g'Bi§'5*rS
pu-lohi sras-mo (5'3i-*i§'§|*r3i pu-lo mahi-sras
mo) ^€t»ft the daughter of Pulo, an

4 crif'Sf T> epithet of the wife of Indra (Mnon.).

^ g 7 H fii-to-po n. of a learned lama :

*)^'c'l|r§l|R5c''*^-cr*'£|ffi*'l g'lfcrSfe' having S*"^l I:jw-f«=l. S^-^ span-war ?IHRTO^

composed a large book of maxims, Putapo [gradually tapering] 8. 2. ^Ttsg [se-
went away (A. 135). cretly]S.

he was born in the house of a Brahman in
the city of Putana in the country of Petala
in Southern India (K. my. (",

784

II: l. = "K-!K ac'w upper story,
second flat of a building also^^'P1-' vir
the top of a house. 2. 9'^ $tw pu-pthi-
[top of a building]^.

«-?«# (3) *"* !• tne h°°P°e
bird: 8"<S'<T^'r'lf^WV^IlS the flesh of
Pu-9ugf soothes apoplexy or illness caused
by evil spirits. The colloq. term for
the hoopoe in C. T. is pu-pu ku-shn.
2. = uK-?i| yafi-thog or *&*'?*' fail-khaA the
turret or open airing room on the top of a
house.

Syn. of 1. ***«•• mchu-rin ; jfS -iNfraS'^
$gro-hi-fftsngp/nid-can •\v£*Kft*^p dri-fahi
hdag-chag$ (Mnon.).

' pu-$el tse (a^) ^nftr [the
fragrant root of the plant Andropogon
nutricatus ; the root is a cure for vomit-
ing]<S. (JW3I*' kl<t-3»ian
Syn. ^'S9 nag-dbye ; 8'
55'q«i hkhor-lohi li/t ; y^'Uffco na-yi hbyor-
pa ; ^'«.^'^1 lug-nan mig (Mnon.).

9*^1 '5 Pvff-ta [shelf, partition in a box]
(Ja.)

I'^ puij-nia in Purig = collar-bone.

or $*» phun-pa in (7., W.
an unshaped vessel of clay or wood for
water, beer, etc., but seems not to be the
same with W> bum-pa (Ja.)

cv
j- ^j&'^'^'f! pun-da ri-ka 1. n. of a

gem (precious stone). 2. n. of a celestial
flower; 9j»7'V"l^'i^' pun-da rl-kahi phren a
garland of pundarlka flower (Situ. 137).
3. ^perta white lotus.

tjaj-a^ pun-nag ggni [n. of a tree, Bot-
tkria tinctoria, from the blossoms of which
a yellowish dye is prepared] S.

pur resp. for X dead body ;
ghost-land, a name for Tibet which
is called the kingdom of the dead.

Pur-no, kats-tsha n. of
a place in Ancient India.

Pur-na gi-ri in Tib.
1. the Indian Gonain belonging to Joshi-
mot who' resided for many years at Tashi-
Ihunpo and accompanied Panchen Rin-po-
cfte Palden Te-s'es to Peking. It was he
who carried letters to Warren Hastings
and founded the monastery of Bhot-Bagan
opposite Calcutta on the Howrah side of
the Hughli. He was killed by dacoits who
had robbed him of the large quantity
of gold he had amassed during his resi-
dence in Tibet. 2. n. of a Buddhist holy
place in the Swat Valley. 'S'J^Sl'S*'^
situated on the north of Udyana (Ztog-
ye. 38).

pttf-ka-ra yg;K n. of a me-
dicinal plant the flower of which resembles
in shape a lamb's foot : gp-'T^^W^'^^-
I'^i the root of ptishkara cures phelgm
and fever.

the string or cloth tied round the body of
a Naljor by which he ties himself when
meditating (Pay. 76).

g«'*i pus-tno sjTrj, ajf^T the knee; the
shank or lower part of the leg from the
ankle to the knee. [qpfXvr*jfrtlpifrmo sa-
la hdsug-pa to kneel] Ja. cj<s'?r»rm q^t
«^i'?i'|^'^*)'9^'^ he kneeled down with the
palms of his hands joined and petitioned.

i [fixed the right knee-joint
on the ground] S.

ftl

785

joint]&.

[the knee

-M-f

pus-mohi lha-na

[knee-pans] S.

.m a flat basket (
-J"« pincers (in
I : Po 1. n. of a place in the con-

t$hig$ the knee joint.
?«.'^ rgan-ma pus hlihreg$-ky<ti( hgro-snin
hdod though the old woman had a stiff
knee she wished to go away (Rcfsa. 17).

=wn gruel-broth (mystic) (K. g

Pe-dkar (also

f, 179).

H TJ^, Pc-kar or
spelt «#V|»s or "S?l-<*
S1"'5 dkor-Mnj rgyal-po the spirit-king or
chief of the custodians of monastic proper-
ties. His principal shrine stands in the
Nechung grove near Lhasa. He is
greatly adored all over Tibet ; and it is
said that he was brought by Padma Sam-
bhawa from the monastery of Odantapuri
in Magadha and bound under solemn oath
to protect the great monastery of Sam-ye.
^"l^SF pe-kar gift, *ft*«^ the temple
of Pekar in Sam-ye in which the monastic
treasures are kept: ^•WV^K.-frnp-J*,^
S^'«*S I (A. 91) his small room was also
in the treasury of the temple of Pe-kar g.M.

fines of the country of Gesar and Tibet ( G.
Bon. 4). 2. n. of a clan in Tibet (Jig.
21). 3. for «'*.

H II : 1. the particle styled S'STg bdag-
Sgra signifying the agent, as in ^'9 a
demonstrator, explainer, lfai'2i tkos-pa-po a
hearer. 2. sign of nouns, designating
concrete nouns and the masculine gender,
in contradistinction to abstract nouns with
<i or i, and to feminines with S ; connected
with a numeral, it supplies the definite
article : g'Zf lHa-pothe five (just mentioned) ;

«'«5 gnis-po the two, both, (Ja.).

' Pc-sgaH n. of a place in Tibet :
g*j shag-sa pe-sgafl du-byas he
halted one night at Pe-sgnU (A. 90).

*>•§'?* Pe-te-hor, more properly tryf* pa-
ta-hor, the country to the east of Yarkand
which was a great place of the Northern
Buddhists.

pe-tsam little, small, a little

'pQl Po-ta-ln

phyogs ri-bogru-hdsin) 1. Trhi^or tffa<;r<s the
residence of Avalokites'vara and Arya Tara
on a hill situated in an harbour somewhere
in the Indian ocean ; ace. to the Chinese
Buddhists an island in the China sea off
the coast of Shanghai. 2. = !"Q'5'«i Rf«<
Po ta-la or jarq-^-Zj-a^?1^- rgyal-wa rin-po
cJiehi pJto-brad the residence of the Dalai
Lama at Lhasa (Rtsii.). The buildings
stand on a three-peaked hill in the north-
western suburbs of Lhasa.

(Sch.).

por smra-wa (mystic) (K. g. («", 27).
H y po-ti=q$ pu-ti small book.

2f jfrf po-tog v. »$-%-lf«i mtho-po tog
(Ja.).

9'5 po-bo grandfather (both in the
father's and mother's side) ; 9'35 grand-
mother.

pe-tse white cabbage in C. (Ja.).

Po-lon-fan n. of a high
mountain in China.

100

7S6

'^Sj'S po-son-c/Kt W§3* a shrub
Scsbana grandiflora.

Syn. f*'S'*^ gofl-lu-can ; uiu) q5 Xe. ^
lag-pahi tshefi-dti$ ; ii^gi"! gxcr-i/yi lag;
^gqj»l-a,|^-%- dburjs-hbyin fin; <^i\'^
hkhyoy-pohi fde ; §«'§S mi/os-byed ; *=.'%•

[the resin of the plant
Jioswellia thurifera~\S.

"T? pog-ta (Mong.)=l sir, lord.

Qflj-^ pog-phor = j»i'W«, gpog-phor (H"|
;;o(; = J»i yjoj) incense-burner, perfuming-
pan.

%^po<g aoc. to Ja.=*isipon, %tf pon-to,
v. V^phon, ftf p/ion-to.

3^'^ Por-hdsod u. of a tribe in Tibet
(J. Zafi.).

Q"! j»/ in Tsang is said to be a sort of
fever.

5| I : pi a 1. a small turquoise, in W.
seldom larger than a lentil, for wearing
on ornamental rings. 2. v. *« tshom.

5| II : also £)'# pra-mo 1. lot ; sign,
token, prognostic : 9 '^ '" pra-fian-pa bad
sign ; SI'W ^''« phab-pa =W» S«^i rtagg-pa
byed.-pa to draw prognostics from a charmed
mirror : | Q^ jf'»rw g w^*) prognostics
were drawn from a mirror consecrated to
Dolma (A. 57) ; STW pra-rtags, frXww
^•3,*$ ww|-«<|f«K-j^-qS-$«i|»rfi the muTor
having been consecrated any good or bad
signs will appear on it; $K'fc'O&i'§'5|'5q!*r6^
the ill-omen of Santadhi (D.It.).

J tf^'<»( pra kir-ya Wts& [1. the plant
Ouilandina bonduc. 2. the tree Pongamia
glabra]8. ; v. "!'*'?'£ ka-ran dsa (Mfion.),

*^^ ^

1 SCSI'S" 'x'"*3) Praga dsyo-ti fa s?rn-
sj^tfa^ n. of a mountain said to be situated

beyond the mountains of Susrlmo Parvata
which is inhabited by the gods and where
the Asuras cause the former constant
terror (K. d. *, 283}. [It is identified by
some writers with Pragjyotisha, or the
province of Assam] S.

pra-chal or fjT*") spral-c/ial jest,
joke, nonsensical talk ; J)'*a''tS'c' pra-chal
byed-pa to make sport, to play the buffoon ;
cj-sorgfe. -t) pra-chal glon-wa to cause merri-
ment (Jo.).

pra-ti po-tan-gi is
explained as i)*!E.'Zfo'j|'q<vm^ ysan-por $mra-
ictihi fan reply to an enquiry given in a
mystic language.

5TV\'t'¥FE'' Pra-dun-rtw lha Man one of
the twelve Buddhist temples said to have
been erected by king Srofi-fytsan Sijam-po,
this one being in the north of Tibet.

* £Tq'5 pra-pa-ta = Q yrtt boat (in mystic
language) (K. g. 27).

(jwi pra-phab-pa [1. ?i%*i, n. of a prince,
2. ifw figure, shape image]S. ; tfwq^
pra-phdb bsltin sfa^fn likeness, image.

CJQ pra-wa 1. ^5, £)'n5'»)-^j| pra-wahi me-
tog mgv [the flower of the tree called
JEschynomene grandiflora\S. 2. ^Tt%5g
[hardness, the plant Teronia elcp//antt(t>i]S.

bee-wax.

*)'$ pra-li a tailless rodent, Layomys
iadius or some kindred species.

J IJ-UIK.-IJ pri yad-kii or I^E.-^ p,-i yan-
fju f!RT^ \Panicum italicum, a medicinal
plant and perfume described in some
places as being a fragrant seed]$.

787

Syn. g^'*^'*^'*^ bud-vied min-can ;
's; Sna-t8/ioas fde; «^vZ55-»rl?<i| hbyuti-
pohi-me-tog ; £"'9|*< dsam-btt skyes; "*§'%'
**«|-^ hkhri-mctiog Idem • g"-«E,*r-5^ $na-san$
can ; ^urgi)'^ sa-la pliyag-htshal (Mnon.).

Sp"! prog or 3-sn ze-prog the crest of a
cock Cs.

5f*T9 prog-shu or 5T9 phrog-shu

^'"^ cod-pan ornamental helmet,
the kind of crown worn by Vais'ravana
the king of the north.

Syn.

mi,o-rgyan; S5'j ^ dbu-rgyan

measure : W^ dpag-med or
^ij'ucs dpag-ym measureless, immeasurable.
«^W|-*iij dpa-g-thag measuring string or tape ;
y«]-£i dpag-pa m fathom; ^TSN ^«<7-
%«* ^} measurable ; ywj'g"! dpag.-bral
f^»m, f^TTH n. of a number, ^iij'^gsw
dpag-hbyams id.

^«i|-^ dpag-tshad ifam ace. to (7*.
4,000 fathoms, hence a geographical mile;
dpay-cen a distance of 5,000 fathoms.

Qpag-fod or «^w Z)^aA n. of a
village in Kham belonging to the estate
of JW^'il6-' Kun-bde g.lin, i.e., to one of
the four great Ling monasteries of Lhasa
(Lon. », 16).

«;qfl|-q«»4 dpag-bsam «fW thought, ima-
gination, wish. ^KfWW^fl1^1 dpag-bsam
hk/iri-fin ^Wigw or ^S^o^lfrWi the wishing
tree, the tree of cogitation ; n. of a fine
poetical work written by Kshemendra on
the exploits and glories of Buddha. This
work occurs in full in the Tangyur, in
the 93rd vol. mdo section ; the text and a
synopsis of the whole work in Tibetan
have been published under the editorship
of Sarat Chandra Das, C.I.E., by the

Asiatic Society of Bengal.
dpag-bsam Ijon-pa SROT^R the wishmg-
tree ; one who is very charitable and gives
alms to all beggars.

dpays 1. parched barley meal
made into sop or balls by soaking in tea
or soup. 2.=3fa'5i nos-pa ^ffqrjg [to accu-
mulateJS. 3. = *$=.- ^jyj depth. ^ij-w
c,-q^qjT|N-^5) 3}^ in me said the herdsman
there is some depth (of mind) (A.

' dpan or ^=-'5f dpan-po 1. a wit-
ness, one able to attest or bear witness ;
also, a surety: 1S<K.1§\1 dpaA bycd-pa to
bear witness, to attest, v. *wj^ mnah ; *=•'
^w^-^ngq,-q to be sincere, to be con-
scious of speaking the truth (Jd.); VK/EW'
jpft^jrq ^ dpad-pos Ikog-rfian sa-iva-de (jar
gMfl^-irqp-^ causes the ends of law to
be thrown to the winds) the witness that
receives secret gratification (Gser-phrefi
16). Y^'^i^ dpad-du hgyur-wa to be
witness of ^'^ witness or proof for
the truth of ; a thing ; fTV*' rdsun-dpan
false witness (ScAtr). fafK C., one who is
a defendant's advocate ; *)'^e/ (or «^Je.'5)
I'S'i c. genit. or dat., to defend in a court
of justice (Ja.). ^wEi^'q dpafi-por clns-
pa asked to be a witness ;
hpher-wa to become witness.

Dpan-blo gro% brtan-pa n.
of a learned Lotsawa of Tibet.

^qc.^m-q dpan-dmah-ica low;
dpafi-mtho-u-a high.

^yc.»j dpafi§ <3*?fq height, ^t^'
su in height.

dpah or Y"*'1' dpah-wa JRT,
cTTtaH, ^>*ai 1. sbst. bravery
strength, courage ; also adj. brave, strong,

788

courageous ; V-"V8*W dpah-khumt weak,
strengthless, feeble, V^'J*'" dpah rgyat-
/>a=^weA'q very powerful, heroic, chival-
rous. VW*M dpah-mnah (fw^'fl) etrong,
powerful ; V^'S^ dpah-ldan brave. 2. in
W. taste, agreeable flavour.

rgyal hjomt-pa to humiliate, to humble,
break the pride: «w8 'iw'i '* V '" 'VT

«*).

SW*q dpah-can 1. brave. 2. beauti-
ful. 3. TF. savoury (</«.).

V*'S* tfpah-dar scarf presented to one
who has distinguished himself by valour
and success in any undertaking.

«^i<Vflfi*i d.pah-ffdam = y^*-' long knife, a
sword.

^wi ^pah-pa, a medicinal plant with
root resembling that of a radish.

V*'H 4pah-po heroic, ^w'?'^''! dpah-po
diil an epithet of Bhimasena the second
Paudava (4f^o».). VwZfi'« dpah-po dsa-
nia an epithet of Parafurama (Mfion.).
tfn.-ti vi\'» dpah-po lay-pa w<4^< [the fra-
grant oleander] S. ; n. of a medicinal
plant and flower (Jlffon.).

Vwq dpah-ica 4Vr, «Mf<«'l an ascetic ;
a steady person ; v. ante V*. ^^S steadi-
ness, valour.

dpah-bo ^\K, S£T 1. an intrepid
chivalrous person, hero, a fearless strong
man, a demi-god. 2. brave, heroic : $'ilfa'
^y^'5 Rta-mgrin dpah-wo brave Tamdin !
according to some ^^'S'S^'Q dpah-bo chen-
po is same as ^E-'^1'! bon-nag aconite : *{**:%'

saffron (Mfion.).
lya-rog

bya-rog nor-bu, ^"f^'Z "i*.'^ A'sfa dkar-po
yar-hdren re-gkor, etc. (Swan. 350).
^qn-JS iK dpah-bo set; an officinal plant of
bitter taste. ^w95'*^ dpuh-bohi-rgyud.;
fltfc, jrfjT of chivalrous spirit, heroic and
noble-birth.

Syn. fw^ itobg-chen ; 3Y** gyad-mi ;
pha-rol-gnon; ^'
gtum-pahi dpufi-pa-can ;
rnam-g.non-can ; flRJ^'KX'q?^ gyul-fior brtan ;
l»rq-»!«; tshim-pa med,; WJ^Ij tli<tl-b<itin
hgro; &tpxi^ hjigt-med,;
bral; vq%'* bag-mi tsha;
^a mi-rnftah] ^WE,-*)^ Ham-ntt med;

can ;

|-^'i rtttl-photfpa; ^'"1=-'*^ cfiu-gafi can ;
5lfe.-q mi-hyofi-wa ; ^wX«-gc.- hthab-chos
ft. (Miloit.).
^w9'q«^ dpah-bo brgyud. an epithet of
Vishnu (^OM.).

•>w5S <^T**.*i dpah-pohi hdtty-ffafls the
manner of sitting of a /A» or minor
god (Fa-se/.).

|«\ d.pah-byed. 4fa [hero]S.

dpah-mo 1. heroine, also name of
a Yaksha queen (JT. 5-. \ 139). 2. v. *=•'!

«^w^q Qpah-rab n. of a country that
was ruled over by king Udayi (**V|) (K.
d. 1S3).

«^«-$q»r^-JHi«-ci tfpah-rlabs-dan bcai-pa
W^Ttf'iNv [having violent waves; the
ocean] 5.

I : !)/)«/ JTOT^, «njr^ n. of a
medicinal tree Qthe tree Gmelina arbo-
rea}S.

Syn. S3i'si«'l!ne-- kun-nat b&afi; 5'»r»K^
lo-ma rridar; flfJ-?-^q $brafi-rtsihi Mab;

789

lo-ma-bsan sprod-byed;
dpal-gyi lo-ma (Mnon.).

II : 1. i>,qft, 'ft, *nf,*mr, w glory,
splendour, magnificence, abundance ; pros-
perity, talent. j^«*V*'i»'*i'"1^'*1 enjoy-
ing the utmost happiness (Glr.) ; as an
epithet, or part of the names of deities,
e.g., ^wr^w Dpal Idem a deity incarnated
in the Sikkim mountain peak of Pandim ;
n3j-q5'«^i«t welfare of all living beings.
3W S'V""'^^" or -TI to be the salvation,
the saviour of all beings (Glr.) ; V^'l V
dpal-skyed-pa, ^ff^K^fff g.shan-gyi
ran-gi dpal to work for the elevation of
others or for one's own. 2. nobility :
^urg-qflc-q privilege of nobility ; V^'l'"!^1
•^1 diploma of nobility ; <\w| iftvJfa-q one
having a diploma of nobility (Cs. )

Syn. fy'ft yon-tan ; "I^'il^ psi-brjitf ;
gnen-lons spyod (Mnon.).

$'-yq rgya-gug

(Mnon.).

Vwrjc Dpal-skyoti *rhl [the lord of
fortune, n. of Vishnu ; also a king]&.

dpal-khyad=^«( dpal (Jd.).

Dpal-hkhor btsaa n. of an
early king of Tibet, the son of king Gnam-
Ide Sod-srun (Lon. *•, 8).

I YWT*J* dpal-gos 1. ini lotus flower
(Mnon.). 2. ^kw [dwelling with S'rl, n.
of Vishnu]-S. ^twjj-q^-si^ dpal-gyi behug
mtshan another epithet of Vishnu (Mfion.).

*i«w-g^«-g Saj-^-^-q dpal-gyi dum-bu
tsan-dan dkar-po «aM*W ^t'aii? white san-
dal-wood.

^9)-|-KH|-q <fpal-gyi phag-pa ^t?Tif [' the
divine boar,' a n. of Vishnu]/S. «^«r§ ^t\
dpal-giji bda/j ^tffa another epithet of
Vishnu (Mtion.).

dpal-gyi hdab-ma can as
met. = lotus flower (Mfion.).

^W'5'3 dpal-gyi-bu met. horse (Mnon.).

^qnr|-q^ 3pal-gyi behu ^^w noose of
love, n. of a gem [a particular mark or
curl-hair on the breast of Vishnu]<S.

«^m|-^ Dpal-gyi ri *rhr4a [n. of a
mountain mentioned by Bhavabhuti in
his Malatimadhava]$. Also a mountain in
Southern India where Nagarjuna is said to
have spent his last days absorbed in deep
meditation. Also a mountain with a
monastery in Tsang, opposite Dong-tse,
built by an incarnate lama of the Nying-
ma school.

^tinr§-aw|-£i dpal-gyi lag-pa ^*r; an
epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.). vw!-«W!'^'*i
d.pal-gyi-lag-ldan-ma or ^Wf"! dpal-$tug =
^ sho curds.

^ another

dpal-mgrin
epithet of Vishnu (Mnon.).

dpal-mchog dan-pohi
ryyud. n. of a book (in K. y. ), 29/t).

«;qq-i(giNg Dpal-ytum-po n. of a spirit-
king of very frightful appearance (K. g.

dpal-gter or tfW'^ dpal-gter an
epithet of Nam-sras or Vais'ravana
(Mnon.).

dpal-stug ^rte«T majestic.
=•' Dpal-sdehi rd-ioA n. of a small
fort and Jong situated on the north
margin of Yamdok-lake a few miles to
the south-east of Khamba-La and on the
road to Lhasa from Gyantse (Lo&. *, 1£).
The Jesuit missionaries who visited Tibet
in the 18th century A.D. on their way
to Lhasa passed this place and called the
great lake after the name of the fort.

790

E.- Dpal-$de shab&-dntn n. of
aNyingma sage of Yamdok district, a
great expert in Tantrik ritual and author
of the work *&S*««. By his infl ence
with the lake-deities the Jong-Gar
Mongol invasion of this district was re-
pulsed and 1,000 Mongol soldiers drowned
in the Yamdok Tsho.

dpal-rdo-rje-hjiys
n. of a book

byed. kyi-rgyitd
in K. g. », 46.

tfw. •e^'IVi Qpalrdo- rje-pdan
the ancient name of Buddha Gaya in
Behar : ^tWt^FfFW^H**^
(A. 26) to the east of Dorjedan is situated
the great country of Bangala.
dpal-hdab ^nTflT.

dpal-ldan ^\V^., *f\W, adj. glo-
rious ; also as sbst. one possessed of glory,
abundance, wealth, property, talents, &c.;
is a common title by which every Bud-
dhist is privileged to be addressed. V""'
^•H 3\nft possessed of glory, and
charms, noblewoman.

"SWS^W1^' Dpal-ldan khray-hthun=-
«(gwtr^t Dgyet-pa rdo-rje an epithet of
a wrathful Buddhist deity of the Tantra

class (Mnon.).

i^argjaj-c^ffo Dpal-ldan dus-hk/tor 'fftara-
^nr an epithet of the Adi Buddha

(Mnon.).

ym-gj^Ag*rs"i Dpal-ldan hbras-gpuns

jfarzfStt l-"n- of an ancient Buddhist

monastery in Orissa (near modern Katak).

2. The great monastery of Daipung near

Lhasa (S. kar. 180).

^•gi^-w dpal Idan-ma ^\^§\ ; 1- polite
term for the female sex. 2. n. of a
Yakshim, queen of the Yakslia demi-gods
(K. <]•

«V« dpal-ldan $mad ryyud-pa
c.' ryyud-smad yrwa-tshan n. of
the Tantrik section of the Gahdan monas-
tery (Lot. *, 17).

^qargia^ 35 Dpal-ldan Lha-mo is a god-
dess of terrific aspect famous for her
bloody and licentious deeds, but at the
same- time a constant and redoubtable
championess of Buddhisim. She is the
analogue of the Indian goddess S'rlmati
Devi ; and by the Mongol Tatars is known
as Ukin Tcgri. In all large Tibetan
temples Paldan Lhamo is to be found
presiding over the 0'* or wrathful deities.
Her several names are : — ty %'*£* lha-mo
uma ; ^'35'^wS> lha-mo of mar-mo ; & W~?
tsa mun-di; ^S'wp-fl'i^ Hia-mo jjnr-na-yi
pa ri; ^'jsT^'a)'*''5 ri-krod lo-ma ca; ty'*
f^ ?3 ^c,-g c. »< lha-mo dkar-mo dun-skyon
ma • g|«'ci8w»^«i|'*< spas-pahi thai mdog-ma ;
i'*^'»i khro-yner-chan-ma ; ft'iWpf^*'^
mi-pham khro-g.ncr ro-lans ma ; ^1'
nay-mo re-ma-ti: §^-ej'«iW^S«i srin-

po dmar-hdab ; ^'*'5^''1!^^^ phur-wahi Iha
(fscr-can; ^•"•"l^'S'^^ih'*1 srid.-pa »
yyi-Vo-hphroy-ma ; "i^^^
ya-mMian hplirul-gyi &<;oy-pa can ;
^•* dpal lha-mo nag-mo ; ^"« WQ'1* dpal-
Idanhphyi-ma; ^^^ yay-^a rc-ma-U;
fl^W'S"!'* srid-gsum ryyal-mo ; ^'i'^1'*1!3)
rdo-rje ^log-ma sprin; tf&*1***V*\1«
hdod-pahi khams-kyi dwan-phyiui-ma; $'%'
^•gl/ia-mo i»an-dsu; V*^'*p% dmay-soi-
rgyal-mo ; ty ^••^v\'^'» lha-mo dmag-zorma ;
*TI % •^E.-qaf ryyal-mo Idin-bzan.

^tw^q dpal-hdal ^It^T [the plant
Premna spinosa, the lotus.]^.

•SWd^ dpal-lehu 3ft^l« love noose. [1-
Vishnu. 2. a particular mark or curl of
hair on the breast of Vishi?u.]S.

791

dpal-byed vr&* [the third of the
Papdava brothers.])?.

^qaingk, dpal-hbyor 1. glory, effulgence,
grandeur: "K^Wlfa glory of light
(A. K. 111-36). 2. W. strawberry.
3. is a common personal name for men.

Dining* dpal-hbras *n<*<s woodapple (K.

<•

d. ^,^27). mtziRj several plants such as
Momordika mixta.

Dpal-spas *f)ya n. of a house-
holder who at the institgation of Kshapa-
naka laid a foul plot to kill Buddha
who miraculously frustrated his designs
and converted him to Buddhism (K. d. »,
417).

V*1' g^ dpal-sbyin ^ffefl ; = Kuvera.
V«r35 Dpal-mo ^fl^n, 'ghrfssar she that
has sprung from the ocean of milk, in
certain Tantras set down as the Yum or
Nitg-ma (sakti or female energy) co-opera-
tive with Spyan-ras-gzigs (Avalokites'vara).

fftso ^Kcn: bolder.
dpal-yon [1. T&J fortunate. 2.
the fruit of Diospyros embryolteris.~\S.

icahi-snin-po
n. of a book in K. g. v, 139 much used
by the Nyingma school.

^wr«iwq-<^»rci Dpal-ffsan-u'a hdus-pa qv-
«Krai n. of a Tantra which is considered
as a standard Tantrik work of the North-
ern Buddhists.

SS^'^P"" 1- *^ host, great number;
as vb. to collect, assemble, pf . «^=.N dpuns.
"1*''1^ (Mfion.) force, troops, army;
or 'S^'*^'^ ^gr»r-^R>Tg are the
following four kinds of troops : —
cavab-y; g]c.'9'3S'S<i]»j elephant;

chariots ;

ip* dpufi-yi dkyil-hk/tor^Ky^ dmag-
dpufi army, troops (BLfion.) ; ^e, -3) -»^-g
dpun-gi mgon-po = *W*fi^ dmag-dpon com-
mander, general (Mflon.) ; ^c. •$*$* dpufi-
gi gnen friend, protector, defender, assis-
tant; ^e.'§)'£i|*» dpun-gi tshog S*"1!'^6-'
army; ^'W hostile army; ^3=-'^« or
aUies.

dpun-rgyan or

a bracelet worn on the upper arm]S.
-^ an ornament for the arm;
ai-m-ornament made of pre-
cious stones (A. K. 1-10}.

dpun hjum-pa (Sch.) to
contract the arm.

dpun-gnen ircnrcr [last resort]S.
dpun-ldm — ^ri <s&& mountain.
dpun-ynon reinforcement.

dpun-pa 1. ^T^, ^ the
shoulder; the upper part of the arm.
W^=*\g^'"!v«tff dpun-pahi hgo or %y
phrag shoulders (Mnon.}. ^gcera^' dpun-
pa rkan shoulder-blade ; ^gs.'i'|»»'£i dpun-pa
rgyas-pa tftsf^iY fleshy shoulder ; ^g^'tcmqj-ti
dpun-pa lay-pa upper and lower arm
(<?».) ; ^'F* on the shoulder ; ^ge.-«r
V^'^" both the shoulders and hips (8.
g.}. ^g^wg dpun-pahi-bu ^TT^: [arms or
pertaining to arms]. 2. Trfr, w a heap,
anything piled up together.

^•tn-|fl- Dpun-pas-byin an epithet of
the great Yeru Tsang-po of Tibet (Mnon.}.

fantry (A. U9).

skycs born of the hand, n. of a king
(Mnon.).

Ww^rflF"*'^ dpun-bsan tjis-8/tug
pahi-rgyud n. of a Tantra in which there

792

ai-e descriptions of mystic vows, the
method of preserving one's vows, manner
of meditation and that of ejaculating
charms (K. g. *, bO).

^sjK.-fl|!fa dpufi-fiyoi re-inforcement of
troops, also sending of troops to fight.

K\9*<'£1f*'t' d.pu$-bsyi/ur-wn, 3^")"! "$*-• Or
it1) to exchange or dispose of articles:
«15f^K**ril»«i-w I ql?!I!»<''S3*<'l'f ^"l^' with
the exception of very rare articles it
would be necessary to sell off on Govern-
ment account (D. fel. 11).

\Q*:'Wl nil-tear /tjiil-ica ?8ffl,
1. sampl", specimen, example,
pattern : S^M for instance ; ^ A** 8»< 'W d -
dper byeg-nas taking this for a sample
(Zain.). 2. way of doing anything,
method: |V<Pll^r4^1MI it was from
China that methods of reckoning arose;
<\t)'3^'*, according to what method, plan,
example; ^S^^fi a way that may be
followed, a good example. 3. a parable,
analogue, simile, illustration. 4. a book :
TS*>, "I'P^'^ A-B-C book, primer ; 3*)'"^ resp.
for S^ ; $* ^> yum-dpe original of a book ;
«j4^2| bu-dpe copy of a book ; *ptf list of
books; S^w book-cover; ^fwi to
write, to compose; ^*l'«HJ'i to copy a
book; SJ)'q^*' copied manuscript ; ^UXwi
to stitch a book ; ^ '^"I end of a book,
^'"l dpe-ka a little book (Jii.).

*fi'f>z.' dpe-khaA library; book-seller's
shop.

^ H dpe-khri a table to put books on,
a bookstand.

+ S^'^BS dpe rnkhyud fond of books.

*\1'*1 dpe-rgyug or ^'S"!*4 book-lesson.

^•g dpe-sgra in W. speech (Ja.).

^8)'* dpe-cha jpsra in colloq. is the
common word for book.

' dpe-brjod ^<rr?T^ (Mnon.) 1.
example, comparison: ^)'«jTvti5igorg»i <3?r-
T^n 9tiN by way or means of example ;
^'"lY9Yq to compare, to cite an example.
2. paradigm, example in Gram. (Jd.)

^'SS dpe-byad. ^g««)^H proportion,
symmetry, beauty (Jd.). [In the Lalita-
vistara it occurs as meaning " secondary
marks of perfection."]/S. ^'SV*^ dpe-lyad.
can well-proportioned ; V> 'SS'^^'^'tij^'S
the eighty physical perfections of Buddha
(^•J^. 336).

«^'*>«; Dpe-med n. of a city in ancient
India (Jig.).

^•»K,-q dpe-med-pa ^^TTT incompara-
ble, unique, unexampled; an epithet of
Buddha. Also personal name.

•^•«w dpe-yas (gf*.«) ^stRW n. of a
number.

J dpen-pa is used for
l>h<ifis-pa or ^'t*' yid-hon ^tf^i charming,
very handsome ; useful.

•>«>M dper-na or S^ dpvr swifa, X^fmt
for example ; v. sub. «$ dpc. ^9^'»(^ dper-
mtshon = f\^'e><it''\'» setting example. ^'<*ie.
d.per-yad 'sq»nfi( [even comparison]<S'.
^ZK-qf^-q dper-brjod-pa fit for being an
example.

^^'^l dpog-pa pf. ^«|»i dpays, fut.
Sqal dpaij, to measure, to apportion, to fix :
or ^"I'S'*^'" immeasurable
immensely large, very much ;
infinite grace ; si^VT*^ to show
mercy <^3«|-q tsliad-dpoy-pa to fathom ;
ij^'^oi'^'q fathomless ; ^'S£i|>l'»)^Qil mean-
ing comprehensible or not. ^5«|-n|f =$-«iajiJc
^5'" (in the dialect of Amdo) to cross a
river. V*^Vs(ifl^ft-i« unfordable,
a river or lake that cannot be crossed over.

793

S M <T*I an elegant composition that
is added to a letter to make the meaning
of the writer clear, pathetic, or forcible
(D. yd. 20) : *|«rl^Zivf w^m* gal-che
dpod-rtsom byufi-rigt.

dpon or *\3^'2i d.pon-po SRT, Tffjj(
chief; master, lord; overseer of
working-men, foreman, leader. ^2J^-Hj»r
^fq^irt^q i g| |^*rij|^c,-i^ i if a ma8ter
does not want his servant, he should pay
his wages and dismiss him ; ij^ij'Q*!^^'

servant does not like his master, he should
give up his wages and go away. |j*w^5sj
is the title of the second judge at Lhasa ;
$"'*^ rtsi-dpon chief accountant ; 1^«5^
Gar-dpon chief administrative officer of
the districts of Gartok and Eudok in W.
Tib. ; ?E.'<\^ leader of a thousand soldiers ;
*»«^Efy in C. modern word for general,
and ^"1*1'^ fydegs-dpon the same as
^c.^5^ (Jti.) |'S&^ §pyi-d.pon a general
manager in a monastery : ^'^I'f^'l'
^•5)^ etc-j etc., that man in this world
(is fit) to be Spyi-dpon who is noble in
birth, wealthy, magnanimous, who is
anxious for his personal gain, very modest
in his speech, etc. *)'V3^ prefect ; S'T'^
master mason ; ?t'^ rdsofi-dpon, colloq.
Jong-poit, district administrative officer
who possesses civil and quasi-military
jurisdiction ; §'\%*\ ru-dpon commander of
250 troops; IK'W ^H-^iiu school-master
also title of the more learned lamas;
«qJ5«r^Zi^ kitchen steward who arranges the
food of a Grand Lama or of the head
lama of a large monastery ; i^ar^ciac
^'3 chief steward of the food of the
Dalai Lama of Lhasa, who is assisted
by four sub-stewards. *&**'$ dpon-skya

[an honourable and distinguished
BUU&3&

^'vS\ dpon-hrjo^*^'^ chief governor,
ruler, lord (Mfion.).

dpon-po v. «^ dpon.

WMOWn>inistres8, chieftainess :
she is my ruler.

^'^ dpon-med free (Cs.).

^•^ dj>on-yo£ standing under master
or mistress.

*^'<*e,- dpon-tshafi physician (Schtr.).

dpon-gyog master and servant :
kon-jo dpon-g.yo(j Princess
Kongjo and her suite ((?//-.)

^2j^iw dpon-rabs genealogy of kings,
chiefs or governors : V*rii)'S-3jErci5'^Eiai'^qN
the genealogy of the dynasty of Phag-
mo-grub (Jig.).

^•«-g-»» dpon-sa bla-ma = \lf%'s< the
high priest ; a hierarch (D.R.).

*\^'^q dpon-slob 1. for ^^'Ei'^'^'w.
2. title of the petty feudal governors
ruling in Bhutan. 3. = «^';>E-'i]!fal dpon-
dafi ffyog (Rtsii.).

dpor-wa pf. and fut. *{**> dpar
to dictate (Cs.).

tribute, tax, duty: «;
to impose a tax (Td. 21, 11).
dpya-khral=*\*F>'$'* government revenue :
W^'^wfASU^'ijV^ft*! he established
the custom of raising revenue for Govern-
ment (Lofi. «-, 27). sa'««r-«i dpya hjal-wa=
H«i^w-q or HT^-q or B"'^'£| k^'al sprod-
pa payment of revenue (Mfion.) ; sa'^'g*'
4pya-bla sky eg swnj [revenue, tax, tollJS.

-a = a>$3 hphya-u-a.

101

dpyaA-wa to dangle, to let
down, to make hang down, vb. a., pf . «$*.«
gpyans imp. JJ*.* pyans also *$*•*> dpyofig ;
*&•'**!, ^3=.'«"i cord or rope, by which a
thing is suspended ; hence fig. Sql'H'I^-^5K'
*«l'*fS<;i (Thgr.) ; ^if^fft'^-^-^ let down
a thick rope ; ^S^'wrfrVi to swing (one's
self) ; ^S^'*^ dpyaft-dar scarf attached to
pillars in a temple or monastery or to flag-
poles, etc. (Rtsii.).

and its compounds, v. *(5'\'c'.

n- °f a Pla<*» in Tibet
(Deb. \ 14).

explained as «I^ '13*'
to throw blame upon
another, to impute guilt to another person.

S3«'3 dpyag-po fault, blunder; S^'^
(fpyas-can faulty, blameable ; «\S*<'*><\ 4pyas-
med. faultless, blameless (Cs.) ;
4pya$ hiioy$-pa to blame (Td.).

the belly ; (also

rkaft-pahi dpyi-mig. Ua-bu ace. to
Cs. = % yiyi) hip; «£'!* dpyi-zur, 'Q'*>*
dpyi-rus hip-bone ; %**<I1 dpyi-mig socket
of the hip-bone perh. also vulg. = hip
(Ja.); <&-**\ dpyi-mgo=?Z* hip.

. = V« grace (Tig. 64).
2. TO*, T^f, also ^S'^ the spring
season. «&S'!l'?'3 dpyid-kyi pho-na ifW^a
the messenger of the spring, the cuckoo;
S^S'4 dpyid-zla months of spring ; "&V4'*'
$t- dpyid-zla tha-chufi ^m the month of
March-April ; ^'a^l6-^ dpyid-sla hbriA*
po §* April; «N§<\'4'^<i dpyid-sla ra-pa
February-March.

the last, the end,
dpyi$ pyin-pa to

bring to an end, finish;
tahig-don mthar phyin-pa to arrive at the
final conclusion as to the meaning of a
word or that of. any object or business.

Syn. *wv|<n mthar phyin-pa; *yv
hphya-pa (Situ. 41).

*\5fq dpyo-ica to change (Sch.).

.-q dpyofi-tca perh. primitive form of
dpyafi-ica (Jd.).

fi* explained as ^a'*"Iw'^'
mrVI^Tl| difficulty in
stretching or contracting the legs from
pain in the hip-joint.

conclusion:

1 4l>yod-pa pf. and fut.
dpyatf-pa to investigate, to examine into,
to test by reasoning ; l;\3V§'Vq dpyad-byed-pa
to test, moke an examination of ; to diag-
nose medically ; dpyad-na on examination ;
^rTSSv to examine anything ;
fyrtag-dpyad investigation, inquiry ; §
*\f\^ f separately examining it ; ^'S
to inspect the mountains (Olr.) •
««'J)«-£) to know that this inspection will
turn out favourably (Olr.) ; ^'"WSV1* to
treat medically : ^3S'*»'«i'S then the mother
(not the child) must be placed under
medical treatment (Jd.) ; JWWV'^pwi
skilful in medical science (Dzl.) ; ^yv
*rf*w dpyad-mtshamt minute rules, also
close inquiry ; ^3Vft grounds for inquiry,
also elements on which an investigation
can be based, i.e., the evidence ; •\3t\'c'5'g|Jj
dpyad-pahi yul an object or a subject of
examination; *$'V-*|*ici to ascertain, to
come to a conclusion upon : JTsfa'JS>w3v
qy?fe^ra-^pf*ramrM^ that which the
king and his ministers do not unravel
must be decided by means of powerful
drugs (i.e., by the test or ordeal of poision).
rnam-dpyod =%<&'* bio-grog.

795

= vp**'t* learned, discreet, posses-
sed of judgment: ^frfij'^ltrojv'fc'^^Jr
*^\ elegant description full of well-judged
thoughts (Yig. k. 49).

«3V*t| Dphod-pa-pa 1. wRi n an-
ci nt India a sect of philosophers. 2.
one bringing on a reconciliation between
two parties ; an arbitrator.

*\y\ 'i Dpyod-la n. of a Tibetan minis-
ter : SjVQ^sf<VIJ''':-'n<1fr 0 minister Dpyod-la,
do listen to me (Ilbrom. 110).

dprag-chags, in

J ^ dpral-wa WITS the forehead, the
brow: qfW^MW^wftrt^f, X^y

HftftjC-Hp; | ne who has two wrinkles on
the expanse of his forehead will live
sixty years, etc. ^'•^'fl'2' dpral-mgo
$tug-po = *£**i*\c* lit. a thick-headed, a
shameless person ; shamelessness (Mnon.).
^qorsta) dpral-ntig 51* TZ ^W the third eye,
the eye of knowledge [one who has got an
eye on his forehead, n. of S'iva]$. ^ar^M
dpral-ril wm^p a seotarial mark or circlet
on the forehead ; SSi'"'"!'?} dpral-yyu=^\^'t^
the turquoise that a Tibetan woman wears
on her forehead ; ^pri^l^'ifr"'1 dpral-g.yu
ffser-skon-pa a turquoise mounted on gold
and overhanging the forehead (Bfsii.).
^m-q-e.^-q W. luckless person.

Syn. J^'iR*! rgyan-gnas ; Sflj-^ mig-
hdsin (Mfion.).

fj£jai-?«i ^vrr^, vn^ [character, a mark
on the head]<S.

^g 4pri tfhr* cream also gen. por-
ridge made of milk and rice.

SS'T^g*' dprul-dprul in dprul-dprul la
gtoft-wa to hang one's self (Jo.).

1 lpags-pa the outer skin or fur
of an animal ; a leath «rn strap ; also less
frq. the bark of a tree. When this word
is joined to another word the surmount-
ing v is sometimes dropped : f "1'g^w 5%.
Ipags tiger's skin, •^'g'l'N yun-lpags bark,
peel, •a'gijN wa-lpays fox skin. g"i»r^-n
!pag§-ldan-ma ^^, ^g^ [covered
with hides or skins ; also, the n. of a river
which flows through Bundelkhand into
the Ganges, the modern ChambaljS.
gqpwti^ lpags-pa mnen of soft skin, a
name for the birch tree (f T^c.') (Mfion.) ;
y^rvqfeTO^ Ipgas-pa-yser-mdog ^rj ara;
the golden bark; gim'^'qw*^ Ipags-pahi
las-can ^j^ dealer in leather, a shoe-
maker.

Ipags-pahi hdab-chags-can
bat, the skin-winged animal.

Syn. *W pita-waft ; gijvgs Ipags-byehu
(Mfion.).

|j spa 1. Jjaj'wj ornament, equipment ;
that which beautifies. 2. ^r bamboo,
cane: B'V* spa-hkhar, a'fH $pa-lcagt,
a'*^1 spa-dbyuy walking-cane. 3. hair-
dressing; U'w^'fi one who is skilled in
dressing hair. Spa-lo (l)=s|q*ra spobs-pa;
(2) ^•^•tff|^^ri^t«f»r«r) the hair
dressed and tied in a round ball on the
crown of the head of the civil officers of
Tibet. j«p*nr*»if ^""Wfrt1^ (D. ffl.
11) hair-tea, i.e., tea, &c., served to officials
on every occasion of their dressing their
hair.

n-pag^'i to frighten (Gyal.) ;
showing the tongue to frighten.

H'^"\ fpa-skor hoop of a cask (Schtr.).

796

a'H Spa-gro n. of the seat of the Gover-
nor of West Bhutan called Paro (Lofi.

yul-yul-du

gyur jealousy, envy. B'^'^'i* $pa-goft
y>d-bsad par gyur
incurs blaming, *i4
becomes sad or sorry] 5.
cj q«^- sp\f $e.- q-$*W jjw wife.' q'^'g- ^E.' q

when the sons of gods of lesser merits
should see that, they will become envious.

S'J'"!6'' tpa-cu-gafi ^'ira^n [bamboo
manna] S.

8'** spa-ehal or fl'W spra-cal ($V&'C«!«)
restless, cannot remain in one place.

tjx Spa-ti n. of a section of the monas-
tery of Sera; a 5 ^"l**^ the section or
community of Pati in Tsang (Loft.

', 16).

fj 7^ #>a-W match, v. vfa p/ia-til (Jd.).

B'V'' fpa-dofi or B'?*- spa-ldoft little cask,
made of bamboo ; in Sikk. vessel made of
bamboo to carry milk or water.

8'" #>a-jt>a = VTQ drag-po (8^-«i»)'«
byin-chags-pa) IftVI.

ipa-bbrum n. of a fruit: a'g*<'*H»<'

X.

8 '« gpa-ma juniper, Juniperus squamosa •
and some other small species.

gj^q Spa-tsfiab n. of a place in Upper
Tibet (Tig. 8).

a'°*3« ff>fl-y» JW'?? irar* [a small
stake]5.

8'^ ?pa-ra n. of a village to the north-
west of Lhasa (Lofi. *, 12).

8^ spa-ri n. of a kind of cotton cloth
(Rtsii.).

a'^t»' spa-refit ("I) (phag) pig, hog.

!PI spag ^waw^ ; bailey paste balls,
barley meal moistened with butter or tea.
tff&f rtsam-pahi Ito barley food ; 81'^'
«ijf«» tpag-ltar bsnos or *!?•* brdsis mixed
in dough (flag. 43). ai'q spag-pa 1. to
sop up with meal or bread, to soak up
gravy (Jd.). 2. = i|"w«, f>snos-pa ['aqflnitf
to accumulate] <S. 81'^^ spag-phor a bowl
made of wood or metal to hold barley
meal.

TCJ spags-pa 1. = a" " fioo-wa to shift,
to transfer one's self: «W^'aql* remove
elsewhere; l^'^'lf*1 to go elsewhere (Situ.
99). 2. pickle, pottage, sauce, gravy:

|JC* spud 1. board, plank, colloq.
also a slab, slate, flag ; a^'jf ejxufi-ego board
or panel of a door ((7s.) ; i|c.'B bookstand
(Schtr.) 2. soft springy turf yielding
to the feet, a*-'2* spad-po=& boggy
marshy flat, a moss ; also ^'S^' chv-tpafi
(Cs.).

8^'^'w* Spafi-skofi. Tsho the well-known
Pang-kong Lake on the Tibeto-Ladak
frontier, stretching due east towards the
immediate north of Rudok. It com-
prises three oblong sheets of water con-
nected by narrow necks, together making
a fine lake over 100 miles in length.
gc.'96.'gi| J"*'*^ gpafi-gkofi phyag-rgyahi
tndo a Sutra occurring in K. d. *, 1-50
and containing an enumeration of the
epithets of Buddhas, Bodhisattvas, etc.,
and also the method of confession of sins.
It is said to have fallen from heaven on
the roof of the palace of king Lha
Thothori.

a marsh

(Rdsa.).

797

spafl-khebs an apron, a piece of
cloth that covers a lady's breast : |^'*i |«"
H^«w*ij|-*«KWq with her tears she wet her
apron and the small table before her (A.
128).

?pafi-rgyan n. of an autumnal
flower that grows along with grass. There
are three kinds of it: (1) a^'VI*'2'
white species (VT1^ 3] ^"V^"1 wni°h cures
poison and affections of the throat) ; (2)
Ufj^jj^Zi gpafi-rgyan §fion-po the blue
species ; (3) H^'J^I'Q spafi-rgyan nag-po
the black species *g*<^<i|-*«^'jr<tf»« which
cures black pox and inflammatory fever.

Syn. ^'SS'Jj'2^ ri-bohi rna-rgyan; !3^'§"
*|« kun-tu gas ; B^VI'T^ k/tyab-hjug
pdan-pa ; flWW'j*! pshan-lag rgyal; "W
gtJuut-ffyit mi-thub ; q'gc.'g'N ba-plafi
fr'S'*''?'1! ston-gyi me-tog (Mfion.).
ipafi-u-a 1. v. ifc'q spofi-wa. 2.
re-adjustive, elastic, spongy.
spaft-war-bya HymT [fit to be left

1. the plant
Nardostachys jatamamsi. 2. ^Y*5^1 the tree
Nauclea cadamba.

Syn. B'«^ spu-can; ^"l^'3£i«^ dkah-thub
can ; <*ge.'Q5 Aacq hbyufi-pohi ral-ica ;"|5'5j«'Hi
drehi sras-po (Mnon.).

gc. JJij $pafi-bog piece of turf, sod ; a1-'"
fpafi-ma gw blue vitriol.

gc.»< tpafi-ma ^fSaN, ^^^ verdure,
green colour ; a* pot-herb : He.'*w$'iK'ij*f^K.'

Syn. |jE.'«5'8fl|-g^ spafi-mahi mig-sman ;
^ rtsa-can mgrin ; K^'3 $fion-po ; »'
9 *^ rma bya-can ; aK.'»r§>i-») spafi-ma drul-
tna; tfSwwqc.- bco$-pa la$-byufi (Mfion.).
atf9^ tpafi-shun verdigris (Sc/i.) Also=
T tshon-lfafi kha green paint (Rtsii.).

$paft-leb ifTTr^te [1. a shield. 2. one
who observes a particular religious penance
peculiar to Buddhists, viz., rubbing the feet
backwards and forwards on the edge of a
sword made red-hot] S.

§pafi,-leb-khafi «M<ft^g^ [the
stand on which a Buddhist priest keeps his

** fpafi-se n. of a bird (Rtsit.).

spafis a^rnr 1. pf. of '«i to aban-
don ; a^*'? spafi$-te giving up. Sometimes
intrs. of «^« dpang. 2. n. of a place in
Tibet (Deb. *\, 33) ; a^«'a'«l|l'»ij^'!!i $pafi§-
mi phag mgon-po n. of a celebrated Lama
of Tibet born at ge.*i Spafis (Deb. *\33).

-q $paii$-mtho-wa <s^ high, eleva-
ted.

gc.*rEj spafis-po ^nr^ [renunciation of
everything, freedom]^.

fl^^'S $pafti-bya ^iqn, wg^r anything
very bad, worthy of being abandoned.

fj^ spad only in f'as pha-spad father
and children ; cf . the more frq. *TJR ma-
amad. Lex. (Jd.).

'^ Span-spun brothers, relatives (Cf«.).

spabg l.ssjm-qJ-um-Ji rrf(^ brtsigs-
pa. 2. in ^a*"" rna-$pab$ ear-wax.

=«Sm'«i mdses-pa or
beautiful, nice, good: ^'g
(Rdsa.).

also $*.'% tpar-mo "the
grasping hand," pan, claw; ^f% a handful,
as much as may be contained in the
closed hand. S^'l6. spar-gad id.: *$'
t^fyVK-qy^f^qpt* the Kalyana
mitra (Buddhist scholar) sent one handful

798

more of the relics (A. 122). 8* "** 3qq to
strike with the paws ; a* •fV'^ ** to scratch ;
gvJfo'jj*)'1) spar-nwg fnant-pu to clutch,
grab at.

gpar-k/ta mystical marks on
tortoise-shell from which the Chinese are
said to have derived their knowledge of
divination. a^fS spar-brgyag the eight
diagrams of Chinese divination represent-
ed by the names of elements and certain
other things: /('=*> fire, k/ion = * earth,
rfra=!1« iron, khen = *\*i# sky, k/iam=$
water, gin = ^ hill «'n=^*° tree, and sun
= $*•' wind.

Spar-phu place in Tibet ; a*'*" a
celebrated lama of Phar-phu (Lon. », 29).

Ij^v'^l spar-ica 1. vb. v. §*>«> spor-ica.
2. to raise, increase, advance, promote ; ex-
cite, incite: W*\* ''fc'^H* q to lift up the
soul ; *f N g«k q to advance one's dignity or
rank ; *>'a*>'*» me fjmr-wa to excite or poke
up fire.

fj^'^J tpar-nM [a low-growing shrub

of very hard wood Mil. nt.~\ Jd.

<^ ^
\y Spi-ti is one of the Himalayan

hill-states, lying W.N.W. of Lahul;
greatly elevated and very sparsely popu-
lated.

' Spitj-rdsofi n. of a place in
.' bu-mohi tpiy-rdson.

; syn.

Tibet.

1. hair:

kun-naj from
every pore of the hair (Won.). ^8 mgo-
spu hair of the head ; f a kha-tpu the beard ;
"iV-'B g.dofi-spu hair of the face; ***^'B
mohan-tpu the hair of the arm-pits ; *V**'
8 hdon^-spu or (a-e^ spit-fan Os.) the hair

of the private parts ; £F'B bran-spu hair of
the chest ; i'a ba-spu the little hairs of the

plained ^'S '«I^HI ba-spu lads-pa (Mfion.).
g-gc.-^wg^-cj fpu-brid-shes byed-pa or 8'^**
*3\«F»i spii-rif hbyetf-mkfias knowing how
to judge cases on their own merits, i.e.,
not mixing up the facts of one case with
those of another, i.e., as the hairs of the
body remain separate and not mixed up
together (D. fel. 10).

B'F spu-kha 1. n. of a kind of cotton
cloth (Rtsii.). 2. colour, colour of horses
and other animals.

8'3'^ Spu-gu dor n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. i\,21).

8 '91 spu-griv*., T^T*J razor [T^T*T =
Saccharum spontanniiit]8.

a'S'l^'i spu-gri gan-wa n. of one of the
hells full of razors over the edges of which
sinners walk with bleeding feet.

fj'E tpu-ja n. of a kind of tea; but
perhaps = ft skra-ja, v. under 8 $P«-

ica shi-wa pacification of anger, frfi ?pu-
j^0;_g'qgc.-q Jihro-ira fkyufi-tca suppres-
sion of anger or ^w«r«Hjfll«'« to confess
suilt (Zam. 2^).

O »

a«"l spu-tfiay a rope made of hair
(Rtsii.).

a'3!"! spu-nag a term for the hairy-cattle
i.e., yak, yak-cow (Rtsii.).

8 '3'V*1 spu-Spa da-ma (§'|5'iar*r*$ n- °f
a fabulous plao3 in the abode of the Asura
(IT. d. *, 15).

a'|"I spu-pftrug ora§1 tpu-hrug a kind
of hairy blanket, also serge (Rtsii.).
w spu-gtsaft-ma v. a

799

8'^^ Spv-rans the Purang district in
S.W. Tibet.

a'** spu-ra yft a knife.
>»

a'^'9 spu-rifi Ha seems to be a fish
(Mnon.).

3 '^=.'5 spu-rin-po sm [the vulva; an
elephant.] 8.

3 '^* spii-n-ns with bristles on its body,
as met. a wild boar (Mnon.).

a'^' spit-Ion g^R>, ^€ [bristling of the

hairs; gladliS. (.4. K. l-5i)=fl'8'QIR''''J|

**

ba-spu lans-pa (Mnon.).

a * gi Spu-ho brag n. of a place and
rock-cavern in Tibet: a '^ gi'^l 5'S^ spuho-

"^ ~

4ra# thoy-tu byon he visited the top of the
rock of Spuho-brag (Jig.).

jj "n^I spu-fei amber ; but a '-*KJ" spu-yel-

N3

rte SRRE [Indian spikenard, Nardostachys
jafamansi; the root of Andropogon muri-

catus^S.

a'S"! spit-hrug a durable serge made of
soft hair or wool worn by all classes in
Tibet.

^j^| g/uuf/ (^'3"&) [<*$rM, eR*«i«T a kind
of gem}S.

fj^'^ spun-wa pf. a^*1'11 spuns-pa, imp.

i ?p«(*r3 1. to heap, accumulate, pile up ;
sa-rdo spuns-pa heaped earth and

stones; *g'5fljwgt*rti accumulated grain,

^ •» „ °

etc. 2. to fill up : pr^^THTpltl putting

(anything) into a vessel to fill it to the
brim. ^•1^'gwi Rirt-chen spuns-pa where
precious things have been accumulated
together or are heaped up ; a heap of pre-
cious stones; n. of a town in Tibet.

&.pwn» adj. (*K'3? 3?ij*i) <qq many.

spufis-pa-can ?^ [broad, ex-
panded] 8.

f]^ spud a hanging ornament, em-
broidery, equipment (Mnon.) ; a'V spud-pa
ornamented, decorated.

£j3j spun, also a^'| wra^v 1. usually a
x3 ' *

brother ; also, in general sense, brethren
and even of both sexes, i.e., children of
the same parents ; also of the same fathers
but of different mothers ; pf wwj'g^'qfyq
kho-ma cag spun pni$ we (his) two sisters
(Dsl. 180, 17); *ya«iW) ncd-spun gsunt

we (his) three brothers (Glr.) ; fi^'9'^a^'

>»

"|^fl Ithyed bu-mo spun ([sum you three sisters ;
*i'g^ brothers and sisters of the same
father ; ^'a^ ma-spun of the same mother
(Jd.) *(k<<, «*i(^«« [brothers of the same
parentsJiS. a^'jj sputi-skya or a^ i^9 spun-
zlahi-bu the son of one's brother. Another
meaning of a^'l spun-ssla or S**'l'a^ snam-

~o «

sla spun seems to be: the joint-husbands
of a woman ; two men of different parent-
age having one common wife. 2. bre-
thern in a figurative and more general sense,
as comrades, members of one religious
section in a monastery, persons with the
same tutelary deity, sets of ninepins, series
of brass cups all alike, etc., etc. ; ace. to Jd.
also : cousins, brothers and sisters by mar-
riage. a^'y= husks of winnowed grain,
cornwaste after brewing.

fJ^T^I spub-pa pf. a«w spubs, to reverse,

to turn upside down : P'at''£| kha spub-pa to
turn the mouth, face, or the top of a thing
upside down; 3*'^ 3^"" thur-du, spub-pato

•s»

plunge head-long downwards.

f]3^ spur or 9^ pur also g'a^ kit-spur,

N3

resp. for ^, ro dead body, corpse: a

800

Hi

gpur-byafis-pa C. to burn a dead body ;
g^-pe.- gpur-khafi house for keeping dead
bodies, or rather in most cases, the place
of cremation ; S^'H*1 spur-tgam or a*'jf*»
tpur-sgrom coffin ; a^"i spur-thai ashes of
the dead body («7a.)

a ^Ji Spur-rgyal an ancient name of
Tibet. Aco. to some historians Tibet was
called Spur-rgyal, i.e., the kingdom of the
dead, and as such it was known to the
Buddhists of India who believed that a
heaven was located on the snowy peaks of
Himalaya, while somewhat below it was
the intermediate region between heaven
and earth called Bardo where the soul of
the departed rested before entering a new
destination. King Yudhisthir the model
of piety before being conducted to heaven
was made to visit this region. Hence in
all probablity he had a glance at Tibet
or the terrestrial Pretaloka. The Tibetan
history of the term is that king Ori-yum
btsan-po had made the town of Spuho-brag
his capital and was called the king of Spu,
i.e., Spur-rgyal and from that circumstance
Tibet became known as Purgyal or Bod.-kyi
Rgyal Khams. (Yig.).

fj'vp gpur-tca [vb. a. to ^51^ hplnir to
make fly, to scare up, to let fly ;
dnt spur-pa to pass time quickly;
gtoti-gpur exaggeration, bombast] Ja.

gpug 1. quality or property of a

NO

thing ; pleasant characteristic : if**'9'^'H *'
uw|'Zj-^q| gnam-bu hdi-gpug yag-po Mug. this
blanket is of good quality ; a "'f gpug-
kha=S^ spu§ • a**'* gpug-cha id. ; a**'*'^^'
*!**•' gpug-cha dnoy-gtsaft articles of good
quality; ? a "'F1 '"""I '» ^1 rta spus-kha yag-
po hdug the horse is of fine quality ; a w%'i
wa to examine the quality of an

article before purchasing it ; s*'*!*6-' ipus-
gtsafi pure ; a '*^ spu-med ill-looking, of
inferior quality; |V$C spus-hbrid mid-
dling; l«'^-t) tpttf shan-pa id. ; a |Ta«'M''
tpu-phrug spug-shan Purug serge of inferior
quality (Rtsii.); a**'*1" spu$-rab superior
quality; 8*>'l3>ql*' fpug-leys best things,
articles of the best quality (Yig. k. 85).

|J Spe n. of a place in Tibet. &'§<*
Spe-thub n. of a village in the province of
Ngari Khorsum in JF. Tibet (Lot. *, 16).

some part of a cart

Spen-dkar tamarisk-blossom;
the plant itself being styled a^*< spen-ma.
H^'Tl spen-tog or a^ TlJ^ a kind of muslin
with variegated figures embroidered on it
like tamarisk foliaga, also called H'wp'i
and imported into Tibet vtd Buxa Duars
(Rtsii.). a^i^l tpen-thog, or pn,-«5g^y
khaft-pahi gpen-pa roof made of pen-ma
stems (Yig.); S^'^ gpen-paj a border
formed of the brushwood of tamarisk on
the roofs of monasteries, a^^"! gpen-
mdog a kind of country chintz with figures
of tamarisk, imported into Tibet from
Bhutan and Assam (Jig.) ; 8^''* gpcn-phor
eating bowl of tamarisk-wood (Rtsii.).

IjV^ f pen-pa ?IW^T, nfr 1. the planet
Saturn. Syn. \ «5'g ni-mahi lu ; V*1 ^ q5
dal-war hrjro ;*y|*< ni-?kye$ ; ^»i-|»i tsltafis-
skyeg; !"'»} |« rjeg-su skt/eg ; SvKq^V" hod-
ser bdun-pa ; S'qav^"! mi-bzad miij ; ^^'|5-
c>^i\v fffiii-rjehi bdag-po ; ^'"^ '9 dpye-wahi
lu ; ^B""! *$ hkhyoy-hgro ; ^ g^ go§-sfion
(Mnon.). 2. =1a^'B^C| ffsah-spen-pa Satur-
day.

tj^ spehu turret on a castle or gate.

801

'EJ spel-wa 1. to augment, to increase,
to increase the wealth, OTj--^*rfjTq to
increase one's welfare; *)c.inlj*rlj'jrq rkafi-
hgros spel-wa to breed cattle (Dsl.) g^'i"!
spel-wa-la ?f*«j; to the increase, for in-
creasing ; B*r^ spel-zin increased. 2. to
diffuse: X«'l"rq c/ios_-spel-wa spreading or
propagating religion, gi'jww $pel-rgya§-
par or g'l'WlS'5! grog-par bycd-pa to blaze
about (Sch.). 3. to multiply (arith.)
(Rtsii.). 4. to conjoin, unite together,
compose: isvg'J'fjTW bcad-lhug f pel-ma a
composition of poetry and prose, gaf^f*!
spcl-gos clothes of various colours (Cs.) ;
X»r^R.A§*|-f4 am * cho$-darl hjig-rten sptl-ma
religion and worldliness mixed up together
( Yig. k. 1 ) ; i i'^| $pel-tshig a combination
of verses, poetry and prose; fj'Jiwfl^N'i
tpel-mar gnat-pa to keep different or many
things together; iTW§V«i spel-mar bycd-
pa to mix (Lex.).

it'flft spel-pshi n. of a village in Tsang

(8. kar. 178).
•***
fj I : spo the height, the summit (of a

mountain) : g^'S^^Y*1^^*1 brag-dinar spo-
mtho-nas from the height of a red cliff
or rock ; vl'T'fi'l'T1'' Rdo-rje g.dan gyi-spo-
la on the top of Vajrasana.

|j Spo orT'H'51 Spo-yul 1. a district S.E.
of Kong-po and N. of Dza-yul (Lori, a,
16) ; Spo-wa name of the tribe inhabiting
that district. The district is sub-divided
into Spo-ftod and Spo-$mad (Po-to and
Po-me). 2. = 5 '5 or jf^ grandfather, an
address of courtesy for old respectable
men.

j'5 ?po-to 1. the yellow woollen cap of
Tibet worn by lamas when travelling. 2.
bullock (7. 3. n. of a village in Phan-yul
(/a.).

if IK-' $po-thatf, S-fr'Vl'*)'***', n. of rat in
the story of the Hermit and the Rate

(Rdea.).

spo-wa [iTfT^W to remove residence,
throw out, deposit or pledge]&. pf.
and imp. Ifc spo$ (vb. a. to tfJq hpho-wa),
to alter, to change : "ftN'gfq gna$ spo-wa to
change the place of residence, to remove,
to shift ; also to transplant ; *te.lf«i mift spo-
wa to change name ; *falf "* gog spo-wa to
change one's dress; to dismiss, to alter,
to mend, correct W. (Jd.) ; Hi spo-sa a
place newly occupied by nomads (Sch.) •
sf*r*'VP spo-wa cha-dkar n. of an insect
that eats up corn (Rtsii.),

Spo-lo brag-thog the palace of
the chieftain of Po-Yul situated on a rocky
hill (Yig. 65).

.- Spo-hbor Syafi one of the six
provinces of Mdo-K/iams, called also

\ spo-re v. spot- (Jd.);

IS'11 sometimes changing his place of
residence.

'JlrK' Spo-ser Qkon-
mcJiog bkra-fis g.lln n. of a place and
monastery in Lhobrag, the birth-place of
Marpa the Lotsawa (Loft. ', 28).

J spoj-pa pf. ai« spagt imp. a'ql»'
spogs to carry elsewhere, to remove : ^'3v
^E.-gqm-«E.-iw Mi-khyod raH-spogs-sofi-nam
have you removed this.

id. ;

ipoys gain, profit, pjfa** khe-spoj$

'^1'1 spogs-bycd-pa to make profit,
S *fgfli'ai'^-q to gain money by
traffic (Dsl.) ; S^'lfa** fkyed-fpoyt interest

102

802

(of money) ffiwS'^'Qspogs-su gtoA-tca to
give money on interest (Cs.)

$pofi-wa or U5.'1' tpafi-wa [ftxfr,
= cessation, abandoning]^, pf.
fut. 8=-' #>atf, imp- 8*' ft30*1
or a'1-*' gpofa ; to abandon, renounce, leave,
deliver up ; to reject, throw out : tfi'"\3V**'
gywa*e.'aS if be abandons bim without
discerning tbe proper medicines; H^'SF*^'
q^u)-£i gpofi-blafi hdsin-pa shig-pa the cessa-
tion of every inclination and disinclination,
or also, of every interest in choosing or

rejecting (Jo.). ^flt"!*11"!**^: I
^rl^rjj^rt'^rfk'W^ the flower that

is not fresh is quitted by the bee, the forest
that is burnt is forsaken by wild creatures
(Can.) a^'"! spon-ihag one who has
renounced every thing; also a destitute
person (Deb. "1, 10); B^"'" fpofi-wa-pa
f»^3i ; a renouncer, a Buddhist monk.
gVg tyon-lya that which should be given
up, i.e. a fault.

H^'9'S Spon-byed Vriji, an ancient town
in Mngadha. 8=-'^'" $pon-byc4-pa sftra ;
belonging to tbe district of Vriji.
[Major Cunningham has identified the
ancient town of Vriji or Wajji with
modern Tirhut and the adjoining dis-
tricts. The people of Vriji or Wajji are
called Vrijika or Wajjians. The great
monarch Ajatas'atru of Magadba is des-
cribed in the Hahaparinibbana sutta
to have built a fortress at Pataligra-
ma (Pataliputra) with a view to subdue
the great and powerful people of Vriji.
These people were divided into eight clans
such as Licchavi and others whose capital
cities are said to have been respectively at :
(1) Vais'ali, ( 2) Kesariya, (3) Janakapura,
(4) Navandgarh, (5) Simrun, (6) Dar-
banga, (7) Puraniya, and (8) Motihari.

If the bearings and distance recorded by
Hwen Thsang are correct, it is almost
certain that the capital of Vriji in the 7th
century must have been at Janakapur.
Amsuvarma, king of Nepal and a con-
temporary of Hwen Thsang, belonged to
the Liochavi branch of the Vriji people.
The Vriji conquest of Nepal is assigned
to Newarit who preceded Amsuvarma by
37 reigns. It is also curious that kings of
Tibet and Ladak also trace their descent
from the Licchavi branch of the Vriji
race. It is indeed found in the Pali
annals that Ajatas'atru who ascended
the throne of Magadha in 551 B.C. drove
most of the Vriji people out of India.
It is therefore not altogether improbable
that the powerful people of Vriji being
driven out of India founded the kingdoms
of Nepal, Tibet, Ladak, etc., in the
centuries immediately preceding the birth
of Christ.]&

lfe.-tfS«5, Spon-hlor also called a*'
a section of Daipung monastery.

n. of

$po$ spice (such as pepper, ginger,
onion, garlic, etc.) : ift'^m'q ?pod hdebg-pa
to season ; eft'^ spod-can seasoned.

g~Vi fpo^-pa 1. hermit, gf^'P6-' spod-khafi
hermitage Sch. 2. vow, g^'i^wi spod-pa
Hams-pa one that has broken his vow (Sc/i.
Jo,)-

1. self-reliance and

wisdom (K. d. », 263). Syffrwv^-giw
cr£^WwK>5|W|«| the Tibetan religious
teachers who were not selfreliaut and
wise became wonder-stricken (A. 77).
2. sfsWR courage, self-confidence ; fitness,
propriety (Yig.). 3. vb. to dare, venture:
hju-war mi $pol$-pas

803

not daring to take hold of (Pth.) ;
§^'" spob§-par byed-pa to enable, empower,
authorize; a*"*'"'^ $pobs-pa-can fl»CTT?,
Tipcr^ daring, bold. if«W'«i'^ §pobs-pa-s/ian
adj. [>nj8 not daring] 8. less intelligent;
gfcwq-^-ci spobs-pa shan-pa one less intelli-
gent and wanting in courage. Ifw^'gp
n.of a Sutra (K. d. f>, 323).

spobs pahi-gier n. of a reli-
gious work, lit. the mine of wisdom ;

(K. d. p, 325).

spom, !.=*<C.'§E.' man-nun average.
2. n. of a place in Khams : if**'*^ Spom-
mdah the lower part of Pom in Khams
(Tig.).

^mc^ sdebs-spod,
b§doms-sprod the delivering alto-
gether, making over entire charge or
responsibilities (Btsii.).

if*r<0fr Spom-hbor=%c*'a3*' Spon-hbor n.
of a section of Daipung monastery (Zofl.
a, ^6).

a*f 35^ spom-yor superfluity, over-flow :
gVrl^'Zi sy»o»a chen-po diffuse (in words),
prolix, long-winded; gsr^'^-ti to be
succinct.

spor, a"^'^ spor-re 1. small pair of
scales. 2. n. of a medicinal plant:
gVfvfevtfc^r^-fq-af'vfei Par removes
chronic fever and worms.

spor-than=W$'** nag-rtsis the
black-art, the art of divination. It was
introduced into Tibet from China during
the Thang dynasty (Grub. «, 5).

gV|w spor-gnum oil or butter to burn
in lamps (Rtsit.).

spor-wa, S^'*" ipar-wa 1. pf. and
fut. g^ spar to elevate, raise: ^I^'q to
lift up the mystic sceptre. 2. v.
tfpor-tea.

os, wr, ^N«r ; sbst. incense ; fumes,
perfume ; i^'a^J bdug-spos id. ; $<*[$** lyug-
spos sweet-scented water or ointment;
gf*)'|X'q spos sbyor-wa, ifa'Q'M sgrub-pa also
3fw to burn (incense) ; a""'^3q!'£| to cover
(with) perfumed ointment,

i spos-sbyor rin-po chehi-phren-wa

n. of a work on the preparation of
incense-sticks by Nagarjuna (Tan. d. % 28)
in two chapters ; the recipe is as follows : —

|'*j rgya-spos,

brag-§pos, 9=-^ span-§pos different kinds of
exalation or miasma. ijV"^ spos-dkar=
^"I'a^ bdug-spos or 3'3^'^^'3 gu-gul dkar-
po (Btsii.) frankincense, or a fragrant
gum obtained from the Sal tree.

s.po$-kyi rgyal-po
nutmeg.

g^'|'gl=.'3 §pos-kyi gjan-po J
q'*t£q| glan-po mchog the chief or the prince
of elephants (Mnon.).

efw^"!^ spos-dkar um [the resin of the
plant Shorea robusta.~]S. i'c^i
the Sal tree;
a tendril, the plant Premna
spihosa] S.

a^'S'^'9 tpos-kyi refi-bu 1. a single
incense-stick (Rtsii.). 2. pastil, long

804

thin straw covered with an odoriferous
substance, which generally consists of
pulverized juniper and sandal-wood,
combined with musk and the like ; they
are made by the lamas, and frequently
presented to travellers as an offering of
welcome (Jd.).

JT*1!*-' ipos-fflaA 1. »w*fan the royal
elephant which in ancient India used to
pick out a person as king in the place of
defunct royalty. 2. «<i<H [' always
exuding ichor' ; an elephant in rut ; n. of
Airavata, and of Ganes'a]S.

fl^^V^ fpos-fiati ldan=*^' beer, also
very delicious and fragrant wine (Qffion.).

2fVM|*i fpos-cfiagf or |jV||»w yios-spams a
bundle of incense sticks.

gV^uiS ^E.' spof-bd lahi-^iA 3TO [a kind
of fragrant herb, Andropogon schcenan-
thus]S.

Syn. U'*^ fkra-can ; fwe.- fkra-b_ztin ;
a6. '5| j byafi-gi ikra ; $j-5)'!|'*^ lha-yi
can; 2"*$'$*) fio-tshahi luf, ^ql*''ql^*'
ynat ; %-«r<ifiw fiA-la $na! ; $ 5)-*)i] *^ chu-
yi mig-can (4fno».).

ljV3<j spos-si/ila 3*5; a Turk, Tartar.
§pos-fel amber (Lofi. ^).

1'* generally |s.'3 "ctuifl-
ku," the wolf, Lupus Tibetanus, which is of
amber colour ; but there is another species
which has not, so far, been differentiated
scientifically and which is jet-black. The
black wolf occurs not infrequently in
Ngaii Khorsum, near Lake Ma-pham.
S^'S1" spyafi-thul raiment or cloak made

of wolf's «lnri ; C|*iWdj-q.|iV£|C.>3'JrflJ$<J|'g'J|

Pa-tsha-wa presented him with a wolf's
skin cloak (A. 66). BM1 black wolf;
she- wolf ; ^'8=-' dur-$pyafi the hycena.

$pyaA-khu la-kha (lit. the wolf's
peak) n. of a hill N. of Lhasa on the road
from Sera towards Phan-yul.

S6-!"! Spyafi-khriy n. of a tribe (J.
ZaA.) ; |c.'Sl'^--*|«« ipyaA-khriy ye-$e$ a
celebrated Lama of that tribe.

§*• 51-' spyafi-yrun or §*• '3 spyafi-po very
clever and dextrous: ^wyj|^
ffls.' (A. 102) (Khrid.}. |=--q
skilful, expert ; t^'ift spyafi-fflen the clever
one and the dunce.

|E.-^n|-q spyafi duij-pa or |e.'fe tpyitn-
fsfter the thistle, or a kind of thistle
(Jd.) 8E-3s*'qV*m'Vli*l*r3^'^ the root of
a thistle draws out complaints with phlegm.

S*-*^ 8pyafis-pa=a\**c* hjut-pa ^S^T
[support]^, seizing, catching hold of.

|]^ epyatf v. |«\'«. Also |«\'3 fpyad-bya
^W [enjoyed, eatenjS. (A. K. 50-137).

epyad.-d.fioi for |\«ii|^f«|-5 spyad-
yo-lya4 things, articles.

lag

3^) spyan *n, ^: ; resp. word for *>«1
the eye; ifl'I'W spyan-lcibs the eye-lid;
S^'l""! spyan-rtseg puckers about the eye,
crow-feet ; W3f\$pyan-kt/u<j or gTO«| spyan-
khug eye-brow (Os.) j^ *&« tpyan-dkyus \.
S3*1 rf^w?- j^'fal'i^'fl to look backward, to
glance behind ; H'flj|e.»rw^-si spyan-b^kt/ans
mdsad-pa to protect, to preserve the eyes
(Sch.) S^'g' spyrtn-lfia ^fw^-. the five eyes :
(1) -*j5 1^ fahi-spyan qp%-<3^ : the flesh ej'e
the one with which we see ; (2) ^'S^ Ihahi-
tpyan f<««(^: the divine eye with which
one can see what other mortals cannot ; (3)
•*|*r*fl'§'8^ fcg-rab-kyi spyan snrT^w: the
eye of knowledge or wisdom ; (4) X^'J-jft
cftos-kyi spyan v&^: the eye of religion ;
(5) wtwjN'3'H sans-rgyag kyi spyan 55 ^w :
the eye of the Buddha, the most perfect

805

sight (Rnam. 69). f^ spyan-pa observa-
tion, inspection.

I^'S' tpycm-sfia before, in the presence
of (a dignitary) : g^gS-gj^«w spyan-gnahi
grwa-pa rnam$ the scholars in his Bever-
ence's presence, i^i'g^ spyan-gfiar, g'*^'^
skit mdun-du as adv. and postp. in front,
in the presence of : ftfl*m*|V rgyal-
pohi $pyan-snar-khr id-pa to lead another
before the king ; *&9t&'**&R*r*(lK'V
he said that he would not stay in the
presence of the deity (K. du. \ 261).

|^'Q§'qf^*< spyan bcu-g.ni$ v^"T^T one
with twelve eyes [an epithet of Kartti-
keya and of the sun]/S.

|^-*q fpyan-chab tears, {fl'W'.g^'i spyan-
chab hbyin-pa to shed tears; g^MT'OKq
epyan-chab hchor-wa to let the tears flow ;
also to shed tears ; jTS'g^wr^'* rgyal-bu
Spyan-chab yor-ro the prince shed tears
(Jd.).

g^-Sfa spyan-ltos reap, of *>irjj*i mig-ltos,
( = «(^* lad-mo) imitation: HTViftwrw'
1^-^l'^^'n^'glN-m-^-^i'wgt.' in the Dge-
lugs-pa sect which was an imitation of
the Bkah-gdams-pa sect there arose no
schismatic differences (Loft. "-, 12).

ipyan-ltar-wa or g^s,* spyan-
'^'^'^ g.siy9-rtog$ phul-wa
to offer for inspection or for revision.
g^'ij^'S'fl'lgpyaw-Wtar shu-rgyu-wa to sub-
mit or ask for inspection: Sql'9"^*iw5^'
n^-gw phyag-bris rnams-spyan brdar-shuf
submit the letters for approval (i.e., for
revision) (Btsii.).

t^'%1 spyan-drug ace. to the Bon there
are six glances or visions, viz. : *fy'jl'g^ bon-
gyi spyan ; ^'^wS'g^ ye-fet kyi-$pyan ; ^"l"
rig-pahi spyan ; $W&'$fi thugs-rjehi

spyan ; %<*'&& sprul-pahi spyan ;
g^ fes-rab kyi-spyan (D.B.)

§«)•«,=,« spyan-drafis or g^'^'i
v. ^'i hdren-pa. g^'^e.«'V*< gpyan-drafis
ne-ma "<mfi\Hifit. [invitation, inaugura-

+ g^'i spyan-pa l. = S^'t' bya-ra-ica to
give heed, attention, take care. 2. eye-
witness. 3. inspection. 4. overseer, ins-
pector.

lfl-n$q« tpyan-bbebt=W*lip> fpyan-bltar
inspection: ^i)«'^'5'i)^ilN fij-si QN^ to ask
for inspection of a work or thing to
ascertain its quality and defects ; also to
display articles of merchandise for sale
(Rtsii.).

= ***\** or mig-ma

eye.

s.- Spyan-mi bzafi ^^^ [lit.
one with eyes of uneven number] S. ; one
of the four guardian kings of the world,
the keeper of the western quarter of the
world.

g^*K spyan-dmar = ,3fr<Tra' one with
red eyes^sH^w Mig-bmar an epithet of
the planet Mangala, Mars.

l^-^im spyan-dmiys ' the object of
vision ' ; any object, mental or visual,
which an ascetic employs for the purpose
of concentrating his mind in the process
of systematic meditation.

3^-ipl«!|« $pyan-ffsigs 1. costly offerings
dedicated to the gods (Mil.) ; also applied
to presents of food offered to men (Mil.) ;
g^'fl]lflj«j'9.g«i'q (pyan-gsiyt hbul-iva to make
presents gen. of curios or precious aiticles.
2. wild animals, horses, camels, etc., that
are presented to a nobleman king, minister
or a lama (Rtsii.).

806

ill

$pyan-ra$ penetrating vision,
observation : S«j*it$-|*rw$»r<ii1<i]*rq to be-
hold with one's merciful eye (Yig. k. 13).
Vf^rfeprfVY^Af'^ Spi/an-ras-psuys-
byari-chid> sem$-dj>ah ^nreftfati'ftf^ra ; the
4th Dhyoni Bodhisattva Avalokites'vara,
the patron saint of Tibet, the vicegerent of
the Dhyani Buddha Amitabha. He is
incarnated perpetually in each successive
Dalai Lama of Lhasa. His colloq. n. in
Tibet is Chenrezi and the images of this
being generally represent him as having
eleven faces, each differently coloured,
and with from 6 to 1000 arms. In
Mongolia he is styled Niduber Udzekchi.
His other Tibetan names are : —
$«| Iljig-rtcn dican-phyug ;
Hjig-rten mgon-po; Sl^i'^Q Thwjs-rje
chen-po ; q&W'W Gru-hdsin bda,j ; 3«T W*
Phyag-nn pad-mo ; fc'&'y Snin-rjehi lha ;
qj-«i]^<i) 13,01 BcH-g.cig-shal. The Mani Bkuh-
hbiim, in chap. 2, mentions that jj^ '*«'
alia]*) was doubly evolved on earth ; first
appearing from a ray of white light
which issued forth from the left eye of
Amitabha, and secondly being born as a
youth of 16 from out of a lotos-bud.

|a^*r«ip|qm-^-ij'Ji5 «X, fpyan-rag ffziy?-
shes bya-wahi mdo a Sutra on Avalokite-
s'vara (K. d. ", 404). n-wqlinrij-*)^.
"JT'iJS '"!!=•*< '8*1* '^ 'qslH '" the one hun-
dred and eight names of Avalokites'vara
together with mantras and charms, etc.,
(contained in K. g. «, 218-457).

g^-aiw^ spyan-lam-du in the observa-
tion; also = §^'£^ near, in the presence of.
|^-u!«wjq §pyan-g.ml-rgyab 9-gfatH*
[laughing-eyed, n. of a Buddha]^.

§^-«q?j»i-tj spyan-psum-pa far^fo*; the
three eyed one ; an epithet of Mahes'vara.

1. adj.

common, the public, ordinary, general,
relating to all ; as sbst. the lot, those in
general. As adv. 8* Spy»', S^^ spyir-du
or S'^ spyi-na, also I'.'SN spyir-gyi$ gene-
rally, in general ; frq. used in contradis-
tinction to B^'9^ khyad-par in particular,
singly. 2. In the colloq. f §pyi =all;
spyi-t'ji'a or 8'g tyra-spyi general meaning
or general expression (Jd.)

spyi-khyab that covers all; a
minister that has general jurisdiction over
the public, one who rules over several
districts together. I'lS1''*'^ '3 xpyi-liliyab-
mkhan-po a high official at Lhasa who
ranks next to the four Kalons in the
Dalai Lama's council ; seems to be also a
sort of lord chamberlain in his court
duties. Another important officer, who
resides in the far east of Tibet, is known

E.''li'5ti the Chyi-khyab of

as

Nya-rong. He is placed in lieu of a
Jong-pon to administer the petty loid-
ships inhabited by the 18 tribes of the
Hor-wa who people the banks of the
Nya-Chhu, just W. of Ta-chien-lu.

i'S"!*' $pyi-bluy$ *««sg holy water-pot
which the lamas keep near them with a
view to sprinkle the heads of their
devotees.

I if* ?pyi-8ff°S general and special.

cv »

f)'? Spyi-tiji. of a kind of yoga (^medi-

tation) performed by the Dzog-chen sect ;
described as his own invention by Urgyen
Padma in the Padma Tang-Yig.

+ 9'^ §pyi-tor oi\'"f7^ spyi-gtor 1. v.
$-5 spyi-ico. 2. ace. to Lex.=^'^ epyi-
thoy the property of a particular commu-
nity or institution, common property.

807

spyi-brtol orl'lT1" spyi-btol also
3 «tf(«i spyi-brdol signifying e?**!^ no-tsha
med-pa TJW [impudent, shameless, dar-
ing]^. also = 8'^ mu-cod ^j*3T, 9»r^
[scurrilous, foul-mouthed] £. g'^'l^'i
spyi-brtol byed-pa to be impudent ((7s.) ;
3'q?far<i|5J» spyi-brtol gtam shameless talk,
impertinent language.

§ ^ spyi-thcr=\*$^ v. |'5 spyi-ivo.

i'M $pyi-don (wwrisyj}-^ thams-cad kyi-
don] the interest of all, public welfare

spyi-sde bshi the four sects among
the Eons: (1) ^^•^^^•q^-g-l bkah-lun
Idan-bpid-kyi $dc, (2) Wff\W]v$?r% brag-
dgon dkah thub-sde, (3) ^'BrV^^'^'^'S5^
dur-khrod nan-thos bog-puhi §de, (4) -^=.'%e.'
•T^p^ fifi-drun wa-riy pahi-sde (D.E.).

\i spyi-pa or 8'^ pyi-dpon head, chief,
leader, superintendent.

1'9S'f«r8 Spyi-phud rgyafyo one of the
five mythological kings of the world;
|fVJ«rZ| Spyi-phud ryyal-po the universal
king.

8* tpyi-bo 1. *&$, fix?::, ^^; crown Of
<he head, the top : ^K-Sri'tJ $in-gi spyi-bo =
-Zi pfi.gi rtse-mo the top of a tree.
orhkhur-wato carry on the
vq Spyi-boSphyag Mshal-wa
to bow down bending the head; Wfj'fc'
^ shabs spyi-bor len-pa with one's own
head to touch the foot of a superior
person; ^t*$*r§T5" dehi spyi-bo-nas
byug-nas pouring over his head, i'^^*'^^-
J^'tl spyi-lo nas dban bskur-wa anointing
the head; g^ or |-"1^ bald, baldness; .
I'^lT1- spyi-gtor a turban or pagri; 8'^
epyi-dpon or I'" Spyi-pa head-man, over-
seer, chief. 2. the end of a piece of

cloth : ^•^•9|'|-5 dar-yug-gi spyi-bo. 3. n.
of a king of China. S'3'|»i spyi-bo skyeg

(1) an epithet of king Mandhata, a
legendary ancestor of Gautama Buddha ;

(2) = U sgra gifsi hair of the head
(Mnon.).

spyi-lor

rgyal-po, ^sffSrfro ; a king, one on whose
head has been sprinkled sanctified water ;
a man of the Kshatriya or warrior caste
of India (Mnon.}.

' Spyi-shur gyi-fifi,
11. of the tree Terminalia tomentosa.

Syn. ^'«i-?K-q sa-la ser-po ;
za me-tog; ^".'^ dgah-byed;
tog rtsa-laij ; ^'§^'^c-' Msho-byed
§S hdod-byed (Mfion.).

me-

ipyi-gsugs,

bsdiis-pa, aggregated body ; amassed into
one body.

S'!*!^ spyi-blugs vase ; JR^fiflns a golden
pitcher or vase.

3i spyi-mdun-cdn,
[combined]^.

8=-<^-iI«J» spyin-skor ysitm, three scrip-
tures of the Bon the originals of -which
disappeared after they had been delivered,
but were published: 1. f e.'^ ^T^'«if|«!*r
sten-lha yul-du bsrjrags-pahi §fcor, 2.
ffrSqPFwXIfc hog-klu yul-du bsgrags-
pahi skor, 3. W** ^«C^'qp*w5-^ bar-mi

yul-du bsgrags-pahi skor (D.B.).

«\

^'^ spyift-wa, pf. !=•*< spyitis, imp.
8=-' spyifl or |e.N spyids, being the vb. a.
to ^1=-'" hbyin-ica, to vanish, to be lost, to
sink, to lower down, dip under 4*. chur
into water.

ail

808

9^ fpyin in colloq. *p't gum, glue,
paste; is sometimes incorrectly written
as £tf or 8> spin. "lASfc'* spyin $M-wa to
manufacture glue ; S^"^'" spyin fkud-pa to
spread glue on ; ^9^ ko-spyin glue made
of hides ; ?'8^ na-spyin fish-glue ; il'th bag-
spyin paste compounded of flour and glue ;
yl^ rba-spyin glue made of horn ; -*T9^
fa-spyin meat-jelly also, slime ; 9^ $ spyn-
chu gum, resin. •^s.'flf^wivi'VWgi^ '$ tho
gum (or resinous juice) that has come out
of the interstice where the two trees were
cleft (Rdsa.).

Syn. V|^ dri-tpyin ; "
hbyar-rtsi ; *S*'9S A byar-byed ;
tnag-tsha hphel-byed (Mnon.).

V «P2/«>=5'a( »>#«-*», adv. v. 9 ?;»/«'.

jr _

IJ^'H y>i/il-po nirfaTK ; a hut of grass

or straw : JT^'S"!'2! /•'«#£'' fpyil-po thatched
hut ; S«rg tpyil-bu id. ; 81"'" fl>ytt-pa fern.
|^-w $pyil-i>ia hut-dweller.

fpyug-pa, pf. 8ql*' Spyufl?, imp.
il"" spyug or IT" spyugs', to expel, to

drive out, to banish ; ^I'^'il out of
country; ^'W^, Glr., w* mthah-la
«« mthar into the neighbouring country,
over the frontier (Jd.). 81*'" fpyvgs-pa
fii^«5f exile, banishment ; 9 *P*3\*\ fpyugs-
Qtg, imp. turn him out !

U'Z^ spyo-tfa = "\-^'^ fffe-ica, to abuse,
revile; to blame, to scold; 4K * ?1irV'
chun-ma rtag-tu spyo-shin as my wife is
always scolding ; Jw^'" ches-spyos-so thus
they spoke in a blaming way (Dsf.) ; §'"'
W^S spyo-wa rndsad i<f*iwiM cursing,
blaming; J^H spyo-tsliiy^t^'*^ ryol-tshig
words of blame, censure (Mfion.).

I dpyafi-u-a (Jd.).

m, pf. ss

/, 1. to practise, perform ;but signifies
rather the completing or completion of an
action than the process of performance,
and thus is better rendered : to accom-
plish, to perpetrate ; to succeed in. **'^'
45 ^'SI'SS ^ mi-d/je-wa de day-spyod-na if one
perpetrates these sins ; *IVT^ SS ^ ''•^ '§"
bdag-ci spyad-pat hdir ?kye$ for what I did,
I am reborn here. 2. to bring into sub-
jection, over-power, coerce, e.g., demons,
deities, etc., to make subject. weA'Sfli'jjV
ciS-nqc.») mfiah-hog spyotf-pahi hban$ subjects
brought under control ; $«rT*w^*|'«rjjvi
tdig-pa hbah-shig la tpyod-pa utterly subject
to sin ; "'^"iTs sa-hog-$pyod subject to
earth ; ^C"* 9*\ subject to heaven. 3. to
make use of, to employ, to enjoy : 1'S^'
"fa'w ba-glafi nin-par to use an ox during
the day (for ploughing) (Dzl.) • W^'iyr
^•q^q^'g^jjE.- even if onehas long enjoyed
well-being ; 8fc.»rj\<i lofi$ $pyo<J-pa, to
enjoy, to use, have the benefit of ; 9Y»\«i'
9S'i bud-wed la spyod-pa to cohabit with a
woman (Dzl.) ; JfapvJV" log-par spyod-pa
to violate (a woman) ; ^l^'i^vg^'i dga-
rngur-spyod-pa, very frq. to enjoy a
woman. 4. to arrive at the third stage
of mystic meditation, to complete or
consummate meditation, very frq. ;
i meditative exercises.

q II : 1. tf«i ^Tf^, W 1. a deed,
peipetrated action ; a practice, the accom-
plishing of any action. 2. an object at
tained, thing dnoe, esp. the third stage
of mystic meditation or " consummation,''
which implies expertness and that the end
aimed at has been gained : ^'|5S'U|'9(I|'5 con-
templation and consummation being dis-
entangled one from the other. 3. duty;
also conduct, mode, manner : jpv8!*! spyod-

809

lam also jv^f spyod-tshul behaviour; ^
nan or ^W'tft nes-spyod bad actions, sac.' bzaft
or ^1*i'|*\ leg$-$pyod good actions (<?*.) ;
l^-Ji-^q-q spyod-pa shib-pa ' the strict monas-
tic walk ; JV'^'^ spyod-pa rtsifi-wa rude,
rough, in manners (Olr.); If^'q'VH
an extremely variable conduct.

q-<j^-£(S-^ de-yaH daft-po rnal-hbyor-gyi
spgod-pag chag$-can-gyi gdul-bya yid dafl-
u-a hdren-pahi phyir moreover because it
was the duty of a Naljor first to draw into
purity of disposition such of the sensual
as were destined for conversion; I^'^'J'*
spyod-pa rgya-clie ^r^TT-^f^a magnanimity,
noble behaviour. g\<i'*)'fl|wrq gpyod-pa
mi-gsal-wa ^nr^WT [awkward practice]^.
jft-quK, e.w spyoc[-pa yaft-fiam=«W$WQc>:lx
las-ki/i mthah-grtib-bam (asks the question)
whether you have accomplished all that
you had to do? jVc'3^'g spyod-pahi phun-
bu-=^'fc grofi-khyer a fortified town, a
city (Mfion.) ; |i\'Iit'*''J"»)^ spyod-babg rtse-
mthun generous conduct; is'^ spyod-pa
manners. 9V8!^ spyotj-ldan accomplished,
courteous, polite; |f^^'^ ill-mannered,
rude, uncouth.

g^'q q^»i-qq-^'») gpyod-pa b$du$-pahi syron-
ma n. of a work written by Atis'a. S^'^11'

(A. 11).

?pyod-pa a mystic cult of the Buddhists ;
in which there are three stages:
spros-bcas, fl'*^ fpros-med,

tri fpyod.-pa-pa

a Yogi, one who practises mysticism.
'V*' spyod-byed-ma znfoft a woman.

ifc&^spyod-mcdfrq*(ii [a religious men-
dicant, a naked devotee^S.

spyod-yitl iffq*, f^q sphere of
activity : *flTK.'^5%|V^ni mt/wfi-wahi spyod-yul
range of vision ; |^'^"i'«'^^'i spyod-yul ma-
yin-pa ^•wra^K [a place which is not fit

for thinking upon]S.
'''g', according to the Dulica, the five places
with which one should have nothing to
do : — (1) X«i'355'flj^ rol-mohi g.nas the place
of music; (2) g«^*c.-*i3-<ift'« $mad-btshofl
mahi-ffnag a public house ; (3) J'V 55'3'ge.'
*?fc'§'ir rygal-pohi pfio-brafi hkhor-gyi $go
ihe palace gate ; (4) ^3|*rc.^g'ufi*i rigs-flan
gyi-ffna$ the residence of low persons ; (5)
»c.-R*c.-5jS-ufln c/iafi-htshofi-mahi ffna$ grog-
shop kept by a woman, a brothel (K.
du. i, 56).

\ spyon or jf^'c' spyon-pa resp. form
of l^'y byon-pa: C^T^ tshur-spyon come
here, pray come (Nag.}.

^jfai $mo$-pa slander;
also vb. with pf. i»w spyomf to boast, to
exhibit with ostentation ; sbst. {j»w $pyon>$
self-praise, boasting (Jd.) ; jfww^-qwwaK
$pyom$-dafi bcag ma-byaho you must not be
boastful.

bkyon-pa
trate with.

bkah-
to reprove, to remons-

H spra (to) (K. du. «\, 111} a species
of monkey with black face, and a tail as
long as its body, the langur; (g'^'fjV"^'
g-si'S §pra-dafi $prehu-yafi rtsal-c/te) the
larger and smaller species of monkey
are very agile; §'# gpra-mo; %%*\ §pra-
phrug young langur; the gray species is
called |'V!^ white ta.

hgynr-byed
[changeable, moving about, trembling]*?.

103

810

$pra-thog a medicinal herb:

enumerated the thirty-two names of Bud-
dha (Surafi. //.). a.siH**™ bsgrims-pa also

g-q spra-tca 1. vegetable-tinder. 2.
also IP'U'*, ornament, decorations. 3. vb.
pf. S*< spras, imp. if" spros to adorn, to
decorate ; J^'l« rgyan-gyis with ornaments.
g'qS'*)'lfn| gpra-wahi me-tog q<«gal [species
of tree, Aeschynomene grandiflora~\S.

g-*«i tpra-tsliil flref^ [1. boiled rice.
2. bee's wax]S. |J*ryfW«rtHfflfflrt*
g=.'Q spran-po zrrcFW a beggar; £"'»"
ge.-B rdsus-inahi fpraii-po a sham beggar ;
jjc.-3fl $prafi-rgan an old beggar ; ^'"^ low
beggar ; ff*'^ $prafi-$og coarse and inferior
paper, g^'^'^'^'ji'^l sprafi-po hu ptthi
rgyal-nag a kind of rope ; also n. of a
demon (f "^ lha-hdre) (Deb. 1, 14).

Syn. If*-'*''1' slon-mo-pa ; H'rj'Q mu-lto-
wa ; oiM'q lam-pa ; *'$'$*•' lag-rkyon ; *&'
^^•fl don-bdod-pa ; colloq. S^'f ^ s/o/!-
rpkhati (Mfion.).

gVP spra4-kha register or list of things
or of revenue received (Rtsii.).

fJS'^ < prod-pa I. 1. to give, bestow,
deliver, confer; resp. term for"!^
ai«|'i'5'g^ pray hand over! 2
monkey.

S^'Z^ II : used for *gv to meet, to come
across : wS'^g^ pfias pho-na §prad-pa
the father met the envoy (K. du. S

1. n. of a place in

I in Tibet.

brahi-than birthplace of To-wa Rin-chen
gsal (a pupil of Bromston in Jlphan-yul
(Loft. *, 2.). 2. = J^ rgyan ornament

(4Pb».)-

gN'i sprag-pa 1.

variegated, bedecked. 2. enumerated:

8" I have

cs
f|

cream.

Spri-sti Mar-dsa-ya-la Si-
n. of the emperor of China during
^^ reign Buddllism was introduced into

that country, ace. to Chinese accounts (Jd.).

+ 3ql'*W't sprig-ka gtm-dha 1. n. of

a bird of the land of Astira (K. d. *, 15.).

2. ['eWT'W a kind of mixed scent = the

scent of the plant Trigonella corniculata]S.

J sprin-wa (=
to send a message, to give information, to
send word ; fK sprM tidings (Da/.) ; ip'*'1*'
ai^-q^oi'tfiwijc.'? I shall send a reply to the
king (K. du. S 261-306) ; yr^&W*
^|B4'4Mnrfir%%»*** rgya-yar-du snon-gyi
glob-dpon-rnams-la yi-ge sprifis-pa he des-
patched a letter to his former teachers in
India ; ^w'ljt'Jf shes-sprifi-fio so I sent him
word ; Ij1^'1^'5' §priil-b$tnil TW8 [servant,
messenger] S; t^w$*\ spring-yig letter,
epistle.

tj«i spritt or l^'11 sprin-pa fc, ^TTT*,
«m^T, wr, 1*5., sfri?, a cloud: Isi'^'^"
iprin-gyi gscb-nas from between the
clouds; |f**^r^'«%|f^¥V^'lB rj/yo-
6a/ (jni»-na mu-ge sprin bshin-du hkhriys
famine enfolded like a cloud both India
and Nepal (Pth.) ; WW*|W*WI darken-

the heaV6n8

|ffj^ Iho-sprin a southern cloud ;
Sprin-phun, |a\'*"I*' sprin-tshoys an accumula-
tion of clouds ; trS'"^ sprin-gyi pho-fia
fl^<! the cloud messenger, Meghaduta, a
Sanskrit poem by Kalidasa.

Syn. ^ q^ 8 '1^* du-wahi ski,
a«cM^ rnkhahi-rgyal mtshan;

811

cku-yi bshon-pa; *'3vOfcw tsha-zer hjomg;

*l'^*w«^ ka-dam-pa-can ;

rnkhahi gKfi; |c,-§|-.^-$

•jwl^Ctq mkhah-gos can;

Waw parma-ni; WHp*$f.-Z nam-mkhahi

fflan-po; *f*'«r| mkhah-la rgyu; $'<^

chu-hdsin ; ^wsfi^-wai nam-mkhahi ta-ma-

fa', SfTS^ glog-ldan; ^^ chu sprin-pa

(Mfon.).

-ti Sprin-dkar-po rgyu-wa n. of
a mountain in Uttara kuru (Z". rf. ^, 505).
|^4Ttff^r§-qtq^l Sprin-dkar po-shes
bya-wahi gna§ a grove in the mountain of
Samkas'a in TJttara kuru (K. d. *>, 299).

\*iy*$prin-skyes «lf%^ as met. = thunder.

|^ I'SI'-'2' sprin-gyi g.lafi-po an epithet of
Airavata the elephant of Indra (Mfion.).

I^'S'S sprin-ggi rgyu the sources of rain,

€

vapour and humid air.

tKl'S sprin-gyi 6ya=i|'S'''IqI cha-lya gag
(Mfion.).

sprin-gyi snin-po="\'^ ga-bur
rox, camphor.

n [hail,

§^'§X*' sprin-gyi rdo-ica
thunder bolt]5.

sprin-gyi me-tog snow flakes
lit. "cloud-blossom"; water or
hail.JS.

^•g-sl-g-a sprin-gyi me-po che met. the
thunder (M.fion.).

§^'3'S'3 sprin-gyi myu-gu water (Knon.).

iH'I'V^ sprin-gyi rba-can or f^'9'^^'
$tar-buyifi (MAon.).

i^'§'-91"'^ Sprin-gyi fugs-can n. of an
angel, Devaputra (K. g. «, 5^5).

sprin-gyi egeg met. peacock

sprin-gyi lcug-ma=^\ g.log
lightning (Jgflon.).

^'ifS'^K.' $prin-mgo
<$**' sog-pahi me-lofi (myst.)

tfa'^ sprin-bcud as met.=rain.

^•l^'*^,'R9q^-X-qj §prin-chen char-hbeb?
cho-ga a religious service for rain to fall.

|^'S^^c.-q Sprin-chen-snift-po, i. e., Maha
meghagarbha, seems to be the n. of a Bodhi-
sattwa or else of a demon.

f^'<^<>lN sprin-hdegs ^T«^i [the bird
Cuculus melanoleucus]S. R1'5 khug-rta, |^'
«('§=•' sprin-la $lofi (Mfion.).

sprin-la dgah as met. a peacock.

'TifE.' $prin-!a-slofi = (91'5 khug-rtct
Cthe bird Cuculus melanoleucus\S.

sprin-dag-pa fog

^'" sprin-ldan-ma %it3$\ [enveloped
in clouds]<S. As met. = peacock.

th'S*'* sprin-dmar, ^torew [1. plants
such as Trichosanthes diceca, Luffa acittan-
gula, etc. 2. a moonlight night]$.

fj^T'J sprin-$tsa-v;a fcpfl^Ptl^l the root
of long pepper.

sprin-gsar srraft' met. ink.
spribs-pa to be hungry (Soh.} .

9^

^3$ spris or |«'« spris-ma scum, con-
gealed grease floating on gravy or soup ;
also cream ; f '*)5'^w id.

^"^ spru-wa or ^'i spru-ma hellebore ;
spru-d.kar white species of it.

3

hellebore cures pkgae, fever, worms and
leprosy, also stops bleeding.

U"!^ sprug-pa=^ phyi-wa
splitting, opening, blowing.

812

I

spntg

country.

residence in a foreign

•f ffT^ fprug-pa l. = »V" zad.-pa, w

%3
wasting, consuming. 2. pf. and imp.

Q*\* sprugt, to shake, to shake off, to
beat out, e.g., dust ; yC* rdttl-tsub to raise,
whirl up dust ; VW*"^'11 l't}-SP>'"ff nl
bye$-pa to shake one's self (used of horses).
3. to bestir one's self, to bustle, g^'q^m
fprugs-bsiys vm&t* [falling asunder]S.

fj^TS spnil-gkti t'Win'Wl an incarnate
•>3 "*
being, generally a lama ; a personage in

whom the emanation from some deity or
by-gone saint is present in an occult
manner. A lama thus possessed is styled
a Tul-ku and usually occupies some high
office to which only the particular indivi-
dual into which the emanation has passed
can succeed. Mongol equiv. is Khulilyan.

a"T|'*l3*i sprul-sku gsum the three in-
carnate beings: — jargw^'S'l Rgyal-sras
Rin-po che of ^ Son, Hwrvw^Zr* Semt-
dpah Rin-po che of * Lo, and w!M%«ra
MthoH-wa Rin-po che of f«TV> Stag-lit A
who are known as the three incarnate
beings of Tibet, and are said to have
appeared in Tibet for a series of years.

1. sure a phantom, a dis-

embodied spirit, a ghost from the Bardo ;
emanation; "«.-f|m yyan-sprul emanation
of the second degree, i.e., one emanation
going forth from another ; "^'H1* iiin-spr/tl
or I^'U"! ffsum-spntl an emanation of
the third" degree (I'th.) ; ^"J-'iAjv'i fprul-pa
hgye4-pa to let emanations go forth ; UT^'
*S^<{| $pri<l-pa mkhyen-pa to be an adopt
in the art of producing miraculous
apparitions (Jd.). jjui'trgm'g^ sprttl-pa

tpnil-byed pf'wniT the inventor, the trans-
former, maker ; also anything made or in-
vented. «*w*vqarc«-^iir£| tham$-cad spntl-
par Mug-pa these were all metamorphoses,
mocking phantoms (Gli:), g«ci5'jac2i spml-
pahi rgyal-po phantom king. 2. a miracle-
worker. 3. fipfat (|'«'§'9 tgyii-ma Ita-bu
" as if an illusion ") to appear to change, to
transform one's self, to cause illusions,
to alter an object by magic. n«i'q5-w»i
8j»-ttl-pahi-t/tabs the power of miraculous
transformation ; jugglery.

D^'^il sprul-pa bcu the ten sublime

•N»

illusions workable by Bodhisattcas are : —
(1) ^w«^'ii«-W|a|-q evolving animate
beings ; (2) ^«.^wwg«i-ti creation of astro-
logical mansions; (3) X«'J(»i-Wij«i-£i inven-
tion of religious doctrioos ; (4) q»i^»rw
gi'i formation of bodily famine; (5)
dream-illusions; (6) jV^'
illusions as to some sphere of
activity ; (7) ^-J)^»(W|a|-£i exhibition of
feats of fore-knowledge ; (8) wfc^q^w
§11 appearance as of transcendental
leaning; (9) r^gQi'J(«'fi^'|«i'£i exhibition
of miracles; (10) JMnpnwn exhibition
of feats of strength.

§^9 sprul-po 1. phantom. 2. n. of a
Kinnara Raja (K. g. ", 523).

§ui-uifu|«e.- sprit 1-yafi-ffsaA or 5'wl^'1*^'
I*)6.' a mystical form of Bon divinity
(DJt.).

Syn. f'*^A'S syra-can Ra-hu (Mfion.).

8 spre or §a sprehu

_

monkey in general. |arfll^" sprehuhf-giias
ftifl^ni the abode of monkeys, n. of a
particular forest in Mysore.

Syn. "wroiS-^flm yal-gahi ri-dicags ; "ft*'
wiftf,' ffner-mahi ffdon ; w^'*? hphar-hyro ;
,- rgyuy-rnchofl; *i^'«|"I'« sahi mjug-

813

d-gi bu-rgyitd ;
daft hdra ; *»'$f^ ma-rga-ra (Mnon.).

spre-ffshug re-ral (mystic)
, tpre, [ape, monkeylS.

Sprel-§lag one of the thirty-six
border countries of ancient India (Ta-sel.
38).

fpro-wa (*«^'g'9) WTC [to ex-
pand, to get air, to receive scent]<S.
pf. If" sprot (ace. to Jd. is the transitive
of *f'i=to make go out, to disperse,
to spread) ; gen. however intransitive :
1. to go out, to proceed, to spread, of
rays of light, of the wind ; fig. to enlarge
upon, by way of explaining, «|&r«wgw£i
gcig-la$ ipros-pa (Was. 115), enlarging
(proceeding) from the number one in an
ascending progression of numbers ; *y3v
g-«j-|«rq-|j*w-^'w*f emanations had been diffu-
sed like rays of light. 2. to feel energy
for, incline towards ; to delight in, rejoice
at : siq'«|E.''»rwfj '*'&•' feel little inclination
for doing anything; ffqv'^'q spro-war
hgyur-ica to get cheerful, to be merry
(Mil.). 3. ^<^T?, W!?re*w sbst. joy,
energy, cheerfulness : tjVg'V spro-wa
fkyed-pa to feel joy, pleasure ( Dzl.) ;
{j^c/q spro-safi-ica great joy ; ff'^'" $pro-fi-
u-a ' not to be joyful,' lit. the dying of
joy. {f-qASl 1 $pro-tca hphel-ica (g"'^««)
'sq.^rrr^a^, to encourage, inspire, incite;
increase of pleasure, enthusiasm : Ql^'^v
f6'25S'|"'q'n.tJ«i in this sect my enthusiasm
increased (Vai-sfi.). tf^'i spro-ritn-pa to
increase or become more and more by
degrees, a^fj^ spro-bsrins, ^Twft<r,
[consoled] S. : flW^T'NMI^l the
prince consoled the queen (Tig. 18).

>""' . V

S^f'JI sprog-ma ^'S'gT*' Spros kyi
sprog-ma little box for frankincense (Jd.).
fjfl'9 sprog-shu v. f"I phrog (Jd.).

ffy^w sprod-deb-pa to give accounts of
articles, money, etc., making over of an
office or duty: fjy^'
(Rtsii.).

fprod V"^1"'^ ^fl^ff adv. presently,
immediately ; lit. existing time.

•I sprod-pa secondary form |j^ the
vb. a. of ^<ei 1. to bring together, to put
together, to make to meet: K.S'g-*rar|V^
fiahi-bla ma-la $prod-dn we will bring you
together with our lama (Mil.) ; so also

resp <>ft*r^T£JV*i£yi grd^-shal sprod-

ntdsad-pa ; in another passage ^'^'^"'gv^'
ngqi^-^E,- prob. means sitting exactly oppo-
site to one another ; ^VTwrijy&l bdag-cag
sprod-cig bring about a meeting between
our two parties ! «RS«i or wS to meet in
a battle ; ^i'P Ma., to put the edges of the
swords together ; *£q'fjyi mtheb sprod-pa
to put the finger to the bow-string. 2. to
deliver a letter, message (Pth.) ; ffvfo spar-
mor, ""I'S lag-tu to put into one's hand ;
to set, to put, to propose. 3. to pay (cf.
RsKq hphrod-pa), "ystjfii phyir-sprod-pa to
repay. 4. f^V fio sprod-pa to explain,
^'^'^y don-dan sprod-pa^Q^'tfoy brda-
Spi'od-pa to explain, to describe v. qs, brda~\
(extracted from Jd.) §S "-w % sprod. htham-
mo trfTHT^r [technicality^'S. §"y^ sprod-de
|5!:^Rl [having come out]<S. ay^6-' sprod-

c

dpan witness of receipt of things and of
loan given. IfVfa sprod-hos worthy or
fit to be given.

(A. K. 111-1)- 2. fr
sion, exhibition, illusion^.

[expres-

814

fpros-pa I. pf. of fj'*> spro-wa.
2. business, employment, activity ; gf«rv*^
can busy, employed, occupied ; if**
id.; *«'! and *fc«rf^gV<i 8piritual
and secular business (Jd.). 3. occurs in

[ [not expanded, real, honest, pure]jS>.
J5^-*)«^i $pro$-me(f-pa or Jj^'g"! fprog-bral the
state of an absolute inactivity (Pth.) :

sproi-metf-tnan-shu an indiffe-

rent application or prayer.
j(»w-gN-«H;^«-|«-gBi the formal piety and the
absolute piety. In the first a devotee has
to make offerings, recite mantras, etc. ; in
the latter he has only to meditate doing
nothing more for the attainment of
Nirvana.

tf"'11!1^ tprog-fzan the allowance that is
given by miser and other tenants towards
the maintenance of men and horses kept
for service of the Government ($tsii..

5J I : pha 1. the fourteenth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound
to ir of the Nagri alphabet, and heard
in a measure in the ph of uphill, loophole,
etc. 2. num. figure/ 14.

II : mystically :

it is a symbol of all things
its effects not being dependent on ima-
gination (Hbum. «!, 382, 283).

% III: fcrar, 5PR>, cim father; the
colloq. form being «'«• a-pha, in. W. also wy
Also = male : *'$*> pha-ylan bull, »»'5 pha-rta
stallion, fi^ pha-phag boar, f^pha-ra he-
goat, buck. i'as pha-$pad= f'^'SJ pha-dafi-
bu father and son or father and daughter ;
"'a^ pha-spun brothers by the same father;
«'*» pha-ma parents, father and mother;
t'lw'9 a posthumous child or one born
after its father's death (Seh.) ; "'^ patri-
mony; «r*r«i'3*i'q respect to parents; *<'*•'
fll$"l'q brothers and sisters born of same
parents. «cmft|'g son of good parentage,
extraction ; ftoi*ft (lit. father as sandal
wood) pure blood, blue blood, x'^'9'^
inheritance; heritage (lit. father's effects
and estates the son inherits). *'»«• pha-yafi.
or «•'"« step-father, foster-father;
pha-yul father-land, native country:
ai-Mm'q (§S'i) love of one's country.
«ctw^'« pha-bsad-pa ftz^rg^i murderer of
one's father ; nS'f^WBI phahi-ffdons-po ^ni
patrimony ; ^'^ phahi-pha ftfcim^ in colloq.
grand-father; <&'3,phahi-bu gwson, worthy
eon ; ^^'N phahi-ma frTfTW?^ grandmother,

her mother
loHs-spyod-la phan-pa ftiatftifl'i-. one who
enjoys his paternal fortune, enjoying a
father's property.

Pha-dam-pa safi$-rgya$ an
Indian who visited Tibet and founded the
8M-bye<f-pa Tantrik school. According to
legendary accounts he paid seven visits
to Tibet in one of which he is said to have
miraculously proceeded to China. The
chief of his disciples was the famous *)'1&T
wlfr Ma-g.dg lab-§gron who founded the
monastery of Safi-ri Khamar on the Teru
Tsang-po in Lho-kha. Phadampa founded
the monastery of Difl-ri slafi-yor: ^*rn£jE,«r
q5-^-q-«1q-|5'SE,-^-«c^ the monastery
founded by him is to the north east of the
(snowy mountain of) Lab-phyi (now
called Mt. Everest) (J. Zafi.).

pha-mahi-don ^^r the interest
or welfare of one's parents [the food or
oblation offered to the spirits of deceased
ancestors] 8.

5-«^ pha-mahi-mdo Sutra on the sub-
ject of the duties of a son to his parents,
etc. (K d. «i, 266).

*r*)*.' pfia-mifi the friends and relations
of a bride ; «r*k-^3-*-<i|?B.-i)|iw the friends
and relations of the bride at the time of
sending her away; *ig^355-er*te'5*rlf he
invited the relations of his wife's side
(Jd.).

816

pha-meg-pa
ancestors]-®.

«<-*>*i pha-meg vg« 1. paternal ances-
tors : *'*»>'3| iS'1^'^ for the defunct ances-
tors ( Vat. gfi.) ; «raw»|W pha-meg-gkabg ftm
of the time of one's ancestors. 2. ("'»»)
[eternal] S.

i pha-meg nags any cemetery.
Syn. ^fift dur-khrod; *st«M« ro-yi-

[belonging to

pha-tshan paternal relations ; i5 1
phahi-gde father's kindred, also class.
|^1(Mri^>)v*f'^| 3-5^ (.4. 7) the minis-
ters are great as paternal relatives of the
devil. «r*i'l pha-tshan-ctie of noble extrac-
tion or birth: jnZ5«<^i rgyal-po p/ta-
tshan-che the king was of noble pedigree
(A. 29).

*>'*ft pha-gshi ancestral property, heri-
tage.

w*ftj-ti phar-hdsin-pa f^9 [one who
knows his ancestorsjS. wft'^'ti phar
mi-hdsin-pa one who does not know his
ancestors.

3 IV : beyond, farther on ; T1 the
opposite side ; "'I* adv. on or to the
opposite side $'&I'1^'5M*' having gone to
the opposite bank or shore ; «'9| pha-gi
yonder, there (opp. to S'9| ha-gi just here) ;
t^W from there or yonder; «(§] ¥i.»i stand
there ; «f5)S'^ that mountain yonder ; ««'9|^
there, thither ;«<-SN-='<^ai, «»** the other
end, the other boundary ; «'*w*^ without
boundary, endless (Os.) ; t('5'*I*' pha-phyoy$
C.=f"\ pha-ga ; 1'<*S pha-tshad or v*^ pha-
zad a space, a distance ; ^^W»^'l^| a bit
further on ; ^pwjp^1*^ from there going
on some distance ; T
a little space aside (Jo.).

iffi* pha-khol ^m« [obstacle]^.

««'3 pha-gu [ScA. 1. wall ; edge, border ;
2. tile] Jd.

*•'?*>• pha-tifi in W. sweet dried apricots ;
in C. ww*wf«wg mHah-rig kham-bu (Jd.).
%[* pha-mthar gyro! as met. boat.

/ia-tAel=f^» pha-rol, adv. ffa\
pha-tM-dit : ^•KV^V'-^ (A. 30).

I'Tfc pha-nor patrimony; also burnt
brick.

mt^qj pha-wa 4go-d<jo (|T^5-^H1
tdiKj-hdrehi thafi-khug) (flag.) puff-ball,
bull-fist (Fat. ft.).

+ H'^ ^Aa-4t =**•'* pha-rol.

***' plia-bofi (in Z</. *'**>') a large
boulder or block of rock; a boulder-like
mass : Bp$5-«rSK.-q^-jiwXS-fl|fc'^'fl3s.'uK.' al-
though four massive lumps of bronze were
cast to the bottom of the sea as anchors
(A. 92). •fVt>-*t.w$Kwax\-g*, (Med.).
« fie.-t| P/ia-bofi-ka n. of monastery situated
on a huge rock north of Lhasa (Rtsii.).

vXpha-rtse = iKW*phar gkyal-tca (Tig.
k. 88).

ft pha-tshe = 9p$*\ rgyab-khug a bag, a
sack, alms-bag carried by mendicants ;
«'T(5r«)« W«>HirVrWl%*M''i'i in-
side a bag there was a picture of the
Buddhas of the three ages.

*W>' pha-waA Hjfrfr, anpft, ^^fz a bat
of any species — the general term : nw-q
5)qj jfli'ti-ii^ the flesh of bat stops vomiting.

Syn. g«F«i5AVi-*q Ipagf-pahi hdab-can ;
w*l*'§$ pags-byihu ; B«'^-^ khyim-du hgro;
9'^1'S?'^ bya-rog dgra-bo; «^-^u'|-q
mtshan-dug rgyu-wa (Mfion.).

••'^1 pha-rag 1. breeding-buck. 2. v.
wi phar-pa (Jd.). 3. n. of a section in
the Dapung monastery (L<&. *, 16). 4. n.
of a place in

817

**&•' pha-raft 1. also Q'1*' from Feringhi
a man of European race. 2. vulg. vene-
real disease (Jo.).

•r^ pha-ri 1. in Lh. a coarse covering
or carpet. 2. for wj*m'3'^ the mountains
on the other side ; yonder mountain.

^'ir^lN (Yig. k. 80).
may also be interpreted as the state of
being dissolved into the five elements at
death]£ prt&rdNff»| pha-rol hjig-rten
TTT^i [next existence or the other
world]&

pha-rol 1. the other, T&JSI,
lira; ; also defined as *caw«|^-i other than
self, one's neighbour ; «rXar§'^'ti to take
away a neighbour's property ; f^ §'f 1
another's property or things. 2. an
outsider, an enemy, the opposer ; the
enemy of man's peace. But more frq.
occurs as «rX«rZj. 3. trrata that beyond,
the next world ; «r*«rw|^ tjwta^jf >ra»l
gone to the next or other world (A. K.
Ill, 20 j. 4. for "i^ai'5 pha-rol-tu adv.
beyond, outside, abroad : Hs'^'^ ^H'wl^-
A^fqv^p.m'qlqrtTO when you go

&

out abroad you walk on foot alone
without a companion or a horse (A. 7) ;
q-^ar^oi this side and that side ; «rXar<*pfc
pha-rol-hkhor further bank or side ; ffff
afiwpha-rol-hkhor-wa trc^Hi; the enemy's
designs, machinations, enemy's advice
[trr^RiT the further and the nearer bank
or shore] & ; TXar§'5ffq pha-rol-gyi go-tea
the space or sphere beyond ; i'^°i'§'V
ph-rol-gyi-dut M<.*l<d time after death.
^wi'*"!*) pha-rol-gyi dmag-tshogs
the enemy's troops ; T^JjVW"
ha-rol-gyi zla-dan mthun-par lyas-te
[acting in obedience to the
enemy] S. f'Xm'qBjS pha-rol-bgrod
[being on the other shore] S. «rXor
pha-rol Ma-wahi lam v^ftt TT^ the way to
the fifth stage of humanity, i.e., death,
the five stages being the following :
byis-pa boyhood, "I*,'* lafi-tsho youth,
dar-ma adult age or manhood, 3j*'i rga$-pa
old age, <&'l hchi-wa death :

pha-rol-tu beyond, to the other
side ; $'*fam'§'«i'^or§ chu sogs-kyi pha-rol-tu
to the other or the further side of a river,
etc.

'ffy^'Q pha-rol-tu phyin-pa to get to
the other side ; in Budh. crossing to the
other side of this life, etc., i.e., to Nirvana.
Gen. as sbst. = tTTTfa<n [lit. absolute trans-
cendental virtue]^. •T'^ft'B^l^^jp**;
rol tu phyiu-pa Inahi-mdo the Sutra on the
five transcendental virtues, viz: 1^'" sbyin-
pa^t* (charity), C^'H*"1 tshul-khrims ^?f
(morality), i^V" sod-pa ^f«B (patience
and forgiveness), ''f^'^J*' brtaon-hgrus 3bv
(industry and assiduity) and w*r*|$^ bsam-
gtan «TT!T (meditation or Dhyana). To
these five virtues is added Prajna (*px*f(
$e$-rab) wisdom. These six are called
wl^'^I phar-phyin drug, or T^^^Vlfl
pha-rol-tu phyin-pa drug the six transcen-
dental virtues. In the later development
of the Mai ay ana doctrine ten Paramita
were formed by the addition to the above
six of the following four : <w thab$ (means
or resource), fj^'°l*i finon-lam (prayer or
prani-dhana), fjQ** stob$ (fortitude or moral
strength), and $'•*)»» ye-qe$ (divine know-
ledge).

'i pha-rol-tu kha phyogs-pa to
go beyond, to look beyond or outside, to
go against, to act in opposition to, also to
contradict.

[the ex-

pha-rol-brtcn
cellent refuge]^.

818

pha-rol Uar mi-$nan ($***•'
(jM«o».) the limit of the wide ex-
panse of water is very distant.

^arflfte.- pha-rol-gdun qt*rcr [enemies
tormented ; a conqueror ; n. of a king of
Magadha mentioned by Kalidasa in his
Kaghuvamsa](S.

v\<n°^» pha-rol Mod-pa one who thinks
of the next world or existence, a Eishi.

Syn. y^jft' dran-sron; ^I'Jf5-' dge-wa
slon (Mnon.).

«i-X«rqj«m pha-rol-brduAs fWI [sub-
duer of enemies, a victor] S.

v*,w^ plm-rol-na ago, on the other side,
beyond.

«r Xflnfiq pha-rol-gnon a hero, a warrior
who vanquishes the enemy. tcXaiipfai
pha-rol ^Md^pfcf^TjTH pha-rol rtul-ica
qcTJiw to vanquish the enemy.

«<• Xsrqiffli* pha-rol brnoys hidden adver-
sary.

«rXar«i pha-rol-pa one living on the other
side, an outsider, a foreigner ; «rX«r9 pha-
rol-po an enemy, foe ; V*.m 'Zi<v jar? pha-rol-
pohi rgyal-po the hostile king ; rt*W*^H
pha-rol-pohi dmay hostile army.

trXarS'wBj pka-rol mi-mnon the ocean.

Syn. j'«*'l^'Q rgya-mt»ho chen-po
(Mnon.).

f^wn^'Q pha-rol bslu-ica iwn deceiv-
ing others by jugglery [magic, illusion]<S.
pha-logs = I'^i plui-rol.

plia-lam or

mond.

ha-lal.Tm fruit («/o.). 2. n.
of one of the old families of Tibet from
among the representatives of which gene-
rals are appointed. They have estates in
Tsang and Yarlung and generally reside
at the Gyankhar castle near the town of
Gyan-tse. n'f*x Pha-la-tshafi the family
of Shabpe Phala in Tsang,

a dia-

plia-lad an epithet of Parasura-
ma (Mfion.).

^''N pha-li shield, buckler.

^^ phag that which is hidden or secret,
that which lies in between ; a hidden part,
interstice : $:««|'^-*ijjiw'cw $yo-p/uuj-nas blta-s-
pas having spied from the crevice of the
door; tw|*i'V'«)'§'y>i lay-iitahi phay-tu nal
slept in the embrace of the bride (Jig. 26).
secret path.

phay.pa

boar, hog, pig. Syn. !F-««I yron-phag;
p^cq-j b<fan-wa-za;t^i^^'^phag-pa chnn-
fiu; H*T (Mnon.). «w|'«S'jf phay-pahi sna
the pig's snout; «W|-9|-a|^c phay-iji gdoit
a pig's face ; f'8"! pho-phag male hog not
castrated ; *'««! mo-phag sow. ««1 5« pliag-
phay-fa pork: ^ftft^^fe
't'Jpl (Tig.). TQ phag-khyu

*

a herd of swine ; i"!'*^ phag-mchu a hog ;
w|-s<l pluig-mche boar's tusks; ^r"^*^
is said to be: boar's tail; ««I'3 hog's
bristle.

Syn. ^'i""! 8«-j% ; «•*«« sa-hjonn ; **•'
^'| man-dti-skye ; ^1«'?'^ mys-hi-ra; &'
J'*^ nur-§gra-can ; «$'^.' mchu-rin; S'^*
Spu-rens; *p^^5-jf«^ hkhor-lohi fna-ean;
mchc-wa-can (Mnon.).

p/tay-myo a mineral medicine (^'
g«i rdo-sman) a stone :
i^'^Ji (Jtferf.) ; i-aS-
(J. ^).

DOJ qjc.- Phag-gun n. of a district in Tibet
(Rtsii.) ; "WT^'I^' phay-yun rdson the chief
town of Thag-gung district.

«J«I'5 Phag*gru or ««|'*'5 phag-mo gru n.
of a district in the province of Lhokha,

819

phay-mo yrii-pa n. of a celebrated
lama who founded the monastery of
Gdan-sa mthil (Lon. *•, 5).

*«r*fi phag-ryod ^H<meWS wild boar.

phay-mo 1. ^tr^t a sow ; ^'i'^'S
Dorje Phagmo the diamond sow,
a Buddhist goddess believed to be incarna-
ted as the abbess of the monastery of
Samding in Central Tibet. 3. ^wnfesft
[a kind of plant] S. v. 3(1 rdo-rje.

«w|-^fl| pharj-shag (lit. hog's day) it occurs
twelve days after the summer solstice when
if it rains the water becomes bad and poi-
sonous (Rtsii.).

phag-sho weight of 31 sJio (Tig.).

phag-sur, «!^'3'*nri^«l*F|*i yser-
gyi phag-zur gsum-gyis.

pork.

phag-rags ramparts, intrench-
ment.

*«r^ phaij-ri and ifll'^'fe; phay-ri rdson
n. of a fort and frontier station of Tibet
situated on the confines of Tibet, Bhutan,
and Sikkim (Rtsii.) : S(rt'ft*''JlT**^' to
the west is Phagri-lung (Kathan. *|, 118).

S'3'=.' rnyu-gw
reed-bamboo (in mysticism) (Min-rda.

phag-sucj-ma a kind of small
table used as dining table by Tibetan
lamas and noblemen, with legs resembling
those of a pig. l^l^f^pi cog-tse-phag-
sitg-iim (J. 27).

i phag-phag [the name given in
Pur. to Codonopsis ovata, the thick roots
of which plant are cooked like turnips or
ground and baked] (Ja.).

^C phan for w hphan I. wg phan-
bu or <&•'** pkan-ma spindle (Cs.J. 2. in »*'

.' Mtsho-»ia phan seems to be equal to

. 3. v. ^ pan. ^
pan-kheb.

caste. =»^'i
wheel]>S.

weaver's
hkhor-lo ^m [a

j phah-wa "5^1=, giro, pf . probably
i phons-pa, to save, to spare, to use
economy: ^fifwq sroy phan-wa to spare
one's life ; D-tmr^garn to give without
stint ; «fe^W careful disposition ; ic.'^«j'«aj
thrifty, frugal (Ja.) [^flf== lap, embrace,
!3tf^i=the hip, lap]&

«=-!=.' phan-phun = r^'^' or <w*g*, bit
by bit, piece by piece; also^T^iJ rdoy-
rdoj patched (Tig.) ^^\ phan-plmn-du.
= aic.-^^ adv. in patches (Tig.).

^•« phan-ma l. = wg. 2. a medicinal
plant (Med.).

loss: wp'

phans-pa alas so much loss !
alas, to aban-
don it would be indeed a loss, affection
would not forsake it (A. 11). «wwS^
phans-mod (vulg.) ^'§1 hphro-lhag the
excess of anything, anything that is
thrown out when not required.

[n. of a Brahman
whom Buddha met on his way to
Benares]»S.

^J^ phat is a very powerful and effica-
cious ejaculation used in mantras for the
destruction and suppression of evil spirits.
In Milaragpa the writer expounds this
mystic syllable thus: "Outwardly phat
is the condensation of the items of
Discriminative Perception, or their amal-
gamation when those items have been

820

too minutely subdivided and scattered;
inwardly, phat is the revival of one's
sinking soul ; rationally, phat is the classifi-
cation of things according to their pri-
mary nature."

^ phad (ifr) 1. a large bag or sack of
hair or cotton cloth : «S '*»3m the bottom of
a sank; "VF a full sack; a sackful;
«*S'f *•' an empty sack ; «*\'9 phad-bu a small
handbag to contain trifles such as tea-
cups, saucers, etc. : ^sS-j* gw>| R* phad-
buhi thum-thwn shig khur (Lam-rim. 139).
iS-* phad-tse a sack made of yak-hair or
yak-tail hair. "S'Jf* sacking; *\* very
coarse sack-cloth (Jo.). 2. sting in the
tail of a scorpion [also ^^t=curl,
lookJS.

5|3j I : p/tan a tassel, fringe, hanging
ribands, etc.

33) II : postp. until ; «^<<« id. Also in
the combination «^'*S phan-chad or ^'^
phan-chod postp. = beyond, further than,
as far as, until : S'S?'*^ up till now ; ^
s\w*K C. do not go any further than that
place.

*%& phan-tshun ^l^TPS, 1TOT to and
fro, over and across, hither and thither;
one another. ^'€<S pkan-tshun [*W? split-
ting, junction, VSS, following, connec-
tion, fire-., vzitel.tTWT each other, one ano-
ther]S. «** &'*%Wi phan-tshun hgrog»-
jia to hold to one another, to associate.
na^-flS'" phan-tshun ryyud-pa to twist,
to string together. >"^''V*f'£' Phan~
Uhun-du hgro-tca to walk to and fro, there
and back ; B^'CaS'^IJ1'J' to push hither and
thither; 1*'$^ *)3^'<wfll5*i words of mutual
friendship (Glr.) ; «*&; &&*&(*'*$
ifc'i, yft^, "l^^'l^'" I mutual corres-
pondence, mutual greetings, mutual

encroachment ; m C^ '|V«r^w«i to compare
with one another, to mix one with the
other (Zam.). w«w§^gj»r«^-^^ on each
of the two shores of lake Ma-pham,
(Mil.) ; ^'3fa?^'q phan-tshun thor-wa to
scatter, to disperse. «q-^-5l>F(»3«rw2i5-
»<3^ between friends accustomed to one
another there is good agreement ; «f 3fo
|JS phan-tshun-sprad to exchange mutually,
mutual exchange.

t^\v phan-dil round open metal pot of
all sizes, a dcgchi, the common cooking
vessel in Tibet and India ; ^'S*.' phan-
a small cooking vessel.

phan-phun n. of a very large
numeral (Ya-sel. 57).

phan-phun-du
»'3^'c| to disagree, not to be in accord or
agreement.

phan-pa 1. fta, ^ij^r^, Q, ofa to
benefit, to be of use, to be useful : ^'i
that is of no use to me ; g-
i)^ this son will hardly be useful to
me (Jd.). «*'<> and i^^^'i adj. useful:
4qx&^ a ugeful thing, valuable posses-
sion, frq. ; ^i)^-^*i-y w^-qa^^ after
all it is of no use to me in my misery
(Dsl.) ; qgq-g-^-q5 3Eq| a wholesome instruc-
tive word (Glr.) ; «*^S'3j*J useful advice
(Dzl.\ 2. ^H«K, ftn, w?i, sra, m (A. K.
1-20) use, utility, benefit ; force, victory,
ability ; WTS* also «*V?«|'N useful, profit-
able, ^•5"'" to be useful ; Bm-<05,flpr«i to
befit, suit; *^^ serviceable, of good
effect, comfortable ; a comfort, blessing ;
merit. sqq<v^*w pfian-paki-sen/$ bene-
volence, readiness to help ; i<V£i51!|*ri pkan
btags-pa and ^Til^'^ the administration
of medicine to a sick-man :

821

has done a useful work. Where
medicine does no good it is said of it:

Phan-yul and *H'H incorrectly
Hphan-yul and *M>\I.

, yeast

for

«.'!' chan-rtsi
(Mwore.). In Baltistan

phab-pa to bring down
i gten-nag mar phab-pa}, v. *9w«i AJeis-
^« perf. ftphab fut. ^w rftei imp.
(Rdo. 46).

rgyal-wa.

;cr«q Pham mthin-pa can n. of a
Buddhist of Nepal: ^w«5 wwle.'^ •^>
w,«^'§ (A. 57). tw*fc-q Pham-mthin-wa
n. of two Buddhist priests of Nepal (A.
86).

pham-pa, pf . of wrt hpham-pa, q. v.

Q to give to some one the remainder of a
dish which one has not been able to eat.

I : phar [sbst. exchange, interest of
money W.j Jd.

II: adv. away, beyond, out, fur-
ther ; «« ^'" to go off ; w^|3»4-i to roam on-
wards : <%¥*•* away from here ; ^^•*>•»^i1(
I do not go away ; 1* '^c.1 go away ! Often
used in conjunction with &*• tzhur hither,
when = hither and thither. w^'C^I
phar-hgre tshur-hgre rolling about on the
ground (W'^'wC^lT^ sa-la phar-tshur hgre-
ica) . *** ^ phar-nog the other or opposite
side : i«!S»^'«ir%l|R'l^H*MW!c (D.B.)
t'"t pha-la or wj*|« phar-phyog$='**. phar
beyond, further side.

=v*.<* pha-rol or
pha-phyogs: t'^'i^^'^w^ni-^ (A. 27).

wp phar-kha •=<*'*& pha-rol the oppo-
site side (of a valley, river, etc.).

«*•!*'? phar-kha #a=W^'fi'|« yshan-du
phyogt or ^'^"\ phyin-ci log (Mnon.).
^'f>'^ phar-kha-na = W"ft phar-kan .

w^Cl phar-hdsug and ^X'Sfoi fshtir-rgol
= S'^fo sna-rgol and ^'^ phyi-rgol.

ww phar-phar indirectly; also even-
tually, latar on: WWtf^^'Al'fir^lf in-
directly his relations came to know.

**'|^ phar-phyin abbr. of ««'X<Jr§t^q
pha-rol-tu phyin-pa, v. f**1* pha-rol.

t^'^phar-sad=f^ p/ia-zad.

wt phar-la 1. beyond: S'«$fl|-wai after
one year. 2. over there : ^c.'^'^-q-^-wai
over there at the foot of a tree (Hbrom.
106).

har-log tshur-log

topsy-turvy, upside-down ; all confused
together.

i^'s phar-wa the lesser wild dog, Cuon
primcevus ; W|t.' phar-spyan Pallas's wild-
dog, Cuon alpinus.

J w^ phal-ga ^a^ the river of Gaya
anciently called Nairafijana (Nilajan)
mentioned by the Chinese traveller Thang-
zing under the name of <wi*)'§ hphags-chu.

l phal-pa-=*3g*'* dkym-ma
common, usual, ordinary ; that which
suits or is fitting for : «w«rw««|«-wq3e. q
a more than ordinary beauty (Jd.) *> mi
or «|c;«|WJ gan-sag phal-pa commoa
people, i.e., ^'S'J'5 so-so $kye-bo ordinary
people, not uncommon or incarnate in
origin ; 3)f«»iai'$s«J ^ phal-rnam$ common
trees (Mil.) ; wti5'^ phal-pahi $kad the
language of common life, opp. to X«i 'H^
chos-fkad. book language ; "WVj^- phal-btaA

822

mi-hoi-tsam unfit, unsuited, also
very common. wS'i phal-chc-wa
or wrQ'% V^PC a host, a troop, mass of
people; 8'qfi'«w3'l'2jfl| mi-rijod-phal-po c/ic
shig a troop or set of monsters (wild men).
SJOJ-QI pftal-po-clie ^<<d«<R a class of
Mahay ana Sutra comprising six volumes
containing brief accounts of gods, demons
(Yoksa), the sun-god ("K*^), the moon-
god («*i'*5-^), etc. ; and also of the
formation, dimensions, duration of the
world; of the different Buddhas, Bodhi-
wttvas ; also of how and what to pray for,
etc.

phi,j-phij 1. adj. jelly-like.
2. a kind of jelly.

c*r%j^-<i phal-chen fde-pa the Mahasaii)-
gika school of Buddhists.

IT&*. p/tal-cher wn 1. usually, mostly
(A. K. 1-84). 2. *f3, -m** sf*re, ^
many, majority.

w*^ phal-can W., broad, wide, e.g., a
broad valley ; w*>s phal-med narrow.

WJ'-^ phal-ktt frtw=g'ti skye-ica birth,
(mystic) (K. g. f>, 88).

;;/i«S instr. of «, by the father;
phas-spun children of one father.
phas-kyi-dijra swwNi [hostile,
opposed, enemy]S. w^i'i p/ins r;/ol-wa,
wfyiffrQ phas-kyi rijol-tca m^w an
enemy ; of the opposite side, of the counter-
party (Ja.). wwyq^ plui$ pJiam-pa bshi
the four fundamental sins : — ^w^re?fTT or
impurity, ^Rflr<m or stealing, m or
killing, srartt or frivolous and irrelevant
talk.

E) pi [1. num. fig. : 44. 2. W. for
|, 9-1 for |'«] Ja.

^ te phi-UA or I'l^'y jj/^t glin-pa a
foreigner, one of the outer continent,
i.e., a European. The common term for
an Englishman.

1. a kind of vermicelli made
of pea flour and brought from China.
2. earthen-ware cup.

§E.<r|»i Phifi-gi§ n. of a mountain in
South China where some of the finest tea
is produced (Jig. 16).

9e. q or ^'Q for ^'i.

^^^ phib$ dome, canopy. Sw**)

1. under a canopy or dome of a house.

2. riE-'iS*'A'V! '" residence, house (Mfion.).

phir-wa in W. to fall down (Jd.)

^ phu the upper part of a sloping
valley; the higher ground. 5J'$ phu-chu
river coming from above; 5S'§^'|^ phu-
chuhi-rgyun the upland stream. g'Sjl*' phu-
Ihat/i higher situated and colder places or
districts, opp. to J'-fa r<jija-<;od open lower
and milder parts.

«J '3JN phit-gra$ an elder brother (Jd.).

«j'Sfl|'«I?^-ei phu-thay bcod-pa is described
aa ^••r^S'Wl^rQ to reflect on the real
meaning, not to make any mistake about
the real meaning of a thing : JTa'IW*
**^S there is doubt where there is no
arriving at the real meaning (Rtsa-ti.
2). For derivation of phrase v. Jd.
.- phu-thag rift-thim occurs in ^'

*•' phu-thun or S'^' phu-dun a gleeve ;
with short sleeves; S'^'t" phii-dtin rise
sleeve-edges; 9'.^')^ phu-(dufi) yod one
with sleeves, 5J'^ plm-med sleeveless (shirt
or robe) ; 3'^' phu-run sleeves : aicw w
^•^e.-l^-g-^fll ^S (A. 1^0} in the morning
there was a fellow wearing long sleeves.
=.' phu-luft=$'y:*' phii-dun a sleeve.

823

* S'^5 phti-dud honour, respect, esteem ;
9'^S'IV or g'V^vq to show honour, res-
pect; g-'Wci=3«»w<^ to bend or bow
down respectfully.

^ ^ Phu-na n. of a sacred place of the
Bon somewhere in ancient Persia (G.
Bon. 4).

+ 9'i phu-nu the elder and the younger
brother, or brothers; $$** or $'$'# flfSpft
sisters; elder sister in modern Tibetan =
W'g a-ki. 5j'$'£*rqgc.*rq phn-nu-mos bsruns-
pa »)f<i»fl-<f*idi [protected or supported
by one's sisters]<S. H^ phu-bo=w'£ a-jo or
I'E jo-jo a man's elder brother; S'S^fWp

(Ebrom. f>, 35).

*$'EJ jj/m-u-a [pf. of ^g^'" hbud-pa to
blow ; col. used for the latter] Ja.

J'*f phu-nio a kind of plant growing in
the glens of high mountains.

S'3f 3 '** Phu-rtsa gye-mo n. of a village
in Stod-litn situated N. "W. of Lhasa, the
birth place of Ilbroiii-ston Rgyal-wahi

<?F3'3lJ '**'*. (Lofo *, 2).

S'^ phu-ron = iy(*.*( : S'^'S'B a flock of

*•

pigeons.

^•ijic.«-y p/,u lafis-pa (in the colloq. of
Amdo) to be irritated, enraged.

2J*5 phu-phu an expression of disappro-

val. wi'i«i«r*r^'*ivr;w*;*w1' wnen

Atis'awas unwell (hearing it) he said, phu-
phu (A. 115). 9'^'^'S phu-phu-mi-bya
*W$ ffr^i do not blow wind with the
mouth.

S'-dS phu-gud the hoopoe. In colloq.

=^l'\'^'^ pigeon-hued,
of a light blue colour (Scfi.).

31'*^ phug-chan (afll" nags) gf^si woody,
wild.

Wl'yi p/iug-nal *t^=X,*< a bear.

WCfaf** pbug-fkog&fa ^f^tr^f: [quiver-
ing, vibratingJS.

^^I'^l phug-pa g^T, JP^: recess in a
rock, a cave, cavern ; in colloq. " tak-phuk "
9TS"! ; ^"15 phug-tu into the hollow ; IS'9"!
cavern in a steep river-bank formed by
conglomerate ; *\^'3!'| the solitary cavern
of an anchorite. S"I is also loosely used to
designate the dwelling place of solitary
meditative lamas, whether actually in
caverns or not. Syn. ^91 dburj ; ^T*i brtol;
SI'i'S** bug-pa byas (Mnon.).

sjtq-q-^-gjq j-«£ Phug-pa Ihun-drub rgya-
mtsho n. of a celebrated author born in
Lhokha. He wrote commentaries on the
works of Pad-dkar, Sha-lun, and Gsal
sgrom.

qpfuphug-ma dust, chaff : <^g«-^^»c?(fl|»i-
5'S"1'*( chaff of rice and barley, etc. (Jig.).

$§ phu-se mouse, souslik and similar
rodent quardrupeds (Ja.).

a pigeon.

Syn. ^'$"1'^'^ skad-cig hdod-ldan;
I co-co-syroy ; ^'^'a^'-s^ rdo-yi zas-can ;
«i|^ rgya-phyib$-ynas; w^'^l'f^
chah-diy-man ; ^T«»WT*li hphrul-ivahi
mig-can (Mnon.).

jjqj-X^'if|c.' phug-ron rkan 'S'^n, ftcfflT n.
of a medicinal plant. [<3KT the plant
Cassia aluta ; fqw=the heart-pea Cardio-
spermum halicabum~\S.

Syn. swi'^R.' phag-ffdon ; **!'$ phacj-mo
(Mnon.).

^^|1 phuys 1. occurs apparently as
a fut. of ^i)«'« hbigs-pa (Rdo. £6). 2.

824

the extreme or uttermost part, the extre-
mity ; that which is innermost ; 31**'3l'sf
prob. = ultimate design; 31|1*<'?J, 9q1*1^ in
the end, eventually, ultimately ; 3*!»* $ *V
3fl|'Se.' how will it end ? what will be the
final issue? (Jd.). ff*wrtfc'W<|«rJft
phugt-ma mthon-war hphral-rtsod (Ebrotn.
120). OT"'^ phug$-lon a provident fore-
seeing person. 5jql*'9'5*' pkugt-su-brot
f5WW!?[ escaped to the interior (of the
house or country) ; sunk down, set (as
of the sun). y\**'** phugt-ma *l«w:
[interior]^.

5K.-y.-w phuft-dufi-ma (f « got) wfip waist-
coat.

yi'i phuA-pa = i^\i brlag-pa spoilt,
blown out, destroyed, lost, etc. ^ '3* phuft-
hthab-krol [^»l* useless]iS. ;
^ii the cause or
root of many evils and faults.

ijc.'p p/iun-kha ^'W^'^ med-par hyro-

phun-hdab to back-bite (Sikk.).
phun-tcn, v. *$JK.-q hphun-int.
phun-gthi, destruction : S^'^'l'
they brought about such
dissension and destruction (Rdsa. 2Jfj.
jjc-'arW caused to be killed or spoiled.

t}c;$c. phun-son destroyed, ruined, upset,
fallen.

^C;'2f phufi-po 1 : 1. Hf, (X"Sf'«5) bundle
(of hay, straw &c.). 2. (sf«I'MI»') *ra [a
herdJS 3.

^C'H II: 1. symb. num. 5. 2.
a piled-up hill or peak, a mound : &'3
5<v"^ irtr^rz IRK the vulture-peak hill ;phun-
po also=any heap ; many things brought
together or collected under a certain name
or head.

re body — the philo-
sophical term when regarded as a bundle
or agglomeration of component parts:
%sw«^'3'$jt:Ej'l^'Ei all animated nature and
beings like the Crarakas, Pratyeka-Euddha*,
Arhats including the Bodlmattvas • such
as have for the first time conceived faith in
Buddhism and those who have attained
that stage from which they will not
return to this world being included
in this very comprehensive term (Ebum.
% 77)- 9»Wi3-«jfK|-g namt-pahi phM-po Ina
q^^Jf the five aggregates that are
subject to destruction:— (1) "I!"!*! 5 !F5
^nsWthe aggregate of form comprising
the organs of sense, fi'z., taste, smell,
sound or hearing, sight, and fcrm which
is not perceptible ($»i'W^fl|'!Iv*)'«!^'£J;vqi3<Jj*)) ;
(2) **q5$jc,'9 i^r«i^ comprising happi-
ness and misery and indifference to either
of them C^'", ITS'", ^T*1*1) ; (3) ^'•*|*''
S'^'S ^rresaj comprising if'
and 5fil'*!«\ 'Hfg'^iK ; (4) ''^'IS'J
«i^j which includes (a) "€t*)'^^'^'§'S com-
prising ^»w (the mind) anc
that have grown therefrom, and (6)

par feg-pahi phitfl-po f<ltfi«H»3J the aggregate
of consciousness comprising all knowledge
conveyed to the mind (Loft. ", 9). There
are also »t^«'t)5'tjt.'ci-g the five aggre-
gates not liable to destruction: (1) £«r
r; (2) $K'6-RS^-5tjc,Zj |
[ ; (3) ^^i i'^'3 ! swm^ ; (4) ^-

•• *M f^^ifWiil i»i^ft^S^. Besides
these there are moral and physical aggre-
gates such as §^'3'3e''£'l ^twfaj faults;
9 1 ^f^BTOTTfil virtues ; |[i| w^i'S I
sins; *^1'5^ 3^ ''I yi<if*( attri-
butes and talents ;

825

water; »»-5)«j^3| ijftKrfa fire; etc., etc.
Altogether there are 84,000 $*r$3Vti
VflTifa (Ya-sel. 272), i.e., conceivable
aggregates of mental, moral, and mate-
rial substances.

3F-'*'**(phuft-po-can='9S*h fV^ v. tV«
a tree (Mfion.).

ije.-2j-^-5-i Phuft-po ri-wo-che n. of a
monastery situated on the top of a hill
in Tsang ; in its neighbourhood there is a
Bon monastery (Deb. «|, 22).

ijn-Zj n|«j»rg-aw^-£i phuti-po gsum-gyi lam-
$ton-pa fawjT^q^fiiqn' the instructor of

(servants, etc.). 2. hair-knot, tuft of
hair.

the way (regarding salvation of the
three aggregates) , an epithet of Buddha
(M. V.).

ijc.-Ej-ii|?j*(-£i5'*<'^ phun-po g.$um-pahi mdo n.
of a Sutra also called St^'|*'"-W the
confessions of the sins of a Bodhisattva
(Tig. 13).

[heaped]<S.

. v. «mv<i, pf. 3-v sbst.
that which is taken forth from the rest ;
a specimen ; also a first taste or experi-
mental trial. In common life, especially
a sort of first fruits offering, a portion
selected and offered to gods or drisa . f^fff\
thug-phud or ^^ lo-phud an offering of
the first fruits of harvest ; 5J «'5}S sru$-phud
offering of ears of corn wound round
a pillar of the house ; ^'^ rdo-phud, « 'H*\
sa-phud an offering of stones or earth
when a house is built ; these materials being
used for manufacturing images of gods
(Olr.) (Jd.). 2. y^-'^^'tphud-d
tca— | ^ '*ij* 'i spyi-icor b$knr-ica or
«|«, n ptsitg-tu bskur-ica to carry a present
on one's head, to offer respectfully

phud.-pa 1. pf. of *gvti hlud-pa
thrown out. cast out ; turned out, dismissed

' Phun-gJiA abbr. of
Phun-tshogs-g.lin a great monastery of the
Jonang-pa sect in Tsang (Rtsii.).

-akag bundle, tuft (Glu.).

phun-tshoys or ^'^»4'*«l'H-i
adj. [possessed of the three: —
grace, glory and wealth], perfect, com-
plete, sublime; also as sbst. mass of
merits, perfection, quintessence, all that
could be desired; frq. = heaven, paradise.

armour. 1. shield, plate
or breast-plate: ^f$J«> ko-phub a leather
buckler; S^11** phub-$ubg the cover of a
shield ; «i«r9'*>-Jfe.- phub-kyi me-Zofi the centre
of the shield (Cs.). 2. canopy, a project-
ing moulding ; J3« 5^ khyirn-phub a roof
constructed like a canopy ; "IVl**'^ g.dugs-
phub an umbrella.

phub-pa, = <^9£i'c' hbub-pa to probe
into, to penetrate into the meaning, to
get at the sense : «q5*<'§'fiH'^-«i*<*i-tj£i-<j| <*VJi'
q-^-q-m-g-^ (^4. 126) if one enquires of
the Bdul-ica JIdsin-pa in order to get at
the meaning of these expressions.

phub-ma {jq 1. chaff or chaff-dust
with particles of the husk. «i*r*<5-») phub-
mahi-me gqr»ra a kind of torture which
a penitent undergoes by burning his
body with the glowing fire of rice-chaff.
2. gleanings, stubble, straw-ends.

Syn. sftw lkogs-pa; S^ spun-pa.

Q*\'^ phur-pa 1. any peg, staple, or
large nail whether of wood or iron ;
but usually = a metal three-sided dagger,
not in any way pointed, used by exorcists
and lamas in their ceremonial, wherewith

105

826

theoretically they stab demons. The
shaft of this instrument usually comprises
the heads of three deities capped by a
projecting representation of the horse-
headed Tamdin. Usually, for the smaller
or more ordinary implement the term
is not $*>'i but $H'9 phur-bu. 2. adj. and
adv. piercing, piercingly: fil'«H'Cal*''?I'S?'q
to look at one with a piercing glance of
the eye; yv*\*« '«r«n i\$v\ '§ -<^wq to im-
plore a god very earnestly. S^6-?11!*1
I'^I'J*'^" one with brandished dagger
having risen up (A. 131). 3^|* phur-
hyyur pegs to which tent ropes are tied
in pitching a tent (Rt&ii.).

phur-ua l. = *V" or
(JjfAon.),v. <m*-«ito scratch. 2. Sc/i.to
emboss. 3. n. of a disease (wf'«ty (Jd.).
4. ?»* [strung, tied, connected]*.

phur-bu 1. jftafr, *TOfa;
an epithet of Vrihaspati the
spritual teacher of the gods.
pzah-phur-bu thursday. 2. v.

Syn. $ %'% « lha-yi bla-ma ; fl'*ip^ ggra-
mkhan; sfSf^ b.k-ldan; »>'^'g*» mr-bshi-
gkyes ; **|'P^| tshig-bdag ; IpF*1 syra-mkhas ;
ya. -gfq'^ lhahi flob-dpon ; %X*\*'i\$i\'W\ jna-
tshogs gtsuy-can ; ^1'§^ '"VI rig-byed-hdag ;
g'g« gre-skye$; **'!«> htsho-bycd; %*F*<
fntra-mk/ias ; "J'"]'^*' '*<V">f bcu-ynis hod-
hphro; ^il*i'g« riijs-skycs ; «T^»i'5f«J w^o-
ris-thob ; "Wfl'Sf^ hbar-wa-ldan ; gQ'^
ftsttb-ldan ; ^'§'ql*W£'^'fl]§l> fin-tit psal-wahi
&T3|^ tshig-ldan ; ^"1 8f^ mig-ldan ;
dpyoj-ldan (Won.).

Phur-bu kog n. of a small mo-,
nastery situated in the neighbourhood of
Sera toward the east (io/J. *, 17).

*J^'£1 phur-ma l. = ^9l'»< hbtir-ma gz^i
relievo work, embossment ; also a vessel

made of a leaf doubled over in funnel
shape. 2. fine medicinal powders, any-
thing volatile. «j*'«'*|«j*ri phur-ma gsum-
pa a medicinal root, g^'fe: phur-moft
(aoo. to Jii., 51^'") a medicament:

tj»k 35f|je.' Phur-moft sjaft n. of a place
in Tibet (Deb. \ U).

phul 1. SI "f 9 phyag-lta-bu a hand-
ful, also 3*r«l*.' phul-gaA. 2.
[best, issuedj/8.

-q phul-tu phyin-pa

[finished, perfect, accomplished]^.
reached the climax, i.e., attained highest
point, victorious, to have got the better
of an argument ; •funft^rytu'WJK'f he
became a great scholar (Jd.). iji'^'g*-'*'
phul-du byufi-ica ^TIIT attained excellence.

.' phul-byuft or ^'S1^ = B^"Y
^^fl 393 accomplished, perfect,

eminent; the Tibetan translation of the

personal name of Atis'a.

SJTCJ phul-wa, ^refee, WTfT<T [repre-
sented, delivered]-S. 1. pf. of <W* v. ^"'i
hphul-u-a and ^gi'') hlul-wa. 2. an
offering, a present. Syn. *g«c ^ hbul-wa ;
g"l'^ phyag-rtcn ; |«

shu-rten

phul-wvhi btufi-p/wr ^^qft ire«lf [a drinking
plate]*.

$ p/ie 1. IT, and Sikk. for | phye ^
powder, anything pulverized. QQ'^'^i
phe-phe-shib-mo ^5 fine powder. 2. num.
fig. 104.

3 '•*) phe-fa is an exclamation ; occurs in
the passage 9'-*j &'*< ^^^q-g^ (Z>.J?.).

a^-^u) pheg-rdog qire [a musical instru-
ment, a tabor]S. ^'^ pheg-rdob 1.=
^q-je.' pheb-kyafi even when come. 2.

827

[a small drum, or tabor, or a kind of
cymbal]&. di<JH-t« '^ff is a long drum
used by the Indians as a musical instru-
ment. 9q'^q'£| pheb-rdob-pa qi(>HK a
minstrel.

generation, and %'#i^ id., 5^q=.' virile
power.

6)M ** pheb-pa 1. pf. 3q*» pheb$, resp.
term for to come, to arrive, to go, depart.
Is in very frequent use in C. fl|'"l'9q ga-le
pheb a farewell salute to a visitor: "go
gently ! " «Jq*rw || q phebs-par smra-iva Jtfotr
to ask to come, to invite. 9q«*fl|« pheb$-
tshoys instructions, or anything that is
sent as a favour : Qqsr^srjje.'^'jrRlj^'jic.'qs^'
^*\'£)'*)§^ pray, may your letters also come
like the stream of a river (Tig. k. 69). 9q*r
q?j'q pheb§-bsu-tca or Qq^'ij^'q p/iebs-ffso-wa
to go and meet a person in the way for his
reception.

? pher-u-a to be able, to be capable
of, equal to: d-VV-'l^pwI^vaj-^e.- go,
if from your heart you can do so (A. 65) ;
fll^-aiyje/q^-qivjJq-Yl^^-q-ic.- he was able
to consecrate others (Deb. «|, 28).
also = serviceable ; an equivalent.
incapable, not serviceable, = ft'
(Khrid. 28). ^•t

(A. 84).

pher-po one who is clever in
conversation, correspondence, or diploma-
tic business, etc. (Tig. 13).

% pho 1. an affixed particle or perhaps
adj. signifying: male, paternal: S? a
male fowl, cock-bird; V<i wa-pho male
fox. 2. also sbst. a male ; and occasion-
ally, a father (not however commonly) :
S?S male and female; f'«<^'«5 handsome
man. Applied to animals seems gene-
rally to indicate castrated males; but
pho-rtags=the male organ of

%'$^' pho-glaft ^ gw, irtJW [the lungs,
the bladder]^.

'J'Jft'fl pho-rgod-pa ^^n [raising, eleva-
tion]-?.

noble, exalted.

^'^ pho-nid ^J^JT [coming after,
successive]^.

+ S'«|'S-q pho-thag che-ica l. = pc.«-q'iiq
and ra^'^'l khur-ehe-wa (Mfion.). 2. =^'£i'
f'l Ita-wa mtho-ica.

%'% pho-ico = ^'^'» §pun rgan-pa elder
brother (Tig. 11). 5'*'|k.- Pho-wo-ldoK n.
of a clan (Tig. 7).

ma-nin-pho herma-
phrodite of the male class (Mfton.).

5'S pho-mo man and woman ; male and
female. ^'S'*^ pho-mo-med no difference
of sex exists ; «&'*i'f ^Sirjj'imri terms sig-
nifying cohabitation.

5-S-9^-«-»(Tg Pho-mo ByaH-than mtsho a
large lake in Tibet on the Bhutan frontier
lying between long 90° and 90° 30'E. at
an elevation of 16,050 ft.

i pho-r moils the penis.

pho-rtsed $na-dgu the nine
different sports or feats of man as men-
tioned in Rtsis-len.

'^ pho-tshod ace. to Jd. = %'% pho-so:
do not boast of pro-
phetic sight.

%'u**i pho-mt&han f*^ masculine gen-
der ; the male organ, the penis. In the
Dulwa *•«*< is termed »^'«W|ity(*r«i and its
work is called

828

Syn. *V« S'fl'" hdvmt-kyi gba-u-a ;
me-ha-na; V^TSSS he-ma-na-dpyad ;
TP dran-pahi ka-wa ; tf 'sw pho-gicaU ; •'I*''
q$-jarw*( chag$-pahi rgyal-mtshan ; tffc'%
dican-po ; *f« 3«V? «F$ myo$-byed Icays-kyu ;

hdomt-kyi mjug-ma (Mnon.).

%'"<*\ pho-yan and f'^s.' pho-rafl, also
5 "$e.- pho-hrafi = &n unmarried man.

5 "9 pho-lha 1. tutelary deity of a man's
right side (Ja.). 2. C«. : sir, as polite
address.

f'SJo] pho-yig the male letters of the
Tibetan alphabet which are "1, *, 5, ", *,
8fc. ; among the thirty letters the first
of each group being regarded as a male
letter (Situ, 60).

Pho-yafi-l}sab n. of one of
the queens of king Khri-sroA Idchu bt&an
(Lot. *, 8).

5 ?) P Pho-lha-wa or 5'^ ~vn * or &\ the
family descended from king Miwang
Pholha Thaiji, originally occupying the
village of iy**' in Tsang (LoH. "•, 12).

V'^ pho-fan explained as $»'£'VI!q
pa drag-pa (Rtsii.).

% S pho-so one of position ;
pho-so thon-pa = *3\'f*('ci one who has made
himself prominent, distinguished. In
proud, haughty.

T'fy p/to-na or V'?**pho-na-ica a messen-
ger, deputy, envoy : V~y*fft.'n pho-na gion-
tca, 5?»<c.1>lci pho-na mnag-pa to send,
despatch a messenger. Also, a spiritual
messenger or angel : Q^'1!'^ 3'^ bde-wa
can-gyi pho-na the angel of paradise ;
«H^ |5'5'^ ffiin-rjehi pho-na the messenger
of death; yn'afc%"$ rgyal-pohi pho-na
ambassador, envoy. %'*>'& pho-na-mo 1.
female messenger. 2. gen. a

mistress, female friend (Mnon.).
3|§flp'«^ pho-na yzig-gi slog-pa-can a lit.
messenger wearing a leopard's skin=gill a*<
(Sman. 350).

Syn. W\ nan-rna ; S'»*'5 lya-ma-rta ;
giam-$kyel ; ".g^j"! hphrin-tfcyel ;
ban-chen; 1^3^ ban-phyin (flfnon.).

Pho-brgyad. and SS^flj pho-dmg a
silk scarf for presentation (S. kar. 179).

2f'3 pho-wa (resp. f*H (7s.) 1. 3*
colloq. the stomach. 2. second cavity of
the stomach or the reticulum of ruminating
animals (Ja.) ; ^nrrmi [the receptacle of
undigested food, the stomaeh]S. *-q-|vq
pho-wa IJid-pa to overcharge the stomach,
to clog ; Jf 'fl'-^'p pho-wa yol-wa to purge,
to cleanse ; f'M pho-nan a weak stomach ;
5 q-qjc.- pho-wa-b,zafl a good, sound stomach
(Ja.).

%'~y\ pho-drod. (lit. warmth in the sto-
mach) digestion : «-vVfiV5'a'"'''1»''a'1** one
in whose stomach there is no heat will not
be able to digest food (Sog-dpe.).

tf-q-q^qm pho-wo-ffdag! (^FWT) [imme-
diate]S.

^•qAoi pho-wa-ril (also 5'«i^ or 3'^1»)
black pepper.

Syn. ^ ^'•'j*4 na-le fam ; V'W^fli'Q pho-wa
ril-bu.

5gc.' pho-bran y|«l< palace, family
oastle; 5-g^'^ pto-bran-hkhor = $t '$*>
a town (Mnon.). ^-ge.Ag»c^a|»j pho-bran
hbum-gduys n. of a palace built by king
Qnain-ri sron-btsan where under royal order
medicinal drugs were assorted for use in
Tibet. ^Tl'f'g*' palace of the Sikkim
raja.

S'ge.'$«'5'JrJF' Pho-bran Yum-bu kla-
$gan the most ancient stone structure of
Tibet built by the first king and said

829

to be still kept in some state of preser-
vation by the Dalai Lama's government
(J. ZaX.\

tf-gs.i»"$qj-«^ Pho-braft me-tog-can the
capital of king Kama. B^rjarf-gc.- Chos-
rgyal pko-braH ancient capital of Tibet
in Tar-lung in Lhokha now in ruins
(Rtsii.).

ho-btsog or *fS^'i btsog-pa.
pho-tahos 1. ^f^JTTJT [inference,
estimate, measurement ; one's own esti-
mate of himself, eto.]& w^^N'gA^'ql'^e.-
V«^3**«*r|4fw| (Khrid.). 2. rouge for
the cheeks of ladies.

pJio-rog colloq for S X<J| bya-rog
the raven, said to possess the power of
foreboding ; consequently omens are drawn
from its cry. S?'^1*)*) pho-rog-mig (lit. the
raven's eye) n. of a medicinal herb
(Fat. td.).

f'^'§<v«i pho-len byed-pa transferring of
Jongpons from one district to another:

the tran -fer of Jongo officers who were
instituted by the former kings (Rtsii.).

5'Zfaj pho-log ftg;fa3?r a disease of the
stomach resembling cholera if not cholera
itself [spasmodic cholera]^. : J?'£«r«w3v
9'Jfa|'9)w2|'t the lo-tsawa having died of
cholera in Nepal (A.).

p/w-lofi fi3^ [a kind of jasmineJS.

fyx pho-loft hel=%'*{*^' pho-dican

(Jd.).

phog 1. v. ^ij-'-J 2. wages, pay,
salary; **>l yeaxly pay, I'JJij monthly
salary, ^'?fl| daily wages; ^TS2^ an
officer at Shigatse who pays and looks
after the maintenance of the Tibetan

troops on the Himalayan frontier. 3.
pension, gratuitous support. 5<»rg* phog-
rgyar allowance in meat, each pound
being called g'^ rgya-ri (Rtsii.). 5fl|'«i*n
phog-bzan or Zfij'qa^-q officers or servants
with allowances either in money or in
kind; any allowance (Rtsii.).

phofi, v. •we.'i hphaH-wa ;
wa (Glr.) for c"^'1' pafi-wa.
gyur-wa ^ima [afflicted]-?.

phon-

phofi$-pa ^}Jf?j, 1%q^ 1. poor,
needy, destitute : a«<^^-g»c5c,»j-q destitute of
food and wealth ; X«-«^fq«-*e.q-q devoid
of religion and intellect ; §w«^'9*wn«i| JJt«r
S^l the poor and miserable creatures (*\*J
dgu being here sign of plural). 2. poverty,
misfortune. Sc.*r«i5-^w phofis-pahi dus
f^T^rw, «' »n; [time of danger, evil, cala-
mity]^ (A. K. 1-40).

(or 5\P) = ^w J|f^| \V\K
a kind of stage- dress of the lamas ;
masquerade garment with long sleeves:
|-«r*^MKfV»riVW9 he put on a cloak
and stage-robe (Khrid. 106).

phod-can %g ; comet. Syn. «6"1"
mjug phod-can; ^fVff^K du-wa
mjug-rin (Mfton.) ^y*-fl|a^ phod-ca-gzah.

1. to

cope with, to be able, to coerce : ^gi'^'^y
q-g^ ^<^ uie.- although he was scarcely able
to part with ; ^'*>'^ I cannot bear to sett
that. 2. to withstand, be a match for :
MTl|ir^raK-fferV^ who can resist good'
food and fine clothes ? Sy«r*^ phod-pa-can
bold, daring ((7s.).

phon or 5^-q l.
bundle, truss, sheaf. 2. =

chun-po

830

bunch, cluster, umbel ; tuft, tassel (Jd.) ;
S*'5^ dar-phon, JV1^ skud-phon (Cs.).

3^'X^ phon-chen a good
much, many (Rtsii.).

phob v. *3«wi hbebf-pa.

= 3«'i bum-pa a pot,

jar.

f phor-rni trap, net to catch birds:
*'V'3|q!*''cr'l$q!'ql$'ql'''J*'q^ql£WI next
day at evening he laid a fine trap (Rdsa.
10).

ZJV^ phor-pa *nw; drinking cup or

vessel ; i"!*" %*• iron cup, W'** silver cup,
ij?K^ golden cup, ^ ^ glass cup, ««r*^
barley flour-bowl, Jh ^ spyiit-p/ior glue-
pot; 5^|*i cloth for wiping a cup.
phor-ru = SJ^'i phor-pa.

in JF. any blister caused by
burning. 5T*)«| pttol-»iiy 1. a circle, disk.
2. a bad sore, ulcer, boil.

=9ai'5 phen-tc.

rtogs-pa.

. = 5'^« pho-yis. 2. pf. of
q hbo-wa. 3. v. -^ fff.

51 ^/<//a 3< P%pa l°t> luck) chance, for-
tune, good luck : S'J^ to cast lots ; 9'W
g-c.^ good, bad fortune or prognostics
(Cs.) ; ^'3, Sw 9 prognostics relative to
property, family, etc., by casting dice;
g-^-muic.- lot (good luck) and blessing;
g-^-q|uiE.^5fl|-i to call forth good luck and
blessing, to secure it by enchantment
(Jd.). 3 ^ '* phya-ken tse one who pre-
tends to know the issue of fighting
between gods and demons; a Bon
necromancer (D.R.). 3'*r^ phya-mJchan =

fortune-teller. 3^ phya-tshan
the fceces of any infant, new born colt,
calf, etc., that died immediately after
sucking milk, and used as an augury:
3 '^ §** '^T^V^i. The expression S^'lT'lS
phyahi gto-spyad occurs in l^'w^'^'^Q'
§' J"Wvg5'flj^''!^''»r«|.J|qj»rlj (D.R.).

3'^^'^'9'*'*1'5'*1 Phyva-hphrin nor-iin
mchag-rgyal (tf**-'^"!^'*?1) n. of a Bon
work to hear which brings good luck and
fortune (Rtsii.).

y*. phya-ra door-ourtain of yak-hair
cloth.

fine, smooth
refined, pleasant; 3^q-«5)^'')=g^-*l»i^q
k/iyod mi-mnaiti-pa not smooth-going,
rough.

^ Phya-safa Sol-la-ht/ien u.
of a son of G yen-sang phya-la hthen (O.
Bon. 23).

^| phyag ifsi, mfif is the resp. word
for i*\ the hand ; and from the use mado
of the hand in salutation by orientals,
the word has also come to mean : salu-
tion and reverence. Sl'f^' back of hand,
ST^ the wrist, gipto the thumb, all
resp. terms. gflj^'ZN at the first salute ;
gnj 3]E.*i *K,-q«»i -with unnumbered compli-
ments; 3TIS-", goi'w^-i to pay one's
respects, to salute; QJ^'gl salutation by
prostrating the body on the ground ; qg*'
g"1 salutation by bending the body and
touching the ground with the head : gij'^w
welcome ! gt]'t)afl]^c.'fl|3i| is form of welcome
by a host on arrival of a guest ; 31 ^W8'
W*-' id. ; 3'"l'3c-'^2IJl phyag-gyen hgyel or 3T
3c.-qga( phyag-gyaft hgyel suddenly falling
on the ground (like the falling of a
dilapidated wall) to make salutation : ^£i'q'

831

the midst of Ms pupils he saluted (him)
by falling down on the ground (A. 23).

STT^ phyag-mkhar (resp. for
handstaff.

WySP phyag-hkhur W. = $fffa.

9*!'3 phyag-rgya ^fe, ^*T [the
clenched fist, seal]*?. 1. resp. for 5 a seal;
9*TS'^Vw't| phyag-rgya hdebs-pa to seal, to
confirm by a seal. 2. a sign or manual
gesture ; the manner in which the hand
and fingers are held by Buddhist saints
and lamas when performing certain reli-
gious ceremonies or mystical rites ; also,
symbolic devotional ceremonies by Tantrik
priests. V'3'SI'S when making offerings
to a deity, term for the peculiar gestures
and signs of the hands and fingers.
These are different in exhorting, or threat-
ening or in binding a deity to perform
some religious duty in the names of
Buddhas and Bodhisattvas ; and those who
are adepts in such mystic signs are said to
be able to exercise great power over spirits.
It is believed that g«I« snags, SI'S and K
ft^S^ (mantra, mudra and samadhi) are
equally efficacious when they are properly
uttered or performed. **!'9|'S1'S the mudra
of speech consists in using mystical
language and signs; ^S'S'STS the mudra
of the mind is meditation on the deity.

: phyag-rgya chen-po
is said to be a figurative designation under
the Madhyamika doctrine, indicating a
mode of attaining Nirvana by highly
mystically-developed devotees while indulg-
ing in sexual embrace ; the woman so
embraced is called fl|«*'«j*i (private sakti).
Likewise this sexual ecstasy is termed
S^I'S'** phyag-rgya-ma or a'*''9'Sq!'S ^as-kyi-
phyag-rgya *

II: is decribed in both Sutra
and Tantra. 1. y\ 'S^l'i'^'*1^ | *»r«^'«w
VV*T^'S*fH*!irtfc^ the special
meaning of Mahamudra is Anuttara, the
supreme and absolute doctrine; it is
described as the knowledge of Dharma
Karma (its practice) and the vows.
2. according to the Tantra:

"'$ Phyag signifies the knowledge of
Cunyata, while Rgya conveys the meaning
of liberation from worldliness ; and chen-po
signifies both these important functions
being brought together. This occult
Buddhism was first taught in India by
Padma-vajra (the senior), Saraha, Nagar-
jiina, Ei-khrod dwan-phyug, Maitripa,
etc., and afterwards it was taken into Tibet
by the Tibetan sages such as Marmije,
Sgam-po, Phag-gru, Sakya Pan-chen and
others (J. Zafi.). 9"1'5'»< phyag-rgya-ma
^^r [a posture of the hands or feet in
the practice of Toga or meditation]^.
But v. preceding paragraph. STJ**'*1^'*'
phyag-rgyas mnan-pa to overcome evil-
spirits by gesticulations ; SI ^'^^'^ phyag-
rgyas hgrol-iva to sefc them free, by
dissolving the charm (Jd.).

gT* phyag-cha any manual tool or
implement, resp. for "W|'». ST*" phyag-
chas instruments (symb. of attributes)
carried in the hand, or used in performing
religious dances, cf. S*!'*^-

Sir**^ phyag-mchod for s«ii^e.-»iX^-ti-§^
salutation and worshipping.

+ Sl'if^i phyag-brnan=-a^^"^"\ hkhor-
gyog tffr^TT attendants, retinue.

Sll"!" phyag-tfHgs=WW>, "ivll" gad-
$nic/s (fag. 38).

S1'51" phyag-rtags 1. resp. for «wr$««|«
lag-rtags sign of the hand, impression of a

832

blackened finger in the place of a seal.
2. in Sikkim. hand-token, i.e., a present
(Jo.).

31'fa phyag-rten = W*, 8'f^ «^n pre-
sent, souvenir with letter (jfnon.). ST"^
phyag-b_rten *TCH [orders, instruction,
message] <S.

3*TV phyag-dam a seal.

Syn. V*'5p dam-phrug ; ^V* thchu-tse
(Won.).

STS*'" phyag-dur-pa a sweeper, duster ;
SIVfTs trhjf i dust-heap;
'Jf« or ***<*. vestment or cowl
of a mendicant monk patched with rags
gathered from rubbish heaps,
w j*'«i phyag-dar leys-par byag-pa
»w [rendered clean or pure, swept well,
cleansed welljiS. y\'e>*\*phyag-bilar=*\^'^'
9V <tan clearing from dust, dusting,
making a thing clean : S ^ §'«w byi-dor-
gyi lag the work of cleansing, sweeping,
dusting (fiag. 38).

31 '^ phyag-deb occurs in |

Phyag-rdor or 31^X^ Phyag-na
rdo-rje also called "WT^'t Lag-na rdo-rje
cHqif^ the Bodhisattva Dorje Chang or
Vajra-pani in his wrathful manifestation,
the chief of Tantrik deities.

Syn. fliwq^q^fli'Hi psaft-icahi bdag-po;
q|«e,'q-^ psafi-wa-hdsin ;
lag-na rdo-rje psan-wahi-rgyal;
rdo-rje dwaft-phyug • ^|'*s. rdo-rju-caU ;
«3 j^q^Zj mthu-stobs bdag-po (MAon.).

31 ^ '1'^ g^'«^ Phyag-na rdo-rje gos-
Sdon-can (^|H<W*H*l(l^t) n. of one
of the most terrific manifestations of
VajraPani ; his body being said to be then
260,000 yo/'awa high. In his right hand

he carries a flaming pointed vajra (thun-
derbolt), in his left hand he holds the king
of eagles ; eight huge snakes coiled round
his arms and feet serve him for bangles ;
six thousand tiger skins sewn together
form his garment. He prostrates himself
before Buddha and prays that he may
gain perfection. 31 ^ t^V"^, 131-*
gn|»r<,e.-'WN-q one hundred and eight epithets
of Vajra Pani together with Dhdrani
(contained in K. g. t, 73).

+ 31^'q\*) Phyag-na pad-ma mimftt an
epithet of Avalokites'vara (Yig. k. 5).
'' phyay-dptiA resp. for arm.

phyag-dpe resp. for «\*>'* dpc-clm
a hand -book, book in general.

+ ytfta* phyag-slal l. = q^ff prison
house. 2. resp. = 3lifF (Cs.).

31' 3 phyag-phyi=*fW'$ slinbs-pliyi
attendant, man-servant; 3"liSS'" phyn/j-
phyi-byej-pa to be a servant. 3T3'«i phyaij-
phyi-lu or W^' "§*' * phyag-phyir hbrefi-wa
to be a follower (of a lama) ; train of
servant, retinue (Jd.)

3ql'l"l phyag-phyig 1. a very large
numeral; gfgnpacnwwi (Ya-sel. 57).
2. ^« [remnants of food, a small portion]&

Sll*1 phyag-brii resp. hand-writing,
manuscript; but gen. = a letter: i^q^ST
I** your kind letter, your friendly corre-
spondence.

301*3*1 phyag-hbitl resp. gift, present.
3"! A§* ptnjag-hbyor=<y\%*\ phyag-son.

S^ ^ phyaij-ma ^WT^Ht broom, dus-
ter, mop.

pftyay-snian 1. refp. for ffl SHHIH.
phyag-rten.

a cook :

833

he who knows the science of cooking is
said to be a cook (Can.).

tjiyniWQ phyag-t&hal-wa »w. bowing
down, profound salutation (A. K. 1-2).
The erroneous Budh. etymology is: 31=
sweeping out all defilements and **»ri =
begging for virtue and blessing : in mak-
ing prayers or reciting mantras one should
bend his head respectfully and then pros-
trate himself on the ground (Spyod. 17).
tjqj-nAjr^ phyag-htshal-lo STIT. I salute.

3"! ***S phyag-rndaod one in whose hand
the treasury is ; a treasurer.

Syn. *)fr>'i rndsod-pa; ^'1?* nor-pncr;
-q ban-mdsod-pa ; ^'jf=-« noa-skyong ;

mdsod-hdsin (Mnon.).

phyag- rdsas resp. for ^'f« nor-
rdsaf.

yi'W* phyag-shabs resp. for *f.'*&l rkan-
lag (Schtr.).

*}"I'^« phyag-hoi ^r worthy of saluta-
tion, worshipful.

9T* phyag-ra prob. for 91 2J phyag-gra
privy, water-closet. In W. also *}"!«
phyag-sa.

31'"^ phyag-lan reply, the return for a
salutation, reciprocal greeting.

«j«|-«w j)Ay<75f-/«?=^^'IJi»' phrin-las resp.
for «w work, business.

+ tju|-B(g-j5*4 phyas-la? khom resp. for
*'X-q ra-ro-wa.

yqfy phyag-lcn resp. for i^'^ practice,
excercise, also ceremony.

y\ fy phyag-sen resp. for fy'% nails.

9T*fy phyag-son = yq ^ receipt of ca*h,
cash in hand (F«^. A;.).

tjl'sfni phyag-srol law, regulation ; tradi-
tion («7a.).

phyag-lham a kind of slipper
which the Buddhist monks in ancient
India were permitted to wear : ^
^•^ffB^^fW^M only the
and those above him may wear slippers
with a hole at the centre (A. 22).

'C'^ phyafi-fa-wa 1. hanging down ;
(ace. to Cs., <**•*•«!). 2. vm slender,
slight-made; ace. to Sch., straight or
stretched (Jo.). See ^s-'i hphyan-wa.

S^ phyafi-chad=v*i&\ certain, sure,
decided.

necklace;

phyaft-phrul
pendant ornaments (Mn

hphrin-lag.

luA-$ton-f/a

[uncurtailed explanation or exposi-
tionJS.

3"V!S phyad-phyod or g^'^fs^ adv. des-
criptive of uncertainty of movement, e.g.,
not going by the straight path : ^«r«flfa'a\»r
g^-QK-ak-^-^ ^- riding on a horse
going this way and that way. SV*J^
phyad-phyad awkward gambols, clumsy
attempts at dancing (Jd.).

Q^'Q phyad-pa also ^'3 hphyad-pa
constant, firm, persevering, gy
par always, continually, perpetually.

continually revolving ; uninterrupted revo-
lution.

phyam w^t; also S*1?*!" the
resting beam of a staircase or ladder.
Also : prop, bracket, mortice : 3* £**
phyam-ina§ the transverse ledges on which
rafters of a roof rest. S^'S'V?^ phyani-
gyi fpyi-rten ^s projecting bracket.

106

834

3>8FI

state of evenness ; equality.

mnam-nid

,'3 phyar-tca to let float, hoist (a
flag).

Syn. I*'* tgren-wa; ^"'c| sMs-pa.
(iffnon.).

Q*Sfl phyar-kha blame, affront, insult.

^^•a^ phyar-phyur (gjw) ^RT n. of
a large numeral (Ya-sel. 56).

phyar-ffyefi-can (^"Mf^fl*'
given up to enjoyment of
worldly happiness.

sku-yi lto-wa belly,
stomach (C«.). 3* 3=- * phyal-phyafi-tie or
fj«i35 p/>yal-nio prominent or hanging
paunch.

2^'C^aj phyal-phycl n. of a large

number : $« I" WIJV"** 'ISRV'W q
(Ya-sel. 56).

«J*i' J«i phyal-phyol *nr^ [bowing
down]& ; 3*'*" phyal-k-wa=*>P level,
prostrate.

c^

^ ;%*' 1. adv. behind, backwards :

^•q^-^orq to lie on one's back ; ^'^$ J^ '"
phyi-hgro rgyab-pa C., to retreat, to walk
backwards quickly ; 9'^ behind ; |^« from
behind ; but see also under 3. below. %,'*$ '«J
to walk behind ; | f «1 a back-hand blow ;
% •*)<q-^-q to look behind, also |'»>1 a back-
ward look; %5^' the heel. 2. or |'«i
phyi-la after, afterwards, adv. of time;
gl eark'er and later, also former and
latter ; %A^«I subsequent increase ; ^*< |'
^^i^ at a later period, sometime after-
wards (Ds/.); ^'I'fa-ai on the following
day (Ja.). 3. also |^, outside; %5 the

outer ; |5J'5 ^N« husbandly, fai'ming (G/r.) ;
| •S)'2 •«* the outer sea, the ocean ; I'5*'**
people from abroad, foreigner strange
people ; %'^«i foreign land ; w3fa^«r|-»>'«fl-
5c.«^ (when) either guests or strangers
have come; J'^T^'^jflTl came indoors
from without ; $*$ phyi-dyra foreign
enemy ; S'^ phyi-ryol i«<|if<< adversary,
antagonist (in a lawsuit or controversy) ;
S"!*4 E w p/tyoys-phyi-ma id.

9'"1! phyi-thag in future, eventually,
afterwards, in remote future (gbrotn. f>, 8).
,-g = 35|-»i future life:^"^^1*!**^'
| resided here • not having
seen anything that would profit (him) in
the next life (A. 6).

phyi-than a threat, menace.

'*^ phyi-dar later development : ty'*^'
period of later development or diffu-
sion : SVS^V phyi-dar $fiar-dar earlier
introduction of Buddha and its later
development.

ET p/iyi-dro or g'^ phyi-ro ^tf^r^it ;
colloq. "phi-re, " the evening : |'«Tg'^'
^^'Wl'5 during the six times between
morning and evening (Zam. ft).

E'*5^'^'" phyi-bdar byed-pa is explained
as qK^qvfl^rg^TJprqfc'inqKri to make
clean by sweeping away whatever is filthy
(fag. 38).

I'^e.1 phyi-nan 1. the outside and inside;
i'aSt'"|^ to turn inside out ; i«jt.'"!VrStf "
ripe both as to the outside and inside.
|-q5-|-qi<e.-, ajs.w^c,-<i|*c. Hindus clean oui>.
side, Buddhists pure inside ; — so say the
Buddhists of Ladak. E^"!^ pure as
to thought and action ; g ^'^'1$* the
three inner outer and intermediate (pro-*
vinces, etc.). 2. inside : i'^'^'jw^ phyi-
nan-du rgyang-te calling in from outside;

835

ling inside one
•who had gone on to the roof (A. 113).
^'^'^ phyi-nan-min VWffn; [not in the
interior, i.e., an outsiderJS.

|^« phyi-nag 1. in future, in time to
come, later on; from outside. 2. = |*<'^
rjeg-nas again, subsequently (A. K. 1-6).
I'fiMV*' Phyi-nas-g.dun = *%'\» hgyod-pa
repentance (Mnon.).

S'S* ^A^'-««W-=|A^ phyi-hthen (Tig.
83). i'i^^-ei phyi-nur med-pa or |'5V*M
phyi-nud med-pa without fail.

I'STl'V.pAyj-.pAyasr byed-pa to request
for the last time ; to bid farewell, to take
leave.

B'^ls phyi-hphrod OTTO [the even-
ing]^.

«s t

§, ^ phyi-wa 1. in colloq. " chi-phi"
the large marmot found throughout Tibet.
2. v. *S'l hbyi-ica.

99^ phyi-pur a kind of ornament,
similar to 6f3\.

es

Q'&l phyi-ma see also ^'*t phiji-mo 1.

^ITgRit later, subsequent, following : g'*r*r
|-^-*i's q not having digested the first (meal),
to eat additional quantities ; §'*r^*w the
later ones, the modern ; ^'wg'*) iial-icahi
phyi-ma the last going to bed. 2. ^mn?t,
*13X the posterior. I'^'E'*1 phyi-ma phyi-
ma each following one, every one conse-
cutive in a series (Jd.). ^'*)5'*m phyi-mahi-
mthah miKr«rT [western border, extreme
end]& ^'*^'^*' phyi-mahi-dus q
[future or after-time] <S.

phyi-mo 1. grand mother. 2.
[small particle]& 3. late, as adv. or
adj. ; also, last, the latest, as sbst. %,'%*>'
"•$*.'P to have become late; ^'*TJi*iN those
who came last; colloq. fff^'5q!-tr*H!*

§£IN kho-raH rtag-pa-re-shig phyi-mo (leb$
he always arrives late. In W. and Sikkim
sounds "phi-mo."

phyi-bshin or ^'^ adv. and
postp. after ; |'i^'^'«i, ^g^'i to pursue ;
also a follower ; I'^'l^'i, ^=.'£i, l^5'£' to go
after, etc. I'l^'S'^ phyi-bshin phyi-bsMn
= |*>|N-»J (Mnon.). i-q^-qgc,-
phyi-bshin hlrafi-wahi dge-sbyoft
[an attendant S'ramana, one resembling
a S'ramana] 8.

g'^tw phyi-rabs the later generation,
posterity.

rig-pahi bon-de

the three sutras of Bon in reference t o
their outer doctrine : — (1)
(2) ^r^i-!!lT*3*r|g*! (3)
^1]*%. These three are said to have been
delivered by Shenrab on the top of Sumeru
mountain to king Kon-tse Hphrul.

'^« phyi-rim, in Pali

outer-

zone.

phyi-rol the outer side, outside.
the outside of the bed (Glr.) ;
r^ — §, — ^ are adverbs equiv. to|'^, §'5,
outside, out of doors, from without ;
also occur as postp. on the outside of, etc.
In mysticism: «K«r^qF|'*anS'**ril to
believe goblins and demons to be really
existing in the outer world. §'Xarti5'^ne;Brg-
phyi-rol-pahi tfican-po Ina the five external
members of the body which are : ''"H hand,
*Fi the legs, tffa the belly, ^»w privi-
ties, tij the speech. I'^'S ^ %w g phyi-
rol-gyi don yod-par-smra srmTO^T^ [a

class of Buddhist philosophers who main-
tained that the external world was real]<S.
^'X«i'« phyi-rol-pa or %i phyi-pa a non-
Buddhist, more particularly a Brfthmanist ;

836

g-XaroS phyi-rol pahi or |'tw<« phyi-pahi
chog the doctrine of the non-Buddhists.

|-a«| a^e.-*garq phyi-lag nan-hbrel-ica to
liave confidential conference, to discuss any
matter without letting the public know it.

phyi-kb a felt rug (Rtsii. b&).

yfiyi-fot ifa* behind, later,
latest.

Syn. I*'* rjet-ma; $*« rtin-ma
(Mnon.). v. %'* phyi-ma.

SMi phyi-tyol=.\^v\yw phyir-kg
rgyab-pa (Ya-sel. SI).

3'1 _pAyi-*a = ft'^|<s.'»i fgzx excrements:
*) 4|&.-£-«r£ KOI ^ unclean things and ordure
throw out (Zam. 4) ; |« «j| »< *v^' after-
wards (it was their lot) to eat dung (Dug.
10).

frozen: S* *l •«*VW'|V3f lyafi-gt mtsfio-
rnams phyid-byufi, the northern lakes have
become frozen.

| phyit-pa (wj) sum, «^W [the
quantity of wool necessary for making a
blanket] S. ; felt much used by Dokpa
nomads of Tibet for tents and carpets.
%s.-q^-«i phyift-hdud-pa to make felt, to
mill (Sch.) ; |*. '3* phyin-gttr felt tent,
a Dokpa hut ; 3^ ^ phyin-gtan felt-carpet.

E^V* q PhyiA-dkar-tca n. of a place in
Tibet; « * VN^'" n- of an image of
Buddha of that place (Rtsii.).

§=• 3 f^ !"?*•' Phyiti-bya Stag-rtse rdsoA
n. of a district in Lhokha near Rphun-
ryya? (Loft. *, U).

after, following ;
phyitf-nin the day after to morrow (C*.
Jo.).

phyi4-pa l. = ^c.q to suffice, to
be sufficient : jf^'^'gS lto-go$ mi-phyid
food and diess were not enough, did not
suffice ; *%V tshe-phyi>J-pa to suffice life,
to sustain life. 2. to freeze, become

phyin-pa 1. (^K, »r^ to go), set
out: w^^'^^'" lam-du phyi-yul-du
phyin-pa gone on a journey; n'X«r§'§^*i
gone to the countiy, gone to the other
side of the sea, done thoroughly : "f'^'S*
^•<M if I go into the house (A. JT.).
2. to reach, come to, arrive at: *)'«i'^5'
f^x-qwtyr* has Mila arrived here—
thus they asked; «'^% 3) •fv^!^*r«$S -ft-
fij^flit.- chu-de ciA-gi stefi-du phyin-nas
padniahi me-toy Idifi soft when the water hud
reached above the tree the lotus-flower
floated, ow^'ti to reach the end, to com-
plete ; also a perfected one, a saint : if* 'f
qj«j»4twv^'«5'q«(^ as a sign of having com-
pleted the three stages of meditation.

phyin 1. that which is to arrive,
what is subsequent: ty**\phyin-chad. later,
hereafter; 9^'**\'!(*i phyin-chad $dom bound
over for the time to come ; 5^'*V^'%*'*<'§S'
S"I henceforth do not act like that ; \|^'*S
from the present moment, from hence-
forth ; ^'3fl'*S since, since that time, ever
since. 2. for % outside (Jd.) gfl'^Ti *>S ^ as
there was no wall outside ; |^ '*fl! phyin-
dijra a foreign enemy (Glr.) ; g^ 'i»J phyin-
las outside business, foreign affairs.

g^^sg«|q phyin-ci log-pa f^tfiow, ftrr(»m,
ftjym that which is false or deceptive or
mistaken; E'3 *fa| 3)« "SIS^ phyi-ci log-yis
$latf-de corrupt, depraved by perversity
(Ds/.) ; ^^w^i phyin-ci ma-log-pa it is
a fact; p^-i-^q|^'5»<5«i}£) correct view,
opinion (Pth.) ; |"E^ '3 '* '^T" with a never-
erring mind (Mil.) (Jd.) ; il*w§^3 <5ifl|y a
pervertei mind ; g'«%^ ? 5i]i false view or
doctrine; ^'S'W^l'i incontrovertible (K.
d. *, Jf7). 3^^^«T"T^ phyin-ci log-brjod

837

blasphemy; syn. UV^S^ gman-pahi-tshig,
qj*-«r^w b$ku,r-wa-hdebs (Mnon.).

W&\ phyin-phyod (Sp*') n. of a numeral.

secret, to spread or let out confidential news
or information.

adv. again, back: E*'*^'*1 to
return [1. adv. back, towards the back,
behind ; 3*,'TU.'n to come back, to return
(Dsl.) ; used in a special sense rel. to
re-birth: «i^'ijSfl|§^'!?e.'«J once -to return
(to this life) ; 1*. ^1'" to remain behind,
at home (Dsl.) ; E^gT" to leave behind,
at home, to lay aside, to lay up (Da/.) ;
again (rursus), ^'"i*-'1! to get up again,
after having fallen ; ^'^1'" pltyir-ldog-pa,
to come back again, to return ; %* 'g^T
phyir [dog-pahi lam the way back,
the return (Dsl.) ; E^'ifop phyir mi-ldog-
pa the not taking place of relapses, the
prevention of them (Lt.) ; E^Tl'" phyir-
zlog-pa to bring back, to draw oil, to
divert from; |*,-*ww*§*,-q to return to
life ; 3^-ww^w having recovered (Dsl.) ;
|<v«rm yard he replied to his mother (Dsl.) ;
E^ '^1 jfr q to make one ride backward with
the face to the horse's tail. 2. postp., e.g.,
behind, after: s>S-|^ft-<*!j (Pth.) will you
follow me ?J from Jd.

CS

Q^ II : ^fT-. outside, forth, out ; |*.m
from an interior to an exterior place,
l^ifi » to cast out ; ^'l*' ^ 5 all coming
forth ; I'V*!*. fl to come out ; %^|^i phyir-
skyur-wa to cast out, E*'8^'^ turned inside
out (the lining of a coat) (Glr.) ; f e. « aw-
§"!*''%*• '*IS*' klian-pa-(as phyugs phyir bda$
drove forth the cattle from the house ;
placed the lamp outside;
^c, q not to let out at the door
(Jd) ; iiar0£>^' let out the dog. |«.'^>i
outside aggressor, foreign foe ; ^'uSarq
to expel ; ^'qjjc,*( phyir-b»rin§ sent off.
phyir-yiched-pa to reveal a

the important policy of the state whether
of public or of private interest should not
be revealed to one's own son, brother,
parents, wife, and near relations, or to
any whomsoever (D. yel. 13).

g^ III : or |^ 1. BUS, %g: postp.
because of, on account of, by or through :
**§*8^1*H through what have you
become like this (Dzl.) ; 3<v|* why, where-
fore ; f^-jffilq-JiS-l's-fjwIk- I have come
because he came ; lXS'^'3*'^ because of
having done you harm (Mil.). 2. for, for
the sake of, in order to, for the purpose
of: •W^ri^ft^^ftflWPr" the plumes
of vultures were stuck up in order to roof
him in overhead (Pth. 128b.) • "1^ S^'fl
^'iS'E* ffdttl-bya dan-wa hdren-pahi phyir
with the object of attracting converts ;
'S^ because it is necessary.

IV : adv. afterwards, subsequently.

^-q j,hyir-bcil-war byed-pt —
to obstruct, to put hindrance to.

phyir-bcos-pa or "W\'l'|^'«i=ai^'
to reply, return; sfrfitiR
[remedy] &

E*y«i phyir -drad-wa Sj?rafa [against
the hair or grain; disagreeable, hostile] 8.

[having the face turned back ; disinclined
towards; regardless ofjS. ^'"^W1^1
gm^-Xwnw-lvfnm being devoid of holy
virtues he turns his back on religion
(Khrid. 17). frfypc* phyir phyocj$-pa =
rE^-q to look back or forth (Mfon. A.
K. 1-12).

phyir-hbur-wa

838

.'*'$'e>'ei or
!*<'?$' JiV" tjeg-su spyod-pa to follow, to
imitate, to go to imitate, to go in the
foot-steps (Jjffion.).

3^'8'i* q phyir mi-nur-tca wfr^ii [not
to change place with]£.

[that will not have to come back; the
Anag&mina are those who will not have to
be born in the world again]S.
WffH » phyir mi-hon-ica-la hjug-pa
?jflttni [one who has attained to the btate
of anag&mt]S. $*'**.'q phyir-hon-ica wni-
iFffl [to come back]S. lnf**(tCfp
copy of a reply that has come aftei wards.
^•ms(-ife-^-§ £"^N phyir-lan hon-zin-gyi
fio-fus true copy of a reply received
(Tig. *•)•

da-pzod and
da-tdod (Mfion.) adv. of time and place :
late, last; at the back, behind, to the
rear. Often with ^: j*nr|M* having
come later, or at last; ^^"V^w
because cries for help were arising in
the rear. E*^*1 afterwards, later, here-
after; l^"!'^ at a later time, ^N'|*»'
5)«I'^ id. Occasionally used like a
postp., e.g., »>«rq«jw-ci3-%w after he had be-
held, after having seen. Jw^r^prx p/iyt's-
lam khegs-pa to prevent the recuirence
of a fault, guilt, mistake or irregularity
(D. yel. Iff). 2. sbst. rag, scrap of cloth:
«IH]-%M rag for the hands, If'^w nose-rag.

|N |N phyig-sk-yes younger brother or
sister.

Syn. 4'^ nu-bo ; «!§=- '3 ffcuH-po (Hgnon.}.

|«-qtw phyis-bcos tfiGii*. amendment,
reparation.

phyis
chos-rgytin :

the later development of religion and
the intermediate great deeds (Tig. k.).
bu=^ gtiod a vessel.

tA*sl*tV*¥>\ any-

thing that will happen afterwards ; after
consequences (Rtsii.). %**'*•$*.'%'& phyis-
hbyuft ji-byed what to be done when a
thing happens afterwards, i.e., to provide
for a contingency (Tig. *.).

Q**\ phyug or ^'3 p/iyug-po adj. rich:

the wealth of the rich being taken away
from them should be distributed to the
poor. J|f*'W|flK'*<WW there are three
classes of rich people :— (1) w*« S|"l '* the
best who are rich in righteousness (reli-
gion) ; (2) ^9=.'** '"to 'y\ « the intermediate
who are rich in men (friend, relation
flowers) ; (3) *^*'S JI'Q the last are those
who are rich in possessions. g*r*5 phywj-nw
a rich lady ; |"I BS riches, wealth, opulence ;
(^•ci^^q to grow rich ; ^1'SSi rich and
poor ; JI'^S'"'*^ no difference between rich
and poor (Jo.).

Syn. f*^ nor-ldan ; *%*%* hbyor-ldan ;
^'SS'?^ yo-byad-ldan ; g'l'^ rdsas-ldan ;
^'8"'|qI'Q nor-rjyi§ phyuy-pa ; Sl)i;'^ql'tl du'afi-
phyug-pa ; yf* phywj-po ; ^T^fl khyim-
{tdag ; «!*'* gtso-ico • ^'^ dpon-hgo ; ^f
w^ dpon-myo ; wf'^ mgo-hdren ; |'^ r;'e-
phyug-chen; ^°^ Ihay-hbyor ;
yafi-day-hbyor ; "•^'C) hdrin-pa ;
*«A'q^«j mdah-bdag ; «f ^^ m^/o-
d_pon; ^'^C'E-' nor-dican (Mnon.).

S^l^ phyug& TO all beasts that can
be domesticated or subjugated by
man : camel, horse, yak, cow, sheep, goatr
etc., gen. translated "cattle": l"!*"'!^'
phyugs-skyon herdsman ; |"!»''§*i|flj rich in
cattle, cattle-wealth (Mnon.).

839

phyuy§-dafl mtshufis

brute-like: **•'

(K. du. $, 51) the man whose mind is
under the influence of wine is like a brute ;

whoever does not think of other persons'
interests, his behaviour is similar to that
of beasts (Can.). yvp'Sfl phyugs-deb=^>\^
%** phyugs-rtsig a register or account of
cattle, IOIN-V^I phyugs-bdag^^'*^'***'*
dwan-phyug chen-po mjqf** Mahes'vara
(Mnon.) • §l*'^«( phyugs-hdul taming of
beasts, breaking in horses and mules,
domesticating animals (Behu. 17 4-) ', I9!**'
*|<»ic.'35 phyugs-pyan-mo cattle which have
lived a great many years (Yig. 8).

nu-ma a youthful maiden.

(Mflon.).

1. really perf. of, but sometimes used
instead of, ^S^ hbyin-pa (Rdo, £6) to
cast out, throw away ; banish. 2. to be
in excess, to be more than what is required
or can be accommodated in a vessel (Yig.
28). 3. sbst. the excess or overflow of a
thing in a vessel (Rtsii.).

1. hay -rick, shock of
sheaves, heap of sticks (Jd.). 2. the solid
substance obtained from milk devoid of
butter: |^'!S|*< phyur-skam dried curds
(Rtsii. 49).

Q I : phye 1. flour, meal, flour of
parched barley =Si<'q. 2. for g'« phye-ma
dust, powder, etc. ; "$**a[t phye hthag-pa
or |*,-nvi|-ci phyer-hthag-pa to reduce to
flour. JI^'E rgyags-phye flour as provision
for a journey = ^1, also parched meal;
Sfl*' E teags-phye iron filings ; ^ rdo-phye
stone reduced to powder, small particles
of stone; ffa'E spos-phye, ^'^i'E^ tsan-

dan-gyi phye-ma fumigating powder, san-
dal-wood powder; «wr§ lag-phye wheat
flour or barley meal ; g"I'| brag-phye small
fragments of stone produced by stone-
cutting; %-g fin-p/tye saw-dust; i^vl
g.ser-hye gold-dust (from Jd.).

§, II : occurs as pf. and imperat. of
*3Y<i q. v.

|'"lT^ phye-gtor ?f% offerings made of
barley-flour to spirits (Jig. 36).

g'« phye-ma ^ powder, dust, v. g
phye.

| •»•%* phye-tna-leb a butterfly (Yig. 36).

phye-lab ser-khra n. of a
vegetable medicine :

phyed ^li half; ^wg«> midnight,
sla-phyed half a month.
phycd-ka ^ii one half (A. K. 40).
phycd-krtin = ^'^' skyil-krun drawing
in one leg and stretching out the other.
g^'|arq phyed-skyil-ica to sit in a cross-
legged posture but not exactly in the
manner of Buddha : ^frv*KW§"f|«|>qpr<w
q**! with the real body seated in a
cross legged posture but not meditating
(A. IT). 1^'!=-' phyed-plin peninsula. B^'*4
partner to one half : <^5^c.-^-c.5'|\*r'^i-
3F '^'^ as I have still a partner in this
business.

hgyur-ica to
change, changing; *)'§\^c.wi mi-phyed
dwan§-pa a mind that does not change
and remains firm (Yig. /$). ^'9 phyed-po
that which has changed.

hog-rlaA dri-ma
(vulg. in Sikk. and W. pronounced , as
phen) wind, flatulence:

840

1^.' at midnight the child let go a wind
(Dag. b) ; 3^'^*=.' phyen-for-soA a wind
has escaped (Jd.).

phyem-red the whole after-
noon, e.g., from 1 P.M., to 3 P.M. (K. d. *,

phyo-phyo is defined as
khyi-la rba4-pa to incite or set on a dog.

1. ft^ that part which bor-
ders on another greater part, the base, the
side, the outskirts ; with reference to any
place — the direction or quarter in which
it lies from the speaker : J"|« «i phyogn-tu
towards, in the direction of; •iSVJ'J*''"
in the front, ahead, the front
side; w^Vf"!*^ W* ; J«F"|M*i from
whence ? Jl"'^' there, thither, in that
direction ; $1 '"* '5"1*< 3 towards the nape
of the neck (Vai. jfl.) ; in colloq. :
towards, in the direction of ; f^i'
together, at one time; 3«|« «$<q "•>
also 5*1"'^ one-sided, prejudiced. 2.
f«l»< is also used figuratively to signify
a man's side, part, interests, benefit,
party ; the benefit of anything in general :
XH$4|«rg-q|$c.-q to spend for the benefit
of religion; «warJ«|*r«iKv<i to take the
part of another, to embrace another's
interests ; §V § in favour of, for, in behalf
of, for the benefit of : «|M'!fa«i'J«m-fj'3'i''*<'
9Vq to die or to undergo death for the sake
of a close friend (Mil.) ; fm'ww phyog$-
mthah ultimate end or use; f«!»r^«i the
part or side of a person or faction ; f«|»r
I'*4 phyogs-ph-yi-ma an enemy's party or
Bide. 3. the cardinal point, quarter or
direction ; gT^ the four points of the
compass; Jfl|«rq^ On every side, in all
directions ; all round (a person or place) ;

« from all sides, frq. ; $
SteH-hpyogt the zenith ; ^"1 5"|N hog-phyogs
the nadir. "'J"!*) sa-phyogt locality, region,
country: SS'5'»''J''I»' your neighbourhood
or your country. S'q|*''3'fi'B^ phyogs-kyi
mukhyud^'* ni-ma the sun (Ijfnon.). 4.
about, lately : 13* I"*!*! about 3 o'clock
5. smb. numeral = ten.

Syn.
(Won.).

kun-k/it/ab

ni {ton ;

phyogs-kyi glad-po 1
[A famous Buddhist logician born in
Kanchipur in the Deccan. He is the
author of Pramanasamuccaya and Nya-
ya-bhasja, tod was a contemporary of
Lha-Tho-tho-ri of Tibet. He is des-
cribed in the Hindu works on Nyfiya
philosophy as being a man of extra-
ordinary genius]& 2. feujai the eight
mythological elephants which guaid tin-
" quarters " of the world are :— (1) »<'S*w 9
sa-srufig-bu ; (2) "Wl*'*^ pad-dkar-can ;
(3) ^«ii^»' gyon-phyogt ; (4) *•*•* sa-nwf ;
(5) il»iai'§^ gsal-byed; (6) A-Jfuv*)-^ me-toy
so-can; (7) ^'SW^ kun-gragt; (8) «'»<^
cha-mdneg.

phyogt-kyi got=*$*>§ peer-bit,
got-med. si« naked, uncovered

(Mnon.).

the four obstructors on one's
four sides or towards the four points of
the compass : — (1) *je.-.w*|*vti hbyufi-u-as
g.cod-pa ; (2) r***" S*'^^^ khamg-kyig ffcod-
pa; (3) ^^'iff^ Iha-hdreg (fcod-pa • (4)

dgra-yif gcod-pa.

-' phyogi-gkyoA f<-^MM the guar-
dian of a quarter or direction.

^•jffJ'V 5 phyogf-skyon rgyal-po the
guardian kings of the four quarters. The

841

second of the four great kings of the
world : — (1) w*t!^' j«r5 sa-hdsin rgyal-po ;
(2) I*"!" I^'S81 ^ phyogs-skyon rgal-po; (3)
^1*r%"! 2^3 rigs-drug rgyal-po ; (4) ^iwj*1
gi'3 hdsam-ylin rgyal-po. ^'3^'3'fi]*<'g!:-'£''ci§
the ten great gods who guard the ten
sides of the world.

phyog$-gos-can
epithet of Mahes'vara.

f"FSF Phyogs-gkin fopim n. of a
great Buddhist philosopher who was con-
temporary with Kalidasa. See f"]^'§'
J*1* I.

gqi^-g-x phyogs-sna-ma ^fl-rt^r [1. nor-
thern or left side. 2. second part of an
argument, reason pro, the reply] S.

f"l«'*^ Phyogs-can n. of a IJisi (Ya-sel.
53).

f*!**'^ phyogs-bcu <:ufe* the ten quar-
ters, all sides ; all directions ; v. above.

8£<i|*rq§-fj^-%a( Phyogs-bcu mun-sel n. of a
work in Tibetan which is considered as an
indispensable traveller's manual (Rtsii.).

gq]^-*5'5E«q-q phyogs-cJiahi rtog-pa hesita-
tion or scruples arising from feeling an
interest in a thing.

thamg-cad all quarters :
from aU

quarters (they) come to your help (A. 61).

phyogs-

appropriate, suitable, adequate
(%non.).

gn|« tj^qj phyog§-bdag as met. the sun
(MAon.}. Also=nhrfa [1. the lord of
the earth. 2. the guardians of the eight
quarters.] S.

g«|«'^-q phyogs hdra-wa also f"|»r*i£fc*'
phyags-mtshuils similar.

fql*''^'IS phyogs-snafi-byed ?m1% the
illuminator of the quarters.

i'»t^ phyog$-me4 impartial; without
country ; a vagabond : "ft*< £«'»>'WJt'5 'fl*1'
^'^'^'"'^"I'^^'^he is said to be a stranger
Pandit who has no fixed residence (A.

phyogs-med-ma 1. *«U*HT a
prickly medicinal plant \Solanum
jacquini\S. 2. a young woman, a girl just
budding into youth (Mfion.).

££<i|*rs(**w phyogs-mtshams the limits of
quarters ; boundary. ^pr*i&w*i Phyogs-
mtshams-ma a queen of the yaksha (K. gu.
\ 130).

bjans promise ; to promise, l^'qifti one
who has become a party to, one engaged
to a party.

|«ij«i-^ phyogs-ris inclining to one side,
partiality : ^•cr«c.«'j*r<i§'3[qw'V5dj-i|ii|q-^'
QK-4ppr%q$^CK-Qrt*ni gj! tlie established

doctrines of the orthodox Buddhists are
impartial and unhostile evidences. (Lon.
*,U). Vide f^ 2.

fiprwSffm-q phyogs-las gol-wa=w\*:<*
lam-nor-wa to mistake the right way, to
go amiss: ^'^'3'^'^'p5'|''3|*raw^ijr£|!v*r
q^-^1^ (Yig. k. 10).

&\w^- phyogs-lhun 1. trgiRcj partiality,

if one is partial and prejud-
iced one becomes bigotted and regards
another's religion with intolerance (Lam-
rim. 23). 2. = **\*n- chags-idarl.

•jf^'Q phyog^-pa 1. ^»^s to go
aside, diverge, to turn ; vb. n. *«'«[ chos-la
to turn to religion (Schtr.) ; \^%'^» phyir
phyogs-pa to turn aside ;V JVw§^'t|.P/iy»>
phyogs-par byed-pa to divert from, to dis-
suade from (Ta. 12, 1£.) ; e&fK$nvcci hchi-
khar phyogs-pa turned to dying =nearing

107

842

death; *J!M*rfȤ<rffN to turn one's
back on worldly transmigration. w^V^'
ffl|»n mOon-du phyog$-pa 2. to become
visible, to make evident, to face or front :
^•ET«-g-»iir^-^-|«i|«i-!i3-gq|-am-n3E.-q growing
from a rock facing the south side (S.
Lam.) ; ^'a&T'V^'faiW'K S'£)8 1* m order to
bring this meaning to light, to express it
clearly (Gram.). 3. to be openly or evi-
dently attached to, strongly turned
towards: *V«l rgyud-la to a Tantra or
treatise. 4. mf^q; [adj., sbst. attached
to, following; a partizan, an adherent]
Jd.

•J^'^ phyod-pa to be thorough, to carry
through: 3S'*'q ve*y pushing; w»ji|«'Zi'M5'
<^«-«-QW|^q by proceeding quickly a long
journey is accomplished.

§^ phyor 1. ^w n. of a numerical
figure (S. Lex.). 2. in P^'*5 kha phyor-ica
for *<^ mchor speaking vainly.

g«ruw phyol-yaf a numerical figure.

^ I : phra ace. to Jd. all these expres-

sions sr j«f 3, mw, sr^'", s'^w, 9N'H'q

signify to insert an ornament of jewels, to
stud with jewels, etc. : ^*hT*T^inrifS^
bedecked with different kinds of precious
stones and metals. •j'd'S phra-med the
displaced precious stones such as rubies,
sapphire, turquoises, picked out from
ornaments (Jig. 10).

msery,

because it first comes in insignificant
form and then assumes more dangerous
shape and important dimensions.

g'^1 phra-dog envy.

subtleties ; WOTJifWff^R a body as
slender as a thread; flS,'9q a thin or
slender waist. 9"I'g = 9**'$s.' a poor, humble
man. 2. = ^'S fro"I> ^H3 [minute,
atomicJS. = J'*) yi|4iiq [the act of
whispering into the ears; treason, dis-
union]<S. S'35 phra-mo thin, little, small :
3sw«^3-£^*w sems-can phra-mo rnamg ani-
malculoe ; ^'9'^ na-phra-mo little as to age,
trifling, slight; ^'Sf'Tiij'*' rnam-rtog plira-
mo slight scruple ; ^'9'^ rdsun-phra-ino
a little lie; «|'S'fe< phra-mo-t&am slender.
g-^c.-g-q phra-shin phra-wa subtle, ex-
tremely fine ; 3'^ phra-shib ^gi very fine,
minute, exact; f^HT^W phra-shib
hthuf-hdems all the minute details, com-
plete details.

tjWi phra-phab-pa to cast a horoscope,
to predict good or evil by interpreting
reflections of any thing on a mirror;
phra-mcn magical forecasts. \'*>S| ''^
aj-^r«q?}*'3-^tji-^R«jve]-*i||ai if the image
of the immaculate moon be thrown on a
mirror, from it can be drawn the essential
condition of an object in the three times,
i.e. past, present and future (A. SJj.).

phra-gsa? yshon-nu an epi-
thet of wrvwvm-Hi Jljatn-dpal dkar-po of
Bon mythology D.R.

^ II : or ^q 1. fine, thin. %5-5T«) in
reference to the doctrine of Buddhist

5j'£J phra-ma 1. ftraji one of the four
sins of speech, calumny, slander, &c. 3| **
fll^ai'i to calumniate, slander ; 5j'w'9'*) phra-
ma shu-wa id. (Jd.) ^i^'^MrJ^npW^
''Ts'^'S*-' it is not right that a gelong
should speak words of calumny. 2.=
**%§S f«fri¥ a weapon of two tongues or
points, [two-tongued one, i.e., snake] &
3. ^p> a needle.

phra-mahi-nad n. of a disease.

843

gSS-^c.- phra-mohi-shin ^w [a field
of Panicum miliaceum]S.

%fi\ phrag 1. intermediate space, inters-
tices, a crevice, ravine. 5)«r§ in between,
in the interstices, and as postp. betwixt ;
fta'STC v. &'* (Jd.) 2. 51? is also used as
an auxiliary particle after cardinal num-
bers, to signify' a collective body : sg'gi a
hundred, ff^'gi a thousand, ^3«'gi| a hun-
dred thousand, t^'yn bdun-phrag a week,
a month.

1. 'fa, ^i*j sbst. the shoulder :
to load on the shoulders ;
to climb on the shoulders of a friend;
the flesh of both shoulders.

at the moment the word was
uttered the bird without greatly increa-
sing the flappings of its pinions carried
both the brothers on its shoulders (Tan.
d. 1.) $«!'«$*• phrag-byuii=^'Vf\i\ or
JFVf* shawl worn by the lamas as an
upper covering or wrapper leaving one
shoulder bare; g«rsrij<«w phrag-pa-pyas
right shoulder or arm, ^\'»'i\^ phrag-pa-
g.yon left shoulder or arm. gifS<n phrag-
mig ^rorothe crab ; n. of a kind of spirits
having eyes on their shoulders. 2. vb.,
also *g«p hphrag-pa, to envy, to grudge
(Cfc)

af^9! phrag-dog turf, nmw (A. K.
1-2&), envy, jealousy; $TVfft9T^'VW
^ 3'*l'5 on the rock of jealousy the tender
shoots of merit will not grow. gi-^1'9|\'«
phrag-dog-gi dri-ma the defilement of envy;
«n'^1'«^ phrog-dog-can ^BJ^ jealous,
envious, grudging.

S|£' phrati, v.

j Phran-btsan n. of a place in Tibet
(Rtsii.).

^phrad 1^^^) 1. a particle added
to words or letters to show relationship to
another word in a sentence : g'vS'if^'C8''-*!*''
c^S''>!f'''£' it ig necessary to learn the
proper application of these particles
(Gram.) ^^^^w phrad-gan hthob
Ua-dgos-pa (a beginner of grammar) must
see what particles should be applied (Situ.
118). $w-S§'gs rnam-dbye-phrad f^f?R the
signs of cases, as |, o(, etc. 2. = ^

phrad-pa is a form of

^"'^'^S meeting a friend,
collision ; Sjc.'^'Sfg'Vi rlun-dan rl/ifi phrad-
pa wind rushing upon wind.

^'3 phrad-po for H"V5 khrad-po (Vat.
§».).

^<3j phran or g^'5=g-3ii 1. ^ a Httle, a
trifle ; trifling. 2. part of the body.
3. knives and other small instruments
used in surgery (Jd.) %*('&•' phran-chun
humble or little self (common in letters) ;
z^-2ijN phran-tsliegs (vulg. 5^'t"
Also as adj. small, insignificant:
2"I"'|"|^ the minutiae of religious dis-
cipline (Jd.) ^'*f»*|»M phran-tshegs
hgrim-pa 3?rf*fa<(<c|^n.3> [practising in

small degree] 8.
humble selves.

'* phran-tsko we, our

phral 1. present time, just now :
in my country at present
(Ebrom. 10$). g«l^ phral-du adv.=Y$i,
freshly, recently. 2. described as :
so-sor kha-bral-wa enumeration ;
separation.

^'^ phri-wa v.
diminish, reduce.

or g^^ $br id-pa to

844

S^dj phrin = e$'i hphrin news, tidings,
intelligence: lf«K'*f*1T^|*'*|«W com-
municating news, sending it out and
abroad.

of which the robes of Tibetan great men
are made.

phril vulg. for S81 hril used by the
herdsmen (Dok-pa) of Tibet: *"*«i%
mt*han-phril=*&*\lf* mtshan-hril whole or
full night.

2j'^l phru-gu, v.

p/trugs or ^W'l^'I phrugs-pcig

one day with the night, a period of
twenty-four hours : "fa 'Vl 3*1*< *$<i|%g) P
the work of one full day (day and night)

+ 2j*q phnt-ua=(ool. ff* rdsa-ma)

NO

earthen pot, pan, stew-pan.

Syn. *ViT san-rdsa ; *> ' * mi-tha-ra ; "X'f
kco-rdsa; <^^ gyo-tnwf; fa'* khog-ma

how one with three vows should
observe (practise) them day and night or
within 24 hours (Qil. 6). |1«'« phruys-
ma irw: [a period of three

•f §j**l phru-ma 1. the womb; also
explained as meaning : |« ni«^ 5«; ?|<ii«-q-qg-
1^9 (.K7m£ 46). 2. = *'qe-' a palace,
castle; also^T^ dmag-sgar military
encampment.

phrum in a"'5

NO

lage, gristle (Jd.).

, phrwn-gsar, in

a fresh phrum yields vigour and
increases the semen; ^'^> phrum-phrum—
\ rdog-rdog.

(i-ye-rags pJira-
tco a fine sash; ace. to Cs. = %% phra-mo.

order,

1. (or aTS or 9'3) child ; the line, row, stratum.

young of any animal, B'^ khyi-phruy a
pup. Syn. S1^ bu-brgyud; £>S1S*' 6

$& khyehu; 9V M-/w (Mnon.).
ai'3'8'*1 phrug-gu, fkye-wa to beget chil-
dren, to bring forth a child ; |*| •g'*fl|w«
phrug-gu chags-pa pregnancy, a pregnant
woman (jtfriow.) ; |«l 3 ^ ^ phru-gu gso-wa
to rear, to bring up a child ; SjI'S'-'M
phru-gu for-pa a miscarriage, abortion ;
31'3^'V phru-guhi du$ infancy, child-
hood; ^'l"! da-phrug orphan; WQ*I nal-
phrug bastard; *^'|1 tshon-phrug the
merchants of a caravan in their relation-
ship to their leader (Jd.). 2. fine cloth
or woollen stuff: ^TJJI snam-phrug woollen
cloth; £'!"] spu-phrug fine strong serge

*y
^ C'CJ Phrefi-po n. of a place in Tibet.

sjc.-5-^ q Phrefi-po shi-wa n. of the Lama of
that place (LoA. *, 4).

2|C'Z3 phren-wa, 1. v. *gc:q hp/iren-tta.
2. WTWT, ^'ft, wm order, row, many
in a line or order. Also KTW a garland,
wreath; further =5mHr^rr, rosary, string of
beads, a^' ^!"1* ft> phren-du bf grigs-pa far
|X'*|'5°''^'9) arranged like the order in
chandas rhythm. g^'WJ phren-thag TWI
a rope, garland ; a*.'g(^'*i phren-ldan-ma a
cascade (wi'4 hbab-chu) (Mnon.}. g=.'i«
phrefi-tca-ma *iif«a«iV [a, female garland-
maker] S.

gc/q-qnK phren-tea-gtsar $mqft a Nepa-
lese.

845

pkrefi-tftogs an epithet of the
god of love, Kama (B. ch. 5).

BJE/q's^ phrefi-wa-can 1. n. of the king
of swans (Milan.) 2. HT^ft, «u<di4H [a
garland-maker, gardener, or florist]&

phred derivative from ^^ hphrad-
pa to meet ; and signifying that which
meets or crosses over another, that which
is aslant something else : Is'1* across, at an
angle to, gs ^ id. ; Jj'V'w phred-lam a path
(horizontal or inclined) leading along the
side of a mountain ; JJVTW phred-gtan
bolt or bar of a gate (Jd.).

%W phro-yas (5**) ftuft n. of a
numerical figure (S. Lex.).

jMi-og, pf. of ^"p dphrog-pa, fut.
bphrog (Rdo. 46) ; but ordinarily
is considered to be the fut.
p/trog?-fig, imp. of •ifflp hphrog-pa.

]Jq phrob, v. ^ hphrob.
^«J phrol or *%<* hphrol, imp. of
hphral-ica.

"%* phro?, v. "^1 hphro-wa.

Phroni n. of a country situated to
the north-east of Yarkand and north of
Tibet where Buddhism nourished in and
before the 10th century A.D. ; but there-
after it became desolate, though traces
of its existence are occasionally disco-
vered by travellers. This country in
the 6th century A.D. is said to have been
under the rule of king Gesar ; ace. to Bon :
3^-|4)w«|-«^'|w|-«iai in the north the country
of Phrom of Gesar (G. Hon.).

3*1^ phrom-sgrag prob. B*'|<q public,
known to all, trumpetted.

uplifted or raised, to ascend :
i5'9^§w8^ (I) am the divine instrument
of your elevation (your elevation-blessing),
he who will effect your ascent to heaven
or deification (Jd.) g^*v^-'v«!^«r\f«i^
&\'^ however, from .(the time of his)
coming up from Tibet till now. (A. 135).

"WITI hphags-pa is the equiv. of the
Sanskrit Arya ^rai sublime, exalted,
raised-up: wwvwurcivnac.-q phal-lat
hphags-par bzafi-wa a more than ordinary
beauty (Dsl.) ; «wwmw|«w§^ g>&an-pas
hphag§-par gyur-to he far excelled others
(Dsl.) ; B«VW|*< khyad-hphags or B^w^'
vwpri khyad-par hphags-pa distinguished,
transcendant, glorious : •j't'ais'BS'^l^'J'
"I*-'^13! India, the most glorious country ;
$*fBSWM^W«raj$*3*-q an offering of a
hundred of the most costly kinds of jewels
(Jd.). v«nrq is a common prefix to the
names of great deities and Bodhisattwas,
e.g., •vwprq-u'wii^im Arya Chenraisi,
R«in]«-q-|fQrsi Arya Dolma or Tara. Buddha
S'akya-thubpa is also par excellence
vwprq, and this epithet standing alone
always indicates him and may be used in
lieu of his full name.

hphag-pa, pf. wpi hphagt, to
riae up, to be elevated, to raise oneself, be

hphags-skad or
hphag$-yul-§kad the language of the
Aryas ; the Sanskrit language.

wi|*r|«rZj hphags-skyes-po f^?q> one
of the four Dikpala or guardian kings of
the Faith ; the guardian of the south.

v«F*E=.« Bphagt-hkhruns the birth
place of the venerable ones; Jnn* the
Buddhist name of India.

Syn. S'lp^ni rgya-gar-yul; "J«i'S9« yul-
tfteus; n^^ftw^ bsod-rnams sa-pshi ; ^§w
.' dicu$-hgyur-hchafi (Mnon.).

hphag$-chen-po ff^mur: the
celebrated, the illustrious.

846

hphags-mchog or

SI the most exalted, the most holy.
hphags-mchog se»i$-dpah
the venerable body of
saints.

hphags-pa klu-sgrub ^TOT-
v. B'||s klu-sgrub.

the Sutras delivered
by Buddha to a number of infants
whereby, though left in a lonely house
in the wilderness, they were not disturbed
by wild beasts, etc. (K. d. f, ^1).

nqum'q-^qprq hphag$-pa tfgyes-pa virib-
^rr«fi [the noble and graceful]^.

"wopi-joi hphags-rgi/iil 'swrfa'ft the city
of Ujjayani (modern Ujjain in Malwa).

Rcwprcr^ hphags-pa-can ace. to Bon, a
name of the Kamaloka.

Hphags-pa Thogs-med
the founder of the Yogacharya
school of Buddhism. He was high-priest
in the Achintapuri monastery (Ajanta

caves).

mw|*rq |c.-<?| *<^3 £«'jj»4'g]e.« the enumera-
tion of names in the Sutra of the two
venerable ones (K. d. *•',

tHqqtT4p:yi Jfp/uigs-pa
a celebrated Buddhist sanctuary in Nepal.

<wj]«rq-§| ffphags-pa lha ^no^7 the chief
disciple of Nagarjuna who succeeded him
in the rule of Nalendra.

^qm'£i5'q|^-q hphayt-pahi bskjod-pa ^3^-
fira [appeasedJS.

hphags-pahi dge-hdun
the holy Buddhist church com-
prising monks, saints, Bodhisattvas,
Arhats, etc.

^q|«-q5-^f q^ hphags-pahi nor-bdun the
seven riches of a Buddhist saint : — (1)
*J ^a ar-«l ; (2) ^•^•^•gq«-«j'<v8j-q ; (3)

|V{| ; (4)

(5) l^c.^-ji^-q^goj-q ; (6)

^W; (7) *«i^'^-^'«iIS«)-i. The trea-
sures of the saints, the wealth of the holy
personages are: the wealth of faith, of
pure morals, of modesty, of sensibility to
Dharma, of attentiveness, of charity, of
wisdom (K. d. «, 55).

<wqm'q5-*flm hphags-pahi-tshogs ^fra^ir
the assembly of the venerable.

m«]q-q5'iw"iaj-aiii|-q^ hphags-pahi lam yan
l«g-brgi/ad wnii-'WrwvW > the eight acces-
sories to the noble path to Nirvana : — (1)
uu^flpS^-q yan-bdag-pahi lta-wa\ (2) ^'»
rtogs-pa ; (3) e.«q Hag ; (4) aw!'*w* las-kyi-
mthah ; (5) **'i htsho-wa ; (6) f «f«) rtsol-
wa ; (7) ^'i dran-pa ; (8) fcZ'^ tin-w-
hdsin (K. du. "1, 16£)- [The equivalents in
Sanskrit and English are: — (1) ?rei^ f f«
right view ; (2) fl'JTflf »J*<« right thought ;
(3) «JZJJT ^T^ right speech ; (4) WIT* ^f^i5*)
right action ; (5) wj^ ^ITW^ right living ;

(6) W57T «unin? right exertion » ( 7)
^fa right recollection, and (8)
right meditation] S.

^*n)»rN hphag§-ma ^rnaf the venerable
lady or female saint.

<UM|«T34i hpfiftys-t/ul ( = ^wwft bsod-
na»i$ sa-fn/ti g^njj%) a Tibetan name of
India.

hphags-rigs the noble and
venerable brotherhood or order.

Syn. ^">!*i'^ riff§-c/ien; ^"l^qac.- rigs-
bzan; |«'3'»(S<i| gkyes-bu-mc/tog ; Iwg^wi
skyes-bu dam-pa; *t»j-q^-g^-q tshans-par
spyod-pa; ^fffVipFt* khrims-la gna§-pa;
nags-na ynas-pa ; ^'§^' dgc-
(Mnon.).

Q.SJC' hphan also <wt»! hphaAs, ^TTt^
height : *«*>'% <*««»'19 in height ; also adv.

847

with dignity, with sublimity;
*)'SSA6|C-l;Vq to lower, to detract from the
sublimity of the most Precious (Jd.).
«wc.«-aj»j'|^ hphans-nas byon proceeded in a
dignified manner, went on with cheerful
confidence.

.- hphan-mdun vfgi a sling-hook
or spear head to which a string is tied
and, being held fast, the spear-head is
flung at a fish or bird.

<wfc.-gc.- Ifphan-phun n. of a very large
number : (i

hphan-wa fut., and
hphans-pa pf., of °^^ hphen-pa.

<VJE.-*< hphan-ma n. of a plant the fruit
of which is used in medicine:

hkhor-lo, i&

1. a wheel, a cycle : VK**»T§if«^ hphan-
lo tsam-gi/i go-san (£. ch. H). %'^'<wv
like the wheel of a vehicle ; V''*1^'
,-Si'5s^ like the cycle of the four seasons
(Yig.243). 2. a spindle; wSje.1 hphan-
ftn a weaver's spindle.

Q5J£$1'C1 hphans-pa 1. shaken, thrown,

cast out ( = i|S'" bskyod-pa), pf. of ^'<i
hphen-pa (Mnon.). 2. frq. for
phans-pa to spare, to save (Dsl.) ;
Ji|5c.-||»(^-gj3i liberal, bounteous, without
restriction (Jd.).

Q,5J^ hphan, f&$ thrown, cast out
v. **i phan ; ^^'IS'" hphan byed-pa to
throw.

nams-pa.

Hphan-po or *«)^«l ffphan-yul ($'
-|;q|«cg-^^-q5-oj«i^«i|) n. Of the nearest
alpine valley north of Lhasa.

'^ hplian-yul grab-dkar one of the thirty
holy places of Bon (G. Bon. b).

hphan-sel a kind of onyx :

^fl (Sorig.) ;
the onyx is to be looked on as most
precious (Situ. 71).

QStJTCJ hpham-pa pf. w pham to be
defeated, subdued, vanquished, worsted ; to
succumb : JlpfVlWV^WWitfN! the Chinese
were conquered by the Tibetans; <w*w
^l^'1! or ^w^'«i in C. to be defeated or
worsted; R«wqv|^-ti to cause defeat, to
conquer ; j'jjwvw W'S« he conquered the
Chinese (Glr.); fr«^WWWif*p(!|«W^V'^
Milarapa overcoming the Bon religion
by the doctrine of Buddha; *t**'«*» the
Ma-pham or Manasarowar Lake, so called
because Milaraspa proved "unconquera-
ble " there. ^'«wti down-hearted, dejected ;
(^•wQ a low-spirited, dejected woman
(Jd.). ^'^^ invincible: S'iwr*i%g mi-
hpham mgon-po or »)-mwS«'§'| is an epithet
of Jampal Bodhisattva. ^ewj«i hpham-
rgyal abbr. of ^w«i ^K-'jm-n victory and
defeat in a battle or law-suit: *gq|-q-<w»r

>a

jBi-^'l^^c,- victory or defeat are the res-
pective consequences of a dispute.

hphar a panel, small plank.

hphar-hgro l. = |^ sprehu mon-
key, that which walks jumping (Mfion.).
2. increase, advance.

QCJ^'q I : hphar-wa, or w«i ^« hill-
dog, wild-dog, Cuon primcevus.

Syn. ^iw'i nags-khyi; ^^^ ri-
dwags-gfsod ; **^ mtshah; ^w«w'«^ dpah-
was-tshan or VT^T*^ dpal-wes-mtshan ;
(Mnon.).

^wq-»flf^5 Sp/iar-u-a mgo-dgu n. of a
malignant devil of the Sa-bdag class.

848

II : 3* (vb. n. to gVi spor-
ted) 1. to leap up, to fly up, to bound, to
throb: *'*«« the pulse is beating ; «-«rwi
to fidget, to be restless (Jd.). 2. to be
raised, elevated, promoted, advanced : f'«r
<wq to be officially promoted ; 3fc.'*w to
increase or raise the price; <w<wq to
ascend forward; v«'F hphar-ktia promo-
tion, augmentation of position and pay in

'

servce: <'«

tfw3fe-ifr (D. fel. 10).

bfkyod-pa to flutter, to move to and fro

(A. 16).

rq don-hphel-wa ; J«'q rgyas-
vq mtho-war hgyur-tca;
dar-tea. (JSAon.).

<w««| hphar-chag abbr. of «n-<
hphar-wa and waoj'q mar-chag-pa.

* hphar-ma •*mx=vp('* or $«V»
excess, more than what is ordinarily re-
quired in worldly or religious matters;
nit*, «-a|lfc.'£j refund or to pay up the excess
(Rtm. 60). w»fct-*fft hphnr-mahi dsa-
dnul in colloq. special allowance or reward,
extraordinary allowance (D. yel. 10).

| (^5|aj-^| hphal-ka^* ri-mo (qtfw) a
figure or a painting.

QSJ^J'qj iip}iai.ga incision, indentation,
notch ((7s.).

'^ hphig-pa or *9fl|«i pf. of ^«i«-q.

'^ hphug-pa occurs for l^3l>|«'i as
in SH^SII, etc.

'q hphun-wa pf. 51=- >^«n to
degenerate, to decay, to be in declining
circumstances, to wear away. ^*>'?JIJi'^c-'
JKUW a deed for the ruin of Tibet ; those
circumstances which brought ruin or

decay ; ^e.'W^j^q to be ruined, to become
decayed, <m«.'w3v<i, <^s.-ar|V
or <me.-q^n|fli'q to ruin, to undo ;
hphufi-dkrol the decay of fortune, ruin,
degeneration. *Sc>qrt hphun-g.shi cause,
occasion of decay.

concourse of

hphufa-pa
many people.

'^ bphud-pa to transfer, lay aside,
to put apart : ^'^wjT^-q nati-nas hpyi-
la hphu4-pa to remove a thing from inside
(a house) to outside (of it).

! hphub-pa to set up, pitch : jv
to pitch a tent; QWRtjq-q khyim-
hphub-pa to set up or erect a house.

' hp/mr-tca ^^J?PT, ^l^r ; pf. $*<
phur 1. to fly; also, to fan, to flap to
and fro: «l*-3«-«H-q phur-gyis phur-wa
to flutter, ^'^gf hphur-hgro bird (Mfioti.) ;
^'§S hphur-byed ^fzpr flying. 2.=
*K«i to rub with the hand, e.g., linen in
washing; to scratch softly (Jd.).

hphul and ^w** hphul-can in
Gram, the letters which are either prefixed
or affixed to a basic word or letter are
called ^i; e.g., in the word ^i, 9
is the basic while "• and ") prefixed and
affixed to it for the formation of a word
are called ^S". A word that is so formed
is called *9T^, a term distinct from
nijai 5)qj hphul-yig a prefix, i.e. one of the
prefixed letters g, d, b, m, and "-. w^«i '*|*
bas-hphul-kaho words with the initial
"1 ka and the prefix o la ; ^-^«r»:^ da$-
hphul-med these receive no *> da as prefix ;
", ^, oi'^^^^'C15!'? sa-ra-la-rnums hphul-
tshul-ni the manner in which prefixes are
joined with words beginning with « sa,
^ ra, or «i la.

849

hphul-wa l. = <*g«r<i to give,
to give away (in charity). 2.

to press, to drive, to push,
knock: f*$H*^fa§S'q gru-mohi hphul
rdeg-cig byed-pa to jostle with the elbow
(Mil.)-, y;<WQ to turn out, awrww
^STI to push out with the arms (Jd.).

Syn. of 2. ^'«i hded-pa ; «i|«r«i bskul-
wa ; SJilN'q sdigs-pa ; *ft*.'i gsir-wa ; 'W'V
n^'ti gnad-du bman-pa (Mnon.).

hpheg,v. ^pheg.

2! hphen-pa. pf. *»v*. hphans,
fut. *««•' hphan, imp. Jfc' ^o», ^r%TTW;
to throw, to fling; vrwr'*'*'^ to fling
into the air (Dzl.) ; •fawo.toin to throw
into the orb of transmigration (Mil.) •
J'X*Tj-*frf^-«^rl it must be thrown away
or outside. w^'^'i to cast an arrow ;
«.3^'*)'-J)*i'£j one that does not know how
to shoot (Jd.). ^'i*! hphen-thag = W*
shagt-pa tjni a sling (Mnon.). je/^'ei
Rgyan hphen-pa or ^ii)'^'|c.^a^'£) Ejig-rten
Rgyan hphen-pa ^rs^^i a philosophical
sect of Ancient India, who were thorough
atheists and whom both Brahmans and
Buddhists condemned.

*'«J hpher-wa ^g^ [to raise]*S.

Rau(q|5»( hphel-ytam ••=. a «t'«'|5i'
harangue, speech, sermon, discourse.

J'q hphel-ica *%*, ^ft pf. 9m phel
1. to increase either in number or in
size, to become more or larger: %'§|^«i|'
ei -d-fa JJoi-gE,- the flowers under the tree had

x>

multiplied; «W»rIi^%^*l the pleasant
warmth of mystic heat increases ; "1^*) §'
ijq|-awe.-^foi the air-blasts from the
caverns of ice grow stronger ; ^m'^gp'a^
hphel-hgrib-:iad. prob. diseases arising from

an excess or deficiency of humours ( Vai.
in.). °Av\ increase, development. 2.=
q|-5|N-q ^ [to collect together]/S. As
sbst. accumulation, collection, excess ; =
dar-wa.

palace, king's place (Mnon.) [the upright
post of a house] S.

"^•^ hphel-byed l. = |«'S khyim-bya
domestic fowl (Mnon.). 2. •reffrpr grow-
ing, rising.

pf. 'M** hphos imp.
to change place, go, move
oneself away, migrate ; ^''Va.'fa'%| myur-
du hphos-qig depart quickly!
transitory happiness; ^'^^^'
yogi who is not subject to change ; "% tv<J
to move or shift anything : ^'^'SN shifted
the tent. *<tf-ti=a!'vwnt-«i ajrfSnrf^w
change of existence, Ri'^'q or ^'^«?i to
exchange life, to die ; ^'gN'g^-q hpho-skyas
byed-pa to remove from one place to
another, transfer, change one's place :
f^fS'H^Hff^f **•?!•§««* nine times
he removed from one upland to another
(Deb. % 54). **-«)-^!«ij hplw-wa gron-
^Ug—^f^'^F1^^ g.dam-nag-gis hpho-tca
the translation of a soul, by the efficacy of
"ft*1 tql or charms, from one body to another
just vacated by death.

na;

= *p'3\n the soul or Vijna-
^i\a, charm, mantra.

hpho-med thog-med tha-
dpal-ldan duf-hkhor
the doctrine of Kala-cakra
Buddhism, which affirms neither a begin-
ing nor an end in respect of the trans-
migration of the soul from one body to
another (Mnon.)

108

850

hpho-lan 1. filling up by a new
comer of an appointment caused by the
removal or retirement of an officer : w

10). 2. taking over charge of office-
accounts, &c., by an officer from a retiring
official (Rtsii. 21).

hp/tog *mm death (A. K.
passing over; migration: s
3ql'w' j|vq!*wl'l''<ll nrq'^-<*5*r%.'<ift*! % those
swans (in their turn) without break in
their order, migrating whereever the boy
G sal-tea was, took up their station (Hlrom.
F, 35).

hphog-pa pf . *1 phog to strike,
both in the figurative sense and materially :
to affect, influence, to touch «W^ the
main point; also, to hit (that which is
aimed at), to impinge upon, fall upon.
gq|«-ar5q|-£i it struck his heart ;
it affected the man's mind;
S«l <J the food, etc., affected the disease ;
jfaqK^vffqffc.' he was struck with
epilepsy; «frW£6.*fe'q«'W^fc|**l< the
arrow hit the target from a long distance.

^"| 5"! hphog-thug pollution in the case
of a god, naga, demon, etc., but seems to
be a proper name here : —
(Ebrom. 5$.

hphon g^fi^n archery ;
hphon-mkhan archer ; "tfJc.1^ g^? archery.
*5=.'«r[sfq'^ hphon-gi slob-dpon T^WT^rar
instructor in archery ; <tffe.-S|'aV»i hphon-gi
spon-sa or ^c.'*) archery ground, the place
from which arrows are shot at the target.
tfSc.-q)^§-q-o|- hphofi-gi dbye-wa Ifia or *Xt.'Jfi
hphon-rkyen the five distinguishing features
in archery: (1) 3^K.^wafo|-<i to hit from
a great distance; (2) a-R**-wOfa|-ti to hit
without perceiving it; (3)

to hit with great force; (4)

to hit at the main point, or object ; (5)

S W£*''^'T£' to hit at an object with a

sound.

rta-lcag a
horse-whip (IKfion.).

n5=.'^« hp/iofi-tsfios sitting-part, poste-
riors (Vai. sfi.), R5c.-«i'|>-£J hphon-la §kyon-
pa (Sch.) the riding of two persons on one
horse (Sch. Jd.).

tffe*r|^ Ep/ions-ski/en 1. an epithet of
king Rama (Mnon.). 2. a good skilful
archer (Jd.).

Wutm hphotg-nas khrag-hdsag
[a stream of blood] S.

hphons-pa l^g 1. pf.
hphons or 5e.« phons to be poor, indigent,
unfortunate ; with instrum. to be bereft of,
to lose ; jrfTpr^wWwqn the king having
lost his own son (Pth.). 2. adj. poor,
unfortunate, dejected, disheartened (Jd.).
3. also Stwti gbst. poverty; v.
hp/toH-chos. Syn. ^"I'S dwul-po;
bkren-po (Jjfnon.).

hphod-pa=^» phod-pa (Cs.).

hphon-po a bundle, a bunch:
r1ft*tt't*'5 over each of
the two respectively a bundle of tamarisk
(Rdsa. 2!i).

hp/tos, v. *&'** hpho-wa.

hphya-tca ^^F^ir, ^WRFf, pf.
hphyag to blame, censure, chide. Also :
to abuse, deride : *3'SF hphya-g.M or *3'
q5-gp.'S hpkya-icahi fflefi-mo a scoffing or
satirical discourse or story, etc. f «.-»5'<i^v

.' the sectarian

851

theories of the Rnin-ma gter-byon
were satires on purity (Ya-sel, 58). *•$
&») hphya-tshig=$Ki°.%*l words of slan-
der, curses ; (Mnon.).

hphyag-pa pf. *3"!* hphyags to
sweep : gflnr*wngfl|«r«! swept with a broom.

1 hphyan-wa, pf. *3=-<s hphyans,
to hang down, to be suspended ; to hang
on to (f^-g) ^i4*i *H, W^T;
hanging down (.4. K. 1-38);
^M*r flowing (A. K. 1-14) [a support
or prop]& «^'g^5-$)--f]A5jc.'q a handker-
chief of blue silk hanging down (from
the hair) ; <^c;*3^q to cling to, to take a
firm hold of (Thgy.) ; <^=.'«W| sounding-line
C. <wj^'*|«i hphyan hphrul or *35.'i|«r§'§^
^W?u, ftqqii suspended ornament; <*§£.'«
hphyan-ma 5RW a wife, one clinging to her
husband ; any ornamental pendants, hang-
ings, &c.

doubt, hesitation.

the-tsom

hphyans wrm, jrrrj [a talk-
ative one, a singer, a cuckoo] 8.

in Sch. = $fr pyad ;
hphyad-can n. of a place (B. ch. /i).

•f ®QP\^ hphyan-pa 1. in *'3r*p5Vfo'
j ^ ^g^, (fig. 122). 2. ace. to Ja.

="1^1 to ramble, to range, roam about,
wander, stray from; ^3ai'!>'a3l'£1 to go
wandering about.

hphyar, (fK&*v\v<>W&:
the roof of a house.

wa to use abusive language, to insult a
person (Tig. k.).

^'i phyar-pa ^rnfa : [sprinkling] S.

hphyar-wa imp. ^g^ hphyor and
f^ phyor 1. to hoist, lift up ; to hold aloft :
^«|'»igq sdig-mdsub to lift up the finger
(Mil.) ; *F*q*;n to hoist a flag ; ^CRsjk'Sfll
rta-rlun hphyor-cig hang up the inscribed
flags; *3^ hphyar-dar or ^^3^ dar-
hhpyar a flag. 2. (0«.) to show, to repre-
sent, to excite, to waken ; ^'^t5^ hphyar-
wa byed-pa to assume an alluring attitude.
^'"W hphyar-ka-can tempting, graceful,
charming (Ja.).

Syn. lOFti bkrab-pa; Z*'^ nes-hbyed
(Mnon.),

^3^-q'^ Hphyar-wa-can n. of a cemetry
(Bon. ch. 5).

*gvfl|$*: hphyar-pyen l. = ^ij%'M hjog-
sgegs engaging, winning behaviour (Ja.)
2. <igv^«tm-q back-biting, doing mischief,
maliciously.

hphyi-wa I: a marmot; colloq.

"chhi-pik" or "chhi-pi," also
called 3fc*^ §gom-chen on account of its
hybernating during the winter like Bud-
dhist monks who practise the state of sus-
pended animation ; = %*' phyi-wa.

pf . s« phyis or
to be late, to be belated,
to come too late ; Tr$'"'S*''^ gal-te hphyis-
na if I have come too late ; tV$'V§!:^|*)'£i'%
da-khyod cun hphyis-pa yin you have come
just a little too late (Ja.) ; •%^S<'4f;W|'fl1
wwge.'! late at night there was the
chap-chap sound of the oars on the water
(A. 67).

"wjvp hphyar-kha blame, affront, dis- 0,^,'CJ III: = ^|\£i hphyid-pa to wipe,

grace (Sch.): ^'P^^ hphyar-kha btafi- to wipe off; to remove, eradicate:

852

-n to wipe out dust from the eye ;

iK^-*|-*rg*i-3| "Vi'^' (Tig. U)\
|^1'«J to pull out the hair; $flr«r«i|-P to
remove the testicles (Sch).

hkhyig-pa to
bind (Sch}.

n^fwe.' hphifi-san the designation in the
older writings of a minister of state of
Tibet = the modern

bphyid-pa 1. to suffice, be
enough. 2. = *3'«i or «swi.

QCj^'ZJ hphyil-wa for »$VQ hkhyil-wa
to wind, to twist, the hair Vai. tn. (Jo.).

^4|'C1 hph jug-pa or ««p|»r<i=^-q to
mistake, to be mistaken ; = $"| ^ chug-pa to
miss : awvjfi to mistake the road ; $ *S'
mistake the hour. ^"F^i hphyugs-
nor-mkhan the mistaker, one
who commits a blunder ; *|*1»> *>^ hphyugs-
mfd without mistake or blunder : a|1« *>S'
ty-M-fercpuri^q^m^q those that are
free from blunders should not be mistaken
by those who have erred (Rtsii. 11).

Q-^L^'^ hphytir-wa 1. to ascend, to
mount, to rise up, of smoke ; to overflow,
inundate, of rivers, lakes, etc. 2. Sch. to
heap up, to accumulate.

hphye-ica pf. *B*i hphyet to
crawl, to creep, like snakes; *$'«rH3
fl^rn ; n. of a naga demon.

i|'5 hphye-wo ^3'^ hphye-mo a crawler,
a cripple: 'swriiwwr*!*'''"^*' ^'^^'
«c.'v9k«r^'^c.'f^')^|i^**C'STK'^ the

most degraded will be utterly consumed
together with their possessions, like
cripples who have fed upon roots, on this
day or the next (Tan. d. *|).

hphyen \. |^ phyen flatulence.

hphyo-wa pf. <yrt 1. ^-n^ to
move, throb, be agitated: ifrw'^J^c. •%
«IE,-^«-^ tig heart throbbing remembered
the lama (Rdsa. 2&). [2. to soar, to float,
in the air (Thgy.). 3. to flow forth, heave,
smell, of fluids ; "^^^ hphyo dar-wa
to undulate. 4. to range, roam about,
gambol : l"^'*5'q (the deer) gambols
and skips (Mil.) ; ^r^f'SS ri-la hphyo-
dgu the wild animals of the field Sch.
5. ^^ miA-hphyo (Sch.) 'the heart is
swelling, courage rising'; -*|*w»f qe$-pa
hphyo (Mcd.) consciousness gives way, is
wavering, flitting] Ja.

"•&'*%* hp/ii/ofi-hgyitr a large number :
l^'^'^'^l^'V^'^' (Ya-sel. 57).

'(fe.-j*! Ephyon-rgya$ (Ohongay) n. of a
district of Lhokha in central Tibet (Rtxii.
35.) ^'S*"'^ " the Governor of Chongay.

qgt. a-(6-§ Ephyon-po Khe-ru n. of a place
in Tibet (Deb. % £$).

^ hp/iyofi-tra l. = je.'«i skyofi-ica to
protect. ^«J'5« pride. 2. ^?[frii [to lay
aside, abandon]& (Lif.).

'^ hphyon-ma a harlot, prostitute
(Mnon.) ; ^'S'3vq hphyon-mo byed-pa to
whore, to commit fornication ; "^'iSg'
hphyon-»iahi-bti = %fil''>$c-'ws a prostitute's
son (Sttu. 91).

^>§3^*^ hphyor-wa l. = $*.i phor-wa to
rave : F'*J*'*' kha-hphyor-wa to speak deli-
riously. 2. v. 3^'^ phyar-wa, also "Z^'Q
chor-wa ; i$V3 hphyor-po for *X^ •<* hence
^'S'l^ hphor-dgah dandy, fop (Ja.).

Q,g^ 'SI hphyoi-ma 1. gifts to friends
and relations. 2. purchase-price of a bride
(J5.).

853

Q5j'^ hphra-wa pf. *3*< hphras to kick,
to strike with the foot, struggle ; ^"'f ^
hphras rgyal-pa id. ; $«-*gw|q-^ kicked
by a horse; 3*S|N fi-hphras death-
struggle.

R3J1qI*' hphra-fagt I. shaving clean;
having shaved his beard (A. 95). 2. a
kick : "^'-WlS'i or f ^ to kick ; ^fa-q*-
*g •WS*1'*!*''*' ^ during that day it having
kicked about was not caught (A. 92).

dkrog-pa to

stir up, to spur (a horse, etc.).

= 1[*\i\'Z gu-dog-po, or 0=-'
a narrow passage which is difficult to pass :
K-?arngc,-i3i •q]-Jft-*wg«vq5-2 when the messen-
ger of death will lead one along the
narrow path to the beyond (A. 9). w^c.'
difficult pathway, a foot-path along a
narrow ledge on the side of a precipice ;
q^X^ge; bar-dohi-hphrafi the narrow
passage across the abyss of the Bar-
do (the state between death and re-
birth) ; w^'Rgc.'jfai bar-dohi hphrad-sgrol a
prayer for escaping the isthmus of the
Bar -do.

hphran-gyur-wa =

to be attached affectionately : ^ww|'
|^-gE.- (A. 10) ; yn-Qp-^-efc'^-
r£i (A. 11) prayed again in the
touching words of the prince.

ngc.^81 hphran-hphrul something hang-
ing down (Sch.).

hphrad-pa pf. andfut. *fi p/irad
to interview; meet together;
you shall meet him (Dsl.) ; ^'^'
him I cannot admit (Dzl.) ; q^«|'
may it happen to me (Dzl.) •
he found the dead body

of an infant (Dsl.) ; *tSS**i (Sch.,) inter-
secting lines of two plains, corner, angle
(Jo.),

'^I hphrab-pa=*%i and *.$*t-
to flutter, of a bird wounded by
a shot.

raZ or gi (qq-q?«() adj. and adv.
the present, imminent, immediate, tem-
porary ; just now, immediately, this
instant ; *gi'i hphral-la and ig«r^ imme-
diately, suddenly ; colloq. <ig«i''»g«i'at id. ;
^•^•^ 'tanfa thcl-tu' at once, this instant
(Snd. Hbk. 93.) ; o.^«r^^=ipso facto,
at once by that very circumstance : *)'^«'

*^'§^ the fire springing up three times
and increasing, those who were able to
touch it, it caused to develope complete
purity forthwith ; ^3rarjs'q5'^<i| hphral-la
khro-wahi dug the poison of sudden
anger, ^gt'^s.'^l*' what is going to
happen immediately and at a later period,
<?g«i jjnm-o|E,'<5riq3c.- that is good both now
and in the more distant future; ^gar^c.'
^'^ now and in time to come; *«|«r?>«f
*ffl|-*^-q not having laid up anything for
present use (Mil.) ; *5|9r§'(^*rCql*'*ai'si a
poor temporary dwelling, or also : a
common ordinary dwelling (Jd.) •
phral-yun present and future:
qgvarqjw thought of the present and
future. ^'ffi phral-rkyen immediate dis-
aster ; g*i'Vf*< phral-dgos immediate neces-
sity ; gTSI* phral-phwjs the present and
future ; igarq^ present comfort ; igac|^
hphral-sbyar ^iratHi^r &ftil sudden coinci-
dence; accidental meeting. As adj.:
^g^'SIS hphral-§kad= wyfr the common
dialect, the colloquial language, the
language of the common people or of
common daily life : ^'^gi'^'m'^' eo you

854

hear it in the language of the common
people ; g^H^sfe.-^^^* «'¥l'a< one
who has been (in India) and knows the
language of the people (A. 67).

5|9rfp| phral-griij finished, ready, pre-
pared.

Q,^T3 hphral-wa pf . gi pltral fut. «fl*
dbral imp. 5" phrol aoc. to Jd. vb. a. to
<*g«rq and signifies : to separate, to part
(with the word *f.' signifying " from ")
ijum^e/gaj he deprived them of their
insignia (Glr.); Ufa v^f*'" srog-claA
hphral-wa to separate from life, to put to
death (Glr.) ; also, without *^',=to cut,
divide: Sl'5'^gi'" to cut (cattle) into
quarters (Mil.) ; ^'fyfn Ita-wa p/iral-tca to
split open the belly.

hphri-ica pf. and imp.
fut. *\C dpri, vb. a., to diminish, to take
away from :

ig. k.).

QJ^'^l hphrig-pa to doubt, be unde-
cided about ; ^'CS'" hphrig-tshud-pa=
to be assured of.

hphrin 1.=^
correspondence. 2. news, tidings, intelli-
gence, message : *«Kw£i good tidings,
favourable accounts ; ^'i;i*'*»W messenger ;
a.?^ jjc^-q hphrin $prin-ica to send word,
information, **Kj^'t' hphrin-khyer-wa to
bring tidings, intelligence. Mta'Ji's
hphrin-skyel-ica = '^^a> fffam-$kyelto send
a message ; to give orders, communi-
cate orders, *^'«wr<i hphrm-bshag-pa=
Nt^qprtywi to make a verbal request, to
leave orders. 5'flH'^*J'§^'c.'ar^'?e.w^rw
n^-q^ iff he left a message (to the effect) :
do inform me when you have arrived
from India (A. 66).

a mistress, a female friend (Mfion.).
<^-S)<j| hphrin-yig letter, epistle,
hphrin-lan answer to a message.

^'«w hphrin-lai *•*, 9rrs&
1. resp. for °w affair, business; deed,
work: ^Wn^T"ntV'^ with regard to
such matters. ^'nw'Jiw^ the four kinds
of religious service, enumerated as ^'5*>'
«;qc.^q|5|^-nm milder worship, abundant
service, religious service to obtain power,
and terrific methods in co-ercing a deity
by charms. *«kw^«rti, <%q*«r§«v{' to
commit a thing to another person's care ;
in reference to gods, to recommend to their
protection or blessings (Glr.). 2. effici-
ency, power (Mil.). 3. personal n. in
Tibet.

<*«ta'ow$« hphrin-las sraj ace. to Bon
incarnate beings.

qijajAqflxi hphrin-hgan-pa = ^'^^ or
to send a reply (Nay. 9).

0,^'CJ hphru-wa, *•%>» hyhru-ma v. 8'"

•>3

phu-wa, etc. (Jd.).

Q^'SJ hphrug-pa pf. |^« qra to
-o
scratch one's body: ^l^'S'^ll'i hphrugi-

tu hjug-pa 3(fB*I& begins to scratch.

Q,^^ hphrul (occasionally only occurs
->o
as <^aa''£') black art and magic, of an

illicit and irregular character rather than
the orthodox performances, though not
always so. ^'s^ or *5JT§ has the adjec-
tival sense of transformed, illusionary,
magical : ^|"i'S'f "" magical power or force ;
transformed into the form

of an ochre-coloured horse, %'nw cho-

•o

bphrul orthodox magic rite; r*5|«« rd&u-
hphrul subtle miracle, magical tricks;
(abbr. for WWISJTI) sorcery of an

855

undesirable type:

sorcery which even lasts after another
re-birth; *to|A|at optical illusion; *|«rer£i
magician, illusion-worker.

^Sjm'RfS*, bfhrul-hkhor in modern times
is used to designate any machine turned
by a wheel, but is really : magic circles ;
which are of three series : — I : ^sp't^'
qlW&m^C^ffc magical circles to lay siege
to an enemy's fort and to capture it;
subdivided into seven kinds :- (1) ^3'<*g«r
"fa rdohi-hphrul hkhor the magic circle of
stone, discharging of missiles to capture
a fort situated on a plain ; (2) 5?'R|q-Rf^
gruhi-hphrul hkhor the magic circle of boats
to capture a floating fort ; (3) <*g-w3J-<*gar
^ hbru-mar gyi-hphrul hkhor the magic
circle of fire (burning grain and butter) to
blockade a fort situated on a hill ; (4) fj'^'
^*!pr*?fc gri-gug gi hphrul-hkhor the magic
circle of a sabre to besiege an enemy's
fort with swords ; (5) fcc.'^^-^ rlufi-gi
hphrul-hkhor the magic circle of wind for
the purpose of blowing away the top of
a fort situated on a hill ; (6) ^'I'^'l^w
^fardo-rje gur-gyi hphrul-hkhor the magic
circle of a Edor-je tent made of iron-
sceptres, to break through or demolish
the ramparts of a fort ; (7) g<«]$r*^$'
Rjjarnpfc Icags-mdahi hphrul-hkhor the
magic circle of iron arrows, to kill war-
elephants equipped with coats of mail.
II : >K-flK«rqjic.-«]$-n|'ar*jfc; ran-g.nas bsrun-
pahi hphrul-hkhor magical circles intended
to defend one's own place : (1) fsrgjS'igar
"$*> ral-grihi hphrul-hkhor the magic circle
of swords which remain concealed under
the ground for the purpose of protecting
a king's palace; (2) the magic circle of
chariots on which the warriors sit.
III. ^5W3^«iq^«'|\«fi-'i|ar<ij1fc magical

circles of triumph for enjoying peace and
prosperity after conquering an enemy:
(1) the king's superb mansions to view the
arrival of his forces ; (2) arrangements for
sights, entertainments and amusements;
(3) magic wheel for water-sports, etc.
(Dus-kho. 330).

nSjarl-ujSv* hphrul-gyi hkhor-lo magic
wheel — in ancient literature merely a fan-
tastic attribute of gods, etc. (Jd.).

•^TW Sphrul-dgah fanfaft: n. of a
heavenly abode where the gods enjoy
prosperity and happiness by their own
merits and miraculous efforts (So-rig. 3%).

*||ar» hphrul-cha=^*> miraculous dress,
i.e., coat of mail : ^Ta^"^^'^^1^ being
equipped with coat of mail, etc. (D.R.).

*5jTS* hphrul-thur catheter (S.g., Jd.).

^l131'^' Hphrul-$nan delusion, mockery ;
miraculous; n. of the famous temple of
Buddha at Lhasa built by king Srofi-btsan
sgam-po at the instance of his Nepalese
wife, the daughter of king Ams'u-Yarma.

J hphntlwa 1. (by its form
intrs. to ifjur*! sprul-wa ; ace. to Cs. both
are identical in meaning)=wnpw*3ar
I"'^'*' many transformations, magic tricks.
2. = <*J5T«i hkhrul-wa to be mistaken, to err,
to make blunders. 3. to separate, sort
discriminate, the good from the bad, truth
from falsehood (Jd.).

4gorq$-fiq-«; hphrul-wahi mig-can = ^"\'^
& pigeon.

*5JT^5fv*i Jfphrul-sa lhahi sgron-ma
n. of a Bon goddess ; il^'^-fr^ Ephrul-
sa $yian-mo btsun another Bon goddess
(D.R.).

*5jT«i-JH Sphrul-byen the miraculous
^en-rob founder of the Bon religion
(Jig. 2Q).

856

J hphre-wa pf. i«j»< hphreg to in-
cline, to lean against, to put down, to lay
down ; ^i'lS'" hphre byed-pa id.

' hphreH or ijj«.'«i hphren-wa 1. to
fasten, be fastened to, be affixed to, be
arranged (especially in a settled and
orderly manner) : ^w«r*|E.-q semt-la
hphreA-tca to fasten or bear in the mind.
2. as sbst. an array, consecutive placing,
regular order ; HIWT, wfsun (A. K. 1-lf)

'i a

great number of things arranged in
order, also one after another often iii
rapid succession; tT*"lfr***|*'**^*
the lamp-lights which remove darkness
are in fine array; j-wSS-jqwigs/ rgya-
mtshohi rlabt-hphreA the array of the waves
of the sea. 3. a chain, wreath, file, series,
string of anything : d-lfr9|*ge.-q me-tog-gi
hplircn-ica a wreath, a garland of flowers ;
n|c.»i^-*5JE.- gafis-rihi hphreH a chain of
snowy mountains; ^*|« '3'*!*- q tuigs-kyi
hphreA-wa a circle of woods ; ^ 'fi '*•%*• "'
^V^ seven sets of chariots (Pth.) • §H*|c,
yig-hphrefi a row of letters, a line ; *g*.-q-
<^qj»j-q hphrefaca htfogt-pa to bind a
wreath ; ^'JS'WW hphreH-r/ji/i<d mkhan a
seller of flower wreaths, garlands. Syn.
for garland : »> ^"1 '*P^ a me-tog ipklmn-po ;
"•y^'W hphreft-ldan ; »>'^ 5|««^* me-tog gi$-
htsho; **^i* me-tog-can; ^H^'S'^I'SS
me-tog rab-tu sog-byed; '•TliS'lS me-tog
spyod-byed (Ignon.). ^'i hpfireH-ica a
string of beads, rosary ; *H*^"* mu-tig
hphre^-wa rosary of pearls.

hphred, or *&<r hphred-la adv.
across, transversely, by the transverse way,

by the oblique passage.

•***
Q5j hphro 1. progress, continuation,

process ; *% '* in progress, in process ; ^'

l'«i to lay the continuation aside, to put
it off ; "*f 'SS 'i hphro-lhud-pa to continue
again, once more. 2. = y\'u, ^ remainder,
continuity : ig^wSit,' a remainder, the
rest, is still left.

'38 bphro-skye n. of a great number
(Ya-sel. 57).

hpliro-ica pf. *5" hphrn^ vb.
n. to ^fq ^pro-tea 1. gen. with *w from,
to proceed, issue, emanate from, to spread,
diffuse ; J'^'H'^fq fku-hod zer hplirn-iru
a body from which rays of light proceed,
a body sending forth light (Cs.). 2. to
proceed, to go on, continue. «i|'**\£i or
i " to discontinue, cease from, halt :

discontinue evil doings !
<*9'3t*1 hjihro-blafis resumption of an un-
finished work : Hhw}ffMif-f^tri»w
**$* (A. 32), the lord having taken up
the controversy (where it was left by his
predecessor) came out victorious. A§'W*\<I
hphro-nm chad-pa = *^'*)'*«V« rgyun-ma chad-
pa without interruption, keeping the
continuity: Hww^f^*4fir«^«l the fire
was not put out during seven generations
(A. 2). *|-q^«l hphro-bfol^**™^

postponement, puting off.
^ the invitation of the
pandit was postponed (A. 127).

hphrog (fut. of fi) ace. to Rdo.
Jt6), pf. and imp. 5"!*1 P^'oy?, fut. ^«|
dbroy to rob, run away with ; to deprive
of; appropriate, embezzle: g'SrpiiwJCj^
$*<»< gi|»r*!E.' ravished the ear-ornaments
from the girl's face ; fcw'W*!«rq to take
another man's heart, to run away with his
affections, to captivate him (Jd.). e%*\
§*|^q to be lost, wg^TSV rab-tu
bphmg-byed-pa ^m^ifr»l (A. K. 1-42).

857

phrog-pahi-rdsas booty, stolen
goods.

^91 §^ hphrog-byed ^fr as epithet vari-
ously applied : 1. the sun, the wind-god,
the lord of death, Indra, the sky, wind, the
21st constellation Cravaija. 2. myrobalan,
white-pepper, mercury. 3. lion, a hero
(Mnon.). 4. symb. num. 11 (Ta-sel. 5Jf).

"3f'ir§Y*|5»i hphrng-byed-g.tam ^ft met.
the cuckoo.

MfrSW*'1' hphrog-byed divan-po=ihe
lion : *jfr^^*^ij'f<r*5flpr«l$^1vgfc£'we;
>{&jvBr$fp3 to him who sits on the
exalted throne of gems borne by seven
lions (Tig. k. Ji).

as met. = the scorpion (Mnon.) ; ace. to 8.
Lex.=%vi the frog [also, a crab]&

"^"iSVS*1 hphrog-byed yum an epithet
of the mother of Vishnu (Mnon.).

"^"I'tV*'^ hphro-byed sa-bon ^fr^tef
[yellow orpiment]&

i as ffr<i n. of a number.

rod offering (of present) = Jj\i
resp. ig«r«i; ^'d^ (salutation) good
health (Yig. k.). ^i|VI'§^'{' hphrod b§ten-
pa recruiting of health when convales-
cent by a change or by resorting to
mineral springs, etc.

V" ^

^ij^l P hphrod-pa, 1. pf. |X jaArorf vb.
n. to |"v«i sprod-pa to be given, bestowed,
offered, delivered. ^'^ receipt, quit-
tance; Sr*|v<i to recognise, know, per-

ceive, afr'"^ presents : ^:
S*'*^ (A. 127). 2.=^-£i0r «^'iadj.
fit, proper, suitable, agreeing with, conge-
nial to: J?-w<^ agreeing with the sto-
mach; *K^'»i unwholesome food ; *t"^'i
not acting (when medicine has not the
desired effect) C. ; I'd^'")'^'*'",^'^'^ is
this place agreeable to your reverence ?

hphrod-pa ner-brgyad or "|w
Wl, ?K the astrologi-
cal terms for harmony of influence in the
destiny of a person : (1) to'vq* kun-dgah,
(2) V^l"! dus-dbyig, (3) ^ dul, (4) |'f
skye-rgu, (5) ^ yshon, (6) S'^"I bya-rog,
(7) 3«r*i^ rgyal-mtshan, (8) ^q«J'^ rfpa/.
4e*», (9) ^| r*-rye, (10) to rfAo-zra, (11)
1^"|*i ^«(/s, (12) fflpi <;roos, (13) ^ OT£/

/I y*\ V 1 ' \ / fc'-J

rim-ton, (17) il't^ hchi-bdag, (18) ^^
:A» (I9) S" <7n«i, (20) *^' mdiin, (21)
bdud-rtsi, (22) 1^%' gtun-^in, (23)
SI=.'9 #fo^-/?o, (24) f«i'$Vi stag-myos, (25)
«'i zad-pa, (26) "j^ ^yo, (27)
(28) 19

hphrab-pa

hphral-wa

hphros (from ^^'d q. v.)
residue (/St'tw. 12^), excess of what is actu-
ally required, remainder, balance ; ijfV'Ur
gt-^m grant me that residue, let me have
the remainder (Yig. k.).

(Sch.).

(Sch.)

109

3 ba the fifteenth letter of the Tibetan
alphabet sounded variously according to
position or from usage as b, p or w.

^ ba 1 : 1. an affix sounded as wa for
use of which v. ante under 1 pa. 2. in
Budh. ba is symbolical of the primordial
which is simple and absolute, i.e., v^vn^ft
eternal and unchangeable ; ba also repre-
sents <K«-j*'3-f wflj the ten moral powers
of Buddha (K. my. *!, 208), and further
demonstrates the doctrine of Buddha in
the Dharmartha for the salvation of
mankind (K. d. ^, 114). 3. in mysticism,
i is held to signify -*! meat and also >'*
to eat (K. g. P, 179).

II: also q'S ba-mo Jft a cow;

a bull ; *> I ba-cu (colloq.) a cow ;
ba-bjo jfftrra a herdsman, cow-driver ;
calf; *rfil ba-rmig a cow's hoofs;
the water collected in the impres-
sion of • a cow's foot on the ground, to
denote a very small quantity of water
(Dzl.) ; q'$"T«*3iS ba-nal rhdso-grod (w8-
^•qw*Vq^'^-yw*f«r«l) (Tig. k.) to'
idle away time doing no work ; compared
with a cow which lying down chews the
cud and does nothing more.

Syn. dT* hjo-nm; ^Rtta ho-hphel;
- ho-mo-hchin; WJ'Js hbab-byed;
lus-ldan; ^'S^'IS sho-srufi-byed ;
fl'S ba-mo; $'5<*'»* nu-rgyas-ma ; ^K.ws;f»i
yofis-hjom; *rtfa'*» isAon-ma; 5«'*» gru$-ma
(Mnon.),

«rgp; jk/q ba-glad skyofaca ifnjm ;. a low
caste in India whose profession it is to
tend cattle (Ya-sel. 55).

i'S|c.'^ ba-glafi-ldan n. of a Yakshini of
Eohita who, having invited Buddha with
his followers to her place, in honour of
this visit caused 500 vihara to be built
miraculously (K. du. 1, 298).

ba-flafi-spyod

n. of

a fabulous continent to the west of Jambu-
dvipa, and so called because cows feed on
the lands and form the main wealth of the
people (K. du. 1, 286).

+ «j'g|c.'*ta| ba-g.lati-mig 1. Tram a small
opening in the wall of a house for light
and air. 2. n. of a medicinal flower and
of millet (}£.Aon.).

tgyan me-tog

qgc.-qgc.- ba-glafi-bsrufi=iw\'»'M thal-
dref-sman «S5'£''a' ut-pa-la (Mfion.).

a-g.lafi-ke=$*''#^* khur-mafis.
ba-brgya ^z-an?i a spider's web.

"1,

ba-ka cRi n. of a tree (K. ko.

+ q'^'^ ba-ku-la 1. n. of a Preta
(K. my. f>, 288). 2. n. of a flower (that
of Mimmops elengi) which becomes
full-blown when smelt by a woman who
has the scent of wine in her mouth
(Tig. tl).

859

ba-kan-sel n. of a medicine
which cures phlegm.

ba-dkar 1. white. 2. lime,
lime-stone (Scfttr.).

la-gam ^re«f, ^w a dome on
the top of a house: i^'3'q'flpi a golden
dome (A. K 1-4) ; q-flp-^qpi ba-gam hod
tshogs the glittering dome; ^^'^'q'fljsi
the celestial castla (Yig. k. 2). i'*l*i ace.
to Jd. is a certain part of the timber work
of a roof, something like pinnacle, battle-
ment; 1'ipr*^ ba-gam-oan=^n'fw^''^:
king's palace also q'5*r*i ^ milch-cow

ba-car *<*ife*T [a piece of cloth
to cover the secret parts ; the hem of a
lower garment]/?.

ba-di

Syn. -^^^^ga-nahi me-tog;
dril-bahi-sgra ; ^'^stobs-can (Mnon.).

3 7 ba-ti in Sikkim and the West : dry
grain-measure equal to four pounds.
rf'*\ ba-ti-ka a small long measure, one
seventh of a barley-corn.

^ ^ Q Ba-tu-ba n. of a country men-
tioned in Bon works (B.ch. £).

Q'$F\ ba-thag 1. cob-web, or thread
which is drawn from the spider's body.
2. root, stalk of fruit (Jd.).

| ^'V5! ba-da-m=^- g.don the face
(mystic) (K. g. f>, 26).

^ ^'^'^ ba-da-ra jujube fruit=§'-§ij
rgya-fug (Ta-sel. 1$).

ba-de a tree:

la-dan sen-po a demon of the
Naga class.

CJ'^3j ba-dan w<l<T (.4. A. 111-28) ace.
to Zzf an ensign with pendent silk strips ;
ace. to Jd. a kind of dagger set upright, a
semblance of which often attends appari-
tions of the gods, q'^&i'w (Beng) fratM-
"5m flagholder ; carrier of a standard.

q'q^*R&i Ba-bde rnam-hdsom n. of a
village in the neighbour-hood of Stod-lun
(Rtsii.).

Q?G\ ba-ti-la n. of a tree (Lan. Tig.
36).

Syn. srtfa ma-no-ha; $*•'*'* ldofi-ro§
(Mnon.).

ba-nu a mineral medicine : «J'51«'§'
<ft^MriN (Med.).

*rs ba-spu Ufa, g^nfi, little hairs of the
body; s'fj'*^ ba-spu-can hairy, covered
with hair ; asr*)^ ba-spu-med bald. Syn.
%**•$** lus-skyes; «|«n3-?^ or ^pags-pahi
myu-ga; «»p«A*^| pags-pahi me-tog
(Mnon.). f&mwn ba-spu fon$-j9aft»r?$hair
standing on end (out of fear). Syn. a'^'
spu-zin ; a^E.* spu-ldaiif • S'^'t §pu-gyo-
wa; |'5e.- spu-lon; ?!&:&•*.%* ba-spuhi
rnam-hgyur (Mfion.) . «rg 5-^'g ^rr pore ;
I'B'^ «f2, joyful.

«rg ba-bla (pron. i«6^a) vfar
yellow arsenic ; yellow orpiment :
c,^-^ocq-q]^ ba-blas rmen-nan rul-pa ycod
yellow arsenic is an antidote against
indolent sores and ulcers.

Syn. «r5flr |=.'i sa-hog phreti-wa • Jf^ipr
*^1 sna-tshogs mdog; q-S[c.-lf ba-fflafi-so •
"l^i'^S3! gar-gyi-brgyan; f&^'l ba-spu
lhun-wa; *$Bfi^i\ byi-blahi-mig (Mnon.).

JF. clod, lump of earth.

860

la-men »ra*J (Mnon.) the gayal
wild-ox (Bos gavceus). Aco. to Tibetan
accounts the Gayal are indigenous to the
Chittagong hill tracts and are also abun-
dant in the 'forests of Pemakod where it
has been with some success domesticated
and yields good milk; but the Sanskrit
name .given in Mnon. evidently refers to
the yak-cattle of Tibet and Higher Asia.
In Lam. vpu&'iril^ gant-ri-ba-men is often
mentioned and is certainly the yak of
Tibet.

ZJ'Sf la-mo 1. a cow (Mnon.). 2. hoar-
frost.

Syn. of 2. «\»r«p5-$e.«rti nam-mkhahi
rlnnt-pa; $*§'§ rdul-gyi-chu; wpS'Vq
mkhahi-xil-pa (Mnon.).

Q'% Q»'3^ ba-mohi byihu ^TrW [the bird
Cuculus melanoleww, according to the
legend living only upon rain-drops]S.

Syn. fa'TJft fton-ka-spyod; ^'HV1!*
litn-cig-dgah; *5'*P'5i tsa-ta-kahi rgyal;
clutr-mts/ioH-byed; w? char-rta;
dgah-wahi sil-inan ; *t« S|^
(Mnon.).

* q'X ^Ijc.' ba-tsi ger-gjin n. of an
island : r*5'^ C^H^'^ a!1%'^'3!''!*<
(A. 55).

CJ'* ba-tshwa 1. described loosely as

4.

«*iS5'$ rgya-mts/tohi-chu sea-water (Ya-
wl. kO). 2. impure soda incrusting the
ground near salt lakes. i'*'«^ ba-tswa-can
=^%&( •arerr; salty, briny; ^'^ 3 '**
ba-tshba-can-gyi mtsho a lake of soda-salt ;
q-*$-g»^ ba-tshbahi skyur-tshi muratic
acid ((7s.)

t I'Ws ba-dsra bo-dhi n. of an Indian

->4

Buddhist, born in the country of Malaya,
who visited China accompanied by his

pupil Amogha Vajra during the reign of
Emperor Ming Hung of the T'ng
dynasty (Orub. 7).

q1") '$'*) ba-yi nu-ma 1. cow's dug or teat.
brum grapes (Mnon.).

' ba-ra po-ta described as ^ V!"
i a wild animal of the deer class (K. d.

^ *\Ba-ri n. of a solitary monastery on
the top of a hill in Tsang (Deb. "|, 35).

ba-ru-ra ^rerfarc?t<ra a species of
myrabolan [the plant Terminalia belc-
riea]S. *-s*%vrw\»$w$%* ^ (Med.).

Syn. 5'^! ta-ka; 1'? ba-bfta; ^5 ri-li;
")^'^5-Rg«'3 kar-fahi hbras-bu ; *>«!'?|'| q mig-
gi rtsa-tca ; *>1'«^ mig-can ; ^'Is Mdm-byed
(Mnon.).

Q\&^' Ba-re-nafi n. of a place in
Tibet (Tig. 98).

* q-ac>»| ba-la-ka sren^i a tree [Sida cordi-
folia\S. : w*[*f.-iw*fi- (K. g. *, 210} .

| q'OJ'^ Ba-la-sa n. of a Tirthika
king :

my. f>, 526).

4 q'QJ'^ ba-la-ha ^rr^i [cloud]S. *f
i|»4-q-iai^ can-fe? ba-la-ha is a tamchok or
wonderful horse of Indra famous like
Alexander's Bucephelus.

qaic.- ba-lan like «TSF also «E-'SE-', a
bullock: fl'«tf|e.-»i a woman tending
bullocks; q^^qgc ba-M-bgrafi v. q^8-'
«;qE.-|n|- below. q'«iE.'5|'«§« ^^ [bullock's
bile used as medicine by Hindus] S.
cow's foot-mark holes ;
irsrtT^ [a young ele-
phant]§. ; q-u(E.-p-Jf'^"J ba-lan kha-sho snon-
pa n. of a wild animal of the deer species

861

(K. ko. "I, 2) ; l-«K-|g-3 a spotted or parti-
coloured bullock ; q'B|c.-^HE.'|qj ba-lan dwan-
phyug a herdsman, keeper or tender of
cattle ; *'«•*.'$ ntin«r tobacco leaf ; lit. bul-
lock's nose ; q'«fc'*>«| jftt%^ [a cowkeeper]&
q-7if|J'j)-£j iftTOf [1. bullock's hoof; 2. the
plant Asteracantha longifolia]S. «r«ie.ii*|ti«
»fta? [cow's foot]& nmf&im jffa [a cow-
shed]^. *)«!*.•£• iflnTM [a cow-keeper]&

q-«r«c«-«i|fy-ar<^ Ba-la sans-g.yen-la
hthen n. of the son of S'*^*''IJi ^ mu-sans-
la hthen (G. Bon. 23).

ki a bird (JT. my. % 18).

3*^J la-lit Jn^fal species of fragrant
arborescent plants (rhododendrons) grow-
ing in the Himalaya and Tibet the bark
and leaves of which are used as incense by
Tibetans; its flowers are called V$ da-li

(Li?.).

ba-lu-ka n. of an aquatic insect
(K. du. i, 8&1).

*. q-^E.'fli'isS'^E,' la-linga-nahi <; in
[a species of creeper] S.

Syn. ^=.'!!l3i'*3i qin-kun-can;
nan-dgah-ma ; ^'^^'^ sen-mo snod-ldan ;
hjuij-lijed.

ba-ga-ka ^rfsnfiT [the plant
Justicia gandermsa]S. Syn. ?'»

can-ma ; W§'0 rtag-tu-khro ;
sen-ge-can • B'«Sii kkyu-mhog •
sman-pahi-nm (Mnon.).

^'• 6«-f«« TF". a virulent boil, ulcer

^'^ J5«-so 1. a large village in Tsang
(Lon. », 9) ; rt*r§-j«r»«l^ ^«-«o chos-kyi
rgyal-mtsfian a celebrated lama of that
place. 2. ivory, tusks of elephant: *)*»'
lia-$o-i$khan worker in ivory.

here

<J

simple, not compounded, and ^=
hdus-byas therefore »)'?i'£i transient' and
unsteady (JT. way. "],

^'£' khur-ki-wa khyer-
wa carrying heavy burdens, hence it signi-
fies a Bodhisattva or Mahasattva who is
capable of carrying heavy moral responsi-
bilities, i.e., the burden of the anuttara
samyak-dharma on his shoulders (K. my.
"I, 208).

Bha-ke-ra kut n. of a
town in 'the country of Tamal (Dsam.).

-na = vpe>'e%'* a fairy,

fy* b/ia-dra-

in mysticism (K. g. f>, 26).

lahi phye-ma (K. g. *, 45).

1 ^*\^Bha-ra-ta king Bharata (from
whom the Pauranic name Bharat Varsa
has been derived) ; the second step-brother
of king Eama. p'$1flr«K11W|W^*l'?*8*l
bha-ra-ta lhag-par g.nas-pa s/ies-bya-ivahi
glin n. of a continent (K. d. *, 342).

J i'3^'^ bfia-ra-na an Indian Buddhist
pandit who with his colleague Matanga
visited China during the reign of
Emperor Han Mingti, and first intro-
duced Buddhism there about A.D. 61.
(Grub. \ 7).

J y^$ Bha-len-tra ctr^3? the country
Varendra (North Bengal) : -^•fiFJr^'ST
S'§ql*''5'^'^'*ic''^''s'^ in the eastern quarter
in Bhalentra there were many Buddhist
images and symbols (A. 60).

Bhan-ga-la Bangala (modern
Eastern Bengal) :

862

(king Deva Fala) summoning all the
Bangala-pa into war (A. 60). .

jj bhu=*\** hdref mixed (mystic) (K.
g.f,.179).

t 9 5 *VJ Brahma dandi n. of a medicinal
(vegetable) drug: g'Jj'V4'"'1 B •«•»•«• i»-»-

'* (K- 9- «, 49).

bag I: l. = jf»S cuA-zatf a little,
slight : |*» «w|'*«i|*i'« gnum bag c/tags-pa a little
oil was on it (A. 133). 2. a primary signi-
fication of this word seems to be : a narrow
space ; fig. *"! '^"p to be straitened, in
necessitous circumstances (K. d. *, 337).
aco. to Jo. attention, care, caution, rela-
tive to physical and moral evils or conta-
minations; «wr*>S inattentiveness : *X«\c,a
cm] »^ q the beginning of intoxication is the
disappearing of attention; as adj. or
attribute : careless, unrestrained, fearless ;
a-q^-qS-q<j|-s^ fearless of misfortune (Z>s/.).
See also below under t)"I *>S.

•wft* bag-skar or «W|'SH '$•*) bag-skar-rtsis
astrological calculation regarding good
and bad luck at the selection of a bride.

£wrru>| bag-k/tag brick of tea weighing
61b. (Rtsii. 70).

qfll'^jwq bag-hkhumg-pa l. = f£'&.'i blo-
chufi-wa 'timid, also little-minded (Mnon.).
2. ace. to Sch. to be afraid of.

*WTS bag-Qlu marriage. songs, i.e., those
sung on the occasion of a marriage by
women. .

bag-chagt

habit, inclination, propensity:
**!« Y^siwwna ; the habits or propensities
of a former life. «wi'*ap)'qK.- bag-chags-
bzan good propensities. qu|-*flnq-q)5« bag-
chags-gsum ace. to the Bon, the three vices

of mind, body and speech (B. Nam.).
jwj •**]*) AK.'tjfli bag-chags raH-grol n. of a
religious work of the RniA-ma school.

•wi'X'" bag-dro^wa in easy circumstances ;
also, a cheerful state of mind (A. 149).

"*| 'Sf^ bag-ldan modest, discreet, tempe-
rate, careful ; one possessed of self respect :
«wrVgfl-<K-§«r3H behave honestly (Qbrom.
106).

Syn. «M|^S bag-yod; H«i^S khrel-yod;
fo-tsliahi t&hul-can ; ?*-*m-q <fa-
(Mfion.). •

§ft^'ti-g«r^ j/0 Jflfe-ipa byas-nas) with a
cheerful mind; without care, anxiety or
fear. Adv. WftWW^^W at ease, leisure-
ly, without any hurry: fa*KtpnTiK[to*t
W^taw you gentlemen sleep without any
anxiety or fear, i.e., being at ease (A. 130).

I'i bag -pa as a verb, to be afraid, to be
apprehensive of, to be anxious ; qif^wj
bag-hbebg-pa to drop, abandon cast away
all fear.

la-tsha-lafis byed-pa \. to be afraid, panic-
struck ; to be convulsed out of fright : Q*f
**T\;mxqj&fcsK*i in the meanwhile there
arose no apprehension or cause of uneasi-
ness whatever (A. 27). 2. sbst. fear, timi-
dity, anxiousness ; «W|'#*^'«i bag-tsha med-pa
fearlessness (Jd.). «w|'*l'* bag-mi-tsha
intrepid, fearless ; as sbst. one who does
not become affected by threat, fear, or
danger ; a hero, an intrepid person.

•wi'^S bag-yod= ^1'^ bag-ldan a prudent
person ; one who is pious, law-abiding,
temperate, dutiful, discreet and conscien-
tious in his dealings: ^'Jj'iir^S'S-jiwat |
6-' all the world bows to

863

those who at all times possess self-restraint
'and honesty (K. d. <*, 113).

«W|'*>S _ bag-med swrR-i impious, dis-
honest, immodest, impudent, indiscreet, etc.

d. *., 107) a dishonest and impudent person
is the chief of all enemies, do not be
attached to such a man ; the immodest gods
again and again fall into perdition ; «W|'*>Y

he who not per-
forming works of piety falls into misery
and does not give up works of sin is called
bag-med-pa. t^if^n^v^ bag-med-pahi pnas,
5Wi$«M [place of mistakes] S.

i"!'3^" ba.g-yod^pa Wn? [absence of
mistake, carefulness] S. reverence, fear,
self-respect, self-control ; as adj. chaste,
careful, conscientious ; *w|'3 bag-po adj.=;
bag-yod-pa (Cs.).

bag-yans sbst. *F®\ [a striking]-?.
as adj. intrepid.

II : meal (generally of barley, the
staple food of the Tibetans) w\'%*. bowl
to keep barley flour ; «i*|'! bag-phye barley
flour; T| bag-skyo thin pap or porridge
of meal; T«^ thick pap, dough; ^TVi
warm porridge; «wrg* bag-sbyar paste;
*W|'$^ bag-sbyin lute, putty, a compound
of meal and glue ; £WT"ta 6agr-feJ Or
bshes-pag C. cake or bread.

%-ww «nf newly married wife,
a bride ; bag-po bridegroom ; wi'i)^^
bag-pyog-ma a maid-servant who waits
upon a bride; *W|'X«r|«i bag-rogs=c^'tfi^i\
attandants on a bride at the time of
marriage ; "f'faf bag-kg the return of the
bride accompanied by her husband for

the first time after marriage.

bag-mar btaft-wa, ft=fiT? given in marriage ;

JWl'wgs.-q- bag-mar-blan-wa —

to take as wife, to marry ;

^« a Brahman took a girl
for his wife. (K. du. \ 261).

Syn. iflj'fliw bag-gsar ; ^cfc^n-^ dan-
pobi rdul-can; JJ'^ww hkyo-hdam-ma ; «tflT
^'1 lag-hdsin-ma • ^ln'^v lhan-cig spyod-
ma ', 9't'lc-'»' na-bzufi-ma ; %WQWH chos-bcas-
ma • |wqw khyim-ysar ; Ni^-gt.- mchis-braii
(Mnon.).

1T&N bag-tsam=&*'fa or *'^», %«r ; a
Kttle ; ^'«wi-fer^ each a little money (Mil.) ;
He.-q|-qu|-&i-q^ the appetite is growing a
little better; *«r&ri slight, insignificant,
trifling (Jd.).

+ ^^ bag?=^*>a slowly, gradually, one
after another, by degrees ; zw]*^ bags kyis
=^»W'|»)' rims-kyis : fliJ^'^'^'^'qaj^'J^RgiTi^
climbed up the hill slowly, i.e., by degrees
(A. 131). *wty*-*ft<*- = $w

\>

^' ban vfTcR 1. foot-race : qe.-am'q bafi-

«

rgyug-pa to run a race. «ic.'«Sc,-^«i ban-
mchofi-hgros or fF'^'^'g^ movement or
gesture of the feet in dancing (Mffon.) ;
also ai%»r*r^-«l making long strides,
or paces in running (Mfion.). 2. courier:
qci|lfc.-q despatching a messenger, also
running.

««.•§ ban-khri shelf : i^'S'if^-qJ-fli^ ban-

khri ffsum-brtsegs a shelf in three steps, or

tiers (Rtsii. 55).

*)c.-X^ bafi-chen or ic.'^-q= aftx,-^ ^CJVJM.^

[one going down, descending] S. swift

messenger, courier:

Syn. ?'? pho-na ; ^'Jj nan-rna;
hphrin-skyel; «K'|^ ban-phyin (Mnon.).

Q^'Q ban-wa or 1^'wft, ban-rndsod store-
room, store-house, corn magazine, also

864

treasury ; le/r*-' bafi-khan id. ; ^ ^ ban-
phud the first-fruit offering from the barn
(Jd.) ; ^9«'i=-' dbug-bafi cup-board, press
(Jd.).

Syn. w^T".' 'mdsod-k/Mn ; i^f*' M<«-

(Mnon.).

mdsod-pa.

Syn. «*V<i mdsod-pa; i
hdsin-pa (Ifnon.).

£^« iad-n/«=B'<w^ qf<q«K the steps
of a ohorten; terrace-steps: V^'j^ ""K
"m^n^f fllrt'M't^R'^'W^prtR'ftS'X from
the front of Is'wara to the first terrace step
of the Sumeru they are made to reside
(151, Theg S3).

*)=•'*< ban-so or if5 lan-po a tomb,
monument, but esp. graves of kings,
royal monuments or tombs.

^C?J'H bafis-po = lfa''1 rlon-pa wet,
moist (MAon.).

Q^ bad [1. moisture, humidity W.
2. edge, border : «iS'^1^ the edge is of
gold &A.] Jd.

^'Tj bad-ka C. a plant similar to
mustard yielding oil (<7a.).

4 q^'^'T] bad-ti-ka n. of a bird (K.

ko. "I, 3).

^'1 Bad-sa n. of a tribe or class (-/ST.

'Tj'i bad-kan s«* mucous, phlegm :
bad-kan-hjo»i$ that which re-
moves phlegm, iva"! bad-smug = Q\'*\*l%*\ci
bad-kan smug-po convulsions, choleraic
cramps (Mng. ch. 5).

vpci&yrXiuKfXtriWmt&tf^ Bad-sa-
lahi rgyal-po 3c/iar-byed-la gdams-paht-mdo

the Siltra on the instruction given to
ffchar-byed the king of Badsala. Buddha
perceiving that the time had arrived to
convert the king of Badsala proceeded to
that country with his attendants and
followers. The king about this time was
proceeding to invade the city of *pi*)'fl|fc'*^
Qshan-gser-can ; and, meeting Buddha on
the way, became annoyed and asked what
business that wicked man (alluding to
Buddha) had in shooting arrows at him,
the arrows rising in the air miraculously
and sounding the following verse : — 3 '%*'

.-! (K.

d. 337). But listening, the king perceived
the truth and became converted to Bud-
dhism. <^r<ifcj«rf'MK'§v§r|ifl&n^ the
Sutra delivered at the prayer of lichar-bycd
king of Badsala. In this the story is told
of the illicit connection which Buddha was
said to have had with queen S'yama, a
story set afloat by queen Anupama the
daughter of Madhu. When the malicious
design of the enemies of Buddha was
percieved by the truth having been brought
to light, the king with his wife became
firm believers in the religion of Buddha
(K. ko. «, 850).

ban-de a

Buddhist monk or priest, g=a layman)
l^'I'jwr^VfW-Jl-CdfVtBl compelled
all the priests and laymen in general to
take refuge in Buddhism (A. 103).

= iW ox, bull.

ban-bun l.«tt'M dsa-re-dso-re
little by little. 2.=^, aT*.

f ZJ3J ' ^ ban-dha or ^ bhan-dha 1 . = *V
skull, cranium; prob. WB (a skull used
in Tantrik rites as a vessel for drinking

865

•water or wine). 2. n. of a great mountain
situated to the north of the snowy mountains
of Kakari, and filled with medicinal
plants and minerals; a kind of animal
which can at will transform itself into
a lion having eight feet lives there.
(Lam. 36).

+ "^'* ban-de ^r worshipful, venerable,
a Buddhist monk or priest. i^'Sft ban-rgan
an old or elderly priest ; ^ '^'Sfl'i or Q^'ff-'
ban-spran and %*•'*>*( a mendicant monk;
^i'$^ ban-c/iiin pupil in a monastery.
qaj-^N^q ban-dehi mkhris-pa (*.e;«r«p«-
ifc-|-*j|*r£i) the bile of the brown-duck
(mystic) (Mng. 111).

f ^^'^'T| bait-dhu-ka s?l^f, saar^f a

X5

youth, n. of a red flower [s?N?R the plant
Terminalla fo»ie>itosa]S.

Syn. ^i"I*^ rtw-lag-can; "I^'$ gs/ion-
thu; J»r^ mts-ldaii; r^T^ rtsa-lag-
htsho ; irTfatp*. nw-tog dnta-r ;
tsho-can (K. d. «, 75).

J qa^ V?q'"l ban-dhu dd-wa-ka
n. of a red and brilliant flower [a shrub
bearing a red flower, Pentapetea phce-
nicea]S.

^ ^ Ban-ta n. of a tribe in Nepal

ing;

ban-boniai (^ and 5^-q) Buddhist
priest and Bon priest (Ya-sel. 18).

ban-son bycd-pa = ^I'tr^jprci also
to be alarmed ; to take heed.
lan-gzan the shawl or serge-cloth
wrapper ased by Tibetan lamas or ^'^
(Rtsii.). q^'5j« ban-lham shoes worn by
Buddhist priests (S^sw. 51).

n. of a bird \K. ko. "1, $) [one who eats
what is vomited] S.

and t'E"' iois, v. wi'l hbab-pa.
1£i few-^a taking, assum-
'p ?m-/t«s labs-pa (Yig. k.).

^ij^*a( want of consi-
deration in speaking and acting, =
g.zu-lum hastiness, rashness :

^ to sin recklessly, without heed
or regard, wlfoqfwy bab-col goms-pa
(A. K. 910) [sudden practice.]$.
bab-col smra-wa = &**$Q rdsun-
smra-wa speaking falsehood, also insincere
speech, w^c.' bab-lhin considerateness and
discreetness in any work or proceeding ;
qq |E.-u]^-*rv#ii having carefully weighed the
circumstances ; on full consideration of a
subject (Tig. k.).

^r?l'ijV«l also called
sa-tshugs which really signifies a
halting stage after a day's march, lodging
for one night, place of one day's halt ;
ip^-4«r4f^rWwq£*rc&*K at a place
calculated for staying at after one day's
or two days' journey (A. 157).

£W'£ bab-mo or w% in Ld. soft, mild ;
also chaste, modest (Jd.).

w§l bab-bla ^fw^l sulphate of arsenic.

qq '»» bab-sa ^^ss. landing place ; also
settlement, colony (Jd.). qq*)^*; babs-
stcgs^WQ'** Afe6-s« a place of landing, a
lauding.

qqHRCjq babs-hbrel=^'^, joint,
combined ; conjointly, in connection ; also
in harmony with, in accordance with ;
^•*ffM^6VrlAifa-w*w|ar«^ except,
but for that, we should require an order
according to the circumstances (Rdxa. 16) ;

an official authority (jointly) from the
Church government (*&Y>^) and the
Emperor of China (^'w), etc. (JD. $el. 7).

110

' 866

babs-hos suitable or fit for, oppor-
tune: £jew5«-§-*<3^-|<v?r'jr| assistance ac-
cording to what shall be suitable or needed

(Tig- *.). •

bam or w«i bain-pa stale, mouldy,
decaying.

f bam-po that which has been
gathered together, what is put or grouped
into one ; and, hence, frq. a section or
subdivision of a book, a number of chap-
ters taken together ; a series of pages ; a
set of slokas ; S«Fi« pleys-lam that which
is gathered between boards, i.e. a book or

MS.

<w*m bam-ril 1. defined as a-*fl|*fw|V
*>S nu'-ro fftsaA-ma $kyon-med fresh human
corpse without any part injured or de-
cayed. 2. that which is weakened or worn
out by much usage. 3. mould in W. (Jd.)

bam-ro a made-up effigy to re-
present the dead bodies of supposed
enemies of Buddhism, gen. used in Taii-
triKim.

bar 1. *rej, v«T intermediate space,
that which lies or comes between, that
which intervenes (used as adj. or as sbst.}:
the intermediate age;
omitting

the intermediate word or particle, or
making it eliptical ; ST'N'I*1?**^'^**^
a wedge of lapis-lazuli in between the
rock; $'"*<• isthmus, neck of land; fS'SS
upper, lower and middle country ;
a lizard, as an amphibium
partaking of two natures (Jd.). But ***
most commonly occurs in the sense of a
postp. or of an adv. when it usually takes
such forms as W bar-la, W^ l'ar-na, w^
i«r-rfM=betwixt, between ; also, up to, until,
as far as; during:

between the river banks a bridge had been
placed; (^*ll'c'^'3'£i^^ during seven days
(he had not eaten any thing) ; Vg5w^ till
now ; V^*"§'*"^ ! *VQ*- until now, hitherto ;
*'^ or ^'*»* till then, up to that time ;
<-3-q^ at three (different) times;
frq. with verbs: J"*i'ai'3ql'^l'0^'^ till even
touching the top. With a negative, w^
etc. is equivalent to : as long as, w'3fa'i3-
w^ as long as it has not been obtained,
i.e., until it is obtained ; fSV^'qv^till or up
to his death (Mil.) ; wiisji'W^as long as
we have not reached, attained to. wqw
bar-nas from between : g^'flftw'3'iMw from
between the two tents, w^^'fi to inter-
pose, intercede, mediate (Jd.).

wqw bar-skabs *K1K space of time,
meanwhile.

wpt' bar-k/iafi 1. ace. to Sch. a building
between two other houses. 2. central
house or room.

««'B bar-khyin. of a demon (^Vl) of the
naga class.

i*'B bar-khra a kind of tea of middling
quality (S. kar. 179).

wffm bar-gos a sort of waistcoat.

qvg-*<&w lar-yyi-mt shams the interme-
diate space or zone (tfag).

W'3'P'S^ 3**& [a portico or veranda]&.

wj'^fqj^* Bar-gyi ldin-yni$ n. of a
dynasty which reigned in Tibet, of which
there were only two kings, viz:— |'g*'
fl^'5 Gri-gitm Usan-po and a'^S^'S*1 Spu-
de gun-rgyal (B. Nam).

w^qj* bar-hyah l=sl'**fire-bgab occa-
sionally, at times. 2. some, several;
several times, now...now...(Ja.).

«'3« bar-gras=^'^'^ 8f the middle
class, quality, or size, i*^" bar-sfiib.

867

barley flour of second quality (Rtsii.) ;
iVRJ bar-gyu=We$F' g.yu-hbrin turquoise
of second quality; w-*| second quality
meat (Rttsii.).

3*%^ bar-chod, w*1^ bar-chad or WJ^S
bar-gsod VpflT: that which interferes,
cuts in between something else ; any
hindrance, accident, impediment, untoward
occurrence, interruption : 8*f%^'a^'*l*
meeting with an accident, to perish, . to
be lost ; wa^'iN'i to remove impediments ;
c.-a|-q*,'*\*)\q^ without meeting with an
accident (Mil.) ; w*S'?*l'£' to meditate evil,
to brood mischief ; w*^*f3fu|*v«i's not hav-
ing played me a roguish trick (Jd.). Whilst
w*S indicates usually any interruption in
a worldly business caused by any accident,
disease, eto., it means also a change of
mind or a hindrance by sin, etc. Again,
when a Buddhist who has been for years
observing the rules of Vinaya and suddenly
betakes himself to the practice of the
Tantrik rites but fails and becomes a
fallen monk, this change of religious
practice has been to him a Bar-chad.

Syn. «| *]« ge-gos ; *$p\* bgegs |«w«i|«i|
igrub-ma-bjug ; t'*'^'q|^S bar-du-g.cod

continuously,
uninterruptedly.

w^ bar-dti troN; in colloq. ^w^
dicar-du between, w^'^ «T^jm^im [good
or propitious in the middle.]$. i^'^'"l^-
£j5 I*i ^Pfmrfq^f >J»flf: [intervening or obs-
tructing objects.]^. q^-<j|?«vqri;5|<i«rq^
the four obstructions, to good work, etc.
which bring calamities on men: (1) %?*'%'
w*S danger to one's body such as are
diseases; (2) tfrfh^'*^ the danger of
devotion to religion is the de\il ^ ; (3)
faults are the dangers to life ;

(4) «%^wrf1«*pw the danger to merit

(DM:}.

•**
Q^,'^>\ bar-do also fl^'W1^ bar-ma-do the

intermediate state between death and re-
birth, of a shorter or longer duration,
ordinarily under 49 days ; lit. «K between
and ^ two, i.e., between the two, so the
present life is a state of Bar-do inasmuch
as it lies between the past and future
existences. There are according to the
work called T/io-sgrol six varieties of the
Burdo: (1) %^*\^'Q^skyed-g.nas bar-do; (2)
S-uwsw^ r mi-lam bar-do; (3) «ww«i|5^W^
bsam-gtan bardo ; (4) "S'p'q^ hcM-kha bar-
do ; (5) S^-q^ chos-nid bar-do ; (6) IK"'
q^'^ srid-2M bar-do. Ace. to Enin-ma Bkah-
gter system there are seven stages of
Bardo: (1) 1«.'«%|j'iiw:h'^; (2)

(3) i=-^|^f «1^W^ ; (4)
; (5)

(6) ^fprSst^ivw-^ ; (7)

§'£i^'^. Ace. to the Bkah-rgyud-pa school
there are five stages in the Bardo: — (1)
(2) j|e;q|-2|S-q.^; (3)
(4) H'W^-g-q^ ; (5)
(Ya-sel. 186).

hdiim=c**.'!^''\ agreement or
treaty between belligerents : w^y'^rs*''^
hoping to be able to bring about an
agreement. 3Vfj*i bar-sdom ^saqbr [the
suppression of the breath or voice] &

3*.'^' bar-snan ^rj^t'^', ^!H atmos-
pherical space, the illumined space ; §*.'3|'
in the heavens above, in the air ;
jfqiN illuminated region at>ove.
Syn. flR« gnam ; ij^'wpR gnam-mkfiah.
fl^'i bar-pa the middle one, gen. the
second son or brother in a family.

q^'i'^'S'Ti Bar-pa ra-tsa-ka n. of a sect of
the Tirthika in ancient India : wi'^'"]'!^'
,' (K. ko. P, 1ST).

lar-bar-du at intervals, from
time to time, now and then.

««•« bar-tint wxpw 1. the middle tone
in music. 2. or ^gv, »r<*W the middle one
of three things ; Jf c.-qvmA?«i| ^ the world
of the middle thousand (B. ch. 7).
3. =«!*'*• or fl|*'*^'w a dancing woman
or girl (Jfnon.). 4. ~*fr» rked-pa the waist
or middle zone of the body (Mfion.).
qv*»q middle one; qvw5'<^<>| i^ jrowftr
the middle world ; wS bar-mi umpire,
mediator, intercessor.

W*>S bar-med fsTT^JK without interval.
bar-med-mkluih the heavens.

or q*'**w any

interval. qv*i**w*fc, fSre^rr, continual,
often.

bar-gyen-dgu explained: fl'V

. Nam.).

q«, «iq| q bar-lag-pa a go-between, agent.
ww &ar-4M»=^«w^« in the mean-
time, presently, at present (Yig. k. 39).

*3K^\ bar-fig n. of a flower (K. d.

r, 12).

qvoiwrfpe.1 Sar-ffnar rdun-kltan n. of a
place in Tibet (Deft. *!, #).

/ **M, ^5^ wool ; "i § woollen,
woolly (F«i-sn.), qartK" the first
coarse plucking of wool, «wS«rq bal-niw-
tea the second of the finer wool, *w ^^'q the
third, of the finest W.; WV\*> bal-4kar
fleece ; •'"''JS bal-skud TTJRP' woollen thread.
q"!'! bal-skye mould on fermented liquors.
qurSfw ^*H<d ; one of the 41 clothing
stuffs prescribed for the use of a Buddhist
monk (S. Lex.) ; qar^f^ bal-hgor (modern
bal-sgor) : V^'tftf^fi.-tfv^'fViiK
there were only eight loads of

barley and peas and four balls of wool
(A. 108). w«^ wurrg [a woollen blanket,
spider]<S. q«i'&vjfg bal-tshon sna-lna wool-
yarn or thread of five different colours ;
qorjN bal-zant cotton-yarn of red and white
colours (Rtsii.); q«r§ irt/-sfc=q«iis-^ 4«/-
gfyj fluhu a kind of woollen serge-cloth of
very small breadth manufactured in
Tibet : «wr§ '*p*'i bal-fk rnain-pa a piece of
bal-sle (costs so much) (Rtsii.).

bal-thod the hair that is tied to
the skull cap used by Bon-po priests in
exorcism (Jig. $8). q«r^'*^ bal-t hod-can
a class of Bon exorcists who wear tufts of
wool on their forehead : q«rSV«^ '§« '|"1'
qj«ie.-i3flj»i the Bon exorcists wearing hair
on their brow invoke good luck (Jig, 20),

bal-pa-daa or 3f^'*» rtsa dres-ma
[n. of a Bodhisattva]-S.

Jlal-po or wajm Bal-yul

1. Nepal, the Indian state lying S. of the
Tibetan districts of Purang and Kyirong.

2. a native of Nepal, qsr&f bal-chol a
cymbal imported into Tibet from Nepal
(Jig. 18) ; wS bal-tam Nepalese coin (Lofi.
*, 18) ; wVi lal-dril bell manufactured in
Nepal ; also a kind of cotton cloth
manufactured in Nepal ; qar*^ bal-mdah
match-lock manufactured in Napal and
imported to Tibet (Rtm. 50) ; wZi'g^-gw
fi^fH Nepalese saffron ; WB1^"^' <if^H-
^g pomegranate tree; *w^ Bal-Bod
Nepal and Tibet ; qar««| bal-sbug or w3S'
gq|-*ui lal-pohi sbuy-clutl kind of cymbal
manufactured in Nepal (Rtm.).
bal-mo a woman of Nepal.

Bal-bzah the Tibetan name of the
Nepalese wife of king Sron-btsan ?gam-po,
a daughter of king Ams'uvarman ; n. of

869

a Tibetan lady who -had obtained saint-
hood.

w»j<5i|*i bal-yul-skyes ^m^ra n. of a
medicine.

Syn. gfc'*« Idon-ros; *fl go-la; »'!fa
ma-ho-na (Mnon).

t *w Mia and «W'*^3 balla-chcn-po
names of heavenly flowers (K. d. ^, 150).

4 q^'Ot bal-li n. of a celestial flower
(K. d. *, 368).

qar$«| 6flW/<o<7 ="19^'^ plague, or cancer
(Ya-sel. 28).

HH-SH*. bas-mthah 1. 3JE.-j$va<^-»m
STfi the suburb of a town, i.e., the limits
where a town terminates. z]*r*m-yq ^f^rar,
touching or near the suburbs; w
rrsa 3i3ire«T place of residence
in the suburbs. 2. border country (Sch.).

J J.7g_p0 1. occurs in lieu of
lyas-pn the pf . of |S'«, mostly in the sense
of a thing being quite done or accom-
plished. 2. = *>'HIJi'c' mi-lihrel-wa immodest.

wS las-mo, v. w?< bal-mo.

3-T]-*<-3|-aj Bi-kra-ma fi-la (sometimes
wrongly written as I'3pr«r5j at Bi-km ma-la .
fila) n. of a monastery at Magadha
founded by king Dharmapala on the
bank of the Ganges. It became the chief
seat of Buddhist learning after the glory
of Nalanda had waned ; and Atis'a was
high priest there for several years till he
proceeded to Tibet. It was destroyed by
Baktyar Ghiliji in A.D. 1203 about the
time S'akya Sri Pandita of Kashmir
visited it (A. 61). '

t S'lp'9'^ Bi-kra-ma pu-ri (sometimes
wrongly .written 3'3'«'«rg-^ li-kra ma-la
pu-ri) n. of a place in East Bengal situat-
ed in the neighbourhood of the place

where Atis'a was born: 3'H
(A. 2).

3'$ bi-chu xjg^r moss.

S'&c.' li-ehnn = Q'^' bya-chun (in Sikk).

+ ^ %'** bi-dru-ma f^r^T n. of a precious
stone (K. d. *;, #20). 9%-*r<^-q Bi-dru-ma
hdra-ica n. of a mountain inhabited by
venomous naga whose poisonous breath
renders the sea water warm at all times
(K. d. «;, 030).

+ ft-|'«ni| bi-na-ya-ka a class of malig-
nant spirits called <i*h« in Tibetan, also
the name of their king.

3'£| bi-pa 9fr?re [receiving, accepting]*?.

J 3'wx Ri-ma-la n. of an Indian Buddhist

saint who had confided his mystic lore to

Lo-tsa-wa Rin-chen tnchog Rma and who

.is very much respected by the Rnin-ma

school (Deb. *\, 3).

J ^-q-^ u/ ^e'.pa A:a-ya n. of a fabulous
phantom who appears in the- sky at
times to receive the homage of the naga
demi-gods (Dus-ye. 39).

w.

T H ^ Bi-dha or 3^'§ Vin-dhya, in Tib.
also ^'5 «.5i)*< g; chain of hill in central
India in a cavern of which the Buddhist
sage Acharya Diipaga- performed his
ascetical meditations.

J sHy1*, Bi-dsa pu-ra n. of an ancient

o

city of southern India which is mentioned
in the Kahgyur under the names of ^g"'

3'f bi-rdxi a species of shrew (in Sikk).

S'^'^'wX, Bi-ri Ha-mdo n. of a place in
Ulterior Tibet or Amdo (Tig. 8).

i H P- bi-sa a poison.

J S-|'^ m-ha-ra |%?TT a Buddhist
monastery where monks receive instruction
in sacred literature.

870

Bin-pa-ta ri. of a treatise on
Cabda-vidya the science of words : gS'**'
sclj») Q-IJI 3c.-£j'5 ai'?ifl|« the work Bing-pata
called: thorns of words, etc. (A. 82).

4 q&TCJ Urn-pa or «l*i-q (written in the
^g*) and ^'l6-' etc., as the Sanskrt equi-
valent of g'"ll'l!*< sktt-gsitgs and &*& MJI-
hbi) : 1. Lama Con Blo-gros bftftn states
that bimba is a flower of J'll*' rgija-
skycgs. 2. Momordica monadelpha a cucur-
bitaceous plant with a red fruit.
fc*i)g ; a lip red like the fruit' of Bhi

3$ bihu m* a calf ; in Sikk. a snake.
S'VI"! ^IM'raT and S^'W^wS sfHf%<Rr
[linen cloth dyed with red colour.]&

ci^ q'^-^N'S) lir-ica kuii-ti nut-li is a
mystical expression.

£ qO]'CJ liiLiai f%sr, xrtatii wood-apple.'
The wood-apple tree is also called $ W&\
but this seems to be incorrect.

Syn. ^w qg" dpal-hbras ; *'^'*tff cha-Ulan-
myo; ^P'w^S'*1''! rab mchod-mig (Mnon.).

J |'U biradsa in Tib. S""'5'! n. of a
town situated to the south of.Vajrasaua
(Dus-ye 40).

^ bu 1 . sbst., resp. 3*1 sras, <pra, T^i ;
son, boy, common in C. W%%*^" i«-
cA« f tn-i;* yor-ma in Tibetan proverbs :
a son that is not worthy of his father. 2.
child ; offspring ; bu-phrug children ;
a pregnant woman, one

big with

bu-clten sa-skya-pahi bu-chen far-nub gun-

g.sum(Yig. 2).

S'^B^ bu-hkhrid (puti) a common title
generally given by parents in Tibet to
the first born daughter with a hope that
she would bring in the train of birth a 9
or son to her parents.

5'^J bn-f/a I : or 51 bug 1. f%^ hole,
aperture, opening : 1'aS-g-fl) la-spuhi bn-ga
pore, passage of prespiration (Dzl.) ;
SJ'91 gna-bug nostril ; S'T1^ bu-ga-hdsin full
of perforations ; 9'fl!'*V3 bu-ga-dgu the nine
orifices of the body (2 eyes, 2 ears, 2 nos-
trils, mouth, urethra, anus). 2. symbol,
num. 9 (Ja.)'.

9'^ 6«-j/« = 9'*'$c-'€c'' bu-tsha chnn-r.linn
little boy.

S'lK Bu-glifi n. of a park or 'grove in
Lhasa belonging to the State (Rtsii.).

g'QJ1^ lu-brgyud flfrrT, «fifa, SSIT,
descendants, issue, generation.

5'$'Sfl"c'' Bu-chu Iha-khafi one of the
twelve Buddhist sanctuaries erected during
the ' reign of king Sron-btsan fy<n//-/><>
(Lori. «*, 6).

9'5'"1 bu-ta-ka = i$f<'** offerings to the
earthly gods and spirits (If. g. "I, 215).

5 '^ liu-ston ^'^'^) • a celebrated
lama the author of voluminous works
who edited and put into present form the
Kahgyur and Tangyur encyclopedias.
It may be said that a more deeply-read
and a more voluminous writer than Butoii
has not at anytime appeared in Tibet.
He lived over seventy years strenuously
exerting himself for the spread of Bud-
dhism, and spending the last days of his
life at Shalu, a large monastery situated
about twelve miles to- the 8.E. of Tashi-
Ihunpo, where he died about the begin-
ning of the 14th century A.D.

bu-de-tshe sffasf life.

bu-dod foster-child, adopted sou,
ned-kyi bu-dod-mdtod^ deign to
•be adopted by us (Mil. Jd.).

' bu-ffditn a small cross-beam (JUi/.)

871

9'^ bu-rdo (Sch.) idle talk, tittle-tattle.
9'^ bu-nad child-bed: $^'%*\ the
child-bed terminates unfavourably (Pth.).
3'|S bu-snod uterus, womb.

'S* lu-dpc true copy: g-g«-|^ge.ww-1«l'

^5.- (Ya-sel.

.
'£f bu-mo, rarely £*•«' bu-mo-ma, 1.

, 5ftm, a daughter. 2. a girl, maiden,
virgin : g'S'fljfc.'* or «qww or *|Wi a girl
that is still in a virgin state; g'*^*
bu-mo dar-ma a youthful maiden, a young
woman.

Syn. «^'*» da-ma ; *j>* myos-ma ; ^"I'
<qw me-to<j-^fir ; pw^'w l;hens-ldan-ma ;
\V\VC^-N dregs-ldan-ma; "K**^" lan-tsho
can-nut ; I"W*< rtse-dgah-ma ; •^.'^V^
dan-pohl rdul-can; 5«c«iw« rdul-bcas-ma ;
i^-cm-H dar-bab-»M (Mnon.).

ij'S-fl|Sfr$'*» 6«(-mo g.shon-nu-ma a young
girl, maiden, damsel.

Svn. «'^t«-fui'«^ ma-hons rdul-can ; ^'
^ ' •«

%=-'»! na-chun-ma ; f^-*^'*1 phyogs-mcd-ma ;
ait*^c.-g /«n-<*/w flfen-.po-; ^^'i|si^ nor-ldan-
ma ; 5t't|*'**''w''f " gron-pahi chos-ma-gos
(Mnon.).

^•^5 qs"i'3 »iatf5 bridegroom, son-in-
law [also, a lotus]S.

g-g^ bu-smcd family, children.

§•<* bu-ts/M ?ww, ^r«9> son, boy;
often familiarly sounded as ^ofea or ^t(<««.
gaSuQm *HBH ^fi increase of family.
g-^srugarn bu-tshas hbrel-wa to cohabit

(Jd.).

9-*q I,u-t8hab=3;*^ bu-dod.

$<&*<* bu-hdsin-ma gfw ^rr [a daughter]S.

g'r* bu-rdsis fWT ^C^J [guard of a
young child] 8. ; a nurse that looks after
children (flag. 59).

9'^"] bu-yug snow-storm.

bu-i-am

brown sugar ; treacle
sgor-wa to

molasaes, raw
bu-ram-

; treace : 9'w'£' u-ram-
boil down raw sugar (Jd.)

N-Ac.N-a-'c,-'»»)-qq-q-^a|-q^-

'^ sugarcane juice and hot melted butter
drunk while warm relieves coughing and
removes hard-breathing (K. g. *, 47).
§• w^ bit-ram ka-ra, flratai treacle ; £''X>N'
^=-.'9 loaf sugar. g'^'I'B'" ff5m JI^T:;
[diluted sugar]S. S'^N'B bu-ram sgra, an
epithet of Arjuna the 3rd son of Panda
(Mnon.). 9'W«c.' bu-ram-chan, ^t^ spirit
from sugarcane juice or from treacle;
g-w^c.- bu-ram-fin r^fS the plant
from which sugar is extracted, sugarcane
plant ; g'^w^t-Sl'g'q T?pw, sugarcane juice.
g-^*<-^c,-rj)'iW§-W$'qf>a\'q£NfiS|'?W]«l work On
the exploits of Ikshakus, etc. (A. 35).

q;w^c,-£i bu-ram fin-pa T^T? n- of the
progenitor of the solar race, an epithet of
Sakya-sirnha Buddha who was born of
that race. .

bu-la-ma §kyes me-tog=**'
9'1'w hom-bu sne-ma (mytic) (Min. 4).

g,'«i^'^ Su-la ha-ri 1. a kind of fine
leather generally of calf or kid which is
japanned black or red and is used in lin-
ing boxes, &c. 8'«rV^«*wi?*r«T^
(Rtsii.). 2. n. of a monastery on the
Ganges in the Monghyr district said to
be still resorted to by Tibetan pilgrims.

Q'ljq bu-slob= IK** slob-ma scholar, dis-
ciple, follower of a clerical teacher ; also
= ^£i'gill slob-phnig a pupil.

bu-lon (cf. 9^ bun) advanced
money, debt : S'^'jl1^ or 9'i%§'Vc' to con-
tract debts; g'^'wrs bu-lon hjal-wa or
gS'q $prod-pa to pay a debt ; 9'^'«i bu-lon-
pa a debtor.

872

a crack,
hole, cavity : ^T^S*" bored holes.

Syn. g'"l bu-ga; Bt-9 khttn-lu ;
pad-mahi-miij ; &>'*•$*' rlun-hbyun ; *•*
sa-mt/ions; pfe'fs-' khon-nton (Mnon.).

gi'Si"! bwj-shol, v. a"1*< ?fo/i/3 (</a.).

gq|«4-q|^U| i«0g-0e»Vjf='KlWg«r|l|&r| a

week, seven days i'VWTW^^'V'1^'1' he
received a week's instruction (Rtyli.).

jj^-sjc- bugs-Ion an entire carcase :
*qj-.<j-X-q$-q»f3-tjqm-Bfc-fl|3«| entire dry car-
case of a sheep, goat or yak. (Jig. %rJ).

(MAon.). 1. a humming and stinging
insect, such as a bee, etc. ; 5"! S"1 sting, and
also the wound caused by it. 2. ace. to
Cs. a bright black stone: "^'"'^M*! black
either like a bee or like this stone. Qt'ir
bitn-wa skrod-bi/ed^K^f^'f^t
the female bee; also a chowry to
drive away flies (Miioit.). gfqS-jvHi »^-
Trai prob. the queen-bee though the mas-
culine gender is used.

luii-bu

[a discus-bearer].

buns [mass, heap, bdk;
a large heap ; \'$s'9t*)'* a great quan-
tity of urine (Min.) ; g^i'l^'" to heap one
upon another, pile up] Jd.

bud 1. ($5) any darkening of
the air through dry matter, a cloud of
dust, dust-storm: giv5*''c!5z' wrapt in
dusty mist. 2. =¥^iw turned out, expeled:
*1*''*i*rS(^ turned out of the assembly
of monks or congregation (Tig. 3). SV^-'
bud-stoA destitute tenants or subjects, also
where a family has been entirely expelled
(Rtsii.).

bud-dha wa-na n. of a forest

situated to the east of Yajrasana in Bud-
dha-Graya (Dsam. 17).

= ^fyn Saiis-ryt/as.

ln<d.->ned

& woman ; denned as Ms'«i%<
?N q5)^ one that cannot be dispensed witli
or forsaken ; ace. to others, one that can-
not be . left outside the house at night is
called SS'*^, and herice~= woman. SS'^V^'^
a female child; SS^'"!^'35 a violent hag;
9^511 a fairwo'man (J5s/.) ;
one who is bullied by his wife ;
ytxo-icohi bud-mfld »j<syig-Hi a lady (A.
K. 1 22). K'*K'l1PrV bud-med-kyirtnt»i-
womanly expression and beauty : —
*P'*%* rnam-hgyur ; *P'*fi
rol-pa ; QgT'l bikiil-trii ;
stir-gyis ?ton-pa (MiioH.). 2.
= «i^-^'35 a concubine, mistress.

Syn. *)'" mi-mo ; 8'*^'*i skra-can-wn •
M*w ^-*) mishams-ldan-ma ; |^'§S'»i sbi/or-
bycd-ma ; *ie.'$V*i hchin-byed-ma ;
ni-gni$-ma ; ^S SJ^ ** hdod-hlan-ma ;
*ft byed-pahi-fxhi ; i|j|'|*)'«^'»( gzugs-can-ma •
cflD.-Qa.'iifc dgah-wahi-yshi ; 1*>'SS'* zur-lta-ma ;
•^•^ dgah-ma ; §S'» gkyed-ma ; ^'»i hdufn-
ma ; ?'^-« ho-hdsttt-nia ; $*>'S^'* lus-ldan-
ma; $w*^'t stabs med-ma; f«i»«'S»<^ $kye-
l^'S'^ lan-bu-can ; IJI^*4'I^'*<
(Mnon.).

female ascetics that
wear human bone ornaments, or Buddhist
women who are said to have obtained
sainthood; those of Indian origin: —
itkh sid-dhi, *\*pjp&yr* ma*ig

rgi/al-mo,*^^'^1^'^ gc-slon-ma
dpal-mo, etc. Tibetan nal-jor-ma : — J'1"^
rgya-bzah, w«w^ bal-bzah, ^•J^-^-
mt&ho-rgyal, *Kfifi^'ti bdag nted-ma "
•li'l^'i »w-«fif lab-sgron-ma,

873

bsod-nams brgyan-ma, «'V|^'« ma-cig sha-
ma, fl*va\*wv»r^ bsod-nams dpal-hdren,
y«V*|-*# pad-ma-mtsho, ^'fr^'S lha-rtse
dpon-mo, %-w$arn|**i yin-bsah rnal-
hbyor-ma, «v*r«WPJK.'*< pad-ma rab-bzah-ma
(Lori. «, 5).

bud-med dgah-bral (!«'<<'
or f^'*K) a woman who is devoid
of enjoyment and happiness, a barren
woman; a hermaphrodite of the female
sign.

^•*)\n3*'q'$E.'«]^'<i5'*»K, bud-med hgyur-
wa luA-bitan-pahi mdo n. of a Sutra in
which is described how women can be
changed into men (K. d. ", 326).

q^-ifc^Sfll bud-med-mchog, WTT, ^fa-a^T
a very handsome woman with personal
accomplishments. [1. a prostitute. 2.
one who goes about in the dark]&

Syn. "w^'iSl'^'w yan-lag mchog-ldan-
ma- qwN&l-N lus-mchog-ma ; $*rw* lus-
bzan-tna ; W%*> lu§-phra-ma ; Sq|-eue.-»< mig-
bzari-ma ; ^''Wf* bshin-bsan-ma ;
mts/tan-ldau-tna ; «^'*^ pad-ma-can ;
sgeg-mo; $&$*'** smad-rgyas-ma ;
rkyed-med-ma ; «K*s.'*t yid-hoH-ma ; \^i|'
N yid-hphroy-ma \ <^lc.-q'g^'») hchifi-ica sbyin-
ma; ^ifi* mig-yyo-ma; S^w&cw »j»jf-
mdses-nta ; ^'^«m'Sfl|'«^'»i ri-dwags mig-can-
nta; «i^^S«i'») yyon-mig-ma; S^'^l'* swr-
mig-ma ; a^'^"!*''** $min-legs-ma ; §"1'3'*<
idug-gu-ma ; »iXflc9|'OT'« mchog-gi Icug-ma ;

^<^.vn mig-
zla-sluil mdses-ma.
(Won.)

S'^'" any voluptuous or un-
chaste woman ; with following syn. : **>!*<'
?^'« cliags-ldan ma ; yK-in^-^-ft myos-pahi
phreft-ldan-ma ; ^*T§^'*» rig-myur-ma; ^"'
" '*• dus-btab-ma ; wSj'^'w mnon-hgro-nta ;

*$m$N dben-hgro-ma ; ^'^'w hdod-hgro-
ma; ^g*|'£i5'ti«*c«ii5^'»( Mhrig-pa-hi bsam-
gfan-ma; ^S«('§V* hkhrul-lyed-ma ; awi«'«5-
fl)^'«^'« chag$-pahi ffdon-can-ma (Mnon.).

g^'»)^|si bud-med rdul ^f^r, ^ai^
the menses.

9<V*llVsf^'*' bud-med blo-ldan-ma = &
noble and magnanimous woman ; with
syn. : ij»i'»(p«'») rnam-mkhat-ma ;
an rna ; «II|«'»' mkhas->na ;

wm'* tshig-ldan-ma ; f^'j^"'*!
snan-sgrogs-ma; Jp^'H ges-ldan-ma ; V1"'
«^'»i dra-wa can-ma (Mfion.).

^•i^^srst bud-med sbrum-ma Jlfirift a
>»

pregnant woman.

Syn. p'*"!* phru-gu-chags; xv*W*
mnal-ldan-ma ; $*w*^'8'm sem$-can shag? ;
gqj-Mm1^ srog-cftags-ldan ; ^"'f'" his-lci-
ma; «v»>-q^ lus-mi-bde; *W*n\WH mfial-
chags-ma ; gjE.'353 n$«'»» plafi-mohi hgros-n/a
(Mfion.).

SS'*1^'!'*1^^'^'?^'*' bud-med zla-mtshan-
daft Idan-ma «gw?t w^ a woman in
menses.

Syn S\*>\^*''Sf3r*1 bud-med chos-ldan-
»jffl;^«'^'* dm-ldan-ma ;\«'^'»' ; *>'?*1'S^'*!
>He-<ojr Idan-ma 5^'^S'^'*1 rked-nad can-ma ;
khrag-ldan-ma (Mnon.).

|S-{i f*,^«^ an adulterous
woman, who is said in her manners to
resemble a hen.

SS'^I15-' bud-$in = &'^' fire-wood, fuel,
also dried dung used as such ; S*V%' ^"I "
bttd-$in bqay-pa to split or chop wood,
g^E-q§-£i (wd) ?^«r^ a torch, a light ;
lit. flambeau consisting of ten pieces of
wood.

f^3j itt» abbr. of S'8^' : interest
on money lent. Q^'|*\ bun-ski/od «f)«rf«iT

ill

874

stretched and hanging, g^'tf bun-tho or
§^S)4|' bun-yig 1. debtor's account-book.
2. bond or obligation; bill of debt.
S^lT^' bun-yton to lend money on in-
terest : g^qi^A^-«i-^-jj5w^2r«r«i|'^E,^q'
§'1«w whatever receipts there are should
be clear in the cash account list (Rtsii.).
bun-bdag money-lender, banker.

bun-bun piece-meal, dispersed
(Sch.).

9^'? bun-dsan-ti =%*('§'*£'* kun-tti-
mdse$ very handsome (mystic) (K. g. "I,
215).

1'^ bun-re (Sch.) a small matter, of.
ban-bun.

.' bun-Ion S'garSftfc.-^ whirling
up and down, an expression used of boil-
ing water; g^^Sj'fvg*! bini-lon-gi gnan-
sras troubled, impure, sinful thoughts (Jd.).
bun-lob some large number :
.- (Ya-sel. 57).

s=^ 1. an entire piece of
cloth rolled up; Sfngqa cotton-cloth (Cs.).
2. in a general sense : whole, something
entire (Sch.) • fjtw^i prob. whole, entire,
gq*<-?arg*j the whole body as opp. to
separate parts (Ja.).

bum-skit, ace. to the Rnin-ma
School = state of unchangeableness like
that of the Vajra (Tig. U).

bunt-pa •%*, fW water-bottle,
flask; bottle-shaped ornaments in archi-
tecture, e.g., on the chorten ; w*vg*< vessel
used in sacrificing. The water pot re-
quired in Buddhist religious services is
of two kinds having the following charac-
teristics ; a large belly, long neck hang-
ing down (*<$'<*9c-'£') and contracted legs :
(1) w'3« ^l^t, and (2) $wj«r3*r«i frsni-
fw. The former has no *)$ or beak,

the latter when provided with «$ is
called *'g*i the jar-of-life, i.e., it con-
tains water consecrated to the Dhyani
Buddha S'V"!'^ (Amitayusha). gsr^qw
butn-khebs the cover for a water-pot
used in Tantrik religious ceremonies
(Rtsii.) ; SN'S* buni-dar the scarf that is
wrapt round the jar containing sacred
water (Rtsii.).

3*r4ip)'4)^°^ <4<ii<b [sonorous] S. g*<"

^*'g' twenty-five articles (comprising con-
secrated objects and various sorts of
medicines) required to be kept in the
sacred-pot which contains the consecrated
water (Rtsit.).

gsrq'| « Hum-pa fkyes fWl, ^^Jl n. of
a Rishi, who was born in a water pot. In
ancient times the Rishi Rgyal-wa while
practising asceticism caught a glimpse of
an .4jusa>'a-goddess and, as if embracing
her, in a dream discharged seed which
preserved in a water-pot produced the
Rishi. This was the famous Vas'ishtha
the pot-born (Mnon.).

g*i'«r*^ srarrsf, 'Pfapff [a kind of lotus,
the Premna spinosa.^S.

bum-pahi hkhrul-hk1ior=
zo-chun-khyttd (Mnon.).

bum-pahi mgul-can resp.
form of *i3ft'q mgrin-pa neck (Mnon.).

gs) wjsi >4i]4<h [1. a pitcher. 2. the
back of the neck]£

+ g»i'g bitm-bu = 3«'4K.' small water-pot
generally used in religious ceremonies.

9^ bur upright bolt or fastening to a
door, ^I'S^ upper bolt, ^'9^ lower bolt.
(Ja.).

• Q*$c'' bur-rtin or g^'?6'' bur-tin a kind
of bell or gong in temples (Ja.).

875

bur-ltafi balls of molasses packed
in goat skin: ^f^t^r^W^t-q^r^

^•*-q)5«| (Rtsii). 9^3^ bur-thud pastry
or cakes made of dried milk, molasses and
butter : S^SS^'S6-' (Jig. 29).

S'^'BI*' bur-thun-khugs=^'^''^, blo-
bur-du suddenly (Sman).

«J*'3> bur-tse various species of Eurotia,
largely used in the W. by travellers as
fuel.

t- bur-fin for g'W^' I

I : bul or Si'?*! bul-tog soda occurs
in Tibet as a white powder on the ground,
generally near the margins of lakes
though not exclusively so. It is used as a
medicine, and also added in small quanti-
ties to bring out the quality and flavour
of tea.

II: or gTS bul-po=*!*3 dal-po,
1. slow, dilatory, lazy: *3rs«r5
hgro-bul-te slow in walking, making but
tardy progress (Dsl.); *•&**•** mi-bul
mi-myur neither slow nor quick (A. BO).
2. =31 sul valley, ravine: fSF**t***l
a valley of the mountains resembling (the
plains of) India (A. US).

gm-Rf« bul-hgro?=^'c^'a^^ rkan-pahi
hdu-bycd a kind of movement of the feet
(in dancing).

a«c^'i bul-ran-pa neither very quick nor
slow in walking: ^"F^'^'^ a
moderately-swift horse (gbrom 118).

+ 9«'i bus-pa^w 1. snz^f boy, lad.
2. v. W hbud-pa (Jd.).

d I : be 1. num. fig. : 105. 2. W.
for 9 bye (Jd.). 3. for ^ be-rdo;
be-fin an oath (Jig. 62).

^ be-gc, v. fil'*) beg-ge.

cz'=s^'i byi§-pa a little boy, lad
or lass: ft>t^«r'|w|^1fWtffWw5p^JI (A.

88, 86).

d'X^ be-chon ^g, JRT (Zam. 3) club
with an ornamental hammer, knob,
dorje, or human head-like figure on its top
which the gods generally carry in their
hands to fight with the Asura.

d-^-nac: be-con-hcMfi »Rrcpc 1. an epithet
of Vishnu, and also of Yama the lord of
death (Mnon.). 2. n. of a goddess (Jd.).

a'f<^ be-lfan = ^'^ (mystic) (Min 4).

$5 be-ta 1. «nf<3i5i; cocoa-nut, 3'5^=.'
be-tahi-qin the cocoa-nut tree. 2. Tibetan
name of 3\g bi-da-rwa flK« Bedar, the
birth place of Nagarjuna (Dsam.).

Syn. '^•g'?'! hbras-bu-rtag ; ^'^'^'»
hbrus-buhi pfampo; w&'Vp sa-htsho-
Mab; yaiS-jncq ta-lahi rgyal-po; *>'*i'tr
mi-mo-rtse ; "l^'ij^ gfol-ldan (Mnon.).

a^=w^^ sulphate of copper.

a-si^c/ le-mdun a spear or javelin made
of oak-wood (Jig. 32).

9'f be-rdo, v. 3 quoit, the discus of the

ancients.

+ 9'^ JWM>=^'' hd&in-pa.

a-jj-awri^ be-sna lag-chen n. of a N'^S"!
demon of the ntiga ckss.

Q-^qN be-snabs a mineral substance.

a-g- be-rdsi=$w%*>'!H skar-ma mar-ma.

+ a-«'^t|»l be-sa ra-ka a species of very
small insects (K. du. «, 204).

a-f«q 6e-rasr a long and more or less
broad band worn as a head-ornament by
all Buddhist women of Ladak, nuns
excepted. It is fastened to the hair and
is studded with one to five long rows of
turquoises which forcibly suggest serpents
and serpent-worship in general. In a

876

«*!

case in -wliich a woman was ordered by
the court to give up her berag to the
complainant at once, she refused to do so
saying that this could not be done as
long as (in that year) the irrigation of
the fields lasted, evidently because of the
water-supplying S or nagas.

tt Be-ri n. of a district in the juris-
diction of Chamdo in E. Tibet (Loft.
*, 15). frV^-'S n. of a patty chief who
favoured the Karma-pa school and helped
Deba Tsangpa in the war with the (Eleuth
chief Gus'ri Khan, but was killed by him
(LoH. *, 15).

d '$1 be-log a great-grand father (Jd.).

%± behu TO a calf : yw3s dpal-tehu
^kw n. of a gem ; also the emblem of
love and affection represented by a noose.
•^'gw behu-bum lit. calf's pot, i.e., cow's
dug from which the calf sucks milk ; fig.
that which yields nourishment to lif e, met.
spiritual life, hence, scriptures. d4'9*'
g^'Q be-hbiim ffion-po the ancient book on
religion and religious history of the
Kadampa school compiled by Qge-^ef Dot
Rin-po-che (Loii. *, 2).

= %^ te-ge measles (Sch.);
sib-bi.

Beg-tse 1. n. of a goddess who
when propitiated protects her devotees.
2. 'hidden shirt of mail.

^£' ten 1. smaller beams of a house
which support the roof. 2. a stick,
cudgel, club (Jd.)

also called

bed 1. dearness, advantage: 3s«'*S
bed-ma-chod proved of no use, no advan-
tage; *4'«rifl*^^N'wl at a time
when salt was sixty times dearer (than
barley) (Glr.) ; q^^^Ts Ms-spyod in

Mil.; qVMs'*"1^ to be temperate, to
keep moderation in the indulgence of the
appetites (Jd.).

3$\ ben a large pitcher; $'^ chu-ben
water-pot.

^JJ bem or **>'% betn-po^*^'*
(4fnow;) 1. 3F«ir in the dialect of upper or
western Tsang=old, worn-out, as of
patched clothes. Also applied to the body,
and defined as W*\* '&;<& •*£« '* "an
entity deprived of all sense." W&f^1
qftvJ'JS'Mwrg on the boundary between
the physical matter of the body and the
soul (Mil.). jfo'«w Jj*r«ton'«nrtl«nNlvfcr
Q5'*fqfy by the power of his prayer was
deprived of sense like his own worn-out
self (Ya-sel 10) ; **'*'%*'%y tern-pa Itar-
lkug=ffl'i Ikug-pa stupid, senseless like a
log of wood or physical matter. d*r^«|'
5,1'q tern-rig bral-wa without body and
soul: Rl-q-^-ords^fgui q the dead are
without body and soul. 2. a receptacle,
box, bag, etc. (Jd.).

t|*r*fl| bent-chag = 'FF>'*>^ dkar-etutg list of
contents : §n^q»r| aa'*<i| {pgE-'EW^V1! S sg
i* should refer to those occurring in the
list of contents of the Rgyalrab (Hbrom.
251).

3^ ber 1. resp. $'** «&«-&<;>•, = |<»|* z/ti-
gam cloak of thick woollen cloth used by
the lamas of Tibet, in winter ; S*1^ let-.
chen a full cloak ; 3SwqX (shem-bcr a cloak
made up of many pieces (Pth.) • OX'^
ber-thul gown of a priest, sacerdotal cloak
without sleeves, with ff«'^ go$-chen for a
ber-thul fur-cloak. 2. burning, sharpness,
acridity, any biting, stinging quality:
R&W jfl qj •%*, •$=.'? a stinging or burning of
the blister arose. sX'«^ ber-can sharp.
pungent, keen.

877

= wy a branch;
ber-kag a stick or staff ; g5'^'*
ber-ma cane, bamboo stick (J/e7.) ; ^'"'fl
ber-ma Icag a switch.

Syn. «$Ti dbyug-pa ; iF*'«i hkhar-wa ;
hkhar-dbyug (Jjfnon.).

ber-ser-ean an aquatic grass
. 109).

2 bo 1. num. fig.: 135. 2. affix, to
designate certain adj. or nouns.

a leather bag. di'gfll^ bel-lpags
bchuhi-lpags calf -skin (Rtsii.).

»n* the cheek.

+ s'|'* bai-dur-ya ^r^a malachite or
chrysolite. There are three descrip-
tions of Vaidurya stone : (1) B'Vyifc-w?-^
bai-dfir-ya ser man-dsu-ri ; the yellow lapis-
lazuli called Manjuri ; (2) fcj^H'OTJ bai-
dur-ya l>an-su-ga-ta the green lapis-lazuli
called Sugata ; (3) ^'S^'T'^'S bai-dur-ya
dkar-su nya the white lapis-lazuli called
the white SUnya.

* q^'i^ Vai-ra tsa-na §Tt^R 1. n. of the
first Dhyani Buddha. 2. a learned lo-tsa-
wa who flourished during king Khri-sron
Idehu bt sail's reign and who first translated
the Tjbum from Sanskrit (Tig. 35).

+ \*\ bhe-ka w> ; toad, corrupted into
|'"»| sbc-ka : ^^"5^Alk«rq rugged naked
person, f ••»|$-3arfK*t'WS»i^ ! if the fat of
the toad is made into eye-salve, etc. (K. g.
«, 56).

^•f)'? '|M gm Bhai-ka-l&e Icam-bral n. of a
sylvan nymph who undertook to protect
Tibet and defend Buddhism (Deb. % 0).

J I"'* AA«t-ra a gem : $-W^fo'*^*W
flgc.qjl^fl-^I«« Bhaira gem is a protec-
tion against all classes of evil-spirit and
removes pain.

ba-M-wa;
ace. to. Jd. ankle, ankle-bone.

5'^nrti bo-de-nal-u'a=%'^'t>'3al'l> skyid-po-
nal-wa to sleep well: ^rK.^fl|W»raqw<i$-5-^
^Tjpryjprj«rt5-»(K.v^rfr8M (A. 126).

J %%bo-dhi=3,e-'§cibyan-chub ^tfg 1. en-
lightenment, divine wisdom or knowledge.
2.=8*'$3'3j^i byafi-chub-$ifi the Indian
peepul, Fictis religiosy. ^'Vt' bo-dhi-rtsi
rosary used to count the recitation of the
names of Bodhisattvas, probably made of
a kind of peepul wood.

H *^C* Bo-don n. of a place in Tibet
situated to the north-west of Tashilhunpo
in Tsang (Deb. % 2).

JS-X^-gfljN'uiN^sri"! Bo-don Phyogs-las
rnam-ryyal also called ^S"l«'»l^'2Jil*i Hjigs-
med grays was one of the celebrated
lamas of Tibet; and is said to have
written one hundred volumes. He belong-
ed to the Jonang-pa school and founded the
monastery of ywIHhr^MI Dpal-mo chos-
Idins monastery (Grub. R, 1£), also esta-
blishing his control over the monastery of
Sam-ding in Yamdok lake-district which
is presided over by Dorje Phagmo the
incarnate Vajra Varahi.

H*^l bo-ica 5^? to expand as a bubble ;
to overflow or fall out of a vessel on
account of over-filling : *-w5-q« ho-ma bo-
was the milk bubbled over (A. 80).

Bo-fog-thu n. of a province in
Mongolia, also of its king: flfl*i-w3'«^-|fl|-
^^'^^•q^'^'5'^'3'|l'i'3 to the ruler of
heaven and earth the king of Bo-cog-thu
a votary of the Gelugpa school (Ya-scl.
17).

878

bog-to Tib. rendering of Mongol
term for a prince or chief ;=I rje lord or
sir (ion. S 10); S****^ the yellow
turban worn by the lay people of Tibet.

^iTfl'W Bog-to Mu-tan n. of the prince
of Mongolia who entertained the Dalai
Lama Bsod-nams Rgyam ts/to with great
pomp when he visited that country at the
invitation of king Thu-mad Altan Khan
for the purpose of introducing Buddhism
there (Loft. \l'i).

+ 5q|-^ bog-ri ace. to some, ^T?, bog-te-=
ir<i]*» la-gam.

bog$ benefit, profit, advantage.

' boA in size, sized; in capacity, in
bulk, generally with ^ or $*-' annexed
signifying "large-sized" or "small-
sized"; also with §=•': ^'S6.' short in
stature ; *V*S, S^S fuU sized. **•'», *fa
[a clod]S.

.'g boft-khra a species of falcon.
bofi-gu colloq. for ^=.'9 bon-bu.

•e-' bofi-fia frftf, ^Jfrftf the wild
aconite, of which seven species grow in
the Himalayas. qVt^ip'Zi bofi-fia dkar-j/o
the white species of aconite : (tx^pflw
S»w^fl|-*i|j*r*^ifoi white aconite cures con-
tagious bilious fevers. fw^K", TW^
the red species of aconite : •T^T"^'^''!^'21'
(Med.) ; 3^'W also called i***tf or 8^'^
the black species of aconite which is called
a great medicine:
^I»<N (Sman.).

Syn. JJe.'^^-q; 8^11 slar-dug ;
yin-tu-dug ; Vq^*l ne-wahi-dug ; ^w3'y«^
dnwr-po rba-can; ^'SW«^ hod-dmar-can ;
5^- jifq lyed-ldan snan-va ; ffi'^ sman-chen
(Won.).

4on-i« I nifl, lax ; the ass,
donkey ; 5c.'5 or 5'5t.- a he-ass ; SfS or
S'Se.- she-ass ; Z5c.'^i| colt or foal of an ass ;
jj«rZk-§« ??i;^MT an ass's fold; ^'^ bofi-
bu-pa an ass-driver.

Syn. 1'^ rna-chen ; Vft^ sknd-cheii ;
^w*%Q.-i4 fitgs-hgrohi-p/ia ; tv^'^K chos-
t'dti-rin ; 5 ^IJN pho-rtags or *'l clia-ica ; S^T
«-fl|^- bt/in-pa-ptsafi ; f&^&'H'Bfr bzod-pahi
mu-khyud; ^'^'^ groft-du hdren; «3fl'
«wc.' mgriii-bsafi (Mnon.).

ZJe.-g-g'si^ boti-bit phye-nMr=^'^\»
Ihog-dug-pa, |'^ ke-tsha (mystic) (-3/iV?. ^).

^^'S^'IS'" bon-buhi spyod-pa the charac-
teristics of an ass: P*^*T*l"Fir^*rirV?
when laden with a burden he carries it ;
jt^ctf-OTfrtjVv^c.' is not affected either
by cold or heat ; W5'*'|^;-J1*''{i'§ when he
has had enough, he always knows it
(Masurakfji) .

II: small insects:
rgya§-pahi bofi-bu sugar mite, lepisma ; 5=-'
(S^')^"l bon-(bun)-nag dung-beetle (Cs.).

' mihu-thun

a dwarf (Mfion.).

[sharpness.] S.

J5oo? or ^-ojai «)z, f%^^ Tibet;

Bod-kyi-yul the country of Bhot
or Tibet which comprises ^S'^' little
Tibet including U. and Tsang, and 5«^
greater Tibet including Mdo-$mad (Amdo)
and Mdo-siod (Kham). ^-we.v bod-hbans
Tibetan subjects: *v(«"''^-Vi*'§I|l»''
o)fll«'«i the Tibetan subjects are happy
having good crops and cattle. (Rtsii.).
5J^-^i| lod-hbrog herdsmen of Tibet living
in the northern solitudes tending their
cattle (so expressed in Lon. *, 5).

879

bod-kyi stag-mo ske-rin-
can=%'%z.' sre-mon (Sman. 108).

^\^\ Bod-skad ifteum Tibetan langu-
age ; QV^'il^l Bod-§kad-du bsgyur-
bcug translated into Tibetan. ^-p-q-«3j Bod
kha-wa-can fsj^q. the ancient name of
Tibet which before the spread of Buddhism
was called Don-mar-can-gyi yul the country
of the red-face cannibals, i.e., of savages
(Yig. 9). 5<V*«N bod-chams Tibetan lea-
ther tanned and painted in Tibet : ^-ssw
Ic.-sr&ipr.afN-'si | ^c.-^g«)-£i5-^-|^ as to the
price of the best Tibetan leather there is
information of its fetching one srang a
piece (Jig. 21). S«^S bod-dud (lit. Tibe-
tan-smoke), i.e., Tibetan husbandmen
'engaged in agricultural pursuits, or having
Bettled life ; so called from smoke coming
out of their huts. S^-ci Bod-pa or
Bod-mi a Tibetan.

bod-bse mips and plates and buck-
les made of rhinoceros skin, generally by
Dotfpa Tibetans (Jig. 21}.

bon 1. the ancient religion of Tibet
which was fetishism, demon worship, and
propitiation by means of incantations.
Tfae word ^*< which ordinarily means
religion is used as the antithesis to 5^.
Bon now signifies the kind of Shamanism
which was followed by Tibetans before the
introduction of Buddhism and in certain
parts still extant ; of this there were three
stages, namely : — «.Sai'^ hdsol-bon, *B*'5^
hkhyar-bon and ss^-^ hsgyur-bon. The
duration of the first extended from the
time of flR<v§'^'2i Qnah-khri Btsan-po,
the first historical king of Tibet, down to
the reign of king H'^'^'Q Khri-§de Btsan-
po ; the second from the reign of king
Digum tsan-po (SJ'^'^'ci) to the formal

introduction of Buddhism under king
jjVq&i'S|*-q Sron-btsan sgam-po; and the
third stage from king Srong-tsan's time
down to the time of Tsong-khapa. %*i'$
^•g-qa=,-q bon-§ku kun-tu bzan-po the
supreme deity according to Bon, opp. to
^'f^'g'^'S Dharmakaya Samanta
Bhadra ; ^'|^' bon-skyon a guardian deity
of the Bon, opp. to *<r|c.' Dharmapala.
•^^%»*vf bon-sgo-bshi mdsod-lna the
four schools of Bon (treasures) (1)

, (2) *erw^irip%*^ (3)

, (4) ^-ai^-^-^-qi-JJaj, and
the five classes of sacred works called "$'
X'^^ffwpil^. We have also 5aj^-
bon-sdc-gsum the three subdivisions
of the Bon scriptures. ^-Zf Bon-po a
follower of Bon tenets.

= Q%w> bzlas-pa to ex-
press, to mutter.

^'^i^'t"^'^ bon-hbyun rtsis-c/ien n. of a
Bon religious work resembling the «wr9'i'
S}'^ of the Buddhists.

^'^ Bon-ri n. of a mountain in Kongpo
sacred to Bon people: •f^'^'S'S'^'ps.'S)'
^•$jv97*fe|ir9^$-qpr3'jN many Tibetan

holy places such as Bon-ri situated to the
east of Buchu lha-khang of the province of
Kongpo (B. grub. 2).

ftrV^-^p bon-lun hod-dltar=<w<!\1*Q
^•ng the venerable (B. Nam.).

***. bor-ra wfyvQifH gkr 1. a sack of

>o

corn, holding about 30 khal (Jd.). 2. bag
for sweepings and dust, dust-bin.

H*2! bol or for^E.- bol-gon the upper
part of the foot or boot, tfui-ip bol-gar—
9«i'V^ lul-ha-ri.

w» bol-po ^nyR v. ^^-q hbol-po.

bos, v. ^-£( hbod-pa to caU.

880

5, I : bya the fut. root of 3S'i' byed-pa ; and animals taking shelter in such large
v. this and the sbst. 3'" bya-wa.

3 II: ^, frf* anJ bird or fowl>
khyim-bya the domestic fowl; i'f
bya-ggro a feather ; S'^V bija-hdab wing ;
SS *ya-?J»M bird's down; 9'*=-' bya-tshafi
or 3 '*« bya-mal bird's nest ; S'Sfa bya-gkon

chakib or rock-harbours.
3rS'|w$l in the bird's shelter under a
black rock; fl'iwg'gwi formed into a
shelter for birds (A. 11).

aT*'' bya-khafi or sS-pe.-q a bird's cage.

Syn.

or 33 bya-rgya a net or trap to catch. ^^

birds.

S 13^' uya-khyun

Syn. |fe'i« sgot-skyes; ^>1« '

bu-ytthi-

; an eagle.

mkftah-hgro ;

mkluih-la-rgyn ;

6''?'^ hdab-mahi fin-rta-can
yan-lag drug-pa;
mk/iahi-rta; "P*y* mk/uih-fial ;
to»; ^S)-*^ tne-yi-mgrin;
hgro; •T'^^S mkluih-bgrod ;
Wyo</j; *Vjft hdab-gkyod;
chagt (MAon.).

the bird called

S'B^X bya-khyuA-rdo=*&t-' mthin blue
mineral colour (Jjftion.).

/«?-
hilab-

SB bya-khra J^»( peregrine falcon.
S'B*-' bya-khniA the crane.
S'"!'*)1-'?' 1 '? bija-ga rgafi-gha-ga-ti :

Syn. ^*»'*<r*''i(11! tuim-mkfuir-fgeg ;
dbyan$-ldan ; tfH't^'tf\'e^fl bkra-wahi
hli/in

rgyafi-grags-Mw ; g
wa-hbyin cten-po

] bya-ka lan-ta-ka v.
bya-ku ra-ra giTT ; v.
osprey]S.

Syn.

sgra-sgrogt',
(Mnon.).

a ku-na-la
gallus]S.

Syn. nvrwiw hdab-chags-rab ;
bya-ldan (Mfion.).

[an

or

bya-gag

species of bird : 9 '"11 '^T'S bya-gag-gi lo bird
year. ^Vri^f^^VWW^il^l then he
proceeded to Tharpa (Nirvana) in the
year called bya-gag, i.e., the bird year
(A. 93).

Syn. 3' 3' J*!*1 ku-ku tgrogi ; v"\^ m-y»(t$ ;
khyi>n-bya (Afnon.).

S SH bya-glag the white-tailed eagle.
bya-go-wo the lammergayer.

.' bya-rkan f^zsrqr? a place in
Magadha where Gautama had resided
some time.

Syn. S^S'*^^ byiu-zahi Ito-tca;

hchi-wahi-hbans; 8'*Vg'*^ zla-hod
tgra-cau (Mnon.).

Tin vulture, bird of

prey ; S'Sfi'SF*''*'* bya-rgod phufi-pohi-n

bya-skyibs (cha-kii) annrrx clefts jjyqiz vulture-hill of Magadha, a resort
in rocks where birds take shelter, rocky Of S'akyamuni. Syn. S^'IS rlun-spyod ;

overhanging crag with ledge beneath, men

-la hkhor ;

rin-hphur ;

881

nam-hphafi-spyod (MAon.). S'^'a*
bya-rgod.-$po$ the plant Delphinium Bru-
nonianum, the same as Delphinium
moschatum ; S'^"V*^'*5 bya-rgo4 sen-mo =
5 ij"! tgya-fug ; S'J a net or trap to catch
birds, a'*1"! iya-!7*rt/=S'3T*\'9^ bya-rgod-brun
vulture's droppings (MiA-rda. 4).

S'|S bya-rgyud. ftrcirtPff a ritual in
mysticism.

&'!*•* ttya-sgiitfis, or S'S|"\ title of a book
of satirical fables, in which birds are
introduced as speaking.

S'l*-' bya-smfl, = S'*j^ bya-rmyen.

Sq§e.«=q|t.«-« f^rnr vb. yawning,
gaping.

* s\SN Bya-da li-pa an Indian Bud-
dhist saint, a pupil of Virupa (K. dun.
12}.

bya-hdab, ^<t\-yt^ a balcony.
bya-hdre a kind of winged demon.

^'^ bya-po cock, the male of the domes-
tic fowl : 8'5-«i^Q, "fo^i, etc., the first, the
second cock-crow ((?.).

bya-po tsi-tsi (Med.) a medicinal
plant, stopping the monthly courses; in
Lh. applied to Impatient sulcata.

g-g-^^-q bya-$pu-non-pa to pat on the
back ; to keep in orderj not to disturb any
arrangement : 9 a '^ S'|q'|^ patting on the
back in the way of encouragement as if
gently touching the plumes of a bird
(Tig. *.).

S'gfw lyfrQpotatfW^qfyl n. of a cons-
tellation.

9>'^ bya-pho a male bird, a cock ; n. of
a medicinal plant used to stop excessive
menstruation.

QW^bya-ma-rta=.^^ or «K'|^ ban-
phyin a messenger (Mftoii..}.

S'*"'% bya-ma-byi the fruit-bat or flying
fox.

Syn. S'^'Si bya-ma byihu ; ^V^S gcod-
byed.; Vw^^'§^ ne-war hdsin-byed (Mnon.).
by'a-ma-leb any butterfly.

stretching one's self after fatigue, lying
prostrate: *M>^*^"»'i*'t'»>y^ this
lion earning out of his den stretches his
body.

g¥-Re,- bya-tshe-rifi the white crane,
a species of bird said to live one hundred
years.

Syn. ^<flft Ihad-bkod; ^wl^'Ss.'S
ynam-gyi fe-mofl-bya ; ^'^ snan-hphrin ;
-X-RR.- hdal-chagt (she-rift (Mfion.).

bya-wafi the bat ; ace. to Ja. night-
hawk, goatsucker, caprimulgus.

W^ bya-bshon 1. one who rides on a
bird, an epithet of Vishnu and Kartikeya
the former riding on the eagle, the latter
on the peacock. 2. an egg (in Saf.)
(Ja.).

S'3 bya-ze crest on the head of birds,
tuft (of feathers) of birds.

»T«i bya hug-pa the owl (general term).
a^'"I^ byahi-ydon a malignant spirit
which kills birds; a disease of birds
(M*g. 77).

iB1^'^ byahi phur-tshul flying of a
bird: 2«j^^ gyen-hphur; S^'^^ thur-
hphur ; «"I\'"T'^^ thad-ka-hphur ; vrg'*«i* rab-
tu hphur ; S'^'^« byahi-hgros (Mfion.).

S^'l^" sJift [a species of bird, the
Gracnla reliyiosa.~]S.

bya-rog
the crow; in W. the raven.

112

882

bya-rog $pyod-pa the characteristics of a
crow : SNB^fjflTS6-' mi-mfion frkhrig-dafl,
rfiam-pa daH, 5>*C'|W***'*^'iK
wj-sw ffnas-na hchah-bag yod-pa dad,
5^- ?)•£»( y id-mi che$ (Masu ratea).

Syn. |J5 k/iba-ta; fr'^* tho$-sgrogs;
oAJtkgtr-wfof; ^'*S'1si*' ««-
; "Wl55 »xlMn-»so; ^W rab-
dgah ; J5*'»5'*e.'*^ tsfor-HKthi tahanf-can
S'l^'S*1 brgya-byin ski/eg; a»^3«i'|« lan-cig
lSl'q m<% grig-pa; ^'tS'wtf^
rdo-rjtthi chu-can ; ^S'l'SS hkhrid-pa sped ;
n-qwft clgaft-pas-rgi/u ; ^'«i'

lha-gtor sa-ica ;
fiicl tkrogs ; ^-<iS'M| bdsn-pahi fiag (Mnoit.).

'gi^ bya-rog $tob$-ldan important
medicinal root.

Syn. "^'ci|'S^g«^»l $de-brgyad-hbra& shim ;

bya-rog dgra-ico
[a bat, an owl, a cricket] S. =

hchi-wa

g-XQ|'%^'Zi bya-rog chcn-po the large spe-
cies of crow, the raven.

Syn . "|'^J'i ka-ko-la ;
b$lu ; "iK^I mgrin-nag

g/Xi]'*i$ ^5flf5i [a fragrant powder, a
kind of geni.]S.

g-<«i|-§c.-*( bya-rog nufi-i>M a medicinal
plant : S'X<n'9K.'*w&'«l*<''*9,*''^l\''^'Ji.

Syn. ''Vl*' tha-dad phreti ; gwfcw bum-
ne$ • fi'^'S'^'^S^ u-du mu-rahi hdab ; *)^'
u si$m pad-ma mc?io$ ; ^S'^f ii'l* itad-med

hdab-byedrt&ub-mo ; "^'iT*
«?«'gi^^ mdsef-ldaii nid

S'^1'^ bya-rog-lto ^rwtK, ^fi^ff [a vege-
table substance used in medicine, described
as sweet and cooling, allaying fever,
removing phlegm, etc ; it is said to be a
root brought from Nepal or MorungJS.

g<a|-q|X,c.- 1. ^ITT* a kind of sandal
wood. 2. ^fTOT^r the ciow's face.

phrefi-wa

g-Xflj'^^'g bya-rog nor-bu *I«H|«I a
medicinal fruit said to be useful in con-
sumption : a'^l'^'S'f^'S'S'*'1^' bya-rog nor-
bu star-bu ru-rta dafi. (Smani.

'^ bya-rog u-dum tca-rikd
[the glomerous fig tree.]6'.

Syn. ^'^S snid-med; \"'1^- dris-ynA ;
rje-Har hbra$ (Mnon.).

bya-latnos met. the sky (Mfion.).

9'BN bya-lo-pa one bom in the bird-
year of the Tibetan calendar.
g'^fij-SS bya-fifi rta-mo.

Syn. %•**»»« fin-hjom$; ^q-wfljS'ti
hdab-ma hrgyad-pa ; «^T^' mgrin-rin
(Mnon.).

g^ q bya-foi'-ica bird of prey.

Syn. i#qS-fl-<*^ htaho^cahi tha-chad. •,&%'<*
bya-rni-wa ; i'J's bya-rgya-wa (MAon.).

Q,'^ 1. sbst. *rar that which is to be
done ; any action or deed ; a duty :
33'q hjfg-rten gyi-bya-ica and
chogkyi bya-wa secular and religious works ;
S'«w bya-las one's duties ; S'S'sV"!* bya-wa
spyod-lzm behaviour, conduct, doings.
2. fut. infin. of §V" to do, or to call;
esp. in the phrase ^Sq thus to be
called, so to be styled (placed after
personal names). S'|'atVl bya-rgyu md-pa
all efforts or measures exhausted, nothing
left to be done, a/jarsiq*^ bya-rgyal
thabs-zad all resources failing, bereft of
help. $'§*<'" bya-tna-m-paszSlwo :
^ (A. 60).

883

bya-btan (WW^if*'*?*' bdag-hckin b_los-
btan relinquishing one's interest or posses-
sions either in a spiritual or a temporal
sense. S'8Tq easy to be done.

S-fll bya-ga or ST*1 byag-pa pliancy,
nimbleness, agility of body ; ST*^ rope-
dancer («7a.).

lya-dfjah wr? favour, boon,
royal favour, recognition of services with
rewards and presents : •V^Vf^'f^'W'
^qjivS^-ej -me. •§*, besides not demanding ran-
som from you he would even confer on you
great rewards ; f<r'|'fi1V*rs<Wp*>iMr
5-5\arws-|q|-tiS-qj-5-i^^*r*l«v<&^-q5E.-«w offer-
ing rewards to mendicants of India he
sent to inquire if there were pandits who
would be of service to Tibet (A. 64) •

bya-bral met. night, lit. free from
work, cessation from work. Syn. w^'S
mtshan-nio ; <^'^£'g«rn hdu-hdsi bral-wa
(Mnon.). Q'^'i bya-bml-pa = %°FF'* one
free from business, an ascetic.

q lya-ma bum-pa, a teapot-shaped
vessel used in sacrificing.

S'*l'S*'§ql bi/a-ma byar-skyag dandelion.

g-8-aiq b//rt-mo-lab=*&^gw articles for
religious service.

Q'*{ bya-ra sbst. watch, superinten-
dence, attention : i^T wl'^'^'^'^"^
3'*,'*^ he watched the conduct of the
upasaka for three days (or it may mean
that he did the duties of an upasaka for
three days) (A. 83). S^'"!?"]** bya-ra-
gtogs in : ^p'«l^rtflWW|f^'»r<(lJ«pr«ftfHt«(
does not move without doing some service
to religion in reference to study (A.
126). S'1^ bya-ra-wa, = ^'^^^ sen-
tinel, watcher.

3'*< Bya-sa n. of a monastery near
Chethang (I"'*1 Rtse-thafi) on the Yeru
Tsang-po: v^Sfc-swgqvtHw dafi-por bya-
sar phyag-phebs he first visited the monas-
tery of Chya-sa (A. 93). B'V^'pn b'ya-sa
ko-khar the ferry at S'^ the place where
people cross the Tsang-po by means of
^'3 hide boats.

byan gMK, ^^t^ the north:
i^1^ the northern direction, 8=-'
'§ northern; SK.'£N north side,
=-" the Jang-thang or grassy undulat-
ing plains of North Tibet ; S=.'i an inha-
bitant of the north. Sc^'!i'J*''fjV byan-gi
phyogs-skyon the guardian of the north,
an epithet of Vai-sravaua. 3=.'^'*)'^
byan.sgra mi-§nan ^flxf^ the fancied
continent of the north where men enjoy
unvarying health and fabulous longevity.
S^'fT<'^'^'liV§'5^, = g'>r'5i'l bul-tog a
a kind of soda obtained from the northern
deserts of Tibet (Sman) • S^nc.- byan-dwati
n. of a superior quality of satin (8. Kar.
179). &.-°%<n byan-hbrog the herdsmen
of the northern solitudes of Tibet (Loti
«S 5).-

byan-clmb *)fr; 3=-'
purified, all sins and defilements washed
out, and §*> chub = perfected, all attain-
ments and accomplishments having been
acquired. &s.'$*v^*w'St« byan-c/mb-§em§-
dpah €tfw<3r one having perfect spiritual
enlightenment, i.e., a Bodhisattwa ; 6s.'$«v
^«"«-»c fern, of a^'^'^^'^^. There are
two classes of |&'4MlMrq9*: one those
belonging to the school of Hmayana, i.e.,
Cravakas and Pratyeka Buddhas ; and the
other those belonging to the Mahayana
school or the proper Bodhisattica. The
name I'^'S^'aS'l^.'^ bla-na-med-pahi lyafi-

884

chub, i.e., Anuttara Bodhisattva is given to
those who having attained to the position
of a Bodhisattwa of the Mahayana school
are neither subject to decay nor dependent
on anything (K. d. % 451). General names
of a Bodhimttwa are :

The

special attributes of a Bodhisatttca are :
$E.-fc-^ Samadhi or contempktion ; |w
"5 ?JWW the ten kinds of moral strength ;
*) n?<j|»rci VaiijSradya or moral intrepidity,
etc. is^iwr^>Mhrir*\«r«r«flf«|^ * the
eighteen unmixed virtues of a Bodlnsat-
tu-a :— (1) w«if^-«i5-^-£i-^-^w ^^TT^^Tin: ;
(2) «r^-*^r|wrw|wi ^^rftwJWr: ; (3)

-. ; (4) wif^'

-. ; (5) wqf^'ci5-

: ; (6)

-. ; (7)

i ; (8)

: ; (9)

away from Mahayana) ; (11)

:; (10)
(not fallen

(12)

(14)

: ; (15)

: ; (16)

(17)

^BTi ; (18)

Again, we read of l*'f^"»|<Mr*5*| lyan-
chttb-kyi yan-lag kdun the seven secondary
virtues of a Bodhhattwa, viz. : V('q,

[with a large retinue of Bodhisattvas.JS.
"K-'STft^yi yat-dag byafi-c/titb fl^-wtfq
complete enlightenment; «is.-^fl|'f:<ti») q? gc
«q-«>w»ia soul that has attained to the most
perfect development spiritually, a* '€"'"
byafi-chub-pa = **:'*thar-u-a ^if or salva-
tion

.'«qf^^E.- byaA-chub Ijon-fM
, fT«ta; the Indian fig-tree, Finn
relirjiosa.

Syn. nX^'^-^e.- tnchod-rten-fin ;
*\*i* khmd-par-ynat ; s^gS-

Zj byaH-chub
the sacred heart of the Bodhisattva, i.e.,
the place where Buddha attained to JVtr-
fdna, Vajrasana now called Gaya.

g^-^q-wf^ byafi-chub lam-sgron the
great work of Atis'a which was written
in Sanskrt during his residence in the
golden monastery of Thoding or Tholing
in W. Tibet, still an important establish-
ment.

byafi-chub lha-khaft n. of a
sanctuary in Kong-po (Jig. 3).

grq-

885

byafi-grol (abbr. of
'«ni3Jt immortality, emancipation,
salvation.

Syn. wti thar-pa ; ^'Ifr rnam-grol ; *&'
**S hchi-med (Mnon.).

3=.'^ byafi-dar a kind of white silk
scarf presented to guests at the time of
meeting or parting (<S. 2T«r. 179).

3*-'^ byafi-rdo monument or prop, ins-
cription stone (Ja.).

a1.'1! byafi-pa 1. v. 3=-' %«fi. 2. medi-
cinal plant : Sc-'£'«'*'5*''J\"V¥^'fF£K'ttv

gt ^wvi* byafi-sems-dkar, *&*> dinar
white and red species of medicinal plants
which are used to stop seminal discharge,
etc. *vsHcq§v^-»i&i| ! 3flj-$-«U«i|-3fc«r*f«^-<;«-$-
*'**( (Mi'd). g,c,-%«*rvp'3 bi/an-sems-dkar-
po the seminal fluid, the animal seed.
Sfi»*rtr^-ei'$'$!|-e[-«iiafa-$ = *K.-^ cofi-shi soap-
stone, or perhaps pumice stone (Sman).

byan-wa l. = ns.*r«i (Yig. 38).
purified ^^ri powdered (8. Lex.). 2. sbst.
wpwti fjfTjrii, frfe-n, Stfk, srfi wise, learned,
skilful, clever. S^'s^l* becomes puri-
fied ; 3C.'C'^'»''S*' has not been made clean.

byan-lu 1. coat of mail made of
thin circular scale-like iron rings (Jig.
31). 2. an inscription written on a board.
Ace. to Jo. direction, label.

3c.'3t byan-byifi. SJ^** n. of a num-
ber: ff|Ti'tV;**r**rV'' (Ya-sel. 56).

SK.'»> byaii-mi 1. north-man. 2. nothing,
not at all, by no means: S^'**"!^' said
nothing.

8=.'<5 byafi-shwa, f^rJrt^^5^1|*1'Wt^-*
iron helmet (Rtsii.).

rab-byans

1. shape, aspect, outline ;
and, hence, countenance: S^'l'^noi^'^^"
brightness, radiancy, beautiful com-
plexion; S^'"!!"!*' ^!T3jf% well-formed. 2.
(Cs. also 3K**byad-ma) enemy : S^'S'-*!'^
byad-ma rme-ga-can a wicked demon,
(Vai-sfi.). 3. = »i^^'fli5^ suppression, impre-
cation, malediction. 4. any article, piece
of furniture ; in compounds, ^'3^ *'S^.

3*\'|^ [*€)<^«IT a fragrant grass, Cype-
rus]S.

T 5^ %«« or 3'^ bya-na^^^'^'P'^
•T^ 3^ may be salted curry or 3^
is prob. a corrupted form of

•I byan-po a cook. 3^'^ a house-
wife, a woman who cooks food ; ace. to
• Sch. a divorced woman; and S^'SPV byan-
tshud.-pa 'to allure, entice, seduce.'

byab-pa, pf. SI'*''£' byabs-pa
1. to cleanse, wash, wipe: ^c.'?»iIS'-5\l'i'3«i'£'
to clean the whole house. 2. to seize,
clutch: ^irsq'aFw"!--*-^'* ra % byab-
nas a-lche wa-mos za seizing the goat and
sheep, the fox eats them, alas !

1. sbst.

s=S=-' byan :
well cleansed or purified.

kindness, love, affection, sw«t*w id. Also
adj. kind, loving, benevolent, used of the
love of parents to their children, of the
beneficent to the needy, but not in the
contrary order, nor of love to inanimate
objects (Ja.). S««-^E-N byams-dgon§
kindness, consideration, gracious treat-
ment ; S*wi5-q|^ byams-pahi-gfien kind
and beloved friend: gX'lfe-3*w«i$-fl|^
beloved friend do come here. 2. *r€*T;
the loving one, i.e., the coming Buddha,
or Maitreya ; also styled:— WWW^'E} Ma
pham mgon-po ; Vli^^e.'^ Sa-bcuhi dwaft-
phyug ; ' «'«wq Ma-phaw-pa ;

886

Dgah-ldanbshugt ; Wgf^V! Qgah-ldan-
bdag ; gwrl^'wSfa'Q Byaiw-chen mgon-po
(JtfiioH.). An enumeration of his one
hundred and eight names is to be found in
K. g. *, 21. Hia name with Mongol
Buddhists is Maidiri; and the Pali
synonym is Metteyya.

9»m-iai-X*i-|-^-g-^-^ Byamt-chen CAog-rJe
Cd-kya ye-fe n. of the founder of the great
monastery of Sera near Lhasa (LoA. *, 11)

gswq-gje.- Byams-pa-gtM (Chambaling)
n. of a great monastery and Chorten in
Gra-nang in Lhokha where there is a
huge image of Maitreya. Every year in
the month of June a great fair is held at
Chambaling (LoA. ', 7). 9*wa*w*[«V»)
byants-pa-chos hkhor-nta n. of the chief
image of the Maitreya Dlinnnn nikr/i
which king Krikri during the time of
Buddha Kas'yapa used to adore (Lon.

i| q Jj*rq5-«^ Byams-pa hjug-pa
sheg-pahi rpdo a sutra on the advent of
Maitreya (K. d. «, -MO).

g*<»rq'^-fl|&j twenty-one Champa duties
of the Bou pantheon which according to
some find form in the f«r*»'^-<i!&n the
twenty-one manifestations of the goddess
Dol-ma or Tar& (D.R.).

gj4V'q'»)'^|«. Byams-pami-hyywa. of an
ancient castle built by the royal father of
king Sroft-btsan sgam-po situated to the
east of Lhasa (LoA. *, 5).

QWH'^'li^ti bya»t§-pa-dafi Idan-pa loving
and affectionate, one who is possessed of
these qualities.

Syn. 5)V»-«|*''F« ytf-to gtags-pa; «%%
plia-lta-bu ; H'^v^ pha-yi chos-ldan ; «'V
§^'^ ^ 9 ma-dafi sriA-nio Ita-bu • 5*""'!^
lyams-ldan ; SI^'I'*'" (huys-rje che-wa ;

fatse-ldcm •
byam$-

bkah-drin-caii ;
IE." fatse-icas-s/fi/ofl ;

brtse-was-Msin •
krtse ; *^«'«|^ mnes-gjien ;
pa chen-po (Mdon.).

'q5-X«- cj^ lyams-pai shus-pabi
d the eight religious discourses
delivered to Maitreya at his request on
the following subjects : «nw-q bsam-pa,
tbyor-mt, "fi^1* gtoii-mi ; '

yofts-su fafio-ica-la tnkhas-pa, a«*)'fl byam$-
pa, ?«•'! snin-rje *q«'9|-«pm-q Uiabs-la mkhas-

byamg-pas
rndo a sutra spoken by Maitreya

^' Byantt-tprin n. of a place witli
a monastery in the district of §kyi<j-yn>n
(Kiroug) north of Nepal (Zofl. ^, 6).

gwN-Qgqm Byams-bshug? sitting like Mai-
treya, t.c., after European fashion on a
chair with his legs hanging down, opp.
to Sfl'«J|i|*) sitting cross legged like Buddha.
Maitreya when appearing in this world as
a Buddha will change the usual mode of
Buddhist sitting.

yar=&** bya-icar, supine of
byar-mcd 1. not to be done. 2. sbst.
inactivity, inaction. In Buddhism, apathy,
indifference: S^vS'^'i'l^'i to live in
the state of inaction.

S^i byas-deb (aw'S'fl'^'SViS^q) register
of work and duties (of officials, etc.)
(Rtsi.).

3*)'^^ bi/as-nas g^T having done, per-
formed.

byat-pa pf. of §V« byed-pa;
1. gfrfXfl [done]<S. S*"'3! byas-na, snft?r, when
done. 2. a doer : §\c''S*<'<i bycd-pa byas-pa

8S7

a doer of deeds, as the first grade of holi-
ness. 8"'"'*^ <*<{<KH [one who has done]&
byas-pa-chud-za-iva

[destruction of what has been done ; is a
technical term of Indian philosophy
adopted to establish the doctrine of re-
birth by showing that it is an absurdity
to maintain that any act done by me will
be destroyed, and that I shall not enjoy
the fruit of it]<S. S«'"'*x.'s' byas-pa tshor-
wa *j«W [grateful]-?. yrv^t byas-pa
yes-pa or 8« "'"I*'15 = a*^'" infra. S«'*«
byas-chot conscience (Jd.). QF^'i byag-
zin-pa a work done, finished or completed.
gtrjjwq byas-qes-pa arera, am*ifli to be
grateful; gratitude, thankfulness: 3P'*\«'
qui^Cflltf-q*, g for kindness done you should
be grateful (A. 129}.

|j byi 1. anything that is devoid of
hair and plumes or from which the hair
has been taken off. S'SV byi-byed-pa
rarely 8'" byi-ica to ravish, commit a rape ;
8'*S byi-clutd punishment for it.

byi-byas^'^ byi-for or w|"
adultery, fornication (Shal.
ch. 1&). S'3 byi-ico = ***-% hchal-po a lewd
person.

%-5e.-«q byi-trtfi-ga also called 3'^'"I frfW
n. of a medicinal fruit [Erycibe paniculata]
very effective in killing worms and improv-
ing digestion.

Syn. ^•'J'V^g'N'S don-yod kbras-bu;
ina-tshogs-hbra§ (Mnon.).

lyi-tliar-dur porcupine, hedge-
hog.

byi-dar a silk stuff (Vai-sn).

byi-§difis whole, entire.
%'i$ Byi-nu-ti n. of a place in ancient
India: »^IV%i;^J«r**'*F*lf«1"* at

that time (seven days after the death of
Buddha) the king of the country of
Byinuti called Abhaya (K. my. f>, 526).

_

also S'1^ byi-b
the wiping, cleansing; the
act of cleaning ; S'^'SV'' byi-dor bycd-pa
to clean, to sweep out spiritually, to
cleanse one's thoughts (Mil.); i'^'iV
to dress trimly, to make one's self smart ;
g-X^-^ byi-dor-can one who keeps neat and
clean and is fond of living so : S*'jJ"^*
^-g-frS'V^ (A. 5).

1/Ej byi-po or S'5? byi-pho an adulterer,
a lewd person (K. du. \ 28/i) .

9'H 6«//-w« = l"t' rtsi-rtsi gJV^f, f^nTW
rat, mouse.

Syn. 3^'* rkuwno ; ^^^^'g^ hbigs-byed ;
%fM,-"£Hprt-sahi->nig ; ^i'l'S rko-byed; Sl'^'tS
bug-pa-byed ; R-gfli'ni-«q^N-<i ri-brag-la g.na$-pa ;
^e,-?|-g-q qin-gi byi-ica; ^'**'«^ dri-ma-can
(Mfion.).

'&'*' %"}'&•' byi-wa simig-chun n. of a mouse
>»

in the fable Rdm-byi.

3-q5-i5)'»i byi-wahi lo-tm v. Wf.

'§,'£ byi-tshe n. of a monster : 8'X'«««i|-»<8ff-

(A. 3 If).

byi-t&her a medicine for external
application : fclfc1Vflryr*irr«iS-*ir*"l

(Mcd.).

8'"^ byi-bshin (^w) vftl^Ri n. of
the 21st constellation or lunar mansion.

Syn. e-TW* fiag-naii-jM ; a*'l^ 1 /«A»)«-
byed-ma; 8'^ 6ya-se (Mnon.).

S'*)!6-' byi-bmn the bur of the burdock
plant (<7a.).

S'3 6,yi-se = ^t'^ ^/»«6§ manner, way,
method.

8'4 6«/«'-A(( 1. shrew-rat. S'a''c-'|
thafi-khyams field-shrew : %*'W

guided the men who went
like a field-shrew (Fig. *.). 2. a sparrow.
SV'SH byihu-la-phug and \ti%*\ byihu-sgog
are medicinal plants.

3'5 byi-ru wrongly written for §'5 byn-
ru q. v.

3'VI byi-rug a kind of plant. 8W '^'

(A. K. 1-16). 3. or s^<i,=all, in
general (like $^ § kun-spi/i).

'«( byi-la 1. »rraiK, far^TO cat. Syn.
)'3 shum-bu ; ^'** shi-mi ; « Si a-/« ; (IgUori.).
2. n. of a demon (w^Vl) of the nSga
class. 8-«i5-j«rw8a{ byi-lahi rgyal-mtxhrn/
is an appurtenance of gods, resembling a
flag with a cat's head at the top (Jd.).
g;awsr*flf byi-lam pha-mgo^'W&'X byi-
lam (fion-mo n. of a monster of the naga
class having a pig's head.

^••*js.-«^-J5 byi-yaft 4kar-nw n. of a medi-
cinal plant, t>^W**f'K%WH

3'^ byi-for, v. 8'S" byi-byaf ; ^fmrfrn
[calumniated]S.

%f|«i byiA-rdul fSn^TSi : n. of a number.
byiA-phab a kind of tea (Rtsii.).

rq byiA~ica f*nnr, S^RJ hidden (A.
K. 1-18), sunk in water, etc., v. ".a*-11
hby id-tea.

gc.'ge.'3'^l byift-byifi thu-lu a species of
small beetle.

a=.'» byift-ma a kind of woollen stuff like
serge: s^wa^'^e.^^'"'^^ the cost of
each fathom's length of middle quality
of chingma (Rtsii.).

1. depth of the sea:
ifi$-na ynas-pa animals that live
hidden in the deep sea. 2. hidden, con-
cealed ; sunk in water : V^m'Sc.*! rnam-par
byifa f^fsnnj quite submerged, foundered

byin 1. pomp, splendour, magni-
ficence, W'* grandeur ; fe'«^ magnificent,
splendid, brilliant, 9^'»^ without display.
2. also S^'S>£w a blessing, a bestowing of
blessings, \*\°n received blessings; I?*'
^ '^"'S'S^'I* by the blessing or the mira-
culous power of Buddha (Jd.). 8^ l*"'^"
liii/n-gyis rlob-pa ^rf«rer»j to bless : i>»i»i-«^'
S;fTO*r%wi?Sv$<i grant thy blessing,
that the misery of beings may be assuaged
(Mil.) ; >Hn*$W$?^lVr|'nf«l heretical
teachers sent and fitted out by the devil
(Jd.). There are four kinds of Adhis-
thana or blessings : (1) ^'i5-ga

[blessing of truth]»S. ; (2)

[blessing of

charity ]S. ; (3) ^<W^ft%^r

[blessing of tranquility]/8; (4)

"^ swrf^B-M [blessing of wis- .,
dom]-S. S^'^11*1'-5^ byin-rlibs-can blessed,
holy, a3! Sr£1») 9ql*1'C| to suppress evil by
means of blessing, also to exorcise spirits.
byin-lcags a kind of tea (fiteY.).
-q byin-chags-pa ^xw charming,
fascinating [also, playful, tender]^.

3^'^ byin-rten (frjflmjfa) the object
of sanctity, symbol of blessedness, sacred
charm or medicament ; saintly relics.
cv
Q$]'Q by in-pa 1. (*)=•• u5) ^jsry calf of

the leg : 3^'t''^'£' byin-pa na-tca pain in the
calf. 2. pf. of |^'i slyin-pa.

g^-«S'»wn byin-pahi mthah ^^r the limit
of charity.

3^'5 byin-po ordinary ; most, all : *(^'
3^ '3 most of the servants or attendants
(A. 71) ; fr<^'fl|$t-aiw-RiSV3J(-Zrjj*i»rq|iii
mentioning (he would stay in Tibet) one

year, he sent back most of his attendants
(A. 71).

g^'«q»j bi/in-phabg good ordinary tea
(Rtsii.).

SW'Sl'x byiii-phul hollow on the inner
side of the thigh ((7s.).

g^-jS-Jfq byin-sahi Ito-wa = S'5lf5 bya-go-
$0 a kind of vulture with plumes (Mfion.)

S^'i^ byin-l'in afci»{^ thank-offering.

e^

§,EJ1 6y»6$, seems to have a pres. form

Sq-q or «!|P-«I = «P«P-«I bkab-pa or *p!fa|«r«i
ffyogs-pa enveloped, hidden (Mfion.).

SVI^' byihu-sbyan a small bird (Rtsii.).

SV*>'J^ hi/ihu-me-zan (lit. the fire-eating
bird) n. of a fabulous bird from the excre-
ment of which gold is said to be obtained :

from the dung of the so-called fire-bird on
a large rocky precipice of the sea-shore.

. 16).

bi/ii-tca to pat: •ApNV
to pat a person's head (Pth.).

byil-mo naked (Sch.).

l lyis-pa

little child, young boy : ^'S« ino-bijis little
girl ; 9vrjfvcl byis-pa spyod-pa
childish or boyish behaviour.
byis-pa rda-bdud n. of a ("'^Vl) monster.
S«'£|S'|-5 byi$-pahi skye-tco giwn: 1. a
plain young person not initiated or mar-
ried. 2. one who is ignorant of the
doctrine of Karma and Phala, and
who does not receive what is necessary
for his spiritual culture.

childish resolution, or vows ;

Wnffal puerile childish nature;

8*rq3-ot*i

childish ways.

bringing up a child there are three
things to be watched ^'{fri fier-spyod-
la: — to see whether it will be lucky
on its navel string being cut, to ascertain
the diseases to which it will be subject
owing to faults of the parents, to protect
it against the twenty-four dangers from
evil spirits.

b-yu-i-u

coral (Zam.) :

'Jl I

l^YS^i it is said that
coral is grown in sand on the sea-shores ;
it is foolish talk to say that it is the
horn of a species of rat (LoR. % 2). g'S'*
byu-ru-ja n. of a kind of tea (Rtsii.).
g'S^'*i$'-5^ byti-ruhi mchu-can^Q'^'"] bi/a-
$kyafi-ka the bird with a coral-like bill.

Syn. ^'S^il'^' nor-buhi hkhri-qifi ;
^'S'3^'3 nor-bu chen-po ; ^ini'»)1?'1t| dpal me-
tog; <^K^»Koff(- hts-dmar-hdab ; oi^'^-^q
ffser-can hdab ; ^'5^-^K.'HJ rin-chen sdoft-po
(Mfion.).

byug-pa=-°-^"\'» hbyuy-pa 1. to

^
apply a salve, to anoint. 2. %tj»i, 'aqSiM,

SI%TI medicinal ointment, also pomade.
byug-$po§ scented ointment or oil ;
byug-dmar the coloured butter
that is used to paint cakes, biscuits, &c.,
for temple-offerings (Rtsii.).

byug-ri§ 1. a painted image, a
figure done in paint or colour. 2. ace. to
Ja. = 3]isi a place in a certain succession
or row ; gfl|'^'f«| byug-ris-shog make room,
leave a place empty (Sch.).

n

byuff-gser gold that is used in
gilding, golden paint.

§"]*< byuy$ pf. of *g*p byug-pa,

" byuft 1. v. *§=•«! hbyuft-wa.

113

890

byun-rgyal-du

'lj'q rdsun-smra-wa to speak falsehood,
to utter ail untruth.

§=.-£<Ji byufi-tshul history, story, parti-
culars of any event: ^'l^'^'*,'^'"!^
that is my history (Jit.) ; y.'*fw byud-rabs
history, historical events ; i6-'-*]"! bi/tid-yag
must hare occurred or happened ; also, it
is hoped that such a thing has happened,
v. ^g^'fl hbyuA-toa.

bijub an abbrv. of S^'S" byaA-ckub.

mya-fian ill-luck,

misery, shame; g^'" bytn--!<lud-»>a = **\*'
^jjje.-*^-*! a woman who does shameful
actions (K/trid. 51).

ill-omen : S>-

'H byur-po 1. = ?"'^ ominous sign,
-Q^ *t^«-««i «^ a human
body is an ill-fated object, it is very mean
(Khrid. 19). 2. ace. to Ja. = vulg. g*'i* =
jae.*n jjj% heaped, a heaped measure of
corn or meal ; g*'3*'i*^ became heaped
up, accumulated.

gw^lj'n byns-hgro-ica to be successful, to
succeed (Tig. 19). 3** byus-ch°
chen-byu very important,

byu$-£pon a commander-in-chief
who is successful in administration and
diplomacy (LJan$.).

S bye-=$phye 1. powder. 2. = §$ little
bird ; I'lK bird's nest ; |'|"I a young
bird; |'^ bii'd-dung (Vai-gn.).

4^e-Aw=S'*)'"l'I> refined sugar;
also for •^T1'!^ crystaline sugar or sugar
candy (Risii.).

j^ [a javelin, measuring-
rod]-?.

§'3 I: bye-tea ten millions; §-«r
^c.-«-ui-gni^«i| thirty-six millions;
bye-ira sa-ya eleven millions.

^,'CJ II : f%$<? [disjunction]-?.

bye-brag l. = S^^ ftifr special,
particular ; opp. to 1 spyi general, com-
mon. 2. difference, diversity : jtfS^e.-«tw
3** I'SI'^'^S what difference is there
between me and Buddha? SgopIS'"
bye-brag hbyed-pa to find, to show the
difference, o. genit. (Jd.). §'3*1'%^ not
different ; ^"I'Si'g'1! yul-yyi bye-brag a part
of the country, province. S'STS**!'*^ Bye-
brag dfios-med^^'Q'uww an epithet of
Amitabha, the Buddha of immeasurable
light (D.R.). 9'91'«^ bye-brag-can different
(Cs.); S'gi'5 bye-brag-tu = ^»^ khynd-
par-du especially; I'lTS'WfW'IS'l bye-
brag-tu rtogt-par byed-pa ^?prt^i, aj*tm<
anything done with reference to the
original root or signification of it ; §'9T
^m'l^S^-g name of the work Maha-
vyutpatti (Tan. d. p, 223-377).

I'gij't) bye-brag-pa ?%f^i n. of a school
of philosophers, the Vaifesika school, which
was founded by Kanada. The philosophers
of this school maintained that the seven
categories such as substance, quality, etc.,
were each eternally distinct or sui generis
in nature. g'gfl]'i5'5>rq bye-brag-pahi Ita-
ica the philosophical doctrine of the
Vaifesika school.

I'f"! bye-stag =*^t\'^ tfmig-btt (mystic)
(Min-rda. If}.

(Potopa on the here-
tical doctrines: Lo. 9).

§'gTiTq bye-brag smra-toa ^HTf^f [a
class of Buddhist philosophers who held

891

that the external world and knowledge
were both real]S.

§,'£1 lye-ma f%3mi, ^p<r sand, a
sandy place or desert : i^"§'|'*^|ijr^ in
the middle of a plain of golden sand
(Olr.); *Fflp'i|E.-5|-§-*rfc< as much as there
is sand in the Ganges [Jci.]. «HW«W
^•q!v|q|N-q^N'g-N-iji^E---5a^gc,- Bsam-yas
dgon-pahi phyogs bshi-nas bye-ma sbom
shed-can hbyun, widely-extending thick
sands appear all round Samye gompa.
§'^1 black sand ; |'*«) bye-chub sandy water,
water standing on sandy ground; I'll6-'
lye-spun heap of sand ; I'^i sand-storm.

1'?=-^ bye-stofis margin of a lake or
river which is free from sand; sandless
bank. §?"« bye-stobs sand-bank: ^«'B'
|H'8^(N''«tf|f aT"»^^ then Khu-ston's
followers arrived at the margin which was
not sandy (A. 95) ; §'«' bye-thafi=§*ft**-'
bye-mahi-than sandy plain (Mnon.).

§'*TT* bye-ma Jca-ra (Beng.) ftf%, *W t
brown sugar, moist sugar.

§'*"'3'3 bye-ma nu-gu a kind of worm or
insect abounding in sandy plains (Rtsii.).

§'*)'<$*.• bye-ma-lufi, n. of a district in the
neighbourhood of the snowy mountain
«i)^-l^-«c.-^ Gnan-ehen thafi-lha, the birth-
place of the 7th Karma hierarch named
1w!^qe,-g Chof-rje dwan-po of the red-cap
school (Lon. *, 30).

bye-ma-dmar
vermillion (S. Lex).

|-w^c.-5| Bye-ma sen-ge n. of a place in
Tibet (Deb. % 23).

I'w^m Bye-ma s go-la n. of a sandy
hill in ^^ (Toilung) (Rtsii.); |'W'
^'P^' Bye-mahi Iha-khaft n. of an ancient
monastery situated on a mountain over-

hanging the Tsang-po and opposite to
#r§«i Thob-rgyal in Tsang (Loft. *, 6).
I'-^t bye-fel sugar and sugarcandy.

l^'if byed-sgo = work ; §«Vif B^S^ipi*™
to leave a work half done or unfinished ;
lY^'^ detailed works (minute and
important work) ; §tV^*r^(Ji performing
duties methodically and continuously
(Rtsii). SvifV^i byed-sgo phm-shib all
works small or great, i.e., minute details.

l^-Rl^-c-^'q byed-hjol nan-pa to work
badly or wrongly (Tig. k.). §t\'^'I''R^c''s
byed-hjol hdsab-che performing work with
zeal, also in an efficient manner (Khrid.
130).

the basis of works or of anything to be
done (Tig. k).

Q^'^ byed-pa I : pf . S" byas, fut. S
by a, imp. §^ byos or byas, also sometimes
1. to make, to manufacture :

rdsa-las tsha-tsha ner-gfig byas-nas
Sgrol-mahi dkyil-hkhor-la de-dag gsol-lo
having made 21 sacrificial cones out of
the clay, he offered them on the mandala
of Dolma ; 5^*S*qT^^v'i'^'*P' are you
making bread ? 2. to make, cause, force
to do anything, to bring about either
with root or terrain, inf. of another vb. :
S'^'g3!'^'^'!^ making the boy eat the
dung; ttow§^ causes to be removed;
(also with sbst.) S'^'S^ brought about
misery, il'^'SV^ causing great pain ; but
not used as we should in such phrases as
"to make a noise" (^'g1"11), "to make
water" (*fa'1?*f«i), etc. 3. to do, per-
form, to act: J5vqF>'§S'9'^ql khyod gafi
byed-hyi-hdug what are you doing?
3^1 to perform a task, to work ;

892

id. ; i»w'Sj!^'*<!§'Il*ws*'^ if it is done
quickly according to your intention ;
i why did you do so ? $ 'f * 'SV
i what is it best to do P a^§K'»»''S\£'
$nta»-gyit lag byed-rgyu-yin-nam
will the medicine operate? SY<i'S*<'S*< q
byed-pa bya$-bya$-pa one who has accom-
plished that which was to be done ; *« '"*'
3« 'fflf having acted or behaved properly.
§S'«J under this head seems also to be used
in an obscene sense and can stand for
" to copulate," much after the usage of
gV« tpyod-pa : S^S'lV id. ; IS'^'flft byed-
pafri phi as met. = a woman;
" the member for doing," as
the female organ. 4. as a pleonastic
addition to verbs or verbal roots for the
sake of emphasis or by custom : U'SV to
speak, I'fo'SS'y to cure, %*• 'STlV to put
wood on (the fire), Wi'SS'" to believe in,
*!!h'y IV" to repent, SSS'q to ravish, etc.,
etc. In this way, also, SV added to a
derived noun is often preferred to the
simple verb from which the noun is
derived: ^'"'SV is preferred to the
simple, 3'" to steal, *§*'W! '§^Q is pre-
ferred to *§s.-q to look down upon,
despise ; etc. It is moreover, important
to note in this connection, how helpful this
auxiliary use of §Vy can become in differ-
entiating the active and passive senses of
a verb, especially the participle ; thus
ec.-g^-c! = he who is beating, while
=he who is to be beaten, and
him who was beaten ; so, too, I^VSs or
"I^S'SV^ a killer, he who kills, and "|^'S*'q
him who has been killed, the killed ; with
many other like examples. S or S1* as
an auxiliary also carries the sense of
"should" and "must": ^wS'ifri'flJ'ir
wg* de-rnams-kyi skyod-pa bcuy-par byaho
they must not be allowed to depart.

Lastly, should not be forgotten the idio-
matic use in certain phrases, as in S^'9V
to tell a lie, V* g^i (lit. " to make near ")
to love, be attached to, r^S'SV (lit. " to
operate the lips ") to bicker, to quarrel.
A lengthy list of such phrases may be
found in 8nd. Hbk. p. 77-78. N. B.—In
West Tibet the use of this verb is largely
superseded by another, namely, niX'Q bco-
wa to make, to do. The honorific forms
of 3S'" should be also noted: wiV" used in
addressing or speaking of superiors and
oSs'5* kgyid-pa in polite conversation
betwixt equals.

§,^'^11: to style, to denominate ; to
tell, to mention ; used almost exclusively
in the pf . and the future tenses : $«'9»r<i
thus was it mentioned ; g^'9"'"'11^ accord-
ing to what has been said before ; SS'JF'
though saying. The f ut. inf. in this sense
is in common use after the mention of
a person's name for the first time, also
after the names of places ; and the verb
is then usually preceded by the adv.
^ shes "thus" or "so": "iwrw^wg nr
5JR'&*'^ in the city of Vais'ali thus to
be styled; ^'V*^'«r^«W«rr'**'^*'*W
my daughter Sved-ma so-called died
yesterday ; ft'«i'Mr«i5-»B[^-qg»(-^-g-q-qgqm-l}
the Hundred Thousand Songs of Mila-
ragpa, so to be designated, is (herein)
contained. Also, more generally, even
in the plain verbun loquendi: g'w^'Qqw
)teqWT|ritfm4ftfV|K'*! there arose the
sound of many voices which said 'the
lama has come,' *TtV^Ti'*"'<cfK'll'|l
an order being given which said: 'go,
make search.'

^'^1 III : STOcfT, HT*3i, ?fmf sbst. 1.

also 3\*W and S^'S the person that does
a thing, the doer, performer etc., author;

893

the author of the work.
2. tS'*! ^TOT the doing, dealings (with
noun in the instr. case) : ^^^wM^W
gsrEfarg^-ci such wrong being done by the
king, such unjust dealings of the king ;
|«V«i'3e.-q ^suijroiPN less doing, or little
to be done ; in the genit. case : 5p")'§IV<i'
Ks^'fl'Sf*! hide the working of your under-
standing in the heavens; S^'TW^'^jJ*1
l5-jj»-q byed-pa lam-du hkhycr-wahi Ita-wa :
•(Thee/. 39). |«V^-| <m-%g instrumental
cause ; §^'«5'lfl] ftrqrtR verbal-term or
expression, a verb. ^'I^'T8^ (1) the
female organ. (8. Lex.}. (2) effort,
endeavour ; §S'i &^» f^^K, effortless.
IV^I" byed-litys or tY?6'*' byed-stans man-
ner of doing, working ; method in work
(Rdsa. 10). §Y5i''!< bi/cd-srol=^'^\'H bye.d-
(Rtsii.).

IV: diagrams; g^'^'i^l byed-pa
the eleven astrological diagrams.

They are : IVS'i gdab-pa ; 8*" byis-pa ;

dge-wa; $vi^' til-brdun; B*rj**

$kye$ • *«.'« tshofi-pa ; sp'? bas-di ;

bkra-^is ; «^'*^ bs/ii-mdo ; S klu ;

m-

byed-pa-can I. =

skra hair.

2. SfTsra^i [produced from or belonging
to any doer or maker] <S.

iS^S bycd-pa-po = ^'$c$'%'ci rgyur
$mra*cahi Ita-wa the doctrine of the Hetu-
Vadin sect of the Tirthika (Theg. 33).

l^-wlai-ci byehu mchil-pa = F^'§& swallow
also : sparrow (JIbrom. f>, 163).

3V 3"1 byehu-la-phug a medicinal herb
(Cs.).

^^>'fl| byer-wa = <3*t* bral-wa or *r*fc-g'»r«i
so-s&r bral-iva 1. to separate, disintegrate ;
S^'" to destroy, ^ir53-&i|*rJiWg^-<^ go
dispersing the troops of enemies or sins

(Ebrom. f, 125). *fe.-q-§vSfli sofi-ica byer-tig,
imp. let them go, let them disperse (A.
19). 2. in medical works = aj«'£'.

@1 byes place of occasional residence
opp. to home or place of permanent
residence ; foreign country ; abroad. !**'?i
*3i's to go abroad, to travel ; |^-£J byes-pa
foreigner, stranger ; traveller ; §*rw bye$-
fomsE 43^*$* hgrul-lam travelling road,
road on which to travel.

devoid of food
and drink (mystic) (K. g. f>, 179).

§,'^ byo-wa 1. to pour, to transfer
water or anything else from one vessel to
another vessel, hence fig. communicating
or imparting instruction : S^'l^'l fill up
a pot with water ; K'Vvg^t^'pTOrracjp
tfl^'^-srfy the lord also had received
(from him) as it were one vesselful of
learning (A. bO); %\*fa*tf*fal&V*9fi
^'S"IN'?i'^ communication of ideas is like
pouring from one vessel into another (A.
_^7). 2. to hear, listen to (<7o.).

S^T^ byon-pa, wnrH«f v. *§^'i hbyon-
pa ; ^'^'^ byon-du re-nag 'STJ
expecting or awaiting his arrival :
ipwf^-^^wH^i-i*; (A. 86).

g,^, byor=*F*(*- nar-nar (flag. 48).

§,^T^ byol-wa to mistake, to blunder,
to err ; to go astray. 2. v. *%>i'H hbyol-wa.

Syn. ^^'E' nor^wa ; ^«rq hchol-wa ;
zur-wa (Mfion).

.' byol-sod TH3, t^5^ («i
.-) lit. one gone out of the way,
hence all animals other than man, parti-
cularly the quadrupeds. g«r*fe.-ji»rZj byol-
soft rgyal-po the king of beasts, the lion ;
the three classes of

894

beasta in general, viz., those living in
water, those moving on the earth, and
those moving in space such as birds, flies,
etc. 5«r*k-wlto'«i byol-sofi-u:a$ffleh-pa more
stupid than a brute (Mil.).

9'^ bra-ne w^^t •H31 constellation I.,
the first lunar mansion [second constel-
lation in the Hindu astronomy] S.

Syn. «|%!'# gfin-rje-nw ; SJT*t sgeg-mo
(Rtm.).

4- ZJ'^ bra-da-ra n. of a tree (A. S8).

^'3 bra-wa I: sbst., does not indicate
the marmot, but is the more formal n. for
animals of the hgomys genus, small
rodents, • tailless and living in burrows.
wg a-lra and g"9 rdsa-bra are colloq.
terras for two species of the genus, g'*f *
bra-mk har =%***' bra-tshaA burrow of the
•lagomys.

Q'Q II: vb. to have or to be in
great plenty : W^rWTffV'Tf'M'f she
allowed herself no abundance of food,
drink or clothing (Ja.).

g 5 bra-wo WX. buck-wheat of white
and black species ; g'SS'J^ <*!<*< *ia buck-
wheat meal. 9'| bra-phye buck-wheat
flour; g'*"*! bra-sog buck-wheat straw
serving as a poor sort of fodder during the
winter (Ja.).

g't"flH«| bra-rtse-g.yag n. of a kind of
animal ; said to be a species of hedgehog
(Btsii.).

g;*«i bra-lo-can
(Jig. 30).

brag a rock, crag ; gi'^ brag-rdo

j-^wy rock vegetation ; g^'SI brag-phug
a cavern, very frq. gi't" brag-rtse rocky
peak, rock-top ; gT^6-' a narrow ravine.

g^'5'551^ Brags-kya-bohi-ri n. of a
mountain supposed to exist beyond Ratna-
dwipa the island of precious things,
situated in the western quarter (K. d. *>,
282).

trag-skyibs a harbourage for
birds under the cleft of a rock.

g"]|*< brag-$kye$=% bra %q [1. rock-
grown. 2. a fragrant resin, benzoin or
storax]&.

gTgq brag-rgyab 1. lit. behind the rock.
2. n. of a village beyond HpJian-ijnl
(Lot., 13).

gi ^""1 brag-sgog a species of garlic grow-
ing in the clefts of rocks : gT^T^'^'SF'1-'
garlic roots suppress gonorrhoaa.

•*• gi'* brag-ca • = gi'*.

j|-ai brag-nag-la n. of a mountain in
Stod-lun tshur-phug (Rtsii.).

brag-pa=^'$ Miofi-khro anger,
malice.

gT5^ brag-pon n. of a place in Tibet
(LoH. », 8).

g«]'a*i brag-fpog an aromatic substance
used for incense : gi'!'g*''*i'V!''^c' brag-spog
rma-rnag hdrtib.

skye-wa

id.:

the rock being kindled, the cold was

removed ; 5^'* brag-cha echo from a rock ;

' bmg-rtsafl rock-lizard.

brag-shun firfK3», fa^traig fossil
pitch or bitumen, found for instance in
Lower Lahul between rocks in solid
pieces like unmelted pitch [stone-lac, red

895

Syn. M'5^ don-phan; ^'|*i rdo-skyes;
la-iha-tu ; ^'^-^ rdo-wahi-nad (Milan.) .

girapq Brag-g.yab n. of a place in
Khams: gT^^^'^^^^qN-tiiqi*)- it is
time for starting political investigation
in Tag-yab (Tig. k. 26).

g*T*,« Brag-mm n. of a place in Tibet
(Tig.) ; also, a kind of mineral substance
incrusted on rocks : gi'^ 'Wgc.'q^qac.'Ejiv
"S^'gf^ fragrant mineral substances ob-
tained from rocky hills: ^**'t*^g=-' dus-
rjes-hbrafi ; %*'& ^"\ rdohi me-tog ; 3ft'3 rgan-
po; gTJ*» brag-skyes ; <3§Tq bsil-wa; ^'1
shi-ica (Mfloii.).

brag-^ig a rock-mite or tick.
brag-$od described as a wild
animal roaming on rocks (Rtsii. 6J/).

^p-' bran I : v?\, <3T«x the chest, the
breast : 9=- '•$*! middle of the breast, pit
of the stomach ; g^'Jl or g^'^'f^ necklace
which hangs on the breast (Mnon.). g=-'
Ttf bran-^dun a bib or apron worn by
Ladaki women ; g^'S^ braii-bur middle
convex part of the ^ 'I or Buddhist sceptre ;
gc,5|'j^ 'ad'jw, the ornament worn on
the breast ; g*. g(*r*i a young woman with
fine bust, g^'i braw-se = ^-f\ the breast
flesh of goat, sheep or yak (Rfsi/.).

II: I. dwelling-place : g-gf
lama's residence ; ".gc.'*i or ^ll^cgc.' resi-
dence; ^'S»i-g=.- night-quarters, halting
place, whether under a roof or in the open
air; 5 ge.- king's residence, a palace;
also a monastery is called ^fa '*<X<i|'3|-ZJ gc,-
4ko)i-mchoij-(ji pho-bmn. 2. = $* camp,
encampment: wgE,-q<^ pitched his tent,
encamped. 3. = ^ wood, forest: g«.-nj-
H" residing in the woods (mystic) (K.

+ gc.'pe.' braH-khan dwelling house, quar-
ters or rooms of one's residence ; VTtfT^r
**m*'«*$*T*'«|%^ the 'S'ramanera
was residing in the central room of the
lord's residence (A. 56).

g^'l*" bran-slcyes 1. <r$t^ lit. what
grows on the breast, i.e. the teats ; also a
son, child. Syn. 9'*'|'3 (Mnon.) ; $•» nti-
ma; X'«-^ ho-»ia-hdsin (Mfion.). 2. n.
of mythological being called Sfrifi ' the
mare's face,' born out of the breast of
Eishi Urva, who wished that a child
should be born to him without his having
to keep female company. So, when feeling
heat in his breast, he scratched it and
a child came out, which child in the shape
of a mare full of burning flame (volcano)
resides in the great ocean south of
Jambudwipa ! She causes the tides. (K.
d ....... . ' «'

SF bran-brefi. n. of a number : <w*r
(Ta-sel. 56).

bran i&q, ^^ a servant, a slave;
w* a subject, g^'i^ii house
servant; g^-«i« cultivator, tiller of the
soil; g*i'3 and g^i'S male and female
servant. g^'3«r<! to engage as a servant :
g^'^P^'i^*'^ they engaged themselves as
servants; <^l^T*H''Wffr^F9 devoting
heart, mouth, and body to his service
(Pth.) ; ^tilf^rjNrg^ffci morning and
night I am a slave to food and clothing
(Jd).

Syn.

hbrifi-wa ;

1«« ffsfta>i-&os ; «i««(^f bcal-luti • f&rg Jehot-
po; ^w-yq|-i shabs-tog-pa; ^$v ^han.
lfyes ; ^ WS»«|«' Vhan-gyis-bskyans ;
yofis-su-ipyod; i^ryti bsgam-bya-

shabs-

896

tea;

rtse-rgo/} byed-pahi
bkah-nan ci-bgyi (Affion.).

q"V*| bran-ka n. of a powerful local
demon whom Atis'a is said to have sub-
dued (A. 102).

SJSj'^l bran-pa ftm to moisten, to satu-
rate with water (A. K. 1-36). Sometimes
spelt

bran-lha hkhor-bu n. of a
monster of the naga clase.

qq'ZJ brab-pa or qw (pf. of **frf)
cast, thrown (Fag. b$).

gJTS Irmn-cha one of the thirty- six
border countries (Ya-sel. 38).

Iram-se

a Brahman ; in Nepalese Baje [one who
knows Brahma, i.e., possesses divine know-

ledge]^ q*3-*r^g*-ai ^«-g«-ii j*

q*r3'«|3*i '^S a Brahman has his Brahman
name, his Brahman caste, also his three
Brahman duties to perform.
Syn. *n-*K'i« thog-mar-$kyc$ ;
&'§" tfon-tkyeg ;

sa-yi-lha; q^^'i bshi-mdo-wa ;

A-//t

rgyal-mtshan-can ;
dicafi-bcas; ^'S'J^ fin-tu-byufi ;
rgod,-ma-$kye§.

bram-sehi las-drug the six
practices ofa Brahman are :— (1) **S i^'tS'"
the performance of F<yn« ; (2) §S
causing such to be performed;
reciting or reading
of the holy works; (4) a"!'5qE1
causing them to be read secretly ; (5)

the receiving
presents; (6) fytrarsif'wq
sagacity in receiving such.

of alms or

q bram-se-chen-pohi g.dams-
pa prob. the upadeqa X«'wS deep meta-
physical precepts (A. 91). qwl-Jiwg-*-^
bram-ze rnams-kyi cha-bya4 the dress,
requisites, etc., of the Brahman : —
the sacred thi-ead, T^'^
the skin of an antelope, "SJ^'"^' byntfi-
hphren rosary for counting; i'lg"!*' spyi-
blugs anointing ; Sif'SlT1' his baton, etc.
(Mfion.). g^'S'1! bram-zc-pa an adherent
of Brahmanical doctrine; gw'i35 brnm-
ze-nto a female Brahman. g»i'i'^I'SS'
"O^'^'g ^e voice of a Brahman recit-
ing the Vedn being taken as a sign of
good luck.

) Bram-se Tsa-na-ka n. of an
Indian minister the author of works on
ethics and political economy, of which
only one is extant in India, but of which
several are preserved in translation in
the Tibetan Tangyur :

Bram-ze li-bi-ka-ra
1%fi)*<: n. of an Indian Brahman who
taught Sanskrit to Thon-mi Sambhota
early in the seventh century A.D. (Situ.).

Iram-zehi rig$-ysui>i the
classes of Brahmans: 1. ^*!»i'«ft*!
those residing in wilderness as
ascetics ; 2. J3*'"!^*i »ni^l those living
as house-holders; 3. VP'S^ W(m those
that acquire mystic powers (Ya-sel. 55).

g* bra-wo >tmK buck-wheat.

three

bral, v.

hbral-wa.

^
9 bri, v. *g'i hbri-wa.

897

brid-pa v. ^1. IK*!**' brid-
wkhag or Js-'*rlK»fw« snafi-u-a brid-mkas
skilful in imposing upon (Khrid. 113).

rgyug-po or i*i'
bsgrim-po seems to signify : a rush or
run upon anything, a demand; also adj.
brisk. g^S'^'ge,' brin-po-byuft there being
a full market for articles of sale, when
th'ey are sold well, it is said Irin-po byufi. ;
g-a|i^'vjjj^e.-*)fif-3i^ whomsoever else may
not be wanted, (still) there is need of me
(A. U2).

brim or g»« brims, v. ^gVi hbrim-

pa,

brig, v.

hbri-u-a.

yig-rnifi old
writings, records, old manuscripts : g^'f11-'
«jurl*aruiv^fl|*fc3)-<^ij 8UCh things occur
even in the older writings (Ya-sel. 38).
9*^9^ brif-hbur the art of painting
and carving images. §*r*» bri§-ma a
written book, a manuscript book.

9 bru one of the six earliest tribes of
Tibet (J. Zan.).

g'S bru^tra, v. *2j '*i hkre-wa.

'^** lru-wa-tsha=.^^( bkres ^
hunger and thirst.

j^'ro Bru-tsha also 5j'<^ Bru-sha n. of a

country N.W. of Tibet; also that of a
tribe in Tibet (Lori. >, 5). We have
in the Kah-gyur encyclopoedia certain
treatises in incomprehensible syllables
asserted to be in the Bru-tsha language.

S^'5 I during the time of king Digum-tsan
the sect called Dur Bon of the Bon religion

of Shan-shan and Bru-sha greatly spread
(over Tibet) when the use of weapons and
shields was also introduced (J. Zafi.).

^^ ^1 brug-pa to flow, to stream out,

to gush forth ; as sbst. current, flow, flux

(Jd.).

JN brug-gyos a number ( Ya-sel. 57).
-' Brud-kyi mkhar-gdoft one
of the thirty-seven holy places of the Bon
in Tibet (O. Bon. 38).

= y[Q dirt, dung, excrement.

brub-pa or

but is pf. of 'MFi to put in ; ^c,^q«

P to put in a hole (flag.. 49). ^\^«'
(So-rig. 2).

brul small chips, bits, crumbs:

-c|m bag-brul crumbs of bread ; -

being pulled by the hand, after a
while the wooden girl turned into a heap
of wooden chips (K. du. P, 508).

gui'q bml-wa vb. to be scattered,
crumble, fall to pieces, to be shed.

g*i brus, v. ^9/q hbru-wa.

jjf ' ^ bhrum-hri a charm of great efficacy :
?°%'uw]'-f|'^*v£i"3'*! i ^'d\*rsjc.'^wqjw-s^ the

Yaksha having heard this charm " bhrum
hri" thereupon all the red mystic wind
(within him) was soothed (A. 18).

^ bre or 9'^ bre-wo sffar, <nfaj?, STFT
a measure for dry things as well as fluids,
about two pints, originally a measure of
as much as may be contained in a cow's
foot-hole. "l^'E^7"!^' ffser-phye bre-gan
one ^ bre measure of gold-dust ; §'^ bre-
do two ^ bre ; I^'V^'^'^' pc.'g'&r'iv'ij'ars.q-

114

n'*^S having invited him he consecrated
a miniature chapel the size of a bre
measure (A. 90). ^'" bre-tca a grain
measurer, one who measures with the
^ bre.

g^ bre-ko basin for washing C. (Jd.).

g-p$-*)q|'«^ bre-khahi miff-can as met. a
mouse (Tig. k.).

g'"l bre-ga or g'g bre-yu a plant produc-
ing small hairy berries which are used for
medicinal purposes : gv'*prg|'^s.'*ipT*i|v^'*ai
brega cures ailments of the lungs and heat
in the kidneys.

g'5}*r bre-p/iitliftfa [head, helmet.] S.

g'5 bre-wo swf [expanse, breadth]^.

g'S bre-mo=.*-*K*?i* fook'shtalk, talking
nonsense or jokingly.

, shaved

clean; cut, sheared, v. tgi'i hbreg-pa.
-*.

'3 brefi-iva 1. = $^ cufi-zad a little.

2. v.

to be alarmed,
depressed at heart, to be dejected ; also = 2?
<*'*< to be ashamed ; 5K"'^'S*< acted as one
who has become alarmed (A. 13J/) ; ^'^'
V5r§ljr5'g\§M*< the king of Nalendra
having become alarmed (A. 8).

^ brel-wa vb. (as Jd. points out,
not the same as ^gi'1) hlrcl-wd) 1. to be
employed, busy, engaged, to have business
or work in hand : fcYT^'1"*' '!«* •qV^-cfc.-iV
^1 being engaged in building, we have
no time to spare ; ^^f^^T^T^ Mod kho-
nas brel'ita if one is entirely taken up
with lust or pleasure ; gTtw on account
of much business. 2. akin to ^g'T'J to be
deprived of ; and hence = to become poor,

to be without, to be in want, destitute of,
c. inst. case : Bje.'N'sjVi'l^gsrsi lofts-spyod-l;yis
brel-wa being devoid of wealth, (means) ;
3«r3e.-8l-j:j'arlK- a^ they did not let him
want anything. Other forms : SE.wgoi'5 ;
cjm 3c.-*)<v3c.- ; a-g-x-q^ not sparingly,
scantily, niggardly (Jd.). 3. sbst.
business, affair, concern : ^^^•wgui'«-^ij-
3}^-K^« saying that he had a certain
business that day (A. 95) ; gar •>«!*• brrt-
pressure of work, business : 'g^V*--'
^^ii^ if it was left on account
of pressure of business (Rtsti.).

brcs 1. or g«'J breg-kyit a manger ;
5'g*i Ha-brt's manger for horses. 2. vb.
pf . of ^g'^ hbre-wa to spread out ; §**'?}'
bres-su bcug-pa = Q'Sp'ti to spread.
^E. V-jj-^-Ji «rg>«j q§u]-f having spread
out an umbrella and a silk curtain (A.
150), gj^'g^'i'^ bla-ri b/v$-pa der there
where the upper hills are stretched out
(Sman-bla, 6).

^ bro 1. 3iw, TTZ dance ; entertain-
ment, amusement, g"'*^ l>ro-rnklian «r?re
a dancer ; ^«W'g"'»)4v{i shabs-bro mdsatf-pa
to dance as a manifestation of gladness
and mirth; g*'1^ bro-gar nrz^it dramatic
performance, drama, play. 2. an oath.

^qfc.'^tff^'t) Iro-brdufi dgon-pa n. of a,
monastery in Kluun (S. Kar).

+ *$'Q I : bro-wa or fTWV«=«^^«r<

mnah-§kyel-ica to swear, to take an oath :
^•q«c.-^c.-£j 5«k'X dbu-bsnufi-dafi, bro-bor-ro
they swore by their head.

sick man, one laid up with illness, g"'^'
^*>rq bro-mi-htshal-ii:a = ^^» nad-med-pa
a healthy person-

899

Syn.

(Mnon.).

nad-pa;

'i nad-phog-pa

15'^ II : 1. to taste, to get enjoyment
of ; flf^'5c.'*)'5'cw not even tasting of sleep ;
f* ^ 3 q Sf one nas an astringent taste in the
the mouth. 2. in C. to desire, to wish,=
^V. Sp?*) id. 3. sbst. taste, savour,
flavour: "^'P^'^'S'Sf8'!^ salt imparts
flavour (or taste) to every kind of food ;
?fSP bro ltri-mi to try the taste of ; ?f «r*>^
bro-wa-med tasteless, insipid (Cs.).

zj'*» bro-itta, v. 5'* gro-ma,

§ brog-shu wrongly written for
'9 prog-shu.

i* broij-lbur finfttjr^, c^ffa ant-hill.

' foffacqn ^fl?jc[ [enticing]&

v
aelpl bro-iva taste.

r

^^'^ brod-pa joy, e'agerness.

cheerfulness C1. ; ^'^"S readiness to die

(/a.).
•v

iroi, v. *gq-i hbrab-pa.

bros, v. ^'i.

^ W^ that condition which is ahove or
higher than something else or than things
in general. Is used with reference to the
actual local position of an article, e.g.,
g'Sffw bli-gos upper garment ; Si'"!1*} tya-yyu
a turquoise worn on the forehead ; but is
chiefly employed in the moral or meta-
physical sense, e.g. Sj'sfa bla-srog the
higher life or life in bliss, gj'ssw blct-thribs
supernal methods, lofty or excellent
means, §J B*4 bla-khyim " the house above,"
the abode where the souls of men rest or
dwell after death (Jig. 26}. Hence
may = as sbst. anything blessed or super-
nal such as a superhuman gift and power.

So Schmidt renders 3 bla as " life," "soul,"
and Jaschke has "blessing." As an
adv. occurs as SIT above, high up. 2.
also takes a verbal form, somewhat curi-
ouslj , by annexing *, when it signifies : is
above, is better, is superior ; in such cases
invariably preceded by "K." or 2F mean-
ing " even " or " indeed " : E.^-RJfa-sc.-g1?
it is better that I should have even passed
from life; ^I»q«r«ri(:i<5'5'Vrq5|l*"a5'iir5'*1^'
<-«i!W««;^* it were preferable that a
large stone had been bound on his neck
and he were cast into the sea. Moreover,
5 appears occasionally to assume the
gerundial form: S^=.'*<F!' «-£|^i|-uie;gS | |-Jf-
^[•q-uR^prfj though indeed a learned
monk is to be preferred, a virtuous person
is also good.

bla-skyal (%'M^) ^*m [succes-
sion] S.

g'^d^'^a bla-mkyhen phehu (vtww^w
n. of a demon, exorcist.

la-gab = ^'*\3ic<\*( 1. upper cover
of a thing; also raiment covering the body
as a shawl ; ip<v*ff*i upper garment as the
shawl or wrapper used by Indians and
also by Tibetans to wrap round their
body. |^9^fljSTO«|*^ xnspir^nTfJif
to throw the shawl over one shoulder ;
^Kt^qrrfajgi without any upper
garment [one who remains in an open
space for practising religious austerity]^.
2. roof of a building; also = #int> tJiog-
kha upper floor of a house. ^fritf^;^i( '

qf^KW a temple without rocrf ;

sbst. a residence, a roofed
dwelling.

g'^ lla-gos ^'rfTWf1 upper garment
which is of two forms : .^rg^'fyg'^fw that
worn by a Buddhist monk, and the other

900

the upper covering of the body
used by lay folk.

S*i bla-col snrnr [frivolous- talk] S.

^if^rg-. upper
and lower ; also = $ ^' within and without.

SlX71 b.la-rdol=&\v rdnun-pa a false
speech, inconsiderate talking (Situ. 2!i).
SX"'^'fi'q Wa-tdol-du gmra-wa = ?*<$'*
rdsun-smra-tca to utter an untruth, to lie.

SJ'S* f>la-dar a little flag on the
house-top on which benedictions are
inscribed.

SCyqw tya-dl}ags 1. ^ftre** ft*'^*)
[denomination] 5. 2. in Gram. ' a primi-
tive word, an abstract noun ' (ScA.).

9^ kla-na above, over, on the top.
g^j^'ti kla-na ttud-pa ^»^IT having
nothing higher over it, the uppermost,
the very highest, e.g., S^'fti byaft-chitb, *\w
"« yes-rob and the like, frq. g^-a^row
bla-na nte-pahi Inn ^<rg*K*TrjT the highest
path or supreme way to salvation.

3 '9s-' bla-bran formerly a lama's resi-
dence, but now in Tibet, -especially in
Tsaug,= Grand Lama's residence and
place of business called Labrang Gyal
tshan thon-po.

S'5* bla-brcs, v. $ ^ bla-re.

oj'JJ bla-ma faqm*', 3* the upper one,
the higher one ; and hence, an upper
monk or lama — a term sometimes loosely
applied to all fully-qualified inmates of a
monastery, but is more correctly the
designation of the head ge-long only or,
in large monasteries, of the chief teachers
and more learned monks. Some have
seen a close connection between the word
blu-ma and the Hindu terms Brahman
(one who possesses divine knowledge) and
Brah-ma (the highest deity of the

Hindus) ; believing the Tibetan appellation
to owe its origin to one of those Hindu
terms. To show the importance of
the lama a well-read Buddhist once
remarked : g'wi^'15'Sffe.'Xm'^ *fc.*r««j-g'q^-*)c,-
«K.'»>S previous to the lama even the
name of Buddha did not exist ; and
^ v jpV9|-*ie.»r 5*1 3=.'ig *r ^i\ «i 'f ^*r^«i also
the 1000 Buddhas of 1000 ages depend
on the lamas. Another made the- $'*<
greater by explaining that 3 meant soul
or life and *i mother, hence=life-mother,
the all sustaining mother of the universe !
Again 3Ti'**w«^'3l'-?|q'ijV^'fl|3Q|'q " in the
ocean of wisdom all the Buddhas are one, "
was said when one man tried to explain
what Buddhism was. In its more general
sense the term S'»« is defined as : he who
presides over a large number of pupils and
who has got past sins and defilements
(Lofi. Q, 8). SJ'**'1C>'? '") ^)'i|?i] [ j^'srjjl'l'i'
a**'" I fr$'|'WW|'Wi* (Can.) I he that has
not saluted his lama who has taught him
even one letter will after undergoing a
hundred births as a dog, etc. §j'*r«\£«i ?j^*r,
position of spiritual chief, also the lama
personally. g'wwS^i bl i-m:i-mchoy, also
SJ'Jd5» the diief lama, supreme lama.
bla-s»Mn-pa physician lama: SJ'JW
bla-sma/i-jifir bs/mr (So-rig 13/i).
bla-chen mkhan-rgyud the line
of lamas and mkhan-po learned pro-
fessors (Jig. 36), also the initiation or
vow introduced by Lachen from Amdo
shortly " after the revival of Buddhism
after the persecution by king Landarma.
g *j^ bla-mchod or g'wwX^q bla-ma mchod.-
pa a yearly festival solely in honour of
the lamas ; SJ *) V-'*^"!^ bla-ma-dan rnchod-
fftias the entire body of the sainted lamas
(Bodhisattva), &c., who are most wor-
shipful. ST"|^ Ua-g.nan (\} — \

901

danger; (2) = 3'**'*1''l^'qW5 bia-ma bkah-
gnan-po a lama whose commands are
very strict and severe.

bla-mabi lta-ldan-ma
the lunar mansion called

(Mnon).

supreme:

to those who are
supreme ; also : to the followers of the
Anuttara school of Buddhism.

bla-mt*ho a lake which is the abode
of gods and nagas, like the lake of Mule-
ding in the province of Cho$-khor-rgyal.
Trg-arqt<^«i-i}-*i*<;qg*) (A. 72).

bla-hnr = Jli'3*. glo-bur immediately,
of a sudden : sj'^'^«rw*l*wr$ immediately
taking his food (Suran.^).

g)'!0>| bla-hog l. = §*.'*1 above and
below, inferior and subordinate. 2. abbr.
of § x^'^i or ^'S^'^l'^ under the lama
or the Labrang.

§j*,q») bla-rabs hierarchy, hierarchical
succession : ^fl'T'W] $ sj'q^'Sj-'^q^ the succes-
sion of the Phagmodu Lamas was the
chief (Tig. 3).

3^ Wa-ri'= 3'3qraW'*^ bla-srog-g.nas
sahi-ri the hill on which onVs soul rests
after death or in its passage to the Bardo.

SJ ^ bla-rf f^«jr»T canopy.

Syn. l^*4 §^ gnam-rgyan ; ^ 9*1 bla-bre§

bla-$iA, explained thus :

,- j!Jcq5-g ^-g •Qi'^<j|?q-q (Hbrom.
106) the tree of life, i.e., that on the
existence of which depends the vitality
of a person. Thus, the Bodhi tree at
Buddha Gay& was the g'^s.' bla-ftft of king
As'oka ; and when by the foul incanta-
tion/'of a Chandalini that tree began to

wither the emperor is said to have begun
losing his vitality.

o|^| blag occurs in the compounds : IV
51 bad-blag, tf'^ btso-blag, etc., v. ^H'l
blag-pa.

^'^1 blag-pa pf. %v\v ^^TH (S. Lex.).
l. = Wi to attend to, to hearken to; to
lean towards, to permit : n-«rs|fl|'ti
to incline one's ear to, to listen to. 2.
ff^ft to shed tears (Jit.). ^H'v&
^^rrf^i^f one who remains in open space to
practise religious austerity] S.

-*! blag-fa n. of a tree (K. ho. "»1, 3).

blaft-wa, v. ol^'ti len-pa. %wi
blafis-pa ^RTT, V^t( I. received, took,
accepted (^4. JT.) 2. <S|a, quoted, taken
from a book, etc.

q thick-

headed, dull, stupid. 2. or *S*rgjvi soj-
. blad-pa to chew, a secondary form to

OI^'^-£) to give a reply;
-cj to retort, to answer.

blar 1. abbr. of 9^. 2. used incor-
rectly for S(^ slar.

^ ^ blu-wa pf. S" 4/M5 to ransom, to

^3 "*

redeem, a pawn, pledge, or security;
also in mystical ceremonial ; **r^'8'^-5j-q
chos-dan sku-Mra blu-wa to buy back an
image or a book.

H'^ blu-rin price paid for the redeem-
ing of persons or animals; ransom. As
a means of gaining moral merit or of
obtaining relief in sickness, a price is
given by wealthy persons to butchers or
fishermen to rescue from death animals
or fish about to be slain or caught. This

902

8'^ is also termed ««ia.
blu-rin-la btaA polite expression used to
indicate selling an image or any property
belonging to a lama or great personage
or anything of a sacred nature.

g*|-^e.- tyuff-kotis'XfW hdod-ldiin
(MAon.).

things he presented them to his parents (A.
67).

§P|'3 bhuj-pa (pf. §«!*' &%s, fut. 9"!

$%, imp. SI &% or Sj"!*< blngs) 1. to
pour into a pot, to fill. 2. v. gV
(dud-pa. ai*"^ bliig$-ikn molten image;
giTjN'w b.ht(js-par casting mould; S*|W'«
l}lug&-ma cast metal, statues, relievo (cf.
Rj^-q) ; «^|c,-aq|N dyaA-lflugs, a large spoon
to fill with, *'a*]*< ja-blttgs urn-shaped
teapot ; I'SI*' $pyi-bltttj§ v. V25 ?w'-&0 ; **'
tiiar-blitgs oil-pitcher ; Sil*" "!**> b_lug$-
ladle with a long handle to pour
clarified butter in the sacrificial fire.

out:

'£I blud-pa l. = SV«i Idud-pa to pour

'"J'fas'" »w-fo ja-bjvd-pa to pour
out tea to a man ; S'^'S'S^i rta-la chu-blud
to pour out water into a pail or bucket
for a horse. 2. to offer: «#S '* ^ 'S« '"^
$a"> offered intoxicating drink to the
lady or queen (Qlrom. 52}. 3. sbst.
release, ransom, esp. in religious cere-
monies where effigy of a sickman is
offered to demons to effect a cure, i.e.,
the effigy is the substitute or ransom for
the man ; also in other rites, etc. :

ransom and torma be offered to king
Shinje the lord of death! 4. Tfrfafe;
remainder, anything left. S\9^ blud-byui
= ^VW rin-byin giving the price of, the
worth : WRge, igfi&t.-*inyffcqiA&f*t
intq>**fttft having obtained the best
seven out of the many good and tolerable

oj^'^ bhin-pa or a^'5 blun-po «j^ adj.
>o
dull, foolish, stupid; sbst. fool, zany.

ga)-ga-^«n« foolery, fool's opinion, expres-
sions frq. used in scientific works to define
antagonistic views (Jd.) ; «\S|-q-»)-g^-c^-»)^-
a ^'3'^ the man who does not do works of
virtue is a fool ; IcWwfr^'lj*' blun-
po chog-la mi-dgah-shifi fools do not take
delight in religion (K. d. *, 851). %*•*??*
^li(H-gtam = ^'i^ foojish talk (Mfioit.) ;
a^'S'l6-' bliin-po-gM the fool's park, n.
of a grove near Lhasa (Rtitii.). S^'^s
stupidity,' foolishness ; a^'^"l b/un-

bins, v. 8'*! blu-ica.

"N>

'*1 blus-nm anything ransomed.

If bh 5»trr, 1ft, wfa, fft (A. K. 1-2),
the mind, the heart, together with the
primary mental operations ; is the general
word, though the terms <>*«* or ")"\ "are
alleged as more correctly = mind, ^"|'i in-
tellect, ^w> consciousness, but all are put
as synonymous to §"§/<?. Ace. to Sffioit.
bio signifies a broad heart (HwuKwci) also
t^uj^-a a generous self or soul, magnani-
mity. It should be particularly noted
that §f is placed, often pleonastically,
before a large number of verbs denoting
mental operations of all kinds. This will
be illustrated in subsequent articles subsi-
diary to the present article, e.g., bio gtod-
pa to rely upon. We merely append
iw*rcruic.«'q'g'S's.|*,'ti'Sji'£''|*!'*i'*i<v»)E.' or the

enumeration of the terms which express
the different states and functions of the
mind, which will illustrate the comprehen-
sive application of the term if bio : — sf'MIK

903

I'3!*1

(Mnon.).

The rendering of gf in the foregoing
paragraph may be considered adequate
in that it is a definition which is intended
to embrace the mind and all its direct
operations. "We shall, however, for
greater perspicuity, proceed to embody in
the present paragraph the differentiation
of meanings which Jaschke has attached
to the word. He distinguishes : (1) the
intellectual power in man, understanding :
blo-rno-ica talented, gifted ; if ^'5 blo-chen-
po of great mental abilities C. ; sffljw^ blo-
ffxal-te of a clear understanding ; -^'wif
fes-pahi-blo sagacity, intelligence, judg-
ment; STf blo-rgya comprehensive intel-
lectual power ; sf S^'V' blo-mt/iir-s/iM being
of quick comprehension, sharp; 5}'^ blo-
rab — igs.- hbrin — *W*i dman-pa of sound,
moderate, weak intellect or mental faculty
Mfiy. (the last expression is frq. used
in modestly speaking of one's self) ; sfs"!
bio-bag narrow-minded, weak in intellect ;
J5'V^§r^*^ khyod-tii blo-nor-ro you are
mistaken ; b^lo-na hbab ' I understand '
(8ch.}. (2) thought, memory: %'3ft bio-
fed memory ; *T<Mi'^r!|!*|Tl to direct
one's thoughts to reb'gion and to learning ;
gf«r|Vp blo-la sbyor-wa to impress on the
mind, inculcate; if';!|''!*''£i blo-bshugs-pa
what is retained by, treasured up in, the
memory ; §f l»i'tiic.'£i blo-la bsun-wa to learn
by heart (6lr.). (3) sentiment, disposi-

tion, desires: blo-tjkar sincere disposition;
gpai-^-ti blo-la Mod-pa to desire ; ^v&t
blo-hdun-pa interest, concern; jf *^ inclined
to, §Y£J'Vgf^-3; he that has a mind, is dis-
posed to sacrifice (Dzl.), ^•«i^«i^^'t'^|f
*>*>'i^ without any regard to his own \vel-
fan f(fhgy. );„&<* blo-ne-ica friendly,
amiable; sf«=.' fanciful, fickle; g"'«'£J^'«
bio ma-bsad-pa or gf'« I^'i bio ma-rdsogs-
pa wishes unfulfilled; sf'W blo-dmcm
mean-spirited, low-minded.

^'l^'i blo-skyel-wa to depend upon, to
rely on (<7a.).

g'(?oi'«j blo-l-hel-wa worthy of confidence,
trustworthy: iJfttor^t-WR'l^'a^ being
reliable, there was no changing of opinion
(Khrid. 188).

Syn. 5J\i»i'ti yid-ches-pa ; ^'"^^ blo-
gdud-pa (Mfion.).

yans broad-hearted, generous; confident,
intrepid, undaunted.

gf"Ki blo-gel-wa to hope (Sch.).

%'<$** blo-gros=^'^^ fes-rab (Mfion.).
%^T, ift, flfa wisdom; sense, understan-
ding, intellect; jp-f*r5«'-J^r| blo-gros-kyis
pes-bya what is to be discerned by the
understanding; J'f*^*'^'*! blo-gros-dafi
Idan-pa or ^$"'*^ blo-gros-can sensible,
judicious ; fiff*r^"vlfcr«j^^*qfqj-^^J|»r
"^'^i^ to know one word full of wisdom
is to know one hundred ordinary words
(K. d. «i, 1, 367).. sfa*nH?* blo-gros-kyi
gter (K. d. f>, 325), *£%*• $*$*(• yxtfcsf^
blo-gros rgya-mtshos s/m$-pahi mdo (K. d. ^)
are sutras. iflfa'^'i blo-grog-fian-pa one
whose views have become perverted ; gflfa'
$=.'^ blo-gros chuft-fiu of little understand-
ing ; sf 3K^'Q blo-gros chen-po H^ mfa ; of
much sense, of an excellent understanding ;

904

b_lo-gro$ ^rtan-pa of strong S'l^' blo-gdefi hope, confidence,

oommonsense; ST3KJIVC' f^rfa under- assurance: ^fl^WFC^T^W in whom
standing exhausted, iff *r*>s blo-gros-med. am I to place my confidence. (Jd.).
unintelligent, injudicious ; sj'Ifa'^'J

n. of a Sutra (K.d. «,-

(K. ko. *, 299).

-nid S'unyata
(ace. to Rnifl-nM school).

^'^ blo-rdor according to the Chinese

i an obscured understanding; an ounce or 51*.' sraft weight of gold:
§lo-gros_ shan-pa of inferior
intellect, gf lj*!'i»*.'3 blo-gros bzafl-po ^phn •• ;
n. of a fabulous mountain situated to the
north of northern ocean (K. d. \ 288).

n.

of a section of the Daipung monastery
(Rtsti. 7).

*> one blo-rdor=3G se-tca
(Rtsii.).

sTs^'3'1 Vo-ldan ci-nta the heart of a
rabbit; cowardice, timidity (Sntan.).

SJ'Sf^'** blo-ldan-ma a wise and virtuous
woman (Mfion.).

Sj'tf'it'q blo-sna mafi-wa Glr. 1. having

many various thoughts, being restless,
blo-dgos sel-khyad the ques- flighty) giddy 2 w disposition; turn

tion of the fulfilment of one's plans or of min(j.

intentions (Yig. k). sTS"!** bjo-phugs innermost heart ; S^fa'

^ft'^' blo-rgya-chuft=.iifa'*i'%wti b/o$- *'^'II "RJ*'''''^ SI*4 *ff* (Bbrom. 41) to give

ma-lcibs-pa not magnanimous, of contract- the innermost heart to the Three Holies

ed views, illiberal. sf3"'cJ = i§f£W f'.e. to have faith in them.

bad jijj'SJ blo-pa 1. vb to be able = 5^:

5^'W'ST^ khyod. ma-blo-na if you cannot. 2.

hearted, evil minded (Pay. 300).

blo-chuti-wa timid, vacillating, 8bst. = gf6fo frq. used by Mil. for the sake

wavering, not of fixed purpose.

Syn. awi'^ spobs-pa-shan ; jwi shunt-
pa ; S'^'i mi-brtan-pa ; W1* srab-pa ; W|'
bqg-hkhums-pa (J&fion.).

of the rhythm (Jd.).

Sffl blu-u-a srein wisdom (S. Lex.)

^v~

bfo-lur=^y^ plo-bur

sudden, suddenly:

blo-chutf-zo?

: an absent- thy present faith is but just sprung up.

minded negligent person ; lazy.

^"iTS'" blo-giod-pa to rely on, con-
.fide in: ^^V9cl'cl^'5^qI (A. 11V).

Syn. SK^w'i yid-chcs-pa ; ^I'l blo-khel-
wa (Jlfnod.).

^|w blo-stobs 1. courage. 2. in W.
generosity, magnanimity. 3. fortitude.

comes all on
a sudden ; a guest.

blo-hbyofis-pa in 5flN'£j'«i Jfi]-q-
- (Bbrom. p, 32).
Sp*» »^ [1. the anus. 2. intelli-

,-q blo-mafi-tca, v. sf bio (3), one who
thinks many things at a time but does

bio-dogs sel-chcd for the very little. The Tib. proverb says :

purpose of removing one's doubts or
fears.

q | one who
wishes to do many things cannot fulfil

905

ft* I

any ; the work of one. who has many
plans is not accomplished.

gj'^'Q]*!*,7!^ blo-rtsa gsar-rned resuming
a question after much deliberation
(Tig. k.).

5}'fl|ic.' blo-gt8an = 3pr*£(*^ $es-rab-can a
wise and learned person.

gj'qsE.' Blo-bzan (noble-minded) is a
very common personal name throughout
Tibet and Mongolia, often sounded : Lob-
sang. Is a name which has been borne by
several of the Dalai Lamas and is attached
to the present ruler of Lhasa, sj'*W3pnrq
blo-bzan grags-pa Uflfiwftfn the name of
Tsongkhapa by which he is known all
over Tibet. gfq«.'Hj blo-bzan-po a name
of the son of Kamadeva the god of love
(Mnon.).

S'l"4!'*1 blo-zlog-pa to subtract, to draw
off, divert, dissuade from (Jd.).

dbyans an epithet of Manjus'rf, also of
Sarasvati (Mnon.).

5'P blo-yyo-wa

blo-yo-ica prob. sf'"]
a wavering weak mind :

whosoever is continually addicted to beer,
his mind becomes unsettled and his vacil-
lating mind has no religion (K. du. 9, 51).

grogs-po
mi-brtan-pa a fickle-minded friend (Nag.

t_>lo-bfas occurs in

*i (1%. k.).

, sems-gan-<;ar

as it occurs to one's mind, according to
one's own sweet will: irSJI^'^'^'S'M'^'
work which is foolish and suggested
according to one's wishes (I), fd. 7).

•*• j3V«r|q«-q bios
blo-rgya chun-wa extremely little-minded.
C^'*1 blon-wa^'^ or $*w*i<ii« sem$-
rmugs a dull person, thick-head, unintelli-
gent.
• ~^

blon Le-x.—^ advice, counsel:
q blon-hdebs-pa or ^9q«'ci hbebs-pa=
(^Wq to give advice, to counsel ;
to give religious instructions ; ace. to Cs.
to make arrangments.

rank:

lon-po
s a state-officer, generally of high

one of clear mode of expression and
cultured mind, learned in works of ethics
and political, economy, of polite language
and behaviour, should be the king's
officer. The concerns of a Wo»j»o-minister
are four according to the code of political
duties : f $' V3j-ajt^frq|<5-^ j |'5)-sq-§^-qgj;-
^.xwrlq*! religious services of tho
sacred images, attending to the domestic
affairs of the sovereign, state business,
and the welfare of subjects (D. gel. 14).
"T'ifr bkah-blon -wra! high Offioer of.
state, minister, particularly at the present
day the four ministers (laymen) who
with the Desi or Gyal-tshab form the privy-
council of the Dalai Lama of Lhasa;
|w«'Spi khritns-blon minister of justice,
officer of justice ; *wgfa chos-bhn (opp. to
*>V>'Sfr bdud-blon) an orthodox minister
jvho observes the religion of Buddha;
' spyi-blon chief officer; |^e,-q^'i)?jM-
'3 high officials whose duty it is to
look to political concerns, household
affairs, and the welfare of the subject;
Wfti dmag-blon military officer,
yul-bloit civil officer.

115

906

Syn. q-TVVie.1 bkah-dban; f«'|' gro$-
gyi-gnod; sfs^ blo-ldan; fjwS'F'S'ti khrinq-
kyi kJia-lo-pa; *^'^'^ mdun-na-hdun ;
K'^'Q sna-chen-po ; Vt¥r**l't| (fxfiK
hdsin-pa (4f«o».).

VT«i gbag-pa or VT** $>«</? v.
gbog-pa^'W 0o?-/>« covered:
skyon-gyi$-dbags covered: with fault,
guilty, implicated in crime (2Va</. 5J).

^Q.rfia/t 1. an expression of approval,
well done! jyv^VWVrlV'8^ you nave
done well! 2. a billow, wave. swfc'
dbah-blon or «i«w$w dbah-rlabf waves,
billows (4f»o»-)- V»i*'*S^ (**) ^""
n. of a large lake, «>«w§w|»< dbah-rlab*-
$kyet=§**''\'*'* chuhi-segs-nM sea-foam,
scum on water (Mnon.). ^V^W^N dbah-
rlabs c«n-»»« = ^cw'$ hbab-ch>i a hill-torrent,
a rapid mountian stream (Mnon.).

Syn. 9'f^' rba-Mofi ; $S-«nyw chuhi-rba-
rlabs ; «\W| dbah-$kya whitish waves ; S'l1*
$q dbah-tshub (Mnon.). '

^qi'§'fl|'ifll« Dbah'khri-gzigs the first
Tibetan who entered monastic life by
renouncing the world when the order of
Bbikfihu was introduced into Tibet under
king I'SjVlvki Khri-sron Idehu-btsan (So-
ng. 117).

' dtcan, occasionally S«K-'^ dwan-
TW 1. power, ability, capability;
position of power: S«R'S*l'^'a|-qI5S b.e
granted great powers to the priest-hood ;
n^^qe.-*^ bsdad-dwan-med it is not in my
power to stay; if'VS'"^''1* not being
able to wait; w«^i»S^ or ^^*'»^-w
involuntarily; VK*KftiSfH&*^11fl{ti to
cause one involuntarily to weep ; S^'
it^-^^n'q dwan-med-du, hchol-ica to make
a person powerless, ^9t'^'*Svq to get into

another's power, to be overpowered ;
§*'« became subjected ; t\qc-'^'|S'c' to bring
under one's power. Ten mystic powers
of Bodhisattwas : *nrv>e/q ^fTg^frm •
power over the length of one's own life ;
?)*wai'^qc.pq f^fj^fsnn power at one's own
pleasure to enter into any meditation ;
^ IS'1" qfl*< ^rf»<?T to shower down pro-
visions for the support of creatures;
am'iar^qe.- ^HufyfU to mitigate their punish-
ments for sins ; fcwr^PCfl ^fg^fw-
gtwn to change one object into another
according to pleasure; ^'l'1* gki/e-tca-la
sjqrff% tjfiidr to effect one's own rebirth
into the external world, without danger of
being infected by its sin ; jfrwr V^ s/«o«-
1/nti-la dicaii-wa sij%gr«r 3f*5?Tt to see every
• prayer for the welfare of others fulfilled ;
fugurm^qt-q rdm-hphrul-la wft^fiiaT to
exhibit wonderful feats for bringing about
the conversion of others (into Buddhism) ;
a) ^«'o|-^qc.'q ^T^f'iaT to understand all
writings, on religion ; ^'"i g^n^fsjar to
convey the publication of religion to all
creatures at the same time and in every
language (K. d. *, 170) and (K. d. *, 51).
^•^c,'i»mc,-q5'^qc.'q$j1N'q to convey to one the
power of jf*-qwv«w or Amitabha, namely,
consecration ; which is of four kinds : — (1)
£j*»-ciS-^qf consecration by the religious of
the pot of life; (2) flj»)c.'q5'^qi;' mystical
consecration ; (3) -?|*r*q 3)'-?|*ri^qc.' conse-
cration by divine knowledge ; (4) 3><J|'5)'^qs.'
consecration by holy words or expres-
sions.

dwan-bskur-wa, v. §*'*] skwr-wa
to consecrate, anoint with
royalty, &c.

«^-3|N dwan-gis postp. : by, by dint
of, by means of, in virtue of, in conse-
quence of, e.g., «W'3 of former actions

907

^'3|*j from or in consequence of
pride.

Dwan-bskur-ri also called VF
^ Dgah-ldan dwan bskur-ri a hill
east of Lhasa so styled because king Sron-
btsan ggam-po was consecrated with water
obtained therefrom (Lon. *•, 5).

^qc/pw^i^-ci dwan-kham
khu-wa the semen virile (Mnon.).

^qs.'<r|aT3 dican-gi rgyal-po = $'
yid-bshin nor-po f^frw!% the fabulous
wishing gem (Yig. k. 62).

«\qc.'tffl|wi 'qS'S'flj dwan-sgo g.sal-wahi cho-
ga the rites or religious observances for
making an object or person fit to be
consecrated or ordained ; V»'3pi dwan-gral
the row of those that are ordained or con-
secrated (Jd.).

dwan-snon ^ssffa the sapphire.
dwan-chen T$*% met. running-
water ; also the god of water, also Indra ;
an epithet of Paracu-Bama (Mnon.).
^K'i^f^ dwan-chen-ge-khod a Bon deity .
opp. to 9"l'^'^'l phyag-na rdo-rje Vajra-
pani of the Buddhists, ^qc-'^^'^c.' dwan-
chen-gron = ^cf^ hbab-chu cataract or hill-
stream (Mnon). ^qt-'S^'^'ci dwan-chen ran-
pa-st^faift gged-nag (Bon), ^qc.'^^^ dwan-
chen-sde n. of a legendary king said to
have been Buddha in one of his previous
existences (Pag. 300). ^qc/S^1*! dican-chen-
ma an epithet of the queen of Indra

j-*if -X^ q the great ocean (Mnon.).

^qc.'15'q^ dwan-rta-brgyad= ^""H'^J^ rta~
mchog-brgyad the eight miraculous horses
near Lake Mapham seen in a vision by
the son of Emperor Chehu Wang who first
dreamt of the birth of Buddha in a realm
to the west (Lon. *, 2).

'g' dwan-rten-lna the five organs
of power : — ^i'«p5'|^ nam-rnkfiahi-rten
the heart ; 5B-''|'^ rlun-gi-rten the lungs ;
*>5'|^ mehi-rten liver ; $5'^ chiihi-rten the
bladder ; *r«l'^ sa-yi-rten the spleen
(D.B.).

^qE.-qe.- dwan-than 1. might,=»iww
mnah-than. 2. *rnr, Hnu, luck, destiny,
fate, the destiny of any creature conse-
quent on former actions, ^qc/^'^'q may
imply : having no particular destiny (Ja.) ;
^qc.-sje,-&-q=^«rq-S ?T^T*tT»r, wtmm [great
fortune] 8.

^qc.-3Vq dwan-thob-pd to get power, to
be powerful: •f!1iR^Tp^*ji|*1*f^r^*''1
Ifq-q's-'il^X (K. du. «N, 261) if you appoint
Sman-cfien-po the son of S'an-po he will
rise to great power.

"^ ^ l*^ q dwan-du-gyur-wa to be subser-
vient to, to be obedient teoeijfir'&ffWQ
bsgo-wa-bshin nan-pa to listen to or act as
directed or ordered; Ve-'^'§^'{i dwan-du
gyur-pa <\W\i\<\: subdued, brought or
' come under one's power (A. K).

V^'I'V dwan-du byed-pa=^^^»
(Mnon.).

^qc,-^-^-^ dwan-du gor-na used as postp.
c. genit. = with respect to, as regards, in
reference to, as concerning ; S*^'V"t'Ji id.

«^qc.-^w Dwan-hdus n. of a district in
Tsang; V^V^' Dwan-hdus-Edson n.
of the fort of that place (Rtsii.).

*fP~'$>^ divan-ldan 1. mighty, powerful.

2. a king sprung from the patriarch king
of Tibet Ye-smon rgyal-po (J. Zan.).

3. a village in Tsang famous for carpet
manufacture. 4. sym. fig. : eleven (Ya-sel.

54).

dwan-ldan-gyi phyogs or
the north-east quarter.

908

sense.

\~n dtcafi-ldan-ma a kind of presen-
tation scarf (S. kar. 179).

«,qc -3^ -frfy dican-ldan me-tog n. of a
flower and also that of a world of Bon
mythology (0. Bon.).. yv>'%*t'itlfa'it'$*;*\vm
dican-ldan me-tog me^hod-^nal a fancied
world believed to exist to the west of this
world (0. Bon.).

^qC H I : dtcan-po *^f powerful, the
mighty one, a ruler, lord or sovereign,
esp. divine rulers and Indra. j|Jcq5'^qe.'q

the supreme Jina or conqueror ;
^qe.'Q q«iW the highest or the
greatest of the sages, ^qs.'55'^u dwan-
pohi tfgra the Asura — the enemies of
Indra (Mnon.).

_ -**

II : 1. Tf^l the organs of
L-QSRwciflft* dban-pohi rim-pa-
gsum (.fiuiVtiMitiT are : (1) ^v-'S'ji'Zi dfyin-
po rtul-po «eft1^pj [dull sense-organs] S.
(2) ^q«.'5'^s.-5 dban-po hbrin-po »W*ffvi
[sense-organs of middle power]S. (3) Vs-'
«5'^'«5 dban-po rnon-po «^^^f«*i| [sharp
sense-organs]S. «;qe. 5'g dban-po-ina the five
organs of sense: *H mig eyes, ^'1 rna-wa ears,
1[ pta nose, 9" /«* body, and f Ice tongue ;
also v^'^S'jfg dtcan-pohi fgo-lna five imma-
terial transcendental senses of Buddha
which are in unison with his five powers
or f*wg' ftobt-lna. In natural -philosophy
six organs of sense frq. are mentioned,
»H^ being added as the sixth ; medical
writings also treat of S*.'3'S$ diran-po-
dgu or Sq^'Q'ij'^l dtcan-po tgo-nag, v. 9'1
bu-ga. 2. the male genitals =5 5*1*1 pho-
rtags (Mnon.). 3. intellectual powers:
^•Qift'B dican-po rnon-po of acute intel-
lect, ^qc-Z5'5«r5 dican-po rtul-po of dull
intellect ; <i«Jc.'3'^»»« dtcan-po-nam$ the senses
are weakened, become dull (Med.) ; «^q«.-5-

dtcan-po gso-ica to gladden, strengthen,
revive, the senses (Mil.). <,qe.-cjS-ojai dvan-
pohi-yul=^^ mnon-sum ssra the sphere
of cognition; anything of the senses,
evident or clearly perceived.

^qt-Sfqij-q dican-po bkra*ca=Tffc£t^ go-
pdub-bd n. of a medicine (Mnon.).

V*'5;g- dican-po-ltia:- (1) the faculty of
faith («\V«S-VK-25-*wfiw);. (2) the faculty
of assiduity ("F«i;«»3»)-3-sie. 5 ^$ftf5) ; (3)
the faculty of memory (^•flr^qe.-g qraVf%g ) ;
(4) the faculty of concentration for contem-
plation (fc-e^BVI-VK-g «mnflfcq) ; (5) the
faculty of knowledge or learning (•*)« '*q '^

.'5 p-rob-kyi dwan-po SfT^q) (K. d. «,

dican-po nam$-pa l. = old,
decrepit. Syn. <rt'« rgan-pa; *«"« rjra«-
.P*; ^-z" rgad-po (Mnon.). 2. |»i « <*g« gs-'q
tkyef-pa hbrut phyun-wa one devoid of the
procreative power.

S«.'5-j«rq diean-po thul-wa tnTOHf%?i one
who has brought his passions under his
control, a Rishi, an ascetic (Mnon.).

<;qs. -Hj3 -<ifi*i dtcan-pohi gnat female geni-
tals (Mam.).

^qc.-Q3vQ dtcan-po-po byed-po symb.
fig. : 12 (Fa^ie/. 54).

S^'Ss dican-khrid a manuscript letter
of charms: ^^^VWTMf'^'iV^ (Fi^. *.).

«^«-55-«wj-q dwan-pohi lag-pa (lit. Indra 's
arm) a plant the viscid aromatic root of
which resembles the human arm in shape.

^qc.-gS"3e.-qa( dtcan-poht-^in-bal as met. =
the rainbow or the colours of the rainbow
(Mton.}.

^oe.-i5a'^«a( dtcan-pohi-g&al a lamp, a
light (fag).

^qs.-Zfc-R|j dican*por-hgro = **(*& " semen
virile, seed.

909

^'l"! dican-phyug

: adj. mighty, ^^^i^^-^ dican-
phyuy is he who is greater than the rest.
ACP. tp Buddhist mythology there are two
VK.'|«1 dican-phyug (Is'vara) the greater
one the lord of the world is called V^'IT
^'3 dwan-phyug-chen-po (Mahes'vara) and
resides on the top of mount Kailas, the
lesser one guards the eastern quarter. The
several names of Dwdn-phyug are :
|-q gtsug-na-bla-u-a ; *>
dbyig-ldan ; ^^' bde-hbyun ;
gyi-lha; %«?*'°f\*\ phyugs-bdag ; f^f-
mdun-thogs ; I"*!'}*''** rtse-g.sMm-can ;
U'«^ nam-mkhahi skra-can ; i^T^ gan-gd-
hdsin; f=.'"1^J»''»«l>'|s\ gron-ffsummthar-byed;
| srid-pa-hjig ; S'^'B'P wi'-yi khu-wa ;
dran-pahi-dgra; «pK'«5^« gsaJt-
«A« 'bla-ma; §VS=-'^ srid-srun-hdsin ;
'«Xfl|-j«i-»)^ khyu-mchog rgyal-mtshan • *§=.'
hbyun-pohi-mgon ;
gos-can; ^'ISS'^I mi-bzad-mig ;
rngul-nag-mgrin • %'%'**[ khro-bo-can
dpal-mgrin; *\$W\yi gtsug-phud-
rgyal ; «*^^*K.' mtsMn-hchan • ^tt^-ti
hbyun-pohi dwan-po; wtKlf^ mgrin-snon;
<fi\'»'^'^ drag-po lha-ehen (Mnon.). The
eight attributes of ^•$<T^'<3 are:— g
pAra, ' *"=•' j«itf, ^''''S'2' rab-thob, *w^ m4-
Arforf, w*^*1 mchod-hos, ^'%*\ dwan-
phyug, S*'^'0!^ dwan-du-bsgyur, e&ftf®*
^l^ hdod-dgur-bsgyur.

^qe.-^o|-a dwan-phyug-pa opulent, rich,
wealthy.

Syn. l"!'3^ phyug-ehen; *$*%*\ hbyor-
Idan • w^'S^'I'l sa-yt divan-phyug

[disobedient, out of power
or control] &

V^'ll 6!ran-#s/w<=l\tlc-'='^'q19 dwan-pohi-
g.shu the rainbow : ^N^'^'tB?'*''^^^1

F«>. A. 60).

dwan-yod force, violence (in
Sikk.) ^E.'^'V!*! dican-yod-kyis by force.
dwan-yod-b$ed violence: <S£ic''
^ to carry away by force or
violence (F«#. A.). 'S^Y^-jl^i rfw-'an-
yod bfed-khyer-wa to take money by force,
to levy blackmail.

ffK.-my divan-lag ^'Sf^r n. of a medici-
nal root resembling the human hand in
shape : •^•^fW^'^W^'rt (§&*»'•)•

^qt-g*i-?i dwan-sras-mo an epithet of the
goddess Dolma (Mnon.).

^qq-y fut. of 'tfW') ^rran,
[devotedness]^.

r=fK bar between

f^ a ^°°^ (to ^e place^)
between every two monks, e.g., when a
number of monks read together every two
of them take leaves from one book placed
before them (Rtsii.).

dical I: 1. %?J pinnacle, spire:
tongue of flame [top, summit,
point, e.g., of a *i&^ (Glr.) ; the point,
or the grooves of the qpi or exorcising
dagger] Ja. 2. = ^9«« fa-nams,
mehi-drod.

II: for

ae wife of Mahadeva, an
epithet of the goddess Durga.

[lordship]«.

in Amdo dialect

'5'S^'9 Dwal-gyi khro-b_o chen-po
n. of a Bon god (.D..R.).

^qai-g-»)^c.-|-«^ Dwal-po Mdun-rtse-can
another Bon god (D.B.). •

«^wq dwal-wa prob. fut. of
hbal-wa.

910

n'&n dwal-tsha-wa this word is used to
signify sharpness, brightness; and also
spiritedness in a horse, etc. : *>'|''
3fo-8-VW*q-j*^ (Khrid. 3$
dwal-gsar-pa id.

^qm «q»w Dwal-psas an epithet of Padma
Heruka of the Bon pantheon who has nine
heads and eighteen arms, swiw^'w
dwal-psat me-hbar=if\'*'Ti;*'ut Pad-ma ki-la-
ya n. of a Bon deity. v«-«ipwa-w dtcal-
gsasme-hbar a Bon deity =<KT'»iu' Pad.-
HM ki-la-ya (D.B.).

dicu resp. for *»f the head; also,=
the beginning, commencement;
crown or royal cap. a-w^^-
^^•^•^•q^^ai'^WQi^qiw saying that there
were many present who were superhuman,
he entirely covered his head with his
clothes (A. 87). «\5'*^ in an assembly
of priests he who first begins to recite the
sacred names of Buddha, &c., so that others
may follow him, is called VJ'«*S dwu-mdsad
(in colloq. wndse or omdsc). Hence the
leader of any craft or performance is called
«^'*iS, which now forms a complimentary
title of address for master-carpenters,
tailors, painters, smiths, weavers, etc., simi-
lar to the Hindustani title sirdar. ^9'«^'i
dicu-rndsad-pa to be the head, the principal
person, anywhere.

9'^X'P dwu-skor-tca, resp. of ^\ '%*> mgo-
to cheat, deceive.

dicu-skra resp. for 5J the hair of the

head.

+ «>918^-I» dwu-skra li-wa^y^w
hair that has been well arranged, not in
disorder.

SS'iS* dwu-bgyis=v\$'c>§v fftso-bgyif the
chief or leading things ; the principal

possessions. ^JWS*TwW<|*|n|»"l (A.
126) all the principal possessions of the
Dharma Rajas, uncle and nephew. §|'»r8|'
^fqiirttfcVNVVfeirf-pf! all the chief
things, men and properties of the Lama,
were fully exhausted (A. 128).

SS'f^ dwu-rgyan ^j^\z, f^ffftz, flTfa orna-
ment of the head, diadem, tiara.

Syn. "lC"I'5^ gisug-rgyan; "iCT'T^i 3'*
gi'Sug-gi rin-po-chc ; "iCT'T^'S gtsug-gi nor-
bu ; 8'55'g^ $pyi-bohi-rgyan ; ^V^ cod-pan ;
3T9 phog-shu ; t"3^ rtse-phran ; wf'

dtcu-rdas a pillow, ^'g^'gai dicii-
Snas-$brel remaining together of a teacher

and his pupil: faTfvfVi'WPI'l*!1
Wfy •«r^-2i then for twelve years the
teacher and his pupil remaining together
worked for the Mahayana (A. k8). The
expression g«'gr-< $fias-sbrel implies the
remaining of husband and wife together
in one place at night.

*\9'«^ dwu-can a letter furnished with
a head or head-line at the top (called
mdtrd in Sanskrit) ; hence the name of the
Tibetan printing character yi-ge dicu-cau.

S9'^ dwu-chen head man, chief crafts-
man ; also high officer.

•*« dtcu-chos or ^S'"^ title for the
chief instructor in a monastery who begins
every religious service and is the chief
discipline:1 : ^g'X«r«r$(arRWfl|&| one share
more for the

S'l dmi-rje reverence, reverend, title of
lamas (Jd.).

^S^V dwu-rned-pa the beginning, a
commencement ; also : to be commenced.

%

*\9'?1*'f f* dwu-snags rgyab-pa obstinate
assertion, persistent application (Yig. k.).

911

-q dicu-bsnun bshes-pa or
-q resp. to swear by one's head.
dvm-mnah fahes-pa^W^VI
mnah-skyel-iva or '^l*''11 to swear (Mnon.).

^'"S^'i5^ dwu-mthun drun-du the resp.
form of qw%e.'^ shabs-drun-du in the
superscription of letters to high lamas.

^'"i5 dieu-pan abbr. form of SS'^p'*^'
tfif-' dwu-shwa pan-chen rna-rin the tall
conical cap worn by the lamas during a
solemn religious service, said to have been
introduced from the Pandit Yihara of
Chittagong in East Bengal about 900.
A.D. (Yig. 118}.

^3 9s- dwu-phren = $*'§! ' q chuhi-lbu-wa
bubbles on water (Mnon.).

dbu-hphans or S9'*T"I a helmet.

dbw-wa=WQ icu-wa ^1 foam,
froth ; ^'^ frothy; ^g-q-qs^rq ^crfrpu^f;
["a mass of foam," an empty idea]&
•ft'^l^ ^Tsrfw it froths. ^5'1'^ dwu-
wa-rdos (1) bubbles of water; (2) hard
breathing.

S9'** dwu-ma 1. the principal or cen-
tral artery of the body. 2. the middle
course or doctrine, which endeavours to
avoid the two extremes of total annihila-
tion and immortality, also l&W''3w, the
Madhyamika doctrine; S9'*'" an adhe-
rent of the middle-course doctrine (Sch.) ;
^g-srjgc.'q1 dtcu-ma mafi-wa n. of a work
on Madhyamika philosophy; ^g'W^j'51
I5'|e.-q dieu-ma rin-po-cheM phren-wa a
work on the Madhyamika philosophy
by Nagarjuna (A. 66). W^^ dwn-mahi
Ita-wa the Madhyamika Dars'ana of the
Buddhists : ^g-*A^-q-q|JN-q^c.- he meditated
on the middle path doctrine (A. 51).

^9'*^ dicu-med the running hand used
letters, the headless character.

SS'I" diou-rtse the top or pinnacle of a
temple or monastery. *&'t"'9=.' Dwu-rtse-
than seems to be : the courtyard of the
great monastery of Sam-ye in front of
the grand temple of Buddha: S^q'^'
ei'^9't"^'^*'ql^ql*''{W' he saw the image of
the Maha Bodhi from the central court
yard (A. 91).

^S'^'*1 dwu-yu-ma male yak and yak-cow
devoid of horns : ^f •SJf»W'Wa|4^rsH | ^9'»J'
wir4X'flj|ifq (Tig. k).

*&'5 Dwu-ru or ^S^'5 Dwus-ru the district

about so much regarding the mountain
chains situated between the districts of
U-ru and Yu-ru (A. 47).

S9^ dwug a cavern ; a hole, cavity
(Mnon.).

dwugs breath; also may =3^'
rlun magic air or wind : 5J'TOql*<'i'£' srog-
dwugs rgyu-wa the moving of the life-wind.
(Rtsii.) ; ^e.'^91« the wind or air that
moves the bowels and moves in the veins.
Most commonly = respiratory breath,
respiration: Wprevr^C^to1* dwugs r nub-
pa dan hbyin-pa to respire, to inhale and
exhale breath ; jAf'WW^-^ppnl^ to
take away the breath of all beings ; ^91«'
1=-' short breath; ^WgX'1! or n|fE,«-ci
shortness of breath, asthma, as a complaint
of old age (Thgy.) ; ^"F^'^'lY" dwugs
Iheb-lheb byed-pa to pant for breath ( Jti.) ;
^wj-a-lw^jc.-*"; as quickly as possible,
i.e., within the fraction of a breath, not
delaying even for the time required to
draw a breath (Yig. 18). *^ql*i's<\ dtmgs-
chad stopping of the breath, losing breath ;
^gops'sto'^"! dwugs theb-rel in one breath
(Sch.); ^9"I«'^ friw [confidence] S;
[taking breath]^.

912

dwug$-hbyin-bdag an epi-
thet of the god of wind (Mnon.).

S9"|*< ^VJf"! dicugs-tned-srog as met. an
egg, which is believed to have life but
has not the power of breathing (Main.).

^y* smwj the middle

•f
(5. Lex.).

fault-pa, v. igwo hbubs-pa.

head, at first: &i|»r«$*-aw£i tshogs-dbur
pfiebs-pa to preside at an assembly
(generally of prieste). "SS^'fS rfuw-j/oafe
dwus-ru-stod upper 0:

«!, -4

dicur-wa [also 4*'q hur-tca or
yur-pa to smooth, Jfo'9 $og-bu paper,
rnj woollen stuff, "M1" gfrz/ a pavement]

Jd.

t- of

ace. to

(Rdo.

poor, indigent (A. K. 51-7 v.). S9«i '3 °wr
, ft-' dtcul-po lag-tfofi 1. a poor man whose
purse is empty. 2. n. of a (« '^"1 w-bd«y)
monster.

dmil-ica 1. fut. of igi'i. 2.
adj. poor, indigent; also, sbst. poverty,
want, penury, ^garq ita'fl dicul-tra wl-tca to
relieve want (Olr.) • ^q«rZie.»i dicul-phons
poor, a poor man, pauper ; poverty.

e middle,

the centre. Is, particularly, the name
given to the central province • of Tibet
wherein Lhasa the capital is situated,
being known colloquially as tJ. ^9*i'*§*
dwus-hgyur seems to be another name for

this province or for the city of Lhasa
itself ; «&**'$ 3»J signifies one bom either

in Magadha or else in Lhasa; S5«'S(S
dwus-skad the polished speech of Lhasa,
Samye, and Tarlung ; sg^'")^, sounded
ff-Tsang, indicates the two provinces of
those names conjointly.

S3«'3 dmts-kyu a kind of pastry (cake)
made of the flour of the millet called
3^"*9 rgya-ra-hl/rn with milk and sugar
and butter.

^9«<'$ Dims-chu the river of Central Tibet
called 3Y$ Skyid-chu on which Lhasa is
situated ; it • falls into the great Yeru
Tsangpo.

. = w»i *n*m the central. 2.
the central dancer ; S9*<-*)'£J »nwif%ai«
the central one, one of. the Madhyamika
school of the Buddhists.

S9»i'*|fo'5'^ Qwui-ptsafl ru-bxhi (ace. to
Loft. *, 4), a name of Tibet proper which
comprises the two divisions of "\9»i Diem,
via. : — the valley of the tiki/id chit called
Dicu-ru Skyid-fod and Gya$-ru Nam-$od,
i.e., Lho-kha ; and the two divisions of
Tsang : — Qtsan-ru lag-$an hgycd and Q;/c-ni
-gs/tHn the valley of Nyang.
dwu$-sho= one ounce of silver or
20 <N se-wa (Bfsii.).

Sfl3\ dwen 1. %%, JT?^ difference, dis-
union : ^*^T^1 ^^H?* one who causes
dissension among the members of the
congregation. But most frq. 2. ^,
X* : solitary, lonely ; separate, separated ;
secret: S^'F6-' diwn-khan retreat, lonely
abode, herraitpge ; ^•*5'£' dwcn-hgro-wa =
W*S'*^VW* a voluptuous woman who
lives alone (Mnon.) • ^'"I^ secret or con-'
ftdential talk ; «£* "I^i*
[secret place or event]6'.

913

^•q dwen-pa 1. a solitary place, retire-
ment ; abst. n. solitude, loneliness ; in Tibet
solitudes of mountains are generally
implied. 2. ft3f* one who being disgusted
with the miseries of a worldly life has
retired into solitude. ^-<r*^ f%%fw one
who lives in a solitary place, a hermit,
recluse; solitude, loneliness. ^'«r*^ in
this solitude ; ^'W^lj'i dwen-par hgro-wa
go into solitude; ^'tiS'flflVW dwen-pahi
gnas-sa solitary place, esp. recluse's oell ;
^•qfl^-Zj- qj<v5'« earth got from the
eight great hermitages, sacred places of
pilgrimage in India; $e.-Z}'d^q $nirl-po
'c> snid-po-dwen-pa (Jd.).

Dwor n. of a place in Tibet
a native of Dwor (Lofi. *, 18).

dwo the eleventh constellation or
lunar mansion called TJttaraphalguni.
«^-|-q the llth month of the Tibetan
calendar corresponding to Hi^y-i of the
Hindus (S. Lex.). «^'$-yq the" full moon
of the llth month.

Syn. |'S phyi-mo ;
lha-ldan-ma (Mnon).

-w ni-mahi

dwo-wa, v. tff-q hlo-wa.

'^ dwon-po (pr. ompo or ombo)
nephew of a lama or a chief of Tibet ;
in the case of an abbot or lama of a
monastery the <^'3 is from his brother's
side and is generally appointed to super-
vise the monastery ; hence the supervisor
of a monastery is generally styled ^'Sl
dwon-po. 2. «T* grandson; ^a\'jp» id.
«^-w grand-daughter ; *ta-«^ ancestor and
grand-child (Qlr.) ; 3. a certain sect of
lamas, clad in red, shorn, and married.
4. a lama skilled in astrology, who for
instance, when a person dies, performs
those ceremonies that serve to avert harm
from the survivors (<72.).'

dtcol-waor f s-'^'q rdsiA-dal-wa
to draw up water from a tank.

dbyafis 1. a vowel, «&E-*<'$<>! id.,
3IK, »ft:, Tjt^ ; ^S^'g the five vowels are :
« a, ® i, <3 M, »> e, & o, (Situ. 59). ««w
^' i^f , ^l^<4^ [an indicatory letter or
syllable which is often elided but which
marks some peculiarity in the inflection
of the word to which it is attached]£.
2. a metrical rhyme, melodious song,
tune, melody. t\Sc-*'fqI" dbyafig-$grog$ as
met.=a fly, a bee (Mfon.). *&.w$$i
dbyafis-hthen-pa in singing to keep time ;
^S^'Sf^'i a songstress with musical voice.

^g,E.»r«^'*i dbyafts-can-ma «<.«g«ft tiie god-
dess of learning of both the Hindus and
the Buddhists ; her different names : —
*6.»rq3'g«-# tshafis-pahi sras-mo ; "te^'^'*
dbyafi$-ldan-ma ; J'^S^*1'^'^ sgra-dbyafi?-
Iha-mo ; H'^ fmra-lha-mo ; J'*(*5-^-S rgya-
mtshohi lha-mo; «*'^'« mtsho-ldan-ma ;
|-q5 ge.'S zla-wahi srifi-mo ; -^'%'S ger-lha-
mo; E.fli^qE.'^'S ftag-dwaft lha-mo ; %'§'i$*.
Wo-yi-gier; Ifrfcx&fKlFt* (V^on.).

^iS^*1'?^ dbyads-siian ^?ft, F^^ the
cuckoo ; the divine singer or songstress ;
Gandharva.

Syn. R'§"1 khu-byug; ^'^^ lha-yi
fflu-mkhan ; \> dri-za (Mfion.).

(Mnon.).

^§1^ dbyar also '^^ dbyar-ka or
the short summer of Tibet; "\S*'^* summer
season ; W^'*!5^ without distinction
of summer and winter, «.e., at all times.
Wl" dbyar-§kye$ 'summer born'; *\S*<'
f5-' dtyar-khafi the residence of Buddhist

116

914

nuns. S3^'*^ dbyar-char summer-rain.
t\gv|'g'fl|Ne.' dbyar-gyi rna-gsan = a$ met.
thunder : ^|-£i$$-ig*w!hs^3^<1^^'|1^
thousand drums of thunder proclaiming
the religion of the ten virtues (Tig.
k. 59). ^9^'§'^1'i dbyar-gyi thig-pa drops
of summer, i.e., rain (Yig. k. 13). W|*i
dbyar-ston (Si^'S'f^'*') the summer festivals
or entertainments (Rtsii).

Wfi* dbyar-gnas 1. ^rfl* summer-
residence in religious confinement. 2. the
solitary summer-fasting of the monks ;
S3Vi|3i*r«|*fgin<-ci *nrrf<fa one who has
not kept up the summer vows or lent.
"S9V*pj«rw9*i»r<i fis^rfl^; id. (S. Lex.).

Wi dbyar-pa 1. the word is sometimes
incorrectly used for "|"«'q gyar-pa to bor-
row. 2. poplar, various kinds of which
are found in Tibet. It is cultivated in
Tsang and U, but grows wild in Yarlung.

<\Svq dbyar^wa=-*^'^» «*re the month
of April-May.

WS'Si^S dbyar-rtsa dbyun-hbu (lit.
like grass in summer but worm-like in
winter) a kind of grass which grows abun-
dantly in Tibet, particularly in Kham.
Its root is believed to be a good medi-
cine for diseases of the bladder, and is
dug up in the month of November for use.
In December the root contracts until it
looks like a kind of worm.

May-June.

dbyar-psum fat^if the three
months during which Buddhist monks
remain confined for religious contempla-
tion (S. Lex.).

dbyi (pronounced yi) the golden
lynx. There are differentiated by natives
three species of lynx in Tibet : — (1) ^3^*1*
dbyi-dkar or ^'^3 duti-dbyi the white lynx ;

(2) W"! dbyi-nag or ?"1«^3 leags-dbyi the
black or iron-coloured lynx.; (3) '(s^av
dbyi-dnuir or K.TSS zans-dbyi the red or
copper-coloured lynx. ^I'ill*' skin of lynx
(Rtsii.). ^S'S dbyi-mo the female of this
animal ; *\3'|1 dbyi-phnig a young lynx ;
lair of the lynx. iRjS aj*»-*^'<\c. [ ^-q«v
-' a robe of white lynx with clasps
of turquoise (G. Hon.).

dbyi-gu ?& a small stick, of

* dbyi-wa to rub or wipe out any
letter, figure, or mark immediately after it
has been written ; also in gen., to blot out,
to efface.

or

^ ; more esp. a precious stone of liver
colour. ^^31 nor dbyig wealth (Dzl.) ;
f,3«q-«c.- dbyig-man much wealth; ^SI'JlS
poor.

SS1'5|'B'«» dbyig-gi khu-ba a name of
river Sita (Mnon.) ; ^Iflj'fyw^w an
epithet of Vaicravana (Mnon.) • ^3"I'|'ti one
of the names of the Kailas mountain
'!^ Gads-ti-se (Mnon.).

4by>ff-ff» tW hiccough.

dbyig-ldan sj^ an epithet of
Mahes'vara (Mnon.).

^ll'i dbyig-pa %i& a walking staff,
a wand or stick =S|"I'C' dbyug-pa. *&!'$
? to cut a stick.

'9 dbyig-pu \_Sch. 'implement for
cleaning, scouring, polishing '] Jd.

S91'») dbyig-nm an epithet of the god-
dess Grauri (Mnon).

space, expanse;
sphere, more especially indefinite mystic
spheres or regions as well as the celestial

915

sphere or space ; also that which is massed
in indefinite compass: «\|=.*>'g in space,
en masse; «\|^'f=.' dbyings $tofi empty
space ; wX,§^|c.*r*}'lk'q bar-dohi dbyins-su
Idin-wa floating in the region of the
bardo; i^'^'^^^f^^^tn-^'n con-
sciousness itself having indicated the
sphere (or extent) of the dootrine praised ;
^•q-^-»4^ qS-^Js-g in the region where
nothing of the Skandha is left remain-
ing (Sch.). Ace. to Bon there are eight
dbyins or spaces : — (
(2) RS*r<waii<»jf|c,-3|^gc.*q (3) p-4

SS^ I (4) V"T§'*>'Vcr

(5) Xfl'tr

(8)
(B. Nam).

^ dbyin-pa or ^'Iv to incite,
instigate, set on.

dbyibs 1.

shape, figure, form : S'^lw^ bird-shaped ;
shaped like a cart; |«'«i5-
.-q to learn the nature (of
plants) from the shape in which they
grow (Jd.). 2. symmetrical dimensions;
S3£'*''l''IIlql^ 'i'ST'T ^r [orderly or sym-
metrical shape] 8. «\a«W'«as ^nfsi5i sym-
metrical ; ssww&i pretty shape, pretty
looking, nice; ^a«w$«pi dbyibs-legs of
good shape, handsome figure. ^3£i*''9 or
Ste^g ^^<tli«< [situation] S.

*\8 3 1 a dbyu-gu-zla-wa the ninth month
of the Tibetan kalendar (called also '^'iSCS'
|-q). |«^^K-V^^|^ I^qX-qjS'ai at
Nye-thang in the wooden-horse year on
the eighteenth day of the ninth month ;

commencng
from the first of the ninth month of the
horse-year (A. 157) ; ^il'^'X* dbyug-guhi-

fs/ies the 18th of the 9th month of the
Tibetan calendar (A. 156).

SST^^W** !• ^fc ^® a stick,
cudgel, staff : ^gT?'^ dbyug-to-can wield-
ing a stick ; 'il'T'l'gq'i to beat with a stick.

2. = *Yi 3[<s punishment. 3. $'*^ a divi-
sion of time of about 20 minutes, also a
fraction or proportionate part of weights
or measures. 4. vb. with pf. ^|ip< dbyugs
to swing, brandish ; to throw, cast, fling
(Jd.) ; «$irwnf <J|-q to throw away ; «^i|-

to swing to and fro. iQif^ sling W.
dbyug-pa-can 1. trfim one
carrying a stick in his hand. 2. an
epithet of i!%i'3'»rq, the lord of death.

3. °y»i3'«ij*f«; an attendant of the sun
(Mnon.).

5Sql'w'^'^ dbyug-pahi rna-can as met .
= an ox or bull (Mnon.).

^i"l'^ dbyug-hdsin ^r^; epithet of
Vishnu.

S^'^ dbyun-pa f^TK (a form of ".1<T«
Rdo. 46) to turn out, banish, expel.
Generally speaking should be considered
fut. of fwi hbyin-pa. l^i^" to turn
out; ifi*r<^^gc/q to banish or remove from
a place, particularly to deport from a
monastery.

^iS'2' dbye-wa (ace. to Rdo. 46,
prest. of ^phye-wd) l. = *r*k- ^l^g^'q to
make distinction, to differentiate ; I\S^'S*'':'
anything made distinct or classified. Ace.
to Jd. fut. of and in C. secondary form of
^§\i hbyed-pa. 2. sbst. distinction, distinc-
tive feature ; also kind, class, species : °to]*r
HJ'^SWfWH the distinction between
good and evil cleared or explained.
dbye-ysal clear distinction. 3. = ^
plain, expanse, extent: *\|'^=s«;'^ in
extent.

916

«;§ q3'9 Dbye-wahi-bu ^53 an epithet
of the planet Saturn.

^3'i$s;«i|e.-q* dbye-lun gall-bar one of the
thirty-seven sacred places of Bon pilgrim-
age (G. Son. 38) (Mfion.).

Sl^'CI dbyen-pa=*R'*\, ^l*iK difference,
dissension, discord, schism. Vt'^^'3'^3^
I'SS'i to create discord; •\3ai^3*\'£| dbyen
hbyed_-pa to make a difference, to discrimi-
nate (Jo.) ; ^'3^ dbyen-byed ("ft'WP-'
ajq-^qj-g^-q^ ^ga^qgw*^'^ dhijcn-bsdninx

mchod-rten n. of a ohorten.

SS^'^V d.byer-med or «\3^-SS'q dbyer
mi-phyed-pa VfiKH, ftftHfa inseparable,
not to be distinguished.

I tfbyeg magnitude, size, dimensions :
N dbyeg-che-wa = uiw yafis-pa or J^'i
nf wide, spacious, broad : W 'Q^ '^§N '*
broad forehead.

jbra n. of a Tibetan tribe (Tig. 7).

dbrag=aK^$S'i intermediate
space, interstice ; ravine, glen, defile, in C.
'\*ti dbrad-pa, v. *gs'i to scratch.

I dbrab-pa : WWpWFiy* to
flog with whip and nettle, v. °-^'^
hbral-wa.

^y[t\ dbral^oa (i^'i'f'9) taking off
orflaying=gi'£';v. *g«rfl.

^'P dbri-wa,\. "*!'*> hbri-wa,. diminished,
reduced, grown less.

cB^'t| dbre$-pa or sg'i^I dbre-btsog
dirt, filth.

^^|'C' dbrog-pa 1.=^'" to forget,
forgetfulness. 2. = ^^'" ^tXsffl [revolu-
tion, exchange]S.

Q^q^ hbag mask, effigy, likeness, figure ;
.; resp. S'*""! or

5V& hdra-hbag gyon-mi masked persons;
nqojAsw religious dance or masquerade ;
"vwr^gi hbag-hbug disguised, not straight in
make : WT^aT*S'«A'"*4^' little man who
was free from crookedness (A. 1^2).

nqq|-n25<i| hbag-hbog 1. uneven (of bed
or place to lie upon). 2. in W. a slight
elevation, hillock (Jo'.).

^q^'q hbag-pa— y»^'» 1. vb. pf. (^«^"
hbags, fut. V"! dbag to defile or pollute
one's self ; to soil, make filthy :
pollution with women; w|
Rqip defilement through lust;
mod-la hbag-pa unclean as to a vessel.
2. C. to take away, to steal, to rob.

<*qi|N'=|ji| hbags-lhag [rest, remainder,
remnant (of food) Mil.~\ Jd.

[spider,
hbag-rag-gi tshafi cob-web Sikk.] Ja.

'q hbafi^wa pf. W-* A6a^s to love,
to regard: ^»W^^«rpW«»Mrwtv»low
those who are worthy of being loved or
regarded (/. ZaA.). ^^ hbaA flW lover
(A. K. v. 61-8 eh.).

QCJCN A6«/55 1. TOT, ?TJB; also ww=.««
a subject or dependent ; Tib. proverb has :
--«--1<'» iiK&

v it is much better to serve a
good and noble chief than rule over bad
subjects. <w.*<'*r3S'q to reduce under one's
dominion ; v^*1 hbans collectively = the
people, the subjects. 2. servant, one who
serves : RiwS ^nift a maidservant, a
female subject; «w«'S5-g ^i«Tlg^ son of
maidservant [an abusive expression mean-
ing " a low wretch. "]S. yv*^** Iha-hbafis
€^ra polite expression for servants em-
ployed in a temple ; «tf *^V W dge-hdwn-
hbafis HT^™ tlie servants attached to the

917

clergy or the church;
rgyas-hbafo n. of a king.

hbad-pa 1. subst.

endeavour, earnestness, exer-
tion (A. K. 1-46). "wvwgqpri hbad-pas
shugs-pa to begin with energy (A. K. 1-12).
2. vb., imp. "•^ Mod, to endeavour, to
try, to exert one's self, make effort :
*f<t}-fr*^$r*C4g5-*ffV^I thog-gi stefl-la
rdo-sbom yar hphyar hbad nas having
endeavoured to hoist up the stone-block
on the roof. 3. to cultivate, rear, take
care of : V or *rifr<wv«i to cultivate the
ground, $^|*» to raise grapes VV<*f ^V
to breed cattle. ««Y«i'*q *(nmft assiduous,
painstaking, industrious ; <wy*>«v£) ^ig^r ;
without exertion (S. Lex).

0 hban-khra a fine cotton cloth :
one roll of Ban cloth (Rtsii.).

hban-bcad n. of a number : *q^'
<*% (Ya-sel. 57).

hbab-pa pf. «w bob or iw babs,
mp. hbob or 5q« bobs 1. to move

downward, to descend, to come down from,
to alight; to fall down: flflsrawfrq-nqq
snow falls from heaven. Constantly used
in connection with rivers : $'5fl'aw'*'§1' §'«.'
nj^qq the rivulets are descending babbling
on to the plain. In stating the arrival
of a certain time or occasion "Wi is
generally used with the sense of " it has
come down to the time of " : «'i jq Tqq*i •«
the Nirvana month has arrived ; •Sj'qS'^rar
.- the time of death will arrive ;
the time of going has come.
In JF. *«w also = tax, taxation; g^^qq
fixing of rent or tax.

*qq' $ hbab-chu = $' 3J =-' river, rivulet, brook ;

•\»

also rain. ^qq'|"i»( access or descent to

the water, steps leading to a bathing-place
(Jd.). vw$-q^ hbab-chu-bshi 1. the four
rivers are : — (1) qc^-gsi-iaJinHreffl jft^^
Ganga has issued forth from the mouth of
a bull (ace. to Tibetan authorities it has
descended from the mouth of an ele-
phant) ; (2) Kv<M3'p-aj^qq the Sindhu
springs forth from the mouth of a lion ;
(3) The Tsangpo issues from the mouth
of a horse and is therefore call Tamchog
Khabab ; (4) The Sutlej is called Rma-bya
kha-hbab (S'S'f^qq) because it is supposed
to come out of. the mouth of a pea-cock.

river, stream.

"Efo pray permit your holy instruction
(letter) to come here like the flow of a
river (Yig. k. 27). vwfim low place or
ground, i.e., the direction of a river's flow.

hbam in *rV«wi a disease of the
foot; "Wo hbam-pa rot, decay; also as
disease : lupus.

hbah seizure, distraint ; or rather
the liability of paying higher interest, pay-
ment not having been made at the
appointed time (Jd.) ; 'W'Wfi hbah-hgan =
"WR'J agreement, contract (subject of law-
suit) (Tig. k.) ; 'W'ft hlah-gan an agree-
ment.

«w Hbah or w«' Ebah-tJiafi. n. of a
place in Khams (Rtsii.). iq^'i|3 bow that
is made of very strong bamboo growing
in Hbah (Rtsii.).

<w* hbah-cha sediment, lees, remnant :
l^q^c.-qS-^? the remnant of mustard when
oil has been extracted or pressed out ;
w»-parVv<^ the cost of load of bah-cha
is a Khal (Rtsii.).

hbah-dar a kind of scarf:

918

ig. k.).

I beg that you would kindly send by
the hand of this (man) as quickly as pos-
sible tea for religious service and hbah-dar
scarf for the omdse lama and church
governor, etc. together with a letter of
confirmation.

3 hbah-po and *«R'M hbah-mo are
wrongly spelt for SWfl and VW'3» magician,
sorcerer, or witch, of the Bon religion.

<wq hbah-wa 1. to bleat, 2. (in SWA.)
to bring, to carry, w^fa hbuh-$oy bring
it hither ! vwSe.' hbah-son take it away ;
hbah-khen a coolie. 3. to commit adultery
C. (Jo.).

w5 hbah-wo hole, cave, cavern, *w
5'*^ hbah-bo-can hollowed out, excavated
(Jo.) ; <ws hbah-byi parched paddy beaten
out and used by Indians as food instead of
cooked rice; a cake of parched rice or
maize meal, frequently eaten with tea C.
(Jd.).

'l^HJ hbah-shig only, solely, alone:
'^r5|»r^e/ filled with gold
and silver alone (Jo.) ; ^flj-q'<w^Q| sin
only; ^WW^^^^-fH virtue alone.

•KW-»I«<| hbah-$ag or wjfflpi hbah-skyogs
(in modern Tib.) a large ladle of wood
made in Bathang (Rtsii.).

w«'i| hbah-sa-ka
wild animal (K. d. *, 374).

n. of a

hbar-wa or

l; vb. n. to K^'l 1. to catch fire,
to become ignited, to blaze; also, in
reference to the passions, frq. to glare,
burn with wrath : vwq'vw^e.'q combus-
tible ; fS-c.'siwcr<wa.'yi] he is very angry
with me or he quarrels much with

me C. ; FW* quarrelsome, brawling, *K'^'
^^'^'l^'^'i" while she was brawling
(Mil.) ; ^j«.-wq to burn with rage. Also
Ws'q has other figurative meanings, as:
2. to burst forth into bloom, to blossom ;
to blaze forth into fame, to become noto-
rious, etc.

<wqg/^ hbar-wa-ldan an epithet of
Vrhaspatithe teacher of the gods (MAon.).

*tK&WTV( hbar-wahi ral-pa-chan =• "fa
*• tgron-tiHt lamp, light (Mnon.).

high and

low, uneven or undulating 'ground.

<*w|f hbal-gro a mixture of peas and
wheat (Rtsii.).

wq hbal-wa \. = ^t w% to throw
about, to pluck out the hair (used only
with 8). 2. to part or arrange the hair, as
is customary with the monks and nuns
of certain sects ; in Khamt this style being
the national costume. ^'"W^ n. of an
Indian religious sect.

vm5«i hbal-hbol shaggy (8ch.).

hbi-hbi small lumps of clay
that are cast into moulds to make miniature
chorten, images, etc.

) hbigs-pa or ^<q-«i hbig-pa
pf . 9<i|« phigs fut. *$*\ dbig im. §1 phig or
9«|« phigs 1. fH<, ^ to pierce, pierce
into, bore : ^W*^^'Jf^ the diamond
will pierce what is precious ; ^'«i'gfl|-«i'^fl|'«i
to bore holes into wood ; ^'^ij^'^qflm chu-
hgays-hbigs it removes stangury (Med.).
j^9fl)N or J'^flJN a spire or a gilt pinnacle
on a temple or royal tomb ; ^^'Jj^'g;^ hbigs-
Idan the thunder -bolt of Indra (Mnon.).
2. in C. seems to be used vulgarly for :
to lie with (a woman).

iSflFlS hbigs-byed frorrr 1. (^Jf-«iq*j«r§<i
ri-bo hbigs-byed) n. of a chain of hills

919

extending eastward from Bajputana to
Behar dividing Hindustan into Aryavarta
and Daksinavarta, i.e., Northern India
and Southern India : ^s

** (K. d. *, 272). 2.=«V* an arrow, i.e.,
that which pierces through (Mnon.). 3.
*&? thog a thunderbolt, which pierces the
mountains, &c. (Mnon.). 4. = !J'q Itu-wa
gourd (Mnon.). <&«\w% flR-ni^ the
Vindhya range of hills; <uta|«r|^'?» a
constellation g-^iT [a meteor]<S.

(Sch.).

hUr-wa, to tremble, shake, quake :
what was said to make him
tremble (A. 13 If).

3f a worm, insect, any
small vermin ; *gih or il^g a caterpiller ;
*9'^' in W. a snake (Jd.) ; *9'<^ hbu-pad a
leech ; ig'jf"!'^*.' hbu-skyogs-duii snail, *9'

hbu-dkar a preparation of wheat
flour, sugar-beer (Rtsit) also 3^'*9* id.
(Rtm.) ; the blackish-red preparation of
this is called ^3'S"!.

^9'*l=.'=i5'i hbu-rkan brgya-pa centipede.

Syn. ui^awi-qj-q yan-lag brgya-pa; ^
^I'fi rkan-brgya-pa(Mnon.).

^'pc.' hbu-Man n. of a much-worship-
ped deity in Nepal : «wim-«rng-f«.^e.-qfyq-g-
*S (^. 18$).

*g'g'*J hbu-phra-mo fly, flea, etc.

Syn. i^-'-s^ mdun-can'. |'«J'g'S skye-wa
phra-mo; ^'^ skra-can; ^'«l5'|'«5 ne-wahi
Ice-can (Mnon.).

13'*' hbu-wa pf. ^g^ Aiws to open, to
unfold, of flowers, esp. with (" as
(Ja.).

l hbu-smug, v. *$V\* hbu-bJcar.

hbu-ras a coarse sort of raw silk
imported into Tibet from Assam by traders
from Bhutan.

' hbu-su-han a medicinal herb.

Syn. f SS-*j|-%- lha-mohi hkhri-^in;
l lhahi phren-wa; $Kjp ser-snam;
S^i dbyar-gyi-rgyan • «i^-q

^ rgija-mtshohi thug-pa; S'^'sc.- byi-wahi-
chan ;

'^ bbugs-pa ^n, 5T^pf. q*\ phug
to hollow out, bore ; to pierce, sting ; to
bite ; loxS^"^-**; the dog has bitten
my foot ; WW^'Ift'Tf'?^1^ H^'^^9^»f
^•fW^'^fl in the Nan-shan mountains
Chinamen, hollowing out hill-ground,
make dwelling-places.

=<*w.q hdsoms-pa.

hbuns-pa to concentrate one's
force or energies; but v. supra <wv«i:
X*cncqgc.^ apply yourselves to religion with
industry. fcrsi-fl^^-jilf^w^^-atM) if you
aPp!y yourself to religion assiduously, the
high and the low will rise against you as
enemies (Rdsa. 22).

^S'^ bbud-pa pf. 9^ vb. n. (limited
perh. to W.) 1. to fall from, drop, fall
down; to fall off (of leaves); to fall
through. 2. to go away, to leave, escape,
to disappear, to be lost : "yw^-lfe. the sun
has gone down; ^tof^lfc^m'^ the
key has been lost many days ago.

phus, fut. «$ dbu,
imp. 5J phu 1. vb. act. and n. to blow,
either with the mouth, or to be blown by
the wind ; »>'^'^ blow up the fire ! S>c/9|*r
- the wind will^blow

920

away the leaves of a book ;

tbemonk having blown the trumpet;
gvq-g«i like chaff blown off by
the wind (Dzl.) ; ^"F^^g^i to breathe
upon; SF5W'g«''S*-!P*' the whole body
became bloated (Mfig.) ; hbud-hduA (Vat.
A.) = ^' trumpet, also: bellows;
fuel, firewood (Rtsii. 16).

m : Cpf • imp. « fut. «flS trs. :
1. to put off, pull off, take off C., hat,
coat, ring, etc. ; to throw down : SV^T'f
threw down. 2. to drive out, expel, cast
out, chase away, with the accus. of
the person and place, ^"i out of the coun-
try ; ^"I'SS an exile (Schtr.) ; to set free,
to set at liberty, to allow to pass W. ; to
lay out, to spend. 3. to pull out, tear out,
uproot. 4. to take away, to subtract
from] (Jd.).

QJg3) hbun or W* l.=8*i debt. 2.
to itch; J'g^ the itch, an itching W.
(Jd.).

hbub-pa [pf. 91 bub imp.
bubg 1. to be turned over upside down :
he lies with his face undermost ;

or 5* it is placed with its top
inverted, turned over ; ««r*gq $<\t£i to fall
on the hands. 2. fig., to be overthrown,
destroyed, spoiled, with regard to medita-
tion (Mil.)l Jd.

*gq«-q hbub?-pa [pf. imp. S"" fut.
*&Q to put on a roof, or some thing for
a .roof ; tfni'ngqwti to make or construct a
roof; g«;-*gw<i to pitch a tent; fS^w
corner pavilion S.g.~] Jd.

^>5^ hbum IITOTO, 5,^ one hundred
thousand ; ^w* hbum-tsho id. ; jS-«p«|-ng«r
*g 500,000 Chinese soldiers (Glr.) ; *g»r
a hundred thousand. I'^gw sku-

hbum the 100,000 images, the n. given
to the famous Kumbum monastery situated
about 25m. S.W. of Sining-fu in the Koko
Nor district, the name being derived
from miraculous figures alleged to be
present on the leaves of an aged lilac
tree. Accounts of this monastery are
given by Hue, Eockhill, and Kreitner.
It was founded by Tsongkhapa. *g*'g
hbum-lfia the five sacred books of the Bon
enumerated in «R«-yq5-»(^-q| are: — (1)
|«rayV«WVWr<fafM; (2)

g« ; (3) wwqj-wj-qgw ; (4)
; (5)

*g*r*e. Jlbum-thafi n. of a place in Mon-
yul (Sikkim) south of Tibet, igwjc/jv^-
^^ Hbwn-thati Skyer-chuhi gnat n. of a
sacred place in Mon-yul where Pad-ma
Sambhava1 is said to have performed
ascetical meditation.

hbur-wa 1. to rise, to swell up,
become prominent: 8E.'«rgi'^'*g*-q'fl$«| a
single rocky hill rising from the green-
sward; ^'Vfj'1' to emboss, to work in
relief (Glr.). 2. to spring up, come forth,
bud, unfold, ffl^'^g^ gold and silver orna-
ments in relievo on some other metals.
fflo-hbur paintings and sculptures ;
igvqf'Ji an engraver; ^ hbur
swelling, a boil, etc. ^'*\ the slight
protuberant places on doors where handle
rings are fixed. *g^'jf=-' hbur-skyoti an
undulating country with risings and
depressions :

pa to reduce elevations, to smooth uneven
ground ; fig. to prostrate an opponent in
disputation. *g*'*\S hbur-dod a statue, an
image in relief (Jig. 10). *g*'S hbur-po:
protuberance, tumour.

921

bbul-wa (given as fut. of
in Rdo. £6), pf. and imp. 3" ^wJ, fut.
«&"« dbul 1. st^Tf, ^rafnt, ^*if a resp. term
for : to give, proffer ; to send, when the
person receiving is considered to be of
higher rank: f?»'?^'3'^'^-^|»i-§-g«i| 5-501
kho$ snan-gyi psar-rgyan lha-lcam-gyi
phyag-tu phul he gave the golden ear-rings
into the hands of the lady ; *^^VW%Rr

the central part of the target, the mark.
^'"|^ hben-b$nun = *f^ or wv** an
arrow

your letter of the 3rd
instant has been sent here and a reply to
it (^'^) shall be despatched to-morrow ;

HI sent (or dated) from the Government
printing office at Dor-ling (Darjeeling)
on the 4th day of the 1st month of the
Water-Tiger (year), i.e., on the 12th
February 1902; IWi^f^W^^gir*
«gv4Nt*fr|%*qq I am sending (you)
4 bo measures of rice which your humble
servant's son will give your honour. 2. sbst.
present, offering.

Syn HTI phul-wa ; «£*rq dbul-wa ; Ifwi
ttobs-pa ; fwi §tab§-pa (Mfion.).

qgnr**i hbul-chas articles for presenting
to government, to high officials and to
lamas of monasteries, etc. : "i^e.'^'^m'Mi1
I^SVES-j^'S)^ are only presents to be
made to government (D. fd. 8).

Q^F'Q kbus-pa l.to blow (of flowers),
to open, f^g*! « v. *g-q 2. = ^5^^ promi-
nent (Jd.). «<9«i-^e.- hbus-fiA a coppice of
young trees.

hben f^, ^wipf 1. target, goal:
a<'*(VvVVE< *««! if the target be
good the sharp arrow will hit well (Sbrom.
97) ; «^-*gi»]-q to set up a target ; <^'«r
fll^Si to aim, to take aim ; *&v« the place
where the target is to be set up ; specially,

hben-ffzar a field for cultiva-
tion: ^•fljw.-m-aril'vSc.-j^-IWq the field
being level and smooth without uneven-
ness (Jig. 10).

Q,qq^'CJ hbebs-pa TOTO, 1%H, pf. ««
fut. ^«w imp. 5q causative to ^w«i 1. to
cause to descend, cause to fall down ; and,
hence, to cast down, throw down : $ «w»i
Rdqq-q to cast one's self on the ground
(Dsl.) ; *Hjrt"^9wq to cast one's eyes
down on the tip of the nose. 2. to assign,
settle, fix, lay down, establish : used in a
variety of phrases : n^*! <tf q« <i to take up
one's residence in a place ; "^A&w'ti dpya-
hbebs-pa, with «i, to impose taxes
to assign a crime to a person ; if 13ar

rq to fix one's thoughts on a place;
«i to give permanency, to fix,
to regulate. ^9w*ui« = q^'»i-qqjjq keeping,
laying a thing down or away.
hbem, v. ^ ben.

yaft dag-pahi gtam ^w^ holy
discourse, sermon, a speech on some sacred
subject.

«t9«i'3 hbel-po temperate, saving, econo-
mical ; ^Q'Ji'Q'^i] there has been economy,
frugality has been exercised ; ^m'*^ extra-
vagant ; ^ar^fcfll'i to enjoin temperance-,
frugality (Sch.).

Q.CJ hbo a dry measure generally used for
grain and salt, contains 5 bre=W pints.
*5'j| hbo-bre is colloq. term for a measuring
vessel. ^S-p'q hbo-kha-wa one who measures
grain, etc. : *fymprift^*q<1fri**ff*$
the case of the contract or agreeaent

117

922

which the grain measurers executed
(Rtsii.).

^•q hlo-ica pf. "^ hbo§ or % j;/w, fut.
«^ fiWo : 1. to pour out or forth, to spill
out: WRJJ-q-gc.^*) there being no spilling
(Olr.) ; **rS-«w milk having been poured
out. 2. to swell up, to rise: <*qVq?'a^
swelled barley ; Sfi'w*«rq-<*i as big as swelled
peas. 3. to sprout, shoot forth, of wild
growing plants, *r<tf ^fl] the ground is
verdant C. ; also : the ground swells, heaves.

hlo-ja a kind of tea (Rtnii.).

hbo-dhi-tsi wrongly written for
bo-Mi-rtsi rosary (Rtsii. £8).

Ihod-po without much
hurry, at ease, easily, leisurely: ^at^w
T^'jwf '•r^frwi we shall be able to
take you across the river Ganges slowly
and easily (A. 130) ; {w^Qx9^|<l*nr«|
S"F began to sleep quietly in a sheltered
corner (A. 130).

hbog 1. a kind of upper-garment,
for men, *r*$fl| for females (Cs.).
2. in W. a square cloth for wrapping
up and carrying provisions. 3. a small
hillock (Jd.). 4. n. of a wild animal : ^"|*r
(Rtsii. 54).

$bng-chol.

a-mo hbog-

tho a soft felt hat with a broad brim
.trimmed with long hairy fur.

v.

hbog-pa pf. 5«| bog or f^, fut.
1. to be extracted, uprooted, pulled
out ; to be dislocated, unhinged : 3&i]*r'*5''!'£J
W. 2. to unload (opp. to "WK«i hgel-wa),
psi^w^qj khal-rnams-phog the loads were
taken off. 3. to grow loose, to come
off; to drop off, leaves from a tree C.. (Jd.).

J hbogs-pa I. to sink down, to
fall to the ground, esp. in a fainting fit ;
to be submerged, immersed; *q"n|-oj^Re,-a(
hbog-yun riti-na prob. : when the faint-
ing fit has lasted a long time ; J
$>nyo-hbog madness, insanity; jf
insanity arises ; $'1 (*gjA5fl|»rq'{jrg)
W^IT^ to wade through water. 2. pf.
**! phog fut. ^«| dbog imp. fij phog
to bestow, impart, i?^*''^'! counsel, advice,
directions, HS'£'Slti'£' instruction.

hbon-mi roundness, cotundity,
.- round; loose, slack, incoherent
(Jd.).

J hbod-pu ^mJipr, ^nrw pf. and
imp. 5* bos 1. to call, to cry out to, to
invite : ^fVffcrJhrtk' he exclaimed, wait !
a-tyj|-aiAq\«i to call to a man ; «^'^-^
calls to the presence ; ^C-'1V^ calls indoors ;
wqVq^'iCe.'q to come uninvited ;
to bawl out, to cry out repeatedly ;
§3 to weep. sS^'tMl -v«ir»i«T, come to
invite, to call, a guest. ^'§1*' •srn??!: [1.
invitation. 2. fight. 3. name.]& "X^fr
hbod-byed that invites =\'^'Q sweet smell,
fragrance (X[non.).

Syn. ij^-q sbron-pa _; ^''"l^'i fkad-fftofi-
wa (Mnoit.).

"S^*]* hbod-sgroys=^^ TT^t n. of
the king of Lanka — the chief hero of the
epic Ramayana (Mnon.).

hbobs 1. imp. of w^'i hbab-pa:
2. trK%«f%^T not exactly a
stocking, but a soft warm stuffing of the
stockings. "05q*r?^ hbobs-zon
half sock,' foot-tie.

, h lor supply, great or small.

u(-^ii) (Rtsii.) ; R^'S hbor-che
good supply, abundance, plenty :

923

i there was

not a small quantity, the requirement
being not less (Yig.'k.).

Q.M^'C! hbor-ica pf. and imp. SX bar,
1. to throw, cast, fling: S,£Vw^i]-<^
casts a stone down a mountain side ;
an-£jiv^<ii'i2'Q.3*'q to precipitate a parson
from a bridga (Dzl.) ; ^•'tffvq to cast out ;
^'?^ or qX'^'q to throw away, pour away,
$ water in C. 2. to leave, forsake : EI'W
nqX'P to forsake a husband or wife; <wS«r
qX-q5'X'3|'*fe.' when I was left behind by
my father he died (Pth.) ; ^fr-arSfc: let
that alone, give it up; nqX-qv^N-tf^t"
mrw'^'W considering it a great loss out
of love he did not abandon it (A. 11).
Occurs, also, in certain phrases, as jf«r
*qX-q to make oath, qwa^qX-q to con-
ceive an idea, to think of a plan. In W.
*sX-q appears to be a common substitute
for »Sifi to put down, to place. <*S«;-gc.N
hbor-spuns grain heaped together in one
place : Jfr*^W**WMrt^ khyon-bsdoms
hbor-spuns-thog (Rtsii. 19).

nJJacq hbol-po — 'W'Z 1. soft, smooth,
yielding, elastic ; both to the touch and
disposition of mind ; dJTWK^^*! to sit,
to remain quiet, tranquil (Mil.}; *'dr*FW
a bolster, mattress. 2. abundant, plenti-
ful: |^R'**ri^"^V according to the
abundance or scarcity of water and manure
(Rtsii.).

hbyan-rtsi gum, glue (Mnon.).

hlos 1. (S|«r^r8'iq«wq) concealed,
latent, hidden, v. i*-q. 2. sbst. boil,
bump, tumour (Jd.) .

-wa, pf. S*' byafiio clean,
cleanse, purify : H^'^S^'^^S1^ Ws sins
and defilements will be cleansed.

. custom (Jd.).

J hbyam-pa, pf. 8*"1 'byams or
fcbyams -to flow over, to spread about.
As sbst. hbyams may = IK°^ SJ?ffti,
f%^f% 1. state of being void, metaphy-
sical emptiness, ^q'^s*)^ rab-hbyams (1)
knowledge of the metaphysics, divine
learning ; (2) ^tr^JT [passing away, re-
treat]&. 2. ace. to Cs. : widely diffused,
far spread. ^q'^gswti rab hbyaim-pa a
man of profound learning, a doctor of
Buddhist philosophy ; as a degree might
equal the European D.D. ^S*1*''^^ hbyams-
/e/as=5w«m TTSEffT to the furthest limit,
i.e., limitless, infinite : J'^ unlimited, ^'i^'
jT|3)u|^-q5-g-^9«)^-5j^ the spiritual image of
Buddha. is inconceivably great.

Q^ JJ^ hbyams (another word altogether)
the finest breed of mule: ^ar>wpA3p]-g|q-
ng,w§-*)s.-^-<0^ the best breed of mule of
which the mouth is tractable and the hairs
are rough (bristle-like) has the name
'chyam' (Jig. 35).

v.

hbyar-ica 1. f?re, 3RT;
[connectedJ/S. 2. in

hbyar-bag g^f [a feather, a tail]*S'.
one possessing a tail.
anything joined or
connected with something else.

J hbyi-ica pf . 1 byi, also !"» phi/is,
vb. n. of %'i, to be wiped off, effaced ;
Cs. to fall off, of the hair (Jo.) : g^^-|^3'
w^}^ the hair of the head and body will
fall off.

!' JJ hbyig-ma an idol standing on
a bare ground, i.e., having no stand of

924

lotus flowers underneath the feet (Jig.
12).

*• *

Q,g,£'P hbyift-wa pf. S6-' byiA 1. to sink

in, to sink down : ^'^v^'^''^'^ chu-daA
hdam-la hbytA-wa to sink in water and
mud, i.e., in swamps. 2. to grow faint,
languid, remiss : ^yicwt^ rig-pa hbyiA-
ua b_ser-wa to lift up again one's fainting
soul (Mil.) ; ?»wsc.-q aem$-byin-u>a drowsi-
ness, indolence, depression of spirits (Jd).
"•S^S hbyin-rgod or ".Is.'*)"!^ hbyiA-rmugs
langour or distraction : S^'*!"! AY"^'^ byiti-
mug med-pahi sgom meditation free from
distraction (Jd.).

"lY* hbyid-pa-1^^ (flag. 51). pf.
%S or ^phyid 1. to glide, to slip; to dis-
appear, to slip away : *)'2'''.3Y£) human life
passes away. 2. = v>c-'t! or $*** fkyel-wa:
j^lf^AlY11 Ito-god hbyid-pa to earn a living.

hbyin-pa*3\mi, f^fe, pf- and
imp. §c-' phyufi, fut. (in C. also present)
•$=•' dbyufi 1. to take out, to remove,
cause to come forth; to draw out, pull out,
a thorn, etc.; ^T^ q ^VH those whose
eyes are to he put out. 2. in a more gen.
sense : to let proceed, to send forth, to
emit ; to sound forth ; to release : <5}«r«i 'H"!
to draw hlood hy scratching one's self ;
to shed tears ; ^Y^W'11 to shout ;

; uttered lamentations;
Q-nlar" to cry aloud; ijlNAlai-q or
g.nas-dbyuri-wa to banish, to cast out, throw
away.

^•q^-^-Ef (gj^N) jff rfsf^^SI : [1. the
dust of the great Nimba tree. 2. n. of a
number] S.

"•3fl'§S (^V4) 1. mire, mud in which the
feet sink. 2. that which is drowned or
sunk — or caused to sink (8. Lax.). ".3^'ls
hbt/in-byed =§§*{'**' **i chu, rnog -ma-can dirty

water, water containing mud and other
impurities (Mnon.).

QV^'^ hbyug-pa (*^i'Tc') pf . and imp.
g1"!*) byugs 1. to wet, moisten, smear, spread
over, anoint: -^*< <»i ^i^ q salt meat;
u|^E.-So)|w<igq|O to daub one's face with
coal-salve (Glr.) ; ?|'^'a»'^e'^iTtw' lAa-rten
fpos-dan h byug-pa$ covering the little
temple with spioas and ointments; "!*>*'
to gild (Pth.). 2. to stroke, to pat:
a person's head (Jd.) ; *^*g*r«rZi
a painter, one who applies or rubs paint
on any thing (Situ. 85). •

^S^'^J hbyuA-wa I: *T3, ^^ 1. vb., pf.
imp. 3^' bytin (intrs. of '"•3tf'£i hbyin-pa) to
come forth, arise, spring up, to emerge, to
appear : *fl*wr*ytn to be set free ; to go
forth, set out: e.-^-*gfwXv{'-Bi'*5 I shall
set out for the purpose (of conducting)
religious service (A. 71.). ^'^'g'^g^'i to
oome out into the open air ; to make one's
appearance (Dzl.) ; fv«l'UviVir|^'|^'lPr
j^q-^Qai-|^Sfj'c,N-c|-i|^5| srod-la byi-dur glog-rna
sprin byuft-nas slob-dpon-gyi dgon§-pa fffig
at dusk there came forth moles and light-
ning and clouds and the teacher's train of
thought was dissipated (Pth. 127) ; W\'
^qq-qq-jj^gE.-^?.1 a noise of falling water
arising in the air; t'«rfi'Wfl«f5y I have
had an auspicious dream (Mil) ; not always
intrs. in practice: ^ ^HJP1!' <''*'% 5^8=-'
«^ff*ri5'|1s as it will 'be necessary to produce
the means of repelling thase others ; W4»
TgE-'^ he who is fo;ind not intoxicated
(Glr.) ; ^ i §=•' it proved to be a failure
(Mil.) ; ^'1*''3C-' it derived its origin, it arose
from that ; <*q*rg ^gvqlv%- trees on which
fruit is growing; j^'i'^Tg^'"'''^11! by that time
a boy had come forth; "f^'^'g*-' they
became two, they split in two (systems
of doctrine) ; vrg'^s.'1! to become a priest.

935

what has happened to
these corpses, what is their history?
(Glr.) • g *)-'T«B.-|=,-'Ji<i)'N-*w did it also
happen to the lama ? 2. as an auxiliary
indicating the past tense, the pf . §=-' byuA
is very common, and in C. has largely
re-placed the use of *£.' in' that sense :
g-*i-Qq*rge.- the lama has arrived. Also
occurs as the past of the sbst. vb. : 0'^'
,- the dog was white ; ^v*-jtfor|«r^q-
he had a mild look then. *§=-'
S^ ?^ 9 hbyun-rkyen siian-shu the petition
about tha causes, consequences, ".gvpiw
qac-q or ^c.-p«*j-qac.-q = ^c.-^^gc.-pWN-qac.11)c,-

(Tig. k. 87).

^i^'B^' hbyun-khufi l. = $*>*\ ftj a
rpring, fountain. 2. = *§*• 'P***' origin. 3.
ablative case in Or am.

* a mineral ;
a mineral elixir.

^i11-'1^'^ J^fa* growth, power of
growing.

*§=.'"1^ hbyun-ynas ^H^fx;, ^t1%, fl'w*
source of anything, place of origin; pri-
mitive source : a5^'5^^N^'«S'S'^ic-'"lai^ source
of all accomplishments; *|*'«&'flfl the
basis of all elements ; HJJ'^'WV^'^^'^
the primordial source of all happiness is
good. Also 1*gc'''II^^=body, eonstitation
of the body.

0^^ 25 II : 1. in the mystic language
of the four guardian kings of the world
(Caturrnaha raja kayika deva) signifies
lij-qg^ misery, mundane sufferings. Also,
<*%ci = 'jaj^gE--q-q|^-q = W way, method
(K. ko.\ 235). 2. sbst. a coming forth,
an originating, the state of being, ^g^'^S
the true state of a case. 3. an element,
of which are usually four : «.g=.'i3'q^'vq]^i£i
damage done by the four elements, i.e., by

fire, water, wind and earth;
the physical body; *3c;si^|*w the even
state of the physical constitution, i.e., good
health (Mnon.).

^.S^'H hbyufi-po 1. a being, a creature :
*g^'5^ Hs&ja all that has come into
existence, all beings (Cs.) ; «*|^Ej-a^-g- the
great being, Buddha (Cs.). 2. JJ3 a demon,
evil spirit, a general name for all ^ hdre,
'I'M &don, and «w|«m bgegs, which are of
eighteen classes. ^g^'S female sprite. *$^'
3'** ^frg? [1. belonging to evil spirits.
2. elemental.] S. <*|s,'2i'^ ^ MTS^T
["the nurse or mother of beings," i.e.,
the earth.]& ^§=.'9'^=.' hbyun-po-srun a
talisman, a preservative against evil spirits.
*gs.'2i5'jorEj hbyun-pohi rgyal-po the king
of the evil spirits ; their names are : —
mduft-can, *^^'*i gtun-qin-can,
ggol-hdsin, 'wj^'I'S hgugs-byed, «K"
ya^dag hgugs-byed, «qyvyijAJ!fr,
gnah-drag-hkhor, etc. (K. g. *, 117).

^•EI-«I*W.S«V'^-*K-§<V<I an enchanted gem
which cleanses from all diseases parti-
cularly the attacks of e-yjl spirits. It
is said to have been discovered by Jlvaka
— the physician of Buddha — in a bundle
of wood which he had purchased at a cost
of five hundred karsapana (K. du. *\, IT).

<*rp,-tjivyq^-*i hbyufi-pohi dgah-ma an epi-
thet of Durga, the wife of Mahes'vara
(Mnon).

^ge,-Hi5-»i5^ hbyu-pohi-mgon JjcHry an
epithet of Mahe'svara (Mnon.).

ngfci5-«ij^« JjciT^-m [" lit. the abode of
beings," i.e., 1. Vishnu, 2. S'iva, 3. the
body (as the abode of the elements). ]<S.

«^R,-q5-^Q|-q dbyun-pohi ral-pa = &>'$*
$pafi-spo$ a kind of vegetable incense grow-
ing in grassy places.

926

Syn. 3'*
(Mnon.). "

sjju-caii •;

i drihi-s rag-pa

Q^'EJ hbyc-wa (also frq. 9'" phyc-pa)
pf. and imp. § fy/e; intrs. of ^Sv 1. to
open : sf §'^'^'ar9q|*' the door having been
opened, he entered the house ; wc^'l" |^w
when the mouth of the womb has opened.
2. to divide, separate, resolve: *i'8Tflft*''
H'§ $ka-$la ptiif-su-bye it resolves into
thick and thin matter (Med.) ; ya^^l"
w*g^ it separates into a thousand pieces
(Glr.); I'ST^'i'^'W^ as long as the
separation has not evidenced itself (Ja.).

^i-S'^ hbycd-pa (ace. to Rdo. fut.
of $ phtje), pf . and imp. 3 phye or
and yiphyet, fut. •$ 6%e vb. a. 1.
5TT, <s^r^T to open ; to place apart ; to
unloose: |f$«'^w^Ifl|'i opening the door
keep it open; fig. M^ftmKMIJKaj ^'"^
*)i] Rg^'i to open a blind man's eyes ; to
open 'again what had been shut or stop-
ped ; ^fT^T^V to restore the appetite ;
" SS ba-phycd. the open b, b pronounced like
w, Gram. 2. [to separate, to keep asunder,
to disentangle, W. ; to disunite, to set
at variance, ^fltV^fr*fc%t in order to
set them at variance, to create enmity
between them Stg. ; to part, separate,
B*'i&TfVS<\'*'^ V^l'"'! the cavity of the
chest and the abdomen being separated by
the diaphragm S.y.j to divide, classify :
^l^'S'Jfa*'^^ if they are classified accord-
ing to the different species Lt. ; $w&\ «(»«•
w|*cii*r£iV| the beings are severed by
their deed (beings are born as different
species in consequence of their Karma} ;
Ft'1' Tiha-phye-wa to open, to separate, e.g.,
when hands, that were laid in each other,
are separated again Glr. ; f'1'1 kha-phye-wa
to open, to begin to bloom] from Ja.

the divider, one who
divides or disjoins or separates.

^YSSS bbyed-dpyad 1. the dia-
gnosis of diseases and their treatment. 2.
(Sch.) ' tongs, pincers.'

^§,^1 'S| hbycm-pa, with 3Y<J bt/<'d-p<t
'to act with promptness, determination
and good success' (Sch. Ja.).

QQ^Qhbyer-u-a i|*M*M 1. sbst. flight.
2. vb. pf. |^ byer to escape by flight, to
flee in different directions : *e.'^*rg^'<iiN'»)-
^*T§ the market-people having fled, and
nobody remaining (Pth.) ; ^'1*'**' the
sickness was dispersed.

'^S'2' hbyo-wa pf. f pftyo or $* phyo§
imp. I'i^ byo-byos, to pour out, to pour
into another vessel: S'^l'i'Q one who
transfers or pours water from one vessel
into another (Situ. 85).

Q,gq|'^J hbyog-pa pf. byogs, to lick:
qg;«iy|N^|<i]'£)'2i lecg hbyog-pa-po one who
licks, a lioker (Situ. 85).

'q hbyofi-wa pf. a6-' byaA 1. to
be cleansed, purified, v. S^'fl 2. to be skil-
led, well-versed, be full of : ^*|'§IVI-*§E.-II
versed in the Vedas ; w»r^§E.'2I skilful
work (&ag. 5-2).

Q^g^'^ hlyon-pa pf. and imp. §^ byou,
to come, arrive (resp. verb) :
having come to the cave ;
q-w^-^-g^'^ he came to make circumani-
bulation at the temple. Also = to proceed,
to go ; to set out. Is a common vb. in
modern polite talk. *V'*S^ Mir hbyon
(polite expression) come here.

^§X hbyor a spade in C.T. (Rtsii.).

^'^ hbyor-pa
that which is received, acquisitions,

927

acquirements; goods, treasures, fortune:
^•«rj^-S»-.Jprjr^-^-ei one possessing inex-
haustible wealth, «i^«i-«^-*fV£i joy and
treasures; M^'^i ten good things; W§'
Rg^'crg' five goods or benefits acquired by
others. W^^^Wf ran-gi hbijor-pa-ljna
five acquirements for one's ownself . *§v
^Vif* gave receipt, given as soon as it
was received ; ^'^'g^ w«g ?ja% -3^ power
to produce fortune or wealth (A. K. 2-92).
The goods or benefits accruing to one's self
are : 1. ^=.^v^'5^'i'£''i3c-*'^ to have been bom
as a human being ; 2. «T*"prtbr*^c$^|ar
^5*<'«J'|*''£i to have taken one's birth in
Magadha, i.e. in the central country ; 3.
^HE.-q-^c,'t) to be in the enjoyment of sound
bodily development, i.e., to be suffering
from no want of organs of sense or limbs ;
4. ai*r|wv*rfa|*rq freedom from doing
wrong actions ; 5. yr&iwtfitr^Q to
have faith in the holy religion. The
perfect sublime benefits or ft*ra $*»'W
«§*>•<! (A. If. 111-9) are as follows :— (1)
•tMTynferfr^frq the advent of Buddha
into the world; (2) *vWftIw*RfMr<l the
preaching of the holy religion; (3) flf^'
«rflfl«'q the continuance and stability of
the religion of Buddha ; (4) *)f«i'£i'«i'8i|«'«i
being a believer and member of that
religion; (5) ^N»q«f|^w«i5-|^-^^«j8|«ffl
being a patron of that religion so as to
contribute to the- maintenance of Bud-
dhism. MK<r«^ hbyor-pa-can = ^'^ *mf%,
fl'Tfi^n^l' wealthy, possessing riches
(Mnon.). *i*'^ hbyor-ldan = ZWi>3\ posses-
sing properties, rich, opulent (JSfnon.). *<!,*.'
f^y^-^fr^^ though having wealth
if it is not given up in charity (Ger.).

*§*'3fa hbyor-thon abbr. of ^V^'" and
**"$*{** pkar-thon-pa receipts and drawings ;
income and expenditure : ^^'^i

f^K- (D. 9d. 10).

S^'2' bbyor-tca also <*svsi I : intrs. Of
Slyor-iva 1. to stick, adhere to; to
take, contract, of diseases : "-^'^ hbyor-
nad a contagious disease or infectious ma-
lady; fcwar^ Was borne in mind, was
remembered. 2. to be prepared, be ready,
to have at hand, distinct from |Vq to pre-
pare, make ready: -<r*r|«;-aj«j there being
no meat prepared • ^«i^-^-q-»(-^a( that
is not at once procurable (Dzl.) • S'§'^-
w^JM but if he has not such a thing
at his disposal (Jd.). 3. to agree,
acquiesce, consent together.

^S^ ^ II : (resp.) to come, to arrive,
to be received: ^•*rng^ arrived at
(reached) Lhasa ; 5J-i|-awj-g-q|^q the letter
is come to hand, has been received.

^'** ^ milch cow; ngvvi or «\«)-^
^/9;ta one of the wisest and most learned
of Buddha's disciples.

0,5^'^ hbyol-wa pf . and imp. |«( byvl
fut. (and prest. in C.), •$«! 4byol = $*-n
to give or make way, °i*i^g|3Cfl=to turn out
of the way, to step aside; ^l^'^^f in
walking I make way (to people) (Jd.).

^^' hbran, v. gv bran. ^^'^ hbrafi-
rgyas a woman's breast, teat ; (*|?V*4'|*cq
gtor-ma slum-pa) offerings of meal in
shape of a bowl to spirits (Rtsii.).

valuables, luggage:

ar|«r%^9>dN|%nri)rqQqN sought for all
your valuables and sat down to sleep at
' ease in a sheltered nook (A. 130).

hbrafaea pf. ^ge.w hbrans imp.
or ^g"e-« 1. to follow, to go after; with

928

a pleonastic <<*'?! or ^i"! °i often prefixed :
3 t*j-«j igc. followed each other ; *« $ t*r
to follow, he devoted to religion ;
'5i I»<'fJ ^S^'i to follow after worldly
pursuits ; |^-»)S'Sl'E-'zi»''S!'!ai Nl1 1?i*'A9E-1.t-'
(A. 3) following the Tri-Ratna while in
the full exercise of one's senses ; |« *g=.
^3»m, ^f^fl a follower ; w*g*'* ^3«rfT*l,
one acting accordingly, folio wing, 'imita-
ting (A. K. 1-84). 2. to hring forth,
give birth to (of animals).

rice;

pf. 9S' brad,
imp. g*"> brod, I. to scratch, to scrape, to
tear with the claws: "Vi '"I'a* **< ^
scratched with its paws his face (Sbrom.
113). 2. or ^gV*1 to be wrathful=also
ifewa-v^ q : gVJi'^E.^gW J^ saying
has your king also become displeased?
'(Bbrotn. 55).

QCjq'CI hbrab-pa pf. g* brab imp. S"
brob 1. to catch at suddenly, to snatch
away. 2. to beat, to scourge, **-fl9|*i
with thorns. 3. to throw out, to scatter
(Jd.).

hbral-wa *-*v*g«r«i

pf. g«i bral, g"* brol; to be separated from,
disconnected: is/w^va;*^ thou my
daughter from whom I am not able to
part (Olr.) ; fTv^a"1'? U" »pyod ya bral-te
contemplation and consummation being
disentangled from one another ; aW1^ '""I"
q-H-'gnc^e.- as the sacred writings (Stitranta)
never came out of his hands. Usually

is preceded by V.' as in :
he got rid of his thirst ;

he recovered from his illness.

jjarwifo.- what was compounded
matter is dissolved in its being. ^gi'^S
hbral-nted^^v^'^^ nfoii\n inseparable,
indissoluble (tTa.).

resp.

hbrag-kyi-srug husked rice;
mixed with small pieces of meat,
rice not husked ; *g»rvr|v* white-
rice, g« V* red-rice (the inferior and
cheaper sorts) ((7s.) ; ^gwSta in C. boiled
rice, served with butter, sugar, etc.,
hbras-chan cooked rice ; ^g
^^-VttflJCV^K^frQ^ (A.-68) form-
erly one who had given a pound of cooked
rice in charity became by virtue thereof
king of Tibet. Subjoined are names
of different kinds of rice as mentioned in
the Kahgyur :— g ^wZi, «T5f«"!, -
-i, f «

hbras-kyi-khrag

lion, (mystic)

(jr. </.

verm-.

=;r* the gourd

Hbrat-ljont (Denjong) (lit. the
country or valley of rice) the native
or Tibetan name of Sikkim which is also
called *g«r*-|M Demojong or ng^JS-^t.-
Demoshong.

[unsubstantial]^.

929

S" hbras-$na ffsum (w*g*J, a-hbras,
*<, sra-hbras, <«w*g« hjam-hbras) (mys-
tic) (MM. rda. 2).

ng*r|c.« gbras-spuns or ^gvVP'S6."
S.bras dkar-spufa (lit. heap of white rice)
Vi-«4<n«* the ancient name of Katak the
chief town of Orissa ; in its neighbourhood
existed a large Buddhist monastery called
S'rldhanya Kataka after the model of
which the great monastery of Daipung
near Lhasa was built. The Lhasa monas-
tery is an immense establishment said
occasionally to harbour 7000 inmates, of
whom many are Mongols and Siberian
Buriats. It stands 4 miles west of the
city. Under this head we may quote
from a Tibetan state document recently
issued an extreme specimen of abbrevia-
tion : ^q^V^'Wi'iF^ the teachers
of the three monasteries Sera, Daipung
and GaAdan.

rice-flour
(Rtsii.).

*'* hbras-tsha rice-porridge (Rtsii.).
hbras-zan *ia cooked rice;
r, -arsr, me^r [cooked rice',
parched rice] S.

Rq*r.|*i-«aj hbrag-zlum-cansty-yn the In-
dian deodar (Mnon.).

reward or the retribution of such beha-
viour; |'«g« cause and effect: «^-<w
|<i«-f Apr-ffl^f having enumerated the
various instances of the causes and effects
of derived knowledge. In the common
meaning of tree-fruit, we have
a fruit tree, igvgjH'^gv^ or
fruitful, productive; *q*rg-«i|g*! the three
chief fruits, viz., w'5'* a«ru-ra the fruit of
Terminalia chebula, l'§'^ warura the fruit
of T. bellerica, and |'5-J\ styurura that of
Phyllanthus emblica. ^g*J'g'»^'£i barren
unfruitful. *qvg also occurs in the fig.
sense ^^gvg apple of the eye ; and again
to indicate a tumour or a swelling as the
result or fruit of inflammation or pain.
Furthermore *q«rg constantly stands
technically as the fruit or reward result-
ing from passing successively through the
three stages of ascetical meditation, esp.
in Mil. Ethically we find : |*|'*gw the
effect of sin; «i^-Zi5-Rg« the fruit of
lordship ; W3}-«g«rg the results of Karma,
etc. Again the various graded results of
progressive perfection, of which four are
distinguished ; (1) g^w<i ^fcimfr he
who enters the stream (that takes from the
external world to Nirvaga); (2) ^-"iH
$*-1M «a<^r*iif5nf he who returns to this
world once more ; (3)

hbras-ril unmilled or unbroken
rice, paddy.

*g*r8q hbrag-sil rice cooked with butter
and mixed with sugar, rice-pudding

bbras-bu fruit, in every sense
of the term, both fruit the produce of a
tree or plant, and fig. the fruit, effect, or
consequence, of any course, conduct or
action, and thence can also mean the

he who returns no more, being a candi-
date of Nirvana; (4) "ftifStrti ^^ ^e
Arhat, the saint who has vanquished all
moral and spiritual foes. In the Kah-.
gyur the five stages are mentioned:—
(1) QV&^gvg the fruit of education
(moral, mental, etc.) ; (2) $-$V«iS-*g»rg the
results or fruit not consequent on educa-
tion; (3) w«K«rj«r8-*g«-g the precedence
gained by a Pratyeka Buddha; (4) |v8-
^T*t^*r**rv«^^g the precedence
of a Bodhisattva who has entered the

118

930

stage from which he will not move out ;
(5) **w*<v*j0^ciM-.2|«-3J-*g*j-3 the final stage
of omniscience to which a Buddha attains.

*g*rffT«W"^'«*f^ a doctrine in which
the fruit of one's Karma is always desired.

letter ;

(Theg.33).

not barren, a
woman who gives birth to many children,
fruitful. *3*r9'a|'|'*W'{| *ra? 5Rrw)wT:
[to regard an effect as a cause] S.

^'T*5'^ hbri-ka rat-na n. of a medico
nal plant for sores and ulcers (Stnan.
351.)

4h9t" Hbri-khitH also called ^'S^
Hbri-gufl n. of a district situated to the
north-east of Gahdan (W^) in Tibet

*%$ Bbri-chu n. of a great river
described in a modem native work as
" rising from the snowy mountains in the
south of the province of Thurpan in Thogar
whence it flows across the 9^'fS or upper
north towards the S. E. of Tibet ; then,
turning its course directly southwards, it
enters the provinces of Hdan-khog and
Sde-dge (Derge) and llbah (Bathang) and
then passing by the Chinese province of
Yunnan, occupied by the Musalmans,
crosses Yavana and the country of the
Laos. It is called «(^^K.'gE.- Lan-tshan-
kyaA by the Chinese, Kaswokha by the
Indians" (Dsam. 32). In Tibet it is gen.
called the river of rw^'«$ Kham Dege
(LoA. *, 5).

^9'5 hbri-ta a form of medicine, prob.
a kind of extract ; *^'5'«'^ a medicinal

herb, an emetic (Med.).

<s^ ^
QQ 'ZJ hbri^wa I : pf . and imp. tj*< to

write, to draw, note down : SlK^^T
ftjj'^ to describe a circle or other figure ;

I will write you a
.- I n\S|-j)wq-fcr;|*r
n WOU1<1 tnat

wherever the treasures of religion have
been abandoned, as soon as these words
have been written down, the precepts of
Buddha might come to be spread! °)'S|v
!*rq§-flj^ treasures which have been noted
down in writing. Sl'9" phyag-bris polite
word for : a letter (except when mention-
ing one's own epistle which one should
always style ")'*|) ; *!j-jjfl| hbri-smi/wj

writing-reed, pen:

e\
^'3 kbri-wa II: pf. not !« in? but

5 bri, to diminish, grow less : SK-'^'^g'^t.'
rluti-drod hbri-$hin meditative warmth
decreasing ; $'t*'9'*'pi'g'1*fc,' chit rdttifi buhi
kha bri-soA the water of the pond had
diminished.

"Q'sf Hbri-bho n. of a mountain situ-
ated southward beyond the ocean, in
which reside the species of venomous
serpents called Taksako. The finest
species of sandal wood ealled Gosirsa and
Hurianacandan grow there (K. d. \ 2n).

*1 % hbri-mo ^irft female yak ; ^\'^
or ^^.'ig wild female.

^g'3^1 hbri-mog a kind of herb the root
of which is used in Tibet as a dye for
cakes, etc., giving a purple colour to these
offerings made to spirits (Rtsii.).

*i-*r?Y«^ Bbri-sa Thod-dkar the
mother of king Sron-btsan ?gam-po (Lon

*,5).

OS

Q^C' hbrin flvw middle, middling,
moderate; "M^'^"| tolerable, something
moderate, of middling quality ; *V* or

*-Zi the middle line;
good, bad and middling ;

931

highest, mediocre, inferior :

arlVqVwl^ he
caused to stand fast in the highest posi-
tions those human beings of the monastic
classes who mentally were first-rate,
middling or inferior. ^ari§1>'l*.ge.'9 one
that is moderately advanced in contem-
plation ; adv. *gc.'ir|*i middling, moder-
ately ; <*gc.-a-**^q|c.-S)^*( who then are
the middle class men ? (A. 122). °^'H
hbrin-wa in <VW*gV§«vagV&i fl^^x ordi-
nary, of middle quality. ^

ncj-^-irij- hbru-sna so-so different sorts
of grain :— *

hbrid-pa 3TT3R 1. to caress:
(a boy) should be
caressed up to the fifth year of his age
(Can) 2. pf. 1^6 rid to beguile, impose
upon; gf^K* id. ilK^'trw hbrid-de
nod-pa-la? (as she) wanted to seduce him
deceitfully.

I hbrim-pa 1. pf. g*w brims to
distribute, deal out, hand round ; *|*r«rZf.
2. sbst. distributor, dispenser, waiter at
table.

Q^ &bru tfpzf, viz*, #tf% 1. a grain of

anything ; also : corn, seed : 3'i'^a ^<t§e.^
bye-ma hbru-rehi $tcfi-na on every grain of
sand ; ^g^wp hbru-htJiag-pa to grind
grain. 2. a particle, piece, letter: "fai'ig1
"$"1 yig-hbru-g.cig a single letter ; &r*)'*g
a syllable ; ^g'^ hbru-don the meaning of
a letter, the object of one's application or
prayer (Rtsii.). 3. (collectively) grain,
corn, in gen. ng^-pai a load of grain;
4|f^$-*g*fl hbru-sna-der mi-hkhrufo no
kind of grain grows there ; *g'S]*w hbru-
grints tea in grains and loose tea :
gqrfhtfWllf***^ (Jig. 22).
grain; ^g'^e«i grain-measure.
hbru bcud g.sum the three-kinds of millet-
sesame (Sman. 3).

^•i«i libru-phan as met. (lit. that which
benefits grain) water (Mnon.). ^g'i^'^
hbru-smin-pa terms for the ripe or riping

of corn. *g<s™g hb-as-hbm mature or
>»

fruited grain or corn. ^w|^ rans-byed,
l^'i smm-pa, ^i\ lo-thog, fa'f'H ston-thog
are described as stages of growth. ^g'3j*w
tWT^|w*f«r«r^fJl'*ii- terms for the
stalks, plants and ears of corn.

0,^'^ hbru-wa or S'l bru-tca, pf. and
imp. |" brus, to pry into, scrutinise; to
probe, and fig. to inflame and irritate:
M=.X|-q mtshafi-hbru-wa to spy out faults,
also to irritate, si&^jp^&j mtshan hbru-
wahi-tshig irritating words.

''g'*" hlru-ma=^'^^ y{.ge dbu-chen
the capital or printing letters of Tibet.

^'* hbru-tsJui v. g'^ bru-tsha.

q|]'!^ hbru-sun a superior kind of carpet
or rug : ^*?«r^*k^|lT|W|^l (Jig. 27).

^""I'Sj6-' Hbru-la-sgan n. of a place in
Tibet (Lot. >, 9).

">%•*!* hbru-qal, ^'-*) hbru-$a, • v. g1-^
bru-ga.

^^\ hbrug I : (W3*$H f^
thunder, lightning, whirlwind ;
skad-chen-hbrug loud thunder.

(Mongol, proverb) the clouds that are

932

^*

accompanied by thunder seldom rain. the inspiration of hiB tutelary deity founded
accompanies ujr -Dal,,™ At. thntiTne

So the girl that has a loud voice seldom
gets married ("has no wedding feast").

<* - . . «.:•=„•£

Syn. nil tpnn-gyt-sgra,

the monastery of Ealung. At the time
of erecting the second monastery, a greai
thunder storm took place from which
circum8tance it was called ^ Hbrug. The
.on.of.^monasterymef.nous

II : the mythical winged dragon,
creatoe which gives its name to one of the
members of the series of twelve animals in
kalendar cycle. WfSV* (fyu-hbru $fion-
po blue-dragon (Glr.). i^THS hbtug-skaj
or *q«TS ^TOTC, Tf^ft* the cry or sound of
the dragon ; thunder. *g<»| %<N*tw*^ "I**'
the dragon's tusk cures toothache.
hbrug-rgyab-chuii a kind of
Chinese satin, with embroidered figures of
dragons on it; ^f^* A^-W«*
^»-»W satin with larger figures
dragons.

ig/Ta'^ ^TT? possessing the voice of
thunder; n. of a son of Eavana king of

monasteries there; whence from
time Bhutan came to be known as the
country of Bbrug (Dug). The Bhutanese
8tUl f ollow the teachings of Gsafi-p« rgya-
ras-pa (Omb. S 17). ^T« hbrug-bar the
middle sect of the Sbr«g-pa school. *3«VfiS
hbrug-smad the lower or later sect of the
Jfbrug school ; also=lower Bhutan.

Rgq).jj hbntg-nw %^ [1. an ewe. 2.
jfardostachys jatamansf]S.

. kbntg-shabs or Rg^ir^- d&^-
8^^rM^8eem to be the proper terms
^ ^ ecclesia8tical ruler o{ Bautan

known in Indian official circles as the
Dharma E,aja Of Bhutan.

•^Tf 5-fli* hbrug-sgrahi-gar as met. =»'S
rma-bya peacock (jMfton.).

*g"Ti bbrug-rje also called ^'ty naU-lha
n. of a Sa-bdag or demon monster.

<•

^CW Mrug-pa (Dukpa 1. a native of
^ I
Bhutan (Jig. 26). 2. the thunderers or

• i I.M.' T>v.
the 'sect of Buddhists inhabiting Bhutan ;

often also styled in Tibet $*&* ; is one
of the Nyingma or uniformed schools.
The Sbrug-pa school of Buddhism origi-
nated from the lamas GM-ras Pad-ma
Rdo-rje and Chos-rje Gtsa^a bgya-ras-pa.
The latter according to the advice ot his
. spiritual teachers founded the monasteries
of Klon-rdol and Sbrug and agreeably to

a species of leopard found
^ Bhutan ^ bones of which are used as
antidote to cancerous sores and dog bites.
Hbmg-yul or ^^9"! Lho-hbrug
of ' Bhutan, occupying the
Himalayan region ea~,t of Sikkim and
west-north-west of Assam.
Rgw-auw t=f^*l fagitationjo.
«ff *' hbrug-fi* n. of a plant :

^H-VT^^n'1^ the fnut
thing removes illness caused by /«

forth by the rain.

^ 1

to ffll up :
(Situ. 85).

,^^, to rub ; also :
u *br

933

' hbrub khufi=V»W itafS the
sacrificial fire-pit used in Tantrik religious
rites: *9*H*'1wr<*V«tl* (&ag. 51)
fire-pit in which the Ngagpa lamas burn
clarified butter in sacrificial ceremonies.

^ hbrub-pa gen. with $ to over-
>
flow, to gush forth (Ml.) ; fr^gs to . flow

over.

'V needle work.

>o

shrubs :

hbrum any berry on trees or

5^'^*" rgun-hbrum grape; *Kga
se-hbrum hip (fruit of wild brier) in Sikk.,
in W.= pomegranate.

<*g^'q hbrum-pa or ^g^'9 hbrum-bu f^"*tz*

a pock or pustule. ^g*W hbrum-nad

•^

small-pox, the commonest and most dreaded
of all diseases in Tibet, transmission of
which into India by traders via the Sikkim
passes has only lately been in any way
checked by fumigating bales of merchan-
dise and by ordering compulsory vaccina-
tion of incoming traders at Yatung near
the Jelep Pass. Thecolloq. term.f or small-
pox is "lhandrum." ^g«'9'Rl«« ^fsbr n.

>» *

of a tree the bark of which is used in
small-pox ; *gwg'g '% fsfifcf [a species of
leprosy]^. *§*'%'% hbrum-lha-mo the
goddess who causes the disease of small-
pox.

R|«'5 jj hbrum-pho-lha n. of a district in
Tsang where Pholha Thaiji was born
(Lofi. *, 16). *g*)'SJ'§p'til5«v^s«rJpw*« the
full name of governor Phalha Thaiji.

*g<* instr. of *g also an abbr. of

>n n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. *\,
2). *l'*i^'y-' Sbre-ko de-lufi another place
in Tibet (Lon. ', 2).

0.^'CJ hbre-wa pf . and imp. g« bre$ to
screen off, to spread over, to envelop.

l hbreg-pa pf. §«| breg or
bregg, imp. g**I brog or g'l'W brogs to lop
off, prune; amputate: ^'^"H to cut
off at the neck ; ^'M^qij-Ji to excise the
membrum virile ; most frq. in reference to
the hair, to cut off, to shave : f S^f'S
^ll'^W one who shaves the head and
moustache.

' Hbren-dpal-gyiblo-gros n.
of a Buddhist saint of Tibet (Deb. % 2).

-N '

s'C| hbrefi-pa <tw* ^{leather or hide
W5 [bound, connected]<S.
ff'?^|'*|3i'|^3]*i'y straps or
ropes made of hide thongs twisted
together (8. kar. 179).

*gVq hbrefi-wa frq. for ^g6.'1! hbran-ita.

*gVq hbrel-pa K*3y% connection, union,
conjunction, but only in certain applica-
tions. 1. connection between cause and
effect, used also for effect, consequence,
efficacy : jfa'wI'^gTi the efficacy of
prayer (Mil.) ; "£ T5! hjog-pa to apply,
make use of it (Mil.). 2. the vascular
and nervous system conjunctively, the
two systems in their totality. 3. genitive
case, the sixth case of Tibetan Gram-
marians, ^gTiS'fl hbrel-pahi-$gra the
termination of it : § kyi. 4. a small quan-
tity, a little, a bit : wi|'(*gVq'^<i|f<^fpi I
want a little bit to eat ; ^'S'^9i-«i'?«i'«J to
snatch up a little bit of religion (Jd.).

I: hbrel-wa, vb. intrs. to adhere
together, to combine, to become con-
nected, to meet together : |*^Vrv<«r^«rq
connected only by veins and bones, nothing
but skin and bone (Dsl.) ; *p'««|3)'*k'Sfjj««r
jR-gWjfc^-lf-J^ljrq rkan lag-gi sor-mo-
rnamskyan nafi-pahi sor-mo liar hbrel-wa
her fingers and toes, adhered together
like the toes of a goose (Pth. 127, b).

934

i'C9' the connection with, or the
intercourse between Tibet and China;
<^aru|5*< hbrel-gtarn gossipings at meeting
(on the road) (Mil.). ^•q«r*t«r«i de-dafi
lus-hbrel-wa to cohabit with him or her
(Qlr.) ; ^"$*g>«i''wg- j« they having co-
habited, a child was born (JiL).
hbrel-med, Wei unconnected.
hbrel-metf-du smra-wa, faflUfliU uncon-
nected talk, irrelevant speech, ilarwgfc*'"
hbrcl-mtshutit-pa, W^ [a fellow religious
student.]&

hbrel-zab-pa, *lfT« [together,
in company]<S.

hbro-go (ace. S. Lex.
n. of a medicine said to resemble mare's
dung [Scripus ky«oor]S.

JIbro-lo-tsa-wa n. of Lo-tsa-wa
who was a native of ^9~ (or Do.).

hbrog, (W) WTO, W*ft soli-
tude, wilderness, uncultivated land, esp.
summer pasture for cattle in the moun-
tains. ^"1 ^ " hbrog-skyoA-ica, to attend to
a mountain dairy ; *9""!'ii hbrog-khyi herds-
man's dog, a huge fierce mastifi ; ^T^fo
hbrog-dgon, SRPHTT (A. K. Ill 20) monas-
tery in the solitudes of mountains gene-
rally kept up by the Dok-pa. ^"I'f6-'
hbrog-stoti, open pasture lands on the tops
and slopes of mountains. <»3"<TI?*< hbrog-
mam a coarse blanket made and used by
the Dok-pa people : ^flTt^MHf^F
jfo'i hbrog$nam gyi gos-nis brt$egi-g yon-pa
he was dressed in two-fold clothes of Dok
blanket (A. 130).

hlrog-pa, (Dok-pa),
herdsman, shepherd, etc., particularly the
nomadic Tibetans who live in tents on the

moors and upland valleys of Tibet, tending
cattle and earning a subsistence therefrom.
They are found all over Tibet, keeping
each tribe or section to its own grounds ;
and are in various ways much superior to
the husbandmen and cottagers of the
country. They export wool and pay
taxes in butter to the Tibetan Govern-
ment. ^UrSI hbroy-phrug, a herdsmans
1 child, a boy tending cattle — in W. now
used as a nickname; ^j*T*> hbrog->ju', a
herdsman ; ^fi'li hlrog-mo, Jit'?!' a female
Dok-pa; ^"W hbrog-$had rude, rough,
boorish ; ^j'W^i'*' hbrog-shad snon-pa to
be rude, etc. (Sch.). ^g'T^j*' hbreg-lhas ifte
a fold for cattle.

Syn.

ba-lan-byran;
Idan ; $«]»ii»r
pdyug$-ldan ;
phyug ; 1'^K ba-hjo ;
kag-tog (Mfion.).

'8"C' phyugs-skyon ;

rkan-bshihi nor*

ba-ldafi dwan-
hjo-mkhan ;

hbron, (doitg)=^^ ?yag-rgod
1- wild yak (Poceptiagus grun-
niens) ; ^TfTOVT*'^' the yak of Jang-
thang ; ^^'"^ hbrofl*hbri wild yak-cow,
*?fs.'g*| hbron-pkrug a yak-calf, ^'^
hbrofi-ko a wild-yak's skin or leather.
2. v. *gVq.

Mbron-khyags La the well-
known Dong-khya Pass, the top of which
is 18,420 ft. altitude, giving access from
the Lachung valley in the extreme N.E.
of Sikkim into that part of Tibet which
lies at the northern head of the Chumbi
valley. The name signifies " frozen wild-
yak pass, " being so called from a troop
of yak having been once overtaken by a
storm on the pass and having been there
found frozen to death.

935

attending to, to wait upon, to serve.
g-jfa-ngt^c, being attended to by celestial
damsels (£fe§-§prin).

^'t" Hbron-rtse n. of a prosperous
large village with a monastery and an
ancient palace four storeys high, belonging
to the family of Shape Phala. It stands
about 10 miles N. N. W. of Gyang-tse, on
the Nyang river (Lon. *, 8).

n5|e.-w hbron-bzah n. of the fifth wife
of Mrg Kliri-sron Idehu-btsan (Lo&. <*, 8).
•^

R^I hbrom an ancient family in Tibet
in which was born <*tJs4-|«r£WAgc.'ojaj*i
Broinston the founder of the sovereign
hierarchy in Tibet iu the beginning of
the llth century A..D.

Q^^T^f hbros-pa pf. *g*i or g*i bros,
fut. <Mj« or *?jVw*n, to run away, to
escape ; l
to flight;
thither ; ^
fig.

ran away, fled from, took
to run hither and
«5*r« place of refuge ;
his eye are sunk (Ja.).
to make one run away ; to drive
away. The perf. ^ bros must not be
confused with g« the perf. of %'H bro-wa
to smell. In Tangyur, mdo, xciii, 130,
occurs a sentence with both verbs:

tba or V^ dbah, waves.
Jt« rba-klons, and ZStW id.

Rba-rag n. of a place in Tibet :
(A. 117). v^n
rba-mi rag for 5'^i'i'^'^il the better class

of men in Rba ; qfai^<Ntan|fW^|'qi3'iir
|4|V^-q (D.R. 11, 12).

Sfi\ rbad 1. a large species of eagle.
2. W. crutch=«e.'l'l. 3. rough and hoarse ;

rbad-sgra a harsh voice; cf.
rbad-rbod. 4. quite, wholly : ^'ifS^'fi rbad-
gcod-pa or gv^'"!^'" rbad-tser gcod-pa to
cut off entirely, to extirpate (Jd.) ; $V|'l<'
rbad-skyogs residue, residuum, drugs, husks,
etc. (Jd.).

^^ £| rbad-pa, imp. 9^ r bod, to set on,
incite: ^'5q|*'*i'il-SS'{| to instigate a dog
against wild animals and incite a demon to
do mischief to an enemy. Also=*is-*i$*'3
to send some calamity or disease by means
of witchcraft, etc. : «cS5'2^''J|fR.1 brings
down visitations of the Ma-mo fiends.

rbad-rbod thick, dense, • close :
thick hair, (Jd.).

rbab a rolling-down, also S\ e.g.,
rdo-rbab loose stones roUing down ;
g aftOT the rolling of detritus had
ceased (Mil.).

; v. SV rbad-pa.

rbod

^'ZJ Iba-wa 1. n^Jpg wen, goitre. 2.
large knots in, or excrescences on, trees ;
on account of their speckled appearance
often turned into drinking-bowls or cups.

ij'ZJ Ibu-wa, also ^9'q dbtwea, $*, a
^o
bubble, foam, froth, scum ; $'i chu-lbu id. ;

!'«r*1 or l'*!'^ ^Jrarr^, ^ra frothy, foamy
frost-covered; gj'qs^'gE.1 producing little
scum ; IJ-q'qwq to scum or skim off ((7s.) ;
^•$-§t|-q-«^-<^ a friend is like water
bubbles (Jo.); i'«r*3*'3s it sends up
bubbles.

§ sba v. a'l sba-wa. g^j secret, hidden ;
also H'l"^' $ba-gsafi secret and concealed.

sba-tfkar a kind of 'linen cloth

936

y$* sba-rtir lining of tea-pots, tea-cups,
etc., with brass or gilt (Btsii.).

8)'«i] sba-thag rope made of twisted cane.

g'3 sba-wa 1. a common form of the
vh. Ifi'i $bed-pa to hide, q. v. 2. or more
fully *VW'9'*T1' hdonts-kyi $ba-wa, sbst. the
privy-parts. 3. n. of a place in Khami
(Lot. >, 17).

£j'* §ba-tsha the residue of mustard seed
after oil has been pressed out.

H'fa' gba-ts/uiA oil-presser's house, the
hut where oil is pressed out, as in Gyangtse.

tC$'*)u|'3«i sba-lu mig-byil an insect
(Btsii.).

gq|'3 shag-pa pf. ««!« tbags imp. «"!»>
sbogs to saturate, stain ; to defile, pollute :
\*wH<>r« polluted with dirt; \-*M|«l^W
saturated with perfume (Btsii.).

|£'C| sbaA-wa 1. v. IF* $bon-tca. 2. malt
from which beer has been brewed ; Vp-'fy
sbafi-skom id. dried.

|j£SJ sbaAs 1. dung of large animals,

such as horses, yak,' deer of large size ;

especially also 5'8F«, JSc-'^*' dung of

horses and asses ; fresh dung of cows, yaks,

&c., is more correctly |'«i or ? q- H*«'«S

dung manure ; iF&W dung dried for fuel.

2. trf«Bi^ wet, flowing: «'WI|M« wet

.with rain. !F«'a« s.bafis-glum= **•'$[$« wet

malt (Rtsii.). £*'$* sbans-rtam the refuse

barley when beer has been brewed out of it.

IP jbab a species of bird (Rtsii.).

gCJ'5 sbab-ca a certain number or quan-
tity of trading articles, e.g., of paper, a
quire, a bundle of matches, etc. (Jo.).

f|£rq sham-pa pf. SI*1* ibams, imp. *H
sboms, to place together, to collect : |«F
to teeP together in

one place ; 8fl|'*i'!|w<r^ §myug-ma slams-

1§

pa-hdra like reeds laid together (Vai-sn.).

^ sbar-wa v. ^'^ gbor^ca.
fbar-mo v. H*'^ spar-mo.
fbar-ya? ^IKW n. of a number.

Sbal 1. a provincce of southern
Mongolia: 9R'9|w§w«var^s (O. Bon. $).
2. muscles : <xi)'«5'gai the soft muscles of
the palm of the hand.

§^'C| tbal-pa M3>, TIT^ a frog; also
erroneously suf* the crab. Ipt'^K.' $&«/-
c^un or Hi'ft' $bal-kon a young frog,
tad-pole (Cs.) ; H«i'*^ sbal-chen a lizard ;
sbal-nag toad (Rtsii. ).
a^ fbal-pa-can m* [a kind of tree,
grandiflora.^S. 'mvwy* s'bal-pa
lag-pa the root of a medicinal plant :
jjar«'oi<ij -«i»i\4-^fl|'fl ^1 the plant §bal-pa
lag-pa cures obstruction of urine.

H« that or ^«'i ^r, »|T, ^J secret,
confidential; g*)'*"! sbas-tshig words that
are suppressed, concealed (MAon.).

«g[ a kind of wild animal (Btsii.).

sbid-pa 1. corrupt form of
2. in Tsang, for «V« bel
instrument for blowing a fire.

fj'^ sbu-gu 1. hoUow, cavity; the
narrow interior of anything, a tube.
2. a hollow stem or reed: q-v^a'S'^T •
M-JJ | 8-fl|fc1'^*r^'fc'Sj*'(*9i having dwelt on
the stem of the lotus how could you go
into that mire of filth (Ebrom. (", 28).

%i sbu^tea v. S'* Ibu-wa. a'q'^ sbu-wa-
can ^rftB [unhurt, safe]<S.

JCm-f fbu-la-kha 1. the japanned or co-
loured leather imported into Tibet from
China. 2. the sable, Mustcla zibellina (Jo.).

937

sbug or SI'S sbug-po the inner-

N3

most part of a house where treasures are
kept; 1^'K"! or *^'5'81 mdsod-kyi-gbug
treasure-safe.

sbug-chol or &*** sbub-chal
> "*

large bell-metal cymbals ; there are three

kinds of flfl|'*«i gbug-chal in use in Tibet.
(1) ^'8*| hor-sbug cymbals imported from
Mongolia; (2) §'8,1 rgya-sbug Chinese
cymbals ; (3) «wsjfl| bal-sbug cymbals manu-
factured in Nepal.

HT^ sbug-pa to penetrate, to perforate,
to pierce into: S"!'3'i^';< sbug-rtsa lon-pa=
***•'$ Q&'rf'i to understand the secret of
any matter, to penetrate into the real
object or import of anything (Tig. k.).

%3W $buff$ = $<w *ta; ($%'&) hoUow
>a ' . .

stalk, a tube; hole, excavation, interior

space : B^'g^a*!*' tubular cavity, conduit,
sewer, in C. ; STS^'ST" sbug-tu nor gba-tca
to hide treasures in a recess. 8*1»<=
«c,-^f san-sen hole for inserting the
handle of an instrument ; ^^«-|-|w^«
$ans-ki/i sbubs-pnis the pair of nostrils.
girm-JSjarq^c.'^'1] 3iT€tT [expanded,
blossomed]<S. gTSTa"!* brag-bla klu-
sbugs a shrine in Lhasa on the side of
Chag-po Ei where is a cave sacred to
nagas.

i sbiigs-dam or g^^'^S^ sbugs-hbyar
shtgs-kyi phyag-dam the
royal seal :

l. 7).

I'ST sbugs-rtsa *n^ the pulse ; S.*!*''^'
= ac>'lc-' ^f [the act of tastlngJS.

g^'gC' sbun-sbufi many in one place, a
heap; sjc.-gc.-R5tq't1i|-|cl- many people died

in one place (A. 151).

<^HI [unassailable]^. ^ Sbud-hrar

n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. 41).

»f«T; skin-bellows, used in blowing the
hearth. Tibetans always using dried
dung of cattle for fuel, the bellows is an
indispensible article, and usually consists
of two skin-bags squeezed together so
that the compressed air passes through a
tube into the fire (Jd.). |t\£r*9'V£i gbud-pa
hbud-pa to blow or work the bellows.
SIV*^ sbud-mchu the tube or iron -mouth
of a bellows.

§^'^ slun-pa 1. v. spun-pa. 2. jf* bark

->3

of trees, the peel of fruit, pod or husk of
grain (JT. d. % 16).

aaJ'"I^*' §bun-gter 1.=^'^'^ don-med-pa
or $^'3 *>«V<i meaningless, without substance,
hollow, vain (Zz'f.). 2. a small building in
the style of a monument, in which sacred
writings are deposited (Jd.).

HAt"*' sbun-rtsis a very high rate of
interest, fifty per cent.

' sbub-khon a hollow ball.
sbub-chol v. g<»l-*n(=Xa|-3!i (jig. IS).

N>

fbubs-hbras the nutmeg.

Syn. I^^'IN sbubs-skyes ; aw«^ §lnibs-
can (Mnon).

S^'i sbur-pa or 9^'^S'II sbur-hTshyog the
beetle :

sbur-ma chaff, husks.

slow fire kept
up with chaff (S. Lex.).

sbur-len n. of a kind of gem.
-*jji|-3|-*,q-^q-3i'vors^ the lur-len gem is
useful in cataract of the eye. S^

938

tapa«]<S. (8. Lex.). «1<*'
gser-gyi $bur-lori (D.R.).

1'^ tbe-ga,^!* V»$F#rfr' physical
exercises, athletics, etc. «'« fbe-wa to
scuffle, to wrestle; s&e-Ma = <w^K£)or
Vrt'3"V<i trial of strength between comba-
tants (Rtsii.).

"jjj'Sfc Sbe-ser a place situated to the
S. W. of Lhasa with a monastery, for-
merly the seat of Lama rffV*^««^H
Rnog-ston Lcgs-pahi fes-rab (Lon. », -4).

^, gSJ|'t| $beg-pa **. lean, lank, thin.

Syn- ^'M'" 4no$-nan-pa; •*!'$=• '" f«-
clmfi-wa ; V «*«»'»-?« 5 ^'fl r^a (V"on-)-

1^*3 j4e£p«, or If* «6a-tro, pf. ««
imp. S* $&<>$, to hide, conceal, cover :
^'HY" to conceal as a treasure, «*S'^'llS't|
to hide in a store-house ; ^ ^|«^nFl
and treasures which had been recorded
in writing became hidden (Pth. 128).
K1cjc.-<r|'*<ii*^ai '^'gS to conceal troops in a
wood; w^-s-iS hide in the ground;
%W<i|^''VliIVW|S assiduously conceals his
excellent qualities (Bbrom. f>, hi).

g«\-« $bed-im 1. any property or article
that is hidden not made public; con-
cealed treasure that has come to light.
2. jftTT the veiled woman, n. of a wife
of Buddha, which name is also translated
ag ^•^•« Sa-tsho-ma.

$bo the upper part of the belly;
fat from it ; if 'ft'" sbo-rkun-pa pick
pocket C. (Jo.).

~ff JT* sbo-khwa-chi (Mongol term) an

ambassador, envoy : s«i-Hi-B-^Vwlvfi!l5'
i-3Sni^-««ff-S» the leading men, such as the
orderlies of the reigning king and the
ambassadors (D. gel. 10).

sbo-ica pf. ifa s&o$ = tf5-q to swell
up, to distend : f*^ the beUy is swollen,
turgid ; lf*ljq!'£| to wheeze from inflation
(Jd.).

jjj^pSTEl gbogs-pa v. SIT" sbag-pa.

"§C'CJ $bo6-wa 1. pf. «F« $&«"$ fut- 3=-'
sban to steep in water, to soak, to drench
(Jd.). 2. = tfc-'£' spon-wa to abstain from.

1^-ai^E.- send for ! or sfai, one who has
been sent for.

sbod-pa a tassel, tuft (Jd.).

>f fl'T^ sbon-pa — v^ za-wa to eat.

"|J|'2J §6om-^o or gw-i = *««|W rags-pa
of large dimensions, big, bulky, thick;
considerable; also=^^'« very broad:
3^g-tf^ii|5-3^-q-gVq'7fo he obtained con-
siderable satisfaction and great encour-
agement (Tig. k. 88). SF3 sbom-ph™
dimensions, size, breadth ;
equal thickness (Ta-sel. 35);

ve>$« (Tig. k.).

5'« $boi>t-dgah-ma n. of a Buddhist
nun on account of whose misconduct
Buddha had to enjoin restrictions for the
guidance of nuns (K. du. 5, ', 5,)-

|»<-ci5-jjw<r«a\ tsrapfi (S. Lex). [1- bulky.
2. the grass or "reed Saccharum cylindri-
cum.~\S.

^'^ sbor-wa, pf. and at times pres.
8|* sbar 1. to light, kindle, inflame: *F*
iifi^'gqi^'q^'^N'sl'g^'^ kindling the fire all
round the circle. 2. to transfer, trans-
fuse : wv^'^'1) to remove from one place
to another.

*.•% sbor-lo ; Anemone polyantha in Lh.
N'« a swelling in the bone (S. Lex.).

939

e.-l bsyan-wa, \. £=- q gbyon-wa.
MTrl, srerfcT washed, used; also ("fy'
practised, disciplined. |e.*rq
washed and cleaned stone,
^•arflfl«rq = ^-1fr (Mfon.). One who re-
mains satisfied with qualifications acquired
by practice or study ; a term signifying a
Qravaka; |Cflra$^fM T^t^C. talents or
qualification kept up, used or practised
[ascetic practices]*. |c,*r*i|*i filtered,
purified by filtration.

§^\ ^ sbyar-pa n. of a species of poplar.

|^*£| sbi/nr-tra a secondary form of
|Vq sbyor-wa : fj^'|^'*i to mix up or prepare
medicine ; ^I'S'i'vq to paste paper ; ^T^'
l^'t) to attach, apply meaning to words.
3VTtvq=q|*j'q to borrow. |V3*| wyu,
[misery]*. Sv^5*'q «Wm [full or
complete knowledge]*, gvw ^z mix-
ture, anything mixed or joined together.
|*.'if*i sbi//ir-sbom tr(TJV«i pomade, perfumery,
l^-q i. (fcij-s^wri'g) gtsm, 'gfcr joining
together, |^'tiPW|^q = H^rai; 2. = ijTi
*^Tq;T [in collection, in ascent]*. 3.
(3*l'§'5) S^Hf mixing up ingredients, as in
food, medicine, etc. |*>'qS"*c,' wine or beer
prepared from two or three ingredients;
|vq>v\ incense or incense sticks made of
two or three perfumes.

U^I'^J sbyig-pa to tie, knot: "wj'q^lflrq
thag-pas sbyig-pa.

H^'^l §byin-pal: vb., pf. and imp. S^
b i/in 1. to give, bestow, make a present
of : ^'"I'S^ he offered as a price w'a^'w
al^ to take what is not given. 2. to add,
to sum up (Vai. kar).

Syn. 3*1 ster-wa • tf?*.'Q fftoft-mi. Mnon.
&p\ ^ II : sbst. <m gift, present, alms ;

bestow gifts, then shall gifts be obtained
by you (N. 2'., St. Luke vi 38) $^<r$*r
"'^ the four kinds of gift or alms: —
(1) ^•ln%|aj-q of goods ; (2) *«i'|^ti of
moral and religious instructions; (3)
sKSiprqS'l^q of protection; (4)
^'" presenting affection, love, etc.
a charitable person; |^'qlTc-'
distribution of gifts, i^'^^^'S'^-q to
make gifts to a large number of people,
also of valuable things to monasteries, etc.
|T^y«ft^'BW'| the five articles which
are not fit to be presented and should
not be made gifts of : — «*^ arms, **'
wine, ^"1 poison, 9^'*^ women, *w»4'^'q
anything that is not dharma (K. du.
i, 78). |^q-^w!^ ^TifniAf^ai charity

carried to its furthest limit, i.e., unlimited
charity; |^q3'*c«i^ ?T5Tflq [full of
charity]*.

l^'^^i] sbyin-bday ^PlTfa a patron, more
especially a dispenser of gifts, a layman
manifesting his piety by making presents
to the priesthood.

the objects worthy of gifts, i.e., beings
to be worshipped by offerings are : — ^ a
deity, Bodhisattva, Arhat, etc., I'i^ a
Buddhist saint or sage or object of reve-
rence, wS^'rt1^ worshipful objects, ^'|'
"I^w religious symbols, images, caitya.

l^-q-^-qj the ten possessions of the
Buddhist which he should be ready to
bestow : — (1) ^'1^ precious things such as
gold, silver, gems; (2) ^'3"> furniture,
utensils etc. ; (3) **» articles of food ; (4)
TgF his ox; (5) ? horse; (6) SQ=-'^
elephant ; (7) g'S his daughter ; (8) *rift
land; (9) ^V*V* (this may be his
mistress) ; (10) ^'^l'-*) his own flesh.
The instances of the last two items are

940

where a Bodhimttva performs acts of
Dana-paramita (as found in legendary
stories) and are therefore considered as
not applicable in ordinary life — so in the
Vinaya a woman is prohibited as an
article of gift. The case of one's body
forming an object of gift, which is the
outcome of sin (1fi^*<'''g=.«'c<), is applicable
to only a Bodhisattwa who has no business
to remain in the mortal tenement (Lam-
rim. 221).

l^'i'Q fbyin-pa-po ?IBW giver, alms-
giver, offerer of a gift. Syn. "llfc'^S gton-
phod; «^TI««| 4pal-sdug; $W'^ fbyin-
rlabg-can; %5'$^'3S fin-tu sbyin-byed;
*q-«j-<*5ft rab-tu-hgod; w$* rab-ster; |S'Q
sbyod-po ; 1^-**\'»*^ ffter-nted-mchod
ri$-med-iter (Mnon.).

gbyin-pa-hi hot objects of
charity: — gwi^'3'^ supreme objects of
refuge; ^c-»''?J't\5Q|'3 those who are poor
and destitute; igi|«^« those who are
praise-worthy, «*VS respected friends,
parents, etc; ly** respectable persons
(Mnon.).

|^-q5-i-X«C5-|ac«5-»)t; the Sutra on Dana
Parmita (K. d. 1, 122) delivered by
Buddha at the request of the Bodhisattva
Mahasattta ^ST^'I ^T^' I

''^*8*¥''fl (this
Bodhisattva's name is unusually long).

l^w'gj'S sbyin-mahi Ifta-mo 3l5fl the
goddess of gifts ; a lunar mansion.

|^'§"1' sbyin-sreg •$&, ^T^r burnt offer-
ings as made by Tantrik Buddhists ;
the offerer of such;
clarified butter, articles
necessary for burnt sacrifices. |^'§1'I'
uisi'^c,- §byin-sreg-gi yam-fin ^T<«TB first

wood necessary for the offering.
•\1^i ^T^T fad [lit. "one fond of oblation"
;.<?. fire]S. jff^i*v|^^wr|-rih| sbyin-sreg
mchod-sbyin rnamf-kyi-mchog (K. du. f>,
190) Homa is the chief of all fire-sacii-
ficials.

Syn. ^=-'5 f ifi-bu ; 9S'^=.' bud-fin • **i«v
5|«.' t shim-by ed-fin ; "w^f yam-fin ; Y*»-3K
horn-fin; g^'J^c.' byin-zahi-f in ;
s-kyi-fin ; ^'S'^JE.' phra-mo-fin •

' sbyin-sreg-fin (Mfion.).

§C'CJ sbyon-ica pf.
1. to clean, remove by cleaning, clear
away; like ^T" 'WWST, washing off
esp. ^fll'i'l6.'^ to wash off or purge sin ;
(^9'|'c-*' curing diarrhoea (Lex.) ; ^'I^'IS'I'
2\w*R the knowledge how a man may be
purified by bis own doings. 2. to take
away, to subtract: ^wH*)**™'!^ (Vai.
kar.) 60 being subtracted. 3. to exercise,
to train, sf bio one's mind, f> one's
mouth, hence F'S*-' eloquence (Mil.) ; gV3!^
^•|t^-g-«E,-q^-»i§»j by dint of formerly

cultivated abilities (Glr.) ; S'^'l6-'^ that
must be practised still better ; t^'*rf(e.-q to
learn mathematics (Pth.) ; «i-^«''|^IS'£| to
accustom, familiarize. |^'^ &byon-thar=
|e.pq^'|^'£i to perform magical practices
(Rtsii.). fe.'"'!^'!!^ T^a [a priest skilful in
offering obIations]<S. §c''§S'<If^*' sbyon-
byed-g.nis=*K§ thar-nu and ^'S1^ dttr-byid
(Sman. ^50). |c.'^*i §byon-rim$
diarrhoea which is of four kinds,
an

§^>'^ sbyor-wa I: = sdeb-pa (Mnon.).
pf. and fut. !*• gbyar 1. to affix, attach,
fasten together ; to put close to, to apply :
to impress on the mind : ^«'^^'
sometimes he

941

as a little boy eight years old would
fasten to his mouth a covering of fur
lined with silk; g'<^'"I3"l^''5rS9'^'|M*'
having fastened the head on the body of
the image. Also fig. : ffWjT§*'§'Wlir
q^*> conceiving the idea of bringing
trouble on them. ^e.'5<ift*i'|Vl to unite
the two sexes;

having taken shelter from the rain, on
sitting down she fell asleep ; but in a
dream the teacher Padma came and
having connection with her bestowed seed.
S-qS-g-a-g^uie. also without the word $1
being added. 2. to conjoin, connect,
combine (used with
joined mouths, kissed;
^•j-^swj^-qg,* for the purposes of war
the Chinamen should unite with Tibetans.
It is in this sense of the word that we find
a sort of adverbial use of the forms l^'ai
sbyor-la and I^E; signifying ' along with
him,' ' together with him ', ' as well ' :
MTf-ft^r^fwvqq-fe-. I 8ent the girl,
and the goats and sheep went along with
her; |W^<*q^j"WfT|'r\8**V »» the
lama was coming here, he brought the
letter with him.

N-1

|J^,'2J sbyor-iva II: 1. to prepare, get
ready, adjust, accommodate one's self to
(and thus, as we see, practically identical
in meaning with §Vq I.) :

next, jn or(Jer to
harmonise the direct way of entrance and
those series of vehicles, he caused to be
prepared for progress the higher Naljor
ascetics without neglecting those that
were of the lowest degree of stedfast-
ness ; Wr^'HT^T^'S^ in that cave they
made ready the victuals ; I'

Vw •§=.• your subjects have not com-
plied with the agreement. 2. to establish,
confirm, make stedfast, settle ; i|e.-3fl|-ig'iq*-*iS'
*q-q|r;-q-* ^js^3-iwar|Vq-«^- he confirmed
in the right way those human beings of
the middle classes who were intellectually,
superior, mediocre, and inferior, res-
pectively ; ^*)Afl)<V|3«Vq^-|-|Vq ".^•^•uic.'Ji^
in making people stedfast on several parti-
cular occasions he would act like this.

H^'3 III : fJTWaj, q>JT sbst. 1. *q-q n
study or religious observances ; assiduity,
application. 2. union, connection, con-
junction with something else ; hence, the
joining together of letters, the mingling
of drugs in medicine, the linking of
subjects into a set or pair, the pairing of
animals, also coition and sexual union of
human beings. 3. coincidence, agreement,
harmony, parallelism, analogy : ipv^v
qg^q!v|Vq auspicious coincidences, the
conjunction of the stars and planets
for harmonious connection (marriage).
4.»gprn§frq arrangements, plan, pre-
paration: a^v&ijStY^IVq-SN-q-'Ji (A. 67)
at night when they had made an arrange-
ment to kill. |Vq'q^ the four preparations
are : — &Jjq-q*W[*rq accumulation of merits ;
f«j|-q|c.'q the purification of sins; £*r|tr
**V«i worshipping with recitation of
Buddhist scriptures ; «lXfl'«r«]?X'*<-j^-q the
offering of torma to evil spirits.

IMifl sbyor-Wog spelling of words and
reading (Situ. 55).

ffvqg'q sbyor-brgya-pa an epithet of
Vishnu (Mfion.).

fj^'V! ^farata [in medicine, excessive
union or mixture]^.

1^,'q'^'q^ §byor-wa ner-bdun the twenty
seven |Vl coincidences in astrology : (1)

942

IF I

(17)

A/ow;
grub-pa ; (22)
dgc-ica; (24)
; (26)
hkhon-hdain

sel-tca; (2) «fc'* mdsah-bo; (3)
tshe-dan-pa; (4) q«rw skal-bsan;
(5) wZj isatf-po; (6) %5' I**™ ?«»-<«
skran§-pa; (7) «ww la$-bsan; (8) ^'i
hdsin-pa; (9) ETC sitg-rftti; (10) 3*.*™
skrafit-pa-, (11) **« hphel-wa; (12)
; (13) ^'"OEMi kun-hjoms ; (14)
tra ; (15) ft «/o-r/e ; (16)
%5'f^ ft»-#tt Ihun-ica; (18)
mchog-ean; (19)
(20) \l »A«-wa ; (21)
bsgrub-bya; (23)
rf*ff»--po ; (25)
dwan-po; (27)
(Rtsii.).

|^'9S'« sbyor-bycd-iiM 1. a woman in
general. 2. a prostitute (.Mn0«.).

l^'gi^1** sbi/or-lil(iii-iiM = f(^'^'^ constel-
lation Pusya (^now.).

§*•'£• Sbyor-rtse or I'^^l' $bijor-ra-rtse u.
of a village situated to the south of Lhasa
(Yig. k. 10).

| sbra or J|H fbra-ijitr q^f^ (K"*1'
ti5fll«-«) also caUed S'^5'^ the black yak-
hair tent in which the Dok-pa people of
Tibet live: fS^'4^^1^fWf (A.
120). !j'«"1 ?bra-thng yak-hair tent-rope;
fl-^w sbra-fnam yak-hair blanket (Rtsii.) ;
j|-«i sbra-pa inmate of yak-hair tent ; ^"i
sb-a-yol curtains made of yak-hair; %^'
t bra-fin frame work of a yak-hair tent.
T [a cage]S.

sbm-llM n. of a Sa-bdag monster.

86ra^-pfl=»VVl>V«"
; to lay or put a thing over or by
the side of another: W^^HW*
EiS'jpm gbrags means putting all things
together on one side (fftig. 53).

5«qH'N sbrags-ma 1. a hay-fork. 2.
conjunction, combination :

flesh and skin in combination ;
Snm'qN'g^q^'ljilN'JCSN Phun-tsogthe great
chief joined the head lama (J. Zan.).
Syn. H"P sbra g -ma ; ^^'^' mthun-mon,

i'aa' ynis-sbrel; l^'^ zun-sbrel.

Sbrags n. of a village in Lhokha
on the Bhutan border (Rtsii.).

fj£' j&ran for S«.'fr sbran-rtsi W§ honey ;
5jE,-^c- honey-comb; H^'*^' honey-beer
(flag.); H=-'3*< fbran-rgyag an offering of
honey to the gods, in Sikk.

mosquito curtain.

5jc.'S|X sbran-gi-ro residuum of honey
after having been clarified ; also wax.

5=.** 5&ratf-cM»- =««*<•** wpft slight
rain ; meal.

ge.-gH W& [1- n. of deity. 2. a large
creeper, Oaertnera raconosa^S.

^•§ sbran-bu WT flies, bees, etc. ; their
several names :— fls-'IS sbran-byed ; ^ ^ '»•
sbran-gi sbran-ma ; ^'^'^' sbran-ches-nun •

" nagt-kyi fbran-nui;

tbran-lu ; ^^^'w tshans-tna ; *&%**( dug-rmt-
can; *** ba-ra-ta; H^tfiff** $bran-gfog-
can; ^'^'f"!*1 dar-dir-grogs ;
dbjj<tn$-byed; S'lS sgra-byed;
dbyans-sgrogs (Mnon.).

i|=.'3 sbran-byi the marten (Sch.).

gf« sfo-aw-»ia=9«.-q vm the honey-
bee ; fp. '91 sbran-bug bees' nest ; 8^'*=- bee-
hive, honey-comb.

Syn. ^"tei-flf)*^ >r/-.y^ ffnis-pa;

sbraii-rtsi mi/an ;
"1^ sbran-rtsi-
sbran-rtsihi dri-myan:
ge-sar-spyod; ^'^ rdul-nal;

rtsihi brtul-shugs ;

ge.' J"|

Mod;

wa

943 |ai I

me-tog hthor-wa ; s^'w^ me-tog tj5^ sbrud-pa pf. and imp. |« sbrus,

sas-can ; *>'?i|'*$*| me-toq-hjuq ; *f-'&\ rkan- *. r°M , -, , • -,r > "^

tut. ^ sbru, 1. to stir with one s hand to

drug ; §c,'i] bhyin-ga ; §'*«'^ bhra-ma-ra ; W i * /z> \ o i j £..„

poke up (fire). 2. to knead rq rdst-

§c.-^qc.-ci nam-chun dwan-po ; "I^*i'g gsam- ir< \

sgra ; ^5S-<^ bcud-hdsin ; **§*\\*\ bcud-sbyin ;

q§sVqj|^'9ql^ bcud-brtul-shugs ; S'flRsrupSV^fj fl1^'^ sbrum-pa

m-ffnas hkhor-hgro ; ^'^ ge-sar-hdsin ; pr^|nant) big with young . ^.^.R^ .q to

' rdul-hchan; *$* ri-skyes; a^V conceive) to become pregnant, fiq. fliw

9Pi spos-nad-ldan ; *& ro-myon ; ^*\W* *^ feeling pregnant (PM>) . nni^

me-toq myan-wa; *''?1''Ii'|" me-toa la-rtse' u • j i. • -ii L-U /r-\

having conceived, being with child (Jd.).
•jS^-Q'^flp mchog-tu-dgah ; g^'t"S^ sinzn-

rtsi-spyod; &:$"*^ sbran-rtsi-hded ; ^%* JT0 &ur-M™ (or |^'H sbrur-khra) : |^'

«rwj sbran-rtsihi zas-can; q^|« «4ran- S^'B'^'^^'^'^ the worm sbur-khra is a

rtsi-skyes; flfg sbran-bw; ^'0 iu^^a cure for hydrophobia.

(Mnon.}. ^i-, ^

O'N JOTM* ajra, ^f?, TTI5'^ j ^t1^ a ser"

3=-'%' sbran-fin w^K (Hindi mowa) n. pen^ Snake • |«f*§*F«K'*H''&1CT*l sfr't*^-

of a tree from the flower of which wine is hbros-parhgyur^ahi-snags the charm to

distilled in India. make gnakeg mn away . %^3,-^s-

sbran-gnas-can ; ^'K^c-N'^ hod-zer mdans '>•$*•'*• (-7T. g. ^, 5^). this charm when

can ; ^'$"$ '^ sbran-rtsihi-tog ; 9'^'^Tl muttered and wind blown on the ground

bu-ram me-tog ; «e.v«i'^ mnar-wa-dsin ; by the lips, will cause a snake to run away

%'^=.' fin-rin ; ^'^'^'^ sbran-rtsihi IJon- from a particular place. ^c"'^iln' snake's

pa (mnon.}. coil; fjai'l'ilV^ ^ft'^ptr, HtT a snake's

' hood; |<M'§'«^'C' ^iftr?*ST fangs of a snake.

^'Q sbrad-pa = *^ hbrad-pa <i. v. ^rf-^9 sbrul-gyi »dub-bu ^finraq a

%H sbram largeness, bulk : J 9*^% bangle' one made in the ^ °f & 8Qake'8

5'"I»i« as to his bodily bulk the belly was co"'

very corpulent (A. 11). Syn. »)«|'9|«'?« mig-gis-thos ; ^wg'*5?

gzar-bu-mgo ; 9ai-S\ql^'*''*'^ nal-byed-g.nid

%W§sbram-bu unwrought gold, bar- ^^^ ^.^ rtef!.5tes. ^q-q $^7-«;«;

gold : g«'S'i^ V^ had each a sho of un- ^.^ iogs-rans ; war*! sa-la-hphye ;

wrought gold (A. 20). qfrm^-% ^dens-can chen-po; f'^1 fto-

SS'^ sW-^ 1. or !>^1<V« «««-««? A^«;"^^-*^; ^^o-%ro;J^

sbrid-pa to sneeze: l^'^i^when ^ gya^yw-bgro ; <3F<* bran-hgro ; W

coughing I am seized with a sneezing. hkhyog-hgro;^^kun-hgro;^ba-»lan-

^.^ ^^^^ drugs which produce S™; ^'^ thig-lehi-sna ; -

sneezing. "2. to become numb, torpid: lo-can; |=.'W^ rlun-zas-can ;

w^tfl-q^-ipwp.-ff|v«l by long squatting hphel-ka-can ; |^«l ke-ynis-pa ;

the legs bwome numbed. «J«n^f Sa?-c«» ; B^^ *A«<W» ««^ 5

S44

dug-gi mtshon-can ;
hdsin; «fa.*r*q gdens-can (Mnon.).

^* sbrul-gyi m

n. of a vegetable incense
called 'tiger's nail' (Mnon.).

i|«r*^ fJrN&4m*KVTOCT^*' du-tra mjiig-
rin a comet (Mnon.).

(Sman-bgdug.

fj sire said by some to be the Sj'^' *>•>•-
moA ifW weasel; but ace. to Sch. the
stone-fox.

fl'5 j6re-6o = ^'^ re- Jo or VP re-tea a
coarse material manufactured of yak's
hair for tent coverings («/a.).

^

fjC'3 sbren-tca pf. |=-« «ire^: to rattle,

make shake, vibrate ; to play an instrument
(Ja.) : 'la'JS'S6'11 ffsfiH-rgyud sbren-ica to
jerk the bow-string; g»ri5f$'jfn biiM-imht
chu sbren-tca to shake the water in a bottle.

Tjg; dry, thirsty.

t*i'Zi gbrel-fo 1. a joint (D. eel. 7).
an old officer (Btsii.) :

gbrel-ica to stitch together (paper),
to sew on, to fasten on ; to bind together,
to attach ; f «F J«| -«ifl|-J|-|9i ^ Icagg-ggrog lag-
pa sbrcl-nas having one's hands shackled
together. fli'3 gbrel-sla joint official,
colleague, comrade : JK^fi'
|i |5'^»)-'Ji\q'Sf (D. fcl. 12);

sbrel-z/a-can having an assistant.

^

1 1 $breg ((7s.) frozen, stiff, hard.

^'» pf. g^ s6ra«, 1. to
summon, to call, to announce to; $*i'\'
"5^" to inform, warn; j»1fr|fRw8VJHr
jiff^fir[»i'$X|p yritb-thob ctg na$ no »KI alu-K
khon-ran-gis tshur sbran they summoned
hither a hermit whom I was not acquain-
ted with. 2. to sprinkle, to squirt upon.

*J I : ma 1. the sixteenth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, having the sound of
the Sanskrt * or of the English m. 2.
Eepresents the numerical fig. : 16.

find :

*J II: *rrar, vnfirft, SRJ^ 1. mother;
colloq. «•« a-ma ; *)5'$*( mahi-rum womb,
matrix; ^•«)-»»-<»j3<T«Si|s,-S raH-gi ma-gcig-
pahi srifi-mo full sister by the same
mother; ws^'«i5-|f» ma jben-pahi srifi-
mo half sister, step-sister, by another
mother (Jd.) ; wg ma-khu mother and
uncle (Jd.) ; *r$*- ma-cAuA mother's
younger sister, wi^ ma-chen a mother's
elder sister, or father's principal wife
(C»., Jo.) ; Wfljurc ma-giyar step-mother.
2. The original of any document or book
is termed the *r*ft ma-pshi or w« «-»»«
while the copy of the same is styled the
9 bu son or [gV bu-dpe : *'S'«S^i'<*|'£|
ma-lu mthun-pa hbri-ica to copy accurately
comparing the original with the copy.
Even a railway engine is called w«
because of the carriages or children fol-
lowing it : wwii|3«|-zr*fs. answered a Tibetan
woman at Darjeeling when asked whether
the train had left.

III : in mysticism : pd('Wfin'
K. g. <n, 43).

ma is symbolic of the want of attachment,
or the very opposite of what is ordinarily
meant by that feeling. It being devoid
of thought, i.e. not being comprehensible,
tolerates all (Ebum. «|, 883). Further, we

*JIV: a root = below, opp. to «• ya:
w3) ma-gi the lower one, «•«« lower lip ; »X
ma*do=9K-% rmafi-do foundation stone;
«^w ma-rabs people of low extraction ;
w mar down ; *r\ ma-ri downwards (Sch.) ;
M'9' ma-gi-la below, down there; w5)-am
ma-gi-nai from below, out of the valley.

*l V: 1. the letter « ma is both a
negative and a prohibitive particle, and is
described thus: w^eit'^-^^'ti^^ ma
so-called is the sound which hinders or
stops. «••*!« did not know ; wwlff not see,
not seen; wwi not tired; w5)a( occasion-
ally contr. into *^ »»«'», is not; »rq*i
nothing left; when ma is used in the
imperative sense, the root of the present
with w is used : wMf do not go (or colloq.
mandro); w is not used with the fut.
and pres., but is changed into »> : fv«i>'S*
it shall not be sounded iq'S^q cannot
speak; *^p*l^;ti^y should not make
the man their enemy. With the preterite
« ma is heard always : wfe- he did not go,
a'i6.' ma byufi did not appear; and
with the present tense also in conjunction
with the words «^, «wm} ^S*!, ^ and ^")'i.
2. « »w occurs as a particle added to
various roots of sbst, and sometimes,
though not always-, indicates the fern.
gender.

ma-ka-

a crocodile.

120

946

+ w^f'S'"! ma-ko-ta-ka JTOfrfli ; %•'$

n-ci5'fj^g a kind of worm living in dry
wood (K. d. », 455).

wqijw »w-JAr»j=»<'lKq ma-byon-pa not
arrived at, not come, not happened.

JJ'fli Ma-rko a country situated to the
south of Dhana-s'ri the people of which
are said to be naturally mild and also
prosperous (Dsam.).

*r|f Ma-tkyafi a wild mountainous
district of Tibet inhabited by herdsmen
situated towards the west of Lhasa; also
n. of a celebrated iama (Lon. • 3).

*>'$•* ma-skycs w, *iwre> '» unborn, not
grown, primeval. wj^Sai ma-gkyeg d<jr<i
TOTJTO* one of the names of Yudhisthira,
the eldest of the Pandava brothers. Also
the son of Raja Bimbisara, king of
Magadha.

JJ'P Ma-kha seems to be Mecca.

wf*i ma-khal amount in bushels of grain
lent out (Ja.).

wjWwg ma-khoft$-su on the mother's
part, on the maternal side.

without leisure, unrelated ; suffering un-
interruptedly, perpetual suffering (Tig.).

w«r$ ma-ga-dha 1. fmz a cock. 2. the
ancient name of the country including
Behar, Benares, Allahabad, etc.

»-fl]f w ma-gar-ma f*TOT [the fibrous root
of a water-lily]<S.

wqi"! ma-gal 1. ace. to Ja.inJF. a poplar
tree. 2. the bark of a medicinal plant :
»<-q|«r5;qS<3\y^'l*9*»'sr'ta magal cures disease
of the lungs and also small-pox.

*r9| ma-gi=*'i&'P* down below, down-
ward, yonder : ^»%V|<f»'«!*'!l*l'W'fi*lf*'
the man having become attached to

something below cannot be admitted into
the religious order (A. 31).

•«ai'i = g'^ musk (Sman. 109).
ma-gu$-pa ^H-UI«T, ^«n^^ dis-
respectful ; disregard. wj^'iS'^oi ma-gns-
pahi tshitl ^i»)i<<^.fti disrespectful feelings,
dishonourable profession.

ma-mgal = pS'wa) khahi-ma-le :
ya-mgal ya-le the upper row of
teeth ; WJWITW^ ma-mgal ma-le the lower
row of teeth (Nag.).

wwjq ma-hi/ab = ^'^'^ or ft'^'i rough,
rude, wild ; also that cannot and should
not be done : g*w»r^'W*¥ip'»<A<»|qlc.' (D.

yel. 9).

'$]*} ma-rgaif if.^iH emerald.

w» ma-rgat-pa not old ; friq shelter.

*'% ma-sgo=$*'if rgyal-sgo the principal
or main gate, the royal entrance (in Sikk.).

wgtww !£a|*! ma-sgruflg ma rtsigs undis-
sembled impurity, unmitigated unclean-
liness : S'jf ''§V£J'*''SK'*''*'t"''!*)'<i*w the beha-
viour of a savage is unmixed uncleanliness.

wt;« ma-Aes or w'fc«1£i that which is
indefinite in all respects; not reliable,
uncertain ; wfc^'i'flft* ma-fie$-pa gni$ ^ij^a
two kinds of doubtfulness ; «-fc«r«rq^ ma-
fas-pa 5«A» ^l(5(f%(<i^*lK'. the four kinds of
doubtfulness or uncertain objects.

*4-q?w ma-bcos not artificial or contrived
w nw-bco$-pa ^*rf»Nr natural.

j[

unshaken ; uncut, unhappened.

vrntvct ma-bcos-pa ^m (dry ground).

w&\ ma-chad without falling or, being
tired or diminished.

*r&j ma-chen the cook in high lamas' or
better-class families ; *"|^*| ma-gyog the
assistant cook; q^'q'w^ bde-wa ma-chen
chief cook in a monastery of large size.

947

ma-brjod^^-^- mi-hbyun not
come to pass.

s^wci ina-nam^-pa not impaired, in
full strength ; also ^iftflfSti, ^3Mfa, ireisg
unblamable, uncorrupted, entire.

wnfowjj ma-sinis-pa qwd< lit. born of
two mothers, an epithet of Ganapati the
elder son of Mahadeva (Mnon.).

J «'5«--i| Ma-taft-ga the Buddhist ^r/^
of the sect of Kas'yapa who first carried
•Buddhism into China (Grub. \ 7).

+ x'JS'^F'l ma-tu-lun-ka n. of a plant :

e juice of Matulunka mixed with
molasses would remove pain from the
body (JT. gr. * 47).

*rtj'*jtc.*i-|-aj'j| jJfa-^M mya-Aam-gyi yul n.
of a desert in the neighbourhood of
Jalandhara (Dus-ye. 39).

wqj^im-si ma^togt^assfr^fK except,
besides, not belonging to ; ^e.'*rfl|9im'qvji?-
«r^-«W«K-wzra<; besides fields he has
also plenty of other riches.

W<JWjjr«r^ ma-tri ma-tris la-hdsu a
form of prayer of the Bon, corresponding
to the om mani pad-me hum of the Tibetan
Buddhists (Jo.).

-||-q ma-rtag-par smra-iva
g'l) false speech, untruth.

£T$! ma-fha=*'^ tha-na neutral, neu-
trality : Iww^rX^S-fljflprWWW spoke
not remaining silent even if he was
neutral (A. 94).

srw ma-thal restraint in speaking, in
running, racing, etc. |3*V3!*''^'Vr3!;."*i'«|srai*)
have you been unassuming in power, rank,
etc. (Rdsa. 21). wawg* ma-thal-war
gyur m&ft not gone beyond, not exceeded.

the city of Mathura in ancient India.

«'3*i ma-them, %$:\wVn\ the lower steps
at the threshold of a door, below the steps
(Ebrom. 53).

q ma-thogs-pa

, [without

delay, let, or hindrance]*?.

*!•»«<* ma-mthah=&-w>. nun-mthah the
last of it ; at last.

*r«fi'«i ma-dad-pa ^mcT regardlessness,
absence of faith.

ma-drug-pa or "'iT^'g ma-drug-
gi bu q«mqi he who had six mothers, an
epithet of Kartikeya the youngest son of
M!iihadeya.

«'<! Ma-dros-pa or *f«Jw*i* Ma-dro§
mtsho <*t«i3<itr ; the lake Manasarowar other-
wise known as *&?rtH Tsho-Ma-pham, one
of a pair of large lakes lying at the foot
of the Kailas group, N. of Lipu-lek Pass
in West Purang. *r^*ri]^ ma-dros-gnas
^, 'qSRrf1 that lives in water = CA'«I
flafi-pa swan, goose (Mnon.).

"'1^ ma-gdan 1. ground, basis, founda-
tion ; «'*W§'^'35 ground-plan (Ja.). 2. the
original from which a copy is made. 3.
i^Y^'^'*1'^ the capital for merchandize.

srq^flp ma-bdug-pa not fumigated;
incense not yet offered.

*^1*ri ma hdris-pa unacquainted, not
intimate, stranger ; to place confidence in
or trust an unknown party and to do
service to the wicked ; I'^wrBrSj^'w^K.'*!'
5F*W*f^S*' are signs of boyishness (K.
du. \ 199). •M^P«fr*&r«l^l ma-hdris-pahi
mdsah-b$e§ unacquainted friends; «^w
ma-dns=w$** ma s/ius ^rs^fr (unworthy of
inquiry) ; *r^'«i ma-dris-pa ^f^1%ci impro-
per ; unquestioned.

948

«r*^«r«i ma-hdreg-pa 1. 'ti^R^'i unscat-
tered. 2.=«'WC) wrf»»m, *w«w<?, ifcn?
[undivided, absolute, unmixed]/S.

*<'5 ma-rdu W. thorn, prickle, "'
rdu-can thorny, prickly.

«'^ ma-rdo (j'w«r«^«|»rw^ rgya-ma-la
hdeyt-pahi-rdo) weight or weighing stone.

wawwti ma-tdamt-pa f»W«B unrestained ;
not found.

*»'*r$'T* ma-na-nu ga-ma = a&f'\'i hgoy-
pa etc. (K. ko. 237).

mo-fta-ntt ««-//<* (mystic) = 3^

* w^'5 ma-na-hu a kind of stone with
which tobacco pipes are made in China.

w^e.- nia-nifi snjfl'S, afa, q'S'R, ^1 1.
hermaphrodite, without sexual distinction.
2. eunuoh, unable to beget : »r VT*^
a pig-headed eunuch ; t^irtns^ jealous
eunuch; *'fc'|'3Vq ma-iM zla-byed-pa
mmmi eunuch-guard. 3. barren, childless
(Vai-fR). «'t«.'^'*| ma-nifi yi-ge the letters
of Tibetan, alphabet which are said to
pertain to no gender, viz : — f>, *> *, *. *•
ifi ; frw^s.' »io ma-nM ;
tna-niH ; q?»c«5»cS
^ ral-gu-can.

Syn. w^ if^« gt« mthah-gnit
•ui^-qf^*! mtshan-ynis; «*^'*S rntshan-med
(Mfion.).

f *J'^ ma-»u 1. W^. 2. n. of a mineral
drug ftwVl rdo-tman shiy) (Mnon.). 3.
»H^ the mind ("is) : »»'$' W" MW-MM hkhutt-
pa (prob. a corruption of <R»! : w^) grumb-
ling (without any cause), wi?'^ »W-WM
<a-*« (a«S) n. of a medicine ; f%*^ a kind
of plant. "^'ifa'Vl*' ma-nu $po$-dkar (8^
*^x:) camphor.

i'|'|^ Ma-nu-sbyin *if«i*^ an epithet
of the wife of the sun v. iy

-m«(f% (jewel) ; abb. for "H I"!
yi-ge drug the mystic six syllables of the
Tibetan Buddhists : Om ma-ni pad-me hum
^•(^•q^A'M, w'JB-ujlfc-ZS ma-ni hkhor-lo
prayer-wheel ; also w^X^AfSX. The long
piles of stone are simply called «7 in W. ;
but elsewhere " mendang."

+ »i^-qii]^Ag») ma-nt* bkahh-hbum n. of a
religious work, the authorship of which is
attributed to Avalokites'vara by the Rnifi-
tna sect (J. Zaft). But usually ascribed to
Srong-tsan Gampo.

t*4'^'^^ ma-ni pa-tra ^rfrfW pure leaf-
gold: ^'k^Tf^iW'1'*'*'' presented one
handful of pure gold-leaf called mani-
patra (A. 37).

Jw^'jj1^ mii-ni llM-dra (^'9'«ns.'H nor-lu
bsafi po) n. of a rich house-holder who was
devoted to Buddhism.

* «cf'« ma-ni ma = *-w% musical instru-
ments like cymbals ; •fr«r«rtffrtV(r^ tne
cost of a pair of cymbals is six sfio (Jig.).

W'SSS nw-4pyad.=i*'*W* ma-pstial ^mfira
immeasurable, that cannot be examined.

wtfiw ma-tpobg=K'e>'^rcl ma-bsam-pa
without thinking, not hearing or keeping
in mind: |Hhr*-
^e$a]H (Qbrom. 49).

•rite, nia-phan or
ma-dros-pa lake Manasarowara, or rather
the eastern one of the pair of lakes
bearing that 'name: ^wg-wr^«w&-
3'»rnE.-9)-|f^?1«]$i't«< thence proceeding
from Purang he halted near the lake
Maphang for breakfast (A. 7j). «•«•«
ma-pham-pa ^f«^ the unconquerable, an
epithet of Maitreya, the coming Buddha
(Mnon.).

ma-hphags not risen, not exalted
ma-nogs or wj* ma-phyis
without consideration.

949

ma-bu wwg* mother and son:
ma-bu phrad-pa meeting of
mother and son. wg'#>r*|?J*' • ma-bu-rtaal
gsum three comprising : w ma
"IS11! the universal basis, 9 btt — ^
intellectual knowledge, fi rtsal — JJ'
sound and light, the activity of nature.
*»'g5'^'-2)« ma-buhi hdu-qes the associations
of mother and son.

[receiving the fruit of what was not
done by one's self. The argument of
«'S*rg ma-byas-pa fjgrcnwjrw " coming of
not-done work" is advanced to silence
those who do not believe in the doctrine
of rebirths, for they cannot explain why
an infant who has not yet committed any
misdeeds is often found to suffer physical
pains] 8.

"'3*.' ma-byufi, did not appear, the act
failed, did not answer the purpose: $'"«.•
*!'§=•' ci-yaft ma-byuH nothing happened,
nothing came out of it. *)'§C-'J' ma-lyuH-wa
not happening.

va ma-hbyar-wa J%w analysis.

JTSI ma-ma 1. yrsfV, s^; a midwife,
children's nurse. There are four kinds
of nurses — qe.^ A# £&•*)•*< ^i^qm't nurse
who carries the child in her lap ; i'"'"!^'
eiS'ww ^t^^rart nurse who gives the
child suck from her breast; v*r|*r«i$-*i-»i
H?W=ft nurse for cleaning the child's
body ; t-^'3'"'*1 ^ffofim^ ; nurse for

playing with the child (K. du. "|, 5)-.

i the king's lady having given
birth to a son, he said that it was time to
send for a good nurse (Jfbrom. 52).
2. = $*i£rgya-mts/w the ocean: ww|«i|-w

•r^ Ma-mi-rya n. of a wild tribe inha-
biting the easternmost hills of Assam and
the Himalaya and to the east of the Miri
people. The males are dwarfish and
crooked, the women are pretty-looking.
They are fond of meat and salt, and also
of human flesh (Dsam.).
ma-mun abb. of

*T*f ma-mo 1. ($1 ) ws^r,
rtsa-wa root, foundation, the origin (J.
Zaft). 2. TT?^\ [a certain medicinal plant]&
w^'R?^ ma mo hdsin JTT<8^>r^T [holder of
the matrika, or the mystic diagram] 8.

3. an ewe that has brought forth a lamb.

4. grandmother. 5. a kind of wicked
demon ; »r*r^p-w§vqS'qPfa ma-mo dgah-
war byed-pahi-g.doi\ n. of a fearful demon
(Mng. 77-79).

wM5'*i ma-mohi-ma ^rra^rar [mother of a
mother an epithet of Parvati]i8.

H-Sfa-q^ ma-myos-bshin=^'a^c^3\ as if
not liking or wishing (Khrid. 68). *»'*£*<•
'1) ma-myog-pa? hdul-war ho$-pa
: not stupid, modesty.
ma-smad mother and son (or
daughter) : ^•^•q-g^rw-uVift^Y^-g-
arnn^* (^4. 59). *cgv*i ma-sma4 ma or
qE.'%4r^sni pafi-cho$ sem$ n. of a Buddhist
nun (Ya-sel. 31).

«'JT«'«^'i5^<iI ma-rmos-pahi lo-tog wild
crop, crop grown without being cultivated ;
also maize

*'fKq v.

impaired]'?.

not incomplete [not

= \*it* rjen-pa unripe,
raw (Mfion.).

wg ma-shu not melted, not said ; wg'^S'
*f\ ma-shu-pahi na$ or *)'8'«w'^ indigestion.

950

nia-ffshi=*$'$$i subject matter:
ma-yshi-de gan-nas-bytin
whence has that subject matter arisen P
w4]^5-«^ ma-gshihi tliad having regard
to the chief subject, or subject matter.

n'yU'i M-Wf$NMiAMN^yq to remem-
ber, recollect (Mbrom. 129).

ma-zluws ^n met. the sun.
-q ma-hons-pa the future. »»*c.»v
ma-hods rdnl-ean (S'tf'l'fa'S'*') a
maiden, a girl just entering the age of
puberty (Won.).

i°)'w ma-yi-nta grandmother =w^ a-
phyi or °$* phyi-tna; the grandmother's
mother being called "•=-'! yafi-phyi.

u uwjwj nia-yags bya to console, give
consolatation to one who is in grief : ^'^w
^•uiq-oj»i-qjw^«-^-qJ|>N-nc»l'w«|*<-3^'£|-m he
thought of consoling the f)ge-bqe$ whose
parents had died. (A. 101).
w«l^q| ma-gyog v. *t'*^.

*4'fl|i*i*< ma-gt/os without hesitating, with-
out wavering, remaining firm; cft'S*'**'
fll^wj'i'SvJe.- being firm do you govern
the kingdom (J}brom. P, 17).

i'^ Ma-r(m = Horrung an aboriginal
tribe living in the Himalayan Terai
and East Nepal districts (Dsam.).

w*fm ma-ral$ the lower class of people,
the vulgar.

Syn. S'^'jj'S so-so gkye-wo; «w«i phal-
pa; ^"I«'t^ riys-fian; *PK*/(\*\H dmafis
rigs', ^^'t)5-Rai« dman pahi rigs; "I^Q
ffyufl-po; ^flpr»!^ rigs metf; fff^'vtt rntshon-
cha-wa; *'•*[* tha-yal; «'*S tha-cha4
(Won.).

T^ DMMw's^r^lfti de-tsam mi-thob an
expression to signify that you will not get
so -much.

ma-rtg-pa ^TOT ignorance.
q-^-|«i*w<i]«j*(-q<vSN'*)'-?m-ci* not

knowing the things and phenomena of the
three worlds constitutes Avidya (K. d.
356).

Syn. 8'^ mi-fes ; "'^1 ma-rig ; s,-5}v
"ty na-yir-hdsin ; S^'^ dnos-hdxin ; ^W
"^ bday-hdsin ; ^1'*^ rig-itiin ; *i'»fl'!*i «w-
ttogs; i'fc« ma-ties ', "'fi ma-go-wa
(Won.).

w'3 -Mu-ru or fi'5 n. of a castle and
monastery in the N.E. quarter of Lhasa.

*'5i" ma-ru-rtse 1. n. of a medicinal
fruit which cures the disease of worms :
w§'$"5)*r|j^'^'^'si *^ §*v 2. u. of a country
(Pi/0.

r • nr, 5> '

I miscnievousjo. w^m'i uiari'tins-
pa uoitractable, coarse, f mious ; ^*r cunn-
ing, sly, deceitful (Won.).

*)'^ nia-re=\c>'f>^ re-tea ma-byed do not
espect, be hopeless.

w^«i| ma-reg or w^il'tzWSI'i not touch-
ing or untouched: iS'^Jm'^pf^'ui'w^fli'tiS'fl^f
the intermediate space which has not
touched the clouds or sphere of water
(Ya-sel. 39).

*i-^c.wq ma-refi$-pa v. w*c.*r«.

iW^I ma-la 1. moreover, furthermore,
presently, just now: *'«r£iy|''?|*r?i'§1*''-&v
^war*flf&i'$*i'S uow I consider the Tirthi-
kas (Brahmans) of about a span measure,
i.e., very unimportant. 2. in {j'ww'm call
of compassion, or fatigue. jj'»<'3'*j^ kye-
mu kye-hud ^"f^ei oh, alas.

wac»fi^ ma-la-t»khan in Ld. snake-
charmer, conjurer.

+ wni1^ ma-la-ti »rr«l^t n. of a flower
[Jasminum grandiflomm^S. (K. g. *, 82).

Syn. w'SJ'^c.'1) sa-yi rkan-pa ; «ij'^fl|«
brgya-hjigs ; IT'I"^^' rtsa-rtse-$in (Mfion.).

951

+ warm ma-la-ya ^j& ; tforn bsil-wa cool,
cool breeze.

warurS ma-la-ya-tse in Ld. a small lizard

CM.).

white sandal wood.

ma-la-yar gna$-mo '
an epithet of Durga the wife of
Mahes'vara (Mnon.).

"'^t ma-lay 1. active, quick. 2. in Ld.
somersault ; colloq. : "'"Cj'^il'I'S'q to perform
a somersault, play the tricks of a mounte-
bank, to roll on the ground with legs
turned up, as do horses, etc.

i'«i*i ma-Zam=#x*'aw high road, broad
passage W. (Jd.).

*r$¥ nia-lu$= W*ff$ kun-ril-gyi fsjf^rar
all, entire (A. k. 1-2). w^-jorZi ma-lug
rgyal-po qflHf'rui&i a universal king.

*r$«l«-{i ma-legs-pa ^nsn bad, unfortu-
nate : £Tft Wfjfar**^ a rash and hasty
action in a king is unfortunate ; gsri'T^'
fq-wge.^ -waium it is bad for a house-holder
if the harvest fails (K. du. \ 201).

* srota ma-lem in Sikk. for *rrar gar-
land = «|=.'l hphrefi-wa.

+ *'-*H ma-$a-ka JTT^J, wf^s the small
red seed-bean of Nepal ; a berry used for
\veighment of gold and silve"r.

+ tr*p*HpTH ma-gahi hclab-ma ^fdjj^ [^rfsi-
a plant Hemionites cordifolia~\S.

&c.

+ ^'^'^.'S Ma-suraksa a great ethical
writer of Buddhist India, a translation of
whose works in Tibetan is to be found in
Tan d. % 203.

frq|w\-$a( ma-gsan-t&hul (ISVjjfw ifa-qv
conniving at ignorance (of informa-

tion) ; hearing anything to show as if one
has not heard it : mnr*&FVMf*ftW>0|Cl*'
aj-uiE.-sruiwj-g^- if any shameful or humi-
liating news arrived still to assume not
to have heard it (D. $el. 7).

wySfe-'n tm-ha Itfi-kaa kind of shoes used
in India during Buddha's time (K. my.
"1, 175).

ma-he »rf^ buffalo ; w'V# ma-
he-mo female buffalo : »rVy*»r*«^'vS»'»r w§S

4

the horn of the buffalo cures the disease of
shunning the light (K.'my. "I, 68).

Syn. ^S«i|N-£)-q§-y hjigs-pa bcu-pa; ^'^'
^ rdul-ldan-mig ; $^'a'^*' chur-hdres; t'
sa-nal; ^'^ rta-yi-d(jra\"\^'^l:i^
rjehi bshon-pa ; XTT*^ rol-pa-can ; IS'
khyu-mchog ; S>flj'^»« mig-dmar. (Mfion.).

ma-hd ka-ra l. = wran: a

great figure. 2. = |fl|w^'«5 p/iyugg chen-po
(mystic) (K. g. f>, 28).

•t ^'f^"1 ma-ha nl-la t\"$\3\<£ n. of a
precious stone (K. d. «, 136).

+ §'3 '"I ma-tri-ka n. of a wild animal

(K. d. 374).

+ $'•*'§'•*! md-fd tu-fa, "^'-g'** mft-ga-ma,
*i'5'S'5'S'^'^ sar-wa da-tra bi-ra-triiB a mystic
formula for Vais'ravana [let blessings be
to me, 0 all-giving hero !]<S.

t ?'^'5 Ma-si-ta said to be the n. of a
Mahomedan teacher born in Mecca, so
perhaps Mahomed (S. Lam. Sit).

mag-pa smfrraT, STTTTTH son-in-
law: *«r*wi mag-mal bed-clothes of bride-
groom, also the bed-room of the bride-
groom. In W. the word mak-mal as in
Hind. = velvet.

wt'Vl* MaA-dkar n. of a place in Tsang
( Deb. % 26).

952

Mart-bkur Rgyal-po or
Rgyal-po Mart-po b,kur-wa the
first king of the world who was elected by
the common consent of the people.

*«.'!*» mart-ski/eg as met. pig, wild boar;
that gives birth to many young ones

' mart-khur-ma a presenta-
tion scarf of superior quality (Rtsii.).

4 Wq|'01*I mart-ga-lam *f=*r well-
being ;=13]'^« bkra $13 auspicious, good.

mati-gu-ra n. of a fish of red
colour about a span in length.

£JC'*Jj'*f mart-ge-mo long ago, long since
(Cs.).

wjj* niart-tgar 1. a military encamp-
ment. 2. n. of a fort in Manyul : ^*rq«i»r

*KTP^lfnp* (A. 88).
mart-ja tea given to -the assem-
bled monks on the occasion of a religious
service.

*«.'^ mart-du = wfc* phal-cher qft, *,ftl3
plenty, enough, a compound of we.' and
^ being used exactly like «=. «5 mart-po ;
«R.'»«.'^ mafi-ntafi-du=*K'*i'N'i. in groat
quantity or in large number : jH'"ie.w*K.'
wSVi'v;- again they did it more and more
(Sbrom. 52). w^'^Twti »M^-^« thos-pa
ijjT^erT1., "(j^lni a Buddhist monk who has
heard many sermons and has read many
sacred books ; such learned man has five
qualifications: (1) ^'^ «|-»p«-£); (g)
I, (3) jj-wa^arwrm-ti, (4) ^'S

k. 2 69). *) *«. 3 mi-mart-po many people,
most people; ^jfewZf the numerous
retinue; $*«.'$^jf*i look at the water,
whether there is much or little of it ;
«$«|-H'q-«r*4f3K.-»:^ if you multiply by one,
you will get neither more nor less ( Vai-
grt). «* 3 '"l?"l'5'a«'£i mart-po gtcig-tu byag-pa
multitude, collection of many articles,
many made as one ; wHj-jj»w mart-po-rnam$
WT^f •• many ; wZ5 *«, Zi mart-po mart-po sr^x
abundant ; *)e.'H}'fl.S^ mart-po-hdsin sr?t
much. «K.-Zi5^Sr«i mart-pohi cfrtog-pa the
common or public property. *^'«fo mart-par
adv. much, mostly. wZfarqju'q mart-pos
bkur-ica or ««- qg^q *nrwjm honoured of
many (J. Zart.) ; »« '5*1 5»i mart-pog-b os ^yf«:
K: called or invited by many.

"'2J mart-tea 1. many, much, a good
l = »*. Q. 2. vb., pf. ««-*> ntartg, to be
much, to increase, become more or many :
«^gj-*)E.»j-q») ag tne enemies had become very
numerous (Del.) ; fft'^gYMc.q'cw'i^-*-^ by
increasing treatment he will not grow well
(Mil.) ; *<-*«.-3<i| be it not much, let it not
grow too much ; 9°*r|X'Ewi|*W4q4|-jj*wi3i*r
*J=.'9raJS at Lhasa there are more Nepalesc
than Bhutanese. «t.q^ mart-tear adv.:
l^'1" to have children abundantly ;
I rich in children. «c.« Hij martg-tshiy
a term for the plural number.

w*8^ mart-hdsin n. of a very large
number: Ht'^'wO&rg|^Zj5-pwi (Ya-sel
57).

we.-qj^g-|« Mart-lsah-khri-lcam Queen
Man Za-thi-cham, one of the Tibetan
queens of king Srort-btsan igam-po (Lort.

^T» t5^^, ijr adj. much,
many ; also used as adv. for *«/Hft M in :
' bleeding profusely (A.

\ Mart-yul old n. of a district in
upper Tibet bordering Nepal; its chief
town being Kir on g

953

«N^ Man-sroft man-btasn one of
the early kings of Tibet, the son of king
Gunri-yun btsan (Lon. *• 5).

d=.*&fi Men true:
what you think is true. J
^c-' as you are speaking the truth ; «Vi mad-
pasit&f[* bden-pa truth. «^'W mad-par

truly, true: 1*fr'&*tf>'*;it*&KlWK
^1 all those sayings of Lha-btsun-po are
very true (A. 128). wv2) mad-po the truth
or adj. true: •r$«r«l$-i|^'1hr*^*Pr8F

though you speak as truths true words
which are not harmful.

+ w^-Sf-ni mad-ta li-ka n. of a flower (A".
bo. "I, 4).

*»*» wwn in W. colloq. for *»'"H ma-yin.

waj-E.1) man-nag l.="fi»«''E.fll <3^ST
religious advice ; instruction ; direction.
There are different kinds of Man-nag :
'*^ =•"!, f

^, Moreover, we meet with
' man-nag phran-bu, a little advice,
r*i deep instruction, etc. 2. ace. to
eTa. in later writings, and in the mind of
the common people, it coincides with g*|w
Snags.

Syn. w«i^ t/iam-lan; ^'^ man-phad;
(Mno».).

*»(-K.fl|'«^ man-nag-ryyud n. of the
standard medical work of Tibet.

wr*s man-cad or *^'*^ man-chad also
«m-*S man-chod. adv. and postp. below,
downward, inferior to, under: JjYt"'*^'*1^
srid-rtse man-chad subject to, below heaven;
gj-«-*«c*^ the countries under Lhasa, S}'"'
wr*S those below the lama, J^'?^'*^ all
officers or people below the king; $'V«^
he was immerged in the water

below his navel. Inst. of «^'*S also «^ :
9*"'*'^'^ lit. below the parts above the
knee, i.e., higher than the knee; &=.«$=.•
q-w^q-qfljrs^-q-Bi^a, from the foundation
up to consecration. *^'*^ of ten = since,
from, henceforward from: S'^'*^*"; here-
after from now. Finally, be it noted, this
postp. does not require the gen. to connect
it with the governed word or phrase.

"^ man-ne or W^ nmn-ne 1. ft'«3fr"4lfiH
a stupid person, dull man, half-wit. 2.
in Ld. turbid, muddy, dingy, dim, dusky,
as to water, lights, etc. (Jo.).

*^'^ man-phad=^'^ man-nag.

•i^ man-tsi a kind of silk cloth; blue
and red spotted scarf of Chinese silk.

*<^ man-dsi 1. in W. a charpai bed-
stead. 2. a tripod with long curved feet
for sacrificial purposes. 3. =nsr a raised
seat or platform.

man-dsi-ra Jri%r a mineral :
rfl^q'lN the mineral mandsira
removes inflammation of the bone.

+ *^'C9'a''Tl man-dsu pu
species of flower (K. ko. *\,

+ #*'\* man-da-ra *T^TT,
the tree of heaven, celestial flowers (IT. d.
F, 12).

J ^•^•^•q man-da-ra-wa or *wjf«vvcrsai
man-da ra-wa-chcn ?{*z.r*3 a tree of paradise,
e.g., mentioned in the ""F^wft^'.

*»*{*!* nwn-ijel ^f^i fjj^T crystal ; glass.

I JTjl'^ I: man-da-laws&S 1. Tibeta-
nized transcription of the Sanskrit term,
but generally styled in Tibetan sSi'^P^
• dkyil-hkhor, a sacred circle actually drawn
on the ground or formed of grain, rice,
gems, powder, etc., and used as a cere-
monial offering to deities ; also an offering
consisting of jewels, precious things, etc.,,

121

954

placed on a circular tray and made to a
deity, incarnate lama, or any holy person-
age. 2. a circle or disc metaphorically
expressed.

+ JTS'QI II: 1. a name connected with
some of the states situated to the south
west .of Orissa ; they are called ^<.«i»8s<!l,
«*!<.«<« <a, si<dn<wa, ate maw, a«««i'*9t, etc.
(Dsam.). 2. the n. of the modern city of
Mandalay in Burmah is the Pali form of
Maudala.

I : mar

1. resp. fl|*sr»« butter; 8^'W or
melted hutter or clarified butter;
butter of cow-yak ; *<**« butter of jomo
yaks; w«|W sr^fta fresh butter; Wffci
old butter, which is often kept many
years in Tibet and is considered a luxury
by native epicures. 2. oil : $"*<*> oil from
the stones of apricots, etc. ; *§'w oil from
oleaginous seeds, rape-seed oil, etc. w|'
$s.'B churning cream. wv^'jj'*)* ?at?fg
the ocean of ghee ; w§'«|e.' *>TO n. of
a medicinal fruit; w^w^S (H"'^
gdig-pa rfa-can) a scorpion which is killed
by oil (Mfion.). w^I ntar-ikrog or Wj|<ir«|
mar-skrog-ga butter packed in skin in two-
pound balls (Rtsii.) ; w*v mar-thaA (w
«j-*e/«ft) the price of butter (Rtsii.) ; w<05tf
mar-hdon H&, nv* churning out butter
from milk; wjf* mar-fpor (|K9lf^'%«%
*>'*$*!) quarter of a nag measure of butter =
half a pound (Rtsii.) ; «'S* mar-pur butter
and treacle (Rtsii.) ; w£S* mar-btso$ any-
thing (pastry, etc.) that is cooked or fried
in butter ; pJjwfjw'iSvB**! cakes and bis-
cuits fried m. butter (Rtsii.).

1: lower, down, downwards, adj.
and adv. **'*ft the lower palate; »R'^§q>£i
VRi^ degeneration, dwindling, falling
down, decreasing.

III : termin. case of * a mother ;
g^'nl] -q regarded as a mother; wnfc^

id.

JJ^, IV : n. of a place and clan in
Lhobra in Tibet, the birth place of the
celebrated Marpa lo-tsa-wa ; *«'« a native
of Mar.

*«'J".' mar-fkyafi revenue paid in butter
only ; the people of the Dok nomad tribes
in Tibet who are all herdsmen pay
revenue in butter only (Rtsii.).

J wflft mar-gad *TTOa the emerald.
Syn. Jfc-g'SF' nor-bit-ljan; *f»<v|
mkhah-ldifi g$oy-pa ; ^5^e.-3 rdohi

Syn.

i*' dkt-ofj^kyes;
(Mnon.).

)>tar-fio (opp. to
the dark half of a month, the decreasing
phase of the moon.

wnflfc mar-gtor or W|c.-9|9|^'N offer-
ings to evil-spirits and to manes of the
dead consisting of butter only (Rtsii.).

w^i| mar-nag, = f* mum nw; oil, gen.
mustard oil, sesame oil, etc. used for w^S'*
or lamps lighted before gods and saints
in a chapel.

r-me, = fa'*> syron-me lamp, ^Iq,
a lamp, lamp-stand:

<I|Wq«->)^»l-q»I^-yn( at
the time the lord resided in Yerpa his oil
lamp was extinguished by water dropping
(from the roof ) (A. 3£).

wfi'si^ Mar-me mdsad, ^hnpT the en^
lightener, the illuminator, an epithet of
a past Buddha

955

also that of ^rf%^ or
the earliest Buddha.

wd-ai'vwz?, t)ipankara Bhadra, a
Buddhist saint born in Western India
(K. dun. £1).

»r^-l|«', Mar-me mdsagdpalyc-
lM the Buddhist name by
which Atis'a was known in India.

Mar-yul the low country, i.e., in
the valley of the Indus ; name given to
La-dways (Ladak).

v.

mar-la at last, at the end, ulti-
mately, finally : ^5'^'^waj |
' (Hbrom. I", 1).

I: mat 1. n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. «|, &Z). 2. siqsT, angi bedstead,
place of rest, couch: "I'S'^'S under
the bed ^fjtjrwi resp. for night-quar-
ters; wrq^q a quiet sleep (Sch.). wsrgir
•8^ mal-khrag-can an adulterer or an adul-
tress. *w§ mal-khri *a?, tpsrs (Beng.)
trraif sofa, bedstead; 9«rw5-j>j bed-frame,
bed-stead (Mfion.) ; *wr^ mal-gos or wr*
mal-cha »w?ta bedding, bed-clothes; wr
f^ mal-stan id. (IKnon.) ^ai'f^'g'^'J'i w«^-
$tan-yyi shal-ta-pa nq»irg«Wif<,* [cham-
berlain, one who looks after the requisites
of the bed-chamber] &

Syn. 9«r« na£-s« ; "f^S'N gfiid-sa ;
ffsim-mal; *"l'f^ mal-stan; ^ sfia$;
rgyab-hbol (Mnon.).

II : the place where a thing is,
its situation, site, trace, vestige : 2|t'55'*im
rut, wheel-mark, track ; W»(^"5fJ>i|^
prob. to be unstable, changeable, fickle.

wac^-g^-si^ Mal-gro gufl-mkhar fort of the
town of Mal-gro.

»wr3f w*'-3ft Mal-gro mtsho-^od one of the
37 holy places of the Bon (O. Bon. 38).

5)*r?^-q Mal-gro ra-wa one of the 37
holy places of the Bon. (G. Bon. 37).

fffW^ mal-la mul-le or w^'Sai=
wai-9«i'5) i. in L& Juke-warm (Ja.). 2.
eating without properly masticating one's
food like an old man who has no teeth.

J *wr$'»l mal-li-ka »ifVmT n. of a
flower: Jasmimim zambae.

Syn. V^^A sa-yi rkan-pa; Q$t&*f«
hjigs; yj"^e.f rtsa-rtse-fM (Mnon.).

Mal-gro (Maldo) n. oi a district
to the south-east of Lhasa (Lofi. "-, If) ;

mas 1. instr. case of » by the
mother : »w-q^«-q mas-bsruns-pa fTTcf?;f^?j
watched or guarded by the mother. 2.
sometimes used for H'S the lower part, gen.
however with the terminative meaning
downward, towards the lower part, ww
mas-hjab straps to fasten below a ffwtffopi
(leather trunk). sw-qje.-q ma$-btafi-wa
to move downward, to purge gently.
mas-mthah the lower part or feet of
an image ; *«r*w mas-mthar id. : ««'»iw
i'fri'j^'fwwqi* in the lower part of
the image small and large pearl's were
uniformly studded (Tig.).

£l I : mi negative adv. not ; used with
the pres. tense and in all cases where «
is not used. Ja. adds that in the case of
simple verbs the place of the negation is
always immediately before them, in com-
pound forms gen. before the last of the
component parts, as in ^Kfl^tag!^ unless
indeed logically it belongs to the first, in
which case often *< ma instead of *> mi is
employed. This rule, however, is not

a i

956

stricily observed, so in Glr. 70 :
u)c.-?)-ng'j|-q^3N'^ti and immediately after
in DiVlS'Tfl*'* g/H'qvlw^"! do never part
with it (<7a.).

<W II : sn:, HM3, f^O a man— the
ordinary word, sometimes varied to &-Q
mi-po in certain dialects. ^'VH'^I
mi-dkar slma-nag lit. a fair man wearing a
black hat, an innocent man charged with

guilt: *KT^'<lT*l^Tirit'' a fc"1 man
being under the cover of a black cap, i.e.,

being guilty (Rdsa.) ; ^'^'SF'S nn-rkaA
fflin-bu trumpet made of human thigh-
bone ; &y<\ mi-iky fty (*&'%*( mihi bnin)
human ordure (Mficm.).

Syn. *f\%*t ycd-ldan ; *'$5-<j ma-nuhi bu ;
«F«1 gaft-zag; -*K|« fes-tky'et; tj*T»<3H
$prfn-mgri>t ; $'«iS'*|C.'<r«^ ta-lahi rkafi-pa
can; ^•tfi'M rkan gnis-pa;
styes; 2)Y9 fitf-bu; |«'^
(Mfion.).

what is not produced [non-produc-
tion, non-origination] S. ^'g'fl'vX*'*^ ?«z-
gkye-wahi cho$-can WlftTinj^l^i [that which
does not grow or is not producedJS.

^•oj^ mi-bskyod 1. ^r€t««
unmoved, most steady, unshaken. 2. =
gfin urine (Mfion.). 4. a very large
number; S'wFv^'Q mi-skyo$ chen-po or
^•qgqi^'l^'ti mi-hkhriiyl cticn-po
a still larger number.

Syn. SKaflprq mi-hkfiruys-pa ;
mi-bsgul-wa (Mnon.).

'» Mi-skyod-pa is the 2nd Dhyani
Buddha, equivalent to Akshobhya of the
Sanskrit Buddhists and to Ulu-kude-lukchi
of Mongol Buddhists. In Tantrik images
he is painted blue and clasps in his arms
a Yum or Sakti female.

Hi-bskyod. Rdo-rje also called
n. of the image of Buddha
which was carried to Lhasa by the Nepalese
wife of king Srofi-tysan sgam-po of Tibet
about 630 A.D. It is now kept in the
Temple of Ea-mo-chhe at Lhasa (Lofi.

^'^ a city
or fixed habitation ; opp. to nomadic resi-
dences.

*>T" mi-kha, %'$'f> thoughtless and irre-
sponsible advice of the people, common
talk : V^'^'^T^f^ in the whole
neighbourhood one is an object of gossip ;
defaming talk — with or without E-^'C|.

^'pi- >ni-k/ial =**'$* mi-khur the load
that can be carried by an adult perton.

a-|*E,*rq-&-£] mi-kftefis-pa cAe-M'« = ^'^^'E"
mi-hgar-po Tit^n^t^i, an arrogant person,
a conceited man.

*>'jifa-ci mi-khom-pa "uwr uninteriupted
uneasiness, want of leisure, ft'pwi'ijs mi-
khom-pa brgyad ^gr^girr: the eight states
of perpetual uneasiness or the states where
there are no opportunities for doing
religious works, viz. : $W*V^yr«l fK*
those in the hell; ^Y*9i f?w^ animals
other than humanity; %'y\* $* the
ghosts; ^X'^'Q ^t-t^Ni^ the long-lived
deva ; ww*fBq'»> sjRfnswtR men living in
the outskirts of towns and cities, also
borderland-savages ; ^K.'3'«'*c.'i Tt^l-
§?SW those that are defective or wanting
in the organs of senses ; iSil'i*.'^'
those holding false doctrines ;
£)^JMN'W|E.'q the people among whom no
Tathagata has appeared.

a-qge.»i mi-khyofis or SKjJw" mi-hkhotls
pa=$'%e<\W mi-lcoys-pa or »)'3£i'i mi-thub-
pa not able to attempt for want of leisure :

(Rdsa.).

957

mi-rgod wildman, savage ; robber.
mi-rgyud generation, genealogy.

mi-hkhrugs "V^ftft 1. unshaken.
2. another n. of the second of the five
Dhyani-Buddhas, v. **'$Vq. *)-n|g<i|N-ci5-

^c, «i)'q^-£j3-*<^ mi-hkhrugs-pahi shift-gi <W C$1 mi-Has intermittent fever, infec-

bkod-pahi mdo the Sutra on the paradise tious disease.

of Akshobhya which is situated to the 5)-*tH5j-ci mi-mnon-pa sittrfr, "Btr ; king, a

east of this world (K. ko. f, 111). ruler.

S>'fl|c.'i»»/«/-;7flfl-/6w» a man of an average S)'qgqj*i mi-b§nay$

goodness or qualification, mediocre person. indescribable.

undescribed,

sr^opi mi-lcogs or *)'f*m'i mi-lcoys-pa-=-

z = ^il'i dig-pa [a cor- S'gcrci or Sif*)^ having no opportunity or
ruption of f%n* fie!] 5. a fool, stupid leisure for doing a thing; *>'§

person.

**'S*I'3^ mi-d(j
rank such as a fisherman.

one of low
=sins. The ten

one having no leisure should not
promise to do (any work) (Jig.).

+ *j * H or

mi-dge-ica *nQ*T=sins. The ten *>-«*.'«i mi-chun-wa and $•*•«» are names

sins are : (1) sT*!'"^ srog g.cod muiifcqid ; of heavens in the Bon cosmogony (B.

(2) ^'S^'1'*^ iiii-byin-kn ^<VII<M ; (3) ".^'^1 c^- ")•

hdod-log *iflf*iBirgK ; (4) 6^ rdmn tf fj^l ; ^'^'^'^"'^3 mi-che 4gu-rim-dgu the

(5) S'.* phra-ma tn^ar ; (6) ^'yn <s/«>- cla-gses of great men in their order : $•*•«$•

rtsub «i«r^ « ; (7) c,"!'^*"! fiag-hchal ^fwg- Svw^»)-q|5S4-^-^'»cajN hearing the acco_unt of

r; (8) tup*** brnab-sems ^ffJTWT; (9) the varioug claB8eg of great men (A. US),

gnod-sems 5nqr^ ; (10) ^"I'§ log-lta „ _ . ^.s. 1
mi-dgehi-g.nas a place

of sin ;
action.

new. 2. n. of a tribe.

nd-d(jehi-g.na§ impious

*!'£*! mi-chos l. = *l'")'SN'^ii« the customs

and usages of common men or householders
(Z. *«A. 98). 2. a house-holder: *C«^
?|-n^e.-q mi-hgoH-wa l. = ^'g"!'c', not o]^=.'?l-Xw|'|c.'^'|^^N visiting a house-
afraid. 2. ^x^'1" not to go beyond, not holder belonging to the family of the
transgressing. 3. £'§*« undaunted. Lo-fsa-wa (A. 66).

*^|* mi-hgyur unchangeable, steady. %-*ff,i\ mi-mchog *iftiTO as met, a king,

»)'^q »it'-Ajrrz«6 = *^'5 nri-skye : 1. not the best of men.

self-produced or born. 2. * fr^irfa does ^

, , *rwi*r«l mi-hjtgs-pa, W1K5I in v>V'

not cause to turn back. ^ . " X , „ .....

fll.^iijN'sjivsrREiTm'crq^ the four intrepidities

WM-A^ = ^«-^as in r^l or fearlessnesses of a Tathagata.

consequence of their karma of a former *>'i mi-rje king, chief, ruler, governor ;

(existence) the gods obtained the stature of *)'i»)6vq mi-rje mdsad-pa to be king, to
seven times the human height (Khrid. 53). reign.

958

Syn. §'Jl'e' ryyal-po; St'S)'*^'2) mi-yi-
dican-po (Mnon.).

*)'*£^ mi-mjed w, rt. = «#S'y enduring
sufferings ; b. for ^<d)*qi£J [the suffer-
ing world]& ff^Fr^Nf('^<1!lF^V

because

or

the BodMsntttas residing in the three
thousand worlds seldom suffer from
miseries (Lot. 1, 8) ; fc-wSv^Tfr (V'^v
3fo-35t»j-criiI<v<«'$*«r#V'^'e!S'|^'*m it is so
called because the animated beings (with
the exception of the Bodhisattvaa) living in
this world endure sufferings (Nag.) (K. d.
*, 310).

*>'?*! Mi-naij n. of a province of Kham,
often called p*«r*> y\ Khains Mi-nay.

S)-3*«rci »ii-na»i8-pa jc^-w^e/q undimi-
nished : SmTpi|'W'5^'%«Mh'*Ti"W^^li
9'^'^'S^I* we quite imagine that the
kingdom of 2)gahldiin Phobrafi will not
collapse but flourish (Rtsii.). $-3*wy$x
mi-nam$-pahi sa tftt uneven land, the
land that does not fall in value or turn
bad.

*^ mi-nid humanity, honesty; *t^S'*^
humane (Cs.).

^'^'i mi-ned-pa *K«T [crushing] S.

-icar sgom-pa

uninterupted meditation ; one
who meditates unobstructed.

»>f|e.' mi-ltiifl infallible [also 1. a bear.
2. star.JS.

+ a-^'«i mi-$tes-pa = *r*«\wci ma-legs-pa.
=%-*f.-* mi-rut-wa

SRZ inexhaustible ; excellent, or exceeding
the usual. ^A^ mi-hthad=^'t>^t[» unfit,
»i-5)^ or »>-^e.-q it would not do, »)'^'
w*3vX it wiU not be pleasant, wiU be
unfit (Ya-sel. 34).

fce said: I am quite certain
that I shall not move, slip, in that
direction (Rdsa.).

»)'*flf mi-mtho not high, low.

Syn. Sw'>ei dmah-wa ; l"^"^ rtsc-dman ;
3t'1' thnA-wa (Mfion.).

»»' rfo-c/'06?=^'ff'S^ »j| go-cfiod:
i-q do-chod zitti-hlrel-tca (Rtsii.).

^'^ mi-(ira>t — *£*\ myoij gj5T senseless,
unconscious state, forgetfulness.

S)-qj^c.'q mi-yduft-ica n. of a heavenly
mansion (5. cA. 6).

mi-bdarj the king;
bdag-drjah *mfiw lit. the king's delight, «.e.
^f?in sandal wood, perfume. S|'«i^-«Xfl)
tri-bdag-mc/ioy ^??r?« 1. the king. 2. a
kind of duck or goose. SJ'qvT'l'VI*' »'«'-
b.da</-ffduy$ the royal umbrella ; also the
chief's wife, queen, lady; ^'nvT*) mi-bdaij-
ma queen.

heaven, the sky
[not

passing over or beyond, not transgress-
ing]/S. Also mindah Sikk. colloq. = a gun.

mi-hdod-pa 1. unpleasant,
unwished for. 2. ir|%€, ^Wl injury,
insult.

S'^'q mi-hdra~ica=**'l*$*\':i, fswr dis-
similar, different: ^i|^*^|v»)'<*v«< the
different movements and gestures of the
body (Tig.) ; k^^toPBfWKJN* dan*.
gers and sufferings on account of falling
into different or dissimilar unhappy
states.

*l'^«i mi-rdul as met.=blood.

*)-|ft]-£i mi-(dog-j)a = ^'^'t> ^ll^H not
returning, not corning back.

959

fir mi-log-pa ;
ty'^'H'TZyq phyin-ci ma log-pa (Mnon.).

*>'|^ mi-sdud (gjX'|Y*>'S=r<J) unable to
turn the eyes from the object of one's
love or affection : WTg'wljt'ajN'dwprw (*)"!)
*>'lp seeing the prince, from love he was
unable to withdraw his eyes from him.
(A. 5). .

*>'| mi-sde, yuhe laity, lay class: ^'^'^'^-
mi-sde lha-sde priesthood and laity.

srai^-q mi-ffnas-pa^w'^^'Q mi-brtan-pa
unsteady not remaining at a place
steadily.

* mi-ynod-pa not injurious;
[unbarred, unobstructing]S.

Syn. *>'^fi|'5i mi-hgog-pa (Mnon.).

*>'S? mi-sna 1. race of men, class of
people. 2. (%'1 pho-ria) messenger, dele-
gate.

*)'ff^'q mi-snan-u-a, *$$, ^fi^m, f?f^,
^I'fTtra [vanishing, gone away, invisible]^.
D-si^k.'q-Sl'D'^c.'^^'ij^'^'q^wi uot seeing him,
the man having vanished, he looked on all
sides (K. du. •>, 261).

^'§"1 mi-spnig (*<^f'^'5) 1 ^J»Rf not
agitated.

*)'gt-q mi-spon-wa ^r»nxci one who can-
not give up attachment ; unable to re-
nounce or abandon.

S)'&(*w*i*f[3('Hi:=gsw:r*)'i]^'HJ an epithet of
Maitreya Bodhisattva,

*)•«*) q Mi-pham-pa ^rliia the n. of the
second of the Sthaviras — unconquerable,
invincible.

8 '5*1 mi-phog exemption from a parti-
cular duty or tax in lieu of another or on
some condition (Rtsii.).

»>'SS Mi-phyed n. of the 16th member
of the sixteen "R"'1'?^ or Sthaviras.

mi-phyed-pahi dad-pa, single-
hearted faith: ^jdcsflhi'nigwacD'ayEiS'W'er
^'*l. he had unflagging faith in the three
holies (Hbrom. 48).

SNjpy'fl mi-hphrod-pa unfit, disagreeable,
not suitable, unsuited.

«'S-£5 mi-bya-wa (without action) =1
salvation, freedom from sufferings : *

- mi-byed thu-med or ^'T^
cannot help doing (idiom.)

%'^' mi-dbafi, •&?% a ruler, a king.
^'* mi-ma tears (Sch.).

%'*!•%*( mi-ma-yin ^wr^ lit. one that is
not a human being, a spirit ; *)'<\c,-£|-*r5^-cr
**w*^ all those who are men and those"

who are not : V'!V8*>'"r%ii'I!'wthe ghosts
of the grave-yard (not the souls of the
dead) ; w^-ai'i-^-D-w^ the ghosts that
move in the air (Mil.) ; ^^'fi['H>|'»>'»r^ac
^*«< good spirits or genii ; ^•srS^'g'X-naaj
apparitions of ghosts (Mil.).

*>'{fo mi-byon = ^'^'» and *)'^' incap-
able : *-^r*-§rr»'||!-*!«|r«wa (Rdsa. si.)

fr|^|v« mi-sbyin $kye§-pa w^^r,
as met. = the sun (Mnon.).

fr&S mi-med=W* wilderness, wood,
forests.

w'*f mi-mo 5?rff=SV*i'>a woman. $-353-g
mi-mohi-glu woman's song; ^'S'^'^'j'g-^
a sucking-child (Sman. 350).

£l-3S*rq mi-mos-pa devoid of faith or
regard; for c\t\e^'^».

Syn. W*^ dad-med, ^•^•gai-q aaij.
hdun bral-wa, g^'q'q^ gus-pa-shar ; »-3^'£i
ma-gus-pa (Mfion.).

*>-^wq mi-dmah-wa ^sr^rn [unbend-
ing, not humble; not bowed down]$.

960

S'M'2" tni-rmun-po 3T^N< heavy, dull
[I. bearing burdens; 2. an ox.]5.

^'flS'*1 mi-s>nad-pa = t>^'^ bstod-pa ^rf%^T,
sure? [praise]^, f^r^'^'^wr^l*
Jf\i praised by his companions and
followers (D. £.).

S'jjVwgw^ mi-iinos-par byag-te wfq'zisiT
not having said [having made an elision
of]&; V3J-lq|-*)-|j»rW9»r§ *vnrc*ftq9nT
[having made elision of the middle
word] S.

^'U's nii-s»ira-ira one who observes the
vow of keeping silent, not speaking at
all; a sage (JKfion.).

a-fl|$c-jjft mi-pi san-kli rod cess-pool, heap
of filth: sH**'H'VS'Jh'g'£>^ like worms of
accumulated filth (J}lrom. r, 20).

s)-ii|£E,-q mi-gtsan-wa <8f^B, S^*Nr
human flesh, ordure ; remnants of food fit
to be thrown away. &'*|fe'8|-»iX^-|^ ////.
fftsad-gi mchod_-$bym g«n^?nj a sacrifice
in which human beings may event be
slaughtered.

S-f*»q mi-rtsom-pa iremfii inactivity.

»)'*t«'£i mi-(shafi$-p(i vs^l not observ-
ing purity of morals; not practising
austerity or celibacy. S)'*MT^« jft-ci „,{.
ts/ians-par $pyod-pa ^a^moi^ 1. leading a
worldly life and keeping female company :

if the power of religion is not made
one's own and an impure life is practiced
transgression of the law follows (Elrom.
hkhrig-pa copulation

^'3 mi-brtan-po :
(Rdsa. 27). 2.

mi-htsham-pa (
E.^crg*rd) cruel, oppressive, unfit, unbe-
coming (Rtsii.).

+ ft^*acq mt&skoi-tMssfr*!* not know-
ing, not inquisitive or searching.

»)-<U«i|'ci mi-hdsag-pa ^^K not trickling
[firm, imperishable]^.

Wfcj'fl nii-hdsin-pa the five irrelevances
which should be avoided ; they are these : —
(1) 1^-^l^q-ar^ft-^-q when correct words
do not convey the right meaning; (2)
^•^•arfcij-a-nfeCti w]ien t}je meanings
and the words used do not harmoni/e ;
(3) ^^-wq^-w^-q to misapprehend an
expression or meaning; (4) 5fs*fl]-S[^»r
qtr^'ti to comprehend without reference to
the context; (5) awpv^-a to seize on the
wrong meaning.

-g*}ifg=Wi rtaij-pa (Mfion.}.
-tafa>asB-qrl nU hardened,
obdurate; sharp; unexhausted: 3V*I'-'H

mi-tshacf 1. =

=*'^ ma-sad (Tig. 98).

the

nine sons of Mizim the blacksmith : »)'^wg-
a^wjE.wciS'1 the swords manufactured
\>j the nine blacksmith brothers (Yig. 63).

»)-qjf )m-feafi = %-^ bad-luck, in-
auspicious ;=^!S3iT misfortune.

»)-q3e.-*l'Ji mi-bzafi-mig 1. f^JTT^ friglit-
ful-mien or frightful-eyed. 2. ft-qa^-Slaj
mi-bzfid-mff; an epithet of the planet
Saturn or <J|ar»j^'« gsah-spcn-pa (Mflon.).

*>-n\a* Mi-ffzar ^f^^ii not steep [not
active or striving] &

^'"Sl*''9 mi-bzloy$-pa *tf*4\& unavoid-
able, that cannot be averted, or prevented.

miham-ci 1. f%aT, ^wra, nsm,
g an ugly people, a Mongolian.
2. an epithet of Mahes'vara who is believed

the K

S * «K<5 nnham-ci-yi
n. of an ugly evil spirit (Mng. 77)
-, ^

""° ** ""

c:

female gandham-a]S.

untimei7

other visitations
*.

mi-rabs mankind, generation;

«»li«t of Tibet., ,ri

"

mi-rigs humanity, human kind,
of man"

[possessing the characteristics of man,

^'i mi-yi htsho-ica srofhR human
being, human existence, life.

aa .» ^

* *8«=*4-5*- ^, a little man>

a dwarf (Fa-*e/. 5f).

a-a-am-a •

* »»-yi <%-;» an epithet of

Vishnu (Jjftion.).

^•5)'^ * arf.y,- J&^»w = ^.jj a lady

a queen (Mnon.).

*\* » mi-yi hdren-po = $*Z king ;
also g-w priest.

*^-g mi-yi-bu chHd of man, mortal
being.

mi-yi dban-phyucj=^^

mi.ri*.wa (Wf8) not remote
short distance, used in reference to time'
or Place-

not in haste

m~re «flb« respectively, one by
one' one a^*:er another.

'^'^ w«.re pon-fem=»)^^-^ on]y
accommodating one man, very narrow.

^ op ^. ^

walking on foot without any load to carry
^V'l'I'^'l^'H'Ml'I'I'I'W^^.-iK Qn

reaehing the caPital o* Nepal he met with
a solitary traveller (^.

*)'at >»*-fo l. = «|§* fierce, frightful"
^»f.)- 2. an abbr. of either IN'

indefatigable, untiring, not idle, unwea-
ried"

»'T* mi-gyo (lit. that never moves) as
met.=the sky (Won.) • D-«farq mi.mo.wa
n, ^srar, met. a mountain
^ ntvyowbi mud n. of a
in ten chapters, which contains an
account of the causes which produce

vere(i instruction to his votaries in verses
comP°sed for each occasion. His auto-
biography and his so-called 100,000 songs
?aV° been translated fl"om Tibetan into
Mongo1- A ^1 account of these writings

e read in the N^eteenth Century
for October 1899.

mi'la3 a servant (Jd.).

ft-,, «,-.*„ the human

122

962

'\'* mi-fes ^^1;=**'"? gnorance.
^'•*Kq ignorant (Mnon.).

£>'«K mi-$er=a-iz.v com. term for : agri-
cultural tenants, husbandmen with lands
held subject to payments but from which
they are non-ejectable.

*>'§S »ii-srid=**'*$c.- mnngq [impossible,
not becoming] &

ft'j^'i ini-sriiH-pa *srer evil, mis-
chievous.

^'^I'l mi-slob-pa ^rire [1. "no longer a
pupil," i.e., an Arhat]S. 2. not necessary
to train again; already disciplined.

*> '«|NUI im-ffsal 1. ^'fcHsZTT'l, VTefTW,
^fWT, ^r«m not clear. 2. «i^ a barbarian
or Mlechha. S'i|wrq|Vq mi-gnat brjod-pa
H^isr speaking indistinctly or like a
drunkard or a Mlechha.

f)-u|«<^-.^ mi-g.sod se-<;ar (wq^Tfi -Q5-
g'5}6-') n. of a guard of the Sa-b_dag
demi-gods.

*l'tW§'q' mi-bsnm skye-tro bad men,
wicked persons: ^'q^'g'S'flj^urq^g (Q.
dofi. 1).

Syn. 8'*)'$fq mi-mi ritn-tca ; Ijl'i sdivj-
pa ; «'SC'£' ma-run-ica ; "1^1 'i ffdol-j>tt
(Won.).

ft'^t' mi-hrefi v. ftAf mi-ran.

Sl'f mi-lhuA-= blood

the eye; f^'^1 the eye of a needle,
§'*)fl| Ide-mig the eye of a lock, i.e., the
key ; hole in a hatchet or hammer in
which to insert the handle. Ace. to
Budh. there are five kinds of eyes or
sight viz. : •*|5*)'J) ^t«-^'- the ordinary
eye (of flesh) ; ^'*>"1 fe*^-. divine eyes;

-. the eye of wisdom ;

the eye of religion;

j: the all-seeing eye of
Buddha. £>«J'f q*i miy-kibs eye-lid ; »ta]'l«v«
mig-chid-pa inflammation of the eyes
through cold or snow-blindness, C. ^fgY'J
miff phyid-pa id. ; 8*T$ iniy-clnt ^ra tears ;
mig dsay-pa blear-eyes (Schtr.) ; *te)'
miy-chu gion-a, to shed tears. *&*!'$'
S^'g'9 mig c/iti-biir Ita-bit s^3?rg round
eyes, one whose eyes resemble bubbles.
Sli^-q niiy-che-ica or fc^'JOrci utiy-yans-
pa fr*rrara generous- minded, liberal; *te|'
»'*)^'£j niiy-chi' w<Y/-^w = S**'ci'*^'3'*!^'i free
from greediness or envy (A. 145) : »>i|'i'
**S '^'S", ^T1>''1'»!l\'£J^'§*' do behave without
jealousy. *ta|'^*|'i>e.'6 i>i///-nay sefi-fie^^1*]'
^qI'5T?ql-S'q to look hither and thither
(Rdsa. 10) ; ^'HS mig-uiid disease of the
eye ; ^I'^'^'Q nrig-nehu Ita-bii •TJ^I^ one
whose eyes are round like those of an
ichneumon ; *)o|'^-£i mig-noft-pa «TH?
squint-eyed; ^"]K •>niy-rno=*l*\'*\'*'ir% clear
sight, sharp eyes (Qbroin. f, 120). **«I'5

"Wl%sin a large eye ; *>T|j^ miy-sprin cata-
ract; *)"J'^«'!IIIJ iiiiy-p/>ytH ci-log f^T^tciT^
[inverted-eyed] S. *)qj'^«i miij-hphrul=.
*^1'^.5a' miti-hlihrul T^^rra optical illusion ;

^ N> L

a showman (Cs.) ; *^1'9 miy-bu
one who leads a bluid person ;
*lfll'^9^ mig-hbur goggle-eye ; »>1'ig« mig-
hbrag crr?r, *«?tH5i the apple of the eye ;
also, eye-ball : i^l'5|'*)fl|'5)'Rg*J>^'fl|lw^'uie.>
although she is as dear to me as the
apple of my eye. *)<J|rigw«^ mig-hbrum-
can ^rf^t^r^f [cutaneous eruption in the
eyes] 5. ; ^Tt""] miy-rtscg the wrinkles of
the eye-lid ; ^"l'^«i mig-tshil rheum or else
fat growing in the eye; »toj'^gfo tnig-hdsum
frw twinkling of the eyes; *toi'^g*ri mig-
hdsum-pa f*fw^ eyes closing with sleep,
getting sleepy (Mfton.), *H'l* mig-zur
a glance ; also, corner of the eye.

963

mig-zlum-po
round and globular eyes (Ya-sel. 55).
lk|-^j-^q) m{g rig-rig timidly, anxiously
looking to and fro, hither and hither (Jd.);
^ij'RE-'-s^ mifj-rin-Gan = ^i\'^'&\ long
sighted; ^i)'^ artificial eyebrows ((7s.);
*>T^ eye-bone ((7s.) ; Rflf^w the act of
accustoming the eyes to anything : *tej'j^'W
S^'flij mig-slobs nan-pa-$kye you habituate
yourself to a faulty look, e'.e., downward,
to what is earthly (Jd ) ; %t\'§ mig-rlo
f»T3«rra to eye one obliquely with envy
or jealousy [the hook or eye at each end
of a pole or beam for holding the strings
of a balance]^. £)«j'3]tj mig-log seeing
with up-turned eyes (*ta|'9|*r*to|'3ffi|) : £V

ancient times there was a king who used
only to look at others with upturned eyes
(Khrid. 17). fty-fa-fr^N mig-M-mo gam
^W 3^1 a blind barren woman. »ta|'y*c
*'Q miff ha-chafi che-wa very large eyes.
*ter§*| •$«[ mirj hriij-hrifj gazing with terrified
eyes (Rdsa. 10).

Syn. g-|«S Ita-bycd; °\^^ Mrcn-byed;
^•^•n lhahi sgron-ma ; "l^^'l^
byed ; *#=-'g^ mthon-byed • ^ spyan ;
cd; B«r|«> kliyab-byed ; ^=.'

-^qf!j snan-wahi dwan-po
(Mnon.).

^"I'SI mig-skyag the impurities of the
eye.

Syn. ^1'^"I mig-rnag; £.'** rnu-ma ; ^"1'^
mig-dri (Mnon.).

ijqj-qg'q ;«^ bskra-u'a a certain magic
trick.

I'R^' miij-khun holes in a wall or roof
of a house for purposes of light.

*>T^5a' mig-hk/irulv. Si[^|«i mig-hphrul.

\-*\-*F mig-gi rkan infaxt [1. the
eye of the family ; 2. .an earthy concre-
tion of a milk-white colour formed in
the hollow of the bamboo and known
by the name of bamboo-manna] S.

^Tg^g mig-gi skijes-bu ^ifagmr [a
person with beautiful eyes]&

M'%1 mig-gi gru ^:<*tor corner of
the eye.

a«r9h«H'3s mig-gi dyah-byed *<&*
[good-looking] S.

^Jf* »W' wy^Ho ^WTTT (lit.
the queen of the eye) the pupil or iris.

%%1'P mig-gi skri-kha ?rf^T [the
eye-line]^.

^%0«-«| mig.(ji cJios-ccm=^^ or
|'%«i We »«^« treasurer, store-keeper.

^T^Yt" wj^-flfi bdud-rtui handsome
person or graceful appearance or look.

fer%3*tf$M mig.(ji nor-buhi l-liyim the
socket of the eye.

$<T*R*-<^ mig-fji rnam-hgyur the
different movements and gesticulations of
the eye: ^•^•,

the occult sight by which one can see
things which are not visible to the ordi-
nary eye : 8Vll'^S)VS*V*^J|»V}')yr

minister who could see mines that lay
buried underground being possessed of
occult vision (A. 63).

*taj'9|-;ijfq^«rg$-^ Mig-gi phren-wa s/ies-
byahi ri n. of a fabulous mountain in Pur-
va Videha (K. d. *, 339).

Dt|'5)^qe.-q mig-gi dwan-po ^frf^zr the
sense or organ of sight.

964

I'5l'l"*( mig-gi rdsi-ma Kfijf eye-lashes,
[a ray of light, an eye-lash] S.

*>*\'%*\v mig-grogt one's sweet-heart

(Ot.).

*)<»!• *3fl mig-hgran disapproval, defined
thus : WS -«r«|t
(Rtsii.).

mig-tgyu mirage :

like the mirage on a plain in the hot
season (Ja.).

a«|'«*'« mig-wy»r-tna = "rn-'a%'*t mkhah-
hgro-ma a female sprite, a fairy.

mig-

mi
cfte-re lta-wa:

*>fl|'«^ mig-cau

having eyes. 2. having seeds or grains,
fructified — of ears of corn (Jd.).

au|-|c,-«^ mig-tton-can «T«nf he with a
thousand eyes, an epithet of Indra

%*\ '^ mig-thufi short-sightedness (Cs.).
S)qj-»i«NE.w« mig-mdofi$-pa or *)«| w^tww
^J^P to get blind, be blinded, to be
deprived of sight (Dsl.).

»)q)-^»)-5i mig-hdrei-pa fimi to keep, to
guard, to care for, to look after, to
minister to ; to serve.

H^ mig-ldan l. = »^^ or ^vw«^ a
learned man, a wise man (JtfifJow.). 2.=
^•gyiwr-6» (Won.). 3. = ^'«4aneedle
aoi'^-« mig-ldan-ma n^^t [endowed with
the faculty of seeing] S.

*)m'«^ migrhben a target (Yig.).
a«ii-g'«'c' mig-sbom-pa large-minded,
generous, liberal.

Syn. ^'^V1 «<e»- hdoj-pa; <wr«r«iwi
%-pa yans-pa (Jlfiion.)

^•WM^ mig-ma rnkhan = ^*\**'*-g\ low
caste, low-born.

chess-board ; fc^WMrt"* to play at chess ;
*)fli'»»c«-^»j'g*i-q chequered, painted or
in-laid work after the pattern of a chess-
board (Jd.) ; *>«|'*«»r9'g«r'S mig-mans-kyi
thul-lo >iT?rrf^i^i defeated in chess-play.

*)<i|-*)-q|£) titig mi-hdsum ifrftw (lit.
not winking, looking steadily). 1. a
general epithet for the gods, who accord-
ing to the Buddhist idea never shut their
eyes (so also $ fish). 2. an epithet of
Avalokitesvara Bodhisattva. 3. n. of a
prince (Ya-sel. 8 It).

aq|SVq«.- Mitj-mi-bsan f^qrfl one of
the guardian kings of the world ; an
epithet of S'iva, i.e., he having an odd
number of eyes.

»ti-dii>ah = '^^'^'c> shameless

mig-dmar
the planet Mars ; also Tuesday.

Syn. "W^t bkra~fit ; W*'^ Itit-dmar ;
«'"l'9 sa-yi bu ; ^S'^'«\3 hod-zer dgu ; $ ?S'
|« chu-sfod $kye$; frwgf^ rtsibs-ldan ; *'
a.^' sa-hbyuH ; »f"V§=.'n3l mkhah-fted hgro ;
4>nag-dpon ; *)*\'V<* mig-dmar

***\'i* mig-rmo firflT^ dice for teaching
letters or figures.

*)iT^ mig-tman qgw, ^nrt^, ^-WHI eye-
medicine [antimony as an application to
the eyes]S. ^"I'U^'^'5 mig-tman sfion-
mthM deep-blue (Won.).
mig-sman bcud, ^WSR [black
pigment or collyrium applied to the eye-
lashes or the inner coat of the eye-lids] S.
^IW'S*!'*1 mig-tman mjug-ma=Qc-'#^'
the stork (Won.). *>*\'WW**\ mig-tman
lut-can=*F dom *wm [1. a bear (Won-)-
2. a term used in addressing a flamingo ;
fair-eyed] S.

965

rnS^ Mig-btsums-pahi ri n. of a
fabulous mountain situated beyond that
ocean which is called sTT^'S^'s Glog-gi
hphred-ica. Here is a cavern where
very handsome women are born at sun-
rise with propensities of a former life and
on account of their Karma enjoy the
prime of youth at midday and die at
night (K. d. 270).

*)«|'<wf§jf Ijw miy-bsaft blo-gl-os an epithet
of the son of K&madeva.

mig-bsafl-ma 1. a very hand-
some woman who has beautiful eyes
(Mfion.). 2. n. of a Yaksha nymph (K.
gu. 130).

*H"i mig-ya an epithet of Vaisravana
who has a third eye on his forehead.

mig-ser

envy, jealousy ;
vious, jealous.

1.

jaundice. 2.
mig-ser-can en-

designation, name: |5f1v3'*l*'qF'^ or fa'1*
s)e.-3i* what is your name ? 5,$'*k:uK-*^
such a thing is not known at all, such a
thing does not exist ; W*W%irf*:|r
ftrot' WoV^fe) do not call me by my name
if I cannot accept atonement from my
enemy (Rdsa. 14) ; ty*A'8* a word for
drawing (pulling) (Gram.) ; I«'5=i'S'*)t- a
surname ; V'*^' a family name ((7s.) ;
^2T»r*)E.' real name, the name of an object;
jtfar*)e.-q|c.-«iyi|w what name did you give
him ? ^•ar*te'3''0^«|»» what is it called ?
gorg-Sffrrsw £«; this tax exists only nomi-
nally. *>*'J*' mifi-rkyaft a single syllable
or name ; $s.'lj*j»i one's namesake ((7s.);
Se,'?!'^'^' min-gi dge-$loft ^imfii^: priest
only by name ; 8e.'3|-«8^ mifi-gi mdsod
dictionary, treasury of words ; *>*'«$ min-

fian bad name; ^'^\ mifi-can 1.
having a name, having a reputation, being
well spoken of. 2. n. of a medicinal
plant, a flower; fcf^r^U'lpffUrfliwi'*^1

IR-ifliq-fe-tq-CTftaEfeTferwQ (mystical)
(Mid. h). Se.1^ mift-cig-^^ [deserving,
becoming] S. ; »>c.'^ min-chen H^M\H fame,
reputation. *!=.'!«'?} fl^N mifl-rjes-su brtags
5?m^^5 fgHW ascertained the meaning
of the word ; $f*m min-mthah final letter
of a word.

s/ijs, mid-don brda-$pro4 dic-
tionary of Sanskrit, Tibetan and mystical
terms in five chapters by Vairochana — a
block-print published at the monastery of
Dgah-ldan Phun-tshog gjin.

%*$ Mift-dhi name of Emperor of the
great Han dynasty of China: ^'3'$^'§'

in the eighth year of Yung-
phing who was the Emperor Mingdhi of
the great Han dynasty, China obtained the
central doctrine (W1'!*') of Buddhism
(Grub. ^,3).

ScEi mijl-po w<r a brother (born of the
same parents) ; sisters so born are called
IK* srifi-mo : »)c,-ci^-5^E,-q miti-pos bsruft-wa
*iraTf**r cherished or protected by the
brother. Se.'§f mifi-srifi brother and
sister, abbr. of ***.'» and §=.•#. »)e,-§i;- mifl-
srtfl = ^ spun brother and sister born
of the same parents.

*>*'** mM-tshar (w&\<i) starvation.

»)e.-ij|^ min-pshi basic letter gen. the first
letter of the root of a word, in contradis-
tinction to the second, the third, and the
prefix letters.

»te'il!«1»! niifi-pzugs »!HVr [name and
form; the whole external world is com-
prised under the name

966

23 f

1. wrrfsRfr; w|-m»
the passage for food to the stomach, the
gullet. 2. vb. more fully: B^^V
khyur-mid byed-pa to swallow, to gulp
down, to devour: *)\«3'»'q mid-pahi sa-ica
^iwre^n; to eat devouring, to eat without
masticating food. 3. a fish of the
Sizopygopsis genus.

mi/t very common in colloq., also in
modern writings, as abbr. of *'"^ ina-i/i/t
is not : ^&»'*?W^'fcr*VI the book is not
there. ***\'i or w^'i to be without, to be
not, %«>, not at all (A. K. 1-2). *^'w
except fw (A. K. 111-41). ****& pro-
bably, is it not. ^'^ min-hdra not of
the same kind or of same appearance,
dissimilar ; 5K*VT*^'*1Vl is it (so) or is it
not? *V"l'l"|*r^''v^l (colloq. " du-ka »«'»-
du") id. (Note: ft^yi which is often
' sounded min-ditk should be always written
for ^'^"Ii *)<VW& min-las-che or ^'nr* an
expression of doubt = is only doing, doing
nothing but : v^V^irwRW^ ^T^'S"'
q-*)^-oi«r% now behaving ungratefully he is
but doing me mischief (Rdna. 10). *T«W
except, besides: ^*rS)apvS|e.- the other
trees except this one ; ^wjw^-trgwg*-
*>'•*!« besides Buddha no one knows it, no
one knows except Buddha ; WW1&T
*)aj-q-a-q^ I have been sitting down only
this moment ; ^'*^ 'I'"' those excepted.
*t^'S win-da for *^'3 mi-sla help-mate.

*)* mir termin. and *^" Lustrum, case of
s) : ?)«-^q to the understanding or percep-
tion of humanity, also ^m'i|<sZ)M [non-per-
ceptionJ>S'. *K'§Vi mir-c/yur-pa if^HjJrfa
turned or became man [the human
course] & *K*"l*<'i mir chays-pa
to desire to become man; SK'
Spyod-pa human habits.

^ mu 1. sometimes for S'^ iitu-si sulphur.
2. = 3]i« a kind or species: ^'5)'«'aivss' is
there one of this kind? 3. = *w. border,
boundary, limit, edge, margin, end, skirt :
^c.'a'Tipi.N'q residing on the border of the
field ; «<(T jj grows on the edge ; *w»\3f
Q'*^ there is neither limit nor end ; «vw
•WI'V^SV ^ is because there is no limit
to the way of Nirvana (Ser.). ij*vi$S-«-ai
on the circumference ; S'^^ or S'«iN=q^'^
in C. «'P" mii-kha =#*r*f ^ (mystic) (K.
y. «], 216). «'I3S iiiu-khyud., the rim,
the circumference, a hoop.

Q'F*)'S* Mu-l'hiiin-piir n. of a place
anciently situated on the confines of Nepal
to the north of the cities of Kapilavastu
and MoHade/a (modern Balia).

S'SY^V^ Mu-khyud Msin-ri ^fl*iT,
^f*W^ n. p., one of the seven fabulous
golden mountains surrounding Sumeru,
and it is so called : S'BVYH*^*1 because
it lies on its verge or circumference
(Soriy. 8).

«'|3'Vqv>rq$-*i* Mu-k//i/itd Mul-trahi
mtsho one of the great lakes of Tibet men-
tioned in G. Bon. 7.

S'H'^'Q Mu-khri btsan-po the eldest son
of king Khri-Sron Uk-bhan (Loft. *, 8).

mu-tje 5«?«, ^f«^r 1. famine, S'^|'
X^-g-gc.-^*)'^ '«c. died, there being a great
famine. S'')'1'!^ nm-ye-bski/ed=^'^ than-
pa, A*'^ char-med (Mnon.) that which
•causes a famine, draught, want of rain.
Sj-q^-qqurtrqvN mit-gehi bskal-pa bar-ma
the age of famine. 2. in W. desire,
appetite : B'*)'*^ mu-(jc-can eager for food.

mr-

Mu-yyen n. of a fine breed of
horses imported from Kham and Amdo

967

mn-cor y*j, JT^H impudent,
audacious. S'^'1* nm-co-tsha impudent,
rough, rude in speech, one who speaks
without regard to another's feelings.
S'<fc'fj *J mu-cor smra-wa ^regi^; to talk
nonsense, also = ^'§'£) rdsun smra-wa to

•V5

speak falsehood [talkative and scurrilous] S.

mu-cor

or

gccrs^'d sltyen-pa mcd-pa without shame,
immodest (Mnon.).

W'&'Qisr^pl mu-cho Idem-drug the six Bon
teachers like the six manifestations of the
Buddha who bring the beings of Hell
under moral discipline (D.R.).

(derived from S'T^'I
r«j'«^ grol-ica-ean what
Jjwrw,

signifying
has been set free)
a pearl :

(Lori. *>, 2) the Buddhas and Bodhisattvas
having transformed themselves into shell-
fish, led pearls were produced in their
stomachs which came to be known as
Rakta Mutig. There are seven kinds of
pearls mentioned in Tibetan works, some
of which are fabulous, others real, W$ wa-lu,

and IH'^'l'If. It is said that kinds of
pearl are obtained from the brains of
elephants and cobras; also a peculiar
kind of pearl from the leaves of a tree
growing in Southern India.

or S'^T^c.'

mu-tig §k
as met. the ocean.

JSJ'^T^ Mu-tig-can one of the Tibetan
kings ; *q'ts'!T^'Q''§I^'S*TS^Tq*<v3-'ar
4)%ocq« having decided to make over the
kingdom to Snanam he petitioned Mutig
Tsan-po.

beggar, destitute person (Mnon.).

^'§4|^ mur-steg$=^'a~'y!] mur-hdug
^10 one at the end or limit ; f^^1 [1. a
sacred place. 2. an aggregate of three
things, such as virtue, wealth and plea-
sure]^.

mti-stegs-pa also S'^^'-Baj
a heretic, one who argues on
religion, a schismatic [lit. one creating a
passage through the circuit of life, or one
indulging in pilgrimage; also, one who
holds extreme views and does not follow
the middle doctrine of Buddha ; hence, a
non-Buddhist, such as the followers of
Brahminism or Jaiiiism]$. 5'§1*r*=V§'
^'q'%"I the six heretical teachers of
Buddha's time: — (1) ^'^'l^'
-; (2) wSF^'^' ; (3)

(5) T55'g-^«ir«aj ; (6) "I^'g'^-g ; these six
Tirthika teachers were known as the six
Tarkika (^I'^'^I) (K. du. f|, 33-^3). The
sixth of those is asserted to have been
the founder of Jainism.

1 Mu-thi-la n. of a precious stone.
mii-mthah boundary, limit ; S'*m'
^'i unlimited ; also Wv'sij-^-q not going
to the limit i.e., not thorough.

«'*S^ mu-hthud=^'^^ rgyun-hthud.
^

^'^ mu-rdo-=$$-*,<$, chu-yi rdehu
pebbles from water (mystic) (Min. 3).

^'c^ mu-ni=$t\'» (a spiritually power-
ful one), saint, ascetic, anchorite ; Sakya-
muni, the sage of the Sakya race.

Ifu-mu (ift*ri|3<i| g.na$-gciy) n. of
a Buddhist sacred place, said to be some-
where in the east part of India, prob in
Bengal (Dus-ye. 38).

mu-me4 boundless, limitless ;
<j-»iY«« mu-med-par vaguely.

^'51^ mil-men ef ^rz Trair^ n. of a
precious stone resembling sapphire
(Qffion.). a'*^-«\wZi red mumen in
also = an earth- worm] S.

'««-<«« *«»-<**

n. of a tree. 2. n. of an ancient king, son
of Mandhata. Having assisted the gods
in their wars with the demons he got as
a reward the boon of long and unbroken
sleep; and the gods decreed that
whosoever disturbed him should be burnt
to ashes by fire from his body. Krishna,
in order to destroy Kala-yavana, enticed
him into the cave where Muchukunda was
asleep and the latter being thus roused
cast upon Kala-yavana an angry glance.
which reduced him to ashes] S.

^J'<36'^ iiin-tsha Iga one of the six early
tribes of Tibet called ^T^l mihu duA-
drug (Tig. 61).

H-ugsM-n mu-mtshufig-pa wnfar [a fellow
religious student] S.

«'«rt| mu-bxhi the four limits : (1) JJV*"H
skyed-hgag birth and death ; (2) $T*S rtag-
chad immortality and annihilation; (3)
"^V*^ yod-med existence and non-exis-
tence ; (4) If*'?*' $nati-tton light or pheno-
menon andvoidity (which is chaos).

S'pifa »w-6s/«'w = qw3 in the course
of (Tig.).

${' 3 mu-si n^s brimstone, sulphur:
S'^'«^ mu-zi-can containing sulphur, sul-
phurous ; Q'^'^ mu-zi-rdo brimstone.

W** mu-yal some large number (Ta-
sel. 59).

V^qMrqprvte'iprfq mu-ye sang-psal
rntfiiA nam-tig

chapter on the elucidation of the
meanings of the eighteen mercies of Qp.n-
rab (D.R.).

VWqfq'Q Mu-rug htsan-po one of the
sons of king Srofi-&tsan Sgam-po (Lofi
*,8).

^'^ >nu-la 1. together, in a heap.
qvtttfn kept together, «'«c^ mu-la-h;, ro
goes together. 2. = f&,»r»j k/ioflg-su within
the province, sphere of: ^*f*'^fc'^'q*4<9<
^•i9"l»)-^-X, accordingly within the pro-
vince of Tsang he resided one year
(A. 89).

^'?JC5J Hiu-satii^Wf* the sky (mys-
tic) (G. Bon. 1).

or

kind' of wild ass (Jig.}.

mug-pa 1. a moth; ««|* id. also
clothes-moth, q«i'a"i wool-
moth, ««T^ moth-eaten, destroyed by
moth. 2. vb. with ^ or 5*|*i, to despair ;
%a*]'<i bio jnug-pa a gloomy doleful way
of thinking (Sch.).

Q^t $£' Hun-ntA countiy situated to the
east of India including Bhamo (Dsam.).

mun-pa

dark, obscure ; obscurity, darkness,
gloom, cognate terms differentiated as
adj. and sbst. respectively in a native
work. The adj. has the syn. : — $«r<i $y rib-
pa ; ft'flpwq mi-g.ml-wa ; *3wci ht/iibf-pa ;
^Wi khebg-pa; %'^'Q mi-§nafi-wa ; ft'«B(
mi-mnon; ^'^'^' liar mi-snail; !J^'^i«
kun-khebs (Mfion.). The sbst. (night or
darkness of night) has the syn. : — iji:-«'§t\
Idofis-byed ; ^'^ gnan-med; ^9fK^ Kin-

969

Qil/uzr byed; aj'355'jfe.- nin-mohi igo-na;
•pt-^ro ffljM^t pags-pa; *&•*.* rub-rib;
aTS* smag-rum; *^-Jj5-5(f« mtshan-mohi
go$ ; W '^Sl" mun-hkhrigs ; 8^1 mun-nag ;
*\'W ce-mun (Mnon.). «^*k' become
'dark; 8^'(3«.' mun-khuA dungeon, prison ;
«^'l3q mun-khyal «fi»re entire darkness,
darkness enveloping every, thing; S'THft
mun-khrod darkness, gloom ; fj^'-s^'*i w«w-
can-ma <(nfin^\ night.

«^q-q^ mun-pa-shi ace. to the Bon the
four kinds of darkness are : (1)
the darkness of ignorance ; (2)
worldly darkness; (3) ^'215 sfS'S^q the
darknesses of passions ; (4) ^'ijq'S'?^'" phy-
sical darkness such as the shade of a
mountain.

* Sf '? mun-da-rl ^j^^t n. of an
aquatic plant; ^'ft'T^', £'<?'"

<-IUH-X (K. g. «, 356).
mun-nag=Wci mun-pa.

the

worst stage of men when they go from
darkness to still geater darkness.

S^'g"! mun-sprul lie, untruth, false-
hood; ace. to Jd. ignorance, stupidity:
^^'§ia)'^'9'q mitn-sprul-dtt $mra-wa = £**'$' Q
to speak falsehood. WC1* mun-tshub mun-
tshub f?tfirT darkness, gloom.

^•^isc^Sf^-Q mun-sel mgon-po-^f** the
sun (Tig. k. 88).

*WSf mun-sro furiousness, passion.

W^i'** mun-g.sel-ma fwR^ fullmoon
night [also the dawn]-S.

R*c.-«n-»)e.- n. of a celestial courtezan (Lofi.

I Mun-dsahi yul the country
to the north of the Kailas mountains;

in the north (of Tibet)
ehe country of Tartar Mufiza (Sorig. 20).

r=^ shor; «*'«( = S^'ai or ^

lan-gsal (Tig. 93). S^f nuir-got the
temples; the bent sides of either eye.
«^gj*i mur-hgram ^y [the frontal bone
or cheek]5. ace. to Sch. jaw, jaw-bone.

green China tea (Jig. 23).

+ S^'SI mur-thug = *w^'5i| mthar-thug
thorough, complete, to the extremity, till
the end of.

S^'^i mur-dum or «V|*< mur-zlum in
Ld. 'dull, of knives, hatchets (Jd.).

«^V! miir-hdug=l. «'§"l»i'') .(Sch.).
2. gills of a fish (Jd.).

•

3jJ*sH mur-wa to gnaw, to crush with
the teeth, to bite asunder ; $*ri'?J*''t' to
crunch bones.

v£*\ H miil-po IJT^I [a petitioner,
beggar, suitor] S.

ITf *1J mul-thug the fist (Jd.).
Mug name of a village in Tsang

me

C.)

fire, the fire, resp. 51« s/iug? (in

me-ggum three kinds of fire :
5)'»> the volcanic fire of the
Southern ocean called Baravanal ; *y*5'»)
the fire generated by the sun; SJJTS'
3'iW») bsreg-bya za-icahi me fire which
devours (Mnon.). »>•*«« the fire burns ;
•1'^ fire breaks out, *)'*t\q fire spreads ;
the fire is going out ; ft-q-
khan-pa me$-^sre(/$ the house.

123

970

is burnt down. *)'sVi we fpor-wa fre-
quently also AV«T and a^gv, to blow
up* or light a fire ; *>'1* '" to stir,
poke, trim the fire ; ^'jB'5! to set -on fire.
*>'$|*i gun-cock ; frjfl* shovel for burning
coal; frj*|« steel and tinder pouch; *>-|
nte-lce a flame ; *>'«' me-tfiab hearth ; *>'s^"\
me-mdag burning embers; *5 ntc-ico a
large fire, *'5'i nte-tco-che a conflagration ;
*'«fl mc-gshi an anvil; *>'*ffi a singe on
cloth or hair, a brand-mark ; »)-lCqw »te-hobg
trench or line of fire ; A'T im-yal a spurt
or flame of fire ; *>'^ wie-ro cinders, extinct
embers ; *^ tne-len ember nippers ; to'*\*i
me-fel burning glass or crystal.

Syn. W9S hbar-byed.; fr-
tia-rafti bu; $'"l '8 lflW f/*«
S'«^ rtse-mo-can ; ^f^q* hkhyog-hbar ;
«9i yin-hp/tel; *^***t zag-iiiin; qwwq^f
Miff-^ru^; 1^^1'iT" $l>t/in-sreg lag-pa;
«C« 5 nor-las-rgya ; ^'3'-^=. '? hotf-kyi $
rta ; ^ 'W'^l du-wahi-dog ; g^qj-lfawZi
JT» grogs-po ; mw^aj-^w lani-nag-shugt ;

&'*W< '§=.- mc-mtiam rlufi fire-wind, burn-
ing wind.

; <w«)3f gi^ hbar-icahi Ice-
Idan (4ffio».).

»)•§« nte-fkyes 1. ^ftpj^, ^fa* [born
of fire ; any illuminating substance ; the
number six]S. 2. wtr iron.

*>'!"«•' me-khafi a house or enclosed space
for the consecrated fire.

»>'»«iai me-mgal 1. fire-brand: ^wjaig
•^jft^'S me-mgal-gyi hkhor-lo the circle made
by a fire brand when quickly swung round
2. half burnt fire-wood, a piece of wood
which has been partly burnt (Nag. 15).
me-rgan a learned man :

flint

Bfe-cu-ru-di n. of an open
town in India during Buddha's life (K.
dn. *, 185).

me-cAa=»>-f«1»'

(A. 3 If).

mi'-toij s«J, S^if, gi^u any flower :
ipwti me-toy mfion-par bkram-pa
the flowers conspicously spread out or
displayed ; A-^T|-p^5«'« me-tog kha hbit$-pa
the flower opens, blossoms, begins to blow.
£ ?u| 9|Jr*^ nie-tog-gi rna-can ^Rcl^Ri [a
flower ear-ring] S. ; ^'Tl'Sftl^w me-tog-gi
phur-ma S^gz the sheath or calyx of a
flower ; »>'?<Il'5)'gc-'*' »w-tog-gi phrefi-im chap-
let, wreath of flowers; a-^^-Ej me-tog-
rnkhan-po wfajft a garland maker ; ^'T1'!'^
me-tog rdul ir^nr [the pollen or farina of
a flower]S. ; »'¥«|'g^ mc-tog ldan=
spring and ^-|-fl|w5)»i-q|e.-q (Mfion.) ;

me-tog ldan-du$ id. (Mfion.).

me-tog Idan-ma a woman in menses
(Mfian.) ; w-9T«lw me-toy-lam yi^m [*path
of the menses,' the vulva] <S.

*'¥ql'i'l!i Me-toy fgron lit. the flower-
lamp ; one of the names of 1'ift'W Tshe,-
Spofi bsah wife of king Kliri sroti Idnhu-btsan
who was mother of princes Mu-khri btsan-
po, Mu-mg btsan-po and Mu-tig btsan-po
(Lot. *, 8).

•"'^'S^'lf me-tog glafi-sna snfaroiH'S [the
plant Sanseriera seylanica\S.

A-^-atK.- me-tog-chafi, s«m?: wine made
of the Mowa flower in India (Mfion.).
me-tog don-can id.

» me-tog ni-ma = 3*'3*< fiT^
saffron (Mfion,).

»)-^q|-5=,'q^ me-tog tifi-b&hi viz : — ^'$'*H
tin-It phyin ; ^'^'3 tin-sag-kyu; 5^'S'15!
tin-ntu-la ; ^'«'»« tin-mu-sa (Min. rda. 2),

971

me-tog phra-mo the lily (Mno

^ me-tog g$hu-can ff^r^nr, gui-
tar [lit. holding a bow of flowers, an epi-
thet of TTamadeva, god of love]&

d-^-s^"^ me-tog zas-can ^*pc as met.
bee.

**"! me-tog lug-miff or
a kind of flower resembling a
sheep's eyes, a species of Pedicularis.
^TTOTS me-tog lug-ru also a species of
Pedicularis.

me-stag. also &**\ me-tshag spark,
sparkle, a bit of live-coal in the ashes.

Syn. *P*l**mkliah-skyes; VRf-iSiaj-*!
rab-hphro mehi zeg-ma ; W§-^^ shugs-
kyi dum-hpJirug (Mnon.).

tic) (K. g. 26).

i £».c.x

.). *• ^"S mc-dti-m = "$ medhya ^«r

[fit for a sacrifice, fat]<S.

»i'«^ me-mdah ^ffiit(im a gun ; colloq.
mendah and mindah.

| me-na-ka

maiden, a youthful woman. 2. n. of a
celestial courtezan (T7gr. k. 37). 3. the
daughter of Vrishanasva.

Me-na-ko *hu3i n. of a moun-
tain range situated beyond the river
and mountain called Ti-rtse-rwa • where
have been living from eternity the Asura
and a class of women whose faces resemble
those of horses (K. d. * 287) [According
to some authors Mainaka was situated ia
the southern extremity of the Indian
peninsula' from which Lanka (Ceylon)
could be seen ; but most Hindu writers

agree that Mainaka was an offshoot of
the Himalayas] S.

+ *>'*('<* Me-na-ya prob. Mithila.
' »>-^ me-nur=*ri»<w • *)-j^ me-$nod
or »>-^ me-phor coal-pan, chafing dish,
fuming-pan.

*'^ me-ne n. of a place in India (Dsam

21).

*'S*' mc-pufl,
glass, cup (Ja.).

cupping-

^ me-dwal ftw f^^ ; [a cutaneous

disease, a sort of dry spreading itch,
erysipelatous inflammation] 8.

a-<wq-g-g me hlar-ioa Ita-bu -wfir^rtq^
[resembling a glowing or flaming fire,
a plant with red. blossoms] 8.

a.

tm-mdag

one of the heUs ; Jl'S^S^q*! me-mur-gyi hobs
an oven, a fire-pit or trench. »>•««;
=^*vn in the mystic language
of the demons Asura, i.e., *)^«V|'^W§-
We meet with, also : — »>-«vi|3ft me_

me-mw tgrol=
w (K. ko. 1, 235).

Wt Me-tsa or *'^ Me-btsah = w§-y-i*
sa-yi IJe-ica and w^S'i'q (Sman) any im-
portant place excellent in position and
free from the depredations of malignant
spirits, and on such places Buddhist
viharas are enjoined to be erected : ^5'|«i|«

(A. 153).

972

me-hdsin m, ?[f%<u keeper of fire
[1. competent. 2. a kind of sacred fire]<S.
me-shal-lam as met. = the sky.

-$8hofi or ^'S*-' me-ghn ^nF™>
a bowl made of burnt clay or iron
in which fire is made [a portable fire-
place] S.

*>'i^ me-bshi the 12th constellation
called

&char-byed ; °$'t^&w'& byi-dor mcl-ts/te

Syn.
hdon

rig-byed.;

bya-ma-

>»e-bshi gkyeg 1
2. an epithet of Vrhaspati (Jfnow.) [Brhas-
pati or Jupiter is so called because he was
born when the moon was in the mansion
of Prakphalguni or Purvaphalguni (the
eleventh constellation )]S.

mchi rtse-»io=^'1^ saffron

dp5)-»)j^ me-yi tpgrin a general name for
birds (Mfion.).

*>'*• nte-ri fire mountain, volcano.

*>'^« Me-ris the barbarous modern Miri
tribe inhabiting the forests in the upper
valley of the Dihong, their chief village
being called Miri-patam.

*>'<&*.' me-loA ?5^, W?i, ?fa 1. a
mirror, or looking-glass: aw|*ri$=.' the
mirror in which one's Karma is reflected.
irfa' is frq. as a title of books, of the
history of kings, e.g., jT^WT^pir^Xfc1
lit. a bright mirror of royal pedigree.
2. plain surface, flat body length and
breadth. 3. sample, model, reflection,
specimen.

Syn. 3W»dfc.- kun-mt/iofi; W*\*» kun-
g.$al; *f>'*ifc ran-mthon; *fy (3) jf^ bshin-
gyi snod; **<$*, ma-gu-ra;
psttgt-brnan skye-ynas;

me-lon-can wr^il^ mirror-like,
n. of a prince in ancient India; a lake-
resembling a mirror, hence one of the
historic doors of the great temple of
Buddha at Lhasa is called jfd'iSE.'W' Sg0
me-loft-can.

*)-JjE.-qt^e.- Me-M M-rin the Bon
designation of Persia which is called s^'a
«jj •§ •^•fuw Sukhavati or the Land of Bliss
(G. Bon. 4.)

*>'^!* me-fd 1. w&'JiTfwI?! [sun-stone,

sun-crystal ; a kind of crystal cool to the
touch but emits fire when exposed to the
rays of the sun]<S. 2. ^15 the sun.

' me-ps/ioti.

tfil, orar [the
wood of Ficus reliyiosa used for kind-
ling fire by attrition ; fire-flint, the plant
Premna spinosa]S.

me-ha-ra n. of a heretical sect
and work among the Hindus.

he knew many S'astras of the outsiders
i.e., Hindus, such as Mehara, &c., of
Mahadeva S'ankara (A. Stf).

*'5 mf-lha ^f^'W, ^m, ^fir^5f the
god of fire [a general name for gods or
deities ; gods are supposed to eat the sacri-
ficial offerings through the help of fire
which is called the mouth of the gods] S.

Syn. ^S'3'f*'*^ hod-kyi nor-can ; V^w
|« nor-las-$kycs; S^'a9"l*' byin-za-sregg;

thig-le • i!^'H'«> peer khu-ica ;
hbar-wahi skra-can ; $'^w«^ rta-dm ar-can ;
^•*q|«-^-|^ gna-tshoys hod-scr ; ^'"^^'cl ho<j,
hdttn-pa; ^S'S^'I*1 rnchod-sbyin skyes; ^'

973

rtg-byed-fkyesr

dban srag-po ; *'«rJfo ra-la-shon ; •«}*
Jj^' car-lhohi phyoys-kyon (Mfion.).

*>'$'% me lha-mo, unrft the quarter
of fire, south-east : •*i^'^("'*''5p' &f")*J'^5 w^c/g
make (your) cooking-hearth in the south-
east corner of the house which is the
quarter of the god of fire (Jig.).

^'^'^'ti-mc-ltiahi chun-ma the wife of
the god of fire.

Syn. A*f$^**i me-lhahi <}<jah-ma; *^'
il'*^ char sd/tj-can ; *)'*) me-ma ; a)<>i«'|^-»(
le/js-sbyin-iita.

**'%*'$ me-lhahi rta the horse of the god
of fire.

Syn. lifa'^'*)*'^!} bshon-pa myiir-hyro;
^w35 dinar-mo ; «|^'J-^-^c.'5 fter-rtsen fin-
rta; ^ rn (Mnon.).

I : incd-pa the negative f o'rm of
and ^ = to be not, not to be, to be
without, not to have, to be non-existent :
^•OTg'qwrA^ nga-la bu-rnains med I have
no children; jtfwpwcr*)^"! kho tnkhas-pa
med shig he is one void .of learning;
j^N-*:^ stobs-med strengthless ; «i^»)^ bde-
mcd unhappy, uneasy, unwell ; s^'w^'q
passes away, is dissipated ; sj'W*)^ without
occasion, no opportunity, tf^f^'y^^tr
^3-0^1 vha-lay mcd-kyan dgos-pahi khral
though without goods a necessary tax ;
|-mrqqipr9qvA\(niq*raii has your
Reverence no fellow-resident in your
house? fr*^«WHJI^-A\«r^I«^<q a man
about to be choked, being able neither to
vomit nor swallow down ;
we are not able to give anything ;
%^'9|'9'* the sons and grand-sons that are
to get anything (as a heritage); S**'^'

' or Syq indispensable in the

house; jfl'Bf'VW^Jsi'Hwr^'Wis-y the
ministers lost their litigiousness, i.e., gave
up quarrelling; 3*j -|»r^-»!«;-q^ ^ the
distribution of the dishes became impos-
sible ; *!<vw|yci to annihilate (an enemy),
to put an end to (a quarrel) (Glr.) ; i>*\t^
without or ' instead of ' : «'*V« without
cause ; j'Ji'q-^-cj'; instead of the king, gvg-
instead of the former shape;
continually making no differ-
ence between _day and night; *^'« mcd-ma
not without, some, a few ; *"V*i med-mo a
penniless woman. S^w med^pa-pa=t\^s
§w or ^-"i^-y a mischievous person
(Mnon.}.

men an ornament, piece of finery
(Mil.). »^ men-tsi (Chinese) a coloured
silk handkerchief. ^^ % men-hri a kind of
fur; *^$^w5$-fTO« a fur-coat of red
men-hri (is mentioned as the venture of the
gods).

mer 1. terrain, of *>: ^^gtjj mer.
srcg sa to eat after baking in fire. 2. in
^•sX aic,*)-£i sh'e-mer lans-pa, i.e.,.yy%t\ skyug
bro-wa vomiting; fig. :. anything that is
scorned also that is repulsive in appear-
ance or offensive to sight. . 3. adj. any,
thing kept in heaps in a place, heaped
or piled up: e <tf*«w §«rq*p- quite filled
with strained or purified tea (A. !.'+!}.

**•<) mer-ica 1. sloppy, pappy, thin;
also: expanded, distended, full: **y
id. »*3«r<i|c.- full to the brim; «K'»K
mer-mer anything full to the brim. *«, *^-q
mer-mer-po expanded, fully-blown. 2.
£x*K-q adj. shimmering, permeating. '3.
*X-*X-q = ^-^q adj. to define the shape and
consistency of an embryo, oblong, oval.

1. watch-mau,
to wait upon ;

mcl-tshe
sentinel, watcher ;

974

to keep watch over :
W'Mj'Ji attending upon him they made him
offerings of (entertained with) music and
songs (A. 13). 2. a watch or period of
3 hours at night. ^Ti?'1! mel-brtse-wa
qf^rc [servant, attendant]/S. £«r*'£i mel-
tshe-wa atrsrwi one who remains awake to
give watch ; one awakened ; £«r3> ** »\el-
tshe-ma ivfaift the night.

34?J'H »ics-/io fcram?, trramf grand-
father, forefather, ancestor: ^HgN'ow
^•J-$i»)«-^-§'qje.>Zi'uK'»>»» Kun-tu xafi-po the
common spiritual ancestor of all the Bud-
dhas; ^a^V* forefather's time, «w*>* '
fy'S** in our grandfather's time i.e., the time
of our ancestors ; ^ or "fl *>« great grand-
father ; "£"1 ff*l«'2i srftrara* an epithet of
Brahma (f *w) (Mnon) ; *iwZlw»»-«iJfa
Mes-po hphanf-brtson n. of a patriarch of
Tibet, the g:eat ancestor named w^fit
Hphan-brtson who went to Kham and
back (Deb. *|, 12). *!>« 5$ ws =.' mes-pobi
ral-klun an epithet of the river Ganges ;
£trtfa'rfC'qtyf|Srq>N§4 (Yig. k. 1&) pray
send your favours to me continually like
the river of patriarch's locks. £»r^2fy
ineg-dpon ancestors (both spiritual and
' ordinary) (Tig. 8$). The *)wv5^*-<»|*i*»
in Tibetan history or three ancestral
rulers are : king Sron-btsan syam-po, Kliri-
srofi Idehu btsan and Khri Ral-pa-can.
»:»cnSe.- »w$-hehin = 'W§ dnul-chu mercury,

quicksilver (Mnon.).

^5^
J &T];jj mai-(ri love, friendship,

*T mo I : ^t a woman, a female opp.
to S ; also, occas. = she, her : ^'^ she said ;
35'ifjw woman's gown, petticoat ; H'Qffi
mv-b.rgyud female line of descent; ?rg,«
(Mil.) S'^l,*' mo-dbyis C. a giil, female
child. * 5 mo-rta a mare ; ^"1" mo-rtagg

feminine gender, female organ ;
female organ; v. also frw^ mo-mtshait
below ; S'^fljw womankind ; % ^ female
body.

: alot: S'^wo to cast lots, always
a reh'gious ceremony performed by lamas.
Sf'ip^ mo-mkhan or % $fi a sooth-sayer ;
#1 mo-pa a fortune-teller: fr£r«(^'»ilfc-«r
mo-pa hdre mthon-tca a sooth-sayer who
pretends to be able to see a ghost. 35'S^
tiio-bon abbr. of f"" and ^'5 bon-po
fortune-teller and Bon-po priest : 35'^'^'
X«'»< £j^-^q| fortune-tellers and Bon priests
should not preach false religion, should
not impose upon people (A. 18). *•**
mo-ma w\ fSr^f^^ir a female fortune-
teller [also, a female mendicant] &

*f III an affix which when attached to
nouns indicates the feminine gen. but not
so, as a rule, when appended to adj.:
a landlady, $% a daughter, a girl,
an old woman; but ^'^ = great,
masc. or fern., and nto|N'3!i = fine, good,
masc. or fern,

mo-khab very fine needle.

mo-f/os=^'^'^ woman's garment :
^nr^'^v^fw^MTHi the cost
of a woman's fringed garments of blue-
colour and with spots is one load of grain
(Rtsii.). tffjVlJT' mo-gos gro-kha ^A1?'!"'
"'^"l'B'^'3) black-spotted garment worn
by the poorer classes of women in Tibet
(Btm.).

Mo-na-za n. of a celestial cour-
tezan. (Mfion.)

frwSjc.- mo-ma-nifi or w^fSS a female
hermaphrodite (Mnon.)

S-w^ mo-mlshan *tn, ^f% female oiganr
female genitals.

975

Syn. |*r"ft*i skyes-g.nas ; "f^'VP'S* g.nis-
dgahi kkyim ; $'*< chu-ma ; ^'"\^ ner-gnas ;
tt-xft-aitft mohi ran-bshin ; aiwfy'fa
mtshams-min-rtcn ; il^'S^'fl*' brjod-byahi-
phyoys • $'"&% skye-hdsin ; ^F^f*| fi?<7«#-
Az 4(«-</rt ; ^-Ei5'pJV«i dran-pahi khron-pa ;
dbafi-pohi lam; S*\W^fc bu-
gron-khyer ; flv^-g^ srid-pa hphel-
V^'aw myos-byed-lam ; SW-K'i«>
rlans-par-byed. ; 'ijj'**'^*.' pad-ma cho§-
hbyuft ; §yciS-um-aw| byed-pahi yan-lag ; y*f.'
q5A[S<-2S frsan-wahi hkhor-lo ; *)'s^-n(») mi-zad-
lam ; ft "l^t,' e-gr.san ; »<PR-«|*)E.- mk/iah-gsafi ;
me-tog-lam ; ^(>i'§-»i*' rdul-gyi-lam ;
''^ rmons-byed ; 35"?1« mo-rfag$ ; S'^Hf
mo-dwafi (Mnon.).

35'5)fl| mo-yig or 35'") ^ *| mo-yi yi-ge femi-
nine letters (ace. to the Tibetan Grammar)
are % «, S ", «,«,*, *, «S "", L « («««•)

J SA mo-ra n. of a kind of bird (JT.

S'^e.' mo-ran or S'^t.' mo-reft 1. single,
unmarried woman : "iV-'^li'll^'^'^'is
happier is a single woman than one with a
husband of ugly face. 2. a poor, desti-
tute female, one who did not get a hus-
band. 3. pron. she herself.

fr*q mo-rab (9V*V**ql) a noble woman
of great accomplishments and character;
3r*,q-$3j«l«-^q^-'wa the friend of the
noble lady is considered a lord or
nobleman.

mo-fel a cool mild crystal opp. to
pho-gel, crystal which" affects the eye
when used as spectacles.

mo-fffam or 35'q-*|*i mo-bgam TORT
barren : 9'*|'|'^^'35^c.wa barren
woman (Jig.); [also an unchaste woman, a
helpless woman] 8. ft^*^'^ mo-g.qam yi-ge
the letters which are said to be barren:

"S "», % «, (Sf<w. 59).

fifi a tree that neither produces fruit nor

flowers (Mfion.).

S'oc^f Mo-la-ko n. of a large country or
island to the south (prob. Malacca) (JT.

mog-pa dark or faded colour:
also ^«i'J5vj|e.- pale lustreless
appearance (Hbrom. 18-P, 4-0). S«|'X
mog-ro ace. to Ja. of horses, yellowish-
brown; but in 0. = 3fap! semi-aquatic
mushroom.

mog-mog (mo-mo) 1.
also S"l'^l'5 dark-coloured. 2. small
meat-patty, meat-balls in a cover of paste
generally cooked in steam.

SfK'^pI MoH-gol a Mongolian, form
sometimes occurring, but in Tib. usually
Sfli'9 sog-po.

Sfc'i'Ji W(o#i-r^=g^'3 blun-po dull, stu-
pid (Ja.).

Rc.'5 »«o^-fo "W. for «fic,:S knuckle,
ankle-bone (Jd.).

*^ mod-pa 1. to be (in an em-
phatic sense), to be indeed ; is sometimes
superadded to ^Y*1 or used alone, some-
times with other verbs : ^'fJ^vU though
indeed you may say so. ^S'^S yod-mod
= 3=.'^ byuti-mod. p*'Hrl*W«lHr»nP*'
^•gq-q-ai-^'niSw^-g-gWstV^'l (Hbrom. f>,
2). ^^^'^^ though indeed it is
immeasurable; ^'W'S^'S^fygc.' neverthe-
less it is not this one, ^tj'q'")^'^ (although
not invited) yet after all you must go.
2. •^'fta**'B mafl-po many, much, abun-
dant : %'8«V5 wood is plentiful ;
abounding in tree-fruits ;
lofis-fpyod mod-par hgyur he becomes the
owner of great wealth; ^'*>'§V^'"\3I ^ if

976

you omit to do this, you will have many
enemies; ^V^ plenty of diseases ; f'5?^'
*li'u'«'3K5'*<V3J although they abounded in
compliments.

mod. the instant, moment — occur-
ring only in the following combinations :
aiE.q!v*s, Wv at the very moment of
rising; ^S'Ss'f the moment after; gen. ^S'l
instantly, immediately : ^•ur^c.wS he
immediately pulled it out; g-uiE.-^-^!^
immediately after there came also the
hawk ; ?$vai*r|»rci born on the instant with,
born with; and thus may = 8^'" possessed
of.

Mon f*<.ra general name for
the different tribes living in the ois-
Himalayan regions and who from
remote antiquity have lived by hunting.
[Kirata means one who constantly walks
on the extreme boundaries. The term was
known to the ancients; Arrian making
mention of the Kirrhadae who used to
bring musk from the Himalaya to sell to
the Indians] S. Jfy'" Mon-pa a native of
Kiranti which includes Nepal, Sikkim
and Bhutan but particularly the hill tract
between the Kosi and Teesta livers.

Mon-ko a fabulous mountain
inhabited by goblins and women with
horses' faces and Naga maidens very
handsome and fond of music (-8. Lam. 39).
35a\-$'^qE.' Mon-rta-dwang the Ta-wang
Raj a small principality lying amid the
mountains immediately adjoining the
eastern border of Bhutan, and of which
little is at present known. It is inhabited
by a barbarous semi-Tibetan race engaged
in trading operations between Tibet and
Assam, and can be reached from the
latter country via Odalgiri.

Mon Jifk/tah-hyro-fflifi n. of a monastery
in Mon Tawang. S^g-wip^ Mon-gyi
ra$-g.z<in a kind of cotton wrapper
manufactured in Mon Rta Wafaj. (Rtsii.).
3fy'*'«. tnoii-c/ia-ra the ever-green oak ; also
its acorns: ftr*^'r*J*°Mr*'^ff^ ever-
green oak acorns stop diarrhoea.

fy '5 mon-fjni irafrWT the 23rd lunar
mansion or constellation.

Syn. $'31'^ flni l/ia-tno ;
(BUii.).

%S* »iod-d<ir ^ifa, «^t*J^ [raw silk
stuff, a silk-petticoat or trowsers]*'.

%*<'\ mon-drc y 1^81 the 22nd lunar
mansion or constellation.

Syn. S'lSI bi/a-ynhwj • J"l ?S s<jro<j-§tod ;
Sfa'^ tliob-hian (Rtsii.).

fy'i'TH Mon-pa-gro the town and province
of Pa-ro the seat of goveinment of West
Bhutan (Deb. *\, 21). V""'?'*^'" the town
of Paldo or Paro in Bhutan.

^'i^TQ mon-rdfu nag-po n. of a people
said to live somewhere in the region
towards Kamaschatka and supposed to
possess tails resembling those of dogs and
to wear dog's skin (J. Zafi. 1£6).

*>^ mon-sha in W. populaiity, respect,
reputation ; #^'3fa he is highly respected ;
3fy'^'*^ beloved, popular (Jo.).

^•q«i Non-ijul f*<ra?«, ««TZ ; the sub-
Himalayan regions extending from Kash-
mir to Assam. But %q«r§'«i^ mon-i/ul-
gyi ban-de said to be : a monk from
Nepal.

^ '$1 mon-lug fiWfj, sn»lK [a species
of grass, Cy perus rotundus]S.

Syn. Ij^*'^ sprin ruin-can ;
tgaft

977

Sfy'Sfl mon-sran Indian pea ;
mon-sran na-yu JTJB1 a species of kidney
bean ; 3fy'ifl'VI*'9 mon-sran dkar-bu rpsnrr^
[a kind of bean, Dolichos catjang]S.

3fy'^'3i$ mon-sran hgrehu wt [Phaseolus

ature and in C. ; hence it is often to be
rendered by 'to order' (Ja.).

con-

radiatm~\S ; ^'^^'^ mon-sran-rdehu
[Phaseolus mungo]S. ^'5j^'|**'9 mon-sran
zlum-po ^r brinjal.

&V| mon-sle or ^'§'|^ mon-gyi slehu a
kind of striped many-coloured shawl made
of the soft wool of goat and yak but with
cotton intermingled.

+ 35^ v^oi mohu-dgal fl^ira n. of a
family-clan descended from the sage
Mudgala (K. du. 5, 133).

+ %V»pi 3-3 Mohu-dgal-gyi-bu (^TTWT-
*H) the famous Maugalyayana one of the
two earliest disciples of Gautama Buddha ;
his former name in Tib. was ic.'^«'g*i
Pan-nas-§kyes. He at first was initiated in
the Ttrthika school of ""^TfJi but after-
wards he found out his mistake and became
a follower of Buddha who made him one
of his highest and most powerful dis-
ciples. His Pali appellation is Moggal-
lana; and the Mongol Buddhists style
him variously Motagalwani, Molontain,
Motgalun Khiibegun, and Ebiir Mse
Toroksen ("he that encircles the bosom").
See also Grunwedel's Mythologie des
Suddhismus.

mor tennin. of S=S'«i mo-la.

mor-span a fine kind of satin
(S. kar. 179).

^, HfQJ'CI mol-wa l.=15**'g'£), ?v§v«i
gro$ byed-pa to converse, confer upon. 2.
to say, to speak, used as *$'*> b$go-ica and •
•J1'!^'?'0''1' bkah-rtsal-wa are in earlier
Tibetan, and as l^'1) occurs in later liter-

ference, consultation : Sa

in conferring about any subject do so

systematically (Tig. k. 87).

mot-pa, ^f^ftf, 'flfq^r, ^%*,
fa, cj^i^ai 1. sbst. [implicit faith,
devotion, adoration, satisf action] & 2.
mostly as vb., to be pleased, to be pleased
with, to crave for, to be inclined to ; ^?'
I took a fancy to go there;
desiring and craving for
(are the origin of all the mirsery of sin).
#w|q| mo$-pa-zlog ft^-^^f^ [removes
the objects of desire]& 3. to respect, to
esteem, to venerate, to adore : B^'iF"! '3fo
whom do you adore; 35*raj*rqg<jrq-S^ j
offer it from veneration, i.e., I shall take
nothing for it; frq. joined with 3«'i:
^Vlfripr^rQ* with fervent veneration;
SS'**' devotion. S«r£wjfrti5-*rnl| mos-pas
$pyod-pahi sa-bshi ^KW. ^f^wg: ^PJJTO:
the four stages of perfection in devo-
tion :— (1) ^-q-SSVti ^(T^i^m [attainment
of light] S. (2) fWf&^i snan-wa mched-pa

[ [increase of light]<S. (3) ^'[^'V

[entrance into the essential truths] S. (4)
w«v»M5-K6-*ii>r3{ ^wra^wnfg [unin-
terrupted meditation] 8. *W|\q nios

Spyod-pa a pious man, a devotee (Ta.
109-7). 4. = Wi steadfast, firm.

Syn. «\S'3»'^'^I{i dad-gus dan Man-pa •
3«'S>^ gus-ldan ; ^'^'^ Tnm-tu-bsten ; g«r«
gus-pa ; *q?T§'^»wi g.cig-tw-sems ; «\S'i'«^ dad-
pa-can (Mnon.).

mos-ldan devoted, respectful, un-

Syn. g^'Sf^i gus-ldan • ^'i dan-wa ;
i dad-chags-can (Mnon.).

124

978

mya-nan ^-.^r, Vta, Pi MI*,
trouble, misery, affliction ;

afflicted by sorrow;
without any uneasiness whatever ; g'
to lament, to wail. *J'M'§ai mya-wui-*< !
[remover of griefs, consoling] 6*.
mya-fian bsan-tea sfftif^?'*
[alleviating griefs, consoling] S. yc.^mm
mya-fian-bsal the time of mourning is at
an end.

Syn. |«I'"g«l sdug-bffial ;

(Mnon.).

Mya-tan-med or *m'^ 1.

«*«, >ftfa, *fe free from
misery, sorrows and sufferings. 2. a n. of
As'oka, the Buddhist emperor of India ;
;}. and hence, also = the tree of that name
in India. •^'Me: free from misery;
^mt5fig«P the As'oka tree belonging to
the leguminous class, with magnificent

red flowers.

jj-E.^-BW^wci^'33'*^ Mya-fian-lag hdag

pa chen-pohi-mdo «VMW»i««irxmj^ a sepa-
rate section of theKahgyur encyclopedia
in two volumes relating to the passage of
S'akyamuni Buddha out from this world
into Nirvana, his obsequies, and the
general mourning for his demise. Is
known briefly as the Hyan-hdas.

JJTJI mi/a-nam W a fearful sandy
desert. S^i'll'! mya-nnm-gyi smig-rgyu
Pii mirage ; ^^ww.' mya-nam-thari
a desert. S'^*1'^ mya-fiam-byed
bud ; a hell.

myags.pa=^'^ putrid, decom-
posed ; to cause putrification ; Sch. has
^•i myag-pa to chew, pf. 9"F myags.
^^•w|S^=^'« myag-pa;
decomposed, putrified (Jd.).

myan-hclas or

ir, the Tibetan synonym for Nirvana,
the state of existence which is not only
free from misery, sufferings and sorrows,
but which is also void of all feelings and
sensations whatever whether delightful or
loving or virtuous. But later Buddhism,
apparently shrinking from the awful
nothingness of the orthodox definition of
Nirvana, has occasionally endeavoured
to assimilate Nirvana to Jewish and
Christian ideas, making y^w equi-
valent to «flf^w'flft»! mt/to-ri-gnag or
paradise, the state of the ^)'$«|w dt/i'-fe/fx
righteous (MAon.). So, too, we read: —

the state of Nirvana
is supreme p«ace and bliss; it is free-
dom from illusive thoughts, egotism, and
sufferings ; there is nothing of the three
states of the damned, the sensations of heat
and cold or hunger and thirst in it. Mis-
ery and transient transmigration having
been exhausted, the emancipated one
works for the good of others and achieves
miracles inconceivably great. (K. d. «,
336). The states of Nirvana have been
differentiated : (1) ^t^r*^vrtH^y*^
mvrvym <3*rftjifaf%^Tn [conditional
Nirvana]; (2) ^'»fT«l*S'95iyR^<WVi*W
fj'retrf^iiqt'i^T'U [unconditional perfect
Nirvana] 8. ; (3) fr^W&gWir'IW*^1
^MfafBdfohrfu [unlocalised Nirvana, i.e.,
the state in which the limitations of time
and space vanish away]S.

Syn. «'i thar-pa ; wi thar-wa ;
hchi-med ; §«i g*i rdul-k-al ; ^'S" don-dam.
(Mnon.). •

979

myafi-hdas mchod-rten v.
mchod-rten 1. n. of the cliorten or
#2/a built on the site of Gautama
Buddha's death and cremation. 2. the
style of co%a-tombs built after that caitya.
e.'q myan-wa v. *fc^ myoft-wa

to taste; tasteful:
myan-war hdod-pa wishing to taste ; y.'S
myan-bya <*MI as met. = the tongue.

^' J* myan-rtsi n. of an officinal plant :

*F*.q Myan-ral n. of a village situated
towards the west of Sera monastery (Lon.

.'^ Myan-ro n. of a village in Tsang
(Deb. «1, 8).

[united] &

^ myad-pa the older form of the
word *'Ys; mad-pa=f\cfi'ci truth.

' «ij/m the older form of the word
name.

myu-gu or

[1. reed, rush,
flag [sprout, coral] S. an erroneous form
of 8 '*J. 2. relations, particularly those
who are of the same blood. Q'^'i^myii-

•N*

iju-ffiitir 3>i^ [1. a new shoot or spring.
2. the plantain tree or banana tree]$.
*j'g3-<at inyu-fjuhi-tshal a grove of reeds.

9T" myug-pa or SI'SI'^ myug-myug-pa

1. w*f3*T$*<'§V to slightly bend the head.

2. to run, roam, stroll about (Scfi.). 3.
to show ostentatiously, to boast about
v. ^*JTq dmyug-pa ((7s.).

I myyr-ica 1. to hurry by, to pass
on swiftly: ^'S1^ dus-myur-wa time
quickly runs away. 2. adv. quickly, also

myur-wa myur-wa = %w%<*'*i very
quickly, in colloq. «i*rw at once, without
delay; 5*9%'flteM*!¥*t*fV3 the lion

N3 '«

goes to its den very quickly. S^'i5'<«g
myur-wahi hbru 91^ [^HR ? music, a
particular note]/S.

yK-jpr«ftf^ myur-skyob hjiy-rten she
who quickly protects the world, an epithet
of the goddess Dolma (Mnon,).

S^'^ myur-du adv. quickly, speedily,
soon; S^'^'^-q myur-du hgro-wa to go
quickly ; S'^ ci-myur as speedily as pos-
sible. S^'V&'S"!* myur-du btsah-rtags
symptoms of immediate parturition (Ja.).

%w myur-m.a—'*\*:*p*;'» & dancing
woman (Mnon.)

*JV** myur-tsam aftcH, ^xj^, SRST quick
[wavering, quickening] &

J myul-ica

to roam about, to do the work of espion-
age, to examine closely, to search into,
to scrutinize. jarpwfjarq rgyal-Mam
myul-ica to explore (a country) .

myo-wa v. g'l smyo-wa.

inyon-icd^L ^^myans fut. *je.'
myan 1. ^»IT to enjoy, to taste, perceive ;
to lick ; to undergo ; g'TgVq bro-ica myon-
wa to taste ; w?c.'^E>'q mtfton myon-wa to
have seen before, ?«'$=.'*] thos myon-wa to
have heard before; S^'^'gS'" myon-tcar
byed-pa to feel ; S^'l^'S^ myon-u-ar byed-do
enjoyed, causes to enjoy; ^t-'q»i'^
perceiving the relish by tasting; ^'*
ro-myon-wa to relish, to enjoy the flavour ;
*3fV§-ifc«'|«vafe/«i mtho-ris-kyi Ms-spyod
myon-ica to enjoy the bliss of paradise ;
fflt*ft*r%KOK& I shall make thee
eujoy the food of religion ; gT^g^'^s.'!) to

980

taste distress, to get into trouble ;
«qs^-*jfE.-q»;-q|^q<v'JW$*w works which
cause one to undergo another state of
existence (Tkgy.) ; «'%t««:^'%j^
your own doings are your own sufferings
(Jd.). 2. is an auxil. of the pf. like ^
byun: i#rw*fc' tysal ma-myon I have
never yet sought; *flfc-w*f«.- mthonnia-
myon I have never yet seen; g*'*?'*^'
q-ngurqvjl*<'q one who had gone there
before and is acquainted with the language
of the people (A. 67) ; 3M-«1'« myon-
wa than-tkun or •Te.'q-jr'^ myon-wa gna-sin
having experienced, having perceived
(gen. by mystic meditation).

£&'*}£!'&) myon ham-can a vain con-
ceited person who pretends to know much
more than he really is acquainted with.

myot fir, t, *F* excitement,
loss of control, sensual intoxication [a
kind of grass, Poa eynosuroides ; the wood
of the Ficus religiosa used for kindling fire
by attrition] 8.

, I to become intoxicated, intoxica-
tion 'from wine, to be maddened, become
demented: ^'•f'irwj'i^ snin-myos-pas
myo-hdug being deranged, he is demented
(Mnon.). 9f«i£i5'*-t myo§-pahi ca-co noise
made by intoxicated persons. *f»W5F
^•« myos-pahi phren-ldan-ma (V\^^K
^•w) an excited indecent woman (Mnon.).
iftn'&ni^H myo$-pahi mtshan-ma that
which excites lust, i.e. musk (Mnon.).
*psr£j»r.53i myos-bum-can as met. = an
elephant (Mnon.). $*&\ myos-byed 1.

myos-byed khafi-pa, «c.-^'^« or
wine-selling woman'^ house, a brothel
(Mnon.) ; V'iV^B'3!6-' myos-byed-hkhri-yin
^tf the penis ; *f«'!VS'IF3 Myos-byed. Icays-
kyu tK^K id. ; ^'IV^' tnyos-byed-hbrin
H?ftw the male organ or sex ; an intoxi-
cator, a drunken man. *f«'l'V'^' miJ°S-
yed-hts?ion = **^c-'* a wine-selling woman;
*j«'*i myos-ma a youthful giil, a damsel=
g'S'^'w ; *j»r<!|*iarw myos-ffsal-ma a youthful,
accomplished woman (Mnon.).

gmag 1.

troops, army, soldiers; *f-'*f<*\ rkan-dmag
infantry ; ?'*\NaI rta-dmag cavalry ; ^'^^
yul-dmag a sort of militia or reserve who
in Tibet are occasionally mustered;
T*> dmag-mi a soldier, v. frq. M"T%"^
dmag-gi yan-lag bshi ^jJTf1 3«[ the
four kinds of troops: S1-' T^n elephant,
chariots, tf-'**-' i|<.i(y infantry,
^H cavalry (Mnon.). ^"I'^l'"!^
dmag-gi-g.tam »js*w talk of war or
fighting; ^"l'5l'g^'^'|'q dmag-gi snon-du
rgyu-wa pioneer force, or scouts of an
army; S«*r3ii^«i'*gt'1' dmag-gi rje$-su
hbran-wa ally or follower in war ;
dmag-cha? ammunition, equipment.

dmag-?de c/ien-po sde-ffciy
an army consisting of the
following'.— 10,000 elephants, 30,000 cha-
riots, 100,000 warriors, 1,000,000 cavalry,
36,000,000 infantry (Yan-ti. 18).

*(fvs\'^ •l^'Ej^wgjc.w dmag-fde chen-pohi
rnam-grans ace. to a Kalachakra writer
the following is the enumeration of forces :

Kamadeva, wine, intoxicator; a cloud.
2. the number thirteen (Rtsii.).

fl'g ; three trffl Patti=& Senamukha

three Senamukha=one Qulma

three Gulma=a. Gana (ire) ; three Gana=

one Vahinl

three

981

Pritana (wir) ; three Pniand=one Camu

(^5) ; three Camu= one Anlkini

ten Anlkini make one Aksduhini

this last includes an army of elephants

and chariots numbering 21,870. (Dug-

dmag-dpun 5f?r, ^g,, troops,
army ; also ST*'!*' id.

Syn. «^w]'*im dmag-tshogs ; %'" ru-pa ;
un-tshogs ; •>*"! rf»w# ; 'tfF dpun ;
dpun-gi dkyil-hkhor ; W^T
dmatj-yi hjigs ; "WT^S"? yan-lag
bshi-pahi sde (Mnon.).

«^»q] ^q^ dmag-dpon %«imfa, %ii-?l gene-
ral, commander.

Syn. VTl1^'*1 dmug-gi hdren-pa ; "v^'
l^-ij^ rul-grihi g.nen ; M^S-W'^i nl-yrihi
rgyun-hdsin • «\»«|'3| ^'1 dmag-gi hgo-pa ;
«;gc.Si|5'»^5| dpun-yi khyit-mcfioy ; ^5'«q£'5

^

frfeAt Wso-fto ; S^ ^ **^'a dpun-gi myon-po
(Mnon.).

WJ darkness:
'*1 the destroyer
of the darkness of the three worlds.

or t\»<^':' dmah-wa, adj. low,
short ; mean, humble, inferior.
low place, Rim^wq low status;
inferior intelligence or intellect; sf'5"'
blo-yros dmah-wa mean in mind.
tf a\ if (in pregnancy) the
middle parts of the body are low and the
sides high (72.) ; sbst. lowness. Also, as
vb., ^^'" with pf. ^»w dmas,=to be low,
degraded, inferior. •SWSW^E-'I to fall
lower and lower ; K.tW^W«§35«r3 in times
of scarcity, when eating and drinking is
low (Pth.) ; in W. «\w^q«'£i to dishonour,
profane, to humiliate, ^wji dmah-skyob
the protector of the humble, a king

(Mnon.) ; ^w^<\ dmah-hdod inclination
to go down, tendency to meanness.

^JJC5J dman§=wc* the populace, mob,
common folk; «pK«r*k-^ id. ^w^*e.'
beer that is given to the common people
at entertainments (Etsii.). ^"^'S'f^'^ a
banquet or treat for the public ; ^wswrd
the vulgar, the common people ; one of
the common people ; ^«.w<^«r«iffi*j dmans-
hdul g?zas=5c-H^ gron-khyer a town or
city (Mnon.) ; ^wwSS dmans-mo ^«?t a
woman of low caste ; v«.*r^iw dmaiis-riy§
3JS, €^«r the lowest class or caste in
India, people of degraded rank in Tibet.
dmad abuse, cursing.

dman «*!, ftl, ^, ^^«, ^ ^1
vulgar, mean, inferior, of the lowest order
or quality. *W is even sometimes used
for | ''W skye-dman a woman, common in

colloq. as u*fWW»";..VWl'***l' the
class of young woman (Tig: 56). W^
dman-pa) low, in reference to quantity
or quality, little; 'W^"!'*'! either too
little, or too much, or badly constituted ;
jq^-ajW^-o having few merits ; if'W^
•blo-dman-pa having little sense (Glr.) ;
W&-' dman-chun=at^'!» a young girl
(Tig. 87). «WJi5I^i|1« dman-pahi-rigs *F&i3t
the lowest people in India who are
very wild and fierce; *W*< dman-ma=
fc.'^ rnin-pa old, stale, not fresh : i?*i'8^'
t^-m-sjurq'5^ ft'^p\«i^'»c^ ^«l to each wither-
ed flower that was offered to the Blessed
One (K. g. «, 290). S^-w^'* dman-
mdses-ma a beautiful woman; "W-*^
dman-qar a maiden, a growing girl.

'yKJ3^ dmar 1. one of the thirty-six
border countries of India (Ta-sel. 38). 2.'
profit, gain, good success ; *f»*W a small
profit (Mil.).

982

dmar-po i. adj. successful:

did it go on well with your
meditation, instruction, *\WBS finishing
instruction, in religion, and in medical
science (Jd.).

«p«-Zi ii. red ; *Vl'V« mdog-dmar red
colour; 1f*4f& dmar-po rgya-mtsho
the red ocean, the colour of its water
being red for many thousand miles it is
so called (K. d. Stf) ; «\wZi^-^ dmar-po
r ma-can as met.=donkey (Milan.) ;
fh'3*< dmar-po srin-fkyet fhfrfl,
a red dye produced by an insect, Amyris
agalloch. sw'q dniar-ica red or sbst. red-
ness : SWq^'S^ red eyes ; Jf'«\wi red nose.
^wfrci dmar-khe-pa a butcher, execu-
tioner (Mgyur. 2&6) ; *\W|9 dmar-khra
red stripes, as painted on Red-hat monas-
teries; V*'3« dnutr-gruiH flfi^wi'^wZi a
square piece of red coloured rug (Rtsii.) ;
SWJ^ dmar-rgyan piece of raw-meat in
Tantrik offerings 'made to spirits (Rtsii.)',
«\w|*- dmar-liaft greenish red ; V^'tl
dmnr-rjen naked ; S*^'**4'*} *& dmar-cham-
nii/iir-po fresh baked cakes the natural
colour of which has not been changed
(Jig. 29); ^ww^' dmar-mdanf bright
ness, ruddy complexion. *\W|jX dmar-sdor
(W'4t^'*^*nl*<!t'11) minced meat or meat
for broth (Rtsii.) ; <;w?5 dmar-ino red,
also red cow ; Sw'8l dmar-gmyiig blackish-

Jg

red; ^wv«^ dinar-mtshan footnotes
written in red ink ; ^q-arws^'udfw notes
in a book written in red (Rtsii.) ; ^w^S
dmar-hts/wd. copper-coloured, ^W'K: dmar-
bzan scarlet-red ; SW'"*)"1 dmar-yol red china
ware as opp. to Vl*'5'01 ; 'VXtp-'i dmar-
ruft-pa adj. naked, also a naked person,
frq. ^^'S'*^'^11! dmar-ru ingo-nag g^ [a
small shrub, Abrus precatoritis bearing a
red and black berry, which forms the

smallest of jewellers' weights]*!?. ;
d»iftr-b$al dysentery, bloody flux (Jo.).
•>w^ dmar-ser (1) >-*^j««, the disk
of the sun, also the halo surrounding the
sun (Mnon.) ; (2) reddish yellow, honey-
coloured : ^wtK*)«i| dmar-ser-mifj ffl'f^t^
the lion-eyed. ^^w«i shica-dmar-pa a
monk of a red-hat sect.

dmig-pa 1. Lex. and Cs. a hole.
2. kind of lizard, also ihe pangolin : ^w
X-iRQai i tfaqfrfrnRyvcv^ Also «;^i(-9
i/iiiiy-bu or jj'^i §kya-lei> a kind of worm,
i.e., " insect which has no wings " (Rtsii.).

ditriys 5lfli^, mw, ?rfHi 1. imagi-
nation, frame of mind, the mind on one
point. *\*>II!*<'ll*i'J>!'ci dini(j$-kyi§ dbije-u-n
fsT^rm discernment ; «^<»|W«^ dmigt-can
ingenious, skilful in contriving W. 2. sbst.
wf^l, al^RTO, 'vg^j^^ [conscionsness,
idea, attainment, perception, acceptance] 6'.

dmiys-gtad, object on which
a mystic concentrates his vision or his
mind in order to induce meditation ; some- .
times the object is a thing actually before
him, sometimes a mental object, sometimes
purely fanciful or impossible as the horn
on a hare's head or the child of a barren
Woman. A meditator who can become
absorbed without any such assistance has
reached a high state of proficiency, v.
Mil. *] 82, b. 2. Sometimes erroneously

dniiys-ston-pa or
Jfr'y to give an idea of, to make a sug-
gestion.

^*)i|»r« dmiys-pa 1. as vb. to fancy,
to imagine, to construe in one's mind.
Xfl'^il'H'i don dmigs-pa to intend a benefit
or profit for another person (Jd.). 2. sbst.

983

thought, idea, fancy irra«H;
dmigs-pahi rten prob. a thing only suppos-
ed, an object imagined (Thgr.). <$v(W*^
"5^c,'| dmigs-pa med-p'ihi snin-rje in Mil. is
ace. to Jd. : the pity which the accomplished
saint, .who has found everything even
religion to be vain and empty, feels to-
wards all other beings, in as far as they
are still subject to error and mistakes, opp.
to $w«^ar^s)i|wS-1c.'t and torf^spwl1
l^'i the tender sympathies called forth
by the sight of beings that are really
suffering and of those defective in mora-
lity ; ^I|«-W>H-«S-«I|V^« forgetful of all the
beautiful fancies, schemes, and airy notions.
«^tam-q-«wi^*rti jjwqS-ojarw^*'''' beyond
the range of thought or imagination ;
^*)4|trq$'g (Imigs-pahi smra ^IW^ ex-
cecration, reviling; ^"FS dmigs-bu
'fc'B'V1' H[<&*4 a support, gen. a blind man's
leader (Dzl.).

^*)o|«r*)^ dniys-med |*«<l<d*T indepen-
dent, not depending: iptol^&^-p'i
Tsongkhapa who was free from all worldly
obstacles, i.e., perfectly independent, in
which senSe all Bodhimttva are indepen-
dent. ^*)«pi*?^ dmiijs-hdsin dependent,
depending on a support.

or

0, Kas'yapa these four are the
spirits which trouble the Bodhisattva (K.

n

dear to the mind :
^•sr4|1f4|w unless it is clear that the work
should be done privately or confidentially
(D. pi. 12}.

^S| Dim or W%f\ Dmu-rgod 1. n. of the
earliest tribe of Tibet, the men who
first inhabited Tibet (J. Zan.). 2. a
malignant spirit, a kind of evil-demon
that causes dropsy in those on whom his
malignant eye falls ; one of the nine spirits
called

time to come even beings like Drm-rgod
\rill have faith in Buddhism (Sbrom. 2).

"SS'^ dmu-chu w<at« dropsy ; which is
brought on by evil demons;
one who is suffering from dropsy.
dmu-mdo demon of the disease of dropsy
etc. (Rtsii.) ; ^8'|^-*^ dnm-dsin-can <
dropsy, dropsical.

blun-po 515 an
»

idiot ; also, ace. to Jd., darkened, obscured.
^'*! dmur-wa v. S^-ei mur-wa.
Q dmul-wa v. 6^*rq hdsum-pa.

'c> lon-wa SIT<?I^
one who is born blind : »)«ii-fc.fgiaj-wE.-«£j*<'sfc
S" (J. Zan.).

'Q dnie-wa=c&s<\'i v. S'l rme-wa.

l dmod-pa 1. JfTtT, Mf<«-«,
cursing, subduing, vb. (ace. to Cs.)
to curse, execrate, accurse ; *\&\':''|S':' sbst.
imprecation, execration, malediction ;
^•|^%r^f^Mfr*qr^* the twelve
years on which a curse had been pro-
nounced by the saint (Dsl.). 2. to swear,
to affirm, to confirm a treaty by an oath
(Jd.). 3. to address a prayer of conjura-
tion, f"i to the deity (Glr.). «^Y* dmod-
mo (opp. to S^'0''4 smon-lam) malediction :
«i^'|^S\S^qc.'X-uiE.- although a devil's
malediction is very potent (D. R.).
dmod-tshod ^fll'f abuse, insults.

dmyal-wa siT^, fsi, «j%si,
1. hell, purgatory, perdition ;
going to hell ; ^SS01 "f^ the eight
hot hells ; 5JE-'SSIJ(':'f^ the eight cold hells.
the hells of preli-

984

minary or lighter punishment which are
situated in the neighbourhood of the
greater hells : -*VrS»"r|*y*l*| * w
V^'l fire-trench situated round the tot
hells; **f"l«<ih«\*»! the mire of putrid
corpses ; 8 •§*r'i|5*w£i!v*i( | the forest of razors ;
--»S^<im-*j|| the wood of swords; ?"!«'
1 the iron-hristle trees; S'SFV
the river Vaitarani the fordless
Styx, &c. ; "V* •\*faefc'W* hell of tem-
porary punishment which does not last
more than a day. 2. vh. to cut'up, to cut
into pieces, meat at dinner (Del.).

SST^ dmyug-pa to show;
dmyug-dmywj-pa or TOI'i'lV dmyug-pa
byed.-pa to show repeatedly, to boast (Jd.
and Cs.).

dmytigt-pa to drain off:

|. t° 8ift ou* ^8b w*th a
fishing net (flag. 53).

fj rma I : TO., ^, fan, ^m wound, a
scar, a kind of leprosy with red spots and
insensibility of thp skin : fTU'^s.' I was
wounded or T have got a wound ; to'ifi'Q
to heal a wound; &5-jjj«J rmahi l/ta-tca &
wound growing worse. *i'3*» r»ia-$kye$
<qa3j pus, matter ; also blood ; *t |« rma-
rj'cs scar, cicatrix; Sf1-' rma-rnin an old
wound ; Xffr rma-?man or H'% medicine or
salve for a wound ; *T^ rma-nad v* sores
and ulcers: rma-nad are of two kinds
(1) ?^|*< lh<in-$kye$ constitutional such
as "l^'^g* fffshan-hlritm piles, me-dbal,
^'"i sur-ya, S^'3 rmen-bu, l"!'^"! rUg-
rlug, np^w rkan-hbam, fti^w^vn mtshan-
ppr rdoi-wa; (2) those which one con-
tracts from accidental causes JMJ^'lh-
S1*^ rma-mtshan scar; X* rma-ro scurf,
scab ; nwwy r ma-las hbab-pa = ^ blood

(Mnon.) ; ft'-g rma-$u a festering, suppura-
ting wound; to'-*)* rma-ful scar; *i^^'^
rmafri' tfian-gkor iWHr>(^i^ the cleansing
or dressing of a sore.

*^J II : sometimes signifies beauty, good
luck, etc. ft'S'*^ rnia-bya-can ^f*fa ver-
dure, green, a meadow.

ft 3 Rma-bya (pro. Mabja) 1. n. of a large
village situated to the South West of the
district of Sa$kya visited by Sarat Chandra
Das in 1882. *rs-£Vq!v^-$| rma-bya
myoft-wafti sefi-ge n. of a Lama of learning
who belonged to Mabya (LoA. >, 3). 2. lit.
the mottled or spotted bird, the peacock,
commonly called f*?f<a^, 3ffa, ^f^-
^jar , ^arftT5!, 9*<<ifi, irwfaH^ S. Lex.
rma-byahi-mgrin n. of a gem ;
i^'*^ rma-byahi rgyal-mtshan-tan
' symbolized by a peacock, ' an
epithet of Durga (MAon.); HS^E"! a
peacock's tail ; *i S'l^"! fii'gts a peacock's
crest. ft'g5'^*'q rma-byahi htsho-ira (lit.
the food of the peacock = ^'^j hem-
look (Sman. 427). K^^^'Si1^'^ a
fabulous mountain said to exist in the
continent of Purva Videha, the people of
which .possess blue necks (JBT. d. *, 338).
A mixture of *i'S^' *>$wi the peacock's
bile with the juice of Bhrin-gi raja
cooked in cow's butter when taken
through the nose will change the colour of
the hair to deep black (K. g. *, 48).

Syn. i«|'a»i tgeg-ldan • *3fi'^ mgrin-
Sfion ; ll""!'^'^ gtaug-phud-can ;
mjug-tgro-can ; o)ijw|»i'f leys-bri$-$gro ;
*f$ rab-g.yo ; *\*WW gar-mk/tan ;
hbrug-grahi-gar ; J'w^'J* rgya-mtsho-skycs ;
rna-rgyan-can ; ^vjr fifi-la-rtse ;
brtan-pa-dregs ; «^'^5 sar-hgro ;
bkra-wahi hog-pags-can ;

985

hbntg-

tgrahi-rjes ; (S"l «0e# or f*l snei/) ; «V'
*»w«^ mdons-mthah-can ; ^'S5'fl|^ sen-mohi-
gar ; I^TSf^ gtmg-ldan ; fj^'VI'* sprin-la-
dgah ; ngi|'f ^'wc.'JlA^ hbrtig-syras mnal-
hdsin ; "HT^lf* lag-hgro-za ; f^
yyi-$ge9 ; ^Sq'qSI£| hdab-brgya-pa

fc'9'^'9 rma-bya chen-po ir&wffi n. of
a deity (Dom.) ; one of the five tutelar dei-
ties of the Buddhists ; n. of Tantrik work
glorifying the goddess Mahamayurl.

fc'l**'*! Rma-khams or g*-p*w n. of a
petty state included in Kham$ (Yig. k.
18-28).

*»'$ Rma-chu h. of the great river of
N.E. Tibet which, rising in various ranges
S.W. of Barong Tsaidam and Shang,
flows past ^H'srv.1 Skar-ma-than lake and
g ^C.N Skya-rcfis and then making a detour
round the mountain of gf»<'^ Spom-ra flows
due east keeping some 40 miles to the south
of lake Kokonor ; whence entering the pro-
vince of Kansu it becomes the Hoangho or
Yellow River of China. A Tibetan author
says it is called Khathan-gol in Mongolian,
the Tibetan equivalent of which term is
^'^a6-' the river in which a certain

-«

queen had drowned herself (Dsam. 32).

fc-l^-jfsr^ Rma-chen Spom-ra n. of the
great genius of the ^'SY1! g.shi-bdag class,
the lord of the peacocks, who resides in the
snowy mountain of a»f*. Spom-ra of the
province of Amdo.

**3W'*ft rma-tsho-kun-ffshi one of the
Tibetan pupils of Atis'a:

(A. 16).

' rmafi 1. (P1-'^'^) ground, base,
foundation ; >i=.'^=.'«l to lay foundation of
a house etc. ; fc^ the foundation stone. 2.
a dream : *ic.'w rman-lam=*i''3w dream,

vson ;

having presented his request, in a dream

he saw the front of Vikramas'ila (A. 69).

.' rman-rmafi=ifi''*\$ also implies
different (Hbrom. 131).

rmafi-tsher also fi6-'^ 1. pincers
(generally made of silver or iron) to pluck
out hair ; ace. to Cs. instrument for clean-
sing the nostrils. 2. a rake (Sch.).

rmad-=t&'*\ excellent, very good.

rmad-byufi or *»V^'§c-'£' become
excellent, marvellous, admirable, grown
excellent: «fT*M*WS**iq'Vt'a**V in
this portion of the marvellous age (Yig.
k. 2) ;. ?*i*v*iv^svq to wonder, to be
surprised at (Jd.); R^-HTafa-fe.-^- \

^nriFn'^'yctr^'i ^•"wm^^y.'T^K1 all

these are in their nature void — what is
more wonderful than this and what can
be more sublime ! (Lam-rim), sy^'^'^'li;
rmad-du byun-wahi $de the orders or classes
of Buddhist dignitaries such as Crdvaka,
Bodhisattva, etc. (J. Zafi).

Q rman-pa wounded.

jiv^c.- Rmar-snud n. of a section in the
monastery of Sera (*K'a^3T»w^ (Loft. »,
17).

r mas-pa 1.=^ to ask, to
inquire. 2. mention is sometimes made
of a verb b'l with pf . *)* rmm to wound.
*i*rx rmas-ma an animal that has been
wounded but not killed.

rrnig to dream.
^S^T a
vision-like, to

.

.^J*^ rmi-wa pf.

S'niw rmi-lam (resp.
dream ; ^"W^'S
see in a dream;
dreamed in a dream;
dreamless; S'W'^ a troubled dream;

125

986

a = &'i to dream ;
rmi-hm b^ ad-pa to interpret
dreams (<?«.); fi*pn*IW^fM rmi-lam
mthofi-icahi ffsufis n. of a dharanl on dreams
(JT. jr. *, 5(5); Jrw^wq rmi-lam mi-
bzad-wa & portentous ill-boding dream

J rmiij-pa *gr the hoof of an
animal: **i\'t*'F'3r<\'b'*\'!y\r»iiy-bra<j3k cloven
hoof ; Sip'S'ST^ cloven-footed ; 5'fi"! a
horse's hoof ; $'11*!'* a silver ingot shaped aa
a hoof (=130 rupees) ; TTiil g.yag-rmig a
yak's hoof; fil'll* rmiij-lcagt horse-shoe ;
* rmitj-zlum an undivided hoof; fcT
rmiij-yzer horse-shoo nail, hob-nail.

'^l rinigs-pa lizard of a • small
kind (Jd.).

' r,niit = to£ rniad (Jd.).

= *\h dinu,

irfftt rmu-ryod-pa the lowest class of
people in ancient Tibet.

fc «1 rmu-thag 1. a cord to which little
flags are attached on roofs of convents,
houses, etc. 2. a rope by which the ancient
kings and queens of Tibet were reputed
to ascend into heaven there to live with
their ancestors.

JM'* Rmu-li a place in Kham province
(lot. 17).

$iWQrmity-pa pf. Sl^'i rmugs-pa 1. to
**o '
bite ; occasionally used with * the tooth :

Jlwjtfar^fcuiwSK.- the dog bit him. 2. to
sting, of bees', etc. W. ; to gall, e.g. the
feet by friction of the shoes W. 3. to bark
in W. (Jd.).

I r mugs-pa rarely Ji'i 1. a
denafj foe-: R I^'^'^'S^ rnmy§-pahi na-bun

N»

id. ; ni^'*!'-*^ rmugt-pa-can foggy; ^'*^*

nin-rrtt$tian-clu yul rmugs-pa the
place is foggy day and night. 2. be-
fogged mentally, stupid, inert, languid,
sluggish ; "K'*"!'^'' yid-rmwjs-pa depressed
and melancholy (Jlbi-om. I", 22) ; ^IJM^Q^
rmnys-t/ifb-pa dense fog covering, envelop-
ing. »i*]«i'^ rnntys-hdsin 5>%^i ' the chief
of waters,' the sea, that holds the vapours.

rinur-u-a to growl and bite each
>o
other as dogs do.

^j'^ rmc-iva (^«'9) also S*1'" dme-pa sbst.
spot, speck, mark, a natural mark as a
mole, birth-mark ; any blemish or impurity :
»4'«1&.'*S rme-gtsan-med or i^ii'*^ gtsafi-
riin- med making no difference as to dean
or unclean food (Mil.); fi'li1' rme-iji-ib
moral defilement ; adj., S '3 rme-po stained,
denied, mouldy, spotted; £$'»^ rmchu-zan
unclean food: i|'w«i«i'«l?i!'S)'S^^^;(I'^'|«'
^nlvX (JJehii. 67).

«v

^J ^^ Rme-lad n. of a very old
monastery in Lhasa in front of which a
stone monolyth was erected bearing the
inscription of a treaty between the king
of Tibet Kbri Ral-pa-can and the
Emperor of China (J. Zafi.).

^j'^ Rmc-rii n. of an ancient monas-
tery in the N.E. quarter of the city of
Lhasa.

riiit'i/-i,u = g*i root, also = 15^
order, series, row ; S fl|'£ v<i rmeg-med-pa =
fan mcd-pa disorder, not regulated ;
the religion became disor-
ganized (J. Zafi.).

crup-

rmed

per attached to a saddle.
^,
j£l^'^ rmed-pa pf. Ji* r»iet 1.=

giam dri-tca to ask, to inquire :

987

if you aske(i if
there .are rich people in Tibet. 2. gnffH,
to plough and sow: fi'V^&T'i rmed-du
bjug-pa to cause to be ploughed and sown
(Jd.). 3. to study.

•f1 l)'^ rmeii-tan = $**'*•*( bad sign,
ill-omen, foreboding.

fi^i'i rmen-pa or S^'3 rmen-bu=-f\''Z'&i\^
(A. Jt4} a goitre; also an induration
caused by a sore or wound : g"|'§)*r*l£i'g,*rw
fi^cr«K-£^<K^lfer<rii« he dreamt that by
simply having covered it with the hand the
induration was healed (A. b/i). ^'^'^
rmen-luhi-nad an indurate sore or ulcer or
a swelling on the skin.

^v

^jQJ'q rmcl-ica or fjTq §mcl-wa 1. to
pluck out; wfiarq bal rmel-wa='wfi«i-t
to pluck out hair. 2. to summon, to
call, to invite.

|ij'El rmo-wa 3fqnr, pf . and imp. *f*< rmos,
to plough : ^'*T^ shin-rmo-wa to plough
fields; w*T«J-£i5-iS^ ma-rmos-pahi lo-toy
a fabulous kind of grain in the mytho-
logical age said to grow without cultiva-
tion ; also, maize. JTwp^ rmo-mkhaii
ploughman.

«v>»

^j'JJ rmo-ma l.=W% an old woman.
2. fqam^fi father's mother.

ff«m rmo-yas 1. itW^! n. of a number.
2. steel helmet ; also, perhaps, full coat of

mail (Mnon.).
^^
^J5^ rmoy=%i'3> or ^'^ a helmet ; ^'sTl

khrab-rmog coat of mail and helmet (Jd.).

Syn. *T"1'5^ rmog-thur ; ^«'| tshem-shu •
*Ti]'9 rmog-shu • S5*"!'^ dmag-shtca (Mnon.}.

it"\'^"\ Rmorj-cog n. of a place in Tibet
(Lofi. >, 32).

i\t\'Ii%'*\*w rmog-brtsegs-ina n. of a here-
tical sect (Ya-sel Ai>).

-'Q rmofi-wa (=wf?«-£i) pf. £V.*j rmoHs
1. to be obscured ; also, as subs, obscurity,
chiefly in spiritual sense ; gf "'*fc.*n $l0->na
rinofit-pa or *T=-*J-»;^ rmons-med a mind
lively, unimpaired; Sffflfc)*!*;* kim-tn
rmoii-gcs c/ie-wa general obscuration of
mind; »fr»i'WR§>s-q rmon-par hgyur-mi to
become obscured, darkened; Sik-q^-g^-q
rmod-tcar byed-pa to obscure, to darken, also
to confound, perplex. 2. to be puzzled;
to become dizzy. Sic.-Sa^-qS'piE.-q rrnon-chen-
pohi khan-pa w nfl^iTiTT [a refuge of

utmost ignorance or delusion] S.

Jfc'g r»ion-§pu hair of the abdomen and
the pudenda: VOTfiVgtrq^rqlfiq the

belly-hair of a he-goat heals cancer.

"^

8>=a$/irel copulation (Mnon.).

: rmons-pa ^^f, trr?R,

1. a fool, stupid person, ignorant or
untrained person. *Ts.^'«i|a( riiions-brtul=
g^"9 blun-po fool, idiot. 2. adj. obscured,
stultified (Stg.).

Syn. g^'3 blun-po ; g^ ylen-pa; OT^'V
g^'i lug-ltar-lkugs-pa ; »'-?|N^ ma-ye§-pa ;
»i-qgq^-q ma-bslabg-pa ; *)'»<^-£i mi-mtshon-
j»;**'^T«i mi-rig-pa; W<> mun-pa;
Idofa-pa • (Mnon.).

rmons-pa

delusion: ^'*T=-N «I^H [confusion, igno-
rance, alarm] -S.; =.arjrc,«i fian-rmofis
gTf, '3^T stupid, deceitful (^4. JT. 1-1 £).
tpwffwi} rnam-rmofls-te f^Kt(%n enticed,
infatuated, fascinated. *T=.N^5-3fqm-g

rmods-poht jWJ»rlw=MK%^'s' desire to
sleep, falling asleep (Mnon.). *T«;-gflpj
r?nocf-j<!^?=s3;5vgilisor t^ §^-|-g«ij»i charms
for causing mischief to others.

'^J rmod-pa to plough: *fVSF rinod-
plafi a ploughing ox ; JTvw rmod-lam
furrow (Sch.).

ffW rmon-pa 1. the act. of ploughing
ij^-q-jtri r man-pa rgyab-pa to plough (Cs.).
2. a plough-ox ; M'^ rmon-dor or Jft'i'1^
tmon-pa-dor ws a yoke of oxen.

&C'Z5 rmyafi-tca or fc"6.'1' r»tyeA-wa to

^

bend towards; to stretch one's self, to
stretch forwaid the neck as if to hear any-
body speaking or whispering: a'fcs.'SS'i
bya-rmyati byetf-pato stretch, to yawn (Cs.).

•f1 ff^ rmya-tca 1 . sickness, nausea ;
rw»r»j khams-rmtja nausea (Lex.). 2.=
^wti to degenerate, grow worse, decay.

fij }>»a = v^ rf»<«/' : S ^wi to humiliate,
cast down, humble ; |T*d«wl*| ^ro^rlWt a
humiliating word or phrase expressing an
insult.

Sfw« S;«a-Wa/«8=a^'Pw*' Smar-khamt
n. of a district where a Jong-pon from
Lhasa with the designation Ma-kham thal-
chi holds office (LoA. *, 5).

a-ra = p5'a khahi-spu w^ beard ;
H'*'«*i bearded ; Jl'^'S1-' snia-ra-nufl scanty
beard.

S'« fina-sa ^Tra [suitable] S.

|j^J s»iag a sort of medicine of an
astringent taste; Jj"!'^ sniay-rgyu black
pepper.

STS" t>»ag-ru»> = WW '•^^iK dark,
darkness; to keep up or light a lamp in
darkness : a^'°i^'*l'^ql'a (Situ.) ; «^«-?m*<
dense gloom.

$»iad. 1. that which is lower than
some other place or thing ; ' a comparative
adj.: the lower — usually opp. to ?

the upper ; both terms being often attached
to place-names to differentiate two near
localities, e.g., Jang-gtod upper Jang and
Jang-smad lower Jang. JIV1*1 downwards,
the lower part of the human body.
q stretching forth the lower parts.
-«-«i u|5n)-q to bring the five lower
parts of the body, the belly, the knees, and
the points of the feet in close contact with
the ground, i.e., to prostrate one's self
(Jd.). 2. with regard to time the latter
part, the second half, of the night. 3.
children, in relation to their mother gen.
preceded by « or 9 thus : fc'V'jfi I and my
mother (Mil.) ;*ft'S-»J-ji'V«i!«j*<the old woman
with her (two) sons, three ; also of ani-
mals : StV*'"'^ "ft* the mare and her foal,
the two (Dzl.) ; ^Vi'^-g'jjVthe sick man's
family ; g'UVPi * my wife and children
(Jd.). avjj*-* S'>ifi
a woman in full sense

H«^*ai tma4-hchal degradation, shame-
lessness, prostitution ; g'V'wrSvito indulge
in dissolute habits, to practise gmad hchal.

jft'^il*) gmad-hdogs a subscribed letter,
the letters "•, *, * and v are subjoined as
in 3, 3, B, TI (Situ.).

fmad htshon-ma, JTfwr, tajrr,
t', ^ Jfr, ^rft^tt a prostitute, harlot, a
self-willed or unchaste woman. jJV^c/*1'*
*W* fniad-htshoA-mahi g.naf a prostitute's
house, a brothel.

Syn. S^'Sfc'gV*^ thun-mofi-bttd-ined ;
^um'i^-w rtagt-can-ma ; ''gfa'*' hbyon-ma ;
q|^«i-»i yyel-ma ; t^'Xar* fian-rol-ma ; ^«'*i
res-ma ; ^'S"v* hdod-spyod.-ma ; ^-w^-w
hdod-pas rtsen-ma ; a||i|*|-'0fe,'*) gzugs htshofi-
S'*" {byor-byed-ma ; Xyr&t'st tshogs-

ma ; '
can-ma

smad,-htshofi-mahi ptso-mo

a chief courtezan.

989

Syn. 1'55'^TiN-j^ gkye-bohi tshogs-can;
^•*)§-«l? res-mohi-htso ; %*>•&•'&'*• ^ grofi-
pahi chog-ldan ; SjI'Sf^ Icug-ldan ; *!1*|^'§'1'*
ma; ^«'fl|^'« lus-bsgyur-ma;
^*4 fkye-bos bgkur-ma; ' "O^-dSfrafa
hdod-dahi kha-lo-wa (Mfion.).

8^*1^*1* tmad-yyogs nether integuments,
breeches, trowsers ; fJVJfi" under-garments ;
lower garments, petticoats.

$>»ad-pa I: or SV*'*'1! blame,
reproof, reproach, disgrace, contempt.

Syn. S^'S1Si<i|'qf«; dhyin-ci log-brjod; %*\'
^^'*"1 log-hdren-tshig ; ^"I'fj log-smra; %*\'
|q log-$grub • jvtr^qw skur-pa-hdebs ; ^'q
pye-tca; ffs^ mod-pa ; ^g^T! brgyad-
bkag; «*.'^ rritshan-rgod '; ^g'^ Ap%a-
'^'" skyon-brjod-da (Mfion.).

S'^ tmad-ra abuse, reviling language :
,- do not slander or blaspheme.

$mad-rig$ low or inferior class,
lower race.

II : vb. 1. to lower, make low :
lower one's eyes, to be abashed ;

to humble one's self;
to be lowly, meek (Dal.) : *c«il'^
when Magadha had been brought low,
had decayed in its prosperity. 2. to abuse,
revile ; to blame, to chide : 'hjxWTMfpnT^
(to abuse) the venerable-man with base
words ; vfa^HTW^-' (to degrade) the
highness of the excellent, to blaspheme
the doctrine (Glr.). 3. to. dishonour,
violate, ravish: 8-*»S-$« (Pth.).

smod-hdul the regulations of the
Dtil-tca (Vinaya) as observed in Kham-
Amdo and introduced from there into
Tsang and tT by Lama Lo-chen, sometime
after Buddhism had been suppressed in
Tibet Proper, f \^«i siod-hdul the regu-

lations of the Vinaya as introduced by
the Kashmirian pandit S'akya-S'rl into
Tibet, having come from upper Tibet, i.e.,
the Ladak side (Tig. 3).

o! Smad Mdo Khams Sbafi-
drug the really only five districts of the
lower Do-Kham province : §'* Skyu-ra, ^
Bab, a'tf* Spo-hbor, V^*^' Dinar-tsha
Sgan, and wS'jjf Zalmo-si/an : g^'US'**^'^*'
J)E.-%"|-«i-g^»i^-*i-iI^-»;^-q5-S^-^l^ anciently
there being nothing other than birds in
lower Kham§-Sgad-drug, it was called
Bya-yul or the land of birds (Jig. 4).

fj3j I : iman benefit, use, good (resp. of
toj-ti) q^E.-^-«|-a^-q5-^ for the good of

religion and living beings; jfl'q5«pri=««^
^IJN to be useful. Sch. has : JJ^ *t*w a bene-
ficent mind, a mind intent on doing good.

fj^ II : ^Hl, HTO the common term
for : medicine, physic, drug : ^S'u^ng'q to
gather medicinal plants on the mountains
(v. Hue's Travels, vol. 2). Flft sno-$>nan
vegetable medicine. — S^'ffl liquid medi-
cine, etc. — [fc'fffi medicine taken inter-
nally; — ^'^'!ft metallic and organic
drugs: "]«*, <&»i, ««, yqw, ^, S'?1, y%w
&c.— ^W medicinal stones,

etc._»i-|j^ mineral
medicine such as soda, salt, saltpetre,
sulphur, etc. ; %'fft barks, roots, medicinal
herbs, leaves and fruits. $"£fl medicinal
oil, lard; 311^ skyng-sman emetic; ^'JJ^
shi-sman soporific potion ; ^Tffi b$al-$man
purgative. sf"!'*'!^'!!^ srog-chag$-$man
animal medicine, &c. ^'3 Ide-gu electuary,
syrup ; ffl'«i3l^'§'sX's $man bkus-te bor-wa
^t3^K*raw a medicine well purified.
Jffi'tJ different medicines, also various
spices mixed up together; ffl'i3"J s»t«n-

990

khrog medicinal ingredients not yet
pounded or mixed up (Rtsii.). ifl'§'S'q
sman-gyi bya-wa the effect of medicine ;
fj^5J'|Vtj sman-gyi fbyor-sde medicinal
compounds; «•' decoction; S*1 powder;
^«rg pills ;^g/«fe-</« syrup, W** sman-mar ;
Wfft liquid mixture; fft'*=.' tincture or
wine ; ^i-5'XS'|k-q sulphates or carbonates
of metallic medicines.

Jj^'g $i>ian-skit an image made of the six
medicinal metals, namely, gold, silver,
copper, iron, brass and zinc (Rtsii.).

fft-3'ffc*! sman-gyi-ljotis a country ri«'h
in medicinal plants ; is used as met. for
Tibet.

fft'5 f/iitiH-rta the vehicle in which
medicine is taken : IHTIS*1 the three
vehicles which are two kinds of molasses

and sugar ; ffVf^pWiMNrjfcl white and

>» ^»

brown molasses are the vehicles of remo-
ving flatulence.

BT^is.' $i>i(tH-dtcafl or ffl'S'1^'2' ^rto*?fa
met. = the moon believed to be the presi-
ding deity of officinal plants.

ift'g Sman-bla wtro^V Man-la the
Buddha presiding over the healing art;
•who is often figured in temples and who
at Lhasa is the presiding deity of a
famous medical college built on the
Chagpo Hi in the south-west suburbs of
the city. His analogue with the Mongols
is styled Otoehi. a^g^-jwqg* sman-
blahi mdo rgyas-bsdus. two Sutra of the
Bhai-shajya guru one -abbreviated and
the other extended (K. g. ", 433).

f^'l" sman-rtse incorrect spelling of w?
a kind of yellow silk scarf, with red spots
impressed on it, manufactured in China
(Rtsii.). a^'SI sman-yug^^'f^'^ a roll
of man-tse scarf.

t»ian-tshos a kind of dye (Jig. 14).
smar or H^'U6-' smar-kyafi ready money,

cash ; fc^'IP money and not goods.

U*,-|**m tmar-kAams=jF**R*, anything
fried or preserved in butter ; npTF^y
dried- fish preserved or cooked in oil
(Rtsii.).

tfffH tmalpozzlF*'*^ sJfar-ma-mgo *?n-
fire: (Mnon.) [lit. "deer-head," the fifth

fJ5 SHii-gu (old Tibetan) = £^'3 s»iyi-git&
reed-pen.

SI'S sniiij-rf/yu ^{%RTT mil-age, vision-
ary illusion, reflection.

Syn.

(Mfion.).

a"I'9 sini/j-lit small lizard v. S"!*''" rmijs-
pa (Ja.).

$i>iig-»ia or a
smyug-»ia reed ; bamboo.

(MHoit.) the outer corner of the eye.

SK'OJl'*1 smin-hkhyog-ma = S^

.). a fierce, frowning, fretful woman.

tmin-grol-la or fWf1""1"'^''1
to lead to conversion and salvation (Glr.) ;
v. tp'i rnam-pa (Ja.).

f Smin-grol glifi the monastery
of Mindoling, a famous establishment
the head-quarters of the Dukpa and
Dzogchen sects, situated 35 miles N.E. of
Lake Yamdok and 8 m. S. of the Tsangpo.
The constitution of this monastery is
peculiar. It has two head lamas, one of
whom is vowed to celibacy and rules the
monks, while the other is permitted to
marry and if he has two children one

991

succeeds to the celibate headship and the
other to the non-celibate position. Should
the lay-head die, however, without chil-
dren, the sworn celibate is then expected
to marry the widow in order to raise up
heirs to succeed to the government. In
case of a total failure of heirs, war,
famine or other dire calamities are to be
looked for.

ita ^1 sinin-drug the Pleiades, or the
third lunar mansion, having fire as its
regent; this constellation, containing six
stars, is represented as a flame or else as
a razor, or knife. The stars represented
as nymphs are said to have acted as
nurses to the god Kartikeya. fH§Ti|'q
gmin-dritg sla-iva October-November or
the month of Kartika in which the moon
standing near the Pleiades is full.

smin-legs-ma ^*f with good eye-brows, a
handsome woman (Mnon.).

Syn. *iftj-|*j mafi-po-skyes ^ffnsr,
ma-drug-bu (Mfion.).

KDiin-bdun or 8'*^ sine-bdun also
'lir*V byan-yi skar-ma spitn-bdiin
the seven brothers of the North who move
round the star "|^'$^, otherwise the Great
Bear.

l smin-pa tffi, TTT^, !#Hr 1. ripened,
ripe; developed, perfect: ^gi'S'Wf the
fruit is ripe; ffrwii*-«l or ffr'Kw the
growing to maturity of an animal or
germ. 2. vb. to become ripe, to ripen :
|ta'*X' quite ripened. 3. to be converted ;
also as sbst. conversion : fj^'wqijjVjj*!*!
those destined for conversion.

c^

fj3j £J siitin-ma v. 1. the eye-brow;

also ffl-iwl smin-phag. 2. a girl who has
reached maturity; Jta'*5'«\gN smin-mahi
dicus g?q the breast of a youthful woman :

Syn. t"*1 rdsi-ma ;
mig-gi-yrwa ;
(Mnon.).

smin-dkyu? ;
gmin-dbrag

kha-ru-tshwa.

fj smu One of the six early tribes of
Tibet (Jig. 6).

smug or UT^i $mug-po purple or
•NO

maroon colour, the colour of clotted

blood; fj"l'[3 stnug-khu brownish purple
dye; Uql'j^q1 smug-khog a dried carcass of
sheep; 81'$*-' smug-chuft a medicinal
plant ; jBqT5e-' smug-thufi, cakes of wheat or
other flour mixed up with treacle prepared
in disks of a foot diameter for distribu-
tion among the monks. Sf *< §mug-ma
stale meat which is getting rotten (Rtsii.).
STl" snmg-rtsi or jBI'^w $mug-t 8/103 purple-
red dye made from the root of a plant
(Macrotomia) with which cakes and flour
offerings intended for spirits and sacri-
ficial utensils are painted.

UT^ $mug-phur a dagger-peg made of
acacia wood (Rtsii.).

UTS* smug-phyur purple-scar produced
-«

from bruises or from the effect of a blow
on the skin : Ij1"?' j-««-j<ry|r^«rvr^*|
the lama's body was swollen from bruises
(A. 57).

S'P'S'IS* Smug-ma Bu-khur n. of a coun~
try of cannibals ( Yig. 8) .

smugs-pa swl^r, a*5T indolence.

fj'l1"' sme-khab prob. an incorrect spelling
of ffi'P£'*< an under-garment worn by
Buddhist nuns so that their religious robes
may not be defiled by menstrual dis-

charges (Jr. d. \

992

**

H'CJ snie-ica f?iw«ii white or black mole
or spot on the skin.

tme-wa-dgu . (J"«'9) 1. S'" rme-wa.
2. the nine astrological diagrams or
figures in geomancy of the Tibetans
used in imitation of Chinese astrology ;
out of these, three or the 1st, the 6th and
the 8th are white being symbolical of
the element of iron ; the black and blue
i.e., the 2nd and the 3rd diagrams repre-
sent the element of water; while the
fourth which is blue represents wood and
the fifth figure being yellow represents
the element of earth ; the 7th and 9th
representing the element of fire.

jM'3^ s»ie-$a-can = ij]*('i fyan-pa a
butcher (Dag. 16).

jfi gmo-tca pf. and imp. jjV gmog, occa-
sionally used for: to call, to name, to
remark, assert.

tf if smo-gmo flmmT^ mother's mother.

^ smod-pa 1.

slander, blame, declamation, con-
tempt, invective, abuse, reproach, curse.
Also, vb. with pf. 8^ {mad to blame, dis-
parage. 2. said to be synonymous, also,
with if*^ tpyom-pa to boast, shew off
one's self.

Syn. of 1. P*^ kha-fan ; *fM tshiy-fian ;
rci kha htshafis-pa ; «^'«»Ts fian-brjod;
fmra-fian; *ftS'*"I ynod-tshig; ffv^"!
smod-tshig; ^'j'S nes-sdyod; fft'i^ sun-
hbyin; S^'IS'^I shum-byed-tshig (Mfian.).

g^'«i smon-pa ^jnj\:, ^f%, ^rf^fT bene-
diction ; to bless, to wish, to desire (others
to be happy and prosperous) ; j^V^^nt
**'jfr for other happiness I do not wish
(Mil.) ; more frq. with termin. of the
infinitive = to pray for.

passionless, not fixed on; $Vci5-fl|am the
object of a wish or prayer ((?«.);
yid §»ion frq. a wish, desire, prayer :
^AfV^W't^'^V'? having long ago
entertained this wish (Stg.) ; "Kifo'7^
worth-wishing, desirable ; ffo'*6*| a wish
and its accomplishment (Jd.).
tmon-hgrin or ^'^^ fmon-hdren
5TV»F-«i a sincere friend or associate (K.
du. ^ 27, also &ag). fa\*< smon-drin
praised, lauded. ^'l"i»' smon-lum
^R^ii, meditation, prayer, sup-
plication ; as a prayer it seems to be rather
for the enjoyment of the fruit of one's
merits and seldom for a favour or a
necessity undeserved. SVwi^'s^ smon-
lam tyab byat-te sftvjrW fTsrcj after having
made a prayer or supplication (A. K.
1-16). fa*r1q*KiXfvrn fmon-lam log-par
hdebt-pa to pray for an undesirable object
such as the ruin of an enemy, the perform-
ance of an unrighteous action, etc.

jfrWgVl s,,ion-lam bla-ma n. of the
chief lama of the monastery >?j'§*i'at
U-ctim-chift monastery in Mongolia.
! smog drag loud voice.

-a = ^''> brkyan-wa.

$5\ I: jwyaw = V*I5*':' match-making,
intermediation between a disagreeing
paii- ; JJ^'§Vq fmyan bycd.-pa a match-
maker, an intermediator in settling a mar-
riage; '^•^•«'Ffi*rtYl^E-' a' Buddhist
monk should not be an intermediator in
marriage (K. du. $, 159). I^'IV'' $myan-
byed-pa (^i'«5) doing the work of a match
maker. g^'SV tniyan bycd-pa to act on
such business.

-ka — "\^'"\ ynen-ka.

993

,rqi

" '3 S>nyi-gu (pron. nyi-gu) a pen, of
any kind.

- ITS] smyi-gri €oraffft a pen-knife. Also
in W. IWraj smyug-gri.

smyig-ma or s*T*i smyitg-ma

cane, bamboo ; a pen of reed ; Uf*'

^

hjog-pa- to make a reed-pen. ST?'"!*!

^
smyug-thogs writer, one who carries a

reed pen to write with.

Syn. fj^ srin-can; ng«'gfl sbit$-ldan ;
iK3'%' fflm-bu-fin; <*g*rg«A&«i hbra$-bu$
hehi-ua; St6-'^'-^ rlun-hbud-can ; §=-'5)^'
J"I^ rlun-yi syra-sgrogs (Mnon.).

iFIS"! smyuy-lihrog 1. tube of bamboo;

^

pen-case. 2. = gi>-31!; a small churn ((7s.);
STSi smyug-khyim a house constructed of

bamboos; ai'"^ smyug-mkhan a worker in
^

bamboo and cane; U"l'5j»< $myug-$gam a

•^

chest made of reed or bamboo ; wicker work
box. 81'"!^!*' smyiig-ffdugs an umbrella

made of split reeds or bamboos; D'1!^^

3
smyug-sdcr dish or flat basket constructed

of reed or cane ; UT^M smyug-phon^i^**'
*<ij q-sqj-q-qi^qj-q gplit bamboo or chips of it

[Rtsii.~] ; H"!!^ §myug-phran reed ; a"I'»<'
^ «

*)S9'5 sniyug-ma mddh-rgyu reed-bamboo
of which arrows are made. HT&1!*' $myug-
tshigs knot, node, joint, of reeds (Etsii.) •
IT"^ §myug-hdsin ^=-'^"1 a clerk, lit. a
reed-pen holder, scribe, writer; g"!'^*!

•?3

smyug-seb§ wicker-work box resembling a

trunk (Rtsii.) ; gl'^S smyug-bqad comb

^

made of bamboo used in Sikkim ; ai'§J*i

^

§myug-slom plate made of wicker-work
(S. A-ar. 179)— in Sikk. dialect called g'f*

smyu-gu a pen ; not used in (7.

' smyug-g.Uft (musical) reed-pipe.
Smyug-tshal sbug n. of a holy
place in Tibet (Deb. *\, l^lf).

•J1 fj5^ §myug$ = 3$'*\*\v bcuy-nag.
^^'^ smyun-H-a \nxnfi-n to fast, to

i

observe a scant diet (Med.) ; often in a

religious sense. S^'"!^ smytin-gnas=-^^'^-'
^

leaving off food, the act of fasting as a
religious observance. IF'^i'^'l msyun-

pnas-kyi cho-fja 'gqtfi^ the practice of
fasting on prescribed days and also of
keeping silence according to the rules of
the Dulwa.

fj^'^I $myur-pa to stretch one's self

3

after sleep (Sch.~).

fj^'EJ s»iyitr-ua=Q%x>'o fa* to be

3

quick, expeditious, in a hurry, to hasent.

. ~v

=.^ftQ shen-pa.

smyo-ica (^) — ^'I\ myo-wa

; pf. |^'i smyos-pa to be
insane, inflamed with insanity ; S'wft^Jj1
ci«,'|SN'^ ci-hafi mi-dran-par smyos-so not
recollecting anything they became crazed ;
ff^'a'Vl smyos hdug he is mad ; ^'§^ smyo-
byed a narcotic, jf'^1 smyo-hbog tempo-
rary delirium; one speaking while half
asleep, hysteria : J-*9^lvr«K*r^$-srwj
being attacked with delirium he was left

behind (A. 32).
•

brkyafi-iva.

jf^'i smyon-pa '8'fl'H, 'a^if^w intoxi-
cated, insane, frantic, mad; *)'jf<VC( mi~

126

994 '

smyon-pa a madman ; S'lfa'" kkyi myon-pa
a mad dog, gc-'^'jf'V:i fflaA-c/ien gmyon-pa
an infuriated or mad elephant.

£}'£! smra-wa pf. B« imras imp. if*"
j/wros, to speak, to utter, say: t^wg *''*'*•'
spoke pleasantly ; ^"'§'8 '5 speaking well ;
*fS'j'Wj"s'Y they grew speechless, did
not know what to say; ^€*Hq />/"'"-
tithun smra-wa to converse, ^'^'l to
speak from a distance, «^'|| to give a reply
5|* fp to speak again ; Swg«'« ce? gmrag-so
thus he said ; ^Sfi " saying these words ;
|jq-«c.'Zj loquacious, voluble; U'^'S fmra-
\ead dumb ; *S'Wj-q med-par fmrn-u-a to
deny it altogether; $***;<K'ifSvc> to be
out off from speaking, to have impeded
speech; g'"" smra-tca-pa spokesman, a
speaker. Is heard as an elegant form in
C.T.

f*^S|Mro4*rff%«f*«,tVI [desired to
be spoken, desideratum~\S.

g-qq-4jarZj fmra-waht rgyal-po TOjrtf
the king of speech, an epithet of the Bodhi-
sattwa Jam-yang wy**&™ (Won.).

fi'^^'sf s»»'a-icahi-$go «(t*^i? opening or
commencement of speech, an exordium.
U'^'iT snira-tcahi-fgo kha (lit. the door
of speech the mouth) n. of a grammatical
work by Sakya Paijdita Kun-$gah Rgyal-
mts/ian (Deb. "1, 29).

§»ir(t-wahi babs-ftegs as
the tongue (ydon.).

ahi-lha = *W'\cw that is
the god of speech (Mfion) ; fl'*)^1?}
t Ihn-mo «T^<^ Sarasvatl the
goddess of learning (MAon.).

'^ s»tran-iea or

to speak, g^l smran-tshiy speech,
word, also, esp. mystic speech; le.^i'1
SinreA-ysol-ica to beg a word, to beg leave
to speak.

5 q (ture-wa l. = |'"lEigai misery, distress.
2. = t^'Wg'q Han-par gmra-tca to speak ill
(of others); j'g«I« smre-tftagf bewailing;
gqjwq^-q gmre-gfiafft hdon-pa to utter
lamentation.

3 tsa is the seventeenth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, and ace. to Tibetan
grammarians represents the Sanskrit <n ca.
1. num. fig. : 17. 2. in mystic Budh. : —
^•yq^-yS'Vr? the letter called tsa
implies contemplation ; $*w*^'«w*^flj^sr
«r^q$»r£i$-Xfi-3*r«tf such contemplation is a
converting influence for all intelligent
beings (K. my. *!, 207).

3'^V* tsa-ko-ra q^fr a partridge, Perdix
rufa : »> TT1!! «^5'C§S ^S^'^^'S the bird that
subsists by drinking honey from the lilies
(K. ko. \ 8).

Syn. i'^f'*! tsa-ko-ra; 3'^v^ss.' zla-hod-
kt/tufi ; ^vr^ hod-la-dgah (Mnon.).

+ *'U S.*l tsa-kra ba-ka or
hkhor-lohi rkan-pa <3i<i4i<tt red-goose,
AMBfW.

+ i'5'1*! tsa-tn-ka T^< a mystic word
conveyingthe meaning: lE.*r^<i| SN'|JW§^^
he said do hold it, do bear it (K. g. f>, 27).

&3\tsa-na an idiomatic term = while:
^*-qw*^ while so thinking"; ^'SJW^
in the event of arrival there, while
arriving.

t i'^'*! Tsa-na-ka 1. qimm ace. to
Tibetan authorities, n. of an ancient king
of India whose works have been pre-
served in translations of the Tangyur :
*'^a-5^ER-^-$-^-qX>N%£|g^q (Tan. d.
3f, 112), Chanakya's Eajaniti S'astra in
eight chapters. Ace. to Indian authors he
was prime minister of Chandra-gupta who
reigned at Pataliputra. 2. ^ra chick-pea,

Cicer arietinum ; ^'^'")5'Rg tsa-na-kahi hbru
the grain of chick-pea.

*^*» tsa-nas from the time, §w«5'<^«
$leb§-pahi tsa-nas from the time of arrival,
since coming.

*'g'T*'j^'H Tsa-phu-gan shur-mo n. of a
place in Upper Tibet, the birth place of
the Karma-pa hierarch Rafi-byufi rdor-je
(Lori. ' 29).

tsa-lig, v. *9fl| tsha-big.

tsa-mahi min-po ^fRiiT a
kind of cake.

^W^ tsa-mun-dsa = %'*i'*'& so-ma ra-tsa
flax, or jute.

* ^> tsa-ra (also S"^ rtsa-ra) flogging,
whipping as a criminal punishment ;
*'*'q!^ tsa-ra g.nad seems to indicate a
severe castigation in public ; J^TW^ to be
flogged; ^•ipiV*sf'Vci51^ having been
handed over to a severe flogging ;

(D. gel. 7).

^ ^'^'T| tsa-ra-ka l.=w?ww^ go
together or smoothly (mystic) (K. <j. "I,
215). 2. n. of a religious school of the
Tirthika people in ancient India : W '^W
W|^tr<-VT«^- 1 ^ii-^-j^w^-ti those who
held different or opposite views were the
Charvaka and the Lokayati Schools (K.
ko. P, 137). 3. sn/R, n. of an Indian
medical and surgical work.

<'^ Tsa-i-i (also spelt ST'^ rtsa-ri) famous
sacred place far to the S.E. of Lhasa
(Deb. 1 U).

996

•3C-I

1. in TF. = curled, frizzled,
as hair and similar things. 2. meat-
offering to the manes of the dead (Jd.).
iVi <* tsa-ru na-ya qnw* lit- fine eyes,
a deer or antelope.

+ 3'<3J <««-/« = $=•' rluA wind (mystic)
(K. g. r, 26).

J 3'-*| <««-{•« or *-«| "I tsa-ya-ka V* the
Indian jay, Coracias Indica.

&J|'3| tsag-ge in JF. the black mark in
a target (Ja.).

<T8'\* tsay-tgra di-rior <«|'|'^'q also
^^•^•£1 to make a clucking sound by
touching the roof of the palate with the
tongue : iH^H'Tf^^MTf A'***
j(«-C*)^-l- one looking to another made
sounds by clucking with the tongue to
express his wonder (A. 151).

3>£'TP) Tsan-kun n. of a sa-bdag king,
a monster; fe'SW^I'S the crawler, n. of
another sa-bdag.

'^§ tsan-cu ^ a grain from which
oil is extracted (K. da. *',

1. Sirium myrtifolium, sandal-
wood, used for images of gods, perfumes,
medicines; *^ ViM^I'^ M f**S* infe-
rior sandal-wood (If Aon.). 2. fig. some-
thing superior in its kind: "f^WW^'
mrjj^-^e.- the elder and younger sons of a
distinguished father perform menial
services (Jd.).

Syn. war** ma-la ya-dsa ; wi'"!'!* ma-
la ya-st(yes;\*%^'Z drihi snin-yo ; Vrjym
dpal-gyidum-bu; VK^'^VH bsan-pohi-dpal;
1Ucg^-5lfN'«5 tshim-byed gos-can (Mnon.).

&V«tf'1 5 Tsan-dan jo-ico n. of an image
of Buddha made of sandal-wood alleged

to have been taken from Gaya to Bactria
in the third century B.C. and from there
to China at the end of the first century
A.D. It is now kept in the temple of
Tsandan-sse in Peking and was there
seen by the compiler of this dictionary in
1885.

tsan-dan sbnil-gyi gnin-po
TfKM^" lit. snake's
heart sandal- wood, so called on account of
snakes' attraction to it and because they
often remain 'coiled round the tree (Lofi.
*, 6). Is the finest sandal- wood growing
in the Malayan mountains and valued
even-by the gods for its fragrance.

Syn. f E- «i^^i«-fl)^-^-»)\i^%-
ff.titiii rin-gyis gshal-du med-^ahi-^in ;
«^ til-hdab-can ; «'«*«| sa-mchog ;
ba-fflafi-mgo ; *\'^ goyirs ; *

tkyed.-can; B^'^EI'i*' khyab-hjiuj-
«|«T3S'^'^ hphrog-byed tsan-dan;
rna-wa nag-po ; ^«'I«^ge.' dus-rjes-
hbran ; g"'W.»» $no-san$] V^'^'«\^ ha-ri tsan-
dan; tyoffiqc.'*) lag-hgrohi $>iin-po;
«*«! tsan-dan-mehoy (Mnon.).

tian-dan dtnar-po,
red-species of sandal-wood; &T
tsan-dan d.mar-pohi hbru \7K-
the seeds of red-sandal- tree.

Syn. *>'?"|'^'«^ me-tog don-can ; «'|"1 *a-
tram-ga; ^^'^ til-mar-can; v?\'*&?p*
hdab-mahi-lu$; ^'IS'g^'iff chos-byed $num-
Idan ; "S'^'V sahi Isan-dan ; ^T5'*^'^ rak-
ta tsan-dan; qw^v^m'3 lus-dmar ral-gri
(Mnon.).

^•^•fo'Zi tsan-dan ser-po
the yellow species of sandal-wood.

i^ g-*r*4 tsan-rdsus-ma imitation sandal-

>a

wood (Rtsii.)

.- tsan-sdoA sandal-wood tree.

997

tsab-tsub ^trs=r£'Tci rtsab-,
rtsub or fcr3?«) tsab-tsob in a hurry, to^ii'-s^
hasty; fcr$"«r*)-ij don't be in a hurry!-
fc'fo- tsab-liU hastily, in a hurry (Sch.).

SCr^TS tsab-hral-wa = !<H'»j'*T<Ofa-q
to clamour, to raise a cry (K. du. 5, 11£
also in <", 33). 2. loose, dissolute course of
life (Sch.).

^^ ^ <««6s-rM 1. sour curds. 2. a
kind of salt=&i*>5''* tsab-ru-tsha (Jd.).
3. a tube of horn (Sch.).

tsam *rr^>, w^, stf% we extract
from Jd. for convenience : [mostly affixed
as an enclitic, =$>•> gfifd. 1. as much
as, "^to as much as this, = so much, so
many; *K\**r«i)*i<i-q to kill so many
men Glr. • ^'fet de-tsam so much ; also
emphat. : **)^-&i%£i.f|Y<^ after having
given you so much religious instruction ;
by way of exclamation : 3'&« how much !
W., 3'£*t'S*i how much have you done ! §•
**i, ^^ how much. . .so much- (as much as)
Cs. 2. denoting comparison, as to size,
degree, intensity, like, as-as, so-as, so
that: ^V)&< ri-rab tsam like Sumeru (in
height) Cs. ; «}*»r*5j-*« as big as a grain of
mustard-seed ; g»r*r$q-q-fei even to sinking
in up to the knees (knee-deep); "Vw^jp'q'i*)
BO much that the sun was darkened;
m*|«*m4^^xvr<r*ryt- he became so
(powerful), that he could also' subdue, or
could have subdued, the neighbouring
kings ( Glr.). 3. denoting contingency and
restriction: perhaps, if need be, almost,
only, but, all but: AJV&f* ( Fat. jtf.) this
may perhaps be used instead, this may, if
need be, supply its place; ^c
HK-fel-q-ftrq^ if ! iet bim loosej

almost catch a bird in the air.

-«i to every one that has

the mark; $Kf.'§w& nothing but muscles
and bones; »'foi>J|«-^- if one knows but
a fraction of it, but a little bit ; itew&i'iS
they exist only in our fancy ; &r^ tsani-
du denoting extent, degree, intensity ; as
far as, about so far, nearly up to, even to,
till, so that : w'|'Vfe<'^ lam-phyed tsam-du
about half way. Frqv with verbs : «rg'"iR.»r
q-fcr^|qp* he was so frightened that
his hair stood on end; ^" S^'^s^'i ^«'^ §«]'
Vl^^tT^ tormented by a pain as
if he were cut to pieces ; 5J*> •*r*)lfe.'q-fcf ^-
^^'§ as glad as a child is when beholding
its mother again; sometimes &r<u stands
for *N'^ and ^'^ : jjq-fer«i in the shade] Jd.
brfy* tsam-gyis instrum. : w\ 5\'<w '§^'S"|'
^ri content with everything poor as
it may be ; fcr^ added to the inf. : iprq1
^*<'^ as soon as it had been said. &)'"»'
with a following negative = not the least :
*wq-*n-UK-*i|^q to pay not the least
respect; ^w^'lpr*r«Kl|«l*5 neither sun
nor moon is to be seen at all (Jd.). 4.
&# tsam also = about, just about: g's$ Ina-
bcu about fifty, fflj'&i rtog-tsam in 0.=
a little, a few ; somewhat, rather.

to'^ (sam-na ace. to Jd. : about a certain
time, at the time when, when: .^^'g^'^'^
nam-phye4 tsam-na about midnight ; ^to'*\
then, at that time; esp. with verbs =
' when,' ' as ' : B*\!<T**'4 when he came
home. Inst. of &r^ it is very common to
hear <-^ : — 1\3(^'<^ as he was just doing
it ; "fK*<\^ when he awoke ; 3'T*
when eight months had passed.

| tsam-pa 1. adj., about or of the
size : ft'*V<wq mi-tshad tsam-pa man-sized,
about the size of a man. 2. flour from
parched barley. 3. n. of a country to the
east of Kashmir, the native state of
Cham-ba on the Ravi (S.

998

4. the ancient Bhagalpur. 5. the ancient
name of Cambodia.

r£TT| tsam-pa-ka ^WR\ the magnolia ;
Michelia champaka, the fruit of which is
called T* U ka-li-ka : Hrvqtbr*pr4b*rvK
§S Campaka (as a medicine) removes fever.

Syn. Vw'9^'1 Ac-wa pus-pa; i^'^w
t bsufi ; *^1 3fa mcliog-thob ;
pser-gyi me-tog-cait ; *>'T"1 J^
nte-tog-rgyal (Affion.) .

twit 'i^'aja) Tsam-pa kahi ytil, one of the
96 provinces of S'ambhala (prob. the
Greco-Bactrian Empire situated to the
north-west of Kashmir) (Dsam.).

toQ tsam-po whatsoever, such, such
an one as : frfcWJ*fewf%*r«T^ I shall
enter into the soul of whatsover man I
meet with. Cs. has besides: <*'B-q a
comparing.

<«'Q a tsam-po-pa one who is contented,
has no ambition, no desire to improve
himself; a mere one, i.e., one in the pos-
session of only one thing : ft'^wwi^w |
<*rHj £i ^« 5 he possessed the mere body not
the intellect, so he was called Tuam-pa-po
the mere one (Khri4- 19).

tsam-tsomoT **#N = 3#n doubt.
you are in doubt
(about it) .

l Tsar-ma n. of a place in upper
Tibet or the monastery of Tsar-ma in Li-
yul (**t&qff*H[fK).

•f °^
T w^,*^'^ *^l Tsar-pa ti-pa n. of an

Indian Buddhist saint (K. dun. 5).
o tsi num. = 47.

prince of the digestive stimulants, and
termed in China : 3* '^'^ pur-pan-h
(Sman. 57).

a purgative medicine.

w E '*^J

m

tsi-ti dswa-la 1. leprosy.

m

2. aco. Cs. t^fai and aoo. to Seh. <W*
signifying cancer. ^'S'^ tsi-dsi tsha, a
kind of leprosy : ift$'W*Wfcw«l he was
laid up with tsi-dsi ts/ia disease (Yig. 35).

Tsi-nu 3& ; China or the eastern

country.

t.n-t#i 1. mouse; T^e,' fat-chuff
any shrew ; wSi^'i tlutn-yi tsi-tsi field-
shrew ; W^'fc'fc sa-yi tsi-tsi id. 2. a kind of
millet grown in China : "Sft •^'^•«r|*5ai he
took (ate) a quantity of tsi-tsi millet with
ginger (A 90); *T<q^-<«.g,^c!gYi*fc q&
though tsi-tsi is cooling, yet it produces
wind in the stomach.

-tsi-li-tsiin a species of fish

-k°a n- °f a

(but not one of the sixteen) who
visited China and preached Buddhism
there: §"'^'^^*WI! "Fi^^'W
(Orub. \ 5).

ic word) the heart.

(if Hon.).

Tsi-tra-ka f^^i several plants,
esp. Ricinus communis called VVfft'Ji'5 the

tsin-da ma-ni (^
the chintawani, a yellow gem of
fabulous virtues with seven shades of
colour appearing in it at different hours
of the day (Mnon.). It adorns the crown
of the king of the Nagas (Yig. k. 12).

<&rV^'2rw Tsin-dhi-li-kra-ma n. of a
border state of Magadha : $-<i!^*m-<*j*w^

in

999

the barbarous border-country of India
called Tsin-dhili-kra-ma a Buddhist
minister erected a temple.

§ tsu num. fig. = 77.

t C'5 tsu'ta ^' ^? n- of a &em- ^

3P "I^'^'^*1'^^ "'^I'n the gem tsuta removes

the malignant influence of evil spirits and
stops disturbing dreams, ^"fj^'ij^ir^'g15!'
F*w fsu-ta rkan-pciy-pahi rgyal-khams n. of
a fabulous kingdom of the class 'of Asura
who have only one leg (Yig. 6).

§!3[tsug=%%* adv. interrog. and
correlat., how, as, in what way : ^$ft
IN^ do it so ! ^'"l^lr^'l^ where she is
going, and what she is doing? In W.
com. in the form i*|, $'3*| for $'$"!, etc.
(Jd.) ^'S*1 tsug-byas=e'\^'^^ how it
was done, how he did it : §'^'"1^. '"H.'"* '%i\ww
£q| -gsr*-*^ {t i8 not known what or how
much he did in the river Ganges, etc.
(A. 137).

§V^ Tsun-da ^^i n. of a goddess
not often referred to :

(A. 34). ^, the smith from
whom Buddha took his last meal. 4
tsun-dhahi rtfyud n. of a Tantra :
' (A. 36).

tse-gur 1. a small tube. 2. a
dose, little : 5f'3^'£i5E-'ZI tse-gur btafi-wa the
repeated administration of medicine to a
patient (Swan.).

3'l tse-po or Sta'S tsel-po a basket or
panier carried on the back; in W". «T?
cag-tse a wicker basket, ST^ myug-tse a
cane basket, ?'$=-' tse-lufi string or strap
for carrying it.

£'^ tte-tsi=3ft tsi-isi millet (Cs,).

(se-re 1. song, tune. 2. = 2'^ tshe-re.
se-^w prob. %WT a disciple: ^'

56).

'^J tseg-tseg-byed-pa er *«T
-tseg zer-wa to rustle, to make a
noise like dry hay or dry leaves'.

tseb-tseb sharp-pointed, of need-
les, thorns, etc. (Jd.).

tsem-tse=%*(% small scissors.

tser-tser byed-pa to shake,
quake, tremble.

J tsel-po=%'» tse-po a basket.
« I: tso num. fig. = 137.

« II : or ** foo-ra (\r«'3^^') a medi-
cinal plant which yields incense. Ace. to
t7a.=in Kulu a sweet-scented white lily.

Syn. W'% srin-mo ; fll§*'S gtum-mo ; ^'
nor hphrog-ma; ^^^^ bde-byed
bu-nan; *ij^'q^ tshog-bshad (Mfion.).

T -O ™ Tj Tso-la-ka ^jta n. of a country

in southern India : vw!'*>'§'*'$'c''*'?J'*l'irit*''
K. d. % 272).

1'9 tsog-pu or &T&T9 tsog-tsog-pu <3R«-
?fi the posture of cowering, squatting,
crouching: ^"I'&H'^ §^'^^'^'3 ^"1 he is
squatting down; I'3*i£-^g]*r^-qQy.^| 5fi|-^
qgqj^-q^ the lord having gone to the edge
of the lake Manasarowara sat crouching
(A. 74) ', 5f^'9'^'5" he cannot even cower,
of one very sick. ^TS'i tsog-pu-pa
one cowering or sitting down.

•<&£' tsofi vulg. K'3fe.- o-tson
onion.

the

1000

IgC'p TsoA-kha lit. the onion-bank, n.
of a district in Amdo in Ulterior Tibet
where Tsong-khapa the founder of the
Gelug-pa school was born. %^'fro Tsofi-
kha-pa lit. a native of Tsong-kha, but the
term now signifies the great reformer
himself whose real name was sfi

'S' tsofi-tsofi on a level, even,
straight.

3>q'£CTfj^'3 tsob-tsob gdod-pa to sit
in different groups, not in rows.

,'£f tsor-mo a five-finger pinch (Ca.).

| gtsng-pa 1. *mta [sate a
goad, a long whip]<S. 2. vb. to thrust in,
poke ; pierce, prick : HI'*!*"!'*1 khrag ptiiag-
pa to bleed with an instrument, *|*fl|«i3
(ftsag-pa-po one who does the operation ;
fl]*^ gt»ajt-f»*WF&Fto*r* (Situ. 81)
an instrument (lancet) for bleeding.

' Otsan 1. n. of a central province
of Tibet of which the chief .city is
«ft«|'fr (Shiga-tse) adjoining which stands
the grand monastery of Tashi-lhunpo
("H'^'fp Q) the seat of the Tashi Lama.
It was anciently divided into two districts
called Eulag and (jan-hgyed (Lori. * 5).
fl|*c.'s»i ptsan-$nam, woollen cloth manu-
factured in Tsang (Rtsii.). 2. ="!*=.'*<
gtsafi-ma clean, pure.

o|4e.-p«.- gfsan-khafi »T*rfH. T^^f
temple, sanctuary.

q||c.'S)^'oj«il gtsan-gi gyer-yug one of
the 37 holy places of the Bon (0. Bon.

38}.

q|ic.^3]»)-g,c,-^q ^-pc,- Qtsan-hgram bi/afi-

chub Iha-khafl n. of a monastery situated
on a mountain-top overhanging the
Tsangpo in Thobgyal in Tsang (Jig. 3}.

ytsafi-chag rdel-shib a stone
used to cure obstruction of urine (Mcd.).

*!&•'$ gtsan-chu *i^ any fresh water
or river. In Sikk. applied to the river
Teesta. In Tibet the Tsangpo is also
called Tsang-chu : ^fa.:^gir«(^r5>4'^rQ*f>
-^ (Lofl. * 5).

fcZfc'H&^i (Yiy.
116).

1^'9 fthafi-iia river-fish, fish from the
Tsangpo.

^5^'^ fftmid-po any river, but usually
a large one ; esp. the great river of* Tibet
flowing through the heart of Tibet from
west to east and called the Yeru Tsang-
po. This river is believed to enter Assam
as the Dihong where it presently joins the
Brahmaputra just below Sadiya. " Rising
from the eastern range "of Kailas (II)C-**? **)
and receiving the waters of the streams
coming from £yafi, Nags, Tshans, it flows
eastward past Lhar-tse and Phun-tsho-
ling and then being joined by several
tributaries such as Skyid-chtt, Myan-chu
and others in Lhokha, Yarlung, Kongbu,
etc., it enters the mountain gorges in a
southernly direction " (Dsain.).

fljte'g gtnafi-sprn T$3 purity, gen. ex-
ternal purity in living ; "|^'|j'*^ ptsarl-spm-
can 'Ctf^r?} possessed of cleanliness, clean,
pure ; «]fe'|j* I'S'i ptsan-sprar spyod-pu
moral purity, pure conduct.

^'l" &tsan-$pra$=*\tc-s* pure, and
handsome : ^•f^'fe'^K'|«Wril\*tli
by practising asceticism with his -purity
of living he adorned this grove (A. 6).

'EI gtsafi-tca 1. sjf%l,
vb. to be clean, pure. Also sbst. cleanliness,
purity ; and adj. clean, pure. Most frq. as
sbst. with negation: $'i]fc,'«i impurity,

1001

foulness, filth, human ordure.
<Tf? **!«*•§ ^'3 heap of all kinds of filth,
mass of corruption, sometimes applied to
the human body. Occurs as jjf% the pure ;
an epithet of Buddha (M.V.). fljfe'W
ifiwa gisan-war gnas-pa one who leads a
= religious life; B^'S'SilTgi*^ khrus-kyi
brtul-shugs-can (Mnon.), "|3c.'q^'g,*i gtsan-
u-ar-byas %^fw washed, cleansed, stainless ;
fl|£c.'£K§«^ci gtsan-war-byed-pa to cleanse,
purify, by sweeping or by dusting.

u screen, parasol (Sch.)

gtxan-byed 1. ^flTT, +i°qi, tffg^f.
2. a hog. fl|fe.'§\*i^'Zi gtsaii-byed mgon-po
tpHT-TTO ; an epithet of Indra (Mfion.).

fl|&.'») gtsan-ma if«j, *rf%^ pure, clean ;
sanctified, celestial : fl|4c.'*rgc.' sy^hrafa it
has become clean and pure. In colloq.
twngmu, is the com. word for "clean,"
opp. to tsog-pa dirty.

4|£c;»r4|g<)|'3^ gtsan-ma g.tsug-phud=t^[
&* a novice-monk of the Bon religion.

fl||E,-q)?c.- gtsan-gtson steep, rugged,
mountainous (Jd.).

1]o^'£l gtaab-pa to detach with a crow-
bar (Jd.).

I btsah 1. rust, blight : !
of iron ; % &f*C*itXQfffH the corn has been
spoiled by blight.

^o'^J g.tsi-wa pf . ")15« gtsis 1. to delight
in, set store by, be fond of: "tf^'^'ar
«jfc'fl'Vr3)« by one who was very fond of
pretty things, earthly goods and pleasure.
2. vb. to invite, summon, call, appoint
(Sch.).

[ ytsigs 1. prized, of importance ;
& very important ; «ffc*|N'i'q
prize, value ; *r*fJtoj»t unimportant ;

)«=i|j*i'£| adj. and adv. affec-
tionate, dear, lovely. 2. in Mil. ijSfcm'T
^^q»i-£j to subdue, to force, compel, also
with supine, 1wc.^|Y^'*li3!!t|*i'i to compel to
obey. 3. in Sch. : ip?i[N'ii5'g" quick com-
prehension, retentive memory.

ip5ip)'ti gtsigs-pa, l. = w&'q'^*rwflfJfam'ti to
show one's teeth, to grin. 2.
\_Ficus glomerata}S.

\ C| fftsir-tca, to press out, extract ;
tnum-ioge-fftsir to press out oil.

f'stl9 ^S3F> ^^^ crest, the crown
or top of the head ; $'*\$i\ crown of the
head ; ^l^Tg'^^K.'^ to fasten on the crown
of the head; "iCT^ head ornament,
ql3"T'*r^*>'9 or iCT^i* fig-= most high,
supreme, pre-eminent: 1§'il'?['^'g)^'|^'cj =
*rtfo|-§*'j| became • chief, supreme. iC"!'^'
*,^''%''%> gfsiiff-gi rin-po-che f5[KtTBi jewel worn
on the head or on the crown (Mnon.).

iCT?* gisug-tor ^ii?fa, fsiTttg head-
cover, head-dress, crest, etc. ; but, chiefly =
flame-shaped tuft or growth on the head of
a Buddha ; "iC"!'^'^'^ (iwK.'q'^i'ti?1*)1^) a
Sutra on mysticism (K. d. *,

dharanl about the goddess Vijaya (K. g.
i, 188).

"iCl'Sf^ gtsug-ldan as met. the peacock
(Mfion.).

"I^I'^'^^'S g.tsug-na nor-bu ?rfr?f n. of
a mythological king, believed to have been
a former incarnation of Buddha (A. K.
ch. iv.). *l£iT3i'*)''^ n. of a yaksha (Z.
Kah. 26.) ; *lSiT<Vil'£i H^S?*sK an epithet of
Mahes'vara who decorated his forehead
with the moon obtained from the churning
of the ocean (Mfion.).

"I^"!'^ gifsug-phud ^fr, fajT^
hair, the crown of the head,

127

X002

n. of .a king of fabulous origin
(A. K. U 5) ; fltfWS^^'w fftsug-
phud rgyal-mtsan frcfiaA an epithet of
Mahes'vara (Vfon.) ; "I^W
phtu} Ma-pa xisfr'S = the lion ;
gtsi«j'-phu$-ltlan f*rfa«i a peacock ; anyone
with a crest. "I^'^'^'i**' gtsug-phud
tshul-kfirim, one of the four Bon sages
(G. Bon. 35.) ; iCW^ g.tsng-phud-hdsin
peacock.

fftsug-lag defined as:

(j-q^ q«-ti£«; (Fflf. Jw. 144) that which has
come out of the head of the most holy,
i.e., the result of his intellect, and has been
placed 'in the hands of the inquirer;
hence sciences, sacred literature, etc. ;
u|§ii|-9iq|^wq 'nTujS the eighteen separate
sciences; also, seems=>*X id^-viod Pitaka
class. «|$'q!'a|lT'*l '**! '"" ^'"P*4 '" ^^ ne was
learned even in theleai-ning of the Piiakas
(A. 3!+). fllS'l'"'!'*'^ t&ug-lay-bshi the four
sciences: (1) ^•«|5-fl|C«ir«i'«I the science of
letters ; (2) a •«|S'lql5'fll'a"1! the science- of
language and .words, i.e., grammar; (3)
$ww*o|'3v5l'|!!if«!'9Wl the science of supreme
enlightenment; (4) ^•^•flS'«n^-«w| the
science of worldly object and usefulness
(K. my. "I, 4SS).

1+|al#I!'atq!W3'*1'*' gi*ug-lag kun-kyi ma-
mo the alphabet, lit. the mother of all
sciences.

a monastery, a temple ; but in the present
day most commonly applied to the chief
hall of worship and assembly in any
large monastery. In this sense a Tibetan
remarked lately to one of the editors:

com. appellation of the Gho-khang or
chief temple of that city.

Syn. ift'V01 gan-dho-la ; \«i*K.-pf d[t-
gishafi-khafl ; *&'v'(*r«!ftN mc/iod-hos-ynas;
^•pf Uia-khan; y^fWifa lhayi ffnas-psht';
ij^-^fl|^^'q kun-dgah ra-ica; ^^'P^-' hdu-khafi ;
^^'wX«|'fl|Sl«'§ 5'gc.' dkon-mchog gsum-gyi
pho-brafi (Mfion.).

i\^i\' vi\'^'» g.t$ug-lay dafi-po = afi*>'li
hk/ior-ira the world, the wheel of transmi-
gratory existence (4f^o».).

'^ ytsugt-pa l.siWpw to plant,
to put in the ground ; 2fi'^r*fl|w
'C| to plant crops (fag. 56). 2. to
bore out, scoop out, excavate (Sc/t.). 3.

't$ gt tub-pa pf. ^"^ btsnbf to rub ;
fljjq-^K.- gtsub-fiA ^TTl% wood to make
fire by friction.

to churn.

'3 fftae-icd, pf. «!!•« gtses, v. **

htshv-jca.

-ira=1^'^ gtsitca (Sch.).

in the congregation hall there are many
coloured pictures on the walls. In Lhasa

'3 gtser-wa, !. = **'" htshe-ica
(A 97) ', 'ftV{''fll^*'q (Situ. 81). 2. ***'«!
disagreeable, offensive to the ear, not
pleasant.

^15 '3 ptso-b.0 l. = ^ncH or *I^T> self,
and even : the soul. 2. yet, S*^ chief,
lord, master ; "I*** and «n*H adv., espe-
cially, chiefly, principally; *F«ft*^'"l* '
the chief of men, Buddha (Dd.) ; JOT'1
the chief of aU symbols, the principal
one in a shrine, the deity to whom a shrine
is consecrated. <!** as a title=sir, Mr. ;
|>-S-^-3-%»l-3 the six (gentlemen) minis-
ters (J2.). 3.="«a excellence . in

1003

btsag-pa, v.
(Situ. 76).
qfcji'g btsags-bu in
A. 29).

btsags-ma fine wheat or barley
flour that has been well sifted or passed
through the sieve (Rt$ii.).

«|£'« g.tso-ma or *>?'*« 1. refined, pure,
without any alloy or mixture of base
metal: i|?K«i|?'*4 unalloyed purified gold.
2. hemp (Sett.).

Jt|?S fftso-mo lady; the most distin-
guished, the noblest (of females) : g-S'«j|?'S
the most beautiful girl; «|*'3fcHwtr^| a
girl of the worthiest and noblest appear-
ance^'/.) ; flitf'JS'w^'ti to be mistress, resp.
(Jd.). ly^'^'l^'^i'^'l'^ old lady with
hair adorned with gold, silver, and shells.

reference to «;5n'Zi substance, reality, «tre,

or *^'Ej'S.

gtso-bo-nid 'fq^ superiority,
excellency. <r|?-9'&i]N gjtso-bo-tshogs ^^®,
*fy, the highest in perfection, the most
excellent of its kind; *(t'%* or "l^X't^'i,
^'i to place foremost, to consider the

first or most excellent. ,^,-m. ,., ,

btsag-mo a certain beverag3,

(Jd.).

i>tsaH-wa pf. qls.*i btgang; to
press forward or into, squeeze one's self
in : ii§q'§'£i3e.q pushed one's way, into the
assembly, in between the crowd (Situ. 76).

^*3j btsan or «i^'i 1. a species of
demon, inhabiting a given locality and
sometimes entering into a person visiting
the place for a brief period and causing
thereafter serious illness. 2. strict, secure,
binding : STV^ strict orders, ifs.'^ a
gisod or *$ tyso Hodgson's ante- strong Jong or fortress (flag. 55) ; W«r

lope, with straight horns standing close rqf4fe | ^'W^'HJH*! to be long in

together and at a distance imparting the merriment and secure in comforts and

appearance of a single horn ; hence Hue's

appellation of it as the unicorn. It is the

cho of provincial Tibetans, and occurs

throughout the country from Ladak to

the borders of Kansu and Szechuan.

"l^V" female cho ; "l^'l"! the young cho.

a|^-Saj«-?Q) "plateau of antelope herds,"

n. of elevated table-land in Guge pro-

vince lying between the courses of the
Sutlej and one branch of the Indus;
styled in maps Cho-chho Thai.

Z^o1^ btsay nf^«, ^t^nw red ochre.
q&ipE.- btsag-thaft, **T^ btsag-ri, i&]'$c.'
Usag-limg plain, hill, valley, of red e'arth.
s&T'»Sl btsag-yug mineral substance of
several colours, generally = red ochre. «!&T
ojni-j^sft-^-.&^'Ji | red ochre (applied) cures
headache and inflammation of the bones.

happiness ; rt^W*^** to enforce strictly ;
E.4|'q{^ nag-btsan a firm promise; i^^'N
btsan-sa=^'"\^ a safe, inaccessible
retreat where no robbers or enemies can
easily penetrate (Hbrom. p 3) • also place
of purity and eminence, exalted position :
^*1^|B*|3I*r«rHwi*'al (Smfi.) if here
in the present life I have not held an
exalted position, i.e., unless I have betaken
myself to the pure and sanctified life.
ite>-q*jj-EI:=^c,^s<-g a strict and strong
Jongpon.

q^'^fj^'q Btsan-dgon-pa, n. of a monas-
tery in Gsafi-phu (Del. "I Jfi).

^33j*H btsan-po 1. puissant, mighty,"
powerful, strong, violent : ^'^"1 a viru-
lent poison. 2. early name for a king.
It is said that while Tibet was under the

1004

early monarchy the laws were enforced
with the greatest severity and rigour, and
because the kings administered them so
well they were called ^'3 ($ag. 55).

q^-Er^-Sfy'^ Btsan-po No-mon-han one
of the incarnate lamas of Qser-khog mon-
astery in Amdo whose position as a holy
man was recognized even by the Emperor
of China. He wrote the geographical
work called Dsam-ling gye-she

q btsir-tca v.

»»^ tysan-po
the black species of aconite (Sinan. 109).

I btsab-pa pf. S*«w tysabi to cut
small, to chop, to mince, in C. ; *ita'^
chopping block C. ; 1pr9x&n to pulverate,
to reduce to powder ; 5»i'«r«rfw pounded
the bones (Situ. 56).

J btsam-pa or

v.

J btsa-tca 1. pf. i<« btsai to be
born to, to bring forth : $E,'*r«rg;q3*i a
son was born to his wife ; g'l&'sS'WwS'^p
she was incapable of the chance of bearing
children (Dzl.). 2. retp. to watch, to
look on, espy.

btsah-ma ripening of corn in
autumn in Tibet ; harvest ; fli^'w'C'C. to
harvest.

fysal-wa, v. *$n'Q hfxfwl-tca :
seeks for wealth ; «im'«rq<«r$»rf «^
(fshan-la ktsal-nas rne$ having sought else-
where, he got it (Situ. 76).
ri btsas-pa, v. «**•«>.

btsas-ston anf?wr festivities and
religious ceremonies at birth.

btsaf-ma 1. also i«'« harvest,
reap the harvest ; far
reaped in the autumn season (Situ.
2. wages, pay ; $'«i*w ferry-toll.

1.

obtained; planted, established. 2. !)=•'
«^f^a raised. 3. *W'£i bskrun-pa
reared, grown, produced. ^"IN'^t.
fin a tree that has been planted ;
established a custom (Situ. 76).

i btsny-pa to put,
insert : f'V^CS snod-du btsutf put into a
vessel (Situ. 76).

btxitn'-pa 1. respectable, noble,
(of race, family). i$V<jS 9<V*I^ a noble
lady, a lady of rank. 2. <f*^T, ^j, *r«?*fi ;
iu 1'"^ reverend : «i^'fl'ip«i the ecclesiastics,
priests; even fl^'tfJDsw*)^ wicked priests.
Gelonrj and Oetsul who are of pure morals
and learned are called "C^". Buddha
is also called s^Si'" the reverend one.

** ' '9j '!"=•• fvwj^ a monk's cell. 3.
creditable, honourable, faithful in observing
religious duties, frq. : wpw q^ qae. qj^
learned, noble and good — three qualities;
^H^'i creditable discourse. Mil. even says
of his cane : |^aNhnwft;«r^ this cane of
quite a serviceable quality (Jo.). "#i'$*'
btsun-chufi a boy monk.

ti^'5 btxtt>i-po=')&'f, jl'*)^'5 the noble
Emperor of China i^'Q^'g^'i to reverence
(Ob).

' lit sun-mo honorific term for
a woman of rank, a queen : btsunmo-danpo
chief wife. *>&'** bt sun-ma is applied to
designate a Buddhist nun ; and sometimes
the nunnery itself is designated 1^'"
btsun-pa. q4fo'fr^e.'9|;3JV^q!*r«^ tysun-mo
dufi-gi thor-tsug8-can=^'$*('i (Sman. 77);
q^'S'^^'3'S btsun-mo rin-po-che the ideal

1005

beauty who is fit to be the wife of a
Cakravartti Raja (K. d. *, J+3.) stfySS-
btsun-mohi $kyid-tshal

lady's grove or pleasure-garden ; *^'#5'
pferQ btsun-mohi khol-po a lady's attendant
or slave, eunuch; ^'^'"ft" btsun-mohi-
ffnag ^W.g*: the sanaiia ; *^'S5'*pfc btsun-
mohi hkhor the attendants of a lady or
queen ; P^'355 3c/*i btsun-mohi srufi-ma the
guards of a lady:

||*-q»s-S (Oan.).

Syn. jar^pr^e.1*! rgyal-rigs chufi-ma ;

i •» rgyal-rigs-ma ; *''q^| m-yi
bdag-mo ; ^q=.'Z!g*,'*) dwafi-bskur-ma ; SJ'ge.'
^pfc'w pho-bran hkhor-ma; ^^'ti'S hdren-pa-
mo ; wj^'w sa-spyod-ma (Sffion.).

Btsun-mo Chu-kam the wife
of the Bon patriarch Safis-po who gave
birth to eighteen sons and daughters

btsun-mo dpal-mo
ho^-zer-can S'rimatl Prabhavati, n. of the
mother of Dlpankara S'rljfiana or Atis'a
(A. 26).

E.' btsun-mohi pho-brafi female
sanctum, a lady's mansion.

Syn. %'%*~'^*''t&'$,u pho-brafi hkhor-u-ahi
khyim; «^*\'W^* sa-spyod ma-pna$; g=-'»i'«^
sruA-ma-can ; ^ffl^'W^'*^ dag-pahi mtha,h-
can; WW*^** kun-nas hgegs; i\ic.'"\^
ptsafi-ynas ; q^'355'pE.-cj btsun-mohi khaft-pa
(Mnon.).

J'^ btsum-pa $mv to wink with
the eye ; also ^ij-p^iw-q (flag. 56) ; pf .
btsumg (Situ. 76).

barter, shift.

btsefi$-pa "^sre interchange,

| btsem-pa pf.
sewed the clothes.

btsem? :

1 btaes-pa, pf. of ^
troubled by danger or mischief,
troubled by persecution (Situ. 76).

btso or oZ'l btso-wa 1. to dye. 2.
distilling ; also refining, v. ^«\'i ;
«j?*( or i3fa'*( a purified substance, ij^^'i?'*'
purified gold. rtP^T»f^ blso-lag-mkhan
also £)¥fl|-«i<J)-*<|^ colloq.=^'»<|tl3i T^^i dyer ;
hence : Ksra a bleacher, washerman (Mnon.).

I btso-ma <?H warm, boiled.
btso-rdsa a kettle, cooking pan.
btso-san, residuum of cooked wheat and
millet (which is thrown away as refuse
or given to cattle) : M'aiW'**Jul'fc^'
g'3'^"I '^c.'5'o)^ it would be like one suffering
from nausea and taking tso-snn as food
(Khrid. 32).

^^S^'Sl btsog-pa 1. ^hm sbst. dirt,
filth; fcecal matter:

^wfl the food suitable for Buddhist monks
and Brahmans such as the three white foods
(milk, butter and curds) and three sweets
(sugar, treacle and honey) should not be
mixed up with dirt or filth (Hbrom. f> 21).
t^^btsog-po adj. filthy, dirty. 2. ^-n&p
rdeg-btsog-pa=tQ pelt mud at, to cast
filth (&ag. 55).

* btsofi ace. to (flag.
tsofi onion : ^-|ir^'^l«rw
onions and leeks increase sleep and over-
come flatulence on taking food.

btsod niwrT=|T5r*'5-'£J Icitg-phra
rifl-pa a creeper ; syn. \W4f3 dri-bwfi
rtsa-wa ; $"*'|T*< ehuhi Icug-ma ; "K/Vi'^w*!
yafi-dag lus-ma; *\t^\'^'^f> dpag-tshad-

1006

H«r«t$l!fa sbal-wabi lo-ma;
li-brgan ; qjj'^'^V'S!^ kkra-icafri bdab-ldan
(Mfton.). Q^'^g tysod-hbru seeds of this
plant. "^'^' bjsod-shifi plantation of
madder, field wherein madder is grown.

btson or qfcyr1*-' ktson-k/iafi
prison, jail. In -3/(7. q^'^s.' bt-wii-doii is
used. *>^'jf btson-lto provisions for a
prisoner, which, it seems, are supplied by
the friends" of a prisoner in Tibet ; certain
kind-hearted people also furnishing funds
for the same. In Tibet the state does
not give food to those whom it imprisons.
q?^£i a prisoner ; $*>'« 'SWiS'q^ ^ a con-
victed criminal; i?<^-<tfV<J or HI'" to
take prisoner, to put into captivity;
q&^w*^-*! to set free from imprisonment ;
qjK.-q&l hostage, fig. people that are snowed
up (Jii.) ; oX*)'"? btson-rdsi or triage btsoii-
arufi jailer ; «rifv vq$K: b.taon-rar-bcifi gR3<
imprisoned in the jail.

Syn. *&*(*• btson-ra ; § S^ khri-mun ;
nle.-q<vj|*< hchifi-icahi khyini; $«rw*'i til-
mar ra-wa ; ^"I'^i^'E

(MAon.).

btsol-ica, pf . ^*IJi'ti Mshol-tca.

i, pf. of **>;
dyed coloured. q?*i'*» btsot-ma Tftw any
thing dyed.

q&rq b.tshos-pa cooked, boiled (J^don.).

Jf rtsa I : firtr, W'ft, ^P« 1. vein, artery,
^ **, S1- **> ^S'*4 the three principal arteries,
which are however of a mystic nature;
y SNffrv'arg'i muscles. It is mentioned in
Kah-gyur that there are 1072 smaller and
larger veins in the human body. 2.
intestine, bowels: $'*' |1 ^WVl rtsa-la
rgyug-pahi gnian drug the six medicines

which move the bowels. 3. the pulse :
yg'i rtsa lta-wa to examine or feel the
pulse. Tibetan physicians always feel
the left wrist of a male patient using
their right hand to do so, but feel the
right wrist of a female patient using their
own left hand. They also examine the
pulse or oirculative force in other parts of
the body. £'$*< ftsa-chns in C.
cramp.

Syn. ^r^t <wgi^ hbal-ldan ;
rus-pa hchifl-byed

%" II : particle connecting the tens with
the units : "Vii'i'l^l one and twenty, i.e.,
twenty is the principal number and one is
over it ; again, after "J and !?=•' where also
*f-'$ dafi-rtsa is not unusual : ^'ift**'^'

r 1^=2,007.

3'ls rtsa-khrid.=9p» lineage or
family extraction (Jgflon.).

i'|t'3'*^'^ai'{i rtsa-liuA rgija^cltir hijrcl-
pa n. of a Buddhist Sanskrit work on
the principal sins or moral corruption
(A. 136).

jS'S6-' rtsa-p/mfi. n. of a place in Tibet
(Bon. ch. 5).

^'^ rtsa-wa 1. the root, both actually
of plants and fig. of other things ; 8"")'^
six (medicinal) roots, viz. *'*fy carrot, #q,
y3)f, W'Jf, ijaj'^ q|l-« ; yq^«-«i|^-q to puU
out with the root, to eradicate, extirpate ;
^*r|e.-ci fSp^^, uprooted fully extin-
guished, destroyed from the root.
"^•<i drawn out with the roots, =

•>a

or ^'^^'1^' (Mnon.). S"1)'^ rtsa-ica-nas
has also come to be used in the 0. colloq.
with the vb. in the negative as = never,
but only with the present and future
tenses: *-«K-JH-tf<i^«r<*!f«-»K Ha yaA-

€

gkyar rtsa-wa-nas hgro-rgyu mecf I shall

1007

sever go again; "tanda khorafi nga-la
tsa-ica-ne kp-kyi-ma-re" he never comes
to me now. 2. origin, primary cause,
source, also 'ft'i, e.g., *fi*;*\o:*fais'*\&t\'* to
cut off the cause of transmigration, to
deliver a soul from transmigratory exis-
tence ; $"35^'fl]l?^'q or trYI^V to examine
closely, to investigate thoroughly. 1fa'3fe.«r
3'2>'t>'q!^J*< are the three primary moral
evils, viz : ^Y**!*, %%*•' and "$'5"]. ^'9")
rtsa-bral without origin, without begin-
ning or end, unlimited ; ^i$'f fl gisj^f^j
a virtuous deed, as a cause of future
reward; S"H^JI(fllMw original sin 'sin
inherited from former births' (Sch.) ;
fiS 93RW an original treatise ; $'*r*F

9 4 *-'

a commentary of the original work ;
i the Prajna-paramita the real
mother or producer of all Buddhas ; X'Q*
W^ the real nature; #^"1 original
words, original of a letter or document.
In the sense of " really,"- " in its very
essence," "from the very root or core,"
€'«i is prefixed to certain adjectives as an
augmentative. Thus in describing great
sanctities as the Dalai Lama, the Pan-
chhen Lama, etc., they are said to be ;
^•q-l^-Q essentially great, yj'^'q really
holy, etc. This augmentative is said to
be not applicable to laymen however lofty
their rank. Also, in gen. £'^ rtsa-chen =
very great. yT^'i^'i rtsa-wa-nas bshar-
wa ^^ra to shave or scrape entirely away.

£ I B'sa-sgye' place in Tibet in the
neighbourhood of which Hbrom ston-pa
Rgyal-tcahi hbyun-g.na$ was born : ^c.'3'
^f^«i|»j'^'|^|5|N'fj'q^*iN first he was born
in the direction of Rtsa-sgye which is
towards the north (A. 136).

+ #'«i'g rtsa-ba-lna, the five cardinal
virtues said to be the roots from which

the Mahayana doctrine springs: (1)

^'3 love ; (2) 1 ^'i'^'Q compassion, mercy ;

(3) ^•q5-3'w»)>?«*r%-^-q.!v8"q-q*w'-5<vc.N'
;q ; (4) ^rvtfettmKtfif^ • (5)
f not wishing to imbibe faith in

any other school of Buddhism.

rtsa-iDa-mafi= ffl'^' klu-$ifi
lit. the tree of numerous roots.

i relation, friend :

adorations be to those holy men the
noble lamas who are the friends of the
doctrine (A. 1). The enemies of Buddhism
are called i^'S'S'tf'tl friends of the evil
one ; those who believe in Buddhism are
called ^'q^'uwi friends of religion. r'"WT
§^ rtsa-lag-bt/ed=$% a husband (Mnon.);
ir'«wr»K without relatives; j"«W|'** rtsa-lay
htsho one that supports his friends and
relatives.

rtsa-g.sum kun-hdus the
assemblage of the three principal ones in
mysticism : (1) 5 ^ne deity represented in
the §'" or Guru; (2) 15*.' the scripture
existing in the $' V, or tutelary deity ; (3)
31« the spirit, represented by Khadoma
(Khrid. 4).

*rtstca gen. though incorrectly, written
4
as 3> rtsa, sir, *JTO grass, herb, small

plant. Also = hay, dry grass, straw,
rtsa-k/iaft eil^iaH thatched house ;
rtsa-§non JITO: green grass ; $'**\ rtsa-can
covered with grass, grassy ; also, n. of a
town in ancient Magadha; Ifc'JI*

" in the city of Tsachan (Kus'a)
formerly there was the palace of a very
powerful king called Kus'achan (K. du. \

1008

692) ; i'*4*"! rtsa-mchog f«t the best or
holiest of grass, hence the sacred Kus'a
grass ; $ '^T^' giaTfcW'ft the town of Kus'a
where Buddha died (JjfAon.) ; . r«I fim-
thag or r^T" grass-rope (Rtsii.) ; TS^
rtsa-thun grass-gatherer; #^'? rtsa-dur-
bha or ^'i (J/gfion.) fine green sward grass
called ^r, it is included in itf^'r^SS
or eight auspicious objects of the Hindus ;
riVi rtaa-pdan grass-mat on which
Brahmans generally sit. £"1^5 rtsa-
ffshou-nu fresh shoots of grass ; $**t rt-ta-
zan ^TJ3f*firr.»ro ; i*"^-* rfsahi gzegs-
ma, WWRT (A. K. 2-55) [a fragment or
piece of grass]<S. ; ftf^n rtsa-bzod.pa in
rJtrtlH*^ I T<ti*< ^M'**'
e/Jf in the Himavat mountains
there is a kind of grass which if the cow
eats she yields the best milk for making
butter (K. My. f, 129); ^'F^ rtxahi-
kfuifi-pa a straw-house, a house thatched
with straw, tfp^Ti rtsa-khahi zil-pa the
dew on the grass blades ; * 'V\* rtsa-hdam
= *.*p'$ marsh-grass, grassy swamp, the
grass belonging to the government of
Lhasa growing in the swamps of BJeyaA-
thafi Naga in the N.W. environs of
Lhasa.

r^g rtsa-hbyo n. of a large number
(Ya-sel. 57). ,

r'^S rtsa-phttd one of the thirty-six
border countries (Ya-fel. 38).

g-trvlj rtsa-icahi-sde the four earliest
divisions in the Buddhist society: (1)

K-B'q W^Tf^t^t; (2) wHV«
; (3) we.-qwi^-«J JT^TS^tq ; (4)

rtsa-dbu-ma
rtsa-mi principal man.
•w rtsa-med-ma ^re^T without basis.

IT'!" rtsa-rtse, abbr. of JT'1 and I"*"
(Jig. 29).

^•5)'1e.Hj rtsa-yi snifl-po = $3\c-' the ba-
nana plant (jJftfoM-)-

ST'^ rtsa-ra, punishment under law given
in a court of justice. S'fyi rtsa-leii-jxi
[a small fine]<S.

y '•*!« rtsa-feg primitive wisdom.

-q rtsa-b^ad-pa irdT lit. he who
has explained the fundamental doctrine;
an epithet of Naropa the Tantrik sage
who lived in the tenth century A.D.

N'4 rfsa-ffsum-pa, 1%"fijXT: [the three
headed, a demon of fever]S.

j^"^^ Rtsags, a celebrated lama of the
Rdzogf-chen sect of the Rnifi-ma school
(Deb. "I 19).

J*C' rtsaA (X^wyg) a kind of thorn,
bramble.

•aj-^ rtsaft-pa rgya-rgan, v.

rfsafis-pag the skin of a lizard.

rtsafi-rtsafi n. of a m-^dag

monster.

the chameleon, a kind of lizard ; r=-« "^'
»«ifirTltf|rt^*r<rF'*^'wtV^ if tlie tail
of the chameleon is tied round the body
one's health is preserved (or is protected
againist influence of evil spirits) (K. <j.

* 9-

Syn. "31' " bkra-wa ; |^ ^ gkyin-gor ; f
ta-yid-byid; *v\-*&t soy-le-can; w%**
ml-gri-can ;"&'** mduti-can; |«'^ */^(/«-
W«w ; &W* mig-sinan-rtsa ; ^'*''t< n««-so-
«w. ; ir^18!'?^ ffol-ldan ; J«rf«-* rgyal-wa chit-
no (Mfion.).

1009

I: rtsad=$n root,
root out, to eradicate.

-ei to

II : track, place of being, actua-
lity; chiefly occurs in phrase 'SV^'si
rtsad g.cod-pa to track out, search after or
into, inquire for: ^'»'*S rtsag ma-chod
unable to trace one's whereabouts ;

(A. 4-6) he was not found when called by
the Prince, could not be found though
sought for, and though asked for every-
where he could not be traced ; ffc^c/a^-
^'^•vs^'q^ since last year he was being
inquired about (A. 66) ; BY*T*fTV<J*V«1'
^e:*rgc; (^. ]_2S) except you there was
none to search him out.

rtsab-pa or $Q'$Q rtsab-rtsab, v.

•I rt sab-mo
ted rice-water.

€q'?q rtsab-rtsob
not firm :

acidula-

fickle, unsteady,
rtsab-rtsob-tu son-

Mug he has become very fickle.

rtsabs-pa 1.

(flag. 56) vb. to chop or cut into small
pieces like meat. 2. ferment, barm, yeast,
prepared from barley-flour; $w$* a
sweetish sort of bread, made up with it ;
lfciN'35 a beverage brewed from roasted meal
($*>'») and water, and made to ferment by
adding butter -milk, esp. liked in winter;
also called 5*fw (Jo,.) ; $W§* rtsab§-ru tsha
a kind of salt in appearance like burnt
treacle : ^w^'^^'VS'i^^^'^' !

rtsam-pa w?§ parched barley
ground into meal, the staple food of
Tibetans in country places and eaten in
large measure by both dwellers in town
and country. Is usually sopped in soup

or tea into pasty balls. r*c|yi| rtsam-khug
bag, containing flour of parched barley
(MAon.) ; $**•$* rtsam-pner keeper of
parched barley-store; r*rS?i| rtsam-phog
wages or allowance in parched barley flour,
given to monks and menials in Tibet
(Rtsii.); #)^q rtsam-shib the finest
parched barley flour which is taken by
the highest class of oflicials (Rtsii.).

itl = %«-$ (mystic) (MM.

rda. 3).

rtsar=$^ or ^3^'^ near, close to:

l, = 1v* (tiag. 56) sHll, dex-
terity, adroitness : *n*\'$w**i a skilful, prac-
tised hand W. ; |'^ magical dexterity;
»J strength and dexterity (Glr.) ;
rtsal-gyi mchofis gymnastic feat ;
rtsal-hgrafi-pa to vie in skill;

rtsal-§grub, business-like and expert.
rtsal-che-wa or yai'Ef'S-q f^^ij^

W^Tt 1- very powerful, prowess;
adroit as a gymnastic wrestler, etc. ; also
sbst. athlete, juggler, etc., (Dsl., Jti.). 2.
= ^c-' a conch shell trumpet (mystic) (Mid.
3). $w*$Wrtsal-mthon-pa,emdeiit: x&f
ek^rq-awS'^N-or^-iSai-q versed in the
metaphysical work Lam-rim ; also one who
is an adept in the ascetical meditation on
Nirvana (A. 118.). #»r^ rtsal-rdan ft?Rra
skilful, expert, adroit; %wi ft sal-pa si^t
powerful ; y«f|c.' rtsal-sbyon bodily exercise,
nimbleness, agility ; qv.gBr|c.- nimbleness
in running ; •Jfi|p#»r|V agility in flying ;
g-«r|jVq rtsal-$byofi-tva to practise, or im-
prove one's skill (Mil.) ; r^ rtsal-med
unskilful ; Z1*^ rtsal-for all skill is gone
(Jd).

-ma, v. liww btsa$-ma.
123

1010

*« 1. varnish, paint =%£;
black paint, swfr red-paint ; «"1^'|- gild>g,
•Wrfr silvering. S"B'*» rtsi-khra-ma,
appliances of painting (Rtsii.) ; £'H*i rte«-
8gw«, paint-box (Rtsii.) ; t"**1 ftsi-sob
fading paint colour or varnish (Jty. £2)'.
2. all fluids of a certain consistency, such
as the juice of some fruits, certain secre-
tions, etc.: $•%' fruit-tree; $*•'$• honey,
juice collected by bees ; g'J" secretion in the
bag near the navel of the musk deer ; ^S'S'
J^'|- nad-kyi rkyen-rtst a medical draught,
potion; I^S't" nectar; VP'fr white-wash.

8"B rtsi-khtt or fr $ fruit-stone, also the
• kernel.

J"i5S r*8«-J<v/rf=B*'J' lit. juice-elixir;
honey (mystic) (JfiYl. 5); J"i§S'^-Q rf«-
fic-wrf $nifi-po butter churned out of milk.

$"J5& rtsi-u-o-c/ie or 1"^^=^=.'^ asafce-
tida (mystic) (MM. S).

$"*»'1j rfsi-mn-g/ii n. of a medicine which
is said to possess the virtue of making all
poisons including snake venom ineffectual :

there is a medi-
cinal oil called rtsi-ma ghi which destroys
all poisons ; a venomous snake at its
smell will go away (Qln-mn. *, 318).

$-S-gnrZ3 rtsihi rgyal-po lit, the prince
of medicinal oils or sap ; n. of a kind of
tree, prob. the Garjany from which a medi-
cinal oil is obtained (K. d. *, 117).

^§ rtsihu n. of a plant, = f?Rl^ (Vai-
$fi.) [Panicum italicum~]S.

t"H rtsi-wa (or gjtw-g'l-o) pf. |^« rtsis,
or o^" brtsis, fut, *%• b,rtsi, imp. "fr" brtsis
1. to count, to reckon, compute: g^'^'Jr
a)E.-n\q5-^«'^-|'«-^w having computed
which day would be auspicious for setting

out; $'*\5'^«'J)!'«'I'^E-' please reckon the
time by the clock; ^w^ari^-N'S^E.-
counting the seats on each side ; g'*5-gje,«v

^ q^ | ^ ^e num^er °f k°ys ought to
be reckoned. 2. to estimate, consider,
in general judgments: ^W'l'jf'T^'S"1'
to consider good qualities as faults ; ^ $"
he may be reckoned to strike, i.e., he is
very likely to strike (in C;) ; fl'sj-ww rtjyu
Mst's-pas having considered the cause.

&Q a mouse.

on the flour bowel sat
the mouse Snnig-clmA (Rdsa. 4)
rtsiy-rtsig, squeaking of the mouse.

J rtxi(/-pa vb., pf. fl^"!*' brttiys or
imp. frflpi rtsiye 1. to build, to erect :
t'«I'£''si|'1»' rtsiff-pa brtsiys built a wall
(Situ. 70); ^•wj-flm^fli build it well!
if $"T:j Sffo rtsig-pa to wall up a door. 2.
sbst. a wall ; masonry, stones, horn, etc.
piled up: J^pr«r^'Ih^>^'<^ii^Mwr'rlftj|
those pictures painted on the wall ; ynv
g^c^'l^i^-tymAar^rl* Lha-sahi
phyogs b_s/tii- risiy-pa-can do Lha-sa-mthil
shes ser the walled portion of Lhasa is
called Lhasa Thil. t"1'3 rtsig-gtt=;$-''\'»
rtsig-pa ; J""l'^»i rtsiy-Hos side of a wall,
face of a wall ; £*T^ rtsig-rdo stone for
building ; foundation stone ; t*T^ rtsig-
4pon master-mason, architect ; |'")'«iS''') rfsig-
bzo-ira f^fn^ii^l' brick-layer, mason.

l'ql'5ql rtsig-rlag the house-martin
(Rfsii.).

J rtsigf-nut grounds, tea-leaves,
sediment, the turbid matter of a decoc-
tion; and thus in gruel made of barley
the fluid portion is called y.»r* and the
thick sediment is called the $*"]»!'*< of the
gruel.

ion

« C'H rtsin-po «*l (yrq-*)-%«i) adj.
and sbst., gritty, coarse ; unrefined, rough,
rude; coarseness: ^'^' or t"c.'^ abbr.
of S'c.'S and ^«J'S (Rtsii.) fine and gross ;
^jrcj-^c.-ci rtsam-pa rtsifi-po coarse barley
flour ; J*.'5 rtsifi-phye coarse meal, grits ;
tf'V'!^'11 rude manners or behaviour (Glr.) ;
f*c.'S« rtsin-ckos coarse doctrine, a reli-
gion which has become mixed up ; t^'i'S
rtsin-thud coarse sort of cheese.

<T ^'^ rtsid-pa, or 9'?1''2' spu-rtsub-po
^rapC, coarse hair; l^l^'t^'S the rough
long hair of the yak ; $\wl rtsid-thag a
rope manufactured of yak-hair ; |"V? ^
saddle-cloth of yak-hair ; t^'3* tent cover-
ing made of yak-hair ; t^'g^ rtsi4-phyar,
^Wi-Tm, yak-hair rope ; frvl*' rtsid.-
phyin felt.

S"VS rtsitf-bit a kid : KS'f^'V rtsid-
bu chu mi hdod-pa the kid that does not
like water (Lo. 7).

rtsib or 3"«r*i trrfa* ; a rib %*<'
qS'l-q-w. id. (flag. 56) . ^'WQXW from
between the ribs ; t^il^TWfll3^ all the
ribs of the right and left side (Dal.) ; $•*>'
!fa]*<^-q pain about the ribs; %Q'BP rtsib-
khyim a hut made of the ribs of larger
animals such as yak, camel, etc. : ^'B**'
gq-a^*iii-§-ii3c,-q-S^ (Yitj. 25) it is exceed-
ingly good to set up a house with ribs
(probably for the use of Tantrik priests).
It is also stated that a house built with
trusses laid like the ribs of a yak or camel
from the ridge piece is considered safe
and good.

$-q-^i|« rtsib-hbigs -(trej) vpc n. of a
great number.

^•"Z^'Jl rtsibs-ma ^ 1. the spoke of
a wheel, frq. ; in ornamental designs the
* -rtsib§-ma are often fanciful figures,

supplying the radii of the circle. 2. the
sticks or ribs of a parasol, canopy, etc.
(Glr.) ; the spars of a felt-tent, the ribs or
stretchers of a hide boat (Schtr.)

rtsibs-kyi mi-khyud that
which composes the. rim of a wheel; also=
^IT^fr n. of a king of the past Kalpa who
is said to have had a thousand sons destined
to be born as the one thousand Buddhas
of the present age (Tig. 16.) ; t-zw^ rtsib§-
ri spurs of mountain radiating from a
nucleus.

nu-

rtsibs-logs tn4 side.

!"*J rtsi§ «im«u, JifiKf, ^TOT 1. counting,
reckoning, enumeration: t*^'wv^
merable. 2. account or accounts :
or <^w«i to make account; I'srjTi to
calculate, to compute, t"N'g-|^q accounts
added up ; to count together, to sum up
(Dzl.); t"*<'VI an account cleared or settled ;
t"N-|»> or S"*rg*r^-e!.JHrti to find by com-
putation; t^'H rtsis-khra or S^'ll'H'x table
of figures or accounts (Rtsii.) I'^'wr'^
rtsi$-mkhan »rnra; a computer, accountant.
J^^'^^TJ-w or $wi* Chinese astro-
logy. 3. estimation, esteem :
9'§Yq to value, to make much of,
5'i one that makes much of his own body
by indulging and adorning it (Thgy.) ; ^«r
9 'SH'§ 't"^'5J'§S he respected her beyond
measure (Jd.).

%-vcpt; rtsi§-k/ian a government account
office; >irf*tW*l«'*flfY(i n. of the ac-
countant-general's office at Lhasa, this
being the central office whither all the
Government accounts of the various dis-
tricts of Tibet are rendered and there
audited.

g*) rtstg-hkhris making over or re-
turning the articles of dress, official robe,

1012

weapons, hat, etc., to government treasury
taken as loan by an officer of the state for
his personal use during the time of his
incumbency, also his replacing them by
new ones if he has damaged or lost the old

ones :

(D. yel. 11).

to reckon

up.

£«5 rtsis-rta government ponies lent
to certain officials.

P rtsis-pa also fr»»'*»M ?PR> ac-
countant, chronologist, astrologer.

Syn. <S'-*|«'« lo-yes-pa; yrfprti dut-yes-
pif. qqarq-Jjwq fokal-pa yes-pa; VFW*
tkar-4pya4-pa ; wq^wp^ bzah-skar-rpkhan ;

mtshan-mkhan-pa ; gje.*^ grafts-yes;
^«I grafts-rig (J&fton.).

3*«'S*I rtsig-dpe ?rfira account book; an
astrological or astronomical work.

J-w^Zfy rtsis-dpon a treasury officer and
inspector of jong-pons' accounts ; they go
on tours of inspection, e.g., the tsi-pon
stationed at Shigatse visits periodically
Gyang-tse, Khamba-jong, etc.

$-*r«$'3'i|N'q jjam rfsii-fshi phyogs-ljsgriys
n. of the standard work on the subsidies,
pensions, allowances, &c., that the govern-
ment of Lhasa makes. This work has
been largely quoted in this compilation
its abbreviation being noted as " Rtsii."

^vftTp^t&ft^ rtsi$-ffshi nor-buhi
baft-mdsog another account code of the
government of Lhasa.

^"^'CJ rtsub-pa I : %TT 1. vb. to revile,
NO
abuse, as in f^'fq'i. 2. a javelin.

Syn. ig(C.'q Iprlaft-wa ; ^'"fS^ she-g.chod
(8. Lex.).

II: ^5^, Tpw 1. adj., uneven,

rough, rugged, coarse: **>'& rugged
ravines; also, applied to anything of a
stinging pungent or acrid taste, such as
onions and similar strongly-tasting things.
&]A§^-*m rtsub-hgyur-tslutl BI^SI thicket,
wood, forest. 2. = *)1*S ^ rough in
temper, biting (in remarks) = ^^'^ brlafi-po
(S. Lex.).

fe5 rtsub-po f*l'" rtsub-mo ^st, '3T
adj. rough, rude, wild. Iq^^^TS rtsub-
mohi rcg-bya ^fnj^Tfr an officinal thorny
plant (Mfton. also K. d. «, 2U).

& rtse or %'% ^Rr, ^f«, f'H'sn 1. the
uppermost place or rank ; point, top, peak,
summit. F^'t" house-top, ij't' point of a
knife, "I'y " lap-tse " summit of a moutain
pass; ?ql't' tog-rtse in colloq. = a little,
a few (opp. to »«-i3) ; "J 1"^=-' hat with high
crown or conical top ; t"«f5>«i P to break off
the point, to blunt. 2. 'any point, or
particular spot, point as an object of
thought : J""l3'irg'^'£' to look at one parti-
cular point; also -adv., to look steadily:

to $*W|- l$1|-§-g*rq'v

having entered into medi-
tation he concentrated his mind on one
particular object (of thought) ; 2'^5-|-
"I^i] this life's only aim, (<7d.) ; t"3fo rtse-
rgod qi'fr [a sharp-pointed knife]£. 3.
sometimes = edge. |"wSi| rtse-mchog ^nw.
[in the front]S.

£'£=.' ftse-chun the arteries which pass
from the head on either side of the neck.

t"«e.' Rtse-thafi, a large town, often
known as Chethang, situated on the south
bank of the Yeru Tsang-po just where
the Yarlung Chhu flows in, in lat. 29° 14'
N., long. 91° 43' E. Is accounted tho
third largest town in Tibet and has many
Chinese traders resident in it.

1013

rtse-phran a crown, a head-orna-
ment.

Syn. 5TT9 prog-shu; *^'«ft mgo-rgyan

S"S rtse-mo ^f 1, fain; top point : p*r
§'t"35 the point of a needle; I" ^5"! rtse-
mo-gug a bent point; t"*r^ rtse-mo-nid.
pointedness.

rtse-mor-hgro-ica ^Rrcn: to
advance, to come or move forward
reaching the climax ; t"3fo'?ie. rtse-mor-sofl
reached the climax, gone to the top,
attained to the highest perfection.

$"W rtse-d»uin='\w'* low; also, appa-
rently, = ^=-'1 thun-wa short (Mnon.).

fr^WfT* rtse-shin dgah-ldan-pa ^f.;-
jolly, fond of play.

rtse-pmm ftpTi^R, f%r3£?l a trident;
the weapon made use of by 2fo|N-*i^| (or
Ganes'a), by afM-gT^ip (or Mahakala),
and by ^rt'*j*V'§i|fo-Ji (a form of Samvara).

t"^3} rtser-hyro or t^'J" = i&i| ^nT»T,
^0*%: principal, chief, superior.

+ ^-|q»» rtser-phyibs=w^ perfected,
thorough, finished.

i-^-qjoj^-q rtser-bshugs-pa fai«intr^? sit-
ting at the top, mounted high.

riser-son ?ra, ^ ^tf^ in front.

rtse-ica, pf. I"*' rises, Jfi^ or
"q rteed-mo rtse-wa to play, frolic,
disport one's self, take recreation, play
games: *)<J|'*E. |-'q to play at chess; !"'$'
iT^'" to skip about ; t"V'^'«i, t^'WiM
= to divert one's self , to take recreation;
^I'l^'^t^'^fc; they went on a pleasure
party into the garden. Seems to be used
also in obscene sense: «.^'SC''I"£'^'S^ I
mean to enjoy her. t"*|"^ rtse-mlihan

player, gambler, gamester; $"Vl'V*« rtse-
dgah-ma a skipping playful joyous
maiden ; l"Ml^ rtse-grogs or ^'$"1" play-
mate ; 1"'^ rtse-rgod mirth and laughter ;
|"N rise-ma frolic, playing ; t"^w-5^ rtse-
sems-can giddy, mirthful, light-hearted.

t"^S rtse-hjo play; theatrical perform-
ance, any amusement in- dancing, singing,
and playing.

Syn. ^"I't"^ rol-rtsed; ^'t rt sen-pa;
g'"]* bro-gar; %vr*\*( zlos-gar; <wwi-q-^
hchams-pa Mod (Mnon.).

l"1^ rtse-shwa, the hat worn by Rtse-
drun (chief clerk or secretary) of the
government.

f"2^ rtseg-pa pf. il"^ brtsegs 1. to
amass; to be avaricious : |*H'«nW'«i^''r^
n|^«,-ai-*c|-fl| S«i| (J0 not covet (also, do not
count upon) gold if Dharmapala is to be
invited here (A. 64) • 2. to arrange, to lay
one thing on another, to pile up : |«K.'5i't'1<''£i
an upper storey of a house, an apartment
built on another ; balcony on the roof of
a house; 5'2J*rqt"ilN-q5-*i£^<»j a chaitya
which has been built upon two dorje
placed on the ground like a cross or with
a cross on the top. 3. to pulsate, to gasp ;
successive action, automatic movement:
^gui^-t-^is-q, s^^gim-frirq short-breathed,
panting, gasping, from fright, etc., or as
a sign of approaching death.

t-"|«ri rtsegs-pa, TJ{%I row, stratum.

J-ip*-£i«t|ft rtseg-pahl §non, sgma the
green or moss growing on the side of a
wall which is exposed.

+ t-fll'Bw) rtseg-log = ^ '^l* ease, less
trouble ;=SS'^'^'q sred-shen che-wa, earnest
desire or longing for ; one very eager in
love.

1014

'CJ rtsefi-tca pf. fll^ brtsefti, fut.
sefl, imp. fl?** 6r^otf$ or f *.' rtsoft,
to tuck up, truss up.

S"^'^ rtsed-pa also tTq r£
play ; t^'l"'" to frolic.

Syn. ^i*" rol-mo; t"
rtsen-pa

' rtsed-mo 1. rftfi play, game:
to engage in mirthful
sports; a'«P'>^'3(i'SV{| to sing, dance and
play. 2-^any toy ; S*>'qS ' J^'35 child's play,
children's toy. J\*'*^ rtsed-nw-can play-
ful, sportive, merry ; "l^'frS play, amuse-
ment, diversion (72.) : frVjf'S rtsed-skyod.
=fr*\'VP »WV merriment;
rtscd.-grogs-kyi nut-nta
a nurse employed to play with an
infant or child, to keep it engaged and
sooth it ; !\^1* rtsed-dgah merriment ;
j^fl|*-« ftsed-dgah-ma, sjf^t a darling,
she who gives delight.

frS'^S rtsed-hjo or in colloq. ^'"S. rtsen-
hjo public amusement, popular pleasure,

rtsc$-hjohi chtt-bo SW^T river Narhadda,
according to some, f%5? , a name of the
Indus

^* £1 rtsed-ma the disagreeable feeling
in the teeth produced by acids, Sch. (Jd.).
I-^BW rtsed-am a shivering, cold shud-
der (7a.).

risen, xw playing, making sport
or diversion ; enjoying (A.K. 111-b.) :
$*wji?'1sC.'3|'1f|i|'ij'1st'qjflprfj'J'^ enjoying
himself after his own fashion to the very
utmost.

t"<^'i rtsen-pa 1. as met. the sun (Mfion.}.
2. v. J^'" rtsed-pa %?j %0i jocund and
careless.

t^ rtsehu W^K [1. a thorn. 2. a
showerjS. %$&>'
the veins of the neck:
i5-X (Khrid. 116).

5^}'^! 1. rtsog-pa, v. i?^ brtsog-pa.
2. (|fll"'5''1') W, t*lf^w>r- 3. = ^'^'«> s^ow-
hgro-ica ^^ pioneer, one gone ahead
or going on ahead.

| rtsod-pa I : vb., pf . ^
to contend by words, to dispute, wrangle ;
y-«V$c.-*c^ qf«vq to use bad language
in quarrelling ; f ^'1'^'Q a contention,
great quarrel ; *S-«5-y^-q a metaphysical
debate or discussion ; f V«i'«l««, $"!**•*•*#=.•
qv^g-Ji'f ^ (jgiro/H. 1^0.) ; ?S'^ the basis
or the subject of disputation. ^'^IP
rtsod-pa smra-tca to provoke, quarrel by
words; f v«r^w!«V<i5-X*rq^ rtsod-pa sfii-
mir byed-pahi chos-bdun the seven virtues
or qualities for putting an end to
quarrelling.

?«V*^ rtso4-can=Q'S'u<'H'*\ an epithet of
the river Yamuna (Mfion.).

rtso<i-ldan one who is frequently
quarrelling, a quarrelsome person. Also =
1*|«'«5'^« *1«5j»r the present age which is
full of disputations ; ?\*»F»»'i rtsod-mkha$-
pa clever in disputation ; earnest, zealous ;
rtsod-dus ^S^l, 5R[Tg»ralso=^Tf^l:,
a province in ancient India border-
ing the Indian ocean south of Orissa.

rtsen-min Chinese name for
the Toga-carya school.

{|5'^e.- rtsod-pahi-qifi
[the plant Terminalia bellerica or
the tree of strife, being supposed to be the
favourite haunt of imps and goblins] &

1015

rtsod-pa-la shugs-pa one
involved in dispute, litigation, controversy,
etc.

f^-q-nju-n^-qlvoi-q rtsotf-pa Ihiir-len-pahi
Ita-wa inviting controversy or rushing into
fight or disputation.

S^'3V*» rtsod-byed-m<i=*r3l (Miion.).
[the tree Pongamia glabra]S.

$ 3j rtson or ?^'« rtson-ma in Purig =
nausea, vomiting (Jd.).

T3 rts6m-pa vb., pf.
or ?«« rtsoms, imp. I1*"' r<so»zj 1. to
begin anything, to set about an under-
taking, to start : <aj*rq=vq£wq being about
to run away; *»fwq#nr3-y«v^ it was
about religion that our dispute began;
?Bifl|-«i3*w«raw beginning, stirring up an
insurrection; ^N'pgsw? beginning, from
here, from that time ?*rww^ to begin
to do a work (A.K.). 2. to practise, to
accomplish: fl|*-qS-i»w5|'«iy*rS so he will
not accomplish the business of healing.

3. to compose, to draw up, in writing : *i?^
t&wf-ws* the writer of a religious work,
author; ?«'« or ywq-«r»f«rq a clever
writer, an elegant composer; *^'f*\f^'
"l^'jj'qj^'Sj a school in which religion is
taught and explained combined with
disputations and written compositions.

4. as sbst., snrar, a beginning, commence-
ment, a doing, undertaking : f^'T^g the
first beginning.

^^'CJ rtsol-ica=°-c>\c> ^rrarrrr, arom 1.
vb. to endeavour, to take pains ; JS^1"'
1ar|w now you must exert yourself ;
srog-rtsol-ica ace. to Sch. : to draw
breath; <S§1**TQ''q to take fresh courage.
2. sbst. zeal, endeavour, exertion: Jf«r«r|vi
rtsol-wa $kyed.-pa to use diligence («7a.) ;
rtsol-sgrub perseverance in the

acquisition of wealth or learning (spiritual
or worldly): <wJv?'Ji^c-'?'J''fc''£'^'fo'S«''SE-'
however enterprising you be in the acqui-
sition of worldly things (Khrii. 51).
y«r«r«^ rtsol-wa-cun ^iRurt one who takes
great pains ; Jf TW rtsol-war adv. dili-
gently, zealously.

= ^'» sin.

'^ brtsad-pa or ii«'i 'brtsam-jw,
v. f1^'" rfsod-pa and fffi rtsom-pa (Sitit.
76).

q£*rH'i»w brtsam-gyur-las work that has
been undertaken ; fljr<N'i commencement,
an undertaking; P^wrti (g'q) ^fn^r com-
menced, commencement.

Q&^brtsal *W3wq care and assiduity ;
q^3r*)'vir§'gc.'q brtsal ma-thag-tu byufi-wa.
i that which comes just out

of careful work, outcome of care and
assiduity.

^ir^'^ brtsal-pa 1. qoj^r [prohibi-
ted]S. 2. = I"!"'1! skyugs-jM qr*t?tni^ vomit-
ing, nausea.

3$"*J brtsas,^^*1* (Situ. 76).

it" brtsi arithmetic, reckoning ; ^'"w
brtsi-ya$ (SI^*1) ^W® uncountable, innu-
merable ; PfrTWmra^Td brtsi-yas-las
pa ^fl>ii?JMf<=)M .

^l"^'2! brtsig$-pa=$*\w.
stone wall. "frU'W brtsigs-pa .f^W [1.
ugly. 2. n. of a god]&

qfrw brtsis pf . of J-wi : gje.*^^ (&Y«.
76). •

'fi ^JT'^ 6r!'s«<-tc«=£i9'E' ftsu-tva, to

>^
welcome and to receive (a guest).

brtse-chen most affectionate ;
loving; parents: «

1016

* (Tiff. A. 87).

brtsc-wa 1. vb. to love, usually
preceded by §=•' or SI** ; tit"1)*! out of love,
kindness, e.g., "ft6-'1' to give something out
of love ; «$"«i5'&ij words of love, kind exhor-
tations. 2. sbst. love, affection, kindness,
mercy : ij'i'^ brtse-wa-can affectionate,
loving, kind, ^SRWJ, & m 44, 3TCIH (Mfton.) ;
nj"q« brtse-tca-ma Km the beloved one,
or spouse ; ij-q'st^-tj Jrte-wa metf-pa SffftK,
Isrezi, JBT ruthless, unkind, unmerciful,

^

ungracious; ^1"^ brtse-ldan PiMTqj, <qng
kind, gracious, loving, affectionate, merci-
ful: qJ-^-SKa-avflw (Fig. k. 86).
qt-^-^w^-irSjc.- fjrtsc-ldan sems-kyi me-
loft a complimentary address to a friend ;
q|"q<vg<q •£}« b_rtse-wahi phyag-brit your
very kind or affectionate letter ;
resp. 5'<]*<'c>t"q loving, affectionate ;
lf=.' brtsc-was skyofi = glww$'ii't* affection-
ately exhort or treat (4f«o».) ; fl

brtsegs pf . of I'T'i q. v. :
fTc.-^-cj|-ij]»i built up one storey upon
another ; |E-'^'£'I"{II»' piled or built upwards
(Situ. 76) ; i$"1»r{i brtsegs-pa one above
another or piled one upon another; a
masonry wall.

brtsens or flge.« brfsans a short
robe or dress (&ag. 57).

J brtsems-pa is a form of the
pf . of **«•«.

^^T ^'^^[^ brtson-hgrug 3\vi industry,
diligence, assiduity ; 1?^ -<^»rl^-q j^r?5!^
great industry ; if^'^'S'f^ ci to use
diL'gence, to show energy, zeal, etc. ;
'^*i brtsoH-tgi'us drag-po intense

application; i?^'^5*<'«^ brtson-hgn($-can
zealous, assiduous, diligent ; <a?<v<*|[»r3*iN ^
brson-hgnig-nants-fe having lost one's
energy, zeal having diminished (Jo.) ;
Q?^''*5*t l^i ** brtson-hgru§ byed-pa to be
industrious. cf^'^^^'tuc.'Q brtson-hgrus
b.zafi-po ^5«j^ n. of a Buddhist sage men-
tioned by Kshemendra in his introduction
•to Avadana Kalpalata.

brt son-pa 1. vb. to strive, to
aim at, to exert one's self for : fcpTV* in
the accumulation of merits, learning, or
wealth. 2. subst. 'tjT endeavour, effort,
care, exertion ; g'WRj1^'*! alacrity, readi-
ness to act ; 1?^'"'^"^ brt son-pa Ihod-par
^rarfr one who has relaxed his industry
or zeal in any work. 3. adj. = i?^'£''«^ or
diligent, assiduous, studious.

2. in tJ'tl'*'tf-al = re8p. said, commanded,
ordered; also used alone: *>§*\'^ $-1 com-
manded to do.

-u-a = ^'e> scl-tca.

stsogs-pa

[a neigh-

bour]-?.

I $tsol-tfa='Wt*'c> to give, grant,
to bestow, confer ; also, to restore :
please grant, etc.;' 1V1 'S)'«i»
pray, give me provisions for the journey ;
nn|n-jj>cq bkah-§tsal-wa=.f>'']'l-'']*\t-'Q to com-
mand, to give expression to ; vf«'$«r|C«rq
to bestow spiritual gifts and miraculous
abilities.

accumulated, hoarded ; earned.

^ q|l.(7J*tJ b$tsal-pa any message; also
= he spake, commanded ; he bestowed.

* tsha the aspirate of 3, and the
eighteenth letter of the Tibetan alphabet ;
ace. to Tibetan grammarians it corre-
sponds with the Sanskrit 5.

<& I: tshg 1. num. fig.: 18. 2. for
*'i. 3. when * is preceded by a 3fl|'3}*]«
qualifying word, as in ^V* Tibetan salt,
it is not correct to write 5\^ though •*,
singly signifies salt.

<& II: in Budh. l. = the general pro-
tection that the Tathagata extends to all
living beings against worldly miseries (K.
my. \ 207). 2. ^v^-f^^ ! *.$vv
ii^nn-vwv^^ (K. g. v, £2). Tsha repre-
sents the state from which there is no
passing away, also that which being indis-
soluble delivers all.

3& III : n. of a tribe of Tibet (J. Zan.).
*%*> tsha-sko^*'**^ grandchildren.

*f tsha-kha target, the black spot on it
where an arrow should hit; the object
aimed at (Rtsii.).

*' tsha-khan place where •*'<* are kept.

*'j* Tsha-kho n. of a place in
the mountainous country to the east of
Shams and bordering on China (Loft. *, 6).
t&ha-hkhru diarrhoea.
tsha-ga-pa locust, called *«T*g in
Kliams which ace. to Jd.=^^\ grass-
hopper.

' tsha-grafi temperature, the degree
of warmth of anything. <*tgjc.'i|'»r*iX( gun-
stroke, the diagnosis of this disease whether •
it is based upon heat or cold so as not
to mistake the origin of disease being very
difficult (Mng. ch. 13).

^'Sjt- TsM-sgan one of the six Sgdn pro-
vinces of Kham§ (Rtsii.).

£-iifa\-# tsha-gfig-ina thick blanket, quilt
. C. (Jd.).

^'li tsha-lcib, v. %1'lcib.

**« ts/ta-chas lunch : *w^ff=.-**i lunch
and the afternoon meal (Rtsii.). ** tsJia-
ja the tea that is taken as soon as midday-
halt is made by travellers for refreshment :
9ffi^pfT^^K*V^(tS^WK (Khrid. 17).
v. *'fl tsha-phog.

^'^E.' tsha-tin or *'^c-' tsha-ldift morning
time between 8 and 9 A.M.

*'V<| tsha-drag (g«i'i'*'i). 1. very busy,
making haste, hurrying about ; *'^1'§ tsha-
drag-tu quickly, without delay. 2. any
article of food made saltish.

**|^*.' tsha-pduA 1. ^r^rr afflictions
from disease ; sufferings from fever. 2.
shade, umbrella. •*'q!^'«^ tsha-
an the spring season ; fire.
tsha-nad v. post AW^.

*% tsha-sna anxiety, solicitude ; *'$'^
tsha-sna-can W. solicitous, careful, attached ;
a&'jj-j^-jfHi fsha-tna med-mkhan W. indiffer-
ent, unfeeling, callous (<7a.).

129

1018

t&ha-phan-t&e C. dresser, kitchen
table.

*9fl| tsha-phog the midday-halt ; travel-
lers in Tibet and upper China halt for
their morning meal a little before noon.
In such countries travellers begin their
day's journey after taking a cup of tea
early in the morning, sometimes an hour
or two before day-break.

d'3 I: tsha-ica 1. vb. to be hot; *W
"ywS'^'l^'Wg'tfwi since in summer the
rays of the sun are very hot. 2. sbst.
heat: *'Wfl|^t-q t$/ui-tca$ gdun-ica to be
tormented by the heat of the day (-8.17.) ;
rf qrvc^-g during the heat of the day, at
noon ; rf'q^'uSmwjv^ the heat changed
into coolness ; #w*rq tsha-icaf rmya-ica to
lose one's appetite in consequence of great
heat (Sch.) ; *i^S ts/ta-w«->~ttd <s*nw heat ;
*'i'S|^ tsha-wa-ldan <5<araT^ possessing
warmth, hot;**)'^ tsha-u-a-med=*Ffx&^
without heat, or warmth, cool ; *'*rt* ts/ia-
wa tsam T«o^i slightly warm. *i5'w (sha-
irahi-ma 3f^f pungent, *w^ ts/ia-tcas-
nen drought, want of rain. 3. adj. warm,
hot. In C. 'colloq. the adj. used takes the
form *'3 t&ha-po : «i^»c*3'jc.' it has become
hot. 4. n. of the 6th hot-hell.

*q'|)i tsha-wa-fgrib parasol, umbrella,
that shades from the heat of the sun.

'l^l^ ni-gdiiys ; *^$Q tsad-$kyob.

tshcuwa-qin T?Tf^ a medicinal
tree, Terminalia catappa.

Syn. «MC3'«^ lan-bu-can;
char-$prin-can ; ^'»iCt*' lha-mtshun$ ;
sprin-la-rdeg • Q^H^VW brgya-byin
hbra$-bdag ; ^'«'«^ ho-ma-can ; &*•'$$ in-gu-
di (Mnon.).

*<ft^ tsha-wahi-nad fever, the differ-
ent kuids of which are : (1) *\«csf{ gal-mdo,

(2) ^«*-*i&« ri-t/utn-mtslutms, (3)
nta-ginin ts/ta-tca, (4) J»i'*S Tgyas-tshad, (5)
fw*S ston$-t&Jiad, (6) fll«c^ gal-tshad, (7)
^•*^ tniH-tshad, (8) fl»>'*S snogs-tsfutd, (9)
*gpw-^ hgrams-tshad, (10) «5iF*^*ArM08-
rf, (11) ^»w-^ rims-Mad, (12) «g*
, (13) |'i)3«> rgyu-Qser, (14) •"I1"!'"
gag-pa, (15) ^""i'^ I/toy-pa, (16) **'i c//ff«<«.
JM (Sman.).

^3fll'3fl[ tstia-lig-biy^a. comfortable warm
place of residence.

*P'$^ tsha-ica len a popular medicinal
plant.

Syn. %f«t pi-tsu-la niw'QaX^ hdsam-po-
hdsin; ^«W§'!J-»J dpal-gyi lo-ma; !W^
ku-mid-can • g»'«^ butn-cnn\'^^<^ rkcd-
hbras ; *)7* ke-dary (Mfion.). The white
species is called ^v^'S'P'2!: Syn. 15^8
bciid-gki/n ; ^'V'^i\ hbyun-po-hjug (Mnon.).
The red species 3'5*1"'*^ lyu-rn tshogs-can
(Mnon.). Another species: Syn. 13'^^ khytt-
Idan ; sg«'*|* dbus-hgur ; (**£.'»i hchan-ma ;
*»F^ tshogs-can ; *r^'^ ma-dan-ldan. The
yellow species is called |^'^ phren-ldan
and 5^'w|»! yid-bmn-skyes, ttf^vfr^
mtshon-mohi mc-toy and «|*K'*)^i| ^sej. ^jg.
^o^.

*S #«/M-6o snr^ resp. ^ ^0» or J'*
liku-tsha C. 1. grandchild, grandson. 2.
nephew, brother's son. 3. "«<.'<* great
grandchild; ace. to Jd. &•'* ytin-fs/in
great-great grandchild ; *$'* gsht-tsha any
descendant.

*'% tsha-mo »nraft ; 1. grand daughter.
2. niece.

tsha-dmyal-brgyad the eight
hot hells (1) *R*«*«i6<Mf<rita«l; (2) 3«i^«j
thig-nag ^r§TORf; (3) q|«'i¥»w bsdus-hjoms
Hjm; (4) ^'^ nu-hbodrfa; (5) ^$«vsT2'
nu-hbod chen^po »?f i<t<^ ; (6) *«) tsha-wn

1019

*i|«r

; (7)

rab-tu tsha-iva

; (8)

tsha-tsha «r^ miniature conical
figures, moulded of clay and used as
offerings, placed in large numbers on the
ledges of chortens: WrTaVflSI **«!^'*i
m* administer medicine to the sick and
offer tsha-tsha as torma offerings ; F^*r*l'
§)-,*-*-9.5j»j from his mouth proceeded cones,
figures of fire (Pth.).

#*S'^qj tsha-tshahi-shag rust.

Syn. f|«v9'V|*i " Icags-kyi dregs-pa
(Mnoii.).

ts/ta-gs/mg the stage of remission
in fever, also convalescent state after fever
has left.

ag = &\i*\ tsha-drag.
tsha-ru lamb-skin.

*'^J tsha-la also called ^'C* a salt
which is mixed with ordinary rock-salt to
colour it white, also a salt purifier

tsha-lu 1. red; S'3'^'^ lya-po taha-
lu red-breasted cock. 2. v. ^'l tshal-wa.

fsha-luiH a sweet orange grown

in Sikkim.

tsha-le borax ;
skyur-rtsi boracic acid ((7s.) ;
solder.

tsha-lehi
a|-§^'ti to

* tshwa salt, in such words as

the subjoining of *i'I^ tca-zur (4) to
the letter * is not necessary but sometimes
it is done to avoid mistakes. ^'FS tshwa-
kha-ru for f'5'*, black-salt. *'f> tshwa-kha
salt-pit, salt-lake; ^'R"! tshica-khug salt-
bag; ^'if tshiva-§go place where salt is

found ; *'lf «^ tsluva-sgo-can soil that owing
to an admixture of soda or magnesia is
not suited for any kind of vegetable
produce ; •*j'^«i t&hiva-tshil salted fat ;
<*'S*^ tshioa-dmar also called ^'^wg9?'^
t&hyia-dmar brag -tshwa a kind of red
rock-salt. ^°>tshwa-ya also *«i=<*'^<i|'5'<i|$<i|
tshwa rdog-po gftig a grain of salt crystal :
S|-^q-g-q-2Jc.'?'E.;a)-<j8-u|-«l'T)«|-qi!Jc,- (A. 120).

Syn. ^'* lan-tsha; «\aS'^'SfllN
dus-chags ; ^§^'X^'^ hgyur-r non-bo ;

= ^^ the yak ; ^'^ yak beef,
Spi dried beef of yak ; £i[*tf\ yak's head ;
^fl|-*i^q^-or<&i]-»<iff-<i|$q] for four sheep's head
one yak's head in exchange (Rtaii.).
•*1'3 ts/utg-2)0=&*\ a yak; ^T§"1 tshag-burj a
carcase of yak without the head and inner
contents (Rtsii.) ; **[%*( tshaff-rlon = ^"\'J\'^
tshga-qa-rlon fresh beef of yak (Rtsii.) ;
tshag-lag the front leg of yak (Rtsii.) ;
tshag-lug, "I""! and ^"1 yak and
sheep ; *1'f|1 the lower parts of the legs
o£ slaughtered yak (Rtsii.). *T-*1 tshag-qa
dried flesh of larger animals of cattle, etc.,
gen. that of the yak.

»o|-15q| tshag-tshig or *J|'&q^ 1. the larger
and smaller joints of the arms and legs.
2. ace. to Jd. dark spots or speckles on
wood, etc., as in Mil. ;= freckles in C.

tshag-tshe bruised barley or wheat.

tshag-shwa skull-cap lined with
lamb-skin ; *1'8' tsliag-sku a robe lined with
kid or lamb-skin ; ^^1pW*TJ^'JJi^W
Sw (A. 87) the Tibetan lama-teachers,
dressed in robes lined with lamb-skin and
woollen cloaks, rode (on horseback).

t shags 1. a cap. 5p^i|i coat and
cap (JM) 2.=*T*i sieve ; £«|*r|*r£i&|N sift-
with a sieve ; 'fj'^l*' ko-tsJiags a sieve made

1020

of leather, the one most in use ;
to sift or filter with a piece of cotton rag
jgarAim khrol-tshag $ = **!'* Lex. ; V*y* weel,
for catching fish €. 3. thin-split bamboo,
for making baskets Sikk. 4. Sch. : the
right-sort, a choice article:
having made a good choice. 5. as
or 44pr$-4gq|'ci or &i to save, spare,
lay up as provision for the future : 2 3'*^'
3jq»cS-uic.-&i|w «j *(•*<; I have not made any
provision yet for the future life (Mil.) ;
q)*-g^rqtorJ4iir|vJ)q (A. 69) take care
of the gold, keep it in your charge;
S) $)$•*»!« a stop to divide a sentence;
4q|*r^w3 fs/uigs-datH-po strict care, vigilance ;
dense and strong, as of stuffs ; " **!*< 'Sw 'V'
the teeth standing close and film (Ju.) ;
*fl|«j-^-Zi tshags Ihod-po fafrw loose, not
compact; **?*$ tnhags-btt = *<3 •«]»< '** ift
hbru-tshagl sahi-snod a vessel in which the
grain, &o., passing through a sieve is depo-
sited (8. kar. 180). *yr&<i tshagt-tshud-
pa to be sure of a thing, awT5'**FCS'{| to test
a thing properly by the hand (Yig. 98).

3fe" tsfiaA fswi, fain, fro habitation
of any kind whether for men or for beasts,
birds, or insects; a\x>de, dwelling, den,
nest. "ft*!'***' giias-tsliafi habitation, inn,
lodging-house ; *t'*wq to build a nest,
to establish a house-hold ; ^'*t- grwa-tshan
monastery or college, the dwellings of
the monks in large monasteries; w*K
kitchen also *fqf Uhan-lan. **'| fellow-
students, comrades. *R'$ (shan-mi a nest,
a cradle ; *K.-«j-flp*i a small bird or child
that is in the nest or cradle ; *>•*..

*;'£« tshan-rfiam=l&'>l*'3e-- WJ^T; fear-
ful.

+ *'^1 tshan-nag a woman to whom no
son has been born, a mother of girls only
(in Sikk.).

vb., pf . •**.* tshafis l.'to
be complete, full, entire : I'^'S^'^^'l ^N sla-
wadgu tshan-ica-nas when the nine months
were full, completed ; a'i'*s.'^'W towards
the end of the months of pregnancy (Ds/.) ;
wrQ?^q>(^«)ir*W4 as one king was still
wanting, the number not being yet
complete (Dxl-) ; ^c.'^i'^ they are com-
plete (in number) (Ja.). 2. adj. complete,
entire ; or having things complete : "^'W
^•2-*E,-qS-g-JS a girl in full possession of all
these qualities (Pth.) ; f^fl[f^^ Ma-dog
.[da tsliaA-wa having all the five colours
complete (Glr.) ; *fl&'% '« '<*t'«i dlcan-po ma-
tshan-wa one of imperfect faculties ; **'H*
tshafi-gkam perfectly dry; *fi|i| tshan,
hgrig complete arrangement of every-
thing (Rtsii. 68) ; *^'5 tshan-po forming
a whole, full ; not one less or left out.

^'w (shad-ma 1. whole, entire, perfect
(the usual adjective form): S'g"!'^^'^"! a
perfect young bird, i.e., perfectly-developed
(Dzl.). 2. of ten = all, for

tshafi-mafi 1. v. "I'
(Mnon-). 2.=w*' thab-tahan kitchen.

a dense copse, a thicket ; ace. to Sch . : a
wild, dismal place; Ai-Jk'ffrqS-flmi the
horrible existence in the external world
(Ja.) ; fc-Sk*JS'^'J5 ! 9^-^'^«iTs'^ if
it is asked : what is most horrible in this
world to be afraid of, (let it be answered)
it is the behaviour of women ;

all the many woods of worldliness have.
been repeatedly burnt by the wild-fire of
Dhydna (contemplation).

1 t&haft-ya double-barrelled gun in
W. colloq.

1021

tshan-ra 1. fsr«P«r the hinder part.
2. v. ".**-'*• htshan-ra a sheep-fold.

s =«!&•'« purity, pure;
tshans-par-spyod purity of life, gen.
in reference to perfect abstinence from
female company ; *"'gS tshans-$kud holy
thread that Brahmans wear.

*i tshans-skyes 1. an epithet of the
planet Saturn *T*W (Mnon.). 2. a term
for birds in general (Mnon.).

, tshans-hk/tor dtflMTfr^ the se-
cond of the first Dhyana heavens v.
(If. V.).

tshans-bcoms ^f^'T an epithet
of Kamadeva (Mnon.) ; being pierced by
an arrow called ^'S'JT^'SS kun-tu rmons-
byed Brahma became enamoured of his own
daughter, so he was called the vanquished
of Cupid (Mnon.).

ll : titans-pa adj. purified, clean,
pure, holy: *wrwjR'V| become clean,
be pure! (Dsl.); *»3fa; *t»rwf«vi tshans-
par spyod-pa, ^Mf^f^'tl tshans-pahi spyod-
pa^ *c.«-««>-»i^c.»j-q»,-g^-q to be clean, chaste,
holy, to do what is right, to lead an
honest upright life, a-rfe^-q^-jftq mi.
tshans-par spyod-pa ^(sj^Tjmi to lead an
unchaste life.

Brahma, of whom are
two, the greater one being lord of the
Saliakka dhatu, the junior one presiding
over the fs.'^'«5 first thousand of worlds
and riding on a swan guards the
W'few or upward direction. The different
epithets of Brahma are ; ^'§t ran-byun ;
qVI I** bdag-skt/es ; fli^'*tai-«^ gser-mnal-
can; ^^^^ pad-mahi

bdag-po • fj'«(*!'3ft lha-las-rgan ; »*' mes-
gdon-bsfti ; f'l'l" Ite-ica-skyes ;
mi-mjed bdag-po; «&vl'?E/
dbyid-gi-snin ; ^H'H|^'ci rna-wa brgyad-pa ;
Hl^'"!^' rig-byed-gdoh ; <&J]-^-!«vq hjicj-
rten byed-po ; Sf'*'!'*'!^ sna-tshog-lyed ; ^i\'
g^'1c.-q rig-byed §nin-po • ^'l^'^it- rig-
byed-du-an; «£"j'|« mnon-shye$; fK.-tia.-3\c:j
ftan-pahi qin-rta ; ^^'I'flj^'si dgafy-wa brgyad
-pa; *>fl|-«l5V«i mig-brgy 'ad-pa;. ^'i«\^»i'S«-'
rig-byed rnam-byan ; |^'|S sbyin-byed ; ^*f
g^'^'9 rig-byed dran-po (Mncn.). It is
stated in Mnon. that the body of Brahma
was so lofty and large that Vishnu looking
upward and Mahes'vara' looking down-
wards. were unable to see his extremities.

the Sutra de-
livered by Buddha at the request of
Bodhisattva Tsans-pa khyad-par-sems (K. d.
", 35).

fe*wi«i'S tshans-pa chen-po
of the 4th Dliyani heaven.

n.

tsh&m-pahi dran-sron'
the highest class of Brahminical
sages, a Brahminical saint.

tsJians-pahi-bu 1.
2.= a poison (Mnon.).

Brah-

tshans-pahi bu-ga sr^iT^-=
-»i mtshog-ma the cranium.

tshans-pahi-dbyans
the voice of Brahma, the intonation with
which the Veda is read by the Brahmans
[prayer-sound] S.

tshan§-pahi sras-ma an epi-
thet of the goddess Sarasvat! (Mnon.).

dMwMIc tshan-pahi-cin ¥^f?*T [the

A L

Indian mulberry tree]-8.

1022

Syn. *wgc tshafebyufl;
.' tshan-pahi mdwd-sbyin-$in ;

^'Ss gxo-byed; °^'^ hgro-byed; $v
.' ner-gbyor-fin ; ^*)'1'«^ rint-pa-can ;
jfcwuS'^ tshafa-pahi dd-ru ; *=.«-5)e,-
ftVI (Mfion.).

*e.»rtww Ts!ian$-pa$-byin or
Brahmadatta, the Buddhist king of
Benares who was greatly devoted to
Buddha and his religion. <*e.«-cw£^ -g^gw
i5'*^ the sermon that was delivered by
the Buddha at the request of king
Brahmadatta of Benares (K.d. », 16).

<*E.«r|E,- tshans-sbyofi an epithet of the
son of Kamadeva (Mnon.).

<*E,*rg^'^ txhan$-$pyod-[dan 1. one who
assiduously preserves his religious 'vows.
2. an epithet of Kumara ("|2fa $ I'S '*!)
(Mflan.).

dMr^gwyw* Tslians-dbyans rgya-mtsho
the second sovereign Dalai Lama or the
sixth hierarch of that1 line (Lon. 11).

n, mm.

tshans-mtsho 1. Manasarovara,
Brahma's, lake ; 2. wfj*ft [a woman of
high rankJS.

*E,»J-^<IJ»< tn/ians-rigs Brahman caste tradi-
tionally originated from Brahma (Mnon.).

<*e.*r^*i tshans-ris *W*ifa* the first
mansion of the first Dhyanl heaven.

ts/iadoT *S'i 1. measure, size, measur-
ing in general ; ^"i'g'*S'i measure or extent
of a country ; ^'S'^Vi measure of time,
its duration; *V«^ tslmd-can having a
measure, dimensions ; *v*W" t&had-hjal-
tca=&\'Wtl to measure; ?i)'^
swnu taking measurement.
tstuid-du Ms-pa=^*i;%Wtshad-du slebs-pa
measurable; to be of proper measure or

dimension, to fit : ^r«r^^fcr«r so n
measure it fitted (A. 29). $=.'3|'*v«i accord-
ing to the size, in size (Glr.) • *)'*s size of
a (full-grown) man ; g'*i size of body, resp.
stature. *V^ tt/iad-dii v. frq. = up to, as fai1
as, as much as : ?£'*<'3'Vi?£'*<'5-*<v^-1^ his
strength was equal to that of a powerful
athlete; pw*,-^q|^-«i to cut even into
bits ; 2T«'*V^3e.-<i to drink one's fill. *W*S
direction how the pulse is to be felt (or
pressed) ; ^•"rjflhn^p*^ accoiding to
.your view of religious studies (Mil.) •
*\'^'S*I'£) Miad-du skycg-pa grown up, full-
size, as adj. (Jd.) As vb. *V^'g\i or
*«^Awq to measure (</a.); nt^m-^afS^'i
to observe the proper measure in eating
and drinking; ^•«w^*-q> «m'q to exceed
the proper measure; ^•*r«r«r^'WH^«'
t3)^' the dejection will increase to an
excess (Mil.). 2. sometimes we find *S
apparently = all : Jf'<^ various, of every
kind, of all sorts (Glr.) • ^'af* a'* i^ all
the beggars that show themselves here
(Mil.) ; *>-a»=.»^ all the people that have
come; jff*v3wg^ all that happens
appears as *wg (Glr.) ; «!*F<^ all that is
ordered, proclaimed (Sch.) ; *«!«•<*«; all the
people assembled (Sch.). 3. enough, esp.
with a negation : ^'«i'*)'<*^ not having
enough of the comparisons, not resting
satisfied with them. ^'S'^i'5! tshad-kyi
dbye-wa TJ^RT differentiation in the
measure.

CI ts/tad-pa ^UfjreK 1. heat, in gen. ;
tshad-ffdun id; ^'^. when it
grows hot; *vewq|^-q to sufler from
fever, to be tormented by the heat;
*V<™ or vulg. ^-Jj-ajN-Sfqi-q to be struck by
the heat, to receive a sunstroke ; also to
be taken ill with dysentery. *V|*» tshad-
, perspiration (Mnon.);

1023

gdugs an um-
brella (that protects from the sun's heat)
(Mnon.). 2. morbid heat of the body,
fever, ^'"'^T"^'*1 tertian fever (Schtr.) ;
^•Ji5'^ tshad-pahi-nad fever, but also
dysentery (Jd.).

d-pahi-$in = Wc>'3\c*' stag-pa
in the birch tree.

tshad-hbu grasshopper, locust

•(Sch.)

/ shad-ma W, »n«f, TraT the
measure, a rule, model, argument;
^•*r^fl|-si t$had-ma-rig-pa or fli5^'2qpq-Rq|-q
gtan-tshigs rig-pa the science of Pramaga
i.e., evidence. ^••r^rr^S'W'fl perfect
measure, proof, evidence, so that there may
not be any deception (Ta-sel.) ; ^•*E«r»>^i
nor-hkhrul med-pa without mistake. ^Y*1

myrflft* : — (1) ^'
[tradition]-?. ; (2)
mthans (kun}-kyis tshor-wa
tshad-ma-mkhan or ^Y*4'" tshad-ma-pa
dialectician (Cs.) ; ^•scuqjarq tshad ma-
hgrel-wa commentary to a logical work
(Cs.).

tshad ma-sde-bdun title of a
work on logic by Acharya DharmakirttI
^O^br|^r<(ir«^-qM^|'ii^i^< the
seven classes of Pramana by Acharya
Dharma Kirtti (A. 33).

sla-grogs

tshad mar-run-icahi
[help of authori-

tshad-nwd-dge
second mansion of the third Dhyani
heaven.

. ^Y»>Y^ tshad-med-hod ^nrntTH im-
measurable light ; n. of the second mansion
or stage of the second Dhyani heaven.

tshad-med-ysum the three im-
mensely great and important virtues:—
8*w«i ^sft love; ^-| qi^urT compassion,
mercy ; ^'3 ^cjr joy. The term seems
also to comprise the virtue of *!5c.'|pw or
<3tr^T indifference both to pleasure and
pain.

a = &^'% sbiin-sla a brother:
^-«|-*iW«^-«i I had a

brother who on the occasion of having
come to transact business (A. 50).

rir tshad-yam-pa spacious, commo-
dious in reference to houses, &c. (Hbrom.
131).

^'"w tshad-yas *nj^, i»r^ [1. a parti-
cular high number. 2. a loom, weaver]&.

tshan 1. a party, a band:

n) he preceded in the
company of a party of traders (A. 1ft} ;
g-qJrMfrBvfeT'^qwrfe' the boat pro-
ceeded taking a party of passengers (A.
67). 2. or *^'S tshan-mo adj. hot, warm ;
$'*^ hot water, warm water, ^'"^fl'^'S
warm food ; ^'1"I in W. fever ; ^'^ hot,
the sensation of heat. 3. = *'5 descendant,
relation: "'^ cousin by the father's
side ; *»'^ by the mother's side C. ; «r*i
=')'a^ pha-spun; B'^=B'5. 4. series,
order, class, |'^ id. ; ^'*^ a set of
four, class of four things; IT^'^'W
to put together in groups or sets of six
(Mil.) ; ^tf'^ a certain class of ideas
(Schf.). 5. as termination of certain
collective nouns: *|H^, V^ kindred,
relations I'^^'j'P^I'^W^ relatives
are devil's procrastinators. 6. <^-*^ p&ri,
of a country, district (Ta. 90, 20). 1. or
^'3 many, a number of: <^'2je.« tshan-
yrans a great number or variety of things

1024

fa |

<#. 127); I'^'^S nobleman, a gieat-
man (A. 127) ; H5* tshan-po-ohe a great
many, good deal: MrffW^^JpfW^fflrt1
j-5-^-5'l^c.'oi if by fighting I make him
retreat, a large number of men will get
into misery (A. 27). ***'*** tshan-can not
scanty.

&$ t»hando=y-'* phrefi-pa garland,
rosary (mystic) (K. g. f1, 26).

dW tshab a deputy, representative,
proxy : jtfar*^1^ he has got a representa-
tive ; in reference to a thing, equivalent,
substitute ; *p*r& it may be replaced by
this; Ajyfcftf this may perhaps be used as
a substitute (Fat. t&.) ; *r3V> to represent,
supply the place of ; *a|fl'i tshab-$grub-pa
to give' a substitute for, to replace a
thing. §'**' or •P'Q representative of a
superior, delegate, commissioner, agent ;
ja)-*q viceroy, regent ; especially applied to
the regeatwho rules Tibet in the minority
of the Dalai Lama, wber is also styled
gmZj g-*i adopted child, foster-child; *Ns
ace. to ScMr. negotiator, mediator;
hostage ; ^H"! tshab-h/uy substitute ;
replacing : ''Wfl*6^*'*!*^ a repre-
sentative under a false name should not
be put (Rtsii. 61). •*"'$ tshab-tu instead
of, in the place of : »*'»)5-*q-$ instead of
a lamp, for a lamp; *>'Cq txhab-txlmb
1. with !•>" to be ruffled, disturbed,
agitated : ^*w*«i'Cl''9V{| to become agitated
in mind. 2. = 1'sf" «a-»roj or I'SP sa-ru'b
dusk : 4«)'fll^|'^»i'*i'iii'<'1 one evening as
soon as it became dusk (A. 137). tf^'C"
$myo-tshab-tshub= temporary insanity,
occasionally becoming mad.

'^ when much dizziness super-
venes, *q«'^ tshabs-chen or *i«'«^ deeply,
dangerously ; Mff^w*^ sinning heinously.
J'«'*wi'q rku-ttM tshabs-che-tca a daring
robbery ; J^'WiwS^ rkun-ma tshab$-chen a
desperate thief or robber; ^*<*w^ a
serious illness or disease ; q«v*'*w^ very
bad news ; ft'*w^ an unscrupulous man.

A^T^H tsham-tshum or •*«'** tshnm-
ts/tom doubt, hesitation, shrinking ;
to feel doubt, hesitate, draw back.
*^ t/tam-tshuw-can or *w*"*«'»> doubtful,
wavering, undecided ; *»r^« a shrinking
attitude ; *w*w»>v«i «rrf«^ courageous,
intrepid, daring.

In/tar 1. occasion, instance;

once (Mnon.)\ *'^« twice;
rSq'fll^fll'ai srib-ffcig-la in one mo-
ment. 2. rosary, a garland.

tishabs an intensive usually
conjoined with *=very great, very much:
it proves a very gieat sin ;

tshar-tca = f *\*'» or aw$«r«
(Mnon.) to fulfil, to finish; as sbst.=
fulfilment, accomplishment, doing a work
completely; *^|^ = fc*<'3E.' to have done a
thing thoroughly, to go to the furthest
limit; <*v*i toAar-<«Aar=?'«F?'i|*w^ to
the stage of completion ; ^'fS Mmr-khad
= gqjw«cp^ (Mnon.). *^'^ tshar-zin ^nR
. finish, completion.

i^nff^-ct tshar-ycod-pa to annihilate, to
completely destroy,' to put an end to: w
Jq rf*,-fl|X\*'|v« not putting an end to con-
troversy (Ebrom. 39).

•5c tshar-bofi n. of an officinal plant :
'v$ai cures disease of the gullet
or lungs.

ro^ tshal n*, ip& grove, a garden,
park; W** id. ; »>'^'%*>i flower-garden ;
ivuK't herb-garden. Is'35*"'*"' skyid-iiios
tshal pleasure-grove; *jr^t£%5'* tshal

1025

ne-wahi rin-po-che is the ideal of a
garden the possession of which gives to
a Oakravartti Raja many peculiar advan-
tages, in consequence of which it is called,
fig. 'sxnw; a^viS^m Vai-duryahi tshal
the grove where lapislazuli is found in
abundance, %.'5'Tq'5fa'§'*^'<*m thickets of
the tree called tala patintu-ka ; S'*}«ri<v*si}
g-^-5,-ti3'*Ji and R'SI'^T**1 are said to exist
in the abodes of the four guardian kings
i.e., the Catur Maharaj Kayika deva (K.
n. of d. *, 71). *jr*«r$E.-Fc.- Tshal ckos-luA
nfeona fort in the district of Tshal situated
to the west of Lhasa (Rtsii.).

tshal-pa 1. a native of Tshal
2. = V9 a piece, chip, splinter; a patch.
*"rs tshal-wa pieces : ??WNWflf.ifl*rJj«i
having torn mount Sumeru into pieces
(A. 17.) ; w*«rq a piece of rag ; *»r«r
^'"l" it was torn in a hundred pieces.
*1'9 tshal-bu small chip, a bunch of flowers,
a lock of hair (Jd.).

dro-btab-

pa to make a morning-halt on a journey
for taking a meal.

tshal-ma vulg. for \>* dro-zas
breakfast: ^ffrfei to eat break-fast,
ArtfOTripM breakfast companions. 4wffc'<nn
shal-mahi-lam or *r«w or **w half-a-
day's journey, as Tibetans generally travel
till midday as one morning's journey.

Tshal-se n. of a village in the dis-
trict of Stod-lufi mtshur-phu (Rtsii.).

tshas 1. used in W. for ** a
garden ; *«'$* garden-bed, <**)'*f^ gardener.
2. of a woman in child birth (Jd.).

c&'^J tshi-gu or H3=^'3 vfa the
kernel or nut contained in a stone-

fruit; F*i'g5-3-g the stone of an apricot ;
*'«^ tshi-can stone-fruit.

fl> ^ tshi-wa in C., filth, viscous
sticky matter, esp. clammy dirt, e.g., in
the wool of sheep ; *-«\*i-ei solid dirt ;
sticky, clammy, filthy.

tshig ?r^, ?t^ 1. a word ; a
remark, a speech : n\q<v&i| an interrogative
word; ^'ll'i to connect or arrange words ;
the order in which words are to be placed ;
«^v|-3q| the present tense; 3ta|'
skilful in selecting words (Cs.) •
truth, qr^^"I falsehood, $i|-S|-*)%s tshig-gi
mtshon-cha words which hit at the heart,
i.e., which give pain or offence (Rtsii. 7).
3q|-3[q|4i tshig-grogs an auxilary word, a
helping word; ^TJ^ tshig-rgyan ISQ
word used to emphasize. Ace. to Buddhists
words are of seven kinds : — (1) §^1^ %g
(2) ^aw-g^-loj, (3) ^

(6) ai'

my. f, 31+S). lij^ai-q^q tshig kyal-wa
spon-wa flf^av«aiq1%Kf3 abstinence from
speaking unconnected or irrelevant expres-
sions; ^I'FiljV tshig-kha skon-wa
[a further enumeration]*!?. ;
tshig-hkhrun c/iod-pa=^i\'^'^'ct to speak
definitely, to give definite orders ; ^I'^'fgij
tshig-gi rnjug cji<w^^ the last word, the
conclusion of an expresion ; &r9|-ii5e.'*«|
tshig-gi gtan-rag ^SZRT? thanksgiving
words of thanks; ^ij^q^i] tshig-gi bdag
one who is skilful in speaking, a speaker,
an orator; H%^ tshig-gi phrad fsmm
[accidental occurrence; a grammatical
term for adverbs, prepositions and con-
junctions]S. "^'^ tshig-nan wfqtrr
rebuke, unpleasant words or expression.
to insult, abuse; ^<Tc^U'£W'lH
speaking unpleasant words produces

130

1026

quarrels with friends ; foolish speech ;

ing brings on scoffing, makes one ridicu-
lous. *«rwi'^ tshig-hjam-ldan as met. = a
paiTot (#«<»».). *ij^q tshig-ldab redun-
dancy ; one who repeats the same word or
expression twice over or more (Mfioti.).
^'JV tshig-fdud-pa fWflt combination
of words, compound word. ^T§i VI**
bla-dbays ^f*H^«i [denomination] &'.
«l tshig-hbrit sbyor-tca M<«l^H,
to put together letters and
syllables: fc^g-w.'B tshig-hbni bsan-po.
* ts/iig-rptthams-la fbyar ^?-
[the syllable after which the sepa-
rated part of a compound word occurs] S.
*"ir^ t»hig-rdsnn untruth, falsehood,
lie : *«rrar||'w'M'*>'*i1' by speaking untruth
one's object is not gained, it is lost.
*T1^ tshig-gshi basis of a word, expres-
sion or speech. **T*ft tshiy-gshi also=*T
9j'^ or i i the chief items or articles in a
treaty or agreement or document (Rtsii.).
'i* tshig-sur gnis-sti-sbyar
[a secondary sense hidden in the
obvious one]S.

ig-na»>$=ffl'" tkuy-jm a dumb
mute person; one who cannot express
himself well (lj.non.).

tshig-rtabs fsfW [refuted, dis-

allowed] S.

t&hig-tha-dad wi. [answer]>S.

indecent language.

tshig-mdahi rngon-po an
epithet of Indra (Mnon.).

fshig-rdeg as met.=II|*'*W* gar-
mkhan-m* » dancing girl (Mnon.),

&T^ tshig-Man 1. an epithet of Vrhas-
pati the teacher of gods (Mnon.). 2. one
who is skilful in speaking.

&T&' tshig-rtsub iTT^W harsh words,
rude or rough language, unpleasant
expression: *«| f£>'U'£Wv3]'5i<wj«|»j by speaking
a rough word (one) invites enmity.
Ij-q^'q tshig-rtsub smra-ica spon-tca
afaf^Tfa abstinence from using rude or
rough expressions (M. F.).

T

a fruit.

a stone or kernel of

Sfl)i fx/iig-pa 1. to burn, to give intoler-
able pain. fc-^-*Is'wH«i'uK.' I *>'5)»T3E-^
"I^'^'S (A', g. *\, 369). 2. subst. anger,
wrath, rage. **|'Q tshig-po adj. burnt,
overbaked; •*] '*»! '^ '*1" '*"!'"' burning of
meat, bread, etc. *«!** butter added to
anything that is being roasted that it may
not be singed (Rtsii.).

*"!'*< tshig-ma a sinew, tissue.

1. sometimes %
a joint, knuckle ; tissue or muscle between
two joints; **F11 pain in the joints;
Iqprigv" to put out of joint, to dislocate,
to sprain ; S^w^VI'i to reduce a dislocated
joint ; *»|«-^q»4 t$higf-kheb? ornament worn
above the wrist or elbow, also finger ring.
35«i &jj*i knot of a stalk of corn or straw ;
gq-1ta| smyug-tshig knot of a cane (Cs.).

^

2. anything that connects, a joining, junc-
tion, link ; also interlude : *!**''**l* or *«!«•
5|q») that which joins times of occupation,
i.e., a holiday; J'^l^'^gNg conjunction of
cause and effect; *<q«'^£i reasonable,
logical ; Shjw^^'w an intellectual reasonable
woman. 3. metrical division, or rather,
metrical connection, train of verses : and

1027

hence, simply, a verse :
bead-pa to compose verses ;
tshigs-su bead-pa brgya-pa TT<qaja* ; a poem
of one hundred Gloka by Acarya Vararuchi
(Tan. d. f, 180); %*iw$dv\-&*^vr$w
ataHi-qjj^ n, Of poem by Acarya Suryagupta
(Tan. d. % 180); &»|«rg-|vq tshiij-su
sbyar-wa to compile verse.

^'I^ tshigs-sbyodTF&i [a Brahman] S.
*H»rw tshig§-ma frf sediment, residue,
dregs, husks, chaff.

-q|e.-q tshigs-bsun-ica the ceremony
of Bdun-tshigs bsun-wa at the forty-ninth
day of a person's death.

aclqw tshigs-ma (Jd.).
(ffl) f^ft n. of a me-

dicinal drug.

T«At» = China (Grub. 1, 1).

t8him*pa-»Hed=*flvti hero, cham-

pion

•I ^ tshim-pa cW<?, *wta to be con-
tented, satisfied, satiated, consoled ; also,
as adj. frq. : S^'*"'<K'3* he was satisfied,
a'*'"! -with the girl; Vw^ to satisfy,
^•q5-«.«i|-iE»( q the soothing speech which
appeases. **'9vi*< tshim-byed-$kye$ 'SRm-
[the lunar motion]<S'. ^'|^f»» tshim-
-nM a name of the lunar mansion
Pusya (Mnon.) ace. to some=^'^| the lion
of the zodiacal sign.

^'iVS** tshim-byed-dmar— '$*:'$* saffron
(tffcfe).

^«'»>S tshim-}ned=^i\-^ or $V*
(Mfion.).

tshir in order, course, succession,
in turn.

tshir-wa v.

tshil=<*P\ or fwrqij fat (not
melted) *«i-« id. ; ^"1'^ai mutton-fat,
pork-fat, bacon; f&i^ai, f^-^ai 8uet,
1'^ bacon-fat ; %*n wax (Ja.) ^«l'B
Mu liquid fat, melted fat (Pth.) ; ^ Jfft
tshil-gon afN^, the fat of the breast;
*T*^ tshil-can or *m-^ fatty, fat. 3*r*«i
tshil-chen human fat (Sman) ; "*ws>^ tshil-
med lean ; 3«r*K tshil-mar melted fat or
lard (Rtsii.) ; *«rX tshil-ro remains of
lard after melting.

i(s/Ms 1. ace. Jd. : prob. secondary
form oirtsis. 2. = *i^*r|'w so-nam-gyilas
work of husbandry. 3. ^'«i tshi$-su=.
*>'3' grogs-su in friendship :

it, as Jd. remarks, the contrary of
!?, a root signifying hitherward, on this
side ; &f> tshu-k/ia this side (prob. for $X'F
tshur-kha); $% tshu-U one of this side,
w% pha-bi one of the other side ((7s.) ;
[ tshu-rol=&\'&\ this side (opp. to
pha-rol) ; 3f ^T^ tshu-rol-na adv. on
this side, postp. with gem't. C^i'5 this
way, to this place; CX«i^« tshu-rol-nas
from this side; C'^IS''C| tshu-rol pa one on
this side, one belonging to this (our)
party ; f'<«i'q$s walks on this side or this
way.

( tshuhu [prob. Chinese, for the Tibe-
tan S'3 skyu-m, ace. to some = vinegar, ace.
to others : a pulpy product prepared from
various kinds of fruits mixed with vinegar,
sugar, and spices, and having been left to
ferment is used as a condiment] Jd.

tshug-sa,-~v. next para.

1028

s^yt-'Q wrsi, the shape or
form of an image or statue, constructive
form : 5'^'Cl*''"'qI*I'£| sku-yi tshugs leg§-pa
(Jig. 13) the appearance or form of his
person (or of an image) is good ;
ill proportioned, ugly.

l. = «ri^-«i stage

or station; J'S*^ Chinese mail stage;
$t|«fie.- or CT** caravansary, or merely
a level open place near a village, where
travellers may encamp, or where public
business is transacted. 2. vb. to do one
harm, to hart, to inflict, mostly with a
negative : wa^'wC*!*1'*1* bar-chad tna-
t»kutj!-par without having hurt me (Mil.) ;
c. -or*>N -^c. •aivlwft'Cl"'" fire, disease, etc.
can do me no harm (Jd.).

<^'3 fshud-pal. = *&<>:
^•^•civfli^ai-awvi".- (A. 126). 2. to dig;
tfVtf'wM tsjhud->no-mkJuin = W'*iF*( rkof
rpkhan a digger, excavator.

tshun = $ or C* here, on this side:
this side of the boundary.
When with *S or «*\ or with * signifies :
within, by, up to, so far as ; post. c.
accus. : w^V€^'*S within seven genera-
tions; wSfywIv^vx by noon of to-
morrow (Glr.); 8-<^'S'*'$V*S including
the children, not even the children being
excluded (Jd.).

4 txhub-ma or *Cq'* htshub-ma
a storm : PC" a snow-storm ; 9'Cq gust of
•wind, ^'^5'9'^p lha hdrehi bu-tshub whirl-
wind; fig. JJI'^l'^l'Ci'*1 a violent fit of
envy ; ^««'C£' trouble of mind (Cs.) ; Ca 3q
tshub-cheb= S^'C*1 rlun-tshub a gale,
hurricane : ""
g'gf (A. 95).

tshur hither, to this place,
hitherward (opp. to "^ p/tar thither),
tshur-qog come hither, come here !
q fshur-hoMcato return home (Pth.),
tskur-la non listen here, to this
(Jd.) C*>'*l tshur-ka or C^'P on this side, this
side of the river-bank, declivity, etc. ;
a returning, ^'|"I*J this direction.

tshur-rg ol plaintiff (Yig. 16).

C^'*' Mntr-mo or *>&>'% mts/mr-mo ^f=^w?,
paint, pigment : ^"I'C^ black-pigment ;
a mineral found for instance in Nubra
used for dying black ; *fc'C* yellow-pig-
ment, 5|*H'$[X red-paint.

tsJntl •Stm, ^rT^iTT 1. method,
manner, fashion, way of doing anything :
f&1-$w-<i|c.-uic.-£ar'^'VV«ic.- in whichever way
you may desire; ffcr^^&rqiBrtfllvtKW*1
^•^•e^'ti-lq^fp)' he shall be rewarded
according to the manner in which he has
fulfilled those duties which were entrusted
to him; qv*'^'^^'^'^ this way of
speaking is high flown speech ; ^n'tfSvii
to put on a manner, to assume a style,
also = to mimic; C*'tI*<''*lM tshul-bcog-
mkhan a hypocrite, mimicker. C^'** tshul-
»ja=«J^'S btsun-mo a nun, i^'^'S^'C*1'*1 a
nun who is of good character (/. Zafi.).
•tftwg1* pnas-tshttl and Jft'C1* snan-ts/ml
being and appearing, philosophical terms
for reality and semblance ; ijT^'C1'' gtofi-
tshul the way of giving, i.e., a certain
quantity given, a dose; ffa'^f1^" tn/tul
de-kho-na§ by that very same way of
proceeding ; hence C^'S* tshul-gyi§-=in
consequence of, by means of ; fj=-'fj*i'«S'Ca|
snaA ftnras-pahi tshul the character of his
last speech (Ds/.) ; 3'^-|1ig«|-^'«( ryya-bod-
kyi frbrel-tshul the mode of intercourse,

1029

relations, between Tibet and China (Glr.) •
31'3f CT^ phyag-gi tshul-du, in a way as if
he were saluting (Mil.) ; SJ^t
to make gestures of reverence;
I'^'l*! glaA-chen-gyi tshul-gyis (Buddha
came down) in the shape of an elephant
(Glr.} ; ^Vi5-£arg*i dad-pahi tshul-gyis
because of faith (Pth.). 2. way of acting,
conduct, duty, course of life: g'^'C'V
sna-i>tahi ithnl your former conduct (Mil.) ;
^•jjrg5-^|-q5-£ar^S»r^ hearing such an ex-
ample of virtue related (Ja.). Also =
proper way, right method: C<"'t\t'*W£I
tshul-dafi mthun-pa orderly, regular ; "§'"''
f!gr^ftfcm|K'q if but once in a hun-
dred cases something sensible is uttered ;
C^'^S irregular, unjust; £ar«w9*«i tshul-
las-nams growing remiss in one's conduct.
3. species, kind : *ft&* nad-tshul species or
kind of disease ; w$v zas-tshul species of
food (Ja.). 4. joined to the root of a verb
in W=when : iJfc'C91 mthon-tshul when or
as he saw.

tshul-khrims sft*, ^n religious
or moral behaviour ; moral law ; regular
duties, monastic vow, moral observances :
^Qr§*wi'5\tY^c.'^'£i tshul-khrims-kyi dri-
nad-dan Idan-pa one possessed of high and
pure moral conduct ; £nr0*w'^ bound by
monastic or moral vows (Sch.) ; ^T^W
|sr?ar§-"^-q tshul-khrims-kyi pha rol-tu
phyin-pa *ta tnrfraT the highest moral
purity (v. *-X«r§%q '^1) ; Cai|«*'^-^'Ei
tshul-khrims-kyi phun-po sft^T^Jsr aggre-
gate of moral laws ; £arB**<'3'qSiE''£| Uhul-
k/triitts-kyi b$lab-pa ^t^t«"l <>ne °f the
three kinds of "iSF" (M-. V.} [higher
morality]^. ; jprlwTWW tshul-khrims
hchal-wa ^.^ immorality ; fr$P*etiq«
tshul-khrims hjig-pa to break one's vows or
moral purity; 3fQ''i9*w'9awC| tshul'khrims.

nam§-pi wtfS one who is immoral;
£arj!*wfl|^ tshul-khrims-gier an epithet
of Buddha (Mnon.) ; Ca''0»w''ai'''ie-' tshul-
hhrims las-byun aff^WJ [of good moral
disposition] 8. ; ^ac|»(N-ai^'|=--£i5-g-q^^Br»c3
tshul-khrims las byun-icahi bya-trahi dfios-
po stNnTOprTfazrraw virtuous action relat-
ing to morality ; ^'B^^'9 ^'1 tshul-khrims

sruA-wa to keep vows, to guard one's
conduct.

tshan-spyod;
thafis-par-s.pyod • i)lc-q^-|"^ gfsan-war-spyod •
^ijwwg^ legs-par-spy -od; ^'^ gdom-pa
(Mtion.).

^3i'i)^'|'£i5'1Sq] the words of an unscrupu-
lous man, expressions or assurances of a
dishonest insincere man (Mnon.).

£orq^-ci tshul-bshin-pa 1. adv. C"'1^'^
tshul-bshin-du mannerly. 2. ?r1%^f one
who assumes fine airs, shows himself as
if very great or high. CT*^'^ tshul-
bshin-min irregular, improper.

S I : tshe 1. sbst. timp, in a gen. sense,
but rarely heard in colloq. l3!'^-* phyin-
pahi tshe at the time of starting. Hence
35 is often used in mod. lit. as = when :
Sj^'qS'X yod-pahi-tshe when it is, when it
was ; flp.'9|'3> gan-gi-tshe at which time,
when, ^5-X dehi-tsJie at that time, then ;
definite time is rendered by ^ dus not
by 35.

6b II : ^rg: life, but chiefly in an
abstract sense, sT"I srog being the proper
term for physical life ; nevertheless we
find ^'^ long life, 2'^ tshe-hdi this, the
present life, Z'%'« tshe-phyi-ma a future
period of life; =,5-2-ai-qv*^-5Ce.- my life
is in danger. utrtv^M is the proper
term by which to render : " eternal life."

1030

^•| abbr. of *«^ and *3'«. *r
sna-ma an earlier period of existence, a
former life relative to the transmigration
of souls (Jd.).

35'ij|«w ts/te-skabs WTO ; v. q«w sAoi?.
S-fll&l'qjvqj^ tshe-gcig lug-ffnis a worm
which is used as a curative in plague :
• w§^ {(nan-nag hjonw-par-lyed.

|Ji*: Ts/te-mehorj-yM n. of a palace
with a monastery and park situated on the
southern bank of the river Kyi-chu near
Lhasa, the residence of one of the four
incarnate lamas of Lhasa (S. Kar. 180).

fs/ie-((ni?-pa of an amphibious
nature (Cs.)

3! ^1« tsfte-ltogs a poor starving vagrant,
beggar V. (Jd.)

as-swS'*^ Mui-rntluihi-mdo n. of a Sutra
in which the length of life in tie six
states of existence is explained (K. d. 1,
218). X'dtvtywqFtW&iH (K. d. «f,
228) Sutra on the transmigration of the
soul, etc.

X-^e.-o)-Jm tslu'-daH ye-fes ^rgrnR longe-
vity and spiritual knowledge.

2'W^.w ts/ie-mdans=^'»*f''* byad-mdans
healthy appearance, fresh complexion.

35-*tf;3S'<ij|c.*i ts/ie-rndo ts/ui-gzuns the dha-
rani for longevity (K. g. <*, 200).

%'^ ts/ie-gdah as met. = death (Mnon.).

%'%*( tslie-ldan, or Z'^'^'i tshe-dan [dan-
pa 1. ^rrg*Hm, ^iraw an address of vene-
ration such as venerable, his holiness;
a general title of address for monks who
observe the rules of Vinaya as well as for
Bodhisattvas, Arhats, etc. Applicable to
living men and used in writings; the

title for dead persons being X'w^ws
las hda$-pa. 2. gra?*TfT, srera^ a plant.

X'lS tshe-pad the shrub Ep/tedm saxattlis,
with red berries which are said to be
roasted and pulverized to give greater
pungency to snuff (Jd.).

2-yw|-§-*)^-cj tshc dpaij-tu med-pa
frtirg-. eternal life, immortality.

35'B'" ts/te-phyt-ma
next or after life.

- Tshe-hphag lha-khafi, n. of a
temple in the court-yard of the great
Eamochhe shrine in Lhasa.

rtsa the Kit fa grass (Mnon.).

2-^5 ts/te-hpfio death (Mnon.).
tshe-hphog-pa ^RTrrr transmigration.
35'^*' tshc-dtcaft a Sa-bdag monster.

35'*\ tsJie-tshad duration of life (Jd.).
ob'cb ts/ie-t8?ie = * ra a goat (Mnon.).

e-mdaad ( Vai. /car.) an appendage
of certain gods made like a plate with
fruit.

anfa tsfte-rab$ duration of each
rebirth : 3^twj)'§j *i tshe-rabs-kyi tya-ma a
lama always reborn as a lama. 3>'^wq| q
tnhe-rabs brje-wa=^>'a^'^ snfdMlX^M trans-
migration. J^

one of the 18 unmixed
attributes of a Bodhisattva (M. V.).

35'^c.' tshe-rin or 2'^R.'«j tshe-rin-wa 1.
long life: l^f«iT|^-q^»)^ tsfie-rin^eahi
rgyu^)ii-gni&-te the causes of longevity are
two (abstinence from taking life and
giving food and drink abundantly to all
about one's self). JiW^R'Jto^KTJCftd
victory and long life be to you ! 2. com-
mon as a personal name.

1031

rig-byed ^rg^^ the
science of preserving and prolonging life ;
35-5}-Rq|-|^-q tshe-yi rig-byed-pa a physician.

*'^ tshe-re I. each life ; 2^-ai tshe-re-la in
each life or period of existence. 2. =
tsher-ka,

the period of existence, or of
human life particularly. Also = a year.

1. the point separating sylla-
bles, also ^i\^i\ nag-tsheg. cSfa|-srqj^im-5)u|-
-*)V^I *T*M'*1|F%£'WS it should be
particularly noted that the syllabic dot is
not used between a letter and the stop
called ^ except in the case of the letter =•
na (Sum-rtag). 2. crack, short sharp sound,
snapping noise : 3kl'|c.« tsheg-rgyans or 3>"J'g
tsheg-sgra a distant sound such as that of
fire burning wood : f'S'quprdN^ijjrlT
jw^f^Vj| from the direction where the
lord resided a distant and cracking sound
arose (A. 7). 35o|'*»i tsheg-tshom the sound
made by mice:

M. 9).

of *«F«i tsJiegs-pa 3>
trouble, toil, difficulty ; V^'35*!^ dkah-tshegs
id. ; v^'w^S'" without trouble. *F*>m;*
rkan-fhegs-c/te much clattering of feet
ga^^w phran-tahegs little troubles or
difficulties. Xfl|«r»>S tshegs-med ^n^m
without trouble : f-JSwlfli^-^-w^-q^ the
lord finished it without difficulty (A. 33) ;
Sq|«rd^-im knew without difficulty,
learnt easily (lllrom. I", 3).

*«!»<'$*< ttfogt-kyie^*^** or ^'^ myur-
da quickly, soon; 2ii<s-|»)-Q|q speedily
executed (Situ. k6).

2e.-q^-|^-q tshefi'par-byed-pa %l«l(d [to
be bent or turned away]&

tshem a piece of sewing ; 3fw' 5
tsJiem-po or 2«'i tshem-pa a tailor ; 2«-3-«»$aj
tshem-po-hgrol the seam opens, comes
loose ; 3«-»>^ tsliem-med without a seam ;
**'$ tshem-bu any sewing, what has
been stitched, quilted ; **rg'*f"i ts/tem-bu-
g»*Aa»='^rrtf«l a milliner or dressmaker
(Miion.) ; 2*cg-ci tshem-bu-pa a tailor. 2w
2*i tshem-tshem iffl^mar? a patched
cloth.

^, HR 1. resp. of ^
'*t remainder, addition.

tshem§-pa 1. anything sewn.
2. to have the disadvantage, to come off a
loser, not receiving a fair share (</«.).
8*w»l^ tshem$-med in Tsang : nothing left,
without a remainder: Xsw$^-Ste|-*-q^ai-ii|lfc.-
•^ should send (the letter) as per draft
without any omission (Rtsii.). ttew^N
without remainder;
tshem§-hi8-med nothing left.

. $ug-tsher. 2. = *x>
prob. many times,

isliems
«o a tooth. 2. =

tsher 1.
a separate time ;
repeatedly (<7a.).

ao^'T| tsher-ka also <6'^ or *'^ sorrow,
grief, pain, application (Ja.).

OT^'^I tsher -ma ^s&$ 1. a thorn,
prickle, brier : 3fc'l*|'*fe.' I have run a thorn
into (my hand, foot) ; afc'wOfrq to pull
out a thorn ; ?3fc a fish-bone. 2. any
thorn-bush, bramble, etc. 3X'Vl* tsher-
dkar or Ifc'f* buckthorn, Hippophace rham-
noides (Ja.) ; 3^'«I« tsher-thags thorn-
hedge.

tsher-ma-skt/es ^19 jack fruit.

'qi^ tslter-iiui gdon-pahi g.don
is a frightful and evil spirit (Mng. eh. 77).

1032

.' tsher-mahi tshan or
1. also &»i»rw^ tshigs-maH n. of a thorny
plant. 2 =3'*"1 a crow, the bird of which
the nest is made of thorns (Mnon.).

" JJ tsher-t»her-ma n. of a kind
of bee, also of a fly (Rtsii.).

3X'^5| tsher-lum yellow raspberry
in Si*A. (Jo.).

<3& tsheg fnfv, ^1*1 I- day of the
month or date, always indicated by the
cardinal number, as in X«'«|?1 etc., or by
placing a numeral below the word *«.
ato'us's&v" religious service on the 10th
day; X«rq§3'w<'5|fl| programme of the
religious dances performed on that occar
sion ; g«i|1{wZ*i'«|q*«'«r«li letter sent or
written on the 3rd date ; 3hr^'* tsheg dge-
(she bsad-po auspicious day:
Xv^WQ^ presented on
an auspicious date with a silk scarf for
acceptance' (Yig. k. 16). *»r«fa tshes-
ycig, sfaw^ the day alter the new
moon, which is always the first day of
a new month ; $*&*•' sla-mt/wn, i'"|^'$
sla-gshon-nu, % '•*« 'fl^'I'S^'Zi *la-tshes
phyogs-kyi dafi-po id. (Rtsi.) ; *»rqTg-
tshe$ bco-lna the day of the full moon;
tshes-bdag =the moon (Jlfnon.) ;
tsheg-bsan-po =%*'*$ 1 tshes-dge-
wa : I*r wEK'STeiS-g-S)'!) the letter that was
written on an auspicious date (Tig. k. 13),

ob tsho 1 : 1. the plural termination,
chiefly of pronouns, Sv*1^'* you, you all,
&V* we, pc.'* they, ^'* these; also is
affixed to numerals: ^9*'* hbum-tsho
100,000. Is occasionally affixed to nouns :
$e.-D-* the townsmen, Sv^'^'i'* khyed
rnal-bbyor-pa tsho ye ascetics! *e.'«i'* tshong-
tsho body of merchants. 2. In Ladak *

takan alone is used for : a caravan :
flf^-a|«j«-Qrj5jq^c. the caravan (from Yar-
kand) will arrive in a few days.

cb II : = |531'^c'*' complexion: W»r§'
^|«CR^'* the colour of the disk of his face

(Jig. 1^).

*'i <sAo-w>a = ^*'51*<'£) fat, corpulent,
also corpulency. Ace. to Jd. fat, greasy:
3f'^q|-ft-n^fl| or SS'^'QS is it fat or not ?
*R tsho-khu fat gravy; *S(* tstw-ldir
unwieldy with fat.

tsluxji ?f»Tm, ipr 1. an assem-
blage, mass, group (implying, however,
aeo. to Cs. as compared with * tsho, a larger
number of individuals not at once to be
estimated) : *«l«'i('t> ts/wy$-$dtt-wa to call
an assembly, *3Vq hgycd-pa to dismiss it ;
*«m'^ tshogs-kdu an assembly meets, ^3
hgye it dissolves ; W'T*'**1 dpufi-gi-tshoys,
^qj-9|-Xq|»i jmag-gi-tshogi army frq. ; ff*^
yul-tshogs village community, country -
parish (Jd.). %^* sna-tshoys several or
various kinds. 2. accumulation, multi-
tude, of things ; *«|^'fl|««q'ti to accumulate
merit; *q*nr«W^'flM a wicked, godless
person ; ^'qv*fl|« accumulation of virtues :

to imbibe faith in the profound doctrine,
the accumulation of immense merit is
necessary.

**|*<'3'Ve.'|ql tshogs-hyi dwafl-phyug
; v.

tshogs-kyi gtso-tco
lord of the horde ; the leader of a herd of
elephants, leader of the assembly, presi-
dent of a meeting.

*1"'!'3V3 tshogs-kyi srad-bii=^^ na-
rgya a fishing net (Mnon.).

Sqm'fqe.- tshogs-khan a shop; the hall
of assembly or congregation.

1033

tshogs-hkhor Jinr^nt sacrificial
offerings arranged in a circle as an
oblation. In Tantrik ceremonial the term
indicates the sitting together of a Tantrik
lama and his female associate with a man-
dala offering to the gods. When such a
ceremony is performed Dpah-mo (the
woman) that associates with the officiating
saint called Dpah-ico is supposed to possess
saintly attributes. When the man
performs this ceremony alone it is called
^w5S-^-3i or hero's performance ; in the
case of the female it is called ^wfcS'f^S
the heroine's performance. In this cere-
mony as well as in others of a Tantrik
nature, a kind of 'mystic language called
N^-^^^cq^^ ig used ; a few technical
terms of which will illustrate its v&-
ture:— *f=w«tt; -f\ = *rt ba-la; ^«T«i =
BMa; *)=wS a-tsa; ^'£) = la'f^'q khe-ta
ro fra-wa; *e.-n=r;je;«r^ phreft-wa-na ;
ni-rum fu-ka; w^ = *\'ty
ti«j-s-i^ pad-ma bhtt-dsa-na ;
bahi-mnam; V$=Srt" gla-rtsi;
a-bur ; wq = -*r*| $a-ka ; $=3T"1
bha-ha-ka; «q'««|=lf sgro ; ^c.w«=T ho;
*fl|N'gi»l = | rje ; *n|»T<l
"^^•35 = ^ ra also 1^'i g.shon-nu ;
lug or 3'35 bu-mo; ^'w'S^ ni-m
bya; S'^'S'I^'" dican-po
kttii-tu-ru; %»=«•¥* hbras;
ka-iam-pa.
(K. g. % 432).

*ai«'3]«i tshogs-gral 1. row of people in
an assembly. 2. row of offerings.

tshogs-can
tshog$-can-dgah

tsho(js:can-ma, or
^zr a prostitute (1/f.noii.)
tshogs-chen-ma id. (-Dai/. 8).

tshogs-mchod

prescribed religious ceremony ;
"1?>^'|=.' tshogs-mchod pser-sbren the annual
religious service conducted by the assem-
bled priests at Lhasa in January -February
under the auspices of the church Govern-
ment during the Mon-lam season (Loft.

^ tshogs-ffnis 1. frcw [two pur-
suits of life ; viz. : religion, and wealth]&
2. = °t'-*|N-|-*«i|«» ^frinm the accumulation
of learning and «*\'«|MrtIftpn gnuran the
accumulation of moral merit.

*1*'r!^ tshogs-rned Jnra; *fl|^»i^'«i
tshogs-mthun-pa wflf?r ; *«q^'^ tshogs-ldan

tshogs-g.tam speech addressed
to a meeting ((7s.).

*¥p^f**'f"l Tshogs-drug ran-grol a
celebrated lama of Amdo ordinarily known
by his second name Lama Shabkar, and
believed to be an incarnation of Mila-ras-
pa. His incarnation still exists in Amdo.

£u]!srq^q| tshog$-bdag JputTfa an epithet
of Ganes'a (Mnon.).

^l*'"!^^ tshogs-gdan the carpet on which
the assembled priests sit at a religious
service in the hall of congregation (Rtnii.).

^ij^'y tshogs-pa vb. to assemble together,
= n£*rq hdsom-pa.

^o|N'«'«^ tshogs-pa-can M-I*I, %jgr harlot,
courtezan.

tshogs-pahi dwafi-gi§
c.'q ts/iogs-par d.byufi-wa
tshog$-par mt-dbt/tifl-wa

tshogs-phor 1. large tea bowl
which every monk in a monastery carries
in his breast-pocket, to drink tea while

131

1034

conducting any religious service, or reci-
ting the sacred hymns. 2. wiiti*.:,
jJr?fTf^>:, TTfiRi, = '^'c' hdus-pa or 13 hhyu
a troop, herd.

*qj«-jc.« tshogf-zctns cauldron in which
tea is boiled for the assembled priests at
a religious meeting.

&j|«rqsE.' ts/iogs-fain w^r^ [excel-
lent]&

£q|»T9ic.w tnhogs-lads on occasions such
as succession to a position of dignity,
also when a lama is ordained, etc., two
other lamas called Kalyana Mitra are
required to get up from the assembly to
recite a religious discourse ; and this is
called *oi«'«it«.

^i|N'J) tshog$-$a meat that is offered
to the spirits (Rtsii.).

*flj*rqwi|« tuftogs-bsags «<«T, a«^J acquire-
ment of merit, virtue; also = Sslti dyr-tca
virtue itself :

(J. Zafi.).

txhogs-g*og accumulated merit. There are
sixteen kinds of *flj»rq*w|« merit-accu-
mulations :—(!) #r|*wS*«i]»<-qwi«-<i ; (2)
**i-q3 ; (3) -JKwS ; (4) ^•qfyr'Ji-^N-crars&'v
q^E.- VSj'S'qS ; (5) ^«T4r^pT«^ ; (6) t'^'
?N-q5'16«-^-q5 ; (7) aJwt|5-qflW«rq^$ ; (8) S1^'
q^A^-q^N'^ ; (9) ^•q-q§5''JlN-|-'!I»C§ ; (10)

r)'9ft'ii (11)

-q5 ; (12)

g-^-q^ ; (13)

--q5 ; (14) ^aprS; (15)
(16) ^•q^r'^^'^'S (K. d. \ 323).

SC* tshoit
zofi merchandize) trade, traffic, commerce :
*=.-zf|-|6 fshofi-(/i~khe profit, gain; **.'9|'3^
loss in trading ; ^E.-q*«;-q to carry on
trade (Sch.). *^'^S tshon-skad commercial

language, business-like style, terms of
trade ; **.'« or *t-»ip^ a trader. *K,-q-qje.-q-
^t'Q tshofi-pa bsafi-po drafi-po an honest,
pious merchant is called

.'(S'^=.'5'J'q'«it- 1

merchants who make high profit
(at the expense of others) and people who
make animal sacrifices, i.e., perform ynjnu
by killing animals are born as pir/n*
and entering the human body cause ravages
over the animal kingdom (K. d. >, M-7).
*f3e.' tstioA-zofi or *e-q5-It- qfTq^f, goods,
any articles of merchandize. **'8 tshon-
zla = ^^"\^ ts/ton-grogs or *R.'Xii») tshofi-
rogs a partner in trade.

^R'pe.- t#/<'in-Mt(in = goods-store, maga-
zine, shop.

Syn. *^B« Mion-khi/im; ^'SZi^pe.-q ded-
dpon khan-pa ; ^'g^'i^S nor-lnthi-mdsod ;
j-»)X5-g»i ryya-mtsltohi-kJii/im; ^'^•^
r/un-yor-cait ; *tTe.A'q Mtofi-zon m-mi ; %£•'

tshon-grogs commercial friend,
correspondent (Jii.).

hhon-ryyuhi dHos-po goods,
articles of merchandize.

Syn. *tTe/ fxhafi-zon ; *s.'5o| tahon-zof/
(Mnon.).

£c.'-s«^ tshon-clwtd bill of purchase, deed
of sale.

ft;1**.1 ts/iofi-chfifi pledging in beer after
a bargain has been struck.

at q^*i tslton-hdus f»^?j, T^ market-
place, market, flM^M tnhon-hdu^-sa id.

+ Sc.'q^ni tshon-brdal p»< (^f^'JiwqjprJi)
the commercial place or circle ; that quarter
of the city which is chiefly inhabited by
merchants.

1035"

txhon-pahi-lam
[traders' path, traffic]^'.

tskon-spogs proceeds of trade.
tshon-spocjs bt/cd-pa, *ftm"ftw
ori^j'q tshoii-spogs-la hyro-wa to engage in
commercial speculations.

ro^ te/<u!/ I : JrrsiT 1. measure, propor-
tion ; ace. to Jd. the right arid just measure ;
««^n!^'i or *'!E-'t' to appraise, to guess
correctly, to measure out, to estimate, to
tax ; **'9|'*V^'^1 he overrates himself, he
does not know his capacity ; WW*T«\«(*r*l
to be temperate in eating and drinking.
%^, and #«v^'«i to try, prove ; to spy,
to sift examine. $'*S water-clock, in "W.
also = an hour. «S'^"1 a part, fraction, esp.
in point of time. *\wr*i tshod-hjal-wa to
measure; *S'*K intemperate, immoderate,
impudent. *Vq2'q Miod-blta-ica = ^^'\
i^to watch, to spy: ^Vl'^'l^'Vf'S'
orfprq for the sake of trying him he said
to the prince (Hbrom. f, 26). 2. estima-
tion, supposition, conjecture, guess: c/v&j'nt
according to my estimation. ^S'^'i tslwd
zin-pa to guess rightly, to come within the
guess, to turn out as guessed (Tig. 1). 3.
affixed to adjs. serves to form abstract
nouns, thus : — ~$ ">'"*' W^S snad-par dkah-
tshod the difficulty of obtaining, iH^'SI**
the facility of destroying, Pff^VTJMs
the greatness of the advantage (Jd.).

*V**i tshod-can or ^'^ 1. moderate.
2. punctilious, strict, grave :

(8. phivd.).

%^'*\** fshod-fes or *S'i a riddle : ^S'
•^g" to propose a riddle; $'*S riddle
about men ; 3«'*S riddle about inanimate
objects (Cs.) ; &V-<)^« tshod $es-pa

one knowing the exact time or
measure, to keep measure; and adj.=
moderate, temperate ; fef ft^iM uot keeping
to measure, intemperate.

Mwd-ma jf^ mo-tuhod or g'%*<
gen. cooked vegetables, greens ;
tshod-ma yyun-skyes cultivated
vegetables. ^'^ tshod-dor meat or butter
that is added or mixed with the vegetable
that is being cooked: ^*r^'&vV''(!W^'§c''
qpar«r$^N did th3 hermit become angry
on account of the inferior quality of the
meat cooked with the vegotables (Rdsa.).

tshon Tg1, 5i;T»T colour, colouring
matter; %*<Vj frq. in C. colloq. = id. ;
% t* paint, t"^ ; ^'j^J variety of colour-',
hundred different colours. ^"^'^f^'^W'S^'fl
tshou-rtsi dkar-pos hbri-ica to mark with
white paint ; ^ ^§"!':' to paint ;
to prepare colours, to dye.
tishoii-yyiii hfsfio-wa = ^'^'^f>^ a painter
(Mnon.).

^'5^ ts/ioit-can ^oj^:5,^ silver (6*.
Lex.).

^'^ tshon-chcn ^ifl^t [saffron, CartJm-
mits tinctoriii]S.

co3j'^ talioii-po 1. fat, plump, well-fed:
^qj-%q liig-tshon-po a fat sheep, suq'^'q
phag-tshon-po a plump pig. 2. resinous
(Jd.).

tshob for *Q tsMb (Seh.).

cbJJ'^J tsJiom-pa 1. also **' or »i'g a
bundle, bunch ; £-*r^<ii-Hi<v*s<-£j-q5qm-£i attach-
ing a bunch of black yak's tail ; £)'*« a
border or trimming set with jewels or
pearls. 2. vb. (pf. &w tshoms) to doubt,
hesitate ; to be timid, bashful, shy ; to be
ashamed C. (Jd.). Also, sbst. . doubt;

1036

timidity, etc.
prized

tsftomg-te being sur-
= H» the-ts/tom:

**'**» tshom-tshom or *«'**<
» =$'**< the-tshom doubt.

tshom-bu l.=*«'Q tshom-po,
9|-**'3 bunch of flowers" (PM.). 2- the Pla°-
ing of precious stones and other things on
the top of a Kyil-kor or circle of offerings ;
offerings placed on circular trays piled
one above another, each being filled with
grain, etc. knr^mrftr8^t^'^fit^r|<l he
presented the gold pieces to the lord
placing them on the top of the circle of
offerings (A. 68).

tshoms also *wr$(V, tshomf-skor 1.
a court- yard ; pe/aS'**^ the courtyard of
a house. 2. a place of worship, a chapel ;
X«wlq reception room or hall of lamas
and chiefs in Tibet. %

tshom-rftanH l. = ^«'^»' also
fright ; angry or wrathful atti-
tude. 2. noise, din, clatter (<7d.).

EJ tshor-wa 1. to perceive, to feel:
r»r**'«*'!'i'*> ffslton-gyif nta-tshor-icar
rku-ica to steal unperceived, contrary
to robbing forcibly; |*ra*M« feeling
herself with child ; ^'V^ •<r«r*WU«I
§*i-^-|N-^i|W he was afraid lest those
who did not like him to go to Tibet,
might perceive it (A. 126). ***'% tshor-
wa-po t?fi one who feels the objects that
produce a sensation. **-£i'»>S tshor-ica-med
fs^sn void of feeling. 2. one of the five
gc/Ej phun-po or skandha. 3. in W. is
commonly used for **<•« to hear. **'«i
tshor-la a (flying) report, rumour (Jd.).

tslios

matter j

1. paint, dye, colouring
tshos-rgyag-pa or Ji'i rgyab-

pa to dye, to colour (Sch.) ; *«'35f it
has lost colour, it is faded ; ^*<'S 'R'q tshos-
kyi k}ui-tca liquid paint,=^'^ tshon-rtsi
(Glr.); *w§V«i 'to paint, colour; 3*»»
tgya-tsho$ a red pigment from India,
being red lac obtained from J 'jj1« rgijn-
fkyeys an insect, as well as from the resin
of a particular tree. 2. v. R^'**i khur-tshos,
also *SE.'£« hphofi-tshog. *«'«W tshos-rnkhau
(1) <jF*i<?t a dyer, painter; (2) ^aw a
washerman, bleacher.

cb^'^J tsfios-pa t^> ripe, well cooked.
Syu. a^'«J fmin-pa; S«r«l thul-ica; ^t«

tstiof (Mfion.).
K- tshot-hchifi ft?«, »r^ [white]S.

mtshah-lu 1. also ?'*'« r'«-
tsha-lu, aco. to fikA. a horse with white-
feet. 2. v. *$ #«Aa-/».

mts/tags or *il« i!sA^j=«i^<>l«.

' rntshan, w&* that evil which is
hidden in a person's heart or disposition,
pent-up faults, secret sins ; and hence
irritation and suppressed wrath; «*f*VP
to dig out the evil of a man's nature ;
and hence, not only to expose his faults
in a direct manner but to cause him to
expose them : so, in colloq. : to irritate,
provoke ; also, to expose any one's sins,
pick out faults: ij*rP**'fT«r§''l*''"'*3 do
not irritate the arrogant and lofty.

£J*3j mtshanl: STW, ^nsn, ^ifWT resp.
for **t- name, esp. the new name which
every one receives that takes orders ; 5'
*<$-*i*a( the lama's name, religious name ;
N^'fll^iarq to give a name, also to assume
a name or title.

51(3^3) II: or N**'*t intshan-ma 1. <s.^<ir
mark, token, badge, symptom : ^'*S'w«*^'
*r5^ it is a sign that it is fruitless

1037

(Vai. §A.). w^-w^w" to make a mark,
to mark with paint ; ^ ' % 'T* •*s«|»r3fo' g<sj •
qr*i^-*rg,^*i making a sign to the queen,
signifying : do not fear ! wfy*«r «%«i to
represent a thing by a sign or mark
Lex. ; n&*[*f.'H$n'n mtshan-dan bcas-pa having
characteristic Buddhist virtues, w^'^f
^gqt) mtshan-dafi-dbyibg as to limbs and
shape (Dzl.) ; *f*l*&*ft'*4 propitious
signs, some special (good) quality ;
^I'i to prove, to examine signs ;
tj*)'i to take as an omen ; «^-w»cq|^ do
not regard it as an (evil) omen, be not
surprised or alarmed (Sch.) ; *^'^ mtshan-
don swu, f«ifa*J property, quality, symp-
tom, indication ; ^-erfl^Nrq^TH*^ the sign
or indication that the patient will recover
(Jo.) w*^-fl mtshan-ldan-pa or w^f^'fi
possessing favourable signs or some special
good moral qualifications.
rnishan-ldan-bla-ma a holy Lama.
mtshan-ldan-ma FW&T a woman of good
appearance and virtues (Mfion.). w*5'«i
mtshan-pa marked: Rpv^ww^'ti being
marked with the figure of a wheel (Jo.).
2. shape and peculiar characteristics of .
separate parts of the body or
especially as marks of beauty ; |
^w'5'<'*^" the thirty marks of a great
man. 3. the sex, sexual sign, etc. S'*^
•"Jfa^p male, the masculine gender; also
castrated horse, sheep or yak, as having
the sign of the male; %'**^ mo-mtshcCn
female, the feminine gender ; the vagina ;
w^'^9 rntshan-dbye the distinction of the
sexes ; •w^'w*^ mtshan-ma-can possessing
signs of virility ; *i^'*»'*>^ mtshan-ma med
having no gender; «*il*| mtshan-zug
painful affection of the genitals. *^'*r
qic.'3 <mtshan-ma bzafi-po and =^'3 fiati-po
good and • evil signs, symptoms, prog-
nostics.

mtshan-mk/um or

sooth-sayer, astrologer, drawer of
omens.

Syn. t-*rq rtsis-pa vp*;^*;^ gxah-fkar
mkhan ; ^-»(^ Itas-mkhan (Mfion.)'.

g]e.' mtshan-gran and *\y*i&\ dgu-
mtshan prize, crown of victory (Ja.).

»<^-t)|^-£) mtshan-brjod-pa calling upon
the name of a deity, enumerating its
characteristics and attributes.

mtsan-nid ' the sign,' the essen-
tial characteristic, sometimes even imply-
ing the innermost essence of a thing,
whilst, on the other hand, it is also used
merely for ' mark ' in general ; **r9'*i^'^v
IK*!, the real character of Dharma, i.e., all
things or matter is emptiness. w&^^'<i
rntshan-nid-pa the metaphysical school of
Buddhism in Tibet, the principal object
of whose study is to ascertain the literal
sense and original spirit of Buddhist doc-
trine ; w^^'ip^ '3 mtshan-nid mkhan-po pro-
fessor of mental philosophy in the greater
lamaseries, such as in Daipung, Sera,
Tashilhunpo, etc. ; N^Vvqai mtshan-nid-
I rgyud-med-pa

y.

mtshan-nitf-ffsum the three marks or
characteristics in the doctrine of ' perfec-
tion' of the Mahayanists : (1)

irfrRf^msrg'5 ; (2)
5,^i; (3)
(A. 78).

=u*%K mtshan-ma
(Vai. kar.).

f*&%i\$ mtshan-shi 1. the cause of a
sign or symptom (Ja.). 2.= «*^'«a( |
«^2TN-q — and, thus, man is the «^'*ft of his
own

1038

*.' mtshnn-bzaft good name, reputa-
tion. W^'^N mf}stta>t-$cs=Sic''e-^ notoriety;
bad reputation, shame or disgrace : Sj^'5*1'

though this petition may appear unplea-
sant to your excellencies, yet that no
bad name may occur to the ruler and the
subjects, etc.

mtshan-mo

night, the darkness of night: 4,5'w^'S in
that night ; M^'fl|C the whole night ; also
adv. all night ; w^'S g^'i to keep watch
during the night (Sek.) ; w^-Jrq^q^ar
q^6-' at night when (we) sleep well
(K. d. V, 340) ; «**« at night, ; *^-<$=.«
mtish«n-hkhi/ofi$ dinner, entertainment
with food, etc., given at night: J^fawlf
«OjM|-qS''Sq-5K<^«l| (Rftii.). W^S1* mtstuHl-
(]J;i/il or *^'3jf midnight ; «*^'* mtxlutn-

animals that move about at night with
a view to kill, etc. ; *"fy'?S nttshan-tfod the
first half of the night; «<^|fs'§'»i''jw mtaltan
ftod-gyi r mi-lam a dream of the forenight ;
*<*^*» mtu/iait-d/is night-time; w^'^i'
jq "night-roamer" met. for a fox
(Mfioii.). *<^'3S mttihan-phycd midnight ;
one half of the night.

w^-3rj}«|M mtshat^mo-tteijs ag [tin,
lead]*.

ruddy goose (Mnou.).

the water lily (Mnoit.).

n*q"R-naft mtshan-mo

da IR^E; w^-a

the anus (Mdg. 70).

fissure of

mtahiin-inohi-gos as met.=
darkness (Mnon.).

'gfl|^'q mtslian-mohi
^W the night's skin or cover, i.e., dark-
ness.

w^-SS-gK.' mtshan-mohi-pln-cn
v. «w«ig*i hjam-hbras (Mnon.].

nfcr^W^*! mts/ian-mohi
(Sntan. 355).

w^'35'^qj mtxhan-mo-riy as
the domestic fowl, cock, etc. (Mnon.).

*i^-%- mtuhan-qin W. 1. torch of
pine-wood. 2. pine-tree.

junction, limit, iutei mediate space, inter-
stice, border, boundary line : j'fl|v^t'q|«r
QS'*i**w»j' on the border between India
and Nepal (Glr.); w*i**w (colloq. xai/-
frontier of country; M*r*VHIIT
»j at a distance of 500 fathoms
from that place; ww&w^-a^ it lies in
the middle space ; ^f*4#N*r*j at the
junction of the mountains and the plain ;
^'ngprw&Wfj (between the waters and the
river's bank) close to the edge (Vui. sn.).
3«-qq-36«i|-*i&w<^ when these words were
uttered, at these words (Ta.) ; ^5'»<*»i»i'
^N'Sjq sgohi rntxli(UHS-nas slab (he or it)
enters through the chink of a door.
«*»w'5 mtuhaMs-n/m or w^wS'g-q " pray fill
in what is left out" or "accept what
should intervene," an expression gen.
occurring in modem letters to wind up
the complimentary phrases of the intro-
duction and passing over to the proper
business of the letter. 2. ®f****rf' 8)
«ta the points of the compass: w**«r
q^ the four cardinal points of the horizon ;
w**w|fl denotes the four cardinal points
together with the zenith and nadir;
gE.-.^-N**wai jn the north-east direction.
3. demarcation, partition, break, pause,

1039

stop. *^w*|-q to split, make partition ;
5i*wi)^-q to make a line of demarcation
about one's person, whether it be by a
magic circle or by retiring to a solitary
cell for the sake of religious meditation,
the seclusion lasting sometimes for several
months, during which time the scanty food
is silently received from without through
a small aperture: *rf*w«r£i§i|*rw being
in meditation. I'va&w gpyad-mtshams
rules, instructions, defining the extent
and limits of a person's duties. *i**«rsi«^
mtHliains-bcad $Brafq, ^*TR3" [bounded
within limit](S'. *)**w*m mtshams-mthah
*?ta=fi [a boundary line]>S.

*)**w|'*«<v^ mtsham$-kyi mtJuM-ri a
mountain lange lying far beyond
(Bharata) India (K. d. *, 342).

rkun-ma a thief, robber (Miton.).

*i**WR\q rntshams-hdri-ica =
inquiry after one's health (Yig. k. 10, 13).

Nfew^-*i rntshams [dan-ma $cvfa^( a
general met. for women (Mnoit.).

*i**i«r|^ i$tshamt-$prin the clouds which
skirt the horizon morning and evening.

|k, mtxhams-slyor 1. flfflfa, afcrafa*,
r; = s<3^'ii' mthiin-gbyor, «t<v§^ mdsah-
byed (Mnon.) adherence, contact. 2. the
Sanskrit dipthongs, e, o, au.

w3fe»N-|^-« mt shams sbyor-pa and «*»«'
|^'»< rntshams sbyor-ma a bawd, or pro-
curess.

»4*sw|V«i mt shams sbyor-iixt 1. to close
interstices, to stitch up, to sew together
(Mil.). 2. to occupy a certain space, to
enter the womb, to embody one's self in
human flesh. 3. to take a resolution, to
form a plan, to conceive an idea, to settle
in one's mind, like tfff'Vi hgod-pa. *i**wr

mtsham-sbyor med-pn ^rsfiraH [unri-
valled]S. B*W*>'j*-IJ mtsham-mi-sbyor-wa
suj1?] [a technical term, in grammer indi-
cating that certain words under certain
circumstances are not subject to the rules
of Sandhi~\S.

mtsltams-med-pa 1. adj.

«i without interstices,
^'i continuous. 2. ebst. ace. to Was.
' where nothing is to be interposed between
a deed and its consequences, where the
consequences are not to be averted,' a
deadly, capital sin. wisiw^-ecg mts/tams-
med.-pa-lna the five inexpiable sins are : —
(1) *r«w«vq TTfirgra matricide; (2) «ft-q**r
«i^-ci Ki^-w the killing of a Buddhist
saint; (3) «T«W«V£I ftia^ra paricide ; (4)
*ftW$*fa9* iFjVZ causing division or
disunion among the priesthood ; (5)

gata to bleed (M. F.).

to cause a Tatha-

worda

of approval while a work or any business
is being done: «*»4«i-3^«-^« a W0rd of
approval is necessary (Rtsii.).

Htom-mn-msp.-^ mtshams-lan Qnafi-skyes
present sent in return for the sanction to
one's prayers (Yig. k.).

J mtshar-ica 1. =«?«« tndses-pa
handsome, fine, beautiful, *»^^'|9)^e,-^a^q
very handsome and bright, of metals, etc.
2. wonderful, marvellous, gen. with ?; e.g.,
|qjSN*v.8q rten fio-mtshar-can a wonderful
image ?w^-*)*<vq a marvellous, extremely
rich offering; ifw^'S-q fio-iKtsltar che-ica
marvellous things, events, miracles; »)'ijv
cf»i^^ mi-srid no-mtshar-che impossible !
most wonderful ! Jjprfyg'&i&v) the
account or narration is very strange !

1040

wonder, surprise, astonishment :
-q fio-mtshar-skye-wa, ?w#v^-<^'{|
to be seized with wonder, to be surprised.
«*^qjR rntshar-dgah remuneration, re-
ward, wager.

mtshar-ica

1. or J-w*i (**)

Chinese vermilion, used inst. of
red-ink for writing. 2. or $**<* sku-
mtshal resp. for HI- 3. -n. of a place in
Tibet. w*ry»F mtshal-dkar or X^-*<«c^^B
tshon-ifttsJtal dkar-po white paint (Rtsii.)
«*«r j mtshal-skye^tf&'b a preparation of
quick-silver, mercury (Ijfflon.).
mtshal-par a printing with red ink.
we." mtshal-ad vermilion of the best
quality («*.' being for
j90 the first quality) »rfl
*K<« (Rtsii.).

wtarg^K,- Jjfts/Ml-gufi-thafi n. of a town
eight miles to the south-east of Lhasa.
in #&Aa/ (Zort. *, 1^). w^'i^ Mtshal-bde
a district with a <7o»<7 situated to the
S. E. oiihasa (Rtsii.).

nectar like -,

or «$=.wi mtshufii-pa
w similar like, equal :
the former; fl^'8-w*^*
** devil-like; ^-gq|-
besides their sharing
all the imperfections of the gods (Thgy.) ;
^«j-«£fc.»r«i (lus-mtshiifis-pa a contempor-
ary (Mil.) ; ^»»w^E.'»'Cc-*''?3i'q manifestations
of the mind, those outward signs by which
the mind manifests itself as existing
(Was.). «Cwtrij*rsrq^ the four kinds of
parallels : "^•wgjt"'" similarity in writ-
ing ; i|$=.*rwCE-^'C| uniformity in speech or

experession ; *«-w£c,*rq similarity in reli-
gion ; g'*^**'" similarity in person or ap-
pearance (K. d. *, 166). *£=.«•£* mtshuns-
par or f£l«'*iCt*' in such a manner, accord-
ingly. wif'gi mtshutis-bral wnrfi^w,
^mrprar ftftg .unequalled, unrivalled, in-
comparable; n$ti.*r»^ mfs/iufis-med match-
less, unequalled, unparalled : flf^'«i5-»i6.R'n^fl)'
n|k»A^ratimM%^ at the feet of the
lord of the doctrine who has no equal.
(Tig. k. 10). •^MTfiMtorq^'qa
without a match, having no equal : $)'
«!«W£i5'<i5'£l''!l5E'*''5'5t'*''»<?f^'»<Cc-*''|'i4'*4^*''£| the
lord protector of all living beings together
with men and gods, who has no equal
(Tig. k. 2, 25).

^ mtshun ^rw, T*J the ancestors,
also the tutelary deities of a family- from
the time of its ancestors. Ace. to Cn. :
meat for the manes of the dead : "C^'"!^'*1
to bring an offering of such to the dead,
"i^'1^ mtskuu-fffor H*l=bali offerings
for appeasing the hunger and thirst of the
dead who are supposed to be still in the
Pretaloka or ghost-land ; wC^'l*"'5
i&tshun-lha-ffsol-tca to worship the old
tutelary deities of a family.

Vtshur-phu a place in Stod-lnA
a couple of days' journey from Lhasa
where a large monastery of the Karmapn
sect exists (Loft. •», 8).

'CI mtshul-pa 1. the root or the
backs of the nostrils: w$iT{i'<w!l|p' the
blocking of these by mucus. 2. gi% gen.
if'iC'' the lower part of the face, nose
and mouth, the muzzle of animals ;
face (Ja.).

o»«ao mtuhe an evergreen grass which
does not grow more than a cubit in length

SIX-XT

1041

and is burnt as incense also mixed with
snuff in Tibet (Rtsii.).

*)3>-|c,- mtshe-skyon a medicinal earth:

boar.

- mts/ie~wahi rntshon hog, wild

two, a pair

^*'£J mtshe-ma 1.
(Rtsii.) • twins : g^Z'Wfl
twin sons were born simultaneously.
2. n. of a celestial mansion (Son. ch. 6).

mtshed or ^'*»3><\ dur-mtshed
place for burying the dead, also a tomb or
chorten on the cremation ground — i

a pond,
tank ; small lake.

*»**'«! rntsher-pa l. = ^?"I no-thog. 2.
the spleen (Mnon.) but usually iSvi.

SI* wtfsAo 1. symb. num.: 4. 2. *K:
a lake, a sheet of water : *^S«r^ mtsho-
dkyil-du in the middle of the lake. s&'<tfF*
mtsho-hkhor an assemblage of lakes;
*t*'<*gj5) mts/to-hgram shore, bank of a lake.
»# §(=.*] mtsho-rlans vapours of a lake ;

lotus (Mnon.) ; ^5'g, mtshohi-bya

the bird of the lake, i.e., the goose, *-*-'%

flan-pa (Mfion.).

«*'^ mtsho-sfion n. of a Sa-bdag
monster.

s*-g^-2j Mtsho-snon-po the Blue-lake or
Lake Kokonor. In the middle of the lake
there is an island with a bill, on the top of
which is situated the sanctuary called
Tsho-smfi where a number of Buddhist
devotees reside (Lofi. "-, 16).

flfrws* tntsho-mdah 5^: [a blue lotus-
flower]-S.

the goddess of learning. 2. = |^'
%'i'I'''n Ijon-^in dsa-ica-ka the tree called
Javaka (Mnon.).

i&9fUto Mtsho-ma-pham Tibetan name
of lake Manasarowara (Lori. "•, 9).

tjfitfKWRft-tqFfl Mtsho-dmaha-wa
gyuhi man-da-la n. of a glacial lake of
turquoise colour and of round shape near
Ea-sgren (Rtsii.).

t&fz: Mtsho-rdson n. of a Jong in
Kong-po: " ffc,'q'iN*ltc.-si-^-q5 " (Del. ij,
36).

mtsho-yas «^ n. of a number,
m" (Ya-sel 50).

mtsho rials tide; ^'^W«^?C'n|p
flow and ebb tides.

w^-^qq mtshor-hlab or^'aRiei mtsho-la-
hbab streams descending from mountains
and flowing into a lake, also rivers that
flow into the sea (Mnon.).

mtshog-pa, v. *%<i htxhcg-pa.

{* mtshog-ma or ^i)'i]Dc.- 1. the hair
of the head, only for a length of three
inches from the root. 2.=<*c^'i5-g-«j| 'spot
or tender part of the head,' vacancy in
the infant cranium.

similar,

mtshogsin JF. =
like, equal (Jd.).

£Jdb3j rntshon 1. the forefinger;
the pulse felt by the fore-finger ;
a finger's breadth; «%*)*•*« a finger's
breadth lower. %'»i&i-q^<i| a handful of
sticks (Jd.). 2. or «%*, s^ti any pointed
or sharp cutting instrument, a sword;
to seize a sword, w%* weapons ;
to destroy, to conquer with
arms; *»&j-*-j;*r£rq^ the four kinds of

132

1042

•weapons sword, spear, dart, arrow ; *^'H*|
blood drawn by cuts or stabs (used for
sorceries) ; «*^'3'%'3 an attribute of
the gods, resembling a ball of thread
(Vai-gfi.). «%!" *$*\ mtkson-rtse-cig ^!T*p»
n. of a weapon with one point, like an
arrow or spear.

w^-*-*)^ mtshon-clM-mklian 1. an epi-
thet of Paras'urama (Mfioii.). 2.=*»«H'i
blacksmith (Mnon.). «*^'»'i mtxhoii-c/m-jtti
n. of a low caste tribe of India (Jjffion.).

t8o = s'*p arrow

as met.=

mtuhon-pa 1. v. ifap leader;
also, showman. 2. vb. to set forth, bring
forward, shew, quote, exhibit : J5v3* •«%T
3*''-^ql'qRic'*1 '^*> he having said do you point
it out (A. 56). 3. sign, symbol, point:
" '*Pfa •§w«&r<i'ij»m'*g«i'q«wi the marks of
approval or confirmation were distinct and
dear (D. fel. 7). **^'9 mtshon-bya meaning ;
mtshon-byed illustration.

,- htshan-gun n. of the only nun-
nery now existing in Lhasa.

(If Hon.).

sword knife, etc., (Mtion.)

blood

"Cl Mshag-jm 1. vb., pf. *«!»> (shays
or q&|« btsags. fut. «*% imp. *«| ^//o»/
(trans, to "^"l'"), to cause to trickle, to
strain, filter, press out : 4'Mi|*j yQ (Situ.
85) ; <*gw<*«|i hbrutnar ts/tag-pn to draw
off oil, WS'^'ito tap (a dropsical person).
•2. adj. thick, fat, obese (Jo.) : $«r**flrwn
lus-htslag bsan-tca a body or constitution
that is healthy and sleek.

htshan or »ic- ' = & sky on 1. fault,
error, offence, sin, ^'^^'^'^ that is very
wicked, a great offence ; WMt1 a man's
fault, *VarMt.'«.g'q to spy out another's
faults, to upraid him with a fault.

n-wa vb. pf. <*e.w fut.

1. to press into, to stuff, puff out:
i*e.'« pressed into, stuffed inside;
^e-1"'*^ a stuffed seat ; ^gflm-f*-*<w«i out
of breath, puffed by pursuit;
^q<fq dbugs-stod-dti htshan-wa or
breathing hard, getting out of breath.

2. enlarged, complete, made full : ^ '*"=•
QA^C, q HH-iiuin-po htslutn-wa many people
assembled together ; ai»i'i|iaii^*e.'q to be
competent for work or efficient in doing
work; *<fj-q = «c.*rj*i-si Or n*t'j'W*3*.
become sanctified, perfected ; *•&* 'J 'w

i « to aim at Buddhahood ; wBi'WR^e.-
: wf^arfn will become a perfect
Buddha (A. K. 1-18). «**^ htshad-ra a
place where many people assemble.

J hts/tab-pa 1. (S^'l skyin-pa) pf.
, htshabs imp. *i tshob, to repay, to
re-place ; |^'«A#q «'Q skyin-pa hti//nt>-jin-/i<>
one who pays back, a liquidator of debts ;
(Situ. 85). *#w ht8habs=**y*i**
sgrub tsfiar-wa liquidated. 2. pf.
tnhabs-pa, imp. *w t$hobs=y*'*'ti rtabs-pa
resp. to be afraid, to be in awe of.
R^q-n^q htsluib-htshub confounding, ^»««'
<?*q-^q mental hurry, confusion, per-
plexity ; ^q'^q Wflflw*! to tarry in fear,
to hesitate in apprehension also : §c.'^*i
°-&* confused wind, as dust, leaves of trees,
8fc., are when driven about by a whirl-
wind.

) hts/iam-pa or

appropriate, becoming, fit, suitable,
in accordance with : ^•^c.'^wei in confor-
mity with it ; *A'gf «^.-<^wci agreeing with
one's mind, according to one's wish ; *'$*•'

1043

in size and quantity just
what is wanted or suitable ; fljt/«rg|c.-n«$*w
whichever suited ; WA&WTSI unsuited or
ill-suited.

n**r*«^-q htsham-tshod hdsin-pa to
hold or take appropriate measure or
amount, i.e., sufficient: 5«v%5ai'ar<**''*v

'sft''^ (A. 33).

= 3\*t'ti*.'w%'l continually

v.

mtshah-lu.

htahar-wa l.=*^5MT«i or
to the mark, sufficient ; in proper
measure. 2. to be finished, completed,
spent; esp. as an auxiliary to denote
an action that is perfectly past or com-
pleted.

'CJ htshal^ca, imp. *** htshol 1.
to beg, desire, beseech, ask ; when prece-
ded by a verb the latter stands in the
term, inf., or as the mere root and
more esp. the perf. root:
I desire to meet my father
wishing to look ; j^^'m-qs^^Aji I beg it
may be borne in mind (Glr.) ; flR}*'*** I
beg you to speak. Occurs as an intima-
tion of willingness: ^'^'^*i'5 yes, we
will do that ; «rar^-*i-R*»r$« nas ne not g^ed.
the money from his father ? g*r«»d-**4
why does (the king) desire to slay?
2. as eleg. form = to eat: S'«wri*ar§ eaten
by mice (Ds/.); 3. to offer, shew, set
forth: ?<**sr«j=?.Z|«rq to understand, to
know. <wv**>rq to shew diligence (Jd.).

-q bro-htshal-wa to have a cold (Mil.) ;

m phyag-htshal^uia to greet, salute.

ft<a until I have eaten
up these I shall not ask for (more) food
(A. 87). Mar*r<i*»rq htshal-ma htshal-tca=
to take one's meal ;

htshal-nu, na
eating.

Q,*qj'CJ htshig-pa n?r? to burn, to
destroy by fire ; to glow ; ^'^'fi'^K'WW
cj'Rlij he burned the town with its inha-
bitants (Pth.) ; Jj«rw«afa|-£i to burn entirely,
completely (Da/.) ; H3^' has been burnt.
htshim colloq. for 3!»i tshem • and

Q.tc^'CI htshir-wa to extract, wring
out, squeeze forth, to press out oil, ex-
tracts, etc. ; ^•§«r*X* to press hard ; *'*•'
*&*•'* to milk ; ^»«r«K-f||ilw(falfR'q^|5^t
also the queen's mind was much depressed
(Jd.). ^rdK'Ofl til htshir-wa-po an ex-
tractor of sessame oil (Situ. 85).

htshugs-pa pf. C"!1" tshugs
(intrs. of ^C"I*'';|) 1. to go into, to enter
upon, begin, commence: fS'i'^gi'^'oi'^'ipi
he began to praise, to flatter. 2. to
pierce, penetrate by boring, to thrust in,
to establish one's self, to settle :
it has not taken root; ^q
they had no longer any mind to establish
themselves in this alpine solitude ; ««5^'§
|*<>*HrWflpl this was the beginning
of my lasting happiness (Mil.) ;
as partic. or adj. = firm, steady:
CT'§'"'a''fll3a|'? his limbs not remaining
firm (in consequence of a paralytic stroke),
he fell to the ground (Dsl.) ; »Tfl)3<i|'§'*)-
C"l*<'£i not being able to settle in one
place, flighty, inattentive.

btskud-pa pf. fa ts/iu4 to be
put inside of, to go into, to enter, to
get into ; jfe'^C'V to comprehend.

R^'^l htshub-pa pf. #w t&hubs to toss
about, to swirl, to entwine ; to be choked,
suffocated.

1044

bellyJS.

htshum-pa 3*5 [a protuberant

htshur-nag n. of a place in
Tibet (Deb. "I, 82).

R* ^ htshe-wa pf . qZi $tes finu, ^T?T^
to cause mischief or danger to, to
damage, injure, persecute : fctr^I'^C^Ift1
I'^S'" to do mischief and cause damage to
a man (Mil.) ; fl|5^'«\'ar?wm'qSi'*X'q'^e.'qs*)'9
(a place) haunted by beasts of prey and
other noxious creatures ; ^51 '•'H* 'jq'15'5'^35'
*^'3'*Vq like a vicious horse which kicks
about ; "*2'§^ hts/ie-byed, ftfaw wild animals,
such as leopard, tigers, etc. i*'«^ htshe-med
^rf%*n 9W not doing mischief or injury ;
piety (S. Lex.).

J htshcg-pa pf. **\* tsAcgg to
repay a loan or a kindness (4f»o«.).

' hts/ien pf. *Ie.»i-q htshefa to be
satisfied, content, happy, gratified: f^'
the mind was contented ; *'<wZj'
-Sri.r'aE.*! my daughter by
casting many tsha-tsha gratified me (A.
90) ; H»i«Ff«r^f*WriC«fc however
much the excertion so much the more the
satisfaction; ^t^ft*f|T||r%$f|ifc'Hfol if
there be no further mischief it is very
satisfactory (A. 16).

= s8'Q to cook: «r
*2\q'q sag htshed-pa-po one who cooks
(Situ. 85) ; <0^-q5-flfl«) htshvd-pahi fftiag a
kitchen (Mnon.) ; *2\§^'»i hfg/ted-bycd-ma
thab-kha-pa a cook (Mnon.).

l^cbJr^l htshem-pa pf. i?*w btsems to
sew : ^N'^Iwq to sew or make a robe ;
<*,35*r|^ htshem-skud thread for sewing ;
^Iwpq needle, ^'^ Q htshem-srub W. seam.

htshem-med without a seam ; also =
without interruption.

i, l.to neigh. 2.=«
to grieve, to sorrow, and sbst. grief, sorrow,
resp. s*|«r*3fc-q to be grieved, also to be
afraid, to fear C. (Mil.); repentance, shame :
*Jfc'q'*^ not penitent, shameless. "*3X'«^
htsher-can sorrowful, anxious. 3. to shine,
to glitter ; *V*3X-q sbst. lustre, brightness.
<*3fc'« titsher-sa abandoned pasture land,
land left by nomads for a new spot; a
place which has been abandoned on account
of inconvenience, discomfort, sickness,
etc.

f^ro'^ htsho-wa I: pf. and imp. S*j 1.
to live, to be alive, be living : <%^'§»r<»*'q
to earn livelihood by talents J'o^l'^'^'q
to live by theft and plunder; ^-^ for a
long time ; Si'qjj'&c^'^w he lived even a
hundred years ; **5w^ for life, life-long,
3« $«•<**• q to gain a livelihood by religion ;
fjYH#q to pass life, to continue in a state,
to exist; ^A?5'^c.'^'R^'*l'S^'^ in the throng
of the world I cannot exist (Dzl.) ; *^'»f
S«r^8'**5 if We did not do this we should
not remain alive. 2. to last, to be durable,
of clothes, etc. ; to retain its virtue, efficacy,
of laws, doctrine, etc. 3. pf . q*to or *« fut.
*ft to feed, to graze ; to nourish, $« the
body, to sustain, Jf*| srog life ; Jfl)»r**'q'«i
"(jl'Vq to lead the cattle to pasture (Pth.).
4. to heal, to cure, *f\ ; *'«4^ ' life-giver,'
i.e., physician.

II : also ** 1. sbst. life :
j: duration of life ;
to prolong a man's life (Dzl.) ;
the lord of our lives, viz., the king (Glr.).
2. livelihood, sustenance, support, main-
tenance. **-f*' htsho-skyofi fostering,

1045

maintaining, tending (cattle) ;
hts/K>-khams=q^'F*w mortal frame, the
constitution which requires keeping up;
«.*•*« htsho-chas subsistence, livelihood ;
"$'%*i tsho-rten livelihood, maintenance,
support ; *$'wm htsho-thabs medical treat-
ment, the means of healing, way of subsis-
tence ; <^'«wci htsho-thabs-pa=fffiQ a physi-
cian, medical man. *$'fsi htsho-wa-ma
a woman that nourishes.

htsho-4ca-£sum the three kinds
of physical and spiritual existences : 1. ^
life. 2. *&\*pw merit. 3. «w Karma or
work.

htsho-wa ffsum-zad the decay
of the three vital essentials: — 1. that
called 35-as ti ; 2. that of merit
3. that of work w^'«i (Sman.).

Htsho-wahi snin-po n. of a
medical work by Atis'a : I •S^'^wgn'^qS1
|c,-cr^-g'*i^ (,4. 35) the Jowo himself also
wrote a work on medicine called Htsho-
tvahi Snin-po.

^ htsho-wahi yo-byad
necessaries of life.

htsho-byed 1. medicine. 2. or
8^-ci a physician (Mnon.). 3.
the moon, also "1^'3^'S 5^^lf^
W the planet Jupiter ; ^•|vl'9"'ci htslio-
byed-kyi shns-pa n. of Sutra on medicine
called Jivaka-puripuchha.

htsho-byed-ma ^\^\ n. of a
goddess.

n£-|^-fl|Jfa-aj htsho-byed gxhon-nu f^TTT-
a?N^i n. of a celebrated physician devoted
to Buddha and who cured king Bimbisara
of piles (Tig. 35).

plant. 2. STOR! the life-tree i.e., any chosen
tree on the existence of which depends the
life of a person (Mnon.).

goods,
eifects, necessaries; also provisions, pro-

vender (Jd.).

~g
0,*^'^ htshog-pa pf. «*^« btsags fut.

*)5&| bstog imp. ^ tshog 1. to hew, chop,
strike ; to inoculate ; 2. vaccinate, to find
fault with, to blame, censure, teaze (Sch.) .

0,*^^'^ htshogs-pa pf. *1« tshogs
1. to assemble, to meet together ; J|V*^'
ye that are here assembled; fcwfi*
q5-«^-^ before many assembled people
(Dzl.) ; R|c,-g'&iprq the five elements meet-
ing. q3£q|«r^-|-w«; food and drink to
entertain the people assembled (Glr.). 2. to
unite, to join in doing something, to com-
bine, to make common cause (Jd.).

^ htshon-wa ftifra to barter, to
sell — a vb. in very common use ;
*fl« place where perfumes are sold ; <
*> htshoft-wahi-tshad for the purpose of
selling ; ***'«H'|^ making sale, causes to be
sold.

l htshod-pa pf . «)&)' btsos fut. 1?
btso imp. ^ tshos 1. to boil, to cook in
any way, to bake: ^l^'^l htshod-gyin-
hditg colloq. it is cooking (anything) is
boiling ; n&r|^<^ has been cooking, has
been boiling ; ^*S'W'S htshod-par-bya should
cook, or to be cooked. i&Vfw htshod-snum
oil for frying food-meat, vegetables, &c.
(Rtsii.) ; n^-w htsliod-mar butter used in
making pastry, cakes, etc. (Rtsii.).

spyi
1. n. of a medicinal

Q,*2J'^ htslwb-pa or <tfw«i htshob$-pa
to be a deputy, to represent, to be substi-

1046

tutedfor; *«|*r**q-si to be the first-born
male in a family, to represent a family
(Dz/.) ; R*q-<K'3vei to substitute, to put in
the place of another (Dsl.) ;
resp. for first-born (Jo.).

htshor-wa v. ** (^'i

htshol-tca pf. 1*1 btsol imp.
tshol, to seek, to look for, to make

search ; <w^i'^ to seek for an oppor-
tunity or means ; «r**«rq to look for
food ; *?«r*!j'*i htsho hgrol-wa to search for
livelihood. **i'j*r3S htshol-^grol-byed—
*$*. gold (8. Lex.).

Syn. 55e.w^A*«i-q yoAs-su htshol-wa ; |»i
»j-n*acq rjef-su htshol-ica (yfion.).

^**j-1^ frtshof-sin anything thoroughly
cooked or boiled. Also = quite ripe.

fe dsa is the 19th letter of the Tibetan
alphabet corresponding in sound to the
Sanskrit si. Ace. to the Tantra : tifa-gE.-
o""*'^! Dsa is the beginning of that which
has not grown or been born (K. g. V, £2).
Dsa also = S'i and s^'i religious rites and
almsgiving (mystic) (K. g. f>, 179).

^ £'7 (ka-ti prop. 1$ dsa-tl 1. the
nutmeg. 2. n. of the flower Jasmmum
grandiflorum.

Syn. of 1. g*»^ su-ma-tia • ' gw|«

* *& ^

sbubs-tfyes ; | w*g« sbubs hbras • |jw*^
sbubs-can; UV§-g«rq gpos-kyi rgyal-po.
Syn. of 2. S^'tu^fw yid-bzafi-skye§ ; *VT
^'i hdab-bdim-pa ; flffiaj-j$-*|n- yshon-nuhi-
hphrefi; S'«r$ ma-la-ti; %*%**'fa sna-mahi
me-tog (Mfion.).

^'^'" dsn-na-ma ^rqr shadow, shade.

or ' l. = «U» Tibetan-
ized form of BUT ; is a mantra or Sanskrit
charm. 2. recitation mentally.

^ R £J dsa-icah and £'£%.• = anri [the
China rose, Hibiscus rosa sinensis^S.

Syn. ^'iS-a-^'l rdo-rjehi me-tog ; faft'fa
til-me-tog ; e'«'»>'^| rfia-ma me-tog • ^'^ dsa-
to\ t'li^' dsa-ba-^in (Mfion.).

1 E<ul dsa-ya I: wg; = 5«i«i victory.

^'«l II: 1. -ScA.: 'muddy deposit,
green elime in the water.' 2. in C. the
markings of wood, speckled and varie-
gated in consequence of disease in the
tree. 3. n. of an ancient king of China
(Jo.)-

J E. W ^ ^ ^ Dsa-ya-si-pata the name
by which the site of Kapilavastu the birth
place of Buddha is now known: ^'gS'fe.'

(Dsam.).

dsa-yan tihi rtsa-ica
*$&) the root of the Jayanti tree (K. g.
*, 51).

£§•** dsa-yi-phal=^ nutmeg.

K''^ dsa-lan-tra,
n. of a province in the Punjab, now Jal-
lundur (Jd.). Formerly the kingdom of
Jalendra comprised Kashmir, Panjab and
a part of Kabul ; and was ruled by king
Kaniska and his successors (J. Zan.).

£'W1N dsa-sags (Chinese) = lj=.t^ a
prefect, a district magistrate and collector
(Tig. k.J).

+ *'5^'9'^ dsa-huhi bu-mo '<H\*%3\ an
epithet of the Ganges 9q«j'Sa]^-gc,i-^q-g-335'
^•q^'lpjrq-s^ pray let your letters come
to me like the flow of the Ganges.

E- 'n't'^J Dsa-ti dsa-la n. of a Buddhist
H

female saint : ^'5^'§'3=.'|;!il^'3i'il1^«i'')5'g'lt^'

^i-o)-^-g-q | on the north of Orgyan there
lived Dsati-dsala who was a girl of the
sudra caste (K. dun. 88).

Jo, PP Dsa-ri khanda n. of
Indian province : WTI'^'
K'flS^sr^'5'^l there is a large province
to the south and not far from Magadha
called Jari khanda (Dsam. 35).

fe^T§ dsam-bu sw 1. gold; the fabulous
fruit of the Kalpadruma, the wishing tree of

an

1048

the gods ; gold leaf is compared with the
leaf of that tree, gold yielding almost all
that man requires for his living. 2. ace.
to t7a.="The rose apple tree Engenia,
which figures also in mythology. "

+ ^I'S'1*! duain-bu-ka <M*44, vjTrra the
jackal.

or <U*-g5jjc.- Jldsam-buhi-yM
the ancient Buddhist name for
India : ^«i g^V^S^'?! W< I %'"ig'
f 'jB'f ' VwrqPw'3'%''l'a''*''4'a|'Si:' ' £&• lin • itr^vr
iS-j-R^'twi* •g'vfJE.-^-qf^ this southern
continent is triangular in shape ; and is
called Dsam-bu-fflin from the jam-jam sound
made by the falling from heaven of the
leaves of the Kalpadruma wishing-tree into
the river Ganges (K. d. S 343). fcrgS'se;
^•gt'gqmf^ql'^r^V^q^fe.iN the names
of some of the countries situated to the
north of Jambudvipa are : —

(Dardistan);

dahar) ; -fl aw ; (Sogdiana) *?F1
»•?•£•"! »lfh?Ni ; f •^•^•^•nwi ^ (China
with her surrounding appendages) ;

^S|^-q Jambu-mala n. of
a country to the north-west of Jambudvipa
or Dzambuling situated near the Sumeru
mountain. Beyond that country lies the
country of g^ '3)'|«.^, i.e., the string of
lightning Aurora Borealis (K. d. *, 270).
+ *"'S'^^ Dsam-bu-tiad the river Teru
Tsang-po of Tibet which brings down gold
with its sands ; also the head- waters of the
Tang-tsi-kyang the river of golden sand.

EJT{3'QJ Dsam-bka-la or£*'§ Dsam-lha
the Tibetan Pluto or god of riches. Hia

different epithets are:— ^'3'"I^'|«( Sfion-
gyi ffnod-sbyin, ^-3 Chuhi-thu,
Chu-yi dtcad-po, ^'v^v Chu-la-gnas,

Nor-bu fcan-po, ftflfv^ Rmugs-ftdxin,
Nor-gyi dicafi-phyug (Mfion.).

Dsam-lha-la nag-po a mani-
festation of Dzambhala in black; <*i'tK=
fl the same deity in yellow aspect.
ds/ifia, ^tffVf^rJfr^ff^l^i^

(Ebwn.*\, 283).

tlx/ia »B 1. Iqp-garflS-jfi \-»)^«i)q«1-
«i Ds/ia is the symbol of what is
free from defilement ; being immaculation
typified it liberates all (K. g. V, £2). 2.
•

dufia signifies that entanglement in endless
misery is like a dense forest (K. my. *|,
207).

|TJl'"i d*na-na kd-ya in mysticism =
^'•^'9'S spiritual image or body, the spirit.

fe dsi num. fig. : 49.

T E'3j'iJ}'^ Dsi-na mi-tra f&i»ifi<5 n. of
a Kashmirian Pandit who translated
certain of the Buddhist scriptures into
Tibetan and died in Tibet.

QJ dsi-li dswa-la cancer ; ace.

to some authors it is Wft or plague ; ace.
to others a fearful kind of burning
leprosy : ?3i'«i3^«v|^ stops the progress
of the disease dsi-li dswala (A. 19).

£ t '^'Tl dst-ba-ka vfaft honey, nectar,
T ^
ambrosia ; that which gives life and also

keeps up life (mystic).

Syn. *»*'gi^'* mtsho-ldan-ma ; g^'
rtsi; ^'«^ rwa-can;

dsu num. fig. : 79.

1049

- of the third son of Emperor
Dsung of the Han dynasty who succeded
his father on the throne (Tig. 5&.).

% dse num. fig. : 109.

i c*^** Dse-ta-ri srarfx; n. of a
Buddhist saint of Bengal (K. dun. 45).

^'^"\ &nin-$dug sbst.
love husband, friend:

Dse-tahi-tshal *m the
grove in S'ravasti in which Buddha had
resided for many years and where the first
Buddhist monastery was built under the
auspices of Anath-pindada.

t' -6 dse-tse in C. vent-hole for the
smoke, a chimney (Jd.).

£ dso num. fig. : 139.

dso-ki or <^ dswo-ki vulg. for ^'9|
or ^'^§^'1 rnal-hbyor-pa.

J mdsah-wa 1. to be amicable,
to love as friends or kinsmen do :
a loving married couple (Dzl.) ;
vw«^ all hostile malignant (creatures or
powers) (Dom.) ; todw^WJ*1* to reconcile
those that are at variance with each other ;
gsri'wH'^K.'^rq he had a Brahmai? for his
intimate friend (Dal.). 2. as adj.=»S^«
or Vl intimate or near. 3. as sbst.=
friend, relation, one near or dear. Also :
affection, friendship; also
•H^^-n to cultivate friendship.
mdsah-hycs^^'^"^'^ *r*re, fim; also
parents, brothers, cousins, relations,
friends ; frq. in conjunction with ^ or
(Glr.). w^S'lfttrZi mdsa-lhahi
=y*\'i (Mtion.). *i*$nm rndsah-
grogs in C. = jj'^ husband, wife. *^'<i]§<»|«i
tndsah-pcugs v. 1^-|l«. *^-q^|^ mdsah-
bijed=W<t or 3'» (Mfion.) ;
mdsah-was bcifa v.

S0me friends are
like cotton (adhering firmly), some friends
are like Mount Meru, other friends are
like the earth (steady), others are like a
string of beads easily separating.

Syn. ^'^ snifi-hdod • ^'u^ yid-
mthun ; ^^t\^ yi-ffcug$ ; xi**]^ mdsah-
gpugs ; £Wl'9<w bag-phebf • f^^ snin-ne • »K^
yid-ne; ffi blo-ne; ^W*^ sems-mthun
(Mfion.).

w^'lS mdsah-mo 1. a mistress; also a
female friend. 2. v.

mdsafis-pa 1. sometimes writ-
ten as "Uc.»rq hdsaHs-pa ^3, wise,
learned; also = «|I'N-^c.- rnkhas-<;iA. 2.=
*.'<5 a hero, a champion (Mfion.) ; w^^1
1*' mdsafi-pahi-khafl the house of a
hero, the house where heroes exhibit
feats of arms, etc. Mww indsafts-ma a
woman. «te«1«r^rf|>l^>1 mdsafo-ma hbras-
kyi snc-khur n. of a vegetable medicine
used to heal sores and wounds (Sman.
350).

l mdsad-pa 1. imp. *^ mdsod is
the honorific form for ^V in all its signi-
fications, whenever the person acting is
the object of respect: j$vS*r^t aw'1"] fl]'*V
*I£«^E/ how much work have you done
to-day? wSvVI*!''! Pra7 do i*. let it be
done. 2. = *rw, ^ deed, achievement,
working, behaviour ; the act of doing, the
thing done ; n^'i'iS'ifti the twelve deeds
(or prop, incidents) of a Buddha's life ;
nl^'nj the hundred acts of Buddha
Gautama (J. Zafi.). Ht^fZ mdsad-pa-po
the doer, maker, composer, etc. ; wKl^
ifidsad-spyod. deed, action ; deportment,

133

1050

conduct, like jfrw fpyod-lam, course of
life, way of acting ; ««v^ good deeds
or services: •*?4^*T^-«l'Ff'K'«t
q«ip^-S that you have been doing excel-
lent works and flourishing more and more
is a great mercy to us (Tig. k. 4).

mdser-re in
Ld. = pitted with small-pox, pock-marked ;
warty, blotchy, v. **v« (Jd.).

mdmg-gu colloq. a finger v.

flfg^gflm'* where a finger can be
thrust in ; place or thing pointed out
definitely, as it were by the fore-finger :
H-*r^c.i§q'*r«r*ig'«i|'g-Rg'iprw the object which
both the lama and his pupil can point to
(A. 156),

or

or

mdmb-

Cq'3 mdmb-gu) 1. finger, esp.
fore-finger : w

raising your fingers go on merrily ;
Ngq'Kw^c.' to point to others faults with
the finger (Rdsa 17, 23). The different
fingers are : *»&rS or *£'8 the thumb ;
)Cq the fore-finger ; sfa'«iS or
^N (.3/erf. <7a.) the middle-finger ;
J or *^'*>S the fourth finger; *^'i or
or w^V in C. the little-finger.
2. toe; claw, *<Cq^ mdnub-ker — 3* or —
3*.' a stiff finger; wgirqjc.*) mdmb-
brkyafig an extended finger ; wgq'S*' mdsub-
skyi$ finger-ring. «Cq'S^ mdsub-khrid lit.
leading by the finger; a pointing with the
finger, hint, intimation, direction : %'%'%*'
&3rqrv*4gq-jg\g*q he made an intimation
that removed every scruple of the mind
(Jd.). "Ct'"qlc; mdmb-gan a measure equal
to the space between the tops of the
thumb and the fore-finger ; »<f£q'J5-»l\ei
one without fingers ; *Cq't< mdsub-rtse tip
pf a finger (Cs.); «gq'*n« mdsub-tshigs

joint of a finger. «Cq'^ mdsub-sha lit.
the finger-cap, a thimble.

£1" indue gre leprosy, believed to be
caused by Lu or water demons when they
get offended from any cause, and is there-

fore also called 9 '^- It is described as of
»

thirty -six kinds. *^51S mdxe-klad the
brains of the head of one who has died

from leprosy : M**'«*aiS'&'-TinW M to
what is unclean, there are the brains of a
leprous person, dogs-flesh, pus, etc. (A.
12). *^'^S a very dreadful type of leprosy
&JiN (Fa.se/. 11.) ; w^^'ifww
j'«i rndac-ran hjom$-pahi jag-pa = §5 m-
rta a kind of spicy root used in medicine
(Sman. 109).

*f »T«| mdse-rmog a kind of helmet
(Jig. 31).

'^ mdser-pa or "*Q . = ^«i or
to speak. 2. a knot, excres-
cence' of the skin, wart, etc. ; also, a knag
or knot in wood ; »i?*'*i«i mdser-mal knot-
hole in wooden boards.

J rniheg-pa also, collq. "dse-po,"
handsome, fine, charming, wftwqfy^
appears very nice; §'35x?«'Hi sweet
daughter! ^>5^nmi*ai-^-»r»e'*rq | a mountain
beautified by numerous woods ; fig. : ffc<v*r
*?«-q | conduct outwardly fair (Dzl.) •
»i?*i qijuj mdses-bkrag lustrous ; beautiful and
bright : rf^fMf|^*r^J|Tf«W^ni*>^<W
jjc.-q« | the lustre of his countenance had
faded, the wrinkles on his skin were many
(Khrid. ItS). «^'g lit. handsome body
idiomaticaUy : fine health : w?wgwq^-|-25i
being in excellent health (Tig. k. ^8).
»&r«ft<>. mdsef-dgah delightful ; «?«'3E« [one
who naturally indulges in pleasure] S. ;
wltreiqN a handsome woman (A.K.
111-13); w&i'll mdses-sdug=***«m very

1051

handsome, beautiful (Mnon.) ; *^'SN mdses-
bya$ ornament, jewellery (Mnon.); «?«'|^
mdses-sbyin, the finest sandal wood per-
fume ; sfiCfsi mdses-ma a pretty girl, a
beautiful damsel; *£*r*c«Xi| a cbarming
young woman or girl (A.K. Ill, 30).
*<g^?*i rndses-mdses pomp, extravagance,
debauchery ; wBsrol'H* mdses-leys kind act,
good behaviour (Rtsti.).

rruko qiHi^, tirft breed between
the yak-bull and the common cow ; *!j'wS?
is the hybrid of a common bull and a yak-
cow. *# S rndso-mo female of hybrid birth,
the jomo or common dairy beast in Tibet ;
*i^V!* mdso-dkar, white dso ; «? %ft mdso-
rgod wild cattle ; *&'§{* mdso-sgal load for
a mdso to carry ; w^'5 mdso-pho a male
cross of yak and cow ; w^SJI mdso-phrug
a young dzo, a calf of a dzomo ; JrtMfSjs;
mdso-mo-qin a tree the wood of which
resembles the red-sandal wood ; and being
largely imported into Tibet from China,
is used in dying the garments of the lamas
of Amdo.
cinal salt :

mdso-tshica n. of a medi-

mdsod wte sbst. treasury, store,
depository, treasure-chest ; jbftpiHI*, Ift^
to secure, to hide a thing in a safe place ;
sift^-tO^-q to take it out. V|*'*A
treasury of a monastery or that of a
Buddhist sanctury. «K°W?^ corn-magazine,
granary ; ^ST*1^ a safe for valuables ;
flpK'wfi^ gold treasury ; 9T*A "c/iandso"
treasurer in large monasteries ; R^«ft^ a
treasury of words, dictionary ; ^^'l1"^'
rndsod-khan=I>f-'!^c\ (Mnon.); store-room,
larder ; w^'pcci mdsod khan-pa, wsrtnrrfK^t
a storekeeper.

wSs'S* mdsod-jus a kind of fine satin (8.
kar. 180.); sS^-qjum mdsod-btags finest

silk scarf for presentation (Yig. 38) ;
*i£'1V«f« mdsod-yos, the finest satin or lit.
the satin robe that is generally kept in
the treasury or box, only used on grand
occasions (8. fear. 178).

•i^'i mdso-pa JinsgTf^fi ; treasurer.

Syn. «^'^-«) mdsod-hdsin-pa; §T*<^
phyag-mdsod ; qc,-«gv^-ci ban-mdsod-pa
(Mnon.). «

mdsod-spu ^Tfi ; = %*\'*\ '!"" (Mnon.)

g a circle of hair between
•«

the eye-brows in the middle of the fore-
head, one of the particular marks of a
Buddha, from which he sends forth divine
rays of light (Jo.).

•d^'i'*! mdsod-spu-can ^irW1. \\. a

>a M L

woollen blanket; 2. a spider, a ram.]. 6'.
rfj^'JJff plantain plant (Mnon.). •

^firsi^tfita Abhidharma kosa
v. fi^, comprising the ^T*1^
and the ^pr^1***^ the first giving an
index of all the subjects of Buddhist
Scriptures, the second an account of the
doctrines of the Gr&vaJta, Pratyeka
Buddha, Bodhisattvas and Buddhas. W
JNpS-^if^ the treasures which are the
privileges of such Buddhist saints as have
attained to the eighth stage of perfection.

J mdsol-bu 1. a menagerie,
house where wild beasts are kept. 2.
grief, dejection; a snare, a trap (Sch.).

Ij'^l I: hdsag-pa pf. ijaij^ gzags or
«|" sags, fut. *p*| gs«<7 to drop, drip, trickle ;
leak, run out : fffT'^'^l blood, water,
dripping from the nose (Med.) ;
dropping of tears ; ^'*r«lfl]
is trickling from it (Vai. sn.) ;
to trickle constantly, to spirt, to flow out ;
=-' flowing off at the

1052

bottom, the lake became empty or " as
not" (Mil.); «%J«|»r3 the face dripping
(with perspiration) ; nj<v«i$E.-«tf-*)*-*<-«i1«!
he is shedding tears of universal pity
(Dzl.) ; *fc-«iM«r<Ufl|^«| letting (ashes) faU
through between her fingers (Mil.).

0,^'^ II: in the language of the
Brahma Kayika-deva : ^fo = JJf flgTtf ;
W^'" (K. kon. *|, 236}.

"0, EC 'hdsan-hdson = ^•^ (Jd.).

hdsafi$-pa 1. acquiring of
wealth greedily, avaricious hoarding of
wealth. 2.=*Vti spent, consumed, ex-
hausted, construed with *\*>, of rare occur-
rence (t7d.).

l hdsad-pa, pf. *S to go down,
dwindle, to be consumed, to come to
an end=*V q. v. ; ^'^V4*'*^ riches
will be spent or run down. w*5'
£*, n9j^c.-«»i-5fa'n*war<^ in going out and
coming in and in wavering to and
fro, it is consumed (A. 137). ««F
tiS'^^A^ the gathered wealth comes
to an end (Pth.); jfw^'Swd a lamp
the oil of which is exhausted (Glr.) ; &V§
dt^para^cftAfMr^MI ye poor children
of merchandise whose stored-up merits are
now at an end (Glr.) ; J*|«r<WJS that which
has been spent for provisions (Mil.) ;
I^^V*5^ though the muscular part
of the thigh had been consumed, (I) was
easy ; «w»S helpless (Olr.) ; *^e.«r«j-»v<ra«
whilst life is consuming itself (Do.) ;
3-as'"H at the hour of death ; VTgS'awiM'v
n **S the effects of the five poisons never
cease; R^'ara^cr*)^ of devils there is no
end (Mil.) ; »^*>S or *Y«i '*N'"' *S'*>-J|vq
incessant, endless, everlasting, intermi-
nable. ^«'*S with this it comes to an

end, i.e., this is the only thing besides
which no second is existing ; l^*>'^'q$*'^c-'
<*#q^-j<^ ag this is the only means
of making a living (Dzl.). The form
*Y^ is frq. used at the end of a phrase
to signify : " and none besides, " " it is
only," " and no more," etc. Hence, we
may render : nSfE-'q'ftf S'ftf^-*^ | as I am
the only person that has seen ; wlfe/n *v^
this is limited to seeing, this refers only
to sight (Dsl.) ; *fyf%%t.'ii\&\-irfa-'^-3^ -o«[
as the two have only one name. So, too,
the frequent *'*<^ with the terrain, case

having lost his life not only this time
(but often before) (Dzl.); ^'»r»s-3 not
only that, i.e. still more, further yet.

hdsan-4kah =
(Lifi), difficult to obtain or to aquire.

hdaab-pa 1. to count on the
beads, to mutter charms; to pronounce
£1*< or magic sentences. 2. or Mw«i
mischief, danger. 3. vb. to strive,
endeavour ; to be studious, to give diligence
(Jo.). *to*^ hdsab-can a blackguard,
dangerous person ; *j^*r<Uq^ a dangerous
thief, daring robber.

hdtam-bu, v. &<'S arg, the rose-
apple tree, engenia : Jfcrgfc**^ j |-g-cj «,•

the seed of rose-apple, the seeds
of Vtjapuraka and Qarisa, cooked to-
gether in goat's milk and taken with
butter will enable one to fast for a fort-
night (K. g. «, 1*8).

c'3^ %"! hdsam-gM rgyan-drug the
six ornaments or gems of Dzambuling or
Jambudvipa:— (1) WF<rg *m%n Arye

1053

deva ; (2) Wfiwr*fr*S *irar-*W ]? Arya-
sarhga; (3) W^'W'q^
Sarvajna Vasu mitra ; (4)
31=. 5 f^srnrrgTSi Acharya Dirmaga; (5)
yq^&ffar)ran<r4 ^i^rahRFfilffl Acharya
Chandrakirtti ; (6) ("^'l'*^'*'1?
Acharya Nagendra.

jrq hdsam-ylin rgyal-po
the king of the earth, an epithet of the
king of Ayodhya (wtrd«v«i) (Mnon.).

<U«rgn-*3fl|-qfo»i hdsam-#M mchog-g.nis
the two great personages of Jambudvlpa
viz : — the Buddha and Nagarjuna.

hdsam-bu-fflin, sraiphf see
-' above. <U*rg-|*- or "Uwfjc: is the
more frq. spelling.

MWfffW^h hdsam-bu chu-wohi pser,
<nn«M <«<<'§ gold from the river of the golden
sand, which is used by a Chakravartti
Raja :

'i hdsam-bu nada gold from the
river of golden sand :

hdsam-buhi
kingdom of Jambu (modern Jummoo), the
south-eastern part of Kashmir.

hdttam-buhi rgyal-
= *'*ft (Mnon.) an epithet of
the earth.

"9^ hdsam-bur a gun, cannon (Jd.).

hdsah the interest or premium
paid for the use of money borrowed (Jd.) .

hdsar a bob, tassel, tuft ( Jd.).

,'^ hdsar-iva 1. taking dinner
at midday. 2. pf. w bzar, fut. ip*.
gzar, to suspend, to hang up, to fling
across or over, to put over one's shoulder.

3. to dress carelessly or in a loose

manner, to huddle on clothes or rags.

^
Q.s.'^ hdsi-wa 1. to be busy about,

to be engaged in, to be taken up with,
absorbed by anything. 2. to abstain from,
to be abstinent, temperate (Jd.) .

hdsin-wa to dispute, quarrel,
contend with, wrestle, struggle with.

Syn. ig<i|«<'q hkhrugs-pa • wi hthab-pa
(Mfion.).

) hdsins-pa, gen. with U $kra
rarely with «% bristly, rugged, shaggy ; of
beggars or of infernal monsters (Jd.).

in 1. aft the act of laying
hold or seizing, seizure, grasp, gripe,
a catch. When preceded by ^ or J'
it indicates an eclipse of the sun or
moon, in accordance with the notion of
the sun and the moon being seized by
the dragon Eahu. 2. a holder, keeper ; a
receptacle ; 3('|'^ the holder of the vajra
(thunderbolt), $-<^ (water-holder) a
cloud; X'R^ the tongue. 3. a bond,
obligation, contract, agreement, a bargain,
a treaty ; "H1^ a written agreement ;
Sf*\ '"^ phrod-hdsin a receipt.

*j*^! hdsin-pa pf. lie.' bziin or !*.' sun
fut. *|1*' ffsun ; often takes the form fyi ;
also occurs as "!=-' in all tenses: 1. to lay
hold of, to seize, to grasp ; frq. requiring
^*) attached to object seized, e.g., «wr<r^»i
to grasp a person's hand ; *flfaw taking
hold of the head ; ^^"N'^'i to catch a man,
frq. : $K.-W*KV«I to take as wife (Glr.) ;
opi|'^'^arfj to hold a sword in one's hand
(Glr.) ; qi^'W*)-^ though grasped it is not
held. 2. to uphold, support: ^1'9|'<I^'
i|S '*fy 'i5 'j«i •§ | a prince upholding my
race (Glr.) ; ^c.'«i5'T5wq|K.'q«i as he upheld

1051

the Buddhist faith. 3. to realise, com-
prehend, grasp, conceive, by the mind : V6-'

*

" to perceive things not as they are, or not
at all, in consequence of weakened senses"
(Thg i/.); with reference to mind or
memory : fcwwit^ ; 5^^ ; i'**** to te
taken in or grasped by the soul, mind and
understanding; S^t*^'" to be kindly
affected towards a person ; yF*'^'" to be
not graciously inclined (Mil. nt.) ;
taken in love by a girl (Pth.) ;
ri-khrod hdsin-pa to choose the solitude of
mountains; W^*^ to grasp humility,
to choose lowliness (Mil.). 4. to consider,
hold, estimate: R^W^'* consider-
ing me an enemy (D«/.) ; w^'«r,
wtfV« to esteem, respect one, as a
father, as a mother (Stg.) ; av«r«r^-<w
*Byi to consider the not existing as exist-
ing (Thgr.) ; if^'S'1*^ to consider as
two, to find a difference between two
things which according to Buddhist
philosophy are one and the same ; ^Srtfc'
*B\-i to believe in the reality (of a thing)
(Mil.). 5. •sfr; sbst. comprehension,
holding; capacity; the seizing; he that
seizes, holds, occupies : ^CT«T*«V«I the
holder of a magic sentence, etc. 6. the
dispenser : |w^'i the dispenser of law
or justice, punishment. ^'^« hdtin-
hkhris in l^ffff^w*^"**^
(Khrid. 28).

hdsin-stans ^fw** fist [clen-
ching the fist, a handful] S.

a&q*p hdrin-dam a sealed receipt or
acknowledgement (Rtsii.).

^•ccl-q=^'q'^ an auspicious time (in
reference to influence of the planets).

nB\-« hdsin-ma I.
earth as a receptacle of all things. 2.
a mid- wife.

Rf^-w^ hdsin-ma-hdsin W^H^: a land-
holder, a chieftain, one who rules over a
country, ^'•'flj'i hdsin-tshag-pa to super-
vise, to superintend: f^'fs'il^'i^^'^'
eSsftv( (Rtsii.).

n?^'ui« hdsin-yas ^*TT, >J*Tt n. of a great
number.

&

(^EJJ'SJ hdaim-pa wrongly used for

(^k^'CJ hd*ir-wa (moi'tw1^'*!) to trickle
off, to let drip (from the fingers).

Q.^*^ hdsu-ica, pf. ^C" to catch at,
to seize on.

^I hdsugs-pa occasionally

d=W» WIT,

vn

g«iT pincers

zti(j-pa Ttrrn, ^'T ; p • "1* iM'J? or
3i^S, fut. Ill*' ffzugs (trs. to <*Cfll*<'c') 1. to
thrust or stick into, push down, to set a
plant in the ground, to set down, to set
up a pillar, to raise (a standard). »)'m-^ «
to place a drinking-cup before a person ;
thrust in the finger ; g«rS5-
to set the knees on the
ground, to kneel down ; ^Wf^^rt^Vf1!
feast given when a little child begins
to plant its feet, i.e., to walk (Glr). 2.
to establish, found, settle ; to introduce :
jjacngii|W£i to settle a custom and, hence,
in a general sense, to begin, or set
about any business, with or without
wf\ mgo; If'W*^*" to offer resistance
(Pth.). 3. intrs., to bore or force itself
into, to penetrate, to take hold of, to
permeate ; mostly fig. : fft'*'!"! the medicine
has not taken hold yet, does not work ;
,|'TJ|V3*<'**'i*| you do not cling or stick to
a companion (Mil.). 4. to sting, like

1055

nettles, to prick, %**'%* like a thorn (Mil.) ;
the leaves sting (Fat. sfi.) ;
'" not smarting (Fat. sfi.).

hdsiigs-gtor the annual offer-
ings of torma to spirits (Rtsii.).

"•CS 'q hdwd-pa pf. ^S ifowc/ also IS swrf,
imp. C*\ Mitt?", (trs. to ^CV) to put, to
lead, to guide, to induce ; to insert : ^fli'i'T
to seduce into sin (PM.) ; *£V^=
CS'^C^'" to put or insert into ;
one who puts into a vessel
(Situ. 85).

/*' hdsub-mo for «&r* 1.
a span, the top of the forefinger
to that of the thumb. 2. a^f the fore-

'S" with
51 hdsum-lycd-
hdsum-dan-ldan
q hdsum-skyon-ica

hdsum or ig

, fat<Ri a smile:
a friendly smile;
pa to smile; ^
smiling (Plh.) ;
to preserve a friendly countenance, to be
always mild and gentle ; ^'1^' hdsum-
skyon in a special sense, the exhortation
given to a daughter on her marriage to
treat visitors with a friendly smile ; also
fig., an engaging appearance; ^C* no-
hdsum a smile: w^-f^C* •YT^Tif I
watohed whether the smile of my aunt
was friendly or unfriendly (Mil.) ; P^C*1'
no-hdsum nag-ste looking forbidingly ;

N'f* hdwm-kha a smiling mouth; %'%'
lha-mo hdsum-kha-ma a smiling

goddess; C^*ffTMW* at first a
girl is a smiling young goddess (Khrid.
61). <*C*)'^ql'^3 hdsum-ltag-dgye a smile
between the teeth, a sardonic smile, a
grin (Cs.).

C| I: hdwm-pa jtwrv* pf. *$*
btsum or E*1 sum, fut. "Il*< gsum, imp. Cw
tshum 1. to close, to shut, yet, as Ja.
points out, only in certain applications,
such as to close one's eyes, to shut one's
mouth : *)q|'*)-Rgi)-q^g^K.- mig mi-hdsum-par
Ita-shin to have one's eyes immovably fixed
upon (Dzl.) ; also £j\*)5vF>'|*r«i^ pad-mahi
kha-zum-bshin just as the lotus-flower
closes; *4'|"'^'!*i'^c.' rma kha mi-sum-shin
( Fat. $.) if the wound will not close.
2. to smile : ^gw1^'^ hdsum-bag-can (of a
child) sweetly smiling (Mil.).

^gw'S1" hdsum-mul or ig»)''W1 ^Trer a
laugh, a smile ; ^^'^"''3*''^ a smile
escaped ; *g«' W" to smile ; ng«'8a|'«a' to
smile by drawing in the lips but not
breaking into laughter:
«nr«'Jr^-*)-|j-q-Si»ii-3te- (Rdsa.
hdsum mu-le as if to break out into a
laughter: *^'VP'VIPC*I'« ^W (Rdsa.
IT).

0,^^'^ hdsur-wa pf. *»3* bear, fut.
"11^ ffsur, to give way, to draw back;
(of a horse) to shy: aw^-RgVq to step
aside in a path ; «W'«r<i|^'«i to shun work,
to evade labour (Jo.).

^^^'^ hdsul-wa to glide, steal out
or away, ^'^C*1 q to slip out or through
the door ; §<*• or $^'i^r«' to glide into the
water, i.e., to dive. B^'1^'^ that
which enters a hole or slips down into its
den so as not be seen or captured (Situ.
85).

hdsus 1. v.

2. a corrupt

form of

Q^'CJ hdseg-pa iiT^f^, VT^z to
climb up, to ascend, to walk up ; ^'°«'
ogwfct ri-la hdseg-pa to ascend a bill,

1056

11 to climb up a tree ;
one who ascends, walks up a steep
incline (Situ. 85). «**(<* ^ hdseg-par byed,
climbs up.

" hdsen whet-stone, hone (Jd.).

"Q hdseA-wa 1. to fight with pro-
jectiles ; to throw stones. 2. to stick or
jut out, to project, to be prominent.

QJf^'q hdsed-pa pf. ilS fad, vulg.
*K", to hold out or forth.

QJfSrq bd8em-pa=y*(&\i to shrink
from, to shun, avoid : *f«r'^<'! give up
or abstain from wine; fc^fl*<**< to
shun evil; ?*«r**-<Ufo-«i insensible to
shame, shameless; **%*fr*^ do
abandon, give up ! Jfl|*r^'ar*&i-<i to dread
going in an inauspicious direction ; «|**'
q^-K.^-crq-rf« avoids going on a journey or
doing anything at an inauspicious hour
when the malignant stars are in the
ascendant; |qar<^*r« to keep off from
pollution or defilement: g ^t g q'ai uic.'
&.' (A. 29). *&r*»Vl hdsem-
H'«i no-tsha ps-pa, shamefaced,
bashfulness, modesty (Mnon.) ; MTwa^
hdsem-pa-can or ^wq^'s^ bashful, modest
(Cs.) ; |M&)'«r»>S hdsem-pa-med immodest,
shameless ; |K*SN khrcl-hdsem modesty.

QM^, hdser=$W* glu-ffbyafa music,
singing (Mnon.).

0,^^,'q I; hdser-fia ufarffa fleshy
excrescence in the body (Bbrom. P 18).
ne^-^w hdser-dum a round excrescence of
the body, stump-like (foot or hand).

it f^S'^'q II: or ".^'q hdser-ifa 1.=
Ki to say, to speak. 2. to be hoarse;
<^v9 hdser-po hoarse; with ^ skad id.:
^•nr«,-^'N-=i-^q to weep with a hoarse
voice (Pth.).

I'EJ hdsog-pa qfc the fist; to
fold the fist.

s'Q,£C' hdson-hdsofl 1. jagged,
pointed, conical. 2. oblong, cylindrical
in C. (Jd.).

" hd*om-pa or w«ri hdso>m-pa
to come or approach together, to
meet, to interlace : wrfwti the crossing
of two roads; ^»w*aj£s(t) to meet a in
journey ; 3ft'*fei all meeting, where all
meet ; n. of a mountain pass on the road
to Lahul from Spiti (Jd.) ; ^wti-jf*fl|WRftcq
coming together of various things ; »>'*ie.'
Ej-q,BWq crowd, crowding in one place.

'H hdsom-po abundant, swelling,
profuse, fertile; $'$'3|K.-<UftfZi abounding
in grass and water and wood, fertile C.
t*yflfio&r% mthun-rkyen hdsom-po success-
ful through a favourable concurrence of
circumstances ; #w|('*SWZi variegated, many
coloured (Jd.).

CJ hdsol-pa any error, mistake,
etc. ^'«i'rf'>i'<r«|«i»iy de-la hdsol-pa ysum-
byub he fell into three errors (Jd.).

hdsol-ica 1.=^'" to mistake:
lam-hdsol-wa to go into the wrong
way, to miss the right way; 8'«r'tfV«»
to blunder in working. 2. to shake about,
to stir ; to intermix, to confuse : ^'5fF*T
q?arq to deliver a message confusedly,
making a mess of it (Jd.).

If rdsa f* clay or earthenware ; gen-
r'«= clay. t"9* a clay pot or jug. r rdsa
in comp. is used for r'« as in *«=- r beer-
jug, $T water-pitcher, r'^' rdsa-kon,
clay oil-burner (Rtsii.); f^ rdsa-kor

1057

earthen bowl, little dish; r'P6-1 rdsa-khafi
pottery; rB6-' rdsa-khufi clay-pit;

r«fc«-*Atfj=««-i»f«, v. r*.

mM«w fnw*rc: potter;
rdsa-mkhan-gyi hkhor skor-wa to turn the
potters' wheel ; r W§^*!* rdsa rnkhan-
gyi rigt, f*irrc the potter caste (in
India); t**\ rdsa-chen a large earthen pot
or vessel (for cooking purposes), £"1*1
rdsa-pag a tile, or burnt brick ; £"** rdsa-
phor earthen cup or dish ; f* rdsa-bo an
earthen vessel.

£"£' rdsa-rfia 'Rf kettle-drum made of
burnt clay: g-£'^5«-et|Ji'*^*"'^a"'l'^A*4'£'5*1
(Sbrom. r 107). rt'H<3 ^TSI the large
kind of kettle-drum.

§f ^ Rdsa-chu n. of a river in Eham$
said to be the head-waters of the Salwin :

river Rdsa-chu of Kham issuing from the
mountain range of Dufi-hbud-sgra (conch-
shell-trumpet sound) of the north flows
through Chhamdo, Tsha-wa-gang, Jang,
Ju, etc., and entering the Chinese province
of Yunnan passes through Burmah near
Prome, emptying itself into the ocean
(Dsatn. 32).

£"9. rdsa-bra in C. is a species of
lagomys, a small tailless rodent.

r'« rdsa-ma ^z pot (unglazed, urn-
shaped, bellied vessels of various size both
for cooking and holding water, butter, and
the like).

£•*• rdsa-ra, ^TO ; and r'*'* qvra.
g-fl|*s.- rdsa-ysofi, •gw^'i^i, «n«rf* [a
frying-vessel]S.

' tdsafl chest, box, for various stores
(Ja.).

, v. *«••«> rdsofi-wa.

or n-

rdsaHs-tho a list or register of
messages and messengers to be sent to
different Jongs or subdivisions of Jong
for the collection of revenue : ^=.'^'1'
frMrlf^E.'ovm'R?ffv!$'§''aw'**i provisions for
delay according to the register of
messengers (should be given) by the
collector (Rtiii.).

gf3 rdsab=e>ff< or ^wr* mud, mire.
g-q-^c rdsab-dofi bog, slough.

ri'r" rdsab-rdsub l- = ^'5 rdmn-po
falsehood. 2. sham, emptiness: ft'W
g-q-f q-«Ji rmi-lam rdsab-rdsub-can an empty

o

dream (Cs.).

g-q'^i rdsab-rdsob=*-W>*\ mire, marl.

an article, thing, material, object ( =
tr^ro substance): t*^f^"*'rf^' wnite
objects appear yellow; r*fr***V1'^
^•»>S the thing of yesterday is to-day no
more (Mil.) ; a-flifc-qS-g1*! an impure thing ;
^S-g-« requisites for this purpose; espe-
cially for sacrifices, sorceries, etc., hence
also used as identical with magical
agency (Vai. ?<!.)• 2. *« possessions,
property, riches : r«r«nr^R'«flt*S'<P« the
blessings accruing from a right applica-
tion of r« wealth; Sprr1" provisions,
victuals (Pth.); ^f^^ftf^ all his
property (Mil.). 3. in philosophy:
matter; real substance, realities (Was.).
bsrufi-rdsas charms, talisman.
an = a^'^ one IposBessing
property, a rich man (M&on.).

$< % I'. rdsi=S>^' rlufi or r'4=-' rdsi-
rlub wig, »rwr* the carrier of smell, i.e.,
the wind. t"|iq«'»)3\ contrary or adverse
wind ; aSta'iS'iT bsil-wahi-rdsi cool breezes ;
SIT phu-rdsi or fST ftoj-tdsi a wind

134

1058

blowing from the uplands ; ^'f lud-rdsi
or w^'ir tpdo-rdsi a wind blowing at open
places where rivers meet ; \E"SJ^ (Iri-rdsi-
Idan a fragrant breeze, a wind bringing
odours of flowers ; §*"**> rdsi-char rain with
wind ; £'*vyi|'Q rdsi-char drag-po rain
storm; fT^*! rdsi-rig lit. getting a scent
of, perceiving, understanding ; t"^'^*'^*!'
£orq^jc.-g^q perceiving it (also noticing
it) word came to Nagtsho (A. 137). t*fw
rdsi-fcf-pa to smell, -snuff, snuffle, knowing
or perceiving by smell. g"fl|*icn rdsi-
(fsafi-wa as met. a dog.

§f II: or r'S rdsi-b.o ?w, ijm herds-
man, shepherd, cattle-keeper ; |"1 nlsi-pho
a male keeper ; t"# rdxi-mo a female keeper ;
$"!*< T phyugs-rdxi a herdsman ; ?r rta-dsi
stable-keeper ; *WTf pnag-rcki neat-herd,
^T ra-rdsi goat-herd ; jl'tr k/iyi-rditidog-
feeder, S'^ bya-rdsi person attending to
poultry.

rdni-fkor shepherd's hut. Sc/i. has
also : *$'% dpe-rdsi index, register.

g"*1 rdsi-ma qm 1. eye-lashes. 2. fro a
pot.

Syn. ^1'91'a^'" mig-gi tmin-ma (Jjffion.).

or

rdsin or r^'3 rdsin-bn,
a pond, e.g., for bathing;
rdsins-chen a large pond ((7s.).

?= 3V 3* saffron

it'?, fut. *)£" ftrcfo/, imp. ^f " brdttig or g'*'
rcfei?, 1. to pound, stamp, to knead; to
tread down; «p'^ 2^'wtif1*)^ if I should
tread upon a thorn. 2. to oppress, to
distress (Jd.).

tT^ rdsihu 1. shepherd, diminutive of
r* rdsi-bo. 2. fin of a fish (Sett.).

+ f$'**i rdnihu-tshos the preparing of
dishes for a noble or lama.

f 'Hri rdsig-rdsig = Ci'Cn rftam-rfiam
with "W'l, to address one harshly and
threateningly.

or
t»i gni-yzins a ship.

g" rrf.«< = B*)'c| khram-pa or ^'»< phra-nia
~*&
(Afnon.) ^« pretence, false air or show,

also falsehood; "H'P yig-rdsu a letter
filled with falsehoods, a lying epistle.
feigned smile;

pf.

or

j, fut. ir 6f rfsw, imp. "r*" ftr^ws or r»<
to give a deceptive representation, to make
a thing appear different from what it is,
to change into, to change (one's self),
to be changed: jfa'Qs.'r'1' to change into a
Raksa-aa; to disguise one's self; $*!'!*'
i^'&'i as a yogi or meditating ascetic ; ¥^'
^jj'i fdms-te skye-ica, v. g^ §kye-wa ; PT%T'
n^'ft'w ya-rit rdsu-wahi rgyu-ma entrails

feigning to be flesh, looking like flesh

(Jd.).

(rugm rdsu-hphrul «f% a miracle, a
magical illusion, an apparent marvel, the
power to cause which is considered the
highest manifestation of moral acquire-
ments ; also = any delusion, miraculous
appearance or transformation, etc. f'^|Qi'
Jfa'i rdsu-hphrul ston-pa to exhibit miracles ;
g"narjrn§<J|'q rdsu-hphrul hjig-pa to destroy
the illusion by seeing through it (Mil.}.
g"Rgar^JjW£rfl|*j*i rdsu-hphrul ni rnam-pa
gsum miracles are of three kinds : — (1) %**'
mot-pas ^tgywr-wa

i-n3i-q^'v<*3j-q ; (2)

1059

' mg yogs-pa
to move according to one's wish, a faculty
applicable to Buddha alone (Snin-gyan,
220). r^'l'*^'^ rdsu-hphrul-gyi rkafl-
bshi ^^TT^fitfi^T: the four Biddhipada,
ace. to SniA-rgyan, 220: — ^^'i5 hdun-
pahi — , ^*w§ sems-kyi , — ''F^'^* brtson-

grut—t^K^'r*\

vyutpatti : — (1)

. (2)

. (3)

. (4)

When applied
in this sense the term hdsu-hphrul becomes
identical with *w*5j>u chos-hphrul. e'^«r
«^ rdxu-hphrul-can «f^»r«fi: gifted with
magic powers, miraculous. r'^|'jrg'#'1<?'ifc-
g^-q^-^-q rdsu-phrul phra-mo ptso-wor byed-
pahi Ita-wa the school or philosophical doc-
trine of a sect in ancient India (Theg. 33).

rdsun also if^ brdsun a falsehood,

"*

lie, fiction, fable ; e^'*"| rdsun-tshig id. ;

mi-bden rdsun that is falsehood
and not truth (Olr.) ; I^'U'S rdsun-gmra-
wa, er^'"I^c-'1' rdsun-ysufi-wa, f^'IS'i rdsun-
byef-pa to tell a lie ; J^'qwrtirf^flWW
^'§*\ it is impossible that Buddhas should
lie (J&.) ; ^'"•Hc' rdsun-hkhrab an adroit
liar and deceiver ; i^'i rdsun-ma a lie ; a
liar. In C. colloq. "kyak-dsun" = & lie.

§jf Z^ refeMj = e«'fI rdsus-siag deceit, im-
x
posture: f*''§';\'t< rdsub-byed-pa to make

false assertions (Td.) ; cf . rt'T£' rdsab-
rdsub.

rdsu$-$kyes or f^J'^'iwi rdsug-fe

» >»

skyes-pa ^trm^^i of miraculous birth.
Thus Padma Sambhava is said to have
been born from the lotus flower ; the
people of Uttara Kuru are said to be
so born; [one of apparitional birth] 6'.
'1^'S 9yo-sgyu : 5'^ ^
(A. 130).

1 rdsus-ma something counterfeit,

feigned, dissembled : r**'*^ '*f *r«i a master
of dissimulation; fB'wZty.'fl rdms-mahi
sprafi-po a disguised beggar (Glr.) ; S'5"l
g^'w mu-tig rdsus-ma imitation pearls.

fut.

rdse-wa pf . ig-sj brdscs or i'*' rdses,
Jr«/se, imp. «!'*' ftrrfses or %** rdses
1. to tuck up, truss up (clothes), to cock
a hat ; to turn up, the upper lip (Ja.) ;
3'S'T'V£'i'N'q skra gyen-du brdse§-pa the
hair bristling (Do.). 2. to threaten (Cs.).
|^ rdsehu dimin. of t"»< rdsa-ma a small
pot, pipkin (Ja).

rdsogs the finishing, completion :
rdsogs-la-Jchad not fully finished,
stopping short of completion ; n)'-?|N'3i=.*r*j'
?1*< ye-$e§ yofis-su rdsogs most perfect and
fully accomplished ; the Buddha.

Syn. V«rp^ sin-la-khad ; *wr*> tshar-
la-khad (J&Aon.).

^ij^-gc.' rdsogs-khufi small window in
the wall of a house to see outside objects :

(A. ISO).

?"|»i'^ rdsog$-chen or
pa chen-po ifwig 1. most perfect or
complete »TTr-«<ma- 2. one of the prin-
cipal sects of the Knin-ma School of
Tibetan Buddhism ; and much followed in
Sikkim as well as in Derge in East Tibet.
Its tenets are of the Atiyoga type.

1060

rdtsogf-pa 1. vb. to finish, to
fulfil, to complete, to terminate : w¥i|«r
q$-s«j*rt|-g iam rdsoys-pahi mtsfiams-su
just where the road terminates ; «<vr
^K.«rgTfl|«'1»< mdsad-pa yoft$-su rdsogt-
nrtj having accomplished all his deeds
(Olr.) ; T^* '^"F^K it has been carried
out according to the order ; jT^'^pSVflW'
^irAXW4|^4MyV^«<l> the chapter
concerning the king, his officers, and
retinue having embraced the holy doctrine
is (here) finished. 2. adj. "ffia,
complete, full, copious, perfect:
wtfa|«r«i$'we.«-j« the most perfect teacher
Buddha. 3. gq'i, frft, f»n«ro, wrnr
accomplished, executed, termination, finis.
Syn. ^'l tthai-wa; Qi'i grub-pa; ^V"
zin-pa also yri rgyas-pa ; i*1* " hphel-wa
(MHon.). tfl^'S*-'*" *^fr Bodhi-
sattva, the stage of a saint immediately
before he attains to Buddhahood.

?fl|ww rdsogg-par adv. perfectly, com-
pletely, fully: fflprwqfV rdsogs-par
b_$nad-pa to report fully; fflivw.^-^
fdsogs-par fe$-pa shig one thoroughly
conversant (Mil.) ; S^*) wqfltri rdsogg-par
falab-pa to learn thoroxighly (Mtl.) ;
Ffljwfl bsnen-par rdsogs-pa or
bsnen-rdsogs rndsa4-pa ^Mfl«)Jl, to be
ordained into the full order of Bhiksu.

fq^-ISq] rdsogf-tshig, v. SjVji'is/ar-ijr/tf-
wa the terminative particle or word in a
sentence.

ffl]*r^*) rdsogs-rim, 'S^MflJim one of the
Tantrik or mystic rites of the Rnift-ma

School.
•^^

§f £' rdson (in colloq. often Jong) a

castle, fortress; in modern times = head-
quarters of a district magistrate and
revenue officer ; IP1-'1^ rdsofl-dpon the
district revenue officer in Tibet. ^'g«i

rdsoA-skyel a through pass-port or road-bill
from the jurisdiction of one Jong-pon to
that of another.

|'C| rdsofis-pa pf . ir*-* brdnadf or
rdsoftg, fut. ir6' 5r*«^ or f «-• rdgaA
to forward, send off, to despatch, to take
along with: •*r«frf|1l15'^'V*W%nipW^li

^'"JT^^^^^w^'Rlww-qS'g^'uifqifRw a girl
who is beautiful has been sent by me to
you, and medicines for subduing the 404
diseases have been also despatched (Olr.).
"WVr** sent elsewhere; f
poured into a vessel (Situ. 76). S'
to give one's daughter in marriage.

g^'H rdsob-po or f*f»t r$sob-mo vain,
empty, spurious, void.

fanos-spag-daf! hdam. 2. in
mnan-pa rkad-pag brdsif (Situ. 76).
zan-brdsis (flag. 1/3).

%?? = $*»'*'«] tgrom-che-wa
a large box or chest (D. $cl. 18).

^if^ brdsun a lie. v. f ^ rdsuit ; qf^'*^

>o
false, counterfeit ; i^'^'ff1! falsehood, lie.

q^'1ta| brdsun-tfhig false statement: 5^5
"^l^fT1**! Wi'^^F'T^'I^V1' the
man who is happy and in comfort can
give (in charity) and avoid lying (Tan.
d. *, 220).

$=.W* tpntl: gf5vqr« khro-
•• ^

transformed into a wrathful
deity (Situ. 76). «r«'g« "S^TTTT^ miracu-
lous birth or growth, or* •§1$*ri$-fi'
te (kye§-pahi--ffio=&wv rtsa-a-wa,
or ^RHt, a medicinal grass called A-tca
(Sman. 330). qr«r%' brds»f-fi
skifl transforming (A. 60).

brdscs l^rew [removedJS.
dses=x^'c> 3^'^'£ir*< ral-pa gyen-du
b_rdses or ^•*«'q|" gos-cha$-brd$e$ (Situ. 70).

(JJ tea the twentieth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound
to the English W. ; and is considered by
Tibetan grammarians to be of purely
Tibetan origin. It seems that the early
scholars who visited India for studying
Buddhist literature had their lessons in
Sanskrit from Bengali pandits who could
hardly have distinguished the difference
between w and V, but in later periods
when the scholars of Higher Tibet and
Tsang studied Sanskrit under the pandits
of Western Magadha, Benares, Nepal and
Kashmir, they found that the equivalent
of the letter 1 wa existed in the letter
i and belonged to it in the manner that
the Bengali letter represents both 3 and
* of Devanagri. Owing to this circum-
stance, it is said, the letter « fell into
disuse.

QJ tea I : a gutter trough or pipe gen.
made of wood in Tibet ; TP the mouth of a
gutter ; *'* the water falling from a gutter ;
spout or beak of vessels.

I)] II: in Tantrik Budh. is a sym-
bol of that state which has neither a cause
nor a consequence : 'H'^'J^'M^Jf (K. g.
V, £3), and conveys the notion of extreme
lightness, and subtilty ; in the Sutras it
is also symbolical of ^'gTi*! the occult
science or mysticism which it is said was
needed for the diffusion of Buddhism (K.
my. 1, SOS).

(JJ III : lOTra, SI^R the fox of Tibet,
which is of several varieties and probably
includes three distinct species. The
vulg. n. is V% tca-tse. v^ wa-skad the
barking of the fox ; «'§N wa-$kyes *f JTTOST
fox-born, a sly, timid person ; a Tibetan
proverb says: W'i^'W'^'q^'i^-jF-BV
«r«rS)'£l<F$rS«.- if a coward became
appointed as chief or ruler, he would
particularly play the part of a fox. «rlf
wa-gro bluish fox; «'1|'9| ma-gro-gro a
grey fox (8ch.) ; Vfljai the fox yelps, also
the crying of the fox or the jackal when
it becomes rabid: "JrojT^flnrl'Sjwrc^ the
bad omen of the cry of foxes, etc. (Ta-
scl. 28).

^ 1J'5> Wa-ttn. of a sanctuary in Nepal
containing the image of a Buddha called

qjE.'9 the good Watt. •wiprtrir^K.-iif^-
exactly like (not different from)
Phagg-pa Wati (A. 2Ji).

(J}'C| wa-ba goitre, of which several kinds
are mentioned ; HI'1* bloody goitre, 3«rm a
swelling from fat ; also *V*'if and ipt-m
the last being called the goitre of good
luck (Mng. 33). Vl^ wa-ba-can one
having goitre (K. g. V, 3U); v*,tva-tsha
a kind of medicinal salt applied on
goitre. ir4w«%ftwr%wj-fTO this salt
absorbs goitre and removes any fleshy
excrescence.

Wo-brag dkar n. of a place
in Tibet (Lofi. >, 3). irqTVp-«! Wa-brag

1062

dkartca n. of a learned Buddhist monk
born in Wa-brag dkar who was a pupil of
the sage Potopa.

.J '&\ Wa-dsapa-na n. of a place

q
on the way to TJrgyen, *.e., to Udyana

(S. lam 17).

1J*^ wa-ra a kind of tea which is
brought to Tibet from the direction of
Ladak, etc. (Jig. 23).

Wa-ra-na-si, also written
the Indian name of the
city of Benares in the neighbourhood of
which Buddha first preached his doctrine.

* Wa-rin-da ifr* Varendra
Bhiimi of Bengal (Dsam.) ; modern North
Bengal.

fij'^'<3j wa-ru-na qw n. of the god of
water ; that of a kind of plant ; also of a
naga (MAon.).

(J|* tca-Ie or vv^ wal-le or w^ tcal-
le-wa clear, distinct, plain ; ^t^tJWW
Si- 5) v-^c.-^wn^'qjq its meaning having become
clear to him, he replied (A. 3K).

WQF Wa-lufi (the fox-valley) a district in
East Nepal inhabited mainly by Tibetans
lying just where the river Arun coming
from Tibet enters the Himalayan gorges
to join the Kosi river.

J' wa-si a kind of apple (Sch.).

srHe.-3|-gfl| Wa-scn-ge-brag n. of rocky
precipice with a cavern in it (regarded as
a holy place) in Sfdo-Kftams (Deb. *], 35).

(JJ£' wan a Chinese title of high order
akin to our title of baron, and is con-
ferred upon the greatest personages of
China, also upon the khans of Mongolia

and the regent of Tibet. In Tibet
Phola, the first regent viceroy who was
invested with the title of Thaudiji, was
created Wang and was called king Mi-
wang.

wat-khyi n. of a (Sa-b.dag)
monster ; iie.'%^wQ is the general of
the king of the Sa-bdag monsters.

WaA-tsun the first Chinese
envoy sent by one of the early Chinese
Emperors in search of the holy religion
of Buddha to India : qs.-l^-'ae.^-j-qiv
^ igq *wv&j| q* q^e. the messenger Wang-
tsun was sent to India in search of a
holy doctrine (Orub. \ £)•

i QJ^fj warga tt n. of a tree regarded as
very holy which existed in Buddha Gaya
(prob. the name by which the famous
Bodhi tree was known) : MR'

js (Dsam.).

wal-le. w

wal-le drag-po htshal n. of a fancied
world supposed to exist to the south of

this world. (G. Bon.).
o\
(JJ jCTnum. fig. = 50.

Cv

(JJ' ^"^ wi-pa-dica n. of a place (Son.

ch. 5). 4
cs ,
fJJC'^C' Win-dsun n. of the younger

brother of Jung-Jung the 5th Emperor of
the great T'ang dynasty.

(JJ wu num. fig. = 80.

wu-rdo, 1. v. $^X hur-rdo a sling.

2. pumice stone Sch.

<aa^c.-^c.'f Wun-^ifi koft-jo (a Chinese
name which translated into Tibetan =
^•^c.-5]-q^-« the lotus within the water) is
the princess Wun-ohung Kon-jo who

1063

married king Srofi-btsan $gam-poof Tibet
'in the first part of the seventh century
A.D. She is adored in Tibet as an
incarnation of the goddess Dolma (Lofi.
S6.)

(if we num. fig. : 110.
~» cv

Q-JSj'ij Wen-dhi n. of a famous Chinese

Emperor of the Siii dynasty who greatly
favoured Buddhism (Grub *, 5).

(JJ^'JJ icer-ma a class of Bon minor
deities : ^ww^^^'W'"!' ITS' ^*>'<\c-' \

the group of secret gods there are 360
deities called Wer-ma and also 360 called
Thugskar who are Bon gods (Son. N.).

•V

fJJ wo num. fig. = 140.

wo-ti a corruption of the term
Bodhi. fl^'1"1^ Wo-ti bzafi-po ^f%H^ n.
of the celebrated image of Buddha located
at Kirong (^'?E-' on the Nepal border)
(Tig. 2).

^ ska the twenty-first letter of the
Tibetan alphabet, for which there ifl no
corresponding letter either in English or
in Sanskrit. Its pronunciation somewhat
resembles that of " s " in the word leisure,
but generally in C it is sounded very much
like the letter •*] sh.

tin.

sha-dkar

or

'g sha-sgre = ^'*^ tna-ine$ earless.

sha hchag ("I"'" ma-fgrub-pa or
wujqp) incomplete, imperfect or defec-
tive : ifl^-<w|-^-§-B«-*«|«|q-<^-ar^*«|-
^fljw*-.*^ remission of taxes paid by doing
work (Rtsii.) ; |-*5h'<wir(N'8t
.f* 8).

6(' sha-nf, or M sha-ne tfta the metal
lead; ^T*' «t« black lead : *VV! ^^
jfX'fliXs'^'^S lead is used to remove
poison and to cure putrifying flesh.
a leaden sword ^S'l^X sha-nehi
o a sounding lead, plummet (Pth.) •
frf«r*5 [1- black salt 2. Cyperm
rotundus\S. *y|«=W« quicksilver;
sAa-f o$r tin foil, thin plates of lead ;
tin foil.

^'3j'JJ sha-ne-ma pounded dry cheese
(Rtsii.).

(3^'C| sha-*ca lame ; also = a lame person,

but in colloq. *i* sha-wo= cripple ; ^'i1")

^'•5^ having a maimed foot or hand;

.J5^S|-um-aiq|-vi-*vt ! ^•^•^B.^-^^q-^-^ you

being (to me) like my limbs, if you thus

leave us, I should be like a lame person
(ffbrom. f, S).

es
^'Q,^ C' sha-hbrifi a corrupt form of <^w

•=«|i)'^ an attendant, a servant.

^'^1 nha-la a corrupt form of ^«r« plas-
tering on walls : J-Qi'i'^'i'iji plastered
the walls.

narps. Sha-la-khafi n. of one of the
cells of the Dalai Lama at Potala in
Lhasa (Rtsii. IT).

•Tq Sha-hi (l^'^'^) n. of a district in
Tsang a few miles to the 8. W. of Tashi-
Ihunpo with a large monastery, the seat of
the famous historian and chronologist
Bu-ston Rin-po-che better known as Buton
(Lofi. \ 5) ; a\'^'t' Sha-lu-pa a native of
&ta-Jk;*Wti*Ji Sha-lu lo-chen= Buton the
author.

shwa or *[% shwa-mo ifa, ms resp.

tfbu-shica a covering for the head, a
hat, cap ; «'%« or ^'i to put a cap on,
'iV to take it off (by way of salutation) ;
5'^ Chinese cap, *T« Mongolian cap ; *\W*
winter-cap, SS*'^ summer hat (light felt-
hats adapted to the wanner season) ; I^J
hat or cap made of felt ; ^'fi shwa-gog
for «'35'Si:-'Jif*' cap and robe: *'Jfa'*fo|W'':Sff
put on your cap and robe (Rtsii. 51).
^<H shwa-tog the top ornament of a hat
prob. a button or a figure ; ^'S81 shwa-thul
the semi-circular red patch that is put
on the back of a priest's winter cloak
(Rtsii.) ; <5'J?*< shwa-snam the woolly felt of

1065

yellow or red of which the caps of the
lamas are made in Tibet (Rtsii,). S'offi"!
shipa-ffshol the brim of a cap or hat.

"Y^w wearer of the red-cap, n. of the
followers of the Rnin-ma, Karma-pa, and
Sa-skya-pa sects of Tibetan Buddhists.

^'^ sha-ser yellow-cap, the ordinary
name of the Gelug-pa sect, the reformed
Buddhist school of Tibet now dominant
all over Higher Asia and N. W. China.
ij-iK-q^-q$-q«;q|-g a complementary title
or address to a great lama of the Grelugpa
sect of Tibet; iy$vqfaj-£i5-g|*w§^ the
illuminator of the doctrine of the yellow-
cap sect a title of the Dalai Lama of
Tibet.

fat melted and congealed again W. •
fig. the fat of the country, fertility,
garanvir^ the country is barren (Ma.) ;
aflfm greasy, oily, ^if*^ lean ; (VT^X shag-
phor a cup, or vessel for grease, the pot
in which the greasy portion of the buttered
tea that is poured aside at the time of
taking tea is kept.

l'5 shag-po in C. colloq. = a day.

l 8hag$-grol=$*3t$ the river Sita
(Mnon.).

shag 1. clot of blood, film on tea
that is cooling down or any film that is
formed on liquids generally, as on milk
when it is allowed to cool after being
boiled. ^THI clotted blood. 2. a day,
but not in contradistinction to night,
and is said to be of three kinds : (1)
flsrapl one thirtieth part of the time
required by the sun to pass over the sign
of the zodiac ; (2) "H^Vf the period from
sunrise to another sunrise ; (3) 3>*rqi| tshes-
shag the division of time in proportion
to each increase or decrease in the lunar
crescent. The day period as distinguished
from the night is "fa'S not *P\ shag.
•VTSJ*.*' shag-grans the date; Gfvftfen a
day, and adv. once ; qipw|<v^ a few ,jays
ago; q<T^'*r<%«>; after many days; s\<f
Wf§ from day to day; ^«r*^ seven
days, a week ; qiriVS'ST^'S'S forty eight
weeks; qf*"! or W>* or «V>T^ night's
lodging, temporary quarters. 3. fog,
smoke, dry vapour, filling the atmosphere
in autumn (Jd.). 4. also ^'J- shag-rtsi=
or grease in a liquid state, also

qrat; ?T^T a sling
rope with a noose for catching birds,
wild horses, and antelopes, etc.: *qprtiS'«\q|*
•w^-^-Sc.- ^nrcigmiag having been
drawn in (ensnared) by the lasso of love
(A. K 1-U). q«ipr«| shags-thag or «\ii*r
a noose; qnprgq-q shags-rgyab-pa or
to throw or fling the noose at an
object or animal.

Syn. <%«| hphcn-thag; «i|fvij bsufl-
thag ; «iSt«-wj bcins-thag (Mnon.).

afnvcr^ shags-pa.ean = ^^^. Varuna
the god of the sea whose chief weapon
consists of a rope with a noose (Mnon.).

f^C'TfJ'*! Shan-ka-ma n. of a place in
Tibet ; op^sm n. of a great Lama of
that place.

*3£' shafi or ^'3 shan-po, vulg. wqc;
a-shan, uncle by the mother's side, mother's
brother.

Syn. w&J'gari ma-yi spun-da; »r5)-j|^
ma-yi skra-ne; «-5)-*E.-x^t« ma-yi tshan-
rntshuns (Mnon.).

<^C ' Shan n. of a district of Tsang N.
of Tashi-lhunpo. ^e.-j9|-qS-%5a( n. Of a
celebrated Lama of Tibet belonging to
Shang (Deb, if, 3); *FW* shan-rtags a
kind of long knife manufactured in Shang
(Jig. 31).

185

1066

shan-blon mu-men-ga
fa-can (mystic) =fl'-*| tiger's flesh (used in
medicine) (Sman. 850).

fl\c*3 Shan-tsha-bya n. of one of the 36
border lands of Tibet (Ya-sel. 38).

^C'^C' Shan-tshun the ancient name of
the province of Guge in Ngari Khorsum,
W. Tibet ; and comprised the district
bordering to the west of lakeMansarowara
where the Bon religion was first promul-
gated and where Shenrab its founder
was born. It is therefore called V-W
SfS"! Shang-sbung the land of the
Bon (J. ZaA.). a\fge.-w5'Ha^ the prin-
cess of Shang-shuug who was married
to king Sron-btsan Sgam-po (Loft. •*, 5).
Kfl-Sfll'Sl'S'qK.'ge.'ji •ZiS-g-v^-flrjq one flash of
lightning fell on the black tent of the
king of Shang-shung (A. 19).

.-Xw Sfiafi-rom n. of a lama of Atis'a's
time (A. 102,

=^ the right conjecture or
guess : "ft^^f^WMfcr*^-*^!^ he

said that the lama teacher knew by guess
the time of my death (A. 11!?).

|^3j s/uin or Wi shan-pa weak, feeble,
the opp. to VT3- puws^-q of a weak body,
of delicate health ; also applied to sounds.
In colloq. is used as opp. to $«|*T£| well-
looking, handsome.

sYTajq col. for Vfl|*li*MK>*NralV4'f|
consultation, conference (S. Lex.).

^•••M shabs 1. -qr?, ^TU honorific term :
foot, feet: jifS%^Wr«-*yfl to bow
down at anoflicer's feet ; 5('^q*i sku shabs =
" kusho " a title of respect. W^ to
the feet of ...... , or to ...... , in directions

of letters: Vf.V^^'^WW"fl!M'9e

-o »

-^-^ to the great matchless rich

power of kindness and knowledge Phul-
Jung. Wi^-w, «|^i|N-q to walk bare-
footed, qw^i|«r£i to hold up or support
the feet (of another), i.e., to help ; ^5-«\q«p
qj'-r.-H-^l-s'w^qi^ beneath the knees of the
stretched legs of that image (A. klf)
qwvw shabs-hlam gout of the feet,
rheumatic swelling in the feet (Ya-sel. 11);
qwf shab$-bro dance, ^w^'w^'i to dance
to music *w* shabs-ma a woman's
drawers, under-coat; V»T|C sJiabs-zun
pair of feet (Tig. k. 13) ; qw«i'
possessed of feet, a stanza ;
nail of the toe, vw'^»i
s/Kibs-lham or q'W*'!11 s/tab§-chag shoe or
boot of a greatman. ^w^c.- nhalf-ftiii
heel; ^wf«|»i shabs-$teg$ foot-stool. 2.
the bottom, lower end or part : t&ifltr*
at the bottom of the lake ; <VW{J shabs-kyu
(in Sikk. pronounced as chab-chu) the
hook at the foot of a letter signifying
the vowel u in Gram.

footstool (Tig. k. 1).

to refresh one's memory, to remind : £J'I1^'
|i^^W4Pn|rf4 to submit reminder
to high oflicals, to refresh their memory on
any subject (Ya-sel. 31). wqjjjarg'q shab$-
b$kul shu-ica to urge, to exhort.

qq»T3m shabs-grag or ^q^^* in colloq.=
servant, attendant.

^q^'SI 8/iab8-gla=*p%*f% wages, fees such
as doctor's fee, etc. (Sorig. 133).

Qq*rqw!*i s/iabs-bcags. (Sch.) 1. partic. of
fliqn-n*q|-q. 2. = ^£'»'''»1i!»'. 3. ground, terri-
tory (Jd.).

«\q«-aw|«i shabs-chags or ^q^'gi] resp.
shoe, boot, slippers.

^^'^shab§-tog = a^^ (^ii, W&Q the
heel of the feast) fig. service ;

1067

worship, homage (Pag. 5) ;

ifc.w^*E; (Ebrom. f, 15).

Hj-&-^ij|5< a servant of the better class or

higher rank, an official ; JT

qw?fl| dispenser, benefactor.

to render services ; also, to feed, treat,

provide, offer.

s\fw^j shabs-rten 1. footstool ((7s.) 2.
boot (Sch.).

Syn. ^Ftl*! rkan-steys; 3j'l rga-khri
(Mnon.).

i^qN'^ shabs-thog (seems to be merely
another form of <¥W?l) service, service
rendered to superiors, i.e., to priests,
convents, kings, governments.

I^W^E.' shabs-drun 1. mode of address
in letters, v. <VW 2. a servant, govern-
ment-servant ; qw^^'HrS the proper
title of the Dharma Raja or spiritual ruler
of Bhutan (Yig. *, k. Iff).

shabs-hdegs service, in col.
shabs phyi: ^ffff^tf^prf
I am discharging my
official duties with zeal and earnestness
(Yig. k. 3). <vw<^npvq shabs-hdegs-pa one
who serves as a servant.

shabs-hdren shame, disgrace;
fti to bring shame upon another,
to be a disgrace to him.

qwo^ shabs-pad lit. the lotus-footed,
is the ordinary title by which the Kalons
or chief ministers of Tibet are known.
^q«-q^q = e\£l^|E.^ also ^W^g'^ to,
at, in addressing letters to high or sacred
personages ; fig. for qw^'l^'i to render
service to a great man, to serve him; to
be a scholar, pupil.

the word, servant to an individual, as well
as minister of the state or the church.
stwl'g'vci to serve (frq. in colloq.), to
render any service ; ^w^'*gs.'i or
^g^'S to follow as a servant;
sham-hbrin-pa, wfy sham-rin or ^'^g^'
sha-hbrin= q«i«'^ shabs-phyi servant
(Mnon.).

sham-cha prob. for Q'*<$ the
beak or pipe of the bellows through which
the wind rushes when blown.

presence of a
great man : ^rRK.^'WWj^ unable to wait
upon, could not interview (Ya-sel. 5) ;
q$cVq sJiam-rin-pa = g'**^'5! personal
attendant, a private secretary, officer in
waiting, an aide de camp (Ya-sel. 16).

shar-wa (fern, ^w) decrepid,
defective = "^•aifli'sc^E.- being not in full
possession of one's members : *ta|'^* one-
eyed, half or totally blind ; awrq* having
only one hand, halt; so in a similar
manner ^'^. s^sa\'^i shar-chag med-
pa = si\'%3i*>\i without break, deduction
or defect ; i^T*Y*WiV* to present a non-
defective article (Yig. k. 52). <^'%** shar-
Itas the winking with one eye ; ^'g^'
occasion [adherence, association] S. ;
1=-'" ^flfif^ [connected with, consequent
upon]S ; ^'^ shar-shor=m religion or
religious observance there being no impo-
sition or mockery : fcn^^'^'JhHiai'JK.

i^'«i shar-la 1. = ' following, succeeding'
(Schtr.). 2. =^'nj on the occasion of, in
connection with : gc.'q'qjfq^vai'dj irsiw^-
W^= «r on the occasion of inspecting the
elephant (A. K. 1-10).

I shab$-phyi resp. for ij^'ci servant
(male or female), in the widest sense of

shal honorific term = face, count-
enance, presence ; also, mouth :
to offer to the mouth, to eat, drink ;

1068

moon-

the king spoke ; ^I'S'S" the
orifice of the face, i.e., the mouth ;
Hq to be disobedient;
to promise ; p*r^'q to give assurance of ;
and <vr«fie.'q to gape (8ch.) ;
to open the mouth, w*g»ri to
smile ; ^'S"P shal-dkar resp. for VI* ''fa
plate or drinking vessel of porclain ; V'^JS
»ltal-dkod lit. verbal instruction — order,
direction; ^'^5" xhul-dkyil the face,
presence ''

faced) :

IS**!'" (Tiy. k. 25) that I may be per-
mitted to come into your presence and
enjoy the nectar of your instruction. ^
alutl placed before any ordinary noun
makes of it an honorific appellation : —
WW shal-gkont or *ffty shal-fkyem drink
for a holy man ; ^Tjf'l^ nhal-fkyog$ cup or
goblet for honoured person ; ^rpw shal-
klub$ veil cover of an image of Buddha
also the veil that is put over frightful
deities and obscene images ; vjw food
for honoured men. ^'[K shal-khrid oral
or personal instruction (Mil.), ^t'^gvi
shal-hgyur-wa to look askance, looking
obliquely or turning the face side way :

3*1 3 q ^ again in Mori Vihara of Vajra-
sana there was the temple of the goddess
Dolma looking askance (A. 58). ^«t'§^
shal-rgyan moustaches ; ^r^S s/tal-rbad
resp. for P'S^ boasting (Situ. 127) ; W$*
uhal-tshul or ^m'$»i=w«i pastry, cakes,
etc. ^«r*« shal-tshom resp. for wfl|'*»i beard.
^ni'«l Hltal-sag tobacco-pipe = «if«j ; e\«i 59^*1
s/ial-bshiig$ when he lived, when he was
alive : w,«'3<srsy5i ug<J|«r£j3-^-<j when Buddha
was living (Sorig. 8T) ; ^-«J^ shal-b<;us=
"3* true copy (Situ. S3); <vriif\ $hal-
bihed resp. of wlai'wS'^; c^ocxo shal-sas
resp. for FJ* biscuit, cake, etc. : qorw
white biecuit painted with butter

(Rtsii). ft'f shal-fio face, presence:
Xqm-a^n-ET lieutenant of the Dalai Lama
who waits upon the president of the
annual Buddhist grand congregation at
Lhasa held in January and February
and gen. selected from among the officials
of the monastery of Daipung. The term
q«i f~ was formerly also applied to an officer
over 50 soldiers inferior to a captain
(Tig. bl). V^Bn shal-dfios bodily, in one's
own body or person: «c.wg*rq«i^if«(-|-
*g*»r«l«i the place where Buddha was born
bodily not miraculously ; ^T^Rr^'twrw*^
he is to be seen in person. q«r«$*i s/ial-bsil
1. water to wash a great man's face;
washing the face (of a great man). 2.=
| chab-blug washing bowl (Tig. 55) ;
shal-gser-$gron resp. for offerings
of golden lamps to Buddha ; V«i* shal-
or fr«iw^-q (Btsii.).

=^'S in the presence of .
in the presence of,
y^BVJ^ (A. 131).
shal-lce b_cu-drug-pa the code
of laws in sixteen enactments in four sec-
tions : (1) g-q^-q^-rcV2h*r| (2) qn'q|<ij*r
(3) ^«rm^Vsi^| (4)
; (5) ^A5-j-ifjn-3|-«Vic| ; (6)

; (7) ftwprq)-*!-! ; (8) fj'

j (9) 5«-q^w|-«\fli-| ; (10)

(12) «i»|-W^-|-fl1ac| ; (13)

These thirteen enactments together with

¥**W%*'| the code of military regula-

tions in three chapters make up the six-

teen enactments which are in force in

Tibet.

fshal-chad, v. P"*^ kha-ehad.

i'* shal-cke judgment, decision ;
shal-che-pa judge, magistrate.

q*''**w shal-chemg, resp. of f'5**' kha~
chems will, testament (Mnon.).

1069

1. or q«r«J, audience, inspec-
tion; turn, service: «it"«ws\ar$ gracious
audience (Sorig. 13£.) ; ^Tl^'i to serve,
to inspect, review, superintend ; to visit,
the sick and to take care of them ; ^'"i
i to guard the field. 2. resp. for
directions, instruction, counsel,
advice: w^rg^g-q to ask for accurate
and detailed instructions ; qaryti a page,
waiter ; qw§ waiting-man, servant in a
convent ; *pry*t shal-ta-ma waiting woman,
chamber-maid. q«rqf'q shal btta-wa (1)
older form of wq one waiting for what
drops from his master's lips, q?»r^a^*r
^**ff*W$-*8*-<wm 0 Bhagavan
with what attention the Bhiksu listen to
thy sermons; (2)=svrf§«vci to serve.

shal-mtkun, resp. for P*^ (Ta-
sel. 91).

aa|-q|^« shal-gdams order, direction;
instruction, advice : "^T^ •ar^fwwqnrflftsnr
"|*j=^'*i he imparted to her useful maxims
(Glr.) ; ^ori|S*w!>sj-*ire author, in as much
as all printed books are considered to be
sacred and the authors are looked upon as
semi-divine.

qarqSI shal-bdag in large religious
meetings, a lama who walks about with a
wand in order to preserve good order ; a
verger (Jo.).

qarq^q* sha!-hdebs=r>-«\w a free-will
offering or present ; subscription to any
religious movement.

W"^ shal-hdon resp. for P<^.
r* shal-po=vp.-*iv dkar-yol (A. 156).
shal-phor=iesp. for P^X tea cup.
shal-bu a small cup : y^K.wg'^Wf}'
'*W^¥W' at dawn they
served me with two cups of pap, that air
might not be generated (in the stomach)
(A. 156).

." shal-byafi resp. for P'S^' title,
superscription, inscription: S'^'S^'^'^'
$WS*;OT«r^ the inscription of the time
of Ehri-lde-srofi-Usan was engraved on
rock (Situ. 23} .

(Vru^nm shal-g.sigs 1. an inscription.
2. an apparition : ^ij^-qni'ij^^-^n- appear-
ing in a sitting posture (Jo).

WWsAal-yam a joke: 5-|-p-|k«i-g'q5-
^ruw(«)'u"^^-^ the Lo-tsa-wa aleo
jokingly said (A. 8£).

J shal-wa 1. also ^9C«i|^-sf shal
bgyi4-pa, to plaster with lime or cement,
to plaster or overlay with anything, e.g.,
with butter : SW*^ ggo-la shal-bgyis-
te plastering the door with clay (Glr.) ;
qorcr*)^ shal-u-a-mkhan one who plasters
a house or makes a floor with pebbles,
etc. 2. v«r clay, lime-wash, cement.

[ nhi-yil chaff and other impurities
removed from the grain by washing.

I^'CJ 1. shi-wa to be peaceful or calm ;
to be pacified, be appeased ; to settle, to
be allayed, assuaged etc. ; ^q^i'vq to
become pacified; ^"I'Sk- shi-la-sofi became
quiet, held their peace ; ^q^ivq to still
soothe, appease, mitigate; ^ shi-byed
a composing draught. 2. tfsnpj to be
wise, more particularly with reference to
affections : to be dispassionate, not subject
to any mental emotion. 3. SOT, *nf%;
w^ TOify.sw (A. K. 111-26). Sbst
rest, tranquility, calmness ; adj. tranquil,
calm ; ^qS'*>| shi-wahi-tshig good words ;
soft, mild language, polite expression.'
?T^ Ttag-shi-wa ^T|%R; eternal peace;
one possessing that, a Buddha; ^w^
shi-mthar byed mji«W« lit. he who puts an
end to all peacefulness, an epithet of
Kamadeva (Mnofi.) ;

1070

shi-gnaa-kyi rnatn-grans
enumeration of the stages of Dhyana
(v. K. d. «, 261) ; ace. to Ja. an absolute
inexcitability of mind, and a deadening of
it against any impressions from without,
combined with an absorption in the idea
of Buddha, or in the idea of emptiness
and nothingness. Vfo*''*' shi-ynas-ma
ftifcr night, mid-night (8. Lex.). 4.
_«-<r*flf*w (Mnon.), Nirvana, heavenly
repose; ^w^w to go to rest, to die,
to enter the state of eternal peace. 5. the

ings by the spell of its Mantras (J.
Zan.).

opp. to the (a q
terrific forms.

^•q-wX^-q iifc shi-tca-mchod-pa Nandi
the personal attendant Mahadeva ; ^VW
shi-wa Mhun fSUrq [to drink out of
pitchers, n. of a ceremony]S.

n .„.. Shi-wa-sbat-pa uifaUH Bud-
dHst saint born at Jalamandala in India,
of Ksatriya parents (K. dun. 55-70).

^•«r*S Shi-wa-hod n. of a Bon deity ;
fc-q ?fc^-^c.-fWN a fancied world of the Bon
situated to the east of this world ; ^"'^
wdWJ Shi-tea hod-ma hjam-skya another
such world further east of it (D.R.).

\q5-flp shiwahi-gar the dance of the
peaceful spirits, also the ordinary dance
(Bbrom. 94).

^•qS'IJE. shi-mhi-gron hermitage, t)ie
mountain retreat of saints.

Syn. ^BS ri-khrod; ijw<fiW igom-
pahi-gnas (Mnon.).

^ shi-byedv. of the Tantrik Buddhist
sect founded in Tibet by the sage called
Phadampa. It was so called because :

tended to destroy all misery and suffer-

\'$\ shi-ma sieve of cane or wood;
ij-w^wgq Shi-ma phons-skyob an epithet
i goddess Dolma.

or

a cat

(colloq.).

= ^'^ anger, wrath.
# l.=&| «Vjr. 2. v. ^'

the mind or person contemplating the
Ounyatd, i.e., emptiness or voidity.

^^1'*)^, sh/'y mer a dense throng or
crowd (Ja.).

[T31T self (Mnon.).

" II 1. : ^ field, ground, soil,
arable land, cultivation: ^M?**V« one
who cultivates a smaU field, a small f ar-
mer. ,t-ljE.- than-shin fields on level land,
^'V field on hill-slope, ^'f shin-kha
_.^- ghin . 1jc.-p5-9-33 the girls in the field

(Mil.) ; ^F-'^ shin f1™ P1011?118 a field ;
?jt-^qwq to till, to sow a field. V*iS
shin-rgod rough, uncultivated field ; V^

11 i /> i J ^r'fi

shin-nan f%at a barren bleak f
shin-pa husbandman, farmer; V-'S «///»-
bya or ^'S'" husbandry ; ¥'« shin-nut
boundary of a field, land mark. ^.•°wse>'
^ocq^g-q-^ the names of farming opera-
tions:—(1) *'* rnto-wa; (2) ^ rko-wa;
(3) |'*'Siql'C| phrul-rlog-pa ; (4) q'c-'cl bon-wa ;
(5) vjfr sa-sgon; (6) v*ar«tf'F™ ™-bon
,• (7) Wi bskrun-pa; (8) W*

' v ' » , , /1(-v\ n«r-u

• (9) l^'i gtao-pa ; (iv ) ^3"
M (Mnon.). T*f>'& shin-chu or ^'S'*1
i irrigation, irrigated field or culti-

1071

T* shin-gi drug-cha one sixth of
the produce of the field which is the king's
due from the cultivator.

III: a continuative particle
annexed to verbal roots at the end of
subordinate sentences, and sometimes
used to connect co-ordinate verbs. Occurs
in place of Se.' being used after the finals :
», n, m, r, or /.

^.'« shin-sa 1. ground, soil, arable
land. 2. any province : ^'m'l^q or ^claj
a large province; j'^r^'l^sfifqj* the
eighteen great provinces into which China
is divided.

^=.-%<-ci shin-yis-pa — JT^WflT^rei a
prosperous and peacefol kingdom (Yig.).
^c.-^5q-£i %rrsj; oae who knows husban-
dry ; an agriculturist. It is also used
technically to signify the soul or conscious
principle.

IV : »f!s»^r, %=t sphere, body, in a
religious sense : ^K.'|«WHH holy or spiritual
sphere; *YV«rJ^*'VMR'<l to enter the
field of merit, to turn into the path of
virtue (Dsl.) ; ^iri^c^lfr) seeing
him in the land of conversion. ^'i§ shin-
bcu the ten spiritual spheres ; **.*r jN'^e/
shin the kingdom of Buddha, the land
where Buddhism prevails ; so also ^«r
*K'^' the sphere of conversion, heaven,
paradise, i.e., one of the heavens inhabited
by the Buddhist gods, or even the state of
Nirvana. ^e.-arQq-ti shin-la pheb-pa=^^'
"flflfi to go to bliss, i.e., to die. ^'tfift
or V-'^T'flK*1 design or plan of mansion or
residence of the gods, of a Buddha or of
a Bodhisattva; also = map; ^-pww shin-
khams &( the sphere of a Buddha's or
Bodhisattva's conversion.

of flour; ^'«I5115' ground into powder;
^'^ box or bowl for flour. 2. fig. that
which is minutely subdivided, details;
^'* shib-c/ia exactly, accurately precisely ;
^«r«ftft shib-bkod details, detailed list or
infoi-mation ; ^'^ shib-chen full of details ;
one who inquires into every detail, or
particulars ; inquiring, inquisitive (Rtsii.) •
Sjcrt^*j shib-bltas or ^ra-ij^rq looking into
the details: fr'W*flf^N%J%W|pr|« (Rtsii.)
^T^'q shib-dpyad-pa to inquire, to investi-
gate; ^"'^ shib-dpyod inquest, inquiry,
investigation : gi-flIui«i'^«J'^5v^'^i''i||W'aifliN
about to proceed to institute inquiry into
the matter of Tag-yab (Yig. k. 26);
^q-^-q shib-dpyod-pa one who inquires
after the particulars of a matter, an inves-
tigator.

l. = also ^q'W shib-thal powder,
fine flour, also flour in general : ^1'fll bag

^ shib-pa adj. accurate, exact ;
subtle, fine. ^'W or ^'§ adv. precisely,
exactly, thoroughly.

^q'» shib-ma [1. a winnowing basket ;
2. a demon who was enemy of the god of
love]S.

^q'35 shib-mo *fiil<fii, fli«)T<M [1. particle ;
2. niggardly]^.

^'•^ shib-qer minute examination or
comparison of details ; ^q'^^'ls'" to
compare closely : lte.-^-a3f^«i|-|ta5s'C|5'^'I!is'
jjtnr^q^-^pHpr^^llq-J^-gff should
minutely examine all the collections of
a Jong by comparing them with the con-
tents of the register (Rtsii. 20).

£jq-^-q|srqwq shib-lhan gam-bcar-tca to
present the explanation of details; to
interview with a detailed statement.

^q-ajc,« shib-lhins deliberation, deliberate
consideration (Yig. 61).

V^"I shib-l/mg^'fo'y* minute details
(Tig. ~93).

1072

" sAi'6-ffV5=ja^'9 khron-bu (mystic)
(Min. rda. 3).

f^Jf 'H shim-po sweet, well-tasting,
nice-flavoured, nutty : VcZJ-wSfrQ-ai-fi
shim-po myron-po-la fter give the sweet
food to your guests ; V'i5'*)'*VI it i8 not
nice ; ^*'i sweets, delicacies.

2j«-3fl|-ai shim.thig.la a medicinal herb
the fruit of which is used in eye-disease :
^•3ujpta-s)fl|-iJ|-5|c,-7S«ij-a|^-q^'§^ cataract of
the eye is removed by the medicine called
shim-thig-k.

ijJTg Mm-bu colloq.=^ cat.

Syn. ^'^l'^ gron-gi sjtrfhu ; 5J'^'°i kun-
du-la ; Q»mS|*»»i lus-bgkttms ; "-^'"iis tyafi-
wa (bed ; iff^v^m rnam-grol mig \ vwfr
*><q hbar-wahi mig ; 8'8 byi-bla ; S'* byi-za

I shil-ma=^*i$ kon-bu or

skun-bu.

9'*fai shu-mkhan 1. a petitioner. 2. a
metter [HJ^S the areca or beetle-nut
tree]&

$*\*{ shu-dag improvement, correction,
revision, examination ; the word was also
stated by a lama from Lhasa to mean
"exercise and practice" in a language
or in any subject of study: frTITO^T*
•ft* you require further practice. a'^fl'IS'"
to mend, improve, correct, revise; ^'|V
^•^ii|-§^-q to examine and reform one's
own character or disposition. 9'VPF^
shu-dag-rnkhan reviser, corrector, censor
(Cs.); 9'* shu-che revisoror comparer of
the translation with the original Sanskrit
texts ; 9'^"3'^'Cq shu-chen-gyi lo-tsa-wa a
great revisor or commentator (of Sanskrit
writings).

a

present accompanying a petition.

shu-wa I pf. "9« or 8*1, fut. «)3

,=^'c> (Mfion.). 1. to melt: l9'S<vi|§*,
gold to be melted; Q'lSpsw whatever
is molting or fusible ; §$ it melts ; ^'^'
Q'^*i dissolving into light. 2. to digest :
8 §S'Il'IH digestive medicine; ^'S'1! undi-
gested; wi'8'S undigested food; *'&'*&
indigestion, sufferings aiising from it;
w'9'^l'^ to decompose what is undigested
(Jd.).

^'CJ II: 1. pf. 8«J «/JMJ, a vb. used
chiefly in addressing one's superiors
and also in politeness between equals,
signifying : to ask, to request ; to beg, to
petition : pKfe^'lwr^-^RSw^Wl
he having begged the lama to come in-
doors ; also signifies constantly : to say :
the officer said to the king,
i'9'i to speak or pray respectfully ; to
prefer a suit or petition, ^ 'VJ'Q *f ^ one
who explains his object ; "|^ W9 '9»i '««
having said 'I beg you will permit',
(G«/r.)_here S*"'"*1 comes from S" to
speak, say. g^wSVw^-g-vTa* I will
ask of him the things lately seen, C.T
"l=.^«i| 3 q *, a)<i|*r*i it is very right of you,
thus to ask me about everything (Do.) ;
>j £j5 ^c.-^-a-oiw9«j-ci he related the dream
. fore the king (Pth.); ^vnfi^-^n they
In sought him to be their abbot ; "IV-'S'S'i
to ask permission. 2. sbst. a request,
desire, petition; inquiry, question: $3'
"•^ fl shu-tca hbul-wa to make an applica-
tion, to apply ; 9'B shu-khra a petition,
application. S'S6' shu-glen an address or
petitionary letter : Q'S'^'IS''' shu-g.len byed-

pa to address, accost ; 9'§ shu-rgyu the

. ' "
subject of a petition or suit. 9'w

shu ma spob$-pa=$*W<i or S'll*''
unable to pray or to memoralize;
shu-yig, 8'«i5 ^-5)«q a petition :

1073

'<| memorial or petition pre-
sented to superiors and magistrates, &c.
(Tig. k. 1) ; 9'«i^ shu-lan answer to a peti-
tion =^^ (Tig. k.10); 8'Si«| shu-log a
feigned, false, designing suit. 8'^flI'Sa|'q
to backbite, to petition, accusing one
falsely or maliciously. 3. v. Jd. for
information concerning wide use of
impera. of 9'« in W. colloq. as polite or
resp. addition to most sentences.

shu-yig-gi rten

the present which is sent with a
letter either as a sign of compliment or
respect or as a necessary appendage to a
request.

Syn. 3«r^ phyag-rten;
rdsag; *^I«| mdun-hjog (Mnon.).

8'^'^'S^ shu-re hthen-khyer discrepancy,
disagreement in statements (Rtsii.).

9'*rt shu-don drift, subject of a petition ;
in a general sense = 9'S request, suit, com-
munication etc. 9%i shu-don-pa = ^'^
«J'*»|*^ a pleader, advocate : r"'»§'^«q*''§'91^"
*nr+toft an advocate in a dispute
is advisable on certain occasions (D.
9el. 7).

9'*^ shu-hphrin resp. for "H1^, 9'«ta| a
reply: 9 5K3'flV<%"''fr perceived the
truth (i.e. became converted to Bud-
dhism) by means of his replies (Tig. k. T).

9 aZi shu-wa-po or 9'^ shu-po petitioner ;
9 *»r^ appk'cant, complainant, questioner or
inquirer; g'fl'Q'il'S the eight interro-
gators of Buddha were:

(Tig. 3T).

9 J"! shu-$kyog in 7F.= crucible, melt-
ing spoon.

9'** shu-mar colloq. for J^'*> lamp,

ing taken a bright shining lamp he
looked (Rdsa. 13).

g ^ Shu-ru n. of a place in Dwag-po
(Deb. % 37).

\ Shu-bsJter n. of a tribe, or clan
in Tibet : J5fc''i)'u«''?1'''l«i*rg''^ (A.. 80).

shugs resp. for »> fire ; ace. to Jd.
the fire lighted for cremation.

burning embers.

9<i]*rci !.=«*•« ^mig, ^T?a to cherish.
(with SJf'«i) to entertain in the mind. 2.
(£«-jjf -g-g) sflrq^, )^ to be converted to a
religion, to imbibe faith. 3. ^ignT^
to be involved in. 4. = ^'i *wn desire.

with Is'i to nod
or bow repeatedly, of a pigeon (Mil., Jd.)

(^'^l shud-pa l. = 3'S'ci or^^'i emacia-
ted, to be reduced, to fall, to be or grow
worse, to dwindle. 2. to twine, to twist,
—to spin (Cs.) ; 8S'^ a spindle, distaff.
3. to hang up, to suspend in Ts. ;
gV^z^jE.'wi suspending cord.

|33j*(JI shun-ma also 9*i'i that which is
melted ; 1^'9^'* wra ^RT^I melted gold
(A. K. 1-IV.) ; fll^'^-g^-^-q heaps of
melted gold and other metals (Glr.) ;
|-V¥r«ri|frr^W*f* like as the melting
moon (its quickened reflection) clear on
the lake (A. 5). 9^'w shun-mar ir*i -^
melted butter which is repugnant to the
Chinese but much liked by Tibetans.

shun-thar-bcad-pa to scru-
tinize, make critical examination :

times he went to the lama for critical
explanation of religious precepts (Deb.
"I, 45). 9JV^'tw'Vt| shttn-thar bead-pa to join

136

1074

together white-heated iron by beating
again.

9^fl|« shun-thigg sparks flying from
red-hot iron.

Q^JS shun-tno melted, whatever melts
easily (</«.)•

a^'qj|£' shun-bsuA n. of a number

(Ya-sel. 57).

§q'3 shub-pa=*\'*, ff'H«> or f^'«I«i ooat
of mail

'i shus-pa v. Q'l shu-iea.

'^ shtis-fo nominal inquirer :

'Q shum-pa !.=&*,
cowardly, timid, apprehensive. 2. sbst.
dread, dismay, faintheartedness; also,
laxity, slackness : *mr 3*^*1 sents-shum-nas
as I continued dismayed (Dsl.) ; J\*K*'*ql'
fl]»j»rm-gw<iii)^iw«m'qf-3lV{| to honour the
three precious without flinching ; Q* 3" '*^
shunt-shum-med ^i£\* [sticking to]£
gwq-i^-q* energetically, with zeal, without
relaxation or indolence : afq-wvrtr^gww"!^
the pupils were living idly (Ya-sel. 17).
•L resp. for &'* fiu-wn, to cry, to weep,
lament ; P*»i%5-g* «,wrrfa»?tfawT (A. K.

1-1%.

gg-q-3-w;* shum-pa mi-mnah fearless, in-

trepid ; of great mental fortitude ; a hero.

Syn. VK'S dpah-po ; $s.'
<an ; «£«|«'»fc| hjig$-mcd (Mnon.).

=t(*> shi-mi.

shur snout, muzzle, trunk (Jd.).

grown less,
reduced: iti'([|'5c-'aS'9'J( the mouth of the
lotus was slightly contracted (Tig. 11).

9** S} shus-sna the head or leader of a
deputation, the chief leader among joint
memorialists; ring-leader; '•if'&rSKg-jrwSv
j^g-*A-$«-§'N-qN again Ngog becoming the
chief inquirer received lectures in the
Madhyamika Dharma (A. 98).

then

even he did not go to learn religion
nominally and to acquire it in name only
(Khrid. 18).

|o| she disposition, mental choice or
bias, the inmost part of the mind or heart,
inclination : ^'^flfa'i she-bkon-pa a hating
mind ; «V*pr« slie-rkam-pa covetous ; 3'^K
mischievous, bad-hearted : *'3fr«r
(Rdsa. U). ^^w« sfie-
hgems-pa =*>««' rf»w'<i to lose spirit, to be
depressed, depression of the mind : p' jwiw
*flm'3^-<*i|»w (D.R.). ^|fl|'i slie-sgug-pa is
said to mean : to be waiting for an
opportunity to flnd fault: ^•<r$'|<Tl«!H
oi'l^i) fl|^«; §S the wicked waiting for an
occasion to do mischief to each other
(Rdm. 23). ^'I^S'i she-gcod-pa to lose
courage, to resign an intention, and ^iiws
^he-bead resignation, as a Buddhist virtue
(Jd.) ; 3'"l<frrcj^'1! she g.cod-pahi-tshig-=
'*! fq tshig-rtsul rough or rude expression ;
cruel words, mortifying language.

dus-thag-pa sincerity :

f^fUK^ft^ if thinking
that one should become a saint (Arhat) by
sincerely imbibing faith in Buddhism
(Suran. 123).

^1 aim-dug damage, destruction ;
^'^T§t\'s' sfte-dug-lyed-pa to cause, to inflict
misery or damage.

od=xf.<^'\ (Situ. 25).
e hdras-pa vfdTrt [obstructed] S.
' she-sdan (=vulg. H") anger, rage,
indignation. Hq'*'fl to be angry ^^^'il^
became, got angry; ^^-^pi-a-q furious,
indignant. ttW?Wfaiyt:'f*t she-$daH
g.tum-pahi dpun-pa-can a hero, champion.

1075

Syn. jr«i khro-wa; n<syn hkhrug-pa;
't nm-rum-pa; stai^w^-q mig.m§
mnan-pa; JJR'SMllPi brlan-pohi seme
if'S^ ma-thun-wa • flj^j-^sw gdug-sem;
I'S^'i spro-thun-wa ; «|§*'£J gtum-pa ; *>-q*V
^w mi-bsad sems; W^^MH mnar-sems
(Mnon.).

^K.'9|'*arS she-sdan-gi ^M-Jtt=|a
sbrul-gyi txhil-bu snake's fat (mystic)

'^"I'l s/if-tiag-pa in (7. a blackguard.
-ma khrel-wa in

| s/ie-mer-wa loathsome, offen-
sive; contemptuous. Syn. Sl'g^ skyngs-
bro-wa or 81' "5"! sky ug -log (Mnon.).

$ <W\ she-bshag=^'Q khon-khro vindic-
tiveness, malice (MAon.).

j she-log = 4^'st*| stien-log.

i she-sun angry, cross, ill-humoured,
vexed «/#..

=3v^ if it is said or asked;
occurs rarely except in the phrase ^'$5-
^•^ = because (" if it is asked : because
of what, that").

1. JiT^3, Vf^r? reverence,

respect, courtesy, politeness :
with reverence, respectful; ^
^c,-^-»)-*t-^N-qN because at that time people
knew little of compliments and courtesy ;

to show homage or respect ;
to arrange mimic
performances in honour of some person.
2. complimentary or honorific language:

the complimentary word for %Q

Syn. W^'^'S;^ dad-gus-dan Idan-pa •

mos-pa; 3«'i gu&-pa;
tu-sems ; 31'iS'" phyag-byed-pa •
gus-par byed-pa (Mnon).

l She-hor Po-ta-la Jehor,
the city in China where emperor Kyen-
long built a palace and monastery for the
Dalai and the Tashi Lamas (Lofi. 11).

' sheii t%^TTT, Mfl'Ulf also ^'f
breadth, width ; $c>'&\ broad ; ^E.-pi-a^Hi wide,
spacious; ^'^ of small width; ^'%%
shen-phra-mo, or ^'&-' shen-chun narrow ;
^'^ in breadth. ^e.'^e.- shen-$in or
shen-plegs writing desk or table.

shed-pa to fear, to be afraid :
of apprehensions (Ja.).

shen-pa 1. to desire, to long for,
to be attached to, to have attraction for,
(used with «t la) : fa'tj&K**!* I love you
ardently; ^•^qc.^'c.-ac^-S-^-^Jii^-q-^^ fae

people of Tibet that are affectionately
attached to me (Ja.). 2. wrf%f, 1%?Rm,
^I^flM yearning, attachment, love, longing
for ; greediness, covetousness ; ty\'%y shen-
log disgust, aversion;

to be disgusted with :
^"l'3i^'^^*' ha3 come being disgusted with
his kingdom, i.e., betaken to a religious
life (A. 11). faf sJien-kha or ^f she-kha=
fat shen-pa. tyf^v shen-khris or
shen-chags adhesion, longing for ;
then-don resp. "^'^ bshed-don object of
desire; ^(Tl^a^r^: forsaken, given
up altogether ; fa'*>S or ^-q-»i^ impassive,
without desire ; fa*^ shen-hdsin inclina-
tion, passion, attachment. 3. vb. to last
or endure, be durable.

(^ H sfier-po mean, pitiful, coarse

(Cs.).

spus-tha-mas worst
quality (Rtsii.) • bad, mean, inferior ;
vr*|^or*i«m rabhbrin shel-sogs (Ta-
sel. b) superior, middling, inferior, etc.

1076

«Aej=so thus: ^'i'« shes-bya-wa
so to be styled. ^ sheg-pa=siso thus :
^•q-q£«^q shes-pa brjod-nag having so or
thus said. ^wfrw shes-mtshuds similarity
in appearance, shape, or colour (Rtsii. bO).

S[ sho I: 1. resp. "l*1*^ »sol-sho
curds, curdled milk ; * W«» *&*
•with curds, a mixture of curds;
mixing up or curdling of curd;
fetch some curds ; *W* sho-btfal-wa to
place milk to curdle. *| sho-skya whey,
residue of milk after butter has been
churned out ; *T* id ; *TS ^ft»W [the
liquid part of curdled milk]& ; TO «*»-
0rorf curds, whey kept in the stomach of a
freshly slaughtered sheep or goat (a
practice of the Dok-pa herdsmen and
others) (Jig. 7). *«•' sho-chad or *
s/M-dad-chad curds and beer ;
sho-nes chad-ties:

K-^I-qgfWI^ (A.

thick curd; *W* gA

child (4|Mon.)- *l »Ao-Spr» OT

curd sweetened with sugar or honey :

Jfq«-q|V^*<'wN'wSS (Med.). 2. milk in

gen., esp. w^i'l '»«*« rm-sho mother's milk ;

^HJE.-^*^ during the time of suckling;

taMTffrAVP! after the child has been

weaned ; f'^'" sho bsho-wa to milk milk.

Jj-ff«i|'«i=^''a5Wt| sho-bsrubs-pa to churn

milk or curds for butter (Situ. 76).

Syn. ^*ql* rab-chags ; «wpr*B«ip« pagt-
rnkhregs (Mnon.).

"& II : a small gold weight = a little
more than one half of a tolah or rupee ;
•H^-ap; one sho of gold, a coin ; 1*K'A'
TOWqj three hundred sAo of gold; *^^
tho dad srad the table of exchanging sho
and srad :— *<'Sg five marw=one mdsaka,
16 ^'F"! w»d-sa-A;a=one Aarsa, 4 kar$a=
one ^o«.. ^•q!c-' «*o-?a^ a full

«Ao=ten skar-ma. f'^jS'Sj sho-brgyad-sho
the gold of the weight of a sovereign ;
^'* s/io-c/ia TJ^TT the colloq. term for a pair
of scales for gold and silver weighing ;
^'•*1 sho-fa pay, wages, contribution ; Sj'-*|»i'
^'^ sho-fas htsho-wa one who subsists
by the wages he earns ; according to
Schtr. a soldier, any officer that receives
pay.

III : a small spot, speck : ty'% sen-
sho speck on the finger-nail, *rf speck on
the tooth (Jo.).

^•^•«^»wQ sho rdo-dmar-po a mineral
drug Rtsii.).

^'tift s/io-rmun occurs in Jig. SO : w-

Sho-khan place in Tibet (Rtsii.).

SAojr imp. of rfflTi. n. of a place
in upper Z7. to the east of Lhasa (Loti.

s = S'\S»a-dro morning, fore-
noon: IT* shog-ja or g^"I'5 = S'^'e *"«-
drohi-ja morning tea (Rtsii.).

^C' shod lower, nether: «[c.-p=.-i the
lower part of the house ; 'fc'fr the lower
and upper part (Jd.) ; ^e-'^c-' shod-shon
deepened, excavated, hollow, uneven (Cs.).

shod very heavy, abundant : «'
char-shod-che very heavy rain ; ^'5'
l^tW because of much rain this
year's harvest is good (Ya-sel, 28). ^Y§'
pS|q]« shod-kyi-bgegs drought, want of rain,
rainless.

'£J shon-pa ^rftnr 1. to ride, also =
to climb up ^'^« or ^'? ^Wfi
having mounted (A. K. 1-8) ; f«r^n to
ride, on horseback; «|!wjr?fa rode in a
ship (Tan., d. 93) ; 3|^-^^-fc- travelled

1077

in a carriage; f^^ftwf^t*1 to
ride southward, to travel on horse-back
towards the south sJfa'i 'Jfa'i to mount a
horse or to sit in a carriage ; 'fa'^VT'1 to
let mount or to cause one to be conveyed.
In colloq. " ta shon-ne do-tea "=to ride.
2. conveyance: yrsMfrwrwr^gTi*
(Tig. 18) the prince dismounting from the
conveyance bowed down, ^'pwi colloq.
for <fa'$ and P"1 5 riding pony and pack
horse (Rstii.).

shor incidental ; ^>a> incidentally
v. |Vai sfyor-la. ^'«J?1 shor-bcog to do a
thing incidentally ; VWfWt'VW^T&S
the domestics (should) perform labour
occasionally, f.e. they should help the
workmen (Rtsii.).

S1^! shol 1. that which is below in
situation, or hangs beneath, or is subject
to. 2. a village or collection of abodes
below or belonging to a monastery and
situated in its neighbourhood or placed at
its base ; thus, at the base of Potala in
Lhasa is a large group of houses and huts
styled the shol or \'^ sde-shol of Potala.
ftwpt.' shol-kluifi, lower flat or storey
of a house (Tig. 19). 5fa'*l} shol-hgro
•fl^ipKtfr the lower or sub-issuant stream,
n. of the river Ganges just where it
issues from the glaciers ; also any glacial
stream : ^w^vg^TjaRljS's^^-^'trsijI^

^>

pray let your communication be also
like the exuding stream of the river
Ganges (Tig. k. 16.); ajai'^'B15-' shol-
kgroki-kluA=^'"\^''^ the river Ganges
(Tig. k. k$). Jfa'*«« shol-hbab^ww*
*wf*«ft flowing or falling down slowly
(Tiff.), 3. the under or descending hair,
the beard: 3\«r*^ shol-me$
without beard (Rtsii. 50);

shol-ma shol-mo a long haired goat (Mil.) ;
fi'S shol-pho a huge yak-bull, which has
masses of hair beneath its belly, S[T^ id.

*JJ(^ ffsMh one of the thirty-six border
countries (Ta-sel. 38).

$shah-wa 1. to sport, joke, play,
bawl. 2. to believe, trust, confide in. 3.

n

yshah-ma a kind of helmet:
'WfllV^e.1 the helmets are of
various kinds, sha/i-ma and shah-lima (Tig.
31). i|«vv$ gshah-li hehnet made of bell-
metal (Tig. 31).

g.shah-tshon=<>f* rainbow.

" ffshah-gsan =
the Swastika sign; also, grace, blessing
(Son.).

ffshag-pa v. *£i{H hjog-pa,
especially $e.-fc-^-ar*9*w<r|(Vir£i:=to remain
absorbed in contemplation.

' gshan the anus';
hbrum piles, hemorrhoids (Mng., ch. 64).
uj^c;-RgN-^-5^-w|vi5-i||c,«) the Dharani
charm for curing piles (K. g. «, 256).
one suffering from piles.

^l^S 9-s^a^ wrongly written for

yshan V9, qT, ^nr^, adj. and
sbst. another, the other, another one,
*W3H all others W** the other man
or men ; IW^'*^ is there another or not ?
more than the other; %?*r
the other pupils; 5*^ffW*»^
she is not taller than the other girls;
np^arsf^N gshan-rgol ma-nm others were
not able to resist them (nobody could
do them any harm) (Jd.). 1^'|*)'£' yshan-
§kye$-pa " born another's " = a slave (llfflon ).

1078

pshan-§kyon m^tf, another's fault
or defect; wJrMfc^MT^l'^'Wfr
not seeing one's own faults but raising
the finger towards other's faults. W
2K§« pshan-gyis-rgyas or <W$*r"|*<*< HT3*
nourished or fostered by others, met.
the cuckoo (Won.). "WSK^r »»han-
gyis mi-brdsi (ffffcnWfNF11 the irrepres-
sible; also =vi<vHi3T»E.-q dpah-pohi kh'in-pa
& hero's residence (4ffio».). "Wl*^
ps/Mn-gyis-zin v. <WV*' 5 "W^ 9sltan~
rgyud irnnir; v. WV*'- W^"*i
pshan-b$nem§-bzod an epithet of Indra
(Mnon.). "]WT-Jl*rC| one knowing the
secret of others, also the knowing of
it ; "PW A*'*1 ^"'i exclusive, not mixing

with others, W^V'"'! *Sva*' ' ^'3|"'
<^ar*laj-jjVw§S (X". *o. F, 3!j.7) he teaches
morality to others but himself behaves
immorally. W-*)* ps/utn-fas or
a few others :

gslutn-du elsewhere, to another
place : °% q hgro-wa to go 1^^ ^ elsewhere
=to go away, to start; «rov'*«r3H
suppose or believe nothing else, do not
think that the matter can be otherwise,
frq. used like : of course (Jo.) ; «|lW^'|ql*'
tslMn-du-phyog&^^W^o to go
beyond one's boundary or jurisdiction ; to
go over to the enemy (Mnon.).

q|s\a^ pshan-don WV the interest or

good of others : &V*^f*Vw*^*'

'<3«i unless (your) own interest has been
first served you cannot look to other's
interest (Bf.hu. 269).

qp»ft\t; pshan-drin 1. snj self-sufficient.
•2.=*Sfl'a hgran-zla • i]^-VA'q=
whitout a match, unrivalled ;
i&»T<i shan-drin mi-hjog-pa^WW

not necessary to ask others.

1.

robber (Mnon.). 2.
others, tyranny ;
tyrant.

rkun-po thief,
oppressing
an oppressor, a

pshan-nas 1. from some other
place ; "W^'^'ij'*^ it cannot be accom-
plished from any other quarter, by any
body else (Mil.). •"flW'W^ 9*han-
na$ pshan-du to deviate from the right
path, to go further and further away ; ^
ci5'iU)-?)-»(i5^^c.-i]s\ai'^1fli^'^'ci|^ not firmly
embracing the true word he was running
amiss (JT. ko. *, 211). 2. adv. otherwise,
else, on the other hand W.

fll^'lfe.- p8/utn-snan = a.$fl'$c>' hkhrul-snan
(Yig. 17). ^Vl'^'W'^' gxhan-snan a-hin-

(Yig. 111).

pshan-pa=*Fft another, the other.
or

^|B|-«;qc,-|^ q<fif^a ^Rfflu n. of a celestial
region of the Buddhists, the residence of
Kamadeva (Mnon.).

qp^qc.- psltan-dwan qrnn? dependent
on others. w^^S'^^'l'"!^'^' seems to
imply the Sambhoga-kaya, e.g., in <
i^^.-^-Xiri'^c.vfT1! (A. 18).

Syn. "pPi^g-slMH-rgyud; tj-^m^qe.' pha-
rol-dtean;^'1^'^ ran-dican-mcd; "W^'
fy bdag-dwan-mm; ^'i'«^ hdsin-pa-can ;
zin; v.^*-g«i ran-

dwafi-bral; ip^'^^'^' pshan-dwan son
(Mnon.).

qj^aj-^gfg ps/tan-hbyor-lna ace. to Budli.
the five benefits or wealths which have ac-
crued to others from the Buddha:— (1)
the advent of Buddha ; (2) his preaching
the Dharma ; (3) the establishing of his
doctrine; (4) its promulgation and
continuance t^ll rjes-hjug ; (5) the

1079

abstract pity and grace of Buddha for the
suffering world (Khrid. 13).

'Wjft ffsh'in-smod 1%<j«|* a slanderer,
cynic ; mfa*^i the slandering others ; *pW
iM^i to slander others : ^"ptpVWST'Vl'V
St'Wj^S praising self and slandering
others produces quarrels.

*W"K.' qslian-yan ^ift^, ^TOXiffr more-
over, besides, furthermore [and yet, also] 6'.

4jsft-ar*q|-ai ipprvfta dependent; W«i'
^4|fsroHi from dependence on others.

"IWW'f* gshan-las-rgyal -apm? 1. vic-
torious, triumphant over another. 2.
a flower = a=.|3r*>-?<i| (Mnon.).

meton R'§"! the cuckoo.

'CJ pshab-pa 1. to rub or touch with
the hand. 2. to lick (Seh.).

ffshams-pa incorrectly for

seldom, scarcely;
again afterwards ; ip^>\'uic,'« never (Jd.).

J'^ gshal-wa & form of wi'** g^Ri,
to weigh; ^'•T«plqlfW|v8 though
one could weigh it with a pair of scales
(Glr.); iparvfa'lJ'f*' articles that should
be weighed ; liable to duty, to custom

(Tig. k.10).

fl|s\arqf^ ffshal-hkhor and fl|Q«r«| gshal-
tiiag ; flpsr3*i g.shal-thim; also "l^rSj"!

g.shal-g$hi,

pshal-san§ ; all seem to be names of
numbers (9p*'qfl*') (Ya-sel. 57).

^aff^ii^tf^ Qshal-du-med-pa Chu-wo
n. of a fabulous river : S^'ij '^ '§^ '§ 'W '^p1^'
^e, q-^-g-q^'ojm1 gk^am'^W^'^ (it) is

situated beyond the country called Nam,

kha-rin-wa in Uttara-kuru (K d. *, 327).
«I)«\(!|-^-sl^^-«|^'q|N-£) ^rf® qf^m the
immeasurable ; i^i'^ gshal-med or *p«r^'
*)^'«i ^rq%zf, ^f^I, '^rj'sU that which cannot
be measured or weighed, imponderable,
immensely great or much (Pth) ;

the inconceivable castle.

gshal-tsha<$ measure, scale, stan-
dard (Sch.).

as or

the castle in the air, superb
mansion, castles in which the gods are
supposed to live; ^ifiq-ipar'wpe.- the
heavens containing the superb mansions
of the gods ; SI«i*V|]t^H«r<'RCr*' the
wonder-residences of the gods (A. K.

gshas play, sport, jest, joke
(Sch.), ar*p« g.lu-g.shas sportive song.

sM or "I^'*i 93 ; 1. that which gives
origin to a thing, that from which it
arises, ground, basis, foundation, original
cause, exciting cause; ^fcpr»W*^|^
n5'i|^ the primitive source of all happiness ;
l^t'S"^ pshi-skye-med without origin or
birth (Mil.) . «' *ft place, ground, locality ;
soil: Hw'i'^'ift khyim-gyi-sa-gishi, ^'^'"^
shin-gi-g.shi, ^c.'(«ic.'3['N'i|^ tshon-khan-gi-sa-
gshi land for erecting a shop, etc. (K. du.
\ 499); x'1"!^ the main point or thing,
principal thing, t"T"l^ foundation of a wall,
fljljifow^ fli^'SN^ the cause; 3fl-«ift the
spirit, the primeval in a special sense ;
the innermost essence, inherent nature.
2.=£"'» 33, root or seed; 3=-'"!^ nun-ffsM
turnip root or seeds, "i'31'l^ radish seed ;
3. ?« «M, •nriyR, (^"'g'S) ground, floor
^•scgj-q^ a square floor ; §^'^'1^ the upper
or top surface (Glr.). 4. 'flixw residence,
abode, home : fll^'H^'q to take up one's

1080

f£|

residence in a place (Mil.) ; flfr*3wi to
settle, to establish one's self in a place ;
u$-*rw3<j|-%^«<-t^ij|-^ he assigned to him
a nice dwelling place and established him
there (Glr). 5. (SjEi'crfg3) wr/nr, vrci,
^[, ^jrair, ^fy^Hil axiom, proposition,
contents, tenor; basis, support. 6. also
^, a definition of time or of relationship :
3'^.' two years ago, "$•*>« great-great-
grand father, flfr»ta'S great-great-grand
mother, "ft* great-great-grandchild. 7.

ffshi-dgon monastery attached to
a hamlet or village, usually very small
and harbouring but a few monks.

q$'5^3*< ffshi-$fion-skye$ as met.=
lightning (Mfion.).

*\\**\ ff*hi-can l.=W forest, wilder-
ness. 2. haying a basis, foundation. 3.
having a floor.
gshi-chen Virg1 .

£g/u-c7i00=4f*'2<i gal-chef very im-
portant : q^-ci5'S'q qj^-Xwq^e.- the works or
duties of religion are very important (A.
126).

qfl-t-q^-q gshi-ji bshin-pa a recluse,
' who stays where he is ' (Burn. 9-130) .

gshi mthun-pa

[same predicament, common substratum] S.
*ft'^J ffshi-deb=H'*f* ma-deb the princi-
pal register: «(V«-flfi-^-H-|||«w fkor-thaH
yshi-deb sur ysal the accounts are clear
marginally in the chief register (Rtsii.).

"I^VI gshi-bdag 1. a local deity or
rather monster, generally of the Naga
class, who when offended sends diseases
or other calamities upon a particular
village . or province or on an individual.
He is required to be appeased by offerings
when incensed. 2. lord of the soil ; may
also denote a king or nobleman (Jd.).

Q gshi-wa ^^rf^Rf [a dweller]&
gsM-wa-hthun=$f*'w\ skyes-ma-thag
a child just when it is born (Mnon.).
gshi-ico=*\$'# basis.

gshi-byed or 'I^*''!^ pshis-byed
possessed of capital : $j wfrlS'S'^'i at
Lhasa the merchants who have capital
(Rtsii.)

1^ §** ffshi-bye$ ace. to Jd. : native and
foreign; at home and abroad. «$ = one's
home or place where always resident, §*i
place of temporary residence, lodgings : ^'
|w«wr«qR*TO^v-$5rt^*-«wto (A.
25), he presented all dwellings at home or
abroad, for the accommodation and pleasure
of the clergy.

f%fi [substratum, abode, residenoe]<S".
"I^'*1^ g.»hi-ma lyed ^f^iiT, ^f^RTl ;
[receptacle, subject]/?.

*ft'*K gslu-mcd=^'^^ Qiini/ata, empti-
ness, the void; also fsxfyfoft&f or
*\^'3t\ the mind or the individual who
meditates on the doctrine of Ounyatd.

<j|^-n^'£) gshi-hdsin-pa ^rnc='l^'£' the
world, the transmigratory existence
(Mfion).

fl|^w ffshi-ras cloth which is spread on a
table or on the ground for the placing of
offerings, etc. (Btsii.).

. fut. of &*\o. 2. or
'd gshigs-pa to make minute inquiry
of every point ; to investigate, to examine :
qri-fCTTqf^q«tfryrq«N all matters
important and otherwise should be
cleared up by minute investigation
(D. gel. 7); qg-g^fli^
N (-D- 9el- 11)- 3. =

1081

sel. 36).
q^q-q
born (child).

(Ya-
n = |*rw skyes-ma new

rib-pa, form of ^serei A/Y6-
? = ?wqwq sos-bcah-wa, |j'^tq'£j Ice-hjib-pa.

l'£| ffshibs-pa to put or lay in
order (Jd.).

of a certainty, as a matter of course (Yig.

if, a form of
'q g.shil-wa 1. fut. of

l'n] g.shis-ka 1. one's native place,
country. 2. home of an . agriculturist,
his fixed dwelling and the field about it
for cultivation, homestead : "I^^'ij^ the
manager of a farm. 3. an estate, a town.
(Rim.} "I^'C"! g.shis-kh:ig separate estates,
individual estate ; if^'fwi <?| '%ij|*> gshis-
khig-gi thon-gkor the income, proceeds of
an estate (Rtsii. 26) ; 'ftw'^l g.shis-hog
one under or belonging to an estate, the
tenant or farmer in an estate.

the one
monastery in a village or town (Rtsii. 13).

I$N-$- gshis-rtse abbr. of "l^'"l'l" gshis-ka-
rtxe, the town Shiga-tse in Tsang (Rtsii.).

^| ^ ff8hu I : n- of a place in Tibet
situated to the north-west of Lhasa ; it
is also called 1'#"!!.

^|^ II : 1. ftr^r^f, <3m, \j^: 5W« bow,
for shooting : "19'^N he constructed a bow
(Glr.) • «l9A*Mto bend a bow;. iJI'^'i or
id. (Cs.),

to unbend (the bow) (Cs.). 2,
bow or arch in architecture : IS'^li'SJ'^Si'i
'to arch in the form of a bow' (Cs.).
"19'^W g.shu-mkhan bow-maker ; "!§' |5 gzliu-
rgyud bow-string. "11'^ gshu-$gm
the buzzing of the string of a bow.
ffshu-can ifgj, a bow-man, "I9'g(^ furnished
with a bow ; i]®*^ g.shu-mchog •*&( ifiT»&R,
^5^fa, the bow-end, gen. 'the two ends
of a bow ;' fl||-*Xq|Agii|-ci to set the string
to a bow. t|9-|05>*w gshu-hdoms a cord,
fathom, as a standard measure, opp. to
any arbitrary measure : "If^'l^' one
bow or fathom measure (Bon. ch. 9).

Syn. *^'^'iei mdah-hphen-l>yed;
mdah-m; W^R-J^-^ mdah-za$-can ;
mdah-bskyo; N*p.'fa mdah-rten;
mdah-lto-wa ; *^<v|j ^'§^ mdah-snun-byed;

'5 gnam-ru (Mnon.).

fj^'P ffsku-tva to strike, lash,
i to whip.

^ ffshit-ru n. of a place in Tibet :
^qr*^'^ be went to a place near
Shuru (A. 81).

q|g-ow|<* gs/m-las-skyes=$j'w$l3( Asura
demon (Mfion.).

J yshug =«n 1. end, extremity :
'3, "IS"!'^' rump or ventlet of a bird ;
^hug-ma the tail of it ; gjTil3*l the
end of a row ; ^IT"! at the end of the
year (Mil.) ; ^"HS"! house-hold servants.
2. fut. of ^i hjug-pa.

' yshun 1 : 1. the middle, centre :
c.- the middle, or the main channel
of a river ; **£5'ii9=.' the middle pr«rt of a
lake ; a^'^Q^' klad-pshttfi spinal marrow ;
1'q13B; lce-g.shuti the middle of the tongue ;
"ISt.'i the middle finger ; ^s.'^ in a direct
way, opp. to 1M" (Ja.). 2. government,
executive: 1'i'igc.1 Tibetan government;

137

1082

' Chinese executive ; J'l^'IS6'' Indian
Government ; "13^0 pshuft-khra government
order, official document ; «19 *•'?"! govern-
ment employ or service; fll9li£' government
tenant ; W^'" pshufi-pa a government
officer, one holding lands directly under
government, *I3*'*» psliud-ma the middle
part of Lhasa, containing the government
offices ; «|gs.'*K-q pa/nifi-tufiofi-pa government
agent who sells or purchases any article
(Yig. k. 52) ; W1* pshufi-sa government,
government place, court (Yig. SO). IS6''
government centre at Gahdan ;
pnhud-pser crown gold. "19* '"*!*•*'
rifts observing of the prevailing
custom, usage or law (Yig. 86). 3. ^,
stw**, «n« literary work, original text (A.
K., Yig.) : 19* '«ll«'i to compile or
compose texts.

qj,|C'q pshuA-tca pf. "196*1 p&h«f>», to
attend, to be heedful; attention, *|8Wi
heedful ; Sch. has : ' sincere, orderly,' and
for the current phrase 5^'<»|gwi he gives ;
' a quiet and prudent mind or behaviour.'

n|gc.-Qfl|« pshufi-lugs 1. «Wl the esta-
blished laws of government. fl^'^''^
pshuA-lttgs hdsin-pa Trfvni«Wi a minster of
state ; government officials who hold offices
under of Government. 2.='TO"al1'5'^1!*'
the original precepts, texts or scripture :
qije.-Qflmi-fer^fli-gfliwurwwa how much
knowledge of Buddha's precepts he
possessed '. (A. 20).

Tia^'CJ ps/iud-pa incorrect for 19^'"
bshu4-pa Sch.: 'to go, to walk, to put
into.'

$hun fut. of

sur-za-tca a little faulty, defective.
'Sft- gshe-trin for "1^'^'.

parsley in C. colloq.

fi, for ^- shell.

or il^ I- the act of
remembering or reminding: "ifa'^j"!'1'
gsfien.bskul-tca = y{^'i to remind a per-
son, to refresh the memory. "l^W*1 gslu-n
b_tad-pa or ^fcV«^ta^wrq to admo-
nish, exhort («7o.). 2. ^^ to light,
kindle, inflame (Sch.).

=^'l> b$ten-pa.

ffx/its *<*i&. the time after or
before : "1^'f *•' gshcs-rnM the day after to-
morrow ; «i'1K''fl!J|»<'J!B-' na-mA gshes-nifi the
year before last.

EI]|j$r£J ffshes-pa 1. to be well, to
prosper : **^^W' enjoying life, passing
it in prosperity (Yig. k. I). 2. ace. to
Jii. is resp. for to sit, stay, wait :
E.-4wo|^*i^i| wait a little.

ffshun-po best of its kind:
the purest

$toH-thog gshun-po a capital crop.

gsho-ita incorrectly for s^i v.
l'a hjo-wa.

qj^'q gshog-pa I. v. &*(i. 2. early
morning: g^'^'^'£''^<11 you come to-
morrow morning.

oftoi'j^w pshog-stegs arch, playful,
sportive : ^Wfpr<l«rP'JhffVl^ being
playful at all times is termed ps/iog-stegs
(K. du. 5, U) ; ^•§fl!«;S'n'£' to look in a
coquettish manner.

+ qflu|'n\v|-*ii pshog-hdrid-kyi tshig im-
parting hints by movements of the lips.

cni&IW pshoys one half of the body,
the side of the body: ««*FTW^ the

1083

right and left sides; "ft^'SJ side ways
(Seh.). fli^fljw^-q pskogs-slofi-wa f%f%fri^a ;
or "I^1*''^=.'|5i'i to speak aside or in-
directly ; «|^<>)*rjfN g.sltogs-$mo ^^£3*
[indication] S. i$"l*<'jf*<'§VJ< gshoys-smos
byed-pa to prejudice a person aganist
another insidiously.

£l ff$hofl-pa grfMir, IJRX wooden
trough or tub : B'"!^' trough for feeding
dogs and other animals ; 5'1^' a manger.

<j|^c.-'2<ii») Qshofi-thogs n. of a yaksa
demon who resides on the seashore at the
foot of Sumeru.

basin of a river ; also

IJons valley,
ynl-pshons.
'^ gen. a
monk who frequents small towns and
village moving among the country folk.

yshon-pa tfws, *jgr adj. young,
the younger one; f^^'T^Rf rgyal-po
§/>II-M yshon-pa the youthful king ;
as I am still young (Dzl.) ; *$j
some young people (Mil.) ; "|3fa-
who in their younger years had
no children. "1^9* ffshon-bds alacrity,
youthful activity (in working) :
(Rtsii. 3!t).

a youth ; "ffi^'4'* fHT the youths, an epi-
thet of the youngest son of Mahadeva.
^^•^'J^'i gwr^^ became a youth,
turned young. *|^'$'W3K^ gshou-nu
myrin-ld'tn = ^'WW (Mnon.).

1^'5'w ffshon-mi-ma. fWlft virgin,
maiden, youthful girl.

a woman is never free
and independent, while young she is pro-
tected by her father, in youth she is under
her husband's care, and in old age she
is guarded by her son (Can.).

-' (Mfiott.).

gahon-nu ydon-drug Kunia-
ra the son of Mahadeva who is possessed
of six faces (Mfion.).

Syn. sw«i5-g^-ci-^ byis-pahi spyod-pa-
can ; fl§'if^N-£i«|'^ bcti-gnis mig-ldan ;
smin-drug-bu (Mnon.).

ffshon-mahi

gisfion-rabs the youthful or
rising generation ; the younger classes.

qjf^'a^vm pshon-$a chag$-i)a=K<n. adult
(Tig. 11).

gshob 1. or &'*$Q a burn, scorch,
or singe ; a mark from burning ;
to be singed, seared (Pth.) ;

^ui my body and soul were seared,
deeply afflicted. 2. in JF. = a crash, e.g.,
of a tree breaking down (Ja.).

l gsfiom-pa 1. a form of

ftfjT (A. K. 1-22). S3J-
£i, also fl^'"l^»>'£i he who has
vanquished the devil. "I^'^'^'i pshom-du
ftwd-pa='P***':i '^ '" undepressed, never
dejected : qNWd^^^-uic.-^^-^^-q his spirits
were never depressed. (Ya-sel. 31).
fl]^*r»!^ gshom-med steady, = also constant,
perpetual, eternal (Mnon.). 2. pf. iffi*w
to be split, cracked, bruised, dinted :
having become cracked, came
apart (Yig. k. 3).

gshor, v. "rtfr A/or.

*^ pshol-wa l.=^cmr to flow
down ; to alight, dismount : tww*|^«rf
c/tibs-las ffshol-te having dismounted from
his horse (A. 7) ; W*§>e*»f ^t«W as
the sound of the summer drum (i.e.,
thunder) comes down (Yirj. k. 10). 2.=
to remain fixed, absorbed in :

1084

he was absorbed in
, to be low,

deep meditation. 3.

open out to:

residence was protected on the north and

was open to the south (A. 70) (So almost

all the houses and monasteries in Tibet are

built with the south open and the north

protected by the hill-side or even by walls.)

for «flf«, v.

to speak in confidence, or secretly,
to communicate a secret.

or

brlon-pa ^|£ wet, moist (Zam. 9).

q^'TJ bskag the inner parts of the
body.

bshag-pa faw 1. v.

it is time to leave a
testament if you have any (Bdsa. 16).
2. to tear, wear, of cloth, etc. ; to burst,
crack, split C. (Ja.).

Q3|cn*E.-»i b$han-tshoft-ma a prostitute,
harlot (Dug. 8).

bxhad 1. n. of a place in Tsang
(8. kar. 178). 2. also fl^V HIT* a swan ;
sv\VH a white swan (Ja.) ; «HS^'*i
bshatf-ldan-ma ' a pond with swans swim-
ming on it.'

Syn. »»3K^=.' mgrin-rin; $5'*>c«^ e/,,,fii
min-can • JJ'^ gra-hbyin ; r*'gS-*^ rdsifi-
' bya-lofi (lj.non.).

J bs/Md-pa 1. (f*5'8) pg the
noise of joy or that of promise (S. Lex.).
2. (d'TT^'a) to blossom, to develope (Tig.
&8). 3. T{%a to laugh, smile: SVTF'*! a
girl with a smiling face (Mil.) ; a5\S'l>!V*f|a(
f%<«<* buffoon, jester; fl^'35 bs/iad-mo
smile, laughing, laughter : q^ 35 a^'« to
laugh ; n^'ti-K, *^gi*{*< or ^re*<ft n. of a
goddess. 4. a swan.

Syn. for l'!Wql*\ bsha^-gad a jest : fl^'^
b,de-bbyufl; ^ ^»-rc; ffl'JC'n kyal-ka;
rol-rste ; ^^ J)"I hjo-$geg ; fl|^^'q^ gyer-bag ;
|^| rtse-hjo; *-*W rtse-dgah; i\^'^
(jnd-mo-hlyin ; T*^ ga-chad ; %fr rgod ;
3^'1*<'^ knu-nas-rgod ; "KSft yid-rgod ; *^
ArfsKW* ; «i^'»i^-««^ bar-mar-bsluuf ; 9»i'ti5-|
byif-pahi

'q bs/iab-pa, v.
V«. 76).

caress.

(^•qj

mind.

-pa to stroke, to coax,
gv£i b$/ui»»$-bsgo bye4-pa
to remind of, to recall to

J bahnr-wa to shave or shear;
to shave the hair : U'l^'T he has
shaved or sheared his hair.

^ bxhi MiJT four ; C^i the fourth ; q\Q
the four; ^'0§ "sfn'b-cu" forty; ^'flj
four hundred; "^'l?^' bshi-gtofi foui1 thou-
sand ; fl^'* bshi-cha one fourth pait, a
quarter ; «fy"| bshi-ga the four, all the four :
gc.-q^-fl|5'^E,'^ the breadth measure of the
four continents, also of the four pieces
(Ta-sel. 39). ^'1=-' bshi-g.M the quarter
of a slaughtered sheep or goat, one-fourth
part of a circle, a quadrant (Btsii.) ; q^'w^w
bshi-mnam ^TJ ••«« (^^'Ef01) the intestines.
q^'«^ bshi-mdo = aw'a&f* lam-hdsom
(jydon.) where four roads meet, crossing
of two roads : q^^^w^'l^^ii^QC^q-^-
(A. 4).

q^-^-gj^f bshi-sdt' grbn-t.ihan one of the
earlier monasteries of Tibet. It is said
that four Buddhist monks coming from
four different places to Lhasa founded
there a monastery which became known by
the name of Bshi-sde grra-tshafi.

q^-ciS maj*j-jj(q*< bshi-pahi gnas-§kab$ the
fourth stage of life, i.e., old-age from sixty
upwards.

1085

Syn. Sj*^ rga§-pa (If Aon.).

q^-q-q|jq-£i5'*i^ bshi-wa, b$grub-pahi mdo
any sutra containing different studies
each arranged under four heads or classes ;
for instance under the heading of *»Kj'
are :— 1 g

(3)

one

-q ; (4)

(K. d. v, 87).

i^'l^ bshi-zur
fourth part or share:

(Rtsii. 8, 5).

bshi-$ad four strokes to imply a
full stop || || — or rather two at the conclu-
sion of a period and two at its beginning :

(Situ.).

sbst. face, countenance, d^S»R.' bshm-bzan
handsome countenance or face; also, a
polite address to gentlemen ; q^'qsR/w
bshin-bsan-ma lit. the fair face, an address
for women in gen. a polite address to
ladies (If Aon.) : JJN^T^'VI ye much
respected gentlemen, 3'q^q«.'»» ye good
ladies ; q^aj'W*r^«r«mr9 the fair ladies
having risen, &c. q^'^w bshin-ras the
appearance, 1^'=-^ ugly face, ugly coun-
tenance.

II : as, like, according to : P'S'Sff '

i ^•|'»t«r|s-«(W^«iV8« for
the purpose of converting the men of
the snowy land let your actions and
deportment he like this. 1^'^ bshin-du
postp. gov. accus. annexed to nouns and
verbs = according to, as, while, in (doing,
etc.) ; Jd. poinls out that joined to verbal
roots S^fl serves to form with them a
partic pres., and "^'^ a gerund : §"l*rw
^N -q^-q5'E.fai jn a rejoicing frame of
jnind, in a joyful mood (Mil.) ; j£'«r«J

ile sitting on the chair (Dsl.) •
^'4^1 whilst his colour changes
(Dxl.); *)^N-q%-^^^?i-^i^ though not
knowing it he says he does know. Also =
because of, on account of :
a)

' and because the hearts of
both her father and mother were attached
to her, they made it of immeasurable
importance that she should be taught
whatever was useful concerning the
world, men, and religion (Glr.). ^'P^j'^

5 yes> that is so, just so;

truth, reality, substance,
essentiality (Jd.). ^tfefift) daily, per
day, •fa-n|3qri%^ id. . ^aj'Vq^'l^^-q his
daily doings ; B%««r8'*iVr3*<ffq$-$ n. of
a fabulous mountain said to be situated
at a distance of five hundred yojana (K. d.
"S 289).

iW bshin-ma embroidered cloth,
cloth of gold : ^'<^'«%'»r^f%irfflft^
it, with cloth overlaid with gold, as a
present (A. 131).

hjib-pa :
bsregs-pa ;

bshibs, pf . of
(Situ. 76).

bshu burnt, v. fl^

Buddhist monkl built a chorten on
the burnt relics of Thab-zang (Pag. 304).
QS^ bshu-hdul defined as : »)-«i'^qm-^-
"W* anything reduced to ashes by
burning (Rtsii.).

1$^ bsAii.fela.kind of pebble or crystal
(Jiff. 19).

^'3 bshu-wa, v. g'fl shu-via and ^I'q
to melt, to digest.

J'q bsAugs-pa, resp. for $V«i and
, «Hrf%?f 1. to sit:

1086

please to sit ; «|«fi'9i'"9ql*' seated on
the rug (Situ. 76); ^"F^l has been
seated, QW** seated, i9^«'^1 do sit.
2. to dwell, reside ; H9«|«rqS-*-g*- castle for
residence ; "9*|«'q5-^ a small temple in
which a deity resides (Dal.) ; ^"^"l"
fellow-lodger. 3. to remain, stay, exist,
live : ^'^'^"g'Fi to be in the world, to
live on earth. 4. (of books) to be
recorded in, to be contained ; is always
annexed to book titles : f^ '*'« wciS-wj^
law^rg-q-qg*!*-* the hundred thousand
songs of the Reverend Milaraspa, so to be
styled, is herein contained.

qgum'gpi bshugs-gral the row of seats on
which men of rank sit on any ceremony or
occasion (Rtsii.).

' bshugs-stafig manner of sitting :
the manner of sitting of
the gods.

'^J bjihud-pa resp. of *&i» to start,
depart, go away ; JPT ; w^'«9«\ gone away
on a journey (Situ. 76), go away : w"9^
pray, go away ! opp. to fcfy. flFV^*^*
*iq9S'« he proceeded to India for study
(A. 61). yi^WSF ! "VrBS'*'r'Vl|!3'»!
O Lord wherever thou goest take me
with thee (Tig. 19),

^§^ bshun 1. energetic, zealous ;

"9^ very active in work ; "5«J'8'a''"9^ very
attentive in study (in the observance of
moral discipline) : flVT9r«»I'l|!'fa'¥'W'1^'
•*VH«|''i5«V*''uni'"*'3ai'qv9* (Bbrom. 113). 2.
v. 9^ (Jd.).

qa^'CJ fahtir-wa 1. to strain, filter:
WH'"9*'V he strained the melted butter
(Situ. 76) ; gip-aiM*'^ take the broth
after straining it (ffag. 76). 2. = iJ9^-=)
and "^'«.

i't| bshus-pa, v. 9'q shu-toa.

bshefi-mi pf. q^e.*) resp. for
to raise, erect, set up, to manufacr
ture, compose : C"l'ls''ll'rt'c'5'rc"5t\'t'^E-*''n»
having erected 108 temples.

q^E.*rq fahefls-pa resp. of "!*'" to rise,
to get up : g, g-n^w^K. pray, get up
(from bed, etc.) ; wq^'sru^c ma shun, ma
shad don't get up, please ; ^'uwq^e.* rises
from the seat (Situ. 76).

l I:

(A. 27).
manner of speaking :

sel. 38).

II : («fl*«'«'«i^'?'g) 1. vb., resp.
, ^ffiura to wish, desire:
N'tl^'il^ the

hidden treasures that were desired by the
great Kahdampa sect (A. 25) ; j«|-3-ii1«i«-
"^IS'S*1 does your reverence wish to see the
king? (Dsl.); j^-HJ-^^^'^'q^'ii as
the king wished to enter (Olr.) ; ?'«' "^'1
if you do not wish for the horse (Mil.). 2.
to propose, maintain, state, assert; also,
sbst. : proposition, statement, view. 3.
to accept, take : "^V** bsJwd-zai food for
acceptance.

T? wet.

'tl kskct-pa 1. vb., resp. for $*'",
to take, receive, accept ; to seize, confis-
cate; esp. to accept or take food at
meals : t'S^wq'q^w^ii please take whatever
you like ; "<K^ if he would take it, if it
should be to his liking (Mil.). Instead of
%i in : ^c.'Bi'q§'if^N'0^-Jj he attained the
age of twelve years old. iwiS-^-q^N take
up the burden of work, responsibility
(Nag. 61). 2. sbst. food, meat qsK^ap
to offer, to serve up meat ; "^N'|C.' bt/ies-
khmft for **' beer colloq. (Btsii. 62) ;

1087

bshe§-gro cakes ; tft'lfi bsheg-sgo resp.
of 3'^also ^e/IF q^'atc.' bshes-chafi = «
bs/tes-khniA beer : w^nw^^^
(/fr«H. 4). O^aj bshes-ldan col. =
bkol-ldan the kind of sweet prepared on
new-year's day in Tibet with molasses,
cream, butter malt-beer, etc. (Btsii.). s^'l"
bshes-spro ("she-to") cakes, biscuit, etc.
i^'i bs/w-ien, pf . q^*ri bshos-pa to milk (a
cow), aLso = '$g milch cow.

CJ bshog-pa to cut at, to chip:
to cut, hew, make wood smooth
with the hatchet, split wood (Situ. 76) :
split with the hand (&ag. 61).

' bfihoft used for tfF pshofi.

J bshon-pa qR, cfr^ riding-horse,
carriage, vehicle, conveyance in general ;
qSjaj-q-j^»C£i to equip a riding horse, to order
the horses to be put to (Dzl.) ; ^g^*^r
qjfo-awZi'3jflrnrar$jaj'9 the maid servant
putting a saddle on a good riding-horse
(Bbrom. 50).

Syn. $*!*! khyogs; w&W*. lam-hdegs;
H" theg-pa; |'l*\ rgyu-byed ; «^«'S1>
mgyogs-byed (Mfton?).

q^'i'«^ bshon-pa-can =\'^»'i sweet smell,
scent (Mfion.).

q^-»< bshon-ma cow, ewe, or she-goat,
that is yielding milk; a gen. term for
such cattle.

3 sa is the twenty-second letter of the
Tibetan alphabet ; no letter corresponding
to it exists in Sanskrit, and according to
the Tibetan grammarians it is peculiar
to the Tibetan language. In olden times
and in the frontier-provinces to the
present day it was and is sounded like the
English z ; but in Lhasa and Tsang it is
now pronounced like the English «, but
always low-toned.

>1f>' za-rkoti, v. ^

za-khafi an eating-house, res-
taurant: w^'rpc.- n. of a large restaurant
in Lhasa of some note.

*'B za-khu or JR^S the morbid
discharge of seminal fluid, semen pruriens.
•'*![*! za-hphnig itching.

za-grogt a woman ; (in the dialect
of Amdo called ^VT^"!*1) w^e> mistress:
I^Itr^pr^Mrcrfel ikyid-tshefii za-grogf
de (patis-pa-min the mistress of happier
days should not be forsaken (Khri$. 51).

*'*gj*i'<i za-hgra»»-pa = *3S*'t> the cheeks
(«*».).

sa-chag nettle.

3'^£| Za-dam n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. «| 33).

»<0^ za-hdod=%i\*'» ltogs-pa I. hun-
ger, greed; hungry. 2. extortion: *>'$*>'

to not

any kind of extortion or false accusa-
tion or deception should be used against
the tenants (Rtsii.). jtf^i^Z} very
corrupt; corruption, bribery.

3'Jjj W**J za-phyi a-ija n. of a medi-
cinal drug : J'^ww^w^n'm'^.

food, meat,
imp.

3 " za-tca 1. or
victuals. 2. vb., perf. w, fa,
fa, to eat *°w^\«i wfw*ra Wi desire for

** s*

eating ; *'4*t'w§^ l^tfa ww^ is able to
eat ; *'i$'*^ the time of eating, the hour
of taking meals ; ''%'HI'11 to cause to eat,
begin to eat ; to entertain with food ; * &'
^*i3«r| one who takes his meal at a fixed
hour, in the case of a Buddhist monk
before noon ; w^ ^l^fc{ *'9' vf*|'3^ sa-ica

za-wa 8cl-u'a=a^"\'ci. (K.
ko. 1, 235). ''S?*1 za-rlom eating unfairly
and cheating others of their share also
•wif* hcluib-rlom (Khru}. 125). "&* z«-
bbor, abbr. r* and ^^'i (Rtsii.).

*'§-\ za-bye$ 1. = * fire. 2. f> mouth.
3. §^'Q srin-po cannibal demon, n. of a
fish. 4. >(i rdo-rje ^nrf% Indra's chief
weapon (Mfion.).

2.

za-ma !.=«» food, victuals: *»»
will go after taking food.
woman (Jjffion.) ; ace. to 8. Lex.
a hermaphrodite. 3. = ^«'*'\ time,

^ (Ebrom. f 18). 4. ^frrng a basket, in
Tibetan only fig., mostly as a title of

1089

books, but also used in connection with
mysticism. *wlfi\ za-ma-tog, *<t5j
*nj?f a basket or casket : J'T^'e
za-ma-tog bkod-pahi-mdo WIT'SJWT, n. of
a religious treatise describing the good
services done by Avalokites'vara to all
living beings, including the account
of Balahaka the miraculous cloud-horse and
of the significations of the mystic formula
om manipadme hum ; besides an enumeration
of the names of Bodhisattvas, Nagas,
Gandharvas, Kinnaras, etc. (K. d. *, 313).

3'3'% za-za-mo, ^i^iT.

3'-3 sa-zi 1. (3«'^ zas-sgo and ^f'^
hgro-sgo) food and other necessaries

Atsi'a for the provisions and other neces-
saries of living for ten Bhikshu. 2.=
•at'^c-' zafi-zift or *fl'^q rab-rib or ^'^'l '^ not
clear, obscure and confused, troubled:
fi •uiwj'5 rmi-lam za-zi a confused or trou-
bled dream, $*•'$* ^ snafi-wa za-zi an obs-
cure dim light. 3. troublesome chatter-
ing (Sch.).

3'^ za-ra, the latter part of the after-
noon, v. t"^ rdsa-ra (Jd.).

$ifi-§kyogs a wooden

ladle.

za-hog glossy silk cloth :
a garment made of silk ; a'^"1^
hog-dgu brtsegs-khri a seat formed of nine
silk cushions piled one upon another.

3'^C' Za-lun n. of a place in Tibet ;
*^» a native of Zalung (Deb. "] £3).

t 3'y^ za-hor 1. prob. a corrupt form
of the word Sahor signifying a city, or
town. Ace. to some, the present Mandi,
a smal principality under British protec-
tion in the Panjab between the rivers

Byas and Eavi, where there is a sacred
lake celebrated as a place of pilgrimage
from which the Brahmaps residing there
derive a considerable income. 2.

3 zwa nettle, stinging nettle ; frq. in
^
Mil. ; *'B zwa-khu nettle-soup. af|;w5)

zwa-phyi a-yi, a species of nettle used in
medicine: r%'W*N'^r$'»f<r«Hl1

Syn. fl'S Tg;^ ba-?pn rno-ldan ; ^'S'^1)
reg-bya-rtsub ; 2^'»i5'a '^e,- tslier-mahi ?pu-
lofl; a'%^ zba-tshod (Mnon.).

sqj-f « sag-rdsas= Q^'*$ fceces and urine
(Sman. 332).

3^ '^1 zag-pa l.=«'^"|':) impure, stained,
defiled; sin. «rcw*o|-we.- (colloq.) do
not accumulate sin. «f«r*^'«A'««| zag-pa
med-pahi-las works spotless or without
sin. 2. sbst. depravity=the Sans.
asava. In Budh. the four kinds of MI'I
are : — (1) ^^'£)5'ai)'q sins produced from
desires and passion; (2) ij<^<va<i]ci the
worldly sins; (3) w^S-jflj-ti transgres-
sions through Avidya ; (4) ^'tiS-^-q trans-
gressions caused by false doctrine or
religion (K. d. "I, 451). 3. sometimes
for ija^'i from SU")*''£1. 4. ^re^ misery,
affliction, sorrow :

(Bbum. *\ 94-97). "H'*** bliss, ease:
3<j|-*)^-q^-!) exhaustless bliss, happiness
which never terminates ; »i'«i*w burdened
with misery and sin ; «1 qw5-aw'iRj« the
three sinful works; «|»Wr|wiSjwJpr«l
fove-knowledge about worldly affairs.

a<i)'q'»:^'o zag-pa med-pa, ^iii^=( that
does not flow out, is not exhausted [pas-
sionless] 8.

a^'l^q zag-byed-pa to make water.

fallen.

138

3C-3C-

1090

3C'3C's«n-srtn 1. of a place in Lhobrag
a south-easternly province of Tibet.
«'«'^g*! one of the 37 holy places of the
Bon (G. Bon. S8). 2. =>*•**• or
zifi-zifi or "l^c/fl zifi-wa.

«.•**• zad-zifi=^ or r« 1. matter,
object : •^•••VV^'Ft't* even for the most
trifling matter (Stg.) : ^-X*r§'K'H- external
goods earthly possessions (opp. to inter-
nal, spiritual gifts) (Da/.) ; ^-K'H- ^rfire
meat, fish, animal food; also f-'^' by
itself =^rrfire or animal food (8. Lex.).
jfSe. «x qsq q a meal or food which partly
consists of animal food ; «.'Sc.'*)«^ci pKrfiw
purely vegetable food, a meal in which
there is nothing of meat or fish. 2. adj.
disarranged, confused.

«,'uiq| zan-yag ^TRlff<? : n. of a fabulous
numerical figure: g;uwjel-«Mp»l-3tVi' (Ya-
sel. 57).

copper — pure unalloyed copper being
considered very valuable ; images of Bud-
dha and Bodhisattva made of pure copper
are called ^^'9'i'^I*1 nor-bu dshaiksi»i=
?ftfi?^ »rfo; also a compound of gold,
silver, copper, zinc, or of mica, quicksilver,
tin and lead is also called

, I

^'?rgj«|*! (Mfion.).
gser-safis= copper gilded with
gold ; K« §-q*n verdigris. 2. a kettle ; «-*r
li'^'q to boil in a kettle ; Kwf&nrn a boil-
ing kettle ; *|«WM.« bronze or brass kettle,
|nmME.« iron kettle; «-«S small pot
(<7«i.). ««-»)a|^ safis-wgar=a^'*T>*i copper
smith ; w^ sans-can ('^'S'*'^) a water
pot or vessel made of copper ; •w$e.- zafig-
chufi a small cooking vessel of copper, a
small degchi ; «t«-aai safi$-thal wrew^l
copper oxidized; wrSq safi§-thib copper

tea-pot. Jtwu^fli mfis-mdog lit. copper
colour ; mwC^^art Zans-rndog dpal-ri n.
of a hill in Lanka which was of the colour
of copper and where Padma Sambhava is
said to have retired for the purpose of
disciplining and converting the cannibals
of that island into Buddhism. »e
rdo copper ore.

zafis-s/uiH molten copper:
(Khrid. 3#).

Syn. ««•« zails-ma • K*r*fK zfins-dntar;

kla-klo-k/ia ; g^'* Ijon-ma ;
kngt-dmar (Mfion.).

II: lfqj*r«&vq unhindered; un-
obstructed ; iqMni*ifcvraMr§v'¥r|<yiNt<
ft^'Sf1'*' unseen by the robbers he escaped
unobstructed, being blessed by the goddess.

yi mdog-eeg
li/a-irahi ri-bo a fabulous mountain situated
on the southern bank of the river S'ita
and containing numberless rock-caverns
(A. 38).

sdas-kyi gtstty-phud or ««•
3 «^ zafis-sc-cnn (yfion.) fru z domestic
fowl, the cock with its crest of glowing
copper (A. 121).

Zang-dkar, n. of a district in
Nga-ri (situated to the South-west ot
Ladak) (Lori. ' 16) ; wpp-ii safa dkar-
pa a native of Zangs-kar; •MT^<<^'^
zafi$-dkar lo-tsd-tra n. of a lama of Zangs-
kar who was well-known for his learning.
Alex. Csoma de Koros studied Tibetan
under one of the incarnations of the
Zangs-kar lotsa-wa in the ST^TSffV.

JWgje.- s(tns-ylin = *w%!!\c-'3 1. copper
musical pipe (Mfion.). 2. urenfta n. of an
island, prob. Java or, perhaps, the island
of Ceylon.

1091

zafis-ldnn a species of juniper the
leaves of which when dry become of copper
colour and are used as incense in temples.
This tree grows abundantly in Rwagreft
(Radeng) (Rtsii.).

3c,«r«p* zafis-mar copper-red.

«^t* zans-rtsi=*ai tsha-la or-^'&flar-
tshur (mystic) (Min-rda.).

3^*(\&i sans-se-can=Q*-3, khyim-bya the
domestic fowl (Mfion.).

K«^ Zafis-rilit. copper hill; n. of a
district in Lhokha, with a monastery call-
ed Zangg-ri Kha-mar visited by the com-
piler of this dictionary in the year 1882.
jE*rR'qT,-3^-*#^ safari bkra yis mthon-
smon n. of the Jong of Zangs-ri (Rtsu).

S^'^l sad-pa 1. pf. of "U^ hdsad-pa
^f> H'-3^ ^rfaff exhausted, consumed
spent. 5fc«ravi=qfrTO (A.K.). 2. also
*V<« sad-par =W kun, w«r««i t hams-
cad, ST^OI tha-dag wm, fmfr all, the whole
world, universe (l&non.), adv. exhaus-
tively; sy$'.?|*r£i sad mi-$es-pa, ^r%q
exhaustless, that cannot be consumed or
expended. av<rayci zad-pa zad-pa, ^VS&FQH
[destruction of passions] 8.

ay3 sad-po=^%^t gos-rnin-pa old
cloth, rags (Mnon.).

3S'*< zad-mu, f^m^i [1. a thrower, archer.
2. night]S.

33j san 1. ^5?, ^g cooked food;
food in gen. : aaj-a q to take food, to eat ;
a^ warm food, *^*c.- meat and drink ;
asj-q3f*ro boiled food ; a^'^ has eaten his
meal; fig. ^^^ to take unlawful
interest (Sc-Jt.). 2. also (wra^ porridge of
flour and water, made thick, boiled or not,
warm or cold ; in C. this pap is generally

made of parched barley flour if possible
with tea ; *g*r«j rice pap, ^ milk-pap.

a^'B« san-khru§ a cup in which dough-
balls are made of barley flour with tea or
whey (Rtsii.}. 2. fodder, provender, v.
s^. 3. subst. eater, as second part of
a compound: -f^ meat-eater; yx>\ fish-
eater ; iflj-aa^ pork-eater (Ja.).
c\

*%&K Zan-chin, an. of the Chinese
princess married to king Sron-btsan §gam-
po :

(ion. * 10).

zan-snig HH a mistake.

san-pa,
advice, suggestions.

zan-po, v. "I^'5 gzan-po.
zan-ma 1. = ^-') parched barley
ground into flour, the staple food of the
Tibetans. 2. a cook.

^T zan-rdsa cooking pan, pot.
Syn. Sj'P phru-wa; gf'" rdsa-ma; &v*
mi-tha-ra (Mfion.).

3^'J'^ zan-sa yun the time of taking
food, i.e., gen. breakfast : &K'C»'*t'<ij$i|-3sj-=r

W^'fr'^^Vl it was necessary for one
to go to the other side of the river (or to
yonder place) at breakfast time (A. lit).

3*{%3( zan-zos a meal in general : a^-Jsj-
^'|5«'S« san zos-nas khru$ byas having
taken the meal, he washed (K. du. ^, 261).

zan-yan (Chinese) =
triple style of architecture ; the monastery
of Sam-ye is caHed Zan-yang because
built in Chinese, Indian and Tibetan styles :

•3C| zab silk, fine Chinese satin, v.
«'|«> silk cord ; w<tfat 8ilt covering for a
bolster ; wru rich figured silk dress.

1092

.- zib-bgran

n. of a number :
(Ya-sel. 57).

33'^! zab-pa 1. pf. "« sabs to make
deep, to deepen. 2. adj. and sbst., W5^,
n^T dense, deep, depth : sTjq a profound
mind or understanding ; WWfWJ^wH'V
*&'*VI although people call it deep, it is
not deep (Sch.) ; tfiwi of deep meaning
or signification ; J'w^wi deep sea ; « SS*-*1
*% n3** a deep voice, a musical tone.
3q-cr«!?j*4 zab-pa-pstttH the three prized depths
in the human body : — if one's heart is
deep, one's voice deep (agreeable), and
one's navel sunken (Mil.).

JP'Q zab-po or gen. **>'*' zab-mo adj. deep
in all its significations actual or fig. ;
accomplished, profound in learning and
wisdom, deep, wfk zab-sbyor well fitting,
complete costume ; «•*) ^ S '"* 'W ztbmo
shes-bya-wahi nays n. of a forest in Uttara-
kuru in the mountains of Sankas'a (K.
d. *, 293). »t>'^zab-bshes = ^'^ firm,
steady, also in excellent order or condi-
tion ; WTWJJS. q zab-la zab snafi-wa, ipftiH
irwHrwm'' [deep and profound manifes-
tation]S.

jq-ai'JI'j^ sab-lag-can = $% aquatic grass
(mystic) (Min. rda. 3).

jo-ijiw sab-lam the profound doctrine of
Buddhism as explained in the Tantras.
a term of Buddhist mysticism ;
the Madhyamika or the
middle-path doctrine.

3^54 zab$ l.=«3"I'e' TT? thick, thick-
ness. 2. depth : Kw-fj-^-q}?-^- a pit ten
fathoms in depth.

3*1 zam 1- = |S rgyud line, continuity,
succession : ^ttf^eyr^r^^ffff^m1
w'*S'£J a sign which has come down
uninterruptedly from the lamas and

Buddhas (A. 35.). 2. velvet cushion, gen.
woollen rug: «V'*|WW*r<Pfa'fli|t|^l
(Rtsii.). 3. = ^><m»or ^"1" rigs series or
set; kind, sort: fcrB-l'^'WWiprflrtlqirw
«^'<« (Rtsii.) *W3*;» zam. m(i-ch«d-pa =
JS'*)'*'\'£J uninterruptedness, continuous
succession : •Hr^^r§T«tqtwira^>q1^rK1

s»

there arose a succession of useful incarnate
beings (A. 125).

3<W'CJ za iii-pa %g, »Nw a bridge, of
various kinds: SII«'«N kays-zaw iron
bridge; $('l»rJ*iTE]*1V£' hanging bridge on
supports (A. 35.) ; |l'*« kug-zam suspen-
sion-bridge of twisted canes ; ^^'w draw-
bridge ; ^'**i rdo-zam natural rock-bridge ;
%-j* wooden bridge ; wtiS'Tq or ^'i the
piers of a bridge, a6''"1*', a1^ fpafi-$go
the boards, planks, w^'"™ mdah-yab or
i")'^ lay-rtvn parapet, q!9'?'II gshu-thog arch
of a bridge ; wgft' bridge-village, village
having a bridge over a stream, g v^ gen.
large bridge ; w$e.' a little one.

' Zam-bu lut n. of a holy
place consecrated to Padma Sambhawa in
the district of Shang in Tsang (K. thafi.
168).

j*r^w(3]E.»i) zam-ssim a number.

»w'2T zamzo soft cushion of velvet-like
cloth : wJf j-wwarrrq^ (Rtsii.).

3^, Zar 1. n. of a district in Tibet
about fifteen miles to the north of Tashi-
rab-ga, the latter being the first Tibetan
outpost beyond the Kangla-chen-mo pass.
There is a Jong-pon over the two districts
of Zar and Ting-ke (Loft. *, 3). 2. supine
of *'q za-u-a • «-n|iirq to begin to eat. 3.
a pitch-fork, hay-fork, dung-fork.

3^,'^1 zar-babs ace. to Sch. : tassel,
gold-brocade. **'S sar-bu Olr., Mil. a
tassel.

1093

wr-ma 1.

sesame : «'»i$I{W»Wt'«<fFift;i5 (Mfion.). 2.
fibres ; avwS'5^ ^r^f zar-ma fibres, a kind
of muslin manufactured from. w»i5-5ff*j
sar-mahi gos ^fa: robe made of zar-ma
linen.

n. of a number :
' (Ya-sel. 56).

zar-ri zir-ri adj. unimportant,
not significant, confused: H'«Hw
an unconnected or confused dream.

(3)

sar-ser

sal l. = S'*iVl spu-mdog colour of
hair : q-g|5,'^w*j| the red colour of an ox.
2. in Ld. any small uninhabited river
island. »r^ zal-thon=^^ (Fig.).

w3rgjc: Zal-mo §gafi one of the six dis-
tricts of Kham included in S^'|"l (Jig-)-

zal-sug n. of a number:
.' (Ya-sel. 57).

aas ^T^TT, ^3, ?T food, nourish-
ment, provender ; w*.^ za§-flan bad food ;
a^'ffr sas-spyod food and exercise ; wOSfi'
yarasi give food to whoever is in need
of it ; asrorq^fq ^JW^SJJR distributor of
food; wgwi ^iRRf fasting; a^-^'35
'a^n jifar warm food ; WJfl^f^'fl to
treat with the best food, to entertain
with dainties; a*roH|*r« jft^an a good
eater ; w$'3'Ji what does it eat as food
(Dzl.). In Budh. there are four kinds
of food : (1) pwwl'a^ g^ff%q>T^n: material
food (8«'i5) necessary for sustaining the
body, including pwww^flj'ti meat and
drink, pwwi^'g'S the finer foods, such
as nectar, sweet smell, etc., which are
enjoyed by the gods of the Kamaloka,
and also the food which the child in the
womb assimilates, etc. ; (2) ^

(4)
Here is an aphorism on food :

(K. d. *, 331) food sustains
life, life existing the body will remain and
if the body exists the way to religion will
also exist. asr^'iMfcsrs) one who is desti-
tute, has nothing to subsist upon. W'S1^
Q>qcfcK<^cr^r$ql'>^ a Sutra in which the
good of taking one meal a day, clean and
well prepared food, etc., and giving such
to the clergy, are set forth (K. d. 1, 153).
a*r^ sas-tshod the due measure or pro-
portion of food : wr^'Wfcj the portion was
not the measure of one's usual allowance.
a*ra-^-£i zas-zd nes-pa=^'^t\^\i3 Or
a*ra'»)'.?]*r£j not knowing how to eat properly
(D. 5, 10). a<s-i^-qva-£] zas-legs-par za-wa
to take meals, the manner of doing so
properly, esp. for the guidance of priests
(K. d. 5, 33). JWB^ sas-bsod good food,
rich pastry ; awtyi\ zas-lhag residue of food ;
w^yaj zas-dkan scarcity, dearth. a*r«^
sas-dkar sa*)<«1 white food, milk, curds,
etc. ; an epithet of Buddha's uncle, wijiji
zas-sfcom meat and drink, solid and liquid
food: wfl»rar^I£|1*-«i one very fond of
dainty dishes and drink.

w*$* zas-g.ner cook ; superintendent of
the department of cooking.

Syn. *r*^ ma-chen; Wfi thab-kha-pa
(Mfion.).

3"'S(11'^'iE-'£1 sat-phul-du byuft-wa cornu-
copia ; abundance of food and drink.

Syn. 3'^*i'ci gya-nvm-pa ; §^'»j«'*fl|N'«
phun-sum tshogs-pa (Mfton).

*«'§S zas-byed=w^ ma-chen cook

(Mfion.).

1094

j«-njiE,-« Zas-gtsafi-ma isfl^n lit. clean
or pure food, the name of Buddha Gauta-
ma's father (Jgfion.). i^'fr'w bdud-rtsi-ut
VWtef, I'*'** bre-ko-sat ifWt^r, «'VI*
sai-dkar i&fa.* were the names of
Buddha's three uncles.

1 s« 1. num. fig.: 52. 2. in JF.
something of a very small size or
quantity.

S'w sj'-//jrt green scum, floating matter
on water.

SHUT for »•*»* or »**'* : ^yi*<-

, V- •P««'5)«\'^'1?S «rg'*> g« (Song.).

si'-rrt caraway seed of Central Asia.

the white species of
''

caraway :

^'MT2' acuiaftu the black species of
caraway wh'.ch looks like f'$S common
caraway : 3'*'^fl|'Ziw»it^-q3'gje.'q'iN ; ^•«,^i)'3
the black species of caraway.

S'^ si-ri-ri droning of bees, the wind,
etc. ; $R.'3-^ rlufi si-ri-ri the howling or
whizzing of the wind.

S'5 si-tit col. for *|3*'3 g.zer-bu.

3'^ zi-la ^w ^Ha'^'pww a compo-
sition metal, generally of gold and silver.

3'Q)^' Zi-lid n. of a Chinese town in
Kansu situated about 80 miles to the E. of
lake Kokonor, and usually known as
Sining. It is a great emporium for the
exchange of merchandise between China
and Tibet : ^'w a kind of thick velvet-
like cotton cloth manufactured at Sining
(Rtsii.).

1 •alc.-jfc.-Rjtf*, a province of Stofi-hkhor
in lower Kham (Lon. >, 24).

^'5^ (Chinese) a kind of Chinese satin
of pale white colour (Jig. 20).

^'* breach of peace, quarrel, dispute
(Tig. 16). '^•5)q|='K-«,

3C'3C' zifi-sid bristle-like : XwV.-'Sf,
w^-^-|j-H-3e.- the bristle-like hair ; ace. to
To. sifi-sin = *z-'^' zafi-zifi.

Zin-tig a kind of gentian:

sn-t 11111 = or *«'3^ rough

draft; also note, memorandum: ^VW?"
I^^Kvv^Hnr drafts which are fit to be
adopted or approved (A. 155).

33j*^ zin-pa 1. fsrfira, f*re^r to commit
to memory, retain in the memory, to
learn ; subst. a retentive memory. 2. =
"^S'" esp. in pf. tense, to terminate, to
be at the end, to conclude, be exhausted,
be consumed ; ^•tiS-tje.'Q perishable mortal
body. 3. = 59'£i ^mrfn, *rfaft<i to be
finished, terminated: |"fl'^'«w as the
playing has ceased, or : as he has done
playing (Dzl.) ; ^-cra^qS-ow endless work-
ing, unceasing labour (Mil.). 4. is used
in older writings as a perfect affix like
*^ tshar, denoting that the action is com-
plete and finished: frfliwq-^w^e.-^ the
wall has been beaten down. ^'"I'FS ='"-
(Mfion.).

nag-po n. of a malig-
nant spirit or Sa-bdag monster.

^'1« zin-zis=^"\'^"\ a receipt, quittance ;
bond (of obligation), bill of debt (Jo.).

3SJ'5 ~im-lu finely -divided, minute,
fine, thin, slender: WlNffcYftT^T^ a
fine diizzling rain was falling; ^w^ or
?K.'^K. very fine, hair-like.

3^'£f zir-mo a slide, glissade; also
sliding motion.

IQ,

1095

zil or ^«i'w se7-»)« brightness, splen-
dour, brilliancy, glory: 3ari-q = q|lN|^l-«j
great splendour, brilliancy, lustrous (A.
H9). **'** brilliant, resplendent ;

(J. £•««.) they suppressed
the evil speeches by their lustre ; S«r^«
zit-dnar ="§*'% sweetness, or adj. delicious;
1ar*fl|*r3 zil-ckags-pa = ^'a^\'^'a very lus-
trous, brilliant; J*Jffl^**W«p«1«n|ii«nfr
9'W those glorious like the sea were
seated at the top rows (A. 133). SarTfa
zil-gnon *rivpjii, trrm^ defeat discomfiture
(Zam. 13) • ^I'T^fa'S sil-gnon-bu a prince,
king's son.

"ton-ci sil-pa dew, dew-drop = 3<j|*rq: $"ar
ferq-Mprq dew-drops on grass (blades) ; ^r
g hoar-frost.
jcq-^qj-g zil-pa nag-po dew-drop.

zu num. fig. : 82.

say or IT" zug-pa

disease, affliction, pain, torment, physical
and mental ; distemper, illness, complaint :
IS 'IT" distemper in dogs.

IT 5 s«</-rnM = |t'lq| 1W, srata, s^ms,
ift? pain, aching, ixneasiness :

if I did not promise (to go
to Tibet) this king would be greatly
afflicted with sorrow (Qbrom. 112.) • q>r
T*KW$W5th« ttaee sufferings of the
body, speech, and heart: — Stew^'ijfli'flgm
mental sufferings, MI'W^ defective speech,
and qwat1^ bodily diseases. S'^T^'
- afflicted by the grief of sorrow ;
'I*| sufferings from disease; |"I'
-|oi'£ affliction from sorrow (Yig. k.
98) ; S"l'E'*^vs sug-rfiu mnar-wa one laid
up with disease, tormented by sufferings ;
sfJfjVci (f**V«) untouched

or unaffected by the pains of diseases,
free from illness (Tig. k. 98) ; IT 5' gar*
zug-rnu bral-ica free from illness, fully
recovered from disease.

IT" wig-pa l.^C'F''. 2. v. ST 3.
sbst. a building, erection. IT|^' sug-phyuA
•TTfl^tm tusk, a bracket projecting from
a wall.

^ znfi ^?ra, q»r, ?i two, a pair,
couple : ie;^'*i'*il« not occuring in pairs
(Vat. sfi.). 1^'THlfT* zitn-gi sgra-grog?
(Mfion), lit. that jointly crow, the domestic
fowl, the cock and the hen ; &•'*•' zufi-fia
pair of doors ; 1^'T^I zufi-pcig one pair.

Syn. |T^ phrugs ; «ft« g.nis ; *'^3Tq cfia
hgrig-pa.

!=.'!§ sun-c/ni or l^'i (Chinese) meaning :
I6-' a province, $ or § a local governor.

^•siSnj zufi-mchog the model pair, the
two principal disciples of Buddha, i.e.,
Saribu strfxjrsr and Maugal-gyi-bu (*^-
JTSIT^) ; S^'^'l1" zufi-du-skye§ lit. that
grows in pairs, an orange ; i^'^gi sufi-hbrel
connection, junction, or union : S^'^i'^S'^
if one wishes both things to be united
(Olr.) ; l^^l«i^ zun-hbrel-du adv. one with
the other, jointly ; unitedly ; §'^'3c.-R|«i
rgya-bod z-ufi-hbrel China and Tibet united ;
*«•%!£.• R^m the church and the state
jointly, or priest and devotee jointly.

technical term of practical mysticism, the
forcing of the mind ($»w) into the prin-
cipal artery, in order to prevent distraction
(of mind) (Jd.).

imperat. of
hold or bear on the person !
in mind, remember !
1^ sun v. THfT*1

bear

1096

sum-pa 1. <&&?, tfifiN, **TC* to
close, shut up : rrl"'tl to shut the mouth ;

*>TE*I'S^E-' w%*ra^* nis eve being

closed; fr^riwi the flower closes. 2. in

W. for "1=- ", v. ofy'i ; l*)'Pqq a pin, brooch.

zur 1. side, margin, corner, edge :
edge of a steep river-bank or
precipice ; «'H' margin of a river ; $'3^1
one that lives on the bank of a river;
^•3*. ledge of a hill ; "1 a'i«, ajs'i octangular
pillar ; 3"^ four corners ; a^'«flj«i'«> to
stow in a corner, fig. to save, hoard;
^q-TH'urfjw* written on the margin of
the register; 3*'!^" gone to a corner,
retired ; 3* '^i\^'» one who has retired from
public life; i^i^'i or 3**"! vre'*
having a broken edge, damaged by being
knocked about ; 3*'**1! H faulty words and
grammatical forms, corrupted word. 3*>'*"
(ih'S'^'SS) private property or things.
3^; 3*'2J*< indirectly, incidentally :
3*-^-«jq-£i to speak indirectly or by hints ;
3V§*c*4*ac«i to note, point out by hints or
insinuations (Schf.). 2. outline: ^VTH'
&j-qg-£i-5|^-qj« this is merely a brief outline,
extract, sketch (Jd.). 3. = 9^ a woman
(S. Lex.) : a^SKfa'" wr-gyit gton-pa g-V&v
3'9*w<^ (4fno».) a gesticulation of a
woman dancing, etc. ; 3^'* sur-lta-tna
term signifying women in general (Mnon.).
ir«| to sit in a bent posture :
i-n|-q^-^qi (Rdsa. 14).
shape.

*'^ corner-stone of a building :
|«'|^'^'t's\l|l the old or elder mason laid the
cornerstone (Jig. 7).

tv £) zur-pa=^'t>^"\^''1 zur-bshugs-pa one
out of office, a non-official ; a private indi-
vidual.

shelved ; thrown into a corner. 3*'*i bent
angular.

1^'^'S'" ^<?K 1. n. of a GandJtarwt
Eaja : V*«f^W«rq|'l|S'^'S*V^'«''111
(Pag. 297.) ; and also that of a Kinnara
Eaj& (K. g. *, 52$). 2. an epithet of
the Bodhisattwa Jam-yang or Jam-pal,
the hair of his head being arranged in
five knotted locks (JUTflow.). 3. one of the
Ndga guardians of the church-treasury at
Sam-ye is also caUed: ^^•^«qfls-^I>'gc|
dkor-kdag klu-sur ph\4 Ifia-pa (S. kar.).

^^'^ Zur-wa to push.
iv^m sur bbul
private note.

=Z*~ sur.

side-look; slight attention:
fl^tzm with side long look, looking side-
ways; 3*'*tT$'1' to look askance, ogle.
^•Dfl|-* zur-mig-ma %itrt»l^^T a sly
woman, she with looks cast side-ways,
a handsome woman (Mfion.).

3*'S zur-mo pain, for 1"! sug vulg. (Jd.).

l«,'4« sur-tsam Tl^f slight mention, a
hint : l*>'*x'§ '^\'» TflpW one who per-
ceives from a slight hint or sign ;
i|'«> to abridge, to shorten;
compendium, abridgment (S. Lex.).

!*,-q|?j« sur-ffsos privately nursed or
brought up, educated by strangers.

J|TiW zul-ma in W. cornered, angular.

i zur-spo-wa to remove to a corner ;
any thing not brought to prominence,

us = ^\ zug.
3 ze 1. num. fig. : 12.

I'^T] ze-ka 3^ zehu 1. hump. 2. decor-
ated pad or cushion (Jd.)

a-q ze-wa iwn« a precious stone.

l-*S«i| ze-hlug the maw or fourth
stomach of ruminating animals (Jd.).

1097

ze-hbm or iv*5| zehu-hbru
the anthers of a flower;
sehu-hbru-can a flower having anthers;
used also in letters as a term of endear-
ment to women, especially to one's wife.
3'* se-tna the eye-lashes.

3'^ incorrectly for i)'3fc' $re-moA the
weasel (R<ka. 29).

%'* se-tshwa saltpetre S.g. ; 3 •* ^ 2e.
tshwa-can containing saltpetre, nitrous : 9'
*, «*^X'ifr '"SH'W '§s nitre absorbs stone and
fetid matter in the bladder. S
tshwahi gkyur-rtsi nitric acid.

ze-

|'q seg-mahi lte-wa= $*fa a whirl-
pool, eddy (#&>».).

a*J|ST£I segg-ma SRRMT, fw*ft particles
of water, spray ; the term is also applied
to Vi on grass blades, i^'^ loj*j drops
of nectar.

•SC' sefi jn ivqwrftfqPfffelAni the
skirts of the coat on the right and left side
foldrd back or tucked up (Mil.).

zeg 1. sbst. a brush; S"3is dust-
brush ((?*.). 2. edge in C. 3. adj. broken-
off, damaged, injured ; IY*W chink, crack,
rent.

zem 1. awe, fear; 3*r^Sfl|'«i awe
with respect, to regard one with cheerful-
ness and respect : ^$ T'W^'^'l^'^'i*'
^••*)^X D. yel. 8). 2. a cask, a piece of a
willow tree hollowed to hold liquids;
l« n^ zem-rnthil the bottom of such vessel.

3^ ser 1. ^*3 a shaft of light,
beam, ray; H'^ or ^'3f ^ '3 = glare (Tig.
72) v. «|K 2. talk. 3. for K* n. of a
small animal.

wa to be named, called ; to say ;
common in later literature, and colloq. ;

what is your name;
what is it called;

-gfrEw-gjq-Ji because he said
those remarks of yours are of great import,
the officer furthermore said. 3*>'^ he said ;
so having said or spoken;
saying 'it is' she told a
lie (Glr.) • and so frq. H where in earlier
literature ^N would be used ; ^ ^ if I may
say so, so to speak, as it were (Ja.).
zer-mkhan he that is saying ;
^'Q^'5 although there were many speak-
ing, there was no truth (spoken) (A. 55).

'JJ zer-ma =l«t|«'*i a drop (A. IT.
IV-11).

*f6^tfo (Mfion.).

^^'^J sel-ma small chip ; ^^'^^ wood-
shaving (Ja.).

l^'X^'i^]' qrtf, gcrw [quick, swiftly going
or passing]*S.

3 so, 1. imp. of >'i za-wa 2. sbst. resp.
g'f= qwl'rww physical constitution, g'^Vr
iiti|«'ci good appearance, fair complexion ;
Ifqwq one of good complexion. Also
figure, delineation, representation. 3.
mould: 3F«|*i showing mouldy spots;
^'*^ old, mouldy butter ; S"-*| mouldy meat
(Ja.).

3' Q&\ zo-chun, alsoS'^, water-mill to
pump out water for irrigating fields:

(Khrtf. 33).

3f'fl zo-tea pitcher for milk, a pail,
bucket. 5"«wi pitcher or vessel hold-
ing milk at milking; also a vessel for
porridge (Rstti.).

sog l. = B«'i khram-pa or %** phra-
ma (Jlfflon.) deceit, fraud, falsehood ; | 'Sfl|
$gyu-zog religious deceit; *«'3*j clw^-zog

139

1098

priestcraft (Ja.). 2. goods, articles of
merchandize, i.e., #*.*«| tshofi-zog (Sffion.).

F«|'5 sog-po or Jfl'i zog-ma adj. deceitful,
false, dissimukting : aft*^*^ this
deceitful lady ; <wS^r<i|-ww«i5js'*A my lord
do not play the hypocrite (Jlbrom. P, 19,
43, 112).

3*C' zoA=^ zog trfSwtni described as
*f*5-«,2T«-Q (Jjfficm.) articles of merchandize,
goods ; fr'^'B* not goods but ready
money ; j^'M*.' goods taken by travellers
to be bartered for provisions ; a^'*6-' drugs ;
fc-Ic merchandise (Cs.) ; *J*«p«<*^
goods of all kinds; 3fe-9|w**q sofi-gif
ht8ho-wa = *^'i tshofi-pa merchant, trader,
lit. one who exists by trade (yHon.) ; **>'
ngj*)-"^ zofi-bgretn-gnag warehouse or shop
(4fflo».). **'«**! zoU-mchog lit. the chief
of all merchandise, as met. gold (Ijfnon.).
3c.'flj^ goods as compensation paid for
one's life: fcV^W**'W&<iW
(Rtsii) ; **•'" sod-pa trader ; 1*'^
*t'*\z'^ a chief merchant, a leader
of a caravan (Mfion.) ; *«.*»l soA-zog mer-
chandise : feT|W'*l>
3s; (Rtsii.) ; fW*!>F*
Ffll'^fuf-ifwe.' | in this place called Vara-
iiasi abound a variety of people and of
articles of merchandise (Qbrom f», 57).

son, also ^1«'5^ caution ; heed,
care ; ^'5">'q to be cautious, to take heed,
to mind: S^Sj''! "'sT6'*^*' not knowing
how to leave off sin take heed of it ; S^'»K
heedless; *V3|W precaution, preventive
measure (8ch.). A Tibetan proverb eays

skilful in conversation one takes care of
his tongue ; if one knows how to walk,
one guards the feet. M^« that which
guards the foot, i.e., shoes.

zom I. worn out, decrepit, worm-
eaten, damaged by use ; Iw'gvaw rotten
and ca&t out (Rtsii.) ; fcrf**V« without
anything left out as damaged (Rtsii.) ;
Iwj&H dull-witted; Iwjfr som-sl:tjon of
books, records, etc., spoiled, old and
worm-eaten : tWf^

II: 1. firaK point, top, peak:
point of the f/or>; ^^i^ the
summit of the Eirab ; Wff«*W^^
to the south of the peak of the black
mountain ; ^•BST*r^-«*?{ going to the top of

the hill (A. 11.); a^>MfcS"'9F*'SI11'
$s;9|'!fwQrem they buried the corpse on the
summit of Tang-mo Tang-chung of
Bphyofi zgyas. (Yig. 65.). 2. a cave;
gq|T»i rock-cavern.

III: a wooden ca*k or cylin-
drical vessel in which milk is kept ;
a large barrel (Jig. 28.)

, zor, also Iv«i zor-wa 1. supine of 3f'9
or "f'l. 2. sbst. reaping-hook, a sickle, a
knife, esp. the weapons employed in
combating the evil spirits in the "|?X'*<
(offerings), such as knife, sword, sling,
bow and arrows ; ft'WC'fl to shear with
a knife or sickle ; **% sickle-blade ;
. a chopper.

*'«i zor-ma 1. wide, spacious, roomy.
2. i»iflei; (^•aS-gps***) hymns, religious
songs : iprtfMr<r«fiw«^r>n*nMrfl the
wiser ministers sung songs of a religious
character (A. 146).

f*m cunning, fake.

having decided the battle cunningly

^fw« [an impostor; a rogue] S.

1099

airs* [pretext] &;
[a pretender] 8. ;

f«wfai without pretext ; 3*fy zol-
=*fi'£ deceit, fraud, imposture, false-
hood.

-^-cr^- at the expiration of those
months (Ja.). Is often in letter-dates
shortened to | zla.

sol-tsho, v.

hdsol-wa.

5* so ?, v. *'*> za-wa.

*«•£• zos-rna (^cai'«fi«-£i3-g-) (Qbrom
f>, 107).

|'f*i zla-ski/es 1. = ^'"'*^ «Jlf5l^[
the constellation called Mrgctfira (Mnon.).
2. fg=^i|-£) the planet Budha; lit.
the moon-born. 3. an epithet of the river
Sindhu (Mnon.).

|'1« zla-gam 1. ^ia^5 semi-circular ;
semi-circular disk, the appearance of the
eighth phase of the moon. 2. the cloak
which the monk of the Gelug-pa sect
wears at a religious service only (Rtsii.)

-<fe0*Bi:l'4lt*fav (8. Lex.}.
zla-Mreg composite or mixed
friends, a company of different countries :
p-aiq«rEi5'Rflnrq\ei5-|-<C|w*>'Vlvq>'^]q (D.
gel. 8).

|'|S zla-sdud or ?«p»'*i| reduplica-
tion of a verbal termination, same as S^'ISJ
$lar-b$du (Situ.).

i^'^ sla-wa 1 : 1. sym. num. 1. 2. = (3'1
juice ; semen. 3.=»»^':J handsome, beauti-
ful (Tig. k. 1).

^'2J II: a lunar or calendar month ;
^*>'3'3'£) temporal month, l'^"!^"! one
month ; j'"'^" about a month ; |'J''3IV&<
waw^t about one-half of a month ; gw
!«'" w1%W one month old. !%•> zla-
phyed trg, q^rq^ half of a month, i.e.,
a fortnight ; S^*!** zla-phogs monthly
•alary or wages. |'fl'**.'^'Vlw' towards the
expiration of the months (of pregnancy).

j^Q III : ^^ the moon ; "l^l'l'*! the
heavenly moon ; | '"!«.' the full moon ;
sla-nag the new moon, thus defined :
qp4p;fvK&[KK&nrsflQn. Note: at this
time no works for the dead or for the
living should be undertaken. | 'q5^§ucqffiX
zla-icahi dki/il-hkor the orb of the moon.
I'fl-pwq zla-wa kham-pa=$*\** half moon,
i.e., the first or the last quarter ; semi-
circle. | a'CW'^'E^'^l'Sf they are placed
round in a circle ; W^'l'"!^'^1^ it is
semi-circular in shape. I'S'? zla-wa-nu
t^§W*ft the full moon; l'^'9'i zla-wa
na-pa or yF'I'fl the full moon (Yig. k.
26.) ; |'l'^ zla-wa hdsin the eclipse of the
moon.

Syn. W*'*| ri-bofi-can ; §'»)*^fl]«< rgya-
mtsho-dgah ; 3>SVij tshe-bdag; nSai'|^ bsil-
byed ; q^nj'i^'^ bsil-zer-can ; «q|«'§\^^f|^
c/iags-bt/ed hod-dkar; ^Vl1"^ bdud-rtsi-
hod ; Sfl^^^ff^ drag-pohi ytsuy-rgyan ;
I'S^'^ ga-bur hdsin ; q^«i-^-^-|^ bsil-ldait
htsho-byed; $*&'%** rgya-htsho-skye$; n*(-
355'q«\ii'Hi mtshan-mohi bdag-po ;
mig-psum hdsin ; ^p^»f^^
ffsum-pahi gtsug-gi nor ; ^^S-q^-
nmhi bdag-po ; ^^vw^ rt-dwags mtshan •
^•Jfc.-**3j-»4 ri-boA mtshan-tna; |q-|^ Sgrib-
byed; ^i'^-^^-Ei rdul-gyi thig-le dkar-
po ; •*)*•§%$ gar-gyi thig-le ; ifyn-ywyn
$ni$-skye§ rgyal; sp^w^ gzah-yi ma-
khyud; ^Jfe.1^ ri-won Ibdsin ; |'^'S'ES
rgyu-dkar mu-khyud; ^^^ rgyu-dkar-

; j'N^'X'v'fliN^ rgya-mtso mar-ysar ; f
5'^ kha-bahi hod; ifr!^ srid,-byed; ^*W
ri-dwags sna-hdsin ; fl^'l*'^ bdud-rtsi-

; 3jq'*)$'$*t grib-mahi lu§ ; 5'
rta-dkar c/m-Skyes nafi-can;

1100

4*1

a^'3 3'-4J ftefi-phur gfer-ldan pi-ku-^ra ; QV
wS^gj patf-mahi d.gra (Mfion).

,j-q-fl|$fl|-ti zla-wa pcig-pa=*f-'il*\* met.
a foot-stool.

3'q'4£*<°3S sla-wa hdsum-byed as met.
a sword (Mflon.).

J'q 'I'fa'i zla-wa pshon-nu, v. *|'^f '«• ka-ko-
la (MAon.).

£V<tfW sla-wa hjontf TTJ the planet
Rahu, S'*1*^ $gra-pcan (MAon.).

3 q-un-j-JT s/d-jca yar-gyi do or |'Q'«wf
[enlightened half of the month]&

zla-wa chu-fd ^r^wrfRrf^r the
finest crystal gem.

Syn. J'*S sla-hotf; |"'^^'E zla-tca nor-
bu . ^nf-Q)^^ mig-la-phan ;
waA» char-ldan ; tftfW^i

l; ^'9'*>'T!*'Z' nor-bu tfkar-po

sla-wahi-dri =51'«'S ku-mu-da

zla-iea-fol intercalary mouth.

Syn. |'*fl zla-theb ; |J^«q zla-lhag.

|-q5-3i*m zla-wahi-grogt as met. the great
ocean (4f^o».).

I'fl^'g^' zla-wahi-glifi wftq a small
island in the delta of the Ganges where
Chandra Gomi the Buddhist sage and
grammarian was exiled by order of a
king of Varendra ; it now forms a part
of the district of Bakerganj in Bengal.

I'l'-^gj zla-icahi-dgra rr^ the enemy
of the moon = 81^ sgra-ffcan (Mnon.).

I'qS'^'o^ Zla-wahi c<x?-pan an epithet of
Samhhara the chief Tantrik god of the
northern Buddhists (Jfflow.).

I'q^'w zla-tcahi thai ^|«f^ij} [one who
has only the dust of the moon ; a plagia-
rist]S.

|qa-?fl]-« zla-wahi thog-ma
Wi the constellation Chitra (

I'qS-g-w zla-wahi bye-ma, v. y^'
j-q5-g-«paj zla-wahi bla-mkhan lama astro-
loger who calculates the evils, &c., that
the Sa-bdag are capable of doing to men.

I'qS'^qcZi zla-wahi tfwafi-po Somendra
the son of the great Kashmirian poet
Ksemendra who added the 108th Pallava
to the Avadana kalpalata.

|-q5-»r»( zla-wahi ma-ma (lit. the mother
of themoon), = 5'*i*^'9 the ocean (Tig. k.
63).

jq5«e.-^ zla-wahi tsafi-kun n. of a
Sa-bdag monster or evil spirit.

I'lS-qigqi'ij^ zla-wahi fftsug-phud. lit. the
moon-crest = $'8 iqfl.

I ti5'R'5 Zla-tcahi ri-bo n. of a fabulous
mountain equal in glory and height to
Sumeru situated beyond the mountains
called *>fl|'C$»i»r<i Mig-btsumf-pa (K. d. *,
291).

|-q5'«wj zla-wahi-lag-^oWQ hbab-chu
(Itfflon.) river, stream.

j|-q5'«-jm zla-wahi sa-rgyal are a class of
(Sa-bdag) spirits.

3 qS ge.'^ zla-wahi srid-mo lit. the sister
of the moon, an epithet of SarasvatI
(Won.).

(Mfion.) [ water-lily] 8.
3'tw*9ai zla-was-hphcl, v. $*$•'**{% rgya-
mtsho-chen-po (lit. that is increased or heaved
by the moon), met. the ocean (Mnon.).

parterre of lily plants (Mnon.).
^ the son of the moon= $!*!«.

'^5 zla-bo l. = $i!«'Hi sf?ra)jf|- helper,
assistant, co-operator, friend ; husband,

1101

wife, concubine, mistress; also, help,
assistance : 3'J5-§^ci to accompany, assist ;
3^'| rkun-ssla a thief's accomplice ; $'3
" kunda " resp. husband and wife ; *gpT3
rival, competitor ; 3'*|*s a woman whose
husband is dead (lit. who has eaten him).
3-3-£^ci single, single-handed; 38 da-
mo ^rrf%: a female friend, concubine
(Mnon.) ; 3«'S§ zlas-dbye or 3*»'|ti f^ pair,
couple, combination, viz., of a thing and
its reverse, hence 3*<%'«i zlas phye-wa
reverse, contrary.

3'*>S sla-med 1. ^rfcj, ^j^g match-
less. 2. friendless, without help, single,
celibate; alone: *'*»V8a''lVi3'*K'l|$T9*'?l*'
in a strange country (I) was left alone,
friendless (Rdsa. 23).

Syn. "I?T3 9-dg-bu ; §*.'§*•' rkyan-rkyan
(Mnon.).

3'***^ sla-mt&han T3j:, ^g menstrua-
tion, monthly course of women; 3'*^'
^'i zla-mtshan med-pa ^^rtffift' one
without menses.

Syn. 5*1 nM; ^Tl me-ifo^ (Mfion.).

S'wS^ sla-mdse$ an epithet of SarasvatI ;
the Kundcit flower.

Syn. *,S=.*T«^'« dbyafi§-can-ma ; ^'^'W^
tne-tog kun-da (Mnon.)

)^ sla-shal mdsa$-ma term for
a beautiful woman

AM waT =

i colloq.

zla-ral gyi-dpe
[counter exampleJ/S.

to

or

slugs-pa 1.=
pour into, to cast, put in:
!nod-du zlug$-pa to pour into a

pot or vessel. 2. pf. n^ bzlugs to send
word, report, inform.

!'2! slum-pa or 3*rZi

« •• adj. round, circular, ^3W3*»pq roun-
dish in shape (Glr.) • bulbous; j«rBfc-
t^l zlum-por rtsig-pa to erect a round,
cylindrical wall, e.0-, for a monument!
W%T«iff|»rvwfc clerics bare-foot, and
with their heads shaven and thereby
looking globular ; |^ zlum-skor mv?«r
circular: x^^'r3»'"^''"f>'''^'^S1s made
two concentric circles. |^'Q'«( = «

Syn. ^»r«

3*1 q B,e^ zlum-po hdsin = !>i's* the sun.

|»T%^ zlum-phu-se a mole-like animal
(Ja.).

i^ M sfo-wa to summon, call ; v. 3'9.

ftzfog' (is trs. vb. to ^"J'£) Idog-pa) 1.
fSn:^ ?m, to cause to return, to drive back,'
repulse, expel, to send back ; esp. to send
to fetch something. 2. to cause to turn,
divert, to turn »l*w the mind or inten-
tion; if IT" to alter the mind; flfa'f
^•fcwy^p it is hai.d to giye up the

love of kindred (Mil.) ; ^•^jfi^-jj^'l'jq^-qi^
we beg jon to dismiss the thought of it
(Dzl.) • 3T1W.&V95 zlog-thabs.-can bcu the
ten means of .turning aside or diverting
others such as : — (1) ^•*i-|'«i|^q^-^ . /%\ =.£,.
gqj^q*)-^ zla-ioa zlog-thabs-can • (3) »>-|"fl|-?q^-
**> me-zlog thab$-can ; (4) $'|>«iq*r«s chu
zlog thabg-can, etc.

(S. Lex.) ;
recitation.

to repeat such;

spell

1102

slog-gar or |*\'<»|* zlod-yar
drama, dramatic performance, dance,
one of the four branches of Sabda Vidya,
the science of external expression. J*r*iv
*M zlos-gar-mkhan n1%^ an actor, dancer
[also a mistress] & Zlos-yar is divided
into five parts : — (1) w^l^'«i siitradhara ;
(2) X«r* rol-tno music ; (3) w^" c/ws-
sAwfjrj dressing in different and fantastic
ways ; (4) «WV*fi bs/tad-gad comic represen-
tations, laughing, etc. ; (5) J*'*!* slot-gar
the dance itself. The term jfi'1* dot-gar
properly, however, signifies the interlude
when songs, etc., are repeated, after each
kind of dance has been performed : ^"1^1 8

(Lot. a, 6).

.' sl'09-gar-yyi khaft stage, theatre ;
slot-gar-gyi fatan-chos
dramatic works ; j*''fl!*'9vi zlos-'J«>'
lyed-pa to dance, isf*'*!*'^'" to teach or
learn dancing.

hMuiy-pa and

gsag-pa, v.
hdsay-pa.

ra-rnyo.

gzags-jja 1. v.
pa. 2. to magnify, multiply (&•/*.) :

ril-tcahi sags-pa or $*•'«> IhuA-tca (ffag.

tufter-ma

u> °^ a district in Lhokha
(Deb. "I, U).

^|3Q, ffsah 1. w a planet, the name
being usually restricted to the following
viz., "V w ^rrf^ij the Sun, |'«i fl)»i the Moon,
pK« Mars, SJ1'«i fv Mercury,
Venus, 5i^'3 a.t€if% Jupiter and
Saturn ; the ascending node
and the descending node »)|
are added to make nine planets
2. the respective days of the week thus

enumerated :— fljwn gsah ni-ma
Sunday ; *\**i;* g.mh tla-wa 0\n Monday ;
psah-mig dinar iifa Tuesday;

lhag-pa ^ Wednesday;
/iur-bii ?[T«ifff Thursday ; *

s S3W Friday ;

Jtfa Saturday. 3. w?«n<f dangers,
troubles, gen. attributed to the influence
of malignant stars or planets. These
planetary disturbances are of different
kinds : — ST«|** bla-g.sah, jpT*!M *rog-gz<th.
*\*f\v\** gycd-gznh, *rm*n-%wyH. mi-gsah
(jrod-gzah, $*[*\ bu-gzah, ^i\*^ drjra-gzah,
glnfi-si dar-gzah (Vui. kin:). «!«•
gzah-gdoii qj, ^T® unforeseen danger,
evil, trouble. "P'V^ epilepsy ; *|wS«| id.

astronomers
and astrologers.

Syn.
pa

"l^'B* gzah-khyim ' the place,' or more
correctly the house, of a planet, the cons-
tellation in which a planet stands ((7s.).

"l*^"!'^'2! gzah-duy nay-po an officinal
plant used in apoplexy.

"I'^V! gs«A-6f%='V*i vwfr, ^ig the
chief of the planets, the sun.

flj*vXc,- gzah-roH = ^^ rdsa-ron a gorge
or valley or plain filled with boulders.

flp5-$-q gzahi-rna-wa an epithet of Eahu
or ST"1*^ syra-gcan (If Aon.).

«qa3-oj») gzahi yum ism& a religious
work treating of planets (Rtsii.).

^A^ gzah-yi-rtcn J^^mtT the fixed
star, the polar star : fll^'«w*r««v§'§faffl]3ra
*?*W*1&1W* it is called Dhruva
or the fixed, because it remains steady
above all the planets (Mnon.).

ija^'SJ'S'SS yzah-yi mti-khi/ud as met.=
the moon (Mfion.).

1103

yzan described as Sj,'
a plain shawl gen. of liver or orange colour
which a Buddhist monk wraps round his
body.

| gsan-pa I. food in general, but
most frq. hay etc., food of cattle. "\3^
g^'q pzan-du skyur-wa (lit. to deliver over
for food, i.e., a body to demons), to scorn,
slight, despise ; "J^'J11! provender for
animals and provisions for men. *!a^'%'
gzan-fin grass for horse and donkeys and
fuel for men: ^•%.-«rV|-'w|*m (D.
?el. £0). 2. to devour, consume, pick out ;
to worry, mostly in fig. sense : Xvjj'ivw
^'"\33( tsher-ma shab$-la-g.zan the thorn
worries the foot (Mil.) ; adj. "l^'i g.san-pa
and "|^'9 yan-po worn-out, thread-bare ;
^*warij|3^ sems-la-g.zan it gnaws at the
heart (Mil.) ; S}«T«i srog-la it preys upon
life ; ^'3'ai'fl|3^ rna-za la-gsan in C. it deafens
the ears = $J3T'*3^'£i sun-hyin-pa.

gzab 1. careful, well-behaved,
attentive and polite : s'q>fj\'W<i|aq'q bya-wa
spyod-lam gzab-pa in behaviour and work
careful ; w!fa-q-«r'Ji3q-'i|3q-gvcj attentive and
polite to guests. iptr^=.N gzab-ZMfis (**r
^'5) careful, cautious (Tig.). 2. *l«r«,
v. flj*wei. 3. elegant, smartly robed.
q!aalvl1V;' pzab-sprod byed-pa to dress
neatly and cleanly, to be well dressed ; but
if over and above good dress one wears
jewellery he is said to be — fl|aq'«Sv§^ei too
gaudily dressed.

«l»r*i ffsab-ma or *|«J'§)«| (elegant writ-
ing), Tibetan capital or printing letters
(Grub, i, 8.)

imp.

so *\WQ and

ff&ob§, to use care, diligence :
lo-gcig-zas §pyod-g.zab&-
by a careful diet continued for a year

(MAg.) ; ^w«i3w beware of it, be on your
guard against it (Ja.).

^[3^ psar 1. a rug to spread on the
floor (Yig. 23). *|3vlsj a broad rug. 2. peg,
hook, wooden nail, for hanging up things ;
=•' id. fljavsnj g.zar-thag=aJ$F*i\ ^'
H-q Situ. 76), a string or rope that
is stretched on walls, &c., to hang clothes
on.

or ij^'3 g.zar-wa adj.
steep, rugged, precipitous: ^'fl|«'Zi steep
and rugged hill ; g«H'i|a^Hi precipitous rock ;
R-n|j^§-2fti steep declivity or cliff; ^ija^^
waterfall, cascade on rocks.

"Ia^'9 ffsar-bu g^i, ^, colloq. " saru "
a ladle, gen. of wood : "!3>>'9'^g^ yzar-bu
hphyar lifting up a ladle for a blow (Mil.) ;
Vi|c.'q]3^ and gii*r«|a^ blugs-pzar two long
spoons or ladles used at burnt-offerings
(Schl. 29 b). |*q« skyogs or ^^i\^ lag-
skyogs are used as synonyms of "!*V9 but
generally a ladle made of metal is called
skyogs.

qtzsr a rent or

split ; anything split.

l ffzag-pa 1. to set about, to be
on the point, to prepare for; generally
used with termin. case of infin. mood.
^•q^-qja^ li prepared, began to dig out.
2. to brandish, = «^flj-w«tf»wr<i to begin to
wave.

^•3 ffsi 1. ^tsi^ shine, brightness,
clearness, splendour ; in W. looming in
mist, a mirage. 2. %^s n. of a precious
stone — onyx — variously coloured, brown,
gray, streaked with three, five or seven
lines. 3. v. under flj^'H g.zir-wa-pa. 4.
= s^ bzi. "I^'S^ ffzi-khyim a corrupt form
of the word arfa ; "|^'«^ gsi-can shining
bright, i|1'*)^t« red sunset, afterglow.

1104

gzi-brjit? swro, sranr, ifai: 1.
brightness, beauty, a fair healthy com-
plexion ; = **f-w or joined with it, frq. ;
majesty, e.g., of deities, etc. (Dzl.). 2.
honour, esteem, celebrity. "l^tYS*' £*»'-
as met. = gold. l^ts'^
bright, beautiful,
majestic ;
brightness.

looking poor, emaciated, worn out ;
bright, shining ; "l^'^S ffzi-hod
bright gloss or lustre (Jd.)

the yellow leopard.
gzig-gog he who wears a leopard's
skin, an epithet of Mahadeva. *!^T»^<»|
(faig-mjug = *(^[$^ n. of a Sa-ftdag
monster. flpta|'l5 gzig-ino 1. female leo-
pard; 2. ace. to Jd. porcupine, prob. for
"ll"!^' gzig.ntoa. qilqj-^tw yziy-fubs leo-

pard-skin case for a bow (Rtsif.) *fi*\'^
yzig-ris spotted leopard's colour; a kind
of spotted chintz resembling a leopard's
skin. I^TSfl ffzig-slog = if^i\'^"\ gsiy-rnjug.

Syn.
lehi-lut

thig-

ffzigs-pa 1. ^fTOfoff hon.
form of *rtfe.'*' and §'*>, to see ; also, to see
to, regard: HK.ww«|Sq|»r«i seeing that he
had come ; Jfc'tK fl]lii*r^ seeing him
coming ; iptol*r3^| qig behold !
behold carefully,
observing well, observation ;
^'9 please to look (Glr.) ; *|^ww
^'•^"l when he looked (for it), there was
nothing to be seen; f*'«i '"fi*\f '^ your
honour's life must be regarded (Dzl.). 2.
equivalent to : to give, grant ; wZJ^flj1
3*!*''t'*|S*l*''^Jf*' have the goodness to give
some seed, prob. only breviloquence for

(Jd.). 3.

= SqI*4't*' mercy, grace. 4. to accept, to
take ; to buy.

"l^"!^'^ g3('<7s-r<('w=^"I*''»1^ a token or
object for acceptance, as an enclosure in a
letter, hence resp. for present, gift : "1^1*)
|ff M^wrfcr^mvi offered as a present
together with a silk-scarf on an auspicious
date (Yig. k. 26).

fl|^<i|«-|c.»i gsigs-ffafis lit. manner of
seeing; gen. looking with eyes fixed
steadily on an object.

IS ffzigs-bt/fd as met. the eye

rtf ffaig$-mo resp. for jjft'B a view,
spectacle, sight : * 'Tl^'i •«i^|»i'*i^g^ •« -am as
he came for a look at the flower (Pth.).

ifi for aXf.fi

(Ol>\).

gsins a ship ; «|^«-^-g large
sea-going vessel ; flilw^'Hrfyrj'g,^ having
equipped a large vessel ; (Glr.) ; fl|^w$c.' =
5'nj^c.w a small vessel ; a boat ; ^Hvi ship-
master, captain ((7s.).

q]l*WjjE.' ffzimf-rkyofi, resp. for
rkyofi-tse candle, lamp (Jd.).

1|3JJ'C| ffzim-pa, pf.
to sleep, to fall asleep : ^^-fli^w^-a^ii If X
now it is time to go to sleep, he said ;
^•fl|3wfl|S*) now sleep! jm-Q'^wscaw whilst
the king was sleeping (Glr.). vftoff*.
ffzims-khafl or fl|^«w-«]fll gzim^ag lit. dormi-
tory, sleeping room or place, but gen.=
qgmj^1^ bshugs-sa place of residence, dwelling,
habitation :

3fj(»i-5)q|-q|-qi« (A. 100).
khebi a quilt (Jd.) ;
cloak-bag ; ^*<'§ gsim-lthri bedstead ;
njlw'5"; pzim-gur sleeping tent ; ii3*r<w|flj
yzim-hgag door-keeper, porter ; l^'* ysim-
cha bedding, bed-clothes; *fi*-§* gzim-

1105

churl resp. a dwelling, a house for retire-
ment : jt'lVrsWHW'fc I will attend at
your abode ; "l^*i§e.'C) gsim-chun-pa cham-
berlain of the Dalai Lama's abode ; i^'S15!
gzim-thul sheep-skins for night quarters ;
u|lw«i|^*i pzim-giias lodging, place for
spending the night; "I^«'|"l ffsim-pfintg
page, boy-servant of a great man ; i^wj

ma^ifi*'** gzim-sa, bedstead with
or w* bedding on it; 9«r*»3 or

pc.-*)<i| bed-room.

'Cl psir-wa = *»^'i to suffer, to be
afflicted ; to be harassed, troubled : ^'5"'
troubled by disease; (^w^v^
overpowered by lust, overcome by
brutal passion ; "fywffl1* gditn-pas g.zir
tormented by longings (A. K. 1-1!?).
"1^ gsir ^ira, anafa [pain, transgression]^.

1J-3TI gsil in «q^'3^'i = a-H-§^si $pu-zirl
bi/ed-pa (Jo.).

11'V*' gzu-dpaft witness, mediator
(Sch.) ; an honest and truthful witness.

^f^'^l g3M-M>a = *l'ti a poet, but gen. a
pole to which an animal for sacrifice is
tied ; a lever, bar ; "!!'£*< pzu-rnn§ a prop
(Cs.).

11' 5 ffztt-po straightforward, upright,
honest : SIGH'S honest mind ; il'Jfr'mri
to be impartial and straightforward, to be
on the side of honesty (Cs.).

^1 xi1^ yzu-lum or "IE'$«*' gzu-lums 1.
obstinate, or qgwai'S'^'i not listening to
any instruction or order (Situ. 11} ; also=
iS'«^- selfishness. 2. ace. to Lex. = w?at
x^w and K^m hence signifying rashness,
impetuosity, and therefore : ll'^'S^'i to
act rashly. Sch. has : disobedience, pride
(Ja.). 3. *|l'Q*i's^ ffssu-lum-can is said to=
r^'*^ brdsun-can lying, liar; IS'^'^'iJ'2'
gsu-lum-du $mra-wa= ¥*\Qi rdsun-smra-wa
speaking falsehood, telling lies.

carcass of a slaughtered sheep. 2. pain,
v. S"|. 3. peak, point, pinacle : «i3'l*| top
of a mountain pass (Jot.).

^Jf^^'^I g.zu(j-pa to be able to bear, to
sustain (Jd.).

pzugs ^TI 1. symbol for 1.
(Rtsii.) 2. ^jriifH, ^tr, <[•%, fifl, sflw
the body, the outward form of anything :
^(•r§*4|34pnpRI external forms, the forms
of the sensible world, the impressions that
are made on the eye (F««'-stf.) Sqi'^m'nm'
^^•«?t- the forms (of things) are seen with
the eyes ; ^ '111" lus-gzugs shape of body,
stature, frq. ; m^'l^ ^'5 yzugs-kyihtsho-wa
(if\a$'i'*) that makes her body the means of
livelihood, a prostitute, harlot ; "ll"l*''i '§'*'
ffsu'gs-kyi §ne-ma ^I'flSTT: n. of celestial
courtezan (Mfion.). Other forms of same
import, v. below. "ll"l*i'Vl^ gsugt-dkah
^T "difficult, tortuous body," met. a
frog. In metaphysics : form, body, as one
of the five skandhas, v. !J*'3. In letters
and in polite enquiries after health
and Sj'm" are always employed :
a!l"l*<'c^'*'^'t'9'tF*'*< are you (is your body)
quite well ? so, too, in conversation, the
colloq. term Uli'ti " suk-po " being used :
$|S-4|!fl]*rtr«i|?r§|-5j^*< are you getting
better ? 3. in physics : body, matter, subs-
tance : *11*|N-^, "ll*P''$'lfc;9 composed of
matter, material, substantial ; *|im'*^'*»'
"S^^, <RW*^1''j 1i"I^'*1'> immaterial,
unsubstantial; «PP|T*^^TIR a ghost-like
voice (Mil.) ; fliiijwpww ^qyirj the range of
the material world; ")lal^'|'^IJ)'^'S^'cl
*)i<Jiafafrc|fa*'l ; WF^ft'*1 ffsugs-na spyod-
pa ^.qieiTj?: [walking in the world of f orm]^.
flj|q]N'35\£J ffzugs yod-pa having form.
Metaphysically 11"I*''|'|'«^ g.zugs-kyi skye-
mched " the sense of form " is possessed of

140

1106

colour which is chiefly of four kinds, but
is secondarily of eight kinds ; the four
colours being: — white, yellow, red and
blue, while the secondary form-colours
are : — those of clouds, smoke, dust, mist,
sun's rays, shade, light, and darkness.
The eight «&wii|9|*i forms are: — '
gru-bshi or ^"'i I ham-pa square;
zlum-po globular ; Q^'Q pliya-le-wa • y%*r
")*i'£| phya-le ma-yin-pa ; ^-q rifi-ica ; S^'"
thufi-wa ; *#*> mtho-wa ;

'«^^fEi Gzugs-can ffiifi-po the ear-
liest patron and friend of Buddha who
ruled over Magadha when he had
renounced the world for the life of an
anchorite ; being the son of king Maha-
padma by his queen Bimba he was called
Bimbisara. (K. du. *\, 5).

u|j<i]»r«^-*< gzttg$-can-ma 1. *£tT3<ft the
fair sex, a general term for women ; also

prostitute (Won.). 2.
non.) [the Indian fig tree]<S.

brUan sfawfr, afr^, «f&, sfrfrfa,
image, reflected image, reflection.
« yrib-ma *pm a shadow.

v.

pser-hdsug$-pas

(flag.

62).

simile, meta-
phor (S. Lex.)

I!"!**'* ffst<gs-ma, ^n [1. graceful. 2.
silver]iS.

u||H|«-Nc,- ffzitgs-HUiA 1. ^(ptT many
shapes, one of various shapes. 2.=$»<
^v^f spos-dkar-fin the Sal tree, from
the gum of which a resinous incense
is made burnt both by Brahmans and
by Buddhists in performing religious
ceremonies (Mnon.)>

ffsitgs-tned shapeless, without
form; etherial, spiritual: <Hfl«^'«i5>WBl^
the four spiritual stages of existence:
(1) ^«-a|«;'v*wuw|-*^ ^raniMfmucW [in-
finite expanse of the sky]& (2) i|w^-«w
; [boundless region

of knowledgeJS. (3) %-<«if»(«v«iS J -w
[realm of nothingness] -S. (4)

[realm of conscious non-consciousness] S.
(M.V.).

Ill*''*' gzuys-nto a species of antelope
said to live on the higher regions of the
1 1 imalayan range between 9 to 18 thousand
feet above the level of the sea.

Syn. fl|l*|*i'J!»'5'3* yzugs-tno byi-thur or 9
^ li/i-ditr; JgS $gro-lyed; |^'i^ rlitn-

rna-via (Jttfion.).

a harlot, prostitute (Mfion.)

one

of handsome body, one who has personal
accomplishments.

Syn. "n\''>i<i]-*i£q|-gi^ yan-lag mchog-ldan ;
fl||H|»«-q»fq yzwjs-bzan-wa ; q«'«?N-£J /us
rndxeg-pa ; q»r*i&i|-^ Itts mchog-ldan ; |«1 3
idug-gu ; V'^'S9! '" snM-du fdug-pa ; §^**-'
yid-hon ; ^'W- yid-dytih ; "%*•'»'%*( $niti-po-
Idan ; w?«'^fl| mdses-sdug ; w^'l"! mtshar-
$dug ; %*\wci legs-pa ; fy'^tt sfiifl-du hbab ;
"K^'S yid-du Mhad; %5'«?« fin-ttt
rndses; %5'^1 fin-tu sditg; *«**>JJ msliar-
u-o; ^^f\ yid-hphrog; "Js'^1^'^1 yid-
dkar hon; ^^^ mig-tu mdse$; wlfe'^
•W*. mthofi-na dgah ; fWTi*f frJ|« tta-was
mchog mi-$es; g'av^'Sww fta-teaf mi Aomf,
fl^aC^fj^'liifSacei g67«e« dafi thun-mon min~
pa ; ^I'^l'O^'t" mig-gi bdud-rtsi ; SfJC^t.^
min-la mnar; S)\*w'«i yigf tshim-pa (Mfion.).

Of

1. a form of the perf.
having seized.

nor

flfftft

2. interest, inclination, bias:
being free from interest unbiased,
apathetic; (3) ST^T, vV, ^nt attribute,
capacity. i||E.'q5'^«N capacious mind.

'W^'^^g.zun-ste bdug=-t^^a\1^ held,
surrounding, embraced.

fl||K.-^-»( gzufi ldan-ma, ^fKniciH^ [re-
tentive] 8.

"II6'"!^ ffzuii-gser peg on a wall.

^l^ ffsiins ^TT^, »PW that which
seizes or holds; and hence, a spell, a
mystic charm, "ll^'f^ psuns-rten a prop,
support (Jd.). «IlK.w^ ffzufis-shan loose,
weak, without a hold.

1! w^ gsufis-zad weakened, debilitated,
esp. of women by loss of blood (Cs.).

*\l^'£*\*( pzuns-snags Tr=W, VK^ the
well-known dharanl or magic sentences, lit.
"spell-holders," a sentence written in
Sanskrit the posseseion or recitation of
which secures : ^'«r»'9*w«i unimpaired
memory, ^•crwii^c.^-cj undiverted or un-
interrupted reflection, g[:3]*r*»'Jrw£J unobs-
cured intellect, and •twWwSf^'^'fl great
intelligence (JT. d. «, 381). iH^'9'^
yzun§-kyi-gier n. of a dharanl called more

fully : Jftwrwnr«^W5''J^(iwr^mr%'^ (K.

d. f>, 322}. "ll^^'S^'g $zufo-grtea-lna or
q)|c.wl^'g u. of a work on the five classes
of Buddhist charms contained in the
Tantra Section of the Kah-gyur ; these five
classes being (1) JffS^q'*!*w stofi-chen
rab-h/oms ; (2) Si'S'^'^i rma-bya c hen-mo ;
(3) li-lfc-ngR.-* so-sor hbran-ma ; (4)
bsil-wahi tshal chen-po ; (5)

ffsan-snags rjes-su hdsin-pa.
gsuns thob-pa, ^TK^ffsraw ; one
who has obtained spells.

gziins-thay, VT^ft^=T a string

gzutis bde-wa,
u||i;*rqm gztiiis-bsdus=*^w a col-
lection of Buddhist religious works.

'! &zuns-phyi n*r$ n. of a number
(8. Lex.}. i|ie.«r«w gziifig-yas 1%*r another
number (&

= fii\v^ sfiags-rifi:

gsud-pa fut. of ^C^.
gsum-pa v. ^gi^ hdsum-pa.

ur-ffnas a witness. Syn.
dpan-po ; i^'S* gfiah-wo

(Mnon.) :

^|3'2^J ffze-tva 1. abode, nest, dwelling-
place. 2. quick.

'iJJ gse-ma, more fully

T^^ISJT, ^ra, a thorny plant, the
thorn of which resembles the horns of
goats : "|l^

Syn. ^'w^^ reg-por-dkah ;
chu-mcd-skyes ; ^"I'S'^ rcg-bya-nan ; ^'§S'«
'nu-byed-ma ; j'si^'w^'^ rgya-mtshohi
mthah-can ; a^^T* mthah-rned-dkah; *'«
lya-sa (Mnon.).

gse-r!( for "jl^'S a little nail (Ja.).
'"S gse-re weak, reduced.
or

made of five coloured threads and attached
to a Dorje (Rtsii.).

little grain, atom, particle ;
small particle.

q|3<jj-.3^ gzeg-san 3>itT^ n. of the founder
of the Vaisesika philosphy, eater of parti-
cles of grain gen. of. rice ; fl]l«rp^'«i g.zeg-
zan-pa followers of the Kanada school.
l'^'S gsey-mo-lyi the hedghog.

1108

or

height, loftiness, sublimity, gloriousness,
wide-spread, spacious.

Syn. Qlf-'Q b_rkyaji-wa • *fiQA g.zi-byin ;
g.vi-b_rjid che-wa (Jjffion.).

s-ti yzefi$-b$tod-pa 1. = ^ (Mnon.)
gift, blessing. 2. belauding, praise,
panegyric, encomium. 3. vb. to praise,
extol, glorify.

Syn. wTws'a mtho-tcar bya-wa ; ^'"Ts

*«! ipchoj-tshig ; °>^'g legs-gmra;
legs-brjoj; «f^h bgtod-tshig (If Hon.).

1. to carry :
«|3S ffzan-phrag-par g.zed carries one's shawl
on the shoulders. 2. to spit on a stake or
spike.

<«|1«V*» yzi'tl-nHi gen. *|Jq'*» ffzeb-nui, also
«l33»» gseij any small wicker-work basket
or wicker enclosure.

3\Q yzeb 1. a tent. 2. TCTOT a cage,
aviary.

^iJT^J g.zem-pa=a&*t* Msent-pa to do
a thing gently (Jo,.).

3\^^ ysi'r *fa\ vm, a nail small or
large, spike : %'«)U wooden nail, ffliwa)^
iron nail ; «flN'«|l* thunderbolt, lightning ;
•tfl|'H'31'i=aoc. to Jd. : diiving red hot
tacks into the finger-ends, a kind of torture
in C. ; 1)3*. 3«'^^»i'0 hdebs-pa to fasten by
nails. Fig. that which fixes or nails in the
memory, mental help, mnemonic verse
(Jd.). "l3v*)<q n. of a Bon religious work,
lit. a key to memory (O. Bon. £). ^'"1^ or
•H nail of the sun, a ray, a sunbeam ;
*V^ ray of light; "1^'^S pain, ache,
illness; "l!"!'"!^ id.-, w^'ijH headache,
3j-«ql*, gripe, colic, f'«jl* stomach-ache,
J-q-q|l* rtsib-pser pleurisy, *i'«iH tooth-ache

(Cs.) ; i|K<!|<wq jj^i colic, feeling severe
pain or aching as if caused by driving a
nail in the body. flH*<|R''MJ»ft*'«ntlK1fi
(Stnan.).

fljivq gzer-wa 1. to bore into, drive or
knock in, e.g., ^ a nail. 2. to feel pain,
to be suffering : *E.^3E.-u)l^ beer-tippling
produces pain (Ja.).

*\^'§ pzer-bu = *\^-&- a little nail, a
tack.

«j« gser-nui =
minute particle.

cha-phra-tiM a

'Z5 gso-u>a to remember, keep in
mind=the col. V*'^1*irfl drin-lim lijul-
tca to show gratitude: ^W'l'SWT^lTfr^
from remembrance taken of their kindness ;
g*!-*)-^? bya$-mi-gzo ungratefulness ; X^'l^'i
<iriii-gzo-tca • \^'fl|3"-n5'i>»m drin-gzo-tcahi-
scmg gratitude \^'*>il^q drin mi-pzo-wa
ingratitude ; \^'"|^'-8^ drin-gzo-can grateful
(Jd.).

^3^' yzoft, or "I^c-'g gzofi-bu chisel,
engraving-tool, puncheon (Jd.),

ffzod l.=the first, the earliest
(time) : i^'*^*' = VQ^« from the first ;
o|¥^«5-^« earliest time: ii^-»(^«^-q =
if=.'«'^ Outiyata, that which has been
existing from the first or the beginning,
«)3Vw'yva\«J = «^'z''K'lw. 2. now, this
moment (opp. to \3 before, a little time
ago) (Jd.).

^ja^'^J fzon-pa to attend to, to take
in, listen to : q^q'^'fljS^-Ji a precept
wasted in the ear, it entered at one ear
and went out at the other; ^'Q'^'i|^'i to
attend to, listen to ; qjjq-g-ar*>-^-«i not to
attend to the course of moral discipline.

't| ffzob-pa quick, sharp, clever;
q very nice (A. 156).

1109

bzan 1. medicinal spices;
bzan-po-drug the six drugs or medicinal
spices. 2. = aje.' an ox sf^rfr^ (Mfion.).
3. w whatever is good. 3. an agreement,
treaty : s^'fj"! bsan-sgrig an agreement of
peace.

«wc/q bzan-po good in every respect,
fine, nice, right, of good quality ; but is
considered rather a bookish and formal
term, the colloq. words being usually "n]'*!
yag-po and in W. J^'ior §°itQi though i«,'£i
occurs in many collocations. tK't bzan-wa
is another form. The latter also occurs as
a verb : to be good, esp. in colloq. of certain
classes of society : ^•^•^*rq«. •3)'<^j this is
better than that, wc.^ bzafi-Aan good and
bad, good and ill ; q3=>-E.^gc:<jj*j*< bzaft-fian
hbrifi-ysum good, bad and middling ;
qac.E^I^-q bzaA-ftan hbyed-pa to discern
between good and evil ; w<0^ bmn-hdod
self-complacency ; *iK'tj5'^a|-|iE,« bmfi-pohi
hdug-stans the manner of sitting of the
good and great. wZj3'ijf!j»i = sf<iK' flflfa
good-hearted, generous, noble-hearted ;
qae.-qrvif'ji ^jsftfa good morals, good-
behaviour.

sae.-^ bzan-khyi the Tibetan lap-dog.

wood.

= <f\*t'Q¥3 gos-bso-
ica a tailor. i3e.'Sff*i Chinese satin of the
measure of a gentleman's robe (Yig. k.
4-) ; SK.-5ff«-gw^-*» Chinese satin displaying
the figures of water jars (Yig. k. 3).

wc.'^ n. of an Indian king of ancient
time (Tig. 12}.

qjt,-cj-|q| bzan-po-drug v. sub. "*=•' bzafi.

qje/Erw bzaft-po-ma n. of a YaksinI queen
(IT. g. \ 130).

white sandal

fi-mo «*T 1. an address of
politeness to a lady = good lady or noble
lady! (Mfion.). 2. = Wj (S. Lex.).

bssan-btson v. ^ btson.

bzafis only in |»c.-qac,N which
i-sfl. explains by : pK.'trqJ-«i|»r£i a storeyed
house, but applied only to the abodes of
gods; in W. also the cubical part of a
chorten is so called (Ja.).

'^ bzad-pa for s^'i ; *)'£)^' irresis-
tible, which term comprises VT3 drag-po,
^'^ drag-qul, **'%*['» mi-sdug-pa, ^3=.
she-sdafi, ffe'p khoft-khro, etc.

*"^ bzan for ^ tan food of animals.
'^ bzab-pa, v. "pl'i gzab-pa.

(Mnon.).

bzabs abundance, plenty:
abundant food, good service
(Situ. 76).

«w bsah fut. of *'fl to eat ; is used to
indicate members of a family as eaters or
fellow-boarders ; wUwK&fH parents that
have a large family (Mil.) ; 0^^'|1 bsah-
drug a family, a company at table, of six
persons ; *w^ bsah-dpon the head of
a family; w*ie.«f^^ bzah-mans nafi-na
among a numerous house-hold (Jd.).
Also = spouse, wife, as "fellow-eater";
but in old literature = princess, queen : J#'
qa^ rgya-mo-bzah (commonly J'"a«i rgya-
bzah) Chinese queen of king Sroft-btsan
sgam-po ; wS'flw bal-mo-bzah the Nepalese
queen of the same king. *W| bsah-sla
partner, wife; O3"v* bzah-chi = w:3&'^ or
rigs household business or affairs.

1110

zah-ptad, wqS'fl^1* bzah-wahi
gtad-so store of provisions ; W^fM^"
bzah-g.tad mcd-pa not having such a store.

bzar-bu

[a ladle, a

[bad food]S.

zah-wa = »'* ^r*TC, wtsif (Mnon.)
abbr. of qjwq-^e.-q§cq food and
drink, eating and drinking.

w£ bzak-mi a house-holder with
family, gen. ?«mt husband and wife ; a*6*'
^'IV to become husband and wife, to
marry each other.
will marry each other;
bzah-mir byin-byi$ rlob-pa to give the
nuptial benediction, to unite in wedlock, to
marry ; ^garZi'W&'flftw a poor married
couple (Git:).

Syn. ftw Miyo-fitg ; t«-"-* d»a-ya pa-
ri ; I**'" khyim-thab ; "*»'* bzah-ts/io ; "**'
^e.- bzah-tshan (Mnon.).

w»>S bsah-mcd ill-fed, lean (J/t?.).

qan-aSc- 6saA-^s/w#5 = £is^'^ bzah-mi ; also
W* bbah-tsho.

*w'**\ bzah-tshod curry, any condiment
to eat with rice.

qjw-^e.- bzah-fin fruit-tree.

q»n,-^c.-?|-^-q bzah-fifi-gi ra-wa *«KTfl
orchard, a grove of fruit-trees.

Syn. *g*r^'«i!'|*' hbra$-ldan-nag$ ; ^i'
^c.Nq^c.-q rab-dbafa btun-wa; ffafSf*1*
mchog-gi-tshal ; swl'^^ip' vq dpal-gyi kun-
dgah ra-wa; wnfi&vtfn nal-gsohi hdun-
sa ; §"-«c.«-fl|^« skyo-sans-pnas (Mnon.).

khyint-^ug.

, bzar sometimes for *** zar or Q^'Q
bsar-wa as in <Uwg<»|- w*i« hdsar-ica phrag-
par-bzar (Situ. 76).

^^t\ bzar-thag ^rpftif^rr [a kind of

>£l bzas-pa v. a-q sa-wa and
gizas-pa : wqw srts-isff? (&'<M. 76).

^•9"C| bzi-wa to become drunken, to get
intoxicated, stupified :

q1-1jc.-|ij|»)-^*c,-3-a,^i)-«!f because the
others were looking on, having filled a
large bowl with beer and fearing not to
finish drinking it, they gulped it down,
whence being intoxicated, they vomited
and poured away (the rest of) the beer (Glr.)
srq^-q-g,*-^ not having become intoxi-

N> J

cated, not got drunk ; q a-q«,-|^py bzi-war
byed-pa to intoxicate, to make drunk.
In C. colloq. * ra is usually prefixed
to "^'fl : " ra si duk " he is drunk.

bzi<n-thag$=»fl\w shags-pa
string with a nooso (Mnon.).

q|C'q I: bzufi-wa pf. of *fy« and
also used as primary or present tense : to
lay hold, to take, to capture: «i|e,'^
TT, having taken, seized.

Syn. ^'0 Main-pa; ">*V<i len-pa;
Wat-tea ; *Bi' w|^ mnon-par-fbyor ; *K\-q^
^ mfion-par-hdsin ; B'C^'C1^C-*' khu-tshur-
bcin$; "^'Wil*.' yan-dag-bzufi. (Mnon.).

q3C'CJ II: is used as an adv. in the
form of "!=-«'?, e.g., ^5-$q-?r^-qi*<^ from
that evening (prop, beginning with that
evening), ever since that evening (Mil) ;
35*i'C2\«i«'qac'^'?'^'£1^'^ during the time
from the 8th to the date of full moon.

bzur 1. v. i^V*1 hdsur-wa. 2. in

hphran-las-bzur. 3. =
la$-ka-ta byol (tfag. 63).

1111

33', bse-re, also «ii bse, pain;
bse-re byed-pa to inflict pain, to torment,
to be angry with ((7s.) ; ii'V«^ bze-re-ean
or Bi'^'se.' bze-re-chun = <&'\i®*\§1*' bzod
bsran-chuH short-tempered, impatient and
fretful, or offended easily ; fli^'&'fl bse-re
eAe-?ra=q3*vqsft'£'<i bzod-bsran che-ica very
patient, good tempered, having the power
of endurance (Mnon.).

^3^ bzed in comp. : ««|'«i3^ a hand-
basin SjV0^ (Situ. 76) basin, bowel ; |*-o^
Ihufi-bzed beggar's bowl, alms-pot carried
by Buddhist monks.

qlVVi bz?d-shal 1. (or <VT«i3s Cs.) spit-
toon. 2. ace. to Ja. : cup into which
people skim off grease from tea.

Syn. %*=,« tshol-safis ; w
mahi-$nod. (Milan.) .

ggyu-rtsal (Mnon.).
1. work, labour, occupation ; trade, handi-
craft ; workmanship : ql^^'l^tp mecha-
nical art ; t^B^A'^T jeweller's art, %\**'
B! trade of a tailor ; vtf'fS rope making ;
ojjWBlf trade of a shoe-maker also a shoe-
maker; q?'«p^ a worker, artizan; q^'pc.'
workshop. 2. also % so, = *&w figure,
image, picture, resemblance, appearance
(Ja.). "^'5 bso-rgyu working materials
(Glr.) ; B?q;a bzo-blta form, fashion, e.g.,
style of a house, its architecture ; look,
shape, make. "1^ bzo-pa artist, mechanic ;
i^rqlci silver-smith. «^Zfy bso-dpon
overseer, foreman. In art ace. to Budh.
there are three classes : QWiS art in
reference to the body ; art in reference
to .speech ; art in reference to the mind ;
the first comprising writings, drawing,
painting and all that comes under handi-
craft, the second the art of reading and
composing works including the labours of
study, and the third the work of the

intellect, i.e., Jfa, «w«, sjVflRjw thos-bsam-
$gom-psum what is heard, what has been
thought and what has been contemplated.
Of arts ten kinds have been enumerated
in Buddhist books. : — (1) weaving, the
art of making cloth; (2) the art of
trafficking ; (3) state-craft ; (4) the art of
letters ; (5) the art of figures, that is
counting, palmistry, divination and draw-
ing from omens ; (6) sfSfa'S1*'^' blo-gros-
kyi bso the art of designing ; (7) making
statues, figures in relief, sculpture, engra-
ving etc. ; (8) q|^'£i5 q? bskyed-pahi bso
the work of growing or rearing etc. ;
(9) jprg'S'e&qS' manufacturing woollens
&c. ; (10) fjVtw'qS" the art of mixing up or
compounding. «X' oflft bzo-bkod a design ;
also directions to workmen :
IV (Rtsii.).

^'i bso-ica, pf. q?*< to make, to manu-
facture c. 5^'^*%*5fl wnat are y°u
making ? oSw]$ bzos-sgo income, earnings,
proceeds; %.'oS»t made of wood (Situ. 76).
Bf'q'ef bzo-wa-po 3ire, fii^ a craftsman,
manufacturer. «2"5 bzo-wo id. «il:q'-j|-3fqm
bzo-wo sna-ts/io</s •TT«rra^1 various workers.
qf'Jljf^nur^ bzo-bo §na-t shogs-can 1%^-
w^r ; the divine architect, the maker of
the world.

bzod-pa 1. i'? to suffer, bear,
endure ; to resist : *)fl|^q •*rq¥«^?j not
being able to bear the pain in his eyes
(Dsl.) ; ^N-^*c«j-*»-q3^ in this body one
cannot be patient ; «MrnrJ'^»ri*w»r
qS^-^sj Buddha in his mercy not suffering
this, but checking the mischief ; ql^qq*!
(or B^'Spl*) sl^-qik-agfq or <^-q not to be
able to bear. ..any longer, frq. ; »)'q3^'«i or
q^S'^ adj. unbearable, intolerable, also
irresistible (Ja). 2. to forgive, pardon;
v<K-^q to pardon our former

1112

tricks is what we beg (Mil.) ;
«IVW«^»r**>i that I did not request you
to mount, this I beg you to forgive (Mil.) ;
3. in asceticism : perseverance, stedfast
adherance to the four truths, constancy
in pursuing the path that has been entered
upon. i^V^T" bsod-hjug-pa to make or
cause to forgive ; i^S'i!^ b.zod_-ldan forbear-
ing, patient, forgiving, fl^ajj^ bzod-pa-
sran unwearied patience.

an epithet of Indra. (M.non.)

frssod-mfiah-ica *wn [en-
during much ; n. of a Buddha] 8.

n bzod.-ldan-ma =

earth

the

bzod-par phyin-la ffsum
the Ksanti paramita which are three : —
(1) 1WCh<»l*SwM1^"i ; (2) ^B.-9|-|v«i $n
; (3) ^•m'fcww^jwtrar
. d. *, 68). R-flls'«i mi-
b_zod-pa want of patience and forgiveness
or vindictiveness is productive of five
troubles: — (1) S9J'NR''^'<*J^'q increase in
enemies; (2) increase in sufferings and
uneasiness of the mind ; (3) ij'flw^'ig*
multiplication in breaches and increase in
misunderstandings; (4) "rtfrs's^'^V'SV
w«j*'fl causing one to weep according to
one's repentance ; (5) %*M^Wf*tTj^«
'S^'s after death it takes one to the state
of damnation (K. d. \ 68).

bzod-bsran one who is able to
meditate upon or exercise himself in the
virtue of forgiveness or patience (flag. 76).

J'C| bzom-pa or $<&*>' n c/m-bzom-pa
portable water-cask.

or

praising or expression of respect to
one who does good service to the state : ^
f^$Wf&*1Flfr**PVtoi9F (D. fel. 9).
2. earnings, profit.

«3*r q ^sos-pa ^w fed, anything eaten
up.

'^ bzla-ica, v. |5 zla-wa.

bzlag-pn wqfw to mutter •.
QI*!'" fiags-bslas-pa to recite charms or
mantras (Zam.). «|V«if^ bzlo$-brjod=i*\>*
cgjE. q recitation of spells softly; the soft,
yet audible pronouncing of spells etc.,
"3*1 "IS §S " bzlas-brjod bycd-pa to mutter
over (Glr.) ; rf^rtft-a^r^ nta-ttegwihi
jod. Bralimanical spell-muttering.

s-pa = tfx» or *i« to

inquire, to ask of: q-«w«i|«r|»rti rna-mir-
falugs-pa to pour into the ear, i.e., to atk
(Situ. 76).

bzhtm-pa, fq>sf?jfl, <^ made
globular, rounded, v. |*»'i zluni-pa.

•«>|»w dbyen-bzlums.

v.

zlo-mi.

bzlog the opposite, the reverse :

't$N''5phra-ica-lag bzlog fbom-po the
contrary of thin is thick, of fine is stout
(Lett., Jd.). ' -

•1 bzob-pa 1. assiduity : «&v*'T T^Tsif'1! g.yul-bzlog to avert war, to make
he was assiduous in religious the enemy run away from battle (Situ.
observances (A. 156). 2. v. ifiW psob-pa. 76). ^"\'^f\'"\^'^"]^ bzlog-pa phun-g$u>n

1 1 13 q!*r

tshogs «lif<-? w& [full of hindrances]& i|N'ti'gfn bzlos-pa byuti-wa to challenge

^If'TlH*' bzlog-phyogs ^nr^T^ [carrying enemies and thereby commence quarrels

away, substraction]& and feuds : «ijir«l^-afitfl|*S-'»|T«'1WlJT*l« (•&•

'I^'^T bzlod-dkah-wa ^efit (A. K. ' 9^- 7). "I^TS'" bzlo§-rtsod-pa to revive

1-12) [unobstructible]& old feuds, quarrels and fighting :

bzlos, v. f« zlo-tea. f^^^%V«r^ (D. f«/. 7).

141

^ ha is the twenty-third letter of the
Tibetan alphabet. It does not correspond
to any letter either in English or in
Sanskrit. Csoma transliterated it by h
and so, too, has the author of this
dictionary ; but colloquially as an initial
it often takes the sound of ic. It is
phonetically different from the vowel w
which is regarded by the Tibetans as a
consonant. Grammarians have, however,
utilized it in denoting the prolonged
quantity of the three short vowels a, *', and
« by subjoining it to them, especially in
transcribing Sanskrit words in Tibetan;
thus the Sanskrit md-ya is written ^'w.
1. num. fig. :=23. 2. a phonetical form
of e.', thus «••««! ha-cag=t.'ti\ we; v. also

| hu-cag.

Q'y'Qj ha-ti-wa with iH<i=to turn
a somersault, to tumble over, to roll (Ja.).

*V3j ha-na for ^ ho-na.
a-^uic.' ha-na-yaft although.

R'JJ ha-ma but, yet, well: a'wwiv&i
but do not forget !

Q,'^^ ha-hur—^\\\ ha-re hu-re des-
cribed as Wn^ifT*"T*^'*V^l>Mfl a
loud sound of ha-hur or a loud whirring
noise.

<rarnj^-&^ Ifa-la gzi-chen n. of a learned
lama (Deb. *|, 9).

' hafi like "»' and $*•' described as
and gS'S ornamental and conjunctive
terms corresponding to the English ever,

soever. Properly <«• occurs only after
vowels, but colloq. also after consonants,
e-9-> ft**' nam-haft.

^C'T] hafi-ke a mystical character, frq.
occuring in certain fini.il ornaments or
flourishes called a«i'wff sbrul-mgo.

^'9 han-bu prob. = ^'9 fan-he. «^5'
<M«-^'w9'4«ir (A. 123).

'Q hab-pa (BT9) to bark, to make
at a person or animal.

^'^ hab-hub not definite, nothing
conclusive, not in shape: ^"M^V'f^Mr
V^yff^nffJF the present business
has been something indefinite and undi-
gested (Rdsa. 26).

ham m or, else, or else (A. K.).

'^J har-ica C. a lot; wjfl'ti har-
$*('9p'<ito cast lots, to lay wager.

*H har-po or in Tsang : ^'*^ angry.

har-hur, v. $*'4* or ^'g.
e.- har-yafi also, too, Hkewise (Sch.).

having just not faUen into
the hands of the enemy, had very nearly
fallen into the hands of the enemy;
another example : ww^'q'fer^ we are still
lingering, not quite dead yet (Yig. 98):

or «-«r*rai con-
fused, unconnected, irregular : ^'ww^'ac
urV^A^ in all those there was nothing irre-
gular (A. 156). Also="V*^ Mran-min,

1115

hu-cag 1. = &V^ pers. pron. we ;
also *«f, *?*I, 4'9'«|. 2. chimney JT.
(JIL).

§'f^| AM-^^ =«*'*•> resourceless,
helpless, ill, one in straitened circums-
tances, destitute.

$'^*» hu-dum or $'^*<'*> hu-dum-me edge
cut, blunt ; a bald head, also a beardless
face : «Vi'^^'*%^q'^t'''i'^N'lK'PQ'
$'^*<'*> in front there was a small dining
table on which from an earthen vessel
(came out the rat named) Ser §kya rna-ica
hu-dum-me with edge-cut ears (Rdsa. lit).
$'ys^ hu-diun-btsan a name of king
Langdarma who was beardless and bald-
headed (LoA. «, 8).

§'§ hu-bu or i'S'*"! =&•*"!.

f^'5 hu-zi n. of a kind of tea (Rtsii.).

(^'^Pl Eu-yufj n. of a place in Tsang
(Deb. % 29).

$'$'5 hu-ru-ru a whizzing sound : Sj^'S'S
rlufi hu-ru-ru the noise of wind, *> S'5'S we
hu-ru-ru that of fire under a breeze.

hu-su coriander seed:
O^fdnrfel coriander removes phlegm and
disorders of the stomach.

one of

the thirty-seven sacred places of the Bon
(G. Son. 38).

Q'^1^ hu-lag [compulsory post-service,
the gratuitous forwarding of letters, lug-
gage and persons, the supply of the requi-
site porters and beasts of burden, some-
times of water, fire-wood and cooks, to
help travellers proceeding under official
authority or road-bill : $-arvwrf»r«i to im-
pose such services by exacting porters, etc.
^•«m|-RS|m-q or $'IJi'T|nrci to forward by yw\]
fa,

^•jjE.-^-l'^'pK.- hu-fafi rdo-rje Iha-khan n.
of a large Buddhist monastery (Loft. «, 5).

hug-pa 1. in Sikk.
fsi^f the owl. y\'^i\ an albino.
hw-rgyan the great horned owl ;
hug-gu-chufi the little owl. 2.
occurs for IjfH'^ oats.

Syn. of 1. i'^"|-<\9J bya-rog-dgra ; "fa*
^i|« nin-mo-hjigs ; if'5-6.' &ia*rin ; $'*$*\
sna-hkhyog; <*jfl'§V*to? Bphrog-byed-mig ;
i^'S'i*^ mtshon-tno-spyod ; £i5'33i'£i-'it\ brgya-
byin-bqad ; w^'Sra'q mtshan-mo za-wa ; !=•'
5)'tf'«^ steti-gi §na-can ; S'^"!'"^4"!^'!^ bya-rog
hjigs-byed (Mnon.).

^u|-q-^c.-q 'Rug-pa lun-pa a celebrated
Rnin-ma who was also called ^i'1^'3'^
(Deb. i|, 5). He was born in a place called
1 !

l hug-sids, v. ^"S'S sing-po (Ja.).

= °^ in provincial colloq. so
from here, hence.

hud 1. ^-a'lscq^q-q) swaggering,
bragging, bombast, fustian (Os.) ; $\^'g'"
to swagger, brag. 2. = ^ a moment : ^
I*' in a moment, instantly, suddenly.

^t, ace. to Ja. to
collect, to sweep or take up together
in one's hands: £ie;wiq-|*rq|*r^ with
the arms gathering all into one heap. The
pf. $q*ro faibs-pa=o*gw hdus-pain modern
Tib. yw'S"''1^' collected all together;
wholesale collection ; joined with the doer
the expression should, be in the present
form. &q'3Knji«v«i (he) collected them all
together.

%*)'S hum-bu or *«'S hom-bu a bush of
the tamarisk species.

i^'S'Sl^'*1^ Hum-bu glan-mkhar also
called ^«'9'S'^' hom-bu gla-sgan n. of the

1116

earliest historical palace in Yarlung built
by tbe Tibetans for the residence of their
first king Gnah-khri btsan-po. It was
visited by the compiler of this Dictionary
in 1882.

Q*\ hur any noise, whether loud or
low, gen. a prolonged sound not a sharp
report: r*ff«r^l**VVfl"r<*l the
humming in the ears produced by block-
ing them (Vai. jd.) ; ij-<w^-«g'<! there
is a buzzing in my ear; ^wji bur
ma rgyab don't make a noise ! $*' J1 bur-
= $& gto-lmr or f"iyq thog-rgyag
! la-bw-khol. ^'8 hw-sgra = °>*
noise especially of a tempest, sound in
the air : |C«T^ff*r*SV^VV1F^<
though the wind has no wings yet it fills
the sky with sound ; ^'8 '** hur-sgra-can
arrow that flies buzzing (Jjffion.). 4*'$*'
hur-tifi a brass basin, used to make a noise
by striking on it. $*> ^ hur-rdo a sling :
^'^ '*•%*;<* hur-rdo hphen-pa to throw with
a sling.

bur-\ca l.=W dbttr-wa sbst. a
humming insect, beetle (Sch.), 2. vb., to
be noisy, chattering : VT^"!" V*" shouting
with joy (Mil.).

($ ho 1. sbst. a kiss ^* ; * §^ to
kiss p'T^'IS'i to kies the mouth,
id. 2. v. *«. 3. pers. pron. we, v.
|. 4. dem. pron. = this. 5. inter j. * oh,
yes! *«wi»»-« oh very well! *^* C.
well ! it is all right.

pers.

pron. we :

S W3« what have we not done in respect
of sin in the cycle of transmigration which"
has no beginning (Behu. 132).

i^'qaQ] ho-lrgyal resp. fatigue, weari-
ness, trouble, want, any kind of hardship ;

getting into difficulties.
More frq. as vb. : f ojurq to be fatigued,
j^'««|'jj*wK'*rqg'jr'Ji*t are you not fatigued ?

brgyal-wa or «.'^'*^.

*'?«! ho-snig 1. sour cream (Sch.). 2.
birch-tree.

^'^ ho-dod lamentation, wailing, cry
for help : X^-^-q to lament loudly, to
call for help; ^V ho-dotf-pa one that
seeks help, a client, a plaintiff, more in.
pop. language (Ja.).

f «S ho-na or *1'3*' now then, well ; ^'^-
jj»j q ug« q*i K^ ho and na combined become
hon (Situ. 125). Is used esp. to introduce
a new thought or proposition in speech ;
now, what shall you do in that case ?

<%,'Q3\ Ho-phran n. of a place in Tibet
(Del. «|, 32).

ho-bi/ams-pa to be loving : "^w
(Kdni kahi tprift yig.).

ho-ma milk (in colloq. wo-ma) :
the milk trickles down ^w»l?-«i ho-
mo, hjo-u-a to milk ; *w$««r«i ho-ma $nol-wa
to let milk curdle ^'Wfl B-« ho-ma srub-pa
to churn milk (Cs.) ; w ho-thafi milk-
meadow, the plain on which Lhasa now
stands, in former times said to have been
a boggy and sedgy lake ; *S1 bo-thug milk
soup, rice and milk cooked together as
porridge; *5*\ ho-t)w4 cheese; *«$*' bo-
hthuti^0-^ sucking-child, baby; *'*Xf\
ho-hdo4 Ttfmi. the woman's breast, the
teate ; * a bo-spi or ^'S ho-sri cream.
«lf ho-ma-hchit as met. = cow (4f«on.V
5-¥ ho-zo a milk-bucket. 1«-i&i-*3i-»« ho-hdsin
can-ma women in general (Jttfion.).

K-w^c.-»4^twq^«|<iiq-^'S'I)5'^'J1 n. of a
continent beyond the sea of milky water
(K. d. "S 293).

inr

teat.

I ho-ma-hphel or ***» cow (Mfion.)
ufa, ho-ma-hdsin q^T ; 1. the udder,
2. ITCV the sugarcane plant.

ho-ma zi-si the seeds of Abrus
precatorius used as beads for rosaries.

f ho-ma-fin milk-fruit tree. Syn.

ho-ma-can ; Rjj-SNvT2" hbru-yi bdag-

rgydl-pohi-zas (Mnon.).

ho-mahi mgrin-pa-can a
new-born child. Syn. n^'wiip btsas ma-
thag-pa ; j*W«|'q §kyes ma-thag-pa
(Mnon.).

5-wl'$'Jj«'S'*j3'j'*«* n. of a fabulous sea
the water of which is white like milk,
situated beyond the ocean to the north of
Eirab or Meru (JO. *, 293).

7?-w3^§fljwci ho-mahi dbyug$-pa **KI
plantain, banana.

4'JJ'^C* Wo-tm thafi. n. of an extensive
table land at the foot of Kharula pass on
the road from Ealung to Nangar-tse Jong.

?•«* ho-mtsho 1. milky sea or lake. 2.
used fig. for sincerity, true heart (%W
(Tig. k. 1).

with §T«I to laugh at, to
jeer.

after, opp. to ' *F. H§ or^«i (colloq.
wo' -la or teak-la) postp. under, below, be-
neath ;^'^"I'a' under that. 2. adv., down,
underneath; *<T §'!=•' fallen down, H^
possessed of what is beneath, i.e., not
castrated; H^ castrated; H^ an eu-
nuch, one whose testicles have been
drawn out, taken out; H^yTi or *T§'
"lip to put underneath ; |=.'^"1 Win-hog
the division of soldiers under a Din-pon
or captain; ^^"\ bcu-hog a body of ten
men under a corporal.

*"! ^^^'3=-' Sog-gi phyogs-skyofi = w§'y
?i'q^-»4 the goddess of earth called Bstan-
ma (Mfion.).

^"I'SJ1] hog-grab immediate arrangement
or preparation (Tig. 83).

Hoy-rfiu n. of a place in K/tamg.

l^''1 hog-tu kha-phyogs-pa 1. one
looking downward. 2. fw a hump-back.

Syn. **!'!2 f"l** hog-tu-phyogs ; f'S" kha-
bub ; Hfi'f hog-tu-lta (Mfion.).

^"1'g'l hog-tu-rgyu a thief. Syn. 3^3
rkun-po ; *y*\'** rkun-ma (Mfion.).

^"1'^ hog-rdo an anvil (Sch.) .

^i\'^ hog -Man l.=*«ps^ hog-can an
uncastrated animal. 2. n. of the treo
otherwise called W'§S'%' dgah-byed-gifl
(Mnon.).

for $'?}''! hu-yug.
ho-yo, also ^'^ ha-yo, a puppy.

ho-lags 1. a leader in conversation
or in a deputation to a great man,
mouth piece. 2. yes sir, just-so . fl|E-'«i'I'c,'
ji-awm'q^ai^tf'ail^'S not inclining to any
party or showing attachment in reply (he
said) yes, sir! (A. 129). ^ hog_nm w ad]. ^ lowe^ ^^

ho-se in colloq. wose, a mulberry. following one; Said to= W«, i.e. ^r»

the one following after that, the second in

hog 1. arar, ^V:, nmra root signi- turn, one below or under another person,
fying below or with reference to time, subordinate, inferior (Mnon.).

hog-na (in TF. yok-na) 1. adv.
underneath, below. 2. postp. c. gen.
under, after. ^'^1 hog-nas adv. from
under, from below: ^'WW^ ^I^l1
to embrace below and not by the neck ;
come from below.

1118

Hog-miit 1. ^nsjire otherwise *«y
fcre %f is the eastern heaven
wherein the astral body of the Bodhi-
sattva Dorje Chhang resides and which
region is presided over by the Dhyani
Buddha Akshobhya (^'JJV") who is en-
throned there in the Ogmin heaven on a
white lotus-blossom, ^i) S^'q^w ^faa^f ;
a resident of the Ogmin or Akanislttn
heaven. 2. vrrara opp. to the nether
world ; that which is not inferior or
under any.

*T*fi hog-ys/ii vrerr the lower stratum,
substratum : (*"J 9| £ q'lC'T*' hog-gi rtsa-ica
g.tmg-8a • f*f*ft$:*$w*fi*> hog-gshi chuhi-
dkyil-hkhor (Ya-sel. 39).

5&j|-«|^-*)-^q| hog-yshi mi-rig =$*
chu-fftifi zab-jia deep-water (Hfnon.).
=H§ hog-ttt.

sl'i> hog-len-pa explained as
a term or expression by which to
ascertain what one is about to say
(Jflbit.).

*m ho-al crop, craw of birds (<7a.).

(tons,

J hot-tea 1. ^TJJ>H pf.
imp. ^*\ $og, to come:
when he saw his mother was coming ; ^'
^•Ktw he came into the house ; ^'Scq to
return, to come back ; ^^"l come here ;
(^•srKf don't come here ; *)-«^«-e.5 •^•^•

fe,-«-5)^-qtwo men that were about to come

Q

to me ; 'fe-tw'W^ when coming, when
being on their way; $ $-artfw^35wa^
we have come to the Ti-se for meditation ;

^-T(i;-j of

the 300 girls paraded let not anyone come
from the last rows and let not any come
from the middle, but let those come who

are in the six upper rows on the left side ;
ll^e.*!-*} they came to bring, they brought
them ; £«vfMr*i came leading, conducting,
they brought hither. With reference to
time: w*wei not yet come, i.e., future,
wKwXfi-^ for the benefit of those not
yet come, i.e., of posterity; ^c.'orjjq-'Sc.'qT
«l?5aru-Q5q-q she prayed that a son might
come to her. 2. to be suitable, practi-
cable, to do: o^-q-q|^-ai •^•q'af^iKMrw
as two teachers for one doctrine will not
do; gT^i] q-*Kcq»i as a journey home
will not do ; f 5fc'2f«| ; aiwai $e.-q5 qv^ as
long as he was fit for work. 3. when con-
nected with verbs, it serves to indicate
futurity, like the English auxiliaries
"shall" and "will," and is then usually
spelt and sounded as 'fc' yofi ; frq. as fut.
aux. in C. : a^q-a^tw^ni I am not
about to go, shall not go, there any more.
Also with the supine : JTT^-qirqv^-^-fc.
it will even come to his dying, it will
be his death; I»rg'*E.- he will even get
so far as to eat ...... ; 3"W*K.- he will die ;

still more free are those forms in which
the gerund or the bare root is used ;
' he will assent to it, allow it;
- it is not the one, it
will be the other ; S|i "fo' $leb-yon he will
come (Mil.), and in C. is always annexed
to mere root of vb. : 5)^X*r£l-35c.- they will
not believe it ; e.-^e.-qc.'^-^-BJc.- I SQau kuv
it to-morrow ; also the subjunctive moou
•*K^-«|*!V*e.-«w as I should be kiUed if
she heard of it.

sbst. the arrival,

hons-jM
advent (A. K. 1-U).

hon-mol occurs in Ld. for
hol-»to (Jd.).

hod sw, ^'73,
light, shine, brightness, glow ; also as

1119

adj. ^'jf hod-spro light, the ordinary
term esp. in the C. colloq. and is pro-
nounced wo-tro: "tanda laimang nam
wo-tro yon " it will soon be light. *Vlf q
hod-spro-wa to emit light ; ^jro hod-bkye-
wa to spread forth light ; °V^ sun-light,
S^S moon-light, D|^ star-light (Cs.) ;
jarnS-^ frsufa (^. -P. 2-4) [one bright
like the Jina or Buddha ; n. of a Bodhi-
sattvaJS. *«V**\ or *V**V*T^ without
brightness; *V^ hod-kor or ^ g&or a
luminous circle, a lantern ; ^'S3 hod-dkra
f%sr«T^ of variegated lustre [an epithet of
fire]S; ^\«^« hod-shags bright; *«V^ a
ray of light, v. post. *vl'** hotf-kyi char
rain of the light, sun light ; also occurs as
an epithet of the sun (Mnon.).

*V9'?1 hod-kyi tog frTO ^g [1. the
flag of light ; 2. the sun]&

*S'9-? hod-kyi $de as met. the domestic
fowl (Mnon.)

c.-«^ hod-kyi hphrefi-ean as met. =
the sun (Mfion.)

^'^"1^ hod-dkar 1. sjwtlj white light.
2. syn. num. = l.

^'^"P'*^ hod-dkar-can ij^tlj, f%tTW 1.
= H'fl the moon. 2. "19^ ga-bur camphor

->i hod-skyes-ma an epithet of the
wife of the sun.

Syn. J"!'*' rgyal-mo ; ^w^'w legs-hdod-
t>M ; I1'9V« $krag-byed-ma (Mfion.).

^•qjS'ngc.''?]^ hod-brgyahi hbyufi-gnas
as met. = I'Ji s/a-wa the moon (Fz^r. k. 19).

^•oj-q hod-lna-pa that with five colours,
the rainbow. *«vg*^wfj-«i?jV3 hod-lfia$
yofa-su bskor-wa^'^'^'f^' ni-mahi gur-
khliafi the tent-like mansion of the sun

Syn. ««* hsah or «w»«*«i hzah-mtshon
(Mnon.).

^V*^ hod-can 1. n. of one of the heavens
occupied by the Asuras (Bon. ch. 5). 2.
symbol for 12 (Fa-se/. 5).

^'a^'q hod-bdun-pa an epithet of the god
of fire (**'^), who is described as possessed
of seven fiery tongues or attributes : — (1)
W% nag-po ; (2) wpr«K^'<l hjigs-par byed-
pa; (3) S^S'1]5' yid-mgyogs; (4) <**\w*
legs-phan ; (5) ^'«fr»<^<f«w du-wahi mdog-
bzafi ; (6) S'fT^ me-stag-can ; (7) Jf

hod.

hod-ldan 1. '
the sun (Mfion.). 2. n. of the chief city
of the Asura the city of Eahu (Sorig. 30).
3. *i*i*, WfT^ a passionate person, one
very lustful.

^S'?f^'5§'%' hod-ldan hk/iri-fin ^TU, ftT5li
n. of an officinal plant [Cardiospermum
hakacabuni\S.

Syn. W'5'i5 a-ru-na, ty pi-nya, gj^ gn-sna
(Mnon.).

a-=^'i& met. the sun

Sutra on the
plan of the mansion of Amitabha (K.
ko. i\, S3 If).

^'^*WT*I'S Sod-dpag-imd ^jfjmw immea-
surable light, the Nirmana-kaya (g^'^-g)
manifestation of the 4th Dhyani Buddha.
This is his form, also, in the heaven of
Dewachan.

hod-phun-po=.i\ie heap or accu-
mulation of light or lustre ; the sun
(Mnon.).

, hod-g.tsan as met. the sun (Mnon.).
hod-mdses 1. Kfa n. of one of the
kings descended from Mahasammata the
first monarch of this world. 2.
n. of a number (Tig. 13).

1120

=T& [the sun]/S.

ray of light (A. K. 1-10).
9'Se''q faft-ser gyi phren-wa n. of a
submarine volcano situated in the eastern
ocean (K. d. *, 270). *«V^'S«Ji£i hod-zer
d_gu-pa -jciif^^ an epithet of
*lf<3TIT or the planet Mars.
ho$-zer can-ma fl'^fft, n. of a goddess.
f^3^*a\-*<5-«||e.»« \ho4-ser can-mahi gzung a
dhdrani the recitation of which saves one
from the dangers of snake-bite, wild
beasts, etc. (K. <ju. itlU). ^w&i fat-
ter bdun-pa Jlf^T, flHrft^ an epithet of
the planet Saturn (If Hon.) ; **\'3*>'3^ hod-zer
ldan=y»< the sun
fad-zer-bsgrttb-pa or
n. of a Sutra containing, besides other
matters, a description of the different rays
which issue forth from the person of a
Buddha (K ko. P, 304). *«\K«!!i|«i fal-
ser gsugs an epithet of the sun (Mfion.).

Jf^-uiMrd-tf Jlod-yans tsha-bo a n. of
Vais'ravana (Sfrfton.)

f^^e.' Sod-srud *wyrX\$t. saHs-rgyas
ho$-sruA Kas'yapa Buddha, he who imme-
diately preceded Buddha S'akyamuni,
being the temporal Buddha who presided
over the preceding age or kafpa. He is
the Kassapa of Pali Buddhism and the
Oashib or Gerel of the Mongols.

kyes <M^iMTj|<9i an
epithet of Garuda or the khyung bird
(Mnon.). ^\5 ^^'^ hod-sruds-pa the chario-
teer of the sun (Mfion.).

*V«|Wi hod-^sal fw ; ^mr^r 1. a celestial
region, also the name of a heaven in the
Bon mythology. 2. supernatural en-
lightening of the saints: *vfl]«w§-e*^«r
nj'ifl)*)^ beholding by means of prophetic
light (Ja.). f*i'nwn hod-g.$al-wa
lustre, brightness.

dmu-la hthen^
§=• rltifi the wind— ace. to Bon mythology
the wind being the son of the god
sails-hod la-hthen (O. Bon. 23).

hod-bsrun byin as
the earth (Mnon.).

hod-ma ig an ; the bamboo, that
species used for making arrows, etc. ; *v*r
*" hod.-ma tshal i^T bamboo grove.

« fatf-mahi fort's 5«r [7'//-r/

-5'g hod-mahi myu-gu ^^\\ the
young shoots of bamboo.

Syn. i'SJ'jacw^ rha-yi rgyal-mtshdn ;

rtsa-yi tog; ««|«I-^K-
fnin-jjo ; WrHfftv $un-pa mgrcgs ;
la$-pA", ^[^ smyug-rgod; *px*^x&i nus-
hlrat-can (Sfrnon.).

K^ hon 1. a small measure. 2. =*'^
or ^'5. 3. n. of a place in Tibet (S. kar.
200) ; ^ -31 •JurSarZr* n. of a celebrated
Lama of Eon.

but, yet, notwithstanding ; ^'ffi=.'
mT^ but some ; ^-"«' occasionally
used for it (Mil.).

+ 2r^1| hog-cig (&*-'<*%fr or S^iji"!)
give me or fetch me one ; also = S^'Sij.

+ 2^3j'^C' hon-tan^3^^ hon-kyan.
'5 fan-te f*'?, tfr nevertheless, yet.

hon-pa T(^T deaf, also to be
deaf ; fyfi, *W%, ^'9 a deaf-man ; ^fl*,
a deaf woman; f^^' hon-lofi deaf and
blind.

J=^'^E.' scout, spy : w

?E,-^C.- hon-sen with §V byed-pa to pay
attention, to watch, to spy (/a.).

1121

Aoi or *« iTfT^rra 1. ditch, trench,
pit DzL; *C*q *rfsnfi<j fire pit; also fig.
the fire pool of passion (Jd.).
lfv<nK the fire-pit quarter. 2. v.
(</«.). 3. n. of a heU (A ch. 5).

or Tww^ip described as
a wild animal of the bear species; it is
of fire colour with a white face (Rtsii.).

or

the

Tibetan tamarisk found growing in most
parts of Tibet abundantly, especially in the
plains of Yarlung. Ace. to the general
belief of the people of Yarlung the name
**<'S'S'IF was given to an ancient palace of
Tibet built by king Nya-thi-tsan-po on
account of the abundance of JSom-bu trees
in its neighbourhood.

I : Hor n. of a village in the dis-
trict of $v Sne-thafi, near Lhasa where
Atis'a spent the last days of his life : "$'«•
**-fviX^jfc-fqypl he resided in the monas-
tery of Nyethang (A. 70).

K^ II : 1. dropsy of the skin vescicles.
2. an eddy, whirlpool.

•f**-<w|'* hor-hgah l. = ^*r<wi* someone.
2. adv. seldom, occasionally.

**•&! hor-cig=^li\ keep it, put it by ;
leave it.

in the dialect of
Amdo equiv. of our : many thanks :

I-*** (A. 13 jf) ; **-*=^-a, Or

R^'^l hor-pa=fc;Q spor-wa to remove
from one place to another, to transfer :
frjfrqppiqT*^*TO^ having transferred
to the monastery of ffor-pa (A. 137).

R^I hoi ^|cf^, the flax plant ; clover ;
lucerne.

'P Hol-kha or ^^ n. of a district in
Lokha : ^•(^•^•;5jV'»ft«r<ir«^E.-q|»;-*i^ (^.
87) he ordained two monks at Eolkha.
^T^'^l hol-kha yug-cig one of the 37 holy
places of the Bon (O. Bon. 38).

'fc-VF'Wt'** hol-4gah stag-rise rdsofl
the Jong of Holga, where the late Dalai
Lama *^«W|»* was born (LoA. •», U).

-mdujthe

! hol-pa ft* a species of kite
numerous in Tibet (Mfion.),

71).

fore-part of the larynx.

hol-$py i^^ip; fa rags-tsharn (Tig.

OTO or *«r*r$*-V a place in
upper Tibet where the Bon doctrine is
asserted to have been first spread ; n. of the
paradise of the Bon.

ol-tshod. a guess, any random
estimate (Situ. 41).

= ^t^ dpe-yafi.

J hos-pa also *** A0s=*3J*i|*rq [1. vb.
and adj. to be worthy, suitable ; becoming
appropriate, with termin. inf. in later times
and vulg. with the root : f ^q^S^ it is be-
coming, it is meet to give ; «^'fl|Sflj*reivS>iJ(»i
it is not fit to be seen ; S)*r jf^?** to be
wished, desirable ; gTS's^'^'q^i^ he be-
comes adorable ; fv*w to be praised, laudable
praiseworthy, i^'f*) bkur-hos deserving
honour Cs. **w«^ar5<ii'**i-q5-*^q the punish-
ment condign to all ; rarely with genit. :
CTfwqg^OTfl^qft-lfel (Mil.) he is deserving
of universal honour and respect, t^KwDdj he
was not worthy to be a king. *fS 3fo'**rq ^
the one that is the most deserving of being

H2

1122

mistress, i.e., she that has the gentlest intercourse; r«'*w«i a lawful, &•*«•« an

appearance, that is most of a gentle unlawful or discreditable matter (Schtr.);

woman ; ^'^wq he is worthy to be his 'fo^S what other means or way is there ?

colleague ni. f. (Ml.). 2. more particu- ^l'" hog-tpyi-wa to finish (a thing) for the

larly in colloquial language : right (for the most part.] taken from Jd.

and *>-**i«rq of earlier literature); t«-«*»<« hos-htsham$, \*pxto or

(Glr.) to entertain illicit %*•'** tolerably fit, just fit (Rtsii. 18).

**l ya is the twenty-fourth letter of
the Tibetan alphabet corresponding to the
English y or Sanskrit *j. It is subjoined
in certain cases to other letters, its form
being then changed.

ya 1 : 1. num. fig. : 24. 2. (a) "frjpSf-
ta'|%*'* the symbol of «« is
for the purpose of showing what the nature
of all things are (K. d. *, 321). (b) «r%*n*r
<ra^qS-jfl ^•q-a^-qq-siJws'vSij'Ji it is a sym-
bol of the want of attachment liberating
all that is uncovered i.e. naked (K. g.
v, 43). 3.=4«i-i^s or ^'w^S smallness,
littleness (mystic) (K. g. (*, 179).

W II : an equal : ^9J'1" an equal enemy ;
^'"i a pair ; "fa'0* a relation, a friend.
Often with *|&J g.cig, one of two things
that belong together as forming a pair,
also one of two opponents : *)«|'«rfl|$flj'S5e.-H
blind of one eye ; $jj« uro|$«i| one of a
pair of boots, an odd boot; awi-tr<«r«i|3«ir§-
fll^-^N | *qf«r^S^5'g-l5-^^ | in one hand
holding gold, with the other leading his
daughter ; |t^>^«W9<*f)*r«r»n(CW empti-
ness and clearness being inseparable from
each other; f5'«i v. f'"1; wfc^i^
unequalled, matchless ; «w«i adversary,
antagonist ; ">'<*<*> one-eyed.

**I III : is a root signifying : above, up,
etc., in contradistinction to 1 ma which =
below, down. "i'9| ya-gi or °i'«rp»i = up
there, yonder, as opposed to *rt|'«( down
there, or y3)-«l just there, over there ;
X- up here : "r^^V^S^"]'^'*'^ all

is drinking water up here (Snd. Hbk.
146). «i'p ya-k/MszvrZ-^tt having the
upper teeth, the upper teeth; «'f=
having the lower teeth. •"•§*
=tyt\'n lhag-ma remainder, excess;
ya-mgal =?$'">'% upper jaw; «r*w|T
=p5-*»-a) lower jaw (flag. 15). "rsg ya-
mgu the upper cover of the vessel from
which water is poured or sprinkled in
making offerings of forma to spirits;
*»'"3 ma-mgu the lower part ; also, of a case
or box.

urq? ya-ga 1. col. the good one, the
better one of the two. 2. bad reputation

(Cs.).

ya-gans a large numeral:
T*-K^> | (Ya-sel. 56).

ya-ga4 l.=^'fl||*' footstool,
footstep. 2. = ^'^ or ^°^\ a flight of
steps (K. du. -5, 236).

"i-S«J ya-gyal l. = ^T3 or J^'J*' alone,
single, solitary (Mnon.) ; esp. one of several :
g'§H'9|'^%fllS«|'«r3i»r3* one among many is
called yagyal (Situ. 84); ^^•g^'^'"^
«m««-<A-ar3«r^|^ it happened to be one of
five members described as existing (Sorig.
3). 2. n. of a place situated towards
the north of Lhasa where there is a
palace of the Dalai Lama (J. Zaft.).

<"'=.' ya-Ka or ""vs ya-na-wa 1. repen-
tence. 2. anguish, fright, shuddering,
with genit. or accus. of that which is the
cause of it; <vfa^*«r&i]N a formidable
host ; "rsJt^qm terrible danger (Jd.) .

1124

Ya-bchaH n. of a place in
upper Tibet (Jig. 7).

^'5 ya~zu a kind of Chinese tea (Rtsii.).

""5 ya-ta for "'flW when the letter "• is-
subjoined to another letter.

a mystic

circle (K. g. P, 98) : «^-«|JH«-»iK*"rl^'
the mystic circle for worshippring Sugata
(Buddha), the mystic enchanted circle
by means of which Nirvana is reached :

ya-tog <CT 1. a tower. 2. a market.
' ya-ffdufi tomr mental suffering.
ya-thod. the upper part of the fore-

head

ya-rnthab=f'>\ '*» t hog-ma the begin-
ning; the first stage : il^v^-g-oi^iww
the first stage of Bhogavati or the region
of the snakes (Ya-sel. 39).

a rival, an adversary
(in a law suit). 2. butcher ; executioner.

«cq^ ya-pa<f or g'a^ "W'S'i'V* fig. of
lotus flower inscribed on the top of an
image; *r<*\ »wa-j»cr^=*»''3^ the lower
lotus (inscribed or in relief) (Jig. b).
ya-wa ksa-ra saltpetre.

^ an

4 «|'q'^ Ya-wa-ti =
attendant of the lord of death.

urgm ya-bral adv. solitary, separate ; not
going hand to hand : WT^'^HW^yrtHN'
*t-q | resources and knowledge are sepa-
rate, i.e., they do not go hand in hand ;
<£q-^c,p«|E.'»q!iurgar^'n3j'fli?jE,N he said that
religion goes apart from, is not a necessary
and inherent virtue of, humanity (Khrif.
15).

urvrcpi ya-ma-bral occurs in several com-
binanations as follows : — "rscgurq ya-ma
bral-wa = f>'fr*lS*.'Q opp. of to disintegrate,
not to separate one from another or
disunite : J^-^prwgvfl to keep intact,
the hold of one's self (D. $el. 7). «r»cq§

unsubstantial, hollow, worthless. «r»»-i«.'
(in col. »'ft^urft«() without pro-
or symmetry, incongruous, not
fitting together, e.g., two shoes of different
pairs ; also of religions, languages, customs,
that have sprung from heterogeneous
elements.

i ya-nw4 n. of a great number ( Ya-
sel. 57) ; ^!JJ*f, VQ [also n. of a Bishi]S.

ya-me<j single ; «r

ya-me4

Ya-man ta-ka 1.
the transliterated Sanskrit epithet of
Shinje the lord of death. 2. discrepancy
in expressions or statements. 3. a term
expressive of wonder in the Sikk. dialect.

ya-Uha4 opp. to
(A. 83).

ma-tshad:

ya-rptshan

strangeness, curiosity, amazement,
wonder ; also, a miracle, supernatural
occurrence : jnrZi'ucw^^'Zi'jw^ the king
greatly wondering ; <fw*C3-«fl«rJ! it is a
thing to be wondered at ;
that is not very astonishing ;
•r«r*»<^-q|«/ when the words are so
framed, or joined it is considered as
something wonderful (K. du. \ 261).
ya-mtshan-can f^9RI wonderful ;
^•1 very surprising or wonderful.

Syn. 2f wrf^i fio-mt$har-che ; t$'*i*^ dge-
mtshan ; Sf'VS*-' rmad-byuft ; g*\'*>'^ Itad-mo.
che ; Jwttf^s ?kyo-safa-m4 (Mfion.).

1125

curious doctri-
nes, also the doctrines of heretical teachers :
^•Ql^-uc^ac^'l^-q^g-qj^-^-q^-a, ^ the

Sutrdn-ta ninety six curious doctrines of
philosophical sects have been mentioned
(Grub. \ 6) ; of these thirty names are
mentioned in the Vyutpatti:—(\) «'§i|*r
; (2) s-fiprsaj jtffo; (3) f '#»r

; (4)

; (5) <5vcrq iftirfflw; (6)
; (7) gpur^-q ,3^ . (8)

j (9) <|feFW<l iRT^; (10)

; (12) "T
; (13) «J-£|j?c,; (14)

; (Ifi) *5'«r»j irnnjlw; (16)

; (17) ii^-g-t) fjnr^; (18)
; (19) ^•^•q^fj,. (20) q|«j
Zi'" *^nia ; (21) wi-9<i3-(ig«
(22) •T^*f*r|«F«i ^JTSf^a^ ; (23)

; (24) d-B^«i-94|<i-«f ^x,^ ; (25)

(26) ^-g-qj^-q

; (27) w'^lr*" ^ifWh (28)
rq ft^^; (29) flfs*ag«

J (30) Jj'awq %3^!g^ (Jf.

^s-

Ya-ziffS n. of a large village
situated to the west of Kalzang zampa on
the high road from Tsang to Lhasa near
lake Yamdok.

™} with <*^«w-«i=^BR-n5^| to
empower, to confer authority (spiritual as
well as temporal) : 3

n

or

crooked, awry; =

leaning towards. "^ '»>^ ya-yo-med with-

out crookedness, straightforward.

•"^•^i ya-ra-lhab in
lhab-kyi nafi-du (A. 127).

ya-rabs respectable class of
persons, high class people : «r*«»r^«r

(Yig.

ya-lad ^^,, corselet and helmet,
mail, armour : "rap^ ya-lad-bgos ^r^<r
equipped with armour ; «r«ptffo put on the
coat of mail !

^ "^ ya-qa esteem, = ^-w.

a-fer a kind of very fine satin
of variegated colours (8. kar. 179).

small mattock, hoe ; «|-
^-yag- iron hoe, %'««i f i^.yag wooden
hoe (Ja.).

in coUoq. used instead of
«WR-Z} good, right, nice: ««rE|-^fl| it is
good or nice ; sometimes, vul. even like a
vb. ««r?|-<^ij id.

"^Wf yag-yag n. of a great number :

': 57).

person as a token of condolence : the pre-
sent of condolence. »r<"«m¥g-jj|-jrq( nta-yagg
bya snam-pa la (A. 10).

but, but yet ; again, once more, and,
also, further, then (occurring as first word
in a sentence) : "K.'ljVciwg^-q! *|«-q^-jj«r
i'*K' thereupon the officer said : of quick-
wittedness there are many sorts. «xe,-«ie.- Or
«K-^-«R-^ also "K-jp-"*-, again and again ;
used, also, like aur in Hind. : "i^'ige.- 8tiU
smaller; ^^^-fli^aiwu^^^-q-^-gE.- that wag
still more pleasing than anything before ;
"K-jfa still more in detail. 2. and, also^
too (not as first word in sentence,
unaccented, the accent on the preceding

1126

word) ; after the final letters «| S « or «'
"if becomes 3f , and after vowels often *f
frail : f "if or «ST3*' ^TTfr I too ; S'*-(*f
my eldest boy too; fl^'V^'"^'^'*1
having merit besides; "if... "if — both —
and ; <^-«if ^«if ftdi-yaA dc-yaft both this
and that, %X«r«if *p: "if both outside and
inside ; followed by a negative, neither —
nor ; "•f singly with a negative = not even :
>T^-^-CI ^m%u|'3f S> jaj-^ I shall not even give a
single cowry for it ; "*' yaA with a com-
parative (as above) still : gvq^flf fi|'«« still
more than formerly; g^'«if*'^«1* so
then the boy died, t»f*w*r«Rfm-Jfrt
within a short time he was also able to
speak ; g'*^'3^ even before this. 3. "if
also occurs joined to a verbal root, and
then = although: **nr*v»V''3t- though all
without exception be gathered ; B*r«K*^
although they were seeking, they did not
find.

yad-dkar white-wash =

Tn-^ the lime used in white-
washing (8. Kar. 180).

"if *| yati-ge or "if 5| used in colloq. for
"if Q yafl-po (it is) light.

uifjjw yad-$gos=^^'%, especially,
particularly.

uit •c.-^^-Q Yafi-fia tfkar-po n. of a sect
of the Bon-po school.

"if i* y«fl-tf8«rr= "«•'$*! really, in fact
(Situ. 132).

mf | yafl-lct abbr. of "if <if I'* light and
heavy =subst. the weight: ""fl'f" to
examine the weight.

"if nyt| yaft-hjug the second of two final
letters, viz., « after *), =•' fia, " la, w ma
In the archaic words «J(W b$tand, 5^
f/i/urd, ipn^ ftsald,, ^ is a yaA-hjug but in
modern literature is not used; in the

words 3jw, ^w, fqp the letter « is a
yaft-hjug and is in general use.

uif^&r^jarZi yab-rje chog-kyi rgyal-po
«-|-Jfff w-S^-Zi (Yig. k. 11) a title which one
of the early Sakya-pa hierarchs had as-
sumed.

"<f$f yaA-sni^^WZ abbr. = real
substance or principal object, essence.
"if fa yaA-tig=^'^^'^a\ exact, true,
real (of price, &c.) (Btsii.).

UJC'|C' Yafi-stefi n. of a monastery
— the gj'gf "if $f Q la-brat Yad-steA situa-
ted on a rocky precipice in the neighbour-
hood of Phagri Jong (Lot. *, 9).

"ifTf«I yflfl-t/tog=t&l*'r*e-' the highest
storey of a house, also=T^t a dome.

UIC'^<1| yad-dag or "if W ««n5 actual,
real, the very ; also adv. really, verily, in
reality, indeed ; as adv. occurs either as
uif^«|-q* or as simply "if W Various
examples follow: — "ifVTVP yaft-dag-4gah
really glad, indeed delighted (l&flon.) ;
uic.-^ucjm yafi-dag-rgyal lit. one who has
been absolutely victorious, «w? emperor ;
"if sq!'5*<'t| yfifi-bdag rgyns-pa WKT^. copious,
abundant, plenteous, indeed; "if^1'*1
yati-dag-rgyug wft^ij that which indeed
blows, the wind, "if ^«r'»$q-<rft or yafi-dag
hgmb-pa-thob fw^nm, thorough accomplish-
ment or attainment ; "if VT"? yaft-day-hgro
a thoroughfare, free passage in every
direction. "if^fl|'«$flp» yafi-dag-hgrog$ lit.
perfect company, i.e. sexual union, "if ^T
|N yafi-dag-sdom, Qqfr, perfect abstinence
or suppression; «if^fl|-«flm yafi-dag-chags
very attached, real love or affection ;
yafi-dag-mjal wa full interview ;
yafi-day-bsneii. «faf%a, close
proximity; "if S"I'WqI^"T1S transcendent
glorification.

1127

uK'Vr^ yafi-dag-rtog w^jr ^fw^n reflec-
tion, imagination; consideration, sound
deliberation.

Syn. *F'^*\ rnam-rtog; «nw'*i^ bsant-
mno; *d['a*w mw-bsam (Affion.).

uic.-«^-jrq|«r yaft-dag rtogs=fi^&\ khofi-
du-chud flfg^ptcKfg perfect comprehension.

«K-^|-y«i « yafi-dag-thos-pa trf^jffc to be
well informed, one who is well informed,
who knows much, who has heard much,
&c. Also=wir^f% promising.

yafi-dag-g.na$ stability.

yaft-dag-pahi mthah—^'
the end of religion, the
essence of virtue (Qser-phrefi, £7).

uif«^l-ji5-ng»,-g yafi-dag-pahi hbras-bu
the actual result, outcome, real fruit.
E^q|-q^-jfc|-£) yafi-dag-par gdorn-pa tour,
! to restrain completely, effectually ;
yafi-dag-par bgdam fl'ij??
[restrained])?.

uic.-«;«ii-q«>-Itfl|»j-q5-«El«-5« yaft-dag-par
rdsogs-pahi sang-rgyas TOU^i »*H the most
perfect Buddha (M. V.).

u(c.-f1a|-w:St.'a'q^ yaft-dag-par tpoH-wa-^shi
the four acts which should be entirely
abandoned:— |ai

(1)

(Snifi-rgyan. 127).
'«i3i
; (2)

(3)

; (4)

vreftut

retain meritorious conditions already
existing ; (2) exertion to produce such not
yet in existence ; (3) exertion to put away
sinful states already existing ; (4) exertion
to prevent such arising. J&

"^ yafi-na ^<JT or, either ... or;
"^'^ and again.

uK-3jq-u<E.-^ yafi-nas yafi-du adv. well;
again and again, continually, repeatedly :

as you know
fully the doctrine of dependent-origina-
tion, pray let the camphor-like fragrance
of your favours come here continually
(Tig. k. 36, 51).

"K.'!"! yo<U|prw/=|«cqt-|«cq sprul-pahi
Sprul-pa the further embodiment of the
karma of a lama once recognized as an
incarnate being.

yaft-po also "^'9 yafl-ica light
(i.e., not heavy), lightness, also fig. ««*r
^E.-uie.-q hjam-shift yafi-wa what is soft and
light, commodious and easy, weak (Ja.).

"<*.'*» yaA-ma^tfc* mahi-ma grand-
mother ; "(K.'»tw'3 yafi-nm-po grandfather's
father, i.e., great grandfather ; "ic.-»)«-35 yafl-
meg-mo great grandmother.

"<t-jr«i yafi-rtsal l. = «N-jrm-uie.-q lus-rtsal
yafi-po light physical exercise. 2. very
high skill, consummate art (Ja.).

"K't'S'lIJK.'^ yafi-rtsehi klofi-c?ien = *r>*'*%'
l^lij mkhah-hgro snifi-thig n. of a Bon reli-
gious work (D.R.).

.•* yafi-tslia great grandson :

(M. V-). [The substance of the Sanskrit
expressions is as follows : — (1) exertion to

wiE.-uic.-Ke.-q yafi-yaA hoti-wa 1. = ^'9 to
walk round, to circumambulate (Mfion.).
2. to come often.

Yafi-ra 1. n. of a place in Tibet.
j^'iS'^X'q religious circumambula-
tion.

1128

. of a rock-cavern
where the sage Padmakara performed
meditation (Dsam. 7).

«IK.«»I yafl-sot *refa the first of the
eight hot hells where the soul suffers
continually from the torments of heat.

<«.'is yaH-sri4=ltF*>'Q transmigratory
or recurring existence, the world (4fri0n.).
""^ 'S*\ '*K yafl-sritf «xjsf=w«i emancipation;
freedom from transmigratory existence

'^B yaA-slob pupil's pupil.

wide, broad, extensive : «'«iR»r«i a
wide field or plain ; «HHT|H or "iw^cj-l-q
large and spacious ; <r»'<«.wti wide open
country, a spacious place ; Vnj tj mc.« q
intellectual, very intelligent ; "iMi'V! yaflg-
dog breadth, area; abbr. of ««iMr<i^c-f«f«i
being wide and narrow (&tsii.).

un«q«^ Yadg-pa-can *Wt 1. n. of a
city in Magadha, aoc. to Csoma on the
site of modern Allahabad. 2. n. of a
monastery in northern Tibet called s*'ttlt*''
1*^ in which there is a J"!^' or relic-
tomb of Tsong-khapa (Loft. *, 16).

umrq5-5jc^*m'q$-»i^ yafis-pahi grot-du
jyug-pafyi-mdo n. of a Sutra on going into
the city of Vaisal! (K. d. «i, 255) ; and if
this S&tra is recited at the threshold of a
town or house all evil-spirits frequenting
the same will depart.

«ie.«-q3-*)«i) yaAa-pahi-mig f^HT'siT^ 1.
with large eyes, a handsome woman.
2. n. of a goddess (K. my. "I, Ifr).

W^j yan what is uppermost; w^m^'
man-yan below and above (Cs.) ; "^'^ yan-na
above, in the beginning, in the first place ;
<^-oi, o»i-*s-«i, «m-*^ or %*v«i adv. or postp.
above, in the upper-part ; jj'a«Hf'jjK.'«r3J^
standing in (the water) up to the navel ;

\ above the hips ; <-flyv««^-a^ above
eight years' old.

TI'^nM Yan-dha-$en-huA-shi one of
the early emperors of China under whose
orders works on medicine were composed
(Grub. «, 8).

yan-pa l. = *\W> gshan-pa the
other, another : ^•yji^-n-acui^- give me
another. 2. adj., free, vacant, unoccupied,
ownerless, of places and things that
are common property, like the air, rocks
and stones etc. ; B'^'i a dog without a
master, vagrant dog ; gprui^-ari^ there are
yet places unoccupied ; of fields : untilled,
fallow-ground; J'^ the external world:
y^'S'lfa'Q a helper from the external
world ; **w j-<«H^-»r->f*w§« take care that
the mind be not distracted by outward
things ; ^VW'1 to suffer (the sheep) to
wander, go ownerless.

yan-lag

member, limb, element : «^'««rg WJf the
five members : arms, legs and head ; "^'
i"]'"^ the 7 members or elements of reli-
gious service, i.e. : yn'nivti profound salu-
tation, w^'Q'agarQ offerings to a deity, wor-
shipping, ^«|'q'a-fl<»|W'q confession of sins,
<$ q arl« g-5)«V*fq to delight in virtue,
Sw-Qjifc-q-^-wfJrq to exert one's, self to
preach the Dharma, §iur«Br&TM^r«*^»f«?
^^q^'i to dedicate all accumulated moral
merits to the attainment of Buddhahood
and ^ q'3 8«w|*rao*w««vw;*r jN-lfq q5-^-^-
qg 1 to pray for not passing to Nirvapa.
^'iil'qjS eight subjects treated in the
medical works of Tibet are : $" body,
8"'" boy, *^ female disease, *f(fi evil
spirits, «*^ symptoms, ^"1 poison, «i«
old age. X'< earned desire «^-«wi'JV.s^
an injured or defective limb ; «nj-«ifl|-§*»

the

male organ (Mnon.) ; uisfaini-^wci weak in
the limbs, decrepit = S'£J. 2. appendage,
contributory ; fig. branch of a river,
branch of a. tree ; also with reference to
books: section, appendix, supplement
(Jd.).

'Hawrei3<V?^ yan-lag brgyad-ldan = $%'
^'"9. river Ganges, she that is possessed of
eight attributes: «)3«rci coolness ^*»"
sweetness, <«.'Q lightness (digestive), «**)'£)
softness, ^wi clearness, \w*)«V£i freedom
from impurities, <*$=-• Jj'jirq^AWi on drink-
ing soothing to the stomach, W^TOC^'
*&''& makes the throat clear and free.

m^aw|-c.j( yan-lag-nan a pilferer, a thief ;
lit. one who has a mischief-committing
limb, i.e., pilfering hand (Mnon.).

«^-a«|-jj£qj yan-lag-mchog »reRi as met.
chief of the limbs, i.e., the head (Mnon.).

ui^aiqj-^^flj-^i^ yan-lag m
*^*r« a handsome person;
a very handsome woman (Mnon.).

"i^ «wj'9*nr<i yan-lag nams-pa lame,
decrepit, one who is defective of limbs.

Syn. ^'^ sha-wo ; 9J*<'3 grum-po ; "*3'5
hphye-wo ; 3"r3 gyol-po ; ui^'a«|'*4'*c;q yan-
lag ma-tshan-u-a ; *te% hihen-po (Mnon.).

ui^-4i4r«^-q Yan-lag med-pa ^Rf an
epithet of Kamadeva.

**W yab fa<i, fqeir !• resp. for * pha
father ; rgyal-po yab yum denotes the king
as father and mother to the country (Glr.) ;
uiq jarQ5-3«|«itfl|*iiq5'^'^| for the purpose of
healing the mind of his royal father
(Mgrin. 122). "«'»**< yab-mes paternal
ancestors. 2. yab also specially signifies
the male personage in the yidam groups
of Tantrik Bodhisattwas each clasping
his yum or female helper. "fl'Sjw yab-srag
father and son or, in a spiritual sense,
master and disciple;

the chapter on the interview of the
Buddha with his father Sudhodana (K.
ko. f, 80).

"fi'ifi yab-&shi 1. the estates granted to
the parents of the Grand Lamas of Lhasa
and Tashi-lhunpo (S. kar. 181). 2. = *vft
resp. for heritage of landed property.

"W'3 yab-pa or T*i 1. to lock up, to
secure, keep safe : <«i-* things kept
securely, under safe keeping; "fQ^q'q to
hide, conceal (Sch.) ; "l^i or "^'N covered
place, cache, shelter. 2. in C. colloq. to
skim off from the surface of a fluid.
3. in W. to move to and fro, hither and
thither, to fan, v. ij^ad (Jd.).

<wS yob-mo or *\<«V% 1. the act of fan-
ning, waving; also, anything waved to
and fro, as a fan, punkah, or beaten as a
cymbal. ^i^q-S'l^q | to beckon by
waving with one's coat. 2. attracting,
provoking: «tjE,-^S-«i£r*r|<;-q to bring on
a calamity.

uiq-RE/Ej yab-rin-po portico, veranda, e.g.,
of a monastery.

TQI Yam-pa-la n. of a great river
(K. my. % 68).

UUI'CJ ~Yam-bu n. of the ancient capital
of Nepal, the modern capital Khatmandu
being also called by this name.

UJJJ'JI'^ yam-me-ioa= colloq. ^E^
5'w 1. moderate, middling, not severe
tolerable ; g"p n£>*r«ws)q^*ii^*i passing a
moderate sentence (A. 122-123). 2. adv.
blunderingly, coarsely, roughly, rough-
hewn.

•w'fa yam-yom also <r»)-^-») ya-me-yo-
me or "i'ft'^'6 doing anything uncertainly,
purposelessly or nonsensically : W"$'$V
«fst-u»r*i*r$*w«r*<i^ he was moving this
way and that (A. 134) ; uwBw'«r$*r

H3

1130

yom-la lug-te falling or remaining in
doubt (A. 126) ; <w^»c|^ to totter.

yams or «ww*ft epidemic or
infectious disease, one being called «««r^
and tbe other vr«»w slowly or steadily
infecting disease.

yar akin to tr. "1= upwards, above
higher ; <w«iaj-fliSq|«rq to look upwards ;
<w«3jw«»3[-!V<i to travel up and down ; <w
*«-««fl|-q resp. to walk up and down ; "^ °r
S^f yar-la khyer-<;og bring or fetch it up !
«KV^«W«I from top to bottom;
to come up again, from a depth ;
to rise, get up ; w^fq to increase ;
"^4 yw-ryyu one rising in rank and office,

&c. ^*<K**l»r|fll"p**rwi (jig. 27)

a rising middle class man should (in the
order of precedence) get the silk cushions
placed one above another on a rug.
"iv P yar-no the part of the month in
which the phases of the moon increase :
«Mft|'V|fC<*fc:^fMfcr^'J« it increased (in
prosperity) like the waxing moon (Swig.
'2k8). uwyT«<*'yil yar-siiog )nar~
walj moving up and down, also
walking this way and that way :

n

journeying from Qsafi-phu to Bwa-ygren
and back they did not require provision
for a morning's halt (A. 123). «wqfs yar-
bstod=$*\''$*^i(**'y(/yen-du hdegg-pa (Mnon.)
raising up, extolling; IWfVWf^ yar.
hthud-mar-rtis an average account, taking
the maximum and minimum figures.
"K'SI** Yar-kluns (also written ««'q*'

»

Tar-lun) an extensive valley forming the
principal district of the province of Lho-
kha of which the chief city is Ghethang
(t"^') on the Tsang-po ; is reputed the
most fertile district of Tibet and contains
many monasteries and residences of some

of the chiefs and nobles of Tibet. The seat
of Government of the earlier kings of
Tibet was in the valley of Yarlung:
wflMrismw^- the province of Yar-
lung being fine (in climate and produce)
(A. 93).

Yar-kluns

gsum rfen-ffsum the three holy receptacles
and three sanctuaries of Yarlung (i.e., six)
viz. : (1) J)"i'q«| ^el-brag a monastery of
the Rnifi-ma sect situated on the top of
a high hill over-hanging the |Tsang-po ;
(2) Tanduk-Dolmai llut-khafi an ancient
monastery containing a sacred image of
the goddess Dolma founded by king Srofi-
dtsan tgam-po; (3) Tag-chen bum-pa a
small monastery in the neighbourhood of
which are one hundred and eight tombs
of former kings and queens, testifying to
the existence of the custom of burial of
the dead before the introduction of Bud-
dhism into Tibet; (4) w«f«jfl| Hag-chun-
phug a small monastery on the site of
the cavern where Lama Ras-chufi-pa was
wont to perform ascetical meditations;

(5) Kw^-p'VK Zafii-ri kha-dnutr a monas-
tery on the bank of the Tsang-po founded
by the celebrated Ma-chig Lab-kyi Donma ;

(6) *^^'«Rj5'5|-pf Tsan-dan yui lha khan
monastery situated in a grove of firs and
containing a sandal- wood image of Buddha
and a turquoise image of the goddess
Dolma; the roof of the temple being
painted green. All these places were
visited by the author of this Dictionary
in 1882.

hthor-wa, in colloq.
to disperse, scatter, send adrift ; also, to
ramble, to be scattered (Sch.).

um^^qj Yar-hbrog Yamdok pastures,
country of wa2ffl|-g-^-g^-X«-a( (Lon. *-, 5)

1131

Yar-hbrog which was included in the
Thikor noted for religiousness of its deni-
zens.

yar-ma (*T^,iflH hbri-dan mho-
mo) a barren yak-cow; also a cross-breed
cow (Rtsii.).

««-35-«e.- Tar-mo than or fl|<wS'*E. Oi/ar-
tno titan n. of a district in the province of
lower Amdo and Khamg (Lori. *, 5).

•m-S-yq^ Tar-mo gna-bshi n. of a district
in Lhokha (Tig. 62). ««'3F Tar-lun=
<**.•%*•* Tar-klunf. •w^F^'J^'^fa Tar-lun
Dar-rgyas—dgon n. of a monastery in
Yar-lung (Lon. », 19). «wqf3jq|-p Yar-
lun Sog-kha one of the 37 sacred places of
the Bon (G. Bon. 28). "K%*\ yar-log a
layman when he enters the order of monks
late in life, opp. to w3J*| mar-log when a
monk reverts to the life of a householder
(Sorig. 270).

WJQT^I yal-ga C. oolloq. "ye-ka"
JTT<rr a branch, bough, twigs, "wnig*,
yal-ga skyur= $*&'3p star-buhi fin
(Mnon.) walnut tree. "WTg yal-ga Ina
^um the five branches, i.e., the five
branches of the tree of the Mahayana
doctrine : — (1) f^'" spyin-pa ^& charity,
i.e., giving alms, help and protection ; (2)
£args4« ^ta moral discipline, purity of
morals; (3) "^'q ^Tf%i tolerance and
forgiveness; (4) 9?3i'R5*' ^af assiduity
and industry ; (5) sw"!5^ «n«i contem-
plation (K. d. \ 327).

Syn. Nff'^c.' mgo-M ; %'qj q|q-|iiN fifi-gi
brtul shugs ; |t'Hi5-^-35 sdon-pohi sor-mo
Mnon.

•nofi}-^ yal-ga-can Jtrf^tT a notable
tree.

Syn.

yal-ga hbrel v. |^'% //on-f«»
tree (Mnon.)

«wi-fl|-«i^ yal-ga-hdsin v. |^%' ^b»-f««
tree (Mnon.)

«nrfl|S-wei yal-gahi ral-pa= <»|-%- M^r?-
fzn a creeping plant (Mnon.)

uiarnjiv^fliN yal-gahi ri-dicags—as met.
monkey (Mnon.)

c.- yal-hphyon large numeral.

1'C| yal-wa 1. diminution, decrease,
lowering ; disappearance, suppression.
2. to shrink, subside, cause diminution ;
to be displaced.

uiai'sc^q y(// ma-yol repentance, regret,
and wonder that advantage was not taken
of a certain opportunity : 5^'S^'31*''t*)'»c
q3^-umr*4-3ja( even all not appreciating, there
vfiB much regret (A. 157).

WH'ttlQJ yafyal [Cs. 100,000 octilli-
ons] the 47th number enumerated in the
twfy phal-chen : ^rlf^fwnwnOT^' (Ya-
sel. 57). "Mr«wrH«i ya/-y«^ cAew-pa a
million (Ja.).

<w*-^<* yal-yol I.= ««MI-^«C^ relaxation
in attention, carelessness. 2. n. of a
number : •W^rjprg^'^S'^^' I (Ya-sel.
56).

tan ;

Mab-ldan ;

hdam-ma can • wfl^*^ mgo-ldin-
rtse-mo-can (Mnon.).

yas l. = g«i or »>^ devoid of, less
than ; without : *««•««» without end, end-
less ; ig|^'"w numberless ; ^%«w measure-
less, unfathomable, i|^ni-"i« immeasurable,
incomparable. 2. from off, from above:
iwnqq-q to come down from above ; «w|
the one above, the upper one ; "raraj*! from
above C. 3. in Budh. ««r^-ci^-*l-q^q-«t-
^ft^tf^ttrwife^fthe word yas signi-
fies the state in which there is no unhap-
piness (Qbum. p, 283).

•

1132

yaf-hjab the kind of red or
brown coloured leather with which wooden
boxes or trunks are lined in Tibet (Rtsii.).

CV

"Wgdj yas-phyin or «w$^q n. of a
certain large estate in Tibet :

early sowing and
late sowing of grain (Rtsii.).

**) yi 1. num. fig. : 54. 2. in some
combinations inst. of $*\.

yi-ga=*f~'1 appetite, taste: 5)'f
the appetite is lost; ^vSe.' it is
grateful to the taste ; Sfap^wq yi-ga AcAuf-
pn repulsion felt in swallowing food:

(MAg., cA.

1. any letter of the alphabet ; explained

as

1 I the representation of sound
forming the basis of the composition
of both names and words ; but such
letters do not indicate the meaning
of words, *>=.-q) ifq" **< ft q* and generally
show merely their nature (Lon. *, 17).
Ace. to Tsliad-ma Rnam-Bgrrl we have
another definition:

aud, again we read :
letters are the basis of all acquirements.
^'S3'*^ the Tibetan printed letters, S3'»K
the headless current hand-writing, of
which there are again different kinds : —
^ -5j<i| the very carefully-formed character
used in copying books, ^.31'^"! hkhyug-
yig the running hand and often rather
illegible writing, and "W^ a formal
large hand. ^.^jpfuSypC yi-ge Mog-pahi
bran-khan fafw^r; ^^"^i yi-ge hgod-

pa f«^|!i, f^ifxf, f%fi(^(m the arrangement
of letters in a book or letter. ^'%«|'i
yi-gi drug-pa w*^ fi^p the six-syllable
(prayer), the Om-ma-ni-pad-me-hum ; "J'')'
"3q'£| to learn one's letters ; S^'J^ writing
and cyphering. 2. written letter or note,
any written document ; S*l ?"! 'I^ ^ regis-
ter of virtues and iniquities ; ^ «|3 m^
a written answer (Olr.) ; ^'^5 ^Q« (in
recent years) = an envelope; ^'^g'l to
write a letter, $'*r|t-q to send off a letter,
$-$|-|q-q si^in one who has obtained a
written order or document, to receive a
letter; "^gs yi-ge fleb a letter arrives;
^•^•ug-q to put into writing ; %«p g«'
to dictate; ^'1 yi-ge-pa = §'!--$'il
, f^ifii*r<. a writer, a copyist ; ^'^'-^c.-
yi-ge fin fafi|<t<d* a writing board ; ^S'flft
yi-gt'Ai-gisAi the substance on which a
letter is written.

or

yi-dicags (ace. to Bon=
or ^'qy)*) those that always
think of food) v<r, a class of spiritual
beings of the Buddhist Bhavachakra or
cycle of existence, condemned to suffer
torments of hunger and thirst in the
ghost-world, a grade of punishment little
less severe than the full torments of hell.
They are usually represented as giants
with huge bellies and very narrow throats
hardly fitted to swallow the tiniest
particles. The different kinds of Ti-dag
or Preta are : (1) ^"> '9** gul-lum 3r«w ;
(2) -*P fa-za fawm ; (3) "g1-^ hbyun-po Jja;
(4) S°r3 srul-po SJHI ; (5) ««'g m'9 lits-srui-
po *t£y;cHi ; (6) &'§S smyo-byed ^Jf T? ; (7)
jiJ'S'S $k>jem-byed *sn^ ; (8) «i|s §S byed-byed
r; (9) W*'^ grib-ynon <*rar; (10)
srin-po *TWI ; (11) ^"'S^'l^^ rnam-gruhi

1133

gdon ^^\w ; (12) S^M lyahi-ydon
fafT. [(1) headless demon; (2) ignis-
fatum ; (3) ghost ; (4) a female demon
causing disease in children ; (5) a goblin ;
(6) insane devil; (7) a leaping demon; (8)
a demon causing f orgetfulness ; (9) the
shadow; (10) a malignant spirit; (11) the
star Revati ; (12) causer of destruction
to birds]>S. Again, these Preta are
divided into four classes according to the
nature of the torments they are destined
to undergo for the expiation of their
sins :— (1) w^cm-|^-|q-£j-«5\£4 those that are
outwardly obstructed from the use of
food and drink. When these wretched
beings go to springs, lakes, or tanks to
drink water they are chased by hosts
of demons armed with javelins and
spears ; and the water appears to them as
repulsive and foul as pus. (2) wjjiw^.1
Ijq-t^-q those that are inwardly obstructed
from eating and drinking; although great
is their appetite and hunger when they
get food and drink they cannot enjoy
them on account of their gullet becoming
exceedingly contracted. (3) *)'f iJE.^'^-
^w'5'9 those that are called fire-flame
wreathed Prete who, as soon as they
take food or drink, become changed into
flames of fire. (4) iTfTasJ Ijan-ljin za-
tca those that subsist upon mucous, ordure
and urine, etc. ; some of them eating
their own flesh and blood when they
fail to satisfy their hunger by eating
filth. Ace. to Mdsod-bgrel, the Pretas have
an abode in the interior of this earth
five hundred yojana below Eajgriha in
Magadha. In reference to giving water
to the Preta, Atis'a remarked:

yi-dwags kyi-yul
the subject of the Preta, the land of Preta.

the places where Pretas live in a
scattered manner such as the neighbour-
hood of human habitation, table-lands, &c.
(£. ch. 5).

5^im-qVJ-E! yi-dwags bdag-po
the lord of the Preta.

yi-dam 1. or

tutelary deity, a deity whom a
person chooses to be his guide and
protector. Of these there are a large
number, of varying form, being fre-
quently Tantrik phases or aspects of such
well-known gods as Tamdin, Dzambhala,
Mi-gyowa, aid the goddess Panden
Lhamo ; also there are yi-d'/m forms of
the Bodhisattwas Jampal and Chenraisi,
with or without their female or $*»'»» com-
panions. Ace. to Jd. a man chooses a
tutelary deity either for his whole life or
only for some particular undertaking, and
with such he enters into an intimate union
by meditation. 2. = W*si w?m resp.
ji oath, vow, asseveration, promise :
^-flifr^f5j firm adherence to
one's word ; §^*rq«<vq to lodge a vow.

6- yi-phya dun-ne for 5)yg-^e.-e- __
jf-q sems-skyo-ica to repent, to regret.

29).

Preta devoid of the power of digestion
cannot obtain other than a drop of water.

5)-$qp yi.mug-pa for

sem$-rmofis-pa to be unhappy, displeased ;
sorry, sad, dejected: ^'^>41««f«r«BrR-^
is not a deed so unfortunate as this (Rdsa.
22); wj<v*r»r5)-sap*r|^ having become
displeased with the daughter-in-law
(A.77).

5j-nc,*rq yi-rans-pa (for §)^^e.«'«i)=^i|^-q
d<jah-wa (Mf.on.) ftwpsm (A. K) joy,

1134

cheerfulness; to be delighted, pleased:
*jifc-jpwSVv.»i the attendants being joyful
(Pag. 297).

yig in compounds for "H yi-ge ;
§ °}«| letter, circular epistle ; wv^l contract,
p Sfo| address (of a letter) ; bargain ; aww^l
dancing-book, rules for religious dances ;
«isr8|«| passport, permit to travel; «H*
records, notes; «&«nK a line of a book
or Ms. ; y-'5)*! clerk, copyist ; "Kg3! y»tf-
j»Aran=«fa|V (Ta-sel. 11) a note, a small
letter. ^i|<Mf«P«<Jt|<f^H* n. of the
keeper of the official records of the
Government of Lhasa; also name of a
book which contains the abstracts or
register of official records (Tig. 3) ;
o^rfb) yig-hdsM a receipt in writing;
written contract; 8tyity«n«r«i to enter
into an agreement. "H^S yig-lhad inter-
polation in writing ; also mistakes in facts,
grammar, &c. : |**t*'W%^'lHfV*lT»*'
entirely free from defects without any
foreign matter inserted in it (Ya-sel. Stf).

"Hqg*. yig-bjkur correspondence, epis-
tolary guide containing the different
addresses and customary phrases used in
writing letters; $i|-ngM*i ^ yig-bfkur
rnam-bshag a popular work on correspon-
dence, complete letter-writer. «ty«ig^«)
yig-bfkur-ua to correspond.

S)«i]-*f^ ytg-mkhan one who is versed in
the art of reading and writing.

Syn. "^i yi-ge-pa; ^TWp^ bris-pa
mkhan; Sj'$|3-»fi\Zi yi-gefc mkhan-po; fW^

's

imyu-gu-can (Mnon.).

"Hi"! yig-drug or S)'st%q1'*« yi-ge drug-
ma the six letters — Om, ma, ni, pad, me,
hum (Rtsii.).

perception and imagination, said to be
distinguishable from if bio which indicates
rather the heart, mind, will, disposition,
than the mental talents; but the two
words are often confused and used inter-
changeably. Thus SK yid in S^'^q
yid-du-hoft-wa agreeable, clearly signifies
a sentiment or disposition. "Jv^'S'^'S
yid-bshin-gyi nor-bit fa*rti*(f>i! a jewel or
talisman that grants every wish ; °K§ yid-
ki/i agreeable, to one's mind : "KS'W* ?/«fif-
kyi tntsho a pretty lake ; t5'5|\ar*Niw fiaht
yid-la mi-hbab it does not please me, I do
not like it ; ^^T-ff jpt*^ though you
may fancy it in your mind, yet you do
not perceive the taste ; "Ki'Sv1 yid-la
byed-pa, ^'i hdsin-pa to comprehend,
perceive, remember, mind, take to heart ;
"K3*'9S'{i yid-kyi lycd-pa to do a thing
accordant with one's mind or fancy ;
"KS'^'^S yid-kyi sehu hbru anther of the
heart, beloved, dearest (Yig. k. 1) ;
qujwQ yid-kyi zla-tca bsar-po^
friend, beloved friend— lit. the newly
risen moon of one's heart 3j«|1«'2i-8^§'3'1>'iw
q'jqc.^5-^.-^ to him who is my dearest
friend (Tig. k. 51). SKS'STf yid-kyi
phyag-rgya Jisft^T chief meditation, i.e., '
the concentration of the mind on the
attributes of deity (Mfion.). "KS'aw yid-
kyi-lai=^^\ or q*wr*^'q imagination,
thought, operation of the mind (Mnon.) ;
"^S'S'%'5 yid-kyi fiii-rta iwfr'u desire, wish,
expectation.

I: yi4 resp. 51" thugs *H^ the
intellect, the mind, esp. the powers of

.- yid-karhon

very handsome. 2. without impu-
rity, pellucid ; pure water.

Syn. TT^ rnog-med ; «iw«i^e.« gsal-la-
dwans (Mnon.).

«K«f yid-gkyo repentance, heart-trouble.

1135

Syn. %wjC'q sems-skyo-wa ;
hbyun ; jf-*m skyo-qas (Mnon).

^•*|arq yid-hkhrul-wa ace. to $c^. ' men-
tal suffering '; ace. to Ja. to be uneasy,
troubled, harrassed ; a^lSTq yid-hkhrul-ica

V, J -

to be mistaken.

reliance can be reposed and not to be
considered as safe.

yid-gyur-gyi myon-wa=
bsgom-pahi nams skyes-pa.

wwsaj or "K ?f*i living
beings (Tig,).

yid-chad-pa=$'**\Q or tacq in
Hi*' C&fefl. 2-Z).

tid-cJm-pa to believe, to rely,
to depend upon ; belief, confidence, faith,
trust. J5v*i'$K'''H°K*<'^*''*1*1 having become
a little distrustful towards you (Mil.) ;
r«nsf for inducing belief.
Syn. of sbst. ij5^'«r3q*i gtan-la-phebs ;
g.don-mi-za ;

sems-ne,
friend, intimate (Mnon.).

doubt,

hesitation.
Syn.

ne? ;

fhe-tshom sa-wa ;
som-ni (Mnon.).

ugs or ^5i'«'I§il*' yid-gcugs
friendly, affectionate towards
friends or relatives (Nag.).

"K"!^*1 yid-fftuns misery, suffering.
Syn. |"l'qg«i sdug-siial • ^'^'tfS yid-nati-
chud; 5j«\'^'q^ yid-mi-bde (Mnon).

id-btags for «)'V1*< yi-dwags.
confidence, reliance ; «)Yt:?^'Wq
yid-brtan dkah-wa not to be depended
upon, hardly to be believed ; "K'q^'q fg^w
trust, faith ; 5)^'^'^' confident, confi-
dence ; 5)Yfl^'qvS'q*'5'3i'CJ ijid-brtan-par
bya-wa ma-yin-pa objects on which no

203).

(K. du.

yid-mthun-pa, v.

yid-dan hthad-pa
favourable : jT^'5)^e.'^'q'5)>j the
great king is well-disposed (K. du. \ 202).
yid-dii-hthad well-favoured, =
handsome body (Mnon).

yid-dogs-qar-wa = ^'^w g^'i
the-tshom skyed-pa to doubt (Ya-sel. 31).

^'%*\ yid-ldan humanity, = ")*i''8ai ; ^S'
Q^'** yid-ldan-ma ("I^^'I^'^S'*1!^^) n. of a
Yaksinl princess (Mnon.).

^c\*&\ yid-dpyod JM'.T^^rr exami-
nation of the mind, investigation into
the mental faculties. There are three
distinctions in it : — (1) 3j

(Lon. i, 15).

yid-hpham-pa to be cast down,
dejected, depressed.

°K"g yid-hphyo (SJ**1) n. of a great
number: w.w'Syoj'JrSiv'f'S*' (Ya-sel. 57).

^S'*^"l yid-hphrog n3l^\ very handsome,
charming, very beautiful (Mnon). "5y^i|^
yut-hphrog-pa to prepossess, to fascinate,
charm. "lysji]'* yid-hphrog-ma a charm-
ing woman with both personal and mental
accomplishments (Mnon.) • also n. of a
Yaksa princess (Mnon).

"K'W yid-hbyin-pa to be discontented
or weary.

"K'^S*' yid-byun *wtw an epithet of
Kamadeva (A. K. 1-3 If). ^'S&c'£' yid
dbynn-wa ^f?u*<H« to be depressed in.

mind, anxious, disquieted.

1136 ^

yid-mof-tshal 1. a grove of flfa'i'w yid-bshin ma-ma as met. = the great
lilies = 3 aS'** ku-mu da-tshal (Mno».). ocean (Tig. k. 31).
2.=*«S-* fascinating ; also=§K^ '« g^. y^_^ Qi ^.u., ^ rfj< ^^

agreeable, pleasing to the mind, pleasant j hand8Ome. 2. charming, delightful,

pleasing, agreeable. SK**'*1 yid-hon-ma a
SKs* yid-myoi fuddled, tipsy (Jd.). handsome woman, a beauty (Sbrom. f>, 13).

[a house]/S.
%'*f<'Q, yi-ran-wa

[debate in the

yid-snon wish, desire; -r»vr- ^.^ yid-hon-ldan an epithet of

! [glad in heart]S. v. frq snw- ^ riyer Gandak: , -,, t -^-^-S^ ^

pa. "K'ffo'*^ yi'rf smon-can a blessed heart, 1^^^,.^. ?-qxm-j-uim-q-jTa-*ffivs'§^'q'''s^

blessed. faere is the river called Gandaka or

^«^»»4-q yid-tthim-pa = *\ynw*'i of Tid-hon Idan after crossing which (you)

charming appearance, of form that gives W0uld enter the city of Yans-pt<-i;nt

satisfaction to the mind (Won.). »)v***r (Dsam. 13).

wj^'B yid-htshim-par hb_yur-wa to become

,. „ , o^'UHl uid-yal ^UTTT

satisfied, contented.

^Sql5e>' yid-pshuA l. = V^| rnant-rtog <H*\*£~Q y\q,-ran-wa-

illusive or unreal thoughts, imaginary ^"l* q dgah-tca (MAon.).

thoughts (Mnon.). 2. as met. = a parrot Sj^-^-qf^-y ^^lajsc^

(Won.). ^Via^'*^ or ^18^'?^ deluded. ruindlS

^S'lS6-*1 i/id-ashunf 1. i)yi4^ prudent,

WY^'SV yid-M byed-pa 1.

acute, perceptive, v. «&«• ?»«**. *fV«W imagination, fancy. 2."vb. to take to,
yid-»shunt-pa a prudent man, a man of ^ be pleased by . ^^.^.^^^.^.^^
analytic powers (**».). 2.=**«V^ ^q-^^ (jr. rf. s 35S) what is called
M«Mr^P« honest, straight -forward, ^.^c, impiie8 the fixing of the mind on
upright: §fai»wflq»)-«fm-5)\q|9c.«-.ll»rqqj

things.

clear in mind, clever in resources, straight-
forward, of varied knowledge.

thought. "K "^I'S1' yid-bshin-gt-ub heaven,

bliss. «K«*W*3*- yid-bshin kun-hbyun an ePithet of ^amadeva the god of love

as met. the ocean ; also a gem ; |'i*$s' Sv11- sKaw'R§E>' yid-la*-byun ;

q^-^-ujc.- sku-htsho yid-bshin kun-hbyun yid-srubs (Mnon.).

(Tig. k. 83) $\«fy'^'S yid-bshin nor-b* S)^i$ii|-q yid-log-pa to be tired or weary

ft^nrfa the wishing gem (A. K. 1, J*6) ; Of.

fig. of the fulfilment of one's desires (Tig.

k.) : »l\q''^''^'S'l**|i-wq*w'*r85q by laying

hold on the Chintdmani gem one's wishes

are fulfilled ; °K^^ '^q*- '*| 'j1* '3 yid-bshin

dwan-gi rgyal-po J^«ril*(fil<i* the prince of

all wish-fulfilling gems (Tig. k. 2). $S'

rnam-rtoy;
-bmm (8J.non.).

yid-laf-gkyes lit. mind-born,

[sad in mindjS'.

d-bsam=^'c^i\ yid-bshin.
yid-srubs 1.="^'^ hdod.-lha
an epithet of Kamadeva the god

1137

of love. 2. Y^'il'W'i the 3rd month of
the Tibetan kalender (MAon.}. 3. a
refractory stubborn mind (Ja).

yin-pa l.=the vb. to be ; and is
used to express direct affirmation or with
a negative particle direct negation, and
also to connect any attribute with its
subject. Thus: SfoivX he s&{^ ft ^
wfy is not ; j*w<&qrf^<r5^ he is a lay-
man; $V$'°^ who are you? fvij^c,-
8|-*)-^q|-^ I am a man of Tsang. In
books it will be found that "^ is employed
to express both the first and the third
persons, sing, and pi., and sometimes,
though not so commonly, the second
person chiefly indeed interrogatively :
B\^'§'°K^*< are you his son? Colloq.
however in C. "^ seems to be rarely if
ever used with the second and third
persons, *^1 being resorted to with the
second and (occasionally) third persons
and V\ "re " reserved for the third
person; thus a Lhasa man would say:
c,'*,E,-I*<-q-5^ I am a tailor, but would
use fKfi'Jw^S to express : he is a tailor,
and Ef'VZ*i'{r^i| for : you are a tailor.
But in books i^'5^ would commonly =
he has gone. 2. ^ is often found in the
past sense : 'JW'jirff^ft^lwyrigffrcfr
Ijui q-5)^ tne officer of that period was an
emanation of S'akya-thubpa ; g^'S'^'^S'
q-Qg»r»)^-5^ that unsmiling demon was
that king (Glr.). ai\«-«)«i = has been. 3.
as Ja. points out, this vb. is only used to
connect the attribute and not to express
presence or existence, ^Vq and not ^'1
being employed in such cases ; e.g., "I am
in the house " cannot be turned f*c.-pcq-
«T"^ but must be rendered with ^«v 4.
in addition to its use as substantive vb.
"^ occurs as auxiliary vb. joined either

to the participle or to a gerund. Joined
to the participle it may indicate either
the present or past tenses : *3j-fl'°^ I am
going ; Sc/q'Sj^ I have, or he has, sold ;

has departed ;
^ did you have a guide ?
who is within that ? S'g^ *J'™^ what
has become of him? ^»r$'9*r£r<»^
what had you been doing just then ?
Also, may have fut. sense: ^'"K I
shall die ; Kg^'swi^ q «^ she shall be
given to whomsoever knows her ; *<$ *r
fy'&i indeed you will have to go now
(Ja). Combined with the gerund in
3 or 3^ it forms in the colloq. a narrative
present incessantly resorted to, but the
"^ seems here again reserved for the first
person: |3'VlV^'!!f'T%a^ltrql are you reading
now ? t'^K.'jji!)'?)'^ I am reading. Annexed
to the supine in § rgyu it forms a future
tense frequently heard in talk and met
with in the later literature :
shall buy that horse ;
will attend at your honour's abode. In
the fut. 3rd person ^S red is generally the
auxiliary. 5. In metaphysics the terms
§)aj''Si|and^3i'^*II are hotly discussed; <^'<S'f
signifies §)^'<r«w3fa|'i what is contrary to
what is is *<'«K and in the same manner
what is opposite to *^'^1, i.e., ^'trawi5w|'i
is "^ that which is. Besides these, expres-
sions like ^^'q'^N^'q'u^'q ^'S^'cr*i'5je^'t|'5^d!'cj
sru^wo^'ci, etc. also form subjects of
discussion in scholastic controversies.

**W yib v. «'§ta=|«w eaves, shelter:
to take shelter from the rain.
yib-mi something hidden.

*£| yib-pa to hide one's self.
gnb-pa ;

Syn.
(Mnon.).

144

1138

5)q-^f yib-$in an officinal plant used
for wounds and sores (Sman.

<§ yu 1. num. fig.: 84. 2. in ^IS'i
to culminate (Jd.).

W'^J yw-gra or $'B yu-khu oats, or a
similar kind of grain.

$ 3'%' yu-gu-pn an officinal tree yield-
ing a remedy for wounds and sores:

Yu-gur, "S'«K Yu-ge-ra n. of a
country and people ; the part of Mongolia
situated to the north of Amdo.

WJ'C' Yu-fia n. of a place in ~Qpha\i-yul
(Rtsii.) : "J^W^'SK Yu-fia Qpal-hbyor
glin chief town with fort and monastery
in Jlphai^yul (Rtsii.).

WJ'E yu-ja a kind of Chinese tea.

SJ'5^* Yv-tafi an ancient monastery
in Nepal: WTf*f**^^F«*W*1|f$'

|-pic-a^Zj (K. g. 1, 191).

yu-thi-ka ^f*W n- of a sweet
scented flower (K. ho. *|, 4) \_Jasminum
auriculatum]S.

<3*q yu-wa 1. = STTV the life-tree.
2. a stick; that part of anything which
the hand can grasp. q'fl'8^ <W4Ms one with
a stick ; lu gri-yu haft of a knife ; ^wg
debs-yu handle of an awl ; ^ leg of a
boot; $'*'**i <f^< provided with a
handle, "S'^ without a handle (Ja.).

W'q yu-wo an ox or yak having no
horns. 3'* yw-ww 1- any hornless female
cattle ; also, esp. a hind, female of stag
(Pth. 192a). 2. n. of a place in Tibet
(Deb. 1, 36).

* T^'^l yu-bu-cag =**•'*> raft-re and
bdag-cag we, ourselves; also ace.
hu-bu-cag.

g'»» yu-ma or $*'»• weeds. ^'^'^J'1! yu-ma-
yu-wa or ^i^'»''^':' to weed out, to remove
weeds from a garden or cultivation (Rtsii.
54).

| yug 1. a piece of cloth or stuff ; ^*<-
-S>-q^q|-^ as they had but
one cotton cloth for their clothing.
ojB)'5j« ywj-snnm piece of serge-cloth. 2.
for gS in Mil.

^T^ ywff-pit old word=^'c' the leg
with the foot.

W* yug-po defined as «jq-w^^^q-^w»
phub-ma dan-rtsa shib-hdres-ma chaff and
hay-dust mixed together.

W3<T2tl'q ywj-ywj rgyab-pa to wag
(like the tail of a cow) ; to whirl round.

»j«q«« yiitjS-pa, l. = 3«F£| to anoint, rub,
daub with; imp. W^l ywj^ig. 2.
sometimes for $l»rS.

oju|»j'5 ijutj$-pho a widower ; "i"l«'^ yugs-
mo a widow. oj"lN'« yags-sa or ^"1*1'' yugs-
sa mourning for a deceased husband or
wife, and the state of uncleanness conse-
quent on it, the duration of which varies
according to the circumstances under
which the first or second spouse had died,
and also in different provinces;
widower ; $i*i'»r*i yugs-sa-ma or
yugs-sa-mo a widow; •jflm'W'SS'iST2' one
who has married a widow.

yun-wa *r^ft, >?f^[T 1. turme-
rc; $&•«• w^fl) turmeric colour, yellow.
In Sikk. it is called f| ^ sga-ser. 2. n. of
a place in Jlphan-yul (Lon. a, 3).

Syn. of 1. i|^-<**«! gser-hjoms ; »»^«I'
si&q mdog-mchog ; *t^-»ir«i-q mdog-mdes^
pa; *K'S ser-mo; *ft^'%*t gser-ldan (Jfmw),

»rt=^'« nw»-w»a turnip.

1139

yuns-Tsar

white mustard ; ^f'^l yuns-
nag also called i*V1c.*> pad-gans black
mustard. ^J=.w*g yuns-hbru mustard-seed,

V

grain of mustard : ^s*«'*g'&) as small as a
grain of mustard. ojc.*»'*K yuns-mar
si oil of mustard.

an instant, a very
small portion of time stated to be a space
of time varying from 8 seconds to 1£
minutes. 2. ace. to Stg. R fol. 53 $S
is a space of time of longer duration, 48
minutes; ace. to Schtr. in Bhotan =$'*•> 24
minutes. 3. a black or coloured stripe

on woven fabrics ;
or white in W. (Jd.).

striped black

adv. quickly,
instantly: SfK<^-oj'V$*i-?k- saying I will
come (he) quickly vanished (A. 131).
$S'^ yud-du in a moment, $S'&i yud-tsam
=$q-;S*4 hrib-tsam (or §Q'i<» srib-tsam) a
moment, about a moment : flifSsrS1^*'*!'
(Rdsa. 32). WSS yud-yud,
momentarily, only a
moment.

yun *UTT" any certain space or
length of time, W^'il'V^ yun-ci srid-du
how long ? <$sr*JfM yun-hgor-wa to delay,
to take long to do a thing : »jac<tffr-'fc-9|-
i^-^qj-aqwrig'Ji^ (D. $el. 7). $^'1 yun-
thuA-wa a short time, of short duration ;
•H'fci- yun-rin (A. K. 1-3 If) a long time ;
nj^-H'Zf yun-rin-po, ^^'^=.'3^ yun-rin por
or ^'^'^ during a long time.
a long time since or past :
stayed or remained for a long time ; ^-
RC.-H* long-lived ; "ST3^'* yun-rin-ma, late,
old, stale.

»j>)-^ Yun-nen Yunnan, a pro-
vince of China.

yum 1. resp. for *<, »TT«,
mother. "I'i'S'^*', V's^VS the queen-
mother 2. the t^'w or " female energy "
of a deity or Bodhisattwa, but in
Tantrik ceremonial usually thought of
and represented as a female companion
or concubine of the deified personage.
"'S'^J** the symbolical representation of
the procreative and generative faculties ;
and in Tantrikism a male deity clasping a
female deity in his embrace or both
standing together. 3. *TT««T a title of the
third and latest part of the sacred writings,
which contains the Abhidharma, or meta-
physical portion of Buddhist Scripture,
i.e., the collection of sacred writings
colloq. called Bum ; they are divided into
"5^'S*1, a9«'*!F, "9^'^N'y the detailed,
the middling, and the abridged compila-
tions : 5JTlWrS'f*'*'*W*V§V*'fi$t«l$1V
jj|?-2?V9srcr^- (A. 21), he chiefly studied
»i« (the Matrika) that gives birth to all
the Buddhas of the three periods. $*v^'
*r^i]'ijK'*)c.« yum-chen-sa trig-er sans the
counterpart of the Prajfia Paramita, -*|«'
W^rXflTQ^'q, in the Bon religion •g*'*'^
yum^mdo^^'^'^'^ the Prajfiasara.
4. when a copy is made of a sacred or
royal writing or edict, the original from
which the copy is made is styled the ^S«.

ajsr^car^'ar^Jj Yarn-satis rgod-la hthen
the son of Hol-sans yum-la hthen (G. Bon.
23). vjsmw^'wo&^yum-sanshol-h hthen n.
of the son of °j*r*iW5JV«r<^ (G. Bon. 21).

Yum-blo bzan-chos mt&ho
n. of the mother of Dalai Lama Kalzang
Gya-tsho (qsnarqavj'**) (Lon. *., 11).

I y urn-pa only In W. to strew, salt
on food, ashes on the snow (<7a.).

1140

<gar 1^135 i

yur-wa 1. to irrigate; to arrange
irrigation canals : w^g«rfl|*f£q^«H'
v\ (Yig. 9), the four provinces of U,
Tsang, Eu, and the land intervening are
like an irrigated area. 2. sbst. aqueduct,
conduit, water-course, irrigation channel ;
S|q*r»i*. $bubs-yur a covered, subterraneous
canal (Cb.) ; q^'flS'4 yur-tcahi chit water
conveyed by a canal (Jo.) ; "j^'Q'i yur-
po che f gj a large trench, channel, canal,
yur-phran ^irfw a small channel ;
mother channel or feeding channel.

l yur-ma the act of weeding,
oj^'woj^'q yur-ma yw-wato pull out weeds ;
metaph. to purify the mind, cleanse the
heart, e.g., by disburdening one's cons-
cience (./a.).

yitl 1. primarily signifies : a
oouutiy in general, an inhabited land ;
secondarily, the country districts as
opposed to the metropolis, provincial
parts, a province: qi '§ '*|S provincial
dialect, provincialism ; ^i '$ '*^i, »*n chief
place, capital ; "jurivZi aj one hundred
countries, such as Sing-gala (Ceylon),
Thogar (Bactria), Li (Khotan), Balpo
(Nepal), Kashmir, Zahor-Urgyan (Udy-
ana), Magadha, j'«|V§'«Ji India; J^
China (or India) 5^-ojn Tibet,
Mongolia. 2. a place; and sometimes
even a village. Whenever 3«i precedes
a word, it ia to be understood as re-
lating to the place (situation), 31 a
M'$ in Benares. iS'^1" a happy place,
K"! 3"! a wretched place ; "^ 'y* ran-yul
country consisting of steppes, where cattle
abound or where they are kept. 3. a
sphere, region, whether physical or
metaphysical; the object or objects of
perception by means of the senses ; ^5-

3*1 %«| the provinces of the six senses,
i.e., forms (the external appearances
of bodies), sounds, etc. «j«c»)-'*^-q) *w^
•^'i to perceive things either not at all,
or not correctly; •»Tsx'51«j«rm»r«^»rq jR
stated to imply: exceeding the limits
of speech, unspeakable; qwrgS ojm our
«S«-«i=qwr3|»ra-|jq-q frq. unimaginable,
inconceivable, =f^w, subject ; qar*^5^'*'
5»i yul-can yid-la gkyet firef^ a busdness
man, one who has nothing else but busi-
ness to think upon; ^T^ei^f^nnTfa a
business man ; ^'^'SS Tfcu the senses.

Ji'pwi yiil-kham? I. kingdom, e.g., of
Nepal, China, Tibet, country. 2. habita-
tion.

Syn. »J«i jft»J ytil-lzoAf, ^T**' ryyal-
khamt; "jm'1*^ yul-hkhor ; ^'gtj») rafi.
lyufi fkycs ; ^jlji'9'1^»' yvl-gyi gnaf

go< -njU^ yvl.hkhor TTJ w tract of
country, province : ft'jjwug*! '^'fl|?fl| ^» 't
(Sf-fion.) a country which contains about a
hundred thousand habitations. "J«i''*^ |*i
ynl-hklior $kyet «Jr?«Tfx (Mnon.) [several
plants such as Solanum jacquini, etc.]iS.
»}«! iff^ je. yul-hkhor skyon XTRtrra met. :
a ruler; "JToj^ •jffS|wg«-t(5-^ Sutra in
(K. ko. *, 427) containing an account of
Buddha's life, besides the legendary
account of prince Punya Prabha.

"jaiajSv^ yul-hkhor Idan Trf«ei=(m
theatrical language) king's brother-in-
law. ojic^^qf yul-hkhm- dwaH = ^v^, 3*
^q|«-*-^»i a king, a potentate (not an
emperor) (Mfion.). «jar*j$v<^ yitl-hkhor-
hdsin = K.cq5' jarci (Mnon.) king of geese,
VclTrg, one of the four guardian kings of
the world.

•J«i'«g^ yul-hkhyar immigrant, any
people who on account of poverty leave

1141

their country and emigrate to other lands
(Rtsti.).

"3T9J yul-gru a district, place, village,
town.

ajar«^jq|q-q yul-dgugs-pa to confiscate
property, to resume lands :

yul-brgyad the eight organs
of bodily sensation and perception.

$*r^ yul-nan tempest ; also public cala-
mities, such as famine, murrain, etc.
op-c^l'^q-*) yul-nan-gyi tsub-rw the tur-
moil of the tempest. «j«re.^-<^ yul-fian
hbod as met. = 3'3c-'"I bya-skyufi-ka the

»

jackdaw (Mnon.), lit. that which invites
public calamities.

ajTS^ yul-can suited, proper, being in
its place, fulfilling its purpose (Cs.) ;
ace. to Was. that which is treated
objectively.

igar**! y«£.cAa$=$'"rw or ^m-gww a
country's usages, the customs or laws of a
country.

oj«i|t*i yul-ljons SHXR an inhabited
tract where lands are cultivated.

arsc; yul-thafi local price: ^rtfq^fvw
jar«!E.-s<g^£r<»^<ll (Rtsii.).

"JTl; yul-ide 1. district. 2. a village or
groups of villages tinder circle headman
or governor.

ojm 3'g'wp* Yul-phu bla-rnkhar ordinarily
called *»rg'ars|* Som-bu la-sgar the ancient
palace of king Gnah-khri btsan-po in Tar-
lung (Tig. 63).

«j«r|E.'«J yol-phyuft-wa one banished, one
exiled.

Syn. ^'^1 hor-cig ; »'B^1') ma-Mug ;
wtfs ma-sdog; ^^f^fH sofa-fig; ^'"^
phyir-bskrad ; W dbyaft ; $\phud (Mfton.).

yul-phyogs region, neighbour-
hood.

»j«r«^ Yul-dbus wn£n the central
country, i.e., Magadha. $«r^g«'|« yid-dbus
gkyeg 1. a native of Magadha, one of the
middle country. 2.=M'$C pi-pi lift
(Mnon.) piper longum.

Syn. yw* rgya-gar yul ; ^gva^w
dbu$-hgyur-hchafi (Mfion.).

ojoi'»l^ yul-med improper, not in its place
(Cs.) : *=• 3fE.-ojor*!ivt>f 3j-^-fli«a( wnat has no
place in my mind, that I beg you to
teach me.

$«r* yul-tsho a village, a cluster of
hamlets ; properly a number of villages
classed together and placed under a local
headman.

yul-g.shis, v. «ft« gshis.

yul-bzan 1. fair weather (Cs.).
2. country with goodly climate, food and
water.

yul-yod-pa=.^'^ yul-can (Cs.).

yul-lugs manners and customs
of a country, usage of a country.

Syn. $*!*< %?; §*« khritrts; ^"I«'i
rigs-pa (Mnon.).

yu§ 1. boastfulness, swollen with
pride, exultation, fervour; also making
the most of things: °J«^'«i yns-c/te-wa
exultant, very proud, one who thinks
much of himself : S^Vi q|Vrtrq$*-iwj&.-'jj«r
i'l^c.' invitation was twice sent (to him)
but he being proud (A. 120) ; *F8«r«ap«
unable to utter a word, the gullet
being choked with exultation ; w5'-*l'8*'i^'

jrffqv^fqvSvcqar} (A. 13 if). 2.

charge, blame, accusation, false accusa-
tion : gS'j^tr^-ifft-S-ojN i|?iai (A. 5) as soon

1142

as her son returned (from his journey)
the old mother laid accusations to her son
against his wife.

true, in fact, in truth.

*N ye from the beginning, from eter-
nity, utterly, perfectly, highly, quite ;
$'fV ye-stofi void or empty from the
beginning : ^'f^'^fl 5q *"! '**V I ije.'ai'fl]£'
n&^-q-gai. (Ebrom. f, 32). $'VI ye-dag
quite clean, clean from the beginning ;
$'F*|*i quite perfect. ^V ye-itag, from
the beginning, from eternity: ^«rjV
§»<5q self existent from the beginning,
a) ^»rqjt.'Zi altogether good ; o^ww^ij'q^'
^1 he has not hurt at all ; ^wS'Sv^*
that is not to be done by any means.
ye-hbyams = $c''ci'^ emptiness.
ye-hbrog accident, danger caused
by a gdon-evil spirit. It occurs in

(Sorig. 13).

°J'«'S*\ i ye-ma
does not at all do :

(A. 132); *«•*«. ye-ma son = '<

*•' was not at all good;
aw^'^'wlfc1 your former religious course
was not at all good (A. 83). ttft: ye-
mi $nad not at all conceived or seen :
^•«l»r^-q;5ia\c*>s-qv$'*)'jpi- (Ya-sel. 15).
"J'*^ ye-med, Sc^d^'q lon-t/e. med-pa=
*q&cq restless, continually at work, leisure-
less :
(A. 29).

yehi=*& in the dialect of Lhokha.
E.5'9-?i'5l'9|'$'tfo'2a''3 the earli-
est legendary king of Tibet who was born
in a shell: &*•*•'*

I or «*-fll«i| once :

?ZSw!«-S**Sl-*-* (A. 123) ; yjcv
rtca-sgrefi-du ye-re-byon he once
visited Rtca-tgrfn (Radeft) (A. 123).

W ^^ Ye-raA or Yera wf<nrmi*i ; <9f%cf-
T^M n. of a city, next in importance to
Khobom (Khatmaudu), in Nepal.

^'•*l*1 ye-fes Hi* the perfect absolute
divine wisdom ; also occasionally $'*<|3^
ye-mkhyen. This is inherent to all great
saints and divine beings.

^'•^"'S ye-fes-lfia the five kinds of divine
wisdom:— (1) *»r§-<J^*r$-$»r.i|«

»

^'•^w. In sooth ">•*!»' ye-fes is of two kinds :
ci5 o)'J|*i -which comprises 1^'^*1'
all spiritual knowledge ; (2)
MV*r>dTl'W'^ which consists of WZ1*'
£j5^»»-fl»)»j'^ all apparent or unreal things.
^y^Jjplssthe self-originated wisdom.
6)'J|*)-»i?c.^E.-q-q one of the five infallible
aggregates of divine knowledge ; $wq*'3]«r
q^'^'^m the knowledge which leads i$
Nirvana.

me-lon are epithets of Manju S'ri or Jam-
pal (Mnon.).

5(-^«- j«|-q Ye-fe$ rgyal-wa n. of a great
Lama of the Bon (G. Bon. 35).

one of the four earliest tribes of
Tibet (J. Zan.).

phi/fig-rgyah i- mdo
a Sutra in the Kahgyur vol. (5, 370).

6&-am-q|$q|-«j^ Ye-fes gi&urj-phud one of
the successors of Gfen-rab in the Bon
hirearchy of Tibet.

5)-^*i'^Qj'B»w Ye-fes tshul-khrims one of
the four saints (G. Bon. $&).

1143

9(-^ Ye-bpr gimg-phud n. of a
predecessor of Q^m the founder of Bon
religion (Q. Bon. 12).

fiNe^-q Ye-san dkar-po 1. n. of a
tribe in Tibet. 2. n. of a Bon deity.
(J. Zan.).

W ^ Ye-su asserted to be a Chinese
Buddhist teacher said to have been born in
a miraculous manner : r^'|N'*j'gj<i|*rq5-fJaj'ci
$T»4r*¥*'''N^ (Grub. \ 2).

'21 yegs-pa rough, shaggy, hairy.

^' yen-yefi disposing things pro-
perly, putting those of one size or kind
together, those different separately, &c.

(RtsiL).

gyen-wa.
yed-po prov. for ""T9 yag-po.

yen amply, plentifully:
i-qi^-q^g f00(j jmd exercise

be amply provided for (Jd.).

yer-pa 1. n. of a place. 2. in
tW* raising one's hand with
the palm turned upward, a/ a gesture
of offering (Mil.).

^ ^ Yer-pa lha-rin. of a sacred
mountain in Terpa about ten miles from
and to the east of Lhasa (J. Zafi.) :
3vq^-uic,'g<i|-sjq Yer-par yati-phyag-phab he
also visited Yerpa (A. 27).

Yer-khen Tarkand ; it is stated
in the biography of the first Dalai Lama
that the people of Tarkand had become
his subjects.

J yer-wa l.='f^'»''Hql'{) not asleep.
2 3Ts.3fc'i hthor-pa to sprinkle.

N yer-re or <WT«l yer-re-wa pure,
clear, genuine, unadulterated ; 1'$"^ $fio~
yer-re a pure blue ; VT^ dkar-yer-na a
pure white, in C. (Jd.).

'-*P* Yer-fon n. of a place in
Khams (Lon. ', 19).

mclans-yel-yel clear, light, bright, said to
be equivalent to

yes-mas in colloq. =
tors (Sch.).

W yo num. fig. : 144.

ances-

yo-ga ^n=^-<»§«; rnal-hbyor
systematic religious meditation ; ^ '9| or
^'1'" yo-ga-pa=i(tfii an ascetic who
practices meditation; <%'i\'& yo-ga-ma =
^'*l'$ ^frfipft a female ascetic.

^•"T^ yo-ga cart/a gfrTT^rar=Jj«r«g*,-
l^'1! rnal-hbyor §pyod-pa a system of Bud-
dhist philosophy developed by Aryas-
anga; also n. of a metaphysical work

^•*r^'£rS$-jiJE,-E|^C,- , ^-q|-$-jjV«^. (A

66.)

ch.

n. of a country (Bon.

yo-tan the scarf presented as a
token of one's consent to any order or
proposal or suggestion ; the scarf of assent
(Tig. 23).

^N'Q yo-wa adj. andsbst., aslant, sloping,
awry, crooked ; obliquity, slope, slant ;
I*'3} the mouth crooked; ^V^ 1. adj.,
awry ^'JJE.'*! yo-sron-wa or Q^'Q to make
the crooked straight. 2. crafty distorted,
perverted, deceitful ; ^1'^ wrong inter-
pretation, false judgement. 3. sbst.

1144

crookedness, deceitful dealings. Also "^ 3jC" yoA subst. yield, produce; "fcjf

income ; Sfc'^fl yoA-deb account book in

Jn; qftm ^w • whi°Q ifi entered the income or receipts ;

chattels, household furniture! **'& V0^^^ collection (of revenue)

necessaries ; ^sv«i|Mrq less furnished ; income, proceeds ; ^fRi yoA-k/iul ("fe'9|-

<»*-q5-^'^ necessaries of life; *^-tiS-^- ^ViS-jfm). tfc • j^ '» yofi-$dud-pa collector of

S*> requisites for sacrificing ; ^ 'BVMK" to revenue: •fc'lV"'^-'?'^'^ the collector

procure the needful articles to make according to the register of rent (Btsii.).

preparations (Dsl.); ^'aS'S'"^ to be q^T^'P'qqr'ft*ri|l3R'*l'lf*'lq*''**w''9*'(.D.

in want of the needful (Jd.). 2. often fel~ 7) ' ^'^*1 yoA-rtnit register of income,

used for fBS "nyop^he " articles to buy book of receiPts (#««•)•

**'* yon-ye = tv<K adj. certainly,

^'SV^ yo-byad-ldan a man of pro- 8Urely ! defined as <«'<rW5 and as *« «'

perty. Syn. ^'«i'«^ hbyor-pa-can ; r«'^^ *W*fJ**W^*^ everywhere, in all, ever

rdsat-ldan (J&Aon.) before, at all times.

yo-frbog n. of a medicinal tree ^J^l yofi? all, whole, complete, entire :

the bark of whichis taken as a decoction ij'^t.* J I lord of all the black-haired,

in fevers of all kinds. .e., of laymen; 1*'"^'*I'§'W*$C the

*•** yo-lafi or *'°K* of. as used in P"1*06 in which ^ wish to meet

^»W|-»)'a{fj'-gEl?}fl|»)-^-^-^flm-a,-!5-a(e.»i-g^jim-n^q| SSjt*)-^§»i yofi$-dkri$ lfrf>f [fircum-

(Rtsii.). ference]/S.

W for *«t below, downstairs; "'S' yo»>^oi («i) copper (S. Lex.).

^IT*-' the ground floor, cellar. 3fc»r«u(X yons-bskor qfwi [a full

ifioi'ST K» -ST. cirole]S.
"<N| I yog-po or ^"\-tf- a 1. pole or

stick for stirring the fire. 2. v. l^i'Q. >^t.»i'(g9| yo&s-k/tul all together, every

'Hj* yog-rgyal a fruit for all classes ; thing ^c1"*1611. inclusive of all (Rtsii.).

•ig^'g'^fll j«i hbra$-bu yog-rgyal (Khrid. ^fpnn yon$-Miebs i&m [a roof, a

^7)- cover ]&

^•1^ W-?«« one that wets his bed ajw)3q ^^^ ** [surrounded] S.
(Sch.)

IQt»i-fl|c,-^ yofig-gafi s.nod ^WV(9 [a

^C'^ y0<J.Mr« 1. to be patient, to be full vessel]*.

capable for, equal to, to suffice, etc. 2. =

jjr o , . W 5' yons-grub (for ^^^^l) 1. qft-
** rtO/c"trw,

„ ? ]*i*W perfected, accomplished ; the abso-

*yofi-ne coUoq. = that will do, that lute> what is independant and complete

in itself (Was. 202). 2. independence,

^'•"S yofi-c/tad appointed time and self-sufficiency, one of the three laksana or

place of coming. characteristics of the deity or of Buddha

1145

according to the Yogacarya school of Bud-
dhists ; fowg-npa^qs-^E. £*rg-B5c,«rs^q-ci
the Sambhoga-kaya manifestation is sub-
ject to other's influence but the Dhar-
makdya (the spiritual) is complete in
itself (A. 78).

yofi$-hdro <m^ darkness.

yufa-g.cod ^rejf* [limit, begin.
ning]<S. in the mystic language of the
"$'5*<'5'^ this word=8«rag«r«i; whilst
,- yons-ycod-hbyun = 3Ta§e.'S,
khyim-mthah = "^ftfn and Vfy
WW rtag-tu rnam-dag=«w (K. ko. \
36).

yons-hjom a term for a ba cow

(Won.).

yons-hjoms

iron beam]/S.

[an

yon$-rtogs qgifafaRr full con-
sideration ; exhaustive inquiry, careful
discussion on any subject ; fully under-
stood.

yons-ffduti
[great heat, affliction] S.

-hdud H met. a tree.

yofo-hdui sa-rdol 1. n.
of a celestial region said to be somewhere
to the north where the five kinds of "^'""j
hdod-yan are detained (Bon. ch. 6). 2.=
Wiw'3^', i.e., Ealpadruma the wishing
tree of the gods its root being in the
abodes of the Asura and its trunk hanging
over the celestial regions so that the gods
may enjoy its fruits.

v. «*-^Sj

essential spirit.

r =*%*!*• a hgrogs-pa
friendship, company (Mnon.).

yofis-bdsin designation given
to the tutor or spiritual and philosophical
instructor superintending the childhood
of the highest incarnate lamas. Thus
the instructor of the present Panchhen
Lama of Tashi-lhunpo is styled: the
Yong-dsin Lho-pa.

j yofis-bssafi-can 1. a term for
fug-pa juniper. 2. Trrfrana (Mfion.)
the tree of paradise growing on the lofty
peaks of the Himalaya.

*r»tfl| yofts-sslum-mig lit. the round-
eye, as met. the domestic fowl, the cock

ijofa-su 1. adv. irfx wholly,
completely, altogether; ^Mrg-^j-ii imma.
culate, fully purified, quite clean; a5=.*r
i|f<.(*|ui to give up entirely;
quite lost in perverseness.
2. generally, universally: ^•«}e,»i-»j-
51*'* xfn Mfl*^fH«J so he was universally
famed; a5e.»r3H*rS'3'*3i'l'Vour disciples of
universal fame. Compounds : — ^s»j-«j-^»j
yods-su 4kri$ ensnared, entangled, all
round; ^=-*rg-q*H yoft$-su bkag
wholly forbidden, stopped ;
yofis-su bkrus ^^3 well washed ;
^•qje.- yons-su brkyad vfrxw completely
stretched out [following]& ; ^^'^'^ yons-
su gkor tifl^<T: [completely surrounded] S. ;
5fc*'5r!i'*''£| yofi?-su-§kyob$-pa wholly pro-
tected, saved; afc«'«}-jf-') yofa-su skyo-wa
tlf<%? to repent sincerely, repentance,
regret ; a}t«-g'n|E.- yons-su bgren vr^nr
[binding, counting]& ; ^ii«-g-§^-c( yofis-su
gyur-pa qflmd wholly changed [ma-
tured]& ; ^E.»j-g->g-q yofig-su mgu-wa qlt-
<rH to be very joyful ; afc»T5j-<w|9r«i ^ofis-sn
hgul-wn qf^:*»q, Tfrj^ to be very much
moved [trembling, swimming about] S.

146

1146

«i yofa-su hgebg-pa

to cover completely;

yofi$-sn

yofa-su day-pa fctifc abso-
lute purification, the state of Nirva-

[enlighten- na ; also, purification by righteousness,
ing]^. •fa.wfj'^ffl'i yong-sti hgog-pa tiffru purity of one's doctrine. ^wn
to stop completely, pull out, take the three perfect purities, viz :
away entirely [obstruction] 8. ; "55c.«r*j'^>i 3je.N'tj'^iij'£jj £fa\''w3fc4r«}°^q|>{

[pure meditation or prayer]& ; js'q'
3 Vr" qlrijy ^v.*\ [correct iusight]$.
(K. d. S 51).

hdogs-pa
fasten well [distribution, gift]S.

to

yotis-su hdri
gation, enquiry] S.

[investi-

yofis.-su rgol to dispute hotly,

3" q yon$-su rgyas-pa
[flooded]^. ; ^twya^ yont-m rgytid
[succession, regular eeries]5. ; ^c.* •$'
iS-iyed. ^fx-*!T? [reeound-
yofis-stt b_(gyur ^jTW^*t
entirely changed. OjtN «jog"q yod-sit
btno-uxt to make full prayer basing it
on ones merit and faith ; aic.*r»j'l}f^ //oftf-
su pcotf qfK^if ?, qfxnw cut off entirely ;
!§e.«cg'q^fl]-q yodf-sn hjug-pa i|f^pi^»i to put
in all ; afcw»j'qf'S'i yofasu brjod-pa ^4if^n
to speak without reserve [abused]& ;

all inherent strength : ^VfW^E*! •*}•}»)»)•
*tr the power of the (local) god is
gone ; ^'g '*iKq<-g'V« yofig-su mnen- complete enjoyment, also (W^'^) show

t yofi(-stt hdren=-f ;
hdren-pa M(X>HN« [a guide]$.

-if<i yofi$-itu-spyod 1.=.
bran g.yog servants, slaves, etc. 2. the
honeymoon of a Brahman
JS'" yoflg-su fpyocf-pa

par byed-pa n[*Mp*<.ufa to make very
soft, pliable, smooth ; Bj«.*i *j ijlfc. q yodg-su
gtofi-iva f^wt, ^<<49^ [abandonment] <S. ;

ing respect or faith.

dicafi

as met.

=the lion.

a wise man, one possessed of

divine knowledge.

cj«w

dbul-bya signifies
one who makes gifts, lavishes alms on the

yont-su rtogs-pa ltt$-byuti-ira having arisen poor and liberally assists the clergy
from quite reliable information of TfKWl (Mfion.)

[attained to decisionlS. ; <5c.*rg'1fq ... ljr , a.z

<*!*.*) »j Jl> i/ons-xu-swoa = *< *<*

thob qf^rq [furniture, shaving]S. di8respectful, an infidel (Mfion.).

yofif-stt bsHitn qf<^«i thorough!
pricked [loosened] S. ^c.«'»j'|^'ci yofig-t

tbyin-pa qfr^r to give, bestow freely, full in all its parts, not fractional,
[devotion, exchange, deposit]^. ; !fa*r
?i'*(S.»i yodf-sn mofl$ ^ri^*^ wholly ob-
scured ; perplexed. ^^'g'fH yons-su $min

yofis-su tshaH-wa complete,

Syn.

kun-tu; «'<
dum-bu-min;

tiM-tshan-
fl| mthah-

lit. quite ripe [digestion]^. ;

^ yons-su dsogf-par qftT'T* the

dag (Mfion.).

yofo-stt fair-tea

whole completed.

[to oppress]^.

1147

W!* ^ tnat exists'

existing ; matter, all that cornea within
cognition or perception.

Syn. "l^a g.shi-grub; "I^i'S ffshal-bya;
•*|«'S fes-bya; ~&H'tpw chos-rnams (Mnon.).

^Y^3 yod-dgu an emphatical expression
= everything, all matter without aught
left out ; (TirirVq'l'*1ftj'l'i'l matter,
suhstance, all that exists, everything

Syn. ^YY*"! yod-do-cog ; WV!
mthah-dag (Mnon.).

ajysc,- yod-than that existing; ace. to
<SWi. thoroughly clear ; aJY^'"!^ all that
exists.

^Y^'*"! yod-do-cog =aJY*Y^N'-5'
thams-cad, as in%m*H'%'lV*Tl|r
-jjE.'*^ (Khrid. 21).

1. to be, to exist ; to be present anywhere.
As Jd. points out, this vb. may be used
always in place of 5M although the latter
may not always re-place ^'i which is
more than the mere connective of the
attribute to the subjects. However
<%^i is in the full sense an auxiliary vb.
as well as possessed of its substantive
verbal use. p-^'ij-'f^'S where is he?—
5^ can not be here employed; tS-aw|-f
f&r^ my hands are at leisure, I am
unoccupied; ^Y^3^ who is here? As
an auxiliary with gerund: ftf^W^ he
was eating ; «^**iWS J am reading
a book ; |^'^S he has gone. The nega-
tive form of ^ is ^ : p-^'pw*)^ he is not
at leisure. In the C. colloq. the interro-
gative form is generally not ^^ but
^•cm «yd-pe": •*f^^P^*r^'1'%*w
udi-ne gompa te tha' rin-po yo-pe " is that
monastery far from here? 2. to have,

to be in possession of, to possess (any
quality or piece of property) ; used with
dat. of person having or owning : SY^'S'
you have many dogs; jtfmifaw
he has a crafty mind ; jq-Hrar^Y
3}yq-^qj ^e king seems to have
yet a great wish; f *lH'*fl'WH"'K"*1 a
maid-servant whom the queen had ; in a
like manner without a case : ^'^"J'^Y"'^
the knife which he had about (him) ;
P^w^wqS-^-^Y" a well having depth
of 19 fathoms ; ^YW^S^fut. of ^Y" shall
or will have; ||''I1Y1*''21C.'35Y£^'§^'I1 the
throne should also have a canopy ; <^YW>
SY11 to beget, produce, effect ; g'^'iv
SK5)"! get her to have a child. In C. ^Y"
is very commonly conjoined quite pleonas-
tically to ^ in this sense: Q£VW''P''M'
£i"^ you have zeal for the work ;
'w^ "fia-la nyop-che yo-a-ma-
re " I have no things to sell.

^Y^'"^ yod-pa-nid ^[f%5f existence
(Cs.) ; ^Y^ yod-min ^mrsi [1. non-
existence. 2. the plant Guilandina]S. ;
3}^-&^-'^ yod-min-nid non-existence. "^Y*1^
yod-med wf%, sirf^r being and not being.
^•AYfflJVfe.' yod-med go-bxlog-snafi
optical illusion when one imagines one
sees what is not existing, or the reverse.
^Y^Y^^ yod-tshod-yin there is probabi-
lity of its b eing, existing ; ace. to Jd. it
has the semblance of being.

yon «rf%"!T (^*»'3i'f 5^) a present
given to priests for religious services or as
alms, w^ a gift consisting of food ; ^*\'
priest and mendicant friars (Buddhists),
Sj^-ncjnrq to bestow a gift, to bring an
offering ; <%^jar^*J <.«j<iTlg, ^f^tsa worth of
a present ; ^ W"^'1! to present as a gift :
UY^ a physician's fee (Cs.).

1148

Syn. *»Syi mchod-pa ; 14V brnan-pa ;
>'fa me-tog. (jjfnon.)

profane, not very pure, not holy.

gbyin-pnaf or

an officer or sacrificer

Syn. »iv *""!«'* 3Y«5'*^' yon-sag hgyed-
pahi miti : §w»rti brimt-pa ; QTJ*»'« bkram-pa ;
yqv«5^ nt'-Hiir-ht/i/i'd; i|)*4W hgremf-pa;
«|)?c.'q gton-wa ; l^'i gbyin-pa ; 9V byin-pa
(Mnon.).

l''l> (-4. ^55) the prayer
that one who offers makes lhat hy the
virtue of his gifts he may gain the position
of a Bodhisattwt.

aj^'aq yon-chab oblation, water that is
daily offered in a set of five, seven, or nine
email brass oups to Buddhas, saints, and
gods.

yon-bdag qawra 1. a priest who
performs a sacrifice. 2. a householder
who employs priests to perform sacrifices.

yon-tan ^<si*K, lira, ?*J; ^V
gnt good quality, excellence ;
taste, effect, virtue, valuable properties,
e.g., the virtues of plants ; also accomplish-
ments, attainments : 35^'5^'5q'q yon-tan
tlob-pa to learn something useful ;
property, quality, in gen., e.g., the
different tastes and effects of medicines ;
also mystic or fantastic properties (Glr.).
^'WWm yon-tan kun-ldan «*^jnnf«w,
^ijt!i«iit one possessed of all sorts of accom-
plishments ; »f*<-c<'5iV*'r3'r3!T5! sf*'*w
ij^-qv^'^c.'^™! he who is learned and is
possessed of all accomplishments is

peaceful, disciplined, and free from
boasting. (Leg.) ; ^<V Wf «* yon-tan rgya-
rntsho ^<ir«rnT the ocean of talents, the
most talented, an epithet of Buddha
(M. V.); ^'W^ yon-tan can f^r^[
learned, wise, talented ; %H*>S yon-tan
mcd f%^T, fsi^il not talented ; ^VW^'^'i'
•''^'SI'S'S^'"^ of a Bodhisattva. (K. ko.
*, £37). yi^wH* yon-tan-yes talented,
one who has useful khowledge.

J yoit-ito 1. v. aj'fl yo-u-a (Ja.).
2. = ^t'Zi'»l^'ci ttran-j.o min-pa ahso ^5^1"
hkhyog-pa crooked, not straight (Zam. 11).

Syn. g^'Q kyog-po; ^Vfl^ yo»-ki/og;
"15 5 ycu-tco ; $'$fq mi-dran-wa ; "$« '«
hc>M(-pa ; J^'Q fgi/vr-u-a • "JJ^'S hkhyoy-po ;

yob=** hob 1. (spS'«iq $gohi-yob)
the steps at the threshold. 2. stirrup ; ^fl'
*F instep of the foot. ^ ^^fci-qju;
riding on saddle-horse, lit. putting the
feet into the stirrups (Bbrom. 30); 35q-«wj
yob-thug stirrup-leather ; a5=l'»<9«i the foot-
ing. 3. trench, ditch.

yob-pa, \.

gyob-pa.

(Lif.).

,J0i-yob=*ft the foot

J yam-pa vb. to swing, totter,
tremble, to be unsteady, swinging, etc. ;
the swinging; adj. ^wZi yom-po. adv.
Hjwisjw yom-yotn rolling, swinging.

Yohu-chan n. of one of the
Emperors of China (Grub. «, 15).

yor-po, or
shaking, tottering,
oblique, slanting, in C.

''Sivq also
trembling;

also

1149

y0r-ftn=5^'S hom-bu a species
of tamarisk (in mystic talk) (Min. rda. ft).

yoln. of a place in Tibet: ^«i«r

|^ (A. 103) (Deb. "J, 19).

'fa'f yo/-5>o or ^Tw a cup or vessel of
precious stone or metal (Yig.). Ace. to
Schtr., earthenware, crockery ; V1V<*5<J|
china-ware, porcelain, frq. ; 'farfp cup,
bowl. <%<V'3i ol-so=^'^].

I yol-wa I :
sbst. curtain : J3«r«m-RJ|«i:a yol-was hbrel-wa
to stretch a curtain over; "Sjorq Saj-q
to draw a curtain; ^-q'^-ci to close the
curtain (of a door) ; V^it silk-curtain ;
^N'Sj'Ji calico-curtain ; ^'^ syo-yol door-
curtain.

II : vb. 1. to have past, be done : \*r
3«\-«5n mid-day is past ; j|Va''jr*fc' srod-yol
soft the evening has past; 'i«'g^'3}'3l'q
has gone by midnight, Y*i ^ucq-pi^ the
sun is nearly down, has nearly set ; \*f
aj-^Tj q the sun has passed over the hill-
top ; ^raw^orq to be past, of time,
youth, etc. ; $*'Vi'«>^-'»W'si('rp«i wind and
rain setting in and ceasing at the proper
time. 2. also = "I^T 3 ffyol-ica in C.

^^ >jos (*F'%^ parched corn, mostly
barlejr and wheat; ^gN'3j*j parched
rice. ^N'mij yos-hthay = %H'»'3y\wq Or ^«'
""f parched barley, rice or wheat made
into flour: *^'S»F|W!'
119).

8yu. 1«'« rnos-pa • q«T') bead-pa •
yos-bki-a • *dv^-5-*I-«jj mrdnes hi rma-can
(Mnon.).

he visited
Rdoi'je ffdan in the second month of the
spring of the hare-year (A. 93).

^^^J byag «Tft, ^»TK (*'*'* tsa-ma-ra)

the Tibetan yak, Bos grunnicns ; is very

abundant throughout Tibet, especially in

the north-east, but does not seem to pene-

trate further north than the Akka Tagh

range or the Koko-nor region. In Tibet,

the male is called "HI g.yag and the female

^9'*! hbri-mo ; «ri|««| (sometimes called "I""!'

^) uncastrated yak-bull which is very wild

and fierce; T"T*ft or«^' wild-yak; TII^

horn of a yak ; i)"W|'Xi)^q Saj a long-

haired shaggy yak. T"Te sbst. the tail of

the yak : CQ'§*'^'S'u"i'IJi''!'4Ilu'qI'£':'^3i'^':'S';'!'

(idiomatically) to preserve one's morals as

the yak takes care of its tail (A. 150) ;

hence ^qj-g-q to carefully preserve.

"IT^ Qyag-sds n. of a place in the
district of |-»-^*^-ff*- §ne-mo g.yag-sde-
tdson (Rtsii.).

g.yag-rmad (^rl

or ^vg yos-bu = ihe rabbit or hare,
but is found so used only in the calendar
or in astronomical calculations : >*i*rg5-Sr

? (Blo-sbyon. 7).
Sff^^' g_yan 1. <s.*fft,3(\; syn. \<W dpal;
^ phi/wa. 2. happiness, blessing, prospe-
rity : fljwaum blessing comes (from), growth
of prosperity ; fl|«K-Jfc prosperity vanishes ;
ij"ic,-|q pyafi-skyob, IJ^-R^^ sacrifices
and other ceremonies to secure pros-
perity ; ipc/fiE.- ffyan-k/tan a house fur-
nished with rich furniture, precious things,
and equipped with all accompaniments of
prosperity ; ij^'lf:) gyan-sgro-iva or <q"ie,'Sj*<
a chest containing treasures ; 1uic.'<^ ffyan-
dar kind of white scarf indicative of pros-
perity, wealth, and long life : flfK.'^vpsi
(Rtxii.). 3. gulf, abyss.
.'l'-q g_yan-&kyo-wa immodest beha-
viour, shameless conduct, = ?'"\q co-Mr i-
tca ; also, to slight.

1150

fljuit-^t)^ yyaA-dkar as met. a sheep.
Syn. VI lug; H^'X gyaA-mo;
bal-ldan (If Aon.)

"T^'S"! gyafi-khug the bag in which aus-
picious articles (*<f-«flft«() are kept.

pyafi-spruhu = T1*-^ jade : ST 5-
*rK if it is white the jade is
called yang-du (Jig. 16).

flpt.-q pyaft-wa jfal?, Rf^Ta [a cow's foot
or hoof]&

T^'a* ffyafl-bumor TK-'$T§'3*I'{I the
auspicious pot in which sacred gold
ornaments, gold coins, and other precious
things are kept. It is generally consecrated
by a lama with spells sacred to the god
of wealth (Dsambhala) and the goddess
J^-*^'w ; the top of this pot being covered
with a kind of silk scarf containing figures
of the Dorje :

* ftyafi-tthe for T^' StyaH and *.

"^'"^ gyafi-puhi 1. an orgie in Tanti-ik
mysticism for which a stuffed human skin
is said to be required (Rtsii.). 2. ifara
the whole skin of an antelope on which
religious men sit ; ace. to Ja. a skin couch,
also a covering in general.

npc/Xt.- gyaft-rofi a precipice descending
into a deep ravine (Yig. 67).

q]uic.-^i| ffyafi-litg the effigy of a sheep
made of butter used at religious ceremony
of l^'jja pi,an-?grub 'the calling in of
blessings.'

jj|uic,-i^iim gyan-luys ^rfsii-'^wx a mantle ;
skin of an animal used for clothing.

ufKcJ^'Sfs Q yafi-fod bon-m n. of a place
in Kham (Lofi. », 28.)

flpiE.'* pyan-sa ^, ^trra [a deep cavern,
a precipice]^. |-ft»«ip^«f*e«ri high as
you stand, so deep is the gulf.

las hdsin-pa to snatch from
the abyss, to save (Tbgy.) • *\% fljuic.-wpf'
^'|1 ^r^rrci^g T^ yr^r this only runs
into rocky precipices (A. K. 2-62).

"P^'Sf ffyafi-lha a deity of the Shamans
dispensing happiness (Sch.).

"1"*^" ffyan-pa. ^f!^, SR^ a cutaneous
eruption akin to itch, which is said to
invade any part of the body and to be
combined with a copious discharge of
matter ; ace. to Jd. hereditary and not
contagious:

-q^ if the g!/<ui-jM erup-
tion is scratched there is a little sensation
of relief but if indeed there was no itching
there would be happiness. So worldly
happiness is a temporary relief but happier
still would one be without itching desires.

, pf. T«w ffyabs, 1. to
signal, to beckon : nS\cnr!*'ipq'£i to signal
for calling one ; mivwTBW (&rtg.), waved
the hand (to call somebody). 2. projection
of a roof, pE.'£irg'0|«m projection of roof
where birds take shelter ; g^'ipa a piece of
rock projecting under which people take
shelter from rain ; ^N-^vg'ipq sheltering
tent. 3. fan : q^Tipw the swinging fan ;
silk fan.

TlJ gyab-mo sbst. a call by signal
from the hand or by the waving of a scarf.

=«\* shar;

fT" (?)

£J|WIJJ'CJ yijam-pa slab of stone, roof-
slate, for fliwgc.- gyah-spnn.

^f3^ ffyah 3?ITf»T^T rust, flN'op* oxide
of iron; *=.*]-^-i)uj^ oxide of copper, verdi-
gris. ipv^'i freed from rust; to clear.
polish, e.g., a mirror.

1151

§-« yyah-kyi-ma a small high-alpine
Saussurea, the flower of which plant is an
antibilious medicine.

«qu«-3q| Qyah-tkig 1. a line drawn on
a slate with a lead-pencil (Jd.). 2. a
slate-pencil or lead-pencil, also
smyttff. 3. bolt or bar: iju
rgyab-pa to bolt, to bar; i)«wg-q yyah-
phye-ica to unbolt, unbar.

fl|«w«|arq yyah-hdrul-wa to be mouldy,
to get rusty, to get covered with foul ex-
traneous matter (Sch.).

2. oil of

ff!/ah-span-skye§ one of
the generic names of the Sakya-pa hier-
archs (ion. *, SO).

*- gyah-spafi, 1. slate.
vitriol ; in C. verdigris.

ffi/ah-wa to shudder, to itch;
also defined as J'«|<J|-^-q itching of the
skin; <qifl]*rq-«ij<wzjS-^ scratching the body
for relief (Ya-sel. 28) ; «T*'ITI|1 »yah-sgog
itching in the body; WT'^'^'qprjrM1
itching in the arm-pit, &c.
ffyah-pa rusty (Jd.).

* Gyah-bssafl n. of a place in
Tibet (Lofi. «, 5).

•qwwphZi^ Gyah-bzaft khri-dpon n. of
one of the Governors of Tibet under the
hierarchy of JJgro-mgon SpJiags-pa of
Sakya (Lon. «, 13).

T^'ST" g.yah-rug-pa=*>*\^ a medicinal
herb, Picrorhiza (mystic) (Min. rda.).

T1"'-^' ffyak-fifi the maple.

Syn. 1S^'^ bdag-sbad; fr^w
W'V§ a-dhya-nda; |«r* $kye§-ma ;
**wx mb-tu char hbebg-ma ;
drafi-srotl brjod; 3\\% fim-bi-rtse ; (firffef.
nags-kyi

r=F kha, «fr- ydoU and
», t.e., mouth, face and front.
gyar-^«n = jj-fl|lfll« human body,

person. fl[«iv(«w*i ^ar-Maws = §'(w*i or

|-$« body, person.

or S8 ^y« (Mnon.) tax, revenue,
rent, but generally capitation tax.

s, ^^ ffyar-dam sometimes in-
correctly written for <wt'yn to avow,
promise, undertake.

Syn. s*rs«i dam-bca$-pa • p
khas-t>lans-pa.

hdren-pa to invite, to call one to one's
place.

ffyar-po 1. anything borrowed,
taken as a loan, a loan: ^N^^^gc.-?^-
qjuivZi-5^ this is a loan of the four (cons-
tituent) elements (Bbrom. f, 108). 2.
credit for what has been lent or advanced.

a to borrow, to hire :
^ having borrowed a lamp
in the castle; fl)^-^-fl|««-q to hire night-
quarters; (wq-fliaivw^ tenant, lodger;
qpn-^-q-^Ki-q, sc^^ step-father, «•*?*,
step-mother, g-«|<^ adopted child (Jd.).

q|«(«;-«'«-q dyar-mo thati-pa n. of a medi-
cinal flower:
(Med.).

+ ifW* 9yar-t8ha=&'* shame, bashful-
ness.

r.kn — r^-^ promise.

!. = *& front-side

or before one's presence. 2. =»'«(* rmi~
lam dream (K. d. «, 197).

yawning, gaping.

1152

the

right hand or side, «wj-«r«|<w*< the right
hand ; T^'l on the right (hand), T™ 3
to the right, «pnrv< from the right;
*>fl| flpw the right eye ; «W| T"1 the right
hand ; T"*1 sf"!*' '" pyax-phyogs-la to or on the
right-hand side; ^w^wq id.; TWif^
right and left ; spur^'ar^a to look all
round to the right and the left. Oue of the
two provinces into which Tsang anciently
was divided is fw^ the right-hand
division, the other is •ffy'5 the left side
division or banner (Lofi. «, 4). «|uw'qS*'9T
«s^|-gc.<i a sitting posture in which the
right leg is stretched forth (^w 3TV

I^Vf^ gyi</-ston ^l^W [I. a subordi-
nate feeling. 2. a secondary flavour] S.

yoH-</krif one hiding
or covering the fault of another, one
defending another. ^"W^ai gya$-hk/iyil,
sfarr^ invariably reverting to the right
side (coiling to the right-hand side ; as
conch shell with rings) reverting to the
right hand side, flpw^'"^'**1'! ffyag-len
yyon-hjog lit. taking by the right hand
what the left give.* or places into it,
i.e., to re-arrange papers, records, etc.,
also furniture. f^^r^'^^U^r
•ifjj-qS'f-^'S'^N gen. to present or to
help a person with things taken as a loan
or on credit from another party (Rtsii.).

gyi='& «%»' the Tibetan lynx;

the flesh of lynx cures
disease caused by evil spirits : ^'"fH "$'
|s.-q^, Bi'"^ two saoerdotel cloaks, four
skins of lynx and wolf, and four bucklers
(A. 101).

qju^qj^'q gyigs-pa sbst. eructation;
also as vb. to belch, eructate : «|$v»r*-fl-
ttBr^Vfrqv^qprfcS'Q to eructate from
eating capsicum, etc. (flag.).

ff'!/u ^^i, qVtsi the Ladak and
W. Tibet turquoise. Syn. 'S'X'i po-ro-<l*n ;
^^•1^-jn-Q rin-elien rgyal-po; %%'$*'%
rdo-yi rgyal-po (Sffion.). The finest tur-
quoise are obtained from a mine in the
neighbourhood of the Qaftt-can mountains
of Ngari Khonum. Those of inferior
quality come from India and elsewhere.
There are asserted to be at least five varie-
ties of this precious stone called ^

(Lofi. % 1). IRIT" (fyn-k/ia (lie
turquoise colour; Ti'f 'S^T'l^T1 3V
3*1 "I turquoise-colour, iron-colour, sky-
colour and saffron-colour (Yig. 20). *^^'
"T?i the front turquois in the head-dres*
of females ; g "Rl little timjuois-stones ;
"ra^ frq. for "ra'*^"l turquois-blue ; flRl'w*
a glacial-lake, a blue glittering lake. «RJ"
nsacn (///«-66'rt/-ww = "Ri'H yyii-klira spotted
turquoise : "^'S"^'"!^ 'ww 'Rl'S01''1]^ '*f**
(Rtsii.).

«m'?«I'ti Gyu-thog-pa n. of an ancient
noble family in Tibet from which one of
the four state ministers or Shape are gene-
rally selected by the Government of
Lhasa. Their palace stands near the
«|«J'3<>|'*N'C4 Qyu-ttwg zam-pa a bridge in
Lhasa. «m •*«! •^•^•^\Q Gyu-t /tog yon-
tan mgoH-po n. of a celebrated physician
and author of medical works who nourished
during the reign of king T/ii-srod d-hu-
btsan. He is said to have thrice visited
Magadha from Tibet in order to study
Sanskrit medicinal works at Nalanda. A
block-print biography of this worthy con-
sisting of 149 leaves exists in the Govern-
ment library at Lhasa in which work it is
stated that he lived to the age of 125 years.

1153

It is also mentioned that the gods and
demons presented him with an immense
quantity of turquoises and other precious
stones heaping them on the roof of his
house, hence he was called by the name
of flRT'Jfflrei.

. the

cross between cow and yak. 2. n. of a
place in Tibet (Deb. "|, 22).

TS'lfTSV^ pyu-drug
hbrug the dragon symbolical of the thun-
der ; and hence signifying thunder : ""jc.'

TS'Vrih Gyu-drug-stod n. of a place in
the district of Nyang in the province of
Tsang (Deb. *\, 33).

Tl'i^ pyu-ldan vegetable incense of the
colour of turquoise (Rtsii.).

ipi'ft yyu-khra : V\'W

^' (A. 12).

"|»J'S«| {fyu-byil=*pi g.iju and § $ byu-ru
turquoise and coral.

*^'*<* Qyu-mtfiho one of the names by
which lake Yamdok is known in Tibet
(J. Zan.).

W^'ft"" gyu-mdsod snon-mo n. of a
demon (sa-bdag) who presides over time
to make it auspicious or inauspicious.

TS ^' ffyn-run for "R^'i1-' yyun-drun.

TS'3' pyu-lo 1. an epithet of a disciple of
Gqen-mb who was a counterpart of Afaud-
galyayana (Son.). 2. turquoise leaf ; iR'^'
fl^'£in'q^fl]*l5 ffyic-lo bkod-pahi bdag-mo an
epithet of the goddess Dolma (Tig. k. 61) •
njoj-sj-nf)^ •£|5-^f gyu-la bkod-pahi shin the
celestial mansion of the goddess Dolma
(Tig. k. 61).

yuff-f*1 in ^•"'"raT" lag-pa
ff>/ug-pa for oPI'i'^^I'i luy-pa Myuy-fia to
nourish or brandish the hand.

WJun-drun ^Rf, JIT^S the
Sanskrit Svastika or Tibetan T^'^', the

mystic cross •£ " is only a monogrammatic
symbol formed by the combination of the
two (Pali) syllables [-1 su, and jj ti=

svasti, which term is a compound of su,
"well" and asti, "it is" meaning "it is
(fatalistic) well " or " so be it, " implying
complete resignation under all circum-
stances, not the meek resignation of the
Christian bowing to the chastening of the
Almighty." (Cunningham's Biha Topes.)
Latterly it is thought that the swastika
or "1"}=. '%=• derived its shape from 0 the
sun and thus may be connected with sun-
worship. If that is so, the ^ would help
to explain the perambulation of holy
objects of the Bonpos which leaves the
honoured object to the left not as with
the Buddhists to the right.

The Buddhists seem to believe that
the sun moves round the top of Sumeru
leaving it to the right. But in that case
the shape of the "RJ=.'%=. must originally
have been reversed in form. This sign is
used by the Bonpo in the place of the
Buddhist Vajra (Rdorje) : *i '^*r *!£•$• «r|!»jc.-
^•jj"|«i they found the swastika cross on
the lake Mauasarowara (Zam. I/), f^' \^'
"E15*'11 ffyun-drun hkyil-iva=$gH't$.'<%'^.'
king's palace (Mnon.). "l^'^'^ pyun-
drun-dgon Buddhist monastery, Lama
Yurru in Ladak (Cunn.) ; TF'^'S'j yyun-
drun-can tniiM an epithet of Vishiju
(Mnon.). «rst^fgi;-jjjjqm pyufi-drun-ltun
bfags n. of a Bon religious work on con-
fession ; its Buddhist counterpart being

US

1154

byan-chub ttiiit-

gyun-druti-pa the follower of the
Gyufi-drufi or Bon religion.

T^Vtf"'!*1*1 Gyun-druA tshul-khrim$
n. of a Bon sage (O. Bon. 35).

« gyufi-drnflserHS-dpah the
counterpart of a Bodhimttva in the Bon
religion ((?. Bon.).

of India.

gyun-po or "ra^'5 gyufi-pho
(<S. iejr.) alow caste people

a=^W» phyir-phud-
pa 1. to outoaste ; to oast out. 2. one of
very ugly and repulsive appearance, a
cadaverous-looking person. 3. ace. to Jd.
tame, opp. to Sfo'i rgod-pa wild.

"RF* ffyufi-mo, (*«q«r^-*) 1. 'qn^rf^
a woman of the lowest caste in India.
2. aco. to (S. Lex.) ^tfj^ft; and to Jd.
a libidinous woman.

ffytir or °J* l. = «ft* sleep, slum-
ber. 2. v. «TO>i'«J gyul-tca (Jd.).

> -3 yyur-za or TS^'* ^ gyur-zn-n-a
f'TW'C, 3*T [dependence, supportJS. ; a tree
bent under the weight of its flowers or
fruits (Rtsii. 17).

J pytil-ica or ISTr^Vi to- fight,
make battle ; also 'RS"! g.yul as subst. *!mm,
T^, fiRT, battle, fight, war; <JT>j<Jrg-*»r
8i|vq = 5(f'*-5^-ci to dress in coat of mail,
to be in full armour. <Wi''*3V4 yyul-
hgyed-pa faw, WqTra to give battle,
t[Wyw!$gyUl.gyisa-g8hi gs^f a battle
field. <TO»|-2r gyM/-no ??m, ^(Tfsj a battle,
fight ; ace. to Jd. an army facing the
enemy and ready for battle ; «Rj«rSs TO-
srN?; ^ac&'^-q gfgf^ tlie eldegt

of the Pandava brothers, one fearless and

sturdy in fight, a hero (Mfion.) ;

or Ti'I'^'9q!1»''c' to go to battle;
r£X-^ pyul-fior son ^fq^ii [skilful
in making war, a hero in battle]&.
qtprf-VtciK'tf^JrfV*'* the different
kinds of war cry : gjE.'q^cji-g plan-pohi dpah-
$gra ; «^'*fEi hlru-man-po ; %'55'«ig^-
•5^*1 yifi-rtaAi b§kyod-$ug$ • |^'§'S §prin-gyi-
tyra; 5'fil«)^-»»?-<*2^-q rta-sgra psan-mt/to
htslusr-wa ; w^-gN-g^Mg U-han skyes-buhi
dtegs-Sffra ; "BTe'iTV5^ hkhrug-rfta p«-ta
h<i-i/i sgra ; ftt'^'pfal nob-mobi na-ro
kha-ffhn ggra • WyWft-Qlfc-iVQ l/iab-l/tab-
pa dan-bjl;ii>i<l-j>nlii-sgra w^'w^'f mar-mar
$<jra ; Jf^frC'Qt'f <«^r4 glag-cor-ca-wohi-
8(/ra-hdre$-pa (Mnon.). "WV^ gyul-dkrug,
occurs in "^'f^et°-'^''^ g.yul-dkrug jiahi
bkhor-lo (Gyu. 10). WV^'^'V 0^
b$kra<l-p(ihi-hkhor-lo (Gyu. 10).

W*'Pffy«l-Mta «3«T, irf^ 1. a thresh-
ing-floor. 2.='TO«i'«Wwar, a battle. «Rj«r
^B*!'" gyul-hkhrug-pa fafo disorder, an
up-rising in a country.

r«if(*g3) gyul-than a threshing floor
[a multitude of threshing floors ;
the plant Anthericum tuberawm~\S.

<j|ojai-^a^ gyul-du hdsin as met. = a
knife or sword.

'llS ffyul-na- brjid^^fv^'^ dpah-ico
a hero, a champion (Mfion.).

aRa''§S'c' gyttl-sprod-pa to do battle, to
fight, strive, struggle.

Syn. "Sip hkhruy-pa; ^-q hdsin-iea;
fl)«jQi-q|J|»cq gyul-gfom-pa ; ^Tfl rgol-wa ; ^«5"
?S hthab-rt&od • wSi'W^ mnon-par nid;
VT«!*^ rdeg-ffsod; *%«\'fa- hkhrug-M; f>~
•»«wi kha-hthab-pa; 'W^'i yyul-hgyed-
pu • "Oiq'i htliab-pa (Mnon.)

"I^'al'l'i gynl-bdog-pa to avert war,
also, to rout an enemy, to make the

1155

enemy run away or retire: «RJT£]|Vq*' the neck of a Lhasa lap-dog as an orna

flfSX'i? a wheel which can subdue an enemy ment.

and bring victory (Gyu. 10). ipKfirq ffyer-snom-pa ^ [weary,

*Wo|=|^-«™ ston-las (Nag.). drowsy]^.
;- ffyul-bsrun a sentinel or mili-
tary sentry, watch-guard :
«f5VSi (Gyu. 10).

moved

a 1. fgpgtr, ^<3r to
swing, waft, to flow, agitate, to move a
thing softly to and fro: f*'fl
by the waves to and fro.;
to flow over a country, with floods or
hostile armies, etc. (Ma.) ; *fr$w*ft*.'H to
turn over books. 2. (^»wg'S) to agitate
the mind, to turn off the attention, to
disturb the mind: j-artrp'ii^wr^c.' the
king looking away, directing his attention
to something else; $*wrq^'§«'*|$Mi the
soul is disturbed by the devil ; w^MTtj
undisturbed, attentive ; Jj*r«v*)'fl|$c.-q or
fll$c.*T9 to be quite attentive, not to be
disturbed by any thing, inexcitable, a
character in which Buddha excels and
which all must strive to attain to. 3. sbst.
as fl|$sarj| diversion, pleasure, recreation ;
jest, joke: «|$w»Vvl'lirH*r»<'5^ these
are no falsehoods spoken in jest (Mil.).
«!^«'3S gyens-byed ftffz fig. a pig.

gyen 1. 3|^'|vq g.yen-slyor-ica
to caluminate. 2. n. of a royal family:
nj$3j-*ic,»rg-arR^ Gyen-sans phya-la hthen
a son of king Bala mn$-gyen-la hthen (G.
Bon. 23).

m^JTP gyem-pa or ^'ij^s 1. =^Y
&q Mod-log or «»^-erJfal'£«'ql3fer{| forni-
cation, incest, adultery. «l^'|s'£) gyem-
byed-pa t6 commit adultery, fornication. 2.
false dealings, acting wrongfully.

gyer-kka orV'S'.'H^'P'5' dril-
bu gyer-kha-ma small beU attached to

gyer-wa *'
ftnif [in

the manner of a proud king]<S. (A. K.
1-32).

+ *]%*.•% gyer-po tr^ an expert, one
who is well versed in any subject. Ace.
to Jd. adj. wise, prudent, circumspect.

Syn.

pa ;

mkhas-nas;
grims-pa.

gyer-wa 1. v.
2. passion, misbehaviour:
(Tig. 48).

mkhas-

gyel-wa.

gycl-can light, luminous body or space.

^J'V^'aKI gyer-ma ^mf^ guinea
pepper, Capsicum.

'UR. Gyer-mo-than n. of a place in
Kham (Ya-sel. 17).

g_yer-(jin-pa n. of a medicinal
plant : «q$v%'T§te'<*g5r£f!v^q'^i.

*^F\ gyel l.=*|i»-«w aP?K, slumber-
ing ; indolence. 2. n. of a place in Kongpo
(Deb. % hS).

an urgent wish ; a passion.

qp^Opq gyei.wa 1. to be idle, lazy,

slothful ; fl)$arq-5)y q^ incessantly, continu-
ally, busily. 2. in gi)*rfl|°)8Tti to forget.

znoj!7j'£j gyel-ma=ti*$l*\'** hphyon-ma a
harlot, prostitute (Mnon.).

*fffi &y° or "Vs* § 9-yo-sgyu, also
gyo-skyu, craft, cunning, deceit (Jd.) ;

1156

id. : g'§Vwwr*S'3B''?flr{|'' 1^ yan-shin gyo-tca-fiid being of light or easy

q5|facnq^-Sjq|-am'ft'<*^fl|'q«< (Khrid.^5). I^B*) mobility.

gyo-khram = *\yi'Qff-'$*iffyo-sy!/ii-dan kin-am ifi-i}-^ gyo-wa-can («X,^'W^ii«'q hdod-

both deceit and cunning. pat dregs-pa) an elephant that is mad for

q|3j-<w|m gyo-hgul qMaking, trembling, coupling (Mnon.)

shivering

S gyo-hgul chcn-po
I3* ^ '"3°i ff
Mw-x/tiit-ldrg;

great quaking. Syn. <^'^K'«3«I ^o-shin- tercourse]<S.

ffyo-tca-pa

[defeat; in-

hgul; ^v^*

yom-yom; fy'^fl fig-fig;

S5E.»r«j-«ga( yoni-su-hgul;

6 "B"l« kiiH-tu-hkhrugs (Mnon.).

'

*»'<7-«'<7;

crafty, deceitful ; a deceiver, cheat :
a-Slw-q^-Vmca-K (fi

Syn. ^I'SS dyr-lxjed ;

qpSj-qS'^t'Zi gyo-icahi

%•' $po$-dkar-fin the &/ tree the gum of
which is used as incense (Mnon.)

"l^'^i 9'jo-byrd 1. 'faT'ir that moves or
quakes fig. = §c.' r/M^ the wind (Mnon.). 2.

sjmfithe crow. «q3i'§S-!N^ = 5^'8| r/wn-Mrt

>*

the god of wind (Mfion.). 3. l3)'!^''! gyo-
li/i'd-pa to cheat, to deceive ; also one who
cheats: fll^'gyqS-f #

"I^'^S gyo-med 1. honest, without deceit
or cunning (Mnon.). 2. f^st, f^iT, n^,
tgyu-nut-mkhini ; I^J'J'*^ yyo-$yyu-can wer^r immoveable, constant, unvarying,
(4fno».). firm : "I3' **S '%f- & pyo-tned ylun-rdsi lit. the

i)3i-^^o-</w»z=»<E-'3^-q what is found firm cow-herd, an epithet of Vishnu
in excess (Rtsii.) ; also as vb. i^^^ to be (***»•)•

in excess, to exceed ;=^'fl or «9i'q A^M- Syn. W«i rtag-pa • 15^ « brtan-i*<i ;

tea excess. S'lgvq mi-hgyur-wa ; *^fl] mi-shiy ; S'Tj3!

1^'W w^/*i« l^^'^. 2. a hill- w"-^°; ^W'*S f«*o»wwrf (4W«».)-
stream, a stream. 3. met. a woman "f^'^ gyo-mo Ttfa^ a low woman.

yyo-$nod a cJoking pot or vessel.

Syn. 9 '9 phra-tca ; £"*< rdsa-ma ; fSo|'«i
khog-pa; ft'«'^ mi-tlia-ra (Mnon.).

ZJjUTS g;/o-ic(i,l> f. "I3'*' gyo« = »)'Q?^'1 1.
to move, to remove ; to wave, waver, to be
unsteady. ^•a|35'q mi-pyo-ica ^n not
moving, not agitated, as met. = a moun-
tain. "l^'fl^'^il'^gyo-jraAe mig-can vf rgt,
a woman with rolling eyes ; i]3} '»>«;•£) gyo-
med-pa fsig?j unmoved, steady. 2. sbst.
moveableness, mobility : "if^c.-«i|

-< one of the two early divi-
sions of the province of U: ''
-"

or ffyog-po 1. service, work
-ai-ai»)-ii-«j«; I have work, I
have business, I am busy; *iS ij^ii'lvJ
to serve, be in men's service, to obey.
2. ?TO, ^Hjs^Tfl man-ser\-ant ; S3ai'
"I3!"! master and servant, master and
attendants ; ^*\'"l3'q! service at sick-bed, a
nurse, one that attends sick persons ; "I3!")'
servant, servant's

1157

servant, and the servant again of the
latter. W^'W^f^'fl one who is bound
to serve till his death, a life-servant ;
Jcl'g-^q^-§-q|35q|-q a slave whose son and
grandson are bound to serve. Ivl**'
q|«rc&-^3q-pfc-£l attendants and retinue
who have been kindly protected (Rdsa.
19); fll^fli'8 g.yo(j-gla «aft, fin?* pay,
salary, wages; ij^'J|'^c.-j^ g.ijog-nan-mn a
house-servant, a servant who gets his food
and wages or at least the former from his
master's house ; Q|>Sis]'^fl|« g.yog-rigs those
in service = 1^'*?^ officials.

'" ffyog-pa, pf. *PT m/ogs i.=

(Mnon.) af?i^<.«i to cover, to
strew over or upon : g''fprS*rfl|';fa|'i to cover
a child with a garment ; *fi)-arg"*r«i|<Sj«i|-«i to
cover one's head with a pot (Glr.) ; also
g-j^'stff'ar^'Wflpfai'*! to cover the pot's
mouth with a wire-grate (Glr.) ; ^5'£«|«ri'
i)3jq|?4'q the external cutaneous covering
(in the embryo) (Jo). ; Viflf pWMffcpl the
hill-tops were covered with snow (Mil.).
2. to pour out or off.

lyogs—f'^ a cover (Mnon.) ;
' cover, covering ; stfj'^^*! covering
for the head, cap ; also fig. for self-delusion,
self-deception (Mil.) ; §^'qfs'qP', ?S'"!'S5£I1*'
upper-garment, mantle ; fJY"!3^ lower
garments, breeches ; i(33ii«'«3i yyogs-can
anything covered, having a cover ;
"'** 9-yogs-ma, dress, covering (Mnon.).

gyod in C. the large intestine
(Jd.).

9y°n ^"T) ^^ the left hand or
side ; ^I'l on the left, to the left ; ip^V^
towards the left ; fl^s-JfaF^ from the left
side; ^'"S^' or ^ftr^%*YI*fMI ^sjraV
a sitting posture the left leg stretched
forth ; it has been described as : SjC^w'SI'

'^il (Ya-sel.).

Qyon-gyi lha 7T*|? [a sage,
author of the fourth Mandate of the Kig-
veda]<S.

"I^'-s^ &yon-can l. = S'Q' a cat. 2. = 9^
a demon, devil (Mnon.). 3. "l^'-s^ m^
crafty, perh. also fornicator.

^•* ffyon-ma 1. the left hand (Jo.).
2. a woman : ^'^K'^'**'^ a woman who
is possessed of seductive virtues; «pfaj-»)q|-*i
g.yon-mig-ma a term for a handsome woman
(Mnon.) ; a woman of captivating looks.

<ij353j-sw pyon-lam=aw'e**i'li bad road or
path ; also bad behaviour (Mnon.).

'^I^ yob-pa pf. fl|<*m g.yobs to move
about, to swing, flutter: iffi"\ '1'if^D'n to
flutter the wings ; *pa«i-«i|^q-ti to strike out
with the arms and legs, ^^'g^ g.yol-lycd—
3'S gru-skya (Mnon.) 1. an oar. 2. C'^a
a fan, the fan of yak-tail to drive away
flies.

'q^ pyom-thog described as ^'H'
-q (Rtsii.) any structure with
step-like plinth, steps one above another
of an altar.

*f%* gyor-=|E.'p'iS ^t^T [1. a heap,
2. a crooked device] 8.

s'oo pyor-che colloq. a good deal,
great quantity : *'^«if wcnrq|**r j'D'^cj^ fl'

ma-pzo, colloq. a great many, very many ;
cognate expressions for which are : — *|^v

"^ (Rtsii.); tw

. ?el. 11).

Gyor-po n. of a place between
Ta-nang and Dol-phyi and Dal-ngan in
Lho-kha.

1158

'S gyor-wa [1. v.
3. v. %< Jd.

dar-po-efa) 1. a sail. 2. j
mtshohi-gyor a wave, billow.

^vSfa gyor-yol a sail ; I
a boom or mast.

2. v.

yol-ica.

v.

1:1. prov. for T™, in a^»''
circumambulation from left to right so
that the right side is towards the person
or object that U reverentially to be saluted
2.

II :

cooking

food ;

to cook:

v.

1^1 pitching two felt-tents, in the white
one (he) kept the remains, while in the
black tent they cooked their food and slept
one night (A. 120.). ^Wfw $yo$-khafi
kitchen, cooking house, the place where
the food for the general body of monks
is cooked ; ^'^IS'&'pc. dge-$lon spyihi
(flag. 69) ; also "fifr*' or «'*•

. ^«'w gyos-thab^W^ tliab-ka,
also «"|^»i'« gyos-sa a hearth ; <j^«i'|H
ffyof-gbyor utensils, ^pc., necessaries for the
kitchen: ^fr^'«R*^^l gyos-byor yafi-

(Jig. 26).

^ ra 1. is thejtwenty-fifth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet and is always pro-
nounced rather strongly. 2. num. fig. : 25.

^ II: in Budh. * demonstrates the
state of all matter as being fine as an atom
or even more inconceivable than an atom
(K. d. *, 321) ; in Tantrikism it repre-
sents a state which is free from |^ rkyen
(co-ordinate influence) (K. g. V, IfS) ; in
mysticism ^=j§'*levS a widow or one who
is without a husband (K. g. (", 179).

^ III : $ni a goat ; *>'% ra-tno a she-goat ;
*"Vrt"^ *WHi«di goat and sheep fold ; V
3«i ra-kyaCb&g made of goat's skin, ^'g^ ra-
$kyur=$f'& rtsab-mo (mystic) (Min. rda.
4). *'§*« ra-skyes a gelded he-goat ; *'g ra-
gu or colloq. ^'g ri-gu a young goat, kid ;
^'qft ra-rgod wild goat ; *'S*| ra-thug he-
goat ; ^'3^ ra-thcr serge or shawl made in
Tibet with the fine wool called &'$ khu-lu
growing next to the skin of the Tibetan
goat : «*>^*>«r*|$>$*'WT**ro$1fctw (Jig.
23). *'J|*i thick serge made of goat's hair ;
^•gj^ ra-lpags goat's skin, kid leather ; V|
ra-spu=*&zl rahi-spu goat hair; ^'5 ra-pho
a gelded he-goat ; ^'Sf"l ra-§log a coat with
goat's skin lining ; *.'91 ra-lug smaller
cattle, i.e., goat and sheep — in enumera-
tions of domestic cattle the * or goat
always precedes the $1 or sheep. *'•*) ra-$a
goat's flesh, goat-mutton.

Syn. 2-2 tshe-tshe ; swr** ag-tshar ; wif
*»r*^ ag-hhom-can ; y*rjF wa-hphyafi, ; \^
dri-hdsin; l^'f^ skyes-sgra can(Mnon.).

Raksa-sprul the apparitional
Eaksa goblin, an epithet of the Tantrik
god $'*%«>wq the red Hayagriba (Son.).

ra-gan, in comp. ^1 rag, brass :

ra-gan-gyi bum-pa brass vessel :
^ msi of brass curea

eye disease (Med.).

Syn. ^'H rt'-r « gfa ; \'»1^ dri-med ;
gser-can; t'Wil'W rtsibs-brtsibs •
bshu-bya (SjJion.).

^ ^^s ra-gur=*:Q an enclosure with
rail, wall or fencing ; ^'|'^'3^ rdo-rje ra-gur
an enclosure made with walls or pillars
having Dor/e figures on them (Yig.) — the
monastery of Sam-ye has such an enclo-
sure around it.

ra-rgyab-pa (more properly
*ne common term applied to the
scavengers and corpse-disposers in Lhasa
and also in Shiga-tse.

ra-sgog a species of garlic : ^"I

^,'|j£* Ra-sgren also written as yf *•', an
ancient monastery of Tibet founded by
]lbrom-$ton-pa in the beginning of the
llth century A.D. : |«'|M*tfirl<''**tff

3

"ii|'pc,' the miraculous monastery called
Eadeng in the north of Tibet (Rtsii.).

-> co-^ ra-cnoa = i^i <=^ definite arrange-
ments, settlement of an affair (D.H.).

+ *'?'3t)'5 Ra-ti gup-ta n. of an Indian
Buddhists sage (K. dun. 55).

1160

I : ra-mdah or ^I'l ra-mdah-
pa l.=J zla or 5*1*' grogg friend, com-
panion, assistant, helper. 2. = *"!«'**< rogs-
ram help, assistance : ^'w^'***^ ra-mdah
htshol-wa (Nag. 35) to seek help, to ask
for aid. ^Vl*'" ra-hdigg-pa or *-|Cfr«i
ra-hdren-pa to help, to assist (Sch.).

II : pursuing one who is run-
ning away, chasing.

^*^C* ra-idod the weeping willow.

f ^'^ ra-dha ordinarily called Rada a
province near Bangala (Bengal) : *-$

once there was a break in the continuity <>f
the Tirthika religion, for everyone in
Itada embraced the religion of Buddha
(K. dun. U).

ra-hdra a kind of stone or
mineral substance : ^'

^'fl ra-$na 1. n. of a medicinal herb
(Vai-gA.). 2.= fr% igroH-fM fir-tree.

m-tprod-pa to verify, to prove.

^iK" ra-phrod-pa found correct,
proved proof, verification.

v kagg-ri '

1. [a basin for water round the root of a
tree]*. (A. K. 1-2). 2. enclosure, fence,
enclosed wall, frq., esp. in W., also the
space in a fence, wall etc., pc'«i5'^-q yard,
court-yard, pen, fold, etc. ; ^'wijjVp to
enclose with a fence ; ail'swvq gmyug-mahi
ra-wa bamboo-fence, bamboo-hedge, etc. ;
%.-q)A'«i wooden fence, fence of boards ;
born hedge, thorn fence ; W* or
^frrnr an open ground with
bushes or trees here and there enclosed by
a fence, a park; iw*, a yard or open
space before a court of justice where

culprits are punished, ace. to Jti. a place
of execution ; js,'* Icafi-ra a grove of trees,
willow, poplar, etc. ^ (1) stone wall
enclosure. (2) circle of dancers. *>?^'*
prison-enclosure or jail-house ; OT* sheep-
cot, sheep-fold.

1 ^'Z^'p Ra-wa-ti n. of a Kashmirian
Buddhist monk who is said to have
possessed miraculous powers and fore-
knowledge (Khrid. 73).

Ra-wa ftotf n. of a small
monastery situated in the upland tract of
$'**•' Se-thang near Lhasa, where Lama
Klon-rdol Rin-po-che resided for a long
time (LoA. *, 3).

I ^*JJ ra-ma 1. ^rf^wr goat, she-goat:
«,'w^fl| goats and sheep. 2. as metaph.
mixture, medley of, e.g., when both ^9'*S
and S9'*^ characters are carelessly used in
writing a letter or anything else.

ra-ma ga-lntr

a species of fragrant grass [a species
of mountain-palm, the date tree]&

Syn. 9)' 3* Iha-gkyeg ; ^'^ se-re or «'*. ««u-
ru ; 'Krt'**'^ fin-tu dri-bsati-ldan ;
hbra-go; "|^»)'«^ gnag-can; $% td-li;
kha-dsu ri; Z^'^ rtstca-yi $in;
hphrefi-wahi rtsa ; «'5)'i sa-tji rtm ; -*j'P-'ir
rtsa; "!^'$ gs/wn-nu (Mnon.).

T, described as •*'*f**'*fr<t^ a
holy place situated near the island of
Lanka (Ceylon) (Dug-ye. 38).

ra-med infalh'ble, certain, sure ;
lhad-med without alloy, or free
from any foreign bodies or impurities.

*'35'£ Ra-mo-c/te n. of the sanctuary built
on a plain in the north quarter of Lhasa by

1161

the Chinese wife of king Srofi-btsan _
po in about 633 A.D. and containing the
image of Akshobya Buddha which was car-
ried from Nepal under the orders of SroA*
btsan ggam-po's Nepalese wife, the daughter
of king Ams'u Varman.

ra-mo-ya

a hornet.

^,'CJ^'q ra-bzi-wa in C. = to be drunk,
get intoxicated.

a 8peo;eg
of sandal wood, a fragrant wood.

^1 ra-yig ^tn:, ^« the letter r when
surmounting another letter is so called.
v5)«<H>rii ft^r=g*-*i a name for the
bee on account of its horns, resembling the
double ^ na-ro*(Yig. k.).

*$r*\*rr>c;ei Ra-rtsigs kJiafi-pa n. of a
castle in Tibet in which Atis'a was at one
time accommodated when travelling in
Tibet: ^t^rpw^yw^mrj (A. 93).

^X ra-ri 1. a term for fault, defile-
ment and dirt (i.e., jfa skyon, \*» dfi-ma,
^Ti dreg-pa}; ^-i>^o ra-ri med-pa
faultless, stainless. 2. ace. to Sch. : neither
high nor low.

^'*1 »-a-re$=^*r3fa ref-mog one by
one ; by turns.

•*s'* ra-ro 1. intoxication, drunkenness.
2. intoxicated (Sch.} : ^•'^•q-twr*^-cf the
first stage of drunkenness makes one devoid
of the senses, shameless ; ^'f^WJfc'S'fc
jfo'q'^c^ drunkenness in the second stage
resembles a furious elephant ; ^f^jfrvSf.
^'^ the end (of it) resembles a corpse.
v^'n ra-ro-wa in W. to be intoxicated,
drunk. ^'X'pvl'vq ra-rotvar byed-pa to make
drunk (Dzl.) ; vX'«|-«i»i-«^«-§ having come
to one's self again after a drunken, fit,
being sober again (Ja.) .

' Ra-luft n. of a village two days'
journey east from Gyang-tse in Tsang
where the Buddhist Saint Hyro mgon
Gtsfifi-pa Rgya ras founded the monstery
of RalM (Lofi. s, 28).

*'-g"i ra-ful the remnants or traces of an
old pen or enclosure.

^'1 Ra-sa lit. goafs-land ; the ancient
name of Lhasa which, since the famous
image of Buddha was brought from
China and kept there, became converted
into Lhasa, the letter Ra (X) being
naturally changed into Lha $ which
signifies a divine being, i.e., Buddha.

*-«r*3«rjc Ra-sa hphrul-mafi, (the mira-
culous temple of Easa) old n. of the great
temple of Buddha now called the Cho-
khang or Kinkhording ^iK^ffiV^c. at
Lhasa built by king Srofi-btan sgam-po
at the request of his Nepalese wife. The
historical image of Buddha in this temple
representing him as a prince, which is
said to have been taken from Magadha by
the Chinese about the first century B.C.,
was presented by emperor Thaijung T'ai-
tsung to his daughter who was married to
king Srofi-btsan sgam-po. The princess kept
it in the temple of Eamochhe but in the
10th ceutury it was transferred to this
temple. The spot on which this temple was
built being found auspicious by astrology
was selected for a site by the Nepalese
princess, but being a low place it was
raised with earth carried it is said, by
goats, hence its name *'« Ra-sa.

_!_ -v -M -^ ^ ra-sa ya-na \nnw chemical
preparation of mercury for medicinal pur-
poses (Sman.).

ra-ma n. of an insect (K. g. »,

147

*

1162

* vll ra-dsa-ka = $ Ice tongue (mystic)
(K. g. r, 86).

+ V"'^ Ra-sa-ri n. of an ancient city
in Sind in India (5. Lam. 35).

\ V$ ra-lm= f •'W the planet Bahu.

^ rwa <*f* 1. also *'* rtca-co, horn of

yak, cow, etc. 2. met. a mountain peak :
*-*4}*rw-j*,-£j-$»rs'£)$-^ Rwa miiam-par gyw-
pa shet'bya-wahi ri (the mountain of equal
and even peaks), n. of a mountain in the
fabulous continent of Uttara Kuru (K. d.
*, 301). yw" RIM gsum-pa n. of a
three-peaked mountain said to be situated
five hundred yojana beyond the south of
the mountains which border the southern
ocean ; on its side is the kingdom of the
lord of death (K. d. *, 277). 3. sting,
e.g., of the scorpion. ^'"19'*^ or * "19^
one holding' or using a bow made of
horn.

*'**( nca~can 1. tiff1 horned animals,
like cow, buffalo, antelope, stag, etc. 2.
3TO3Tif a species of conch shell which has
horny projections or thorns (MAon.).

*.-y*\if9iK.v*jlpt rwa-dicag$ mfia
abbreviation of *'||*' Rwa-tgren,
Dwagt-po and *«A'^W Mnah-rig. Also
abbrev. of y'fS Rica-ica (tod, ^'"'SS Rira-
tca $nidd, ^1*«'3 Dtcagt-po, and «t^^w^<c
yAab-rii grwa-fshafi the four sections of
the monastic college in Tashi-lhunpo (Lofi.

», 13).

^ rwa-tshwa a kind of mineral salt
resembling V5'3'« ra-ru phye-ma : ^'^

an

met.=blood, red.
2. saffron, minium, cinnabar (Mil.).

rag 1. sbst. v. *--*\*t brass.

lP1 the brass trumpet
was also an invention of Lha-btsun-pi
(A. 75). VJAfl!«i| rag-hgag=V^^i\ or H-«III
a small brass plate ; *"] §"!*' ray-steys a
small brass-tray on which tea-cups are
placed when tea is served (Rfsii.). **|'V.'
(also called "J'"?'!^'^'!'^' /o-jo«rn
ren yyi-dttfi) long brass-trumpets
resembling a telescope in shape and size
(A. 75). 2. subject, subservient, depen-
dent : JKfHKlVr*^. In W. for VF
«'*^ dtegs-pa-can proud, haughty, and also
for 5*1^'*^ glorious, splendid.

«,iI4e.-%- rag-rhuft $ifi *1f« the olive
tree.

Syu. ^f'^ ko-le ; §*'%•' sffyur-fiA (Mfion.).

**\ '^ ray-rdo a mineral substance ^"1^^
J)^V*«i'*«i'*qi'«K'3S Rag-rdo cures eye
disease and removes dimness of vision.

brass wire ; ^1'^=-' a brass trumpet :

1. vb. TT. for H« to
touch, feel, and in a more generalized
Bense=**^'t> to perceive, to scent, taste,
hear, see. 2. adj. dark-russet, brownish,
of horses, rocks, etc. (Ja.).

*qj cj-«f|n rag-pa thafl-zlum one of the
37 sacred places of the Bon (0. Son. 38).

^*l|'£l Rag-ma n. of a village in Tibet
mentioned in Mil.

*«1 * rag-tse stone in fruits in W. (Ja.).

*nj ^tt-ci rag-lue-pa= *'^1'i adj. depen-
dent on: as vb. ^l-q«'« to depend on:
wtwjwS'Of^'i S*!'^'"!^'!'^ the doctrine
of Buddha is dependent on the Buddhist
clergy; Jiti$\3^'£J'a|'*'ir$*' that depends
on your strength (Mil.) ; «$fl|«W£)-«t*w«r
breathing depends on the soul;
r^l'^*!'^*.' as they depend on
others for their living; ^Ttfww^
qi'i dependent on co-ordinate influence
(Ti9. 18).

1163

raff-9a or VfQ raksa 1.
berries which are used for beads of rosary :
*jpraftq-*fMW i8 a protection against fright-
ful deities. VTZi5'*|cq drag-pohi hphrefl-
wa a rosary made of this fruit sacred to
the god Eudra. 2. *fy-*\ Rag-fa g^u a
Turk or Tartar.

ran,

^ rafi-nid 1

1. ourself, one's self, self:

) rag-fi 1. n. of a country and its
people. 2. spirit, or liquor, that is dis-
tilled from the Moioah flowers. '

rags 1. dam, mole, dike, em-
bankment ; also $'**!<' and $'^. v^r*^'
w^-g-^^i-K^ (A. 90) having cons-
tructed the embankment, it is still called
Lha-Je Rag. 2. any construction of
similar shape ; il'^l^ (also) **f*. intrench-
ment, breast-work; gi'V'l*' stack, rick of
straw ; %-*fl|«* stack of wood (Jo.).

T^I 1 : 1. rags-pa ^ra, opp. of 3 or
i ; coarse, thick, rough, unrefined :
the more delicate and
the coarser component parts of the body ;
*>*F£i<vv^'S«'ai reckoned roughly;
$•*<' by a rough estimate; l^r«l$I
^MpMffP the perishableness of the
corporeal mass and of the subtle parts ;
ui^a«i|-^<im-£j ^aiF grosser parts or visible
limbs; of Buddhas it is said that they
appear *i|»r«i3-g«r§»i, bodily. 2. to work,
mould, form, sketch, etc., roughly.

II: few, short:
m to give a brief account of
the origin of the different ones ; S^T^Nf
*"Fti'*jlVl|!lfi1'^^ for inviting a few
including master and servants (A. 127).
f^-^fctsr^ rag§-riin tsam-shig= ^'^w a few
principal ones : JtowMprVr*r^f(wrq'<
he described a few of his chief talents or
qualities (A. 16).

T, 120) by ignorance (Avidya) one's own
future, of itself was destroyed ; ^c.'9| fi^
^T^ one's party or side; *R.'^-«I self
evolved ; ^^'S^ rafi-bytifi self -sprung, very
frq. ; ^=-'^=.' rafi-hbyufi one's own accord :
c.^E.-qgc.-j^-crac^-j, I shaU go to the wor-
ship of my own accord (A. 7). v/ift^q'
or|cl>r^r^ let us two go together for
our heart's satisfaction (Rdsa. 17). In
colloq. ^' is generally added to all the
personal pron. without any reflective
meaning ; thus, "i'1*' and j^^' are much
more commonly used than merely c.' and
j* indicating in C. simply " I " and "he."
Again ^c-' alone may stand for the pronoun
I, etc. ; *=••*«], *«.-Jj*w plur. ; **.-%\ my, thy,
etc. Other examples : 4*.'»T<^K.15|'qp«1«r»^r
i»« that wife fond of herself, in love with
herself (D.R.) ; ^«r*c9|-sr§|^£wRq|-s(« he
perceiving that it was his own mother;
m*Kl)«rwtf shaving one's own head
(Dzl.) • ^=,-q*i-c,^-q worse than self ; ^cm«rX'q
greater than one's self ; *c.'«rg-»J^ jf a
man has no son of his own (Mil.). In
compounds ; *c.'%*w one's own soul ; "\e.-^«i|-
««^«r**p«^p one's own intelligence,
perception and happiness; ^=.'jf«T1vc.'«i)«r<i|^
rafl-srog rafi-gis-ffcod you will take your
own life (Glr.). 2. just, exactly, precisely,
merely, the very : ^e." the very same ;
^c,-5)^ exactly so! it is just so! g'*K=/
sfta-mo-rafi quite early in the morning
(Mil.); e.-«^-»|«vEr^-9|« by the mere
meeting with me (Mil.) ; *Ke/ just a
person, a person travelling all alone ; S'^c.1
she, she alone ; also, an unmarried
woman. W%W ran-gi fio-wo ^^q
one's own nature, constitution or inner
shape.

1164

raft-rkya-thub one who is so
learned, clever or skilled that he needs
no help or advice or instruction from
another party: $»<*<''iK*t5'3£'**<3'V«
qsvcr^ (Rhri4. 153).

**'§* raft-tkyur also written **'«ij*
(K. g. «, IiT).

j^ raK-f kyed— *&*| ^ hjig-rten or
gnat-rten (4fflo*s.) as met. = the
world.

**'5*i rat-skyef 1. fw extraction, race,
family. 2. w=as met. fil blood.

*e.p nin-kltit resp. **'M lit. one's
own face, one's own promise or word.

*ffife.4i rafi-khofis or **'B*i one's own
jurisdiction, country, territory.

r«fl-</<7-M-<i=1^'lW«>1V« or o^'jf*'*'
purposeless, indifferent, without
any object in view.

*K.'<?|* g«;-ci raA-gir byed-pa *ftnrT to own,
to make it one's own, to accept ; to take in.

*t'3«> rati-gntb natural, not artificial
or produced by men, self-evolved or
formed.

*c.-^4|4-q rat-4gafy-pa an unmarried man
(&A.). *K.'«^p.'«j rafi-dgah-tca free, inde-
pendent. ^e.'S1^'« mfi-4gah-nM— Q»"
(QfAon.) a house-wife.

***-•$* raft-rgyal \.=
.idfis-tgyat. 2. ^R'jai'JwRlf'H rafi-rgyal
hgro-tca to live after one's own option or
pleasure (Sch.). S elf- will (ed), obstinacy.

*=.'«^, rafi-rgyud ^iww [self-reliantJS1.
s^c.'^c.'Sl'A^'q rafi-rafi-gi rgyud-pa indivi-
dual temperament, independence.

**•* rafi-cha= «se,'^K.'9|'« one's own share,
portion or side (Tasel. $.1).

^ffq«-3«-q^ rad-ftobs-kyis kgroj as a
(&fon.) infantry, foot

soldier. ^ffqw«|J|^^q rat-ftobf

= ^^'Ji a class of Bon who aim at re-

sembling Buddhist Pra'yeka Buddhas.

rafi-bthag mill, water-mill ; also
flour pounded in a water-mill.
rafi-thag bca<j-pa self-settling,
one who does not consult another in any
work but decides himself.

.' raft-mthoA pride, self-compla-
cency, self-sufficiency : *v*flff*r9^ be not
self-sufficient; 9Kittfc*^rvfa pride,
self-sufficiency is a bad omen.

**.'M raft-don one's own affairs, one's
own profit, self interest ; ^'M'SV to look
to one's own advantage, to be selfish.

*f*^ rafi-bdoj «^f«? doing according
to one's own wishes, selfishness, v. **•$•«
raH-ftsif. *c»^-«i self-willed ; also 4K a
libertine ; ^«.-^'»i 4rf^ a woman that
acts freely according to her own wish.
- innerself, the mind.
o=1'*£>' pho-rafi a celibate,.
an unmarried man.

*c.-qq«i rafi-babs=&& it occurs to one's
self.

'W*^'*1 rad-byan chu4-pa= r§«.

.-g rat-lM, 1. Cs. single, alone ; **'
3^ raA-bur adv. singly, alone, without a
consort. 2. Cs. : a single life. 3. ace. to
ScMr. one's own child.

**•}*.• rafi-byuti also «'S^ also *=.'ge.-<** «i
^uw an epithet of Brahma (Jjfflon.) ;
v. also ^f supra, ^t'gf^'i rafi-byufi rdo-
rje n. of the 3rd Karma-pa hierarch (Deb.
1, 45).

*fgw raft-bi/us= *c-'%l'*\*t raH-gi-don self-
interest : *c.-g»r*>.Jl*r<W3»''«WSI*< (Rdsa.
25) understanding one's own worth it

1165

is much better not to judge of others'
merits.

*=.'§^ rafi-byon= *«.'§=,• self-evolved or
*e.-qt^-j-|^-£i ^J»H self-grown or born
of itself: ^'I^'IT rafi-byon-lfia the five
images contained in the Cho-khang
temple of Lhasa which are believed to be
self -grown (Loft. *, 6).

.- raft-dwafi independence, liberty :
are not masters of the
place, i.e., they are not free to choose the
place ; in the same sense : i^'I'^c.'^'*1^
gar-gkye raft-dbafl-nted as to where one is
to be born one has no choice. W^rtfcfl
to become free, an independent person ;
*,E.-^qc.-«^ rafi-dicafi-can free, independent.

Syn. *t'*S rafi-rgyud; ^f^qc:*^ raft-

V

(jwaft-can ; ^ST V^'*^ bdag-ijwaft-can ; ^ST
8|vs fydag-gir-wa ; fS^'ti fia-yin-pa ; *£.'
rafi-gir-byed ; "^'Vl^'ift raft-tfgar-
*K.'^«|* raft-dgah; «wg<wqic;n
pshan-gyig ma-bzuft-wa (Jtffton.).

^E^qe;*^ raft-dtcaft-nwd ^reW one not
master of himself, one dependent on
another ; a subject, a vassal.

Syn. fljm^'^qfUe,1 jtshan-tfivaft-soft ;
bdag-d.wati min ; V^G.-g*i rafi-
'^'^if pha-rol-ifwafi (Mfion.).

rafi-hlyor-lfia the five self-
acquired privileges : (1) the privilege of
being born as a sanctified human being ;
(2) to be born at a central place, like
Magadha or Lhasa, where there are oppor-
tunities to learn Buddhism ; (3) to be
perfect in the development of the physical
organs or limbs and in that of the inner
faculties ; (4) «w|-*w«i-»fi5fl|-<j not to do any
work in a perverse manner, i.e., attain-
ing the end by proper means ; (5) to
have faith in the religion of Buddha
(Khrid. 11).

mo-rafi a woman
herself or that has not taken a husband
but lives a spinster.

^e.'t'*' rafi-rtsis self-complacence ; also,
the opinion which one has of one's self :
*E.-t-w«^c;<0^-*i-S-3j«ii do not be self-com-
placent or grow selfish.

^'Cl* rafi-tshtig$=^$* also ^'f^-trw
IWi one capable of doing a work inde-
pendently : *|v9|w*e.-tf«nr$i5«r<i | ^S}1*^-
|N'gc.'qv|^ he who is not confident of
his abilities will be protected, i.e., ruled,
by others (Mbrom. f>, 17).

*E.-3e«^-ti rafi-tshod-zin-pa one who
knows his own capabilities (Rdsa. 21).

.-e.- he and myself.
in = tt fio-ivo or
fio-wo-nid (Julian.) sujfa, W, «W, «w ,
^«T«r, n?r nature, natural disposition, state
or constitution, natural temperament : **>'
'q by nature beautiful ; ^e.-q^-«w-
''1' to change one's natural consti-
tution (Vai-§fi.); ^K.'^'«i|«> perversity,
changed nature ; w^'l-q3^E,-i% §w as
a natural consequence of so heavy a
snow-fall (Mil.) ; ^=•'"^'1*' rafi-bshin-gyis
of itself, by itself, w4^"im from its very
nature, naturally, spontanJously ; *§=.'
^f^K^^m^ this body having the
nature of the five elements in its consti-
tution ( Vai-$fi.) ; *E,-q^-qae.- raft-bshin-bzan
= q$vcc&t: ftif-bsafl innate goodness, one
who is by nature good (Mfion.) • *c.-q^-qj^
rafi-bs/iin-yiMS= ?"!'" rtag-pa or i^'i brta/t-
pa (Mfion.) steady, constant, perpetual.

^t-'lll*' rafi-ffzug$= *?% fio-wo or ^^
Ao-wo-nid. also ^S^'5 d,fiog-po (Igfion.).

^e.-nS' rati-bzo 1. fabrication, one's own
design ; reform, innovation ; an innovator,
one who does not care to follow the

1166

established custom or law ; a reformer :

(Khri$. 51). 2. self-determination opp. to
a punctilious adhering to tradition (Jd.).
i>c. q¥vg q rafi-bzor s»tra-wa= f^'U'*! r</«a»-
S»ira-wa to speak falsely, to lie.

**'^fl| raft-rig ^re'%^ natural intelli-
gence ; consciousness, self -cognition.

raft-rigs ^rorfa a kinsman.

fl-re 1. each, each respectively :
«<-q|E.- each may lead himself,
may be his own guide. Also v\e.' =
each. 2. we: v-AS-jfy.^ raft-rebl ygo-
dfuft-na at our own door (Mil.) ; *K.'^W
we ourselves, one and all. 3. polite way
of address = you.

*e/anr*-^ rxft-las-tha-daj different from
self.

^fij^w rafi-g^ii— ^'"fa or W do-wo ; in
oolloq. = JVV1 ryywi-dag (Yig. 28).

^e.-^p|wai rafi-fugs-la of itself, spontane-
ous ; ^^'•9ql"'5»' spontaneously.

*e.'« raft-sa or *^^ raft-so one's own
place : ^E- « ^ « or *s.'tf*!iK.-q to maintain
one's own place or station ; **.'«« or *e.'*S^
***F\» to leave (a thing) in its own
place, fig. = to leave undecided, to let
the matter alone (Mil.). *e;w raft-sar 1.
unto one's own place or position, «*w«v
^fw^-jw thautf-ca4 raft-sar-gyet all pro-
ceeded to their own places (&brom. f>,
19). 2. = 1*.'-S1»''3« spontaneously: «w
9V«|v^ro;-*K-^N*$q all out of feeling
spontaneously shed tears (A. IS).

« Raft-saft$-rgya$ yrtj*^* Pra-
tyeka Buddha, i.e., a Buddha who has
obtained perfection by his own exertions,
and by concentration of the mind, but
who does not gain enlightenment by
promoting the welfare of other beings.

This class of Buddhist saints is of two
kinds : — (1) i^'f 9 bsa-ru Ita-bu ^frr-
; (2) *iI«'V8«S tshog$-daft-$pyod

Syn. ^s.'S8''*^ raft-byaft-chub ;
fyse-ruhi rgyal-wa •

raft-shi don-gtner;
tkyen-ycig-rtogs\ ^=.'J«i raft-rgyal (Mftoii).

'Q raft-ica pf. ^w ratSt=W't or
'1', to be delighted, cheerful, joyous ; to
rejoice : ^*»*r*Ke.»rt« discontented, "K^'i
yi4-raft-wa or %'*&:i rejoicing, delight;
^•rwr^AvjWI*^ having been very
much dissatisfied ; w. w*ifa'^ unwillingly,
reluctantly.

^C7|'C| rafts-pa 1. "SWTfl rapture,
ecstasy, ravishment (Mfton.). 2. m^^'^tw
n* for **w3'V<-g early in the morning.

•f. ^'N'H raftf-po l.= *c
all, whole, entire. 2. ace. to Sch. : rough,
raw, unpolished.

+ ^T*'"! ra-na-dsa-ka as met.= 5'*» ku-w a
.T^ a gourd (Mflo/i.).

'^ ra4-pn in W. for 15ft*1

a4-r<4 1. v. ^'Q ro$-po. 2.
uneven, any uneven place containing
ditches, &c.

^3j ran— ^ rtsa a kind of grass
(K. du. *, 3^6) ; said to be shave-grass,
JEquisetum arvense (Jd.).

^3j'^l ran-pa ^-*< f»ra, fl»? 1. to be the
time or right moment for anything, to
be proper, just righ't, even ; adv. M'"*
moderately, ^"^'^ ran-par-sro warm your-
self moderately, »v*"VM'£K'a'£1 sa4-tshod ran-
par ssa-wa to eat moderately ; ^'<»r?'^^'^

1167

this is about the proper measure (Del.).
2. srra the time, opportunity; ^a'^'ci
time to take food; 9'^'|'M'^"I the
time of child-birth has arrived; in C.
colloq. Y^f^'VI " tanda do ren du' "
now it is time to go ; %*c^-cr%q to die
an untimely death ; oij-*4*,'<»|5c.-^-£|-^c.' when
it was time to give her in marriage (DzL).

-w weaving of cloth
or sewing.

^3 I : rab a ford ; vr*>^ rab-med with-
out a ford. $-q>q-*>^ the river Vaitarani
which cannot be forded or passed over ;
n. of a river in Orissa.

^3 II: 1. cfT, *, 3, ^^, *fitfe; **<|
rnchog best, highest, superior, excellent,
pure; *HAg^«r«iRj« the three, the first,
the intermediate, and the last; 3tw^q
thebs-na-rab if rightly understood, that
will be the best ; frq. for : it is right,
that will do. 2. much, plentiful : ^•|S'T«|-
^" rab-skrahi hog-nas also with a full head
of hair (you may be a holy man) (Mil.).
*1'VF rab-dkar very white, WVP'1*'
rab-dkar-§ni(i = ^« *ra^i a bear (Mfion.).
^q^np-^-g^ rab-dkar //<«-?•*>•«$= P£>5*!*'
a special small white scarf used for pre-
sentation to great men in Tibet (Tig. 88),
ral-dgah si^f^Ji ecstasy, joy;

rab-gyur <3*»H excellence. ^q'^Sf'q
rab-hgro-wa SWTT, ^\^\ to walk or move
well,, gently (jjfflow.) ; ^•^•|^£i ^KI^ to
move or walk freely, i.e., unhindered.

fN>% 5wm fully blown; ^q'^flm'ti
well-known; ^qig"|wi proclaimed.
rab-bsfiag$ (1) 5inr^ the mystic
^^ Om, the sublimest praise for the deity.
(2) SHOT praise. (3)=*rtRw«iflw mtho-ris-
ffnas, ^'^i\^ dge-legs (Mfion.) the heaven,
the state of beatitude. **»'*iXflj rab-mchog
excellence, the excellent one.

rab-mchog -mig
4pal-hbra§ (Mfion.) wood-apple.

1. siga, swK well scattered or
spread over. 2. n. of a very large number ;
W«3pi*7B«TOp| n. of a still larger num-
ber.

as met. = f father.
that

*q-|w*ie.- rab-skyes rnaH
breeds many ; met. a sow.

^ rab-b§kyed ^*f growth, develop-

ment.

rab-dkrus ^%?f washed clean,
cleansed, sanctified.

rab-bskrad banishment, expul-
sion ; turning out from a place as in the
case of an evil spirit.

^q-<»j5*w rab-hkhyams ^grw wandering,
moving freely.

_ w^^wi^i-q ^fr^, ^f^s very
wicked, very wrathful .

rab-tu adv. very, exceedingly,
especially ; fully, thoroughly (with adjec-
tives and verbs) ^q^'^N rab-tu $dom lock
(the door) well ; ^•g-J9*rw^ rab-tu khrot-
par gyur-te became very angry (Jd.).
^q'5'qij^ absolute prohibition; ^q-g-qjt-q
S<m quite stretched out. ^£i'5^§V£' rab-tu
hbyed-pa = ^-q| YI rab-bskyed-pa to analyze,
but in Td. 96 it is equivalent to
treatise, dissertation, ^'{j'
5ftw famous, celebrated ;
easily destroyed, perishable;
qiW*, quite subdued; vr§'<tfw«i rab-tu
hthib$-pa= ^Vnfo^n gnid-log Mod-pa to
be sleepy, ako wishing to sleep or fond of
sleep ; ^-5-^>«J very pure, pellucid ; wy

T, 5)nr«j saluting reverentially.
•"511 rab-brtag g^$g>u discrimination,

or

1168

rab-hog the second in rank, next

in value.

rab-sim-pa *mi*. ecstasy,
delighted.

«,q-qjwi ,-ab-psal or w^w* fttfirn, SWOTT

1. very clear, illuminated, quite evident.

2. sbst. a small balcony or gallery, freq.
seen in Tibetan houses. 3. illumination,
cheerfulness. 4. n. of a legendary king,
supposed to have been Buddha in one of
his incarnations (A. K.).

vv$'«JX'q rab-tu fkor-ica ^fTW to turn
round and round, to deliver a sermon,
preach over and again; *3'§lfa'C| iwiHf
elucidation.

rab-lu-btten reverence, venera-

tion.

Syn. *ft'3*< '^ '^ '" datf-yitt-daA Idan-pa ;
%•*'» mot-pa (lotion.).

r^q-ij-q|H»rci rab-tu gnat-pa 1. sfiwr to
consecrate new images, pictures of deities
and temples, houses; ^•Wflmrdvaarw
n|^«-»^ (A. 80) he consecrated those
images that had not been consecrated
before ; |W?^lF«r"*^'*|«'**^*fS a
Tantra containing the rites and ceremonies
of consecration of images, symbols, &c.
(K. g. }, 288). 2. TOtmt fully establish-
ing, founding.
^q--a,1^i rab-tu

*Q'§ ^8*- q >'ab-tu hbyufi-wa wi«qr to enter
the priesthood, to embrace religious life
as a profession ; more particularly : to leave
one's home for the homeless life of an
ascetic by embracing the religion of
Buddha; to take vows of purity and
celibacy and to religiously follow the
rules of moral discipline as laid down in
the Vinaya scriptures of Buddha (for
further explanation see Lam-rim. 96) ;
being ordained by a

n.

spiritual teacher.
renounced perfectly; he that has taken
orders, a clerical person ; va'^e.' rab-byufi
is also the name of the first year of the
cycle of sixty years ; *^'§'§^* rab-tu
byon-na$= *i'§'ge.^*i rab-tu lytifi-tif<$ having
been initiated, ordained: ^«^rf^r%
Hqc*Vq-5'3^«i (A. 30) the Kalyananntnt
(learned monk) Lo-tsa-wa having been
initiated in this sacred cult.

*q'§'5f*'9S'*' rab-tu myot byed-ma
of a celestial courtezan (Loft. «, 5).

*q-§-*-q rab-tu t8?M-ici= ^'"S*1
fafial or ^S'1"!^*' yitf-ffdufit (4?<fon.) 1.
misery, heart-burning grief, sorrow. 2.
*«mn, ^y<n very hot, burning ; n. of a
hell (Son. ch. 5).

^q-jj-tfj^ rab-tu tsha-byed. as met.= S'*
Tihyo-wo husband (Mfion.).

^q'Jfn|»i rab-rtogt STtfTfr, M^IIVI perfect
reflection ; or irtvr full consideration ;
thinking well.

rab-b_rtan sprin-yrol an epi-
thet of the elephant on which Indra rides,
Airavata (MAon.).

*.Q'nTf rab-rpt/to n. of a medicinal plant
^5, <ST<il, that kills ring-worm [the plant
Cassia alata or Tora~]S.

Syn. v%'9**<*' dra-dru hjo/iis (Mfton.).

**'%*•' Rab-tnad n. of a king who is said
to have seen the light on the day Gautama
Buddha was born, the son of king Arianta
Nemi or «'SIV*«'U«' (K. du. \ 5).

«,q-^»(»i-q rab-namt-pa swa ruined;
downfall, destruction.

^q'U|ai*i'»l-f<i| rab-pnat me-tog aff«iT po-
melo-flower: |«;-J"3^-ZiS^f8|-»-fii| (yfon.).

^^'l^^ Itab-g.noH n. of a city of the
Axuras situated at the foot of the great
Sumeru mountain (Soriy. 30).

1169

W|«^ rab-byed sran;ir, ^wa dissertation,
description, ^°ffs s^gT habit, custom.

*vQ'fj« rab-§pra§= ^ §'"5^ rab-tu brgyan
or Sfo'ij'*?* f/rt_#M jKffees well-adorned, very
handsome : j^'*-jj'*fl|«'3»i^q'§« adorned
with different sorts of ornaments (A. If).

*$(*fon rab-dben-pa yR3* spiritual
turn of mind, retiring mind ; retirement.

*<rqS*w rab-hbyams sw* deeply read,
profound scholarship. w^gjwu rab-
hb yams-pa a diploma resembling in a
manner the degree of Doctor of Divinity
which the Buddhist priesthood confers on
monk students of sacred literature (Rtsii) ;
*«r^g*wj'«* rab-hbyams rgya-mtsko a
degree of divinity in the Buddhist church
(Bon. ch. 10).

^zrng'v rab-hbyor and w*|*'^-«i rab-
hbyor chen-pa ^PjJ%, T?raifa, the disciples
of Buddha who were astute in asking
questions of him for the elucidation of
doubtful points, etc. They are generally
the inquirers who provoke Buddha's
discourses (K. g. \ 119).

*q'|*, rab-sbyar sra^f ; anything put
together, a composition.

*i|X rab-slyor sflrahr, tT^T coinci-
dence ; also co-operation, application.

*q-n¥*w Sab-hjoms ^*red, *tjw$t the
god of wind ; *fl'^*w'§^ Rab-hjoms-byed
, the lord of death.

rab-mafi 1. tfjci many, a large
number. 2. iffl as met. the earth.

*q'a.gfl| rab-hdmg SWT^ as met.= *$*i gain
urine (Mnon.).

^i'^ rab-shi perfect peace ;= *flf ^wi|^
mtho-ri$-g.na$ heaven, alsozz^'^IN dye-legs
piety and righteousness (Mfion.). wlflpf
£wXxg«i'|'»X, a Sutra contained in the
Kahgyur (K d. % 179).

.' rab-bzan ^*r^ the excellent one ;
n. of an individual ; also Buddha in one
of his incarnations (Pag. 302).

; a fabulous great number.

rab-rib also as $«r$P hrab-hrib
mist, dimness, glimmer :
the faint glimmering of a star
(Jd.). Also=«<Ti or «^^«| and
darkness, dimness, faintness (MAon.).
f free from

b dag-pa to get rid
of dimness so as to see everything well
defined : ^9*rwr*nVF^r^4ftrf ^ij^n (^.
76) when the mental darkness vanished
in (cooked) rice-food, &c. ; ^•^••8^'|-y-«|V
wlfe-q^m the cause of darkened combed
out hair appearing [in the story related
by Atis'a of an old woman who on
account of her mental delusion used to
see combed-out hair mixed up in her food]
(A. 77).

rab-sadoT w$w*ti rab-hu-sa-rab
full awakening or understanding.

rabs race, generation, lineage,
succession of family or kings, class of
people : *£W*\<^ the succession having
been broken; JTVW royal family or
lineage ; »)-*«w mi-rabs human race ;
the higher class of people, noblemen ;
the lower class, "|^IJ(^q») fisherman-class ;

hierarchical or lamaic succession ;

genealogy.

Rum n. of a place in Tibet (Deb.
"I, 9) ; a w native of Ram ; Sa-dwaA
Ram-pa, chief of Earn, is now one of the
four kalons or state ministers of Lhasa.

l ram-pa in W. = quitch-grass
(Jd.). WTV"!'1^ ram-pa dug-hbyed a
medicinal root which is an antidote against
poison.

148

1170

rain-bu a glee, song, catch,
roundel ; R^l^'i ram-bu Megs-pa to join in
singing, to take part in a song ;
ra>n-bu tyeg explained as cJ'^'5ffl!
a helper in a song, a joiner in singing.

**)•**! ram-tshos indigo plant, indigo
dye (Jig. U) ; but. v. **<« rams.

rams 1. (fi'*«) Jnrfa*r indigo:
|«^.*>»r'*<i|-*j-'»r1'^ indigo is useful
in eye disease, sores, and also in healing
scald. **w%. ramt-fid indigo plant ; also
the wood-apple tree. Syn. f^g
i/ron-skyt's nag-po : y*'i'**t nil-ira-c'tin ;
htshej-byi'd ; vwS'V rams-kyi-fid (Won.).
2. joined with such words as g«|"'^'
when it expresses one having a monastic
degree. In Tashi-lhunpo ^*wa dnifi-
rn ins-pa is the lowest degree for profi-
ciency in Buddhist literature ; g*|»r«,»w£J
= doctor in mysticism.

^^JJ'iJJ Rain-ma (TO) country between
Tipperah and Arrakan in Burma, the
ancient Chittagong. The name survives
in the modern small town called Raniu.

ral is evidently applied from the
vb. w (to tear) to its common significa-
tion, as a noun, = a rent, cleft, gorge;
ijwif^ phu-ral gnt's a sloping valley
dividing into two parts at its upper end ;
>sarflRi*i a n. of Laheul on account of its
consisting of three valleys.

ral-ka, v. w$ ral-gu.

^'tJE.' ral-klun a fancy name for the
river ^Ganges : Iw'^TiR'Vy*^ Ipt'i'
WH^ phebg-tshogs kyaft-ral kluH-bshin ftshol-
wa mkhyen your letters may come (unin-
terruptedly) like the flow of the Ganges
(Tig. k. 19),

P ral-kha, v. ^"I'ai ral-gri.
^«i'|5^-«^ ral-khur-can an epithet of Sq*'
^"1 dban-phyug Is'vara, also=^e.'^| sefi-gc
the lion

| ral-ga ace. to Sch.= "Wflj yal-ga.

^i'3 ral-gu 1. ornaments, precious
stones such as turquoise, coral, &c., used in
adornment of the hair. 2. diminutive
of *«i : cleft, chink, fissure.

wg-^ ral-gu-can= $wtr^%^Q ki/fs-
pa hbnt$-j)/iyufi-tca an eunuch, a herma-
phrodite who generally is seen wearing
lengthy locks (%ffioH.).

ral-gn-sul bunches of pearl and
coral in strings which the women of
Tibet wear as pendants on their locks:
(Kf^Mrj-OTft-'TOI she presented me
with the jewelled strings from her locks
(A. 102).

ral-gri ^>i a sword, spear,
rapier, hunting knife, dagger: wgS-
^Si'w ral-grihi hdab-ma or ^ Ice blade of a
sword ; *«iil5'*5 ral-grihi-so edge of a
sword ; "W%fc^W ral-grihi $ub$ scabbard
of a sword ; M%a ral-gri-pa ace. to Cs.
a fighting man; wf^w* sword- edge;
^i'P'gS'«i ral-kha sprod-pa to join blades
together, to fight hand to hand (Jd.).
wij'Wi ral-gri-can an epithet of Manju
ghosa, or iw^a^w Jam-yang (If don.).
ral-gri nc-wahi Hn-po-che
the enchanted sword considered
as a secondary gem of miraculous pro-
pertiea (K. d. *, 335). ^'IS-J- r^jy ^^j
the sword-point ; Mnf*4n ral-gri hdsam a
broad-bladed knife (Rtsii.) ; ^'3^'S ral-
grihi 6?/=3'4c' gri-chun a small knife
(Ifdon.) ; ^'llS-^ai-^ ral-grihi hkhrul-
hkhor the magical flourish of an enchan-
ted sword Mnon.).

1171

ral-grihi rgyun-hdsin or *i'
ral-grihi 0mm= 'W^ dmag-dpon
a general or commander.

^r§$-^ir*q ral-grihi lo-nM-can sugar-
cane plant the leaves of which are sword-
like in appearance (Mfion.).

wi$i\-si Ral-g.cig-ma K*^^ n. of a
goddess in the Buddhist pantheon.

*«rfl|^ ral-gcod a meddler, one who
interferes in public business and thrusts
his opinion in public concerns and acts
in a high-handed manner ; wpfV^'i
ral-g.cod-byed-pa to interfere, to meddle:
|-5)-jg*WJrw»|'&v^'S^e; in the adminis-
tration of law for the public he should
not interfere (Jig. 35).

"Wf =.' ral-lcaft a weeping willow-tree,
but according to Jd. a particular willow
planted at the birth of a child and under
which a lock of the child's hair is buried
when it is seven years old in Ld.

J ral-pa=% fkra 5TCT hair, locks
of hair, clotted hair, long hair, curls;
mane (of the lion). ^-q^e.*-*! ral-wahi
ffdens-ka=long hair.

*arer*a( Ral-pa-can 1. n. of a Tibetan
king who distinguished himself by his
devotion to the Buddhist clergy, allowing
the lamas to sit on his long pig-tail. 2.
snsrfirai one with clotted hair. 3. n. of
a hill-torrent in Kambachen, Nepal. 4.
mythological island inhabited by cannibals
situated beyond the red-sea («*«fl*f"*)
(K. d. * 335.)

wtraXn Eal-pa-Msin sjznfrft a Tan-
trik Buddhist priest.
an epithet of Mahadeva.
one wearing a number of locks of clotted
hair; WTf^sW^ sjfcfl one having
clotted hair. *w*>^ ^fftfr (S'&w) wave,
billow.

ral-tca= $«r«i dral-tca and
hral-wa to tear; also, to be torn, rent,
cleft; also as sbst. = anything torn, such
as torn clothes etc.; a&rl^TS mtshon-
gyis-ral-bu lacerated, slashed, cut to pieces
by any weapon.

3W sbst. cotton cloth,
cotton: w$T^ large piece of cotton
cloth ; wgjsri ras-sbom-pa strong cotton
cloth; R)"l'^*', I^'^N handkerchief, napkin,
bathing towel; *^*< turban or pagri;
a-qi hahi ras Benares muslin.
1. cotton cloth to tie round the
mouth to protect the face from effects of
cold. 2. adj. hard snow that will bear a
man (Jd.). ^'^ ras-lal sr^m raw cotton ;
MTJE.- ras-rkyan cotton cloth; ^'$*\ ras-
§kud cotton thread ; WR"! ras-khug a small
bag made of cotton ; w0 ras-khra chintz ;
^^•vqn ras-hgah a strong cotton fabric
brought from Sikkim ; ^'i?«'9 ras-bcos-bu
calico; "N^'^"! ras-thag bandage, cotton
rope ; wsq«i ras-bubs a whole piece of
cotton wl** inscription on cloths.
ras-hbras the cotton fruit:
q^'l1^ the cotton fruit is a cure for nose
disease. ^'^ rag-ma a small piece of
cotton, worn-out or old cotton clothes,
rags ; wp^ ras-g.zan in C. a long loose
cotton wrapper or shawl which Buddhist
monks use particularly during religious
services ; ^'Si"! rag-slag a furred garment
lined with cotton cloth ; w$ rat-lhe n. of
a kind of cotton cloth (S. kar. 179).

' ^*ri rag-pa a person wearing only
cotton clothes ; Milarag-pa was so called
from his wearing only cotton clothes or,
ace. to his own assertion, a single cotton
garment : hence = a Tibetan sgom-c/tcn who
dresses as an Indian Buddhist ascetic.

1172

Ascetics used to dress in cotton cloth, it
being considered luxurious to use woollens
and silk raiment.

^*rqur%- rag-bal $ift the cotton plant.

Syn. 5'«*5'*w-5^ rgya-mtshohi mtlttih-
can ; «S'*^ mchu-can ; 3'V5'*'*>'?IT*^ srad-
buhi me-tog can ; *'«^ nca-can ; ^E-'5JE-'IS'*<^'*I
drafi-srofl khyu-rnchog (If Hon.).

•w** rag-rot=^'y\^i^ yo-byad $na-
tshogs different kinds of furniture, utensils,
^•c- : ^»j-x« wws^-*^ wui*i«ii»r% having
collected different kinds of furniture,
utensils, &o. (D.R.).

* ri I : or ^ ri-tco q*5«, fntt, 'Wf5£,
IN a mountain, a hill. ^ rir or ^'1 ri-Ia
on the mountain ; ^'"t %** wrg a mountain
slope ; ^•K.'w^wtrfj at the foot of the moun-
tains or bills ; ^'"l^i rir-gan-pa one living
in close vicinity to a mountain, in W. ;
gafa-ri snowy mountain, glacier;
nags-ri or ^R'^ a hill covered with
wood; g*T^ brag-ri a rocky mountain;
gc.'^ span-ri a hill covered with grass (Jd.).
Ji'^ Niib-ri western mountain prob.
Western Ghauts of India. Syn. : yv"'3?
rtsa-ra ina-ni ; ^'w5'R phyi-mahi ri; $'^'
•r^ (Qffion.). -*P'^ eastern mountain
(prob. Eastern Ghauts of India) :^'S5-|-S
nin-mohi rtse-mo; ?fl|'«5'R thog-mahi ri;
q rtsc-dgahi ri-wa (Mfion.).

Syn. *>'T5 mi-ffyo; *'*S*i sa-hdsin;

hdsin ; w^'*1'*^ mgrin-pa can ;

»werf ; *}^ "^ gyen-hphyur ;

»tf /w ww ; N'gq sa-skyob ; $'jfi chu-skyob ;

^'^'9 sa-phur-bu ; |^'|'^'^ sprin-gyi so-

can (Mfion.).

^•q'5'«i J2i' Poi!«fe 1. the hill on which
the palace of the Dalai Lama at Lhasa
stands. 2. n. of a mountain in the South
pf India on which the fancied residence of

Avalokites'vara and the goddess Tara has
been located by the northern Buddhists.
Ace. to the Chinese Buddhists this
mountain is situated in the island of Puto
in the China Sea about hundred miles off
Shanghai.

* II:=* so tooth (mystic) (K. g. I",
26).

ri-ka-fa f^TO n. of a flower: ^g*>'

(K. my. r, 59).

=*\* crystal.

^ §«'« Ri-skyts-ma also ^'§« or ^«ip|«
lit. born in the mountain ; firf^T the
daughter of Himalaya, but ace. to
Tibetan authors : one of the names of
Draupadi the joint wife of the five
Pandava brothers (Jlffion.).

^•jw^-'K Ri-skyes 4kar-mo an epithet
of Uma (Won.).

the

Ri-klui-wa-can
snow mountains of Himavata.

v.

^'Q ri-khyi= IE.^ $pyafi-ki hill-dog, wolf
(Mnon.).

^'S*^ ri-khrod. iMa 5<*zx a chain of
mountains, group of hills; but most
commonly = a recluse's cell or cavern in
the hills. ^JJK« ri-khro<j-pa, often simply
^'B'S •' ri-t/w," JT^T, one who lives in
mountain solitudes for the purpose of
reb'gious asceticism, meditation, etc.

Syn. I-t-rSMrpcg chog-semg khafi-bu;

q*iwn|5^-m-g baam-gtan khan-bu ; ^\^^'^'»

bdud-rtgM khan-pa ; ^^^ shi-wahi grofi ;

§c.-gq-fKc. q snifi-pohi khan-pa ; Ifwti?-^^

$gom-pahi gnag (]&non.].

R-^fll ri-hgems n. of dorje or thunder-
bolt which rends hills and mountains
asunder.

1173

^ § r'-ryya f°r ^ q'Tia' §

prohibition to kill wild animals or game in
the hills; ^j-ffle/j-i^rti ri-rgya klun-rgya
•bsdam-pa ibid.

5,'^ ri-rgyal or *.<vgir3 rihi rgyal-po a
very high mountain, the mountain Tise,
which is generally called the king of
mountains. Also styled : ^<3=.'|^'3 ri-dban
lhun-po ; ^'Jl'^'S ri-rgyal lhun-po (Yig. k.
62). In most Tibetan works ^s or
Sumeru is mentioned as *.5'g«r3 Rihi
Gyalpo ; but names like 8'*i^'3^ mi-mjed-
can, t-'&'q^'i rtse-mo brgya-pa, Jj'*im'q|'fl|*i
sna-tshogs-brtsegs and ^i)'gilN'H*c.' rig-sfiags
hchafi also occur as kings of mountains in
K. g. *, 116.

ri-sgog a species of garlic growing
on the mountain slopes of Tibet, hill-
garlic (Mfion.).

r ri chen-po Ina the five great
mountains of the western continent of
Godaniya are : — $'? '<J^ na-to tana ; *'*Rjw'q
rwa-psuin-pa ; ^"^fWW nor-luhi rta-babs ;
"'yj'" parba brgya-pa and S^'Q rtsub-pa.
^"*T^ ri-chen bshi the four great moun-
tains of Jambudvlpa are : w^'\* ma na-da-
ra, ^1^'ls ft^fi^^f Vindhya, «'(Ji'ui flag
Malaya, and "!=.N'«^ f%»r?ci, Himalaya.
R-S^-q^i] ri-chcn-po drug the six great
mountains of ^wwprti the eastern conti-
nent or Purva Videha: — ?fa|*r^-Zi fogs
cheii-po ; 'SI'i'S'^s.'i nags-kyi phrefi-wa ;
jj g5'^m»< rma-byahi tshogs ; ^'^I^'S'0^ ri-
dbags kyi-khrod; §'"^'5^'^'^ rgya-mtsho
gycn-du hgro ; »l«|'«?|'gK.'i mig-gi phrefi-wa.

2,-Rl»iN ri-hjoms= t^Qq,^^*, *-%r$3
a thunder-bolt. It is stated that in ancient
time bills and mountains used to walk and
thereby cause immense mischief to all
classes of living beings that inhabited this
earth. Indra in mercy to them made all

the mountains crippled by hurling down
the thunder upon them. The mountain
Mina (Maigaka) is said to have only
escaped by plunging itself into the sea
(Mfion.).

v. fc.'i stofi-pa.

ri-thati mtshams the Terai, the
low plain at the foot of a mountain ; also
n. of a kind of fever difficult to cure,
which is generally caught by those who
travel in the countries on the confines
of the Indian plains and the Himalayas,
the Terai fever (Mng., ch. 14).

*' i'i-dtcags TTTJ, »??!, ^TU large game
generally of the deer and antelope species.
R-^ij*r<*$c.'!^ ri-dwags hc/iifi byed trap or
net or strings and ropes laid to catch wild
animals= ^"pi-^-q ri-dwags dra-wa, ^"l*)'
"S^ ri-dbat/s hdsin, \*t\ rni-ihag (Mnon.).
^'W^'^TB' ri-dicags ni-fu rtsa-lfia n.
of the twenty -five wild animals said to be
found in the forests of the mountains called
prin-4kar rgyu-wahi ri and
nan-nur ?gra-sgrogs in Uttara
Kuru :_

VI. ;

^wi ; and ^^'£i^^ (K. d. *, 306).

Syn. «'^« sa-hts ', «'e^"'£i sa-hdrcs-pa ;
0'§^ khri-snan or H'"I^ kkri-gnan ; St^'sfij
rlun-gi srog ; oji]N'ia-jj-fl]^M Ipags-pahi §kt/e-
ynas ; f^'tA'^'^) Ipags-pahi hbyun-yna§ ;
hphrog-byed (Mnon.).

-nj-s.E.-q ri-dicags ku-mft ga

dress.

1174

Syn. "|'5'1 ka-ta-le (^wt) ; fl|^'*^i|'*^ v^fl|»r*<«f ri-dtcags myo WTfim n. of a

g.ser-rndog-can ; ^'i^g«|*rti5Aje.-*ft«» rin- lunar mansion, the 5th constellation

chen Ipags-pahi hbyun-gna$ (Sj.non.). (Mnon.).

^'^^'H'lJ ri-dtcags kri-sna wo^Tl^^r *"W*' ri-dicags clmh *ni^ musk,

the black antelope. gy^. ^qm-|-q ri-dtrays. ftt -tea ; v^

Syn. On**"'* /tn-sna ««-»•«; &•«*« „„'. ri-dtcags rtsi ; $% glu-rhi (Mnon.).
indues; "IS^'^I ffshtin-ntig (Mnon.).

^ 'VI* 3 S3 ^IJ1 q ^i*1 S q^ ^ Ei-dicags kyi-

dgra hdul-tca stos-bya-icahi ri n. of a ^'^"'Jf'^^ ri-dtcags sna-hdsin as met. =

mountain in Uttara Kuru (^". rf. ^, 303). |'o zla-tca the moon (Jlfnon.).

R^i|»i'5'P^-5»i-g-q5-^ Ei-dicags-kyi khrod.- *'W*'TTB ri-dtcags mig-can-»,tt a

res bya-tcabi ri n. of a mountain in the handsome woman whose eyes cc mpare

continent of Purva Videha, the wild ani- with those of the deer

mals of which are the following : — 1'^'« ^•^q|^-^-^^ ri-dtcags

bai-nc-yd ; V^'3'3iq'*<''J|' Wq ne-hkhor gyi wy* faiii-b/ta-ra ; «*"! '*S mcliog-imd

grib-ina la dgah-tca ; q'^'t)*^^*'''1 ia /^af- (Mnon.).

pas hbros-pa; y*** ku-ran-gd; ww5 R-^pi-« ,-/.rf,c^» ,•„-)•« «»nr or W

lam-bmn-po; W\W\* phruy-thy klu- g.j^ n/.n< tgramggrogl the Bpecies of

«*^'»; "'S^'1' ba-(flan-g^riia-ica; jp-« deer that cries " r«-r«. "

9U"~P° a > » uyt8-pu ^-^m»i-q-nie.^-q ri-dtcagf-pa Ian rna-tni

ipchog; w«*W* fro-** , dgah-tca; ^^^ gtag with ears resembling thoge

ot tiiG cow ( iu.no n. ).

«Sir«-W«5 ayw^wa ««</-^ ; ^T'3 m«/o- ^v^-f-p-5" ri-dtcags pr-nt-ta wn*

dkar-po ; n^-qwri r«w^i<| ^f-^a ; j^« the gpotted deer, = ^-5)-0-2i-W /%./, /-//;•«-

sjtrnt-yyi Ice ; "ve.'«i]-«'qj-«J rff^-jf* *« br<j>ja-pa ; IQ fan (Mnt))t^

' •« ^^"1*^-*1^? i'i-dtcays ca-ru blia SITH^TI

ua (^". d. *, 5J5). ^ ~

Syn. 2^ '*'fll *^ 9Ue'>-ntig con ; ^f^fxiN

^"••"•Wwofl-ww a hunter. g^ /y0,»«; W^gs ««^-«« spyod;

Syn. T^'q rnon-pa ; ^'^»i'«wgs ri-dtcags J\**"°t $a-rdu la ; f f^je.'*^ $tef.-rkan can ; J]'^'lj

qit/tar-bye<f ; 5,'^<>I«'flI*<^'£J*i's.*' ri-dicags ffsad- ya-ra-Lha ; ^E.'i|'*jc.'q'qj^'q scn-ge rkan-pa

JM§ hts/io; ^'^<I1*''S5I ri-dicagt d<jra (Mnon.). b_rgtjad-pa (Mnon.).

5,-^<i|»j-5'^*< Ei-dtcays-kyi-yna$ ^?T3CT? x,^o|N'»)*^'x ^?iT^f as met. = the moon,

deer-grove said to be the site of Sarnath believed to carry a deer or to have one

near Benares where Buddha first preached pictured in her orb.

his religion. ^<j|*ro|*i«; ri-dtcags ysod the wild dog.

Mql*<'8*r»i Ei-dicags skyes-ma ^ifsir n. Syn. "W^'q hphar-tca ; ^"I*i'Q nags-khyi

of one of the Buddha's wives (Tig. 18). (Mnon.).

^"l^'ITHj ri-dtcags rgyal-po u^iaj ^'q ri-tca= the worth; to estimate the

met. the king of brutes, i.e., the lion worth of a thing, in ^m-jje.'fl|fR-q dnul-

gan-ri-wa and

1175

sran gan ri-wa, etc., worth an ounce of
silver, an ounce of gold, etc.

ri-bohi rgyan— gc j^*)-^<i| gpan-
<7 (Mnon.).

5»-6oAj 6w-«w TTT^ lit. the
daughter of the mountain, an epithet of
TJma ; also a name of the river Indus
(Mnon.).

^'5 ri-bo 1.= ^ ri. 2. sym. num. 7.
R-JJ-I5CJ5K- n'_60 khrun-khrun «fiWs|ci
mountain crane or else the bustard.

Syn. UT-s kra-n-ca, |c.'i'«^ phren-ica can
(Mnon.).

Mf^MM^ Ri-bo gans-san the Himavat
(Himalaya) mountains.

Syn. fsi5-nj^-q kha-wahi Ihun-po ; *pw
^««; gans-ri dwan ; WCII'Ti3'« dkah-bzlog
bla-ma • fr^S'fl^ me-nahi bdag ; ^'i'-*] Aai-
/« f« ; R5'j«i'£i rt'Ae rgyal-po ; i^"l'^ bsel-ri ;
gi^ fjans-ldan (Mnon.).

the

^('-60 gru-hdsin
residence of Avalokites'vara.

,.j-.j0 dgah-ldan the Gelugpa
school (F«>. 75). ^•^•^w n'-6o dge-lugs
the yellow-cap school of Tibet (Lon. "-, 11).

.- ri-bo spos-nad-ldan

Syn. ^e.«-^-*^ yons-hdu can;
$pos-kyi nad-ldan (Mnon.).

^•JS-^-^T]'«i ^;.6o tsan-dra ka-la

n. of a mythical mountain full of
medicinal plants, etc., situated in the
outer range of the snowy mountains
skirting the countryof S'ambhala (8. lam.
tf).

R-tfujcqie; Ri-bo btan-bzun
Muchilinda mountain.

of TTttara Kuru": — w^-ii san-ka ye-ka

v»i?s)'£j rwa-mnam-pa ;
ri-dwags-kyi dgra hdul-wa ;
q-^-ci sprin-dkar-po hdsin-pa ; *<yq^-
mtho-ivar brtsegs-pa ; IK:*!^''^ phren-
wahi ne-hkhor • ^v^^nvn dm-na dgah-tca ;

-ci kun-dgah-wa hdsin-pa;
* yid-kyi rjes-&u mthun-pa ;
-^-q pad-ma ku-^e-ga-ya daft Idan-pa
(K. d. *,

ri-bo chen-po bcu the ten great
mountains which surround the continent

.- ri-bon the hare or rabbit.

jT^f or ^'9c,'R^ sjsryx as met.=
the moon (Mnon.) : JfgR'^rtiWVW.'tyk'
5j^^-W£!5':-'£'*' (Mnon). In the later
post-Christian legends of the Buddha it
is related that the JBodhisattva (Gautama)
when born as a hare gave up his body
vicariously. Indra out of wonder and
curiosity carried him up to heaven for
the purpose of showing him to the gods,
and kept him on the orb of the moon
that human beings might see him at all
times. Since that time the moon became
known as the holder of the pious hare.

^•JJc§|^ ri-bon gi-rba the horn of a hare
which is an impossible thing but which
certain writers such as Milaraspa are fond
of speaking of as if real for the purpose
of drawing fanciful comparisons. Simi-
larly *t'-*|*)'i'S the son of a barren woman
signifies a nonentity of the same kind.
^•SJe.-^-^ ri-boii r tea-can the horned rab-
bit which is a rarity (K. du. \ 199).

^•JJc.-j ri-bon za as met.= 9'H the hawk
(Mnon.).

^•Svf'SK' ri-bor gyi-gron mountain
village.

^'S'!"l** ri-bya skyegs grouse. Syn. S«'!«v
S^'i myos-byed thur-ma ; §V«lliv*< thur-
brjod-ma ; §q[wyn mig-bkra ma ; ^-'^^
rkan-bkra-ma ; tf^twfy* brjod-pahi $ne-ma ;

1176

mtson-byed

(Mnon.).

pice.

ri-brag=$f*> brag-ri rocky preci-

ri-hbog spur, hillock.

ri-tshig= *^^"\ bden-t&hig truth

. cA.

ri-fdsofl mountain fortress, fort.

ri-ahol-gnas 1. residence on the
plateau or plain at the foot of a mountain.
2. n. of an animal which is said to sub-
sist on air (K. d. *, k Git).

R-5)$c9 ri-yi snin-po as met.= f«|»< Icagf
fJTfairc; iron (Mnon.).

RS-jorQ-X^ZJ-qj rihi rgyal-po chcn-po fyu
the ten kings of mountains ace. to Phal-
rheit. *|, 231 are— (1) f"'^ kha-wa can
(Himavata); (2) T«-9'*V** tpog-kyi naj-
can ; (3) n«'w^«i'«» rnam-par Mal-iea ; (4)

ofi->i ; (5)

J; (6) ?'H'^ rta-rna-ri; (7) w
Arfsm; (8) f1^-^ khor-yug; (9)
dpal-can ; (10) ^'

an epithet of Uma, the wife Mahes'vara
(Mnon.).

.- ri.yi phrefi= ^1"^'S«-' dug-nw nuft
the Kalika plant (4f^o«.).

*>5'^w!fj| »'t'A« rus-spal the hill-tortoise is
mentioned as one of the three things
to be obtained along with certain minerals
from the hills viz. : ^'^'9 rdo-wahi bu,
rihi ru$-$bal, &w§'^ khyim-gyi rdo

the
great ocean (MAon.).

^•^-i Ei-wo-che n. of a pkce with a
famous monastery on the Ngul Chhu in
Khams (Lofi. *, 28). Visited by Capt.

Bower and Dr. Thorold on their adven-
turous journey across Tibet in 1893.

8i'^'^'J1^ Si-ico de-$an n. of a hill at
Ribo-rtse-lna in China: *'fl'^Tl*WW
«^gt»i-q|«i]« (Ya-sel. 61). (Bodhisattwa)
Jam-yang resides on the hill called Eiwo
Began.

^'9-t"g Ri-ico rtse-lUa n. of a mountain
with five peaks in China which is sacred
to Jam-yang of the Tibetan Buddhists :

rg' (Log. «, 9).

R-25-^-a^-g E.»)-CI Ri.bo Hn-cfon
n. of a hill sacred to the Bon in Kongpo
situated to the east of the monastery of
9'4'^J F1-' JBu-chu UM-khafi (Grub. 2).

^•5S-£j-J!j Ri-bohi bu-mo a name of the
Indus (Mnon.).

^'S*F.' Ri-bya rkafi n. of a Buddhist
sacred place in China (Yig. 20).

%-gnj-ci ri-lra<j-pa— *§Tq hbrog-pa herds-
man (A. 73).

i-ntehi 1/ut-mo n. of a goddess ;
^fq-^ Ri-mehi Lha is to
be universally reverenced (Lon. *, k).

*•'**! ri-tshag mountain-yak (Btsii.).

^ '9*i ri-shum wild or hill-cat.

^i the lower zone of a mountain.

R-5)-^c.'«5 ri-yi snin-po as met.= ffll*' iron.

R-»)«i| or Sli'*)«l tjsfta small checks or
squares or enclosures made by lines cross-
ing each other.

'*| ri-mo 1. ^^rr, ^«3T, ^^f, f^i a
picture, drawing, drawn or daubed figures.
2. line, figures, stripes: f»I'S|^-S-|'«r^ |
aS-^-j5-aiE.-ai-^^ (^t)) the stripes of a tiger are
on the outside but the stripes of man
(fig. his wickedness) lie inside (his heart) ;
the lines or figures on the palms

1177

of the hand or on the fingers. ''*^ r-
mo can, ^'2i'^ re-mo Man marked with
figures ; ^'3fo'|^'l ri-mor byed-pa to repre-
sent by means of figures and colours, to
paint.

S'frwp^ ri-mo mkhan f^^i, %*sRi painter.

Syn. ^'X'Q ri-mo-pa ; ^Jj'ls bkra-byed ;
^•|«r«#q tshon-gyis htsho-wa (Mnon.).

^•#••8^ n-mo-<ra»=fy'9, go-dum bd n. of
medicinal herb (Mnon.).

'*! as met.=the peacock.
ri-mo ffsum-pa (Mnon.), the
neck, throat, and voice.

R'2k'9\«i ri-mof byed-pa 'HM«ti to honour,
venerate.

^'*fl Ri-rdb «?fa the centre of the
*j

world and king of mountains, the fabu-
lous Sumeru or golden mountain ; also
called ^q'^'3 rt-ra blhun-po,
gser-gyi-ri ^'ji ri-rgyal, ^'5'»i£«|'
mchog-rab, *ljlfgr&wft:Wt rin-chen
rnul-brtsegs lha-hi ri-ico.

^'|«i ri-srib or f "'^ srib-ri the hill side
not exposed to sun, the shady side, gene-
rally the north and north-western sides of
a mountain.

^'3 ri-gu colloq. for *-g young goat,
kid.

R'^'q ri-hor-wa people living in the
neighbourhood of mountains and forests
also hamlets on mountains with few
residents.

^ men who live high up in solitary
places and do not mix with the general
people much, simple people &c. ; also
animals like mice which burrow high up
in the mountains are called ^'i !

'i ri-brags-pa a hill-man (A. 70) :
R^'^ra'*^ the hill-men will
come to rob this to-morrow.

^'S ri-byi 1. mountain rat. 2. a cor-
ruption of the word ^ re'-pe' a sage, and
applied to the name vreri. ^'9^'S* ri-
byihi khyim the residence of A gastya is
mentioned as being made of Ketaka gem
(Ja.).

Syn. ^ re'-p« ; spr^wyi kum-bha sv-bha-
•ya ; ^'^ ri-hdar ; ^'<w^ ri-hphan ; §'^5'g
chu-lhahi-bu ; gwli'ji'Hi bum-skyes rgyal-
PO ; S^'4'-5^ khyor-chu can • ^f "l^'^l'S Iho-
phyogs bdag-po ; w^twfliwq mdans-ffgsal-
wa; N^'JS5'g mdsah-bohi bu (Mnon.).

^ re'-po n. of a medicinal plant : ^'^'

l I : rig-pa vb. 1. wfir, i^, %?,
to know, to understand= ^'i ;
with the tennin. of the inf. : to know that,
to perceive, to observe anything to be
of a particular shape or likeness ;
knowing or having known ;
kliros-par rig-nas perceiving that he be-
came angry (Dzl.) ; i'«r^- w§« pha-la rig-
par gyis let your father know it, inform
your father of it (Tar.) • I'T^T w|S s%-
tu rig-par byed (it or he) teaches how to
avert, prevent, etc. ^1'"^ rig-mkhan one
who knows or has capacity for learning ;
ace. to Jd. : a knowing person, a learned
man. ^TJ^ rW~T(jyu4 source of learning,
intelligence, character. ^Tg^pN rig-snags a
spell, charm, magic formula ; ^rgflprf ^
rig-snags mkhan a person skilled in
charms, an exorcist. ^I'-s^ rig-can or
^qj-gi^ rig-ldan a learned man, an in-
telligent person ; ^rflflu rig-gna$ learn-
ing ; a science. 2. v. \*\Q sgrig-pa (Jd.).

II : 1. in Buddhism =tfa, **
f^;= ordinary Samvid which
is of four kinds : (1) *pfafr«tf^ ; (2)
; (3) NsM^lMKR^fwr^

149

1178

;; (4) f

comprehension, prudence, ta-
lents, natural gifts. ^1'q'^c^'q talented,
rich in knowledge, learned; ^'q'fljwq
new information, disclosures, knowledge ;
also, news : atyfy^fli'V *jjfl!*r^ log-gi rig-
pa bggregg-na if false knowledge has
belched (up) (Ta. 17 b, Schf.}. 2. science,
learning, literature ; ^c.'3|'^flj-q the orthodox
or sacred literature ; ^5'Rflfq phyihi-rig-pa
the heterodox or profane h'terature (Cs.) ;
3^ Kt 5|-?«j q literature or science common
to both religions (Buddhism and Brahma-
nism). °flj'i(*'i)^*i rig-pahi gnat and '"J'l
rig-pa any single science (philosophy,
medicine, etc.) 3. the soul as an entity ;
Rai-q-^^c.-garq the soul separated from the
body ; ^'V8«r* rtefi-dafi bral-wa the soul
separated from her abode.

rig-gnat bat the ten sciences,
*'*rg' of which five are the higher
and five minor ones. The hitter are • —
oi^rq'^l'q gso->ca rig-pa the science of
healing or medicine ; j'^l'" fgra-rig-pa
the science of words or language ; *S'*i
ts/iad-nm and IM'^T^I gtan-tsliig rig «?rw
dialectics; q?'^i|'«i bzo-rig-pa mechanical
arts. But V>'1fa'3'ifVflra»<'^flr*i nafi-don $de,
$nod gsum rig-pa ^ITWil^+i* fc|<qi spiritual
knowledge of the Tripitaka forms the
higher sciences. Ace. to the work called
Kosalahi-rgyan (^f'«-qi5'j^) the word ^«|'«l^«
comprises both art and science ; under
these being placed medicine, and astro-
nomy, besides the arts of painting and
writing, with the following crafts : — wp'q
mgar-wa (smith), i^'*r<*§flr*r^ sen-ma-hbreg-
rnkhan (barber), %'qT fin-bzo (carpentry),
g«r*e.-*ip^ seller of frankincense, ^I'lf^
brtsig-mkhan mason, q?'ai-»i(«^ btso-la mkhan
dyer, 2*i-g;q tslie>n-bu-wa tailor, 3^'*^ gur-
rnkhan tent maker, *c.-^5,-») barmaid or

beer- selling woman, ^t bfan-pa butcher,
and the sellers of and workers in precious
stones.

^PH**flNp riy-ynas bco-brgyad the
eighteen arts and sciences mentioned iu
Mdsod comprise : — ^«i'S rol-mo, <^|«i-mq
hkhrig-hbrag, *'*« so-f$/ti$, gjc.'*^ grati-i-nii,
9 ?</>•«, ''fi'Q ffso-wa, ^v^i\v c/ios-ltigs, q?q
bzo-tca, ^5e.'gs hp/iofi-spi/od, *\w'**\ gtan-
tshig, |^'q fbyor-tra, ^f«f|'q«»i-ti rafi-yi bcas-
pa, Kwwn tho$-pa dran-pa, H|^'*3-^ fkar-
niahidpyad, $* rtsig, ^tf^»l mig-hphrul,
^•^w snoH-rabt, jfrs^ls silon-byun brjod.
In the ^«-^'8i Dug-hlc/wr-lo or Kalacakm
system eighteen Rig-yiia? are differently
enumerated.

^T«'*1 rig-pa can=^!^ rlg-ldun intelli-
gent, sagacious.

Syn. ge.'Q spyafi-po ; ^jfQ yntfi-po

i-ig-pa mc/iog-yi rgyud is
a Tantrik mystical work believed to enable
one to distinguish the mischief done to a
person by human beings from that done
by evil spirits.

^W^vqM n. of a Bon religious work
(0. Bon. 4)."

the knower.

ng-pa
glen-pa an idiot, a fool.

^•q'^fyq rig-pa hdsin-pa, v. ^flfrf^ rig-
hckin.

StfaXqti a complimentary address for a
Buddhist nun similar to the form Rje
brtsun-nta (Yig. k. 70).

^fl|'£j3'^q rig-pahi rna-wa= ^"I^'JJ'^TS
nags-kyi tig-ta (Mfion.) a species of wild
gentian.

^«|-q5'gui'q5'i)?'S'JiN*i rig-pahi rgyal-pohi
gtso-bo rnams designation of the chief
gods of learning : — *

1179

"ig-pahi rgyal-mo the goddesses
or queens of learning : — Ipi'*i sgrol-ma ;
I'arsrqjK.'ci sgrol-ma bzan-po ; flp'stp^'*! gar-
mkhan-ma ; P'*!^'** khro-gner-ma ; ^'"f
sw»w hgro-wa mthah-yas ; ^Tf^lj'*! bjig-
rten hgro-ma ; ^f^'f gos-dkar-mo, &c.,
also *t'3'^'35 rma-bya chen-mo
^'l^'*! nor-sbyin-ma ; ^wg(^'*)
ma ; qjj'^i'Sv bkra-fis byed-ma (K. d. ^,
112).

^qi'ti'gf^'qq'fl)^*? rig-pa Idan-pahi g.nas=
^cin-J55'g»( dpah-wohi khyim the residence of
a hero (Mnon.).

^"l'|^ rig-byed 1. accomplished, acquired
knowledge: c^JTlysrjW*<'"H'5 I am not
an accomplished singer. 2. instruction,
a book conveying knowledge, a scientific
work: i^'^TS^ bwhi-rig byed a techno-
logical knowledge (Oh:). 3. t^ the
(four) sacred writings of the Brahmans.
4. in Rtsis. : symb.=four.

^T§S'C'^ rig byed-bshi the four Vedas
viz. : — (1) ^'^"l srian-nag, (2) ^'q|^ nes-
brjod, (3) «^S'|^ mchod-sbyin, (4) $WJl
srid-bsrun. ^IJl'§t\'S''!'£) rig-byed klog-pd=
^e.'5jc.' dran-sron %^qrx?i a rishi, a sage,
one versed in the Vedas (Mnon.) ; ^"!'|"V*
3<x!K«ii the branches or divisions of the
Vedas. ^T§VV! rig-byed bdag %<q({( an
epithet of Vrhaspati, the teacher of the
gods (Mnon.).

^rlS'l* Rig-byed skyes one of the names
of Draupadi the joint wife of the five
Pandava brothers (Mnon.).

^T§t\'qlV-' rig-byed g.don 5<Jj<s( an epi-
thet of Brahma.

Syn. ^J'l^'f *.'5 rig-byed snin-po ; ^I'lS'
*^.' rig-byed dioan; ^'I^'^'S^' rig-byed
rnam-byan; ^I'IS'^'3 rig-byed dran-po
(Mnon.).

^I'S^'^'*1 rig-byed g.don-ma an epithet
of Uma, the wife of Mahes'vara (Mnon.).

^Tl'VSr*' Rig-byed-Lhamo an epithet of
the goddess Kurukulli of the Buddhist
pantheon. She is believed to bestow
peculiar power on her devotees and there-
fore is called V^'|yl'^*< (Rtsis).

^gy«pK-«K-j-q$-j-q rig-byed g.san-war
smra-wahi Ita-wa the Tirthika doctrine
Dars'ana (Theg.).

^I'S^'" rig-myur-ma a libidinous wo-
man, a voluptuous woman (Mnon.).

^"1'^ rig-hdsin or ^•q-a.t^-q r«^-j9«
hdsin-pa j%?fig?; comprehension of a
science with ease ; also = a clever person ;
but usually ^«T^ rig-hdsin (like ^«q'R*c.-
rig-hchan) denotes a kind of spirit to
whom a high degree of wisdom is attribu-
ted by the Tantras. The names of the
Eig-dzin or Vidyadharas : — «i*'«

All these spirits are alleged to
reside in the magical forest called fj^'VP'
q-|-q$^S-$5-| ^•3i^-|'<i]^-q and to spend their
time in perfect enjoyment with women
who are equally accomplished (K. d. *,
307).

^qj-RlT^-;ij'aij'^'j| Rig-hdsin ku-ma-ra gri n.
of an Indian Buddhist who was well versed

1180

in the Vedas and the sciences. He carried
with him to China the famous image of
Buddha made of sandal wood called
Candanaprabhu or i^'^'tB tshan-dan jo-bo
(Qrub. S, 26).

=HC| and *&'*•*.

rig- rig n

with revolving eye-balls, to look about,
esp. in a timid or an anxious manner,
(Mil. Jo.).

rigs in Budh. l. = 5*> TO, w,
jjta, ifm breed, culture, also spiritual
descent. The word *^T is so called, as
we are told: ^•B^WfR-T^'l W^fTtW

|S, ,-»K-^-£v*M* (JT- 9- «, 44) first,
for having originated from that ; secondly,
for doing works belonging to that ; lastly
for holding lineage to that! ^«|*r«l of
noble birth. 2. = ^«FS*< rigs-rut race,
lineage, relationship, and family ; wS'R^j-
g'V" mahi-rigs-su ne-wa a relation by the
mother's side ; ^«!«'§'8 rigs-kyi-bu or 9'*
bii-mo noble or honoured sirs ! honoured
madam ! a respectful address, which is
applied to Buddhist monks and saints. 3.
in a special sense ailfn, caste, class in
society, rank: *>'^*!»i the human race,
mankind. 4. = ftfr class (Sffton.) kind,
sort, species: $5-R«|«'«|gw^ grohi-rigs
gsunt-yod there are three sorts of wheat ;
^•*4«r^rtbprta£* different kinds of
language and costumes ; j«rfc^^»rq^ the
four classes of great kings ; wcwgv^-g^
^cfWN the sphere of spiritual culture and
enjoyment of the five classes of Buddhas ;
R«|wjm or ^"pri by the day, by days, daily
(Glr.). 5. some, divers, certain : <P^«]«'ar
SK&rq if one is not on his guard against
certain diseases. 6. custom, routine :
*j riys-hkre customary work.

rtgs-knn khyab-bdag 1.=
-ij dus-kyi hkhor-lo ^^r?i^iis the
Tiiiitrik system of Buddhism called Qrl-
kalacakra (&[fion.). 2. =£«'«g^^ fies-pa
Ifui-ldan an epithet of the Dhyani Bodhi-
sattwa ^'|'^«K' Rdo-rje hchan (in his mys-
tical manifestation).

yi thu-ica=
bram-zehi rigs (If Hon.) Brahmai? caste.

J-*i rigs-kyi ma= ^"1«' J=-«'« rigs-
a or gw'fl^'S kkytm-fybg-tHO JJT-
a housewife (l£non.). ^w§e,«i'w Hy$-
gkyofis-Hta id. (Mfion.).

rigf-ryytid or

or *^'*g\ yditn-njyud (Mnou.)
race, lineage, extraction, family (Cs.) ;
male issue : •l^MM*i<W*|««
tel-tcar hyyitr-wa the rising
of a numerous progeny (Dom.).

Rdo-rje hchafi or Vajradhara.

rigs- dan low extraction or birth ;
-srSaj« such as blacksmith, butcher,
etc. ^1»''t'^'s3^'^'5ft' riys-fian dpon-dn
sko-ica to raise a child of low extraction
to the royal dignity (Glr.) ; **prt>*i%1^'*
the quarters generally in the suburbs of
cities and villages occupied by low class
people.

s«l*)'g' rigs-lfa TO'fN five older orders
of monks : Pratyeka Buddha gotra, Tatha-
gatayana gotra, Aniyata gotra, and Agotra
(Squ-it^ rigs-med) (Mnon.). jm-q^i)^^ the
five Dhyani Buddhas ; ^wi^ww^-q rigs-
ffsum mgon-po the three protecting lords :
Chenresi or Avalokites'vara, Chhakdor
or Vajra-Pani and Jampal or Mafiju S'ri.

?<«N-1^ rigs-chen= aM^^"^ of high birth,
noble extraction ; also, of holy birth, i.e.,

1181

incarnate beings; = |vg-^»i'«i skyes-bu dam-
pa (Mnon.).

q rigs-nams-pa degenerate : %a\w
^- rtg-nams dge-slon a fallen monk,
a monk disgracing his position or profes-
sion.

rif/s-mnam-pa=
of equal rank or caste,
rigs-mthun id., opp. to ^i|*r*>-*i|ai-q.

Ri|*r^ rigs-ldan 1. Wf, fff%*fi noble
birth. 2. =5'»'^q| rta-mehog an epithet of
Uocaifrae&, the horse of Indra ; a horse of
good breed (Mnon.).

'w rigs-ldan-ma *«**if< (Mnon.).

I rigs-pa 1. vb. to have the way,
manner, custom, or quality of : *i*if|*^|=.'
qq-?fl|*rS that its head should come out
was a matter of course. 2. qtaj^ai, ^f^a
necessary, proper, suitable, right, suited
to the purpose: S'^'^Tf^'^'^'P1 now a
mountain ought to appear (Dzl.) ; i^1'i5'
would it not be proper to keep it ?

it is right time (DsL);

it is not right to be silent ;
it js not right to abuse.
3. possibility, capable or capability :
KE.-^«i]»)-'^i|-y*i because it is possible for him
to come ; VpfrfrS^Riprq dran-pahi mi-sin
rigs-la if there should be any chance of
his not remembering (Thgr.) ; ^'^fe.'^'^}'
«t-^pl as there is a posibility of going
to hell ; «"|^<»rq!v^J|*rcj gdul-wahi rigs-pa
those capable of conversion (Dzl.) ; ^'f'^'
^Ttnn^l Ihnr §kye-wa ni rigs-pa-ma lags
his being born as a deity is not befitting,
or also : not possible, not probable (Dzl.).
*^«!*»'i wrong, not right, unbecoming,
improper, etc., tovdo badly; ^n|«-q-i>a\-q
unbecoming, improper.

s-byun=^\c> rgyud-pa or
&dun-rgi/ud extraction, descent;

scion : *9T*Wy,' sa-bon las-byufi grown
of the seed (Mnon.).

RiJ«-*>«^ rigs-med 1. ^f a the fourth Pan-
dava, one of the five orders of the Bud-
dhists v. ^1«rgr ngs-lna. 2. mongoose.

SqurH^ii ngs-med-pa 'ftensNili the Kala-
chakra system of Buddhism (Mnon.).

- rigs-bzan an ascetic, a hermit ;
rq khrims-fa g.nas-pa one abiding
by law, a holy man, one belonging to the
holy order (Mnon.).

Sfl|«rq^ rigs-bfihi <aftp^ the four castes
of Ancient India : *pi bram-ze, Brahman,
3«r^i|«i rgyal-rigs Ksetriya, i'^ rje-rigs
the gentleman or trading caste, ^arq3-^fl|«i
ffdol-wahi rigs Sudra caste.

^ql"'1fj»< rigs-gsum the three classes of
beings : \? or ^'^ the gods, sn; or ^^
the human race, IITT 31 '^^ the serpent
demi-god race. The three Bodhisattwas
who protect these three are called

as me. = «i'»i the ocean.
rin-gag also ?V"lql jacket or waist-
coat without sleeves worn by Buddhist
nuns.

^•£'1 rin-ne-wa= ^=,'^ nn-.se : f<*^c;£-q
in Mil. nt. = every day warm meals.

Rc/gc; rin-thun 1. long and short.
2. length, relatively.

^c.-^-q|oi ^fa^rr as met. = that calls
from a distance, i.e., a cock.

^'^'B^ rin-du khyab perfume, sweet
smell, scent.

Syn. \'^w dri-shimr-pa ; \V'^ dri-
shim-mo (Mnon.).

^E,-^-»i?c,-q rin-du mthon-wa ^.^f to see
to a distance ; fore-seeing, considerate ;
also as sbst.=awise person. Sjn.
rpkhas-pa (Mnon.).

1182

rifi-nas-hgug$ that attracts
from smell; also = sweet scent. Syn.\^*'3
dri-shim-po (Sfnon.).

^e.'<*«i* that soars or flies to a great
height or distance =^xa n. of a star.

rin-ica 1. length of space or time ;
^'BS id. : ^S^t-q dus-kyi riA-wa length
of time ; "111* §'^'i pzugs-ki/i r id-tea the
distance of space, length of body, etc.
^TT?t from a distance ; S'^'SJi'
da-duA ytil-lag i-ifi-fte as he is still
at a distance from the place ; «ft»r<^'9ic
($*'SK'^«.'«w because this place is far from
the town (Dsl.) ; ft'^E.1^ at no great dis-
tance. 2. or ^'Q and ^t-Jf adj. long, with
respect to time : l'^e.'3 a long life, adj.
long-k'ved ; *fc'«^ =«' 15^*1 -«i without delay,
shortly in a short time. fetiftfCfcvnfVqfir
Ppn*WM|**lft4»ftq (Yiy. k. 26) may
it please you to keep in the ocean of
your mind remembrance that I may be
permitted to meet you within a short
time. ^J'T^c.'Q'^*' yun riA-po-nas from a
long time, a long time since ;
or ^cZfw2fy«« soon afterwards;
?«|'sff, not delaying or being detained for
long ; *)'^Cw after not long, in a short
time; ^«r*)'V«K not long after that;
*cVl a long time ; V^'^-q^C after a
long time (Dsl.). ^'^'§ adv. a long
while, for a long time ; V^r§-«-*Mrw as
Ke" did not come for a long time (Dsl.) ;
after or during a long time (Glr.).
resp. g'V«i c. genit. = during, at;
•^^•|-Rc,-ai in the day time, during the day
*^'iQl*'^c^'*t provisions for the time
of his stay here. ^R.'1'gr rifi-tca-lna the five
objects to be long admired : arms, eyes,
breast, nose, knees (shanks) (Mi.).

^c-35-|« rifi-nw-skyes *3T<5, ftwr n. of a
very useful medicinal plant (JHfion.).

»KT doctrine ; one's
sect, religious order, or school ; old custom.
Vqjjai rM-burel H^T ^TTJ (Zam. 11)
also called *9«r«foc.- hphel-pdufi, small
very hard glittering particles said to be
found in the burnt ashes of certain (not
all) holy lamas : WMISJjiC^firJ^ft'^*^
*-<jr*fl|«r£i (/. Zan.) the relics of bodies of
the three Buddhas, etc.

•f ^'3 rin-lu=<>^-^ hlret-med or
e.'«i rkyafi-wa single, simple, solitar}', un-
connected; also = prose.

rids, *>wi rifi$-pa hurry, haste;
or i;»rq ag vb. = 5^'^'ls^ myur-dn bi/fd-pa
to make haste ; «I'3fl<H<'^c.«j'«3'^'ac3«-\^i|d5
not delaying do now come here in haste ;
t rifi§-pur rgyuy-pa to run fast ;
y rifif-rufi though you be in a huiry ;
^^»i-qrq««i'|f»«i rins-pahi b*ocl-§now$ gifts of
charity requiring haste; ^CN'
ftal§-m most speedily (Jit.).
rifis-pahi ts/tiil in S^'^wg^^'^lN'
q^-^n-^-^^-q the three eyes cast looks
quickly upon the lama's heart (Khrid. 18(J).

*^'2| rtd-pa=^'^ a rotten thing;
emaciated.

*^ rin ^s, ^, TJ<H the price, value,
charge : ^'«|X^'« to fix, to determine the
price ; ^Tl'" rin-rtog-pa to ascertain the
price, to estimate the value ; ^•i9qwi to
abate, to lessen the price (Cs.) ; fy'wn
R^'^g'q rin-hlri-wa the sinking or falling
in value; ^'*^ rin-can valuable, dear,
costly ; ^'*^ rin-mcd worthless, also : free,
gratis; fyf*' rin-gofi or ^^'«e.- or ^'^
price, cost.

+ ^'3^ rin-cen or ^^'5'3 rin-po-ce for
•1^ rin-chen or ^^'5''i rin-po-che.

•1-q ri-n-che-wa 1. of great price, value.

1183

rin-chen 1.
gem ; precious, precious thing, gold, wealth
(in metal), ^-fej'i or ^r&i'^'q = fl|^
gold: gA#^'Ss^c.-q3'*c|w«rflpw^E.' your
health being glowing as gold its natural
glitter (Tig. k. 39) ;
silver (Tig. k. 4).
n. of a Sutra delivered by Buddha at the
request of Ein-chen-dra-wa-can (K. d.
i, 332). Vx*r?^5 TWTO the earth that
has precious gems in its bowels; ^'^'
*K,*'| dust (from rubbing) of gold, silver,
copper and iron (Rtsii). ^-l^qRjw the
three different Eatna or gems in Bud-
dhism: Buddha or the supreme teacher;
Dharma, the doctrine embodied in the
scriptures that protects all living beings ;
and Sangha the church (comprising all
the past Buddhas, Bodhisattwa, saints and
the priesthood) which leads to salvation.
^•S^-ji-q^ rin-chen sna-bdun the seven
(really six) different precious articles be-
lieved to be the extraordinary treasures
of a Cakravartti Eaja : the precious wheel,
the precious elephant, the precious
gem, the precious wife, the precious
minister and the precious general. ^'^'
*i=.'«ipj« xwren*, ^aim the earth, also the
ocean ; n. of a Bodhisattva. V^'^'^
great rivers like the Indus, Granges, &c.,
which carry the four kinds of precious
metals (Tig. k. 16). ^Hf^JfVirfr^tP(
rin-chen zla-was shus-pahi mdo n. of a
Sutra delivered by Buddha at the request
of Ratna candra. (K. d. », 258). 2. symb.
seven (Rtsii).

^•ijc.- g^j price, value; ^'sc*^ valu-
able; ^'*e/& »jTre dear, costly; ^'ww
invaluable, priceless (Tig. k. 3). ^'w^aj
=*3fa'9 ^9^1 the cowry or the current
coin of ancient India.

rin-po che=

1. precious, the title which the Lamas of
Lhasa and Tashi-lhun-po receive when
they are recognized as the embodiments of
the souls of their predecessors and are
installed in the hierarchical office. 2.
sbst. gem, jewel, gold, silver, etc.

ty5-a5-flf^! rin-po cJtehi-gdugs Ka^5(
the jewelled umbrella, one of the eight
auspicious articles in the possession of
royalty.

^•q-l-f»-g the five different kinds of
precious articles : gold, silver, turquoise,
coral and pearl (Rtsii).

*a|-5*^»rq^-8-«i** n. of a submarine
mountain of the Eastern ocean : — «

- 1

§*<T) (K. d. *, 269).
n. of another mountain situated beyond
the island of mother-o-pearl (S'^TfJ'''!'
^•|c/ mu-tig gi-fu-ka tihi-g.M) (K. d.

a ^^ ma(je Of gold
or silver and studded with precious stones.
^•eriS'ije; rin-po chehi-gjin TSI^hr n.
of a fabulous island (K. d. % 3 £3).

^-Hi-IS-gB.-Ef^-5i3-»i^ n. of a Sutra in
(K. ko. *,- 261).

^•|c.w or ^•i^awci n. of a town in
Tsang the chief of which once ruled over
Tibet. It has a fort or Jong (Rtsii).

^'J1*i'?*< ^cnfihr bought with money or
price.

^s^'Sj rin-di 1. bad. 2. a musket-ball
(Jd.).

*^ rib colloq. of §«i:=aj'V&) a short time,
a little while.

1184

CJ'JJ ni-ma (also, oolloq. "dibma")
fence, hedge, enclosure to protect fields
from the cold winds, intruders, etc. (Jd.).

rim-gro= 5'^*» gku-rim

any religious service con-
ducted in a temple or chapel, daily,
monthly, etc. ; also honour, homage, shown
more esp. to gods, saints, and priests ;
special personal rites and other ceremonies.
2,w5fig ^ *>S'« Mftqaild*gW extraordinary
religious service ; *w|j5-flfl»i place of reli-
gious sen-ice ; **r!i»rww*3* rim-grot t/iur-
war hgyur he will yet be cured by religoos
ceremonies; ^3^w^ai debt-rim gro-la as a
ceremony for him (the sick person) (Mil.) ;
je.'Se.'%^w$»i by offerings in goods, cattle,
etc. (Mil.) ; ^«'*!i1Hzi'9*' rim-bgro chen-po
bijat he arranged a great sacrificial festival
(Jd.).

rim-gro-wa or «'*| '" rim-hgro-
pa attendant, attending servant, aide-
de-camp ; in modern Tibetan the term
comprises such high household officials as
flpSarV^ (fsol-dpon, «|1«»rV3^ {fzinq-dpon, 8fc.
Ananda was Buddhas rim-gro-pa ; and the
priest conducting the fixed daily or
monthly religious services in a temple or
sanctuary is also called ^«'!ft| rim-gro-pa.

X.JTCI rim-pa q(Y«ii«, w^pw, iWT 1:
order, series, succesion ; ^*ryq^-^ Or ^'
*&/>( in a row or line, in row, by turn ;
^*rw rim-par successively, one after
another, gradually; *w§« or ^«-w by
degrees: S,w|«'i|^ to come down by
degrees ; V-<W^rW^%%W^ by
degrees the first became chief and the last
lowest; g'S'lSV^wq^'^'fi to do business
by turns, each taking a certain share of
work (Glr.). ^*r«-«W^S* frsniw to put the
succession in another (branch). 2. separate

order or succession, the place in a row
or file, constituent part or member of a
series, an item ; a folding part : ^5'*&'«j»\^w
Ji-gtrj'Jrti-qic five members of his line
occupied the throne (Gh:), %****& Syo
rii>i-pa-bdun a seven-fold door (l)zl. ) ;
^r«-2j-qjf«.^-§-^»i'ti items of good or bad
articles ; gw^wei numerical order, serial
number. Sw^wti to degrade, bring
down gradually (Tig. k. 1). 3. order,
method : ^wer^'i qr^^i without method,
disorderly fcTO^W ^fd*»T out of order,
changed, irregular ; Svcr^srp knowing tlie
order or method ; M^W*^«jM»raA^« by
tliis method which will be explained imme-
diately (Jd.) ; ^*rgi rim-bral disorderly,
irreguhir (Jd.). 4. degree, stage: 3f'*i5-
^•I'o degree in rank or dignity ; "%W§'
^«'i degree in talents or attainment;
Xw^fwwa^wti Btage in spiritual and
saintly perfections. 5. time multiple:
rim-ldabs ^«'^« nis-rim double ;
rini-g.cig= «i^ "1?"1 once, one time.

rms or *«'^^ rim$-nad m.
infectious disease, plague, t^*w epidemic ;
typhoid fever; V1*'
riins-fftofi-ica to send, to cause a
plague ; ^*wvi'5 virulent contagious
disease ; ^*w*>\« fipq'x free from epidemic
or plague: ^Tf^V'l^rirfS'V"rfr|^1
plagues, epidemics, are caused by nothing
but the season or by demons ; \*J'3&«]^*r^*r
IrMfnft^WwNrte1 because infection
has set in gradually by the action of filth
the disease has got the name Simt-naj
(Mng. 23).

>f * ril or VQ ril-po l.= w*r«^ all,
the whole, the entire thing (opp. to a
part) : |-£rV3 the entire month ; V35^<r*i
ril-pohi lhag-ma the remainder of the whole

1185

(Fat. kar.) ; gwVq« bubs-ril-lus the whole
body ; ^«r§«t«|>fa|«1«i ril-gyis yyogs-pa entirely
covered, completely enveloped, or wrapped
up (Sch.) ; WP'"rJ*'S*'*ff^* covered his
head entirely with his shawl (A. 86).
^«r*)\«i ril-mid-pa to swallow a thing
entire ; ^flr^'^'»r§»r*iiw3«v^e;*iS'q'«)'nr|3»r
$1 tell me whether I am to come with all,
or only with one half (of them) (Jd.).
2. ball, globule: ^jrefc-*Bc<i fg*??jr?
accepting as a food-ball. 3. dung of
sheep, rabbits, mice, etc. Also ^«r*i ril-tna.

^ari&rw ril-hjog-ma ('sfi'fK^K lhahi
(tnad-htshon-ma) n. of a celestial courtezan

(400*.).

ril-m, ("fifw"^'^^'^ |
!'qft*') balls or globules made of flour
as oiferings to the gods, spirits, etc., also
the sacrificial water cup.

Ro|-Efc ril-por, adv. wholly, entirely : 5T
q-^c.-^<jrZft-i^'ci to consider a thing lasting
and complete.

ril-wa 1. or ^«r35 ril-mo round,
cylindrical ; 5j^'*^°r35 sran-ma ril-mo peas
are round (Vat. §n.). 2. sbst. $f%3fT,
^fii^T a round, globular object, such as
a round lump of butter, etc. ; ^riS-^-g ipj
ril-wahi spyi-blugs a bottle, narrow in the
middle, a gourd-bottle (Sc/i.). Also=
awv^i chab-ril or *Q'$*\ chab-glug water-pot
to keep water for rinsing the mouth of
monks; •MrJ^r^|^»»r^t|-^afrq a
copper cylindrical pot used as a jug to
contain one drona of Magadha (A. 22).

ril-bu small ball, globule, pill:
<lH<I»r*l formed into a pill of the
size of a pea (Jd.).

^,51 ris 1. sbst. (apparently derived
from ^l'q hbri-wa, to draw) any figure,
form, design. ^N'§ ris-stt, in figure,

i'q ris-su hbri-wa= ^'frar^'H ri-mo-la bri-
wa to draw ; ^«-«}-^g-q-«i'?Jt|^-£i5-q¥5-q^-q'S»i
treatises on figure-drawing building, etc.
(A. 3 If). «\*I^N pad-ma-ris the figure of
a lotus flower (Glr.) ; R^»«.'^rf |wn mig-
man rig-sit bris-pa designed like a
chess-board ; |'^« skya-ris the blank parts
of a picture (Os.). 2. ace. to Cs. : part,
region, quarter, hence *flf^« mtho-ris
heaven, ^1=.'^*) du>afi-ri$ share of power
or territory; *iw^« Mnah-ris n. of a
part of Tibet — the western province ; 3.
fsr^TT party : gij^'^w phyogs-ris partiality ;
Cs. has also : ^e.1^* ran-ris one's own
party, W"^« gshan-rif another's party.
^*r«^ ris-can partial, prejudiced. ^w*\
impartial : 'Un^'f'^>frffc-J(ir«r^ eight un-
easinesses of an impartial mind (Khrid.
16). ^'g«i = V^e.-»!\ci or |qm-^-»^-q impar-

tial, lit. not considering one near to his
side and another distant from it. ^w»>^
ris-mcd impartial, indifferent, hence also
a hermit, because he ought to feel indiff-
erent to every thing (Jd.). ^'ip* m-
gsah sym. num. = 7, derived from the
number of the greater planets together
with the sun and moon (Jd.).

^ru 1. a horn,= ^ n«z ; T"T$ yak's
horn, *'5 ra-ru goat's horn, ^T^ lug-m
rams horn. 2. = * cha a division, part,
section : *\*W!'*T% a brigade ; ?^"I'3|'%'
H'Sql*I'Ws'Il*' the cattle, sheep, goat, &c.,
of each division under the Jong (Rtsii.).
^•i|?}»cg,»i-q3-5-il?<J| rus-gsum byas-pahi-ru-
ppcig one part out of three parts. Also
% ru is equivalent to the Chinese term
usually translated " banner " : TW^ ffyas-
ru right wing or district, or " banner " ;
*fi*;^ left " banner " or wing, «$'5 awu-ru
central division. More especially 5'^
rit-dar banner, mih'tary ensign of triang-
ular shape used in Tibet ; V*\v'*3*>'t> ru-dar

150

1186

hphyar-wd to display, to hoist the banner.
$'£ ru-sna division or wing of an army ;
5'<^ ru-dpon commander of a regiment or
wing; 5'«*^ ru-mtshon a lance with a
flag attached to ite top, colours.

^'C' ru-na hatred, grudge, malice; $'*•'
**t ru-na-can spiteful, malicious.

^% ru-rta fre aco. to Cs. : a kind of
spicy root [a sort of medicinal plant used
as a remedy for the disease called takman ;
Oostus speciosus]&

Syn. *«V<W« hod-hbar-ma ; «$"! <w '*?**
dbyug-pas-mtshan; Q^Ss khyvb-byed ;
(Mnon.).

or 5'^1 Jtu-rdog n. of an
important fort as well as of a district in
Tibet lying to the east of Ladak, about
15 miles beyond the east extremity of the
Pan-kon Lake.

^Vq)? ^tff^ ; one of the commanders
of the Kaurava armies who fled from the
battle field of Kuruksetra and took shelter
in Tibet (J. ZaU.).

ru-pi (in Sikk. rubi)
m-po=ram in W. (Jd.).

ru-wa .=

re-gur a tent-
covering made of yak's hair ; 5 " « ru-wa-
pa a person living in such a tent ; y«ft*l*
ru-wahi-tshogs a number of such tents,
a tent-village (Jo.). 2.= <MjT«i brog-pa
herdsmen of Tibet.

^*JJ ru-ma curded milk, used as a
ferment, in C. : 5'W5'*f §j*|'i^ ho-mar ru-ma
blug-'hdra as when sweet and curded milk
are put together.

^•afc-qan the princess of Eu-yong who
was married to King Sron-btsan sgam-po
and built the temple of Brag-Cha Klu-
phugLhakhang (Lon ». 6,).

f ^'^s'3I ru-ra-ksa ^rg a kind of
berry, prob. the smaller species of ^rer, of
which the rosaries used by Tantrik lamas
are often made.

""'"" •'•• a
*, 177). 2. species of fruit-tree (J&.).

'5]q m-leb 'flat-horn,' occurs in
i the Cerrus WallicM, and in
the stag discovered in Central Tibet by
Dr. Thorold and afterwards named Germs
Thoroldi.

phral-du or

myur-du soon, quickly : iMl^aF1^'
*fS (Buhu. 70) they do not repent even if
they have to go to hell quickly.

Vrt rug-ge adj. and adv. gracefully,
finely : •W«SW^S^l1tbey«H sat grace-
fully ; V'J^'W*! s/tin-num rug-ge the field
had a smooth elegant appearance.

tug-pa vb. to bend;
sgur-byas bent ; r
from having bent down his head
in serving tea and molasses (A. 141).

$aW$'V<l itig-rug bycd-pa— <3|*»'« bsdus-
pa to coUect together: •W«S«l)W^V1Wi
put all things together pell mell.

^1'^ Mug-ma n. of a town in the
country of Sindhu (6'. lam. 35).

^ jp'pf run-khan a polite term for
bake-house or kitchen, generally such as
belong to the clergy ; also store-room for
keeping clothes, furniture, and utensils
permissible for the use of monks.

$=.'$ run-chu water for washing the
mouth (of a monk) before taking food and
after he has finished his meal :

1187

one

run-wa (cognate to W«, Xi|'«)
1. vb. to befit, capable for, suitable, right,
and adj. : qfaj, JRW, qi^r, ^f^ proper,
fit, etc., *l=.'S*i'S=.'5c, whatever has been
done is proper ; idiom for : you can do
what you like. ^•^•^N'g^c.- this word
is calculated to terrify, is terrible ;
$=•' it is saleable, vendible ;
slob-dpon-du-mi run he is not fit to be a
teacher ; "W^'^e; he is good for nothing
else, but also in the sense : he is too good
for any thing else (Olr.) ; a}
that is able to perform it ;
rned mi-run it must be procured by all
means ; »>-S"'*^' it ought to be done ;
' can also do without (him) ; ^v*'

V would it not be as well to
let him go at that time ; l^'S^^'^'
how can one believe you ? (Jd.). 2. Jd.
mentions several other phrases with 5=.' :
$*r^'3'$c,' why should we care so much
for this our body ? Esp. 3'*r^', preceded
by ^ or (rarely) by "K.', why should not
...... ?, i.e., 0 that ! would that ! "^ST^

would that this were mine !

srSs; I only wish, she were
not my daughter ! would it were not my
daughter ! In C. colloq. and in later
writings 5^-' =" although " after a verbal
root : ^'i«'«J8;\$e.' though I have been
sitting so long (Mil.) ; ^"^F^' though it
is not necessary (Mil.) ; ^vfrJprqpt^-ti
to plead ignorance although one knows
the thing (Mil.) ; $T3*^V whatever may
happen to me,= at all events, at any rate ;
S'Sj^c though it may be ; ^T^'^'^'^'
whether it be an erroneous (opinion) or
not (Mil.) *\'&'*fi^' though I live or
though I die; "l^'w^-^^-uic,-^- whoso-
ever he may be, whatsoever it may be.
*r$e."q, *r§e.«'<i (1) pernicious, dangerous,
atrocious, as enemies, beasts of prey,

malignant gods and spirits, etc. (2)
spoiled, destroyed, ruined : W%K.-W§S'«I to
destroy, etc., «r$c«wn§v«i to be destroyed,
etc., (Ja.).

ru-drd-ksa

drag-pohi-mig malignant eye, " evil eye " ;
in Tibet it is gen. called *-'\

rud= a slip, that which has
slipped down; a falling or fallen mass,
as : FSft snow-slip, avalanche, $'%S deluge,
inundation, flood (by the rupture of an
embankment and the like), «'^ land-slip,
descent of a mass of earth ; ^'^'3 disinte-
grated, loosened ; ace. to Lex. trf^,= rough.

^M ^ Rul-chu the large mountainous
district of Eupchhu in the south of Ladak.

t|^J'£l rub-pa 1. to rush in upon, to
attack, assault : ^W^^'^i^ rush-
ing in upon him from every side in order
to touch hands and feet (Mil.) ; m^'V^^
to pounce on the prey, to fall upon the
food (Glr.) ; |"'^'§1>-1 kha-rub byed-pa to
out-cry, to bear down by a louder crying
(Jd.). 2. to join in an affray; »)fr-«|»r
«^^rJ)-q|^o|-qjE.'q a number of people
joining togecher to assault one man ;
px-^q-ajc. (they) will jointly come upon
me. 3. to close, shut: p-§«r«i= F'IJCSI to
shut the mouth, to be silent; in colloq.
W^ssf^f^ sit quiet, shutting the
lips.

i'-^ rub-fo currant W. (Jd.).

rum or &w 1. womb, uterus,=
but less frq. : 5*r*V«^-q rum mi-bde-wa
sensations of pain during pregnancy ;
^'SHVT" WT<fir1% to take birth, to enter
into the womb. 2. darkness, obscurity,
also Stf'i'VS*4 mun-pahi-rum gen. UT¥*. 3'.
n., Turkey, the Ottoman Empire, the site

1188

of which is bat vaguely known to the
Tibetans, though some commodities from
thence find their way to Lhasa; %«'« a
man from Turkey, a Turk ; ^'-f* Syria
(.Id.).

rttl-wa=3p\'c* 1. adj. broken,
putrid. 2. vb. to go bad, to get rotten,
to turn rancid, etc. ^TW^VP rul-war
hgyur-wa to become putrid ; S-w^arlk' ho-
I>M rttl-son the milk has gone bad, has
become putrid. $"I'|S|»> rul-byed-skyeg
lit. that which revives a rotten thing ; n.
of a medicinal fruit (Mnon.). 3. to thaw
(of snow).

'5 i-ul-po for $*'» hrul-po (<?«.).

rus-pa or 5"

lineage, family: SE.-^-^-^ ^ ^'X their
name and Hneage are such; 5«'"l3'»li
a kinsman. swu^'aipf^*1 rus-pc,ig-pa y$od-
pa murder of a kinsman 5«'^flfer«i|li\cc
Hj-ar^-^-^'Sto the murderer of his
kinsman is a detestable sinner, is low
born, yffif-n ru?-mtho-wa high extrac-
tion ; 5*r«pwq rug-dmah-wa low extraction.
5^'JS ru$-rgyud=$fic> rgyud-pa or ^"!*r*S
ri'JS-rgyud or "IV^ {fdun-ryud extraction,
descendant, race (If Hon.).

II *fa, *fora bone ; J«r«j«i back-
bone, the spine ; 5"'*1 fracture of the bone
(Meg.) ; V'lS'yg smaU bones of which
the Tibetan anatomy enumerates 360.
*1 '5*1 mi-rug human bone ; -fl **V$»r<i fa-
med rus-pa bare-bone, skeleton, i.e., bones
when stript of flesh and skin ; *f. $*! r kan-
rus bone of the foot ; wffv' mgo-rus bone
of the skull; "I'^^'H ka-ne rM-yta=u*>f1^-
%«'fl bones of the limbs ; ^'"I'l na-la-ga
the bones of the legs (Mtion.). Also,
fig. ^'V snM-rug courage ; energy,
perseverance. ^«-£i-wi«-q rus-pa chags-pa—

'9 snM-po the pith, i.e., the meaning
and sense (A. lltf). S^'^S rus-chod preci-
sion, accuracy, thorough correctness : JT5'

£j^*^^npr(rvft'^*K«i'3-*Kiv*lvfe< as
the king has to conduct affairs by
means of correspondence and accounts the
greatest accuracy in letters is essential.

«>*r*E.- rus-chan ($*vq-'wq3?*rq$-*v Mnon.),
beer made of fermented bones.

VTW-J^ TT^nnro, ornaments of ten-ific
deities and for magicians, made of human
bones which are suspended from the
girdle; VTiS-j^ the like ornaments
fastened to six different parts of the body,
viz., the top of the head, the ears, the
neck, the upper arm, the wrists, and the
feet.

^•ti5-|e.-Q = JWn tbe marrow of the
bone ; lit. the pith of the bone.

IVtft^q rus-pahi-pscb=
the akin ].non..

pays-pa

or shells of exchange.

3W«5erq rus-hbol-wa 1. morbid symp-
toms. 2. the stone of the apricot and
other stone-fruits C. (Vat. gn.).

5*i'*l£.' rug-rkran & skeleton.

-j

5«'«K Jiug-pa-gba n. of a celebrated
lama (Deb. % 38).

y*'**\ rug-tshad or 5«'^ rus-tshod (?)

5*r«?Y5f tw>'5 n. of a work upon gene-
alogy (J. Zan).

$*<'% rug-fin, 1. Seh.: firmness,
perseverance, repentance. 2. the spinal
column.

•g°i rus-sbal <$ia, SB^I, ^ifipra tortoise ;
ff, ^^ the female tortoise;
ji^rqi^Ti the sea or lake turtle
. Lex.).

1189

pser-gyi rus-sbal or *c|
ma-ha ffser-gyi rus-sbal the fabulous
golden tortoise from the figures upon
whose breast the Chinese are said to
have derived their knowledge of divina-
tion and astrology. The chart of divini-
tion used by them for drawing omens, &c.,
is drawn on the figure of a tortoise and is
called SiS'*1'? srid-pa-ho ho or hwa being
the Chinese for a picture or chart).

Syn. «^-m<i]-grq yan-lag Ina-pa ;
dam-du-hdsin ; gi'*!j bul-hgro ;
yan-lag Ina sbas-pa; S^S*.' glog-hthun;
.' hgram-rkyon ; jf *T«r*^ khog-pa-can ;

nan-pahi $ubs.-ldan (Mnon.).
q rus-sbal ser-po n. of a Sa-bdag
demon.

^ re 1. for **, also for *3. 2. each,
every, single, a single one, some (person
or thing) ; one to each, one at a time ; ^
one by one, every, everybody, each:
each man riding on a horse ;
arS^-w^-3jc3|-<^«|, dejection
sometimes arises or despair comes from
having no son ; ^S'^ or$^ for a moment,
= ?V^** about a moment ; "i^'^'if^*! once
or twice. \$N re-tsam seems to signify :
just about: fr*J-**rtft*fq (a horse)
sufficiently (large) for being mounted by
about a hundred men ; ^'<*rw«|9i|»> with
the exception of about one year. w^fjV
5=.'^ ras-gos rkyan-re a single cotton
garment; *$v^ 'v\ ''^^ handing to
each of the ten a phurpa ; •c'l'^'^c.'?^'^'^
in each of his hands there was an ingot ;
^trfcM-Vfl-^N^ he slaughtered every
day 10,000 animals. *>'^"I'^'q^ each
man killed one sheep 3=-'^ nun-re a little at
a time ^'flft«'«fy»i re-re g.ni$-g.ni& one and
all, one with another, indiscriminately
(Mil.). .^'Vl re-shig somebody, something ;
aome, a little ; ^ '^*| also = (with or without

a little while : ^Tsft wait a while I
after a little while. 3. in such
forms as Hw^,afcwrt mchis-sa-re or §^'5'*
gyur-ta-re it may be rendered by such an
adverb as : certainly, indeed, undoubtedly.
4. occurs as a particle mostly put between
two closely connected woids for the
purpose of giving the compound word a
verbal signification; thus l^'l snin-rje,
signifying compassion, can be split into
two with the particle ^ between them
and then it means : to take pity upon
^=•'^'1 ; in the samegmanner ^'^ fatigue
becomes S'^^was fatigued. In like
manner we have 9*w*«fl*, if'V^,
g-re-log • if^o&lft ~} ^-«a|; and

(Jo. chiefly).

^'^ re-skan, also ordinarily ^'*H, = sel-
dom, by no means, never: Jfc'^'^ that
can seldom happen ; ^wtR'n^'^'^ they can
by no means be satisfied with it.

* reckon or ^«rfc- lit. fuMlment of
hope = heaven, blissful state.

Syn. w?'?,*|-i|^^ mtho-r£$-ffnas ; c$%*['*
dge-legs (Mnon.).

^'fa re-skon n. of a bitter medicinal
herb : ^rH^^»y*^r (Med).

J ^T1 re-kha ^«3T ;= ^'% ri-mo line, figure,
drawing, picture, painting. ^'pS'<^q re-
khahi-hdab= fl'^'^t.' stag-pa qifi, birch-tree
(Mnon.) ; ^r^ = ^frW5 (Tig. k. 55).

\ofic: re-hklian offence: ^Ape,-n|fq to
become offended and abusive. V^ re-
hkhon frequent quarrel : ihjCp^fc^jCfq
quarrel in one's house both morning and
evening.

*'$*• re-gur goat's hair tent ; castle of
hope.

\Q re-wa I : ^rntT 1. sbst. hope ; ^ti^e.'
harbouring hope, hopeful;

1190

I re-wa skon-wa or ^'Tlpi rc-wa
$grub-pa vnvpgQH to fulfil a hope ; 1\i rned-
pa to get fulfilled, to obtain, what one has
hoped for, ^'i'f^'§^ it has arisen as well
as one could wish ; ^«i'sc^-«i hoping, full
of hope, ^'i'*><vci hopeless, despairing. 2.
vb., to hope : ww^'WJfe.'^S t hams-cad
mthofi-du reho all hope to see.

^'Ifa re-gron hope ; reliance ; ^'^*< re-ltos
hope, expectation : "|^^'ai'^'^'§S'c' gx/iait-
la re-ltos byed-pa to depend upon another,
to repose hope on another :

8) at the time when all hope of refuge,
protection, of hiding himself, or run-
ning away had been exhausted, he did
not know what to do. ^Ifr*^'" re-gron
mcd-pa=^'^'^'\'c> re-stof tncd-pa to be
hopeless, disappointed ; also disappoint-
ment.

* 4jc.-.«) *m one of the 37 sacred places
of the Bon. (O.Bon. 37).

re-kag-pa a mezereon with white
blossoms growing in the South Himalayas,
of which paper is made ; or the shrub
Daphne and its bark (Ya-sel. 28).

J V? an epithet of the goddess Dpul
Idtin

re-dogs hope and fear.
= ^q-«^;X,I<|«'£W*lwaiv*f^ one possessed of
hopes and fears ; ^*|*r*>^ being without
hope and without fear.

V*>T*S-<i re-thag chod-pa= jffwripfS'i kho-
thag gcod-pa to be disappointed ; despair,
disappointment.

^ re-lde a kind of buckler manu-
factured in Tsang (Jig. 32).

^'3»< re-snatn woollen cloth or blanket
made of 'goat's hair.-

*'3 re-wa II : goats hair ; 'i'^' a
kind of cap made of black goat's hair ; ^'5
re-wo ace. to 8ome=1'5 sbre-bo sacklotL, »
kind of cloth of yak's hair, a tent.

rc-ntos or «'«i turn, series, or
more accurately : the turn or change of
the series : &va|ilTC|'^'3i"''IW then the turn
of misfortunes came upon me.

•Ji * 'fj rc-rma as a met.= SS'^S bmi-mvd
woman.

re-shig, \. ^ r
a short while:

shortly there was kli»l>-tl>oli
noise of something being struck.

re-ral n. of a vegetable medi-

cne :

^ re-re singly ; each ...... each.

^1 re-fig used for ^«|.

^'i re-*«=^'t'^'ql^*' re-ica/ti-ynas pla<-c <il'
repose of one's hope : ^ •gfv^-«i^-t|-^^^ AS
I have none to repose my hopes other than
you.

^J'^l reg-pa l.= fvi or S"!'" to attain
to, to reach: WWt^RVJwJvoi^'W^

until attaining to the perfect state of
Buddha (Buddha-bhumi). 2. but chiefly :
WT, ^STf5lf:«i vb., to touch, to come in
contact with : ^"l'^'£'^'£i, g^rawsi pleasure

in coming in contact with;
touched (his) head with the hand. In W.
very common under the form "ray-<-c."
3. to feel, to perceive ; esp. in W. where
it sounds : rag-cc. 4. sbst. *"| rcg, *w*~
connection ; ^l'^,1'! reg-dug (poison that has
entered the body by contact) contagion,
hence venereal disease, syphilis.

^TS reg-bya 1. what is felt, or may be
felt, anything palpable or tangible,

1191

reg-bya mi-tshor what may be felt is
felt no longer. 2. feeling, sense of feel-
ing : '^•O'^irs'gje.-ai pags-pa reg-bya gran-la
whilst the outside of the body appears
cold to the touch; ^I'S'STS reg-bya-rtsub
rough to the touch (Jo.).

1. touch. 2. = *r|.

•f I'^pl ret/-zegs=^^ sin-brig
draft.

reg-bsan qz^r n. of a medicinal
plant.

Syn. f «•*) skyes-tKa; £*r§Y* ttthos-byed-
DM ; *4&v|^'« rnchod-sbyin-ma ; ifo'ftfQ*
hkhor-los-s.gyur ; S^'i^'i tshigs-drug-pa ;
*)^'"'%ql'£1 mdud-pa drug-pa ; \'"$'$'Q dri-yi
rtsa-wa ; «^-^'*< bde-ldan-ma ; «r?«l pa-to
la ; »rs«ff*g*i sa-bdag-hbras ; *|WJ gsal-wa ;
3,ipr|!^ rigs-ldan ; P'^'SS kha-war-byed
(Mnon.).

^^wi bregs-pa.

ren-tca, also ^1 rens=3e-'£i gyon-
po stiff, congealed, tense, jigid ; %=,«'w§S'i
rens-par bycd-pa to make hard or stiff:
g-J5*i'|ni'»<5-q^-^»i-g*j^c,^-w|^'ti'33^ Jowo by
his series of rites for propitiating the
goddess Dolma made it (the thief's body)
stiff (A. 139) ; 3^c.-|c^ rmahi ren-sbyans
to remove the stiff parts of a wound
( Vat. $n.).

*C'^ ren-bu (S^'l'^'3 spos-kyl ren-bu)

1. pastil for fumigating: ^.'S'jl^T^SW
would you proceed carrying a pastil of
fumigating incense ? (Jig. 28.) 2. sepa-
rate, not belonging to anything else
(Seh.).

=HW« khyeiis <5PH.

rens-po 1. rigid, coagulated.

2. alone, single (Seh.).

^1 red-pa 1. auxiliary and substan-
tive vb., very common throughout Central
and Eastern Tibet where it largely re-
places the other auxiliaries. It rarely
occurs in books, though occasionally in
Mil. It is most often used in the 3rd
person and never in the 2nd person : p'^c.'
<T*Rf<r*S where is he going ? ^'S'VS'
B'5*'^ this is not your dog ; c.'fc.'-^'TJ'sr^
(pronounced always : na-ran c,in-gi-ma-re ')
I do not know. Often annexed to ^"S q
in common talk in the form
(sounded : yd ' a-re ') : fi*f&
^•»)\cj^ " khoran-la pu kha-fe yd' a-re me'
a-re " has he any sons or not ; " dlndA yo'a
ina, re " is it so or not ? 2. =5£i'£i grub-pa
ready, accomplished, done : ^VWV* red-mdah
a spent arrow.

^ ^f reb-reb-pa 1. hazy, some-
thing misty or glimmering before the eyes.
2. to be in a great hurry, to be very
zealous (Ja.).

I rem-pa l. = the vulg. colloq. ^'i'
i rig-pa sgrim-pa to be cautious, careful.
he rose carefuUy (Rdsa 28);
H%1^rV-4|yR ye two friends
be careful this time (Rdsa. 25). 2. vb.
and adj., (to be) strong, vigorous, durable,
powerful, of men and animals.
=*g«* run out; diffuse.

*>'*sp\ kid, young of a goat;
rehu mig lit. kid's eye ; squares of
chess board.

the skin of a kid (Rtsii.).

res 1. inst. of ^ re. 2. change,
turn, time, times : ^«r*f«T§V«t to change
places alternately (Jig. 7) • «v&v3V{fr*«rar
i^'^ it being now our turn of acting (Dzl.) ;

res-byed-pa with verbal root, to do

1192

a thing by turn with another person.
*c.-ai qgc.^wg'vci resp. : f *KW«|*M*<*^IV1
gkems-la ffsol-res mdsad-pa to vie with one
another in drinking beer (Glr.) ;
res-moss bycd-pa to work by turn ;
w?5=-'^^Hai'S'Ji'3^*'^'ll\'c' (A. 59) having
travelled gradually he found in a town
that the kingly office was performed by
turn ; *«-*)?||E.-:!fl-'JrW*<i|«-c.^l*jE.»i by turns
he explained to all the lepers and beggars
that attachment (to life or worldly tilings)
was bad (A. 106). 3.= w**'*' ****** or
^*TRfl|* re§-hgah at times, at intervals,
occasionally: *&*i* •*»pwar<$^q^c.- (A. 18)
at times carried (it) to the sky. ^*c&^'$c,-
res-che re-chun now great, now small, or
partly great, partly small; ^^«v**r*^
ref-yod re$-nwd at one time is there, at
another not (Cs.) ; *>w*pf>. at times cheer-
ful, =*vv<H or «^'VP.

re$-hgah «^r ; v. ^« 2. supra.

res-gcig once, once upon a time.

re$-mo$, v. 'wi re-ntog.
^»rfl|« rcs-gzah an occasionally appearing
star, a changing (wandering) star, a
planet (Cs.) ; ^•"^"Fl'^ re$-hgrogs zla-
fkar the stars with which the moon is
successively in conjunction (Sch.).

J rcg-po, 1. =Mi35 res-mo. 2.
old, v. *^'i bgre-wa (Jd.).

* I: ro=g:«ior«iiS, also ^"5^; sbst.
iM taste, flavour, savour : P'^ kha-ro tasty
thing; ^'5fc-'t' ro-myon-wa to taste; ^'£\« =
g"-q'»»V£i fsrow? insipid, tasteless. *«i ^ §
ro-la drug-ste there are six different kinds
of taste : — WWP mnar-wa sweet, %*Qskt/i<r-
wa sour, P'q kha-wa bitter, ^ ska-wa
astringent, *n tslia-wa acrid, «M^'*'IJ fex-
tshba-ica salt. The medicines are also
divided into six classes such as

VH mfiar-wahi mfiar-wa sweet of sweet,
-g«,-q mnar-icahi skyur-wa sweet with
but a little sour. *<Jj-«>s.'^-£iS-«v>rJM food
(for great men) consisting of one hundred
different tastes, i.e., of the most exquisite
and manifold flavour (Jd.). X-»iXfl|-^-£i
tasteful, of great relish (S. Lex.).
*i§i TO flavoury, flavour.

ro-ldan, Tfl^fr 1. grapes. 2.
garlic.= C"I£' ?ffog-pa; ^'?C^ gu-na-dxu-nu
(Mnon.). 3. chireta, gentian (^^o».).

^'Sf^x ro-ldan-ma as met. = 2'»'^'^^'S
rgya-mtsho chen-po ocean (Mnon.).

^•q*e.-« go-bzafi-nta n. of a Yaksa prin-
cess (JT. </. S,

*'«M ro-;«a 1. anything from which the
juice or spirit or essence has been
extracted. 2. = JT grass.

K-q&.-q ro-btxoft-wa in Sikk. to impor-
tunate ; persistence.

X-«*t^ ro-hdsin T«TT as met. the
tongue.

*'»je.- ro-myafi ^r^ 1. relish, taste;
also delicious. 2.= gc.'« sbran-iiM, bee.

?-sje.-q ro-myan-ica 1. to taste, to relish.
2. as met. the tongue, % Ice or
bcttd-kyi-itui (Mnon.).

phor (S. Lex.).

's II : = ^'w residue, remains, sediment :
*"J'K tshag-ro (or ^i)'^ htahag-ro) that which
remains in a sieve or filter, husks, etc. ;
6'^ ja-ro tea-leaves left in a tea-pot; 3«r^
tshil-ro the remains of fat after having
been melted ; W% gal-ro, X'^ ro-ro, *i'^
so-ro rubbish ; g*\'^ §kud-ro the ends of
threads in a seam.

's III : 1. physical body, especially a
beast's body : ^'j^ ro-rgyab back ; ^ §S ro-

1193

the upper part of the human body,
chest and back (Ebrom. |", 82) ; ^'U«\ ro-
smad the lower part of the body ; ^'aS'S1"'
^•ugacq ro-smad fbrul-du hkhyil-wa the
lower part of the body like a serpent
(Jd.). 2. more frq. dead body, corpse,
carcass : $'X mi-ro a dead man, ?'X rta-ro
dead horse ; XS'^arw the place where a
corpse is laid, the cemetery ; X'§*|-ti ro-
sreg-pa to bum a corpse. X'^R.' ro-k/uifi
(1) the house or place where a dead body
is kept before being carried to the ceme-
tery for disposal ; (2) sh*j place for burning
or burying the dead, a favourite spot for
conjurations and sorceries of the Tantrik
lamas. ^'§q'q lit. one who carries a corpse
on his back for disposal to a cemetery,
hence the scavengers in Tibet are called
rogyab-pa; but the word is ordinarily
pronounced ra-gya-pa. ^'3)*» ro-sgam a
coffin ; H^^MT^rq ro-draHs nes-pa defect in
the performance of a funeral ; ^SJ'flflw
ro-yi gnat SJTHM the place where dead
bodies are disposed of ; ^'9*1 ro-bug grave,
tomb ; ^'9** ro-bum a structure resem-
bling a *&S'f^ in which the ^'f'S the upper
half of the body is placed in upright
position ; *pafe*r food offered to the manes
of the dead. ^'^ ro-rag cotton cloth for
wrapping up a dead body before crema-
tion ; npon it incantations are frequently
inscribed against demons and malignant
spirits ; X'«ie.»i ro-lani %?tra the soul of the
dead roving on earth, also (evil) spirit, or
goblin that occupies a dead body.

ro-ne = *'$ ra-ne or ^ sha-ne lead.

| ro-tsa-ka ff^R, and
ro-tsa-ka chen-pa «-$iCH% are celestial
flowers (K. d. *, 156).

*'« ro-tsa or X'*|fo ro-g.tsah sexual ins-
tinct or power, carnal desire, lust (Mcd.).

ro-tsa $kyed-pa to procreate, to
increase the carnal appetite by medicine
(Cs.) • also : to feel it ; X*q ro-tsa-wa,
voluptuousness, sensual, lustful (Mil.).

3(-^-i|g*i ro-tshan-gsum a kind of officinal
plant :

*' 7

-ta 1- n. of river that
flowed between the towns Serskya and
Lhji-bstan. (J. ZaK.) 2. a species of ibex
said to possess three horns.

Ro-hi tu-ka n. of a place in

7

ancient India.

rog-po 1. C. black, cf. 9 bya
and SJ-^iJ pho-rog. 2. W.= ^t rag-pa
reddish, yellowish-brown, of rocks. ^ ^-«J
rog-ge-wa shining dimly with a face glow-
ing gloomily as it were Mil., nt. (Jd.).

*i|-q-nf*wg<!r rog-po hjoms $kye$ a
medicinal herb.

rogs vulg. for Sj«|»» grays friend,
companion, associate, assistant; *><]*r*)^
"l^"! i rogs-med g.cig-pa friendless and quite
alone. X^'^w rog$-ram or X"l«|^-q rog$-
byed-pa to help, assist ; $"1"'!*^ grogs-byed.-
pa help, assistance.

roA = tf^ deep gorge, defile,
narrow passage, cleft in a hill, also valley ;
Xe.'|ge.' abyss, deep hole; g"|'X=.' brag-rod
dell or chasm between rocks; a ravine,
Hf'3'J1''*c-'*)'Vrql»< is not the nether region
of the Naga an abyss and very narrow ?
(Ebrom. 163).

Xe.-g,*wl<^ Eofi-bi/ams-chen n. of a
district in the mountainous country
situated in the north of Tsang where in a
monastery a huge image of Maitreya
Buddha was constructed by Lama Sems-
dpah chen-po Qshon-nu rgyal me/tog (Lou.
*, 16) ; *&•*•» n. of a lama of Eong (Deb.

151

1194

«?, 28) ; *x*.t>'fw% an epithet of the devil
(G. Bon. 8).

*c.'»i«l Rofi-yul the country of ravines ;
gen. Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan, etc., are so
called. ^*'** rod-mi, a man coming from
Bong ; *=•'? rofi-rta, Xcfc: roti-lcafi a horse
bred in, a willow growing in, Sikkim
or Bhutan.

rod. pride, haughtiness (in Tsaff).

^ *S^'2I ro4-pa or *f\% rotf-po, 1. =
If* yog dress. 2. stiff, unable to help
one's self. *v|'" rotf-lci-tca id. (/a.).

XT ro/ deep, abyss, chasm : Xar^'3'^'Y
ti5 a,E,-^r|»i'ai they are born in a very
intolerable abyss (Soriff. 19).

rom-po (for lM in Sikk. and
C.) thick, big, stout, massive, plump ; deep,
of sound ; opp. to 9'* phra-mo.

X«r| ^ rol-rded sftw playfulness, X"^'
w^flfti rol-rned-ma hphrog-pa the ravish-
ment of X<"f|s,'*» rol-rned-ma (prob. ^tm^nt-
^t) n. of a dramatical work about which,
Atisa remarked ^>VTfl»«r^lfc'1fl'*vT
«rqwV«iS (^4. 30).

*m 15 rol-rta, 1. ScA. : the near horse
in a team, the right-hand horse. 2. the
act of playing with cymbals and with
wind instruments.

rol-ff.na$ «Vsir«H a stage, a
place of enjoyment ; a pleasure grove ;
heaven.

v.

ro/-wa. 2. gVgi playfulness;
the coquettish airs and gestures of youth-
ful playmates (MAon.). 3. =^WiT\q /o^s-
spyod-pa or ^r»-^ tshog$-w-wa to enjoy,
amuse oneself with women ; also drinking,
and merriment. X«ri3A3f«» rol-pahi hgros

musical gait, dancing t
rkafi-pahi hdu-lycd (Mflon.).

X'x-q^-N^-q^ rol-pahi mtsho-bdun the
seven lakes of which the waters move in
gentle waves as if they were dancing to
the music of the wind.

X«r«iS'^-t rol-pahi rdo-rje aWr^ an
epithet of the Tantrik god S3"'C'X
pa rdo-rje ^^«^n Heruka (Mfion..)

X«l-ti5-»( rol-pahi-sa as met =
mtho-ri$-gna§ the celestial regions (Jjffion.).

%WQ ro/-K-a = J"«l-^'«i^\c< JR^fT 1. to
amuse or divert one's self; to play and
laugh. In jl*'*«ri rgya-cher rol-pa, i.e.,
the Lalitavistara and in ^ortrqffrq or lulitu
nydsa (the name of a certain kind of con-
templation), rol-pa is used for Ufa*, acting
or playing on the stage of this worldly
existence. 2. to take, taste, eat, drink :
g^'35 (gifm-Kurti srin-mo khrag-la rol-pa
witches or ogresses revelling in blood
(Mil.) ; •Oc^tfW^'flWW rol-pahi staog-su
bshugt-pa there he site, or to sit with
revelrous mien. 3. = gl5r{i fprul-wa to prac-
tise sorcery, to cause to appear in magical
form ; qwwXarq rnam-par rol-pa=
garti rnam-par fprul-pa.
ye-feg rol-pahi khehu Ida is used for : ")••*)*)'
5'a°i'i yc-fes^kyi ?prul-pa incarnations of
the divine Wisdom.

the sound of music : ^arfc'Svi rol-mo byed-
pa to make music ; Xorfr |V«i rol-mo spyod-
pa musical profession. 2. music, musical
instrument, ^v^'s>'^^rol-lmohi cha-brgyad
= the eight divisions of music. ^urSS'flfl*
rol-mohi gnag or X^ 355'« the place where
music is performed, a theatre;
rol-,mo-mkhan musician, esp.=
mkhan a cymbal player (Mfion.).

rol-mohi syra^mt/iah day n. of the

1195

different kinds of musical sounds or
notes • (1) g'*-g-q m'^ SfT^ ; (2) *>'fljw
H'<r^ ^,; (3) %-$rifa 5-^ JUT; (4)
••'"K^; (5)

(Mnon.). In the same Tibetan work
we find some curious definitions of what
are termed '^rlRftHfr^R-^e.^rq^-q the
sources of the different musical sounds,
which are specified in the following
way :— *I*'|l*l*' J$l the violin, etc.
emits sound from (striking) the strings ;
g-e^^l^awS'S drums etc. give sounds
from beating the skin placed upon a
hollow vessel; Sje.'9'»r^l'|*rg'*l5-fj the pipe,
flute, etc. yield sounds through the passage
of holes; ^'farf^-aic.-?^ the sound of
cymbals, etc., is by the falling of one disk
of metal upon another at intervale (Mnon.).
Again XarS^Tfc'* rol-mohi §pon-sa is the
school-house or place where music is
taught. Furthermore we hear of X«r355'
S'g'I'q^'qg'S rol-mohi bye-brag Ico-brgad the
eighteen accompaniments of music: — *K

; and

K«i|-?15^§ q rol-mohi dbye-wa the different
kinds of musical instruments : — (1) ^c-'^'
the damaru ; (2) *? ma-du ; (3) Srjgaj sil-
khrol ; (4) *\$'*i dandi-ma f%fiiigH drum ; (5)
a*r£' bal-rfia Nepalese drum; (6) wpn'E'
mkhar-rfia kettle drum, fort drum (Mnon.).
Xai'^-y*) rol-rtsed-ma TflraT a dancing
girl ; a coquettish woman.

X"! furrow ; ^«r|T3fifs;q to begin plough-
ing in spring.

0} rla sometimes for ^ W<z (Ja.).

or ^-«>

n. of a city in ancient India which was
destroyed by the Yavanas, hence termed
the ruined city; Sffl'WJ^'ito t>e destroyed,
ruined. 2. = ^^«i-»^'W5V«» to become
bodiless.

j^C?T£| rlafis-pa ^m vapour, steam ;
exhalations; f'Sj=.N kha-rlafis breath,
vapour from the mouth ; $3)*.** chu-rlafi$
steam, watery vapour; $f.w$t*X$n to
distil. 5^^3«s-q-|v«i to steam.

% or ^'si rlag-pa=
1. destruction, loss or ruin ;

the lowest social grade (Mnon.).

rlan ^nf 1. moisture, humidity;
rlan §pan-ica to avoid the wet ;
rlan-can moist, wet, humid; gtf'*>^
rlan-med dry. ^-f^arq rlan-sten nal-wa
to sleep in the wet (Lt.*). 2. ^ a liquid ;
Si^St^ rlan-rlon id., ^'^•»e.- rlan-rlon-chan
the liquid (called) beer.

l^r^dM^l-^ one dressed in leaves
of trees (Tig. k. 25.).

§^'|N or gfl'«w-|N rlan-las skyes a
general n. for insects or animals generated
in moisture (Mnon.).

n^'SJ rial-pa or ^q^'i rials-pa to
remove, to clear away (Sch.).

o^SJ rials ^tfq, ^if^H wave, billow,
ripple : j'N^'Sjqq rgya-mtshohi rlabs large
wave ; ^q^'Ei'^ rlabs-po-che or ^q^'?^ rlabs-
chen »TTn?H%, H^il, a large wave or billow ;
gfq^'^'5,'35 rlabs-kyi ri-mo= Q'fy*- chu-gner
(Mnon.) ripples on water ; $q*r|jc,' rlab$-
phren series of waves or billows one follow-
ing another in rapid succession.

Syn. $'$q*i chu-rlabs ; ^q^'^qN dbah-rlabs
or 5'3t£i*' rba-rlabs (Mnon.).

§q^-«w rlabs-yas ^^tj<& n. of a great
number (S. Lex.).

^ JJ'Cj rlam-pa, v. S^'i rlom-pa ; also
we find : St54'^ rlam-khyer.

1196

resp.

testicles. §«|'{r«.W'{| rlig-pa
hbyin-pa or ll'i'^'i rlog-pa hphyid-pa to
castrate, emasculate (a man), to cut or
geld (an animal) ; Vl "'3=- rlig-pa phyufi
emasculated ; §"1'*^ rlig-tnedf castrated ;
i rlig-skrang swollen testicle ; %*{%*>'
the testes ; %1'*^ rUg-can having
testicles, a stallion ; Vl^T" rlig g.cig-pa
having only one testicle ; StT9 rlig-bu or
^«j-^q« rlig-fubs the scrotum ; Sil'St"!**'" rlig
rlugs-pa or 51'^*'''' rlig sbos-pa swollen
testicles (Nag. 6Ji).

Syn. J'l sgro-ica; H"*1 fbitbs; ^9^3
hbras-bu ; w^ tndnod (Bfrnon.).

entirely,

$), swollen :

rlifis entire, all ;
altogether.

rW a closed leather bag (Sch.).

V9 r/trf-iw 1. a whole, a lump or
mass (Sch.). 2. = 51 r^«A a skin or
leather bag; gen. ^lP%\g dud-hgrohi
rli^-bu the entire skin of an animal.

|qwi r/$s-6« = 3'*'t' large, wide,
spacious.

'Q rlug?-pa l.= ««'i fbos-pa (Nag.
'§q!*' a swollen testicle.
2. aco. to Cs. : to" purge ; wwi^-q^-IS'"
rnnal rings-par bt/etf-pa to cause abortion ;
g>«|*4gS'« rlugs-byed-pa a purge procuring

^

abortion (Jd.). 3. in Tsang: to cast, to
overthrow, to pull down ; for ST<t lug-pa.
^i]*i»4 rlugs-i>M anything cast forth, or
ejected; the casting out, effusion ; ace. to
one Lax. excretion of indigested food (Jd.).

n)C' rluti I : ^t^, *W, ^3 ! SH'"
breeze, wind : 6=.'^'*" '1 '^1 r^«^ lo-ma-la reg
the wind touches the leaves; §E-^«''ci|'t\
rlufi-gis-bskyod (a thing) is moved by the
wind, blown away by the wind ; g)

rlun-chen-po, g|e.'Vl rlufi-drag-po a high
wind, a gale. But among the common
people of Central Tibet rlufi in the simple
sense of " the wind " seems to be almost
unused except in certain compound words,
such as rlufi-rta, hog-rlud flatulence, etc.
Alone it is known chiefly in the mystical
sense; yqwi lhak%-pa being in C. the
colloq. word for: wind, breeze. gf\w
rlu6-dmar= ^^'^ rlufi chen-po (lit. red-

»

wind) storm, tempest, high wind, gale at
sea: i*<^W*W«'^'^l rlufi-dmar thamg-

•^

cad shi-nat the tempest having subsided
(A. 16). %**'& rlufi-tshul whirl- wind,
storm with rain and sleet.

Syn. ^WNP^-^VH nam-mkhahi-srog ; *pr
**r&''W\* nam-mkhahi dbyugs; »r%w>.H'H
ma-mo$-phd; ^'w^-yqw nam-mkhahi gtobs ;
'ST^'*1 ffyo-byed rdul-gyi kha-lo-pa ;
hgro-wahi ftaft-tshul; ^'^:^"\
hgro-wahi-srog ; V^ dri-bshon ; \'^ dri-
len ; \*%f drihi $M-rta ; «]*<>*• f^W*$ gnai-
me4 rtag-hgro ; SH'^'ft' kun-hdul-rfla ;
bsil-byedreg-ldan (l&fion.).

j^C' II : 1. In the mystical physiology
of Buddhism is set forth as one of the

three humours of the body (^'V™ nad
fief-pa) and is supposed to exist in nearly
all its parts and organs, circulating in
veins of its own, producing both the
arbitrary and the involuntary motions, and
causing various other physiological pheno-
mena. When deranged it is the cause
of many diseases, esp. of such complaints
the origin and seat of which are unknown,
rheumatism, nervous affections, etc. This
g(f rlufi or humour is divided into five
species, viz.: sfr^ srog-hdsin which is
the cause of breathing; <H'S ffyen-rgyu

^5

faculty of speaking, IS^'iS cause of
muscular motion, *>'*i^ of digestion and

1197

assimilation ; 5^1 tfiur-sel of excre-
tion. In mysticism, as Ja. remarks,
$e.-^-q rlun hdsin-pa seems to be=
^gijN'tigc.'q dbugs bskyan-tva and to de-
note the drawing in and holding one's
breath during the procedure called 1§*»'#
which is as much as to prepare one's self
for contemplation, or to enter into a state
of ecstasy (Mil.) ; §=• •^I'T^fSX rlun-gyi
dkt/il-hkhor <rr«{HT!S«, a kind of subtle
meditative performance. 5)=.^'^ rlun-yt
natf diseases caused by rhtfi which are : —
r/un-la-rens, 3'§=.'*<3f cc-spyan-mgo,
ffzuys-hkhum?, <l'3't" bi-fi-rtsi,
sran-mi hihin-po, IR'lT^'S'**'
smad-kyi rtsa dkdr-gyi rlun (Sinan. 7).
g|c.-rf|'*)-5)i*,c.'q'^ rlun-gi mi-yi ran-bshin the
nature, constitution and appearance of
one who is affected by an evil conjunc-
tion of 5*.' rlun (K. g. \ 262).

i:', i.e., the names of
the different winds:— (1) S^'I^

rlun-gi rg

w*^ hjah-mtshon, the colours of the rain-
bow (Mnon.).

i bal=as met.
hjah-mtshon the rainbow (Mflon.).

|e.-?fqs.-^-q-^C9-n5-g a fabulous bird
which • can fly one thousand miles in a
moment and is said to live in the forest
called ipwff^'Zi'i-^pi grili-ma sfion-pohi nags
(K. d. *, 897).

§e.'S|'S Rhin-yi bu M^«ty-=( one of the

-o

names of the second Pagdava brothers
(Miton.) ; also is an epithet of Hanumana
the monkey general of Rama.

fc^'S'^ rluft-gi Isu-rgyud as met.=
monkey (Mnon.).

§6.-9|-eigv3 rluft-yi hbras-bu l.= w*»*^

3

hjah-mtshoii the rainbow (Mfion.). 2. as
jnet.= *^'" char-pa or
ixe-tog rain (Jjfrloit.).

; (2)

or 3'
(Mfion.).

§c-''l'*'^^?^S'%ql rluft-gi mtshan-nid-drug
the six qualities of wind : — %Q'» rtsub-
pa, "ie.'«l yan-wa, ^'^ gran-wa, %'Q srct-wa,
g'S phra-wa, "I^'l g.yo-wa (Hbum. 17).

§E.-9|i^e,'5 rhin-gi fin-rta lit. wind-chariot
1.= §C-'IJ'*''5*' rlun-las-skyes boru of the
wind, a figurative name for a horse
(Mnon.). 2.= fj^ spr«« cloud (Mnoit.).

§c,-§) •<i|^fl|tq1*^ rlun-gi yqog-pa-can (lit.
having w ind wings) a term for the swiftest
horse ; the kind of horse to which this
compliment is given in Tibet is generally
called §•$=.' gyi-lifi (Mnon.).

$c, •nj^'q r/«n hkhor-wa mg?nB weather-
cock, an instrument that is turned by the
wind.

|E,-<ift*rn3C rlun-bni§-Mkun as met.=
6'^=.' rna-moA camel, dromedary (Mnon.).

§=.'? rlun-rta (lit. the wind-horse) ; the
horse of fortune or luck, generally ins-
cribed on flags with charms and allowed
to flutter in the wind. But the long
perpendicular flags attached to poles
themselves are also styled " lung-ta."

St^'W rlun-nag (lit. black-wind), dust
storm, a storm whirling up clouds of dust.

Sje.-g-$}^n1^ rlun-$pu mn-hbyiii one of
the seven different winds of the human
body ; the names of the remaining six : —

(K. d. *, 367).

1198

c.-gS rlufi-spyod lit. that pairs while
floating on the wind=i'^\ bya-rgod vul-
ture (^o».).

§=.•« rlufi-ma 1. col. wind. 2. n. of
a Yaksa princess (K. g. 5, SO).

rlufi-pyab a fan. Syn.
bsil-wa-$tob (M

^-q rluft-la d.gah-ioa (lit. that

N>

which delights in wind)= as met. the
camel

gj Rlun-tha q&, ^Wl the god of
wind, fc^S-aft-i rlun-lhahi shon-pa the
conveyance of the god of wind (l£non.).

Syn. §e.'3)'StIC-'3<n rluH-gi dwafi-phyug ;
S9l"'l».W'^ 4bug$-hbyin-b,doig ; If'*^'?'*^
tni-tshogs rta-can; «f$-3«v»rtfr pi/o-byed-
mgon ; <MrjS**W loAs-Spyod mdsef-pa ;
i^'S'SI stobs-kyi-lha ; Si'Se.'gim-jfc >Mb-byaft
phi/oy$-$kyofi (ftffton.).

^E.'nw-j'n rluft-las-rgyal ^^TW n. of the
king of the horses, he that cau win in the
race with wind.

Syn. 5'*»^ rta-mchog ; «e.'J)«'t»
pa (Ijffion.).

(^-§q«) a wave (-S. J^«.).

rlud-bsreg the musk-deer.

N»

Syn. S'q gla-wa ; %$ '«^ pla-rtsi-can
(Won.).

§e.-«c.«-'(v«C^^ Rluti-safis hog-la hi/ten
the^son of ^WWMT^W^ Fww-sarn?

r/wi? l.=«^w«i tH«l low. 2. ace.
>o
to Jd. in (7. = a corner, hole, place for

hiding a thing ; Jfa'§'S|c'*' the pocket in a
robe (Lex.) : R=.'^'&£'*< khuft-buhi rlubs. 3.
ace. to Sch. : ditch, pit, pool, abyss:
mehi-rlubs fire-pool.

rlubg-pa 1. a cover; also as vb.
to cover, hide ; ^'^^'^q^'t to hide under
a robe. 2. =

J rlag-po foolish, stupid, of a
little child (Jo.).

•^*

aj^'SI rlog-pa pf. Q5)*\** Mags, form of

pres. and fut. i%*\ brlag, imp. §"1 rlog or
%i\n rlogs, 1. to destroy ; break down, turn
up ; as in *i'5fql'£' sa-rlog-pa, ^'§ql'£) rdo-
rlogpa, ^wfaoyrtfc •<W*W* (Snin.) wii

or «1Qi'^'5ql'c' fdul-du f log-pa to reduce to

^t

powder, to destroy entirely. 2. fig. to per-
vert, to infatuate ; $«-«iS\*w«ie.w g-q^"*)^
quite corrupted by the filth of sin (Dzl.) ;
4^-w -nBvqrqw 'SI"'* those infatuated by
thoughts of marriage (Jd.).

j^^'^J I: rlon-pa 1.= Mongolian ^'«e.'
adj. ^n? wet, moist, damp ; colloq.
" loin-po " ; *c.'gf^ tshafi-rlon quite wet, wet
through ; of meat, vegetables and the like
= w*»r«» uncooked, as in *3ft milk not
boiled; also = *iKC| unripe as in %^T
1°^, also used in •TS^'1' raw meat. 2. vb.
with pf. and fut. in 1S>^ brlan = ^'^
sban-wa to make wet, to moisten, e.g., $*<
or wi« with water or with rain ;
brlon-to made wet (Situ. 76).

Syn. Sfr'*^ rlon-can ; *H^'» $<;er-
bans-pa ; «T^ t hag-can (Mfton.).

J rlon-pa II : to answer, with
ton ; also Sfri gjon-pa, jfai Idon-pa,
blan-pa, |^'i don-pa (see Jo.).

§q»» r/oi? as in |^'|1S'§C'N with pf .
brlabs, fut. £'§:' 6r/ai, imp. l^i r/oij, v.

J'CI rlom-pa l.= V« ham-pa sbst.
conceit, vanity. 2. vb. with pf . ''of*'*'
brlams to be conceited, to be proud of, to
glory in, to boast of, used with termin.

1199

ease : q^'SJwi bder rlom-pa to boast of
one's good fortune; "l^TS'l*^ fcig-tu
rlom-pa to be proud of being one with.
3. to love, to adhere to, to be attached
to. 4. to covet : WS^'1*! yshan-gyi nor-
la to hanker after another's property;
covetousness has grown up.

brio, 'si* the thigh q$'-*| brla-$a
Ufa muscular part of the thigh;
br la-sky e$ born of the (Brahma's)
thigh, =I'^q|*' rje-rigs; "S>'S*>' (Mnon.) the
Vais'ya or the gentleman caste of India.

+ q^'qf^ brla-brnan= Spi'i ynon-pa
augmenting, growth, increase.

Mag-pa 1. v. §""l'i rlog-pa
forsaken, abandoned. 2. = *>tV£iJvgN'ci wjegf.
pa>- byas-pa, demolished ; S3|'l'5*l dgra-
brlag killed the enemy (Sittt. 76). 3.
to wash off (8. Lex.).

brlan-po

>a

^o rude, coarse, roughness in conver-
sation : EJ^E. Hi5-lflj brlan-pohi tshig rough
words, abusive language ; ^Erqsjcq-sr&Jaj-ci
rtsub brlun-wa ma-yin-pa refraining from
abusive language ; ^R'5"^w5v*i brlan-po
rnams byed-pa to make use of such
language. i§*'ift brlan-spyod= y^'jf^
rt&ttb-spyod rough behaviour, misconduct ;
also described as J**WW*pV
\D. yd. 11) ;

brlan-spyod byed-pa to be rude or rough in
manners. 1^=-'^ brlan-mo= ^\^\"^^
bud-med gtum-nto a fierce woman, an
amazon (Mfion.).

QSt^'i brlan-pa 1. another form of sfr'",
= «H^'«i or SF^ sbafi-ica: %«'«i^'? ehus
Man-to (Situ. 76) ; £H-^|« met. a tree. 2.
= i^-it bsdus-pa or f "I^'fl'l^wi phyogs-su
fftogs-pa to collect or put aside.

'^ brlab-pa, v. ^t rlol-pa.
ri brlam-pa, v. §»«'i rlom-pa.

brlams-pa = q^'ti bskyod-pa,
tremulous, trembling ; ".gc-'HJN'q^kw hbyufi-
pos brloms quivering with a demon,
described as W^f W^-fTrq the occupa-
tion of one's body by an evil spirit
(Situ. 76).

' brlin-wa »T^|?JHX, g* excellent
(Zam. 12). Also =Wi brtan-pa firm,
steady: W^T^^^Jprj1! he is wise
who is naturally steady. «i|e,'q brlift-po
firm, secure, safe (both of men and things).
^c.'^"! brM-log confused, disorderly, not
to be trusted (Sc/i.).

mi-brtan-pa

* N3

(Nag. 6Ii) unsteady, not firm.

«)§PN brlubs, v. ^q« rlubs (^•S«'q?a5^*r
*^'^ gos-kyis pyogs tshar-ioa) covered with
clothes.

Q! la 1 : 1 . is the twenty-sixth letter
of the Tibetan alphabet, corresponding
with the English / and Sanskrit m. 2.
numeral : 26.

*3J II : 1. a mountain pass, "I't" the
summit of a pass, * '1* the edge or side of
a pass, «(5^ lahi-gyen the ascent of a
mountain pass, «t3'$* lahi-thur the descent
or declivity of a mountain pass. «r*jT3
also «rj«r«i to cross a pass. 2. caudle,
wax-candle, wax-light, taper (from the
Chinese lah wax) in C.

• «r*l the top of a mountain ; m'T«?^ H»; on
the summit of a lofty mountain (Qbrom.

r, is).

01 III: «r^-q-*fvw-30 aJTwA"*''
wwr*vlj«i La in mystic Buddhism is
symbolic of the state of non-receiving,
i.e., of absolute repletion (K. g. v, £3).

^-ttf La signifies that a believer in
the doctrine of (the less developed)
S'rdvaka is changeful. The Mahai/ana
doctrine (fully developed) being steady,
giving up the S'rdvaka doctrine one
should be assiduous in the Mahigana
doctrine (K. my. *|, 208).

OJ IV : postpos. or case-sign 1. denoting
S> 5, S ^j ^> 5 all being said to possess
arXfl, i.e., signifying — as to, to, on, in,
at, into, upto, by, from, toward. ^'1 = as
to the meaning ; -^SI^W^ go east-
ward; wv»i(%)'*g«i brought to the end;

q arrived at the limit,
attained to perfection ; J'l^'i^^if goes
to India ; Ku|'«i ujf^ pressed down ; «^'
«i(^)'| running or moving in front ;
aw|'oj(^)-q|K. catch in or by the hand,
qjv^-q-iji looking where to or at what ;
Sft-*)-3fn|w at or towards the lamp-light
(Situ. 19) ; *r«r<*ij-q 8a-la bgre-wa to roll
(one's body) on the ground ; warRjjarq ,sti-
la hgril-wa to fall to the ground ;
«i^6W|£) to rise to heaven, ^ww
to soar or fly in the air, *>'«i at, on,
in, the fire, ^'i on the mountain, $ '«i
in, into, to, on, the water, •*)*.'«! towards
the east, eastward, ^-ai in, to, Tibet;
from, as: flftw«rp-q-«iqq 8now falls from
heaven, ?'"i'^«w he alights from his horse,
gn| *i *&e.»i he leaps from the rock, $*c«r
HT^'i fus-la khray-hhyin-pa to draw
blood from the body. 2. 1'W*, i.e., with
reference to time : Jf'V«i'^Yq5ai a* dusk
vanquished the demon, *fl\ '"l^'i v on the
third day, ^^••g-i'ai in the twentieth year,
|qa|»j*iii within three months. Phtjatj
dau-po la at, during, the first obeisance
3. to signify: *fi*'**\ necessity; *fi-^v
or ^*\^ pui-pose of; also to sig-
nify ^*V\ state of, nature of : — ^'(^|
"I*)13! manifested as a god, 1&J'*T(§)'g*
became unified, «K.-^-nil«i multiplied, be-
came many ; 1!*F«i(g)'3«i assumed shape
(Situ. 19). Also=relying on, keeping to :
^'«r^' V de-la rten-naf depending on it ;
also : relative to, with respect to, in conse-
quence of: ^'Qi'VI'*'f glad, rejoicing at

1201

it; ^qpq-m •*?«•« fdig-pa-la hdsem-pa being
afraid of sin ; »'§c-'£> ^VffVrMr^rT he
asked advice with respect to this not having
been properly done. In introducing a new
subject : §'sr*r*)'9<ii1'>r^'q5-'3t**r«i now, as to
the fact of the kingdom having been
transferred (gone) to Mifiag ; in headings
of chapters, etc., e.g., |=.-q^-a«;-«i ylin-bshihi
min-la concerning the names of the four
parts of the globe S'$e.'9|'*v«i che-chuA-gi
tshad-la with respect to size. 4. in all
relations mentioned above, "i la is added,
to the inf., the partic. and to the root of
a vb. whereever the verb will at all admit
of it ; and besides it is used as gerundial
particle in a similar way as ? te : (a) after
the inf. ^'fVVl'^'*1'81 fts there was in
that place an idol-shrine or symbol ; also
to be translated by : although, (b) added
to the root: sflMrsrn^ (though) having
seen it, yet he did not fasten it. In C.
when i is added to adjectives it signifies
%T«I being : |^cra-*fc'ar^'1' (A. 31) his
hair and beard being yellow and long ;
gvrfrfffe-yciTMMWq ugly as to his
body (and) of small stature, (but) having
a fine voice. In sentences containing two
imperatives i = and: •fTi'^'^H fog-la
ttos-fig come and look !

i'|3'S la-khyi-mo the mountain-weasel
(Jd.).

+ ^T^}3^ la-gor fa9 = «3'l*i'£i mgyogs-
pa, *H'q myur-wa quick, swift.

°i'5 la-rgua (pronounced largyn) govern-
ment order (gen. prohibiting the killing of
wild animals and birds in a mountain
tract).

+ Q<-«i|«^q la-g.can-pa («r«rH«ri»v<rZj la-
la khral-sdud-pa-po) a collector of duties on
a mountain pass.

1 $ la-cha ^nw shell-lac, sealing-wax.
la-thig a drop of sealing-wax on
which the seal is pressed.

«T3f la-nufi for vyi\ and S^w nufi-tm
radish and turnip.

«l'$ la-ne a mark (Sch.).

"'V" Iff^ vulture; lit. a bird that
lives about the summits of mountains.

^1 ^ la-ta or "I'S la-da kind of yarn im-
ported to Tibet from Assam and Bhutan.

^ ^ La-ta a country of the Turuska
(Turks) towards the west of India (Du$-
yt 39).

«r?*' la-stofl mountain-pass solitudes, v.
^'^ gtofl-pa.

«•*>! la-thog=v% la-rtse the summit of
a mountain-pass.

^T^ la-thod turban, pagri or cloth
which the Indians wrap round their head

(Jig. 13).

^'^ la-du »ft^fl, ^ (»«) a kind of
pastry made in Tibet ; a medicinal food in
which radish preponderates.

La-dwags, also called ^

*i<l'l*' Ladak, province in the valley of the
Indus between nw^w and Balti, inhabited
by Tibetans and formerly belonging to
Tibet.

T^*-^ la-pa-fa, «r«r-«|fl| la-pa-fag a
kind of upper garment without a girdle
(Cs.).

«i'9 la-po- 1. a pass over a lofty moun-
tain ; also a high peak. 2. buttermilk,
boiled, but not yet dried into vermicelli

la-pen occurs in

152

1202

la-phug flja the radish ; in Tibet
a large round white root, not long and
forked. Syn. ?'i hi-la (ffs);
tsi-ka

wo-caw (jpon.). ^m'tll the common
radish; J^'SH W-'« J^«<7 a reddish
species of an acidulous taste ; y^'1* '31 also
called «r$<»r^v3 la-phug scr-po carrot.

^'ci /a-toa 4mra, JpsHH blanket, night-
covering ;=| " a kind of cloak.

*•«'* La-bo-che n. of the high mountain
situated to the back of the great monas-
tery of Sam-ye: •pr«rtf»*«<fcW^S1
crX-qvu<E.-gj<i)»( (A. 97).

OT*1 fa-ww aoc. to Seh. a certain herb.
m-Wfif la-tna-sro the raspberry in Kuna-
war.

or* /a-wo 1. quickly: «r*'^ come
quickly. 2. n. of a village situated to the
east of Lhasa: ^tf^'lfft****!!*1
(Lon. »>, 18).

1 etcetera.

i la-rdsat or colloq. wr*", a cairn or
votive pile in the form of a chhorten on
the tops of hills.

arjwti la-slas-pa=**\e>v\'ii to settle,
decide finally; f^re* final settlement.
m -|-q /a-zfo-tM^wwsW" to put limits
to, to settle finally.

hastily: m^'Gf<\'3«'§T1«'a|'<llJl<lI''' do quickly
pass out or run away ; * ^'*i'E^'a'S*<'^ ^
it is proper to pass out of misery soon,
i.e. to die; |"!W*S'*S*'%V|*I (A. 137).

nt'Xn) n.. of a place in Mon-mtsko-sna
(Lot. », %0),

f

E.' a candle or lamp in Sikkim.

la-gyog$ retribution-,
ifvfl]»}t.« (Rdsa. 17) he said
that retribution of one's wicked actions
visits one.

'^'^ la-dsha-lu a kind of herb,
[the blushing herb, the sensitive
plant, Mimosa pudira]5. «ff «'V I •*[*>'
gE.-T)a-J'Q- <»g«-|g'5]c.-«»!-q^»)- W g^'WS1^

(K. g. «, 48.)

01' OJ fa.fa=«^'^i TW%, %ft!i (A. K.
13^) or P'S"! some, a few ; aco. to Jd. :
partly, what— what; wtfi wf^ certain;
also as a singular, somebody, someone.

T^'JiS la-la Pltu4 "^ a medicilial
herb ; •',«W$I<'''W1'*^ fae medicine
la-la phw} heals dyspepsia and gonorrhoaa.

Syn. WW\ drag-fttl dri' ; *waS V
tskafa-pahi gnifi-po; ^W*^ yol-iM-can
(Mnon.).

rim-gyis rim-gyit graduaUy, by degrees;

he said that it was a sign of the gradual
decay of the religion of Buddha (A. £9).

«r* la-so abbr. of «rS" la-rt&e top of a
mountain-pass, and ar«r«nv«iS-«-q.

mSt La-sin abbr. of Ladak-pa and
Singpa the latter being the Tibetan name
for a Sikh native of Punjab (Yig. k. 13).

la-sogs

S*"'" fftso byas-pa, w*^'" mtshon-pa, ^swi
hgo-byas-pa=t}w being the principal one,
others following it.

^'^ hca-wa or
4
blanket or cloth;

kind of hair cloth ;

/o-wo "=»a woollen
'°'^ skrahi-lwa-wa a

1203

a dress made of black-blanket: arq'^'Zi1
^•j-arq|»fa (^. a) ^ wore a black
cloak (or blanket) round his person.
«'q-q Lwa-wa-pa n. of a Buddhist saint
who had done many miraculous deeds.
He used to wear only one piece of blanket
as his raiment, hence was called La-wa-pa
(K. dun. 22).

^ lag 1. v. «r«r«i. 2. "SOT, vrtf the
fifth lunar mansion or constellation.

Syn. ^T*i nag-mo; VT** drag-po; V1)'
•fj^'W drag-ful can ; tW*^V\3I d,mag-dpon
dgra (Rtsii.).

lag-pa reap, yiphyag, w
the hand, arm : a«p- w*ij'q to take
or seize by the hand ; aw|'q5" jq the
back of the hand; aii|p«iS'*i^ lag-pahi-
rndun the palm of the hand; n^qS'S^'U
fWTf=f% the fingers. aiip'wjf'ij do not
move about the arms ; oiii'asrfjm do not
join hands; ««T«5-s|-Yg or awrqS'j^ bangle
ornament worn on the arms; "iQj'if'gvq
•*rerf% joining of the palms of the hands
together as in devotion. a|q|-q5-uMrfl| as
met. the fingers, lit. the branches of the
hand. T$'^T*i lag-tu len-pa to take in
hand, to exercise, to practise, e.g., SJw'i
$gom-pa meditation ; *flT1ifra'qr§''"^'q to
study and practise the import of a word.
As metaph. : w^'awj arm of the sea, gulf,
bay, ije.'mflj gliil-lag or ^'"Wi tongue of
land; |=-'«i«1]'^«i gjifi-lag hbrel isthmus,
neck of land C. Is used fig. for power,
authority : $5-8wi-{j'*3j'1' mihi-lag-tu hgro-
tca to get into a persons power, to be
at his mercy (Thgy.) ; mfli'^'igfli'i lag-nag
hphrog-pa to snatch out of a person's
hand, to deliver from another's power
(Glr.). aii|'ti5>J(*i''*i|* lag-pahi rnam-rgyur
the different forms and configurations of
the hand: — ^•«lfnc'Ji^ii*''q'w3:i'«36lH'i to bow

touching the ground with the palms of
hands ; "W^'fjvq thal-mo sbyar-wa to twirl
with the fingers joining the palms of the
hands in devotion or out of respect ; SK1*
khyor-wa, the hollow of the $*«'9 gnim-pa •
B'C-v '^^'^khu-tshurbcafis-pa the clenched
hands for boxing ; $«•, khyid fist, *if mtho
span, 0 khu cubit, *V hdom fathom
measured by the stretching of the arms ;
•""VfV brda sion-pa to signal by the hand

Syn. ««r«|-g yal-ga-lfla;

hdsin- .

byed; gij'i sug-pa ; *W$fr hjug-byed; *w
§S hbab-byed; "1^'g^ gcod-byed; ^g^-qS-^q
dpun-pahi hdab (Mnon.).

vi\'^v la.g-sk>togs=t\^-^ gzar-bti ladle

(Milan.).

Q)"!"|c'' l«g-rkyon=$f''t> spran-po beg-
gar, destitute person (Mnon.).

"""I'S^1 kty-skyon= as met. knife (Mnon.).

""TH"! lag-khug pouch, hand-bag

(Rtsii.).

+ l>i|»l-3|-g lag-gi-bla one who does gene-
ral menial service to the congregation of
lamas in a monastery.

atTSp1 lag-gram one sitting with bis
cheek resting on his hand (as if in
sorrow) ; ace. to Ja. leaning one's head
on the hand

mij'w^ lag-mgo vryw^to* 1. both hands
put together in shape of a globe or ball.
2. a glove with only a thumb, a mitten C.

(Ja.).

oiij't* lag-fiar the fore-arm (the part
of the arm between SI'S gru-mo elbow and
s^u\ !» mkhrig-ma wrist).

awTqa*- lag-bean in:
q»' (B. ch. 8).

1204

«w|'* tag-cha utensils, tools, instruments ;

objects carried in the hands, e.g., royal

insignia at a festival procession (Olr.) ;

n^-a|ajii|-«|q]-aB^E.-qj»)-£j-'Sfc.-^ij| 86nd the

servants with the things (wanted for
the journey) ! (Olr.).

Syn. nfW; «wr««r3f«rq lag-pat grol-wa ;
ftf^-t, mtshon-cha (AJflon.).

"i"! I*i lag-rjes 1. impression or mark of
the fingers. 2. a work which immortalizes
a person's name : «w|-i*r«Eflr<i lag.rjet hjog-
pa to leave such a work behind (Olr.).

a«n %-na={te'a>jr*i'9*<'c^ ^ receipt
of a thing without acknowledgement;
|vw|"^-»)vm-a|yq stfr-mkhan med-par Icn-
pa to take what is not given, hence il'?
lag-na sbst. : a grasp, a snatch (Jd.).

tyy* lag-nal=K^\L rdo-rje thunder bolt.

"i"!'?"!*! lag-rtags 1. resp. S")'<5ql*' sign
manual sign or mark made with the hand
as a seal of verification, impressed on a
legal document, but often only with the
finger dipped in ink. 2. any small object,
e.g., a needle, which the deliverer of a
letter has to hand over together with the
letter ; present in general (Jd.) .

«wrt*w lay-stabs ="i*\' %*> lag-len.

«««! 1"\ cash payment ; in cash, ready
money ; = ""V^ (Rtsii. ) .

aiij|-»43m lag-rnthil ^W the palm of the
hand.

anT^w lag-dam 1., hon. 31V, a seal. 2.
ai<j|-^*rZj lag-dam-po in C. close-fisted,
stingy, niggardly.

°«1 ^ lag-dar ace. to Lex. = handker-
chief ; prob. the same as *i*r^ lab-dar W.
col. grater (Jd.).

note, note-book, hand-book ; «fl*r
a register or note of all
the different shi-kha farm-estates (Rtsii.).

i^'i* lag-bde 1. person that pours out
the tea at a tea-carousal and serves food
to the monks of the monastery (Rtsii.).
2. resp. 31' i* phyag-bde,= w^i\ cook,
one who serves in the kitchen or at
table: ^•^t«^'f^'«rm'ftryr<ft'«^yq|in1

3V"-V (A. Ul). awrqV^-3 lag-bde
dpon-po chief cook or table server.

IT^M lag-hdou a vassal or subject
paying his landlord in money or kind,
opp. to if* '*$ rkan-hgro who performs his
services as an errand-goer or a porter
(Jd.).

mi 3* %-rrfMw»=«Wf»Sf«i Mil. having
a mutilated or crippled hand (Jd.).

"("I '%*i lag-Uittn ^^\, ^fV^ having a hand
or a trunk, hence as met. = elephant ; «HT
8f^'*i lag-ldan-nui= 8^'*" (flafi-mo she-
elephent (Iffton.). "C^'^'^'i elephant
stable, place where elephants are kept
(Won.)

"IT1^ lag-brda sign of the hand ; sigual
made by the hand, beckoning.

ai<H qs*m lag-bsdams= ^ll'i hMirig-pa
sexual embrace (Jjfflon.).

il'V^t Lag-na rdo-rje or «W|'^. Lag-
rdor otherwise 91'^'^ I or S"l'^ Phyag-rdor,
is another aspect of the Dhyani Bodhi-
sattwa Dorje Chhang. In Tantrik cere-
monial is often known as and depicted as
" the green-robed Lag-na rdo-rje."

oifl| Jiifl|8(c.-'Sr<qm Lag-na ffshon-thogs hold-
ing a basin in hand, n. of a deity.

«w|'^* property in hand, also property
that has not been sold or mortgaged.

mi|'j;X lag-$nod= «l«r?1 a hand pot or
vessel to measure milk or arack.

iaiqj-crqjjE.'t] Lag-pa brgyafi-ica an epithet
of the son of Kamadeva (Affion.).

1205

•wi'fiS'S'S Lag-pahi
60 sz-ta a name of the river Sit& (Mfion.).

iflf'fl'p Lag-pa-na or SITWJS lak-sa-na
s^m ; = Laksmana brother of Kama the
hero of the Bamayana.

Syn. *"*^'§S mtshon-bi/ed ; w
hdsin; %*\' 'S3T $t sprin-dgra-rgyal ;
w bfes-ynen-bzafi; «*V^ rndsotf-ldan
(Won.).

cash payment (Rtsii.)

lag-dpon work-master, overseer,
esp. builder (Jo.).

lag-bubs, v. *g«Tl hbub-pa.
lag-ber walking-staff (Jo.).

lag-mans many-armed ; certain
of the gods are represented as possessed of
many arms, and one reason assigned is
thatthey may therewith seize evil demons.

aiTl* 1. a letter, autograph. 2. the
marks or lines in the hand.

awj'^w lag-d.mar the red-handed, the
executioner, hangman (Jo.).

"("IT*! lag-rtsis ^T the lines or marks
in the hands ; palmistry.

«W|'q§q] lag-bttsug a shoot, a scion.

««r*^ a receipt, an acknowledge-
ment (Rtsii.).

ai<i)-Rgiim seeds or plants sown or put
into the ground by the hand ; transplant-
ing ; it is also called 9*>*Cql*< (Rtsii.).

ainj-q3f9|*rg*r£jiv*i^ lag-bzafi gis-shus
pahi-mdo n. of a Sutra delivered by Bud-
dha at the request of mi'^t." (K. kon.
*, 277).

aw|'qjc.-*4 Lag-bzafi-vM n. of a celestial
courtezan (Loft. *», S).

"i"! '11=.*i lag-ffsun$ balustrade, banister,
railing.

|'cj lag-yyog-pa companion, assist-
ant, associate.

««|'"to lag-len resp. g1'">^, also il'JJ'^'i
and moj'fw lag-stabs= practice, practical
knowledge : to«r«r^I4fV«npfef^gq'8fe'MJ
(Rdm. 15). Ttw%<ni\-a^ the practice of
religion; &w|'T^ khrims-kyi lag-len
the practice of laws, $•<*'% rtsis-kyi of
mathematics.

»i lag-las-skyes as
rgyal-po king (MAon.).

ly** lag-sor >TO* handful of water
or rather mouthful of water.

"i*!1* lays Sir, your honour, fl'^wl-y.'
his honour the Chief Secretary ; 5} *r
your lama reverence! This word,
however, though taken in modern times
in this sense, is really only the pres. form
of the vb. in next para., and merely =
it is.

J lags-pa 1. resp. and eleg. for
"^ and «|vi to be; mipr*; so it is!
yes to be sure! |'*'$^'^'fS8'l''*Wp' 0
Lama what is your name, sir ? ^'j$V
m^'w is it you, Sir? ^•^•^•fj-a«inj
dge-$lon de-su lags who is this reverend
monk P (Dsl.j ; a lama asks: "fc*'^ btsal-k
( = nl(j|'«i«) have you looked for it ? and the
disciple answers : q&r«wm btsal-lays yes, I
have ! (Mil., Jo.). 2. = i«'«i bwfi-wa good.
aii|N- 35^-^») lags mod-dam= fy '^ min-nam is
it not; ^•^l^-ni^-^^ my lord, if it is
not so (K. du. \ 261). «CJ|«-»i-«ii|*) ittgs-

^'«'^ yes or no.
) % lags-mo in W. clean = ^N'ti (Jo.).
Jm=.-fi Laft-ka «1fl Ceylon; aiorcg-^
city of the Eakshasa (cannibal demons) ;

the Lankavatara Sutra which was transla-
ted both from the original Sanskrit and

ojc-q

1206

013} |

from the Chinese version into Tibetan
(K. d. «.).

aie.'^-q^fli'Ei LaA-kahi bdag-po «d%'mfa
the lord of Lanka, the king of Ceylon ;
the guardian of the south-western quarter.

Syn. vq-jB ra-wa-na (TT^), SJfV §"!*<'
jf1- Iho-nub phyogs-skyofi ; "%^'15'f mgrin-
bcti-pa; *\tf~'i$ci gdofi-bcu-pa ;
tsrin-pohi rgyal-po

J M-wa 1. (also: *«••* lofi-wd), pf.
imp. %*•' or SB.W to rise, to get up ;
y <fiE.w get up now ! «tt*'*f he has arisen ;
qtw^-^Vci lads-te sdod-pa to get up and
stand, (not to move on) ^scme.^ night
having passed away. 2. pf. S*«i to come
up to, to arrive at, to be equal, to reach.

£" lafMafi or «<=• '«' la

a species of Hyosoyamus: Wt
aft-^ai-q^-g^ the seeds of Hyoecyamus are
a cure for worms.

Syn. Vf* dhu-ftu-ra; *'^|^'*| mr-tog
tiUA-can; i^v»>e.-8^ pser-miA can; &'3s
*nnjo-bye<t; i^'VPgiciul-cfkah (Mfion.).

^C' ob laA-tsIu) ?q«, ^^i youth, youth-
fid age ; aie.fX'«rqw«i entering early man-
hood ; ^5-Qie.-*-8i'w *fli«rq*i not being enticed
or led away by their youthful appearance
(Glr.) ; ai6.'#-j*r«w lafi-tsho t(/!/«8-pa$
grown up to adolescence (Ja). ait**' JN'«
lafi-tsho rgya$-pa youthful, i.e., the period
between the twenty-fifth and the thirty-
sixth year of age (Rtsii.) ; **'*»| laft-tsho
can dr atK.*g(^ adolescent, youthful ;
aiE.*«^-»t laH-tsfto c<m-ma ^<ft youth-
ful maiden,= S^'ww dar-bab-im (Jifnoit.) ;
«!=,•*•»» faA-tsfo-ma g^st maiden, a youth-
ful woman ; aiB.-*5-f(^-»» laA-tshohi mtuliun-
i/«i=i'»' ifl^R *^i[ the heaving breast of

a maiden (Jjfdon.);
brtan-byed^$** Myrobalan emblica, lit.
that which preserves youth (]ff(ion.}.
a)c.'X-^-Ej lafi-tsho dan-po a girl just enter-
ing into youth, but still in her vir-
ginity. aic-'^vq lad-t-stio dar-wa adult
age, full manhood or womanhood, the
period of enjoyment of life. Syn. «r*y
*IWi na-tsho£ giias-pa; ^'q-ifq rt^>-^«
tshan-wa; I'^'sTV" sgyit-rtsal
lyq bde-tca; yqp't rgyags-pa;
kho-h(j rdsogs (MAon.). <A^*^v lat-tsho-yol
past youth, old-man

' lafi-lin moving along gently.
Ace. to Ja. an-w^K- lafi-ma-M in j|/i7.
seems to be a word descriptive of the
rising of a cloud, or the soaring of a bird
of prey.

' Itifi-lod languid ; irregularly
assembling or coming ; «ic.'«t'Sjc.'i'a£<i|*i y
«r«*fifr-tfl'g*r&if»i coming from different
directions his complement of retinue be-
came full (A. 124}. Also occurs as
aifE.-Sie.-fc [afi-fa loft-He.

«tK.'Jf* lafi-for habit ; habituated.

Ia4-pa ace. to Cs. weak, faint,
exhausted, of men and animals ; blunt,
dull, (Sch.) ; also rotten, decayed (<7d.).

lad-mo imitation, ^'^'Iv lad-
om byed-pa to imitate, to mimic, to say
after another: JjVai*<'«^Y£iVT! 3)'IJIY^'3*'
say after me the following prayer (Thgr.) ;

all actions are imitations ; among these
imitations some are skilful (Khrid. 193).

Qfy Ian 1. time, times: «i^'i|?fl] once,
one time. Abo ^"'l"^'^«l once, one day,
both as to the past and the future : g^ 5 g"

1207

q-ij)ji-$u| ?gyal-po smra-wa lan-ycig the king
issues his command only once, i.e., he
does not change his words; g*1'^|t*VaUl'
S«|'5j^ marraige is given to one's daughter
only once (Tshig.). oi^3<ir|*« lan-cig
sityes=Q'^ bya-rog lit. that gives birth to
its young only once) ; a met. for the crow
(Mnon.). V"3! this time; *ivf^ twice,
°>*I-Q§ ten times, etc. ; a>JT«i^(^*1)«iKi*1 seven
times or three times; W^'VWC«K^'pr|
circumambulating round it many times
(Mil.); q^ar^qjyrarqj[v*fe. twice 4 are
8. 2. as reflective and contrary at-
tribute : retaliation ^'Sy^ lan-byed-pa,
an-*wq fo reply, return, retaliate, repay;
^•Bi^'0|^-q«j or ifcinrqS-«aj-^rcni to return
evil for good. 3. sifa^sj rejoinder, answer,
reply: m^Tq to get a reply;

expressed in reply, replied ;
5-isi^ as answer to your majesty's
question (Glr.) ; ai^q«rq lan-Meb$.pa
frq., also Jpvi fclon-pa or sft'i Idon-pa to
answer; ^'Sr^ to give a reply.

lan-kan 1. railing, fence, enclo-
sures. 2. = S'-9 pu-fu, §*K9 stegs-pu, or
w^a-uiq mdah-yab (Sag.).

"1^8^ lan-skyar=<n*i Ian retribution,
return.

i-mi (Chinese)
an outsider, foreigner.

lan-gyog vulg. for "1^'Wlw lan-chags.

returning to
the world or transmigrating only once
= a stage of perfection in the Hinayana
system. at^pfli?ij'|^'»>'^'q ••fl^TnTfJT not
coming or transmigrating more than once.
ai^-Mpj lan-chags misfortune, adversity,
calamity, as supposed punishment for
what has been done in a former life ; every
unlucky accident, that happens to a person

without his own fault, being looked upon
as a retribution for former crimes. Thus
nj^*q]^ lan-chags denotes about what Non-
Buddhists would call destiny, fate, disas-
ter (Jd.)

"I'iyi lan-ta-ka n. of a drug: «i^'5-T^'
wtif Sto-Sq-'^-X^'fl'&i! (Med.).

"IY9 lan-bu braid, plait, tress of hair
(Cs. curl, lock of hair).

Syn. «M^^ lan-tshar • 5J'^*r=J skra-l hag-
pa (Mnon.).

aUj-q |«i-g Lan-pa spyil-bu n. of a place
in C. Tibet: ^W^'Vtci'Vf'f'^ll'fqf'H
(A. 132).

81 VS'*^ lan-bu-can as met. = a woman (in
general) (Mfion.).

"f^'S'*1 lan-bu-ma a shoddy made of stuff
mixed with inferior materials (Jiff.).

lan-§lon.

lan-tsha or t^'i lan-dsa corrup-
tion of '^n1 ; Hodg. n. of a style of writing
in use among. Nepalese Buddhists. It is a
kind of ornamental writing used by cali-
graphists for inscriptions and titles of
books from (Jd.) .

lan-tshwa 1.

salt as table-salt.

met.

every dish.
water: Y

2. ifr, brackish salt ;
salt gives relish to
Ian tshwa-chu salt-
^y^'*'*^ (-4- 5).
n. of a sea seven
thousand yojana wide containing submarine
mountain -ranges inhabited by huge por-
poises, sea-monsters, crocodiles, Naga,
Cukti (TjRifa), also furnished the white
Vidruma coral reefs, &c. (K. d. *, 3J+3).

ojq-cj

1208

lab-kda>; also

lab-brdar,

v.

to speak, talk, tell -is a
common word in colloq. of all classes:
^•q^i'waiq dc-hdrag nta lab don't talk like
that; V*^ •wSIW'B'aw 3'^ ha-caU mgyogs-po
lab-kyi-red he speaks very quickly. «'"l
/rti-^a talk ; "WSh* lab-grogs = Q)£I* compa-
nion, intimate friend ; "W'f lab-fffra noise
of tattle, talk ; aiq-flfifc-a lab-ytofi-wa to talk,
to chat ; J i" tgya-lab a great deal of talk,
j-<»iq-«^ rgya-lab-can talkative ; aiq-^ai toi-
r«W talking unbecomingly (&*.) ; ""I a
pleader, a helper in speaking for one's
defence: PV"]'*"!""1'!^ '^"I*1 we do not
require a helper in speaking (Bbrom. P,
134).

good speech, eloquence (4f«0».)-
lab-tsam-pa ace. to ScA. : to speak while
dreaming, to he delirious.

ajq-«i$ = g|E.ij]^ basis of speech, a dis-
course: j!M*''**'aw'l|l^*l^l> from before
there has been a cause (basis) of this talk
(Rtit'i. 25).

aw fr lap-rtse (incorrectly for «t 1") a heap
of stones in which poles with little inscribed
flags are pitched and gods are invoked to
help travellers.

•w«^ lab-son (is abbrev. f or :
la-phug sa-bon) radish seed.

^JJ lam 1. TT«I, WT^, HH ,
a road, the way ; passage, course, track ;
aiwX^ lam-chen, J'l* rgya-lam, fc'm»i g^^.
/«;/» high-way, thoroughfare, public road,
main-road, high-road. In Budh. war
ipi'q'^^ lam-la rnam-pa gnis-te there are
two ways towards salvation : — (1) ?1'£f
ftag-pa fsiw the perfect road, which is

open to the Buddhists ; (2) ft'^'i mi-rtag-
pa •wfnai ; the imperfect-road i.e. the ways
by which the Tirthika seek to enter the
state of beatitude (K. my. k. JiSS). ai»i«i]
^'5 a long way; and as ad], = distant,
remote ; aw arnfUvq to wander about on
the road, to rove ; 3VW gyen-lam an up-
hill road, an ascent, 3*.'aw a horizontal or
a sloping road that leads alongside a hill ;
g) aw gri~lam the way of a knife, i.e., a cut,
slit, slash. 2. way, space or distance
travelled over, journey, w^ on the road,
on the journey; W^'J'«W the journey
from Nepal to Tibet. So w-^
may even=when : B*rar«3j-q$-aw
la hgro-wahi lam-du when he went to bathe
(Dzl.). 3. lift fig. : way or manner of
acting in order to obtain a certain end :

F^qK the broad way, ^*| nS «i*i
the path of virtue; Wfli&i'fa

one way without variety or
variation. «(>{iS)-aw thar(-pahi)-lam the
way of deliverance, viz., for Buddhists,
from the cycle of transmigrations. The
six classes of beings are sometimes called
the six ways of rebirth within the orb of
transmigration. For '• the way of deliver-
ance " the following are synonyms : —
wZj-fc lant-po-che ; ^'"^5'gai kun-hgrohf-
srrol ; w qiK' lam-bzafi; "^S'S b_yrod-bya;
"^*»'S hgom-bya; i^'S hjug-bt/a; |'IJ*'»'
rgyu-wahi-sa; |«i'BS-« $grol-wahi-sa ; «lrs
hgro-bya; ugai-aw bful-lam; "iw^wq lam-
dam-pa; al'i^-ti'VW legs-pahi lam; *&yw
g^-q5'a(N rnchod-par byed-pahi lam ; ^jjl'9*1
hkhyog-bral; ^C'q5 vn drafi-pohi lam ; w^^'
aiw ma-nor lam; §'ai»i rgya-lam (Jtffion.).
We may here add W>3<i lam-brgyad the
eight pure ways of all Bodhisattva : —

-^-qnVaW; (2) QJ-qR-^-Ei^-W ;
-^-q5'a|»( ; (4) aSy^V^-W ; (5)

1209

; (8)

; (7)

a='W lam. "&*'*(' *\lam-ka-na
or «wp* lam-Jihar by the road-side (Ds/.,

lam-mkhan a guide both in the
ordinary sense and fig : w3f«r<J to go on
the wrong way, to go astray, to mistake
the right path.

«i«'SS lam-rgyud the stages of moral
and spiritual existence, wayg lam-

&

ryi/ud-lna the five classes of beings, cf.
"tj'i hgro-wa.

swj'p^'w1^ lam-rgya bshi mdo the cross-
ing of two roads or when four roads meet.
Again we have: Wj'fli^JiWflig*) the
three principal ways : — (1) £*TR§C f5f.«Tnj-
nri( the way of passing out to the state
of beatitude ; (2) s*.^wr«i*i «ftf^Tj*r*r the
way for the attainment of Bodiisattva
perfection; (3) "K'VT'frg-q wn$<fte the
doctrine of perfection whereby is the
entrance into the state of Nirvana.

wqsjS lam-bgrod qftps a traveller; a
fore-runner.

ai*rlj-q*-q jfTTf^tfijf one who subsits by
begging, or by clearing roads in Tibet.

W|1»« lam-rgyags provisions for a
journey. at*r**J=of*« requirements or
provisions for a journey.

rnkhan.

W^-Q lam-nan-pa a bad road.

Syn. 9WK5'«w nam-nahi lam; *,
nen-pahi lam; i£i|*rq«*raw hjigs-bcas-lam ;
a^arq^-aisi kol-wahi lam; *$*{<*&* g.yon-lam;
^wcilj-rjisi nes-pahi lam (Mnon.).

aiws^ lam-chen=Qaw rgya-lam.

•wyq* lam-rtags the signs of the way
being nearly accomplished, i.e., the acquire-
ments and perfections of a saint (Mil.).

«w^r«l lam-rtog-pa l.= ^'-t>'^nul-wa
Mod (Mnon.), wanderer, rover ; an explorer.
2. to reflect on the way to Nirvana.

«i*r»*-q**ry lam-ltar bcos-pa irm ^^.TT
an artificial doctrine, a false representation.

Bi*r?D|-£|-|"!ai lam-thog mi-khal a traveller's
journeying and his luggage: ^'^«^'

lam-mthun a pedlar or one of
similar profession. wǤ^ti fellow-passen-
ger, gen. merchants who journey all
together.

ai*r^-*|i|-^N-q lam-du hjug nes-pa=W'^
(*?6'5'^vt' lam-du hgro-rgyu nor-wa to go
astray, to miss the proper way, to take the
wrong path.

aisr^'q lam-hdren-pa = w%'» lam-sna-
pa a guide.

ai«- q^-»i lam-bde-ma a good, easy road.

ai*ri lam-pa 1. |C'9 spran-po a beggar,
street-boy (Mnon.). 2. police-officer sta-
tioned on high roads for seizing thieves
or fugitives ; toll-gatherer. 3. traveller,
wayfarer ((7s.). 4. bell-wether sheep, in
W. 5. signifies num. fig. 12 (Ya-sel 5 If).

qsrq-npi Lam-pa-kam n. of a country
situated to the west of India (Dus-ye. 39).

wQ lam-po or i»i'3'i lam-po-che or
aiscl^'q lam-chen-po 1. highway ; also a
place for practising magic. 2. way to
heaven.

aw'to lam-tsam colloq. = ^'a'»4 ha-lam
about as much, also=^|"|*''^ as much
as will suffice.

qfc-tttrq lam-hdsom-pa crossing of roads,
junction of roads.

Syn. «W"''"|N lam-hdre$; «IW>^N him-
fydom; 'tJN'*^ mm-mdo; "V*1^ bshi-rndo
(Mnon.).

153

1210

ai*rS}«i| lam-yig passport, road-bill.

msr^cZi lam-rin-po long way, difficult
way, tedious road.

Syu. 9|JVV|3'«« bgrod-dkahi lam
(Mnon.).

m*)'^*! lam-log erroneous (Jd.). Also
fatpr, wrong ways, perverse ways, i.e.,
heretical doctrines. There are mentioned
twenty-two heretical doctrines all of which
are opposed to the doctrine of Buddha (K.
d. 1, 323).

OIH-%* n.of a large number (Ya-sel. 57),

aw'Jft lam-fog way bill, a passport.

WWM lam-sans at once, immediately,—
common in C. colloq. : gywrwew-Jfo khi/od-
lam satis-fOff come at once ; W*W«r«f'^
lam-safi$-ma hgro-shig do not go imme-
diately. Also vyawww in C.

msi-f^-q^-g^ jrni'^ft condemning a reli-
gious doctrine ; one who so condemns.

w* fo»»-8e = <?«<*» (JtJaHs.) about; pro-
bably.

oi*r$q-ci lam-sog-pa col. a difficult, dan-
gerous road.

- lam-sran a lane, narrow street.

^j lam-ysum hgro friwiif*^
(S'^'F'U chu-bo gafi-ga) an epithet of the
river Ganges (Mnon.).

QJ^ lar=°K' yaA or $*•<«• tfar-yan
afterwards, again, yet: «*V<i p-^-g-^

gqi*,^-^-qs«I|-^^C- (A. 19).

«K'5 lar-rgya usage, the local custom
of a place ; I'^'^I'^'J the internal and
external usage of a country ( Yig. k. 87).

^ las I: sbst. col. w«\ leka, hon.,
yH'«m phyag-las 1. *^|, «iw,
any action, act, deed, work :

to have control of one's own

acts ; S'^'S'8!*' byi-dor-gyi las the act of
sweeping; «(*)"Q3C' las-bzan or ow'^^ las-
dkar a good work, virtuous action ; "W'caj
las-nan or ">**' ^ las-nag a bad action ;
^•^CCif^c-S^-l-aw actions, words, thoughts
(Dzl.). m*cX*.'w?ic'q las-ror ma-son-tca=
•W*f*3r*T^pMI las-ka hphro-ma lus-pa a work
that has not been left unfinished: WSY

(A. 138).
terms signi-
fying preparation, equipment or pioneer-
ing operation, also introduction to any
work, are : — IfV1? snon-hgro ; ^V =1^1*1 ncr-
bsdogs ; f '^ sta-gon ; «|-f*r«i gqom-pa ; f*'
*5'C*S'I|I*''C| rtitom-hgro hdsiigs-pa ; "•§''* hju-
ica ; l^'i zug-pa ; $t\*i tshugs (Mnon.).
ai»4'a( gujM'i las-la shugs-pa incumbent, one
holding an office ; «m'fl|l^« good or dis-
tinguished service or work, iw^'fl^q
*»JiHi«l to employ, to appoint to any
work ; "W'Si'q^rq employed, employment.
2. = karma or the nett effect of actions in
one life as transmitted to and exemplified
in the next life ; retribution, reward or
punishment for human actions, frq. (cf.
aw|-«g«i las-rgyu-hbras) ; wtyfrfa- las-
kyi me-lofi mirror of fate, mirror fore-
shadowing future events; W$'fl»Tfl las-
kyi burn-pa a certain vessel used in reli-
gious ceremonies supposed to ascertain
karma wwavw las ma-zad-pas because
the measure of his deeds was not yet
fulfilled. Under this head °i*i is also used
in the particular sense of : good actions,
merit ; and an accumulation of «w is an
accumulation of merit such as shall
shape favourably the next period of exis-
tence.

aw^c-«ejnrqtVT*r*)c' las-dan hbrel-wa
dag-gi-min that which relates to work or is
directly connected with its performance.

1211

Syn.

du-thogs; "^TWjft hdres-par-spyod ; $°
"5"'^ ci-hgrub-byed ; ^'^ nus-ldan ; *»$'
^«j mthu-ldan; ?f«w^ stobs-ldan ; ^'gS
nes-byed; S'q'IS bya-wa-byed ; "ISC'I'S g.shun-
byed; <»3*rw3<> hgru-par-byed ; «^'WS^
hdren-par-byed (Mnon).

nw*l las-ka 1. the colloq. word for:
work, labour, a task. 2. ace. to &?A. and
IFifs. : dignity, rank, title.

n. of a dharani contained in (.ff". jr. 1,)
the ricital of which cleanses all kinds of
defilement. awjj-fjq-TJprw VT^'*^ n. of
a Sutra contained in K. d. *, 251. w§'
^•i'« Vl^'^'w^ another Sutra contained
in K . d. *», 474.

am-g-X'^ rites or religious observances
for counteracting the effects of evil karma.

"wtyo-^'Q las-kyi hjug-pa. ^j««M, moral
works, good real work or employment.

Syn. ^1^'flIH rtogs-brjod • i'qivw
rtsa-wahi-las ; m^'^'S^ las-su-byed (Mnon.).

w§-?1N or aw-|'»i^-»i sjTfpa the sign of
work; fig. the plough.

ow^-tm las-kyi-mthah wvft completion
of a work, efficiency; ^vq3^cr«i*r|-wi'
q^ tfSt ac»<j«w-q an(j so ne was versed in
works treating of technical arts and
agriculture (A. 37).

las-skal retributive fate.

any post or office, also an
official.

(Sman. 350).

wg las-g.la wages for work (Mnon.).

w*'*g« las-rgyu-hbras for aw'V*'^'
«g»i works their causes and their fruits.
There is a division into

sinful deeds; q

virtuous actions ; *l'fl|<si'q5'«ni'*'Rg*j mi-gyo-

^
wahi las-rgyu-hbras ascetic or mystical

works.

°wsf las-sgo=§'\$ business; also the
place from where articles of trade are
brought: |!^«I|!H^|"*4'p>V;' the places
of trade of the south and the salt-mines
of the north of Tibet (Jig.), i&^ww *[**
the manner of doing business.

•we^ las-nan •ft^^.fri, ^'jf ; mean pro-
fession or work ; evil or wicked action or

work •HTC^'if^'afr'gii'lCTjWiiHn'i*'

«S»l«|-q^-«»5 (Mgrin. 107) the doer of wicked
actions when fallen goes straight to hell
like an arrow shot forth.

"W'SpS Las-stod n. of a place in upper
Tibet (Deb. «|, 9).

aw-s^ las-can 1. laborious, industrious
2. having acquired merit, worthy (Mil.,
Jd.).

m*r5<ii*i las-rtags Sch. dignity, rank,
title incident to the office held.

awlfq|'q las-thog-pa ace. to Sch. : a per-
son employed, an official, a functionary.

aw^CEj-q las-dan po-pa, ^r^ff^;, the
first workers, a pioneer.

las-sna-tsJiogs an epithet of
the sun (Mnon).

f|sg^r the divine architect.

las-pa corrupt form of V" lus-
pa in ^«i'»w'q rag-las-pa etc. (Jd.).

°i*'q laS-pa 1. 9f^i^; workman, labourer
(Cs). 2. in Spiti: vice-magistrate of a
village.

ai*i'«^q^ lag-dpon superintendent of
works ; overseer of workmen.

•W'3^ las-spyod works, actions, way of
life : S^'SS'l'^'IVfV " to lead a holy life

1212

(Pth.) ; owsg la§-hphro blessings following
meritorious deeds, prosperity in conse-
quence of good works ; good luck,
fortunate events.

Syn. ?w$e-a

}*'$" fiani-chufl-wa ; *j*«'
t'q hkho$-clutfi-ica (Mnon.).

awsj v^'gv"*'*1*1' las-myur-dv byed.-
pahi-nun " terms signifying the quick per-
formance of work," viz. : 5 VIV§"\ ">y«r-
du-byed; •*$*&' <*'& \mgyogs-pa-byed; V'V
rtab-rtab; §*'5* fur-fur; flwiTS rdsogt-
la-Mad; H'XT'S zin-la-kliad ; 4v«rr^
t.-ihar-la-khad

<*•*'**( lat-tshan 1. office, post, service :
awa*j^-«|flj-q lat-tslwn-du hjug-pa to put
into office, to appoint; w<V V'l»M'q lat-
tnhan-nas hdon-pa to put out of office, to
dismiss. 2. official, functionary (Jd.) ;
ei*r^-ci lat-Muin-pa id. w^'i one
holding an office one having work on his
hand.

"WfJ'S'S lag-stt bya-wa the second case
of Tibetan Grammar, the dative case.

la$-gsum the three works : $«'$'
ow (its-kyi-la§ physical works; cq|'S[-am
Kag-gi-lai works of speech, reading,
writing, speaking, etc.; SJvS'aw yM-tyi-
las mental or intellectual work. Besides
these there are three other works men-
tioned ; *«r9'«w chos-kyi-las spiritual work ;
X*r*r5j^'£j5'an< (.fog ma-yin-pah§ la$ irreli-
gious work; »3^'fl5'«w mthun-pahi-la$
agreeable work (K. du. «, hi). Also
^•q5'«w dge-wahi-las righteous work
»)'^'q5'B(»i mi-dge-wahi-las unrighteous
work and IK'K'^fJ^"^ lufi ma-bstan-
j)ahi las works for doing which there is
inspiration.

J' II : 1. a postp. or case-sign used
in analogy to ^«, or for ^", with the
meaning : from, from among, out of :
$-w^|g-jj*w^-?k drew piebald fish out
of the water. 2. used like w= than. 3.
a participial sign or continuative particle
annexed to the infinitive form of the final
verb of a subordinate clause, to be
rendered: when he had done etc., so-
and-so, after saying, eating, doing, etc.,
so-and-so. 4. other uses as follows:—
4'q'g-am-S)-^ zla-tca &a-las mi-$dod I shall
not stay longer than five months (Glr.) ;
MCWfarto^Tf possesing nothing
but one piece of cotton cloth (Dzl.) ;
C'«i»r»^ there is none besides myself ;
U^-a^-q'am-a-^c- brnas-hkhyer-wa las mi-
yon in the end you will probably do
nothing else but despise me (Mil.} ;
q|»K-q]3<j|-ai»rtT^-»r*jTrK- we 8aW nothing

but a snow-leopard, your reverence we
did not see (Mil.) ; *N<^c.-<iftyq-8W»^ it is
good for nothing, it only does harm
Mil.

w* laf-c/ie in C. used for expressing
probability as also in W. w?c'ai«'i rnthoft
lag cfa he will probably have seen it;
MTRV^-wl fas hdi hbor-las che as
possibly I may put this yet aside ; JJK^'
*|-«rai*r& yOU are not J£iltt) are you?

(MS,).

Q I : It ^v bell-metal ; SC^"! a small
plate made of bell-metal; 5'g li-$ku an
image of bronze ; 3>'vpk li-dkar, St'^1^
li-4>nar; 5'^ li-ser, SCgi) li-$mug are the
different kinds of bronze with which
cymbals, bells, gongs, etc., are made in
China and Tibet (ion. \ 3). 3'0 li-khra ;
a compound made of gold, silver, zinc
and iron cast together ; 5'§^ li-thur bronze
spoon. $'* li-ma a metalic compound con-

1213

taining more gold and silver with which
images are generally made (Jig.).

§) II : apple,= SI {/* in C., (Jd.).

Q)'T li-ka n. of a tree: jfc-g^E-««rfl|-

(the tree) of which when a branch is cut
a new one immediately comes out in its
place.

li.ka-ra or 5>T* li-kha-ra m*J
a medicinal sugar.

a-ni-v^C'^m Li-ka-ra fifi-hphel jp^-
3SSJ ancient Malda and Dinajpur dis-
tricts where sugarcane used to grow luxu-
riantly during the Buddhist period.

li-khri K^g, ft5^ vermilion, ace.
to Jd., Lif. : red-lead, an orange-coloured
powder.

Syn. ^'ft^ sin-dhur; g'w^wZi bye-ma
ffrMrjw;V'*Br|* dri-hdsin-skyes ; ^'V|"
s/ui-ne-fkyes; %*'W> rdul-,mar; j'w^wq
phye-ma dmar-po ; «^V*K^ dmar-ser-tshon

li-ga-dur f^gz, ^m a drug.

Syn. !JK'«i$~q gron-beu-pa; ^W'Wj*
kyes ; ^C«'«i'fK' yons-su-$kyon
(Mfioii.).

^•S|-»»=31'<fll the crow /S.

Ql'SJf Li-tlian n. of a city and province
in easternmost Tibet bordering China,
where there is a large Buddhist monas-
tery noted for containing blocks of the
one hundred and eight volumes of the
Kah-gyur.

*-3 li-thi incorrectly for *? or ^?
calendar, almanack.

^c;* li-don-ra n. of a medicinal drug.

(N'£} li-wa squinting, squint-eyed
(Sc/i.), 5>'q'*)fl]- li-wa-mig. squinting eyes.

Li-tsa-byi f%^f)% n. of a noble
family of Magadha in Vai'sall §-c. to
which the Tibetan kings traced their
origin (J. Zan.).

Ian log-hjal evil return for good done.

Sl'»j«i Li-yul 9fi'sitT Khoten, old n. for
a Buddhist country beyond northern
Tibet..

Li-ye-t&e n. of a Chinese Bud-
dhist teacher (Grub. \ 2).

li-fi s«fy cloves.

Syn. |*%'*;;^| lha-yi me-tog ;
1 «^ dpal-yyi min-can (Mfion.).

^«|'9-*)fl| lig-bu-mig iflrti^|<d ; &/«. : mala-
chite: StiI'9'>)il'^-^-^-^-^-^«( the
medicine Lig-bu mig cures headache and
pains in the bones.

, Hg-fi-teer snfit nutmeg;
^•^q-s)-^ sna-mahi me-tog mace and nut-
meg flower.

5e.' M (Chinese) a red flag (Rtsii.).

M-ga 1. ?1»» sign, mark.

= SJ'$<»i*i masculine gender ;
feminine gender (Situ.).
2. membrum virile, f%f= ; 9c«|'«^ = *l-? the
male sign or organ. 3. the effigy of the
devil or that of an enemy which is burnt
in the Yajfia (|^'i"l sbyin-sreg burnt
offering) in order thus to kill him by
witchcraft (Jd.). 4. in Lhasa the design-
ation popularly given to all larger gardens,
the walled enclosures of private houses in
the suburbs of that city.

1214

SFI!

=-' reeling, dangling,
waving, floating in the wind (Mil.) ; Ste/eVq
rocking; gV^T^C'gsyiw sprin-shig lin-
byuA-wa& a floating cloud arcse ; JjsVowi'ij1
2)c-S'n^q|-q an infant struggling with hands
and feet (Pth., Jd.) ; q«T*§*'*i'fl|V«*rg'
Slc'fc'U'Vl (A. 135) a female yogini in
dancing mood came reeling along.

QjC'^j Un-tog or 9tvfc| M-thog a film
or pellicle on the eye (Med.).

Q}£'3 lifi-ica any entire piece; 9c3
lid-po or 9c whole piece ; 9cfl|$flj lin-gfig
of one piece ; SlC'P^ lin-bx/ti four pieces
or parts (of a slaughtered sheep or goat
or yak). Often=Ji*i'£i rmm-pa; "fi* '3'
5cq ffser-gyi lin-wa a piece of unwrought

$e.fq-^cq§'^i|'3iycr2i<i| (_^. (55).

QJC'cb lin-tshc gratings, lattice : 9s-*'S3
lin-tshe-dgu a lattice with nine squares
or rectangles in it.

QjC'Qte' /tn-/»n=often 9s.- fe Un-ne
swinging, waving, ^fc.

globular.

tins. 1. banished, forsaken, aban-
doned ; S)c.«'5*)'q5^ lins-kyis-bs.kyur to cast
out entirely. 2. a hunting or a chase in
which a number of people are en-
gaged ; s»"|'9s.* dmag-lins a general chase,
all men of a village taking part in
jt . Stc.^'ar^lj'q lins-la hgro-wa to go a
shooting, a hunting ; 9w| lins-khyi a
hound; 9s.«'p Kfi$-khra hunting falcon,
hawk. 9R.«''»l?E.'1' Ms-ffton-tea to get by
hunting, to hunt down (Jd.) ; 9t«'q5=.'q
Ms- btafi-wa what has been got by hunt-
ing, game shot or caught (Jo.) ; 9s»r
I'** Ms-hdebs-pa Sch. : to hunt.

I I : lifis-pa hunter, huntsman ;
liHs-pa-tno huntress (Cs.).

Sch. : quite round or

lib all at once, suddenly ; altogether.

^ lu 1.= 9'* bu-mo a girl (mystic) (K.
g. F, 179). 2. knag, knot,
hdser-pa. 3. num. for 86.

lu-kan an incorrect form of
,' crucible for melting gold and
silver (Sch.}.

^'^J lu-gu, ^1'3 lug-gu lamb ; dimi-
nutive of <8"1 fo^; 'S'S'JS lu-gvt-rgyud a

^1

rope to which the lambs are fastened, or
strung ; hence, any loop, chain or rope
connected or knotted with another ( Yig.-
k. 13).

^'3 lu-wa 1. vb. to throw up phlegm,
to clear the throat ; If $'*! glo-lu-wa to
cough. 2. sbst. ^tni ; a cough.

SJ'JJ ln-nm 1. green grass growing in
ewamps. 2. ace. to Jd. : a pool containing
a spring; ground full of springs; $'*»'*^
rich in springs.

$'?'5 L<i-hi-ta n. of a group of hills
situated on the bank o t the river Patwa-
lotana where grow wild the red Sdlu rice,
Mudga, Man bru-wa, &c. (S. Lam. 37).

lug (31*''s») XJ^^T, ^r a sheep.

•^

lug-Uar Ikugs-pa stupid,
innocent like a sheep (Mnon.) ; OTp'H the
carcass of a slaughtered sheep (Sttii.) ;
^"I'B lug-khyu flock of sheep. ^"l'?S lug-
mid or lug-than a wether (Sch.) ; SlTST
lug-thug ram: ^1'3T'I'^'l\3q*' lug-thug-gi
rba-dbyibs like a ram's horn (Vai-sn.),
3 % ^"1 S"I Tgya-ru lug-thug a Saiga ram
(Jo.) ; QT8^ the dust raised by a floek of
sheep.

1215

Syn. %'?'H e-da-ka; $*%*.' Ito-hphan;
w^bal-ldan; T^'ST* *>IJ|'-5ai bal-can or
gyan-kar; ipc.'S ffyan-mo (Mnon).

the sign of the Zodiac

called the Earn.

qfl|'5|'5 lug-gi-lo the sheep-year, n. of
a year of the Tibetan cycle of twelve
years: <'5pW^C|V^V|1^'*V*|Wr$ (A.
91) if referred to chronology, it was in
the year of the sheep.

VT^'T^S lug-gi-fffed as met.= |^'^)
spyan-ki wolf (Mnon.).

W*pt lug-gal or qTJj"! lug-sgat sheep's
load, the bags put on the back of sheep.

q«q-E.arq htg-fal-u>a=W'Vi'* lug-chun-
wa name of a medicinal herb. (Vai. sn.).

$"P I : lug-pa 1. or $Trsbst. shepherd,
keeper of sheep. 2. to huddle heads
together like timid sheep, to be sheepish
in behaviour (Jd.).

sheep's wool. .

$T»>1 lug-mig also called jTi^'jfl
rgyal-wahi-spyan n. of a flower: $«|'*to|'*l'
f'T'VrV^*1*1''^01 the flower of lug-mig
cures poison and plague.

lugs 1- the casting, founding,
of metal: $"|*i ST^T" lugs-su blug-pa to
found, cast. 2. = $* way, manner, fashion,
mode, method: 5v§'W*'*rg*!-S)«ij bod-kyi
lugs-su gyis-$ig do according to the
fashion of Tibet; =-*'Wr|*r^-|^-«^f»)
nahi-lugs-kyis bon-bycd-dgog you must live
according to our, i.e., the Bon fashion
(Mil.) ; qwwarajV''5' W3'S« he feign-
ed meditation i.e., shewed as if he was in
meditation (Glr.) ; (^'*Kl&tW'S'8M*-?i».
pahi lugs-su-byed they speak, act, make it
appear, as if it really were so (Ta.) ; c.1 v,'

way of building (Mil).
3. opinion, view, judgment, style of pro-
ceeding, j^V^c.''']''?!'!)*!'''! khyed-rad-gi lugs-
la according to you, if we followed your
advice (Mil.) ; ^WQHH chos-lugs religion,
i.e., a certain system of worship and faith,
|-^c,-«if^r3«r$«i]«rfl|c.-qic.- which of the two
religions, the Brahma? or the Buddhist be
the better one (Glr.). 4. ftft established
manner, custom, usage, rite (from Jd.).
.' lugs-gon a crucible.

good manners or
morals.

^"I^'« lugs-ma a cast : 5'ijv^"!*!'*! rgya-
gar lugs-ma an image cast in India (Jd.).

skar-ma btan-pa Hctam ; the fixed star
or the polar star (Mnon.).

L contrary to custom
or usage. 2. tpzrfg special order :
(Ya-sel 48).

* I : luti, a holder, carrying sling,
bent handle, strap of a vessel, basket, etc.,
different from ^ yu-wa a straight handle,
hilt.

' II : 1. WW or q^'i=-' a precept,
injunction ; but hardly so imperative as a
command; used of words spoken by
secular persons commanding respect:
s)^'^c.'qS'qc,'?q'^« phas-g.nan-wahi lun-thob-
nas having obtained his father's permissive
injunction (Dsl.). 2.=*RJW spiritual
exhortation, admonition, instruction: $=-'
qj^c/q lun-gton-wa to admonish, enjoin ;
qjc.'iJl't'N'gc.' lun-gi rjes-brafi, those who
follow the precepts of the saints; Se.'!^
lun-ston-pa also ^^'^'f^'" lun-du ston-pa to
instruct, to give spiritual precepts, also

1216

with regard to supernatural voices, etc.
(Mil.) ; esp. to prophesy, predict, ^'i?^
srrefT'H precept, inspired command, pro-
phecy, three or four kinds of which or of
Vyakarana are mentioned in Buddhism :
(1) T^rtu anwn tffffl]3i! 5'^t'q^-q ; (2)
-q^-q ; (3)

-q; (4) «TT^ 5TT

flfqj^ lufi-bstan prophecy, precept,
injunction: ^V*|T*1V' Hut hi lun-b$tan
bfad-pa to communicate the precepts of
the god.

$e.'«*l lun-thag a strap or rope by
which anything is suspended or held.

SF«.- luH-tha^WftS** Ibu-tca-hdsin
(Mfon.).

qc/ci^'q luA-h-dren-pa to cite, quote,
an authority (To).

*!**'* lufi-dbyuff-pa gsum-
gyi phren-wa n. of a religous work (A. 36).
, qc.-<tffl|«rq=$E.-^«vq lufi-hbog$-pa to give
instruction ; also <5tr^»r precepts given ;
qc;94|-q one who has received instruction,
one who is inspired.

qc.-44|«rq lun-tshag$-pa a collected mind
(tiag.).

qe.'^qj*i lufl-rigs here Q*-' /«fl is the com-
mand of the saints and ^prq rigs-jia is the
learning of the sage. qik'^qr^ciNpUfft'
i»c|-q^«i|-g-5)^ he is the master of precepts
of the saints and the learning of the sages
(A. 20).

a district,
a valley; ^ '$*.' ri-lun mountain and
valley ; ^'^ lun-chen a large valley, Qe;
f**§ the upper part of a valley ; QE."q3'*<«^
the lower part of a valley ; ^=.'i§^g»i the
central portion of a valley. 2. furrow,
tollow, groove, e.g., on the surface of a

stick (Mil.), or of the liver. 3. one's
country, native place : ^R*%i!Vtol)(('£I$Jj
my native place is Dong-tse.

Q=.'f=.- lun-stofi a desolate, a solitary
valley, as a fit abode for hermits.

«e;«^ =*!«•<$ *gitf*ir the four borders
or limits.

^ lud manure ; $V*!*<'£i lud-hgrem-i>ri ;
to spread manure (on the fields) ; $VB
lud-kha dung-water ; ^^'^c.' litd-dofi duiij:-
hole; «S'^' lud-phuA dung-hill;
lud-hbu grubs, etc. in a dung-hill (Jd.).

lad-pa «"w sbst. phlegm,
mucus: QS'i'^'fl to cough and throw out
phlegm. QV^V lud-hbod-pa= 3 '^»i-q
fflo-hgogs-pa or *ftffl|«rq hkftogs-pa (Mnmt.)
to cough out.

lum-pa= Tf?^-qg^-q hofi-fo
s/ic$-brjod-pa saying that one is come
or coming (mystic) (K. g. f>, 27).

^«-q g|E,-q| n. Of a grove in the village of
Lurnpa in Tibet (Rtsii.)

Lunt-bi, $«r8'S| Lum-bl-ni
u. of a queen, and that of a grove
called after her, situated in the Nepal
Terai where Buddha is said to have been
born.

lums (WW) a bath used as a
medical cure ; $'<*^ '3'!8*w chu-Mian-rjyi In my
a hot-bath; ^'t"?'^*' bdttd-rtsi $«-///>!,?
a bath in which the infusion of plants is
used five; qJ-Mrq5'q*« brlsin$-pahi Innm
fomentations.

lus also Qi'Zi lus-po sj^x, fWT, *rq,
the body, the physical frame,
also the constitution ; is also to be used in
reflective sense: qw^'m'P^q'q /us sa-la
br dab-pa to prostrate one's self on the
ground, ^*''?^'c' lus-ston-pa to show one's
self, to appear. V^^Otnfn the body is

1217

full of wrinkles; qw^'^fq lus-kyi divan-
po «nrf%?i the sense of feeling, in as far
as it resides in the skin and the whole
body of man (Med.). ^'S^Tf lus-kyi
phyag-rgya the configurations of the body
and particularly of the hand and the
fingers in making salutations to deities.
V'l'Tg lus-kyi tna-lna the five princi-
pal parts of the body which must be
touched to the ground in making saluta-
tion to Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. These
are the forehead, the palms of the two
hands, the two knees: VaP''V8'I''8!'***l|F
«<«rj|^»rg-q then what is called the pros-
trating to the ground the five principal
parts of the body (Khrid. 191). ?j*r§'<ipm
lus-kyi-gyas the right side of the body is
*rg*i a.pa sa-byam) ; $*r|'
lus-kyi-g.yon the left side of the body
is called *rs* sa-byam (*nff^).

Syn. (resp. g sku) ; ^'» phun-
po; 3q'|<\ thob-byed; tp'^** rnam-hdsin ;
g.sugs; f^'ci khog-pa; *"!*« tshogs;
1'" hdus-pa ; «TSt- zag-pfiun ; ^V^ ner-
len; ^C'ZfS-j'wl^ dwan-pohi skye-mched
(Mnon.).

VrSrMri lus-kyi reg-pa ^Rnran copu-
lation (S. Ley.).

V'3'Sfi lus-kyi rlan as met. = enc»i rnul-
ma sweat, perspiration (Mnon.).

$«-j|*rwi fus-kyt9-bthab=W$y* lus-
Mnon.) fighting with the body.

! a foot soldier.

cq the devil of the body, i.e.,
Kama or lust (8. Lex).

^'^ lus-krab tiger or leopard (Mnon.).

$*T«^ lus-dkar lit. white body ;= tf£i5'
5°l'3 nan-pahi rgyal-po (Mnon.) the king of
the evil spirits.

$«'§*! lus-skyes 1. ^f=ai born of the
body, met. a son ; also= 0"! khrag blood

and «rg hair. 2. ^T'^-^-f^ dgah-byed
dgra-sta-can an epithet of Paracu Rama

(Mnon.).

%W$Q lus-skyob 1.==^'* go-cha ^ coat
of mail, armour (Mnon.). 2. = as met.
°y*< ni-ma the sun (Mnon.).

^-^ shim-bu cat
(Mnon.) lit. that can contract its body.

^'^ lus-rgyags corpulence, a fat
body.

$*<'M Im-nan 1. ugly body, an epithet
of Vaicravana (Mnon.). 2.= «
dgah-byed-qin (Mnon.). ^
a yaksa demon. (8. Lex.).
^Tt<^ the quarter of the ugly-bodied
beings, the place where the yaksa demons
reside [the northern quarter] &

^'^ lus-can srfK^ that having a body,
a living being : ««'^^'3-t|^^ | ^'^^-g^-
^'3'%*! the life of aU bodied living beings
is (momentary) like a bubble of water (K.
d.1,65). WWWy;^^*^ a favourite
of every body; q«i-^-ii^*i lus-can-gnas —
%*'$*' gron-khyer town, city (Mnon.).

l'd lus-gciff-pa xr^rf: of one body ;
an epithet of the planet Budlia
(Mnon.).

Q bud-ined
sbrum-pa a woman with child, a pregnant
woman (Mnon.).

'**' lus-chas the entire clothing of the
body comprising dress, hat and shoes.

Qf^ lus-chen 1. = as met. C'^c.' rna-mon
camel (Mnon.). 2. epithet of the planet
Eahu : WH^*F'T**r$'i''«I

med rnchog a handsome woman (Mnon.).

151

1218

^»T3*Wi$c.'q luf-nams chun-wa a lean
body. Syn. -T^ fa-srab; •*)'*>«; ya-med;
^JH-I gkem-pa; W*'&*' name-Chun; fw*K,
stobs-mcd; ^'1 rid-pa (Mnon.).

^«-nii|«-sJ«i = ^«'q^'q fearless body,
firm body.

q*rift*rq luf-ffiiis-pa of composite body
_ Xqprq^q| tshogs-bdag an epithet of Gana-
pati whose body comprises those of man
and elephant (Mnon.).

q«r^«ri lut-rdol-che= <&*'*'* ht$-che-wa
huge body, giant ; gigantic (&ag. 40).

$w^c.-=q^s the devil, the demon Mara
(S. Lex.).

qw'KI lus-ldan given as met. = i fo/ or
^I'S hjo-mo cow, a milch cow (Mnon.).

q«r^q-*< fas tdan-ma as met. a woman,
a goddess (Mnon.).

(^TP ltts-p«, in C. also wt /aj-/w,
to be left, to remain behind or at home :
SW3'ir'qft*r^*''q to remain in Tibet for
two months; aje.-arQ»rq-3j<i has been left
indoors; "ifa'VV" #«c«-rf« lus-pa to re-
main uppermost ; gwwg'S'1' Ins-pur byed-
pa (Pth.), <$'*'*l'a-^'c* lus-x'ii hjicj-ptf to leave
behind, to leave a remainder. *rq»r<«
mn-lus-par entirely, wholly, without any
left ; ace. to Jd. surely, undoubtedly, at
any rate.

^wj| Im-phra 1. fine or subtle body=
Jfl) glog lightning. 2. q«'5T*» a^^t
lit. slender body fig. 9S'*^ bud-med woman
(Mnon.). 3.=^{i the waist (S. Lex.).

^^•R^fl^-q lus-hphags-pa f%%^ holy
body = the eastern continent according to
the Buddhist cosmogony ; a name of Mi-
thila or ancient Tirhut.

lus-bon§ bulk of the body ;
t^j bulky, corpulent, tall.

$^'SS hi$-byad form of the body.

^*rqqq lus-hbab as met.s=Em'»i rnul-ma
sweat (Mnon.).

<g*rn5\q lits-hbod-pa coughing, to cough.

Syn. sf<tffl»|»r£i ylo-hgoys-pa or ^^'i
hklioy$-pa (Mnon.).

qwj(« *f$TW the secret parts of the
body.

J Ins-ma remainder, balance, re-
sidue.

Syn. t*«'<8»< rjes-lns; |^'«" plnjir-lus;

^'^ 1/KUJ-lltS.

^f"! lc-k/uuj = °>'*^ or ">i different sec-
tions or chapters.

3f(»jfti for ^ .and ^0 "!'" idleness and
fighting or quarrelling ; alao*:)*'^ ( Yiy.
83).

fi'-brgan or ^'W ' leg-rgait 1.
poppy, opium ; 3'Wfi'*'?"! Ic-brgan mc-tog
the poppy flower. "fq^'^'B^'^' ! ^g"'
5'«c.'p'^«q'|gii'Ri|'|'y'l**^'ti^'a.§^'^ the juice of
the poppy plant, taken with rice-beer
stops hemmhorage from the mouth (J£.
(j. «, Jf6). 2. diapered design of warm
fabrics; thus in Mil. : a-«WjVSWZft-fl|«fi
ti'-brt/an dmar-pohi-g.dan a flowered carpet ;
n)-q3fi •<*!«! 'OX le-brgan hjol-ler (Pth.) a
flowered dress with a train (Jd.).

QT^ k-na the soft downy wool of the
Tibetan goat growing next to the skin
and below the long hair, the shawl wool ;
fine woollen-cloth, Malida cloth of
Kashmir.

0)' £J le-ma 1. v. "£ lehu. 2. the striped
broad sheets of cotton and wool manufac-
tured in Sikkim and gen. worn by the
Lepchas.

5)'^^ le-lag appendix, supplement,
addition (Cs.).

1219

QJ ™3j le-lati rebuke, reprimand, blame,
and ^api'i le-lan-pa, ^'a^-q^-q le-lan bdah-
wa to blame.

$-«W*f>^ k-lam mkhan for awai
las-lam-mkhan.

< le-lo or ^"fa k-lo-nid
indolence, laziness, tardiness ; ^-aJ'
^'lY^I fe-fo ma-lyed cuj don't be lazy !
3'Sr^ k-lo-can *irafl, «r?ng sleepy, lazy,
slothful, also^^^'f*^"^ btan-snoms-can
indifferent (Mnon.) ; °)'Sr«i le-lo-tea=^'l
glen-pa a fool, a stupid fool (Mnon.);
°*'a'*1 gwter a lazy woman; $'i5»r*!j*i
le-los-hgros ^'^^^ slothful motion,
walking very slowly oufof laziness.

l legs-pa or

*5, ^:, *W, «% ^TSI 1. good, serving
the purpose, useful, proper, praiseworthy ;
^j goodness, excellence; adv.
legs-par well, duly, properly. °taj*r
lays-par hons-so you are welcome ;
ro lo-legs-pa a healthy happy year ;
!*' ci-itar byas-na-legs which is
the best way of doing ? $**T^j'§tn)ii>sr?J
nus-na fin-tu legs-so if you can do it, very
well; also °)*\w% legs-so • very well; well
done ! o)«i|*r°)fl|*rl< kgs-kgs-so excellent,
capital. 2. neat, elegent, graceful, beau-
tiful C. 3. $«pr* leg$-mo in /S«M. = good,
in JF. as adv. well, duly, properly, like
"fepri %«-/;«. q^-^R-Ji ^,^r 8he who is
always cheerful. $«q»r*3i legs-hgro that
goes gracefully, an epithet of the king
of horses. 3<q«-qjf*w well thought of,
carefully considered, i^prq!^ leys-brjog.
i$*\pij\ (l) = ^-%la(js-smra full descrip-
tion, well said (Mnon.); (2) =
5*rrf^a elegant saying.
well or auspiciously born or grown ;
;q^* ^y(j,^ well-dressed ; ntiJN-^^q
well-accomplished, successful ;

fully ordained ;
adored, worshipped ;

well-preserved, well
arranged iJte|*rwci5i|*rq ^rK^r well exa-
mined; otiprw&isp ^f%a doing good
service, to be useful ;
to benefit, a benefactor ;
legs-par hp/iel=^'^^ nor-hphel prosperity,
increase of wealth or happiness (Mnon.) ;
growing up well, otij^'
to suppress or vanquish fully ;
fully acquired, well
qualified ^-q^-^w Wr¥a well collected,
gathered carefully. ^TSKqjWI ^«?rrxw
good beginning ; ^ij^-q^'^N delicious ;
^*m-q^«:cl^;*^irsK-3CTq ^TJI?( wel-
come ; '5|<i]*w*lq-§-^ ^5?7j? very accurate
or correct.

$«|«rqTY*i iRgs-brjod-ma ^ an epithet
of the celestial queen, the wife of India.

^•^•g'l'^-qg^-g-q^-q^-^ n. of a
Sutra in which the fruits of good and bad
actions are explained (K. d. <&, 304).

^raR-qp'ij Legs-pahi skar-ma n. of a
Bhikshu who had served for about twenty
years and committed to memory twelve
volumes of Sutranta works and is said to
have attained the fourth stage of Dhyana
(K. my. [•>, 288).

^IN'q-*]^ leys-bgad elegant description or
writings ; moral lessons. Cognate terms : —
lij-qac,- tshig-bzan elegant sayings ; ^>£)5-
15* dge-icahi gtam moral maxims ; P't,«l X' .
^ man-nag ro-ldan also a humorous poem
(Mnon.).

^"tfCfiK^ ^Tfci one who has happily
passed away.

^Tiff: 'benediction, blessing.
%s-#so=eolloq. ^'^, repairs:

1220

(Yig. k. 8} I am en-
gaged in assiduously superintending the
repairs of the great monastery ot Sam-ye.
^qjjrniSfa legs-psol resp. thanks, acknow-
ledgement, gratitude, in C.

'f|'^ Len-ka-ra n. of a place:
g-q (A. 57).

: (rarely "St -o/ori-wa,
Ion-pa) pf. it" &tof* (rarely 5=.* Ion?), fut.
ge.' blaA imp. ^ fon Cs., <f fort or ^«
6/a«? Cs. l.=^V
to receive, get, obtain,
yna$-nan kn-pa to obtain
an inferior place viz. : for being reborn
Thgy. «ni'i5'ij <sm^i5«nT^ the cause of
receiving or getting [material cause]S.
2. to accept, what is offered or given;
opp. to <0^vq hdor-wa ; also to bear,
to suffer patiently, to put up with. 3.
to seize, catch, lay hold of, grasp, e.g.,
one that is about to leap into water
Dzl. ; to catch up ; to catch, to take
prisoner ; to carry off, e.g., the arms of
killed enemies; w'S^'w ma-byin-par to
take what is not given, to steal, to
rob; ^'i'^ kn-pa hdra it is as if it
had been stolen from me Olr. ; *,«,-*r^'q
i:/iun-ma kn-pa to get or take a wife, frq.,
also to procure one for another person;
jjffll'^'q 8fog-len-pa= ^y y hphrog-pa to
deprive of life, to kill (Mng.) ; to f etch it !
to take possession of, to occupy (by force
of arms) Olr. (Ja.).

fy'Q'*$ len-pa-bshi in Budh. the four
kinds of ^'" kn-pa taking are mentioned :
(1) ^•qS-^-ci Ita-wabi len-pa;(2) $

i bdag-tu smra-wahi kn-pa • (4) ^S'
hdod-pahi kn-pa (K. d. "I, £51).

^ II : n. of a place in the district
of Pempo in Tibet (Zen. 3, 3) .

[saffron]^.

h'b-mo (Cs. also fcrQ kb-po)
Hind, ^qz, flat, ^'^•^q'S moitx-run
kb-mo Indian flat, pease lenticular;
dto's* leb-can flat, level; ^"'^ kb-kb flat
like the top of a table, level. °w* leb-ma,
n|q «i|*i kb-thag$ lace, bandage, ribbon
Os., ^'JS'3'^i'")* dar-shtd-ki/i leb-thags
lace of silk thread ; Q*\'^ lxiy-kb a flat
loaf of bread C. ; ^'^ fin-let) or fcr^e.-
lub-fin a board, plank ; ^'^ rdo-leb a slab
of stone, cf. S^'" gleb-pa (Jd.).

, ?nr ; division,
section of a speech, a chapter of a
book.

Syn. *'1 c/to-ga; X-flf^q-* cho-ija shib-
ma; *i'*i sa-rga; f)p») $kab$; ^'§S /v/A-
iyegf; ^•§V?q!'CJ rab-byed tog-pa; ^wg
du>n-bu; *q'*g»w rab-hbyams ;
joa; «"5«Ti brtag-pa; ^'5 '
brtag-pa (SInon.).

^ fo I : a year (1.

! klnjim-thag' zodiacal days 2. = 365
nin-ahag solar days). 3.= 371 **rq«|
ishag lunar days. 55'^fg — i5S-?fl| «
beginning of the year; ^g'qg'i /o Ina-bcu-
pa, ^'gi'tij'^^'i fo Ina-bcu Ion-pa fifty years
old, of fifty years; £j'*r3r«ify«r*< bu-mo
lo-pnis-tm a girl two years old ; ^'^c.'^
lo-dan-lo, S'^'^'q^ fo-re re-bshin or
iSj'^'q^ lo-re-btshin, annually, yearly ; %°- '3f"l'»<
beginning of the year ; 3j5-a--im divisions
or parts of the year ; Bi'^*ri5'5 lo-na$ lo-ru
from year to year; g'^S sna-lo, last year ;
*^*r3i hdas-lo past year ; ^'5 Arf(-/o or V^
rf«-/o this year ; ^'^ phyi-lo in (7. and
NfiS 6-an-fo next year ; "S^^'5 fo hkhor-te
after one year had passed; ^'5-'^'*?^!^

1221

sras-kyis lo-hkhor-te when the prince was
one year old (Glr.). The names of the
twelve years of the smaller cycle are those
named after the following twelve animals :
3 byi mouse, Sp.' glan ox, ?1 stag tiger, ^»»
//os hare, *g"| hbrug dragon, fj8! fbrul ser-
pent, ? r<« horse, $"] ft«<7 sheep, fj spre ape,
S iyff hen, Q khi/i dog, ""I JB^«<; hog ;
and these are combined with the names of
the 5 elements each twice reiterated to
make a cycle of 60 years. Thus the year
1903 is called $'"^*r^ the water-hare year,
and tvl"*! yos-lo-pa is a person born in
that year, etc. 2. for 3j'?*l lo-tog ; for ^'*<
lo-ma ; also for tf'i'q lo-tm-wa. 3. prob. :
talk, report, rumour, saying, added (like
5^ shod) to the word or sentence to which
it belongs: i'^'H'^'lwVrl'*! when a
rumour is heard that some body has died
(Thin/.}; *qv*t»r5»;-|5W«rfyj though he
may get a name (in the world) by his
learned discussion, he after all is a liar
(Jo.). 4. num. : 146 (Jo.).

ai |*< lo-rgyus=i\^'^ ^iT'fi story,
account, history ; >5'«*i'-5^ ^Ttb news, con-
taining a history ; 5'*w^ ibid.

3r*fl|« lo-chags Cs. ' every second year.'

%'§*•' lo-churl young; also for ^'fl't*'<
lo-tsa-wa chun-wa junior or lesser Sanskrit
scholars of Tibet. *'^ lo-chen= *-|'«|-a^5
lo-tm-wa chen-po a great scholar of Sans-
krit in Tibet.

i$'?1 lo-tog or ^'f"\ lo-thoy sj^i the pro-
duce of the year, the harvest, crop ; ^'Tl'
C'l lo-tog rna-wa to reap it, to gather it in.
?r5<j|-*&<i|'§-q^-q lo-tog mhog-tu bde-ica—
jpr^np'^C spos-dkar-$in the Sal tree
(Mfion.).

%'f lo-tho an almanac,
or

i5i'^'?a) lodu-thal how many years have
passed, elapsed : *WT^i^!M'?'.'^l'CSW
«i»i'^«i-^*i'85'Waii* how many years bave
elapsed since the Nirvana of Buddha
(A. 93).

i5'^e'' a kind of quiver manufactured in
the Lo country (Rtsii.).

iS'^q lo-hdab=%'f* lo-ma leaves of trees
which fall every year.

«S'<05rt lo-hdod=°XR% or "O^vrfci yearn-
ing: ^ff^f^jf^'Kit.^/^ (Hbrom.
P, 13) he had neither yearning nor hopes
whatever, the earthly-minded sinner.

"S'^l lo-nag • in every ten years there
occurs one black-year in which it is not
auspicious to do any good work ; the year
1891 was %'W lo-nag, and 1909 A.D. will
also be a 5'^| lo-nag.

iS'gl lo-phyag annual rent (Yig. k. 52) ;
ace. to Jd. an embassy sent every year to
a suzerain to renew the oath of allegiance.

?g-|ii|*j-^q|*i'q lo-phyugs-legs-pa a good
harvest and healthy cattle.

'Sj'J'l or lo-ma %'**ft lo-hdab Tffi a leaf.
Srsi&s ^qmf leafless; an epithet of the
goddess Pandan Lhamo who when prac-
tising asceticism would not eat even a
single leaf.

Si'w'g lo-ma-lna the five leaves, fig. :
generally those of the Mahayana Bodhi-
druma, the Bodhi-tree of Mahayana doc-
trine, the leaves of which are : — C81^*"1 ts/iul-
khrimsTpuie morals, ?**'" thos-pa hearing and
comprehending, i.e., studying the sacred
literature, B^'^^'^l^' khyim-Has-hbyuft
renunciation, ^fa'i'ar'RW dgon-pa-la pitas
residence in a solitude or wilderness and
latterly in a monastery, <w<i*rw'^i|*r'<6<q'
^•t to be content in the holy brotherhood
(K d. \ 327).

1222

ZS'Wp fo-»kz-A:A«=:i§-§jS'^E.- chu-lhahi fin
Varuna tree, the tree of the god of water
(Won.).

Si'«'«j'^*45ifl|!c,*i lo-ma gyon-mahi gtzuns
n. of the dhdrani of a goddess who used
to dress in leaves of trees believed to be
efficacious in epidemics (K. g. 1, 147).

a=^V3Vltt dur-
lyid-snuin (Mnon.}.

*S'««H§ '%' lo-iitahi hkhri-t;in a creeping
plant.

Syn. a'5)'^-%- kltt-yi hMri-fin ; «'$T

ai'35 n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. % 5^).

Br»)c.'|gvgi^ lo-man khur-ldan an old man,
one who is under the weight of many
years (Mnon.).

5'W lo-mar a year's supply of butter.

%'*** lo-tsfian annual produce, harvest.

ar5)'%.'i} lo-yi pn-rta&a met.=\»< ni-nut
the sun (Mfion.).

%'ds*\v lo-legs, = ^'^'^v» JT^^ the
year in which there has been a good
harvest.

^'•^IT1 silk or satin of the colour of
juniper leaves (Jig.).

"S'-J)*! /o-f es= S"*i rtsis monetary account ;
also astronomy (Mnon.).

5'q^ lo-b$ad=%-Tf lo-t/io (Cs.).

^1 II : is also used to signify dis-
pleasure, disapproval, unwillingness as in
^'^•Bi hdi-skad-lo, 3vS ser-lo, I«'S thos-
lo, thob-lo, fi'% sgom-lo, |»»'5 $es-lo, *\v%
etc.

Qj III : n. of place in upper Tibet :
(A. 119).

IV : interpretation ; <wj7''5*V3e.''£*r*r
5'lwge.-sS-»i-^ (A. 96).

'T] lo-ka
world. ai'^'-^

hjig-rtcn dican-phyug epithets of Avalo-
kites'vara Hodhisattm.

or

lo-tsha-wa the

well-known title given to the Tibetan
translators of Sanskrit works. "S'ljB Jo-
pan= ^i'^'l lo-t&ha-wa and "^V5 pnn-di-ta
Indian pandit and Tibetan Sanskritist.

the river Brahma-
putra in part of its- course through East
Assam. Also ^'fa'f* Lohin-tara: 5'f^'y
f ^-^- QC.* (A. 87). the river Lohintara
the source of treasure.

|'£| log-pa I ; vb., pf. and secondary
form of ^"I'" Idog-pa, q.v. 1. to return, to
go back: <3«r^ ywl-du Glr.; ^V^log-
pa-hbrad Glr., BSfll'si'^'X, log-la Mod-do
Glr. let us turn back, IvSiij-qS-aw phyir
log-pd/ji laut. the way back. 2. J5j^ to come
back, to corne again. 3. to turn round,
to be turned upside down, to tumble down.
^"I'l no-log-pa to revolt, rebel. f'^I'P
no-ldog-jM to turn away one's face, always
used fig. for to turn one's back on, to
apostatize: nffivuS'STgrii^ hkhor-wahi no-
Idog-na if you mean to turn your back
to the land of the cycle of existences,
^1'5'SV*1 log-po lycd-pa to revolt, to rebel ;
<$*!'»' f-N'n log-pa rtsom-pa to plot, to stir
up an insurrection Glr., ^'<r«M log-pa-
mktian a rebel Glr. (Jci.).

II: adj. ft,
reversed, inverted, irrational, wrong;
Him'tR'ui*! log-pahi-lam, irtS^q lam-log-pa in
= & wrong way ; <^J*«lt^P<l log-po-

1223

la shugs-pa to rush into error, to turn to
what is wrong. ^'^"1 Ita-log or 5jJ'^'3faj'£i
Ita-wa log-pa, v. infra ^"Tg log-lta. £*i'3ifl|'«i
chos-log-pa a wrong faith, false doctrine,
heresy ; 3 '3fa| grwa-log, I'3)^ jo-log col. an
apostate monk or nun ; Siflj'w log-par and
(col.) 5*1 fo^ adv. wrong, erroneously, also :
back, again. 3fa)'w*>*w-<i log-par sems-pa
to think evil, to have suspicions (about a
thing), often=g'ai'T§Y£) Ita-log skyed-pa
to sin (Jd.).

SiT^'i log-ge-wa [seems to be nearly the
same as 5*|-i log-pa, adj. ; l*3ft*3(^'A<OI
prob. : entertaining irrational doubts or
scruple; W^wHf^'^ ban-rim log-ge-wa an
inverted flc-'^w Ian-rim, q.v. ; S*|'%'^'->rft^
log ge-wa-la khyer he took it back again
Mil.'] from Jd. ^I'f1! heresy, heretical
observance; «\K.'|^'Wi'w5«|'||Ki (Rdm. 19) by
bad behaviour one falls into heresy.

siii'g log-lta (^'W^'n log-par Ita-wa)

heretical doctrine, and is of two kinds : —
5j^-q's.ti]'q yod-pa hjig-pa and I^'R'^'-I
log-par $cs-pa. The first one denies rebirth,
the effect of charity, of self sacrifice and
of doing good, also of wickedness and
wisdom. The second one asserts that
happiness and misery are divine gifts and
there is no consequence from good or bad
actions and no retribution (K. d. *, 127).
Again we read : 1

10) the doctrine which holds that all things
are permanent or that every thing is perish-
able is considered heretical on account of
both being contrary to the doctrine of
Buddha.

yti Log-hdren bgegs-kyi
rgyal-po f^*TRRi an epithet of Granes'a

(Mnon.).

*T{«'.W(HP;J^'H'«^ log-pa dud-hgrohi
spyod-pa can n. of a religious sect in
ancient times who used to imitate the habits
of beasts and so degrading themselves
would perform a kind of austerity or
penance with the hope of obtaining salva-
tion (Theg.).

3jo|-q-s'ql^-|'§^-q a kind of severe asce-
tical penance performed by certain
religious sects in ancient India in which
the ascetic used to expose himself to
vultures, sometimes burying himself in a
trench that they might devour his living
body ; other ascetics used to burn a part of
their body under a slow fire (I'^arspw*).

Bfa]'q^'W^*''q to hold an erroneous
notion as something positively good: "ST
^'if wf*fi misapprehension, mistake,
blunder.

^"1 ' "^ ' §f ' ^ log-pahi blo-gros= «fc ' *> nor-
tca or *jg«ri hkhr ul-pa (Mnon.) to blunder,
to err, to make mistake.

to wrongly perform a thing.

Syn. ^"iTl log-rtog ; ng-«fc'qwrei hkhu-
wahi bsam-pa (Mnon.).

%q\-^- log-than a kind of linen (Rtsii.).

i$i|-civw lag-par ^)obs=f'^'^'^ no-
ts/ui med-pa shameless ; also shamelessness,
effrontary, shameless boldness (Mnon.).

SS'T'Jva.S'ti log-par htsho-wa to live by
crime — perverse means and actions — by
vice, to live in a sinful manner. It is of
five kinds: — C8''*35*' tshul-hchos ; f^wi
kha-psag; ij^«|'ft« gshog-slons ; ft't*'«W*
thob-kyis hjal-wa • ^r^wllV.l.'p'^fijJ
these should be avoided by the religious
(K. du. \ 503).

f5q|-cn,-qgi|^-q to embrace or hold hereti-
cal views: !<TcK'fWr^'li91 the enemy
of heretics (Tig. k. 10).

1224

;sifl|-q^-ajc.-q fjrfsrora downfall, perver-
sity. "S^'ifS log-spy od perverse conduct, a
sinful life.

^Tlfr'*^ log-sinon-can one who wishes or
prays to do evil and what is perverse.

^"I'S log-smra or ^T wg'fl log-par smra-
wa falsehood, slander, perverse speech,
blasphemy. HS*rg'«i3'W*«i log-smra-waht
Hogs-tshal fig. : the wilderness of the
perversity of speech (Yid. 2).

Syn. torn" log-sgrub; ^'iV**! log-
hdren-txhig ; p- v **fm- V ny**\ sknr-wa
hdebs-pa hphya-tshig (Jjfnon.).

+ i$n|-n|^j| log-ffxhril—\fi''*fi'%'ll'*l'il drin-
lan log-hjat ingratitude, ungrateful return
for a service done.

(fifl|'i|$*i log-giyc-in fornication, adultery ;
Si<j| i]$Np«^'£-q log-Qyem dad-che-wa one
given up to adultery, an adulterer, $*•'
*-%q\ n|$*r* q"§t.« forsake that wife who is
given up to adultery (£«.).

<Sfl| -«)*i %-fej=^'ei nor-wa or "»EQi '*>
hkhrul wa (MAon.) error, blunder.

«jq| g^'«^ log-sred-can one who delights
in vicious actions and sin, has no faith in
religion, and blasphemes the sacred Bud-
dhist religion, &c. (K. my. \ 113).

logs 1. the side of anything,
a hill-side: g^S-^^wss'^f
(Ebrom. f>, 14.1} all sides
of the Lari mountain have been overgrown
with dense forest of fruit-trees (berry
trees); S'T^9!*' rtsig-log? the side of a wall,
mdun-logs fore-side, front-side,
rgyab-logs back, back part of a
thing ; «5''Sfl|»' sahi-logs surface of the
earth. 2. direction, side, region: ^'tiS-
i<<j)5r<^ rkon-pahi logs-nas from the region
of the feet, up from the feet (ScA.) ; "I^1
^u|^ yyas-logs the right side, '^''HP g.yon-

logs the left side frq. ; $* %'V* tshur-logs this
side, n*'%*p* phar-logs the other side, on the
other side. 5flm'"i loys-la aside, apart, '5'!*'
ocqi^qj-q logs-la bs/uig-pa to put aside, to
put out of the way, to clear away. «|'«i?'
^•«-aifli»i'i)^il thag-pahi $nc-ma logs-yng the
other end of the rope ; 3i*|»rc^ logs-nan tin-
left or lower side (of a cloth). 3. = {; IN
wall.

Si<i]*rj*i logs-sk//('s= t '*• int-nta Wtsi the
udder, the female breast (Mnon.).

^'a5'^ Lays chi-n-pohi ri n. of a
mountain in the continent of Purva Viddm
(K. d. \ 337).

Zgnjv^-^-ci /ogs-iin i/od-pa to be disliin •(.
separate, to live by one's self, to be solitary
(Schr.).

^1*i '« logs-pa other, additional : J1*i'
<$i|*! « rijytujf-logf-pa spare-provision (Ju.).

<SiI»i »J toys-*tt elsewhere ; separate, ajmrl.
aside. afa|*r*j'q»|VP loys-su bkar-mi or ^1«i'
«j-^u]^-q logs-nu dytir-ira to lay aside. Syn.
3S'^ gi<d-du ; "W1^ gshan-du (Mfion.).

M or 5E.-^'=j«N-q khom-pa leisure,
spare-time, vacant time, %^'ti^ti — srfiH-ii^
wjij-q not able, not enabled (A. 28) no time.
'SK.'^S'V^'"1'^*1'!'^*' whilst you are always
hoping to have time (enough), you allow
the favourable moment to pass away
(Mil.) ; c'8V«j'<>|v^-i$<ir<Ji*rf-q' «r<Jft»w-£rg*-
n9j-q« -iSc/S^c: (A. 65) on returning to
India I had no time to go to the Jo-wo
for religious instruction.

lon-ka, 5fp M-klia, ^'l lon-gri
intestines, entrails, guts.
'^ lon-ki (Chinese) a kind of red cloth
manufactured in China (Rtsii.).

afc'q'JX n. of a district in the province
of Kong-po.

1225

3 lon-wa pf. and secondary form
o£ a^'*1 Idon-wa, as vb. : 1. to be blind, and
as adj. : blind, blinded, also as sbst. : a
blindman. 3k' 3 lon-po, "Sc.'^'S lon-wa-po
a blindman (Cs.). 2. also 5e.n-q Ions-pa,—
?/r.) or «•*.'*! lan-wa.

-6w <fe.'35 Or 5e.'3 ankle-bone.

' Ion-Ion uprising in waves,
bulging out.

ifo* fons imp. of ^'i lon-wa : rise up,
awake, get up! ^"W**8*^ let him
come out from in side or from his house ;
Vf'4iVl'1M'VqW now £et UP and wait
in the way (A. 129).

•foN'ffr lons-spyog HfrT, WtT 1. attain-
ment, enjoyment, esp. with regard to
sensual pleasures and eating and drinking :
<WJ"Vfl'«i:|^ lon§-spyod qa-la-byed they
enjoyed themselves on meat, <Sc.«'sjV%'^'
«w'§«\ Ions-spy od fin de-lag-byed they lived
on the fruits of this tree ; *Mr|frq to co-
habit, enjoy sensually. 2. plenty, abun-
dance: w-q§c^<fc*r|Vvi'ir§'*t<\'C|'Iwq! they
had collected an enormous quantity of
food and drink; <Mri"^ lons-che-wa great
riches; wealth, property, ^W'tVi'^W
5v|* lons-spyod-kyi bdag-por gyur he be-
came owner of the property (Dzl.) ; *&Y«i"
g-ti5'5e.«'|f^'»t|> he was not rich enough
to bring an offering (to Buddha) (Ja.).
3.=^'r»< nor-rdsas or <*|V£i hbyor-pa
wealth, fortune. ^^'SS'
ldan=^^\ ^ prosperous, possessed
of health, prosperity and happiness ;

lafi-

mdsod treasury, repository (Mnon.).
Sf'\'lPl*rci perfect happiness, full enjoyment
both materially and spiritually.

'Sj^'^l lod-pa or ^'3 lod-po=$\Q llwd-
pa l.=relaxed. 2. = °>'^'*^ le-lo-can lazy,
careless.

the poor class of cultivators
who are unable to raise a good crop
(Rtsii.).

Ion 1. news, tidings, message:
Jfy'me.' lon-bzan good news, <S^'|t.' lon-
sprin-wa to give notice, send word, send a
message; a'^'|j!5''c' lon-skyur-wa to give a
reply; 5arVri|v«i'-3fa lon-shig khyer-la fog
let me know, send me word.

l Ion-pa 1. reached, arrived at;
SV^'V^ khyod lo-du-lon to what age have
you reach, or what is your age. <5'$'&r3i$
lo ci-tsam Ion how old are you ? £'§'%liri5i''i
bcu-drug-lon I am sixteen years old. '2.
to elapse, to pass, in a general sense :
^•*IE. •Er^q'^-q-^E/ after many years had
elapsed (Dsl.) ; ^'^T«fy'5 rin-shig lon-te
after a long time, ^e.'qv*ri^-q^ rin-por
T>M-lon-par after a short time.

I : los 1. in truth, indeed i.^'
t,n-c5«-^^ he is indeed the lord protector
and refuge. 2. J3Y^9j'Sq''!fc'c'*'' can you
go, could you go ! 5«'f q los.-thub yes, I
can. 3. true, certain ifa'JF-q^ it is
sure and true ; certainly it will come to
pass.

155

•^ fa 1 : 1. is the twenty-seventh letter
of the Tibetan alphabet corresponding in
sound to Sanskrit n. It is pronounced
like «A in the words shin, sharp, etc. but
palatal ; ace. to -la. in C. it is distinguished
from ^ only by the following vowel being
sounded in the high tone. 2. num. = 27.

•^ II : In Budh. various significa-
tions are attached to this letter :— S»r $«*r
ac^qi^^^g-^r^'3-W^^ (K. d. \
lilt) it exhibits to all things the state of
perfect peace. Again we have: -

(Ebum. «], 283). So, too: -«V$»r«r3
crg-3»E.»r»}-gE-*ri* (K. my. *\, 208) •*) ex-
plains the perfect avoidance of the five
kinds of miseries.

III: m«, ^TfJTT 1. flesh, meat:
c, ^N»T*^ |'5T<ii s^s being fond of
meat cuts off the life of animals. -*1'$=.'i =
^KVrc.^1 $n thin, emaciated ; TWM yak's
flesh, W-*] mutton; -^•^*S'C| to boil meat,
•reV" to roast meat; -T^iVW ya-bcud
psum the three kinds of flesh which are
possessed of different peculiar properties :
(1) jj-^-%2j human flesh ; (2) S*» 'f-^ otter's
flesh ; (3) a%<&--*\ hphyi-waht-ya the flesh of
the marmot (Sman. 3). •fl°^|q|'S| sexual
instinct. 2. surface of the body, •']5)'Jfe.'3
?fa* [a lump of flesh ; a senseless person] S.
•*|'5^Vij spots, stripes, etc. on the skin (of
an animal) ; -T^P qa-dkar white or fair
complexion. ^'^J $a-bkra n. of a cuta-
neous disease Meg. [a kind of white

leprosy]^. 3. for -*]'l, the stag. 4.
muscle, 5'-*? thoracic muscle (Jo.).

Syn. H"!'!" khrag-skyes ; fil'WS^-fl
khrag-las gyur-pa; <$w%wiftn-ii lus-ztifis
gsum-pa (iffion.).

•^'^ fa-kon for -^'^ ya-hkhon (Vat.
sti.) grudge, resentment, hatred.

•*)'^ qa-fkad the cawing or croaking of
a raven ; the cry of the stag.

•TB1 $a-klmg bag in which powdered
dried meat is kept by travellers during a
journey in Tibet and Mongolia.

•f^l fa-khog the body of a slaughtered
animal, without the skin, head, and en-
trails, *'•*! flesh of a large animal, $t'-*j
that of a smaller animal.

•*]'% fa-khyi •,¥.^'l&'$ BL hound, a hunter's
dog.

•*! H fa-kftra fan [bile]i8r.

•fl'HI fa-khrag flesh and blood, meton.

1. for body : -«|-Hfl|'fl|wi a sound body.

2. for : children born of the same parents,
-q'lffy fa-AAAo« = ^^'^or ^'0 anger,

fury, enmity, an enemy ; •fjify'9ql*< bear-
ing grudge against a person, harbouring
enmity, v. -T^fa ya-kon.

•fl'^pi fa-goi colloq. for -^'^ yam-got
lower garment.

.*) nqjqj*< ya-hgugs TWJ lit. curled flesh
or body [the flower of the tree Butea
frondosa]S.

•^•J'P' ya-rgyags fat meat; •fl'JI"'"
colloq. corpulent ; ^'J*" ya-rgyags healthy

1227

corpulence. •'Hwgt* fa-nams rgyas health
and ill-health ; -<B*«r|iH'%.'4j<»|«-<i becoming
healthy after illness or loss of flesh in the
body also healthy corpulence.

Syn.

gtobs-bcas;

htshag-bzan ;

2! $ku-$a hbyor-po; f

stobs-ldan (Mnon.).

•TW*^ Oa-siion-can n. of a heretical
lama of Tibet who wrote many treatises
explaining the Buddhist tenets wrongly
and performed Buddhist religious rites
in a reversed manner and who afterwards
became a convert to Bon. He was called
•TeV^i^ and belonged to the *W*
sect (D. R.).

•T^i fa-can fsnsr, JU<MI<.?| [a fibrous
root ; a medicinal plant commonly called
KatkijS.

•*T*^ qa-chen *jrmfa human flesh
(Sman.)

•Tt^'* fa-rfen s't ftin% wfasj [car-
nivorous, a goblin] S.

•T^ fa-ne near blood-relation, descend-
ant.

Syn. |«V« rgyud-pa ;
(Mfion.).

•*T^*i fa-dus the month January when
meat is cured and rent paid in meat col-
lected by Government and land-lords in
Tibet (Rtsii.).

•*|'9*. fa-phin 1. (Chinese) a kind of
tea (Rtsii.). 2. meat cooked with phing (a
kind of vermicelli extracted from peas).

•T2? fa-6o=«\3J enemy; =-*HJ%<w*r«v

id. 27}.

ga-mo 1. mushroom. 2. is described
.-* sheep-fold (Rtsii.).

fleshless, emaciated;
also, name of a hell.

•T^S $a-hbu a maggot.
•*I'9^ f«-i««- in IF", boil, abscess, ulcer ;
mark left by a lash, weal (Jd.).
*•' ?a-sbyan is described as

•Tl^' fa-sbran qf^\ flesh-fly, blue-
bottle-fly (Jd.).

J •*[* fa-ma 1. n. of a kind of singing
bird like the linnet (K. ko. *|, 2). 2. the
placenta or after-birth, the bag or pouch
in which the embryo is formed and which
comes out immediately after the delivery
of the child : hence, also, a wet nurse or
W=ft. 3. = ^'°)'^ raiment of the gods (K.
my. »|, 7).

•*T*i^ fa-rmen fleshy tumour, a lump in
the muscular flesh. •'J'^'^wq fa-tshan
dmar-po a tumour resembling a weal or a
wart.

•*]'t* fc-rtsi=-']'fif\'<\ complexion, colour
of the skin : g*ri3-g'3r-*rJ"$K'p (Qbrom. f
34) the Brahman's daughter of fair
complexion.

•T* fa-tsha 1. affection ; -T*'*K (Jig. 35)
without affection ; ace. to Jd. = a, friend;
••l'*1*^ amicable, attached. 2. hot meat.

•f2 fa-tshe=*i\-fla-''([*\*. nickel silver (Jig.
16).

•T*^ fa-mtshan=-t\'$*\*l fa-stags (Mnon.)
'QC^vfa [lucky or unlucky marks on the
body]& ; •*j'*i^'§'l\3'S ilfTTl% 1%^T [know-
ledge of lucky or unlucky marks on the
body]S.

•*)'*?* fa-hdser wart; •')'<*^'-sa( one bav-
ing warts in his skin.

•*)'* fa-sa or -*|'a^ fq!i(T^ 1. prop, flesh-
eater, carnivorous animal. 2. gen.: a class
of demons. -*p'?i and -fl'a'^'9 are two

1228

kinds of such loathsome demons, the •'Vfl fa-lhag excrescence on any part

names of others of which are as follows : — of the body which, ace. to some, is a sign

§'$ pi-lit,, V^'|'$ ne-wahi pl-lu, I'^'WE of wickedness.
pl-lu bsaii-po, I'qj'w.'"'*) pt-lu

(mv-
wi bsam-pa, W«W*r« bsam-pa ma- ^ (m^

yin-pa, fl|^cq<q«.1Q pdun-wa bzan-po, * ?r

za-byed, «|*uKwZi pt^tf M*-F>, ' fa-f"* n' °f a larg6 number> a

a-q«V5 mi-bzad-po (K. g. S 2*6). numerical figure (Ya-sel. 56).

-q'jS'gc; Ca-aahi-fflifi n. of a cannibal- "^ T| fa-£a a kind of game (Fat'. «fi.).

island situated beyond the island of horned rvm'Ti •»

•L i a«.*-«.-».M.»-ftr-/ir j x »*K\ •*! Ml *J fa-ka-nM, more fully p-r-fpw

cannibals : Jtf « *«i «) *^ 3 S=. (K.d.**, 335).

*. _ ., , saffron from Kashmir, in 6 .

•T'lT™ co-sw srtn-po W9 cannibal _

+ ^•ifj--^-Bi ca-ka ci-la n. of a precious
hobgoblin. ^ w

stone, or gem : ^'T-T'W-^W y ^"W

fa-ka ft is a protection against evil spirits.

•ffr.' c«-so^ Jtiva [dry flesh, one who rnw ,

•n *fl^ Ca-^rt^ n. of a place m Tibet
eats flesh]*. ' ' V

•Tl*'* 4'q n. of a celebrated Lio-tsa-wa 01
^^ai-q^ fa.vsig bdu fw a kind of that plftce (Deb ^ ^

disease [white leprosy]& 5*'V5 fa-/)Ao r«-ri!a (Jtf) f« [medicinal

•I'Wfl'ir Ga-hug ftag-tgo n. of a sacred plant Costus specio»us]S.

place in Tibet (Deb. 1 43). ^ fa.cAM=%'« gofi-mo ^rfxrwi the

-fl-^-^ fa-yi-mclwg f^ii; as met.= wnite Crossoptilon grouse

5fq|-9|-fll^*i srog-gi-pnas the heart, the seat

of life (j|r<50».).

. no dred.

blood. -«1'^-»i'^fa-yt«a-4on ?.«id (MnoH.). ^I'S Crt.gto = j| fc/M (Fat. sfl.).

•^ ~

* 4j-^'5*5 fa-# Ao-^a a religious instruc-
tion of the Tantrik class: ^W™ * ^'^ f«-?<^ only, simply : r^'3

jj.^.v^. „,«»,. q i «&-q-»(gr- fl rdsun-po fa-$tag=&i « J^J6' rdsun-po

Ya-sel. 22$. [S'alihotra was rkyafi-rkyafi only false, falsehood pure and

a celebrated teacher of the science of simple. -TV! fa-dag mere, merely, only:

horses in India]S. fe'-11W*1»1 khyehu fa-dag btsaS-te only

Qr^Tia W>i'n<r born* «'Wfl|'R5c.*l'£|'-fl'i'fl| as
. i . . i. i .|i. sons Uciiig uuiu, TO^

-fl'oi^ c«-/«w revenge by death for killing , „»-.,,.

they are all of them poor people ;q^«

«1t-q^n-5*-¥ they all came to the
•T*«| fa-% warped, oblique, aslant in ^^^ of the ^^ (j^.

W. (Jd.).

,, ,, , , f -fl'^,*y Ca-ra-pa n. of an Indian

•T^"! fff-/ofif=-*|''5*ll'^lll fa-log-log bloated.

fa-^« is explained as W3V ^^ (Z<>1 ' 5)<

•j; 'Qpr^ 9a-ra hbigs-byed

fa-srab = J)'^»<* fa-nams (Mnon.). »j<.fq<(»i as met — "^ arrow

1229

ga-na jpir hemp, Cs. : flax ;

fine linen; -f^S'^ a gar-
ment made of fine linen.

ga-pos a thick blanket in Ld.

** ga-wa-ri HSR a hunter; a
hunter-tribe.

Syn. ^'i rnon-pa; ^'^"'i ri-dbagg-pa
(Mnon).

Jjfq-^-q Qa-wn ri-pa n. of Buddhist
Tantrik eaint, a pupil of Nagarjuna (K.
dun. 6).

t

go-rag dried apricots with little
pulp and almost as hard as stones.

-*|'^'-^'* ga-ra go-re (cf. «M|V£i bger-pa)
in W. moist (Jd.).

* -^'^, ga-rar sf^T a kind of sugar,
refined sugar (Cs.).

ga-gan a kind of Chinese tea.

' fa-la yu-rin (-^«i^'U"s-
jjww^TEirfr) (Med.).

\ "^' ^ Ga-nAz-te snftg^ the
famous early disciple of Buddha.

J-'VI'S'T^'P Ca-ka Vyakarana n. of a
Vyakarana or Sanskrit grammar by Acarya
Chandra Oomin.

•T3'aWH'^fr( Ga-kya Iny-na be-con <tyiiif<u
»nw the S'akya who carries a club in his
hand (Yig. IT) [n. of the father-in-law of
Buddha according to the LalitavistaraJS.

"*T^J Od-kya=^'i uro n. of a race
to which the last Buddha belonged ; prob.
the Sacce of the ancients; the common
names by which Gautama Buddha is
universally known :— g'S'l"'1' = S'akya-
muni ; •g'j

section of the Sakya race, -g'3'^'-*!* also
called !-g*w^'X«rt the lama who founded
the monastery of Sera near Lhasa (Rje-
nam. 353).

•*] giva or -^'^ 1. blood. 2. = $%y

overflowing of rivers and lakes, in Amdo
dialect.

a class of nymph:
f^'iww^-^-g^-ni-^Qi-BS (A. 102}.

"^'^ gwa-wa or -*|'£' the large stag of
4
Tibet with ten to twelve points on each

horn, including under this name some
three species.

Syn. yj'i rwa-bcu-pa; (*Tp-'5'* pra-sa
dha-ra) ; -^'£i gwa-wa (Mfion.).

•^|'C| ^'^ Qa-wa rna-wa n. of a country
in the east of India the inhabitants of
which have ears like those of the deer
(K. d. *> 267).

"^ H §p* Qwa-wo sgan n. of a district

•4

in Kham (Lori. ' 3).

gwa-sa-na (mystic) a class
of Brahma? (K g. ?, 26).

f "^P| 7 gak-ti arfw ; spear, lance, pike,
of sword also trident (Cs).

'ql*' broke, it burst

faff~?aff ^® pendant, hang-
ing, projecting.

f

gag n
asunder (Sch).

fags=F-W* 1. joke, jest, fun:
^'£i to rally maliciously, to turn
into ridicule with sarcasm ; M'-'l'P' a bad
joke. 2. cause of contention, object of a

1230

dispute or a quarrel, matter in dispute,
quarrel in gen. (Jd.).

•^J'JJ fag-ma ^qfl stone or rock,
gravel ; -*|«r*r«^ gravelly ; W**' a plain
abounding with gravel. -*|1'^S rocky
ground; -fl'TVI gravel ; •*)*!'»' earth mixed
up with pebbles, stony sterile ground (Jd.).

Mahes'vara.

-' $afl a kind of tambourine used by
the Bons during their religious services
(Lon. * 5) v. W^' wail.

| -^'Tj^ Qan-kar u^K 1. n. of a reli-
gious sect in ancient India. Also n. of a
Tirthika teacher who held:- ^ww&'W

(Tfog. S3). 2. an epithet of

9an-k/ia conch shell; V-W%
m jjE.-p5'!jqw^ the country of Shangshung
(Tig. 9)."

-^•il fan-t hag =*&•*'*•*•' * (Jig. 25) warp,
the longitudinal threads of cloth ; length.

•^C'^C' fan-lafi=^y\ sabre, sword
knife (Sfnon.).

•flK'-^C' fan-faA sfi4^4 ; ^N^tt?*
1. crane (S. Lex.) (Zam. 5). y***-frto a
bird of the height of man that subsists
on poisonous drugs, &c., a fabulous
creature with wings and bird's feet, but
otherwise like a human being; •*)«. '•*!*' fa
ace. to Cs. : pheasant or partridge. 2. n.
of a flower: -*|*.'Jlc-''^'5q!v*>'*;';i tnis
S'angs'ang flower is not found in India
(A. 105) ; •^••'FST'iS- wrpV*!*! charm-
ing is the forest of S'ang-S'ang and
juniper (.4. 11^0).

Syn. i'^'l'"! dshl-wan dshi-pa-ka; ^1'
^'|S ditg-htsho-byetf ; ^'^^ fan-fan
dehu (Mnon.).

high and low;
any undulating surface.

•^C9I fafis I: or -^^'^ *w, resp. the
nose; -tE-^'HE.' nostril, -fls.*'!" tip of the
nose. i^»^nuf^fR'^r^*»jki«r(^'v)p
saying that attachments are bad he knit
his nose (i.e., brow) (A. 106).

II: n. of a district of Tsang
situated to the north of Tashi-lhunpo
(Lot. *. 5). J|Mr3-^-*n Catis-kyi shon-tshnl
one of the 37 holy places of the Bon (G.
Bon. 38). spfWVF-' Qans-rnarngKn a town
with a monastery in Shang under a Jong-
pon (Rtsti.). ^p&FflfR fads rtsa-gner n.
of a pkce in Shang (Deb. if 11).

fad l. = ^.-Q straight, perpendi-
cular. 2. mark of punctuation resembling
a perpendicular-stroke, also S^S or^l'^S'
Is a diacritical sign of about the value of
our comma or semi-colon ; ^'^ the
double perpendicular-strokes dividing
sentences, or, in metrical compositions ;
"V-^S the four-fold -fS at the end of
sections and chapters ; ^I'-^S the dotted
••IS, an ornamental form of the ordinary
•*fi put after the first syllable of a line ;
-i to make a •*)•> (Sch.).

fad-pa or "HV" and "HfV" to
comb, to curry, (a horse), also •'lYJ'Ti.
Also: to brush, to stroke, to rub gently
with the hand in W '. (Jd.). f ad-ma curry-
comb, horse-comb (Sch.).

fad-yar=u>'$ ya-ru a yak-calf
one year old : •^t**'|'«^»«l a skin of a
yak-calf (Rtsii.).

\ fan 1. union, mounting, lining of:
^•flj^*r-fj^'S}X skad-gnis fan-sbyor two differ-
ent languages joined together, n. of a

1231

Sanskrit and Tibetan vocabulary;

with iron bands. 2. small-boat; -^i a
ferry-man in C. 3. snow-leopard, in
W. (cf. *p«). 4. difference, distinction :
•W^IV to distinguish, decide, differen-
tiate: Wl^-W^'lV* as nobody else is
able to decide it. •'ft'-3^ $an-$or affected
by company, union, or companionship.

fan-pa I: 1. wrongly spelt for
Q, a butcher ; §«r«^-*fl-«i sinful butcher ;
e-' slaughter-house, butcher's shop, ^^'|
butcher's knife ; -*ft'3p sinful ignorance of
slaughtering an animal. 2. master or
rower of a boat, boatman (Jd.).

II : l.=H«w«rci nes-bab-pa, fault

^-rf-^'flq-j, by the fault

of polluting the royal residence (A. 1U)-
2. m^f, 3j?rfoa, *fbr?W, ugly, frightful.

f "^'y'2' Gan-ti-pa n. of an Indian
Buddhist teacher (K. dun. £5).

+ -H^'l Qan-di-la or ^^'^"i
; n. of a race (K. du. *, 333).

Qan-dmar a wild animal of
the deer class, called: ^'V"!*"'^"! (K. ko.
%*)•

gan-Ja a kind of Chinese tea.

Gun-dun the Chinese provinces
of Shantung (Grub. * Ij).

Gab n. of a district between Sakya
and Shiga-tse ; 41t''|''S Qab-sgo-lna n. of
a place inTsang: ^*r-*p'|'1g'<>i«r|^Ii5-2
(A. 88) then at the time of proceeding
from Shab-go-nga.

"^ "^ $ab-fub 1. whisper, whisper-
ing; jocular saying or speech, a joke;
•gq-«iv|-q to whisper in the ears. 2. ace.

to Jd. a lie, falsehood, •*p'-<JI>'§VC| to lie, to
cheat; •*F<J«r*^ deceitful, fraudulent,
crafty.

•^51 fam = "l-(]« ffiam the lower part of a
thing, also that of a country ; -*]w a low-
lander (opp. to "ig^ and ft'")- "I^'^
p$am-du adv. and postp. : below, at foot :
^c,'^--*)*)-^-^*^ they will be treated of in
their respective chapters at the end;
^S'-^T^ under it, underneath that. -fprSfpi
qam-gos =•*]*<' *w under-vest, under gar-
ment; ^«'W»i fam-thabs ^w^m, fcHW.
resp. g'-*|*' sku-$am, a cassock-like garment
worn by Tibetan monks. -*|»rw Cam-ma a
man or woman of Lower Ladak.

-*)«•!««• g^-Ej-^ Oam-tAabs snon-po-can a
Tirthika Pandit who preached a perverse
system of Tantra and used to wear a blue
petticoat : J"*5'l'<rf^1<ltp^W<f»1'*wpj*ftT1
^'S'w he was an outsider (i.e., non-
Buddhist) called the blue robe (A. 66).

% ^JT^'OI Cam-bha-la n. of the Bud-
dhist Utopia, probably the capital of the
eastern Greeks, i.e., of Bactria, where
Buddhism of the Mahayana School in the
first century before and first century
after Christ flourished. The Tibetans
of the fifteenth century A.D. in their
anxiety to find it on this earth are alleged
to have identified it with the capital of
Spain. S'ambhala in Tibetan is iV*|c.'
often spoken of as a country in the north-
west of Tibet, fancied to be a kind of
paradise. -«p«^-8(iv9W<$q| Journey to
S'ambhala, n. of a book written by
Panchen Paldan Yeshe of Tashi-lhunpo.

-*^ far •3% aro, S^T, 3WTS 1. the
east ; -*)Vf i\n eastern direction or quarter ;
jp^*)-5(c.« Come from the east ; •<P'^'1VS«
resides in the east, a resident of the east ;
•*]vi inhabitant of an eastern country, an

oriental. -*H-§-H* the sun (Tig. k. U).
^•§^5 ^4 firaT, one residing in the
eastern hills, one of the early sects of
Buddhism, •qvq«T'Wfl|*rti Purva Videha
n. of the eastern continent of Buddhist
cosmogony. ^'^ south-east. 2. terrain.
of •*)—- 1* into the flesh.

^•§-«w»i-^q(=^-q or *vd«^ drought,
rainlessness.

•^'8* yar-gyit forthwith, straight (A.
68) ; -^'Jl far-rgyag directly, straight
away, at onoe: •^'T"!*' run at once

far-hgyur-byed as met.=

blood

(Jar rgya-mtsho chen-po
seems to he the Pacific ocean, the great
ocean extending to the east of China
(Tig. k. U).

c.'|f Car-sgo me-lon glin n. of
a place (Rtxii.).

Qar-kha n. of a place in Tibet.
the chief or ruler of Shar-kha ;
also name of a celebrated Lama of that
place who was known by the name Pandan
Shar kha-wa (Yig. $).

'E f ar-ja tea imported to Tibet from
Amdo (Jig. 22}.

•*p.'^i far-rat a kind of cotton cloth
formerly manufactured in Bengal and
Assam (Tig. 21).

far-pa l.=^'i «^fta collected,
gathered, risen ; also : a young man,
grown-up youth. 2. ^<(<i Udayi the rising
one ; n. of a king of the Litsabyi race -f'fl'^' '

(Lou. * 5).

TH far-po 1. W. adulterer, on the
part of the husband (Jd.). 2. a youth.

far-wa 1. 's^i rise, dawning.
2. pf. and secondary form of "wvi ;
"y*'-^, sunrise, S»*«-ai-^ dawning in the
mind. 3. n. of a tribe. 4. n. of king
Utthanapada, son of king Vl'sj'i, sragi ;
this king was a contemporary of Buddha.

l far-ma (as'*^'^'*) 1. W a
full-blown female ; ace. to Jd. grown-up
girls (collective noun). 2. Sch. : a strip :
•T'jq'i far-rgyab-pa to sew in long
stitches.

fal-dkar a kind of white silk
scarf used for presentation to gods ; it is
described as p-q^^-^^afS'^-Q (Rtsii.).

to

fal-nm stony ground ; mountain
side consisting of detritus ; -»pr»r«i full of
sharp stones (Jd.).

yal+wa a harrow;
harrow (Sch.).

I'Ql fal-ma-li sirajr^r a tree
of hell the leaves of which are sharp and
pointed resembling swords, and when hell-
beings try to climb up this tree it imme-
diately changes the direction of its sword-
like leaves and points towards them to
pierce them.

frts 1. part, *'^ id.; «g«r^w
part of this rice; J]»i'^-g-q«ff-q
to distribute,. . .among (Jd.). 2. some, a
few ; W-^* some days ; *i|v-*i«> frq. in
colloq. as " ka-she," •*m-^qpt- Or f '•^»)'^l'l'
^' please, give me some, a few (A. 105).
•^r* as-che or •*)*<•*•«> l.

2. v?Fre=»>-aY£i a good deal,
the greater part of ; much. 3. f«w& pr ^"I'Q
<?tor very strong, acute, powerful :
jpj-i^e.- (Ya-sel. 19). \W*!V'*>-
to become very dull or stupid;

1233

•*j*r &»i or ^*r&^ in an eminent degree,
in an exceedingly great measure : -«pr^'*>'
^l6-' did not grow very powerful or
strong.

?Q pf. and secondary form of *$'«).
1. vb. to die, to expire, to go out (as
light,, fire); 3j^ is dead, died. 2.
partic. and adj. f^wf?, lifeless, dead,
deceased ; 3'*^'* ^"Hl corpse, dead body ;
3j-q-*«rqv§VJK-3* one already dying stiU
recovered; 3'«^-$w the body of the de-
ceased (Jd.) ; %«fr*V§^ ^cw'^n; the asso-
ciations of the dead, funeral observances ;
2)-iA$q|*i ;tnsr the quarter of the dead,
the south, in which quarter the lord of
death dwells ; Sj'^^s^^W the food of
the dead, i.e., *Pf3 ; also : food given to
lamas, &c., at funerals.

^'w $i-ki-ma='&-FN ^fij; 8bst.
dying, death: 5)'^<»i'5 in dying; 3'^'*'
J^-nl-p-sr^ he jg at the pojnt of

he is at death's door.

n. of a king who
mourned at the death of Buddha (7T. my.
f, 526).

I ^'T^j'al C«« ko-la n. of a place
in Orissa on the seaside (Dsam.).

^ Cv
^ n'P^'^*^ ft-kkan di-la fira%§i

a peacock (^. Ao. "1, 5).

; H ^'P'p f»'n khanda (a^) a kind
of medicine: %*F|'^'-*'***rV^fc>

^•^I^'X S'iri khanda and molasses taken
together induce sleep (K. my. f>, 341).

t n "^ ft-n'-fff ftj^sr n. of a tree,
its flower and fruit (K. du. 9, 2 76) [Acacia
smsa]S. %-?«r5)'^-T^'S'E''^'»<'£r

(K. my. f>,

the fruit called S'iris'a grows five fingers'
in breadth on the appearance of the star
(planet) S'ukra.

"M**^I f*'-™> W. clinking, jingling
(Jd.).

l'*?f\ $i-rog in W. a sort of early
barley.

Jt %•<* 9i-la wrongly for | '«« ? i-la
=S*W', Ca''i**< moral behaviour.

$ig 1. for S*! after a final «. 2.=
(to be) able: ^fil^^l^X now you
have said that you would not be able (to
do that work) (A. 60, 136). 3. ^ ^m
louse ; S'^fll common louse ; W^h sheep-
louse, tick, |'2fa flea, $j|'3«n or ^'^i| bug ;
^•qwq to clean from lice; fy'&i full
of lice.

^ig.ge.wa ace. to Jd. 1. stand-
ing or lying close together, close-bonded.
2. trembling, tottering, wavering; with
*>i| looking this way and that, looking
about, perh., also, rolling (the eyes)] (Jd.).

relaxed ;

also relaxation. Also : 3)«pril as in BY
^pr^i, °fY^, 3ffrt (A. 150) having

Y*» (A. 66). now you said you would not
relax, but you have some resources. Also
= rocking in Mil.

*j£* f in I : gerundial particle for "&.'
after a final *».

' II : 1. C9, an, a tree, %'«*• id.,
in col. $in-dum ; J"%' a berry tree or
fruit tree, t"f<V%' a leafy tree; 5(*r%- a
withered tree. 2. Sire wood, timber ; made
of wood ; %'^"I some wood ; ("5,'^e.- timber,

156

1234

timber-wood, g"V%' fire-wood, fuel, */*%*•' VJfr ?»»M0»=19* spyi-shur (mystic)

dry-wood. (Mtn. 3).

+ %'TT? 9»» ka-ku-bha «f* the 3K'8 f»VJ-«A« or ^*^f *$ any wooden

Arjuna tree. image.

a .o-xs-^- j j. ». I- •,* HC- 3K'B'^ fin gkua-nar : i|i*<s the Pdtala

Syn. ^w fla -^c. dpah-boni-ftn ; SS

!«»•%•• srid-sgrub fin; fif"'™" -l — *

Syn. *1^'<A'1'f hdod-pahi pho-na;
\'vn mdnod-tha-ma ; **'?T3'^11! me-tog

t%^l'| f*d *<>-*« &-*?« ^tftraim^^ rtsa-nag ; q»ix^-a«| lus-nan-mig ; wfyfr^

the tree of cuckoo's eye [the plant -4ste- -afckyi tite-tog (Mnon.).

racantha longifolia^S.- with syn.: gv%' ^ ^^ ^M=^-«-lt- rftfl/-»w.

ter^M ; \* rfri-W«» ; BT^ A-Ay«-iW- -^ (^<fon_)

WMO ; 3^'%'gc.' bur-cin srun (Mnon.).

^E.'i)^'5 fin kir-ti a carrying-trame tor

Jn^'T^'* fin ka pet-tha (ifcuQi) *(M*I ; packs, etc.

the JT^«/,a tree. ^.^ f .^. ^^ creeping pftra.

Syn. i|-«S *«-l»rf; S^'^ skyur-rtsi; gitical plante

i'3S*o-namj%crf;«>-*-«<-«irfa-rf/w^Aa-/a gyn ^.^ ^.^j wq rfltp8; ftt-

r«s oho-hbras-can (Mnon.). r,nan; f& ' rtta-phran; v^ pathag

J ^c.'TS *j fin kn-da-mba ; i><+'*i*> the (Mnon.).

Cadamba tree. ^K.-9|-^-g fin-gi srin-uu ^11 ; wood-eating

Syn. *fl|W*^ tshogs-can ; f mi^ie.' j/o6j- worm, moth ; a writer.

bzan; ^ij^'^'^c.' dgah-wahi-qin ; wfw«^ Syu. £'*3 rtna-hbu; ^'**i fin-zan;^'^'^

rdul-stobs-can ; Rg«'»»t.-^ hbraf-man-ldan ; yi-ga-pa (Mnon.).

i fffol-ldan ; ^I^'^S dgah-byed ; ^' ^s.'9|'»)<i| fin-yi mig ^if'I^', fiJ^Ki

fin-bal-can ; $'5*'*^ chu-fkyar-can [1. squint-eyed. 2. the plant Shorea

.). robusta^S.

kd-cim-ba-la the (fhpl) ^"%*^rt f»»-fl"' w^-^J/ kha-phye

— - »

Kdfimbala tree. blossoming, the flowering of a tree.

Syn. ivTit-"!^ m<^« brtsegs-pa; Syv. tw** fabs-grol ; $& rgya-grol ;

W'S rn-toi-iM ; ^t^'a^'S vtaH-bye^ phun- ^*** go-cha-grol ; V^9 rnam-dbye ; ^3

iw (JJf^ow.). rnam-phye ; V'W'S rnam-par-bye ; *vy*fi

.,•*•*•** -\ rab-tu-car (Mnon.).
^c, -^ »in« 5<i| ftn-rkun-tnam me-tog VT-

3«j; lit the thief's flower tree. ^'l*" f«-^' rt«a-«ra €W5? the root

or foot of a tree. %'*T$"^ n^.^t rtse-tno
gyn. **»'*i^'W"5«| chom-rkun me-tog ; JJ'*^'**

, M^ \ the top of a tree.
skra-can-tna ; ^s. «^ 1 dun-can-ma (Mnon.).

%'W fin-kun frf, ^Ri asafcetida, 3*'3fr fin-rgon wood-pecker; %'5^'H''

used as medicine and as a spice : %'Wfl^ fin-rgon khra-bo the spotted wood-pecker ;

tffWSPJ'ft'fcftf'ifcl asafcetida cures worms, ^«.'^-w!|f^al fin-rgon mgo-nag black wood-

>»

., and wind in the heart. pecker.

1235

%'fi fin-rgyal 1. a tree of extraordi-
nary height or circumference, a giant-
tree. 2. = $y ^TH the water-god.

gf%»T^ liquorice ;
liquorice cures
disease of the lungs and that of the
bowels.

)E.'*IC*-^-£| fin-mnar Idan-pa; *rgfT3f,
[an aromatic plant, Anethum panmo-
rium~\S. Syn. $'% mi-si; *T*'VP shi-wa
dkar; "l^FVP, ffdugs-dkar ;
*K.Vgi^ me-tog brgyad-pa mnar-ldan ;
'§*» g.nas-su-»kyes ; vq'g« ra-wa-skyes
(Mnon.}.

%'W fm-bcud=3>'*.u molasses (mystic)

molasses and honey (Sman. 3).

%.'«*» fifi-chas 1. wooden utensils, im-
plements. 2. tools for working wood.

•^tyai giU-ta-la di<d<£«] palm-tree, *\z.'
5'<'*flf'JflVrft''fc'fcy I f *'**'$c.' (K. du.
*V 352) it is stated that the palm tree will
neither grow nor thrive if its head is cut.

J •fc.'7'T''l fin-ti ka-ka fd**^^.

Syn. WpK^fC hdab-ma-fin ; fa'**i til-
can; SjYS;^ snod-ldan; *(fW%>>\ dpal-ldan
(Mnon.}.

%•'?*! fin-tog or %''?il fruit of a tree,
fruit. ^^'^I'joi'Q $iii-tog rgyal-po=%c*'%l'-1)
a sour fruit used for medicinal purposes
in appearance it is like the heart (Sman.).

3= the wood-apple. It is mentioned
as most holy among the fruits of India
and is particularly sacred to Mahadeva
and valued for its medicinal properties.
It is one of the qH'^'5")N'q^ eight auspi-
cious objects.

gin rta-mo n. of a kind of bird ;
$-*v$* (Ya-

•^'? fin-rta (' lit. wooden horse ') TO,
[•t any chariot, waggon, cart,
or wheeled conveyance; fig. = 5i)'«5
vehicle of the doctrine, e.g., •^c.'^'S^'q jfa.
hayana school of philosophy ;
wheeled carriage, chariot; TO
gyi fin-rta or "i^'siflj'qj^ war chariot, of two
sub-divisions : — fjr|^-*'Il*<%'? triumphal
chariots, and ^IH'^6.'g'^'S«'4lai-^fl|i^'|-q-«r»)'
?"!'%'? SP^TO flower chariots, i.e., light
conveyances drawn by horses which were
used by the rich and by royalty. %'
5^-pc.-qac,- ^.rtahi khan-bzan chariot, the
body of a waggon; %'$5-*i«^ qin-rtahi
mdah the pole, beam, shaft of a cart; %'
fin-rtahi hphan-lo chariot-wheel,
N fin-rtahi rje§ the track of a car or
cart.

Sy n. for %'? : — wqlft lam-bgrod ; ^KJT
i yons-bskyod ; ^T«w4^ rnam-par-hdren ;
sgra-ldan ; 5'*^ rta-can ;
•fin-hdsin ; ^flfl theg-pa ;
hkhor-los hgro-wa ; «r^ara)flpr*3j pha-rol legs-
hgro (Mnon.}.

•^c.'5^'p'i5'£i fin-rtahi kha-lo-pa 'HKfgj
conductor of a vehicle, charioteer. Is
mentioned especially in the early history
of young Gautama as recorded in the
Dulwa.

Syn. w^f^* mgo-hdren;
%'5^'1^ fin-rtahi-gnen ;
f'«i'|^"q kha-la sgyur-wa (Mnon.}.

^e.i^ifl|^'S)e.> qin-rtahi ffnan-fin
the yoke attached to a chariot to which
draught animals or horses are tied.

%f qfq fifi-rta bcu-pa ^SITO n. of the
king of Ayodhya whose son was Eama,
the hero of the epic Eamayana. %.'?'q§'
nS'^wi son of Dasaratha, i.e., king Eama,
the vanquisher of Eavana king of Lanka
(Mnon.}.

1236 ^c-«^o«|

'5'w fin-rta-ma^^WQ a river, stream %-s*« fin-d»tar=\$$ ne-tso-sna i

N.). parrot's nose; red-tree; but ace. to Lex.

-•$•» fin-rta-mo a toy-bird cut out of =*3*. a parrot,

wood or sculptured (mystic) (Mi*, rda. If). Syn. |T<ft-^«^ ffa/-pa£t M^-mw :

•a . «s. . . . - HTSf^ kkmg-ldciit ; fl^Y^ "1* §S bead-tin

(/ar-byed; ^'Q** tsha-lus; aJ§'a^3\ hkro-hdxin \
the c/ioAa bird, a species of duck (.Mflow.).

"1 ?, Si ka-tbanga ; * 5«|'wj«r<6. me-tog my-ul-

%-q-g|E,-iifl|'q fjfl bo-plan rmig-pa the ^ a^v^e: acer-cin (Mnon.).

bull's eye-flower.

•fft* fin-tuna 1. g*«$r, s^q^, t^j. 2.

Syn. P'*q|'9RJ*|'£| kha-dog psuin-pa, ; 9^ cinnamon ; 3|f <S-3i'*4 ^sj-.TiTf, affgtpf ciuna-

*fc\ bur-fin-dri ; Z^-»<'^»» Mier-nta-shim ; mon leaf.

«5'I»;-»i sahi tsher-ma; ^fll*''|'*'$' nags-kyi ^y^ qq|«-^q pays-ha^tb; -^'i pun-pa;

rba-rtsi; *5'*5^'§s sahi-hyyur-byed (Mnon.). ^*r*iSn] fus-mchog ; "MiHH'N&y yan-lag-mchog ;

^'^'^1 fiii byan-chub or S1-'^ 8PV%-' "^f '^'J" hgro-ld>n-$kye$ ; ^'T«^ cho-ga-can;

byan-chub lion-fid ^^w, ^tf^^^ the peepul ^I'lVI^' reg-byed-ydofi (Mnon..).

fr66- %'*i qin-txhal a forest ; clip, shaving,

Syn. **Vfa'%' mchod-rten-fi* ; Bt\'"^q!^»' splinter.

k/<!/ad-par-pna§;*lciti''>lpib-pa-la;$c-'%°''**i 3jc,-l*'qgw«^ qin-tslier hbras-can q«O(,

g.lan-pohi-zas ; Sje.'Sl'sie.'Q fin-gi dwan-po. ^mqii^ jack-fruit tree.

(Mnon). gyn_ fli^qj-^^jj g.t>iu<i-t,ltnd-lda>i (Mnon.).

3)^4^-3- j^-q f ,-« Aira«-6« >m^jM ; 3|f«ffc f tYi-0«Ao* a wooden basin, tray,

a tree without fruit. Syn. *ff«qr*^ trough; tub.

ine-toq hbra$-tned; ^1"'S*<^';| nag$-dinan- '!,.», •/. u •

^K.^E«\ c(^-Affaw=^-'|c. the plantain

j>«; ^g^'Q'^S'" hbraf-lm vied-pa; «'^»f

" % . ,~ plant (Mnon.).

SjE.'qife.' fin-azon a^Rl an implement
^tfl| 4 /;«« hbrag-bu $mm-na§ hjig-pa tree

,, , ,. i, •, o •, i • j that "eats up" wood, or bores in wood,
that dies after its fruit has ripened, such

as the plantain. Syn. «'%' chu-fin ; »•<) a Simlet tL a Center's chisel or adze,

e.r«^«; W ?»W-^« bamboo etc. 2. the Indian fig tree] 6^.

(Mnon ) Syn. ^f* fin-za ; 5]t'R«lfl)*i fin-hbigs

*\W&*' *\&l'3,*\ fin rnta-byahi ytsug-phud

^TR^, ^t* ; the peacock's crest tree [a ^BWWflhl Qin-bzah a-choi n. of the

species of grass, cjipwtM rotundus~\S. mother of the great Buddhist reformer

Syn. r^fr* rto-rgod sgron-tne; »'»• Tsongkhapa (Zo». -, 18).

<$•* rma-bya lo-tm (Mnon.). V*'" fin-bzo-pa carpenter.

Syn. 4^^'J- chu-la gar-rtsi; W^' 4W-7»; %'?'3^ ^n-rta-byed ; %-^"!'^

IS ^«A-«;a sbyin-byed ; up*** rkan-mdses ; ^n-^g-mkhan (Mnon.).

*-q»rq|c; tsha-icas-gan ; *«i-^ tsha-u-a-hdsin; ^•ot^'Hf\ qih-yan-lag. WP^f thorn (&
«:c.-n|5c.N dan-hkhruns ; (Mnon.).

N>

1237

qif"! gin yons-hdu sa-brtol gitn-gyi chan wine extracted from the bark
the wish-fulfilling tree. of a tree, cinnamon wine.

Syn. "l^'^c. user-gin ; l^'fTT^'^ user- Syn.

the Sal tree.

Syn. $*r<*£*w rnam-hjoms; \a^ dri-
hgyur ; ^P-*)'*? hdab-ma-mtho ; QW** brtan-
ma (Mnon.).

S)E,-*)c,-3|$-*)|i|-si f/jj sen-gehi wjug-ma (lit.
the lion's tail tree).

Syn. <*Vt'V'5'*i hdri-byed lo-ma ; *W*

f

. gser-gin ; "|^'3 '1^'^ ffser-
9yi g.don-can ; 5'***\'^'*1 ku-med lo-ma ; "-^ff
hdab-zun-ldan ; 6'«w*^ rna-yab-ean ;
phun-tshogs-hphel ; N'q^ai sa-
brtol; *r*&w sa-hjoms; ^qil'qw-%' rfpr/jr-
;m (Mnon.).

;in-lo leaf of a tree, also twig.

gin-lo-ma bdun-pa
[seven-leaved, the tree -4/s#on«a]&

Syn. of latter : toqw^q mi-ninam-hdab ; tlia-ilad-hdab ; iN'g'^q'*) rjes-kyi hdab-ma ;

j-3^-^-q rgya-chen gun-pa ; •MM&X^ yaws- ff|E.'^-» rkan-ldan-ma; £W'n|^-q rna-mahi

pahi-gtiii ; ?^'§'*l'?ql ston-gyi me-tog ; ^I'^'-s^ hbyor-pa ; *'-«]*rgjq cha-gas-grub ; S*!'^^ 6w««-

diKj-lo-can ; ^'§i'*]W^|c.' lha-yi bzah-gin ; te<» (Mnon.).

RSq'q^'c| hdab-bdan-pa (Mnon.). %-^-g' c«'^ czV-jM ftm 4^d»T (lit.

3)6.-5'i|w^'ri-<i9wq f«j»-/o psar-du kha- thunder-bolt tree).

hbus-pa fresh shoots of leaves. Syn. ^'1'^=- rdo-rje-gin ; 5^'5'^'w kim-tu

Syn. *T*t5**i thog-mahi lo-ma; <*%$* ho-ma; ^sids-dsu (Mnon.).

sha-lu-fkyes ; "1W§N ysar-skyes; Sa'P ^H^fM-^JNt 1^1 wood-moth, a kind

khyuhu-kha ; ^c-'S^'RISc," dan-por hkhnms ; of worm which eats up wood ; ^'ifa'g^ f*n

Ss * ~ ^| J

§f^'M^ sten-du-hthon ; fl]wq'fl]wq gsar-pa srin-brun excrement of wood-eating moth
gsar-pu; *J'3 niyu-gu (Mnon). which is said to cure disease of worms.

•in-ga la-'ma-ll — »t I <*ijn . ^E.'^ f«n-ser=g^'q'^t,' skyer-pa-gin

(Mnon.) the yellow tree, berbery.

%-qa^urq!^ Oin-bzah mal-hbyor-ma
n. of a celebrated female saint of Tibet
(Jfno«.).

^s.iQ'^si'U1^ fj'n u-dum-wa-ra
^Tiji [the glomerous fig tree]*S.
Syn. q^«V^*w hdud-hjoms ;
shi-wa mchos-byin yan-lag ; tft^'H gser-ho-ma ;

iq$<>;*gltn dsan-buhi hbras (Mnon.).

a species of tree. 5)^-^ gin-sed a file or rasp (Jd.).

dkar-po V^^bm %-w^-q^ gin a-rkapa-rna 1. 'w^tpJ [the

hkhor-man-can; piant Calotropis gigantea~]S. 2. the white

Syn.
yrol-ica rin

Acaria nirisa\S.

f in-bal-hdsin ;

ts/ie-brtan (Mnon.).

fj-ri-fa fjj^Nr [the tree

me-tog-hjam (Mnon.).
' juft [the S'ami tree]/S.

Syn. •f¥3ft'
(Mnon.).

^'^ f *» f »-^
Syn.
bad-kan-hjoms ;

"(•q bsil-tca (Mnon:). species of this is called

^E,-^ gin-gun cH4i<d, ^K the bark of Syn. of 1. °^'»45-*lc.'^ ni-mahi min-oan ;

trees ; perhaps, cinnamon, n6-'^ 3'*^ gin *^'»)R'^E,- ni-mahi-gin ; ^'*1*''1il|Ji'*^ snsa-

1238

tshogs gzugs-can ; *-«|»r«t ma-gas-pa ; ^'^ repast, of which everybody may partake ;

nor-ldan ; jrwt'W*^ r ma-lag ho-ma-can ; *K'^* funeral religious ceremony.

yid-mos (Mnon.). ^

H> ?r^* (id-sran the kind of steelyard

byn. oi 2. ^"'5'"PiE-'t' rab-tu adun^tca ; . .

, .* ~ ..- in use in ancient times (Lon 1, 9).
VI* 3" dkah-thub ; T*)* ^"\ shi-wahi me-tog ;

t^-q^iri^ phyug-bdag-dgah ; %'«|S<| fit- ™ 9'-^u Prob' S/iva ' ^'S'^'S CW-^<

?«>; ff«rT« e»™ &MU (Vfcw.). T-^S D< ofaBralima9 sa£e- ^'**'

» §'*3Y¥**)'§*)'^'^ the followers of Kapila

^Cfrafq ftfi a-pa ma-rga ^tmJi a kind e,.« , . , . ,

b iva havmg become irritated M. J59).

of tree.

Syn. t"fr*^ rtse-mo-can ; *i'S'*^ rma-bya-
can; «wg«l lam-bral; 'H?|w hog-gi-lam- very> greatly, esp. before adj. and adv.
qVg$^-*i bon-buhi sne-nut^y-f^'^i kt-cahi; 2- ^^a: really, indeed: ^•fff^MT^'^W

he was really an incarnation of

-ou-^mc -^ .<•;,«_ a Bodhisattva (A. 68). 3. or

^W7?n5ftn a-r» muk-ta ^fid^w* [a

tree caUed Harimantha]S. ^ phul-tu-phyin or ^ /«-pw.

^^5 S $in-tu-khro ^i fierce, terrific ; ^^'5'

Syn. tr^V ena-tshogt-fin; **TlT% ^^ fw-fo ^A-tca="ie.-'S'n-«\iIv very
Ag^-Vrf f/n ; «-gvV ^|-ay«rf f« ;^V pleaged) ^ joy "(^OM } %8-^-q f,-,,_

<M AMor-ira'=^'k'q or ^"I'q hkhml-wa to be

ftW« jrr^fl-mn (JWon.)- blundering, mistakeful. ^5-«*q p,^tt

>7 f«^ e-ran-da *ms [the castor mcAo</ excellent, very good (Mnon.) ;
oil plant]& ^•^'W^ fin.fu mojii yi_ge very goft

Syn. frfy"!"!'* ftag-gi mjug-ma ; \»v letters, very feminine letters (Sum-rtag).
dri-zahi lag-pa • «V«'g-q «*•_,„«, ««.^« ; ^.^^ f^^rf^=5cc aconite . wolf g

" '^»wMr; Itf* » rfo*.fl». bane (^OW-)

grogs ; ^'"'•«^ ri-mo-can ; g|c.'Zi$^'q gfon- ^

^'5'8^' cin-tu bi/un n. of a class of
pohi riia-wa (Mnon.). /

Brahmans (Mnon.).
J ^c,'5<'ai'q'(5j'1') p('n e-la-tca lu-ka q^Hfr^* ~ «

rt-i ,. t i. i r n • » » TW***S111 cin-tu mi-b_zad-ma n. of a

|_tne tragrant bark of Feroma clephan-

tum]s. 3 a*?a Princess (K 9- S Ww)-

Syn. $TJ<* lug-skyfs ; "I^'§'|'*''«^ g*er- •W-^'*^ fm-fww-c«M=fi^'S sman-po

gyi bye-ma-can • \r« dri-rdsas (Mnon.). (Mnon.).

'd ^n funeral ceremony, reli-
gious service done in honour of, or for the the language of the gods of Tusita heaven,
memory of , the dead. ^Y->^ 'trsK'f, food S«'R-a(j-d8-q /»•„ / Ian tshba ca = «~*
given at such funeral ceremony or occa- ^Aja ^ \ndian table galt. veryial<i|h
sion. ^* f^-sa 1. burying ground or (Mnon.).
cemetery. 2. a fruitful field = "!%'*!

(Jd.). I^K'l^'w ftid-wid-tna, "fa'fa, ^ ^3j* fe'^ fin-dsi-td fafaw n. of a fruit

•V-3^ all signify ^I^'W or WJ« funeral (jf. «?. «i, ,

1239

fib-pa to whisper (Ja.).

or S'5 n . = e
fruit of the dog-rose.

•^^T^J fim-pa («'ij>'S) mixed up.

^«-S)-^N pjjtt mi-$im has heen explained
as f}'*«l«'^«'i composite, different things
mixed up together (RtsiL).

•^JT-^'ZJ fim-$a-pa a kind of tree or
wood (Cs.).

fir or ^K^* with M^'i 1. to gush
out, to stream forth with a noise (Cs.).
2. a musical note (K my. *], 293).

j'3 $il~tca W. to drip through (Jd.).

QJ fil-li [a gauze-Hke texture W. ;
'l-$il, 1. id. 2. Cs.: 'a cant word
denoting the noise of anything] Jd.

or

n

good luck, fortune, glory,
bliss ; ^w*i^ fsRSiT, auspicious, foreboding
good. ^»r«rqf^£i or ^«'ils 4dfrHi*N;
>SITI?^T^ benediction, words of blessing;
^gc-'^N if that happens, it will be
an auspicious sign; SjjriS'R*' a name
foreboding good, n'^N'i'vaw an omen
foreboding ill ( Vai-sn.) ; i^'i^w bstan-
paftt-fig ace. to Schl. 232 denotes the reli-
gious plays performed in convents. %r
blessed, %r<r§^'£i to be blessed,
I*'*) to become blessed,
to make blessed, to bless ; *JT^*» v.

•^ Cu n. of a place in Tibet (Deb. «q, 9).
n. of a celebrated lama of Shu.

Idan also called
medicinal drug :
(Med.).

or

•fl'*T3 fu-mo-za pulse.

"9*^ fu-wa 1. sbst. a kind of blister-
like irruption on the skin; *»'•*} ft***!**,
an abscess, ulcer, sore. -§'1'^ an abscess
rises, -$'«i'^ gives pain, •«J'*i'>^ the abscess
heals ; •*!'?*• the abscess becomes absorbed.
2. 9TOJ scab, scurf, scald (Jd.). 3. a vb.,
with pf . l'g" or -g**, fut. «>-g, imp. «jg* or
•g : (1) to take off, pull off, peel or strip ;
i to take off a person's clothes ;
"pags-pa shu-wa " (colloq. to give
a good beating). (2) to copy, *$ a book,
resp. VTiV&Tj ^'"^ copied (Ja.) ; *V
hdra-bfus & true copy.

^'1^ Qu-ni ka-ra-na n. of a
city situated to the south of Kalapa the
capital of the fabulous Shambhala (8.
lam. ^1.

» °
t *^'f $u-bharh

ness and good :

piness and good be (to all).

happi-
hap-

j Cur-qe-na n. of a tract
in the neighbourhood of Mathura, not
far from Agra.

9uff [!• a thrust, push, knock ; •gi'
pug phul-wa to slove (by a more gentle
motion) C. 2. in comp. : JS'^"! khyo-$ug
khyo ; ^TW qug-bsah wife, consort,

v.

spouse Schtr. 3. W. : old, but still fit
for use. 4. •gi'-g"!'8' fug-fug-la colloq. for
•^q'g^ fub-bur softly, gently, e.g., ^'i hgro-
wa to walk, to tread, etc.] from Jd.

fug-gu colloq. for -^TS fog-bu.

fug-pa (also called «^«'^t- the
incense-tree) ace. to Jd. the high, cypress-
like juniper-tree of the Himalaya moun-
tains, (Juniperus excelsa). It covers large
mountain tracts and is considered sacred,

1240

and much used in religious ceremonies ; its
berries being burnt as incense. ^"I'^S*1
the berries of Juniperus sguamosa, a low
shrub and similar to the English Juni-
perus cummunis. •*Jq!'^S the smoke or
perfume of juniper-incense.

Syn. %3%T* ; S)-S}'%' fha-yi-f
J^-HSE.- brgya-byin rkan-ht/utfl ;
j/ong-bsafi-can ; ^i^-n^q-«^ hod-zer hdab-
cini ; «C.-SM«^-^ thafi fifi rpdah hdsin ;
bdug-spog-fid (Mnon.).

' ptg-ffisafi in Kharn dialect :
silk of four hues, i.e., white, yellow, red
and green colours (Rtsii.).

•91'*S ftig-tft/iod a sort of mistletoe,
Viscum oxycedri, growing on juniper and
gradually killing it. The leaves have a
slightly sour taste and are used for culi-
nary purposes W. (Jd.).

r. velocity, force : S>*'*|'fl1»< rhin-gi fugs
the force of the wind, S'^'-d"!*' velocity of
water, •I'^'^l'' consuming power of fire.
2. inherent strength, power, energy : SS'"^'
•§«!»» energy of faith; swaS-.^*! ardour
of love ; «^'£!5'-<jfl|»r§»J dgah-wahi fiigs-ki/ig
by the power of joy. $'^'3q|»i power or
strength of a horse ; gc,'3'*5-^q|»i elephant's
strength. ifa-Jr-giFW^S the impulse to
make water must not be suppressed
(Med.) ; ^'V1!'^ fH3qF5*ai these are (the
outcome of) the power of former alms ;
' by the power of grace $1»r
''§*' spontaneously, of one's
own accord. ^WH^T'IJ* pigs-la gyol-
btab to oppose or try to dissuade one from
an undertaking or adventure or from any
work, also obstruction to progress of any
work: fftrMM^rfqftWqJf^iQq (A. 126).
^>c J«qq -ci fug$-$grog$-pa to speak or address

in loud and forcible language. 3. a
groan : •Ql*''^''! gugs-dir-ua was explained
as ^'ij'^'i to groan loud from paiu:

nar or •
§•>'" or

(Jd.).

: deep sigh, groan ;
hbyin-pa to sigh, to groan:
ne heaves a deep sigh

a whistling. 2. calling out loudly or
with emphasis ; a voice of strength in
pulling or in lifting up any object (Jd.).
3«|*i'{i fug?-pa [a small whistle which in
sounding is put quite into the mouth].

^u]*i-S-q qugs-clie-wa ^rf?r?ir powerful,
very strong ; great velocity or motion.

3ql*)''*3i qugf-hgro mule, horse, -g"!*!'
^$5-6) yitj$-hgrohi-pha (lit. father of the
mule) an ass, a donkey (Mnon.).

S«|»r«f fmjt-hp/tyo (3P") %^< n. of a
number.

•^K'd fun-wa pf. •^c.w 1. to snore. 2.
to hum, to buzz, e.g., of a large beetle
(Jd.).

•^'3 9«4-J><* 1- P^ fit. ^s to rub,
e.g., one thing against another C. 2. to
get scratched, excoriated, galled (cf. -J^'").
;3- •3'\'3VCI to steal silently away, to sneak
off unperceived (Jd.).

bark, rind, peel, skin; ^'!f'II=-g^'£"'I») the
last expression being also used of the skin
of animals (Lex.). ^'i'|»i'<i <gv t^fflW to
cast off or change skin as snakes do.

•^•tr*^ fun-pa-can 4*\<ti<&m^ having
bark, skin or rind; ace. to Zear. = 9'B«)'«^
scaly flsh. -9^ ftm-ldan=-$$ci'*l.

^•ei-^w fw»-j9(7-A;aw»=fI'i'%' stag-pa-
fin (Mfion.) birch tree ; soft bark.

^•ji^-^ pm-pa dri-8him=%'^' klv-yin
(Mnon.).

1241

* Qun-gjifi-khar n. of grassy
swamp of Tibet (Btsii.). •gar*|^'VI* Gun
0(M-dkar a place in Tibet (Btsii.).
^•qj«c,-q^ Oun-psafi-bde a district with a
Jong in Tibet (Btsii.).

I fub-pa pf. and imp. $q»i, to
speak in a low voice ; qi^o to whisper :
4*&r«irq if you had not spoken even
whisperingly (D.R.). $q-g ^J.^ a wnis.
pering ; $q-g*r|fq to recite in a low voice ;
•g^-ffi to speak softly, to whisper in
one's ear; •gTgvfJV*' to reprehend in a
whisper ; $*w«riwy£i5'|]c.-S'.<jq'g an aoxee-
able low-voiced talk (Jig. 26) ;
fub a whispering.

. } ca«e, covenng,
sheath, envelope, paper bag, etc. ; $w*>s
fsw?fita without a case, unsheathed ; fF/^q*!
resp. qqN'^q*! stocking, sock, SJ-Jjq»i knife-
sheath, "iT^q*!, resp. gT-gq*) a glove.

•^T^l fum-pa pf. Qfpm b$um$ or -<J*w
pirns,, fut. i$*i fyum, imp. -jjw or -§*w to
weep, shudder : *r$sr*iS^ do not weep !
^'•<J*< weeping, lamentation. Sp'-gi'Sv*1 to
tremble or shiver with cold, to shudder.

girdle, belt.

3=^' short belt or sash. 2. ace. to Cs. :

sore, ulcer. 3. In Tsang = dumpling of

flour.

Western India (appeared) ; «'*!j-«)3-.<j«i
channel or passage of water ; •§«('«'>|^E.- a
long way. $«•*=$* and ace. to Cs. also
= manner, method. $«r »1^ trackless ; = ^"|"
^ without remainder or excess, without
any trace of a thing ; &•§* the extinguished
cinders left by a fire. 3. property left by
a deceased person: •§«i'^e,'»)-35«icq-9cyq j^g
servant got all the property left by his
master; «i^«i paternal inheritence, patri-
mony; Kvg«r0^q son inheriting his
father's property, the heir. 4. or •(J'T^
behind: fr%*^l after a man's death,
**W*W^TOV (wealth) earned by
earnest desire remains behind.

^"'i f til-pa 1. one inheriting a property
or occupying the place of one gone away
or dead. 2. backbone, back, posteriors
(Cs.).

~,ul 1. an empty place, a place
that has been left, that is no longer occu-
pied ; *>'sr\£i<v.«j«i deserted residence, the
place which was once inhabited ; pcq'f c
ci5'-^ai ruins of a house ; ^f-gac^t'^*! your
own place becoming empty (by your quit-
ting it). 2. qq a way, a track, narrow

in his dream the track for travelling to

3 f ul-byi the Tibetan polecat.

J «M ftiS-ma anything copied, a
copy (Cs.).

"^ fe 1. also *|f% -3)'^% mere, only,
nothing but (Cs.). 2. num. = 117. 3.
•*n*"l f6Jthog=*%frpqt a tribe of Dok-pa :
•*m'3|'S'*S the measure of Dok-pa herds-
men's yak-hair tents (Rtsii.).

*\'*f6*\ fe-ycod immodest and unwarrant-
able conduct, acting not according to
one's wish : ^Y*'^ " "*^ iV-S'iiXvil'qa e."
*J9VS"'*«'*q! should not arrest a person
who may be disagreeable unwarrantably
(Btsii.).

•e-na=.%3( ce-na.
fe-pa, incorrectly for ^w fes-pa.

fe-bam l.=^v^i\ official
order or document, diploma. 2.=?'»iii
= ace. to Cs. register, list, a contract.

157

1242

3^ fe-§byor=e$y:> hkhrig-pa sexual
union, copulation (Ijffion.).

' fe-moA divine predestination,

divine protection ; nature, fate, destiny ;

power, origin of power or authority;
strength (<7a.).

fe-rul fetid, putrid (&*.).

I: ycd 1. vb.=i^ says, said; is

analogous to a*'"'- fTfT^1*'^'^
an old man (or village-head) of Brag-
rgyab-pa said (A. 66). 2.=$S the mind;
5«-q-^^-»cg q a boy whose mind is not
developed and cannot understand what is
good and what is injurious, i.e., cannot
distinguish between good and bad.

•^'"3^ fed-mthwt honourable sir, noble
lord ; polite address among exalted persons,
such as kings, ministers or leaders (K.
du. 9, 885).

^\§'«i yed-bye-wa *I33S intellectually
developed, accomplished, sensible, having
the power of judging or discriminating.
-Jft-wS-n undeveloped js^^^'^V unable
to distinguish, open, explain (a sign or
riddle). ^S't\!'*'P*''£l fed-dbye mkha$-paonQ
clever in discrimination, in distinguishing
one thing from another.

•*^II: !. = ?«< stobs, JT3 strength,
force: Y^'V^'* a mighty hero; ^V»9
strength decreases, begins to fail, Jft'1**
strength is restored, ^V9*« strength is
impaired; ^V^ fed skyed-pa to grow
strong. fftW*' fed-chufi weak, feeble,
frail, gen. in reference to $*< body. 2-
the patriarch Manu of the Hindus.

•fl^ III : the approximate direction,
region, quarter : *y*iS-*V*|«tt below the sun,
f.e., between the sun and the horizon (Jd.).

1. also fl|e/»i:=^mjr self.
2. one having power or authority, a lord,
ruler.

•^S'3 ycd-bu «IT, wra, WTST son of Manu,
man, human being. In the beginning of
this Kalpa (age) a celestial being on ac-
count of the exhaustion of his merits fell
down from heaven to this world; he
was called ^'9 Manu (So-rig. 84). *fi<w

$kye$ 44491, JTTI^ man, humanity, pro-
geny of Manu.

^"V3'$Vjj Ce4-pu ser-skya a tribe (A.
66).

-^V*4 fed-ma 1. sbst. = ^|S. 2. adj.=-*|V
** (Jd.)

^s

lambs and kids (A. 15).

fi r-jihyin abbr. for -^'^'l'"'^"!'^
IT, the title of a division of
the Kahgyttr. -*|v|^«i^-«i5-«i5-«^ n. of a
Sutra in (K. ko. *, 307).

bfer to compare,

S, ^r« crystal,
glass ; is also the term used by Mongols
and Siberian Buriats. ^^'^(^sregbyed-
burning glass ; *S'9l*wl'(-Jlai) hod-ysal-
glittering or reflecting glass, Vrgw
I ni-ma sbyafis-pahi rdo-(fel) sun-
purifying stone, ^'tiS-^-q dag-pahi rdo-iva
cleansing stone or crystal, ^'VP'3' (*fi)
rdo-dkar-po (gel) white transparent crystal
(Mnon.) also called ^'*\* or ^f|f^|««
natural crystal, as distinguished from
I artifical or melted crystal, i.e., glass ;
N'-^ai spos-fel amber ; §'-*!IJ' ^f^fwmfa
a magic stone supposed to have the
power of producing water or rain (Jd.) ;

fer-wa, pf.
to confront (Cs.).

1243

^Ti'lc.- yel-phren a string of crystal or
glass-beads ; -^"rg*! fel-bum glass-bottle ;
fel-mig or *>flp!|aj spectacles; J6^
telescope; -^i yel-zla lit. crystal
disc, the moon ( Ya-sel. 59.)

^V1^ fel-dkar l. = -*pJ $el plain glass.
2. n. of a place in Tibet. 3. sugar (Rtsii.).

•^T3f=.' n. of a village situated to the
south-west of Lhasa (Rtsii.}.

resp. *^q
1. to be cognizant of ; to know, perceive,
apprehend : q*e.'qv.SHrq to know a thing
to be good ; -^'q'9 ^iww*, knower ; 2\w
q*>«\ does not know, q^ipr^*)'^ when (the
soul) is searched for, it is not to be per-
ceived or apprehended; -Jpr^'^'q to know
and to have faith in or regard for. *>'-i|»r
q'VI those who do not care for knowing
(a thing). SJ^'^I who knows, who can
tell, 3-^« what (do you) know, 3'<«^-.?|*r
or "H^ a know-nothing, ignoramus, dunce ;
frJ^^j;J|*ti knowing (even) the un-
known things, knowing everything ; «.••*)«
clever person ; -J^rw^^ he will know ;
c.*r$-«r.J|»i I understand counting. 2. to
be able, in a general sense, *je,'-Z|wq to
one's best ability, to the utmost of one's
power; S^'SKST 9|'%^g«|--?|«-«i a clot of
blood could only quiver (showing life in
it). With a negative : |j'*)'-2|*rq not being
able to speak, SS^S'**'^"'*1 dgye-dgu mi
$e?-pa they cannot be bent or curved.

I II: 1.= knowledge, wisdom; the
knowing (about a thing). 2. = ^"I'i <sm,
intelligence, science, learning, -?|*r<r
to look upon science as a (sort
of) cheating. ^'Q or knowledge ordinarily
is of two kinds : (1) ^c^m'ti knowledge
communicated by the organs of sense, i.e.,

physical ; (2) §} v?|n'ti knowledge of the soul :
^J^rfii^v^^^lUfifkr^5-X this is in
reference to all times, past, present and
future (Chos Mnon, 73). In Budh.
metaphysics knowledge is also of ten
kinds:— (1) *«r?Hrq g^^ra; (2) *•*&$

; (5)

(3)

; (4)

; (6)

(7) ^qj-JC^m-q fj^q'^H; (8) aw^m-qHm-
; (9) a^q-^-q ^q-gnr; (10) a-|'q-J|«-q
^JH — [knowledge of (1) objects in
general, (2) other's thoughts, (3) succes-
sion, (4) illusion, (5) sorrow, (6) origina-
tion, (7) cessation, (8) paths, (9) destruc-
tion, and (10) absence of origination] S.

*fl'l(pei-tgo lit- the door of knowledge
i.e. science, learning. ^«'^»^-q $es-sgo
mcd-pa without learning ; -^m'tf^ $es-sgo-
shan poor in learning.

•*|*'S W-rgya talent, wisdom. also=
Jprwl'^ great wisdom, powerful intellect
(Khrid. 28).

versatile intellect, excellent wisdom.

^N-q'jN'l^ ps-pa rgyas-lyed ^crift=$fv*r
^«'5 one of the lunar mansions.

Ifft&ff&ittfW&q $es-dafi ps-byahi
bdag-nid mchog^w^*^^ the Tantrik
system of Kalachakra (Mnon.).

3^'^ fes-ldan 1. •Sarif^ one possessed of
wisdom and learning: •*)*!' ^^'^''I'g^'^c.'g'
%-$<&£-*^-Z-£&rvs$^ ye wisemen,
whatever of the size of this nyagrodha
tree had you seen? (K. du. "I, 310).
2. possessed of consciousness : all living
beings, ^w^'si an accomplished and
intellectual woman (Mnon.).

•^•q$-g-?i Oes-pahi bu-mo=3f*'i\w'& the
daughter of Daksa, an epithet of Uma,
the wife of Mahes'vara (Mnon.).

1244

cei-bya ihl what may be known
or ought to be known, -^'S'^ every thing
worth knowing, all the sciences.

•Jj"'!"* ces.-s.ybor (*$"% '*) that has cons-
ciousness only ; a beast, an animal.

J|wq^ ces-bshifi irra concious, state of
knowing.

•J|»r3fc' ces-yoU Ts.ss'^Kj ces-rgya (Ja.).

J|«r»ri^ ccs-rndsod. (5^3^) a professor,
teacher.

fet-rab vnu absolute or sublime
wisdom, intelligence, or understanding.
But in Buddh. absolute wisdom is of three
descriptions: (1) *«-

(3)

[(1)

wisdom in listening, (2) wisdom in think-
ing, and (3) wisdom in meditating]^. We
have also -^'WSS <p?-rab dgu, the nine
kinds of knowledge, mentioned in certain
Buddhist works :—*'«iS'-*m'*fl ; If-qS-Jm^q
rno-wahi fes-rab; «H'q*'J|*'*q myur-icahi
ces-rab ;

(K. my. P,

Another definition

that by which all things are known, or
brought into cognition is called -^"'^q.
Again there seem to be three additional
kinds of -^'^q besides those already men-
tioned: (1) oi^-g'RiI-q-^FqT^^^^q;

(2) W«^*1^1¥»1N'"*'JI*^ ; (3)

9t*r*tfffn&tfan&*pr** (K. d. *, 355).

Syn. ^'^' nal-sloft ; ^-y«|« legs-rtogc,
kun-tu-rig ; Sp^'ls'i blo-yi byetf-pa ;
rnam-rig byetf; 5^'§q kun-chub;
don-sems ; 1q«-ci $pob$-pa • ^$« 6/0-
«/ros; ^'^ rnam-dpyod; (Mfion.),
snan-wa (K. d. v, 36).

ps-rob kyi pha-rol-tu
phyin-pa tinmxptm the having arrived
at the other side of wisdom or divine
knowledge, i.e., attainment of perfect
spiritual enlightenment and knowledge ;
n. of the section in Kah-gyur collection of
Buddhist scriptures treating of philo-
sophical aud doctrinal matters.

one of the five treatises said
to have been composed by A'ryasanga
under inspiration from Maitreya Bodhi-
sattva (Tan. d. \).

J|TOrt«^Q%r*>0ra|Y4i'q n. of a

treatise in which both Sutra and Tantra
are mixed up (K. g. 1, £66).

^ravtv^ry^V^T4 n. of a Tantra
containing twenty-five explanations of the
mystic word OM. (K. g. ?, 247).

^•^q'8'9 Qet-rab kyi-lha v. <««^««.

^•^q-qj-q Qet-rab brgya-pa swrara* n.
of a work containing a hundred wise or
elegant sayings by Nagarjuna (Tan. d. %
165).

jj«-^q-«^ fet-ral-can MUHK one posses-
sed of fine intellect, a wise and learned
person.

Syn. f «^ go-can ; -J|»if«^ yes-can ; wBf'qv
"jl^'" mfion-par mkhyen; ^w*^ rnam-
mkhijen; ^'^ fies-ldan; tvci^v fas-par
fef ; H«'W-*|« rnam-par fe? ; ^i\^'»^i\f leys-
par yet; Q»&*i'^*\rgytt-mt»han rig; ^'«'«^
rig-pa can ; ^'^ ces-ldan ; q4)«'^'-B^ bces-
g.nen can ; qgjq*!'^*'*^ bslabs-ces-can ; ^^'
n yid-ffshuns.-pa ; rS^'" kha-byan-wa ;

goms-pa-can ; ^'q'*^ dye-wa can ;

rnam-par thos ; q^-q^'^fli bstan-
bcof-rig ; aj11!*'?^ grags-ldan ; g'i^'51*i'«i'«^
rgya-cher grags-pa can ; 5^!^' blo-gtsafi ;

''£J yon?-su rtogs-pa also

1245

stupid person.

tho$-pa

i <;e$-rab-hchal ^Jfor an erratic

Ges-rab

the goddess of wisdom and learning
(•*•.).

an

ethical work by Nagarjuna (Taw. rf. *
165).

n. of a
treating of the means of improving and

increasing spiritual knowledge (E. gu *,
207).

t ^Wfei'fnwqS-j n. of a £fl*ro in
which are explained the causes which de-
teriorate spiritual culture (K. ko. *, 208).

HP" I: **, ^H die, dice; Jf«Raj
fo-gflfo»=Jf-^ dice-board or a piece of
cloth on which dice is thrown at the
time of playing ; Jf$"«i go-rtse-wa dice-
play, to play at dice.

Syn. Jf f o ; ** cAo.fo ; j^-Hf rgyan-po ; ^
S" fo-twai j^jy m-rgyan; ?\^ rtsod-
rgyan\ S'*^ c^0.fo A^e# (Mfion.).

* II : [1. the white willow of Spiti
and other Himalayan districts. 2. other
plants j-'f, Wf (F«t-s^.)] from Ja.

customs officer (Jd.) Jf'flpre go-gam-pa or
|VjS-*|y«ra ^^R ; coUector of toUs,
receiver of customs, toll-gatherer : JfflpreiV
S^'9" did the work of a tax-collector.

'* ?o-ts/ia=$3,* a pair of scales to
weigh gold and silver; aoc. to Jd. a kind
of steel-yard.

•f -^H Po-ie=r^3«i| rdsun-tshig false-
hood, lie.

'JJC' fo-mafi a medicinal plant : •3f'wc.'
-u^-^.

m=-f^-«l gor-wa.

l.=r-^ a thoughtless promise.
2. coUoq. for W*i hare-lip. 3. a defect,
flaw, notch, gap ; also damaged, spoiled
(Jd.).

f''5rf| fo-lo-ka «t« Sanskrit verse
of two, or four lines, etc.

3'^** 90-b$grigs well arranged: V^'
^K-^qVprfffn cloth of red and white
colours arranged in the form of a chess-
board (Jig. 13).

•f'*^ Co-mdo abbr. name of a district
in Kham called ^'Vff^ (Rtsii.).

*j 3 fo-so=?-q grain measure for bar-
ley, corn, flour, etc. (Rtsii.).

111:1. blast, blight, smit, mildew
2. for •3f'*|*< fo-gam. 3. num.: 147.

I 5" Co-skyam n. of a place in Tibet
. % 39).

(Mfton.) cus-
toms duty, tax; Jfipc|-q high duty; ^v
^ 'i to take toll, to levy a duty ; Jf «|»r«!|-q
to smuggle, to circumvent or defraud a

fo-sa also called ^'X'** a kind of
bean the leaves of which are cooked with
Tibetan gruel to add flavour to it ; Jf«^c:
W>$ fo-sa and barley are alike (in price).

(Stsii.).

I

i

fog imp. of t fq hod-tea :
come! let him come; *g**'9'3
ft'W*^ I do not wish that fruit should
come to me from without ; ^'-^1 carry it
away; qfr-^l fetch it; B**'^ bring
hither, (with **.' inst. of -f"! ; take away !) ;

1246

to say come, to invite, £«>'Q|'^qI'3E-'
we are not so much as invited. (Ja.).

$og-pa 1. TT* wing,
a bird, one having wings; •Jfa'3*'I> to
spread the wings; *l*\'3*\ tail feather.
2. fin of fishes.

fOf/-4»i strnm paper, a sheet
of paper; S'-fa China paper; ^^"1
Tibet paper; ^v-Jft silk-paper; w-Jfo
cotton-paper (also paper of linen rags);
%.-Jfa bark-paper, "fff^ parchment ; *fo'
^1, W'fl dark blue or black paper for
writing on in gold or silver ; wf'Jfo resp.
SSfJfa the first or the title page of a
book ; *fa'fy gold-leaf, thin film of gold ;
•fcT-f11! silver-leaf or paper ; -faff fog-
khan paper house, paper-maker's farm ;
Jf«|'fl|e.% $og-gafi a full sheet of paper;
Jffl|'9]e.w yog-grans page number ; number of
leaves in a book. -fl «w"q fog-las-pa paper
manufacturer (Rtsii.).

' fo<7-fin the daphne plant, the
plant from the bark of which paper is
made.

Syn.
Itlan;

sag (Mfion.).

chit-grogs; f^'T^ tton-ka
hdam-bu can ; 9'»)'»»i bya-yi

fon !.=$*•« the ridge of a moun-
tain (Lex.). 2. also *ffv or M^ W^ a
pit, hole, cavity, excavation; a valley:
$3\*.* cavity filled with water; H"^*
valley with meadows, low ground over
grown with grass; f3'g-fl|^fl|'9|-*fls.»i the
cavities near wings of the nose (<7<x.).
3. n. of a place in Tibet; ^•JK^t'§*|-*<*'i
the famous poet and Lo-tsd-wa of Tibet
who translated the Kavyadars'a, the Ava-
dana kalpalata and other Sanskrit works
into Tibetan verse.

fofi-bu furrow, ^wg-^'q
bu hthen-pa to make furrows (Ja.).
fofi-fofi rough, rugged

'Q f oft-wet 1. sj$«l to hold, contain,
to have room in or on: 8'^' that is not
to be got in, there is no room for it ;
jc.«-|'R«cq-g-gqm-iN-ii^5'g-«i|e,-^c,-q (A. 2%)
a copper globular pot (for anointing)
that would hold one bre' measure of
Magadha. 2.=$S to comprehend, hold in
the mind. 3. pf. 1^*, fut. ^', imp.
^t, to empty, remove, carry or take
away (Ja.).

f od I : imp. of «i-^S'C| or "»*S-£« hchad-
pa : «|5MS describe it. I'^-Xwwfl-q^-^
(A. 122) preach or explain the lord's
teachings without reserve. ^'8 explana-
tory word or word explained.

•^ II : %z, ^f: the lower, the inferior
part of a thing ; §c-'Jft upper and lower ;
*"-fa rtse-fod top and bottom ; j'-fa ( Vni-
in.) a lower tract of land, with milder
climate, opp. to $y\* elevated cold region,
•^S'^ to or toward the bottom, down,
downwards (Ja.).

fow a form of dance ; the turning to
left in pantomimic dancing of women ( Ya-
wl. 13). f<|«-q^f w.«-w^'|--fT^'3Sll]*r
q*w'g*r»)-|gq-c! (Ya-sel. 13} in the four
directions (on all sides) the subjects were
making sports, dancing and performing
pantomimic plays, etc., on an inconceive-
ably large scale.

-^q fol = v$Q gshob 1. smell of singeing
2.=qtfq a fib, falsehood, lie; •2Kf£' to
teU a lie ; «15MM£'TtI to tel1 a He>
in joke.

also

gom-pa pf. «tfH byom? or
fut. i^«, imp. ^ or

1247

to prepare, make ready, arrange, put in
order ; ^ge.-S|'#fl|»r-^*('«i to make armaments ;
»iX^'«ri-*pw made preparations for a
religious service (A. 69). -fw* qoms-ra
preparation, arrangement, fitting out ;
^*w^n|*<-q = 3prq|)q)*rg«i-q to have made
arrangement. ^'^ state, pomp, splend-
our, with JKq to show off, to dress smartly,
stately, grand (-/a.).

for, v.

go-re.

for-wa to be fled, to be lost, to
escape, slip. Jf*'^'^ run away ; J^'i'*"!'
«> taken away by thieves or robbers ;
'q lost in consequence of debt.

fo/=^1-3 ^f*rei excess, additional;
sometimes wrongly for tffa ; •^•I'S'I fol-kyi-
fka TO furrow of the plough. •2fa'*'ll*J
$ol-tsoys f ?r«T ; cultivators, husbandmen.

^ol-ica 1. intercalation, inser-
tion (Cs.) ; il'-^"! zla-fol intercalary month.
2. prest. tense of Q^prn bqol-ica.

^I fol-po a species of willow.

fos 1. almost always in conjunc-
tion with l^l the other, of two, e.g., SY*^'
fl$«q'-^N the other woman. 2.c?fT or cw
a termination indicating the comparative
or superlative degree; 3ft'^ the oldest
or elder ; ^•*fwrJ^rg-g*-flfl«i- hence forth
do behave as the wisest or the cleverest
person ; S*-'-3?* the younger, the youngest ;
qfrltp'flytyf^11 the youngest of the five
hundred ladies ; ^e.'Jf« the longest the
tallest ; ^•^s.'Jfa of the longest duration,
X't.'Jj'w, the most long-lived ; V'*'-3^ the
kindest, the principal benefactress (or
benefactor) ; Vi'i'Jpripr^'aii^rwi because
one is suffering under the chief disease,
viz., old age (Jd.).

'Q=*fc-9i offerings of cakes, etc. ;
•3j«rpc; f os-khan offerings made in fanciful
designs of temples, castles, etc., gen. by
the Bon priests.

t ~^'^T^ $ra-wa~na the ear (mystic)

(K. gu. f>, 27).

c\
"^ Cri ^=^11 glory, magnificence;

magnificient, splendid, grand. ^.'^ Orl-ri
(Tib. V81'^ dpal-ri) ^h^a is a moun-
tain in the south of India where
Nagarjuna resided in the hist stage of his
life. %W!> frt-khan-da, = ^«w§'y 3 wood-
applepreserve. ^TiR7*''^l|I'3'|K.1£i^'§S tames,
i.e., propitiates Rudra the fearful one.

A = 5J^'^"l^ becoming, worthy,
fitting, suitable.

med-pa 1. stainless, righteous, upright,
honest, good ; §}'ql-*^'5< blo-g.shah-ma an
upright, true heart ; wflj^'^^w lit. the
pious lady ; n. of a Buddhist sanctity of
Tibet. 2. = -«]fflI only, merely, mere,
nothing but (Ja.).

'W'Vl* gshah-dkar ^ tin, cf. ^
sha-ne ; ^IW*'^'lN5Pr4'***'8$$fl tin
(used as a medicine) heals ulcers and
renders mercury harmless.

^•^'EJ fffag-pa 1. distinction, differ-
ence ; to distinguish (one from another) ;
to differentiate. 2. v. yfrfi ftog-pa (Jd,.).

Syn. vfoyi g.<<eg-pa ; «$'<i dbye-wa ;
q g.ses-pa (]ff.non.).

wags right, justice :
to investigate the righteousness (of an
action) ; qIH^«I^'>l« court of justice ; "^
"l-WSj^'S*' the chief court of justice or
council of the kalons at Lhasa. "13^"
'''IS't| justice or investigation done by

1248

government; ^'flpjflnrci inquest, inquiry
into the death of a person. l-fll^'gar*)

gtam-rgyal-wa

1.) to win in discussion; P'*!-*]*!*'
*§*>'" to hold controversy.

*J|^£ fffad a musical instrument, a
tambourine especially used by the Bon-po;
nj-*)e.-igacq to play on the tambourine.

<a (Sch.).

rough, rugged
places or tracts (Cs.).

99a4-pa l.MV to comb. 2.
= **Vq to explain, relate (<7o.).

gfarn v<: 1. the lower part of a
thing ; ^•qw<ig;^=*fl|-5-'i|wrq5-§)-«|5-^s-
"fa, according to the meaning of the
letter or writing specified below ; "l-*!*'^
adv. and postp. down, under, below,
beneath ; also. adv. further down, more
towards the end, in the course of ; ^'fl^w
beneath or under it. 2. barren S'«|-q*i
a barren woman, ^'"1^ mare, «J'1^»< cow
(Jd.).

op;*-* g$ain-ma posterior, later, one
following.

Syn. i«'*» rje$-ma; |'« phyi-ma; ?e.'«
rtift-ma (Sffton.).

the form of writing called

'*S (Grub, i, 3).

g$ar-wa to move one after
another as soldiers or cattle do, to follow
in succession as in measuring grain.
measure grain by the br£.

-f ^J'^giptVhpa l.=»(S^'J' agreeable,
gracious, also good, fine :

Tr*V?Q (Tig.
k. 87) I pray that you would send me
your kind letters uninterruptedly like the
wind which encircles the globe ; ^'ifyp
a fertile field ; «'3«prfl|^-<i a rich, fine
country; *l*ft'W*Tq gfin-par rmo-wa to
plough well. *$K* fffin-sa, fertile field or
land. ^•qjq-^'w^-Zi shifi-btab-sa mnen-po
fertile field, cultivation, also »)'^e.'«|^'ci
mi-nad mthun-pa a happy home where
there is harmony. 2. S«T, sTa; ghost, the
dead ; anything that is dead. l^i'S a
dead woman ; "I^'^'^l" fffin-gyi-mags
cemetery, cremation ground.

Qfin-rje

T, Tfr, zwit, w the lord of the dead,
the god of the lower regions, a ruler
who is regarded as the judge of the
dead.

Syn. **'5'5«J-Zi chos-kyt rgyal-po ; 3'&V
W be-con-hc/wfi; ^X-q5^qf|^ htslie-wahi
dgan-phyug ; f^^'Q'W plia-^in bdag ; *)£V
*'** mtshun-la rol ; x^'3'^ mtshun-gyi l/ia ;
•iCwiSI wt8hufi$-hjug ; "c?*^-^ ya-mu-
nahi ynm; <*S^«| hchi-bdag;
hdsin ; ^'«5-g fii-mahi bu ;
dbi/ug-hdtfin mthar-byed; griS-q«;<»| Ifa-

nia.

hehi rgyal-rntshan-can; ^'^'f^»i'|e.- lho-yi

Gfin-rj'ehi hjiy-rten
the world of the lord of death; it is situated
in the south beyond the three peaked
mountains (}' V^M rba-gmm-pahi ri) : ^-

when one

has passed beyond that, one finds himself
at a place where the rays of the sun and
the moon have faded and everything is
covered with gloom (K. d. *, 278).

1249

W«ri|'t'«! Gqin-rje tna-M ka-la one of
the most powerful sons of Mahadeva who
carrying in his hand a huge club of the
size of Sumeru mountain keeps the Asura
in perpetual terror (K. g. H, 317).

"l%t^'<|=.'« G$in-rjehi chun-ma the wife
of Yama is ^y WAfyw dud-pas-hgebs. *fift
'-' g.$in-rjehi-gron the city of Yama is
I yan-dag-hgog. l^'t'S'W^'i gcin-
rjehi mdun-pa the minister of Yama is
ni-ma-can.

yi-ge-pa the writer of Yama is
sna-tshogs-sbas f^nytr, fa^jjET. "|^'
gfin-rjehi yyog-po the servants of Yama
are *!5*r£i i*g and ^wSaj jrfi^^ (Mnon.).
"1^15 -9 Gfin-rjehi-bu, 1. the son of the
lord of death. 2. as met. = $f*) ant

t* '*"! Gfin-r/e pho-rog n. of a («r
demon.

Gfia-r/e phyogs qrer the
quarter of the lord of death, the south.

«|fat*tc* Gfin-rjehi sHn-mo («^'"i-s^)
the sister of the lord of death; an
epithet of the river Yamuna.

<l%ri'*!-^T3 black lord of death, a
terrible deity ; ^-f^-^^Mj a Tantra
to propitiate the black lord of death (K.
g. «, 29).

*?*ft Gcm-rje^ed dmar-po =
n. of a tutelary god the
Eed Bhairava :

at (A. 17).

ed dmar-

pohi-rgyud n. of a Tantra on exorcism and
also for making enchanted medicines,
ewords, etc. (K. g. e, 77).

q%t$$£ Gfin-rjehi-gron n*R! the city
of the lord of death.

Gfin-rfehi-gdon n. of a fear-
ful evil spirit (Mng. 77).

«l3*t*<W Min-rjehi bdag-po -*
,= the planet Saturn (Mnon.).

the flag or standard of the lord of death.

Wt$'<W 9$in-rjehi-gshon »rf^ buffa-
lo. Syn. K*> ma-he (Mnon.).

t'*T^h Qcin-rje zas-hphrog n. of a
demon.

gfin-hdre the soul of the dead
regarded as a ghost or spectre.

*W*S* gctn-hpras the convulsive moti-
ons, the writhings of a dying creature
(Ja.).

Wn« Win-rdsas.^gfa bsno-rten goods
and effects belonging to a deceased person
which are given to the church to bless his
soul. <fas* gftn.gat=*>* food prepared
for and offered to the dead; ace. to Ja.
food presented to the lamas when a person
has died.

mu.

tual agreement, concord, harmony.

or

or

bs,grigs-pa anything arranged,
arrangement, flj^ws^gjoj ^s-qyahi gral
a row or file (of men) that has been mar-
shalled or drawn up (Situ. 82).

crushed.

fm-pa or «!<! ground down,

fis also i^=r^Ji or ^^ • also =
«>H 1. nature, temper, natural disposi-
tion: ^•o|?K5jai=*,v<i]%5^ (Yig. 15) it is
his or their nature, their natural disposi-
tion; «|2K$*' by the very nature of the

158

1250

case, naturally, quite of itself. 2, the
person, or the body: ^K**«^^|
they anointed the whole body (Jd.).

ps-htgs 1.=?=-^ Cunyata.
disposition (Yig. 51).

}*i fortitude and assiduity (A. 136).

a to rebuke, to blame,
reproach ; f^^fftWPJWfr1! to
blame in a whisper, i.e., behind a person's
back and to find fault with. ^w
jxi = jJVq a curse, rebuke, censure.

<xe-wa pf. H« 0?es, to abuse,
revile; «q^'u'E.-jjv^'«i|^'P even when one is
reviled, (one should) not revile in return.

the honorific form
of the vb. to go away, to depart ; the one
form representing both pres. and past
tenses, but mostly used in past sense:
gone, proceeded, one going, or gone;
q^-q*,-«|i|<i]«rq gone to happiness, beatitude ;
also happily gone or passed away, i.e.,
entered Nirvana. ^tfyiftmwti Dc-bshin-
g<;cgs-pa iTOTT^, gone to the state of JW or
TWIST, i.e., to Nirvana, is the remarkable
epithet for a Tathagata or past Buddha,
meaning lit. " gone like that," or " gone
like those other ones," i.e., he has de-
parted as did the other blessed ones in
whose footsteps he trod. v.-*K»rg-«i|.i|<i!«r<i
gone to one's own residence or abode.
^c;ar4|i|4pr4 is the term used when a Dalai
Lama dies ; S^'l-^l^'" to return, to come
back, to die; fl-^'i resp. died, when
speaking of kings, great lamas and saints
and Buddhas. flfl"F«i|^ ff?egs-bskye§
parting present, gen. a cup of beer or tea
at the time of parting ; fl|-*h«r«!fa parting
feast or treat, ij^^'^ fffegs-ptor offer-
ings of cakes, &c. to the gods when they
are asked to return to their own abodes.

ed—^\ approximate direction,
somewhere ; thereabouts ; "HS'^ where-
abouts not known. ^rtfer^'****'**^!'
^MT«(f«fJ|VSfc' having said that to-
night probably there would not be any
theft or robbery he went away in some
direction (A. 130).

1.

excu-

tioner, hangman ; "I-^S'*''^'11 to engage a
hangman, i.e., to pay a murderer ; fig.:
4^Cdrq$flr3rql-*ft'q$qr''l*rS'§ one destroying
the other, one becoming the murderer of
another (Vat. jri.). l-^'wo ^ed-ma-pa
a mui'derer, executioner. 2. the angel of
death who takes away life (Rtsii.) ; gods
of vengeance, those that torment the con-
demned in hell. 3. a mean person who is
capable of doing the vilest act;
{f$ed-ldan nw the vile one.

'?'" Gfed-dmar ?pu-til

u. of a Bon deity (B. Nam.).

'^w Qfed-po dur-hdebs n. of a
demon.

Qycn n. of an ancient family of
Tibet, cognate to S'akya.

qj^'^qSJ Gfen-rabs the founder of
the Bon religion, his full name being :
r5^n|.<]aj'*,W5V3'$'i].?|^ the omniscient human
descendant of Gs'eii ; IF"!-*^ sgrub-gqen the
Bon doctrine opp. to ^«'<N or Saddharma
of the Buddhists.

a I: = §^'i rlan-pa or
1. rlon-pa, moist, damp, wet; also
n, ^'«i, fter-pa and ^•3t«»|'v-«i
to get thoroughly wet, to be drenched,
to be moistened; "1^ '^'I'S " to make
damp, to moisten. In C. "I^'i seems

1251

to mean "damp," and SF'q="wet." 2.
(=$) n, ^IT^, water, liquid. i^qs*)
gqer-bcas ^«T cloud. ij^'W'^g^ gqer-pahi-
modesty, bashfulness. fl|-2)vn£^
in as met. =$ water (Yig.) ; also
= a cloud or that which holds moisture or
vapour.

'3 II : vb. 1. to ask for, beg for :
c,- I got it by asking for it;
qj-^-tn^-q to interrogate, to question, to try
(judicially); as partic. and sbst. = the
examining or criminal judge,
n a judge (Tig. 29) ;

mi-$na a bailiff, who calls for
the attendance of the plaintiffs and defen-
dants, &c. in a legal suit (Rtsii.). 2.=
l^'p to measure.

ff$°-wa pf- "Vf*1 &$os 1. to pour
away the same as i^'i b$o-wa ; $I\^Q =
$'3'«i to pour out water.

**i gqo-mo in W. a lever (Jo.). .

sbst. $^

what lifts the body, the wings ; also spelt
••Hi fog-pa.

Syn. "Ph'lf wog-syro ; | sgro ;
hdab-^otj ; ^'u hdab-nm ;
byed (Mnon.).

s, fut. "Ml, imp.
cleave, to break through ;
split wood entirely,
into four pieces ;

1. to
to

pl to split
'i to cut into
pieces; .*p.«'£pf«|'«i to break through the
ice ; awn^flj'ti to hew a path, in C. 2. to
confess tjl'i, a sin, ^1£J, a fault, |e.-q-«qJj«ij-Ei
to confess a fall, and thus to expiate it.
sdig-bqags atonement, expiation;
as an atonement
for having killed a serpent;

-qgai-q to offer a
killed animal (a sheep) as an atonement ;
fjfll-qjjjriisrjfo-q,, sdig-fyags smon-lam peniten-
tial prayer (Jd.).

^•^1'^]^ G$og-thoc/s n. of a place in
Tibet (£. ch. 4).

narrow place, deep valley :

many defiles or ravines.

shin fields for cultivation on flat slopes

or in valleys. U'V^'pwi'ijc.'iRjN-'ii'fc.^c.'cic,

Amdo, Kham and Grang, these three are

cultivated valleys (Tig. 9).

"Hfc'9 ftoy-bu =%*.-§ also %5-^ a vessel
for water.

9?od-pa to comb ((7s.).

= w (;om-pa:

* q g.yul-^om-pa to make preparations
for war or battle.

°>' I- =^'q or ^-q^"!^ passage
for water, a water-channel. 2.=y?'°r
qJT*rci<v|<i!N nca-co-la bzos-pahi skyogs a
ladle made of horn, also=$=.'9 a punch or
pricker.

zl]*jas"3 I : g.$or-wa vb., in C. also
"l^'i, pf. ^ fyar 1. ij^-qlfli^^-^-q to
move or go in a file gen. one following
another, to proceed in procession ; also to
tell off, as beads of a rosary (passing
through one's fingers), hence !6*rq^'q-<|v|e;
to read prayers, recitations, etc. =
-R^'£' to go one after another in a
row or file. 2. to measure, to weigh : *pK'
-q- to weigh out brass for gold ;
'l a measuring vessel. 3. to chase,
run after: fc^^'rtk'H to chase a game;
to fish.

1252

S II: adj., also «|-*M rough,
bristly, shaggy, (Jd.).

l= or

plough, the plough in Tibet con-
sisting only of a crooked beam called
fl|Jfur*i^ ^«a<itf (without wheels) and the
share called M1"'! "1" or 5fe'f «|»».

m^ar*^'1^ one of the seven fabulous
mountains mentioned in the Buddhist
cosmogony (Sorig. 8).

idan=$'fi'^', or
i, the cocoa-nut (^Tnon.).

^T ff$ol-po poplar-tree (Jd.).
'q g<;o$-pa v. "Hf " and M'".

1:1. or Q^'*=u<=.^1«|'» or
y«.-«w|-Zi, apportionment, service: fc«\lK
<0|w^ arq^<v*wg,« I did not render any
service to Bromston. 2. innuudation,
flood (A. 101).

II : = «w«vfi with pf. «npi &fffS to
skughter, to kill. 9«W skughtered a
sheep; «fl'W9«| «|'j*ir<r«H|« the butcher
has opened the belly of a sheep (Situ.
76). ***]W* fya§-ra a slaughter house : f'*<*>'
o^«-^-g«-?i he made Lhasa a slaughter
house, t'.e., massacred many people at
Lhasa (J. Zaft.).

q-fjQ/JJ bfah-tna cattle or live-stock
kept for slaughter, v. "M*'*< fffah-ma.

^•f^^'^ b$ags-pa=KV* to explain,
lay open ; «Kj"l*i'^'S'zl b$ag$-par bya-wa
anything to be explained

or laid open.

fyafi-wa

alvine discharges : ^c,'1""^ to discharge
ordure; a^e.'fl'n.a^'Q to operate on the
bowels. «K)e.'H'a(«'y 'i««(4^ a cat, lit. that

which discharges ordure secretly or covers
it.

Syn. ^'S hdor-bya ; §"'9^ khyab-ldan ;
|« phi/is ; ^'^"l^ Ito-sniys ; \*^ dre-chen ;
rnam-inad (Mnon.).

bfan-lam qrq, sj^mf, ^miT the
anus.

Syn. ^Tsf hog-tgo; §*•"!» thur-lam • **\'
if* hog-lam • «Mjc.-q5'^" bqan-icahi-sgo ; "\^^'
H1^' ffsan-khun ; *\Q rkttb; "8m hphon$
(Mnon.).

species of

'C' b<*an-sen
catechu tree.

J b$an$-pa leaky ;
a leak-hole, full of crevices (Situ. 76).

^"^S'^ b<;ad-pa 1. HUT, HTHJ, «rf^«l to
explain, to declare, prove, enunciate : **<-
^V to expound religion, to preach ; W*1
«^e.-^'qji^ he must be set down for dead
( Vai-sfi.) ; ^v^"'" b$ad-nes-pa defective
explanation or debate, wrong explanation ;
fl-'lYS b<;ad-bya the subject to be explained ;
^VS^ bfad-fbyar ^q1%5»pl subject of
discourse, a discourse written down. *K|V
"w b$ad-yam an explanation or lecture in
which too much is said or written and
conveying little sense with a view to
deceive (Situ. 44). rt)-*lY£I5c' lecture,
address verbally, ^fffft to explain a book ;
to reeite instances, examples ; ^*W9^^
to elucidate (Situ. 76). 2. = «EJvq to tell,
to relate ; i^'i^ C^ method of narration ;
fraw-q-*ft to narrate a story.

V

3-^'P byan-pa a cruel person, a
butcher, v. •*ft'£i : q-^'W-*]'**]* the butcher
slaughters flesh (Situ.). «^'S fffan-bu a
butcher's son (Ebrom. f>, 27).

q-^iJ|'J| b$am-ma ^^n deception,
defrauding.

1253

b$ar-wa, v.
to weigh, weighing ;
with a bre.

to measure

destroying; destruction, ruin. 2.
to wash, to wash out or off, to cleanse by
washing, to purge : (f«K]«J washing the
mouth, JjV£'-*|'J) snod-bfal washing or
cleansing a vessel ; ^^''HJOI bathing or
washing with water (Situ. 76) ; gwi'ijswr
«MJC«^jR.-q3j-Vfr8^ the Brahmans wash
the passage of excrement and urine with
water ; ^q'q-frq Ito-wa bqal-wa to purge
the bowels. «**prw| b^al-thag = ^SV*1
hkhrud-jna water with which vessels have
been washed. *f*Vfl$IVfrwr^MTq>^ have
washed out of this transmigratory exis-
tence (Khrid. 50). *wj«r«fi b$ al-nad diar-
rhcea, indisposition from looseness of the
bowels, flux, etc. q^prg^ fyal-byed laxa-
tive ; *i-«]<jr£ft bgal-sman purgative medicine.

q^qj-q fyig-pa pf. qTjqpi j^ y.
^'o hjig-pa mv&, ^nfsm, to destroy,
break, upset: q^^p to subvert reli-
gion ; j|wq?|i|-q to infringe justice ; |"c«r
l to dismantle or break down a house ;
destroyed the fort.

£| bfib-pa, to arrange evenly, with

arranged evenly or properly; good ar-
rangement (Situ. 76).

bfu-tcct, v. 3'q §u-wa.

bslan-wa,

I ; ace. to Cs. to sell ; "$l'r<r|*!'fliSiiiiarq-fj'j|'cj
to barter, to exchange ; ^'q*j«|*i nor-fyugs
to exchange property (Situ. 76).

*£, q-^C'q fy un-wa =^wwr<i 1. to
bring down, degrade, fall off, fall down.
2.=jrY«tocurse.

I- to take off, to

scratch, rub: ^•Sfa-qip-wq^ with its
talons scratched the skin. (Situ. 76). 2.
to purify by fire ; q<J«V»> purifying fire
(ScA.). 3. to put into the scabbard, to
sheathe (So A.).

bfum-pa, v. s*r<i, pf.
resp. of ^'q, to shed tears, to weep.
cried for help (Situ. 76).

inunda-

ebu (CI-
tion, flood (Jd.).

bfur-u>a to singe:
mer-bfur-to scorches with fire=»>'B<'a'q^'
q5c.'t' rne-la spu-bqur btan-wa to cause hair
to be .singed (Situ. 76).

= flayed,
= copied a

^ "^^ 6fM/=«i*i journey, road;
m^=oi»)^ on the road; 3 '"F^q-gapr*^
"iJcq^'ip'Ji'aisc^ in a dream while he was
proceeding on a journey in Western India
(A. 31). q^T*| bgul-ka journey, way (A.

OJTI q^urpr,^ afterwards travelling secretly
on the Nepal road (A. 85). q^T ^c; long
way or journey.

bfits, pf. of -fj'q'i
taken off, but in
.k (Situ. 76).

q^ bfer v. -3^'q $er-u?a:
g.tam-g.ger-to compared one's speech or
what one has said (Situ. 76).

in accord or harmony with, to be friendly ;
to be acquainted with. 2. in 1^'^^ a
relation, relative, friend ; ^'*^, an acquain-
tance, wi^'qJpi intimate friend: "iH*'-*!*''
ocsjjj'«i|lfq!»rw^*w?i they are intent on being
of use to their relatives ; J5S'*T||lfa'*h\'*tf|*''
S^'*1*! you have neither relation nor

1254

friend; qJ)«rij»war*>'^ not to depend on
friends, ^"ifa f*^ a friend; ^'^
^"'ifa iSWTur-fjr^ friend to virtue, pious
or holy friend, spiritual friend or adviser ;
a^'^'^'i bfe$-kyi khe-hdod-pa to profit
by friendship, make a profit out of
religion ; o?)*r*)'|\£i b$e$ mi-byed-pa an
enemy ; *jfy^ vindictiveness ; i-*|^'»>S
bfe$-med friendless, guideless : 5c«ra?|»r*lV
scfE.'^gw^-q, like a blind man roam-
ing in the wilderness without a guide
(Khrid. 101).

+ QJ^'Q fyo-ioa = e$ffti 1. copulation;
(or «p'*fl| mystic term.) to lie with, to have
sexual intercourse with: ^cuV^'S*1
de-dafi b$o$-pa$ bu-$kye$ after having slept
with him, she bore him a son ; to engender,
to generate, to beget: «wi'rw«^-ti5-g the
son begotten by the swineherd (Jd.). 2.
to pour out : S'l^'*' to pour out water.
3. to vomit.

'&l tyog-pa, v.

ravne.

g^og-pa.
a low place,

repre-

'CJ b<;od-pa v.
sentation, rumour, report.

CJ-2fc'£| b^or-po C., liberal, munificent
(Jd.).

'q bfor-tca, v. «H^'q, to chase:
chased game (Situ. 76) ; *"

went to chase wild animals
(Hbrom. f>, 15).

6f0/=l ^ delay, putting off ;

to obstruct; ^ipr
raised strong objection (A. 110).

bfol-tva to wait, defer, delay :
jiq'y to put off, postpone doing
work. i-^Mwi tyol-hdebs or q^r^wqae
q^m-q : q^ac»-5q« he could not be kept back,
diverted from his purpose — relatives
are called ^vS'^or^w the devils'
obstruction, i.e., hindrances on the way
of deliverance.

, v.

wine. q
(Mnoii.) «TT wine.

b<;ol-ldait-mne8=*c-'

1. pf. of ^ q. v. 2. resp.
for 1 food, victuals, provision of the table :
-q to go to dinner; ^"^P""9^'
ai'q to treat the priests to a meal ; $
food offered to the gods.

lK^ as met.

food offered to the gods (Zam. 9) ;
/^i\^3\'t^'':^'^'%f\f^'IH^'v he looked to-
wards heaven at the time of going to
dinner (A. 101).

rg b$o$-bu offering-morsel, e.g., small
pieces of butter offered to the gods or to
the ghosts.

^ sa I : the twenty-eighth letter of the
Tibetan alphabet corresponding in sound
to the Sanskrit « and English S. 2.
represents the num. fig. 28.

II: in Buddh. 1. ^

f'rl the letter *> illustrates
the equality of all things, i.e., matter, i.e.,
the want of difference in them (K. d. \
111})- 2. »r$>«K.-«V9|'«f«e:q5-|'| fcN'WJsws'V
9jarqv§^ m is the symbol of perfect secrecy
or occultism, it liberates all by certitudes
(K. g. v, b$). 3. In Tantrikism what is
called sa applies to purity of promise, i.e.,
oo holy vows, signifying nothing else : *)'*!*<'

179).

Q III : 1. wf\, ^m, ifr, TTT, »?f%5fiT, ^,
Jl>, <wfr, $f?*ft the earth, soil, land, earth
as elementary substance ; wn^tt digging
earth, excavation; *»'$'*>'S*.' «« ehu me
rlun earth, water, fire, air ; *rw<w]*j jjjjj^
gf^si^ta come out from the earth or from
the ground; «'3^'3V^"1 a small quantity
of earth ; tT'*< clay, argillaceous earth, ^l'"
flint and earth ; also for ore, metal (like
^ rdo), "1^'*' gold-ore, %«rw silver-ore Cs. ;
sweepings, offcourings ; the ground,
to sit on the ground, »r«i'|e.-q to
fall to the ground. 2. = ^* place, spot,
space ; ijV*< or *yw* residence, dwelling
house, !'*> birthplace, one's native place ;
^V" the place where a person or thing is ;
E.**if«r4)f4r^*$^ I have a place where to
ask advice. 3. occasion, opportunity,

possibility : q«rar^*r*^ one cannot get
near him ; |'5\5'^3ft*r*r^'T^ you cannot
go to that place, Sir ! (Mil.) ; ^•^'Sr^
nor-gyis blu-sa med you cannot ransom
yourself by money. Also with respect
to men: K.-fl|s^-uii*'w (g'*!'^)*^ I cannot
address myself to anybody else with my
words (requests, hopes). 4. position, step,
grade: $CW«W*S14' he took and treated
his second wife in the place of the first,
i.e., he showed the second the honour due
to the first. 5. degree, stage, state ; ^i
^spjfH the ten stages or degrees of saintly
perfection (from Jd.).

N-^^qt,- sa-kun dban or W^'«rv»>«l$>J'r'5
_ njqX-ZfoytSwfi flT^^Jf Chakravartti
Eaja, emperor of the universe (Mnon.).

VS sa-kra, or «'H 1. map, plan; «'H'
^^rt=«5"lT^*SJ«»'2! drew out, i.e., took a
plan of the ground (A. 61). 2. = Mfa-|"e-'
accommodation, place for travellers, rest
house ; seems to be a corrupt form of the
Sanskrit word w% entertainment house for
pilgrims generally ; W^fi^'t'i**1
qj'ifysrjj*''**'!]'1^' besides accommodation
for twelve occasional guests (A. 119).

«VP sa-dkar as met. = Vl^'l" white
colour, white- wash ; lime, chalk.

vr*<Q sa-rko-wa^^'i isfru a pig; to

dig ground.

*^« sa-§kam dry ground, steppe (Sch.).

w^ sa-skor tour, travel, journey.

*r| Sa-skya mugtift grey earth ; n. of an
ancient city with a great monastery in

1256

Tibet; the grand monastery of Sakya in «'*f<^ sa-wkhan=aw'HF3( one who is well

upper Tsang. acquainted with a particular place or

«•§« »a-tlkyet l.=V, Sfr" *T** a country ; a guide.

general term for tree ; lit. that grows from *r*)|^ sa-wkftar a castle the walls of

the ground. 2. =^'")'g'*»"^ lha-yi gju- which consist for the most part of earth

mkhan a celestial singer; «|*v$«|'^w fsj, (Jd.).

the planet Mars (Mangala). v^e,1 sa-gyon tough-soil, hard ground.

*<'3jc,' sa-skyon STJT«I ; J^'Q king, gover- w^flp sa-dga and I'^S* sa-dgyeg—'y^.

nor. the lily (Mnon.),

Syn. wqgc; *<7-JsrMn; **'! mi-rje (Mnon. tn-t^ sa-dgra the enemy of a coun-

41 gc.-^qcg sa-skyon dwan-po an emperor, try, i.e., in many cases nothing but a

a great king (Yia. k. 59). demon (Jd.).

«rjfq sa-ikyob=*- hill, mountain. w*tffa sa-rngon JJ-ira, ^life^m a hind,

i gron-kbyer a town a landlord [n. of Adi-Buddha] -S.

sa-hdul=wif%n sa-gyos earth-

or city

•pa «a-A-Aa/«?=».-5)-p^ the element of <luake (¥"OM')-

g^^jj *)^5 srt-A(7>'o=*i'S peacock, lit. that

. , .,, , which walks on the ground.
« B sa-khu water mixed with clay ; « R

gi|«-q made dirty by earth, dust, etc., ^'Ji'l'^'^'l^l sa-ryyal rje-blon bcti-gcig

soiled with clay. n- of a (VS*!) demon who moves with

*)ffs.' sa-khon ^TTO the interior of the ten frightful attendants and carries mis-
earth. wffc'^'^'qS'i]^ the gold that is chief wherever he goes,
in the bosom of the earth, i.e., still in the wfiJN sa-phogs place, region, tract: "^"F
nunefl- q$'*r8£l»i hjigs-pahi sa-phyogs an unsafe

VIS'S ta-khya4=«* land, place, dwel- place or region (Ja.).

ling place (Rtsii.). v^rgya* the eight stages of

«-Bq sa-khyab lit. covering the earth ; ^.^ perfection5 ftcc fo the S'ravakayana

one whose power extends over the land, ^^ ^ . ^^^.^.^ r(.^_%. ^;
hence = «'qV! ruler, king.

«'J5^ sa-khyon the earth's extent or
compass, area (Cs.).

ra = «'JI map;

« brgyad-pahi sa • *tfc.-qivw mthon-wahi sa :
qjjq^-ci^'w bsrabs-pahi sa ;
hdod-chags dan bral wahi sa ;

•gc,if draws a plan of the place (A. 61) ;

byas-pa rtogs-pahi sa ; wTSw%'** nan-tlm

kyisa

137).

you also having

left the Jo-wo's place (A. 123). "'^ ««-»^ mound> heaP of earth

«-0'5 sa-khra-bo ifa [ashamed]^. (Mnon.).

[a bare

^'H*! sa-khral ground-tax, laud-rent. ** S sa

«'| sa-khri l. = »<'5i'B sa-y: Mn' (Mnon.), ground](S.

a seat or chair made of earth. 2. =«'* «!"! sa-sgrog f^^ [the esculent white

a place. water-lily] S. (Mnon.).

1257

sa-nos clay, face of the earth.
sa-snon blue clay, blue earth.

sa-bcad=sft^'*i-f\^ 1. a synopsis,
a di vision ; = ^ a chapter. 2. = ^i or
3['R*i order, arrangement (Yig. k. 1).

sa-bcu (also called «Kwj«r|-»i) 35-
^fir, the ten stages of saintly
perfection of a Bodhisattva according to
the Mahayana school : — (1) ^'{j'Y*!^'1'
si^fem beatitude; (2) V*r&Vd fij^r
spotless purity; (3) ^'§^'1 WWK enligh-
tenment; (4) *V*I-t1'^ ^f^Nrat illumina-
tion ; (5) ^'S'l^'Vl^ 55«5ir unconquer-
able ; (6) *i£V^'t}VEi 'sjfi^tlR salvation ;
(7) Rc.'^'^E.-q -i^ftu far reaching; (8)
S)-qj35-q ^ar immoveable ; (9) atijsrwgf 3j*j
kgs-pahi blo-gros tfryrfti righteousness ;
(10) ^'|'p clios-kyi sprin ^%^r spiritual
cloud.

^'iS'i sa-bcu-pa ^pjfjr^r one who has
passed all these ten stages or is in the
tenth stage.

sa-bcuhi dwban-phyug ^K.-
'q an epithet of Maitreya
Bodhisattva who has passed through all the
ten stages of saintly perfection.

si'1!^ sa-bcud=^ vs$\ift ; lit. essence of
the earth, i.e., sulphur (mystic) (Min. Jf).
N'q§S'^'3 sa-bcud ser-po=#^ sulphur
(Sman. U3).

*i'* sa-cha in colloq= place, country,
land.

*rl^t( sa-chen-po ^TfPj^r a large place,
the whole earth ; a high degree, e.g., the
eighth stage also *renjt%3f one in that
stage.

**'si&i\ sa-mtshog aft-^Rr chief place ; a
holy land. 2. ffTxr'^l [a sort of yellow
sandalwood]<S.

*r*i&;'« sa-mchod-ma = $s&'^» rgya-
rntsho chen-po fl^lstfa ocean (Mnon.).

I sa-hchag kuns-myul (*»'*
n. of a demon.

&a-hchin tjir lotus.
!a-hjo = $W 1. lightning. 2.
as met. a hog (Mnon.).

*rnf*iN sa-hjoms^^'ift ff^f^t that which
digs a hole, wild boar (Mnon.).

"'I^'B sa-snin khu 'g^tH'SS [the inner
fluid of the earth]&

*ri sa-gfam-pa — ^ hill.

T^ bjig-rten the world.
'i = ^'"lVi a rug, a floor-carpet
(«%.)•

*»'§*•' sa-sten surface of the Earth,
the higher regions of the Earth. |=.'
*^*'$ the people of the four continents,
beasts, the gods of the four Maharaja
kayika, and the gods of the thirty-three
(Trayatrimsa) heavens all live on the
surface of this Earth. *r|=,'N sa-sten sa
«MT l|*T the space or region above the
surface of this Earth.

*»'^c.' sa-ston bleak arid tract, desert,
terms that are synonimous and analogous
to it are — ^'V-' dgon-dun ; w§ nut-ru ;
(w) ; S'c.«^=.- mya-nam than ; ^St^'^l brlan-
bral ; $(*i*ri gkamg-pa ; ^l *\^ ^ hbrog-
dgon-pa ; §"^1 byo-mog ; i)^ij'*) gseg-ma ;
li-iil'*^ so-phag-can ; §'*r-5^ bye-ma-can ; "I^e."
^ ptsan-<;od (Mnon.).

[water-lily]^. (Mnon.). 2. = «p$"l (Mnon.).

^fq^'^il sa-sfols mig «ram [n. of a
prince] S.

sa-thams cad dwan-pa or
r a monarch.

1. dust. 2. n. of a num-
ber (Ya-scl. 57).

159

1258

«'3"i sa-thttl to prepare the soil, soil
made ready to receive the seed.

«r3ar^q|-si sa-ihel nag-pa 1. n. of a (w\"\)
demon. 2. a deity of the Horpa tribe (<7a.).

*r*&J| sa-mthil the central region on the
globe ; JjfiflRr [the surface of the earth] S.

«'^c3 sa-dan-po the first stage of saintly
perfection.

"' V! so-dug lit. earth-poison ; evapora-
tion damp or acting like poison on those
sleeping on the bare ground.

»<'*, sa-do (v. ^'5 do-po) half a load of
earth, a sackful of earth, being half a
donkey-load.

»i'f e.' sa-doA pit, hole in the ground.

w^ sa-dra Ta. 18 k and 187, diploma,
patent (Sch.).

»riVi| sa-bdat, vfctw% = yf% tnffa,
gtrirfft, ?fr^Mf«; V$fo 1. king, master or
owner of land, sovereign. 2. demons
gen. of the Naga class (4frio».) ; god of
the ground of any locality supposed to
be a jealous and angry being, of terrific
appearance, to whom on many occasions
offerings are brought.

^VTS*4 sa-bdag Myfa«giA&¥gr

f gyal pohi-pho-bran king's residence, palace.

WN^ sa-mdah 1. mouse- trap, also a
large trap for catching leopards and other
animals. 2. a fabulous plant («72.).

*r*^'$' J'« sa-mdah chu sgro-ma a sharp
pointed arrow having a feather at its end
which is shot to pierce the earth and aLo
through water (Rtsii.).

^T5 sa-rde=^'$"\^ u-tshugs, persis-
te^ce, ^•qCl*''^ sa-rde btsugs-nas={Q'&i\w
9»i'^«) having urged, insisted upon ; *r«,'
r|ir|^£*$ra (they) persisted

on my getting the wealth of the kingdom
(A. 59).

«'^ sa-rdo a stone of earthy formation ;
earth and stones.

«'^"I sa-rdog — ^"\^ Icags iron (Mnon.).

*'%*( sa-ldan 1. = ^ or ^ a hill ; tree.
2. = ji'9 qjrrix a king, a landholder.

«'^ sa-sde n. of a work (Ya-sel. jtf).

fWQ sa-ncig-po TStssvfo 1. black earth
or soil. 2. n. of a place in Tibet ; Sa-nag-
pa a native of Sanag.

*'*\W sa-gnai l. = f-*| the sacred ktifa
grass of the Hindus and of the Buddhists
(Mnon.). 2. district, region, country,
landscape : fw«^i]S«r<ifl»< a lovely place
or landscape. «'"i^»i'«igc.-^«j-«i •aNfifyii^-q'
w^-^« in short, the guardian of the dis-
trict should make it free from feuds.

"'"fivll sa-gnod fpyin mm [a kind of
demi-god living in mountain caverns and
attending on the god of wealth]&

w'lfa'i sa-ynon-pa ^innswn invading
or subduing a country, conquest.

«•$*» Sa-rnam n. of a place in Tibet
(Rtsii.) ; *•%»•<* a resident of 8a-nam. vtff
^•^•^qq^ Sa-ruam Umn-grub rab-brtan
the full n. of the Jong which is ordinarily
called Sanam Jong (Rtnii.} : vifftrv^»/f{V
3c.'I'5n to the Sanam-pa, you all also of
Jo-wo etc. (A. 123).

*<'J('f!' sa-sna Ina soil of five different
places or kinds.

"'ifS sa-snod 1. earthen pot. 2. *tfqw
[a kind of jasmine]S.

wi sa-pa one belonging to Sa-kya;
inhabitant of the earth, of our globe (Sch.),
"'if sa-pan = fyc>p-°}-i> Sa-skya pan-di-ta,
Sakya Panchen (Yig).

^'M'S sa-dpyad=*r*s,*\ or *)-^-qf«i[-£( dis-
crimination of land, ascertaining the
suitability of land for building pites, &c.
(Ya-sel. 33).

1259

sa-spyod 1. »j^ a land-animal,
possessing the earth, man. 2. «'|V«i
king, ruler, governor. «'jfy
'*1 nt-spyod dam-pa a pious king or ruler
(F/0. A. 36).

Syn. 3"i'2i rgyal-po ; w^«,' sa-dican ;
*>'VKP mi-dwan (Mnon.).

1 sa-spyod-ma = c>^'^ lady, queen;
so-spyod ma-pnas=c>&'%*'%'^'
the queen's apartments or palace (Mnon.).

*r|<^ar5-^|«r§-*>-fc- n. of a quasi-reli-
gious work on the selection of sites for
buildings, founding of monasteries, &c.

«'<«• sa-pag w^f brick, dried in the
sun.

«-f4«| sa-phug aft^^i, <fitz*: cavern,
cave ; ^'SJT^V sa-phug chun-nu fi^k cell,
a small cavern.

^S6-' sa-phun earth-heap; jfip-wg-af^-
*W^lrt-1*W«W the two partridges,
mother and son were under a mound of
earth (Rdsa. 16.)

N^vg sa-phur-lu = ^ ^9^ a hill,
mountain.

N-g-^q*^ sa-phra rabs-can tr^Hrg;
matter, atom, atomic particles of earth ;
.the earth.

*r^ sa-bon s?for seed: «'5>i^^-g-q§«ii
sa-bon hdebs-su bcug caused to sow
seeds. Also=B't' the semen virile. «'^-
.' born of the seed,=§t\'i rgyud-pa;

^

g.dun-rgyud (Mnon.) extraction,
progeny. srS^g'Sim sa-bon gyi-tsJtogs the
aggregate of seeds, which are : — #i5>r^
rtsa-wahi sabon ; ^fli'gS'N1^ tJiog-guhi sa-
bon ; vnrqivq'5^ hgas-fahi sa-bon ; «'^'§'
^'5^ sa-bon gyi-sa bon.

V(^s(*ffn sa-bon rul-pa ^fj^s putrid
or rotten seeds.

^•%§^ sa-bon skyed=&i\'fa hjig-rten,
^'f ^ sa-rten the world, earth.

•I'^'IV*1 sa-bon skyed-ma ^b>« [bring-

*\

ing forth seed ; the earth]&

m sa-bon Sams fiF*tt fruitless.

sa-bon mdaod=»^^'^ pad-
mahi se-hbru anthers of the lotus (Mnon.).

N'g sa-bla=u$'^'*\*\** ^Jni^b? heaven
(Mnon.).

Vffif: sa-dwan = $%''% rgyal-po king,
ruler, governor of a place (Mnon.). *r«^'
^'3 sa-dwan c/ze»-p0=JT9'^'3 a great
ruler, governor : »r^K.'3aj'Ei5ifl|c;q«ft'»w^fl|'
^'W1"^ (Tig. k. 61).

sa-hbcl bulging soil, soft earth.
sa-hbyed f^f^T, ^J^TT a hoe.

Sa-hbri abbr. of »rg (Sakya) and
(Di-khung) two monasteries of
Tibet (Lon. *, 12).

f*f^ sa-ma-rdo or *)'*l^'^'*l^ sa-min rdo-
min neither earth nor stone, conglomerate.

^T£J3j'^|?JJl Sa-man-te ysum ace. to
L.Q. three different countries called Sa,

Man and Te : ^rWI'*fl!W%'W|« at

>»

that time the dispute among the three
states of Sa, Man and Te (A. 86).

«r*mi sa-mal ^rfrosiT the bare ground
used as a bed ; [also = death-bed] S.

^•«q^ sa-mi gzod produced no unplea-
santness or uiihappiness (A. 123).
i sa-min (Sch.) : ' white sand.'

s=TS'S ka-mu-da or Utpala,
sa-iuss tshal $«<cH group of lily
plants (Mnon.).

^'U"I sa-smug dark red earth used in
medicine : «TiW*;S''*W%a'|k!ffl|5.' Med.

1260

«'S*« sa-dnuir red earth ; W^WWC n.
of small monastery called " Simon-bong "
in the neighbourhood of Darjeeling situated
on a mountain-slope which consists of red
coloured soil (Hook. I.) (Jo.).

«'!>« sa-tsig, *r'«| sa-tshig or *^1 sa-
tsig stage, post-station.

*rq|jc.- sa-gfsan a country free from
contagious disease.

«'$• sa-r<s» = Vl* $" white-wash or "'VI*
chalk, lime: «rJ"fl|*T«w *}•$*' (Rtsii.).

*)'fr«'aiTW2fi sa-rttiiS yon-tan rgyud. n.
of a Bon work correspon ling to Oscr-hod
dam-pa Suvarna Prabha.

« 'C* sa-tshur a kind of acrid earth used
in making paint and in dying (Rtsii.).

*)-*<jto« sa-mtsham? border, frontier,
boundary ; *)'*)<**<*<'^*|ql*'':) sa-mtshams. hgeg?-
pa to guard the boundaries or limits ; to
mark out the boundaries.

sa-hdsin skye$ n. of an insect.

sa-htsho l^

-' dgan-gzar

the

king

»IA*'|« sa-htitho-$kyet
elephant of Indra (^non.).

»j-n*-^q sa-btstto hdab=^'^ be-tahi
$ifi (Mnon.).

«•**« sa-htsho-ma JThrr the wife of
Buddha.

^•^•g-S sa-htshohi bu-mo 1. T?pT«i
[lotus]S. 2. w\« thal-drei n. of a medi-
cinal plant (Mnon.)

«-^ sa-hdsin, l. = «-^-£i »n^K Gan-
dhara, the modern Kandahar; ^T
mountain. 2.=J'si'9 rgyal-po sjfiraT king
(jtfjJon.). 3. symb. fig. 7 (BfetV.).

w*?a^Tp-q = «qc.«-^ lit. white mountain,
i.e., snowy mountain (Mfion.).

Sumeru :

^•wil^q-g-q^ may your majesty's person
(health) remain unchanged and steady
like the Sumeru mountain (Tig. k. 60).

»r^fl| sa-shag sfii^t tjiijTCi bitumen [rock-
oil, petroleum]-?.

soil, the earth ; site, place.

Syn. *fc'1^ nor-hdsin ; %'*f%'H mi-g.yo-
wa; 1?^'" brtan-pa; ig^'Ss bskrun-byed.;
hod-b$rufi byin ; "S^'ft hdsin-nM ;
shag-ldan ; ^^'^^'9 rigi-phur-lu ; xw'
""< mthah-yas ; "le.*!'^^ yan^-ldan ; "|^'^^'«
pser-ldan-tua ; j'n&Sj*!-^ rgya-mtshohi gos-
can ; Jf'^l*'''^ fna-tshogs Main ;
kun-bzod; ^'5)'|f'')'8^ ri-yi gna-wa can;
nor-ldan ; ^'^'sf'^i'w nor-gyi bio gros-ma ;
§'9l7^'S|'^l'l*i'*^ chu-gter fka-rags can ; ^'jfi
chu-skyob ; q^V** bzod-ma ; ^^^ bzod-ldmt ;
^•i^'jc,-5 rin-chen gnin-po ; \%*t dri-ldan ;
^1'x dog-ma ; ^'3^'" rten lycd-ma ; a-*c^'
§S'x hchan-bycd-ma ; $*•'%*( glin-ldan ; $'$'"$
klu-yi ffthi; «je.'S'^?^'§^ hbyun-po hihin-
bycd; ^§e,'Q5'»j»i hbyun-pohi yum;
$«•») dbyig-gi bio gros.-ma;

bcud-ldan ;
*• 3 Sc' ff^er-gyi glin ;

hdaom-buhi rgyal mtshan-can ;
pjv«r£)Ae<ii« khur-la mi-hjigs ;
ma-yi hjig-rten (Mnon.).

'*•' sa-pshi ski/on ?ft^iTT-«l ^'^
rgyal-po king (Mnon.).

«-«il^x^-y sa-yshi nan-pa sandy desert,
bleak tract, bad soil, sterile ground.

Syn. «'¥*.' sa-ston ; *$**'*&>' dgon-dun\
x'% ma-ru ; •j'tw^e, mya-nam than ;
brlan-bral ; ^^'^ fkams-pa ;
hbrog-dgon-pa ; ^"\ gyo-tnog ;

1261

= "^^ gold.
sa-ya (^ici^af^'n) = 1,000,000
a million.

sa-yab, «'S)'«iq sovereign, 'father
to a country' (Ja.).

'ti sa-yans-pa a wide open country.

[a

gseg-ma so-phag-can ; S'*»'«^ bye-ma can ; w«^cgfl| sahi-dban

"ifc-'-fa gtsan-fod (Mnon.). king (Mnon.).

«'fl)^'qac,'c( sa-ffshi bsan-po', *3l%*r or
«j-qac.-g good soil, fertile earth or ground.

Syn. 'wy.w rab-dwans, «'W sa-bsan,
*>'"1^ sa-(f$in, *g-^'|'l5'»( hbru-kun skye
ieahi-nM (Mnon.).

wnfta&q sa-pshi hdsin wift>JT the
support of the earth, king, mountain.

«'ij s«-s/a=*|^ gold (Fi'0. A. £). «^c, (Mnon.) & king, ruler.

"'3^'|P'Z' sa-zliihi lhun-po = "\^'^'^- «-S)-q|^q g#_«j adu-pa

golden mountain. blue water-lily] S.

*rqac.-g sa-bzan-po *iq«ai [a kind of ^^'ij^'g sahi-ydu bit = '$H'f\ lily (Mnon.)

fragrant earth]S. ^.^q M_^. ww=y.q.y ^,,wa ^M

"'^1 sa-hog »rnrafaf, Trat^i the nether rfi(r»« grass (^non.).

world; nadir, underground. Syn. ^'*«| ^-jj-q &-^ r««-W« an epithet of Karna

rAa<5-Ao^ ; J*Jff^« stobs-ldan gnas ; "i'^1 ft hero flf the war of Kuruk?etra, son of

S^i klu-yihjig-rten (Mnon.). Kunti by ^ gun_god ^^

v^l ««-% I* the Naga demi-gods ^.^.^.g,..^^ . hphun.b^ ma.mo

occupying the nether region. /„., __s » ,

(T^<0 a female monster.

Sft~flO(l *l)lt)*Cfl~'lCfl '-^- ** M 0(t~0l(t ««.*\ ^-m» • 1*7 /v-nr m\ J!

«o|-ga)N sa.y{ byt-iam C*Q^i\) n. of

: sulphate of arsenic (Mnon.). ,

«§'pi*m sahi-khams. ?f«J^^Tg element
of earth.

an emperor, a great king (Tig. k. 58) . ^rrfc *a-yi »yab-pgod lit. the wild

yak of the ground ; n. of a snake (Sman.
«i<v5je;q saht-gon-Ka w? a lump 01 earth

[a dod]5.

v^-«c.-q| Sa-yi san-ga njfl«^ n. of an

^^•8 sahi snifi-po 1. = ^ 0<er gold. Indian j^g who ^jgj^ Tibet during the

2.=^!^^ £rfo-r;e gdaw Vajrasana, Bodhi time of gfrom-bstan-pa (Lon. «~, £).

Graya ; also Aryabhumi, Magadha (Mnon.) ^

3. n. of a Sodhisattva. «S^q-^*^S- «*l *«-^ '*«=1^ earth-god, a

*^ n. of a Sutra containing an account of Brahmapa (40m.).

the attributes of Bodhisattva Bhumigarbha wSi^'Ji sa-yi lha-mo ^K^ sylvan

together with a dharani (K. d. t, 15k). goddess, nymph ; *r§^-#qfaj-*< the goddess

»»5'1c.'93'«ia\'ti*'g'«3ffl\i quwgfli^fuwi n. who was witness to Buddha Gautama's

of a Tantra containing the 108 names of greatest achievement, his final triumph

Bhumigarbha (K. g. **, 85). over the devil.

sa-yi
[the betel plant]&

1262

wifZ* sa-pyos earthquake, w$w«r
ujlfa-q^ the expressions for earthquake and
Earth's six kinds of convulsions are : —
« ifZv slight shock of earthquake;
"I'fa strong but partial movement;
«,q-g-q|3jq universal movement; "H'*3«i sa-
hgul ; *«r§-*g«i rab-tu hgul ; *&§*•*' %*•<$*
kun-tu rab-tu hgul (Mnon.) \ w%*\ sa-ldeg,
w$%y rab-tu Ideg, W*pn$^ kini-tu
rab-tu Ideg. Other terms are : *r^'$*,
sa-hur hur, *Q'§'&*'$* rab-tu hur-hin- ;
^'5'^i'5W^ kun-tu rab-tu hur-hur.
Also : «•*«• 3* sa-chem chem ; *a§'l»i-S*i
rab-tu chem-chem ; ^'§'*i'§'fc*)'iw kun-tu
rab-tu c/tem-chem (K. ko. \ 259).

*•?« u. of an Indian saint (Lot. *, 5).
sa-rab fertile land, excellent soil
(Rtsii.).

^i\'» sa-rig-pa mffo [1. king. 2.
earthly] 8.

»<'^N sa-riin route stages ; the taking
of corvee labour from the different villages
in turn. »Vr§'*«J^<M|*^^yH(j:|'«^1
*$* the reason for breaking the regu-
lations concerning the stages of the
journey should be given by that man
(D. eel. 40).

*iM| «fl-rc</=t'^q|*' rje-rigs the gentle-
man or Vaifya caste of India (Mdqn.).

w^c.'^^ sa-ren Idait ^^$t [possessor of
the precious jewel Kaustubha ; an epithet
of VishnuJS.

*»'§^^ sa-rlans exhahttions, vapours of
the earth.

«'|""1 sa-rlog as met. = pig.

*<'«T|N sa-la skyes JT^Ni [1. lit. earth-
born; a tree. 2. Mars]&

sa-la hkhyog w met. a snake.

peacock.

,' sa-lag byttii *^»r earth-grown
[1. the planet Mars. 2. a tree]&

^'^V?8! sa-lttd w«/=SI=.'3-l glan-po /•//<-
elephant.

or

rtsi can musk deer (Mnon.).

glu-

sa-gqin-pa ?-hi: [lit. vigour
of land ; fertile land]<S.

«-gc.-»t Si-srun-ma TtTl«)«ft the river

>• "

Irawadi (S. Lex.).

«'Jj'»i sa-sros the time after dusk.

*i Sp1] »(i-$log met. a wild boar (Mnon).

*)'«RJ*< sa-gmm 1. fwij^ the regions
above, below, and on the earth: **'§}'*"!,
and »!•§=.•. 2. the third stage of Buddhist
saintly perfection, Prabhakari the enlight-
ened: g*yi'3^^3v1tF/^BK4| ajtN-jj-gniN-
t^f^-if'^flfff^t (Lam-rim.) I bow down
to the feet of the most famous (saints)
Nagarjuna and Aryasanga who attained
to the 3rd stage <?f saintly perfection.

I *Tf|'-^ Sa-ka-fe u. of a city in
ancient India

1'^| sa-rja rryr, ftfirrer n. of the four-
teenth lunar mansion or constellation.

Syn. JS'^'* rgyud-ldan ma •
dwaA-po lha-ldan-ma ;
mtlion hog (Rtsig.).

'i»i Sa-ga sky
sa-ga $kyes-ma f%in^ 5R^t an epithet of
Uma the wife of Mahes'vara (Mnon.).

*)'")'») Sa-ga-ma daughter of the house-
holder called ffwl'^'"^ Bala mitra
who was married to the prime minister
of Prasenajit king of Kos'ala a contem-
porary of Buddha (K d. «|, 1U).

1263

**'"P'|'£i Sa-gahi zla-wa the month of
Vais'akha (April-May) in which Gautama
Buddha was born, and in which he re-
nounced the world and died.

the

sa-gas na-wa
full moon in April-May.

sa-rji-ka medicinal herb, and
M.

flower :

f ^T^TT] Sa-pa-ka n. of a great river
of the western continent of Godaniya,
which flows like a black line in the western
ocean (K. ko. "1, 263).

£ 5TJTQI Sa-ma-la n. of a sanctuary
in Manyul (Dus-ye. 39).

% ^'^{'^cl sa-m& ga-ma = & man
(mystic) (K. gu. P, 28).

* SJ'^'^'UJ Sa-mu-tsa-ya n. of a king
(K. dun. U).

I ?T^,'<3j Sarana («fn) n. of the son
of w*l Charka (w^ft) (K. d, «, 33).

t ^'^'^1 sa-ra-la im n. of a tree (J?.
*o. "1, 5).

^J'^'^T^ sa-ra so-n coarse-grained and
fine-grained (corn, seeds, etc.), mixed up
together W. (Jd.).

t ^'^*§ Sa-ra-ha n. of an Indian
Buddhist saint : ^q-fcntg"*1^'^-
l-^-gjflj?! the one who had received real
perfection was famed as Saraha (A. 70).

^ 5j'^C' sa-ran «^ a kind of sword

(Mnon.).

t ^'* sa-ri ignfa^ the fourteenth

T

constellation or lunar mansion.

Syn. SffSi'SJ'S rlun-gi lha-mo ; JR'if^'
§,"1 rlun-gi dwan-phyug ; "l^w'w^'^c.1 gnam-
ndhon god (Mnon.).

sa-ri-ta ^rft^^^W^ hbab-
chu stream, river, (mystic) (K. g. P, SI).

T ^J**'^'^ Saroruha n. of an Indian
Buddhist saint who is said to- have sat for
seven days on a pyre but was not burnt.

^TQJ Sa-la 1. n. of a great river in
JambudvTpa, prob. the Salwen ? (K. my.
"I, 68). 2. prob. a corruption of the word
Sara in Krisna Sara n. of a species of
antilope ; ^jf^^Sff^f ^W^r* went to
India on account of an antilope-skin.

Sa-lim n. of an Indian king,
(prob. Prince Selim who became emperor
Jehangir) : *"Hp1^pr^W'J«rt'«>5«« King
Salimpa who ruled over Arya Bhumi (Loft.
a S3.

^ 1 ^ sa-lu Jfifd Ori/za saliva wild rice
which according to the Buddhists was
the food of our first parents. The plant
grew wild and when reaped in the evening
new ears came out next morning, to be
fit for the sickle in the evening (B. ch. 16).
^'^'^9 aufad<!g<!i a kind of fine fragrant
rice. »rs5%- sa-luhi shin rice field, the
field where the fabulous s'ali grain «'$
grew wild (Mnon.).

T(3W sa-leb is explained as S'^'gE.-q
shallow.

TOTfj*! sa-le fbram <qnfU<. fine grains
of gold found in sand; 9'*^3JN'«iv^i|-^ii|-
**•'¥*' ($ag-) natural gold picked up in
pieces, not obtained from melting.

= t^'^ bjh'-mdo (mystic)
crossing of roads (K. g. p, 28).

sa-ha-ka-ra ^f»r< the
mangoe-flower (K. du. «, 330). WT^S-
a§'^c>' n. of a celestial creeping plant
(Tig. k. 37).

12G4

+ *ry|^ Sa-ha pd-ra n. of a Bud-
dhist monastery of shepherds in the con-
fines of Nepal and Tibet (Dsam.).

+ *T^ 'SF> Sa-tte bhe-tar n. of a great
city in south-west India (Lawt-yig. 16).

t ^ saw l.= 8)«|»i'^e.« leg$-hofit welcome;
blessing or good be unto you (mystic) (K.
g.f>,ir9). 2. ^jft-fcrwrsv^-qVl^'
"V^'l Swa is symbolical of the void
nature of all things (K. d. «, 322).

t ^'^«wa-»u=^'JJ mountain (mystic)
(K. g. p, «S).

T ^'?'*1 Kwa-biM-than n. of a town.
«-j^-§-3jc:i$^»j-t!-^-<^- wq*-~|fl|-3<i| let Swa-
bhathan the town of the heretics (Muteg-
pa) be reduced to dust (A. 18).

t 7jJ*f\'*\8d-ga-ra «mr the sea, ocean.
i 5T&S sd-tsts/ta *n$ its Tibetanized

-j- i^

form is *'* miniature images of Buddha
and Bodhisattvat and also Chaityas cast in
moulds.

* ^'^ Sd-ra n. of a fabulous golden
mountain (K. d. % *«)•

flower of Sal tree.

^•ai-^-g sd-to ser-^o
aAwr fi'

f»<? «T?^T the Sal tree,
Robusta. ^'•I'VfWl'*.*' the sub-Himalayan
regions abounding in medicinal plants
and sal forests : +*qVFAlKfr**f9f*
q^-^q|« ^-ajni the cool medicinal region of
Sal is a grove of blessings and happiness
(Yig.).

^•|E,-q5-*iX, sa-lu Ijaft-pahi mdo n. of a
Sutra in which the twelve Niddnas (con-
ditions of cyclic existence) have been

illustrated from the growth of Sdlu rice
and its seedlings (K. d. «, 190).

scr<7 1. slow and oblique;
slow in walking or movement (Yig. &3).
2. brawn, callosity ; Sch. also has : hail--
side (of a skin) ; «"V*^ brawny, *TS*| a
thick brawn. 3.=y««? W. scale (of a fish)
ywm scaly.

«wi'«^*i sag-bdar a rasp, wnc^'jfli'ti to
rasp (t/a.).

«<i)-q^q|-R«j Sag-bdag n*=gi'S«i sug-rntcl
the smaller species of cardamom (mystic)

C. a little bubble (To.).
'^JJ'^T nag-rant r(si sulphuric acid

(Ok.).

J'* «ff(/-r» or *<"F^ sags-ri from
Persian Sagrt : 1. shagreen. 2. obliquely
cut edge-lining of a robe : p^JorwrV^R1

sag-sig ^r^Rl [moving and-
resting]^

^C' saH or«t^^ to-morrow ; «f3|i«j^«i|W'Ji
at noon to-morrow ; wt.-aje.-w to-morrow ;
»ic.-g-q^ early to-morrow morning ; ^5'«c.'
the day after. In W. ***•' is also particle
denoting the comparative degree (/a.).

«c5s saft-phod=**<c-''% next year ; «t,-^V
*\'*»<'^ a year hence, about this time next
year : •WWS.'i^lI'V'fCt^'rflf^pT'l next
year the Tlrthika teacher about this time
again (A. 33).

to-morrow eve-

11111 ''.

'^ san-gha incorrectly for
n. of a Tirt/nka sect of ancient India who

1265

used to dress exactly like the Buddhist
priests : ^^f|'*W*VW*1w'sK*WVr
S*-^ (Theg. 33).

fC'C* san-ne 1. immaculate, stain-
less ; v^'*"^ pure white. 2. secret ;
*ic.-q]«jc.- speaking secretly, privately, whis-
peringly. «c.'gopi san-sbugs hole for hiding
money and treasures.

?}C'3 san-wa pf. «w«.q or «**>, fut.
q«jc.- or *K.' 1. to do away with, to remove
(dirt, etc.), to cleanse, to make clean
r4 the guilt has been cleared,
r§'Vi to be consoled, to be freed from
grief or repentence ; jf^wrnlj'i to go for
recreation or to throw off suffering ; $'M'
ws to be free from sorrow, to comfort.
$c.'Nc.'q to get well, to be free from illness.
2. to take away or off : pq*r«=.'q to remove
the cover or lid, to uncover ; to recover,
to come to one's senses ; *rKwWWI to
recover from intoxication ; •flwrt'WW?*
to awake from sleep. 3. to spoil, to render
unfit or useless (/a.) .

safi-slad hidden, latent, concealed.
san-sbyin a secret gift, a giver in
secret.

safi-ras cleansing rag, towel:
1 (A. 121).

* san-san n. of a number. (Ya-
wl 66).

NE^C: san-sen hiding-place, crevice, g*'f
=.' chink of the house.

«.« san? or w«-q (S'cai'?'9) «a purified,
freed from, cleansed ; evaporation.

«c,*rj« Sans-rgyas the Tibetan equiva-
lent for any Buddha=^=-'5'£i^§^i! w^T
<ft«R)S'§T*S'*TWWr«l one who has become
fully awakened from the slumber of

Aoidya. Another explanation is : W
^ ?JC,N-?N«J-«^C.«J purified from all the sins
arising from Avidyd, — |N=^'^*j'gN aboun-
ding in knowledge ; also lfa1?iwtr$'^'Nc,*r
ni'n)^^-c,c.-5[^-g^-q*j-^c.^-*^-acS*cqTS called
Sangyas being liberated from the begin-
ning and by nature full of knowledge
(Tan. snag. Q 98). The different epithets
of Sange or Buddha : — 5*r*

mkhyen;

dVSI ^T

mkhyen-lna-pa ;

thams-cad-
thams-cad-rtocjs; ^C

[come together, assembled from
various Buddhist lands] S.

-gN-|'^E.- sans-rgyas kyi-shin f^w,
the fancied sphere of a particular
Buddha or Bodhisattva ; for instance Suka-
vati is the sphere of Amitabha Buddha,
Tibet the chosen land of Avalokites'-
wara Bodhisattva.

VtXfK$t&ftej;t&tH n. Of a s&tra
containing descriptions of the achievements
of the Buddha in his former existences (K.
d. 1, 235).

WWJV^?**^ safi§-rgyas dkon-ntchog
Buddha Eatna, of two kinds : — ^^'^WJ
xrnrra^, i.e., WQ*W5$ the most perfect
Buddha, and ^'?q kun-rd/sob ^a^;
unreal or artificial Buddha, i.e., his image
made of different materials or substances.
'5'lliIi safis-rgyas sku-yugs ^.

N Buddha's relic, his image or figuie;
also his tomb ^m containing relics.

160

1266

'£ Sans-rgyag can-
hkhrunt lha-mo the goddess Tara.

WE.W3*r4J^*rq San?-rgyas gni$-pa an epi-
thet of the saint Padma Sambhava (Yig.
k. 26).

Nc,«rj*rq^-« mns-rgyas bstan-pa Bud-
dhism, the religion of Buddha.

WE.»T3«rH\q5'*s sans-rgyas thod-pahi-
rgyud n. of a Tantra in (K. gu. *, 5).

»ic.»r j« q sani-rgyas-pa 1 . to attain to
Nirvana. 2. ^f a Buddhist, one
believing or practising the religion of
Buddha; *MI|p<flf»P* fans-rggag-pahi
grub-mthah the religious doctrines of the
Buddhists (Stfu. 117).

»ie.wj»r$5'*i sans-rgyaj spyihi-ma the
common mother of all Buddhas ; aco. to
Tantrikism : the Sakti of all Buddhas, i.e.,
Prajfiaparamita personified.

Buddhist sage who visited Tibet through
Nepal and became the tutor of Lama
Taranatha the great historian of Tibet.
He resided for several years at the
monastery of Phun-tshog$ fflin in Tsang
and afterwards visited Tashilhun-po and
Lhasa, where he discussed religious
subjects with Panchen Chos-kyi Rgyal-
mtshan. At Lhasa he paid homage to
Buddha by prostrating himself before the
great image which had been brought to
Tibet from China by the queen of king
Sron-tysan sgam-po.

*jc**'awi'q^ Sans-rgya? rab-bdun a
succession of seven Buddhas who prece-
ded Gautama Buddha: ^'8=- Kas'yapa,
1^3=1 Kanaka muni, ^^i ^"1 Kraku-
chanda &c.

saHs-pa flrcjs purified, awakened.

safi$-po the first patriarch of
the Bon the name of whose wife was
Chu-kham (0. Bon. 23).

»>*.»i'S^ sans-spyan fr^ipi the eye of
Buddha or transcendental wisdom.

sad I : frost, cold air, cold, coldness,
for «V*A frost and hail ; «s-3«-^'l»
to be destroyed by frost Qlr. ; often in
conjunction with $v^ hail (Jd.).

*r^'?i Sans-rgyas iha-tno
an epithet of Yajra Varahi.

II : or w\'q 1- discriminate, sort ; to
examine, see, try ; ?*w«^'q to try, to
test: gs'q^'*\*)'^'t)^'*'l>'C|^'3^ I shall see,
whether you are patient ; *!^v{i'*,'V^*r*i£V

like gold, it is revealed by testing.

"VJ*** sad-khom not getting ill after one
has awakened from sleep ; wv^'P*1 falling
ill or feeling unwell as soon as one gets
awakened from sleep ; w^'pfo'iic.'oiiHi'^'^'?
w4v% he who remains fresh when roused
from sleep is wonderful (Khrid. 22).

^•*)'*)'q^ sad-mi mi-bdun the picked
seven or ' the seven men of trial,' i.e., the
seven most distinguished and talented
among the young Tibetans who were
selected by king Khri-srofl dehu-btsan to
be trained as monks by Acarya S'anti
Kaksitr., and thoroughly instructed in
religion and sacred sciences. The three
elder ones (aft'lSS*) among them were :
Manjus'ri of Dpah, Devendra of Rtsanf,
Kumudika of Bran ; while the three
junior one's ("fi^) were : Nagendra of
Hkhon, Vairochana Raksita of Pagor,
and Acarya Rinchen-chog of Rma and an
intermediate one was Katana of Gfan.

^^ III : frq. in conjunction with "fis
resp. w^Pi 1. to cease to sleep, to awake,

1267

r mis-ma thag-tu directly from that
dream ; ijlwq-aw gsim-pa-las from sleep
to waken, more precisely «ywg«^«i sa(f.
par byed-pa ; also fig. : «$•«!§ '.g-q good vir-
tuous emotions (Ta. Jd.).

sad-mdah ^IK'qpW?1^*) word
of discrimination. «^ •$«!«: n. of a
dynasty of ancient Tibet (Lon. *, 7)
(Mnon.).

(Khrid. 28) in myself faith and
repentance arose.

•j-

*i-5i««»ir*i*
(K. my. \ 20).

san-ta ni-ka

names of flowers

soli-sob 1. something rotten,
putrified. 2. incomplete or defective ;
«iq-«q-D^ not incomplete, in good order
(A. 156).

J'F Sam-su-kha «V«r n. of a
fabulous region situated beyond the snowy
mountains of S'ambhala the people of
which are hermaphrodites like the Indian
Hara-gauri (Lam-yig. £1).

sam-kri-tahi

legs-sbyar-skad *^a the refined
classical language of India.

sam-ta a wcoden board used
as a school-slate in Tibet for drafting and
computation. Aoo. to Schr. q^'5] brtsam-ta
*w'H, sam-khra or ««^ pocket-book, note-
book, memo-randum-book, tablets.

sam-dal Ld. moustaches

(Jd.).

sam-bha-ri fpjffr a religious
sect of ancient India (Theg. 33).

J wf? Sam-bho-ta]it. the good Bhota,
the name by which Thiimi or Thonmi
the father of Tibetan Uterature was
known both in India and Tibet.

sam-sum or wr*r$*ii> sam-ma
sum-me with a low voice, lowly, softly
(Jd.).

or

in the place;
to promote to

termin. of « : a-

higher rank or dignity ; .

dha the hero who has attained to the stages
of saintly perfection ; »rq$-ar<wei5^wq' a
spiritual hero who has reached the tenth
stage of Bodhisattva perfection.

+ *'3<»'Fsa-rwa ma-ni wtufa the ser-
pent's gem. It is said to be obtained from
the mouth of the serpent, its special quality
enabling its possessor to float on water.

, ^cs^

N'tr'7?! »a-rdsi-ka sfssNfr alkaline
earth largely used in India for washing
clothes.

sar-pa s??Rr [fresh, new]S.
ar.gor=w^'«^ sa.ra so.re

sal-bab W., prob. also
Mil., gold ornament, gold-laces (Jd.).

sal-k-wa (^si
lucid, vividly arising in the mind) ; clear,
bright, brilliant; w^^cq lighted up,
brilliant, well-lighted =*iv^'*ww (Jd.).
r. of «.

^H si also ^ the sound of whistling
through the teeth ; ^S, ^1 whistling,
whistle ; S-q«, whistling, as a call or sign ;

§'S1 a whistled tune. 2. num. : 58.
•

'3J si-gla
bulbous plant]*S.

[1. a lump. 2. a

1268

1 ^'^ &*-ta n. of one of the four great
rivers of Jambudvlpa. The Sanskrit
name of the great river of Tibet formed
by the union of the Tamjo-khabab and the
Kyi-chu of Lhasa ; it is called Lohitya by
the Indians (Lod "*, 5). Aoo. to some:
the river Oxus, which is supposed to flow
to the south of S'ambhala country (K. d.
S 270). Also=fini VF'3 dkar-po white;
also 3'^S Kumuda flower (Mfton.).

* $'$S'PVJ Si-tahi-bdag flVanrfr the hus-
band of Sita, Rama the hero of Rama-
yana who resided in 5 gc »t ^<i| «^ the palace
called Puspavati (If ton.).

J'^ si-tu n. of a place in Kham (J.

Zan.).

si-tha

[the date tree]5.

^'^ *f-ra=»i*V«i worship (mystic) (K.
g. 1, SIS).

*s* si-ri 1. pack-thread, twine C., W.
2. bar, bolt, door-bar (Jd.).

n-rihbu centipede W. (Jd.).

si-ril a kind of inkhorn, case
for carrying an inkstand in one's pocket
Ld. (Jd.).

T 'i QJ si-la fw*^ or Jrw^ a sort of
incense. S'ai5'%.' the sillahi tree \_Boswellia
thurifera\S.

Syn. 5K.-33-W glafi-pohi-sas ; %v*w si-
lo-Mob ; \w dri-bzaH ; ^ ro-ldan ; *^'
flp^'i clier-yyc~ma; *w§^ tshim-byed;
^«w Icgs-hbab ; **.'$**! than-chu-can •
bcud-bsan; "§S^ bcud-ldan; ^'l yalla-ki

(Sch.).

si-li-ma the breaking up of the

S 5) S| gt-^/i the noise produced by the
incessant downpour of rain.

t $•$•$•* si-su ntd-ra f5na»m: the dol-
phin.

or

^ a kind of pomade or perfumed
ointment [1. the olibanum tree. 2. in-
cense. 3. turpentine]^.

^'^l aig-pa jerk, to jerk, to hitch up,
to give a hitch as porters do with a load
on their back (Cs.) • ^N'Sfli'q to shake or
jerk the body. S11! $1 niy-sig ^•fl'^
to move, to jerk (Mnon.). : *flf'
he shook his little head (Edna. 11).

^^'3 si9-t>u °^ao ^T^ ai9-ra sort of a
basket (Schr.).

sin-skyur curdled milk, sour

milk (&*.).

JK'ffl'K' SiH-ga-lahi gift
the modern Ceylon.

^C C CJ

the lion.

>}-&>_M-a = «ijgc,-*i holy, of pure
character : 5^'5Tl''5'Sffi-qi-*j»)^qj-(jj-|qj-jQ|qm-q-
%*( there resided only holy men for
the purpose of acquiring perfection (A.

*i£<cl Sin-pa the Tibetan name for the
Sikhs of the Panjab derived from such
names as Eanjeet Singh, Grolab Singh and
others.

sin-tea 1. vb., to pick out, sort
out, wool for the third time, by which the
finest is obtained. 2. adj. in compounds:
«j<ij'$c.-q jet-black, very black.

^C'j^ sin-bu liquor made of mare's
milk, Tartar arrack (Sch.).

1269

(Ja.).

ifi-tshol Ts. tea-pot, tea-kettle

(Jd.).

sin-yol, v. ite'»w in ^'5 sefi-po

•

'^ sin-ri 1. n. of a mountain. 2.=

sin-sin 1. the sound of steel
when struck to test its quality. 2. thin,
limped W. cf. Sc3).

l scns-po (

mented rice-water. 1.
W. 2. sbst. C«., also
the fourth infusion of *

adj.

unfer-
thin, clear,
small-beer,
a weak beverage,

without any intoxicating qualities, yet not
disrelished on that account (from Jd.).

^'^1 std-pa to whistle Sek., $«Vf s;'af-
s<7ra ; = ^'fj si-sgra (Jd.).

t ^T^T^ Sin-du gi-ri flwfjrlt 1. moun-
tain bordering Sindh. 2. n. of a king of
the country of Darada (Dardistan) (K. d.
», 231).

+ *^'3'^'? sin-dhara-tha n. of a religious
work :

-|f, (A. 98).

+ ^'^ sin-dhar f^Rjr n. of a religious
sect of ancient India. ^ipfwCJ^cRXI^f'
"^ those who have nothing to aim at or
who desire to resemb le the " do nothing "
school of the Chinese Buddhists. *^5('^
prob. has reference to this school (Theg.

Sin-dhu the country of Sindhu,

N3

modern Sindh, in western India. §^'$ '| N

>» •

tin-dhu $kye$ (lit. native of Sindh) a
general term for horses imported from
Sindh (MAon.). ^'|'^ sin-dhu-ra =%'<*.'$*.•*
for 1%^?:; minium, red-lead =«|'B (Jd.) :
(Med.).

sin-dhuhi bdag-po = Qs^'^ti
(Mnon.) the ocean.

sib-pa fW'N to be absorbed,
**'al'$'3r3 as water on the ground ; to eva-
porate, to soak in, to be imbibed ; $«r§q'3*r«i
to be lost in, to vanish in the air ; §«rS»r
-£J to evaporate or vanish quickly.

'9 sib-bi n. of a disease (Ya-sel. 28)

sib-bu; Cs.: a sort of small-
pox ; Schtr. : the measles.

1. to refresh, to
be refreshed ; ace. to Jd. : good health,
prosperity, or vb. to be well, to be well
of. §WCK adv. = 1^ happily, content-
edly (Tig.).

id=j£Q as met. the moon,
cool. §«U'*^ tiwf^ a
rivulet that makes a refreshing sound.

sil or *to'%*( sil-snan and
cymbal; f^-S'Sac^ai-q kags-kyi sil
hkhrol-ica Lex., Sur^'XarJirujgarq sil-snanrol-
mo hkhrol-wa to strike the cymbals ; ^i'
$*t'* a female cymbal player (Ta. Jd.).
§ai-gm-|-g sil-khrol-gyi sgra the sound
produced by one bell-metal disk striking
on another, the sound of a pair of cym-
bals (Mfion.) ; &r*fi^ ail-mkhan a cymbal
player (Mnon.).

sil-scp-og=H'$ as met. peacock.
il-bu, ^•5=7^-9 a little.

1. separate pieces,
particles, dust, fragments. 2. the tin-
kling sound of a cymbal, |T«rtwi«l1ppr
«0f^ tunefully flows the brook over its
boulder bed ; «ta'»q gurgling water ; rip-
pling brook (Mil.) ; also ^«('%«i the rupee

1270

of Ladak, = four-fifths of an Indian
rupee (from Jd.).

Zam. 5)

small bell ; «|^T"'*5-^ tinkling sound of
bellets.

3 I : »M 1. = Kpr'wJS «?r a lucky and
good woman, good luck. 2. = •'"'fa eating
(mystic) (K. gu. f>, 179).

^ II : 1. «:, interrog. pron., S'5^ who
is ; ^W^S who is here ? gw5^ who are
you ? g'S'qVS'i'^S who is it and what is
his name? 5'*^ who went? S'^'K who
says, or who said ? 9" or S'$« by whom ?
gS of whom, whose? which? fT^'S^11!
which son of the king? W, S'VI plural
forms of who ? Colloq. "F is often used
for $ in certain districts. 2. correlative
and indefinite pron. : f^VPftW^K^I
to him that kills this man, I shall give ;
j§^gv*}<«r<«it.'fl|*w'«r*rp$«rwi have not you
already asked some body before ? $, $'^"1
is also used for some body, some one, a
certain : g'w^'^fl) a certain friend ; 3'^v
]C«*i'2)4| a certain avaricious person, a
certain miser.

«J«J su-su who, who ! S yg «5s what
persons were there? 2. WK" denotes
the drawing in the breath in blowing up
a fire, the lips being nearly closed, to
prevent smoke from entering the mouth.

*J III: termination: 1. of the term,
case after a final «: *s;^-*l-*k- gone
to his own place or residence. 2. num. :
88.

J $'5| su-gi vulgar corruption of ^
or ^ yogi.

J W* su-ta-ya g?ro n. of an elephant
that belonged to Kalyana king of the
country of Yava (prob. Java) (K. d. \ 87).

-t \J'5 Su-ta-ri n. of a place in Hima-
vata where lived a notorious hunter who
was at last devoured by his own rapacious

1 ^T^J's'B Su-tcar-tan. of a Gnndhana

T *^0 f

princess, daughter of king Kabula (K. my.
"I, W2).

"^ ^['^T^i su-ma-na ^JH«U: a species of
* "* *
flower (JT. rf. *, *&8).

su-nmn-tra bya-ka-ra-na
"n. of a Sanskrit grammar

prob. of mystic and Tantrik terms by
Acharya Chandra Gomin.

mi-mi flf»T n. of a medicinal

i — ^

root resembling turnip, imported into Tibet t
proper from Ladak. g'^'^^'^'SI' "15}**'
^«q-ijaj-^f»w the three species of Sumi
of red, yellow-purple, and brown colours
are antidotes to all poisons.

t ^'*)'^" Su-me-tho fl^Vt u. of a
mountain situated on this side of the
mountain called SJ'-f '* m-qn-ma (rfftvi)
(K. d. *, 282).

§nod wine-jug, prob. also the kind of
water-pot called surai largely used in
upper India for cooling water : $'^'t(V
^N'gc,'n*i'*l'^E.''>]^c.' (A. 50) having been
poured from wine- jug it was unfit for— .

vl'^'^ su~ru phan-tsha also ^'^
(vulg. called x^'t") red-pepper or Capsicum
annuum, i.e., guinea-pepper.

^I'9 su-lu ?}'^'C^'^'CI9'Il*|q denotes
perh. the usual sitting posture of Milaras- .,
pa who, while reciting his songs, used to
stretch out his left leg, drawing up the
other, and supporting his right arm on it,
his head leaning on his right hand (Jd.).

1271

stig reward, recompense ; *JTW sug-
rnan id. ; gi'I'i sug-rjed inark of honour
as a reward C. ; «<1'fH phag-sug a bribe
(/a.).

•f ^^'^ «tt<7-pa I. sbst. — "iTi the
hand, the four legs of animals ; *$*!'1H
sug-bris=^'^ hand-writing gilFS'S**'
ft (Oil. 10) reduced into writing.

^JJ'^I II : root of a kind of medicinal
plant used for washing ; lf*\rtW^
w«^ the bleached sug-pa is a cure for
deafness (Med.) ; fJ1% powdered stiff-pa
(Rtsii.).

called (invited) the lord Atis'a (A.
155).

J'^J in : vb. to push, jog, nudge a
person, in order to awaken or make him
attentive ; to push open, a door with a
a stick ; 'JT^TlV nvg-pa-shig lycd-
pa to push, to shove, to displace
(Jd.}.

S«Fgw sug-pa.skyes=^-^ (mystic)
(Mi*. V).

gi'3 s'tg-po a limb ; 9^'^ the four limbs
of an animal, esp. the lower part of the
four limbs (gen. of those that are slaugh-
tered for meat) (Rtsii.).

stiff-rmel or g«lf "I sug-smel
1. Cs.: a kind of spice. 2. = ?s^isi
cardamom : OTlqrilpl<'1RUWnpr%* Med.

Syn. <*s*ril«}*rci hthum-^sum-pa; Qf
us-nan-ma ; V*^'**'! ne-wahi Ide-mig
(Mnon.).

gi'^"!'^ laughing loudly (Rdsa. 10).

^^'^ sud-pa to cough, to breathe with
difficulty (Cs.), &;*;%* to die by being
choked or suffocated.

sun = ^ or

or

adj. $%» 1. to be out of humour, tired of,
weary of, sick of ; tired, weary, ^'
not tired of hearing (Mil.) ; 5K$ai'
to become tired, to get weary of ;
^fjc^-q-S^-cj-i^iii I Suppose your reverence
will be tired of it ; to make (a person) tired
of (a thing), to vex, annoy, to stun or
drown with noise, to deafen ( Jd.). 2. f^nt ;
to blame; W*'§'S'£| ^tolfa, ijrcifcj to
blame, to find fault with, ^'g=-' became
corrupted, biased, prejudiced. 9 *i '$"!«' if
ifMWHfo poisoned or prejudiced mind
(8. Lea-.).

sun-khyud *!w^ scandal.

time; ^'^=
at times he

^'i sun-par hbyin-pa 1. to stun
or drown with, to overpower by noise, to
silence. 2. to refute, confute, disapprove
3. to renounce, to resign : ^ Ag^'tiS'^w
strength to renounce (the world) (Jd.) ;
occurs in V^'^^^'i^'^^'"^^3!'^'
§^'1 to renounce or break through the
magic ties of relations (Ta-sel. 7). ^'^f-'i
sun-phyun-wa—'^\a\:^^:i:t refuted, have
obstructed one by logic in controversy,
defeated an adversary: S9'**'l*i<fi'S|'**wl
^•^•gavic.-n*! by the Madhyamika
metaphysical demonstrations he having
refuted all one by one (A. 28).
fl5'2fl| sun-hbyin-pahi tshig=tl\e\s
a libel, words of insult or disgrace to
another person.

S^'" sun-ma ^TWT insult, defamation,
disgrace, dishonour, refutation. SI^'i'^T
9'g^'«'3^ we should not dishonour the
great favour (of the lama) ; *5«r|f*-9|-$tf'
*wfll§'1l*< met by a miraculous refutation.
(Khritf. £9).

1272

'EI stti-jw pf. sgw or gw, fut,
1. to stop up, plug up, close, cork; to
keep shut, locked up: n}'«ni i**'^'" to
stop one's mouth, and nose with one's
hand; ^9^'fJTi to strangle, suffocate,
choke a person; to fill up, choke up
with [earth, rubbish, etc. a lake (Glr.). 2.
^ ^'^'3'5q q to blot out, erase like a letter ;
to cover, shut up, fig. *|«.'t*r*jq'«i to
cover the trace or track, to efface every
vestige ; ^'35'«j«r£i to rub out a figure or a
drawing; a'^'iS'Sk-gq-q to remove the
name of a debtor ; to hush up, conceal,
e.g., other people's offences ; to suppress,
to avoid, e.g., obcene words ; to allow to
settle, the mash in brewing (from Jd.).

sub-sub obliterated, rubbed out,
erased; 3T5K$£>'$t)'3«'c'*' having rubbed
it out with his hand (A. 44)-

sum, for *RJ*i three, in compounds
before consonants : $*<'§ fV»l thirty, SJ^'iJ'
f%[ira 300, gwfc.' fr«TO 3000; gw* also
QN •«* ?g^t?wnr, ecftqre a third, the third
part, <U*rgiJE.-«ira*)-*-*ft« (or gw«ft*i) two
thirds of Jambudvlpa; ^'fjsrqf^i two
thirds of Tibet. *i*<'3 gum-skya a cord
of three twisted threads (Stfi.). g*§T
«RJN sum-cu rtsa-pwm •srotwuf 37 the resi-
dence of the thirty-three gods (Sorig.) •
the heaven of Indra; gwfr'Ki*'''^'
"J'«^ the Sutra on the Trayatrirhsa
heavens (K. d. *, 208).

«j*c§'^i| sum-cu-tig or $*>'*r's\ a medicinal
herb growing in the clefts of rocks and
amidst grass in Tibet. *J"'i^T*F*<*^
wfj^'iiN sum-cu fig removes inflamation
of the liver and biliousness. Meet.

*J*»'?"1*< sum-rtayf abbr. of

f^fafi-nanc the work treating
of the Tibetan alphabet and the manner of
compounding them by affixes, prefixes,
surmounting and subjoining letters to
them. <^<^>|TV|T'"5'H*FIK8^ aii*m-
f^Rlg-iqan ^w the grammar on the use
of affix, prefix, sex, etc. (Situ. 6).

^£T«N*y«wMjirf0iryw*f: where several
roads or rivers meet, the junction of roads
or rivers (Mfion.).

J Sum-pa or g*«'i 1. n. of a
province and that of a monastery in Amdo.

2. ace. to Jd. adj. putrid, rancid, rotten.

3. vb. to bind or tie together, to draw
together; to condense (Sc/i.).

gwtrwpaj q Sum-pa mk/tan-po (lit. the
abbot of Sumpa n. of a celebrated Tibetan
author who wrote various works among
which those on medicine, astronomy,
history, and of Buddhism, geopraphy
are full of interest. He was born in
Amdo ; his real name was H"*prvfff»&\
(Yeshepaljor).

'CJS sur-phan, red pepper v. »}^'«^.

the heaven
(Mnon.) f%l^i the heavenly residence of
Brahma, Vishnu and S'iva (Jig. 21).

1 ^^,*UJ mr-ya I. «ar the sun. 2.
colocynth. 3. n. of a disease.

?J*'?J*. sur-sur coarse-grained, e.g., grits
W. (Jd.).

sum-cu-pa 1. the 30 letters, of the
Tibetan alphabet. 2. The original Tibe-
tan grammar of Sambhota in 30 s'lokas.

1 sul 1. an artificial plait in a dress;
rgFgvfcvq the lamaic petti-
coat, etc., which is also without plaits (Jig.
11). 2. furrow, channel, groove, trench,
ditch; ^ft, ^Sj1" lateral valley, ravine,
hollow ; ^'«l«i'3'$e.'^ a town in a lateral

1273

valley; gTSi'2' narrow ravine between
rocks ; T^i the fluting in a column (Jd.).

^T*^ sul-can furrowed, having plaits or
folds.

*jor*4 sul-nui an angular, or grooved
vessel.

ml-mal the third stomach of
ruminating animals, the psalterium or
book tripe (Sch.).
$** su$ instr. of $.

ST^l sus-pa colloq. the belly, stomach :
$*<•£)• gVq swollen belly.

3 «e 1. one of the six early tribes of
Tibet (Jig. 6). 2. n. of a kind of small
bixd (Rtsii.). 3.=*H &-'"* a Uttle, very
small: «-*3F^3<T5T£<''^'] in his cheeks
there were slight depressions (or wrinkles)
(A. 80). 4. num. : 118.

'P3'£l se-khra-ma species of Qy (Rtsii.).

n. of a place in Tibet (Deb.
% 29).

Sl'zfpl se.gol ^rozi 1. the snapping
one's fingers. Mprf ^W*nP* ; the sound
from the snapping of fingers; the time
it takes to do this, i.e., a very short time,
a moment, a twinkling ((7s.), **Wl
se-gol- gyi sgra the sound produced by
snapping the fingers ; *%|-«, se-gol-gyi
brda a signal given by snapping one's

r>__0,,a . &-ffi'm'q1£'n^iq'!*i ^wz^iigrfRTi^ as
nngeis,

much as the snap of one's fingers as a
sign of contempt or indignation.

«*'3ft sc-rgod for ^'i|'3ft se-hbru-rgod ;
wild pomegranate : WfrHFV*V^'*V*'l>

^'J&V*'^'^ Se-chen cho$-rje Tibetan n.
of one of the Tartar emperors of China
(Lot. * 11).

•I se-ta rog-fo a species of
an aquatic bird (Rtsii.).

5)'R£ se-tran yellow beads of a rosary,
coming from the central part of Tibet
(Jd.).

?T^\ se-dri, *$\ yse-dri the disagree-
able smell of the sweat of the armpits :
^•qj^srq se-dri bgnam-pa having that smell
(Pth.) (Jd.).

se-bdu4 n. of a (o'^Vl) demon.
'*.'$ se-wa rafi-rta the horse on which
a ^'S^S demon rides.

Se-rdur n. of a place in Tibet :
•ITP*-' (A.

?J*Z3 se-wa or *$'** gse-wa, £i^'£' bse-iva
1. a thorny plant bearing white flowers
resembling the rose ; ace. to Ja. rose-bush,
rose-plant, rose ; <'i^'«X1fl|%q's)'^<i| gser-mdog
se-wa mc-tog prob. the yellow rose ; wild
roses with beautiful and rich blossoms fre-
quently adorn the slopes of the lower hills
in the Himalaya mountains ; in C. hip,
haw: %'*>'*! fin se-wa is mentioned as the
food of the silk-worm (Jd.). 2. in $-«rv§
se-wa ra-ti, ^1J) se-wa is the fruit of a
plant which is used for gold and silver
weighment; it is about two grains

*!'§*. do not give even one grain of

Se-wnn nat-pa n. of one of
the disciples of Milaraspa. (Lofi. *, 21).

^ se-bo prob. for ^'^ grey, ^'5 $kra-
se-bo grey hair; *tf'§'% mgo-se-ivo (resp.
^9'^'^ dwu-se-wo) a grey-headed person (Jd.)

?)'^ sc-bya one who calculates and
studies the times and place of the issuing

161

1274

of the Sa-bdag demon from the nether
regions to do mischief to men and cattle ;
a Sa-bdag astrologer.

$'*9 sc-hbu a bad-smelling insect.

$^g se-hbru *&* ^rfe« pomegranate;
?>-qg-»)-^<i] se-hbru me-tog pomegranate
flower.

Syn. «^'^'S9I mchin-nad-dgra »A'^
indsod-ldan ; ^^« $ked-ma ; fjV5*'5^' sprehu-
yi fiA (4f<5o».).

^'^^ se-hbrog spite, malice ; back-

biting : ^p*^*«wi^4<NN(fwfv«'^<r^'

Vfe' those not being pleased grew spite-
ful and behaved maliciously.

se-tno ^im: a necklace (Zam. 5).
{ necklace (of amber) ; also a string of
pearls or precious stone, a kind of orna-
ment made of pearls (J}brom. 131).

se-mog C. venereal disease; *>'»(
syphilitic ulcers (Seh.) ; v. %'^e.'

Se-dnmr n. of a ferry near the
monastery of Sam-ye : ^'*i»<*» V*'§f Cl*'1"'
$*i'*F from there he proceeded to the ferry
of Se-mar. (A. 91).

<*'V?'8*\ whu rta-khnd the groom of the
chief of a class of demons.

b^oft-o** (S*i) ft* a fig.

'q se.y0 re-tea scanty grey-hair :

-i*f%'lft'**Vr*l ttere was
a grey-headed old man said to be 500

years old (A. 70).

S^ Sc-ra, lit. place of wild rose or
brier ; n. of a large monastery near Lhasa.
'U^ sa-rag dur-$man carrot in W.
se-rul a kind of mineral earth
used as medicine, probably bismuth ; also
yak-cow'fi dung collected in autumn for

manure (Jig. 9). *S«r
w|S (Med.).

il^oj se-rel half open, W. (Jd.).

H'JS'wgflpj Se-lo sa-phyags the house-
sweeper of the king of Sa-bdag demons.

^'-^'Vi se-far re-tea whitish brown :
4r4$Mrqflf'Wr*-^-M another old fe-
male ascetic (yoyini) whose flowing locks
were whitish brown (A. 69).

*•%' se-fiA a kind of nettle. Ace. to
Cs. a tree or shrub, good for hedges.
*>'^"1 se-dug poison contained in <*'%'. $'J&*|
or *>'^*T^ si-dtig-nad^"]'^'^ reg-dug na$
syphilis (Mea.).

*>'«> se-se, %'¥•' a kind of biick-tea
(Rtsii. 74).

*<'</, ^T***! wg-seg obliquely, awry,
cut obliquely.

|'5i seg-bya n. of an aquatic bird,
prob. snipe (Rtsii.).

?fa|'£J scg-tiM small stones, gravel W.
(Jd.).

$u|»r«^ segs-can u*^ gravelly.
' set, v. "]^' g*i'b.

ffi-ge fflT the lion — only

known mythologically.

s sas-can ;

i divati ;

pa; P'g'" kha-iAa-pa ; f^'t'^'T'S tshogt-
kyi bdag-po ; w>'**t ral-pa-can (^ut^) ;
alCi*I'3Vg'{' gtsugs-phud Ina-pa ; =.'X'^ fta-ro-
can; ^^^» ri-dbags rgyal-po; sffv^v
*$*, nam-mkhah-g.non ; $ww«pfa rnatn-par-
g.non; ^•«ii«-«>qK,>5 sder-chags dwafi-po;
»-^«r<*i«m cha-$as-hjigs (Mfion.).

l(E.^'»]«,'flI«c.-q sefi-dkar gsa'n-wa an officinal
plant which has the property of removing

1275

barreness :

HI klun-hjug brings issue.

^''TSft se$-</tf-s&>-06?= !!!'%' kin-gift sff»r-
5T »l (Mnon.) [a species of Euphorbia
used in offerings to tbe snake-goddess
Manasa]&

$R.'*T*^ 8en-ge-can=Q'^ boat (4fno».).

«>c,'*|S'l|'{'*r<i sen-gehi sgra sgrog-pa an
epithet of the son of Kamadeva (Mnon.).

^c;«|5'%'$'*< sen-gehi fin-rta-ma an
epithet of the wife of Mahes'vara
(Mnon.).

^e.-n|-«.i«m'»)s, sen-ge hjigs-med n. of a
medicinal herb ; ^^•S^^^OM^ev^ \
Senge-hjigs-metf cures fracture in the bones
of the head.

ik'*|-S$-g flf^iq, f«f^<r^5r, TT^ the
planet Eahu.

Syn. 3 "15^ sgra-ffcan (Mnon.).

*)E,-$|-qjE,'q Sen-ge bsafi-po ft'T*R: an
Indian *Buddhist Pandit who wrote a
commentary on the Prajfiaparamita (K.
dan. 38).

i>e.-5|'$^ sefi-ge-rtsen an epithet of
Jampal Bodhisattva (Mfion.).

§f«|3-j§ sen-gehi-kkri Wfiw a throne
so called from its being supported by
golden lions. The throne on which
Buddha's image is seated borne by eight
lions.

i|E.-«!'Vf| Sefi-gehi sgra the sixth in the
list of the thousand Buddhas of the
present Bhadra-kalpa (Situ. £2).

§c.-3\v%n%i\*n'ti'i,'*f{ Sefi-gehi sgra bsgrags-
pahi rndo n. of a Sutra in (K. d. ", 183).

^c.-flp'ir'Ji sefi-gehi rtsal f^Tf%«IW; the
prowess of the lion ; one powerful as the
lion.

the lion.

sefi-gehi ral-pa the mane of

sefi-gehi-rigs=&s met. a dog.

-»<^ SeA-ges shus-pahi mdo the
Sutra deh'vered at the request of prince
Simha the son of king Ajata S'utru (R.
ko. *, 73).

W seii-kam dkar-mohi nu-
sho = «•!=.*)•§ glacial water, natural ice-
water, glacier stream (Sman. 351).

^•gfc.' sefi-ldan prob. a wrong spelling
of lie^e: also ^e.'X^ a tree growing on the
southern lower ranges of the Himalayas,
having red wood, and a bark which by the
poor is used for tea called sf=.'e ; its sap
serves as an officinal drug Lt. (Jd.).

.' sefi-ldefi, i$foi; Acacia Catechu.
Syn. s^fft'S'*! byis-pahi nu-ma ; g|-^-») glu-
ten-ma (Mnon.). Damaru (drumlets) made
of this wood emit a very musical sound.
It is of three species, red, yellow and
white (Zif.) : '«C1\c.-3)-5j«i|-£);vg^E.-|c,-,jjq|*<-§-
fr*» (A. 31) and my best of all the
deities is Dolma of Sengdeng forest.

$c.-|ic,-c,^*i sen-lden nan-ma an inferior
species of Acacia catechu.

Syn. «i-«]E.-«i5-t>s/|R,- b?an.wahi sen-lden;
^•^31 tshil-dgra ; f&7*f1( zla-wahi yal-ga

non.).

sen-lden Idan one of the seven
fabulous golden mountains of the Bud-
dhist cosmogony (So-rig. 8).

"^^ 1. clean, white,
cf. l'*^'. 2. Sch. : thin, airy, transparent,
not dense or tight ; $e.'^c/ id. (Sch. : open,
free, roomy, spacious); I'S'^c/Dc.-^'!^
$l;ye-bo sen-sen-por gyur they became very
thin, lean, pale people (Jd.).

1276

1 seA-wa pf. «wc.*i, fut. WK.', also
«I^E.-; to lift up, to raise what was hanging
down or drooping ; jg7*wq$c.'q'«iAg^ he
goes to take some recreation ; |
to refresh the wearied body ;
q?)E.-q^'Rfe.^ bracing air; «f«wc.'q to re-

N)

create, to divert one's self ; jf'«te.1(»iA9j'q
to take a constitutional walk, i>car*rf^'«i to
drive out, to take the air in a carriage
(Pth.) ; «j<^«wc«r^ consolatory, giving
comfort (Jd.).

: soft-fan

iA, for

white, bleached.

, seti-8or=*$f^ losing sight of,
oversight, escaping from the memory
(Tig. St.)

sed a file, rasp. (Jo.)

scn-dha-pa prob. Tibetaniz-
ed form of the word Siddha=«#V$*w'J| a
Buddhist monk or mendicant ; <>y and
i are its corrupt forms.

wit-mo ««|-«i- or resp.
nail of finger, Wffy toe-nail;
fy K*\ a gripe, pinch, nip, twitch ; ^'S'
^nwti to pinch, squeeze ; ^'Svfl^ *<3-
fra scratched by the nails; ifo'fci as
much as may be put on a finger nail, a
small quantity (Sch.) ; fyftwMpcti grown
or appeared on the nails, ^'^ a white spot,
such as will some times appear on the
nails of the fingers (Jd.).

Syn. "^'*' $dnr-mo ; mipivlfc'w lag-pahi
tsher-ma; oiij^^wS lag-pahi dpah-wo;
nui'ls'*^ lag-srid-can ; ",^'5«'f ijw'3 hdod-
myos kag§-kyu ; S^1?!'!*! sor-mo-$ye$ ; 8|V|
slar-skye ; ^'"|'^ na-ga-ra (Mnon.).

sen-mohi as met. peacock.

seb, v. *|*ta pseb.

'S^scm-mc (S^Sx-*)) slightly smiling :

96) the lord slightly smiling said, be
patient, sir.

sem$ -w, *^; «^ ; resp.
soul, as power of moral volition, spirit;
i>*w3fpe.'£i sems-kiji khari-pa I^TI the heart
where the soul resides; ")v^'5| §^'5 the
doer in the heart; Hwarvicq to have
power or influence over one's mind or self ;
$*w«,c. -y^ g* his mind became cheered, the
mind wa? joyous, ^v*'!* 'S'*>*w passion-
ate mind; lustful mind, ^v*'1!*'^^"!'
n5'^n»j passionless mind. 3j^fli^'«ta*i the
eternal spirit. 2. mind, resp. «K yid
and jf Vo : D»I»I^ ^oi-q-atij^-yS}^ | ^we^-n^-
q5rq-£i«,A§^ (K. d. <*, 214) it is good to
control the mind, he who has controlled
his mind will obtain happiness ;
the mind is sick, is troubled ;
sent) hkhrugs-pa a mind agitaied and
troubled by sorrow, affliction, vexation
etc. ; flCfvoS'^JW forbearance, patient endur-
ance, fortitude, constancy ; "l^'^w*) malice ;
J)«r*q-«;rgn-«iri»»« mind full of wisdom,
knowledge. it««-a-ai"i-q ^<fwjTfo*T a sfeady,
firm mind, not to become agitated or
ruffled at heart ; Jlwrpfe-^ at the bottom
or depth of the heart ; **wj*c^ = |«irq!.ai
misery, grief (Mnon.) : ^^^'^^ one
very much grieved, deeply concerned ;

a timid, weak minded person ;

to lose one's senses, spirits ; *>*w
S'ifV semt-kyi spyod-pa f%M ^fra intellec-
tual powers, mental faculties (Vai.-sfi.).

Syn. ^t.' $nifi ; ^"'•*|*''^ rnam-fes-rtcn

(Mfion.).

sems-kyi lon$-spyod thought,
thinking, imagination.

1277

Syn. Jj**'?*1! rnam-rtog ; swi'si^ bsam-
mno ; "X^*1 mno-bsam. (Mnon.)

§*<*r |^q sems skyed-pa to suffer thoughts
or inclinations to rise in one's mind, as e.g.,
a^s^-^-^wcy^n libidinous thoughts
arise ; also : to nourish, indulge desires,
passions, to give way to them ; often used
in reflective sense : $*w'fivc| to humble
one's self before a person ; also C'*\'I1 §|'§*w
fff\ he blamed, scolded himself (Jo.).

§*wf sems-skyo repentance ; weariness.
Syn. $Vjf yid-skyo ; 6»rw<*$c nes-par-
hbyun; jf'£*i $kyo-fies; "iV^gs-' yid-hbyun;
(Mnon.).

sem$-b$kyed faiitaT^ notion,
thought, idea, any thing arising or dawn-
ing in the mind ; these as enumerated
in Ebum, Pharphyin, Lnmrim and Leg$-
bqad ffscr-phrcn are of two kinds :

< and
(M. V.)

bsnal suffering, sorrow, grief (Mnon.).

sems-mkJuni intelligent, sensible :
raR'wjB. not one sensible per-
son was present (6lr., Jd.).

^NN'^fli'ZS sems-hkhyog-po = *t^K.-q-*)^-q
ini-drafi-po min-pa one who js not straight-
forward (JMtfoM.) = i*«'tr§V{i to be dissimu-
lating, one behaving artfully, cunningly.

sems-hkhral a mind afflicted,
painfully agitated (Sch.).

tox^-OK^iR-yyi the so-caUed five
but really four causes which agitate the
mind: — 1. "ifa -q^N'a^-q termination of
friendship, loss of friends and relations.
2. akwfft'a^ fall from prosperity, loss of
wealth, etc. 3. |«wr*>-»i3*r<i indifferent state
of health, the state of health being not
uniform. 4. a

^e consequences of the acts of the
former states of life (IT. da. », 49).

Hw^q'^-q sems-dgah-dgu-ica to be
merry, cheerful ; merriment, enjoy-
ment.

^ sems-can >JH, wsi animated being,
man, animal (in Kham and Amdo the
term is applied only to the lower animals).
$*w*^ and sfir*"^ srog-chags are some-
times confounded together, the last term
though in a general sense applying to
animated iieings being seldom used to
signify humanity.

Syn. *9fa hgro-wa • |^5 gkye-hgro ; *>*«•
%*t sems-lan ; §'^ §kye-ldan; |'5 skye-ico;
sems-pa-can ; %*\-sx\t srog-chag$ ;
l fes-ldan ; ^'^ lus-can ; |*rg skyeg-
bu (Mfion.).

-«^^c.-gi^'q sems-can-daA Idan-pa big
with child, pregnant. ^*w-5<^§im sem$-
can-shugs^^'^'^'11 bud-med sbrum-pa a
pregnant woman (Mnon.).

j-ci scms-chags-pa to be fond of,
loving, to be passionately devoted to a
person or object.

sems-hjah phab-nas
to dis-

course on religious matters with an accord-
ant mind.

se-ms-nicf the soul, spirit, mind,
the inner working ; memory, intelligence,
consciousness.

Syn. *\w ye§-pa ; $*»*< sems ; ^«'« sem$-
pa ; 1=-' $niA ; ^=-'5)'^'" nafi-gi byed-pa ; \^t
dran-pa; %blo; ^"\'t rig-pa; spri\*i rnam-
yes; 5^'"!^ kun-yshi; ^'^ yid-byed
(Mnon.).

sem$-chiin
or S'fw^' a timid person (Sag. 29).

1278

sems-rten a keepsake, token
(Pth.).

ttmrtawci semg-thebs-pa mental absorp-
tion, to be absorbed in thought.

$*W^c.«-q semt-dwang-pa $m: t[WT:
clearness of understanding [extension of
knowledge] S.

§*wq^ sems-bde cheerfulness, ease of
beart.

sadness, sorrow ; misery,
mental depression (Jjfnon.).

$*w«ft sews-natf heart-grief, affliction:
ilwj-a^-l he has much heart-grief (Ja.).

*)*w$i»i sems-rnal (yoga) a peaceful state
of mind, a concentrated mind. i>*w^«r^p
«q*c^wn)"i|«'q'<3*w^j'*<'*i (Sitti. 71) the mind
to be brought into perfect rest must have
good thoughts.

t>5WJj«r^'*)'flH*r«i semt rnal-du mi-ynas-pa
a restless mind, a mind not in equanimity.

Syn. Ifyfr-WW rnal-du mi-gnat-pa;
q«i|-*)-£lq« bag-mi-phebs ; ^'W^'iM** ski-la mi-
yiMt; *gc.'fr«^ hphj/an-mo-can (Mnon.).

Stwripwq sems SHum-pa = *W1* to be glad,
gladness (lotion.).

semt-pa %?l, ft*R, *rtjr ; pf .
or qww btams, fut. IMW, imp. *« 1.
to think: ^^w^^w*! or «w«w'« he
thought as follows, he had the following
thoughts ; ZSfl|'Wil*«rti to tliink perversely,
to take the wrong view of a thing; to
meditate, muse, ponder ;
in meditation, lost in thoughts ;
§««)•%• immersed in melancholy thoughts
(Dzl.) ; ^^•^•'^^^•^•^ knowingly,
wilfully, purposely ; ^%^**^1 think over
seriously, W^jpnnnww forgetful of
home, forgetting one's country; 5)'S|'^'«i'

disregarding this contract (Glr.) ;

do not think of any body
else, do not think otherwise; to intend,
purpose, have in view, e.g., *ft'Y£'^'&'ci*
to do harm. 2. to fancy, imagine (Do.) ;
with V.'*V^ and similar expressions, to
hold, think, consider, to take for, to look
upon as ; ^^•qRj^r^prwrqw.JHrq (for
q*w%") now that you know with full
consciousness the punishment of (going
through) the cycle (of animal existences)
(Mil.). 3. an act of memory, a remem-
bering ; ft*flt*+lirtK<npi* those who have
heard and kept in their memory the reli-
gion of Buddha (from Ja.).

$w«r«*j sem$-pa can vn:«ati pregnant,
bearing child.

sems-dpah a brave mind ; &=--$q-
a purified, brave and powerful
minded soul, a saint of the Mahayaua
school.

toNr^wfcrQ setns-dpah chen-po HTTOS
a faintly soul that has attained high
perfection.

$w|«rq sems-phyog-jM 'S'Hsn: distracted
mind, mind unable to fix on anything.

$*m'3*rq sems bem-po=l^"\':> lkug-pa
idiot, stupid, fool (Mnon.).

+ JMrjjfs.-||fcZi sems-bloft bM-po — ^'V,^
a depressed heart.

S>»«r*rq^ semi ma-bde uneasiness of the
mind, unhappy state of mind.

$3W«E.' semi-man having many desires,
speculating on many things.

IwrA'^W somg mi-dgah-wa disconsol-
ate, unhappy ; displeased, dissatisfied.

?l*w?)-<il^*rq seats tni-gnas-pa a vacillat-
ing, unsteady mind unsteadiness, fickle-
minded (Mfion.).

Syn. Jpr«q$c rnam-ffyen; *>'f^ mi-brten

1279

sems-tsam-pahi grul-
mthah the doctrinal philosophy of the
Togacarya Buddhist school which is
divided into two sects : itewferijwq^i sems-
tsam rnam Men-pa and
scms-fsam rnam brdsun-pa.
*-]B-5'^*«''**i'«Fe|3?Vt|'5^ (A. 28) Atis'a's
spiritual tutor Kamala Kaksita helonged
to the Rnam-brdxun-pa sect of the Yoya-
carya school.

itawOfc sems-htshcr fatigue, weariness,
disgust (Sch.).

?)*«r<i|<afl $em$-g.shan ftwrn regardless;
thinking differently.

$**ruic.«'q sems-yafis-pa magnanimous,
one with liberal views.

Syn. sf-j%«K*T£i blo-k/tog yafa-pa ; IfaN
blo-che-tca ; «Jwrtr<»iB.*i bsam-pa-yafo (Miton.).

inattention, wandering, absent-minded-
ness ; to be disturbed.

$wfl|$K.»i sems-yyens disturbed mind=
^i| qgu( sduy-b§n<il suffering, sorrow (Mnon.).

^«»)-«IN sem§-la$ or $*wawl brain-work;
a philosopher ; one who thinks of many
subjects (MAon.).

learned man, a sage

** the
residence of a sage ; also that of a hero.

or i>*w«rfl|*i-q consola-
tion, to console; ^»<wii3S-5«>m-^-»r»»^
(Rdsa. 19) be consoled, do not be troubled
in mind.

sehu 1. ^rf^»^ pomegranate. 2.
a little tooth (Jd.).

ser-ka=^f> I. crack
^'"I'g6-' there is a crack in the porcelain
cup ; a cleft, slit fissure, crevice, gap, 9T
^ chasm or deft in a rock ; j'*fc a large
gap. 2. = 9T£J 55^ a hole; Sfc'PSTi to
close or stop up a hole or crack.

SK'jJ ser-skya lamas and laymen, i.e.,
Buddhist monks who dress in yellow
and layman who dress in plain or in
white. 2. siftf'1, TTT'JST yellowish white,
brown ; F'^T^'g T^^ ; of fair complexion,
of white-yellow colour.

?K'|'*i ser-§kya-»M n. of a Yakm prin-
cess (K. g. \ 130).

^Kik ser-ske yellow-sash used by Bud-
dhist monks of Tibet (Rtsii.J.
**'?> ser-kha v.

ser 1. for ^«5. 2. $fc'5 corrup-
tion, putrefaction. ^'*^ rancid S.g. (Jd.).

ser-kha-se

(Khri4. 130) for what has that
old beggar settled in the city ?

^'igs'q ser-khyim-pa=e$*('», a Buddhist
monk of the Tantrik school who while
doing priestly duties (chiefly astrologi-
cal) lives as a householder and keeps
female company; WffJRV^R^In^flps
he converted even the ordained monks
into householder priests (A. 66).

ifc'pq ser-khral fees paid to a Serkyim-pa
priest for protection against damage done
by hail, i.e., money paid to a Tantrik lama
for his preventive ceremonies against hail
storms.

p ser-ga-ma turmeric, curcuma (Sch.).

'^fti ser-</o?=Jff*''*t^'3 yellow robe, the
dress of a Buddhist monk (Khrid. 18).

^'•s^ ser -can fl|d«9 brass.

ifc'i ser-che a yellow flower in W.
Saxifraga flagcllaries (Jd.).

SwsfU'N ser-nag-ma SR^n tW^n yellowish
black.

1280

ser-sna »nq««r avarice ;
to be avaricious.

Syn. *$*wr«i hc/iums-pa ; *|W» hjufit-pa- ;
«>'S shib-mo ; *'g cha-phra ; Sfl'in sran-cJtef
(Won.).

*fc'l['*^ ser-fita-ean *T}*fT, wro a covetous
person, a miser.

'fc'lf'i Ser-siia-tca n. of a heretical sect
of ancient India (Theg. 39).

5fc**3 scr-po tfa, ^ra^ra, in pale,
fair, yellow.

iK '*«!«.• ger-hphreA clerical procession,
(Jd.).

?fc"3 ser-wa <3TWRV, "a^smnt hail,
hail-stones.

Syn. Ip'S'V'*1 tprin-gyi rus-pa ; JK§

delighting

in conquest ; also quarrelsome, one fond
of brawls.

sjn'in-gyi rdo ; ^'HfH" chu-rnkhregs ; fj^'jj'
f^'S tprin-gyi gofi-bu ; ^'3'Tq sprtn-gyi
ka-wa ; ^'^'*^ rdo-yi char ; ^'^'

'9 ser-btt, v. i^'S bser-bu.

-w = «i^-N a Buddhist nun: ^«r
. 90).

' ser-»w 1. ^rf?i finger. 2. TT.
six-rowed barley, late barley. 3. in the
Amdo dialect a Buddhist monk ; SK'JS'i
ser-tno-tca the lama.

*K'g5-8fw ser-rtahi-go$=^''\'ciw'ifi* the
robe made of the bark of Kalpadruma tree.
(tiag. 58).

^'C^ ser-tshur a yellow mineral : Sfc'^V
i'q^ (Med.).

scl 1. discord, dissension, v/ita
domestic dispute. 2. a kind of incanta-
tion, like S5S ; ^'^l'5! to exorcise, make
use of conjurations or incantations (Mil.,
Jd.).

sel-ica

; pf ., fut. «waif imp. *ta, to throw
off, to remove, esp. impurities, hence to
cleanse ; to pick, to pick off ; to blot out,
cross out : g'Sfi^iN'q to blot out a debt ; to
clear, aw'SN'i to clear a path or road ;
fl^iN'n to repair (damages), to redress
(grievances), ^'^i'^ to cure a disease,

dispel (darkness) (Jd.).

sel-zer can incorrectly for
the moon.

I : so 1. num. : 148. 2. in Budh.
= »n|»rti attachment, adherence, desire (K.
g. r, 179). 3.=^-<i5-q$e.-q a mild drink
(mystic) (K. g. f, 179), also in «-ai^il'« =
Kwr* (mystic) (K. g. f, 28).

*H:l.m* tooth : *f-www«i grinning,
showing teeth (likea monkey). *<'»>*> tooth-
less; "g^ t%^J <ff iiTegular teeth with
spaces between ; §=•'*<, ""'^ upper teeth ;
«ij «, w« lower teeth ; «'f «r sc-rn«/ ^n»n«
the gum; w^'« or ^«^'« front tooth,
incisors ; H"*'''' fbubs-so, cheek-tooth,
gjn-») Lfufl)-^ g)^-« molar-tooth, corner-
tooth, canine-tooth. 2. tooth of a saw
wheel, comb. 3. (3'*!) ync the sharp edge
of a knife. 4.=*<&w boundary, confines :
|^tfyir)*v|*'4B{-4k>qq« a place on the
confines of India and Tibet (A. 152).

Syn. resp. XWN tshem$; SfVl^ hlad-byed ;
"l^'IS ycod-byed; *&'* mche-wa; if^N'|»(
ffnis-skycs (Mnon.).

Q III : 1. for *> in conjunction with
certain words, e.g., *i'M*m for wM*w land
boundary; t^'^'g'p fian-sor skye-wa to be
born in an inferior place. 2. = |^'i skyid-

1281

is no happiness. 3. = «« look out, guard,
spying, *§«vci to watch, to spy, to look
out; *HC peep-hole; *N keeper, guard,
watchman, spy, emissary, w^^'S'^'SH
money and dainties are the devil's emis-
s fig. a guard or watch

* S0'can ?fiff'
^ elephant (Mfion.).

^'^e-' so-hcAiH=s^ lip.
*1*r« So-^« ^ with two tugkg
an elephant (Mnon )

num. for g«r$ «Z<»J-CM in the abbreviated
numbers 31—39 (Jo.).

*VH M^tar white tooth.

*V ta-tkyag ^^ impurities in the
teeth

so-khaki mkhar-bu=w%-vfc'
a staff or stick" to take rest by
leaning on it while travelling wShr
*7*1*-8W (i»r«. 57) a word of
honour is to be depended on like the
traveller's stick.

S'B5' so-khtab=v-tfvc<i Sufa natural
not artificial.

successor of
the first king of Tibet &athi-tsan-po

^'^ so-(;oj=»<$ lip.

; one with even

*Uah'£i so-hgrig-pa \
and symmetrical teeth.

*>'ST so-sgo mouth, the lips.
VrW$a4fe|q (A. 132) Lo-tsa-wa,
do not aUow such expressions to come out
of your lips.

*8 so-sgra lit. the teeth sound, a
whistle; «f^«w«i to-tgra hdeb$-pa the

tartar formed in the teeth.

*-

^ s°~hl(* a tooth that tfts faUen out.

*^'9^ M-^-fyed gnawing flesh from
the bones: •TO'V'&'Jrwcrifar-ftc /^ 7/\

the lPff

tne lett one was biting flesh from a

human arm.

v

a hair-comb.
*#$ tooth-paint; spiced

1 4-\* T J •

me Indians which
to the teeth.

** so-shj a smaU white spot on the
tooth.

^•1 so-bshi-pa the four-tusked, an
•* of Indra's elephant (^ow.).
so-serf tooth-brush.

so-ral irregular teeth, teeth having
space between them.

*Vw«ftf ^fwr? tooth-pick; n. of a
.plant the twigs of which are used for
rubbing or cleansing the teeth. 3%ar
^Wg' tooth-brushing wood has five attri-

- : it induces salivation and regulates
me bile or liver, suppresses phlegm,
removes bad smell from the mouth, im-
proves the sight (K. du. *, 26).

so-sritb gap in the teeth (Sc/i.).

162

1282

r*T^*f so-HJffl ra-rtsa

so-c/ta n. of an emetic fruit:

M-to rog-po n. of a bird, the
feathers of which are used in making a
black dye for gray hairs (Sntan. 153).

I so-t/uig weaving linen.

I so-nants, also **P, *TC«T com-
merce, business; husbandry, *¥*lKq
to till the ground, to practise agricul-
ture, farming ; *'V«|i-«, *'*** w<\-t|, *'^'q
husbandman, farmer; ^wS'wn com-
prises husbandry, trading, tending and
rearing up cattle, etc : !«*V#*¥*'fr
S»< 'i a man who had not always done
husbandry (A. 10).

3J*C| go-pa watchman.

hemp; *r*r*'$5'^c.' hemp cultivation.

Syn. 3'"*'! "I'*4 zla-wahi kug-ma ; g'^'J
zla-wahi rgyal ; |ir*)-«i*cei kwj-ma bsan-po ;
qq^-g'^oi hbras-btt nag ; jarqS'ngwg tul-mihi
hbras-ln ; "^I'^VJ* mdog-med skycs ; **\i'
fl»c hdab-bzan (If Hon.).

^'^ so-pa-ra flTTfr areca-nut,
-,- ^

tiich according to Tibetan works is

beneficial to the teeth.

^'21*n so-phag brick, tile ; also collective
noun, brick-work, tiling (Jd.).

STQ sc-ica W5 unhusked paddy or
grain; ace. to Jd. coarse, thick-shelled
barley.

^T^, so-bya an aquatic bird S.g. (Jd.).

2sTJl so-ma !,=*««! fresh meat in U
and Tsang ; in the dialect of Amdo and
Kham=l|!*'*'£1 new. 2. ?ffar a climbing
plant the juice of which was offered in
libations to the gods ; the Hindus also
worshipped it on account of its intoxi-.
eating qualities.

+ 35'»c«j'q So-ma na-tha ^ftiHIil n. of a
$ramanical sanctuary (Dus-ye. 29, 39).,

so-mi-bsod v. ^'"
mi-skyed-pa unhappy, uncomfortable ; "*!'
• •^•^•^•q^^ti'S^t.1*)^ there was 110 need to
go, there was no unhappinees whatever
(A. 12k). 2. vra 5 unsteadiness, fickleness,
wavering.

Syn. iff^n' r)ia»i-{fyen ; ^ww*)'^^
Ki'»ts->iii ffnas (If Hon.).

'S'jri so-rtsam flour of rice and barley
mixed together.

o-r<«« = S^'t"'*^'5 skyur-rtsi cl
po pomelo (If Hon.).

keeping, management of domestic con-
cerns, husbandry; cf. %'*\# agriculture
(Jd,).

%'*&^ 8o-hd#in = H&li'ira&si 1. occupying
the confines of a country or region. J^S'
^•|-q^-§-«-^-£i5-fl|ai« {A. 252) a place
for guarding the boundaries between Tibet
and India. 2. *$ lip.

whatever manner impeded or delayed ; in

so-sur gimb three lamas called
So, Zur, and Nub, who belonged to the
Rnin-ma sect. |C*w«-!Viii«rfl|»j*4 (Khrid.

23).

s^'H'^'&'w linen.

so-lug lees of liquors, yeast of
beer (Soft.).

5TQJ uo-le fresh, well preserved.

1283

vanquished,

so-le sdod to remain or appear ^Sft'^ffl so-sor hgog ^^TIT [obstruc-

fresh, fresh looking ; ^V&yf^'1pmf*!fft tionJS.

S-a-fY" there (in that) blossoms appearing ^-^ so.so.hgro «$&**•<* gait or

which remained fresh for seven days manner of walking or movement (Mnon.).

(A. 107)

*^1* so-sor gyur 1. separated. 2.

^T'Sfal so-log high road, causeway W. *fr^ [a surety, security] S.

*'«i*^ so-6sorf=gS'£''^'Il comfortable, *i'*>' bshad (Mnon.). *!'*'£•* 3fT<?K n. of flower
q!^=|^'2i'^'^'l| skyid-po mi-Mug, uncom- (Mnon.).

fortable: *W^WT«^Wfc^«M*« I HVed *•*-.?„.,

*^ K«J cj so-sor nes-pa

bly at Chim-phu. [general ^ generftl prevalence]/S.

I H'^l sohu gan-dhi-ka n. of a flower Sj-^-q&w, so.sor faoms

(K- ff- *» S3). subdued.

" ^^ so-hrub minced meat; also ^'^'a^c^~ sa-sorhchiii

pounded dried meat. [obstruction, ruggedness]£.

y,-^ ^'*fc'*S*w so-sor hj'omg

* so-*o=i-^ ^fa, W* 1. [distinct, resistance]^,
separate, single, individual, ?5'*N ?«Riw
individuality, distinctness, difference, 3^'^'
^^0<ql'5'c-*'^ the victuals came into the
hands of the individual persons (Dzl.) ;
S'^J'^M adv. separately : ?T3>r^'^'«il'^ ' sin-

gulatioii,' each for himself, holding forth ^'Sfc-jj^i|*r«i so-sor rtogs-pa

his vessel. 2. various ; diverse, different, jj^gn [watchfulness, knowledge]<S.

r«r*« different opinions, dissension; WMv«, so.sor tliar-pa, also

separate, disjoin, divided, ^^' vfojfa, liberation, deUverance; ^^'wci?-^
to set, put, lay apart], from Jd. the Sutra on deliverance, code of moral

so-sor skye-ico ffwarsi; prop. and monastic discipline, containing 250
one separated (from the saints), one dis- ruies for the priesthood,
tinct from incarnate beings, an ordinary
man ; a lay man ; as to his spiritual con-
dition : a man in his natural state, one
not yet enlightened.

*r*Sv«g«i so-sor hkhrul sfi^a [repelled,

» L L

beaten back]&

?i'5!iv'f['q*'§^ so-sor go-wcir byed ^ipif^t
comprehension [cause, reason, proof]&
^'^^•«lf§^ so-sor go-byed sif?Hff^f% [accu-
rate understanding of the particulars of
anything]&

[reaction,
so-sor nin-byed srfaflf^T [every
k/tas-

so-sor-
blans-pa (Mnou.) promise, assurance.

WMfrfl so-sor thob-pa afa^aj [received

back]/S.

^ so-sor sdud=Q%w or ^ (Mnon.)
q so-sor bsdus-pa 5«ir?K [1.
drawing back. 2. combination of a group
of letters into one whole] S.

?r?i^'<j|^«j so-sor gna§ residing separately ;
5(1<WR [removal, setting aside]&

?j-3ft-|)5.-q so-sor wan-tea alaHT [brilli-
ance, ingenuity]^.

1284

jj «vgcq so-sor tpad-wa sfiwta [rules
of moral discipline, rules of conduct] S.

So-sor hbad individual exertion ;
[repairing, reforming]^.

so-sor smra-ica
[answer, reply]<S.

so-sor hdsin sfwm [effort,
endeavour] S.

ITZfc'q^qj-ci so-sor bshag-pa
[removal, setting aside]<S.

so-sor b.shet swr^ [to receive,
follow]&

so-sor zaf sesame.

'^i\t so-sor raft-rig-pa vfhfl'f^
[accurate understanding]^. *i-fi-uie.^<i| qv
"injqq^ Sf7Wl't%^ : 1. XwS'S'uic. ^fl[ q^'^flj'q 2.
^^ 9'}j'uic.'^a|'q^'^a) q 3. iUrq4'3ta|'}r3j'm^'cq|'

S5'S«,'q-'jfl|«'q so-sor b$ajs-pa ^^jjsn
[enjoining, teachiug]S.

so-sor b$ad yfflfiye [demonstra-

»'l so-sor rsal-wa 1. illumination,
enlightenment. 2. sfafegr [every day]S.

5(*^'$ so-Sv-cha a medicinal herb, an
emetic (Vai. sn.).
''I sog, v. ^1 sob.

^1'P'^ sog-kha-pa n. of a kind of
medicinal grain. *irp>-«-5)«'g'«| i-"I^'^'iS
Med. Sog-kha-pa stops vomiting.

1'4 n. of a river in east Tibet : ^«'
«'g-pE.q^ii^ then at the time
of arriving at the bank of Sog-chu in a
house... (A. 28).

\ hoarding money.

j'^l sog-pa 1. sbst, also *fo|»r<i sog$-pa
shoulder-blade, scahula, SSfli'qS-d-^K.' so^-

pahi me-lofi the flat part of it, *«rg sog-gn
the narrow extremity of it ; ^*i'S'^q»r«i sog-
mo hdebs-pa to divine from the shoulder-
blade ; "TIJ sog-lhu shoulder as a piece
of meat for boiling (Jd.).

to

II : «*q; vb. (also :
^"'i) pf. wijw, fut. «i«"l, to gather,
heap up, hoard up, *fap
collect, to earn, to hoard; *«r«rZi
one who hoards, or accumulates money or
wealth, gn-*«|-<0[«|-»l\si without having col-
lected and deposited the daily requisites,
the things wanted every day (Mil.) ; ^
WwVytt or *4|*r*jq|-q to collect, to accumu-
late merite, awc.^3S«i-q repeated commission
of sins ; «pf«rgi*.> morbid matter consisting
in too great an accumulation of humours ;
rq to collect an army (Jd.).

soy-po «n, HI a Hugh, Tar-
tar, Mongol (S. Lex.) %*?% a Mongolian
woman, ^'^ Mongol child, Mongol boy,
«q] •*« Mongol dress or fashion of dress, ^1 ?
Mongol horse. There was a tribe prob. of
Tartary and Kabul who were Buddhists
and used to go on pilgrimage to Gay a.

^5^-^tTtf'^'^'<%*fS|'*<\ for
thirteen years there was an interruption
in the intercommunication of the Tartars-
Mughs at Vajrasana (Gaya) (A. 19).

I sog-ma qwm hay, straw, blade,
stalk, *1'^g green corn that begins
to sprout (Sch.). *)"l'^"I»i sog-tshiys joint
on a stalk of straw, a knot on a stalk
(Cs.) ; S<q 19^ a small blade of straw,
chaff ; *f*r«S' "S'01 a shoe of straw ;

!* stubbles (Jd.).

! sog-le w«M, "TO, a saw :
to saw to pieces ; ^"I'^'P the tooth-
edge of a saw, also botanical term : serre-
ated (of leaves) (Vai. jn. Jd.).

sog-le rgyab saw-back, the back
of certain animals, fish, etc., resembling a

saw.

(Mnon.)

^'*i sog-lehi

(Mnon.) a fierce woman, the
woman with a heart as rough as the teeth
of a saw ; a cruel, heartless woman.

sags gen. «r*«|«», vnfe,
^'S^'", x^'" having this or these
before ; as chief, and so forth " and the
like " usually preceded by °i, as in : **'°r
INpr*fty^«pl prop, the beings headed
by man ; «r^-«r«fl|W£«rtig^ decorated with
little flags and the like. T*w|«r$ instead
of which always «r*)"|*^ or i5 may be
used; often *<*!*< alone; after (ar)«fli«r(ci)
usually a comma is to be supplied, and
the words following are to be considered
as in apposition: SH't^'T ^•^"pw
1^'g' writing, arithmetic and so on, the
five sciences ; *pfc'*fa]»i gold and the
others, viz. metals; $'^1"|*}* the three
* sounds, *, *, £ (Jd.).

son-wa, usually regarded as the
perf. of *lj'q ira,<3M«j*M, ^reigone, passed,
proceeded, ^c-'§=^'t having proceeded;
^•*M'VI (A. 132) it is all right if gone
there. SMRcq nana those that had gone
= a.S-*3r<i or t^'l^ (Mnon.).
when he had gone thither;
going on continually, continuing to do
a thing ; SSe.-q-5)^ past or has gone, it is
no longer extant; ^'^c.' passed or
came into the power of. Also in the sense
of : became, turned, etc. B'^TS'*!^' she
became a bitch, was changed into a
bitch ; vn*zfr-*e.- it turned white (Jd.).
disappeared, vanquished.

son or ^'i 1. for wfy (Rtsii.). 2.=
or %^'i i\t( gone, come to; w^'«i=
'«i attained thoroughness, gone to

perfection ; "i"]'^ ^rcra has come to hand ;

XvtpM^rt'yjMfcfqk: having attained to

the highest point in true religion (Yig. k.

10).

2. v.

sob 1. null, void, vain, empty;
^c.-?iq-?iq hollow tree, spongy wood ; ^'*w,
jtffSiq, j*i|-?i£i (Vai. $n.). 2. also *|*«i some
thing stuffed (as a chair) ; ^'f^ cushion,
bolster, mattress ; i"|N'*w the stuffed skin
of an animal ; «>c.'fi|rt8q the stuffed skin of
a lion (Jd.).

son-pa 1. v.
-9 (Jd.).

'H sob-khra (originally a Chinese word
signifying inferior tea) (Jig.) bad in its
quality ; *fa'* inferior tea.

som l. = f« WT, «H^i equal, even.
2. «i^», liw%' pine-tree. 3. or=*i*w—
•^"1 imp. of

v.

doubt.

sor 1. also "I** gimlet ;

a sort of trephine. 2. v. **'S. 3.

as in : ^vn^'Ji'ti to put in its place ; ^'
or ^^S'" to restore, renew, e.g.,
exhausted strength: Wm$VST$*1rF*^
«w»)-«^-?<«,-^-ai's-^-q (A. 51) at the time
of the lord's return (its) mouth, eyes, etc.
had all healed. Sfc'ifi* for ^vipm sepa-
rate place or residence.

sor-mo=^"\'c>°-'u>ai'i\, also

finger ; ^'S'^wq ^f%3i^f« web-fingers,
one whose fingers are joined to each

1286

others (-8. Lex.) ; «l«w*fe toe.
gdub aCTi** finger-ring,
of a finger.
2. inch:

sor-

the joint mis/ion v.
fingerless.

hjah-

i four-inched ; *<*'§'

fivefinger breadth. *k*q^q sor-«o bshi-
;)a=VqI (Mnon.) a. mild purgative-fruit.
3. symbolical of ten by reason of there
being ten fingers on the two hands
(Rtsii.).

(Mfioii.) rainbow.

sos-dal = gai-fl'^-i without
haste or hurry about a thing, slowly,
leisurely (A. 1ST).

Uiod-lhod

slow, with relaxation ; fB-^Kfw^rfl^
at the place of study be slow (A. 132).

^ sor-mohi phreA-ica-
la phan-pahi mdo n. of a Sutra delivered
by Buddha for the benefit of Anguli
Mala (K. d. *, 208).

sol-tea ^fK; a^H" anything
charcoal; *«r«fi'*l charcoal

burnt,

fire, ^-*>i coal. 2. imp. of "I** to pray,
to beg. 3. ^fPPS, f si, wffWrT the planet
Mars which glows like live coal.

sos-zin

caught by the teeth. 2. tetanus, lock-
jaw (Jd.).

5J zra for 5p.

5*^I xra-n-a, also
i*T

and

(C».),

, \* hard,

solid, thick, firm, compact ; g1^"?^ ^,-
«i^ firm and compact; ^'^S solidity,
hardness, compactness, of wood, meat,

:Hi-S0/-»«^/W»-^n.ofaPlacein etc., *F* hearty, vigorous old age;

-•*'•— /5| proof against cut and thrust (Jd.) .

Tibet : ^*r*w<»jfli sictr^-g"v9q*i from thence
he arrived at the great plain of Sol-uag-
than-po (A. 91).

sol-po resp. friendly, kind,
affable C., W. (Jd.).

tSarw^ sol-mdttdWinfin a gem worn on
the neck ; nape-joint.

^*l sos 1. instr. of « : **Wi to bite
(Sch.), also to back-bite, to culumnate. 2.

sra-brkt/an-hdin

coarse blanket used by Buddhist monk-
in ancient India.

sra-hbrag n. of a medicinal fruit.

"S Mcd.

a pf. form of *f*'Q : ^'^*> « disease cured
'i cured impaired (health).

sos-ka t^ra, ^m the summer
season. ^•'H'*fl51^« sos-ka tsha-wahi <lus
the hot season, from about the middle of
April till the middle of June.

Syn.
can ;
(Rtsi.)

Syn. Vq'3^'?' dra-wa chen-mo; *>'?«|'^
me-tog-ser; !")'£ zug-rnu (Mnon.).

5j'|- sra-rtsi hard varnish, raisin, gum ;
^1^'^' spos-dkar-
Sal tree (Mnon.).

sin (S. Lex.).

(S.

sra-sra
^J srag-pa t%f%T (Zam. 6).

srag-ful ^^T violent

-gdun-can ; *S'«^ ts/iad-
nes-sreg ; Xv5^1* drod-hon-diis

Lex.).

^' sran I: 1. = ^' -?im a hamlet,
village. 2. 3«I a pair of scales, balance,-
j or "PPfi, to weigh, to balance.

1287

o. tr«i weight, in a general sense, Sj^'"
tfafr* one pala, 3=.'|^ ^5T«I one half of a
pala ; 5'^c,' Chinese weight or steel-yard.
4. as money = ten sho, i.e., an ounce, ^-'"F
one ounce (of silver), 3*.'^ two ounces,
iW'^c.- two pounds of medicine.

5J£' II : = S*»« open passage or ground
round a monastery or temple, WSJ*-'
lit. straight way ; idiom. : forthwith, at
once, without delay ; 5J£.'«i* ace. to Seh. :
tortuous path j'^=.' street, lane (Glr.) •

t '§!=•' the road which a person habitually
walks (Jin.).

c.'* sran-cha balance and what belongs
to it (Seh.). 3J*.'"! sran-thag the string
of a pair of scales or that of a steel-yard
by which it is held or suspended. J|c.'*i«^
sran-rndah scale-beam or lever of a pair of
scales (Sch.). 5)=.'^ sran-pkoi- scale, scale-
pan or pot.

.' sran-nan a street or lane running
through a town or village : ^•^•Sje.^cS.c;
g^ni-argum-l^ then when he had gone
into a long lane (A. 131).

sran-ica to straighten, to make
straight a crooked thing; adj. <3^
straight ; w^-*ji|^c.-q a straight arrow,
a bamboo arrow.

Srad n. of a district in Tibet, situa-

ted midway between Tashi-lhunpo in
Tsang and Sakya (Lori. », 11).

J srad-ma pease v. ^'*.

zran-bu = yf\c* ?F5, ^sr thread,

yarn (&ag. 29) : flWTK" to twist or roll
yarn into thread.

fj^'^l sran-pa 1. akin to ST^ v. ante
sbst. hardship, severe distress or toil ; S^'*K
toilsomely, rigorously; H*iQ'» one that

endures; Ji^'S sran-che-wa =
sran-thub-mklian one who can endure
much. 2. pf., and fut. 15^ bsran, imp.
IT^ sron to bear (with patience), endure,
to be hardened; ^^'^Cql*)'4( to hold out,
to stand, to endure much. S^'3q sran*
^AttJacflT^'q bzod-pa endurance, patience
(If non.). Also, as 5J'1) sra~wa (opp. to ty^'Z
l/tod-po and "Kwti hbol-mo) hard, firm,
durable, regid, strict. gl'S)^ sdug-sran
hardiness (Mil., Jd.).

5}^T|34 sran-ma 1. grain, like %ffQ, e.g.,
of Indian corn. 2. w>r, ^*ra peas, pulses.
Sj^-w-^K.' field of peas. There are
several species of this, viz. : white, yellow
red, green, black, large or small.
»TSK [a sort of pulse or lentil]<S. ;
srad-ser ; fy'^'^fc**'-^ mon-sran $ehu ma-fa ;
mon-sran leb-mo dkar-po.
sran-mahi lo-ma leaf of the pea.
=.' sran-ljan ^j [a kind of kidney-
bean]^. Other terms : S'^^'w mun-gahi
lo-ma; &*'%*i nus-ldan; S'^ql'«5| bya-rog
mud-ga (Mnon.). fJ^'S^' sran-phun a heap
of pease ; ^'S^ sran-phub pease-straw ;
3^% sran-phye flour of pease ; 5P'**'?1 sran~
me-tog blossoms of the pea.

srab ^fsjl bridle, also ?^
a complete riding-gear.

srab-§kyogs (Cs.) the reins;
srab-lcags the bit (Cs.) gi'
mt/ntr the halter ; g«r«S* srab-rndah reins
(Jd.).

^Q'Q srab-pa 1. narrow, sUght, \$\*
3|q-£i lesser sin or defilement. 2. shallow,
loose, not close ; j^'aS* inner sole, welt ;
thickness, dimension (Jd.).

srab-mo ctl thin, fine, slender
(Zam. 6) ^I'a'^'^-Sim'g-g like cloth,
leather, paper, clouds.

1288

dusk;
obscure.

1. twilight,
(Rdsa.). 2. dark,

sram <yz 1. or $'?•» otter; different
species of otter are : — 9T3*1 rock-otter ; ysj*
fish-otter. 2. otter-skin, sable-skin (Jd.).

Syn. $'$'ffr cAw-y» #>reA«
tkad-cig-dbugs ; y^ na-hdsin;
(7««A« sre-wod ; 4^'^S*1 chttr-hdsum ; $'")'S'q
<7iu-yt byi-u>a ; iT^'N^vSS hug-pa mchod-
lyed (yHon.).

%*> srar adv. of 5 «n» ; severely, rigor-
ously (Sch.).

srag or 5»i'Q resp. for 9 son, male
child, S*H3»i, $*'%>* son of a chief or king,
a prince ; JTS)*! fsHj^ ; also : son of a
Buddha (in spiritual sense), a Bodhisattva ;
§)'ij*' a prince, a nobleman's son. 31^'JJ*!
or 31*<'|'3»i'S spiritual son or daughter;
we.«ryr3J^q|-qS-3«r*i a spotless child of
Buddha, $ "^'S*1 ^qST disciple, V^'S*1'
^ qS"> the eight spiritual sons or disciples
of Buddha, v. yq5'jj»j ne-wahi-srag. ij*<'9
sraf-bu=%n srag. J|»i *" srag-mo daughter,
young lady, princess. J|»r*q srag-ishab
an adopted son or child.

OS

5J sri I: HI blood (mystic) (K. g.
F, 179). 2. a species of devil or demon,
devouring esp. children, a vampire, also
•JI'M s?i-fian Sch., ^'SJ chufi-sri Glr., 3^'^
phud-sri Mil. a devil bringing misfortune ;
they are supposed to live in under-ground
places, and are also called ««'3§ »»«?-
kyi-sri; S'le. sri-lafi a devil rises from
below ; ij'fa'i sri-noti-pa to suppress such
an evil spirit (Jd.). 3. Sri has been des-
cribed in lit sit. as flj«^'fl|ja^flj a tin(j Of
wild animal.

5J II : or 1 1 sri-tca pf. n|») bsfig,
fut. ^ bsri to retain; to be parsimonious,

niggardly, esp. with ^;
fba-sri med-par gnaft-wa to give unspar-
ingly, bestow very liberally. Jj'»^ sri-med
liberal. 2. in W. to wind, to wrap round,
for ^'^ dkri-wa. (Jd.).

Cy

.j. ?J III : respect, deference, reverence
(to lama, parents and elders, &c.) : ij'9 1
sri-shu-wa or more frq. |^'9'1 srid-shu-wa
= t'3*''S'§^'C| bkur-sti-byed-pa paying res-
pect; §'3'«J sri-s/tii-pa or I'S'Wf^ sri-shu-
mkhan one showing deference.

§5j-9q« srihu rgya-phibi n. of one of
the gilt domes of the great monastery of
Sam-ye (qwnw) : ^H^f^TfrlV
191*1 then he resided for a fort night
under the dome of Sri. (A. 97).

Ji^'S Srihi-chu n. of a tributary of the
Tsang-po which flows a little above the
town of Lhartse in upper Tsang : ««! '« |c,

(A. 27).

sF'bu **fl«in«T a woman whose child
dies after birth.

fte'^"! srihu-nag mulberry tree (Jd.).

srin-ka ta-ka nra« [the

aquatic plant Trapa bispinosa^S. ; n. of a
tree the wood of which is used in the sacri-
ficial fire (K. g. \ 333).

sriA-ica pf. «)5|e.»i bsrins, fut.
,- bsrifi 1. (cognate to ^e.'^) to extend,
stretch, stretch out. 2. to fling far away
C. 3. to postpone: <*l'n5-2iJE,-q khi-wahi
tshe srin-tca put off the term of death ; to
prolong life ; to wait, to tarry. 4. (ig^ ")
to send, ^•|K-q=^-q|vq, ifrg«v§cq=aj s^-
qgvq. 5, J«vii*'q skyed-srifi-wa to bring
up, train up, to rear Glr. (Jd.).

§=••?! srifi-)>u> «ft^, W, sister, 9'^e.' bu-
srifi, $K.'j|e.- min-sfiH, resp. 8»i'5e. kam-srin
brother and sister, cousins (Jd.).

1289

Syn. &-J!»l che-shes; $*' kam (Milan.) .

cs

5}S I: srid=%* vnfft height. 1.

length, extension, §V^ srid-du ^"tj; ia
length ; 5il'l%'VH'c'*'t>5s\'c| a cavern eight-
een cubits long; with regard to time: =
*|§«J till, during, ^ or Mfr'S'"*'^ de-srid-
kyi-bar-du for so long a time, $'5)^
ci srid-du also ^'iK'^ ci-srid-de how long ?
also, as long as ; when followed by ""^ :
be it ever so long ; also Sft'^ srid-par or
ih srid in extension. 2. symbolical fig. :
14 (Rtsis.).

II : dominion, government:
grid la ma-hcham-pas falling out
with one another about the government
jarsft rgyal-srid, V^'lK dwan-srid kingdom,
power; sKIV sri-byed-pa to reign, to
govern, SS'^'1! srid htsho-wa to rule justly ;
<^1tTf^'|-5j<V«i|c;a5^*w;=fi] he seized the
territorial possessions of these two ; §|'5jS
bla— srid a lama's dominion, Ij'lK $de-
srid a province under the rule of a deba or
governor, ruler, commander, regent,
reigning prince ; *«'gs chos-'rid. clerical
government, ecclesiastical dominion.

I^-^E.' srid-thufi short reign, a short-
lived government.

SjS't'g^"^ Srid-rje bran-skar the eldest
son of the patriarch king of the Bon called
wrZi Satis-po (Q. Bon. 23}.

SKIP srid-ggrub f%ti, ^1^^ 1. white.
2. n. of a celebrated mathematician who
lived during Buddha Gautama's time (K.
d. F 113), [the astologer Arjuna was the
Buddha's mathematical teacher]^.

§^-gq-« srid-sgrub-ma an epithet of the
river Sita (If Hon.).

ivl"'^1-' srid-sgrib-yifl *v^*%& [the
tree Terminalia <irjun(i\S.

'^J srid-pa 1 : 1. «f ; ^vq hkhor-wa
transmigratory existence, S^'i^'^fa srid-
pahi-dqon Ji*itilT [forest of the world]/S.
^lAvtflBfW^^J) srid-pahibtson-rar hkhor-
wa to roam or wander in the prison-
enclosure of transmigratory existence, the
state of being, life ; SiS'"' W9*"1 ^'^'^ to
experience, to pass through, other periods
of existence (Vai. sn.), sK"'"'"'" ^TJT*rf%^
i^'S'** srid-phyi-ma Sch. : the future period
of life, of existence. 2. things existing,
the world : ls'£|'^ql'c| the destruction of the
world, 5J'V:i'''|?J*» srid-pa gsum ft^pt the
three worlds it\'£i''W3'*<5fa srid-pa g.mm-gyi
mgon the lord protector of the three worlds
(Tig. 3). 0V«i5-^-iS srid-pahi hkhor-lo
*I^^< the revolving world, the transmi-
gatory system (the cycle of existence) ;
^^•g5'«^ srid-pahi tsho the ocean of exis-
tence (Mil.) ; l^fi^TOSrfcrfi srid-pahi chu-
klun chen-po stream of existence (Mil.) ;
also a single being, commonly however
l^'i'l trid-pa-pa ; W^*f^^ bfr-dohi srid-
pa, QX§^» lar srid-pa nv*r^-§^-ci bar-ma
dohi-srid-pa the beings in the Bardo, v.
«R'^ bar-do. 3. Symb. num. : 3. (Rtm.).
^ srid-pa hpho-icahi-mda
a Sutra on the termination of
worldly life, i.e., death (K. d. * 279).

Ivi* srid-pa-ma wn^t an epithet of
the wife of Mahadeva (Mnon.).

§S'i^'if^'^ srid-pahi syron-me lamp of
the world (Tig. k. -), met. the sun (Mnon.).

iS'|=-'^ srtd-srun-hdsin=§\il&*l srid-
pa-hasiri (Mnon.) an epithet of Mahes'vara.

: vb. 1. «n to be. 2.

to grow, to be possible, 3#»r
(Qbrom. (" S)t how can
he leave off or be free from all doubts ?
skye-wa daft hjig-pa
163

1290

kun-la srid-na since springing up and passing
away is the lot of all men Dsl. ; itfv^nf
ffa plian-pa shig-srid healing is possible
Pth. ; ^faVfrsiVt!*''^ accordingly
thinking it might possibly be true; the
verb is usually put in the infinitive mood
terminating in t: ^'S^'WR.'^ de-yin-pa
han-srid after all it might be this man,
it might be he Mil. ; <^-^ «v$%'V*w
IJ^'i'SS he will scarcely come back, he will
have escaped to Tibet Olr. ; sometimes with
the root of the verb : <^c8'§^ yod-mi-srid
Mil.; «»V»rw<«KsK§»< kdag-thar-yan srij-
kyig as it is a possible case, that I might
be released Dzl. ; w'JJS'Sl tna-srid-cig may
it not be or happen] from Jd.

§V*5* Srtd-hbyor H^ft [n. of a cele-
brated Sanskrit poet who lived in the
latter half of the 7th century A.D.]<S.

§V9 *r*rf-«AM=§'5 irf^atf also
praise [serviceJS. trfcttWHtftl

q^-qgnjN'sj -fljSfli I pray whatever idols there
are may be worshipped ($Vw. JO).

tVS^'fy^l'IS srid-srun-gi-rig-byed *w-
i? Atharva Veda.

SVS^'^ srid-srun-h(kiH=%'\cr/&*i srid-
pa-hdsin (MAon.) an epithet of Mahes'vara.

gS'SE." srid-sruns Vn^, Viw* [a priest
versed in the Atharva Veda]&

Si grin for 8^5, |^g and Si'* q. v.

SI'BS srin-klag 1. n. of a disease in
which worms grow in the brains (L.C.).
2. sort of flint-stone (Sch.).

JKJF srtn-glan L=§*i'3p-'W.-*w^ srin-
buh-plail-thabs-nad (?). 2. having the stag-
gers (of horses) ; being mad (Jd.) .

Ij^Rfw sriu-hjoms 1. antidote for worms ;
2. fiflfar [a dove-cot, an aviary]&

c\

J}^'9^'*< srin-phran-ma = f
ant (Mnon.)

srin-thor small ulcer or tumour

(Jd.).

(/S. Z«. and Z«/H. 6) cannibal demons,
figuring in Indian and Tibetan mythology,
with red neck and eyes, which drink blood
and subsist on dead bodies. They are
supposed to be, for the most part, of an
enormous size, generally hostile to man-
kind, going about at night to do mischief
to living beings. Their chief abode was
Lanka (Ceylon), while Tibet and Mongolia
were also originally inhabited by them.
The Tibetans, ace. to the Mani Kambum,
are descendants of a monkey emanation
from Avalokites'vara who had married a
srin-mo or female demon living in the
rocks ; *\§1 hdre-srin a hobgoblin.

Syn. I'll* tgra-fff-ags ; «*tf«|«« hbod-
tgrogs; *p*'*!r|»i mk/uth-hgro-gkyet •
mtshan-ryyit ; w^'jjX mtshan-spi/od ;
^fl" thuH-mtshami-rtoys ; ^'* ya-zn ;
khray-hthun; «31'S»«'*^ mgrin-tftnar-can ;
TH'^S kun-ffsod; *'**i ro-zan ; *>'«IAX mi-la-
htshe; Sij^w miy-dmar ; eft^*iW%''3 b«od-
nang gkye-tvo; -Til'l fa-rjen-san (Mnon.).

grog-nta

Tm king of the Raktasa. His sword is
styled *«r3T|'q'^iS ral-gri zla-ua dkod ; n.
of his general: «W|'*<X«|'Me.-«rg lag-rnchog
htsafi-va-po ; n. of his ministers : wm "*lft^
fygro-byed and 13*, \f ne-tao ; n. of his
pupils : ^'«JsAf-M« and *T«'|'|*i mkh^h—rje-
skyes ; n. of his capital city ?,^fr Lank§ ;
J-"\'355'Xai'»»5f rtse-mohi rol-mtsho is a lake
for his water sport and diversion ; n. of his
t" «£•«•«$ rtte-ic ahi wysfuat play ground:
n8-»>^-n|c hchi-med-hphren; n. of his
pleasure grove: 9-«.1'»>^'«i5-fq<» mya-dan
med.-pahi ftobg ; names of his tanks or §*'*!
Iten-ka : ^K'f-^WjBI yger-gyi pad-ma-can,

1291

'j'V'K'SVi hod-zer skyed-par byed-pa
(Mnnn.).

Syn. aic^-q^-g M-kahi bdag-po; *V
««.»< 9 hod-yans.-bu ; ^^'i gdon-bcu-pa;
'ifi mdrin-bcu-pa ; ^'^'1$t.'9 «or-
^2J dgah-byed-gra;
bsod-nam$ skye-wohi
dwan-phyug ; «)^ gT«|£'5 bdcn-bral gtso-wo ;
q^q-q^-ci fnag-bshi-pa ; 8'fT|i'«5 sgra-sgrog
rgyal-po; W^'t, J1* ral-hdsin na-rgyal;
«|*Y«ivrj« gsod-bdag-rgyes; ywUwfr'
l/w-nub phyogs-skyon ; §^'35'^qc.- srin-pohi-
dtcan (jjfjiott.).

^•g5-j«i q-^-5A^^«i|-5)-*lc names of
some great kings of the Raksasa :
Sgra-sgrogs ; <fc'^ nor-ldan;
rnam-par hjug-byed; *$*•'*( ffser-rna;
bum-rna (ffm^fnf ) ; "KKl#f »»
HJ<g$-byed; ij»i'w^l'«'|s rnam-par hjigs-
byed; $'«wyq mi-bzad-pa; ll'^'^wQ'ji
gdig-ldan dwan-po-rgyal; w«i hthab-pa;
'q legs-par hthab-pa ;
-q yndun-rtse ^sum-pa;
mgo-pnum-pa ; »flf*iw««rsi mgo-mtha yas-pa
all of whom assembled to hear the sermons
of Buddha when he had visited Ceylon to
preach his doctrine there (IT. 0. *\, 126).
!iV5*^*l-q"p-.^'f&*- names of some of
the chiefs of Rdksasa : ja^'i^ khros-bshin ;
wS-q'mc mc/te-wa-bsafi ; ^'«5Aq-fli5*( drag-po
rab-gium; <&*&''&*(*% hjigs-hjigs-lta ; %*['
|^ gkrag-byed ; ^«|«'g^'l^'3 hjigs-byed chen-
po', flt^^'l^'\a('9 fffin-rjehi dril-bu; Jjww
*.l«m'R?flm-g rnam-par hjigs-hjigg-lta; 3'^'^
sla-wahi $de (K. g. «, 21-4).

jfl-q5-flf*fl Srin-pohi-ydon n. of a fearful
g«fo» or evil spirit (MAg., ch. 77).

3^35S'«i?'S-$*wj)'3k' xrin-mohi gtso-mo
rnams-kyi-mifl names of some of the JZaA;-
s«sa princesses : — JJ^'&S'*^ srin-mo swan •
psrin-mo ffyefis-byed ;

srin-mo mtshan-mo-rmu,
hchah-nta; »TE,«'|^-« rmom-byed-ma •
dgod-tna • sffl'* gjog-ke-ma ;
ft, ^S'**'^'^ bod-mo chen-mo all of whom
with attendant goblin maid-servants came
to hear the sermons of Buddha and took
their seats on one side of the great teacher
OK </. *, 117).

srin-bal ace. to
cotton, flock-silk; raw silk

)p;m'H srin-bal can
threadJS.

., Schtr.).
[sewing

hu-srin

^r^ insect, worm, vermin ; * 'g^
srw, j*=.'^ khon-srin intestinal worm ; ^'
phyi-srin vermin living on the skin.
dar-srin silk-worm. ^'^ chu-srin = §'^'g^'
cAw-y» srin-po sea-monster, crocodile.

i^'S'in srin-bu kwa-kwa maggot-worm,
generally infesting the mouth of the rec-
tum (K. d. *, 014).

|^-g-q^-»4 srin-bu pad-ma aj^^ leech.

Syn. «S'« pad-ma ; $$•$*•* chu-yi snan-
wa ; H«q-^E-- khrag-hthun ; 5^'g sm-fot ; aw
T"!'*^ za-ma-tog-can ; ^wtiS'St' rus-paht-xvn
(Mfion.).

srin-bu spu-can,
srin-bu kM-gnag ; Sft'S'!*^ srin-bu spro-
mcd; iH'S'^'S srin-bu rab-phye,

srin-bu rnam-par rmons-byed;

srin-bu med-mdog-byed •
^=.'1^ srin-bu hgren-byed, etc. ; are
different kinds of worms that infest
the human body, and enumerated in JT.
d. *, 367.

srin-bu me-khyer
firefly: ^•^•^•(|^'5^tqi-^-^-q (J.
70) I am like a fire-fly, (how can
I) illuminate the world !

1292

••qi

Syn. f*^' mkha-gnan; W*S dkar-
hod; ajsrafS'^ nam-mkhahi-hod ; ^wwpS'a'
(3S nam-mkhahi mu-khyud; ^'*)'*|wi nw-
»tt-;«al; *Y*^ hod-can ; *\5'«-J^ hod-kyi
sa-bon ; «W'*S lam-hod. (Won.)

5K3'"\w$q srt'n-bu dmar-leb TITOTH [the
tree Butea frondosa~\S.

\*i$-'*F\ srin-buhi-nad disease caused by
worms in the stomach, skin, brains etc.
(Jfan. eA. 50).

fj^'S gnn-fryas^'S ^far lit. demon-
bird, «'.«., nocturnal bird, owl eto.

Syn. 'WfT^S-ff *^ hyttl-hdtthi rdsun-
can ; *|^'9S'S hbyun-pohi-bya ; ^ffc^Jfll
nin-mo dgah-bral ; ^'frSlq nin-mo-yib ; *K'
5^'??'§S ser-$kyahi Ua-byed; *H^.'*^ wwV;-
ser-can ; *F\%*f&w^ gad-mohi dbyans-ldan
(Won.).

jj^i'35 srin-mo iiijj^M, *iif*i [a demonjo.

§^-J5-«S-q srin-mo mche-tea ?rf»fi^i a
•w ild boar, a monster with huge teeth.
*>' srin-fin mulbery-tree (Jd.).

^'^^| srin-lag ^«iif«<fii, ^)«rrTT the
ring finger.

Syn. S^'*1^ srin-mdsub ; Sf»t^ mid-med

(Mnon.).

c\ ^

>f, 5J5 srib or g«w srib$ 1. darkness,

gloom, night. 2. shady side of a high
mountain, north side of a mountain.

Syn- %wi bsgribs-pa ; 5F^ grib-ri;
w^'« mtshan-ma (Jtfnon.).

S«i-fl srib-pa vb. (pf. lj''*<'q sribs-pa or
t'^I''£» ?rfi^ shaded, convered), to grow

dark or dusky,
as
5J^ sr.il silk-worm (Sch.).

- §1 sru or 9'^ sru-mo w«<sc«( mothers

05 "^ ~

sister, aunt.

I srug-pa W. for ^fll'1! iprug-pa,

srub-pa and Mll'i dkrug-pa: 1. to
shake, to shake out. 2. to stir, stir up,
twirl. 3. to make to totter (Jd.).

1 srun-tca 1. vb., pf.

or §=-« sritns, fut. "5 c.1 b&run, imp.
bsruns or $!*•' «r«n K^; 1. to watch
to keep guard, to guard, to keep in cus-
tody, to save from, to protect, to shelter ;

$*r5j^'l to keep one's self unpolluted,
>»

pure, chaste; ivrgt-'l bdag-srun-wa to
guard one's self, or in a special sense, to
live as a bdag-srun hermit ; to preserve ;

i^qra]^Y{r'*wi'3\«i'5!e.*'Ti| may I be pre-

>»

served from every harm (Do.) ; ''Sl'^'JJt.'V

•o

"l*wi bdag-la srufi-du-gsol I pray to protect
me (Do.). 2. to be cautious, to beware
of, to guard against: *$*flf&Pfft*>'lKt
ijnm'jj^-q to guard against accidents, &c.,
from ghosts, evil spirits and demons ;
^*r^c;c.fl|'i?|^»rTjjc.'q lus-dan fiag-gi ncs-pa

srun-tca or a«J'^e.'tfl|-jj fi lug-dan fiay-

>•

srun-tca to be cautions of what one does
or says. 3. to keep, to observe faith-
fully, a promise, laws ; *vp^ **'*>f>^ bkah-
srun-rnkhan obedient, one who faithfully
carries out a behest. 4. to hinder, forbid,
prohibit ; ^'pr§*ri'^1'';w'il c.' rigs-kyis bdag-
pog srufi S«'S»<'gc,' chog-kyif-srun it is for-
bidden, it is prohibited, by the degree of
kindred, by the husband, by religion in
general (Jd.).

5JC'3 II: T5T [sbst. 1. the keeping,
guarding, watch, guard. 2. the person
or the thing that guards, esp. an amu-
let, preventive, preservative; ge/q-isapri
srun-tca btags-pa to suspend an amulet,
to the neck or other part of the body] Jd.

g^'fS srun-skud an amulet consisting
of enchanted threads.

1293

watchman.

srun-mkhan keeper, guardian,

srun-hkhor a talisman, a disk
made gen. of threads consecrated by an
incarnate lama.

srun-mdud knotted silk-rags
consecrated by incarnate lamas and pre-
sented to their devotees in return for
presents made by them.

gcq'Q srun-wa-pa a guard, a keeper.
3=-'$ srun-bu or 5 =-'3 srun-po = $^'W*

>» -o

srun-mkhan.

gs-'l^ srun-byed=^'^ gron-khyer a
city (Mnon.) ^f%; the city of Avanti in
ancient Malwa (8. Lex.'}. 2. qq custo-
'dian of treasures, a demi-god.

*}£.•*» srun-ma guardian, ^*JT*$'5| c*t
dmyal-wahi srun-ma guardian of the infer-
nal regions; *TJ*l1«l$<S<'»rw«r*«j chos-
ski/on-wahi srun-ma thams-cad all the tutelar
gods of religion (Mil.) ; collectively, body
of watchmen; fffWi^WVrt the first
corps of watchmen of the gods, the Naga ;
J3r95'5jc;q<v*) rgyal-pohi srun-wahi-mi the
men of the king's body-guard. ge;t>*w
srun-sems the taking heed, being cautious

gctrci sruiis-pa=%W
secret or hidden.

-mdsad affttr [a preserver]&
latent, kept

srun-pa or
>o
hdul-wa or q§«ri btul-ica calm, soft, mild;

mildness, gentleness, meekness. %'§'S'
*ig«r^' fin-tu mi-bsrun-shin very wild,
being unruly ; malicious, malignant, of
demons (Mil., Jd.). *>'qg^-i mi-bsrun-pa=
*>'^c,«'i mi-runs-pa rough, wild, unculti-
vated, rude.

5H'9 srun-po adj.=g^'i srun-pa esp. of
horses : quiet, tame.

1] srub-ka a kind of grain valued

N_

for its medicinal properties :

srub-pa ^ip«H, WQ ; pf. imp.

bsrubs or ^ w srubs, fut. 'igfl bsrub
1. to stir, stir up to churn ; e'^'^'w
^ij^-g q n to churn tea, milk, &c., ^'gq^
sho-srub-pa to make butter. 2. to rum-
mage, to rake up, to stir, to turn over.
3. to rub, two pieces of wood against each
other to produce fire (Jd.).

%w\ srul-thag the rope with which
the piston of a churner, i.e., the churning
rod is twirled, gen. when making butter.

sruls-byed q*n the churner.

srubs-ma *p!j«i the churning
rod. Syn. gw%' srubs-ftn; *$'<l*'#
dkrogs-tna ; ^'$1 sho-yi skya-wa (Mnon.).

srubs a cleft, slit, gap, fissure ;

brag-srubs chasm or cleft in a rock,
intermediate space, interval, interstice ;
rent in a dress ; disunion, separation ;
wound (Lex.) ; 5)^ srub-hbye Lt. ; %w°$*
srubs-hthor (Sch.) a severing, a wound has
been made; Sjwi^vq srubs- gior-wa to
rend asunder, to tear (Sch., Jd.).

Swsl^w srubs-med-gos=^'*&*\ gos.-
rnchog very fine silk robe (Mnon.).

§[JJ srum resp. for meat, flesh of ani-

^3

mals used as food; 5}^'^i| srum-khog an
animal slaughtered and cut up for a per-
son of quality (Jd.).

hrul-po

(Zam. 6). 1. rotten, putrid, decomposed.
2. evil demon, malignant spirit ( Mil.) ; *$**'
g^'Q lus-srul-po evil spirits with rotten
body; sorcerer (Lex.). garqS'i]'^ Srul-
pohi-g.don n. of a frightful evil spirit.

1294

$*t'l srul-wa pf. and fut. i^1* bsrul
1. to be corrupted, decomposed, of the
human body (Vai-gti.). 2. to stir, to
mix and stir. 3. to shove, to move to
and fro (Jd.).

srul-mo srakr decayed.

ma-nams-pa ;
byig-pa za-byed.

srug unripe ears of wheat, etc.,

%3

unripe grains of Indian corn, wheat 8fo.
"*g»i'S'SJw hbras-kyi-srus an unripe shelled
grain of rice.

Syn. *'*» so-ma ;
*<*>S riiM-mtid;
(MAon.).

5}^'^ srus-pa Sch. to thicken, to
become more consistent by evaporation,
or by boiling (Jd.).

jj^"l sre-nag Lex. soot; W. $ '%*\ sre-

nwg (Jd.).
•*.
5j '3 sre-wa I: sbst. a certain shrub

(Cs.) II: vb., pf. "Jjw bsres, fut. ijf fare,
imp. "I" bsres or f « sreg, trans, to *\«i
hdre-wa 1. to mix with, to mingle, to ad-
mix ; w-ai g '«> mar-la sre-wa to mix with
butter (Lt.), •e.'S'JT" chan-chu sre-wa to mix
beer with water (Med.) ; "l&% '" drehu sre-wa
to breed mules ; ng «'i bsreg-pa mixed up,
confused, of narration (Ta.) ; fig. P'S'" WM
sre-wa or ^^'^'i lus sre-wa to communicate
with another, i.e., live, eat, drink, smoke
with a person (Do.) ; S^TST" ttyifadug
ttre-wa to share pleasure and pain, joy and
sorrow (Olr.). 2. add, to add up, cast up,
sum up (Jd.).

§^^«-J-w3vq^K-- (Khrid. 39).

~s »•

^ '*} sre-mo or
weasel. Ace. to (8,

-' sre-mofi

g fty sre-mog v. §'^"1 sre-nag.

5} ''SjC* sre-fo^ JSe.-ar^'im ankle-joint
[1. Sch. : the sinew above the heel. 2. n.
of a medicine] Jd.

'^l sreg-pa I : frfflT partridge. Syn.
'lJ'q $og-bkra-wa • § §'* ti-ti-ra.

^, ill) the spotted and unspotted fea-
thers of a partridge are equal in number.

II: vb., pf. <iJH*i bsreg,
sregs. fut. flJJI bsreg, imp. flg"! bsreg or
*if 1" faregs. ?& 1. to burn, to consume,
to destroy by or with fire, g^'SH s_byin-«reg
burnt offerings; S^'S}"! Icags-srcg red-hot
iron. 2. to roast, fry, bake ; to tan, to-
make swarthy : "V»w ni-ma$ (to be tanned)
by the sun (Jd.).

JfiW srcg-gnas. fw cemetery.
Syn. ^'B«i dur-khrod ;

longum

sreg-byed=tt'2l^ pi-pi-lift piper

sreg-rdsas <|f%'- clarified butter
and other articles required to be thrown
in the sacrificial fire.

p sreg-za yanra, yfRj^ fire.

|«I'« sreg-ma 1. baked ; anything
burnt; 2 .**^, »WK [a barren spot]<S.

Sl'91" sreg-blugt W$fo sacrificial
offerings, oblations made to the gods.

5JC* sren %'%*.• mi-sreft C. = **'*f.' mi-
rkyafi, v. Jt.'5* rkyafi-pa (Jd.).

sred (Vai-sA.), ^ sred S.g., a
species of corn.

$IC'£] sre^-pa=*^'^ 1. symb. num. :
8. 2. 5T«W, 5>a, «WT, <«rTOT vb., sbst., adj.
to desire, the desire, desirous, w* of food

1295

^si iove . fl||!^-S-sft-ci carnai desire ;
nor-la srtd-pa hankering after
riches, XarJfa rol-mo-la (liking) music;
VtT*V* yul-sred-pa chun-wa not much
attached to his native country; "^"f
IfwV1 hjig-rten-la sred-pa avarice, oove-
tousness, attachment to worldliness, *Xfi'
Sft'^ hdod-sred-ca covetous, greedy (Pth.),
•qwf^iq chags-sred-can lecherous, libidi-
nous (Pth.) ; SVfl'wJfco-g-lfarq quite free
of any desire (as is Buddha) (Jd.).

sh'S*'* sred-rgyal-ma a deity of the
Bonpo (Mil., (Jd.).

sred-ldan passionate, very earnest.

8red-pa-can=aXf\'tf&\ or ewnrtr^
passionately attached, also very lewd,
lascivous.

hjam-pahi drod-kyis lu-bsro (a mother)
foments her child with a gentle warmth
(Jd.).

Y9 sred-po a lover (Cs.).

iK*^'9 sred-med-bu snrnjir; an epithet
of Vishnu (Mfion.). %\^n sred-med-ma

the wife of Vishnu.
i sred-mo sweet-heart.

srel-tca 1. pf. and fut.
barel to rear, to bring up, to nurse (Cs.).
2. = wq or ?v*i|»r|Vito hold, holding ;
STX^-^orV (Bu-ton. US) having held
a sharp knife (in each of his hands).
*rel-bya as met.=il^ gold.

sre$ or jj»r«i sreg-pa f5pr to mix
up; ^•^w phar-tshur vret-pa to mix
up together this and that.

N-

| 5} sro ardour jT^'l lose spirits, to be
disheartened ; S^'sT hugs-sro W., heat,
passion, wrath, anger. ir«^ sro-can fu-
rious, raging (To.).

5(*^ sro-wa pf. igV bsros or ^T« sros,
fut. ig 6*ro imp- q3^ bsros or ^sf 6sro to
warm, *>'«rJFq to make warm, hot at the
fire, VTI in the sun; "«»)'«

'* sro-ma ft^i ; ^T^Js'e.1 1. egg of a
louse, a nit C., W., ^"[^v^fig-sro-hdu nits
are increasing fast (S.g.). 2. small bubble.
3. a medicinal herb, ijV§E.'3) sroma sen-ge
n. of a medicinal herb (Jd.). $'w*(''\'» sro-
ma nag-po ^^C^^f^f^a^ (Med.)
the black species of sroma is nutritious
and produces strength in the body.

^'^ sro-lo (Med.) Sedum and similar
plants; jp(^'li|Tp«fc*f*fr| the root of
the white (species of) sro-lo cures inflam-
mation of the lungs.

2i>Xi

*$'<%£ sro-M a kind of bird (Ta-sel.

11).

sroff ^5, si^f^t, srra; for I
= ^Ufe; sfT*^ life extinct, death; sf«|-
j&;ir*ftf*en srog-g.cod-pa.dag-spans-pa to
give up killing etc. ; jf<j-^-<i srog-len-
pa, taking life, iTVffW srog-dan
hphral-wa id., esp. to execute, to put to
death (Glr.) ; $'V*f.-^'l3srog-dafihbral-wa
to die ; ^«I^g«i'q srog-hbul-wa to sacrifice,
to yield up one's life ; ^"I'^'q srog-hdor-
tca to cast away, to sacrifice one's life ;
sfo-«r$-Spi srog-la mi-lta-wa to make
light of one's self; jf"r«^-ngfq Sfog-dan
bsdo-wa to risk, to hazard one's life ;
fo'ti srog-skyob-pa to save life; J
srog-hbyin-pa: to save, to preserve life;
jfqj^S-q srog-hts/w-wa to sustain life, also
to recover, to grow well again ; "MJT^'ifflr
quickly give life (Can.).

grog-sky ob deliverer, redeemer,
saviour (Jd.).

iT'W srog-k/wfi 1. the hole or passage
through which life passes away. 2. the
deep cut or stab, by which Tibetaa

1296

butchers kill animals (Site. 1. U$) 5 a""!'
Rc^lS'i srog-khuH hbyed-pa to stab in this
manner (/a).

ij"av9|->T|-q srog-gi ka-tva n. of a vein
(Jd.).

^j-?|-qj^« srog-gi-pnas ft^r the heart.
Syn. 1=>' $nin; W^P'ft rnam-fe$-rten
(Mnon.).

jfo) 3) »J'^i| srog-gi me-tog=3['*c*' gi-wan
aft^T; also V'*]!*' dom-mkhri$ bear's
bile used as medicine (Sman. 855).

ifa'*^ srog-can, fTS^ srog-ldan SJ*J,
wte* having life, lining, alive ; a living
being.

gq|-n|t^'« srog-pcod f>a smrfaEfnn killing,
taking the life of an >nimal ; sm^^-aw
IS'o one who does the work of killing, a
butcher, a slaughterer.

jf<i|-*fl]^ srog-cftags li^i, sfa, "w
this term comprises all animated beings
including the gods, but in practice it sig-
nifies insects and worms only ; *>-«r*fl|>sr
q5-g"«q-*im-?»<«'«s all men and other living
beings. S«i|'wi|«'3'SE-'z' sroy-chags kyi phufi-
po yv a flock, herd, or collection of
animals ; generally a swarm of flies or a
number of worms or insects.

g «T*<Il*<'§W?n srog-c/Mgs kyi-na-cu lu-
te ftre?.*; Syn. sfl|-MlwV* srog-chagt
rHi-mo"; t^W* sa-srin-tal ; w^'V
hkhri-<;iji (Mm.).

ga|-awi«-if|H-»<c.- srog-chags rkan-mafi
an insect having many feet [a small earth-
worm}^

woj3\ pregnant woman (Mnon.).

srog-chags phra-mo
• insects, animalculse.

srog-ttutg=W**\ dpyat-thag.

fd srog-bdag chcn-po=*r*i* Pe-
har or 3'VP Pe-dkar the guardian genius
of the monastery of Sam-ye.

jjqpjjj'fll srog-hphrog SffreT'it depriving
an animal of its life.

* srog-med lifeless, inanimate.

srog-med dwugs = tte^'ft^
mchod-me oil-burner, an oil-lamp which
is kept burning before the gods in a
Buddhist temple ; so called because though
it has no life, yet it draws air for its
existence (Mamohi skan-gso).

SH'ST srog-rtsa ("$'*<) root of life, vein
of life.

Spi|-q*-q srog-tuho-ica afN to sustain
life.

sTl'S^' sroy-rlun Wni, yii!<(i{j life, life-
breath.^ ft'Mi^iwrt't'^^iN the three

^

precious articles keeping in the life-wind
are %'3tf, 5^'^, F'3* (Satan.).

srog-$in ^ra, ^f«=9'' 1- the
life-tree. The later Indian Buddhist used
to preserve a particular tree believing that
the duration of his life depended on its
existence. 2. axle, axle-tree; •*S<|TtlfT
%' mchod-rten-gyi srog-$in (Mil.) the pole
in a Chorten ; fig. prop. Wfrf ^V sems-
kyi srog-$ ifl (Jd.).

5JC' srofi for jf^" straight forward,
righteous ; ^e.'S^sf*1 make straight ; ^'^
srofi-btsan the righteous (king).

• jJVg sron-po f^ztl lit. growing straight
and upright, as met. a tree.

jjVq sron-wa [pf. SSF*" bsrans, fut.
qgf bsran, imp. if*.' sron or SF.*" srofo to
.make straight, to straighten, opp. ta%3
yon-po what is awry, crooked Lex. ; *$*•'
't-'P yser-srofi-wa to beat out nails ; g'^=-'
^^ $ku-drafi-por bsrans-te (he sat)

1297

straight and erect, cf. also
bsraH-po] Jd.

srafi and

SroA-btsan gyam-po n. of
the most accomplished king of Tibet who
was a contemporary of S'iladitya, Huyen
tshang and Mahommed. His most fa-
mous match was with a daughter of
the Chinese Emperor T'aijung. His
second wife was the daugter of Ams'u
Varma of Nepal. He was so called on
account of his righteousness and thorough-
ness in the duties of religion and govern-
ment. He it was who first introduced the
art of writing into Tibet, and was the
chief promoter of Buddhism and Buddhist-
Sanskrit literature in that country.

§jc,«'£i srons-pa adj. straight, not bent
or crooked.

Syn. ^'3 dran-po; W'*^ hkhyog-med
(Mfion.).

SIV»r|-«i srod-la rgyu-wa <*jqr^ lit.
moving about (for prey) at dusk or at
dawn : a tiger, or often a Raksasa.

31 YT* srod-la za ^TJTZ one taking one's
food at dusk or at dawn, a hob-goblin.

3frfo- srud-lofi dusk-blind. Ace. to Jd.
day-blind, nyctalops, seeing better in a
mild than in a bright light.

evenng

twilight , the evening time ; sf\3c-'*fc' srod-
lyin-sofi the dusk is over, i.e., night ha? set
in; 5JV"! srod-la in the evening after
sun-set ; I'W'f**16' srod-dan tho-rans in
the evening and at the dawn.

sfV*^ srod-hkhor gen. after dusk or
after dawn.

srod-za evening and morning tea
served to the monks of a Tibetan monas-
tery after dusk or at dawn.

the

srod-hjin
middle part of the evening.

! srod-yol the beginning of night,
is., after dusk. In Tibet and India two
hours after sunset and two hours before
sunrise are not reckoned in the night
which is therefore called in Sans. Tn-
yama or Thun-sum-po in Tibetan.

srol coUoq. = ^i)«s-J«i lugs-srol
usage, custom, common use, habitual prac-
tice, habit ; jf«rw srol-bzaii good custom ;
also=*w good doctrine or religion.
^•*Wr*VW der yi-gehi sTol mcd-pas as
the art of writing was not yet in use there
Glr.; p-?H-*KtN^$ui4h keep in mind
the good old customs (Glr.) • jf«r*qj«rq Srol-
chags-pa, g«i^'^-q srol-du hgyur-wa (Cs.)
to become the custom (of a person;
or that of a country) ; girif«i phyag-srol is
said to be a respectful expression for
'"T'^'I'Sfa lag-len-gyi srol (Jd.) Sfl|»r«i3-^)-
JJl'll'l'^ legs-pahi dpe-srol btsug-sre (Glr.)
having introduced good customs for
imitation; #T5H thob-srol claim, title,
right, founded on old custom (Jd.).

ifa'l^ srol-rgynn any established cus-
tom, law or usage : uwg«rt]3'|jq-R*<(i|'jjV*^
(D. y.1. 7).

§f«|-il^-q srol-gtod-pa to introduce a
practice (Glr.).

5JV*t^ srol-hdsin adhering to or follow-
ing the old practice or custom ; a follower.

gVqfrq srol-hdsug-pa to institute a
custom.

$*•<** srol-lam=%*\w& lugs-srol (Rtsii.),
customary way or method of doing a
work ; an established practice.

srol-gon-pa n. of medicinal

164

herb:

1298

sro§ 1. v. sT" sro-va. 2. Cs. sbst.
srorf twilight, dusk of evening, «M'
mun-sros-pa dusky, dark (Glr.) ;
sa-sro§-na§ when it grew dark (Jd.).

£} S/« or SP §la-wa 1 : adj., also SI'S.
thin, of fluids, opp. to q'«i and 5"! '».
2.=§tVq^'q easy, opp to VI* ^ dkah-wo;
, easy work or doing ; J|«'«'8j'*r
knowledge is not easily obtained;
usally with the supine : ^'WSi* rig-par-
$laho it may easily be understood ; or with
the root of the verb: *fS go-sla easy to
comprehend (Jd.). T^'SP ftogs $la-wa
easy to perceive ; «W'8|^ laf-ela-ica lit. easy
work.

to accept, to take

to distribute food; S*S^««|IW to
receive alms, to beg alms. v.

soot adhering

ge.^^ $lan-dregs SJ^
to a cooking pan.

|j'£' $la-fia or t1«rSF iron pan for
parching grain ; £ 'S}6-' earthen pan, for
cooking, parching grain ; heating stove in
which charcoal or dried cattle-dung, etc,
are used as fuel.

Syn. ^'Q ther-po; fl^'ifr

^, eleg. for %; 8|^-«S in
future, henceforward; S|S'^ai^=l'C1^^
in future, behind: SlV^'w^cq to walk
behind one. 2. = t«'S after; 5\^ $/ac?-»0 c.
genit.=^T5; SS'^" slad-nas adv. aferwards,
hereafter; subsequently; SIS'I slad-kyi
subsequent, later, posterior (Jo.).

SIS'^ flad-du 1. on account of, for the
sake of. 2. = Ji1 5 behind, afterwards.

SK'« 8fea*-»w =!«'*• after, that which
comes after or follows, the hind part, the
later or latter part: SJS'S« afterwards,
hereafter ; S1V*«>OK>' again in future.

\'Q s%-^a=sTlTc" slog-pa robe, fur-
coat. ^•gil«-^'VS1«'§'8QIq a robe made
of goat skin or bear's skin; ^'sTl igo-
slog or more corr. VffsT"! dgo-glog hunt-
ing-coat, made of the skin of an antelope ;
tFSf"! spyan-slog furcoat of a wolf's skin ;
i^'^I tahar-log coat of lamb's skins ; 'WSJ'"!
ras-slog prob. : a fur-coat covered with
calico (Jd.).

gp s/an 1. colloq. for S^' fate. 2.
jjcq slon-wa 3^-^' raise verticaUy or
perpendicularly.

H«V*« slad-mar adv.=i^ rjet-su,
phyi?-su afterwards.

+ y^-ffn glad-rol =%'Xai phyi-ro 3TB out-
side, hind part, back part (iear.).

or

1. (at) the
time of rising or raising. 2. shelf, shelves,

stand (Jo.)-

or *, p

rf, to mix, esp. with something of an
inferior quality, hence to adulterate, viti-
ate, to spoil, to corrupt; fri" skyon-gyis
'i not marred by any defects.
quite unfitted by

perversity ; ^•3**raV«l without any
thing detrimental, not subject to any
noxious influence (Fai.-sfi.) ; W%W
W9«-? having made him drunk and thus
disabled him (Jo.)-

tsha=&*\te mi-gtsafi, also
ordure, f eces ; gen. human

excrement.

1299

, patching. 2. the

furred ear coverings used by Tibetan
ladies. 3. = ^; 81^=!^ (Jo.).

SF!? 5/a»»-#e = g^^^ (Jo.).

Sj^1£i sla>i-pa •=%*•'** $byar-wa 1. to mend,
patch (<ScA.). 2. v. iSfl (Jd.).

SFi for

q-q glab-tcahi bshi bcah-ica
[teaching the subject of
discipline] S. ; Sl^'fa instruction, letters

containing direction or orders (Rtsii.). In
Sikk. prayer or petition to one's superior
or official head.

l ^J slam-pa 1. to roast slightly, to
parch, to make brown by exposing to heat
e.g., meal C., W. 2. to roast, to fry (Jd.).

<wg* yan-skyar or ^ phyir
again, once more, back : Sj^'fJ'i y<*j <*(•». ?jf%
spoke again ; ^'fJ'^'S should speak
again ; sflnrnSfraf to be again con-
sidered (S. Lex.) S|^ afterwards, here-
after; SIM*, S*-HK' 3T: again in future,
^•uiE^i-Jp to add again (in letters) ; $v
*c;q f5^fl«f to come back, ^'^"P SWTJIJH
return, g^l'^ having returned ; g^'fw
gS §lar stobs-skyed he regains strength
(partly from Jd.).

slar-skyes 1. 1%^K hair, nail. 2.
yan-skyar-skyes grown or born
again (Mnon.).

Sj^'^q'*) slar-grib-ma a shadow picture or
photograph, an effigy ; v. ^^'qll'II*'.

g*>'3far£i slfir-rgol-tca afafair [rejected]*?.

S^'qT*\ 1. a rejoinder, reply. 2. n. of
a class of Brahmaij (Mnon.).

g^-qijcq slar-btan-wa fadm having
forsaken, having cast away.

slar-dug=%Kt: aconite (Mnon.).

slar-bsdu-wa to reduplicate,
rdsogs-tshig or |'§S zla-
the final of a verb, indicating the end
of a sentence formed by the reduplication
of the terminating letter such as % ^ \
*>, 5, *> *, *, ^, s, ? as in the words

slar-byas mthun effigy, v. $v
slar-gsugs (Mnon.).

Sj^^gc.' slar-hbyuft gspj^ [re-generation,
re-existence ; a young widow remarried]&

Sj^'ill^^ slar-gzuys sifhfn representation,
image, picture of a thing or person.

Syn. g-(^ skudra • 1i"l«'ci^ gzugs-brnan ;
f$F* slar-grib-ma; gvgNWs^ sZar-lyas-
mthun (Mnon.).

SJ^'UIE,'^ slar-yan hgro Tfrsvn [transmi-
gration, rotation]/®.

§lar-ftegs return ; gone back ;

back, pray come back.

come

i. attend-

ants of a princess, or lady's attendant.
2. retinue, train, attendants, servants,
^'9^%^ a king's or prince's retinue,
the court, people at court (Jd.).

Cv

^ sli G. ace. to some authorities : a
yellowish red apple, or Indian apple (opp.
to !J'-g ku-^u Tibetan apple) ; ace. to Cs.
cherry; cherries, however, are scarcely
known in Tibet. §'^! sli-tsi small, wild-
growing, cherry-like dwarf apple, Pyrus
baccata (Jd.). In Sikk. | sli= pears.

iff '3 glu-wa ^-51, *a^; pf.

fut. *>% bshi, imp. IS}** bshis, to entice,
allure, ensnare, beguile, seduce : flj^'arsw
5^'g'^^'^ to deceive or delude others by

1300

design. 8'§S ^ft to impose on, to
deceive : f^'3*''^ rdmn-bya$-te having
played false, also = ^« 8)'*^ bsltt-mkhan
deceiver, deluder, imposter.

S'lls slu-khrid enticement, seduction,
leading one into bad actions ; bait ; WE.
5"*'S('HS bzafi pohi glu-khrid enticement
to a good purpose ; also elopement (Jd.).
#''V> slu-hdrid=^"^'c> mgo-b§kor-wa to
seduce ; deception, seduction : W W
ra*iJv«i-ar*Vv9S (A. 5). « A slu-med not
capable of seduction or deceit ; upright,
sincere f%*njr [without pain, unmoved]<S.

^•*)iN Slu-mi-tnes n. of a individual.

r**qi %%** (A. 122).

«K

|j ele [1. a course blanket 7*., = *'*, *\
2. n. of the capital of Ladak] Jd.

sle-tres this is mentioned in Lff.
a.s a word of the Shan-shun dialect. 1.
n. of a creeper or climbing plant (Jd.).
2. f%*-^Tfvr [universal medicine]&

(K. g. *, 47).
Syn. I'flS-jfli'* zla-wahi kug-ma ; jp'^S'
vf\ tbraH-rtsihi hdab ; JS'?^ rgyud-ldun ;
3 qS'jwjiarq-^ sla-wahi myul-pa-can ; 9^ri>^
rgag-tned; ^*§S htsho-byed ; 9'*«'*^ bu-zai*
can ; "ie.«-£|-«^ yan$-pa-can (Mnon.).

£j 'H sle-po in U, g'l $le-wa or § '5 jfe-
foo a flat basket (Jd.).

^K

^'CJ s/e-wa 1. vb., *%'» bsle-pa, ^'i /Ae-
wa, pf. ^", to twist, plait, braid the hair,
to make a basket, etc. ; to knit. 2. sbst.
distortion, dislocation (of a limb) (Cs.).

|j-!S $le-ico 1. one that has a distorted
limb. 2. a bamboo basket to carry loads.

sle-mig a distorted eye (Cs.).

tlehit or 5'* {fe.»»o=g^-B>'
ra khra-tco blanket made of a striped coarse
goat's or yak's hair.

1 '") crookedness and cunning ; craft,
deceit, trickery ; jg'^^'IS'" fle-yon byed-pa
to cheat, deceive, impose upon (Cs.),

~v

tied knitting-needlei n Ld. (Jd.).

resp.

or jg"'i fleb-pa, pf.
^'" hbyon-pa 1. to arrive ; *'*'Sjt'
to arrive there, on further side ;
tsftur-gfeb to come this side or here ;
flebt-zin I have arrived, he has
arrived ; 8j£i'W'$'»i'5^ jg expected to come,
gq'i'l^'H do come, he says ; Si*1 ^ has
arrived. 2. to reach, to extend to a
certain place or point. 3. coming in (of
interest, rent, duties), hence §3 sleb
income, revenue, public revenue, receipt
of customs, etc. ; $3'% $leb-ttio account of
receipts (Jd.).

slo the contents of the stomach of
sheep or kid ; sf'X^ slo-dron warm fresh
dung or contents of the stomach.

***

fj'JJ slo-mn 3jcf [a winnowing bas-

I|T£I I : $log-pa 1. sbst. v. %*]'» slag-
pa. ; vb., pf. £>sf1Il*' bslogs, fut. «isf«! bslog
(trans, to ^"l'£' (dog-pa) to turn round
or about, to turn upside down or inside
out ; 5«T£r^'a^'i3r<l!'{| rkyal-pa phyi-nan slog-
pa to turn out the inside of a bag;
mig-slog-pa to roll one's eyes;
sa-?log-pa to plough up, turn up, to
dig the soil (Jd.).

'2'' II : a coat or
or kid skin (or one lined with the same).

1301

' slon I : gje/i, pf.

j, fut. sjjjc.' 6s/«n or g^' sM, imp. S|V
slon or $[=•* sfons, causat. and transit.
form of 8JE-'t'. 1. to cause to rise, to
help to rise : w^'wljc. q mnon-par slon-wa
to raise fully, to develope ; l3)'1^'^-'11 gyen-
du slon-wa to raise upwards or verti-
cally, ijj=-'l''9 tlon-wa-po a lifter, raiser,
one who starts anything as a question,
proposal, &c. ; S^'Sfc'51 dgra-ru slon-wa to
cause a person to rise in revolt, an enemy,
to make a person one's enemy ; q^'W'*)'
^'^E-'q bsad-pahi mi-ro slon-wa to resus-
citate the slain. 2. to excite, cause,
inspire (compassion, fear, terror, etc.) ;
5H'V!'*I«, !f-'Fl«'!!l3i'''i*<'qSlt*<'5 (Glr., Mil.)
quite excited by envy and aversion. 3.
to kindle (a disease) into action, hence
SjV^ slon-skyan the exciting cause (of a
disease) ; to raise, to erect, a pile, post,
wall ; 81=-'%' a pile, stay, prop, erected
or set up (Jd.).

' II : signifies VT"!^ don-gner or
(Mnon.). 1. to ask, require : Z'^ff
e; klu-shig na-la dpe-slon a Lu
asks me for the book (Dzl.) ; $#&w%w
bu-»to chitn-mar slon-wa to ask a man's
daughter in marraige ; sfe.'q<vvSr9 $M-
icahi dnos-po alms or articles obtained from
begging; freti to beg, to try to get by
begging : Jc-'3^'t'^c''^: chun-zad bslan-no we
beg for a little of it ! «cars|w^-j|* he
having obtained it from his father by
begging took it; q*iv?(*W8|K.'|J bsod-snoms
slon-wa to collect abns by begging. 2. to
collect, to gather, e.g. riches. 3. to examine,
to probe (a wound) : S'^wwC"!'35*'^-'
ruia-Qnar mdsug-mos §lon to examine, probe
a fresh wound with the finger ; also : to
search a man's house. 4. to give : F^I'S"!'
gather some of the remnants

of the meal, and give them to me !

(Jd.}.

+ fVft sM-phor=<$^-^ fir^T ttnf the
mendicant's begging platter or alms-
bowl.

35 slon-mo alms, firar, zir^sn beg-
ging, alms. §6.'*^ s/0n-mA-Aa«=sjVq'3
slon-wa-po or gc.'?i'i one who begs, a
beggar. fl'e.'S'g'fq slon-mo slon-wa or ^=-'
^'l^'" slon-mo bijed-pa to ask for alms, to
beg; sjVS*rR*-q slon-mos htsho-wa to live
by begging, alms.

Syn. qS"V$fw£i bsod-snoms-pa.

a = ^'» zlog-pa 1. to
return, repulse. Ace. to Sch. to patch, to
mend. 2. «^'E5'|J^cw|<vci to dissemble,
to feign (Sch.). 3. Cs. : to thrust out.

£J glob-pa I. vb., pf. qg^ bslabs,
fut. i^q bslab, imp. %JQ §lob or |f«Ki to
learn, to teach : . =-'«i'^q I learn, teach
me; wgfq I teach, ^al'»W^''fi*I'8T
i5'^qsjq« both the abbot and instructor
taught him the art of translating and
interpreting; R't'«r5|«f;^r^iq«r|iwi as I
should like to learn something of ma-
thematics, teach me! ii$|q*rw.?|*r^ bslabs-
pas fes-te when he had learned it ; qgq $c.'
IJq^-q-uiE,'^^ ag learning is difficult, even
if one is taught ; sfq'$'*!«Ti slob-tu hjitg-
pa to let one take lessons, to have or
get one instructed ; ^WSJ^'i yon-tan globs-
pa to teach, also, to learn good, useful,
things (Jd.).

'mi: sbst. 1. the act of learning.
2. = sT£''ui slob-ya teacher, instructor : gwi'
I'q-q-^w bram-ze slob-pa-riiams Brahmans
as instructors; ff^f.vfftrvtf^ hptiags-pa
slob-pa-rnam the venerable preceptors
(Buddhist saints). ^q'« pupil student;

1302

jjq-*r*je:«i glob ma-myon-wa to become a
student; also with « as a negative = to
have had no instruction or education ;
j|q-*£jVq slob bkhrtf-pa to teach (Ja.).

8fq'|3S slob-khyad W. use, practice, exer-
cise (Ja.).

aj<n!| flob-grwa ("lobta)" school, school-
room, school house.

JSpj-fjom glob-grogs school-fellow, co-
disciple.

sfc'SS slob-rgyud (opp. to 3 |S hierachical
succession) spiritual inheritance or suc-
cession.

jjVflj^ glob-gner student, scholar, SI"'
«q^-q|C^'q3»J slob-gner gan-du-bgyi$ where
have you studied ? at what college have
been a student ? (Ja.).

SJV«^ flob-dpon ^, wv£ chief in
teaching, gen. in spiritual matters ; teacher,
instructor, master, frq. ; also a college
title = professor. ?}q 'S^'S'^W'l*' I acquire
the talents, good qualities of your teacher
(Lam-rim. 26).

Ijquqm siob-hbans^Sfo btt-glob scholar,
pupil, disciple.

|'P ff^ag-pa Sch. 1. to sew toge-
ther (Ja.). 2. to hoard v. H".
nor-gsag-pa to hoard up riches.

$lob-ma fnaj, frtB pupil, disciple.
^Kirjfq dnos-slob one's own pupil, ««t-jjq
yan-dob a pupil's pupil.

SjV*<H slob-tshig instruction, teaching,
precepts, advice.

Syn. "If bsgo-tea ; iT«\'i brjod-pa •
slob-pa; *fl'*y* dran-bskul and
ffshen-bskul (Afnon.).

1. imp. of ^'f. 2. exercise,
practice, experience ; *H'ij'we^-<i'| mig-dob
&an-pa. skye a bad custom of seeing begins
to prevail, (viz., that of looking downward,
and minding only earthly things) (Ja.).

7«, for "JNt-q 1. ^j]^ •gTf) secret,
hidden : l*^'-^ the secret revealed : "!*<=-
q5'i]f mystic dance, secret dancing and
singing (Elrom. 9^) ; <^K^^f( secret
conversation, speech, words, &c. 2. Sffrft"
[a privity, a piece of cloth worn on the
privities](S.

c.-pc.- ffsafi-k/xin a secret room (Cs.).

-snays 'JJH^r?, *P« cliarmsr
secret religious instructions, mysterious
incantations; fljwgi|N-jj ?PS?T^ one
versed in mysticism.

umc.-gaiN'jm Gsan-$nags-ryyal the lord of
mysticism, an epithet of ^-|'«*c Rdo-rje
hchan or Buddha Vajradhara (Mnon.).

qp4E,-gq)*r3ni-i5| y*«n-snays thig-lc (^'S'sf*'
rgyud-kyi-$kor) n. of a work on mysticism.
q^£^iri53t'|Vm<qWQiyv (A. 66)
after translating the treatise on San-nay
thig la' (essence of mysticism) he entered
the Pravrajya, i.e., became an ordained
monk.

4|wc.'%^ ffsan-cfieu 1. T^^I a great
secret, mystery; 2. one versed in the
Tantrik cult or the occult science of the
Buddhists; an adept in mysticism.
^•q^'cw'fl]W§^ g.aan-chen bstan-pahi
lyed a complementary address for a high
RrJin-ma lama, signifying the illuminator
of the doctrine, (Tig. k. 67). 2. human
excrement ; a privy (Sman. 144) .

flj!S)c.-il5« flMJf-fBimsK^RK**^ ffsrtn-tshig

secret or confidential conversation (Mnon.).

u]»iK.-«i|^ gsctn-gtor IJ^J, ^?^"^ir sprink-

ling of consecrated water in mystical

religious rites.

tcaiti bdag-po ^-|'^*f rdorje

1303

gsan-bdag an epithet of ST
^ Phyay-rdor Vajrapani, also that of
Vais'ravaria (Mnon.).

.'i^*i gsan-gnas 1. mysteries, secrets :
5f«T|?jc.^ £San-wahi ffnas-dit ma-
gsuns he taught many mysteries, many,
secret doctrines (Jd.). 2. secret abode, a
place where secret matters are done or
secret affairs are discussed; private parts
of the body, pudenda, privities.

"l^'IX ffsan-spyod 1. = ^§"I'1 hkhrig-pa
(Mnon.) copulation, sexual union. 2.
privy, necessary, water closet (Jd.).

*F«.'3 Gsan-phu n. of a district situated
to the west of Lhasa (Lon. *., 18).

J I : gsan-wa vb. to do a thing
secretly, to conceal : 3^-«|«e/q to conceal
treasures, «f<V"!*<E-'t' to hide one's fault;
<i|NE.-f^-q gsan-ste ston-pa to reveal a
thing treated as a secret, to let out a
secret, to hide one's self, to be concealed;
«^a5-q5'Hfl*r3«|-fj-flHK-§ hiding one's self in
a solitary place ; ^VV.WpKl yid mthun-
par ffsan-ste keeping it secret with one
consent (Jd.).

II : sbst 1. *£Z,

secret things, a secret, mysticism ;
t^ffQ g.san-wahi bdag-po='*\*
ijfa the lord of mysticism, an epithet of
Vajrapapi. 2. secret parts Med., also
<j[m-«ifl*j yuan-Unas Med., ij^E.-q5-ci^'« ysan-
wahi pad-ma Med., sometimes the anus
included. 3. adj. secret, hidden, con-
cealed, i^E.-q^i*) 3u<figijf ; doctrine of the
mystics ; g'VflJ'"c; the exoteric, esoteric
and the mystic. 4. for *pte'*i to be
careful, to watch : is'^-vlT"^-"^ female
dog of very sharp hearing.

n|«c.-qq^-q gsafi-wa hdus-pa ^nmrai
the communion of the mystic adepts ; the

Tantrik cult of the Buddhist ; also the
Tantrik pantheon.

u|^c.-q5'^« ysan-wahi hdres *r*Ff, fira^
secret union.

i|^E.'n^-^^ gsan-wahi-nad disease of the
sexual organs (Med.).

qwq&lc-Jf^p-ff'y^tora n. of a Tantra

(K. g. v, 267).

n]^E.-q|5'|^ ysan-wa spyihi rgyud n. of
a Tantra (K. g.*, 71).

gsan-wa sgrigs-pa a conspi-
racy, secret arrangement or design,
intrigue.

n-wa rgyan-gyi
bkod-pahi-rgyud n. of a Tantra (K g.
% 476).

npxqfffifH Gsaii-wa dam-pa-ma n. of a
Yaksinl princess (K g. *•', 130).

fl|*jc.-q-q Qsan-wa-pa g^? a class of
Yaksa living in the Himalayas, and in
Tibet during the Pauranic times ; the
shamans of Tibet were also thus known to
the early Indians.

-ciS-g-q gsan-wa me-lfia b$en-
pahi Ita-wa n. of the doctrine of a sect of
Tirthika school of ancient India (Theg.
30).

fl|*!=.-q5-g-iN g$an-wahi bla-ma a secret
spiritual guide ; an epithet of Mahes'vara
(Mnon.).

itpKifcepflfa gsan-icahi bdag-nid

mysticism.
e.'q'g g.san-wa-smra ^n a charm.

Kuvera, the deity of wealth who rules
over the Guhyaka spirits.

«!^'S ffsan-bya that which should be
kept secret.

1304

i yuan-hot that which is confiden-
tial, fit to be kept secret.

q|W%4| Q8afi-t8hig='>\vc--iifiH secret speech

(0. gya.) the secrets of one's heart, should
not be revealed to the wicked.

ffsaj put out : wd^t^'s*! ex-
tinguished, just as wind puts out a lamp
or candle.

" ffsad-pa wu death.

to ;

resp. to hear, to listen
S* listen to me ! (Mil.) ; «VH'
(J0 listen to my word ! to hear
a person teaoliing, expounding, etc. (Jd.).

IpW'EI fsab-pa, v. «|««v«i ;
reply, Vwi^i to return kindness.

ffnah, also w* £saA, the snow-
leopard, varying in colour from pale
lemon to pure white, with clusters of
black spots ; living on the higher moun-
tains of Tibet.

n. of a num-

psah-yas
ber (Ta-sel. 56).

gsar-pa or

fresh, new ; young ; good. W5'fl|Wti very
fresh ; wS^'WIwi ^fim quite new ; «|W
a new friend ; *|w*5t*< newly bom ;
q fresh mutton; *r*|W«i a fresh
wound ; «wr«'*|wi bride, newly married
wife; «mv^'UWi'ti^ flesh of animals
that have just been slaughtered ; F'"iw an
edge or blade just sharpened;
new house, ffi'l^^ new clothes,
fresh butter ; ^'l1"^ a horse not yet broken
in. q|w<»3]fl|*i'q gsar-hgrog-pa Sfh. : to tell
each other news; to make new aquaint-
ance. ^Wf*' psar-rnin old and new, stale
and fresh, is used as abstr. noun to sig-
nify : age, duration, existence.

'" rtsad-gsod-pa inquire into, inves-
tigate, examine, study. fljw^Mi fresh
arrival.

Syn. fljwzj psar-po ; *^'i snr-pn ; "'* no-
ma; "i"!'* yag-mn; ^^'5'")^ yin-fa-ps/ion;
^'i fslton-nu; &*••% bzin-po; W*fS\*t rub-
(Mnon.).

gsar-$kye$ ifswrn new-born;
fresh shoots and leaves, buds (l&non.).

gsar-stod «iet new.

g gsar-bu 1. sr^^i; ^^"I'lwg ^OH-
thog ffsnr-bu fresh harvested grain, new
corn. 2. beginner, tyro, novice (Jd.).

"lw'^'*£-*)'£4 ffsar-du hons-pa a new
comer ;=«5^9 mgron-po (MAon.) guest.

«)«i«,'N ffsar-mfi modern, recent, new.
The term gen. signifies the reformed or
new school of Buddhism (opp. to 1«.'«
Rnin-ma). fl|W«'« ysar-nw-pa one of the
new schools of Buddhism iu Tibet.

aj*i ff8(ir-nǤ fresh or new barley.

ffsnr-hts/te (^'^w*^) fresli
disease or accident.

*>S'i (Yig. k. 13) without any recent in-
jury to health.

ij«val« psar-bzos newly made or manu-
factured articles.

1. ^iTJl, ffljj separate,
distinct, ^rar expressed, ^q'"!*)"! SWTSJ illu-
minated, fully manifest. 2. for fliwSjf
jj?r pale.

psal-wa I: vb. to be clear,

bright ; «|ww§s » to make clear, to eluci-
date, 5^'-*^'^c-'"|»)''i'^ when (the sun) shines
bright again ; i«*^Srf^r^rcq^ flaming
up once more, like an expiring lamp ;
l/uin-ne Ihmn-mer gsal-te

= appearing bright, clear and glorious ;

1305

*K'|«\ makes clear ; o|W<$ it has become
clear, is made evident; also 1%^«, ex-
plained : <^«r«^-qpwr8j it js explained in
theJDuhoa, it is clear there; flJwrqvqlV*1 to
elucidate, to describe clearly.

II: or

clear, bright, light, pure,
visible to a great distance, conspicuous,
distinct, apparent, intelligible ; ?fl'flpw=the
sky, the heaven; Mrfl|«wq-3vSl-.Jm ftag-psal-
po zer mi-fes his speech is not clear, he is
not able to speak distinctly; S^'ijwcl
yi-ge g.sal-po plain, legible handwriting ; of
colours, mirror: •^'"PW dkar-gsal pure
white ; pure, free from faults and deficien-
cies: qwr^-^rftr«rA^ft| ^ 5) t^e
resplendent, the immaculate embodiment
which is free from impurities.

<l}Wq III: l. = j«-q TO fully
blown, copious in fullness. 2.=*&\'c* s^nt
manifest. 3.=qjflr«i fSpcrasa [set aside,
turned away]& 4.=3Jl«'i fame.
ha = W>r* ysal-cha.

psal-c/rags Sfata, sifq<i fame
[celebrated, well-known]&

*\vm'* gsal-cha message ; flpw1*-^-
1^'9 I request (you) to give me a clear
account ; pray send me a message.

"iwl^ gsal-chen wfa>\ [great lustre ;
the sun]&

*\w$* Qml-rgyal king Prasenajit, son
of king Brahmadatta born on the same
day that Gautama Buddha was born
(K. du. "I, 3).

a|wrsflfc- ffsal-mthon the sky, clear sight
or vision.

the

sun [brilliant; fire]& ; the blue colour,
sky-colour =«fo' mthin (MAon.). 2.= an

epithet of Buddha ; the son of the moon,
one of the planets in Indian and Tibetan
astronomy (Mnon.).

«lw^-« Qsal-ldan-ma nwft the city of
Kas'i, modern Benares.

"iwrqjq-q ffsal-btab-pa to refresh the
memory, to meditate : cS^g-SR-g-q'^y
«|W35«r«i-«%^-*K.- that Madhyamika doc-
trine became as if new to me (A. 23}.

njwrifl'si ffsal-gnas as met. =wp"i the
sky, the void space.

«Hwrq-*v§'|K.- Qsal-wa hod-kyi girt the
birth place of vfifi*** Gfen-rab the founder
of the Bon reHgion of Tibet (G. Son. 12).

the sun (Mfion.).

*lw&-$% Qsal-wahi bu-mo ^njnr^ 1 1.
the daughter of Daksa an epithet of
Durga. 2. = ?'^.

*\w<&'% gsal-wa!ii-sgo=Hf»*-'i a learned
man, a sage (Mnon.).

Qsal-wahi-sgra clear voice,
murmuring noise.

q5-sr»i psal-wahi ma-ma vrfw [the
mother of the patriarch Daksa]&

^w3S psal-byed.^*! 1. the eye (Mfion.).
2. «(^| the consonants; "lw§^g«-§ the
thirty consonants of the Tibetan alphabet.

fljwnw Qml-ma njfw prosperous, n. of
a goddess.

*) ffsal-me lamp, candle (Rtsii.).

pSal-la-dwafl$ bright and
sparkling, pure, free from impurities.
Syn. ^fe'^ti gtsaH-dbafis; ^^ rflog-

ch. 4).

Goal-Main n. of a place (Bon.

-bos swrs® explicit, clear.

165

1306

g$al-le-wa very clear.

^C' g.ml-i)iH(£Sag. 68) a pointed
stake for empaling malefactors ;
.VH»*| 'i to impale. *|W^c«i gs
an impaler ; one who has been impaled.

carries in his hand with tinkling bells
attached to it.

psiy-pa or *"\'» to shake and
throw up in a backward direction ; V '"l^T
iftn '§<> drawing up the body, to shake it ;
*nrq-q|«ta| he shakes his mane; SS«.'«A«|
€». : the shaking of one's shoulder, (prob.
for : shrugging) ; to winnow, to fan, to
aift (Jd.).

'JJ gsifi-ma 1. beer brewed out of
rice or any other grain. 2. pasture-
ground, meadow. 3. moor, fen (Sch.).
4. a flower growing in the pastures of
Tibet resembling the daisy: I'S'j^e.*'
«|ik'«'*>'?ai having invited the Jo-wo\(A.tis'&)
they presented him with daisy (A.
105).

gsir-wa qq Cs. 1. 'to whirl
about, to twist ; «is.'i|3vq to whirl a spindle,
*i<V*-fl)3vti Cs. : 'to whirl an arrow.' 2.
W. to move by a repeated pushing ; to
smooth, to make even, with a plane, knife,
etc. ; to slide, glide, slip down a slope
(Jd.).

ca l. = i|Vq fogyur*wa to
multiply in arithmetic (Rtsif.). 2. to
divide, split, yrgvfl|3«rq to cut to pieces,
^Sm q« wool that has been well combed.
3. to toll, sound, ring : \«rg'a|Sterq to ring
a bell. *»p*'«i|3m v. wp*'* or ^'^1 bronze
which emits a ringing sound when struck
(Mnon.). i|*torf^' g.sil-snan pleasant ring-
ing sound, a kind of cymbal.

staff which a Tantrik Buddhist monk

and fljfcr* psil-ma, v.

sil-bu (Jd.).

I'l^l bribery,

bribe ; remuneration, reward ISTSe.-jTBS-
q^n^'^c should receive reward and royal
favours (Q. doA. 1).

= ^ or Qt- qr* resp. for
^ and "15* 1. precept, expression, speech,
voice : we.«'J«'5'1^' the speech or precept
of Buddha ; S) 'wS'flRjc.- saying of one's
spiritual teacher or lama; 19 ^'f'" a
speech made ; fli«je.'fl|«acq a lucid expression ;
«|fje:ge.- a voice arose, was heard, 1»JC-
ST" an unmistakable, voice, like that of
Buddha. 2. the act of speaking talking,
nj?jE.-g]E.-q ffsufi-(flefi-ica to converse, dis-
course ; that which is spoken ;
do not express yourself ;
in answer to what you have said;
3K« to read the sayings, the apothegms
(of Buddha) (Jd.).

T, vb., pf.

psufit, imp. "Kl*-^ classical 8'*1 tmra-wa 1.
to speak, talk, say, ^V* "IS*-' do not
say so ! such an expression should not
come from you ; r^'qrae-'q rdsun psufi-wa
to tell a falsehood, to speak lies. 2. to
explain ; to ask : a-^va'flra^'"^'w'5 please
accept it without explaining that you do
not want it ; n«r«Kwijgcq to give advice ;
3«rn]gE.-ei to preach ; wjvwflRjcq to recite
a religious song.

lit. the neotar of speech, a complimentary
expression applied to a person's speech,
address, or advice (Tig. k. £5).

1307

n-gi dwan-phyu(j
aa epithet of Manju
S'ri Bodhisattva (Situ. 6).

=•% gsufi-gin saying, talking about,
reciting, reading or preaching : fl^c/gapr
!<|-flR|*%%q^ (A. 13) when he was
reading the Tantra class of Buddhist
scriptures.

«i|*jc,-qfj« gsun-bgros report, statement,
opinion.

ira^i"!" gsun-plegs^Q*]*^ diploma,
written authority : fl|5j=,'ij<inrflfiE.-^-qj*r£.m-
qnnp^'l it ig very gracious of you to
have sent the communication with enclo-
sures (Yig. k. 18).

n-plefi, bgyi$-pa a discus-
sion or discourse had on religious sub-
jects.

ysun-c/ws «rpra a religious
discourse or sermon delivered orrally.

resp. talk,

discourse, speech ; q*|'V|s^ reply to such a
speech.

sun-rwhoglvst, advice, precept ;
also principal word, main dogma, e.g., the
Om-mani padme hum (<7a.).

^'§^ gsun-snan a harmonious voice,
an agreeable, speech.

&sun-mdud a knot of charmed
silk used as a talisman, it is described as
^fJJ-«r|-««r|Hp-*J5q-^n^^«W^^ that is,
incantations read over a piece of silk
converted thereby into a talisman against
evil spirits: " W^W*<^ " (Yig. Jc. 5)
with enclosure consisting of charmed
satin.

'fj*' psufi-spros conversation between
or among persons of rank ;

bris written precept, advice, letter, state-
ment.

"IxJ'-'S'i g&un-byed=-F kha or ^'flS'^^^j^.
wahi sgo the mouth (Jffjton.).

13*'*i ffsuft-mb gq^jf sermon, religious
discourse ; sacred writings.

"Rjc.'^ a'^'awi'q§'fl|7W g.suri-rab yaii-lag bcu-
g.ni$ the twelve divisions of the apothegms
of Buddha : — (1) s^^, (2)
t&\ (3) ^C.'^"c'?3i'i5'^, (4) 8'
(5) *^'^-qf^-q5^) (6) gc.-qi^'l, (7)
nIV«iS% (8) ^'f 5'|e.-«i5% (9) l^-ci-'
(10) ^'g-jvq?^, (11) j,«;-^-|El-q^)

••fai ffsuns-?ol

gsud-pa or ^i 1.
a form of cholera, n. of a disease produced
by indigestion, by undigested food : *'§'
•WV^«-81|» (Mng. 22). a^^ stands
for n«i|%*T spasmodic cholera which else-
where is rendered a*r»'|-q dyspepsia. 2.
ace. to Sch. vb.=to be lost, to be dis-
persed. 3. W. to fiU with food beyond
satiety, to stuff, to cram (Jit.).

&sum fa three;
the three, all the three. «|«J*T£| y.sum-pa
the third ; containing three ; 1*j*r5
the three ; "I«}«'* psum-cliq, a third
part; iR|»i'ii^ two thirds (Rtsii). 1^*4
is used also elliptically for ^ac»iifl|-
the three precious ones : flRj*car
'»i^ the Sutra on seeking pro-
tection of the Three Precious Ones (K d.
* 277). «m«r«rg|w«s-q-«i|g»i three times
innumerable Kalpa. This usage should
also be noticed: $fi'2rsr£j«^<i|*j5<-2r<^ the
old woman with her (two) sons, the
three; j«rZi-««rs«r«|g«i the king and his
(two) queens, the three (Ja.) ; *«r*|cw<w
*q»J»< the exoeUent, the middling .and the
inferior ones, ihe three.

1308

ffsum-sfiags
metreJS.
of three charms.

a [a Vedic arflRjwjyrS'q the red-coloured manfesi-

% a series tation of the Lord of death has a huge

belly (A. IT).

rgai psum-sbnil the third stage njg»^Bjc.-g Gsu$-hphyaA-po n. of a deity

in incarnations [emanation of the third (Jo.).

degree,=V|* Stf-rfnd] Jd. «R«rK*l 9ms-rdsiA-can pot-beUy, large

"!«J*i'fl ffsum-$gra=$c-'* tbraA-ma the bee, belly (Won.).

also fly. „?,,,

^^ 3 ase-wa 1. v. **. 2. v.
"|«j*»'^ pswn-ldan TW possessed of

three parts. ^'^ fse-m for

ql$*)'?^* ffsum-ldan-duj <iw{J'I the rhinoceros,
age in which out of four parts three parts
(of merits) existed in human beings.

gsum-rtsen frfe? the heaven.
^fe^sn the lord of heaven.
[ gsum-btsegt three things piled
one upon another : <*5«iifl|^'i|«j*»'qJ'flm three
stuffed cushions piled up one upon another ;

I a three storied house.
; ysum-zur three-cornered.

ffseg-brdar Sch. a file (instru-
ment), v. «"r"lVv sag-gdar.

ffseg-ma 1. TJ^TI sugar. 2.
pebbles, small stones ; i^T^r^ full
of stones (Jd.).

mendicant's staff (Lex.).

of it (Ja.).

also ^c.' M<I«W*|W 1.

g.sur-ma a thing slightly intermediate space, opening; cleft, chink,

burnt, singed ; "13^ g.sur-dri the smell crevice, fissure, leak, v. ffc'ik' sub.

if^c,' tgo-seA chink of a door;

ira*,-, gwpa,*** V>^y, stomach, ff^A-bsrub-pa Sch. to stop up, plug up,

R% aw-pa ?6o? the*beUy is swoUen or crevices, etc. 2. harmonious, well-sound-
distended] Lex. ; W<K 9**™* ^FJ of ^ 3- eharP> acute' ^Z! rrtfl-"'fl-^e"
the belly ; *N**F\ »sus-rked the belly and quick ear Sch. 4. in fc'lfe
the waist; the middle part of the body, !*¥« grassy valley or plain,
the waist (Sch.) ; Syn. wp'8 ^««-^a ; f " qj^C'q 0M«i^a leaky, cracky, full of
tto-wa (Won.). fissures (Sch.).

u)^-q-<w|c.w gnus-pa hgen$=^* (Won.) q^E.-q cautious, watchful,
full stomach.

ui^-cvX g<jl<T large protuberant belly
or stomach (Won-)-

q^i^fa^r 1. a large belly. 2. n. of a
country (K. d. % 365).

9suS.khyim chwa^fv** garden house with its exceUent balcx

a large beUy: qSfri^Yf*11^**' and wide view you should (rejoice).

g.sen-wa (colloq. and form of
to conceal; «H5W«i|*fq to keep
information or news secret.

1309

gsed several larger species of
Lomcera (Jd.).

! $sed-pa also ^V to pick out,
sort, to pull or pluck in pieces ;
to assort wool.

gseb=§Q seb 1. stallion, a male
horse or camel. 2. the narrow inters-
tices between persons or things thronged
together, hence with ^, § and «t=between,
among, with ^=from between : J3'*>'")'^'«r
*&c: the dog leaps into the midst of the
people ; <fr*w<»|^£>'>p|1'ri to put between
leaves ; f^i'"^'^'!'^ half of his
body protrudes from between the clouds,
i.e., rises above, etc. ; lfc-<q$q-;j-£!3oi*rq to sit
among the villagers. 3. multitude, crowd :
army, ^flpr«l*ta dense forest (Jo.).

aiw yseb-lam a passage through
thickets, a secret path, by-way between
rocks and underwood.

^|^^ gser 5^5, »lf^, ^t, 3fr^, %T
1. gold; in Tibet gold is called rinchen
dan-po the first precious (article). aic,'*^*)'
7J^si5-u|$V5jS<i| the best gold is found in
Ceylon («iim^5) ; *|^|'d'1?<i| flower of gold,
golden flower ; «|^|'|'*i'£R,1V£i =qfT^H4i^*T
^ftqf . 2. fair, royal, celestical, precious ;
the world. "1^ is used fig. for unchange-
ableness (<*|^'i'»l'\'C|) and also as an honorific
term : i^v^f royal face, i^f |»w celestial
drink, i.e., wine presented to kings and
grand lamas as a substitute for nectar.

Syn. Raj'Saj'w^il'W rin-chen mdog-bzaA ;
*f^r*|)si tshon-hdm-hgrim ;
mcliog; <wi'|»» tsam-pa $kye$;

rin-chen che; fiSfl'^ mdog-ldan;
mdafa-ldan ; *V§S'C| hod-byed-pa ; ^'fg* gam-
ga skyes; ^'«i»i'|^ ri-las-skyes ; »l'^-«'5^ me.
yi sa-bon;

^'Q kha-dog chen-po ; S^'^J'I*' bum-brgya-
sa-yi xla-wa\ **«rJ9( htsho-
wa ggrol ; itTS bsreg-bya ; *r$'g*i sa-fe-
$bram; ^'S^cq rin-chen dan-po (Mnon.).
i^l'qip gser-gyi-bkah royal edict, the
king's command, government order ; *qt*r
3»nrarq|$>vgsqii|'va)-XY(i^'3q4i ^e j-oyai edict
was received loyally by the subjects (Tig.
*. 60).

"I^'S'S'V pser-gyi $kud-pa 1. gold wire.
2. n. of a medicinal grass : 1^'S'gYWgf
«V*ta (Med.).

vg-^-S ffser-gyi hkhor-lo the golden
wheel, one of the eight auspicious articles
l) of the Buddhists.

| gser-gyi-dgra as met.=|i''J*i (lit.
the'.enemy of gold) iron (Mnon.).

I^'I'W2! gser-gyi chun-po %JT?IW gold
necklace or chain.

"I^'S"? gser-gyi-na 1. the golden fish,
one of the eight auspicious articles of the
Buddhists. 2. n. of a precious gem.

er-gyi me-tog «qnf fww,
the golden flower ; ^«!istj«j Magnolia
champaka.

Syn. ti^^^N'ngc.- bsod-nams-bsun
(Mnon.).

fl|^v§'^'^m gser-gyi mon-lha$ s^if ^TR
gold braided head ornament, also
necklace.

pser-gyi sdon-po = $g lit.
golden plant, a kind of aquatic grass

ffser-gyi hdab-can an epithet
of Vishnu (Mnon.).

"I^'l'^"! gser-gyi-mchog the finest gold.

Syn. £«'S'<$'«|^ dsam-bu chu-gser; *|C'
iJS'i rkan-brgyad-pa ; &'$*& dsam-bu na-di
(Mnon.).

1310

-gyi bye-ma 1. golden sand.
2. a kind of mineral used for medicinal

purpose.

(M.).

(fser-gyi
golden image.

a^vl'Soi qfl|« gser-gyi hotj-pags %*8W a
gold sash, but gen. an apron with little
gold bells attached to its edge which
ladies of rank wear in Tibet.

fl)SK'§'R'fl^ g.w-gyi ri-bdun the seven
golden mountains: — fl|y
hdsin ; fl^w^'ify ^ol-mdah-hdsin ;
*^ sed-ldari-can ; ^'JJ"! Ita-na-gdug ; W rta-
tna ; $«'^ rnaiH-Mud ; fl'SV^ mu-khijud-
hdsin (Mdsod.).

fl^vjl <q$-fl| Gser-gyi-brtsig n. of an island
in the Eastern ocean (K. d. \ 269).

Qser-gyi ri-wo %»nf^ the gold-
en mountain situated beyond the moun-
tain of Pragjyotisa, where the tree of gold
called Sa-le-dam abounds (K. d. *, 283).

golden water pot.

flpK§'qm yser-gyi lug T^TF golden
body ; a complimentary address for noble
ladies.

"l^'SSS'S ffser-gyi phud-pu a kind of
medicinal grain. ^vg^'S*™!*''^^''^
(Med.).

«|^'3'*l$iira<V*^ ffser-gi/i fftsug-phud-can
the golden crest; n. of a bird.

Syn. ^•"l^'n 'ly Mib^og bkra-pa;
upw^S-jirci mkhah-hgrohi rgyal-po ;
rhun-Mag (Mnon.).

q|^-|-g^'3 pser-gyi fbram-bu \.
^"1'3 pser-rdog-po (Nag. 53) piece-gold,
pieces of pure gold that are picked up
from sand ; pure, unalloyed .gold : flj^^'aw*)'

1Sl"11W**V»**r|* (A. 23)

all the others each presented him with a
piece of gold worth a J[.

flpfc'^ 08er-ffc«rf=«]*IV3-g'V«J ^ro q^
gold thread.

"1^'S ffser-skya pale, whitish gold
(Rtsii.).

a)?>«,-g«»i giier-$kyt>it$ lit. golden-drink,
wine that is offered to royalty, &c. for
drink ; now-a-days wine offered to the
gods and the Grand Lama which is
touched with gold and grain wrongly as a
justification for that name (Zofl. «i).

"l^T" pser-k/tft «qw igfH gold mine.
fl|fo'j| gser-k/tri golden chair, throne,
hierarchical chair.

^^'CK-' Gser-kha'd 1. n. of a («'«Kfl)
demon. 2. n. of a certain noble man's
family and castle in Amdo ; ^l*'n*'V|1Bti
n. of a celebrated lama of Amdo belong-
ing to that family.

yuer-ipklian goldsmith.
, gscr-mkltar a royal castle.

Qser-hgyur-mkhan an alche-
mist.

"l^^l'?6-' spcr-yug-sran an ounce of
gold of «Guge : ^N^^fSVjJV^"1 having
offered three hundred ounces of Gruge gold
(A. 79).

«l?)vsi<j|^ gser-mgar goldsmith (yfion.).

ill>^|E.' pser-ylin fl^J^hf prob. the
ancient Pegu where Buddhism nourished
in the ninth and tenth centuries A.D.

flpfc'w5^ pser-mgo golden-flower (mystic)
(Min-rda.).

l^'^S^'t" Qser-hgyur-rtai a chemical
preparation said to conTert other metals
into gold. Nagajuna is said to have
known such secrets of alchemy.

1311

Gser-rnnal-can f%Tt!urH an
epithet of Brahma (Mnon.).

*!^'^ Gser-can 1. ^?§t the golden
city, n. of a city in southern India. 2.
n. of an officinal plant (S. Lex.).

Oser-chu liquid gold; gilding.
Name of a river between Ladak and
Lahul where the people of Lahul paid
tribute in gold to former kings of Ladak.
*|^-$-fll5E,-«j gser-chu gtan-wa Tfwft to
gild with gold.

q|5fc-X'Zfe' pser-cho-lon a kind of precious
stone called vtuj^iPg.

"1^'^"! pser-tig n. of a bitter medicinal
herb : •M"r«^«fK**|T*V*'w'9^ (Mod.),
[ pser-tog golden badge, button.

gser-thal gold-dust, oxide of
gold : ^*W<*f'GM*t'Jff*|1«l*<FK1|^ (oxi-
dized) gold dust applied externally
removes fleshy excrescences (Med.).

fl|^-§q Qser-thub Jfisra^fa n. of the
second Tathagata (Buddha) of the present
Kalpa.

qF*fc'qIVlP''*^ pser-pdugs-can having a
golden-dome, a gilt-dome in the shape of
a royal umbrella constructed on the top of
a palace or castle : f&tilbnfc'X'f.-'JR
q$qvVf)'fK.Vft (A. 2!t) he visited the
lama's residence (called) 'the palace of
golden dome.'

l^'*^"! gser-mdog ^m «fif gold-
colour ; fl^vwVW n- of a monastery in
Tibet.

an=w$* myrobalan. 2.
n. of the capital of Indra (Sorig.
30).

«jj$*;s;fy*) ffser-rde ni-ma=^^'"^ white
mustard (Sman. 109).

gser-rdo gold-stone, gold-ore:

Gser-ldan-ma 1
[possessing gold ; n. of a wife of Krishna]<S'.
2. the goddess Uma, the river Granges,
and the planet Buddha. ^Mfc'WH'fturj*.'
^•^^^•^•^•q-wj^ (Yig. k. 14).

Syn. <*««•$ hbab-chu • **'*$ sa-ps/ii ; ^'§'
^» ston-gyi-dus ; "\wty«\''i gzah-Uiag-pa ; $'%
lha-mo «3'f| u-ma ; ^'5'iic.^ chu-bo Gan-ga.

"I^^'i pser-pa gold-searcher, gold-washer ;
dealer in gold.

l^1^ yser-phur ^nrr the polar star,
the fixed star.

Syn. ^•sr^aj-q skar-ma brtan-pa ;
Stod-pkur (Mnon.).

"I^'SS g.ser-phud n. of a medicinal herb
used as an emetic (Med.).

fll^-ngc.- gser-hphren gold-chain, n. of a
work.

r-bu n. of a bird of golden
colour (K. ko. "], 3).

"l^'l g.ser-bye golden sand, sand con-
taining gold. *|^§'^'*»S'3|E.' a great
river like, the Ganges, or the Indus etc.,
the Tibetan name of the Yangtse ki-yang
of China, the river of golden sand.

(Yig.k. 27) and may it please
your honour to send your instructions
and affectionate letters like the flow of the
Granges.

qj^-|e.« $ser~$byans refined gold, puri-
fied gold (Yig.k. 13).

qj?K-») ffser-me»"^^'y^"\ g.ser-gyi me-
tog gold flower.

na-ga
ge-sar) ^l^3i»l<. (Mnon.).

flpK'*)iT*^ gser-mig-can lit. with golden-
eyes, a fish ; an owl.

1312

«;w5 yser-dtnar-po lit. red gold
a compound of copper and gold.

refined
gold (Jd.).

q|^«,-jE.«- gser-zafig gold-gilt, gold laid
on copper.

i^*, -q¥'« gser-bsw-iea goldsmith.

Syn. l«fc'»f^ gser-mkhan ; fl|^wp pser-
mgar ; B'C*'§*'q* '" khu-tshur-gyij hts/w-tca ;
| q5'i|flf zla-icahi-hjug

lit. golden
face, a polite expression, for the face of
kings, queens and grand lamas, also
used as a compliment to respectable
ladies. ^KftV^Sttmf^p^fCfTtfvr^fl
V* (Yig. k. 80), thauks for your very
great kindness, I have been as pleased
as if from an actual interview.

-syirsfEQi g$er-8/tal-mja! any interview
with kings, queens, princesses and hier-
arohs.

-?j gser-slto a gold piece of the
weight of an English sovereign.

fl|$*,-fljgc.r^c,'3i$'j|e.' pser-gs/mri rid-nwhi-
fc/wfl = 4'S' I*.'* an epithet of the Ganges.
(Yig. k. 85).

flpfc'*^ yscr-hod ffira sw golden lustre,
*|$v*«v*^ pser-hod-can=$*\ fflog lightening
(Won.).

«,'5)qf gser-yig golden letter, the royal
mail ; ' fl|^'Sj|»|'q yser-yig-pa bearer of a
royal-letter,' an ambassador, envoy (Glr.,
Jd.).

o|3vwra|-;p< pser-sal le-sbram pure gold.
i|^'°j«^«^ ffser-lhad-can alloyed gold.

Syn. 5^'"!^ rgyan-gser ; ^'*^ ^^ rwa-
can-g,ser (Mfion.).

il^'-ffl! ffser-fog leaf-gold, gold-foil.

^«,'5c." gser-srafi an ounce of gold ; a
gold coin=16 rupees, a gold Mohur (Jd.).

l. = 5« order, class;
as in ^c«|i>«'«i. 2. reciprocal,
mutual (Vai. ffi. Jd.).

'^ gso-ica pf. "I^* ffsos, ^" bso$
(=&*> htsho-wa) 1. q)<TO to feed, nourish ;
to bring up, nurse up, train : *|*'JJ'i easy
to bring up, to nourish; S'l^'i to rear
a child, ^'"Mfi'l*'" to feed or rear up a
beast; Q«'fl|*5'q to nourish the body, to
restore health ; also ipJ-Jt'i or ^'f f|S'«
afJurra'lts, to foster ; flj^'W^ wishes to
cure, nourish, or bring up. 2. f^f*<iw,
sjfnf^g, afn^3 to mend, to repair, curing,
healing ; ^'i^'SS treats medically ; to stop,
remove, to put an end to (of a disease) ;
c.«|-q|$-q to rest, to recreate one's self ;
J3*T4|if'q to repair a house ; to restore,
rebuild, re-establish, what had been des-
troyed, to kindle again, stir up again, a
fire ; ^"I'l^'i to repair (a house), to refresh,
to comfort; $*<»r«|*rn resp. si^'ipS^ to
console. q^'Vp pso-dkah difficult to cure ;
"1^'*"^^ yao-rnkhan fosterer, restorer,
cherisher.

the constellation of Revati.

skyur-rtsi chen-po vtfan. a kind of citron ;
the larger species of lime used for medi-
cinal purpose (Mnon.).

i)?i sq« gso-thabs way of curing, manner
of healing (Med.).

| gso-thig cure-drop.

»«o-dpyad =
the mode of heah'ng, method of

1313

treatment of disease and the science of
medicine, = *5-R<irt^ *rrg?<?; the science of
preserving or prolonging life (Mnon.).
"1^'Wl^ f%fo?wfr treats medically, makes
medical treatment or cure.

ffso-dpyad-mkhan physician,
a restorer of health (Mnon.).

= $*i'» or
htsho-byed-pa a physician (Mnon.}.

'fl^'ifi $so-$pyad f%f%?WTfziRir the work
of healing ; ^tft^?n nourishing, bringing
up or rearing.

«l?ra-a g.so-wa-po 1. physician (Med.).
2. a fosterer, «w<s*i the parents (Mnon.).

"1^'S pso-bya the thing to be cured, the
disease (Med.).

"l**'l^ gso-byed 1. the healing substance,
the remedy; the healing person, a phy-
sician. 2. = S dog (Mnon.).

"fi'&i ffso-ts/uil^ifi'w* method of
healing.

fl|«-R«i| gso-rig or ^-qS-^flj-q t%f%a«T t%^jr
the science of medicine, the healing art.
4ttT$-fAf-*8?'WS>$>&4J n. of a medical
work in 293 block-print leaves ; i^q1^)'
treatise on the healing art ;
one hundred recipes or com-
pounded medicines, n. of a medical work
by Siddha Nagarjuna.

^•§e.'H gso-$byon-wa 1. for ^*T£Tfl|?fq'
removing faults, and |<<T<r|E.'q washing or
cleansing of sin^by making confession to a
priest. 2. tff<re reparation by penitence
or repentance, "l^'IV^'ti, taking the vow
of Poshadha (fasting) *l*r|c.'iJr<!fi*rc) obser-
ving the Posadha vow of fasting or making
confession of sin. ^'<i|3<i|%ii*r£rg en obser-
ving rigidly religious vows for one full
day.

i-|Vq giso-$t>i/ofl-pa tjfaf^u one who
has taken the vow of Posadha. «l^'|t
^T<r ffso-$byofi bshag-pa to observe the
vow of fasting.

Gso-sbyoA-hphags (Uposadha)
n. of ancestor of Gautama Buddha.

v. ^qj'q . pf

or «i«il^ bsrtgg ^qs? to collect, to gather,
hoards, gathers: {•'
knows how to coUect food.

to hoard:

the cause of each of the three diseases
of wind, bile and phlegm its develop-
ment and cure, &c. (Hbum. 20). "^i\-
^"1 »*og-hjo(j hoarding, accumulating
riches.

. = ^'25 dran-po (flay.
69) straightforward, sincere;
to speak faithfully :

ing reverence to the teachers what you
have to say speak out truly (Hbrom. p,
27). 2. y;«qqi^l = gvg-q one who speaks
out a thing before hand.

*1 »sofi, imp. of "pic* f sad-tea as in
5c,^q| keep the conversation secret
(Nag. 68). Also there occurs : ij*k*r.^ij|
»son§-p'ff keep it confidential, (Sittt
105).

=a^rnl pf.
fut. (Lex. usually) «w^, imp. %*00d 1.
f^t, ^ra, 'WT«» to kill, slay, murder,
slaughter, ^vq-ar^^-q to delight in
killing; l^^^i'Ti putting to death,
causing to be killed; q*^1*)1wj-si5'-*j flesh
of an animal just slaughtered ; ijw^'q^j^-
£J^'-*1 fresh meat ; jm-g^-^-qto be executed

16G

1314

by the authority of king ;

the time of or just on the point of being

executed.

"I^VI^ gsod-gcod the act of murder-
iug ; murder, slaughter ;
fear of murder or massacre ;
*)c.-3'g^-£i ffgod-ffsod mafi-po byed-pa to
murder, to slaughter a great deal ; mas-
sacreing. 2. to put out, extinguish : *»r*l-
put out that lamp before gods.
" to destroy the importance or
excellence of a person or thing, hence to
despise.

fl|X\«i'5 g.»od-pa-po murderer, slaugh-

terer.

ffaod-byeg TO*, ^nro 1. killer,
murderer, I^VSV^'" the murderous hunts
man. 2. nm, UK. the lord of death, the
evil one, Mara. "I^'IS'S'*!^ 0»o4-byfd-
/•//»' 9>ia? *mm slaughter house, the place
of execution.

ffsod-sa place of execution.

manner of killing.
psod-rtays me-tog can

fbyad-ki nag-
SI (Sman. 109).

^-y gsod-$ky id-pa = sf'0^'*1 happiness,
ease ; gen. in reference to one's state of
the mind : W^I*r1^<*S'llV this place
being solitary is happy (Rdsa. 9) .

"ft* 1. for *&*>'» or «I^'5 : «|^'BlT^'*
warm blood of a living animal. 2. imp.
of

l (fson-pa I: 1. intrs. vb., to
live, to be alive, 1*^ he, she, etc. is alive,
— to remain alive, to save or preserve
one's own life, r^'g^'"^'^' though I

could save my life by telling a falsehood ;
q]«^ cror^-nX^ I do not wish to live (any
longer), of the fire : to burn, V*!"^*' W.
does burn now P 2. trans, vb. to wake, to
rouse from sleep by shaking, to urge on,
to hurry on by force, whereas 5
only done by words (Jd.).

or

s

or "l5^'5 !• sbst- life:
-^«-g during (my,

your, etc.) life ; adj. «^ta, living, alive :
K|^-q^c.-J|-q-n^»)'jjc.-a|-n^«i|»i^-*l'»i^»cl5 (K. (/a.

^, 10) (an animal) weighed alive and
dead will not balance equally ; JJ'^'g'"!^'
ftfe^f ah, there I saw my son alive !
5* g^-q to call into life, to animate ;
-<»vi|-q to bury alive; «]»^<iS'
gson-paht ryyu-ma hdren-pa to
tear out the bowels of a living man.
2. revival, restoring to health. 3. entire,
whole, undivided, full. 4. SVPfyi, v.

•

gson-ina colloq. for

^'i a live pigeon ; l^'l^ the living
and the dead ((7s.) ; "l^'fljj"! g.nmi-bnreg a
creature burnt alive; *>'^T
to burn a person alive (Jci.).

yaol f^w; hollow, empty, bloated ;
without substance.
stuffed, spongy.

6^0«:fitra ; pf.

fut. iw psab, 1. to fill out or up, to
supply, complete, make up ; to cure
(wounds). 2. to pay, repay, return ; g^'i
a loan (Sch.) ; \qaflvn to return a kind-
ness (Glr., Ja.).

-fz<j="^'^|^' pine tree.

. or i|^-fl|^ = 5R- or ^ '8
a punch, an awl, gimlet.
2. supine of *f*'*.

1315

faor-wa to brandish, flourish.
^ psor-kdem-pa a kind of

medicinal grass : ^

the gsor-hdem-pa is useful in wounds

from burning.

ysol 1. for "!*wq. 2. in Sikk.
= entertainment, feast.

ss^'S'^'Ki great show
or festival ; in Hindi : tamasha.

said.

i I: vb., 1. =g'i «/««-«> 7
i^f ; to ask for, to beg for : J9i'5-l»i-a«i['3|'
gq*r<i|*i<arlf he besought the king to save
his life ; |JfWjjft<W^WW'^*ri^ ask the
teacher to say the prayers ; iSfl'^'*l*ii I
beg (you) to explain; ^fcNnfqVN I beg
you to consider ; ^'ij^ai'i to worship a god,
by offering libations (Jo.). 2. resp. for
'« or Sfa'q to dress to put on: g-«r^

to put on a garment, clerical robs, cap,
shoes; (t^fPpr^-iq^W^Cj putting the
cloak on the teacher (Ma). 3. OT^r, iff^m
to eat, to drink, to take or offer a meal ;

vSm do eat, take food!
has finished his meal ; fl|*

is eating ; j'jr£r'*q«-«e;fl|*for^ as
the king had drunk rice-wine ; to take,
to give, administer (medicine) ; to place
(food etc.) before, to serve up for clerical
person (Dzl.) . «fi<*K*&^*\ I place it before
you, help yourself! jrtW"WW%*«pi
the king took a bath ; f**ry£*«fWi srag-
In fkii-khrus gaol-lo they administered a
bath to the prince ; •n^'flpfarq to assume,
to receive a name, to give a name ; ^5'
S^'"! "fM'q!?fa a demon has entered his
mind. «|*for«»'i^, ^q«-^«i|v«i9«i present or
offering of food.

JII: = 1. g*r«i sbst.
V'tr prayer, request, entreaty ;
g.aol-wa hdeb$-pa to make a request, to
entreat, to pray for. 2. food :
to take food, to eat, dine.

ffsol-dkar W. resp. for ^"l^'3)
crockery, china cup to take tea or wine.

-jj« ffsol-skrum meat prepared for
the table of a man of rank.

«I^«i'(«i pgol-kha 1. request, prayer (Scfi.).
2. meat,' and drink ScA. 3. = f")*;q
(Jig.).

aftm-fit: psol-khafi resp. for w*c t/Kib-
tshaft a kitchen (Mnon.).

f sol-Han poisoned food (Qlr.).
'g'l fsol-lcog dining table.
K.' ^sol-Chan resp. of ««•'

ysul-mchod prayer and offer-
ings. "I^«i'E gsol-ja resp. for e tea, l^i'R'^
psol-sa jf/rott^^'E'Rgm offering tea, tea-
entertainment. if&wq psol-na fish dressed
for the table of a respected person,
for food of a great man. fl|*far§q gsol-tib
tea-pot (Jo.). i??i«i-gii ffsol-t/my = ^'^
(Jig.} porridge or gruel made of barley
flour with meat and dried curds,
a^ psol-thabs fire-place, kitchen,
g«o/-/(/y^ = 3^'5Jv gur-gur, churn; hookah.
q|?}ij|-^ef^ psol-dpon lit. head-cook, master-
cook, ordinarily = a private secretary
who receives prayers and requests.
w psol-iiuir resp. for *»^ butter.
gsol-tshigs dinner (Jd.) ; flf^ai^q
resp. for ywti fine parched barley flour for
a gceat man's food. ijSucij^q) fsol-gyoy
under-waiter, table servant.

«]*W^N gsol-ras donation, gift, present,
gen. distribution of money, victuals, &c.,
by a person of rank to common people.

1316

psol-phogs resp. for ffljw salary,

allowance.

, pf.

(&ag. 76). to foster, cherish v.

IS'" to cure g'S'fl|*5»r«i not keeping, retain-

ing a child alive ; *!*fa'S foster-son.

r*i ffsos-ma cure, medicine ; *[*fo'w
hdebs-pa to apply a remedy.

v.

a pf .

76')=*1*1 accumulation of religious
merits ; hoarding money, v.

or

J hsafi-bu resp. for *^ food, fare
(Cr/r.) ; flwf^gw bsafi-hbrns resp. a dish of
rice (e/a.).

nj 1. incense, frank incense.
bsafig-ksel incense removes defile-
ment. q*»c.*r«|lfX-q bsafis-ytor-wa to burn
incense as an offering. 2. vb. pf. «*«
xnfis, to cleanse, to remove : \*rq»«»i re-
moved the dirt or stain (Situ. 76).

killed, also kill-
ing : jfflrwm'wv*1 sfog-chags bsatf-pa kill-
ing animals (Situ. 76) v. fl|*V«i. «iw\'9
animal to be slaughtered.

bsad-pa pf. PW« bsabg = <««J^ to
return, repay, retaliate : \a^-q«qw rfr»t-
lan bsabg returned kindness, shewed grati-
tude. p'i«q|S'i to reply, give answer
(Situ. 76).

C]^W bsam or qwi sbst.

VH^ 1. thought, reflection, wish,
imagination, fancy : WfcT^vjNrq bsam-pa
nan-pa sem-pa to foster bad thoughts (Do.);
MprcrJ*T§* bsam-pa tsam-gyis quick as
thought ; ^fli^A^^^-^'q^^-q'l^ he was con-
stantly haunted by those thoughts (Dzl.) ;

inconceivable, be-
yond the reach of human intellect, incom-
prehensible etc.; fcrwwwrw^ir
")^ a good way of thinking is worth more
than good (external) religion (Mil.) ; ^w
*-*\'**i malicious, wicked. 2. the will : «w*r
VUftrqftFrifiriffivfVWAt: if you have
borne ill will to others, you will receive a
rough return. »t^<r|'9|-qwer^ (or ^'^)
QfQ to execute, to carry out a person's
will; qwrtr^'wivw as it did not go
according to their wish ; RWr«*\«Wirj^|^
do not try to divert me from my purpose
(Dzl.)', qwwjt-q occurred in the mind;
qwi-crqifZi good intention or design (Mil.) ;
desire, mind, inclination, liking, "ffiv^ or
«I^flj-«iS 'qwci thirst for blood, murderous
disposition (Glr.). 3. soul, heart: q«wti^'
^^'^'*|' (by doing so) you injure your
own soul (Mil., Jo.), qwjflf-tr^ bsam-
thag-pa na§ from the bottom of the heart.

Syn. *^»i-£i hgofif-pa v^'i Man-pa
(Mdon.).

q^rq^fq* bsam-pc/M-stobi ^rnpww reso-
lution, strength of mind, [determination.

bsam-don-hgrub ier*sx, v&-
fulfilment (of one's) desire or object.

bsam-pa mfion-phyogs bent
of mind, inclination.

J bsam-pa fut. tense and secon-
dary form of ^*w<J semf-pa : ^'q«»w
thought, having thought (Situ. 76), has a
pf. qwwo bsams-pa, ww'^'^^f^rr; not to
be thought, cannot be thought of, incon-
ceivable ; qwwtr^c having thought about
it ; also of one's own interest, = q^wrcr^E/
having meditated upon, reflected, pondered
(A. 57).

mK&t*gpV9K*pm ir^rr Trfbnf n.
of a very great number [n. of a chapter of

1317

the Prajfiaparamita which treats of the
inconceivable] S.

$'*f^ bsam-gyi mi-
khyab-pahi rgfial-pohi mdo n. of a Sutra
(K. d. -, 8).

trf^f state of complete abstraction, con-
templation, meditation, concentration of
thoughts; esp. that mystic meditation
which at length evolves an astral counter-
part of the meditator — the counterpart
existing in Dewaohan contemporaneously
with the meditator who continues on
earth.

Syn. fc'fc'*^ tin-fa hdsin ; $«r*g* rnal-
hbyor ; ^'nR* shi-g.nas ; fW°£*\ mnam-hjog
(Mnon.).

q*i*rfl|5^-§«^£i bsam-gtan byed-pa to con-
centrate the mind on a certain moral
virtue, to transpose one's self into the state
of contemplation or meditation (Jd.).

qwrfl^'pje.'g bsam-fftan kltan-lm = ''0^
ri-khrod (Mnon.) mountain retreat of
Buddhist sages and saints, hermitage on
a lonely mountain.

ryyu4 a Tantra containing descriptions of
contemplation in 53 stanzas (K. g. *, 108).
'»i^ bsam-mno or W'lf bsam-blo, also
blo-bsarn, thinking, wishing etc.,
working of the mind ; ww*^'!1^ or «fif«^
resp. s'lisrqwc'iflfc.'q to think, to meditate,
consider, think upon ; *pe:|v3'*lwrSl bzafi-
bye4-kyi bsam-blo wish to do good, a mind
directed towards what is good.

Syn. *»^1(w*< mno-bs«m; $*r?*l rnam-rtog;

\*\m.' bsam-hphellion-dwan =
l'^' the wish fulfilling tree, the
fabulous Kalpadmma ( Yig. k. 33) .

qwr^tta'arw bsam-hphel ma-ma = $*&-'&s(-Zi
(Yig. k. 35) the great ocean.

qwj'knw bsam-blo thefcpamWff

i^«'3|c (D. 9el. 12).

i'S bsam-bya «fa object of medita-
tion, the deity or person who is thought
of or meditated.

qwg-sj3fc.*rci bsam-bya mthsuns-pa coinci-
dent thoughts having the same or similar
objects in view or to meditate upon.

Syn. f£q!*''*i§^ 2)hogs-mthun • w?*'^
mnam-byed; sjC^'l^lS mts/tufis-par fpyod ;
*^2]^ 1'1 ingrin-gpig ; ^S^*' "I**1! dbyans-acig',
*'3^'£)'*<^ mgrin-pa rnnam ; *wv]$fi rnthah-
gcig-pa ; ^Ti'ilSfll hjug-pa ffcig (Mfion.).

q*j*i'|^ bsam-sbyor design, project, pkn,
q*iw|«,'qac,-ci bsam-sbyor bzafi-po good design,
or c^'£i Han-pa bad design ; fl^wlVlyq
bsam-sbyor byed-pa to plan, to scheme, to
project a plan ((/., Jd.).

qw-?|N bsam-^es knowing or reading
another's mind; ace. to Jd. consciousness.
bsam-bsehu seminal vesicle.

'» gral-sgrig-pa
to arrange ; arrangement : I5'iS'gi'>i'|a$*!»r^
(Situ. 76) arranged the things or furni-
ture.

) bsam-pa

blo-khog yafa-pa, ^w»i^-q sems yans-pa
broad heart, magnanimity (MAon.).

bsal-wa = g«'i phye$-wa
opened, disclosed, revealed, cleared up :
^•q«ac^ $kyon-bsal-to disclosed the fault
(Situ. 76) ; w*vi|*«( pray clear up. 2.=
^i)»)'q XJRJT?S!TT«I advertising ; to make
known by trumpet or drum ; also
reputation.

1318

q*;ai in\q bsal-tshdfjs flfaff, T53» strain-
ing, filtering ; to clear or purify water of
animal life, &c.

Syn. iferq sel-ira; *N'«i sol-tea (Ignon.).

J faig.pa pf. «&«!« bsigs, to fan
j q to fan the body with the
hand (Situ. 76) v.

J bsid-pa 1. to mend, repair. 2.
pf. of fl|$v«i to pick, sort, hair, wool;
to sort wool.

(Jd.).

fair-tea 1. *$**. 2. W.

I.. fan.,ca to cut,
cut into pieces (Situ. 76).

sip

II; l. = gje.'*i graA-vw adj. and
sbst. iftTO, ft* cool, coobiess; «&»rv
5^'« jflafan, ^ato^ become cold, the
state of being cold [calm composure,
equanimity] S. ; (^V^NW^I a cool house.
coolness is wholesome (Lt.).
w fail-icahi chu-kyes^ofi**. 2.
vb., to cool ; also resp. for ^SV"
hkltntd-pa to wash, ^-^I'l to wash the
mouth and face. *q-«&i»r«K-<i$*, the heat
changes to coolness. fcuSm lead-fail
'willow shade,' cool place under a
willow ; q?ta^c.'3jt.'q being shady and cool ;
it is cold, the weather is cold
g. 69). ^«'«i5ai water for cooling the
feet (Cs.) ; S'V**'!'1*'''''**^ to wa^h
the body with warm water (Cs.) ; to shed,
i shed many tears (Jd.).

a dome, a turret on the roof of a house ;
also: a cool room, a summer house,
summer residence (Jd.).

t&arjiq faH-grib iftasrwraT ; cool, grateful
shade.

q^jiASR- fafl.hf.kufl cool draught, a
cooling drink or beverage (Sck.).

^•^ fail-Man fmm, f%FWT the
Himaloya ; Tibet.

fail-bye^ (MAon.).

^ Bxil-ldtn sa-hthi
Ij'oH n. of Tibet; though the fanciful
Indians who had very little knowledge of
Tibet implied by that name the Hima-
layan regions which abound in Sal trees
and medicinal plants (Tig. k. 52).

|« failings parasol.

|M faif.wn ^umihe three cooling
medicines :— 5'^', g^'jw and fj^S*!, /.,..
bamboo manna, saffron and small carda-
mom (MM. 1).

fail-ltt cool or coolness; istogS
ge.1 fail-buhi rlufl ^JWifsr t, f^^cfTH a cool
breeze.

faH-waki hod-scr moon-
beam, the cooling beam.

q$ijrq-n^ fail.,ca kthin — K^-ftN thoy-(/i
lo-nm XW53 n. of a medicinal fruit
(Mfion.).

w^ bxil-lyed 1. t^5*T, g^TTT snow,
hoar-frost; also the coolers: the moon,
cloud, wind, and sandal wood.

bsil-za$ or t&arqivw cooling food.

fai/.z/-r can fV«m3, ^? the
moon

a fan.

Syn. §c,-iju<a rtitfi-gyab ; *&W
tfob (If Aon.).

«ljf^ bsil-ri=i\^^ snowy mountain,
the cool or shady side of a mountain ; also
a hill of Magada near S'itavana cemetry
(Ya-sel. 34).

1319

phels-bsu, perf.
and imp. q«i*< (flag. 69), vw|»nw to
go to meet : wg-q^-'U: the mother goes to
meet her son ; q*}'q' S*1 had gone to receive
the party; q«j*r2jfl| let him go to meet;
"fjv^w sjfq^TOj having received or escorted
him; to join, to make advances, to interest
one's self for ; to go to meet (solemnly), to
welcome a respected person ; w^'*^1"
mdun-bsus (Situ. 76) advanced to receive
a party. ^T^W?1^^ I will go
to meet the arriving pandit; q*J'q'g'^'3
great festivities on the occasion of recep-
tion; q«|wq«j-q-5|ai we will lead her home
as your hride. 2. defined as jf^'q?6-'
q<vg^ sfion-dtt btaft pahi sman medicine that
is first taken to he followed by another
immediately (Lif.).

qg'ae.- £sw-c/ttw = qlV;*c in Sikk. wine
that is sent for the refreshment of a res-
pectable party or official when coming to
a place.

q?r*> bsu-mi an escort, the men going
to receive a gentleman or lady coming
from a distance.

fj^ b_m-$man clyster (Sch.).

' bsun V w5, sweet smell ; \q«i^
dri-bsuA shim-pa broho I enjoy the
sweet fragrance. q$=.'9T!!s.'j|* bsun-gi grofi-
kltyn- and q^^'H^H*! ksuft-gi groft-
k/iyer chen-po are names of very sweet
scented flowers (K. my. "I, 29).
bsufi-ned fragrance, q^t.'^
and q5}t,'5«'3^'5 bsuft-myos chen-po are
names of two kinds of fragrant flowers.

bsun-tsam disgusting, obscene

l faun-pa dissolute:
to be dissolute ; to be irregular in habits.

qy^qg* b_mn-b.$kyur (Sch.) : irregularity
of life," dissoluteness;
abandoned prodigality.

(Sch.).

d^SJ'SI bsub-pct, pf . q^q^, to obliterate,
^^•Isi-qsjq^ rubbed out the foot mark
(Situ. 76).

3^JT£| ^urn-pa l. = *g*ri to smile,
2.=?J*<'£' sum-pa to close or shut (Cs.)
f«V«^-WB«ir*«ipr|f q^'q to draw together
the mouth-string of a cloth pouch or bag ;
(Situ. 76) to shut up the mouths of a
vessel or cotton-cloth bag.

bsur-smyig W. clyster=

bsus-pa incorrectly for
belly, stomach.

bse 1. «>'q se-wa. 2. for
n. of a buckle or shield made of rhinoceros
skin. «&'H*« bse-iyam, q^^-Jwg leather-box
or box lined with leather; o^'lf bse-sgo
leather-door, or a door-like target made
of hides (Jd.). 3. a kind of demon.
q^-^vti5'gfl|W bse-hbros-pahi $nags the
charm to drive away q^ demon: ^I'Sl'
(K. g. *, 52).

rhinoceros hide of which shields
are made.

-q^ bse-k/ui bsgo u. of a wild animal,
(K. ko. "1, 2).

ftse-ru 1.

rhinoceros ; q^'
one who concen-
trates his mind on a subject in the manner
of a rhinoceros which looks to its horn with
the only intention of killing his adver-
sary. 2. in Tibet ie applied to the
clumsy-looking deer known to sportsmen
as the " serow." 3. three species of
grain having medicinal properties : 1^'

1320

white sent ; i^'^'^l'Q black sent ;
tbe spotted seru. *^'B* bse-gbtir a
kind of grain with disagreeable odour.

qSl'JT^ $se-ma-nu=%'*3 pomegranate
seed (mystic) (MiA. $).

ljse-mo stfia species of weasel.

fae-yab |*'* fkyur-ma a kind
of sweet and acidulous medicinal fruit.

t| bsegg-pa to come from one
side, to come across one's way (Sch.) ; to
come into collision with.

or pw«-«t«-ci to

revive spirit, to awaken, rouse ; ^r«rqfce.-
«5«^ tflj'5 (A. 135) as advice for rousing
one's spirits.

3?^ '3 factf-pa, v. q*V g»ed-pi to
sort, to discriminate ; V'*'tI*V{| to enter
into details (Situ. 76).

**VS3S the bow for setting a drill in
motion (Sch.).

35)3j'*f bsen-mo, *'1^' a female evil
spirit.

falut-pa to allure, seduce (by the show of
friendship).

Q?)3^ bscr in w^'i*^. mdehu-b_scr (Situ.
76)=»i^'3flI'3'35\»>Vg'9 to see, examine if
an arrow is crooked or not.

bser, or i^'9 resp. of §*.
wind : p^'s'«|E.'^*r«ic.»i whence does the cold
wind : blow (Hbrom. P, 18) ; the term bser
is generally applied to a cold breeze : s*^'
^•n'V"\ he is affected by a cold wind (Sch.).
2. the feeling of cold : g^q*rorn?K%
£)q^q|-4|N is not your honour feeling cold ;
catching cold ; «*fc-1^135s.f bser-du-yoft you
wiU feel cold (Jd.).

bser-ma = %*' gen. wind in the
stomach, wfc'sr^'j'q §ser-ma mi-ski/e-wa =
i-iki/e-wa in

(A. 155).

bser-mo adj. or sbst.
w., did you not feel very
cold ? qSfc'355'^ honorif. a catarrh, a cold
(Jd.).

followers, retinue. 2. v. + q^m'q bsel-mi
to protect from danger, remove fear or
cause of danger, wqtta convoy; safe
conduct, escort.

q«N'<J bsel-pa safe-guard, giu'de ; m»i'qi>«c
S'V" to accompany and protect one on the
way, to escort him.

3?* 3 b_so-wa resp. wq*-q to take rest,
refresh one's self, to remove fatigue by
rest.

| frog-pa form of *T«, pf.
or qifijj^ 7^vq«4|<i accumulated wealth ;
hoarded treasure (Situ. 76).

't) f>sof>-po=^'% straight, honest.

i b*od-$nom$ described as : ^S'
q over enjoyment. ^
bwd-$noms fqi® alms of cooked
food, edible things or money, gifts
presented to clerical persons; food to
the departed or to the manes of the
dead ; q*i'Vi*(*r:j a receiver of such alms,
4%|fer$r4*q to live by alms, on charity ;
q«V|»jw!<,-ci or «i*V9»w»r*-q, resp.
to beg, ask, collect alms; «^-
to prepare an entertainment for the
priesthood (Jd.).

q^-q^nj*) buod-btags for q?i<^*<*r§ p-
sj*!", a kind of silk scarf which is be-
lieved to bring good luck to the person
receiving it as a present.

1321

bsod-bde, resp. J'l^S 1. good for-
tune, happiness, felicity ; q^'q^ happy,
very happy and fortunate, i"V
unhappy, wretched. 2. destiny, fate,
s^KWlir*A^^*$'t (Schl.) his destiny is a
very high one ; frt^^^W^VQ^ it
belongs to your destiny that you get a
drubbing (<7a.).

Wlf, g^B holiness, merit, virtue, good
action. *i*W«r5-flfi« a holy place to visit
which brings merit. «%jfr<^-«rX«i^ |
qSfc^swawJr^'W*!* in this and in
the next world, he who has done good
actions will be happy (K. du. 5 271).
qV^snrgwZi bsod-nams gkyeg-po gna^H a
meritorious person, one having moral
merits ; q$V^5W'§*' bsod-nams-skyes heaven,
celestial region (B. ch. 6). q^wrwSH'
£i5-aw bsod-nams ma-yin-pahi lot sinful
deed, an act that is not pious.

Syn. *« chos ; °>i!*<'S« legs-byas ; $pr«r«nt
gkal-u-a bsafi ; P'l'O'^l kha-rje khyu-mchog ;
^w^ijs.-q nams-dgah-wa ; ^|'*w'&»m d.ge-wahi-
tshog§ ; ^'^ bde-legs ; HJS sdig-zad; Wi
dam-pa (Mnon.).

cK^spwijq-Hi^ Bsod-nams rgyal-mtsan n.
of a hierarch of Sakya (Lofi. % 12).

,*i bsod-nam? ryyun-byas gwr-
one who is adorned with moral
virtues.

q$^tw«^ bsod-nams-can a meritorious
person, a virtuous, pious person.

Syn. ^w^'S^'i dpal-yon ldan-pa;
3«"i leg$-bya§-pa ; ^«'^ chos-ldan;
skal-ldan; W^'SP bzafi-byas; fl'-^ kha-rje-
can; ^'^ legs-ldan; q^'^w^^Ji bsod-
nam$ ldan-pa (Mfion.).

q^^-^wwl'q bsod-nams che-wa fl'eig'fli a
very virtuous person ; of great moral merit.

Bsod-namt-mc/iog the best
moral virtue ; n. of a prince, son of king
VWiM dpas-byin (K. d. =-', 183).

tf^SjHWffV^Vfft^^M^ n. of Sutra
in (K d. *, 118). '

^•JpWfqvl^illl'ei^ bsod-nams stobf*
kyi rtog$-brjod ygRgr-^)^<n the moral
life-story of Punyabala (K d. w, 1).

dar-rgya$

increased and abundant merits ; n. of the
father of Dalai Lama Kalzang Gyatsho

tK^wyi^ bsod-nams-ldan gnjrsrM, •**!
the pious, one possessed of virtue, moral
merit, &c.

d-nams-hpyel g^a^f !?, in-
crease of moral merit ; n. of a certain king
of Benares (Hbrom. p", 37).

^E/ bsot-nams-s/iin jffi a holy
place, gw^K a place of pilgrimage, a
place where deeds of virtue and piety
were done and a visit to which brings
merit.

= ^^'^ bzafi-po,

pleasing, very good agreeable,
f-^'i good and bad. Ace. to Jd. vb., to
be pleased with, to take delight in, to
like.

bsod-pahi-sas
j«-q3c,-g good food, well prepared, dressed,
boiled (Zam. 9).

bsol is explained as

bso$ in n^vcn 1. indemnification,
damages paid for bodily injury. 2. to
recreate ; w«flfa fial-bsos refreshed (Situ.
76). v. pf. of "fit'i : ?»w>«i-«i««i-«i repaired

167

1322

damage or things whicli had been injured ;
regained strength, &c.

straightened;
anything that was crooked or bent, made
straight (Situ. 64).

bsrafi-po straight, upright.

'Q bsraii-tca, pf. i^»< bsrang:
crooked (thing) made straight ;
made the middle or the main
portion of a thing straight (Situ. 76) ;
v. $V«j srofi-icti.

bsrad, v. *£fct* bsrod-pa.

endurance, patience

forbearance.

j'£J bsran-pa v.
q-qjjicq- to meditate on the virtue of
forbearance; |T«W* very patient in
troubles, ^wS^^'l? endured mentally
(Situ. 76).

SSJZTP bsrab-pa 1. pf. ^w to be
diminished ; $wq-«i$w = jjq'alarcrsV1
shadow or darkness has vanished, dimi-
nished; «si'<i'qgq-q there is not much
of darkness (Situ. 76). 2. (v. S* srab) to
bridle, keep under, restrain, check, curb,
refrain; «|-**|»i'«JSJ*r<i to restrain the
passions.

bsral-wa ftg to separate,
to sort, to choose : |Tlfl'**f% (Buton.
142) choosing each a sharp knife.
srel-wa.

*q bsri-wa, pf. «$« bsris 1. =*"1«'§V£'
to economize, to save, ^^'cii*' savings ;
3^-arqf) economy in riches. 2. fondness,
liking (Situ. 76). ^'^ bsri-wa-med

cruel, unrelenting (S. Lex.).

' bsrifi, fut, pf . <5|E-*< bsrifa (Bag.
69) ; = ^c.'^'qg*,'q rin-du bskur-wa prolonged,
to send to or cast to a distance : S)-5|'«igc.«
despatched a letter. Z'«I|K.« tshc-bsrifis =
*'^5.' prolonged life ; longevity (Situ. 76).

bsri-tshags economy, frugality;
carefully keeping stores and treasures.
^•a;c.-^c.-w^-q§^'>|^'?"q'ai*i-ai^-q^tff<j there

should be perfect economy in every
respect in internals and externals (D.
pi. 5).

='tilK* stinginess ;
without stinginess and hiding (Nay.).

= TW, pf. "S^ bsrufis;

fut. «^S bsrnn-lya;
sogs-bsrufis ($aff- 69) to guard against
evil or evil spirits that cause accidents ;
guardian, guard, watchman, sentinal,
sentry ; amulet.

Syn. yw |«\ $kyal$-bycd; yei skyol-pa

(man.).

we.'* bsrun-ma gen. spirits that guard
Buddhism or Buddhist institutions and
living saints.

qg c,-aS-£i|*i bftrun-mihi-tshogs Tt^^
a bo"dy of guards; gT^-fqgm-q sku-
bf runs-pa or flacti lsnin-pa royal body
guard (Mnon.}.

qgc.-^^ bsriifi-hk/ior or q«'q!viffr'Si
magic charm used as a protection against
evil spirits.

qgn-ujSVn b&run-hkhor-wa = gi)«'i snags-
pa or g«i«'i«.' (Mnmi.), a Tantrik priest
who by the efficacy of his charms drives
away evil spirits and thereby guards
people against evil.

bsrun-mdsad a guard, watcher.

1323

raise, to lift up ; v. $=.'«] slan-wa, pf .
Ssfens : S^'^'^gt.*! gyen-du-bsMs lifted up
(Nag. 70).

to

bslad-pa to corrupt, to pollute,
to spoil ; to alloy gold or silver with
base metals: i«W>«fplwr^1*^rwf»l
the king's bed being polluted with defile-
ment (A. HJi). ''Sfi bslad adulteration,
«il^-|wqj(^ corrupted by others (Situ. 77) ;
qSiYS bslad-bya will be corrupted,
having been corrupted.

^K3! bslan=*^i collected or
put in, arrange : f"l^'g'ciS3i'?' kept them
together on one side (Situ. 77).

< btitl-iva tamed, ^^'^ bslan-wa ^af%w; =q|c-'fl to

disciplined, civilized.

bsrub-pa, JT^ra churned ;
ho-ma dan ja-bsrub-pa) v. 5
igi'lS bsrub-byed^'* the sun (Mnon.).

ig'q bsre-wa v. g'*! to mix:
mnam-du bsre-wa to mix together.

qgij'i bsreg-pa ^3H, ?^i ; v.
burn, ^'Tssjip ttte-la bsreg-pa
^iq, ^f%ci burnt, baked, singed.

Syn. *Ti tshig-pa ; ^l'** t&hig-ma ; ^*1'«i
htshig-pa (Mnon.).

qjj«|-pc; brseg-k/ian fa«n funeral pyre,
crematory.

sgi'S bsreg-bya ^HJtfj, ^ft^ anything ,,,.»«

to be burnVin the sacrificial fire. ^ W^' Pf- ^^ ***»>

education, teaching of arts and sciences
«HHg1«» bsreg-bhigs wjfii clarified (&-/M> 7?^ y_ ^ §fo6.^a_ j^ gbst

butter poured in the sacrificial fire as an training, culture ; doctrine,
oblation.

93"! bsrel (^tt-'i hchan-ua, ffy^'Q gner-
wa) to maintain, keep (flag. 69) ; §=•'*'
qgT? chun-ma bwel-to maintained his wife
(Situ. 76).

qjjw'1 bsres-pa = ^^'y hdres-pa mixed
up (flag. 69) ; HH^l^ mixture ; «^V»i
milk with water; wn'W, f^nj mixed up
(as articles of food). Syn. a "TO spel-wa.

ig1*! bsro-wa v. sfs (^WC^'l ni-ina-la
g.sro-wa) c^'N'«lXt\'£I5c''£I ni-ma la drod-btan-
wa, pf . ^g*! 6«ros, sk'isTi mer-bsros dried in
the sun, on fire, &c. (Situ. 77).

pie.' bakery (Mnon.).

the three moral trainings : —

in higher conduct]$. 2. ^I'l'^'^'^'S'
fat-sli [training in higher

bsrod-pa or
sro-«?a to dry, by exposing to the rays
of the sun (Sch.).

fysla-wa, v. JSJ'

meditation] S. 3. ^*
5Wifsiwr [training in higher wisdom]&
(K du. i, £1). «ii3|«r<i'|i|S*fg'if*r£i the three
vows for three moral trainings : — ^'^^
so-thar, 9e.'?l»w byan-sems and qmcgi|»rfj-
?&'o psan-snags-gyi srfow*-^a=the vows for
ordinary salvation, vows for Bodhisattva,
and those for mystic cult (for entrance to
Nirvana (by the less direct but the most
delicate way of Tantra).

qgepra^-^ bslabs-ges-can student, studi-
ous, also=^^'^£i'^ frfg.3 (Mnon.) an
educated or trained person.

£'ig£>'?fr bslaa-ston = ^"\!l''a^^ consultation,
or instruction : ^&r^^*¥WqKf'S1»r|*|-
(you) should not on

1324

your own responsibility decide matters
of importance without asking for instruc-
tion (D. gel. 12).

qgqxfrq^ dogma, tenet, ijji'i bslab-
bya ftrer what is to be learnt, doctrine,
precept, admonition: <£«r^v*^«'«r«^fj«'£iS-
«!S|ir<j'*<4«^ he imparted (to her) some prac-
tical doctrines or rules of life and social
intercourse (Glr.) ; "Jltl'S'ifa'a to give admo-
nitions, to exhort, reprimand (Jd.).

qSji'iS'ift bflab-pahi-yshi firaTtR the
basis of study (Situ) [the subjects of
study]&

£'8q'ql^t' falab-gtsaA the spiritual purity,
keeping one's morals and vows pure.

btlab.-don gen. representation of
one's grievances, prayer or supplication
(Rtsii. 9).

i bslu-wa v. g'«J (vulg. |-q) pf.

falus-pa, imp. 8»r ilus ; 1. ransom,
srog b$lu-ica to ransom life,
hchi-wa b_ilu-wa to save one
from death by paying money, etc.
bglu-yon price-money or ransom.
S'^S*1 blus-bya b$lus ransomed lif
(Sttu. 77). 2. to seduce, decoy : IST**!
falu-tshig persuasive language or sweet
words ; ^^•^•^•Sf^-fwqiiij^-^gwiS^e.-
wf «F* (K. du. % 261) this cunning
man has seduced the young woman, the
Brahman's wife and has carried her
away.

iSX btfu-rdo fig. temptation, bait, lit.
the stone that is thrown at a dog to
divert his attention : *j|SV«i5>qj|-?'j|e.*rci>5|aj

^

I have left off the temptations of worldly
life (Khrid. 18).

^ ha I : is the twenty-ninth letter of
the Tibetan alphabet corresponding to the
Sanskrit T and English h ; it represents
the numeral 29.

^ II: In Budh. : 1. =&•« e-ma alas!
y (ft'*)) •^q^-qi^-q^c.^-g-gxsj-W^'S-li

alas ! the Tathagata has fully passed out
of sufferings (K. my. % 207). 2. fig. : §w
*«!'§' Wq to be greatly delighted, to be in
ecstasy. 3. VJt"*YViq''
«ww«r«va[«i (K. g. v, 43).
a number (mystic) (K. g. p, 28).

^ III : 1. breath, y<^«w« ha-hdeb$-pa
to breathe. 2. colloq. nearly =*» yonder,
further : y9| ha-gi over there ; WW( ha-
la-rgyug (speaking contemptuously) go
to that place i.e., do not stay here, be
gone ! ; y«r*fl« residing there; one resid-
ing at an unknown place.

^ hwal:l. in Budh.:

2. (Chinese) a picture, a painting.

^ II : 1. in ^'%'\ go$-kyi-hwa collar of
a coat.

^'*'^ ha-go-wa to understand, to com-
prehend in C., and W. ^T^' §^' I have
understood it; cywlf I did not under-
stand; va-^=a|wa^^ (Rdsa.). ^V»i-ff«i
is explained as 15»l'^'S'Jf'»)-3ei"'J.

^j'5£* ha-cafl wf^>, ^lt^ ; adv. excessive,
good deal, very, too much: gx^'w^'q'
fVK^K'MTJfvV his passing out of misery
(death) was really too soon; y*f$*|«'«i

very good, excellent; vwS^-cf very large
great; ywwZi too many; ywqsn-g
exceedingly good, y«*'^-q very bad;
l'«^fc'i ^f?^^ very long, very far ;
y«*V ^ifafT not very far ; y wS>-^ not
very near or close, ywi'iw^'as
do not prattle much. y*e.'if«r<i
very big or stout: l'«'f J'J'Wn
l5)^ (Lo. 37).

yfq|-J(v Ha-dso-ga-hoA n. of a small
town in Assam not far from the place
called fcwr^-q^B.- Sdofi-zam sde-wa-thafi
on the border of Bhutan (Dsam.). This
small town of Hajo in Assam has
a temple dedicated to the Hindu god
Hayagriba who resembles the Buddhist
god Tamdin ($-*3h) and is therefore
worshipped by the Buddhists of Tibet
who mistake Hajo for the Buddhist
Kusanagari (Kusinera) the place where
Buddha died. It is called by them Tsam-
chog-tong (tf'i&rSfc1).

ho-ni, Wfy han-hon 1.
very angry, much enraged Ld. (Jd.) 2.=

*'*? a 8tupid duU man; a dozing
dull man.

| Ha-ni all of them, aU together, in
a body (Sch.).

Ha-nu man-ta Hanumana,
lit. he with high cheeks, a Mongolian or a
Hun ; the monkey-warrior in the epic of
Eamayana, the devoted general and
messenger of Kama.

1326

]«[

Syn. *V3^ hod-ldan; w^'^'9 fl»<fe«- ^'OJ?J'q ha-las-pa =«r*i*v<i vb. to be

» Jw;*>T«ra»i>«i«Mflf-C!«M»»-jw; Vf'I'V^ astonished, frightened: y^-aw

nothing to be wondered at; $-£r

4gah-lyed pho-na (Mnon.).

Vi Hapa a native of a Ha in Bhutan, q-yd-aw (Rdsa.). urw^'lvi to be struck

= JIa§-pa. with wonder, to be surprized.

^'CJ'^'CJ /<a.^a Aa-jM to breathe out y^e.-«'5ff'ti ha-luH ma-go-wa=^'s>'^

steam or vapour (Jd.). colloq. not understanding the meaning.

E-?T , j- • i i v. ynfsiK'ae.'ilYi is explained as

^ 'N /«z-j>o n. of a medicinal herb.

Y ^tylpj ha-yegs woe (to you, etc.) ! in
W. (Jd.)
^'^ Ao-ra TF. to play at dice (Jd.).

^)""^*5*^ Ita-ra hu^re in IF. impetuous,
violent, impudent; also tpV<l'££''q
rtsub-pa rude behaviour or conduct.

f ^'X, /w-r(" ^fr, 13^1 parrot.

5 (Ftj/. k. 51) the
holly-hook. But ace. to Jd. a flower, in
gen. esp. a large beautiful garden flower,
^•a;-*K'q a simple flower, not a double
flower ; Vff'VS a double V^ flower.

/M-qafi 1. a Chinese Buddhist
priest or scholar who is also represented
by a mask in religious plays. 2. W^

n. of a hiU in Tibet suppossed to be the
&bode of demon8

flower (K. ko. "1, It).

: *f ^ *M " ti /«<•-/ fr-t(t*-n(i* pi^ci^i V6^6tfl"

bles, greens, pot herbs (Vat. sfi.).

ha-ri-dra

&& remedy for ^ gtone; ftcc to
the turmeric jn.).=?Y"l'fh thod-le-kor alabaster.

plant, Cwrcuma (Jd.).

n.

of a

country of the Lalo(Dsa«.).

ha-ha-ho in the mystic language

the finest species of white sandal wood.

4 «^' WTO A«.,.e ^a-to n. of a medi- of the gods of the Apara-nirmana Eataya
f ' . i"''*

cinal plant.

5)'^ /*a-re a statue; vVSe1 ha-rc-lon
bUnd like a statue, t.«., having eyes but
without sight like a statue: VVfc'TjJ«;

or

in general. 2. a Tantrik form or aspect
of the Bodhisattva Avolokites'vara (W**'

celestial regions =

'

misery. VY^i'lS Aa-/w
agc.q. yvgQ( = a^.q f;r^g cessation from
^^ &nd yvgai.3S_w the way to
Nirvana (K. ko. % 835).

AaAt a Chinese word=shoe in C.
''q Aaiw sJ«-?^a n. of a medicinal

herb (Jd.).

+ ^^151 hwags JTtSB, prob. sugared

:«a|-3^ (ff<«M.) about,
Just, nearly, tolerably, rather : ^cyw medicine, like lozenges :

nearly like that (Fat. §«.).

8 1| (S. Lex., Med.).

I?

1327

t §'°4 ha-la ^m beer.

T *

hab-bcad a needy wretch, a
starving person.

7" °Q " hab-t hob-pa to gain or take by
plunder, to loot, to get by snatching away

^ from another's possession or as in the

^K oj Han-ne n. of the second wife of case of ^ .

^C* /w» 1. vulg.= vacant or vacancy;
j5cw:-*je-=fi;-sc<ic'. g.^s^&ri to
squander, to dissipate.

bya-

the king of Wffl demons.

^c-qjj'^-Ei han-phan
ra-wa n. of a king of "'flM demons.

han-wa to pant, to gasp (Jo.).

han-yon a kind of brick-tea
(Rtsii.).

S=.'*fc' han-son or V.'S't misunderstanding,
misapprehension.

^^ Aorf sudden ; let alone ! be off ! W.

Wl* had-kyis suddenly; wl**'8^'" to
rise suddenly.

^'^ Jiad-de (idiom.) =fa'*tft.'q to look
with dumb-surprise, to be astounded and
senseless: fr^lpri^WlwfrW'fS (A

120).

V\W\ had-$man n. of a kind of fruit (8.
kar. 179).

*ft*!W had-mmi indigo of the best qua-
lity.

hab-$a violence.

Mn-ldan in W. 1. dumb,
mute, a confused, unmeaning speech. 2.
imbecile, weak of mind (Jit.).

W^*i han-hon, v. S'^T^ ha-na ho-ne.

^ hob 1. a mouthful : ^'a'l^'JJ, ^q-^iq-
*'" to eat quickly; to devour greedily,
e.g., of dogs, pigs, etc. 2. a stitch, in
sewing: W»Z*r<i halt htxJuint-pa to make
here a stitch and there a stitch, as in
quilting (Mil. Jd.). 3. Si'^'^'i to laugh
sneeringly.

(Khrid. 52). W'fa§^ liab-thob byed-
pa to scramble for, to strive or contend
for (Jo.).

Yf*\'* /iab-fa che a dispute, a quarrel.

Kt^wfr^rl-w-ffrrq? quarrel ^^

merciless violence (A. 11$). w-^^n
hab-fa byed-pa in Mil., to dispute, to
quarrel.

^<*J £| ham-pa 1. avarice, covetousness,
greediness; s»i-«|-3^-«i to be covetous;
S*rwtf be not covetous ! W. 2. strength,
force ; Vi'WJJ* taken away by force. 3.
courage, bravery W., of men and animals.
W%*> white film on liquids, etc., mould
(Jd.).

^^i /*«r=the colloq. expression «w«e.N
at once, abruptly, suddenly; ^•arc.'q to rise
suddenly; "T«r^«iMrir'rq|yJ|f>jpj mother
rising up at once to see the spectacle.
^'U liar-sgra an abrupt voice, sudden
voice; ^"I^'^'I'^'^'S when ejaculating
a sudden sigh (Khrid. 122).

has exaggeration, hyperbole ; W
to exaggerate.

hag-pa a hitch, doubt, discre-
pancy, error; s*r£T'f* /ias-pa-for=*>'e>^'>]'H't
in taking or giving money or things to
another party if there be difference in
the accounts, &c., or in cash balances
their falling short, is called ^TT^'«I..
fC^H'^Hfl lias-pa mi-hdug there is no hitch
(about it) ; W£J'^'51»>''^1'! /tag-pa chen-po
mi-hdug nothing to be afraid of, or to-
doubt.

1328

•T* Hat-po-ri n. of a hill at a short
distance from the grand monastery of
Sam-ye.

WQ^'flt.' Hag-po ri-thaft n. of a place
of Bon pilgrimage in Tibet.

VfT**' hag-stag (shaft n. of a place in
Bhutan.

hi= numeral. 59.

hi-ra ^«.* diamond.

9 a

y ^ hi-ri corn-stack : ^'^'I'^'i to build

a corn-stack.

'OlC* hUiH a noise; ^fqj
hi-lift ktaft-mk/uin ; a bully, brawler (Jo.).

J $'^'-*fl Hi-lon-faa n. of a river men-
tioned in the Parana (K. my. r, 198.) —
prob. the Mongolian river Khelenohuan.

*f 7 hi-hi 1. the laughter of displeasure ;
or anger. 2. (mystic) =«|S«\'<iS'fa'* gsorf-
pafri tton-nw (K. g. 1, 216).

1| hiki-ka breast-bone (Sch.).

hig, or ?"1'"1 hig-ka the act of shud-
dering, also of sobbing ; also, defined as
^srjjiriiK-tf'q tnam-qet yar hpho-wa the
departing of the soul from the body.

\ hu 1. a kind of tea (Rtsii.). 2. re-
presents num. 89. 3. in W. breath (Jd.).

' IE hu-khyu the sound of sighing
)^

'l^I'l hu-thug-thu Mongolian equiv.

(Jd.)^

for
holy.

ai the venerable, the most

^*dj Hu-na 1. wn the Mongols or the
Indo-Mongolian family to which the
Tibetans arc allied. 2. n. of a place in
Tibet (B. ch. Jf).

§'31 Hu-thug 1. n. of one of 36 border
countries of Tibet (Jig. 31). 2. for a'ST"
hu-thug-pa in I'H'flffc'PWJ'lT'frBfr
(Khrid. 121).

hu-bde a kind of sword used by the
Mongols (Jig. 31).

hu-ru-ru has been explained as
Srq to stare at with the eyes fixed
and not revolving (A. 136). ^1'5'^'^1
he stares, he gazes with wonder, horror,
confusion (Mil., Glr.).

'' -

of a bird of the land of Asura (K. d. *, 15).

j*1^ hum-mdnad ^nr an expression
of challenge and fearlessness, gen. to
alarm an enemy.

^£ HuA n. of a Chinese imperial dy-
nasty (Orub. «, 5).

0 ^

5 'C* /tarii-^« in which /«u»« = the

expression of anger : f signifies I, myself
and l^-Sfi-^-JT^I'^^-^ (A. 18).

tf-'B,^' hufi-khufi a pyramid ; a triangle
or triangular figure gen. used in mysticism.

o ^ •>

5 /mm=B's5*'g'll*' khro-bohi sfiagg as a

mystic expression of wrath from the lips
of a frightful deity. The Tantrik lama
also in vanquishing an evil spirit or an
inimical god uses the expression Hum
to terrorize him.

5^ him W. in news, tidings, intelli-
gence, information ; disclosure, explana-
tion, opinion, idea ; S^V* unexpectedly,
unawares (Jd.).

§Q hub a gulf, a draught: *«|-»«-§«rV
n|i,-2|ij| at £rst take only one mouthful, one
draught at a time (Glr.) ; 51 '^"l one
mouthful, §i'*\ hub-do two mouthfuls (Cs.).
hub-phogt a kind of tea (Rttii.).

1329

hur 1. has been explained as

2. §v§* to stare at out of
wonder or surprise, an expression of
amazement : l^'H^'^Vg*^ (Bcka.).

> ^ hur-wfi to be quick, active, dex-
trous. §*-w! hur-thay quickly, imme-
diately, with dispatch.

5^*^ hur-po 1. quick, alert, dextrous,
clever. 2. hot, hasty, passionate in Ld.

hu$ moisture, humidity, §^'*^ wet ;

injured by damp; "^Ta-argw'^'^
q« $"1 the book having got damp, let it
dry.

^'^ he-he a sound made unconsciously
while laughing |<Vj««rf«F*V*^rltfft
*•;? (Rdsa.).

^'q=I| he-bag, l. = QV« difference: ^'i'
^•«W|-*:^ it makes no difference. 2. provo-
cation, taunt.

he-va-dsra %^9=^-{i^i

also called JJ'^'t fy« r*-r;e (#*•».) n. of
a series of treatises (Ja.).

4- ^'^'11 He-ru-ka ^i terrific mani-
f estation of the chief Tantrik god Sambhara
or in Tibetan Demchog ^'n*"! (Mfion.).
^•vfi-s* the dress of Heruka, namely,
the rubbing dust over the whole body
and face, adorning the body with differ-
ent ornaments made of human bone,
putting on a crown made of human
skulls upon the head, wearing a tiger's
skin and carrying in the right hand a
trident, &c., in the left hand a human
skull: fy^-VS'T5*'**^'^ the prince
proceeded having put on the dress of
Heruka (A. U),

Jieg-po stale, putrid, raucid.

I'H hel-po in W. wide, extended ; of
garments : wide, easy ; ^fi hel-wa id. and
sbst. : width (Ja.).

7 ho num. : 149.

TU'3'il ho-sgra ku-sgra shouts and cries
of ho and ku to show that one is watchful
at night like a constable or chaukidar :
Ti|'3rS'S'qr^'5;qP''^''q'fc shouting ho and
ku he walked round (A. 13).

\ ho-ma Ttr prop. : burnt-offer-
ing of clarified butter : ^'B6-' the trian-
gular, pyramid shaped fire-pit in which
burnt offerings are made ; ace. to Ja. a
small pit or a triangular box used for
such an offering. 5*!'3*\ 1 to sacrifice.

hofi-len 3*^r Epidendrum tesse-
lalum thus described : \

g ^\ MM- rda. 5 a bitter medi-
cinal root, frequently to be found on the
mountains (v. also Hook. I., 273). This
drug is of two species, the yellow and the
red-brown hon-len.

Syn.

-a za-wa ;

j hon a weight equal to ten Chinese
K (Rtsii.).

j '^3j hon-hcm stupid, foolish ((?«.).
'^ hob-ho W. : bent in, or battered

(Ja.).

horn Tta ace. to Ja., a Mongol
word signifying a pad placed under a
camel's load

Hor a Tartar. V*'^'^*'W the
Mongol Jinghis Khan. ^'^V^'^'*$'1H
n. of a Tartar tribe in Olr. ; ^'^"> hor-yul
Turkestan.

168

1330

^•| hor-zla Tibetan month.
lfvpSk.« hor-khofie deficiencies, gaps.
l^-««) hor-chamt trunks, cups, trays,
bucklers made of leather and painted.

^5=-' hor-tiA oblation cups manufactur-
ed in Mongolia (Jig. 21).

T*'^ hor-du a Mongolian encampment
from 5* Hor Tartar or Mongolian and
^ du smoke. Each nomad's tent repre-
sents a fire-place and chimney, i.e., a
family.

*'V-' hor-doA Turkestan quiver (Jiff.

hor-hdra 1. Tartar-like, i.e., of
rude and rough manners. 2. [ScA. : con-
fiscation, 5v*VW''{| to confiscate] Jd.

^'q Hor-pa 1. a Dzungarian ; also a
Tibetan from the northern provinces, a
herdsman of North Tibet. 2. Crossop-
tilon pheasant. ?v«i'Vp'Zi a species of
hawk (Sch.).

?vi> hor-se a painted leather trunk
manufactured in Turkestan (Jig. 21).

T*-'§ hor-sle a kind of coarse blanket
manufatured in Turkestan :

(Rtsii.).

1*3 hol-wa vb. to loosen the soil:
the ground must be loosened, be
made soft.

=*fl* or 3<w a oleft, a gap,
fissures : *VV«r*F*'l"Ty*flK* (J*9- 63).

|'tl hrag-pa hardness; hard like
stone, tough.

Syn. ^-ti sra-ica ; ^=.'3 gyon-po (Mnon.).

§£' hrafi !. = «=,• 3 strong, hardy:
^•3-^'$E.'Ei'<^fl| rgad-po de hran-po-hdug
that old man is hardy. 2. alone, *'$*',

^'5t- a single man and woman, also=
*'^' celibate.

5)^'^! hrad-pa [1. to thrust, to push
violently, to stem firmly. 2. to scratch ;
ar-Tg«»r$Y<|-«»«<F-w«Yq (his Eeverence) made
several scratchings with his hand at the
door Mil. 3. to exert one's self, to make
every effort W.~\ from Jd.

hrab-hrib for

rab-rib.

hral torn.

1'^ hral-wa to rend, tear up, tear
to pieces, e.g., of a beast of prey ; to tear
up a persons body (Jd.) ; aoo. to L'f.
$ai *>«^-q not in pieces, entire.
^,
^ hri T^( !. = ?'* shame (mystic) (K.

g. F, 28). 2. essence, substance ; a mys-
tical word (Jd.).

hrig-pa W. to hang (a thief);
i^ died by hanging (himself).

*• y

^QJ'tJ /trii-po [1. round, globular ; S1"'

^'lY" hril-hril byed-pa to writhe with
pain ;'$fllf$l>i'1Yl'P'3Y£| hril-hril kad-kar byed-
pa to be writhing, and then again stretching
one's self or starting up (Pth). 2. whole
entire S^m'q* tshe-hril-por for the whole
]ite(Glr.); ^wyrWW wrapping up
his whole head (Glr.). 3. close, dense ; ST
q^*j'^^^««]'ci hril-hdus-te hdug-pa to sit or
stand close to gether in rows (Mil.), and
in (7.] from Jd.

^'£J hrwi-pa adj. rough, rugged;

^

severe, strict; also ^Y2" hrud-po adj.
jagged, in C.

T^J hrum-pa to break, to smash (Sch.).

J'CI hrul-wa, also ^ 3, adj. and sbst.

N3 ar -*

ragged, tattered ; raggedness; ^yTl

1331

he put on a ragged dress (A. 97). 2.
sbst. rags, tatters: ^•fj'^»rQ-^-«i to put
on rags for a garment; ?*rivij
(A. 99).

| hrem-pa swollen ; $*»'*> hrem-me

id. (Jd.).

•\^

$3 hrob grit, bits; •ftTjf1' dnul-hrob
silver bit ; ffl §3 medicines not pounded.

Ifa'jf1! hrob-hrob gravel ; gravelly ; in
bits, into pieces.

Ijtr^v hrob-srafi a tael, an ounce of sil-
ver in lump used as a currency :
$o or ty'Ky (S. fear. ISO).

ty lha *WT, «T, ^frfaT, WH, W
%3 the whole class of petty or minor
gods ; and esp. the dwellers in one of the
upper zones of Mount Sumeru who are
ever at war with the lha-ma-yin or
Asuras inhabiting the zone just beneath
them. Buddhas and Bodhisattvas are
regarded as superior Lha. Kings and
nobles are complimented with the title of
Lha. In Tibet the higher ge-lofi or
lamas are held to be superior in grade
and in power to lha.

Syn. 1%'*^ hchi-med; 9p*'**^ rgas-

lha-min-dgra-wo ; Sqj's^'-s^ tshig-mdah-
can; ofqsrg^ ley$-bri$; *fn'9«l tnkhar-nal;
bdud-rtsi-sa$ ; *>'S^ |*» mi-sbyin-
g») mig-mi-hdsum ; *>-^»l nte-
shal; JSN'^S rnam-sad; ii'mw*)^ rmi-lam-
med.; c.«q'§i'»<*^-* tiag-gi tshon-cha ; "c^fll'|«
ya-yig-skyes ; ^'^ bdc-hgro; ^fljN'JiaE.1
tshigs-bzaft ; ^t\'"!lqlN'^ hdod-pzugs-can ;
S*l 1*> dge-skye§ (Mfion.).

The ty lha, however, embrace multitu-
dinous and varied collocations of deities,
among which may be enumerated the
following : (1) "V i^'iK the gods of the sun ;
(2) Jf *«!«< '9 f%^">T; (3) ^-^ the gods of

riches; (4) Wg;*i dyah-ldan the gods of
Tushita heaven ; (5) ^'^fw^ ^JT*H^K^T:
the gods of the illumined heaven ; (6) S>^'^
the gods of the wind; (7) 5'»rXa^<ii*rQj
Maharaj Kayika ; (8) ^q'l grub-pa Siddha ;
(9) ^"I'Hi drag-po Eudra; (10) *IJ«-|-BJ
Ganadhara dewa ; (11) ^'^ rig-hdsin
Yidyadhara ; (12) $'|*« chu-skyes the gods
of the clouds; (13) "I^'l3) *m Taksha
gods; (14) ^'Zi srin-po Eakshasa gods;
(15) \'« dri-za the perfume-eating gods
orGandharva; (16) $'<w3 Kinnara, the
ugly-face gods; (17) ^> ga-za Pis'acha ;
(18) ij^-q-^q q ysafi-wa grub-pa Gruhyak
SiddhaA; (19) ^-ef hbyufi-po the Bhuta.

^j^'a'^r^ lhahi glu-mkhan the divine
musicians: ^**Wtm*'|'^lMi;nfJi fkabg-
psum-pahi g.lu-dbyafi§-mkhan ; H'M'a11-*)
tgra-fian-spaAs; wx-^-% dbyafls-ldan-mo
Wffa'Q dbyans-sgrog-pa;\>-\m dri-za-
skyeg; \* dri-za (Mfion.).

^•|V%- Ihahi Ijon-fifl ^H; the ce-
lestial trees: ^^'^^^'^'(Yig. k, 27)
ifisq^g; »ie.N-^ ifTfKSJra; 5'*4*'|*) rgya-
mtsho-§kye§; %\%>* yid-mos; ^'\* kau-bi
da-ra ^(%<i< ; V^'^'^ ^f<sj^^ ; *»a^-«,

q kgs-khyab (MAon.).
-q ihahi-btuA-wa the drink of the
gods.

Syn. ^Vl1 bdud-rtsi; ^^: bde-hthtifi
(Mnon.).

^•$•5 lhahi chu-wo the heavenly rivers :
w^sa-wa-ka; »)3f'^-|^- mtho-ri-ltluA ; y

^•^•^t- l/iahi-drafl-srotl t^ff ; the
heavenly sages : »§1«(N-|'s mchu-la$-§kye$ •
ft'l^'S mc-sbyin-bu aim ; Ji'i (4f^ow.).

^5'u^-q ^aAe ^man-pa ^irlg the celes-
tial physicians: *tf'^N'ffi'£T«r^-g*riift-*r
5« (^fiFft f JITX) ; ^'^'9 rnam-hbyed-bu
(Mfion.).

1332

S-ijv*^ lhahi gar-mkhan the celestial
dancers: VT^I**1 dran-pahi fne-nm; *>'*t'H
me-na-ka; tit'^'y^*^*^ mtho-ri$ lhahi
gar-mkhan (If Hon.).

5)5 'jlV ***.•« lhahi imad-tshoA-ma «?nr-
the heavenly courtezans: *tf '^« 'as'
|iiwjj»r|« mtho-ris sma$ htshoA-lags
myos-skyeg ; #$**'*-'l\'W-chu-$ki/eg rag-dgah ;

wahi fiA-rta ; oliJM'iJ^'w legs-brgt/an-ma ;
$-%/«]$-*^ chu-fiA b,rla-can ; i^'^'ft pad-
dkar-mo (Sfnon.).

SjS'Si'** ;AaA» fila-ma the teachers of the
gods: w 'J« Safa-rgyas (Buddha) and
S^'3 Phur-bu (Vrhaspati).

^5'fl|^^f^q /A«Ai q»vr-hdab n. of a flower
(JT. my. "I, «0).

i-ldan (JjfAon.).

Iha-min-tfgra ^JJirft the enemy
of the Daitya's (demons) «'.<?., the gods.

gC^'^ffj lha-min shin-khu
wine.

%'% lha-mo ^, HT«*T, ii*T a goddess,
princess, lady.

QJ 35-q^ lha-mo-b,dun the seven goddes-
ses: — (1) *e.*r*i tshans-ma; (2) «\«ic.'* rf^a<J-
»»0; (3) ^"1 35 phag-mo ; (4) ^1 *> drag-mo ;
(5) ^'M'* lus-nan-mo ; (6) B^'HI'*
hjug-ma ; (7) "I^^'i'« (fshon-nu-ma.

ty '"&'*, lha-mo-rta a certain insect.

^ ^ 1 ^^ '*" ^ha-mo sgyu-hphrul-ma
^^\ the mother of Gautama Buddha.

°j35-|-R|ar«.-«rHM*''9'l'5'|'\ n. of a
Tantra much used by the Rnin-ma sect
(K. g. 1).

)-%-5-«^ lha-mO mo-phag-gi

-»l^-q*I-9«-ci5-^ lha-mo dfi-ma
me<}-pa$ shug-pahi-mdo n. of a Sutra deli-
vered by Buddha at the request of king
Ajata S'atru's daughter.

^•S-lai^^cwi-^-q^-q?-^ lha-mO chen-
mo dpal-lun b$tan-pahi-mdo n. of a S&tra
(K. d. q, 397).

gj-*rVwrjjv3[N-gwci$-*^ lha-mo dpal-
phrefi-gis shuf-pahi-nido a Sutra delivered
at the request of king Prasenjit's daughter
princes Dpal Phi-eft (%, ko. *, 419).

^H't" Lha-rtse a district in upper Taang
belonging to the jurisdiction of the
Tashi Lama, with a large monastery In
Engliah maps it is called Jang Lhar-che
(Tsang Lhartse).

^t"«^'tf lha-rtse dpon-mo n. of a
Tibetan Buddhist saintess of Lhartse.
(MAon.).

lha-rtse

sky, heaven (MAon.).
5j-I-%c-Ej lha-tshe riA-po
the gods of extraordinary longevity.

lha-rntshams n. of the 16th lunar

mdsah-wohi-

manson

Syn. if* lag-so; w^'
Iha ; «W|'«i lag-pa (Rtsii.).

^•j-^c. gjni»j lha-sa dan grogs n. of the
queen of Sricl-rje braA-g"kar son of SaAs-po
the founder of the first Bon dynasty of
Tibet (G. Bon. S3).

y&lha-bzo 1. tw^re, fc*3i«iST the art
of making images of gods. 2. also ^'i? 5
^fij|^q<, STB, ^?i divine artist, a framer
of gods.

^'^'P lha-shi-wa mild aspe:t of any god,
opp. to the drag-po (rudra) aspect.

^'^ lha-sho-=^fM'^ gaAf-thig snow
drop, ice-drop (mystic) (MiA. rda. It).

1333

lha-hdsug occurs in

|'"!^ $ku-

grier or ^)*> Iha-gner (SfHon.) & priest in
charge of the images of deities, etc.
contained in a temple or monastery.

?(•£•« lha-rd&as silk scarf for presenta-
tion with letters.

" lha-yul gufi-thafl and
are two of the 37 holy places of the Bon
(G. Bon. 57).

yw lha-nis=^'^ satin, silk, handker-
chief used by kings and gods (Tig. k. 3).

a'S;«i]1*r!;iil Lha-ri g.zim-phug n. of a
small monastery with a large library pre-
sided over by an incarnate lama in Tsang.

lha-ru §kyes born as a god or among the
gods in heaven.

or?ij|-;i3.$c.-a| Lha-rig-pahi-sen-ge an
Indian pandit from whom Thon-mi
Sambhotahad learnt the Sanskrit language
(Situ. 1).

oj-^q| lha-reg = ^'^ silk scarf for pre-
sentation (Tig. 0).

^•ocgq^ lha-la-phyogs Mf rt'^w'fl a mode
of movement or gait in walking (Mfion.).

oj acq|^«,'q lha-la, gtor-wa v*t to propitiate
the gods by showing eatables to them.

S^ • • i

erawgq lha-las-skyes ^arf*t originated
from the gods, god born.

m-owqq*rq3>*i$^'^ lha-las bab$-pahi
mchodf-rten ^n9<flT the memorial temple
of Buddha's return from heaven.

9'$*' Lha-lufi n. of a district in the
province of Lhobrag, the birth place of
Lhalung Paldor, the assassin of king
Langdarma (Deb. «J, 32).

$'?*•' Iha-khad
temple, sanctuary.

Syn. "HPT1*"! '!"*•' gtsug-lag-khafi ;
gan-dho-la; 5H'S)'flJ^*r«|^ lha-yi

shrine,

y'P^'i Iha-khafi-pa
to the divine mansion] S.

[belonging

lha-rdsas or
silk scarf enclosed as a present to
accompany a letter : n'Sij'g'^'^e.'g'scq^'
tg-5f«-qs« (Yig. k. 4).

, lha-dgu n. of a srq^l demon.

i lha-rgyal-bod v. |*)'^i)^'£i.
ty '*p'% lha-rgyal-lo glory be to the
gods ; s* •IvX-g-jur* (Situ. 24) invocation
to the gods by throwing a handful of
barley flour to the wind (Rtsii.).

^'JTw^'w lha-rgyal mtshon-ma=^".'
h/ah-mtshon, rainbow (Mflon.).

^'"$"! lha-g.cig gen. ^'^") ^ her or
his or your majesty, your highness ; ace.
to Ja. Sir ? dear lord or king. 2. prin-
cess.

^'*^ lha-ch?n ?T?T%^ a great and
mighty deity ; an address for kings like
Sire.

oj'X«'£i lha-chos-pa='&n'§ft**p*i (Situ.
124) one who performs religious service,
a priest.

^'f« lha-kam a princess, a nobleman's
wife, a great mistress : B'WlJ'^'jflpr^e.'g^'q'
g-jwg'^q^'wSiI'Sl^w^1^ (Tig. k. 49). to
the feet of her ladyship the princess who is
possessed of a loving and affectionate
heart.

$f'i lha-rjc physician. This title was
first conferred on the court physician of
king Thi-sron deu-tsan (Tig.).

1334

lha-nid «*«, %3* godhead, divi-
nty.

9)'*$* lha-g.ncr =$*&*• §ku-yncr ^renrfta
a priest in charge of idols (jJMow.).

yW Lha-sgaH n. of a place in Kham.

9j 'fa lha-rtcn image or temple of a god
or of gods.

^•uj^vjrq lha-ptor za-wa (lit. the eater
of offerings made to the gods) = as met.
9 *«! a crow

9)1* lha-tho (prob. for qS-Jf '^ Ihahi-
tho-yor) heaps of stone erected on moun-
tain passes or on the tops of mountains as
votive cairns.

9f^« lha-nai 1. barley grain offered to
the gods (Rtsii.). 2. from the gods.

9j'9 Lha-bu n. of a place in the district
of Hol-tfgah (Btaii.).

SrVTl'V lha-dag-byed Las^^-fr.
nectar, ambrosia. 2. a n. of the river
Ganges (Yig. k, 85).

f'^ Lha-ldan n. of the city of
Lhasa ; it is also called g'8f^ tf ^«ra because
containing in its grand monastery five
miraculously sprung images "^'JKgSf*
"Itfl «iiiT>E.'^'^S'«i (Loft. i, 6).

$'*&*•' Lha-gdoA n. of a place in the
province of g*'«.- in upper Tibet :
m-ae.-mrgE.-«.-gj-«iK«-'^'9-«i (A. 66).

^•"^•i)-^ lha—$de mi-$de 1. the clergy
and the laity. 2. the class of gods and
the class of men (Jd.).

^•f'"^'i\^'ti^ Lfifi Tho-tho-ri gnan-btsan
one of the famous early kings of Tibet
(«/•. Zafi.).

<sj)-*$^''%'£i Lha-mthofi lo-tsa-wa n. of a
Tibetan Sanskrit scholar.

91 ' ^ /ha-nad hysterics; madness (Sch.).

^IJ^M lha-fnas 1. celestial region, abode
of the gods. 2. as met :=fj^ cloud.

9) '3"! Ihci-phyag honorific of y\ paying
homage or making salutation : ^"!»S*i 3«'i
X^3N'9j-3il^c.'q5»i'^fl)Si5i-q-^^q«-|c.- (Tig. k.
2) honours shown to the 91 gods, worship
paid to them; fq*'*tyf'4V«£<$Vlfcl'9
bowing towards the four points of the
compass in token of reverence to the gods
(Jd.). 9) 9"! 'S1*1 q to salute respected persons
in letters and otherwise.

q Lha-dwaA lags-styob an
epithet of Indra (Mfion.).

9j % LJut-phyi (Lab-chi) n. of an outer
mountain of the Gauri Sankar or Everest
group as seen from Tibet.

9f'|*| lha-phrug a descendant from the
gcds, child of the gods ; as a mask (Sclil.
235).

^'fl lha-tra sap or resinous juice of trees
(Jig. 17).

%'ig'*1 Lhfi-bla-ma n. of the father of
Bromgton (Bbrom. f>, 37).

9J'*r«)^ Iha-ma-yin ^vy^. in ancient times
the Asura occupied the celestial regions,
but in later times they were expelled
by the Deva or Lha invaders ; therefore in
all accounts of the Asura they are called
9j-oW4j^ lha-las-rgan or ijVI'S) $non-yi/i
lha the elder brothers of the gods, i.e.,
the earlier gods (Mnon.) ; but in later
days were denominated lha-ma-yin or Iha-
min. They rank as one of the six classes
of beings inhabiting Mount Sumeru at
different zones.

Syn.
byufi; ll

* sgyin-skyes; S
fbyin-mahi-bu ;

sbyin-
lha-

1333

lat-rgan; jf^'3'SJ sfion-gyi-lha ; *)*Y$^'S9T^
mchod-$byin dgra-wo; ^qv^'^51 dicafl-pohi-
slob-ma; «11W§*»
; Y€* '3 da-nuhi-bu ;
fjtser-can-bu ; "19'§*l ^hu-rgyal; yp

; ^'ncjiE.- lha-la-sdan ; B'^'sfq'w MM-
sa-hog-g.na§ ;

gC«-§^ lha-ma-srin gods, Asura, and
Eaksasa, etc. ; or, perhaps, also^'H^'1!^
lha-ma srin sde-bryyad the eight classes of
gods, Asura, Raksasa, etc. »'.«., the whole
world of spirits (<7a.).

^'« lhahi-ma t^fcu, iff^ft the mother
of the gods.

op'^arS lhahi-rol-mo the muses, goddes-
ses born as musicians : 5J •S'^i'gK.'gS'Xar
S'S^'w^j^ the goddesses will perform
divine mubic.

^5-*^'^w lhahi-tshon-ris the celestial
colours, the rainbow. Syn. ^w hjah,
nw«*^ hjah-mtshon (Mnon.).

the deodar ; also the juniper, ace. to Lex.
\m, tnfrarra, Tfr^^'i [a tree of para-
dise] 8. (Won.).

vihara, monastery (Mnon.).

qfifjHU-tfi^ Lhahi-dmag-dpon
the warrior general of the gods, Kumara
Shadanana the youngest son of Mahes'vara

(Mfian.).

(j5-q^-S lhahi btsun-mo ^tq^r [celestial
damsels residing in the sky and regarded
as the wives of the Grandharvas]^.

oj(vjg •tjw*>q-ifl*T2!-g*r£i!v*<^ a Sutra deli-
vered by Buddha at the request of the

daughters of king Prasenajit (K. ko. *,
Ill9). ^•g'^'^'^*)'3*''9«'c'5'^ n. of a
Sutra delivered at the request of a Deva-
puttra (K. d. «, 62).

^^'^ Lha-yi tlob-dpon ^^l!%,
^Mfraf the teacher or spiritual guide of
the gods.

Sj'uJ'SJ'*' Lha-yi bla-ma Vrhaspati the re-
nowned teacher of the gods, who is said to
have been formerly an ordinary god whose
name was Sarvajna. On account of his
profound learning and perfect command
over the Sanskrit language and literature
he was appointed tutor to Indra the king of
the gods. Indra having had little leisure
to devote to study it was arranged that
Vrhaspati should teach the children of
the gods and so he came to be the
teacher of the gods or heavenly school-
master (Mfion).

= '$*iwifa custom, usage:
5^cj5- j^-*iX«r|^*r£i ( Tig.
k.2).

^ aw 9ft lha-las-rgan lit. senior (in birth)
to the gods, i.e., the Asura (Mfion.).

•^

ty'3\** lha-fes ^aft a wise man; a divi-
ner, an astrologer.

^•q^c,« iha-bsafis (^•artWE.srusc.-q) offer-
ings of incense to the gods (flag. 6^).

9)'*^ lha-b$os *iJNf [an offering of
eatables presented to a deity] S.

§)•« Lha-sa t«P£f*T the capital of Tibet,
so called from the time that the first
image of Buddha was brought thither
from China during the reign of king
Srofi-btsan sgam-po in the first quarter of
the seventh century A. D. This famous
city is situated on the Kyi Chhu at an
altitude of 11,600 feet above the level of
the sea, in lat. 29° 39' N., long. 91° 6' E.

1336

Lha-g»ol 1. n. of a place in the
district of Dwag-po, S.E. Tibet (Rtsii.).
2. invocation and offerings to the local
gods.

y^' Iha-srufi tutelar god ; more cor-
rectly the gods who have undertaken to
guard Buddhism in Tibet.

§|'C' l/M-Aa knee pan, g^
t.-w«rngij|-ci to bend down the right knee ;
^'RV the bend of the knee W. (Ja.).

§j'3 lha-wa to soften, slough, suppurate.

SJ'S Ika-ru cartilage.
5j-?i-^w?i £'«'£ Lha-mo dmar-mo tsa-
mun-di the Indian goddess Chamandi

la^*rwi)I*Ysil:-'q'^'H'9'w'qr*r5to> VM'
^••SS'w'fisV^ (K. g. *, 317).

^'J6'^K.'5|'i'Jj'*^ Iha-mo dud-gi nu-#ho-
can an officinal herb growing in the clefts
of rocks and with leaves resembling those
of the bamboo and yielding milky juice
after incision; is used in ulcers and
wounds.

^•^•q^-S)'^1^'*^ I ha- n n' n bse-yi nu-sho-
can also called "^Vl"^'^ql n- of a medi-
cinal plant the leaves of which are used
for wounds and sores.

Lho-brag grub-chen-
las-kyi : rdo-rje n. of a Tibetan Buddhist
saint and author who wrote volumes called
ST9"! 'f ^ 5,*> belonging to Lhobrag. Tsong-
kha-pa visited lu'm.

y\cM Iha-sdiAs n. of a place in Yar-
Mun: m^'V^.'^^'f^*'1^" (A. 9$).

^'I'^l" Lha-rje-rags a physician who
made himself famous by constructing a
river embankment: ^T^V^'VSr""^'
|-*q|wK'^ being constructed by Rags it
is still called Lha-rje-rags (A. 90).

lhag I : ^jfa<s, ^t%frm, w exceed-
ing, more, beyond; also adj. excellent,
surpassing, excelling, superior: <^'Q|*''?jT
cj5-«|^^-26«-»)^ there is hardly any other
virtue or religion superior to this ; ^wwi'tr
faw-^i|-ei-^v^»i is there any one that is
suffering more than I ? (Ja.).

^ II: 1. ^(Wq, ^ the son of the
moon, a planet : i»^*j'ti yzah-lhag-pa ^w
the planet mercury. 2. or ^"I" lhag-pa
; Wednesday.

Syn. |'5« zla-skyes; jj'9 zla-bu; W
lus-gciff-pa : nivy^wZi mdsah-lhuhi
grogs-po; '$w»K.f<$* gfio-bsafit-luf ; jf^'H
fnanna ; ^('*i**m lha-mtnham§ ; *i'*fvj»i so-
sor-skyes • Ji'55'9 rgi/al-pohi-bu; *\w%n
ysal-ldan; ?« 8>^ §« thos-ldan-gkyeg ; *»('gS'
|« tshim-bt/cd-fkyeg ; wpm'ti mkhaf-pa

^"1'W lhag-par adv. more, mostly with
adj., but also with verbs : ^'§'^*T w $in-tu
lhag-par far more ; very exceedingly,
uncommonly ; qj«l'W«to|«r^ uncommonly
good; ^'fT*^ extremely, excessively,
further, furthermore (Jo.).

^1'* lhag -ma ^rrt^ remainder, the
excess: ^'«i«rg*r*i the remaining portion
of it.

5jfll'y<v^qc.'<|<»| Ihag-pnhi dwafi-phyug "V^-
v: emperor, supreme lord or king.
^u|cjS-yiE.-i|q|-»4 11^^^ empress or su-
preme queen.

3jfl|ci<va| UMy-pahi-lha ^sftt [presiding
deity]5.

lhag-pahi fe$-rab
transcendental wisdom.

^^•q^'giai-w lhag-par Idan-ma a lady
possessing more than what is necessary or
one ordinarily possesses ; n. of a Yaksha
princess (K. g. \ 130).

1337

^T^S* lhag-hbyar opulent, very wealthy.
Syn. igvq'^'q hbyor-pa chen-po; |T^
phyug-chen (Hfnon.).

9*!'*^ lhag-med=all, entire, the whole,
leaving nothing behind.

Syn. 3fl kun ; iw*^ thams-cod (Mnon.).
is=f>'** Ihan-ner.

6£) the wind; but ace. to Ja. usually
signifies: cold wind. §f»l*rE,^ lhags-nar=
cold piercing wind.

lhags-pa ^rrow to approach,
to meet, to assemble with other persons ;
to be adjacent or contiguous : ^'wc^^r
^v^qprq-4<i|«i it is well that you shuold
have now come to this place (A. 23) ; »*c.*r
j«-m'5«-W!^-^*r^q?<-ij|ii|«-gq|-<^'i§ (Pay.
309) approaching to Buddha reverentially
he bent down to his feet.

'" lhan-ne (*r
clear, distinct, bright, resplendent.

Syn. yp'& lham-me ; ^'^ lhan-ne.
(Mnon.).

^•^fc.' lhan-lhan clear sound or noise,
J3'^V^jE.'3jc,'£i the clear barking of dogs;
nJJuprtq^'^cajc.-^-!! it was heard dis-
tinctly as the voice of a herdsman (A. 131)
gjc,'^E.'q¥^'ci speaking with a clear, sonor-
ous voice. ^^•*'|5^*^mf^)W«»1

ffrqVSqUrqV'frrV.- (A. If).

^'^'*\$*\ lhan-lhan-gtsug one of the
thirty-seven sacred places of the Bon (O.
Bon. 35).

9jE.-<Ofc Ihan-tsher (iff*' *£'&'*''&*'&
*"!) an impressive expression ; words that
one feels.

^ Ihad 1. interpolation; ««>«i'^
interpolation in reh'gious works. ^"'^|V
phyis-lliad-du bcug-pahi tshig a

later interpolation. 2. a baser substance
mixed up with a finer one, an alloy.
^V*^ lhad-can adulterated, alloyed ; SKY*^
l/tad-med unadulterated, pure, genuine,
real, without alloy.

i$ lhan *ff together, ^V§« (when
refering to the subject of the action),
$*('*(** lhan-nas (as ablative case), ty*\'\
together, with one another, ^"'V
gone together or along with.
existing or living together.

^<V|*i Ihan-skyes or 5J^'^"I'|»''£» Hum-tig
skyes-pa «?sr, ^^sfni born together with,
as twins ; also, esp., ^ lha or ^ Hdre bom
together with every human being.

^'5" lhan-rgyas 1. a state council ;
a society or company ; ace. to Jd. partner
of the seal, i.e., a colleague using the same
seal in official business (^'5*i'§'^'^ Ihan-
rgt,a$-kyi the-tse or l'«\*» spyi-dam). 2.=

lhan-g.cig together with, alto-
gether ; ^'"l&'rS id. ; §*i'^qI^5 lhan-ciy hgro
moving together as do a party of dancers,
soldiers &c. (Mnon.). W^*^9 MwWg
gnas-pa flf^m ; to live together in har-
mony, to live as husband and wife. §f^'*"T
j"V lhan-cig spyod-ma as met. = *!I|!'*i bride,
wife (Mnon).

S^'IS'^'^ Man byed-pahi rgyan fl^WT^,
[auxiliary cause or dependence] 8.

Sj^gc.' lhan-hbyun wi^, «f ^ [together,
a friend, companion] S.

^'5 l/ian-te = *$'$.

3fi^ lhan-ne = ^'^' ft^l [shining;
the sun]&

^q-^-^q-q Ihab-se-Uiab-pa to flutter to
and fro, to glimmer (Ja.).

^srgjq llwb-lhub 1. •fifj^nr excessive

%

ornamentation ; slovenly dress ; wide,

169

1338

flowing; ^'d^'^q'^q a silk-cloak unneces-
sarily large with flowing sleeves.

l/iab$ w [middle]/S.

f/i nm in^isr, "ani»?^ a felt boot,
a shoe ; J '^ a Chinese boot, 3<T^*< a
Mongol boot. ^*'J"| lham-sgrog or §|*<'If
<yqr«iT shoe-strap, latchet ; string for
hieing felt leggings ; gj«'»?«i Ifiam-mthil
boot-sole; ^*»'?J lham-yu leg of a boot;
jjwjj-^e.- boots with long legs (Sch.). ;
5jN'HS lham-krad pieces of leather used
for patching soles; ^'^1 lham-gog worn-
boots; 9JN'<*3p fham-hgram the upper-
leather or vamp; Sf^'f^'*^ lham-fgro
gii-rtni $91 buskins; 9|*|''?J'*S l/iom-i/n
chad ^<«y^i a sort of slippers to which
cotton leggings are attached. ^N'^'q5*
^'Q'fc l/wm-ne-tcafyi rin-po-che

llxis-ma i^t, w braid ; wicker-
work ; also of pastry, twisted cake ; rope.

shoes as a precious article owned by a
Cakravarttl Raja, its possession saving
him from many inconveniences, besides
enabling him to walk on the surface of
water (K. d. *, llfi). fprqJ'q lhan*-bzo-wa
^HTK n shoe-maker.

Syn. <$*\* phyagt ; wSai'^w mchil-lham ;
q««lp^« bcag-lham; *<1«i'g|« mthil-lluim ; 3!*,1
«'qge.' tsher-ma-bsrufi (Mnon.).

oj*»'») lfiam-me wiftm illumined, blazing,
bright.

§JJJ$TT|?l l/tftms-kyis at once, all, every
thing.

i^'^Sj lltar-hijro (^'q^'^wq hgro-wahi
rim-pa) (Mnon.).

^^•q«« lhar-bca$ Wf%$ together with
the gods; the youngest son of Pandu
Eaja (Mnon.), also (A. K.).

5}*< I/MS=V^'"\^ & place where many
live huddled together ;=3H-?,
IJ.T pen, fold, enclosure for cattle.

'i\*-**('§'s& pad-ma

can-yyi mtsho lotus-lake, a pond over-
grown with lotus plant (Mfton.).

^•qjfi Lhas-bstan 1. n. of a city in
Magadha, the birth place of the mother
of Buddha. 2. ^?fsm pointed out or
directed by the gods.

^J I/ia$-p«, v. under §'q $le-wa.

^*"'S^ L/uii-byin ^w 1. a brother of
Ananda and cousin of Gautama Buddha,
who, as the legends have it, continually
annoyed Buddha by malicious artifices,
whereby, however, the blameless character
of the latter shone but the more conspi-
cuously ; hence proverbially used for any
malicious character (Cs.). 2. n. of a cer-
tain king of Benares the account of whose
son ?|'iff?q*r^ Lha-tnafi stols-ldan occurs
in Qf grin. 2.

or q?^'S strong, firm, steady; change-
less. |c.'*fli»i Ihin-chays unbending, unflag-
ging-

3 Ihu a portion of the body of an
animal, = J SI ziig ; I'V"^"1'*1 to divide, to
parcel out ; ^^ Ihu-mgo a limb-joint :
«jr^r^f|<f^«W«V)-Wg( the cheek-
bone and all the limb-joints had come out
(Khrid. &T). $**['* Ihu-tshigs the joints
of the limbs i.e., of the hands and legs
(Jig.).

|^J Ihug, v. |«I'<i Idug-pa to pour out.

HT" lltug-pa and |T»» prose (Cs.).
in e.'

(Shram, ISO).

1339

^T 3 Ihtig-po abundant, diffuse, luxuri-
ous; also loose : ^•fTfT'^'i also l"!'^'
IV'" to remain naked or loosly dressed so
that some parts of the body may be seen.

IjTi*. Ihuy-par amply, abundantly,
plentifully ; lipvo^'q to give in charity
liberally, <%VX***ftl*lhug-parbyi4-pa = W
"l^-j^-wq-f^-q full statement, to explain
completely. 5"I"'I'|ql w?q-5 received grace
abundantly.

!=.'"«» Ihun-yas
ber (S. Lex.).

; n. of a num-

Ihugs successive, continuous ; un-
interrupted, having no gaps ; unreserved
(Jit.). 9"!** or l"!^"! continuous praise
(Sch.). "

§C' Ihun pf. of |=.-£< Itun-wa.

c.' Ihtm-lhun 1*wft (Mnon.) a flowing
stream, waterfall, cascade. l^f^'^T
jJ«|^c.-Rqq-tS sweetly murmuring (the gentle
stream) descends (Jd.).

^•q^S Ihun-ica-nid gWcH fall, state of
falling. a^'i'S1^' Ihun-u-a-bski/on one who
savea the fallen ; 6«rw|e/ •farm sure fall,
a sin (Jig. 11). J^w^c; f^re [fallen
away]<S. ^iw^e: tff^ralost, swerved.

|jE.-ql^ l/tun-bzed=^'^ ftpsgcrr^ begg-
ing platter, the alms bowl of Buddha
and of the Buddhist monks in which food
or edibles are thrown by alms-givers. |j=.'
ql\*#»t l/tun-bzcd-htshol qr=r trfrfg [search-
ing all round an alms bowl]S. ^.'"^'$^'5
Ihufi-bzed chun-ftu ^fi'T small platter.
rac.-q|^-^*c.'y lhu-bzed-hthan-wa qnrarw to
hold out the alms bowl, one holding it
out, a Buddhist monk; |=- •q31V311*' Hwn-
bzed-fubs alms-bowl case, the bag in which
the begging platter is kept or carried ;
gc.-q^-?i]-q l/nm-bzed tharj-pa the straps
or strings by which this begging platter
is suspended and carried ; ^c,'q3^'|^q»i Ihitn-
bzed-khebs MWU)t«l alms bowl cover.

^ Ihun mass, bulk ^'*^ massy, bulky ;
|^'i'q very large. |^'5C' Ihun-grub or
|aj-|*T3|q'q t^mrtjr, ^imtn miraculously
sprung or grown, formed all at once ; self-
created, not contrived by human labour ;
*f«r^»*-*1*§irfWI clothes and food
having come forth from themselves (Dsl.) •
l^'^q Ihun-grub is also noun personal.

aj^*im Zhun-ckags unchanging (Yig. 8).

zJ^j'H Ihun-po ^t ; heap mountain, hill,
upheaval ; ^'"W'M'S ri-rab Ihun-po the
mountain Sumeru. qij-3|*|-^'q " Tashi-
Ihunpo " *ig-<!l4<i heaps of glory, auspicious
events or things ; n. of the great monas-
tery near Shigatse.

Umms, resp. for *K.I jfH the
womb: ^^'g'^Ti to enter the womb,
conception ; JWf 'IfB'^'yri*^ religi-
ous festival to commemorate the time of
the conception (of Buddha).

§^, Ihur— devotion, earnest application.

resp. for

sympathy commiseration (S.
Lex.; (Yig. 15).
—\
§j "5 lhe-wa, v. sle-wa.

bray-gi-hog the part
of the belly below the breast.

^ Iheb in t\31*''§£i^c''5'^ql'£' dbugs
Iheb-lheb-tu hdug-pa (Pth.) gasping for
breath (Jd.).

IJiem just now, at present, directly,
instantly C. ; fi'ty**'^ ^'^' he has just now
arrived ; ^wws has just been killed.

^«'^« Ihem-lhem — ty^'tyQ Iheb-lheb gasp-
ing like a fish when taken out of water.

1340

a = y*'n lha$-ma; also =
the act of twisting, plaiting (Jd.).

Ijflho *fa* the south ; ^w^w come
from the south ; qf<Uws$f the continent
of Jambudvipa in the south; ^i" Iho-nub
^f«H lft«, south-west, -*H'% far-lho south-
east; $X, $"' £"?*'$ to tke south, towards
the south. ^J"!** Iho-phyogs the south,
southern direction: ^S"!*1 J1-' Iho-phyogt-
tkyofi the guardian of the south an epithet
of the lord of death (Mto*.). |'4««- SV'^'
tho-nub phyogs-skyoii the guardian deity of
the south-west an epithet of Ravapa the
king of the cannibal-goblins, the king
of Lanka (Mon.). ff«flls Iho-bgrod the
moving of the sun towards the south
^•q3j«^c.-Sf«)!K (Ya-sel. £8).

qj'f> Lho-kha the tract where the
Tsangpo turns its course southward, n. of
the south-eastern part of the province of
If, with Rtse-thaH (Chethang) as its chief
town.

^« I/IO-/MI (lit. the southerner) the
Tibetan tribes in Sikkim and Bhutan, f '
*g«ra llu>-hbrng-pa the southern Buddhiste
belonging to the Ilbnig-pa sect, i.e., the
people of Bhutan.

ofgi Lho-brag province of S. Tibet
bordering Bhutan (Rtsii.).

g-gq|-^q-S^'ai*i'5'^ | Uto-brag grub-chcn
Ins-kyi rdo-rje n. of a celebrated lama of
Lhobrag.

bzlog-pa, in
(A.

Utog ace. to S. Lex. «r?r^ a fatal
disease=SqI'£| fflog-pa a large ulcer or>
sore (Sch.} cancer, cancerous, ulcers

1. dangers, metaphysically
said to be of three kinds: — (1) ^5 '^e.-
phyihi-lhoft external or physical dangers,
those arising from evil-spirits, enemies,
robbers, wild animals, fire, water, wind,
etc. ; (2) ^'3r^.° nafi-gi-lhoA internal
dangers, those arising from diseases of
the body; (3) *Kjr«iS'qfk.' .sans-pahi-lhon
dangers of secret or concealed origin,
i.e., mental suffering, agony of the mind,
depression of spirits and ravings of the
heart, etc. 2. vexation, anger ; ^•'•f*
lhoti-$or he has lost the $**' l/tofi is said
of one who was not equal to the exertions
of incessant meditation, and who in conse-
quence has lost his senses (Jd.).

g|^ Ihod-pa, sfc-Zi lhod-po='^-» slow, also
STV1 glod_-pa or ^V lod-pa loose, relaxed,
unstrung, slackened, «^'«(|«! of the limbs,
e.g., when death approaches ; §v<i'g*c«i
Ihod-pa fgrim-pa to tighten what is loose.
$S'2*=^«i''35T«i gradually, in slow course,
smoothly (Tig. 39) ; IVsjjV*!?^ Ihod-lhod
giofa-wa to shicken. 5JY^ lhod-de = ^'^'
»>S'i brel-tca mcd-pa, without hurry or haste,
slowly: ^V$V^ ye-re, Ihod-de (A. 150).
2. of the mind: easy, careless, uncon-
cerned: ^W?*'^ Ihod-de nol-cig sleep
well ! sleep soundly ! (Glr.) ; §f 3fy§**'ar-'ift
blo-lhod-gyi§ la-fod relate the matter
calmly, coolly (Jd.). ^*'ty\

^3| H /Ao«-p«:=g]^'£i ^Ion-pa to return,
to give or pay back (Cs.).

W I : is the last letter of the Tibetan
alphabet corresponding in sound to ^j the
first letter of Sanskrit and the English a.
The Tibetans include it in both the vowels
and consonants of their language. As
without it no consonant can be sounded
it is regarded as a *\*w '§•>. The « is also
specially called 5'*r*l^'ti5'§l'*| skye-wa med-
pahi-yi-ge, probably because all speaking
depends on and is rendered possible only by
a previous opening of the glottis; hence
this letter is a symbol of the deity or of
the 3«rg chos-sku that was before everything
else. Thus l^^'fl^l^ Spyan-ras-gzigs
addresses a celestial Buddha with BS : *> |*r
*>«^s^u|-;N'3J'S3I=.*<. Other glosses on the
letter affirm:

«r| (K. g. *!, S) ; w*sH*3Tff31«!** (K. g.
\ 1$). 2. num. 30.

W II: = resp. i^i lags in conver-
sation ; in addressing a great man g'^wan|q
sku-shabs-laffs (or colloq. g^^'iili sku-
s/iogs-lags) your honour! the reply will be
" w a." If, however, the superior person
calls his servant qw%*.'«i«|*» shabs-drufi-
laps, the reply will be «w|« lags or «wm'g'
Idgs-sku-shogs.

III: in mystic Budh. w'^'S'" a
bya-wa^^'^ dam-tshig (K. g. f>,
179). *r*W^^|f| ehos tfiams-ead-kyi
sgo-ste, ftr^l^^X^lM (Jf- d. «j,
12<$)~Jt>^dfcA mi-hjig-paho — S-Mi'q? mi.
zag-paho — "%W3'^qP' yon-tan-gyi tshogs
and ^'^ slob-dpon (K my. "I, 209).

W IV : in the Ladaki dialect stands
for ^ de that, both alone and in com-
pounds : W'^i a-nas from that, w^ a-»ar
and w^'5 a-na-ru there, thither. Ako «'5
aio=that (v. A. H. Francke in Journ.
Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1901).

Wfj A-ka n. of a place in Khams (Ta-
sel. 46).

«-«»|-q*i«^*TO-w2i A-ka Bsod-nams bzan-
po one of the successors of Tsongkha-pa
in the hierarchical chair of W^ (Gahdan)
(Lot. *, 17).

W'TS a-ka-ru for w'1'% n. of the tree
agaru ; WT^^'fliiipi a wooden pin made
of the tree called agaru.

a-A-am =*>'%' fire-wood, fuel:
rlon-hdegs (Rtsii.).

=^«^ ; in 5«. for red
pepper or Capsicum.

+ w'3'3 a-kra-gu n. of a fruit (.ST. d. \

13).

W^C «-A«/«w incorrectly for «'•«', as

in ^•I^^TPrgp^K.'VfS*' (-?*«• W).

w-^ a-Ararf=1l'3IS leather to make
patches in shoes or portmanteaus ; leather
of old shoes.

w^jV a-kron (a-toong) a species of fern.

p fl-*Aa also wrf and wf"! exclama-
tions expressive of bereavement, failure,
mistake, etc.: •rH^V^Jwr^W*
(Khrid. 38}.

W «-**M uncle, father's brother.

8301. (3'^ khu-ico ;

1342

pJut-yi §puit-

zla

the aloe-

f -- ^^a-ya-m]
wood, calambac ; of three species,
skya the grey species, w^fl| ar-nag black,
and wfl|^'f ifr a-gar go-s nod : Wfl|'$'^'*>'«
^•1-1^-ge.^-qac.' (J/jfl. rda, 7).

Syn. w^'g^'SS rnds(!$-$byin-bi/t'd ;
gjfy'l dri-nhim (jon-pa ; *1'*JV)'S*|'* wi-bday-
dgah • ^ac«j5'1t.'Q thal-icahi snin-po ;
«^ hdab-zun-can ; ^1*"3'^'^ nags-kyi \
dan; y^g* dus-la-skyes', ^\
rjes-hbran ; \5)'^' dri-yi-fin ;
tsan-dan ser-po (Bfnon.).

the

a-ya-rn nag-po
best quality of aloe called also
a-ga-ru mchog.

Syn.

hjoms', fy '^9I"'*|'^i'| 5^» fin-nays

"Si^'WQ san-qnr n<ir/-po; ••)'•*

>»^
or ^'-^'1 f«r, -fa-pa or

u-ga-mhi than.

ftfw-

w §*i a-gyis an interrogative pleonastic
term signifying : have you done it or
done so ?

n. of an

.j. >»•• '|9 A-(ja*tij<i
ancient Eishi.

wqfj-SKIj a-hgro mi-hgro also »>'^
do you go or not go ; is cognate to

a-sgor ear ornament of women :
a gold ear-ornament (Rtsii.).

a-c««7 1. ankle-bone (Ja.). 2.
an interrogative interjection, 'have you
put it in ' ? 3. expression of sudden pain.

=in. the colloq. ^« of course,
oh, yes, it must be :

W * twi fl.ce=w|- a-fce madam, sister ;
madam has left (fLbrom. W) ;
w|-«i«n«i 0, madam! w|-aiq|»r^j-q-fc a./ce.
riH-po-cfte your ladyship (Pty. ^4).

fy ; interj. ex-
pressive of pain from cold, hence.
*> u. of one of the cold hells : ffg''!*
a<^aj-«ww$-$ (Khrid.. 38) issues forth un-
interrupted crying from agony, achn, <•//,/.
w«'3^'«J a-clm ser-tea ff*: • one of the
eight cold hells of the Buddhist purgatory
(M.V.).

W * a-che 1. an elder sister of a
female person. 2. W. wife, mistress,
madam, used as address and otherwise

(Jd.).

Wc&'^ A-chi-thu n. of the Regent of

was prime minister of Tibet (Tig. k. 12).

IN iW^S^ a-mchod (vulg.) a priest who
performs the daily religious services in a
church or monastery.

W ' c a-jo used in Lh. and Tsany. for
Iai<H« jo-lags and I'l yo-^'o 1. an elder
brother of a male person. 2. Sir, Mr.r
gentleman, lord, used in addressing and
otherwise ; also : friend ! 3. n. of a god :
(Deb. «|, 37).

i = 9l'W hesitation, hesitation to
listen to one's advice ; doubt as to whether
one would listen or not : S'1
(Rdsa. 21).

W ^ «-;!« in Kon-po for wl
elder brother : f%f^f'll^lrl^fS also :
father.

1343

4 W'-^j A-ti-fa (in Tib.
Phul-byun the accomplished one)
also called I'5'l or ^w^w^-j) the Tibetan
equiv. for Dlpamkara S'rljnana, the
celebrated Buddhist pandit of Bengal,
who lived for thirteen years in Tibet and
died at Nyethang near Lhasa in the
beginning of the eleventh century A.D.

A-ti ma-wer a Bon
god whose attributes resemble those of
Avalokites'vara.

t W'^ST"! a-ti mu-ta-ka ^rf^R* a
kind of flower growing on the plateaus of
Tibet (K. d. \ 584).

Syn. *tfc^5R<fi ; «$S W dpyid-bzan ; *$X
9'''? dpyid-kyi pho-na ; §=-'|"|^ sbran-rtsi-
skyes; ^g^'S'^Tfto hbras-bu nag-smin ; fotT;
*^'W bde-bsan ; ai^lsis lag-hjoms (Knon).

? w?'«T5'1 a-ti muk-ta-ka Hjftqttrai
[mountain ebony] S.

W^a-tfAwJor fc'Sl e-^Aw/ a colloq.
expression of doubt as to whether an
enemy would be vanquished: S}'"Pi*''V^'
(Ljans).

a-tho-wa beautiful, good (Sch.).

a-hthas is explained as f^'8!'?"!'
Sffl a phenomenon always
occurring to one's self which is taken
for reality.

J BUSS'S A-dahi bu ^if<|dg^ the son of
Aditi [the sun]^.

a-dogt& table (ScL).

e-wa med-pa
unborn, uncreated, self-existent.

w^i] a-drag (colloq.) doubt as to whether
a thing is good or bad — I doubt if it is
good! (Rdsa.26).

n. of

W^p a-drun, $*fi*\ 1. horseboy, one
tending horses. 2. =^«»'^ drel-dpon or
Sq^Ej^ chibs-dpon chief-groom, mule-
teer, but ordinarily a messenger who riding
a swift horse carries official despatches.
W'IF$''*R a-drun-rta-fad=%'$ a messen-
ger.

f ^'^'^'^ -A-

a country (K. du. *\,

W3J3J a-nan a little man, a dwarf (S.
kar. 177).

W ^ a-nu resp. address for a noble
lady ; n. of the mother of Thonmi Sam-
bhota, the father of Tibetan literature.

f W^ '3j A-nu-na n. of a mountain

-o
situated to the east of Jambudvipa (K. d.

W^ a-ne 1. an address to a Buddhist
nun ; a caressing word of address towards
a nobleman's son. 2. uncle's wife, father's
brother's wife.

wSi'N'35 a-ne ma-mo a certain red worm
or vermin (Rtsii. 83).

w«il^-^-q a-g.nad Ita-wa to see or exa-
mine as to the condition of a thing, any
scruple about a thing or matter.

W-l I: a-pal 1w father =wi a-pJta.
2. expression of compassion, or mercy:
r«^3^ alas, all animals (A. 19).

W^ a-pi an interjection expressive of
wonder when one perceives a thing of
which he had no knowledge before : w^"
(^•5^-qxN-sr-^ indeed, that it was so I did
not know !

W^f a-po 1. the junior husband of a
Tibetan woman; also = youthful husband

1344

of an elderly woman. 2. address for an
elderly man: jtfvRfl*fc[qjF*nG (A.

11).'

f W*Tq*1| a-pa ba-ka TOjgVf ; royal
personage, official, (mystic) (K. g. F, 28).

W'CJ a-pra or w'g a-bra applied to
several species of Lagomys or tailless
shrew.

W^J a-pha 1. for * j>Aa father ; '
a-pa chen-po the elder husband of a woman
who is held to be father of all the children
born of her ; w«'4=- £' the younger husband
and junior father of her children. 2.
uncastrated male animal, cf . *.

w'9'B.1 a-pho-na = pf'5'C I myself (^'f'S'
*FR' I the man).

W'^ a-p%i=%*< phyi-mo grand-
mother (Mil., Jo,.).

•t
W^S| a-phyim old woman, goody,

dame (5cA.).

a-phrag = wwj)^ a-ma-phrag the
breast-pocket attached to a Tibetan robe :
BS99I3|1' a-phrag-tu fdu-wa to put into
the bosom ; colloq. = w*W|.

>a

N'« srog-rtsa dbut-ma) the central
life-vein for the §*•' in the human body.

a.6a^ for «R-q the husband of
the father's or mother's sister (Cs.).

fl-iar abbr. of »-^^ and

a-bo-tse 1. ace. to &?A. : good,
tolerable, middling. 2. «'$'3 in colloq.

| a-iyojr name of a medicine.

a-hbraf n. of a kind of fruit in
appearance like the bulbous excrescence
of the maple tree: wig»r*fwi w -a^-ai *«q|
5'*<^ the fruit a-de' is very useful in
kidney disease.

J w'? 'f1 a-bhi-sa n. of a medicinal fruit :

W *4 a-wa ^i*fi, *n?n ; colloq. of w
mother : w w\^ 1^ my kind mother ;
w « 3« a-ma gyi$ you be to me a mother,
behave to me as a mother.

W£T£* a-ma-Aa an expression of
sorrow.

T W JJ'^'q A-ma de-wa (^jftrffm) (=
^'VT*^) Tibetan corruption of the name
of Amitabha.

w*)'S ^'§ ^ A-mi mu-zi khri-do one of the
earliest tribes of Tibet ; ace. to some : an
ancient dynasty (J. Zafi. ).

o

J W^'T| a-mu-kam

dur-khrod cemetery (mystic).

a-mra ^«T, ^ircr mangoe ; w?j^f
a-mra-fin i|iM4,fl the mangoe tree.

Syn. for both: — jj^J-S'S'^ fbraA-ftsthi
pho-na ; *^V3''*1^' dpyid-kyt-fifi ; "'flffi'^ HM-

mfion-hdod ;
?J cu-ta a-mra

gs'5|T»i3w] SI'^E.- names of the best kind
of mangoe : — PJ^SJS/ bcud-bsafi ; S3VP-qlfa
dpyid-kahi-gnen ; wy^A sa-Aa Ad-ra ; \V»'
w«f dri-shim a-mra; W'STSV*
khyad-par-can (Mfion.).

J W5j5'?-»J a-mrahi ho-ma
[froth of milk ; milk and mangoes]5.

L W J| 'B a-mri-ta 'Vt9; nectar,
ambrosia.

1345

.

W $ '' a-mn

the place of nectar (mystic) (K. g.
r, 28).

w'sT a-mro for w'$j a-mra mangoe (8.
kar. 179).

+ Wo a-tsa, or "'<'»< an expression of
wonder or pity.

T Wo"^ A-tsa-ra a corruption of
Acharya, the general name by which
Indian people particularly Bengalis
are known to the Tibetans : W'i'MTfl]?K'
^•t|-.J)r^ (A. 67) the Indians knowing,
perceived that there was gold. 2. in Mil.
a species of hobgoblin or spectre (Ja.).
3. the clowns in the Tibetan religious
dances who are caricatures of the Indian
Brahmans.

J wi'^wS A-tsa-ra dmar-po n. of an
Indian saint (A. 66).

Wo a-tsi an expression of wonder :
wT^-j-^-Y^-ewfc-wi-SJ-qpw-^ (A. 107).

W »'<5 a-tsi-tshi an expression of
repentance, regret : wT5-K'w«re.>'%q'<r8l^'*^|.

Wro a-tsJia or «'*'* a-tsha-tslia an
inter], expressing pain occasioned by
burning heat or fire.

Wflb^ a-tshot' an interjection or inter-
rogation : «]i"|*rw^ are you unwell, you
are ill?

right?

a-htsham in Sikk. = is it all

ya-mM*ar-

the

a-mtshar =
po wonderful, curious.

i Wfe'TJ'^ a-dsa ga-ra
python snake (K. d. >, 464).

•dsa-na [ Vai. gfl., w«'^ a-dsi-
na ^ffara] the hairy skin of a black ante-
lope which serves the religious student
for a couch, seat, covering, etc. ; Tibetan
writers use the word for the animal
itself : ^nwK'^5i<«nrti the skin of the
adsina antelope.

+ wf'^'H'5 A-dsi-ra wa-ii n. of a river in
ancient India (K. du. \ 395).
* wa'3 '5 a-wa dhu-ti air passage.

I w«rgi|'$-5 a-wa brag-tri-ta
the language of the ghosts (Yig. 7).

^£* a-shati colloq. for <^'Q shafi-po
mother's brother; w^-^-JJ uncle and
nephew.

W^'5 a-hu-tsi l. = it is of no conse-
quence, it does not matter. 2. n. of
a plant = S'9^T5 bya-po tsi-tsi (Ja.)

am

tired of that kind of work !

W«J a-yu C. (=R^ khu-yti) hornless,
of cattle (Ja.).

W^ a-ra 1. an interjection expressive
of pain in the body. 2. n. of a guinea
pig. 3. n. of a section of the monastery
of Sera near Lhasa (Loft. >, 7).

a-ra-ica tsi-na a mystical and
symbolical word peculiar to the charms
about Jamyang Bodhisattwa.

w^l a-rag resp. ^t*^ bfes-rag C.,
"^ '^"1 hdon-rag W., arrack, brandy, the
usual barley-brandy which is distilled
in nearly every house (Ja.).

a-rafi-fffom an expression of
hesitation as to believing a thing : "^'^v
(Edsa. 24).

170

1346

jZ;' A-rab-ggafi n. of a place
in mams (Deb. «|, 87).

A-rig n. of a country of nomad
herdsmen situated to the west of Amdo
(Lot. >, 18).

. a-ru-ra.

a-ru-ra

rqsft, ft*-wfafa [myrobalan,
universal medicine]^.

Syn. for the fruit as well as the tree of
Myrobalan arjuna : a,i«|*i'*^ frjigt-med ; ^'
*>S nnd-mi'd; <**> l'«S phan-pa-can ;
na4-hdor ; 15S'^ t>cud-lvn ; flj'l^w
byin-$pro$ ; f^fc *9«'3 b.du4-ttsibi hbraf-
bu ; "^*\ I" "l^'Sf^ t/dud-ftsi g.»cr-ldan ; $'^'5
hd-ri-ta; ^«<1§S bphrog-byed; *)^|S 6<fe-
shi-bye/f (WAon.).

a-»-K»» a species of garlic, with a
pale-red blossom, Allium strictum (Ja.).

W^ a-re 1. = ^ Mo-re O, friend! (in

derision). 2. an interj.
throw it away ! (Ja.).

f W* a-r6 ^ an interjection
expressive of wonder=w!X a-tsi(Bdsa. 10).
«^'N?« a-re-rpdses 'samji how nice !

* W^'1^ a-ro-ga ^rCHr. = ^V»)S with-
out disease, in good health.

w ^«l« A-rogs a common name of indi-
viduals in Tibet.

' A-la-rofi the birth place of
the tenth Karma-pa hierarch Rol-pahi
Rdorje «ftRWW (Loft. *, 27).

W2J"Ql a-la-la ^f\ an interjection,
approving of one's action and compli-
menting by saying : you are clever
and happy ! = w

a-la la-ho or waratf a-la-laho,
occurs in w«r«i 'Ts^^'fl '"I^i ye gods be
propitious to us, pray hear our prayers !

*QJ a-la ma-la explained as

W a-li=w%c: a-phrefl the series of
vowels or string of vowels. w3>'T|'$ a-li
ka-li the Tibetan alphabet, vowels and
consonants.

4 WQJ'OI'qa;'^ A-li-la bar-ta n. of
a great river (K. my. "\, 68).

\ a-lig 1. a little. 2. a little boy.

' a-lofi a ring.

a-lus in Sikk.=cat.

WQj (7-fc=w'5> a-tsi an expression of
wonder (at hearing what was not known
before) : w*^v*)'*l> I w*<i^-^i| oh, it
is here. 2. a little while:

(A. 80) •

well then P khyod. a-le ma-hgro do not go for a while ;

wait a while, stop a bit,
please ; curw$-£)-ife. \ WOn't come for a
little.

W'SI a-lo sir, an address to gentlemen
in Sikkim.

-' a-loft ^fq a ring [bracelet J&

a-$a-pa n. of a yaksha demon :

(A. 80).

ytum-mo fierce.

a-ftea gan-dha 'WtT'f^ [the
plant Physalis flexuosaiin\S. : w*'1"!^'^'^'
(Med.).

l a-fii apricot.

a-fe a superior quality of scarf
used for presentation on visit* ($. kar,
179).

1347

i[ W*|'^'^ a-fo £a-ra a kind of worm
growing in the clefts of withered trees
(K. d. >, 456).

ag-gsar lover of new things
, fickle-minded.

an

A-$o-legs one of the early loin-cloth C., W. ; w*'^- under-garment,

kings of Tibet who was son of king Wc.-^ trowsers, breeches (Pt h.) . 2. inter j. :

Spo-de gun-rgyal (Yig. 65). Well then ! now then ! well ! wt.'?)-^ c,n-

i a-sa-na ^wf: [the tree Termina- mi-khug, in *>'5)»r5w{jfWE,'*)'|3fli (Khrid.

lia tomcntosa~]S. 51).

a-sa-ra n. of a kind of flower 4 U^C'*JJ An-ga ^nf ancient name of

modern Bhagalpur. Bsc/up-garcS An-gahi

a-sam ace. to 8ch. : a thick vgyal-po W^ an epithet of Kama the

sauce or broth, soup; wg* a.sbyar a first born of Kunti the mother of the five
thin broth (Jd.).

(K. d. f, IS).

=i| gri knife (Mnon.).

Papdava brothers (Mnon.).

!.'5) an-gi in colloq. " an-ki," figure,

| A-su-rabi brag-phug n. of number, cipher, usually added to the^ordi-
a rock cavern in Sikkim visited by pil- nal numbers in speaking, e.g.,
grims of the Rnin-ma school.

w'jj' a-sfu for 9'*i sru-mo an aunt
(fife*.).

a-g.sar commonly

-ki tafi-po " the first, also : of best
quality. BHe.-g]^, wc,-^ numeral figure.

the finger ; =

+ WE.-^^ ati-gu-li
hand limbs.

(Pag. 300).
wu|wroi
manifestly, publicly (Jd.).

| W^ A-ha = ^
(mystic) (K g. *1, 216).

v. openly,

Is'vara,

3'^'** rtog§-ldan-gyi dor-ma

the trousers worn as an under-garment by

Tantrik priests in Tibet.

afi-ma-tsi ace. to Sch. = flies,

winged insects.

ad-mo-nig =

i -~ i / i a-ho-ye yes ; ace. to Jd. an
expression of laughter. white woollen covering or blanket]^.

an in W. white chalk (Jd.).

[a

language of the demons or Asura (Yig. 7). + ^.^ an.t^.tha ^^^^ ime.

Bs-Sjui &-yig ^T, ^Rin;, the letter A. ffl.caw (mystic) (K. g. f>, 28) [Literally

signifies " standing at the end." The
letters y, r, I, v and h are called antastha]S.

ag-tshom fq|-*« resp

also beard of the chin, chin tuft (Jd.).
ag-tshom-can or

an-ston =

Uhar-can a bearded or shaggy man ; name dan-po) cervical vertebra,
for goat (Mnon.)> J BS^'^SI an-da-rnil

sapphire.

1348

an-gdot Chinese "life-
boards " or head and arm stocks ; w^'iV
H'i to put (a person) into the stocks.

an-hdar in C. 1. board,
plank, panel. 2. fF^'w^1^ ace. to Cs.
an iron instrument of torture ; ace. to
Thgy. a kind of press (Jd.).

ab-b.tab-pa=y*yi or 3-

ant-cfiog col. for $'«*«| r««-
the ear ; lf*'g*| snam-brag the bosom

ain-phrag breast-pocket of the

jj am-bun the Chinese Residents
in Tibet, political and military officers,
two of whom are resident at Lhasa.

Tibetan.

aiH-ytsigt pressure of the
lower lip with the upper teeth (in despair
or out of anger) :_JW 9 «w'»\ww*< «!*«!»<•
VM (Rdsa. 18).

W^'H) ar-ka or wq, also *'"| plaster
floor made of pulverized marble and oil
(Jo.), •wfc* ar-chen a plaster floor or a
floor made of pebbles (Rtsii.). **'«m
ar-lat the work of making a floor with
pebbles, marble, or plaster (Rtsii.).

ar-ka toe-tog
[flower of the plant Gynandropsis penta-
phylla\S.

v

ar-skya a fragrant tree which
is used in medicine and yields frankin-
cense (Rtsii.).

I?f^'zfj3i ar-gon offspring of parents
not having the same rank, nor the same
religion, and not belonging to the same
nation ; in Ld. (Jd.).

ar-tiot •w|'FV*«r<-& kha-dmar
cloth of raw-silk imported from Assam,
having three stripes lengthwise ; it is used
for wrappers by the middle class Tibetans
(Rtsii.).

dtM-me-ru (lit. half
Meru) fabulous mountain situated beyond
the continent of Kuntu gtyaA-twir gur-pahi
ffliA and said to contain mines of waidurya
(lapiz lazuli) guarded by two Eaksasa
called Mandeha and Rama. Beyond that
mountain is said to be a great ocean
containing sea-elephants and sea-hogs
(K. d. *, 281).

'SfJj ar-nag used in medicine and
as incense (Rtsii.).

W^'P ar-pa a thief, robber.

Syn. 3^5 rkun-po; J^'S fkun-mo
(Won.).

Tar-/»o n. of a bird (Stsii.).

ar-tno li-ga occurs in
ar-mo li-gahi rdo-leb (Gyal. 8.).

ar-la gtad-pa Sch.: to be
reduced to extremeties, esp. to extreme
misery (Jd.).

] a-rdsa-k* ^sk; cotton:
wg"i|5'Xfl'«i Glr. cotton-capsule.

Syn. \sql'*'*<5Ag*''5 ni-dgah-mahi hlrat-
bu; f*«5-ngwg Icam-pahi hbraf-bu (If Aon.).

+ «A'^-»J'f<i| a-ra ghahi me-tog =**'§*&'
Tl or fl'fl^w'X^'w^'frfni fbra-rcaham tsher-
toahi mo-tog (Mfion.) drug used in vesicular
eruptions Med.

'^'q Arya de-iea=w\w$ the
*
chief disciple of Nagarjuna who succeeded

1349

him in the Buddhist hierarchical chair of
Nalanda and who converted many powerful
pandits such as A'sva-ghosha and others
to Buddhism (Grub. 16).

al-gcig the one half of a pair.

al-ta (for "V? da-lta) 1. in Bal.
now, at present. 2. to-day (Jd.).

W^TpC' al-tifi something bulky or
heavy (Jo.).

v.

.'^ «s-# n. of a tree growing in
Bi-wo rtse-lfia (Putoshan in China) : — j'W

(Zo*. S 10).

^' asma-gar-bha the em-

erald.

* W^'^ as-sarta the female breast,
teats of woman (mystic) (K. g. "I,

i 1. beer, = *=-' in C. 2. vulg.
pronunc. of *\S dbyi the lynx. 3. num. :
60. 4. in Budh. : ^••flMAiS-afi » is
the invisible entity or it is symbolic of
the same (K g. «, J^S).

W'l^ t-M«$r=W| in IF. hiccough,
sob (Ja.).

=, limb and the secondary parts of a
limb (mystic) (K. g. "1, $40).

w)'gi^ t'-frfan the letters surmounted by
the vowel sign~ i such as S kyi, 9| flr», S
«/yi, 5 At, §) yt («»<«. 28).

; v-, -ll'3"^> I-la-wa-ti n. of a great
river in ancient India, prob. the Irawadi
of Burma (K. my. f, 198) [I-la-vati or
Iravati is one of the five branches of the
Indus flowing through the Punjab ?]&

^ lyj'-^'l] i-qi-ka a grass-like herb:

(K. my. H

I-yo-legs son of king T
'S" Spo-de gufi-rgyal (Tig. 65).

f v?J -n *4 o I-co ma-fi s^ftflft n. of

T ' x

a great river in India (K. my. P, 198)
[Probably the same as the river Ichamati
which is a branch of the Padma flowing
through BengaljS'.

'i'^'^I'^M* dra go-pa [jf^tif\'v( co-
chineal ; yet among the substances devoted
to a costly Chortcn it is mentioned as one
of the five divine jewels (Glr. 7.)] from
Jd. [the insect cochineal of various kinds,
frequently mentioned in Pali books]&

1 in-dra nl-la sapphire.

Syn. *)3V"V& mthon-ka-che ;

an-
nor.

bithi $nifl-po ; ^^'§'^'5 nor-bu sfion-po ; *]'*)'
|'9« ka-ka nl-la ; \«l nl-la • $•£%<* sAo-§fcya
ni-la; *% tsha-li (Mnon.).

J W^'^'S'T^,'^ in-dra bya-ka ra-na \-t-
n. of an ancient Sanskrit grammar.

'cD im-chi Tibetanized Mongol term
for a physician.

^ M l. = num. 90. 2. <a-S|-'Sfr»-«i-»^-«
u is symbolical of the unheard (K. g.
*, #)•

"Q'S^ u-rgyan,=^'9fi the crown, the
head ornament ; but v. 6s?' Jj^' 0-rgyan.

B^'^^l u-cug persistency ; with 1^=
to persuade, to press, to urge, to persist
in any matter.

ancient gage

(K. my. "1, 1530).

1350

T ^f'^>ul'^ U-tra-ya-na n. of an
ancient Indian king who during Gautama
Buddha's time reigned in the great city
of S'l^w Sgra-sgrogs. He was a devoted
admirer of Buddha and ruled his people
with righteousness and justice. In the
latter part of his life abdicating the
throne in favour of his son he entered the
holy order of Bhikshu (K. du. *>, 298).

T^ u-dum ba-ra
( Ficus clomcrata) but in Tibetan h'terature
a fabulous lotus of immense size (-/«.).

* ^'' U-ni-ko n. of a demon
Yaksha of Kashmir who was a friend of
the Yaksha called 15^ Ba-glab-ldan of
the country of Eohita who had invited
Buddha Gautama with his followers to
dinner and served the guests with a large
quantity of grapes of Kashmir (K. du.
«, 998).

u-spu tea-kettle (8. kar. 177).

Ut-pa-ldan <aqiHrqd\ ; n. of a
city in ancient India (A.K. 51, 6, v.).

U-pa-la <5trrfa the learned disciple
of Buddha who expounded the Abhidhar-
ma pitaka at the first great Buddhist con-
vocation (K. du. <\, 427).

1 ^'^ U-ma goddess Uma, the wife
of Mahes'vara (Mnon.).

| u-tsi tin-ga n. of an insect, the
touch of which produces sexual excitement
even in such monks as had been free from
all thought of female company (K. du.
«, 69).

+ ^'-' U-sahi-ri or W
n. of a hill range in Central India or
Magadha wherein there was a dense forest
called Tamasa (K. du. p>, %1 and K. d.
*, 257).

ug-chos n. of a flower :

Uk-lt ma-tho also caUed %*yV
gi-ri ma-tho n. of a sanctuary containing
the image of Hayagriba Vishnu (Dsam. 6).

J ^^'^'^ ut-pa-la o^tfi, the blue
water lily ; [a lotus] &

Syn. 4'lw'S^'i
"I^i'S safyi-ydub-bii ;
l^'^t- steft-hthun ;
(Won.).

ut-pa-la

dicafi-mchog ;
mig-gi-gnen

Hjyq-ai-i ut-pa-la che ui\qy*i, TTB [a full
blown lot us] S.

W«|-i|-^'fll«-q ut-pa-la Itur gas-pa one of
the eight cold hells of the Buddhists
(M.V.).

iQj-trarwv* ut-pa-la rndah E^, IK^? [the
castor-oil plant]S.

t-pa-la fdofi-po the lily plant.
i-ig-q ut-pa-la yu-wa «^%.
+ iQ5'q-a)-^»«'Ei ut-pa-la dmar-po
[the red lotus]&

Syn. 9s. I'Vl* bufi-wa-dgah ;
dpal-gyi lag-pa ; <iW3 @« dpal-gyi-khyim ;

u-tshugs=Wft nan-tan per-

' ut-pa-la fin
[the lotus plant]/S.
Syn. g'*''*^ Ite-ica-can ; °T3'^ la-ku-tsa •
^e.»i-q|^ yons-b§nun ; W^S1 ut-pa-la fin

(Mnon.).

ifj^q-Qiq-^i] Ut-pa-lahimdog ^t|.M4<(^ n.

of one of the earliest disciples of Buddha

sistence.

1351

<Q5'£i'«i^"y'£i ut-pa-laht rtsa-wa
root.

lotus

'^J uft-ffu oil-lamp C. (Jd.).

= <*$W*' a young monk.
««-ttwff, v. i'SI bu-thug.

,'3j Ur-rgya a warm meal-porridge;
fermenting dough C.

colloq. for

(Jo.).

TJr-nan n. of a religious sect :
(Deb. % Sit).

& el: num. = 120. 2. in (7. and later
literature, an interrogative particle
usually put immediatetely before the vb.
or the pron. standing in the place of
the vb. : <^'* fc'^ I am afraid he is not
well, is he happy ; fr^'i" shall we be
able or not (Mil.). *W%fc*^*«r<
my uncle who is very gracious why should
he be in trouble ? (A. 128).

>"\'1^, superfine, the best :
(Zjafli.). In the mystic
language of Ylrupaksa the guardian Ma-
haraja of the west, we have : R'^ e-ne, *>'^
me-ne, W3 dad-phu, *\*ff$ da-dab-phu, as
expressions = misery, sin, the way and
cessation of misery.

I?) II : in Budh. :

"I, 206).

& III : n. of a place in Tibet (Jig. 9) ;
S>'£| E-pa a native of E'.

•^'S'S'^'"' E-lka rgya-ri-wa n. of a scion
of the ancient line of kings who belonged
to the ministry under the 1st sovereign
Dalai Lama (Lofi. S 9),

^'^Tl*l e-na-ya, 8>^'« TW a fabu-
lous black antelope with short legs and
black eyes (Jd.).

=ww\w*v eating
and drinking (mystic) (K. g. "I, SIS).

^•^^S e-hthad=.&'^ has he come ; also
in Ifrwtfs^Jpl^afif**! if all are killed,

would it be liked? (Tig. 58).

dran-nam in **»»^'
(Rdsa. 1$).

e-ma, '* 'w'^ or a-ma-ho
(^t. -ff". 1-6) interjection express-
ing compassion.

f l^'QJ e-wam 1. tj^ yes, certainly,
to be sure (Vai. gfi.). 2. in Budh. this is
symbolical of 8> e signifying (a) ««*> thabs
or (6) 1^ mdo — Bidra; whilst "3
(«) ^^fejor ^'x>ci yes-rab knowledge
or wisdom or (b) £*!*< S^ags Mantra or
the mystical part of Buddhism. 3. n. of
a Buddhist religious work.

e-yin or

e-ran rgyal-po hjigs-
med. the yellow coloured myrabolan

e-ran-da ^vfl^l', ^TCW [the castor-
oil plant] S.

•f IK*^ e-la <Tff»3= pomegranate.

T

jft-uiivta^ E-lahi-brgyud an epithet of
Vai9ravaaa the guardian of the northern
quarter of the world.

w'oi^'^q e-lahi-hdab K9«IT, as met. = the
tongue.

f 1^'QJS E-lan n. of the empress of
the tenth Tartar Emperor of China whose
son was the Emperor Bogto (LoA. ^,10).

1352

J

e-lab

occurs n

ed.-nu tna-kd-ka dhe-nu n.
of a bird (K. ko. "I, 8).

47). »K* e»-re=j*'j«^ cttA-sag-re a little
only, ft^'&i en-tsam= $«.'*S<* cuA-satf-tsam
only a little ; the little one (a pr. name).

en-tsam in
; and in |'

en-re, fast, rapid :

, v.

etn-ehi or ww'8 atn-chi or
im-chi a doctor or physician. Aco. to
it is a Mongolian word.

C. v. W"| ar-A-a (Ja.).

0-4kar-brag n. of a rock-cave
under a huge white rock in ancient India
where the sage Pha Dampa
performed asceticism :

(Deb. «q, 37).
><«^ 0-<fi-yan, v.

or

0-rgyan.

wind-pipe

-ro<7 jug-hgar the Jungar
srad of Mongolia (io^. S 16).

yFf"^ o-/o l.= a boy, stripling in Ts.
and ?7. 2. an earthen-ware tea-pot. 3.
Sch. : the place where two rivers join,
the confluence of two rivers.

0-rffyan=W$*i U-rgyan the
country of Odiyana Sans, v^p* ; ace. to
Lam-yig, the modern Gaznee in Cabul.

Or-rgyan Rin-po-che the
chief epithet by which the Buddhist Saint
Padma Sambhava is known to the Tibe-
tans (K. tfiang. 95). The different names
under which the saint Padma Sambhava is
adored in Tibet are : — (1)

(2)

(3)

(13)

(15)

(17)

(19)

95).

(5)
; (7)
(9) t^'ffur^ • (10)

«i-:W8-3; (12)

««i-»IA9}-qS-|q»i ; (14)

(4)

(6)

(8)

(is)

«vwq< ;

(20)

(K. thafi.

W Om the famous mystic syllable
used separately as well as in various
collocations.

us w^ om-i$dsa4 'TOT a priest who begins
religious service by saying om.

w«<\») vm-mdsatf-ma vf^ir [the mystic
syllable o»7, signifying Buddha, Dharma
and Sangha, [Brahma, Vishnu and
S'iva]&

w ^ %«I om-yig-dfug ^ the insertion
of the sound o in different places with
variety of prosodial length and accentua-
tion in the recitation of hymnsJS.

K'Jf 0-fo one of the earliest kings of
Tibet of the dynasty of «$•$*(« Sahi-leys
(J. Zafi.).

og-rgya beard ; 9HC* og-tshum=
i ag-tshom (Ja.).

the throat, neck,= if«i'«
a beantiful white

lkog-ma;

1353

neck. ^I'l^e.'^*!*. og-g.dofi-dkar the red
cat-bear of Sikkim and E. Nepal (Ailurus
ochraccem). Sfa|'*Ii og-hjol=%ft** Ikog-ma
the larynx.

I ofi-gu a lamp ; fife'Mj ofi-ra$ the
wick of a lamp, in C. (Ja.).

ofi-log the ptarmigan (Sch.).

t)'-*) 0-di bi-fa one of the five pro-
vinces of the eastern part of India, modern
Orissa.

o-tanta pu-ri=

o-danta

pu-ri (A. 9).

-iram n. of a country where ruled
the king called Dasa-ratha (%'$'|!>$'{i yiH-rta
bcu-pa (Du?-ye. $, 39}.

+ ^'^'^ 0-danta-puri n. of the great
Buddhist monastery of Behar which flour-
ished after Vikramas'ila and was sacked
under the orders of Baktyar Khiliji in 1203

AJ).— W^|¥^'|'^16'5'II<><ISTVT%1T«"PW| (A.

35).

+ ^^'"'31'^ oyan-pa phyag-rdor abbr. of

'^ ol-ma in C. throat, wind-pipe ;
ol-mdud the " adam's apple " in
larynx : 8^1J*«rSlo^t«r^>q (A. 131).

sf os-sko the chin, resp. ^«r^f sfial-ko.

FINIS.

171

B. 8. Press— 4067J— 1,000— 23-8.1902.

0206^0006

JUN 2 1 1990

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

3637

03

1902

C.I

ROBA